TIGHT BINDING BOOK
CD
OU1 66992
Presented
With the Compliments of
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
OF
THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
THE STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF
HORTICULTURE
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
ATLANTA SAN FRANCISCO
MAC MILLAN AND CO , LIMITED
LONDON aOMBW . CAI CUTTA - MADRAS
MELBOURNE
THE MACMIILAN COMPANY
OF CANADA, LIMITED
TORONTO
I. The azalea walk.— Magnolia, South Carolina
THE
STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF
HORTICULTURE
A DISCUSSION, FOR THE AMATEUR, AND THE PROFESSIONAL AND
COMMERCIAL GROWER, OF THE KINDS, CHARACTERISTICS AND
METHODS OF CULTIVATION OF THE SPECIES OF PLANTS GROTN IN
THE REGIONS OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA FOR ORNAMENT,
FOR FANCY, FOR FRUIT AND FOR VEGETABLES; WITH KEYS TO THE
NATURAL FAMILIES AND GENERA, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE HORTI-
CULTURAL CAPABILITIES OF THE STATES AND PROVINCES AND
DEPENDENT ISLANDS, AND SKETCHES OF EMINENT HORTICULTURISTS
BY
L. H. BAILEY
Illustrated with Colored Plates, Four Thousand Engravings in the Tcocty
and Ninety-six Full-page Cuts
IN THREE VOLUMES
VOL. 1— A-E
PAGES 1-1200. FIGS. 14470
Being Vols. I and II of Original Edition
New York
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
1950
COPYRIGHT. 1900, 1014, BY THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
At\\ KI'ITKX, ENIjARGH) AND RKSl/T
COPYRIGHT, 1928, 1942, BY L. H. BAILEY
All rights reserved — no part of tint, book may be reproduced in any form
without permission in writing from the publisher, except by a re-
viewer who wts/ir<. to quote brief passages in eonnection with
a review wntten for inclusion in magazine or newspaper
Vol I Set up and Kle.tronpptl I'uMisliwl M»r« h 25, 191 t Vol IT Set up am
and Klectrotvped Published .Tuh 22. 1 CH 4 K.-pi mted May, 1917, March, 191<)
Reissued with corrections March 1922 Jit-printed (Vol T and II combined), Jnn
uar\, 1025, January, ll»27 Tulv, 1028, Alav 105(1 Fehniarj, 1933, Febrnarv
1<>3-j Popular Edition, Pubhslied October, 19'?r. . November, lfH", , October, 1957,
May, l'!3f), March 1941, March, 1943, April, 1914, January, 1917, NON embei , l'»47,
May, 1950
PREFACE
FOURTEEN years ago the present Editor wrote the preface to Volume I of the
Cyclopedia of American Horticulture. The purpose of that work was ''to make
a complete record of the status of North American horticulture as it exists at
the close of the nineteenth century;" it was the effort to include "all the species
which are known to be in the horticultural trade," together with outlines of "the horti-
cultural possibilities of the various states, territories and provinces/' to present bio-
graphical sketches of eminent American horticulturists not then living, and in general
to discuss the cultivation and handling of horticultural crops. In the preface to Volume
IV of that work the Editor expressed the hope that the Cyclopedia would never be
revised. "If new issues are called for, mere errors should be corrected; but beyond this,
the plates should be left as they are," for it was the purpose of the book that it should
stand as a, measure of that time. The different volumes have been separately reprinted,
but about eight complete re-issues of that Cyclopedia have been made, with such
corrections of errors as have been reported; in one restricted edition, published by
Doubleday, Page & Co., the same work was bound in six volumes, together with an
enlarged preface and a key to the families and genera.
The present Cyclopedia, although founded on the former compilation,, is a new work
with an enlarged scope. While the older work will no longer be published, it neverthe-
less stands by itself; and the two should be quoted as independent cyclopedias. The
geographical boundaries are wider in the present work, due to the fact that the United
States and Canada have both acquired new tropical connections and interests in recent
years. It has not been the effort to cover completely the horticultural floras of Porto
Rico, Hawaii, and other islands, for that would involve the tropical flora of the
globe; but it is the intention to include the most outstanding species grown in a horti-
cultural way in those islands. A fuller treatment has also been given of the plants grown
in southern Florida, southern California, and the other southernmost areas of the
continental United States.
The treatment in the former Cyclopedia was confined closely to species in "the
trade," — to those plants "sold in the United States and Canada." The present work
accepts this basis in general, for the lists of nurserymen, seedsmen, and fanciers indicate
very closely the plants that actually are grown, and it would manifestly be impossible as
well as undesirable to include all the plants that may be found in botanic gardens, or in
the grounds of specialists and amateurs who collect specimens from original sources,
or those introduced for purposes of experiment or test or only for scientific study :
but "the trade" is interpreted more liberally in this work, to include the offerings of
(v)
vi PREFACE
many European dealers because those dealers supply American customers, to account
for species mentioned prominently in European horticultural periodicals as well as in
American periodicals, and to insert such plants as are known to be subjects of exchange
or to be frequently in cultivation in any region, even though their names may not be
found in a commercial list. While it is intended to account for all the species in the
trade, it is not intended to name the garden varieties; for the variety lists change too
rapidly for discussion in cyclopedic works. The mention of varieties in the leading
group-articles is more a matter of record than of recommendation.
Care has been exercised to exclude species that are evidently not now of interest
to horticulturists, even though their names may be found in the literature; for the
introduction of many dead entries would not only violate the purpose to make a current
record, but would make the books too voluminous and would confuse the student with
too many names and details. It is desired that the treatment shall be contemporaneous,
and that it shall be rescued as far as desirable from the older glasshouse method of
transatlantic work. The Cyclopedia aims to account for the plants horticulturally
grown within its territory which are now the subjects of living interest or likely to be
introduced, to discuss the best practices in the growing of the staple flower and fruit
and vegetable crops, to depict the horticultural capabilities of the states and provinces,
to indicate the literature of the field, and incidentally to portray briefly the lives of
the former men and women who have attained to a large or a national reputcition in
horticultural pursuits.
The method in the Cyclopedia, in other words, turns about two purposes, — the
identification of species, and the cultivation of plants. Both are essential to an
understanding of horticulture. The former lends itself readily to usual cyclopedic
treatment, the latter expresses itself as a manual of practice. The combination pro-
duces an irregular literary product, but it is hoped that the result is not inharmonious.
The cultural details involve special difficulties. The North American continent
presents so many conditions that advice for outdoor work cannot be too specific in a
work of this kind without leading to serious mistakes. What is advised by a good
grower in one place may be contradicted by a good grower in another place. Even in
under-glass treatment, in which conditions are largely artificial, difficulties often arise
in trying to apply in America the instructions given for European practice. It is not
possible for one to grow plants by a book; in this work the cultural details are not
directions so much as statements of standard practice: this practice will need to be
considerably modified in many cases if the best result for special conditions or objects
is to be secured. In the former Cyclopedia the culture was often presented by two
persons of unlike experiences for the express purpose of meeting the needs of amateurs;
but readers seem to think this to be confusing and the practice has not been followed
in the present work. However, special effort has been made to secure the best cultural
advice for the plants requiring peculiar or particular handling, and this advice will be
found in the discussion of the different crops and plants under their respective heads
PREFACE vii
and in addition many practical class-articles have been prepared for the aid of tht
cultivator and designer. These class-articles are mostly as follows:
Alpine Plants
Cuttings
Greenhouse
Nuts
Annuals
Design, Floral
Hedges
Orchids
Ants
Diseases and Insects
Herbs
Packages
Aquatics
Drainage
Horticulture
Palms
Arboretum
Dwarfing
Hotbeds and Coldframes
Perfumery-Gardening
Arboriculture
Evaporating Fruit
House-Plants
Pergolas
Aut umn-Gardemng
Evergreens
Inspection
Planting
Banks
Everlastings
Irrigation
Pottirg
Basket Plants
Exhibitions
Kitchen-Garden
Pruning
Bedding
Ferns
Labels
Railroad-Gardening
Bees
Fertilizers
Landscape-Gardening
Kock-Gardening
Biennials
Floriculture
Layers
Seeds and Seedage
Birds
Florists' Plants
Machinery and Implements
.Storage
Border
Forcing
Manure
Transplanting
Botanic Garden
Foi ebtry
Market-Gardening
Transportation
Bouquet
Frost
Marketing
Vegetable-Gardening
Bulbs
Fruit-growing
Muckland-Gardemng
Walks, Drives and Path-
Conservatory
Fungi
Mushrooms
Watering [ways
Culinary Herbs
Grafting
Nursery
Windbreaks
Cut-Flower Industry
Grasses
Nut-Culture
Window-Gardening
There is marked growth in outdoor horticulture in North America. The largest
extension in the present Cyclopedia, so far as taxonomic work is concerned, is in the
description of trees and shrubs. There is widespread interest in these subjects. We are
beginning to realize our native resources in woody plants, to understand how to make
use of our many climates and natural conditions; and to incorporate freely into our
cultivated flora many of the trees and shrubs of China and other regions, under the
stimulus of the Arnold Arboretum and other agencies. The resources of the Arboretum
have been placed at the command of the Cyclopedia through the careful and original
work of Alfred Render. Similar aids have been extended from other sources, and
particularly from the Foreign Seed and Plant Introduction service of the United
States Department of Agriculture.
While hardy plants and outdoor gardening seem to be increasing rapidly in
favor, there is a decided tendency toward the breaking-up of large fanciers' collections,
in private establishments, of old-time glasshouse plants. It is now quite impossible,
for example, to find in this country any large private collections of the species of
begonias or of the varieties of camellias or of the show pelargoniums; orchid collections
of notable extent are few. The demand of the trade is for relatively few species, and the
commercial collections are mostly concerned with a few stock kinds and florists' plants,
together with a small addition of annual novelties, rather than with the former long
lists of many separate and interesting species and varieties. Even private places,
especially private greenhouses, are devoted very largely to cut-flowers and florists*
plants. It is incumbent on a cyclopedia of this kind, however, to preserve the accounts
of these begonias, orchids, palms, cacti, succulents, "stove plants," and others, even
though many of them may be known to very few; and the Editor hopes that the
amateur will regain his ascendancy and that collections of plants because they are
plants may not perish from amongst us.
There has been great extension in recent years in commercial floriculture and in the
viii PREFACE
forcing of vegetables. We now think in terms of cropping under glass. The range of
species of plants involved in these industries is relatively small, but the areas are large,
the business is receiving the attention of able men and women, and the glasshouse
industries are making important contributions to the lives of the people. The recent
growth of the commercial fruit-growing industry is also notable. Once largely restricted
to narrow regions and to "fruit belts," the growing of fruits for market has now
assumed the proportions of a great industry comparable with the staple agricultural
productions. An effort has been made to catch something of the spirit of all these
large efforts, as well as to provide information and advice for the amateur and the
home gardener.
When the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture was made, there were few special-
ists in the systematic botany of cultivated plants. The Editor hopes that the publica-
tion of that Cyclopedia has contributed something to the acceleration of interest in this
long-overlooked subject. Howbeit, the number of competent specialists, and of
those intelligently interested in the subject, is now large enough to have enabled the
Editor to cover many of the important groups. The cacti have been placed mostly in
the hands of J. N. Rose; a number of tropical plants have been handled anew by
W. E. Safford; the orchids, aroids and bromeliads by George V. Nash; euphorbiads
by J. B. S. Norton, Citrus and related genera by Walter T. Swingle, Nymphaeaceae by
H. S. Conard; the ferns by R. C. Benedict; most grasses by A. S. Hitchcock, special
groups by Norman Taylor, chiefly among the composites, palms, and tender araliads;
suggestions on cultivated forms and on cultivation have been contributed by C. P.
Raffill, of the tropical department, Kew; the survey of families of plants and most
of the editorial work on the general introductory key have been in the hands of
K. M. Wiegand; and many small groups and special genera have found new treatment
by persons who have given them careful study over a considerable period of tune.
The results of modern scientific studies are now beginning to be positively reflected in
the identification of garden plants, and in the advice for the cultivation and handling
of horticultural crops and products. With so many persons partaking, it is of course
impossible to secure uniformity of taxonomic handling in the various groups, but the
gain of having the contributions of specialists will abundantly offset this small
technical disadvantage.
And yet, it is true that very much of the work is necessarily compiled from litera-
ture rather than constructed from a direct study of the plants themselves. There is no
herbarium or other complete and authentic repository of all the species of plants sold by
dealers. The best that can be done in very many cases is to accept the name appearing
in a catalogue and to attach to it the most authentic or most adaptable description of
a recognized botanical species of the same name; there is no telling whether the dealers'
plant is properly determined or whether it represents the botanical species bearing the
same name. It is impossible now to know how many wrong determinations, inaccurate
PREFACE ix
and insufficient descriptions, and faulty judgments have been perpetuated from author
to author through long series of years. All these matters must be worked out in years
to come, when the horticultural plants in the various groups shall have been systemati-
cally studied with care. The Editor repeats the hope expressed in the preface written
fourteen years ago "that every entry in this book will be worked over and
improved within the next quarter century."
Many persons aside from the leading authors have contributed to the enterprise in
the most helpful spirit. The Editor's daughter has borne much of the burden of the
office and editorial detail. Gardeners, fruit-growers, florists, vegetable-growers, teachers
and experimenters, botanists, and the printers, have responded with good fellowship
and with something like patriotic pride. Their names will be recorded in the concluding
volume; and the public that uses the book will reward them with its gratitude.
Nor should the institutions that have afforded all these persons the opportunities to
make their contributions be overlooked. Aside from those agencies already mentioned,
the Cyclopedia is under special obligation for the use directly or indirectly of books and
collections to Cornell University, the United States Department of Agriculture, the
New York Botanical Garden, the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, the Missouri Botanical
Garden, the Gray Herbarium, the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, the agricultural
colleges and experiment stations, and others. Seed merchants, nurserymen, and other
commercial establishments of standing, have been very ready with suggestions and help.
Many new illustrations have been added, representing the work of several artists.
Most of the new work has been made by B. F. Williamson, New York City; F. Sohuyler
Mathews, Cambridge, Mass.; Miss M. E. Eaton, of the New York Botanical Garden;
Mrs. M. W. Gill, Washington; C. H. L. Gebfcrt, Boston; and Miss Matilda Smith, of the
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England, whose initials will be recognized on the plates
of the famous Botanical Magazine. By permission of Professor Sargent, much of the
accurate and beautiful work of C. E. Faxon and others in Garden and Forest, a journal
that was discontinued more than fifteen years ago and is now out of the market, has been
adapted and made available for the present reader; record is made in the text of the
pictures of species, at the places where they are used. Some of the work in the old govern-
ment surveys of the great West has also been brought to the use of the general public.
It is not wholly with satisfaction that one puts forth a work of this magnitude. The
responsibility increases with the largeness of the enterprise, for users do not readily
purchase new and corrected editions of a work of this extent. Every care has been
taken to present an accurate and faithful account, and this is as far as the responsibility
can extend. The Editor can not expect to make another cyclopedia of horticulture;
but he hopes that these six volumes will comprise another step in the collecting, assort-
ing and appraising of our horticultural knowledge.
L. H. BAILEY.
ITHACA, NEW YOUK.
December 30.
PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION
IN THE five years that have intervened since the Standard Cyclopedia of Horti-
culture was completed and published, relatively little change has occurred in the
general introduction of plants new to cultivation in North America. Many species
have been disseminated in an experimental way, as by the Office of Foreign Seed
and Plant Introduction of the United States Department of Agriculture, and other
agencies, but for the most part they have not yet become a regular part of the commerce
in horticultural plants although many of them promise important results. The exten-
sive discoveries of E. H. Wilson, exploring in China and elsewhere for the Arnold
Arboretum of Harvard University, are likely to add many riches to our horticulture
as they become distributed and known. The unrecognized or improperly named species
long in the country are probably many, and it is the part of investigators to uncover
them. The introduction of plants from many parts of the world into Florida, southern
Texas, Calif oinia, and other mild regions newly settled has been rapid within the
past generation, and the material has not been sufficiently studied. The cultivated
flora as a whole is in need of careful exploration. The more than 27,000 Latin-named
species and varieties admitted in the Cyclopedia comprise in themselves an extensive
flora. How many of these things are now in active cultivation, what their adaptabilities
may be, what satisfaction is gained in the growing of them, are problems awaiting the
attention of thoughtful students.
If to this imperfectly known flora are added the probabilities of introductions
in the future to supply the vast domain of the continent, together with the wide varia-
tions and the hybridizations likely to result, the imagination scarcely runs to the limits
of the subject. In the marginal regions, as along northern and southern boundaries
and in the developing semi-arid parts, great experiments are still to be made hi the
adaptability of plants, undoubtedly calling for the introduction of species yet strange
to us. Species of the native flora are now regularly collected, grown, and introduced
to the public, and many of these will probably yield important variations and changes
in the future.
The lists of horticultural varieties of fruits, vegetables, and flowers undergo constant
changes and fluctuations. Varieties are supplanted by new and often by better ones;
fashions and demands change; the legitimate desire for novelty must be met. It is
fortunate that the vegetable kingdom is plastic. As these horticultural varieties are
often fugitive, and as their adaptation varies so widely in different parts of the country,
they are purposely not treated in this Cyclopedia, as well as because the space at the
(X)
PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION 3d
command of the volumes precludes such extended discussion. Yet, even if the varieties
come and go, they are nevertheless one of the first concerns of the horticulturist, par-
ticularly in these days when it is so necessary to meet specific requirements of markets
and connoisseurs. This knowledge of varieties is to be obtained as other current informa-
tion is acquired, whether in horticulture, engineering, zoology, or medicine,— by means
of the trade periodicals, publications of commercial firms and of institutions, corres-
pondence, discussions in societies, and other kinds of alertness.
The special mark of the horticulture of this day is its strong commercial trend.
This means that the demand is good for plants and their products. Floriculture, once
the exclusive domain of amateurs, has now become a staple industry and a source of
national wealth. The same is true of fruit-growing and other fields, although they
developed earlier. The investigations of experiment-stations have supplied a base
of fact and determinable knowledge on which to build and to protect these industries.
Machines and many clever devices have aided their extension. The facilities for com-
munication, transportation, storage, and distribution have aided them as they have
assisted other activities. The publication of technical and trade journals tends always
to standardize the industries and to make men resourceful. The commercial movement
in horticulture tends to reduce the number of species and varieties, as compared with
an unorganized amateur activity.
The amateur interest in horticulture preserves the species and the miscellaneous
varieties, inasmuch as the plants are grown for the human interest in them. This
amateur activity is large. Probably it is larger than ever before, although it may be
distanced by the commercial activities and by the market movements. In fact, to a
large extent, the amateur is the market. This is true of the trade in species and varieties
of iris, peonies, gladioli, and others. By every means, the amateur spirit in horticulture
is to be encouraged as a resource to the people and as one of the means of providing a
satisfying background to life.
The first volume of this Cyclopedia was published in 1914 and the sixth in 1917.
Those years saw considerable activity in the introduction of plants. These introductions,
numbering 89 species and Latin-named varieties, are described in the addendum to
Vol. VI, pages 3565-3573. This is much less than one-half of one per cent of the total
number described in the Cyclopedia. In 1917, the United States entered the World
War, and Canada was already in. We are not to expect so great activity in plant
introduction in those fateful years. It would scarcely be worth while to revise the
Cyclopedia throughout for the purpose of entering the novelties.
Attention should be called to the Finding-List, published as a supplement to
Vol. VI, beginning page 3575. This list was made for the purpose of harmonizing
current trade names with the botanical names in the Cyclopedia. It was compiled
in cooperation with the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature
representing the national horticultural associations of the country, and it was separately
published by the Committee. The Finding-List is practically a current trade index
xii PREFACE TO SECOND EDITION
to the Cyclopedia, and it also includes a few changes in nomenclature. The user of the
Cyclopedia should understand the significance of this List.
In the present issue of the Cyclopedia, certain typographical corrections have
been made. It has not been thought necessary to introduce such changes in nomen-
clature as have resulted from new studies of certain genera by different authors, par-
ticularly as some of the changes are of doubtful significance in horticulture.
L. H. BAILEY.
CONTENTS
VOL. I
Pa***
A SYNOPSIS OF THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM ........ i- 78
Index to the Synopsis 78
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA 79-136
Index to the Key . 137-147
NAME-LIST: English equivalents of the Latin names of species .... 148-159
GLOSSARY of usual botanical and horticultural technical words .... 160-170
TEXT, A AND B 171-602
FULL-PAGE PLATES
Facing pftge
I. The azalea walk, Magnolia, South Carolina (in color) . . Frontispiece
II. Vegetation areas. — Aquatic, marsh and upland floras, and showing the relation
of farm lands ... . ... 18
III. Desert vegetation. — The giant cactus (Carnegiea giganted) ; also bushes of Opuntia
fulgida, and in the foreground the low fine growths of Bigelovia Hartwegii . 42
IV. Upland vegetation. — Trees on a wind-swept plateau . . . .79
V. Anemone coronaria, an old garden favorite ....... 171
VI. A good example of aquatic gardening, with water-lilies and Japanese iris . . 230
VII. The flowers of the apple tree . ' . . 313
VIII. The York Imperial apple (in color) . .... 331
IX. Arboretum. — Plantation of American oaks at the Arnold Arboretum; Solidago
canadensis underplanting ... . 352
X. Arboriculture. — Picea pungens, the Colorado blue spruce .... 373
XI. Arboriculture. — A palm plantation, with Corypha wnbraculifera in the foreground 389
XII. Asparagus, variety Colossal . .... 412
XIII. Bean.— The bush lima (in color) . .... 460
XIV. Foliage begonias well grown in banks, with ferns and similar plants . . . 479
XV. The American blackberry. — The Agawam, about natural size . . . 510
XVI. Botanic garden. — The formal garden of the Johns Hopkins University . . 523
XVII. The arrangement of bouquets . ...... 534
XVIII. Canadian orchard development. — The tidewater country in Nova Scotia . . 562
XIX Canadian orchard development. — The bench lands of British Columbia . . 575
XX. A border of hardy bulbs (in color) 594
(xiii)
Facing page
XXI. Cherry. — Specimen fruits of one of the heart cherries (in color) . , .612
XXII. Carnations. — Types of the American winter-flowering varieties 630
XXIII. Cattleya Lawrenceana . . . 686
XXIV. Coelogyne cristata, one of the popular and easily grown orchids 710
XXV. Celery. — The cultivation under field conditions, at the hillmg-up or banking
stage (in color) 724
XXVI. Sweet cherry in flower and fruit ..... 741
XXVII. Coconut in flower and fruit. Southern Florida. (Fla. Photo. Concern) 773
XXVIII. Stowell Evergreen sweet corn . . 803
XXIX. Cranberry-picking in a New Jersey bog. (Photo, by Elizabeth C. White) 832
XXX. Chrysanthemum. — Two of the florist's types (in color) 861
XXXI. The White Spine cucumber . . 901
XXXII. The Fay currant, one of the leading red varieties 917
XXXIII. Cycas circinahs, the male plant. (Photograph by Henry Pittier) 931
XXXIV. Dahlia. — Jeanne Charmet, one of the most beautiful Decorative dahlias
(in color) 953
XXXV Dendrobium superbum as grown in the American tropics . . 978
XXXVI. A border of dianthus and digitalis . . 1009
XXXVII. Draccena Goldieana, a "foliage plant" from tropical Africa . . 1069
XXXVIII. The California poppy. — Eschscholtzia calif ormca ..... 1120
XXXIX. Eucalyptus viminahs in California 1148
(xiv)
EXPLANATIONS
The main account of each genus, in large type and
separate paragraph for each species, represents the
plants probably now in cultivation or at least of major
importance.
The "supplementary lists" in smaller type at the end
of the articles include names of plants not known to be
in the trade but which may be mentioned in horticul-
tural literature, and also such Latin-form names of
the trade as are imperfectly understood and cannot be
placed under their proper species. These parts are less
critical finding-lists of other or extra species.
The Cyclopedia undertakes to account for the
species in cultivation within its territory to the close
of the year 1912; but in practice the introductions are
included to the date of the closing of the different
pages.
The size-marks on the illustrations, as (x H),
indicate the amount of reduction as compared with
natural size, this scale being determined merely by
measuring the flat diameter of a drawing and not
representing bulk or perspective.
AUTHORSHIP
The practice of the Cyclopedia of American Horti-
culture in signing the leading and most important
articles with the name of the author is here retained.
The original author, so far as living or as he has desired,
has revised or rewritten his articles for the present work.
In very many cases, another person has now revised the
articles, and the name of the reviser is indicated by a
dagger (f) If the revision has amounted practically
to a complete rewriting of the article, the original
author's name may not appear, even though some small
parts or features of the original article may be retained;
this is for the purpose of safeguarding the original
author as well as recognizing the work of the present
author: the first Cyclopedia stands as the record of ita
own work.
A name in parentheses, as "(G. W. Oliver)," at the
close of a paragraph, indicates that the person is the
author of that particular paragraph and of no other in
the article. When a person is responsible for more than
one paragraph in an article, his part is set off by a sepa-
rate heading in such a way that it cannot be mistaken.
It is desired to secure experts and specialists for the
articles; when this has not been accomplished, the task
of revision has fallen to the Editor.
Effort has been made to bring the different parts of
the work into as much uniformity of plan and treatment
as is possible in an undertaking of this kind; references
have been «ompared; proofs have been submitted to
two or more persons in case of difficult t>r doubtful sub-
jects; and the advice as to cultivation has been checked
by practical growers.
NOMENCLATURE
The nomenclature follows in the mam the regu-
lations of the "Vienna code," being the principles
adopted by the International Botanical Congress held
in Vienna in 1905. This code was adopted by the
International Horticultural Congress held at Brussels
in 1910, with adaptations to horticultural practice.
When no combination has yet been made under the
Vienna code, the prevailing usage for the particular
genus (as expressed in latest monographs) is followed.
That is, there is no attempt to reduce all names to one
system except so far as combinations have already
been made under the international rules, both because
a cyclopedia of horticulture is hardly the place in
which to make original combinations (except inci-
dentally), and because there is little likelihood that
any of the formal systems \\ill have permanency The
subject of nomenclature, and the attitude of the Editor,
will be discussed under "Names and Nomenclature"
in Vol. IV. Botanical names should not be changed
lightly, or for the purpose of regularizing any particular
scheme or plan, or to make them always conform to
an arbitrary set of rules Botanical names do not be-
long to botanists, to do with them as they will. The
public has good rights in these names; and this is par-
ticularly true in the names of cultivated plants, for they
may then have standardized commercial value. The
only stability, of course, is usage; and usage can rarely
be forced into hard-and-fast regulations In this Cyclo-
pedia, the interest is in stability of names rather than
in priority of naiaes, therefore it accepts the principle of
the "nomina conservanda" of the Vienna code, so far as
it retains generic names that have been established in
general usage for fifty years following their publication,
even though the particular names in that list may not
have been adopted in every instance.
Not all the changes in names arise from the applica-
tion of rules of nomenclature. Many of them are the
results of taxonomic studies, which make new definitions
for genera and species. In this Cyclopedia, there are
marked examples of such changes in the citrus genera,
in the cacti, and other groups. These changes are to
be expected as a result of closer studies of the various
groups, of accumulation of specimens from many
regions, and the progressive modification of views as
to the constitution of genera and species; they are
expressions of a living botany. Such changes will be
particularly demanded in horticultural plants, foJ
most of these groups have not yet been studied with
critical care.
(xv)
EXPLANATIONS
PRONUNCIATION
Attention is called to the fact that the names of
genera and species in this work are marked to indicate
the accepted pronunciation. The indications are accent
marks placed over a vowel. The accent designates (1)
stress, or the emphatic syllable, and (2) the length of
the emphatic vowel. Following the American custom,
as established by Gray and others, a grave accont (^)
is employed to designate a long vowel, and an acute
accent (') a short vowel
Thus officinale is pronounced ofnci-nay-h; micro-
cdrpus is pronounced micro-cdr-pus. It should be
remembered that the final e terminates a separate
syllable, as commii-ne, vulga-re, gran' -de This final e
takes the short sound of i, as in whip
Ordinarily in diphthongs the mark is placed over the
second letter. Thus, in aiirea the au is meant to have
its customary long sound, as if written awe. In eu-
it has practically the long sound of u, as m Pseitdo-
Quina, Pseiid-Acdcia Double vowels take their cus-
tomary English sounds, as ee and oo. Thus, the oo in
Hodken is to be pronounced as in hook. In most cases,
the letters 01 (from the Greek, meaning like to) are to
be pronounced separately if the z is the penultimate
syllable (next to the last), it is long, as m ywccoW/es;
if the i is the antepenultimate syllable (third from the
end), it is short, as in rhomboi-dea In dioicus and
monoicus, however, the 01 is a true diphthong, as in
moist
These pronunciations follow, in general, the common
English method of pronouncing Latin names. However,
many of the Latinized forms of substantive and per-
sonal names are so unlike Latin in general construction
that the pronunciation of them may not follow the rule
As a matter of fact, biological nomenclature is a lan-
guage of itself thrown into a Latin form, and it should
not be a source of regret if it does not closely follow
classical rules in its pronunciation of outlying or non-
Latin names.
It has seemed best to make an exception to strict liter-
ary rules in the case of personal commemorative names
in the genitive: we retain, so far as possible, the pro-
nunciation of the original name. Thus, a plant named
for Carey is called Ca-reyi, not Carby-i; for Sprenger,
Spr6ng-eri, not Sprengbr-i; for Forbes, Forbs'-n, not
Forbbs-ii. It cannot be expected that uniform consis-
tency has been attained in this matter. It is not
always known how the person pronounced his name;
and many personal names do not make conformable
Latinized words No arbitrary method of pronouncing
personal names is likely to be satisfactory.
It may be well to add what are understood to be
the long and short sounds of the vowels
as in cane d as in cone.
as in can 6 as in con.
as m mete. ft as in jute.
as in met. 6 as in jut.
as in pine.
as in pin.
y is often used as a vowel instead of i.
SPELLING
The original spelling of generic and specific names
is preferred; that is, the spelling used by the person
who made the name. In some cases this original
orthography does not conform to the etymology of
the name, particularly if the name is made from that
of a person Such a case is Diennlla, named for Diere-
ville. Ideally, the name should bo spelled Dieremllea.
but Tournefort and Linnaeus did not so spell it
In accordance with the best authorities, the digraph
SB is used m the words cacrulca, caerulesccns, caespitosa,
cassia, cc is used in ccclcstis and ccelestmum.
The type ligatures a? and & have been dropped from
Latin-made names that have come into the vernacular.
Thus, as a common or English name, Spiraea becomes
spirea, Pseonia becomes peonia or peony, Brodiaea
becomes brodiea, Crataegus becomes crategus.
THE KEYS
There are two groups of keys in the Cyclopedia, —
the main key, in Vol I, to leading families and genera,
and the keys to the species in the different genera in
all the volumes. The user of the Cyclopedia should forth-
with familiarize the method of the keys Page 79
To facilitate the study of the plants, the species
have been arranged systematically or horticulturally,
under the genus, rather than alphabetically, and in
large or complex genera, an alphabetical index has
been supplied for rapid reference The grouping of the
species is founded preferably on horticultural rather
than on botanical characters, so that the arrangement
does not always express botanical relationships.
The species-keys are arranged primarily to aid the
gardener in making determinations. Every effort is
made sharply to contrast the species rather than to
describe them A word of explanation will facilitate
the use of the keys The species are arranged in cotirdi-
nate groups of various ranks, and groups of equal rank
are marked by the same letter. Thus, group A is
coordinate with AA and with AAA, and group B with BB
and BBB; and the B groups are subordinate to the A
groups, and the c groups to the B groups, and so on.
Moreover, whenever possible, the coordinate keys
begin with the same catchword: thus, if A begins
"flowers," so do AA and AAA; and this catchword is
not used for keys of other rank. As an example, refer
to Abutilon, page 177. Look first at A, beginning
"Lvs.," then at AA, also beginning "Lvs." Under AA
are the cobrdmate divisions B and BB, each with
"Foliage" for the catchword. Under B there are no
subdivisions, but under BB there are divisions c and
cc, each with "Fls." for a catchword. Under c there are
no subdivisions, but cc has two codrdmate divisions,
D, DD, each with "Blossoms" for a catchword. Again, D
happens to have no division, but DD has the divisions
E and EE with "Lf.-blades" as the catchword. In other
words, if the plant in hand does not fall under A, the
inquirer goes at once to AA. If it falls under AA, then he
determines whether it belongs to B or to BB, and so on.
EXPLANATIONS
A display of a scheme would stand as follows:
A. Leaves, etc.
B. Flowers, etc.
c. Fruits, etc.
D. Pods, etc.
DD. Pods, etc.
E. Seeds, etc
BE Seeds, etc.
cc. Fruits, etc.
BB Flowers, etc.
AA. Leaves, etc.
B. Roots, etc.
c. Flowers, etc
D. Margins of leaves, etc.
DD Margins of leaves, etc
cc. Flowers, etc.
BB. Roots, etc.
BBB. Roots, etc.
AAA. Leaves, etc.
When the genus is large or the treatment is compli-
cated, the key may be placed separately at the begin-
ning rather than to be divided among the paragraphs;
this allows the student to see the entire scheme or
plan at once. See Acer, page 196
ABBREVIATIONS OF BOTANICAL TERMS
AND GENERAL EXPRESSIONS
caps capsule.
cult cultivated, cultivation.
diam diameter.
E East.
jl flower
fls flowers.
fld flowered (as few-fld.).
fr fruit.
frs fruits
ft foot, feet.
in inch, inches
incl including.
infl inflorescence (cluster).
intro introduced.
If leaf
Ift leaflet.
Ivd leaved.
Ivs leaves.
N North.
Prop propagated, propagation.
S South.
segm., segms segment., segments.
st stem.
sts stems.
sub/am subfamily.
syn synonym.
Trop tropics, tropical.
var variety.
W West.
t reviser (of!
00 (sign of infinity) . . . numerous, many.
BOOKS AND PERIODICALS
To aid the student in the verification of the work,
and to introduce him to the literature of the various
subjects, citations are made to the portraits of plants
in the leading periodicals to which the American
referrer is most likely to have access These references
to pictures have been verified, as far as possible, both
in the MS and in the proof A uniform and regular
form of citation ib much to be desired, but is extremely
difficult to secure because periodicals rarely agree in
methods. It was decided to omit the year in most cases,
because of the pressure for space, but the student who
lacks access to the original volumes may usually
ascertain the year by consulting the bibliographical
notes below.
An arbitrary and brief method of citation has
been chosen. At the outset it seemed best to indicate
whether the cited picture :s colored or not. This ac-
counts for the two ways of citing certain publications
containing both kinds of pictures, as The Garden,
Revue Horticole, and Gartenflora The figures given
below explain the method of citation, and incidentally
give some hints as to the number of volumes to date,
and of the number of pages or plates in one of the latest
volumes
Standard works on the bibliography of botany
are Pntzel's "Thesaurus" and Jackson's "Guide to
the Literature of Botany," also, Jackson's "Catalogue
of the Library of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew "
Render's "Bradley Bibliography," a guide to the
literature of the woody plants of the world, is invalu-
able The Catalogue of the Library of the Arnold
Arboretum, Harvard University, now being printed,
will afford an excellent guide to the literature of botany,
particularly as it relates to woody plants
AF. ... The American Florist Chicago A trade
paper founded August 15, 1885 The vol-
umes end with July Many pictures re-
peated m "Giig " (14 1524= vol and page )
A.G. . . . American Gardening New York. Represents
14 extinct horticultural periodicals, includ-
ing The American Garden (1888-1890)
(20-890— vol and page)
B The Botanist Edited by Maund No years
on title pages Founded 1839 Eight vols ,
50 colored plates in each vol (8.400=™
vol and col plate.) Cumulative index
B B ... Bntton & Brown An Illustrated Flora of the
Northern U S , etc New York, 1896-98
Ed 2 in 19U (3 5S8=vol and page of ed
1, (rd 2) 3 —vol and page of ed 2)
B.H. ... La Belgique Horticole Ghent. 35 vols.
(1851-1885).
B.M. . . . Curtis' Botanical Magazine. London.
Founded 1787 The oldest current peri-
odical devoted to garden plants The vol.
for 1912 is vol 138 of the whole work.
Index to first 107 vols by E. Tonka.
London (7690 =col plate.)
B.R. . . . Botanical Register (1815-1847) Vols 1-14
edited by Edwards, vols 15-33 by Land-
ley In vols 1-23 the plates are numbered
from 1-2014 In vols 24-33 they are num-
bered independently in each vol. There are
688 plates in vols. 24-33. "An Appendix to
the First Twenty-three Volumes" (bound
separately or with the 25th vol.) contains
an index to the first 23 vola. An index to
vols. 24-31 maybe found in vol. 31. (1198 —
col. plate. 33:70— vol. and col. plate.)
xviu
B.S.D.
B.T. .
C.L.A..
C.O. .
Em. . .
F. . . .
EXPLANATIONS
F.C. .
F.E. .
F.M. .
F.R. .
F.S. .
F.S.R.
F.W. .
G.F. . ,
GL. . .
G.M. . ,
Gn. . . ,
Gng. . ,
Gn. M.
Gn.W.
G.O.H. ,
. Bulletin de la Socie'tfi dendrologique de France
Pans. Founded 1906. One vol. each year.
Illustrated (1907: 198 —year and page.)
, Bntton. North American trees. New York.
1908 All American trees illustrated
, Country Life in America. Founded Nov. 1901.
Two volumes a year. (12: 75 — vol and
page )
, Cogmaiix Dictionnaire Iconographfque des
Orchid6es Colored plates, with descriptions.
(6=col plate )
, Emerson, G B Trees and Shrubs of Mas-
sachusetts. Boston. 2 vols. 149 plates
, The Florist London 1840-1884 (1884:
192— year and page opp col plate ) Edi-
tors and title pages changed many times.
Known as the Florist, Florist's Journal
and Florist and Pomologist. Sometimes
improperly called British Florist.
Floral Cabinet Knowles & Westcott. Lon-
don 1837-1840 3 vols , 4to
, The Florists' Exchange New York A trade
paper, whose pictures sometimes are re-
peated in "A G " Founded Dec 8, 1888.
(1 1 : 1298 —vol and page )
, Floral Magazine London Series I 1861-
1871, 8\o Series II 1872-1881, 4to.
(1881 450=year and col plate )
, Florists' Review Chicago A trade paper.
Vol 1, Dec. 2, 1897, to May 26, 1898. Two
vols a year (4 oGO=vol and page )
, FloredesSeires. Ghent (1845-1880) Incon-
sistent in numbering, but the plate numbers
are always found on the plate itself or on the
page opposite Valuable but perplexing
indexes in vols 15 and 19 23 vols. (23 : 2481
—vol and col plate )
. Flora and Sylva London 1903-1905 Edited
by W Robinson 3 vols (2.24=vol and
page opposite colored plate 2, p. 31— vol.
and page containing black figure )
. The Floral World and Garden Guide Lon-
don Edited by Shirley Hibberd 1858-
1880 No plates until 1868 (1875.33=year
and col. plate )
. Gardening, Illustrated London Founded
March 1, 1880 Vols begin with the March
number (10.25=vol and page )
. The Gardeners' Chronicle London. Series I.
(1841-1873) is cited by year and page.
Series II or "New Scries" (1874-1886), is
cited thus II 26.824^=sencs, volume and
page Series III is cited thus III 26*416.
Two vols a year, beginning 1874 A select
index is scattered through 1879 and 1880.
Consult II. 12. vin (1879), and similar places
in subsequent vols.
. Garden and Forest New York. 1888-1897.
(10'518=vol. and page )
. Garden Life London Incorporates The
Gardening World after May 1, 1909 Cited
only from vol 16 (16.54=vol and page )
. Gardeners' Magazine London Ed by
Shirley Hibberd Founded 1860 Cited
from vol 31 on. (42 872— vol and page )
. The Garden London Founded 1871 Two
vols. a year through 1906 Since then
one vol (56: 458=- vol. and page opp.
sol. plate, 56, p 458 —vol and page con-
taining black figure ) An Index of the first
20 vols was separately published Com-
plete Index of Colored Plates to end of 1897
in vol. 54, p 334.
. Gardening. Chicago. Founded Sept. 15.
1892. Vols. end Sept. 1. (7: 384 —vol. and
oage. )
. The Garden Magazine. Garden City, N. Y.
Founded 1905. (7: 543 —vol. and page.)
. Gardening World. Founded 1884. Incorpora-
ted after 1909 in Garden Life. (7: 118 —vol.
and page.)
. Guimpel, Otto & Hayne. Abbildungen der
f remden in Deutachland ausdauernden Hols-
arten. Berlin, 1825. 144 ool. plates.
G.W.H.
G.Z. .
HBK. .
H.H. .
Gt Gartenflora. Berlin. Founded 1852. (Gt.
48:1470— vol. and col. plate. Gt. 48, p.
670= vol. and page containing black
figure )
. Die Gartenwelt. Founded 1896 The first
year it appeared under the title "Hesdorf-
fers Monatshefte fur Blumen- und Garten-
freunde " (13.58=vol and col plate. 13,
p. 58=vol and page )
. Guimpel, Willdenow and Hayne Abbildung
der deutscher Holzarten. 2 vols Berlin
1815-20 216 col. plates.
. Illustrirte Garten-Zeitung. Founded Oct 1856.
One col plate m each month. (4: 88=- vol.
and coK plate.)
. Hirnboldt, Bonpland & Kunth. Nova Genera
et Species, etc. Paris. 1815-25 7 vols
Folio
. Hooker, Exotic Flora. London, 1823-7. 232
col plates
. L' Horticulteur Francais 1st series 1851-
1859 2nd series 1859-1872 (1853 273 =
1st series, year and col plate II 1860381
=2rid series, year and col plate )
. Hough, Handbook of Trees of the Northern
States and Canada Lowville, N Y 1907
All trees of the region illustrated, all parts
of the trees, including bark represented by
photographic reproductions
. Hooker's Icones Plantarum London.
Founded in 1837 Contains up to 1913
3,000 black plates in 30 vols The plates
with botanical descriptions in Latin
. L'Horticulteur Univcrsel Pans 1839-1845.
8 vols with col plates The first 6 vols
edited by C Lemaire Vol 7 and 8 called
Deuxifeme and Nouvelle s6ne (7. 28 =~ vol.
and plate )
. Hempel and Wilhclm Baume und Straucher
desWaldes Wien, 1889-99 3 vols GO beau-
tiful col plates and numerous black illustra-
tions m the text (3.45=vol and col plate,
3, p 113=vol and page containing black
figure).
. L'lllustration Horticole Ghent (1854-1896 )
(43 72== vol and col plate ) The volumes
were numbered continuously, but there were
6 series. Series 1 = 1854-63 Series 11 =
1864-9 Series 111=1870-80 Series IV
=1881-6 Series V = 1887-93 Series VI
=1894-6 The plates \vere numbered con-
tinuously in the fir.st 16 vols from 1 to 614
m vols 17-33 they run from 1 to 619 in
series V from 1 to 190 in Series VI they
begin anew with each vol Valuable indexes
in vols 10 and 20 Scries V in 4to, the rest
8vo.
. Icones Seiectie Horti Thenensis Bruxelles,
1899-1909. 6 vols with 240 plates (6 220 —
vol and black plate )
. Jardin, journal bi-mensuel d'horticulture gen-
erale Paris Founded in 1887 (10 36
—vol and page opp col plate, 10, p 345
=vol and page containing black figure )
. Journal of the College of Science, Imperial Uni-
versity Tokyo, Japan Founded in 1886, 33
vols up to 1913 Contains black plates and
figures in the text of plants of E. Asia.
(6: 3 —vol. and plate)
. Le Jardin Fleuriste Ghent 1851-1854.
Edited by C Lemaire 4 vols with 430
col plates and black figures in the text.
(4.421— vol and col plate, 4, p 66=-vol
and page containing black figure.)
. Journal of Horticulture. London Founded
in 1848 as The Cottage Gardener. Series
III only is cited, beginning 1880 (III.
39:504=senes, vol , page )
. Journal de la Soci6te d'horticulture de France
Pans. Founded in 1827 as Annales et Jour-
nal de la Societe roy d'horticulture de Paris.
Only series IV is cited, beginning 1900 (IV
1:209 —series, vol. and page containing
black figure.)
H.W. .
I.H. .
J.C.T.
J.F. . .
J.H. . .
J.H.F.
EXPLANATIONS
xix
JJEL8. . . Journal of the Horticultural Society of Lon-
don. Founded in 1846. 9 vols. from 1846-
55. A new series started in 1866 The earlier
series is cited by the year, the new series by
the volume (1846. 188«=-year, page opposite
plate, 28.394, fig. 96=vol , page opposite
black plate or containing black figure, and
fig in case of several figures )
L.B.C. . . The Botanical Cabinet Loddiges 1817-
33. 100 plates in each vol Complete index
inlastvol (20.2000=vol and col. plate.)
L.D. . . . Loiseleur-Deslongscharnps, Herbier g6o£ral
de 1'amateur Pans, 1816-27. 8 vols with
574 col plates There is a second series,
1839 -44 m 4 vols with 309 plates which is
very rare and not quoted
L.I. . . . Lavaliee, Arboretum Segrezianum; Icones
seleetae Pans, 1880-5 36 black plates
of trees and shrubs
Lind . . . Lmdcnm Ghent Founded 1885. Folio.
Devoted to orchids
Lowe. . . . Beautiful Leaved Plants E J Lowe and
Howard London 1864. (60«col plate )
M. . . . A. B. Freeman-Mitford The Bamboo Gar-
den London 1896 (224=page )
M D. ... Mitteilungen der Deutschen dendrologischen
Gescllschaft Bonn Founded in 1892.
(1912, p 161-=«ycar and page containing
black figure, 1910.1— year and page opp.
col plate )
M D.G. . . Moller's Deutsche Gartner-Zeitung Erfurt.
Founded IHHfl (1X97 4 25 ==y ear and page )
Mn .... Meohan's Monthly Gennantown, Phila-
delphia Founded 1891 (9 192=vol and
page opp col plate )
Mn N. . . Meehan The Native Flowers and Ferns of the
United States Philadelphia 1878-80. 4 vols.
in 2 series (II 2 J=series, vol and plate.)
MX Michaux Histoire des arbres forestiors de
1'Amenque aeptentrionale Paris, 1810—13
3 vols with 138 plates The English trans-
lation under the title The North American
Sylva has 150 plates (3 4=*vol and plate )
N.D. . . . Nouveau Duhamci Traite. des arbres et
arbustes Pans, 1801-19 7 vols with 488
col plates The first edition by Duhamel du
Monceau \vas published in 1755 and contains
only 250 black plates, the second edition
was edited bv several botanists and is really
an entirely new work (7 33 =«vol and plate )
O Orchis Beilagc zur Gartenfiora (1910 88«=»
year and col plate 1910, 'p. 88=year and
page )
O.K. . . . Orchid Review London Founded 1893. (18:
169= vol and plate.)
PG ... Popular Gardening Buffalo. 1885-90. (5:270
—vol and page )
P.M. . . . Paxton's Magazine of Botany. London. 1834—
49 (16 376=vol and page opposite col.
plate ) Vol 15 has index of first 16 vols.
R Reichenbachia Edited by Fred Sander. Lon-
don. Founded 1886 Folio.
R.B. . . . Revue de 1'Horticulture Beige et Etrangere.
Ghent Founded 1875. (23:288«=*vol and
page opp col. plate )
R.F.G. . . Reichenbach Icones Florae Gennanicae et Hel-
vetica? Leipzig. Founded in 1834 25
vols. with more than 3,000 col. plates
issued up to 1913.
R.H. . . . Revue Hortioole. Dates from 1826, but is
now considered to have been founded in
1829. (1899:596— year and page opp. col.
plate 1899, p. 596— year and page opp.
black figure.)
S Schneider. The Book of Choice Ferns. Lon-
don. In 3 vols. Vol. 1, 1892. Vol. 2, 1893.
Vol. 3, 1894. (1 390— vol. and page )
S.E.B. . . Sowerby, English Botany Ed. 3. London,
1863-1902. 13 vols. with 1952 plates The
first edition was published 1700-1814 m 36
vols. Only the third edition is quoted.
S.H. . . . Sexnaine Horticole. Ghent. Founded 1897.
(3 : 548 — vol and page. )
S.I.F. . . . Shirasawa Iconographie des essences fores-
tieres du Japon. Tokyo. 1900-8. 2 vols,
with 161 col. plates. (2: 73 = vol. and
plate.)
S.M. . . . Sargent. Manual of the Trees of North
America Boston and New York, 1905.
(810=page con taming black figure.)
S.O.B. . . Schmidt Oesterreieh's allgememe Baumzucht.
Wien, 1792-1822 4 vols with 240 col.
plates. (4.237=vol and plate.)
S.S Sargent. The Rilva of North America. 13
vols. Vol 1, 1891 Vol 12, 1898 (12:620=-
vol and plate, not colored )
S.T.S. . . . Sargent Trees and Shrubs Boston and New
York, 1902-13 2 vols 200 black plates
of trees and shrubs, native and foreign.
(2:147— vol and plate )
8.Z Siebold & Zuccarini. Flora Japonica. Vol.
1,1835-44 Vol 2 partly by Miquel, 1845-70.
(2.150=vol and plate)
V Vick's Magazine Rochester, N Y. Founded
1878 Volt! numbered continuously through
the 3 series Vols begin with Nov. (23 . 250
=vol and page )
V.F. . . . Vilmorin & Bois Fruticetum Vilmonmanurn.
Paris, 1904 (205=- page containing black
figure )
V.O. . . . James Veitch & Sons A Manual of Orchida-
ceous Plants, cultivated under glass in
Great Britain London 1887-94.
W.D.B. . . Watson, Dendrologia Bntannica London, 1825
2 vols. with 172 col. plates (2:160— vol. and
plate.)
THE AUTHORS OF BOTANICAL NAMES
By common consent, the Latin name of a plant, in
order to be considered by botanists, must first be
regularly published by a reputable author in a rep-
utable book or periodical As an index to this name,
the name of its author is published with it whenever an
accurate account of the species is given Thus, "Ber-
bens anstata, DC." (p. 490) means that this name was
made by De Candolle. This citation at once dis-
tinguishes De Candolle's Berbens anstata from any
other Berbens aru>tata, — for example, from Sims'
(p. 492). It is always possible that some other author
may have given the same name to some other plant,
in which case the older name must stand In some
cases, the fact that there are two plants passing under
one name is indicated in the citation. "Berbens sinensis,
Hemsl, not Poir " (p. 490, nos. 10, 11) means that
Hemsley and Poiret applied the name B. sinensis to
different plants. B ihcifoha, Forst , is not the same as
B.iLicifoha, Hort. (p 492, nos 27, 31); "Hort " means
that the particular name is one in use amongst horti-
culturists,— that it is a garden name.
The citation of authorities gives a clue to the time
and place of publication of the species It is an index
'to the literature of the subject. It is no part of the idea
merely to give credit or honor to the man who made
the name. It is held by some that the authority is an
integral part of the name, and should always go with
it; but common usage dictates otherwise, for the
authority is never pronounced with the Latin words
in common speech. The authority is a matter of iden-
tification, not of language.
EXPLANATIONS
Following are the authors moat frequently c.ted m BK. K Ut N. E. Brown, Roy.. Botanic Garden., K«w;
this Cyclopedia:
ADANS Michael Adanson, 1727-1806 France.
AIT. William Alton, 1731-1793 England
AIT f. William Townsond Alton, the son, 1766-1849.
England.
ALL. Carlo Alhoni, 1725-1804. Italy.
ANDERS , T. Thomas Anderson, Director of Botanic Gar-
den in Calcutta
ANDB Henry C. Andrews, botanical artist and engraver,
conducted The Botanists' Repository from 1799-
1811, and illustrated books on heaths, geraniums and
roses
ANDRE Edward Andre, 1840-1911, first editor of Illustra-
tion Horticole, later editor-m-chief of Revue Horticole.
ANT. Franz Antoine, director of the royal gardens at
Schdnbrunn, 1815.
ARN. George Arnold Walker Arnott, 1799-1868. Scot-
land.
ASCHERS Paul Ascherson, professor of botany, Berlin.
1834-1913
AUBL. J B C F. Aublet, 1720-1778 France.
AUCT , AUTH. Authors, referring to usage by various or
many writers.
BACKH J. Backhous, English botanist and traveler.
BAILL H Baillon, author of the great natural history of
plants m French
BAKER John Gilbert Baker, formerly keeper of the Her-
barium of the Royal Gardens, Kew, England.
BALT Charles Baltet, frequent contributor to Revuo
Horticole
BART William P. C Barton, 1787-1856 Pennsylvania.
BARTR William Bartram, 1739-1823 American botartist.
BATEM James Bateman, writer and student of orchids.
England.
BEAUV. Ambroise Mane Francois Joseph Palisot de
Beauvois, 1755-1820 Franco.
BECC O. Beccan, Italian botanist and writer on E Indian
botany
BECK Lewis C Beck, 1798-1853. New York.
BEISSN. L Beissner, Inspector of the Botanic Gardens
at Bonn, and Instructor at Poppelsdorf. Pub. "Haud-
buch der Nadelholzkunde "
BENTH George Bentham, 1800-1884, one of the dis-
tinguished botanists of England, one of the authors
of Benthain & Hooker's "Genera Plantarum "
BENTH & HOOK. George Bentham and J. D. Hooker
authors of "Genera Plantarum." England.
BERQER. Ernst Berger, died 1853. Germany.
BERNH Johann Jacob Bernharch, 1774-1850 Germany.
BERT Carlo Guiseppe Bcrtero, 1789-1831. Died between
Tahite and Chile.
BIBB Friedrich August Marschall von Bierberstem, 1768-
1826 German botanist, lived later in Russia.
BIQEL Jacob Bigelow, 1787-1879. Massachusetts
BLUME Karl Ludwig Blumo, born 1796 at Braunschweig,
died 1862 at Lcyden. Wrote much on Javan plants.
Bois. D6sire Georges Jean Marie Bois, editor of Revue
Horticole Paris.
Boiss Edmond Boissier, 1810-1886 Switzerland. Author
of "Flora Onentahs" and other works.
BOJER W Bojer, 1800-1856, author of a Flora of Mauri-
tius Austria.
BONPL Aim6 Bonpland. 1773-1858. France.
BORKH. Montz Balthasar Borkhausen, 1760-1806. Ger-
many
England.
BB., R. Robert Brown, born 1773, Scotland, died 1858,
London Author of many important works.
BRIT. Nathaniel Lord Britton, Director of New York
Botanical Garden, New York City.
BRONON Adolpho Th6odore Brongmart, 1801-1876.
France.
BUCH.-HAM Francis Buchanan, later Lord Hamilton,
wrote on Indian plants.
BUCKL Samuel Botsford Buckley, 1809-1884. United
States
BULL William Bull, plant merchant London.
BULL. Pierre Bulliard, 1742-1793, author of the great
"Herbier de la France" in 12 folio volumes, with 600
plates
BUNGE Alexander von Bunge, 1803-1890 Russia.
BURM Johannes Burmann, 1706-1779, professor at
Amsterdam, wrote on plants of Ceylon and Malabar.
BUHM f Nickolous Laurens Burmann, 1734-1793. Son
of Johannes
CARR. Ehe Abel Carnere, 1816-1896, distinguished French
botanist and horticulturist, editor of Revue Horticole.
GASP Robert Caspary, professor of botany at University
of Komgsberg 1818-1887
CASS Alexandre Henri Gabriel Cassmi, Comte de 1781—
1832 France
CAV Antonio Jose Oavamlles, 1745-1804. Spain.
CERV Vmcentc Cervantes, 1759 (?) -1829 Spanish botanist.
CHAM. Adalbert von Chamisso, poet and naturalist,
1781-1838 Germany
CHAPM Alvan Wcntworth Chapman, 1809-1899, authoi
of "Flora of the Southern United States "
CHOIS Jacques Denys Choisy, 1799-1859 Switzerland.
CLOS Dominique Clos, professor of botany and director
of the gardens at Toulouse Born 1821.
COON Alfred Cogniaux, French botanist.
COLEBR Henry Thomas Colebrooke, 1765-1837. England.
COLLA Luigi Colla, 1766-1848 France
COULTER John M Coulter, University of Chicago
CUNN Richard Cunningham, 1793-1835 Colonial bot-
anist in Australia
CUNN , A. Allan Cunningham, born 1791, Scotland, died
1839, Sidney, Australia Brother of Richard
CURT. William Curtis, 1746 1799 England Founder
of the Botanical Magazine, now known as Curtis'
Botanical Magazine
CURTIS. Moses Ashley Curtis, 1808-1873. North Car-
olina.
DC Augustm Pyramus De Candollo, 1778-1841, projec-
tor of the Prodromus, and head of a distinguished
family Alphonse De Candollc, the son (1806-1893),
and Casimir De Candolle, the grandson, are also
quoted in this work.
DECNE. Joseph Decaisne, 1809-1882. France.
D DON. See Don, D.
DESF. Ron6 Louiche Desfontames, 1750-1833. France.
DESV. Augustm Nicaise Desvaux, 1784-1856. France.
DEVR Willem Hendnk de Vriese, 1807-1862, professor
of botany at Leyden Wrote on medical plants and
plants of the Dutch East Indies.
DICKS. James Dickson, 1738-1822, Scotch writer on
flowerless plants
DIELS Ludwig Diels, professor of botany, Marburg,
Germany.
DILL. Johann Jacob Dillenius, professor of botany in
Oxford. 1687-1747.
EXPLANATIONS
DIPP. Dr. L. Dippel, of Darmstadt, Germany. Den-
drologist, pub. "Handbuch der Lauhholzkunde "
DON. George Don, 1798-1856 England.
DON, D. David Don, brother of George, 1800-1841.
Scotland.
DONN. James Donn, 1758-1813, author of "Hortus Can-
tabrigiensis " England.
DOUGLAS David Douglas, 1799-1834, collector in north-
western America Scotland
DRUDE Prof O. Drude, of Dresden, Germany.
DRY Jonas Dryander, 1748-1810 Sweden.
DUCHESNE Antome Nicolas Duchesne, 1747-1827.
France.
DUMORT. Barthelemy Charles Dumortier, 1797-1878.
Belgium
DUNAL. Michel Felix Dunal, 1789-1856 France.
DUNN. Stephen Troyte Dunn, Kew, England
DYER W T Thistlcton-Dyer, Director of Kew Gar-
dens, 1885-1905, editor of the Flora of Tropical Africa,
etc
EATON, A Amos Eaton, 1776-1842, author of a "Manual
of Botany for North America," 1st ed. 1817; 8th ed.
1841
EATON, D C Daniel Cady Eaton, professor at Yale Col-
lege, and writer on ferns
EHRH. Fricdnch Ehrhart, 1742-1795 Germany.
ELL Stephen Elliott, 1771-1830 South Carolina.
ELLIS John Ellis, 1711- 1776 England
ENDL Stephan Ladislaus Endhcher, 1804-1849, profes-
sor at Vienna Numerous works
ENOELM George Engelmann, 1M)<)-1884 Missouri.
ENQLER Prof A. Engler, of Berlin, joint author of
Englcr and PrantPs "Naturhrhen Pflanzenfamihen."
ESCH Johann Friedrick Eschseholz, 1793 1831 Germany.
FEE Antonio Laurent Apollmaire Fee, 1789-1874.
France
FENZL Edward Fenzl, professor and custodian of botani-
cal museum at Wiens, 1808-1879.
FERN Merntt Lyndon Fernald, assistant professor of
botany, Cambridge, Mass
FISCH Friedrioh Ernst Ludwig von Fischer, 1782-1854.
Russia
FORB John Forbes, catalogued heaths, willows, coni-
fers, and other plants at Woburn Abbey
FORBK Pehr Forskal, 1736-1768, collected in Egypt
and Arabia
FORST Johann Remhold Forster, 1729-1798 Germany.
(Also Georg Forster, the son )
FRANCH. A Frauchet, Jardin des Plantes, Paris 1834-
1900.
FRASER John Fraser, 1750-1811, traveled in America
1785-96 Had a son of same name
FROEL Joseph Aloys Froehch, 1766-1841 Germany.
F v. M Ferdinand von Mueller, royal botanist of
Australia, author of many works on economic plants.
See Muell.
GABBTN. Joseph Gaertner, 1732-1791 Germany.
GAONEP. Francois Gagnepam, French botanist, writing
chiefly on Asiatic plants.
GAUD. Charles Gaudichaud-Beaupre, 1789-1864 France.
GAWL. See Ker.
GMEL. Samuel Gottlieb Gmelm, 1743-1774. Russia.
GOBFP. Heinrich Robert Goeppert, 1800-1884, professor
at Breslau. Wrote much on fossil botany.
GOBI*. George Gordon, 1806-1879, author of the "Pine-
turn," London, 1858.
GRAIBN Paul Graebner, professor of botany Berlin
GRAY. Asa Gray, 1810-1888, Harvard University, Massa-
chusetts. America's most noted botanist
GREENM. J. M. Greenman, writes from ILirvaid Uni-
versity on Mexican plants. Now at the Field Museum,
Chicago
GRIFF William Griffith, 1810-1845 England.
GRISEB , GRIS Hcmrich Rudolph August Gnsebach,
1814-1879 Germany
HARMS Prof Hermann Harms Berlin.
HASSK Justus Karl Hasskarl, born 1811 Germany.
HAYNE. Fnednch Gottlob Huyne, 1763-1832, professor
at Berlin Medicinal plants, trees and shrubs
HAW Adrian Hardy Haworth, 1772-1833 England
HBK Fnedrich Alexander von Humboldt, 1796-1859.
Germany. Aime Bonpland, 1773-1858 France Karl
Sigismund Kunth, 1788-1850 Germany Authors of
a great work on plants of the New World
HEMSL. W. Bottmg Hcm&ley, Keeper at Kew, has written
many reviews of genera of horticultural value in The
Gardeners' Chronicle and elsewhere
HENFR. Arthur Henfrey, 1819-1859 English botanist.
HENRY Augustine Henry, collector of Chinese plants.
Cambridge, England
HENRY, L. Prof Louis Henry Writer on woody plants,
Paris.
HERB. William Herbert, 1778-1847 England.
HOCHST Christian Fnedrioh Hochstetter, 1787-1860,
descnbed many African plants
HOFFM Georg Franz Hoffmann, 1761-1826 Germany.
HOOK. William Jackson Hooker, 1785-1865. England.
HOOK, f Joseph Dalton Hooker, the son, 1817-1911
England.
HORT. Hortorum, literally of the gardens Placed after
names current among horticulturists, but not neces-
sarily all horticulturists Often used Tvith less exact-
ness than names of authors Frequently indicates
garden or unknown origin Many of these plants have
never been sufficiently described '
Hoar Nicolaus Thomas Host, 1761-1834 Germany.
JACQ Nicolaus Joseph Jacqum, 1727-1817 Austria
JAUB Hippolyte Francois de Jaubert French botanist.
Born 1798
Juss Antome Laurent Jussieu, 1748-1836, the first to
introduce the natural families of plants France.
KARSTEN Hermann G K W. Karsten German botanist,
1817-
KARW Wilhelm Karwinsky von Karwm, collector in
Brazil, died 1855
KAULF. Georg Fnedrich Kaulfuss, professor at Halle, died
1830 He described the ferns collected by Chamisso
KBR. John Bellenden Ker, 1765 (*)-1871, botanist, wit
and man of fashion First known as John Gawler.
In 1793 was compelled to leave army because of sym-
pathy with French Revolution His name was changed
in 1804 to John Ker Bellenden, but he was known to his
friends as Bellenden Ker First editor of Edwards'
Botanical Register
KER-GAWL. See Ker.
KIRCHN G. Kirchner, writer of the botanical part of
"Arboretum Muscaviense "
KLATT Friednch Wilhelm Klatt, a German botanist.
KLOTZSCH. Johann Fnedrich Klotzsch, 1805-1860, cu-
rator of Royal herbarium at Berlin, monographer of
Begoniaceae.
KOCH. Karl Koch, 1809-1879 Germany.
KOEHNE Emil Koehne, professor at Berlin. Pub.
"Deutsche Dendrologie."
XX11
EXPLANATIONS
KOMAB. Vlademir Leontyevitch Komarov, writer on
plants of eastern Asia St. Petersburg.
KOST Vmcenz Franz Kosteletzky. Bohemian botanist.
KOTSCHY Theodor Kotschy, assistant curator at Vienna,
1813-1866. Wrote on oriental plants.
KRANZL F. Kranzlm, Berlin, writes on orchids in The
Gardeners' Chronicle.
K. Sen See Schumann.
KUNTH See HBK.
KUNTZB Otto Kuntze German botanist; chiefly known
as a strong advocate of priority in nomenclature.
1843-1907
LAG. Mariano Lagasca, 1776-1839, one of Spain's moat
distinguished botanists.
LAM Jean Baptiste Antome Pierre Monnet Lamarck,
1744-1829, author of the Lamarckian philosophy of
organic evolution France
LANOS Georg Heinrich von Langsdorf, 1774-1852, Rus-
sian consul-general in Brazil
LAUTH Thomas Lauth, 1758-1826, professor of anatomy
at Strassburg, wrote a 40-page monograph on Acer
in 1781
LECQ Henry Lecoq, born 1802, once professor at Cler-
mont-Ferrand, wrote an elementary botany, a dic-
tionary of botanical terms, a book on hybridization, etc.
LECONTE John Eaton LeConte, 1784-1860 Pennsylvania.
LEDEB Karl Fnednch von Ledebour, 1785-1851.
Russia
LEHM Johann Georg Christian Lehmann, 1792-1860,
professor at Hamburg, wrote several monographs, and
described many new plants
LEHM , F C. F C. Lehmann, German collector in
South America
LEIOHT. Max Leichthn, horticulturist, Baden-Baden,
Germany
LBM Charles Lemaire, 1800-1871, works on cacti and
botany of cultivated plants Belgium.
LEVEILLE Augustine Abel Hector Leveill6, professor of
botany, Le Mans, France
L'HER C L L'Hentier de Brutelle, 1746-1800 France.
LICHTBT. August Gerhard Gottfield Lichtenstem, 1780-
1851 Germany
LIND <fe ROD L Linden and E Rodigas, once adminis-
trator and editor, respectively, of L'Ulustration Hor-
ticole
LIND J Linden, 1817-1898 Belgium. For many years
director of L' Illustration Horticole.
LIND , L Lucien Linden, associated with J. Linden for
some years on L' Illustration Horticole
LINDL John Lmdley, 1799-1865, one of the most illus-
trious of English horticulturists.
LINOELSH Alexander Lingelshenn Breslau, Germany.
LINK Heinrich Fnednch Link, 1767-1851. Germany.
LINN Carolus Linnaeus (Carl von Lmn6), 1707-1778,
the "Father of Botany," and author of binomial
nomenclature Sweden
LINN, f Carl von Linn6, the son, 1741-1783. Sweden.
LIPSKY Vladimir Ippohtovitch Lipsky, writer chiefly
on plants from Central Asia. St. Petersburg.
LODD Conrad Loddigos, nurseryman near London, con-
ducted Loddiges' Botanical Cabinet from 1817-33,
20 vols , 2,000 colored plates.
LOBS Theodor Loesener, professor of botany, Berlin.
LOISEL Jean Louis Auguste Loiseleur-Deslongchamps,
1774-1849 France
LOUD. John Claudius Loudon, 1783-1843, an extremely
prolific English writer.
LOUR. Juan Louraro, 1716-1796, missionary in China.
Portugal.
MAKING Tomitaro Makino. Tokyo, Japan.
MARSH. Humphrey Marshall, 1722-1801. Pennsylvania.
MART. Karl Fnodnch Phihpp von Martius, 1794-1868,
professor at Munich, monographer of palms, founder of
the great Flora Brasihensis, and author of many works.
MAST. Maxwell T. Masters, late editor of The Gardeners'
Chronicle, wherein ho has described great numbers of
new plants of garden value, author of "Vegetable
Teratology," etc 1833-1907
MATSITM Jinzo Matsumuro Tokyo, Japan
MAXIM. Karl Johann Maximowicz, 1827-1891, one of the
most illustrious Russian systematic botanists; wrote
much on Asian plants
MEDIKUS Fnednch Casmir Mechkus, 1736-1808, director
of the garden at Mannheim, wrote a book of 96 pages
in German on North American plants in 1792
MEISN. Karl Friedrich Meisner, 1800-1874 Switzer-
land.
METT. Georg Heinnch Mettenms, 1823-1866, professor at
Leipzig, wrote on flowerless plants
MEY. Ernst Heinnch Friedrich Meyer, 1791-1851.
Prussia
MEY , C A Carl Anton Meyor, 1795-1855, director
botanic garden at St. Petersburg, wrote on Russian
botany
MEZ. Dr Karl Mez, director of the botanic garden at
Kdmgsberg, monographer of the bromohads
MICHX Andr6 Michaux, 1746 1802 France, but for
ten years a resident of North America
MICHX f. Francois Andre Michaux, the son, 1770-1855.
France
MILL Philhp Miller, 1691-1771, of Chelsea, England,
author of a celebrated dictionary of gardening, which
had many editions
MIQ Fnedrich Anton Wilhelm Miquel, 1811 1871.
Holland
MITFORD. A B. Freeman-Mitford, English amateur,
author of "The Bamboo Garden "
MOENCH Konrad Moonch, 1744-1805 Germany
MONCH See Moench
MOORB Thomas Moore, 1821-1887, curator of Chelsea
Botanic Garden, author of "Index Fihcum," and other
well-known works.
MOQ Alfred Moqum-Tamlon, 1N04-1803 France
MORR Charles Jacques Edouard Morrcn, of Ghent.
1833-1886
MOTT S Mottet, frequent contributor to Revue Hor-
ticole, tianslutor of Nicholson's "Dictionary of Gar-
dening "
MUELL ARU Jean Mueller, of Aargau, 1828-1896, wrote
for De Candolle's "Prodromus," vol 16
MUELL , C Carl Mueller, 1817-1870, who edited vols.
4-6 of Walpers' "Annuals "
MUELL , F Ferdinand von Mueller, royal botanist at
Melbourne, has written much on Australian and
economic botany 1825-1896
MUHL. Henry Ludwig Muhlenberg, 1756-1817. Penn-
sylvania
MURR. Johann Andreas Murray, 1740-1791 Germany
MUHH., A. Andrew Murray, 1812-1878, author of "The
Pines and Firs of Japan." London, 1863
NAUDIN. Charles Naudin, 1815-1899, botanist, frajuent
contributor to Revue Horticole
N. E. BR. N. E. Brown describes many new plants in
Gardeners' Chronicle. See Br., N E.
EXPLANATIONS
xxin
NEKS. Christian Gottfried Neea von Eaenbeok, 177d-
1858 Prussia
NICHOLS George Nicholson, curator at Kew, author of
"The Dictionary of Gardening." 1847-1908
NUTT Thomas Nuttall, 1786-1859 Massachusetts.
O'BRIEN James O'Brien, current writer on orchids in
The Gardeners' Chronicle
OLIV Daniel Oliver, once curator at Kew, and founder
of the Flora of Tropical Africa
ORPH Theodor Georg Orphamdes, professor of botany at
Athens Died 1886.
ORTEGA, ORT. Casimiro Gomez Ortega, 1740-1818.
Spam
OTTO Friedrich Otto, 1782-1856 Germany.
PALL. Peter Simon Pallas, 1741-1811, professor and
explorer in Russia Germany.
PAMPAN Renato Pampanim, writer on Chinese plants.
Florence, Italy
PAV See Ruiz & Pav
PAX Ferdinand Pax, professor at Breslau, Germany.
PAXT Joseph Paxton, 1802-1865 England
PERS Christian Hendnck Persoon, 1755-1837 Germany.
PHIL Rudolph Amandus Philippi, 1808-1904. Santiago,
Chile
PLANCH Jules Emile Planchon, professor at Mont-
pclhcr France 1833-1900
POHL Johann Emmanuel Pohl, 1782-1834, professor at
Vienna, wrote a large book on travels in Brazil
Pom Jean Louis Mane Poire t, 1755-1834 France.
PRAIN Sir David Pram, Director of the Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, since 1905
PRESL Karri Bomv eg Pr< si, 1794-1852 Bohemia
PUUHH Frederick T Pursh (or Pursch), 1771-1820.
Germany, but for twelve yeart> in vhe United States.
RAODI Guiboppc Raddi, \77(y 1829 Italy
RAK Constantino Samuel Rafiiu seme-Schmaltz, 1784-
18-+2. Profesbor of Natural history, Transylvania
University Lexington, Kentucky
R Bit Robert Blown born 1773, Scotland, died 1858,
London Author of many impoitant works
RbuKL Eduaid von Regel, 1H15-1892, German, founder
of Gaitfnflora, Director Botanic Garden at St Peters-
burg
REHD Alfred Rehdcr, Arnold Arboretum, Massachu-
setts
REICHB Hcinnch Gottlieb Ludwig Reichenbach, 1793-
1879 Germany
REICHB f Ilomnch Gustav, 1823-1889, son of the pre-
ceding Orchids
RICH John Ru hardson, 1787-1865. Scotland.
RKHAUD Louis Claude Mane Richard, 1754-1821.
France
RIDDELL John Leonard Riddell, 1807-1865, professor of
chemistry in Cincinnati and New Orleans
ROB. B L Robinson, Director Gray Herbarium of Harvard
University is editing "The Synoptical Floru of North
America "
ROD Emile Rodigas, for some years connected with
L' Illustration Horticole.
RODR. J. B Rodrigues, Brazilian botanist, writer on
palms and Brazilian botany
ROEM. Johann Jacob Roemer, 1763-1819. Switzerland
Also M J Roemer
ROSCOE William Roscoe, 1753-1831 England
ROSE J. N Rose, assistant curator, United States
National Herbarium, Smithsonian Institution. Mexi-
can plants.
ROTH. Albrecht Wilhelm Roth, 1757-1834. Physician at
Vegesack, near Bremen.
ROXBO. William Roxburg, 1759-1815 India
ROYLE John Forbes Royle, born 1800, at Cawnpore,
died 1858 London. Professor in London. Plants of
India.
Ruiz & PAV Hipohto Ruiz Lopez, 1764-1815, and Jose
Pavon, authors of a Flora of Peru and Chile. Spain
RUPR Franz J Ruprccht, 1814 -1870 Russia
RYDB Per Axel Rydberg New York Botanical Garden.
8. <fe Z. Sec Sieb & Zucc
SABINE Joseph Sabme, 1770-1837 England
SAFFORD W. E Safford, United States Department of
Agriculture, Washington
SALISB Richard Anthony Salisbury, 1761-1829 England.
SALM-DYOK Joseph, Prince and High Count Salm-
Reifferscheidt-Dyck, born at Dyck, 1773, died 1861.
Wrote on Aloe, Cactus, Mesembryanthemum
SAKO Charles Sprague Sargent, Director Arnold Arbo-
retum, author of "Silva of North America "
SAV L Savatier, writer on Japanese plants
SAVI Gaetano Savi, died 1841 Italy
SCHEIDW. Michael Joseph Scheidweiler, 1799-1861, profes-
sor of botany and horticulture at Horticultural Insti-
tute of Ghent
St-HK Christian Schkuhr, died 1811 Germany
SCHLECHT Diedrich Franz Leonhard von Schlechten
dahl, 1794-1866. Professor at Halle, wrote several
memoirs in Latin and German
SCHNEID Camillo Schneider, author of "Handbuch der
Laubholzkunde " Vienna
SCHOTT Hcmneh Wilhelm Schott, 1794-1865 Wrote
much on aroids with Nyman and JCot-schy
SCHRAD. Hemrich Adolph Schrader, 1767-1836 Germany.
SCHULT Joseph August Schultes, 1773-1831 Germany
SCHUM Christian Friednch Schumacher, 1757-1830
Germany.
SCHUMANN Karl Montz Schumann, 1851-1904, professor
of botany, Berlin Wrote much on Cactacea?
SCHUR Phihpp Johann Ferdinand Schur, 1785-1848
Germany.
Scuw , SCHWEIN Lewis David von Schweimtz, 1780-
1834 Pennsylvania
SCHWEINF. George Sthwemfurth Germany Born 1836.
SCHWER. Graf Fritz von Schwerm, German authority on
Acer.
SCOP Johann Anton Scopoli, 1723- 1788 Italy
SEEM Berthold Seemann, Hanover, 182.5-1872 Wrote
on palms, and botany of the voyage of the Herald
SIBTH. John Sibthorp, 1758 1796, author of a Flora of
Greece England
SIEB. & Zucc Phihpp Franz von Siebold, 1796-1866, and
Joseph Gerhard Zuccarmi, 1797-1848 Germany
SIMS John Sims, 1792-1838 England, for many years
editor of Curtis' Botanic al Magazine
SMALL. John Kunkel Small. New York Botanical Garden.
SMITH. James Edward Smith, 1759-1828 England.
SOLAND Daniel Solander, 1736-1782 England
SPACH. Eduard Spach, born 1801 Strassburg, died 1879.
Author of "Histoire Naturelle des Vegetaux."
SPAETH. L Spaeth, Berlin, nurseryman, died 1913. H. L.
Spaeth, the present head of the firm
SPRENO. Kurt Sprengel, 1766-1833 Germany.
STEUD. Ernst Gottlieb Steudel, 1783-1856. Germany.
STEV. Christian Steven, 1781-1863. Russia.
ST. HIL. Auguste de Saint Hilaire, 1779-1853. France.
SWA.BTZ. Olof Swartz, 1760-1818. Sweden.
XXIV
EXPLANATIONS
SWEET. Robert Sweet, 1783-1835, author of many well-
known works, as "Geramacese," "British Flower Gar-
den "
SWINGLE Walter T Swingle, United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Washington
TAUSCH Ignaz Friedrich Tausch Died 1848. Austria.
TENORE. Michelo Tenore, 1780-1861 Italy.
THORE Jean Thore, 1702-1823, physician at Dax.
THUNB. Carl Peter Thunberg, 1743-1822, wroto "Flora
Japonica" (1784) Sweden.
TOD. Augustmo Todaio, director of the botanic gardens
at Palermo 1818-1892
TORK John Torrey, 1796-1873 New York
THAUTV Ernst Rudolph von Trautvctter.
TREL William Trelease, professor of botany, Univer-
sity of Illinois
TUCKM Edward Tuckerman, 1817-1886 Massachusetts.
TURCZ Nicolaus Turczamnow Died 1864.
UNDERW Prof Lucien M Underwood, Columbia Uni-
versity, New York, N. Y , has written much on ferns,
etc
URBAN Ignatius Urban, of the Kongl Bot. Garten, near
Berlin, writer on Brazilian and West Indian plants.
VAHL. Martin Vahl, 1749-1804 Denmark
VAN HOUTTE. Louis Van Houttc, 1810-1876, founder
and publisher of Flore des Serres.
VEITCH John Gould Veitch, 1839-1867, and successors,
horticulturists at Chelsea, England.
VENT Etienne Pierre Ventenat, 1757-1808 France.
VERL B Verlot, contributoi to Revue Horticole
VERSCH Ainbroise Verschaffelt, 1825-1886, founder and
publisher of L'lllustratioii Horticole at Ghent, Belgium.
VILL Dominique Villars, 1715-1814 France
VILM Several generations of the family of Vilmonn,
Paris, seedsmen and authors of many books and
memoirs on botany and horticulture Pierre Philippe
Andre Leveque de Vilmonn, 1740-1804 Pierre Vil-
monn, 1810-1860 Henry L de Vilmonn, died 1899
Voss. A. Voss, author of botanical part of VUmorin's
Blumengartnerei
WAHL Georg Wahlenberg, 1781-1851. Sweden.
WALDST. Franz Adam, Graf von Waldstem, 1759-1823.
Austria.
WALL. Nathanael Walhch, born 1786, Copenhagen, died
1854 London Wrote on plants of India and Asia.
WALP Wilhelm Gerhard Walpers, 1816-1853.
WALT. Thomas Walter, about 1740-1788, author of
"Flora Carolmiana " South Carolina
WAKO. Friedrieh Adam Julius von Wangenheim, 1747—
1800. Germany
WANON. Walter Wangerm, monographer of Cornace®.
Germany
WARBCZ Joseph Warsccwicz, 1812-1866
WATS. Sereno Watson, 1826-1892 Harvard University.
WEB Fnediieh Weber, 1781-1823 Germany
WEDD H A World* 11, wrote for De Candolle's "Pro-
dromus," vol 16, etc
WELW. Fnedrich \V ehvitsch, 1806-1872.
WENDL. Hermann Wendland, Director Royal Botanic
Garden at Herrenhausen, one of the chief writers on
palms.
WIGHT. Robert Wight, writer on Indian plants. 1796-
1872.
WILLD. Karl Ludwig Willdenow, 1765-1812 Germany
WILSON. Ernest II Wilson, collector of Chinese plants.
WITH, WITHER. William Withering, 1741-1799 Eng-
land.
WITTM. Max Karl Ludwig Wittmack, editor of Gar-
tenflora. Professor at Berlin.
WOOD. Alphonso Wood, 1810-1881 Of his "Class-Book
of Botany," 100,000 copies have been sold m
America.
ZABEL Hermann Zabel, wrter on woody plants, 1832-
1912. Germany
Zucc Joseph Gerhard Zuccarmi, 1797-1848, professo*
at Munich.
The Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
By KARL M. WIEGAND
Most modern botanists, as well as zoologists, now think that organisms have descended, through the ages.
from ancestors which differed in many ways and often markedly from the present organisms, out were in general
of a less specialized type It is, indeed, thought that the original life was of an exceedingly simple nature, and that
during the countless ages its descendants have gradually diverged from one another much as the branches of a tree
diverge from its trunk, until we have the enormous wealth of species and extreme diversity, and great complexity
of structure exhibited by the plants and animals existing today Just as through descent in the human race we
have groups of individuals called families, the members of which are more closely related to each other by descent
than to other individuals, so we have groups of related species and genera forming similar natural families The
attempt of the so-called systematic botanist of the present day is to interpret the evolutionary history of plants,
to discover these natural families, and to represent this knowledge of history and relationship in a synopsis of the
plant kingdom Such a synopsis, therefore, attempts to show an actual "blood relationship, — the real genealogy
of the plant kingdom Before the theory of evolution became widely accepted as a result of Darwin's labors,
systems of classification were either wholly arbitrary, and planned simply for convenience in dealing with the vast
number of existing organisms (eg, the sexual system of Linnaeus), or they were based on the morphological
relation of the flower to a certain floral plan Since, however, the floral plan depends largely on descent, these last-
named systems often accidentally approached in many respects very closely to the natural svstems based on
evolution instead of placing the "highest" tvpes of plants (the most recent) last in their classification, as is now
done, the idealists placed them first, — hence the Kanunculace.r, with parts separate and hjpogynoUH, and there-
fore most ideal, is found first in such a classification The fusion of parts in the Composite, and (he union of parts
in the Gamopetahr were thought to represent a less perfect condition Likewise, the Apetahe, with parts lacking,
were still less peifeet, and therefore were placed later The Gjmnosperms were somewha* arbitrarily placed next,
followed by the Monocotyledons, in which the grasses were placed last. These m turn were followed rjy the fernfe
and the lower groups This was the system used in Bentham and Hooker's "Genera Plantarum," a great work
which, notwithstanding the change in s>stera, is still a standaid authority in descriptive botany
In the system adopted for the present synopsis, that used by Engler and Prantl in the gieat German work,
"Die Naturlichen Pflaiuenfamihen, the sequence is from the most primitive and the most ancient toward the most
specialized and most modern,— from the lower alga; to the fungi, mosses, liverworts, ferns,. g> rnnospcrms, and
flowering plants Here the Monoeotyledonous line culminates in the highly specialized Orchidacese, and the
Dicotyledonous line in the equally specialized Composite These two families, therefore, are now thought to repre-
sent the present culmination of nature's handiwork in the two great lines of development in flowering plants.
In the present synopsis of the Ptendophvta and Spermatophyta, the treatment of large groups, sequence
of families arid family limits, is, except in a few cases, that of our most recent great work edited by Engler and
cited above Among the mosses and lower plants, an abridgment of the system used in Strasburger, Noll, Schenk
and Karsten's "Text-Book of Botany," and other text-books, has been used The statistics as to genera
and species are taken from Engler and Prantl, and aie intended as general information, and may not in all cases
conform to the limitations as worked out by the difteient authors in the Cyclopedia In some cases, particularly
in Cactacea?, other authorities have been followed
As no genera of the Thallophyta or Bijophvta are definitely treated in the body of the Cyclopedia, these two
roups have been introduced into the synopsis largely as a background and as a proper perspective to the plant
ingdom Therefore, in these groups no divisions smaller than classes have been considered In the Ptendophyta
and Spermatophyta, the plan has been to include in the synopsis every familv that has at least one genus repre-
sented in the body of the original Cyclopedia A few other families of minor horticultural value have found
place in the present Cyclopedia and are not included in this synopsis Although the ti eat merit in each case has
been of necessity reduced to great brevity, it is hoped that the condensed account of important structural char-
acteristics, size of family, range, and economic value w ill be of aid in forming a conception of what each family
represents To render this conception more \ivul, a list of the important cultivated genera and their common
names has been appended to the treatment of each familj
The number of species in the plant kingdom is not definitely known. It has been estimated that more than
120,000 species of Spermatophvta and more than 60,000 species of lower plants are described According to the
treatment in Engler and Prantl, these legions are classified in 640 families, of which 278 are of the higher plants
and 362 of plants below the Spermatophyta The number of known species, however, is being rapidly increased
as research and exploration progress, so that the numbers given above are at best only approximate. The fig-
ures are also modified by disagreement as to what are species and what are varieties, some persons recognizing
more or fewer species than others in a given genus or group
The names of the natural families are mostly derived from the names of a leading genus (as Verbenacex.
Ranunculacex) or from some marked characteristic of the group as a whole (e g , Composite, composite or com-
pound flowers, Cruciferse, cross-like flowers). Commonly the family name terminates in the form acex, with
the accent long on the antepenultimate syllable (e g , Rosacex, pronounced Ro-say-si-ee) . The simple termina-
tion se is used mostly for subfamilies and tribes, but there are marked exceptions, as in Leguminos<f
The illustrations accompanying this text are designed to show mainly such structural characteristics as are
of importance in the separation of families For this reason, floral diagrams have been freely introduced These
1 (1)
g
k
2
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
diagrams are idealized cross-sections of the flower, and show particularly the number of parts in each floral set and
their exact position, both of which are very frequently of diagnostic importance The illustrations have been
prepared by F. Schuyler Mathews under the direction of the writer. They were in part drawn from life, and
m part adapted from standard texts The most frequent * urces are Baillon, "Natural History of Plants":
Engler and Prantl, "Die Naturhchen Pflanzenfamilien;5' Sirs urger, Noll, Schenk and Karsten, 'Text-Book of
Botany"; Warming, "Systematic Botany."
The following is an outline of the vegetable kingdom as tre xi in the succeeding pages:
Division I. Thallophyta.
Class I 'Bacteria
II. Cyanophyceae.
III. Flagellata.
IV. Myxomycetes.
V. Pendmeaj.
VI. Conjugatae.
VII Diatomeaj.
VIII. Heterocontae.
IX Chlorophyceae.
X. Characeae.
XI. Phaeophycese.
XII Rhodophyceae.
XIII. Phycoinycetea.
XIV. Eumycetes.
XV Lichenes
Division II. Bryophyta.
Class I Hepatic®.
II Musci
Division III Ptendophyta.
Class I Fihcmse
Sub-class I Eusporangiatae.
Order 1 Ophioglossales.
Family Ophioglossacesc, page 7.
Order 2 Marattiales,
Family Marat tiacese, 7
Sub-class II Lcptosporangiatse.
Order 3 Filicales
Family Hymenophyllaceae, 8.
Cyatheacese, 8
Polypodiaceae, 8
Ceratoptendaceae, 8.
Schizoeaceae, 9
Glcichemacese, 9
OsmundacesD, 9
Order 4 Hydroptendales.
Family Marsileacesp, 9
Salvimaccso, 10.
Class II Equisetinae
Order 5 Kquisetales
Family Equisetaceae, 10
Class III. Lycopodinse
Order 6 Lycopodiales
Family Lyoopodiaeeac, 10.
Order 7 Solagmellalos
Family Selagmellaoese, 10
Division IV Spermatophyta or Siphonogamia (Pha-
nerogamia).
Sub-division I GymnospermaB.
Order 8 Cycadales
Family Cycadacese, 11.
Order 9 Ginkgoalos
Family Ginkgoacese, 11.
Order 10. Comferales.
Family Taxaceae, XI.
Pmacejfi, 12.
Order 11 Gnetales.
Family Gnetaceae, 12.
Sub-division II Angiospermae.
Class I MonocotyledonesB
Order 12 Pandanales
Family Typhaceae, 13.
Pandanacese, 13.
Order 13. Helobiae
Family Naiadacese, 13.
Aponogetonacese, 13.
Family Ah'smaceae, page 13.
Butomacece, 14.
Hydrochantacese, 14.
Order 14. Glumiflorae. \S*
Family Gramme®, 14
Cyperaccse, 15.
Order 15 Pnncipes ><./'
Family Palmaooac, 16.
Ordor 16 Synanthce.
Family Cyclanthaceae, 17.
Order 17 Spathiflor{e<VipXX"
Family Araoesr, 17
Tx^mnaceaj, 18.
Order 18 Farmosaj
Family Brornt^liaoese, 18.
Commehnacese, 18.
Pontodormceaj, 18,
Order 19 Lihflonr
Family Juncacetfi, 19 ~
Lihaceae, \^\^ ^
Amaryllidaoeffi, 20.
Tacoacotp, 20
Diosconaceae, 20.
Lndaoeae, 21 /*
Order 20 Scitammeee ^
Family Musacesp, 21
Zmgiberaccse, 21.
Cannace;e, 22
Marantaeoir, 22
Order 21 Microspormap /"
Family Orchidaceae, 22 Y
Class II Dicotyledonese
Sub-clavss I Archichlamydeae (Choripetal® and
Apotalsc).
Order 22 Verticillales
Family Casuarinacea?, 23
Order 23 Pipcralcs
Family Saururaceae, 23.
Piporacoae, 23
Chloranthacea3, 24.
Order 24 Sahcales
Family Sahcaceae, 24
Order 25 Mynoales
Family Myncacoie, 24.
Order 26 Juglandales
Family Juglandace85, 25.
Order 27 Fagalos
Family Botulaceae, 25.
Fagaceas, 25.
Order 28 Urticalos
Family Ulmaceae, 25. S~
Moraceas, 26. v^
Urticacesc, 26.
Order 29 Proteales.
Family Proteaceifi, 27.
Order 30 Santalales \/^
Family Loranthaceae, 27. ^^^
Santalace33, 27
Olacacese, 27.
Order 31 Anstolochiales
Family Anstolochiaceae, 28
Order 32 Polygonales.
Family Polygonacese, 28
Order 33 Centrospermae.
Family Chenopodiaceae. 29X*
Amarantaceae, 29 /
Nyctagmaceac, 29 ^
Phytotaccaceae, 30
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Family Aizoaceee, page 30.
Portulacaceae, 30.
Basellacese, 30.
Caryophyllacese, 31.
Order 34 Ranales. /
Family Nymphaeaceae, 31.
Trochodendraceae, 32.
Rauunculaceae, 32.
Lardizabalaceac, 33.
Berberidacete, 33
Menispermaceae, SS./^
Magnohaceae, 33 ^^
Calycanthaceee, 34...
Annonaceae, 34 ^-^^
Mynstieaceae, 35.
Mommiaccae, 35.
Lauraceae, 35
Order 3^ Hho?adales .X
Family Papaveraceae, 35. ^^
Fumariaoea*, 36. ^
Crucifera?, 36 \*s s
Cappandacea3, 36. ^^
Rosedaceas, 37
Monngaeese, 37.
Order 36 Sarracemales.
Family Sarraceniaceae, 37.
Nepenthaceas, 38.
Droseracese, 38.
Order 37 Resales
Family Crassulacece, 38.
Cephalotaceae, 38.
Saxifragaceac, 39.
Pittosporaceie, 39.
CunomaceiE, 39
Brumaceo?, 39
TJamamehdaceae, 40.
Platanaceie, 40.
Rosacece, 40. .^
Legummosas, 41. ^^
Order 38 Geramales.
Family Geramacea?, 42.
Oxahdaceaj, 43.
Tropaeolaceae, 43.
Lmaceae, 43
Erythroxylaceae, 44.
Zygophyllacese., 44>x'
Rutaceffi, 44. - — -^
Simarubacese, 44.
Burseraceas, 45. ^^
Meliacese, 45 ^
Malpighiaceae, 45.
Tremandraceas, 46.
Polvgalaceae, 46. ^
Euphorbiaceae, 46. ^^
Order 39 Sapindales
Family Buxacea?, 47.
Empetraceae, 47.
Conanacece, 47.
Limnanthaceae, 48. .,
Anacardiacese, 48. '^^
Cynllaeea3, 48
Aquifohaceae, 48.
Celastraceae, 49.
Stackhousiacese. 49.
Staphyleace®, 49.
Aceraceae, 49
Hippocastanaceae, 50.
Sapmdaceae, 50
Melianthaceaa, 50.
Balsammaceas, 50.
Order 40 Rhamnales
Family Rhamnaceas, 51.
Vitaceae, 51.
Order 41 Malvales.
Family Elaeocarpaceae, 51.
Tihace«, 52. \^^
Family Malvaceae, page 52
Boxnbacaceie, 53.
Stercuhacese, 53. \*
Order 42 Parietales
Family Dillemaceae, 53.
Ochnaceae, 53.
Ternstrcemiaceffl, 54.
Guttiferae, 54
Hyponcacese, 54
Tamancace®, 55
Fouquienaceae, 55.
Cistaceac, 55.
Bixaooae, 55
Violacoae, 56
Flacourtiacejfi, 56.
Staohyuraceae, 56.
Pafisifloraeeae, 56.
Carirarogp. 57
Loasaooir, 57
Begomaeeae, 57.
Order 43 Opuntiales
Family Cactacea1, 57.
Order 44 Mvrtiflora?
Family Thymcliracece, 58.
Ela'ugnaceae, 59.
Lythracey?, 59
Pumcaceap, 59
Lecythidaceic, 59
Rhizophoracese, 59. ^*
Combret aeese, 60. ^^.
Myrtacea?, 60 ^^^"^
Molastomacea1, 60.
Onagracojp, 61
Hydroeai>ac<\r, 61.
Halor;xgi(lacca% 61.
Order 45 UinbclUfloia> »
Family Arahaoea1, f>2 ^*~
Umbolhfoi.T, 62.^^^^
Cornacouc, 63
Sub-class II MctachlamydoaeorSympetalflB.
Order 16 Eriralos
Family Clothracea?, 63.
Pyrolarea1, 63
Monotropaceac, 63.
Encacejje, 64
Epacridacesr, 64
Diapensiaceas, 64
Order 47 Prim u lales
Family Myrsmaeese, 64
Primulaeea?, 64
Phimbagmaceae, 65.
Order 48 Ebenales ^
Family Sapotaccac, 65 ^^"^
Ebenaceae, 65
Styracacese, 66
Syrnplocaceae, 66.
Order 49 Contorts? ^*~
Family Oleacetr, 66 ^^
Loganiaceac, 67.
Gentianaceae, 67.
Apocynaceaa, 67
Asclepiadaceae, 67.^
Order 50 Tubiflora-
Family Convolvulaceae, 68.
Polemomaceas, 68
Hydrophyllaceae, 68.
Boragmaceae, 69. •
Verbenaceae, 69.
Labiatas, 70 v.
Nolanaceae, 70.
Solanaceae, 70 '
Scrophulanacese, 71.
Bignomacese, 71 \^~
PedahaceiE, 72
Martymaceffi, 72.
GeenenaccsB. 72.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Family Lentibulanacese, page 73.
Globulariace», 73.
Acanthaceae, 73. v^x-""^
Myoporaceae, 74.
Phrymaceae, 74.
Order 51. Plant agmales.
Family Plantagmaceee. ^
Order 52 Rubialea ^^X^
Family Rubiace<fi, 74 ^"^
Caprifohaoeae, 74.
Valenanaceie, 75
Dipsacaceae, 75 /
Order 53. Campanulales /
Family Cucurbitaceae, 75 v
Campanulacejp, 76 ^
Composite, 7C
DIVISION I TIIALLOPHYTA
Plants characterized rather indefinitely by the absence
of an archegomum around the egg, and the absence of
the type of a-ntheridium found among the highei plants
The plant body is rarely differentiated into organs
simulating stem and leaves, and no true vascular
tissue is found in the group Formeil^ the Thallophyta
were divided into the Algjp, Fungi, and Lichens, but
this, though a good classification on physiological
grounds, docs not indicate actual relationship so well
as the modern division into fifteen classes founded on
structure, as follows
CLASS I BACTERIA
Unicellular or filamentous organisms without green
color, possibly "degenerated" from the Cyanophyce.T,
with no true nucleus, the cell-wall often gelatinous repro-
duction wholly asexual by division into two equal. por-
tions and subsequent separation (fission), or by asexual
spores, one of which may be produced in each cell Bac-
teria are probably the smallest known organisms, some
being not over .00003 inch in diameter In form, the
cells are either oblong, spherical or spiral, and may be
separate or united in groups or chains, and may be either
motile by means of cilia or non-motile Bacteria, while
showing little structural diversity, have become highly
specialized physiologically, and it is on this basis that
the species are usually distinguished Many cause disease
among animals and human beings, while others cause
disease among plants. Nitrifying bacteria in the soil are
of vital importance to higher plants Bacteria and fungi
are the causes of decay
CLASS II CYANOPHYCE.E (Blur-green Algre)
Unicellular or filamentous algae of blue-green color;
true nuclei wanting cell-wall often gelatinous
reproduction wholly asexual by fission or by asexual
spores borne as in the bacteria The blue-green alga?
inhabit water, damp soil, damp rocks, or damp) tree
trunks, where they often form filamentous or gelatinous,
dark green patches The aquatic forms prefer water
containing much organic matter and hence are abun-
dant in sewers. Certain species inhabit flower-pots in
greenhouses, and brick walls
CLASS III FLAGELLATA (Flagellates)
Simple unicellular aquatic organisms intermediate
between the Thallophyta and Protozoa During a por-
tion of their life they possess no cell-wall, and often show
amoeboid movements The cells contain a nucleus,
pulsating vacuole, and chlorophyll; and one or more
cilia are present Some reduced forms are colorless
and saprophytic Reproduction is wholly asexual by
fission and thick-walled resting spores Found in
waters of ponds and streams.
CLASS IV MYXOMYCETES (Slime Molds)
A very distinct and independent group, formerly
often classified in the animal kindgom. The plants
consist of naked masses of protoplasm called plasmodia,
which contain many nuclei but no chlorophyll These are
found in forests and damp, shady places When ready
to fruit, the plasmodia move toward the light and away
from the water, hence ascend grass stems, stumps and
logs, where they transform into elaborately constructed
sporangia The asexual spores, each enclosed by a cell-
wall, are distnbuted by the wind, germinate, produce
a ciliated bit of naked protoplasm which swims in the
soil moisture, multiply by division and at length fuse
with neighboring protoplasts to form the plasmodmm,
which latter may be sometimes a foot in breadth Dur-
ing unfa voi able weather, the plasmodia are often trans-
formed into sclerotia Plasmodiophora bra^sicj?, which
is the cause of the club-root of cabbage, is the only
Myxomyeete of great economic importance
CLASS V PERIDINE^E
A small group mostly inhabiting the sea, more rarely
fresh water They are unicellular, free-swimming
organisms with nucleus, vacuole, chromatophores, ana
cilia The cell is usually surrounded by a cellulose,
sculptured, or pitted and transversely furrowed, wall.
Reproduction is by cell-division and swarm-spores
Sexual reproduction has recently been discovered
The Peiidmrtp often form an important part of the
plankton in the sea
CLASS VI CONJUGATE
Green filamentous or unicellular fresh-water alg«:
cell-wall and nuclei present . reproduction by division
of the plant body, and bv sexual spores, which latter
result from the union of two body cells by means of a
connecting tube (conjugation) Plants of the sub-group
Desmidiaceic are not filamentous, but often btar-
shapcd, lunate, or geminate in outline The Zygne-
macese are filamentous with star-shaped (Zygnema),
spiral (Spirogyra), or plate-like chloroplastids The
Conjugate are of little economic importance
CLASS VII DIATOME.E (Diatoms)
Unicellular alga? of very peculiar and interesting
habit The wall consists of two sihcious valves, one of
which fits over the other like the lid of a box These
valves arc frequently very beautifully sculptured
Through division, new cells and new walls are formed,
which are always smaller than before, until finally as a
limit a sexual spore is produced which reestablishes the
si/e of the cell Diatoms inhabit stagnant water, wet
rocks, and the sea They are either free-floating or
pedicclled and attached The sihcious walls will resist
burning Diatoms contain little, if any, chlorophyll,
arid are mostly saprophytic A large part of the oceanic
plankton is composed of Diatoms
CLASS VIII HETEROCONTvE, or CONFERVA
A small group of green algae, inhabiting wet soil or
water, but of little, if any, economic importance The
/oospores have unequal cilia, and the chloroplastids
are yellowish green and oil-producing Asexual resting
spores also occur Conjugating zoospore-hke gametes
are found in some genera Botrydmm and Confervt
are examples of this class
•CLASS IX CHLOROPHYCE.E
A large and important group of fresh-water, or rarely
marine, algae Plant body unicellular, filamentous, or
even thalloid the cells contain chloroplastids and pro-
duce starch reproduction sometimes vegetative, but
also by asexual zoospores; sexual reproduction con-
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
eists of the the fusion of two zodspore-like gametes, or
the fusion of one such gamete and a specialized non-
motile egg The latter condition is characteristic of
the higher forms in nearly all the sub-groups of the
Chlorophyceae The plant body in the Order Siphonales
is peculiar in that it consists of a continuous tube with-
out cross-walls. Some common genera in this class are
Volvox, Chlamydomonas, Pandorma, Protococcus,
Pediastrum, Scenedesmus, Ilydrodictyon (Water-net),
Ulothrix, Ulva (Sea-lettuce), (Edogomum, Cladophora,
Caulerpa, and Vauchena
CLASS X. CHARACE^ (Stoneworts)
Attached plants (I inch to 1 yard in length) of fresh
or brackish water, consisting of a slender htorn, which
bears at each node a whorl of branches, usually again
bearing whorled branchlets The mternodes consist of
one immense multmucleated cell often as much as
3 inches long, which is naked or inclosed in a sheath
of smaller cells The branches are similarly constructed
though the cells are correspondingly smaller Asexual
spore-reproduction is absent Sexual reproduction is
by means of an egg-cell inclosed in a jacket of spiral
wall-cells, and of sperm-cells inclosed in an antheridmm
which has a multicellular wall These sexual organs
are borne at the nodes of the branchlets The fertilized
egg and its investment becomes a thick-walled resting
structure Many species of Chara and Nitella, the
only two genera, have the power to deposit lime from
solution, and thus become mcrusted with that substance,
hence the popular name In this way the Characea)
have played a part in the filling up of calcareous lakes
and the production of new land They are mostly in-
habitants of calcareous waters
CLASS XI PILEOPHYCE.E (Brown Seaweeds)
A large group of salt-water algse, \vell known in all
waters of the globe but most abundant m the colder
regions Plant body attached, usually thalloid and
branched, but very diverse, in some cases filamentous,
in others disk-shaped or globular The larger forms of
Laminana are sometimes 200 feet long The chroma-
tophores of the Phaeophyeeie contain a brown pigment
which gives to these plants a brown or yellowish color
instead of green The thallus is often very tough and
cartilaginous, to resist the waves Zoospores are often
produced In sexual reproduction, the j^amctes are
either similar and motile, rarely non-motile, or more
often the sperm is motile while the egg is much larger
and non-motile Details of structure in respect to
reproduction, however, are very great
The thallus of various species of Pha^ophyceac yields
iodine and soda Some species (e g , Laminana sac-
channa) yield mannitc and are used m the Orient for
food. The dried stalks of L. digitata and L. Clou^oni
have been used m surgery. Fucus and other genera
are used as manure.
One species, Sargassum bacciferum, has accumulated
in great quantities in the Atlantic Ocean between the
Bermuda Islands and the Spanish coast, in the so-called
"Sargasso Sea "
CLASS XII RHODOPHYCE/E (Red Seaweeds)
Mostly marine algaj, a few only inhabiting fresh
water, widely distributed, but most abundant in the
tropics and temperate region at lower depths. The
thallus is very diverse, filamentous, branched, often
thalloid, attached by holdfasts, and red, violet, or
purple in color, rarely green. True starch is not found
Asexual spore-reproduction is frequent These spores
are non-motile and produced m fours (tetraspores).
Sexual reproduction is by dissimilar gametes, the
anthendium becoming without change a single non-
motile sperm-cell. The egg-cell is prolonged upward
into a Blender tube (trichogyne). The fertilized egg
by division gives rise to a globular mass of short fila-
ments (cystocarp) which produce asexual spores. These
spores in turn give rise to the mature plant The
cystocarp and its spores, thus following fertilization,
suggest the alternation of generations found m the
mosses and liverworts and all higher plants. About
300 species of Rhodophycejje have been described.
Carragheen, or Irish moss, used in jellies and pud-
dings, is the dried thallus of Chondrus cnspus and Gigar-
tina mamillosa of northwestern Europe Agar-agar,
used in the preparation of culture media in bacteriology
and mycology, is obtained from various species of this
group
CLASS XIII PHYCOMYCETES
A large group of parasitic or saprophytic organisms
(fungi), without chlorophyll' thallus (mycelium) of
much-branched filaments (hypha?), usually without
cross-walls (non-septate), as in the algal group Si-
phonezfi' asexual reproduction by motile or non-motile
sporas which are usually borne in sporangia, and by
conidia which are cells abstncted from the tips of
specialized hyphae sexual reproduction diverse, either
by the conjugation of similar gametes, or by tne con-
jugation of a specialized anthcndial branch (male) and
an enlarged oogomal branch (female) which contains
the egg, free sperm-cells are rare The order O6*my-
cetes, with differentiated gametes, contains the following
important fungi Saprolegma (water-mold), a whitish,
aquatic mold growing on decaying plants, insects, or
living fishes, Olpidmm 6ross?ra°, parasitic in cells at the
base of the stem of young cabbage plants causing their
death, Phytophthora infe^lans (potato disease), Plasmo-
pnra viticola, downy or false mildew of the grape, Albugo
Candida, white rust of Cruciferac, Pythiumde Baryanum,
causing damping off of seedlings Order Zygomycetes,
with similar gametes, contains Mucor mucedo, white
mold of bread, fruits, etc , Rhizopus^nigncans, a mold
on bread, fruit, etc , Empnsa muscx. parasitic on
housefhes, causing their death and producing a white
halo about them on the surface where they die.
CLASS XIV EUMYCETES
A very large and important group of saprophytic or
parasitic organisms (fungi) without chlorophyll' thallus
(rn>cehum) composed of fine tubular threads, which are
septate sexual organs usually obscure or apparently
wanting asexual reproduction by spores or by conidia,
a modified form of which is termed basidia The
conidia and basidia do no , always represent homolo-
gous organs The group is divided into Ascomycctes
and Basuhomycetes The Ascomycetes are character-
ized by a group of usually 8 spores inclosed in a unicel-
lular sac (ascus), which is produced immediately after
the imperfect sexual fertilization The asci are borne in
spherical bodies (perithecia) or in open cups (apothecia)
The Pensporiacea?, Discomycetes, Pyrenomycetes, and
TubcracesB arc orders within this sub-class Among the
many important economic fungi belonging here are
the following Erysiphea3 (Downy Mildews); Aspergil-
lus and Penicilhum (Fruit Mold, Blue Mold); Mor-
chella (Morel), edible, Nectna (Currant Cane Rust and
Tree Canker) ; Clnvicepx purpurea (Ergot), parastic in the
ovaries of grams, Taphrma (including Exoascus), caus-
ing witches' broom, leat curl of peach, plum pockets,
etc , Saccharomyces (Yeast), causing fermentation
in saccharine solutions The Basidiomycetes are
characterized by the production of four spores on a
special hyphal tip or thread (basidium). Each spore
is raised on a minute slender stalk (stengma) These
spores, in some cases, if not in all, follow immediately
after a nuclear fusion, which probably represents a
reduced sexual act. In this group are the Ustilagmece
(Smuts), infesting the ovaries of grains, etc , the Ure-
dinea1 (Rusts), which infest a wide variety of culti-
vated and wild plants, and among which may be men-
6
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
tioned the wheat rust; the Hymenomycetes (Mush-
rooms, Toadstools, and Bracket Fungi), which are
saprophytic or inhabit timber, and the Gasteromycetes
(Puff-balls), which are saprophytic. The rusts exhibit
alternation of generations to a most remarkable degree,
the different generations often inhabiting different host
plants and possessing a wholly different appearance, as
well as a wholly different method of spore-formation
The Hymenomycetes are saprophytic, except the genus
Exobasidium which inhabits the living foliage of various
plants, the genus Annillaria which infests living tree-
trunks, and many genera of the Polypoiaoeae (Bracket
Fungi) which also attack the wood of living trees The
last-mentioned fungi, including Arraillaria, inhabit the
trunks and branches of forest trees, causing their death
CLASS XV. LICHENES (Lichens)
Green, gray or highly colored plants of very diverse
habit and habitat, either thalloid, fruticose or crusta-
ceous, and growing on the soil, bark of trees, rocks, or
rarely on foliage, propagation by division of the thallus
or by the separation of special minute powdery parts
(soredia) spore-reproduction by ascospores borne in
penthecia or apothecia, rarely by basidiospores. Tho
lichen thallus is not a tangle organism, but is prob-
ably a symbiotic btructure, comprised fundamentally
of fungus hyphee between which many unicellular green
alga) are distributed, usually in a definite fashion
The fungi belong to the Ascomycetes in the great
majority of cases, rarely to the Basidiomycetcs The
alga; may belong to the Chlorophyceae, in which case
they are unicellular, or to the Cyanophyceap, in which
case they are either unicellular or m chains Because
the symbiotic structure behaves as a unit, it has been
decided to continue to treat the lichens as a class by
themselves, rather than to consider the algal and fungal
components independently in their respective groups.
Except as soil-producers, lichens are of little economic
importance* Cetrana islandica furnishes Iceland moss;
titicta pulmonana was once used in medicine, Cladonia
rangifenna furnishes the mam food of tho reindeer in
Lapland, and, possibly, of other arctic animals; Roccdla
tmctona of Africa and the East Indies is the source of
the chemical indicator, litmus and of the dye orchil or
orsedle.
DIVISION II BRYOPHYTA
(Mosses and Liverworts)
Small green plants of simple structure, either thalloid
or differentiated into stem and leaves true roots
wanting vascular tissue absent alternation of gen-
erations well developed, the gamete-bearing generation
dominant female gamete (egg) inclosed in a flask-
shaped multicellular archegomum male gametes (sperm-
cells) inclosed within a multicellular anthendial wall:
fertilized egg producing the bpore-beanng generation
(sporogomum) which consists of a parasitic or semi-
parasitic capsule usually borne upon a seta.
The Bryophytes are divided into two great classes,
namely the Hepatic® (Liverworts) and the Musci
(Mosses) Each of these in turn is divided into several
orders, whichj as usual, contain one or more families.
Mosses and liverworts are widely distributed over the
earth, the latter seeming to prefer limestone regions
The Hepaticse are characterized by a spore-bearing
generation consisting of a stalked or sessile simple cap-
sule, which contains spores and elongated sterile elatera,
and splits into teeth or valves at maturity. The
plant body (gamete-bearing generation) consists either
of a thalloid, algal-like, dichotomously branching,
ribbon-like structure, or of a slender axis bearing the
very thin leaves, one coll in thickness, and destitute
of a rmdrib. The leaves are usually arranged in two
lateral lows, with often a third row of small dissim-
ilar leaves on the under side, so that the shoot is
strongly dorsi-ventral. The lateral leaves frequently
bear at the base a curious lobe that is infolded or
even flask-shaped, and probably aids in the conserva-
tion of water on the dry rocks and tree trunks which
many of these plants frequent. The under side of the
stem or thallus is usually provided with rhizoids that
take the place of roots The thalloid hvei worts are
inhabitants of damp or wet situations, some being
aquatic, in the North, they are found on damp soil, wet
rooks, or among damp moss The majority of fohose
liverworts inhabit similar places, only comparatively
few genera and species being xerophytie Filaments of
the alga, Nostoc, pencil ate the cavities in the thallus
of Antnoceros and there form endophytio colonies Veg-
etative reproduction is accomplished by the branching
of the thallus, or by the production of special buds,
called gemma;, either on the edge of the leaf or thal-
lus, or in special cup-like receptacles borne on the sur-
face of the thallus
The Hopatica; are divided into four principal orders
as follows Older I — Ricciales. Thalloid, floating or
amphibious sexual organs sunken in the thallus.
capsule sessile, thin-walled, endophytio, nregularly
dehiscent Order II — Marchantiales. rl halloid areh-
egonia and anthenrha usually borne on special branches
of the thallus capsule often stalked, usually regularly
dehiscent Marchantia was foimerly used as a remedy
in diseases of tho liver, hence the name liverwort.
Order 111 — Anthocerotales. Thalloid one ehloroplast
m each coll sexual oigans superficial capsule very
slender, chlorophyll- and stomatc-boarmg, continuing
to elongate by ba^al grow th Order IV - - Jungerman-
niales. Thalloid or fohose capsule usually splitting
to the base into four valves
The Musei (Mosses) differ from the Hepaticse mainly
in the more olaboiato capsule, winch in the -young
state commonly contains chloiophyll, is provided with
stomatos, and contains a central column of sterile
tissue (columolla) erienoled by tho spore -bearing
chamber Tho dohisconoo of tho capsule is apical and
transverse, and consists in tho format ion ot a lid (oper-
culum) which falls off exposing the mouth of the an-
nular spore-chamber This mouth is surrounded by a
single or double low of numerous hygroscopic teeth
(poristome) , which, by their bending, regulate the
escape of spores in wot and dry weather No elatcrs
are produced Tho sporogomum of the moss is, there-
fore, not only a more independent structure from the
standpoint of nutrition than is that of most liverworts,
but is constructed along wholly different lines On the
summit of the capsule is usually found a delicate,
diversely shaped, hood-like cap not organically con-
nected with it and easily detached, called the calyptra
This is the enlarged upper portion of the archegomum
which, after rupture, io borne aloft on the summit cf
the growing sporogomum. The plant-body (gamete-
bearing generation) is never thalloid; and tho leaves,
which are provided with a midiib, are frequently of
several cells in thickness Tho germination of the spore
does not result at once in a moss plant, but produces
a creeping filamentous branched, algal-like growth
(protonema) on which at length are borne the buds
that give rise to the moss-stem proper
The Musci arc subdivided as follows: Order I —
Sphagnales (Bog or Peat Mosses) . Structure of stem
and leaf peculiar, consisting of dead, tracheid-like cells
without protoplasm and provided with pits or thicken-
ing bands, regularly interspersed among slender, living
cells containing protoplasm and chloroplastids. Under
ordinary conditions, the tracheid-like cells are filled
in part with air, and hence the plant has a grayish
hue. In the presence of ram or abundant soil-water,
the water is drawn into tho cells by capillarity until
the still apparently dry plant contains a surprisingly
large quantity of water, which will flow out on squeezing
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
in the hand. The capsule possesses no penstome, and
the spore-sac is continuous over the top of the colu-
mella Peat mosses are large, branched plants growing
in extensive colonies m wet or damp situations in
northern countries They are especially abundant on
the floating moors which surround certain small ponds,
and by their decay play an important part in the filling
m of these ponds They continue to thrive in these
"bogs" until the conditions at length become too dry.
Peat mosses, therefore, form a large component of
"peat," and m this way the Sphagriales have played a
very interesting part in the evolution of the present
surface of the earth Because of the power to retain
water, sphagnum is of economic importance to nursery-
men and florists, who use this moss extensively m pack-
ing stock for shipment, in germinating seeds, and for
other purposes Some species of sphagnum are eaten
m Lapland by the icmdeer Mixed with the hair of the
reindeer, they are used for stulhng mattresses Order
II — Andreales. A small group of rook mosses. The
spore-chamber is continuous over the summit of the
columella, and the capsule dehisces by four longitudinal
slits Order 111 — -Phascales. A small group of minute
terrestrial mosses with few leaves, but a persistent
protonema capsule indehiscent, at length decaying.
Order IV — Bryales. A large group containing the
majority of the mosses capsule dehiscing by an oper-
culum, penstome present, spore-sac interrupted at
the summit by the columella Certain species were
formerly used as astimgents and diuretics Le^kea
i>ericea has been used to stop the flow of blood from
wounds Species of Hypnum and Fontenahs are used
in Norway and Sweden, by the peasants, to fill cracks
in the walls of huts Hypnum tnqntlrum is sometimes
used in place of sphagnum for packing plants
With the exception of sphagnum, the mosses and
liverworts do not seem to be in the trade.
DIVISION III PTKHIDOPHYTA
Eggs borne in archegoma sperm-cells in anthendia:
alternation of generations clearly evident, the spore-
bearing generation dominant true vascular tissue
present, also true roots
CLASS I
(Ferns)
Sub-class I. Eusporangwia* Sporangwl watt several
celh in thickness
Order 1 OPHIOOLOSSALES
1 Ophioglossacese (from the genus Ophioglossum,
adder's tongue, m reference to the fruiting spike).
ADDER'b-ToNGUE FAMILY lug 1 Plants small or of
medium size, often somewhat fleshy leaves various,
entire or often much divided, not circulate in vernation;
veins forking 01 netted, base of leaf cap-like, enclosing
the succeeding leaf sporangi i scattered, borne on the
margin of the much modified fertile portion of the
leaf, which is usually separated from the sterile by a
stalk, globular in form, the walls several cells in thick-
ness, annulus wanting, dehiscence by a straight hori-
zontal or vertical fissure prothalhum subterranean,
tuber-like, chlorophylless, containing mycorrhizal fungi,
saprophytic.
Three genera and about 50 species occur, of general
distribution Several species of Botrychium and one of
Ophioglossum are found in the eastern United States.
The sheathing base of the leaf, the solitary, thick-
walled sporangia without an annulus, and the subter-
ranean saprophytic prothalha are important character-
istics
Two genera are sometimes grown in North America.
Botrychium (Moonwort Ferns, Grape Ferns) and
Ophiogloesum (Adder's Tongue)
Order 2. MARATTIALES
2 Marattiaceae (from the genus Maraltia, named m
honor of Maratti, Italian botanist). MARATTIA FAM-
ILY Fig 1. Stately tropical ferns with thickened,
often erect, stems leaves usually very large, from nearly
entire to several times pinnate, circmate, inclosed when
young by the prominent stipules indusium present or
absent sporangia in son on the under face of the leaf,
either separate or united into a capsule-like body (syn-
angium); the walls several cells in thickness, annulus
wanting, or greatly reduced, dehiscence by clef ts, pores,
or, in case of the "synangia," first by valves and then
by slits prothalhurn a gieen heart-shaped thallus on
the surface of the soil, sometimes branched
Four genera and about 23 species are found in
tropical regions, but extend into the south temperate
1. MARATTIACEK 1 Angioptcns, ^rus 2 Marattia, synan-
gmm OPHIOQLOSSACE^E 3 Ophioglossum, a, whole plant, 6,
dehiscing sporangia 4 Botrychmni, sporangia EQUISETACE c
5 Equisetum, a, cross-section stem, 6, fruit stem, r, sterile stem,
d, sporophyll and sporangia, e, spore and elater LICOPODIACE*.
6 Lycopodmm, o, fruit branch, 6, <»porophyll and sporangium
SELAQINELI+AC^B 7. Selaugmella, a, fruit spike, 6, spore showing
prothallium and archegoma
zone. The fern-like habit, the prominent stipules, the
thick-walled sporangia borne in son or synangia, the
absence of a well-developed annulus, and the green
thalloid omersed prothalha, are important characteris-
tics. The family is probably very old geologically
The thick, starchy stem of Angioptens and some
Marattiaa are locally used for food The fleshy stipules
of Marattia fraxinea are eaten, the spicy leaves of some
species are used to season food. The slime from the
stipules of M Douglasn is used medicinally by the
Hawaiians
Three genera are known to American horticulture
and are occasionally grown as ornamental greenhouse
plants Angioptens^ Danaja, and Marattia, represent-
ing less than a half-dozen cultivated species
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Subclass II. Leplosporangiatse Sporangia! watt
one cell in thickness
Order 3. FILICALES
3, Hymenophyllaceee (from the genus Hymeno-
phyttwn, signifying membrane-leaved). FILMY-FERN
FAMILY. Fig 2 Very delicate ferns, small or minute in
size, frequently epiphytic leaves entire, 1-3-pinnate. or
dichotomously divided, rarely thalloid or orbicular,
,
reduced in thickness to a single layer of cells between
the veins, and thus often resembling the leaves of
mosses, stomates absent; ultimate or all veins dichoto-
mous. son marginal, raised on a slender columnar pro-
2 Ih MKNOPHYLUM EV 1 Hynicnophyllum, Hor1,on of «oru-i
CYATHEAC FK 2 Alsophila, sporangium POLYPODIACEAB .3 A*-
puliuni, a, pinnule with son, b, section of sorus 4 Adiantum,
prothallium with young fern plant 5 Polypodium, a, archego-
nnim, fe, anthendium, c, sperm 6 Peranema, sporangium. GLEICH-
FNIA.US4B 7 Gleichoma, sporangium.
jcction of the veinlet. indusium cup-shaped: sporan-
gium thin-walled; dchiscence vertical or oblique;
annulus complete, horizontal: prothallium thalloia or
filamentous, often much branched.
There are 2 genera and about 200 species growing
upon rocks and trees in the damp, shady forests of the
tropics, and in New Zealand. One species reaches
central Europe and another reaches Kentucky. The
family is readily distinguished by the delicate leaf,
pedicelled sorus and equatorial annulus.
The Hymenophyllacese require a warm and very
humid atmosphere, and, therefore, most species are
difficult to cultivate
Several species of Hymenophyllum and Tnchomanes
are m cultivation in America.
4. Cyatheaceae (from the genus Cyathea, signifying
cup+c&ntain, in reference to the cup-shaped indusium).
CYATHEA FAMILY Fig. 2. Usually tree ferns with
large, much-compounded? circulate leaves, son globu-
lar, borne on the under side of the leaf: veins forking:
indusmm usuallv present, bi-valvular, cupular or uni-
lateral: sporangia thin-walled, sessile or short-pedi-
celled, obovoid ; annulus complete at the pedicel,
oblique, dehiscence transverse: prothallium ordinary,
green.
This family has 7 genera and about 300 species, of
which 115 belong to Cyathea, 112 to Alaophila, and 44
to Heinitelia They are distributed in the tropics of
both hemispheres The Cyatheaceae is closely related
to the Polypodiace® from which it differs only in the
slightly oblique annulus which passes just at one side
of the insertion of the pedicel, and is therefore unin-
terrupted at that point
The dense, woolly covering of the stem of many species
is sometimes collected for stuffing pillows The starchy
pith of some New Zealand Cyatheacese was formerly
used for food In India, an intoxicating drink is pre-
pared from the pith. Several species are important
greenhouse ferns
Five genera at least are listed in the American
trade. Alsophila, Cibotmm (Scythian Lamb), Cyathea,
Dicksoma, Hemiteha.
5 Polypodiaceae (from the genus Polypodium, signi-
fying many feet, in allusion to the branched rootstock
of some species) POLYPODY FAMILY Fig 2 Ferns of
very diverge habit, rarely arborescent leaves of nor-
mal texture, entire or pmnatifidor multisect, circmate;
veins forking- son mostly on the under side of the leaf,
indusmm peltate, fringed, capillary, cupular, elongated,
unilateral or wanting sporangia thin-walled, long- or
short-stalked; annulus vertical, interrupted by the
pedicel; dehiscence transverse prothallium thalloid,
green, growing upon the surface ot the soil, mostly
bisexual
Polypodiaccir has more than 100 genera and about
4,000 species of wide distribution, especially abundant
in humid regions and in forests The largest genera are.
Dryoptens (or Aspidium), 450 species, Polypodium,
500 sp , Asplemum, 150-200 sp ; Elaphoglossum, 80-
100 sp ; Adiantum, 80 sp , and Ptens, Blechnum,
Polystichurn and Aspidium about 50-70 species each
The family is most closely related to the Cyatheacese
The presence of son, the thm-wallod sporangium with
vertical interrupted annulus and transverse dehiscence
are distinctive- This comprises the larger number of
ferns, and is often called the Fern Family
Some of the most striking variants are the walking-
leaf fern with undivided lanceolate leaves which take
root at the apex and repeat the process several times,
all the plantlets remaining for a time connected, the
hart's -tongue fern with broadly lanceolate - oblong,
entire frond; the epiphytic staghorn fern with erect,
forked, fertile fronds and orbicular entire, sterile fronds
closely imbricated over the short btem and support In
many species the fertile and sterile fronds are dimorphic
The stems of some species are slender and climbing,
others long, slender and creeping, some are very stout
and erect (tree ferns)
The ferns are of little economic importance except
as ornamental plants The starchy rootstocks of some
species are eaten locally, as are also the young shoots
The rootstock of Dryoptens (Aspidium) Fihx-mas is a
reputed vermifuge.
About 60 species are m cultivation in America
Among these are1 Adiantum (Maidenhair Fern),
Aspidium (Shield F.) ; Asplenmm (Spleenwort) ; Camp-
tosorus (Walking-leaf F.); Dennstsedtia (Dicksoma)
(Fragrant F.); Onoclea (Sensitive F, Ostrich F.);
Pelhea (Chff Brake) ; Phegopteris (Beech F ) ; Platyce-
num (Staghorn F); Polypodium (Polypody F.),
Polystichum (Holly F , Christmas F.) , Pteris (Common
Brake); Scolopendrium (Hart's-tongue F.).
b. Ceratopteridaceee (Parkenacesc) (from the genus
Ccratopteris, meaning horn-fern). CERATOPTEBIS
FAMILY Aquatic ferns rooting in the mud' leaves of
two sorts, the ones less divided with broader segments
and veins more or less anastomosing; the more aerial
fertile ones much divided, with narrow segments, and
revoli'te margins which later almost completely inclose
the scattered sporangia: indusium wanting, sporangia
globular, thin-walled with a very diverse broad nearly
complete or nearly wanting annulus; rarely the annulue
wanting; dehiscence transverse: prothallia unisexual,
thalloid, untheridia not superficial.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
9
Only one genus and a few species of tropical distri-
bution are known, the only aquatic species among the
true ferns The habit, the absence of son, the variable
annulus, and the sunken antheridia are distinctive.
This fern is sometimes cooked and eaten as greens.
One or two species are frequently grown for aquana
and aquatic gardens.
7. Schizaeaceae (from the genus Schizsea, cleft, alluding
to the leaves) CURLY-GRASS FAMILY. Fig 3. Ferns
of very diverse habit, some extremely small, others
climbing, stem mostly oblique or horizontal* leaves
very diverse, usually pinnate or palmate: veins forking •
sporangia thin-walled, usually scattered, at first mar-
ginal, later sometimes exceeded by the margin of the
frond, often appearing spiked or pamcled, sessile, no
apparent indiihium, annulus transverse, apical, com-
plete, dehiscence vertical, fertile portion of the frond
usually much modified prothallmm of all genera ex-
cept Schizaea ordinary, that of the latter genus fila-
mentous and extremely branched, resembling that of
the filmy ferns
In this family are 4 genera and about 70 species,
mostly tropical, rare in the colder regions Two species
reach the eastern United States, one of which extends
to Newfoundland. The solitary sporangia and trans-
verse apical annulus are important characteristics.
The curly grass (Schizxa pusilla) inhabits bogs,
where it may form extended mats of dry, woolly
"grass" 1—3 inches high The sterile leaves are without
laminae. Lygodium palmatum is the "climbing fern"
of eastern America The leaf, not the stem, of this
plant has unlimited growth, and twines.
Four genera are in the American trade. Anemia,
Lygodium, Mohria, and Schizsea.
8 Gleichemaceae (from the genus Gleichenia, named
in honor of W. F. Von Gleichen, 1717-1783) GLEICH-
ENIA FAMILY. Fig 2. Terrestrial ferns with peculiar
foliage leaves several times forking owing to the
arrested growth of the mam divi&ions which develop in
succeeding boasons, only the ultimate branches pinnate
(except in one genus) indusium none sporangia in son
on the under side of the leaf, thin-walled, sessile, pear-
shaped, annulus complete, running obliquely around
the back and over the top, line of dehiscence extending
vertically down the ventral side from, a constricted
apical place in the annulus prothalhum ordinary, green.
Two genera and about 26 species occur in tropical lands
and the south temperate zone The family is related
to the Schiza?acese but the habit is very different. The
peculiar forking of the leaves, as well as the unusual
annulus and peculiar dehiscence, are characteristic.
A few species of Gleichenia are in cultivation in
North America.
9. Osmundacese (from the genus Osmunda, derived
from Osmunder, the Saxon name of the god Thor).
OSMUNDA FAMILY Fig 3 Ferns of ordinary habit,
rarely aboiesoent' rhizome mostly vertical, thick: leaves
large, circulate, 1-3-pmnate, rarely thin and stomate-
less, petiole somewhat sheathing at the base, fibro-
vascular bundle 1; veins forking- indusia wanting:
sporangia scattered on the under side of the ordinary
leaf, or on the margin or on both sides of modified
fertile portions of the leaf, thin-walled, short-stout-
pedicelled, globular; annulus imperfect, consisting of a
group of cells on one side; line of dehiscence vertical,
extending from this group up over the summit: prothal-
hum ordinary, green.
There are 3 genera and 10 or 12 species of general
distribution, and others in the Australian region Three
species occur in the eastern United States The family
is related to the Gleichemaceae and SchizaeacesD. The
peculiar dehiscence, and the scattered sporangia with
the annulus consisting of a group of cells, instead of a
ring, are distinctive
The family has practically no economic importance,
except as ornamental plants, except that the root
masses are used as matrix on which to grow orchids
and other epiphytic plants (see Osmundine) Some
have been used in medicine, although their virtues are
questionable. The family contains some of our most
stately native ferns.
All three genera are in American horticulture:
Leptopteris (leaves thin and no stomates); Osmunda
(Royal Fern, Cinnamon Fern), Todea (Grape Fern).
Order 4. HYDROPTERIDALES
10. Marsileaceae (from the genus Marsilea, in honor
of Giavanni Marsigli, or Aloysius Marsih, Italian natural-
ists ) MARSILEA FAMILY Fig 3 Perennial marsh or
aquatic plants with filiform and creeping rhizomes,
leaves all from rootstocks, circmate, rachis without
blade or with four leaflets borne together at the apox;
leaflets, when present, fan-shaped, rounded at apex;
veins dichotomous sporangia of two sorts, macro-
sporangia bearing macrosspores which give rise to egg-
cells, and microsporangia bearing microspores which
give rise to sperm-cells, both borne together in tiny
chambers (son) in globular capsule-like conceptacles
(sporocarps) which arise from the rootstock or lower
portion of the leaf, and arc either stalked or sessile:
4c
3. SCHIZJBACE.K 1 Aneimia, sporangium OSMCNDACE^J 2
Osmuncla, sporangium, a, front view, 6, back view SALVINIACE*
3 Salvima, a, whole plant, 6, section of sporocarps showing
sporangia MAHSILKACK^ 4 Marsilea, o, whole plant, b, sporo-
carp germinating, c, sporocarp emitting gelatinous thread with
son 5 Pilulana, a, cross-section of sporocarp, 6, sporocarp
emitting sporangia
male and female prothallia very much reduced, remain-
ing inclosed within the spore-wall, which in the case of
the macrospores early becomes ruptured on one side to
expose the archcgoma
Two genera (Marsilea and Pilularia) and about 60
species occur, of which 52 or 54 belong to Marsilea.
The distribution is general, though mainly tropical.
Marsilea is represented m the United States by one
native and one introduced species The family is closely
related to the Salvmiaceae, but the peculiar habit an<)
unusual sporocarps are distinctive.
10
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
At maturity, a gelatinous mass escapes from the
sporocarp, and on this mass the son are borne in
somewhat characteristic fashion in different species.
The leaflets of the clover-like leaves of Marsifea, in
emersed forms, show sleep movement, as do those of
clover. These leaflets float upon the water to the vary-
ing depths of which the petioles accommodate them-
selves; but the plant may grow emersed on mud, in
which case the petioles are erect like clover The leaves
of Pilularia are filiform, pointed, and destitute of blade.
In Australia, the sporocarps of Marsilea Nardu and
M Drummondu, which contain much starch and other
nutritious material, are used by the natives for food.
They are ground into a powder, mixed with water and
baked. Fish and marsilca "fruits" form almost the
sole food of some tribes.
One species, Marsilea quadnfoha, is in cultivation
in America for aquatic gardens.
1 1 Salviniaceee (from the genus Salnma in honor of
A M. Salvmi, Italian scientist) SALVINIA FAMILY.
Fig. 3. Small, floating aquatic plants, resembling large
Lemnas (Salvima) or fohaceous liverworts (Azolla).
stem reduced -or wanting leaves few, orbicular or oval
(Salvmia); or numerous, minute and imbricated
(Azolla) sporangia and spores of two sorts as in Mar-
silea, but borne on basal columns in the single cavity
of the sporocarp; at first both sorts of sporangia are
present but only one kind matures so that the sporo-
carp becomes entirely "male" or entirely "female."
prothallmm partly endosporoub, only a portion of either
the male or female prothallium emerging from the
spore wall.
The family has 2 genera and about 15 species, of
which 11 belong to Salvmia; generally distributed but
principally tropical Each genus is represented in the
eastern United States by one native species The
family is related to the Marsileaceaj, but the habit, the
structure of the sporocarps, and the separation- of
macrosporangia and microsporangia in different sporo-
carps are distinctive
The "roots" of Salvmia represent a modified leaf
Each leaf of Azolla is two-lobed, one lobe floating,
the other submerged. A small cavity inclosed by the
upper lobe is always inhabited by a nostoc-hke alga,
between which and the Azolla there is indication of a
symbiotic relationship Azolla possesses true roots.
The family is of almost no economic importance
One species of Salvmia and two species of Azolla
are occasionally grown in water-gardens.
CLASS II EQUISETIISLE
Order 5. EQUISETALES
12. Eauisetaceae (from the genus Eqmsetum, meaning
horse-bristle). HORSE-TAIL FAMILY Fig 1 Plants of
striking appearance, often with rhizomes and with a
straight, aerial, striated axis bearing whorls of connate,
scale-like leaves at the nodes' from the nodes also fre-
quently arise slender branches of different structure
which bear different but still scale-like leaves the stem
is hollow, and besides the central canal often contains
numerous additional large canals imbedded in the
outer tissue . spores of one kind (not microspores and
macrospores) sporangia 5-9, borne on the under
surface of peltate, polygonal scales which form a
terminal cone, dehiscence longitudinal; spores green,
provided with several hygroscopic "elaters which aia
in dissemination prothalha green, unisexual, the female
largest, branched.
A single genus and about 24 species are known, of
which one section is tropical, the other of temperate
distribution. Ten species are native in the eastern
United States The family is very distinct and shows
no definite relationship to any existing plants The
habit, the undifferentiated spores, the peltate sporo-
phvlls. and the dioecious emergent prothalha are dis-
tinctive The arrangement of the canals and also
of the stomates along the stem are important in the
distinction of species.
The stems of E. hiemale, rich in silica, were formerly
much used for scounng and for polishing woods, and
are still used to some extent. E. arvense and E. sylvati-
cum have been used for polishing tin vessels, hence the
name "tin weed " Several species have been used in
medicine, as diuretics. E. giganteum is employed as an
astringent. E arvense and E, palustre are bad weeds
in parts of Europe.
Several species have been advertised by American
dealers in native plants.
CLASS III. LYCOPODIN^E
Order 6. LYCOPODIALES
13. Lycopodiaceae (from the genus Lycopodium, wolf-
foot, from a fancied resemblance) CLUB-MOSS FAMILY.
Fig 1. Branched plants of moderate size, stems often
erect when short, usually prostrate, pendent, or creep-
ing leaves very numerous, small, subulate or oblong,
moss-like, often imbricated, rarely the leaves all basal
(Phylloglossum) sporophylls either similar to the
leaves, or much modified and forming terminal "cones."
sporangia and spores of one sort (not macrospores and
microspores), the former remform, borne at the base
of a leaf on the upper side, dehiscence longitudinal
prothalha more or less cylindrical or amorphous, in some
species green, in others colorless, saprophytic, sub-
terranean or subcortical
The club-moss family contains 2 goncra and about
100 species, all but ono of which belong to Lycopodium,
distributed m all parts of the world except tne very
dry regions The majority of the epiphytic species
are tropical, but several terrestrial species extend to
the arctic circle Twelve of the species are native in the
eastern United States The family is not closely related
to any other The habit, the undifferentiated spores,
and the prothallmm are distinctive.
The branching of Lycopodium is of two types, the
dichotomous, and the monopodial (a central axis from
which lateral blanches arise). On these types sub-
genera are based.
The spores of Lycopodium (principally of L clava-
tum), which are produced in great quantities, are used
by apothecaries for coating pills, and by metal-workers
These spores are highly inflammable and were formerly
used in theaters to produce flashlights. L. Selago is
emetic, drastic, vermifugal, and emmenagogue. L.
myrsimlis and L. catharhcum are purgative Several
other species have been used locally for various com-
plaints The creeping steins of L. clavatum and L.
complanatum are often used for Christmas and church
decorations
Several species of Lycopodium (Club-moss, Ground
Pine, Creeping Pine) are gathered or protected in
America for decorative purposes or for the spores.
Order 7. SELAGINELLALES
14. Selaginellaceae (from the genus SelagineUa,
diminutive of Selago, ancient name of Lycopodium).
SELAGINELLA FAMILY. Fig 1. Moss-like or lycopodium-
hke plants, often of moderate size, usually profusely
and dichotomously branched, more rarely monopodial;
creeping, pendent or erect, sometimes climbing and
several meters long, or minute and 1-3 cm. long:
leaves moss-like, very small, usually densely placed,
often imbricated, often of two sizes (the branches
therefore strongly dorsiventral) ; ligule present, borne
at the base of the leaf on the upper side roots borne on
"rhizophores" which are probably modified branches:
spores of two sorts (microspores and macrospores) in
separate sporangia, borne m the leaf axils: sporophylls
frequently modified, forming a cone or spike: prothalha
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
11
endosporous, the spore wall of the macrosporea soon
rupturing and exposing the archegoma
The one genus; Selagmella, and about 500 species
are widely distributed, but mostly tropical The
majority prefer damp forests, but some (e g , *S' rupeb-
tria) are xerophytic Three species are native in the
eastern United States The family is related to the
Lycopodiaccae superficially, but not in the spores and
in the prothalha. which are more closely allied to
another family, the Isoctacea? The habit, the foliar
hgule, the undifferentiatcd spores, and the endosporous
prothaUia are distinctive
The spores of Selagmclla have been used in the same
manner as those of Lycopodium, but are less easily
obtainable >S concinna and »V obtusa have been used
for diarrhea and dysentery Several Mexican species
are used locally for medicine. *S. convoluta is employed
in the East Indies as an aphrodisiac The rosette-like
£>'. lepidophylla of Mexico is the best-known "resur-
rection plant " When dry, it rolls into a ball and
becomes brown, when the air is humid, the branches
spread out and the green upper surfaces are exposed
Many species of Sclaginella are in choice American
collections, but very few are commonly in tht trade
They are mostly grown for greenhouse and for table
decoration under the name of "l^copodium."
SPERMATOPHYTA or SIPHONOGAMIA
(PIIANEROGAMIA)
SVB-DIVISION I GYMNOSPEKM^E
Order 8 CYCADALES
15 Cycadaceae (from the genus O/c«s, the Greek
name of a certain palm) CYCHS FAMILY Fig 4 Moic
or less \voody plants, \\ith thick, unbranehed, columnar
or tuberous stem leaves alternate, pinnate .stamens
and carpels borne in cones or in temporarily terminal
clusters scales of the stammate cone bearing veiy
many scattered anthers on the under side the caipels
open, not forming a closed ovary, either leaf-like pm-
natifid and bearing maigmal ovules, or peltate \\ith 2 or
more suspended ovules, the latter very large, often 1
inch long, orthotropous, with 1 integument, becoming
drupe-like
Cyeadaeejr has 0 genera and about 85 specie1*, dis-
tributed in tropical and subtropical regions Zamia
is the largest genus, with 30 species The family stands
isolated among the gymnosperms The palm-like
habit, pinnate leaves, vciy numerous scattered stamens,
and, in Cycas, the leaf-like carpel, aie distinctive
Differences more important to the morphologist aie to
be found in the cmbrjology, especially in the fertiliza-
tion by motile sperm-cells The leaves are circulate
when unfolding, like tho.se of a fern The CjeadaceiB
represent an ancient family far more numerous in past
geologic ages Many fossil .species aie known
Various species of Cycas in the Moluccas and Japan,
especially C reroluta, yield a sago in the pithy part of
the stem which the natives bake into bread The
Hottentots eat the pith of Encephalartos, making
from it "Kafir bread ' The seeds of Cycas and Zamia
are edible The leaves of Oycas are used at funoials
and church festivals as "palm branches "
Several genera are in cultivation in America for
greenhouse use and outdoors in the South These are
Bowenia, Ceratozarma of Mexico, Cycas (Sago Palm) of
the far East; Dioon of Mexico, Encephalartos of South
Africa, Macrozamia of Australia, Stangena of South
Africa, Zamia (Coontie, Comptie) of tropical America
Order 9 GINKQOALES
16. Ginkgoaceae (from the genus Ginkao. the Japanese
name). GINKGO FAMILY. Fig 4. Much-branched tree
with deciduous leaves secondary wood without true
vessels, resin-tubes present leaves alternate, fan-shaped
like the pinnules of Adiantum, veins forking, anthers
borne in pedicelled pairs on a slender axis, without
bracts, the whole somewhat catkin-like no true pistil-
late cone, ovules borne in pairs at the summit of
branched peduncles, each ovule surrounded at the base
by a fleshy ring, fruit drupaceous Fertilization is by
means of motile sperms
A single genus of one species occurs in China and
Japan Fossil species are known. The family is dis-
tantly related to the Comferae, but the peculiar foliage,
as well as the absence of cone structure and the great
reduction of sporophylls, is distinctive
(hnkqo biloba (gmkgo, maidenhair tree, Kew tree),
the only species, is grown as a park tree.
3c
4 ("\( \OAfB « 1 Cycis, a
snlo \\ilh anthers 2 Zamif
Ginkgo, a, leaf, 6, ovules, c, sti
th ovules, c, male
GINKQOACE.E 3
Order 10 CONIFERALES
17 Taxaceae (from the genus Taxus, the classical
name, probably from the Greek meaning boiv, for which
the wood is used) . YEW FAMILY Fig. 5 Much-branched
trees or shrubs, with resin-tubes in the bark and no
tine vessels in the secondary wood leaves alternate,
needle-like or scale-like, persistent stamens borne on
the protected portion of more or less apically thickened
or peltate scales (sporopM 11s) forming a small cone
pistillate cones wanting, ovules borne singly or two
together on a fleshy or rudimentary carpel (sporophyll),
mveited or straight, the outer integument forming an
.•inline fnnt a div seed surrounded by the fleshy often
highh colored anllus, the receptacle also of ten enlarged
and foinung a fleshy part of the fruit
Taxaceac has 8 genera and about 70 species widely
distributed, of which 40 belong to the genus Podocarpus
The family is related to the Conifcrse, but differs in the
reduction of the pistillate cone to a single ovule, in
the modification or suppression of the sporophyll, and
in the aril or anllus The closely related Ginkgoacea;
has a different st animate inflorescence fertilization is
by means of pollen-tubes
The timber produced by the tropical eastern species
of Podocarpus and of Dacrydium (heron pine an«
12
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
damion pine) is highly valued. The yew wood is
hard and susceptible of a high polish. It is used in
cabinet work and for bows. The seed and shoots of yew
are said to be poisonous, but the anllus is harmless.
In cultivation in America are a few genera foi orna-
mental purposes1 Ccphalotaxus, East Asia, Podocar-
pus, Chile, Japan, Australia, grown m the South, Taxus
(Yew), Europe, Asia, North America; Torreya (Cali-
fornia Nutmeg) , California to Florida
18. Pinaceae (from the genus Pinus, the classical
Latin name) PINE FAMILY Fig 5 Tiee or shrub, with
no true vessels in the secondary wood, but with resm-
tubes. leaves linear, or needle-like, or scale-like,
alternate or opposite, evergreen or deciduous anthers
and ovules both in true cones plainly subtended by
scales (sporophylls) ; the stiunmate scales usually
bearing 2-6, rarely more, anthers on the under side;
the pistillate bearing 1-2, rarely many, ovules on the
upper side, or peltate and ovule-bearing under the
crown or at its base; ovules with 1 integument: fruit
tiit
5 TAXACEB 1 Taxus, o, male cone, 6, fruit (seed and aril)
PINACEA: 2 Tsuga, female cone 3 Picea, female cone-scale with
ovules. 4 Pseudotsuga, female cone 5 Chamsecynans, female
cone 6 Sequoia, female cone 7. Jumperus, a, female cones
(berries), 6, cross-section berry GNETACE^B. 8 Ephedra, a,
female inflorescence, 6, male inflorescence
a dry woody cone with dry, often winged seeds between
the scales; or berry-like through the union of the fleshy
cone-scales
Sub-family 1 Cupressmese — Cone-scales opposite;
ovules erect leaves opposite or whorled.
Sub-family 2. Abietmeae — Cone-scales alternate;
ovules inverted leaves alternate
There are 25 genera and about 240 species, widely
distnbuted but most abundant in temperate legions
The largest genus is Pinus with 70 species. The family
is related to the TaxaceiE and Ginkgoaceae, from which
it differs m the presence of true stammate and pistillate
cones It also differs from the latter m the absence of
motile sperm-cells.
The Pinaceae, like other Gymnosperms, is an old
group, more abundant in former geologic ages Many
fossil species are known The Sequoias of California
were formerly more abundant, extending to Greenland.
The young plants of many Cuprcssineaj possess foliage
lite different in appearance from the mature foliage,
the leaves being longer and more spreading These
juvenile forms have been called Retimsporas, a name
which has been applied also to all cultivated species of
Charncecypans Juniper "berries" are fleshy cones
with peltate, fused scales The leaves of Larix, Pseu-
dolarix and Cedrus are deciduous. The branchlcts and
leaves are deciduous in Taxodium. The cone-scales
of many Abietmese are double, an outer thinner 3-
toothed scale, and a thick inner scale that bears the
ovules (see Pseudotsuga)
Among the Pinacecc are some of our most valuable
timber trees, e g , cedar, arborvitse, spruce, fir, hem-
lock and redwood The resin from various pines when
distilled yields spints of turpentine and rosin, when
dry-distilled, it yields tar Venice turpentine is the
reisinous exudation of European larches Canada
balsam that of Abies balsamea Dammar resin is from
the Malayan Agathis Dammara Kauri resin is the
semi-fossilized resin of Agathis austrahs of Australia
and New Zealand Sandarac resin is from Callitris
quadrivalvis of Northwest Afnca Amber is the fos-
silized resin of prchistonc conifers around the Baltic.
Oil of savin is from the leaves and twigs of Jumperus
sabina, and oil of cedar from Thuya accidentally Juniper
berries, from J commums of Europe and America, are
diuretic and also used for flavoring gin. Edible seeds
are produced by Pinus Pinea (stone pine) of the
Mediterranean, P Cembra of Europe and Sibena, P.
Parryana and P eduhs of the southwestern United
States, Podocarpus nenifoha of the East Indies, Arau-
caria braziliana of Brazil, and A Bidmlln of Australia
Bread is made by the Laps and Eskimos from the
inner bark of Pinus sylvestns and Abiet* alba, also from
various Pinacese by our northwestern Indians Deodar
(Cedrus Deodnra) is sacred to the Hindoos Cedrus
Libani is the cedar of Lebanon. Pine bark was form-
erly used for tanning.
Many genera are m cultivation in Amenca Among
these are Abies (Fir, Balsam); Araucana (Norfolk
Island Pine, Monkey Puzzle), Callitna (Cypress Pine),
Cedrus (Cedar of Lebanon, Deodar), Chamgecypans
(White Cedar, Yellow Cedar, Hinoki Cypress, Sawara
Cypress, Retimspora, Japanese Cedar), Cryptomena;
Capressus (Cypress, Monterey Cypress), Jumperua
(Red Cedar, Jumper, Savin) ; Larix (Larch, Tamarack,
Hackmatack); Libocedrus (Incense Cedar, White Ce-
dar), Picea (Spruce); Pinus (Pine, Pmnon, Soledad);
Pseudolanx (Golden Larch), Pseudotsuga (Douglas
Spruce, Red Fir); Sciadopitys (Umbrella Pine), Se-
quoia (Big Tree of California, Redwood), Taxodium
(Bald Cypress, Deciduous Cypress) ; Thuya (Arborvi-
tae, White Cedar) ; Thuyopsis, Tsuga (Hemlock Spruce).
Order 11. GNETALES
19. Gnetacese (from the genus Gnetum, derived from
Gnemon, said to be the old Malay name of the plant).
GNETUM FAMILY. Fig 5 Very peculiar semi-woody
plants of diverse habit leaves large and broad, or modi-
fied, or reduced, or opposite, or whorled no resin-tubes
m the stem, secondary wood containing true vessels,
true flowers present, with a 2-4-parted perianth,
unisexual, rarely bisexual; stamens 2-8; pistillate
perianth becoming juicy or wing-like in fruit and inclos-
ing one naked orthotropous seed with 1 or 2 integu-
ments
The family consists of 3 genera and about 35-40
species, widely distnbuted. It is distinguished from
the Coniferte by the presence of a perianth, the absence
of resin-tubes, and the presence of vessels in the
secondary wood The endosperm development, also,
approaches that of the Angiosperms. The fertilization
is by means of pollen-tubes. The three genera are
very distinct. Ephedra, of the tropics of both hemis-
pheres, is much branched, with slender jointed striate
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
13
equieetum-like sterns, leaves scale-like at the distant
nodes; Gnetum of South Amenca, except one species,
is a group of vines or shrubs with large broad leaves
like those of an Angiosperm, Welwitschia of South
Afnca is a desert plant with a thick subterranean stem
bearing two ribbon-like leaves 6 feet long, lying flat
on the ground, and with a terminal cluster of cone-like
flower-spikes
It is doubtful whether any of these are regularly in
the American i/rade
SUB-DIVISION II. ANGIOSPERMJE
CLASS I MONOCOTYLEDONEvE
Order 12 P AND AN ALES
20 Typhaceae (from the genus Typtia, the old Greek
name). CATTAIL FAMILY Fig. 6 Perennial maish
herbs, with creeping rootstoeks, and long-linear, erect,
mostly basal leaves flowers monoecious, naked, in a
dense terminal spike, which is btammate above and
pistillate below, each sex subtended by one bract-like
spathe, perianth 0, stamens 2-5, filaments connate,
bearing long, silky hairs, carpels 1, ovaiy 1 -celled,
raised on a stipe which also bears long, silky hairs*
ovule 1, suspended; style slender, fruit a nutlet; seed
albuminous
A single genus and about 12 species occur in the
tropical and temperate zones Fossil species are known.
The family is closely related to the Spargamacesc, with
which it was formerly united These two families con-
stitute a very distinct group of simple-flowered Mono-
cotyledons The habit, the flowers borne in spikes with-
out perianth, the hairy pedicels, the absence of bracts,
and the simple pistil, aie together distinctive.
The starchy root stocks are sometimes used for food
The leaves are woven into matting, and into chau-
bottoms, and are used for calking barrels The pollen
has been used as a .substitute for the spores of Lyco-
podium The rootstock is used in East Asia for d> seii-
tery and urethntis, and the leaves in various localities
for thatching cottages A vain attempt has been
made to utilize the .silky hairs of the fruit for making
velvet
Two species of Typha (Cattail Flag, Reed Mace),
both native, are in the American trade for water-gar-
dens
21 Pandanaceae (from the genus Pandanus, derived
from a Malay name) SCHEW-PINE FAMILY Fig 6
Shrubby or arborescent plants stems simple or
branched, with prop-roots leaves spirally arranged,
densely placed, sword-shaped, often canaliculate, clasp-
ing, stiff, edges and midrib often spiny-serrate flowers
on simple or branched spadices, dioecious, naked,
spathes caducous, stamens densely packed, separated
or united in fascicles, scattered over the spadiv, and
not in definite flowers, pistillate spadix simple, ovaiics
numerous, coherent in bundles, or isolated, not in real
flowers, stigma sessile, ovules solitary or several fruit
drupaceous, cohering in multiple fruits, seed albumi-
nous.
There are 3 genera and about 350 species, natives of
the tropics of the Old World The family is unique.
The floral structure, while much like that of Typha,
suggests also the Palmacea; As in Typha, actual flowers
cannot here be distinguished.
The fleshy pericarps of some are eaten The strong
odor of the stammate flowers is either agreeable or dis-
agreeable, depending on the species, in the former case
the flowers arc used for perfumery. The leaves of Patt-
danus utilis are made into bags for shipping coffee,
and the plant is now cultivated for that purpose in
the West Indies
Ten to 15 species of Pandanus (Screw Pine, Cande-
labrum Tree, Chandelier Tree) are in greenhouse cul-
tivation in America.
Order 13. HELOBI^E
22. Naiadaceas (from the genus Naias, denved from
the Greek, meaning a water nymph) PONDWEED
FAMILY Fig 6 Immersed aquatic herbs leaves
mostly cauhnc, opposite or alternate, the floating often
differing from the submerged in shape and texture:
flowers axillary or spicate, bisexual or unisexual, peri-
anth of 4 herbaceous segments, or wanting, stamens
1-4, rarely more, carpels 1-0, mostly distinct, 1 -celled,
1-ovuled fruit a nutlet, endosperm none, embryo
curved, rarely straight.
Naiadaceas has 10 genera and about 100 species
widely distributed, but most abundant in temperate
regions. The largest genus is Potamogeton with 50
species The family is a very heterogeneous one which
has been divided or united in many ways by different
authors As here treated it is distinguished by the
aquatic habit, greenish, often reduced perianth, few
stamens, and few, separate, 1 -seeded carpels A spathe-
hke bract usually incloses the inflorescence
The dried leaves of Zostera and Posidoma have been
used since ancient times in Venice to pack glassware.
They are now widely used for packing Plants of
Potamogeton and Zostera are employed as manure.
Several species of Potamogeton (Pondweed) and
one of Zarmichelha are possibly in the American trade,
tor water-gardens
4b
'4 a,
6 T\PHACE,B 1 Typha a, inflorescence, 6, male flower, c,
female flower PANDAN\OEE 2 Pandanus, a, portion male
inflorescence, b, female inflorescence, vertical section NAIAD-
ACFK 3 Naias.a, male flower, b, female flower. 4 Potamogeton,
a, flower, 6, vertical section nutlet
23 Aponogetonacese (from the genus Aponogeton,
derivation obscure) APONOGETON FAMILY Aquatic
herbs with tuberous rhizomes, and basal, submerged
or floating leaves, blade linear to oval, palmately
parallel- veined, with transveisc veinlets, the general
tissue between the veins often wanting, thus producing
a remarkable openwork latticed effect, flowers spicate,
bisexual, regular, hypogynous penan th of several petal-
oid parts; stamens usually 6, rarely more; carpels
mostly 3, rarely 4-0, separate, ovules 2-€», mostly basal,
anatropous* fruit pouch-like, endosperm none
The single genus, with its 15 species oocurs in Africa,
Madagascar, tropical Asia and Australia The family
is related to the Naiadaceac, with which it was formerly
united, and from which it is distinguished by the petaf-
oid perianth, several ovules, and straight embryo.
The roots are sometimes eaten by natives.
A ponogeton distachyus (Cape pondweed, water haw-
thorn) is cultivated m water-gardens
24 Alismaceae (from the genus Ahsma, the Greek
name). WATER-PLANTAIN FAMILY. Fig. 7. Herbace-
14
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
ous marsh plants with milky juice loaves mostly basal,
sheathing, with a scale m the axil; blade various, float-
ing or erect, often sagittate, varying m size and width
with the depth of the water, palmately parallel-veined
with cross vemlets flowers bisexual or unisexual, reg-
ular, hypogynous, m whorls of 3, sepals 3, more or less
hyaline, petals 3, white and petaloid, stamens C to
many, in several whorls, carpels very many, separate
or rarely coherent, spirally arranged or in a whorl,
1-ovuled, rarely 2-5-ovuled fruit dry, rarely dehiscent,
seed ba^sal, anatropous, exalbummous, embryo curved.
The family has 10 genera and about 50 species, dis-
tributed throughout the warmer and temperate zones
The family is related to the Butomaeese and Junca-
ginaeetc, which are all peculiar m having an axillary
mtra vaginal scale The whorled flowers, differentiated
perianth, numerous carpels, and mostly solitary, basal,
exalbummous seeds are distinctive
The acrid juice formerly led to the occasional use of
these plants in medicine The tubers and rhizomes of
-Sagittana were eaten by the American Indians as
wappato; and arc cultivated in China They are said
to come into the Chinese market at San Francisco, pre-
served in liquid.
Two genera are in cultivation for water-gardens:
Ahsma (Water Plantain), native, and Sagittaria
(Arrowhead), some native
25 Butomaceae (from the genus Hutormis, signifying
ox -f- to cut, in reference to the rough leaves) Fig 7
Aquatic or marsh herbs leaves basal, with an axial
scale, sometimes with milky juice blade linear or
oval, veins palmately parallel with cross vemlets, or
nearly vemless. flowers solitary or umbelled, bisexual,
regular, hypogynous, sepals 3, .subherbaceous, petals 3,
colored, imbricated, stamens 9 or more, whorled,
carpels 6 or more, separate, ovules numerous, borne
"V!
7 AU8MA< KM 1 Alisma, a, inflorescence, b, flower, c, floral
diagram, d, truit 2 iSatfittana, a, trmt, b, ac-hene BuTOMAf'K«'
3 Butomus, flowor HiDROciMRiTir E« 4 Elodoa, female flower
branch 5 Vallisnerm, a, halni ai"t flower, b, fern.ile flower.
between the rr:*igins and midrib of the carpel' fruit
•iry, dehiscent, seed anatropous, exalbummous, embryo
straight or 3urved
The family contains 4 genera and about 5 species,
natives of the temperate and tropical zones of the Old
World, and the tropics of the New World The family
is related to the Ahsmacesp and Juncagmacese, from
the former of which it differs principally m the numerous
ovules and their peculiar position
The roots and seeds of Butomus were once used as
emollients The baked roots of Butomus are eaten m
North Asia.
Two genera are m cultivation for water-gardens:
Butomus (Flowering Rush), and Limnochans (Water
Poppy)
2o Hydrochantaceae (from the genus Hydrochans,
derived from the Greek meaning wate? and rejoice).
FHOG'S-BIT FAMILY. Fig 7 Submerged aquatic herbs,
rarely floating, the flowers usually at first inclosed by
a 2-bracted spathic, leaves alternate or opposite, very
divcise, cordate, linear or ribbon-like flowers usually
unisexual, regular, epigynous, perianth in 2 series,
composed of ,3 imbricated or valvate, calicoid parts,
and 3 convolute petaloid parts, rarely of only 3 divisions,
stamens m 1 to several series of 3, some often stami-
riodia, carpels 2-15, ovary interior, 1-celled with parie-
tal placentae, or imperfectly several-celled, stigmas 3-
6 fruit not regularly dehiscent, submerged, some-
what fleshy; seeds many, exalbummous
There aie 14 genera and about 40 species widely
distiibuted The family is related to the Ahsmacere
and Naiadacew The differentiation into calyx and
corolla, the usually numerous .stamens, the inferior,
1-celled ovary with parietal placenta1, and the exalbumi-
nous seeds are together characteristic The plants of
this family are very diverse in appearance and often
striking Fossil species are known The pollination of
Valhsneria is very remarkable (See Kerner and Oliver,
"Natural History of Plants")
Etodca canadensts, introduced into Europe from
America, has there become so abundant as to impede
navigation The plants of Hydrochans, Stratiotes, and
Elodea are used as fodder and as manuie in Europe
The starchy rootstocks of Otteha and Boottia are
eaten in India as pot-herbs, also the tubers and fruits
of Erialus The fibers fiom the leaves of Enalus are
used in India Valh^ntrui altermfoha is employed m
India in the pieparation of sugar.
Five genera are in cultivation in America, mostly for
aquaria Elodea( Water weed, Ditch-Moss, Water Thvme,
Water Pest) ; Hydrochans (Frog's-Bit) , Limnobium
(American Fiog's-Bit), Stratiotes (Water Soldier, Water
Aloe), Valhsneria (Eel-Grass, Tape-Grass)
Order 14 GLUMIFLORJE
27. Graminese (from the Latin signifying grass)
GRASS FAMILY Fig 8 Herbs, or sometimes almost
tiee-hke stems hollow or solid leaves usually linear, in
2 ranks, composed of a sheath which is usually open
down the front, a sessile blade, and a hgule at the
junctuie of blade and sheath flowers bisexual or uni-
sexual, naked, or with the perianth reduced to 1-3 tiny
scales, borne in specialized spikelets composed of 3 01
more 2-ranked scales, the first 2 empty (called empty
glumes), the others termed flowering glumes or lem-
mas, and 1 scale on each secondary flower-bearing
axis, called a palet or palca, stamens 2-3, "xserted for
wind-pollination, carpel 1; ovary 1, 1-cclled, 1-ovuled,
stigmas feathery, usually 2 fruit a caryopsis, seed
with endosperm, and embryo with an absoibing organ
Grammejr is a family of 300-400 genera and per-
haps 5,0(K) species distributed all over the eaith The
largest genera are Pamcum with 300-400 species, Pas-
palum with 160 species, and Poa with 100 species The
Grammes and Cyperaceac form a verv distinct group
The usually hollow stem, the open sheaths, the hgule,
the 2-rankcd leaves, and the peculiar spikelet-structure
are the best characters to separate Grammeac from Cy-
perace<£ The Indian corn is one of the most modified of
grasses It is monoecious The stammate spikelets are ar-
ranged on finger-like branches of the tassel at the sum-
mit of the plant , the pistillate spikelets are borne on the
cob, which is supposed to be composed of similar finger-
like portions grown together. Each spikelet is 2-flowered,
but only 1 flower bears an ovary. The kernel is this
ovary, and the chaff on the cob represent the glumes
and palets. The grasses are divided into 13 tribes.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
15
The grasses are among the most useful of plants.
The following, among others, are, or have been, used
as medicine Rhizome of Agropyron repens (quick- or
quack-grass) is emollient, and aperient (several other
grasses have the same properties) Root of Arundo Do mix
(reed) is diuretic and sudorific Phragmites commums
was formerly considered dcpurative and anti-syphilitic.
Calamagrostis was used by the French peasants as a
diuretic Perotis latifolui IH used in India for the same
purpose, as are also the seeds of Coix Lacryma-Jobi in
China. The roots of Mara suns granulans are used in
India for intestinal troubles. The aromatic, fragrant
roots of various Andropogons (or Cymbopogons) are
used for medicine and for perfume in India and else-
where, e g , A. Nardus (false bpikenard, citronella), A.
citratus (lemon-grass). A lamer arid A Schoenanthus
(sweet rush, ginger-grass, geranium-grass) are used in
Africa and Arabia as a stimulant, antispasrnodic and
diaphoretic, and for perfume.
The following are used for food. Seeds of wheat,
barley, rye, oats, rice, Indian corn and millet , also seeds
of Andropogon arundinacc us var vulgar e (sorghum), and
var Durra (durra) Pennibetutn arnericanum (pearl
millet) is an important food of the negro races, and Poa
abij^nnica and Kleusine are important in East Africa
Sugar is obtained fiom the stems of heveral species,
most important of which arc Saccfvirum ojfficinaium
(sugar-cane), and Andropogon nrundinaceuss var sac-
r karat us or A Sorghum (sugar sorghum)
Many grasses are used as fodder for cattle, as, for
instance, our pasture and hay graces Poa pratenns
(June grass, Kentucky blue grass), Phlcum prattitv>
(timothy), Festuca ovmn, etc (fescue), Agro^i^ alba
(red-top), Dactyhs glomerala (orchaid-grass), Cynodon
Dactylon (Beimuda-giass) Some grasses are poisonous
to stock, eg, Loh um innuludum (darnel), and the
Peruvian Fet>luca quadndintata
Straw from cereals is used for matting, upholstery,
bedding, hats and for making paper
The bamboos yield very important building material
in the East Like the palms, the bamboos are used for
almost every conceivable purpose, and are among the
most useful of plants
Several grasses, ( ther than those above mentioned,
contain a fragrant principle, e g, roots of Vttiveua
zizamoidcs (vetiver or kius-kus of India) used to
perfume rooms, and to keep insects out of clothing
Hierochloe odorata (vanilla- or holy-grass) is used in
Europe in religious ceremonies, and by the American
Indians for making baskets Anthoxanthiim odoratum is
the European sweet-grass, now introduced into America.
The most important ornamental species are Phalanx
arundmatea, Stipa pennata, Cortadena argentea, Lagums
ovatus, Hordeum jubatum. Aft Acanthus binensis, Briza,
Arundo, Phragmites, Enanthus, Penmsetum, Th>ba-
nokena, and Bamboos
In America 70-80 genera are cultivated, or are
important as natural fodder plants or weeds Among
these are Agropyron (Quack-Grass, Couch-G , Quiek-
G ), Agrostis (Bent-G , Red-Top, Cloud-G ,Tickle-G ,
Fly-away-G ) , Aira (Hair-G ) , Andropogon (Silver-
beard-G , Johnson-G , Lemon-G ) , Anthoxanthum
(Sweet Vernal-G.) , Ammophila (Beach-G . Marram-G ) ,
Arundmana (Large Cane, Switch Cane, Scotch Cane) ,
Arundo (Giant Reed); Avena (Oats); Bamboo, Briza
(Quakmg-G ) ; Bromus (Brome-G , Rescue-G.) , Cala-
magrostis (Reed Bent-G, Blue-jomt-G., Pony-G.);
Calamovilfa (Purple Bent-G ) , Cenchrus (Sand-bur,
Bur-G ); Chlons (Fmger-G ); Cmna, Coix (Job's Tears,
Tear-G , Corn Beads); Cortadena (Pampas-G ), Cyno-
don (Bermuda-G ) ; Cynosurus (Crested Dog's-tail,
Silky-awned Dog's-tail); Dactyhs (Cock's-foot, Or-
chard-G); Dactyloctemum (Crowfoot-G.); Desmazena
(Spike-G ): Deschampsia (Hair-G , Hassock-G.); Dig-
itana (Crab-G , Fmger-G ); Distichhs (Salt-G., Marsh
Spike-G.), Echmochloa (Barnyard-G ) ; Elcusme (Crab-
G , Yard-G , Dog's-tail, Wire-G., African Millet); Ely-
mus (Lyme-G , Wild Rye, Terrel-G ), Eragrostis, En-
anthus (Woolly Beard-G , Plume-G , Wool-G , Ra-
venna-G.); Euchhrna (Teosmte); Festuca (Fescue-G ),
Glycena or Pamculana (Reed Meadow-G , Manna-G );
Coitadena, Hierochloe (Vanilla-G , Holy-G , Seneca-G ,
Sweet-scented-G ) . Holcus (Meadow Sof t-G ) , Hordeum
(Squirrel-tail-G , Wild Barley, Barley); Hystnx or
8 GRAMINE^E 1 a, part of a grass panicle, b, apikflet
2 A\cna, a, portion of paint le, b, spikckt,*- g .empty glume, jl g ,
flowering glume or lemma, pal , palet or palea, c, ground-plan o
spikolct. 3 Phleum, spikelet 4 Phalans, shpath and hgule
Asprella (Bottle-G.) ; Lolmm (Darnel, Rye-G ) ; Mihum
(Wild Millct-G), Miscanthus (Eulalia, Himalaya
Fairy-G ) , Ophsmenus; Oryza (Rice); Oryzopsi.s (Moun-
tain Rice) ; Panicum (Panic-G , Old-iWitch-G , Millet.
Broom Corn Millet) , Penmsetum (Pearl Millet) ; Pha-
lans (Canary-G , Gardener's Garters) , Phleum (Timothy-
G , Herd's-G ), Phragrmtes (Common Reed); Phyllos-
tachys (Bamboo, m part), Poa (Blue-G , Kentucky
Blue-G , Meadow-G ); Saccharum (Sugar-cane), Secale
(Rye) jSetana (Millet, IIunganan-G , Fo\tail-G , Pigeon-
G ), Spartina (Cord-G ), Sphenophohs, Stenotaphrum
(St August ine-G ); Stipa (Feathered-G , Esparto-G ,
Porcupme-G ) , Tnpsacum (Gama-G., Sesarnc-G.);
Triticum (Wheat, Spelt)
28 Cyperaceae (fiom the genus Cyperus, the ancient
Greek name) SEDGE FAMILY Fig 9 Herbaceous plants
with grass-like habit and solid stems leaves alternate,
in 3, rarely 2, vertical rows, linear, sheaths closed
flowers bisexual or unisexual, regular, hypogynous.
boine in variously disposed spikelets, subtended and
hidden by overlapping scales none of which are regu-
larly empty as in the grasses, no true palets, perianth
reduced to bn.stles, scales, or 0, stamens 2-3;
carpels 2-3; ovary 1-celled, 1-ovulcd; style 1; stig-
mas 2-3 fruit an achene; seeds basal, anatropous,
albuminous
There are G5 genera and about 3,000 species, inhabit-
ing the whole earth More than 500 species belong to
the genus Carex, 400 to Cyperus, and 200 to Scirpus
They are abundant in swampy regions The family
is closely related to the Grammea*, from which it differs
in the often 3-ranked leaves, solid stem, the absence of
palets and of regular empty glumes, and the presence,
in most cases, of a perianth and 3 carpels Most
divergent from the ordinary is Carex, the flowers of
which are monoecious, and the pistillate, though naked,
are inclosed in a flask-shaped structure called a peri-
16
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
gynium, which probably corresponds to the modified
palet of the grass spikelet The elongated perianth forms
the wool of the wool-grass or cotton-grass The scales
of the spikelet are in 2 ranks in Cyperus and Duhchium;
in many ranks in the other genera
The Cyperaceac are of far less economic importance
than the Grammes The rhizomes of several species
of Carex were formerly used as a remedy in syphilis.
Scirpus lacustris is astringent and diuretic, but other
9 CYPERACETC, 1 Scirpus, a, poition of inflorescence, b, flower
2 Enophorum, spikelet 3 Carex, a, inflorescence, b, vertical
section pcrigymum PALMAPEE 1 Chamserops, a, bpathe and
spadix, 6, floral diagram CYCLANIHACE^E. 5. Cyclanthus, mflo-
re«cence b. Curludovica, inflorescence.
species also possess this property. The foLage of
Enophorum has been used for dysentery The spongy
pith of the Enophorum stem was used by German
peasants for tapeworm. The tubers of Cyperus escu-
lenlus, now a weed in all countries, were cultivated
by the Egyptians for food The leaves of many species
of CyperaceiE have been woven into mats, chair-
bottoms, and the like The Egyptians made parchment
from the pith of Cyperus Papyrus The rhizomes of
Eleochans tubcrosa arc used in the manufacture of
starch, in China and India Ci/peru? wanobus and C
pertenms, of India, are fragrant and used in making
perfumery Some cances are used in making rugs
Several genera are in cultivation in America, mostly
for water-gardens, table decorations, and the con-
servatory Carex (Sedge); Cyperus (Umbrella Palm,
Egyptian Paper Plant, Egyptian Papyrus, Chufa);
Duhchium, Eleochans, Enophorum (Cotton-Grass,
Wool-Grass); Mapania; Scirpus (Bulrush Sedge).
Order 15 PRINCIPKS
29 Palmaceae (from the Latin name palma)
PALM FAMILY Fig 9 Woody plants of various habit,
low, or arborescent, or climbing, usually unbranched,
sometimes spmescent1 leaves forming a crown at summit
of stem except in Calamus, alternate, coriaceous, pal-
mately or pmnately veined, eptire or pinnatmd or
palmatifid, often very large, inflorescence a simple or
much-branched spadix, with or without a subtending
spathe, the latter often woody, flowers unisexual,
rarely bisexual, often sunk in the spadix, perianth of
6 parts in 2 series, greenish, often woody, valvate in
the starmnate, imbricated or convolute in the pistillate
flower; stamens 6, raicly 3 or many, on or around a
disk, separate or united, carpelb 3, larely fewer, sepa-
rate or forming a 1-3-celled ovarv, each cell 1-ovulcd,
but all except one seed in the ovaiy may abort, stigmas
usually 3 fruit a berry or diupe, pericarp fleshy or
fibrous; seeds albuminous.
Palmacesc has 128 genera and about 1,000 species of
tropical distribution, 10-15 species are found in the
southern United States The laigest genera are
Calamus with about 200 species, Hactns with 90
species and Chamaxlorea with 60 species The family
is very distinct, having no close relatives, but it evi-
dently belongs to the spathe- and spadix-beanng group.
Th° habit, eonaeeous plicate leaves which are entire
in the bud, the woody flowers and inflorescence, the
3 sepals and 3 petals, the usually 6 stamens, and the
3 carpels, each with 1 seed, are together distinctive
Palm leaves are always entire in the bud, and if
later pmnatind or palmatifid, become so on unfolding
In this respect the palms are unique The leaves are
plicate in the bud, and, on opening, the plates of the fan
expand and either remain united or, more frequently,
split down along the folds In the pinnate species
the rachis between the folds elongates so that the
divisions are separated, and the \vell-kno\vn palm leaf
is produced The splitting may be at the top of the
fold, or at the bottom, depending on the genus, and
is an impoitant characteristic in classification Some
of the largest seeds in the plant kindgom belong to the
Palmacese, as, for example, the coconut This fnnt is
produced from an originally 3-celled ovary, 2 cells of
which abort
Next to the grasses, the palms are the most generally
useful of all plants It is said that probably there is
not a species but that is useful in some way Many
yield textile fibers The wood is used to build houses
and the leaves to thatch the roofs The leaves are also
made into mats, baskets, hats, and the like The
fibrous bud-sheaths are used as hats, or for fiber Some
species contain starch or sugar in the trunk The fruits
of many contain sugar, protein, starch, or oil Compara-
tively few arc medicinal "The palm is called King of
Plants and is said to supply all me wants of an inhabi-
tant of the tropical zone It yields sugar, milk, solid
cream, wine, vinegar, oil, cordage, cloth, cups, wood
for building, thatch and other products " Coconuts,
tht fruit of Cocos micifcra. form one of the most im-
portant foods of the tiopics The date fruit (Phatnix
dactyhfera of the Sahara) is also impoitant Mctroxylon
Rumphu, and other species, yield sago A feimented
liquor known as palm wine, lay mi or arrack, is made
from the juice of Arcnga sacchaiifera, Bora^uv flabelli-
formis, Metrocylon Rumphu, Maun tin miiifera, and
others The central bud of the cabbage palm and
others is used for food Most palm oil is from the fruit
of 7?km guineensis of West Africa, which is now culti-
vated in America It is used like olive oil , or vn the
North for making soap Vegetable wax is obtained
from the leaves and stems of Cerojryhm andicolum of
Peru, also from Copermna cenfera (carnauba wax).
The famous 'giant double coconut is from Lodoicea
sechellarum of the Seychelle Islands The fruit of
Areca Catechu of the East Indies and India yields an
astringent juice which, mixed with the leaves of the
betel pepper and lime, is chewed by the inhabitants
of tropical Asia Coconut fiber is important for making
ship cables. The very slender stems of Calamus, often
300 feet or even 500 feet long (it is reported 1,200 or
1,800 feet, but not verified) and scarcely larger than a
pipe-stem or a finger, are called rattan, and used for
furniture. Much of the dragon's blood of the druggists
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
17
is the rod juice of the fruit of Calamus Draco Palm-
leaf fans are made from the palmately veined leaves of
several species The saw palmetto (Sabal wrrulata)
of the southern states is medicinal The seeds of Phy-
telcphas macrocarpa have a very hard endosperm
known as vegetable ivory, used for carving as a sub-
stitute for ivory
Probably 100 genera are in the trade Except in the
tropics, they are almost entirely ornamental greenhouse
plants Among these are. Areca (Betel Nut), Attalea,
Bactns, Calamus, Caryota (Fish-tail Palm, Wine
Palm, Toddy Palm); Ceroxylon (Wax Palm), Chamai-
dorea, Cocos (Coco Palm, Coconut, Pindo Tree),
Corypha (Talipot Palm), Dacmonorops, JOlacis (Oil
Palm), Erythea (Blue Palm), Geonorna, Hedyscepe
(Umbrella Palm), Howea (Flat Palm, Thatch Leaf
Palm, Curly Palm), Livistona, Oreodoxa (RoyaV Palrn,
Cabbage Palm), Phoenix (Date Palm); Phytdephos
(Ivory Palm); Hhapis, Khapidophyllum (Blue Pal-
metto, Needle Palmetto); Sabal (Dwarf Palmetto,
Blue Palm, Cabbage Palmetto), Serenaea (Saw Pal-
metto), Thrmax, Trachycarpus (Fortune's Palm);
Washmgtonia or Pntchardia (Weeping Palm).
Order 16 SYNANTILE
30 Cyclanthaceae (from the generic name Cyclan-
thus, which has reference to the spiral arrangement of
the flowers) CvrLANTiirs FAMILY Fig 9 Stemless or
caulescent, palm-like, somewhat woody plants, often
climbing leaves alternate, coriaceous, cleft or parted,
flowers in a dense terminal unbranched spike (spadix),
with several bract-like spathes beneath, staminate flow-
ers grouped in 1 bundles accompanying the pistillate,
or both in conspicuous alternating spirals, staminate
perianth reduced and fimbnate, or 0, stamens 6 to
many, borne in groups, perianth of the pistillate flo\\er
0, or of 1 fleshy parts accompanied by 4 long, twisted,
exerted st.immodia, carpels 4, united below, sunken in
the spadix, ovary 1-eelled, many-ovuled, with parietal
placentae fruit multiple, a berry-like spike The tissue
of the spadix splits into valves, coiling up from the base
to apex and thus inclosing the fruitlets which deli-
quesce
This family has 5 genera and about 50 species, of
which 35 belong to Carludoviea They are confined to
the tropics of America, and stand intermediate between
the PalmacecC and Araeea* The family is distinguished
by the combination of palm-like foliage, numerous
ovules, thick spadix, and closely associated staminate
and pistillate flowers
The flowers of Oyc/an//ms Inpartilus of Brazil are
vanilla-scented, cultivated, and cooked with meat as an
aphrodisiac The leaves of Carludomca paltnata furnish
the material for the panama hats
Several species of Cai ludovica are in the American
trade as greenhouse plants
Order 17 SPATHIFLOR.E
31 Araceae (from the genus Arum, the ancient name
of these plants) ARUM FAMILY Fig 10 Herbs, shrubs,
or trees, of the most diverse habit and appearance, often
climbing, or epiphytic with aerial roots, rarely floating,
usually subflcshy, juice sometimes milky leaves ensi-
form or broad, parallel- or netted-vemed, entire or
variously cut flowers bisexual or unisexual, rarely
reduced to a single stamen and carpel, regular, hypogy-
nous or epigynous, disposed on an unbranched fleshy
axis (spadix), which is usually subtended by a special
bract (spathe); perianth 0, or of 4-8 parts, stamens
1 to many, carpels 1 to several; ovary superior or in-
ferior, 1 to several-celled, 1 to many-ovuled; style and
stigmas various' fruit a berry; seeds albuminous, outer
integument fleshy
Araceoc has over 100 genera and about 900 species,
widely distributed, hut most abundant m the tropics,
2
especially as epiphytes in the deep, damp forests The
majority in the temperate regions are swamp-planta.
The largest genera are Philodendron with 100 species,
and Arisserna with 50 species The family stands as
the type of the spathe-bearmg plants Its close relatives
are the Lemnaceae, Palmaceae, and Cyclanthacece, from
which it is distinguished more by general habit and
texture than by structural details
The pollination of the Araceae is often complicated
and remarkable (see Kerner and Oliver) The transfer
of the pollen is mostly accomplished by flics, which
are f recently attracted by lurid color and carrion
scent The leaves of Monstera are remarkable for
their peculiar perforations, while the massive petioles
of other Araceae are sometimes mottled like snakeskm
Pistia is a much-reduced floating aquatic, transitional
to the Lemnaceao The aerial roots of the epiphytic
species are frequently covered with a special water-
absorbing tissue The unfolding spathes of the Araccse
are noted for the heat evolved The tissues are usually
very mucilaginous and filled with needle-like crystals
of calcium oxalate These crystals are supposed to
give the pungent flavor to Indian turnip simply by
mechanically penetrating the tongue
Many species have been used locally for medicine.
Lagcnandra toxtcaria of Ceylon is extremely poisonous.
10 ARACE,E 1 Anstpma, spathe and spadix 2 Arum spadix
with male and female fltnveiN LEMNACEA 3 Lemna, a, whole
plants, b, male and female floweis, and spathe BROMUJAC*. t. 4
Bromeha, flower 5 Ananas, a, fruiting inflorescence, b, floral
diagram. COMMELINACI « 6 Commchna, flower 7 Tradcscantm.
flower.
Dieffcnbachia Segwne and Anssema tnphyllum are
violent irritants when chewed, causing the mouth to
swell Arum maculatum of Europe was used by the
ancients as an excitant The roots of Symplocarpus
have been used for asthma and colds The roots of
Acorns Calamus (sweet flag) are aromatic and used
for coughs, colds, and the like The thick rootstocks
and roots of many have been used for food, e. g , Oron-
tium aquaticum of North America, Colocasia antiquo-
rum of India, Aloca.na macrorhiza (taro) of the Pacific
Islands, and Pellandra tnrgtmca of North America.
The rhizomes of Arisxma maculatum and Calla valux-
18
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
iris, mixed with cereals, according to Linmrus, serve
for food among the Laps and Finns. Portland arrow-
root is derived from Arums The delicately flavored,
micy fruits of Monstera delictosa are eaten in Mexico.
The shoots of Xanlhosoma sagittifolium^ called caraibe
cabbage, are eaten as a vegetable in the Antilles. The
aerial roots of aroids are used to tie bundles of sarsa-
panlla sent to Europe and America.
Because of their odd habit and strange appearance,
as well as, in some cases, for real beauty, many Aracese
are in cultivation, mostly as conservatory plants.
Many genera are m the American trade Among these
are: Acorus (Sweet Flag); Alocasia; Amorphophallus
(Devil's Tongue, Snake Palm, Stanley's Wash-Tub),
Anthunum, Ansaema (Indian Turnip, Jack-m-the-
Pulpit, Dragon Root, Fringed Calla), Arum (Black
Cafla, Solomon's Lily, Lord and Ladies, Cuckoo Pint,
Wake-Robin of England); Biarum, Caladmm, Calla;
Colocasia, Dieffenbachia; Hehcodiceros (Hairy Arum) ,
Monstera (Ceriman, Shingle Plant), Nephthytis; Oron-
tium (Golden Club); Peltandra (Water Arum) ; Pistia
(Water Lettuce, Tropical Duckweed); Pothos; Sauro-
matum; Schizmatoglottis, Spathiphyllum, Symplocar-
pus, or Spathyema (Skunk Cabbage), Xanthosma
(Malanga), Zantedeschia, or Richardia (Calla Lily,
Lily-of-the-Nile)
32 Lemnaceae (from the genus Lemna, an old Greek
name of uncertain origin) DUCKWEED FAMILY Fig 10.
Tiny aquatic plants floating or submerged, the plant
body reduced to an oval or oblong, flat, or globular thallus,
which multiplies rapidly by marginal buds, and may or
may not bear 1 or more roots on the under side: flowers
unisexual, naked, monoecious, the stammate consisting
of 1 stamen; the pistillate of 1 flask-shaped, 1-celled
pistil, with several ovules, the latter orthotropous or
anatropous, the micropyle transformed into a cap. fruit
a several-seeded utncfe
There are 3 genera and about 25 species, distributed
over the whole earth, except the arctics The family is
related to the Araccsc, from which it is supposed to
have degeneratoxi. The flowers, which rarely occur, are
borne in minuto pits in the edge or upper surface of
the thallus, either 1 stammate and 1 pistillate, or 2
stammate and 1 pistillate together; m some genera
provided with a spathe corresponding to the spathe m
the Araccse. The roots, when present, are balancing
organs to resist the upsetting of the plant by the waves
Wolffia is the tiniest flowering plant, the whole
plant sometimes in size only half the diameter of a
pmhead.
By the very rapid vegetative multiplication of some
species, ponds are often completely covered with a
green coating, and these plants may then become of
economic importance
Lemna ana Spirodela are often grown in aquaria.
Order 18. FARINOSE
33. Bromeliacese (from the genus Bromeha, in honor
of Olaus Bromel, a Swedish botanist). PINEAPPLE
FAMILY. Fig 10. Herbs or subshrubs, mostly epiphytic :
leaves usually basal, alternate, linear, trough-like,
sheathing at the base, mostly stiff and spiny-serrate,
usually covered in part or all over with peltate scale-like
hairs or glands, flowers in spikes, racemes, panicles or
heads, often in the axils of imbricated, highly colored,
bracts, usually bisexual, regular, epigynous or hypogy-
nous; perianth of 6 parts, definitely differentiated into
calyx and corolla; parts free or united; stamens 6, often
borne on the perianth; anthers introse; ovary inferior
or superior, 3-celled; ovules many; style 1; stigmas 3.
fruit a berry or capsule, more or less surrounded by
the persistent perianth; seeds albuminous
The family has 40 genera and about 900 species,
almost exclusively of tropical and subtropical Amer-
ica. Tillandsia usneoides reaches Florida and Texas.
Tillandsia is the largest genus with 120 species. The
family is closely related to the Liliacea) and Amaryl-
hdaceae. The peculiar stiff leaves, the conspicuous
bracts, the herbaceous calyx, the mealy endosperm,
and, in general, the epiphytic habit, are distinc-
tive. There are few families more easily recognized
than this.
The most important economic species is the pine-
apple (Ananas sativus), the fruit of which is an impor-
tant article of commerce. Its unripe juice is used as a
vermifuge and diuretic. Florida or Spanish moss
(Tiilandsia usneoides) is used in the preparation of
a stiptic ointment It is also used to stuff mattresses,
under the name of vegetable hair BiLlberqia linctona is
the source of a dye The leaves of pineapple yield a
beautiful fiber Bromeha Pinguin is a vermifuge em-
ployed in the West Indies.
There are several genera grown in America, all for
ornamental purposes except the pineapple. Among these
are: ^Echmea, Ananas (Pineapple) ; Billbergia, Bromeha
(Pinguin of Jamacia, Wild Pine), Cryptanthus, Dyckia;
Guzmanma; Nidularmm, Pitcairma, Tillandsia (Span-
ish Moss, Florida Moss. Long Moss), Vriesia
34 Commelinaceae (from the genus Commelma dedi-
cated to J. and G Commelm, Dutch botanists of the
early 18th century). SPIDERWORT FAMILY Fig 10 Herbs
with knotty stems, and somewhat sheathing, alternate,
flat or channeled, cauline leaves flowers usually bisexual,
almost or quite regulai, hypogynous, perianth of 6
parts, in 2 series, differentiated into a green calyx and
colored corolla; the petals separate or united into a tube,
mostly quickly disappearing, and dissolving into a viscid
liquid; stamens 6, or reduced to 3, with or without
stammodia; some anthers often sterile and altered, the
filaments usually provided with characteristic long
hairs, ovary superior, 2-3-oelled, few-seeded, style 1,
stigma usually captitate fruit a capsule.
Twenty-five genera and about 300 species occur,
widely distributed m the tropics and subtropica
Eleven species reach the northeastern United States.
The largest genus is Commelma, with 88 species The
family is not closely related to any other The general
habit, the complete differentiation of the perianth into
calyx and corolla, the slight irregularity of the flower,
the peculiar stamen-hans, and the transformed anthers,
are together distinctive The peculiar deliquescent
character of the petals in many genera is of interest
The rhizomes of several species of Commelma con-
tain starch, besides the mucilage, and are eaten The
rhizome of C Rumphu is an emmenagrogue The tubers
of Aneilema medicum are used m China for coughs
and lung diseases A decoction of ('yttnotix axillans
is used by the Indians for chopsy The family is
most important from the point of view of orna-
mental use.
Several genera are grown in America, all for ornament
Among these are1 Aneilema, Cochhostema, Commelma
(Day Flower); Diohonsandra, Tradescantia (Spider-
wort, Wandering Jew); Zebrma (Wandering Jew)
35. Pontederiaceae (from the genus Pontederia,
named in honor of Pontedera, professor at Padua m
the 18th century) PICKEREL-WEED FAMILY Fig 11.
Upright or floating, fleshy, water- or swamp-plants-
leaves alternate, petioles sheathing; blade cordate,
oval, or orbicular, or reduced to the linear flattened
petiole: flowers not bracted, bisexual, irregular, hypogy-
nous; perianth of 6 similar parts, in 2 whorls, more or
less connate, persistent; stamens 3 or 6, rarely 1, inser-
ted unequally on the perianth-tube; anthers introse;
ovary superior, 3-celled and ovules many, or 1-celled
and 1-seeded, style 1; stigmas 3' fruit a capsule, or an
achene enveloped by the fleshy persistent base of the
perianth; embryo as long as the endosperm.
The family contains 6 genera and about 20 species, of
which 9 belong to the genus Heteranthera, and about
5 to Eichhorma. They are distributed m the swamps of
I
s
1
8
1
§
3
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT SYSTEM
19
the warmer parts of the earth, except Europe The
family is most closely related to the Liliaceac, from \vhieh
it diners m the irregular flowers, m the syrnpodial
method of growth, in anatomical characters, and
principally in the abundant mealy endosperm
A decoction of the root of Monochona vaym iltf of the
Far East is used for liver and stomach complaints, the
root is chewed for toothache; pulverised and mixed
with sugar it is used for asthma; the loaves bruised
and mixed with milk are used for cholera, and the
shoots are edible. Eichhornui cra,^ipe}> is a floating
fleshy plant with beautiful flowers It has become so
abundant in Florida as to interfere senou>ly with steam-
boat navigation in the rivers The large violet flowers
of both Eichhorma and Pontederia are valued m
cultivation for water-gardens
Two genera are frequent m cultivation* Eiehhorma
(Water Hyacinth), from South America; and Ponte-
deria (Pickerel- weed), native
Order 19 LILIFLOU^K
36 Juncaceae (from the genus Juncus, classical name,
derived Irom j anyere, to join) Rr.su FAMILY Fig 11
Rush-like or grass-like herbs or shrubs flowers numer-
ous, very small, bisexual, regular, hypogynous, perianth
of ft similar, separate parts, greenish or brownish,
chaffy; stamens 3 or b' in 2 whorls, carpels 3, ovary 1-
PONTEDLRI \< CA, 1 Pontodcna, floral dmj'i im Jt M \-
CK*. 2 Lu/uU flowci J Junrus o. flowir, b, tfoial diagram
LILIALIA. 1 DrncBcn.i, flower "> Fntillarm, floral diagram
A\H.HYIIID\CF E 0 Lcucoium, a, flower, 6, floial diagram 7
Narcissus, flower
or 3-celled, ovules 3 to many, stigmas 3' fruit a cap-
sule; seeds mostly very small, albuminous, anatropous
JuncacejF has 7 genera and about 175 species, of
which 100 belong to the genus Juncus, widely distrib-
uted in temperate and cold regions, both north and
south, but rare m the tropics The family is closelv
related to the Lihaeeie, from which it differs only m
the rush- or grass-like habit and scanous perianth
Fossil species are known The leaves are sheathing
and the blades are either flat, or tubular and nodulose
Distichia of the Andes is densely heath-hke or moss-
like
The stems and leaves of many species are used for
binding, or for weaving into mats Light hats are
made from the pith of certain species m India and
China The pith is also used for candlewicks
In cultivation in America are 2 genera for water-
gardens Juncus; Priomurn, woody. Xanthorrho?a is
transferred to the Lihaceie
37. Liliaceae (from the genus Lihum, classical Latin
name). LILY FAMILY Fig 11 Herbs, shrubs, or trees,
usually with lootstocks or bulbs, sometimes climbing
leaves alternate, rarely with petiole and blade flowers
bisexual, rarely unisexual, regular, hypogynous, rarely
epigynous, riot subtended by spathes; perianth petaloid,
of 6 similar parts, in 2 series, the parts separate or
connate, rarely differentiated into a green calyx and
colored corolla; stamens 6, rarely fewer, hypogynous, or
borne upon the perianth; carpels 3, rarely more or fewer,
united, rarely free, ovary usually 3-celled, ovules
1 to many in each cell, styles and stigmas 1-3 fruit a
capsule or berry
There are about 200 genera and 2,000 species, distrib-
u'ed m all parts of the world The large genera arc
Smilax with 200 species, Alhum with 250 species,
Asparagus with 100 species, Aloe with 85 species and
Scilla with SO species The Lihacea?, taken in the
broader sense, as is done by Ben I ham & Hooker, and
by Engler, is an easily iceogm/ed group except in unu-
sual cases The regular, b-parted perianth, 0 stamens,
and .J-celled superior ovary are distinctive The family
has been divided by Engler into 1 1 tribes The Lihaceae
furnishes a host of cultivated plants
The following plants, among others, have been or are
used in medicine Amianthwm mtuscatoxicum of North
America as a narcotic and a fly poison, various species
of Uvulana of North America as a gargle and for rattle-
snake bites, the root of Poljgonatum sp in Europe as
a vulnery, and the berries as an emetic and purgative,
the berries of timdacnia ractmosa of North America as
a tonic, the root of Convallana majahs of Europe as a
purgative, the leaves of titreptopus amplexicauhs of
North America as a gargle, the roots of Ruscus of
Europe as a diuretic and ernmenagoguc, the roots of
Srnilax sp of the tropics (the sarsapanllas of commerce)
as a tonic and diuretic, the roots of Asparagus oflicinalis
in Europe as an aperient, the berries ^as a diuretic and
aphrodisiac, and the shoots as a seda'tive and cardiac,
the roots of Cordylme of the southern tropics for
dysentery, the flowers of C deflcxa as an eirimenagogue,
the resin from Xanthorhcra hat,hh<> (Botany Bay gum,
with a fragrance like benzoin) in Australia for throat
troubles, the resin of X au^lrahs (grass tree gum,
eaith shellac, or nut pitch) for various purposes, the
tubers of OpJnopogon japonic us (serpent's beard) in
China and .Japan for abdominal troubles; the bulbs of
Gage.i of Europe as an emetic, the flowers of Hemero-
calhs of Europe as a cordial, the leaves of species of
Aloes of the Old World as a tonic, puigative, and ern-
menagogue (A Penyi is Socotrme aloes, A vein is
Baibadoes aloes, and A spicata is Cape aloes), the
bulb of Urginea mantima (squills) of the Mediterra-
nean as a diuretic, expectorant, and emetic; Alhum sp
as a vermifuge and carminative, the bulbs of Hya-
cmthus, Muscan, and Ormthogalum of Europe as
purgatives and diuretics, Ormthogalum altissimum of
the Cape as a remedy for asthma and catarrh; Anthen-
cum and Asphodelus as diuretics and emmenagogues;
Tulbaghia of the Cape as a vermifuge and for phthisis;
the poisonous root of Vcratrum album (white helle-
boie) of Europe as a violent purge and emetic, and to
exterminate vermin, V mqruni (black h ) of Europe,
and V viride (green h ) of the United States, occasion-
airy, for the same purpose; fichcenoraulon ojficinahs
(cavadilla or sabadilla) of Mexico for vermin and as a
vermifuge, the narcotic, poisonous root and seeds of
Cohhicum oflicinale of Europe as a cathartic, emetic,
and sedative, and Hclonias bullata of North America
as a vermifuge The roots of Glonosa, also, are poison-
ous Dracitiia Draco, the dragon tree of the Canaries
and Teneriffe, famous for the extreme age and size of
the trees, was superstitiously revered by the ancients
The red resinous astringent exudation of these plants
was called di agon's blood
The following have been used for food Bulbs of
Camassia esculenta, western United States, bulbs and
20
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
leaves of Alhum ep. (onion, leek, eschalot or shallot,
rochambole) ; shoots of Polygonatum, Europe, United
States; shoots of Asparagus ojficinahs, roots of Cordy-
line sp . in South Sea Islands, and there called ti. The
seeds 01 Ruscus are a substitute for coffee.
A few have been used for other purposes: Hoots of
Yucca for soap; fibers of New Zealand flax (Phormium
tenax) for fabrics; and the fragrant root of DianeUa
nemorosa for incense.
For ornament, great numbers of genera and species
are in cultivation.
Very many genera are in cultivation, some common,
for ornamental purposes unless otherwise stated Among
these are Agapanthus (African Lily, Lily-of-tho-Nile) ;
Aletns (Colic Root), native, Alhum (Onion, Chives,
Cives, Garlic, Leek, Shallot), ornament and food;
Asphodehne (True Asphodel, King's Spear); Asphodelus
(Branching Asphodel; , Bessera (Mexican Coral Drops) ;
Brevoortia (Floral Fire-Cracker), Brodiuea, Calochortus
(Star Tulip, Globe Flower, Manposa Lily, Butterfly
Tulip); Camassia (Camass); Chionodoxa (Glory-of-t he-
Snow); Chlorogalum (Soap Plant, Amole), Chntoma,
native: Colchicum (Meadow Saffron, Autumn Crocus);
Cordyhne (Dracaena), Dasyhnon; Dracaena (Dragon
Tree); Erythromum (Dog's-tooth Violet, Adder's
Tongue); Eucomis (Royal Crown, Pineapple Flower);
Fntillana (Crown Imperial, Black Lily, Checkered
Lily); Funkia (Day Lily, Plantain Lily), Galtonia
(Giant Summer Hyacinth), Gastena; Glonosa (Climb-
ing Lily); Haworthia, Helomas (Swamp Pink, Stud
Pink), Hemerocallis (Yellow Day Lily, Lemon Lily),
Hyacmthus (Hyacinth); Kniphoha (Red-hot-poker
Plant. Torch Lily, Flame Flower), Lachenaha (Cape
Cowslip) . Lapagena (Chilean Bellflowcr) ; Leucocrmum
(Sand Lily) ; Lilium (Lily, Easter Lily, Madonna Lily,
Tiger Lily, Japan Lily, Turk's-cap Lily); Littoma
(Climbing Lily), Maianthemum (False Lily-of-the-
V alley, Two-leaved False Solomon's Seal), native;
Medeola (Indian Cucumber Root), native; Molanthium
(Bunch Flower); Milla (Mexican Star, Mexican Star of
Bethlehem, Frost Flower, Floating Star), Muscari
(Grape Hyacinth, Musk Hyacinth, Feathered Hya-
cinth); Narthecmm (Bog Asphodel) , Nohna, Nothos-
cordum (Yellow False Garlic, Streaked-leaved Garlic) ;
Oakesia (Wild Oats), native; Ormthogalum (Star of
Bethlehem); Paradisea (St. Bruno's Lily, St Bernard's
Lily), Paris (Herb Pans, Love Apple, True Love);
Phonnium (New Zealand Flax); Polygonatum (Solo-
mon's Seal); Ruscus (Butcher's Broom); Sanseviena
(Bow-string Hemp) ; Scilla (Squill, Wild Hyacinth, Blue-
bell, Harebell, Spanish Jacinth, Sea Onion, Starry Hya-
cinth, Cuban Lily, Hyacinth of Peru, Peruvian Jacinth) ;
Semele (Climbing Butcher's Broom); Smilacma (False
Solomon's Seal), native; Smilax; Strcptopus (Twisted
Stalk), native; Tricyrtis (Toad Lily), Trillium (Wake-
Robin, Birthroot, Bethroot, White Wood Lily, Ground
Lily), native; Tntelcia (Spring Star-Flower); Tuhpa
(Tulip) ; Urginea (Sea Onion, Squills) , Uvulana (Bell-
wort, Wild Oats), native; Veratrum (False Hellebore.
White Hellebore, Green Hellebore, Black Hellebore,
Indian Poke); Xanthorrhcea (Grass Tree, Grass Gum,
Black Boy); Xerophyllum (Turkey's Beard); Yucca
(Spanish Bayonet, Adam's Needle, Bear Grass, Silk
Grass); Zygadenus (Fly-poison).
38 Amarylhdaceae (from the genus Amaryllis
named for a nymph celebrated by Virgil) AMARYLLIS
FAMILY. Fig. 11. Caulescent or acaulescent herbs, bul-
bous- or fibrous-rooted, leaves alternate, elongated,
entire: flowers bisexual, regular or irregular, epigynous,
usually borne singly or in clusters from a spathe-hke
bract; perianth 01 6 similar parts in 2 series, usually
connate below into a tube and sometimes with a tubular
or cup-shaped crown in the throat; stamens 6, some
occasionally stammodial, anthers introrse; ovary inferior,
3-celled; ovules numerous, anatropous; style 1; stigmas
1-3 fruit a capsule, rarely a berry; seeds albuminous.
There are 71 genera and about 800 species, widely
distributed but most abundant in the steppe regions
of the tropics and subtropics Five species are found in
the northeastern United Statas Ihe largest genera
are Crinum with 60 species, and Hypoxis, and Hip-
peastrum with 50 species each The family is most
closely related to the Lihaceae; less closely to tho
Iiidace^e The 6-parted perianth, 6 stamens with
introrse anthers, and inferior 3-celled ovary, are together
distinctive.
The bulbs or rootstocks of some species have- been
used in medicine Those of Narcissus Pseudo-Narcissus
and Leitcoium vernum arc vigorous emetics Those of
Cnnuni zeylnmcum of the Moluccas, Amaryllis Bella-
donna, of the Cape of Good Hope, and Buphane toxi-
caria of South Africa are violent poisons The latter
is used by the Kafirs to poison their arrows In South
America the farinaceous tubers of the Alstrcemeriuo are
eaten. The most important plants are the Yuccas
From the terminal bud of these, a sugary liquid is
obtained which by the Mexicans is made into a fer-
mented drink, called pulque, when distilled this drink
is called mescal The juic-e of the leaves has been used
for syphilis, scrofula, and cancers The leaf-fibers
yield vegetable silk or sisal hemp, and are also made
into paper Razor-strops and cork are made from the
pith The flowers are sometimes boiled and eaten
Forty or more genera are in cultivation in America, as
ornamental plants in greenhouse and garden Among
these arc. Agave (Century Plant, Sisal Hemp, Pulque
Plant), Alstroeineria, Amaryllis (Belladonna Lily),
Besehorneria; Bomarea, Bravoa (Mexican Twin
Flower), Cooperia (Evening Star, Giant Fairy Lily);
Crmum (St John's Lily, Flonda Swamp Lilv) , Euchans
(Amazon Lily, Star of Bethlehem), Eurycles (Brisbane
Lily), Furcra?a, Galanthus (Snowdrop), Gnfhnia (Blue
Amaryllis), Hjemanthus (Blood Lily), Hippeastrum
(Amaryllis, Lily-of-the-Palace. Barbadoes Lily), Hy-
menocalhs (Spider Lily, Sea Daffodil); Hypoxis (Star
Grass), native, Leucomm (Snowflake), Lycons (Golden
Spider Lily) j Narcissus (Narcissus, Jonquil, Daffodil,
Pneasant's Eye) ; Nerme (Guernsey Lily) , Pancratium
(Spider Lily, Spirit Lily); Polianthes (Tuberose);
Sprekeha (Jacobacan Lily); Tecophilsea (Chilean Cro-
cus) , Vallota (Scarborough'Lily) , Zephyranthes (Zephyr
Flower, Fairy Lily, Atamasco Lily)
39 Taccaceae (from the genus Tacca, from the Malay
name) TACCA FAMILY Pig 12 Herbaceous plants
leaves large, entire, or commonly pmnatifid or bipmna-
tifid, all basal' flowers saucer- or urn-shaped, bisexual,
regular, epigynous, penanth of 6 nearly separate simi-
lar parts in 2 series, stamens 6, borne on the base
of the perianth ; filaments queerly broadened and
cucullate, ovary inferior, 1 -celled, or incompletely 3-
cclled, ovules numerous; placentae parietal; style um-
brella-like, the terminal disk variously lobed, and bear-
ing the peculiar stigmatic pores beneath: fruit a capsule
or berry; seed albuminous.
Taccaceae has 2 genera and 10 species, inhabitants
of the tropics of both hemispheres, mostly of the
Malay archipelago. A very distinct family of doubtful
relationship, even suggesting several Dicotyledonous
families, but probably close to the Diosconaccse and
Amaryllidacesc. The acaulescent habit, the epigynous
bisexual flowers, the six queer stamens, and the 1-celled,
many-ovuled ovary, are together distinctive.
Several species 01 Tacca, c. g., T. pinnatifida, possess
tubers from which a starchy meal, called arrowroot, ia
made in the East Straw hats are made from the stems
of Tacca by the Tahitians.
Tacca pinnatifula and T. cristata are cultivated
sparingly in America
40 Dioscoreaceae (from the genus Dioscorea, named
in honor of Dioscondes). YAM FAMILY. Fig. 12.
Chmbine or twining herbs or shrubs* leaves alternate,
mostly arrowhead-shaped, flowers bisexual or umaex-
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
21
ual, regular, small, and inconspicuous; perianth of 6
similar parts, in 2 series; stamens usually 6, or the 3
inner stammodia, ovary inferior, 3-celled, rarely 1-
celled, placenta) axile or parietal; ovules 2 m each
cell, superposed, anatropous, stigmas 3, or each 2-
parted. fruit a capsule or berry, seed albuminous
Nine genera arid about 170 species, of which 150
belong to the genus Dioscorca, are distributed very
generally m the tropics and m the subtropics, and
extend sparingly into the north temperate zone They
are most abundant m South America and the West
Indies One species reaches north to southern New
England The family is related to the Amarylhdacejc
and Lihaeea) The climbing habit, peculiar leaves,
definite stamens, inferior 3-celled ovary, and 2 albumi-
nous seeds are distinctive Most Dioscoriace® spring
from a tuberous base, which is sometimes very large
and conspicuous Odd tubers arc borne in the leaf-
axils of species of Dioscorea and llajama.
The tuberous root of Dwscorea Batatas yields the
yams of eastern commerce, a very important article
of food in the Far Eat>t Those of several other species,
including our own native D villosa, are also cultivated
in vanous parts of the tropics. The leaves of some
species are used in intermittent fevers The tubers of
Tamils commums were formerly employed as a pur-
gative, and were also applied to bruises, hence the
nam° "beaten woman's herb." The shoots are eaten
like asparagus
Two genera are in cultivation in the United States,
mostly in the South Dioncorea (Yam, Chinese Potato,
Cinnamon Vine, Air Potato), Testudmana (Hottentot's
Bread, Tortoise Plant, Elephant's Foot), rarely grown
41. Iridaceae (from the genus Ins, the rainbow)
IRIS FAMILY. Fig. 12 Herbs or sub-shrubs with fibrous
roots or often tuberous rootstocks (oormb) leaves
mostly basal, equitant, linear flo\\orb usually showy,
bisexual, regular or irregular, epigynous, each with 2
spathe-hke bracts, perianth of 0 petaloid parts in 2
scries, usually unlike, generally connate into a tube;
stamens 3, the inner whorl wanting, separate or con-
nate, anthers extroise, ovary inferior, 3-celled, rarely
1-celled, ovules few to many, anatiopouh, style 1, stig-
mas 3 fruit a capsule, seeds albuminous
The ins family has 57 genera and about 1,000 species
of wide distribution The two mam centers are the
Cape of Good Hope and subtropical America The
family is not plainly related to any other, perhaps most
closely to the Amarylhdacej? The ensiform equitant
leaves, the 6-parteu showy perianth, the 3 extrorse
stamens, and the inferior 3-celled ovary, are together
characteristic
The rootstocks of many Iridaceae are purgative and
diuretic, e g , Iris florcnhna, I gcrm-amra, I palhda,
and /. vert>icolor. The rootstock of /. florentina is
fragrant and used for sachet peifume and tooth-powder
(orris root). / Pt>eudacorus and/ versicolor have been
used for dropsy and diarrhea /. faetuhbsima was an
ancient remedy for scrofula and hysteria. The stigmas
of Crocus sativus have been renowned since earliest
times as an emmenagogue, they are deep orange in
color, and used also m dyeing and as a condiment. Iris-
green of the painters was prepared by treating violet
iris flowers with lime The seeds of /. Pseiulacorut* have
been used as a substitute for coffee. The rootstocks of
Homena colhna of South Africa are very poisonous The
family contauis many well-known ornamental plants.
In America, many genera are in cultivation, all for
ornamental purposes Among these are: Belamcanda
(Blackberry Lily, Leopold Flower); Crocus; Freesia;
Gladiolus; Hermodactylus (Sriake's-head Ins); Ins
(Fleur-de-lis, Iris, Gladwin); Ixia; Morsea (Wedding
Iris) ; Schizostylis (Crimson Flag) ; Sisyrinchium (Blue-
eyed Grass, Satin Flower, Hush Lily) ; Sparaxis (Wand
Flower), Tigndia (Tiger Flower, Shell Flower), Tn-
toma (Blazing Star).
Order 20. SCITAMINB^J
42. Musaoeae (from the genus Musa, the Arabic
name) BANANA FAMILY. Fig 12 Large, semi-ligne-
ous herbs, the stout stem enveloped at base by the
sheathing petioles, unbrauched leaves alternate, entire,
convolute, pmnately parallel- veined: flowers bisexual,
or unisexual, irregular, cpigj nous, borne m the axil of
a bract in spikes with subtending spathes, nectaries
ovarian, perianth of 6 parts, in 2 series, the parts un-
equal in size and shape, separate or variously united,
stamens 0, 5 fertile and 1 stammodium, ovary inferior,
3-celled; ovules solitary and basal, or numerous and
axile, anatropous, style 1; stigmas usually 3 fruit
12. TA.CCACEE 1 Tacca, flower DIOSCOREVCEE 2 Dios-
corea, leaf and fruit IniDACfc^v 3 Crocus, a, vertical section
•ft hole plant, b, floral diagram 4 Sisynnchium, flower MUBA-
o E 5 Musa, a, flower, it, stamen, b, floral diagram ZIN-
oinFRAct*. 6 Zmgibor, a, flower, at , stamen, b, floral diagram
fleshy and pulpy or drupaceous, indehiscent, dehiscent
or separating into f nutlets, seeds with pensperm;
embryo straight.
Six genera and about 60 species occur, 30 of which
belong to the genus Hehcoma and 20 to Musa, of gen-
eral tropical distribution Fossil species are known.
The family is related to the Marantacea), Zingiberaceae
and Cannaceae; with the la^t it is often united These
families all have irregular flowers of the same type, and
inferior ovaries; but the Musaceae differ in their
slightly differentiated calyx and corolla, in the 5 fertile
stamens, and in the absence of aromatic principles
The banana (Musa paradisiaca, M sapientum, etc )
is the most important economic plant, the fruit of
which is widely used for food. The pith of the stem,
top of the floral spike, and also the shoots, are eaten as
vegetables The fibers from the petioles of Musa textihs
are made into thread and fabrics The leaves are used
to thatch huts. The traveler's tree (Ravenala mada-
gascanenais) holds sufficient water at the leaf bases to
serve for drink The water is obtained by boring the
sheath The seeds of this tree are eaten
Four genera are in cultivation in the South and in
conservatories, for ornament; and one also, Musa, for
the fruit Hehcoma (Bahsier, Wild Plantain) , Musa (Ba-
nana, Plantain Tree, Chumpa, Adam's Fig) ; Ravenala
(Traveler's Tree); Strehtzia (Bird of Paradise Flower).
43. Zingiberaceae (from the genueZingiber, the Indian
22
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
name). GINGER FAMILY Fig 12. Herbs with creeping
or tuberous rhizomes, rarely \vith fibrous roots leaves
basal or caulme, alternate, sheathing, blade with ligulc
at. top of petiole, linear or elliptic, the pmnately
parallel veins strongly ascending flowers bisexual,
irregular, epigynous, perianth of 0 parts, in 2 series,
differentiated into a tubular 3-toothed or spathiform
somewhat herbaceous calyx, and a tubular unequally
3-lobed corolla, 1 stamen only us fertile, opposite this is
a large petaloid staminodium, and there are sometimes
other smaller ones, ovary inferior, 3-eellcd, rarely 1-
eelled, ovules many in each cell, style 1, stigma usually
1 fruit a capsule, seed with largo pensperm, small
endosperm, and straight ernbrjo
There are 24 genera and about 270 species, distributed
in the tropical regions of the eastern hemispheie Only
2 genera are in America. The largest genera are Amo-
mum, with 50 species, and Alpima, with 40 species
The family is related to the Musaceae, Marantace.e
and Cannacesc, but diffeis in the hgule, the aromatic oil,
the sharp differentiation of the perianth, the single
stamen, and the large single staminodium
To the spicy aromatic flavor of the rhizomes and
fruits the family owes its useful qualities Ginger is
from the rhizomes of Zingiber ojfficmale, cultivated from
India Cardarnon fruits are from Eletkina Cardamo-
mum of farther India Curcuma or turmeric is from
the rhizomes of Curcunui longa, cultivated from south-
east Asia This is used in medicine, and for flavor-
ing pickles In it is a >ellow dye The seeds of Amo-
nium Melegueta of west Africa aie the grains of paia-
13. CAN^ACEB 1 Canna, a, flower, b, floral diagram
MARANTACE*: 2 Maranta, a, flower, pistil removed, b, floral
diagram ORCHIDACE-B: 3 Lyca.«to, a, flower, b, column, front
view, r, pollinia and gland, d, floral diagram 4* Cypriprdium.
a, flower, b, column, under side, c, column, side view, d, floral dia-
gram (tt , fertile stamen, ster , sterile stamen, stig , stigma, g,
gland, p., pistil).
dise of commerce. Galangal, used inperfumery, is the
rootstock of Alpima Galanga of the East Indies.
Seveial genera are in cultivation in America, mostly
grown for ornamental purposes in greenhouses and
principally in the South. Among these are Alpima
(Shell Flower); Ainomum; Curcuma (Curcuma, Tur-
meric), Klettaria (commercial Cardamon seeds), He-
dychium (Butterfly Lily, Ginger Lily, Garland Lity);
Kamipfena, Zmgiber (Ginger)
44 Cannaceae (from the genus Canna, the origin of
the name not clear). CANNA FAMILY. Fig 13 Similar
to the Marantaeeaj in all but the following structural
details no joint nor hgule at summit of petiole, ovulca
many in each cell of the ovary, embryo stiaight
This family contains a single genus and 25-50 species
of tropical and subtiopical America
The starchy rhuome of C edidit, is grown and eaten
in the \\est Indies and Australia The arrowroot
starch of the English and French is derived from C
cocctnea of the West Indies and South America The
cannas are popular ornamental garden plants
45 Marantaceee (from the genus Maranta, named
for Maranti, a Venetian botanist and physician of the
10th century) ARROWROOT FAMILY Fig 13 Herbs with
rhizomes leaves mostly basal, with an articulation at
the summit of the petiole, blade linear to oval, pmnately
patallel-vemed inflorescence usually surrounded by
sputhe-hkcbraets; floweis bisexual, irregular, epigynous,
perianth of 6 parts, plainly differentiated into calyx and
coiolla, the latter somewhat irregular, one stamen of the
inner set fertile, petaloid, with lateral anther, the two
others of the inner whorl tiansformed into enlarged
stammodia, usually 1 or 2 of the outer whorl also
present as petaloid stammodia, ovary inferior, 3-celled,
rarely 1-2-celled, ovule 1 in each cell; style flat and
twisted or lobed fruit a capsule or beny, seeds with
pensperm, and aril, embryo curved
Marantaeeie has 12 genera and about 160 species, of
damp situations in the tropics, mostly American The
laigest genus is Calathea with GO species The tamily
is related to the Cannacea?, Zmgiberacete, and Musa-
eea? The joint at the summit of the petiole, the typo
of stamen-irregularity, the 1 -seeded cells of the ovary,
and the curved embryo are distinctive
The rhizome of Mnranta nrundmacea is cultivated in
t ropical America, and furnishes themarant a arrowroot of
commerce, rhizomes of some other species are eaten
Many species are ornamental, mostly for conservatory.
Five or 6 genera are in cultivation in America, as
Calathea (Rattlesnake Plant), Maranta, Phrymum;
Strornanthe; Thalia
Order 21. MICKOSPKKMJB
46 Orchidaceae (from the genus Orchis, an ancient
name of these plants) ORCHID FAMILY Fig 13 Her-
baceous plants of very diverse habit and structure; ter-
restrial, epiphytic or saprophytic, somutimeH climbing;
the terrestrial with fibrous roots or with thickened tuber-
like roots, the epiphytic often with the base of the leaf
and adjoining stem swollen, forming a pseudobulb; the
saprophytic without chlorophyll , the epiphytic often with
aerial hanging roots are provided with a water-absorb-
ing layer (velamen) leaves alternate, succulent, coria-
ceous or membranous, linear to oval flowers bisexual,
rarely unisexual, irregular, epigynous, perianth of 6
parts, in 2 series, usually all petaloid; one petal larger,
forming the lip (labellum) ; stamens originally 6, but all
except 1 or 2 wanting, or reduced to staminodia, united
with the pistil, pollen-grams compound, granular, or
aggregated into masses (polhnia) which are either free
in the anther or attached by a stalk to a viscid apical or
stigmatic gland; carpels 3; ovary inferior, 1- or 3-celled;
ovules very numerous, style united with the stamens to
form the column; stigma in the front of the column, or
on a projecting lobe, fruit a capsule, seeds very minute.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
This is an important family of more than 400 gencia
and between 6,000 and 10,000 species Orchids are very
widely distributed, except in the arctics, but are most
numerous m the tropics Those of temperate regions
are mainly terrestrial, those in the tropics commonly
epiphytic The large genera are Kpidendrum, 500 spe-
cies; Habenana, Dendrobium, Bulbophyllum, and On-
cidnun, 200-600 species each; Masdevalha, Odonto-
glossum, and Maxillana, each 100 or more species
From the standpoint of the intricate and very special
mechanisms evolved in order to insure cross-pollination,
the orchids are the most wonderful of our insect-
pollinated plants For a detailed account see Darwin's
"Fertilization of Orchids," or Keinerand Oliver's "Natu-
ral History of Plants " In general, the insect visiting the
showy flower for the honey comes in contact with the
sticky gland above the stigma, thereby pulling it out,
along with the attached pollen masses While the insect
is going to another flower, the pollen masses dry and
bend down until they are in position to strike the viscid
stigma, which tears away and retains some of the pollen.
The method of pollination in Cypnpedium is fundamen-
tally different Some orchids (e g , Catasetum) possess a
sensitive explosive mechanism that forcibly ejects the
pollen mass, often to the distance of 2 or 3 feet The
minute seeds of the orchids are well adapted to be
disseminated by the wind and find lodgment in the
crevices of the bark of trees and on other supports.
Orchids are divided into large groups as follows
Group I Diandnc The two lateral stamens of the
inner whorl fertile, the dorsal of the outer whorl
stammodial or fruitful, the others absent Cypnpe-
dium, Selempedium, Paphiopedilum, and others
Group II Monandro; The dorsal stamen of the
outer whorl fruitful, all the others wanting By far
the majority of the species belong here .Subgroup I.
Polhma connected by caudicles with a gland at base
of anther near stigma Subgroup 2. Pollen without
caudicles or with these attached to a gland at apex of
anther
The family is very distinct and easily distinguished
Its only near relatives aie the Burmanmaceaj The
peculiar structure of the stamens and pistil, together
with the minute exalbummous seeds arc distinctive
The Orchidaeeir is perhaps the most important
family from the standpoint of ornamental gardening.
To grow these singular, fantastic, showy, and often
sweet-scented flowers has in recent years become almost
a craze. It is estimated that, whereas Lirmueus knew
but a dozen exotic orchids, at the present day more
than 2^500 are known to English horticulturists.
Plants in the family useful for other purposes are few.
The most important is vanilla, derived from the capsule
of Vanilla plamfoha of Mexico, and now widely culti-
vated m the tropics Faham (Angrjecum fragrans of
Bourbon) has a fragrant, bitter-almond-like taste, the
leaves are used for indigestion and tuberculosis, and are
known as Bourbon tea. Salep is derived from the
roots of various terrestrial orchids of the Mediterra-
nean region The roots of hclleborme (Epipactis lati-
folia) are used for rheumatism. The root of Spiranthes
diuretica of Chile is renowned as a diuretic. The flow-
ers of Habenana conopsea are used for dysentery. Spi-
ranthes autumnahs and Habenana bifolia are said to
be aphrodisiac. The roots of Cypnpedium pannflorum
var. pubescens are frequently used in America as a
substitute for valerian.
CLASS II DICOTYLEDONE^E
Sub-class 1. Archichlamydese (Chonpetalse and Apetalae)
Order 22. VERTICILLALES
47 Casuarinaceae (from the genus Casuanna, de-
rived from the resemblance of the branches to the
feathers of the bird cassowary). CASUARINA FAMILY.
Fig 14. Shrubs, or much-branched trees, with t\m habit
of the horse-tail (Eqmsctum) or Ephedra branches
whorled, jointed, stnate leaves replaced by striate,
many-toothed sheaths flowers monoecious or dioecious,
th.e stammate in spikes, the pistillate in heads, perianth
of the stammate flower of 2, rarely 1, bract-like parts;
stamen 1; perianth of the pistillate flower 0, ovary
1-celled, rarely 2-celled, 2-4-ovuled, stigmas 2. fruit
14 CAStTAiiiVACK* 1 Casuanna, a, portion of male inflores-
cence, b, diagram of whorl of flowors, c, female flower, d, female
flower, cross-section ,S\LRI;R\C KK 2 Saururus, a, flower, b,
floral diagram PIPERACE B 3 Piper a inflorescence m fruit, b,
portion of spike with flowers, r, female flower, vertical section
CHLORANTHACF« 4 Chloranthus, a, flower, vertical section, b,
floral diagram
dry, often samaroid, inclosed by the woody valve-like
bracts, seeds 2, or 3—4, orthotropous, ascending
A single genus containing about 20. species occurs in
Australia and the neighboring islands, extending to
Madagascar and to southeast Asia The family is very
distinct and its relationships are in doubt It is placed
here in the system because of the simple flowers The
Eecuhar habit, reduced stammate flowers, and peculiar
-uit are characteristic
The wood of Casuanna cquisehfoha is very hard, and
called ironwood It is used in ship-build ing, and by the
Indians for war-clubs, the powdered bark is used to
dress wounds, or for diarrhea A brown dye is obtained
from the same plant
A few species of Casuanna (Beefwood, She Oak) are
cultivated m the South for timber and ornament
Order 23 PIPEKALES
48 Saururaceae (from the genus Saururus, meaning
lizard's tail, in allusion to the long slender spike).
LIZARD'S-T AIL FAMILY Fig 14 Herbs leaves alternate,
large and broad flowers bisexual, regular, in a long,
dense spike, perianth 0, stamens 6 or fewer, hypo-
gynous or united with the pistil; carpels 3-4, separate,
or united in to a 3-4-cellod ovary, ovules 2 to several,
parietal; stigmas as many as the carpels: fruit of
follicles, or a lobed berry
Three genera and about 4 species are found in tem-
perate or subtropical Asia and North America The
family is related to the Pipcrace«, with which it is
frequently united From that family it differs in
having several carpels in each flower and several
parietal ovules for each carpel
Saw urns cernuus (lizard's tail), a native herb, is
in the trade as a garden plant for wet soil
49 Piperacese (from the genus Piper, an ancient
name of pepper). PEPPER FAMILY Fig 14 Herbs,
shrubs, or rarely trees, leaves alternate, rarely opposite
or whorled* flowers in dense spikes, bisexual, or uni-
sexual, regular, perianth 0, stamens 1-10, ovary
24
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
l-celled, ovule 1, basal; stigmas 1-4, rarely more, sessile:
fruit a dry or fleshy berry
There are 9 genera and about 1,025 species, confined
to the tropics The largest genera are Piper with 600
species arid Feperomia with 400 species The family is
related to the Saururacea), with which it is often united;
otherwise it stands alone as a distinct type, the system-
atic position of which is uncertain The spicate inflores-
cence, naked flowers, and l-celled, 1-seeded ovary are
distinctive
The unripe fruit of Piper nigrum (Java, etc ) yields
black pepper The ripe fruit of the same plant yields
white pepper Long pepper is the whole spike of
P longuni of India The drug cubebs is obtained
from P Cubeba Betel consists of the leaves of
P Belle, which in India arc mixed with the areca nut
and masticated (p 16) From an extraction of the roots
of P methysticum (ava, or kava-kava), mixed with
the milk of coconuts, an intoxicating drink is made in
the Pacific Islands Some species of Peperomia are
eaten as salads, others chewed as betel
Some genera are in cultivation in America as green-
house foliage plants Peperomia, 10 or more species,
Piper (Pepper, Black Pepper, Japanese Pepper)
50 Chloranthacese (from the genus Chloranthus,
signifying qrecn flower*,} CHLORANTHUS FAMILY Fig
14 Herbs, shrubs or trees leaves opposite flowers
bisexual or unisexual, regular, very small, subtended
by bracts, and mostly borne in spikes; perianth 0,
stamens in the bisexual flowers 1-3, united \v ith each
other and with the ovaiy, in the stammate inflorescence
inserted on a common axis and forming a spike;
carpels 1, with 1 pendent ovule, stigma sessile, fruit
drupaceous
Three genera and about 35 species occur, in tropical
America, East Asia, and the islands of the Pacific
Ocean The family is related to the Piperacea1 and
Saururaceae The opposite leaves, the few starrtens,
which are often unilaterally united with the 1-cellcd
ovary, and the suspended ovule, are peculiar
The roots of Chtoranthut> ojfficinahs have a camphor-
like odor, and are used in the East as a febrifuge
One species of Chloranthus is grown m greenhouses
for foliage and berries
Order 24. SALICALES
51. Salicaceae (from the genus Sahx, the classical
Latin name) WILLOW FAMILY Fig 15 Shrubs or
trees, creeping in the arctics' leaves alternate, simple:
flowers diux'ious, both sexes in catkins, 1 flower to each
scale; perianth 0; disk piesent, cup-shaped or finger-
like, stamens 2-many, separate or united, ovary often
pedicelled, l-celled. placenta? 2, parietal, ovules numer-
ous; stigmas 2, often each 2-lobed fruit a capsule;
seeds with a basal tuft of long hairs
Sahcacea; has 2 genera and about 180 species, of
which 160 belong to the genus Sahx, inhabitants of
the north temperate and arctic zones, a few in the
tropics and in South Africa The family is not definitely
related to any other family, though possibly to the
Tamancacece The flowers of both sexes in catkins,
the glandular disk, and the dehiscent many-seeded
capsule with comose seeds, are distinctive
The bark of many species has been used for inter-
mittent fevers and for tanning leather A yellow dye
occurs in the bark of Populus alba and P tremula,
also in Srihr alba, S. daphnoides, and others The
resinous buds of P balsamifera, or tacamahac, furnish
American balm of Gilead The stammate catkins of
8 xgypliaca are odoriferous and are used in the East
in medicinal waters, as a cordial, and as a sudorific
Willow and poplar wood is soft and light The twigs
of several species of Salix are universally used in
basket-making
The two genera are in cultivation in America, as
ornamental plants and for shelter-belts and basket-
work and sometimes for timber Populus (Poplar, As-
pen, Tacamahac, Balm of (iilead [not the original],
Cottonwood, Abele); and Sahx (Willow, Osier).
Order 25. MYRI CALKS
52 MyricaceaD (from the genus Mynca, the ancient
name of the Tamarisk). SWKICT (!ALE FAMILY Fig 15
Shrubs or trees leaves alternate, usually simple, resin-
ous1 flowers monoecious or dio?cious, * in catkins or
spikes, single for each bract, perianth 0, stamens 4-6,
or 16, in the axil of the bract (scale), ovary l-celled,
1-ovuled, stigmas 2 fruit a drupe, usually slightly
horned by union with the bracteoles, seed solitary,
orthotropous, basal
IS. SALICAOE,E 1 Sahx, a, mule flower, 6, female flower, r.
cross-section ovary 2 Populua, a, male flowe r, 6, delude ing fruit,
Mi me AC EE 3 Mynca, a, male flower, b, female flower Juo-
I ANDAC Et, 4 Juglans, a, diagiam male flowci , b, diagram female
flower, c, vertical section female flow«r BETULAI ^x. 5 Oorylus,
a, diagram male flower, b, diagram fern lie flo\urs b Uetula, a,
male flowers, b, female flowers, c, diagram male flowers, d, diagram
female flowers 7 Alnus, a, male flowers, b, female flowers, c, dia-
gram male flowers, d, diagram female floweis (i, scale, a, b, and c,
bractiolea of the first, second and third orders, p, perianth, a,
gland )
One genus with about 35 species is generally dis-
tributed over the more temperate parts of the earth
The Myncaceui are related to the other amentiferous
families, e g , Juglandacea;. Fagacete and Betulaceae
The indehiscent, 1 -seeded fruit, basal seeds, two
carpels, absence of perianth, and simple leaves are
characteristic of the family
Mynca Gale and other species are used for tanning
leather. M Gale has also been used in the preparation
of beer. The wax from the drupelets of M cerifera
and M. enrolments is used for making candles The
fruit of M sapida and M Nagi is edible, M (Comp-
tonia) asplemfoha has been used as a tonic A volatile
oil is obtained from the fruits of M Gale The root
of M cerifera is emetic and purgative
M. Nagi is cultivated in California for the edible
fruit M asplemfolia, native in the United States, is
grown for ornament. Other species are sometimes
planted.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Order 26. JUQLANDALBB
53. Juglandaceae (from the genus Juglans, a con-
traction of the Latin Joins glans, the nut of Jupiter).
WALNUT FAMILY. Fig 15. Trees or shrubs, of ten resin-
ous leaves alternate, exstipulate, pmnately compound:
flowers monoecious, small; the stammate in drooping
catkins with single perianth of 4 parts, or rarely 0, one
flower for each bract, the pistillate 2-3 together, with
perianth of 4 parts adherent, to the ovary as are also
the bract and bracteole; ovary inferior, 1-celled; ovule
1, basal, orthotropous; stigmas usually 2- or 4-branched:
fruit a nut with a fleshy exocarp, or bursting irregularly,
or 4-valved, or winged
In this family are 6 genera and about 35 species of
the north temperate zone The largest genus is Carya
with 10 species The family is related to other Amen-
tifenxj, e g., Myncaceac, Fagaceai, and Betulacea*. The
indehiscent, 1-seeded fruit, basal seeds, 2 carpels,
perianth and pinnate leaves are distinctive. Fossil
species are known
The wood of English walnut is highly valued, but
that «f Juglans nigra (black walnut) is one of the
most valuable of woods Hickory wood is prized for
its hardness and toughness The fruits of the English
walnut (J icQia), butternut (J. cinerea), and of
species of Carya (hickory) are among the most im-
portant food-nuts The leaves and bark of Carya and
Juglans are purgative Green dyes are obtained from
Carya tumaito^i, and yellow from C ovata, C sui-
cata, and C ylabia. Walnut oil and hickory oil are in
the trade
The cultivated genera m America are Carya or
Hicoria (Hickory, Pecan, Bitternut, Pignut, Mockernut,
Shellbark, Kmgnut), native and hardy; Juglans
(Walnut, Butternut, English Walnut), ornamental, fruit,
and timber, Platycarya, ornamental, Pterocarya, orna-
mental.
Order 27 FAGALES
54. Betulaceae (from the genus Betula, the ancient
Latin name of the birch) BIHCH FAMILY Fig 15 Trees
or shrubs, leaves alternate, simple, mostly pmnately
parallel-veined: flowers monoecious, regular, much
reduced, the stammate in slender catkins; the pistillate
m short spikes, rarely in flexuoua catkins or geminate;
3 flowers, rarely by reduction 2 or 1 flower behind each
bract; perianth of the siammate flower single, 2-4-lobed
or 0; stamens 2-10; perianth of the pistillate flower
absent in Botula and Alnus, m other genera an epigy-
nous crown of several tiny scales; ovary inferior, origi-
nally 2-cclled and each cell 1-ovuled, but only one cell
and 1 seed maturing; stigmas 2: fruit an indehiscent
nutlet, often winged; either separating from the bract
and bracteoles (Alnus, Betula), or falling with them, in
which case these organs form a protective involucre
(Corylus), or a winged or bladdery organ concerned in
seed -dissemination (Carpmus, Ostrya); seeds anatro-
pous, exalbuimnous.
Six genera and about 75 species inhabit the extra-
tropical northern hemisphere; many are arctic, some of
which are creeping. Fossil species are known The
family is related to the Fagaceae and other amentif-
erous families. The pistillate flowers in spikes, the
presence of a perianth m one or the other sex, the
cymose group of flowers for each bract, the 2 carpels,
and the single integument of the seed are characteristic.
The wood of Alnus and Betula is prized by wagon-
makers, cabinet-makers and turners' charcoal for gun-
powder is made from this wood The twigs of Betula
are made into brooms. The bark of Betula papynfera
strips off m thin plates and is used for making canoes
and for writing-paper. The very thin bark-layers of B
Bhojpattra of India also furnish writing-paper. Vinegar
and beer are made from the sugary sap of Betula, which
is also considered an efficient antiscorbutic. The bark
of Alnus and Betula is used in tanning Russia leather,
and other kinds Hazelnuts are the fruit of Corylus;
filberts of Corylm Avellana. Oil of betula has a flavor
like wintergreen. The wood of Ostrya is very hard and
prized for beetles. The wood of all the Betulacese is
good for firewood.
Several genera are m cultivation in America for orna-
ment or for the fruit (Corylus) such as Alnus (Alder) ;
Betula (Birch), Carpmus (Hornbeam Tree, Blue
Beech, Water Beech) , Corylus (Hazel, Filbert, Cobnut) ;
and Ostrya (Hop Hornbeam, Ironwood, Leverwood).
55. Fagaceae (from the genus Fagus, the classical
name, in allusion to the esculent nuts). BEECH FAMILY.
Fig 16. Trees or shrubs leaves simple, alternate flow-
ers monrccious, the stammate in slender catkins, one
flower with each bract and a perianth of 4-6 parts, the
pistillate solitary or in groups of 3, epigynous, the
nanth reduced, ovary mostly 3- or 6-celled; ovules
i each cell, suspended, all but one in the ovary
aborting, integuments 2, stigmas 3 fruit a 1-seeded
nut, which singly, or in a group of 2-3, is surrounded by
a special involucre.
The family has 5 genera and about 600 species, all
natives of the subtropical and temperate northern
hemisphere, except the antarctic genus, Nothofagus
The largest genera are Qucrcus with 200 species, and
Pasania with 100 species The family is related to the
Betulaceae and other amentiferous families, but the
stammate flowers alone m catknu, the indehiscent 1-
seeded fruit, the 3 carpel^, and the special involucre
are distinctive There has been much debate as to the
morphology of the involucre, — whether it is composed
of the bracteolos of the little dichasium, or represents
sterile scales of the condensed catkin, or is a wholly
new outgrowth of the subfloral axis The latter is a
recent view of Engler This involucre becomes the
bur in beech and chestnut, and the cup in the oak.
The \\oodof white oak, red oak andmany other species
is very valuable, as is also that of beech and chestnut.
The bark of Querciu* Subcr of Spam yields bottle-cork
The bark of Q vdutirui of America is called quercitron,
and is used to dye yellow The kermes insect, which
furnishes a crimson dye, lives on Q coccifera of the
Mediterranean The stings of gall in&ects produce the
commercial oak-galls from which tanmc and gallic
aoid are obtained, and from which ink was made Offici-
nal creosote is distilled from the tar of species of Fagus.
The nut-like fruits of Castanoa, Fagus, Quercus Ilex,
Q Robur, and Q JUgilops are eaten. The cups of Q.
jEgilops are sold for dyeing black and for tanning The
bark from many species of this family is used for tan-
bark
In America several genera are cultivated for ornament,
food, and timber: Castanoa me (Chestnut, Chinqua-
pin); Castanopsis Fagus (Beech); Nothofagus, little
Known; Quercus (Oak, Black Jack).
Order 28. URTICALES
56. Ulmaceae (from the genus Ulmus, the classical
name). ELM FAMILY. Fig 16. Trees or shrubs with-
out milky mice' leaves alternate, usually oblique' flow-
ers bisexual or unisexual, regular, small ; perianth simple ;
parts 4-5, rarely 3-7; stamens of the same number
opposite the sepals, rarely twice as many, not elasti-
cally incurved; ovary superior, 1-cellod, 1-ovuled; the
ovule suspended, anatropous; stigmas usually 2. fruit
nut-like, drupaceous, or winged.
Thirteen genera and about 140 species are generally
distributed in all but the polar regions. The largest
genus is Celtis, with 60 species. The family is closely
related to the Urticacese and Moracefc. Its non-
elastic stamens, and suspended anatropous seeds are
important distinguishing characters
The seeds of some species of Celtis are edible. The
wood is used to make wind instruments, and the like.
26
SYN'OPSIS 'OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Elm wood is of use in the crafts. The mucilaginous
bark of slippery elm ( Vlmusfulva) is used for poultices
and coughs The fragrant wood of Plnnera Abelicea of
Crete is false sandalwood
There are several genera in cultivation m America.
Among these are. Aphananthe, ornamental; Ccltis (Net-
tle Tree, Hackberry. Sugarberry), hardy, ornamental;
Planera (Water Elm), ornamental, Ulmus (Elm), orna-
mental, and for timber; Zelkova, ornamental.
57 Moracese (from the genus Moms, the classical
name) MULBERRY FAMILY Fig 16. Herbs, shrubs, or
trees, sometimes climbing1 juice milky: leaves alternate:
flowers dioecious or monoecious, regular, small, mostly
in heads or spikes, or lining the hollow pvriform fleshy
axis of the inflorescence (Ficus) ; perianth single, of 4.
rarely 2-6, imbricated parts, more or less united ana
fleshy in the pistillate flower, stamens of the same num-
ber and opposite the sepals, usually inflexed in the bud
and elastic; ovary superior, sessile or stipitate, 1-celled,
1-ovuled; the ovule suspended, amphitropous, rarely
16. FAQACE^J 1 Quercus, a, male flowers, 6, fe ,
c, diagram female flower, d, fruit 2 Castanea, a. diagram female
flower, b, involucre and 3 fruita ULMACKK 3 Ulmus, a, flower,
6, fruit MORACK^I 4 Morus, a, male flower, b, fruit 5 Humu-
lus, a, female flower, b, vertical section fruit 6 Cudrania, pistil
7 Ficus, vertical section female inflorescence (for explanation of
letters see Fig 15)
basal, stigmas 1-2 fruit an achene or drupe envel-
oped by the fleshy perianth, or on a fleshy gyno-
phore, or composed of achenes in a fleshy hollow com-
mon receptacle
Moracese contains 55 genera and about 950 species,
mostly of tropical distribution, 6 species of which are
native in the eastern United States. The largest genus is
Ficus with 600 species. The family is frequently united
with the Urticaceae and differs from that family only
in the presence of milky juice, in the two stigmas, and
in the usually suspended seed From the Ulmaceae it
differs in the inflexed elastic stamens
The fruit of the black mulberry (Morus mgra) has
been eaten since earliest times Those of M. rubra (red
mulberry), and M alba are also used for food The
bread fruit (Artocarpus incisa) of the South Sea
Islands is now cultivated for food everywhere m the
tropics The leaves of Morus indica are eaten in India:
those of M . rubra in America M serrata is cultivated
for fodder The fig is the fleshy receptacle of the inflo-
rescence of Ficus Cunca. For the structure and pollina-
tion of this remarkable plant see Kerner and Oliver's
"Natural History of Plants." The leaves of Morus are
diuretic and anthelmmtic The juice of Antians toxv-
cana is used by the Javanese to poison arrows Hops
are used in medicine, also to flavor beer Hashish,
bhang or Cannabis indica is obtained from Cannabis
saliva, and is much used in the East as a narcotic to
chew and smoke like opium The fibers of C tativa are
hemp. The bark of Broussonetia furnishes clothing to
the South Sea Islanders The wood of Madura auran-
liaca is flexible, the yellow juice of the fruit of this
plant was used by the Indians to paint their faces.
Cudrania javanensit* yields a dye The milky juice of
Ficus elaslica and other species yield commercial rub-
ber. F. indica is a banyan tree of India F religv*
osa is the sacred fig The leaves of various species of
mulberry are used to feed silkworms Shellac is ob-
tained from a small hemipterous insect which lives on
F. laccifera and F. reliywsa in India
Several genera are in cultivation in America, the
majority in the far South Among these are Arto-
carpus (Bread Fruit, Jack Fruit), cultivated in the
West Indies and in botanical gardens, Brosimum
(Bread Nut), tropical, Bioubsonctia (Paper Mul-
berry), ornamental, semi-hardy; Cannabis (Hemp),
grown for fiber or ornament, Cudrania, grown for
hedges; Ficus (Fig, India Rubber Plant, Banyan
Tree, Creeping Fig, Peepul Tree), grown in warm re-
gions and in the greenhouses, Humulus (Hops), grown
for the fruit, Maclura (Osage Orange), for hedges;
Morus (Mulberry), for fruit, and leaves for silkworms
58. Urticaceae (from the genus Urtica, the classical
Latin name of the plant, signifying to burn) NETTLE
P'AMILY Fig 17 Herbs, shrubs or trees, rarely climb-
ing leaves alternate or opposite flowers unisexual,
regular, perianth single, rarely 0, usually green, con-
sisting of 4-5, rarely 2 3, separate or united parts, im-
bricated or valvate, stamens as many, and opposite
the segments, inflexed and uncoiling elastic-ally, ovary
sessile, or pedicelled, or rarely united with the perianth,
1-celled, 1-ovulcd, style 1; stigma feathery fruit an
achene or drupe; seeds basal, orthotropous; embryo
straight
The 41 genera and about 475 species are mainly
tropical, a few in North America and fewer m Europe.
The largest genus is Plica, with 100 species. The family
is very closely i elated to the Moracecc and Uhnaceae,
with which it was formerly united The apetalous
anemophilous flowers, with elastic stamens opposite
the sepals, and the 1-cellcd ovary, with a single basal,
orthotropous seed, are distinctive Many of the Urti-
caceae arc covered with stinging hairs cont aining formic
acid The common nettles are examples Cystoliths
are common in the leaves
Pariftana diffusa and P. erecta contain niter, and
have been used as diuretics Nettles were used by
doctors to flog patients m order to pioduce a counter
irritation of the bkm. a practice called "urtication."
Other species have been used locally as medicine.
Laportea stimulans has been used as a fish-poison The
bast fibers of many species are useful ; e g , Urtica dioica,
U cannabma, Laportea canadensis, and especially the
China grass or ramie (Baehmena nwed). The fibers of
this latter have long been used m the Netherlands The
young foliage of many Urticacea? is used as spinach.
The tuberous root of Pouzolzia tuberosa is eaten
The following are in cultivation in America; three of
them are ornamental: Pelhonia, a greenhouse creeper;
Pilea (Artillery Plant), a garden and greenhouse plant;
and Urera, a greenhouse shrub The other genus,
Urtica (Nettle), is grown for fiber, and Boehmena
occurs occasionally in cultivation
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
2?
Order 29. PROTEALES
59. Proteaceae (from the genus Protea, from Proteus,
a self-transforming sea-god, in allusion to the great di-
versity of the genus). PROTEA FAMILY Fig 17 Shrubs
or tiees, rarely herbs leaves alternate flowers bisexual,
rarely unisexual, regular or irregular, perianth of one
series, paits 4, separate or variously united, or labiate,
valvate; stamens 4. opposite the perianth parts,
hypogynous or inserted on the perianth; hypogynous
stalk (gynophorc) usually developed, often bearing a
ring of scales, or swellings, or a cup, carpel 1, ovary
superior, 1-eelled, ovules 1 1o several, style slender,
stigma slender or enlarged fruit unsymmetrieal, capsu-
lar, drupaceous, or nut-like, or a samara or follicle,
seeds sometimes winged
There are 49 genera and about 1 ,000 species, mostly
Australian, but many also in South Africa, and a few
in South America The largest geneia are Grevillca,
with 160 species, and ITakea, with 100 species The
family is perhaps distantly related to the Loranthaceae,
Santalacea*, and Urlicacea?, but the relationship is
little understood The 4 valvate .sepals, 4 stamens,
and the unsyrnmetrical, 1-eclled ovary, raised on an
appendaged gynophore are distinctive The ^mall
flowers are usually aggregated in heads or spikes
surrounded by biacts The Proteacete, for the most
part, inhabit counti ies in which a very dry windy season
alternates with a ramv season, and many of them are
white-hairy
Grtvillca robusto, Kmghtia exctha, Embothnurn
coccineum, Lutco^pcrfnum ronocarpum (redwood), and
Protea grandiflora (wagen-boom) are useful for timber.
The wood of the last species is used for wagon-
wheels The seeds of se\eral species are eaten A bit-
ter pnnciple is found in Ijititadtndion argenteum of
Africa; a gum resin in CrevtUea lobusta of Australia
A golden d\e is obtained from the Australian Pcr^ooma
saccotn Gcvuina avellaiin (Chilean hazelnut) furnishes
an edible fruit, as does also lirabeium btellatifohum
(wild chcslnut of South Africa), and Mncndamia
terrufvha ((Queensland nut) Banksia and Protea fur-
nish important bee-plants
The genera in cultivation in America are mostly the
following Banksia, Gevuina (Chilean Nut, Chile Hazel),
grown in California, Grevillea (Silk Oak), in greenhouse
and California, Leucadenclron (Silver Tree of the Cape),
grown in California, Macadamia (Australian Nut), in
southern California, Protea, in southern California;
Telopea (Waratah, Warratau), in California
Order 30. SANTALALES
60 Loranthacese (from the genus Loranthus, meaning
thong flower, significance not clear) MISTLETOE P'AMILY
Fig 17 Herbs or subshrubs, parasites or half-
parasites, with or without chlorophyll, rarely rooted
in the earth leaves usually opposite, rarely alternate,
thick and green, or reduced to scales flowers bisexual
or unisexual, usually regular, receptacle of the pistillate
flower cup-shaped, united with the ovary, perianth
undifferentiated, usually in 2 series of 2 or 3 parts each,
of which the outer may be calyx and the inner corolla,
stamens as many as the parts of the perianth and oppo-
site them, free, or united with the perianth, ovary 1-
celled, inferior; ovule 1, orthotropous; stigma 1, often
sessile' fruit a 1-seeded berry.
The 21 genera and about 600 species are mostly
inhabitants of tropical countries, but extend into the
temperate zone. One species reaches Newfoundland.
Loranthus, the largest genus, contains 200 species, and
Phoradendron contains 80 species The family is
related to the Santalaceae and Proteaceai The habit,
the cup-shaped receptacle, the position and number of
the stamens, and the 1-celled, 1-seeded fruit are dis-
tinctive The fruits are often very viscid and easily
become fastened to the branches of trees where they
germinate and grow The inflorescence is often much
reduced and inconspicuous.
The viscid substance of the fruit is called birdlime,
and is used for catching small birds. Various species
have been used locally as medicine The mistletoe
(Viscum album) of Europe was worshipped by the
Gauls When gathered from the oak it was considered
sacred by the Druids.
Phoradendron Jiavescens (American mistletoe) is
gathered and sold in the market
61 Santalaceae (from the genus Kantalum, the
Latin name for sandalwood) SANDALWOOD FAMILY.
A family closely related to the Loranthaceae, from which
it differs only in the more numerous ovules and the
general habit The Santalaceae are commonly inde-
pendent plants or root parasites, while the Loranthacese
are usually aerial parasites
The Santalacese consists of 26 genera and about 250
species, in the temperate and tropical regions
4b
17. URTICACE*: 1 Urtica, a, male flower, b, female flower, c,
female flower, vertical section PROTEACE^E 2. Bankaia, a, in-
florescence, b, flower 3 Protea, flower 4. a and 6, pistils of Pro-
teaceae LORANIHACE,« 5 Phoradendron, a, inflorescence, 6,
vertical section inflorescence. OLACACK.B 6 Linosma, flower 7.
Linosma, floral diagram.
The aromatic and sweet-scented wood of the tree,
Santalum alburn, has been used medicinally, and is
used in perfumery and cabinet-making Other species
of Santalum, also of Fusanus, Acanthosyns, Colpoon,
and Exocarpus are also used in cabinet work The
sweet flesh of the fruit of some species, the thickened
pedicels or oily seeds of others, are edible
Queer tendril-like brushes on the fruits of the reduced
aerial genus My/odcndron of South America serve as
flying organs and later twine about the support
Buckleya of the southeastern United States is some-
times cult i vated , also Pyrulana
62 Olacacese (from the genus Olax, signifying a fur-
row, application unknown) OLAX FAMILY Fig. 17.
Trees or shrubs, sometimes twining or climbing, with
alternate, entire leaves flowers mostly bisexual, regu-
lar, perianth single, the divisions (sepals?) 4-5, rarelv B
28
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
valvate; stamens 4-10, often adnate to the perianth
or connate, disk present, diverse, carpels 3, rarely 2-5;
ovary superior, 1-celled, rarely falsely 3-5-cclled,
ovule 1; style 1: fruit usually a drupe inclosed in the
accrescent and persistent perianth, seed albuminous
Olacaceae has 25 genera and about 140 species of
tropical distribution, two of which reach southern
Florida Olax is the largest genus The Olaeaceie are
related to the Loranthacese and Santalacese
8
18. ABISTOLOCHIAC.EE 1 Asarum, a, flower, b, floral diagram.
2 Aristolochia, flower POLK. JON \t b« 3 Fagopyrum, u, flower,
b, floral diagram 4 Polygonum, sheathing stipule 5 Rumex,
fruiting calyx CHENOPODIA< t. « b Chenopodium, a, flower, b,
fruit AMAHANTAtkE 7 Amar.uitua, <z, fruit, 6, vertical section
aced. 8 Achyranthe'i, flower
The family is of little economic importance Some
species are valuable for their hard timber The drupes
of Ximenia are eaten in Senegal. Olax zeylanwa has a
fetid wood, used locally for fevers.
One species, Ximenia amencana (hog plum) is
native in Florida and the tropics, and is of moderate
value for the fruit
Order 31. AKISTOLOCHIALES
63 Aristolochiaceae (from the genus Aristolochia^
in reference to its supposed medicinal properties in
connection with child-birth) BIKTHWORT or DUTCH-
MAN'S PIPE FAMILY Fig 18 Herbs or woody plants,
the latter mostly twining leaves alternate, usually
broad and entire flowers bisexual, epigynous, regular
or irregular, perianth of one series, the parts mostly 3,
connate, often petaloid, very diverse, sometimes regu-
lar with the parts nearly separate, sometimes with a
long tube which is swollen below, abruptly curved
above, and with an abruptly spreading entire border,
stamens 6-36, separate and inserted on the ovary, or
united with the style, ovary inferior, rarely superior, 4-
or 6-, rarely 5-, celled, ovules many, style 1; stigmas
4 or 6. fruit a capsule
Five genera and about 210 species are known, 180
species of which belong to Aristolochia They are dis-
tributed in the warm parts of the earth, but are most
numerous in South America Seven or 8 species are
native in northeastern North America. The family is
not definitely related to any other, but is placed pro-
visionally near the Polygonacesc, not however because
related to that family, but because equally simple in
structure Three scale-like organs between the perianth
and stamens in Asarum are probably tiue petals The
flowers of most Aristolochiaceae are lurid in color and
pollinated by flies Many are cai i ion-scented and afford
an additional attraction for thcbc insects The perianth
in Anstoloehia assumes remarkable shapes, some ot
which have led to the name "Dutchman's pipe "
The rootstock of Asajum canadensc (Canada snake-
root or wild ginger) is aromatically peppeiy, and used
to flavor wines, the breath, and the like Ari^lolochia
reticulala, of Arkansas, and Anstolochia Serpentana, of
the eastern United States, furnish the serpentaria of
medicine, used as a tonic and as a febrifuge The
latter plant is Virginia snakeroot The common name
arises from the reputed efficacy of these plants and
other species of the family as remedies for snake-bites
The genera in cultivation in America are Aristolo-
chia (Buthwort, Virginia Snakeroot, Dutchman's Pipe,
Pelican Flower, Goose Flower), hardy or greenhouse
twiners, Asarum (Wild Ginger, Canada Sriakeroot),
low hardy border herbs.
Order 32. POLYGONALES
64. Polygonacese (from the genus Polyqonum, de-
rived from the Greek meaning manykna"> in reference
to the swollen joints of some species) Bu< KWHEAT
FAMILY Fig IK Herbs, shrubs, or trees, sometimes
twining stem often knotty leaves alternate, rarely
opposite, bimple, usually with a sheathing stipular
growth (ochrea) at the base fknvers bisexual or unisex-
ual, regular, perianth apparently of one set, though
sometimes in 2 whorls, the parts usually 3, 5, or b, dis-
tinct or connate at base, the inner set sometimes much
enlarged and modified with hooks, spines, \\mgs, or
tubercles, stamens 1-15, usually 6, 8, or 9, usually op-
posite the perianth parts, mostly separate and hypogy-
nous, ovary superior or nearly so, compressed or 3-
angled, of 2-1-carpels, but 1-celled or falsely 3-celled,
ovule solitary, styles and stigmas 2-4 fruit a flat, an-
gled, or winged achene, seeds usually not inverted
(orthotropous)
Thirty genera and about 700 species occur, mostly
in the noith temperate zone of both continents The
largest genera are Poljgonum, 150 species, Coccoloba,
125 species, Enogonum, 120 species, and Rumex with
100 species The family is not closely related to any
other, but is usually placed near the Chenopodiaceac
because of its simple floral structure and for want of a
better place The stipular sheaths or, when absent, the
involucrate heads (Enogonum), arid 1-celled fruit with
a single orthotropous .seed, aie distinctive.
The foliage of the Polygonacese contains an acid, for
which reason it is frequently eaten as salads or pot-herbs.
Among plants used for this purpose are several species
of Rumex, petioles of Rheum Rhaponticum, and Oxyna.
The seeds of buckwheat (Fagopyrum esculent urn) con-
tain much starch and are made into flour In medi-
cine, rhubarb (Rheum officinalc) , employed as a purge
and tonic, has been in use since earnest times, and its
origin is lost in antiquity, though probably it is a na-
tive of China Yellow dock (Rumex Crispins) is a tonic.
Smartweed (Polygonum Hydropiper) has an acrid juice
that will produce a blister. A blue dye is obtained
from P. hnctonum of China. The roots of Cattigonum
Pallasia are used in Siberia to stay hunger, and the
fruits to quench thirst The astringent drug, bistorta,
is from P Bixtorta The leaves of P. onentale are
smoked like tobacco in China
Several genera are m cultivation in America for
ornament and food. Among these are Antigonon
(Mountain Rose, San Miguehto), very showy climbers,
Coccoloba (Sea Grape, Shore Grape, Pigeon Plum),
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
29
trees both of greenhouse and the South, used for timber
and edible fruit, Enogonum, garden plants, Fagopyrum
(Buckwheat), grain, Muenlenbeckia (cultivated as
Coccoloba or Tapeworm Plant), greenhouse, Poly-
gonum (Smartwced, Jomtwced, Knotweed, Prince's
Feather, Kiss - me - over - the-gaiden - gate, Lady's
Thumb, Mountain Fleece, Secalme), hardy ornamental
herbs, Rheum (Rhubarb, Pie-plant Wine Plant), food,
medicine, and ornament, Ilumex (Dock, Sorrel, Sheep
Sorrel, Canaigre, Rais Colorada, Herb Patience, Spin-
age Dock, Curly Dock), ornamental plants, food-plants
and weeds.
Order 33 CKNTRORPEKM^B
65 Chenopodiaceae (from the genus Chenopodium,
which means goose foot, from the shape of the leaves).
GOOSEFOOT FAMILY Fig 18. Herbs, shrubs, or rarely
small trees, often very fleshy with reduced branching
and foliage, and very diver.se and remarkable in form
leaves alternate, rarely opposite, often fleshy or reduced
to scales flowers bisexual or unisexual, regular, very
small, perianth of one series, the parts 1-5, separate
or united, greenish, imbricated, persistent, stamens as
many as the perianth parts, or fewer, opposite them,
hypogynous or borne on the perianth, often connate,
hypogynous disk usually present, ovary superior,
1 -celled, 1-ovuled, style and stigmas 1--4 fruit dry,
rarely fleshy, usually indehiscent, inclosed in the very
diverse perianth which is often hard, or fleshy, or
thorny, or hooked, embryo coiled
This family contains 73 genera and about 550
species, distiibutcd all over the world, but principally
confined to .saline or alkaline habitats A few nave
become weeds in good garden soil The famil;, is
closely related to the Amai.intaeea), Phytolaccaceiu,
Caryoph \llacHve and Port ulacuceie, all of which have
an annular embryo The fleshy habit, absence of
ecanous bracts, 1-celled, 1 -seeded ovary, and coiled
embryo arc distinctive V remarkable family of ht-
toial plants, often with \\ater-storing tissue, spines,
queer fruits, and the like
The most important economic species is the beet
(Beta vulqnris), the enlarged loot of which is used for
food and for sugar, the foliage as a pot-herb Species
of Chenopodium, Atuplex, Spinacia and others are
eaten as greens Of those spinach is the most famous
The -\oung shoots of Sahcorma (gla-siswort, marsh sam-
phire) are eaten as a pot-herb and are pickled. These
shoots are also used foi making glass and soaps be-
cause of the soda contained The seeds of Chenopodium
Quinoa are made into flour in Peiu The foliage of Chen-
opodium Bod ?/s and Chcnopodnim mnbroi>ioidc<i is fra-
grant-scented The seeds of Chenopodium anthebmnii-
ium (wonnseed) are a well-known vermifuge Cheno-
podium mexicanum yields sapomn Atnplcx horlctisis
(orach) of Europe and Asia, yields an indigo dye, and
the leaves are edible Soda is obtained by burning
many species Salsola Kali var tenui folia (Russian
thistle) is a bad weed
Several genera are in cultivation in America, largely
for food, but some for ornament Among these are:
Atnplex (Orach, Sea Purslane), food and ornament;
Beta (Beet, Mangel-wurzel, Mangel, Chard, Swiss
Chard, Spinach Beet), food and ornament, Chenopodium
(Good King Henry, Mercury, Markery, Feather Gera-
nium, Jerusalem Oak, Wormseed, Mexican Tea), orna-
ment, food, medicine; Cycloloma (Cyclone Plant),
ornament, Kochia (Mock Cypress), ornament; Spinacia
(Spinach, Spmage), food
66 Amarantaceae (from the genus Amarantus, de-
rived from the Greek, signifying unfading, the bracts
are scanous and unchanging) AMARANTH FAMILY. Fig.
18 Herbs, shrubs, or rarely trees leaves opposite or
alternate, rarely fleshy: flowers bisexual or unisexual,
email, regular, usually surrounded by scanous bracts;
perianth simple, in one series of 5, rarely 1, 2, 3, or 4,
separate or united parts, stamens opposite the perianth
parts, of the same number or fewer, rarely more nu-
merous, hypogynous or pengynous, separate or united,
the stamen-tube often with fringed appendages at the
top, hypogynous disk usually present; ovary superior,
free or slightly united with the perianth, 1-celled,
1 to many-seeded, style 0, or 1, or several, stigrnas vari-
ous fruit a berry, an achene, or dehiscent by a lid;
usually surrounded by the perianth, embryo coiled
The 40 genera and about 450 species are distributed
everywhere except in the arctics; most abundant
within the tropics The family is very closely related
to the Chenopodiaceae and Phytolaccaceie, also to the
Caryophyllaceaj and Portulacaceaj. The single peri-
anth, scanous persistent bracts, and 1-seeded fruit
are distinctive
Many species of Amarantus are eaten as greens.
Gomphrensi arborewens is a tonic Many Amaran-
taecue are weeds in cultivated grounds Some are im-
portant ornamental plants The garden forms of
Celosia cri^tala are remarkable for their fasciated
inflorescence
In cultivation in America are Amarantus (Love-
lies-bleeding, Prince's Feather, Joseph's Coat), gar-
den annuals, Bosea, ornamental, Celosia (Cocks-
comb), garden annuals; Gomphrena (Globe Amaranth,
Bachelor's Button), garden annual; Ircsme or Achy-
ranthes, bedding plants; Telanthcra (Alternant hera),
bedding plants, Tnchinium or Ptilotus, greenhouse.
67 Nyctaginaceae (from the generic name Nyctago,
a synonym of Mirabilis, meaning niyht, in reference to
the crepuscular or nocturnal flowering of the Four-
O'clock). FouR-O'cLO( K FAMILY Fig 19 Herbs,
shrubs, or trees leaves usually opposite, entire' flowers
bisexual, rarely unisexual suriounded by an involucre
of separate or united bracts which incloses 1 or several
flowers, corolla absent; perianth parts united, very
diverse in consistency, form and color, often petaloid,
19 NYCTAGINACE *c 1 Mirabihs, a, flower; 6, floral diagram,
2 Meea, flower PHYTOLACCACE*: 3 Phytolacca, a, flower, 6.
floral diaKram, c, vertical section of seed AIZOACE^B 4 Mollugo,
a, flower, 6, vertical section of seed 5 Aizoon, floral diagram 6.
Mesembryanthemum, flower. PORTULACACEJO 7. Calandnnm,
flower
30
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
valvate or plicate persistent after flowering, and often
woody or leathery, enveloping the fruit, stamens 1-30,
united at the has?, unequal, hypogynous, ovary of 1
carpel, 1-celled, 1-ovuled; style 1, stigina 1. fiuit an
achene.
The family has 18 genera and about 150 species,
principally natives of America from Colorado to Chile.
A few are scattered in other parts of the world The
largest genus is Pisoma with 40 species, Neea has 30
species The family is related to the Phytolaccacese.
The floral bracts, absence of corolla, peisistent peri-
anth enveloping the very thin-walled fruit, and the
1-seeded, 1-celled ovary, are distinctive
The roots of Boerhavia and of Mvabihs Jalapa are
purgative, and are sold as a (substitute for jalap The
foliage of several species of Bocihavia is used as vege-
tables The natives of the Hawaiian Islands catch
birds with the very sticky fruits of the native species
The leaves of Neea theifcra are used as tea in Bia/il,
also as a black dye
In America 3 genera are in common cultivation
Abronia, gafden annuals; BougamvilUea, gieenhouse
shrubs, Mirabihs (Four-o'clock, Marvel of Peru).
68 Phytolaccaceae (from the genus Phytolncca, de-
rived from the Greek meaning plant and Inc, in refer-
ence to the red juice of the fruit) POKEWEED FAMILY.
Fig 19 Herbs, shrubs, or trees leaves mostly alter-
nate, simple flowers bisexual, rarely unisexual, regu-
lar; perianth of one series, divisions 4-5, separate, per-
sistent, not modified m fruit; stamens of the same
number as the parts of the perianth and alternate with
them, or more numerous, often connate at base, hypog-
ynous, disk obscure or annular, ovary usually supe-
rior, rarely inferior, caipels 1 to many, fiee, or united
into a several-celled ovaiy, ovules 1 for each carpel,
styles as many as the caipels fruit a berry, utricle,
nut, or samara; embryo curved.
The pokeweed family contains 22 genera and about
100 bpecies, mostly of tropical and subtropical America
and South Africa One species reaches the eastern
United States All the genera are small The family is
related to the Aizoaeea?, also to the Caryophyllaceie,
Chenopodiacea?, Nyctagmacea1, and other families
with curved embryos. The several 1-seeded carpels
and non-accrescent perianth are usually distinctive
The red juice of the fruit of Phytolncca dccandrn was
used by the American Indians for staining baskets, and
the like The roots of this plant are medicinal (emetic,
cathartic), and the young shoots arc eaten
A few genera are in cultivation in America Among
these are Phytolacca (Pokebeny, Pokeweed, Scokc,
Garget, Pigeonberry, Inkberry), native, hardy, rarely
cultivated as a pot-herb, and Rivma (Rough Plant),
ornamental garden and greenhouse plants
69 Aizoaceae (from the genus Aizoon, derived from
the Greek meaning always alive, in reference to the
persistence of life in desert habitats) CARPET-WEED
or ICE-PLANT FAMILY Fig 19 Erect or prostrate,
often fleshy herbs or sub-shrubs, either the stem or the
leaves, or both, curiously modified to reduce surface
and store water; rarely ordinary herbaceous plants:
leaves opposite, alternate or whorled, simple and mostly
entire* flowers bisexual, regular, hypogynous or epigy-
nous, perianth of one set of 4-5 separate or united
parts, stamens 5, alternating with the penanth parts,
or by the splitting up of each becoming very numer-
ous, in which case many of the outer are changed into
long, showy, petaloid stammodia, the whole then some-
what resembling the head of an aster; ovary 2 -20-celled,
superior or inferior; placenta) axial, basal, or parietal,
ovules mostly numerous, stigmas 2-20: fruit capsular
or nut-like; embryo curved or annular.
Eighteen genera and about 500 species are known,
of *which 300 belong to the genus Mesembryanthemum;
mostly inhabitants of the desert or, at least, dry por-
tions of tropical and south-tropical regions The large
genus, Mesembryanthemum, is almost exclusively South
African, but reaches the Mediterranean One species
of Aizoacece (Sesuvium) is native in the eastern United
States The family is related through some genera
to the Phytolaccaceae, through others to the Caryophyl-
laceac and Poitulacaceie The annular embryo places
the Aizoaceae in this group The apetalous, often
falsely polypetalous, flowers, with several-celled ovary,
and curved embryo, are characteristic
The fruits of Mesembryanthemiim edule (Hottentot
fig) are edible The leaves of Mesembryanthemum are
used as a vegetable on the borders of the African
desert Tctrngonia ejcpansa (New Zealand spinach) is
cultivated as a pot-herb Me^cnibryanthernum crys-
talhnutn (ice-plant) of the Mediterranean region, with
leaves covered with peculiar vesicular hairs filled with
a viscid liquid, which sparkles in the sunlight like frost,
is cultivated as a cui losity Other species are cultivated
for their strange appearance
Many species of Mesembryanthemum (Fig Man-
gold, and Ice-plant) are moie or less cultivated in
America, also one species of Tetragonn (New Zealand
Spinach, New Zealand Ice-plant)
70 Portulacaceae (from the genus Portulaca, an old
Latin name of unknown origin) PUK?»L\NE FAMILY
Fig 19 Herbaceous or .suff rut icose leaves often fleshy,
sometimes connate flowers bisexual, usually regular,
sepals 2, petals 4-5, raiely more, sometimes connate
at the base, fugaeeou.s, .stamens in 1 or 2 whorls, hy-
pog>nous (except m Portulaca), equal in number to the
petals and opposite them, or double the number and
alternating with them, or fewer, or, by multiplication,
very man> , ovary 1-celled, with a f ice-central or basal
placenta; ovules 2 to man> , .style 2-.J-parted fruit a
capsule, opening by a valve or lid, rarely mdehiscent,
embryo curved or annular
Most of the 17 genera and about 150 species are
inhabitants of the warmer, dry or arid regions, for
which their fleshy stiucture and frequently prostrate
or ca'spitose habit arc an adaptation They arc most
abundant in South America and the Cape of Good
Hope, also common in western North America The
Portulacacca1 are most closely related to the Carvo-
phyllacese and Aizoaceae The 2 sepals, 1-celled ovary
with central placenta, sevcial styles, and curved or
coiled embryo are distinctive In the common pur-
slane and a few other species, the capsule opens by a
terminal lid, which, sepaiating along a trans veise line,
falls off and thus allows the seeds to escape In Por-
tulaca the ovary is partly inferior
Most of the Portulacacecc are mucilaginous, some are
slightly bitter and have been used as a mild tonic The
herbage of Portulaca oleracea is eaten as a salad or as
greens, and is also said to be sedative and an antidote
for scurvy Several species of Calandnnia, Tahnum
and Claytoma, are used as pot-herbs The roots of
Claytonia tubcrosa of Siberia are edible, as are also the
roots of the western Lewisia
About one-third of the genera are in cultivation in
America. Portulaca grandiflora (Rose Moss) its orna-
mental, P. oleracea (Purslane or Pusley) is a pot-herb,
the Montias are also pot-herbs Lewisia, Tahnum,
Spraguoa and Claytonia arc mostly ornamental
71 Basellaceae (from the genus I-lasella, the Malabar
name of the plant) BA&ELLA FAMILY Fig 20. Climb-
ing, perennial heibs, rarelv slightly woody leaves alter-
nate, broad, often fleshy, flowers bisexual, regular, 2
bracteolate, sepals 2, petals 5, separate or connate,
imbricated, peisistent, stamens 5, opposite the petals
and attached to their base; ovary superior, l-celled,
ovule 1, basal, curved; style and stigma 1-3' fruit
mdehiscent, inclosed in the corolla; embryo spiral.
There are 5 genera and about 15 species, all except
one species being confined to tropical America, mostly
m the Andes Boussmgaultia, the largest genus, con-
tcwxs 10 species. The family is related to the Cheno-
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
31
podiaceaB with which it has been united; also to the
Polygonaceac and Portulacaceae. The twining stem,
and the two sets of floral envelopes, together with the
1-celled ovary and single seed, are distinctive.
Basella alba (red and white spinach) is eaten as a
pot-herb. The starchy root of Ullucus tubcrot>us is
eaten in Peru It is used as a substitute for the potato,
which it resembles
The genera apparently in Cultivation in America are.
Anredera; Basella (Malabar Nightshade), grown as
ornamental greenhouse plants, or eaten as spinach, and
Boussingaultia (Madeira Vine, Mignonette Vine), orna-
mental garden or greenhouse plants
72 Caryophyllaceae (from the genus Caryophyllut, an
old botamral name for the clove pink [Dianthus], the
application of the name obscure) PINK FAMILY Fig
20 Herbs, rarely suffruticose, with opposite entire
leaves' flowers bisexual, rarely unisexual, regular; se-
pals 5, separate or united, petals 5, rarely wanting,
stamens twice as many as the petals, rarely fewer, hy-
pogynous or pengynous, carpels 3-5; ovary superior,
1-eelled with a tree-central or basal placenta, ovules 1
to many, styles 3-5' fruit a capsule, rarely a berry,
opening by valves or mdehiscent; seed albuminous,
embryo strongly curved or coiled
The pink family consists of 70 genera and from
1,200-1,500 species, distributed over all parts of the
earth, though most abundant in the temperate and sub-
20 BAKSELiArtJE 1 Bousaingaultia, flower talyx ronio\ed
CAKYOPHYLLACI,*. 2 Silone, flower i ARrostermna (Lyohnis).
seed 4 Areriana, flower 5 Sagma, flower 0 Spersula, iloral
diagram 7 Paronyohia, flower
arctic zom Many have become weeds in cultivated
ground and are now very \\idely dispersed. The
Caryoph} llaceie are related to the Chenopodiacca?,
Amarantace:e, Phytolaeeacese, Portulacaceap, Nyctagi-
nacete and Aizoacca?, all of which have a coiled, curved
or annular embryo Of these, the Phytolaccace;e proba-
bly represent more nearly the ancestral type 13y most
recent authors (see Pax) the llleccbraceue (Paronychia,
Anychia, Sclcranthus and Hermaria) are included in
the Caryophyllacej? The curved embryo, the 1-celled
ovary with several styles and central placenta, the 10
stamens, the 5 separate petals and the opposite entire
leaves are together distinctive
The family is very naturally divided into two dis-
tinct tiibcs. Tribe I Silenoidex — Sepals united form-
ing a tubular calyx; stamens hypogynous This in-
cludes Silene, Lychnis, Dianthus, Tunica, Saponana
and Gypsophila.
Tnbe II. Alsinoidesr — Sepals separate; stamens
mostly pengynous Includes Spergula? Ccrastium,
Stellaria, Arenana, Sagma, Paronychia, Anychia,
Hermaria and Scleranthus
In the Silenoidese, the long-clawed petals often have
a scale at the top, the five together forming a tiny
crown Some species of Silene and Lychnis flower only
at night or in cloudy weather, and are pollinated by
night-flying moths The bracts at the base of the flower
in Dianthus are distinctive. The petals of chickweed
are curiously 2-parted, simulating 10 petals.
The Caryophyllacese are of little economic impor-
tance. Some were formerly used in medicine, but have
fallen into disrepute The roots of Saponana officmalts
contain a saponaceous substance, saponm, and have
been used for washing, whence the common name
"soapwort " Saponm is a powerful local irritant, and,
if applied strong, is said to kill either muscular or ner-
vous tissue Spergula arvcniis has been used as a
fodder plant. Many members of the family are well-
known ornamental plants, of which the most famous
is Dianthus Caryophyllus, the carnation pink.
Perhaps 20 genera (including Illecebraceae) are
grown, mostly for ornament Among these are' Are-
nana (Sandwort) , Cerast mm (Mouse-ear Chickweed),
Dianthus (Carnation, Clove Pink, China Pink, Plumed
Pink, Sweet William, Picotee, Grenadine). Gypsophila
(Baby's Breath), Lychnis (Ragged Room, Maltese
Cross, Dusty Miller); Paronychia (Whitlow-wort),
Sagma (Pearl-wort), Saponana (Bouncing Bet, Soap-
wort, Cow Herb); Silene (Catchfly, Campion, Wild
Pink), Spergula (Spurry), Stellaria (Chickweed, Star-
wort); Tunica.
Order 34 RANALES
73 Nymphaeaceas (from the genus Nymphsea, a
name intended for the white water-lilies; dedicated by
the Greeks to the water nymphs) WATER-LILY FAM-
ILY Fig 21 Aquatic herbs leaves alternate flowers
usually bisexual, regular, the organs, in part at least,
spirally arranged; sepals mostly 4, rarely 3, 5, 6, or 12,
petals 3-many, usually very numerous, hypogynous,
or more or less epigynous, often a distinct transition
to the stamens, stamens very numerous (rarely 6),
inserted with the petals, carpels rarely 3-4, usually
many, rarely distinct, usually cohering m a whorl or
sunken m the enlarged receptacle; stigmas radially
arranged on a sessile disk (as in poppy) or single
fruit mdehiscent or irregularly dehiscent, usually
fleshy, seeds several.
Nymplueacese has 8 genera and about 60 species,
distributed m all parts of the world, but more especially
in tropical South America The family is closely
related to the other families with spiral structure of the
flower, as the Ranunculaceaj, Magnohacetc and Dille-
macere There is also a relation to Podophyllum o<
the Berber idaceap, and to the Papaveracese The habit,
spiral arrangement of floral parts, when present, the
numerous stamens, the usually coherent carpels, and
the typo of fruit, are characteristic
The leaves of Nelunibo are raised on long petioles,
those of Nymphsea usually float, those of Brasema are
covered with a thick layer of slime, those of Victoria
reqia are 5-8 feet in diameter and floating. The recep-
tacle of Nelumbo in fruit is like an inverted top with
the ripe 1-seeded carpels loosely rattling m small cavi-
ties on the flat surface. The Nymphseacea? in stem
structure and character of the embryo shows a transi •
tion to the monocotyledons
Because of their unique appearance among plants,
some species were venerated by the ancients. The lotus
of the Egyptians, represented on their monuments
and statues of their gods 5,000 years ago, was
Nymphsea cserulea or N. Ijotiis, though Nelumbo
nucifera has long passed under that name. (See arti-
cle on Nympha?a ) The rootstocks of the Nymphsea-
ceac contain abundant starch, mucilage and sugar,
which render them nutritive The seeds are edible
p,nd the negroes of the Nile used them as millet. The
Egyptians still eat the seeds and rootstocks The
seeds and rootstocks of Euryale ferox are cultivated
and eaten m China.
In the American trade a few genera appear. Cabomba
(Fish-Grass), with dissected submerged leaves and
32
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
white flowers, is grown in aquaria; Brasenia (Water
Shield) is grown in aquatic gardens, as are also various
species of Nuphar (Yellow Water-Lily, Spatterdock,
Cow Lily); Nymphca (White Pond-Lily); Nelumbo
(Indian Lotus, so-called Egyptian Lotus, and Water
Chinquapin); Victoria regia, and the similar Euryale
fercx. The white water-lilies have latterly been called
Castalia, but the name Nymphaea as applied to them
has good historical standing and is retained in this
work, Nuphar is still held for the yellow pond-lilies.
74. Trochodendraceoe (from the genus Trochoden-
dron, from the Greek wheel, plus tree) TROCHODEN-
DRON FAMILY Trees or shrubs leaves alternate or
opposite, with oil-glands: flowers bisexual or unisexual,
21. NYMPH«ACE.S:: 1. Nelumbmm, fruit 2. Nymphsea, flower
3 Nuphar, fruit RANUNCULACE-B 4 Ranunculus, a, flower, 6,
fruit 5 Aquilegia, fruit 6 Clematis, fruit 7 Petals of various
genera, o, Coptis , 6, Eranthis , c, Ranunculus, d, Aquilegia, e,
Aconitum
regular, hypogynous or pengynous; sepals and petals
wanting; stamens numerous, spirally arranged, car-
pels separate, sometimes half immersed in the recep-
tacle, 2 to many in one whorl; ovules 1 to many, fruit a
follicle, or mdehiscent.
Only 3 genera and 6 species are known, all of Eastern
Asia. The family is closely related to the Magnoli-
acese, in which it has been included by many authors.
It has the same spiral structure of the flower, and sepa-
rate carpels, but the perianth is wanting
Trochodendron is one of the very few angiosperms
in which the secondary wood is made up entirely of
tracheids with bordered pits, without true vessels, as
in the Coniferae.
The family is of little economic value The wood of
some species is used locally. In America, Cercidiphyllum
japonicum and Euptelea polyandra are in cultivation
as hardy, ornamental woody plants
75. Ranunculaceae (from the genus Ranunculus,
from the Latin signifying a little frog, because many of
these plants are aquatic or marsh plants) BUTTERCUP
FAMILY. Fig. 21 . Herbs or shrubs of diverse habit * flow-
ers bisexual rarely unisexual, spirally constructed except
often the perianth, regular or irregular; sepals 3 to
many, usually 5, separate, often petaloid; petals 3 to
many, or 0, often in the form of honeyglands; stamens
usually very numerous, hypogynous, carpels 1 to many,
usually separate fruit an achene or follicle, rarely a
capsule or a berry, seeds with endosperm
The 27 genera and about 680 species are distributed
mainly in the north temperate and subarctic regions.
Clematis, Anemone and Delphinium cross the equator
southward The largest genus is Ranunculus The
family is related to the Magnoliaceae, Annonacese, Dil-
lemaceso, Nymphseaceae, and other families with
acyclic flowers and numerous carpels The spiral
floral structure, the numerous hypogynous stamens,
and the usually separate carpels are the most dis-
tinctive characteristics The Ranunculacese is proba-
bly a very old f amilv, and by some authors is thought
to represent more closely than others the stock from
which the dicotyledons have sprung
The floral structure is very interesting and very
variable The petals, when not wanting, are rarely
normal In one series a transition is shown from the
stannnode-like nectary of Coptis to the petal-like
nectary of Ranunculus, in another series the nectar-
bearing petals are spurred or variously irregular, as in
Aconitum, Delphinium and Aquilegia In the last
two genera, the flowers also have become extremely
irregular. The fruits show an equally great diversity.
Fiom the primitive follicular type, they have become
modified into achenes with a suspended or erect ovule,
into a berry, or, in Nigella, even into a several-celled
capsule by the fusion of the carpels The wind-pol-
linated Thahctrum shows great reduction and modi-
fication on that account The stalked carpels of Coptis
vsmiulate an umbel of separate fruits Finally the foliage
of several species of Ranunculus has become very much
dissected on account of the aquatic habit, and the
plants, therefore, simulate a Mynophyllum
The Ranuncufaceifi is divided by Prantl into three
tribes as follows*
7V? be I. Fruit follicular, carpels fleshy, outer seed-
coat long, e g Pacoma and Hydrastis
Tribe II Fruit usually follicular, carpels rarely fleshy,
outer seed-coat not longer than the inner, e g , Caltha,
Helleborus, Coptis, Actsea, Aquilegia, Delphinium, etc
Tribe III Fruit an achene, e g , Anemone, Clematis,
Ranunculus, Thahctrurn, etc.
The family contains many plants useful to mankind.
Many are cultivated for their ornamental flowers
The seeds, leaves and roots contain a bitter acid
principle which is very irritating and in many cases
poisonous. Because of this, many species of Anemone,
Clematis, and so on, have been used to produce blisters,
and beggars are said to have made use of C Vitalba to
produce artificial sores and thus excite pity The
roots of Coptis (gold-thread) are bright yellow, and
have been used both as bitters and for the dye-stuffs
contained Hydrastis (golden seal) is a well-known
tonic and stomach corrective Aconite is a powerful
narcotic drug much used to allay fever Slow cooking
usually dissipates the poisonous properties of the Ran-
unculacete, thus enabling the vegetative portion m
many cases to be eaten as greens. Ranunculus Thora
and R sceleratus were named by the Romans "sar-
donia" because they are said to excite convulsive
sardonic laughter.
Two dozen or more genera are in cultivation in
America, almost entirely for ornamental purposes.
Among these are Aconitum (Aconite, Monkshood,
Wolfsbane); Actsea (Baneberry, Red and White Co-
hosh); Adonis (Pheasant's Eye, Adonis); Anemone
(Anemone, Windflower, Patens, Pasgue Flower) ; Aqui-
legia (Columbine) , Caltha (Marsh Mangold, American
Cowslip); Clematis (Virgin's Bower); Coptis (Gold-
thread) ; Delphinium (Larkspur) ; Eranthis (Winter Aco-
nite) ; Helleborus (Christmas Rose) , Hydrastis (Golden
Seal, Orange Root); Nigella (Love-m-a-Mist, Devil-in-
a-Bush, Fennel Flower); Paeoma (Peony, Pmey);
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
33
Ranunculus (Buttercup, Crowfoot) , Thahctrum (Mea-
dow Rue); Trautvetteria (False Bugbane); Trolhus
(Globe Flower), Xanthorrhiza (Shrub Yellow Root).
A considerable industry has recently sprung into
existence in which Hydrastis is grown for the medici-
nal value of the roots
76 Lardizabalaceae (from the genus Lardizabala,
named in honor of a Spanish naturalist, Lardizabala y
Unbe) LARDIZABALA FAMILY Mostly twining plants
with palmately compound leaves flowers polygamous or
unisexual, rudiments of the other sex organs present,
regular, hypogynous, sepals 6, petaloid, in two whorls,
petals hone, stamens 6, hypogynous; usually with
nectaries between stamens and petals, carpels 3,
rarely 6-9 or numerous, separate, ovules many rarely
one, parietal; fruiting carpels baccate, indehiscent or
dehiscent
This family has 8 genera and 18 species, inhabitants
of the Himalayas, China, Japan, and Chile The family
is related to the Berberidacese, with which it was for-
merly united, and to the Memspermaceae, from both of
which it is distinguished by the several-seeded fruit
and by other characters
The fruits of most species arc edible. The stems of
Boqinla and Lardizabala are used as cordage
Lardizabala, Stauntoma, Akebia and Sargentodoxa
are in the Amencan trade
77 Berberidaceae (from the genus Herberts, derived
from Berberys which is the Arabic name of the fruit)
BARBERRY FAMILY Fig. 22 Herbs or shrubs with
large, compound leaves, or small and simple, or spine-
like leaves flow ers bisexual, regular, hypogynous, sepals
3-9 in 1-3 series, petals 4-9 or more, in several whorh,
often changed to nectaries, stamens as many as the
petals and opposite them, rarely twice as many, anthers
peculiar, opening by valves which roll upward, ovary
1-celled with several ovules, style almost 0, stigma
mostly peltate fruit a beiry or capsule
The family Berberidaceae has 8 genera and about
200 species, distributed through north temperate
Europe, Asia and America Bcrberis extends along the
Andes to the Straits of Magellan Fossil spceie-s in the
Tertiary are known The family i& related to the
Ranunculacese, Papavcracete and Fumanacese There
is also an evident relation to the ^lagnohacese and
Annonaceiv The cyclic flowers, definite stamens
opposite the petals, the solitary carpel, and usually
the dehiseence of the anthers are distinctive In
Podophyllum, the anthers open longitudinally in the
ordinary way, and the stamens are twice the number
of the petals The stamens of Berbens are irritable,
flying toward the stigma when touched, and then
scattering the pollen
The fruit of the common barberry (Berbens vulgans)
contains oxalic acid and is used as a preserve, the yel-
low inner bark and stems are astringent and yield the
yellow "berbenne," which is also a purgative This
yellow color formerly induced doctors to administer
Berbens for jaundice The fruits of the mahomas of
California are also eaten as a preserve The wood of
the Indian and South American species of Berbens
is used as a dye The root of Podophyllum (mandrake
or May apple) is purgative and poisonous, the ripe
fruit of this plant is fleshy arid edible Many other
species have been used for medicine in various parts of
the world Berbens vulgaris is the famous host-plant
of the secidial stage of the wheat rust
The genera that are in the American trade are
mostly grown as unusual herbaceous plants in gardens
and are not widely known Many species of the
shrubby and spiny Beibens, and also of Mahonia,
are grown for ornamental purposes Akebia, a well-
known woody twiner with palmate leaves and curious
purple flowers, is now placed in the Lardizibalacese,
78 Menispermacese (from the genus Memspermum,
derived from the Greek meaning moonseed). MOON-
SEED FAMILY. Fig 22. Woody climbers, leaves alternate:
flowers dioecious, regular, sepals usually 6, in 2 series;
petals 6, in 2 series, stamens 6, hypogynous, opposite
the petals, sometimes monadelphous; carpels usually
3, rarely more, separate, 1-ovuled, much curved m
fruit, seed half-inverted, embryo usually curved: fruit
compound of sessile or stipitate drupelets
There are 56 genera and 150 species, distributed
mostly in the tropical and subtropical portions of both
hemispheres None are found in Europe Three species
are native in the northeastern United States The
Memspermaceae are related to the Berbendaeese, the
Annonacejje and the Magnoliaeeie The numerical plan
of 3, the 2 whorls of sepals and petals, the curved seed,
the drupelets, and the absence of oil-glands, are dis-
tinctive. Cross-sections of the twining stems often
present peculiar patterns due to the unequal growth
of the cambium
Several species are used in medicine Joteorhiza
palmatus of tropical Africa has a turnip-shaped root
which was much used as a tonic The roots of species
of Cissampelos are administered in Brazil in cases of
snake-bites The bark of several species yields a yellow
dye Arwimirta Cocculus of tropical Asia has extremely
poisonous fruits (fish-berries or cocculus) used to
intoxicate and poison fibh which are thus obtained m
abundance, but are sometimes dangerous to eat The
narcotic principle, nicrotoxine, is almost as poisonous
as strychnine In England, beer is said sometimes to
1
4b
22 BERBERIDA.CEAS 1 Berberis, flower MENIRPERMACE«:
2 Mermpermum, fruit MAONOLIACE^B 3 Magnolia, a, flower;
b, floral diagram, L, fruit CALYCANTHACE.B 4 Calycanthus, r
flower, b, fruat
be adulterated with the fruit (called cocculus indicus)
of this plant.
Few genera are in cultivation in America for orna-
mental purposes, mostly m the southern states, and
especially Florida. Cissampelos (Velvet Leaf or Pareira
Brava), tonic and diuretic, m Florida, Menispermum
(Moonseed Vine, from the curved fruit), hardy, native;
Cocculus carohnus of the southeastern United States,
semi-hardy; C tnloba, E. Asia, hardy
79 Magnoliaceae (from the genus Magnolia, which
was dedicated to P. Magnol, a professor of Botany at
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Montpelher in the 17th century.) MAGNOLIA FAMILY.
Fig 22 Woody plants with alternate, entire or lobed
leaves, and usually large stipules, each pair of which
forms a hood over the young growth above, the outer
pair of stipules serving as bud-scales, and each pair leav-
ing a scar which completely encircles the stem flowers
usually bisexual, regular, hypogynous, the parts
spirally arranged except sometimes the sepals and
petals; sepals 3, petals 6 to many, separate, stamens very
numerous, carpels usually many and usually separate;
ovary 1-celled, 1- to several-seeded, arranged spirally or
in a whorl (Ilhcium) at the top of the receptacle fruit
a follicle, or samara, or indehiscent and fleshy
Ten genera and about 80 species are distributed
principally in the subtropical and temperate portions of
Asia and America, but are absent in Africa, Europe and
the arctic regions The Magnohaceic are most closely
related to the Annonaccsc and Calycanthacete The
peculiar stipules, the spiral structure of the hypogyn-
ous flower, and the separate carpels are distinctive
In Magnolia, the outer seed-coat is fleshy and red,
when ripe the seeds fall out biiu remain suspended by
the uncoiled 'spiral vessels of the raphe and funiculus
The wood is generally valuable for timber, while all
parts, such as leaves and bark, contain a bitter resin,
which m some species is fragrantly aromatic Michelia
Champaca is cultivated m tropical Asia for its sweet
flowers which are carried about as a perfumery Its
aromatic and acrid bark and buds are used in rheuma-
tism. The bark of Talauma elegant is Ubed in Java as a
stomachic. The seeds of Magnolia Yulan have been
used from prehistoric times m China as a febrifuge It
is said that the aromatic bark of the tulip tree is a
substitute for cascanlla and quinine Drimys Wmteri
has long been used as a stimulant in Central and South
America, and, by importation, m Europe The fruit
of Ilhcium verum, a Chinese shrub, is very pleasantly
aromatic, resembling anise, from which, and its remark-
able star-like whorled carpels, it is called "star anise "
It is much used as a condiment in oriental countries.
The bark of Ilhaum amsatum (I religiot>um) was
formerly burned as incense in the temples of Japan
For a long period the name llhcium animtum was
thought to apply to the star anise, but this mistake was
rectified in the B M. 7005 Linodendron Tuhpijera
furnishes the valuable "whitewood" or "yellow poplar"
of commerce. The wood of various species of Mag-
nolia is used in cabinet-work
Several genera are in cultivation in America, all except
Ilhcium as ornamental trees and shrubs. Among these
are Ilhcium (Star Anise); Linodendron (Tulip Tree);
Magnolia (Magnolia, White Bay, Beam Tree, Cucumber
Tree) ; and Schizandra, a procumbent warty shrub
80 Calycanthaceae (from the genus Calycanthus,
derived from the Greek, which means a cup and flower,
referring to the peculiar receptacle) CALYCANTHUS
FAMILY. Fig 22 Shrubs with opposite leaves and aro-
matic bark flowers bisexual, regular, pengynous, spirally
constructed, parts of the perianth numerous, petaloid,
not clearly differentiated into calyx and corolla,
stamens 10-30 (5 m Meratia); carpels numerous, sepa-
rate, inserted on the inner face of the hollow receptacle,
each 1-2-ovuled, in fruit forming 1-seeded achenes,
which are completely inclosed by the fleshy recep-
tacle; seeds, exalbummous, cotyledons spirally rolled.
Calycanthus, with 4-6 species, is confined to the south-
ern United States and California, Meratia has two
ries in China and Japan The family is related to
MagnohacesB and the Annonaceae in the spiral
structure of the flowers, but differs in the exalbummous
seed, the perigynous flowers arid the opposite leaves.
By some authors the family has been placed near the
Rosacea) because of the pengynous flowers, but the
spiral arrangement is not that of this latter family.
The aromatic bark, the magnolia-like flowers, and the
peculiar rose-like fruits are distinctive.
The bark of Calycanthus flondus is used in America
as a tonic under the name Carolina allspice.
All the species are in cultivation m the northern
United States as ornamental shrubs
81. Annonaceae (from the genus Annona, which is
from Mcnona, its Banda name) CUSTARD-APPLE
FAMILY Fig 23 Tiees or shrubs, with simple and en-
tire alternate leaves flowers usually bisexual, regular,
hypogynous; sepals 3; petals usually 6, commonly
valvate, rarely imbricated; stamens spirally arranged;
numerous, carpels usually numerous and separate
(united in Monodora), 1- to several-ovuled fruit berry-
like, rarely capsular, often constricted between the
seeds.
From 500-600 species in 46 genera are found
mostly in the tropical regions of Asia, Africa and Amer-
ica, the majority occurring in the Old World. Only
the genus Asimina is extra-tropical in Atlantic North
America and in Australia The family is most closely
related to the Magnohaceae, but also to the Myristi-
caceae, Memspermaceae, Calyeanthacese and Dilleni-
aceai The plan of 3 in calyx and corolla, the nu-
merous spiral stamens, the usually separate carpels, the
berry-like fruit and ruminate endosperm are dis-
tinctive There is great structural diversity m the
family
The Annonaceae is rich m useful plants. The Malayans
use the bark of several species for rheumatic pains,
and the fruit of others as a stomachic With the
flowers of Uvana they prepare an ointment to ward off
fevers European women in India formerly used the
scented flowers of this plant in hair-oil Many species
of Annona and Asimina produce edible fruit, as for
example, the sweet-sop (Annona squamosa), the sour-
sop (Annona muncata), the custard-apple (Annona
reticulata), and the northern papaw (Asimina tnloba).
A few genera are in cultivation m America, mostly
m Florida and southern California. Annona, cultivated
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
35
for the fruit; Asimma, ornamental, in the North; Arta-
botrys, climbing, ornamental, sweet-scented, used for
perfume, Duguetia, cultivated for the fruit in Florida
82 Myristicaceee (from the genus Myristica, mean-
ing an anointing medium, in reference to the fragrant
fruit). NUTMEG FAMILY. Fig 23. Trees or shrubs
leaves alternate, coriaceous, entire flowers dioscious,
regular, small, perianth of one series, the 3 parts con-
nate, 3-lobed, stamens 3-18, monadelphous, carpel 1,
superior, ovary 1 -celled, ovule 1, stigma sessile, entire
or lobed. fruit a fleshy capsule, seed with a fleshy,
lacimate aril
The family contains 1 genus and about 80 species,
of tropical distribution, principally in tropical Asia
The family is most closely related to the Annonaceue
The dioecious flowers with only one set of floral envel-
opes, and that consisting of 3 parts, the monadelphous
stamens, the 1-celled, 1-ovuled ovary and the aril are
distinctive
All parts of Mynstieacese contain a fragrant oil,
which, however, is most abundant in the fruit The
seeds of Mynstica fragrant, of the Moluccas, furnish
the well-known nutmeg, used as a condiment The
aril of the same fruit is mace The fruits of other
species are also sparingly used as condiments
Myrif>tica fiagrans is cultivated and naturalized in
the West Indies
83 Monimiaceae (from the genus Mommia, named
for the wife of Mythndates) MOMMIA FAMILY Fig 23
Trees or shrubs with aromatic glands leaves opposite
or whorled, rarely alternate' flowers usually bisexual,
regular, pengjnous, the more or less cup-shaped
receptacle conspicuous, variously formed; perianth
of 1 or 2 whorls, inconspicuous, stamens numerous,
rarely few, scattered over the inner face of the recep-
tacle, anthers often opening by uplifting vahes, caipels
numerous, all separate, also scattered over the recep-
tacular cup, ovaries 1-ovuled, style and stigma 1 for
each carpel fruit an achene or drupe, borne on the
receptacle and sessile or pedicelled, or immersed in the
fleshy often urn-shaped receptacle \\hich becomes part
of an aggregate accessory fruit and frequently com-
pletely incloses the achcncs
Contained in this family arc 31 genera and about
150 species, of tropical and subtropical distribution,
principally of the South Sea Islands and Australia:
borne, however, reach South America, Africa, and
other countries The largest genus is Siparuna, con-
taining GO species The family is related to the Caly-
canthacea?, as is plainly evident in the fruit The usu-
ally enlarged receptacle, the peculiar fruit, and the
1-seeded carpels are distinctive
The Mornmiaceuc have {stimulating properties Peu-
mus leaves are used to promote digestion, like tea
and coffee The fruits of this plant are edible, as are
also those of Lauretta btmpemrens The wood of
Atherotpcrma moschalum is much sought for ship-
building, the bark is a substitute for tea
Peumus (Chilean Holdo) is advertised in California:
valuable for its timber, edible fruits, and ornamental
qualities
84 Lauracese (from the genus Laurus, the old Latin
name). LAUREL FAMILY Fig. 23 Trees or shrubs
with fend or aromatic bark leaves alternate, rarely
otherwise, sunple, punctate flowers bisexual or unisex-
ual, regular, parts of the perianth similar, usually 6, in
2 whorls; stamens in. 3-4 whorls of 3 each, pengynous
or epigynous, some often stammodial and glandular;
anthers opening by uplifting valves, ovary superior or
very rarely inferior, 1-celled, 1-ovuled, style 1, stigma
2-3-lobcd fruit a berry ; drupe, or dry, often seated on
a thickened pedicel or inclosed in a nollow receptacle
The 39 genera and about 900 species inhabit mostly
tropical regions, but extend into the temperate re-
gions Six species are found in the northeastern United
Stat'-s The largest genera are Ocotea with 200 species.
and Litsea with 100 species The family is related to
the Mommiaceai, and stands between that family and
the Thymelseacefle The undifferentiated perianth, nu-
merous stamens with uplifting valves, and 1-celled,
1 -seeded ovary are distinctive
The Lauracoae are useful on account of the aromatic
oil The leaves of laurel (Laurus nobilis) are used for
flavoring and for packing figs Cinnamon is from
the bark of Cinnnmonium ztylamcum, Cinnumomum
Ormia yields cassia cinnamon The bark of the root
of Sassafras variifolium is the sassafras of commerce
Camphor is obtained by distillation from Cinnamomum
CV/w/,Wa The fruit of Per sea yratissinui is the avo-
cado of South America, eaten by both men and
animals Many fragrant woods are obtained from
this family, as, for example anise wood (Ocotea
cymbarurn), bebeeru wood, greenheart (Nectandra
Rodxei), or clove -cassia pepper wood (DicypeLlium
raryophyllatum) so named because of the pungency of
the dust, Madeira mahogany (Persea indica), fetid till
(Ocotea fietens), sweet wood (Nectandra exaltata), and
fatinkwood (Ocotea buUata)
Among thft genera in cultivation in this country
are Benzoin (Spice Bush, Benjamin Bush, Wild All-
spice, Fever Bush), native, ornamental, Cinnamomum
or Camphora (Camphoi Tree), introduced in Florida
and California, Cinnamomum (Cinnamon, Cassia
Buds), cultivated under glass, Laurus (Sweet Bay),
ornamental, conservatory, Persea (Red Bay, Bull Bay,
Avocado), greenhouse and South, Sassafras, native
ornamental, and Umbellulana (California Laurel),
ornamental, in the South and California.
Order 35. RHGBADALES
85 Papaveraceae (from the genus Papaver, derivation
obscure) POPPY FAMILY Fig 24 Annual or perennial
herbs, or rarely shrubs, with jellow (Chehdomum),
white (Papaver), or red (Sangumaria), or rarely watery ^
(Esehscholtzia) mice leaves usually alternate, often '
crenately toothed or lobed or divided flowers bisexual,
regular, sepals 2, rarely '3, petals 4, rarely 6 or more,
rarely wanting, stamens numerous in many whorls,
h> pogynous, carpels 1 to many, connate into a 1-celled
ovary, with the parietal placentae as many as the stig-
mas, ovules 1 to man> , stvles as many as the carpels,
usually wanting, stigmas distinct, or in a radiate disk,
or lobed fruit capsular or sihquose, seed albuminous
The 23 genera and about 80 species are widely dis-
tributed in the north temperate zone, but are especially
numerous in central and eastern Asia, the Mediter-
ranean region and vvestein Noith America One species
of poppy is found in the south temperate region in
South \frica and Australia The family is closely
related to the Fumanaceie (which see), with which it is
united by many Eun>pean authors It is also related
to Cappandaceae and Crucifero? There is, on the other
hand, an affinity with the Berbcridaceae The milky
juice, numerical plan of 2 or 3 in the perianth, numerous
stamens, and 1-celled ovary with parietal placenta are
characteristic.
In Papaver, an orbicular disk crowns the ovary on
the top of which radiate the numerous stigmatic lines
The capsules open by means of small valves between
the placenta1 and underneath the disk The capsule
of Chehdomum is like a mustard fruit (sihque), in
being long and slender and the lateral walls springing
upward as valves, leaving the placentae exposed
Many of the Papaveraceae are cultivated as orna-
mental plants Some poppies are bad weeds in cul-
tivated ground in Europe Papaver sommferum, a
native of Asia, furnishes the opium of commerce,
which is obtained by incisions made in the capsules
Poppy oil is derived m France from the seeds of
Papaver sommferum Sangumaria root is used in
medicine as a sodatiV?
36
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
A score of genera are in cultivation in America, all
as garden plants Some of these are Boccoma (Plume
Poppy of eastern Asia), Chehdonmm (Celandine),
a weed from Europe; Dendromecon, shrubby, Esch-
seholtzia (California Poppy), Mecanopsis (Welsh
Poppy of western Europe), Papa ver (Poppy); Platy-
stemon (Cream Cups), Plat y stigma, Sanguinana
(Bloodroot), native, Stylophorum (Celandine Poppy),
native
86. Fumariaceee (from the genus Fumana, which is
from the Latin fumus, smoke, presumably referring to
the nitrous odor of the roots when pulled from the
ground). FUMITORY FAMILY. Fig 24. Herbaceous
plants with alternate, dissected leaves flowers bisex-
ual, regular or irregular, hypogynous; sepals 2, petals
4, free or connate, in 2 unlike pairs, outer pair larger,
either one or both petals of which are spurred or gib-
bous, the two inner crested and united over the an-
thers and stamens; anthers 6, borne on 2 filaments,
carpels 2, united; ovary 1-celled, 1- to many-seeded,
fruit a sihque, vesicular or mdehiscent, or transversely
jointed, seeds albuminous.
There are 6 genera and 130 species, mostly from the
north temperate regions The family is closely related
to the Papaveraccse with which it is often united The
Ra
24 PAI»AVERACF« 1. Papavcr, a,
Chelidomum fruit FUMARIACKE 3 Di
flower 1, corolla removed CKLCIFUMS
moved, b, floral diagram G Fruit, a,
Lunaria, d, Raphanus 7 C'r
wer, b and c, fruit 2
e out m, flower 4 Fumaria
5 Flower, a, perianth re-
Brassica, b, Lepidium, c,
ds of Cruciferse, showing
, , ,
types of embryos, a, atcumbent, b, incumbent, r, couduphcate.
CAPPAHiDACfc,jE 8 Cleome, flower
bleeding-hcart-like flower, the plan of 2, the G anthers
on 2 filaments, the 1-celled ovary, and the absence of
milky juice are distinctive
Fumana officinalis and some species of Corydahs
have been used as medicine, but the family is of little
economic importance, except for the few ornamental
species
Following are the genera best known in cultivation:
Adlumia (Allegheny Vine, Climbing Fumitory), a
graceful native garden climber; Corydahs, with 1-
spurred corolla; Dicentra (Bleeding Heart, Squirrel
Corn, Dutchman's Breeches), with 2-spurred corolla,
and Fumaria (Fumitory), with 1-spurred corolla.
87 Cruciferae (from the Latin signifying cross-
bearers, in reference to the cross-like appearance pro-
duced by the four petals) MUSTARD FAMILY Fig 24
Herbs, rarely shrubby leaves usually alternate, simple,
often varying from entire to palmate or pinnatifid
within the same genus flowers bisexual, regular, se-
pals 4; petals 4, larely wanting, stamens 6, 4 long and
2 shorter (tetradynamous), rarely fewer, very rarely
more, hypogynous, carpels 2, united, ovary superior,
2-, rarely 1-, celled with 2 parietal placentae at the
edges of the septum fruit a silique (long;, or a silicic
(short), rarely mdehiscent, seeds exalbuminous; the
embryo variously curved and folded
In the family are 208 geneia and 1,600 species, dis-
tributed throughout the cold and temperate parts
of both hemispheres, but especially abundant around
the Mediterranean Sea, a few are tropical The Crueif-
era) are closely related to the Cappandaeeip, Papavor-
aceic, and Fumaiiacea* The 4 sepals, 4 petals, (> sta-
mens (4 long and 2 short), and the peculiar fruit are
distinctive
The 6 stamens probably represent a reduction from
2 sets of 4 each In Lepidium and other genera, there
may be only 2 stamens The septum of the fruit re-
mains upon the plant when the seeds and valves full
The sihcles are often flattened, either perpendicular or
parallel to the partition (in different genera) The
embryos in the seed are folded so that the hypocotyl
(radicle) and cotyledons lie side by side Distinct pat-
terns are thus produced which are so constant as to be
of great \alue in the classification within the family
Three principal types are reeogm/ed cotyledons ae-
cumbent, when the edges of the cotyledons are applied
to the hypocotyl, incumbent, when the back of one
cotyledon is applied to the hypocotyl; and conduphc-
ate. when the cotyledons themsehes are also folded
and enwrap the hypocotyl. In Leavenworthia, alone,
the embryo is straight
The flower of Crueiferse is of little value in classi-
fication within the family; the important characters
are in connection with the fruit and seeds.
Many have become well-known weeds as, for exam-
ple, charlock (Brassica am-mis), shepherd's purse
(Capstlla Bursa-pastons), pepper grass (Lepidium),
spring mustard (Barbarea), wild radish (Raphanus
Raphamstrum). Many others are among the well-
known old-fashioned ornamental plants of the garden,
eg, rocket (Het,pens matronali*), stock or gilh-
flower (Matthiola), wallflower (Cheiranthus), honesty
(Lunaria) with large orbicular flat pods, candytuft
(Iberis), sweet alyssum (Alyssum) Others are used as
food, of which Brassica oleracea, a very variable species,
is the most important, furnishing cabbage, cauliflower,
kohlrabi and Kale. Brassica campcstn? furnishes the
various forms of rutabaga Brassica alba furnishes
white mustard, and Brassica myra, black mustard
Railicuta N a^turtium-aqualicum is water-cress; Radi-
cula Armoracia is horse-radish The rootstocks of
Dentana are eaten in America under the name "crinkle
root" Raphanus sativus is the garden radish; Lepid-
ium sativum is garden cress The various organs of
most Cruciferae contain an oily substance which is
very pungent to the taste and which gives the peculiar
flavor to the various cresses This oil is abundant in
the seeds from which it is extracted (oil of mustard).
The foliage of the various maritime Cruciferae have
been found a useful article of diet in counteracting
scurvy, for which reason the arctic Cochleana is called
"scurvy-grass " The leaves of the woad of western
Europe (I satis tinctoria) yield a blue dye Anastatica
Hierochuntica is the original "rose of Jericho," the
branches of which close and open when alternately
dried and wetted. (See article on Resurrection Plants )
88. Capparidaceae (from the genus Cappans, the
Greek name, from the Arabic kapar, capers). CAPER
FAMILY. Fig 24. Herbs or rarely shrubs, flowers bisex-
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
37
ual, more or less irregular, sepals 3-8, usually 4; petals
4-8, rarely 0, hypogynous or pengynous, disk ring-like
or scale-like or tubular at the base of the petals, sta-
mens 6, rarely 4 or many, carpels 2 or more, ovary
1- to several-celled, usually raised on an outgrowth
(gynophore) of the pedicel-like axis, which may become
much elongated in fruit, ovules numerous, style 1 orO;
stigmas 1 to several fruit a capsule, silique, berry or
drupe, embryo usually coiled.
Thirty-four genera and about 350 species occur,
mostly of tropical and subtropical distribution Thej'
extend to Australia, the African deserts and into the
western and eastern United Slates The family is very
closely related to the Cruciferae and certain forms are
difficult to distinguish from that family The non-
tetradynamous stamens, and commonly 1-cellcd ovary
are distinctive The gynophore is often very long,
slender and conspicuous, and sometimes (Cynandrop-
sis) carries up the stamens along with the pistil The
detailed variation in the flower is very intricate
Several genera are cultivated as ornamental plants
The acrid oil in the fruit is stimulating, as in the Cruci-
feraj, and for this reason sevoial genera have been used
in medicine (Cleome, Polamsia, Cappans, etc) Cap-
pans spnwsa of the Mediterranean region furnishes the
capers of commerce, which are flower-buds preserved
in salt and vinegar
As garden plants, a few genera are in the American
trade Cleome (Bee or Spider Plant), ornamental,
Gynandropsis, ornamental, Cappaiis (Caper Plant),
shrubby, grown in this country for ornament as well as
for food, and Cratava, shrubby, grown in southern
California
89. Resedaceae (from the genus /fcWa which is from
the Latin, to calm, in allusion to supposed quieting
properties) MKJNONFTTL FAMILY Horbs or shrubs:
leaves usually alternate flowers mostlv bisexual, more
or less irregular, cal\\ persistent, 4-8-parted, irregu-
lar, petals 0-8, alternating with the sepals, stamens
3-40, inserted within an irregular fleshy disk, carpels
2-b, free, or united into a 1-celled ovary which is often
imperfectly closed at the top, placenta 2-0, parietal;
ovules manv, st>les or sessile stigmas 3-6 fruit usually
a dehiscent capsule, rarely a berry, or composed of
separate follicles; seeds remform, without endosperm;
embryo curved
About 15 species and 6 genera occur, mainly dis-
tributed about the Meditenanean Sea This family is
allied to the Crucifera* and Cappandaeese, from which
it differs principally in general character The extra-
fitammal disk, the numerous stamens, the 1-celled
ovaiv or ovaiies with parietal placenta?, and the usually
gaping summit of the ovary aie distinctive
Reseda Lutcola (Dyei's weed) jields a yellow dye
which was formerly much used R odorata (mignon-
ette), a plant cultivated since early times, and whose
origin was long considered unknown, although probably
Egyptian, is extensively cultivated for the fragrance of
its flowers
90 Mormgacese (from the genus Monnga^ derived
from the Malabar name of the plant) MOKINGA
FAMILY Trees, with 2-3-pmnate alternate leaves:
flowers bisexual, irregular, pengjnous, sepals 5,
imbricated, petals 5, imbricated, unequal, lower
reflexed, stamens 8-10, separate or united at the base,
alternate ones shorter or reduced to stammodia; sub-
ovarian disk present, lining the cup; ovary borne on a
gynophore, 1-celled, placentae 3, ovules numerous,
style 1. fruit a silique-hke capsule
There is but one genus, containing 3 species, natives
of northeastern Africa and India The family is dis-
tinct, not related closely to any other, perhaps dis-
tantly related to the Bignoniaceie, the Cappandaceae.
the Violacese, or the Legummoseae Provisionally placed
by Engler and Prantl between the Poppy group of
families and the Rose group.
Monnga arabica of Arabia (ben-nut) yields a useful
oil which does not become rancid The root of one
species is used in intermittent fevers. A tragaranth-
hke gum exudes from the bark of M oleifera.
M oleifera (horse-radish tree) is grown sparingly
in the southern United States. The fruits and the
roots are edible.
Order 36 SARRACENIALES
91 Sarraceniaceee (from the genus Sarracema. in
honor of Dr Sarracin, an early physician of Quebec,
who sent the northern species to Kurope). PrrrnER-
PLANT FAMILY Fig 25 Perennial herbs inhabiting
bogs leaves all basal, tubular scapes 1-flowered, flow-
ers bisexual, regular, sepals 4-5, imbricated, petals 5,
hypogynous, or 0, stamens many but not apparently
either cyclic or spiral, ovary superior, 3-5-, rarely 6-,
celled, ovules numerous, style 1, stigmas 1-5 fruit a
capsule
The Sarracemacesp has 3 genera and 8 species, of
which 6 belong to the genus Sarracema, all American.
Hchamphora is in British Guiana, Darhngtonia in
California, and Sarracema in Atlantic North America
from Newfoundland to Florida The family is most
closely related to the Droseraceap and Nepenthaceae,
but also to the Papaveracejp and Nymphjcacesc
The Sarraeeniacea* are far-famed as insectivorous
plants The pitchers are partly filled with a liquid con-
taining a digestive enzjme Small insects which fall
into the liquid, or are attracted by a sugary secretion,
and are unable to escape because of various devices,
are at length digested and absorbed Like the sun-
25 SAURACENHCEE 1 Sarracema, a, flower, b, leaves NBPEN-
THA(.K« 2 Nepenthes, a, fomalr flower, b, leaf DROSERACEA
3 Drowra, a, flower, 6, floral diagram , c, leaf 4 Dionaea, leaf 5
Aldrovanda, leaf
dews, these plants can inhabit soils poor in nitrates.
The remarkable umbrella-shaped style, and fiddle-
shaped petals of Sarracema are part of a very interest-
ing mechanism for cross-pollination
The family is of little economic importance. The
rhizome of Sarracema purpurea wras used in Canada as
a specific against smallpox, but did not prove of value.
Darhngtonia calif arnica and species of Sarracema
are in the trade because of their peculiar habits and
structure, and their botanical interest. They are grown
mainly in the greenhouse.
38
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
92. Nepenthaceee (from the genus Nepenthes, de-
rived from the Greek signifying a magic potion, prob-
ably in reference to the pitchers) NEPENTHES FAMILY.
Fig. 25 Slightly woody or herbaceous plants, leaves
alternate, consisting of a winged basal portion, a slender
stalk-like intermediate portion, and a terminal urn-
shaped pitcher with a rolling fluted border and a lid,
the pitcher containing a watery fluid flowers dioecious,
paniculate, regular, perianth of 4 parts, possibly 2
sepals and 2 petals, imbricated, stamens 4-10, mona-
delphous, ovarv superior, 3-4-celled, ovules numerous
in each oell, fatigma sessile, discoid fruit a capsule
A single genus with about 40 species occurs m the
East Indies, Madagascar, the Seychelle Islands, and
New Caledonia. Borneo has the gieatest number of
species The family is related to the Sairaeemacea; and
Droseraceae, although formerly considered related to
the AnstolochiacofT The habit, the undiffcrcntmted
perianth, the monadelphous stamens, and the 3-4-celled
ovary, are distinctive A remarkable family of insectiv-
orous plants. Along with the water secreted m the
cavity of the pitcher is a pepsin-like substance, by the
aid of which insects are digested, the dissolved material
being later absorbed The slender part of the leaf
in some species coils and serves as a tendril by means
of which the plant climbs.
3b
4b A
26 CR\88UL\CE,E 1 Sedurn, flower SAXiKRAGAGb/E 2
Saxifrnga, flower 3 Ribes, a, floral diagram, b, flower 4 Par-
nassia, a, floral diagram, 6, flower CEPHALOTACE^E. 5 Cephalo-
tus, leaves
In American greenhouses, many kinds of Nepenthes
(Pitcher Plants), some of hybrid origin, are cultivated
because of their curious habit
93 Droseraceae (from the genus Drosera, derived
from the Greek, meaning dewy) SUNDEW FAMILY. Fig.
25 Very glandular herbs or sub-shrubs with alternate
leaves flowers bisexual, regular, hypogyrious, rarely
pengynous, sepals 4-5, imbricated, petals 5, imbri-
cated; stamens in 1 or more whorls of 5; carpels 2-5;
ovary superior, 1-3-celled. fruit a capsule with nu-
merous seeds
The 6 genera and about 100 species, 90 species of
which belong to the genus Drosera, arc widely scat-
tered over the earth. The family is related m floral
structure to the Cistacece and Violaceae, and to the
Saxifragacese.
The Droseracese are noted as insectivorous plants.
Drosera has a rosette of small basal leaves covered
with sensitive motile tentacles that secrete a terminal
drop of clear sticky fluid, the so-called dew, in which
small insects are caught as on sticky fly-paper A
digestive substance is then secreted and the organic
matter absorbed. The leaves of Dionaea (the famous
Venus' fly-trap of Carolina; have a conduplicate ter-
minal lobe which closes violently when a fly alights upon
the upper (inner) surface A marginal fringe prevents
the escape of the insect; and it is in tune digested
Aldrovanda of South Europe hah tiny traps similar
to those of Dionaea, but the whole plant is aquatic, and
resembles Utriculana
Drosophyllum and Rorulula arc said to be used in
Portugal and the Cape for the practical capture of
flies in the house The leaves of some Droserae yield
a purple dye. The liquids known as aqua-aim and
rosogho (Italian) contain Drosera rotumhfolia as an
essential ingredient.
Drosera and Djomea arc in the American trade,
mostly grown as greenhouse curiosities.
Order 37. RO^ALES
94 Crassulaceee (from the genus Crass w/a, diminu-
tive of cra&sus, meaning thick) ORPINE FAMILY Fig.
20 Herbs or .sub-shrubs leaves mostly alternate, com-
monly fleshy flowers mostly bisexual, regular, sepals
5, rarelv 3-30, imbricated, petals as many, rarely con-
nate, stamens as many or twice as many as the petals,
epipetalous or hypogjnous, rarely pengynous, separate,
caipels as many as the petals, separate with a scale
at the base of each, ovules numerous, rarely few or
one fruit a gioup of follicles, rarely the carpels some-
what united and ovary half-mfenoi
Thirteen genera and about 500 species inhabit the
drier parts of the earth, but principally South
Afuca and South Europe The genus Sedum contains
140 species, and Crassula 120 spe< ies This is a very
definite familv, but closely related to the Sa\ifragace,c,
from which it differs in the regular numerical plan,
almost constantly separate ovaries, and predominat-
ingly fleshy habit
The Crassulaceic are well adapted to a dry climate
The fleshy leaves are provided with water-storage
tissue and a thick cuticle, and are often odd in shape
and appearance These leaves lose water very slowly
when separated from the plant, and will often remain
fresh for weeks \\hen pinned to the wall, the leaf of
Bryophyllum sends forth plant lets from the margin,
and the stem of live-forever may grow and flower, so
efficient is the protection against loss of water aiToided
by the cuticle These plants, likewise, will grow for
weeks or months in the collector's press
The herbage contains much tannin and sometimes
acid A refreshing dunk has been made from Semper-
invum tectorum (houseleek) The fleshy leaves of the
Crassulacese are cooling to wounds and burns Sedum
Tdephium was formerly cultivated as a pot-herb
Other species have been used for neaily similar pur-
poses
Several genera are in cultivation in America Of
these, Scmpervivum is the well-known Houseleek or
Old-hen-ana-chickens, Cotyledon is somewhat similar
m growth, Scdum acie is Moss Stonecrop, and Sedum
tnphyllum (X Telepfnum) is Live-forever, or Orpine.
95 Cephalotaceae (from the genus Celphalotus, derived
from the Greek meaning headed, said to refer to the
capitate hairs at the base of the flower) CEPHALOTTH
FAMILY Fig 26 Perennial scapose herbs leaves of 2
kinds in a basal rosette, one lanceolate and ordinary,
the other a petioled pitcher with winged sides, fluted
mouth and a lid . flowers bisexual, regular, pengynous,
perianth of 6 parts, apparently in one series, valvate.
stamens 12, in 2 whorls, carpels 6, separate, arranged
around the woody apex of the axis; 1-2 basal ovules m
each: fruit dry, somewhat inflated.
The family consists of but 1 genus and 1 species
(Cephalotiis folhculans) , found in the swamps of King
George's Sound, West Australia This family is related
to the Saxifragacece, and was formerly united with that
family, but differs in the peculiar habit, the wholly
separate carpels arranged around the apex of the axis,
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
39
and the basal seeds, related also to the Crassulaeejc,
but lacks the hypogynous scales and has basal seeds
This remarkable little insectivorous plant is culti-
vated in greenhouses as a curiosity.
96 Saxifragaceae (from the genus Saxifraga, derived
from the Latin signifying to break rocks, in allusion
to the habit of growing in the clefts of rocks). SAXI-
FRAGE FAMILY Fig 2G. Herbs, shrubs, or small trees
leaves alternate, rarely opposite flowers bisexual, usu-
ally regular, hypogynous or pengynous, rarely epigyn-
ous, sepals 4-5, rarely more or fewer; petals usually of
the same number, valvate or imbricated, inserted with
the stamens at the edge of a receptacular nectariferous
disk, stamens of the same number as the petals and
alternate with them, or twice as many and the outer
opposite the petals, carpels 2, rarely 5, partly united,
rarely separate, superior or half inferior, ovules nu-
merous, styles and stigmas as many as the carpels fruit
a capsule or berry
There are about 70 genera and home 700 species,
widely distributed but more abundant in temperate
regions Many reach the arctics Some are fossil
Saxifraga is the largest genus, with 200 species in the
north temperate, arctic and Andean regions. Ribea
has oO species The family is closely related to the
Rosaceap, differing in the more abundant endosperm
and constantly few carpels and few stamens, related
also to the Crassulacea1, which has a regular numerical
plan and hypogynous scales; and to the Cunomaceie
and Hamamphdarea?
The ovaries of Ribes, Philadelphia, Chrysosplemum,
Deutzia, Hydrangea, and some Saxifragas, and a few
other genera are almost wholly inferior Parnahsia has
stammocha in clusters at the base of each petal The
fruit of Ribes is a berry Some Heucheras have irregu-
lar flo\\ers, also some Saxifragax, .some Hydrangeas
and Tolmieas The peripheral flowers of Hydrangea
often have enlarged corollas and are sterile Water-
glands in the axils of the foliar teeth of some Saxifragas
secrete a deposit of lime.
The rough leaves of Deutzia scabra are used in Japan
to polish \\ood The fruits of several species of Ribes
are edible, R vulgare yields the red currant, R.
Grobsulana, the English gooseberry, and also native
goosebenies, R mqrum, the black currant Otherwise
the family is of economic importance only for its
ornamental species, which are numerous and largely
hardy
Many genera are in cultivation in this country.
Among these the following well-known names mav be
noted Deutzia, Dccumana, climbing shrub, Golden
Saxifrage (Chnsosplenium), Astilbc; Hydrangea;
Mock-orange or Synnga (Philadelphia), Currants and
Gooseberries (Ribes), False Mitre\\ort or False Bish-
op's-oap or Foam-flower (Tiarella), Grass of Parnassus
(rarnassia) ; Mitrewort or Bishop's-cap (Mitella);
Alum Root or Coral Hells (Heuchcra); Saxifrage and
Strawberry Geranium (Saxifraga)
97 Pittosporaceae (from the genus Pittosporwn,
the name referring to the viscid coating of the seeds)
PITTOSPORTJM FAMILY Trees or shrubs, often climb-
ing- leaves alternate, mostly leathery flowers bisexual,
regular; sepals or divisions of the calyx 5, imbricated;
petals 5, imbricated in the bud, claws often conmv-
ent, or coherent, stamens 5, alternating with the petals,
hyocgynous, no disk at the base; carpels 2, rarely 3-5;
ovary 1- to several-celled, placentas parietal or axial;
style 1 ; stigmas 1 to several fruit a capsule or berry:
seeds numerous or few, unmet sod m a pulp or viscid
juice.
All the 9 genera and about 90 species are natives of
Australia, except the genus Pittosporum, which, how-
ever, is of the Old World. The laigest genus is Pittos-
porum containing 70 species The relationship of the
family is doubtful. Though in the past supposed by
different authors to be related to the Celastraceae,
Polygalaceae, Caryophyllacese, Rutaceae, Saxifragaceue,
Ericaceae, and so on, it is, according to Pax, most
closely related to the Saxifragaceae.
The Pittosporaceae all contain resinous aromatic
bitter material in organized resin-canals or chambers.
These give the fruit a disagreeable flavor. In spite of
this disagreeable taste, it is said (Lemaout and De-
came) that, ''The natives of Australia, who to ap-
pease their hunger are reduced to filling their stom-
achs with clay mixed with organic detritus, eagerly
devour the fleshy fruits of this family."
Most of the genera are in cultivation' Bellardiera;
Bursana, a spiny shrub; Hymenosporum, a shrub with
yellow flowers, Pittosporum (Pittosporum, Karo. Taw-
hiwhi, Tarata, Tobira), evergreen, fragrant shrubs;
Sollya (Australian Bluebell Creeper).
98 Cunoniaceae (from the genus Cunonia, named
after John Christian Cuno, an Amsterdam botanist of
the 18th century) CUNONIA FAMILY. Fig 27 Trees
or shrubs: leaves opposite or whorled, simple, ternate
or pinnate: flowers small, densely crowded, usually
bisexual, hypogynous, sepals 4-5, rarely 6, usually val-
vate, petals 4-5, small, usually wanting; stamens twice
as many as the sepals, rarely just as many or more nu-
27. CUNONIACEE 1 Cunonia, a, flower, b, floral diagram
BRUMACE^B 2 Brunia, a, flower branch, b, flower HAMAMFLIDACEE
3 Hamamehs, a, flower, b, floral diagram, c, fruit 4 Liquidam-
bar, fruit
merous, exsertcd, attached near the edge of an intra-
stammal disk, ovary mostly 2-celled, superior; ovules
numerous, rarely few, styles 1-2; stigmas 2. fruit
usually a capsule, rarely a drupe or nut.
Nineteen genera and 120 species are known, 70 spe-
cies of which belong to Wemmannia; all of South
America or the Australian region, except one in South
Africa.
The family is closely related to the Saxifragaceae,
with which it was formerly united, but because of the
uniform floral structure and the position of the leaves,
as well as the geographical distribution, it is now
treated as distinct.
The wood of some species is useful; otherwise the
Cunoniaceae are of little economic importance Acro-
phyllum venosum, an Australian evergreen shrub, is
cultivated in greenhouses
99. Bruniaceae (from the genus Brunia, named in
honor of Cornelius Brun, a traveler in the East).
BRUNIA FAMILY Fig 27. Heath-like shrubs- leaves
alternate* flowers bisexual, regular, epigynous; sepals
4-5, imbricated, petals 4-5, imbricated, stamens 4-5,
40
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
alternating with the petals, free or united with the
petals, or with each other, rarely an mtrastammal disk
present; ovary inferior, 1-3-celled; ovules 1-2 in each
cell: fruit dry, mdehiscent, or capsular.
Twelve genera and about 50 species occur, all natives
of South Africa. The family is related to various fami-
lies of the Saxifrage group, as for instance, the Hama-
mehdacese, but is distinct because of its heath-like
habit The flowers are mostly in dense heads
The family is of no economic importance. One
species of Audouima (A cajntata) is said to be some-
times in cultivation as Diosma capitata
100 Hamamehdaceee (from the genus Hamamelis,
an ancient Greek name applied to some tree). WITCH-
HAZEL FAMILY Fig 27 Trees or shrubs leaves simple,
alternate, flowers unisexual or bisexual, hypogynous,
pengynous or epigynous; sepals 4-5; petals 4-5, or 0;
stamens 4-5, rarely more, sub-ovarian disk rare, ovary
2-celled; ovules 1 or several in each cell, fruit a woody,
2-valved capsule, with a separating inner layer of dif-
ferent texture, seeds often winged
Twenty .genera and 50 species are known, widely
distributed in subtropical or warm temperate regions
of both hemispheres It is an ancient family more
abundant in former ages, related to the Saxifragacese,
and by some considered related to the Cornaceae or
Araliaceae. Many fossil species are known The peculiar
fruit is distinctive
In some genera, as in Hamamelis, the seeds are
forcibly expelled when the fruit opens, often to a dis-
tance of 10 feet or more, much as wet apple seeds may
be shot from between the thumb and finger.
The family is of little economic importance Extract
of the bark of Hamamelis is used as a liniment
(witch-hazel) The twigs are supposed to have super-
normal properties, especially m the detection of water
in the earth They are frequently used in rural difctricts
in the attempt to detect underground springs. Liquid-
ambar Slyraciflua (sweet gum), of the southern
United States, yields a balsam The oriental balsam,
Styrax, is obtained from the eastern L. onentahs. This
was formerly used in medicine.
Perhaps half the genera are in cultivation, all for
ornamental purposes Of these, Fothergilla, Corylopsis
Hamamelis, and Liquidambar are the best known.
Most of the species are hardy
101 Platanacea; (from the genus Platanus, the ancient
name of the tree, signifying broad) PLANE-TREE FAM-
ILY Fig 28 Trees with alternate, broad, palmately
veined leaves, flowers m dense heads, monoecious, regu-
lar, pengynous, sepals usually 3-8, separate, thick, often
with bracts at the base, petals of the same number,
glabrous, stamens of like number alternating with the
petals, connective peltate at the top; extra stammodia
often present; carpels several, distinct, 1-seeded.
fruit a caryopsis, angled from pressure, and truncate
at top, surrounded by long hairs at the base; seed
orthotropous.
A single genus and about 6 species are distributed in
southern Europe, southern Asia, and in North America.
The family is related to the Saxifragacese and Hama-
melidacea; The polypetalous pengynous flower,
with as many stamens as petals, the separate carpels,
and especially the peculiar inflorescence and leaf, are
distinctive Fossil species are known
The wood of Platanus is similar to maple and of
value, but the most important use is for ornament Two
species of Platanus (Plane-Tree, Buttonwood, Button
Ball, Oriental Plane, Sycamore) are in cultivation in
America.
102 Rosaceae (from the genus Rosa, the ancient name
of the rose) ROSE FAMILY. Fig 28. Herbs, shrubs, or
trees, often thorny, sometimes climbing leaves alter-
nate, rarely opposite flowers bisexual, rarely unisexual,
usually regular, pengynous; calyx of 4-5 imbricated
or valvate sepals; corolla of as many imbricated petals,
or 0; stamens 5 to many, in whorls of 5, borne on the
cup of the receptacle at some distance from the carpels;
cup lined with a glandulai disk; carpels 1 to many,
separate and supenor or united and inferior, ovaries
1 to several-ovuled; styles as many as the carpels, fruit
a follicle, achene, drupe, pome, or hip: seeds usually
exalbummous
There are about 90 genera and 1,500 species, widely
distributed in all parts of the world, most abundant,
perhaps, in the temperate regions The largest genera
are Rubus, 180-200 species, Potentilla, 200 species;
and Rosa, 100 species. The family is related to the
Saxifragaceae ana the Legummosjc, also to the Caly-
canthacesc The pengynous flower with cup lined by
the glandular disk, the numerous cyclic stamens, and
10
28 PLATANACE*:' 1 Platanus, a, flower, 6, floral diagram
ROSACES 2 Fragana, a, flower, 6, fruit 3 Geum, fruit 4
Rosa, o, floral diagram, 6, fruit 5 Spiraea, fruit 6 Prunus, a,
flower, 6, fruit, 7. Pyrus, a, flower, 6, fruit LEGUMINOS^E 8.
Pisum, a, flower, b, flower, petals removed, c, fruit 9 Des-
modium, fruit 10. Cassia, flower. 11. Acacia, flower
the separate, usually cyclic, carpels, are distinctive.
The Ranunculacete is similar, but acyclic and hy-
pogynous.
The family is divided into 6 very distinct sub-
families, some of which, by certain authors, are con-
sidered of family rank, as follows: I Fruit folhcular.
e g , Spiraea, Physocarpus. Aruncus, Sorbana, and
so on II Ovary compound, inferior: fruit fleshy, e g.,
Pyrus, Crataogus, Cotoneaster, Cydonia, Amelanchier,
Mespilus, and the like III Fruit of achenes or
separate drupelets, eg , Rubus, Fragana, Potentilla,
Geum, Cercocarpus, Ulmana, Alchemilla, Agnmonia.
Sanguisorba, and Rosa. IV Carpels connate, ana
adnate to the hollow, but dry, receptacle, e g , Neurada
and Grielum. V. Carpel 1, superior: fruit a drupe:
style terminal, e g., Prunus. VI. Same as the last, but
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
41
tyle basal and flowers often irregular, e.g , Chryso-
lalanus.
The fruitlets of Rubus have a fleshy ovarian wall and
xe drupelets The strawberry has a fleshy receptacle
vith dry achenes scattered upon it. The rose fruit
:onsists of a hollow, fleshy receptacle bearing achenes on
ts inner face, that of Pyrus is similar, but the recep-
acle and carpels have grown together into one struc-
ure. The peach, cherry, and plum are each the pro-
luct of one superior carpel.
The following plants are cultivated for their fruits,
ipple, pear, quince, cherry, plum, apricot, peach,
Jmond, raspberry, blackberry, strawbeiry, arid medlar
These fruits are eaten fresh, preserved in sugar, or
ermented into vinegar or eider Rose fruits are also
Deserved, and the fruits of mountain ash are used for
naking a spirituous drink The petals of Rosa damn-
\cena and R. galhca are macerated with oil of sesame to
orm attar of roses The petals themselves yield
)il of rose, from which rose-water is made. Many species
mve been used in medicine, e g , rose, the seeds of which
ire vermifugal Quince seeds contain mucilage and
ire emolhent The conserve of rose is astringent
\gnmony is nephritic, and is also used for pulmonary
Catarrh and angina Alehemilla is astringent and A ul-
lerary. The root of Fragana is diuretic and astringent
Flowers of llagenw abywnica are a famous remedy
or tapeworm Flowers of Ulmana are used to give a
xwquet to wine, also as a sudorific and cordial The
jark of Prunutt t>erotina (wild cherry bark) is tonic and
jectoral. The bark of Quillajn Saponana (soap-bark
^ree) of Chile, is a stimulant, diuretic and irritant, con-
tains sapomn, and is used for washing delicate fabrics
Griimmy exudations from the bark of cherry are some-
Limes used in medicine Sanguisorba has been used for
Forage, and as a condiment The seeds of many species of
Primus and others yield oil in quantity
Fifty or sixty genera are cultivated in America.
Among these are Agnmonia (Agrimony), Alehemilla
(Lady s Mantle), Amelanchier (Shadbubh, Juneberry,
Service-berry), Aroma (Chokc-berrv) , Aruncus, Ccrco-
c-arpus; Chrysobalanus (Cocoa Plum), Comarum
(Marsh Cmquefoil); Cotoneaster, Crataegus (Haw-
thorn, Scarlet Thorn, Washington Thorn); Enobot-
rva (Loquat, Japan Plum), Exochorda (Pearl Bush),
Fragana (Strawberry), Geum (Avens), Gillema or Por-
teranthus (American Ipecac; Bowman's Root), llolo-
discus or Schizonotus, Kerna (Globe-flower, Japanese
Rose) ; Margynearpus (Pearl Fruit), Mespilus (Medlar,
Mespil); Ncviusiii, (Snow VNreath), Photima (Toyon,
Tollon); Ph)soearpus (Nmebark), Potent ilia (Cinque-
foil, Five-finger, Silver-weed) , Pyracantha, Pyrus (Pear,
Apple, Crab), Quillaja (Soap-bark Tree); Raphiolepis
(Indian Hawthorn), Rosa (Rose, Eglantine, Sweet-
brier); Rubus (Bramble, Blackberry, Raspberry, Cloud-
berry, Baked-apple Berry, Yellow Berry, Salmonberry,
Wineberry, Blackcap, Thimbleberry, Dewberry); San-
guisorba (Burret); Sorbana; Sorbus, (Mountain Ash,
Rowan Tree, Dogberry, Service Tree, W7hite Beam-
tree); Spiraea (Queen of the Meadows, Meadowsweet,
Hardback, Steeple-bush, Bridal Wreath); Ulmaria
(Meadowsweet, Queen -of -the -Prairie, Queen-of-the-
Meadows); Waldstemia (Barren Strawberry, Yellow
Strawberry).
103. Le^uminosae (from legume, the name of the
type of fruit characteristic of this family) PEA FAMILY.
Fig 28. Herbs, shrubs, or trees, often twining leaves
alternate, compound, rarely simple* flowers regular or
irregular, usually bisexual, hypogynous or pcngynous,
fundamentally polypetalous; sepals 5, more or less con-
nate, often unequal ; petals 5, rarely fewer, nearly equal, or
unequal, or more commonly papilionaceous (i. e , 1 dor-
sal standard, 2 lateral cleaver-shaped wings, and 2 ven-
tral, more or less connate, petals forming the keel);
stamens 10 or very numerous, rarely 5, included or
exserted, often inserted around a glandular disk, mona-
delphous, 9 united and 1 separate, or all separate; car-
pel 1, rarely 2-15, superior; ovary 1-celled, inequilat-
eral, the single parietal placenta ventral but turned
dorsally, ovules 1 to many fruit a legume, or, by re-
duction, mdehiscent, or folhcular, or fleshy, often
jointed between the seeds, and sometimes filled with
pulp, seeds exalburnmous
Lcguminosae contains 429 genera and about 7,000
species, distributed over the whole earth, but most
abundant in the tropics. This family and the Orchida-
cese are, next to the Composite, the largest families
of flowering plants The large genera winch contain
100 or more species arc Astragalus, 1,200 species,
Acacia, 450 sp , Cassia, 380 sp , Mimosa, 300 sp , Cro-
tolana. 250 sp , Indigofera, 250 sp.; Trifohum, 250 sp ,
Bauhima, 150 sp ; Aspalanthus, 150 sp ; Oxytropus,
150 sp ; Desmodmm, 150 sp , Inga, 140 sp ; Tephrosia,
120 sp , Vicia, 120 sp , Pithecolobium, 110 sp , Lupi-
IHLS, 100 sp , Psoralea, 100 sp , Dalea, 100 sp , Lathy-
ru,s, 100 sp , Rhynchosia, 100 sp ; and Phaseolus, 100
sp Taken in the broad sense, the family is a very nat-
ural one, the nearest relatives being the Chrysobalanus
section of the Rosarex The most constant distin-
guishing character is the leguminous type of fruit
When this occasionally var'es, the papilionaceous
corolla, or the general Mimosa type of flower, is distinc-
tive Except in the fruit, the family is very diverse,
and the following sub-families have often been treated
as distinct families
Sub-family I Mimosa — Flowers regular; corolla
valvate, stamens 5-10, or very numerous, exserted.
e g , Pithecolobium, Albizzia, Mimosa, and Acacia
Sub-family II Ca;salpinir — Flowers irregular, not
papilionaceous, stamens 10 or fewer, not conspicuously
exserted, corolla imbricated e g , Copaiba, Tamarmdus,
Cercis, Bauhmia, Cassia, Gleditsia, Gymnocladus,
Csrsalpmia, and the like
Sub-family III Papihonateae — Corolla papiliona-
ceous, imbricated; stamens 5-10, included e g , Pisum,
Lathyrus, Robinia, Vicia, Phaseolus, and so forth
The leaves of many Ixjgurnmosap are motile Mimosa
pudica, Cassia nictitant*, and others, are sensitive to
touch, the leaflets, and often the leaves, q"uickly drooping
when disturbed A great number show sleep movement,
the leaflets drooping at nightfall The motile organ is
the pulvmus at the base of the leaflet or leaf The lat-
eral leaflets of De^modium gyrans are rhythmically and
spontaneously motile The pollination of the papiliona-
ceous flowers is complicated and interesting (See Kerner
and Oliver's "Natural History of Plants ") The legumes
of Desmodmm separate into 1-secded joints which are
covered with hooked hairs, and, therefore, bur-like
The roots of the Legummosac commonly bear tubercles
containing nitrogen-fixing organisms, the product of
which is uset1 by the plant
The economic plants are almost innumerable. The
following are the most important.
Plants used for food' Detanum senegalense of Sene-
gambia, edible drupe, Castanospermum australe (Aus-
tralian chestnut), Dolichos Lablab (black bean),
Phaseolus vidgans (bean), Cicer anetmum (chick pea),
Pitum satwum (pea), Ervum Lens (lentil) and Lupinus
sps , all have edible seeds, Apios tubercsa, Psoralea
hypogxa, and P. escidenla, edible tubers; A rachis hypo-
gsea (peanut), and Voandzeia sithterranea, subterranean
seeds; Lathyrus tuber osa, sugary tubers, much used
before potatoes were known; and Cytisus scopanus,
buds used as capers.
Plants used as forage: Ceratonia Siliqua (St. John's
bread), Onobrychis saliva (sainfoin), Vicia sativa
(vetch), Medicago sativa (alfalfa), Medicago lupulma
(medick), Tnfohum species (clover), Glycine hispida
(soy bean), Vigiia Catjang (cowpea), Lotus corni-
culatw, Lupinus sps , Anthylhs Vulnerana, Hedy-
sarum coronanum, Urmthopua safavus, Pisum nativum^
Ulex europseus
42
A SYNUFS1S OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Plants used for medicine: Acacia Senegal (gum aca-
cia); A Catechu (catechu), astringent, tonic; Swartzia
tomentosa, sudorific; Copaiba Langdorfu (balsam of
Copaiba), of Brazil, for catarrh, Cassia sps , Orient,
India, etc., leaves purgative; Tamanndus indica
(tamarind), pulpy pods used; Sophora tomentosa,
India, seeds arrest choleric vomiting, Toluifcra Balsa-
mum (balsam of Tolu), South America, bronchial;
Andira sps , tropical America, emetic, purge, narcotic,
vermifuge; Ptcrocarpus Draco (dragon s blood), West
Indies, astringent; P. Marsupium (gum kino), Butea
frondosa (eastern kmo), Asia, Mucuna prunens (cow-
itch or cowage), India, stinging hairs on pod, anthel-
mintic, Astragalus gummifer (gum tragacanth), of the
Onent; Colutea arborescent (bladder senna), purgative,
emetic; Glycyrrhiza glabra, (licorice), Europe, emol-
lient, Genista tinctoria, purgative; Cytisus scopanus.
diuretic, Trigonella Fcenum - grxturn (fenugreek), Old
World, food, condiment, horse-remedy, and so on;
Anagyris fwtida (stinking wood), purgative and poi-
sonous, Physostigma venosum (calabar bean), sedative,
contracts the , pupil, poisonous; Astragalus sps , and
Crotalana sps are loco- weeds, and poisonous to cattle;
arrow-poisons are furnished by ErythrophloKim,
Afceha, and Pithecolobmm Fifteen genera furnish
fish-poison
Dye -stuffs Cxsalpinw echinata yields brazihne;
Sophora japonica yields yellow dye, Indigofera linc-
tona yields indigo, Genista tinctona, yields a dye;
Hsematoxylon campechianum yields logwood and haema-
toxylm Pterocarpus santahnum yields red sandal-
wood, a brown dye
Other purposes Copal varnish from Hymensea sps ,
Trachylobium sps , and Copaiba sps Many species are
valuable timber trees A snuff-perfume as obtained
from seeds of Coumarouna (tonka bean) Rosewood
is from Dalbergia mgra, and other species African
rosewood is from Pterocarpus erinaceus Red seeds of
Abrus precatonus (jequinty) are used for necklaces, as
are also those of Adenanthera Pavonina (Circassian
seeds). Branches of Cytisus scopanus (broom) are used
for basket-work. Ulex europs'us (furze) is used as fire-
wood in France Many species furnish fibers for spin-
ning Oil is obtained from seeds of peanut and others.
Many are ornamental
About 150 genera are cultivated in America, or are
important to American agriculture Many of the spe-
cies are among our most valuable ornamental and
food-plants Some of these genera are Abrus (Crab's-
eye Vine, Weather Plant); Acacia (Wattle, Kangaroo
Thorn, Weeping Myall, Australian Blackwood, Mulga,
Popinac, Opopanax, Cassie, Huisache, Espmo, Cavan,
Gum Arabic Tree); Adenanthora (Red Sandalwood);
Albizzia; Alhagi (Camel's Thorn), Amphicarpaea (Hog
Peanut) ; Amorpha (Lead Plant, Bastard Indigo) , An-
thyllis (Kidney Vetch, Sand Clover, Woundwort, Jupi-
ter's Beard) ; Apios (Groundnut, Wild Bean) ; Aracms
(Peanut, Goober); Astragalus (Milk Vetch); Baptisia
(Wild Indigo), Bauhima (Mountain Ebony), Ca?sal-
pinia (Brasilleto, Barbadoes Pride, Barbadoes Flower-
fence, Dwarf Pomeiana); Canavaha (Jack Bean.
Chickasaw Lima) ; Caragana (Pea Tree) ; Cassia (Wild
Senna, Partridge Pea, Pudding Pipe Tree) ; Centrosema
(Butterfly Pea) ; Cercis (Judas Tree, Red Bud) , Chori-
zema; Cicer (Chick Pea), Cladrastis (Yellow-wood);
Chanthus (Glory Pea, Glory Vine, Parrot's Bill) ; Ch-
tona (Butterfly Pea); Colutea (Bladder Senna), Coro-
nilla (Crown Vetch. Scorpion Senna), Crotalana (Rat-
tle-Box) , Cytisus (Broom, Genista) ; Desmodium (Tick
Trefoil, Telegraph Plant); Dolichos (Hyacinth Bean,
Taukok, Black Bean), the species still much con-
fused; Erythnna (Coral Tree); Galega (Goat's Rue);
Genista (Dyer's Greenwood); Gleditsia (Honey Lo-
cust, Sweet Locust, Three-thomed Acacia); Glycine
iSoy Bean)- Glycyrrhiza (Licorice); Gymnocladus
(.Kentucky Coffee Tree); Halimodendron (Salt Tree);
Hedysarum (French Honeysuckle); Hosackia, Indigo-
fcra (Indigo); Kennedya, Laburnum (Golden Cham,
Bean Tree, Scotch Laburnum), Lathyrus (Sweet Pea,
Tangier Scarlet P , Pride of California, Everlasting P ,
Two-flowered P., Flat P, Perennial P. Lord Anson's
P , Marsh P , Sea P , Beach P , Prairie Vetchlmg, Black
P., Black Bitter Vetch, Spring Bitter Vetch), Lens
(Lentil); Lespodeza (Bush Clover, Japan Clover, lloop-
kpop), Leueajna (White Popinac); Lotus (Bird's-foot
Trefoil, Babies' Slippers, Winged Pea), Lupinus (Lu-
pine, Sundial, Deer Cabbage), Millettia (Ironwood);
Medicago (Alfalfa, Lucerne, Black or Hop Medick,
Nonesuch, Snails, Tree Alfalfa, Moon Trefoil) , Meli-
lotus (Sweet Clover), Mimosa (Sensitive Plant, Hum-
ble Plant), Mucuna (Cowitch, Cowage, Velvet Bean,
Banana Bean), Onobrychis (Sainfoin, Holy (Clover);
Ononis (Rest-Harrow, Goat Root), Parkmsoma (Jeru-
salem Thorn); Parochetus (Shamrock Pea, Blue Oxa-
hs), Potalostemon (Prairie Clover), Phaseolus (Bean,
Caracol, Snail-flower, Corkscrew Flower, Scarlet-run-
ner, Dutch Casekmfe B , Metcalfe B , Moth B , Gram,
Silva B., Civet B , Lima B , Kidney B , Bush B ); Pis-
cidia (Fish-poison Tree, Jamaica Dogwood), Pisum
(Garden Pea, Field P ), Pithecolubium, Prosopis (Mes-
quite, Screw Bean, Tormllo), Pomciana (Royal Poin-
ciana. Peacock Flower, Flomboyant), Psoralea (Scurfy
Pea, Pomme Blanche), Puorana (Kudzu Vino), Robi-
ma( Locust, False Acacia, Black Locust, Rose Acacia,
Clammy Locust), Schrankia (Sensitive Brier); Sophora
(Japan Pagoda Tree); Spartium (Spanish Broom);
Sutherlandia (Bladder Senna), Swamsona (Winter
Sweet Pea); Tamanndus (Tamarind); Templetonia
(Coral Bush); Tephrosia (Goat's Rue, Catgut, Wild
Sweet Pea, Hoary P.); Thermopsis, Tnfolium (Clover,
Alsike, Cowgrass); Trigonella (Fenugreek), Ulex
(Gorse, Whin, Furze), Vicia (Vetch, Tare, Broad Bean,
Windsor B , English Dwarf B ) ; Vigna (Cowpea, Black
Pea, China Bean), Wistaria (Chinese Wistaria, Kid-
ney-bean Tree).
Order 38. GERANIALES
104 Geraniaceae (from the genus Geranium, Crane's-
bill, from geranos, a crane, in allusion to the cranelike
beak of the fruit) GERANIUM FAMILY. Fig 29 Herbs
and shrubs, sometimes fleshy leaves opposite or alter-
nate, very diverse flowers bisexual, regular or slightly
irregular, sepals .5, imbricated, persistent; petals 5,
rarely fewer, imbricated or convolute; stamen* usually
10, rarely more, hypogynous or pengynous, the outer
set opposite the petals, some frequently antherless,
somewhat monadelphous below, often glandular at the
base, carpels 5, ovary 5 -celled, rarely 2-3-celled, 5-
lobed, prolonged into a beak termmatd by the 5 styles;
ovules 1 to many in each cell fruit rarely a capsule,
more commonly splitting into 5 beaked sections, seeds
with endosperm, straight or curved
The family has 10 genera and 360 species, widely
distributed over the whole globe The largest genera are
Pelargonium (South Africa) with 175 species, and Ge-
ranium with 160 species. Some fossil fruits of Gerani-
acese are known. The Geraniaceae are related to the
Oxalidaceae, Tropeeolaccse and Balsammacese , also to the
LinacesD and Rutaceai The 5 sepals and petals, the
10 stamens, the 5 carpels, and the more or less beaked
or lobed fruit with its peculiar dehiscence, are together
distinctive
The flower of Pelargonium is slightly irregular, with
a dorsal receptacular spur at the base of the calyx The
fruits of all but 40 Geraniaceae dehisce elastically,
throwing the seeds to a distance. The 5 carpels
split away at base, coil up violently, and remain
attached to the summit of a column which projects
from the receptacle This method of dehiscence, when
present, is characteristic of the Geramacese.
The Geramaceee are astringent, several contain
resin, and others contain free acids Several species of
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
43
Geranium have been used as remedies for wounds,
others for dysentery, and the like, some have been used
as stimulants. Erodiwm mow hat um is valued because of
a very strong odor of musk The resinous stems of Mon-
sonia (South Afnea) bum readily, and have been used
for torches The most important economic genus is
Pelargonium, cultivated for ornament The foliage of
some Pelargoniums is glandular and very fragrant
("rose geraniums") Some species of Geranium also
are ornamental The awn-like beak of Krodium fruits
have been used as hygrometers
Few genera arc in cultivation in America as orna-
mental plants Erodium (Stork 's-bill), Geranium,
(Crane's-bill), Pelargonium (so-called "Geraniums")
Several cultivated genera, formerly included in the
Geramaceac, are now placed in separate families, which
see, eg, Irnpatiens (Halsammaceie), Tropa>olum (Tro-
pajolaceic), Oxalis and Averrhoa (Oxahdacea?)
105 Oxahdaceae (from the genus Oxalic, signifying
acid, from the sour taste of the foliage) OXALIS FAM-
ILY Herbs, rarely shrubby leaves usually compound,
flowers bisexual, regular, sepals 5, persistent, imbri-
cated, petals 5, convolute or imbricated, rarely united
at the base, stamens 10 in 2 whorls, the outer set oppo-
site the petals, filaments coherent below, those of the
outer set shorter, one or both sets with external glandu-
lar appendages at the base, hypogynous, ovary superior,
5-celled, with a persistent central column (as in Ge-
ramacea*)) styles separate fruit an ordinary capsule
with each cell dorsally dehiscent, or a berry
The Oxalis family contains 7 genera and about 230
species, of which 220 belong to the genus Oxahs They
are mostly of tropical and subtropical distribution.
Oxahs occurs chiefly in South Africa and South
America The Oxahdaceae were formerly united with
the Geramaeeu', but differ in the fruit, which is a dehis-
cent capsule or a berry and does not break up into
separate carpels
The species of Oxahs are often bulbous or tuberous,
or the roots are enlarged as water-storage tissue The
leaflets usually have a sensitive cushion at the base
(pulvmus) and show sleep-movements The flowers of
many are dimorphic or tnmorphic, i e , have stamens
or styles of 2 or 3 lengths in the same species The
seeds are forcibly ejected through the dorsal suture of
the capsule by the elastic separation of the outer layer
of the testa
Oxalis contains much oxalic acid, which may be
extracted for economic purposes It is somewhat seda-
tive, and the sour taste has made some species useful
as salads The starchy roots of some South American
species are used for cattle-fodder The fruits of Aver-
rhoa are used in the tropics as a substitute for goose-
berries, which they resemble m flavor
Two genera are grown m America Averrhoa (Caram-
bola), 1 species grown for shade and fruit, and Oxahs.
106 Tropaeolaceae (from the genus Tropscolum, from
tropaion, a trophy, the leaves are shield-like, and the
flowers resemble a helmet) NA&TURTIUM FAMILY F'g
29 Diffuse or climbing succulent herbs with alternate,
peltate or lobcd leaves flowers bisexual, irregular,
spurred; sepals 5, imbricated, petals 5, imbricated,
the upper two differing in shape from the lower three;
stamens 8, separate, somewhat pengynous, ovary
superior, 3-celled, 3-lobed, each cell 1 -seeded, style 1;
stigmas 3 fruit splitting into 1-seeded, mdehiscent
nutlets or drupelets.
A single genus of about 35 species is found in the
mountainous regions from Mexico to Chile The family
was formerly included in the GeramaccsD. but is dis-
tinguished by its separate stamens, its mdehiscent f nut-
lets, and a very peculiar method of embryo develop-
ment, in which the suspensor divides into three parts,
one part growing into the placenta, another out into
the ovarian cavity, and the third producing the embryo
on its apex. The spur of the flower is an outgrowth of
the obliquely cup-shaped receptacle at the base of the
calyx, as in Pelargonium
The herbage of Tropa?olum has an acrid taste like
cress, and is often used for salad, hence the common
name "nasturtium" or "Indian cress."
In America, several species are grown for their showy
flowers Tropjcolum majus is the most widely known
species T peregnnum is the "canary-bird flower "
107 Lmaceae (from the genus Linum, the Latin name
for flax, from the old Celtic lint, a thread) FLAX FAM-
ILY Fig 29 Woody or herbaceous plants leaves alter-
nate or opposite, rarely whorled, simple, entire flowers
bisexual, regular, calyx of 5, persistent, imbricated
sepals, rarely 1-parted, with .J-hd lobes, petals r>, rarely 4,
convolute, clawed, the claw sometimes crested, stamens
5, alternate with the petals, with sometimes 5 additional
stammodia, or 10, 15. or 20, hypogv nous, usually united
at the often glandular base, ovary .5-, rarely 3- or 4-,
celled or falsely 10-celled by the intrusion of the mid-
rib, ovules few, styles as many as the cells of the
ovary fruit a capsule or drupe
There are 9 genera and about 120 species, of which 90
species belong to Linum The Linacea3 are related to
29 G*RANHCE,E 1 Geranium, a, floral dngram, ft, fruit,
r, fruit dohihcmg Tnop^oLArtE 2 Tropueolum, flower LINA-
C&JK. 3 Linum, a, flower, 6, floral diagram
the Geramacea? and Ovahdacen?, but also show a rela-
tion to the Silenes in the Carv oph\ llacea1 The many-
stamened genera suggest the Ternstrurmaceap The
family is most easily recogm/ed by the simple, regular
pattern of the flower, and the numeucal plan of 5 (or 4)
which is carried through all the floral parts For this
reason, the flax was taken by the older botanists as a
pattern flower.
Linum aithnrlicum (Europe) was formerly used as a
puigative A fixed oil is exti acted from the seeds of the
common flax (Linum uf>itnti*>simuni), which is used m
medicine as an emollient The most extensive use of this
oil is in painting, its value being due to the property of
drying into a hard, waterproof coating Flaxseed ineal,
from which the oil has been expressed, is used for fodder
and for poulticing The seed-coats of flax become very
mucilaginous when soaked, on which account flaxseed
has also been used as an emollient m the treatment of
coughs and colds The cortical bast-fibers of the flax
have been used since earliest times in textile industries
As the basis of linen cloth, flax is one of the most useful
of cultivated plants Flax was probably Asiatic in its
origin Many species of Linum are ornamental, but
are little grown.
Two genera are cultivated in America' Linum,
with species of annual garden plants; and Rcinwardtia,
with species of conservatory sub-shrubs from India.
44
A SYNOPSIS OF THPJ PLANT KINGDOM
108 Erythroxylaceae (from the genus Erythrotylon,
the name signifying red wood, the wood of some species
being red). COCA FAMILY Fig 30 Shrubs and small
trees, leaves alternate flowers bisexual, regular, incon-
spicuous, sepals 5, persistent, imbricated or valvatej
petals 5, convolute or imbricated, with appendages on
the inner face, or with projecting callosities, stamens 10,
in 2 whorls, more or less connate into a tube, and
externally glandular, ovary 3-4-celled, usually but
1 cell developing in fruit, 1-2 ovules in each cell; styles
3-4. fruit drupaceous, 1-2-seeded.
Two genera and about 90 species arc known; all
tropical, and reaching their greatest development in
30. EHYTHROXYLACEI 1 Erythroxylon, a, flower of E
n" hrum, b, flower, pennnth icmoved.of E Coca ZYOOPHYI L^CE^E
ygophyllum, a, flower, b, floral diagram RUTACFE 3 iluta,
a, flower, b, floral diagram, c, loaf.
tropical South America, but extending northward to
Mexico and southward m the Old Woild to Natal
The family is closely related to the Lmacozc with which
it was formerly united, but differs in the more promi-
nent stamen-tube, the appendages on the petals, and
the drupaceous non-capsular fruit
The only important economic plant is the coca plant
(Erylhroxi/lon Coca), a shrub famous as the source of
cocaine Its origin is unknown, but it was eaily used by
the Peruvians as a stimulant Coca is now grown to
a limited extent in southern Florida and southern Cali-
fornia, as well as in most tropical countries
109. Zygophyllaceae (from the genus Zygophyllum,
denv ed from the Greek signifying a yoke and leaf, the
leaflets are in pairs) CALTROP FAMILY Fig 30 Herbs,
shrubs, or trees leaves opposite, rarely alternate, mostly
pmnately compound, flowers bisexual, regular, rarely
irregular, r«pals 4-5, persistent, imbricated or rarely
valvate; petals 4-5, rarely 0, imbricated, rarely valvate;
disk present, diverse, rarely wanting, stamens usually
8 or 10, hypogynous, the outer opposite the petals,
usually scales at the base of the filaments, ovaiy supe-
rior, 4-5-celled, rarely falsely many -celled, ovules
2 to several in each cell, style and stigma 1 fruit a
capsule or sepaiatmg into fruitlets
Twenty-one genera and about 150 species occur as
natives of the wanner paits of the world, especially
the dncr desert regions They are especially abundant
in North Africa and the Mediterranean region This
family is very closely related to the Rutaceir, fiom which
it diffeis in the absence of glandular dots and oil, and
in the presence of stipules The fruits are usually more
or less lobed and sometimes winged or covered with
prickles
The hard, faintly aromatic wood (hgnumvitai)
of Guaiacum ojficmale is used for cabinet work and
for pulleys The wood of this plant yields a resin used
as a diaphoretic and purge The flower-buds of one
species of Zygophyllurn arc used in place of capers.
The Arabs use Z simplex to remove freckles. The
fetid smell of this plant is so strong that even camels
are said to reject it. Soda is obtained from species of
Nitrana, which inhabit alkaline soil.
Guaiacutn offianale is sometimes grown in southern
Florida and southern California for ornament. Zygo-
phyllum may be in cultivation
110 Rutaceae (from the genus Hula, the ancient
name) RLTE FAMILY. Fig 30 Herbs, shrubs, trees:
leaves usually alternate, simple or variously cut or com-
pound, usually with pellucid dots flowers bisexual,
usually regular, sepals 4-5, otten coherent, imbricated,
petals 4-5, imbricated or valvate, usually sepaiate; sta-
mens 8-10, rarely 15, inserted at the base of a thick disk,
usually distinct;* ovary superior, 2-5-lobed, 2-5-celled,
each cell 1 to many-ovuled, nused on a prolongation of
the receptacle, a glandular disk .it its base, styles
usually connate, fruit a capsule opening by valves, or
fleshy and indehiscent, or sepaiatmg into fruitlets,
rarely winged.
RutaeeiB contains over 100 geneia and about 900
species, mostly of tropical countries but extending into
temperate parts of Europe and Amenca Fagara, with
more than 130 species, is the largest genus The Ruta-
cea? are related to many of the Geranium group, especi-
ally to Simarubaceae, Zygophyllamc, and Mehacea*
The transparent dots in the leaves, the numerical plan,
and especially the lobed ovary raised on the disk or
stalk, aie together distinctive The di.sk is often much
developed and very diversely constructed The outer
stamens are usually opposite the petals not alteinato
with them as might be expected In some cases the
carpels aie entirely free below and united only by the
styles or stignuH The seeds, except in the berry fruits,
are only 1 or 2 The great development of oil-glands
containing a fragiant oil is one of the most character-
istic features of the family The.se glands aie produced
on all parts of the plant , ev en on the floral parts and sur-
face of the fiuits The orange and lemon are examples
of Rutaceu* with berry fruits, and they are widely cul-
tivated and peiplexmgly vaiiable
The volatile oil of the Rutacea1 has been used to some,
extent foi medicine and also for perfumeiy Extiaet
of me has been used o.s a vermifuge The Romans
used rue as a condiment Some species of me are .so
pungent a*> to produce a, poisoning of the skin .similai to
that pioduced by poison ivy The volatile oil is so
copious in Dictamnus as to ignite readil> Several
hIMicies of Barosma (buchu) are tonic and diuretic The
genus Citrus is the most useful It includes the orange,
the bitter orange, the citron, the lemon, the lime, the
grape-fiuit, the kid-glove oiange or tangerine, and the
bergamot from the rind of which bergamot oil is manu-
factured, used in perfumery The baik of the prickly
shrub, Zanthoxvlum, is sometimes used as a tome
The seeds of some species of Zanthoxylum are used to
poison fish
In cultivation in America or worthy of tiial are 20
to 30 genera, used mostly for ornament and fruit.
Among these are1 Adenandra (Breath of Heaven);
-<Egle (Bael Fruit, Bengal Quince); Atalantia, Balsam-
ocitrus (African Bael-Funt); Caloderidron (Capo
Chestnut); Casmnroa (White Sapota), Citrus (Oiange,
Lemon), Dictamnus (Dittany, (!as Plant, Burning
Bush), Fagara (Prickly Ash), Feronia (Wood Apple);
Murray a (Orange Jessamine, Satinwood), Phellodcn-
dron (Chinese Cork Tree), Poncirus (Trifoliate
Orange), Ptelea (Hop Tree), Rut a (Rue), Tnphasia
(Bergamot Lime, Lime Berry), Zanthoxylum (Prickly
Ash, Chinese or Japanese Pepperwood, Toothache
Tree)
111 Simarubacese (from the genus Sttnajuba, which
is the Caribbean name of Simaruba ojfficinali>>) QUAS-
SIA. FAMILY. Fig. 31 Shrubs or trees leaves alternate or
rarely opposite, pinnate, rarely simple, dotless flowers
unisexual, regular; sepals 3-5, more or less connate,
imbricated or valvate; petals 3-5, rarely 0, free or con-
nate, vaiiouslv arranged in the bud, disk prominent,
very diverse, miely 0, stamens usually twice the petals,
filaments naked or with a scale; carpels 2-5, free, or
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
45
connate at the base or by the styles, or completely
united into a 2-5-ccllod, supcnor ovary; each cell 1-,
rarely several-, ovuled; carpels m fruit drupe-like,
rarely forming a berry or samaras
About 28 genera and 140 species are generally distrib-
uted in the tiopies, but extend into the temperate
regions. The center of distribution is in tropical
America Some fossil species are known. The family
is closely related to the Hutacete, but differs in the
absence of foliage-glands and in the presence of scales
on the filaments It is also closely related to the Zygo-
phyllaeetr
Most of the Simarubacea' contain a bitter principle,
also, sometimes, a lesmous matter and an oil which is
of value as a tonic- Qua^id anmra of tropical America
furnishes the quassia wood, famous as a bitter tonic
Puraimu ctftha, of Jamaica, also furnishes quassia
of equal quality Branches of quassia and the pulver-
ued bitter wood of species of Snnaniba are used in
tropical America to drive away insects The seeds
of tfitnuruhd C< dron are used for the same purpose
Various species are used for snake-bites The leaves
and sap of species of Puramnia furnish a beautiful
violet ove
Very few are in cultivation in America' Picrasrna, a
serni-haidy shrub, and Ailanthus (Tree of Heaven), a
well-known tree
112 Burseraceae (from the genus Rursera, named in
memoiy of Joachim Bursei, a botanist in Naples).
BUUSKKA FAMIIY Fig .-51 Trees or shrubs, often very
large, with usually alternate compound leaves flowers
bisexual, regtthr, usually small and \ery numerous;
sepals 3-5, moie or less connate, imbricated or often
valvate, petals 3-5, usually separate, imbricated or val-
—f i \ —
31 SIMARUB\CK* 1 \ilanthus, a, flower, section l>, flower,
coking in, c, fruit BuHMiRACt* 2 Bur&era, a, flower, /, floral
ImKram MMIACKIC J Hwietenia, flower 4 Cedrela, lower
> Mcha, floral diagram MALPIGHIACI^B G Caniarea, llower.
' Mnlniehin.. floral diagram
look
di
5
7 Malpighia, floral diagram
vate; stamens usually twice as many as the petals, hy-
pogynous, sometimes unequal, separate, the outer oppo-
site the petals, disk present, annular or cup-shaped,
rarely 0, sometimes adnate to the calyx, ovary superior,
2-5-celled, ovules usually 2 in each cell, style 1 or 0.
fiuit drupe-like with 2-5 stones or with a bony endo-
carp or a capsule with the epiearp opening and expos-
ing the connate bony pits, seeds cxalbummous
The 1G genera and about 270 speeies are widely dis-
tributed in tropical regions One species of Bursera
reaches Florida The family is related to the Rutacea?
and Simarubaceae, from which it differs in the presence
of resin-chambers in the bark. It is also very closely
related to the Anacardiacese.
The family is very rich in resin and, therefore, is of
considerable economic importance These resins are
frequently aromatic or fragrant, hence many have been
used as incense The resin myrrh is obtained from species
of Cornmiphora of Arabia and Africa Mecca balsam
is from the same genus Ohbanurn incense is derived
fiom trees of the genus Boswelha, of India Frankin-
cense is either this ohbanum or the resin from Bos-
welha Carten A substitute foi dammar and copal
has been obtained from the Burseraceae.
Few species of the Burseraeeje are in cultivation in
America1 Bur^cra tiinunuba, as an ornamental green-
house tree, and (Jaruga piimata, which is grown in
Florida and California for the gooseberry-like fruit
113 Meliacese (from the genus Melia, the Greek
name of the somewhat similar rnanna-ash). MAHOGANY
FAMILY. Fig 31 Trees or shrubs leaves usually alter-
nate, pinnate or rarely simple flowers bisexual, rarely
unisexual, pamcled, sepals 4-5, usually partly connate,
imbricated, petals 1—5, rarely 3-8, separate, or con-
nate or adnate to the stamens, stamens 8-10, rarely
5. or numerous, hypogynous, filaments usually connate
into a tube which is entire or lacerate, rarely free, disk
present; ovary superior, 2-5-celled, rarely I- or many-
celled, each cell 2-, raiely several-, ovuled, style and
stigma 1 fruit a drupe, berrv, or capsule
There are 42 genera and about bOO species, all con-
fined to the tropics They enter the United States
only in southern Florida Some fossil species are
known The family is related to the Rutacea?, but
lacks the resin and oil-glands It is closely related to all
of the disk-bearing families, but is distinguished by the
peculiar stamen-tube with teeth and fringe
There is the greatest diversity in the arrangement
of the anthers on the stammal tube and the dentation
or fringing of the latter Very commonly there are 2
stipule-like teeth just below the anthers The seeds
are sometimes winged (in mahogam ) 'The leaves are
rarely transparent-dotted (Fhndersia).
Mdia Azetlarafh, iln Asiatic tree, is bitter, and has
been used m medicine as a purgative and vermifuge.
Other species of Mehaceau are purgative and emetic, or
arc used for hcai tburn, and the like Sonte have the odor
of garlic The bark of the Asiatic Wahura piscidia is
used to stupefy fish The pulp of the fruit of Aglaia
edidi? is said to be delicious The bitter bark of mahog-
any has been used m place of quinine. The most cele-
brated member of the family is Swieleiiin Muhogani of
the West Indias and Peru, which furnishes the mahog-
any timber of commerce The wood of the West Indian
Cednla odorala is fragrant, and is the so-called cigar-
box cedar, fiom which these boxes are made The
sawdust of the South African sneezewood (PLcrorylon
obliquum) causes sneezing, hence the popular name
Five or more genera are in cultivation in Ameiica, all
confined to southern California arid southern Florida,
except Melia, which is common throughout the southern
states, and Cttlrela \iruntas, hardy in Maws Among
these are Cedrela (West Indian Cedar), Melia (Pride
of India, China-berry Tree, Texas Umbrella Tree),
Ptceroxylon (Sneezewood), Swietema (Mahogany)
114 Malpighiaceae (from the genus Mnlpigfna, in
honor of Marcello Malpighi, once professor of medi-
cine at Pisa) MALPKJHIA FAMILY Fig 31 Trees or
shrubs, most often climbing leaves usually opposite,
often with pctiolar glands and jointed petioles flowers
commonly bisexual, usually obliquely inegular, sepals 5
mostly separate, some or all with large glands, petals
5, fringed or toothed, slender-clawed, stamens 10, m
part stammodial, rarely fewer, the outer opposite the
petals, hypogynous or nearly so, usually connate below,
anthers very diverse and odd; ovary superior, 2-3-
cclled and lobed, rarely 5-celled, the cells 1-ovuled,
styles 2-3, rarely connate fruit commonly separating
into 2-3 nut-like portions which are entire, or pectmately
winged, or naked, rarely a single nut or drupe, seeds
46
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
exalbummous; embryo variously curved or spiral,
rarely straight.
This family has 55 genera and about 650 species,
generally distributed m the tropics, but reaching to
Texas and California in North America, and Port
Natal m Africa They are most abundant in the tropi-
cal forests of South America The family is closely
related to the Zygophyllaceae, Sapindacere, and Ery-
throxylaccae, as shown by the lobed and winged fruit,
or clawed petals. The glandular calyx, clawed petals,
the outer stamens opposite the petals, peculiar anthers,
queer fruit, and curved embryo are together distinctive.
The family is of little economic importance Various
coloring matters and astringent tannins are contained
in the bark, for which reason borne of the Malpighiaceae
have been used for dysentery and intermittent fever.
Some are used as a remedy for snake-bites The fiuits
of certain Malpighiacese are sour, juicy and refreshing.
Few species are m cultivation in North America,
all in California, Florida or the West Indies. Gal-
phimia and Stigmaphyllon are ornamental, MaJpighia
glabra is the.Barbaaoes cherry, cultivated in the West
Indies for the cherry-like fruit
115 Tremandraceae (from the genus Trcmandra,
which is from the Latin tremble and the Greek male,
probably in allusion to the anthers) TREMANDRA
FAMILY Fig 32 Shrubs or sub-shrubs, with opposite,
whorled or alternate leaves, flowers bisexual, regular;
sepals 4-5, rarely 3, valvate, petals of the same number
as the sepals and alternating with them, colored, entire,
separate induplicate- valvate, stamens 8 or 10, rarely
6, hypogynous, m 1 or 2 whorls, anthers opening by a
transverse terminal valve, or more or less prolonged
into a beak with terminal pores, ovary superior,
2-celled, style 1, stigma 1. fruit a capsule; seeds 1 or 2
in each cavity
In this family are 3 genera and about 23 species, of
which 20 belong to the genus Tetratheca All are
native of south and west Australia. The family is very
similar to the Polygalacese, and separated from that
1 Platythcca, floral diagram
y, 6, flower, vortical section
POLT-
:, floral
OALACE^: 2 Polygala, a. flower, b. flower, vortical section; c, floral
diagram ECPHOHBIAC-I!.,*; 3 Euphorbia, a, involucre and flowers,
b, involucre, vertical section 4 Croton, a, flower, b, floral dia-
gram, male flower, c, floral diagram, female flower
family only by the regular flowers. Platytheca is
remarkable in having the four anther cells all in one
plane
Two genera are in the American trade, both tender
heath-like plants Platytheca, and Tetratheca.
116 Polygalacese (from the genus Polygala, an old
Greek name applied later to this genus by botanists
because of the supposed stimulative action of the plant
on the lactation of cattle). MILKWORT FAMILY. Fig. 32
Herbs, shrubs, or small trees, sometimes climbing or
twining leaves mostly alternate, flowers bisexual, irreg-
ular, sepals 5, imbricated, separate or somewhat coher-
ent, the 2 inner largest and often winged or petaloid ;
petals rarely 5, commonly 3, at least the 2 upper, and
sometimes all more or less coherent with each other and
with the stamen-tube, inner petal concave and often
with a fringed crest (keel) , stamens 8, rarely fewer, in 2
whorls, hypogynous, usually adherent to the keel petal
and coherent into a tube which is slit dowi and open
behind; anthers usually opening by terminal pores or
slits, ovary superior usually 2-celled, ovule usually
1 in each cell; style 1, dilated above; stigmas 1-4:
fruit usually a capsule, rarely a drupe or samara, seeds
pendulous, albuminous.
Polygalacese has 10 genera and about 500 species,
450 of which belong to the genus PolygaJa, widely dis-
tributed over the earth but absent m New Zealand,
Polynesia, arctic North America and arctic Asia The
family is not closely related to any other. The peculiar
perianth and stamens, and the 2-celled ovary, are to-
gether very distinctive The floral parts, though simu-
lating those of the Legummosae. are not homologous
A bitter principle gives the Polygalacea? tonic and
astringent properties Some species arc emetic The
root of Polygala Senega (North America), so-culled
"Senega or Seneca snakeroot," is used as an emetic
and cathartic, but more especially as an expectorant
This and many other species of Polygala are reputed
antidotes for snake-bites, hence the name "snakeroot "
Only the genus Polygala is m cultivation in N Amer-
ica, or which 9 or 10 species are g^rown for ornamental
purposes. Some are shrubs and 1 is an evergreen trailer
117. Euphorbiaceae (from the genus Euphorbia,
named in honor of Euphorbus, physician to King Juba)
SPURGE FAMILY Fig 32 Herbs, shrubs or trees, of
greatly varying habit, sometimes fleshy and cactus-like,
often with milky juice: leaves mostly alternate flowers
monoecious or dioecious, regular or irregular, both
calyx and corolla present, or the latter absent, or
both absent, or both much reduced, valvate or imbri-
cated, the parts free, rarely united, mtrastarninal
disk usually present in the stammate flowers, often
changed to glands; stamens as many as the sepals, or
twice as many, or reduced to 1, separate or monadel-
phous; hypogynous disk in the pistillate flowers
annular or cup-shaped or m4he form of glands, ovary
superior, usually 3-celled, rarely 1-, 2-, or 4-celled,
style and stigma various, ovules 1-2 in each cavity,
side by side, suspended, anatropous; micropyle external,
covered with a caruncle fruit splitting into three
portions, leaving a central column, rarely indehiscent
and berry-like, or drupaceous, seeds albuminous
The 208 genera and about 4,000 species arc widely
distributed, mainly in the tropics, but extend into
temperate regions The largest genera are Euphorbia
with about 700 species, Croton \vith 500-600 species,
and Phyllanthus with 400 species. The family is
related to the Geramales, as shown by the fru/t. The
only constant characters of this great polymorphic
family are the collateral anatropous ovules with micro-
pyle external, the caruncle, the usually persistent axis
of the fruit, and the albuminous seeds In Euphorbia,
some sessile stammate flowers and a pedicelled pistillate
flower are inclosed m a common involucre which bears
various horn-like, or gland-like, or petaloid appendages.
The variation in the inflorescence and floral structure
throughout the family is very intricate
The family is of great economic importance. Only
the most important plants can be mentioned here The
following are used in medicine The juice of Euphorbia
Esula, E Cypansaias, E. Lathyns, E hehoscowa, and
others, is purgative, as is al?o that of Mercunalis Cro-
lon Tiglium yields the purgative croton oil. Ricinua
communw yields castor oil Jatropha Curcas (physic
nut) is purgative. Euphorbia Hyberna, Jatropha
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
47
officinahs, Croton, and Stilh'.^ia sylvatica (queen's
root) are used for syphilis Euphorbia corollata and E.
Ipecacuanhas are emetic E. thymifoha is used as a ver-
mifuge in India. Croton Elutcria yields cascanlla bark,
a tonic The hairs of the capsule of Mattotus philip-
pinenxim are in the trade as kamala The juice of E
cotinifolia is used by the Caribbeans to poison arrows;
that of Exaecaria Agallocha (blinding tree) is so acrid
as to blind the eye into which it may chance to fall
The juice of E balsarmfera, of the Canaries, is cooked
and eaten as jelly. The seeds of Aleuntes tnloba are
called "almonds," and eaten, as are also those of Con-
ceveiba guyanensis. The fruit of E disticha is edible
E. Emblica has fleshy, sweet fruit The most useful
as food are the tuberous roots of the sweet manioc
(Mamhot palmata var Aipn), eaten cooked or raw, and
of the bitter manioc (M utilivsima), which is poisonous
when raw, but when cooked is very widely used for
iood in the tropics This root is the source of cassava
bread, and tapioca. Phosphorescent juice is obtained
from E pho^phorea of Brazil The fruit of Hura crepitans
(sand-box) opens with a report like a pistol. It is
cooked in oil to prevent dehisccnce, and used as a sand-
box India rubber is obtained from the juice of Hcvea
guyanensib, and other species Omphaka truindra yields
a blackening mice used as ink Soap is made from the
seminal oil of Jatiopha Curcas Oil from the seeds of
Aleuntes cordata (Japanese oil tree) is used for light-
ing. Turnsole (Crozophora tinctona), of the Mediter-
ranean, yields a dye used to color Dutch cheese Other
Euphorbiaceae yield dyes Sapium sebifcrum (Chinese
tallow tree) yields a fat used for burning, and other
purposes.
Twenty to 30 genera are in cultivation in N. America
for various purposes. Among these are: Aealvpha,
ornamental; Aleuntoy (Candlenut, Candleberry Tree),
California, Oodurum (Croton), ornamental; Euphorbia
(Spurge, Snow-on-the-Mountam, Scarlet Plume, Pom-
settia, Mexican Fire Plant, Hypocrite Plant, Painted
Leaf, Fire-on-the-Mountam, Crown of Thorns,
Medusa's Head, Caper Spurge, Mole Plant), green-
house, garden, ornamental, Hevea (South Ameri-
can Rubber Tree), botanical gardens and Florida,
Jatropha (French Physic Nut), South; Mamhot
(Ceara Rubber Tree. Cassava, Manioc Plant), South,
food and ornamental, Pedilanthus (Hird Cactus, Jew
Bush), greenhouse, Phvllanthus (Snow-bush, Emblic
Myrobolan, Otaheite Gooseberry), greenhouse, garden,
Putranjiva (Indian Amulet Plant), South; Ricinus
(Castor-Oil Plant, Palma Chnsti), garden, ornamental;
Stilhngia (Queen's Root, Queen's Delight); Sapium
(Tallow Tree), South.
Order 39 SAPINDALES
118. Buxaceee (from the genus Buxus. the ancient
name of the box). Buxus FAMILY. Herbs, shrubs or
trees leaves opposite or alternate flowers monoecious,
inconspicuous, hypogy nous disk wanting; corolla absent,
calyx 4-parted, or in the pistillate flower 4-1^2-parted
or 0, imbricated; stamens 4, opposite the lobes of the
calyx, or numerous, ovary superior, 3-celled, rarely 2-4-
celled, ovules 2, collateral, rarely 1, suspended, micro-
pyle turned toward the axis; styles 2-3 fruit capsular
and opening elastically, or fleshy; seeds with endo-
sperm, with or without a caruncle.
About 6 genera and 30 species inhabit the tropics and
subtropics One species is native in the southeastern
United States. The largest genus is Buxus with 19
species Fossil species are known. The family is related
to the Euphorbiaccie, with which it is united by some
authors, and to the Celastracece and Empetraceee.
The absence of milky juice, the calycoid perianth, the
3-celled ovary with collateral suspended albuminous
eeeds, and the axially directed micropyle are together
characteristic.
The wood of the box (Buxus sempervirens) of Europe
is close-grained and homogeneous; used for engraving
and for the manufacture of musical instruments. A
decoction of the wood was formerly used in medicine
for fevers. Its leaves and seeds are purgative. Oil
from the seeds of Simmondsia is used as a hair-tonic.
Four or more genera are in cultivation m America.
These are- Buxus (Box) ornamental; Pachysandra
33 EMPETRACEK 1 Empetrum, a, flower, b, floral diagram.
CORIARIACE* 2 Conana, a, flower, 6, floral diagram ANA-
CARDiAct«« 3 Rhus, a, flower, 6, floral diagram 4 Anacardium,
frvut CYRILLACKA 5 Cynlla, flower
(Mountain Spurge), garden, ornamental; Sarcococca,
greenhouse, ornamental; ana Simmondsva, California,
for oil.
119. Empetraceae (from the genus Empetrum, an
ancient name signifying upon a rock) CROWBERRY
FAMILY. Fig 33 Small encoid shrubs, leaves alter-
nate, deeply furrowed beneath flowers polygamous or
dioecious, small, regular, hypogynousf disk wanting,
sepals 2-3, imbricated, petals 2-3, or 0, stamens of
the Scome number as the petals and alternate with them;
ovary superior, 2-9-celled, each cell 1-ovuled, style-
branches 2-9, often fringed or toothed, fruit drupa-
ceous, seed ascending, anatropous, albuminous, micro-
pyle turned toward the outside.
In the north temperate and arctic regions, and in the
Andes, are found 3 genera and about 5 species. The
family is related to the Buxaceac, and more distantly
to the Euphorbiaceie and Celastraceae. The habit,
the reduced or absent corolla, the few stamens, the
1-scedcd ovary, the external micropyle, and the absence
of the disk and aril are together distinctive
The acid berries of Empetrum are eaten m north
Europe and Kamtschatka, and also used to prepare a
drink The fruit of Corema album has been used as a
fever remedy, An acid dnnk is prepared from it in
Portugal
In North America, 2 genera are in cultivation* Cera-
tiola, not hardy; and Empetrum (Crowberry), grown
in rock-gardens
120. Coriariaceae (from the genus Conana, derived
from the Latin meaning a hide, used for tanning).
COUH.RIA FAMILY. Fig 33. Shrubs with opposite or
whorled, entire leaves, flowers bisexual, or unisexual,
regular, sepals 5, imbricated; petals 5, smaller, but
enlarging in fruit, fleshy, keeled within and pressed
between the carpels; stamens 10, hypogynous; carpels
5-10, superior, separate: fruitlets indehiscent, 1-seeded,
dry.
This family consists of a single genus containing 8
species, widely distributed in warm-temperate zones.
Conariacese is not closely related to any other family;
48
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
perhaps most closely to the Empetraceee. Some authors
place it near the Sapindacctc or Phytolaocacece, or
Rutacese It represents an ancient group. Fossil spe-
cies are known.
Conana myrtifoha (myrtle-leaved sumach) of the
West Mediterranean region, contains much tannin and
is used by curriers; its leaves and fruits are poisonous
The fruit of C. ruscifoha of New Zealand contains a
vinous juicej which is drunk as a beverage, but its
seeds are poisonous. C ruscifoha also yields a black
color used by shoemakers
Two species are grown for ornamental purposes in
eastern North America They are semi-hardy
121. Limnanthaceae (from the genus Limnanthus, the
name signifying marsh flower) LIMNANTHUS FAMILY.
Herbs with alternate leaves, flowers bisexual, regular;
sepals 3 or 5, valvate, petals 3 or 5, convolute, separate;
stamens twice as many as the petals, the outer opposite
the petals, often glandular at base; ovary superior, 3-
or 5-lobed, 3- or 5-celled, ovules 1 in each cell, ascend-
ing, micropyle directed downward and outward, stig-
mas 3 or 5: fruit dry, separating into segments
This is a small family of 2 genera and 5 species, all of
North America. The family was formerly united with
the Geramacese, to which the floral structure boars a
superficial resemblance It is also related to the
Anacardiacese and Sapindaceso It may be said to pos-
sess the general floral structure and lobed ovary of the
Geramacese, but the seed position of the two families
last named
Limnanthus Douglasii, of California, is grown for
ornamental purposes.
122. Anacardiaceae (from the genus Anacardium, the
name meaning heart-like, in reference to the shape of
the nut) CASHEW FAMILY Fig 33 Trees or shrubs
with resinous bark, and alternate, simple or compound
leaves' flowers bisexual or unisexual, regular, small,
and numerous, epigynous, pengynous or hypogynous;
sepals 3-5; petals 3-5, mostly imbricated, or 0, sta-
mens 5 or 10, rarely many, inserted with trie petals at
the edge or base of an annular, intra-stammal disk;
ovary 1-, rarely 2-6-, celled, with 1 ovule in each cell;
styles 1-6 fruit a drupe or nut, rarely dehiscent; seeds
usually exalbummous
There are 58 genera and about 400 species, most
abundant in the tropical zone of both hemispheres, but
represented by the genus Rhus as far north as Europe
and the United States. Rhus is the largest genus,
containing 120 species. The family is related to the
Sapindaceae, but contains resin, and has an intra-
stammal disk. It is also related to the Burseraceae
and Simarubaceffi
The disk m some genera becomes elongated into a
stalk on which the ovary is raised. The drupe is some-
times edible (Mangifera). In Anacardium, the nut-
like fruit is situated on top of a fleshy edible receptacle.
Sometimes the nut is surrounded by the edible recep-
tacle In Cotinus. the pedicles become plumose and
the whole much-branched inflorescence breaks off,
and blows about, distributing the seeds. In Swm-
tonia, the calyx or the corolla becomes enlarged and
persistent and serves as a parachute in seed-dissemi-
nation. Rhus Toxicodendron (poison ivy) and R Vermx
(poison sumach, poison elder, poison dogwood) con-
tain in all their parts an oily, extremely irritating
substance, which often produces a very painful vesic-
ular eruption that may last for several days.
The Anacardiacese is a family of considerable eco-
nomic importance Because of the resinous juice, it
yields medicinal substances and varnishes. It also
yields important edible fruits. Pistacia vera of Syria
furnishes the pistachio nut; Pistacia Terebinthus of the
Mediterranean yields Cyprus turpentine, formerly medi-
cinal. The leaves of Rhus Conana of the Mediterra-
nean are used for tanning fine leather. Rhus succedanea
of Japan yields vegetable wax, which coats the seed
within the capsule Melanorrhaea usitata yields a cele-
brated black varnish of Burmah Mangifera indica of
the East Indies is the mango tree, the fruit of which
is large, juicy, sugary-acid and agreeable. Anacardium
occidentals of tropical America is the cashew. This
plant yields edible nuts and an edible receptacle. From
it vinegar is made, also a peppery oil used as a condi-
ment; and the trunk yields a valuable acacia-like gum.
The seeds of Semecarpus (marking-nut tree) give an
indelible black dye used in marking linen. Spondias
purpurea is the so-called Spanish plum of the West
Indies The fruit of Rpondias dutcis of the Pacific
Islands is also frequently eaten Other species furnish
the hog plum of the West Indies The mastic, a fra-
grant gum-resin of the pharmacist, is obtained from
Pistacia Lentiscus of the Orient
Eight to 12 genera arc in cultivation m N. America,
but with the exception of Rhus and Cotinua, mostly in
the southern states, especially m southern Florida and
southern California Among these are: Anacardium
(Cashew Tree), Cotinus (Smoke-bush); Cyrtocarpa,
fruit edible; Mangifera (Mango); Pistacia (Pistachio
Nut) ; Rhus (Sumach, Poison Ivy, Poison Oak, Poison
Elder, Poison Dog wood), 15 species; Schinus (California
Pepper Tree, Peruvian Mastic), Semecarpus (Marking-
nut Tree).
123 Cynllaceae (from the genus Cynlla, named in
honor of Dommico Cynllo, a professor of medicine at
Naples). CYRILLA FAMILY. Fig 33. Shrubs with
alternate, entire leaves flowers bisexual, regular, small,
sepals 5, often enlarged in fruit, imbricated; petals 5,
imbricated, slightly connate at base or separate; sta-
mens 5 or 10, hypogynous, the inner sometimes want-
ing, filaments dilated; ovary superior, 2-4-celled,
ovules 1, rarely, 2-4 in each cell; style short; stigmas
2' fruit a fleshy or dry capsule, or nearly dry drupe
with wings, seeds albuminous.
The 3 genera and only 5 species are all American,
ranging from Virginia to Brazil The relationship of
the Cynllaceac is doubtfully understood. It is probably
closely related to the Aquifohacese, although some have
placed it with the Ericaceae. The small polypetalous
flowers, the few stamens, the several-celled, few-seeded
ovary, the dry fruit and the non-anllate seeds are
important characteristics.
Cynlla racemiflora (leatherwood, black ti-ti) of
the southeastern United States is occasionally culti-
vated for ornamental purposes.
124. Aquifohaceae (from Aqui folium, Tournefort's
name for the genus Ilex, application obscure) HOLLY
FAMILY. Fig 34 Trees or shrubs, with alternate or
opposite, simple, often evergreen leaves flowers bisex-
ual, rarely unisexual, very small, axillary, solitary or
fascicled, rarely cymosc, sepals 3-6, more or less con-
nate; petals 4-5, nearly separate, imbricated, stamens
4-5, alternating with the petals, and sometimes adher-
ing to them, hypogynous disk wanting; ovary superior,
3 to many-celled, each cell 1-2-ovulcd, stigma subses-
sile, lobed. fruit berry-like, seeds albuminous
Three genera are known and about 280 species, of
which 275 belong to the genus Ilex. These are widely
distributed, but rare in Europe, the center of distribution
being in Central and South America. Ten species are
found wild in the northeastern United States. The
Aquifohacesc are related to the Celastracese and the
Anacardiaceae, from which they are distinguished by the
absence of the hypogynous disk and by the general
appearance.
Ilex Aquifolium of Europe is used there for hedges
and for indoor decoration. I. opaca is used for indoor
decoration m this country. The leaves of both are
thick, glossy, evergreen and spiny-toothed. /. para-
guanensis furnishes mate, which is the tea of South
America It was early cultivated by the Jesuits (1609-
1768), and is even yet one of the most important culti-
vated plants of South America, Other species of Ilex
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
have been used m various parts of the world for medi-
cine because of their astringent qualities and bitter
principle.
Many species of Ilex (Holly, Dahoon, Cassena,
Yaupon, Winterberry, Black Alder), and one of Nemo-
pan thus (Mountain Holly) are grown as cultivated
plants in America, all for ornamental purposes.
125 Celastraceee (from the genus Celastrus, an ancient
Greek name). STAFF-TREE FAMILY. Fig. 34. Shrubs or
trees, often climbing: leaves alternate or rarely opposite,
simple, not lobed. flowers bisexual or unisexual, small
and greenish, regular; sepals 4-5, imbricated; petals
4-5, imbricated ; stamens 4-5, alternate with the petals,
rarely 10; disk present, lining the bottom of the calyx,
sometimes adnate to the ovary, ovary superior, 2-5-
celled, buried in the disk, or distinct and disk small;
1-2 ovules in each cell; style 1, short; stigmas 2-5-lobed:
fruit a drupe, or samara, or a capsule; seeds albuminous,
usually with a pulpy aril.
Thirty-eight genera and about 375 species are dis-
tributed in all parts of the world except the arctic zone.
They are especially numerous in the tropics. Euony-
mus, Maytenus, and Celastrus are the largest genera
The Celastracese are in some respects related to the
Cyrillaceffi, in others to the Aquifohacese and Rhamna-
ccaj. The small greenish flowers, the stamens alter-
nating with the petals, the ovary sunken in the disk,
and the aril are in general distinctive. There are excep-
tions to all these characters
The capsule of Celastrus and Euonymus frequently
remains on the plant through late fall and early winter.
It splits into from 3-5 valves, which become reflexed
and expose the aril of the seeds The contrast in
color between aril and pericarp is often very striking
and ornamental The Cclastraeese are mostly pollinated
by ants and flies which run over the disk for the honey.
The Celastraceae are of but slight economic impor-
tance Some have been Ubed for then emetic and pur-
gative properties. Catha eduhs of East Africa has been
long cultivated by the Arabs under the name khat; the
leaves produce an agreeable excitement and it is con-
sidered a very valuable remedy for plague The drupes
of an Elreodendron are baid to be eaten in South Africa.
The wood of some Celastraoeae is much valued for carving.
In North America 6 or more genera of Celastraceae are
grown for ornamental purposes Elaeodendron in warm-
houses and in southern parts, Euonymus, hardy North;
Gymnospona and Maytenus grown in southern regions;
Pachistima, hardy, and Celastrus, a hardy vine
126 Stackhousiaceae (from the genus Stackhousia,
named in honor of John Stackhouse, a British botanist)
STACKHOUSIA FAMILY Fig 34 Herbs with rather thick,
alternate leaves flowers bisexual, regular, in spikes, ra-
cemes or fascicles, sepals 5, imbricated ; petals 5, more or
less, pengynous, long-clawed, the claws separate below,
connate above; disk thin, clothing the msuie of the cup-
shaped receptacle, stamens 5, pengynous, alternating
with the petals, often unequal; ovary superior, 2-5-
lobed, 2-5-celled, each cell 1-ovuled, styles 2-5, free or
connate fruit of 2-5 separate, globose, angular, reticu-
lated or winged, mdehiscent portions which separate
from a central persistent column , seeds albuminous
This is a very small family of 2 genera and 14 species;
natives of Australia and adjacent islands It is probably
related to the Celastracese more closely than to any
other family.
One species of Stackhousia is grown for ornamental
purposes in California.
127 Staphyleaceae (from the genus Staphylea, de-
rived from the Greek meaning a cluster, probably in
reference to the flower-cluster) BLADDERNUT FAMILY.
Fig. 34. Trees or shrubs : leaves opposite or alternate,
pinnately compound, stipulate: flowers bisexual, regular;
sepals 5; imbricated, petals 5, imbricated; stamens 5,
alternating with the petals, inserted outside the large,
cup-shaped disk; ovary usually 3-celled; styles 3, sepa-
rate or connate: fruit a capsule, often deeply
sometimes mdehiscent and berry-like; seeds usually
many in each cell, albuminous, sometimes with an aril.
This family contains 5 or 6 genera and about 22
species, in the north temperate zone, extending rarely
to northern South America and to the Malay region.
Fossil species are known The family is closely related
to the Sapindacesc, in which it was formerly included,
and from which it is separated by the abundant endo-
sperm, the mtra-stammal disk, the more numerous
seeds, the straight embryo, and various anatomical
differences. The fruits of the bladderaut are an inch
long, membranous and bladdery; the seeds become
loosened and the fruit then is interesting to children
as rattle-boxes.
The family is of little economic importance. Three
genera are cultivated in North America for ornamental
purposes. These are: Euscaphis, Staphylea (Bladder-
nut), and Turpima.
128. Aceracese (from the genus Acer, the classical
name of the maples, from the Celtic meaning hard).
34. AQUIFOLIACE<*- 1. Ilex, a, flower; b, floral diagram CELA&>
TRACE-K 2 Euonymus, a flower, b, floral diagram STACKHOI'BI-
ACEK 3 SlackhouBia, flower. STAPHYLEACE*; 4 Staphylea, o,
flower, b, fruit.
MAPLE FAMILY. Fig. 35. Trees or shrubs- leaves oppo-
site, exstipulate, simple or compound, flowers mostly
unisexual, often bisexual ones intermixed, regular;
sepals 4-5, separate or somewhat connate, imbricated;
petals 4-5, or 0, imbricated, disk either extra-stammal
or intrastaminal, usually flat, and sometimes lobed or
divided, stamens 4-10, mostly 8, separate, inserted at
the edge of the disk, ovary superior 2-celled, 2-lobed,
much flattened contrary to the partition, style 1, stig-
mas 2 fruit splitting into two portions, each a samara;
seeds 2 in each cell, exalbuminous.
There arc 2 genera and about 110 species; all but
1 belong to the genus Acer They are mostly natives
of mountainous or upland countries of the northern
hemisphere Some fossil species have been discovered.
The Aceracca; are closely related to the Sapindacese,
with which they were formerly united, and from which
they differ in the opposite, usually palmate leaves, the
peculiar fruit, and regular flowers In position, the
disk shows a transition between the Sapmdaceae and
other families. The family is easily recognized by the
opposite, exstipulate leaves, and peculiar fruit
The wood of Acer saccharum (sugar maple, hard
maple) is of great value for timber Bird's-eye maple
and curly maple are forms of this species in which the
growth of the cambium is irregular The manufacture
of sugar from the sap of the sugar maple is an important
industry in the northern states in early spring The
sycamore of England is Acer pseudoplatamis] that of
America is a species of Platanus The juice of Acer
platanoides (Norway maple), and probably of others,
is milky.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Forty or more species of Acer (maple) are in cultiva-
tion in N . America? or ornamental purposes. A cer Negun-
do (box elder) is exceptional in having compound loaves.
129. Hippocastanaceae (from the genus Hippocat>-
tonum, the old generic name of the genus -/Eseulus,
derived from the Greek meaning horse and chestnut).
HORSE-CHESTNUT FAMILY. Fig. 35. Trees or shrubs:
leaves opposite, exstipulate, palmately 3-9-fohato1 flow-
era, some bisexual, some stammate, irregular, sepals 5,
separate or connate, imbricated, petals 4-5, unequal,
clawed; stamens 5-8, separate; disk present, extra-
Btaminal, often inequilateral; ovary 3-celled; ovules 2
in each cell; style and stigma 1: fruit usually 1-cellcd
and 1 -seeded, capsular, 3-valved; seeds very large,
exalbummous.
There are 2 genera and 22 species of general dis-
tribution in the north temperate zone. Tho family is
closely related to the Sapindaceae, with which it is often
united, and from which it differs only in its larger
flowers, palmately compound leaves and large seeds
The Hippocastanacese, Sapindacese, Mehanthacese,
35. AcERACEJE' 1 Acer, a, flower, b, fruit HIPPOCASTANACE*:-
2 ^Esculus, a, flower, b, floral diagram, c, fruit SAPINDACE*
3 Sapmdus, flower 4. Kcelreutena, vertical section fruit
and some Acoracese are almost the only plants with
extra-stammal disks.
The horse-chestnut (/Esculus Hippocastanum) is a
well-known shade tree, said to have been introduced
into Europe by Clubius in 1575. The seeds, rich in
starch, have been used for fodder. They have also been
used to form the principal part of a certain kind of
snuff, and the oil contained has been used to a slight
extent in medicine The roots of viUsculus contain sapo-
nm and have been uscd^ like soapberry, for washing
Several species of Asculus are in cultivation in
N. America. M glabra and M octandra, natives of the
central United States, are called buckeyes
130 Sapindaceae (from the genus Sapmdus, a con-
traction of the Latin sapo-wdicus, Indian soap). SOAP-
BERRY FAMILY. Fig 35. Trees or shrubs, rarely herbs,
often climbing* leaves usually alternate, mostly com-
pound, sometimes ternately, sometimes pmnately de-
compound' flowers unisexual or polygamous, regular or
irregular (i.e. obliquely unsymmetncal), small; sepals
4-5, imbricated or rarely valvate; petals 4r-5, small or
wanting, usually with scales or hairs at the base inside:
disk well developed, situated between the petals ana
the stamens (extrastammal) ; stamens usually 10 in 2
whorla, more or less united at the base; ovary superior,
mostly 3-celled and deeply 3-lobed; ovules typically
1 in each cell; style 1* fruit very diverse, a firm or
bladdery capsule, a berry, nut, or winged fruit; seeds
without endosperm.
The 118 genera and about 1,000 species are of trop-
ical distribution. Only one species reaches northward
as far as Kansas. The family is closely related to the
Staphyleacete, Hippocastanacea*, and Aceracese, which
see for differences; and more distantly to the Celastra-
ceae. The small flowers, usually appendaged petals,
10 stamens, extra-staminal disk, and 3-celled, few-
seeded fruit are usually distinctive.
The climbing Sapindacea; often have very peculiar
stems in which many separate cambium rings have
taken part. This renders the cross-section very peculiar,
making it appear sometimes as a bundle of woody
ropes tied together, with bark between them
Tho Sapmdacejc are of considerable economic impop
tance. The fruits of many are used locally for food,
sometimes the flesh of the fruit, sometimes the aril
being of importance The seeds of Sapmdus and other
genera are often roasted and eaten as food Oil is
obtained from the seeds of others Some are used locally
for medicine. The seeds and other parts of many species
are very poisonous, the fruits of species of Sapmdus be-
ing used to poison fish The juice of Paulhnia pinnata
(cururu) is used by savages in Guiana to poison their
arrows The Lechcheuquana bee collects honey from
tSerjania lelhahs which, when eaten even in small
quantities, produces raving madness or even death
The bark and berries of many species (e g , the soap
tree, Sapmdus) contain saponm which reacts like soap,
on which account they are used for washing Yellow
and black dyes, used as cosmetics, are obtained from
certain species. The very hard wood of certain
Sapmdacecc is much prized for timber The hard,
spherical, black seeds of Sapindus tiaponarw are btrung
as beads.
There are 15 or more genera of true Sapmdarojp grown
m America Ko?lreutena (Varnish Tree) is hardv and
ornamental Cardiospermum (Balloon Vine) is a tender
annual with queer fruit Xanthoceras is a hardy orna-
mental tree Paulhnia is a greenhouse climbing shrub
The following are grown only in the southern .states or
California Grcyia, Melicocca (Spanish Lime); Bhghia
(Akee Tree), Dodomea, Ungnadia (Mexican or Spanish
Buckeye) , Sapindus (Soapberry)
The following cultivated genera are now referred to
other families. Melianthus (Mehanthaceae), yEsculus
(Hippocastanaceae); Acer (Aeeracca>), Ptzrroxylon
(Meliaceip); Staphylea (Staphyleacea>) ; Kuscaphis
(Staphyleacerc) , Turpima (Staphyleacese)
131 Mehanthaceae (from the genus Mehanthus,
derived from the Greek meaning honey and flower).
MELIANTHUS FAMILY. Shrubs or trees4 leaves alter-
nate, entire or pinnate* flowers bisexual, irregular,
soon inverted, sepals 5, imbricated, petals 4-5, sta-
mens 4-5, or 10, free or slightly connate at the base,
alternating with the petals, disk present, extrastammal,
crescent-hhaped, or annular with 10 projections, carpels
4-5, ovary 4-5-eelled, ovules 1 to many in each cell,
style 1, stigma 4-5-lobed fruit a capsule, seeds albu-
minous, sometimes anllate
All the 3 genera and 17 species are natives of Africa
The Melianthacese were formerly united with the
Sapindaceae, with which they agree in the extra-
stammal disk, but they differ in the vertically bisym-
metncal, not obliquely bisymmetrical, flowers, and
more abundant endosperm.
In southern California, species of Melianthus are
grown for ornament
132. Balsaminaceae (from Balsamina, the old name
of the genus Impatiens, probably derived from balassant
the Arabic name of these plants) . BALSAM FAMILY Fig.
36 Herbs, very rarely epiphytic • leaves various ' flowers
bisexual, irregular, spurred, nodding; sepals 3-5, irreg-
ular, imbricated often petaloid, the posterior very
large and sack-like, and gradually prolonged backward
into a honey-spur; petals 5, alternate with the sepals,
separate, or united so as to appear as 3, lower petals
much the larger, stamens 5, hypogynous, closelv
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
51
covering the ovary like a hood; anthers coherent;
ovary superior, 5-celled; ovules 3 to many in each cell,
stigmas sessile, fruit a 5-valved capsule, the valves of
which coil up elastically and forcibly distribute the
seeds, or sometimes a 5-cclled drupe-like structure
Contained in this family are 2 genera and about 220
species, of which all but 1 belong to the genus Impa-
tiens, widely distributed, but most abundant in the
tropics of the Old World, wanting in South America
The family is closely related to the Geramaceac, with
which it was formerly united, but is distinguished by
the 5 peculiar hypogynous stamens The honey-spur
in this family is an outgrowth of the sepals, and not of
the receptacle as in Pelargonium and Tropa;olum.
There are extra-floral nectaries on the foliage of some
species, which attract protective ants
The sap of several species of Impatiens has been used
as a dye to color red or yellow that of / biflora (North
America) staining yellow, that of /. Balsamina (India)
staining red, and used to color the skin and finger-
nails The tubers of 7 hnctona of Abjssima are used
for dyeing the feet and hands red or black Some species
have been used as medicine Many are ornamental.
There are several species of Impatiens in the North
American trade / anrea and 7 biflora are the east
American touch-me-nots or jewel-weeds; 7. Balsamina
is the garden balsam; the other species are greenhouse
plants
Order 40. RHAMNALES
133 Rhamnaceae from the genus Rhamnus. the old
Greek name) BUCKTHORN FAMILY. Fig 36 Trees or
shrubs, rarely herbs, sometimes spiny or climbing:
leaves simple, mostly alternate flowers bisexual or
unisexual, regular, pengynous, small, greenish, mostly
axillary, sepals 5, rarely 4, valvate, petals 5, or 4,
alternate with the sepals, stamens of the same number
as the petals and opposite them; an mtrastammal disk
lining the cup-shaped receptacle; ovary 2-4-celled,
superior or inferior, colls 1-, rarely 2-, ovuled, styles
2-4, more or less connate fruit drupaceous, or winged,
or capsular
Hhamnacea1 has 40 genera and about 550 species
very generally distributed over the earth Rhamnus is
the largest genus (70 species), and the most widely
distributed The family is represented by 6 native
species in northeastern North America It is mo&t
closely related to the Vitacea* and Cclastracea?, differing
from the former in the simple entire leaves and
strongly pengynous flowers, and from the latter in the
stamens being opposite the petals
The family is not of great economic importance The
berries and bark of Khaninus cathartics (buckthorn)
contain a bitter principle which is purgative. The
fruits of some species of Hhamnus yield yellow or green
dyes of some importance H dahurica and R. tinc-
tona give Chinese green The bark of 7? cathartica
and R Franqula (Europe) is used to dye yellow R
Purshiana (California; is the cascara segrada of
medicine, a strong purgative The fruits of Zizyphus
Lottie arc pulpy and agreeable, and were much prized
by the ancients The fruits of several species of Zizy-
phus are eaten in various parts of the Old World The
spiny branches of Paliurus Spina-Chnsti or Zizyphus
Spwa-Chnsti are thought to have been those from
which the crown of thorns was made.
Nine or more genera are in cultivation in N America
for ornamental purposes These are. Ceanothus (New
Jersey Tea); Bercherma (Supple Jack); Gouania;
Hovenia, Pahurus, Pomaderns, Rcynosia; Rhamnus
(Buckthorn), Zizyphus (Jujube)
134 Vitacese (from the genus Vitis, the classical
name) GRAPE FAMILY Fig 36 Mostly climbing shrubs
with tendrils, seldom upright shrubs or small trees,
leaves alternate or opposite, very diverse, flowers bisex-
ual, or unisexual small, numerous, regular; sepals 4-5,
rarely 3-7, minute or obsolete; petals 4-5, rarely 3-7,
valvate, separate (gamopetalous in Leea), stamens
4-5, rarely 3-7, opposite the petals, somewhat pe-
ngynous; disk evident annular or of separate lobes;
ovary superior, 2-, rarely 3-6-, celled, with. 2, or rarely
1, ovule in each cell; style 1 or 0, stigma capitate or
peltate fruit a berry: seeds albuminous.
The 11 genera and about 450 species are mostly of
tropical and subtropical distribution. Fourteen species
reach the northeastern United States The largest
genus is Cissus with 250 species. Some fossil forms
are known The Vitacea) are closely related to the
Rhamnaccce. The climbing habit, the few stamens
opposite the petals, the 2-carpelled berry, and the
capitate stigma are distinctive
The petals in Vitis remain connate at the tip as in
the bud, but separate from each other at the base, and
fall off as a cap The tendrils of the Vitacea? are borne
at the nodes and opposite the leaves There has been
much discussion as to whether the tendrils are apical or
36 BAIS\MINACE^S \ Impations, a, flower, b, fruit RHAM-
NACF.C 2 Khartum's a, flowtr, b, floral diagram VITACE^E:
3 \ius, flower TILIACEE 4 Tiha, a, flower, b, floral diagram
c, fruit.
lateral, i e , whether the plant is sympodial or mono-
podial The tips of the tendrils are in some species
expanded into disk-like holdfasts The species of Cis-
sus are mainly desert plants They arc often cactus-
hke, with fleshy, angled, jointed, or terete stems, or
have tubers or tuberous bases.
The most important economic plant in the family is
the grape (Vitis), which has been cultivated since early
times V vimfcra is the wine grape of Europe and
southern California, and has given rise to our green-
house grapes; not hardy. V. Labrusca is one of the
. .
parents of most of our hardy grapes V vulpma and
V cordifoha are frost or fox grapes Several species
f Vitis arc grown for ornamental purposes only. Rai-
ins are the dried fruit of certain species of Vitis, mostly
V vimfera Virginia creeper or woodbine (Parthenocis-
sus [Arnpelopsis] quinqut folia} and Boston ivy or Jap-
anese ivy (7* tnrutpidnta) are ornamental.
A few genera are in cultivation in America: Ampe-
lopsis, Parthenocissus or Psedera; Cissus (Kangaroo
Vine), and Vitis.
Order 41. MALVALES
135. Elceocarpaceae (from the genus Elaeocarpus,
derived from the Greek meaning olive-fruit) . EL^OCAB
PUS FAMILY. Trees or shrubs, with entire alternate or
opposite leaves without slime-cells flowers usually bi-
sexual, regular, hypogynous, involucre 0; sepals 4-5,
separate or connate, valvate, petals 1-5, or 0, separate,
rarely connate, usually valvate, often incised; stamens
many, anthers opening by terminal pores; hypogy-
52
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
nous intra-stammal disk present; ovary superior, 2- to
many-celled, rarely 1 -celled, ovules many m each cell;
style 1 , stigmas 1 to several fruit capsular or drupaceous.
Seven genera and about 120 species are distributed
in the tropics of both hemispheres. Elaeocarpus contains
60 species and Sloanea 44 species. The family is
closely related to the Tiliacete, with which it is often
united and from which it is distinguished by anatomical
characteristics, and usually albo by the often hairy and
firm, or incised, petals, or by the absence of petals.
A vegetable ivory used in carving is obtained from
the large stone of the drupe of Elxocarput* snhsericus of
India. Those of E. tuberculatus (India ana Java) are
worn as amulets. The seeds of Sloanea dentata of
Guiana arc eaten like chestnuts The bark of Cnno-
dendron Patagua of Chile is used for tanning The wood
of Anstoleha Maqui of Chile is variously used Its
leaves are medicinal and its berries are edible
Two genera are cultivated in North America: Aris-
totelia, California; Elaeocarpus, not hardy
136. Tihaceae (from the genus Tiha, the ancient
Latin name of the Linden) LINDEN or BASSWOOD
FAMILY. Fig 36. Trees, shrubs, or herbs, leaves
mostly alternate, entire or variously lobed1 flowers
bisexual, regular: sepals 5, rarely 3 or 4, free or con-
nate, usually valvate; petals as many as the sepals,
convolute or imbricated, or valvate, rarely wanting or
modified, stamens 10 or more, hypogynous, usually
very numerous, filaments separate, or connate only at
the base, or in 5-10 fascicles, some may be stami-
nodia; anthers 4-celled, opening by slits or pores; ovary
superior, 2-10-celled; ovules 1 to several in each cell;
style 1; stigma rayed: fruit a capsule, or indehiscent
and nut-like, or a drupe, rarely a berry, or separating
into drupelets; seeds usually albuminous
Most of the 35 genera and 270 species are tropical.
The most important extra-tropical genus is Tiha
(linden, basswood), which is widely distributed.
Fossil species are known The Tihacese are related to
the Malvaceae and Stercuhaceae, from which they are
distinguished by the nearly distinct stamens, and
4-cclled anthers The stamens are sometimes borne,
along with the ovary, on a long stipe-like projection of
the receptacle, sometimes cover the whole surface of a
discoid receptacle, and sometimes are enveloped by
the petals
The Tihaoeie, like the Malvacea?, are mucilaginous.
For this reabon, many have been used more or less in
medicine The genus Tiha and other arborescent genera
furnish very valuable timber; that of Grewia asiatica
is flexible and used for bow-making In the tropics
the foliage of Corchorus ohtonus is used as a pot-herb.
The fruits of species of Grewia are used m India as
a sherbet because of their agreeable juice Some mem-
bers of the family yield cordage The beautiful seeds of
many species are made into necklaces by the Indians.
In North America 6 or more genera are m cultivation.
Thev are all warmhouse plants, or are grown m south-
ern California, except the Tihas (Rasswood, Lime, Lin-
den), of which many species are grown in America
The Tihas furnish some of our best-known hardv , orna-
mental trees. Other genera are Entelea, Luehea,
Grewia (with some half-hardy species), and Sparmanma
137. Malvaceae (from the genus Mallow, altered
from the Greek, m allusion to the mucilaginous emol-
lient qualities). MALLOW FAMILY Fig 37 Herbs,
shrubs or trees, with alternate, simple, usually pal-
matcly veined leaves flowers bisexual, regular, sepals
5, often united, valvate, frequently bracteolate at the
base; petals 5, convolute, often adnate to the stamens,
stamens very numerous, hypogynous, the filaments
united into a tube (monadelphous), anthers 1-celled,
pollen spiny; ovary superior, 2 to manv-celled, rarely
1-celled, ovules in each cell 1 to many; styles and stig-
mas usually as many as the carpels' fruit a capsule or
separating into drupelets, very rarely fleshy.
The Mallows include 39 genera and from 800 to
900 species, distributed over the whole earth, except
in the arctic zone, but most abundant in tropical
America. The Malvacea) are closely related to the
37. MALVVCEJE 1 Malva, a, flower, 6, floral diaRram, c, fruit;
d, croBs-scction fruit 2 Hibiscus, flow or BOMBACACE.E 3
Adansoma, flower STERCUIIACE* 4. Thcobroma, flower DIL,-
LKNIACE^E 5 Dillema, flower
Stercuhaceae and Tiliacea? From the former they arc
distinguished by their 1-celled anthers and lough pollen,
and from the latter by their monadelphous stamens as
well as the 1-celled anthers The hollyhock-like flower
is characteristic
The foliage, stems, and seeds of most Malvaceae con-
tain abundant mucilage for which, in some countries,
they have been used as medicine Pungent and poi-
sonous properties are apparently wanting Allhya ojftct-
nahs (marsh mallow of Europe), Malva sylvestns and
M. roiundifoha. both of Europe, have been used as
emollients Hibiscus Sabdanffn and // digitalus (white
and red kotmies of tropical Africa) have acid juice
and are used in the preparation of refreshing drinks
The capsule of //. (Abelmoschus) esculentus (okra or
gumbo) of the tropics is eaten in soup, or cooked and
seasoned The seeds of H. Abclmoschus of India, now
widely cultivated in the tropics, are used for perfum-
ery H Aow-nnensts (Chinese hibiscus or shoeblack
plant) contains a coloring matter in the flower with
which the Chinese blacken shoes and eyebrows Al-
thaea cannatnna of southern Europe has fibers which
may be used in place of hemp. The fibers of Urena
lobata, Abutilon indicum, Sida, Hibiscus cannabinus, H
tiliaceus, and others, are also used. The most useful
genus is Gossypium (cotton) of Egypt, India, and trop-
ical America, the abundant, long, woolly hairs on the
seeds of which furnish the cotton of commerce. Cot-
ton seed yields an oil which is used for fuel, cattle-food,
soap, artificial butter, and many other purposes. Sev-
eral mallows are weedy plants.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
53
Many of the genera in cultivation in N America are
among the most important old-fashioned cultivated
garden plants Among these are' Abutilon (Indian
Mallow, Velvet Leaf) ; Altha>a (Marsh Mallow, Holly-
hock), Calhrhoe (Poppy Mallow), Gossypmm (Cot-
ton); Hibiscus (Bladder Ketmia, Roselle, Jamaica
Sorrel, Okra, Gumbo, Rose of Sharon, Mountain
Mahoe, Shoeblack Plant), Malope, Malvastmm; Pavo-
ma, Sida; Spharalcea
138 Bombacaceae (from the genus Bombax, from
the Latin meaning silk or cotton) BOMBAX FAMILY
Fig 37 Trees leaves mostly alternate, entire or digi-
tate, often with slime-cells and stellate hairs flowers
bisexual, regular or slightly irregular, involucre often
present, sepals 5, separate or connate, valvate, petals
5, twisted in the bud, stamens 5 to many, separate or
monadelnhous, anther cells 1 -2 or more, pollen smooth;
stammodia often present, ovary superior, 2-5-ccllcd,
ovules 2 to many; style 1, stigmas 1-5. fruit dry or
fleshy, dehiscent or mdehiseent
There are 20 genera and about 100 species, of tropical
distribution, mostly in America The family is closely
related to the Malvaceae and often united with that
family It is distinguished most easily by the smooth
pollen and the often several-celled anthers
Many Bombacacea- are very large trees The trunk
of the baobab tree, or monkey's bread tree (Adansonia
digitata) of tropical Africa is often 100 feet in circumfer-
ence The wool produced in the fruit is of little value.
The fruit of Duuo zibcthinu^ contains a cream-like sub-
stance and is eaten The seeds of the green fruit of
Mati^ta cordala of the Andes is edible The sour cucum-
ber tree or cream of tartar tree is Adanwma Grcgorii
The fruit contains tartanc acid
Five or (j genera are m cultivation in this country m
the South and m greenhouses Adansoma (Boabab
Tree, Monkey's Bread), Bombax (Silk Cotton Tree);
Chonsia (l< loss-silk Tree), Fnodendron; Pachira
130 Stercuhaceae (from the genus filfnuha, deriva-
tion obscure^ STEHCTLI\ FAMILY Fig 37. Trees,
shrubs, or herbs, sometimes \ines leaves alternate,
simple or digitate flowers bisexual or unisexual, usu-
alh regular, sepals 3-5, somewhat united, vahate;
petals wanting or reduced, stamens \ery remarkable
and wonderfully diverse, in 2 whorls, those opposite
the sepals reduced to stammodia or wanting, the 1 to
man> others united into a tube, the anthers frequently
alternating with sterile teeth, or variously arranged
on the back of the tube, ovary superior, 4-5-celled;
ovules several, stjles 4-5, distinct or connate fruit
dry, raiely fleshy, or splitting into separate berries
The 48 genera arid about 750 species are almost
entirely confined to the tropics The family is related
to the Malvaceie in the inonadelphous stamens, but
differs m the 2-celled anthers, also related to the Bom-
baeacea* and Tihaceie The valvate sepals, reduced
petals, 4-5-celled ovar>, and especially the peculiar
stamens, are distinctive
The StercuhacesB, like the Malvaceae, contain abun-
dant mucilage They also contain a bitter principle
which renders them emetic and stimulant. The seeds
of Theobroma Cacao, native of central and northern
South America, furnishes cocoa, chocolate, and cocoa-
butter Cola acumwata of Africa furnishes the cola
nut, now very popular as an ingredient m a mildly
stimulating drink It is said to form the mam con-
stituent of the drink called "coco-cola "
There are about 12 genera in cultivation in America,
all either in tropical agriculture or in greenhouse cul-
ture Ruhngia, Reevesia, and Pterospermum in south-
ern California; Stercuha (Japanese \arnish Tree, Chi-
nese Parasol Tree. Flame Tree), Fremontia and Gua-
zuma in the South; Theobroma and Cola in the West
Indies; Abroma, Dombeya, and Maherma (Honey Bell)
mostly in the greenhouse. All are grown for orna-
mental purposes except Theobroma and Cola.
Order 42. PARIETALES
140 Dilleniaceae (from the genus Lhllenia, in honor
of John James Dillemus, a professor of botany at
Oxford). DILLENIA FAMILY lig 37 Trees or shrubs,
often climbing, leaves alternate, very rarely opposite1
flowers bisexual, regular, hypogynous, sepals 5, rarely
more or fewer, imbricated, persistent, petals 5 or fewer,
imbricated, deciduous, stamens numerous, often very
numerous, free or united in groups, anthers opening by
slits or pores, carpels several, usually distinct, but
often united, ovules numerous fruit a follicle, or a
berry or a capsule, or inclosed in a fleshy calyx, which
simulates a berry, seed albuminous, usually with
an aril
Nearly all the 11 genera and about 200 species are
tropical, distributed chiefly in Australia, India, and
tropical America, rarely in Africa Of these Dillema,
Hibbertia and Tetracera are the largest genera The
family is related to the Rammculacea} and Magnoha-
ceae on the one hand, and to the Theaceae on the other.
Its closest affinity is with the latter family. The woody
habit, polypetalous flowers, very numerous stamens,
usually separate carpels, albuminous seeds with arils,
and straight embryo, are characteristic
The Dilleniacea; are astringent, for which reason some
are used medicinally, the fruits of some are eaten
because acid, others are used as tonics Davilla of
Brazil has been used for wounds; Curatella for ulcers;
Tetracera a<spera of Guiana as a sudorific and diuretic,
also for syphilis, intermittent fevers and scurvy The
astringent bark of a species of Dillema is said to have
been used in Asia for ulcerated sores The acid and
inedible fruit of Ihllcina i^penosa serves to season
dishes, and a syrup of the juice of the unripe fruit
allays coughs, assists expectoration and is said to cure
angina, the bark is also used for tanning Many species
of Dillema furnish timber in the Indo region The rough,
silicioua leaves of many of the tribe Tetracera;, espe-
cially Curatella amcruana, have been used m Brazil
to polish wood m place of sandpaper Some of the
climbing species furnish drinking-water by incisions in
the stem
The flowers of many species are very beautiful, but
few forms are in cultivation In this country the only
one apparently is Dillema indica, a large magnoha-hke
tiee with flowers 9 inches in diameter, grown in south-
ern California and in Florida
By recent authors (Gilg, in Engler and Prantl),
Actimdia, a genus of vines from eastern Asia, has
been placed in this family, although formerly included
m the Theaceac A few species of Actmidia are in the
American trade
141. Ochnaceae (from the genus Ochna, which is
from ochne, the Greek name of a wild pear tree; the
38. OCHNA.CE.SI: 1 Ochna, fruit TERNSTRCEMIACE/E 2. Gordonia,
Sower 3 Thoa, floral diagram
resemblance is probably in the foliage). OCHNA FAMILY.
Fig 38. Shrubs or trees, with alternate, simple or pin-
nate, coriaceous leaves* flowers bisexual, regular, sepals
4-5, imbricated, rarely 10; petals 5, rarely 3-4, or 10.
usually convolute; stamens 1-3 times the number of
the petals, sometimes with 1-3 series of stammodia,
hypogynous, separate; anthers usually opening by
tenmnal pores; an hypogynous stipe usually present
(gynophore); ovary 4-5-celled, often deeply lobed,
ovules 1 to many m each cell; style and stigmas 1-5:
54
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
fruit coriaceous and mdehiscent,, or fleshy, or a capsule,
or composed of the 1-seeded drupe-like lobes of the
ovary which are whorled on the enlarged fleshy recep-
tacle (Ochna).
The family has 17 genera and 100 or more species, dis-
tributed in the tropical regions of both hemispheres,
most abundant perhaps in Brazil, but also abundant in
Afuca The family is not closely related to any other but
seems to stand between the Ranunculus group and the
Hypencum group of families The many sepals, petals
and stamens, the gynophore, and usually the lobed
ovary, are distinctive
The wood of some species of Ochnacezp has been
used locally for timber, and, because of the pronounced
astringent properties of some species, they have been
used locally for fly-bites, ulcers, and so on
Ochna multi flora, of Tipper Guiana, is cultivated in
America This is grown occasionally in greenhouses
because of the peculiar fruit, for an account of which sec
the article on Ochna
142 Ternstrcemiaceae (or Theacese) (from the genus
Ternstr&mia , in honor of Ternstroem, a Swedish natuial-
ist and traveler who died in 1745). TEA FAMILY Fig 38
Large or small trees, with alternate, entire, leathery
leaves flowers solitary or scattered, usually bisexual, reg-
ular, sepals 5-7, imbricated, persistent, petals 5, raiely 4
or more, nearly or quite separate; stamens very many,
rarely 15 or fewer, usually hypogynous, separate or
united at the base, or in 5 fascicles, usually adnate to
the corolla below; ovary superior, 2-10-celled, ovules 1
to many in each cavity; styles as many as the cells of
39. HYPEHICACE.E 1 Hyporirum, species, a, flower, b, flower,
rtals removed, c, fruit 2 \ ismia, floral diagram GUTTIFER.E
Garcmia, a, flower, 6, flower, perianth remo\ed TAMAUICACE^E
4 Tamarix, a, flower ,6, flower, pcmuth removed, c, floral diagram
the ovary, or united into one fruit a capsule or inde-
hiscent, dry or drupaceous; embryo more or less curved.
In this family are 16 genera and 174 species of tropical
and subtropical distribution. Stuartia reaches Vir-
ginia and Kentucky, and Gordoma reaches Virginia
This family is related to the Hypencaceac and Gut-
tifene, also to the Dillemaceso From it are now usually
excluded several genera which were formerly included.
Of importance to us in this connection are Actimdia
(transferred to the Dilleniaceae), and Stachyurus
(transferred to the Stachyuraceae). The very numerous
stamens, the type of ovary and the curved embryo are
distinctive The numerous stamens have probably been
produced by the splitting up of one set of 5, as in the
Hyperieaeea1
Various glucosides and alkaloids are found in the
foliage, on account of which Gordoma has been used
for tanning leather, and other species have been used
m medicine The most important species is Thea
chinensis (tea) The bitter taste of tea is largely due
to a glucoside, and the stimulating properties to an
alkaloid, theme
Exclusive of Actimdia and Stachyurus, 8 or 10 genera
are in cultivation in N America Stuart la and Gordoma
(Loblolly Bay) aie hardy Visriea, Ternstnrmia and
Clcyera are grown in Florida Eurya and Schuna are
Camellia-like warmhouse shiubs Camellia (Thea) is
a famous genus of old-fashioned greenhouse shrubs
143 Guttiferae (from the Latin signifying drop-
bearing, in allusion to the resinous exudation) GAR-
CINIA FAMILY Fig 39 Trees or shrubs, \vith opposite
or whorled, rarely alternate leaves flowers legular,
usually some bisexual and others unisexual on the
same plant, rarely all bisexual, styles usually united
and stigmas sometimes shield-shaped, — otherwise as in
the llypencacea1, to which family it is closely related,
and with which the Guttifeia* is united by many authors
Thirty-five genera and about 370 species inhabit
the tropical regions of both hemispheres Clusia
(America), with 80 species, and Garcmia (Old World),
with 150 species, are the largest genera Many species
are tropical trees of majestic size and handsome form,
useful for timber The Clusias are mostly epiphytic
shrubs w ith aerial roots and evergreen leaves
The Guttifera? yield a yellow or greenish resinous
juice when incisions are made Gamboge is an intensely
yellow resinous pigment extracted from (larcinia
Manila (Ceylon) It is also a powerful purgative.
The blackish bitter juice of Clusia ro^ta (West Indies)
is al&o a purgative The juice of species of Clusia (West
Indies) may be used as a vaimsh The resin ol (' flava
(hog-gurn) is a wound remedy Wounded swine smear
themselves with the gum by rubbing against the plant,
hence the name The pulpy fruit of (jarcinia Mangos-
tana ("mangosteen" of the Moluccas), and Mammea
amencana (West Indies) are delicious to many people.
There are 3 or 1 genera in cultivation in warm Amer-
ica Garcmia including the Mangosteen, cultu ated m the
West Indies, and the Gamboge Tiee cultivated in the
West Indies and Florida, Calophyllum, cultuated in
southern Florida and bouthern California, Mammea
amencana (Mammee Apple or St Domingo Apricot),
cultivated in southern Florida and southern California
144 Hypericacese (from the genus IIy]>encnrn, an
ancient Greek name of unknown origin) ST JOHN'S-
WORT FAMILY Fig 39 Herbaceous or woody plants
leaves opposite or whorled, often pellucid punctate or
black-punctate flowers bisexual, regular, cymose, sepals
4-5, more or less connate, the outer smaller, rarely 4,
with the 2 outer much larger, petals as many as the
sepals, sessile or clawed, claw naked or with a honey-
furrow or -pit; stamens many, hypogynous, usually in
3-5 bundles the members of which are often more or
less united, rarely monadclphous; ovary superior 3-5-,
rarely 1-, celled, placenta? usually parietal, ovules
numerous, styles 1-5, usually 3-5. fruit a capsule,
rarely fleshy.
About 8 genera and 260 species are known, of which
200 are in the genus Hypencum, of the tropical and
temperate regions throughout the world, but especially
abundant in the north temperate zone The family is
very closely related to the Guttiferae, with which it is
united by Engler and Prantl under the latter name,
also related to the TernstroemiaceaB (Theacea^) The
fascicles of stamens probably represent individual
stamens, each of which has become divided into many.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
55
The opposite pellucid-dotted leaves, fascicled sta-
mens, and 3-5-celled ovary with separate styles are
characteristic.
The balsamic exudations from the bark and wood,
especially of the shrubby .species, were formerly used
to some extent in medicine as an astringent.
The genera in cultivation in America for ornamental
purposes are. Ascyrum (St Andrew's Cross, St. Peter's-
wort), and Ilypencum (St John's- wort) Some of the
species are herbaceous and some are shrubby. Some
of the Hypencums are very showy
145. Tamaricaceae (from the genus Tamartx, said to
have been named from the river Tamans, now Tambro,
on the border of the Pyrenees). TAMARISK FAMILY.
Fig 39 Shrubs or small trees, with alternate, mostly
needle-like or scale-like, encoid leaves flowers bisexual,
regular, sepals 4-5, petals 5, imbricated, withering
and drying persistent, stamens equal to and alternate
with the petals or double the number, inserted on a
more or less evident disk, ovary superior, 1-celled, with
3-4 parietal placentae, or placenta basal, ovules 2 to
many, styles ,3-4, or stigmas sessile, seeds densely
bearded at distal end, rarely winged fruit a capsule, some-
times becoming falsely and incompletely several-celled.
The 5 genera and about 90-100 species are mainly
distributed in the Mediterranean region and in central
Asia The family is related to the Frankeniaeese and
Elatmaeeae, possibly also to the Sahcacese The eri-
coid habit, withering-persistent petals, definite sta-
mens, 1-celled ovary and bearded seeds arc distinctive.
By means of small leaves, sunken stomata, water-
storing tissue, and other contrivances, the Tamarica-
cesc are adapted for life in the dry saline regions in which
they live Foliage-glands excrete an excess of absorbed
mineral matter, and this verv hygroscopic excretion
accumulates on the surface of the plant
The Tamancacea? contain much tannin, resin and
oils, which render them bitter and astringent The
bark of Myncana gcrmamca has been used for jaund^e;
the galls of some species are used because astringent
Tamarix mannijcra, "which grows on Mount Sinai
and elsewhere in Arabia, secretes, as the result of the
puncture of a cynips, a saccharine mutter, supposed
by some to be the manna which fed the Hebrews in the
desert " (See also Fraxinus Ornus }
None of the genera in cultivation in N America is
very hardy Tamanx (Tamarisk), M>riearia, all grown
for the queer, fluffy foliage, and small, abundant flowers
146 Fouquienaceae (from the genus Fouquieria,
named in honor of Pierre E Fouquier, professor of
medicine at Paris). CANDLEWOOD ¥ \MILY Similar to
the Tamaricaceae and formerly united with that family,
but differing in the gamopetalous corolla, the hgule-
beanng, hairy stamens, partially united styles, median
ovules instead of basal, and leaves without crystal
glands or epidermal glands.
The single genus and about 4 species are natives of
Mexico and the southwestern United States.
F splendent is the ocotilla, coach- whip cactus, vine
cactus, or Jacob's staff of the Southwest, a spiny
cactus-like shrub used by the Mexicans to make im-
penetrable hedges A useful wax is obtained from
the cortex of this species. The cortex is also used
medicinally This species is in cultivation in the larger
rockeries of California
147 Cistaceae (from the genus Cistus, derived from
the Greek, meaning a box or capside, on account of the
shape of the capsule) ROCK-ROSE FAMILY. Fig. 40.
Herbs or shrubs leaves mostly opposite' flowers bisex-
ual, regular; sepals 3 or more, in f phyllotaxy; petals 5,
rarely 3 or 0, quickly falling; convolutions of corolla
and calyx in opposite directions; stamens numerous,
hypogynous; ovary superior, 1-celled, with 3-10 pa-
rietal placentae, or falsely 5-10-cclled by ingrowing
partitions; ovules 2 to many, orthotropous, style 1;
stigmas 1-3: fruit a capsule.
In North America and around the Mediterranean
Sea, 4 genera and about 70 species are distributed, also
a few species in eastern Asia and in South America,
The family is most closely related to the Violaceae
and the Bixaceae, and more distantly to the Hyperi-
caceae. The quickly falling convolute petals, many
40. CiBTACB^fi 1 Helianthemum, flower 2. Cistus, floral
diagram BIXACE^ 3 Bixa, floral diagram VIOI.ACE* 4.
Viola, a, flower, b, flower, perianth r<>mo\ed, c. fruit, d, floral dia-
gram PABBIFLORACE*. 5. o, flower , 6, cross-section of ovary.
hypogynous stamens, 1-celled, many- seeded ovary,
parietal placentse and copious endosperm are dis-
tinctive features.
In the dry region about the Mediterranean, the
shrubby forms, especially Cistus ladaniferus and
C monspthensis take part in forming extensive
"maquis," or impenetrable evergreen thickets, where
they alone form great stretches of vegetation. The Cis-
tace^e prefer dry, sunny, sandy or alkaline soil. In
America, Hudsoma forms carpets on the sand-dunes
which are often strikingly beautiful when in flower.
The family includes also Lechea (pin weed), and Helian-
themum (rock-rose)
In North America several species of Cistus, all
shrubs, and of Helianthemum, are grown for orna-
mental purposes, although they have no marked
importance in this country.
148 Bixaceae (from the genus Bixa, a name of South
American origin) BIXA FAMILY. Fig 40. Trees or
shrubs leaves alternate, simple or compound, flowers
unisexual or bisexual, regular, "sepals 4-5, imbricated:
petals 4-5, large and colored, imbricated and twisted
in the bud, stamens numerous, anthers opening by
slits, or rarely by pores (Bixa), hypogynous; carpels
1 to several, united, ovary 1-celled, with 1 to several
parietal placenta?, or falsely 3-celled; seeds many, with
endosperm fruit fleshy or dry, mdehiscent or val-
vular, in Bixa large and bristly-prickly all over
All the 4 genera and 19 species (excluding the Fla-
courtiaceae and other small families often here included)
are tropical, from Mexico to Brazil and m Africa,
Madagascar and Australia Bixa is now widely dis-
tributed through the tropics. The Bixaceae are related
to the Violaceae and Cistaceae, as well as to the Tihacese.
The numerous stamens, compound but 1-celled ovary
with many placentae are all important distinguishing
characters
Bixa Orellana furnishes the coloring matter known
as "anatto," extracted from the pulp around the seeds,
56
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
which is much used to give butter a rich yellow color
and is also used in dyeing silks. The Canbbeans formerly
tatooed themselves with this dye in order, it is said, to
prevent mosquito-bites. The wood is very soft and
serves only for tinder; the roots are aromatic and have
been used to color and flavor soups. Maximilianea
Gossypium furnishes a substitute for gum tragacanth
in farther India.
Bixa OreUana is in cultivation in the West Indies,
where it is grown for the fruit. Several other genera
in the American trade, which were formerly included
in the Bixaceae, are now placed by Warburg in the
Flacourtiaceae.
149. Violacese (from the genus Viola, the ancient
Latin name). VIOLET FAMILY. Fig. 40 Herbs, shrubs
or small trees, rarely climbing leaves usually alternate:
flowers bisexual, regular or irregular, sepals 5, separate
or nearly so; petals 5, 1 often spurred, stamens 5,
hypogynous or slightly pengynous, closely conmvent
around the style, similar or dissimilar (2 spurred);
ovary 1-celled; placenta 2-5, usually 3, parietal; ovules
many; style 1: fruit a firm capsule with placenta? on the
middle of the. valves, rarely a berry and indehiscent.
Violacece has 15 genera and about 300 species, of
which about 200 belong to the genus Viola These
genera are grouped in three tribes? the Violese; with
irregular flowers, found chiefly in Europe, Siberia and
North Amenca; although the woody species are mainly
natives of tropical America; the Paypayrolete and Rm-
oreeae? with regular flowers, are principally found in South
America, Africa and Australia The family is closely
related to the Cistacese. The tendency to irregular
flowers, the peculiar stamens, the 1-celled ovary with
usually 3 parietal placentae, and the anatropous ovules,
are distinctive
In the genus Viola and some other genera, a finger-
like curved nectar-secreting horn projects backward
from the connective of each of the two lower anthers
into the spur of the lower petal In many species of
Viola, almost all the seeds are produced by small
apetalous cleistogamous flowers on short pedicels near
the ground in midsummer, after the normal flowering
period is over Thehe are very fertile, and quite
diverse in structure, and, therefore, useful in classifica-
tion Cleistogamous flowers are also produced m the
genus Hybanthus. The capsules of most Violacese
open elastically when ripe, the valves springing back
and at the same time folding on the midrib so that the
seeds are forcibly ejected as one would shoot a wet
apple seed from between the fingers.
The Violaceae have been used to a certain extent in
medicine, their virtues being due to an alkaloid having
emetic and laxative properties Hybanthus ipecacuanha
("white ipecacuanha of commerce) funushes a substi-
tute for ipecac. Various species of Viola and other
genera have been used in many countries for skin
diseases, as emetics, laxatives, and the like. Several
species are ornamental '
Three genera are in the American trade: Corniostyhs
or Calyptnon, a species of greenhouse woody climbers;
Hybanthus or Solea, of the garden; and Viola (Common
Pansy, Horned Pansy, Sweet English Violets, Wild
Violets)
150 Flacourtiaceee (from the genus Flacourtia,
named in honor of E de Flacourt, a governor of
Madagascar). FLACOURTIA FAMILY. Trees or shrubs,
rarely climbing: leaves usually alternate and in 2 ranks:
flowers bisexual, rarely unisexual, regular; sepals 2-6,
commonly 4-5, unbncated, rarely otherwise, petals
0, or equal to the sepals, or many, unbncated or con-
volute; stamens numerous, hypogynous or pengynous;
receptacle enlarged and vanously modified, often sur-
mounted by a diversely formed disk; ovary superior
or nearly so, 1-celled; placenta) parietal; ovules numer-
ous; styles and stigmas 1 to several: fruit dry or fleshy,
dehiscent or mdehiscent.
There are 70 genera and more than 500 species of
tropical distnbution. The family is related to the
Violacese, PassifloraceaB, and other families with similar
parietal placentation, but is most closely related to the
Bixacese with which it has often been united, and from
which it differs mainly in the absence of slime-cells.
In general, the peculiar ovary, the numerous stamens,
the regular flower, and the enlarged receptacle are
characteristic.
The sour fruit of several species is eaten, or preserved,
in the tropics The seeds 01 Pangium edule are roasted
and used for baking. The leaves of Caseana esculenta
are eaten in India. The wood is little used. The bark
of Neumannw theiformis is used like ipecac in Madagas-
car. Chaulmugra oil is obtained probably from Gyno-
cardia odorata of farther India. A peculiar resin is
secured from species of Laetia of Cuba. Coccos oil,
used in perfumery, is obtained from the Polynesian
genus Myroxylon. The fixed oil of species of Pangium
is used in cooking.
Probably 5 or 6 genera are in cultivation in the
warmer parts of North America* Aberia (Kei Apple);
Azara; Carriena; Flacourtia (Rambustan, Governor's
Plum); Idcsia, hardy in Mass., Oncoba; Xylosma.
151. Stachyuracese (from the genus titachyurus, signi-
fying -s pike-tail, in reference to the form of inflorescence).
STACHYURUS FAMILY. Shrubs or small trees with alter-
nate leaves* flowers bisexual or polygamous, regular;
sepals 4, imbricated, petals 4, imbricated, stamens 8,
separate; carpels 4, ovary superior, 1-celled. or falsely
4-celled by the intrusion of the large parietal pkcentae;
style and stigina 1, ovules many: fruit berry-like,
pericarp leathery
Only one genus and 4 tipecies occur in Japan, China,
and the Himalayas The family is closely related to the
Ternstroemiacejc with which it was formerly united
and from which it differs in the fewer stamens, 1-celled
ovary and entire stigma Useful apparently only as
ornamental plants
Two species are occasionally cultivated in America.
152. Passifloraceae (from the genus Pas^flora , early
travelers thought they had found emblems of the cruci-
fixion in the flower, for a detailed account of which see
article on Passiflora) PAS^ION-FLCW ER FAMILY Fig 40.
Herbaceous or woody plants, usually climbing by
axillary tendrils leaves alternate, simple or compound :
flowers bisexual, or unisexual, usually involucrate,
perigynous, calyx and corolla sometimes similar, sepals
4-5, imbricated, often petaloid, petals 4-5, rarely 0,
imbricated, often smaller than the sepals, sometimes
fringed; a crown (outgrowth of receptacle) of many
filaments between the petals and stamens, sometimes
tubular or scale-like; stamens 4-5, usually opposite
the petals, inserted on the edge of the cup-shaped
receptacle, or at the base of the corona, or at the base of
the pistil at the summit of a long gynophore, separate
or connate; ovary superior, raised on a more or less
distinct stalk (gynophore), 1-celled with 3-5 parietal
placentae, ovules numerous; styles 3-5: fruit a berry or
capsule.
This family contains 18 genera and about 350 species,
inhabitants principally of the tropical regions, especially
of the New World Two hundred and fifty species be-
long to the genus Passiflora, which extends as far north
as southern Pennsylvania. The family is not closely
related to other families, but finds its nearest affinities
m the Loasacese, Turneracese and Begomaceae. The
remarkable floral structure is distinctive.
The pulpy aril of the seeds of Passiflora is used
m tropical America in the preparation of cooling
drinks. The flowers and fruit of P. rubra are narcotic.
The roots of P. quadrangulans are very poisonous and
sometimes used in small doses as a vermifuge. Many
Passifloras are cultivated in the tropics as fruit plants.
Many are in cultivation in America, namely Pasai*
flora and Taesoma (Granadilla, Jamaica Honeysuckle,
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Water Lemon, May-Pop), some for the beautiful and
odd flowers, some, especially in the South, for the fruit.
153. Caricaceee (from the genus Canca, erroneously
supposed to be a native of Caria; or from the Latin
meaning a kind of dry fig). PAWPAW FAMILY. Fig. 41.
Peculiar trees with straight, rarely branched, palm-like
trunks, very abundant milky juice, and a terminal crowri
of very large, alternate, palmately-lobed, rarely entire,
leaves, flowers unisexual, small, nearly regular, sepals
5; petals 5, m the staminate flowers connate, in the
pistillate nearly separate; stamens about 10, inserted
on the corolla; ovary superior, 1- or 5-celled, many-
seeded; styles 5: fruit a large melon-like berry.
This is a small family of 2 genera and 27 species, con-
fined to tropical and subtropical America; mos>t abun-
dant in the Andes. The Caneacete is united with the
Passifloraceae by some authors, but is similar only in
41 CARICACE^B 1. Canca, one form of flo\vcr opened LOASV-
CE^E 2. Loasa, a, flower, b, floral diagram 3 Mentztlm, a,
flower, 6, c, and d, typos of foliage Lairs BEGONIACE-E 4 lit'Konm,
o, male flower, 6, female flower, c, cross-section ovary CACTACt.*-
5. Pilocercus, flo\ver. 6. Opuntia, flower
the fruit. It is also related to the Cucurbitacese by the
fruit. The peculiar habit and abundant milky juice are
very distinctive.
'1 he large melon-like fruits of Canca Papaya are now
cultivated and eaten throughout the tropics; those of
other species are also eaten. The milky juice of C.
Papaya contains a pepsin-like substance which will
curdle milk. This substance will separate the fibers of
meat, and hence the leaves and fruit are cooked with
too fresh tough meat to make it tender. The juice
has also been used as a remedy for dyspepsia
Canca Papaya (South American pawpaw) is com-
monly grown in greenhouses; and it, as well as two
other species, are grown in southern California and
Florida in the open.
154. Loasaceffi (from the genus Zxxwa, the meaning
unknown). LOASA FAMILY. Fig. 41. Erect or climbing
herbs, rarely shrubby, with very peculiar and character-
istic nairs, some hooked, some stinging: leaves oppo
site or alternate, very diverse: flowers bisexual, regular,
mostly pengynous (i e , receptacle usually extended
beyond the ovary); sepals 4-5, imbricated, petal*-
4-5, flat or cucullate; stamens 4-5, alternating with th<
petals, or more commonly very numerous through
doubling, the outer often converted into stammodia
which resemble the petals; ovary usually inferior, and
1-celled, with 3 parietal placentae; ovules numerous,
fruit a capsub, rarely indehiscent, often spirally con-
structed.
There are 13 genera and about 120 species confined
to America from the Great Plains to Chile; most abun-
dant in South America. This is a distinct family dis-
tantly related to the Passifloraccse and the Begomaceip
The very peculiar hairs constitute a good recognition
character On Mentzeha there are three types of hairs:
(1) Chinese pagoda-hko, broad at the base, (2) tuber-
culate stem and harpoon-like top; (3) smooth stem and
harpoon top The flowers with many stammodia are
often large and cactus-like Very queer, grotesque, com-
plex scales are produced in the flowers of certain genera
(e g , Loasa) through the union of several stammodia
Mentzfha hispida is a strong purgative, and is used
by the Mexicans for syphilis.
A few genera are in cultivation in North America Of
these, Loasa is like a nettle, and the sting is very painful,
but the flo\\ers are queer and interesting. Mentzeha
comprises a number of garden annuals or biennials
often with large showy flowers
155. Begoniaceae (from the genus Begonia, named in
honor of Michael Begon, a French promoter of botany).
BEGONIA FAMILY. Fig 41. Herbs, rarely shrubby,
hairs usually scale-like or branched leaves alternate,
usually oblique* flowers monoecious, regular, epigynous,
cymose, the staminate opening first, perianth of the
staminate flowers of 2 valvate sepals and 2 petals, all
petaloid; perianth of the pistillate flowers of 2 to many
similar petaloid parts, stamens numerous, separate or
nearly so; ovary inferior, 2-3-celled, usually sharply
angled and winged, ovules numerous; styles 3, more or
less branched and bearing very peculiar crescent-
shaped, kidney-shaped, or, more often, spiral, velvety
stigmas, rarely straight fruit a capsule, rarely a berry
The Begonia family has 4 genera and about 500
species, most of which belong to tht genus Begonia
1 hey are widely distributed throughout the tropics, but
perhaps most abundant in South America along the
Andes to Mexico, and in the eastern Himalayas south-
eastward to the Malay Peninsula The Begoniaceae
constitute a distinct group remotely related to the Cac-
taceie, Loasacea?, Pasbifloraceaj and Cucurbitaces>
The family is of little economic importance except
for ornamental purposes Many species contain oxalic
acid and arc eaten as salad, and as a remedy for scurvy.
The roots of some are astringent; others have a purga-
tive root, used in certain tropics for syphilis and scrofula.
The Begoniaceae is one of the most important orna-
mental families
Very many species and hybrids of Begonia are grown
for greenhouse and bedding purposes, both for the
flowers and the foliage.
Order 43. OPUNTIALES
156. Cactacese (from the old Lmncean genus Cactus.
a name \ised by the ancients to denote any spiny plant).
CACTUS FAMILY. Fig. 41. Fleshy plants with watery or
milky juice, a great reduction or complete absence of
foliage, and very thick, rather sparingly branched, rarely
unbranched stems, which are cylindrical, globular,
flattened, or fluted, and often constricted or jointed
leaves alternate, flat and leaf-like in Pereskia. scale-like
or absent m other genera, usually bearing bundles of
spines m the axils, which are triohomes, and which are
of two kinds, long and stout, or minute and needle-like1
lowers bisexual, mostly regular, pengynous or epigy-
xious, sepals and petals rarely 8-10, usually very many,
similar, stamens many, inserted spirally or in group?
58
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
on inside of the receptacle; ovary inferior, 1-celled,
with 3 to many parietal plaoentac; ovules numerous;
style 1; stigmas as many as the placentae fruit a berry;
embryo straight or curved.
The Cacti are almost entirely confined to the dry
regions of tropical and subtropical America Mexico
is the center of this distribution, but the Cactacese ex-
tend from New York to Patagonia. A species? of Rhip-
sahs has lately been found indigenous in West Africa.
The family is related to the Begomacete, Loasaceae, and
Passiflorace®. The peculiar habit, perianth of many
similar parts, many stamens, and inferior 1-cclled ovary
are distinctive. The Cactacea) is divided into throe
groups: (1) Cereus group, with receptacle extended in
a tube beyond the ovary (pengynous), and no hooked
spines, (2) Opuntia group, tube of the receptacle want-
ing, hooked spines usually present; (3) Pereskia group,
with fohaceous leaves, pamcled flowers, and no hooked
spines.
The seeds of Rhipsalis, an epiphytic genus, are often
viscid so as to adhere to tree trunks and the like. The
ovaries of some Cactacea) are imbedded in the tisbue
of the stem In this family, the thick stem is a watcr-
storing organ. The/flatttened or fluted condition of the
stem of most species is probably an adaptation which
allows these stems to swell when wuter is abundant
and contract when it is scarce without danger of
rupturing the cuticle The variation in size and form
among cacti is very great. The largest species is
Carnegiea giganteus of Mexico, candelabra-like, 60 feet
high.
The fruit of Opunfia Ficus-indica, now naturalized
in the Mediterranean region, is there eaten under the
name of Indian fig. Opuntia Tuna of tropical America
is the prickly pear, an edible fruit Opuntia vulgans of
the eastern United States is also eaten under the name
of prickly pear or Indian fig Fruits of Cereus trian-
gulans, C gigantcus, and C Thurben are much prized.
The stem and flowers of C. grandiflorus are used in
medicine, producing an action on the heart Vermif-
ugal properties are found in many Cactaccce An
alcoholic drink is made by the Mexicans from the hap of
species of Cereus The cochineal insect, a scale insect
yielding the well-known dye, cochineal, lives upon spe-
cies of Opuntia, Pereskia, and Nopalca, in tropical
America.
The total number of genera of Cactacecc which have
been described up to the present time is about 70.
although Dr. Karl Schumann, who monographed
the family m 1899, recognized but 21. Of the many
genera described, most are good and will probably
stand A rational and uniform treatment of the family
will doubtless show that there are no less than 75 ten-
able genera The total number of names published is
something over 3,800 This includes many specie? that
have been transferred from one genus to another. The
number of species recognized by Schumann is some-
thing less than 700 Many of these species of Schumann,
however, are known to be aggregates, and it is not
unlikely that there are about 1,200 species in the
family
The number of genera treated in this work is 35.
They are in cultivation in America as odd plants for
desert gardens, and as greenhouse curiosities Many
have beautiful showy flowers, those of Cereus grandir
florus (night-blooming cereus) being nearly one foot
across, and opening only m the night.
The reader will find the cacti described m this
Cvclopedia under the following names: Acanthoccreus;
Anhalomum = Anocarpus; Aporocactus: Anocarpus;
Bergerocactus, Cactus; Carncgiea; Cephalocereus;
Cereus, Disocactus; Echinocactus; Echmocereus; Echi-
nopsis; Epiphyllum = Zygocactus; Escontria, Hanota;
Harnsia, Heliocereus; Hylocereus; Lemaireocereus;
Leptocereus; Leuchtenbergia; Lophophora; Mamil-
lana; Melocactus = Cactus, Myrtiflocactus: Nopalea;
Opuntia; Pachy cereus; Pelecyphora; Pereskia; Per-
eskiopsis; Phyllocactus = Epiphyllum; Pilocereus =»
Cephalocereus, Rathbuma; Selemcereus; Schlumber-
gera; Wilcoxia, Wittia; Zygocactus.
Order 44. MYRTIFLOIMS
157. Thymelaeaceae (from the generic name Thym*
elsea, a Greek name meaning thyme + oh»c or ml). ME-
ZEREUM FAMILY. Fig 42 Shrubs or *rees, raicly
herbs leaves alternate or opposite, simple, entire:
flowers bisexual or unisexual, regular, receptacle devel-
oped into a long tube which bears appendages in the
throat, perianth umlifferentiated, often petuloid, parts
4-5, imbricated, pengynous, stamens ua many as the
sepals and alternate with them, or twice as many, or
42 THYMEL-^ACUE 1 Daphne, flower. EI,«AGX«:E,E. 2.
Eltragnus, a, male flower, b, bisexual flower, c, floial diagram, d
and e, hairs from surface of leaf. LYTHKACK^ 3 lythrum, a,
flower, b, tnmorphic flowers of L Sahiana, c, floral diagram.
PUNIC ACF^C. 4. Pumca, a, flower, b, fruit, upper story, c, fruit,
lower story.
reduced to 2, perigynous; ovary superior, 1-celled,
rarely 2-celled; ovule solitary, pendulous; style 1 or 0,
stigma 1: fruit indehiscent, a nut, drupe, or berry;
rarely a capsule.
About 37 genera and 425 species arc widely distrib-
uted over the earth. One species is native in north-
western North America. The largest genera are Gmdia
with 80-90 species, and Pimelea with 75 species The
family stands between the Myrtiflorae and the Cactalcs,
and also somewhat suggests the Passifloraceae The
single perianth, the tubular receptacle, perigynous, defi-
nite stamens, the appendages in the tube of the recep-
tacle, and the superior 1-celled, 1-ovuled ovary are
distinctive
Gnidia cannata of South Africa and Daphne Meze-
reum (mezereon) of Europe have been used as a purge;
as has also the spurge flax (Daphne Gnidium) of
South Europe, the caustic juice of which is used in a
blistering ointment A blistering principle is obtained
from the bark of Fumfera utihs of Brazil; also from
Dirca palustns The roots of Thymelxa tinclona yield
a j'ellow dye. Paper is made from the cauline fibers of
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
59
several species, e.g , Daphne cannabina of India, Dirca
palustris of the United States, Gnidia of Madagascar,
and Lagetta of Jamaica. Cord is made from Lagetta
fumfera and L linteana of South America The wood
of Aqmlana Agallocha of India is aromatic, called
aloewood One Pirrielea yields a balsam. Lace-bark is
the product of Lagetta hnteana.
Six or more genera are in cultivation in this country
for ornament Among these are Daphne (Mezereon),
greenhouse and garden, Dirca (Leatherwood, Moose-
wood), native, hardy; and Pimelea (Rice Flower),
greenhouse.
158 Elaeagnaceae (from the genus Elxagnus, de-
rived from the Greek name of the olive combined with
that of the Chaste tree). OLEASTER FAMILY. Fig 42
Trees and shrubs, covered with silvery and brown, pel-
tate or stellate scales leaves alternate or opposite, sim-
ple, entire flowers bisexual or unisexual, regular, pen-
gynous, receptacle developed into a long tube beyond
the ovary, more or less persistent, and inclosing the
fruit, perianth of 1 series, parts 4, rarely 2 or 6, val-
vate, stamens of the same number or double the num-
ber, inserted in the tube; pengynous disk prominent,
lobed; ovary superior, 1-celled, 1-ovuled, style 1;
stigma 1 real fruit dry, mdehiscent, but appearing
drupe-like because of the fleshy investing receptacle.
Throe genera and about 30 species are found, of
which about 25 belong to Elaeagnus, mostly steppe or
rock plants, chiefly of south Asia, Europe and North
America The family is closely related to the Thymeke-
acea», which see for further relationship. The peculiar
scales, the pengynous flowers, the 1-celled, 1-seeded
ovary, and the fleshy but free receptacle are distinctive.
The acid fruits of El&agnus angustifolia of Persia are
eaten, also those of E lalifolia of India, and the seeds
of tihfphtrdia argentea of North America
There are 3 genera in cultivation in America, prin-
cipally as hardy ornamental plants with silvery foliage:
Elsragnus (Oleaster, Goumi), Hippophae (Sea Buck-
thorn, Swallow Thorn), Shepherdia (Buffalo Berry)
159 Lythraceas (from the genus l/ythrum, derived
from the Greek meaning blood, in reference to the pur-
ple flowers) LOOSESTRIFE FAMILY Fig 42 Herbs,
shrubs, or trees leaves usually opposite or whorled
flowers bisexual, usually regular, pengynous, recepta-
cle ("calyx-tube ) tubular, ribbed, free from the ovary,
bearing the 4 or 8 valvate sepals on its margin; petals
of the same number as the sepals, or 0, and inserted with
them, imbricated, stamens usually twice as many as
the petals, rarely more (up to 200), or fewer (to 1),
outer set alternate with the petals, and inserted some
distance below them; ovary superior, 2-6-celled, many-
ovuled fruit a capsule, rarely indehiscent.
There are 22 geneia and about 450 species known;
generally distributed, but more abundant in the trop-
ics, especially in America. The largest genus is Cuphea
with about 160 species The family is closely related
to the Onagracea1, but differs in the superior ovary; it
is albo related to the Melastomaceaj, but the sta-
mens are normal
Ly thrum Salicana has been used as an astringent;
Ileimia and Cuphea have been used as purgatives and
emetics Lawsonia inermis of Egypt is the famous
henna, the perfume of the flower of which is renowned
throughout the East, with an orange-red dye obtained
from the leaves of this plant, women of the orient dye
hair and nails Pemphis acidula is used as a pot-herb
in Asia The flowers of Woodfordiaflonbunda yield the
red dye of India called dhak. Lagerstrcemia furnishes
very valuable timber
In cultivation in N America are several genera* Cu-
phea, species of garden annuals, Decodon (Swamp
Loosestrife), native, but used for water-gardens ; Lyth-
ium (Loosestrife); Lawsoma (Henna), cultivated in
southern Florida and southern California; Lagerslrce-
mia indica (Crape MynJe) cultivated in the South.
160. Punicaceae (from the genus Pumca, derived
from the Latin m reference to Carthage, near which
city the plant is said to have grown, or from the Latin
meaning scarlet, in reference to the flowers) POME-
GRANATE FAMILY. Fig 42 Shrubs or commonly small
trees, leaves mostly opposite, flowers bisexual, usually
pengynous; receptacle campanulate or tubular, thick-
ened above the ovary; sepals 5-8, fleshy, valvate;
petals 5-7, imbricated, inserted with the sepals on the
edge of the receptacle, btamens very numerous, clothing
the tube of the receptacle; carpels in 1-2 (rarely 3)
superimposed series, 3 m the lower and usually 5-7 in
the upper, ovary more or less inferior, with as many
cells as carpels; placenta? of the lower series axile, of the
upper parietal, the cells many-ovuled; style and stigma
1 fruit a berry, the pulpy central mass of which is
formed from the fleshy outer seed-coats.
This is a family of only 1 genus and 2 species, na-
tives of the Mediterranean region and eastward to the
Himalayas It was formerly united with the Lythra-
ceae, but the peculiar ovary ib unique. Pumca Grana-
tum is the famous pomegranate, cultivated for its fruit
since the earliest times, and now widely spread over
the tropics. This species is cultivated in the southern
states and in greenhouses It has escaped in Florida
161 Lecythidaceae (from the genus Lecythia, derived
irom the Greek meaning an otl-jnr, in reference to the
fruit) LECYTHIA FAMILY Fig 43. Trees, leaver alter-
nate, large arid striking flowers bisexual, regular, pengy-
nous or epigynous, sepals 4-6, rarely fewer, valvate;
petals 4-6, imbricated, rarely more or fewer, stamen^
very numerous, somewhat monadelphous, many anther-
less; intra-stammal disk often present, ovary inferior,
2-6-celled, several ovules in each cell' fruit a hard-
shelled berry or a capsule dehiscing by a lid
The family has 18 genera and about 225 species,
with a somewhat isolated distribution in various parts
of the tropics, e g , North Bra/il, west coast of Africa,
Malay Peninsula, Mozambique, and Samoa. The fam-
ily was formerly united with the Myrtaceae but is dis-
similar in some important details of vascular structure,
and in the absence of volatile oils
The most important economic plant is the Brazil-
nut or para-nut (Berthollclia excelsa) of northern
South America, the oily seeds of which are an impor-
tant article of food. The seeds are in a box-like capsule,
the lid of which falls off. The oily seeds of several other
species are eaten, e g , the monkey-pot tree (Lecythis).
Ihe fruits and roots of a number of species of Bar-
ringtoma are used m Java and China to stupefy fish.
The flowers of Gna*> cauhflora of the West Indies are
used for tea. A cooling drink is made from the fruit of
Couroumta guianemis of the West Indies.
The Brazil-nut or nigger-toe is sparingly planted m
southern California, Florida and the West Indies.
162. Rhizophoraceae (from the genus Rhizophora,
root-beanng, because of the numerous aerial roots).
MANGROVE FAMILY. Fig 43. Trees or shrubs- leaves
usually opposite, coriaceous flowers bisexual, epigynous
or pengynous; sepals 3-14, more or less connate, valvate;
petals of the same number, small, often lacerate;
stamens 2-4 tunes as many, often in pairs opposite the
petals; ovary inferior, usually 2-5-celled: fruit some-
what juicy, crowned with the calyx, rarely dehiscent,
usually a berry, rarely a drupe
The 15 genera and about 50 species are distributed
throughout the tropics The family is related to the
Combretaceaj and Lythraceae; more distantly to the
other families of the myrtaceous group.
This is a small family of remarkable plants, mostly
inhabiting mud-flats along the coast in the tropics.
The stem soon perishes at the base and then the plant
is supported by its numerous prop-roots alone The
mud is so soft that otherwise the plants could probably
not remain erect. The genus Rhizophora is almost
unique in the vegetable kingdom because the seeds germi-
60
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
natr on the plant. The hypocotyl may reach (he
length of 3 feet, although usually less; it is club-shaped
and heaviest at the apex, so that when the seedling
eventually falls from the tree, it sticks in the mud
vertically, with the h>pocotyl down, ready to giow.
The Rhizophoracese are ot little economic importance
Land is held in place and protected from the waves hy
the mangrove The fruits of Amsophylluin are pluin-
l:ke but poor. The mangrove grows wild on the
Florida, Texas, and Mississippi coast, and has been
offered for sale in California
163 Combretacese (from the genus Combretitm, a
name given to this plant by Pliny). COMIWKTUM FAM-
ILY. Fig 13 Trees or shrubs, erect or climbing leaves
43 LFCTTHIDACE^E' 1 Leoythis flower RTTIZOFHOHACB.K:
2 Rhizophora, a, flower, 6, gunrunafinK fruit CoMBREr\th «
3 Combretum, a, flower, 6, floral diagram MYRT \ct-f. 4.
Jambosa, a, flower, b, verticil it ( lion flowi r-bud r> Eucalyptus,
a, flower-bud und lid, b, \ertieul section flower-bud. AltLAS-
TOMACE-E 0 Melautoma, a, flower, 6, floral diagram.
alternate or opposite, simple or coriaceous* flowers
bisexual or unisexual, regular, usually perigynous,
receptacle enveloping the ovarv and often projecting
into a slender tube; sepals 4--5, valvate, connate, petals
4-5, or 0, stamens 4-5, alternating with the petals, or
twice or thrice as manv; ovary 1-celled, infenor, 2-4-
ovuled' fruit a drupe, or dry and winged, rarely
dehiscent
In this family are 15 genera and about 280 species,
mostly confined to the tropics of both hemispheres.
The family is related to the Cornacete and the Rhi-
zophoracesp, as well as more distantly to the Onagraceie.
The trees are valuable for their hard, close wood;
the tannin-containing bark and galls are used locally
for tanning leather The seeds Known as myrobalans
(Tcrminalia Chebula and T. Calappa) are much eaten
in India A useful oil is obtained from these seeds.
Black and yellow dyes are furnished by several species.
Four to 6 genera are m cultivation in the Southern
States arid the West Indies Tcrminalia Catfippa
(tropical almond, myrobalan) is grown for nuts and
shade Poivrea is a red-flowered shrub grown in
southern Florida. One species of Combretum is a
warmhouse climbing shrub Quisquahs, or rangoon
creeper, is a peculiar climbing shrub grown in the
warmhouse. It is at first erect, later climbing
164 Myrtacese (from the genus Myrtus derived
from the classical name myrtle, which probably meant
perfume) MYUTLB FAMILY Fig 43. Usually shrubby
or aiboresccnt aromatically fragrant plants leaves usu-
ally opposite, thick, entire and pellucid-dotted flowers
bisexual, regular, rarely perigynous; sepals mostly
4-5, imbricated, petals 1-5, imbricated, stamens very
numerous by splitting, often in fascicles which are
opposite the petals, ovary inferior, 1- to many-celled
fruit usually a berry, rarely a drupe or nut, seeds
1- to many
The 72 genera and 2,750 species are confined almost
entirely to the tropics, but with two great centers of
distribution, one m tropical America and the other in
Australia Eugenia contains 625 species, and Euea-
lyptus moie than 130 species This is a laige family re-
lated to the MelastomaceiE, Onagraceae, and Lythiaceie
The very rmmeious stamens, derived by the solitting of
the few original stamens, and the oil-glands are dis-
tinctive The petals of Eucalyptus remain hrmlv grown
together, and, when the flower opens, they separate
along a transverse line and are thrown off as a lid
The Mvrtacea* are rich in volatile oils, also in tannin,
acids, sugars, mucilage, and fixed oils. Cloves are the
flo\\er-buds of Jamhovi caryophyllus The fruit of
Pimenta oflidnalit i^ thought to combine the flavors
of the nutmeg, cinnamon, and clove, and is therefore
termed allspice Psuhntn (tiinjava is a tree cultivated
in the tiopics for the much-pi ized fruits Oil of in) rica
is obtained from the leaves of Pimenta acns of the
West Indie?, and is used in making bay rum Oil of
cajeput, a fragrant oil used in medicine, is secured
from the leaves and t\\igs of the East Indian Mclaleuca
Lcucadtndron The leaves of the European myrtle
(Myrtnx comtnutiis) yield a distilled preparation known
as oau-d'ange, used as a toilet article Other edible
fruits are ro^e apples (Jambosa nuilttccensis and J vul-
gant,) of the East Indies and Pacific Ocean Jambos
berries are obtained from Jambof>a vulgaris, which is
extensively cultivated in the tropics Oil of eucalyptus
is an important aromatic oil obtained from the foliage
of various species of that genus The wood of Eu-
calyptus is hard, firm and elastic, and is much prized
in wood-carving Many other species of this family
are in use locally for food, condiments, medicine,
timber, and so on
About 20 genera are m cultivation in North America,
mostlv in the South or Southwest Among these are
the Bottle-brush (Callistemon), Cajaput Tree (Mela-
leuca), Eucalyptus or Australian Blue-gum, Hose Apple
or Jambos (Jambosa), Cayenne Cherry (Eugenia),
Myrtle (Myrtus), Guava (Psidium), Allspice, Pimento
(Pimenta), Brisbane Box (Tnstama), Turpentine Tree
(Syncarpia), and Downy Myrtle (Hhodomyrtus)
165 Melastomaceae (from the genus Melastoma,
derived from the Greek block-mouth, because the berries
of some of the species when eaten stain the mouth
black) MELANOMA FAMILY. Fig 43 Herbs, shrubs
or trees, erect, climbing or epiphytic branches often 4-
sidcd leaves opposite or whorled, simple, mostly entire,
usually palmately nerved throughout with transverse
nervelets. flowers bisexual, regular or slightly irregular,
often pcngynous, sepals 3-6, mostly 5, valvate, im-
bricated or united into a calypt ra-like hood, petals
commonly 5, convolute; stamens usually twice as
many as the petals, rarely just as many; anthers mostly
opening by terminal pores, indexed in the bud, often
curved, connective very peculiar and diverse, with
various appendages; often one anther cell wanting, the
other mounted on the end of the lever-like, versatile,
curved connective, ovary usually 4-5-celled, more or
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
61
less inferior; ovules numerous m each cell; style and
stigma I' fruit a berry, drupe or capsule, or dry and
indehiscent, usually inclosed in the calyx
Most of the 148 genera and about 2,800 species, are
found in tropical America, wheic the species are very
abundant and form a characteristic component of the
vegetation; represented in the eastern United States
by 4 species of Rhexia (deer-gras,s, meadow beauty)
Melastomacea? is a very distinct, stnkmg and pecu-
liar tropical family related to the- Myrtaceaeie and the;
Lythraceap, recognized by the venation of the> leaves,
and the unusual stamens The so-called "cauliflower"
species, with the flowers borne duectly on the tree-
trunks, are polunate'd by butterflieis in the deep tropi-
cal forests. Some Mtlafetomacc\r are myimeeophilejus,
i e , furnish habitations or food for ants, which m turn
protect the plant
The fruits of several species are eaten The berries
and bark of some yield cole)rmg matter of some impoi-
tance A jellow dye is obtained from the leaves of
Memecvlon of the East Indies and Africa, red and
black fives are seemed from the berries of Tamonea
(tropical America), Me'lastoma (East Indies), and so on
The leaves of Tamonea thtvznn^ are used by the
Peruvians in place of tea Some, because1 of astringent
properties, are locally used as medicine The most
important use of the Melastomaoeic is ornamental
The large', showy, queer flowers and striking foliage
render them popular greenhouse plants in the North
Some 20 geneia are- cultivated in N America, mostlv
as warmhouse decorative plants, or foi summer bed-
ding Few, if Miy, ha\e popular names
166 Onagr&cese (from the genus Onar/ra, now a part
of (Knothera, domed fiom the Gre-ek, a j/vW «s.s,
in reference to a fancied resemblance between the1
eais of that animal and the> lea\es of these plants)
EVEN-IXC, PniMROhi: FVMILY Fig 11 Mostly heibs,
rarely shrubs leaves opposite or alternate flowe«rs
bisexual, regular, pengjnous 01 epigvnous, sepals 1,
rarelv 2-3, sep.uate or united, valvate, petals 4, or
rarelv 2 or 0, mostlv el iwed, convolute, stamens of the
same number as the petals or twice as maiiv, outer
alternate' with the petals, o\arv 2-4-celled, inferior;
ovules numerous, stvle 1, stigmas 1-1 fruit a capsule,
rarely a bony or nut
The ,'iO genera and 170 sp< <-ies ^re mostlv natives of
the temperate portion of the New \\ orld (western United
States and Mexico), but aie also abundant in South
America Epilobium, containing !(>() species, is widely
distributed in the cooler legions of be>th hemispheres
This is a distinct familv, roeogm/< d bv the numerical
plan of 2 01 1, 1he% usu illv pengvnous flowers, ancl the
inferior ovarj with many ovules It is le'latodto
Lvthracoo*, Melastomaooio, Mjrtacoo?, and other fami-
lies of this group
Fuchsia is shrubbv or even arborescent, and its
fruit is a berry The tubular receptacle is piolonged
beyond the enaiy in most genera, but not m Jussieua,
Ludwigia, and Epilobium The seeds of Epilobium are
comose, and are distributed, paiachuto-like, by the
wind. The flowers of a number of specie's of (Enothera
open only at night or m dark weather, and are pollinated
by night-flying moths; hence the name evening prim-
rose
The wood of several species of Fuchsia furnishes ink
and a black dye Ju^una pihw >ields a yellow dve.
The berries of many Fuchsias are eaten, and preserved
with sugar The y.mng shoots of E {niobium latifohum
are eaten as gieens The roots of (Knot hern biennis
have been unproved in Europe and furnish "rha-
pontic" roots, which are eaten like celery The coma
of the seeds of Epilobium has been used in Lapland to
make lamp-wicks and has been spun into cloth, but
without great success Many genera are cultivated for
ornamental purposes because of the showy flowers
About a dozen genera are cultivated in N America,
among which are the following- Cirogpa (Enchanter's
Nightshade), Epilobium (Willow Heib, Fire Weed),
Fuchsia, Ludwigia (Water-purslane, Seed-box or Hat tie-
box) , Clarkia, Q^notheia (Evening Primrose, Sundrops) ,
and Godotia These are mostly grown in the open as an-
nuals or as hardy perennials, except Fuchsia, which is j
greenhouse plant but often bedded out in summer
Ib7 Hydroc aryaceae (from the Greek signifying
water-walnut) W MLR Cm si NUT FAMILY Herbaceous,
aquatic plants mostlv floating stems slender, clothed
with opposite, pmnatif'd roots leaves alternate
crowded at the summit of the stem, floating, rhomboid,
petiolod, petioles foimmg thick, hollow floats flowers
bisexual, regular, shghth pengynous, axillary, sepals
4, petals 1, stamens 1, all sets alternating, ovary sur-
rounded bv an erect, corona-like disk, half-mferiejr,
2-oelled, cells 1-ovuled, st\le and stigma 1 fiuit a
woody 1 -celled, 1 -sec-tied nut hearing on the surface
the four divergent ,voody horn-like sepals and capped
by the woody disk
A single genus and 3 species occur, distributed in the
Mediterranean region and eastwaid to eastern Asia.
This is an ancient family, more common in the tertiary.
The1 family is related to the Onagracoa?, with which
it is frequent lv united, and to the Haloragidaceae,
ind is somewhat intermediate between these two
families The fruit, disk, and habit are peculiar
The> starchy seeds have a chestnut-like flavor and
are eaten raw or cooked, for which reason the plants
aie often cultivated The fruits are regulaiK sold
2c
44 ONVGRA.O JT 1 (Enothera, o, flower, b, floral diagram
2 Epilobium, a flea, or, b, dphiscing fruit, c, seed 3 Circa>a,
flouil diagram Hvu>u\umvcfc*. 4. Myriophyllum, a. portion
of flowering plant, 6, female flower, c, male flower, petals removed
in the markets of India; those of Trapa natans var.
v< ibancn&is are used as beads
Trajm natans (\\ater Chestnut, Water Caltrops)
and T bis pi now (Smghara Nut) are giown in this
countiy as aquarium plants See article on Trapa
108 Haloragidacese (fiom the genus Haloragis,
meaning &m + a beinj) WATER MILFOIL FAMILY.
Fig 44 Heibs, aquatic or terrestrial, of very diverse
appearance' leaves opposite or alternate, often in the
same genus, pectinate (aquatic) to very large and
62
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
divided: flowers Bisexual or unisexual, regular; sepals
4, petals 4 or 0; stamens 8, the outer opposite the
petals, or 4, rarely fewer; ovary inferior, 1-4-celled,
each cell 1-ovuled: fruit nut-hke, often crowned by the
calyx.
Eight genera and about 100 species are known, of
general distribution. These are most abundant in the
southein hemisphere of the Old World. They are repre-
sented In South America and elsewhere by the queer
Gunnera and in the eastern United States by Hippuris,
Mynophyllum and Proserpinaca. The family is closely
related to the Onagraceac, but differs in having but 1
ovule in each cell of the ovary.
The aquatic forms are Utnculana-hke and floating,
with slender stems and either finely pectinate leaves
with filiform divisions (Mynophyllum) or linear and
entire leaves (Hippuris). Gunnera of South America
has broad kidney-shaped leaves varying from small to
gigantically large. The leaves of this genus in Costa
Ilica are said to be so large as to give shelter to three
men on horseback.
The fruits of Gunnera macrophylla are used as a
stimulant m Java. The giant leaves, six feet broad, of
Gunnera chilensis are used in Chile for tanning skins.
Two species of Gunnera are almost, or quite, hardy
in the mid-eastern United States, and are grown for
luxuriant lawn foliage. Several species of the aquatic
Mynophyllum are in cultivation, one of which is
parrot s feather (M. proserpinacoides).
Order 45. UMBELUFLOR<E
169 Araliacese (from the genus Aralia, the meaning
of which is unknown). GINSENG FAMILY. Fig 45. Herbs,
shrubs, or trees, often prickly or climbing, stems solid,
pithy leaves usually alternate, simple, or pinnately
or ternately compound* flowers bisexual or unisexual,
small, regular, epigynous, commonly m umbels; sepals
minute, often almost wanting; petals 5, rarely more,
valvate or imbricated, sometimes cohering at the apex
7b
45 ARALIACE^; 1 Aralia, a flower; 6, floral diagram. 2
Hedera, portion -»f inflorescence UMBELLIFER.B- 3 Ciouta,
inflorescence 4 Foeniculura, a, flower, b, dehiscing fruit 5
Artedia, fruit 6 Apmm, fruit 7. o, 6, and ct fruits of Umbel -
hferse, croea-aectioa
and deciduous as a cap; stamens usually 5, alternate
with the petals, and inserted at the edge of an epigynous
disk, rarely twice or thrice as many; ovary inferior,
2-15-celled; cells 1-ovuled; styles as many as the car-
pels: fruit a berry, rarely splitting into segments.
Fifty-one genera and aoout 400 species are dis-
tributed in tropical and temperate regions of both
hemispheres. The two great centers of distribution are
tropical America and the Malay Peninsula. The family
is very closely related to the Umbelliferffi, but differs in
the berry-like fruit with more numerous carpels.
The leaves of the English ivy (Hedera Helix) were
used in medicine in olden times. The roots of ginseng
i >Jnnax Ginseng and Sartor quniqmjoluun) arc, mui^
prized in China where they are carried about on the
person as a charm against disease Those roots are
now extensively and profitably cultivated m America
for the Chinese trade. The roots of Araha nwiiundis
(American sarsaparilla) are considered a tonic Chinese
rice-paper is made from the pith of Tetrapnnax papyn-
ferum simply by cutting the pith spirally into thin sheets.
Many Araliaceso are grown as ornamental plants.
Many genera are cultivated in America. Among
these are Acanthopanax; Araha (including Spikenard,
Hercules' Club or Devil's Walking-club, Wild Sarsapa-
nlla, Bristly Sarsaparilla, Chinese Angelica Tree);
Dizygotheca, Fatsia, Oreopanax, Polyscias, Pseud o-
panax; Hedera (English Ivy), and Panax (Ginseng)
170. Dxnbelliferae (from the predominating typo of
flower cluster). PARSLEY FAMILY. Fig 45 Herbs or
rarely shrubs stems often hollow, leavos alternato,
rarely simple, usually ternately or pinnately compound .
flowers minute, bisexual, regular or the outer irregular,
epigynous; borne m simple or compound umbols;
sepals minute or wanting; petals 5, valvato and
incurved in the bud; stamens 5, alternating with the
petals, inserted around an epigynous disk, ovary
2-celled, inferior, each cell 1 -seeded, styles 2 fruit
very special, consisting of 2 dry, ribbed or winged,
1-seeded, mdemscent carpels (moncarps), which sep-
arate at the base but remain attached at the top to a
very slender and flexuous Y-shaped stalk (carpophore)
from which they dangle; between or under the ribs
are oil-tubes.
About 231 genera and 1,500 species are very com-
monly found in all boreal temperate and subtropical
lands, but are rare in the tropics except in tho moun-
tains. The Umbelliferse is a distinct family, closely
related to the Arahacese, and more distantly to the
Cornacese. The umbels, the infenor ovary and the
peculiar fruit are distinctive.
The leaves are exceedingly diverse in sizo, shape
and extent to which compounded Those of Eryngium
are sword-shaped, or yucca-like, often spiny, those of
Hydrocotyle are simple and often peltate. Azorella
of the Andes and New Zealand is turf-like or oushion-
hke, a xerophytic adaptation Some species of Angelica
are immense herbs many feet high with enormous
leaves. The flowers, in genoral, are uniform in structure
and appearance, the greatest diversity being in the fruit
Economic plants are abundant m the Umbelhferap;
between 40 and 50 have been listed by some authors
Various alkaloids and other compounds, some very
poisonous, together with many kinds of resins, pro-
duced in the foliage, roots or seeds, form tho basis of
their economic importance. Plants used for food are
celery (Apium graveolens), carrot (Daucus Carota), and
parsley (Petroselinumsativum). Those used for flavoring
are caraway (Carum Carui), anise (Pimjnnella Amsum),
sweet Cicely (OsmorhizaorScandix). chervil (Anthnscus
Cerefohum), dill ( Anethum graveolens), fennel (Fcemculum
vulgare), lovage (Lewsticum officinale) Very poisonous
plants are poison hemlock (Comum maculatum) , fool's
parsley {Mthu&a Cynapiurn) and others The following
drugs are obtained from this family, coriander (Conun-
drum sativum), ammoniac resin (from Dorema Ammon-
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
63
ittcura), galbanum (a rosin from species of Ferula).
From various species of Ferula is obtained the vile-
smelling gum-resin asafetida, used in medicine, which
the Persians are .said to piai.se a,s a delicious condiment.
There are 40-T>0 genera in cultivation in America,
mostly hardy Some are grown for food, others for
ornament Sea Holly (Krjngium), Saniele, or
locally Black Snakeroot (Samcula), Carrot (Daucus),
Coriander (Conandrum) ; Cumin (Cummum), Celery
(Apium), Caraway (Carum), Gout-weed (/ICgopodium.),
Sweet Cicely (Osmorhi/a), Mynh (not of medicine) or
European Sweet Cicely (Myrrhis or, more properly,
Scandix), Fennel (Fu-mculum), Lo\age (Levistieurn),
Angelica (Angelica), Cow-parsnip (lleiaeleum) Poison
hemlock (Comum) is a roadside weed
171 Cornaceae (fiom the genus Connix, derived
from the Latin horn, referring 1o the hardness of the
wood) Do(j\\<x>n FAMILY Trees or shrubs, rarely
herbs leaver opposite or altern.it e, entire, evstipulatc
floweis bisexual, lately unisexual, regular, epigynous,
sepals 1, minute or absent, petals i, usually v ah ate,
stamens commonly of same number as petals and
alternate with them, separate, cpigynous disk usually
present, ovary inferior, 2-eelled, rarely 1-10-celled,
ovuleh in each cell 1, rarely 2 fruit a drupe or berry
The lo genera and about 120 species, of which 45
r'les belong to the genus Corn us, are distributed in
temperate portions of the northern hemisphere,
principally in North America and Asia, some, how-
ever, occur in South Afrua and New Zealand. The
relationships of the fannlv aie doubtful Cornus is
related to the Capiffohacea-, but some other genera
suggest the Aralme< a1 The woody or sub-ligneous
habit, 1-merous-, pohpetalous epigynous flowers and
the berry-like fruit with one seed in each cell are dis-
tinctive.
Many species of Cornus have capitate flowers sur-
rounded bv a large pttaloid imolucre (eg, Cornus
tnat>, C flonda, (' < oiiadtn^i^) (' ((tiuultTiMi* and C.
sutaca are herbaceous dogwoods lltlmnqui iuvi flora,
of China and Japan, is a most remarkable plant with
flowers borne at the centei of the leaf-blade attached to
the midiib on the upper side
The acid fruits of (' ?/ws are edible, and are used
as a sherbet in the East 'I hose of <" cnpilata of the
Himalayas have a Ihnor like strawberries and are
eaten Manv Cornaee.e are oinamental woodj plants
Several genera aie in cult i\:i1 ion here, of which mav
be mentioned Cornus (Dogwood, Osier Dogwood),
Aueuba, fiom Japan, Garrvo, from southern United
States, Griselima from New Zealand, Nvssa (Sour
Gum, Pepperulge, Tupelo) from the eastern United
States Garrya, Nyss.i md otheis have been separated
by some into other families
Sub-class II MtiachUnnydiJ3, or Sympftalx
Order 10 Emr vi i s
172 Clethracese (fiom the genus Cltthra, the anrient
Greek name of Alder) PLPPKUBI sn, or \\ HIT*, AU>KU
FAMILY Fig 46 Tall shrubs or low trees leaves
alternate* flowers bisexual, regular, hvpogvnous, disk
absent, calyx 5-paited, persistent, eoiolla saiuer-
shaned, of o separate petals, stamens 10, hvpogvnous,
anthers opening by terminal poies, at first inverted,
later erect; ovary superior, 3-celled, stjle 1, stigmas
3; ovules numerous fruit a capsule
A single genus and about 30 species are distributed
in the tropical and subtropical regions of both hemi-
spheres, mostly American Two species reach the
eastern United States The family is eloselv related
to the Pyrolaceaj and Eneacea? The polvpetalous
corolla, temporarily inverted anthers and the 3-celled
ovary are important characteristics There is one
fossil species known
A few species of Clethra are grown in North America
for ornamental purposes C almfoha is the native
white alder or sweet pepperbush
173 Pyrolaceae (from the genus Pyrola, diminutive
of Pjrus, possibly a resemblance in the foliage) SHIN-
LEAF FAMILY. Fig. 46 Very low perennial herbs:
46
ary.
THR^CE*:' 1 Clcthra, a, flower, fe, c
E 2 Pyrola, HI flower, b, floral diagram ERJC
<t* ,i \ndronnda, flowc-r 4 Kaltnia, flower 5 Rhododen-
dron, flower 0 Lnca, stamen 7 Vaccimura, a, flower, b, stamen.
leaves alternate, basal or scattered, thick and ever-
green in most species flowers bisexual, regular, with or
without a hypogvnous disk, calyx 5-parted, persistent;
corolla waxy, saucer-shaped, of 5 separate petals, sta-
mens 10, Inpogvnous, anthers opening by terminal
pore1*, inveited, ovary superior, 5-celled, many-ovuled;
fat vie and stigma 1 fruit a capsule
Theie are 3 genera and 20 species distributed in the
boreal and temperate parts of Europe, Asia and
America The polvpetalous flowers, inverted anthers
and 5 carpels are characteristic The family is closely
related to the Ericaceae and Clethraeeae
Two species ot Chimaphila (Pipsissewa. Prince's
Pine), one species of Moneses (One-flowered Pyrola),
and a few species of P> rola (Shmleaf) are offered in the
American trade for oinamental purposes. Otherwise
the family is of no economic importance
174 Monotropaceae (from the genus Monotropa,
meaning one turn, in reference to the nodding flower).
INDIAN- PIPE FAMILY Low, saprophytic herbs, without
chlorophyll, white, yellowish, brownish, or blood-red
in color leaves alternate, reduced to scales flowers
1 to several, bisexual, regular, a lobed, hypogynous disk
sometimes present, calyx 5-parted, rarely 0, corolla of
4-5, separate, gibbous petals, these rarely coherent;
stamens cS-10, hypogynous; anthers opening by slits,
1-2-ceIled, often appendaged, ovary 4-5-celled, supe-
rior, many-ovuled; style and stigma 1 fruit a capsule.
The Indian-pipe family contains 8 genera and about
12 species, all North American except 1 Himalayan
species and 1 found in both Europe and America;
most abundant in the West The family is closely
related to the Ericaceae, Pyrolaceap and Clethraceaj,
from which it differs mainly m method of nutrition.
64
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
Snrcodes sanguinea, the Sierran snow plant, is bright
red in color
The Monotropacefo arc not known to be m cultiva-
tion.
175 Ericaceae (from the genus Erica, the ancient
name of the heath, from enco, to break). HKATII
FAMILY. Fig 46 Shrubs or sub-shrubs leaves alter-
nate, often evergreen, flowers bisexual, regular or
slightly irregular, calyx 4-5-fid, persistent corolla
gamopetalous, rarely polypetalous, often urccolate, 4-
5-lobed, convolute or imbricated, stamens alternate
with the petals, of the same number o- double the
number, inserted at the bahe of a hjpcgynous disk,
not epipetalous, anthers sometimes appendaged, open-
ing by terminal pores, rarely by longitudinal slits,
ovary superior or infoiior, 4-5-celled or falsely 10-
celled, many ovuled, style and stigma 1 fruit a cap-
sule, rarely a berry or drupe
The 67 genera and about 1,400 species are very gen-
erally distributed Erica, the largest genus, with 420
species, is confined to the Old \Vorld The family is
closely related to the Pyrolaceie and Clethraceir, also
to the Epacridaceae and Diapen&iacea? The northern
Ericaceae are largely evergreen and variously adapted
47 DIAPENSIACF^: 1 Diaprnsia, a, flower, b, floral diagram
PRIMULA™* 2 Primula, a, flower b, floral diagram PLI «,
B\GIVACFB 3 Armona, flower 4 Statice, calyx G Plun bago,
floral diagram
in foliage to a xerophytic habitat Ledum is polypeta-
lous Rhododendron has a funnel-form corolla, Kal-
mia, a cup-shaped corolla with elastic stamens in pock-
ets The anthers of Epigaca dehisce longitudinally.
Arctostaphylo* Uva-UrM (bearberry) of Europe and
America is medicinal The volatile oil of wmtergieen is
obtained from the leaves, and stems, of the North
American Gaulthena procumbens A very poisonous
substance is found in some species of Rhododendion,
Lyoma and Leucothoe, and possibly the poisonous
quality of Kalmia and Rhododendron honey is due to
this Species of Gaylussacia (North America) yield
huckleberries, species of Vaccimum yield blueberries
The fruits of V Myrlillua (Europe) are bilberries The
European heaths furnish commercial honey Cranber-
ries are the fruit of V macrocarpon and V Gxycoccus
Many species of Eiicacese are ornamental
Forty to 50 genera are in cultivation in N America.
Among these are the Strawberry Tree or Madrona
(Arbutus), Bcarberry (Arctostaphylos), Heather (Ca-
luna); Heath (Erica), Trailing Arbutus or Mayflower
(Epigsea) , Labrador Tea (Ledum) ; Sourwood of Sorrel
Tree (Oxydendrum), Azalea, Rhodora, Rhododendron
or Pinxter Flower (Rhododendron), Laurel (Kalmia);
Blueberry and Cranberry (Vaccimum); Huckleberry
(Gayluseacia) , also Men/iesia, Chamacdaphne, Cassiope,
Andromeda, and others
176. Epacridaceae (from the genus Epacm, derived
from the Greek meaning on the top, many species grow-
$
ing on hilltops). EPACRIS FAMILY. Shrubs or small
trees, leaves alternate, usually stiff, small, and heath-
like flowers bisexual, regular, hypogynous, disk pres-
ent; calyx of 4-5 sepals, bracted at the base, corolla
gamopetalous, 4-5-looed, stamens 4-5, hypogynous or
epipetalous, anthers opening by longitudinal slits;
carpels 4-5, ovary superior, 1-10-cellcd, ovules solitary
or many; style and stigma 1. fruit a drupe or capsule.
The 21 genera and about 300 species are almost
exclusively confined tc Australia and New Zealand.
One species is found in South America The family is
closely related to the Ericaceae, but has one whorl of
stamens. The genus Styphelia contains 172 species.
S. ^apula furnishes edible berries
A few species of Epacns are grown as ornamental
plants in the greenhouses of North America.
177 Diapensiaceae (from the genus Diapensia, the
derivation of which is obscure). DIAPP:NSI\ FAMILY
Fig 47 Low shrubs: leaves alternate, evergreen, rem-
forin or imbricated or moss-like flowers bisexual, reg-
ular, hypogynous, disk absent, calyx of 3-5 sepals;
corolla with 5 separate petals, or gamopetalous, lobes
imbucated; stamens 5, epipetalous or hypogynous, al-
ternating with the corolla lobes, often also alternating
with 5 staminodia, anthers opening by a longitudinal
slit, ovary superior, 3-celled, ovules very numerous,
style 1, stigmas 1-3 fruit a capsule
Diapensiacea) has 6 genera and about 10 species
of circumpolar distribution, extending southward to
Carolina and the Himalayas The family is related to
theP^ricaccsc, and to the Epacndacea The 3 carpels and
5 stamens are important distinguishing characteristics.
Four or more genera are in cultivation in America;
of these, Galax aphylln (Galax) of North Carolina hap
remform leaves; Pyxidanthera barbulata (Pyxie, Flow-
ering Moss, or Pine-barren Beauty) of southern New
Jersey has subulate leaves; Short la, of North Carolina
and Japan, and Schizocodon soldanelloides (Fringed
Galax) of Japan both have orbicular leaves.
Order 47. PRIMULALES
178. Myrslnaceae (from the genus Myrsine, the
Greek name of Myrrh). MYRSINE FAMILY. Trees or
shrubs leaves usually alternate, coriaceous, glandular-
dotted, flowers bisexual or unisexual, regular, often
very glandular; calyx 4-5-parted, peisistent, corolla,
gamopetalous, rarely of separate petals, 4-5-lobed;
stamens 5, opposite the lobes of the corolla, mostly
epipetalous, separate or monadelphous; alternating
fetammodia often present, ovary superior or inferior,
1 -celled, placenta basal or free-central, ovules few or
numerous, style and stigma 1. fruit a few-seeded berry
or drupe
Widely distributed in the tropics are 32 genera and
about 550 species. Two species reach Florida. The
family is related to the Primulacea?, but is woody,
glandular, and has indehiscent fruits, also related to
the Sapotaceae
The leaves of Jaequmia are used in America to
stupefy fish, the fruits of this genus are poisonous.
The fruits of some species of Ardisia are edible. Bread
is made in San Domingo from the crushed seed of
Theophrastti Jussieui
About a half-dozen genera are in cultivation in this
country, but are little known. Jaequmia and Myrsine
are grown in southern Florida and southern California;
Ardisia is a genus of greenhouse shrubs. The species
ascribed in the trade to Theophrasta on further study
have been referred to other genera
179 Primulaceae (from the genus Pnmida, from
Latin primus (first), in reference to the early flowering
of some European species). PRIMROSE FAMILY Fig 47.
Herbs leaves mostly opposite or whorled, otten dotted
or mealy flowers bisexual, regular, rarely slightly irreg-
ular, calyx not bracteate, mostly 5-parted; corolla
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
65
gamopetalous, 5-lobed, rarely of separate petals;
stamens 5, epipetalous, opposite the corolla lobes, often
alternating with stammodia; ovary superior, rarely
half-inferior. 1-celled, many-ovuled, placenta free-
central, style and stigma 1 fruit a capsule opening
by valves or by a transverse lid
The family has 28 genera and about 320 species of
more or less cosmopolitan distribution, but most
abundant in north temperate regions It is most
closely related to the Myrsmacea; and Plumbagmaceie
The herbaceous habit, dehiscent fruit, and many seeds
are important distinguishing chara< tenstics The Mow-
ers of this family often have styles and stamens of
different lengths in the same species (heteromorphic),
e g , Primula The free-central placentation is charac-
teristic of this and related families
Rhizomes of Primula were formerly used for diseases
of the bladder Primrose wine is made from the floweis
of Primula oflinnalit* and P vulgans Rhuomes of
Cyclamen are purgative and emetic In some countries
these rhizomes are used to stupefy fish, roasted they
become good food for pigs (sowbread of Europe)
Other species have been used in medicine Many are
ornamental plants
Twelve to 18 genera are in cultivation in North
America Among these are the following well-known
names Cyclamen, Dodecatheon (Shooting-star), An-
drosacc (Rock Jasmine); Anagalhs (Pimpernel, Poor
Man's Weather-glass); Ilottoma (Featherfoil, Water-
Violet, Water-Yarrow) with aquatic inflated steins
and fine leaves; Lysimachia (Loosestrife, Monevwort,
Creeping Charlie), Primula (Primrose), Soldanella,
Stieronema (Loosestrife) ; Tnentahs (Star Fkwer)
180 Plumbaginaceae (from the genus Plumbago,
from plumbum, lead, perhaps in reference to the lead-
like stain given by the roots to the fingers) LE \U\\OKT
FAMILY. Fig 47. Herbs or shrubs leaves alternate,
linear or lanceolate- flowers bisexual, regular, ca]yx
bracteate, 5-fid, usually scarious, and plicate, angled or
winged, sometimes eolored, persistent, corolla gamo-
sometimes with intermediate stammodia, or twice ac
many, epipetalous, ovary superior, 4- to many-celled;
ovules 1 in each cell, basal, style and stigma 1 fruit
a berry.
There are 31 genera and about 400 species, of tropica/
distribution, rarely reaching the warm temperate zone
One species extends to Virginia and two to Illinois.
This is a distinct family, distantly related to the
Myrsmaccae, Ebenacejp, and Styracacete
The fruits of Lucuma mammosa (marmalade plum)
and Achra*> Sapota (sapodilla), are very agreeable.
Fruits of Illipe and Mimusops, both Asiatic, are
edible The oil from the seeds of the oriental Illipe
butyracea and of other species is galam butter, and shea
butter It is used for food and soap The wood ot
many species is very hard and valuable — so-called
ironwoods Several species of Palaquium of the East
Indies yield gutta percha, as do other species of the
family Gum chicle is obtained from Achras Sapota.
Star-Apple is Chrywphyllum Caimto. West Indian
medlar is Mimui>op)> Elangi
Six to 10 genera are in cultivation in North America,
mostly in the warmer parts Mimusops, Lucurna (Mar-
, ,
petalous, or of 5 nearly separate petals, mostly con-
volute, stamens .5, epipetalous, opposite the lobes of
the corolla; ovary superior, 1-celled, ovule 1, basal,
, ,
styles 5 fruit a capsule or utricle, invested bj the calyx
The ten genera and about 250 species, of almost
cosmopolitan distribution, are found usually inhabiting
seacoasts and alkaline regions, they are most abundant
in the Mediterranean region, and in Central Asia The
family is closely related to the Primulacetc, but has only
one seed
A fatty substance in the root of certain Plumbagos
gives a lead-colored stain to the fingers and paper
These roots were formerly used for toothache, ulcers,
and the like Beggars are said still to use them to
produce sores The roots of Stalice lattfolui of Russia
contain tannin and have been used for tanning
There are 5 or 6 genera in cultivation in North
America, Acanthohmon from Armenia, hardy, Armeria
(Sea Pink, Thrift) of Europe and Asia, hard> , Ccra-
tostigma of China, hardy, Plumbago (Leadwort), of
Asia, Africa, Australia, mostly of the greenhouse, Statice
(Sea Lavender), of Europe, Asm, North America,
hardy Some species of this family are used for dry
bouquets.
Order 48 EBENALES
181 Sapotaceae (from the old generic name Sapota,
derived from a native name of Achras Sapota) SAPO-
DILLA FAMILY Fig 48 Trees or shrubs, juice milky
leaves alternate, entire, coriaceous flowers usually bi-
sexual, axillary, regular, calyx mostly of separate sepals
m two whorls of 2, 3, or 4, or in one whorl of 5, corolla
gamopetalous, lobes as many as the sepals, or twice as
many, in one or two series, imbricated, sometimes with
appendages which simulate extra corolla-lobes; stamens
as many as the lobes of the corolla and opposite them,
5
*—- — -wav • w ^w. n -j-t | | «-j-^
48 SAPOTACE-E 1 Lutuma, flower 2 Sideroxylon, floral
diagram RIUNA<F;E 3 Diospyros, a, female flower, b, floral
diagram, feimle flower ST^RACVCK*, 4 Styiax, a, flower, 6,
cm ^-section ovary, c, fruit SYMPLOCALE,E o Symplocos, a,
(lower. 6. cross-section fruit
«i-.«.-
(lower, 6, c
malade Plum) and Sideroxylon are grown in southern
California and Florida, Dichopsis or Palaquium (wrongly
called Isonandra), the commercial gutta percha tree, is
cultivated m the South Burneha and Chrysophyllum
are ornamental, the former hardy to Massachusetts
182 Ebenaceae (from the Latin ebenus, meaning
ebony) EHON\ FAMILY Fig 48 Trees or shrubs leaves
alternate, coriaceous, entire flowers rarely bisexual,
usually dioecious, regular, calyx 3-6-parted, persistent;
corolla 3-6-lobed, hypogynous, gamopetalous, urceo-
late, coriaceous, mostly imbricated and twisted;
stamens short, usually double the number of the corolla-
lobes, rarely as many or more numerous, hypogynous or
epipetalous, separate or united in pairs, ovary superior,
2-10-celled, with 1-2 suspended ovules in each cell,
styles and stigmas 2-8 fruit berry-like, rarely sub-
dehiscent
In this family are 5 genera and about 280 species,
of which 180 belong to the genus Diospyros, they are
inhabitants of tropical and subtropical regions,
principally of the eastern hemisphere The greatest
development of the family is m the East Indies and
Malay Archipelago One species of Diospvros occurs
in the eastern United States, from Rhode Island south-
ward. The family is related to the Styracaceae, Synv
66
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
plocaceae and Sapotacese. The superior several-celled
ovary, unisexual flowers and absence of milky juice
are important distinctive characters.
The wood of many species, especially of the genus
Diospyros, furnishes the ebony of commerce The
fruit of Diospyros Lotus is known as date plum in
Asia The fruit of the persimmon (Diospyros virgin-
lana) is also edible The bark of persimmon is some-
times used in medicine
Three or 4 genera are in cultivation in North America
for ornamental purposes Maba, from Natal, and
Royena, from South Africa, are not haidy Diospyros
(Common Persimmon and Kaki), hardy or tender,
depending on the species, is grown for ornament or fruit
183 Styracacese (from the genus Styrax, the ancient
Greek name of the storax tree) STORAX FAMILY Fig
48. Shrubs or small trees leaves alternate, simple flow-
ers bisexual, regular; calyx 4-5-cleft, corolla mostly 4-5-
lobed, the lobes almost separate, imbricated or valvate;
stamens in one series, hypogynous or epipetaloua,
twice as many as the lobes of the corolla, rarely just as
many, separate or more or less united, ovary superior,
rarely half-inferior, 1-celled at the top, 3-5-celled at
the bottom, 1, rarely several, ovules in each cell, style
1, stigmas 1-5 fruit a capsular diupe
Six genera and about 100 species are distiibuted in the
warmer regions of South and Central America, south-
eastern United States, eastern Asia, and the Mediter-
ranean region The family is very closely related to the
Sy mplocacea; , also to the Ebenacejp and Sapotaeeie.
The superior, imperfectly several-celled ovarv, bisexual
flowers and absence of milky juice are distinctive
Fossil species are known
Styrax Benzoin of the East Indies yields the fragrant
resin known as benzoin It is a pathological product
of the tree Some Brazilian species of St>ia\ and some
species of Pamphiha also yield a fragrant resin which
is burned as incense in the churches The storax 6f
the ancients was obtained from Liquidambar orientals
(family Hamamehdacese).
Two or 3 genera are in cultivation in America*
Halesia (Silver Bell, Snowdrop Tree), of eastern United
States, is hardy, Styrax (Storax) of China, Japan, and
America, is semi-hardy. Pterostyrax of Japan is by
some referred to Halesia.
184 Symplocacese (from the genus Symplocos, de-
rived from the Greek, meaning connected, referring to
the stamens). SYMPLOCOS FAMILY. Fig 48 Trees or
shrubs: leaves alternate, simple flowers bisexual, or less
commonly unisexual, regular, calyx 5-lobed, gamosepa-
lous, imbricated, corolla-lobes 5 or 10, in 1 or 2 scries,
gamopetalous, imbricated, stamens 15 to many in 1-3
or many series, separate, or slightly united with each
other and the corolla, hypogynous or epipetalous,
ovary inferior or half-inferior, 2-5-ccllcd, with about
2 ovules in each cell, style 1; stigmas 1-5 fruit dru-
paceous
Only one genus and about 275 species arc found in
tropical lands; they are most abundant in the Malay
region and East India A few species in Japan, and
one in North America, extend the family into the
temperate zone Symplocos tinctona reaches Delaware.
The family is related to the Styracaceae, and is often
united with it The inferior, completely several-celled
ovary, and numerous stamens, are important charac-
teristics Fossil species are known
The bark of Symplocos racemosa is used as a medicine
in the East Indies under the name lotus bark The
leaves of S spicata and the roots of S tinctona are
used in the preparation of yellow dye-stuffs S cratse-
goides is a hardy ornamental shrub from Japan
Order 49 CONTORTS
185. Oleacece (from the genus Olea, derived from
the Greek meaning, originally, olive tree, and later oil,
i e , olive oil) OLIVE FAMILY. Fig 49. Trees or
shrubs leaves opposite, simple or pinnate, flowers bi-
sexual or unisexual, regular, small and numerous, calyx
4-lobed, larely 4-1 5-lobed, valvate, corolla 4-lobed,
raiely 6-12-lobed, gamopetulous, rarely polypetalous,
or 0, hypogMious, valvate, stamens 2, rarely 3-5,
epipetalous, alternate with the corolla-lobes, ovary
superior, 2-celled, ovules usually 2 in each cell, style 1
or 0, stigmas 1-2 fruit a drupe, berry, capsule, or
samara
Oleaceac has 20 genera and more than 400 species,
of temperate and tropical lands; these are especially
abundant in the East Indies and East Asia About 10
species are native in northeastern North Amenca.
Fossil species are known The family is related to the
Logamacea>, possibly also to the Celastraeeie and
49 OLEACE*: 1 Oloa, a, flow < r, b, floral diagram 2 Frnxi-
iius, fruit LCKMMM * i 3 F oKiima, flowr r Gi NTIA:\AC t-i 4
C< ntmna. a, flowrr, >>, floral diagram Ai-or\\Af * x. 5 Apocy-
nuxn, a, flower, b, floral diagram, (, fruit G \ mca, pistil.
Rubiacese The numerical plan of 4, the 2 stamens and
the supenor ovaiy are important distinctive character-
istics
The most useful plant is the olive (Olca europsca)
of the Orient, long cultivated m the Mediterranean
region The oil expressed from the fruit is used as food,
and for other purposes. The unripe fruits, preserved
in brine, are the olives of commerce The bark of tho
fringe tree and privet contains medicinal pnnciples of
minor importance, as do also the leaves of the lilac.
A saccharine exudation from the bark of Fraxinus
Ornus of Sicily, induced by the puncture of a cicada,
is manna (See, also, Tarnaruc mannifera) The wood of
olive and ash are valuable The flowers of Osmanthus
fragrans have been used to scent tea in China.
A dozen genera are in cultivation m North America:
Chionanthus (Fringe Tree), hardy, torsythia (Golden
Bell), hardy; Fontanesia, hardy; Fraxmus (Ash), hardy:
Jasmmum (Jasmine, Jessamine), of the greenhouse and
the South; Ligustrum (Privet), hardy, Olea (Olive),
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
67
not hardy; Osmanthus (Fragrant Olive and Devil-
wood), not hardy; Phillyrea, not hardy, Schrebera,
not hardy; and Synnga (Lilac), hardy.
186 Loganiaceae (from the genus Logania, named in
honor of J Logan, a botanist). LOGANIA FAMILY. Fig
49. Herbs, shrubs, or trees' leaves opposite, simple
flowers usually bisexual, regular, calyx 4-5-lobcd or
-parted, corolla 4-5-, or 10-lobed, imbricated or con-
volute; stamens epipetalous, of the same number as
the lobes of the corolla and usually alternate with them,
rarely reduced to 1; ovary superior, usually 2-celled,
rarely 1-or 4-celled, ovules usually numerous, styles 1;
stigmas 1-2 fruit a capsule, rarely a berry or diupe.
The family contains 32 genera and about 360 species,
of tropical distnbution A few genera only reach the
temperate zone, 4 species of which are native in
northeastern North America Fossil species are known.
The family is related to the Apocynaceaj, Gentianaceae,
Solanaeeao, Rubiacea, and Scrophulariacese. The oppo-
site stipulate leaves, and 2-celled superior ovary, are
important distinctive characters
The seeds and bark of Strycknos nux-vomica contain
a very poisonous alkaloid, strychnine, used as a nerve
tonic Curare, with which the Indians of South
America poisoned their arrows, is probably obtained
from the bark of S toxifer. Other species of Strychnos
are used in Java to poison arrows. The root of Spigelia
(pink-root), an American plant, has been used as a ver-
mifuge It is also poisonous Strychnos Ignatw, yields
the poisonous Ignatius bean of India The nut of <S'
potatorum is the clearing nut of India, which is used to
purify foul water, by rubbing it on the inside of the
vessel The roots of yellow jasmine (Gekrmium sem-
pervirens) of the southeastern United States are used
as a nerve tonic
Three or 4 genera are in the North American trade,
all ornamental' Buddleia, semi-hardy; Gelseinium
(Yellow Jessamine), woody vine, semi-hardy, Spigelia
(Pink-Root), herbaceous, hardy
187. Gentianaceae (from the genus Gentiana, named
m honor of King Gentius of lllyna, who, according to
Pliny, first discovered the medicinal properties of these
plants). GKNTIAN FAMILY Fig 49. Herbs, rarely
shrubs or small trees' leaves opposite, rarely alternate
or whorled, exstipulate flowers bisexual, regular, calyx
4-5-parted, persistent, corolla 4-8-lobed, gamopetalous,
hypogynous, convolute or induphcate, rarely valvate:
btomons of the same number as the corolla-lobes and
alternate with them, epipetalous, hypogynous disk
usually present; ovary superior, 1-cclled, with 2
parietal placentae, rarely 2-celled, ovules numerous
fruit a capsule.
The 63 genera and about 750 species are almost cos-
mopolitan in distribution Three hundred species
belong to the genus Gentiana, distributed mostly m the
mountains of the north temperate zone, m the arctic
zone and in the Andes, they are wanting in Africa
Fossil species of Menyanthes are known The family
is closely related to the Logamacea; The commonly
1-cclled ovary, exstipulate leaves and the presence of
a bitter principle are important characters.
The general occurrence of a bitter principle renders
the majority of Gcntianacese valuable as tonics, and
appetizers. Most of the drug, gentian, is obtained
from Gentiana lutea of Europe G punctata, G purpurea,
and G. Pannonica are also used. Erythr&a Centaunum
(centaury) furnishes a medicinal bitter principle.
Tarhia guianensis is used as bitters in South America,
under the name quassia. The b'tter principle of Men-
yanthes is used as a medicine, and also as a substitute
for hops m flavoring beer. The Gentianaceae are used
medicinally in all parts of the globe.
Several genera are m cultivation m North America:
Erythnca, Eustoma, Frasera; Gentiana (Gentian);
Menyanthes (Buckbean), Sabbatia; and Swertia.
Nymphoides (Limnanthemum) (Floating Heart, Water
Snowflake) is a genus of peculiar aquatic plants.
Villarsia is a close relative of Nymphoides.
188 Apocynaceae (from the genus Apocynum, the
ancient name of the dogbane, from the Greek). DOG-
BANE FAMILY Fig 49 Herbs, shrubs or trees with
milky juice, often climbing leaves opposite or whorled,
rarely alternate, entire, exstipulate flowers bisexual,
regular; calyx 4-5-parted, corolla 4-5-lobed, hy-
pogynous, gamopetalous, usually with appendages or
folds in the throat, convolute or valvate, stamens 4-5,
epipetalous, alternating with the corolla lobes, anthers
usually sagittate and acute, pollen granular, hy-
pogynous disk usually present and variously lobed;
ovaries usually 2, rarely more or less united, mostly
superior, each 1 -celled, many-seeded, style 1, usually
bearing a fleshy ring below the solitary stigma fruit
follicular with comose seeds, or indehiscent, or berry-
like, or of nutlets, sometimes winged or prickly
One hundred and thirty genera and about 1,000
species occur, mostly in tropical countries in both
hemispheres Five or G species reach northeastern
North America The family is related to the Asclepia-
daceae and Gentianaeca? The milky juice, sagittate
anthers, absence of corona, stjlar ring, and usually
separate ovaries but connate stales and stigmas, are
important characteristics
Many species of Landolphia yield commercial caout-
chouc, as do also other genera, such as Urceola and
\\ illoughbya Some are very poisonous, e g , Tan-
ghinia of Madagascar, also Cerbera and Acocanthera
Tanghima, the ordeal trooof Madagascar, "is the most
poisonous of plants, a soed no larger than an almond
suffices to kill twenty people " Death has followed
the use of oleander \\oon as meat-skewers An infusion
of its leaves is an insecticide, of its bark, a rat-poison.
Some are heart-poisons, for example Strophanthus and
Aspidosperma (quebracho bark) The bark of Alstoma
is a tonic Allamanda cuthartica is purgative Several
species furnish edible fruits tasting like citron Wnghtia
tinctona furnishes an indigo, W tomentosa, a yellow dye
About 20 to 25 genera are m cultivation in N America
as ornamental plants, mostly in the South or in the
greenhouse. Among these are* Allamanda, Canssa
(Caraunda, Christ's Thorn); Amsoma; Apocynum
(Dogbane), Nermm (Oleander); Tabernaernontana
(Crape Jasmine, Nero's Crown), Trachelospermum
(Star Jasmine); and Vinca (Periwinkle).
189 Asclepiadaceae (from the genus A^depias, dedi-
cated to JSsculapius) MILKWEED FAMILY Fig 50.
Herbs or shrubs, sometimes fleshy, often climbing, gen-
erally with milky juice leaves opposite, rarely otherwise,
exstipulate. flowers bisexual, regular, very frequently
in umbels, calyx 5-parted, imbricated, corolla 5-parted
or -lobed, gamopetalous, hypogynous, a crown present,
which is either an outgrowth of the corolla, or of the
stamens; or of both; stamens 5, mostly hypogynous,
alternating with the lobes of the corolla, usually
monadelphous, sometimes united with the styles, pollen
usually agglutinated into polhnia, which are attached
to glandular appendages of the stigma; disk absent;
ovaiies 2, superior, each 1-cclled, many-seeded, styles 2;
stigmas united, fruit of two follicles, seeds usually
comose
There are 217 genera and about 1,900 species, prin-
cipally of the tropics, but many reach the temperate
zone The family is distinct, and closely related only
to the Apocynacesc. The Asclepiadaceae is one of the
most extraordinary of families Most species have a
milky juice Many in South Africa are fleshy, cactus-
like plants Some are epiphytes with variously modi-
fied foliage. One genus of epiphytes? bears foliar pitchers
that catch and hold ram-water Some species are like a
bundle of leafless whip-lashes, others have remarkable
tuberous bases to store water The floral crown is
most diverse; and the details of insect-pollination,
especially the behavior of the polhnia, is very compli-
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
cated The union of the two carpels by the stigma only
is unique
Pleurisy root (Asdepias tubfro^a) was formoily
used extensively for lung and catarrhal disoiders
Condurango, from the bark of Maiuienui Conduranyo, is
a stomach tonic. The milky juice of many is medici-
nal, some are emetics (Vineetoxicmn, Gomphocaipus,
Secamone); others are purgative (Solenostcmma,
Bcction, c, itamcns, d, pistil ami polliniii, i, pollinifi and uland, /,
floral diagram CONVOI VX.T <u i* 2 Convolvulus, floral ih i-
gram POIEMONIACE* -\ Phlox, flower 4 Polomonium, floral
diagram HYDHOPHYLLAC t * /> Hydrophyllurn, flowrr G Phirc-
ha, a, and b, ovary of two species
Cynanchum); others are sudonfies (Hemulesmus)
The acrid juiee of Gonolobus is used to poison arrows,
that of Penploca to poison wolves, hence the name
wolfbane and dogbane. The milk of (iytnnana
lactiferum, the cow-plant of Cevlon, is edible, also
that of the Cape, ()joit>tclma fVHhntum Some Indian
species yield good bast fibers Aldisdenm tindoiui
yields a "dye Seveial species yield caoutchouc The
oschur or modar (Calotiopi^ pwruo) is probably the
Bodom apple of the Bible The herbage of seveial
species is cooked and eaten The acid stem of Sareos-
temma is eaten as a salad In East Africa, Cynamhum
narcotttemntoides is used to poison fr-h Many Ascle-
piadacejp are ornamental plants
About 20 genera are in cultivation in N America,
mostly in the tropical horticulture of Floiida and
California More genet allv cultivated and better
known are A sclepias (Milkweed), Cynam hum (Mos-
quito Plant, Cruel Plant), Hoya (\\ax-plant), and
Penploca (Silk Vine).
Order 50. TUBIFLOR^
190 Convolvulaceae (from the genus Convolvulus,
signifying to entwine) MOUMMJ-GLOHY F \MILY Fig
50 Herbs, shrubs or small trees, twining or erect, turf-
forming shrubs, thorny shrubs, "switch plants," or
yellow, leafless, twining parasites, often \\ith milky
juice leaves alternate. flo\\ers bisexual, regular, pe-
duncles very often bi-bracteate; calyx 5-parted, per-
sistent, corolla more or less 5-lobed, usually plaited,
gamopetalous, hypogynous, convolute; stamens 54
slightly epipetalous, alternating uith the corolla-lobes;
hypogynous disk present, usually lobed, ovary superior,
2-celled, rarely more or fewer celled, each cell 1-2-
ovuled, nucropyle duected downward and outward,
styles 1-2, stigmas 1-2 fruit a capsule or a berry, very
rarely bieakmg into 4 1-seeded nutlets
Convolv ulace* has 40 genera with about 1,000
species, of which 300 species belong to the genus
Ipomoea and 160 species to the genus Convolvulus
They are distributed in all regions except the arctics,
but are especially numerous in tropical Asia and tropical
America The family is i elated to the Solanaceie and
Boi agmacea^, but also to the Polemomacea' and Hydro-
phyllacea1 The absence of a circulate inflorescence,
the plaited corolla, the duection m which the mieiopyle
is turned and the feu -seeded fruit are impoitant
distinguishing chaiacteiistics The genus Cuscuta is
parasitic and chloiophylless, receiving its nutriment
by means of haustona from the plant upon which it
twines
Because of the substances contained in the milky
juice, many species {ire medicinal The following are
puiges jalap (Eioguninm Pwga), of Mexico; turbith
(Opticulina Tuipct'lnini), of tin4 East Indies, and seam-
mony (Conrolvulus ticarnmonin), of the oiient The
fleshy roots of Ipomam Batatas (sweet potato) are edible,
also those of Convolvulus* Septum I pomcrn Pe^-capr^e
is used in India to bind the sands along the coast.
Convolvulus (uopanus of the Canaries furnishes the
fragrant oil of ihodium, used to adulterate oil of rose,
and sold also to rat-catchers as a hue for rats C>M uta
Epihnum, and seveial other species, are bad pests in
cultivated fields
Several geneia aic in cultivation in N America
Argyreia, tender twiners, Brewena, trailing, grown in
Florida, Convolvulus (Bindweed, California Ko.se,
Rutland Beauty), mostly twining , Ipomoea (Morning-
glory, Moonflouer, Cypress Vine, Indian Pink, Man-of-
the-Earth, Blue Dawn Flower, Sweet Potato, Jalap),
mostly turning, Jacquemontia, garden twmeis, Lett-
somia, turners, grown in Florida
191 Polemomacese (from the genus Folcmomum,w\
ancient name of doubtful application) POLEMONIUM
FAMILY. Fig 50 Herbs, raiely uoodv leaves alter-
nate, 01 the louer sometimes opposite, simple or pinnate
flowers bisexual, regular, 01 nearly so, calyx o-cleft ;
corolla 5-lobed, gamopetalous, hypogynous, convolute,
stamens 5, epipetalous, olteinate with the corolla-
lobes; hypogynous disk present, ovary superior, .3-,
raiely 2- or 5-, celled, ovules in each cell mariv, larely
1, style 1, 3-hd, rarely 5-fid, stigmas 3, larely 5 fruit
a capsule
About 8 genera and 200 species are known, these
aie almost entirely American and principally North
Ameiican Nearly 100 bpecies belong to the genus
Giha The family is closely i elated to the Convolvula-
ceze, and difficult to sepaiate from that family. The
3 rnany-ovuled cells of the ovary are impoitant The
disk of Cobaea is large and 5-lobed The terminal
leaflet of this plant is a branched tendril
Many Polemomacea) are grown as ornamental
plants Polcmonium tjiuleum (Jacob's ladder, or Greek
valerian) is used in borne countries as a remedy for
various ailments
About 0 to 8 genera are cultivated in this country as
omamental plants. Cantua, a shrub in the greenhouse;
Cohaea, a climbing herb, mostly in the gieenhoufee,
Giha, many species, for bedding, Lo?seha in the cool-
house, Phlox (Phlox, Ground or Moss Pink), for bed-
ding; Polemonmm, for bedding.
192 Hydrophyllaceee (from the genus Hydrophyl-
lum, meaning water-leaf). WATER-LEAF FAMILY Fur 50
Annual or perennial herbs leaves mostly alternate,
often lobed flowers bisexual, regular, mostly in circulate
raceme-like clusters, calyx 5-cleft; corolla 5-lobed, often
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
with scales in the throat, gamopetalous, hypogynous,
imbricated; stamens 5, alternating with the corolla-
lobes, slightly epipetalous, hypogynous disk present,
ovary superior, 1-celled, rarely incompletely 2-eellcd,
ovules 2 to several, style 1, stigmas 2. fruit a
capsule.
The 17 genera and about 170 species are found most
abundantly in temperate North America, less com-
monly southward to Patagonia A very few are found
in south and east Africa, India, Japan, and the Hawai-
ian Islands The family is most closely related to the
Boragmaceir, but has a 1-celled ovary, more1 distantly
related to the Convolvulaceje and Polemomacea*
Enodicii/on glulino^utn (yeiba, sail t a) of California
has lately corne into use as an expectorant m throat arid
lung trouble IlydropJiijllum tan<id(n\e has long had a
reputation as a remedy for snake-bites poison-ivy
poisoning, erysipelas, and other skin troubles
About a halt dozen genera are in cultivation in X
Ameneaas ornamental plants They are used principally
for outdoor bedding Ernrnenarithe (California Yellow or
Golden Bells), Hesperoehiron, H> droph> Hum (\\ater-
leaf), Nemophila, and Phaceha
193 Boragmacese (from the genus Borayo, an
ancient name having reference to the roughness of the
foliage) HORACE FAMILY Fig 51 Herbs, rarely shrubs
or trees leaves usually alternate, very frequent lv
rough-hairy floweis bisexual, regular, rarely irregular,
inflorescence usually circulate, calvx 4-5-cleft, persist-
ent; corolla 1-5-lobed, gamopetalous, hvpogwious,
imbricated, often with scales or folds in the throat,
btamens 5, epipetalous', alternating with the corolla-
lobes, hypogvnous disk usually present; carpels 2,
ovarv superior, 4-celled, either entne and style terminal,
or 2-lobed, or more commonly deeply 4-lobed witli the
style basal between the lobes, each cell 1-ovuled,
stvle 1, stigmas usuallv 2 fimt rarelv a berrv, usuallv
of 4 1 -seeded nutlets, with the surface variously smooth,
polished, wrinkled, barbed, winged, or crested
There aie S5 genera and about, 1,500 species widely
distributed in the temperate and t topical /.ones, most
abundant in the Mediterranean region and in western
North America The largest gc'iieta are Cordia with
230 species, and Hehotropium with 220 specie's Ihe
family is most closely related to the Hydrophvllaceo?,
also related to the Verbenacea.1 and Labiatie The1 e ir-
cmate inflorescence, and 2-carpelled, 1-celled ovary
with 1 seed m each cell, are distinctive character-
istics. The fruit ot the Boragmaceve is most diverse,
arid very important m classification within the farnilv
Many species, native in Euiope, weie formerly u*cd
tor medicine, for example, e'omfrev (fiympht/httn olfui-
nalc), borage (liorago ojfuinali^), hound's-tongue (('//-
noglobsuiti officinale), lungwort (Pulmonauo officunili^),
viper's bugloss (Erfnum vidnare], bugloss (Andiuvi offi-
cinalii*}, groin well (Lilhosperntuin ojfiiinalt}, and helio-
trope (llrliolropiumenropxum) Tourntfolia umbdlala
was used in Mexico as a febrifuge The roots of alkanet
(Alkanna tinctoria) of South Europe and Asia contain
a reel dye of commercial importance The roots of some'
species of Anchusa, Onosma, Lithospermum and. \i-
nehia also contain a red pigment The wood of some;
species of Cordia is of value, as are also its bast libers
The wood of several species of Ehretia is valuable*, and
the fruit is edible.
About 30 genera arc in cultivation in N America,
mostly as hardy ornamental border plants Among
these are Arnebia (Prophet's Flower, Arabian Piirn-
rose); Anehusa (Alkanet, not the real), Boiago (Bor-
age), used as a pot-herb or bee-plant, Cermthe1 (ITonev-
wort) , Cynoglossum (Hound's-tongue), Echium (Vipe>r's
Bugloss), Lithospermum (Gromwell, Pueeoon, Indian
Paint), Myosotulium (Giant Forget-me-not), Mvosotis
(Forget-me-not); Mertensia (Virginian Cowslip, Vir-
ginian Lungwort); Omphalodes (\ave-lwott, Creeping
Forget-me-not) , Onosma (Golden Drops) , ( hiosmodium
(False Gromwell); Pulmonana (Lungwort, Bethlehem
Hage), and Sjmphytum (Comfrey)
194 Verbenacese (from the genus Verbena, the Latin
name for any sacred herb, application obscure) VER-
VAIN FAMILY Fig 31 Herbs, shrubs, or trees leave*
opposite, rarely whorled or alternate, simple or com-
,
pound flowers bisexual, rarely regular, usually oblique
or 2-hpped, calyx 4-5-, rarely 6-8-, toothed, corolla
4— 5-lobed gamopetalous, hypogynous, lobes imbri-
cated, stamens 4, did^namous, rarely 5 or 2, epipetalous,
hypogynous, disk present, ovary superior, of 2,
rarely of 4 or .1, carpels, 2-.r>-eelled, but by false par-
titions 1-10-celled, entne or 2-4-lobed, ovule usually
solitary in each cell, stvle 1, stigma usuallv 1 fruit a
drupe or beirv, often separating into drupelets
Verbenacea1 has 67 genera and about 750 species,
mainly of tropical and subtropical distribution Eleven
species reach the northeastern United States Lippia
is the largest genus with 100 species, Clerodendron
has 90 spceu's, and Verbena SO species The family is
closelv related to the Labiata- and not clearly distinct
from that family The predominatingly terminal
stvle, and not deeply lobed ovary are the only differen-
tiating characters
Many speries have been used in medicine Verbena
ha^tala as bitters, species of Lippia as tonics, /Egiphila
<i(ilut(tri <? as a purge and remedy for snake-bites Species
of Clerodendron ha\ e very sw eet -scented flowers They
10
51 BOH<U.I\A«H 1 H..I IKO, pistil 2 Syniphy turn, flow or
I ( ynoKlovumi, fruit t OniphnUwlc's, fruit \vmus Act* T
\«ilwnn,fl«ra,T <» L«intanii, floial digram IMHI VTJF 7 Mrntha.
flo\(r S 1 hymn-,, pistil '• S iK i-i, flown 1C) I annum, floral
diiKram Noi \N\CET. It \olanu, a, flow or, b jnd c, pistils ot
different species
are used as purges, diuretics, and for liver, stomach,
and lung complaints Lippia citriodora v-ields a fra-
grant substance used in flavor ng cream, and other
toods Several species have been ised as tea m America
Duntnta Elhvr ,md species of Lantana have edible
fruit Verbena officinali* of Europe is a tome, but more
famous for its use in witchciaft It was celebrated
among the Romans and Druids of Gaul and used by
them in religious ceremonies The very valuable teak-
70
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
wood is obtained from Tectona grandis of farther India
and the East Indies. The white mangrove trees of
Brazil belong to various species of the tribe Avicenmse
A score of genera are in cultivation in North America.
Among thcbe are. Amsonia, a greenhouse shrub, Calh-
carpa, greenhouse or hardy shrubs, Caryoptens, a
shrub, not hardy, Clerodendron (Turk's Turban),
greenhouse or hardy, Duranta (Golden De\vdiop), cul-
tivated in the South, Lantana, greenhouse or bedding
herbs or shrubs, Lippia (Lemon Verbena), greenhouse
or hardy shrubs or herbs, Petnca (Purple Wreath),
greenhouse climber, Verbena, bedding or greenhouse
herbs; Vitex (Chaste Tree, Hemp Tree, Monk's Pepper
Tree), semi-hardy shrubs or trees
195 Labiate (the name refers to the 2-hpped [bila-
biate] character of the corolla of most species) MINT
FAMILY Fig 51 Herbs or shrubs, commonly with a
four-angled stem, and usually containing a fragrant
oil leaves opposite or whorled. flowers bisexual, very
rarely unisexual, irregular, rarely regular, usually
bilabiate, calyx 5-toothcd or cleft, regular or 2-hpped:
corolla 5-lobed, rarely 4-lobed, gamopetalous and
hypogynous, 1 lip sometimes obsolete, the lobes im-
bricated, stamens* 4, didynamous, or only 2, epipet-
alous, hypogynous disk well developed, thick, entire
or lobed, ovary superior, of 2 carpels, deeply 4-lobed,
4-cellcd, each cell 1-ovuled, style basal or sub-basal;
stigmas 2 fruit of 4 1 -seeded nutlets; the ectocarp
rarely fleshy
One hundred and fifty-seven genera and about 2,800
species are distributed over the \vholc earth, but are
especially abundant in the Mediterranean region and
the orient, they are also abundant in the mountains
of the subtropics The larger genera are Salvia, 500
species, Hyptis, 300 species, Stachys, 180-200 species,
Scutellana, ISO species; Nepeta, 150 species, Satureia,
130 species, and IVucnum, 100 species The family is
related to the Verbenace^e and to the Boragmacesr,
also to the Scrophulanacea? and Acanthacesc The 4-
angled stem, fragrant oil, 4-lobed ovary, the solitary
ovules, and the nasal style are distinctive This is a
difficult family for the student The characters for
separating the genera reside mostly in the calyx, co-
rolla and stamens The nutlets are less important in
classification than in the Boragmaceae
Owing to the volatile oil and bitter principles, the
Labiatse are of more than usual economic importance
Scutellana latfnflora (skullcap), tonic, nervine, Salvin
officinahn (garden sage), tonic, also used as a condi-
ment, Marrutnum vulgare (hoarhound), tonic, anthel-
mintic, and expectorant; Hedeoma pulcgioides (Ameri-
can pennyroyal), carminative and stimulant; Mentha
spicata (spearmint) and Mentha pipenta (peppermint),
carminative; Mentha Pulcgium (European penny-
royal), carminative, mints are also used as condiments.
The following oils are from Labiatse. Oil of thyme
( Thymus Serpyllum) , rosemary (Rosmannut> offi.nnalii>) ;
Lavender (LavnnduUi officmah^)\ spike (iMvandula
Spica), origanum (Origanum Mnjorana) Catnip (Ne-
pcta Cntaria) is a family sudorific Mother-wort (Leo-
nurus Cardiaca} is a family stimulant and bitters The
leaves of lavender and patchouli (Pogo^temon Patch-
ouli} are used to keep insects from woolens, furs, and
the like. Many other species have been used locally
for various purposes
Fifty or more genera are in cultivation in North
America Most of these arc garden annuals or hardy per-
ennials cultivated for the flavor or odor, for ornamental
purposes, or for medicine Among these are Acantho-
mintha (Thorny Mint), Ajuga (Bugle Weed); Cedro-
nella (Balm of Gilead); Colons, Colhnsoma (Horse-
balm, Horse-weed, Stonewort) ; Cumla (Maryland Dit-
tany), Hedeoma (American Pennyroyal); Hyssopus
(Hyssop), hardy shrub; Larmum (Dead Nettle); Lav-
andula (Lavender); Leonotis (Lion's Ear, Lion's Tail);
Lophanthus (Giant Hyssop), Marrubmm (Hore-
hound); Melissa (Balm); Mentha (Mint, Spearmint,
Peppermint, Japanese Mint, Bergamot Mint, Black
Mint, White Mint, European Pennyroyal); Micromeria
(Yerba Buena), Moluccella (Shell Flower, Molucca
Balm), Monarda (Horsemint, Oswego Tea, Bee-balm,
Fragrant Balm, Wild Bergamot); Nepeta (Catnip,
Ground Ivy, Gill-run-over-the-ground) ; Ocimum (Ba-
sil) ; Origanum (Marjoram) ; Phlomis (Jerusalem Sage) ;
Physostegia (False Dragonhead, Obedient Plant) , Plec-
tranthus (Cockle-spur Flower), Pogostemon (Patch-
ouli Plant), Prunella or Brunella (Self-heal, Heal-all),
Pycnanthemum (Mountain Mint). Rosmannus (Rose-
mary, Old Man) ; Salvia (Sag^e, Clary, Scarlet Sage) ;
Satureia (Savory); Scutellaria (Skull-cap), Stachys
(Woundwort, Choro-gi, Chinese or Japanese Artichoke,
Knot-root, Betony); Teucnum (Germander), Thymus
(Thyme, Mothcr-of-Thyme) ; Trichostema (Blue Curls,
Bastard Pennyroyal, Ramero), Westnngia (Victonan
Rosemary)
196. Nolanaceae (from the genus Nolana, derived
from nola, a little bell, in reference to the corolla).
NOLANA FAMILY Fig 51 Herbs or small shrubs
leaves alternate, or opposite, flowers bisexual, regular,
calyx 5-cleft, corolla 5-lobed, gamopetalous, hypog\-
nous, plicate in the bud, stamens 5, slightly epipeta-
lous, alternating with the lobes of the corolla; hypogy-
nous disk well developed, often lobed; ovary superior,
typically of 5 carpels, radially lobed, or both radially
and transversely lobed, lobes 5-30, m fruit forming 5 -
30 nutlets which are each 1-7-seeded, or sometimes
both radially and transversely lobed
There occur 3 genera and 50 species, confined to the
west coast of South America Many species are mari-
time. The family is related to the Convolvulacea>, also
to the Boragmaceai and Solanaceir. The plicate corolla
and very peculiarly lobed ovary derived from 5 carpels
are distinctive
A few species of Nolana, all prostrate plants, are cul-
tivated in this country for ornamental purposes.
197 Solanaceae (from the genus 8ol<mum, the sig-
nificance unknown) NH.HTSHADE FAMILY Fig 52
Herbs, erect or climbing shrubs, or small trees leaves
usually alternate, flowers bisexual, rarely unisexual, reg-
ular, rarely irregular; calyx 5-cleft, corolla 5-lobed,
gamopetalous, hypogynous, usually plicate in the bud,
the folds twisted to right or left, rarely the tips of the
folds valvate or imbricated; stamens 5, epipetalous,
alternating with the corolla-lobes, hypogynous disk
present, ovary superior, 2-celled, raicly falsely 1-, or
moie, celled, ovules in each cell 1 to many; style 1;
stigmas 1-2 : fruit a berry or capsule
About 70 genera and 1,600 species, 900 of which be-
long to Solanum, arc distributed in the tropical and warm
temperate regions, the greatest number being in Cen-
tral and South America. The family is related to the
Scrophulanacese, Convolvulacear and Nolanacete. The
regular, plaited corolla, and usually numerous seeds ai o
important distinguishing characteristics Datura has a
prickly fruit The calyx of Physahs is accrescent and
inflated, surrounds the fruit; and is often colored.
Many Solanaceso contain narcotic or poisonous
alkafoids and are used in medicine Belladonna (alka-
loid atropme) is obtained from the roots of Atropa
Belladonna, it was formerly used by women to
dilate the pupils of the eye, hence the specific name.
The leaves and flowers of Datura Stramonium (Jimson
weed) constitute the stramonium of medicine (alka-
loid daturme) Stramonium seeds were formerly
used by magicians to produce fantastic visions, and by
thieves to stupefy their victims. Henbane (alkaloid
hyoscyamme) consists of the leaves and tops of Hyos-
cyamus mger and is narcotic Mandragora is similar
in effect to belladonna. It was used by sorcerers to
produce hallucinations in their victims Scvpoha
carniohca and Solanum carohnense (horse-nettle)
have been used in medicine- The remedy, pichi, eon-
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
71
sists of the dried twigs of Fabiana imbncata of Chile
European bittersweet (<S Dulcamara) has been used
as medicine, it is poisonous Black nightshade (>S
mgrutn] and others are poisonous Tobacco is the dried
leaves of Nicotiana Taba< utn Winter cherry (I'hyytli^
Alkekengn) is diuretic Chilli is a name for the fiuits of
Capsicum annuurn ot South America Cayenne pepper
is the innt of various species of Capsicum Tomato, or
love apple, is the fruit of Ltjcopcr^icurn (scuhndnn
( = Solatium Lycopi mcuw) Species of nightshade, when
cooked, are eaten as greens EggpLtnt is the fruit of
<S Mdongena of Asia Potatoes are the tubers of 8.
tubvrosutn of Peru and Chile
About 30 genera are cultivated in North America as
ornamental plants 01 foi lood 4mongthe.se are Atiopa
(Belladonna), Capsicum (Red or Cayenne Peppei),
Cost rum, Cyphomandia (Tioe Tomato), Datuia
(Angel's Trumpet, Datura), Ihoseyamus (Henbane),
L>eium (Matnmony Vine, Box Thoin), Lycopeisicum
(Tomato), [Knglei and Pi ant 1 unite this with Solanum);
Mandragora (Mandiake ot history;; Nicotiana (Nico-
tina, Tobacco), Nicandia (Apple of Peru), Nierern-
bergia (Cup-fio\ver, A\ lute Cup); Petunia, Phjsahs
(Ground Cheny, Stiawbeny Tomato, Alkekengi, Blad-
der Cherry, Cape (Joosi Ixny, Chinese Lantern Plant);
Salpiglossis, Schuanthus (Butterfly Flower, Poor man's
Orchid), Stieptosolen, Solandra, and Solanum (Night-
shade, Potato, Pepmo, Mtlon Pear, Melon Shrub,
Eggplant, Guinea Squash, Aubeigmc, Jerusalem
Cherry, Potato Vine, Bittersweet)
19S Scrophulanaceae (fiom the ^erius tiiiophulana, a
reputed remedy for scrofula) FK.WOKT FAMILY Fig 52
Herb,0, shrubs, or small tiees leaves alternate, opposite
or whorled flowers bisexual, regular or commonly
irregular, often bilabiate, m which case the throat is
often closed b> a palate, calv\ 5-cleit, corolla "3-lobed,
gamopetalous, h\pog\noas, iarel\ spurred at the base,
imbricated, fertile stamens iaiel> 5, Usually 4 and
didynamous, larelj 2, steiile often present as stannno-
dia, epipetalous, h\pog\nous disk annulai or uni-
lateral, ov.ii> supenoi, 2-eollod, ovules man\ , stvle 1;
stigmas 1-2 fruit geneiallv a Capsule, rarely a berry
Scrophuhuiacex is a famil\ ot 170 geneia and about
2,500 species, distributed veiy generally over the whole
earth A few are aquatic and have finely divided
leaves Some are half-parasites on the roots of other
lants A few are total parasites without (hlorophvll
he largest genera are V» rbascum containing IbO
species, Calceolaiia with 1 44 species-, Veronica with
200 species, and Pediculans with 250 species The
family is i elated to the Solanacea1, to the Orobanohaooje
and Gesnenacose The non-plicate imbiicated usually
irregular corolla, reduced numbei of stamens, and
2-celled, manv, -ovulod ovary, are distinctive characters.
The economic uses of the Scrophularmcea^ are
medicinal and ornamental \\iottica officinah^ has
been used as a tonic and an astringent Virotuca
Bectabunga has been used foi scurvy Suophulmia
nodot>a was a remedy for fever s Antirrhinum was
used as a diuretic Kupfira^ui officmalis was used m
ophthalmia, and hence the name "eye-bright "
(jraliola oflicmahb (poor man's herb) is a violent
purgative Digitalis put puna is the most valuable
medicinal plant m the family It is poisonous, and a
well-known diuretic and sedative-narcotic The trop-
ical Scopana duUi* is a febrifuge Veronica virgimui
(Culver's root), Vcrba^nim Thapsus, Linana vul-
ganSj and Chclone qlabia have also been used in med-
icine The snapdragon and foxglove are well-known
garden plants of this family
Because of the showy flowers, 30 to 40 genera are
in cultivation m N America for ornamental purposes
Among these are Antirrhinum (Snapdragon), garden
and greenhouse, Calceolaria, greenhouse plants,
mostly from South America, Castillera (Painted Cup),
garden plants; Chelone (Turtlehead), hardy
plants, Collmsia, garden annuals; Digitalis (Foxglove),
hardy garden plants, Erin us, hardy; Gerardia,
harv.y, Gratiola, hardy; Hallena (African Honey-
suckle), cultivated in the southern borders, Lmana
(Butter-and-Eggs, Kemlworth Ivy, Mother-of -Thou-
sands, Toad-flax), hardy and greenhouse, Mimulus
(Monkey Flower, Musk Plant), garden annuals or hardy;
Paulownia, semi-hardy tree; Pediculans (Lousewort,
Wood Betony), hardy; Pentstemon (Beard Tongue,
Pentstemon), hardy; Phy go-bus (Cape Fuchsia), mostly
greenhouse, Rhorlochiton (Purple Bells), vine, garden
annual, Russeha, greenhouse, Scrophulana (Figwort),
hardy, Tetranema (Mexican Foxglove), greenhouse;
Tor ema, garden, Verbascum (Mullein), hardy, Veronica
(Speedwell, Culver's Root, Fluellen, Ground Hele,
Angel's Eyes, Bird's Eyes), garden, mostly hardy
or annual
199 Bignoniaceae (from the genus Biqnoma, named
for the Abbe Jean Paul Bignon, court librarian at Pans,
pla
Th
52 SOLANACEB 1 Solanum, a, flower, 6, floral diagram 2.
Nieotiaiia, flower SCROPHULARI^CF « 3 Verba«cum, flower 4
Antirrhinum, a, flower, b, floral diagram 5 Strflphulana, flower
KIGNOMACK*: 6 Campus, a, flo\\ or, b, floral diagram, c, fruit and
seeds FEDALIACEE 7 Sesamum, floral diagram
and a friend of the botanist Tournefort). BIQNONIA
FAMILY Fig 52 Woody plants, rarely herbs, usually
climbing or twining in the tropical forests leaves oppo-
site, rarely alternate, usually compound flowers bisexual,
more or less irregular, scarcely bilabiate, calyx 5-cleft,
rarely bilabiate or soathc-hke, sometimes with appen-
dages, corolla 5-lobed, gamopetalous, hypogynous,
imbricated, stamens 4, didynamous, or only 2, the
others stammodial, epipetalous, anthers various; hy-
pogynous disk present, ovary superior, 2-celled, rarely
1 -celled, many-ovulod, st>le 1 , stigmas 2* fruit a woodv
capsule, seeds usually winged and very compressed;
endosperm 0
The family contains 100 genera and from 500-600
species, principally natives of the tropics, these are
most abundant m America Three species reach the
northeastern United States, from Now Jersey and
Ohio southward. The largest genus is Tabebuia with
A SYNOPSIS OF THE
T KINGDOM
80 species The family is related to the Scrophulan-
accac; but the peculiar fruit with winged seeds and the
absence of endosperm are distinctive The climbing
species may or may not have foliar tendrils These,
when present, terminate in adherent disks The woody,
tropical, climbing Bignomacea- are famed for the
peculiar cambium growth which produces secondary
thickening of such a nature as to give to the cross-
section very odd and very diverse patterns, some of
which are almobt geometrical in their regularity The
wood in these patterns may be eithei divided into
four wedges at right angles to each other, or four
wedges may be superimposed on a .smaller circle of
wood, or the wedges may be divided toward the
periphery into peculiar finger-like portions, or there
may be concentric rings of wood
Catalpa and Tecoma have been used in medicine
but are not officinal Caraboa (Jacaranda Copaia)
contains an aromatic resin of the odor of coumann
Many are ornamental plants with large, handsome
flowers
About 20 genera are in cultivation in North America,
all as ornamental plants. Among these are Bignoma
(Trumpet Flower, Cross Vine, Quarter Vine), mostly
greenhouse climbers, Catalpa, semi-hardy or hardy
trees, Chilopsis (Desert Willow, Flowering Willow,
Mimbres) cultivated in the South; Creseentia (Cala-
bash Tree), cultivated South Others are Campsis
(Trumpet Creeper, T Vine, T Honeysuckle) , Tecoma
(Yellow Elder), Pandorea (Wonga-Wonga Vine, Bower
Plant of Australia) , Tecomana (Cape Honeysuckle,
climbing or erect shrubs or trees, cultivated mostly
in the South, only one of which is fully hard} North
200 Pedaliaceae (fiom the genus Pcdalium, signify-
ing a rudder, in reference to the winged angles of the
fruit). PEDALI i JM FAMILY Fig 52 Herbs, rarely shrubs,
covered with peculiar slime-secreting glands leaves
opposite, or alternate above flowers bisexual, irregular;
calyx 5-cleft, corolla 5-lobed. gamopctalous, moic or
less curved but indistinctly if at all 2-hpped, stamens
4, didynamous, often with an extra staminoduim, sub-
epipetalous, hypogynous disk inequilateial, ovary su-
perior or rarely inferior, 2-4-celled or falsely 1 -celled,
style 1; stigmas 2-4. fruit a capsule, or a hard indehis-
cent structure which is often covered with stiff or
hooked spines or wings, seeds 1 to several, attached to
central placenta
In this family are 14 genera and about 50 species, of
tropical and subtropical regions of Africa, Arabia,
farther India, Ceylon, Austiaha, and East Indies
They are mostly strand or xerophytic plants The
family is most closely related to the Scrophulanaceac,
and to the Martymacea?, with winch latter family it
is often united The peculiai slime-glands, the queer
fruit, and the axial seeds are important characters.
The heeds of £>et>amutn indicant yield an oil called
benne oil or oil of sesame, which is used as food after
the manner of olive oil The oil is also used as a cos-
metic and as a medicine. This plant has been culti-
vated for ages in the orient, and is now cultivated in
other lands, the oil being used in the manufacture of
soap Har pa go phylum procumbens is the famous
grapple-plant of South Africa, the fruits of which are
difficult to separate from wool and clothing The fruits
of several species of Uncarma are almost as bad A
mucilaginous medicinal drink is made from the leaves
of Pedahum Murex in India. These leaves are also
used to thicken milk, to which they give a rich appear-
ance
The genera in cultivation in N America are1 Cera-
totheca, ornamental greenhouse plants, and grown in
Florida, with indistinctly hooked capsules, Sesamum,
grown for oil, medicine, or ornament, outdoor annual,
capsule not hooked
201. Martyniacefle (from the genus Marlynia, in
honor of Prof. John Martyn of Cambndge, England).
MARTYNIA FAMILY. Fig. 53. Annual or perennial, glan-
dular-hairy herbs, leaves opposite, or alternate: flowers
bisexual, irregular, but not bilabiate; calyx 5-cleft;
corolla 5-lobeel, gamopetalous, hypogynous; stamens 4,
didynamous, rarely 2, the others stammodial, epipetal-
ous, alternating with the corolla-lobes, hypogynous disk
present, regular; ovary superior, of 2 carpels but
53 M<umNiACE,E' 1 Martynia, ,
c. fruit Gt-sNEHiACExE- 2 Gesuerta, flower
diagram LIVTIBUI ARIACE« 4 Utricularu
blarkhr, b, flower, c, flower duiRrani Gioi
uluna, flo\v«>r fa Cofkburma, vertical necti
b, floral chaRram,
Achimones, floral
part of leaf with
KlA<h« 5 Glob-
ary
1-celled, placenta- parietal, ovules several, style 1,
stigmas 2 fruit a more or less long, eui ved, beaked cap-
sule, with a Meshy pericarp, becoming falsely 4-celled
About 3 genera and 10 species inhabit tropical and
subtropical America One species reaches southern
Indiana The family is closely related to the Pedah-
acete, with which it has generally been united The
homed fruit, 1-cellcd ovary, parietal placenta? and
less slimy pubescence, are distinctive characters
The turnip-like root of Cramolfina annua, known in
South America as escorzonera, is cooked with sugar
or eaten as a vegetable The fruits of Martyma (or
Probobcidea) louisiana (M pruboscidea) are sometimes
used as pickles
One jjjenus is in cultivation in this country, namely
Martyma (Unicorn Plant, Proboscis Flower), of which
3 or 4 species are grown The Cramolarias of the trade
seem to be Marty mas
202. Gesnenaceae (from the genus Gesnena, named
after the early botanist Conrad Gesner of Zurich).
(JESNERIA FAMILY rig 53 Herbs, rarely shrubs or
small trees, sometimes climbing leaves usually oppo-
site or whorled, simple* flowers bisexual, irregular,
often bilabiate, calyx 5-parted; corolla 5-lobed, gamo-
petalous, hypogynous, often gibbous below, imbricated;
stamens rarely 5, usually 4 and didynamous, rarely 2,
the sterile usually present as stammodia, cpipetalous;
hypogynous disk present, diverse; ovary superior or
inferior, of 2 carpels but 1-celled with 2 parietal pla-
centae, often falsely 2-4-celled; ovules numerous; style 1 ;
stigmas 1-2. fruit fleshy with pulpy placentae, or cap-
sular, or sihque-like with twisted valves.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
73
Eighty-four genera and about 500 species arc widely
distributed in the tropics and subtropics of both
hemispheres The largest genera are Cyrtandra
containing 180 species and lla-ttlera with about 100
species The family IH related to the Scrophulanaccse,
Orobanchaee^fi and Bignouiaceu* The 1-celled ovary
without winged seeds, and the non-paraHitic habit are
distinctive
The only economic plants in the family are the
ornamental, of which there are many The flowers
throughout the family arc uncommonly large and
showy.
Twentv or more genera are in cult ivation in N Amer-
ica Arno'ng these are the following, all of greenhouse
culture- Agalmjla, climbers, Kpiscia, Gcsnena, Iso-
loma (Kohlena), Na-geha (Snulliianlha), Samtpaulia
(Usambara Violet, African Violet), Smningia, includ-
ing the Gloxinias; Streptocarpus (Cape Primrose),
Tiiehosporum (01 /Kschvnanthus), trailing or drooping
203 Lentibulariaceae (from the old generic name
Ltntibukirin, said to mean /<ns, -j- a small pipe, signifi-
cance obscure) Bi Annr.RwmT FAMILY Fig 53
Aquatic or marsh herbs, or epiphytes leaves alter-
nate, raiely \vhorled, \ery <liverse, sometimes finely
dissected, or peltate, or o\ul, or lanceolate, .sometimes
of two very distinct kinds, usually with very small
scattered bladder-like lobes consisting of a complicated
trap-like mechanism for catching tiny swimming organ-
isms, or with the whole upper surface of the undivided
leaf very glutinous so that insects stick fast to it, either
all basal 01 all cauhrie, or both flowers bisexual, irregu-
lar, calyx 2-5-cleft , persistent, eoiolla 5-lobed, more or
less 2-hpped and with a spur or sack at the base, upper
hp 2-lobed, lower 3-lobed, often with a palate in the
throat; stamens 2, epipctalous, ovarv superior, of 2
carpels but 1-celled, placenta free- cent lal, style 1,
fctigmas 2 fruit a (apsule
Belonging to this familv are 5 genera and about 300
species, of which at least 200 belong to I tnculana,
they are distributed in all parts of the globe but are
more numerous in the tropics One fossil species is
known. The f.umlv is related to the Scrophukiriaee;e
The irregular corolla, 2 stamens, and 1-celled ovary
with cential placenta, are important chaiacter.s This
is a most interesting family of insectivorous plants,
with the exception of Pmguicula, they are adapted to
catch organisms that swim in the water of ponds, or,
in ease of the epiphytes, in the rain-water in the
cracks ami crevices of the host plant
Ulncularias were formerly used locally as medicine.
The secretion of the leaves of Pmguicula contains a
1)epsm-like digestive ferment The Lapps use these
eaves to curdle the reindeer rnilk, hence the common
name, butterwort Danish peasant girls are said to use
the juice as a hair-pomade Another account says,
ngmeula leaves, whether fresh or dry, are used by
the Lapps to thicken fresh still-warm milk, which
neither curdles nor gives cream thereafter, but forms a
delicious compact tenacious mass, a small portion of
which will act similarly on another quantity of fresh
milk "
Two genera are in cultivation in N. America for their
peculiar habit and curious orchid-like flowers, which
are often very showy Pmguicula (Butterwort); and
Utnculaiia (Bladderwort), mostly epiphytic
204 Globulariaceae (from the, genus (Hobnlana, so
named because the flowers are borne in heads) GLOB-
ULARIA FAMILY Fig 53 Shrubs or herbs leaves
alternate, simple flowers bisexual, bilabiate, borne m
mvolucrate heads on a chaffy receptacle; calyx mostly
5-parted, bilabiate or regular, corolla 5-lobed, gamo-
petalous, hypogynous, upper lip sometimes obsolete,
the lobes imbricated, stamens 4, didynamous, enipeta-
lous, anthers exserted, by constriction often falsely 4-
celled; hypogynoua disk usually reduced to a gland on
one side; ovary superior, 1-celled, ovule solitary; style
1 ; stigmas 1-2 . fruit a nutlet inclosed in the persistent
calyx
The 3 genera and 20 species are confined to the
Mediterranean region Seventeen species belong to the
genus Globularia The family is related to the Scroph-
ulariaeeae, but is distinguished by the solitary ovule
and 1 -celled ovary Globulanas are easily mistaken
for Scabiosas, because of the mvolucrate heads and
exserted stamens
Some species are locally used as remedies
A few species of Globularia are in cultivation in
this country, two are hardy, and a third is a green-
house plant
205 Acanthaceae (from the genus Acanthus, derived
from the Greek, a spine, some of the plants are spiny).
ACANIHITS FAMILY Fig 54 Herbs, or rarely shrubs
or trees leaves opposite, rarely whorled flowers bisex-
ual, irregular, usually bilabiate, cal> x 5-cleft , corolla 5-
lobed, garnopetalous, hypogynous, the lobes imbricated;
stamens usually 4, didvnamous, rarely 2, sometimes a
starnmodium present, epipetalous, hjpogynous disk
present, mostly small, ovary superior, 2-celled, each
cell 2-4-, rarely many-, ovuled, style 1, stigmas 1-2,
one lobe often small or wanting fruit a capsule, seeds
exalbummous, aided in distribution by peculiar out-
growths of the funiculus
A<a,nthacea3 has 173 genera and about 1,500 species,
of tropical distribution Few species extend into the
Mediterranean region and into the United States Six
species are found in the northeastern United States
Two hundred species belong to the genus Ruelha, and
250 to Justicia The family is related to the Bignom-
acea?, and to the Scrophulariaceaj, as well as to the other
54 ACANTHACEF, 1 Ruollia, flower 2 Justicia, opened fruit
MYOPOIIA.CE«* 3 Myoporum, a, flower, b, \ortioal section ovary.
PHUYMA.CE/B 4 Phrynm, a, flower, b, fruiting calyx PLANTAGI-
NACE^E. 5. Plantago, a, flo\vei, b, vertical section ovary, c, fruit.
families of this group. The 2-celled ovary with 2-4
ovules and the queer outgrowths of the funiculus are
distinctive
Many species are used in the tropics for medicine;
for example, Astcracantha longifoha, a purge and su-
dorific, Ju&ticia Gendarufsw, astringent, used in India
for rheumatism, and the leaves sprinkled in clothing
to keep insects away, Justicia pectorals, used for lung
troubles. The young flowers of Blephans edulis and
Abysfasia gangdica are eaten as vegetables Ruellia
cihoba of the United States has recently been sold
spuriously as Spigcha (pink root)
Twenty to 30 genera are in cultivation m N America,
except m a few cases, as ornamental greenhouse plants.
Among these are. Acanthus (Bear's Breech), hardy
74
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
herbs; Adhatoda, shrubs; Aphelandra, shrub*, Cros-
sandra, shrub, Fittonia, herbs, Graptophyllum (Cari-
cature Plant), shrubs, Jacobmia, herbs; Justieia, re-
ferred to other genera, Pcristrophc, Ruelha, herbs or
shrubs; Strobilanthes, often used also for bedding
206. Myoporaceae (from the genus Myoporum, sig-
nifying to shut a poie, in reference to the spots in the
leaves which ure closed by a membrane) M IOPOIUJM
FAMILY Fig 54 Shrubs or trees leaves alternate, rarely
opposite, usually glandular or coolly floweis bisexual,
regular or irregular, calyx 5-eleft, persistent, coiolla
5-lobed, gamopetalous, hypogynous, stamens t, didyn-
amous, the fifth a stammodmm, epipetaloiis; ovaiy
superior, 2-celled or falsely 3-10-celled; usually 1-2,
rarely 8, ovules in each cell, style 1, stigmas 1-2 fruit
drupaceous
There are 5 genera and about 90 species, of which 57
belong to Phohdia and 25 to Myoporum Thev are
maml> natives of Australia, but scattered species occur
in the West Indies, Japan, China, Hawaiian Islands,
and elsewhere The family is related to the Scrophulari-
aceae and to the Verbenaceo?. Tne few ovules, the
presence of oil-glands and the pendulous seeds are dis-
tinctive
Myoporuin platycarpvtn is the sandal-tree or sugar-
tree or dogwood of Austialia From it, a kind of manna
is secreted, also a resin that is used like sealing-wax.
Two species of Myoporum are grown as ornamental
plants in this country
55 RuaiAri K 1 Galmm, a, flower, ft, fruit 2 Houstonm,
rtowor 3 Bouvardia, floral di-inram CAI-IUKM IACF E 4 Loui-
cera, flower VALEUIANACEK f> \alenann, flower
207 Phrymacese (from the genus Phrymn, a name of
unknown derivation) LOPSEED FAMILY l*ig 54 Per-
ennial herbs leaves opposite, simple fio\\ ens bisexual, bi-
labiate, calyx 5-cleft, 2-lipped, corolla 5-lobed, 2-lipped,
gamopetalous, hypogynous; stamens I, dielvnamous, in-
cluded, epipetalous, ovary superior, 1 -celled, ovule 1,
sub-basal, straight (orthotropous), style 1, stigmas 2
fruit dry, indehiscent, inclosed in the abruptly reflexed
calyx, the teeth of which are hooked
A single genus and species occuis in the eastern
United States and Kast Asia The family is related to
the Verbenacea? and was formerly united with that
family, but the peculiar, 1 -seeded fruit, with a straight
orthotropous seed is distinctive
Phryma Lcpto^tachyu (lopseed) has been in the
trade as an ornamental garden plant
Order 51. PLANTAQINALES
208 Plantaginaceae (from the genus Plantago, the
Latin name of the plant) PLANTAIN FAMILY Fig. 54.
Annual or perennial herbs leaves alternate or opposite:
flowers bisexual, or rarely unisexual, regular; calyx
4-cleft; corolla 4-lobed, gamopetalous, hypogynous, scar-
ious, imbricated; stamens 4, epipetalous or hypogynous,
exserted, alternate with the corolla-lobes' ovay
superior. 1-2-celled, rarely 4-celled, ovules 1 to many in
each cell, style and stigma 1 fruit a circumscissile cap-
sule, or an indehiscent nutlet, invested by the persistent
calyx; seeds usually peltate
Three genera anel about 200 species, of which all
but 3 belong to the genus Plantago, are distributed
over the whole earth The centers of distribution are
the Me'diteiranean region and the Andes This is a
very distinct gamopetalems family of doubtful relation-
ship, possibly allied to the Labiatac
Many European species were forme>rly used in
medicine, the see^els a»s mucilaginous emollients in
inflammatory ophthalmia, and the like, the leaves as
bitter*. The seeds are used in India to stiffen muslins
Plcintago lanceoldta, P Coronopns and P major are
eaten as greens The seeds of several species are sold
for feeding buds P lanceolata is used foi early pas-
turage
The family is not cultivated in N America, except
possibly for birei-seed, pasturage, e)r pond-border
planting
Order 52 RUHIALKS
209 Rubiacese (from the genus Rttbia, signifying
red, fiom the color of the roots of some sp< cies) M \D-
DEH F\MIL\ Fig 55 Tiee^s, shiubs or he-rbs leaves
opposite or whoiled, simple, usually entire flowers bi-
sexual, larely unisexual, regular, larely slightly irregular,
calv x 2-6-eieft, e>r 0, e'orolla gamopetalous, 4-G-lobeel,
mostly valvate, stamens 4-G,cpipetalous, ovary inferior,
1 to man}-, commonly 2-, celleel, ovule's 1 te> many
in each cell, stjlc I, stigma 1, capitate or scveral-
brane'hed fruit a capsule, beiiy, or drupe
RubiaeeH1 is a family erf 343 genera and about 1,500
spe'cies-, mainly tiopienl, about 34 specie's reach the
noitheastern 1'mted States The family is closely
related to the Capiifoliaceve, but usually has stipule's or
whorle-d leaves, it is also related to the Cornaee'ie,
Valemnee.r, Composite, and the like
A numbei of tropical Rubuceve are1 myrmecophile)us,
i e , provide a dwellmg-plae'e for ])rotective ants rl he
whorle-d leaves of some species have probably been
developed from stipules
This is an important economic family. Coffici
atdbtcd (Ab>ssima cofTe-e) is generally cultivated in the
tropus and used elsewhere as a beverage Cinchona
Ltnlfldiana and (' \urcuiibra of the Aneles furnish
quinine1 ('uujoga (Caphslit*) Ipfracuanha of Brazil is
the source of the e'metic ipee-ac Ccphalanthusejf Ne>rth
America, and several species of (Jahurn have be>en
use>el in medume Rubin linctona (Mediterranean)
fuinishe'S the red dye, madder Roots of Asperula and
home speeies of Cahum yield ml eije-s Monnda
citnfoha (tre)pics) yielels a yellow dye, mormdin
Oiuonpana Garnbir (Malay) yields the d>e known as
cutccu, gambir, or terra japomca The foliage e>f
Abpanda odorata has the fragrance of sweet grass, anel
is usenl for a similar purpose, and for flavoring wines
Gahum tnflorum has a similar odor. Gahum verum, the
yelle>w bedstraw (Europe) contains a milk-cureihng
fcrmemt, hence the name, "gahum," also formerly given
to women to increase lactation Berne's of Mitchella
contain a sapomn-hke substance The fruits of Van-
guaria edulib and seve'ral other specie's of Rubiacese are
eehble The we>oel of many species is valuable
Forty to 50 genera anel a great many species are1 in
cultivation in N America, mostly in the gieenhouse and
in tropical horticulture Among these arc Indian Mul-
berry (Monnda), Cape Jasmine (Gaidema), Bluets
(Hemstoma) ; Manettia Vine (Manettia), Madder
(Ruhia); But tonbush (Cephalanthus, hardy), Bedstraw
or Cleavers (Gahum), Coffee (CofiVa), Cinchona (Cin-
chona), and Partridge Berry (Mitchella)
210 Caprifohaceae ^from the old genus Capnfohum,
meaning a goat-leaf, possibly in reference to the climb-
ing habit) HONEYSUCKLE FAMILY. Fig 55 Shrubs,
very rarely herbs leaves opposite, simple or pinnate:
flowers bisexual, regular or irregular, calyx 4-5-toothed,
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
or 4-5-fid, corolla gamopetalous, 4-5-lobed, tubular or
rotate; stamens of the same number as the corolla-
lobes and alternate with them, epipetalous, euai\ in-
ferior, 1-5-celled, each cell 1 to many-ovuled , st>le- 1
or obsolete, stigmas !-"> fnnt a beiry or capsule
The 11 geneia anel about 350 specie's are' distributed
principally in the- imrth temperate zeme' rlhe tropical
species are mostly eonhncei te> the mountains \ fc'w
species of Sambucus and Viburnum occur in thesouthein
hemisphere 1 he family is veiy closely related to the
Rubiace^e but the leaves arc exstipulate; al«o to the
Comacea) and Valerianaeeaj Sejme fossil species ha\o
been found
Many species of Honeysuckle exhale a sweet odor
after sunset The berries of Lomccra Caprtfolium are
paid to be diuretic, those- e>f L Xylobtmm are laxative
The bellies of the European elde>r (Xambucub ntyra),
and of tho American elder (S c(infidtti^i^) are cooked
anel e>aten and aie also maele into wine Thcelneel flowers
e>f elder were fenme'ih useel in c-asesof fe\er The roots
of the North Ameiican Trw&teuin prrfolwtnm furnish a
kmel of ij)ee-ac Othei species are locally used in meeh-
cine- Man} are1 ornamental
Eight e>r 10 geMie-ra are in cultivation in N America
Viburnum (She'< pbeiry, Hobble-bush, VVa\ faimg Tree,
Arrow we>ejd, High Cranberry, Snowball Hush), Sam-
bucus (Eldei), Tnoste-um (Fevmvort, Horse Gentian,
V\ ild Ipeeae'), S>mphoiicarpos (Snowbe'rry, Coral
Berry), Abelia, Drenilla (\V e'ige>la, Hush Hone-\ sue kle),
Linna-a (Twin-flowe'i ), Lomcera (Hush and Climbing
HonevMuklcs, \Voodbmc, Trumpet Honeysuckle)
211 Valenanaceae (from the ge-nus YahmttKt, a worel
of uncertain eingm) V ALHU\N FAMIIA Lig 55 An-
nual or perennial he-ibs, oftem strongh scented leave's
basal anel cauhne, the latter opposite1, simj)le or pinnate'
fle)weirs bisexual e>i unisexual, regular or niegulu,
e-pig>nous, e-al} \ of 1-3 minute', but often {ice-rescent ,
sepals, corolla 5-, r.ueh 3-1-, leibenl, gamopetalons,
often producexl mte)aspui at the base-, lobe's imnneati d,
stamens 1 1, Kireh 5, epipetalous, e'xseite'd, o\aiv
inferior, 3-celleMl, only 1 eell maturing, se'exl 1, bt\le 1,
stigmas 3 fruit dry, mdehiscent, l-seieele'el
Eight geru'ia and about 2SO spee'ies are known, mostly
in the north tempe>rate re gie)iis of the Old World, espei i-
allv m the region just north e)f the Mediterranean, and
in South Ame^ie-a, where the genus Valenana is nuMh
elistributenl The family is related to the Dipsticae e e
anel the Caprifohace'a', and more remotely to the Cemi-
positjp The epiguious, gameipetalous flower, separate
stamens, 3 carpels anel 1-sc'edeel fnnt are distmctne
\<ildi<nui <>l/it ninlis is a powerful ne-ne sedatne
with a peculiar exleir Main other Valeiianacea1 aie
use'd as loe-al renuHlic's for the same purpose ihe
foliage of \anous species of Valenanella (lamb's
lettuce, corn salad) is eaten as a salael, less commonly
as a pot-herb
In this count t y few genera are m cultivat ion Pat rmia
as a pot-herb, Ccntranthus (Heel Valerian, Jupiter's
Beard) anel Valenana (Valerian) as ornamental plants,
and Valenanella (Corn Salael, Fetticus) for food.
212 Dipsacaceae (from the genus Dipsftcnt, demed
fre)in the (licek /o////rs/, in allusion to the water-holding
leaf -bases) TE\SLU ¥ \MII,Y Fig 5t> Annual or per-
ennial he'ibs le\i\e'h oppe)sitr, roreh whoiled floweis
small, bisexual, mostly niegulai, epigMious, in elense
nnolucrate he:ids, each flower also hiirroundeel by a
cujvshape'd, me>re' or less scanous, involucre, which is a
metamorphosed bracteole, calvx e>f setaceous segments
or crown-like, or plumose, or various, corolla l-5-le>beel,
gamojietalous, usually irregular, le>bes imbricated,
stamens 1, rarefy 2-3, mostly epipetalous, ovary
inferior, 1-celled, 1-ovulcd; style 1, stigmas 2 fruit an
achene
The family has 10 genera and about 150 species, all
natives of warm-temperate regions of the Old \V oriel,
and me>stly e>f the eastern Mediterranean region The
family is related to the Valenanacea1, and more dis-
tantly to the Composite The gamopetalous corolla,
2 carpels, mvolucratc heads anel mvoluciate flowers are
ehstmctive
Dip^afus and Scal)iosa have been used m medicine
The spiny hooked braets of Diftsacus ferox (fuller's
teasel of southwe>stern Asia) have been use-d to full
cloth, whence the common name; and the plant was
once cultivateel extensively for this puipose The
cejnnate leaf-bases erf Dtpsacus .s?//reA/r?s hold several
ounces of ram-water unt il e-\ aporated This contrivance
56 DiFBACACt* 1 Dipsacus, a, flower, b, fruiting head 2
N iUo-,,1, fruit Crctnnir ti- t i C»uurl>ita <t, male flower,
p'iunili, flower 5 ' Lobch i, <», flower, 6, floral diagram
may be of benefit in presenting the ascent of harmful
insects
Four genera are m cultivation in North America
CYphalarm, Morma, and Scabiosa a,s e>rnamental plants,
7Jips<7f(/s /<?oj- (1) julloniim), locally cultivated m
New York state fe>r fulling cloth.
Order 53 C \MPANULALES
213 Cucurbitaceae (from the genus Cucurbita, the
classical name for the gourd) GOURD FAMILY Fig
f>lj Herbs, rarely shiubs, climbing, usually writh
branched tendrils leaves alternate, more or less
remneled, vevms palmate flowers usualh unisexual,
)>engvnous, regulai , stamens 5, rarely separate, usually
cemnate in 2 pairs and 1 fiee stamen (thus appar-
e-nth, stamens 3), or monaelelphous, insert eel at the
summit ejf the ovary, anthers ^-ce^lleul, the e*ells e)ften
(pieeilv curved and contorted, caipels usually 3,
larelv more or fewer, ovarv inferior, inohtly .J-celled,
many-ovuled fnnt a elry berry \\ith thick rind and
spongy center (Pepo), or juicy with hard rind, very
exceptionally elehisccnt
There are 87 geneiu and about 650 species, widely
distributed over the earth but most abundant in the
tropics, thev aie wanting in the cold ic^giems Several
are wild in the east em United State's The famih is
related te>the Campanulacea', possibly also to the Paasi-
76
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
floracese. The tendrils are usually borne singly at the
nodes and are thought to be modified axillary branches
The fruits are exceedingly diverse and odd Some are
the largest fruits of the vegetable kingdom, otheis are
very tiny The gourds are very diverge m shape and
color, — club-shaped, globular, or flattened from above,
or curiously curved
The family is of considerable economic importance
The fruits of many are edible; e g , Cucurbita Pepo
(pumpkin, bummer crookneck squash), C ma tuna.
(squash), C moschnta (winter crookneck squash),
Cucumib Mdo (muskmelon and other melons), C
saliva (cucumber), Citrullm* t'ulganx (\\aterinclon).
The gourds are cultivated as curiosities and for the
fruit to boused as household utensils, e g , hot tie-gourds
and calabash (Lagenana) The leaves, stems, or loots
of very many species contain bitter, subresmous sub-
stances which render them drastic purgatives The
roots of Bryouia. alba (bryony) of Europe are highly
purgative The fruits of colocmth (('ilrullus Colo-
cynthis) of the orient and North Africa furnish a purga-
tive known to the ancients. The fruit of Luffa of India
and Arabia is purgative \\hen ripe but edible when
green The outer portion of the fruit of LufTa is very
fibrous and reticulated, and, when cleaned, .serves as a
sponge or dish-cloth in the Antilles (lufla-sponge or
Egyptian bath-sponge) The small gourd of Benin-
rasa fntpida (wax gourd or Chinese watermelon) of
tropical Asia is considered an emblem of fertihtv m
India and is presented to new ly married couples Vean-
thosicyos of the South African deseit is remarkably
eiect and spiny, but the small fruit is considered a
delicacy Elatermm is a drug obtained from the juice
ot Ecbalhum Elattnum
The most remarkable fruit is the squirting cucumber
(Ecballium Elattriurn) of the Mediterranean region
The prickly fruit, about 2 inches long, becomes. \ cry
turgid and finally explodes with a considerable report
The basal end is blown out like a cork from a bottle,
and the pulpy interior, containing the seeds, is pro-
jected to a considerable distance
Twenty to 30 genera are in cultivation in N America
Among these are the vanous melons, squashes, gourds,
and the like, mentioned above, also Brjony, Wax
Gourd, Balsam Pear or Balsam Apple (Momordica),
Dish-cloth Gourd, Squirting Cucumber, Curuba
(Sicana), arid Snake Gourd (Tnchosanthes)
214 Campanulaceae (fiom the genus Campanula, a
diminutive of rampana, a little bell) BELLFLOWER
FAMILY Fig 56 Herbs, shrubs, or trees, mostly with
milky juice leaves usually alternate, exstipulate, rarely
lobed or divided floweis bisexual, rarely unisexual,
regular or irregular, often bilabiate and split dovui the
back, usually epigynous, calyx of usually 5, separate,
valvate sepals, corolla usually 5-lobed, gamopetalous,
very rarely polype talous, stamens as many as the lobes
of the corolla, often slightly epipetalous, sepaiate or
united; ovary usually inferior, 2-5-celled or (V-10-
celled, rarely 1-celled, ovules many, style 1, stigmas
1 to several fruit a capsule, rarely a berry
Campanulaceae has 59 genera and about 1,500
species, occurring in all parts of the world but mostly in
the temperate regions A large part are alpine. Arbo-
rescent forms occur in the Hawaiian Islands The family
is rather distantly related to the Compositjr, Dipsaca-
cese, Capnfoliaceae Formerly the Lobeliaceae were sepa-
rated as a distinct family, but the only differences
are m the irregular flowers and syngenesious or mona-
dclphous stamens, both of whieh show abundant tran-
sitions When united, the family constitutes a very
distinct group The gamopetalous epigynous flower,
the many ovules and the frequently united stamens
are distinctive The stamens are sometimes united by
their filaments with the anthers free (monadelphous), or
by the anthers with the filaments free (syngenesious),
or by both filaments and anthers.
Ijobdia inflata (lobelia, Indian tobacco > of North
Amenta is poisonous The foliage fui rushes the
medicinal lobelia L. t>yphditica was used for syphilis
by the Indians, but is of no value The roots of this
latter plant and of the cardinal flower (L cardinalis)
are more or less poisonous The berries and fleshy
roots of some Campanulacecc have been used as food.
In cultivation in N America aie some 20 genera
Among these are Shepherd's Scabious, or Sheep's-bit
(Jasione); Chinese or Japanese Bellflower or Balloon
Flower (Platycodon), Venus's Looking-glass (Spccu-
laria), Horned Hampion (Phyteuma); Giant Bellflower
(Ostnnvskia), Lobelia and the Cardinal Flower (Lo-
belia) , and the Bellflowers or Bluebells (Campanula) .
10
57 COMPOSITE 1 Vernonia, fruit. 2 Euputonum, hood 3.
Erigeron, disk flower. 4. Ambrosia, fruiting involucre 5 Xun-
thium, fruiting involucre. 6 Coreopsis, head. 7 Dahlia, ray
flower 8 Bidens, fruit 9 Cosmos, disk flower, corolla removed
10 Helenmm, disk flower, vertical section 11 Mutism, head 12.
Srncojo, floial digarnm 13 Cichonum, a, head, 6, fruit 14.
Lnctuca, fruit 15 Ilicracium, ray flower.
215 Composite (name having reference to the
aggregation of the flowers into heads or false flowers, i e.,
composite flowers) COMPOSITE FAMILY Fjg 57. Herbs,
shrubs, or rarely trees, sometimes twining, often with
milky juice leaves alternate, opposite or whorled.
very diverse m shape, size and texture flow ers bisexual
or unisexual, regular or irregular, epigynous, subtended
by a bract called chaff, aggregated into 1- to many-
flowered involucrate heads; calyx (pappus) reduced to
haus, scales, awns, or a border, or wanting; corolla
gamopetalous, normally regular, 4-5-lobed. the lobes
valvate, in one tribe bilabiate, often enlarged and
split down one side, and flattened out (ligulate or ray
flowers), stamens usually 4-5, epipetalous, syngc-
nesious, alternating with the corolla lobes, carpels 2;
ovary 1-celled, 1-ovuled, inferior, style 1- stigmas 2,
rarely 1 fruit an achene, often crowned by the persistent
pappus, seed exalbummous.
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
77
This is the largest family of flowering plants, consist-
ing of more than 800 genera and 10,000 to 12,(KM) species,
distributed over all parts of the earth, each tribe usually
having a definite center of distribution. The largest
genera are. Senecio, 1,200 species, Centaurea, 470,
Vernoma, 450, Ilieracium, 400, llehchrysum, 300,
Bacchans, 275, Cousmia, 210, Aitemisia, 200, Cre-
pis, 170; Erigeron, 150, Chrysanthemum, 140, Saus-
surea, 125, Gnaphahum, 120, Circmm, 120, Scoizori-
era, 100, Anthemis, 100 The Composite, taken in
the broad sense, is a well-defined family not closely
related to any other large families Its affinities aie
with the Campanulaeea', Dipsaeaeea?, and Valen-
anacea' In general, the mvolucrate heads, epigy-
nous gamopctalous flowers, syngcnesious stamens,
1 -seeded diy flints and exalbummous seeds are dis-
tinctive In some genera the heads have no ray
flowers (discoid), in others they have a marginal
row, and in still others all the flowers are hgulate
Except in the last case, the ray flowers are without
stamens, and frequently without a pistil (neutral)
The style-branches are very diveise, and are im-
portant in the characterization of tribes They are
often provided with sweeping hairs which push the
pollen from the mtrorse antheis up out of the
anther tube as the style elongates The anthers are
caudate in two tribes, and in some genera the fila-
ments contiact abiuptly when stimulated by touch
In Ambiosia and Xanthium, the anthers are sepa-
rate, and the bracts of the 1-2-flowered pistillate
involucre are fused, woody, mdehiseent, and covered
with .spines or hooks
The family is divided by Hoffman into 13 tribes,
several of which are by some authors considered sepa-
rate families.
Sub-family I. Disk flowers not hgulate, no milky
sap Consists of twelve tubes, separated on a basis of
st> le-branchc«J, anther-tails, < haff on the receptacle,
and so on, as follows Ironweed Tube, Boneset T.
Aster T, Elecampane T, Sunflower T , Sneezeweed
T , Chamomile T , Senecio T , Pot Marigold T ,
Arctotis T , Thistle T , Mutisia T
Sub-family II All floweis hgulate, juice milky
One tube, — the Dandelion or Lettuce Tribe
Medic mal Plant s rl he Cornposita' are i ich in ethereal
oils, fatty oils, resins and bitter principle's, and therefore
man v species are used in medic me Among otheis of
less importance, the following may be noted Ait< nu^ia
Absinthium (wormwood), tonic, febrifuge, anthelmmtic,
A, Cina which furnishes santomca from which santonin
is extracted, anthelmmtic, stimulant, i vulgari^ (mug-
wort) has been used as an emmenagogue and for epi-
lepsy, Antftcwj1* nobilin (Roman chamomile), tonic, nei-
vme, emmenagogue, Matncana Charnomilla (German
chamomile), with similar properties, Tanacctum vulgare
(tansy), tome, anthelmmtic, emmenagogue. diuretic,
Arnica montana (arnica, leopard's bane), skin stimu-
lant, diuretic; Irtula Hchnium (elecampane), skin
stimulant, Eupatonum pcrfohatum (boneset, thorough-
woit), tome, diaphoretic, laxative, many Eupatoriums
of the tropics, famed remedies for snake-bites, Tu^i-
lago Farjara (coltsfoot), sedative; At ilium Lappa and
A minus (burdock), diaphoretic, alterative, used for
rheumatism, Calendula officinalit* (marigold), diapho-
retic, alterative, Lactuca saliva (lettuce), the thickened
mice a narcotic, a substitute for opium, L virot>a (wild
lettuce), furnishing lactucanum or lettuce opium, a
poisonous anodyne, hypnotic, and sedative, Taiaiacum
officinale (dandelion), tonic, but injurious to digestion,
species of Grmdeha, tome, sedative, used for asthma
and rheumatism, Enqtron canadtnsc (fleabane), used
for diarrhea and uterine hemorrhage; Anacyclus Py-
rLthiim (pellitory), skin irritant, Achillca Millefohum
(yarrow), an old remedy, styptic, tonic, sudorific,
antispasmodic Braunena (Echmacea), Prenanthes,
Xanthium, Helcmum, Spilanthes, Bacchans, and
Chrysanthemum Leucanlhcmum have been used locally
to some extent The pollen of ragweed (Ambrosia
artemikifolid), less commonly of species of Sohdago and
other Composite, is said to be the cause of autumnal
hay-fever.
The following are used for food, as salads or cooked
in various ways Young foliage of Circmrn (thistles),
Cynara CurdumiduA (cardoon), Taraxacum officinale
(dandelion), Cicfiorium Inlijbws (chicory), Lactuia saliva
(lettuce), Cichoninn Eiuhna (endive, succory), Paiou-
rin<i edulii, and ,S'to/y?/nis hivpamcus, (Spanish oyster
plant), young flower heads oi Cunara Kiolymus (globe
artichoke), roots of Trayonoqon pornfohut (vegetable
oyster, salsify), ticorzontra hi^panua (Seor/onera, black
salsify), lldianlhu^ <u6cro,sus (Jerusalem artichoke)
Roots of chicory, roasted, are a substitute for coffee
The following yield d\es Carthamus tinclortus,
(safflower) yields the red dye, cartharnme, Serralula
tindoria (dyer's savory) vields a yellow dye
The powdered heads of species of Chrysanthemum
furnish insect powder An oil is obtained from the
seeds of Guizolia aby^imca (niger seeds) of India and
Abyssinia, used for food, painting, and burning Seeds
of Madia saliva fuimsh an oil similar to olive oil,
edible, illuminating, and lubricating The seeds of
Ht'haniftuv annuus also furnish a commercial oil.
Many Composite are ornamental The species oi
Helithrjsum, Anaphahs, and related genera, have
paper} involucres, and furnish w ell-known everlastings
More than one hundred and fifty genera 3^9 m culti-
\ ation in N America, or are impoitant weeds Many of
our most important and most showy ornamental plants
belong to the Composite Among these genera are
Achillea (Milfoil, Yarrow, Sneezewort), Ageratum, Ana-
phahs (Everlasting, Moonshine); Antennaiia (Everlast-
ing, Cat's-car, Pussy's Iocs, Ladies' Tobacco), An-
themis (Chamomile, Mavweed, Golden Marguerite);
Arctium (Burdock), Arnica (Mouatam Tobacco,
Mountain Snuff), Artemisia (\\oimwood, Tarragon,
Estragon, Southernwood, Roman Wormwood, Old Man
and Old Woman, Sage Brush); Aster (Aster. Starwort,
Mieha'lmas Daisy), Bidens (Bur Mangold, Beggar's
Ticks, Pitchfork * Bur) , Boltoma (Fake Chamomile);
Brachvcome (Swan River Daisv), Bnckelha (Tassel
Flow er) , Buphthalmum, Calendula (Marigold) , Calhste-
phus (China Aster), Cmeus or Carbema (Blessed
Thistle), Carthamus (Safflower, False Saffron), Cen-
taurea (Centaury, Dusty Miller, Bachelor's Button.
Cornflower, Knapweed, Bluebottle, Bluet, Raggea
Sailor, Sweet Sultan, Basket Flower, Hardheads),
Chipnactis, Chrysanthemum (Feverfew , Golden Feather,
Turfing Daisy, Marguerite, Pans Daisy, Costmary,
Mint Geranium, Giant Daisy, Ox-eje Daisy, White-
weed); Ciehonum (Chicory, Succory), Cineraria, Cir-
cium or Cmcus (Common Thistles), Coreopsis (Tick-
seed, Golden Wave); Cosmos, Cynara (\rtichoke, Car-
doon) , Dahlia, Doromcum (Leopard's-Bane) , Echmacea
or Braunena (Purple Coneflovver), Echmops (Globe
Thistle), Emilia (Tassel Flower), Erigeron (Flea-
bane, Poor Robin's Plantain), Kupatonum (Boneset,
Joe-Pye Weed, Thoroughwort, White Snakeroot),
Felicia (Blue Daisy, Blue Marguerite); Gaillardia,
Gazania (Peacock Gazama), Grmdeha (Gum Plant),
CJynura (Velvet Plant), Helemum (Sneezeweed), He-
hanthus (Sunflower, Indian Potato, Jerusalem Arti-
choke), Hehchrysum, Hehopsis; Helipterum, Hidalgoa
(Treasure Vine); Hieracium (Hawkweed, Rattlesnake
Weed, Devil's Paint-brush) , Inula (Elecampane) , Krigia
(Dwarf Dandelion), Lactuca (Lettuce), Leontopodium
(Edelweiss); Leptosyne; Liatris (Blazing Star, Button
Snakeroot), Ixmas (African Daisy); Madia (Tarweed)
Matriearia, Mikama (Climbing Hempweed, Climbing
Boneset), Onopordon (Scotch Thustle), Parthemum
(American Feverfew, Prairie Dock), Pcntacha?ta; Peta-
sites (Winter Heliotrope, Sweet Coltsfoot), P'queria;
Podolepis, Polymnia (Leaf-cup), Prenanthes (Rattle
78
A SYNOPSIS OF THE PLANT KINGDOM
snake Root): Rudbeckia (Black-eyed Susan, Yellow
Daisy, Conenower, Golden Glow) , Santohna (Lavender
Cotton); Scolymus (Golden Thistle, Spanish Oyster
Plant) ; Scorzonera (Black Salsify) ; Senecio (Groundsel,
Canada Plant, Ragwort, German Ivy, Leopard Plant,
Dusty Miller) , Silphmm (Rosin-Weed, Compass Plant,
Prairie Dock, Cup Plant), Sohdago (Goldenrod); Spil-
anthes (Para Cress); Stokesia (Stoke's Aster); Tagetea
(French Marigold, African Marigold); Tanacetum
(Tansy) ; Taraxacum (Dandelion) , Thelysperma; Town-
sendia, Tragopogon (Salsify, Goat's Beard, Vegetable
Oyster, Oyster Plant); Trihsa (Vanilla Plant); Tussi-
lago (Coltsfoot); Verbesina (Crownbeard) ; Vernonia
(Ironweed), Zinnia (Zinnia, Youth-and-Old-Age).
INDEX TO THE FOREGOING FAMILIES (PAGES)
Acanthacese, 73.
Cunomacpap, 39
Loiantharea), 27
Polypodiaceoe, 8.
Aceracpse, 49.
Cyatheacea), 8
Lycopodiacpjc, 10.
Pontederiacese, 18.
Aizoacese, 30
Cycadaeeae, 11
LythraccoD, 59
PortulacaccsB, 30.
Ahsmaceae, 13.
Cy< lanthaceae, 17.
Magnohaceoe, 33
Primulacaj, 64
Amarantacpffi, 29.
Cypcraoea;, 15
Malpighiaceoe, 45.
ProtPacpaj, 27.
Amaryllidaceaj, 20.
Cyrillacea?, 48
Malvaceaj, 52
Punirarea1, 59
Anacardiacea}, 48
Diaporusiucece, 64
Marantaopffi, 22.
Pyrolacp®, 63
Andreales, 7. •
Dillpmacea), 53
Murattiacpae, 7
Ranunrulacpffi, 32.
Annonaceffi, 34
Diosconacpa?, 20.
Mart hantiales, 6
Rosi-daceae, 37.
Anthoccrotales, 6.
Dipsacacpaa, 75
MursileaceaB, 9
RhamnacesB, 51
Apocynaceae, 67
Dr-jspracece, 38
Martyniacese, 72
Rhizophorarete, 59.
Aponogetonacese, 13.
Ebenacea?, 65
Melastomaceae, 60.
Riccialps, 6
Aquifoliac*ese, 48.
Elieaj^nacpse, 59
Mphacpjc, 45
Rosafpa*, 40
Araceae, 17
Elicocarpacese, 51
Mehantharete, 50
Rubiaopop, 74
Araliacece, 62
Empetracese, 47
Menispennacpoe, 33.
Rutacece, 44
Aristolochiaop£B, 28.
Eparndacoiu, 64
Motuiniaceu', 35
Salictueos, 24
Asolepiadaceae, 67
Equis>Ptacpa>, 10
Monotropaopse, 63
Sah iniucpoe, 10.
Balsaminacese, 50.
Ericacp8?, 64
Moracej?, 2b
Santalaceffi, 27.
Basellareae, 30
Erythroxylacece, 44.
Moimgaeete, 37.
Sapindaceaj, 50.
Begomaceae, 57.
Euphorbuiceae, 46
Musacpcr, 21
Sapotacea), 65
Berbpndace£E, 33.
Fagac-rae, 25
M>oporacpa3, 74
Sarracenmcpa;, 37.
Betulacea?, 25
Flacourtiacpa1, 56
M>ncacetD, 24
Saururacere, 23
Bignomacece, 71
FoxuiuieriacpfE, 55
MynstK 'i( ete, 35
SaxifraKiicpsB, 39
BixaceaJ, 55
Fumarmcpsp, 36
M\ rsinac ese, 04
Srhizaiti^ete, 9
Bombacaceee, 53.
Gcntianacpae, 67.
Myrtatoj?, 00
Srrophul'inacpse, 71.
Boragmacoie, 69
GernnmcPJB, 42
Naiadacouo, 13
SplaRinplluepse, 10.
Bromehaceae, 18
Gesnenacece, 72
Nepenthacpaj, 38.
Sirnarubaooce, 44
Bmniaccoi, 39.
Ginkpoarpac, 11
Nolanacpse, 70
Solanaffse, 70
Bryalcb, 7
Gleiehpmaf ca\ 9
Nycta^inaopcp, 29
Sphannalpb, 6
Burseracese, 45
Globulanac ea?, 73
Nvmplueacecp, 31.
Stachyuiaopac, 56
Butomacete, 14
Gnotac-pto, 12
Ochnaoeae, 53
Sta( khousiacete, 49.
Buxacese, 47
Granunrse, 14
Ola( acece, 27.
Staploleacoie, 49
Cactacea;, 57
GuttifVrjp, 5i
Qlpacpaj, 66
Stercuhaccae, 53
Cal> canthaceuc, 34.
Haloragidaceaj, 61
OnaKrarpse, 61
StyraoaceiE, 06
Campanulacea;, 76
Hainaiuriid.ircie, 40
()orn\ cetes, 5
Syinploracpu1, 66
Cammtese, 22
Hippooa^tanacca1, 50
OphiojilossacpjB, 7.
Taccuopjp, 20
Capparidacene, 36
Hydrocaryaoeie, 61
Orrhidaceae, 22.
Tainanoacea}, 55.
Caprifohacefp, 74
Hydroohantac ca1, 1 4
Osmund icese, 9
Taxacpn-, 11
Caricaceie, 57
HydrophyllaoeiK, 6H
Oxahilacete, 43
Ternstrtt-imaceffl, 54.
Caryophyllaces?, 31.
Hymonophyllacpsp, 8
Palmacpse, 16
Thpafece, 54
OafeuarinaceaJ, 23
Hypcricaceui, 54
Pandanacpa*, 13
Thyniplu-af eaj, 58
Celastracesp, 40
IruiacetP, 21
PapaverifPte, 35
Tiliareuj, 52
Cephalotarue, 38
Juglandarea1, 25
Passiflorarpa;, 56.
Trtmandracese, 46.
Ceratoptpndacece, 8.
Juncacp.T, 19
Ppdaluicpae, 72
Troehodendraceae, 32.
Chenopodiarra;, 29
JunReimanmales, 6
Phase ales, 7
Tropceolaoea;, 43.
C'hloranthacea?, 24
Labmtie, 70
Phrymacece, 74
Typhacese, 13
CistacpiE, 55
Larch zabalaopae, 33.
Phvtolacract^ce, 30.
Ulmacecp, 25
Clethracece, 63
Laurac-ece, 35
Pinacuaj, 12
Uml)ellif. ra>, 62.
rornbretacese, 60
Lecythidacese, 59.
Pipcraceae, 23.
Urticaceae, 26
Commelmacpa1, 18.
Leguminosas, 41.
Pittosporacea3, 39
Valenanaceae, 75.
Composites, 76
Lpmnaceae, 18
Plantagmaceae, 74.
Verbenaceje, 69.
Convolvulaceaj, 68.
Lentibulanaceae, 73.
Plata nac-eaj, 40
Violac-ese, 56.
Coriariaceo1, 47.
Lihacpse, 19
Plumbaginaopffi, 65.
Vitaccse, 51.
Cornacpffi, 63
Limnanthacpse, 48.
Polemomaceaa, 68.
Zmgiberaceffi, 21.
Crassulaeeie, 38.
Linaceee, 43
PolyKalacese, 46
Zygomycetes, 5.
Cruciferse, 36.
Loasacese, 57.
Polygonaceae, 28.
ZygophyllacecB, 44.
Cucurbitace®, 75.
Logamacese, 67.
.
I
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
In one of the editions of the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture, a key to the families and genera
contained therein was placed in the introductory part to Vol. I This key is now modified and adapted to the
present work. The original key was prepared oy Wilhelm Miller, Associate Editor of that Cyclopedia The
main part of Dr. Millers introduction to that key is here reprinted, with adaptations, as explaining the purpose
of a key and the way in which it is constituted.
The key has now been extensively revised, but the original form and method are still retained.
The purposes of the key.
The following key attempts to supply what is proba-
bly the greatest deficiency in cyclopedic works on
horticulture:
(1) It helps the gardener to determine the name of
any plant cultivated in America, including the wild
flowers and other plants native to the United States
and Canada that are commonly or even frequently
offered for sale.
(2) It helps the student towards a scientific knowl-
edge of the plant world, since it gives a condensed
and orderly catalogue of that part of the vegetable
kingdom which is of interest to gardeners, farmers
and foresters
No merely alphabetical work can accomplish either
of these results For example, suppose the person has
a flower that is known to be an Ins, but of what species
of Ins is not clear to him; and that he wishes to find
the name If he were to consult the best works in w hich
the species of Ins are arranged alphabetically, it might
require hours to read the pages of description, com-
paring the items with the specimen, and the chances
are that in the end he would not be sure of a determi-
nation, since related species are not compared and
contrasted
It was to provide a short-cut to such information
that every large genus or group of plants described
in the Cyclopedia of American Horticulture was
classified according to shape, color, size, season,
height or other characters of interest to the gardener
These short-cuts, or "keys," have long been in common
use with students of botany, and are a feature of all
floras, but they have not been sufficiently employed in
writings on horticultural subjects
No valid objection can be made to keys, synopses
or other classified arrangements, since they do three
things more clearly and briefly than any other device:
(1) They hslp one to find out the name of a plant ^2)
They show the difference between the given species
and other sp)ecies of the same genus (3) They show
the relation of each species to every other, i. e., some
of the points of likeness and unhkeness.
But classified schemes alone have one serious limi-
tation They are not so convenient for ready reference
if one knows one's plant and merely wishes to find out
the native country or how to spell the name. The
Cyclopedia of American Horticulture met this need by
numbering the species and providing an alphabetical
list or index m each large genus. It therefore met
the needs by presenting both systems — the classified
and the alphabetical — one for taxonomic study, the
other for convenience.
All this supposes that one knows the genus to which
the plant belongs, — whether it is an Ins, Psoonia or
Rhododendron. But he may not know the genus: the
key will aid him to determine it. The key leads to the
family and the genus; having the genus, he can run
down the species in the Cyclopedia itself, for the
genera are to be found in alphabetical order. This
key, therefore, deals only with families and genera,
since the species are described and distinguished else-
where It ties the whole work together and makes it
an organism, instead of a series of detached articles
on Iris, Rosa, Solanum, and other genera. In other
words, the key is not merely supplementary: it if*
structural and even fundamental.
The preparation of the key.
It must be confessed, however, that the preparation
of the key was undertaken with serious misgivings.
During the preparation of the Cyclopedia of American
Horticulture, the Editor was often importuned for
something of the kind, by btudents, botanists, and
others who made increasing use of the volumes as
issued In response to these urgent appeals, it was
necessary to point out three objections. (1) Such a
key would necessarily be highly technical (2) It
would have to use a scheme of arrangement that may
pass with another generation (3) The labor and ex-
pense would be great.
In response to this demand the following key has
been prepared It is based on the system of Bentham
and Hooker as set forth m their "Genera Plantarum,"
a work published in parts from 1862 to 1883 The
system of Bentham and Hooker is not now the lat-
ent, but it is the only one that was ^in general use
at the time the firbt Cyclopedia was begun. The
system of Englcr and Prantl m "Die Naturlichen
Pflanzenfamilicn" is now well known; this no doubt
E resents the best system for the present generation,
ut in its turn it is likely to be superseded In Engler
and Prantl's system the plants are arranged, as far
as possible, in the order in which the various fam-
ilies probably have made their appearance on the
earth s surface, or at all events in accordance with
the evolution from simple to complex Perhaps the
new system is better adapted for showing relation-
bhip or likeness, while the old system is well adapted
for bringing out differences. This furnishes an
additional reason for the use of the older system on
the present occasion, as most of those who use this
part of the Cyclopedia will probably be m search of
differences.
In the present revision, the Bentham and Hooker
key-plan has been retained The authors of the
main groups in the new Cyclopedia have made
revisions and adaptations to meet the changes and
requirements of their own work. New conceptions
of the limitations of families and genera have naturally
found expression m the revision It is not designed to
insert in the key all the genera that are mentioned
in a minor or incidental way, for to include them all
would unnecessarily encumber and complicate the
lists and tend to make them unworkable; but it is
intended to include all the genexa that afford species
prominently m the trade in the United States and
Canada. When it has seemed to be desirable to omit
genera from the key, the relatively unimportant
native groups have often been left out, for they may
be readily traced in the current botanies.
(79)
Su
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
The way to use a key is explained in the prefatory
part to this volume (page xu).
The general plan.
The key is divided into two mam parts' a key to the
families (page 80), and a key to the genera (page 86)
When the student has determined the family to Tfhich
the plant belongs, the further tracing of it is to be made
m the key to the genera, when the genus has been
found, he turns to its alphabetic place in one of the
volumes and there runs down the plant to its species.
The families are arranged in accordance with the
following framework (for another and fuller outline of
the vegetable kingdom, see pages 2—1).
Families
Division 1 Flowering Plants or Phanerogams . . . 1-209
Subdivision 1 Dicotyledons or Exogens . . 1-181
Claws 1 Angiosperms 1-176
Subclass 1 PolypetaliP 1-101
Series 1 Thalanuflone 1- 39
Cohort 1 Ranales 1- 12
Cohort 2 Panetules . 13-22
Cohort 3 Polygalales 23- 25
Cohort 4 Caryophyllales 26- 29
Cohort 5 Guttiferales 30- 34
Cohort 6 Malvales . . 35-39
Series 2 Disoiflone 40- (.9
Cohort 1 Geramales 40- 53
Cohort 2 Olacalcs 54- 56
Cohort 3 Cclastrales 57- 60
Cohort 4 Sapindales 61- 69
Series 3 Calyufiora 70-101
Cohort 1 lloaalos 70- 79
Cohort 2 Myrtalcs 80- 88
Cohort 3 Passiflomles 89- 93
Cohort 4 ticoirlales 94-95
Cohort 5 Umbellate* 96-101
Subclass 2 Gamopetalffi 102-144
Series 1 Infer* 102-107
Cohort 1 Rubiales 102 -103
Cohort 2 Asterales 104-106
Cohort 3 Campanales 107
Series 2 Hetcromena 108-120
Cohort 1 Encates NH-113
Cohort 2 Primulales 114-116
Cohort 3 Ebenales 117-120
Series 3 Bicarpellatse 121-144
Cohort 1 Gentianales 121-125
Cohort 2 Polemoniales 126-131
Cohort3 Personales 132-138
Cohort 4 Lamiales 139-144
Subclass 3 ApetahB or Monochlamydese 14.5-176
Series 1 Curvembiyese 145-149
Series 2 Multiovulatse Terrestres 150-151
Series 3 Micrembrye* I "52-1 56
Series 4 Daphnes 157-100
Series 5 Achlamydosporese 161-162
Series 6 Umsexuales 164-174
Scries 7 Anomalous Families 175-176
Class 2 Gymnosperms 177-181
Subdivision 2 Monocotyledons or Endogens 182-209
Senei 1 Mlorospermss 182-183
Se-iM2 Epigynse 184-193
Series 3 Coronanew 194-196
Series 4 Calycime 197-198
Series 5 Nudiflors) 199-203
Series 6 Apocarpa- 204-207
Series? Glumace® 208-209
Division 2 Ptendophyta 210-223
PART I.— KEY TO THE FAMILIES
(See page 86 for Part II )
Division 1. FLOWFRINQ PLANTS OR PHANEROGAMS OR SPEB-
auTOPHYTEB. those producing real flowers and seeds (pages 80
to 86)
Subdivision 1. DICOTYLEDONS Sts formed of bark, wood
and pith, the wood forming a zone between the other two, and
increasing when the st continues from year to year by the annual
addition of a new layer to the outmde next to the bark Ivs usually
netted^vemed embryo with a pair of opposite cotyledons, or, in
Subdivision 2, often 3 or more in a whorl parts of the fl. mostly
in 4's or 5's (pages 80-84)
Class 1. ANGIOSPERMS Pistil consisting of a closed ovary,
which contains the ovules cotyledons 2
Subclass 1. POLY PET A L« Calyx and corolla both present,
the latter of separate petals (See exceptions 1 sted under Sub-
class 2, Qamopetalte, page 82 )
Series 1. THALAMIFLOB^E Calyx mostly inserted Under the
ovary, petals often in 2 or more series, sometimes 1 series; stamen*
oo or definite, inserted on the often small or raised or stipitate
receptacle, which is not developed into a glandular disk, ovary
very generally free
Cohort 1 RANALES Stamens °° , or if definite then the perianth
in 3-oo series, carpels 1 or more, usually distinct, rarely united.
(See exceptions in Saxifragaceee, also hypogynous Leguuunosse.)
A. Sepals 5, or fewer, or 0, petals in about
1 series.
B Seeds not arillate sepals deciduous,
usually colored herbs or shrubs 1. RAN
BB Seeds not anllate calyx and corolla
wanting, ovary of 2 carpels but
1-cclled 7 EocoMMiACHua.
BBB Seeds arillntn sepals persistent, her-
baceous shrubs or trees 2 DiLLBNrACBai.
AA Sepals or petals in 2-°° series, rarely
wanting
B. Plants not aquatic
c Perianth wanting, stamens nu-
merous, OH polygamous, dius-
cious, or perfect
D Lvs pmnately veined, alternate 5. THOCHODBNDRA-
[CKM.
DD Lvs palmately veined, opposite 6. CKRCIDIPHYL-
cc Perianth present [LACIUI.
D. Petals and stamens mostly <»:
ovules l-oo
B Torus tubular, inclosing car-
pels endosperm 0 Ivs op-
posite shrubs 3. CALYCANTHACBm
EE Torus short or long, bearing
carpels outside endosperm
copious Ivs alternate
woody 4 MAQNOLiACBJh
DD. Petals o stamens 10 carpels
5 10 ovule solitary IVH op-
posite (See No 68, Cori-
anaccn> )
ODD. Petals and stamens mostly mul-
tiples of 3 or 2
B. Stamens and carpels usually
numerous ovules 1-°°.
sepals 3, petals t>, fls bisex-
ual shrubsortr«s 8 ANNONACBA
EE. Stamens usually (, ovule
solitary carpels 3, sepals
and petals usually h fls
dioecious mostly woody or
herbaceous vines 9 MENI8PERMACH2*
BEG. Stamens 4, 6, or 9, anthers
opening by 2 lids rarely
bmmo'sc <arpel 1 ovules
2-00 rh bi-rxual herbs
or shruku 10 BKRBXRIDACEJD.
EEEE. Stamens usually 6, anthers
binmose carpels mostly 3
o/ules many fls unisexual
vines or erect, woody 11 LARDIZABALACBJB.
BB. Plants aquatic 12 NYMPH^ACE.B
Cohort 2. PARIETALES Stamens definite or <» ovary 1-celled,
or several-celled by spurious partitions, carpels several, placenta
parietal (See Acttea in Ranunculacese, al«o Berberidaceas )
A Embryo minute, near the base of the
flonhy endosperm
B Pitcher plants 13 SARRACENIACBJK.
BB Not pitcher plants
c Petals all alike, or nearly so 14 PAPAVERACB*.
cc Petals in 2 series, the inner unlike
the outer 15 FUMARIACK*
AA. Embryo cuived, endosperm 0
B Stamens 6, tetradyriamous, rarely 4 16 CRUCIFKH^C
BB Stamens ooiOr, if few, not tetradyna-
mous 17 CAPPARIUACK*.
BBB Stamens usually <», not covered in
aestivation by the small petals
ovary often open above 18 RESEDACBJB.
AAA Embryo not curved, rather large,
endosperm fleshy
B Radicle remote from lulum ovule
generally orthotropous 19 CISTACBJB.
BB Radicle very near hnum ovule ana-
tropous, or amphitropous
C. Anthers dehisce mtrorsely mostly
herb* 20 ViOLACBJB.
CO. Anthers dehisce extrorsely or at
apex insectivorous plants with
capitate glandular tentacles on •
Ivs (See No 76, Droseracese )
COO. Anthers demsee by apical cracks or
pores woody
D. Shme-cells present, receptacle
not enlarged 21. BIXACBJD.
DD. Shme-tiella absent, receptacle
enlarged 22. FLACOUBTIAOBA.
occc. Anthers versatile, dehiscing by
longitudinal fissures woody.
(See No. 34, Staohynracee.)
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
Cohort 3. POLYOALALBS, Stamens as many or twice as many
as petals carpels usually 2 ovary usually perfectly or imperfectly
2-colled, usually compressed.
A Fls regular or slightly obhquo
B Stamens 5, as many as sepals or
petals woody 23 PITTOBPORACEJB.
BB Stamens twice as many &n sepals or
petals, which arc usually 4 or 6,
rarely 3 woody 24 TREMANDRACB«.
AA Fls irregular herbaceous or woody 25 POLYOALACE*
Cohort 4 CARYOPHYI LAI.KH Stamens definite, rarely «•
ovary 1-ceIIc-d or imperfectly septate, placenta central, rarely
parietal embryo curved, or coileef, rarely straight
petals
,centa 1,
>etals
26 CARYOPHYLLACE.E
28. TAMARICACE*
29 FotTQTJIEJHACBai.
A Sepals of same number ai
placenta 1, < mitral herbs
AA Sepals fewer than petals pi;
central herbs
AAA Sepals of same number as petals
placenta: several mostly woody
B Corolla polypetalous, stamens with-
out scale, glabrous, fls spicate or
BB. Corolla gamopetalous, stamens with
scale, hairy, flu. thyrsoid-panicu-
late
Cohort S GUTTIFERALEH Stamens usually co. sepals imbri-
cated ovary septate, placenta? on the inner angles of the cells, i e ,
axile (See also, as exceptions with disk absent, the Linaoese,
Erythroxylaeea1, Mulpighiacea1, Geraniaoeffi, Tropasolaceee, Lim-
nanthacese. Oxahdaeesn, Balsaminacea", Ochnacato. Rutacen, Ana-
cardiace-ds and Sapmclacca', all belonging to the Diaciflor® (See
also Nigella of the Rauuuculaeese )
A. LVH opposite or whorled, herbaceous
fls eymose or paraded, bisexual 30 HYPERICACE*.
AA Lvs opposite or whorled, coriaceous
fls eymose or panic ltd
B Receptacle not enlarged, fls um-
BB Ku-fptdcle enlarged, barre 1-shaju d
t>< tween pistil and corolla, b< aring
thestame rm, fls bixrxini 32 EUCHYPHIACE/E
AAA Lvs alternate, coriaceous fls mostly
Cells of ovary 2-10
ous
Cellsof ovary 1 xtam
Cohort 6 MAiviLf.,8 Stamens usually
vahatc ovary septate, placentae axile
sepals
A. Anthers l-ce>ll<d, pollen
or woody
AA. Anthers 1- to sov
S3 ItRNSTnCKMIACE^E
jnadclphous,
31
FF. Disk well developed, rogu-
lar petals regular ovary
closed woody plants . 50. SlMAKVBACBjC.
m. Dwk indistinct, otherwise
as in the last herbaceous
Q. Ovule solitary stamens
6-10
H. Fr dehiscent stamens
connate at base, fls
regular or irregular 44. GERANIACE.S.
HH Fr mdehuscent sta-
mens free, fls irregu-
lar ovule pendulous 45. TKOPJEOLACBJE.
HHH Fr mdehiseent sta-
mens free fls regu-
lar ovule asu ndmg 46 LIMNANTHACBJB,
GCJ. Ovules several fr dehis-
cent
H Stamens 10 fls. regu-
lar 47. OXAUDACBJB.
HH Stamona 5 fls irregu-
lar 48. BAUAMIMACBJL
AA Ovary entire
B Stamens monadelphous, at least
below woody plants
c Stamen-tube stipitate, disk vari-
ous . 53 MBLIACBA.
cc Stamen-tube sessile, disk 0
D Petals not appcndaged fr cap-
sular 40 LINAGE*.
DD Petals appendaged fr drupace-
ous 41. ERYTHHOXTLACB*.
BB Stamens free
c Ovules several or many
D Mostly herbaceous plants (See
No 17, Cappanelace* )
DD Woody plants (See No. 22,
Flacourtiacese )
cc Ovules 1-2 . 52
Cohort 2 OIATAIES Dink cup-shaped or ring-shaped, free, or
bearing the stamens and petals on its edge ovary 1-co-celled,
entire, o\ ule solitary, pendulous, raphe away from axis.
A Petils or corolla-lobes usually valvate
woody 54 OLACACE^E.
AA Petals or corolla-lobes imbricate or
olute
B IT elrupaeeous, slightly fleshy, 3-18-
stoned, stones l-sec',ded fls
racemose w oody
not
BB. Fr crustaceous or spon>jy, 2-4-
-seeded fls racemose
55 AQOIFOUACE*
Igh herbs
35 MAI VAC + x.
. . _ . _ ral-celled, pollen
>th woody plants 36 BOMBACACE-B
AAA. Anthers 2-celleel fls with staimnodia
and queer stamen-tube woody
plants 37 STEHCULIACE.*.
AAAA Anthers 2-celled, stamens nearly free,
no starrnnodia ovule often pendulous
with ruphe toward axis
B Petals ordinary herbs or woody 38 TIUACE.E
BB Petals firm, often hairy or incised
woody plants 39 EL^OCARPACEJS.
Anomalous Group Stamens «>, sepals
valvat* tarpe! 1 ovary 1 -celled fls reg-
ular Ivs compound herbs or woody
(Mimocsse, mcl in JyCguminowe )
Series 2 J):SCJFLOKE Calyx usually inserted under the ovary,
petals in 1 series stamens usually de finite, inserted within or upon
or around the receptacle, which is usually expanded as a disk within
the calyx o\ary usually free, or imbedded in the disk (See Fla-
courtiaceas and Trapacete )
Cohort 1 G&RIMALKS Disk usually a nng between stamens,
or adnato to staminal tube, or reduced to glands alternating with
the petals, rarely 0 o\aiy commemly lobed, rarely entire or sub-
apocarpous, ovules 1-2 in each cell, pendulous, rapho toward axis
(Seo Stackhousiaceic )
A Ovary more or less lobed or grooved
B. Anthers elongated, disk enlarged in
fr 51. OCHNACEA.
BB. Anthers normal
c Calyx-lobes 5, all or mostly with 2
glands outside woody 42 MALPIQHIACEJB.
CC, Calyx-lobes not biglandular
D. Foliage glandular-dotted car-
pels sometimes separate 49 RuTACB^B
DD. Foliage not glandular-dotted
B. Lvs usually opposite, com-
pound 43. ZTOOPHTLLACKAI.
EE Lvs. alternate
F DisK well developed, irregu-
lar, petals often irregular,
ovary usually open above,
herbs, rarely shrubs.
(See No. 18, Resedacete.)
celled, 1-1-seede
woody
56 CYBILLACE.E
Cohort 3 CkiiSTKVLES Disk tumid or adnate to the calyx
or covering its base stamens inserted around the dibk or affixed to
its margin ovary usually entire, ovules usually 2 in each cell, erect,
raphe turned tow ard axis Ivb simple or rarely compound
A Calyx valvate, petals small, concave,
stamens opposite the petals woody 59 RHAMNACE/E
AA Calyx imbricate
B Stamens alternate with the petals,
tlie latter imbricate
c Petals spreading calyx small
woody 67 CELASTRACE*:
cc Pctnls ere<t, often connate calyx-
tube hemisphciicul lu rbs 58 STACKHOCSIACEE
BB Stamens opposite the p« tals, the lat-
ter valvate, dropping off early
woody, rirely herb-ire ous 60 VITACE«
(IncL Leeace«e )
Cohort 4 SAPiNDMhs Disk vinous, stamens variously
m-crtexl on the disk ov 'ir> intirc, or more often lobed, or auba-
pocarpus, ovules commonl> 1 2 in each tell, ascending, with raph;
toward avis, or rev ersed, or suht-iry and pendulous from an ascend-
ing fumele, rare>ly «: an(\ hon/ontul Ivs pinnate, rarely simple
(No 6J),or(No h5) diBitate
A Carpels 2 fr a samara 62 ACERACBJB.
AA C»r{>el»2-3 fr a drupe, I -seeded 61 SABIACE.K.
AAA Carpels 3-5 fr rarely samaroid in
B Bark containing resin disk intra-
btammal 67. ANACABDIACBJB.
BB Bark not re«mous, or, if so, disk
extraatammal
C. Endosperm abundant, embryo
straight
D Disk intrastammal, carpels 3 63 STAPHYLBAC**.
DD Disk extrastammal, carpels 4-5 64 MELIANTHACBJB.
CC. Endosperm sparse or wanting,
embryo curved disk extra-
stauunal (See Sapindacea?,
No 66)
D. Lvs opposite, palmately oom-
pound . 65 EiPPOCASTA-
DD. Lvs alternate, variously com- (NACBA
pound, or simple .... . 66. SAJPINDACBAI.
82
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
Anomalous Families Disk 0 sepals and
petals 5 stamens 10, carpels 5-10, distinct
ovule solitary, pendulous, raphe away
from axis Approaches Thalanunone. 68 CORIARIACE.A).
Disk investing calyx-tube stamens 10,
of which 5 have no anthers ovary 1-oelled,
with J-panetal placentae, ovules oo. Ap-
proaches Calyciflorsc 69 MORINQACE-B.
Series 3 CALYCIFLORE Petals in 1 series stamens °o or
definite, inserted with the petals ana sepals on the edge of the cup-
ehaped receptacle (hypanthium), or on a disk lining the latter:
ovary ofton adnato to this receptacle, and therefore inferior (See
also Calycanthacese )
Cohort 1 ROSALES. Carpels superior solitary or free or united
only at base, sometimes to the apex and then rarely inferior styles
distinct, rarely united in a column and easily separated (styles
connate in some Brumacete and Saxifragacese) (See also Tropa>o-
laceffi and Capparidaceaj. )
A. Endosperm rare
B. Fr a legume, when rarely otherwise
the corolla is either papilionaceous
or the stamens are vtry numerous
and oxserted Ivs usually com-
pound with pulvim 70 LEQUMINOSE/EB.
BB Fr not a legume, either a follicle,
drupe*, pome, achene or aggregate
Ivs simple or compound without
pulvim 71 ROSACEJB.
AA. Endosperm moderate or copious
B Plants insectivorous
c Lva bearing many tentacles tipped
with capitate viscid glanda
herbs 70 DROSERACE*:
cc Lvs bearing pitchers 74 CKPHALOTACE^B.
BB Plants not insectivorous
c. Carpels 5, rarely 3 or more, sepa-
rate, with a scale at the base of
each, superior ovules many
of ten fleshy plants herbs 75 CRASSULACE^E.
cc Carpels 2 to several, rarely sepa-
rate, no scale at the base plants
not conspicuously fleshy
D. Ovary usually 2-celleu, usually
superior, o\ ules oo, usuilly
axile fr a caps or berry or
follicle
E Lvs opposite, stipulate 73 CUISONH.CEJS
EE Lvs alternate, or opposite and
exstipulate 72 HAXIJRAOACE^;
DD. Ovary 2-celled, inferior or
rarely superior, ovules l-oo,
pendulous or axilc fr A woody
2-valved caps, with a sepa-
rating inner layer of different
texture 77 HAMAMELIDACE^K.
ODD. Ovary 1-4-eelled, usually infe-
rior, ovules 1 to several, pendu-
lous fr .ndohisoent or corn
irregularly and tardily dehis-
cent
E. Plants heath-like stamens
and petals 5 78 BRUNIACE/K.
BE Plants ordinary stamens
often many 79 HAI/)RAGIDACE<E
Cohort 2 MYHTALES Ovary syncarpous, inferior or inclosed
in a cup-shaped receptacle, usually divided into cells, stylo undi-
vided, ovules 2-°° in the colls.
A. Ovules pendulous from apex of cells
woody
B Ovary 2-6-celled . 80 RmzopHORArE.*:
BB Ovary 1-celled 81 COMBRETACE^E
AA Ovules affixed to the inner angles of the
cells or to basilar placenta-, ascending,
homontal or pendulous
B. Stamens co, rarely definite woody
c Oil-glands in foliage, sieve-tubes
m pith-rays 82 MYRTACEJB.
cc. Oil-glands absent, no sieve-tubes
in pith-rays 83 LECYTHIDACK^HJ.
BB. Stamens definite, rarely °o
C. Calyx-lobes usually imbricate or
open, anthers curved, usually
opening by pores at the apex,
connective usually appendaged
or thickened 84. MELASTOMACB^I.
CC. Calvx-lobos usually valvate,
anthers normal, not appendaged,
opening longitudinally
n Ovary superior, petals corru-
gated 85 LTTHHACE*.
DD. Ovary inferior or half-inferior
B. Carpels in stories, superim-
posed petals corrugated 86 PUNICACCJB.
BE. Carpels in 1 whorl petals
convolute 87 ONAORACE^D.
BBX. Carpels in 1 whorl petals
imbricate, a dentate or
wavy cup-shaped disk under
ovary water-plants 88. THAPACBJB.
Cohort 3 PASSIFLORALES Ovary syncarpous, inferior, semi-
inferior, or inclosed in the hollow receptacle, rarely exserted, 1-
celled with parietal placentation.or divided into cells; ovules !-"»•
styles united or distinct from the base.
A Crown inserted on calyx-tube or within
petals, single, double or multiple 90. PASBIFIX>RACB£).
AA Crown 0
B. Fls bisexual (see Cancaccae), petals
unlike the sepals foliago-hairs
stinging or rigid or qucerly con-
structed 89 LOABACEJB.
BB Fls unisexual
c Stamens 5 or 10 perianth of tho
2 sexes unlike 91 CAKICACE^K
cc. Stamens usually 3 perianth of
both sexes similar 92 COCUHBITACEJS.
ccc Stamens °° perianth of tho 2 sexes
often unlike .... 93. BI/UONIACE^B
vary syncarpous, inferior or superior,
basilar plarontution, or rarely 1-rclled
. - - ...... . . .
divided into colls with sub-b , _
•with parietal plie I'litas, entiles l-oo, styles distinct or united to
near apex, embryo curved or exeentnc
A. Calyx-lobes, petals and stamens usually
oo ovary 1-celled 94 CACTACK/K.
AA Calyx-lobes usually 1-5 ovary 2-«-
celled 95 AIZO\CE,«.
Cohort 5 UMHhLivU'S Ovary syncarpous, inferior, crowned
by the ehsk, divulevl into colls, or l-e-arpclled, styles distinct or
united part way, ovules solitary and pendulous in the cells.
A Fr separating into 2 dry indrhiseont
carpols 96 UMBELLIFER^B.
AA Fr usually drupaceous, tho stones dis-
tinct but not sonar iting naturally
B Lvs c ennpoumf, or simple, ami pal-
rmitoly veined 97 ARALIACSJB
BB Lvs simple, pmnately veined
C Ovules 2 in each oc 11 ovary 1-
< oiled raphe tew, ml axis tts in
catkins Ivs oppe>site . 98 GARRYACE.*.
CC Ovule 1 in each tell
D Raphe toward axis ovary 1-
oelle-d fls in heads Ivs
DD Raphe lattral ov ary 1 -2-cellcel,
fls in cymes Ivs alternate 100 ALANQIA< E.*:
ODD Raphe exterior ovary 1-5-
colled fl" in heaels or cymes
l\s opposite or alternate 101. COKNACK^
Subclass 2 GAMeiptTAi « Calyx and corolla both present,
the petals usually moio or less united stipules present only in the
Rubiaeeie and Logamaoeas, rarely in tho Oapnfe>liacea> corolla
polype talous in some Ericar eas, m Monotropae ote, Pyrolioojp, C loth-
raee»ffi, some Myraea-ce-je and Olcacea>, also in (lulax, Matire,
Lysirnae hid., corolla g.urwpetalous in some FoiKjuienaoc.r, Stack-
he)usiaeeu>, LoKummosir, Fumanaeo^, Pe>lygalaeeir, and Oxah-
Series 1 IVJRR*, Ovary inferior (see Kricacose) stamens as
many aa lobes ot the corolla, rarely fewer
Cohort 1 RtrnrAiK.8 Stamens affixed to the corolla' ovary
2- oo -celled, cells l-oo-ovulexl Ivs. opposite or whorled
A Fls regular or irregular stipules
usually absent 102 CAPRIFOIIACEJB.
AA Fls regular stipules present, \ntor-
or mtrapetiolar, various in form,
sometimes like the Ivs aiiel ehsposeel
m the same whorl with them . . 103 RUBIACE^.
Cohort 2 ASTER \LEH Stamens affixed to corolla ovary of the
2-merous pist il 1-celled, 1-ovuleel
A Anthers free Ivs opposite or whorled
B Endosperm 0 104 VALERIANACE^I
BB Endosperm present 105 DIPSACACE*
AA. Anthers united m a ring around the
style except in a few genera. Ivs.
alternate or opposite . . 106 COMPOSITE
Cohort J. CAMPANALES Stamens usually free from the corolla:
ovary 2-6-celled, the cells usually oo -ovuled Ivs usually alternate.
107 CVMPANULACE^B
(Iiicl Lobelmceae )
Series 2. HI,TEROMEH« Ovary usually superior- stamens free
from the corolla, or opposite the lobes or twice as many, or <», or,
if borne on the corollan, the alternate with its lobes and equal m
number to them, carpels more than 2
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
83
Cohort 1. ERICALES Staraenn twice as many as the corolla-
lobes, or as many and opposite them ov try 2-°°-celle-d, ovules
numerous (except in Epacndacese) fr fleshy or berry-like
A Anthers dehisce by an apical crack or
pore, often produced into a tube, sta-
mens usually 8 or 10 (5 in some
Encacea?)
8 Chlorophylless plants polypetalous 108 MoNOTRejpACL^B
BB Chlorophyll-bearing plants
c Anthers inverted, at least at first,
polypetalous
D Ovary {-celled shrubs 109 CrFrnHACE«
DD Ovary 5-celled low or acaules-
cent plants 110 PYHOLAC;] A.
cc Anthers erect, rarely polypetalous
(Lodum) 111 LKICACI.*-
AA Anthers dehisce by longitudinal fis-
sures (see also Epigaea), stamens 5
B Plants shrubs or trees carpels 4-5 112 F,PAr RJDAC r *•
BB Plants low or acaulescent carpels 3 113 DIAPENHIACF K
Cohort 2 PiuMurArm Stamens OH many as the coroll i-lobes
and opposite them, ovary 1-celled, placentae free-central or banal
A Ovary 1-ovuled 114 PivrviBAGiVArE B
AA Ovary 2 to many-ovuled
B Fr capsular herbs 115 PRIMTII AC i v
BB IT indchisoeut tree-s or shrubs 110 MYHHINAC-I-.E
Cohort 3 KuhvvLEw Stamens as many as lobes of the corolla
and opposite the m or twice us many, or o° , ovary 2-o°-colied, seeds
usually few and rather large woody
A Fls usually bisexual, stamens usually
borne on the corolla
B Stamens 15-°° ovary inferior, 2-5-
celle-d 117 SYMPLOCACEK
BB Stamens V-10 ovary superior
e- Ovary 1-oelled at top US SxYRvrvcEE
re entry i-co-cellcd ll'J SvpejrvcEE
AA Fls dici cious, stamens usually free
from corolla 120 EBEXACEE
Series 3 Hie VHPFLI vi e O\ary usu il'y ^UJM
or rarely Tor l/°r° ** ° Jt "' aS mMiy ^ iem or
stamens
:arp< Is 2,
Cohort 1 GE\TIV>
with corolla-lobe- md
usually alternate with
FS Corolla regular stamens alternate
ual to them m number, or, if fewer,
>cls Us usually opposite
Stam< us 2, altorn ite with the carpels.
en
upt
,
rarely 4, stigmi terminal, en iry
2-cillcd, ovules affixed to upturn
,
rarely he rb iceous 121 Oit-ACEB
AA Stamens md eorolla-lobes usually ~>,
som« limes 4, Mr. ly oo
B Ovary usually re.mpo.md. with 2 or 3
(rarely 4 or ;> ) cell, or pheenfr
c Caps mostly 2-cdlcd hs eon-
ules 122 LeiOAMACE^;
cc Caps mostly 1 -colled, with parie-
tal pi tffiit.c Ivs not connected
asabove 12i C.i-jsrivNAe FE
BB (Ovaries 2, usually becoming follu le s
C Anthers pe rmanently attached to a
large stigmatic body, polkn
mostly in waxy mosses 124 ASCLEPIADVCI-
cc Anthers distinct or merely con-
mvent, pollen ordinary 125 APOCINVCEE
Cohort 2 PoihMONiviFs Coroll i regular stamens as ma
as lobes of corolla Ivs. usually alternate ovary 1— co-en uled
A Pistil 3-merous, corolla-lobes con-
volute 126 POLEMONIACF «
AA Pistil not 3-merous
B Corolla-lobes imbricated or rarely
convolute
C Style usually deeply 2-cut, or even
split into 2 distinct styles caps
1-celled, 2-valved, with 2 parie-
tal or mtroflexed placenta-, or
sometimes 2-eelled 127 HYDBOPHYIL-
CC. Style usually entire or shortly 2- [ACE«.
cut, rarely otherwise, ovary 4-
ovuled, usually 4-lobed and
maturing as 4 separate or
separable nutlets, or not lobed,
3-4-celled, and separating when
ripe into 2 or 1 nutlets 128 BORAOINACEJB
BB. Corolla-limb more or less ohcate or
C. Ovary 2-eelled (sometimes 3- or
EDUsly 4 -relied, becoming R
lar 4 -G-seeded caps seeds
129. CONVOLVULACEA.*
CC Ovary 2-celIed (rarely 3-5-celled),
with numerous ovules on ex-
panded axillary placentae, be-
coming a pod or berry 130 SOLANACEJC
CCC Ovary o iO-celled, 5-30-lobed,
often transversely as well as
longitudinally so 131 NOLANACE-B
Cohort 3 PERSON VLLH Corolla usually irregular or oblique,
posterior stamen chffc ring from the others, abortive or even absent
carpeU co-ovulcd, or with 2 ovules, one above the other
A Seeds usually with endosperm ovary-
pi rfectly 2-cellod, place tH.e central 132 SCHOPUULAHIA-
AA Se eds without endosperm (CEK
u Plants insectivorous, often aquatic
ovary 1-celled, globose , with a free-
central or basal plac • nta 133 LENTIBULAHIA-
BH Plants not insectiv orou-., not aepiatrc [CEX
c Seeds wingenl ov ary 2-, rarely 1-,
celled trees or climbing shrubs 134 BIQNONIACE.B
cc Seeds not winged
D Ovary 1-celled or falsely 2-4-
cellcd
t Fr straight or spiral 135 GESNEHIACKJE
Et Fr falcate-rostrate 136 MAKTYNIACE^B
DD Ovary 2-4-crlled
B Plant very i^ucilagmous no
hooks among si cds fr often
hooked or spiny 137 PEDALIACE«
eilagmous hooks jri caps
aiding in nced-rlisscmination 138 ACANTHACE/E.
Cohort 4 LAMIU FS Corolla usually irregular or oblique pos-
terior stamen smaller thuri the others, usually abortive or quite
dchcicn' carpels with 2 ov ule 1 placed side by sule, 01 elae 1-ovuled
A Fr not divided into 4 nutlets ovary
not 4-lobod
B Ovary 1 -celled. 1-ovuled
c Ms in heads plant often heath-
like 130 CiIOBULARIACEjE
cc Fls in slender interrupted spikes 110 PHRYMACE^B.
BB Ov iry 2 -K>-cclleel
c Cells with 2-10 ovules trees or
shrubs 141 MYOPORACE-B
cc Cells w ith 1 ovule herbs or shrubs 142 VERBENACE^K
\v Fr divided into 4 nutlets ovary 4-
lobcd 143 LABIATE
Anomalous Family Remarkable for
its scinous 4-lobed corolla stamens few,
ovary l-4-<elled fr a urcumscissile caps , .
or rarely indehiscent , seeds peltate 144 PLANTAGINACE «
Subclass 3. APH-M *• em MONOCHI VMYDLE Ce>rolla wanting
or uintilT( rentnted from the calyx (except in some Kuphorbiaceae
and one genus of Phytolaccaceu;), and sometimes also the calyx
wanting, perianth simple, the lobes or segrns in 1 or 2 srnes,
similar among themselves and usually calyx-like, sometimes
minute or wanting (See aKo Ilanunculacese, Macourtiaccir,
Memspermae ejp, 7 rochodendrie e«p, Kovacea1, I ythraceas Om-
gricpp, Hamamelidaceuf, J?utacea«, Aceracea-, Rhamnacca?, Lueom-
miace.p, C'ornacece, and Caryophyllacuje with corolla sometimes
absent )
Series 1 CLRVI-IBRIKE Embryo curved, excentnc, lateral or
peripheral, rarely straightisa, subeentral and narrow (Polygon-
aceii-i, ovule solitary in the ov iry or in each carpel or in the Ama-
rantace.e more then 2 ovules erect in the center of the cell fls
bisexual or, in a few genera, unisexual or polygamous, petals very
rarely present, stamens as many as the penanth-segms or fewer,
rarely more
A Fr the hardened or membranous
closed base of the coiolla-hke peri-
anth with a utricle inclosed 145 NYCTAQINACE «.
AA Fr a utricle, ovule not orthotropous,
embryo annul ir or spiral perianth
rncjstly persistent, sm ill 4 5-lobed,
or parted, or 0
B Perianth herbaceous, or scarious at
the margin, persistent, stamens
pengynous, style branched or
styles 2-3 st ipules scanous
(IllecebraceJB, mcl m Caryophyllaceae).
BB Penar*,h dry, chaff-like, not herba-
ce-ous, subtended by a bract arid 2
bractlets, stamens hypogynous or
pengynous, lilarnonts connate at
base, style simple or 2-3-tV
stipules (•
mple or 2-3-fid
HG AMARANTACB^.
BBB Perianth-lobes or -^egrns membtan-
ous or herbaceous, stamens hypogy-
nous or perigynous, nearly always
free, style simple or 2-3-lobed, or
,'ylea 2-5 stipules iione 147 CHENOPODIACBJB.
84
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
AAA. Fr. composed of 1 to several carpels,
which are crowded or connate in a
nng, each with a style, baccate, cori-
aceous or samaroid , ovule Dot ortho-
tropous, embryo coiled stamens
hypogynous, perianth herbaceous or
coriaceous, rarely membranous 148 PHTTOLACCACBA.
IAAA Fr an achene, triangular or lens-
ahaped, style branched or styles 2-3,
ovule orthotropous, embryo straight.
perianth herbaceous, membranous or
colored, rarely adherent to base of
vary usually a stipular sheath at
each If -node
149. POLTQONAC
Series 2 MULTIOVULATJB TERRESTRES Terrestnal herbs or
shrubs, often climbers ovary ayncarpous; ovulea in each cell or on
each placenta numerous
A. Fls dioecious, ovary superior Ivs.
,
beanng tendrils and pitchers
AA. Fls bisexual, ovary inferior Iv
out tendrils and pitchers
ith-
.
150. NEPENTHACEJB.
152 SAURURACB-W
151. ARISTOLOCHIA-
(CKM
Series 3. MICREMBRYE* Ovary syncarpous, monocarpous or
apocarpous, ovules solitary for each carpel, rarely 2 or few, endos-
perm copious, fleshy or mealy, embryo minute
A. Penanth 0
B Lvs alternate carpels 3-4 ovules 2
to several stamens 3-6
BB Lvs alternate, rarely opposite
whorled carpel 1 ovule 1, basal
stamens 2-8 153 PIPERACE<«
BBB Lvs opposite carpel 1 ovule 1,
pendent stamens 1-3 154 CHLORANTHACE «
AA Penanth calyx-like
B Carpel solitary perianth of 3 parts,
connate 155 MYRISTICACE^S
BB Carpels several, together with the
stamens scattered over the face of
the cup-shaped receptacle 156 MONIMIACE/B
Series 4 DAPHNE* Ovary monocarpous, 1-celled, rarely syn-
carpous with 2-4 cells, ovules solitary, or twin and side by side m
the ovary or in each cell, rarely a few pairs superposed.
A. Radicle superior, ovule solitary, pendu-
lous
B Anthers dehiscing by uplifting
valves, rarely laterally dehiscent
perianth-tube short, lobes 6 or 4,
in 2 series, usually imbricated'
ovary 1-celled woody 157 LAURACEA).
BB Anthers normal penanth-tube long,
lobes 4-5, imbricated: ovary 1-2-
celled woody 158 THTMELAACE^:.
AA. Radicle inferior
B Penanth-tube cyhndraceous, lobes
4, valvate, stamens as many and
opposite them ovule erect or pen-
dulous, or geminate, rarely °° 159 PROTEACE^B
BB. Penanth-tube medium, constricted
above the ovary, persistent at base,
deciduous above, lobes 2 or 4, sta-
mens twice as many as the lobes
«lvery-«caly plants woody 160 EI-JCAONACE/B
Series 5. ACHLAMYDOSPOREJE. Ovary 1-cclled, cells 1-3-ovuled,
cells and ovules often inconspicuous before anthesis, endosperm of
seed without a coat, either free in the pericarp or attached to its
walls plants often parasitic.
A Ovule 1, not easily distinguishable
from ovary 161 LORANTHACE.B
AA. Ovules 1-3, pendulous from summit of
free-central placenta . . . 162. SANTALACE^S
Series 6. UNISEXUALES Fla unisexual: ovary ayncarpous or
monocarpous, ovule solitary or in pairs side by side in the ovary or
m each cell, trees or shrubs, rarely herbs.
A. Ovary 1-celled
B. Ovule solitary, stamens 2 to many.
c. Fls of both aexes in globose long-
peduncled pendent heads,
crowded very densely on a cen-
tral receptacle radicle inferior
woody 163 PLATANACBJB.
cc Fls not as above radicle superior
D Male perianth free from the
bract, stamens as many as its
lobes and opposite them, or by
abortion fewer, rarely numer-
ous
B. Stamens uncoiling elastically
v Ovule suspended, anatro-
pous 164. MORACXJB
IT. Ovule basal, orthotropous 165 URTICACBJL
BE. Stamens not elastic ovule
suspended, anatropous 166 ULMAOBJi.
DD. Male perianth wanting, some-
times grown to the bract in
Juglandacete; stamens Q0,
often 2 in Myricacese.
B Lvs pinnate male fls in
catkins woody 167. JUOLANDACBA
BB. Lvs simple male mfl spicate,
subamentaceous woody
F. Carpel 1, placenta parietal
ovule amphitropous 168 LCITNERIACEA.
FF. Carpels 2, placenta basal
ovule orthotropous 169 MYRICACE«
BB. Ovules 2, stamen 1 equisetum-hke
plants, woody 170 CABTTARINACBAI.
AA Ovary 2-3-celled, rarely more-relied
B Endosperm usually copious fr
usually separating into 2-valved
berries, sometimes fleshy and inde-
hiscent, or various mfl various
c Hypogynous disk present micro-
pyle externally directed, juice
often milky 171 EUPHORBIACEA.
cc Hypogynous disk absent nncro-
pyle toward axis, no milky juice 172 BUXACEA
BB Endosperm 0 fr a nut male mfl
usually m c atkins woody
C Carpels 2 pistillate fls usually in
spikes 173 BETCLACE*!.
cc Carpels 3 pistillate fls not in
spikes 174 FAOACE.S
Series 7 Anomalous Families Somewhat related to the Uni-
sexuales
Fls in catkin
woody
aps 2-4-valved:
Fla axillary, or rarely in a terminal
head drupe 2-°° -stoned, stones
1-seedod low shrubs
175 SALICACE^B.
176 EMPETRACE-B
Class 2 GYMNCHPERM^ Ovules naked upon a scale, bract or
disk cotyledons 2 or more fls unisexual.
A Lvs undivided
B The Ivs fan-shaped fls in pairs 177. GINKOOACEJC
BB The Ivs not fan-shaped
c Ponanth present no resin-tubes,
but true vessels in wood 178 GNETACEJK.
cc Perianth wanting no true vessels,
but ream-tubes present
D Ovule solitary, arillate 179 TAXACE^J
DD O\ ulos in conos, not arillate 180 PINACE^I
AA Lvs pmnatiscct, ample, crowded at
apex of the woody st fls of both
sexes in cones 181. CYCADACEJE
Subdivision 2 MONOCOTYLEDONS St without central pith
or annular layers, but ha\mg the woody bundles distributed irregu-
larly through it (a transverse section showing the bundles as dots
scattered through tho cellular tissue) embryo with a single cotyle-
don early Ivt always alt* rnatc parts of tho fl usually in 3's,
never in o's l\s mostly parallel-veined
Series 1 MICROSPFRME Perianth corolla-like, at least inside:
ov try inferior, 1-celled with 3 parietal placentas, or rarely 3-celled
with axile placentro seeds very small and numerous, without
endosperm
A Fls regular, usually unisexual, sta-
mens usually 2, 0, or 9 aquatic herbs 182 HYDROCHARI-
AA Fls usually very irregular, stamens and [TMVV
stylos connate into a column, anther
1, rarely 2 terrestrial or epiphytic
herbs, rarely climbers 183 ORCHIDACEJR.
Series 2 EPIOYN^B Penanth corolla-like, at least within, ovary
generally inferior endosperm copious.
A Fls normally unisexual, stamens 6, or
those opposite the inner perianth-
lobes imperfect or deficient, ovary
3-celled seeds 2 . 1
AA. Fls normally bisexual, sometimes
184. DiOBCOHEAcaan.
,
polygamous or otherwise
. Stamens
regular, perianth regular
nearly so embryo small, in-
cluded in the endosperm
c. Ovary 1-celled, endosperm solid;
embryo minute, stamens 6,
hooded . . . 185. TACCACBJB.
CC. Ovary usually 3-celled.
D. Stamens 3, opposite the outer
lobes endosperm horny 186 IRIDACE.A
DD Stamens 6, rarely 3 and opposite
the inner lobes, rarely «»:
endosperm fleshy.
B. Placentae scarcely intruding.. 187 AMARTLUDACEA
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
85
BE. Placentse intruding lamella-
like, and peltate 188. VELLOBIACEJS.
BB. Stamens 1 or 5 perfect, the other 5
or 1, variously changed into
antherless Htairunodia, fin. irregu-
lar embryo in a central canal of
endoHperm, straight, incurved, or
horseshoe-shaped
C Fertile Htamens 5 189. MUSACE.SJ.
cc Fertile stamen 1
D. Staminodmm 1, often traces of
more, a hgule at top of
petiole, anther 2-cellcd 190. ZINGIBERACEAS
DD Stammodia 5, no hgule, anther
1-celled
E Ovary-cells 1 -seeded a joint
at Hurnrmt of petiole 191 MARANTACt^s
EE Ovary-cells °° -seeded nojoint 192 CANNACEJK.
BBB. Stamens regular or nearly HO peri-
anth regular embryo in a Hmall
marginal cavo or pit of endosperm,
rarely much intruded, never
wholly included
C. Endosperm mealy perianth calyx-
like outside, Htamens 0. Ivs.
rigid . 193. BROUELIACEJK.
CC. Endosperm fleshy perianth
corolla-like or woolly outside,
Btamens sometimes 0 and equal,
sometimes 1-3 and slightly dis-
similar, or 3 opposite the inner
lobes
(Hsemodoracese, mostly mcl in Lihacese and Amaryllidacese )
Series 3 COKONARIB* Perianth corolla-like, at least inside
ovary free, rarely shortly adnate at the base endosperm copious
A Embryo minute or more or leas elon-
gated, included in fleshy or horny
endosperm perianth regular sta-
mens b ovary usually 3-celled 194 LiLlACE^C
AA. Embryo Htraight, in a central canal of
mealy endosperm perianth regular or
irregular, from a spathe, stamens 3
or 0 ovary 1- or 3-celled 195 PONTEDERIACE*.
AAA Embryo marginal, lying in mealy en-
dosperm and under a little callosity
of the seed-coat perianth regular or
slightly irregular, of 3 herbaceous
sepals and 3 deliquescent colored
petals some stamens usually sterile
and altered, stamen-hairs conspicu-
ous 196 COMMKLINACE*
Series 4 CALYCINB-B Perianth calyx-like, small, somewhat
rigid or glumaceouB, or rarely herbaceous ovary free, endosperm
copious
A Fr a 3-valved, many-seeded cans ,
embryo included in more or less
fleshy endosperm plant graas-hke 1<J7 JUNCACE-K
AA Fr berry- or drupe-like, 1-seeded.
rarely 2-3-seeded, embryo immersed
in a small pit near the periphery of
the endosperm palm-like plants 198 PALMACE*
Series S NUDIFLOR^S Perianth 0, or reduced to scales or bris-
tles, ovary superior, carpels sohtaryor, if more, syncarpous, l-oo-
ovuled seeds usually with endosperm
A. Plants minute, thalloid, 1-3 hnes wide,
aquatic fls solitary or in pairs from
marginal fissures 199 LEMNACEJR.
AA Plants larger fls on spadices
B Fls dioecious, perianth 0, carpels
usually confluent m clusters,
spadues clustered or pameled
stiff plants 200 PANDANACE^I.
BB. Fls dujecious, or monoecious in differ-
ent spadices, perianth 0, or the
short segms distinct or connate,
spadices solitary stiff plants 201 CYCLANTHACEJC.
BBB. Fls. monoscious m different spiuhces
rarely dioacious, perianth reduced
to membranous scales or thread-
like chaff, spadices rarely solitary
reed-like marsh plants 202 TTPHACKJB.
BBBB. Fls bisexual, or monoecious in same
spachx, rarely dioecious, perianth 0,
or of 4 membranous or fleshy im-
bricate scales, spadices solitary
herbaceous or fleshy plants 203 ARACE^J
Series 6 APOCARP^S Perianth in 1-2 series, or 0' ovary supe-
rior; carpels solitary, or, if more, distinct seeds without endosperm.
A. Embryo complicate or horseshoe-
shaped pcrianth-Hcgins 6, in 2 series,
the inner petaloid
B. Ovules 1, rarely 2-5, basal 204. ALISUACDA.
BB. Ovules numerous, borne between the
margins and midrib of the carpel... 205 BUTOMACEJB.
AA. Embryo curved perianth of 4 her-
baceous segms , or 0 ovule solitary 206 NAIADACEJB.
AAA. Embryo straight perianth of several
petaloid parts ovules 2-6 207. APONOQETONA-
[cue.
Series 7 GLUMACE.® Fls disposed in spikes or spikelets which
are variously arranged, bracts of the spikelet scale-like (glumes),
usually imbricate, penanth-segrns small, scale-like, bristle-like,
or 0, ovary 1-celled, 1-ovuled seeds with endosperm
A Fr an achene, seed free from the pen-
carp, palets and lodicules 0 208. CYPERACE^B.
AA. Fr a caryopsis, seed usually adherent
to pericarp, palets and lodicules
present . 209 GRAMINE^I.
Other families, of which plants are more or less in cultivation
and described in this Cyclopedia, are Adoxacese (Adoxa), Basel-
laceie (Anredera), Candolleacea* (Candollea), Caryo<arace»
(Caryo<ar.), Datiscaceie (Datisci), Frankemaceff (1< rank* ma),
joodeniaopir (Cioodema, Sc^vola), Ineacinaeese (Pyrenacantha),
Orobam hau '«• (Aphyllon), Restiacoa* (Restio), Turn
a;, V ochysiacese (Vochysia)
Division 2. PTERIDOPHYTA Beanng spores instead of seeds,
ut with a usuall
sexual organs Fer
ith
,
but with a usually separate more insignificant stage which beam
Ferns, lycopods, horsetails and the like
A Plants like large moss-plants,
scale- or needle-like Ivs
n Spore sail alike .minute 210 LYCOPODIACK*.
BB Spores of two kinds, larger (mega-
spores) and smaller (mu rospores) 211 SELAQINELLACE.*
AA Plants consisting mainly of slender-
jointed herbaceous sts witli whorls
of Hcalc-hkf appressed IVH at the
joints 212 EQUISETACEA.
AAA Plants true ferns, with usually ex-
panded Ivs (Azolla, a moss-like
water-plant is exceptional ) (Fih-
eales )
B Ferns epiphytic or terrestrial (one
Ci ratoptens partly aquatic).
c Sporangia with thick walls, aris-
ing from tissues beneath the
epidermis
The sporangia in spike
The spora
panicles
213 OPUIOQLOSSACEJB.
DD The sporangia in round or oval
son on under nurface of ordi-
nary If 214- MARATTIACE^I.
CC Sporangia walls only 1 cell thick,
derived from epidermis
D. Small membranous ferns spor-
angia borne on thread-like pro-
jections along margin of Ivs 215 HYMENOPHYLL-
DD. Usually larger, thitker-lvd ferns [ACEJB.
sporangia not on thread-like
projections
E Plants terrestrial
F Ring of sporangia obsolete,
sporangia in panicles 216 OSMUNDACEJD
FP Ring of sporangia apical,
sporangia ovate, sessile 217 SCHIZ.SACEB.
FFF Ring of sporangia vertical
G. The sporangia mostly
long-stalked h s pin-
nate or palmate 218 POLYPODIACEJB.
GO. The sporangia mostly >-es-
sile or very short-
stalked
H. Sporangia in son of
2-8, radiating in a
single plane, If -
branching often di-
chotomous growth
indeterminate 219 GLEICRENIACBJU
HH Sporangia numerous
in the globose son
mostly arborescent 220 CYATHEACEJB.
BB. Plants aquatic, with floating
sterile Ivs and pod-like
sporophylls sporangia ses-
sile w ith broad nnjj or 0 221 CERATOPTERI-
BB. Ferns, aquatic, unfern-like in appear- [DACBJB.
ance, spores of 2 sorts, — large
macrospores and nunute micro-
c Plants floating Ivs simple, folded
microspores and macrospores in
separate sporocarps 222 SALVINIACEJE.
CC Plants rooting in mud h s quadri-
foliate, cloverhke microspores
and macrospores in the same
gporocarp . 223 MARBIUEACE.JB.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
PART II.— KEY TO THE GENERA
1. RANUNCULACE>E.
A Sepals usually valvate Ivs opposite . . 1. Clematis
AA. Sepals imbricate
B Carpels 1-ovuled fr an indehiscent ccheno.
c Ovule pendulous, ruphe dorsal
u Petals conspicuous 2 Adonis
DD Petals 0, or very small
E Fls not subtended by involucres .1 Thahctrum
EE Fls subtended by m\ olucres remote
from the calyx or dose under it
F Involucre remote from calyx 4 Anemone
FF Involucre of J wimple, sessile Ivs
closer under the fl 5 Ilepatica
FFF Involucre of 3 compound sessile
Ivs 6 Syrulesmon
CC Ovules ascending
D Petals wanting 7 Trautvet-
[teria
DD Petals 3 to many 8 Ranuncitlut
BB Carpels several- or many-ovuled fr usually
dehiscent at maturity, rarely berry-like
c. Petals large and showy 9 Pyorna
CC. Petals medium small, deformed, or 0
D Fls' irregular
E Posterior sepal forms a spur 10 Delphinium
EE Posterior aepal forma a hood 11 Acumtum.
DD Fls regular
E Iiifl racemose
F Stamens 5 or 10 shrubs 12 Xanthorrh-
FF Stamens numerous herbs [via
a Fr a berry 13 Actaa
QQ Fr consisting of follicles, dehis-
cent • 14 Cimicifuga
EE. Infl paniculate, or fls solitary
F Lvs palmately veined or cut, not
ternate
o Petals wanting
H Ovules many, in 2 series
along the ventral suture 15 Caltha
HH Ovules only 2 10 Hydiastis
GG. Petals small or narrow, mostly
nectar-bearing
H Sepals commonly deciduous,
petals not 2-hpped, nor
scale-bearing 17 Trolhus
HH Sepals persistent , broad petals
2-hpped or bearing a scale 18 Ilclleborus
HHH Sepals deciduous, narrow,
petals bearing a scale 19 Erantfus
FF. Lvs ternately or subpmnatcly de-
compound
O Sepals 0-6
H Pf tals spurred 20 Aquilegia
an Petals not spurred, often
small or 0
i The carpels connate at the
base or higher 21 Nigella
n The carpels free
j Carpels stalked 22 f'opha
JJ Carpels not stalked 2.1 Itopyrum
QO Sepals and petals numerous 21 Antmonop-
The genus Calhanthemum is also in cultivation
2. DILLENIACEJS.
A Anthers adnatc. linear carpels 5-20, partly
connate upright trees or hhrubs 1 Dillemn
AA Anthers oblong or rarely orbicular, the tells
parallel and contiguous 2 Hibbertia
AAA Anthers versatile, emarginato at the base,
carpels completely connate fr a berry
twining shrubs.
B Stamens and carpels oo winter-buds in-
closed m the swollen base of the petiole . 3 Actinidia
BB Stamens 10 carpels 5. winter-buds free . 4 Clemato-
[clethra.
3. CALYCANTHACE^E.
A. Stamens 10- co all sepals brownish red. . 1. Calycanthus.
AA Stamens 5 outer sepals white, inner purple 2 Meratia.
4. MAGNOLIACEJE.
A. Stamens <». perianth-segms 6-°°.
B Fls bisexual upright trees or shrubs,
o. Stipules 0
l.IUicium,
cc Stipules present, inclosing young Ivs. in
tne bud
D. Anther- face out . . . . 2. Lirtoden-
DD Authors face in [dron.
E Structure bearing the carpels stalked 3 Mirheha.
EE Structure bearing the carpels sessile
F Dehiscence of carpel circumscissle 4 Tnlauma.
JK Dehiscence 2-vahed 5 Magnolia.
BB Fls unisexual twining shrubs
c Carpels after anthosis tpicale 6 Schizandra,
cc Caipels after anthesis globose-capitate 7 Kadsura
AA. Stamens 4 penanth-segms 4, fls in slender
spikes, small Ivs palmmerved tree 8 Tetracen-
[tron.
Members of the genus Drimys are sometimes cultivated
5. TROCHODENDRACE.E.
A Carpels 5-8, sessile, with many seeds fls per-
fect evergreen tree 1 Trochoden-
AA Carpels °°, stipitate, developing into winged [dron.
nutlets with 1 or few seeds fls polygamous
deciduous tree 2 Euptelea
6. CERCIDIPHYLLACEvE.
The only genus Cerndiphyllum.
7. EUCOMMIACEjE.
The only genus Eucomm\a.
8. ANNONACE^E.
A. Fr an aggregation of many carpels closely
crowcleel into a spheroid or ovoid mass,
ovules solitary
B Carpels fused together with the> receptacle
(tot us) into a fleshy (often edible) syn-
carpium
C Corolla gamopetale>us, ,Mobed or 3-
spurred, almost dosed, with c>nly a mi-
nute opening above the stamens and
pistils 1 Rollinia
CC Corolla polypctalotis, petals u in 2 series,
inner series sometimes minute or even
wanting, outer petals valv ate 2 Annona.
BB Carpels distinct, rigid, polygonal, becoming
detached from the iceepticle when
mature, corolla polypetalous, the petals
imbricate or ove? lapping 3 Duguetia
AA FT a eluster of distinct carpels, usually stip-
itate, never crowded so closely as to be-
come polygonal e>r prism-shaped, ovules
geminate or many in 1 or 2 seru s
B Ovules geminate, vertical, paralle 1
BB Ovules horizontal or in 2 vertical rows
c Petals narrow , long, strap-shaped
cc Petals suborbieular to obovaU -oblong
D Inner pe tils with their margins invo-
lute, ear-shaped or boat-shape el fifCymbopet-
[alum
DD Itmer petals with margins not involute 7 Asimina
Fussea, Unona, Uvana, and Xylopia arc also slightly in cul-
tivation
9. MENISPERMACEJE.
A. Filaments coalesced into a column which is
subpeltate at apex
B Sepals fi, petals 0 1 Anamirta
(See article Cocculus.)
BB Sepals 4, petals grown together, making a
small cup 2 Cissampelos.
AA Filaments free, either at base or apex
B Stamens 9-20
c Sepals and petals 6, in whorls, stamens
9-12 3 Sinomen-
cc. Sepals and petals irregularly arranged, [turn.
sepals 4-10, petals 6-9, stamens 12-24 4 Memsper-
BB Stamens 6. [mum.
c. Petals 6, shorter than sepals, stamens
high-monadelphous 5 Cocculus.
cc Petals 0, unless the 3 inner and larger se-
pals are regarded as petals, outer sta-
mens free 6. Abuta.
Calyocarpum and Jatrorrhua are sometimes cultivated.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
87
10. BERBERIDACE&.
A. Venation or lobmg pinnate, Ivs penmnerved,
mnatise nne 2-3-ern -
AA Stigmas confluent Ivs alternate, ternately de-
compound sepals 2, petals 4 placentae
remain attached to the margin of the valves
B Sepals coherent and covering fl like a can-
pmnatisect, pinnately 2-3-ternate or decom-
pound
B Ovules few, erect from the base
c Plants are shrubs
D Fohage-lvs simple, often fascicled
branches usually bearing reduced
spine-lvs 1 Berberit
DD Fohage-lvs pinnate evergreen branches
unarmed
K Lfts serrate, Ivs simply pinnate 2 Mahonta.
KB Lfts entire, Ivs 2-3-pmnate 3 Nandina.
cc Plants are herbs
D Petals 0, reduced to small nectaries 4 Leontice
DD Petals 0, scarce ly smaller thun sepals
and flat 5 LeorUtce, §
BB Ovules placed ventrally in 2 series hr rbs [Bongardra.
c Sepals 12-15, petals 0, reduced to nec-
taries 6 Vancouterta
cc Sepals 8, petals 4, reduced to nectaries 7 Epimedium
ccc Sepals 7-8, petals i, a little smaller flat 8 Aceranthus
AA Venation or lobing palmate, Ivs palmmerved,
palmilobed, or 2-parte.el
B Sepals 6, petals (j ovules in 2 series Q Diphyllna
HB Sepals 6, petals to 9 ovules m many st nes 10 Podophyl-
BBB Sepals 4, petals 8 11 Jeffersoma
BBBB Sepals and petals 0 12 Acfilyg
die-extinguisher 4 Eschscholtz-
BB Sepals separate [to.
c Lobes of stigma 2, erect 5 Dendrome-
[c»/i.
cc Lobes of stigma 4, spreading 6 Hunne-
AAA Stigmas confluent Us alte mate or mainly so Imannia.
fls rarely 3-m< rous caps dehiscing by pores
or valves, the placenta? re uuunmg as a frame
alternate with and free from the valves
B Caps dehiscent by pores neir the top 7. Papaver.
BB Caps shortly dehiscing by valves
C Stigmatic lobes radiating on the de-
pressed summit of a v e ry short style 8 Arjemone.
cc Stigmatic lobes radiating em the club-
shaped top of a distinct style 9 Meconopnt.
BBS Caps dehiscing by valves to the base or
nearly so
c The caps long arid linear
D Seeds pitted 10 Glaucium
DD Seeds crested 11 Chchdon-
cc The caps ovoid, oblong or cylindrical [turn.
D Petals 4
t Style distinct, but short 12 Stylo ph-
| or urn.
EE Style long 13 Komecon
DD Petals 8-12 14 t>ari(jum-
[arto.
The species of Caulophyllum may be expected in wild gardens
11. LARDIZABALACE-ffi.
A Lvs pinnate upright shrub 1 Decaisnea.
AA Lvs digitate twining «hrubs
B Carpels 3, many-seeded
c Stamens monadelphous
D Sepals b, petals 6, much smaller 2 Lardizabala.
DD Sepals 6, petals 0 3 Mauritania
cc Stamens free
D Sepals to, petals 0
E Peeln e Is elongated , sepals acuminate,
Hypecoum is in the trade
15. FUMARIACEJE.
A Corolla 2-spurreel or bigibbous, the 2 outer and
larger (lateral) petals bimil tr
B Seeds ere st less petals permanently united
into a Hubtordate persistent corolla which
me loses the ri{>e caps 1 Adlumwi,
BB Seeds mostly crested petals less or «-hghtly
united into a 2-spurrcel or bigibbous
corolla 2 Dicentra.
connective produced above the
anthers 4 HoUmttvi.
EE Pedicels short, sepals rounded, con-
nective not produced, race mes very
long 5 Smofranch-
[eha
DD Sepals 3, petals 0 6 Akebia
BB Carpels «, 1-seeded, stamens free Ivs
deciduous . 7 Sargento-
[doxa.
12. NYMPHJEACEjE.
A. Fls small ( <^-l in )
B Stamens 3 6 submerged Ivs dissected 1 Cabomba.
BB Stamens 12-25 Ivs all peltate 2 Brasenta.
AA Flu large and showy (Hi- 12 m ), sepals
4-5, petals and stamens °o
or gibbous by te>rsion becoming posterior a
nectariferous spur from the base of the fila-
m< nts proje cts into the petal-spur
B Style mostly persistent 3 Corydalit.
BB Style deciduous fl emaller 4 Fumaria.
16. CRUCIFERJE.
A The sihque trans\ crsely 2-jomted
B Lower joint indehiscent pe>dicel-shaped, the
larger joint globose, 1-lociiled. 1-seeded 1 Crambe.
BB Lower joint dehiscent, 2-valved, many
AA 1 he silique n it 2-jomteel, melehisceut
B Sihque s in pairs J Senebiera.
BB Nhques not in pairs
e IVxture horny or bony 4 laatis
BB Carpels forming a distinct many-seeded
c Plants prickly
D Stamens, inner once, sterile 4 Victoria.
DD Stamens ill fertile 5 Euryale.
cc. Plants not prickly
D Shipe straight 5 Raphanus
DDU Shape orbicuhr 7 Pcltaria
AAA The sihque dehiscent for its whole length
(except that w>me lirassiea-s are not dehis-
cent it the apex)
D Ovary <v holly free and superior 6 Nuphar.
DD Ovary with stamens and inner petals
inserted on it . 7. Nymphsea
13. SARRACENIACEJE.
A. Style umbrella-shaped 1 Sarracenva.
AA. Style 5-cut at apex 2 Darhna-
[tonia.
Hehamphora may be expected in choice botanical collections.
14. PAPAVERACEJE.
A. Stigmas distinct Ivs mainly opposite or
wnorled sepals usually 3. petals usually 6,
in 2 series placentas never separate from the
valves
B Lvs lobed 1. Romneya.
BB Lvs entire
c Filaments dilated stigmas °°, linear,
fr not oapsular 2. Platystemon.
cc Filaments slightly dilated, stigmas 3,
broader, fr. capsular .... . . .3. Pbtiy»t\gma.
trary to the septum, which is often very
c Cotvledons accumbent.
D Sts leafy 8 Ibens
DD St s s( apes 9 Hutchinsia.
cc Cotyledons incumbent
D 'I he v ilvc & usually wingless
E Fls rosy 01 violet 10 lonopeid-
[ium.
FK Fls white 11 Lepidium.
DD The valves wmgeel 12 &thionema.
BB Valves (transversely septiferous in Anastat-
ica), flat or concave, not compressed con-
traryto the septum (Smeleiwskia and cer-
tain Vesicanas are laterally compressed)
septum as wide as the valves, sihque long
or short
c Cotyledons longitudinally conduphcate
D Seeds in 1 seues 13 Bratnca.
DD Seeds in 2 series 14 Eruca.
CC Cotyledons nccumbent (sometimes incum-
bent or convolute in Cheiranthus)
D Seeds in 1 series (except certain species
of Radicula and Arabis sihquos
long and narrow (except in Anastatioa
and sometimes Radicula and
Parrya).
88
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
B. Valves appendaged 15 Anaatatica.
(See article Reaurrectiou Plants )
BE. Valves not appendaged
p. Stiginatio lobes erect, connate or
deturrent along the style
G. Plants are herbs or branched
sub-shrubs woolly 16 Matthiola.
GO Plants are tufted, scape-bearing
herbs 17 Parrya.
FF. Stigma undivided or shortly
lobed
a Valves elastic seeds in 1 or 2
series, silique long and linear 18 Arabia.
QG Valves not elastic
H Sepals unequal, the lateral
ones sac rate at the base 19 Cheiranthus.
HH Sepals equal
I Seeds in 2 series . . 20 Radicula
II. Seeds in 1 series
jr Fls yellow 21 Barbarea.
jj Fls w hite or purple
K. Khizomo not scaly
•valves drheately net-
ted-m>rvcd 22 Cardamtne.
KK Rhizome scaly valves
with very delicate
midrib 23 Dentana.
DD. Seeds in 2 series and sihquei short and
broad (except in some species of
Dnha and Corhleana)
Aubnetia,
B. Sihqucs
seeds much
argined
-locular,
inpr
eded,
mgtd or
F Lvs entire or dtntute. sihques
long-stalked, v< ry broad 24 Lunaria.
FF Lvs pmnatisoct sihques sessile 25 tielenia.
EE. Sihques 1-2-loc ult d, 2- to many-
seeded, seeds ran ly \vingod, vahes
often turgid
F Sepals often unequal, the lateral
saccate at the base
G Fls purple sihques oblong
lateral sepals nau ate 20 Aubnetia.
GO Fls generally yellow sihquos
mostly oblong sepals equal or
unequal 27 Vesicaria.
FF Sepals equal
G Stamens often appendaged 28 Alysfum.
GG Stamens not appendaged.
H Plants tomentose 29 Draba
HH Plants glabrous 30 Cochlearia.
(See also Kernera )
CCC. Cotyledons incumbent, straight, con-
volute or transversely plicate
D. The cotyledons trans\ ersely biphcate 31 Hehophila.
DD. The cotyledons not transversely biph-
cate
E Petals pmnatifid 32 Schizopet-
EE Petals not pinuatifid [alon
F Stigmas erect, free or connate into
a cone, sepals long and straight
a The stigmas bilamellate, la-
mella) erect 33 Hesperis.
GO The stigmas bilamellate, la-
mollse conmvent or connate
into a cone 34 Malcomia.
FF. Stigma simple, capitate, emargi-
nate or shortly 2-lobed cotyle-
dons straight
G Sihque stipitate ........... 35. Stanleya.
GO Silique sessile
H Sepals equal ......... 36 Smelowakia.
HH Sepals unequal ........ 37. Erysimum.
The additional genera are also treated. Braya, Physana, and
Physoptychis.
17. CAPPARIDACE.E.
A. Fr. capsular, 1-loculed herbs.
B. Torus short, often produced into a posterior
appendage ... 1. Cleome.
BB. Torus long, produced into a gynophore
which is elongated at the middle and bears
the pistil to which the filaments are
united 2 Gynandrop-
JLA. Fr berry-like or drupe-like [m.
B Lvs simple 3 Capparit.
BB. LVB. with 3 Ifts 4. Cratxva.
Polanisia is also to be expected m cultivation.
19. CISTACEJE.
A. Placenta* with many seeds Ivs opposite at
least below, flat.
B Valves 5, rarely 3, embryo circmate or
spiral fls solitary or cymose, rarely
racemose 1. Cistus.
BB Valves 3, embryo biphcate, runcmato or
circumflex fls commonly racemohe 2 Hehanthe-
AA Plaoentse with 2 seed* hs alternate, scale-like [mum.
or awl-shaped heath-like shrubs ... 3 Hudtonia.
20. VIOLACEJE.
A. Sepals subequal, produced or spurred at base,
lower petal spurred or saccate herbs . 1. Viola.
AA Sepals not produced at base
B Lower petal spurred or enlarged
c With a vi- ry large spur seeds complanate
woody i limber 2 Corynos-
cc With lower petal merely gibbous seeds [tyh$.
obovoid-subglobosc herbs 3 Solea
BB Lower petal not greatly unlike the others
shrubs or trees 4 Hymenan-
[thera.
21. BIXACE^E.
naked
A. Caps 2-valvod, seeds straight and
Ivs entire 1 B\xa
AA Caps 3-vul\ed seeds spiral, hairy or woolly
Ivs digitate or palm itely lobed 2 Maximih-
(anec
22. FLACOURTIACEJE.
A. Sepals ind petils alike, 9-15, spirally ar-
ranged, red, stamens 7-10 twining shrub 1. Berberidop-
AA. Sepals 3-6, whorled, stamens usually numer- [sit.
ous (ex< ept m No 1 ) upright trees or shrubs
B Petals 1-10, Mpils 3-5 2 Oncoba.
BB. Petals wanting
C Infl axillary Ivs penmnerved, leathery
fr a btrry or drupe
D Style Mmple, sometimes lobed at apex,
ovary 1-cclled
E The sepals imbricate, stylo short . 3 Xylosma.
EE The sipals vilvatc, stylo elongated,
stiuneny sonif turn s .-» or 10 4. Atara.
DD Styles se\eral, ovary irregularly
divided
E. Fls perfect or polygamous, in axillary
racemes or panicles fr a drupe 5 Flacouriia.
EE Fls duJtuout, the pistillate solitary
or few fr a berry 0 Aberia
cc. Infl terminal Ivs hand-nerved or 3- (or Doryahs. )
nerved at base, long-stalked, deciduous
D Fr a berry, styles usually r>, sepals
imbricate 7. Idesta.
DD. Fr a caps
E. Styles 3, 2-parted at apex, sepals
valvate 8. Pol\othyra\t.
BE. Styles 3-4, 3-parted at apex, sepals
reduplicate, large 9. Camerea.
23. PITTOSPORACE^:.
A. Fr indehiscent
B Filaments longer than anthers, petals more
or less conmvent from the base to beyond
the middle 1. Billardiera.
BB Filaments shorter than anthers, petals
spreading from the base . 2 Sollya.
AA. Fr a caps which is locuhcidally dehiscent
B Caps thick-coriaceous, seeds numerous
c Seeds not winged, thick or sligntly com-
pressed 3 Pittogporum.
CC Seeds winged, flat, compressed, horizontal 4 Hymenoa-
BB. Caps thinly coriaceous seeds 1-2 in each (porum
locule, compressed, not winged, vertical 5. Bur tana
24. TREMANDRACE-ffi.
A. Anthers 2-celled, or 4-eelled m 2 planes 1 Tetratheca.
AA. Anthers 4-celled m 1 plane 2. Platytheca.
18. RESEDACE&.
la cultivation Rtteda.
25. POLYGALACE&.
In cultivation Polygala.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
26. CARYOPHYLLACE*.
A. Ovary 1-ovuled: corolla absent
B. Segms of involucrate perianth hooded near
apex and mucronate on back 1. Poronychw.
BB. Segms of hardly involucrate perianth not
hooded, and blunt 2. Herniana.
AA. Ovary several-ovuled petals usually present
B. Sepals coalesced into a toothed or lobed
calyx, petals and stamens hypogynous,
being raised with the ovary on a gyn-
ophore, rarely sessile, petals with or with-
out a scale at the apex of the claw.
c. Hilum facial, embryo straight
D Calyx tubular, multistnate 3. Dvinthut.
DD Calyx top-shaped or long-tubular, 6- or
15-nbbed plants and flu smaller 4. Tunica.
OC. Hilum lateral, embryo peripheral.
D. Calyx 10-nerved, rarely with many
parallel nerves
E Styles commonly 3 caps shortly
i- or b-valved 5 Silent.
EE Style* commonly 5 or 4 caps
shortly 5-10- or 4-8-vaived . 6. Lychnu.
DD Calyx obscurely veined 7 Saponaria.
ODD Calyx broadly or obscurely 5-nerved 8 Qypsophila,
BB Sepals free or only coalesced at the very
base, petals and stamens hypogynous
on a short torus or usually very shortly
pengynous
c Stipules small, scarious 9 Spergula.
cc Stipules 0
D Valves (or rather teeth) of the caps
twice as many as the styles, . 10 Cerattium.
DD Valves of the caps as many as the
styles
E Petals 2-fid, styles commonly 3 11 Stellana
EE Petals entire, styles commonly 3 12 Arenaria.
KKK Petals entire or 0, styles as naany as
the sepals . . 13 Sat/ina
Alsine is also cultivated
27. PORTULACACEJS.
.. Ovary cohering below with the calyx-tube 1 Portulaca.
. Ovary free from the calyx
B. Embryo arched , endosperm scant 2 Anacamp-
BB Embryo more inouned or annular, mclud- [seros.
ing the endosperm
c. Sepals usually deciduous 3 Tahnum.
cc Sepals persistent, at least usually in Cal-
andrmia
D Number of sepals 5-8 4 Levnsia
DD. Number of sepals 2
E Shape of sepals roundish heart-
shaped, scarious 5 Spraguea.
EE Shape of sepals o% ate, herbaceous
F Stamens 3, rarely 5 6 Montia
FF. Stamens definitely 5 7 Claytonw.
FFF Stamens indefinitely 5 to many 8 Calandnnia.
28. TAMARICACE.fi.
A. Stamens 4-5, free 1 Tamartx
M.. Stamens 10, connate below 2 Af yricorw.
29. FOUQUIERIACE.fi.
The only genus Fouqu\er\a.
32. EUCRYPHIACE.fi.
The only genus
Eucryphta.
30. HYPERICACEJB.
A. Fls. 4-meroua
AA. Fls. 6-meroua
1 A«c]/rum.
. 2. Hypencum.
31. GUTTIFER-fi.
A. Style very short or 0 ovules solitary in each
locule of the ovary.
B Sepals 4 1. Garcinta.
BB. Sepals 2 . . . 2. Rhtedia.
AA. Style elongated* ovules solitary or 2
B Ovary 1-loculed, 1-ovuled . 3 Calophyl-
[lum.
BB. Ovary 2-4-loculed, 4-ovuled . 4. Ma\
The genera Ochrocarpus and Platonia are also treated.
33. TERNSTRCEMIACEJE.
A. Anthers baaifixed.
B. Calyx of 5 sepals, sub-connate at the base, at
length fleshy and adhering to the ovary 1 Yitnea.
BB. Calyx inferior, sepals free
c. Fls rather large, petals coalesced at base,
anthers glabrous ovules 2-4 in each
locule, pendulous from the apex ... 2. Ttrnttrctm\&.
cc. Fls medium-sized, petals free or hardly
coalesced, anthers pilose ovules °° in
the middle of the locule 3 Clever a.
COO. Fls. small, dicecious, petals coalesced at
base , anthers glabrous ovules °o in the
middle of the locule . . 4. Eurya.
A A. Anthers versatile
B. Radicles inferior
c Ovules ascending, seeds lens-shaped,
embryo straight 5 Sttutrt\a.
CC. Ovules laterally affixed, seeds flat, winged
on back, cotyledons flat and radicle
mflexed . 6 Schima.
BB. Radicles superior.
c Ovules » , seeds winged above 7 Gordon\a.
cc. Ovules few in each locule, seeds not
winged
D Fls sessile, sepala deciduous . 8 Camellia.
DD Fls. pedicellea, sepals persistent 9. Thea
34. STACHYURACE^E.
The only genus
Stachyunu.
35. MALVACEAE.
A. Fr a caps , locuhcidally dehiscent (in Adau-
sonia mdehiscent, and woody)
B. Seeds usually kidney-shaped etigmas or
style-branohos finally spreading
C Bractlets 5 to many, rarely 0, or reduced
to teeth style-branches finally spr*ead-
mg 1 H\bi$cut.
CC Bractlets 0 or 3 stigmas distinct, free,
radiating 2. Layunaria.
BB. Seeds obovoid or angled style club-shaped
at apex, undivided or with short erect
branches
C. Bractlets 3-5, small . 3 Theipetia.
cc Bractlets 3, large, cordate 4 Gosiypwm.
AA. Fr composed of carpels which separate at
maturity
B Stammal column anther-bearing outside,
truncate or 5-toothed at the apex, atyle-
branches 10
C Bractlets 5-8, herbaceous or setiform,
carpels with or without 1-3 awns 5. Pavonta.
cc Bractlets °° , herbaceous or setiform , car-
pels fleshy outside, connate into a berry,
later separating . 6 Afalvavucui.
ccc Bractlets 4-6, large and colored, carpels
naked, muticous . 7 Oaelhea.
BB. Stammal column bearing anthers at or near
the apex
c. Carpels cx> , crowded into a mass without
order
D Bractlets 3 ... .8 Malope.
DD. Bractlets 0 9. Palata.
CC. Carpels m a single whorl
D. Ovules 2 or more
E Bractlets 4-6 10 Kydva
EE Bractlets 0 11 A bullion.
EEE Bractlets 3 12 Sphxralcea.
DD Ovule solitary
E The ovule ascending
r. Styles longitudinally stigmatose
inside
o. Fls dioecious 13. Naptea.
QQ Fls. bisexual. (See article Sida.)
H Stammal column double, the
outer of 5 clusters 14 Sidalcea.
HH Stammal column single
I. Bractlets 3-9, connate at
base,
j. Axis of fr. not surpassing
carpels . 15. AVuta.
jj. Axis of fr surpassing
carpels 16 Lavatcra.
XL Bractleta 0-3. distinct.
j. Carpels with transverse
appendages inside un-
der the beak 17. <
90
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
Jj Carpels not appendaged 18 Malva.
n. Style-branches tipped with small
capitate or club-shaped stigmas 19 Mahastrum.
XX). The ovules pendulous
F. Style-branches longitudinally stig-
rnatose inside 20. Plagianthus.
TV. Style-branches truncate at apex or
with small capitate stigmas. . 21. Stda.
Other genera described are Hohena, Ingenhousia, Kitaibelia,
and Koateletakya.
42. MALPIGHIACEJE.
A. Fr a fleshy 3-stoned drupe , . 1 Malpighia.
AA. Fr a caps composed of 3 dehiscent berries
2 Galphimta.
umbel-like
. 3. Stigmaphyl-
Other genera described are Byrsomma, Janusia, Sphedamno-
carpus and Tristellatem.
fls in terminal racemes
AAA. Fr. consists of 1-3 samaras,
corymbs . .
36. BOMBACACEJS.
L. Lvs digitate: cotyledons conduphcate or
convolute
B. Stanunal column separated above into
numerous filaments
c Caps 5-valved, densely woolly within . 1. Bombax.
cc Caps woody, not woolly within.
D Calyx 5-cut . . 2 Adansonia.
DD Calyx truncate 3 Pachira.
BB Stanunal column 5-cut or 5-toothed, the
branches bearing 2-3 anthers
c. Column outside below the middle annu-
lately 5-10-lobed 4 Chonsta.
cc Column not annulate 5 Ceiba.
k. Lvs simple, feather-veined, entire cotyledons
plane, leafy or fleshy 6 Duno.
37. STERCULIACEJE.
A. Petals concave or hooded at the base
B Anthers solitary between the stammodes 1. Ruhngia
BB Anthers 2 or more between the stammodes
c Fr a membranous caps 2 Abroma
cc Fr a woody caps. 3 Guozuma
ccc Fr drupaceous . . 4 Theobroma.
AA. Petals flat
B. The petals deciduous
c. Anthers sessile, calyx club-shaped or bell-
shaped 5 Reewsia.
cc Anthers stipitate, sepals at length free. 6 Pterosper-
[mum.
,
BB. The petals persistent or marcescent.
c. Anthers 10 or 15, rarely 20
D Ovules 2 in each locule .
DD Ovules °°
cc Anthers 5
AAA. Petals 0.
B Fls bisexual
BB Fls unisexual or polygamous
c Anthers crowded without order seeds
without endosperm 11 Stercuha
cc Anthers in a single ring seeds with en-
dosperm 12 Cola
Brachychiton, Chiranthodendron, and Hentiera are also treated
7 Dombeya
8 Pentapqtet
9 Mahernta.
10 Fremontia.
43. ZYGOPHYLLACE^.
A. Ovary sessile Ivs with 2 Ifts , rarely 1 1ft 1 Zygophyl-
[lum.
AA. Ovary stalked Ivs abruptly pinnate '2 GuaMcum
44. GERANIACEJE.
A. Fla. irregular, the posterior sepal spurred;
spur adnate to the pedicel 1 Pelargonium,
AA Fls regular or neai ly so
B. Stamens 10, usually all fertile tails of car-
SB 81
pels usually not bearded inside
itamens, 5 fertile and 5 reduced to s
2 Geranium.
.--Jes,
tails of carpels usually bearded inside 3 Erodium.
BBB Stamens 15, anther-bearing, in groups of 5 4 Monioma.
45. TROPJEOLACE/E.
The only genus Tropaeolum.
46. LIMNANTHACE.fi.
In cultivation Limnanthet.
47. OXALIDACE^E.
A. Fr a locuhcidal caps
B Valves of caps separating to the middle 1 OxoZie.
MB Valves of caps separating to the base 2 Bwphytum.
AA. Fr an mdehiscent berry 3 Averrhoa.
48. BALSAMINACEJS.
In cultivation .
Impatient.
38. TILIACE^E.
A. Calyx bell-shaped, 3-5-cut 1 Berna.
AA Calyx composed of distinct sepals
B Petals pitted at the base, inserted around
the base of a more or less elevated toru?
c Fr unarmed, glabrous, or tomcntose 2 Greuna
cc Fr echmate or setose 3 Tnumfetta
BB Petals not pitted, inserted immediately
around the stamens
c Fr mdehiscent globose, usually 1 -seeded . 4 Tilia
cc Fr a caps
D Caps locuhcidally dehiscent
E The stamens all bear anthers
F The caps globose, echmate 5 Entelea
rr The caps pod-hke, usually naked 6 Corchorus.
BB The outer stamens have no anthers 7 Sparmannu
DO Capa dehiscing at the apex 8 Luehea
39. ELvEOCARPACE^.
A. Fr. a berry
AA. Fr a drupe
LAA. Fr a dehiscent locuhcidal c
1 Anslotelia.
2 Elseocarpu*.
... 3. Tricuapid-
[orto.
40. LINACEJE.
A. Styles 5 Ivs entire, glands equal 1. Linum.
AA. Styles 3-4 Ivs usually serrate- glands usually
unequal or absent. . . 2. Rnnvxirdtta.
41. ERYTHROXYLACEJE.
In cultivation Brythroxvlon.
49. RUTACEJE.
A Ovary entire or slightly 2-5-lobed, style ter-
minal, entire at base fr drupc-hkc or berry-
like, but leathery, usxially mdehiscent
B Fls hermaphrodite, petals and stamens
free or connate, ovules 1, 2 or many fr
usually with u cortex outside and pulpy
within, seeds ex-albuminous (Subfamily
Citrate.;
c Cotyledons thin and twisted in seed frs
dry 1 Aficromclum.
CC. Cotyledons thick and fleshy, plano-con-
vex frs. more or less fleshy or pvilpy
D Thorns absent Ivs pinnate, Ifts alter-
nate on rachis frs fleshy berries
E Styles very short and thick, persis-
tent, fls small, ureeolate young
growth denwely covered with brown
velvety pubescence 2 Glycosmii.
EE. Styles long or, if short, dehiscent
F Fls small ovanal cells with scat-
tered hairs frs with thick fleshy
dissepiments 3 Claucena,
FF. Fls large ovarial cells with tufted
conducting hairs frs fleshy but
with thin dissepiments 4. Chalccu.
DD. Thorns usually present Ivs simple or,
if compound, with the lateral Ifts
exactly opposite (Tribe Citretp )
B. Frs largo, hard-shelled, cells filled
with mucilage (Subtnbe ^Eghnse )
F. Lvs pinnate ovary 5-celled but
by confluence becoming 1-celled.
o. Seeds woolly, exocarp woody,
continuous 5 Feron\a.
oa. Seeds smooth, exocarp prismatic. 6 FeronmUa.
n. Lvo trifoliate or simple: ovary
6-15-oell«d.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
O. The Ivs always simple fr with
thin dissepiments, G-celled,
seeds nmoot h 7. /Eglopsia.
00. The Ivs trifoliate fr 8-15-celled.
H Seeds woolly
I The frs hard-shelled, 10-15-
celled 8 &glc.
ii The frw long-oval, leathery,
8-10-celled 9. Chxlosper-
HH Seeds smooth fr tmbglobose, [mum.
very hard-Mhelled 10 Balsamo-
EE Fr« not hard-shtlled (Subtnbe [ntrus
LavangmsL' )
F The frs smdll, fleshy or with rnu-
cilago in cells, without pulp-
vesicles
a Petioles very long, Ivs trifoliate
climbing shrubs 11 Lavanga.
CK> Petioles short, often winged
H The hs pinnate, rachis
broadly winged frs J^in
diam 12 Hespere-
HH. The Ivs trifoliate or simple [thusa.
I. Lvs tnfohat* or bifoliate
J Petiol.s of medium length,
narrowly \unged fr« 1
m diam 13 Pleioaper-
jj Petiole^ very short, wing- [m\um.
I tin diam 14 Trip/wiato
II. LVH simple or umfoliate
l Frn angl d, seeds very
long, flattened 16 Merope
33 Frs not ariKl' d
K Plant a climbing shrub
petioles long 16 Paramignya
KK Plant a shrub or tree
petioles short
L. Diam of frs J^n
Ivs \enose crlls
not filled with
mucilage 17 Seven iia
LL Diam of frs 1 in
cells filled with
mudlage Ivs
smooth 18 Pamburus
TT The frs hespendri, the cells filled
with stalked pulp-\esicles con-
taining juice (Subtnbe Citnnse )
o L-vs puinite, rachis broadly
winged ovules 1 m fach cdl .19 Citropsis.
usually 2 or n.ore in each cell
u The Us tnfoh'tte, dtculuous 20. Poncirus
HH The Ivs simple, p<rsi-,t<nt
I Stamens S or 10, twice as
many as the petals 21. Atalanha
n Stamens 10-40. 4 or more
times as many as petals
j. Lvs isof'icial, gray-green,
with stomites and hairs
on both faces frs small,
3-4-cellcd 22. Eremocitrus
33 Lvs not nofacial, without
stornates on upiier sur-
face
K. Ovary 3-5-celled hs
pale below , punctate 23 Fortuntlla
XK Ovary t>- 1 5-ct lle-d
L. The stamens poly-
adelplious 24 Citrus
LU Stamens fiee
M Cotyledons aenal
gen
lation,
first foliage h:
opposite fr
small, 10-12-
celled 25 Papeda
MM. Cotyledons hypog-
eous, fin,t foli-
age-Ivs alter-
nate cataphylls
fr« 5- orb-celled 26 Microctinu.
BB. Fla. usually polygamo-fluBcious, petals and
stamens free, ovules 2, except in the first
2 genera seeds usually albuminous
c Ovules solitary
D. Petals 4-5,valvate, stamens 4-5. drupe
2-4-stoned 27. Skimmia.
DD. Petals 5, valvate, stamens 5, ovary 5-
lobed, stigma sessile . 28 Casimiroa.
cc Ovules twin
D Petals 2-5, valvate or imbricate, sta-
mens 2-5 fr 4-7-loculed 29. Toddaha.
DD Petals 5-8, valvate, stamens 5-S fr. a
5-stoncd drupe 30 Phettoden-
DDD. Petals 4-5, imbricate, stamens 4-5. [dron
fr a 2-3-loculed samara 31. Ptelta
IUL.. Ovary deeply 2-5-lobed , styles basilar or
ventral, or the stigmas connate* fr capsular
or 3-6-berried.
B Ovules 3 or more in each locule
c Petals 4-5, equal, stamens 8-10, straight 32
cc Petals 5. unequal, stamens 10, decimate 33
BB Ovules 2 in each locule
c Fls irregular 34
CC Fls regular
D The fin unisexual or polygamous.
E Lvs alternate
K Foliage pinnate fls polygamous 35
FF Foliage simple fls unisexual 36
BE Lvs opposite fls unisexual 37
DD The fls hcrmaphrodit
01
Ruta.
Dictamnua.
> The fin hermaphrodite
E Albumen fl( shy (uiiknow nmChoisya)
v, Petal-i en c t, long, connate or cou-
mverit, forming a cylindrical
tube
FF. Petals free, spreading
o The petals imbricate
H Stamens S, pe tals 4 Ivs oppo-
site 39.
HH Stamens 8-10, petals 4-5 Ivs
alternate 40
HHH Stamens 10, petals 5 Ivs
opposite 4 1
GO The petals vah ate 42
EE Albumen 0
F Theeaps 5-kxuled 43
FF The o% ary-lobes l-r>, free
o StammodrsO 44
or. Stannnodcs ')
a Style short , stigma capitate,
fls terminal 45
HH Style long, stigma simple, fl<?
axillary 46
The following genera arc also described Amyns,
Diplolaena, Limonia, and Sputheka
Xanthoxy-
Onxa [lum.
Evodia
38 Correa,
Boronia.
Enostemon.
Choisya
Pilocarpua.
Caloden-
[drum.
Diosma.
Adenandra.
Ckloroxylon,
50. SIMARUBACEvB.
A Stamens 10, twice as many as petals.
u Petals united into a tube
BB Petal« spreading
IA Stamens 4-5, as many as petals
1 Qua«sta
2 Ailanthus
3 P icraama.
51. OCHNACEJE.
A Ovary 3-10-loculed locules 1-ovuled, i
without endosperm
B Stamens many, parade lateral
BB Stamens 10, panicle terimnil
AA Ovary 2-5-loculed, many-ovuled, with (
sperm
52. BURSERACEJE.
A Calyx-tube broadly urn-nhaped, covered by
the torus
AA Calyx small, 4-0-parted
1 Ochna
2 Ouratec
1 Caruga
2. Burstra.
bJ. MELIACEJE.
A Stamens free
B Ovary 4-5-eelled, cells 8-12-ovulod . 1 Cedrela
BB Ovary 2-celled, cells l-o\ulcd 2 Ptjroxylon.
AA Stamens coalesced into a tube, at least at
base
B I ocules of the ov ary many-ovuled 3 Swetenia.
BB Locules of the ovary 1-2-ovuled
c L\s simple 4 Turned.
cc, Lvs 3-foholatc or 1-3-pmnate.
D Anthers 5 . .5 Aglaia.
DD. Anthers b-12
*. Disk cup-hke . 6 Meha
KK Disk ring-like 7. Tnchiha.
54. OLACACEJE.
A Stamens twice as many aa the petals, all fertile 1 Xtmenia.
AA Stamens anther-bearing, 3-5, staminodia 6 or
less. 2 Olax
55. AQUIFOLIACEjE.
A. Petals connate at base, ovary 4-5-loculed 1 Ilex.
AA Petals free, linear, ovary 3-5-loculed 2 Nemopanth-
56. CYRILLACE-ffi.
A Racemes terminal , stamens 10 caps winged -
AA. Racemes lateral, stamen* 5. caps, not winged. 2. Cyr*Ua.
92
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
57. CELASTRACEJ5.
A. FT. indehtsoent . 1. Elseode*-
AA. Fr. a dehiscent caps. [dron.
m. Lvs. opposite.
c Ovules 1-2, in the axis of the locule 2 Bvonymut.
cc Ovules 2, in the loculea, erect . 3. Pachystima.
BB. Lvs. alternate.
C. Ovary confluent with the disk.
D. Loculea generally 1-ovuled plants un-
armed fls aohtary, clustered or
cymose 4 Maytenus.
DD. Locules 2-ovuled. plants often armed
fls cymose . . 5. Gymnos-
[pona
OC. Ovary free 6 Celattrut.
Other genera treated are Cassine, Catha, and Tnpterygium.
58. STACKHOUSIACE^E.
Slackhouna.
59. RHAMNACE^ffi.
A. Calyx-lobes persistent, the often star-shaped
disk joining its tube to the entire surface of
the ovary fr dry, 3-wmged . 1 Gouania.
AA. Calyx-lobes deciduous
B. Disk lining the shallow calyx-tube nearly or
quite free from the ovary, fr drupaceous,
mostly fleshy and often edible, with a
single 1-4-celled stone inclosing as many
seeds, or 1 -seeded by abortion, seed-coats
c Petals 0 endosperm copious, ruminate 2 Reynoaia
cc. Petals 5
D. Fr winged, dry, leathery plants
pnckly Ivs 3-nerved 3 Pahurus.
DD. Fr. a fleshy drupe plants pnckly Ivs
3-nerved 4 Zizyphus
DDD. Fr a drupe with leathery sarcocarp
plants unarmed Ivs penmnerved 5 Berchemia
BB. Disk lining the calyx-tube, or both adherent
to ovary fr drupaceous or becoming dry,
c Lvs very small or wanting, the spines If -
like 6 Colletia
cc. Lvs ordinary
D Fr a fleshy drupe free from calyx, con-
taining 2-4 separate nut-like stones 7 Rhamnus
DD. Fr becoming nearly or quite dry,
partly inferior, separating into 3
nutlets ovary adnate to disk at its
base 8 Ceanothut
DDD. Fr a caps with membranous covering,
mfenor, separating into 3 cocci,
which are dehiscent inside 9 Pomaderr\t.
DDDD. Fr indehiscent, pea-shaped, 3-celled,
3-seeded ovary free 10. Hovenia.
The genus Rhamnella is sometimes cultivated
60. VITACE-fi.
A. Stamens free climbing shrubs or herbs
B. Petals expanding, fls in cymes bark close;
pith white
c. Plants climbing, mostly by adhesion of
dilated and disk-shaped tips of the
tendril-branches no distinct disk or
free nectariferous glands, but a nec-
tariferous and wholly confluent thick-
ening of the base of the ovary, or even
this obsolete Ivs never pinnate 1. Partheno-
CC. Plants climbing by the prehension and [cisrua.
coiling of naked-tipped tendrils, nec-
tariferous disk or glands surrounding
the ovary or its base, and at least partly
free from it
D. Fls. 5-merous: woody plants, mostly
hardy . 2. Ampeloprit.
DD. Fls 4-merous more or less fleshy,
woody or herbaceous, mostly tropi-
cal or subtropical ... .3. Ctsnu.
BB. Petals cast off from the base while cohering
by their tips, hypogynous disk or o
nectariferous glands alternate with the
stamens, fls in panicles: berries usually
edible Ivs. rarely compound, never pin-
nate ^ .. 4. Vths.
AA. Stamens with connate filaments: ivs. 1-3-pm-
nat«. upright trees or shrubs 5. Leea.
Tetrastigma is also briefly treated.
61. SABIACBJB.
62. ACERACE.fi.
Mehovna.
A. Nutlets winged all around. Ivs pinnate, with
9-15 Ifts. 1. Dipteronia,
AA. Nutlets with an elongated wing on one side:
Ivs. simple or compound . ... 2. Acer.
63. STAPHYLEACE.fi.
A. Lvs opposite several seeds in each cell
B. Ovary 2-3-parted at base.
c Caps vesiculose 1 Staphylea.
cc Follicles coriaceous 2 Euvcaph\f.
BB Ovary 3-lobed fr fleshy or leathery 3 Turpima.
AA. Lvs alternate 1 seed in each cell fr berry-
hke 4 Tapiscm.
64. MELIANTHACEJB.
A. Calyx subsaccate, the segms narrow, very
unequal at base ovules in the locules 2-4 1. Mel\anthut.
AA. Calyx of 5 free, roundish sepals ovules
numerous m 2 series on the placentas 2. Greyw.
65. HIPPOCASTANACE.fi.
66. SAPINDACEjE.
A. Fls irregular
B O-vules solitary in the locules (rarely 2 in
Paulhma) plant climbing
c Fr a winged samara 1 Serjama
cc Fr bladdery, membranous, loculacidal. 2 Cardiosper-
[mum.
ccc Fr a pear-shaped, septindal caps 3 Paullinia
BB Ovules 2 or more in the loruJcs plant erect
c Sepals valvate, petals 3-4 4 Kaslreuteria.
cc Sepals imbricate, petals 4-5 . 5 Ungnadia.
AA Fls regular, or nearly so
B. Stamens inserted at the base of the ovary
inside the disk, often umlatf ral
c Fr dehiscent, ovules 2 or more in cells
D Disk produced into 5 horns, fls in
racemes before the 1\ s , showy 6 Xanthocerai.
DD Disk annular or cup-shaped, fls.
usually in panicles
E Lvs ternate sepals glabrous; disk
cupular 7 Delavaya
EE. Lvs pinnate
F Petals 5, sepals imbricate, pubes-
cent 8 Bltghia
FF. Petals 0, sepals valvate 9 Stadmannia.
cc. Fr indehiscent
D Anl present, fr edible
E Calyx deeply 5-parted, imbricate,
petals present 10 Euphoria.
EE. Calyx with small valvate lobes or
obsoletely toothed, petals 0 11 Litchi.
DD. Anl wanting
E. Fr deeply lobed or divided into 3
(-1) cocci sepals 5 Ifts usually
many 12 Sapindus.
EE. Fr not deeply lobcd sepals 4 Ifts
2-4 13 Mehcocca.
BB. Stamens inserted outside the disk or di«k
wanting, petals 0 caps winged, papery
or leathery Ivs simple or pinnate 14 Dodonxa
Additional genera are somewhat cultivated, as Alectryon, Ber-
samo, and Diploglottis.
67. ANACARDIACEJE.
A. Lvs simple
B. Stamens 5, styles 3
BB. Stamens 8-10 (all or some fertile), style
eccentric, stigma a mere dot
BBB. Stamens 1-5, style lateral, stigma simple.
IA. Lvs. pinnate or composed of 3 Ifts
B Ovary 1-celled
c. Ovules suspended at or near the apex.
D. Styles m the pistillate fls short, in
the stammate fls. 4-5 .
DD Styles 3
cc Ovules suspended by a basiiar funloulus.
1. Stmecarpum.
2. Anacardium.
3. Afcnfftftra.
4. Tapina.
5. Cyrtocarpa.
0. 8ch\nu».
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
93
»D. Petals 4-6 or more.
B Stamens in a single whorl
r Tho petals valvate 8. Sorindeia.
rr. The. petals imbricate
o Stylo lateral m fr , pedicels be-
coming plumose Ivs simple 9. Cot\nus.
GO. Style terminal in f r , pedicels not
plumose in fr. ivs compound,
rarely simple . 10. Rhu».
KB. Stamens in 2 whorU, tho outer alter-
nate with tho petals, petala val-
vate . . 11. Lithrxa.
BB Ovary 2-5-celled
c Via polygamous; stamens 8-10, petals
subvalvatc 12. Spondiaa.
cc Fls dia-uous, stamens 8-9, petals im-
bricate 13 Harpehyl-
The genera Coryxocarpus and Bmodtngiura are also described in
p. The pod jointed, rarely 1-jomted ,
1-seeded by abortion Other-
wise like the Lotus, Galoga
and Phaseolus Tribes An
artificial division 8. HBDYSARUM
D». The pod not jointed [TRIBB.
B. Pod indehiscent, larger than
calyx, membranous, leath-
ery, wo<xjy or drupaceous
Ifts 6 or more, rarely 3-1
trees or tall shrubs or
climber* 9 DALBERQIA
EE. Pod dehiscent or if mdehu- [T»iBE.
cent usually of small size,
generally 2-valvcd
F. Fls in heads or umbels,
The only genus
The only genus
68. CORIARIACEJB.
69. MORINGACEJE.
70. LEGUMINOSJE.
Monnga.
I. Summary of Suborders and Tribes.
Ignoring exceptions and six tribes of which no examples
appear to be cult in \merica (Other genera of Logummosw
may be met with now and then in cultivation, but they are so
little grown and so m tny th-it the mtrexlur tion of them here would
make the key unnecessarily complicated, some of these are men-
tioned at the end of the Legumiriosse, p 05 )
Suborder I — MIMOSE4E.
A. Fls regular, small, (alyx garnosepaloua
or vahately parted, petals valvate,
often connate, below the middle
B Stamens numerous, °°
c. The stamens free 1 ACACIA TRIBE
cc The stamens monadelphou-? 2 INOA TRIBE
BB. Stamens fewer, d« finite
c Anthers usually appendage d with a
stalked gland, stamen-, twice as
many as the petals, rarely as
many fls generally Vmerous 3 ADKNANTHERA
CC Anthers not glandular ht.imens «s [TRIBE.
many a* the p< tals, r-irt ly twice
as many fi-i 4-5-mcrous, nrely
3- or h-merou« 4 MIMOSA TBIBB.
AA. Fls irregular ami truly papilionaceous,
i e , like a swett pen, the standard
outride of the other p< tuls and inclos-
ing them in the bud, sepals more or
less united abo\e the disk into a
tube or cup. radicles in flexed, accum-
bent or rarely % ery short and straight
(Compare AAA )
Suborder II — PAPILIONEJB.
B. Lvs simple, or else digitately com-
pound (Exceptions A few mem-
bers of the Trifohum Tribe are
digitately compound and some of
the Phaseolus Tribe are subdigi-
tately compound Some Ivs that
appear to be simple have been re-
duced from several Ifts to 1, gener-
ally leaving a gland, joint or other
indication of the reduction )
C. Stamens 10, free shrubs, rarely
herbs 5. PoDA.LYB.iA. TRIBE.
CC. Stamens 10, monadelphotm, rarely
diadelphous racemes terminal or
opposite the Ivs or the fls soli-
tary or subfase\cled at the axils 6. GENISTA. TRIBE.
BB. Lvs. pinnate, rarely digitate in the
Trifohum Tribe, or subdigitate m
the Phaseolus Tribe or the Ivs.
sometimes reduced to a single Ift.
O. Stamens 10, free Ifts. 5 or more,
sometimes reduced to 1 large
1ft , rarely 3 7. SOPHOBA TBIBB.
,
rarrly solitary Ifts 3 or
more, entire alternate
filaments usually dilated
at the aptx herbs or sub-
shrubs 10 LOTUS TBIBB.
rr. Fls sohtaiy or racemose,
sometimes panicled or
fascicled
O Plants typically climbing
herbs, raising them-
selves by means of
tendrils at the tips of
the petioles some-
times there is a mere
bristle Ifts often den-
ticulate at apex 11. VICIA TBIBB.
00 Plants twining or erect,
not climbing by ten-
drils
H Lfts generally 3
I Habit of plants most-
ly twmmg 12 PHASEOLUB
n Habit of plants [TniBE
mostly erect 13 TRJFOLIUM TRIBE.
HH Lfts mostly 3 or more 14 GALEOA TRIBE.
AAA Fh more or less inegular, but not
truly papilionaceous \\ hen they
seem to be so, the petal answering
to the standard will be found within
the other petals instead of outside
as in AA radicle straight, \ery rarely
slightly oblique
Suborder HI — C-ESALPIN$JE.
B Calyx gamosepalous beyond the disk
or \ahat*]y parti d Us simple and
entire or 2 lobed, or rartly cut into
2 Ifts stipe of o\ ary free or adnate
totalyx-tube
BB Calyx usually p-irted to the v
disk and the se«ms imbricate
c tftipf of o\ury idnate to the disk-
bearing calyx-tube hs mostly
abruptly pinnate 16 AMHERSTIA TRIBE
cc Stipe of o\ ary free in the bottom of
the calyx
D Anthers versatile Ivs mostly
bipmnate 17 C.BSALPINIA TRIBE.
DD Anthers basihxed, erect but
longitudinally dehiscent by 2
pores or short cracks 18 CASSIA TRIBE.
//. Key to the Tribes.
1. Acacia Tnbe.
The only genus . . 1 Acacia.
2. Inga Tnbe.
A. Lvs once pinnate
AA Lvs. mostly twice pinnate
15 BAUHINIA TRIBE.
. 2 Inga.
Shape of poda circulate, arched or variously
twisted
c. Pod usually 2-valved, needs generally
surroxinded by a thin pulp 3 Pithecolob-
cc Pod indehibcent, visually septate between (»ut».
the seeds 4 Enterolob-
BB. Shape of pods straight, or at most slightly [mm.
sickle-shaped
c. Vahes separating from the persistent
sutures 5 Lynloma.
CO, Valves elastically dehiscent and revolute
from apex to base 6. Cattiandra.
ccc. Valves not elastic pod often indehiscent . 7. AUn&na
3. Adenanthera Tribe.
A. Fls short-pediceled .
AA, Fls. sessile
B. The pod indehiscent (presumably so in
Stryphnodendron).
....... 8. Adenanth-
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
c Pod straight, thick-compressed, trans-
versely septate inside between the
seeds 9 Stryphno-
cc. Pod straight, falcate or variously twisted, [dendron
thick-compressed or subterete, usually
septate inside between the seeds 10 Protopia.
BB The pods 2-valved (See also BBB )
c Pod straight or arched, flat , valves entire,
continuous within shrubs or trees 11 Piptodenia.
cc Pod obliquely oblong, deflexed from the
stipe herbs or diffuse sub-shrubs, pros-
trate or floating 12 Neptuma.
BBB The pod flat, with thickened persistent
continuous sutures, the valves trans-
versely jointed between the sutures, the
joints 1 -seeded ... .13 Entadn
4. Mimosa Tribe.
A. Pods provided with a replurn, i e , a frame-
like placenta, which remains after the
valves have fallen away frc
B Valves wider than replum
BB Valves narrower than the replum or hardly
wider
Pods 2-valved
i the ordinary fashion
5. Podalyna Tnbe.
15 Schrankia.
Ib Leucsena.
A. Keel-petals free or slightly connate foliage
herbaceous
B Pod linear or oblong-inflated 17 Thermopsis.
BP Pod globose or ovoid, turgid or inflated 18 Baphiia
AA Keel-petals connate on the back foliage
mostly leathery
B Ovules 4 or more
c Keel about as long us the wings . 19 Orylobium.
cc Keel much shorter than wings 20 Chomema
BB Ovules 2
c Pod indehiscent calyx shortly 5-toothed 21 Viminaria.
cc Pod 2-valved calyx 5-fid, or bilabiate 22 Pultensea.
6. Genista Tribe.
A Stamens coalesced into a sheath which is split
above the middle
B Seeds strophiolate
c Lvs simple or reduced to mere scales
23 Templf-
[tonw
24 GoodiA
25 t'rotalana
cc Lvs pinnate, Ifts 3
PB Seeds not strophiolate
AA Stamens coalesced into a closed tube.
B Seeds not strophiolate
c Calyx-lobes or lips much longer than the
tube 26 Lupinus
cc Calyx-lobes or -teeth shorter than the
tube, rarely somewhat longer
D Lfts 3
B Pod stalked 27 Laburnum
EE Pod sessile
F Claws of petals adnate to stam-
inal tube 28 Petteria
FF Claws of petals free
a Shrubs unarmed upper calyx-
lobes distinct 29 Adenocar-
oo Shrubs usually spmeacem calyx [pus
short, truncate 30 Calycotome.
DD Lfts usually all wanting, ran ly 3 or 1
shrubs with *.piny or rush-like
branches
E Shrub with rush-like branches 31 Spartium
EE Shrubs spiny or unarmed Ifts re-
duced to 1 or 0, rarely 3
F. Fls yellow , calyx not inflated 32 Genista
FF Fls violet or bluish, calyx inflated
spiny shrub 33. Ennacea
BB Seeds strophiolate
c Culyx colored, 2-parted, the upper segms
2-toothed, lower J-toothed leafless
shrubs, the branehlets and petioles
transformed into npines 34. Ulex.
CC. Calyx with the 2 upper lobes or teeth con-
nate or free, the 3 lower connate into a
lower hp . 35. Cytinv*.
7. Sophora Tnbe.
A. Fl with petals all nearly alike 36. Cadm.
AA. Fl distinctly papilionaceous
B. Pod 2-valved 37. Caatano-
BB. Pod indehiscent or at most tardily dehiscent [spermum
to a slight extent
c The pod momliform 38. Sophora
CC The pod not momliform, linear
p Color of fls yellow in axillary racemes 39 Calpurnia.
DD Color of fls white, pamcled
K Winter-buds moloxod m the base of
the enlarged petiole panicle loose,
drooping 40 Cladrattig.
BE Winter-buds free panicle dense,
upright 41. Maackva.
8. Hedysarum Tribe.
A Stamens all free among themselves 42
AA Stamens all connate m a closed tube 43
AAA, Stamens nearest the standard free or connate
with the others only at the base or at the
middle
B. Filaments all dilated above or only alter-
nate ones
c Keel obtuse ... 44
cc Keel acute or beaked 45
BB. Filaments normal
C. Wings short or very short, rarely as long
as the keel Ifts not provided with
minute stipules
D Pod flat or < ompreswed
E Joints many, rniely 2 standard-sta-
men free 46
EE. Joints 2 standard-stamen connate
with others at middle 47
DD Pod thickish, subterete 48
CC. Wings as long as or longer than the keel
partial petioles of 11 ts bear mmuto
stipules (except in Lespodeza 0)
D Pod indehisctnt, nm ly opening at the
lower suture, joints Hat 49
DD Pod of about 1 small, distinct, 1-sceded,
smooth, veined joints included in
the calyx 50
DDD Pod l-secded.mdohiscent, no joints 51
9. Dalbergia Tnbe.
A Fr drupaceous, globose, or o1 Jid, indehiscent,
the emlotarp woody 52
AA Fr not drup ic « ous
B Lfts mostly .ilti rmitt
C Anthers veisatile, the locules parallel,
longitudinally dclns< ent
cc Anthers small, crtct, didymous, the
locules placed back to baek, generally
dehiscent at apex by a short cratk i
BB Lfts opposit
Adesmuj.
Arachia.
Ornithopus.
Coromlla.
Onobrychit.
Alhagi.
Urana
Lespcdeza.
c Pod longitudinally 1-wmged C
CC Pod with a narrow wing along the upper
suture or both sutures £
10. Lotus Tribe.
5J Tipuana
•. Dalbergia
> Dern*
A Pod indehiscent or tardily 2-valved 57 Anlhylha.
AA Pod 2-valved
B Calyx-lobes usually longer than tube, keel
rostrate 5S Lotus
BB. Calyx-teeth shorter than tube, keel obtuse 59 Uosuckia.
11. Vicia Tribe.
A St woody mfl subtermmal, hlamens 9, the
standard-st imon abxf nt GO Abrus
AA Kt herbaceous fls hohtaiy or racemose in the
axils, stamens 10
B Wings adherent to the keel 01 Lfnt
(See article Lentil. )
BB Wings frte or only slightly adherent
C Sheath of stamens oblique at the mouth,
style slendi i, b< udul or hairy only at
the apex or all around thi_ upper part 02 Vicia
cc Sheath of stamens equal it the mouth
D Calyx-lobes Iraty, styl. rigid, diluted
above and the. margins retl« xed and
joined together ^o that it becomes
flattened laterally, bearded down the
inner eelge 03 Pisum.
DD Calyx-lobes not leafy, style flattened
above on the back and front, bearded
down one face 64 Lathyrua.
12. Phaseolus Tribe.
A Style longitudinally boarded above on the
inner side or ran ly pilose only around the
stigma, petals normal 01 the keel long-
beaked or spiral mfl noelose-rac emose
B Calyx-tub< not longer than lobe
c Keel bpiral 05 Phaseolua.
cc Keel obtuse or arc heel beaked
D Stigma strongly oblKtue or mtrorse 00 Vigna
DD Stigma subglobose on inner face, style
flattened out at apex 67 Pachyrhinu
DDD Stigma small, terminal, s>tyle filiform
or subulate at apex 08 Dohchos.
BB Calyx-tube cylindrical, longer than lobes fa9 Chtoria.
AA. Style not bearded
B. Standard-stamen free only at the very base.
thence connate with the- rest into a closed
tube, calyx mostly 4-lobed
c Calyx bell-shaped
D Pod broad, the upper suture thickened
or 2-wmged. 70 Diodea.
DD. Pod linear, narrow or flat . ... 71. Puerana,
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
95
CO. Calyx bilabiate, the upper lip larger,
entire or 2-lobed or 2-parted . 72. Canavoha.
BB. Standard-stamen free or connate only at
the base
c. Calyx 4-lobed ... 73. Oalactia.
00. Calyx not 4-lobed.
D Infl UHually racemose, the rachia of the
racorne jointed
B. Standard much larger than the
wings and keel . . . 74 Brythnna.
BB. Standard smaller than the keel.
F Pod 2-valved
G Anthers of 2 kinds 75 Mucuna.
QQ Anthers uniform 76 Apiot
FF. Pod not dehiscent, except at the
top 77 Butca.
DD. Infl sometimes racemose but the
rachis of the raceme not jointed
B Lvs , especially beneath, with mi-
nute resinous dots mil racemose
or subumbellate or the flu solitary
F Ovules 2 78 Fltmingvi.
FF. Ovules 4 or more
o Pod turgid, seeds strophiolate. 79 Fagelta.
QQ Pod compressed, seeds not stro-
phiolate 80 Cajanua.
BE. Lvs without minute resinous dots
fls clustered or racemose in the
axils, solitary or twin along the
ra< his
F Fls showy, standard large, flat-
tened out , bracts persistent 81 Centrosema.
FF Fls medium-sized, standard,
erect, complicate, sides often
rcflexed brae ts persistent 82 Amphi-
FFF. Us small (showy in Keunedya), [corpora
standard spreading or rcflexed,
bracts persistent or small and
deciduous
o Seeds not strophiolate 83 Glycine
GO Seeds strophiolate
H The fls small, keel usually
much smaller than wings 81 Hardtn-
HH The fls showy, keel usually [bergia
equaling or surpassing the
wings 85 Kennedya.
13. Tnfohum Tnbe.
A. Standard-stamen connate with the others
into a closed tube, keel beaked 80 Ononia.
AA. Standard-stamen free, keel obtuse or in Paro-
chetus atutish
B. Lfts digitate (rarely pinnate in Trifohum)
c Pod 2-valved keel acutish, petals not
ad n ate 87 Parochetua
cc Pod usually indehiscent claws of all or
the lower petals adnate to the stammal
tube 88 Trifohum
BB Lfts 3, pinnate
C Pod straight, sic Kle-shape d or arched,
sometimes thick and beaked, some-
times linear, sometimes broad and il it,
indehisrent or folliculately gaping or
rarely 2-\ul\ed 89 Tngonella
cc Pod spirally falcate, circinnate or
cochleate 90 Medicago.
OCC. Pod small, subglobose or ovoid, thick, in-
dehiscent or tardily 2-valvcd 91. Melilotus.
14. Galega Tnbe.
A. Connective of the anthers anpenjaged with a
small gland or niucro o\ ultM mostly o° , 1-2
m a few species, pod 2-\alved 92 Indigofera
AA. Connective not appendaged
B. Ovules 1-2, rarely .4-4 (See also BB )
C Number of ovules 1 93 Psoralea
CC Number of ovules 2, rarely 3-4
D Stamen* 10 94 Amorpha
DD Stamens 5 95 Pctaloste-
BB. Ovules oo (1-2 m a few species of Teph- (man.
rosia)
c. Infl terminal or opposite the Ivs , mostly
racemose (in Galega both axillary and
terminal, m some Tephrosias axillary)
pod 2-valvc-d
D. Style longitudinally boarded on the
inner side, calyx long-tubular, petals
very long-clawed 96 Barbiena.
DD. Style glabrous (or merely pemcillate
at the stigma in some tephrosias)
B. Standard -at amen connate with the
rest from the bane 97 GaUga
•X. Standard-stamen free or connate
with the others from the middle.
F. The pod narrow or short, with
slender valves and nerviform or
hardly thickened sutures 98 Tephrona.
FF. The pod thick, leathery or woody
O. Pod usually tardily dehiscent
mfl mostly pamcled 99. Mittetia.
QQ Pod easily dehiscent mfl race-
mose 100. Wistana.
CC Infl axillary, except where noted below
D Pod flat, except where the seeds finally
make it turgid 101 Rob\n\a.
DD. Pod inflated, turgid or terete, longitudi-
nally septate or undivided, rarely
flat and when so always longitudi-
nally septate
B Styles variously bearded above
y Petals acuminate 102 Clmnthut.
FF Petals not acuminate
a Standard erect 103 Suther-
ou Standard spreading or re flexed. [landia.
H Stigma small . 104 Swainsona.
HH Stigma prominent 105. Colutea.
ICE Style not bearded
F. Lvs even-pinnate shrubs or trees
Q The pod stipitate, obovoid or
oblong 106 Halimoden-
[dron.
QQ The pod linear, usually acute 107 Caragana.
FF. Lvs odd-pinnate or with a spiny
petiole instead of an odd 1ft
a Anther-cells confluent at apex 108 Glycj/rrh-
oo Anthers uniform [iza.
H Petals not all narrow, the
standard obovate or orbicu-
lar 109 Calophaca.
HH Petals narrow
I Keel blunt 110 Astragalus.
Il Keel acute 111 Oxytropit.
15. Bauhima Tnbe.
> Petals erect or spreading, only slightly
unequal 112 Bavhinia.
AA. Petals falsely pea-like, the standard inmost . 113 Cercta.
16. Amherstia Tnbe.
A The petals absent, sepals 4 114. Saraca.
AA The petals present
B Bractlets persistent, inclosing the bud.
c Petals 5, slightly unequal 115. Browned.
cc Petals unequal, 1 very wide, 2 narrow,
2 minute and rudimentary 116 Amherstia.
BB Bractlets small or deciduous
c Lfts 1 pair 117 Hymeruea.
cc Lfts 2 or more pairs
D Petals 5, 3 perfect, 2 rudimentary 118 Tamarin-
[dus.
DD Petals 5, slightly unequal 119 Schotia.
17. Caesalpmia Tribe.
A Calyx-lobes strongly imbricate, disk-bearing
tube short seed not albuminous
B Pod indehiscent stigma peltate . 120 Peltoph-
[orum.
BB Pod2-\alved stigma not peltate 121 Cxsalpmia.
AA Calyx-tube long, or top-shaped or beli-shaped,
segms short or narrow and open seeds,
B Pod turgid or subterete 122 Oymnoc-
[ladiu.
BB Pod flattish 123 Gledilsia.
AAA Calyx-segms valvate
B Segms 4, the upper ones connate, highest
petal widest, lowest narrow 124 Colvittea.
BB Segms 5, petals roundish, abo it equal 125 Poinciana.
AAAA Calyx-segms slightly imbricate or valvate
B Ovary adnate to calyx-tube 126 Schizolob-
(tum.
BB Ovary free in bottom of calyx ... 127 Parkin-
[aonia.
18. Cassia Tnbe.
A Petals 5, fls hermaphrodite
AA Petals 0, fls polygamous
128 Cassia.
129 Cerafonta.
The following genera also are described as having more or less
horticultural interest Afzelia, Amicia, Aotus, Baikieea, Baphia,
Brachysema, Camdensia, Carmichteha, Cicer, Copaitera, Dalea,
Desmanthus, Dichrostachys, Diphysa, Ebenus, Eutaxia, Galedupa.
Ghricidia, Haematoxylon, Hippocrepis, Hoffmanseggia, Hovea,
Jacksoma, Kerstingiella, Kramena, Lonchocarpus, Almkelersia,
Piptanthus, Podalyria, Pterocarpus, Pterolobium, Rhynchosia.
Scorpmrus, Sesbama, Toluifera, Vouapa.
96
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
71. ROSACEJE.
/. Summary of Tribes*
A. Ovary inferior; carpels 2-5, more or
lean connate and adnate to the cup-
shaped receptacle, the whole develop-
ing into a fleshy fr (pome): trees or
shrubs with free stipules. . . 4. POMB TRIBI.
AA. Ovary superior
B. Carpels usually many, if 1 or 2, fr
not drupaceous calyx persistent,
c Fr folhcular, dehiscent
D Seeds not winged fls small ... 1. SPIRMA TBIBB.
DD. Seeds winged, flattened: fla.
rather large . 2. QmuJJA TBIBB.
CC. Fr not folhcular, indehiacent, or
carpels growing into drupelets.
D. Pistils borne on a Hat, hemi-
spherical or convex receptacle,
subtended by a cup-shaped
portion of the receptacle (hy-
panthium), usually many.
B. The piatils 2-5. shrubs, with
simple Iva
r. Stipules wanting fls small,
in large panicles 3 HOLODISCUS
FF. Stipules present fls soli- THIBB.
tary or m few-fld
corymbs . 5. KERRIA TRIBE.
BB. The pistils many (if few, Ivs.
compound) herbs or shrubs.
r. C a r p el s becoming dry
achenes.
0. Ovules 2, carpels 5-15
calyx without bractlets
herbs 9 ULMARIA TRIBE.
GO. Ovules 1 carpels many,
calyx usually with
bractlets alternating
•with the lobes 6. POTENTILLA
IT Carpels becoming drupelets [TBIBB.
ovules 2, but seed solitary 7. RUBUS TBIBE.
»D. Pistils inclosed in the tubular-
or urn-shaped receptacle (hy-
panthium)
E Number of pistila 1 or 4,
petals sometimes wanting
p. Hypanthium tubular or cam-
panulate, the achenes
loosely and usually only
partly inclosing, pistils
usually 1 shrubs 8 CEBCOCABPUS
FF Hypanthium urceolate, com- [TBIBB.
pletely inclosing the 1-4
achenes, sepals usually 4
herbs or shrubs 10 SANOUISORBA
BE. Number of pistils many , calyx- [TRIBE.
tube becoming fleshy , petals
present shrubs with odd-
pinnate Ivs 11. ROSE TRIBE.
BB. Carpels 1, rarely 2 fr drupaceous:
calyx usually deciduous
C. Fls symmetrical, stylo subter-
mmal ovules pendulous, radicles
superior , . 12. PRUNUS TBIBB.
CC. Fls often unsymmetncal, style
basilar ovules ascending,
radicles inferior . . 13. CRBTBOBALANTTS
[TBIBE.
//. Key to the Tribes.
1. Spiraea Tribe.
A. PiBtila opposite to the petals or less than 5
B. Lvs simple, often lobed, rarely pmnatifid:
stamens inserted on the margin of the
hypanthium shrubs, rarely undershrubs
c. Stipules large, caducous stanunal disk
wanting seeds shining, crustaceous
D. Follicles dehiscent along both sutures,
often inflated, 1-5 fls. in terminal
corymbs 1. Physoearp-
DD. Follicles dehiscent only along the ven- [vs.
tral suture, 1-2, not inflated
B Fls in terminal panicles, style ter-
minal, pistils. 2, rarely 1. follicles
usually 5-aeeded 2. Netttva.
BB. Fla in small terminal corymbs, style
lateral , pistil 1 follicles 1-or rarely
2-seeded . . 3. StephaMn-
CC. Stipules wanting, stanunal disk usually (oro.
present' seeds dull.
D. The Iva entire, serrate or lobed: sta-
mens free.
B. Carpels free.
F. FIB In panicles, corymbs or umbel-
like racemes, carpels dehiscent
: the ventral suture; Ivs.
r serrate or lobed 4. Spirua.
FF. Fls. in racemes; «arpeln dehiscent
on both sutures' Ivs entire,
evergreen • cespitose undershrub 5 Pttrophu*
BB. Carpels connate at the base, fls poly- [turn.
gamo-diQBCious, in panicles lv».
entire, deciduous upright shrub . 6 Sibtrma
DD. The Ivs. twice trifid . stamens connate at
the base fls. m racemes prostrate
underahrub. . ... 7. Luetkea.
BB. Lvs. 2-3-pinnate . fls. dioecious, in ample
panicles composed of slender spikes,
herbs ... . 8 Aruncui.
AA. Pistils opposite to the sepals, 5.
B. Petals roundish, imbricate in the bud, car-
pels connate at the base Ivs pinnate or
bipmnate* shrubs
c. Lvs pinnate, If ts coarsely serrate 9 Sorbaria.
cc Lvs bipmnate , segms minute, entire .10 Chammbat\-
BB. Petals strap-shaped, convolute in the bud: [ana.
carpels distinct Ivs ternate herbs . . . .11. G\Uen\a.
2. Quillaja Tribe.
A. Carpels free, spreading, star-like at maturity:
evergreen tree*.
B Stamens 10 . 12 Quillaja.
BB Stamens 20 .13 Kagcneckia.
AA. Carpels connate into a 5-celled caps : sta-
mens 15-20 deciduous shrub ... 14 Exochorda.
3. Holodiscus Tribe.
Lvs. doubly serrate or slightly lobed 15. Holod\»au.
4. Pome Tnbe.
A. Carpels bony at maturity fr hence with 1-5
stones
B. Pistils with 2 fertile ovules. Ivs. entire or
crenate
c Lvs entire spineless shrubs styles 2-5 16 Cotoneaster.
cc. Lvs. crenate, persistent usually spiny
shrubs styles 5 17. Pyracantha.
BB Pistils with only 1 fertile ovule Ivs usually
doubly serrate or lobed
C. Ovules 2, 1 fertile and 1 sterile 'vs sim-
pie, often pmnately lobed
D. Number of carpels *>. wholly connate
and covered at the top by the flesh of
the fr fls solitary, 2 m across Ivs
along tb
usually s
entire or occasionally dentate 18 Metpilua.
DD. Number of carpels 1-ft, more or less dis-
tinct at the ventral suture and free at
the top fls 1 in or less across, usually
in corymbs Ivs often lobed 19 Cratxfftu.
CC Ovule but 1, stones 5 Ivs pinnate (the
simple-l\ d species belong to Hespeco-
meles, which is not in cult ) 20 Otteomekt.
AA. Carpels with leathery or papery walls at
maturity fr hence 1-5-celled, each cell with
1 or 2, rarely many seeds
B Fls in compound corymbs
c Styles 1-5, distinct or connate, carpels
partly free
D Fr solid and pointed at the top, walla
of cells leathery Ivs deciduous, sim-
ple or pinnate
E. Sepals deciduous IYH always simple,
eerrate with excurrent veins styles
2-3 21 Mtcronulea.
BB. Sepals persistent
F. Number of styles usually 2, rarely 3
or 5, free or connate Ivs pm-
nate or simple and serrate or
lobed with excurrent veins,
deciduous 22 Sorbus.
FT Number of styles 3-5 Ivs serrate
to crenulate, with curving veins.
O. Lvs deciduous, with glands on
the midrib above stylos 5,
connate below endoearpthm 23 Aroma.
OO. Lvs evergreen, without glands
on the midrib styles 3-5
endocarp firm 24 Stranvmna.
PD. Fr. hollow and rounded at the top,
small, 1- or 2-seeded, walls usually pa-
pery styles usually 2 Ivs simple,
deciduous or evergreen with curving
veins . 25 PAohma.
cc. Styles 5, distinct, carpels wholly connate
fr pear-shaped, rather large, yellow.
Ivs. evergreen with excurrent veins.. 26 Enobotrya.
BB. Fls in umbels, racemes or solitary
C. The carpels 4- to many-seeded
». Styles free Ivs entire . 27. Cydon»a.
DD. Styles connate at the base Ivs. serrate
or serrulate.
B. Ovules many in each cell- calyx gla-
brous outside . 28. Ctonomstec.
BB. Ovules 4-6 in each cell, calyx densely
tomentose outside 29. Doeynia.
cc. The carpels 1-2-eeeded.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
97
D. Cells of the ovary as many as styles,
each with 2 ovules.
a. Orary 2-celled: fr 1-2-seeded,
black fls in upright racemes,
sometimes panieled Ivs. evergreen 30. Raphiolepia.
BB. Ovary 3-6-celled. fls in umbeb Ivs
deciduous 31. Pyrut.
DD. Cells of the ovary twice as many as
stylos, each with 1 ovule
B. Styles usually 5, fla. in racemes Ivs
serrate, or crenate at the apex 32. Amtlan-
BB. Styles 2-3, fls in few-fid umbels, (c/uer.
calyx-tube cylmdnc. Iva entire or
denticulate, narrow 33. Peraphyl-
Uum.
5. Kerria Tribe.
A. Petals wan tine; fls. in few-fld corymbs-
achenes 2-5, drupaceous 34. Nenuaa.
AA Petals present, fls solitary, large
B. Lvs alternate fls 5-merous, yellow:
achenes drupaceous, yellow 35 Kerria
BB. LVH opposite fls 4-merous, white achenes
dry, black 36 Rhodotyput
6. Potentilla Tribe.
A. Style deciduous
B Receptacle m fr much enlarged, colored.
c Fla white receptacle pulpy, juity 37 Fragana
cc Fls yellow receptacle dry 38 Duchttnea
BB. Receptacle not fleshy, even in fr.
C Pistils only 1-12
D Stamens 5, petals minute 39 Srtbatdia
DD Stamens numerous, petal* conspicuous 40 WaLitleinia.
CC Pistils very numerous
D Petals white or yel'ow, obtuse or einar-
gmate 41 Pottntilla
DD Petals purple, abruptly acuminate,
much smaller than t alyx 42 Comarum
AA Style elongated after anthesis, often plumose
B Fls 5-merous Ivs pinnate or pinnatifid
c Sepals \alvate, hypanthium flat herbs 43 Geum
cc Sepals imbricate, hypanthium concave
shrubs
D Calyx with bracts outside 44 FaUugia
DD Calyx without bracts 45 Cowania
BB. Flu 8-y-merous l\s undivided prostrate
undershrub 46. Dryas
7. Rubus Tnbe.
A. Drupelets pulpy 47 Rubut
AA. Drupelets nearly dry, inclosed by calyx . 48 Daltbarda.
8. Cercocarpus Tnbe.
A. Fls. apetalous, style elongated and phimose
m fr ; hypanthium tubular 49 Cercocarpus.
AA. Fls with petals
B. Style with terminal stigma: Ivs. linear,
needle-shapid .. 50. Adenostoma.
BB Style with decurrent stigma
c Lvs 3-fid at the apex nopal* imbricate
fr inclosed about half 51 Purshia
cc. Lvs bipmnate sepals valvate. fr in-
closed 52. Chamtcbatta.
9. Ulmana Tnbe.
Herbs with large pinnate Ivs and lirge stipules
and small white or pink fls. m large pauiclea . . .53. Fthpendula.
10. Sanguisorba Tnbe.
A. Calyx with 5-6 bractlets or 10-12-cut in 2
series or in Agrimoma with a setose limb.
B. Petals 0 . . 54 Alchemilla
BB PetaU 4 or 5 . 55 Agrimonta.
AA Calyx without bractlets , petals 0 Ivs pinnate.
B Fls axillary, solitary 56 Margyn-
BB. Fls, spicatc or capitate (corpus.
C. The calyx valvate, stamens 1-10, short,
carpels 1-2 . 67. Acxna.
CC. The calyx imbricate
D. Fr rarely rugose fls usually bisexual;
carpel 1 , stamens 4-12 58. Sanguisorba.
DD. Fr. often rugose fls polygamo-dace-
cious, rarely bisexual; carpels 2,
stamens oo . 59. Potenum.
11. Rose Tribe.
The only gentu 60. ROM.
12. Prunus Tribe.
A. Sepals usually 10, small, petals often wanting
or small . carp*ls in the stanunate fl. 2, 1 in
AA. Sepals 5
B. Carpels solitary
c. Style terminal: Ivs. usually serrate- pith
of branches solid . 62 Pruntu.
cc. Style lateral. Ivs entire, pith lamellate. 03. Printep%a.
BB. Carpels 5 Ivs. entire . . 64 Oamaronia.
13. Chrysobalanus Tribe.
Anthers small, short, didymous, ovary 1-loculed,
inserted in the base of the calyx-tube, stamens
The genus Plagiospermum IB also cultivated.
72. SAXIFRAGACEJE.
65. Chrvsobal-
[anut
/. Summary of Tribes.
HYDRANGEA TRIBB,
or small . carp
the fertile fl. . ,
7
\ Plants are trees or shrubs
B Lvs opposite
BB Lvs alternate
c Stipules absent Ivs often coria-
ceous or glandular-serrate sta-
mens usually i^omerous with
petals 2 ESCALLONIA TBIBB
cc. Stipules absent or adrmte to petiole
at base fls generally racemose,
ovary 1-locular, 2-merous, seeds
immersed m pulp 3 RIBES TBIBB.
AA Plants are herbs
B Fls 4-merous 4 FRANCOA TRIBE.
BB Fls generally 5-merous 5. SAXIFRAGE TKIBB.
//. Key to the Tribes.
1. Hydrangea Tnbe.
A Ovary superior
B Number of petals 4, stamens 10, filaments
2-lobed, styles 3 1 Fendltra.
BB Number of petals 5 or G
c Ovules solitary stamens 4-12, styles 3-5 2 Whipplea.
cc Ovules 4 stamens lr>, carpeb 2, separate 3 Lyono-
ccc Ovules numerous [thamnus.
D Petals 5, convolute stamens 10, styles
3-5 ' 4. /omemo.
DD Petals 5 or 6, imbricate stamens nu-
merous, style 1, with a 5-7-lobed
stigma 5. Carpentena.
AA Ovary inferior or semi-buperior
B Stamens 8, 10 or 12
c. Petal* mduplicate or imbricate' fr cap-
sular . . G.Deutna.
cc Petals valvate
D Fr a caps
E Styles 4 or 5, free or connate at the
base, petals 4 or 3 7 Hydrangea.
KE Style 1, with a 4-5-lobed stigma,
petals 5 8. Sch\zo-
DD Fr a berry petals 5 or 6 styles 3—5, [phragma.
club-bhaped 9 Dvchroa.
BB. Stamens °o
c Petals mduplicate, 7-10, style 1 10. Decumaria.
cc Petals imbricate, styles 1-5 11 Philadel-
ccc Petals valvate [phut.
D Styles 2, petals 4 12 Platycrater.
DD. Styles 3, petals 5 13. Cardiandra
2. Escalloma Tribe.
A. Petals imbricate, style 1, ovary 2- or 3-
loculed 14. Escallon\a.
AA Petals valvate, styles divisible into 2, ovary
2-Ioculed 15. /tea.
3. Ribes Tribe.
The only genus . 16 Ribes.
4. Francoa Tnbe.
Sepals and petals equal 17. Francoa.
5. Saxifrage Tribe.
A. Ovary 1-loculed
B Placentas basilar or nearly so 18 TiareUa.
BB Placentas parietal, opposite the stigmas, 19. Parnaana.
BBB. Placentae panetal, alternate with stigmas
c Stamens 3 , petals 5, capillary . 20. Tolm\ea,
cc Stamens 5-10
D. Caps not beaked, superior petals 5,
3-cut or pinnatifid . 21. SfUttta.
DD Caps 2-beaked.
E. Number of stamens 5; petals 5 or 0:
eaps. inferior 22. Heuchera.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
BB. Number of stamens 8 or 10: caps.
semi-superior
F. Petals 0, stamens 8 or 10; fls. soli-
tary . . ,23. Ckryaoa-
FF. Petals entire or lobed, stamens 10, \plen\um.
fis racemose 24. TeUimv.
AA. Ovary 2- cr 3-loculed, the placentse in the axis
of the f r , rarely composed of distinct carpels.
B Stamens 5 (See also BB )
c Carpels united at base, adnate to hypan-
thium . 25 Suttivantia.
cc Carpels united and wholly adnate to
hypanthium . 26 Suksdorfia.
ccc Carpels 2. united at base, free from but
included in the inflated hypanthium 27. Bolandra.
BB. Stamens 10, rarely 8 (sometimes 5 in Boy-
kima)
c. Sepals valvate
D Petals 0 . .28 Rodgerna.
DD Petals 5, deciduous, stamens 5 or 10 29 Boykima.
cc Sepals imbricate
D Styles erect, petals 5 or 0; stamens 8
or 10 30 Aetilbe
DD. Styles mostly recurved in fr , petals 5 31 Saxifraga.
The following genera also are treated Abrophyllum, Anop-
terus, Bauera, Demanthe, Leptarrhena, and Tauuktea.
73. CUNONIACE-ffi.
A Calyx valvate
B Stamens hypogynous, very long
BB Stamens pengynous
AA. Calyx imbncate, the lobes very short
ivl-
(lum.
1 Acrop)
2 Cerato-
[petalw
3 Cunorua
BB. Calyx-tube urn-shaped, much longer
than ovary, sepals and stamens
5, fls in long and slender racemes . 5. S\now\l-
BB. Petals as many as calyx-lobes [sonia,
c Fls borne in catkins, 5-merous.
D Shape of petals broad, st mens with
long-filament , disk present . 6. Corylopm.
DD. Shape of petals subulate, as long as
sepals , stamens nearly sessile , disk 0. . 7. Fortuneana,
cc. Fls in clusters, 4-merous
D Lvs deciduous, crennto anthers ob-
tuse, the loonies opening with 1 valve. 8. Hamamd\at
DD Lva persistent, entire authors beaked,
the locules opening w ith 2 valves. . 9. Loropeta-
AA Ovary-locules 2- or moro-o\ uled [lum,
B Fls unisexual . . .10. L%quidam-
BB Fls bisexual [bar.
C The fls 5, in a head, surrounded by an in-
volucre of which the outer bracts are
small, the inner gradually larger 11 Rhodofaa.
cc. The fls 2 together with very short bracts
at the base 12 Dwanthut.
78. BRUNIACE^B.
(See article Diosma.1,
79. HALORAGIDACE^E.
A Stamens 1-2, calyx 3-4-lobed, ovary 1-loeulod 1 Gunnrra
AA Stamens 2-X, calyx truncate or 4-toothed,
ovary deeply 2- or 4-grooved 2 Mynophi/l-
\liim.
AAA Stamen 1, calyx truncate, ovary 1-loculed . 3 fhppuris
74. CEPHALOTACE.fi.
The only genua
Cephalotus.
75. CRASSULACE.E.
A. Stamens usually as many as the petals
B Petals free or connate only at the base;
floral parts in 5's 1 Crassula.
BB Petals usually connate to the middle or
beyond
c. Calyx bell-shaped, as long as the corolla-
tube 2 Gramman-
cc Calyx many times shorter than the co- [thea.
rolla-tube 3. Rochea
AA Stamens usually twice as many as the petals
B Petals free or connate only at the very base
c Fls usually 4-5-tnerous 4 Sedum
cc Fls 0-merous or more 5 Semper-
BB Petals usually connate to the middle or [vivum
beyond
c Calyx large, inflated shortly 4-fid . 6 Bryophyl-
cc Calyx 4-parted
ccc Calyx 5-parted
..
7 Kalanchot
8 Cotyledun.
The following are also described Altamiranoa, Dudlpya,
Echeveria, Kitchmgia, Lenophyllum, Ohveranthus, Pachyphytum,
Stylophyllum, Tillsoa, and Urbima.
76. DROSERACEJE.
A. Stamens 4-8, styles 2-5, placentse panctal 1 Drotera.
AA. Stamens about 15, style columnar, placenta
basal . . 2 Dionsea.
AAA. Stamens 10-20, styles 5, filiform . 3. Drosophyl-
[lum.
77. HAMAMELIDACB4S.
A. Ovary-locules 1-ovuled
B. Petals 0
C. Lvs evergreen
D. Stamens 2-8, with long filaments, fla. in
racemes 1. Diatylium.
DD. Stamens » W1th short filaments, fls in
heads, calyx-tube in the pistillate fl.
tubular 2. Sycopna.
CC. Lvs deciduous
D Number of stamens about 24; fls. in
dense spikes 3. FothergiUa.
DD. Number of stamens 5-7
x. Calyx-tube not urn-shaped, sepals
' • " - in ahort
and stamens 5-7, fla.
bead-like racemes
80. RHIZOPHORACEvE.
A. Anthers 8, suhscssilo
AA Anthers 15-30. on iilanu
1 Jihizophora.
2 C'asgi poiwca.
81. COMBRETACEJE.
A Petals 0, calyx-tube not produced beyond
ovary 1 Terminals.
AA Petals 5 (0 in a few upeues of Combretum)
B Calyx-tube straight, constricted above
ovnry
c Cotyledons comolute 2 Ponrea.
cc Cotyledons detply furrowed or twisted
and plaited 3 Combrdum.
BB Calyx-tube produced to a great length be-
yond the o\ dry 4 Quinquaha
82. MYRTACE^.
A Ovary 1-loculed . 1 Thrypto-
AA Oviiry 2- or more-lotuled [mene.
B Fr a caps , which is lt>c\ilicidf\lly dehiscent
at apex, rarely 1-2-seeded and tmb-
mdchisccnt
c Anthers basifixed 2. Calotham-
cc. Anthers versatile [ntw.
D Individual fls pedicelled.
E Stamens 5-adelphous 3. Tnstania.
KE Stamens free
F Fls in globose he ads 4 Syncarpvi.
rv Fls in forking rymos . ... 5 Metrostd-
DD. Individual fls not pedicelled. [eroa.
B Fls solitary in the axils of the floral
Ivs or brnrts
F Stamens distinct, not longer than
petals . 6 Leptoai
toaper-
\murn
. 4. Parrolta.
FF Stamens distinct, long-exserted 7. Calhster
FFF Stamens united in clusters, long-
exserted . . 8 Melaleuca.
BE Fls in cymose or umbellate heads
F Petals distinct 9. Angophora.
FF Petals wanting (or adnate to the
calyx-hd) .10 Eucalyptui.
BB Fr. a berry or rarely an indchiscent drupe:
Ivs opposite, punctate
c. Stamens straightmh in the bud. seeds
with endosperm ... 11. Petjoa.
cc Stamens in flexed or involute in the bud:
seeds without endosperm
D. Calyx-limb closed in bud, deeply
divided m anthesis . . . 12 Pttdtum.
DD. Calyx 4-5-lobed or -parted m the bud,
not out deeper in an theses
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
99
B. Ovules pendulous 13. Pimento.
SB. Ovules not pendulous
F Embryo thick and fleshy 14 Eugenia.
VT. Embryo cui ved, circular or spiral
a The ovary 2-3- rarely 4-loculed:
ovules in each locule °° 15. Myrtus.
ao The ovary several-loculed by
false septa, each ultimate lo-
cule 1-ovulcd 16. Rhodomyr-
[tus
Other genera treated incidentally are Backhousia, Barnng-
yx, and Kunzca.
toma, Beaufortia, Blephai
83. LECYTHIDACE^E.
A. Fr woody calyx mostly imbru ate
B The fr large and spheric al, not opening
BB The fr opening by a hd.
c Style elongated
co Style short
AA Fr fibrous calyx subvalvate or imbricate
« Petals b-S
MB Petals 4 dartly 5)
AAA IT fleshy ealyx mostly valvate or entire
B Ovary 4-loeulcd
BB O\ary 5-loculcd
1 Couroupita.
2 Brrtholletw
3 Lfcythis
4 Japarandiba
I Gr^0nV1'
84. MELASTOMACEJE.
/. Summary of Tribes.
Excluding five tribes not represented in this work, and following
Cogmaux in D C Monog Phaner vol 7 (1H91)
A. Fr capsular (rupturing regularly in
Melastoma) stamens usually un-
equal
D Caps and ovary .i-5-angleel
aps and ovary .v-->-angleel or
winded, much diluted ami hollowed
4 2
r Ovary-eells as many as petals 1 SONERIIA TRIBE.
Cc Ovary Mooulfd petals r>, ran ly
BB Caps, and ovary tente
c Conncftive rarely produced belo\
the leicules. usually with poste
[TRIBE
3 RHEXIA THIBE
the leicules. usually with ]
nor spur or appi nelagt
CC Conneetive usually elongated at
th< base, product .1 beyond the
insertion of the filament into an
npp< nelagc or win* on the ante-
rior side
D beech shaped like a snail-she 11
t Ovary generally partly or
wholly inferior sep-ils
usually alternating with
long, stellate IMIIS 4 OBBECKIA TRIBE
EE Ovary g<neially -ui>cnor, no
stellate hairs 5 TIBOL THIN \TRIBE.
DD Seeds oblong or ov oid t> MICROI ICIA THIBK.
AA. Fr berry-like or leathery, rupturing
irregularly stamens gem rally equal
B Lvs not finely stnate between the
primary nerves
C Couruttue usually appendage. d or
spurn d em the posterior side 7 DISSOCH.ETA
cc Connective rarely produced at the [TRIBE.
base, usually not appendaged X MICOMA TieiBh..
BB. Lvs finely stnate between primary
nerves with very numerous trans-
verse nervtlets 9 BLAKE v TRIBE.
//. Key to the Tribes.
1. Sonerila Tribe.
A. Fla. 5-merous, stamens equal, connective with
a posterior spur but ne> anterior appendage
AA. Fls mostly .-J-merous, stamens une<ivial, those
opposite petals smaller
AAA. Flu. mostly 4-merous, stamens equal, con-
nective not produceel
2. Bertolonia Tribe.
A. The connective not appendaged on the an-
terior side.
B. Connective tuberculate on the posterior
side at the base . ... *> Bertolonw.
BB. Connective with a short posterior spur and
a long ascending appendage . . 5. Salpinga.
AA. The connective with a spur on the anterior side
and a tubercle on the posterior side 6. Monolena.
3. Rhezia Tribe.
Stamens equal or cubequal: ovary glabrous 7. Rhexia.
1 Gravesia.
2. Sanerila.
3. Phyllag-
[ath\
4. Osbeckia Tribe.
Stamens unequal, connective of the larger ones
long-produced at base: fr. baccate fls. not
involucrate 8. Melastoma.
5. Tibouchma Tnbe.
A. Stamens unequal ovary 2-4-celled, usually
glabrous, petals neit acute, connective of
larger stamens with a long, club-shaped,
2-fid appendage 9 Heervi.
AA. Stamens equal ovary setose at apex, connec-
tive with 2 lobes or tubercles on the anterior
side, and no pohte nor appendage 10 T\bouch\na.
6. Microhcia Tnbe.
Stamens unequal, anthers short, not beaked;
calyx-lobes shorter than tube .... 11. Centradenia.
7. Dissochaeta Tribe.
Stamens equal or nearly so, fls mostly 4-5-
merous . .12 MediniUa.
8. Miconia Tnbe.
A Infl terminal
B Lvs provided with 2-lobed bladders at base 13. Tococa.
BB Lvs not provided with bladders outer
calyx-lobes ne>ne or inconspicuous 14 Tamonea.
AA Infl lateral or axillary, petals obtuse, con-
nective not produced at base 15 Chdemia.
9. Blakea Tnbe.
The plants described as Amaraboya are now
refe-rred to the genus Blake a 10 Blakea.
Calvoa, Dissotis, Kendnckia, and Osbeckia are also cultivated.
85. LYTHRACE^:.
A Hypanthmm tubular, curveel or gibbous at
base ]
LA Hypanth'um str
B Cans and ovary au me luueu ... u.^v
c Petals 5, rarely 4, stamens 8-10
e c Petals 6, stamens mostly fi or 12
BB Caps not all mcludeel in hypantmunc
c The sepal* 4, petals 4. stamens 8
cc The sepals b,j>etals b, stamens nur
eluded in hypanthilim
Cuphea.
2 Decodon
3 Lythrum
4 Lawsoma.
i 5 Lagerntrce-
[mia.
The only genus
86. PUNICACEJE.
87. ONAGRACE^.
Ovary 1-4-celled, cells 1-ovuled, rarely 2-4-
ovuled fr nut-like, 1-4-celled, 1-4-seeded.
n Us 2-nurous, ovary 1-2-cellcd 1. Circva.
IB Tls 3-4-merous, ovary 4 -celled, rarely
,4-edled 2 Goura.
Ovary 2 b-celled, cells many-ovniled. fr. a
caps (m Fuchsia a berry)
B Stamens 1 or 2 ... 3 Lopezia.
IB Mamcns t-S, rarely 3
c Seeds heardi d
D Hypinthium broadened out above
ovary into a lunml-shapcd tube 4 Zauschneria
DD Hypatithium harelly procluccd beyond
ovirv 5 Epilobium.
CC Seeds not beardeel or winged
D Hypatithium usually long-produced
bejond ovary (except m some CLno-
theras)
E Number e>f stamens 4 6 Eucharid-
EE Number of stamens 8 [tunt
F Fr a caps . . 7 (Enothera.
rr Fr a berry 8 Fuchsia
DD Hypanthmm not or hardly produced
beyond ovary
B Caps locuhcidal . . 9 Clarkia.
KB Caps septicidal
F Stamens 8-12 10 Juttieua.
nr Stamens 3-6 . . II. Lvdvngva..
88. TRAPACE.fi.
The only genus
Tropa.
100
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
89. LOASACEJE.
A. Petals hooded.
B Caps. 3-5-valved at apex, rarely twisted 1. Loaaa,
tat. Caps longitudinally 5-10-valved, usually
twisted spirally 2 Blumen-
BBB Caps narrow, straignt, longitudinally 5- \bachia.
valved ... 3. Scyphanthus.
AA. Petals not hooded.
B Seeds very numerous, arranged in many
series . 4. Eucnide.
33. Seeds few or, if numerous, arranged in 2
series & Mentteka.
90. PASSIFLORACEJC.
A. Hypanthmm long; petals and stamens 5 1 Taesorua.
AA Hypanthium short, petals 4-5, rarely 0,
stamens 4-5 2 Paisiflora.
AAA Hypanthium medium or short; fls unisexual 3. Modecca
91. CARICACEJG.
In cultivation
Hypanthium of male fls long, anthers
coherent m an oblong head, usually
92. CUCURBITACE^E.
I. Summary of Tribes.
A Series 1 Ovules horizontal 1. CUCURBITA TRIBE
AA. Series 2 Ovules erect or ascending,
rarely horizontal
B. Fr. ruptures elastically ... 2 CYCLANTHERA
[TRIBE.
BB Pr. does not rupture elastically 3 ABOBRA TRIBE
4 iA. Series 3. Ovules pendulous 4 SICYOS TRIBE
//. Key to the Tribes.
1. Cucurbit* Tribe.
A. Anther-cells straight, rarely curved, not
flexuous . 1. Melothna.
AA. Anther-cells flexuous or conduplicate
B. Corolla bell-shaped, 5-lobed to the middle
or a little below
c. Anthers free . 2 Sicana
cc. Anthers coherent
DD Filaments free 4 Cucurbita.
BB Corolla rotate and 5-petaled or bell-shaped
and 5-parted to the ba.se
C Petals fimbnate or tendril-bearing
D Seeds large, fibrous 5 Telfairea
DD Seeds small, not fibrous : 6. Tnchosan-
cc Petals entire [thes,
D Hypanthium of male fls long, anthers
herent
cluded
E Pistillodes in male fls 1-3, subulate
or sctiform 7. Gymnopeta-
EE Pistillode absent or reduced to a [lum.
gland
F Anthers coherent 8 Pepoma
FF Anthers free 9. Lafjenana.
D» Hypanthium of male fls short, anthtrs
free or slightly coherent, usually ex-
serted
K Stamens inserted m the mouth of the
hypanthium
V Scales in bottom of hypanthium 10 Thladiantha.
FK Scales m bottom of hypanthium
23 11. Momordica.
EE. Stamens inserted m hypanthium
F Male fls in racemes
o Fr dry, fibrous, dehiscent by
hd at top . . 12 Luffa.
GO Fr fleshy, riot fibrous
H Female fls solitary 13. Ecbalhum.
HH Female fls racemose or clus-
tered . . . 14. Brj/onwz.
PP. Male fls solitary or fascicled.
o Sepals somewhat leafy, ser-
rate, reflexcd .15. Benmcasa.
GO. Sepals awl-shaped, entire, erect
H Pollen minutely muncato.pia-
tiflode 0 .10. Bryonopni.
HH Pollen smooth, pistillode re-
duced to a small gland
I Tendrils not branched con-
nective usually produced
upward beyond loculo 17. Cueumu.
II. Tendrils 2-3-fid connec-
tive not produced. 18. Citrvttu*
2. Cyclanthera Tribe,
A Fr. oblique, gibbous, rupturing elastically 19. Cyclanthera.
AA. Fr not gibbous, opening by 1 or 2 pores at the
top or by irregular rupture 20 Echinocystit.
(Incl Mogarrhiza )
3. Abobra Tribe.
Anther-cells flexuous, stamens free 21. Abobra
4. Sicyos Tribe.
Fls. 5-merous, monoecious f r. fleshy 22 Sechium.
The genera Actimwtemma, Qurania, Herpetospermum, Hodg*
aonia and Sicyos are sometimes cultivated
93. BEGONIACE^.
A. Ovary wholly inferior
B Pftah all free .... 1 Begonia
BB Petals of pistillate fl grown together 2 Symbcgonia.
AA. O\ ary partly superior ... 3 thllebrandia.
94. CACTACEJB.
A Fl -tube wanting
B Lvs largo and persistent
C Seeds black and shining 1 Ptreskia
CC Seeds white, dull and < o\ ered with hairs 2, Ptreskiup»\s.
BB Lvs wanting or minute and tiulucous
C Plant epiphytic, spineless fls small
D Flowering joints bottle-shaped 3 Hariofa
DD Flowering joints not bottlt -shaped 4 Rh\p«al\s
CC. Plant not epiphytic, usually \try spiny
fls large
D. Petals spreading, filaments much
shorter than the petals 5 OpuntM,
DD. Petals erett and clowly surrounding
the stamens, hlaments longer than
the petals 6 Nopalea.
AA Fl-tube present, often much elong-ited
B Plants epiphytic or nearly so, either Hut or
J-angled, usually spineless and always
with spinel os« fr
c Sta 3-angled, bearing small spines at the
areolts ovary and fr bearing large
bracts 7 Hylocereus.
CC Sts normally tl'it, spineless ovary and
fr be.iring only minute hr-icts
D The sts weak, divided into many short
joints
E Fla irregular 8 Zygocactus
tt Fls regular 9 bchlum-
DD. The sts stouter than the last, with [bergera.
elongates! joints
E Fl -tulx> vi ry short or nearly wanting 10 Disocactua
BK Fl-tube Mry definite, often much
elongated
F Fls small, diurnal 11 WMia
F* Us large, mM'turnal 12 Epiphyllum.
BB. Plants not epiphytic, never Hut, with several
to many ribs
c. St* globular or cylindrical, not jointed
D. Plant-body co-vercd with more or less
definite tubercles fr naked
E The phnt terminated by a cephahumlS Cactiu.
EE The plant without a terminal ceph-
alium
F Without spines except in the seed-
lings
o Plant tumid, without woody
tubercles 14 Lophophora.
aa Plant with dry prominent
woody tubercles 15 Anocarpua.
FF. With spines on the tubercles
o Tubercles terete or angled, with
vanoui kinds of spines 16 A/ammiMortu.
GO. Tubercles flattened, with pec-
tinate spines 17. Pelecuphora.
DD. Plant-body covered with more or less
definite ribs fr scaly
E. Tubercles elongated, finger-like . 18 Leuchten-
EE Tubercles, if present, always low [beryut.
F Top of plant naked or nearry ao Id. Echtnocao
[tut.
FF. Top of plant very woolly 20. Malocooar-
OO. Sta. often tall, cylindrical, more-or-lcsa [put,
branched, erect or climbing, sometimes
low and then always with spiny fr.
D. Flowering plants taking on various
forms like a cephahum, long hair» or
wool, peculiar bristles or spines from
near the top.
B Ribs of sts. 4-7 21. Lophoctrtut.
mm. Ribe of »te. many.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
101
F. Fla. diurnal; flowering areoles
with acicular spines, but no wool 22. C<xrneg\ea.
FF Fls. nocturnal, wool or hairs usu-
al br produced in abundance with
the fo
o. Ovary and fr nearly smooth,
the fow minute bracts with no
hairs in their axils 23. Ctpholo-
oo Ovary and fr covered with [cereus.
bracts with long hairs in their
axils 24. Oreocereus
DD. Flowering plants not different from the
sterile plants
B. Plants tall ere< t trees
F. Fl , after withering, dropping from
the ovary 25. Cereus.
rr. Fl , after withering, persisting on
the ovary
O. Fr and fls minute, often several
coming from each flowering
areole 26. Myrtitto-
OO. Fr and fls tried uim-m zed or [cactus.
larger, only 1 coming from
each flowe ring areole
H Ovary and fr oov< red with
tlun scales, but no fls 27. Eseontrwi.
HH. Ovary and fr spiny bub not
bearing large chartaceous
Hcuh a
I. The fr edible, juicy 28. Lemnirco-
[cereus.
ii The fr dry 29 Pachvcereut.
EB. Plants low, often vinos, or, if at first
elongated and erect, finally becom-
ing procumbent or clambering
r. Fw. nocturnal
o Fr smooth, yi How . 30 //arrma.
oa Fr spiny, nd
H Sts prtxluc-mg an abundance
^ of a< mil roots 31 Sekmctreus.
HH Sts not producing an abund-
ance of af nil roots
I Ribs usually i 32 Acantho-
ii Ribs 10 or more 33 \yaoccreus
IT Fls diurnal
O 'I he Ms irregular, narrow
H Ms skndir, wrak 34 Aporocactus.
HH Sis stout, at first rrect
i Fr spmy, with red pulp 35 Rathbun\a
H Fr not spiny, with white
pulp 36 Cltvstocactus.
OO The fls r< gular
H H -tube much elongated,
spim s on the ov ary re<luced
to stiff bristle 37. Ech\nopns.
HH H-tubi short, nt least never
much elongated
I Plants ptodueing a cluster
of tubers 38 W\lcox\a.
II Plants without tubers
J Usually stout but low,
MO m i tune s procumbent
stigmas grren 39. Echinoce-
JJ. \my, stigmas not green [reus.
K Fls umall, yellow 40 Bergero-
KK Fls large, red or [cactus.
white . .41. HtKocereus.
Epiphyllanthus and Pterocactus are described.
95. AIZOACEJB.
A. Petals numerous' caps 5- or more valved 1. Mesembrv-
[anthemum,
AA. Petals 0 drupe 3-8-stoncd 2. Tetrayonia.
AAA. Petals 5-«> . caps circumscissile 3. Seauvium.
96. UMBELLIFERJB.
Key condensed from Coulter & Rose's "Monograph of North
American Umbelhferse " Not arranged in sequence of relationship.
A. Fls in dense heads 1. Erynoaan.
AA. Fin. not in heads, evidently umbellate.
B Fr. conspicuously bristly
c The fr covered with spines or hooked
bristles . 2. Samcula.
cc The fr. with bristles only on the ribs .. .. 3. Daucus.
BB. Fr not bristly (except Osmorhiza and
Cuminum)
C. Oil-tuboa obsolete or obscure.
D The fr stronglyflattenedlaterally.lv*.
simple . 4. Hydroeotyle.
DD The fr not strongly flattened.
B. Seed-face concave.
r. Stylopodium conical
GL At base, fr. attenuate. 5. Ottnarhm.
oo. At base, fr rounded.
H Ribs slender . . 6. Scandtx,
HH Ribs broad, 3-angled, or al-
most w ing-hke . . 7. Jf yrrhts.
FF. Stylopodium flat or wanting.
a Lvs simple and perfoliate 8. Bupleurum.
GO Lvs largo and decompound 9 Contum
me. Seed-face plane 10. j£gopod\um.
OC. Oil-tubes distinct
D. Dorsally the fr strongly flattened, with
lateral ribs more or less prominently
winged (see Mu>meon)
B. The oil-tubes solitary in the intervals
between the ribs, rarely 2
F Stylopodium conical
a Slender and glabrous plants 11 Oxypolis.
GO. Stout and pubescent, at least
in the umbel 12. Heracleum.
FF. Stylopodium flat or wanting
o Plants ( aulescent and branching
H Color of fls white
I Lvs pmnately dissected,
dorsal ribs filiform plant
Blonder 13. Antthum.
ii Lv« t( rnatcly or pmnately (See Dill )
decompound dorsal ribs
prominent but slender,
plant stout 14. Angelica.
ill Lvs pmnately decom-
pound, dorsal ribs winged,
plant htout 15 Sehnum.
HH Color of fls yellow
i Dorsal ribs prominent 16 Levisticum.
ii Dorsal ribs hliform 17 Paatinaca
GO Plants acaulescent or nearly so 18 Lomatium.
KE. The oil-tubes more than 1 in the inter-
vals, usually several
F. Plants caulescent or nearly so
fls yellow or w hite 18 Lomatium.
FF. Plants caulescent and branching
o Fr winged fls white 19. Archangel-
GO Fr not winged fls yellow 20 Ferula, [tea
DD. Dorsally the fr not strongly flattened,
usually more or lesa laterally flat-
tened
E The oil-tubes solitary in the inter-
vals between the ribs
F Btylopodium conical. Ifts. linear or
filiform
o Involucre wanting
H Fls white ... 21 Coriandrum.
HH Fb yellow . 22 Famiculum.
QQ Involuero prestnt
H Ms rose-color fr bristly .23 Cumtmm.
ii H Fls white fr smooth 24 (Jorum
FF Stylopodium flat or wanting.
o Us white 25 Ap\um
GG Us jelkm, (Sec article Celery )
H Ribs equal, broad and corky 26 Petroseh-
HH Ribs w inged or filiform [num.
i The nba conspicuously
wmgod 27 Thaspium.
II The ribs filiform 28. Zina
EE The oil-tubes more than 1 in the
intervals
F Stylopodium conical 29 Layutticum.
FF. Stylopodium flat or wanting
a Seed-face silicate or decidedly
conca\ e
H Carpels flattened dorsally 30 Musineon.
HH Carpels strongly flattened
laterally 31. Engenva.
GO Seed-faee plane or but slightly
concave
H Ribs all filiform Ifts entire 32. Txn\d\a.
HH Ribs corky at least the lateral
i Li"i simple and perfoliate.
oil-tubes continuous
about need-cavity 8. Buplturum.
ii. Lvs. pinnate, usually ser-
rate oil-tubes 1-3 in the
intervals 33 Stum.
The following genera are also treated Aoiphyila, Arracacia,
Astrantia, Chterophyllum, Cnthtnum, Dorema, Hacquetia. M«tim.
Molopospermum. Peuoedouum, Portenechlagia, and Seeeu.
97. ARALIACE^.
A. Petals more or leas imbricate, broadly affixed
at base
B. Lvs pinnate
c. Lfts entire or indistinctly crenate- ovary
2-celled glabrous evergreen shrubs. \.Delarbrea.
oc. Lfts. serrate ovary 2-5-celled herbs or
small deciduous trees 2. Aralta.
BB. Lvs digitate, w honed. 6s. in simple ter-
minal umbels, styles 2-3, distinct in the
fertile fls.: herbs 3. Pan**.
102
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
AA. Petals valvate
B. Pedicels jointed or fls sessile evergreen
tropical or subtropical trees or shrubs.
o. Fls pedicelled
D. Lvs 1-3-pmnate ovary 1-10-celled,
styles usually distinct 4. Polyacvis
DD. Lvs digitate or occasionally simple
styles 5, distinct 5. Pteudo-
OC. Fls. sessile, ovary usually 5-celled, rarely [panox.
1-4- or 6-12-celled endosperm usually
ruminate Ivs usually simple and lobea,
rarely dictate 6. Oreopanox.
BB Pedicels not jointed
c. Lvs digitate
D Anthers 4-celled. ovary 10-celled, styles
distinct evergreen 7 Dizygotheca.
DD Anthers 2-celled, styles usually con-
nate
E Stipules wanting Ivs deciduous
ovary 2-5-cellod 8 Acantho-
EE Stipules developed Ivs evergreen [panax.
ovary 5- to many-celled 9 Schefflera.
CC. Lvs simple, usually lobed
D Fls 4- or 8-12-merous Ivs palmately
lobed, large
E Styles, connate into a column fls
8-12-merous 10. Trevesia.
BE Styles distinct, 2 fls 4-inerous Ivs
deciduous 1 1 Tetrapanax.
DD. Fls 5-merous, rarely 5-8-merous
E. With distinct styles
F Shrub, evergreen, unarmed stylos
5 12 Fatua
FF Shrub deciduous, prickly styles 2 13 Echino-
EE. With connate styles [panax.
F. Habit climbing endosperm rumi-
nate Ivs simple, usually lobed,
evergreen 14 Hedera.
FF. Habit upright
G Ovary 5-8-celled, calyx indis-
tinctly toothed Ivs usually
entire, occasionally 2-5-lobed,
evergreen !=> Gihbertia.
OO. Ovary 2-celled, calyx with 5
short teeth Ivs palmately
lobed or digitate, deciduous 8 Acantho-
Meryta and Tupidantkus are also in cultivation
The only genus
98. GARRYACEJB.
99. NYSSACE^E.
Garrya.
A. Ovary l-cf>lled, calyx minute, petals usually
5 pistillate and stammate fls in distinct
heads with small deciduous bracts 1. Nysta.
AA. Ovary 6-10-celled, perianth 0 in stammate
fls , heads consisting of 1 pistillate fl and
numerous stanunate fls with 2 or 3 very
large white bracts at the base 2. Dandia.
The only genus
100. ALANGIACEjE.
101. CORNACE-B.
Alangium.
A. Fls. bisexual, usually m cymes, petals short,
valvate, ovary 2-celled Ivs. usually
opposite . 1. Gamut.
AA. Fls. unisexual
B. Lvs opposite, evergreen fls in terminal
panicles, ovary 1-celled 2 Aucuba.
BB. Lvs. alternate
c. Petals valvate, 4 fls. in few-fld cymes on
the upper surface of the Ivs . . 3. Helunnyw-
CO. Petals imbricate, 5 fls. in terminal
racemes or panicles 4. Ontelmvt.
102. CAPRIFOLIACEJE.
A. Corolla rotate or nearly so; limb regular;
style short, deeply 2-5-cut.
B. Lvs. pmnately cut 1. Sambuctu.
BB. Lvs simple . . 2. Viburnum.
AA. Corolla tubular or bell-shaped, limb usually
irregular, style long, usually with capitate
•Ugma
B. Ovary 2-5-celled, all the cells 1-ovuled:
herbs with rather small whorled fls 3. Tnosteum.
BB. Ovary 3-i-celled, 1 or 2 cells 1-ovuled, the
others with numerous ovules
C. Fr a berry, usually 2-seeded corolla
campanulate or tubular - funnelform,
nearly regular 4 Sumphon-
CC Fr a leathery achenc [carpoi.
D. Achene inclosed between large peltate
bracts corolla campanulati'-funnel-
form, 2-hpped ovary 4-eelled 5 Dipella.
DD. Achone not inclosed between bracts
ovary 3-celled , corolla nearly or qmto
regular
E Ovary narrow , sepals 2-5, large,
peisistent, corolla tubular or cam-
panulato-funnelform 6 Abfha
EE Ovary subglobost , M pals .5, lanceo-
late deciduous, corolla carnpunu-
late-funndform trailing undi r-
shiub with tht fls m pairs on
slender upright htalks 7 Linnxa.
BBB Ovary 2 8-celled, the colls with many
ovules or 1 cell empty
C Fr an arhcno or caps
D Stamens 4 tts in eoalescent pairs
inserted at unequal height, ovary
3-telled, often 1 cell empty fr an
achene 8 Kolkwitzia.
DD Stamens 5 fls in cymes fr a 2-celled
dehiscent caps 9 Diervilla.
cc Fr a berry
D Cells of ovary 2-3, rarely 4-5 fla m
pairs or whorls, calyx detuluous 10 Lomcera
DD Cells of ovary 3-8 fld in whorls, calyx
persistent 11. Leicester la.
Alseuosmia is also briefly treated.
103. RUBIACEJE.
7. Summary of Tribes.
Ignoring exceptions and omitting eight tribes not within the
scope of this work
A Number of ovules in each locule oo
B Fr dry, capsular or 2— "i-berned or
nuthke
c Fls compacted or confluent into a
spherical head 1 NAUCLEA TRIBE.
CC Fls not disposed in a spherical
head
D Seeds winged or appendaged,
withendospfrm caps 2-celled. 2. CINCHONA TRIBE.
DD Seeds not winged
E Corolla valvate
i 'Ihe siods with endosperm:
nips 2-i piled 3. CONDAMINKA
KF The seeds minute fr mde- [TRIBE.
hiscent, 2-berned or cap-
sulur, 2 4-cell<-d 4. HEDYOTIS TRIBE
EE Corolla imbricate or corno-
lute caps 2-celled, seeds
with endosperm 5 RONDELETIA
BB Fr fit-shy, bursting irreKulurly or de- [TRIBE.
hisctnt at apex, or a drupe with 2
or more stone", the stones many-
seeded
c Corolla valvatr setds numerous,
minute, angled 6 MUSB^NDA TRIBE.
cc CorolU imbricate or convolute
angled ' ' 7. HAMEUA TRIBE.
ccc. Corolla strictly convolute seeds
numerous or few , large and com-
pressed or smaller and angled 8. GARDENIA TRIBE.
AA. Number of ovules in each locule 1
B Radicles superior
c Stamens inserted at base of corolla,
corolla valvate or imbricate 9. CHIOCOCCA TRIBE.
cc. Stamens ins« rted at throat of
corolla
D Corolla strictly eon volute 10 ALBERTA TRIBK.
DD Corolla valvate 11. VANQUKRIA TRIUH.
BB. Radicles inferior
c Corolla strictly convolute 12. IXORA TRIBB.
CC. Corolla valvate
D. Ovules affixed to septum, rarely
basilar, generally amphitro-
pous trees and shrubs 13 MORINDA TRIBK.
DD. Ovules affixed to septum, am-
phitropous or anatropous-
herbs 14. GALJQM TRIBE.
ODD. Ovules basilar, erect, anatro-
pous.
E. Stamens inserted on the
throat of the corolla fr
indehiscent' style entire
or with short branches . 15. PSTCHOTHIA TKIBB.
KB. Stamens inserted on the
throat, rarely at base of
corolla fr capsular or 2-
berned style-branches fih-
form.
BED. Stamens inserted at base of
corolla, rarely on throat fr.
berry-like or mdehiscent.
atyle entire or with long
branches .
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
12. Iiora Tribe.
103
16. PJBDBRIA TRIBE.
17. ANTHOBPERMA
[TRIB:
77. Key to the Tribes.
1. Nauclea Tribe.
Calyx-tubes confluent fr a globose, fleshy syn-
carp ovary 2-celled, ovules solitary, pendu-
lous . .
2. Cinchona Tribe.
A. Corolla valvate
B Placentae ascending from the base of the
septum, or erect 5
BB Placentae adnate to the middle of the sep-
c Caps septieidal
cc Caps locuhcidal
AA Corolla imbricate, stamens inserted in the
throat
B Sepals ne\er bract-like
BB One of the sepals in some fls m each mfl
developing into a large white persistent
appendage
3. Condaminea Tribe.
One calyx-lobe dilated into an ample colored
. 1. Cephal-
lanthut.
3 Cinchona
4 Bouvardia.
6 Emmenop-
[terys.
1. Pinckneya.
4. Hedyotis Tnbe.
A Calyx-lobes unequal caps locuhcidal . 8. Peniat,
AA. Calyx-lobes equal caps loculicidal at the
top . . .9. Houston*!.
5. Rondeletia Tnbe.
Corolla imbricate, lobes equal or nearly so 10. Ronddet\a.
6. Mussaenda Tnbe.
Infl terminal , corymbose , ovary 1 -2-celled , calyx-
lobes 5, 1 dilated and colored. 11 Wus&xnda
7. Hameha Tnbe.
A Corolla 5-ribbed berry 5-celled 12 Hameha
AA Corolla 4 5-lobed berry 2-.i-cclled 13. Hoffmannia
8. Gardenia Tnbe.
A. Infl usually terminal
B Corolla-tube short . • 14 BurcheUia.
BB Corolla-tube long
c Calyx 5-toothod 15 Poaoyuena.
cc Calyx-lobes large and leafy . 1(> / rptnctina
AA Infl usually axillary
B Style has a spindle or club-shaped stigma,
entire or 2-toothed
c Seed-coat membranous
D Calyx-limb various .ovary 2-celled . 17 Randta.
DD Calyx-limb often tubular, ovary 1-
cclled 18 Gardenia.
CC. Seed-coat fibrous or subfibrous
D Corolla-tube long and slender . 19. Oxyanthus.
DD Corolla-tube short
E Calyx S-parted . . . 20 Mitno-
[stioma.
EE Calyx truncate or 5-toothed ... 21 Genipa.
BB. Style-bran* hes 2, distinct (except some-
times in Kraussia)
c Throat of corolla bearded 22 Krauisia
cc Throat of corolla glabrous . . 23. TncalysM.
9. Chiococca Tribe.
Corolla valvate mfl axillary, racemose, anthers
dorsifixed, stigma club-shaped .. . 24. Chiococca.
10. Alberta Tnbe.
Infl. terminal; the 2-4 calyx-lobes dilated,
anthers pilose on back . . 25. Alberta.
11. Vangueria Tribe.
A. Drupe 1-2-stoned . .26. PUctronia.
AA. Drupe 3-6-atoned.. 27. Vanyuena.
A. Fls. clustered m axils . . . 28. Coffea.
AA. Fls. in 2-3-forking corymbs
B. Style-branches 2, short, rarely connate Ivs.
feathery 29 Izora.
BB. Style very far exserted, the slender spindle-
shaped stigma usually long Ivs. usually
membranous ....... . .. 30. Pavetta
13. Morinda Tribe.
A. Fls confluent in heads, wluch are many-fld.,
solitary or umbellate 31 Monnda.
AA. Fls free, calyx-limb 4-5-fid, corolla villous at
throat, stigma club-shaped, 2-4-lobed
drupe 1-4-stoned infl. axillary . 32. Damna-
[canthut.
14. Galium Tnbe.
A. Corolla funnel-shaped or somewhat tubular.
B. Fls 4-ineroua, with or without bracts, but
no brackets, style-branches subequal 33. Atperula.
BB Fls 4-6-merous, bracted and with 2
bractlet1*, style-branches unequal 34 Cructanella.
AA Corolla rotate or rotate-campanulate
B Fls 5-merous . 35 Rubia.
BB Fls. 4-merous ...... 36 Galium.
15. Psychotria Tnbe.
Infl terminal, calyx usually 5-toothed, corolla
5-lobed, rarely 4-lobed , tube usually short .
16. Peederia Tnbe.
2-celled, stigma 2, capillary, twisted
3
all upright
37. Psychotna
. Ovary 2-celled, stigma 2, capil
fr drupaceous twining plant
. Ovary 5-celled fr a caps
39 Leptodermis
17. Anthosperma Tribe.
A Stamens inserted in throat, style-branches 4 40 Mitchetta.
AA. Stamens inserted at or near ba*e of corolla
B Us bisexual, style whortly 2-cut shrub 41 Serissa.
BB Fls unisexual or bin xual, style 2-parted
to the base or near it
c Plants are cteenmg herbs 42 Nertera
cc Plants are shrubs or small trees 43 Coprotma
Other genera incidentally described are Catesbsea, Cephaehs,
Exostemma, Fernelia, G icttarda, Oldenlandia, Plocama, and
Sarcocephalus.
104. VALERIANACE<E.
A Stamens 4 ... 1. Patnnta.
V.A Stamens 1, rarely 2 corolla-tube spurred, the
limb spreading 2. Centranthua
VA Stamens 2, corolla-tube spurred, the limb
2-hppod . 3. Fedia
IVA Stamens usually 3
B Calyx -limb finally pappiform .... 4. Valenana
BB Calyx -limb various but not pappiform... .. 5. Valerianella
105. DIPSACACEJE.
A Stigma terminal, straight' fls densely
crowded m the axils of the floral Ivs , form-
ing whorls after the manner of the mint
family 1. Mortrw.
AA Stigma oblique or lateral, rarely straightish
fls in terminal heads
B Bracts of involucre generally herbaceous,
chaff of receptacle rigidly awl-shaped-
acummato or spinescent , corolla 4-fid 2. Dipsacut.
BB Bracts and chaff rigidly paleaceous, rarely
sub-herbaceous, corolla 4-fid 3. Cephalaria
BBB Bracts leafy, in about 2 series, chaff short,
or very nairow or aborti\e, corolla 4-5-
cut . . . .4. Sca&tosa.
106. COMPOSITE.
7. Summary of Tribes.
Corollas tubular and regular in all
Series 1 TtJ
the bisexual fls.
A. Heada composed entirely of disk-fls.,
which are all perfect and never truly
yellow
B Style-branches awl-shaped, acute,
nunutely hairy. Ivs. generally al-
ternate anthers sagittate at base . 1
VBRNONIA TRIB
104
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
BB. Style-branches sabterete. obtuse,
covered with minute papillae Ivs.
opposite or alternate, anthers sub-
entire at base . 2. EtTPATOBim*
AA. Heads with all perfect or some imper- fTRXBB.
feet fio.. with or without ray a and
often yellow
B. Anthers tailed
c. Style-branches linear: heads with
or without rays ... 3. INULA TRIBB.
CO. Style-branches united or short,
heads without rays, typically
with spiny or scanous appen-
daged, many-bracted involucre
and fleshy receptacle . 4. CTNARA TBIBB.
BB. Anthers not conspicuously tailed
c. Style-branches in di«k-fls flattened
out, and with a distinct though
sometimes very short terminal
appendage 5 ASTER TRIBE.
cc Style-branches not flattened out.
NOTB — It M impossible to make a key to separate the follow-
ing tribes from one another. Some of the important characters
are italicized
Receptacle chaffy or rarely naked under
tha sterile disk-fls . style-branches
truncate or appendaged or the style of
the sterile fin undivided, pappus some-
times absent but generally of 2-4 awns,
which are slender or somewhat ohaffy
and with or without intermediate
scales which are free or connate at base
Ins opposite, r.arely alternate , 6 HELIANTHUB
Receptacle naked, style-branches truncate (TBIBB.
or appendaged, pappus usually chaffy,
rarely o/ awns or bristles, or absent
Ivs opposite or alternate inrolucral
bracts in 1 or g series, rarely 3-4, her-
baceoue or membranous' herbage often
resinous-dotted 7 HELENIUM TBIBB.
Receptacle chaffy or naked, style-
branches truncate, pappus when pres-
ent crown-shaped, rarely of short chaff-
Ivs mostly alternate involucral bracts
in 2 or more series, dry or scanous at
apex 8 ANTHBMIS TBIBB.
Receptacle usually naked, style-branches
truncate or appendaged, pappus
usually of bristles Ivs mostly alternate
inner involucral bracts in 1 series, sub-
equal, the outer ones small or wanting, or
rarely all imbricate in numerous series 9 SENECIO TRIBB.
Receptacle naked, sty le-b ranches trun-
cate or the style of the sterile fls un-
divided, pappus absent or wool-like
tvs usually alternate or radical involu-
cral bracts in 1-2 series, subequal, nar-
row 10 CALENDULA TBIBB*
Receptacle naked, chaffy or alveolate,
style-branches rounded at apex, obtuse
or rarely truncate or the style of the
sterile fls. undivided , pappus absent, or
chaffy or crown-shaped Ivs radical
or alternate involucral bracts in an
indefinite number of series, often scar-
lous at apex or spmescent 11 ARCTOTIS TRIBB.
Series 2 LABIATAFLORA Corollas of
all or only of the bisexual fls. bilabiate 12. MUTISIA TRIBB.
Series J. LIOULIFLOR* Corollas all
hgulate and fls. bisexual juice milky ... 13. CICHOKIUM TRIBB.
//. Artificial Key to the Composite Tribes.
(Condensed from Engler <fc PrantL)
A. Plants without milky juice- corolla of
disk-fls not hgulate (except some of
the Mutisia Tribe, recognized by the
peculiar style and caudate anthers).
B, Style below its point of branching
neither thickened nor with a ring
of long sweeping haira.
c Anthers not caudate
D. Style-branches awl-shaped,
acute, minutely hairy outside
and often on style below, stig-
matose over the whole inner
face . . VBBJNONIA TRIBB.
an. Stylo-branches subterete, ob-
tuse, covered with nunuto
papillffi, stigmatose in 2 lines
near the bace EtrPATOBitn*
ODD Style-branches flattened, with
distinct though often short-
terminal, usually short-hairy
appendages, stigmatose in 2
fines ... . ABTSB
DDDD. Style-branches flattened, stig-
matose in 2 lines, very diverse
in form (i e., truncate or ap-
pendiculate, but with a dis-
tinct tendency toward a ring
of long sweeping luuri some-
where above the fork (transi-
tions frequent to the above 3
tribes).
•.Pappus not capillary, but
composed of scales, plumose
bristles, or strong awns, or
crown-like or wanting
|>. Involucral bracts without
scanoua margins, rarely
with narrow membranous
margins (in some genera
which may be separated
by strongly developed
scaly pappus from the
Anthemis Tribe)
a. Chaff present HKUANTDUB TBIBB,
GO. Chaff absent HELENIUM TRUJB.
FF. Involucral bracts scarious
margined pappus 0 or
reduced, sometimes uni-
laterally developed ANTHEMIS TBIBB.
XB. Pappus capillary, simple SXNECIO TBIBE.
DDDDD Stylo-branches of the bisexual
fla (which are sterile) almost
or quite wanting, rarely of
normal size, not aUgmatose
B. Plants more or less completely
dioecious chaff 0
r. Involucral bracts m 1 row,
of equal length (often with
tiny bracteolea at the
bane) Petasttes.
FF. Invomcral bracts in many
rows Bacchant.
EB. Plants not dioecious: heads
bisexual
r. Chaff 0.
o. Achene of female fls.
with pappus of coarse
or fine bristles or hairs,
sometimes plumose
H. Involucral bracU in
sevc ral row s
Some members of ABTER TBIBB.
HH Involucral braets in 1
row, separate, with
tiny bracteoles at
base Tussilago.
HHH Involurral bracts in 1
row, connate at base Othonna and
GO Achene of ff male lls with [Gamolepis.
scaly pappus GvtierrttM
ooo Achene of female fls. with
no pappus
H. Lvs opposite or
radical Oitteospermum
HH. Lvs alternate
vSome members of CALEHDULA T*IBB.
FT. Chaff present
O Involucre not scarious,
nor woolly (see Milam-
podinese and Ambro-
sieje of the Hehanthus
Tribe)
GO. Involucre Hcarious mar-
gined, inner bracts
woolly . . Enoctphalu*.
cc. Anthers caudate.
o. Style-branches awl-shaped,
acute, minutely hairy outside
and often on style below, stig-
matose on whole inner face
Members of VERNOMIA TBIBB.
DD. Style-branches otherwise.
E. Limb of corolla of bisexual fls.
5- (rarely 4-) toothed or
-lobed, rarely, in the Inula
Tribe, slightly 2-hpped.
F. Plants diCBcioiM ........ Antennana.
FF. Plants not dioecious.
o. Heada with filiform fe-
male marginal fls , or
fls all alike Some members of INULA TRIBB
GO. Heads with fls. of 2 sexes:
corolla of female fls.
(marginal) hgulate,
rarely tubular, with
broad regular or 2-
linped limb.
H. Pappus present
Some members of INULA
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
105
EE. Iamb of corolla of bisexual fia.
regular and deeply 5-dwided
or 2-hppeel MUTIBIA TRIBE.
BB. Stylo with sweeping hairs beginning
at or below the point of forking,
forming u ring, or style there thirk-
ened, or at least there different m
color style-branches often co-
herent
C. Head with female or neutral hgu-
latc ray-fls Ann OTIS TRIBE.
cc. Head of all bisexual flH or with
nonhgulato neutral fia or ran ly
with female ray-fls C'YNAHA TRIBK
LI. Plants with milky juice: fia. in head
all ligulate CICHOHIUSI TBIBB.
///. Regular Key to the Tribes.
1. Vernonla Tnbe.
A. Genus anomalous with enlarged palmately
quaaihgulate outer eorollu-s , 1 Slokesia
AA. Genus normal with tubular 5-lobed corollas 2 Vernonta.
2. Eupatorium Tnbe.
A. AntherH truncate at apex, not appendaged.
achenes 5-angled, secondary ribs not
prominent ... 3. Pvquerta.
AA. Anthers appendaged
B. Achencs 5-nbb< d, no secondary ribs visible
C. Pappus wholly of capillary nnstle-s
D fnvulucml bracts i 4 Mitania,
DD Invejlucral brae ts more than 4 5 Eupatonum
(Inel Cono.hruum )
CC. Pappus chaffy, awne>el, blunt or crown-
shaped 0 AyertUum
BB. Aehene-H 10-nbbed (ran ly 7-S-nhhf«l),
secondary ribs eetnspie nous
C. Involucral bracts not herbaceous, striato-
ner\cd, conspicuously so when <lry
D Heads few -fid . cor> rnbe,sc 7 itlenottules.
DO Heads always paniculate J» brickellia
CC Involucral bracts aonuwhat htrha<tous
or partly colored, inconspicuously Mri-
ate if at all
D 1 he outer bracts sue ct ssive ly shorter 0 Liatria
DD. The bracts nearly .ill e .jual in It n«th 10 TriUsa
3. Inula Tnbe.
A. The fin containing both stamens and pistil all
Htenle, only the unisexual Ms fertile, he .wb
B.Pap\Tu8°rnstV-smVsp!<nilly of futile fls ,
united at the b-»se in a ring
C Heads -truth/ <lia-< HHIS, e orymbe.se,
rarely soUtaiy. M, nle pappus elub-
nhi«peel 11 Antcntiaria
CC. Heads contHinmg 1 or both sr \r , inoner-
fiovis e>r .liwnous crowd* d in ,t KMI ill
elu-tcr or eyme surroiind.il b> i long
coi.spu uous woolly mx oliif re 12 I c»ntop,>,l-
BB Pappus bristle-* fr<« m\olue r«- rosette -hk« , [mtn
very white-papery H inaphnli^
AA. The fls (otitamiug both nfimens and Ptyle
usually fertilt
B Heads with disk-Hs only
C. The heads compound, 1-lld head* »t«r<-
pateel in m imolucrUw cluster, often
with pefiloid appendages . 14 Myna-
CC The ht ads simple [cfphalus
D Puppus 0 15 Hum, a
DD Pappus crown- or eup-«haped . 10 Ammobium
DDD Pappus bristly
K Achenes not be akeel
t Bristles often plumose at base 17. Helipterum.
FF Bristles smooth, scanous, barked
or plumose at apex . 18 llclichry-
l*um.
BE Achenes be aked . . 19. Waitzm
BB. Heads composed o( both ray- and disk-fLs.
C. Receptacle not, chaffy
D Stigmatic lines imt confluent at apex 20 Pwlokpn
on Stigmatic lines fusing at apex 21 Inuli
cc. Receptacle chaffy or bristly 22. liuphthal-
[mum.
4. Cynara Tribe.
A. Beads 1-fld , aggregated into larger involu-
crate heads .. . 23. Echinops.
AA. Heads acveral-Hd.
B. Fr with basal areole
c. The fr woolly, not margined.
D. Pappus scales pointed or terminated
by a simple awn 24. Xeranthc-
[mum.
DD Pappus-scales plumose 25 Carhna.
CC The fr glabrous, marginal at summit
D. Receptacle bristly
B Filaments glabrous involucre bracts
hookeel 26. Arctium.
BE Filaments warty, hairy, or poctmate-
cihate
F The rece.-ptae-le not fleshy.
G Pappus-brut lea not plumose.. 27. Carduu*.
GO Pappus-bristles plumose . . . . 28 f'iraium.
FF The re-ceptacle fleshy 29 Cynara
DD. Receptacle not bmtly 30 Onopordon
BB Fr with oblique late-ral ureole
c. Heads not mvolucrate with Ivs
D. Involue ral-bratts without appendages 31 •Serro/ulo
DD. Involucral-hraets with dry, bcanoua or
thorny appendages 32 Centaurea.
cc. Heaeln surrounded by an involucre of
thorny 1\ ->
D Pappus simple, of bristles, scales or 0 33 Carthamut.
DD Pappus of 2 unequally long rows of
bristles . 34. C'mctw.
5. Aster Tribe.
A. Heads dioecious and composed wholly of disk-
fls 35. Bacchant.
AA Heads not dio?tious
B. Color of fls yellow
c Rays absent 36 Bitfefcma.
CC Rays present
D. The pappus cenuposed of long palcffi,
which are sometimes reduced to a
cre>w'n . 37 Gutierrczia.
DD The pappus not as in D
E. Pappus-bristle •< few (4-8)
F luvolucral bracts in 8 series,
leaf he ry e>r so mems at apex 38 Onndelta.
FF In\olucril bracts in 2 3 series,
hcanotis -it marpiin- 39 Pentachxta,
EE Pappus-bristles copious, in 2-8 series,
sometimes feu m ruy-fls
F Hristles of 2 kinds, the inner
series c.ipilUry, outer very short
andsetu!o-,c or sejuamellate 40 Chrysopatt.
FF Bnstle-s mostly alike
a Rays UMmlly wanting 41. Ltno«yrt«.
GO KavK pre sent
H The bristles broad at base,
an-tate. 42 Xomthisma
HH The bristles capillary
i HnuNusiiilly many-fld
j Aeheno-, numy-iur\ed 43 Aplopappus.
jj Aeherie« few-lit r\fd 44 Hazardia.
H Heads usually few -He!
j Bristles rudimentary,
•jhejrfer than acheiK' 45. Brachychteta
jj Bristles longer than
dihcne 46 Sohdago
BB. Color of ray fls at le-ist not yellow
c The pappus 0, e>r foiminy i me>re-or-levss
consi>icuous ring of she>rt bristles or
hairs uniform in all fls
D Brne tsdry°rsr ine>us at mirgin 47 Brachycome
no Bracts herbaceous 48. BeUis.
cc The pappus composed of numerous bris-
tles in 1 or more series, uniform in all fls.
D Involucre with outer bracts partly
leaf>, inner br u ts membranous or
scimous . 49 CaUwUphut
DD Involucral bricti all nearly alike
E Bracts in about 2 seines
F Achenes usually small . . 50 Engeron.
FF Achenes larger, longer, pappus
more copious 51. Vtftadmia
EE. Bracts usually in s>e\eral series,
sometimes 2 series in Aster and
Felicia
F. Plants woody, resinous
o Achenes cylindrical 52 Oleana
GO Achenes compressed . . 53 Felicia.
FF. Plant herbaceous
o In\e>lucral bracts coriaceous 54. Sencocar-
G« Inxejlucral bracts membranous tpu«.
or herbaceous 55 Aster.
ccc. The pappus anomalous or absent from the
rays
D Pappus-bristles shortly plumose , style-
branches broad . 56 Chaneit.
DD Pappus-bri«tles in 1 series, unequal,
rigid, thickened or dilated toward
the base 57. Townsendia
DDD Pappus of the ray composed of very
short pale-to, disk-pappus of copious
slender bristles in 1-2 series. 58 Heteropap-
DDDD. Pappus-bristles very short, usually |pu«
accompanied by 2-4 awns not longer
than the achene . 59 BoUon%a,
106
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
6. Helianthus Tribe.
Subtnbe 1. MELAMPODIE^E Hays pistillate, disk-fls. staminate:
•chenes usually with coriaceous or thicker pericarp, style mostly
entire, receptacle chaffy throughout; pappus none.
A. Involucre of the many-fld heads broad:
inner bracts concave, embracing and half
inclosing the thick, turgid, obovoid achenea 60. Polymnia,
AA. Involucre broad, of plane or barely concave
bracts, innermost subtending obcom-
pressed achenes, but not inclosing nor em-
bracing them
B. Rays, or rather their ovaries and achenes,
in more than 1 series. 61. Silphwm,
Bfi. Rays and achenes in a single series
c. Heads nearly discoid or rays short 62. Parthenium.
CC. Heads conspicuously radiate, mostly of
5 fertile and rather numerous sterile fls. 63. Chryaogo-
[num.
Subtnbe 2. AMBROIBEJS. Pistillate fls. apetalous, or with
corolla reduced to a tube or ring around base of 2-parted style;
stammate fls with 4-5-lobed corolla, anthers slightly united or
free, style abortive, hairy only at the somewhat enlarged and
depressed summit
A. Herbs: heads of 2 kinds, the fertile with a
bur-like involucre 64. Ambrovm.
AA. Shrubs heads all alike 65 Iva.
Subtnbe 3 ZINNIE^E Rays pistillate, the tube absent or very
short, persistent on achene and at length papery, disk-fls.
bisexual, rarely sterile, subtended or embraced by chaffy bracts:
Ivs. opposite.
A. Receptacle flattish 66. Sanmtalia.
AA. Receptacle conical, cylindrical or elongated.
a. Achenes, at least inner ones, 1-3-awned 67 Zinnia
BB. Achenes without pappus. . . 68. Hehopsis,
Subtnbe 4 VBSBESINE* Rays pistillate, or neutral, becom-
ing papery and persistent , disk-fls bisexual , anthers often blackish
achenes various, but those of disk never obcompressed pappus
various.
A. Chaff of receptacle permanently investing
achenes as an accessory covering 69 Sclerocarpua.
AA. Chaff of receptacle concave or complicate,
loosely embracing or subtending the disk-
aohenes, mostly persistent
B. Rays sometimes absent Certain species of .70 Spilanthea
BB. Rays usually present
c Receptacle high, from conical to colum-
nar or subulate, at least in fr
D The rays, if present, pistillate. 70. Spilanthea
DD The rays sterile
B. Color of rays rose or rose-purple 71 Echmacea.
EE Color of rays yellow or partly brown-
purple (sometimes wholly so)
F. Achenes 4-angled, prismatic 72 R-udbeckta.
FF Achenes short and broad, com-
pressed 73 Lepachyt.
CC. Receptacle low, flat to convex, rarely be-
coming conical
D. Achenes not winged nor very flat, when
flattened not margined nor sharp-
edged.
E Rays pistillate ... 74 Balaamor-
EE Rays sterile [rhiza.
F. Achenes pubescent . . . 75 Viguiera
FF Achenes glabrous . . ?b. Hdwnthu*.
DD. Achenes of the ray or margin often
triquetrous, of the disk either flat-
compressed and margined or thin-
edged, or if turgid some of them
winged.
B. Rays neutral.
F. Pappus 0, or an awn or its
rudiment answering to each
margin of the wingless achene 77. Encelia.
»F. Pappus of delicate squameltae be-
tween the 2 chaffy teeth or awns
which aurmount the 2 acute
margins of the achene 78. Hehanthella.
WF. Pappus of 2 slender-subulate
naked awns, at length divergent,
sometimes with 2 or 3 inter-
mediate awns . . 79. Actmoment.
n. Rays pistillate, rarely neutral in
Verbesma
F Pappus of oo distinct squamelh* . 80. Paacalia.
W. Pappus of dilated awns or 2 awn-
hke paleee on the angles of the
achene, with 2 small intermediate
squamellse on each side 81. Podachsen-
ITF. Pappus of 2 awns, sometimes 1-3 (turn,
or Q, and no intermediate squam-
mella . 82. Verbenna.
Subtnbe 5 COREOPSTDEJE Rays pistillate or neutral, disk-
fls. fertile, receptacle chaffy, chaff flat or hardly concave acbenea
more or toss dorsalry compressed, often 2-awned
A. Involucral bracts distinct, the outer herbace-
ous, inner somewhat like pale® 83. Quttotia.
AA. Involucre double, inner bracts membran-
ous, subequal, connate at base or often
higher, outer bracts few and small or
minute.
B. Plants are all climbers with p.stillate rays,
achenes much enlarging and sterile
disk-fls with mdivided style . 84 Hidalgoa.
BB. Plants not climbing rays usually sterile
c Style-branches with long hairy appen-
dages 85 Dahlia.
cc Style-branches truncate, pemcillate or
with short appendages
D. Bracts of inner involucre united into a
cup 86 Thelea-
DD. Bracts of involucre di-tinct, or united [pertna.
only at the common base
E Acnene1
snes beaked, slender rays purple
or rose, in 1 species yellow, white
vars in cult • awns mostly
deciduous 87 Cosmo*.
EE. Achenes not beaked rays yellow or
white
F. Tube of disk-fl without ring at top
o Lvs or divisions entire . . 88 Coreopaia.
GO Lvs or divisions serrate 89 Bidena.
FF. Tube of disk-fls with a ring near
the top 90. Leptoayne.
Subtnbe 6 GAUNSOQE^E Heads rayless and horaogamous
(in Marshallia). Pappus of °° distinct paleffi 91 Marahallia.
Subtnbe 7 M\DIE« Rays pistillate, each subtended by an
involucral bract which partly or completely incloses its achene,
disk-fla with both stamens and styles, but some or all sterile
glandular, viscid and heavy-scented herbs
A. Achenes laterally compressed . 92 Afodio.
AA. Achenes not laterally compressed . 93 Layia.
7. Helenium Tribe.
A. Involucral bracts united nearly throughout
into an oblong cup or tube 94 Tagetea.
(See also Lasthema. )
AA. Involucral bracts hardly at all imbricated,
•when broad, nearly equal or in 1 series
B. Receptacle mostly high-conical, and acute,
beset after the arhones have fallen by
projecting points (as if pedicels on which
they were inserted)
C. The involucre a single series of bracts
connate by their edges into a 5-15-
toothed green cup 95 Laathema
cc The involucre of loose, distinct bracts 96 Beeria
(Also Actmolepia coronana )
BB. Receptacle flat or convex, rarely obtusely
conical achenes from linear to obpyram-
idal, rarely Wangled (See also BBB )
C. Herbage mostly uoolly involucral bracts
erect, not membranous 97 Enophyl-
CC. Herbage usually not \voolly \lurn
D Disk-fls deeply 5-cIeft involucral
bracts mostly appressed 98 Polypteria
DD. Disk-fls with long and narrow throat
and 5 short lobes or teeth
E Heads solitary . . 99. Hulata.
EE Heads paniculate or corymbose
F Plants tomentose herbs, the Ivs.
dissected
G Imolueral bracta free, narrow 100. Chxnactie.
aa Involucral bracts connected at
the base, broad and obtuse 101. Bat'ia
FF Plants not tomentose, the Ivs. not
dissected 102 Pencome
BM. Receptacle from convex to oblong achenes
short, obpyramidal or top-shaped, 5-10-
nbbed or angled, mostly silky hairy,
disk-fls all fertile
C. The receptacle destitute of awn-like
fimbrillffi among the fls
D Involucre erect or nearly so 103 Actinella.
DD Involucre spreading or soon reflexed. 104. Helenium.
cc. The receptacle beset with bristle-like or
awl-shaped or rarely dentiform fimbnlle
vnong the fls 105. Gaillardia.
8. Anthemis Tribe.
A. Receptacle chaffy
B. Heads usually discoid
c. Shrubs with small, closely clustered Ivs.. 106. Enoceph-
CC Herbs, or sometimes slightly shrubby [alu*,
D. Corolla with a hood-like appendage at
bau 107 Santohna.
DD. Corolla without such appendage 108. Lonat.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
107
BB. Heads usually radiate
C. Achcne compressed, with 2 narrow mar-
gins . . 109. Achillea.
OC. Achenes 4-5-cornerod or °° -ribbed
D The heads pedunclcd at tips of branches 110. Anthemu.
DD The heads sesmlo in forks, surroundejd
by 5-0 disse-cted floral Ivs 111. Cladanthut
AAi Receptacle naked or alveolate-fitnbrilhferous
B Involucral bracts in many series
C. Rays present . . 112. Ckrysnn-
[tfiemum
(Consult also Pyrethrum )
CC Rays absent 113 Tanacetum
BB Involucral bracts in 1 or 2 or few se ncs
C Rays present 114 Matncaria
CC. Rays absent or inconspicuous.
D Involucre top-shaped 115 Cenia
DD. Involucre ovoid or broadly bell-shaped 116. Artemisia
9. Senecio Tribe.
A Involucral bracts in 1 series and connate at the
base or beyond the middle in a cup, no
outer bracts, style-branches of the fertile
bisexual fls truncate at apex, usually pcm-
cillate
B Style- undivided, disk-fls sti rile 117 Othonna
BB Style bifid, disk-fls all or some fertile 118 Gamolepis.
AA Involucral bracts in 1 or 2 sene*, not connate
in a cup but free, at leant finally
B. Style-branches of hermaphrodite fertile fls
roundish obtuse or at 1< ast not truncate
and wholly withenit appenelage or hain-
C He»ads composed e ntire ly of bisexual and
fertile fls , homogamous, disc oid 119 Cacahop-
CC He 'ids submomie IOMS or subdieroous, the [«M.
fln containing both st urn ns and pistils.
D The heads radiate, ye Mow 120 Tusnlago.
DD The heads discoid, purplish or white
E S'tvle of hermaphrodite fls undi-
vided, heads sev< ral 121 Petasites
EE Style branched, heads 2 122 Homogyne.
BB. Style-brnm lie s (of he imaphrodite fls ) cither
trunc ate or c apite 11 jte it summit, w Inch is
either peme illate, hairy or naked ami not
rarely b<ars n short tomcal or flattened
appe adage
C Bracts of mv olucrc herbaceous, acuminate
n Receptacle flat 123 Arnica
nn FUcept icle hemispherical 124 Doronicum.
CC Bracts of involuc>re narrow, strict, usu-
ally ribbed or k< elect
D Apex of style- usually truncate and
perm ill ite
i. Involucral bracts numerous
t- \chcnessubterete 125Senecw
»F Achenes dorsally compressed 126 Cineraria
bt Involurral bra.ts few, 4-5, heads
homogamou* 127 Tetrady-
DD Apex of style with long, Mibulate hairy \m\a.
appendages heads homogamems 128 Gynura.
ODD Apex of style with appendages short
and e>btu«e, or long and acutish,
heads homogamous 129 Emilia.
10. Calendula Tribe.
A. Achenes ot the rays thick, hard and bony,
those of the disk usually all empty 130 Osteot-
AA. Achenes M night, those of the rays usually [permum.
triquetrous, disk-ac hencs often flattish or
. 2-winged 131 Dimorph-
[ofhcca.
AAA. Achenes incurved, hcteromorphous . 132. Calendula.
11. Arctotis Tribe.
A- Involucral bracts free, the inner ones broadly
various, at le-ast at the apex
B Herbs glabrous or pubescent, receptacle
chaffy 133 t/ratnw,
BB Herbs tomentose receptacle naked or
alveolate
c Achenes usually villous, crowned by
hyaline palea) which arc often con-
volute 134 Arctotis
CC Achenes glabrous, with or without a
crown of minute palcolse 135 Venidium
AA. Involucral bracts grown together at the base
Iva not spmescent: alveoh short . . 136. Gazania.
12. Mutisia Tribe.
A Rays in 1-2 series, 2-hpped 137 Gerbera
AA Rays in 2-3 series, the outer always strap-
ahmp*d ... . 188. CAoptolto.
13. Cichorium Tribe.
A Pappus 0, or of 2-3 long bristles, which soon
fall away U(> Scolymut.
AA Pappus paleaceous or partly so, or anstiform,
B Involucre of equal bracts and no short caly-
culate ones at base
c. Achenes long-beaked . .... 140. Tragopo-
\gon,
or Achoncs truncate 141 Krigia.
BB. Involucre either calyculate or imbricate,
1 e , pnneipal brae Us equal and some
short ones at base, or less uneejual bracts
in 2 or more series
c Achenes (at least inner ones) tapering into
a beak
D Receptacle wit h membranous chaff 142 Hypo-
\cfiaeriB
DD Receptacle naked 143 Leontodon.
CC Achcnts usually short, with summit trun-
cate or only a trifle contracted below
apex
D Rcceptac le chaffy 144 Catanan-
DD Receptacle not ch iffy [che.
k Fls normally blue 145 Cichorium.
Et Fls yellow 140 Scorzoncri
AAA Pappus of < apillary bustle s th »t are scabrous,
rarely barbe llulate , nrvc r plumose nor palea-
ceous-ehlated receptacle inked (except in 1
species of Troximon)
B Achenes flattened pappus of copious fine
soft capillary bristles
c The achenos distinctly beaked 117 Lactuca.
cc Theachene-s bcakless 148 Sonchut.
BB. Ache nes not flatt< ntd pappus persistent or
brihtli-s tardily falling (except 1 or 2 spe-
cies of Crepis)
C. Beak distinct and slender (except in 1 or 2
species of 1 roximon >
D The achene^s 10-nbbed or 10-nerved,
not muncate 149 Troximon.
DD Theachenes4 3-nbbe d or angled, mur-
ic'ite 150. Taraxa-
cc. Beak 0, or achcne merely narrow at apex [cum.
D Fls whitish or trcam-colur to violet or
rose-mi 151. Prenanthei.
DD Pis rnostlj yi How, some times orange-
d or white
red o
E Pippus of rather rigid, scabrous, fra-
gile bristles winch are usually
rathe r dirty or neutral-colored ., 152 Hieraciu
it Pappus of eejnoui wlnte and usu-
153 Crepis
Pappus of eejnoui wlnte
ally soft capillary brihtle
The following gcners 'and others) also are briefly treated
Amellus, Astcrhnosj ns, B< Ilium, f \icaha, Cahmens, Cehmaia,
Chamjpmelum, C'otul i. Crypt ostemma, Erlangea, Luryops,
Clymnolomia, Haploc-irpha. Kulmia, Leptoearpha, Montanoa,
Oldenburgia, P< rtya, Psilostrophe, Pteroma, Saussurea, Tithoma,
Tolpis, Tncholepis, Wedeha and Zaluzaaia.
107. CAMPANULACE^E.
A. Fls irregular, rarely nearly regular, anthers
united
B Corolla open down to the base on one side.. 1. Lobelia.
BB Corolla with a closed tube
c Stamens in a tube free from the corolla . 2. Doumingut
CC Stamens more or le ss adnate to the corolla
un to near the throat, then monadel-
phous and free or farther adnate on one
side only 3. Palmeretta.
ccc Stamens affixed at top of corolla-tube or
abo\e the middle caps 2-valved at
apex . 4. Isotoma.
cccc Stamens aflaxe d at base of corolla-tube.
D Fr an indthisrent berry . . 5 Centropoguit
DD Fr a caps , 2-\ 'il\ ed at apex 6. Siphocam-
AA Fla regular or nearly so, anthers usually [pylui
separate
B Fr an indehiscent, fle-shy berry
r (K ary inferior 7 ("Vmurinei
cc Ov ary superior as to calyx but not corolla 8 Campan-
BB Fr a caps [urn* a
c. Caps dehu-cmg locuhcidally by apical
\ alves
D Corolla5-partednearlytoba.se 9 Jetstone
DD Corolla broadly bell-bhaped, 5-lobed 10 Flatycodon
ODD Corolla narrow ly (or not broadly) bell-
ahaned or tubular
E Calyx-tube adnate, hemispherical 11. Codonopsis.
EE Calyx-txibc free, long-c ampanulate or
inflated 12 Cyananthu*
cc Caps closeel at apex, dehiscing laterally
between the ribs by small hds or small
solitary vah PS
D Corolla 5-rut-lobed, or -parted.
K. Ovary linear or narrow ly oblong . . .13. Specularia.
108
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
fflB. Ovary hemispherical or top-shaped.
F Anthers connate in a tube . 14. Symphyan-
vr. Anthers not connate in a tube [dro.
o. Style girt at base by an epigyn-
ous fleshy disk, which is cup-
shaped or tubular 15. Adenophora.
GO. Style without such disk
H. Corolla 5-parted to the base,
lobes narrow, either long-
cohering above or rotate-
spreading 16. Phyteuma'.
HH Corolla 5-cut shortly or to the
middle, rarely farther, bell-
shaped, tubular, funnel-
shaped or sub rot ate 17. Campanula.
DD. Corolla narrowly tubular, shortly
3-cut at apex 18. Trachehum.
ODD. Corolla usually 7-10-cut, rarely 5-cut
x. Number of lobes 5-9, usually 7, fls.
boll-shaped 19. Ostrowskia.
EE. Number of lobes 8-10, lobes narrow
and spreading . 20 Michauxia
Githopsis, Leptocodon and LightfGotia are also mentioned in the
Cyclopedia
108. MONOTROPACE./E.
The only genus
109. CLETHRACE^E.
110. PYROLACE.(E.
A Style very short, obcomcal sts leafy 1 Chimaphila.
AA. Style mostly elongated, scape naked or leafy
only at base
B. Fls solitary 2 Monesea
BB Fls racemose . . 3 Pyrola
111. ERICACEAE (Inc. Vaccimacete).
Subfamily 1. VACCINIEJE. Ovary inferior fr a berry or
drupe
Subfamily 2. ERICINEjB. Ovary superior fr a caps , except
•n Tribe 1 of Subfamily 2
Fr fleshy, a berry or drupe 1 AKBUTUB TuiBt,
IT a lo(uhcidal caps, chiefly 5-oelled
corolla deciduous 2 ANDROMEDA TIUBE
Fr a caps , with locuhcidnl or sometimes
septieulal dehiscent and 4 or 5 cells
corolla marcescent penitent 3 ERIC A THIB>
Fr a septiudal caps corolla deciduous 4 RHODODENDRON
[TRIBk
Subfamily 1. VACCINIE-B
A Corolla tubular or cylmdne, filaments coii-
n,ite or free
B. Filaments connate or cohering, anthers pro-
duced into a single long beak
c Stamens shorter than corolla 1 Aforitama
cr Stamens eejuahng or exceeding the corolla 2 Thiltaudva.
BB Filaments distinct, anthers ending in 2 long
beaks 3 Agapetes
AA. Corolla campanulate, urccolate or rotate,
filamtnts \isually free
B The ovary wholly inferior
c Ovary 10-celled, 10-ovulcd 4. Gaylussacia.
CC Ovary 4-5-celled, or by false partitions
from the back of these cells, 8-10-ceIled,
ovules numerous 5 Vaccimum.
BB. The ovary at nrst a third to half superior . 6. Chiogenea.
Subfamily 2. ERICINE.fi.
1. Arbutus Tribe.
A. The anthers have a pair of awns on the back.
B Ovary-cell many-ovuled . . 7. Arbutus,
BB. Ovary-cells 1-ovuled
C. Nutlets coalescent Ivs persistent, entire . 8. Arctoa-
cc Nutlets distinct Ivs deciduous, serrate . . 9. Arctoua
AA. The anthers awnless on back , . . 10. Pernettyo.
2. Andromeda Tribe.
A. Anther-cells opening through their whole
length, not appcndaged, stigma 5-lobed, the
lobes adnate to a surrounding ring or cup ... 11. Epigxa.
AA Anthers opening only at the top , stigma usu-
ally entire
B. Calyx becoming fleshy in fr , forming a
berry and inclosing the small caps 12. Gaulthena.
BB Calyx unchanged and dry under the caps
c Sepals or calyx-lobes valvate or open m
the bud, never overlapping
D. The anthers destitute of appendages
or awns 13. Lyonta.
DD The anthers awried
E. The antheis short and obtuse, with 2
pores topped by sic rider, ascending
awns, corolla urn-shaped 14. Andromeda.
KK. Anthers lanceolate, produced into 2
small tube*,, each surmounted by a
pair of sknder, ascending awns,
corolla Ix Il-shaped 15 Zenobw.
EEK. Anthers with 2 spreading or deflexed
awns or teeth, on the back of the
filament or at UK junction with the
anthei 10. Plena,
cc Sepals or calyv-lobes imbricated, at least
in the early bud
D. Lvs heath-like, small, thick or noedle-
uke, mostly o\erlappuiK anther
fixed near apex 17. Caanope.
DD. Lvs not heath-like, usually larger, flat,
broad and leathery
E, Corolla cylindraceous to conical-
urceolate, anthers fixed near base
F Seeds imbncated in 2 rows 18 Chamae-
FF Seeds pendulous or in all direc- [daphne.
tioris 10 LeucothoH.
FFF Seeds all ascending or erect . 20 (Jxyden-
\drum
EE. Corolla bell-shaped or urn-shaped 21 Enkianthus
3. Erica Tribe.
A Anthers 2-aw ned on back -it ba.se 22. Cattuna.
AA. Anthers 2-parted, blunt or awned, usually
cristate or lamellate at base 23 Erica
AAA. Anthers blunt on back, riot cristate .24. Brucken-
[thalia
4. Rhododendron Tribe.
A Corolla polypetalous or nearly so
B Fls in elongated racemes or panicles hs.
c Petals 4, st -imens X 25 Elhnttta
cc Petals i, stamens 0 26 Tripetaleia
BB Fls solitary, p< taN 5, stamens 10. Ivs
deciduous 27 Cladotluim-
BBB Fls mum))«l-hk( race mcs, petals 5, stamens {MIS.
V10 hs ewrgnen
c l.\s tomentosc below caps 5-celled,
seeds w mKcel 2H Ltdum
cr Lvs Rlabrous caps li^-celled, seeds
angular 2() Umphyllum.
AA Corolla garnop' talous
B Seeds compressed, wmgtd corolla slightly
irregular, sfuiic-ris r> 10
C Stamens usually ixstrted, anthers e>pen-
mg by a roiiml 1. nninul pore , corolla
rotate, eumpanulate e>r funne Iforrn {() Rhndodtn-
cc Stamens included, ant he rs opening by an (dron.
oblique port corolla urceolate Ivs
deciduous ,U Afcnztcsta
BB Seeds suhgloho^e or trigemous, not wingeel
coiolla regular
C. Stamens 10
D The corolla cup-shape'd with 10 pouches
receding tho anthers, fls in corymbs
or solitary 32 Kalmia
DD The corolla rotate, fls terminal, 1-3
Ivs oblong-elliptic, cihirc 33 Rhwlo-.
ODD The corolla urwolate or campanulate, [thamnua,
fls terminal, solitary or in umbels
hs heath-like 34 PhyUodoce
CC Stamens 0 or N
D Fls 5-rmrous, m umbels, 2 5, corolla
broadly funnelform Iva elliptic, op-
posite, smooth 3.1) Lenseieuno
DD Fls 4-merous Ivs alternate
B Corolla rotate. 4-parteel, fls 2-10. m
loose racemes Ivs heath-like 3(5 Bryanthut
EE. Corolla campanula! e-uree-olate, with
short 4-toothwl hmb, fls m loose
racemes Iv s tomcntose below 37. Dabcecia.
'Ihe jjenus Pentapterygmin is included in the work
112. EPACRIDACE^E.
Style inserted in the intruded vertex of the ovary;
stamens «pipetalous, anthers 1 -celled, corolla-
lobes qumcunciately imbncate, bracts numer-
ous, passing into sepals . ... Epacnt.
The recent genus Rupicola is also mentioned in the work.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
109
113. DIAPENSIACE.fi.
L. Corolla persistent; starainodes 0.
B Fls sessile
BB Fls pedunculate
AA Corolla deciduous, stammodes 5
B Stammodes small, scale-like, separate;
corolla-lobes cronate . 3. Shortia.
BB Stammodes long, linear, separate; corolla-
lobes hmbriate 4 Schizocodon.
BBB Stammodes spatulatp, connate with sta-
mens, corolla-begms entire 5 (ialax.
114. PLUMBAGINACE>E.
A. Calyx-limb usually spreading, acarious and
colored
B Lvs usually needle-like styles distinct at
arighs of ovary, htigrnas Mib-capitate . 1 Acantholv-
BB. Lvs flat styles as above, stigmas capitate, jmon.
oblong or linear, mfl cymoho or dense or
scape 1-tofew-fld 2 Stahce.
BBB Lvs flat or linear-subulate styles shortly
Hubconnate at \erttx of ovary, stigmas
linear, stape 1-licaded 3 Armeria
AA. Calyx-lobes or teeth erect with merely seanous
B Stamens free, calyx glandular 4 Plumbago.
BB Stamens adnate to middle of corolla, calyx
not glandular 5 Cerato-
[stigma.
115. PRIMULACEJE.
A. Corolla-lobes imbricated m quincunx faHluon
B Plants aquatic ovules anatrophous, um-
bilu us basal 1 Uotionia
umbilicus ven"ral°
c Caps dehisces by a, lid at top . 2 Soldanella.
CC Caps dehisces by valves
D The corolla-lobes be nt back . 3 Dodecathcon.
DD The corolla-lobes spreading or ascend-
E htamens affix< d to ba»e of corolla,
ant htrs long-acuminate 4 Cortusa
EB Stamens affix* d to coiolU-tube, an-
thers obtUM-
V Corolla-tube usually longer than
culyx
o Caps in.in>-s<eded 5 Primula
GO Caps 1 2-se< ded G Dvuylasw
T¥ Coroll i-tub» is long as calyx or
seeded 7 Androsace.
AA. Corolla-lobes convolute in tho buci ovules
Bemi-anatropoiis, umbilicus ventral
B Caps cmumscisMi* 8 Anagallis.
BB Caps lotigitudin illy d< hise< nt by \ ah es
c Lobes of corolla bent ba« k 0 Cyclamen
CC Lobes of corolla not bent ba^k
D Corolla-lobes .*>-(j UMa of seed with a
hiiuipwkrmn
E Mammodes 0 10 Lyaimachia
KK Stanunodes .5, each corolla -lobe
eurved around it- stamen 11 Steironema.
EKE Starnriodos r>, tooth-like, corolla-
lobes not entire ling stamens 12 Naumbergia
DD. Corolla-lobes usually 7 testa of seed
with a lax epidermis 13 Tnentahs
The genus Glaux may be met with occasionally m cultivation.
116. MYRSINACE^E.
A. Stammodes 5, corolla gamopetalous.
B. Corolla cylindrical, shortly 5-lobed: fr. many-
seeded 1. Thtophrasta.
BB Corolla subrotate, deeply 5-parted fr. 1-
to many-seeded 2 Clavija.
BBB. Corolla rotate-campanulate, deeply 5-cut
fr few-seeded 3 Jacqumia.
AA. Stammodes 0, corolla gamopetalous or poly-
petalous fr 1-seeded
B Corolla imbricated, fls fascicled, lateral or
axillary 4. Afyrnne.
BB. Corolla convolute, panicles terminal or
terminal and axillary . 5. Ardvsva.
118. STYRACACE^E.
A. Fr. superior, globular or ovoid, not ribbed nor
1. Pvxidan- winged 1. Styrax.
[thera. AA. Fr inferior, elongated ribbed, or winged
2 Diapensia. B Infl pamcled, many-fid , drooping, sub-
terminal . 2. Pterroatyraz.
BB. Infl. of few-fld. fascicles, often lateral 3. Hatesia.
119. SAPOTACE^E.
A. Corolla-lobes, calyx-segms , stamens and
fltammodes (when present) isomerous
B. titaminodes 0 seeds usually albuminous-
fls 5-merous, rarf ly o-7-mr rous 1 Chrysophyl-
BB. Stammodes small, usually ilfixed higher ((urn,
than stamens, sometimes few or 0 seeds
not albuminous fib 4 S-mc rous 2 Lucuma.
BBB Stanunodes alternate with stamens, rarely
affixed higher, seeds albuminous 3 Sideroxylon.
AA Corolla-lobes and calyx-«egms isomerous.
stamens twice as many or more 4. leonandra.
AAA. Corolla-lobes usually 2 or 3 times as many as
calyx-hegms
B. Calyx-segms 1 series ... . 5 Bumeha
BB. Calyx-segms 2 series . 6 Mimuaops
The genua Poutena is now described in this, family.
The genus
s also accounted for
120. EBENACEjE.
A. The fls usually hermaphrodite, stamens m 1
AA. Thf fls diojcious
B Us usually -5-merous, stamens 3-»
monly 9, ovary 3- or b-celled
BB Fls usually 4-5-merous, stamens 4-8, usu-
ally in 2 scries , o\ ary 4- or 8-celled 3 Dtospyrot.
1 Royena.
2 Maba.
121. OLEACE-ffi.
Fr didymous or septicidally diviHible into
tvso corolla-lobes strongly imlincate
ovules laterally affixed mar base, seeds
erect, without endospeun, radicle
inferior 1 JASMINE TRIBE.
Fr terete or < ompresscd parallel to tho
septum, loculicidally dehiscent, ovules
pendulous from apex of cells, seeds
winged, pendulous, radicle superior 2 LILAC TBIBB.
Fr tntire, dry, ind< hisrent, winged, a
samara, compressed contrary to the
septum, ovules twin, pendulous from
apex of coll, seeds pendulous with en-
dosperm, radicle sup< nor 3 ASH TRIBE.
Fr fleshy and indehisccnt, a drupe or
rarely a berry, not lobed, o\ules twin,
laterally affixed near the apex, seeds
solitary, suspended or pendulous, with
endosperm, radicle superior 4 OLIVE TRIBE
1. Jasmine Tribe.
Fr fleshy, indehiscent, didymous or by abortion
simple
2. Lilac Tnbe.
117. SYMPLOCACEjE.
The only genua . ... Symplocou.
A Corolla-lobes imbricate
B Ovules 3-4 in a cell Ivs pinnate and fls
white corolla-lobes shorter than tube 2 Nathusia
BB Ovules 4-10 m a cell Ivs entire or 3-foho-
lute and fls yellow lobes many times
longer than tube 3 Forsythia,
A*. Corolla-lobes md upbeat o-vah ate, tube long
or short ovules 2 m a cell , seeds albuminous 4 Synnga.
3. Ash Tnbe.
A. Lvs usually pinnate fr elongate, with a
terminal wing, generally 1-seeded by abor-
tion 5 Fraxinua,
AA. Lvs undivided fr ovate or orbiculate, sur-
rounded by a wmg, usually 2-celled and 2-
seeded . . ..... 6 Fontaneata.
4. Olive Tribe.
A. Corolla of nearly distinct petals which are long
and linear . . 7 Chionan-
AA. Corolla-lobes imbricate, broad and sb*uae. {thus,
B Endocarp of drupe thinly cruataceous 8 Phvttyrea
BB Endocarp of drupe hard and somewhat
woody 9. Oimanthut,
AAA. Corolla-lobea mduphcate-valvate.;
110
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
B. FT. a drupe; endoearp hard, thick or thin:
infl. axillary, rarely terminal . . 10. Olea.
BB. FT. a berry, hardly drupaceous, endocarp
membranous or thinly coriaceous: pam-
oles terminal ... .11.
122. LOGANIACEJE.
A. Style 2-fid, branches linear, 2-fid . .
AA. Style simple
B Corolla-lobes valvato
c Fr a circumscissilo caps
cc Fr an mdehiscent drupe or berry
BB Corolla-lobes imbncato
c Anthers oxserted
cc Anthers included ,
2 Spigelia
3 Strychnos*
4 Chihanthua.
5 Biutdleia
The genus Logama may afford cultivated plants now and then.
123. GENTIANACEJE.
tmd-
rually
A. Lvs. alternate or radical.
B Fr mdehiscent
BB Fr dehiscent
c Caps usually 4-valved at apex 2
cc Caps irregularly sub-2-valvod at apex 3
JLA. Lvs opposite
B Ovary perfectly 2-celled, placentas solitary
in each cell, often thick, adnate to septum,
liberated by de hiscence of caps 4
BB. Ovary 1 -celled, placentiterous margins of
carpels more or less intruded within or
even touching but not connate in the
die of the cell, spuriously 2-wlled
C Style often deciduous, anthers i
erect
D. Anthers spirally twisted finally 5
DD Anthers finally recurved at apex 0
CC Style usually persistent, anthers versa-
tile, finally recurved 7
BBB. Ovary 1 -celled, margins of carpels rarely
intruded, ovules and soods affixed at
each side of the suture m 1 series or more
or less extended over the parietal surface,
placenta* adnate, very thin
C. Corolla has 1-2 pits at base of each lobe
D Style short or scarcely any 8
DD Style subulate 9
cc. Corolla has no such pits 10
The genus Chiroma may also be expected in cultn
1. Nymphoidea
Villarsia.
Menyanthes.
Erythrgea
Sabbatm.
Swertta
Gtntiana
2. Cynanchum Tribe.
A. The outer or single crown either simple and
composed of 5 scales or ring-shaped, adnate
to the corolla and not the stainmal tube, or
rarely adherent to both
B. Stigma depressed 5 Macroscepw
BB. Stigma umbonate or 2-bcaked at apex
corona-scales attached at middle (or
below) of corolla-tube 6 Phyaianthut,
BBB Stigma plane or umbonate, corona annular,
adnate to corolla 7 Ph\hbert\a.
AA. The crown of 5 scales affixed to base of
corolla and staminal tube, oaudicles of pol-
hnia appendaged with an erect fuscous
tooth 8 Oivpetalum.
AAA The crown of 5 scales which are distinct,
affixed or adnate to the staminal tube or
the back of the anthers
B Scales concave or hooded with an acute
hgula inside 9 Asclep\as\
BB Scales fleshy, narrow, adnate to stamen-
tube, but free and re< urv i d at base 10 Calotrop^a.
BBB Scales (5 outer ones) cannate-complicate
at base of starmnal tube, the 5 scales at
the apex of tho long staminal tube, short,
obtuse, spreading, alternate with anthers 11 Podoatigma.
AAAA The outer or single crown afhxed to tho
staminal tube, ring- or cup-shaped, entire,
lobed or parted
B Corona villous inside 12 Morrema
BB Corona with 5 scales or hgulse inside 13 Cynanchum.
BBB Corona naked inside 11 Vincetoxi-
BBBB. Corona of 5 short processed opposite anthers (cum
and 10 lignite alternate with anthtrs in
pairs 15 Rothrock\a.
3. Marsdema Tribe.
A Corolla-lobes strictly vah ate 10 //oyo.
AA Corolla-lobes usually overlapping dextrorsoly
B Fh not pure white, urn- or s>alver-shuped,
small or mcdium-Bmd 17 Mandema
BB. Fls. white, saher- or tunnel-shaped, large IS titephanotis.
124. ASCLEPIADACE^.
Subfamily 1. PERTPLOCE^E Pollen granular, loosely aggre-
gated in 2 masses in each anther-cell
Character of subfamily 1 PERIPLOCA TRIBE
Subfamily 2. EUASCLEPIADEJE. Pollen waxy, the masses
solitary m each anther-cell
Anthers tipped by a membrane, which is
mflcxrd or sometimes eiect, and usually
hyaline, rarely opaque or petal-like,
pollen-masses suspended, attached m
paira (1 in each adjacent cell of different
anthers) to the corpuscle or gland 2 CTNANCHUM TRIBE
Anthers usually tipped by an inflexed or
suberect membrane, which is hyaline,
rarely opaque, pollima solitary in each
cell, erect or very small 3. MARSDENIA
Anthers obtu.se at apex, not appendaged [TRIBE.
or rarely the connective produced, pol-
hma solitary in the cells, erect 4. CEROPEOIA TRIBE.
Anthers like those of the Ceropegiese or
more memnbent above the top of the
stigma or subimmersed -bts thiek and
fleshy, leafless or \v ith a few Iv s at top 5 STAPELIA TRIBE
Anthers broad at the top, without ap-
pendages or more or less membranace-
ous on the margins, the cells somewhat
transversely dehiscent, attached
nearly or quite on the margin of tho
stigma-disk, polluua horizontal or
essentially so ... G. GONOLOB us TRIBE.
1. Periploca Tribe.
A. Scales of corona distant from starmnal tube.
B. Corolla-tube short, scales linear or club-
shaped . 1. Cryptolepw.
BB. Corofla large, funnel-shaped, scales acumi-
nate or 2-fid 2. CryptosteoW'
AA. Scales of corona close to stamens.
a. Corolla-lobes valvate . . . 3. Chlorocodon.
BB. Corolla-lobes imbricate 4. Ptrvplaoa.
4. Ceropegia Tribe.
Corona double, affixed to slanunal tube
19 Ceropegia.
5. Stapeha Tribe.
;r spreading, inner of 5 scales 20 Stapeha
6. Gonolobus Tribe.
Crown cup-ahaped or annular, entire or lobed 21 Gonolobut
Additional genera described m Asclepuulacese are Caralluma,
Duvalia, Kchidnopsis, CJomphocarpus, Hoodia, Huerma, Micho-
htzia, Pectmaria, riaranthus, liaphionacme, Sphaerocodou and
Tnchocaulon.
125. APOCYNACEJE.
A. Anther-cells not appcndaged at base
B. Ovary entire (Carissa Tnbf), ns "j-merous
c Fr a 2-valved caps ovary 1-celled 1. AUamanda,
cc Fr a berry, mdehistent ovary 2-celled,
cells 1-4-ovuled
D Ovules laterly affixed tymes ter-
minal, few-fid spines axillary 2 Cantaa
DD Ovules erect from base cymes axillary,
dense spinrsO 3 A cokanthera.
BB. Ovaries 2 to several, style 1 CPlumena Tribe)
c. Calyx with several glands inside or a ring
D Carpels 2-ovulcd 4 Theietia
DD Carpels many-ovuled 5 Tabrrnf-
cc Calyx without glands inside [montana
D Carpels 2-ovuled
E Disk2-scalfd 6 Kopma
BBS Disk cup-shaped or annular 7 Kauwulfia
DD Carpels 6- to many-ovuled
E Ovules in 2 serifs
F DiskO
o. Seeds truncate . 8 Amsonia
oo Seeds winged 9 (lonioma.
FF Disk of 2 sc ales 10 Vinca
BE Ovules m many series
v Stamens near base of tube 11 Plumeria.
FF Stamens above middle of tube 12 Al»ton\a.
AA. Anther-cells produced at bano (Echites
Tribe )
B. The cone of anthera more or less exserted
at apex.
c Throat of corolla with 6 scales . 13 Prestonia.
cc Throat without scales ... 14 Valiant.
BB. The anthers included
C, Lvs, usually in whorls of 3 1&. Ntnum.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
111
OO. Lvs. opposite
0, Corolla bell-shaped, with 5 squamelto
alternating with stamens . 16. Apocvnum.
DD. Corolla salver-shaped or funnel-shaped,
the throat without scales
a. Dink of 2 scales . 17. D\ptadenta.
BE. Disk many-toothed or crenulate 18 Odontad«n*a.
BEE. Disk of 5 lobe« or scales, often trun-
cate iri Traehelospormum
V. 11s salvttr-ahapod.
a Infl lax corymbose tymcs . 19. Tracheloa*
aa Infl raociaOhC, rarely shortly [permum,
dichotamous . 20 Echttea.
FF. Fla fuum 1-shaped
o In cymes . ... 21. Beaumontw.
GO In racemes . . 22 Mandentta.
Other genera treated are Huntena, Landolphm, Pachypodium.
Pursonsm, Ploiorarpa an<l Strophanthus
126. POLEMONIACEJE.
A. Caps deeply locuhcidal herbs or bub-shrubs
B. Stamens unequally affixed to corolla-tube,
not decimate
c Lvs mostly opposite, entire 1 Phlox
cc Lvs mostly alternate, usually incised or
pinnatifid 2 Coltomva
BB Stamens equally affixed to tube or throat
c The stamens not decimate 3 Gilia.
CC. Ihc stain* ns decimate
D Filaments pilose-appendaged at base 4 Polemo-
DD Filaments not appcndaged 5 Lccselia
AA. Caps shortly loeuhcidal at apex, needs
broadly winged trees or &hruba 6 Canlua.
AAA. Caps deeply septicidal tall climbers 7 Cobaa
127. HYDROPHYLLACEjB.
A. Styles 2, distinct from base, corolla-lobes im-
bricate 1 Wtgandia.
AA Styles 2-cut, rare ly undivided
B Corolla-lobes usually convolute
c Stamens c xserted 2 Hydrophyl-
[lum.
cc Stamens included 3 Nemophila.
BB Corolla-lobes nnbrio-ifed
C Us marcescent, bell-shaped 4 Emmenan-
cc FLs deciduous [the.
D The peduncles 1-fld 5 Ilespero-
[chiron.
DD The fls cymose or in 1 -bided racemes 6 Phacclia.
128. BORAGINACE.E.
A. Ovary undivided (or only laterally 4-
lobed) and surmounted by the style
B Style t^ice bifid, stigmas not an-
iiular, cotyledons plaited or cor-
rugated 1 CORDIA TKIBB.
BB Style once bifid or 2-parted (the
divisions sometimes coalescent to
the top) , stigmas more or loss capi-
tate, cotyledons plane 2 EHRETIA TRIBE.
BBS Style entire, sometimes TV anting,
stigma uliield- or ling-shaped,
forming a complete ring sur-
mounted usu-illy by a tip or ap-
pendage which is ( ntire or 2-lobed
and vanes from hemispherical to
subulate 3. HELIOTROPE
A A Ovary 4-parted (rarely 2-parted) from [TRIBE.
above into 1 -celled, 1-ovuled divisions
surrounding the base of the undiv ided
(rarely 2-lobed) style, stigma not
annular . . . . . .4. BORAQB TRIBE.
1. Cordia Tribe.
Calyx tubular or bell-shaped, merely toothed or
lobed ........... 1. Cordw.
2. Ehretia Tribe.
Calyx 5-parted, style 2-6d ............. 2. Ehretia.
3. Heliotrope Tribe.
A. Plants sarmentose or twining ......... 3. Tourne-
AA. Plants are herbs or sub-shruba ............ 4. Uehotro-
fjnim.
4. fiorag* Trib».
A. Gynobase elevated
B. Apex of nutlets not projecting much beyond
scar
C. Nutlets divergent or divaricate (either
radiately or in pair-), extended out-
ward or backward much beyond the
insertion (which is by a roundish or
oblong near), gynobase little elevated
or broadly conical.
D. Stamens included
E Nutlets covered with small cups or
cavities .... 5. Omphalodtt.
EE Nutlets covered with small warte or
barb«d bristles .6. Cynogloa-
DD. Stamens exserted ^ [sum.
E Corolla-tube longer than spreading
lobes . 7. Ltndelofia.
BE Corolla tubular, lobes short, erect or
somewhat spreading 8. Solenanthut.
cc. Nutlets adnate by the inner face or keel
gynobase, forming a more or less glo-
bose or pyramidal fruit 9. Myototid-
BB. Apex of nutlets projecting conspicuously [turn.
beyond scar
C. Pediu-ls persistent
D Nutlets ket led toward apex . . . 10 Plaiffiabotrya.
DD Nutlets not keeled ... 11 Oreocarya.
cc Pedicels deciduous 12. Cryptanthe.
AA. Gynobase flat or nearly so
B Scar excavated or ofton girt by a ring
c 1 hroat of corolla has 5 scales inside.
D Filaments appendaged with a scale. . 13. Borago.
DD. Filaments not appendaged
L. Corolla-lobes very short and sub-
erect . 14. Symphytum.
EE Corolla-lobes spreading . . 13. Anchwta.
cc Throat naked or pilose IS. Ptdmonana
BB Scar flat, either small at the inner angle or
oblique
c Racemes without bracts (rarely a few
bracts at base) , anthers obtut>e at apex.
D Throat of corolla scaly 17. Myosoha.
DD Throat almost naked . 18. Mertenaia.
cc Racemes bracted
D Anthers obtuse at apex or hardly
mucronate
E Lobes of corolla erect . 19. Onoamo-
KE Lobes of corolla spreading [chum.
F Corolla-tube cylindrical; throat
naked or 5-gibbous and sub-
quamnte 20 Lvthosper-
FF Corolla-tube slender, throat [mum.
naked 21. Amebia.
FFF Corolla tubular or salver-form;
throat naked, lobes usually un-
equal . 22«2?cAtum.
DD Anthers linear, often acuminate, arrow-
shaped at base
E Nutlets distinct . . . 23 Onosma.
EE. Nutlets connate in pairs 24. Cennthe.
129, CONVOLVULACE-ffi.
A. Corolla-lobes small, imbricate' plants para-
bitic, leafless sts thread-like, not green ... 1. Cutcuta.
AA Corolla large, plicate or mduphcate in sestiva-
B Fr berry-like or harder, mdehiscent. style
undivided
c The ovary 4-celled, 4-ovuled 2. Argyreia.
cc The ov ary 2-celled, 4-ovuled ... . 3. Lettsomia.
BB Fr a 2-4-valved caps with a thin or hard
pericarp, or mdehiscent with a thin peri-
carp styles 2 and distinct or the style
entire or divided.
c. Stigma capitate, style entire or 2-parted;
ovary 2-celled, 4-ovuled 4. Parana,
cc Stigma thick, globose, often twin; ovary
2-4-oelled, 4-ovuled
D Stamens and style included within the
corolla-tube 5. Ipomoea.
DD Stamens and style exserted.
E Plant a night-bloomer: corolla con-
torted in bud . . 6. Caloni/dion.
BB. Plant a day-bloomer' corolla not
contorted . 7. Quamoclit.
CCC Stigma capitate, ovary 2-celled ... 8 Breweria.
cccc. Stigmas 2, linear, filiform or thickish . 9 Convolvulus.
(Except Calystegia section.
.^e also Rnodorhiza )
ooccc. Stigmas 3, flat, ovate or ODIOQ* 10. Jac«ue**>n-
(Also Calystegia section of Convolvulus.)
112
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
130. SOLANACE^E.
i. Stamens didynamous, the fifth (and some-
times also one of the pairs) smaller, abor-
tive or missing
B. Number of perfect stamens usually 5
c. The stamens affixed at middle of tube or
lower 1. Petunia.
CC. The stamens affixed at apex of tube 2. Nierem-
BB. Number of perleU stamens usually 4 or 2 [bergta.
c. Corolla-tube cylindrical, limb oblique,
perfect stamens 2 3 Schizanthus.
CC. Corolla obliquely funnel-shaped, perfect
stamens 4, didyriamous 4 Salpiglossis.
CCC. Corolla-tube cylindrical, straight, anthers
of the 2 short stamens dimidiate, of the
longer ones 2-cellcd 5. Browallia.
cccc. Corolla-tube twisted, anthers asm Browal-
lia 6. Streptosolen.
OCCCC Corolla-tube long, not twisted, slightly
widoncd at apex, 4 perfect anthers witn
confluent cells 7 Brunfelsia.
AA. Stamens all perfect not didynamous, nor-
mally 5.
B. Seeds little, if at all, flattened.
c. Fr a few-seeded berry ... 8. Cestrum.
cc. Fr a many-seeded cups
D. Corolla with a narrow tube and short
spreading lobes 9. Fabiana.
DD Corolla funnel- or salver-shaped , limb
equal or oblique 10 Nicotiana.
BB. Seeds flattened.
c. Fr a caps.
D Corolla-lobes plicate
E. Caps 4-celled, and 4-valved (some-
times mdehiscent) 11 Datura
EE Caps circumscissile above the middle 12 Scopolta
DD Corolla-lobes imbricate 13 Hyvscya-
CC. Fr beny-hke, or at least mdehiscent. [mus.
D. Limb of corolla subequally plicate or
divided into valvate or induphcate
lobes
B. Anthers longer than filament, con-
nivent connate in a cylinder or
cone, acuminate at apex or dehij-
cent by 2 apical pores
F. Connective variously thickened on
back 14 Cyphoman-
FF Connective slender or obsolete [dra.
Q The anthers acuminate, hollow
at tip, dehiscing by a longi-
tudinal crack 15 Lycoperai-
GG The anthers opening by an ' [cum.
apical pore which is sometimes
continued into a longitudinal
crack 16 Solarium
EB. Anthers free, with parallel cells, and
dehiscing by a longitudinal crack
K Stamens affixed above middle of
tube 17 Satyichroa
FF Stamens affixed near the base of
tube
G Corolla nearly rotate or broadly
bell-shaped
H Fruiting calyx hardly en-
larged 18 Capsicum
HH Fruiting calyx inflated or
bladdery
I. Calyx cut shortly or to mid-
dle 10 Physahs
II Calyx parted to base 20 Nicandra.
GO Corolla tubular or narrowly fun-
nel-shaped 21 lochroma.
DD. Limb of corolla more or less imbricate,
flat and distinct or connected by
induphcate sinuses
B. The lobes imbricated from the base,
not plicate
F. Plants woody
Q Berry with i stones, each 1-2-
seeded 22. Grabowskia
GO Berry with 2 cells, each 1-co-
seeded 23 Lycium
FF Plants herbaceous . 24. Atropa.
EE. The sinuses of the corolla induphcate
between the lobes
F Calyx long and tubular 25. Solandra.
FF. Calyx leafy, 5-fid, increasing in fr. 26. Mandragora.
131. NOLANACE-ffi.
A. Corolla-tube short, somewhat bell-
shaped American species 1. LBTTCOPHTLLUM
[TRIBB.
AA. Corolla subrotate : Old World species . . 2. VERB ASCUM TRIBB,
Series 2. ANTIRRHINIDE^E Lvs prevailingly opposite, at least
the lower infl simple or compound, partially centrifugal, i e , the
peduncle cymosely few- to several-fld. , posterior hp or lobes of
corolla generally external in the bud.
A Corolla bilabiate, lips inflated, concave 3. CALCEOLARIA
AA. Corolla bilabiate or nearly regular; [TRIBB.
lips nearly plane
B Corolla saccate or spurred
c Tube wanting 4 HEMIMERIS TRIBB.
cc Tube present . . 5. ANTIRRHINUM
BB. Corolla-tube not saccate nor spurred [TRIBB
c. Infl centrifugal, cymose, usually
compound, rarely sub-simple ... 6 CHELONE TRIBE
cc Infl centripetal
D Anthers 1-celled 7 MANULBA TRIBE
DD Anthers 2-celled 8 GRATIOLA TRIBB.
Series 3 RHINANTHIDK/B Lvs various infl simple or com-
pound, corolla-lobes variously imbricated, the anterior or lateral
ones usually exterior.
A. Anther-cells contiguous at apex and
usually confluent plants not parasitic 9. DIGITALIS TRIBB.
AA. Anther-cells everywhere distinct plants
often root-parasitic
B. Corolla-lobes all flat, usually spread-
ing 10. GERARDIA TRIBE.
BB. Corolla with posterior lip erect, con-
cave or galeate, anterior lip often
spreading . 11. EUPHRASIA TRIBB.
1. Leucophyllum Tribe.
Corolla-lobes 5, subequal, spreading 1. Leucophyl-
[lum.
2. Verbascum Tnbe.
2. Verlxucum.
Single genus. .
132. SCROPHULARIACEJB.
Series I. PSETJDOSOLANE^D Lvs. all alternate: infl. simple,
antripetal, corolla hardly if at all bilabiate, the 2 posterior lobes
•xternal in the bud.
A Stamens 5
AA. Stamens 4
3. Calceolaria Tribe.
The only genus . . ... 4 Colceolana.
4. Hemimeris Tnbe.
A Corolla more or less rotate, resupmate, the
grooves inconspicuous or obsolete 5 Alonsoa
AA Corolla spread out flat, swollen or saccate
under anterior hp 6 Angelonia.
AAA Corolla flat or concave, with 2 basal spurs or
pouches 7. Diascia
AAAA Corolla-tube short with 1 spur or sac on the
anterior side 8. Nemeeta.
5. Antirrhinum Tribe.
A Throat has a prominent palate
B Corolla spurred 9 7/tnarta
BB Corolla saccate or gibbous at base . 10 Antir-
AA Throat has no palate [rhmum
B Caps opens by 2 apical pores which are
sometimes confluent 11. Anar-
BB Caps opens by transverse holes or irregu- [rhinum.
larly
c Calyx ample, membranous 12 Rhodorhiton
cc Calyx smaller, herbaceous . 13 Maurandia.
6. Chelone Tribe.
A. Stammode often elongated
B Caps locuhcidally dehiscent . 14. Tetranema.
BB Caps septicidally dehiscent
c. Fls bilabiate
D. Anterior hp with middle lobe folded
upon itself and inclosing the stamens 15. Collinsia.
DD Anterior lip of 3 flat spreading lobes
E Seeds winged . 16 Chelone
EE Seed not winged 17. Pentstemon.
cc. Fls with all the lobes flat, spreading and
subequal 18. Ruaaeha.
AA. Stammode usually in the form of a scale at
apex of corolla-tube 19. Scrophu-
AAA Stammode small, minute or 0. [larta.
B. Stamens usually exserted.
c Calyx 5-parted caps tardily dehiscent . 20. Phygehus.
cc Calyx cup-shaped berry mdehiscent. 21. Hatteria.
BB. Stamens included , calyx 5-cut.
c. Fr an mdehiscent berry 22. Teedia.
cc. Fr a loculicidal caps . . . 23. Paulownm.
7. Manulea Tribe.
A. Calyx bilabiate or 2-parted 24. Zaluewn-
[skya.
AA. Calyx 5-parted 25. Chsenoatoma.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
113
8. Gratiola Tribe.
A. Perfect stamen* 2 .26. Gratiola.
AA. Perfect stamens 4.
B. Stamens all affixed inside corolla-tube
c Calyx bell-shaped, 5-par ted 27 Mazus
cc Calyx tubular, 5-toothed and -angled 28. Mimulus,
BB. Stamens partly inside corolla-tube, partly
in throat, 2 affixed in each place . 20 Torenia.
9. Digitalis Tribe.
A. Caps opens by locuhcidal valves.
B. Herbs creeping . . . 30 Sibthorpui.
BB Herbs upright 31 Rehmannm.
BBB Herbs tmck-rhizomatous, the Ivs nearly or
quite radical 32. Wulfenm.
AA. Caps opens by septioidal valves.
B. Lvs alternate
0. Corolla decimate, tvibo swollen, or bell-
Bhaped, posterior hp spreading 33 Digitalis
cc Corolla-tube slender, spreading 34 Ennus
BB. Lvs opposite 35 Ounsia
AAA. Caps 4-valved or locuhcidally 2-valved
B Lvs all alternate or radical 30. Rynthyns
BB Lvs. (at least lower ones) opposite . . 37 Veronica
10. Gerardia Tribe.
Calyx-lobes shorter than tube 38. Gerardia
11. Euphrasia Tribe.
A. The anther-cells equal 39 Pediculans
AA. The outer anther-coll hxod by the middle,
inner one pendulous or de ficient
B Calyx laterally compressed, split on ante-
rior side or both 40 CastiUeia
BB Calyx 4-cut 41 Orthocarpus
Other genera to be looked for are' Bowkena, CrateroHtigma,
Herpostis, Landenbergia, fecymena
133. LENTIBULARIACE^E.
A. Posterior lip of corolla erect; calyx 2-partcd or
deeply 2-lobed 1 Utncularui.
AA. Posterior lip of corolla spreading, calyx 4-5-
parted . . 2 Pinguicula.
134. BIGNONIACEJB.
A. Ovary 2-celled cap-? dehiscent Ivs mostly
opposite
B. Valves opening parallel with septum
c. Lvs 2-3-foholatc shrubs, climbing with
tendrils
D Tendrils filiform, simple
E Disk present
F. Caps smooth or slightly warty,
broadly linear calyx with black
gland 1 Adeno-
FF Caps rough, broad disk rrenate, [calymma.
calyx Jiot glandular, with 5
subuh.V teeth 2 Clytostoma.
EE Disk waring, calyx with 5 short
teeth or tiunrate taps linear 3 Cydista
DD. Tendrils 3-parted, filiform, slender
E. Corolla straight or slightly curved,
membranous cans narrow , smooth
F. Lobes of eorolla imbricate, sta-
mens melted tendrils twice or
thrice 3-parted 4 Anisoslichus
(See under Bignoma )
FF. Lobes vahate, stamens exscrtcd
tendrils simply 3-parted 5. Pyrostegia.
BE. Corolla strongly curved, calyx
leathery, tomentose
F. Stamens inclosed, fls white
O. Ovary warty caps broad,
rough, not curved branches
angular 6. Pithecoc-
GQ. Ovary smooth caps oblong, \ten\um.
curved, with a convex and a
concave valve branches ter-
eto 7. Disaciis.
FF. Stamens exserted, fls. red, ovary
tomentose . 8. Ph&dran-
DDD. Tendrils 3-parted, the ramifications [thus.
hooked, claw-like.
E Calyx truncate or lobed, disk simple 9 Bignonia.
EE. Calyx splitting on one side, disk
double. . . 10. Macfady-
[en\a.
cc. Lvs. 2-3-pirnate upright tree 11. Oroxylon.
BB. Valves opening at right angles to septum,
upright plants or climbing without tendrils.
8
c. Habit climbing (upright in some forms of
Campsis) Ivs pinnate
D Stamens exserted Ifts serrate. 12 Tecomana.
DD. Stamens inclosed
B. Climbing by rootlets Ifts serrate
corolla eampanulate-funnelform 13. Campns.
EE. Climbing without rootlets. Ifts.
entire
F. Corolla club-shapod, straight, up-
right, fls in racemes., . 14. Camptidwm
FF. Corolla camnanulato-funnelform,
fls in panicles . 16. Pandorea
cc. Habit upright herbs, with alternate Ivs.:
caps folliculatt ly de hisccnt.
D. Seeds with membranous wing' Ivs.
simple or compound . 16 Incarnllea
DD Seeds with fringed hairs, IVB pinnate 17. Ampkicome.
ccc Habit upright trees or shrubs with usu-
ally opposite Ivs
D Lvs Minnie or digitate
E Seeds fringed with hairs Ivs. simple,
F Fertile stamens 4 Ivs linear, alter-
nate 18. Chilopns
FF Fertile stamens 2 Ivs cordate,
opposite 19. Catalpa.
EE Seeds winged Ivs simple or digitate 20. Tabebuva.
DD Lvs pinnate, rarely simple and serrate.
E. Septum flat
F. Calyx ( ampanulnte, truncate,
toothed or lobe d
G Stammode not elongated
H Anthers with enlarged leafy
connective, calyx regularly
5 -toothed shrubs Ifts.
serrate, Ivs rarely simple 21. Tecoma.
HH Anthers w ithout enlarge d con-
nect iv e-, calyx irregularly
2-j-Iobed tree Ifts usually
entire 22 Helero-
GO Stammode much elongated and [phragma.
enlarged at the apex calyx
small, fin in large- terminal
panicles Ivs 1-2-pinnatc with
numerous 1ft* 23. Jacaranda.
FF Calyx spathe-hke, splitting on one
side, corolla broadly eampanu-
lite 24 Spathodea.
LE. Septum thick, spongy
F Seeds in de-c p impressions of the
septum cilyx truneate or in-
distinctly toothed l%c usually
bipinnutf 23 Rader-
FF Seeds in shallow impre.sions of [nuuluni
the septum calyx i- Globed
hs pinnate 20 Stereosver-
AA Ovary 1-ct lied [mum.
B I-r a dehiscent caps corolla tubular, nar-
rowed nt the mouth Ivs opposite, pinnate
climbing with Umlnl- , 27 Eccrermi-
BB Fr mdehiscent corolla cainpanulate or [carpus,
eampanulate-funnelform trei s or shrubs,
with alternate hs
c Lvs simple or 3-foholate
D Calyx spat he-like, splitting on one side,
corolK regular, fls on the old wood 28 Parmentusra.
DI> Calyx campuriulate, irregularly lobed,
corolla v cry irregula. , fls at the end
cc Lvs pinnate corolla irregular 30 Kigeha
The genus Colea is also more or less in cultivation within our limits.
135. GESNERIACE-ffl.
A Ovary more or less inferior: fr. capsular.
B DiskO 1. Niphxa.
BB Disk annular
c Fls smallish, pallid or white 2. Dicyrta.
cc Fls largish, variously colored
D Corolla-tube broadly swollen or bell-
shaped, calyx-lobes usually membra-
nous or leafy 3. Gloxinia.
(Of botanists, not of florists )
DD Corolla-tube cylindrical or broad-
ened above, calyx-lobes narrow or
short
E The fls axillary . 4 Achimenes.
(Consult also Scheena.)
EK. The fls alternate in a terminal, leaf-
less raceme 5. Nxgelia.
BBB Disk of 5 distinct or but slightly united
glands, these equal or unequal
c Caps inferior to the middle or higher
D Anther-cells confluent at apex . 6 SinmnyM
(Gloxinia of florists.)
DD Anther-cells distinct . . 7. Isoloma
cc. Caps shortly immersed at base, almost
superior .... 8. Getnen~
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
AA. Ovary wholly superior- fr capsular or baccate,
unknown in Samtpauha
B. Anther-cells distinct and parallel.
o. Disk with a largo posterior gland, other-
wise small or wanting
D. Filaments free among themselves 9 Epiacta.
DD. Filaments connate into a sheath which
is split on the posterior side.
E. Anthers separate 10 Alloplectus.
KB Anthers connate cross-like ... 11 Columnea.
cc. Disk annular, elevated, almost cup-
uhaped.
D. Perfect stamens 2 , 12 Agabnyla.
DD. Perfect stamens 4 13. Tnchos-
[porum
OCC. Disk obsolete . 14 Mitrana.
BB. Anther-colls divaricate or diverging, rarely
sub-parallel
c. Disk 0
D Anthers free . . 15. Ramonda.
DD. Anthers cohering in a tube extending
beyond the cells . 10 Conandron.
cc. Disk reduced to a posterior gland 17 Codonanthe.
COO. Disk a ring (rarely dimidiate m Chirita)
E Lvs cauhne, opposite
p. Stamens 4 18 Bctlena.
TV. Stamens 2 . 19 Chirita.
EK Lvs. basal (rarely opposite in Strep-
tocarpus)
p. Stamens 4 .... .20 Haberl&a
pp. Stamens 2 [pus.
a. Corolla-tube long . .21 Streptocar-
aa. Corolla-tube short . . 22 Samtpauha.
Additional ttenera described are' Acanthonema, Boea,
Corytholoma, Cyrtandra, Klugia, Lysionotus, Rhabdothamnus
and Roettlera.
136. MARTYNIACE^E.
.. Corolla-tubes swollen abov e tho short base 1 Martyma
.. Corolla-tube very long, slender and cylindrical
with a bell-shaped throat 2 Cramolaria
137. PEDALIACEjE.
.. Caps truncate at apex, the angles awned <
horned
.. Cape, obtuse or acuminate, unarmed . .
oo. Tube long, slender, scarcely
swollen at apex 14. Chanutr-
[anthemum.
DD Stamens 2- ovules in each cell 2 . . 15 Eranthe-
cc. Corolla bilabiate or sub-equally 4-cut. [mum.
D. Ovules in each cell 3 or more 16 Phlogacan-
DD. Ovules in each cell 2 [thus
E Fls with 2 or 4 bracts longer than
calyx . ,17. Penstrophe.
EE Fls without such bracts
F Stamens 4, anthers all 1-cellod . 18. Aphelandra.
FF Stamens 2, anthers 2-oolkd
Q. Anther-cells unlike, one larger
or afhxod higher (In Jaco-
bima cells often subequal )
H The lower anther coll usually
spurred 19. Justic%a.
HH The anther-cells not spurred,
sometimes equally mucron-
ate at base
I. The corolla with short tube
and ample lips 20. Adhatoda.
u The corolla-tube usually
long and narrow 21. Jacob\nia.
GG. Anther-cells equal
H. Stammodfs at base of fila-
i Corolla-tube swollen above,
posterior lip incurved,
anterior spreading, 3-cut 22. Graptophyl-
II Corolla-tube elongated, limb [lum,
sub-bilubiatc, 4-lobed 23 Thyrsacan-
HH Stammodps 0 [thut
i Veins ot h s \\ lute or colored 24 F\Uonia.
u \ cina of Ivs green
j Calyx-segms linear or
bmtle-hke 25 Schaueria
jj Calyx small, lobes acute
or acuminate 2t> Antaacan-
[thus
The following gonora arc also treated Anisotes, Belopcrone,
Diarithera, Dichntera, Duvc rnon, Dysrhoriste, Lcpidagathis,
Micranthus, Pseuderanthcmuui, Kungia arid Warpuna
139. GLOBULARIACE^E, or SELAGINACE-ffi.
A. Calyx 5-cut, the 2 posterior lobes of the corolla
1 Ceralotheca
2 Sesamum
narrow or conna
AA Calyx rut do\\n <
coroUa 4.
or define
j side, pc
1 Globv'ana.
2 Heben-
[streitta
138. ACANTHACEJE.
A. Corolla expanded into a single obovate lip
B. Calyx of normal texture, posterior segms
3-5-nerved 1 Blepharis.
BB. Calyx usually cartilaginous, posterior segm
3-5-nerved 2. Acanthus.
AA. Corolla with subequal limb, or 2-hpped
B. The corolla contorted
C Ovary with 2 collateral ovules in each
cell, or by abortion 1 3 Thunbergia.
cc Ovary with 2 to many ovules in each cell,
in 1 senes or alternately placed ono
above another
D, Filaments connate in pairs at the base.
B. Caps subterete 4 Ruellia
EE Caps compressed parallel to the
septum 5 Dsedalacan-
DD. Filaments equidistant or suboonnato [thus.
at the base in pairs, calyx-lobes
obtuse 6 Sanchezia.
DDD. Filaments crowded or connate at the
base on the posterior wall of the tube
or 2 posterior filaments affixed a
little higher
E Calyx ample, membranous or colored. I.Wh-Ufieldia
EE Calyx-segnw linear, not colored.
F Ovules 2 m each cell 8 Strobi-
[lanthes
*r Ovules 3 to many in each cell 9. Hemigra-
BB. The corolla not contorted [phis
c. Corolla of 6 flat lobes, not bilabiate.
D Stamens 4
E. The corolla-lobos variously imbri-
cated, lateral one? usually outer
p Anthers all 2-cellea .... 10. Barlena
Tf Anthers all 1-colled . 11. Crossandra
BB. The anterior corolla-lobe outside,
posterior one inside
p Anthers all 1 -celled . . . 12> Sienan-
PP. Anthers all 2-celled (in Chamisran- [dnum.
themum, the posterior anthers
sometimes 1 -celled).
Q. Tuba swollen into a long or
broad throat 13. A»v»tana.
The only gei
140. PHRYMACE^E.
141. MYOPORACE^B.
Phryma
Corolla more or less boll-shaped, rarely funnel-
shaped, with a subregulnr limb, ovary 2- or
more-celled, cells 1-ovulcd, rarely 2-cellod and
2-ovuled Myoporum.
142. VERBENACEJE.
L. Infl centripetal
B Fls sessile in the spike
c Nutlets 2, or by abortion 1, 1-secded.
D Fr a juicy berry
DJ> Fr drupaceous calyx 2-4-cut
-toothed . . .
»DD Fr. dry calyx 5-toothed
cc Nutlet* or cells of fr. 4, or by abortion
fewer, 1-seeded
BB Fls pedicellcd
c Nutlets 1-sceded
D Number of nutlets 4
DD Number of nutlets 2 or 1
cc. Nutlets 2-seeded, in pyrenes 2-6, 2-lo-
cellate . .
i Infl centrifugal.
8. Fr. drupe-like, entire or 4-lobed, «xocarp
usually pulpy or fleshy, the endocaip en-
tire or 4-celled, often separating into 4
nutlets
c Corolla regular, stamens as many as
petals
cc. Corolla-limb oblique, with anterior lob«
produced, or sub-bilabiate , stamens 4,
didynamous or arched under posterior
lobes
D. Drupe with one 4-oelled stone.
B. Corolla-tube cylindrical, short.
1. I^anlana
2. Ltppia
3 Stachytar-
[pheta
4. Verbena
5. Amasoma.
6 Petrva.
8. Callicarpa.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
115
BB Corolla-tube strongly dilated above 10 Gmehna.
»D. Drupe 4-partod, with 4 stones, or by
reduction 1 -stoned (this 1-celled)
B Fertile stamens 2 11 Oxera
BB Fertile stamens 4 12 Cleroden-
BB. Fr dry, subcapsular, exocarp with 4 valves [dron.
involute at the margin from the base up,
which carry off the nutletH and leave no
central column . . . 13. Caryopteris.
Other genera m cultivation in North America are Avioenma,
Citharexylum, Congea, Diostea, Faradaya, Premna.
143. LABIATJB.
7. Summary of Tribes
Ignonng exceptions.
A. The nutlets fleshy or drupe-like, af-
fixed to a small basal or oblong m-
trorsely oblique areole ovary 4-lobcd 1 PRASIA TBIBB.
AA. The nutlets dry or hard
B. Ovary shortly, rarely deeply 4-lobe»d
nutlets wrinkled or netted, affixed
to an obliquely mtrorse or lateral,
usually large, areole
C. Seeds, when known, with endo-
sperm corolla with an ample
throat and broad lobes 2 PHOSTANTHEHA
cc Seeds without endosperm corolla (TRIBE.
various 3 AJUQA TRIBE.
BB. O\ary 4-parted to the bane nutlets
affixeel to a small basal or slightly
oblique areole
C. Stamens drcltnate, perfect ones 4,
rarely 2, anthers 1-e clle>d by con-
fluence 4 OCIMUM TRIBE.
D Subtnhe 1 KIOMMI v \ree>Ie
basal, stamens iisirilly e xser-
ted, anterior rorolla-lobe
usually unlike the others
DD. Subtribe 2 L\\ \\DULEB Are-
ole extrorsely oblique, sta-
mens included, corolla-lobes
equal or the anterior lobe
with the lateral ones forming
the anterior lip
CC. Stamens ascending, or in the
Stachys Tribe sometimes inclu-
ded (Consult also e cc )
D. Perfect stamens 2, anther-cells
linear, separate, solitary or
confluent 5 MONARDA TRIBE.
DD. Perfect stamens 4, rarely 2 m
the Nepeta Tribe
E Calyx usually 15-ner\ed, pos-
terior stamens longer than
the anterior 6 NEPETA TRIBE.
EE Calyx 5- or 10-nerved, pos-
terior stamens shorter than
anterior, posterior hp of
corolla erect, usually con-
cave or fornicate, anterior
spreading, 3-cut 7 STACHYS TRIBB.
F Subtnbe 1 ScLrELL<u»iEJZ
Calyx bilabiate or at
length 2-parted, t he mouth
closed after anthcsi*
FF Calyx not bilabiate
G Suhtribe 2 MKMT-
rtt. Corolla-tube
long -exserted, calyx
broad, of 5 short tetth
or 3-4 broad lobes
GO. Corolla-tube included or
slight lyexsertod, rarely
long -exserted, calyx
tubular or bell-shaped,
5-10-tootbed.
H. Subtnbe 3 MAR-
Ruuiris Stamens
included
HH Subtribe 4 LAMIEB
Stamens exserted
CCC. Stamens straight, diverging or
ascending, perfect ones 4 or 2,
calyx 5-, 10-, or 13-nerved, rarely
15-nerved, corolla-lobes usually
flat 8. SATURBIA TRIBB.
D Subtnbe 1 POGOSTEMONE./B.
Anthers 1-cellod, subglobose;
stamens distinct, straight
DD Anthers 2-cellod, at least the
younger ones
E Subtribe 2. MENTHOID&JB.
Calyx usually 5- or 1O-
nerved, stamens distant
or divaricate.
BE. Subtribe 3 MELISSEA Calyx
usually 13-nerved, stamens
ascending, at least at the
base.
II. Key to the Tribes.
I. Prasia Tribe.
Not m cultivation.
2. Prostanthera Tribe.
A* Calyx bilabiate; lips entire or anterior emar-
gmate . . 1. Prostan-
[thera.
AA. Calyx equal, 5-toothed 2. Westring\a.
3. Ajuga Tribe.
A. Corolla-tube slender, lobes 5, subequal,
spreading 3 Tnchostema.
AA. Corolla-tube, quasi 1 -lipped, the posterior
lobes and small latoal om s drclmate at the
con tract i d base of the very large anterior
lobe, or rarely erect 4 Teucrium.
AAA. Corolla-tube short or exserted, the posterior
lip short, erect, 2-fut, anterior much longer
and its middle lobe largest 5 Ajuga.
4. Ocimum Tribe.
A Subtribe 1 EuociMrr
B Anterior lob< of corolla hardly longer than
the others, often narrower, decimate, flat
r slightly r
c Fi
It-flexed
7 Moschosma.
8 Coleus
9 Plectra*-
[thu*.
10 Lavandula.
.. . urging, often
dec hnate
BB Anterior lobe of corolla longer than other
cone a\ e or boat-shaped
c Filaments connate at the base in a tube
cc Filaments free
AA. Subtnbe 2 LAVANDULE^; Sole genus
S. Monarda Tribe.
A Calyx tubular .11. Monarda.
AA Calyx bilabiate
B Fertile anther-cells 2 upper hp of corolla
4-lohofl 12 Perowskia.
BB tortile anther-cells 1 upper hp of corolla
entire or bifid
c Connective continuous with fiHment and
not indicated unlc&s by a slender
reflexed tcx>th 13. Rosmannus.
cc ComiLLtue 'irtuulattd to the filament
but not produe ed or \try shortly ae umi-
natc 14. Audibertia.
CCC Connective rlongitid, •^ft^itile on the
beyond the artit ulatmn and either dila-
ted or bearing an abortne rudiment
of the second anther-cell 15. Salma.
6. Nepeta Tnbe.
h the postcnoi
A Calyx bilabiate o
much wider than the- otners
AA Calyx tubular, mouth straight
B Stamens erect or dutrgin
parallel or at length d;
tooth
16 Dracoceph-
obhque [alum.
anther-cells
17 Lophanthus.
BB Stamens ase_e tiding or straightish, anther-
cells parallel 18 Cedronella.
BBS Stamens ascending and parallel or in a few
species rather lax and distant, anther-
cclla divergent o
. . 19. Afepeta.
7. Stachys Tribe.
Subtnbe 1. Scutellarlese.
I A. The calyx-hp entire . 20. Scutettana.
JLA. The posterior calyx-lip 3-toothed, antenor
2-fid. . 21.BnuuUa.
Subtribe 2. Melittese.
A. Anther-eel
toothed
AA. Anther-cells divergent, calyx 3-lobed
parallel, calyx subequally 5-
22. Physostegvi.
.23. Mehttv,.
Subtnbe 3. Marrubieae
Calyx 5-10-toothed, corolla-tube included,
anther-cells at length confluent 24. Mamibtum.
116
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
Subtribe 4. Lamieee.
A. The posterior hp of corolla often short or flat,
glabrous or pubescent 25 Colguhoun\a.
AA. The posterior lip concave or fornicate, rarely
flattish, usually villous
B. Teeth of calyx ti -13, rarely 5
c Calyx very broad at apex . 26 Moluccella.
cc Calyx long-tubular . 27 Leonolia.
BB Teeth of calyx 5
c. Stamens often cast to one side after
anthesis 28 Stachys.
cc Stamens often hairy on the back of the
anthers 29 Lamium.
ccc Stamens often have the posterior fila-
ments appendaged at the base 30 Phlomia.
8. Satureia Tribe.
Subtribe 1. Pogostemoneae
Calyx, 5-toothed, corolla 4-cut, anterior lobes
usually wider spreading . 31. Pogoatemon.
Subtribe 2. Menthoideae.
A. Whorls spicate or racemose, not axillary
B Calyx equal, erect, often elongated in fr ,
whorls many-fid 32 ElshoUzta.
BB Calyx subequal in anthems, but decimate
and bilabiate m fr , \vhorh 2-fld
c Nutlets smooth 33 Colhnsonia
or Nutlets netted-vemed 34 Perilla
AA Whorls axillary (or, in a fe\v species of Mcn-
tha, crowded in a dense terminal spike)
B Perfect stamens 4 35 Mentha
BB Perfect stamens 2 36 Cunila
AAA. Whorh in dense heads surrounded by involu-
cral bracts
B Corolla sub-bilabiate, whorls densely mauy-
fld
c. Lobes of corolla ovate, heads often corym-
bose-pamcled 37 Pycnantha*
CC. Lobes of corolla oblong or linear, heads [mum.
globose, solitary 38 MonardeUa.
BB Corolla bilabiate, whorls 2-fld , rarely more,
heads solitary, crowded or corymbose
pamcled 39. Origanum.
AAAA Whorls few-fld . axillary or the upper ones
spicate , calyx-throat closed by villous hairs <
AA Whorls axillary or the highest spicatc, calyx
40. Thv
open-bell-shapod, equal
B Calyx 10-nerved, stamens ascending 41 Satureia.
BB Calyx 15-nerved, stamens divergent . . 42 Hyssopus.
Subtnbe 3. Melisseae.
A. Posterior hp of corolla concave, sickle-shape
or galeate 43 Acantho-
AA. Posterior lip of corolla flattish or slightly con- [mintha.
cave
B. Calyx distinctly 2-hpped
c Corolla-tube straight or slightly curved 44 Satureia §
cc Corolla-tube below the middle recurved- [Calamintha
ascending 45 Melissa
BB Calyx equal or sub-bilabiate
c Perfect stamens 4 46 Mirromena.
cc Perfect stamens 2 47 Hedeoma
Other genera treated are Eremostachys, Galeopsis, Pycnos-
tachys, Sidentis, Synandra and Tinnea
144. PLANTAGINACE^E.
One genus in cultivation Plantago.
145. NYCTAGINACE^E.
A Fls involucrate
B Stigma with a small head, anthers didyna-
mous . 1 Mirabiht.
BB Stigma linear, anthers not didynamous . 2 Abronia.
AA Fls not involucrate, but bractcd
B Bracts large, colored 3 Bougain-
[inUea.
BB Bracts very small . . 4. Piaonia.
146. AMARANTACBJB.
A Anthers 2-celled
B Ovary 2-ovuled
c Fr a utricle
cc Fr berry-like
BB. Ovary 1-ovuled.
a Ovule erect, with a short fumculua.
1 Celona.
2 Deerinyia.
D Segms of perianth stellate in fr : fls. in
terminal racemes shrubs . 3. Botea,
DD. Segms of perianth upright m fr.: fls. in
clusters or panicles herbs 4 Amarantus.
cc. Ovule suspended from the apex of an
elongated fumculus
D. Perianth-segms scanous at apex, con-
nate at base . 5. Tnchinium.
DD. Perianth-segms hyaline, membranous
or somewhat papery, lanate . . .
AA. Anthers 1-celled
B Fls minute m glomerules or little-spiked
along the sparse branches of the panicle . 7 Ireaine.
BB. Fls in heads or spikes rarely pamcled
C Stigmas 2
D Perianth-segms free or connate at base 8 Gomphrena
DD Perianth-tube 5-cut, cristate or winged
m fr 9 Fraelichia.
cc Stigrna simple
D Starnmal tube short or long, with 5 an-
ther-bearing awl-shaped lacmue and
5 antherless lacunae interposed 10. Telanthera
DD St animal tubes with no antherless
lacimse interposed .11 P/affia.
147. CHENOPODIACEJE.
A Fls with 4 bractlets, 2 of which are adnate to
the perianth at the base, or higher
B Embryo spiral filaments straight in the bud 1 Basella.
BB Embryo semi-annular filaments recurved at
apex or lower in the bud 2 Boussin-
AA Fls with bractlets not adnate to perianth [gaultui.
B Embryo spiral endosperm scant or 0 3 Salsola.
BB Embryo ring-shaped or horseshoe-shaped
endosperm copious (Sahcorma has con-
duplicate embryo nnd no endosperm )
c St and branches articulated fls im-
mersed in ca\es m the superposed
joints no foliage-lvs 4 Salicorn\a.
cc St not articulated
D Perianths heteiomorphous, stammate
without bracts, 3-5-lobed or parted,
pistillate usually 0 fls with 2 bract-
lets accrescent in fr free or connate
into a sack, and no perianth
E Pistillate fls without pt nanth, 3-4-
toothed 5 Spinana.
EE Pistillate fls with ample bracts which
enlarge in fr , perianth 0 6 Atriplex
DD Perianths hornomorphoux, i e , not of
E Fls hermaphrodite nnd feminine, sol-
itary or jjloinc rate seed horizontal,
embryo annular, albumen sc ant 7 Kochta.
EE Fls glorneraU , hermaphrodite or
unisexual seed erect, inverse or
shoe-shaped
F. Perianth-tube surrounded by a
wing stamens 5 seed hon/ontal,
bony 8 Cycloloma.
TV. Perianth o-parted, usually un-
seed erect or horizontal, bony or
leathery 9. Chenopod-
FFF Perianth 5-lobed, hardened at the [turn
base in fr seed houzontal,
leathery 10 Beta.
The genus Ullucus, allied to Basella, is also described briefly.
148. PHYTOLACCACEJE.
A. Ovary superior
B Carpel 1 1 Rivina
BB Carpels 2- <», united into a berry 2 Phytolacca
BBB Carpels 1 or 2, united, the fr with scales at
top 3 Petiveria
AA. Ovary semi-infenor fr inferior 4 Agdestis.
149. POLYGONACEJE.
A. The fls fascicled in the axils or at the nodes of
infl (In the first 3 genera sometimes along
the rachis of mfl )
B. Endosperm 3-G-lobed with longitudinal
grooves and usually ruminate
c. Fruiting perianth fleshy or berry-hke at
the base or everywhere, the nut in-
cluded or exserted at the apex 1 Muehlen-
cc. Fruiting perianth with fleshy or berry- [becfoa,
bke tube, including the nut and often ad-
nate to it, crowned by the unchanged
connivent or marcescent hmb 2. Caccoloba.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
117
ccc. Fruiting perianth enlarged, membranous
or scarious, colored, outer segms.
larger and broadly cordate, inner ones
oblong 3. Antigonon.
cccc. Fruiting perianth developing wings on
the 3 outer parts 4 Tnplant.
BB. Endosperm equable, entire
c. Perianth S-meroua, rarely 4-merous;
styles usually filiform and stigmas
usually capitate.
D. Pistil 2-3-merouH, stamens usually 6-8
shrubs, often spmescent 5. Atraphaxis.
DD Pistil 3-merous stamens 8 or fewer
herbaceous, rarely suffrutn owe
E Nut entirely or nearly covered by
the fruiting perianth 6 Polygonum.
BE. Nut much longer than the fruiting
perianth . 7. Faoopyrum.
CC. Perianth 6-merous, rarely 4-merous
D Stamens 9, rarely 0, fruiting perianth
unchanged nut.J-wmged 8. Rheum.
DD. Stamens 6, rarely Q, inner seKms of
" 'lilting perianth much enlarged, erect
fruit
and including the J-angled nut 9. Rumex.
AA. The fls in mfl dichotomously or umbellately
branched, tho floral Ivs or bracts connate
below the branches into one 3-cut bract, or
free and 3-°o m number . 10. Enogonum.
150. NEPENTHACE.fi.
BBB. The penanth-segms deciduous from base,
fruiting tube flattened or disk-shaped and
entire or truncate 4 Cinnamo-
LAA. Anthers mtrorsely locellato, valves dehiscing [mum 8
upward. [Camphora
B. Fls in a short, lax raceme, accompanied by
small and narrow bracts 5. Sassafras.
BB. Fls umbellate, capitate or rarely solitary,
umbels or heads before anthesis included
in a 4-6-bracted involucre.
C. Locell» of anther 4 6. Umbettul-
CC. Locellae 2 [aria.
D Stamens usually 9 , fls dioecious 7. Benzoin.
DD. Stamens usually 12-20, fls. polygamous 8 Laurus.
The genus Litsea is sparingly in cultivation
158. THYMELjEACE.fi.
A Stamens fewer than the corolla-lobes. . . .
AA. Stamens twice as many as corolla-lobes
B. Disk 0 or a very short ring
c Perianth-tube cylindrical, limb spread -
The only genus
Nepenthes.
2. Daphne.
cc. Perianth much swollen above, obliquely
truncate, limb not spreading . 3 Dirca.
BB. Disk more or less lobed or oblique
c Fie .5-merous, disk cup-shaped .. .. 4. Dais
CC Fls 4-merous
D The disk annular, lobes very short 5 Edgeworthia.
DD The disk 4-cut or 2-cut . . 6 Wikstramia
The genera Gmdia, Lagetta, and Thyinelsea will also be found
in the book
151. ARISTOLOCHIACE^E.
A. Perianth persistent, 3-lobed above ovary,
regular stamens 12 surrounding the style in
2 series, anthers free 1 Asc
AA. Perianth deciduous, irregular, polymorphous,
anthers 0-°°, adnate in 1 series to a stylar
column 2 4ri
152. SAURURACE^E.
A. Stamens 3
AA Stamens 5-8
B Carpels connate
BB. Carpels distinct
2 Anemopsis
. 6 Saururus
153. PIPERACE.fi.
A. Stamens 2-0, anther-cells usually distinct,
stigmas 3-4, rarely 2 or 5 1 Piper
AA. Stamens 2, anther-eells confluent into one
2-valved anther, stigma terminal or lateral,
pemtillate or undivided 2. Pepero
154. CHLORANTHACEJB.
In cultivation . Chloranthus.
159. PROTEACE.fi.
Series 1. Fr an indehisoent nut or drupe: fla. usually solitary
with a bract under each one
A. I1 Is dioecious by abortion, regular 1. Leucaden-
dron.
AA Fls. hermaphrodite, irregular 2. Protea.
Series 2 Fr folhcular, capsular or rarely indehiscent and sub-
drupaceous fls usually in pairs along the rachis with only 1 bract
for each pair
A Ovules 2, collateral
B Fls racemose or fascicled, involucre none or
inconspicuous, bracts deciduous
c The ovules pendulous, orthotropous
D Fr scarcely or tardily dehiscent,
pericarp thick, fleshy or hard, seeds
with thick, often unequal cotyledons
E Perianth-limb recurved , 3 Guevina
EE Perianth straight 4 Macadamia.
DD Fr folhcular or obliquely 2-valyed,
seeds compressed, margined or wing 5. Roupala.
cc The ovules laterally affixed or ascending
D Seeds with or w ithout a narrow wing 6 QreviUea.
DD Seeds samara-hke, wing oblong, ter-
minal 7 f/aHea
BB Fls in dense bracted spikes or cones 8 Banksia
AA Ovules 4 or more
B Fls umbellate seeds winged below 9 Stenocarpus.
BB Fls m dense racemes seeds samara-like,
\vithanoblongternnnal\ung 10 Telopea.
BBB Fls twin, in short or long racemes seeds
samara-like with a terminal truncate
wing . 11 Lomatia
155. MYRISTICACE.fi.
Sole genus
.. Mynstica.
156. MONIMIACE.fi.
A. Stamens numerous, anther-cells dehiscing in
a 2-valved fashion by a longitudinal crack.. . 1. Peumus.
AA. Stamens 6-12, anther-cells dehiscing above ... 2. Laurelia.
157. LAURACE.fi.
A. Anthers 2-locellate, valves laterally dehiscent
or quickly deciduous 1. Hemandta.
AA. Anthers extrorsely loccllate, valves dehiscent
upwards
B. The whole perianth persisting under the fr ,
appressed or slightly spreading, perianth
sometimes deciduous from the base 2. Persea.
BB. The pcrianth-segms at length transversely
cut, leaving tho fruiting tube bell-shaped [mum.
or expanded and 6-toothed .. . 3. Cinnamo-
160. ELJEAGNACE.fi.
A LVB alternate stamens 4
B Fls hermaphrodite
BB Fls unisexual, usually dioscious
AA Lvs opposite stamens 8
161. LORANTHACEJB.
A Perianth double
AA Perianth single or simple
Viscum is also of general interest.
162. SANTALACEJ2.
A. Plant herbaceous, low
AA Plant woody, shrubs or trees.
B Fls perfect ....
BB Fls dioecious or polygamous
c Lvs alternate
cc. Lvs opposite
1 Elxagnus
2 Hippophal.
3 Shepherds.
1. iMranthus.
2 Phoraden-
[dron.
, 1 Comandra.
2. Santalum
3 Pyndaria.
118
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
163. PLATANACE.fi. 168. LEITNBRIACEJE.
8016 **»» . . Platanu,. The only genus.. . . Lntnena.
164. MORACE&.
A. Anthers reversed on the bud with inflexed
filaments
B. The male fls spicate, racemose or capitate,
female globose, capitate.
c. Female perianth dentate 1. Broussone-
[t\a
cc Female perianth deeply 4-fid . 2 Madura.
BB The fls of either sex spicate, spikes short
and dense or long and lax 3. Morut
BBS. The fls crowded on fleshy receptacle 4. Doratema.
AA. Anthers erect from the beginning
B. Plants, trees or shrubs fls. usually on a
fleshy receptacle
c. The receptacle fleshy, globose or ovoid,
clearly inclosing the numerous fls , but
with a small mouth which is braoteato
introrsely , the mouth is closed in fr 5. Ficut
CC. The receptacle androgynous, male fls
numerous, females solitary in the
center of the receptacle 6. Brostmuwi.
ccc. The receptacle unisexual, with an invo-
lucre of numerous bracts overlapping in
series 7. Antiana.
CCCC. The fl -clusters unisexual, with or without
3.-4 bracts at the base, in heads, spikes,
rarely m racemes or the female 1-fld
D. Stamens 4 8 Cudrania.
DD Stamens 1 9. Artocarput.
BB. Plants, herbs fls not on a fleshy receptacle
C St chmbmg Ivs opposite, embryo
spirally involute 10 Humulus.
cc. St. not climbing Ivs alternate or the
lowest opposite embryo curved . . 11 Cannabis.
Couaaapoa is also briefly treated.
165. URTICACE^E.
A. Hairs stinging
B Achene straight 1 Urtica.
BB Achene oblique . ... 2. Urera.
AA Hairs harmless
B Perianth of the lemale fl , 3-5-parted
c Lvs opposite stamens 4, rarely 2-3 . 3 Pilea.
cc Lvs alternate, distichous, oblique at
base stamens 5, rarely 4 4 Pelhonia.
BB. Perianth of the female fl tubular, inclosing
the athtne, not adnato Ivs opposite or
alternate fls in clusters or panicles 5 Boehmeria.
BBB Perianth of the female fl tubular adnate to
the achcnc Ivs alternate, tomentose be-
low fls in globular heads often forming
cymes 6. Debregeasia.
Helxine, Panetana, and Pipturus are described
166. ULMACE-ffi.
A. Fr dnipaceous fls on the young growth
B Cotyledons very broad
c Sepals connate, style exccntrio 1 Zelkova
cc Sepals distinct or nearly so, style cen-
tral
n Fr globose, not winged 2 Celtia
DD Fr winged . 3 Pleroceltis
BB Cotyledons narrow
c Fertile fls perfect, fls in cymes 4 Trema
cc Fertile fls unisexual, solitary, stammate
in cymes before the Ivs 5 Aphananthe.
AA. Fr not drupaceous, winged or muricate
fls on last year's branches
B Fr. stalked, surrounded by a broad wing b Ulmus.
BB Fr not winged, everywhere somewhat
fleshy and muricate ... .7 Planera.
167. JUGLANDACE-ffi.
A. The fls. of either sex in erect spikes, imbncate-
bractate 1. Platycarya.
A A. The stammate fls in pendulous catkins, pis-
tillate fls spicate or subsohtary
B. In germinating, cotyledons are borne above
ground and remain green 2. Pterocarya,
BB. In germinating, cotyledons remain inside
the nut
C. Husk at length splitting into segms.; nut
smooth or angled . . 3. Carya.
00. Husk mdehiscent, nut wrinkled or
sculptured 4. Junto**.
169. MYRICACEJE.
A. Lvs. serrate or entire, not stipulate ovary
subtended by 2-4 bractlets 1. Myrica.
AA. Lvs pinnatifid, stipulate ovary subtended by
8 linear, persistent bractlets 2 Comptonia
Sole genus .
170. CASUARINACEjB.
171. EUPHORBIACEjE.
A. Ovules 2 in each cell of ovary plant without
milky juice (or red juice in Bischofia).
B. Lvs alternate, simple (sometimes opposite
in Poranthera)
C. Calyx of stammate fls imbricate
D Petals present, at least in stammate
fls
E. Plant a shrub with broad, glabrous
or somewhat hairy Ivs ovary
3-cellcd 1. Andrachnt.
BS. Plant a tree, with scaly herbage
ovary 1-cclled 2 JUztoxtcon.
BEE. Plant a heath-like sub-shrub Ivs
narrow, with recurved margin 3. Poranthera
DD. Petala 0
B. Fls single or in axillary clusters
F Styles slender or only broadened
at apex
o Rudimentary pistil present in
stammate fls , disk present
Ivs entire
H. Seed grooved on inner face
disk of pistillate fl lobed 4. Plugged
HH. Seed not grooved disk en-
tiro 5 Secunnega,
GO Rudimentary pistil absent
H Disk present 6 Phyllanthua.
HH Disk absent, at least from
pistillate fls
i Fr a caps . 7. Glochidion.
n Fr more or lens fleshy
j The styles 2-parted 8 Breynia
jj The styles almost entire 9. Sauropus
FF Styles broad, spreading
a Stamens arising from a disk
H Starmnato fls with rudi-
mentary pistil 10 Drypetes
HH Stammate fls without rudi-
mentary pistil 11 Hemicycha.
oa Stamens 2-4, without disk 12 Putranjua.
KE. Fls. in elongated catkin-hke or
branched mfl , dioecious Ivs large,
broad and plane
F. Ovary 1-cclled, stamens 2-5 13 Anhdesma
FF Ovary 2-5-cclled
a Stammate fla with rudimentary
pistil 14 Baccaurea
GO Stammate fls without rudimen-
tary pistil 16. Daphmphyl-
CC Calyx of stammate fls valvate, petals [lum.
small 16 Lebidierop-
BB Lvs alternate, compound 17 Bischofia
BBB. Lvs opposite, compound 18 Oldfieldia
BBBB Lvs whorled, simple 19 Hyxnanche.
AA. Ovules 1 in each tell of the ovary
B. Fls produced singly or in ordinary mfl
C. Stamens incurved in the bud, pubescence
stellate or scaly, JUICP not milky 20 Croton.
CO. Stamens erect in the bud
D. Juice not milky (see also Codiseum and
relatives) calyx valvate Ivs simple
B. Stammate tts with petals herbs 21. Chrotophora.
BE. Stammate fls apetalous
F. Stamens much branched herbs
with Ivs. palmately veined
and peltate. . . . ..22. Rianu*
n. Stamens not branched
o. Lvs opposite styles free (see
also Mallotua)
H. The stamens as many as 50 23. Trtvna
HH. The stamens 8-20 24. Mercunalit.
aa. Lvs. alternate, or rarely oppo-
site
H. Plant a thorny shrub: sta-
mens 8-15 . ... 25.Ad*ha.
MS. Plant with holly-like spiny
margined Ivs. . stamens 3-8. 26. Alchonua.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
119
HHH. Plant unarmed or with sting-
ing ha^rs.
I. Styles free or united only at
j. Anther-cells spherical to
oblong
K Anthers 2-celled 27. MaUotu*.
KK Anthera 3-4-celled Ivs.
usually peltate 28 Macaranga.
JJ. Anther-cells elongated,
often vermiform 29. Acalypha.
n. Styles united above the
case st often climbing
3. Infl without conspicuous
involucre
K Number of stamens
usually 3, styles free
at apex 30. Tragia.
KK. Number of stamens
8-30, styles united
to the apex into a
swollen column 31. Plukenetia.
JJ Infl subtended by a con-
spicuous involucre 32 Dalecham-
DD. Juice almost always more or less milky (pict.
(chief exceptions in Cluytia and
relatives)
B. The fls with petals, at least the
stammate
F. Calyx valvate
G Lvs simple, palmate. . ... 33 Aleuntei
GO Lvs compound . . 34. Joanneaia.
FT. Calyx imbricate
a Petals free from one another.
H The stamens in 2 or more
whorls
I. Number of stamens about
10 Ivs usually palmately
veined 35 Jatropha
II. Number of stamens 15-30
or more Ivs pinnately
•veined styles entire 30 CWueum
HH The stamens in 1 whorl,
usually about 3-5 37 Cluytia
GO. Petals connate Ivs usually
palmately veined
H Some of the filaments united
Ivs simple 35 Jatropha
HH Filaments free .Ivs compound 38 Ricinoden-
BB. The fls apctalous [dron
r. Sepals valvate or slightly im-
G Lvs trifoliate 39 Hevea
GQ Lvs simple, pinnately veined
H Number of stamens 3 Ivs
spiny margined 40 Pachu-
HH Number of stamens 1 Ivs not [stroma
spiny 41 Op/i thai-
TV. Sepals or lobes of calyx, if any, im- [moblapton.
bricate Ivs simple
o. Number of stamens usually 10 or
more (5-50)
H. Starnmato calyx with 5 sepals
connate, at least at ba.se
Ivs usually palmately
veined st erect
I Herbage with -.tinging hairs 35 Jatropha.
n Herbage usually glabrous 42 Mamhot.
HH. Stammate calyx 3 -5-lobed
Ivs pinnately vnned st
climbing or trailing 43Mabea
HHH Stammate calyx ofl or 2
sepals 44. Homalan-
HHHH Stammate calyx cupulate, [thus.
truncate or dentate Ivs.
broad, hairy 45. Hura.
GO. Number of stamens 1-5
H Stammate calyx with 4-5 free
sepals st climbing 46. Omphaha.
HH. Stammate calyx with 2-3
sepals, free or connate at
base
I. Infl usually terminal1 seed
carunculate .47. Sebast\ana.
n. Infl usually axillary: seed
not carunculate . 48. Excoecana.
BHH. Starnmato calyx with con-
nate sepals, 1-3-lobed.
I. The stamens 2-3.
j. Stamens free
K Base of caps persistent
as a pointed piece. 49. Sopium.
KK. Base of caps not per-
sistent, only a 3-
parted central
column remaining 50. St\Uino*a>
jj Stamens united
K Pistil 4-celled 51. Maprounia.
KK. Pistil 6-9-celled 52. Htppomant.
n. The stamens 1
J Inn. terminal 51. Maprouma.
JJ Infl lateral or axillary 41. Ophthalr
HHHH. Stammate calyx 0, or rarely [mobtapton.
1-2 minute scales 53. Colhguaya.
BB. Fls. in cyathia (see explanation under
Euphorbia)
c. Cyathia regular or nearly so.
D. Involucral glands free from one
another, alternate with lobes of
involucre . 54. Euphorb\a.
DD. Involucral glands united into a ring
around the lobes .... 55 Synadenvum.
cc. Cyathia decidedly irregular 56. Ped\lanthut.
172. BUXACE^.
A. Cells of ovary with 2 ovules each; stamens 4.
B. Lvs alternate
c Evergreen shrubs Ivs entire 1. Sarcococca.
cc. Evergreen herbs. Ivs dentate 2. PocAy«-
[andra.
BB Lvs. opposite 3. Buxus.
AA Cells of ovary with 1 ovule each; stamens
numerous Ivs. opposite 4. Simmond-
(na.
173. BETULACEJB.
A. Starnmato fls with 4 perianth-segms. or by
abortion fewer (Birch Tribe)
B StameiiH 2 . 1. Betula.
BB Stamens 4 2 Alnus.
AA Stammate fls with no perianth (Hazel Tribe).
B Nut large, inclosed by a leafy involucre
stammate fls with 2 bractlets, pistillate
fls 2-4, capitate
BB Nut small, subtended by or inclosed in a
large bractlet stammate fls with no
bractlets, pistillate catkins spike-like
c Fruiting bractlet flat, 3-clcft and incised 4. Carjnnu
cc Fruiting bractlet bladder-like, closed,
membranous . 5. Ostrya.
174. FAGACEJE.
A. Ovary of pistillate fls 6-< elled , spikes of either
sex erect and strict fruiting involucre or bur
densely covered with strong pickles 1. Coatan«a.
AA Ovary of pistillate fls 3-celied, rarely 4- or 5-
celled in some species of Quercus
B Stammate fls 1-3 in a cluster Ivs usually
small 2. NothnSagu*
BB Stammate fls in loose, roundish pendulous
heads Ivs generally large 3 Fagu*.
BBB Stammate fls in pendulous catkins or the
spikes of either sex erect and strict
c. Involucre of numerous scales forming
a cup m fr and subtending the acorn 4 Quercut.
cc Imolucre in fr armed with clusters of
prickles or tubercles, wholly including
the fr , perfectly closed or at length
split irregularly
175. SALICACE^B.
Lvs usually narrow disk composed of 1 or 2
glands which are distinct or barely connate
at base . . 1. Salix.
.. Lvs usually broad disk cyathiform, often
oblique or cup-shaped, entire or lobed . 2. Populut.
176. EMPETRACE.fi.
L. Fls axillary, solitary, stamens 3, pistil 6-9-
merous . 1. BmjHtrum*
L. Fls axillary in 2's or 3's, stamens 2, pistil
2-merous 2 Cerofeoio.
L. Fls subcapitate, stamens usually 3, pistil 3-
merous . . . . 3. Corona.
177. GINKGOACEvE.
Ovule-beanng blade, long^talked, shortly 2~«
cut at apex, the lobas dilated into a ring or
short eup adnate to the seed: anther-cells 2,
pendulous. Ivs. fan-shaped Qinkgo.
120
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
178. GNETACEJ&.
Leafless shrubs with jointed branches and scales
opposite the nodoa connate into a little sheath. Ephedra.
The very curious genus Welwitschia may be found in botanical
collections.
179. TAXACEJE.
k. Anthers 2-celled tropical or subtropical trees
and shrubs
a. Scales of pistillate aments few, adnate to
peduncle and with it usually fleshy Iva.
linear to ovate, rarely scale-like 1. Podocarpua.
BB Scales of pistillate aments short, broad and
somewhat fleshy, imbricate Ivs minute
and scale-like branchlets flattened and
If -like 2 Phylloc-
».. Anthers 3 -8-celled Ivs linear hardy or nearly [ladua.
hardy trees and shrubs
B Pistillate fls consisting of several decussate
2-ovulod carpicles TVS with 2 glaucous
lines below broader than the 3 green
lines 3. Cephalo-
BB Pistillate fls reduced to 1 ovule [toxua.
c. Carpicles at maturity inclosing the seed
and adnate to it anthers 4-celled, cells
free Ivs with 2 glaucous lines below
narrower than the green lines 4. Torreya.
CC. Carpicles at maturity partly inclosing the
seed, not adnate to it anthers b-8-
cellod, cells connate Ivs pale green
below . . .5. Taxua.
180. PINACEJE.
A. LVB. spirally arranged
B. Carpicles simple, ovule 1, reversed,
cone-scales with 1 seed 1. ARAUCABIA TRIBE.
BB. Carpicles divided into scale and
bract, sometimes connate
C. Ovules 2, reversed , scale and bract
always distinct, cone-stales with
2 usually winged seeds 2 ABIES TRIBE
CC Ovules 2-8, axillary and upright or
on the scale and at least finally
reversed, cone-scales with 2-8
seeds 3. T OCODIUM TRIBE.
sees
A. Lvs opposite or whorled, often
like ovules upright
cale-
-
4 CUPRLSHUB TRIBE
1. Araucana Tribe.
A. Seeds free from the scale, with 1 or 2 wings-
Ivs broad, generally elliptic, more or less
distichous and rather remote 1 Agath\a.
AA. Seeds adnate to the winged or wingless scale
Ivs large, scale-like or needle-shaped,
spirally arranged, crowded . 2. Araucana
2. Abies Tribe.
A. Fohage deciduous, partly fascicled
B Male fls solitary in a leafless scaly bud, con-
nective not produced beyond anther-cells
nor scarcely prominent cones reflexed,
scales persistent 3. Lanx,
BB. Male fls clustered, pendulous cone-scales
deciduous . 4. Pseudolanx.
AA. Foliage evergreen
B. Connective of anthers usually produced into
a scale-like appendage
c. Male fls subspicate at base of new shoots:
cone-scales persistent Ivs in clusters of
2-5, rarely solitary . 5. Ptnus.
cc. Male fls solitary in the cluster of Ivs.
which terminate short branchlets cone-
scales finally deciduous. Ivs partly fas-
cicled as in the larch 6. Cedrua.
CCC. Male fls solitary in the axils cones
reflexed, scales persistent Ivs solitary,
4-angled or flattened and glaucous
above, green on the back 7. Picea.
BB. Connective of anthers simply umbonate
beyond the cells or hardly prominent,
male fls solitary in axils Ivs solitary,
usually flattened, glaucous or paler below
c. Cones reflexed, scales persistent
D Subtending bract conspicuous 8 Pseudoteuga.
DD Subtending bract small 9. Tsuga.
cc. Cones erect
D Scales penstent, seeds about as long as
scales, bracts much shorter than
scales Ivs flattened, keeled above,
pale below . . 10. Keteleena.
DD Scales deciduous, seeds shorter than
scales, bracts shorter or longer Ivs
flattened and grooved above, usually
glaucous below, rsrely 4-angled . . 11. Ab\ea.
J. Taxodium Tribe.
A. Lvs connate into paira, arranged in whorls:
ovule-bearing blade finally much increased
and hardened, making the greater part of the
woody cone . . 12. Sciadopitys.
AA. Lvs solitary, scattered
B Scales of cone flat
C. Carpicles entire at apex anther-cells 2-4:
seeds surrounded by a narrow wing Ivs
lanceolate flat, rather large, glaucous
below 13 Cunning-
cc Carpiclos toothed at the apex -anther-cells [hamta.
4-5 seeds 2-3-angled Ivs. awl-shaped,
curved . , 14 Cryptomena.
BB Scales peltate
c Seeds usually F>, narrowly winged Ivs
scale-like or linear, persistent 15 Sequoia.
cc Seeds 2, angular Ivs linear, deciduous
with the branchlets . . 16. Taxodium.
4. Cupressus Tribe.
A Fr a cone
B Cone-scales all fertile, 4-8, forming appar-
ently 1 whorl Ivs usually scale-like,
opposite or in whorls of 3 or 4, rarely
alternate on sterile branches 17. Callitnt.
BB Cone-scales fertile at middle of cone and
sterile at top and base 18 Fitzroya.
BBS Cone-scales partly fertile, partly empty,
arranged in opposite pairs Ivs scale-like,
opposite only on juv enile branches, some-
times needle-shaped
c Scales of cone imbricate.
D Seeds 4-5, pairs of scales 3-4 (exclud-
ing the upper connate pair) 19 Thujopsia
DD Seeds 2
E Pairs of scales 4, the upper pair fertile 20 Libocedrua
l E Pairs of scales b-8, the 2 upper pairs
fertile 21 Thuja
CC Scales of c one peltate
D Number of seeds 2, cones small
h Wings of seeds very large, unequal 22 Fokiema
EK V\ ings of seeds narrow, equal 23 Chamarcup-
DD Number of seeds many, cones usually [aria.
rather large and woody 24 Cupressus
AA. Fr fleshy, indehiscent berry or drupe, with
2-P> fertile stales Ivs stale-like, opposite
or needle-shaped and usually in 3's . 26. Jumperus.
Consult also the genus Athrotaxis, allied to Celphalotaxus and
Sequoia
181. CYCADACE^E.
A. Lf-segms circmately involute in vernation-
female cones proliferous after anthesis,
scales elongate, the margins bearing 2 to
many ovules 1. Cycaa.
AA. Lf -segms straight in vernation female cones
deciduous after anthesis, scales peltate
B Cone-scales superposed in vertical series
c Shield of the scales transversely 2-horned
at apex 2 Ceratozamia,
cc. Shield of the scales truncate, not horned
at apex 3 Zamia
BB. Cone-scales overlapping in alternating
series
c The If -segms ribbed and nerved, nerves
spreading on either side of midrib, very
numerous, simple or f 01 ked 4 Stange>.a.
cc. The If -segms with parallel, longitudinal
nerves
D. Shield of cone-scales flat, erect, ovate-
cordate 5 Dioon.
DD. Shield thickened, ascending, usually
prolonged into an erect, acuminate
blade 6 Macrozamva.
DDD. Shield thickened truncate, docurved at
apex .... . 7. Encephal-
[artot.
The genera Bowenia and Microcycas are also included.
182. HYDROCHARITACEJE.
A. St elongated, submerged, everywhere leafy.
Ivs short spat lies small, sessile m axils
placenta} little prominent in ovary 1. Ehdea.
AA. St very short, sometimes emitting creeping
or floating stolons Ivs crowded, immersed,
sessile, elongated spathes pedunculate
placenta hardly prominent . . 2
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
121
AXi. St. very short: Ivs. crowded, some sessile and
submerged, others (except in 8 1 ratio tea)
long-stalked, with a floating blade, spathes
peduncled placentae of 2 lamelhe, strongly
intruded, dividing the ovary more or leas
perfectly into 6 cells
B. Styles 3, stamens 3-9 3. Limndbium.
BB. Styles 0, 2-fid.
c. Stamens with 6 2-fid filaments, of which
3 have 2 anthers and 3 have 1 anther. . 4 Hydrochant.
OO. Stamens 11-15 . 5 Straliotet.
183. ORCHIDACE.fi.*
7. Summary of Tribes.
A. Fertile stamens 2, with a broad shield-
shaped sterile one (staminodium) 1. CYPHIPEDITJM
AA. Fertile stamen 1, with no staminodium [TRIBE.
B. Anther persistent , polhma with basal
appendages
c. The anther erect
D Stigma flat, unappendagcd . 2 SERAPIAS TRIBE
DD Stigma with appendages 3 HABENARIA TRIBB.
cc The anthers placed obliquely 4 SATTHIUM TBIBB.
BB. Anther usually readily deciduous,
polhma not appendagcd or with
terminal ones
C. Infl terminal
D. Lf -buds convolute
E. Lf -blade not jointed to stalk
F The anther commonly
much exceeding the beak
of the column which is
not distinctly cut
o. Lip without hypochil,
usually spurless
H. St short, with only
1 or 2 Ivs 5 POOONIA TRIBE.
HH. St long, with many
Ivs 6 VANILLA TRIBE
oo Lip with distinct hypo-
chil, which is often
spurred 7 CEPHALANTHERA
FF. The [anther commonly [TRIBE.
about as long as the beak
of the column which
usually bears a sharp cut
lima waxy or pow-
dery, not divided
H Lip turned down 8 SPIRANTHES TRIBB.
HH Lip turned up 9 CRANICHIS TRIBE.
GO Polhma divided into dis-
tinct masses 10 PHYSURUS TRIBE.
BE Lf -blade distinctly jointed to
the petiole
F Polunia 8 st slender fls
usually with spurs or
chins 11 THUNIA TRIBE.
FF Polhma 4 st a short pseu-
dobulb fl« without spurs
or chins 12 COJLOQYNE TRIBE.
DP. Lf -buds conduphcate
K. Sepals and petals about
equally developed, the hp
usually very conspicuous
F. Lvs usually not jointed
column footless 13. LiPARiB TRIBE.
FF. Lvs usually jointed
o. Nerves of Ivs 1
H Polhma 2-4, with very
short stalks 14 POLYSTACHTA
HH. Polhma 4-8, with dis- (TRIBB.
tmct caudicles
I. Column-foot forming
a chin with the
lateral sepals or a
short sac with the
hp 15 PONERA TRIBE.
ir Column footless . 16 CATTLEYA TRIBB.
QQ Nerves of Ivs several 17. SOBRALIA TRIBE.
EE Sepals much more developed
than the petals and hp 18 PLEUBOTHALUS
co. Infl lateral, or on separate shoot. [TRIBB.
». Lf -buds convolute
E. St. slender or gradually
swollen.
F. Polhma with caudiclos but
without stalks 19. PHAJUS TRIBB.
FF Polhma without caudicles
but with stalks
o Lip jointed to column-
foot or forming a spur [TRIBB.
with it 20. CTBTOPODIUM
*For explanation of orchid flowers and of terms, see the
article Orchidt
oo. Lap not jointed, often
with a distinct hypochil 21. CATASETUM TRIBB.
KB. St. a short distinct pseudo-
bulb
F. Lip jointed to the column-
foot
0 Callus-ridges lengthwise 22 LYCASTE TBIBB.
GO. Callus-ridges transverse 23 ZYQOPETALUM
FF. Lip continuous with col- [TRIBB.
uran-foot . 24. GONQOBA TRIBB.
DD. Lf.-buds conduphcate
B. St terminating its growth in
1 year
F. Lip movably jointed to foot
of column
a. Lvs not strap-shaped:
polhma unappendaged
or with either caudicles
or stipes, but not with
both
H. Flowering st arising
from near the apex
of the slender st or
from the pseudobulb 25. DBNDROBIUM
EH. Flowering st arising [TBIBB.
under the pseudo-
bulb or at the base of
the st
I. Polhma without ap-
pendages 26 BULBOPHYLLUM
n. Polhma with distinct [TaiBi.
stalks
j. Ps< udobulbs usu-
ally present flow-
ering st arising
lower than new
growth 27. MAXILLABIA
jj. Paeudobulbs usu- [TRIBB.
ally wanting
flowering st
arising higher
than new
growth 28 HTJNTLBTA TBIBB.
OO Lvs strap-shaped pol-
hma with broad cau-
dicles and stipes 29. CYMBIDIUM TBIBB.
FF. Lip immovably united to
foot of column
o Fls with spurs 30. loNOPSis TBIBB.
GO Fls without spurs
H The fls narrow, not
open 31< ADA TBIBB.
HH The fls wide, open
I Lip enrolled around
the column 32. TBICHOPILIA
n Lip not enrolled [TRIBB.
j The hp united to
column to the
middle 33. ASPABIA TRIBB.
jj The hp united
only to the base
of the column 34 ODONTOQLOUSUM
EB. St increasing in length from [TRIBB.
year to year 35. AEBIDES TBIBB.
77. Key to the Tribes.
1. Cypripedium Tribe.
A. Fl persistent, withering on the ovary: lf.-
buds convolute 1 Cvpriped-
AA. Fl. soon deciduous If -buds conduphcate. [\um
B. Ovary 3-celled, the placentae central,
mouth of hp w ith broad mturned margin 2. Phragmoped-
BB. Ovary 1 -celled, the placentae parietal. [ilum.
mouth of hp usually with no broad
inturned margins . . 3. Paphw-
[pedilum,
2. Serapias Tribe.
A. Lap spurred
B Sepals free 4 Orchu
BB Sepals united into an arching hood . 5. Galeorch\t.
AA Lip spurless
B Polhma glands in a single sac . 6 Serapias.
BB Polhma glands separate, in 2 distinct sacs . . 7. Ophrys.
3. Habenana Tribe.
A. Lip adnate to column at base, stigma broad . . 8. Cynorch\t.
AA. Lip free, stigma slender .... .9. Habenana.
4. Satyrium Tribe
Dorsal sepal helmet-ehaped 10. Dtta.
122
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
5. Pogonia Tribe.
A. Fls. on a scape with a terminal whorl of If. -like
bracts 11. Isotrta.
AA. Fla on a leafy st
B. Lip crested 12 Pogonia.
BB. L»p not crested 13. Tnphora.
6. Vanilla Tribe.
Sts. rooting at nodes . ... 14. Vanilla.
7. Cephalanthera Tribe.
A. Fls with a chin, lip long
AA. Fls. chinless, lip round
15 Cephalan-
(thera.
16. Epipaciis.
[chus.
8. Spiranthes Tribe.
A. Dorsal sepal forming a hood with the petals
B Infl 1 -sided, fls without a chin 17 Spiranthee.
BB. Infl. not 1-sided, fls with a chin 18 Stenorrhyn-
AA. Sepals and petals spreading 19 Listera.
9. Cramchis Tribe.
Lip and petals inserted upon the elongated
column 20 Ponthieva.
10. Physurus Tnbe.
A Lip with a distinct spur
B Lvs green lip concave above the spur 21 Physurus
BB. Lvs. usually variegated lip with a long
fimbriateclaw 22 Ancetto-
(chilua
AA. Lip spurless or nearly so
B. Column straight, fls symmetric
23 Goodyera
24 Downia
c The lip not clawed
oc The lip clawed
BB Column twisted, fls not symmetric
c The column with 2 upright appendages in
front 25 Macodes
CC. The column without appendages 26 Hxmaria.
11. Thunia Tnbe.
A. Fls without chin
B Sts without basal pseudobulbs 27 Thunia.
BB Sts with basal pscudobulbs 28 Bletilla
AA. Fls with a distinct chin, formed of lateral
sepals and column-foot 29 Tnchosma.
12. Coelogyne Tnbe.
A. Base of hp with sac-hke hollow
B Column short, winged above, sepals flat 30 Phohdota.
BB Column slender, sepals sac-like, concave 31 Neogyne
AA. Base of hp flat
B Column slender, without horns
C. Lvs and pseudobulbs perennial 32 Cnelogyne
CC Lvs and pseudobulbs annual 3 i Plpione
BB. Column short, with 2 horns 34 Platychnit.
13. Lipans Tribe.
A. Lvs green fls without chin.
B Lip shoe-shaped 35 Calypso
BB Lip not shoe-shaped
c Column short , lip turned upward 36 Microstyha.
cc Column slender, lip turned downward 37 Lipanii
AA. Lvs wanting fls with chm 38. Corallor-
[rhiza.
14. Polystachya Tribe.
A. Lip spurred
B Plant tuberous spur slender 39 Tipulana
BB Plant not tuberous spur funnel-shaped 40 Qaleandra.
AA Lip not spurred
B. The hp 3-lobed
c. Column short, chin distinct 41 Polystachya.
cc Column slender, curved, chin indistinct 42 Anaellia.
BB The hp entire 43 Neoben-
[thamia.
15. Ponera Tribe.
A. Lip normal
B St slender, leafy; no pseudobulbs • polhnia 4 44 Isorhilua.
BB St a pseudobulb polhnia 8 45. Ccelia.
AA. Lip forming a beaker-like cavity, with the
column, or the former hollow at base.
B. Young shoots at the apex of the old 46 Hexisea.
BB. Young shoots from base of old
c. Fls in dense spikes , poluma 8 . 47 Arpophyl-
co. Ffc. in short clusters, polhnia 4 48. Hartwtfia-
16. Cattleya Tribe.
A. Anther not toothed, nor in an excavation.
B Pollmia 4
c Lip adnato to the column, at least at its
base
D Ovary produced into a hollow neck . 49 Brovghtoma.
on Ovary not so produced 50 Epiden-
cc Lip free [drum.
D. The hp flat, with 2 elevations on upper
side 51 Diacnum.
DD. The hp enrolled about column, with
no elevations 52 Cattleya
BB Polhnia 5-7, some of them often abortive 53 Lxlio-
BBB Pol lima 8 [cattleya.
c. Stigma pitted upon the front of the
column, anther inclined
D. Base of hp gradually merging into
E Lap distinctly surrounding the
column, sepals and petals not
wavy 54 Lalia.
BE. Lip not as above, sepals and petals
distinctly wavy 55 Schom-
DD. Base of lip tightly encompassing col- [burgkia.
umn, suddenly broadened into the
broad blade 56 Braasavola.
CC. Stinma running up on 2 extensions of tho
column-apex, anther erect 57 Sophronitu
AA. Anther 2-toothed below, m an excavation in
the column . . 58. Leptotea.
17. Sobraha Tribe.
A. St many-lvd , not bulbous at base lip not
bearded 59 Sobralia
AA. St 1- or 2-lvd , bulbous at base hp bearded bO Calopogon
18. Pleurothalhs Tribe.
A. Lip turned upward, lateral sepals united
into a boat-shaped hood . . . 61 Scapho-
AA. Lip turned down [sepalum.
B Sepals united 62 Masdevallia
BB Sepals free, or the lateral on./ united
c Dorsal sepal and petals attenuated into a
club-shaped apex . 63 Rcvtrepia
CC Dort>al sepal and petals not as above . 64 Pleurothallit
19. Phajus Tribe.
A Lvs not articulated to petiole
B Lip free, encompassing the column 65 Phajua
BB Lip adnate to column, the blade spreading 66 Calanthe
AA Lvs articulated to petiole
B Sepals and petals spreading
c Lip with its base tightly inclosing the
column, the blade spreading 67 Limatodea.
D Fls with distinct chin 68 Chyaia.
DD Ms without chin
E Polhnia S
F Middle lobe of hp not clawed 69 Bletia
FF Middln lobe of hp clawed 70 Spatho-
[glottia.
EE Pollima4 71 A plectrum
BB Sepals and petals erect 72 Acnntho-
\phippium
20. Cyrtopodium Tribe.
A Fls spurred or with sac-like base
B Sepals narrower and less colored than petals. 73 Lnsochilus.
BB Sepals and petals alike or nearly so .. 74 Eulophia
AA. Fls not spurred nor saccate
B Lip only inserted on column-foot . . 75 Cyrtopodium.
BB Lip and lateral sepals inserted on column-
foot
c Chin distinct, rectangular . 76 Warrea
cc. Chin indistinct, round . . 77 Eulophiella.
21. Catasetum Tribe.
A Fls perfect, column twnted 78. Mormodet.
AA Fls of 2 or 3 forms, column not twisted
B Column stout, straight, fa with antenna 79 Catasetum.
BB Column slender, curved, fls without
antenna ... 80. Cycnochea.
22. Lycaste Tribe.
.. Polhnia upon a single stalk
Fls globose
Is with spreading sepals and petals
Stalk of polhnia long and narrow; fls.
1 to few
D. Infl of a single erect fl ; hp turned
down t
81. Anguloa.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
123
DD. Infl. of 2 to few drooping fl*,; lip
turned upwards 83. Paphinia.
cc. Stalk of polhma short; fls. many 84. Bateman-
[nia.
AA. Poluma upon 2 separate stalks 86. B\frenana.
23. Zygopetalum Tribe.
A. Lip clawed distinctly 86. Colax.
AA Lip not distinctly clawed [lum.
B. The hp with horseshoe-shaped callus 87. Zygopeta-
BB. The hp with few longitudinal lamella 88. Enopa\t.
24. Gongora Tribe.
A. Lip turned downwards
B Fls with sepals and petals erect or incurved,
c. Hypochil separated from column by a
strong stricture, no pleuridia 89. Lacsena.
cc. Hypoohil united with column by a broad
base pleuridia present
D Epichil movably attached to hypochil,
polhma with short stalk at most 90 Per\»ter\a.
DD Epichil immovably attached to hypo-
chil, polhma with elongated stalk 91 Acineta.
BB Fls with sepals and petals spreading or
reflexed
c. Lateral sepals much larger than the dor-
sal sepal and petals . 92 Coryanthes.
cc. Sepals and petals nearly alike
D Hypochil concave, epiohil flat.
E Polhma 2 93 Slanhopea.
BE. Polhma 4 94 Ayamsm.
DD Hypochil not concave 95 HouUetia.
AA Lip turned upwards . 96 Gongora.
25. Dendrobium Tribe.
A. Sts many-jointed, rmzomo short
B Lip without callus, or with lamellate or
elevated lines 97 Dendro-
BB Lip with basal callus joints of st long-fila- [bium.
mentose 98 Inobulbon
AA. Sts 1- or rarely 2-jomted, rhizome long-
creeping 99. Sarcopod-
lium.
26. Bulbophyllum Tnbe.
A. Lateral sepals with their outer margins adher- (lum.
ing, except at the free base 100 Cirrhopeta-
AA Lateral sepals free 101 Bulbophyl-
(lum.
27. Maxillaria Tribe.
A. Lip without claw, mov able Ivs normal 102 MaxiUana.
AA Lip clawed, or adnate to column-base Ivs
whip-shaped 103. Scuticana.
28. Huntleya Tnbe.
104 Promensea.
105. Chondror-
[rhyncha.
106. HurUleya.
107 Bottea.
A. Pseudobulbs distinct
AA. Pseudobulbs wanting or rudimentary
a Lip entire
BB Lip lobed
c Callus of hp fringed
cc Callus not fringed
D Column boat-shaped, concave
DD Column slender, not concave
E Claw very short callus free in front
and resting upon the hp 108. Waracewic-
[zella.
EE Claw distinct callus not free in front 109. Peacatorea.
29. Cymbidium Tribe.
A Lvs many sts elongated . . . 110 Grammat-
AA Lvs few sts short [ophyUum.
B Sts concealed by the If -sheaths
c Polhma pear-shaped, upon a quadrate
stalk st not bulbous 111. Cyperor-
cc Polhma round, upon a stalk much broader [cAw.
' 112 Cymbid-
, _.
than high st bulbous
BB. Sts naked IVB. only at its aper 113 Gram-
[mangia.
30. lonopsis Tnbe.
A. Sepals free 114 Trichocen-
AA. Sepals, the lateral ones, united, at least below. [trum.
B The hp spurred 115. Rodn-
BB. The sepals spurred. [guena.
c. Spur short 116 lonopna
cc. Spur long and slender 117. Comparet-
[tia.
31. Ada Tribe.
A. Lvs. flat
B. Sepals free 118. Ado.
BB. Lateral sepals united 119. Mesot-
AA. Lvs. cylindnc 120.
32. TrichopilU Tribe.
Lip rolled around the column .............. 121.
33. Aspasia Tribe.
. Middle lobe of lip broad
. Middle lobe of lip narrow
122 Atpasw.
123. Cochltoda.
34. Odontoglossum Tribe.
A. Lip surrounding column with 2 longitudinal
calluses blade reflexed ......... 124. Gomeza.
AA. Lip not as above
B Base of lip parallel to column and some-
times adnate to it . ...... 125. Odontogloa-
BB. Lip spreading from base of column. [sum.
c. Lateral sepals united entirely, hp like
dorsal sepal . 126. Polum-
cc. Lateral sepals free or only partly united, [6tno.
hp unlike dorsal sepal
D. Sepals and petals long and much
attenuated, hp entire or fiddle-
shaped 127. Broaava.
DD. Sepals and petals not much attenuated
E. The hp entire, flat, broad 128. MiUonut.
BE The hp mostly 3-lobed, with warts
or a cushion at base . ... 129. Oncviwm.
35. Aendes Tribe.
A Lip movably jointed to column
B Middle lobe of spurless hp flat
BB Middle lobe of spurreu lip compressed . .
AA Lip immovably united with column.
B Spurless
c Column without a foot
D Summit of hp laterally compressed
DD Summit of lip not compressed
. . 130. Renan-
[thera.
131. Arach-
[nanthe.
132 Vandopna.
133 Luisia.
cc. Column with a foot, the lateral sepals
attached to it . . 134. Phalsenop-
BB Spurred [w.
c. Column without a foot
D. Polhma upon a single stalk.
E Spur appendagcd
F With a longitudinal septum 135. SarconiAu*.
FF With the mouth covered with a
plate . . 136. Cleiaoa-
EE Spur not appcndaged [tomo.
r. Stalk of the polhma filiform.
o Fls firm, hp turned downwards 137. Soccolo-
[bium.
oo Fls fragile, hp turned upwards 138 Acampe.
FF Stalk of the polhma broadened
upwards or throughout
o Spur short and broad . 139 Vanda
GO Spur long and slender ., 140. Anffrsecum.
DD. Polhma on 2 separate stalks, or these
united by the gland
E Stalks membranous, the polhma
attached to the face
F Plants leafy hp entire . . . 141 Macroplec-
[tj UOT.
FF Plants without Ivs . hp 3-lobed . 142 Polyrrhiza.
EE Stalks slender
F. Column bent toward the dorsal
sepal . . 143 Listro-
[stachyt,
FF Column straight 144. Myatan-
cc. Column with a foot, the lateral sepals [dium.
attached to it
D. Spur curved upwards against the lip-
blade . . 145. ASndea.
DD. Spur straight or reflexed
i.. Lip 3-lobed . . . 146 Camarotia.
EE. Lip entire . 147. Rhyn-
[chostyha.
Other orchid genera entered are Acriopsis, Arethusa, Brom-
headia, Collabium, Coryaanthes, Ciyptophoranthus, Cryptostyhs,
Diuns, Eria, Enoctnlus, Geodorum, Govema, Holothrix, lone,
Lepanthes, Lueddemanma, Megachmum, Monomena, Moorea,
Neolauchea, Neottia, Ner\iha, Neuwiedia, Notyha, Oberoma,
Ootomena, Ormthidium, Ormthoc ephalus, Ormthochilus, Pamsea,
Physosiphon, Platylepis, Polycyoms, Pterohtyhs, Sarcochilus,
Satyrium, Soaphyglottis, Schhmmia, Sievckingia, Sigmatostahx,
Solemdium, Stauropsis, Stehs. Sterna, Taima, Thecostele, Thely-
mitra, Tnchoglottis, Trigomdium, Xylobium, and many bi- and
tn-geuenc hybnds.
184. DIOSCOREACE^.
A Fr globose and berry-hke, indehisc
AA Fr capsular, winged
1. Tamua.
B Caps 1-carpelled by abortion . 2. Rajania.
BB. Caps. 3-carpelled or -lobed, winged above 3 Testudi-
BBB. Caps. 3-carpelled or -lobed, winged below (narto.
or all around, or rarely not at all 4. Dwacorea.
124
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
185. TACCACEJE.
In cultivation.
186. IRIDACEJE,
. Fls. never more than 1 to a spathe, spicate,
not fugitive
B. Stylo-branches simple, not bifid.
c Stamens equilateral, perianth regular
D The style short branches long and
subulate
E Rootstock not bulbous, roots in
dense tufts, fibrous, some fleshy 1 Schizosatyhs.
EE Rootstock bulbous 2 Hesperantha.
DD. The stylo longer branches shorter and
more or less broadened
E The spathe-vahes oblong, grren or
brownish upwards 3 Geissorhiza.
EE The spathe-valves ^carious or hya-
line, cut or .i-partcd at apex 4 D.erama.
EEE The outer spathe-v alve short, emar-
ginate, membranous or papery 5 Ixia
CC Stamens unilateral and arched
D Foliage very hairy and p Luted ... 6 Babiana
DD Foliage not hairy and plaited
E Perianth-limb in egular
F Tube funnel-shaped, spathe-valves
, lanceolate 7 Gladiolus.
FF. Tube cylindrical in lower half,
suddenly dilated at the middle,
spathe-valves oblong-lanceolate 8 Antholyza.
BE. Perianth-limb subregular
F Fls small, no tube, segms very
acuminate 9 Melns-
FF. Fls larger, tube present, segms [phaerula.
more or less oblong
G Spathe valves large, green,
lanceolate
GO Spathe-valves small, oblong
H Caps inflated, globose
10 Acidanthera
r ... 11 Crncosmia
HH Caps small, oblong 12 Tntonia
OGQ Spathe-valves sea no us and
deeply lacerated 13 Sparaxis
BB Style-branches bifid, stamens unilateral
c Tube broadly funnel-shaped, with sta-
mens inserted below the throat 14 Freema
CC Tube slender with stamens inserted at the
throat 15 fapeywusta
CCC. Tube broadly funnel-shaped above the
middle where the stamens are inserted 16 Watsonva.
1A. Fls usually more than 1 to a spathe, stalked,
often fugitive and opening one after another
B. Style-branches opposite stamens and outer
perianth-segms
C Stigmas transverse, style-branches have
crests that overtop anthers
D Inner penanth-scgms not convolute
E Ovary 1 -celled, v\ith 3 parietal
placentte rootstock digitate 17 Hermo-
EE Ovary 3-celled [daclylua.
i Perianth-tube usually present,
filaments free rootstock usu-
ally a rhi/ome, sometimes a bulb 18 Ins.
FF Perianth without a tube, filaments
monadclphous rootstock usu-
ally a tumcated corm 19 Morsea.
DD Inner perianth-segrns eonvol.ito
E Style-crests petaloid Ivs m 2-
ranked rosette, not plaited pedun-
cle flattened rootstoc k not bulbous 20 Manca.
EE Style-crests large, spur-like or flat-
tened Ivs superposed, plaited
st terete rootstotk bulbous 21 Cypetta.
(See also Phalocalhs.)
CC. Stigmas terminal, style-branches do not
overtop anthers
D. Perianth without any tube; inner
segms small, not convolute, style-
branches bifid at tip 22 Herbertia.
DD. Penanth-segms connivent in a cup,
without any spreading blade 23. Hydrotsmia.
DDD Penanth-segms comuvent in a cup,
then spreading, ot least the outer
ones
E. Style-branches with 2 petal-like
stigmatose crests 24 Homena.
EE. Style-branches bifid
F. Ditto pemcillate, i e , shaped like
an artist's brush, a dense tuft of
hairs . 25. Ferrana.
FF. Ditto not pemcillate
Q. Inner segms very small, outer
with a large, refloxnd blade 26. Rigidella.
GO. Inner and outer segms dissimi-
lar, various 27. T\gnd\a.
BB. Style-branches alternate with anthers.
O. Kootetock not a bulb or corm.
D. Spathes essentially 1-fld.
B. Peduncle short, hidden, perianth
with a long tube and ascending
segms 28. Crocu*.
EE Peduncle long, perianth-degms much
longer than the short tube 29 Romulea.
DD. Spathes usually with more than 1 fl 30 Nejnastylit.
CC Rootstock not a bulb or corm spathos
usually more than 1-fld
D. Perianth-segms unequal.
E Inner segms shorter, connivent,
upper stamen imperfect 31 Diplarrhena.
BE. Inner segms obovate-cuneate, outer
oblong, usually shorter, stamens
all perfect 32 Libertia.
DD Penanth-aegms subequal
E. Style-branches flattened and emargi-
nateatapox mfl a lax corymb 33 Belemcanda.
EE Style-branches subulate
F Pedicels short, clusters pamcled 34 Orthosan-
FK Pedicels long, clusters terminal, [thus.
single or fascicled 35 Siayrin-
Other genera described are: Aristea, Cipura, Eleuthenne and
Ennealophus
187. AMARYLLIDACE^E.
A. Subterranean axis a bulb scapose'
infl umbclloid and mvolucrate, or
solitary 1. AMARYLLIS TRIBE.
AA. Subterranean axis a rhizome st
leafy, at least at base
B Plants with large, thick, fleshy,
rosettc-hko Ivs infl racemose or
paniculate 2 AQAVB TRIBE.
BB Plants with ordinary Ivs of small
size mfl various
c Lf -blades inverted, upper face
downward mfl an mvolucrate
umbel 3 ALSTROEMERIA
CC Lf -blades normal, linear mfl not [TRIBE.
umbcllom
D Plant hairy or glabrous, sca-
pose infl spicite or race mo-* 4 HYPOXIS TRIBE
DD Plant glabrous, with leafy sts
infl loose, racemose or soli-
tary, anther opening by
apical pore 5 CONANTHERA_
DDD Plant densely woolly with
leafy sts infl scorpioid. hs
capitate ... 6 CONOSTYLIS TRIBE
1. Amaryllis Tribe.
Subtribe 1 CORONVT*: Fl furnished with a crown between
the perianth and stamens, which is not to be confused with a
stammal cup formed by the growing together of filaments
Subtribe 2 AMARYLLEK GENUINE « Corona 0, and filaments
not united into a stammal cup
A. Anthers erect, filaments inserted at or near the
base of anthers
B Stamens opigynous, filaments short
C Tho ponanth-segms all alike 2 Leucojum.
cc. Tho inner segms different, permanently
BB. Stamens pengynous
c Fls solitary . 4 Coopena
cc Fls umbellate 5 Chhdanthui
AA Anthers dorsifixed, versatile
B Ovules many, superposed, testa black
c Fls solitary, spat he tubular in the lower
half
D. The fl gaping, horizontal, bright red,
3 lower segms convolute 6 Sprekeha
DD The fls regular, erect or suherect
E Seeds globose fls yellow, peduncle
short or long 7. Sternbergia.
EE. Seeds flat peduncle long . 8. Zephyran-
CC. Fls umbellate, spatho 2-4-valved, and [thet.
pedicels subtended by filiform bracte-
oles.
D Perianth-tube short or almost 0, rarely
long in Hippeastrum
E Peduncle solid seeds few in a cell . . 9. Lycorvt.
EB. Peduncle hollow
F. Fl often furnished with minute
scales or a distinct neck at the
throat seeds many in a cell . 10. H \ppeas~
FT. Fl with a sort of corolla, which is [trwn.
funnel-shaped, and deeply cut,
the divisions emargmate 11. Placta.
DD. Perianth-tube long
B Tube broadly funnel-shaped, pulvi-
nate at throat . 12. VaUota.
BB. Tube 2-3 times longer than segms ,
naked at throat 13.
[TRIBE,
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
125
BB Ovules 2, basal, collateral, testa pale 14 Gnffinta
BBB. Ovules 2 or few, collateral or fascicled from
the center of the placenta.
c. Fr. baccate
D Bulb impc-rfpct ovules several . 1 5 f'hvia
DD Bulb large, tumcated ovules 2 16 Hxmanthus.
cc Fr capsular 17 Buphane.
BBBB Ovules few or many, superposed, seeds few,
turgid, testa green
c. Fr mdehisoont or bursting irregularly.
D Perianth-tube long ... 18 CVtnum.
DD Perianth-tube short.
B Begins broad 19 Amaryllis
EE Segrns narrow. . ... 20 Ammoch-
CC. Fr a 3-valved caps [arts.
D Caps top-shaped, acutely angled. 21 Brunsvigia.
DD Caps, globose, obtusely angled .. .22. Nenne
Subtribe 3 PANCRATIFK Corona 0, but stamens appendaged
toward base and often united into a distinct cup.
A. Ovules superposed, many or few.
B. Lvs broad, pe tioled
C. Perianth white
D Ovary globose
E Filaments with a large tooth on each
side of the anthers . 23 CaUiph-
[rurta.
H.E Filaments united ma distinct cup 24 Euchans
on Ovary 3-lobc-d hybrid 25. Urceoch-
CC Perianth e olored [ana.
D The perianth-tube cylindrical, sud-
denly dilated 20 Urceohna
DD The perianth subeylmdrieal, Begins
long or short 27. Pfudrnn-
BB'c^enanrh0coiored*IJu"bcyhndncal, tube
long filaments united in an i ntire or
toothed cup 28 Stenomesson
cc Perianth white, tube f uuuel-shapcel .
staminal cup large 29 Pancratium.
AA Ovules collateral, basal, 2-6 30 Hymtno-
AAA Ovules medial, 2-3 [mllia.
B Perianth funnr-1-shaped, scgms narrow 31 Vooana
188. VELLOZIACEJE.
A. Perianth-tube more or lens extended beyond
BI)
Penanthfunnr-l-shaped, scgms narrow 3.
Perianth with a sunder tube and broad
stgms 32 Eurychs
the ovary
AA. Perianth-tube pra
2. Agave Tnbe.
A Lvs thick, fleshy, UMially spiny at edge and
point
B Perianth funnel-shnpeei, filaments normal 33 Agave
BB Perianth reitate, filaments swollen on one
side at base 34 Furcraa
AA Lvs comparatively thin, not spiny at edge or
point
B iSc grns short
C Fls white, in a lax, simple spike-, tube
long, rimed, subcylmdrual 33 Poliaiithts
CC Fls greenish brown in a lax raceme, tube
abruptly olmed and dilatr d at nueldle 3b Prwhnu-
ccc Fls red e,r white, laxly KPK ate or rare- [anlhes
mose, tube curved, sulxv hndrir il 37 Bravoa
BB Segms long, tube scmelyanv
c Fl-i gn.n^h led, in a -mipU or pamoled
raetme,spKnis oblanc eol-ite 38 Beschor-
CC Fls bright red, in a cupituluni or thyrsoid \neria.
panicle, scgms narrow, falcitc 39 Doryanthes.
3. Alstrcemena Tnbe.
A Rootatock bulbous penarith-segms subequal 40 Ixiohnon
AA Rootstock 0 3 out«r perianth-seguis different
from 3 inner
B Inner segms unequal st erect. . 41. Alstracmeria.
BB Inner segrns eeiual ,st with runners or
stolons 42 Bomarea
4. Hyporis Tnbe.
A. Ovary often produced into a long slender beak
simulating a perianth-tube fr succulent,
mdehiscent . 43 Curculigo.
AA. Ovary not beaked: fr. a caps, usually circum-
sciasile at apex 44. llypoxts.
5. Conanthera Tnbe.
Stamens, 3 only, fertile 45. Tecophilsea.
6. Conostylis Tribe.
Fls. irregular . • 46. Anigozan-
[thos.
Also in cultivation: Anoiganthus, Calhpsyohe, Cummmgia,
Cyanella, Gethyllis.
.ally n
1. Barbacenw.
2. Ve«oz»a.
189. MUSACE^E.
A. Calyx tubular, later spht-spathaceoua ... 1. Muta.
AA. Calyx of free sepals (lateral ones sometimes
adnate to corolla in H< licoma)
B Fr a caps locuhe ulally 3-\ ah ed. seeds <».
C Petals 2, lateral connate 2 Strehtzta
cc Petals separate 3 Ravenala.
BB. Fr mdehisctnt or separating into berries,
the cells 1-seeded 4 Hehconia.
190. ZINGIBERACE^:.
A. Ovary 1-celled, w ith 3 parietal plarentse 1. Globbb.
AA. Ovary perfectly J~e filed, or at least 3-celled
much above the nnddlo, plac entte axile
B. Lateral stammo<]e s ample and petal-like
C Connective' not appendaged at the base
D Filament shejrt , bracts 1-fl
DD Filament long, bracts 1 co-fld
CC Connective appendagrd at the base
D Spur 2-fid, lateral stanunodes nar-
2 Kaempferia
3 Hedychium
Spi. __.
row e el at base 4. Roscoea.
DD Spurs 2, lateral htammodes connate
with the petaloid filamf nt 5. Curcuma.
BB Lateral stanunodes small, tooth-like or 0,
rarrly longer, narrow and adnate to
Jabrllum
C. Hlarmnt short or very short.
D. Infl cone-like
t, Anther-cells divergent at apex, con-
nective- either short or produced
beyonel e ells into an entire or 3-
lobe-el e rt -t 6 Amomum.
EE Arither-<ells eontiguous, conneetive
Croelueeel bnyonel the cells into a
>ng, line- ir appe ndage 7. Zinyiber.
DD Infl not cono-like
E Connie live not produced beyond
K Anther-eif IK Contiguous to apex . 8 Elettaria
FF Vnther-ce IN «r jmrate 9. Renealm*a.
EE Connective produr.el boyond cells
into a long hncoolate, concave
appendage* 10 Burbidffea.
cc Filammt elongated (in Costus petal-
like)
D Infl oonc-hke> 11 Costus
DD Inn1 not conr-hke 12 Alpmia
Mso m cultivation Bamburinta, Brachychilus, Cautlea
Rhynchanthus
191. MARANTACE^E.
A Ovary l-cell<-d after a fashion, the other cells
being minute and empt>
B Bracts narrow, convolute, inclosing the
rachis 1. Mwanta
BB Bracts and bractlets usually colored,
sproaehng, long pcrsiste nt 2 Stromantht
BBB Bracts spreading, deciduous 3 Thalia
AA Ovary usually 3-ccllrd and 3-ovuled.
B Corolla-tube usually short 4. Phrynium
BB Corolla-tube usually slender and longer. 5. Calathea-
Ctenanthe is also briefly treated
192. CANNACEJB.
Sole genus
193. BROMELIACEJB.
(Following Mez in DC Monog Phaner. vol. 9.)
A. Fr a berry, mdehiscent ovary inferior seeds
not winged nor plumed
B. Pollen-grains entire, not provided with
pores or a longitudinal membranous fold.
C Calyx without a tube or cup . . 1. Bromcha
cc Calyx with a tube or cup . . 2 Cryptanthu
BB Pollen-grams furnished with pores.
c. Infl. immersed in a central bowl of IVB.
and surrounded by an involucre
formed from the reduced inmost Ivs.
and usually colored
126
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
D. Petals -without bgules, connate, at
least toward base
a. The infl simple 3. Areaelta.
KB The infl compound . 4 JVtau&mum.
DD Petals with hgulcs, free . . 5. Camttrum.
cc Infl not surrounded by a distinct involu-
cre st or scape tall
D. Petals furnished with 2 ligules inside
E Berries connate among themselves
and also to the bracts and axis 6. Ananat.
BE Berries free
F. Sepals with long awns, or, if
long tail
is, the ovules with very
ula '
(See also Echinostachys.)
7 JEchmea
FF Sepals without awns or only
obscurely awned ovules obtuse 8 Quesnelia.
DD. Petals not provided with ligules inside.
a Fls very flat and crowded into dense
cones 9 Hohenbergia.
KB Fls more or less loosely spicato on
the branches of the mfl 10 Streptocalyx.
BBB Pollen-grain? furnished with a longitudinal
membranous groove 11. Billbergia.
AA. Fr a dehiscent caps ovary superior or nearly
so
B Seeds winged, or appendaged pollen
grooved
c Ovary semi-superior . 12 Pitcairma,
CC Ovary superior
D Fls of 2 forms and dioecious . 13 Hechtia.
DD Fls all the same form
E Petals free to the very base 14 Puya
EE Petals coalesced toward the base 15 Dyckia.
BB Seed with a long, plumose appendage ovary
superior
c Petals free
D The petals hgulate inside 16 Vnesta
DD The petals not hgulate inside 17 T\llandsia
CC Petals connate or intimately conglutmate 18 Gurmania.
(See also Massangea.)
Catopsis and Neoglaziovia are also in cultivation
194. LILIACE-ffi.
/. Summary of Tribes.
Ignoring many exceptions.
Series 1 Anthers introrsely dehiscent fr usually berry-like:
plant not bulbous, usually scaly at the base of the st and leafy
above, sometimes with a scaly scape
A. Stigma not broadly peltate
B. Ovules orthotropous or hemianatro-
pous "foliage" abnormal, in the
Smilax Tribe 3-5-nerved but with
netted vemlets, m the Asparagus
Tribe If -shaped or needle-like
"phylloclades0 are present
c. Anthers abnormal, the inner valvo
of each cell being so narrow that
the open anther seems to bo
1-celled st. sarmentose or scand-
ent 1 SMILAX TRIBE.
CC Anthers normally 2-celled, or cells
confluent at apex st branched
or scandent 2 ASPARAGUS TRIBE.
BB. Ovules anatropotis, rarely htmiana-
tropous in the Luzuriaga Tribe
c. St shrubby and branched, or
scandent 3 LUZURIAQA TKIBE.
cc St herbaceous, unbranched or
sparingly branched, leafy above 4 SOLOMON'S SEAL
ccc Stemless herbs with Ivs clustered [TRIBE,
on the rhizome and often
mclospd (together with the
lateral leafless scape) by sheath-
ing scales at the base 5 LILY-OF-THE-
AA. Stigma usually very broadly peltate (VALLEY TRIBE. '
Ivs on the rhizome few, ample scape
very short and 1-fld or bearing a dense
spike at apex 6. ASPIDISTRA TRTBE.
Series 2 Anthers introrsely dehiscent fr locuhcidally dehis-
cent, rarely indchiscent or berry-like Ivs on a rhizome, or densely
crowded at the apex of a caudex, or forming a bulb at the base
of the scape
A. Anthers with a pit on the back into
which the filament intrudes
B. Lvs linear or membranous, crowded
on a short rhizome perianth cylin-
drical, funnel-shapod, or bell-
ahaped 7. LEMON-LILT OR
BB. Lvs usually thick, fleshy or rigid, [HsuEBOCALLia
sometimes spiny rhizome hard, [TRIBE,
often extended above ground into
a woody caudex penanth-eegms.
connivent or connate into a tube or
sometimes with spreading tips . . 8. ALOB TRIBB.
AA. Anthers not pitted (sometimes slightly
pitted in the Asphodel Tribe) Ivs.
not thick, and fleshy as in a century
plant
B. Kootstock, if any, rlnzomatous, rhi-
Bomo usually short, often very
short in Asphodel Tiibo, some-
times produced into a woody cau-
dex in Draoama Tribe (see also BB)
C Seeds fleshy perianth marrescent. 9. OPHIOPOOON
cc Seeds not fleshy [TRIBE.
D Perianth tubular-bellshapod,
connate, persistent , mfl race-
mose . . . . 10. ALBTRIB TRIBE.
DD Perianth shaped like a bell or
cylinder, raroly a funnel, the
segms usually distinct, decid-
uous, mfl often pamcled . It DRACAENA TRIBE.
ODD. Perianth-sogma usually dis-
tinct and spreading, decidu-
ous, mfl sparingly branched,
if at all 12 ASPHODEL TRIBE.
BB. Rootstock bulbous as a rule in the
Onion Tribe sometimes a rorm and
rarely a very short rhizome, bulb
usually tuuicat«-d, but in the Tuhp
Tribe often scaly
C. Stemless plants with the mfl ter-
minal on a leafy scape
D Infl an umbel with an involucre
of at least 2 bracts 13 ONION TRIBE.
DD Infl a raceme, or rarely a
spike 14. SQUILL TRIBE.
CC. St leafy, or at least with 1 If fls
few or in a lax raceme . . 15. TULIP TRIBE.
Serte* 3 Anthers usually introrsely affixed but extrorsely
dehiscent (the whole Colchirum Tnoe exceptional) fr usually a
septicidal caps , rarely locuhcidal or in the Medeoli Tribe an
indehiscent berry Plants fibrous-rooted, rarely cormous or
bulbous
A. Fr. a berry plant not bulbous Ivs few,
subradical or whorlrd on the st 16 MKDKOLA OR
AA. Fr a caps rarely, in the Bellwort [CvcUMBER-Roor
Tnbc, a borry [TRIBE.
B. Anthers introrsely dehiscent The
only tribe in Series 3 with a oorrn-
ous rootstock 17 COLCHICUM OR
BB Anthers extrorsely dehiscent, rarely [AUTUMN CROCUS
otherwise in the Narthecium Tribe [TRIBE.
plants not bulbous except some-
times in False Hellebore Tribe
C. St -Ivs smaller than the radical Ivs
which are either crowded or
petiolate), sometimes very small
or 0 caps nepticidal or loculi-
cidal 18 NARTHECIUM
CC St l^afy, herbaceous or high climb- [TRIBE.
ing Ivs alternate, sessile or
clasping, without shrath 19 BELLWORT OR
ccc St usually tall, leafy or hardly so [UVULARIA TRIBE
beyond the radical Ivs plants
not bulbous or bulbous anthers
with confluent cells, roundish-
peltate after dehiscence 20 FALSE HELLEBORE
[OR VERATRUM TRIBB.
II. Key to the Tribes.
1. Smilax Tribe.
A. Perianth 6-parted 1 SrmUix.
AA. Perianth undivided, mouth minutely toothed . 2 Hetero-
[tmilax,
2. Asparagus Tribe.
A. Filaments connate into a little urn, with the
anthers sessile at the mouth of the urn
B Anthers 3, fls clustered on the middle of the
face of the phylloclade 3 Ruscua.
BB Anthers 6, fls clustered on the margins, or
rarely at the middle of the phylloclado 4 Semele,
BBB Anthers 6, fls terminal in short racemes. 5 Danot.
AA. Filaments free . . 6 Asparagus.
3. Luzuriaga Tribe.
A. Fls large or rather large, solitary or few, pen-
anth-segms erect, ovary 1-cclled with 3
parietal placente
B. Lvs 3-5-nerved penanth-segms of about
equal length 7 Lapagena.
BB. Lvs. 1-nerved outer penanth-segms much
smaller than inner 8 PhiUna.
AA. Fls small; penanth-segms. spreading, ovary
3-oelled: IVB. with °° alender nerves
a. The fls. clustered in the axils 0 Eustrep\ut.
BB. The fls. mostly terminating the branches. ... 10 Qtttono-
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
127
4. Solomon's Seal Tribe.
A. Flfl 1-2 in the axils, rarely more, usually nod-
ding
B. Perianth-tube cylindrical, lobes short, htyle
undivided, with a small stigma 11 Polygona-
BB Perianth-tube 0, segms
[turn.
ninth-tube 0, segms spreading above
• from the buho, style shortly or more
deeply 3-fid 12 Slreptopua
AA. Fls in a terminal raceme or panicle
B Floral parts in 3'n 13 Smilacmn
B*. Floral parts in 2's 14 Mainthe-
(mum.
5. Lily-of-the-Valley Tribe.
A. Fls racemose, nodding, perianth suhglobosc,
lobes shorter than tube 15 Convallarvi
AA. Fls spie ate, far apart , pe nanth-tubc cylindri-
cal, lobes rocurve'd-Hprcaehng 16 Reineckva.
6. Aspidistra Tribe.
A. Fls 4-merous, htigma very large, roundish-
peltate, undividt <I 17 Aspidistra.
AA. Fls 3-inerous, stigma broaellypt Hate, 3-lobed 18 Rohdea
7. Lemon-Lily, or Hemerocalhs Tribe.
A. Fls erect , stamens affixed at apex of tube Ivs
long and narrow
B Perianth funnel-shaped, the cylindrical
tube shorter than the lobes, panicles
fow-flel 19 HemerocaUu.
BB Perianth with hubme urved segmn lexwely
comment above the top-shaped tube,
panicles much branched 20 P/wrmtum.
AA Fls pendulous
B Stame ns affixed at mieldle of tube Ivs long
and n irrow1 pe riant h-tubo swollen above ,
lobes she.it 21 Blandfordia.
BB SUme ns ofte n hypogynous
C Lvs petiole d, usually broad fls race-
mose, perianth funnel-shaped, tube
hhort or long 22 Funkia
CC Lvs le>ng ami n irrow fls spu-ite, peri-
anth a long narrow tube with short
lobes 23 Kniphufia
8. Aloe Tribe.
A Pt riant h-segrns strongly cemn it e into a tube
w Inch is sw olle n tt t he b i-i , st gms free at
ape x, st une ns me hide d in tube 21 Gatteria
AA Ppri'inth-sogms cohc ie nt e>r connive nt to the
very a]>i \ in -i tube , or b irrly spie tdmg at
the v oiy 'ipcx.st -uue ns usu illy e x-,. rte el 2r> \loe
AAA Prnanth-vRins , ,,h< re nt or e onnn e nt, stt 1-
latt -spreielmg at iprx, staine. us a httlc
shorter than pi ninth 2l> Apicra
AAAA Perianth usu illy inrurvod, the segms
cohering or ee>mn\ e>nt . U t ho -ipe x n e nrv e d
anel spreading somewhat is if 2-lippe'd,
statue ns not oxcee ding pe n »nth 27 Haworthia
AAAAA Perianth of \loe , but stamens a littlo
shorter than thope riantli 2S Lomatophyl-
[lum.
9. Ophiopogon Tribe.
A Perianth-tube long and slender, filaments
normal 20 Sanitiiena
AA Perianth more- or less e ro< t or spn admgabov e
the ovary, filaments shorter than the linear
anthers, stylo longish 30 Ophiopogon.
AAA Perianth spreading from how of ovary, fila-
ments about as lemg as the oblong anthors 31 Linope
10. Aletns Tribe.
One genus cultivated 32 Aletns
11. Dracaena Tribe.
A. Ovary 1 -celled, cells 3-ovuled 33 Datyhnon
AA Ovary 3-cc-lled
B Cells 1-ovuled 34 Dracaena.
BB. Cells 2-ovuled 35 Nohna
BBB Cells oo-ovuled
c Fls racemose 36 Heapero-
CC Fls panic led [cattia.
D Anthers small, sessile on a club-shaped
filament, perianth subglobose or
bell-shaped, segms hardly connate at
base 37. Yucca.
CD. Anthers dorsifixod on normal or flat-
tened filaments, perianth cylindrical
or narrowly bell-shaped, with a short
tube .. .38 Cordyltn*.
45 CMoro-
(galum.
46 Hastinona.
12. Asphodel Tribe.
Summary of Subtnbes.
A Anthers dorsifixed, versatile
B Subtribe 1 EUAHI-HOUM E v Plant not
bulbous Ivs crow dee! at base of st.;
caulme Ivs. smaller, when present
BB Subtribe 2 LOM\M>KE,E Plant not bulb-
ous Ivs grass-like fls m spikes
BBB Subtnbr 3 CiiLOitouALK.fi: Plant bulbous:
IVH few
AA Anthors erect, affixed at or ne>ar the base.
B Subtribe 4 BejwiHt. Lvs few, from a
thick tuber or fleshy bulb, tjuickly van-
ishing before or at anthesis
BB Lvs numerous, crowded at base of st or
some times in Subtribe 5 arranged along
st
c Subtribe 5 ANTHEHICF-E Lv? not *J-
ranked
cc. Subtribe 0 DIA \KLLE*; Lvs 2-ranktxL
Subtribe 1. Euasphodeleae.
A. Ovules 2 m a cell
B. St or HC ape leafless
C Anthers pitted where the filament IB in-
serted, fls yellow . 39 Aaphodclu*.
cc Anthers not pitted 40 BulbineUa.
(Consult Chrysobactron.i
BB St more or less leafy fls usually white 41 Asphodtlint.
B Anthers pittol, filaments glabrous 42 Parad\»ea.
BB Anthers not pitted, filaments long bearded 43 Bulbine
Subtribe 2 Lomandreae.
In cultivation 14 Xanthor-
[rhaa.
Subtribe 3 Chlorogalese
A Penanth-sogms {-nerved
AA Penan th-segms 1-norved
Subtnbe 4 Bowieae
Lvs linear, vanishing before anthesis bulb tuber-
like 47. Bovnea.
Subtribe 5 Anthencese
A. Infl clustered down among the radical Ivs on
a very short st 48 Leuco-
AA Infl on a scape, simple or with few branches, [annum.
B Stamens finally as long as the perianth or
longer, raceme long, simple and dense 49 Eremurua.
c Caps w^h hardly prominent angles 50 Anthericum.
cc Caps 3-corncred or 3-w inged 51 Chlorophy-
(tum.
Subtribe 6 Dianelleat.
Filaments fleshy or tluckened at apex or middle 52 Dvinetta.
13. Onion Tribe.
A Roots! ock a short rhizome, with clusters of
root-fibers 53 Agapanthut.
AA Rootstock a tumcated bulb or corm
B Perianth salver-shaped or urn-shaped
c Stamen-, b, peiianth-tubc cylindrical
D Tube often crowned at throat with
3-{> scales, stamens included inside
the tube in 2 series 54 Tristagma.
DD Tube const net eel at the mouth by a
scarcely notice ible ring, stamens
exserted at mouth of tube, filaments
voryshe>rt 55 MiUa.
CC Stamens i, affixed at throat
D Perianth-tube subglobose, constricted
at mouth, stamens alternate with a
like number of stammodes 56. Strophol*-
DD Perianth-tube broadly cylindrical, (rton.
shortly (5-saccate at base, stamens
with a like number of stammodes
connate into a spunous corona behind
the anthers 57 Brevoort\a.
BB Perianth funnel-shaped or bell-shaped , lobes
as long as the tube or longer
c Filaments connate into a tube, stamens 6,
affixed to throat
D Tube about as long as lobes 58 Andrtt-
[stephwm.
DD Tube much shorter than lobes . . 59. Betsera.
cc. Filaments free, normal or very short, per-
fect stamens 6 or 3, affixed to throat or
tube
D. Pedicels articulated at apex 60. SroduM.
128
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
DD. Pedicels not articulated at apex . 61. Tnteleta.
BBB. Penanth wheel-shaped or bell-shaped,
Begms connc.td at the base into a ring or
cup.
C. Rootstock a fibrous-tumcated corm.
D Filaments dilated at base into truncate
scales surrounding ovary 62 Bloomena.
DD. Filaments slightly dilated below the
middle 63 MuvUa.
CC. Rootatock a tumcated bulb
D. Alliaceous odor absent, perianth-segms
connate at base or to the middle 64 Nothoscor-
DD. Alliaceous odor nearly if not quite [dum.
always present , perianth-segms dis-
tinct or barely united at base in a
ring 65. AUium.
14. Squill Tribe.
A. Penanth-segms distinct, or united only at
the very base
B Seeds strongly compressed, ovules numer-
ous
C. The outer segms of the persistent peri-
anth spreading, the inner a little
shorter, erect, connivent at apex and
variously crested 66 Albuca
CC. The segms of the deciduous perianth sub-
equal, connivert into a bell, or spread-
ing 67. Urginea.
BB. Seeds obovoid or globose, not flattened or
angled, ovules 2-oo ma cell
C. Infl a long dense raceme, bearded at the
apex by empty bracts, which may bo
herbaceous or colored 68 Eucomis
cc. Infl not as in c
D Nerves of penanth-segms 1 69 Sc ilia
DD Nerves of penanth-segms 3-c° 70 Camassia
ODD Nerves of perianth segms obscure 71 Ormthog-
IA. Penanth-segms united into a tube or bell. [alum,
B Ovules oo, usually numerous
c Seeds strongly compressed or angled
D The outer lobes spreading, inner ones
erect and shorter 72 Dipradi
DD The lobes all spreading and subequal,
or the inner ones a little wider 7? (.altoma
cc Seeds obovoid or globose 74 Lachenalia
BB. Ovules 2-6 in a cell, rarely more, seeds not
flattened or angled
C Lobes very short, tooth-like, much shorter
than tube
D Perianth cylindrical 7* Veltkeimia
DD Perianth urn-shaped, constricted at
throat 76 Muscan
CC Lohes considerably longer than the bell-
shaped tube fls few, in a lax raceme
D. Filaments erect, not connate, all or only
alternate ones dilated and petal-like 77. Chionodoxa.
DD Filaments connate into a sort of cup
which is produced beyond the anthers
into a cone 78 Puschkima.
CCC. Lobes shorter than the tube or about as
long, sometimes a trifle longer, filaments
normal or dilated at base 79 Hyacinthus
17. Colchicum, or Autumn-Crocus Tribe.
A. Perianth-tube entire, styles 3, distinct from
the base . 89. Colchicum.
AA. Penanth-segnia with distinct claws, oonnivent
into a tube
B Styles 3, distinct from base .
BB Style entire inside the tube, 3-fid at apex
90. Merendera.
91. Bulboco-
[dium.
18. Narthecium Tribe.
A. Caps loruhcidally dehiscent.
B Style undivided . . 92 Narthecium.
BB Styles 3 93 Zerophvl-
AA. Caps septicidally dehiscent or parted. [lum.
B Fls few at apex of scape, style undivided . 04. Helomopns.
BB. Fls in a dense raceme, styles 3, very short . 95. flelonias.
19. Bellwort, or Uvularia Tnbe.
A Fr an mdehiscent berry 96 Disporum.
AA Fr a septicidal caps 97 Tricyrtu.
AAA Fr (when known) a locuhcidal caps.
B Fls terminal, pendulous.
c Lvs perfoliate seeds covered by a thin
white aril 98 Uvularia.
cc Lvs sessile seeds have a swollen, spongy,
brown ridge 99 Oakena.
BB Fls axillary, or long-pedicellcd in the axils
c Plants are climbers
D Perianth-segms spreading, usually
wavy or crisped 100 (,'iorioso.
DD Penan th-segrns distinct, suberect, more
or less connivrnt and bell-shaped 101 Littonia.
CC Plants not climbers periath urn-shaped,
lobes very short 102 Sander-
[aonvo.
20. False Hellebore or Veratrum Tnbe.
A. Seeds membranous-winged nearly all the way
around sts leafy
B Lvs narrow or long-stalked perianth-segms
distinctly clawed 103 At elan-
BB Lvs usually broad, plaited, veiny, con- [thium.
tracted into a sheath, not distinctly
stalked perianth-segms a trifle con- *
tracted at the base 104 Veratrum.
AA Seeds narrow, angled, hardly winged hs
radical or crowded at base of at . linear or
rarely sublanceolatc
B Stamens much shorter than perianth, per-
ianth more or less bell-shaped 105 Stenan-
BB Stamens a little shorter than perianth, per- [thium.
mnth flattened out 106 Zyoadenut
Other genera described are Acrospira, Mectorurus, Andro-
cymbmm, Arthropodium, Astelia, Chama-lirium, DipidaA,
Drimia, Leucocoryne, Massonm, Oligobotrya, Pehobanthes,
Thysanotus, Toneldia, Tupistra, and Tulbagluu
15. Tulip Tribe.
A. Caps septicidally dehiscent or 3-partcd fls.
erect or pendulous, outer periunth-segms
usually narrower or smaller, inner ones
pitted 80 Calorhortua.
(Consult also Cyclobothra )
AA. Caps locuhcidally dehiscent
B Anthers dorsihxed, versatile, fls nodding or
pendulous, rarely erect, claw of segms
usually furnished with a nectariferous
groove 81. Lihum.
BB. Anthers basifixed, erect, filament usually
intruded
C. Fla usually erect, perianth bell-shaped or
somewhat funnel-shaped, segms often
spotted near the base, not pitted 82 Tuhpa.
CC. Fls nodding or pendulou*
D Penanth bell-shaped, segms usually
furnished with a pit or nectar-bearing
spot above the base 83 Fntillana.
DD. Perianth-segms narrow, recurved or
reflected from the middle or almost
from the base . 84. Erylhro-
[mum.
16. Medeola, or Cucumber-Root Tribe.
A. Foliage at base of st , Ivs few, stalked or con-
tracted into a sheath fls in a long-peduncled
umbel, rarely solitary 85 Clintoma.
AA. Foliage whorled at top of st
B. Lvs 3' fl solitary, 3-merous 86 Tnlhum.
BB Lvs 4-0° fla solitary^ 4- oo-meroua 87. Pans
IAA. Foliage whorled at middle of st with 3 smaller
Ivs. at the top surrounding the umbel . . 88. Mtdeola.
195. PONTEDERIACE^.
L Penanth funnel-shaped
B Ovary by abortion 1-celled, 1-ovulcd 1 Pontedena
BB Ovary .3-ccl led, muny-ovuled 2 Eirhhornia
k. Penan tn salver-shaped 3 Ilettranthem.
196. COMMELINACH^.
A Fr mdehiscent
B Pericarp hard and brittle 1
BB Pencarp succulent or fleshy 2
AA Frs locuhcidally dehiscent
B Fls with 3 perfect stamens, and 3 or fewer
stammodes
c Anther-cells parallel and contiguous
D Ovary 3-celled, 2 anterior cells 1-2-
ovuled, posterior l-o\ uled, empty or
wanting 3
DD Ovary 2-3-celled, cells usually 2-t».
ovuled 4
cc. Anthers, with variously petaloid connec-
tive cells spirally twisted into numer-
ous gyres 5.
BB. Fls with 6 stamens, rarely 5, all perfect, no
stammodes
c. Anther-cells dehiscing by a terminal pore 6
cc Anthers otherwise dehiscent
D Connective transversely or divaricately
2-lobed 7.
DD. Connective not 2-lobed aa in D.
B. Ovary-cells 2-5-ovuled.
Pallia
Pahsota.
Commelina.
Aneilema.
Cochhos-
[tema.
Dichori-
[tandra,
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
129
F. Cymes fascicle-formed, with the
very short rachis contracted
into a receptacle, sessile inside
the base of the complicate floral
Ivs or variously paniculate 8. Tradea-
FF. Cyme terminal, pedunculate with [cantia.
2-3 longish branches secund-fld
from base .... 9. Tinantia.
ED. Ovary cells 1-ovuled 10. Rhceo.
197. JUNCACEJE.
A. Ovary l-celled, or more or less perfectly 3-
celled, placentee or cells oo-ovulea 1. Juncus
AA. Ovary 3-celled , cells 2- or few-ovuled 2. Pnonn
198. PALMACEJE.
A.Lf-«>gms infolded m \ernation:
spadices interfohaceous.
B. Fls dicecious
C. LV«J pmnatisect, segras acumi-
nate spathe solitary, ovary of 3
distinct carpels, only 1 maturing
seed deeply grooved ventrally
umbiheate, embryo dorsal 1 PHCTNIX TRIBE.
CO Lvs plaited in a fan-shaped fash-
ion, roundish, semi-orbicular or
wedge-shaped, split spathes
numerous, ovary entire or 3-
lobed, 3-celled, with c rect ov ules
seeds with a mere dot of a hilum
raphe ventral 2 CoRyPHA TRIBE
BB. Fls usually hermaphrodite Ivs
much like those of Corypha Tribe
spathes numerous, ovary entire,
3-lobed, with ascending ovules
seeds with diffused hilum 3 BORASBUS TRIBE.
AA, Lf -segms folded back in vernation
B. Seeds adherent to the endocarp,
hilum diffused, embryo opposite
usually monoecious in the same
rdix, the lower ones in 3's with
middle one pistillate 4 Cocos TRIBE.
BB Seed umbiheate
C. Raphe dorsal, embryo ventral
spadices terminal or axillary,
tfa polygamo-monoecious 5 LEPIDOCARYA
[TRIBE.
CC. Raphe ventral, embryo dorsal G ARS.CA TRIBE
1. Phoenix Tribe.
The only genus ... . 1 Phoenix.
2. Corypha Tnbe.
A. Style or stigma basilar in fr : endosperm
equable
B. The style short , embryo terminal. Palms
fruit once and die 2 Corypha.
BB. The style elongated
c. Embryo dorsal 3.
cc Embryo sub-basilar
AA. Style or stigma terminal in fruit.
B. Perianth of imbricate petals
4.
corolla-
segrns
C. Fls polygamo-dicBcious , stigmas sessile,
distinct, embryo dorsal
D Endosperm ruminate . ... 5
DD Endosperm equable 6
CC Fls hermaphrodite, styles long, distinct
D Filaments free 7
Salal
((Ino,!es).
Washing-
Ctiamaerops.
Rhapido-
[phyUum.
Acantho-
Irhua.
Trithnnax.
DD Filaments connate into a tube
BB. Perianth of valvate petals or corolla-lobes
(see also BBB)
c. Fls dioecious, corolla 3-toothed, anthers
extrorsely dehiscent 9. Rhapis.
CC. Fls polygamo-monoecious , carpels dis-
tinct, stigmas distinct, sessile endo-
sperm equable, ventrally groo\ed,
embryo dorsal . 10 Trachy-
OCC. Fla hermaphr<xlite (carpus.
D. Embryo dorsal . S endosperm equable:
carpels slightly cohering or in
Lmstona sometimes dihtmct
E Spadix-bram lies not sheathed stylo
single, short, 3-cornered 11. Brahea.
EX. Spadix rachis sheathed, carpeh 3-
cornered , style single, thread-like 12. Licvala.
BEE. Spadix-branches naked or lower ones
bracted, carpels globose, styles
short, distinct or cohering 13 Ltmtona.
DD. Embryo, sub-basilur. rachis of apadix
sheathed.
i. Endosperm ruminate carpels 3, dis-
tinct at base, style single, short,
3-grooved
EE. Endosperm equable
F. Corolla-tube
.14. Copernicia.
Corolla-tube persistent, segms.
deciduous, o\ary 3-cornered or
3 lobed, narrowed into a style 15 Pntchardut.
FF. Corolla otheiwise
O. Carpels free at base; style sin-
gle, slender, elongated . 10 Serensea.
OO. Carpel1* slightly cohering, style
single, short, 3-groovod... . 17 Erythea
BBB. Perianth minute 6-fid or obsolete 18 Thnnax (and
Coccothnnax).
3. Borassus Tribe.
A. Stamens 6
B. Fls mime rous in the cavities of the spadix... 19. Borassua.
BB Fls solitary in the cavities 20 Hyphxne.
AA. Stamens numerous
B Fls numerous in cavities 21 Lodotcea.
BB. Fls. solitary in cavities 22. Latanut.
4. Cocos Tribe.
A. Palms armed with prickles fr 1-seeded;
cndocarp 3-porous at or above the middle
B. Pistillate fla with petals united for a con-
siderable distance, stammate fls smaller:
endocarp bony
c. btaminate fls not imnitrsed in spadix. If -
segms acuminate 23 Bactm.
CC StamiiMte fls inuiK rsed in cavities of
• - 24 Astro-
Ay at [caryum.
spadix If -segms prcmorsc-
BB Pistillate fls with petals connate onl
C Stammate fls in
inserted If -s* RI
cc Stammate fls u
me lucled If -
^cd, anthers large,
tuirnnate 25 \crocom\a.
immers<>d, anthers
s wedge-shaped,
preniorsc- 26 Marhneeia.
IA Palms unarmed
B Endocirp 3-porous above middle' fr
l-3-see«led 27. Elan*.
BB Endocarp bony and, except in Jubsea, 3-6-
porous to\\ ard base fr l-oo -seeded
c Spadix himple . 28. Diplothe-
cc Spadix simply brurichc d [mtum.
I) Nuinbi r <>f stamtns h fr 1-seeded (in
Sthcoloi somt times 2-3-^eded)
E Petals minute, much smaller than
exerted stamens of stamuidteflb 29 Maxi-
[mtitano.
EE Petals lanr( olate stamens included 30 Coco*
EKL Petals shiped like a long club, or
cylindncil, stamens shorter 31 Scheelea.
DD Number of stamens 10-24 or more,
petals of Htammate fis lanceolate,
stamens included, anther-cell^ con-
E Fr 2-6-seede<l 32. Attalea.
EE IT 1-seeded, the endocarp 3-porous
at the middle or a httk lower 33. Jubaea.
5. Lepidocarya Tribe.
A Lva fan-shaped ovary perfectly 3-celle<l 34. Maunt\a.
AA Lvs equally pmnatisect ovary imperfectly
3-celled Bpaoices axillary
B Palms fruit once and die 35 PUctocomia.
BB Palms fruit more th'in once, usually
climbers
c Spathes solitary, deciduous If -segms
rhombic, nerv es fan-shap< d 36 Ceratolobut.
CC Spathes numerous, perMhtent If -scgms
acuminate, nerves parallel
D Spadices contracted, spathes cymbi-
form, beaked, long-persistent, the 2
the others 37 Dsemono-
DD Spadices diffused, or, if contracted, the [rop*
spathes arc flat and persistent only
during anthesis
. . .38. Cotomu*.
6. Areca Tribe.
Key to Subtnbes;
A. Petals of the pistillate fls valvate
throughout nearly their whole length,
spadices interfohaceous, spathes 2 or
more, ovary entire, 3-celled 1. CABTOTTDXA
AA. Petals of the pistillate fls overlapping
or valvate only at apex, very rarely
valvate throughout
B. Spadices infrafohaceous.
c. Stigmas terminal in fr ; ovary
entire, l-celled
D. Stammate fls unsymmetncal;
sepals usually small and not
imbricate 2. EUARBCBA,
130
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
DD. Staminate fls symmetrical; .
sepals usually roundish and
widely overlapping 3. PTTCHOSPBRUEA.
CO. Stigmas usually excentnc or lateral
on ovary, entire or 3-lobed. lf.-
segms acuminate
» Spathes 2, ovary entire . 4. ONCOSPERME.B.
DD. Spathes numerous. If -segms.
wedge-shaped
X. Ovary entire, younger spa-
dices horn-shaped 5. IRIARTEBJB.
XX. Ovary deeply 3-lobed, with
large stigmas, spadicea
club-shaped 6. WETTINIBJB.
BB. Spadices nearly always interfoha-
ceous
O. Stigmas terminal on f r , rarely
basal
j». Ovary 1-cellcd, spadix simple,
with monoecious fin immersed
in cavities 7. LINOSPADICBA
DD. Ovary 3-celled, imperfectly so in
Subtribe 8
E. Fr globose spadix panicu-
lately branched, the Hs
dioecious and pedicelled 8 CEROXYLEJB.
EB. Fr elongated spadix subdigi-
tately branched, the fls.
monoecious and not im-
mersed 9 MALORTIE.*!.
CC. Stigmas lateral or basal on fr ,
rarely terminal, ovary entire
D. Fls not immersed in cavities
B Spathes 2, all the fls or the
lower ones in 3's, ovary
1-3-celled 10 IQUANURB.SI.
EB. Spathes numerous, ovary 3-
celled, spadices inter- and
infrafobacous, fls usually
dioecious, without bracts or
bractleta, perianth rather
fleshy or leathery 11 CHAMJCDOREJB.
DD. Fls immersed in cavities, monoe-
cious or dioecious, compressed,
perianth glumaceous; stylo
often elongated, terminal or
lateral .... 12 GEONOMBJO.
Subtribe 1. Caryotideae.
A. Lvs bipmnatisect endosperm rximmate stam-
inatefla with 3 sepals and stamens 30 Caryota.
AA. Lvs pmnatisect endosperm equable
B. Stamens 6, calyx of stammate fls tubular,
truncate 40 Walhchia.
BB. Stamens co
c. Calyx of stammate fls cup-shaped, 3-
lobed 41 Didymoi-
\perma.
CC. Calyx of stammate fls of 3 sepals 42 Arenga.
Subtribe 2. Euareceae.
A. Ovule basal, erect
B. Endosperm ruminate
c. Stamens 3 or 6, stammate fls minute,
numerous, solitary or in pairs, on
branches of spadix, pistillate fls much
larger, solitary toward base of bram lies 43 Areca.
CC. Stamens numerous, fls in 3's, the middle
one pistillate, arranged in 2, 4 or 6
ranks 44 Pinanga.
BB. Endosperm equable stamensG.fls m 3's, the
middle one pistillate, at ranged in 4 ranks 45 Kentia
AA. Ovule parietal, more or less pendulous
B Fls arranged in 4 ranks on branches of
spadix 46 Hydnastele.
BB. Fls arranged spirally on branches of spadix
(All "sepals" mentioned under HB refer to
sepals of stammate fls except when
otherwise stated )
C. Pistillate fls much larger than stammate,
sepals papery, connate at base 47 Veitchia.
CC. Pistillate fls not laiger than stammate
D Length of sepals far surpassing petals,
sepals narrow 48 Nenga.
DD Length of sepals not exceeding petals
E The sepals overlapping
V Sepals triangular-orbicular, sta-
mens numerous , filaments short 49. Kentiopsia.
TT. Sepals small, keeled, stamens 9-24,
filaments mflexed at apex 50 Archonto-
EB. The sepals not overlapping [phanix.
p. Filaments inflexed at apex
o. Sepals awl-shaped or lanceolate,
stamens 6-12, pistillate fls
with short petals valvate at [atyha.
apex 51. Rhopolo-
«O. Sepals small, acute, stamens 6;
pistillate fls with petals a lit- [spermo.
tie longer than the sepals. . . .02. Dictyo-
FP. Filaments normal, sepals narrowly
lanceolate, stamens 9—12, pis-
tillate fls with petals like the
sepals 53 Hedyacepe.
Subtribe 3. Ptychosperme».
A. Endosperm ruminate
B Stamens 20-30 ...... 54 Ptycho-
[aperma.
BB Stamens 6 . ..... 55 Rhopalo-
AA. Endosperm equable [blaste.
B Lf -sogms obliquely premorso stamens
numerous 56 Drymo-
BB. Lf -H6gms narrowed at apex, or in Cyrto- [phlceus,
stachys entire or sometimes obliquely 2-
toothed
C. Stamens 6-1 "5, pericarp slightly fibrous,
smooth inside 57 Cyrtoslachyt.
CC. Stamens it, pericarp thick, granular,
hbrous inside 58 Cypho-
[phaentx.
Subtribe 4 Oncospermeae.
A. Stammate fls symmetrical, sepals broad and
much o\erlappmg, stigmas on fr exoentrio
or lateral, or in Cyphospt rma subtt nmnal
B. Perianth of pistillate fls enlarged after
anthesis
c Pericarp grumose and fibrous 59 Chnoshgma.
cc Pericarp thin, leathery or bony 60 Cypho-
[sperma.
BB Perianth not (hanged after anthesis 61 Af icroktntia.
AA. Stammate fls unsyinmetriiHl, sepals ^mall or
narrow, not imbruate or only slightly so,
stigmis lateial on fr or basal
B. Petals of pistillate fls eonnute at base, val-
c. Calyx of stamin ite fls u
nitcdat base
62 Oreodora
(Inol Roystonea )
CC Calyx with 3 distinct se
pals
0} icnsta
BB Petals free
r Anthers trert
01 Oncosperma.
CC Anthers versatile
o Kr globose palms un
armed
65 Euterpe
DD Fr minute palms spi
my
06 Acantho-
(phamx.
Subtribe 5
Inarteese.
Stamens 9-15 stigmas term in
al or nearly s<
o in
fr If -segms turned HI ev ery
direction
67 IrviTtea.*
Subtribe 6 Wettmieje
No representatives known to be cultivated in America.
Subtribe 7. Lmospadicese.
A. Anthers basifixed, ereet
B Stamens 6, 10, or U, pistillate fls have oo
stanunodes If -seprns prc
BB Stamen* v<_ry nuin
no stammodLs If -segm
AA. Anthers dorsifixtd, versitil
pistillate fls 0-9 If -segms
, pistillate fls ha\c
mmate
mnnode
inate
68 Bacularia.
69 Howca
0 Lmoapadix.
Subtribe 8 Ceroxylese
Stamens 9-15 fr with basal stigmas 71 Ceroxylon.
SubtnbeQ. Malortieas.
Not cultivated in America
Subtribe 10. Iguanurese
A. Stigmas excentnc or lateral on f r 72 Heterospathe.
AA Stigmas basal or nearly so on fr
B Stamens 15-20, ovary 1-celled palm
armed
BB Stamens 6, with didymous anthers
c Ovary 1-celled palm armed
OC. Ovary 3-celled palm unarmed
Subtribe 11 Chamaedoreae.
A. Fls. dioecious or monoecious in different
spadices, spirally arranged 76. Chamx-
AA. Fls monoecious in the same spadix [dorea.
B. The fls arranged in elongated heaps or
clusters
c Infl from among the Ivs . 77 Gaussia.
cc Infl from below the Ivs . . 78. Hyophorbe.
BB. The fls. sparse, solitary or in pairs 79. Roscheria,
73 Stevenioma.
74 Verachaf-
[feltia.
75. Dypsit.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
131
Sobtribe 12. Geoannea.
A. Base of the ovary included in the disk
B Anthers arrow-shaped . 80. Calypiro-
BB Anthers with lone separate pendulous cells 81 Geonoma
AA Disk 0 many-stemmed palms of India 82 Benhnckw.
Imperfectly Known Genera of Palms.
83 Balaka, is a member of the Areca Tribe and probably belongs
between Ptychoaperma and Drymophloeus, differing from those
genera as indicated in the article Baluka
84 Bismarckia is a member of the Borassus Tribe
85 Chrymlidocarpua is a well-known member of the Areca
Tribe of doubtful affinity
8b Exorrhiza is a member of the Areca Tribe, Subtnbe Euare-
ceae
87 Nipa is a member of the Areca Tribe but of uncertain
affinity Its nearest horticultural relative is Phoenix
88 PhyttUphas LS a well-known member of the Areca Tribe
but of doubtful affinity
89 Psfudophaemx is a member of the Areca Tribe which proba-
bly belongs in the Subtnbe Cham«edore«p, near Hyophorbe
90 Plychuraphis is a member of the Areca Tribe which probably
comes after Ptychosp«rma
91 Ranevea m known only in the juvenile state and is con-
jectured to he near to Hyophorbe
The following genera are also treated Acoelorraphe, Cypho-
kentia, Desmoncus, Eremospatha, Hyospathe, Mauicaria, Met-
roxylon, Microphoenix, Neonicholsoma, (Enocarpus, Pigafetta,
Ptyrho
s, Kyn
199. LEMNACBJB.
Floating plants with roots fls inserted on mar-
ginal cracks of the frond, stamens 1-2, anthers
2-celled Lemna.
200. PANDANACE>B.
A Ovules solitary in carpels
AA Ovules many in the loeules
201. CYCLANTHACE.fi.
A Plants with watery juice
AA Plants with uulkyjuire
The only genus
202. TYPHACEJB.
203. ARACE-fi.
1 Pandanus
2 Freyanetia
1 Carludonca.
2 Cyclanthus
Typha.
A. Penanth 0 (except female fls of Peltandra)
B Fls montrcious (in Aristema sometimes
dioecious)
C Spadix appendaged (except in Pistea)
D The male ana female mfl contiguous
with no neutral organs between
ovules anatropous or semi-anatropous
DD The upper fls males, lower ones
females ovules orthotropous
s from the spathe or
1 Amorpho-
[phattw
B. The spadix fi
adnate at the base
F. Male fls sparse Ivs and fls appear
together
O Tube of spathe with connate
margins, male fls with 1 sta-
men, anthers horseshoe-
shaped 2 Arisarum
GO. Tube of spathe convolute, fls
usually dioicious, males with
2-5 stamens 3 Ansxma
1». Male fls denso Ivs often appear
before fls
Q. Tube of spathe with connate
margins
H Ovule solitary Ivs entire 4 Biarum
HH Ovules 2-4 Ivs pedatisect 5 Sauroma-
OO. Tube of spathe convolute [turn,
H Ovules oo, parietal, in 2 series 6 Arum.
HH Ovules few, inserted at base
and apex of cell
I. Male and female fls remote,
appendix of spadix hairy 7 Helicodic-
II. Male and female fls con- [erot.
tiguoua 8. Dracunculus.
BB. The spadix not appendaged, adnate
to Bpatbe OD back . aquatic plant . 9. Plttoa.
BBB. The tube of spath* closed at
mouth by dilation of apadix or else
divided into 2 cells
F Tube closed at throat . 10 PiruUia.
FF Tube 2-celled 11. Arobroatnta.
CC. Spadix not appeudaged (rarely with a
naked appendage or endowed with
neutral organs) , upper fls. males, lower
ones females
D. Stamens connate in a prismatic or pel-
tate body
B. Plants are climbing shrubs
F Ovaries distinct, 2- 10-celled .. 12. Philoden-
[dron.
rr Ovaries coherent, 1-2-celled — 13 Syngon\um,
BE. Plants are herbs, not climbing
F. The ovules orthotropous or nearly
so, micropyle superior
G. Ovules numerous m 2 senes on
3-5 parietal placentae 14 Colocana.
GQ Ovules few, basal 15 Alocasia.
OGQ. Ovules 1 or few, subpane-
taf distinguished by ovary
bryo not albuminous 16 Peltandra,
FF. The ovules anatropous or serai-
anatropous, micropyle inferior
G Ovaries distinct or slightly
coherent 17 Caladwm.
GO. Ovaries distmit below, above
thick, dilated and grown
together 18 Xanthosoma.
GGG Ovary 2-5-celled 19 Dieffcn-
DD. Stamens distinct [bach\a.
B. Fr not included by tube of spathe
the whole spathe deciduous, mar-
cescent
F. Ovule affixed to intruded placentae
Ivs ovate 20 Aglaonema.
FF Ovule affixed near top of cell
Ivs broadly arrow-shaped 21 Nephthytit.
EE. Fr included by acen scent tube of
spathe blade of spathe marces-
cent, deciduous 22 Zantedes-
EEB. Fr included by spat he, blade of [chia.
which ib persistent 23 Homalo-
EEEE Fr girt by the top-shaped tube of [mena.
spathe, which has a circumscisbile,
deciduous blade 24 Xchiimato-
BB Fls hermaphrodite [glottM.
c Plants marsh herbs 25 Calla
cc Plants are scdndent shrubs
D Ovules 2 in a cell, affixed to base of
septum 26 Monstera
' Ovules solitary, basal 27 ticindapsus.
ODD Ovules numerous
28 Khaphid-
[ophora.
29 Stenosper-
all her- (nvihnm
DDDD OvxUes 3 or 4 in a cell
AA Penanth of 4-8 distinct seguv
maphrodite
B, Spadix flowering downward, spathe long,
often twisted, long-persistent 30 Cyrlosperma.
BB. Spadix flowering upward
c. Spathe sheathing tho \ ery long poduncuh-
form stipe of the spadix, with blade in-
complete or 0
D Ovary 1-cclled, ovules solitary, t-emi-
anatropous U Orontium
DD. Ovary 2-celled, ovules 1-2 m a cell,
orthotropous 32 Lysichitum.
ODD. Ovary 1-2-celled, ovule 1 in each cell,
suspended 33 Symplo-
DDDD Ovary imperfectly 1-2-celled, ovule [carpus.
solitary, affixed to interior angle of
cell 34 Dracontium.
cc Spathe provided with scale-like appen-
dages in tho tube, lonR-pem^tent
ovules semi-anatropoua or carnpylo-
tropous 35 Spathyema.
ccc Spathe leafy, accrescent, persi&tent, quite
flattened out ovules anatropous 36 Spathiphyl-
rccc Spathe open, recurved or reflexed, accres- [lum.
cent, persistent ovules various 37 Anthunum.
ccccc Spathe accrescent, persistent or obsolete
ovules anatropous 38 Pothos
cccccc Spathe obsolete or obscure ovules ortho-
tropous 39 Acorut
Additional Key to the Araceae.
The Araceae are hkely to be so difficult for the gardener that an
additional key, based on other contrasts, is here inserted for his
convenience
A Plants free-swimming, aquatic Piatia.
A A Plants not free-swimming aquatics, terres-
trial or marsh plant*
B Lvs parallel-veined (see also Call a and
Acorus)
c Plant shrub-like or climbing* at more or
less aerial stamens of staminate fl.
separate
132
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
D. Blade of spathe deciduous, spathe
constricted in middle, leaving a long
tube when blade falls Schiamato-
DD. Blade of spathe persistent, at least \glott\t.
until ripening of spadix.
E Seeds anatropous Homalomena.
EE Seeds orthotropous . . . Philodendron.
CO. Plant with st upright, aerial: stamens
united into a synandrium
D. Pistillate fls crowded, without
stammodia, staminate fls. with only
2-3 separate stamens Aglaonema.
DD. Pistillate fls with stammodia inter-
spersed, stammatc fls with 4-4
united stamens Dieffenbachin.
CCC. Plant with st subterranean
D. Seeds orthotropous or nearly i~o (he
connate stammodia of the pistillate
fl forming an involucre around the
gyntetium Peltandra
DD Seeas anatropous stanunodia of pis-
tillate Ms separate Zantedeschta.
BB. Lvs. netted-vemed (i e veins of 2nd, 3rd,
and 4th order netted)
C. Milk-tubes absent
D llaphidcs absent (raphides are acicu-
lar crystals found in bundles m the
plant-cell)
E Lvs differentiated into petiole and
blade seeds anatropous
F Seeds without endosperm Pathos
FF Seeds with endosperm Anthunum.
EE. Lvs without distinction into petiole
and blade seeds orthotropous Acorus
DD. Raphides present in ground tissue of
st and Ivs
E Fls without perianth, spathe decidu-
ous before ripening of spadix
plants mostly climbing
F. Seeds with endosperm and axial
embryo
Q Foliage-lvs many on each
shoot Stenosper-
QQ Foliige-lvs 1 on each shoot in [mation.
addition to several bracts KapJt idophora,
FF Seeds without endosperm
a Ovary 2-cellctl , Monttcra
OG Ovary 1-cclled Scindapsus
EE. Fls with perianth, spathe not
deciduous sub-shrubs SpathiphyUum.
CC. Milk-tubes present in hbro- vascular
bundles
D. The milk-tubes branched , veins of 2nd
grade fusing into a collective vein
between veins of 1st grade
E. Seeds with endosperm, st. not
climbing
p. Ovary with basal placenta Alocasia
FF. Ovary with parietal placenta? Coloiasia.
FFF. Ovary with broad, nearly central
placenta?
o Style small Caladium
GO Style disk-like, projecting
beyond ovary Xanthosoma
VE Seeds without endosperm st climb-
ing Syngonium
DD. The milk-tubes simple, straight, veins
not as above
E. Perianth present, fls bisexual
F. Lvs not arrow-shaped
O Ovary 2-celled, 2 ovules in each
cell, suspended from middle of
partition Lysichitum.
OG. Ovary 1-celled, 1-ovuled
H Ovule from apex of cell
spadix short, nearly globu-
lar Symplocarpua.
HH Ovule basal: spadix cylindri-
cal Orontium.
PF. Lvs arrow-shaped
G Plants are shrubs with climb-
ing or creeping sts • petioles
and sts usually pnckly or
warty . . . Cyrtosperma.
GQ Plants tuberous Drac&ntium
EE Perianth absent, fls unisexual (bisex-
ual in Calla)
F. Fls bisexual Ivs not arrow-shaped. CaUa.
FF. Fls unisexual Ivs various.
a. Spadix with a stenle terminal
appendage, or with sterile
wings sta various
H. Seeds without endosperm Amorphophal-
HH Seeds with endosperm [lu*.
I. Appendage of spadix pro-
jecting much beyond the
spathe, or included and
free.
j. Spadix with rudimentary
fls between the fer-
tile stammate and fer-
tile pistillate fls , or
stammate mfl border-
ing immediately on the
pistillate mfl
K. Placenta parietal Ivs.
arrow-shaped or
lanceolate Arum.
KK. Placentae apical and
basal Ivs. pedately
divided
L. Fertile sta in mate
mfl bordering im-
mediately on the
pistillate mfl Dracuncului.
VL. Fertile stammate
mfl separated
from pistillate mfl
by many rudi-
mentary fls Hehcodicerot.
KKK. Placenta basal
L. Lvs pedately
divided seeds 2
or more Sauromatum.
LL. Lvs ovate, lanceo-
late or linear
seeds mostly 1 Biarum.
33. Spadvx without rudimen-
tary fls , but a space
between the stammate
and pistillate fls , or
K. Ovary with many
L. Stammate fls of 1
stamen IVB ovate
or arrow -shaped
spadix bisexual Anaarwn.
LU Stammate fls of 2-5
stamens Ivs 3-
or many-parted
spadix unisexual Ansxma.
KK Ovary 1-ovuled stam-
mate and pistillate
portions of upadix
separated by a par-
tition which reaches
out from wall of
spathe Pmettta.
II. Appendages of the spadix
wing-like on the 2 sides,
thus dividing the bila-
biate spathe into 2
chambers, the anterior of
which contains a stam-
mate fl , the posteiior a
pistillate fl Ambrosmia.
GO. Spadix without such appendage
creeping Aephthytit
Other genera described are Callopsis, Crypto<oryne, Fpipreni-
num, Gamogyno, Gymnostachys, btaurostigma, Typhomurn and
Typliouodorum.
A. Carpels inserted in a whorl on a small recep-
tacle ... 1. Ahsma.
AA. Carpels densely crowded in many series on a
large oblong or globose receptacle . . 2 Sagittarta
205. BUTOMACE^B.
A. Petals marcescent , stamens 9 , carpels 6 . 1 . Butomut.
AA. Petals deciduous, stamens numerous, car-
pels 15-20 ........ .2 Limnoch-
[ant
206. NAIADACEJE.
A. Fls. hermaphrodite, spicate; perianth 4-
divided, stamens 2 or 4 1 Potamogeton.
AA. Fls. unisexual, axillary , perianth 0, stamens 1 2 Zanmchellw
207. APO NO GET ONAGER.
The only genus ............................. Aponogeton.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
133
208. CYPERACEJE.
A. Fls. strictly unisexual, female inclosed in a
flask-shaped or bag-shaped scale or glume
(pengynium) 1. Carex.
AA. Fls bisexual, rarely unisexual, not inclosed as
above
B. With several (2 to many) of the lower
scales empty
C. Spikelets lew-fid (usually 1-2-, rarely,
3-0-fld ) . 2 Rhyncho-
cc. Spikelcts many-fld [upora.
D St 1* afy 3 Hiipolytrum.
DD St not leafy or only at base 4 Mapania
BB With only 1 or 2 of the lower scales empty
c Sc ales 2-ranked
D Perianth 0 5 Cyprruis
DD Perianth of 8 setae 0 Duhchium.
CC Sealers many-ranke d, overlapping
D Pe nanth of 3-8, ran ly 0, -cta>
E Style persistent, thickened and bulb-
like at base 7 Eleocharw.
EK Style not or hardly thickened at base 8 Scirpus
DD. Perianth of many seta>, very long-
cxcrcsccnt after anthesis, becoming
wavy or cottony , ... 9. Eriophorum.
209. GRAMINEjE.
I. Summary of the Tribes.
Subfamily I. PANICOIDEJE
Spikelcts 1-, rarely 2-fld , the terminal fl perfect, the lower
stammate or neuter, rachilla articulated below the glumes, tho
more or less dorsally compressed spikelets falling from the
pedicels entire, singly, m groups, or together with joints of an
articulate raehis
A Spikelets unisexual, the male and
female spikelets in different mfl on
the same plant or in diffe n nt parts
of the same mfl , awnle «s 1 INDIAN CORN
AA. Spikelets perfect, sometimes with [TuiuF, OR
B. L* nrma and pale a hyaline, the
glunms more or less indurated,
spikelets in 2's or 3's on the usu-
ally articulate axis of a spike-like
ally awne-d, the other pcdiceled
and perfect, stammate or rudi-
mentary 2 SORUHI MTRIBE.OR
BB. Lemma and pale-a more or less in- ANDKOPOC.ONEE
durated, hnner m te xture than the
glumes, spikelets all pel feet, first
glume sometimes obsoh te 3 Mn i »• r 1 KIHF , OK
[PtMCbJS
Subfamily H. POACOIDE.E
Spikelets 1- to many-fld , the imperf* c t or rudimentary floret,
if any, usually upp< rnu.st, r.u hill i usually irticulat.il abo\i> the
glurms which are perM-tent on the pediti I or raehis after the fall
of the florets, when 2- to many-fld , a m tmfe«t internode of the
rachilla separating the florets, and articulated below them,
epikelets more or le-ss laterally compn s^ed
A. Culms not woody and perennial
B. Infl paniculate, the spike ie ts pe di-
celed, not sessile on opposite sides
of a jointed flattened axis, form-
ing spikes, nor sessile along one side
of a slender continuous axis
C. Spikelets 1-fld , the raehilla some-
times continued as a mmuto
bristle behind tho palea (or m
Phalaride-ie a pair of rudimen-
tary or male florets below the
perfect one)
D. Spikelets falling entire, glumes
usually obsolete or nearly so 4 RICE TRIBE, OR
DD. Spikelets persistent, glumes [ORYZfc-B.
present
E. Floret with 2 minute scales
(rudimentary lemmas) or
2 small male florets at-
tached at the base and fall-
ing with it 5. CANARY-GRABS
EK. Floret with no scales attached [TRIBE, OR
below, glumes usually sub- [PHALARIDE.B.
equal, lemma awned or
awnless 6. RED-TOP TRIBE, OR
OC. Spikelets 2- to many-fld (AoROSTiDEJB.
D. Glumes longer than the first
floret, spikelets 2- to several-
fld , 1 or more of the florets
usually awued from the back
or from between tho teeth of a [AVENEJS.
bifid apex 7. OAT TRIBE, OB
DD. Glumes shorter than the first
floret, spikelets 2- to many-
fid, awns when present ter-
minal or nearly so . 8. FESOTJE TRIBE, OR
BB. Infl spicate [FESTCCEJB.
C. Spikelets s< ssilr or Hubwwile in
1-sided spikfs, 1- to few-fld ,
spikes solitary, or digitately or
racernosely arranged 9. CHLORIS TRIBE, OR
CC. Spikclets sessile on opposite sides [CHI/>RIDE*1
of a /igzag jointed channeled
axis forming a spike, 1- to
several-fid 10 BARLEY TRIBK, OR
AA. Culms woody, tree-like If -blades (HORDE,*)
articulated with the sheaths 11. BAMBOO TRIBE, OR
//. Key to the Tribes.
1. Indian Corn Tnbe, or Maydeae.
A* Male spikelets in a terminal panicle, female
spikefets in spikes or cars in the axils of the
Iva
B. Female spikele'ts sunken in cavities of a
jointed readily disartic ulating axis 1 Euchltma.
BB Female spikelets crowded in rows on a
thickened continuous axis (the cob) 2 Zea.
AA. Male and female »pik< lets in the same mfl ,
the male at the end of the spike s
B. Spikes digitite, the axis of the female por-
tion bony indurated, disarticulating with
spikelets attached 3 Tnpaacum.
BB. Spikes paniculate, the female spike lets
inclosed in ovoid pf aily or grayish bead-
like bodies, the mile portion protruding
from a small orifice of the bead 4 Co\x.
2. Sorghum Tribe, or Andropogoneae.
A. Spikelets all alike, perfect
B. Axis of racemes continuous, the spikelets
deciduous, panic 1* fan-shaped 5 Miscanthut.
BB Axis of r iconic s jointed, readily disarticula-
ting with the spjki lets attached
c The spikelets awnless 6 Saccharum.
cc The spikelets aw nul 7 Enanthu*.
AA fepikelets not all dike the sessile pe-rfect, the
pedicelod male e>r neuter
B Lower 1 or 2 pairs of !-pikrlcts unlike the
upper pair-, racemes m pairs from boat-
shaped sheaths on the ultimate branches
of an elongated mfl , 8 Cymbopogon.
Bit Lower pairs of spikelets like the upper
c Infl consisting of I to many racemes,
these, digitate or racemose along a
short axis 9 Andropoyon.
CC Infl compound, paniculate
D Racemes jiv»n>-fld, linear, naked at
base, numerous, arranged in whorls
on an elongated axis 10 Vet\ver\a.
DD Racemes reduced to 2 or 3 ^pikelets,
arranged in a compound panicle 1 1 Holcus.
3. Millet Tribe, or Pamceae.
A. Axis broad and corky, the spikelets sunken m
its ca\ities 12 Steno-
AA. Axis not broad and corky, spikelets not sunken (topArum.
B. Spikelets not subtended or surrounded by
bristles
C. Glumes and lemmas awnless, the apex of
the palea inclosed in the enfolding
lemma 13 Pamcum.
CC. Glumes or lemmas, or both, awned or
awn-tipped
D. Second glume and sterile lemma taper-
ing into an awn or point, coarsely
hispid, palea free at the summit,
spikelets crowded 14 Echmochloa.
DD. Second glume and sterile lemma awned
from a 2-lobed apex
E Infl of 1 -sided racemes along a com-
mon axis, smkelcts pubescent but
not silky, palea inclosed at summit 15 Ophtmenut.
EE Infl paniculate, spikelets co\ered
with long silky hairs 1G Tncholxna.
BB. Spikelets subtended or surrounded by
bristles
c. Bristles persistent, not falling with the
spikclcts at maturity 17 Setana.
CC. Bristles falling attached to the apikelet 18 J'enniaetum,
4. Rice Tribe, or Oryzeae.
A. Spikelets unisexual, the female awned, erect
at the summit of the panicle, the male awn-
less, nodding on the lower branches 19 Zizama.
AA. Spikeletfl perfect, strongly flattened . . 20 Oryta.
134
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
5. Canary-Grass Tribe, or Phalaride«.
A. Glumes strongly compressed, stenle lemmas
rudimentary . 21, Phalant.
AA. Glumes not strongly compressed, sterile
lemmas not rudimentary
B. Sterile lemmas awned, glumes very unequal.22. Anthox-
[anthum.
BB. Sterile lemmas awnless, glumes nearly equal23. H\erochlo&.
6. Red-Top Tribe, or Agrostideae.
A. Lemma indurated, or at least firmer than the
glumes
B. Panicle spike-like, spikelets flattened, awn-
less 24 Ammophvla.
BB. Panicle not spike-like, spikelets not flat-
tened, awned
c Floret oblong and with a sharp callus at
base, awn stout, gemculatc, twisted,
persistent 25. Stipa.
cc Floret ovate, the callus blunt, awn slen-
der, more or less deciduous 26 Orytvpnt.
AA. Lemma of about the same texture as the
glumes or more delicate
B Spikelets crowded in dense spike-like pani-
cles or heads
c Heads oval, very woolly 27. Locum*,
cc Heads cylindrical, not woolly 28 PMeum.
BB Spikelets not crowded m dense heads or
spikes
c. Lemma and palea much more delicate
and shorter than the glumes, the palea
shorter than the lemma, often wanting 29 Agro»t\».
CC. Lemma and palea of about the same
texture as the glumes and as long or
longer
D. Racmlla not continued beyond the base
of the floret, lemma awned from the
tap or awnlesa
K The lemma awned or sharp-pointed,
longer than the body of the awned
or awnless glumes 30 Muehlen-
KE. The lemma not awned or sharp- [btrgia.
pointed
F Nerves of lemma 1 31 Sporobolus
vr Nerves of lemma 3-5 32 Calamonlfa.
VD. Rachilla prolonged beyond the floret as
a plumose bristle, lemmas awned on
the back and silky hairy at base 33 Calama-
[groatis.
7. Oat Tribe, or Aveneae.
A. Plants low, delicate, spikelets minute 34. Aira
AA. Plants 1 ft or more high
B Articulation below the glumes, the spikelets
falling entire from the pedicels
C Glumes much exceeding the 2 florets, the
upper floret with a hook-like awn 35. Notholcus
cc Glumes exceeded by the upper floret, both
florets awnless 36 Sphenoph-
BB Articulation above the glumes, these per- \olit.
sistent after the fall of the florets
c Spikelets 1 in or more long, nodding, in
an open panicle , florets all alike 37 Avena
cc Spikelets about V£m long, erect in a nar-
row panicle, lower floret stammate 38. Arrhenath-
[erum.
8. Fescue Tribe, or Festuceee.
A. Rachilla or lemma bearing long hairs as long
as the lemma tall reeds
B. Spikelets unisexual, male and female
spikelets on separate plants
c. Lemmas much shorter than the glumes1
sts leafy throughout 39 Gynenum.
cc Lemmas with elongated delicate tips
Ivs crowded at the baie 40 Corladeria.
BB Spikelets perfect
c Lemmas hairy raehtHa nakod 41 Arundo
cc Lemmas naked , rachilla hairy 42 Phragmites
AA. Rachilla or lemma glabrous or hairy, but the
hairs shorter than the lemmas
B. Spikelets of 2 kinds, perfect and stenle, m
the same panicle
c. Fertile spikelets awnless, the stenle
awned , panicle spike-like 43. Cynosunu.
cc. Fertile spikelets awned, the ntenle awn-
less, panicle 1 -sided, the fascicled
spikelets nodding 44. Lamcrcfcto,
BB. Spikelets all alike in the same mfl
O. Lemmas 1-3-nerved
D The spikelets subterete, loosely 2-4-
fld 45 Mohnia.
DD. The spikelets compressed, densely,
usually many-fld
B. Florets membranaceous; npikelets in
open panicles 46 Era0ro»t\$.
MS. Floret* coriaceous; spikeleta in ngtd
spike-like panicles . . 47. 1
cc. Lemmas 5- to many-nerved.
D. The spikelets with several sterile
lemmas at the base, strongly flat-
tened, in a large drooping panicle 48. Unwla.
DD. The spikelets without sterile lemmas
at the base
E. Florets crowded, nearly horizontal,
spikelets broad, cordate 49. Brua.
BB. Florets not crowded, spikelets not
broad and cordate
». Spikelets flattened, nearly sessile in
dense clusters at the ends of the
few panicle branches 50. Dactylit.
ST. Spikelets not flattened
a. Lemmas keeled, often bearing
white cobwebby hairs at
base 51. Poa.
QQ. Lemmas convex or keeled at the
summit only, not hairy at base.
H. Nerves of lemma prominent,
parallel , lemmas scanous at
the summit 52 Glyceria.
HH. Nerves ot lemma not promi-
nent, approaching each
other at the apex, lemmas
acute
I. The lemmas entire, often
awn-tipped 53. Festuca,
n. The lemmas 2-toothed, usu-
ally awned just below the
apex 54, Bromus.
9. Chloris Tribe, or Chloride*.
A. Spikes racemose along a common axis,
aptkeiets falling entire 55 Spar Una.
AA Spikoa digitate at the summit of the culm.
B Spikelets awnlesa
c The spikes slender, snikelet* 1-fld 56 Cunodon.
cc The spikes stout, spikoletssevenil-fld 57 Eleusin*.
BB Spikelets awned
c Fertile lemma 1-awnod 58 Chlons
CC Fertile lemma 3-awned 59. Tnchloris.
10. Barley Tribe, or Hordes;.
A Spikelets solitary at each joint of the axis
B Glume 1, except in terminal spikelet,
spikelets placed with 1 edge to tho axis 60 Lolium.
BB Glumes 2, spikeleta placed with side to the
axis
C Palea adherent to the grain, rachilla dis-
articulating, the florets separating 61. Agropyron.
CC. Palea free from the grain, rachilla not dis-
articulating
D Shape of glumes v< ry narrow, 1-nerved 62 Secale.
DD Shape of glume* ovate, 3- to many-
nerved 63 Tnticum.
AA. Spikelets in clusters of 2 or 3 at each joint of
the axi*
B. Lateral pair of each cluster pediceled, \isu-
ally aborted, appearing like a cluster of
awns 64 Hardeum.
BB. Lateral spikelots sessile, usually but 2
spikelets at a joint 65 Elymus.
11. Bamboo Tribe, or Bambuseae.
A. Stamens 3 fr a true caryopsis
B Spikelets 2- to many-fld
c. Infl fasciculate 6f> Oxytenan-
cc. Infl racemose or paniculate, not leafy. (thera.
sts cylindrical sheathspersistent 67 Arundi-
CCC Infl spicate, leafy stH flattened on one (naria.
side sheaths early deciduous 68 PhyUo-
[slachya.
BB Spikelets 1-fld 69 Chuaqucu
AA Stamens 6
B. Pericarp thin, adnate to the seed, the fr
a true caryopsifl 70 Bamfeusa.
•B. Pencarp, crustaceoun, separable from the
seed, the fr nut-like .71. Dendro-
[calamut.
Other genera mentioned are Cenchrua, Cephalostachyum.Cmna,
Dactyloctemum, Deschampsea, Diandrolyra, Distichhs, Imperata,
Leptochloa, Mehca, Melims, Paspalum, Rottboclha and Tnsetum.
210. LYCOPODIACE*.
One g«rros in cultivation . . . . Lycopod\um.
211. SELAGLNELLACEJJ.
a oaly SelayineUa.
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
13d
212. EQUlSETACE-ffi.
One genus only Equiaeium.
ccc. Indusia inferior, attached under
the sorus and opening laterally
or by splitting radially into lobes. 8. WOODBIA TantB.
213. OPHIOGLOSSACEJB.
A. Sporangia coherent, in 2 ranks, forming
spikes veins anastomosing 1. Ophiogloa-
AA. Sporangia free in compound spikes or pam- [sum.
oles veins free IVH. mostly < ompound . 2. Botrychium.
214. MARATTIACE43.
A. Son in double lines along the veins, not
united 1. Angiopteriit.
AA. Son united in synangia
B Synarigia oval, opening by a fissure 2 Marattui.
BB Synangia elongate, ( ach compartment open-
ing by a terminal poic 3 Dansra
1 Hymeno-
[phi/Uum.
2 Tnchom-
215. HYMENOPHYLLACE-ffi.
A. InvoliK re 2-valved
AA. Involucre tubukr or funnel-shaped
216. OSMUNDACEJE.
A. Sporangia borne m panicles formed either
from certain pmme or from whole Ivs 1 O&munda
AA Sporangia borne on the under surface of foli-
age Ivs
B Ferns coarse with broad segms 2 Tod en
BB. Ferns fim ly cut, m< mbranous J Leptoptem
217. SCHIZiEACE^.
A. Sporangia borne on under side of normal or
altered Ivs
B Lvs twining, Ifts palmate or pinnate
uporangi i borm singly under s> ilr
BB Lvs not twining
c SporinKia in son cm the umlersuif.ee 2 Molina
co Sporangia in 1 rinks foi ming spikes 3 Schizxa
AA. Sporangia borne in eicet panicles formed on
the elongate lower most pmnu 4 Anemia
1 Lygodium.
218. POLYPODIACE^.
7. Summary of Tribes.
like
AA Sporangia covering
B Lvs. simple
II. Key to the Tribes.
1. Acrostichum Tnbe.
lized on definite areas of the I
orphous, the sterile basal ones shield-
A. Sporangia localized on definite areas of the Ivs :
Ivs dimor *
A. Induwum wanting or rudimentary
(rarely develop] in Mi.nogr 1111111.1)
B. Sporangium scattered in a stratum
over the und« r snrf"ue of Hie Us
coarse ferns 1 ArnosTiCHCM
BB Sporangium eoll< < ted in round or [TRIBE.
c IAS not jointed to ihe root '•took
sporangia in long hm s following
the veins 2 V ITTARIA TRIBE
re L\s not jointed to the loi.tstock
son round (Nee Phepoptr ris in
Dryoptf ris Tribe )
ccc Lvs jointed to the rootstock son
mostly roundish 3 POIVPODIUM
AA. InduNium prt st nt '< \( < ptionnlly w -uit- [TniBB.
ing in Phegoptens, Mrmsruim,
NotholfiPiia and (Vroptens)
B Son oblong or hneir, at lea<*t twice
a-s long as broad
C. The son marginal, coven d with an
indu-ium formed of the refiexed
edge of the If (naked in Notho-
la>na, or naked and distributed
alongthe veins in CeropU-ns) 4 PTERIS TRIBE.
CC The son dorsal, covered with a
flap-like indusmm 5 ABPLENIUM TRIBE.
BB. Son roundish or at least less than
twice as long as broad
c. Indusio. superior, attached by a
central stalk or by a sinus (son
naked in Phegoptens and Mcms-
•Mum), normally dorsal Ivs not
iomted to the rootstock 6 DHTOPTERIS
CC. Indusia extrorse or cup-shaped, ITRIBB.
normally marginal Ivs jointed
to the rootstock in most genera 7. DAVALUA TRIBE.
1 Platycenum.
Ivs or entire pinnse.
2 Elapho-
\glottum.
BB LVH pinnate ... 3 Acrostichum.
BBS Lvs. (sterile) , dichotomously forked . . 4. Rhiptdop-
(tsnt.
2. Vittaria Tnbe.
A Son forming 1 or 2 continuous lines parallel
to the midrib
B Sorus 1 or 2 lines 5 Mono-
{gramma.
BB Sorus alw tys 2 lines 6 Ft«orto.
AA Son on lateral veins forming more or less
interrupted lines * 7. Antroph-
3. Polypodium Tnbe.
A. Lvs distinctly dimorphous, compound, the
*tf rile basil om soak-like plants large 8 DrynoriO.
AA LVN dimorphous, wmple plants very small 9. Drymo-
AAA I vs uniform [glossum.
i) foliage covered underneath with htellate
hairs 10 Cyclophorut.
BB Foliage smooth or scaly, not htellate hairy.
c Veins free 11. Potypodiutn.
cc Veins anastomosing
D Corresponding \emlets from principal
veins uniting and bearing a sorus at
the end 12 GoniophU-
DD Areole bearing 2 or more free \emlets [bium.
extending outward, which bear a free
sorus 13 Phlebodium.
DDO. Arooles containing free vemlets irregu-
larly directed 14 Phymatodea.
4. Ptens Tnbe.
A Son dorsal, extending along all the veins,
naked
c Lvs large, pinnate . 15 Conto-
[fframma.
rr Lvs smaller, palmate ... 16 Hemionitvt.
BB Veins free or only casually uniting
c Lvs naked . . 17 Anofframma.
cc Lvs hairy 18 Ceroptena.
Son marginal, nominally covered with edge
unconnected at
of If
B The son at the ends of
their apices
c Lvs dimorphous
D Son at the ends of \eins only
19 Crypto-
DD Son scattered the length of the veins 20 Oni/chium.
cc Lvs uniform, smooth, on dark-colored
stllks
D Veins free K s pinnate 21 Pettsea
DD Veins usually anastomosing Ive
palmate 22 Doryoptent.
ccc Lvs uniform, hairy, scaly or powdery
D Margins scarcely recurved 23 Notholxna.
DD Margins recuivcd to form a distinct
E Indusia more or less continuous
around the segm
F Thelvs pmnately divided 24 Cheilanthes.
FF The Us palmately divided 25 Adiantopeia.
EE Indusia m the form of more or less
distant marginal lobes 26 Hypolepis,
BB The son inserted beneath the marginal
mdusium stalks black or blackish 27 Adiantum.
BBB The son rising in a continuous line-like
receptacle which joins the ends of the
veins
c With an inner membranous mdusium 28 Ptendium.
cc With no inner indusmm present
D Lvs small, radiate-dichotomoua 29 Adinopterw.
DD Lvs small, palmate stalk black 30 Castebeera.
ODD. Lvs larger, pinnate . .31 Plena
5. Asplemum Tribe.
A Son parallel to the midrib
B. Stenle Ivs. with free veins aon continuous 32. Blechnum.
136
KEY TO THE FAMILIES AND GENERA
BB. Sterile Ivs. with anastomosing veins: son
interrupted
c. The son sunken m the Ivs. . 33 Woodward\a.
cc The son superficial in 1 or more rows 34. Doodvi.
AA. Son partly parallel and partly oblique to the
midrib veins anastomosing 35.Camptosoru«.
AAA. Son oblique to the midrib
B. Veins free, united at the margins.
C. The son double, extending along both
sides of tho vein 36 ZhpZanum.
CO The son single on the veins
D Indusia opening toward each other, in
pairs 37. Phyllitts.
DD Induaia all opening toward the end of
pinnso or segms 38 Asplenium.
BB. Veins of lower (inner) series uniting mdu-
sium extending both sides of v ems 39. Cattiptem.
6. Dryopteris Tribe.
A. Indusium present
B. Veins free, or with a single row of areoles
along the mid-veins
c. Indusia on the ends of veins which project
beyond the margin of the If 40. Depana.
OC Indusia dorsal
D The mdusium cordate or rcniform,
attached by the smus, sometimes
wanting 41 Dryoptens.
DD The mdusium orbicular, peltate, at-
tached by a central stalk 42 Polystichum.
ODD. Tho mdusium oval, fixed to a central
elongate receptacle 43 Didymo-
BB. Veins anastomosing [chlxna.
c The mdusium cordate or remform,
attached by the sinus 44 Tectana.
cc. The mdusium peltate, attached by a
central stalk veins forming small
areoles 45. Cyrtomwm.
AA. Indusium wanting
B. Veins free . . 46 Phcgopteris.
BB, Veins anastomosing
c The mam veins joined by arches which
bear the curved son 47 Gymnoptens.
CC The son round, attached dorsally
D Son distinct at maturity 48 Meniscium.
DD. Son confluent at maturity . 49. Leptoch^lu3.
7. Davalha Tnbe.
A. Indusium attached at base only
B Pmme jointed to tho rachis, Ivs simply
pinnate mdusium circular or remform 50 Nephrolepis.
BB. Pinna1 not jointed to tho rachis, Ivs jointed
to the rootstock
c The mdusium thick, coriaceous 51 Humata
cc The mdusium membranous 52 Leucoateg\a.
AA Indusium attached at both base and sides
B Lvs jointed to the scaly rootstocks
c Shape of mdusium tubular 53 ,
cc Shape of mdusium broader than long,
forming a boat-shaped cavity on the
8. Woodsia Tribe.
Davalha.
Loxoscaphe.
forming a boat-shi
edge of the segm
BB. Lvs not jointed to the rootstocks
c Indusia near the end of unmodified If -
lobes
D Sorus formed on receptacles contain-
ing vascular tissues 55 Microlepia.
DD Sorus not formed on a special receptacle 56 Odontosaria.
CC, Indusium united with the modified If -
lobe to form a complete cup 67. Denrwtsedtia,
A. Lvs uniform, plane, veins free.
B Indusium beneath the sorun, breaking up
into linear lobes . 58. Woodtia.
BB. Indusium extrorse, opening laterally with a
hood-like lobe. . 59. Cystoplcnt,
AA. Lvs. dimorphous, the sporophylls closely
rolled together
B. Veins free Ivs in crowns . 60 Matteucna.
BB. Veins anastomosing Ivs scattered 61 Oioclea.
Brainea, Comptons, and Lonchitis are bnefly described.
219. GLEICHENIACE-ffi.
Single genus m cultivation . . ... Gleichenia.
220. CYATHEACEJE.
A. Sori borne on the apex of the veins
mdusium extrorse, formed of a more
or less modified marginal tooth and
an mnei hd-like scale 1 DICKSONIA TRIBE.
AA. Son borne dorsully on the veins or at
the fork mdusium inferior, or
wholly wanting 2 CYATHEA TRIBE.
1. Dicksonia Tribe.
A. Tooth of spore-bearing segm >-carc ely modi-
fied, about the size of the inner s( ale 1 Dickaonia.
AA Tooth of the spore-bearing segm strongly
modified, coriaceous like tho inner scale and
usually larger . 2 C\bot\um.
2. Cyathea Tnbe.
A. Indusium present, inferior
B The mdumum at first inclosing the globular
sorus, remaining cup-shaped or irregu-
laily splitting at maturity 3 Cyathea
BB. Thr mdusium membranous, semi-circular,
more fully inclosing the sorus 4 Hermteha,
AA. Indusium wanting 5 Ahophila.
Thyrsoptens, of another
and is briefly accounted for
tube, 11
n this v
iy be expected in cultivation
ark
221. CERATOPTERIDACE^B.
Habit aquatic- single genus . ... Ceratoptcru.
222. SALVINIACE-flS.
A. Lvs minute, numerous, closely imbricated
sporocarps of 2 kinds, the larger globose, the
smaller ovoid 1 Azotta.
AA. Lvs larger, fewer, distinct, sporocarps uni-
form, globose . 2 SalvinM.
223. MARSILEACE^.
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
Abelia, 102.
^chmea, 126
Ammobium, 105.
Apicra, 127.
Abena, 88
^Egle, 91
Ammocharm, 125
Apios, 05
Abies, 120
^Eglopsih, 91
Ammophila, 134.
Apium, 101
Abobra, 100
^Cgopodmm, 101.
Amcjmum, 125
Aplectrum, 122
Abroma, 90.
Aerides, 123
Amorpha, 95
Ajjlopdppus, 105
Abronia, 116.
^Erva, 116.
Amorphophallus, 131.
APCJC \NAC KJF, 83, 110.
Abrophyllum, 98.
.^sculus, 02
Ampelopsis, 92
Apot \rnim, 111
Abrus, 94
yEthionema, 87.
Amphicarpaja, 95
Aponogeton, 132
Abuta, 86
yEtoxicon, 118.
Amphitome, 113
Ai'ONOofcicjNAr^vB, 85,
132.
Abutilon, 89.
Afzeha, 95
Amsonia, 110.
Aporocactus, 101
Acacia, 93
Agalmyla, 114.
Amelia, 91
AguiFOLiAC'K^, 81, 91.
Araena, 97
Agamsia, 123
Anac arnpseros, 89
Aquil< gia, 86
Acalypha, 119.
Agapanthus, 127.
AN\C'AUDIAC'K.«, 81, 92
Arabis, 88
Acampe, 123
Agapetcs, 108
Ancardium, 92
AUACE^:, 85, 131
ArANTHAC'K/E 83 114
Agathis, 120.
Anagalhs, 109
Arachis, 94
Aearithoeereus, 101.
Agave, 125
Anamirta, 86.
Arachnanthe, 123.
Aednthohmon, 109
Agdehtis, 116
Ananas, 126
Aralia, 101
Acanthommtha, 116.
Ageratum, 105.
Andphdhs, 105
ARALIACE^S, 82, 101.
Acanthonema, 114
Aglaid, 91
Anurrhmum, 112
Araucaria, 120
Acanthopariax, 102.
Aglaonciiid, 131.
Auastatica, 88
Arbutus, 108
Acanthophippium, 122.
Agrimoma, 97.
Anchusa, 111
Archarigelica, 101
Acanthophoemx, 130.
Agropyron, 134.
Aridira, 94
Arehontophcenix, 130.
Acanthorhiza, 129.
Agrostis, 134
Andrachne, 118
Arctnnn, 105
Acanthus, 114.
Ailanthus, 91.
And roc \mbium, 128
Arc tostaphylos, 108.
Acer, 02
Aira, 134
Andromeda, 108
Arctotis, 107
ACERACEE, 81, 92.
AlZOAC EJE, 82, 101
Andropogon, 133
Arctous, 108.
Aceranthus, 87.
Ajuga, 115
Anrlrusace, 109
Ardisia, 109.
Achillea, 107
Akebia, 87
Androstephium, 127.
Areca, 130
Achimenes, 113.
ALANUI\C,E;E, 82, 102.
Aneilem.i, 128
Aregelia, 126
Achly.s, 87
Alangium, 102
Anemia, 135
Arenana, 89
Acidanthera, 124.
Albert.i, 103
Anemone, 86.
Arenga, 130
Acmeta, 123
Albizzia, 93
Ariemonopsis, 86.
Arethusd, U3
Aciphvlla, 101
Albupj., 128
Anemopsis, 117.
Argemone, 87
Ac oelorraphe, 131.
Alchemilla, 97.
Ancthum, 101.
Arg\reia, 111
Aeokanthera, 110.
Alchoniea, 118
Ang.^lica, 101
Ariocarpus, 100
Acomtum, 86
Aleetorurus, 128.
Angeloma, 112.
Arisamia, 131
Acorns, 131
Alectnon, 92
Angiopteris, 135.
Ansarum, Ul
AcnopsiH, 123.
Aletris, 127
Angoi)hor.i, 08
Aiistea, 124
Acnsta, 1 30
Aleurites, 119
Angnenmi, 123.
Anstnlophia, 117
Acrocomia, 129
Alhagi, 04
Angulod, 122
ARl!5TULOrHIACE«, 84,
117.
Acroph\llum, 08.
Ahsma, H2
Amgozanthos, 125.
Aristoleha, 00
Acrospira, 128
AijsM^-k *, 85, 132.
Anisic inthus, 114.
Armeiia, 100
A( rostichum, 135.
AlldinatMlci, 110
Anisostuhus, 113
Arnebia, 111
A( tied, 80
Allmm, 128
Anisotps, 111
Arnud, 107
Actmelld, 106.
Allopleetus, 114.
Annona, 86
Vronia, 06
Actimdia, 8b
Alnus, 119
ANNON\CE«, SO, 86.
Arpophjllum, 122
Actmolepis,, 106.
Aloe asm, 131.
An«M toe hilus, 122
Arraracm, 101
Aetmomerib. 106
Aloe, 127
Anogramma, 135
Arrhenatherum, 134
Actinopteria, 135.
Alonsoa, 112.
Anoiganthus, 125.
Artatxjtrys, 80
Actmostemma, 100.
Alpmia, 125
Anopterus, 98.
Artemisia, 107
Ada, 123
Alsine, 80
Anredera, 85.
Artocarpus, 118
Adanioma, 00.
Alsophila, 136.
Ansclha, 122
Arthropodium, 128
Adelia, 118
Alstoma, 110
Antennaria, 105.
Arum, 131
Adenandra, 91.
Alslrcx-meria, 125.
Anthemis, 107
Aruncus, 96
Adenanthera, 93.
Altamiranoa, 98.
Anthencum, 127.
Anmduiaria, 134
Adcnocalymma, 113.
Althaea, 89
Antholyza, 124.
Arundo, 134
Adenoearpua, 94
Alyssum, 88
Anthoxanthiim, 134.
Asaruni, 117
Adcnophora, 108.
AMAUANTAC'E^E, 83, 116.
Aiithuruim, 131.
AsCLh.PI AD \CEiE, 83, 110.
Adcnostoma, 97.
Amarantus, 116
Aiith\ Ihs, 94.
Asclepias, 110
Adenostylp", 105.
AMARYLLIUACE^:, 84, 124
Antiaiis, 118
Ascyrum, 89
Adesmia, 94
Amaryllis, 125.
Antidesma, 118.
Asimina, 86
Adhatoda, 114.
Amascmia, 114.
Antigonon, 117
Asparagus, 126
Adiantopsis, 135.
Ambrosia, 106
Antirrhinum, 112.
Aspasia, 123
Adiantum, 135.
Ambrosima, 131.
Antrophyum, 135.
Asperula, 103
Adlumia, 87.
Amelanchier, 97.
Aotus, 95
Asphotlehne, 127
Adonis, 86.
Amellus, 107
Aphananthe, 118.
Asphodelus, 127.
Adoxa, 85
Amherstia, 95.
Aphelandra, 114.
Aspidistra, 127
ADOXACB^, 85.
Anncia, 95.
Aphyllon, 85
Asplemum, 136.
(137)
138
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
Astelia, 128
Beta, 116
Brownea, 95.
Calycanthus, 86.
Aster, 105
Betula, 119.
Bruckenthaha, 108.
Calycotome, 94.
Asterhnosyns, 107
BETULACE.E, 84, 119.
Brunella, 115.
Calyocarpum, 86.
Astilbe, 98
Biarum, 131.
Brunfelsm, 112.
Calypso, 122
Astragalus, 95
Bidens, 106
BRUNIACEJE, 82, 98.
Calyptrogyric, 131.
Astrantia, 101
Bifrenaria, 123.
Brunsvigia, 125
Camaiotis, 123
Astrocaryum, 129.
Bigelovia, 105
Bryanthus, 108
Camassui, 128.
Asystasid, 114
Biguoma, 113.
Bryoma, 100
Camellia, 89.
Atalantia, 91
BIONONIACE^J, 83, 113.
Bryonopsis, 100
Camcjcndia, 95
Athrotaxis, 120
Billardiera, 88.
Bryophyllum, 98
Campanula, 108
Atraphaxia, 117
Billbprgia, 126
Buckley a, 117
CAMPANULACEA:, 82, 107,
Atriplex, 116
Biophytum, 90.
Buddleia, 110
Campanumipa, 107
Atropa, 112
Bischofm, 118
Bulbmc, 127
Carnphord, 1 17.
Attalea, 129
Bismarckia, 131.
Bulbmella, 127
Campsidium, 113.
Aubrietia, 88
Bixa, 88
Bulbocodium, 128
Campsis, 113
Aucuba, 102
BIXACE^:, 80, 88.
Bulbophyllum, 123
Camptosoriih, 136.
Audibertia, 115.
Blakea, 99
Bumeha, 100
Canangium, 86
A.udomma, 98.
Blandfordia, 127.
Buphane, 125
Canaund, 107
Avena, 134.
Blechnum, 135
Buphthalmum, 105.
Canavdhd, 05
Averrhoa, 90.
Blcpharis, 114.
Buplcurum, 101
Candollea, H5
Avicenma, 115.
Blepharocalyx, 99.
Burbidgca, 125
CANDOI..I.KACEJE, 85.
Azara, 88.
Bletia, 122
Burchelhd, 103
Cdtiistrum, 120
Azolla, 136.
Bletilla, 122
Bursaria, 88
Canna, 125
Bhghia, 92
Bursera, 91
Cannabis, 118
Babiana, 124.
Bloorneria, 128
Buiist.B\CE«t 81, 91
CANNArw-E, 85, 125.
Baccaurea, 118.
Blumcnbachia, 100.
Butca, 95
Cantua, lit
Bacchans, 105.
Boccoma, 87
BUTOMVCEH, 85, 132.
C \PP\KIDACEA,, 80, 88
Backhousia, 99.
Boca, 114
Butomus, 132
Cappans, SS
Bactns, 129.
Boehmcna, 118.
BUXA< i..«, 84, 119
CApRiruLi\c *,*:, 82, 102.
Baculana, 130.
Bolandra, 98
Buxus, 119
Capsicum, 112
Bseria, 106.
Bollca, 123
Byrsomma, 90
Carugana, 95
Bahia, 106
Boltoma, 105.
Caralluma, 1 10
Baikuea, 95.
Bomarea, 125
Cabomba, 87.
Can lam me, Hh
Balaka, 131
BOMBACACE*;, 81, 90.
Cacaha, 107
Carduiidra, 97
BALSAMINACE,E, 81, 90.
Bombax, 90
Cacahop&ib, 107
Cardiosppnnum, 92.
Balsamocitrus, 91.
Bongardia, 87
CACI A.CEJK, 82, 100.
Caidims, 105
Balsamorrhiza, 106.
BORAGINACE.B, 83, 111
Cactus, 100
Carex, Hi
Bamburanta, 125.
Borago, 111
Cadia, 04
Cane a, 100
Bambusa, 134.
Borassus, 129
Ciesalpmia, 95.
CARIC \< t K, 82, 100.
Banksia, 117.
Boroma, 91.
Cajanus, 95
Canssci, 110
Baphia, 95
Boscd, 116
Caladium, 131
Curium, 10.')
Baptism, 94.
Botrychmm, 135
Calamagrostis, 134.
Carludovica, HI.
Barbacema, 125.
Bougamvillca, 116
Cularnmtha, 116
Carmu hu'ha, 95
Barbarea, 88
Boussmgaultia, 116.
Calamo\ ilf.i, 134.
Carnegiea, 101
Barbiena, 95
Bouvardia, 103
Oalamm, 120
Carpentcna, 97
Barleria, 114.
Bowema, 120
Calanrhima, 89.
Cdrpinus, 119.
Barosma, 91.
Bowiea, 127
Calanthc, 122
Carncri.i, 88
Barrmgtonia, 99.
Bowkerm, 113
Calathca, 125
Carthamus, 105
Basella, 116
Boykmia, 98
Calceolaria, 112
Carum, 101
BASELLACE^E, 85.
Brachychieta, 105.
Calendula, 107
Can a, 118
Batemanma, 123.
Brach> chillis, 125.
Cahmerus, 107.
Canoc.tr, 85
Bauera, 98
Brae hythi ton, 90.
Callo-, 131
C AR\ OCAU U h K, 85.
Bauhmia, 95
Brachycome, 105.
Calhandra, 93.
C \R\OPH\LL\CEA, 81, 89
Beaufortia, 99
Brachysema, 95.
Calhanthemum, 86.
Cdrycjptens, 115
Beaumontia, 111.
Brahca, 129.
Calhrarpa, 114
Caryota, I.JO
Begonia, 100.
Brainca, 136.
Calhphruna, 125.
Casimiioa, 91
BEOONIACE-E, 82, 100.
Brasema, 87
Calhpsyche, 125.
Cdhspbecra, 135
Belemcanda, 124.
Brassavola, 122.
Calhptcns, 136.
Cassia, 95
Belhs, 105
Brasma, 123
Calhrhoe, 89
Caasmc, 92
Bellmm, 107
Brassica, 87.
Cdlhstemon , 98
Cassiopc, 10S
Beloperone, 114.
Bravoa, 125.
Cdlhbtcphus, 105.
CassipoiirPd, 08
Benmcasa, 100.
Braya, 88
Calhtris, 120
Castatiea, 119
Bentmckia, 131.
Brevoortia, 127.
CallopHis, 132.
('astdiiopsih, 119
Benzoin, 117.
Breweria, 111.
Calluna, 108
C^astunohpermum, 94.
BERBERIDACE^E, 80, 87.
Breyrna, 118
Calochortus, 128
Castillcm, 113
Berberidopsis, 88.
Bnckcllia, 105.
Calodcndrum, 91.
Cdsuanna, 11<S
Berberis, 87.
Bnza, 134
Calonyction, 111.
CAHUAltlN\f E^, 84, 118.
Berchemia, 92.
Brodisea, 127.
Calophaca, 95
Catalpa, 113
Bergerocactus, 101.
Bromeha, 125
Calophyllum, 89.
(^atananche, 107.
Berna, 90.
BROMELIACE^:, 85, 125.
Calopogon, 122
Cataseturn, 122.
Bersama, 92.
Bromheadia, 123.
Calothamnus, 98
Cdtesbzea, 103.
Bertholletia, 99.
Bromus, 134
Calotropis, 110
Catha, 92
Bertoloma, 99
Brosimum, 118
Calpurma, 94
Catopsis, 126
Beschornena, 125.
Broughtonia, 122.
Caltha, 86
Cattleya, 122.
Beslena, 114.
Broussonetia, 118.
Calvoa, 99
Caulophyllum, 87.
Bessera, 127.
Browalha, 112.
CALYCANTHACB^E, 80, 86.
Cautlea, 125.
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
139
Ceanothua, 92.
Chiogenes, 108.
Coccinea, 100.
Corytholoma, 114.
Cedrela, 91.
Chionanthus, 109.
Cocroloba, 116.
Cosmos, 106.
Ccdronella, 115.
Chionodoxa, 128.
C-occothnnax, 129.
Costua, 125.
Cedrus, 120.
Chiranthodendron, 90.
CorcMilus, 86
Cotirms, 93.
Ceiba, 90.
Chmta, 114.
Cochlcana, 88.
Cotoneaster, 96.
CELASTRACBJU, 81, 92.
Chiroma, 110.
Cochhoda, 123
Cotula, 107.
Celastrus, 92.
Chlularithus, 124.
CJochhoatema, 128.
Cotyledon, 98.
Colmisia, 107.
OHLORANTHACEJB, 84, 117.
Cocos, 129
Couroupita, 99.
Celosia, 116.
Chloranthus, 117.
Codiseum, 119.
Coussapoa, 118.
Cclsia, 112.
Chlons, 134
Codonanthe, 114.
Cowama, 97.
Celtis, 118
Chloroeodon, 110.
C'odonopbib, 107.
Oarnbe, 87.
Cenrhrus, 134.
Chlorogalum, 127.
Cttha, 122
(,'ramolana, 114.
Cema, 107.
Chlorophytum, 127.
Cd-logyne, 122.
Crassula, 98
Contaurea, 105
Chloroxylon, 91.
Coffea, 103.
CRAH^ULACE^:, 82, 98.
Centradenia, 99.
Choisya, 91
Coix, 133
Cratspguh, 96
Centranthus, 103.
Chondrorvncha, 123.
C'ola, 90
Ciatjjva, 88.
Ontropogon, 107.
Chonsia, 90
Colax, 12'i
Craterostigma, 113.
Centrosema, 95
Chon/ema, 94
Colchimm, 128.
C'repis, 107
Cephaehs, 103
Chrozophora, 118.
Colea, 113
Cr.scontia, 113.
Ceph.ilanthera. 122.
Chrywihdocarpus, 131.
Colons, 115
Cnnuni, 125
Cephalanthus, 103
Chrysanthemum, 107
Collabmm, 123.
Crithmum, 101.
Cephalana, 103
Chrybobaetron, 127
( 'olletia, 92
C'rorosmia, 124.
( 'ephalocereus, 101
Chiy>obalamiB, 97
Colhgnaya, 119.
Crocus, 124
Cephalostach>um, 134.
Chryfeogonura, 106
ColhnMa, 112
f'rossandia, 111.
CEPHALOTACE.E, 82, 98.
Chrysophyllum, 109.
Collinsorna, 116.
Crotalana, 94
Cephalotaxus, 120
ChrysopMs, 105
( olloima, 111
Croton, IIS
Cephalotus, 98
Chrj sosplenium, 98
Colorasia, 131
CiucianolU, 103
Cerastium, 89
Chusquea, 134.
Colquhouma, 116
CRUCIFERE, 80, 87.
Ceratiola, 119
Ch>sis, 122
C'olumnea, 114.
Cryptanthe, 111
Ceratulobus, 129
Cibotium, 136
Colutea, 95
C'rjlJtanthus 125
Ceratoma, 95
Cicer, 95.
Colvilloa, 93.
Cr>ptoroi\no, 132
Ceratopptalum, 98
Cithonum, 107.
Comandra, 117
Crvptogi imnia, 1.35.
CERATOPTERIDACEjE, 85,
Cimicifuga, 86
C'omarum, 97
Crjutolepis. 110
136
Cinchona, 103.
Cc)MBUbT\CK.-K, 82, 9S
Cr> ptomena, 120
Coratoptcns, 136
Cineraria, 107.
Coin brc turn, 98
Cm>toiihoranthu8, 123.
Ceiatostigma, 109.
Cmna, 1 i4
Comniflina, 12S
Cryptostc gia, 110
Ccratothc<a, 111.
Cinnanionniin, 117
Co\iMrLiN\f F«, 85, 12S
Cnptostirnma, 107
Ceratozamia, 120
( ipura, 124
ComparcUi.i, 1J.J
CnptostUi-, 12,3.
CERCIDIPHYLLACE.E, 80, 86.
CirraM, 99
CoMPO.siTi , 82, 10.3
Ctdiaritho, 125
Cert idiphyllum, 86
Cirrhopetalum, 123
Comptonia, 118
Cucmnis, 400
Corns 95
Cirbium, 105
Conandion, 114
(^ucurlnta, 100
Cercocarpus, 97.
Cissampelos, 86
Congea, 1 15
Ct rrKBirACKC, 82, 100.
Cercus, 101.
CiSbUb, 92
Comogramma, 135
Cudrama, 118
Cennthc, 111.
CISTACE/E, 80, 88.
Comum, 101
Cunnnnm, 101.
Ceropogia, 110.
Cistus, 88
Conochnnini, 105
C^ummingm, 125.
Ceroptoris, 135.
Citharexjlum, 115.
Couvallarid, 127
Cunila, lib
Ceroxylon, 130.
Citropsis, 91
CON\OIALLACEK, 8.3, 111
Cunuinghamia, 120.
Cespodosia, 91.
Citnillus 100
Comolvulus, 111
Cunoma, 9S
Ccstrum, 112
C'ltrus, 91
C'oopcrui, 124
CnNONivrE/E, 82, 98.
Cruenactis, 106.
Cladanthus, 107.
C'opaifcra, 05
C'uphea, 99
Chcenomeles, 96.
C'ladothamnus, 108.
Copunir-a, 1J9.
C'upressus, 120.
Cha-nostoma, 112
Cladrastis, 94
("opiosma, 103.
Curcxihgo, 125-.
Chaerophjllum, 101.
Clarkm, 99
Coptis, 80
C"urtuma, 125
Cha?tosp)ermum, 91.
Claucena, 90
Corillorhiza, 122.
Cuscuta, 111
Chalcas, 90
Clavija, 109
Corchorus, 90.
Cjananthus, 107.
Chama?batia, 97.
Claytonia, 89
Cordia, 111
Cjanella, 125
Charnapbatiana, 96.
Cleisobtoma, 123.
Cordvlme, 127
Cyathea, 136
Chama?cyparis, 120.
Clei^tocaotus, 101.
Corema, 110
CYAIHE\(I:«, 85, 136.
Chamaedaphne, 108.
Clematis, 86
Coreopsis, 106
C\C \DACEE, 84, 120.
( hama?dorea, 130
Clomato-clcthra, 86.
Conandrum, 101.
Cjcis, 120
< hainnehrmm, 128.
Cleomr, 88
Coruuia, 03
CJcIampn, 109
( hamspmelum, 107.
Clerodendron, 115.
CORI \niACK.«, 82, 93
C\( LANTUAtE^;, 85, 131.
Chamffiranthemuni, 114.
Clethra, 108
("OHNAf K.K, 82, 102
CVlanthiTi, 100
Chamrerops, 129.
CLETHRACE.E, 83, 108.
Corniih, 102
Cyclanthus, 1.31
Chaptaha, 107.
Cle>era, 89
Corornlla, 94
C\c-lolK)thra, 128
Charieis, 105
Chanthus, 95.
Correa, 91
Cycloloma, 110.
Cheilanthes, 135.
Chdemia, 99.
Cortadena, 134.
Cyclophorus, 135.
Cheiranthus, 88.
Cliftoma, 91.
Cortusa, 109
Cycnoches, 122.
Chehdomum, 87.
Chnostigma, 130.
Corjanthes, 123.
Cydwta, 113
Chelone, 112.
Clmtoma, 128.
Corj-dahh, 87
Cydonui, 96
CHENOPODIACE^E, 83, 116.
Chtona, 94.
Corjlopsis, 98.
Cymbuhum, 123
Chenopodmm, 116.
Chvia, 125.
Corylus, 119.
CVnbopetalurn, 86.
Chilian thus, 110.
Cluytia, 119.
Corynocarpus, 93.
Cymbopogon, 133.
Chilopsis, 113.
Clytostoma, 113.
Corynostyhs, 88.
Cynanchum, 110.
Chunaphila, 108.
Cmous, 105.
Corypha, 129
Cynara, 105.
Chiococca, 103.
Cob«Ba, 111.
Corysanthea, 123.
Cynodon, 134.
140
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
Oynoglossum, 111.
DIAPENSIACE^, 83, 109
DKOSERACE^I, 82, 98.
Epiphyllanthus, 101.
Cynorchis, 121
Diascia, 112.
Drosophyllum, 98.
Epiphyllum, 100.
Cynosurus, 134.
Dicentra, 87
Dryas. 97
Epipremnum, 132.
Cypella, 124
Dichonsandra, 128
Drymoglossum, 135.
Episfia, 114
CYPERACK/E, 85, 133.
Dichroa, 97
Drymophlums, 130.
EQUI8ETACE^, 85, 136.
Cyperorchis, 123.
Dichrostachys, 95
Drynarm, 135.
Equisetum, 135.
Cyperus, 133
Dick.sonm, 136.
Dryoptens, 136.
Eragroitia, 134.
Cyphomandra, 112.
Dichptora, 114
Drypetes, 118
Eranthoinum, 114.
Oyphokentia, 131.
Dictamnus, 91
Duohesnea, 97.
Eranthis, 86
Cyphophcemx, 130.
Dictyosperma, 130
Dudleya, 98
Eremot itrus, 91
Cyphosperma, 130.
Dicyrta, 113
Dugurtia, 86.
Errmospatha, 131.
Cypnpcdium, 121.
Didymochlsena, 136
Duhchmm, 133.
Eremostac hys, 116.
Cyrilla, 91
Didymosperma, 130.
Duranta, 114.
Errnmrus, 127.
CYKILLACE.E, 81, 91.
Dieffenbachia, 131.
Duno, 90
Ena, 123.
Cyrtandra, 114.
Dieranm, 124
Duvaha, 110
Enauthus, 133.
Cyrtaiithus, 124
Diervilla, 102
Duvernoia, 114
Erica, 108
Cyrtocarpa, 92.
Digitalis, 113.
Dyckia, 126.
ERICACK^:, 83, 108.
Cyrtomium, 136
Dillema, 86
Dypsis, 130
Erigcnia, 101.
Cyrtopodmm, 122.
DILLENIACEA;, 80, 86.
Dyschonste, 114.
Engcron, 105.
Cyrtobpenna, 131
Dimorphotheca, 107.
Ennacoa, 94.
Cyrtostachys, 130.
Dioclea, 04
EBENACE^B, 83, 109.
Emms, 113
Cystoptens, 136
Dionaea, 98.
Ebenus, 95
Enobotrya, 96
Cytisus, 94.
Dioon, 120
Ecbalhum, 100
Enocophahis, 106.
Diosscorea, 123.
Eccreniocarpus, 1 13.
Eriochilua, 123
Daboecia, 108.
DlOSCOKEACEA], 84, 123.
EC he vena, 98
Eriogoninn, 117.
Dactyhs, 134.
Diosma, 91
Echidnopbis, 110.
Enophorum, 133.
Dartyloctcmum, 134.
Diosp>ros, 109
Eehinaoeo,, 106
Enophvllum, 106.
Dspdalacaiithus, 114.
Diostea, 115
Echmoraotus, 100
Enopsis, 123
Dsemonorops, 129.
Dipcadi, 128.
Echmocereus, 101
Enostomon, 91.
Dalilui, 106
Dipelta, 102
Ethiuoc-hloa, 133
Erlangea, 107.
Dais, 117
Diphyllcia, 87.
Echinocy^tis, 100
Erodiuiii, 90.
Dalbergia, 94.
Diphysa, 95
Echinopanax, 102.
Kruca, 87
Dalca, 95
Dipidax, 128
Echmops, 105
Eryiigium, 101.
Dalechampia, 119.
Dipladoma, 111
Erhmopsis, 101
Erysimiim, 88.
Dahbarda, 97.
Diplurrhena, 124
Erhmostachj s, 126
Erythoa, 129
Dtimiuicanthus, 103.
Diplazuim, 136
Echitob, 111
Er\thra>a, 110.
Danae, 126
Diploitlottis, 92.
Eohium, 111
Erythnnii, 95
Daniea, 135
Diploljpna, 91
Edgeworthia, 117
Erythfonmm, 128
Daphne, 117
Diplothemmm, 129.
Ehretia, 111
ER\THROXYLAC K/K, 81, 90.
Daphmphyllum, 118.
DIPS \C\CE A, 82, 1()3.
Eichhornia, 128
Erythroxylou, 90
Darlingtonia, 87.
Dip-ucus, 103
ELfCAONACEe, 84, 117.
Es< allonia, 97
Dasjlinon, 127.
Dipterorna, 92
Elieagmis, 117
Eschst holtzia, 87.
Datisca, 85
Dirra, 117
Elffiis, 129
Es(ontna, 101
DAUSCA< &«, 85.
DISH, 121
EL«OC\KP\CK/E, 81, *)0
EIK alyptiih, l)8
Datura, 112
Disunthus, 98
ElteoOcirpus, 90
Eiulmndium, 99
D.uu'iib, 101
Di-,o(artus, 100.
Ela>odendron, 92
Euch.ms, 125
D<i\:ilha, 130.
Disporum, 128
ElaphogloihUin, 135
Euchl,Tii!i, 1'33
Davidid, 102
Dibsotvs, 99
Eloorhans 133
Eucnidc, 100
Debregeasia, 118
Distichhs, 134
Elettana, 125
Euconiis, 12S
Doraisneti, H7.
Dibtiftm, 113
Elousino, 1.34
Euconmn i, H<>
Decodon, 99
Distyhum, 98.
Eleuthcnne, 124.
EUCOMMI\( h * , SO, 86
Decumana, 97.
Dnms, 123
Elhotti.i, 108
Emryphw, 89
Deenngia, 116.
DizyKothooa, 102.
Elodea, 120
EUCKYPHIA( E«, 81, 89.
Demanthe, 98
Docynia, 96
Elsholtzi-i, 116.
Eugenia, ')')
Delarbroa, 101
Doderatheon, 109.
Elymua, 131
Eulophia, 122
Delavaya, 92
Dodomea, 92
Emilia, 107
Eulophiella, 122
Delphinium, 86.
Dohchos, 94
Einmeruiuthp, 111
Eupatonum, 105
Dendrobium, 123.
Dombeya, 90.
Emmonoptoiys, 103
Euphorbia, 119
Deridrocalaruus, 134.
Doodia, 136
P^VIPETRACE E, 84, 119.
EUPHORDIACE^;, 84, 118.
Dendiomeeori, 87.
Dorema, 101
Empetrum, 119
Euphoria, 92
Dennstiedtia, 136.
Doromeum, 107.
Encclia, 106
Euptelea, 86.
Deutaria, 88
Dorstema, 118.
Encephalartos, 120.
Eurya, 89
Depana, 136.
Doryahs, 88
Enkianthus, 108
Euryalo, 87.
Dems, 94.
Doryanthes, 125
Fmnealophus, 124.
Euryrlea, 125
Dcschampsia, 134.
Dory op tens, 135.
Entada, 94
Euiyops, 107
Desmanthus, 'K>
Dossinia, 122
Entuha, 90
Euscaphis, 92
Desma/erm, 1.34.
Douglasia, 109
Enterolobiura, 93.
Eustrephus, 126.
Desmodium, 94
Downingia, 107.
Eomecon, 87
flutaxia, 95
Desmoncus, 131.
Draba, 88
EpArmnACBAs, 83, 108.
Euterpe, 130.
Deutzia, 97
Dracama, 127.
Epacris, 108
Evodia, 91.
Diacnurn, 122
Draeorephalum, 115.
Ephedra, 120
Evonvmus, 92.
Diandrolyra, 134.
Dracontium, 131.
Epidendnim, 122.
Exacuin, 110.
Dianella, 127
Dracunculus, 131.
Epiga-a, 10S
Excu-cana, 119.
Dianthera, 114.
Dmnia, 128
Epilohnmi, 99
Exochorda, 96.
Dianthus, 89.
Drmiys, 86
Epuiieditnn, 87.
Exorrhiza, 131
Diapeiisia, 109.
Drosera, 98.
Epipactis, 122.
Exostenima, 103.
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
141
Fabiana, 112.
Gaylussacia, 108.
Guaiacum, 90.
Hepatica, 86.
FAOAf'EJB, 84, 119.
Gazariia, 107.
Guazuma, 90.
Heracleum, 101.
Fagelia, 95.
Geissorhiza, 124.
Gucttarda, 103.
Herbertia, 124.
Fagopyrum, 117.
Geitonoplesium, 126.
GUP vina, 117.
Hentiera, 90
Fagus, 119.
Gelsemium, 110
Guizotia, 106.
Hermodaetylus, 124.
Fallugia, 97.
Genipa, 103
Gunnera, 98.
Hernandia, 1 17
Faradaya, 115.
Genista, 94
Gurarua, 100.
Herniana, 89
Fatsia, 102
Gentiana, 110.
Gutierrezia, 105.
Herpestib, 113.
Fedia, 103.
GENTIANAC EJE, 83, 110
GUTTIFER.B, 81, 89.
Herpetospernmm, 100.
Feijoa, 98
Geodorum, 123.
Guzmama, 126.
Hesperantha, 124.
Felicia, 105
Geonoma, 131
CJymnooladus, 95.
Hesperethusa, 91
Fcndlcra, 97.
GERANIACE^:, 81, 90.
Gymnolomia, 107.
Hespens, 88
Ferncha, 103.
Geranium, 90
Gymnopetalum, 100.
Hessperocalhs, 127.
Feronia, 90
Gerardia, 113.
GymnoptcTis, 136.
Husporoehiron, 111.
Feromella, 90.
Gcrbeia, 107
Gymnospona, 92
Heterarithcra, 128.
Ferraria, 124.
GcsiiiTia, 113
Gymno.starhys, 132.
Hcteropappus, 105.
Ferula, 101.
GEWNERIACE*:, 83, 113.
Gynandropsis, 88.
Heteroi)hragma, 113.
Festuea, 134.
Gethyllw, 125
Gynermm, 134.
Heterosmilax, 126.
Fieus, 118
Geum, 97
Gynura, 107.
Heterospathe, 130
Filipendula, 97.
fJilia, 111
(Jvpsophila, 89.
Heuchera, 97.
Fittoiua, 111
Gilibeitia. 102
Hevea, 119
Fitzioya, 120
Gillenia, 90
Habenaria, 121.
Hexisea, 122.
Flacourtia, 88
Gmkgo, 119
Haberlaea, 114.
Hibbertia, 86.
FLArouiniACE«, 80, 88.
GlNKGOArEJE, 84, 119.
Haequetia, 101.
Hibisrms, 89.
Flennngia, 95
GithopsH, 108
H.EMODORACE >B, 85.
Hidalgf)a, 106.
Fluggea 118
Hieramim, 107.
Fa-nuulum, 101
Glatumni, 87
Haemaria, 122.
Hieroehloe, 134.
Fokierna, 120
Glaux, 109
Hasmatoxylon, 95.
Hillebrandia, 100
Fontanesia, 109
Gleditsia, 95
Hakea, 117.
Hipppastnim, 124
Forsythia, 109
Gleiehema, 1 30
Haleiia, 109.
HlPPOCAHTANACE E, 81, 92.
Fortunearia, 98
GU-K HfcNM(Et,f 85, 130
Hahrnod^ndron, 95
Hippocrppis, 95
Fortunella, 91
Glincidia, 9r>
Hallena, 112
Hippomane, 119
Fothergilla, 98
Glohha, 125
HALORAOIDACE^E, 82, 98
HippophatS 117
Fouquipna, 89
Globulana, 1H
H VM AMELTDACE^B, 82, 98.
Hippuris, 98
FoiQL ILK! \CE.E, 81, 89
GLOBULVRIACK/E, 8'3, 114
Hatnamelis, 98
Hodgsoma, 100
Fragana, 97
Gloundion, 118
Hameha, 103.
HorTmaimia, 103
I1 rancoa, 97
Glonosa, 128
Haplocarpha, 107.
Hoffmanseggia, 95.
t rankema, 85
Gloxinia, 113
Hardenbcrgia, 95.
Hohenbergia, 126.
FRVNKENIACE^E, 85.
Gbtena, 134.
Hariota, 100
Hohena, 90
Fraiera, 110
Gl\< m<>, 95
Harppphyllum, 93.
Holbcplha; 87.
Fraximis, 109
GlvoMins, 90
Harnma, 101
Holcus, 133
Freesm, 124
GhrM-ihi/a, 95
Hartwegia, 122
Holodiseus, 96.
Fremontia, 90
Ginehna, 115
Histmgsia, 127.
Holothnx. 123
Frevnnetia, 1 Jl
GNKTAJFI:, 84, 120
Ha\\orthia, 127.
Homalanthus, 119.
Fntillana, 128
Gmdia, 117
Huzirdia, 105
Homalomena, 131.
Fruhchia, 116.
Gu'thra, S9
Hebenstreitia, 114
Homena, 124
Fuchsia, 99
Gomeza, 123
Heditia, 126
Homogyne, 107.
Funmria, 87.
Gomphc rarpus, 110
Hedeoma, 116.
Hoodia, 110
FUM \RIACKJB, 80, 87.
Gomphrena, 1 1(>.
Hedera, 102.
Hordeum, 134.
lunkui, 127
Gongoru, 123
Hedychmm, 125.
Hosaekia, 94
Furrrteu, 125
Gomoma, 110
Hedj^anim, 94.
Hottoma, 109.
Fussea, 86
Goniophlebumi, 135
Hedvscepe, 130
Houlletia, 123.
Goiiolohu*. 110
Heena, 99
Houstorna, 103.
Gaillardia, 106.
Goodema, 85
Helennnn, 106.
Houttuyma, 117.
Galattia, 95.
GOODENIACEE, 85.
Heliamphora, 87.
Hovea, 95.
Galanthus, 124.
Good) a, 91
Hehanthella, 106.
Hovenia, 92.
Gal ax, 109.
Goodvera, 122
Helianthemum, 88
Howca, 130.
Galeandra, 122.
Gordonia, 89
Hehanthua, 106
Hoya, 110.
Gnledupa, 95.
Gossypium, 89.
Hehrhry'Mim, 105
Hudsoma, 88.
Galega, 95
Gouania, 92
Helicodieeros, 131.
Huernia, 110.
Galeopsis, 116.
Govenia, 123.
Hehcoma, 125
Hulsea, 106.
Galeorchis, 121.
Grahowskia, 112.
Hehocereus, 101.
Humata, 136.
Gaiiuin, 103
GRAMINE.E, 85, 133.
Hehophila, 88.
Humea, 105.
(5 ilplumia, 90
Grarnmangis, 123.
HehopMs, 106.
Humulua, 118.
Galtonrt, 128
Grarnmanthes, 98
Ilehotropmm, 111.
Hunnenianma, 87.
Gamogyne, 132
Gratnniatophyllum, 123.
Helipterum, 105.
Huntena, 111
Gamolepis, 107.
Graptophyllum, 114.
Helleborus, 86.
Huntleya, 123.
Garcmia, 89.
Gratiola, 113.
Heloiuas, 128.
Hura, 119.
Gardenia, 103.
Gravesia, 99.
Helomopsis, 128.
Hutchmsia, 87.
Garrya, 102.
Grevillea, 117.
Helwmgia, 102
Hyacmthus, 128.
GARRYACEJB, 82, 102.
Grewia, 90.
Helxmo, 118.
Hysenanehe, 118.
Garuga, 91.
Greyia, 92.
Hcmerocallis, 127.
Hydrangea, 97.
Gastena. 127.
Gnas, 99.
Hemieyclia, 118.
Hydrautis, 86.
Gaulthena, 108.
Gnffinia, 125.
Henngraphis, 114.
Hydriastele, 130.
Gaura, 99
Gnndelia, 105.
Hemiomtis, 135.
H YD HOC H YKI'1 WEJE, 84,120
GausRia, 130
Griselmia, 102
Hemiteha, 136.
Hydrodians 121
142
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
Hydrocotyle, 101.
JUGLANDAOE.E, 84, 118.
LEGUMINOS*;, 82, 93.
Litchi, 92
HYDKOPHYLLACE^J, 83, 111
Juglans, 118.
Leiophvllurn, 108
Lithospermum, 111.
Hydrophyllum, 111.
JUNCAC'EJE, 85, 129.
Leitnena, 118
Lithra^a, 93
HydrotuMiia, 124.
Juncus, 129.
LMINFUB \Cf -F, S4, 118.
Litsea, 117
Hylocereu.s, 100.
Jumperus, 120.
Lemaireoferrus, 101
Littoma, 128
Hymcncea, 95.
Jussieua, 99.
Ldima, 1 il
Livistona, 129.
Hymenanthcra, 88.
Justicia, 114.
LEMNAC!' K, S5, 131
Loasa, 100.
Hymeuooalhs, 125
Lpnoph\lluin, 98
LOASACE^E, 82, 100.
HYMENOPHYLLACE^E, 85,
Kadsura, 86.
Lobelia, 107.
135
Hymenophyllum, 135.
Ksempferia, 125.
Kageneckia, 96.
LENIII.ULVRM E,I«, 83, 113.
LOBKLIACEE, 82
Lodoicea, 129.
Hymenosporum, 88.
Kalanchoe, 98,
Leonotib, 11C
Lccselm, 111
Hyophorbe, 130.
Kalnua, 108.
001 '
Logania, 110
Hyoseyarnuf, 112.
Hyospathp, 131.
Kendnekia, 99.
Kermedya, 95
Leontodon, 107
Leontopodnim, 105.
LOGANIAC'E^J, 83, 110.
Loiseleuria, 108
Hypecoum, 87
Kentia, 130
Lepach\ s, 100
Lohum, 134
HYPERICACE^E, 81, 89.
Kpiitiopsib, 130
Lepanthes, 123
Lomatia, 117
Hypencum, 89
Kernera, SS
Lepulagathis, 114.
Lornatium, 101
Hyphtene, 129
Kerria, 97
Lepidium, 87
Lomatophyllum, 127.
Hypochujrih, 107.
Keihtmgiella, 95.
Lt-ptactma, 103.
Lonas, 106
Hypolepis, 135.
Keteleena, 120
Leptairhena, 98
Lonchitis, 136.
Hypolytruin, 133.
Kigeh.i, 113
Leptocarpha, 107.
Lour hocarpus, 95
Hypoxis, 125
Kitaibeha, 90
Leptothilus, 136.
Lome era, 102
Hyssopusi 116.
Kitclimgia, 98.
Leptochloa, 134
Lopezia, 99
Klugia, 114
Leptocodon, 108
Lophantlms, 115
Iberis, 87
Kniphofia, 127.
Leptodermia, 103.
Lophorereus, 100
Ic^ClNArE^, 85.
Kochia, 116
Lep top tens, 135
Lophophora, 100
Idebia, 88
Koelreutena, 92.
Leptospermum, 98.
LORANTHACE^:, 84, 117.
Ilex, 91
Kolkwitzia, 102.
LeptohMie, 106
Lorarithus, 117
ILLEOEBRACE.E, 83.
Kopsia, 110
Lep totes, 122
Loropetalum, 98
Ilhcmm, 86
Kostelelzkva, 90.
Lespedeza, 94
Lotius, 94
Impatiens, 90.
Kramena, 95
Lettsoima, 111
Loxoscaphe, 136.
Imperata, 134
Kraussia, 103.
Leucadeudron, 117
Lucuha, 103
Inoarvillea, 113.
Kngia, 107.
Leucacna, 94
LiKtirna, 109
Indigofera, 95.
Kuhma, 107.
Leuchtenbei gia, 100
Ludwigia, 99
Inga, 93
Kunzea, 99.
Leucoeoiyne, 128
Lueddemanma, 123.
Ingenhausia, 90.
Kydia, 89.
Leuco<rmurn, 127
LuphiM, 90
Inobulbon, 123.
Leucojum, 124
Luetkea, 96
Inula, 105
LABIV™, 83, 115.
Leucophyllum, 112
Luff a, 100
lochroma, 112
Laburnum, 94
Leucobtegia, 136
Luisia, 123
lone, 123
Laoama, 123
Leucothoe, 108
Lunaria, 88
lonopsidium, 87.
Lachrnaha, 128
LevistieuTn, 101.
Lupinus, 94
lonopsis, 123.
Lactuca, 107
Lewisia, 89
Lyeaste, 122
Ipomtra, 111.
Ltelia, 122
Leycesteria, 102
Lychnis, 89
Iresinp, 116.
Liehooattleya, 122.
Liatns, 105
L>«um, 112
Inartea, 130.
Lagenaria, 100
Libertia, 124
Lycopersicum, 112.
IRIDACE^S, 81, 124.
Lagerstroemia, 99.
Libocedrus, 120.
LYCOPUDIACEAO, 85, 134.
Ins, 124
Lagetta, 117
Lituala, 129
Lyeopodnmi, 134
Isatis, 87
Lagunaria, 89.
Lightfootia, 108.
Lycoris, 124
Isoohilus, 122.
Lagurus, 134
Ligustiriim, 101.
Lygodmm, 135
Isoloma, 113
Laman kia, 134
Ligustiuin, 110.
Lyoina, 10H
Ibonandia, 109
Lamium, 116
LILIACE^E, 85, 126.
Ljonothanmus, 97.
I so py rum, 86
Landolphia, 111
Lihum, 128
Lysichitum, 131.
Isotoma, 107.
Lantana, 114
Lmmtodea, 122
Lysiloma, 93
Isotna, 122.
Lapageria, 126
LlMNANTHACE^E, 81, 90.
Lysimachia, 109.
Itea, 97.
Lapeyrousia, 124.
Limnanthes, 90
L>sionotus, 114.
Iva, 106.
Larchzabala, 87
Lmmobium, 121
LYTH RACEME, 82, 99.
Ixia, 124
LARDIZABALACE^, 80, 87
Limnochans, 132.
L> thrum, 99.
Ixiolinon, 125.
Larix, 120
Limonia, 91
liora, 103
Lasthema, 106
LTNACKVE, 81, 90.
Maaekia, 94
Latania, 129.
Lmaria, 112.
Maba, 109
Jacaranda, 113.
Lathyrus, 94
Lmdclofia, 111
Mabra, 119
Jacksoma, 95
LAURACE^, 84, 117.
Lmdenbergia, 113.
Maeadamia, 117.
Jacobima, 114.
Laurcha, 117
Lmnspa, 102.
Macaranga, 119
Jaequemontia, 111.
Laurus, 117.
Linospadix, 130.
Macfadyema, 113.
Jaequmia, 109
Lavandula, 115.
Lmosyris, 105.
Marleama, 108
Jampsm, 97
Lavanga, 91.
Lmum, 90.
Madura, 118
Janusia, 90
Lavatera, 89
Lipans, 122.
Maeodes, 122
Japarandiba, 99.
Lawsoma, 99.
Lippia, 114.
Macroplpctrum, 123.
Jasione, 107.
Layia, 106
Liquidambar, 98.
Macroscepis, 110
Jasmmum, 109.
Lebidieropsis, 118
Lmodendron, 86.
Maciozamia, 120.
Jatropha, 119
LECYTHIDACE^E, 82, 99
Linopo, 127.
M iJdc ma, 97.
Jatrorrhiza, 86.
Lccythia, 99.
Lisianthus, 110.
Madia, 106.
..'pffersonia, 87.
Ledum, 108.
Lissochilus, 122.
Mojsa, 109
Joannesia, 119
Leea, 92
Listera, 122
Magnolia, 86.
Jubtea, 129.
LEEACEJE, 81.
Listrostachya. 123
MAONOLIACE^J, 80, 86.
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
143
Maherma, 90.
Mentha, 116
Muehlenbcrgia, 134.
Notyha, 123.
Mahonia, 87
Mcnt/eha, 100
Muilla, 128
Nuphar, 87.
Maianthemum 127.
Mcnyanthfc-* 110
Musa, 125
NYCTAOUNACEJB, 83, 116
Malacocarpus, 100.
Menzieaia, 108.
MUHACE.-E, 85, 125.
Nyctocereua, 101.
Malcoima, 88.
Meratia, 86
Musoan, 128
Nymphaea, 87
MalloUib, 119.
Mercunahs, 118.
Musmeon, 101.
NYMPH^ACE^:, 80, 87
Malope, 89
Merendera, 128.
Mussienda, 103.
Nymphoides, 110.
Malpighia, 90
Merope, 91
MYOPOBACE.E, 83, 114.
Nysaa, 102
MALPIGHIACK^, 81, 90
Mertensid, 111.
Myoporum, 114.
NYS8ACE.E, 82, 102.
Malva, 90
Mertya, 102.
Myosotidnim, 111.
MALVACEAE, 81, 89.
Mesembryanthemum, 101.
Myosotis, 111
Oakesia, 128
Malvastrum, 90.
Mesospimdium, 123
Mynoa, 118
Oberoma, 123.
Malvavisc us, 89
Mespilus, 96
MYRTCACE>E, 84, 118.
Ochna, 91
Mdinmea, 89
Metrosideros, 98
Mynoana, 89
OCHNACE^J, 81, 91.
Mamnulldna, 100.
Mctroxylou, 131.
Mynocephalus, 105.
Oohrocarpus, 89.
Mandevilla, 111
Meuni, 101
Mjnophyllum, 98
Ocimum, 115
Mandragora, 112
Miohauxid, 108.
Mynstitd, 117
Octomcna, 123.
Mancttia, 103
Mieholm, 86
MYRISTICACK*:, 84, 117.
Odontuduixia, 111.
Mangife ra, 92.
Michohtzia, 110.
Myrrhis, 101
Odontoglossum, 123.
Mamcana, 131.
Mioranthus, 114.
MYUSINACKJB, 83, 109.
Odontosona, 136.
Mamhot, 119
Microcitrus, 91.
Myrhino, 109
(Enocarpus, 131.
Mapania, 133
Mitroty<as, 120.
MYHTACE^;, 82, 98
CEnothora, 99
Maprounia, 119
Mirroktntid. 130.
Myrtillooaotus, 101.
OLACACE^B, 81, 91.
Mdrdiitd, 125
Mieiolcpia, 136
Myrtus, 99
Olax, 91
MARANT\CKt, 85, 125
Muiomeles, 96.
Mystaddium, 123.
Oldenburgia, 107.
Marattia, 135
Mi< roinelurn, 90
Oldenlandia, 103.
Najgeha, 113
Oldfieldia, 118.
Mu rophonix, 131.
NVIADA.CE^:, 85, 132.
Olea, 110
Mane a, 124
Miorostyhs, 122.
Nandma, 87.
OLEAOEE, 83, 109.
Marruhium, 115
Mikama, 105.
Napaea, 89
Olearia, 105.
MarMlema, 110.
Milla, 127
Napoloona, 99.
Ohgobotrja, 128.
Marshalha, 100
Milkttid, 95.
Narcissus, 124
Ohveranthua, 98.
Marsilea, 130
Miltonid, 123.
Narthenum, 128.
Omphaha, 119
M\11MLEA«EE, 85, 136
Mimosa, 91
Nathubia, 109
Omphalodes, 111
Martmezia, 129
MlMOSEE, 81.
Nauml)ergia, 109.
ONAGRACE.E, 82, 99.
Martvuia, 111
Mimulus, 113.
Neilha, 9(>
Onoidmm, 123
MARIYM\< KK, 8J, 114
Mimusops, 109.
Nclumbo, 87
Onooba, 88
Masde\alha, 122
Mmkfltrsia, 95.
Ncmast>hs, 124.
Onoosperma, 130.
Mat>sjingoa 12(5
Mirabilis, 11G
Nemesia, 112
Onohryohis, 94.
Mavwmd,' 128
Mihcanthus 133.
Nemopanthus, 91.
Onoclea, 186.
Matrirana, 107
Mitoholla, 103.
Nemophila, 111.
Ononis, 95
MatteiKoia, 136
MiMla, 97
Nenga, 130
Onopordon, 105.
Matthiold, 88
Mitrana, 1H.
Neobenthamia, 122.
Onosma, 111
Maurandia, 112
Mitnostigma, 103
Neoglaziovia, 126.
Onosmodium, J.11.
Mauntia, 129
Modecca, 100.
Noog>aie, 122
Onychmm, 135
Maxillana, 123
Mohria, 135.
Neolauohea, 123
OPHIOGLOSSACB^, 85, 135.
Maxiiinluina, 129
Molima, 134
Neomoholsoma, 131.
Ophioglossum, 135.
Maxinuhancd, 8K
Molopospermum, 101
Neottia, 123
Ophiopogon, 127
Ophr>s, 121
Mazus, 113
Mnmordica, 100
Nepenthes, 117
Ophthalmoblapton, 119
MoconopMS, 87.
Mon.irda, 115
Nepetd, 115
Oplismenus, 133
Medeola, 128
Monardella, 116
Ncphrolcpis, 136
Opuntia, 100.
Modioago, 95
Monoses, 108
Nephth>tis, 131.
ORCHIDACEJE, 84, 121.
Modmilla, 99.
MONIMIACEE, 84, 117.
Neptuma, 44
Orchis, 121.
Megaelmmm, 123.
Monogramma, 135
Norino, 1D5
Oroocarya, 111
Megarrhiza, 100.
MonoU nd, 99
Nonuni, 110
Troocereus, 101.
Melalouea, 98
Monomcria, 123
Nertera, 103
Oreodoxa, 130.
Melanthmm, 128
MoNOlKOPAOE.E, 83, 108.
Nor\iha, 123
Orcopanax, 102.
Melasphforula, 124.
Monsoma, 90
Nom\iodid, 123
Origanum, 116
Melastoma, 99
Munstera, 131
Montanoa, 107.
NCMUSH, 97
Orixa, 91
Ormthidium, 123.
Melia, 91
Montia, 89
Nirandra, 112
Onuthocephalus, 123.
MELIACE^C, 81, 91
MELIANIHACKE 81, 92.
Mohanthus, 92
Moorea, 123.
MORACEE, 84, 118.
Mortra, 124
Nicotiana, 112
Nidularunn, 126
Nieronil)ergia, 112.
Onuthochilus, 123
Ormthogalum, 128.
Ormthopus, 94.
Mehoa, 134.
Morma, 103.
Nigella, 80
OROBANCHACK.B, 86.
Mehrocra-, 92
Moniidd, 103.
Nipa, 131
Orontium, 131
Mohlotus, 95.
Monnga, 93
Niphfp.% 113
Oroxylon, 113
Mohnis, 134.
MORINCJACE*:, 82, 93
Nolana, 112
Orthocarpus, 113.
Mehosma, 92.
Monsia, 87
NOLANACK.E, 83, 112.
Orthosanthua, 124.
Melissa, 116
Morniodrs, 122.
Nolma, 127
Oryza, 133.
Melittis, 115.
Morrenia, 110.
Nopalea, 100
Oryzopsis, 134.
Melothna, 100.
Moru-,, 118
Nothofagus, 119.
Osbeokia, 99
Memscium, 136
Mosrhosma, 115
Notholuena, 135
Osmanthus, 109.
MENISPEUMAOE^R, 80, 86
Muouna, 95
Notholtus, 134
Osmaronia, 97.
Memspornium, 86.
Muehlenbeckin. 116.
Nothoiscordum, 128.
Osmorhiza, 101.
144
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
Osmunda, 135.
Pedilanthus, 119.
Phyllodooo, 108
Plumerm, 110.
OSMUNDACE^E, 85, 135.
Pelargonium, 90.
Phyllostachys, 134.
Poa, 134
Ostcomeles, 96.
Pelecyphora, 100.
Phyniatodes, 135.
Podachajmum, 106.
Osteospermum, 107.
Pehosanthes, 128.
Physalis, 112.
Podalyna, 95
Ostrowskm 108.
Pelliea, 135
Physarm, 88
Podoourpus, 120.
Ostrya, 119.
Pelhonia, 118.
Physianthus, 110.
Podolepis, 105.
Othonna, 107.
Peltandra, 131.
Physocarpus, 96.
Podophyllum, 87.
Ouratea, 91.
Pol tana, 87.
Physoptychis, 88.
Podostigma, 110.
Ourisia, 113
Peltophorum, 95.
Phy so siphon, 123.
Pogoma, 122.
OXALIDACE.E, 81, 90.
Penmsetum, 133.
Physostegia, 115.
Pogostomon, 110.
Oxahs, 90
Pentaohceta, 105.
Physurus, 122
Pomeiana, 95
Oxera, 115
Pentapetes, 90.
Phytelephas, 131
Poivrea, 98
Oxyanthus, 103.
Pentapterygiurn, 108.
Phyteuma, 108
Polamsia, 88
Oxydendrum, 108.
Pcntas, 103
Phytolacca, 116
POLEMONIACE^;, 83, 111.
Oxylobmm, 94.
Pentstemon, 112.
PllYTOLACCArB^!, 84, 116.
Polemomum, 111.
Oxypetalum, 110.
Peperumia, 117.
Piaranthm, 110.
Pohanthea. 125
Oxypolis, 101.
Peponia, 100
Pieea, 120
Pohothyrsis, 88.
Oxvtenanthera, 134.
Peraphyllum, 97.
Picrasma, 91.
Polha, 128
Oxytropis, 95.
Pereskia, 100
Pions, 108
Polycycms, 123.
Perobkiopsis, 100.
Pigafetta, 131.
Polygala, 88.
Paclura, 90
Peril -onie, 106
Pilea, 118
POLYOALACE^, 81, 88
Pachyeereus, 101.
Peril la, 116
Pilorarpus, 91.
POLYOONACE^E, 84, 116
Pachyphytum, 98.
Penploea, 110
Prmelea, 117.
Polygoiiatum, 127.
Pachy podium, 111.
Penstena, 123
Pinu'iita, 99.
Polygonum, 117
Pachyrhizus, 94
Penstrophe, 114.
PIN \CE.i3, 84, 120.
Polyinnm, 106
Pachysandra, 119
Pernettya, 108
Pmanga, 130
POLYPODIACE*:, 85, 135
Pachystima, 92
Perowskia, 115
Pmcknoya, 103.
Polypodmm, 135
Pachystrorna, 119.
Persea, 117.
Pmelha, 131.
Polypteris, 106
Psedena, 103
Pcrtva, 107.
Pinguicula, 113.
Polyrrhiza, 123
Pseonia, 80
Pesratorea, 123
Pmus, 120
Poly soi as, 102
Polava, 89.
Petalostemon, 95.
Piper, 117
Polystarhya, 122
PalHota, 128.
Potasites, 107
PlPERACt^, 84, 117
Pobbtithum, 136
Palmrus, 92
Petiveua, 116.
Piptadonia, 9t
Pomaderns, 92
PALMVCE.E, 85, 129.
Petroja, 114
Piptanthus, 95
Poncirus, 91
Palmcruia, 107.
Petrophytum, 96.
Pipturus, 118
Pontedena, 128
Palumbma, 123.
Petrosclmum, 101.
Piqueria, 105
PONTEDERIACEJE, 85, 128
Pamburua, 91.
Pcttena, 94
Piscidia, ()4
Ponthieva, 122
Panax, 101
Petunia, 112.
Pisoma, 116
Populus, 119
Pancratium, 125
Peucedanum, 101. .
Pistacia, 92.
Porana, 111
P\ND4.NACE.E, 85, 131.
Peumus, 117.
Pistia, 131
Poranthera, 118
Pandanus, 131.
Pfaffia, 11(3
Pi^um, 94.
Portenschlagia, 101.
Pandorea, 113.
Phaculm, 111.
Pitcairnia, 126.
Portulara, 89
Panicurn, 1 i3
Phaxlranassa, 125.
Pithecoc tenium ,113
PoitTULACACE^S, 81, 89.
Pamsea, 123
PhsedranthvH, 113.
Pitherolobium, 93
Posoqueria, 103.
Papavei, 87.
Phajus, 122
PITTOSPORACE^:, 81, 88
Potamogeton, 132
P\PAVERACE^E, 80, 87.
Phakcuopsib, 123.
Pittosporurn, 88
Potentilla, 97.
Papcxia, 91
Phalans, 134
Plaoea, 124
Potenum, 97
Paplutua, 123
Phulocalhs, 124.
Plagiauthus, 90
Pothos, 131
Paphiopodilum, 121.
Phasoolus, 91
Plagiobothrys, 111.
Poiitoriji, 109
Paradisea, 127.
Phegopteris, 136
Plagiospfimuni, 97
Premna, 115.
Paramignya, 91.
Phcllodondron. 91
PLuiera, 118
Prcnanthes, 107.
Parietana, 118.
Philadelphus, 97
PLANTA(JIN\rE^E, 83, 116
Prestoma, 110.
Paris, 12H
Philesia, 126
Plantago, lib
Primula, 109
Parkmsoma, 95
Phihbertia, 110
PLATAN ACE^:, 84, 118
PRIMULAOACE^E, 83, 109
Pannenticra, 113.
Phillyrea, 109
Platanus, 118
Prinsepia, 97
Parnassia, 97
Philodcndron, 131.
Platonia, 89.
Priomum, 129.
Parochetus, 95
Phlel)odmm, 135
Platycarya, 118
Pritchardia, 129.
Paronyehia, 89.
Phleum, 134
Platy cerium, 135.
Prochnyanthes, 125.
Parrotia, 98.
Phlogacanthua, 114.
Platyclmia, 122
Promensea, 123.
Parrya, 88.
Phlomis, 116
Platycodon, 107.
Pro80pi8, 94.
Taisonsia, 111.
Phlox, 111
Platycrater, 97
Prostanthera, 115.
Parthcnium, 106
Phcemx, 129
Platylepis, 123
Protea, 117.
Parthenoeissus, 92.
Pholidota, 122.
Platystemon, 87
PROTEACE^:, 84, 117.
Pascaha, 106.
Phoradendroii, 117.
Platystigma, 87.
Prunus, 97.
Paspalum, 134
Phormium, 127.
Platytheca, 88
Pseuderanthemum, 114.
Passiflora, 100
Photmia, 96.
Plectocomia, 129.
Pseudolarix, 120
PASSIFLORACE.E, 82, 100
Phragmites, 134.
Plcctranthus, 115
Pseudopanax, 102
Pastmaca, 101.
Phragmopedilum, 121.
Plectroma, 103.
Pseudophoenix, 131.
Patrmia, 103.
Phryma, 114.
Pleione, 122.
Pseudotsuga, 120.
Paulhnia. 92
PHRYMACEJE, 83, 114.
Pleiocarpa, 111.
Psidmm, 98.
Paulo wnia, 112.
Phrynium, 125
Pleiospermum, 91.
Psilostrophe, 107.
Pavctta, 103.
Phygehus, 112
Pleurothalbs, 122
Psoralea, 95.
Pavonia, H9.
Phyllagathis, 99.
Plocama, 103
Psychotria, 103.
Pectinaria, 110.
Phyllanthus, 118.
Plukenetia, 119
Ptieroxylon, 91.
PEDALIACE^E, 83, 114.
Phylhtis, 136.
PLUMBAGINACE^}, 83, 109
Ptelea, 91.
Pediculans, 113
Phyllocladus, 120.
Plumbago, 109
Ptendmm, 135.
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
145
Pteris, 135.
Rheedia, 89.
Salvia, 115
Scutellaria, 116.
Pteroeactus, 101
Rheum, 117.
Salvinia, 136
Srutieana, 123
Pterocarpus, 95.
Rhexia, 99.
SALVINIACE^C, 85, 136
Scyphanthus, 100
Pterocarya, IIP.
Rhipidoptens, 136
Sambucus, 102.
Sebastiana, 119
Pteroeeltis, 118.
Rhipsahs, 100
Sanchczm, 114
Sec ale, 134
Pterolobmm, 95.
Rhizophora, 98.
Sanderboma, 128.
Seehmm, 100.
Pteroma, 107
RHIZOPHOKACLA;, 82, 98
Sanguinaria, 87.
Secunnega, 118.
Pterospermum, 90.
Rhodochiton, 112.
Sanguisorba, 97.
Sedum, 98
Pterostyhs, 123
Rhododendron, 108
Samcula, 101
SEI.AC.INACE.K, 114.
Ptcrostyrax, 109
Rhodoleia, 98
Sansevieria, 127
Selagmella, 134
Pty choccof us, 131.
Ptychoraphis, 131
Rhodomyrtus, 99.
Rhodorhiza, 111
SANTALACEAJ, 84, 1 17.
Santalum, 117
Selenia, 88.
Ptyrhosperma, 130.
Ilhodotharnus, 108
Santohna, 106
Selenirereus, 101.
Puerana, 94.
Rhodotypus, 97.
Sanvitaliu, 106
Selmum, 101.
Pulmoriuria, 111
Rhoeo, 129
SAPINDACE^:, 81, 92.
Semet arj>us, 92.
Pultencea, 94
Rhopaloblahte, 130
Sapindus, 92.
Sernele, 126.
Puima, 99
RhopaloHt>l», 130.
Sapiuni, 119
Seinpervivuni, 98.
PUNICACE.G, 82, 99.
Rhus, 93
Sapouaria, 89.
Senebiera. 87.
Pufshia, 97
Rh^nohanthus, 125.
SAPOTACKA:, 83, 109.
Seneoo, 107.
Pusehkima, 128
Rhynehosia, 95.
Saraoa, 9.3
Sequoia, 120.
Putranjiva, 118
RhynchoHpora, 133
Sananthus, 123
•Serapias, 121.
Puya, 120
Rhynchobtyhs, 123
Sarco< ephalus, 103.
Serendua, 129
Pytuantheumm, 116
Ribes, 97
Sarroi-hilus, 123.
Sent o< arpus, 105.
Pyrno.starhys, 116
Ricmodendron, 119
Sarcocoeca, 119
Serissa, 103
Pyraeantha, 96
Ricinus, 118
Surcode-, 108
Serjarna, 92
Pyienaeantha, 85
Rigidella, 124.
Sarfopndium, 123
Senatula, 105.
Pyrethnun, 107
Rivina, 116.
Sargent- odoxa, 87
Sesanuiiii, 114.
Pyrola, 108
Robmia, 95
h'arratf'rna, S7
Sesbama, 95.
PYROLACI^;, 83, 108.
Rochea, 98
S\BRVCKNIACK^C, 80, 87.
ScMih, 101,
P> rostegia, 113
Rodgersia, 98.
Sassafras, Ii7
Sesuvmm, 101.
Pjrularia, 117.
Rodnguezia, 123.
Saturciu, 116
Setaria, 133
Pyrus, 97
Roc-ttlora, 114.
Sat>rium, 123
Severinia, 91
Pyxidanthrra, 109
Rohdea, 127
Sauroniatuni, 131
Seymena, 113
Rolhnia, 86
Sauropu". US
Shepherdia, 117.
Quamoc-ht, 111
Roinne>a, 87.
SAUKI..RA<^KE, 84, 117
Shcjrtia, 109
Quassia, 91
Romulea, 124.
Saururus, 117
Sibbaldia, 97.
Quekrttia, 123
Rondflftia, 103.
Saui-jurea, 107.
Sibir«-a, 96
QIKTCUS, 119
Roba, 97.
Saxifraga, 9«
Sibthorpia, 113.
Quesneha, 126.
RohACE.«, 82, 96.
SAXIFUAGACE^E, 82, 97.
Suana, 100
Quillaja, 96
Rosrhon.i, 130
Scubiohu, 103
Sicvos, 100
Quisquahs, 98.
Roscoea, 125
S<"}p\ola, 85
Sida, 90
RoMnarunis, 1 15
Scandix, 101
Sidaltca, 89
Raduniatlnra, 11 J
Ruthroikia, 110
hx .ii)ho->epahimt 122.
Sidcritis, 116.
RadKulu. 88
Rottbtdlja, 131.
Sraph> glottis, 123.
Sideroxylon, 109.
Rajama, 123
Rcnipala, 117
iSchaueru*, Hi.
Sievekingia, 123
Kamondu, 114
Royena, 10')
SchLulea, 129
Signmtostalix, 123.
Randia, 103
Ro>btonea, 130
Scheena, 113
Silene, 89
Ranevea, 131
Ruhia, 103
Stlufllera, 102.
Silphium, 100
R\NUNCULACE/E, 80, 80.
RvBIAf K*., S2, 102.
Sc hima, 80
SlMARUBACEH, 81, 91.
Ranunculus, 8b
Rubus, 97
Sfhmiis, ()2
Simmondbia, 119
Rapharius, 87
Rudbi-tkia, 106.
Schism atoglott is, 131.
Sinnmgia, 113
Raphiolepis, 97
Raphitmacmu, 110
Ruellia, 114
RuliiiKia, 90
Schiza'a, 135
SCHI/ *:AC EA, 85, 135
Sinomenium, 86
Rathhunm, 101.
Rumux, 117
Schuandia, 80
SinoNvilsonia, 98
Rauwolha, 110.
Rungia, 114
S( hizanthus, 112
Siphocampylus, 107,
Ravenala, 125.
Rupicola, 108.
Sdiizocodon, 109.
Sib>rinchiura, 124.
Ravcnia, 91
Ruse us, 126
Scluzolohiuin, 95
Smrn, 101
Reevesia, 90
Russeba, 112.
Sfhizopetalon, S8
Skimmia, 91.
Rehmanma, 113.
Ruta, 91
Sehizophragma, 97.
Snielo\v skia, 88.
Remeokia, 127.
RUTACEB, 81, 90.
Sclmost>hs, 124.
Smilac-ma, 127.
Remwardtia, 90.
Schlmimia, 123
Smilax, 126
Renanthora, 123.
Sabal, 129.
Srhlumbergera, 100
Smodingium, 93.
Renealmia, 125.
Sabbatia, 110.
Schomburgkia, 122
Sobolewskia, 87.
Reseda, 88
SABIACE^:, 81, 92.
Schotia, 95
Sobraha, 122
RESEDACEVE, 80, 88.
Saccharum, 133.
Sehrankia, 94
SOLANACE.E, 83, 112.
RESTIACE^S, 85.
Saccolabmm, 123.
Sciadopitys, 120
Solandra, 112.
Restio, 85
Sagina, 89.
Scilla, 128
Solanum, 112
Restrepia, 122.
SaRittaria, 132
ScmdapbUb, 131.
Soldanella, 109.
Reynosia, 92.
Samtpaulia, 114.
Soirpus, 133
Solea, 88
Rhabdothamnus, 114.
SALICACE^, 84, 119.
SclerocMrpus, 106.
Solenanthus, 111.
RHAMNACE^;, 81, 92.
Sahoorma, 116.
Scobmui, 107
Solenidmm, 123.
Rhamnella, 92.
Sahx, 119
Scopoha, 112
Soudago, 105.
Rhamnus, 92.
Salpichroit, 112.
Scorpiurus, 95
Soil} a, 88
Rhaphidophora, 131
Salpiglossis, 112.
Scorzoneia, 107
Soni-hus, 107.
Rhapidophvllum, 129
Salpmga, 89.
Scropluilaria, 112
Sorionlu, '-'9
Rhapis, 129.
Salsola, 116.
SCROPHULAIIIACE^, 83, 112
h'ophora, 94
10
146
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
Sophronitis, 122.
Strophanthus, 111.
Tetratheca, 88.
Tnchosanthes, 100.
Sorbana, 96.
Strophohnon, 127.
Teucriuin, 115.
Tnchosnia, 122.
Sorhus, 96.
Strychnos, 110.
Teysmanma, 131.
Tru-hosporum, 114.
Sormdem, 93.
Stryphnodendron, 94.
Thalia, 125.
Tnrhostenia, 115
Sparaxis, 124.
Stuartia, 89
Thahctrum, 86.
Tncuspidana, 90.
Sparmannia, 90.
Stylophorum, 87.
Thaspium, 101.
Truyrtis, 128
Spartina, 134.
Ktylophyllum, 98
Thea, 89.
Tncntuhs, 109.
Spartium, 94
STYRACACE.E, 83, 109.
Thc'costele, 123
Trifohum, 95.
Spatheha, 91.
Sty rax, 109
Thelespernm, 100
TriRonella, 95.
Spathiphyllum, 131
Suksrloifia, 98
ThpKimtra, 1LM
Trigoindium, 123.
Spathodca, 113
Sulhvantm, 98.
Theohioma, 90
Triliba, 105
Spathoglottis, 122.
Sutherlandia, 95.
Theophrasta, 109.
Tnllmm, 128.
Spathyema, 131
Swaius>ona, 95.
Therniopsis, 94.
Tnosteum, 102
Speculana, 107.
Sweitia, 110
Thchpesia, 89.
Tnpptaleid, 108.
Spergula, 89
Swietoma, 91.
Thevetia, 110.
Triphasui, 91
Sphseralcea, 89.
Sycopsis, 98
Thibaudia, 108.
Tnphora, 122
Sphserocodon, 110.
Symbegoma, 100
Thladiantha, 100.
Tnplans, 117
Sphodamnocarpus, 90.
Symphoricarpos, 102.
Thnnax, 129
Tnpsacum, 133.
Sphenophohs, 134.
Syniphyandra, 108
Thryptomeno, 98.
Tnptcrygmm, 92.
Spigeha, 110
Syniphytum, 111.
Thvija, 120.
Tribctum, 134
Spilanthes, 106.
SYMPLOCACE^;, 83, 109.
Thujopsis, 120.
Tnstagma, 127.
Spmacia, 116.
Symplocarpus, 131.
Thunhorgia, 114.
Tristama, 98
Spiraea, 96.
Symplocos, 109.
Thunia, 122
Tristellateia, 90.
Spiranthes, 122.
Synudpiuum, 119.
Thymelsoa, 117.
Tntelcia, 128
Spondias, 93
Synandra, 116.
THYMEL.KACE.E, 84, 117.
Tnthriiiax, 129.
Sporobolus, 134
Syncarpia, 98
Thymus, 110
Tntu'uni, 134
Spraguea, 89
Syndesmon, 86.
Thyrsacanthus, 114.
TntoiiKi, 124
Sprekeha, 124
Synechanthus, 131.
Thyrsoptons, 136.
Trminfetta, 90
Stachys, 116
Syngonunn, 131.
Thysanotus, 128.
TROCHODENDRACE«, 80, 86.
Starhytarpheta, 114
Synthyris, 113.
Tiarella, 97
Trwhodondron, 86
STACHI URACE.E, 81, 89.
Syrmga, 109.
Tibouihma, 99.
Trolhus, 86
Staohyurus, 89
Tigndia, 124
TROPEOLACEE, 81, 90.
Stackhousm, 92.
Tabebuia, 113.
Tilm, 90
Troptpolum, 9(^)
STACKHOUSIACE^E, 81, 92
Tabernujmontana, 110.
TILIACK.E, 81, 90.
Troximon, 107
Stadmannia, 92
Tacoa, 124
Tilluia, 98
Tsuga, 120
Stangena, 120
TACVACEE, 84, 124.
Tillandhia, 126.
Tulbaghia, 128.
Stanhopea, 123
Tacsoma, 100.
Tinantid, 129.
Tuhpa, 12K
Stanleya, 88
Tit'iiidia, 101.
Tmnea, 116
Tunica, 89
Stapelm, 110
Tagetes, 106.
Tipuana, 94
Tupidanthus, 102.
Staphylea, 92
Tanna, 123
Tipulana, 122.
Tupibtra, 12.3
STAPHYLEACE.E, 81, 92.
Talauma, 86
Tithonia, 107.
Turnera, 85
Statice, 109
Talmum, 89
Toe-oca, 99
TURNERACEA2, 85.
Stauntoma, 87.
TAMARICACE^J, 81, 89.
Torldaha, 91.
Turpirua, 92
Stauropsis, 123.
Tamarmdus, 95.
Todca, 135
Turnea, 91
Staurostigma, 132.
Tamanx, 89.
Toheldia, 128.
Tussilago, 107.
Steironema, 109
Tamonea, 99
Tolmiea, 97.
Typha, 131.
Stchs, 123
Tamus, 123.
Tolpis, 107.
TYPHACEE, 85. 131.
Stellana, 89
Tanacetum, 107.
Tolmfora, 95
Typhomum, 132
Stenandrium, 114.
Tanakoea, 98.
Torenui, 113
Typhoriodorum, 132.
Stenanthium, 128.
Tapina, 92
Torreya, 120
Stenia, 123
Tapiscia, 92.
Tournefortia, 111.
Ulex, 94
Stenocarpus, 117.
Taraxacum, 107.
Townsondia, 105.
Ullucus, 116
Stenomesson, 125
TAXACE.E, 84, 120.
Trarhehum, 108
ULMAOEAI, 84, 118
Stenorrhynchus, 122.
Taxodium, 120.
Trarhelosponnum, 111.
Tllmus, 118
Stonospernititiinn i.il
Taxus, 120
Trarhy carpus, 129
UWKKlAAtKHJE, 82, 1O1.
Stenotaphrum, 133.
Tecoma, 113.
Tradestantia, 129.
Umbellulana, 117.
Stephanandra, 96.
Tccomana, 113.
Tragia, 119
Ungnadm, 92.
Stephanotis, 110.
TccophiL-ea, 125.
Tragopogon, 107.
Uniola, 134.
Stercuha, 90.
Tectana, 136.
Trapa, 99
Uriona, 86.
SrERcuLiACE.fi, 81, 90.
Teedia, 112
TRAPACE^:, 82, 99
Urarm, 94
Stereospermum, 113.
Telanthera, 116.
Trautvcttona, 86
Urbmia, 98
Sternbergia, 124.
Telfairea, 100.
Troma, 118
Urceochans, 125.
Stevensoma, 130.
Tellmia, 98
TREMANDRACEiB, 81, 88.
Urccohna, 125.
Stigmaphyllon, 90.
Telopea, 117.
Trevesia, 102.
Urera, 118
Stillmgia, 119.
Templetoma, 94.
Trewia, 118
Urginea, 128.
Stipa, 134
Tephrosia, 95
Tncalysia, 103.
Ursinia, 107.
Stokesia, 105.
Termmaha, 98.
TnchUia, 91
Urtic-a, 118
Stranvsesia, 96.
Ternstrcemia, 89.
Tnchinium, 116
UHTICACE^:, 84, 118.
Stratiotes, 121.
TERNSTRCKMIACE^B, 81, 89.
Tnchlons, 134
Utnoulana, 113.
Strehtzia, 125
Testudmana, 123.
Tnchocaulon, 110
Uvaria, 86.
Streptocalyx, 126.
Tetracentron, 86.
Tnchocentrum, 123.
Uvulana, 128.
Streptocarpus, 114.
Tetradymia, 107.
Tnrhoglottis, 123.
Streptopus, 127.
Tetragoma, 101.
Tncholcena, 133
Vaccimum, 108.
Streptosolen, 112.
Tctranema, 112.
Tricholcpis, 107.
Vagana, 125
Strobilanthes, 114.
Tetrapanax, 102.
Tnchornanes, 135.
Valcnana, 103.
Stromanthe, 126.
Tetrastigma, 92
Tnchopilui, 123.
VALERIANACE^J, 82 103.
INDEX TO KEY OF FAMILIES AND GENERA
147
Valerianclla, 103.
Vallaris, 110.
Valhsnena, 120.
Vallota, 124
Vaneouvena, 87.
Vanda, 123.
Vandopsis, 123.
VanKiieria, 103.
Vanilla, 122.
Vevtrhia, 130.
Vellozia, 125
VELLOZIACE.E, 85, 125.
Veltheimia, 128.
Venidium, 107.
Veratrum, 128
Verhasrum, 112.
Verbena, 114
VERBENACE^E, 83, 114.
Verbesma, 106
Vernorna, 105
Veronica, 113
Versrhaffeltia, 130.
Vesicana, 88
Vetivena, 133.
Viburnum, 102.
Vina, 04
Victoria, 87.
ViKna, 94
ViRUiera, 106.
Villarsia, 110
Vimmana, 94
Vmca, 110
Vmcctoxicum, 110.
Viola, 88.
VIOJ,ACE,E, 80, 88.
Vifwum, 117.
Visriea, 89
VITACE^:, 81, 92.
Vitex, 114.
Vitis, 92
Vitturlirua, 105.
Vittana, 135.
Vorhysia, 85.
VOCHYSIACE^E, 85.
Vouapa, 95
Vriesia, 126
Waitzia, 105
Waldstemia, 97.
Walhohia, 130
Warpuna, 114.
Warrea, 122
Warscewiczella, 123.
Washington^, 129.
Watsoma, 124.
Wedelea, 107.
Welfia, 131
Welwitsrhia, 120.
Westrmgia, 115.
Whipplea, 97
Whitfieldia, 114.
Wigandia, 111
Wikstrceima, 117.
Wilcoxia, 101.
Wistaria, 95.
Wiltia, 100
Woodsia, 136.
Woodwardia, 136
Wulfema, 113
Xanthihina, 105.
Xanthoccras, 92
Xanthorrhiza, 86
Xanthorrhoea, 127.
Xanthosoraa, 131.
Xanthoxylum, 91.
Xeranthemum, 105.
Xeroph>llum, 128.
Xnn. ma, 91
Xjlobmm, 123.
X>lopia, 86
Xylowiiia, 88.
Yucca, 127.
Zalar<a, 131
Zaluzania, 107
Zulu/mnskya, 112.
Zanna, 120
Zannuhellia, 132
Ztintfd(>«4c hia, 131
Zaus< hiiena, 99
Zoa, 133
Zebrina, 128
Zclkova, 118
Zen obi a, 108
Zeph> ranthrs, 124
Zingibpr, 125
ZlNGIBhRACE^K, 85, 125
Zinnia, 106
Zizania, 133
Zizm, 101
ZizyphuH, 92
Z\Kadenus, 128
Zjgoractus, 100
ZjKopetalum, 123
ZYi.UPHYI IA( £,A£, 81, 90.
Zygophylluni, 90.
NOTE
Tho forfRoinR index compnsps only tho names in the Key, not all those in the
Cyclopedia It is not intended that the Key shall include every small or incidental
generic entry 01 paragraph in the volume*, for that would make it more involved and
complicated (See page 79 ) At the end of boine of the families the names of other
genera are sometimes given, so far as these small entries were positively determined
when the Key was made, for the purpose of aiding the student to a completer knowl-
edge of the familv or of advising him of entries that he might overlook In the progress
of the work, other minor or outlvmg or very recently introduced genera will undoubtedly
be inserted, and such new definitions of genera may be made as will necessitate some
shifting of names All such additional entries will be accounted for, under their proper
families, in the General Index at the close of Vol. VI
NAME-LIST
rtJNGLJSH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
The technical or Dotanical name of a plant is a combination of two words, — the generic word, common to the
entire group or genus; the specific or particular word, designating the given species: as Bnza maxima, the large
briza, B min0r} the small briza, and B media, the intermediate briza The second or species-word usually is an
adjective descriptive of some feature of the plant, although it is sometimes geographical, as Abies sibtnca} the
Siberian abies, or commemorative, as A Frasen, Fraser's amcs Although the species-word is not always dcsigna-
tive and is sometimes even inapplicable, nevertheless the student is aided if he knows what the word means in
English translation, and the following list is inserted to supply this knowledge for eharacteiistic Latin or Latin-
ized descriptive adjectives (in some cases nouns in the genitive or in apposition) applied to the species of plants.
These words are likely to be used in diffeiing meanings m different geneia and as applied by diffeient authors,
in many cases, they do not follow the usages of classical Latin* therefore a list of this kind cannot be exact or
give all the meanings in which the words may be applied as specific names. The generic names (the first word
in the combination) need not be listed here, for they are not adjectives of description but rnade-up substantives,
and, moreover, their origins are explained at the entries in the text.
The species-adjective is made to agree with its genus in gender thus the Latin adjective aureus (golden) takes
the regular masculine termination m Calochot tus aureus, because Calochortus is masculine, the feminine termination
in Albuca aurea, the neater in Acrostichum aureum; m Sorbus it is feminine OS' aurca) even though the generic
name is masculine in form, because most trees are feminine whatever the teimmation of the name In the follow-
ing list, for convenience most of the adjectives are printed in the masculine form. The4 leading exceptions are
those that terminate m -fcr and -gcr, meaning "bearing," these being given in the feminine foim.
The above examples illustrate prevailing terminations of species-words. Other adjectives have other forms,
as mger, mgra, nigrum (black); asper, aspera, asperum (lough); acauhs, acaule (stemless), the termination -ensis
('belonging to, citizen of), as in canaden&ib, canadense (not -MM) Commemorative personal species-names rna> be
in the genitive or in the form of an adjective; as Stanhopea Lindleyi Lmdley's stanhopea; Hclempedium Lindley-
anum, Lmdleyan selempedium If the person's name ends in a hard consonant^ the termination (under the
recent Vienna code) is in double n, as Canna Larnbertn. If for a woman, the termination is feminine, as Acacia
Wayse Substantive names m apposition hold their own termination, anil the woid in such cases should begin
with a capital letter, if it is a proper name or an old generic name, as Hibu>cut> Sabdariffa, Artcnnbia Absinthium,
Begonia Hex Such words are usually old generic names or prominent vernacular substantives, and they com-
monly record some historical connection of the "plant.
In all the regular entries in the Cyclopedia the pronunciation is indicated (see explanation p xn) , but it is
also indicated again in the following lists: wnen the emphatic syllable is indicated as ending in a vowel and with a
grave accent, the vowel is pronounced long, as aculifb hus, pit milus, when it ends in a consonant and is marked with
an acute accent, the vowel is short, as max imus, arven sis There are differences of practice in the pronouncing
of many of the names m this list, but the list represents the method in this Cyclopedia, and if it should so
happen that there are any inconsistencies between the list and the text, it is desired that the list shall hold
Very many names are compounded from generic or subgenenc names, representing similarity or likeness to
These the leader will be able to recognize at once, and they need not be entered in this list Examples are.
achilleat'fohus, achillea-leaved , ach dleoides, achillea-hke , acrostichmdea, acrostichurn-like , bcllulijlorus, belhs-no\v ered ;
lamiifohuk, lam aim- leaved, xiphwides, xiphiurn-like; tremuhformis, tremula-formed or -shaped; cacaliopsis,
caealia-hke, atriphcis, atrip lex-like; scillans, scilla-hke.
The glossary, beginning page 160, will be helpful in giving other botanical equivalents and in accounting
for other words that are sometimes applied as species-names.
abbrevid tus: abbreviated, shortened.
abort! vus: aborted, parts failing
abrup tus: abrupt, suddenly changing
in shape or character.
abyssln icus: Abyssinian.
acau lis: stemless
ac£ph alus: headless
ac6r bus : acerb, harsh or sour (taste).
aceroi des: acer-hke, maple-like.
acerd BUS: needle-shaped.
acicula ris: needle-like.
acidis simus: exceedingly sour.
ac idus: acid, sour
acin& ceus: scimetar-or saber-shaped.
d cris: acrid, sharp
aculea tus: pnckly
acumma tus: acuminate, long-pointed,
tapenng.
acutan gulus: acutely or sharply
angled
acutff idus: acutely or sharply cut.
acutifd lius: acutely leaved, sharp-
leaved.
acutfl obus: acutely lobed.
acutipet alus: petals acute or sharp
(pointed)
acu tus: acute, sharp-pointed.
admirab ilic: admirable, noteworthy.
adn& tus: adriate, joined to
adpres sus: pressed against.
adscen dens: ascending
adsur gens : rising to an erect posi-
tion, ascending
adun cus: hooked
ad venus: newly arrived, adventive.
cegyptl acus: Egyptian
fifem ulus: emulative, imitating.
ad neus: brazen, bronze-colored
aequinoctii lis : pertaining to the equi-
nox
»quip6t alus: eqaal-petaled.
eerugmd sus: rusty, rust-colored.
eestiv& lis: summer.
aestl vus: summer.
sethi&p icus : Ethiopian, African.
affl nis: related (to another species).
(148)
africa nus: African.
agavoi des: Agave-like.
ageratol des: agrratum-hke.
aggrega tus: aggregate, clustered.
agri nus: of the fields.
agrgs tis: of or pertaining to the
fields
aizoi des: aizoon-hke (Aizd on, an
evergreui or tenacious plant).
al& tus: winged
alb6s cens: whitish, becoming white.
al bicans: whitish.
albicau Us: wnite-.stcinmed.
al bidus: white.
albifld rus: white-flowered.
al bifrons: white - fronded, white*
herbaged.
albispl nus: white-spmed
albocmc tus: white-girdled, white-
crowned.
albosp) cus: white-spiked.
al bus: white.
alcic6r nis: elk-horned.
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
149
a!6p picus: of Aleppo (in Syria).
allia ecus: of the albums, garlic-like.
aloi des: aloe-like.
alpes tris: alpine.
alpl nus: alpine.
altft icus : of the Altai Mts. (S Siberia).
altei nans: alternating.
alter nus: alternating, alternate.
al tifrons: tall-fronded or -herbaged.
altfs simus: very tall, tallest.
al tus: tall
amab ilis: lovely.
ami rus: bitter
ambfg uus: ambiguous, doubtful.
amellol des: amellus-hke.
americft nus: American.
ameth^s tmus: amethystine, violet -
colored
amde nus: charming, pleasing.
amphfb ius' amphibious, growing both
in \vater and on land
amplexicau hs: stem-clasping
amplfs simus: most or very ample.
am plus: ample, large, extended
amur&n sis • of the Amur River region
(K Sibrna)
amygdal inus: pertaining to or like
amvgdalus
anacan thus: without spines
anat61 icus. of Anatolia (Asia Minor).
fin ceps* t\vo-hc -tided, two-edged
andfc olus: native of the Andes
andl nus: Andme, Andian, pertaining
to the Andes
andr6g ynus: with Ixjth stammate
and pistillate flowers in one cluster
anfractud BUS: twisted
fin glicus: English, pertaining to Eng-
land
angul nus: snaky, pertaining to ser-
pents
anguli ns: angular, angled,
anguli tus: angular, angled,
anguld sus: angular, angled,
angus tus. narrow
ann6t inus • year-old.
annuli ns: annular, nnged.
annula tus' annular
fin nuus annual, h\ mg but one year.
an6m alus. anomalous, out of the
ordinary or usual
antilla ris- of the Antilles (W. Indies).
antfp odum: of the antipodes.
antiqud rum* of the ancients
anti quus: ancient
apennl nus: pertaining to the Apen-
nines (Italy)
aper tus: uncovered, bare.
apet alus: without petals.
aphyl Ius: leafless.
apicula tus: apiculate, tipped with a
point
appendicuU tus: appendaged, bearing
an extension or additional part or
process.
applana tus: flattened.
apphca tus: joined, attached.
ftp terus: wingless
aquat icus, aquftt ilis: aquatic.
a queus: aqueous, watery.
aquiH nus : aquiline, pertaining to the
eagle.
arab icus: Arabian.
arachnoi des: spider-like, cobwebby.
arbor6s cens: becoming tree-hie,
woody.
arbd reus: tree-like.
arc ticus: arctic.
arcuft tus: bow-like, bowed.
arend nus : of sand or sandy places.
areolft tus: arcolate, pitted.
argenti tus: silvery, silvered.
arggn teus: silvery.
argophyl Ius: silver-leaved.
argu tus. sharp-toothed
argyr& us: silvery.
ar idus: arid
arieti nus: like a ram's head.
arist4 tus: anstate, bearded.
aristd sus: bearded
armd tus: armed (as with thorns).
arc-mat icus: aiomatic
arrect us: raised up, erect
articul& tus: articulated, jointed.
arundina ceus: reed-like.
arven sis: pertaining to cultivated
fields.
ascen dens: ascending.
asiat icus : Asian.
as per: rough
aspera tus: rough
aspencau lis: rough-stemmed.
asper rimus: very rough
assfm ihs: similar, like to.
assur gens: assurgent, clambenng
& ter: coal-bla( k
atlant icus : Atlantic, growing in At-
lantic regions
atri tus: blackened
atropurpu reus • dark purple.
atror ubens: dark red
atrosangufn eus: dark blood-red.
atr&v irens. dark green
attenud tus. attenuated, produced to
a point
atfacus: pertaining to Attica or
Athens, Clreek
augustfs simus: \ery notable.
august us: august, notable, majestic.
auranti acus* orange-red.
aur& olus: golden.
au reus: golden
aunculi tus: auncled, eared.
australi£n sis : belonging to Australia.
austra hs- southern.
austrl acus : Austnan.
autumnft Us: autumnal.
axillft ris: axillary, borne in the axils,
pertaining to the axils.
azu reus: azure, sky-blue.
baccft tus: berried.
bacclf era: berry-bearing.
balear icus: Ualeanan, of the Balearic
Islands
balsft meus: balsamic, balsam-like,
with balsam odor
balsamif era: balsam-bearing.
bambusol des: bambusa-hke, bam-
boo-like
banat icus: of Banat (S. Hungary).
barbaden sis: ofBarbadoes.
bar barus: foreign, from a strange
country
barbi tus: barbed, bearded.
barbfg era: beaung barbs or beards.
basili ns: pertaining to the base or
bottom.
bel Ius: handsome.
benedlc tus: blessed.
benghaUn sis: of Bengal (E. India).
betulot des: Betula-hke, birch-Uke.
bicarmi tus: twice-keeled, with two
keels.
We olor: two-colored
bic6r ms : two-horned
bicornu tus: two-horned
bident& tus: two-toothed
bien ms: biennial, living only two
years.
btf idus: twice cut, in two parts
bifld rus: two-flowered
bifurcd tus: twice-forked
bigfb bus: with two swellings or pro-
jections
bigiu mis: two-glumed.
blj ugus: yoked two together, joined,
fastened together.
bfl obus: two-lobed
bind tus: twin, double, two-and-two.
biner vis: two-nerved
binocula ns: bmo( ular, two-eyed, two-
spotted
biparti tus: two-parted
bip^t alus: two-petaled
bipinnatif idus* bipmnatifid, twice
pmnattly cut
bipinni tus : bipmnate, twice pinnate.
bipunct& tus: two-bpotted
bisec tus: cut in two parts.
bispind sus: two-spmed
biterni tus: twice ternate.
blan dus: bland, mild
bd nus: good
borb6n icus: of Bourbonne (in N. E.
France)
bore& hs. northern
botryoi des: cluster-like, grape-like
brachia tus brachiate, branched at
right angles
brachyp odus- short -stalked
bracted tus: bract t ate, bearing bracts,
bracted sus: bract-bearing
brevicau hs' short -stemmed
br^v ifrons. short-fronded, short-
leaved
brfiv ipes: short-footed, as with short
pedicel or petiole
brevir6s tris: short -beaked.
brfc vis* short
brevisfc tus: shot t-bnst led
brevls pathus: short-spat hed
brevfs simus • ver> short, shortest,
brilliants simus • most brilliant, very
brilliant
brun neus : deep brown
buc£ph alus: ox-headed
bufd mus. pertaining to the toad,
bulbif era' bulb-bearing
bulbd sus: bulbous
bu!14 tus: inflated, swelling, puckered,
bullate
byzantl nus: Byzantine (of the Con-
stantinople region).
C6erul6s cens: becoming or turning
dark blue
cswu leus: cerulean, dark blue.
cfe sms: bluish gray
caespitd sus : cespitose, tufted, grow-
ing in low dense clumps.
cal fer, caffra: Kafir
calab ricus: from Calabna(in S Italy).
calathi nus: basket-like
calcara tus: spurred, with spurs.
calci reus, of or pertaining to lime.
calld sus: thick-skmned, with callosi-
ties.
150
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
cil vus: bald, hairless.
calf c inus : cab x-hke
calyculd tus: calyx -like, calyx-bear-
ing, fruit inclosed m a calyx
cam bricus: Cambrian, Welsh.
campanula: tus: campanulate, bell-
shaped.
campgs tris : of the fields or plains.
canad6n sis: Canadian
canahcuU tus: channeled, grooved.
canan£n sis: of the Canary Isls
can dicans: white, hoary, particularly
white-hairy or white-woolly.
candidfs simus: very white-hairy or
hoary
cantab ncus: from Cantabna (in
Spain)
candidus: white, white-hairy, shining
cane's cens: gray-pubescent
ci nus: ash-colored, hoary.
capln sis: of the Cape (of Good Hope).
capilla ris: hair-hke.
capreol& tus: winding, twining.
capsule ris: capsxilar.
cardind lis: cardinal.
carina tus: keeled
car neus: flesh-colored.
carnd sus: fleshy.
carolim& nus: Carolinian, pertaining
to North or South Carolina, or in-
definitely to the Carolines
carp&th icus : of the Carpathian region
(Europe)
cartilagln eus: like cartilage
caryophylld ceus: clove-like , perhaps
also pertaining to the pink family
cashmeni nus: of Cashmere (Asia)
cathar ticus: cathartic
cathaya nus: of Cathay (China)
caucas icus: belonging to the Cau-
casus (mountain region between
the Black and Caspian Seas).
caudd tus. caudate, tailed
caules cens: caulescent, having a
stem or stems
cauhfld rus: stem-flowered
cenls ms: of Mt Gems (between
France and Italy)
cephala tus: headed, bearing heads
cerasif&r mis: cherry-formed
cerefd hus* wax-leaved
cerif era: wax-bearing
c£r nuus: bending forward, inclined,
drooping, nodding
ceylan icus: of Ceylon, same as zey-
lanicus
chalced6n icus: of Chalcedon (on the
Bosphorus)
chiten BIS: belonging to Chile
chin6n sis: belonging to China.
chloran thus : green-flowered.
chrysan thus : golden-flowered.
chrysocar pus. golden-fruited.
chrysophyl lus : golden-leaved
chrys6s tomus : golden-mouthed,
golden-throated
cilia" ris: cihate, fringed with hairs on
the margin
cili4 tus: cihato, hairy fnngcd.
cilfc icus: of Cihcia (in S. E. Asia
Minor)
cine tus: girded, girdled
cind reug: ash-colored.
cinnabarl nus: cinnabar-red.
cinnamd meus: cinnamon-brown.
circina tus: circinate, coiled.
cirrhd sus: tendnlled.
citra tus: citrus-like
citri nus: citron-colored or -like.
clandestl nus: concealed
clava tus: clavate, club-shaped.
clematld eus: pertaining to or like
clematis
clype& tus : with a shield.
cocclf era: berry-bearing.
coccm eus- scailet.
cochleS ris : spoon-like.
cochlea" tus: spoon-like.
ccelestl nus: sky-blue.
code's tis: celestial, sky-blue.
colll nus. pertaining to a hill.
coloral tus : colored (other than green)
comi tus: with coma or hair.
commu ms: common, general, gre-
garious
commuta tus: changed 01 changing.
comd sus: with long hair
compac tus: compact, dense
complex us: circled, embraced
complied tus: complicate, page 162
compres sus: compressed
c&mp tus: adorned, ornamented
c&n cavus • concave, hollowed out
concln nus: neat, well made
c&n color: colored similarly
conden sus: condensed, crowded
confer tus: ciowded
confdr mis: similar, like to
confu sus: confused, uncertain (as to
characteristics)
conges tus: congested, brought to-
gether
conglomer& tus: conglomerate,
crowded together
conlf era*: cone-bearing
conjuga" tus: connected, joined to-
gether
conoid eus: conoid, cone-like
cons&l idus: consolidated, solid, sta-
ble
conspfc uus: conspicuous, marked
constrlc tus: constricted
contfg uus : contiguous, near together.
contor tus. contorted, twisted.
contrac tus: contracted
corallifld rus : coral-flowered.
coral ImuS' coral-red
corda tus: cordate, heart-shaped.
cordifd hus: cordate-leaved, heart-
leaved
coria ceus: leathery.
cormcula" tus: horned.
cornlg era: horn-bearing.
cornu tus: horned
corona nus: used for or belonging to
garlands
corona" tus: crowned
corruga tus: corrugated, wrinkled.
c6r sicus: Cor&ican (island in the
Mediterranean) .
corticd sus . heavily furnished with bark.
corus cans: vibrating, glittering.
corymblf era: corymb-bearing.
corymb 6 sus: corymbose.
costa tus: costate, ribbed.
crassicau lis: thick-stemmed.
crassifd hus: thick-leaved.
eras sipes: thick-footed or -stalked
eras sus: thick, fleshy.
crena tus: crenate, scalloped.
crenuia tus: crenulate, somewhat
scalloped.
crepida" tus: sandaled, slippered.
cr6p itans: rattling, rustling.
cretft ceus: cretaceous, pertaining to
chalk
crSt icus : of Crete (island in Eastern
Mediterranean)
crinl tus : h.ui > , provided with hair,
crfs pus. crisped, curled
cnstd. tus: custate, crested
crocA tus. saffron-yellow
crd ceus: saffron-colored, yellow.
cruciA tus: cruciate, cioss-hke.
cruclf era: cross-bearing.
cru6n tus : bloody
crystal linus : crystalline.
cub€n sis. Cuban
cuculld tus: hooded
cultra tus. cultiate, knife-shaped.
cunea* tus: cuncate, wedge-shaped,
cuneifd hus: wedge-leaved
cuneif6r mis. wt-dge-lormed.
cu preus: copper -hku or -colored,
curvd tus. curved
cuspid^ tus. cuspidate, with a cusp
or sharp stiff point
cyi neus: blue
cyhndr4 ceus. cylindrical
cylin dncus : cylmdru al
cymbif 6r mis : boat-formed.
cymd sus. cymed, liavmg a cyme or
cymes
cy preus: copper-like, see cupreus.
dactyllf era: finger-bearing
dahu ricus, davu ncus : Of Dahuna or
Dauna (in Trans-Baikal Siberia,
near the frontier of China)
dalmat icus : Dalmatian (on eastern
side of the Adriatic)
damasce nus : of Damascus.
dasycar pus: thick-fruited
dealbd tus: whitened, white-washed.
d6b ihs. weak, frail.
decan drus. ten-stamened.
decap^t alus: ten-petdled
decfd uus : deciduous, with parts fall-
ing
decfp lens: deceptive
dechna tus: declined, bent down-
ward
decold rans: discoloring, btainmg
decomp6s itus: decompound, more
than once compound or divided.
d6c orans: adorning
deed rus: elegant, comely, becoming.
decum bens: decumbent, reclining at
the base but the top or tips upright.
decur rens: decurrent, as a leaf ex-
tending clown the stem
defl£x us: cleflexed, bent abruptly
downward.
def 6r mis : misshapen, deformed.
delec tus: chosen.
dehcatfs simus : most or very delicate.
delict tus: delicate, tender.
delicid sus: delicious.
deltoid eus: deltoid, triangular.
demls sus: low, weak.
dendroid eus: tree-like.
densifld rus : densely flowered.
din BUS: dense.
denta tus: toothed.
denticuld. tus: denticulate, ah'ghtly
toothed.
dentd sus: toothed.
denuda tus: denuded, naked.
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
151
depauperi tus: depauperate, starved,
dwarfed.
depen dens: hanging down.
depr6s BUS: depressed.
deus tus: burned,
devasta tor: (feminine devaatatrix):
devastating, laying waste.
diacan thus: two-spmed.
diade ma: a diadem, crown.
dian drus: with two stamens.
diaph anus: diaphanous, very thin,
transparent.
dich&t omus: forked, two-branched
equally.
dlch rons: of two colors.
dic6c cus: with two bernes.
did ymus: in a pair, as of anthers
diff&r mist of differing forms.
diffu BUS: diffuse, spreading
digiti tus: digitate, compound in
form like the fingers
dllatd tus : dilated, expanded.
dilA tus: dilated, spread out
dimidift tus: halved, m two equal
parts
dim&r phus: dimorphous, two-formed
dl odon: with two teeth
diol cus: dioecious
dipet alus: two-petaled.
diphjl lus: two-leaved
dipsi ceus: of the teasel or Dipsacus.
discoid eus: discoid, rayless
dfs color: of two or of different
colors
dfs par: dissimilar, unlike
dissec tus: dissected, deeply cut.
dissim ilis: dissimilar, unlike,
dissitifld rus: remotely or loosely
flowered
distd chyus: two-spiked
dfs tans: distant, separate, remote
dfs tichus: two-ranked, with leaves or
flowers in ranks on opposite sides of
stem.
dis tylus: two-styled
diur nus: day-flowering.
divaricft tus: divaricate, spreading,
widely divergent
diver gens: diveigmg, wide-spreading.
diversifid rus: diversely flowered, vari-
able-flowered
diversifd hus: variable-leaved,
divi sus: divided, separated
dodecan dius: twelve-stamened
dolabnf 6r mis : hatchet- or ax-shaped,
dold sus: deceitful
dome's ticus: domestic, domesticated.
drup& ceus: drupe-like.
drupif era: drupe-bearing,
dft bius: dubious, doubtful.
dul cis: sweet.
dumetd rum: of bushes or hedges,
dumd sus: bushy.
d& plez: double,
duplici tus: duplicate, double,
durab ihs: durable, lasting.
durac inus: hard-berried,
durius culus : somewhat hard or rough.
ebena ceus: ebony-like.
ebractea tus: bractlcss.
ebur neus: ivory-white,
echini tus: bristly, prickly.
echinocar pus: prickly-fruited,
echinosep alus: pnckly-sepaied.
ecornu tus: homles*
edulis: edible.
effft sus: very loose-spreading.
elas ticus: elastic.
ela tior: taller.
ela tus: tall.
€1 egans: elegant.
elegantfs simus: most elegant, very
elegant.
elephan turn: of the elephants.
ellip ticus: elliptical.
elonga tus: elongated, lengthened.
emargmA tus: emargmate, with a
shallow notch at the apex,
emit icus: emetic.
em inens: eminent, prominent,
enneaphyl lus: nine-leaved,
ensa tus: sword-shaped.
ensifd hus: sword-leaved.
ensif&r nvs: sword-formed or -shaped,
entomdph ilus: insect-loving.
eques tns: pertaining to the horse,
equl nus* of horses
erec tus : erect, upright,
erian thus: woolly-flowered,
ericoi des enra-like, heath-like.
enocar pus: woolly-fruited
enoceph alus: woolly-headed
erd sus: erose, jagged, as if gnawed
erraticus: orratic, unusual, sporadic.
erub6s cens. blushing
erythrocar pus: red -fruited
erythroceph alus: red-headed,
erythr&p odus: red-footed, red-
stalked
erythrop terus: rod-winged,
esculen tus: esculent, edible.
estn& tus : without stnpes.
etuberd sus : without tubers.
europsfe us. European.
exalta tus : exalted, very tall.
excavd tus: excavated, hollowed out.
excel lens' excellent, excelling.
excel sus: tall.
excl sus: excised, cut away.
exfg uus: little, small, poor.
exfm ms: dibtuiguished, out of the
ordinary.
exitid sus: pernicious, destructive.
exole tus • mature, fully grown, dying
away
ex&t icus: exotic, from another
country
expan sus: expanded
exsculp tus: dug out, carved out.
exser tus: exserted, protruding from.
exsur gens : rising up, standing up.
ext£n sus: extended.
exu dans: exuding.
£ aba ceus: f aba-like, bean-like.
falci tus: falcate, mckle-shaped or
scythe-shaped.
falcifd hus: falcate-leaved.
falcif6r mis: sickle-formed.
fal lax: deceptive.
farina ceus: containing farina or
starch, or like flour; perhaps also
farinose.
farinff era: farina-bearing.
fannd sus: farinose, mealy, powdery.
fascia tus: fasciate, abnormally flat-
tened and broadened.
fasciculi ris: fascicled, clustered,
brought together.
fasciculi tus: fascicled.
f ascinA tor : fascinating, charming.
f astigid. tus : f astigiate, branches erect
and close together,
fastud sus: proud.
febrlf ugus: febnfuge, fever-dispellhig.
fenestri hs: with window-like open-
ings
f6 rox: ferocious; very thorny,
f 6r reus : pertaining to iron,
ferrugfn eus: rusty, of the color of
iron rust
fer tabs: fertile, fruitful.
festl vus: festive, gay, bright,
fibrd sus: fibrous, bearing prominent
fibers
flcold eus: fig-like,
filamentd sus: filamentous, composed
of threads or bearing threads,
fihcft tus: fern-like, ferny,
flhcifd hus. fern-leaved,
fihcl nus: fern-like
filicoi des: fern-like.
filtf era : bearing filaments or threads,
filifd hus: thread -leaved, with leaves
cut into thread-like divisions,
fihf&r mis: filiform, thread-like
fflipes: with stalks thread-like,
fimbnil tus: fimbnated, fnnged.
firmd tus: firm, made firm.
fir mus: firm, strong.
fissifd hus: split-leaved.
fis sihs: fissile, cleft or split.
ffs sus: cleft, split
fistuld sus: fistular, hollow-cylin-
drical.
flabelli tus: flabellate, with tan-like
parts
flabelhf&r mis: fan- formed,
flic cidus: flaccid, soft
flagelli ns: flagellate, whip-like.
flagella tus: whip4ike
flagellifdr mis: whip-formed
flagel lum : a scourge or flail,
flam meus: flame-colored
flaves ccns: yellowish, becoming yel-
low or yellowish -
flavfc omus: yellow- wooled or -haired.
flav idus : yellow, yellowish.
flavispi nus: yellow-spmed.
flavls simus: very yellow, deep yellow.
flfi vus: yellow
fl6x ihs: flexible, pliant.
flexud sus : flcxuosc, tortuous, zig-zag.
floccd sus: woolly.
fld re-al bo: with white flowers.
florenti nus: Florentine.
fld re-plft no: with full or double
flowers
flonbun dus: free-flowering, bloom-
ing profusely
fl6r idus: flowering, full of flowers.
flil itans: floating.
fluviat ihs: pertaining to a river.
fcfem ina: female.
foeniculi ceus: fennel-hke.
foetidls simus: very fetid.
feet idus: fetid, bad-smelling.
foha tus: with leaves.
fohola tus: with leaflets.
fohd sus: leafy, full of leaves.
follicula ris: bearing follicles, fol-
hcled.
forflci tus: shear-shaped.
fonmc»f6r mis: ant-shaped, ant-like*
formosfs simus: most or very beau-
tiful.
formd sus: beautiful, handsome.
152
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
fovea tus: pitted.
frag ills: fragile, brittle.
frft grans: fragrant, odorous.
fragrantfs simus: very fragrant
fraxfn eus: fraxmous, like Fraxmus
or ash trees
frig idus: cold, of cold regions.
frondd sus: fronded, leafy.
fructff era: fnnt-bearmg, fruitful.
fructlg enus: fruitful.
frutes cens. shrubby, bushy
fruticd sus: fruticose, shrubby, bushy.
fuca tus: painted, dyed.
fu gax: swift
ful gens: shining, glistening.
fulgidus: fulgid, shining
fuhgmd sus: black -painted or -col-
ored, sooty
fulves cens: fulvous or becoming ful-
vous
fulvus: fulvous, tawny, orange-gray-
yellow
funi Us : of a rope or cord
fu nebris:. funereal
fungd sus: fungous, pertaining to a
fungus, spongy
funicuU tus. of a slender rope or
cord, with a funicle (stalk of an
o\ule or seed).
fur cans: forked
furcfi tus: furcate, forked
fus cus: fuscous, brown, dusky.
fusifdr mis: spindle-shaped
galenculi tus: helmet-like.
gal licus: of Gaul or France, also per-
taining to a cock or rooster
gandav£n sis: belonging to Ghent,
Belgium
gargan icus: belonging to Gargano
(Eastern Italy).
g£l idus: ice-cold
gemmd. tus : twin
gemimfld rus: twin-flowered
gemma tus: gemmed, jewelled, also
bearing buds
gemmif era: bud-bearing.
geneven sis: belonging to Geneva.
genicuiatus: jointed, kneed.
geoi des: of the earth
geom6t ncus: geometncal, in a pat-
tern
german icus: German, of Germany.
gibberd sus: humped, hunchbacked
gibbifld rus: giblx>us-flowercd.
gibbd sus: swollen on one side
gib bus: gibbous, swollen on ono side.
gigantS us: gigantic, very large.
gig&nticus: gigantic
gl gas: of giants, immense.
glab£l lus: smoothish.
gift ber: glabrous, smooth.
glab£r rimus : most smooth, smoothest.
glabra tus : somewhat glabrous or
smooth.
glabres cens: smoothish, or becoming
so.
glacii Us: icy, frozen.
gladia tus: sword-like.
glandulif era: gland-bearing.
glanduld sus: glandular.
glastifd lius: with leaves like' the
dyer's woad (Isatis, once called
Glastum).
glauce's cens: glaucescent, becoming
glaucous.
glaucifd lius: glaucous-leaved
glaucophyl lus : glaucous-leaved.
glau cus: glaucous, with a bloom,
grayish.
globd sus: globose, spherical, nearly
or quite globular.
globuia ns: of a little ball or sphere.
globullf era: globule-bearing, globe-
bearing.
globuld sus: globviled, like a little ball.
glomera tus: glomerate, clustered
glond sus: glorious, superb
gluma ecus: glumed, with glumes or
glume-like structures
glutind sus: glutinous, gluey, sticky.
gongyld des: roundish.
gracilen tus: slender.
grac ihs giaceful, slender.
gracfl hmus: graceful, very slender.
grsb cus: of Greece, Greek
gramfn eus: grassy, grass-like
gramimfd bus: gi ass-leaved.
gran diceps: large-headed
grandicus pis: with large cusps or
points
grandidenta tus: large- or big-toothed
grandifld rus: large-flowered
grandifd lius: large-leaved
grandif6r mis: on a large scale, of a
big kind
grandipuncta tus: with large spots
gran dis: large, big
granuia tus. granulate, covered with
minute giams
granuld sus: granulate, granulose
gratis simus: -very pleasing or agree-
able
gra tus: pleasing, agreeable.
grave olens: heavy-scented
grcenland icus: of Greenland.
guianen sis: of Guiana (South
America)
gumeen sis: of (iuinea (Afuca)
gummif era- gum-bearing
gutta tus: spotted, speckled
gymnocar pus: naked-frtnted
g^ rans. g> rating, revolving in a circle.
haeman thus: blood-red-flowered.
ham.a tus: hooked
hamd sus: hooked
harpophyl lus: sickle-leaved.
hasta tus- hastate, spear-shaped.
hastff era: spear-bearing
hasti lis: of a javelin or spear.
hebecar pus: pubescent-fruited
hederi ceus: of the ivy (Hedera).
hehan thus: sunflower.
helv6ticus: Swiss, of Helvetia
(Switzerland).
h61 volus: pale yellow.
hemisph£r icus: hemispherical.
heptaphyl lus: seven-leaved.
herbi ceus: herbaceous, dying to the
ground and not woody.
herbarid rum: of the herbaria
heteracan thus: vanous-spined.
heteran thus : various-flowered, varia-
ble in flowers.
heterocar pus: various-fruited.
hete'r odon: various-toothed.
heterog!6s sus: various-tongued.
heterom6r phus: various in form.
heterophyl lus : various-leaved, with
leaves of more than one shape.
hexagondp torus: six-angled-wmged.
hexagd nus: hexagonal, six-angled.
hexap6t alus : six-petaled.
hi ans' open, gaping
hiberna' lis : of or pertaining to winter.
hibgr nicus: Hibernian, of or pertain-
ing to Ireland.
hieroglyph icus : hieroglyphic, marked
as if with signs.
himaia. icus: Himalayan.
bird nus: of a goat, with a goat's odor.
hirsutfs simus: very hairy, most
hairy
hirsu tulus: somewhat hirsute or
hairy
hirsu tus: hirsute, hairy
hirtel lus: somewhat hairy.
hirtifl6 rus: hairy-flowered
hlr tipes: hairy-stalked or -stemmed.
hlr tus. hauv
hispan icus' Spanish, of Spam
hispidfs simus: most or very bristly.
hispid ulus : somewhat hispid or
bnstly
his pidus* hispid, bristly
histn&n icus: histrionic, pertaining to
the stage or to actors
holoserfc eus: woolh -silky.
honzonti hs . horizontal
h6r ridus : provided with spines or
barbs, prickly
hort6n sis: belonging to the hortus or
garden
hortfc olus: a little garden, of the
gaidcn
horti rum: of gaidens
hortula nus: pertaining to a garden
humifu sus* sprawling on the ground
hu milis* low-growing, dwarf
hyacinth mus : hyacmthine, sapphire-
colored
hyacmthot des: like the hyacinth.
hyal mus: transparent, translucent
hyb ndus: h\bnd, mixed, mongrel
hyema Its: ofwmtei, also fnemalis
hygrom^t ricus: hygrometric, taking
up uater
by menan thus : membranaceous-
nowort-d
hymend des- membrane-like
hyperbd reus: far northern
hypocratenfor mis' salver-shaped,
flower with a slender cylindrical
tube and flat spreading limb
hypogjfe us: underground, subter-
ranean
hypoglau cus: glaucous beneath
hypoleil cus: whitish, pale
hypophy"l lus: under the leaf
fay's trix: porcupine-like, bnstly.
ian thinus: violet, violet-blue.
iber icus: of Iberia (the Spanish
peninsula).
icosan drus: twenty-stamened
ignes cens: fiery.
Ig neus: fiery.
ilicifd lius: ilex-leaved, holly-leaved.
illustra. tus: pictured
illus tris: bright, bnlhant, lustrous.
illyr icus: of Illyria (Grecian Pen-
insula)
imbe'r bis: without beards or spines.
fm bricans: imbricating.
imbricA tus: imbricated, lapping over,
shingled.
immacuU tus: immaculate, spotless.
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
153
imm£r BUB: immersed, under water
impera tor: commanding, imperious,
imperift hs: imperial, kindly.
imp!6x us: implicated, interwoven.
impre's SUB: impressed, sunken in.
inaequalifd lius: unequal-leaved.
insequft lis: unequal.
inacquilat ems: unequal-aided.
inca nus: hoary
incarnft tus: flesh-colored.
inc6r tus: uncertain, doubtful,
incisifd lius: cut-leaved.
inci sus: incised, cut.
inclina tus: inclined, bent down-
ward.
incomparab ilia: incomparable, excftl-
ling.
inc6mp tus: rude, unadorned, not at-
tractive,
inconspic uus: inconspicuous, not
prominent
incurvd tus: incurved, bent inward,
incur vus: incurved
indenta tus: indented, dented
In dicus: Indian, of India or the East
Indies.
indivl sus: undivided.
in6r mis: unarmed, without thorns or
spines.
infectd rius: used for dying, pertain-
ing to dyes
infes tus: dangerous, unsafe.
infla tus: inflated, swollen up.
infortuna tus: unfortunate.
infrac tus: broken
infundibulif6r mis: funnel-shaped,
trumpet-shaped.
infundfb ulum: a funnel,
inodd rus: without odor, scentless.
inorna tus: without ornament, not
showy.
In quinans: polluting, discoloring.
inscrfp tus: inscribed, written on
mslg ms: remarkable, distinguished,
marked
insititius: grafted,
mtac tus: intact, untouched.
In teger: entire,
integer rimus: very entire.
mtegnf 6 lius : entire-leaved.
interjSc tus' interjected, put between.
intcrmd dius: intermediate.
mterrup tus: interrupted.
mtertlxtus: interwoven, intertwined
intnca tus: intricate, entangled.
mtr&r BUS : introrse, turned inward
intumes cens: swollen, puffed up,
tumid
intyba ceus: pertaining to chicory
(Intybus).
inv6r sus: inverse, turned over, up-
side down.
invi BUB: unseen, overlooked,
involucra tus: involucrcd, with an
involucre.
involu tus: involute, rolled inward.
ionan thus : with flowers like the violet.
ion&p terus: with wings iiko the violet.
irid6s cens: iridescent, changing color
at different angles.
iridifld rus: iris-flowered,
irregula ris: irregular,
isan drus: with equal stamens.
isop6t alus: equal-petaled.
isophyl lus: equal-leave^.
ital icui: Italian.
jamaic6n sis: of Jamaica.
jap6n icus: Japanese, of Japan,
jasmin eus: jasmine-like.
jasminifld rus: jasmine-flowered,
javan icus: Javan, of Java,
jubi tus: crested, with a mane*
jucun dus: agreeable, pleasing.
jugdsus: joined, yoked
jun ceus: Juncus-hke, rush-like.
kashmirii nus: of Cashmere or Hash-
mere.
kew£n sis: belonging to Kew (K*>w
Gardens, England).
koraia nus: of Corea, also coreanua.
labia tus: labiate, lipped
labid sus: lipped.
lach ryma: a tear.
lacinia tus: lacimate, torn, cut or
slashed into narrow lobes,
lacuud sus: lucimose, lacmiate.
lacta tus: milky
lie teus: milk-white
lactic olor: milk-colored.
lacttf era : milk-bearing, milky-juiced.
lactifld rus: flowers milk-colored,
lacund sus: witn hol^s or pits.
lacus tris: pertaining to lakes.
ladanlf era: ladanum-beanng.
lactSv irens : light green, vivid green.
i«fe tus* bright, vivid
laevicau hs: smooth-stemmed.
laeviga tus : smooth
Idevipes: smooth - footed, smooth-
stalked
Ife vis: smooth
laevius culus: smoothish, somewhat
smooth
lana tus: woolly.
lanceola tus: lanceolate.
Ian ecus* Luice-like
lancifd hus: lance-leaved.
lanlg era: wool-bearing.
lanugmd sus: woolly, downy,
lappi ceus: pertaining to a glob'ilar
hooked bur; Lappa-hke
Iapp6n icus: of Lapland
lancifd hus: larch-leaxed.
larlc inus: Lanx-hke, larch-like.
lasiocar pus: rough -fruited, rough-
hairy.
lasiopet alus: with petals rough-hairy.
latenfld rus: lateral- flowered, with
flowers on the side
laterltms: brick-red
latifd hus: broad-lea\ ed
latifrons: broad-fronded, broad-her-
baged, broad-leaved
latimacula tus: broad-spotted
latipes: broad-footrd, broad -stalked.
latfs simus: broadest, very broad.
la tus: broad, wide
laurifd hus: laurel -leaved.
laurl nus: laurel-hke.
lavandula ceus: lavender-like.
laxifld rus: loose-flowered.
laxifd hus: loose-leaved.
lax us: lax, open, loose.
leian thus: smooth-flowered.
leiocit pus: smooth-fruited.
leiophyl lus: smootn-leuved.
lenticula ns: lenticular, lens-shaped.
i6n tus; pliant, tenacious, tough.
Ieontogl6s sus: lion-tongue-a or
-throated.
leopard! uus: leopard-spotted,
lepidophyl lus: scaly-leaved.
leprd sus: of leprosy, scurfy.
leptocau hs: thin-stemmed, slender-
stemmed,
leptoc ladus: thin-stemmed or
-branched.
leptol epis: thin-scaled,
leptoph^l lus: thin- or slender-leaved,
leptosep alus: thm-scpaled.
lep topus : thin- or slender-stalked.
leucan thus: white-flowered
leuc&b otrys : with white clusters.
leucoceph alus : white-headed,
leuconeu rus: white-nerved
leucophyl lus: white-leaved
leucorhi zus: white-rooted.
hbur mcus: of Liburma (west of
Adnatic).
lignd sus: woody
ligula ns: hgulatc, strap-shaped,
hlac mus: lilac
hlafld rus: lily-flowered
limbi tus: bordered
limo sus: of muddy or marahy places,
linanifd Uus: hnana-leaved
bneanfd lius: linear-leaved
linearfl obus: linear-lobed
hnea ns : linear
linea tus: lined, with lines or stripes,
lingula tus: tongue-shaped
Imifd hus: limim-leaved, flax-leaved,
linophyl lus: flax-lea\ed
hthosper mus: with seeds stone-like,
littora hs: of the seashore
liv idus: livnd, bluish.
loba tus: lobed
lobula ris: lobed
lohd ceus: Lohum-hke (Lohum com-
prises the rye-gf asses)
longebracteS tus: long-bracted,
longepeduncula tus : long - peduncu -
late.
longicauda tus: long-tailed.
longifld rus: long-flowered
longifd lius: long-leaved
longihama tus: long-hooked
longilamind tus: with long laminae 01
plates.
longfl obus: long-lobed.
longimucrona tus: long-mucronate.
l&ng _-.es: long-footed, long-stalked.
longipgt alus: long-petaled.
longipmna tus. long-pinnate.
longiracemd sus: loiiR-raremed.
longisca pus* long-scaped
longisep alus: loug-sepaled.
longis pathus: long-spathed.
longispi nus: long-spmed.
longis simus: longest, v ery long.
longis tylus: long-stalked.
l&n gus : long.
lonfd hus: strap-leaved
lu cidus: lucid, bnght, shining, clear*
ludovicii nus: of Louisiana.
lugdunen sis : belonging to the region
of Lyons.
luna tus: lunate, moon-shaped, moon-
like, crehcent-shaped.
lunula tus: somewhat moon-shaped.
lupulinus: Lupulus-hke, hop-like.
lu ridus: lurid, wan, sallow, pale yel-
low.
lutfe olus: yellowish.
lutes cens: yellowish, becoming yel-
low.
154
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
Id teus: yellow.
luxft rians: luxuriant, thrifty.
lyrA tus: lyrate, pinnatifid with large
terminal lobe.
macilln tus : lean, meager.
macran drus: with large anthers.
macran thus: large-flowered.
macr6b otrys: large-clustered.
macrocar pus: large-fruited
macroclph alus: large-headed.
macrodac tylus: large-fingered.
macrod6n tus: large-toothed.
macrop£t alus: with large petals.
macrophyl lus: large-leaved
macroplec tron: large-spxirred.
macr6p odus: large-footed or -stalked.
macr6p terus: large-winged.
macrospa dix: with large spadix.
macrosta chyus: large-spiked.
macrostd gius: large-decked.
macrostd mus: with large filaments.
macr&s tylus: large-styled.
macro^ ruse large-tailed.
macula tus: spotted.
maculd sus: spotted
maesi acus : of Moesia, ancient name
of Bulgaria and Servia
magellan icus: Straits of Magellan
region
magnlf icus : magnificent, eminent,
distinguished
maja Us: of May, Maytime.
majgsticus: majestic.
mi JOT, md. jus: greater, larger.
malabar icus: of Malabar (in Bntish
India)
mahf6r mis: apple-formed.
malva ceus: Malva-hkc, mallow-like
mammd sus: breasted, with breasts
mamca tus: mamcate, long-sleeved,
covered densely as with thick hairs
so that the covering can be re-
moved as such
marc6s cens: withering but not fall-
ing
mar cidus: withering but not falling
off.
marganta ceus: pearly, of pearls
margma lis: marginal, marked in
some way along the margins or
edges
margina tus: margined.
margin61 lus: somewhat margined
manland icus : of the Maryland
region; also written maryiandicus
marlt imus: maritime, of the sea
marmora tus: marbled, mottled
marmd reus: marbled
marmorophyl lus : leaves marbled.
marocca nus: of Morocco.
mas: male
mascula tus: masculine.
mas culus: male, masculine.
matrona hs: pertaining to matrons.
mauritan icus : of Mauretania (N.
Africa).
maxilla ris: maxillary, of the jaw.
max imus: largest.
mediterra ncus: of the Mediterra-
nean region.
md dius: medium, intermediate.
medulla1 ris t of the marrow or center
or pith.
megalan thus: large-flowered.
megaphyl lus: large-leaved.
megapotam icus: of the large river.
megarrhi zus: large-rooted
megasper mus: large-seeded.
megasta chyus: huge-spiked.
megastig mus: with large stigma.
melanan thus: black-flowered.
melanchdl icus: melancholy, hang-
ing or drooping.
melanocau Ion: black-stemmed.
melanococ cus: black-berried.
melanoleu cus: black-and-white.
melan&x ylon: black- wooded
melea gns: like a guinea-fowl,
speckled
mei leus: pertaining to honey.
mellif era: honey-bearing
melofdr mis: melon-shaped
membrana ceus . membianaceou s,
membianous, thin and more or less
translucent
memscifd hus: crescent-leu ved
mesoleu cus: mixed with white
metal hcus: metallic (color or luster)
mexica nus. Mexican, of Mexico
mi cans: glittering, sparkling, mica-
like
micran thus: small-flowered.
microcar pus- small-fruited.
mfc rodon: small-toothed
microglos sus. sniall-tongued
microl epis. small-scaled
micrdm ens. small- numbered, of
small number of parts
micropei alus: small-petaled
microphyl lus: small-leaved
micr6p terus: small-winged
microsep alus: sm all-sepal ed
microstd mus: of small filaments or
stemlcts.
miht& ns: military
millefoli^ tus. thousand-leaved.
millefd hus. thousand-leaved, leaves
01 paits \ery many.
mi mus. mimic
ml nax threatening, forbidding
minia tus- c iimabar-red
minimus, kast, small* st
ml nor, ml nus. binulkr
mmutis simus. very or most minute
minu tus: minute, very small
mirab ilis: marvellous, extraordinary,
wonderful
mistassin icus: of Lake Mistassmi,
(Quebec)
ml tis: mild, gentle.
mitra tus: turbaned.
mix tus: mixed
mod6s tus: modest.
moldav icus: of Moldavia (in Ru-
mania)
m61 hs: soft, soft-hairy.
mollis simus: very soft-hauy.
molucca nus: of the Moluccas (East
Indies)
monadSl phus: in one group or bundle.
mong61 icus: of Mongolia
monillf era: bearing a necklace.
monacan thus: one-spmed.
monoceph alus: single-headed.
mon&g ynus: of one pistil.
monol cus: monoecious.
monop^t alus: one-petaled.
monophy'l lus: one-leaved.
mon6p terus: one-winged.
mcnopyre nus: bearing one stone or
pyrene.
monos6p alus: one-scpaled.
monospc§r mus- one-seeded
monosta chyus. singk-spiked
monspehen sis: of Moutprher
monspessula nus' of Moritpeher.
monstrd sus: monstrous, wholly ab-
normal or deformed, teratological
monta nus: pei taming to mountains
or mountainous legions
monteviden sis1 of Montevideo
(Ui uguay)
montfc olus. native of mountains
moscha tus- musky, musk-scented.
mucrona tus. mucionate, tipped with
a shoit shaij) point or mucro
mucronula tus: with a small niucro or
point
multibractea tus: many-bracted
multicau hs: many-stemmed, with
numerous stems
mul ticeps. many- headed, many
blanched
multic olor many-coloied
multif idus. muldhd, many times
paited
multifld rus. man\-flowered
multifurca tus much -forked, many
times foiked
multfj ugus many in a yoke, many
times joined
multmer vis: man.\ -m rved
mul tiplex man> -folded
multiradia tus' manj -radiate, with
numerous ia>s
multisec tus. many times cut, much
cut or dissected
mun dulus trim, neat
muni tus- dc>fendcd, fortified
mura lis4 of \\ ills, growing on walls,
munca tus muiuate, roughed by
means of haul points
musclp ula. a mouse-trap
mutab ilis. changeable, variable,
mutant
mutd tus c-hangcuble
mu ticus blunt, pointless
mutila tus inudl tt«l
mynacan thus, nuinlx iless spined,
\(>i\ man\-spinc'(l
myriocar pus: \er\ many-fruited.
myrmec6ph ilus* ant-loving
myrtifd hus. m>i tie-leaved.
nil nus' (hvarf
napif&r mis: tui nip-shaped
narbonen sis* of Nai bonne (ancient
region 01 piovinre of .S France).
na tans: floating, swimming
navicula ns* pertaining to a ship.
neapolita nus Neapolitan
nebuldsus: nebulous, clouded, in-
definite, obs( ure
neglec tus: neglected, overlooked
nemora hs: of groves or woods.
nemord sus' of groves or woods and
shady pla< es
nepalen sis: of Nepal (Himalayan
region)
nerufd lius: nenum-leaved, oleander-
leaved
nervd sus: nerved
nevaden sis: of the Sierra Nevadaa
(in Spam or N America).
nfc titans: blinking, moving.
nl dus: nest
ni ger: black.
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
155
nigrft tus: blackish.
nigr£s ceng : blackish, becoming black.
nfg ricans: black.
nignc6r nis: black-horned
nfg npes: black-footed or -stalked.
ni!6t ica: of the Nile.
ni tens: shining
nit idus: shining.
mv4 hs: snowy, pertaining to snow.
nlv eus: snowy.
nivd sus: snowy, full of snow.
nobfl lor: more noble
n6b ihs : noble, famous, renowned.
nobilis simus: most or very noble
nodifld nis: with flowers at nodea
nodd sus: with nodes, jointed.
nonscrfp tus: undestnbed
nootkat6n sis: of Nootka (Nootka
Sound is by Vancouver Island).
noti tus: marked
nfi vae-an gliae. of New England,
nd vae-caesard ae: of New Jersey,
nd vae-zealind lae: of New Zealand,
noveboracen sis: of New York
nd vi-b61 gii: of New Belgium or New
Netherlands (i e , New York)
nubfc olus: dwelling among clouds
nucff era: nut-bearing
nudi tus- nude, stripped
nudicau Us: naked-stemmed
nudifld rus: naked-flowered
nu dus* nude, naked
nutmsmA tus: pertauung to money,
coin-like
nu tans: nodding
nycttc alus: night-blooming.
obc6n icus: inversely conical,
obcordi tus: ob cordate, inversely
cordate
obd sus: obese, fat
obfusci tus: clouded, confused.
obli quus: oblique, unequal and
planting
obhteri tus: obliterated, erased, not
apparent
oblongd tus: oblong,
oblongtfd hus: oblong-leaved.
ob!6n gus: oblong.
obova tus: obovate, inverted ovate.
obscti rus- obscure, hidden
obsolfe tus : obsolete, rudimentary
obtusd. tus. obtuse, blunt
obtusifd hus: blunt-leaved.
obtusfl obus: blunt-lobed
obtft sus: obtuse, blunt, rounded.
occident& hs: occidental, western.
ocean icus: oceanic, perhaps of
Oceamca
ocelli tus: eyeleted, with small eyes,
ochrei tus: with an ochrea or boot-
sheath.
ochroleft cus: yellowish white
oct&n drus: with eight anthers.
octop6t alus: eight-petalcd.
octophyl lus: eight-leaved
oculi tus: eyed, with eye-like marks.
odontl tes: tooth.
odontochi lus: with toothed Up or
margin
odoratfs simus: most or very odor-
.ous, very fragrant.
odord tus: odorous, fragrant.
odd rus: odorous, fragrant.
offlcini Us: officinal, medicinal, recog-
niced in the pharmaooaea.
official rum: of the apothecaries,
oleaefd lius: Olea- or olive-leaved.
oleJf era: oil-bearing,
olericeus: oleraceous, vegetable-
garden herb used in cooking.
ohgan thus: few-flowered.
ohgocir pus: few-fruited
oligosper mus: few-seeded.
ohtd rius: pertaining to vegetable-
gardens or -gardeners.
oliva ceus: olive-like, olive-colored.
olivaef&r mis: olive-shaped
ol^m picus: of Olympus or Mt. Olym-
pus (in Greece)
omnfv orus: omnivorous, of all kinds
of food.
opft cus: opaque, shaded
operculd tus : with a lid
oppositifid rus: opposite-flowered.
opposihfd hus: opposite-leaved
opuhfld rus: flowers of Opulus
(a Viburnum)
orbicul& ris: round
orbiculi tus: round
orchid eus: orchid-like
orchiol des: orchid-like
oregd nus: of Oregon
orgyA hs: length of the arms ex-
tended, about 6 feet
orient* hs: oriental, eastern.
ornatls simus: most showy or ornate.
orni tus. ornate, adorned
ormthoc6ph alus: like a bird's head.
ormth&p odus: like a bu-d's foot
ornithorhyn chus: shaped like a
bird's beak
orthocar pus : straight-fruited.
orthochl lus: straight-lipped
orthdp terus: straight-winged.
ovahfd hus: oval-leaved
ova. Us: oval
ovatifd hus: ovate-leaved.
ovft tus: ovate
ovff era: egg-bearing
ovlg era: egg-bearing.
ovl nus: pertaining to sheep
oxyacan thus: sharp-thorned or
-spmed
oxygd nus. sharp-angled
oxyphyl lus : sharp-leaved.
oxysep alus: with sharp sepals.
pachyin thus: thick-flowered.
pachyneu rus: thick-nerved
pachyp terus: thick-winged
pacif icus: of the Pacific, of regions
bordering the Pacific Ocean.
palasstl nus: of Palestine
paled ceus: with pal pa (bracts in
grass flowers), or palea-hke, chaffy,
pal lens: pale
pall 6s cens: palish, becoming pale,
pallid tus: palliated, cloaked.
palhdifld rus: pale-flowered.
palhdifd Uus: pale-leaved
palUdispl nus: pale-spmed.
pal Udus: pale,
pallifla yens : pale yellow.
palmatif idus: palmately cut.
palm& tus: palmate, divided or lobed
like the hand.
paludd sus: of marshes, marsh-loving,
palus tns: marsh-loving
pandurft tus: fiddle-shaped.
paniculi tus: paniculate
paaiculfg era : panicle-bearing.
pann6n icus: of Pannoma (Roman
province on the Danube, now west-
ern Hungary)
pannd sus: ragged, tattered
papaver& ceus: Papaver-hke, poppy-
like,
papihona. ceus: butterfly-like, the
form of the pea flower,
papilld sus: papillate, with minute
nipple -like projections or pro-
tuberances
papyri ceus: papery
papyrlf era: paper-bearing
paradisi acus : of parks or gardens.
parad6x us. paradoxical, strange
parasft icus: parasitical, of a parasite,
pardali nus: leopard-like, spotted
pardi nus: leopard-spotted.
parti tus : parted
parvifld rus: biuall-flowered
parvifd hus' small-leaved
parvis simus: smallest, very small,
par vulus: very small, very slight,
par vus* small
patag&n icus: of Patagonia
patella ns. circular, dibk-shaped, like
a knee-pan
p4 tens: spreading
pit ulus: spreading
pauciflfi rus: few-flowered
paucifd bus: few -leaved
pauplr culus poor
pavoni nus: peacock-like
pectin^ ceus: pectinate
pectini tus : pectinate, coml>-like, pin-
natifid with very narrow close
di\ isions or parts
pectmif era: comb-bearing
pector& hs shaped like a breast-bone
pedi tus- footed, of the foot or feet;
also pedate, like a bird's foot,
being palmately divided and the
side parts 2-cleft.
pedemonti nus : of Piedmont (north-
ern Italy)
pedunculi ns' peduncled, stalked.
peduncul& tus: peduncled
pedunculd sus: with many peduncles,
pellu cidus: pellucid, with translu-
c cut dots
pelta tus: peltate
peltifdhus: peltate-leaved
pelvif6r mis: pelviy-shaped
penduhfld rus- pendulous-flowered
penduli nus. somewhat pendulous
p6n dulus: pendulous, hanging
perucilld tus: hair penciled, like a
little brush, pinnate
pennd. tus: feathered, as the veins or
lobes standing off at right angles
from a midrib, pinnate
pennm6r vis: feather-veined
pennsylvan icus: of Pennsylvania,
pentagd nus: five-angled
pentag ynus: of five pistils
pentan drus: of five stamens
pentan thus: five-flowered
pentaphyl lus : five-loaved.
perb61 lus: very beautiful
peregri nus: exotic, foreign, from a
strange country
peren nans: perennial
per£n nis: perennial, living three or
more years
perfoUi tus: perfohate, with leaf sur-
rounding the stem.
156
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
perfori tus: perforated, with holes.
permfx tus: much mixed or confused.
persicaefd lius: peach-leaved.
p6r sicus: of Persia, also the peach
perspfc uus: clear, transparent
pertu sus: thrust through, forced
through, perforated.
peruvii nus: Peruvian, of Peru
petalofd eus: petal-like
petiol^ ns: petioled, with a leaf-stalk
petioli tus: petioled
petrfe us: rock-loving
phlogifld rus: flame-flowered.
phoenic eus: purple-red
phryg ms: of Phrygia (in Asia
Minor)
phylloman! acus: running wildly to
leaves, leafy
picturft tus: painted-leaved, pictured,
variegated
pfc tus: painted
piltf era: bearing soft hairs
pilosius culus: somewhat or slightly
pilose
pild sus: pilose, shaggy, with soft
hairs
pilullf era: glohule-heanng
pmetd rum : of pine forests.
pin eus: of the pine
pimfd bus: pine-leaved
pmnatlf idus: pmnatifid, pinnately
cleft
pmnat if rons : pinnate -fronded or
-foil aged
pinnatmSr vis: pinnate-nerved.
pinni tus: pinnate, with leaflets on the
sides of a mam leaf axis
pistf era* Pisum-bearmg, pea-bearing
pisocar pus: pea-fruited
plac& tus: quiet, calm
planifldrus: plane -flowered, flat-
flowered
planifd lius: flat-leaved
plantagm eus: plantain-like
pli nus: plane, flat
platanoi des: Platanus-hke, plane-
tree-like
platycan thus- broad-spmed
platyc&r pus: broad-fruited
platyc ladus bioad-branche-d
platyglos sus- bioad-tongued.
platyphyl lus: broad-leaved
plenis simus: very full or double
plfc nus: full, used to designate dou
bleness m flowers (as in flore-phno)
pleur6s tachys: side-spiked
plica tus: plicate, plaited, folded
lengthwise
plumd nus: plumed.
plumet tus: plumed
plum beus . of lead
plumd sus: feathery.
poculif6r mis: deep cup-shaped.
podocar pus: with stalked fruit.
poit icus: pertaining to poets
polifd lius: Polium-leaved, white-
leaved.
poli tus: polished.
polyacan thus: many-spmed.
polyan drus: of many stamens.
polyan thus: many-flowered
polycgph alus: many-headed
polydac tylus: many-fingered
polyg amus : polygamous, having
both perfect and imperfect flow-
ers.
polym6r phus : of many forme, varia-
ble
polypSt alus: many-petaled.
polyphyl lus : many-leaved
polyspir mus: many-seeded.
polyst& chyus: uiany-spikcd.
polystlc tus: many-dotted.
pom& ceus: pome-like, resembling
the apple or pear
pomeridii nus: afternoon.
ponderd sus: ponderous, heavy,
weighty
p6n ticus: of Pontus (in Asia Minor)
popuhfd hus: populus-leaved, poplar-
leaved
popul neus: pertaining to poplars.
porcl nus: pertaining to swine
porrifd lius: Porrum- or leek-leaved
praeal tus: very tall
prJfe cox: precocious, premature, very
early
prsb stans : distinguished, excelling.
praet6x tus: bordered.
prasin& tus: greenish
prasi nus' grilse-green
prat6n sis of meadows
precatd nus: praying, prayerful
primul inus. primroso-hke.
prfn ceps. i>rmrely, first
prism&t icus. prismatic, prism-shapod
proboscid eus' proboscis-like
procfc rus- t.tll
procum bens: procumbent, lying on
the ground
procur rens. extended
produc tus: produced, lengthened
prof ft sus. profuse
prollf era. producing offshoots, bear-
ing abnormal supernumerary parts
prolif icus: prolific, fruitful
propen dens, hanging down
propfn quus: related, near to
prostri tus' piostrate, Ivmgflat.
protru sus protruding
provmci^ hs : provim lal , or of Prov-
ence, southern France
prumi tus. prumose
pruind sus prumose, with a hoary or
fiost-hko bloom
prunifd hus plum-leaved
pru riens: itching
pseud- pseudo-. in combinations
means false, not genuine, not the
true or the tyincal, as Pseudotsuga,
false thUga
psittaci nus. of the parrot
pii bens: downy
puber ulus- pubcrulous, somewhat
pubescent
pubes cens: pubescent, downy
pudl eus: bashful, retiring, shrinking
pulchel lus: pretty, beautiful
pul cher: handsome, beautiful
pulcher rimus: very handsome.
pfil lus: dark colored, dusky, almost
black
pulverulen tus: powdered, dust-cov-
vered
pulvini tus: cushioned, cushion-like.
pu milus: dwarf
punctatfs simus: most spotted, very
spotted
puncta tus: punctate, dotted.
pun gens: piercing, sharp-pointed
punfc eus: reddish purple.
purpur& ceus: purple.
purpuras cens: purplish, becoming
purple.
purpurft tus: purple.
purpft reus: purple
pusfl lus: veiy small, insignificant,
pycnacan thus, densely spmed.
pycnan thus : densely flowered,
pygmib us: pigmy
pyramid^ hs: pyramidal
pyren& icus. of the Pyrenees,
pyrifd lius: pear-leaved
pyrif6r mis: Pyrus-formed, pear»
shaped.
quadrangul& ns: quadrangular, four-
angled
quadranguia tus: four-angled
quadr^ tus: in f<mr or fours, squared.
quadrfc olor* of four colors
quadndenU tus. four-toothed.
quadrff idus: four-cut
quadrifd lius: four-leaved
quadriparti tus: four-parted
quadrival vis. four-valved.
quercifd hus: (Juercus- leaved, oak-
leaved
querci nus: of Quercus the oak.
qum& tus: qumate, in fives
quinqu6c olor h\e-colored
qumquefld rus. hvo-flowored
qumquefd hus: fivo-lcaved
quinquelocuia ris: five-loculed, of five
cells or compartments
qumquen6r vis1 hve-norved
qumquepuncta tus: five-spotted.
racemifld rus: raceme-flowered.
racemd sus: racemoae, flowers m
racemes
radii tus: radiate, rayed.
radl cans: rooting
radicd sus' manv-rootod
radl cum' of loots
radid sus: ra<li«ttc, \\ith many rays
ramenti ceus: bearing a hair-like
covering
ranufld rus: with branching inflores-
c ence.
ramosfs simus : most- or m u c h-
bramhed
ram6 sus. branched.
ranff era: bearing frogs
rapi ceus: pertaining to rape or
turnips
rarifld rus: scattered-flowered, with
flowers loose or few
IJL rus: rare, uncommon
rau eus: hoarse, raw
reclmd tus: reclined, bent back
r6c tus: straight, upright
recurvi tus: recurved
recurvifd hus: recurvcd-leaved.
recur vus: recurved, curved back.
redivl vus: restored, brought to life.
reduplica tus: duplicated again,
doubled again, redoubled.
reflex us: reflexed, bent back.
refrac tus : broken, broken in pieces.
reful gens: brightly shining, reflect-
ing light or color.
regA lis : regal, royal
Regl na: Queen
r$ gius: regal, royal, kingly, pertain-
ing to a king
religid sus: used for religious pur-
poses, venerated.
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
157
remd tus: remote, with parts distant.
renif6r mis: remform, kidney-shaped.
rep&n dus: repand, with margin wavy.
rfc pens: repent, creeping.
r6p tans: creeping.
res6c tus: cut off, curtailed, pruned.
resmd sus: resin-bearing, full of resin.
reticula tus: reticulate, netted, net-
veined.
ret6r tus: twisted back.
retrofl€x us: reflexed.
retu sus: rctuse, notched slightly at a
rounded apex.
rev6r sus : reversed, end-for-ciid.
revolt tus: revolute, rolled backward
from the margins.
Rex: king
rhamnifd Uus: Rharnnus-lcaved, buck-
thorn-leaved
rhizoph*/! lus: root -leaved, acaule<»-
cent
rhod&n thus: rose-flowerex!.
rhodochi lus: rose-lipped or -margined.
rhodoclnc tus: rose-girdled
rhodoneu rus : red-n<Tved
rhomboid eus: rhomboidal
ncmifd hus: Ricmus - leaved, with
leaves of castor-oil plant
rigid ulus: somewhat stiff or rigid.
rfg idus: rigid, stiff.
rln gens: nngent, gaping, open-
moutheJ
npi nus: of river banks
nvi Us : pertaining to brooks.
rivul& ns: brook-loving
robus tus: robust, stout.
rosi ecus: rose-like.
rosafld rus: rose-flow ered.
r6 sous' lose, rosy
rostra tus: rostrate, beaked
result ns: rosuhite, in rosettes.
rot4 tus: rotate, wherl-shaped.
rotundifd hus. round-leaved.
rotun dus: rotund, round.
rube1! lus: reddi«h.
ru bens: red, niddy.
ru ber: red, niddv.
rub£r rimus: \< ry red
rub£s cens: reddish, becoming red.
rubiaefd hus: rubuv- or bramble-
leaved
rubicun dus: rubicund, red.
rubigmd sus: rusty.
rubncau hs: red-stemmed.
rubrifd hus: red-leaved.
rubroner vis: red-vemed.
rufe"s cens: reddish, becoming red.
rufine'r vis: red-nerved.
ru fus: red, roddish
rugd sus: nigose, wrinkled
runcini tus: runcmate, retrorsely or
backwardly incised or toothed.
rupgs tris: rock-loving.
ruplc olus: growing on cliffs or ledges
rus ticus: rustic, belonging to the
country.
ruthe*n icus: Ruthenian, Russian.
ru Ulans: red, becoming red.
saccft tus: saccate, bag-like,
sacchara tus: containing sugar,
sweet.
saccharlf era: sugar-bearing,
saccharl nus: saccnarme.
sac charum: sugar,
•acclf era: bag-bearing.
sachalmen sis: of Saghahen I si. (N.
Japan).
sagitti hs: of the arrow, sagittate,
sagittd. tus: sagittate, arrow-like,
sagittifd hus: arrow-leaved.
salicifd hus: salix-leaved, willow-
leaved.
salfc inus: willow-hke.
salig nus: of the willpw.
sail nus: salty.
sambu emus: sambucus- or elder-like.
sane tus: holy.
sandwic£n sis: of the Sandwich or
Hawaiian I sis.
sanguln eus: blood v, blood-red.
sap idus : savory, pleasing to taste,
sapien turn: of the wise men or au-
thors
sapona. ecus: so-ipy.
sarcd des: flesh-like
sarmat icus: of S-mnatia (an ancient
territory m S Russia and Poland),
sarmentd sus: sarmentose, bearing
runners
satl vus: cultivate!
sauroceph alus: h/ard-headed
saxat ihs: found among rocks.
saxlc olus: growing nnong locks
saxd sus- full of lot ks
sc4 ber. srabrous, rough
scabrel lus. somewhat sc abrous.
scan dens: M and« nt, ( limbing
SCapd BUS* with stapes
seep trum: of a scepter
schizoneu rus: cut-mi ved
schizop6t alus: cut-pet aled
schizophyl lus: cut-lca\ed
schold. ns. pertaining to a school
sclerocar pus: hard-fruited
sclerophyl lus: hard-leaved
sc&tica' Scotch, of Scotland
sculp tus • c .11 \ ed
scutellJ ns sah er- or di^h-shaped
scu turn: a shield
sebif era- talloAV-beariiiR.
sebo sus. full of tallow or grease
sechelld rus: of the Seychelles
(Indian Ocean)
secun dus: sceund, side-flow ci ing
securfg era* axe-In umg.
s6g etum- ofrotnfulds
semiald tus: semi- winged, half or
somewhat winged
semicauda tus: t»cmi- or partially
tailed
senucylin dncus: semi- or somewhat
cylindrical.
semipmntl tus: half or imperfectly
pinnate
semperfld rens: ever flowering.
semper virens: ever green
senl hs: senile, old, w lute-haired.
sensfb ihs: endowed with feeling, sen-
sitive.
sensitl vus: sensitive
sepli nus: pertaining to hedges.
s& pmm : of hedges or fences.
septanguli ns: seven-angled.
septSm lobus: seven-lobed.
septempuncta tus: seven-spotted.
septentriona hs: northern, belong-
ing to the North
sepul tus: sepulchered, interred
seric eus: silky.
•er6t inus: late, late-flowering or late-
ripening.
se"r pens: creeping, crawling
serpentl nus: of snakes, serpentine,
looping or waving
serratifd lius: serrate-leaved, saw-
edge-leaved.
serr4 tus: serrate, saw-toothed,
serruli tus: serrulate, somewhat ser-
rate.
sesquipecU hs: one foot and a half
long or high.
sessifld rus: sc;ssile-fl o w e r e d, with-
out pedic el
sessifd hus: sessile-leaved, without
petiole
sessihfd hus: sessdc-leaved.
sGs sihs: sessile, stalkless, sitting
seti ceus: setaceous, bristle-like
setig era: bristly, bristlc-beanng.
setd sus: sc»tcjse, full of bristles
setuld sus: full of small bristles
siblr icus: of Siberia
sign& tus : marked, designated, at-
tested
sikkimen sis: of Sikhim or Sikkim
(N India)
silic eus : pertaimng to or growing in
sand
siliculd sus: bearing sihcles
silvat icus: pertaining to woods, syl-
van, sometimes sylvaticus
silves tris' pertaimng to woods,
sfm plex: simple, unbranehed.
simphcicau hs. t>im pie-stemmed,
simphcifd hus: simile-leaved
simphcis simus: urn pie* t, very un-
bnmrhi'd
slm ulans. similar to, resembling,
sinen sis' Chinese, of China
sin icus Chinese
sinui tus: sinuate, wavy-margined.
Sinuo sus sinuate
sitchen sis: bcl ongiug to Sitka,
Al iskan
smarag dmus: of emerald,
smilac inus. of Miulax
sobollf era. bearing creeping rooting
sterns or shoots.
soci£ hs . bocutble, companionable
socotr& nus. of the Island of Socotra
(south of Arabia)
soli ris . solar, of the sun
s61 idus: solid, dense, not hollow,
somnif era: sleep-producing
s6r didus. dirty, unclean, foul
spadlc eus: with u bpadix
sparsifld rus : .sparsely or few - flow -
cred
sparsifd hus: sparsely or few-leaved,
spar sus: spaise, scattered, few.
spar teus: pertaining to the broom.
spath& ceus: with a spathe
spathul£l tus : spatulate, spoon-shaped,
narrowed toward the base from a
rounded top
speciosfs simus: very showy
specid sus: showy, good-looking,
spectab ihs : spectacular, worth seeing,
remarkable, showy.
spectan dus: showy.
sp6c trum: an image, apparition.
sphacel& tus: dead, withered, diseased,
sphffer icus: spherical
sphaerocar pus: spherical-fruited
sphaeroc6ph alus: spherical-headed,
sphaerofd eus: sphere-like.
sphaerostft chyus: spherical-spiked.
158
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
spici tus: epicate, with spikes.
spicfg era: spike-bearing.
spinosfs simus: most or very spiny.
spind sue: full of spines
spinulff era: bearing small spines.
spinuld sus: somewhat or weakly
spiny.
spiri lis: spiral.
spirit lus: a spiral, little spiral
splin dens: splendid.
splendidis simus: very splendid.
splin didus : splendid
spuma rius: frothing, of froth or
spume.
spu rius: spurious, false, bastard.
squa lens: daubed, filthy.
squil idus: squalid, filthy.
squami tus: squamate, with squamse
or small scale-like leaves or bracts.
squamd sus: squamate, full of scales
squarrd sus: squarrose, with parts
spreading or even recurved at
ends
stamm eus: bearing prominent
stamens.
stans: standing, erect, upright
stauracan thus: with spines cross-
shaped
stelU ns: starry
stell& tus: stellate, starry.
stellula tus: of little stars
stenoceph alus: nan ow-headed
sten6g ynus: with a narrow stigma.
stenopet alus: narrow-petaled
stenophyl lus: narrow-leaved.
stendp terus: narrow-winged.
stir itts: sterile, infertile
stigmat icus: marked, of stigmas.
stigmd sus: much marked, pertain-
ing to stigmas
stipula ecus: stipuled, with stipules.
stipul& ns: stipuled.
stipul& tus: stipuled
stolon!! era: bearing stolons or run-
ners that take root
stramfn eus: straw-colored
strangulil tus: stra?igled, constricted
streptocar pus: twisted-fruited
streptopet alus: with petals twisted
Streptophyl lus: twisted-leaved
streptosep alus: with sepals twisted
striat ulus : somewhat or faintly
striped
stri& tus: striated, striped
stnctind rus: strict- or stiff-flowered.
strlc tus. strict, upright, erect.
strigilld sus: somewhat stngose.
strigd sus: Btngose, covered with
sharp straight appresaed hairs.
stnguld sus: besot with small or
weak appressed hairs
•trioU tus: stnolate, somewhat or
faintly striped.
strobilff era: cone-bearing
struma rius : of tumors or ulcers.
struma tus : with tumors or ulcers
styld sus: with style or styles promi-
nent.
styracff luus: flowing with storax or
gum.
•uavd olens: sweet-scented
su& vis: sweet, agreeable.
suavfs simus: sweetest, very sweet-
scented.
subacau lis: somewhat stemmed,
nearly stemless.
subalpi nus: subalpine, nearly al-
pine
subauriculft tus: somewhat or rather
aurioled or eared.
subcarnd sus: nearly or rather fleshy.
subcorda tus: partially or imperfectly
or somewhat cordate.
subedenta. tus: nearly toothless.
subercula tus: of cork, corky.
suberic tus: somewhat or rather
erect.
suberd sus : cork-barked, full of cork.
subfalcA tus: somewhat falcate.
subglau cus: somewhat or to some
degree glaucous.
subhirtel lus: somewhat hairy.
subluna tus: somewhat lunate or
cresceiit-bhu ped
sub me r sus: submerged, under water.
subperin nis: imperfectly or nearly
perennial
subpetiola tus: somewhat or partially
petioled
subses sihs: nearly sessile, not com-
pletely sessile
subsinua* tus* somewhat sinuate or
wavy-margined
subterr& neus: subterranean, under-
ground
subula tus: subulate, awl-shaped
subumbelld tus: somewhat or incom-
pletely umbellate.
subvilld sus: somewhat villose or
soft-hairy.
subvolu bihs: somewhat twining.
succulen tus: succulent, fleshy.
suic icus- Swedish, of Sweden
suffrutis cens: slightly shrubby, be-
coming* somewhat shrubby
suffruticd sus: slightly shrubby.
sulca tus: sulcate, furrowed
sulphu reus. sulfur-colored
Sumatra nus: of the Isl of Sumatra.
supirb ions: superb, proud
super bus : superb, proud
superciha ns: eyebrow-like
supirfluus: superfluous, redundant.
surculd sus: producing suckers
surmamen sis: belonging to Surinam
(Dutch Guiana)
susi& nus: of the province of Susiana
(Persia)
suspin sus: suspended, hung
sylvaticus: sylvan, forest-loving
(also written silvaticui)
sylves tris: of woods or forests.
sylvfc olus: growing m woods
syphilft icus : syphilitic.
syrt acus : Syrian, of Syria.
ay's tylus: with styles joined.
tabuli ris: pertaining to tablets.
tabuhf6r mis: tablet-formed.
taedig era: torch-beanng, resm-bear-
mg.
taraxicifd lius: Taraxicum- or dande-
lion-leaved.
tardifld rus: late-flowered.
tardi vus: tardy, late.
tataricus: of Tartary (old name for
Central Asia).
tau reus: of oxen.
tau ricus: Taurian, Crimean.
taurlnus: bull-like.
taxifd lius: Taxus-leaved, yew-leaved.
tectd rum: of roofs or houses.
tic tus: concealed.
temulln tus: drunken.
tenacls simus: most tenacious.
te nax: tenacious, strong.
tenebrd sus: of dark or shaded places.
tenil lus: slender, tender, soft.
tin er : slender, tender, soft.
tentacula tus: with tentacles or short
projecting parts
tenuicau Us: blender-stemmed.
tenuifld rus: slender-flowered.
tenuif d lius : slender-leaved.
tenufl obus: slender-lobed.
tenu ior: more slender.
tin uis: slender, thin
tenufs simus: very slender, very thin.
terebinth inus: of turpentine.
ti res: terete, circular in cross-sec-
tion.
teretifd lius: terete-leaved
termini hs: terminal, at the end of a
stem or branch
terna tus: in threes, ternate
termfd lius: with leaves in threes
terras tris: of the earth, terrestrial
tessella tus: tessrlhvte, laid off m
squares or in di< e-like pattern
testft ecus: light brown, brick-col-
ored; also testaceous, bearing a
prominent testa or outer seed-coat.
testicula tus: testi< ulated, testicled.
testudma rius: like a toitoise-shell.
tetracan thus: four-spined
tetragd nus: four-angled
tetrandrus: four-ant hered
tetran thus: four-flowered
tetraph^l lus: four-leaved
tetrap terus: four- winged.
tetraque trus: four-cornered
tex4 nus, tei6n sis: of Texas, belong-
ing to Texas
theff era: tea-bearing
therm& hs: warm, of warm springs.
thuyoi des: like Thuja or arbor-v itue.
thyrsifld rus: Thyrse-flowered
thyrsofd eus: thyrse-hke
tiblc mis: of a flute plajer.
tigrl nus: tiger-striped
tmctd nus: belonging to dyers, of d>cs.
tine tus: dyed
tipuhf&r mis: of the shape of a daddv-
long legs
tomentd sus: tomentose, matted-
pul>escent
tormina hs: useful against colic
tord sus: torose, cylindrical with con-
tractions at certain places or at
intervals
t&r tilis: twisted.
tortud sus : much twisted.
t6r tus: twisted.
toruld sus: somewhat torose.
toxica nus: poisonous.
t&x icus: poisonous
toxlf era: poison-producing.
transpd. rens: transparent
trapezif&r mis: trapezium-formed, a
four-sided figure of which no two
sides are alike.
trapeziot des: trapezium-like.
tremuloi des: like Tremulus, tn*
trembling poplar.
trim ulus: quivering, trembling.
triacan thus: three-spined
trifin drus: with three anthers or
stamens.
ENGLISH EQUIVALENTS OF LATIN NAMES OF SPECIES
159
triangula ris: three-angled,
triangula tus: three-angled,
tnan gulus: three>-angular.
tncaud& tus: throe-tailed
tnchophyl lus: ha»> -leaved.
trichosan thus: hairy-flowered.
trichosper mus: hairy-seeded,
tnch&t omus: thrice 1> ranched or
forked
trie olor: three-colored
tnc6r nis: three-horned,
trlcuspida tus: three-cusped, three-
pointed
tndac tylus: three-fingered
trl dens: with three teeth
tndentft tus: thioo-toothed.
trifascii tus: three-banded.
trif idus: three-parted
tnfld rus- three-flowered.
trifolid tus: tliree-leaved
tnfoliola tus. thrce-leafleted.
tnfd bus- three-leaved
trif urea tus: trifureate, thrice-forked
tnhnea tus: three-lined.
tnloba tus thiee-lobed.
trfl obus. threo-lobcd
triraes tris: of three months,
triner vis : thre e-nen ed
trinotd tus three-marked or -spotted.
tnparti tus: throe-parted
tnpet alus: thrce-petakd
tnphyl lus: three-leaved
trip tens: thr< e-wmgoel
tripuncta tus- three-spotted.
trique trus: three-cornered
tris Us: s.id, l)ittcr, dull
trtterna tus. tr it ornate, thrice in
t hroes
trium phans: triumphant
trivia lis: common, ouhnary, very
frequent, found ever\ where
tr&p icus of the tiopits
truncat ulus: somewhat or partially
trunc ate
trunca tus: truncate, cut off squ-iro
tubercuia tus: t uboreulate, with
tuben h s or small tubers
tuberculd sus: tulxnkd, knotted.
tuberd sus. tuberous.
tubifl.6 rus: tube-How ered, trumpet-
flow end
tubis pathus: tubo-spathed
tubuld sus. tubulose, -with tubes,
tuhpff era- tulip-bearing.
tu midus: swollen
turbma tus: turbmate, top-shaped.
tur gidus: tin Rid, inflated, full
typhi nus: smoky or dull; perhaps
pertaining to fever.
typ icus: typical, conforming to the
standard or norm.
ulfc inus: like the gorse or furze
(Ulex).
uligind sus: of wet or marshy places.
ulmifd Uus: Ulmus-leaved, elm-
leaved
umbelia tus: with umbels.
umbelluU tus: with umbellets.
utnbonA tus: bossed, bearing at cen-
ter an umbo or stout projection.
umbraculif era: umbrella - beanng,
shade-producing
urobrd sus: shaded, shade-loving
uncmd tus: hooked at the point
undit tus: waved
undecimpuncta tus: eleven-spotted
undulatifd hus. undulate-leaved
unduld tus- undulated, wavy
unguiculi ns. flawed, n irrowod to a
petiole-hk( base
unguiculd tus: ungmoulate, clawed,
unguipet alus: petals clawed.
unJc olor: one-colored
unic&r nis: one-horned
unidenta tus. one-toothed.
umfld rus. OIK -flowered
umlatera lis* one-sided
umvitta tus: one -^tripod
urceoli tus urn-shaped
u rens buinmg, stinging
urentis simus. \try burning, very
stinging
uroph^l lus. tail-lea ved
urosti chyus: tail-spiked
ursJ nus' j)ertoming to bears.
urticifd hus1 nettle-leaved (Urtlca).
usitatfs simus. mo^t useful
ustuld tus burnt, t^ie
u tihs- usrful
utilis simus • most useful
utncuia tus- utruulate, with a utricle
e>r binall bladd< ry one-seeded fruit
utnculd sus. utruhd
uvif era. grape-bearing
v4 gans \\ anile ri nc, ~\ :igabondish
vagmi hs \. inmate, sheathed
vagmi tus. sheathid
valdivii nus, valdivien sis. Valdivian,
of pun nice of Valdivia (Chile).
valentl nus- Yahnti.m, of Valentia
(,n >p.nn)
val idus- strong
vanab ihs: \.iriable, of many forms.
va nans, \anable
vana tus- variable
vanega tus: \anogated.
varnfor mis: of variable or many
forms
v£ rius: various, ehverse.
vasti tor feminine lartatnx] : rava-
ging, ehvastatiiig
vegetfl tus: full of prowth, vigorous.
veg etus. vigorous
vela ns: pertaining to curtains or
Vtlls
velu tinus: velvety.
veneni tus: poisonous.
vend sus: veiny.
ventricd sus: ventricose, swelling or
inflated on one side or unev only.
venus tus : handsome, charming
verecun dus: modest, blushing
vermicula tus: \\orm-like, or like
worm-tracks
verna hs: vernal.
vermcif era: vai msh-bearmg.
ver nus: of spring, vernal
verrucd sus: vcrrucose, warted.
versfc olor: variously colored.
rerticilla ris: verticillate.
verticill& tus: verticillate, whorled,
arranged in a circle abouc the stem,
vfc rus: the true or genuine or stan-
dard
ves cus: weak, thin, feeble
vesiculi sus: with little bladders
vespertJ nus: of the evening, west-
ern
vest! tus: covered, clothed, as with
hairs or pubescence
ve"r ans: puzzling, vexatious
venlia nus: of the standard petal (as
of pea-hkn flowers), with a standard,
villd sus. villous, soft-hairy
vimma hs: of osieis, of basket willows,
vimin eus. of osiers or wicker-work,
vmif era wine-bearing
vmd sus* full of wine.
violi ceus. violet
violes cens. somewhat violet-colored
or beiemung so
vl rens . green
virSs cens greenish, becoming green,
virga tus: twiggy
virgin & hs: virgin
virgin eus. virgin
virgin icus, virgimen sis: Virginian,
of Viigirua
vmdifld rus : grce»n-flowered.
viridif d hus . green-leaved
vir idis: green.
vindis simus: greenest, very green,
virid ulus. greenish
viscid ulus somewhat viscid,
vis cidus: visud, sticky
viscosfs simus: very sticky,
vised sus: vi&cid
vitelli nus: dull yellow approaching
red
vitifS hus- Vitis-leaved, grape-leaved,
vittsl tus. striped
vittig era. bearing stripes
vivfp arus: viviparous, producing the
young ahv e (rather than oviparous),
volgar icus: Volgan, of the Volga
river region (written also wolgarv-
cus;
volu bihs: twining
volup tas: pleasure, delight,
volu tus: rolled-leaved
vulga ns : vulgar, common,
vulga* tus: common
vulpi nus: of the fox
wolgar icus : Volgan (see votgartcu*).
xanthacan thus: yellow-spmed.
xan thi nus : yellow
xanthocar pus: yellow-fruited,
xantholeu cus: yellow -white,
xanthophyl lus: yellow-leaved.
yedo6n sis: of Yedo or Yeddo (Japan).
yunnan€n sis: of Province of Yun-nan,
China.
zebri nus: zebra-striped.
zeylan icus: Ceyloman, of Ceylon;
Cingalese, same as ceylaniout.
zoni lis: zonal, zoned.
son! tus: zoned, banded.
GLOSSARY
OF THE USUAL BOTANICAL AND HORTICULTURAL TECHNICAL WORDS
The following set of words includes many descriptive terms used in this Cyclopedia and elsewhere, with ex-
planations of their meaning In some respects, the Name-List (pages 148 to 159) is a glossary, and the consultant
should bearch there when he fails to nnd the word in the present catalogue.
Aberrant Unusual, or exceptional, a plant or structure
that varies from customary structure or from the
type, used mostly of variation
Abortive Defective, barren, not developed
Abrupt. Changing suddenly rather than gradually, as a
leaf that is narrowed quickly to a point, or a pinnate
leaf that has no terminal leaflet, not tapering
Acaulescent Stemless, or apparently stemless, sometimes
the stem is subterranean or protrudes only slightly.
Accessory buds Buds more than one in an axil
Accessory fruit Fruit-like body composed of pericarp
and other structure or structures seemingly a part
of it, but not originally united with it, as wintergreen
berry
Accrescent Increasing, becoming larger after flowering,
as, the calyx in some plants,
Accumbent Lying against, said of cotyledons when tho
edges are placed against the radicle
Achene (akene) A dry mdehiscent one-seeded pericarp.
Achlamydeous Lacking calyx or corolla, naked
Acinaciform Shaped like a scimitar, curved, round
toward the point, being thicker on tho outer side than
on the convex or inner side
Acotylfdonous Without cotyledons
Adnate Grown to, united with another part, as stamens
•with the corolla-tube or an anther in its whole length
with the filament
Adventitious buds Buds appearing on occasion, rather
than in regular places and order, as those arising
about wounds.
Adientiee Said of an introduced plant not yet established,
imperfectly or only partially naturalized.
^Estivation The arrangement of floral envelopes in the
bud (spstivus, summer, when flowers mostly appear.
Vernation is leaf -arrangement in the bud)
Affinity A plant or part closely related to another or
much resembling it in structure
Agglomerate Piled together, heaped up
Aggregate fruit One formed by tho coherence of pistils
that were distinct m tho flower, as blackberry
Albumen Starchy or other nutritive material accompany-
ing the embryo, commonly used in the sense of endo-
sperm, for the material surrounding the embryo
Alburnum The sap wood or younger wood of a tree
Alternate Any arrangement of leaves or other parts not
opposite or whorled, placed singly at different heights
on the axis or stem
Alveolate Honey-combed, or pitted with angular sepa-
rated depressions.
A ment Catkin
Amentiferous Bearing aments or catkins.
Amorphous Formless, of no definite or constant form
Amphigean Of both worlds, the Old and New, said of
distribution of plants
Amphitropous. Said of a straight ovule or seed that is
apparently turned a quarter way around, so that it
is half inverted and with tho scar or hilum on the
side.
Ampullaceous Said of plants bearing flask-like parts, aa
in certain aquatics such as Utriculana.
Analogous Related in function or use, but not in origin.
See Homologous.
Anastomosing Netted, mterveined, said of leaves marked
by cross-veins forming a network
Anatropous Said of a straight ovule or seed that is in-
verted, with the micropyle next the hilum or scar
Ander Male, occurs in combinations as, monandrous,
having one stamen
Androeceum The male or stamen-bearing part of a flower;
the stamens spoken of collectively See Gyn&cium
Androphore The cylinder or column formed by monadel-
phous filaments, as in the mallow and bombax tribes
Angiotpcrms Plants that boar the seeds within a pericarp,
in distinction from the gymnospc'rms which have
naked ovules and seeds, having a closed ovary
Annual Of one season's duration from seed to maturity
and death
Anterior Front, on the front side, away from the axis,
toward the subtending brae t
Anther The pollen-bearing part of the stamen, borne at
the top of tho filament or sometimes sessile
Anthenferout Anther-bearing
Anthesia Flowering, strictly, the time of expansion of a
flower, but often used to designate the flowering period,
the act of flowering
Anthocarpous Said of a body combined of flowers and
fruit united into a solid mass, as in the pineapple or
tho mulberry
Anthofhum Flower-head of the Composite; in com-
mon speech this flower-head is erroneously called a
"flower "
Antical Front, anterior
Apetalous. No petals, petals missing.
Apical. At the apex or top.
Apocarpus Carpels not united, see Syncarpous
Appendage An attached subsidiary or secondary part, as
a projecting part or a hanging part or supplement
Appresscd Closely and flatly pressed against, adpressed.
Arachnoid Cobwebby, by soft and slender entangled
hairs, also spider-like
Areole, arcola A small more or less angular space on a
surface, as between network of veins
Aril An appendage or an outer covering of a seed, grow-
ing out from the hilum or fumculus; sometimes it
appears as a pulpy covering
Anllate Provided with an aril
Arillode An aril-like structure, or false aril; a coating or
covering of the seed arising from its own surface, and
not from tho fumculus
Artned Provided with any kind of strong and sharp
defence, as of thorns, spines, prickles, barbs.
Articulate. Jointed , provided with nodes or joints, or places
whore separation may naturally take place.
Ascending Rising up, produced somewhat obliquely or
indirectly upward
Asexual. Sexless, without sex.
Auricle An ear-ahaped part or appendage, as the projec-
tions at the base of some leaves and petals.
Awl-shaped. Narrow and sharp-pointed, gradually taper-
ing from base to a slender or stiff point.
Awn A bristle-like part or appendage
Axil Upper angle that a petiole or peduncle makes with
the stem that bears it.
Axile. Borne in or on the axis, or relating to it.
(ItO)
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
161
Axillary. In an axil.
Axis The main or central line of development of any
plant or organ, the main stem.
Bacca. A berry
Baccate. Berry-like, pulpy or fleshy.
Banded. Marked with cross-bars or horizontal lines of
color, or with very prominent ribs or other structure
Barb A short point or bristle; usually employed to desig-
nate points with reflex ed or rWihook - like rarely
ascending appendages
Barbulate. With fine beards
Bark The word is often used in a general way to designate
the softer outer envelope of a stem or root In this
sense, it includes all that peels readilv, as the bark of
the hemlock and oak, used for tanning leather In a
stricter sense, it is applied to the corky layers formed
on the outer surface of woody plants It is formed
from an active layer of tissue, — the phellogen The
bark is developed in different ways on different trees.
So distinct are the resulting tissues that species of
trees may be readily recognized by then- bark alone
Cork of commerce is the bark 01 the cork oak, a
native of southwestern Europe Inasmuch as the
word covers so many structures, it is little used by
botanists in technical descriptions
Bark-grafting A kind of grafting in which the nous are
inserted between the bark and wood of a stub, often,
but erroneously, called crown-grafting
Base. The bottom or lower end of a part or structure or
organ, even though this part may be uppermost as
the organ hangs on the plant
Basifixed Attached or fixed by the base, as an ovule that
is affixed to its support by its bottom rather than by
its side or by an angle
Basin The depression at the apex or blossom-end of an
apple or other pome fruit
Basinerved All the ribs or nerves of a leaf or petal start-
ing from its base
Bast The soft part of the fibro-vascular bundles in plants,
abundant m the inner bark It increases, in thickness
simultaneously with the wood, but much less rapidly
The fibrous elements in the bast of basswood have been
used in making cordage, also in making strong paper.
Beak. A long prominent and substantial point, applied
particularly to prolongations of fruits and carpels
Beard A long awn or bristle-like hair
Berry Pulpy, mdehiseent, few- or many-seeded fruit,
technically, the pulpy fruit resulting from a single
pistil, containing one or more seeds but no true stone,
as the tomato
Bi- or Bii>- In Latin compounds, signifying two or twice.
Biaui iculatc , biauntc Having two ears.
BicaUosc, birallous Furnished with two callosities, as the
lip of some orchids
Bicrural. With two tails, legs, or slender elongations.
Biennial Of two seasons' duration from seed to maturity
and death
Bifanous Arranged in two rows.
Bifid Two-cleft or two-cut
Bifolwlate With two leaflets to a leaf.
Biforate With two openings, pores or apertures.
Bigener. Plant arising from a cross between two genera.
Bilabiate Two-lipped, double-lipped.
Bilamellate Bearing or consisting of two plates.
Bilobed Two-lobed , parted into two lobes.
Bilocular. Two-celled , with two loculea or compartments.
Bipartite Divided into two parts, separated nearly to base.
Bipinnate. Twice-pinnate, when tho primary divisions are
pinnate.
Bipinnatifid. Twice-pinnatifid; when pinnatifid primary
parts are pinnately cut
Biplicate Bearing two plaits or folds
Biaeptate. Twice-divided, with two partitions.
Bisenal In two series or sets
Biserrate. Doubly serrate; the serraturea themselves serrate.
11
Bisexual. Two-sexed, with both stamens and pistils.
Biternate Twice-ternate, when the divisions of a ternate
leaf are divided into three.
Bivalvular. Two-valved
Bivittatc With two vitttr or oil-tubes
Bladdery Inflated, empty, and the walls thin like the
bladder of an animal
Blade The expanded part of leaf or petal.
Blanching^ A whitening or dpcoloring of the usually green
parts of plants, as in celery or endive when it is pre-
pared for use
Bole The trunk of a tree, particularly of a large tree.
Boss A prominent center or projection on a flat and more
or less circular surface
Bottom-heat A term used to designate the condition that
arises when the roots of plants, or the soil in which
they grow, are exposed to a higher temperature than
that of the air in whuh the aerial parts are growing
lirachiate Branches or parts spreading at nearly right-
angles and placed alternately
Brachys In Greek compounds, signifying short, as brachy-
podus, on a short foot or stalk
Biact A much-reduced leaf, particularly the small or
scale-like leaves in a flower-cluster or associated with
the flowers
Rracteal Concerning or pertaining to bracts
Hraiteole Braetlet
liractlft Bract born on a secondary axis, as on the pedicel
or even on a petiole
Breaking Said •when buds start to grow
Ilribtly Bearing stiff strong hairs or bristles
Bail An incipient or nascent shoot, the rudimentary or
beginning state of a stem, particularly, in common
speech, a thickened and condensed restmg-stage of a
shoot, or a flower or leif before expanding, in prop-
agating, a single bud used on a cutting or cion See
Buds, p 580
Budding The operation of applying a single bud to the
surface of the growing wood of the stork, with the
intention that it shall grow The bud is usually
inserted underneath tho bark of the cion, and is held
in place by a bandage Budding is a part of the general
process of grafting Called inoculation in old writings
Bulb A thickened pait in a resting state and made up of
scales or plates on a much shortened axis See Bulb, p
588
Bulbel A bulb arising from a mother-bulb
Bulbiferous Bulb-bearing
Bulbht Aerial bulb, a bulb lx>rne above ground, as in the
flower-cluster or a leaf-axil.
Bulbu-tuber Corm
Bulbous Bulb-like, with the structure or the character-
istics of a bulb
Bullate The surface blistered or puckered, as the leaf of
a Savoy cabbage
Bumcle. A little pouch-like or purse-like receptacle
Bush A low and thick shrub, without distinct trunk.
Caducous Falling off early, or prematurely, as the sepals
in some plants
Calcaratc Spurred
Calcanfarm Spur-formed, shaped like a calcar or spur.
Calccolate Slipper-like, having the form of a round-
ing toed shoe
Callosity A thickened and hardened part or protuberance.
Callus A hard prominence or protuberance , m a cutting
or on a severed or injured part, the roll of new cover-
ing tissue
Calycine Pertaining to a calyx, or calyx-hke.
Calyculate Calyx-like, bearing a part resembling a calyx;
particularly, furnished with bracts against or under-
neath the calyx resembling a supplementary or outer
calyx.
Calyptra A hood or lid, particularly the hood or cap of
the capsule of a moss.
Calyptriform. Hood-formed; like a cap pulled over.
162
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
Calyx The outer circle of floral envelopes
Cambium. The growing or nascent tissue lying between
the xylem and phloem of the nbro-vasculur bundle, and
therefore on the outride of the woody trunk between
wood and bast, or in trees and shrubs between wood
and "bark " Its function is to increase the stem in
diameter
Campanulate. Bell-shaped.
Campylotropous. Said of an ovule or seed so curved or
turned on itself as to bring the apex and base together.
Canaliculate Grooved or channeled lengthwise.
Canescent Gray-pubescent and hoary
Cap A convex removable covering of a part, as of a cap-
sule, in the grape, the cohering petals fall off as a cap.
Capillary. Hair-like, very slender.
Capitate Headed, in heads, formed like a head, aggre-
gated into a very dense or compact cluster
Capitulum Head, a close body of sessile flowers
Capmlar. Pertaining to a capsule, formed like a capsule.
Capsule Compound pod, a dry fruit of more than one
carpel, opening at matuntv
Cannate Keeled , pro\ ided with a projecting central longi-
tudinal line or ridge on the lower or under surface
Carpel. On'e of the foliar units of a compound pistil, a
simple pistil contains one carpel
Carpophore Fruit-stalk, stem bearing the carpels, particu-
larly, in the Umbelliferje, the slender extended axis
that supports the ripe seed -like carpeK
Cartilaginous Hard and tough, like parchment
Caruncle On a seed, a protuberance or growth at or
around the hilum
Caryopsu> An achene-hke fruit, with the thin pericarp or
covering grown fast to the seed , it is the eharac teristic
fruit of the cereal grains and other grasses
Cataphyll An undeveloped leaf, as at the beginning of
a growth
Catkin A scaly-bracted spike \Mth declmous flowers,
ament, prominent in willows and poplars
Caudex Stem, trunk, used particular!} to designate the
persistent base of an herbaceous stem that is otherwise
annual, and also for the stem of tree-ferns and palms
Caudicle Little stem, stemlet, stalk of pollimum in
orchids
Caulescent More or less stemmed or stem-bearing, having
an evident stem above ground
Caulicle. Stemlet of the embryo, radicle
Cauhne Pertaining or belonging to the stem
Cavity The depression at the bottom or stem-end of an
apple or similar fruit
Cell One of the ultimate compartments or vesicles of
which plants are composed or made up, also, a cavity or
compartment or locule of an ovary or anther
Cellular Tissue made up of short thin-walled cells,
rather than of fibers or tubes
Centrifugal Away from the center
Centripetal Toward the center
Centrum The central part of any structure, particularly
the large central air-space in hollow stems
Cephalanthium An old name for the flower-head of com-
posites, anthodium
Cephahum. The head -like stem-end of condensed cacti,
bearing the flowers and fruits
Cernuous. Drooping, inclining somewhat from the per-
pendicular
Cetpilose Matted , growing in tufts in little dense clumps;
said of low plants that make tufts or turf of their basal
growths.
Chxta. A bristle, seta
Chaff A small thin dry and membranous scale or bract;
in particular, the bracts in the flower-heads of com-
posites
Channeled. Deeply grooved lengthwise; canaliculate.
Chartaceous. Thin, hard and stiff, having the texture of
writing-paper.
Chrysos. In Greek compounds, signifying golden or golden
yellow.
Cihate Fringed with hairs, bearing hairs on the margiV
Cilwlate Slightly or minutelv ciliate
Cinereous Ash-( olored , light gray
Cmnamomcus Cmnamon-c olored
Cion The bud or brunt h used in grafting, also spellec
t>non
Circinate Coiled downward or inward from the top, a*
the young frond of a fern and cycas.
CircumsniiSile Opening or dehiscing by a line around the
fruit or anther, the valve usually coming off as a lid.
Cirrhift rous Tendril-bearing
Cirrhiform Tendnl-forin
CVr/i</&, cirrus A tendril
Claelophyllum A flattened leaf-like branch, functioning aa
foliage, as in many nca< las and in asparagus
Cla<1o\ In Greek compounds, signifying a branch
Cla»pinej Leaf partly or wholly surrounding .stern
Claoati Club-shaped, said of a long body thickened
toward the top
Claw The long narrow petiole-like base of the petals or
sepals in some flowers
ClnstoQarnout, flowers Small closed self-fertilized flowers,
as in some violets and in many other plants
Close /utilization Fecundation by pollen from same
flow er, self-fertilization
Clou One of the separvble part* of a composite bulb, aa
of the gail ic
Clypeatr With the form of an ancient buckler or roi'nd
convex shield , shield-like
Coalescence The union of similar parts or organs, or of
those in the same sines as stamens with stamens and
p( tals with petals
Coaictate Crowded together
Coccus V berrj (plural n>ui), in particular, one of the
parts of a lobed fruit \\ith one-seeded cells
Cochlranfot rn Spoon-shaped
Coturt nt Two or more similar parts or organs joined
Cohniion The union of two or more organs of same
kind
Collateral By the side, standing side by side
Column Body formed of union of stamens and pistil
in orchids, or of stamens, as in mallows
Comtm^^urc The place of joining or meeting, as the face
by which one carp» 1 joins another
Comn\c Bearing n tuft or tufts of hair
Complete flower All parts present
Complite If (if Ha\mg blucle, petiole, stipules.
Complicate Folded o\ er or back on itself
Compound Of two or more similar parts in one organ.
Compound haf A leaf with two or more separate leaflets,
in some cases (us in Citrus) some of the leaflets may
be obsolete and the compound leaf have only one
leaflet
Compound pit>til Of two or more carpels united
Cowprt'Ast// I'httened, especially flattened laterally
Conchiform Shell-form, like one valve of a bivalve shell
Conduphcate Two parts folded together lengthwise
Cone A dense and usually elongated collec tion of flowers
or fruits borne beneath scales, the whole with scales
and axis forming a deta< liable homogeneous fruit-like
body, some cones are of short duration, as the stann-
nate cones of pines, and others become dry and woody
durable parts
Confluent Running together so as to form a single part
or organ , blended
Confoi med Of the same form or character aa something
else or as a related part or structure
Congested Crowded very closely together, collected into
a mass or body
Conglobate. Gathered into a ball or globe.
Conglomerate. Clustered, brought together
Coniferous Cone-bearing.
Connate United or joined, m particular, like or similar
structures joined as one body or organ
Connective. The filament or tissue connecting the two oelle
of an anther, particularly when the cells are separated
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
163
Connvoent Coming together or converging, but not
organically connected
Conoidal. Cone-like, nearly conical.
Convolute Said of floral envelopes in the bud when one
edge overlaps the next part or petal or sepal or lobe
while the other edge or margin is overlapped by a
preceding part , rolled up
Cordate Heart-shaped, with a sinus and rounded lobes
at the base and ovate in general outline
Cork The name applied to the outer impervious mostly
not-living part of the bark Most bark develops a
corky exterior, and m some cases it becomes very
prominent In Evonymous Thunliergianus, the English
maple, the corky barked elm, and other trees and
shrubs, it forms wings on the branches The cork of
commerce comes from the bark of Quercus Ilex (better
known as Q tiubcr), plantations of which grow m south-
western Europe The cork tree of the catalogues,
Phellodendron amurense, is a curious tree, cultivated
for ornament
Corm A solid bulb-like part, usually subterranean, as
the "bulb" of crocus and gladiolus
Cormel A corm arising from a mother-corm
Cormlet Aerial conn, or one borne in the inflorescence or
in the leaf axils
Cormous With conns, or pertaining to conns.
Corneous Horny, hard and very dense in texture
Corniculate Bearing or terminating in a small horn-like
protuberance or process
Corolla Inner circle of floral envelopes, if the parts are
separate, they are petals, if not separate, they are
teeth, lobes or divisions
Corona Crown, coronet, any appendage or intrusion that
stands between the corolla and stamens, or on the
corolla, as the cup of a daffodil, or that is the out-
growth of the stamina! part or circle, as in the milk-
weeds
Coromform Crown-formed or crown-like, corona-like
Corticate Having a cortex or hard bark, also having a
rind, as the lemon and orange
Corymb Short and broad, more or less flat-topped inde-
terminate flower-t luster
Corymbose inflorescence Outer flowers opening first
Costa A rib, in particular a strong nb or line, as a midrib
or mid-ner\ e
Cottaie Ribbed
Cotyledon Seed-leaf, the primary leaf or leaves in the
embryo, m some plants the cotyledon always remains
in the seed-coats and in others (as bean) it emerges on
germination
Cratenform Deep saucer-shaped, cup-shaped.
Creeper A trailing shoot that takes root in the ground
throughout its length
Crenate Shallowly round-toothed or obtubely toothed.
Cremilate Finely or shallow ly crenate
Crested With elevated and irregular or toothed ridge.
Cribrose Sieve-like, with numerous small apertures
Crop Produce of tilled, eared-for or protected plants.
Croppage The whole subject of the producing of crops
Cross The offspring of any two flowers that have been
fertilized A cross-breed is a cross between varieties
of the bame species Synonyms are half-breed, mongrel,
variety-hybrid Crossing is the operation of cross-
pollinating Cross-pollination is the transfer of the
pollen of one flower to the pistil of another
Cross-fertilization Fertilization or fecundation secured
by pollen from another flower
Cross-pollination Transfer of pollen from flower to flower.
Crown. Corona; also that part of the stem at the surface
of the ground, also a part of a rhizome with a largo
bud, suitable for use in propagation.
Cruciate Cross-shaped or cross-like
Crustaceous. Said of bodies or coverings that are hard and
brittle.
Cryptogam. Flowerless plant, aa fern, moss, fungus, sea-
weed, less used than formerly as a technical term.
Cryptos In Greek compounds, signifying concealed.
Culm The stem of sedges and grasses, and similar plants.
Cuniate. Wedge-shaped, triangular, with the narrow end
at point of attachment, ab of leaves or petals
Cupular. Cup-like or cup-shaped, the acorn nut sits in a
cupule or little cup (whence the name Cupuhfer®).
Cuticle The external rind or skin of a plant or part;
usually applied to the thin waterproof membrane
overlying the epidermis
Cutting A severed vegetative or asexual part of a plant
used in propagation, as a cutting of root, of stem, or
of leaf.
Cyathiform Cup-shaped.
Cymbiform Boat-shaped.
Cyme A broad, more or less flat-topped determinate
flower-cluster
Cymote inflorescence With central flowers opening first
Cypstla An old term for the fruit of composites, being
dry, one-celled and one-seeded.
Deciduous Falling, as the leaves of non-evergreen trees.
Decompound More than once compound
Decumbent Reclining or lying on the ground, but with the
end ascending
Decurrent Running down the stem, as the leaf of mullein
Decussate Opposite leaves in four rows up and down the
stem, alternating in pairs at right angles
Definite Said of H constant or known number, not exceed-
ing twenty, contracted with indefinite, above twenty,
when the parts are usually not counted in systematic
descriptions
Deflexed Turned downward abruptly.
Defoliation The casting or falling of the leaves
Dehiscence The method or process of opening of a seed-
pod or anther
Deliquescent Trunk or leader lost in the branches; said
of tree-top without a leader
Deltoul Triangular, delta-like
Dendroid Said of tree-shaped small plants
Dendron In Greek compounds, signifying a tree
Dtntate With sharp spieadmg teeth
Depauptrate Applied to a plant or part that is less per-
f< c tlv de\ eloped than usual or normal, also said of
very small members of a genus, or family
Depressed More or less flattened endwise or from above.
Descending The direction gradually downwards
Determinate Definite cessation of growth at the apex or
in the mam axis
Di-, Dis,- In Greek combinations, signifying two or twice
as diphyllus, two-leaved
Diadtlphous In two groups, as the stamens of some
Legummossp, joined by their filaments.
Diandrous With two stamens
Diaphanous Transparent or translucent.
Dicarpdlous Comprised of two carpels
Dwhlamydcous Provided with both ralyx and corolla.
Dichogamy Stamens and pistils maturing at different
times
Diclinous Imperfect, ha\mg either stamens or pistils but
not both, unisexual See Monochnous
Dicoccous Separating into two cocci
Dicotyledonous With two cotyledons
Didynamous. With four btamens in two pairs of different
length
Diffuse Loosely branching or spreading; of open
growth
Digitate Hand-hke, compound with the members arising
from one point.
Dimerous The parts in twos.
Dixctous Stammate and pistillate flowers on different
plants.
Dipterous. Two-winged.
Dipyrenous Having two stones or pyrenes.
Disciform Flattish and circular like a discus.
Discoid Disk-like, in particular, said of a head of Com-
posite without ray-flowers.
164
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
Disk, disc. A more or less fleshy or elevated development
of the receptacle about the pistil, receptacle in the
head of Compositse
Disk-flowers The tubular flowers in the center of heads of
Compositae, as distinguished from the ray-flowers.
Dissected Divided into many slender segments.
Dissepiment A partition, particularly in an ovary or fruit.
Distinct Separate, not united with parts in the sarno
series
Divided Separated to the base
Divi&wn Propagation by means of separating the root
sybteni or rhizome system into parts, cutting up the
plant into several root-bearing parts or pieces, as when
one rhubarb plant is made into two or more.
Dorsal Back, relating to the back or outer surface of a
part or organ
Dorsiferous Bearing anything on the back.
Dorsifixed Attached by the back
Dorsoventral Literally, bark-front, placed with reference
to the back or front or to both
Double Said of flowero that have more than the usual
number of floral envelopes, particularly of petals, full
Downy Covered with very short and weak soft hair*,
Drupe A fleshy one-boeded mclehiseent fruit, with seed
inclosed in a stony endocarp, stone-fruit
Drupelet One drupe in a fruit made up of aggregate
drupes, as in the raspberry
Dumose. Low and branching, as a bush.
E- or Ex- In Latin-formed words, usually denoting, as
a prefix, that parts are missing, as exstipulate, without
stipules, efctnate, without stripes
Ecalcarate Without calcar or spur
Ecology Study of habits and modes of life of animals and
plants
Ecostate Without ribs.
Edentate Without teeth
Effuse Loosely spreading, very diffuse.
Eglandulose Without glands
Elliptic A flat part or body that is oval and narrowed to
rounded ends
Elongate Lengthened, stretched out.
Embryo The plantlot in the seed
Endocarp The inner layer or part of a pericarp.
Endogen Term applied to stems ha\ ing scattered bundles,
as of Indian corn, not appropriate, and now little used.
See Exogen
Endosperm Starch or other food outside or around the
embryo, albumen
Ensiform, ensate Sword-shaped, long, flat, 2-edged,
nearly or quite straight, with a sharp point
Entire Margin not ui any way indented, whole
Environment Surroundings, conditions in which organ-
isms live and grow
Ephemeral Persisting for one day only, as flowers of
spiderwort
Epi A Greek prefix signifying on or upon
Epicarp The outer layer or surface of the pericarp.
Epichile The upper part of the jointed hp of an orchid.
Epicotyl That part of the cauhcle lying above the coty-
ledons
Epidermis Superficial layer of cells and underneath the
cuticle
Epigeal Cotyledons rising into the air in germination.
Epigeous Close upon the ground rather than underneath.
Epigynous Borne on the ovary, used of floral parts when
ovary is inferior and flower not perigynous
Epipetalous On a petal
Epiphyllous On a leaf.
Epiphyte Air-plant, a plant growing on another or on
some other elevated support
Equitant. Sitting astride, used for conduplicate leaves that
stand inside each other in two ranks, as m Iris.
Erostrate. Without a beak.
Essential organs Stamens and pistils
Evergreen. Remaining green throughout the year.
Exalbuminous Seeds without albumen or endosperm.
Excentnc. Out of or away from the center
Excurrent. The trunk or leader continuing through the top.
Exfoliating Coming off m thin layers, as the bark of birch
and other plants
Exocarp The out&ide part of a pericarp.
Exogen, exogenous. Gi owing and increasing m diameter
by layers on the exterior of the woody cylinder, m
distinction from endogens
Exscrted Sticking out, projecting beyond, as stamens
from a perianth
Exsiccated Dry or dried.
Exstipulate Without stipules
Extrorse Looking or facing outward
Eye The marked center of a flower, a bud on a tuber, as
on a potato, a single-bud cutting
Facies The general appearance or "looks" of a plant, or
the characteristic appearance of a plant society
Fannau'ous Containing starch, or starch-like materials.
Fa»ciated Much flattened, an abnormal or teratolo^ual
widening and flattening of the stem
Fascicle A condensed or close cluster, as of flowers.
Feminine Pistillate (m higher plants)
Futile Said of pollen-bearing stamens and seed-bearing
fruits
Fertilization Impregnation of the ovule, the act of union
of bperm and egg cells, in the higher plants taking
place within the ovule fecundation
Fetid Having a disagreeable odor
Fibrillose With fine fibers or threads
Fibrous Fiber-like, containing fibers or thread-like parts.
Fibro-vaxrular Made up of l>oth fibers and ducts, combina-
tion of fibrous and vascular structure.
Filament Stalk of the anther
Filiform Thread-like, long and very slender.
Fimbrvite Fringed
Fimbnllate Minutely fringed
Fteitular Cylindrical and hollow.
Flaccid Soft, lax and weak, not rigid.
Flagclliform Whip-form , long and slender like a lash
Flagging Wilting, said particularly of newly made cuttmga
and recently transplanted plants
Flexnous Having a more or less zigzag or wavy form, said
of stems of various kinds
Floccoi>e With tufts or flo( ks of soft wool or woolly hair.
Flora The pi int population of a given region, also a book
describing this population
Florets Individual flowers of composites and grasses, also
other very small flowers that make up a \ery denso
form of inflorescence
Florifc rous Flower-bearing
Foliaceoits Leaf-like, said particularly of sepals and calyx-
lobes and of bracts that in texture, size or color look
like small or large leaves
-foliate In combinations, -leaved, having leaves, as tri-
foliate, three-leaved
-folwlate Having leaflets, as tnfoholate, of three leaflets
Follicle Dry, dehiscent pericarp opening only on the front
suture
Folhcular With follicles, follicle-like.
Foramen An aperture or opening
Forked Branching or divided into nearly equal parts or
members
Fornicate Arched.
Free Not joined to other organs, as petals free from the
stamens or calyx
Frond Leaf of fern , sometimes used in the sense of foliage.
Frosted With a more or less shining or crystallized
white covering
Fructification The act or process of fruiting, also the
fruiting organ or organs.
Fruit. The ripened pericarp or pericarps with the adnate
parts; the seed-bearing organ.
Fruticose. Shrubby or shrub-like in the sense of being
woody.
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
165
Fugacious. Falling or withering away very early.
Fumose Smoke-colored.
Function What a plant or a part does, its vital activities.
Fumcle The stalk or stipe of an ovule or seed.
Funnelform With tube gradually widening upward and
passing insensibly into the Jirnb, as in many flowers
of Convolvulus, mfundibuhform
Furrowed With longitudinal channels or grooves
Fusiform Spindle-shaped , narrowed both ways from a
swollen middle, as dahlia roots
Galea. A hood or a helmet-shaped part or structure, as
found in the upper lip of some corollas
Gamete One of the sex-tells, cither male or female
Gamopctalous Corolla of one piece, petals united
Gamophyllous. Leaves united
Gamoscpalous Calyx of one piece, sepals united
Geminate In pairs, twin
Gemma A bud, particularly a bud or bud-like structure
by which a plant propagates
Gemmiparout Bud-bearing
Gemmule A little bud or bud-like structure
Generation Period from birth (impregnation) to death,
the epoch from one 1-celled stage of a pi mt to the
next 1-celled stage
Germination The unfolding of the embryo and becoming
self-establihhed «f the plantlet
Gibbosity A swelling or bulging on one side or near the
base.
Glabrate Nearly glabrous, or becoming glabrous with
maturity or age
Glabrous Not hairy
Gladmte Sword-shaped or sword-like
Gland Properly a .secreting part or prominence or appen-
dage, but often used in the sense of gland-like
Glandular Having or bearing secreting org-in\ or glands.
Glandulow, glnndnhfcrous Gl ind-bearing
Glaucous Covered with a "bloom" or a whitish substance
that rubs oil
Glochidiate Said of parts with summit barbed
Glomerate In dense or compac t e luster or clusters
Glomerule Dense head-like clusters, properlv a dense
cyme
Glume A small chaff-like bract, in particular, one of the
two emptv bracts at the base of the grass spikelet
Graft A bramh or bud inserted on another plant with the
intention that it .shall grow there, < ion
Grafting The process of inserting a e ion in a plant with
the intention that it shall grow tin re See Budding
Granular, granulate Covered with very small grams,
minutely or finelv mealy
Gymnos In Greek compounds, signifying naked or not
covered as gymnospernis, icith naked seeds (not in a
pericarp) See Angiosperm
Gynandrous With the stamens grown on the pistil, form-
ing one oigan, as in the orchids
Gynobase Stipe or stalk of an o\ ary. being an extension
or prolongation of the receptacle, short gynophore
Gynapcium The female or pistil - bearing part of the
flower See Andrcecium
Gynophore. Stipe of an ovary prolonged within the calyx.
Habit The looks, appearance, general stvlo or mode of
growth, as an upright, open, decumbent or strict
habit.
Habitat. Particular place in which a plant grows, as a
swamp, roadside, lawn, woods, ballast-heap, hillside
Hairs A general name for many kinds of small and slen-
der outgrowths on the parts of plants, special kinds of
hairiness are designated as setose, villous, comose,
pubescent, hirsute, and others.
Halberd-shaped Hastate
Hamate Hooked
Hastate. Of the shape of an arrow-head but the basal lobes
pointed or narrow and standing nearly or quite at
right angles, halberd-shaped.
Haulm Straw-like stems, as of the cereal grama, some-
times also applied to the stems of palms, usually a
collective noun
Head A short dense spike, capitulum
Heart-shaped Cordate, ovate in general outline but with
two rounded basal lobe.s, has reference particularly to
the shape of the base of a leaf or other expanded part
Heel An enlarged or more or less transverse part on the
lower end of a cutting secured from the older or
larger branch from whuh the cutting is taken
Ilchcoid Twisted or toiled in sniul-shell form
Hehotropism The characteristic of turning toward the light.
Hemi- In Greek compounds, signifying half
Hepta- In Greek compounds, signifying seven
Herb Naturally dying to the ground, without persistent
stem above ground, lacking definite woody firm
structure
Herbaceous Not woody, dying down each year, said also
of soft branches before they bee ome woody.
Hermaphrodite Bearing both stamens and pistil in the
same flower, two-sexed, bisexual
Hfsperidium The fruit of the orange-kind
Heterocarpous Various-fruited, with more than one kind
or form of fruit
Heterogamous With t\\o or more kinds or forms of flowers.
Heteros In Greek composition, signifying various, or of
more than one Aim/ or form, as heterophyllous, with
more than one krrui or form of leaf
Hilurn In the seed, the star or mark indicating the point
of attachment
Hip Fruit of the rose, being an urn-like or closed recep-
tacle bearing the achenes inside See Hypanthium
Hirsute With rather rough or coarse hairs
Hirttllous Softly or minutely hirsute or hairy
Hispid Provided with stiff or bnstlv hairs
HiApvlulous Somewhat or minutely hispid
Hoary Covered with a close white or whitish pubes-
cence
Homo- In Greek compounds, signifying alike or very
similar
Homoairpous All the fnnts, as of a flower-head, alike.
Homogamoui Presenting only one kind of flowers
Homologous Related in origin or morphology. Seo
AnuLoqou-s
Homomorphouis Uniform, all the given parts alike.
Hornij Hard and dense in texture, corneous
Hybrid A plant resulting from a tro*;s between two or
more parents that are more or less unlike
Hygroscopic Capable of absorbing moisture from at-
mosphere
Hypanthmm A f nut-like body (as the rose-hip) formed by
the enlargement of the torus and bearing the proper
fruits on its upper or inner surface, literally "beneath
the flower" Now commonly used to denote the eup-
shaped receptacle on which calyx, petals and stamens
are inserted in cases of pengyny, as in plum, fuchsia
Hypochil The lower or basal part of the lip in orchids
Hypocotyl That part of the cauhcle Iving below the
cotyledons
Hypon at< i ifonn Salver-form, that shape of the flower
characterized by a cylindrical tube and a flat-spread-
ing limb, as in phlox
Hypogeal Cotyledons remaining beneath the ground m
germination
Hypoaynou* Borne on the torus, or under the ovary;
said of the stamens or petals
Immaruinate Without a run or edge.
Immersed Entirely under water.
Impanpinnate Unequally pinnate, odd-pinnate, with a
single terminal leaflet
Imperfect flower. Having either stamens or pistils, but
not both.
Implcxed, implexuous. Entangled, interlaced
Impregnation Fecundation or fertilization of the ovule
by the pollen, also, the infiltration of substances
166
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
Impressed. Deeply nerved, furrowed or grooved as if
by pressure
Inarching The grafting together of two plants with the
intention that, when they are severed, part of one
plant will be growing on the other
Incanescent Hoary- or gray -pubescent, canescent
Incised. Cut, slashed irregularly, more or less deeply
and sharply.
Inclining. Looking or falling down from the horizontal.
Included. Not protruded, as stamens not projecting from
the corolla.
Incomplete Lacking some of its parts, as a flower defi-
cient in stamens or calyx
Incrustate Crusted, with a hard or firm covering
Incumbent (cotyledons) Of a seed so bent over that the
back of one cotyledon lies against the radicle
Indefinite Very numerous, as above twenty, see Definite
Indehiscent Not regularly opening, as a seed-pod or anther
Indeterminate Growing on from the apex, particularly of
the mam axis
Indigenous Native to the region, not introduced from
some other country
Indumentum A covering of hair
Induphcate With margins folded inward.
Indurated Hard, hardened
Indusium The little growth covering or surrounding the
sorus or fruit-dot in ferns
Inferior Beneath, lower, below, as an inferior ovary, one
that is below the calyx -leaves
Inflated Blown up, bladder}
Inflorescence Mode of flower-bearing , technically less
correct but much more common in the sense of a flower-
cluster
Infra- In combinations, signifying below.
Infundibuhform Funnelform
Innate Said of an anther when attached by its base to
the filament
Innovation An offshoot or departure from the axis
Inserted Attached , as a stamen growing on the corolla
Inter- In composition, signifying between, particularly
between closely related parts or organs
Interfoliaceous Between the leaves, particularly between
two leaves of a pair
Internode The part or space of stem between two nodes
or joints.
Interrupted Not continuous, in particular, the inter-
position of small leaflets or segments between others
Intorted Twisted upon or around itself
Intramarginal. Just within the margin or edge, between the
margins
Introduced Brought from another region, either inten-
tionally or otherwise, in horticulture, used to desig-
nate the intentional bringing of plants into cultiva-
tion either from another country or from the wild
Introrse Turned or faced inward or toward the axis, as
an anther looking toward the center of the flower.
Inverted Turned over, end-for-end, top-side down.
Involucel A secondary involucre, small involucre about
the parts of a cluster
Involucre A whorl of small leaves or bracts standing close
underneath a flower or flower-cluster.
Involute Said of a flat body (as a leaf) rolled inward or
toward the upper side See Revolute
Irregular flower Some parts different from other parts
in same series.
Jointed. With nodes, or points of real or apparent articu-
lation.
Keeled Ridged like the bottom of a boat, also the two
front united petals of a papilionaceous flower
Knaur. An excrescence, bur or knot of woody tissue that
will grow when removed and used as a cutting.
Labettum. Lip, particularly the lip of orchids.
Labiate. Lipped; a member of the Labiatte.
Labynnthtform With intricate winding lines or ]
Lacerate Torn , irreguarly cleft or cut
Lanniate Slashed into narrow pointed lobes
Lactescent Containing inilk or a milk-like substance
Lacunose Having holes or empty places, particularly in
the anatomical structure
Lamella A thin flat plate or part
Lamina. The blade of a leaf or petal or other expanded
part or body
Lanceolate. Lance-shaped, much longer than broad;
widening above the ba.se and tapering to the apex
Lapidose Found in stony places
Lateral On or at the side
Layer A branch that takes root and gives rise to an inde-
pendent plant
Leaflet One part of a compound leaf, secondary leaf.
Leaf-stalk The stem of a leaf, petiole, foot-stalk
Legume Simple pericarp dehiscing on both sutures, pod.
Lemma In grasses, the flowering glume, — the lower of
the two bracts immediately inclosing the flower
Lenticular Lentil-shaped, lens-shaped
Lepals Sterile stamens, particularly those nectaries or
scales representing stamens, term little used
Lepidote Sui faced with small scurf > scales
Liana, hane A woody twining or climbing plant entang-
ling a tropical forest.
Life-history The sum of the events in the life of a plant
Ligneous Woody
Ligule A strap-shaped organ or body, particularly, a
strap-shaped corolla, as in tho ray-flowors of com-
posites, also a projection from the top of the sheath ID
grasses and similar plants
Limb The expanded flat part of an organ, in particular,
the expanding part of a gamopetalous corolla
Limbate Surrounded by an edging of another color;
margined with color, ulso, provided with a limb.
Line One- twelfth of an inch
Linear Long and narrow, the sides parallel or nearly so.
Lineate Lined, bearing thin parallel lines
Linguiform Shaped like a lingula, or with a projecting
tonguc-hkc part or process
Lip One of the parts in an unequall> di\ ided corolla or
cal>\, these parts are usually two, the upper lip and
the lower lip, although one lip is sometimes wanting;
the upper lip of orchids is by a twist of the stipe
made to appear as the lower, a labmm
Lobe Any part or segment of an organ, specifically a part
of petal or calyx or leaf that represents a division to
about the middle.
Lobule A small lobe.
Locale Compartment or cell of a pistil or anther
Loculuidal Dehiscence between the partitions into the
cavity
Lodicule A small scale in a grass flower, between the
lemma and stamens
Loment A legume with constrictions or articulations.
Lorate Strap-shaped
Lyrate. Pmnatifid but with an enlarged terminal lobe and
smaller lower lobes
Medullary Relating to the pith, tho medullary ravs seen
in cross-sections of woody trunks radiate from tho
medulla or pith.
Meniscoidal. Like a meniscus or disk, with the form of a
watch-crystal
Mericarp The peculiar seed-like fruit of the Umbel lifers).
-merous In composition, referring to the numbers of
parts, as flowers 5-merous, in which the parts of each
kind or series are five or in fives.
Mesocarp Middle layer or part of a pericarp; the part
between tho endocarp and exocarp
Mesochil The intermediate or middle part of the lip of
orchids when the lip is separated into three parts.
Micropyle. The opening through which impregnation
takes place; the point on the seed marking the orifice
of the ovule.
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
167
Midrib, The main rib of a le.J or leaf-like part.
Mitnforrn Mitro shaped, or like a rap.
Monadelphous. Stamens united in one group by their
filaments as in many Legummosaj
Momhform Suggesting a string of heads
Mono- In Greek compounds, signifying one.
Monodinuus Hermaphrodite, perfect, the two sexes in
the same flower SOP Didinous
Monocotybdonous. With a .single cotyledon.
Moncrdoux Stctimnatc and pistillate flowers on the same
plant
Monogijnous With only one .style
Monop(talom Ono-potalod, all the petals united to form
OIK- bod> or org'in, as a gamopotalous (orolla
Monopoduil Axi.il clued ion (ontmued by giowth from
terminal bud or persistimco of the leader.
Munottirhou'* In om- row
Monstrosity Deformity , any unusual or non-typical kind
of development
Morphology The s< ien< e or subject that treats of forms
or of the tiansfoimations of organs
Miuu^e With a slnn> (ovenngoi secretion.
Muirn A short and shaip abrupt tip
Mule An old word for i doss, particularly between dif-
ferent spc'cios, h>bnd, doss-breed
Multifid Cut or deft into many narrow lobes or parts.
Mnltiplf Of sov oi.il or m inv distinct parts
Multiple f) nit The united product (in one body) of
sev t nil or many flow< rs
Mnlt\\cptdt( With many divisions or chambers, as some
nuts
A[ it variform In form of a brush or fly-brush.
At i/i <lium Vegetative part of a fungus, composed of
threads or throad> tissue
Nal\^<l Jlouer With no floral envelopes, \\itliout calyx
and f orolla
Na inform '1 uini[»-sh iped, more or ksx short-fusiform,
bro id< r th in high and abruptly tapering l>oth ways
Ntiuculm Bo it-hapcd, (vmbiform
Ntttnnfirnv* NV( tar-boanng
Xutart/ V stint ture or organ th it secretes nectar.
AV pluoid Kidnc\ -sh iped , reniform
Acrrc A vein or skndei rib, particularly if not branched.
fretted Marked with ietx uKited line-, or rier\es that pro-
ject somewhat above the surf ice
Nruitr, neutral Ncithe r stnmens nor pistils, sexless
N ululate Nested, as if like or boine in a nidus or nest
At>r/< V joint wheie vloif is boini oi m i> be borne, also
mconeetlv the bpace between two joints, which is
prop«rl\. an mtornodo
Niidtuk The kernel of a send, the central denser
stiuetuie of a coll
Nniule A small nutlet, anv hard seed-like fruit or part
Nut An indent-scent 1 -colled and 1 -seeded hard and bony
fruit, even if resulting from i fmnpound ovary.
Nutlet A small or diminutive nut, nucule
Ob- A Latin s\ liable, usually signifying inversion
Obeomcal Inversely conical, cone attached at the small
point
Oblanreolate Inversely lanceolate, with the broadest part
of a lane eolate body aw av from the point of attachment
Oblique Slanting, uncqual-sieVed
Oblong Longer than broad, and with the sides nearly or
quite parallel most of their length
Obovate Inverted ovate
Obovoid An ovoid bod\ attached at the smaller end
Obsolescent Nearly obsolete, becoming rudimentary.
Obsolete Not evident or apparent, rudimentary.
Obtuse Blunt, rounded
Occtlated Eyed , a circular spot of one color inside a larger
spot or area of another color
Ochraceous Ochre-yellow, gradually changing to brown.
Ocrea. A boot-shaped or tubular stipule, as in Polygonum.
Oculus. An cyo, a leaf -bud when used as a cutting
Offset A plant arising close to the base of mother plant.
Oleaginous Fleshy and oily
Oligos In Greek compounds, signifying few.
Opaque Dull , riot translucent or shining
Operculum A lid, as of a circumscissile capsule.
Orthos In Greek compounds, signifying straight.
Orthotropous (ovule or seed) An erect straight seed, with
the nucropyle at the apex and hilum at the base.
Gascons Bony, hard, brittle, of very close texture.
Ovary Ovule-bearing part of a pistil
Ovatt With an outline hk<- that of hen's egg cut in two
lengthwise, the broader end downward.
Ovoid A solid that is oval in outline.
Oiule The body which, after fertilization, becomes the seed.
Ovuhferous. Ovule-bearing
Painted Said of colors that are in streaks of unequal
bnlli incy
Palate In personate corollas, a rounded projection or
prominence of the lower lip, closing the throat or very
nearly .so
Palea, pakt In the grass flower, the upper of the two
inclosing bracts, the lower one being the lemma
Palmate Lobed or divided in a palm-like or hand-hka
fashion
Palmatifid Cut about half way down in a palmate form.
Paiutli A branching raceme, flower-cluster in which the
brine h<s are racemose, the flowers being pedicellate.
Papilionaceous curolla Buttet fly-like, pea-like flower,
with a standaid, wings, and keel
Papjnjoi in Pappus-like
Pappus Pec ubar calvx-linib of composites, being plumose,
biMlo-hko, stales, or otherwise
Ptna^itu Growing and living on or in another organism.
Pandal Borne on the paries or wall (inner surface) of
a.apsulo
Patlnl ('!( ft or cut not ciuite to the base
Parthcrif>g(H((ir Seed developing without fertilization or
fee undation
Partial Of sfcondaty importance or rank.
Partil*- Divided very nearly to the base.
Pfi)tition<d Divided m compartments or chambers by
internal horizontal partitions
Pathological Diseased
Ptilictl Stem of one flower in a cluster.
Peduncle Stem of a flow er-cluster or of a solitary flower.
P( lint id Clear, transparent, that can nearly be seen
through
Peltate Attached to its stalk insidt, the margin, peltate
leaves are usually shield-shaped
Pennirunui Nerves arising along the length of a central
midrib
Pentarnuniif In fives
P( i><> Fruit of pumpkin, squash, and the like
Pertnnial Of three or moie seasons' duration
Perfnt Hounr One that has both stamens and pistil.
Per foliate The stem apparently passing through the part,
as a leaf, united around the stem
Pergamenious, pergamcntaceous Texture of parchment.
P>ri- In Gieek compounds, signifying around
Perianth The floral envelope considered together; com-
monly used for flowers in which there is usually no
clear distinction between calyx and corolla, as the hhes
Pericarp The ripened ovary
Pirigymum. The sac or utricle that incloses the ovary or
achone in Carex, it is sometimes inflated
Perigunmis Borne around the ovary and not beneath it,
as when calyx, corolla and stamens are borne on the
edge of a cup-shaped hypanthmm , such cases are said
to exhibit pengyny
Persistent Remaining attached, not falling off
Persorutte Said of a two-lipped corolla the throat of which
is closed by a palate, as in toad-flax.
Petal One of the separate leaves of a corolla.
Petaloid Petal-like, of color and shape resembling a petal.
Petiole Leaf-stalk.
168
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
Petiolule. Stalk of a leaflet.
Phalanges (plural of phalanx) The groups or bundles of
stamens in diadelphous or polyadelphous flowers.
Phenogam, phenogamous Flowering plants, seed-bearing
plants (as distinguished from spore-bearing, or cryp-
togams).
Phyllodium. Leaf-like petiole and no blade, as in some
acacias and other plants
Phyllotaxy. Order of arrangement of leaves on the stem.
Phytology The study of plants, particularly of the kinds
or species, botany
Plicate, pileiform With the form of a pileus or rimless
cap, in particular, pertaining to the cap of a mushroom.
Pinna. A primary division or leaflet of a pinnate leaf.
Pinnate Feather-formed , with the leaflets of a compound
leaf placed on either side of the rachis
Pinnatifid Cleft or parted in a pinnate (rather than pal-
mate) way
Pinnatipartite Pinnatoly-parted
Pinnatisect. Cut down to the midrib in a pinnate way.
Pinnule A secondary pinna or leaflet in a pinnately
decompound leaf
Pip A perpendicular or upright small rootstock used in
propagation, as of hly-of-the-valley.
Pisiform Pea-shaped, pea-like
Pistil The ovule-bearing and seed-bearing organ.
Pistillate. Having pistils and no stamens, female
Pitted Having little depressions or cavities
Placenta Part or place in the ovary where ovules are
attached.
Plaited Folded lengthwise, as a closed fan
Plane Evenly flat, rather than wrinkled, folded, grooved
or otherwise
Platys. In Greek combinations, signifying broad or unde.
Plumose Plumy, feather-like, with fine hairs, as the pap-
pus of some composites.
Plumule The bud in the embryo
Plur-annual Of one season's duration only because
kilted by frost
Pod A dehiscent dry pen carp
Pollen Spores or grains borne by the anther, containing
the male element, sometimes it is not granular
Pollination The mechanical or physical operation of
transfering pollen from stamen to pistil.
Pollimferous Bearing-pollen.
Pollmium A coherent mass of pollen, as in orchids and
milkweeds
Poly- In Greek combinations, signifying numerous or many.
Polyadelphous The stamens in many bundles or fascicles.
Polygamous Bearing imperfect and hermaphrodite
flowers on the same plant
Polymerous Of many parts or series
Pome Fruit of apple, pear, quince, etc.
Porose With small holes, pores or perforations.
Posterior At or toward the back, opposite the front;
toward the axis, away from the subtending bract
Prsefoliation Arrangement of leaves in the bud , vernation.
Pr<£tnorse, Jagged, as if bitten off.
Prickle A small and weak spme-hke body borne irregu-
larly on the bark or epidermis
Prismatic. Prism-shaped, with plane sides separated by
angles, body of nearly uniform size throughout, and
with similar end-sections
Process An extension of any surface or part beyond the
main outline
Procumbent Trailing or lying flat, but not rooting.
Proliferous Bearing offshoots or redundant parts; bear-
ing other similar structures on itself
Proterandrous. Anthers maturing before pistils
Proterogynous Pistils maturing before anthers
Pseud-annual Perennial by means of bulbs, conns, or
tubers
Pseudo-. In Greek compounds, signifying spurious or false.
Pseudobulb The thickened or bulb-form stems of certain
orchids, the part being solid and borne above ground.
Puberulent. Somewhat or minutely pubescent.
Pubescent Covered with short, soft hairs; downy.
Pulverulent. Powdered or dusty
Pulvinate. Cushioned, with a cushion-like enlargement or
structure, as at the base of some petioles or leaflets
Punctate With translucent or colored dots or depressions
or pits
Pungent Ending in a stiff sharp point or tip, also acrid
(to the taste)
Putamen The hard or bony shell of a nut or of a stone-
fruit
Pyrenc, pyrcna Nutlet, particularly the nutlet in a drupe.
Pyriform Pear-formed or -shaped
Pyxis Pod opening or dehiscing by a transverse ring
Quadrangular Four-angled
Quaternate In fours
Quincunx Five plants in a square, one of them being in
the center
Quintupled. Five times, multiplied by five.
Raceme A simple elongated indeterminate cluster with
stalked flowers
Rachilla, rhachilla A diminutive or secondary axis, or
rachis, in particular, in the grasses and sedges the axia
that boais the florets
Rachis Axis bearing flowers or leaflets, petiole of a fern
frond (plural rachides or rachua)
Radiate Standing on and spreading from a common
editor, also, \vith ray-flowers, as m the Composite).
Radical Belonging or pertaining to the root
Radicle The inferior or downward part of the embryo
below the cotyledons, taudide
Radix Hoot
Rameal Pertaining to a branch or branches.
Ramenta Chaffy loose scales borne on leaves and stems,
as on the stems of ferns
Ramifitation The mode or style of branching of a plant.
Raphc, rhaphe The (ord or ridge of fibro-vastulur tissue
connecting the hilum and chalaza on a seed (when the
hilum and chalaia are separated)
Ray Outer modified florets of some composites, with an
extended or strap-like part to the corolla, also the
branches of an umbel or umbel-like cluster
Receptacle Torus, the more or less enlarged or elongated
end of the stem or flo\ver-axis on which some or all of
the flower-parts are borne, sometimes the receptacle
is greatly expanded, as in the Composite, sometimes it
assumes capsule-like forms, as in the hypanthium of the
rose
Redinate, reclining Bent down or falling back from the
perpendicular
Recondite Concealed, difficult to make out, not easily
recognized
Recurved Bent or curved downward or backward
Reflexrd Abruptly recurved or bent downward or hack-
ward
Regular flower With the parts in each series or set alike, as
stamens all like each other, petals all like each other.
Reinforced fruit With other parts grown to the pericarp.
Remote Separated by spaces longer than common.
Remform Kidney-shaped
Repent Creeping, rooting at the joints.
Rcsupinate Upside down, turned over.
Retroise Bent or turned over back or downward.
Revolute Rolled backward, margin rolled toward lower
side See Involute
Rhachis See Rachis.
Rhaphe See Raphe.
Rhizome Underground stem; rootstock.
Rhizos. In Greek compounds, signifying root.
Rib In a leaf or similar organ, the primary vein; also
any prominent vein or nerve
Rimose. With cracks or chinks.
Ringenl. Gaping; said of labiate flowers with an open
throat or mouth.
Rootstock Subterranean stem; rhizome.
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
169
Roatellum. A little beak; particularly a projection above
the atigma in the orchid flower.
Roaula A rosette, or dense more or less flat imbricated
cluster of leaves
Rosulate In a rosula or rosette.
Rotate. Wheel-shaped, with short or obsolete tube and a
flat and circular limb
Rotund Nearly circular, orbicular, inclining to be oblong.
Rudimentary Incomplete, very little developed
Ruminated Chewed, particularly applied to wrinkled
albumen in seeds that are irregularly channeled or
pierced, as in nutmeg and in annona fruits
Runcinate Said of sharply lobed or cut leaves that have
the segments directed backward
Runner. A slender trailing shoot taking root at the nodes.
Sabulose Growing in or pertaining to sandy places
Sagittate. Like an arrowhead in form, triangular with
the basal lobes pointing downward
Salver-shaped With a slender tube and an abruptly ex-
panded flat limb, as that of the phlox, hypocrateriform.
Samara Indehiscent winged peru arp, as of the maple
Sap The watery contents of a plant, an indefinite and
undesonptive term little used by botanists.
Sapid With a pleasant or savory taste
Scabrous Rough , feeling roughish or gritty to the touch
Scale A name given to many kinds of small mostly dry
and appressed leaves or bracts, a vestige
Scape Leafless peduncle arising from the ground; it
may bear scales or bracts but no foliage-leaves, and
may be one- or manv-flowered
Scarwus Leaf-like parts or bracts that are not green, but
thin, dry, and membranaceous, often more or less
translucent
Sewn See Cion
Scleroid Of a hard texture
Scorpioul Said of a cluster in which the flowers are 2-
ranked and borne alternately at the right and the left
Seed The ripened ovule, the essential part is the embryo,
and this is contained within integuments
Seedling ^ young plant raised from seed , u plant direct from
seed without the intervention of grafting of any kind
Segm<nt One of the parts of a leaf, petal, calyx or perianth
that is div ided but not truly compound
Sdf-f utilization Secured by pollen from same flower,
close-fertilization
Self-pollination Transfer of pollen from stamen to pistil
of snine flower, close-pollination
Sepal One of the separate leaves of a calyx.
Separation Multiplication of plants by means of naturally
detachable asexual bodies or organs, as offsets, stolons
Septate Partitioned, divided by partitions
Septieidal Dehiscenee along or in the partitions, not di-
rectly into the locule
Septum A partition
Sessile Not stalked, sitting.
Set Applied loosely to vegetative parts used in propaga-
tion, as to offsets, layers, root-cuttings
Seta A bristle
Seliform Bristle-shaped.
Sheath. Any long or more or less tubular structure sur-
rounding an organ or part.
Shoot. A new plant from the root of the old plant; also
any growing twig or axis
Shrub A woody plant that remains low and produces
shoots or trunks from the base
Silicle The short fruit of certain Cruciferse
Sihgue The long fruit of certain Crueifene
Silky A condition produced by a covering of soft ap-
pressed fine hairs, sericeus.
Silvery. With a whitish metallic more or less shining luster.
Simple pistil Of one carpel
Sinus The space or recess between two lobes of a leaf or
other expanded organ.
Shp A softwood cutting "slipped" off or pulled off; applied
also to similar parts cut off.
Smooth Said of surfaces that have no hairiness, roughness
or pubescence, particularly of those not rough
Solitary. Borne singly or alone.
Sorus. A heap or cluster. The fruit-dots or -cluster of
ferns (plural eon )
Spadix A thick or fleshy spike of certain plants, as the
Aracese, surrounded or subtended by a spathe.
Span. Nine inches, distance from tip of thumb to trp of
little finger when the hand is spread out
Spathe The bract or leaf surrounding or subtending a
flower-cluster or a spadix, it is sometimes colored and
flower-like, as in the calla
Spawn The dried mycelium of mushrooms used in
propagation
Spheroidal A solid that is nearly spherical
Spiciform Spike-form
Spicufate With a small, fleshy and erect point
Spike Compact, more or less simple indeterminate, mostly
elongated cluster, with flowers sessile or nearly so
Spikelet A secondary spike, one part of a compound spike,
particularly, one of the ultimate clusters in grpsses
Spine A strong and sharp-pointed woody body mostly
arising from the wood of the stem.
Spinescent More or less spiny.
Sjnnule A little or weak spine
Spontaneous Said of plants that have escaped from cul-
tivation, but that do not permanently persist
Sporangium A spore-case, a sac or body beanng spores
Spore A simple reproductive body, usually composed of a
single detached cell, and containing no embryo
Sporocarp A rec cptacle ( ontaining sporangia or spores.
Sporophyll A spore-bearing leaf
Sprtading Standing outward or horizontally
Spur A tubular or sac-like projection from a blossom,
as of a petal or sepal, it usually secretes nectar.
Squama A scale
Squamella Very small squama or scale.
Stachys In Greek compounds, signifying a spike.
Stalk The stem of any organ, as the petiole, peduncle,
pedicel, filament, stipe
Stamen The pollen-bearing or "male" organ
Staminatc Having stamens and no pistils, male
Staminodc, staminodium A sterile stamen, or a structure
resembling such and borne in the stammal part of the
flower, in some flowers (as in Canna) stammodia are
petal-like and showy
Standard The upper and broad more or less erect petal
of a papilionaceous flower
Stem The main axis of a plant, leaf -bearing and flower-
bearing as distinguished from the root-bearing axis
Sterile flower Without pistils
Stigma The part of the pistil that receives the pollen.
Stigmalic Pertaining to the stigma
Stipe The stalk of a pistil or other small organ, also the
petiole of a fern-leaf
Stipel Stipule of a leaflet
Stipule A basal appendage of a petiole; the three part* of
a complete leaf are blade, petiole, stipules (usually 2).
Stock The part on which the cion is grafted, the strainer
parentage
Stolon. A shoot that bends to the ground and takes root,
more commonly, a horizontal stem at or below sur-
face of the ground that gives rise to a new plant at its
tip
Stone. The "pit" or putamen of a stone fruit.
Stool A clump of roots or rootstock that may be used in
propagation, also an established low plant from which
layers are taken
Stratification The operation or method of burying seeds
to keep them fresh and to soften their integuments, or
to expose them without injury to frost, that they may
be more readily and successfully used in propagation.
Strict Straight and upright, little if any branched, often
rigid.
Strobile Cone.
Strophiole. An appendage or protuberance at the hiluxn.
170
GLOSSARY OF BOTANICAL TERMS
Style. More or less elongated part of the pistil between the
ovary and stigma.
Stylopodium. Style-foot; an expansion at the base of a
style, as in flowers of the Umbelliferae.
Sub-. As a prefix, usually signifying somewhat, slightly or
• rather.
Subacute Somewhat or partially acute.
Subcoriaceoua. Somewhat or approaching leathery in
texture.
Subligneoua Partially or somewhat woody.
Subterete Somewhat or imperfectly terete.
Succulent Juicy, fleshy, soft and thickened in texture.
Sucker A shoot arising from the roots or beneath the sur-
face of the ground.
Suffrutescent. Partially or slightly shrubby.
Suffruticose. Pertaining to a low and somewhat woody
plant, diminutively shrubby or frutioose, woody at base.
Sulcate. Grooved or furrowed lengthwise
Superior Said of an ovary that is free from the calyx
Supernumerary Said of buds when there is more than one
in an axil
Suspended Hanging from the top, as an ovule attached
in the top of the locule
Suture A Jine or mark of splitting open; a groove marking
a natural division or union, the groove lengthwise a
plum or similar fruit
Symmetrical Saul of a flower that has the same number of
parts in each series or circle, as five stamens, five petals.
Symphysu. Growing together, coalescence
Sympodial Axial growth continued by successive lateral
shoots instead of by terminal bud
Syncarpium A fruit consisting of many cohering or con-
solidated carpels
Syncarpous Having carpels united See Apocarpus
Syngeneswus. Anthers united in a ring, as in Composite.
Tapering Gradually becoming smaller or diminishing in
diameter or width toward one end
Tap-root A strong nearly or quite perpendicular mam
root that carries the plant axis straight into the ground,
all the other roots being secondary to it, rather than
branching equally or diversely at the crown
Taxonomy Classification of species
Tendril A rotating or twisting thread-like process or
extension by which a plant grasps an object and clings to
it for support, morphologically it may be stem or leaf.
Teratology The subject of monstrosities, or of abnormal
and aberrant forms and malformations
Terete. Circular in transverse section, imperfectly cylin-
drical because the object may taper both ways.
Terminology The subject dealing with names
Ternate, In threes
Testa The outer seed-coat, particularly when bony, hard
or brittle
Tetradynamous Six stamens, four being long and two short.
Tetragonal Four-angled
Thallus A flat leaf -like organ, in some cryptogams, the
entire cellular plant body without differentiation as to
stem and foliage
Throat The opening or orifice into a gamopetalous corolla,
or perianth, the place where the limb joins the tube.
Thyrse, thyrsus. Compact and more or less compound
panicle, more correctly a panicle-like cluster with main
axis indeterminate and other parts determinate.
Tip The plant arising at the end of a stolon, as in the
black raspberry
Tomentose. With tomentum , densely woolly or pubescent;
with matted soft wool-like hairiness.
Tomentulose Somewhat or delicately tomentose.
Tortuous Twisted, with irregular bending and twining.
Torus. Receptacle.
Tree. A woody plant that produces one main trunk and a
more or less distinct and elevated head.
Tri- Three or three times.
Tricarpous. Of three carpels or fruits.
Tnchome. A hair, particularly one that is strong or stiff.
Tricostate. With three ribs.
Tnfid. Separated about halfway down into three parts.
Trifoliate. Of three loaves.
Tnfolwlate. Of three leaflets.
Trigonous. Throe-angled.
Tnmerous. In threes
Tnmorphous In three forms; as three lengths of stamens.
Tnpinnate. Three tunes pinnate.
Trisected In three deeply cut parts
Tnternate Three times three, the leaflets or segments of a
twice ternato leaf again in three parts
Truncate Appearing as if cut off at the end, the end
nearly or quite straight across.
Tuber. A short congested part, usually defined as sub-
terranean (as of a rootstock), although this is not
essential.
Tubercle A small tuber, or rounded protruding body.
Tubenferous Tuber-bearing
Tuberous With or resembling a tuber or tubers.
Tumid Swollen
Tunicated Provided with concentric or enwrapping
coats or layers, as bulb of onion
Turgid Swollen from fullness.
Umbel Corymbose or indeterminate cluster with branches
or rays arising from a common point and about equal
in length, resembling framework of umbrella, umbels
are characteristic of the Umbellifera;.
Umbellate Urn belled , with umbels, pertaining to umbels.
Umbellet Secondary umbel.
Umbellule. Umbellet.
Um- One
Unisexual. Of one sex, staminate or pistillate only.
Utricle A small bladder, a bladdery 1-seeded fruit.
Valvate Opening by valves or pertaining to valves;
meeting by the edges without overlapping, as leaves
or petals in the bud
Valve A separable part of a pod , the units or pieces into
which a capsule splits or divides in dehiscing
Vascular With vessels or ducts, or relating to them.
Vein A branch of the evident woody framework of a
leaf or similar organ, secondary member of the fibro-
vasoular structure
Veinlet A small or slender vein, nerve
Venation Veuung, arrangement or disposition of veins.
Ventral Front, relating to the anterior or inner face or
part of an organ, opposite the back or dorsal part.
Vernation The disposition or arrangement of leaves in
the bud
Versatile Hung or attached near the middle and usually
moving freely, as an anther attached crosswise on the
apex of filament and capable of turning.
Verticil A whorl
Vesicle A little bladder or bladder-like cavity
Vexillary Pertaining to the vexillum, standard or banner
of a papilionaceous flower
Villous. Provided with long and soft, not matted, hairs;
shaggy
Vitta. An oil-tube, as in the fruits of Umbelliferse.
Vittate With vittse, also striped lengthwise.
Volute. Rolled up.
Watersprout. A strong rapid-growing adventitious shoot
in a tree-top or bush or on a trunk.
Whorl. Three or more leaves or flowers at one node, in a
circle.
Wing. A thin dry or membranous expansion or flat exten-
sion or appendage of an organ; also the lateral petal of
a papilionaceous flower.
Woolly. Provided with long, soft and more or leas matted
hairs; like wool, lanate.
Wort. Old word for a plant or herb, now used only in com*
bination, as motherwort, spiderwort, liverwort.
V. Anemone coronaria, an old garden favorite.
A
commerce The plant is like the banana in general
habit of growth, although it is seed-bearing It is
propagated by seeds or suckers or root-cuttings When
two to five years old it is at maturity, reaching a height
of 6 to 15 feet and a diameter of trunk of 6 to 15 inches.
The fiber is derived from the thick sheathing leaf-sterns,
the stems being cut between the flowering and fruiting
stages After seed-bearing, the top or "plant" dies and
new suckers or shoots spring fiom the roots The first
stalks may be cut as early as twenty months after plant-
ing, and the plantation is cut over about once in eight
months until it becomes unproductive,
which will be fifteen to forty > ears New
stalks continue to arise as the old ones
are cut The fiber, as found in the mar-
ket, is coarse and stiff and 6 to 12 feet
long In the better grades it is very
strong The fruit of A/MVI lexhlis is not
edible See Cyclo Arner. Agnc. II, p.
286, and I, p 126
ABAC A, or Manila hemp, is the fiber of Musa textihs, summer under glass; also by cuttings of ripened wood
a native of the Philippine Islands, where it is grown for taken in fall Seeds are not often obtainable, they are
sown in spring and germinate after a month or two;
the seedlings begin to bloom usually in their third year.
A Sepals 2
Graebnenana, Rehd Shrub, 4-10 ft Ivs deciduous,
ovate to oblong-ovate, acuminate; 1^-2 in long,
remotely serrate, usually finely cihate and hairy on
midrib beneath, sometimes with scattered hairs above*
fls usually few at the end of short branchlets along
List \ ear's1 branches, sepals l^in long, oblong, corolla
campanulate, 1 in long, pink with yellow throat
Summer China
Englenana, Rehd (Lmn&a Engler-
tana, Graebn ) Shrub, 3-6 ft Ivs
deciduous, ovate to elliptic-ovate, acute
or acuminate, about 1 in long, with
few small teeth fls in few-fld clusters
in the axils of fascicled Ivs along last
year's branches, rosy purple or rosy
pink, a little over J^in long Summer
China — Similar to the preceding but
smaller in everv part, flowering more
profuseh and therefore handsomer Has
proved hard} at the Arnold Arboretum.
AA. Sepals varying from 2 to 5 on the same
plant and often partly connate
grandifldra, Rehd (A c/jiner<susXunt^
flora A rM/x'&fns, Hort , not Lindl. A.
rupt \lrit var grandtflora, Andr6 A.
umjtbra, Hoit , not Turcz lAnn&a
Spncthiana Graebn L I'ernngiAna,
Graebn) 1-ig 58 Lvs ovate, rounded
or attenuate at the base, acute, %-1/i
in long, serrate, shining above, nearly
glabrous, half-evergreen fls in terminal,
loose panicles, white flushed pink, cam-
panulate, ^4 in long, stamens not ex-
serted Of garden origin Gt 41 1366
Gn 76, p 528 J H III 8 77 —One of
the hardiest and most free-flowering
abelias, it flowers continuously from
June to Nov
A.\\. Sepals 5
chinensis, R Br (A rupestns, Lindl).
Shrub, 3-6 ft Ivs ovate, rounded at
the base, ?t-lM in long, serrate, hairy
on the midrib beneath and sometimes
with scattered hairs above, deciduous:
fls in terminal dense panicles, funnel-
form, white, J^m long, sepals oblong, J/4in long; sta-
mens exserted Summer China B R 32 8 Gn 27,
p 424 P F G 2 201 G 8 143 — A n</*vs/m is some-
(bears the name of Dr Clark
Abel, physician and author in China.
d 1826) Caprifoltacfje Ornamental
plants, cultivated chiefly for their hand-
some flowers
Shrubs IVM opposite, short-petioled,
small or medium-sized, entire or dentate'
fls in 1- to several-fid cymes, axillary or
terminal on short branchlets, sometimes
forming panicles at the end of the
branches, sepals 2-5, conspicuous, per-
sistent, corolla tubular or campanulate,
5-lobed, stamens 4, paired, ovary 3-celled,
only 1 cell fertile, style elongated fr
1 -seeded leathery achene crowned by the
persistent calyx — More than 20 species in
E and Cent Asia, 1 on the Himalayas
and 2 in Mex For a key to all the
species, see Render, Synopsis of the
genus Abelia (in Sargent, Plants Wilson-
lanac, I, pp 122-129) The genus is some-
times united with Lmnwa
The abelias are small or medium-sized
bushy shrubs with deciduous or peris int-
ent foliage and rather small but numer-
ous flowers varying from white to pink
or purple; after the flowers have fallen,
the persistent usually purplish sepals are
attractive. The recently introduced A.
Ciraebnenana and A Engleriana are
probably the hardiest; A tnflora, A chinensis and
A grandiflora are hardy as far north as Philadelphia
the last-named is sometimes grown in sheltered sit-
uations as far north as Massachusetts, and, even if
partly killed back, the young shoots flower profusely
the same season; A flonbunda is hardy only south of
Washington, D C.
The cultivation of abelias presents no special diffi-
culties. They do best in sunny, sheltered positions and
prefer a well-drained soil enriched by peat or leaf-
mold A flonbunda is sometimes grown in pots and
kept during the winter in the cool greenhouse; in this
case a sandy compost of loam and peat or leaf-mold
will be a suitable mixture
Propagation is usually by greenwood cuttings in
58. Abelia grandiflora. (X .'2
times considered a distinct species, but the differences
are very slight
tnfldra, R Br. Shrub, to 10 ft , branchlets with
reflexed hairs Ivs lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate. 1 %-
2 '-"2 in long, cihate and sparingly hairy on both sides
or nearly glabrous, entire or occasionally on vigorous
shoots with a few coarse teeth, half-evergreen fls in
terminal clusters, fragrant; sepals linear, hairy, ^m
long, corolla tubular with spreading limb, white flushed
pink, %m long Summer Himalavas I* F G 391
Gn 1029. G C II 1634 G 29483 R II 1870511
J F 3, pi 319 — A very handsome species, after
(171)
172
ABELIA
ABIES
flowers are gone the feathery sepals remain as an
attractive feature.
floribunda, Decaisne. Shrub, 4 ft.: Ivs persistent,
oval to oval-oblong, J^-l in long, crenate-serrate,
ciliate: peduncles axillary, 1-3-fld ; corolla carmme-
Ele, nodding, tubular, 1^ in. long, sepals oblong,
long Summer Mex BM 4316. FS 2 '5.
23 157 Gn 13 120 B 11.33 55. R H 1912 544.
A bifldra, Turca Lvs ovate-lanceolate, hairy, coarsely ser-
rate, deciduous fla white, tubular, m 2's, sepals 4 Manchuria,
N. China — A serr&ta, Sieb & Zucc Similar to A biflora Fls
funnelform, pink, little over \iin long, in 2N, sepaN 2 Japan
8 Z 1 34 — A spathul&ta, Sieb & Zucc Allied to A biflora Lvs
ovate fls over 1 in long, white tinged yellow in throat, sepals 5
Japan S Z 1 34 B M 6601 G 27 345 G M
45 335 (as A serrata) — A unifldra, R Br (A
serrata, Nichols , not Sieb &. Zuco ) Lvs persis-
tent, ovate-lanceolate fls in loose terminal pani-
cles, campanulatc, 1 in long, rosy white with yel-
low in throat, sepals 2 China B M 4604 F S
8824 JF 4, pi 380 B H 3 338 GC III
37 323 Gn W 21 933 (as A chmensis) Gn 27,
p-425 ALFRED REHDEK.
ABELfCEA: Zelkova
ABELMdSCHUS: Hibiscus
AB£RIA (named from Mt. Aber, Abyssinia, where
first species was found) Dorydhs, Arn & E. Mey.
Flacourtidceae Small trees or shrubs, with alternate, sim-
ple exstipulate leaves and small inconspicuous flowers
Flowers dioecious; stammate fls with a 4-5-parted
calyx and no petals, and with many stamens, arranged on
a fleshy receptacle; pistillate fls with a 5-7-parted, per-
sistent calyx and no petals, the ovary free, sessile, 1-6-
celled, on a lobed usually fleshy disk, fr fleshy, mde-
hiscent — Eleven species in Afr and Ceylon.
caffra, Hook, f & Harv Fig 59 Thorny, glabrous
Ivs. obovate, obtuse, cuneate at babe, entire fls
dioecious, apetalous G C III 18 737 R H 1904 256
— The kei apple of the Cape of Good Hope, a spiny
plant grown S for hedges, is considered pronlising for
S. Calif, and S Fla as a fr plant Fruit acid, used as
pickles or conserves. Proves quite hardy in S Calif
Gardner i, Clos A small, much-branched tree, 16- 20
ft Ivs 2J^-4 in long, lanceolate or oval, acute at
both ends fls greenish, stammate fls in umbellate
clusters, the pistillate axillary m the branches fr 1
in. diam , pale purple, edible. June India and Ceylon.
N TAYLOR f
ABIES (derivation doubtful). Pinacese FIR, but
the name spruce is often erroneously applied Tall,
pyramidal trees of temperate and cool climates, planted
for ornament and for shelter, and also for timber. The
word abi-es is pronounced in three syllables, the e being
long
Leaves lanceolate or oblanceolate, entire, sessile,
persistent for many years, on young plants and lower
sterile branches flattened, usually deep green and
lustrous above and silvery white beneath from the pres-
ence of many rows of stomata, rounded and variously
notched at the apex, appearing 2-ranked by a twist at
their base, on upper fertile branches crowded, more or
less erect, often incurved or falcate, thickened or quad-
rangular, obtuse or acute fls axillary, appearing in
early spring from buds formed the previous summer on
branchlets of the year, surrounded by involucres of the
enlarged scales of the fl -buds, stammate fls. pen-
dent on branches above the middle of the tree, pistil-
late fls globular, ovoid or oblong, erect on the topmost
branches' fr. an erect ovoid or oblong cylindrical cone,
its scales longer or shorter than their bracts, separating
at maturity from the stout persistent axis. Northern
and mountainous regions of the northern hemisphere,
often gregarious Twenty-three species are distin-
guished; greatest segregation on the Cascade Mts of
Ore , in the countries adjacent to the Medit , and in
Japan. Many species which have been referred to Abies
are now included in Picea. S.S. 12. Heinrich Mayr,
Monographic der Abietineen des Japamschen Reiches.
Gn 11, pp. 280, 281 See Arboriculture.
All the species of abies produce soft, perishable wood,
sometimes manufactured into lumber, and balsamic
exudations contained in the prominent resin vesicles in
the bark characteristic of the genus. They are hand-
some in cultivation, but usually of short-lived beauty.
The firs prefer moist, well-drained soil. As timber-
producing trees, the species of abies are less valuable
than the spruces (Picea) and in the United States they
have not been planted except for ornament. In Europe,
where this tree is sometimes planted as a forest crop,
the wood of the European A Picea is valued, and in
the Pacific states the wood of A grandii*, A concolor
and A. magnified is employed in the manufacture of
fruit-boxes and wooden-
ware.
In cultivation, firs are
most beautiful while
young, and usually lose
their lower branches and
become thin and un-
sightly as they grow
older, and many of the
species have little orna-
mental value for more
than fifty years In the
northern and eastern
states, the most valuable
ornamental species are
the Colorado form of A .
i concolor, with pale or
| bluish foliage, and the
Japanese A brachy-
phylla, with leaves
that are dark green
and very lustrous above
and silvery beneath. In
the United States, A.
brachyphylla assumes a
compact pyramidal form
of growth, but in Japan
old trees become, un-
like those of any other
fir. round-headed. The
otner Japanese fir that
has been cultivated in the United States long enough
to show its value as an ornamental tree. A Veitchn,
produces longer branches than A brachyphylla and is of
more open habit and is less valuable for ornamental
use After A concolor and A brachyphylla, the best fir
trees for the eastern United States are A cilicica from
Asia Minor and A Nordmanmana from the Caucasus
59 Abena caffra. (
In its young state, A. cilicica forms a dense pyramid of
gray-green foliage and as it grows in the Pmetum at
\\ellesley, Massachusetts, is an object of great beauty.
A Nordmanmana is one of the commonest fir trees
cultivated in the eastern states, although it sometimes
suffers from cold in New England, where it frequently
becomes thin and unsightly. In the middle states, how-
ever, it is often an object of great beauty. The two
eastern American species, A balsamea and A. Frozen,
and the related species from the Rocky Mountains,
A. lasiocarpa, grow badly in cultivation, and are short-
lived and not handsome. Of the Pacific coast species,
A grandis can be kept alive in favorable situations in
the eastern states, and A amabilis, which grows slowly
always in cultivation, is hardy but gives little promise
of becoming of much value anywhere except on the
mountains of northeastern America The summers in
the southern states are too, hot for the successful culti-
vation of fir trees, and the climatic conditions of the
Mississippi Valley are not favorable for their success-
ful growth. In the parks and gardens of the Pacific
states, fir trees grow better than in any other part of
ABIES
ABIES
173
INDEX
amabihs, 4, 8
falcuta, 9
Apolhnis, 12
Frasen, 7
aurea, 9
glauca, 14
aureo-variegata, 2
globosa, 9
baUainea, G
(jordoniana, 8
brachyphylla, 11
brevifoha, 9
Krundis, 8
huddonia, 6
ceplialomca, 12
hudsomca, 6
cihcica, 3
Lowiana, 9
columnans, 6
lute-icons, 6
concolor, 9
magnifica, 15
North America, and in the neighborhood of the Pacific
Ocean can be grown successfully the firs of western
North America, Mexico, Europe, India and eastern Asia.
Propagation is mostly by seeds The percentage of
fertile seeds produced by firs is much smaller than that
yielded by spruces and pines, and small crops of seed-
lings are often secured from large sowings of the seeds.
The seeds lose their fertility sooner than those of many
conifers and cannot be safely kept more than one or two
years; they should be planted in carefully prepared seed-
beds and covered with soil to a depth equal to the
thickness of the seed Young plants begin to appear
at the end of a few weeks, and, as they are extremely
sensitive to the heat of the sun, they need the protec-
tion of lath or brush screens Like other conifers, the
different species can be propagated by side-grafting
on other species of the genus Grafted plants, how-
ever, are less valuable than seedlings and propagation
in this way is slow and expensive, as the work must
be performed in glass houses The leading or other
upright-growing shoot bhould be chosen for the graft,
as trees obtained by the use of lateral branches for grafts
do not often grow into erect or shapely trees The
species most commonly used for stocks are A Picea
and A balsamea.
nephrolepit, 10
nobiliB, 14
Nordmanniana, 2
Parsonmana. M
pectinala, 1
Picea, 1
pichta, 5
Pmsapo, 13
shasteneis, 15
Bibirioa, 5
Veitcha, 10
A Enables Lvs flat, grooved on the upper surface, only
occasionally t>lomatiferous above on upper fertile
branches
B Lf blunt.
C. Foliage essentially green, — the Ivs green above and
whitish only beneath
D Cones usually upward of 4 m long
1 Picea, Lmdl. (A pectinata, DC ) SILVER FIR.
Fig 60 Tree, 100-200 ft trunk 6-8 ft in diam :
Ivs flat, distichously spreading, dark green and lus-
trous above, silvery \vhite below cones slender,
cylindrical, light green to dark purple, 5—6 in long,
bracts shgntly longer than their scales Mts of Cent,
and S Eu , often gregarious — Wood esteemed and much
used, yields Strasburg turpentine D\varf forms, with
erect and pendulous and with much abbreviated
branches, are common in gardens Not perfectly hardy
in New England.
2 Nordmanniana, Spach Fig 61 Tree, 100-150 ft :
trunk 4-6 ft in diam • Ivs flat, crowded, dark green and
very lustrous above, silvery white below cones oblong-
cylindrical or ellipsoidal, dark orange-brown, 4-6 in
long, bracts as long as or slightly longer than their
scales Mts south and southeast of the Black Sea, and
western spurs of the Caucasus B M. 6992 Gng 6.51
G C II 19.797 —Often hardy, one of the most desir-
able firs in the middle states Var. afcreo-variegata,
Hort. Shoots colored a pure golden yellow.
3. cilfcica, Carr. Tree, 45-60 ft., trunk 2-3 ft. in
diam. : Ivs narrow, flat, pale green above, silvery white
below: cones stout, cylindrical, orange-brown, 5-6 in.
long; bracts rather shorter than their scales At high
elevations on the Anti-Taurus of Asia Minor, and on
the Lebanon. A G. 16:255 Gng. 4 '113 —Begins to
grow early in the spring and is often injured by late
frosts; hardy and desirable in the northern states.
4. am&bilis, Forbes. WHITE FIR. Tree, 100-150 ft •
trunk 4-6 ft. in diam.: Ivs crowded, dark green and
very lustrous above, silvery white below, occasionally
stomatiferous on the upper surface: cones oblong, dark
purple, 3H~6 in. long, oracts much shorter than their
scales. Cascade Mts of Wash and Ore , and Coast
Ranges from Vancouver Isl to Ore S S 12 614 G C.
II 14 721, 725; III 30 191 —One of the handsomest
of the genus, often forming groves at high elevations;
in cult grows slowly, and is not satisfactory.
DD Cones usually under 4 in long
5 siblrica, Ledeb (A pichta, Forbee) Tree. 60-
100 ft • trunk 2—4 ft in diam Ivs crowded, dark yel-
low-green cones cylindrical, slender, brownish vel-
km, 2^-3 in long, bracts much shorter than their
scales N and E Russia to Kamtschatka and Mon-
golia, gregarious on the Altai Mts — Very hardy, the
early growth often injured by late frosts; in cult, soon
becomes thin and loose in habit.
60. Cones of Abies — From bottom to top, A. grandis,
A balsamea, A. Picea
6 balsamea, Mill. BALSAM FIR. BALM OF GILEAD
FIR Fig 60 Tree, 50-80 ft. trunk 17-30 in in diam.'
Ivs dark green and lustrous above, pale below, rounded
or obtusely short-pointed and occasionally cmarginate,
acute or acuminate on fertile branches cones oblong,
cylindrical purple, 2^-4 in long; bracts shorter or
rarely slightly longer than their scales E N Amer.
from Labrador and the valley of the Athabasca to low*
and the mts of Va. S.S 12 610. G C. III. 17:423,
425, 431. — Wood occasionally used for lumber; Cana-
174
ABIES
ABIES
dian balsam, or balsam of fir, is obtained from the bark;
in cult, loses its beauty early. Var. columnaris, Hort.
Branches very short, turned upward at the ends. Var
hudsdma, Engclrn. (A, hudsonica, Hort ), is a dwarf
form Var lutescens, Hort. Lvs. white, yellow or
straw-colored when exposed to the sun
7. Fraseri, Poir SHE BALSAM. Tree, 3O-50 or even
70 ft trunk reaching 2 1 2 ft. m diam Ivs flat, ob-
tusely short-pointed, twisted at the base so as to appear
to be crowded on the upper side of the branches, dark
green and lustrous cones oblong-ovate or nearly oval,
rounded at the slightly narrower apex, purple, 2J.-J in
long and 1 in thick, the scales twice as wide as long,
and at maturity nearly half covered by the ends of the
pale reflexed bracts Mts of
Va, Tenn., and N C. S S
12-609 G.F. 2 475 —Too
much like the balsam fir to be
prized as an ornamental tree.
Trees sold under this name are
nearly always forms of A. bal-
samea. Very short-lived in cult.
61 Cones of Abies — From
bottom to top, A concolor, A.
Nordmanniana, A magnifica.
8 grandis, Lindl. (A amdbihs, Murr , not Forbes
A Gordomdna, Carr Picea grdndis, Loud ) Fig (H).
Tree, 200-300 ft . trunk becoming 4 ft in diam Ivs.
thm and flexible, deeply grooved, very dark green above
and silvery white beneath cones cylindrical, 2-4 in
long, rounded or retuse at the apex, the broad scales
somewhat squarrose and irregularly serrate and fur-
nished with a short point Coast of N Calif, to Van-
couver Isl and to the western slopes of the Rocky Mts
of Mont S.S. 12 612. Gn. 38, p 291 G.C. II. 15 179,
181 R H 1894, p. 274 —Occasional specimens are
seen in choice grounds, but it rarely does well m the
eastern states.
cc. Foliage pale blue or glaucous.
9 c6ncolor, Lindl & Gord (A Lowiana. A Murr.
A. Parsonsidna, Hort , the Pacific form). WHITE FIR.
Fig. 61. Tree, 100-250 ft : trunk 4-6 ft in diam.:
Ivs. elongated, stomatiferous on the upper surface, on
fertile branches often falcate and thickened and keeled
above: cones oblong, gray-green, dark purple or
bright canary-yellow. 3-5 in. long; bracts shorter than
their scales. W. N. Amer. from S. Ore. to Low. Calif.
and to Utah, S Colo., New Mex , Ariz, and Sonora.
S.S 12 613 G.C. II 13:649, II 15:661; III 8'748,
719, III 35'59— Of all fir trees, the Colorado form
best withstands heat and drought; very hardy, grows
rapidly, and^the most desirable of the genus in the east-
ern states. The form from the Pacific coast is less
hardy and less desirable in the 1C as an ornamental
tree Seedlings of the Colorado form, with rather
longer and more glaucous leaves, are found in nurseries
a" A cdncnlor violacea Var aurea, Beiss Young shoots
golden yellow in May, afterward becoming silver-gray.
V u brevifdlia, Beiss Lvs short and obtuse, twice as
bioad as in typical form Var falcata, Niein Lvs.
M( Ue-shaped, curved upwaid Vat globdsa, Niein.
riant spherical, with symmetrical small bi anchcs.
BB Lvs. pointed, especially on main shoots,
and usually rigid
10 Vditchii, Lindl (A. nephrdlejns, Maxim ).
Tree, 80-100 ft trunk 3-1 tt in diam ; branch-
lets slender, pubescent Ivs crowded, dark green
and lustrous above, silvery white below cones
cylmdiical, slender, daik puiple, 2-2 }'2 in long;
bracts shorter than their scales Mts of Cent.
Japan, gregarious and forming great forests,
coast of Manchuria GC II 13 273 --Very
hardy in the northern states, and when young is
one of the most beaut it ul of hr trees
1 1 brachyphylla, Maxim Tree, 80-100 ft .
trunk 6 ft in diam , upper branches long and
vigoious, ultimately forming a broad, round-
topped head Ivs elongated, sharp-pointed, dark
green and very lusti HIS above, silvery white
below cones cylindrical, stout, dark purple,
3-3} 2 lfl long, bracts much shorter than their
scales Mts of Cent Japan, singlv, or m small groves
B M 7111 — Ver\ hardy, and when yoihig one of the
most desirable of the fir trees for the northern states
12 cepha!6nica, Loud Tree, 60-70 ft trunk 2-4
ft in diam Ivs broad, rigid, sharp-pointed, standing
out from the branches at right angles cones cylindrical,
slender, pointed, gra>-brown, 5-6 in long, bracts
longer or raiely shorter than then scales Mt Knos, on
the Isl. of Cephaloma (ing 6 W ( i \\ 5, p 15,12,
p 399,14, p 538 —Doubtfully hard} in not them states.
Var Ap611ims, Boiss (.1 Apolltnt^, Link), with nar-
row and blunter Ivs , is remarkable m its power to pro-
duce vigorous shoots from adventitious buds Mts of
Greece and Koumelia, often gregarious, more hardy
than the type in the northern states 1 age 3565
1.5 Pinsapo, Boiss SPANISH Fin Tree, 70-80 ft •
trunk 1-6 ft m diam Ivs short, broad, rigid, sharn-
pointed, bright green, spreading fiom all sides of the
stiff branchlets cones c>hndiical, slender, gray-brown,
5*2-6 in long, bracts shorter than their scales
Mts of Cent and S Spam, often gregarious GC III
21 407, 29.65, 31 407.— Not hardy north of the
middle states
AA Nob lie \ Lvs blue-green, often glaucous, storna-
ti/erous on both surface*, flat or 4-^^ed on sterile
branches, 4~^'^'l acute, incurved and crowded on
fertile, branches.
14 n6bilis, Lindl (Plcea n6lnhs, Ixnid ) RED FIR.
Tree, 150-250 ft trunk 6-8 ft m diam . Ivs on lower
branches grooved above, rounded and emargmate at
the apex, cones oblong-cylindrical, purplish or olive-
brown, 4-6 in. long, bracts much longer, thin and cover-
ing the scales, strongly reflexed, pale green. Cascade
and Coast Mts. of Wash, and Ore., often gregarious.
SS 12.617 GC. II 19 15, III 20 275 —There is a
var glauca in the trade.
15 magnifica, A. Murr RED FIR Fig 61 Tree,
200-250 tt trunk 6-10 ft m diam Ivs. quadrangular,
bluntly pointed on sterile and acute on iertile branches:
cones oblong-cylindncal, purplish brown, 6-9 in long;
ABIES
ABRONIA
175
bracts much shorter than the scales. Sierra Nevada of
Calif.; gregarious and forming great forests. SS 12.
618. Gn. 37, p. 591. — Wood occasionally manufactured
into lumber. Less hardy in the eastern states than
A.nobilis.
Var. shastensis, Lemm., of S. Ore. and N. Calif.,
cones somewhat smaller, with bracts as long as or
longer than the scales. S S 12 620.
A Albertidna, Murr =THUga heterophylla — A baborinsis, Let
Lvs dark, silvery below, very numerouM, >£-l in long cones 4 or 5
together, reaching 7 or 8 in long, 1 in diara N Afr R H 18fab,
t> 100, deso —A blfida, Sieb & Zucc =-A firrna — A bradeata,
Hook & Arn =-A venusta —A canadcniw, Michx *=*THUga cana-
den'HB — A Deltivayi, Franc h Tree, 20-50 ft Ivs rolled back along
margin W China <J C III .« 212—4 Fargeaii, IVanch Tree,
to 200 ft Ivs very white on under surf me cones deep purple
Cent and W Uurm G C III 3<) 213 —A firmn, Sicb A Zucc =•
A Mome, Hieb Lvs thick and rigid, 1 in long cones cylindrical,
often (> in long, with keeled scales — 4 humulepia, Sieb <fe Zucf
Closely related to A brachyphylla but less valu,ibl< as an ornamental
tree, rare in cult (\rnold Arboretum ) GC II 12 82 j Japan
Promising for the southern states — 1 HonLtndna, Murr — T««uga
Mi rtensiana — 4 laswcdrjxi, N'utt Lvs blue-green ami glaucous
cones J in long, with very broad spuulrss scales W I' S G C
II 13 9 OF 4 3SO (Jng 4 17 i SH 12 Oil —Var anzdnica
i« a form from the ints of \nz with thicker, paler and more
corky b.irk, the result probably of climatic influence — 4 mucro-
cdrpa, VoNey— Pseudotsuga macrorarpa — .4 A/arif-m, Mast
Small tree with crowded branches and short, dark foliage which 18
,
pale below cones large, dark purple N Japan G C II 12789 —
A \fenttnsvina, Lindl = fr-ugii heterophylld — 4 numidica,
Carrier. —A b.iborens^ — A Pnidrow, Hpa< h Himalayas This
. ,
now being recognized as distinct from A Webbiana —
A Reginse Amdlix?=-A cephalomca \ar Apolhnis —
ibsa, Lindl Long, slender, drooping branches
ery below cones 5 in long Mex B M
b7o,J — A 'aach'ihnfn-ns. Mast Tall tree, with pale
bark, white buds, and long, slender, dark green Ivs
cones 3 in long K Asia GC II 12 W) — A
subalplna, Kngelm =»A lasiocarpa G( II 15 23b,
237 — A tenuita, Koch Lv- acuminate, dark yel-
low, green abo\e and silvery bilow cones 4 in. long,
with long, Hlendcr bra. ts Calif SS 12015,616
BM 4740 — -1 Webbiana, I indl L\s 1 -2 Y2 in
long, flat, sihery below cones cylindrical, G or 7 in
long Himalayas Ste Picea for A ajanentit, alba,
Monnda, ingra, obovatd, orientally, ptnditla, pulitn',
pungent, tichrenkiana, Umithiana See, aUo, Pseudo-
truga and Ttuga ^
ABOBRA (Brazilian name) Cucurbildce<e.
A monotypic genus allied to Cucurbita. The
only species is a greenhouse climber, cult
for its numerous small, showy frs : grows
rapidly, and may be planted
out m summer The tuber-
ous roots are stored like
dahlias Prop by seeds or
rarely by soft cuttings.
Flowers dioecious green,
all axillary and solitary;
stammate fls with a tubu-
lar, cup-shaped calyx and a
rotate 5-parted corolla, hav-
ing oblong-lanceolate Begins ; stamens 3, free, the an-
thers th\ck, and 1-ceMed. or sometimes 2-celled, pistil-
late fls with a 3-4-eelled ovary followed by an ovoid,
mdehiscent, G-sceded, showy fr
tenuif&lia, Naudm (A vindiflbra, Naudin). Height
10-15 ft Ivs much divided fls small, pale green, fra-
granffr a scarlet gourd Trop Amer. RH 1862:111
ABROMA (from a, not, and broma, food) Slercuhd-
cex. A genus of 2 or 3 species, closely related to the
cacao; grown as evergreen greenhouse trees, but
apparently not in cult except in botanical collections.
Pis dingy purple, the calyx 5-parted , corolla lobes 5,
clawed Prop, by seeds or by cuttings in spring from
half-ripened wood under glass. Probably not in cult.
A augtista. Linn f Lower Ivs cordate, 3-5-lobed, upper 3vs
Ovate-lanceolate Trop Asia B R 518 — A faatu6sa, R Br.
Lower Ivs cordate, 5-lobed, upper Ivs ovate fls dark purple
Trop Asia, Austral A tmudaa, Nichols Lvs ovate pedately
pmnatifid, on slenuer petioles Madagascar.
N. TAYLOR i
ABRdNIA (from Greek abrox, delicate, referring to
the involucre) Nydagmdcex. SAND VERBENA. Trailing
and upright annualw or perennials, with fragrant ver-
bena-like flowers, suitable for baskets, rockeries or the
open border
Herbs, often viscid Ivs opposite from swollen nodes,
unequal, petioled and entire fls 1 to many in a bractea
peduncled head, small, salver-form, red, yellow or
white, showy in mass, fragrant , stamens mostly 5, un-
equal, joined to the corolla-tube and r, eluded within
it, calyx tubular and corolla-like, 4-5-lobed, the base
persistent over the 1 -seeded ovary or fr About 30
species in Amer H Watson, Bot Calif 2 3-5; PC
Standby, Contr U S Nat Herb, 12 30fi
Abromas arc garden annuals, or treated as annuals, of
secondary importance They an- low or trailing plants,
rising from G to 1H inches high and spreading widely.
rlhey are best adapted to open sunny places and light
soil A umbdlnld H the common garden species, the
trailing stems often re.t.'hmg a length of 3 to 5 feet, and
the flowers appearing all summer and fall, in mild
climates, the plant \ oluriteer? fiom self-sown seeds It IB
useful for borders and for baskets and porch-boxes,
when a change or variety is wanted from the use of
verbenas Under glass, the plant is nearly perennial
Propagation is by ->eeds, sown in open ground after
frost, or sown in late summer or early fall in mild cli-
mates For early and continuous
summer bloom, seeds may be sown
in pots of sandy earth the pre-
vious autumn and wintered in a
fiame Peel off the husk (calyx)
before sowing
A Fls yellow.
latif&lia, Esch (A arenand,
Menzies) Fig 62 Perennial:
whole plant viscid-pubescent, pro-
ttrate Ivs thick, ovate, orbicular
or remform, obtuse, stalked fls.
fragrant, Hr%m long, lemon-yel-
62 Abronia latifoha ( x
low. June, July Seacoasts, Cent Calif, and N. B.M.
6546 G.C H.16'365
A A Fls pink or rose
umbellata, Lam (Tna&tus admirdbilis, L'Her.
A rosea, Hartweg ) Fig 63 Perennial similar m
habit and pubescence to the above, but Ivs stalked,
the blade ovate, acute at both ends' fls pink, about
^2in May, June Calif seacoasts to Columbia R.
F S 11 1095 P M. 16.36. Var. grandifldra, Hort., has
larger fls. and Ivs.
villdsa, Wats. Perennial: smaller and slenderer
than A. umbellata and covered with a glandular- villous
pubescence1 Ivs rarely 1 in long: fls 5-15 m a cluster,
rose Calif , Utah — Not common in cult., but well
suited to sandy and dry situations Intro. 1891
AAA Fls white
melltfera, Dougl. (A. Suksddrfii, Coult & Fisch.).
Perennial stouter than A umbellata st fmelv hairy
involucre larger scanous fls, 1 in long, the tubt;
176
ABRONIA
ABUTILON
greenish and glabrous: Ivs long-stalked, in opposite
pairs. Wash., Ore. B.M. 2879. Intro 1891.
fragrans, Nutt. Erect perennial. Ivs. ovate or
elliptical, paler beneath than above, fls. night -bloom-
ing, %~1 m long, the tube greenish, the white lobes
bifid. Columbia R to New Mex B M 5544.
A puchtlla, Nichols Erect, 6 in • fls pinkish rose — A Crux-
ndltse, Kellog, the handsomest of ail the species is, Tnpterocalyz
Crux-malt*, which see N TAYLORtt
63 Abronia umbellate.
ABROPHf LLUM (Greek combination signifying deli-
cate-leaved) Saxifragaceae An endemic monotypic genus
of New S Wales tall, handsome shrub' Ivs alternate,
elliptic or ovate-lanceolate and acuminate, to 9 in long,
somewhat toothed, fls. small, yellowibh, m dichotomous
corymbose panicles terminating the shoots or arising from
the upper axils, petals, stamens and calyx-lobes 5 fr a
5-celled ovoid berry A. 6rnans, Hook f , was intro. to
Calif in 1911 by Franceschi.
ABRUS (from abros, debcate, referring to leaves)
Legummbssp Deciduous greenhouse climber, or used
South outdoors for screens Roots a poor substitute
for hconce, and the seeds are violently poisonous Needs
strong heat for indoor culture Propagation is by seeds
or by cuttings under glass in sand
The genus consists of usually creeping or climbing
woody herbs with pnmately compound Ivs fls small,
in dense racemes on axillary peduncles or short
branches; calyx bell-shaped, the teeth very short;
corolla pea-like, much exserted; stamens 9, in a tube.
precat&rius, Linn CRAB'S-EYE VINE WEATHER-
PLANT. Fig 64 Height 10-12 ft ; frequently trailing
over the ground S • Ifts oblong, m numerous pairs fls
varying from rose to white* seeds bright scarlet, with a
black spot, used by Buddhists for rosaries, m India as
standards of weight, and in the W Indies m bead
work Seeds irritant; also used as an abortive in U S.
A variety with a cream-colored bean is offered by
Reasoner Bros Tropics generally — The claims made
for its weather-foretelling properties are exposed by
Oliver in Kew Bull. Jan , 1890 It does, however, "go
to sleep" during storms, but this is a feature of other
legumes. Sometimes confounded with Rhynchosia
nhaseoloides (R precatona), which has similar seeds,
but is a very different plant with large, 3-foholate,
bean-like Ivs. N> TAYLOR^
ABSINTH, ABSINTHE (ab'sinth). A bquor made
from plants of the wormwood group, particularly from the
absinthium (Artemisia Absinthium). These are aromatic
or bitter herbs. A. Absinthium yields a bluish or green
volatile oil containing absmthol and other principles.
Absinth is added to water as a beverage, and in excess
produces peculiar intoxication, and may even prove fatal.
ABUT A (native name). Menispermdcex Greenhouse
evergreen climber, plant dioecious, fascicled or pamcled:
staminate fls. with 3 exterior and 3 interior larger sepals,
and 6 stamens; pistillate fls. with 6 staminodia and 3
carpels* fr. a drupe; 14 species in S Amer Prop, by cut-
tings under glass with bottom heat, and grown m peaty
loam. A. rufescens, Aubl. Lvs. broad-ovate or suborbi-
cular. coriaceous, brown or tawny beneath, 3-nerved fls.
small, dark purple within, the 3 large sepals obtuse.
Little known in cult.
ABUTILON (name of Arabic origin for a malvaceous
plant). Malvaceae. FLOWERING. MAPLE Attractive
coolhouse shrubs and window-plants, and
some kinds used for bedding Sometimes
called Chinese Bellflower Fig 05
Leaves long-stalked, often maple-like,
fls mostly pendulous, with naked 5-cleft
calyx, 5 separate cbovate petals, many
stamens united in a column about the
many-branched st\le, the antheis boine at
the top of the column fr a collection or
aggregate of 2-valved often beaked carpels
that are deciduous from the central axis
at maturity — Natives of warm regions in
both hemispheies, comprising herbs, shrubs
and trees, about SO species
The abutilons oftenest been m Ameri-
can gardens and conservatories are ap-
parently hybrids and derivatives of pure
species The colors are mostly yellow, white and
pink, with attractive vemmg Well-known forms are
Arthur Belsham, red, shaded gold Boule de Neige,
pure white, very free California, a group of free bloom-
ers Kchpse, foliage marbled green, and yellow fls of
fair si/e, sepals scarlet, petals oiange-buff, suited for
baskets and vases, a form of .1 mtqnpotnmicum (another
Eclipse is known) Krecta, pink, orange-\ emed, erect fls.
Golden Bell, deep yellow , free-flowering ( 5olden Fleece,
pure vellow, free-flowering Rojal Scarlet, rich, shi-
ning scarlet Sant ana, deep red Savitzn, dwarf, with
white-edged foliage, useful for bedding Snowstorm,
semi-dwarf, pure white Souvenir de Bonn, Ivs large,
deep green, not mottled, but edged with a broad white
margin, distinct and striking, a useful bedding plant.
Splendens, bright red
64. Abrus precatorms ( x
ABUTILON
ABUTILON
177
The cultivation of abutilons is simple, under conditions
suitable for the growing of geraniums and fuchsias.
Some of the forms are grown primarily for bloom, and
they are practically continuous-flowering when well
hand'cd; the varegated-leaved forms are grpwn for
foliage and used more or less
for bedding-out. Abutilons make
good pot-plants if kept within
bounds by pinching back so that
they will branch. A megapo-
tamicum and some others are use-
ful for baskets and vases. The
showy A. insigne is an excellent
rafter-plant
Propagation is by cuttings or
seeds Cuttings may be made
in spring of new wood from old
plants that have been cut back,
or they may be taken in fall; as
the abutilon is active practically
all the year, the cuttings may
be taken almost at will Steeds
65. A flower of Abutilon. grow readily; if started in March,
blooming plants should be had
by fall Bedding material is raised from early-struck
cuttings.
INDEX
compactum, 6.
longicuspe, 2
funentte, 3
Darvuim, 6
marinoraturn, 5
spunum, 11
flonbuiulum, 6
meKapotamirum, 4
stnatum, 9. 11
Orandiflorum, h
pictum, 9
tMsHlatum 6
llildebrandii, 0
hybndum, 12
plemfloruin, 10
Sacitni. 12
Thotnpwim, 11
venosum, 8
\yneum, 1
Selloanum, 5
vexiUanum, 4
insigne, 1
Sellovuinum, 5
vitifolium, 7
A. Lvs. not lobed, cordate, but prominently toothed,
sometimes angled
B. Corolla wide open.
1. insfgne, Planch (A igneum, Hort). Lvs me-
dium size, crenate-dentate, acuminate, villous pubescent
underneath fls large, flaring-mouthed, under-color
white but obscured by very heavy and rich veining and
markings of purple and red, on slender hanging pe-
duncles Colombia B M 4840 Gn 18 624, 53, p
300 FS 6 551 — Very showy , common Often trained
under the roof of the greenhouse or conservatory. St.
green, brown-hairy
2 longicuspe, Hochst White-canescent much-
branched shrub, with long-acuminate broad-cordate
and blunt-toothed long-stalked ivs , felt-like below:
fls bluish purple, veiny, wide open, on mostly many-
branched axillary peduncles Abj ssmia — Intro by
S Calif Acclimatizing Asboc , from seed collected by
Schwemfurth and distributed from Berlin in 1893.
3 sin6nse, Oliver Lvs large and broadly cordate-
ovate, long-acuminate, notched but not lobed, some-
what tomentose beneath, fls large (2 in. or more across),
open-bellshaped. orange-yellow with large interior
veins and marks of reddish brown. Cent. China,
recently miro. to cult Seed apparently not yet in the
American trade. R II 1909:452.
BB Corolla long and narrow.
4. megapotamicum, St Hil & Naud. (A vexill&num,
Morr.) Fig. 66. Drooping habit' Ivs. rather small,
lance-ovate, acuminate, sharp-serrate' fls 2-3 in long,
on short drooping stalks, the long calyx bright red, the
protruding petals lemon-yellow, the column of stamens
conspicuously protruding Brazil, etc. B M 5717.
Gn. 37'274. J H. Ill 18:359.— A strikingly handsome
species, particularly for baskets and vases, apparently
less seen than formerly. There is a variegated-lvd
variety. Generally misspelled mesajyotamicum Mega-
potamicum means "big river," signifying here the Rio
12
AA. IMS. prominently lobed, mostly maple-like or
vitis-hke.
B. Foliage silky or tomentose, at least beneath.
5. Sellovianum, Regel (A. Selloanum, authors, a
correction of the published name, as the plant is
named for Sello A. Sellowianum, Hort ) Upright,
thick-hairy plant Ivs roundish deep-heartshaped, long-
stalked, 3-lobed with long-pointed parts, 7-9-nerved,
unequally toothed, the under side soft silky tomentose.
fls light purple, with erect petals Brazil Var marmor-
atum, Hort , has Ivs variegated with golden yellow. —
A good summer bloomer. The variegated form is some'
times used for bedding.
6 Darwinii, Hook f (A Hildebrandn, Fenzl.).
Strong pubescent shrub of dwarfish habit Ivs velvety
pubescent beneath, thickish, 5-9-nbbed, the lower ones
lobed to the middle, the upper ones shallow-3-lobed: fls.
1-3 in an axil on hhort sts , 1 ^-2 in across, orange-
red with blood-red veins, widely open or spreading.
Brazil B M 5017 Var tessellatum, Hort , has IVB.
handsomely checkered with yellow — Blooms in both
winter and summer Much hybridized with other
species A grandifl&i urn and A compdctum are garden
forms, also A Jlonbundum, Hort, R.H. 1881:350. Gt.
23794 (var trmerve, Regel).
BB. Foliage not tomentose or silky, glabrous
or slightly pubescent.
c Fls blue (varying to white in cult ).
7 vitifdlium, Presl Lvs cordate in general out-
line, 3-5-, and sometimes 7-, lobed, the lobes long-
pointed fls open bell-bhaped or cup-shaped, large,
lavender-blue, more or less veined (sometimes white),
clustered, anthers yellow Chile — A hardy species,
remaining out-of-doors in S of England, height becom-
ing .30 ft Ivs golden in autumn. B M 4227. 7328.
Gn 51 334: 66, p 8 (clumps); 76, p. 415. J.H. Ill
62.380. BR. 30 57.
cc. Fls yeVow or orange in ground color.
D. Blossoms very large Ivs 7 -lobed
8 venftsum, Lcm Very strong, tall grower. Ivs.
large, deeply palmately 7-lobed and strongly toothed:
fls large, 3 in long, on t>ts 10-12 in long, bell-shaped
and not flaring, golden
orange, with veins and
over-colors of blood-red
and brown Mex B M.
4463 — A showy species
DD Blossoms of ordinary
size (J in or less long)
E Lf -blades 3-lobcd, the
side lobes often small
(or the clefts shallow)
9 pictum, Walp (A
stndtum, Hort , at
least in part, not
Dickson) Strong and
hardy fiee-bloommg
species, with Ivs
green or variegated t
and glabrous or thinly *
pubescent, the mia-
dle lobe usually about
equaling or some-
times shorter than
the undivided part of
the If and wedge-
shape or tapering from the base calyx about 1 in.
long, cleft about to its middle, brownish pubescent:
corolla less than 1J^ in. long, orange or yellow, veined
crimson. S Brazil to Buenos Ayres — Has been con-
fused with A stnatum-
178
ABUTILON
ACACIA
10 plenifldrum, N.E. Br. Lvs green, glabrous both
sides, the middle lobe slightly narrowed at its base
and half again as long as the undivided part of the
blade, fls double. — Perhaps of hybrid origin, with A.
pictum a probable parent.
BE. Lf. -blades 5-7-lobed, the middle lobe always more or
less narrowed at its base.
11. striatum, Dicks A Guatemalan species perhaps
not in cult m its original form middle lobe of If.
usually at least twice as long as undivided part of
blade and twice longer than broad, green, calyx some-
what less than 1 m long, the lobes* about twice as long
as tube, brown-pubescent; corolla 1^4 m or loss long,
orange, conspicuously dark cmnson-vemed B M
3840 (as Sida picta) — Var Th6mpsomi, Veitch. Fig
67 Lvs variegated with yellow, not pubescent, first
exhibited by Veitch & Sons in 1868, said to be from
Jamaica, perhaps not in general cult at present — Var.
spurium, Lynch Lvs. variegated with yellow, thinly
Eubescent above but thickly pubescent beneath with
ne hairs, the calyx white-pubescent corolla light
reddish orange with redder veins, probably of garden
origin — The cult, forms of this species-group are imper-
fectly understood, particularly those passing as A.
Thorn pbonn In England, the form usually known as
A Thorn psonu, and used for bedding, is the var spu-
num In N Amer several different things are called A.
Thompsonu, some of them not variegated and at least
one of the variegated forms having double fls The
Fig 67 is inserted to distinguish the plant originally
distributed as A Thompsonu, and to which the name
should be restricted Probably some of the A Thomp-
sonn forms belong in the general A hybndum group.
67 Abutilon Thompsonu as originally pictured in Florist and
Pomologist, 1869, p 21 Inserted to show the plant to which the
name Thompsonu should be applied
The confusion between the Brazilian A . pictum and the
Guatemalan A striatum is reduced by N. E. Brown, G. C.
1910 (2) pp 427 and 488.
12 hybridum, Hort Under this name have been
placed the many garden forms and hybrids, most of
which have many of the features of the A striatum
group. A . Darwinn has been one of the parents in some
of them, as in A ro&jeflorum, and Golden Fleece (Gn.
53:300), both of which are recorded as offspring of
Darwinn and Boule de Neige Other varieties referable
here are Fireball, Golden Bell, Gold Ball, Savitzu, Sou-
venir de Bonn, Caprice, Boule de Neige (Snowball)
Fig. 68 shows one of the forms of this garden group,
passing. sometimes erroneously as A. Thompsonu.
A arbdreum. Sweet Lvs cordate, tomentose fie pale yellow
Peru — A Bedfordtdnum, St Hil Lvs lobed fls yellow with
red very tall Brazil — A escuUntum, St Hil Lvs cordate,
acuminate, toothed, tomentose fls purple, solitary Fls. said to be
cooked and eaten by native's in Brazil under name of Bencaode
Deos — A globifldrurn, Don Fls large, cream-eolored Mauritius
— A i.Uegtorimum, Hook & Jackson, Index Kewensis (Hida
mtegernma, Hook B M 4360 ) Lvs entire, cordate, tomcntose
below fls large, yellow, flaring Colombia — .4 pteoniseflArum,
Walp Fls rather small pink Brazil —A pulchtllum, Sweet,
and A. pulchr^m, Don = Plagianthua pulchellua. L H B
ACACALLIS: Aganina
AC Ac I A (from word meaning a point or thorn, refer-
ring to the stipules often spinescent). Legumindsae,
tribe Mimd*e<T Trees or shrubs grown out-of-doors in
warmer parts of the United States and some of the
species as cool greenhouse plants for the showy yellow
bloom.
Leaves bipmnate or reduced to phyllodia with ver-
tical edges (i e , If -like petioles) fis regular, orange-
yellow, occasionally lemon-yellow or white, in cylindri-
cal spikes or globular heads, solitary, or in pairs or
clusters, or in axillary racemes, sepals and petals 5, 4
or 3, free or united, stamens many, long pod a legume,
opening by two valves (occasionally mdehiscent) :
fumclc of the seed filiform or ending in club-shaped
aril, either t\\ice encircling the seed or simply bent
back upon itself (The difference between Acacia and
Albizzia lies in the stamens, which are free in the
former and united at base in the latter ) A very large
genus (said to be 4oO species) dispersed throughout the
tropical parts of the earth and even pushing their way
into parts of the temperate zones The phyllodme series
is confined almost entucly to Australia and the Pacific
Isls , while the bipmnate series is scattered over the
warm parts of the remainder of the globe The number
of species reported from Amer is laige (about 70), of
which at least 30 are Mexican Acacias are said to be
natives of the following states Ariz , Ark , Calif , Fla ,
Okla , Kan , La , Mo , Nev , New Mex and Texas
Those in the following account are Australian, unless
otherwise stated This list will undoubtedly be modi-
fied as botanists scgiogate the other genera from the
Mimoscjr group Acacias vary greatly undor cult , the
variation affecting mfl , size and shape of If , and even
the funicle One should not expect to determine an
unfamiliar species without Ivs., fls and fr , with its
p?eds in place
Other species interesting because of their ant-inhabited
thorns are described under Bull-horn Acacias Other
species referred to Acacia are to be found under Albizzia.
Acacias are quick-growing plants and are short-
lived. Various kinds have been known to grow from 11
to 12 feet in four months and 25 feet in six years These
trees are thus in their full maturity at thirty years of age,
and shortly afterward begin to deteriorate While they
may thus be used as street trees to secure immediate
effects, more permanent trees should also be planted to
take their places The leaves of some species are used
in cookery, the flowers of A Farneswna for perfumery,
the bark of various species for tanning, A. Senegal
furnishes most of the gum arable of commerce; a drug
or medicine is made from the wood of A . Catechu, a soap
or hair-wash from A, concinna; several are used as
forage plants, others for dyes, and still others for fiber.
Many of them have scented wood, others make fine
furniture wood, and are used for cabinetwork and
fence-posts or fuel, still others for street trees (as A
melanoxylon and A dealbata), and all are more or less
ornamental The Ark of the Covenant, as well as the
furniture of the Tabernacle, are said to have been made
ACACIA
from timber of A. Seyd, which yields the Shittim wood
of the Bible Also on account of its incorruptible wood,
this species for ages was used by the Egyptians to make
coflms for the burial of their kings
Acacias out-of-doors will not endure much frost
They seem to thrive very well in localities in which the
winter temperature is as low as 20° F , or even 18°,
and it is to be hoped that by careful selection strains
may be secured that
will withstand an
even lower tempera-
ture. Some species
are alkali-resistant
as A cyclops, A.
rctinodcs and per-
haps others After
the trees are once well established they do
not ordinarily require further irrigation since
they have a faculty of seeking water How-
ever, if they are given plenty of water and
good soil their growl h is very rapid Weevils
sometimes rum acacia seeds by laying their
eggs in the flower-buds and appearing later
in the pod The cot tony cushion scale and the
black scale are also found to a limited extent, ^^
but so far have not proved troublesome
Piopagation is by sends sown either under glass or
out in the open ground, or by cuttings from half-npened
wood, taken with a heel Seeds maybe prepared for
planting m two ways First, place them in aslus among
the dving embers of a fire and allow them to remain
lint il cool These do not require immediate so\\ ing, but if
they are sown they will not perish if ram does not fall
very soon afterwards Second, pour hot water over
seed, let cool and soak from twelve to forty-eight hours
Sow without allowing seeds to become dry Either
method softens the hard seed-coats and hast ens germina-
tion They will then usually germinate m about se\en
days to three or four weeks, depending upon the species
and the season in which they are sown Seed may be
sow n in the propagat ing-house at any t ime throughout the
year, thougn early spring is the natural tune For open
ground, sow in March or April After germination, the
plants are pricked off into flats or pots and shifted into
larger ones as occasion requires 1 hey arc thus kept
in pots until they are ready to be transplanted to their
permanent quarters, since if placed m the open ground
at once the tap-roots will grow with too great rapidity
and the tree will either have to be balled or transplanted
with the greatest care to prevent its recei\ ing a shock,
from which it w ill take at least a y ear to reco\ er \\ hen
buying seedlings from a nursery, therefore, reject all
those whose roots have penetrated the pot While
several species (A pycrwnthu, A imlnnoxi/lon, A
decurrens var desilbata, etc ) have been known to resow
themselves m California, there is no danger of their
becoming a pest (such as A nrmala in Australia), since
the seedlings are seldom able to live through the dry
season without irrigation Cuttings should be made
from the half-ripened wood, of which the best are from
the side shoots of the main stem, taken with a heel
No bottom heat is required, or very little, but they
should be covered with a light frame and kept moist
and cool by shading They root slowly but freelv and
should be potted immediately after rooting, but should
not be planted in the open soil until they have developed
good roots
Cultivation in greenhouses as florists' plants is con-
fined to few species, perhaps not more than a dozen
being commercially valuable All of this most impor-
tant section thrive in a winter temperature ranging from
40° to 50°, in fact, little above the freezing point is
sufficient They do not like heat, and consequently are
not adapted for forcing If wintered cool and allowed
to come along naturally with the increasing heat and
light of the spring, they will flower in March and April,
ACACIA
179
n when their graceful beauty is appreciated in the
conservatory or is valuable 'to the commercial
a season
private
florist The prevailing color of all the Australian species
is yellow, varying from pale lemon to deep orange.
The tall-growing kinds, or rather those inclined to make
long, straight shoots, make excellent subjects for
planting permanently against a glass petition of a
conservatory, or against a pillar There is scarcely a
68 Abutilon
hybridum form
more beautiful plant
than A pubescent,
with its slightly
drooping, yellow
racemes It deserves
a favored place in
every cool conservatory
The acacias are of easy
culture If planted per-
manently m the border,
provision for drainage
should be made A good,
coarse, turfy loam, of not
too heavy texture, is all
they want, with the addi-
tion of a fifth part of
leaf-mold or well-rotted
spent hops Few of our greenhouse pests trouble them.
Water in abundance they like at all times, and m their
growing season, which is the early summer months,
a daily syringing is necessary Several of the species of
bushy habit are very much grown as pot-plants in
Europe, and are now largely imported and sold for me
eastern trade A arniata and A Drummondn are good
species for this purpose With our hot summers, the
commercial man will do better to import than to
attempt to grow them from cuttings The acacias
need pruning, or they will soon grow straggling and un-
shapely, more especially is this true of those grown in
pots After flowering, cut back the leading shoots
rather severely Shift into a larger pot if roots demand
it, and encourage growth by a genial heat and syringing,
gi\ ing at same time abundance of light and air They
should be plunged out-of-doors as soon as danger of
frost is past, and removed to the greenhouse before any
danger of early fall frosts Cuttings root suiely but not
quickly The best material is the side shoots from a
main stem in the condition that florists call half-ripened
—that is, not green and succulent as for M verbena, nor
as firm and hard as the wood of a hybrid perpetual rose
in November The wood or shoot will be in about the
right c ondition in June No bottom heat is needed, but
the cuttings should be covered with a close frame and
kept moderately moist and cool by shading The fol-
lowing spring these young plants can be either planted
out-of-doors, where there is a good chance to keep them
well watered, or grown on m pots, as described above.
A few of the finest species are A pubescens, suitable
for training on pillars, A Riceana makes a bush or can
be trained, A longifoha, an erect species, deserves a
permanent position in the greenhouse border Of all the
species best adapted for medium-sized, compact pot-
f>lants, A arrnata and A. Drummondn are the best The
ormer has small, simple, dark green leaves and globular,
pure yellow flowers A Drummondu has drooping,
cylindrical, pale lemon flowers. As both these flower in
March without any forcing in our northern greenhouses,
180
ACACIA
ACACIA
they are very valuable acquisitions to our Easter plants
The acacia has two distinctive charms: the foliage is
either small, simple ami glaucous, us m A. armata, or
much divided, graceful and fern-hke, as in A pubescent.
All the acacias are among the freest- Ho wenng of our
hard-wooded plants (V\ ilham Scott )
INDEX
aojnacea, 13
Fame-iana, 61
m-rufolia, 30
aneura, 47
hlioma, 59
neurocarpa, 50.
angustifoha, 20
fihctotdes, 59.
normalu, 20, 58
arabica, 63
flonbunda. 52
obhqua, 12
argyrophylla, 19
armata, 7
Frasen, 15
furci/era, 7
obtusata, 28
olcsfoha, 18
Baileyana, 55.
()8\\aldn, 41
biftora, 9
glabra, 19
oxyccdrus, 44
bincrvata, 34
glaurpsoens, 48
paradoxa, 7
braohybotrya, 19
glaucophylla. 19
pendula, 35
calamifoha, 4
graiidis, CO
penmnervis, 24.
Caleyi, 15
Groggn, 67
pentxdra, 6
Catechu, 65
catechuoides, 65
harpophylln. 42
hispidissima, 60
pttiolarif, 25
pimfohn, 5
Cavenia, 62
hciloienccft. 50
plagiophylla, 23
ceiastnfoha, 20
homomaUa, 48
podalynsefolm, 15.
aneratcens, 48
implexa, 37
praviSvsmia, 17
cultrata, 16
incravsata, 9
prominens, 22
cultnfocmis, 16
juncifoha, 5
prumostt, 57
cuneata, 8
jumptnna, 1
cuspidata, 3
kua, 38
pulcholln, 60
cyanophylla, 27
Jsitrobei, 13
punm n», 1
cyclops, 43
Ifiophylla, 26
pytnantha, 25.
dealbata, 58
leptophyUa, 61
retmodes, 29
decipjens, 9
IfHcndtntlron, 48
Riceana, 46
decurrens, 58
IftirophyUa, 50
rotundifolia, 12.
diffusa, 3
Imrans, 51
runa/ormw, 11.
discolor, 56
linoata, 11
sahoina, 33
dodonseifoha, 14
linifoha, 22
saligna, 26
dolabnformis, 9
longifoha, 52
nontis, 21
Drummondu, 66
ionjrii'utna, 51
Sophorse, 52
eburnea, 64
lunata, 18
suaveolens, 31.
echtnula, 1
macradoma, 32
tenuifolia, 2
elata, 54
Maidenn, 49
umbrosa, 34
elongata, 40
Mrissnen, 10
undulfita, 7.
erythropus, 46
melanoxylon, 36
verticillata. 45.
extensa, 6
niolhs, 58
viscidula, 39.
falcata, 23
Way®, 33.
falciformia, 24.
myrtifoha,' 20.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
L. Lvs reduted to phyll (i e , the petiole
w flattened to retemble a simple Ij ).
B Fls in globular head-,
c. Phyll terete or sliyhlly flattened.
D. The phyll tapering into points.
B. Funicle filiform to its end . 1. juniperina
BE. Funicle ending in enlarged aril.
F Fig cream-yellow, phyll
alendfrr, broad at base 2 tenuifolia
FF Fls rich yellow phyll thick,
narrower at base 3 diffusa
DD The phyll with innocuous points,
not pungent
K Peduncle usually more than 1-
headed 4 calamifolia
EE Peduncle mostly 1-headed
F. Phyll obscurely nerved 5 juncifolia
FF Phyll prominently nerved,
st almost winged 6 eztensa
CC. Phyll vertically flattened
D Veins of phyll 1 , or very rarely 2
K Fl -heads solitary or in pairs or
clusters
F Length of phyll 1 in or less
o Stipules persistent as
slender spines
H. Pods hirsute
i Phyll semwvate 7 armata
ii Phyll wedge-shaped 8 cuneata
HH Pod glabrous phyll
triangular or rhom-
boidal 9 decipiens
GO Stipules deciduous, small
or none
H. Peduncles shorter than
phyll 10 Meissneri
HH Peduncles longer than
phyll.
x. Nerve near one edge
phyll. hm wide 11 hneata
n. Nerve central, phyll.
over A in. vnde.
J. Phyll. orbicular. . . 12. obliqu*
JJ. Phyli oblong. . ..13. icintcet
FF. Length of phyll. J ^~4 in.
a. More or leas spinescent. 21. aentit
«o. Not spinescent . 14 dodon*i/oUa
KB. Fl -heads in axillary ract mcs
(rarely reduced to a solitary
head)
F Length of phyll. S in or less
o Racemes much exceeding
phyll
H Phyll hoary or pubes-
cent . 15 podalyria-
HH Phyll glabroui (folia
I The phyll nearly as
broad as 'ong
j Shape of phyll
obliqmly orate 16 cultrifortms
jj Shape of phyll tri-
angular 17 pravissima
H The phi/ll oblong-fal-
cate, not so broad ax
long IK lunata
OJG Racemes not or only
slightly exceeding phyll
(except A linifoha var
prominent)
H Phyll obliquely obovatc 19 brachybotrya
HH Phyll lanceolate (ofttn
3m long in Calif ) 20 myrtifolia
mm Phyll liniar
I Stipule? i>jnne^rrnt 21 sentis
n Stipules not spines
cent
j Gland at base 2J linifoha
jj Gland below middle 22 linifoha var.
FF Length of phyll over 2 in (ex- [prominens
cept A salitinaiar Wayse)
o Some of phyll over 1 in.
wide.
H Funicle encircling seed
and bent back in dou-
ble fold
i Pod Y±in wide. 23 falcata
ii Pod over \£m , nearly
Yiin wide 24 penmnervis
HH Funicle not encircling
seed
i Phyll sickle-shape 25 pycnantha
n. Phyll notsicLlf-shape.'26. saligna
27 cyanophylla
OO All phyll under 1 in uide
H Phyll hnrar-lanceolate,
mostly widest above
middle
I Midrib much to one
side, gland one-
third from base,
making a notch 28 obtusata
II. Midrib central or
irlyso, gland \^~
%in from base
j. Funicle sim
HH
urround-
ingsced 29 retinodes
jj Funicle not sur-
rounding keed 30 nenifoha
Phyll linear-oblong, not
widest above middle
I Seeds nearly trans-
verse 31. suaveolens
n Seeds longitudinal
j Racemes compound 32 macradenia
jj Racemes simple,
often reduced to
2 or S heads.
E Foliage pale 33 salicina
KK Foliage dark
green 33 Balicina var
DD. Vein» of phyll several (rarely [Way«
only £), longitudinal
B F I -heads in racemes.
F Phyll 2-nerved 34 binervata
FF Phyll more than %-nerved
a. Pod with narrow wing 35 pendula
oo Pod not winged
H Funicle encircling seed
in double fold 36 melanoxylon
ACACIA
ACACIA
181
HH. Funicle folded at end of
seed, not encircling it.
i. Width of pod Km. . .37. implex*
ii Width of pod H-l m 38. koa
BB. Fl -heads solitary or in pairs
or clusters
F. Width of phyll. y&n or less,
linear.
o Phyll. viscid . 39 viscidula
QO. Phyll not viscid 40 elongata
FF. Width of phyll over l/^in ,
not linear.
G. The fl -heads sessile, or
nearly no 41 Oswald!
GO. The fl -heads not sessile
H. Funicle short, half as
long aa seed 42 harpophylla
HH Funide long, scarlet,
encircling seed in dou-
ble fold 43. cyclops
BB. Fit. in spikes.
c. Shape of phyll. narrow (A to less
than %in ), pungent pointed
D. Nerves 3 or 4 phyll scattered 44 ozycedrus
DD Nerves 1
E Phyll whorled 45 verticillata
BE. Phyll clustered fls mostly 3-
merous 46 Riceana
OO. Shape of phyll broader (except A
aneuraandA longiflftravar fion-
bunda), less rigid, not pungent
pointed
D Pod winged 47 aneura
DD Pod not winged
1. junlpertna, Willd (A echinula, DC. A. p&naenit,
Spreng.). A stiff shrub, 8 to 12 ft., with brancnlets
either pubescent or smooth, phyll scattered, numerous
and tapering into a sharp point, l/i to rarely J^in long,
1-nerved. fl -heads solitary on peduncles longer than
the phyll., 5-merous; petals cihate; petals a£\ite, with
prominent midrib, pod more or less falcate, flat, 1-2
in long, about %m broad, usually contract^ between
the seeds; seeds longitudinal, the funiclj but little
folded and filiform to the end May, June — May be
distinguished from A tenw folia by its funicle filiform
the entire length, its petals with prominent midrib, and
its 5-merous fls.
2 tenuifdlia, F v M Fig. 69. An everblooming
shrub with a sticky exudation on sts and over the young
fl -buds branchlets blender and drooping: phyll linear-
subulate, %-l in. long, 2/sin wide, 1-nerved, ending in
a pungent point, gland at base fls lemon-yellow, with
peduncles J/jin long, solitary in axils of the phyll., 30
or more 111 a head pods
straight, slightly con-
strict ed between seeds,
2-3 in long, nearly
B Calyx and phyll pubescent (A.
Maulenu only slightly so)
bright
F Sepals velvet-like,
orange-yellow 48 glaucescens
FF Sepals not vehet-hke yet
more or less pubescent
a Funicle encircling seed 49 Maidenu
OG. Fume lefoldi d and enlarged
into cup-i>haped ard 50 holosencea
BE Calyx and phyll not pubescent
F Phyll linear 51 hnearts
FF Phyll elliptical, lanceolate
a Width of phyll over %in 52 longif oha
oo. Width of phyll less than
Kin 52 longifolia
AA. Lvs all bipinnate. [var flonbunda
B. Fls in globular heads
c. Stipules none or brown and scanous.
D Pinna? few, 2-10 pairs.
E Rachis hirsute . 53 pubescens
BB Rachis not hirsute
F. Lfts lYi-lYi in long 54 elata
FT. Lfts less than 1 '< in long
o. Length of pinnx 1 in. 55 Baileyana
OO. Length of pinnae over 1 in
H Funicle filiform 5fi discolor
HH Funicle cup-shaptdanl 57 prumosa
DD. Pinnse many, 8-26 pairs
B. Plant a tree Ifts SO 40 pairs,
more or less tomentose-pu-
bescent 58 decurrens
F. Lfts. dark green, shining
above, imbricate flt bloom
in June, pale yellow 58 decurrens
FF. Lfts more or less gray, [mollis
farther apart fls bloom in
Jan. and Fcb , deep yellow 58. decurrens
FFF. Lfts light green, distant. [dealbata
sepals as long as petals 58 normalis
BB. Plant a shrub. Ifts. 20-60
pairs, glabrous 59 fihcina
OC. Stipules spinescent.
D. Pinnx 1 pair • • . • 60 pulchella
DD. Pinnae more than 1 pair.
B Pod round
61. Farnesiana
62. Cavenia
. 63 arabica
64 eburnea
BB. Pod monihform
BEE. Pod not moniliform . . .
BB. Fls in spikes
c Pinnx 10-40 pairs 65 Catechu
OO. Pinnx f~4 pairs
D. Pod not exceeding 1 in. long 66 Drummondu
DD. Pod 1 M-4 in. long 67. Greggii
ide, poi
nd bea
earing two rough
longitudinal marks over
each seed, characteristic
of this species, funicle
bilvery white, half a»s long
as seed and enlarged into
a cup-shaped aril o\ or one
end, npe June-Xov Fls
every month F v M.
Icon 1 8 — This attrac-
tive hhrub is easily grown
from seed, germinating in
about three weeks and
growing steadily It is
delightful for situations
that demand a lo\s -branch-
ing habit Its everbloom-
ing fls , honey-like odor
and dust-iesistant quali-
ties also recommend it.
3 diffusa, Lmdl (A.
genitlapfdlui, Link) A
shrub of 5 or 6 ft with
loosely scattered foliage:
phyll linear or subulate,
H~1M in long (mostly
%m ), iV-^in wide, 69. Acacia tenuifolia. ( X H)
1-nerved, ending in sharp
point fls in pairs or reduced to a single head, either 4-
or 5-merous, peduncles J^in long; sepals not half length
of petals pod stipitate, flat, acute, 3-4 in long, %m.
broad, valves convex over seeds, funicle much folded
and thickened from the middle Apr , May B M 2417.
BR 634 Var cuspidata, Benth (A ciispi4dta,Cunn.').
Phyll. more slender, from %-2 in long, about as broad
as thick
4 calamifdlia, Sweet. BKOOM WATTLE. Fig 70 A
tall shrub or small tree with slender erect branches:
phyll narrow-linear to subulate, with oblique point at
apex and narrowed to base, lH~2/4 m long, i^m.
wide, 1-nerved, gland near base (obscure in dried speci-
mens) . racemes short, of 3 or 4 heads, or reduced to a
single one, fls 20 to a head, 5-merous: sepals half as
long as petals, peduncles J^in long pods a rich brown,
slightly contracted between the seeds, 1K~3 in long,
!^m wide, funicle red, almost encircling the seed in a
double fold, ending in a silvery club-shaped aril; npe
Aug Fls. Feb -Apr B R. 839 — An attractive orna-
mental at all times but especially so when in full bloom.
An excellent tan-bark species, analysis showing aa
much as 20 63 per cent of tannin.
182
ACACIA
ACACIA
70. Acacia calamifoha
(XH)
5. juncifdlia, Benth. (A pimfdlia, Benth.). A tall
shrub with terete branches, either glabrous or hirsute:
phyll from slightly flattened to tctragonous, 3-6 in
long or more, with a nerve on each side fls 5-merous,
either solitary or in pairs, about 40 m a head; petals
united; calyx spatulate and cihate, not half so long as
petals; peduncles Mm- l°nK (rarely Jiin)' pod flat,
with nerve-like margins, 3-4 in. long, less than }4m.
wide, seeds ob-
long, longitudinal,
funicle half as long
as seed, filiform
but slightly thiek-
ened at luliim F
v. M. Icon 2 S.
6 extensa.Lmdl.
) (A. pentjedra,
/Hegel) A shrub
5 ft tall, with
more or less
winged angular
branchletfe phyll
linear-subulate or
needle-like, 3-4 in.
long (sometimes
S), ^,in wide,
1 -nerved, ending
in sharp point,
gland } j-1 in
from base fls soli-
tary or shortly
racemose, 20 in a
head, 5 -morons ,
sepals short, pe-
duncles J. tin. long
pods with nerve-
like margins, constricted between the seeds, 2-1 in
long, %m wide; funicle stiaight and only .slightly thick-
ened at hilum end, ripe May. Fls March
7 armata, R Br. (A unduldla, Willd A paraf16ra,
DC A furcifera, Lindl Mimosa purndoia, Foil ).
KANGAROO THORN Fig 71 A spreading shrub 8-10 ft
wide. 7-11 ft. tall, with pendent finger-like branchlets
phyll half-ovate, the straight edge hugging the st , the
other edge more or less undulate, nerve excentnc, end-
ing m a pungent point, stipules reduced to slender
spines about %m m length: fls solitary on peduncles
%m. long, petals 5, sepals 5, more than one-halt
length of corolla- pods hairy, straight or slightly curled,
\n clusters of 2-5 or reduced to 1, ll/2~2 in long, ^m
wide, funicle silvery, as long as seed and enlarged to a
cup-shaped aril; ripe Aug. Fls Feb -Apr BM 1653 - -
A shrub with breadth often much greater than its height,
sometimes 15-20 ft across, hence suitable for large
grounds and roomy corners Makes a good hedge plant,
and is also used to reclaim sand-durus It is a good rich
green and withstands considerable dust and drought
There is a larger-lvd form with fissured bark and more
straggling habit. The phyll is greener and more ten-
der in texture than the type, and the fls are larger.
8 cuneata, Benth A tall glabrous shrub phyll Kto
scarcely 1 in long, wedge-shaped, truncate at the apex,
nerve excentric, ending in sharp point at one angle
while the other angle is tipped by a gland , occasionally
a faint secondary nerve; stipules setaceous fls solitary;
peduncles about as long as phyll , 8-15 in a head, 4-
merous; petals separate; calyx turbmate, half as long as
rorolla and with broad lobes, pod hirsute, thick margins,
2-3 in long and Km wide BR 18.30. — An interesting
ornamental species, somewhat resembling A pravissima
9 declpiens, R Br (A dolabnjdrmis, Colla A.
incrassdta, Hook A bifloro, Paxt ). A shrub either
low and bushy or up to 10 or 12 ft tall, glabrous or rarely
hirsute phyll triangular or trapexoid, H~%in l°ng
and nearly as broad, principal nerve excentnc, ending
in small point, gland on other angle, the occasional
stipules are spinescent' fls solitary or in pairs, 6-10 in
a head pod thick, hard, much incurved, 1-2 in long,
tSi-1^ m wide, narrowed at each end, seeds longitu-
dinal, funicle ending in club-shaped aril B M 1745,
32 1 i — The difference between this and A cnneata seems
to lie chiefly m fls and phyll , which aic about as bioad
as long in A dccipicns, and much longer than broad in
A. cuneala, and wedge-shaped.
10 Meissneri, Lehm Tall shrub' young branches
glabrous, acutely angular ph\ll l/f-l in long, l/$-\i\i\
broad, obovate-oblong or obliquely cuncatc, obtuse, or
with a small, hooked point peduncles shorter than the
phyll pod flat, K~Hin broad, the margins not thick-
ened, seed oblong, longitudinal, funicle very long and
much folded, the last fold almost encircling the seed and
returning, but thickened only at the end
11 lineata, A Cunn (.1 tunciftir/ms, A Cunn) A
bushy shrub branches usually pubescent, terete and
often slightly resinous phyll linear, ^-^4111 long or
more, l1^ in wide, nerve near the margin and ending
in small hooked point fls solitary, 5-nierous, equal to or
exceeding the phyll , sepals distinct, linear-spat hulate,
peduncles Ji^^m Ipng pod curved or twisted, ' (jm
wide, funicle not so long as seed, ending in a cia\ate
fleshy aril Fls March BM .S3 10 (as A runnformit)
—This differs from .1 acinaceft and A ohhqua in only
its narrow phvllodia Habitat in barren forest ground's
m the mtenor of New South Wales.
12 obliqua, Cunn
(.4 rotund if S>h a ,
Hook ) A drooping
shrub, with finger-like
bianchc s, angular and
slightly pubescent*
phvll obliquely ob-
o\ate to orbicular,
}4-)2in long, 1t-* sin
wide, 1 ex cen trie
nerve ending m re-
curved point, stipules
minute, gland, when
present, one-third dis-
tant from base fls
5-merous, solitary or
in pairs on peduncles
y>m long; fls 15-20
in a head, petals with
midiib, sepals nar-
row, half as long as
petals pod more or
less twisted and con-
stricted between the
seeds, 1-2 in long,
} >,in wide, thin, with
nerve -like margins,
tunicle club-shaped,
half as long as seed,
ripe July, Aug Fls.
Feb. B M 4041
13 acinacea, Lindl. (A. Lntrbbei, Meisn ) A much-
branched shrub1 phyll. obliquely oblong, %-%m long.
\4-%m wide, obtuse, with a recurved point; gland
one-third distance from base* fls in pairs (rarely soli-
tary), 5-merous, calyx spathulate, cihate. half as long
as petals, petals united; peduncles }4-%m long pod
' twisted or curved, Y^\\ wide, more or less constricted
between the seeds' seed longitudinal; funicle not so
long as seed and thickened into fleshy clavate aril Fls
March F. v M Icon. 4 7 — F v Mueller proposed to
unite this with the broad-lvd A obliqiia, since the only
difference between them seems to be based upon shape
of phyll This group should be given further study to
determine whether transition stages may be found
between the narrow and the round forms and whether
71 Acacia
(X1A)
ACACIA
ACACIA
183
the supposed distinction of straight pods in A. acinacea
can be traced into the curled pods of A. obhqua.
14. dodonaeifdlia, Willd A tall, glabrous, very resin-
ous shrub1 phyll. lanceolate to linear-falcate, tapering to
base, having the appearance of being encrusted with a
brownish powder, 1^-2, sometimes 4, in long, about
^m wide, the lateral veins prominent and anastomos-
ing; 1 central nerve ending in an oblique point fls
solitary or in pairs, not exceeding the phyll ; peduncles
^m long, about 40 fls in a head, 5-rnerouts, calyx more
than half as long as corolla pod straight or falcate,
about %\n wide; seeds longitudinal, fumclc with last
2 or 3 folds dilated into an irregular cup-shaped aril
March — Superficially this resembles the A retmodeb
group, but the fls are solitary or in pairs instead of
in racemes, and it has an apparent incrustation on
foliage
15. podalyriaefdlia, Cunn (A Frasen, Hook. A
Calhji, Cunn ). Fig 72 A tall, glabrous shrub with
conspicuous gray branchlets covered with a soft pubes-
cence, phyll pmnivemed, pubescent (rarely glabrous*),
ovate or oblong, 1-1 Yz in. long, J^-l 1/4 m wide, nerve-
like margins and prominent exrentnc rnidnb ending in
oblique point, the margins and midrib ciliate, gland
at middle or just below racemes simple, longer than
phyll , of numerous small heads, calyx turbmate, not
half so long as corolla; petals hirsute, with prominent
midrib' pod flat, either glabrous or pubescent, 1-3, or
more, m long, ?4in. broad, seeds longitudinal, fumcle not
encircling seed but in short folds at hilum end, the last
fold slightly thickened RB 33 '105 GC 111 4311
Gt 54-1541. GW 9, p 158— Its neat gray ovate
Ivs. and abundant long yellow racemes at the end of
the branches make it a very decorative and popular
species.
16 cultnftfrmis, Cunn (.4 cultrata, Ait ) A tall
shrub with gray foliage thickly clothing the branches:
phyll with nerve-like margins, obliquely ovate to
almost triangular, YT-\ in long, M-Jjin wide, with
gland on upper edge one-third distance from ba.se, the
intervening edge straight and closely hugging the
branchlets, vein excentric, much curved, ending in
mucronate point racemes axillary, much exceeding
the phyll ; us 30-40 in a head; sepals half as long as
petals, peduncles j^in long pod a rich brown, with
nerve-like margins, l^-3m long, '4111 wide, occasion-
ally constricted between the seed, seed oblong, longi-
tudinal, fumcle half as long as seed, silvery and enlarged
into a cup-shaped aril almost from the beginning, ripe
Sept , Oct Fls March, Apr 11 H 1896, p 503 J II
III 34 131 — -If kept well pruned it makes a good
hedge Has been cult in Calif for many years in the
open, and is considered a desirable plant
17 pravissuna, F v M. Fig 72 A small tree, 15-20
ft high with decurrent, pendulous, finger-like branchlets
thickly clothed with short foliage phyll J£-l in. long,
24-^in. broad, cuneiform to trapezoid, one angle
rounded, the other acute, indistinctly 2-nerved, the
prominent nerve excentric and ending m a mucronate
point, gland large, near middle of upper edge, racemes
much longer than phyll , 10 to more ns m a head ; pedun-
cles ^in long pods, when ripe, once or twice twisted,
with nerve-like margins and mucronate tip, 1M~2%
m. long, J^in. wide; seed small, longitudinal, with
prominent central marking; fumcle as long as seed,
enlarged into club-shaped aril, ripe July, Aug. Fls
Feb , March. — A very graceful showy species that is
becoming popular.
18 lunftta, Sieb (A. olespfdha, Cunn) A glabrous
shrub with angular branches phyll oblong-falcate,
obtuse, with sharp point, %-l in long, %-l/2\n wide;
vein excentnc; gland one-third distance from base-
racemes simple, longer than phyll ; fls 4-15 in a head:
calyx united, about one-third length of corolla pod
straight or curved, J^m wide, seeds longitudinal, near
upper suture, the last fold of the fumcle thickened into
a lateral club-shaped aril, the lower folds very small.
Apr. BR 1352— This resembles A hmfoha var.
prominens in fls and foliage; the fr i& necessary to dis-
tinguish them
19 brachybdtrya, Benth Tall shrub' phyll Yr^A
m , rarely, in luxuriant specimens, 2 in long, obliquely
obovate or oblong, firm, rather broad, obtuse or
mueronulate fl -heads few, short, axillary racemes,
about equaling the phyll , or rarely reduced to 1 head;
fls 20-50 in a head pod flat, linear to narrow-elliptical.
Var argyrophylla, Benth (A argyrophylla, Hook.).
Silvery-silky, turning sometimes golden yellow phyll.
mostly %-!>£ m long fl -heads often solitary. B M.
4381
Var glaucophylla, Benth Glaucous and more or
less pubescent phyll mostly Yr~Yi™- long, fl -heads
mostly 2-5, shortly racemose
Var glabra, Benth Quite glabrous phyll small and
narrow, fl -heads small
20 myrtifdlia, Willd A tall shrub with angular
branchlets, the angles, glands and margins of phyll.
edged with light red or pink phyll oval to ovate-
lanceolate, the apex either acute with oblique point or
obtuse and rounded, 1 J^-2 in long, M~/^in- wide,
gland J4 in from base, nerve excentric fls in racemes
nearly as long as phyll ; peduncles ^gin long, fl -heads
few (3-5), though large, 4-merous, petals with promi-
nent midrib, sepals short, united pod with nerve-like
margins, curved and contracted between the seeds and
tough, 3 in long, ^-m broad, fumcle short, thickened
into cup-shaped aril B M 302 Fls Feb-Mar
Var celastrifdlia, Benth (A celastnfdlw, Benth).
Phyll mostly \Yi m long and often 1 in broad. B M.
430b
Var nonnalis, Benth Phyll mostly 1-2 in long and
about ,J2in broad.
Var angustlfdlia, Benth Phyll. mostly 2-4 m. long,
3o~Kjin broad.
21 se"ntis, F. v M A rigid shrub or small tree 30
or 40 ft high, with terete branchlets and when young
either glabrous or pubescent phyll various, either
lanceolate-oblong with a short point or linear with a
hooked point, in some specimens %in long by % or
^4in broad and in others again they muy be 2 in. long
and -iHin broad, marginal gland near base or wanting,
stipules reduced to spines, occasionally none fls soli-
tary or in pairs or racemes, 20-30 fls in a head; sepals
linear, spatulate, cihate pod flat, 2-3 in long, H~/4in-
broad, seeds nearly oblique, the fumcle gradually
thickened and folded several times, fitting against seed
like a cap May F v M Icon 4 9 — A desert species
commonly growing m sandv soil It thrives with scant
rainfall but requires much light, although in its native
country it is now and then found among large trees It
is a valuable fodder plant, cattle eating it greedily A
specimen in Calif was growing on soil that was almost
rock and consequently became shallow-rooted The
wind threw it down repeatedly but each time when set
in place it continued its growth, apparently unharmed.
In New S Wales it is said that the presence of this tree
is a sure indication of underground water Its roots
have been found 80 ft. from the surface
22 linifdlia, Willd A tall shrub with a minute
pubescence on the branchlets and at the base of the
young phyll • phyll linear on young shoots to linear-
lanceolate on more mature ones, %-lM in long,
T^-Hm wride, 1-nerved, ending in mucronate point,
gland below the middle small racemes shorter than
phj 11 , with 8-12 fls in a h^ad pod flat, with nerve-like
margins, 2^-4 m. long, %m wide; fumcle half as long
as seed, with club-shaped aril B M. 2168
Var pr6minens, Moore (A. prdminens, Cunn.).
Phyll wider, oblong-lanceolate, 1-1 Yi in- long, K~Hm-
184
ACACIA
ACACIA
wide; very prominent gland, its position varying, some-
times above, sometimes below the middle, pod wider,
1M~3 in. long, Hin wide, funicle short (not surround-
ing the seed), filiform and ending in fleshy aril Fls.
late Feb and March B M. 3502. — This variety does
not appear to seed in Calif
23. falcate, Willd. (A plagwphytta, Spreng ). Tree
or tall shrub phyll distinctly pinniveined, lanceolate-
falcate, much narrowed toward base, 3-6 in long;
nerve excentnc; gland at base or none racemes shorter
than phyll , 20 fls ma head, sepals free, narrow, ciliate,
about half as long
as petals; pet-
als stnate, with
prominent m i d-
nb pod flat, 2-3
in long, Kln-
wide, seed longi-
tudinal, close to
the margin; funi-
cle colored, ex-
tending around
seed and bent
back on itself in
a double fold, en-
larged at hiluin
end into a fleshy
aril — This may
be distinguished
from A penmrur-
ns by its smaller
pod (half the size),
by its gland close
to base instead of
distant from it,
and by its free,
narrow, spatulate
cihate sepals.
24 penninervis,
Sieb MOUNTAIN
HICKORY A tall
glabrous shiub or
a tree, 40-80 ft.
high phyll pin-
nivemed, lanceo-
late-falcate, acu-
minate, much
narrowed at the
base, 3-4 in. long
(sometimes twice
that length) about
^m broad , nerve
excentnc with a
short secondary
nerve terminating
in a marginal
gland below the
middle fls pale
yellow, in short
raCemes, m U C h
_ y. „ r f ' fUnn
shorter than
phyll ; peduncles
broad with nerve-
72 Acacia leaves. 1, A longifolm; 2,
A praviasima; 3, A cyclops, 4, A bi-
nervata , 5, A. implexa ; 6, A pycnantha , 7,
A. saligna, 8, A podalyrisefoha , 9, A inel-
anoxylon. (XM)
ffi
in. long1 pod 3H-5 in. long,
like margins, seed longitudinal; funicle colored, extend-
ing around seed and bent back on same side so as to
encircle m double fold B M. 2754. Maiden Wattles
and Wattlebark, p 35 — A variable species with very
narrow phyll , often ^-Hin wide and 8-12 in long,
the average being 1 in broad and 5 in long
Var falcif6rmis, Benth (A. falciftrmis, DC.). A
shrub 6-10 ft. high with young shoots and mfl.
minutely hoary or golden pubescent: phyll. broad,
obliquely ovate-oblong, obtuse, smooth and feather-
veined, 3-4 in long, 1 in broad, gland at base' fls in
racemes. — Larger and more falcate than the tvpe.
25. pycnantha, Benth. (A.petwldns,LGhm.). GOLDEN
WATTLE. BROAD-LKAVED WATTLE. Fig. 72 A small
tree with more or less pendulous branchlcts phyll
pinniveined, oblong-lanceolate to falcate-lanceolate or
even broadly obovate, 2^-6 m long, M-lj^ in wide,
1-nerved, the nerve more or less cxcentnc, gland
M-% m. from base racemes either simple or com-
pound, large-fld , fragrant and showy, often bending
the tree with its weight of bloom, 50-60 fls in a
head with peduncles J/gin long, sepals 5, cihate,
almost as long as petals, pods vaiymg, 2-4^ 01 5 in
long, }4m wide, contracted and slightly constricted
between the seeds and with nerve-like margins, fu-
nicle whitish, club-shaped, not folded, half as long
as seed or occasionally folded and transverse to the
seed, ripe Aug Fls Feb , Maich Maiden Wattles
and Wattlebark, p 39. R II 1896, p 501 Hi own,
For. Flora of S Austral — The name "broad-leaved"
is derived from its icfcrence to the seedling Ivs ,
which are of great size, sometimes 5 in long and
4 in wide The bark contains the highest pei cent-
age of tannin of any of the species, but the tne does
not attain the size of A daurren^, and hence so
gieat a quan tit v i« not obtained from any one tiee
It is made into perfume, exudes a good gum, and is
used as a sand-binder
26 saligna, Wendl (,1 hiophylla, Benth ) Fig 72.
A low tree or tall shiub \vith angulai, rather drooping
branches phyll lanceolate to hnear-laneeolute, or e\en
oblanceolate, 3-8) j m 01 lowei K.s lit long, \\-\ H or
even 1?4 in wide, acute to obtuse, narrowed to base:
1 central nerve, often excentnc, ending in a iccur\ea
point or obtuse, gland at base or none ils Luge (l-2.u\
in diam ), either in large uieemes at the ends ot the
branches or reduced to 1 01 5 heads strung along the
axils of the Ivs for 2 01 3 ft , peduncles vaiymg fiom
K-i^m m length pods const noted between the seeds,
flat with nerve-like margins, 3-5 in long, }4in wide,
funicle club-shaped, throe-fourths length of seed, ripe
Aug Fls March-May and to slight extent at \anous
times — Botanists do not find any \vell-rnarked differ-
ences between this species and the next and ate there-
fore inclined to combine the two Nursei>men base
their distinction on the color of the phyll , a bluish-
tinged one being called A. lyunophyllu, while the gicen
phyll , especially if it is smaller, is called A aahqna
Both forms are also said to have been secured fiom
seed gathered from a single tree Nurserymen should
test this to satisfy themselves Another so-called
botanical distinction gives the funicle straight in one
species and folded in the other This does not hold, as
such a combination can be seen in the same plant, and
even m the same pod This species is variable in other
respects Fls may be m groups of 4 or 5 and strung
along the axis of Ivs for 2 01 3 ft This type may have
either largo or small or even mixed phyll , or the fls may
be in large clusters (either erect or pendulous) at the
ends of the branches In either case, the large or the
small or the mixed types of phyll. may accompany
them.
27. cyanophylla, Lindl. BLUE-LEAVKD WATTLE.
Tall shrub, 18 ft, stoloniferous* branches drooping1
lower phyll about 12 in long, upper 6 in or less and
narrower, linear-oblong to lanceolate-falcate, much
narrowed toward the base, glabrous and often glaucous
peduncles )4~Kin long, fls 3-5, large, golden yellow.
March Gn 52, p 99 — Said to be the same as A
sahgna, as they run into each othei .
28 obtusata, Sieb Tall, glabrous shrub' phvll.
1^2-3 in long, oblong-linear, or almost spatulate,
usually almost straight, rather obtuse, point not curved,
thick, rigid, with thickened, nerve-like margins, mar-
ginal gland 1, distant from the base, not prominent
racemes about %m. long, with densely packed heads;
fls. 30 or more. March.
ACACIA
ACACIA
185
20. retin&des, Schlecht. A tall shrub or small tree:
phyll lanceolate, with nerve-like margins and nar-
rowed to base, acute, pinnately veined, 3-6 in. long,
%-%\n wide, gland Hin- from base fls in racemes,
mostly compound; peduncles J^m long, 30-40 fls in
a head pod flat, with nerve-like margin, 3-4 in. long,
about J4m. wide; funicle colored red. encircling seed,
bent back upon itself in a double fold and ending in
club-shaped aril, ripe June-Oct Fls Feb.-Sept. F v.
M. Icon 5.9. — Very closely resembling A. neriifoltam
foliage and fls , but differs in pod, being narrower than
that of A nenifolui, while the funicle is red and en-
circles seed in double fold.
30. nerhfdlia, Cunn. A small tree with angular
branchlets phyll lanceolate, acute, narrowed at both
ends, 1^2-5 M m long, l/^-z/^m. wide, 1 central nerve;
gland l/2\n from base fls about 40 m a head, 5-merous,
in short racemes, sepals 5, separate, cihate, peduncles
l/%-y\\n. long pods with nerve-like margins, contracted
between the seeds and often constricted, a rich brown,
3-6 in long, fin wide, funicle white, short, not encir-
cling seed, but thickened into a club-shaped aril, seed
longitudinal, oval, with central depression Fls. July.
31 suave" olens, Willd A glabrous shrub, 3-6 ft.
tall phyll linear to lanceolate, apex acute, tapering to
base, 1 central nerve ? gland near base fl -heans m axil-
lary racemes, at first inclosed by imbricate scaly bracts,
which soon fall, fls 6-10 ma head pod oblong, rounded
at both ends, flat, impressed between the seeds, 1-1 H
in long, %-?$m wide; seeds transverse; funicle fili-
form and suddenly enlarged into fleshy aril at right
angles to itself Fls Apr — Superficially it resembles
narrow-lvd. A relinodfs,but note the imbricated bracts;
the pods are shorter and wider and the funicle does not
encircle the seed.
32 macradenia, Benth. A glabrous shrub, 10-12 ft.
tall, or, in favorable situations, a tree 30-50 ft high:
ph>ll lanceolate-falcate, narrowed to base, 5^-12 in.
long, Yi\\\ wide, veins fine, prominent and transverse;
gland at babe, large or often wanting racemes com-
pound, short, fls binall, petals pubescent, calyx more
than half as long as corolla, turbmatc, toothed and
cihate pod with nerve-like margin, 2-4 in long, J^m.
wide or more, slightly constricted between the seeds;
seeds longitudinal, funicle not enfolding seed but bent
upon itself and ending in club-shaped aril, about half
as long as seed F. v M Icon 5 7 — A beautiful close-
grained wood that is capable of taking a high polish.
33. salicina, Lmdl Small tree; branches drooping:
foliage pale; phyll. 2-5 in long, 2^-Kin. wide, oblong-
hnear or lanceolate, narrowed at base, thick, rigid, with
a curved point, midrib and marginal veins scarcely
prominent racemes short, often reduced to 2 or 3 heads,
or even only 1 , peduncles slender; fls about 20 m the
head pods straight, 1-3 in long, ^in broad, valves
convex, hard and thick, seeds longitudinal, funicle
thickened and usually scarlet almost from the base,
forming several folds under the seed — The timber is
dark brown and tough, taking a high polish It is a
good forage plant and on this account is becoming
scarce in the wild state.
Var. Way*, Maiden. Fig 73 A shrub 8 ft tall,
which blooms sparingly at various times during the
year, phyll somewhat thick (flat when dried) and
succulent-looking, oblong-linear, narrowed at base,
lM-2^ in long, less than ^m. wide; 1 central nerve
ending in oblique point, gland below middle, fls soli-
tary or in pairs, or occasionally in short racemes of 3-5
fls , sepals united, truncate; petals 5f pod 1-2 in long,
less than ^m. broad, contracted between the seeds;
seed longitudinal; funicle scarlet its entire length,
folded several times at one end of seed; ripe June-
Sept Fls Feb.-May.—A neat little shrub with bright
green Ivs. The pods must be picked as soon as ripe and
just before dehiscence, for the elastic opening of the
pod will discharge the seed in every direction.
34 binervata, DC (A umbr&sa, Cunn ) Fig 72.
TWO-VEINED HICKORY A tall shrub or shrubby tree of
25 ft , with terete branchlets phyll falcate-lanceolate to
triangular, with 2 distinct veins (occasionally 3-vemed)
and pinnately veined between, 2>£-4 in. long, Y§-\ in.
wide; gland >^in. from base fls in racemes shorter than
phyll ; peduncles Mln l°ng or more, 30 fls m a head,
4- or 5-merous; calyx not half so long as oorolla pods
straight, very thin, convex over seed, 4-5 in long, >^ra.
wide, seed oblong, funicle long, nearly encircling seed
and bent back upon itself m double dark red fold, with
light aril at hilum end B M 3338 Maiden, Flowering
Plants of New S Wales, pt 5, p. 53 Wattles and
Wattlebarks, p 50 — Jt inhabits dry, shaded woods in
the mountainous district of the coast.
35 pe'ndula, Cunn. WEEPING MYALL. A small tree
with gray foliage and pendulous branchlets: phyll.
covered with a minute pubescence, finely stnate with
3-5 obscurely parallel veins, linear-lanceolate, often
falcate, acuminate, ending m inu-
cronate point, 2-3 J^ in l°n& K~
l^m wide, gland less than M'n-
from base fl -heads in pairs or
clusters, about
30 in a head;
peduncles less
than ^m long;
petals with mid-
rib, sepals spatulate, retic-
ulatcly veined, half as long
as petals, pods l/'>m
broad, 2-3 in long, bor-
dered by a narrow wing
along each suture F v
M Icon. 6 8— The or-
namental value of this
species lies rather in
drooping foliage than m
the fls.
36 melan6xylon, R Br
BLACK WOOD ACACIA. Fig
72. A good -sized ever-
green tree of pyramidal ,
form and dense foliage
phyll oblanceolate to lan-
ceolate, usually one edge
straight, the other curved,
2M~4M m- l°ng (average
21A m long by ?4m
wide), 3-6 parallel nerves,
reticulately veined between, gland Km from base- fls.
cream-color, 40-50 m a head, with peduncles over Hm-
long, and m short racemes of 3-5 heads pod reddish
brown, with nerve-like margins, more or less twisted
into shape of letter C or S, 3-5 in. long, %m wide;
seed longitudinal, ^m. m length? encircled in double
fold by a long red funicle which is very characteristic
of the species, the seed hanging on the trees thus for
months, pods ripe July-Nov Fls late Feb. and
March. B M. 1659 — Its wood is but little inferior to
black walnut for furniture -making and grillwork; it
makes a good street tree in Calif, and as a fuel it is
equal to hickory.
37 imptexa, Benth Fig 72. A tall tree, ,50 ft high,
with light green foliage and rough bark: phyll. falcate-
lanceolate, acuminate, with a more or less hooked
point, 4-7 in long, 2"8-/im wide, veins 3-5, with
finer parallel veins between ; no gland fls. cream-yellow,
in racemes much shorter than phyll , 40-50 in a head;
peduncles %m. long' pod curved, often like an interro-
gation point, light brown with nerve-like margin, more
or less constricted and contracted between the seeds,
4-6 in. long, J^m. wide, seeds longitudinal, funicle
186
ACACIA
ACACIA
club-shaped, folded once or twice at end of seed.
F. v. M. Icon. 8:2 — Distinguished from A mclanoxy-
lon by the more pointed and hooked phyll., while the
funicle is cream-colored and folded at the end of the
seed instead of being scarlet and twice encircling it as
in A., melanoxylon.
38 kda, Gray. KOA. Tree of 50-60 ft., with spread-
ing branches : phyll. falcate, acuminate and tapering to
base, striate with 3-5 parallel nerves more prominent,
4-5 in long, Yy-}^a\ wide; gland at base prominent:
fls in short racemes or rarely solitary, or in pairs, 50-GO
fls in a head; peduncles ^m. long, 5-merous, calyx
united, cihate edges pod brown, flat, thin, reticulately
nerved, more or loss constricted between seeds, 5-6 in.
long, %-\ in wide, seed dark brown, nearly transverse,
oblong, about %w long by Km- wide; fumcle light
brown, filiform, not encircling seed but with 2 or 3
twists at hilum end. Hawaiian Isls. — A valuable tim-
ber tree, capable of receiving a high polish It should
be more largely grown in Cahf .
39 viscidula, Cunn A tall
shrub, 12-15 ft. high, with terete
branches covered by a glossy viscid
gum- phyll long-linear, with a
small oblique point, sparingly
pubescent, at least when young,
2-3 H m long, iif to less than ^4 in
wide, with several obscure parallel
veins; gland near base fls 40 m a
head, solitary or in pairs, either 5-
or 4-merous, with peduncles Mm. long;
calyx and corolla pubescent pod hirsute,
with nerve-like margins, 1 }^-2 in long, ^rn
wide, slightly depressed between the seeds,
seed small, longitudinal; funicle silvery,
twice or thrice twisted and thickened into
cap at end of seed, ripe Aug. Fls March,
Apr — At first glance easily mistaken for
narrow-lvd A. retinodes, but its short-std.
fls. in pairs, the resinous viscid substance on phyll. and
its small narrow pods will at once distinguish it
40. elongata, Sicb A tall shrub with angular branch-
lets phyll distinctly striate, 3-nerved, or often ob-
scured, long-linear, slightly falcate, narrowed to base,
obtuse and ending in oblique point, 2-33/6 or 4 in. long
(or narrower and 5>i in long), hardly Vsin. broad;
peduncles Hm. long, solitary or m pairs pod thin,
with nerve-like margins, l%-2% in. long, ^m wide,
slightly impressed between seeds, pod convex over
them' seed oblong, brown, funicle not folded about
seed but with 2 or 3 folds fitting over end of seed like
a cap. B.M 3337 — Especially suitable for damp,
sandy land.
41. 6swaldii, F. v M A stiff shrub, 8 to 10 ft tall:
phyll linear to oblong-falcate, with numerous fine
parallel veins ending m oblique mucronate point, 1-2
in long, nearly Km- wide; gland near base, fl -heads
sessile, solitary or in pairs, about 15-20 in a head;
sepals over half as long as petals: pods hard, curved
into crescents about each seed; funicle filiform, half
the length of seed and suddenly dilated into a cap
nearly as long, which fits over and covers up one-third
of seed. F v M Icon 6:10. — May be easily recog-
nized by its finely striate, narrow, 2-in -long phyll , its
sessile yellow fls. that sit at base of phyll , nearly
hiding st , by the pods twisted in lunar shape with valves
convex over seed and by the cap covering one-third of
seed. A small bushy tree in Australia, producing a
scented timber, the natives make short weapons from it.
42 harpophflla, F. v M A tree with slightly
angular branchlets phyll. stnate, 3-5-nerved, falcate-
lanceolate, tapering to both ends, 6-8 in. long, lA-%m.
wide: fls. in clusters with peduncles Hm- l°nf?> or in
short racemes, much shorter than phyll , 15-20 fls. in
a head, sepals not half so long as petals, pod striate,
more or less constricted and contracted between seeds,
3-4, or even 5, in. long, %m wide, seed elliptic; funicle
half as long as seed and but slightly enlarged into aril.
F.v. M 6'9.
43 cyclops, Cunn Fig 72. A low spreading shrub,
8-10 ft tall, with many sts : phyll narrow-oblong to
lanceolate or even falcate-lanceolate, with oblique point,
lH~3;Hj m long, )4-%in wide, gland at base more or
less obscure; 3-6 longitudinal nerves t\n sohtaiy or in
pairs, or even in short racemes, peduncles j^in long,
pods m clusters of 2-7 from one head, 2-2 V£ in long,
%in wide, more or loss curled, seeds transverse, with
odor, when fresh, something like a leek, surrounded by
conspicuous scarlet fumcle in double fold, ripe Aug-
Nov Fls off and on from July-Doc F v M Icon.
8 3. — Young specimens are very compact and attrac-
tive, although in a few years they become spreading and
unsymmotncal ; but, as short-lived tub-plants for cer-
tain formal effects, they would be veiy effective. While
the seed-pods are at first charm-
ingly artistic with the scarlet
fumclo surrounding the black
seeds and the rich biown pods,
m ago they are unsightly, as
they persist until they arc ragged,
ugly and black The pods con-
tain much tannin that is hard
on the mucous membrane when
the seeds are cleaned.
44 oxycedrus, Sieb A rigid
shrub with terete and usually
pubescent branches phyll ntn-
ate, linear-lanceolate but broad at
base and tapering to a pungent
point, J j-'/tiN or even 1 in long
and 3-1-noivod on each side,
small stipules, often spinescent
spikes 1 in long, fls 4-merous;
calyx short with obtuse lobes
pods 3 in long, l^in wide, stri-
ate, incurved and with convex
valves, seed longitudinal, fumcle
thickened from the base and
much folded B M. 2928 —Su-
perficially resembles A. verticil-
lala, but the phyll are broader
and the valves of the pods are
thicker than in that species
45 verticillata, Willd (Mimosa vcrticilldln, L'ller).
WnoRtr-T,EAVED ACACIA Fig 74 A spreading shrub
or small tree of graceful habit; branches more or less
pubescent phyll in whorls or often scattered, linear-
subulate, about H~Kin l°nK> °r more, loss than f^m.
wide, ending in a pungent point, 1 -nerved, occasional
gland near middle spikes Yi~\. in long, often conceal-
ing the phyll pods flat, straight or slightly curved,
with nerve-like margins, 2-3 in long, %m wide, taper-
ing to a point, seeds longitudinal, J^'in long, with light-
colored fumcles of about same length thickened at, end
of seed into cup-shaped aril; ripe June and early July.
Fls March, Apr. B.M 110 — Used for hedges and as
ornamental, also to some extent as a street treo; in
which case it may be trimmed to assume a pyramidal
form, but can hardly be recommended for this pur-
pose since it is short-lived and in age becomes strag-
gling It may be made to assume a pendulous habit by
weighting its branches with a brick when young There
seem to be several types, some being soft to the touch
while others are harsh and rigid There is also much
difference in the length of the fl.-spikes.
46. Riceana, Hensl (A. eryihropus, Tenore). A tall
shrub or small tree, with graceful drooping branchlets :
phyll clustered, less than 1 in long and Am. broad
(or narrower and \Yi m long) linear-subulate, tapering
into pungent point, spikes slender, 1^-2 in. long;
74. Acacia verticillata.
ACACIA
ACACIA
187
peduncles Hin long; fls. distant, acute in the bud,
3-merous, the petals with distinct nerve; calyx short,
cihato pod usually curved, acuminate, often 2-3 in.
long, scarcely }bm broad, slightly pubescent when
young, but soon glabrous, valves very convex, coriace-
ous, contracted between the heeds; seeds longitudinal;
funicle much folded and thickened nearly from the
base Fls lemon-yellow, last of Feb and March to
Apr Tasmania. Nl:7 This may be distinguished from
A verttnllata by its phyll in clusters rather than in
whorls and by its distant, 3-merous fls Its habitat is
m moist shady places in its native country.
47 aneura, F v M MULGA A shrub with terete
branches lined with gurn along the longitudinal fis-
sures phyll rigid, with oblique point, var>mg from
lanceolate-falcate to long-linear or almost terete on the
same plant, 1-3 m long, -Am wide, no prominent
nerves, but distinctly stnate under a lens fls in spikes
(which may be single or in pairs), J^-^m long, 5-
merous, calyx narrow spatulate, not half so long as
petals, peduncles less than J^m long pods flat, oblique,
with a narrow wing at suture and recurved point at
apex, !-]}•> m l°rig. nearly \<L\I\ wide, seeds nearly
transverse, marked by a minute horseshoe, funicle not
encircling seed but with 2 or 3 short thick folds F.v.M.
Icon 10 s
48 glaucescens, Willd (A rinerdt>cens, Sieb A.
homomdlla, Wendl. A leucad tndron, Cunn ) A tree
up to 50 ft high, \vith branchlets and phyll covered
with a gray pubescence \vhich gives an ashy hue to the
foliage, the joung shoots yellowish phvll lanceolate
to tackle-shaped, widest in center and tapering at both
ends, btmte, with 3 or 4 nerves more prominent,
312~C m. long, from less than /2~/i»i or even 1 in.
wide, gland near base spikes several, in the axils of the
phyll , 1-2 in long, fls 4- or 5-merous, petals united
,ind very narrow at base giving prominence to the short
united sepals covered with a bright yellow pubescence
like pile on velvet A( cording to J II Maiden, the
pod, as originally desciibed, was that of A Maidenn,
and the error seems to have been copied into subse-
quent publications BM 317i — This is often con-
fused \\ith A Mnidemi, but that species is less pubes-
cent, has a much-twisted pod, and red fumcles almost
encircling seeds It is known ah the Coast Myall
49 Maldenu, F. v M A tall shrub or tree 50 ft.
high, with rough bark, fissured at intervals phyll
lanceolate to lanceolate-falcate, narrowed at each end,
stnate with fine veins, several more prominent, more or
less pubescent, 4-6 m long, Je-J^in wide, gland about
Hm from base fl -spikes in pairs about 1 in long;
fls 4-merous, calyx not half so long as corolla, pod
narrow, '/sin wide, variously twisted into bow-knots
and usually with one suture of the valves gaping open,
seeds longitudinal, shining, black, funicle pale reddish,
almost or quite encircling the seed and suddenly dou-
bled back from the summit Fls Sept
50 holosericea, Cunn (A Icucophylla, Lmdl A
neurocdrpa, Cunn ) A shrub or small tiee 10 to 20 ft
high, clothed with a white, silky pubescence, branch-
lets with 3 much-raised angles phjll obliquely oval-
oblong, obtuse or mucronate, 4-G in long, 1-3 in wide,
3-4 nerves, pmnately veined between them* fls 5-
merous in spikes 2 in long; calyx and corolla pubescent:
pod more or less twisted, seeds longitudinal; funicle
folded and enlarged into cup-shaped aril Fls March.
51. linearis, Sims (A longissima, Wendl ). A strag-
gly shrub with phyll as long and slender as pine need-
les, 4-8 m long, or twice that length, Am wide;
prominent longitudinal vein fls loose, slender m inter-
rupted spikes, 1-2 in long, 4-merous, calyx short, not
half so long as corolla, pod 4 m long, 3^'in broad,
slightly impressed between seeds and convex over them;
seeds longitudinal, oblong, shining; funicle not sur-
rounding seed but bent back and forth into a cap-
shaped aril over one end B M 2156 B R 680.— It
may grow to 20 ft in height, and the wood is useful
for furniture and many small articles.
52 longif dlia, \V illd .SYDNEY GOLDKN WATTLE Fig.
72 A tall shrub or snuill tree phyll oblong-lanceolate,
either acute or obtuse, narrowed to the base, 2-3 in or
even 4-6 in long and from H~/^m wide; 3 or 4 longi-
tudinal nerves, reticulately veined between; gland very
near base fls m spikes %~2 l i in long, 4-merous pods
1^2-3/i m long or more, about % in broad, coria-
ceous, terete until fully ripe when their valves flatten,
separate, become dark and curled and persist on the
tree, seeds longitudinal, black, fat and shining, funicle
silvery, not enfolding seed but bent upon itself several
times, dilated and fitted like a cap over one end of the
seed, ripe Aug, Sept Ms Feb, March BR 362
B M 2166 It II 1KD6, p 504 Wattles and Wattle-
barks, p 51 — A valuable ornamental as well as a good
tree for narrow streets, also used as a tan for heavy
leathers.
Var Sophdre, F v M (A Kophbr*, R Br ) Phvll
shorter, and with rounded apex, lj-^-33 2 in long, %-
-T2~m broad spikes generally shorter, 1-1 }/i in ; blooms
later and seed matures later than type Brown, Fl of
S Austral — Under cult it becomes difficult to dis-
tinguish this from the tvpe, but in general its foliage is
shorter and more rounded at apex
Var flonbunda, F v M A tall shrub or small tree,
with the foliage all at the ends of the branches, giving
the tree a thin, delicate appearance phyll 23-^-334 in.
long, ^-i-iin wide, or more, linear-lanceolate, ending
m oblique point, acuminate, stnate, several nerves
more prominent than others spikes 13 2 m long, flower-
ing to base, fls whitish vellovv pods contracted and
long-constricted between seeds, seed longitudinal;
funicle silvery, not encircling seed but folded like a
cap, ripe July, Aug Fls Feb , March B M 3203 (as
A intermetlui] — This varies so much from the type
that it is difficult to conceive of its relationship, but
since all variations between this and the type can be
traced, it can be given only varietal rank.
53 pub6scens, II Br HMHY WATTLE. A shrub,
with drooping branches and hirsute petioles and rachis;
pmnjfi 3-10 pairs (mostly 3-Sj, ^-^m long; Ifts.
6-20 pairs (mostly Ibj, crowded, linear, smooth,
-rV- /em wide fls in simple racemes longer than Ivs ,
on long pubescent peduncles, 15-20 in a head, calyx
short, sinuate-toothed, corolla smooth, protruding in
bud, the petals united Blooms in spring B M 1263
FR 1 733 — This belongs to the scries in which the
pods are all flat, seeds longitudinal, last fold of funicle
forming a short lateral or oblique aril, with very small
folds below it Much grown in greenhouses in the E
U S , where it is a general favorite on account of its
feathery Ivs and bright blossoms, which are in their
full beauty at Eastertide, and are becoming very popu-
lar for church decorations at that time.
54 elata, Cunn A handsome tree of 50-60 ft
with dark green foliage and young shoots clothed with
a yellow pubescence Ivs compound, 1 ft long by
8-10 in. wide, pinnae 2-6 pairs, 5-7 in long, Ifts 8-13
pairs, lanceolate, acuminate, pubescent, l%-l% in.
long, 3i-/8m wide, about )£m distant fls m com-
pound racemes, about 40 in a head, sepals 5, united,
half as long as petals, petals 5 pod a rich brown, with
nerve-like margins, 3H~6 in long, ?sm. broad, funicle
silvery, the club-shaped aril half as long as lenticular
seed, ripe Aug Blooms Sept , Oct , Dec etc. F. v M.
Icon 12 7 Wattles and Wattle-barks, p 51 —Rich
in tan»iic acid. Grows in shaded ravines m its nativ e
country.
55 Baileyana, F. v M. An attractive shrub or small
tree, with gray foliage arranged spirally around th«
branchlets and nearly concealing them Ivs. com-
388
ACACIA
ACACIA
pound, 1-2 in. long, with gland at base of each pair of
pinnae; pinnae 2-3 pairs (occasionally 4)? 1 in long;
Ifts about 20 pairs, %m long, nearly fan. wide1 ra-
cemes longer than Ivs , 2-3}^ in long, fls. 15 m a head,
on peduncles ^-^im long pod \\'rA. m long, ^m.
wide, with norvc-hke rnai gins, occasionally constricted
between seeds, seeds transsveiso, ^in long, with club-
shaped funiole one-half its length, ripe July, Aug Fls.
Jan, Feb F. v. M Icon 12.5. GC III 15.37— A
much-prized ornamental and sometimes used as a
street tree
56 discolor, Willd A tall shrub or small tree, either
glabrous or pubescent: pinnae 2-6 pairs, Ifts. 10-15
pairs, ^~Hm long? 1 -nerved, pale beneath; large
gland on petiole and a few small ones on upper pairs of
Uts fls 6-15 in a head, in axillary racemes, 5-merous;
petals with prominent midribs, calyx short, ciliate.
pod flat, with nerve-like margins, 1-3 in long, ?6m.
wide; funicle enlarged at hilum end.
57 prumdsa, Cunn A small tree with young foliage
bronze-like pinna? 2-4 pairs, 2 1^-4 in long; Ifts 11-24
pairs, 1-£-%m long, oblong to linear, nerve excentric,
occasionally 1 or 2 short nerves; gland pi eminent, dis-
tant froiri base fls in racemes, 30 in a head, 5-merous;
sepals united, half the length of petals pods with nerve-
like margins. 2}-£-3 in long, ^m broad, occasionally
constricted between seeds, funicle short, filiform half
its length, then enlarged into club-shaped aril Fls.
Feb -Apr
58 decdrrens, Willd GREEN WATTLE. A hand-
some tree, glabrous or more or less tomentose-pubescent
with branches more or less prominently angled pinna)
8-15 pairs or more (sometimes reduced to 5 or 6);
Ifts 30-40 pairs or more, linear, from under 2 to nearly
5 lines long, according to the variety fig 20-30 in a
head, mostly 5-merous pods 3-4 in long, about %m
broad, more or less contracted between the seeds
Wattles and Wattle-barks, p. 55. Brown, ^or Fl
of S Austral —
^vg_ There is much
confusion regard-
ing this group
among nursery-
men and others.
Var. normalis,
Benth. SYDNEY
BLACK WATTLE
Lfts k-^m long
Restricted range
on the coast of
Austral. Accord-
ing to Maiden,
var normahs dif-
ers from type in
having sepals as
long as petals and
cilia on interior of
lobe in A decur-
rws, the petals
have a midrib and
short, broadly
lobed ciliate calyx.
Var m611is, Lmdl (A moWssima, Willd ) BLACK
WATTLE. A tree 20-50 ft high, with reddish bark
showing under the fissures pinnae 8-20 pairs, shining
on upper surface, 2-6 in long, Ifts 30-60 pairs, closely-
crowded, not Vgm in length, gland between each pair
of pinnae and generally additional ones on internodes
between • fl -clusters in racemes, 30-36 in a head, 5-
merous. peduncles H-Kin long pods dark, pubescent,
2-4 in long, not Km wide, constricted and contracted
between the seeds, seed longitudinal, funicle filiform,
enlarged to a light-colored cap over seed; npe June-
Oct. Fls. pale yellow, blooming profusely in June and
intermittently at other times. B.R 371. — Distin-
75. Acacia decurrens var dealbata. (X1A)
guished from var dealbata by its later blooming period,
by its lighter fls , its characteristic pubescent pods and
smaller seeds and by the short Ifts , shining above,
which sit close together
Var dealbata, F v. M (A. dealbata, Link) SILVER
WATTLE Fig 75 A tree 50 or more ft high, with
smooth bark and gray pubescent branchlots' Ivs.
silver-gray to light green, 3-6K m. long; pmriir 13-25
pairs, Ifts 30-40 pairs; glands I between each pair of
pinnae racemes often compound, 30 fls m a head,
5-merous, sepals united, petals with faint midrib;
peduncles j/jin long pods 1^-4 J4 in long, %~/iin
wide, smooth, a rich brown, seeds longitudinal; funicle
as long as seed, filiform half its distance and ending in
silvery club-shaped aril, ripe July, Aug Fls Feb ,
March A F 13 8SO R H 1896 p 502 — Mts in its
native country It is sometimes given bpeeihc rank
as A. dealbata, but intermediate forms occur.
59. fihcina, Willd (Mtint>mfihcioidestCa,v) TIMBB
Unarmed shrub Ivs tern-like, pinna* 5-30 pair?; Ifts
20-50 or more pans (rarely 10-15), very small fl -heads
globular, orange or yellow, in terminal panicles pods
broadly linear, straight or slightly curved, often irreg-
ular, flat not pulpy Texas and Mex — The astringent,
bitter bark called timbc is used by the Mexicans m
making pulque for precipitating mucilaginous matter
Safford, Science, Jari 22, 1909 160
60 pulchella, R Br A handsome shrub, either
glabrous or hirsute, with slender branches, mobtly
armed with subulate spines pinna; 1 pair, Ifts. 4-7
Eairs, obovate-oblong, -&~ l/{m long, gland on stipes
etween pmnje, or none* peduncles .-solitary, fls 5-mer-
ous, petals with prominent midiib; calyx half as long
as petals and sinuate- toothed pods flat, thick margins,
1-2 in long, ^e~Hm wide, seed longitudinal, funicle
filiform and thickened into club-shaped aril Fls Apr.
Var grandis, Hort (A qidnd^, Henfr ) Glabrous
Ifts 8-10 pairs, a little larger and more numerous than
the type. Fls Feb -May JH III 35 369(1897)
Var hispidissima, Hort (A hib/ndlssiwa, PC ).
Branches covered with long, spreading hairs Ifts nar-
row and revolute. fls white B M 4588
61 Farnesiana, Willd (A leptophi/lla, DC ) POPI-
NAC OPOPAN\X CASSIE HmsAnir, Much-branch-
ing shrub, 6-10 ft stipules .straight, slender, sometimes
minute spines, pinnae 5-8 pairs, Ifta mostly 10-25
pairs, 1-2 lines long, narrow, linear, glabrous pedun-
cles 2 or 3 in the older a\ils, fl -heads large, globular,
deep yellow, very fragrant pods almost terete, mde-
hiscent, at length turgid and pulpy Feb , March
Texas, Mcx , Asia, Afr and Austial Grown m France
for perfumery. — Its origin, is probably American, but
it is now naturalized in nearly every tropical country.
It was mtro. into the Hawaiian Isls as an ornamen-
tal, but escaped from cult and has now almost become
a pest A new variety of A Farncswna has been dis-
covered which is more hardy than the type and grows
more rapidly It produces two crops of fls. a year, which
makes it very lucrative for the making of perfumery
The pods are said to contain a tanmn
62. Cavenia, Bert. ESPINO CAVAN. Height 20 ft :
spines stout* Ifts scabrous, scabrous-pubescent
Otherwise near to A Farnesiana, of which it is some-
tunes considered a mere variety. Chile — A good hedge
plant.
63 arabica, Willd GUM ARABIC THEE Fig 76.
Shrub or small tree with gray bran chlets; stipules spiny:
pinna) 3-8 pairs, J^-lM in. long, Ifts. 10-20 pairs,
/^~Mm l°nK> glands several, fls in groups of 2-5,
calyx half the length of corolla- pods distinctly stalked,
flat, mostly inoniliform, gray-downy, 3-6 in long.
Arabia and Eu — Some confusion exists between this
species and A Farnesiana, but they are easily distin-
guished by means of the pod which in A. arabica IB
ACACIA
ACACIA
189
from sbghtly constricted between the seeds to monili-
form or bead-like, while in A Farneswna it is round
and smooth with the seeds arranged in 2 rows in a
pulpy mass.
64 eburnea, Willd A shrub with a reddish brown
bark Ivs 1-1 % in long. ; phyll 5 or G pairs, l/£-%\n
long, Ifts 5-9 pairs, less than l%m long, stipules %-2
in long; gland between each of the 2 lowest pairs,
fls 40 in a head on peduncles l/z-\ in long with a circle
of bracts at middle, petals 5, sepals united, half as long
as petals pod fiat, 3-6 in. long, %m wide; seeds longi-
tudinal, fumcle short —
A desert region species
and also used as a forage
plant.
65. Catechu, Willd.
(A catechualdes, Benth )
A medium - sized tree,
with opposite, recurved,
btipular bpines pmnap
10-40 pairs, Ifts 30-50
pairs, linear, about ^m
long; gland near base
and between upper pair
of pinnae spikes solitary
or fascicled, 2-5 in long,
calyx and corolla tomen-
tose, the former half the
size of the latter: pods
dehiscent, flat, a rich
76. Acacia arabica. brown, reticulately
veined and with nerve-
tike margin, 2-3 (or 5) in long, /-^-^m. broad, seed
orbicular, transverse, fumcle flat, not curving around
seed but leading directly to hilum with a twist or two.
E Indies
66 Drummondii, Benth Bush or small tree,
pinnae 2-4 pairs, each with 4-10 linear, very obtuse,
glabrous Ifts fib pale lemon-yellow, in dense, solitary,
drooping spikes \~ll'z in long pod not exceeding 1 in
long, Hm broad, flat, with thickened margins, gla-
brous or pubescent, seeds transverse, fumcle short,
thickened into small aril of about 2 folds under seed.
B M 5191 — A favorite greenhouse species
67 GrSggii, Gray TEXAS MIMOSA Sometimes a
tree 20 ft high, but usually a shrub of 4-5 ft , growing
in thickets along river banks' compound Ivs 1 in long,
pubescent, pinna; 2-3 pairs (occasionally reduced to 1
pair), y^-^m long, Ifts 1-7 pairs (usually 5), oblong,
pubescent and 2-nerved spikes cream-} ellow, IJr^M
in long, including the peduncles, which arc half the
length of spikes, petals and sepals greenish, 5-merous;
sepals united and half as long as petals' pods much
bent and twisted, nerve-like margins and more or less
constricted between the seeds, l/i~4 or more in long,
about %m wide, seed ^m long, }i\n. wide with an
arrow-shaped depression in the center, fumcle filiform
its entire length Fls. Aug , Sept In dry or rocky
places in Texas and N. Mex ami S. Known as Devil s
Claws and Catsclaw from the short curved, spines; also
as Paradise Flower
In the following supplementary list, the heights given are those
attained by the plants under glass in N Eu., in the open air m the
8 W U 8 they often grow much taller, and sometimes flower 2
months earlier Except when otherwise stated, the fls are yellow
Those marked (*) are considered most desirable Those marked
"stove" need hothouse treatment, the others can be grown in a cool-
house, or in the open in Calif A abietlna, Willd —A. Imifolia — A
acanthocdrpa, Willd =»Miraosa acarithocarpa — .1 aiapulcfnsis,
Kunth =»Lysiloma acapulcensis — A arcblti, Maiden & Betche —
A aciculdns (Needle -leaved Acacia) 4 ft — A affima, Sweet=
A. dealbata —A afeWo, K Br 0 ft May B R 39fi — A dlbtcana*=
Pitheoolobmm albicans — A ambna, Weiidl 3 ft May Near to
A heterophylla— A.antfuWta, Desv =A discolor — A angustifAha,
Lodd.=A longifoha var flonbunda —A argyrophtilla, Hook =A
braohybotrya var argyrophylla — A dspera, Lmdl (A Ausfeldn,
Hegel A. densifoha, Benth ) 4ft May —A Autffldii, Regel=
A. aapera — A BancroftvAna, Bert «=Csesalpmia bijuga — A Bar-
thtnAna, Hort -=A Bertenana(?).— A Btrland\kn, Benth Fls (?)
Mex — A Berleriana, Balb ^Pithecolobium fragrans — A btfldra,
R Br 3 ft May —A brachyacdntha, Humb & Bonpl ->*Mimosa
acanthocarpa — A bremfdha, Lodd =A lunata — A brim-pea, Cunn
=A melanoxylon — A BurinanniarM, DC Shrub 6 ft Ceylon
Stove — A buftfdlia, Cunn 4 ft Apr Hook Icon Ib4 -A rteaia
Wight & Arn (A Intsia, Willd ) Climber beset with curved
pnekles E Indies Stove — 4 cnlnmi^trata, Hort lists=(0 — A
celaxtrifdha, Beuth =A myrtifoha var c< lustnfoha — A ctntro-
phytta, DC 20 ft wlute Jamaica Move — A Ceratoma, Willd =>
imosa Ceratoma —A r/iryytitituiltij',, Hort =*Piptadcma chry-
,
Bostachys — A cihata, R Br --- V strigosa — A rinera-icens, Sieb > =»
A glauceHcena — A cocMturis, Weiidl 4 ft Apr to May — A
cxrulea, Lt nol — A conrinita. DC 20 ft, fls white K Indie
, . , .
Stove —A Concorduina, Loud =Pithccolobium ambellatum — A
confertu, Cunn Apr — A cordata, a trade name, probably belongs
to some other species — A ranacea, DC oft May - -.1 coromllx-
fdlui, Desf 10ft N Afr Sto\o — 4 corymbdta, Hort liats=(?)
— A crasbicdrjM, Cunn (S ft May — A cultratn, Hort -"A cultn-
formis —A cuspiddta, Cumi ---A diffusa var cuspidata —A
cyanophylla magnifies!, Hort li-,ts=(') — A cycndrum, Hook =A
obacura —A Danesi^fdlm, Cunn h ft June — A dedpiens var
prxmorsa, Hort * 3 ft May B M J244 — A demijdlia, Benth «-
A as[>era — A dentlfera, Benth Apr B M 4032 — A deptndena,
Cunn =»A longifolia var mucronata — 4 detinena, Burcn 3ft
May S Afr— A Dietnchwwi. F Muell — A diptera, Willd —
Prosopis juhflora--A dipttra, I mill Shrub fls (') — 1 diptera
var en6ptera, Graham Stpt B M VM'J - 1 dissitiflbra, Benth
=a form of A longifolia — A dioaru ita, Willd =*Lysiloma Schie-
dcana — A dolabrifdrini*, Colla--A drnpicns--^! Uonkelaani
is a trade name --Mimo<-a(7) 1 <lorat6iylun,C\H\i\ *(Currawang),
a beaut if ul small trer Hs Kold(nyclluw -A dumdm, Wight & Arn
=A latrouum — A irhlnnla,lX' ~\ jumperma — i eriuiis, Humb
& Bonpl ==A Parnc^Mna — 1 imnrym<ita, \V< mil ==A stncta — A
tnwbMa. Benth Juut — A Eittihasia, Maokay 4 ft May —A
falfiformii, DC ==A ptnnmerxis var falc iformis — A ferrutfnea,
DC From E Indies Sum ~A flencauh*, Benth =Pithecolo-
hmm flexicaulc, Coulter — .1 flnnbunda, V\ illd =A longifohd, var
floribunda— A flonbunda.Hun =\ nerufoha — 1 for mdsa, Kunth
=-Calliandra forrnosa — A frugrans, lenure= Mbizzia fragrans
("Acacia fragrance" Hort 9) 1 frond Ata, Willd — Leucuma glauca
=A fruticdfia, Mart =Piptadenia latifolm 4 genisLefoha, Link
= 4 diffusa— - A girdffj, Willd (Camel-thorn) 40ft S Afr Ha (')
Stove — A ylauca, Hort —A glaucpscens —A grdndiv, Henfr —A
pulrholla var grandis — A arata, \Villd ^=Piptadema macrocarpa
— 1 oravkulens, Cunn ==A \crmciflua — .1 guayaquiUnais, Desf
== Mimosa, guayaquilenms — .1 guiancnsix, \Villd — Stryphnoden-
dron guianense — A gummlfera, \\illd 30 ft Guinea Fla (')
— A Ha.nuit6xulon, Willd 20 ft Us ytllow or white S Afr
Stove — 4 hastuldta. Smith 4ft May BM 3341 —,4 hetfracdntha,
Burch 15ft,fls(') S Afr — 1 heternphylla, Willd 5ft May
Mascarene Isls — A htipida, Hort --=Rohinia hispida — A hispidia-
strmi, DC =A pulchelU var hispidissirua —A holotericea, A
Cunn — A homalophyUa,* "Varran ' — A homatophylla, probably
clencal error for A homalophyUa — A homomdlla, \\endl ==A
glaucescens — A hdrnda, \V illd S Afr — A Hurgfhi, Benth*
Pale yellow Feb — A humifuia, Cunn Austral — 1 hybrida
Lodd -=V armata — .4 imptrinlis, Hort lists— (') — 4 intermedia,
Cunn ==A longifoha var flonbuuda — A intertfj-ta, Sieb =^A
longifoha — A Intsia, Willd =A casia — 4 J dnesu, F Muell
Racemes simple, longer than hs uhich somewhat resemble
those of green -hd \ dealbata —.4 Jultbrfwn, W illd =Albizzm
Julibrissm — A Kalkdra, G Don ==Albizzia Julibrissin — 4 Lam-
btrhana, D Don -^Calhandra Lambertiana — A lanigtra, Cunn
bft Apr BM 2<»22— A latifUia, Benth— 4 lat^lli<iua Willd
=Lysiloma latisiliqua — 4 Latrt>be\, Me isn ==A atiaacea —
A latrftnum, \\illd (A dumosa, Wight & Arn ) Up to 20 ft ,
E Indies Stove— A faun/o/ia, Willd 4ft May Pacific Isls
Stow — 1 Ltbbeck, Willd = Vlbiz^ia Lebbek — 4 leiophylla,
Benth ^-\ sahgna — 4 lenhfnfoha, Desf 20ft fls (?) Mex
Sto\o— .4 Ifprdaa, Siob * May BR 1441 "Graceful, linear
Ir-nos, and habit of a willow "—.4 Icprdsa var tenwfdha. Benth
Stove —1 leptocdrpa, Cunn fi ft Api — .1 leptdiladn, Cunu -~A
Irptontura, Benth bft Apr BM 4i.r>() -A hptoph^la, DC -=A.
Farne^iana —A kucoctphala, Lmk=Leuc»na glauca —A huco-
phlaa, Willd 12 ft , pale yellow Trop Awa Stove — 1 leuco-
phyllu, C"olvill ^^A. holohencca— A hgulata, Cunn =\ salicina —
A lonyifAlia var mucronAla, K v M (A dependens, Cunn A
mucronata, F v M ) March B M 2747 —A Zonfffsvima,Wendl =A,
linoirn— A lopbdntha, Willd = Mbizzia Jophantha - A lophdntha
var anjantta, Hort =Albi^/aa lophantha var gigantea — A Innda,
Bai 1 1 — Mbizzia lueida — A Miinoium. Willd 10 ft Molucca
Isls Stove — A micruphylla, Willd t=Piptadema peregnna - A
mtttia. Wall =Albizzia Juhbnssm —A Nemu, Willd =AlLizzia
Juhbnssin — A neurocdrpa, Cunn —A holosencea — A niaruans,
R Br (> ft Apr BM 2188 — A notdbiha, F Muell —A nudi-
fldra, Willd (A Rohnana, DC ) 30 ft , white W Indies Stove
—A obacura, DC (A cycnorum, Hook ) 2^ ft BM 4fir>3
— A odoratlssima, Willd =Albi/zia odoratussima — A olerfMia.
Cunn =^A lunata — A ohgophylla, Hoffmgg 4 ft Habitat (')
Stove — A orndto is a name in the trade, probably of some well-
known species — A paradfifa, DC —A armata — A pentadenia,
Lmdl 10ft May BR 1521 —A ptm/dha, Benth =A juncifolm,
—A pinmUa, Link -=A tamanndifoha — A platyphylh,S*eet 10
ft June — A plumbsa, Ixiwe 20 ft Branl B M 336b A stove
climber — A podaliina, Hort hsts^C) — A polybdtrya, Benth *
A beautiful pmnate-lvd species — A partonctnsia, Willd ==Calh-
andra portoncensis — A. primdia, probably clencal error for A prum-
osa — A prismdtira, Hoffmgg 6 ft Habitat (?) Stove — A pr6m-
inena. Cunn =A Imifolia var prommens — A Pseudocdna, Hort
— =Robmia Pseudacacia — A pulchfomma, Willd =Stryphnoden-
dron flonbundum — A pyramiddha, Hort lists— (?) — A qutdran-
190
ACACIA
ACALYPHA
guldns, Link — Calhandra tetruRona. — A Rnmeru, local name for
variety intro. by lleimers into San Francisco — A npArta, HBK
(A sarmentosa, Gnseb ) 10 ft W Indies A stove climber
— A Itohn&na, DC =A nudiflora —A rdiea, Hort -^Robmia his-
pida — A ruscifdha, Cunn =A verticillata var latifoha — 4 sar-
menttaa, CJnseb =A npana -A windena, Willd =Entada scan-
dons — A semicordota, lloxbg 40ft fls (?) E Indies Stove — 4
Senegal, Willd JO ft fls white Trop W Afr Stove —4 xeri-
c&la, Cunn. Apr — A Simsu, Cunn Apr —.1 Sophdrx, H Br =^A
longifoha vur Sophorce —.1 sprruha, Willd —AHnz/ia Lebbck —
A spectdbihs, Cunn * Apr BR 1.S43 4<> Kemarkably beautiful
— A Spim, Balb 15 ft , rod and yellow Guadeloupe Lsl Stove —
A squamilta, Lindl Apr Hook Icon Plant 307 — .4 steno-
phylla, Cunn Maich — .1 atipulAla, DC =Albuzia stipulata —.1
stotonlftra. Bun hell, a species from S Afr with undergiound sts —
A atrlcta, Willd (\ emarRinata, Wendl ) 2ft March BM 1121
— A stngdsa, Link (A ciliata, R Br ) 1 ft —A sirombultfera,
Willd =Prosopis stroinbuhfem — i tabulate, Bonpl 4 ft Mny —
A su.m/a.R Br 2ft July B R «)2S — 4 Suma.Gun 10ft:
fls (?) E Indies Stove — t tamanndifMia, Willd (4. pmnata)
4ft white S Arner Stove —.1 taxi/Alia, Lodd =-A Riceina — 4
tomentfaa, Willd 20ft fls (?) E Indies Stove — A tnrhMei,
Willd =Leuca>na trithodes — 1 Inner vata, Sieh Oft Apr — A
tristis, Graham=A armata — A umbellata, Cunn Apr —A unci-
nALi, Lodd =-A unduU-foha — A umhdrfoha ( V unomata , Lodd).
4ft May B M J.W — 1 urophyUa, Month Palo y, How Apr
BM 4573 —.4 wi0«, Willd 40ft white Branl Stove — 4 wn-
iista, Willd —Callmndra portoncensis — 4 r>ra, Willd =A nrahica
— A vermdflua, Cunn (A giaveolens, Cunn A virpita, Lodd)
6ft. Apr BM JJ(>6, 327<>— .1 urtinllAta \ar angu^tn, Hort
10ft Apr— 4 rrrticiUAIa var latijolm. Bonth (A rusoifohi. Cunn
A moesla, Lmdl ) 10ft Apr BM 31').") BR 1S40 b7 --A.
wrtJta, Ker-(jawl* oft June BH 0()S — .1 umniatn, Ait Apr
— 4 uresceni. DC 20ft S Atncr Slo\p- 1 i uc/ato, I o<ld ==A
vernioiflua— ^4 vm<lirdmi« Bureh =^\eiocladia Zeyhen — 4 f»a-
ddula, Cunn 6ft 1'eb Gt 1109 A nsi/isa, Sihrud=A do-
donspifoha —A vomcrifornns, Cunn Apr —A Wulhchiann, DC =
Catechu KATHERINE D. JONES.
ACACIA, FALSE: Robima Pieudacacia
ACACIA, ROSE: Robinta hispida
from Greek word signifying thorn) Rosacex.
NEW ZK \LAND BUK Trailing, more or less evergreen
plants used in rock\\ork and as ground cover under
trees and between other plants
About 40 speeiea of biib-shrubs or herbs of th.e south-
ern hemisphere, allied to Agiimonia and Sanguisorba.
Ivs unequally pinnate, alternate, the Ifts toothed or
eut fls small, crowded in erect terminal bpikes or
heads, petals none; calyx 5-7-lobcd, usually armed
77. Acalypha hispida (A Sanden)
with spines; stamens 1-10, or even more* fr an achene,
1 or 2 being enclosed in the hardened calyx
Acaenas are little grown m this country, but are
prized in England as groundwork for dwarf spring-
flowering bulbs, as tnlhums, also useful in protecting
native orchids and bog plants Propagation is by cut-
tings, divisions and seeds
Buch&nann, Hook f. Plant usually densely or silky
pale gray, the numerous sts and branches l>mg very
close on the ground' Ivs 1 in or less long, the Ifts.
3-6 pairs, very broad, finely .serrate fls m biiuill sessile
heads, spines or bristles 4, vellow and hairy or barbed,
the fruiting calyx broader than long New Zeal
microphylla, Hook f Plant glabrous or only
sparingly silky, often making very Targe patches Ivs
pale, 2 m or less long, Ifts 3-6 pairs, bioad, deeply eut
fls in globose stalked heads, fruiting calyx broader than
long, the red spines attractive all Bummer and autumn
New Zeal — Grows well in either wet or dry soils — Var
inenrns, Kirk (.4 tntrtnu*, Hook f ), has longer Ivs.
and the fruiting calyx without spines or bristles
ovalifdlia, Ruiz & Pav. Lvs. a little larger than the
last, Ifts oblong, subcuneate Chile (in. 52, p 46.
adscendens, Vahl Plant usually glabrous bron/y,
thostb stout and most rate, the leaf \ branches ascending
at the tips Ivs 2-4 in long Ifts 4-6 pairs, ovate or
obovate, deeply toothed fls m stalked heads, cal>\-
tube longer than broad, the spines 4 and stout New
Zeal, S Amer — Apparently the plant in the trade
under the name of A adsur<j<>n<*
A arattiien, Ruiz & Pa\ Lvs silviij, Chilean Audts —4
mynophylla, Lmdl Fern-like Ifts deeply cut fl* green, ( hile
—A noiv-ztaldnJiie, Kirk Prostrate, nilky Ifts oblon*. coarsely
serrate heads globose, st ilked bristles reddnh purple ache no ri'ir-
rowed both ways New Zeal —.1 onna, V Cunn baid to be much
like A ov.ihfoha, but larger and less Rf'iceful f^ purpli , in long
spikes Austral— A tinnaniaurb i , Vahl Frost latt, mlky Ifts
broad, toothed or strrate heads «lobon« , stalked, bnstl<-s long and
barked, at each angle of calyx irht.no bioadcst near base and nar-
rowuiK upward, one of the trouble some sheep-burs New Zeal — ^1
sarmentdsa, Carmich =A Sanguisoiba? j IT j^
ACALYPHA (a name given by Hippocrates to a
nettle) Euphoi biaceje C'OIM'ER-LKAF THREE-SELDKD
AlEHf'URY Brilliant tender foliage shrubs or herbs
much used for greenhouse ornament, and especially for
bedding-out, and in Florida and southward for lawn
shrubs and hedges
The acahphas are erect shrubs or, in the native
species, rather weedy heibs, with alternate stipulate
Ivs fls in spikes or spike-like racemes, the btammate
cluster peduncled, each fl in the axil of a minute
bractlet, with a 4-parted c.ilv\ and 8-16 stamens,
pistillate fls subtended by a foliaceous bract lot, the
calyx 3-5 parted, petals wanting in both kinds of fls ,
the long spike-like ament being the showy part of the
fls ' fr usually of 3-2-valved eaipols, each 1 -seeded
For bedding, it is desnable to have strong, well-
hardened plants in 4-mch pots, which should be set out
the last week in May, and grown m a rich, moist soil
without check The leading hoiticultural species is
A hibpida The mam point m the cultivation of this
species is that it can be grown either to a single stem
or in a spreading bush form, both of which ways are
effective Stock plants of acalypha do well in a mixture
of three parts loam, one part well-decomposed manure,
and, if the loam is heavy, also some sharp sand. In
central Florida, none of the acalyphas is quite hardy
They should be banked late in the fall with dry sand,
which must be removed when all danger of frost is over
Propagation is by cuttings, chiefly in three ways
(1) in fall from outdoor bedded plants, (2) from plants
lifted in fall, cut back, and kept for spring stock; (3)
from stock plants in pots reserved from the previous
season The well-ripened wood of these last is a great
advantage, and gives cuttings that may be tak'jn with
a heel. A mature stem will furnish several h^sidc the
ACALYPHA
top one This is the best method for general purposes.
Cuttings may also be taken below the joints when the
shoots are half mature The cui tings require mild bot-
tom heat For greenhouse ornament in fall and winter,
excellent specimens may be secured from cuttings made
in summer from such stock plants.
ACANTHOLIMON
191
spotted with crimson, green, and brown I H. 35 : 55
(1888).
integrifdlia, Willd , not Bojer (A coloralsi, Spreng.
A Commersonidna, Baill ) Shrub, 4-6 ft Ivs oblong-
fiddle-shaped, variable m size, crenate or entire, green
above, purplish beneath fls small, the clusters shorter
than the Ivs Mauritius and Madagascar
Godseffiana, Mast Low-growing shrub of dense
bushy habit Ivs short-petioled, ovate or ovate-lanceo-
late, cordate, acuminate, coarsely toothed, green with
a prominent cream-colored margin fls inconspicuous,
p
F
The aoal>ph,is are subject to meal} -bug, scale and
red-spider For the first two, fumigate with h\,dro-
cyanic acid gas The red-spider can be kept in check by
syringing or spraying
\ Annual
indica, Linn An erect hairy plant 1-3 ft hs
broad, ovate, the petiole longer than the blade' fls
greenish, the .spikes 1-2 in long Old World tropics —
Not showy The hort name A Mtllonianu may belong
here
A\ Pcnnnwl
B Fl -(.hi^leri* nuuh exceeding I he Ivs
hfspida, Burrn f (A .S'dmfcn, N E Br ) RED-
HOT C\T-TML Fig 77 Cult chiefly for its long red,
amarantus-hke spikes of fls- which are much longer
than the Ivs Ivs gieen E Indies Burin Fl Ind ,
30.3, t 01, f 1 AF 13 1285 A (» 19 453, S27
FE 10 554 OC III 23 2 IS (U 47 270; 181465.
(in 54 62 (ing 6 279 B M 7G32 R II 1898 456
— A very stukmg garden plant Called by various
names, as Chenille Plant, Philippine Medusa, and
others Var ram&sa, Hort , has upper spikes branched
or compound Var alba, Ilort , spikes creamy white
BB Fl -clu^ttrs shorter than, and usually half fnddi n by
the lv* branches not &piny
Wilkesiana, Muell Arg (A tricolor, Hort, ex Seem )
Lvs ovate-acuminate, bron/y green, variously mottled
with red fls usually some shade of red, inconspicuous
S Sea Isls Var Macafeana, Hort Fig 78 Lvs red,
marked with crimson and bronze — Perhaps the com-
monest variety RH 1882 '288 Var. macrophylla
(A tnacrophylln, Hort , not HBK.) Lvs cordate,
ovate, russet-brown Var marginata, Hort Lvs with
marked crimson margin. F M. 1875' 156 On 7, p 521
I.H 24.275 Var musaica, Hort. Lvs green, with
orange and red markings Var obovata, Hort Lvs
obovate, green, edged white when young, changing to
bronzy green with rosy pink margins Var. tritimphans,
Hort. (A. tntimphans, Lmd. & Rod ). Lvs large,
, . , , ., irregularly
repand
BUB Fl -(luster as in BB, but branches spiny
Var eremdrum, Muell Of peculiar habit and with
spiny branches Ivs green, short-petioled, crenate fls
in spikes, the clusters shorter than the Ivs Austral. —
Coolhouse plant, chiefly interesting botamcally
A Chanlnlrt, Hort =-A Hanultomana X Wilke-iana var ma-
crophylla - 1 margm<ita, Hort , not Spieng =^-A Wilkesiana
var marginata — \ obovata, Hort , not Bentli =A Wilkesiana var
obovata Other trade name- im 1 /larniHtmiana, Hort Bruant
1JSM5 Lvs bright gr« < n, the rounded mth yi How -margined — A
llamiltoma'na / Wilkcsiaiia var marginata A (6rta' Hort Lvs
dark green, the margins cut into blunt oblong stgms Samoan Isls
N. TAYLOR t
ACAMPE (named from the- brittle nature of the
flower) Orchuldctje Greenhouse epiphytes
A lonoifiha, Lindl (Vanda lonRifoha, Lmdl ) E Indies A
plant of no decorative value, and rin ly, if ever, seen in cult
ACANTHEPHfPPIUM- Awnthophippium
ACANTHOCfcREUS (Greek, thorn and cereus).
CaclacecT An erect or clambering night-flowering
cactus, the sts elongated, usually 3-angled, but young
shoots very diverse and sometimes 8-nbbed, never pro-
ducing aerial roots, aieohe remote, bearing prominent
spines fls large, funnelform fr a berry, sometimes
with spines, flesh red, seeds black — Perhaps several
species, but some authors recognize Only one species.
pentagdnus, Brit <t Kose (Cactus pentagons, Linn.
Chcui, prince pi, Pfeiff C baxanifnsit, Karw. C.
vnnrilnlu, Erigehn ) Half
ere< t , 3-20 ft high spines ^
4-6, the longer 1J 2 m long
fls 78 in long Trop
Amer — This species grows
wild in S 1C Texas and does
well thcie as a, garden plant
It is also a common green-
house plant where it does
well, often growing to con-
siderable size It blooms
freely, but the fls are not
vciy attractive
J N ROSE.
ACANTH&DITJM: Blephana.
ACANTHOLIMON
(akanthos, spine, and Innon,
sea lavender) Syn , Armer-
idstium Plumbnginacesp
PRICKLY THRIFT Hardy ,
evergreen perennials, some- ^ Acanthohmon glumaceum
tunes a little woody
Leaves stiff, linear, round or slightly 3-angled, the
angles channeled, the apex nearly always sharp-
pointed scape and peduncle nearly always simple,
sometimes a little branched' fls usually between and
half hidden by the numerous bracts of the tightly com-
pressed heads, spikes or racemes, corolla rose or white.
192
ACANTHOLIMON
ACANTHOPANAX
the petals at the base united to form a ring around the
stamens; calyx tubular, the tube 10-nbbed. Boissier
describes 74 species m the Flora Onentalis See A.
Bunge, Die Gattung Acanthohmon, St. Petersburg,
1872
The acantholimons are dwarf, tufted herbs, with
sharp-pointed, rigid leaves, less common than Statice
and Armena, from both of which it is distinguished by
its sharp-pointed leaves An oriental genus of slow-
growing and sun-loving plants for rockeries and sandy
places Most of them can be grown in the open border,
A. glumaceum particularly, but they prefer warm,
sunny situations m the rock-garden
Propagation is best effected by cuttings taken in
late summer and kept in a coldframe, protected from
the frost, over winter. Layering is also a quicker
method of propagation.
acerdsum, Willd Woody, low perennial, with glau-
cous, spotted foliage Ivs. thick, 2-3 m. long, long-
so. Acanthopanax
ncimfolmm. (XH)
pointed, flatly 3-angled, the margins rough scape
longer than the Ivs , topped by a laxly many-spiked n -
cluster, petals white E Medit region — Most suita-
ble for rock-garden Scarcely grown in Amer
glumaceum, Boiss (Stdtice Arardtn, Hort ) Fig 79
Height 6 in • Ivs green fls small, rose, on 1 -sided
spicate racemes, 6-9 in each short, dense racemclct.
July-Sept Armenia. F S. 7.677. Gn 31 '350 R H.
1891, p. 489.
venustum, Boiss. (Armendstrum dianthifdlium, O.
Kuntze). About 8 in . Ivs gray-green, very stiff' fls.
larger than the last, rose. 12-20 in each long, loose
Bpikelet July-Sept. Asia Minor RH 1866.450.
Gn. 13-186. B M. 7506 Gn 53, p 405
A. Kdtschuu, Boiss Fls. white, noiUR well above the IVB Cihcia.
— A melandnthnm, BOIHS Short dense spikes, sepals violet or
blackish-margined Persia. j^ TAYLOR t
ACANTHOMf NTHA (from Greek words for a pnckle
or thorn, and mint} Labiatx THORNY MINT A genus
of only 2 species of tender annuals, with the habit of
Lamium Its chief interest is botanical, the nearest
relative of the genus being the Brazilian genus Glechon
Calyx tubular-campanulatc, 13-nerved, and with the
calyx teeth all spmulose-tipped , corolla exceeding the
calyx. Prop by seeds m spring under glass
ilicifdlia, Gray. Height 6 in . Ivs. petioled, ovate,
coriaceous, coarsely crenate-dentate. fls 3-8 in a
whorl, chiefly rose or purplish rose, with yellow and
white marks Calif B M 6750. Intro. 1891 —Less
desirable than Lamium, which see. N. TAYLOR. t
ACANTHONfcMA (Greek combination referring to
the spmous processes on the filaments) Gemeraiex A
monotypic genus, comprising A. stngdsum, Hook f , fiom
Trop Afr , closely resembling Streptocarpus hothouse
perennial with small fls dark purple on the limb and
otherwise white, in panicles 2 m or less high arising from
the base of the solitary prostrate narrowly oblong If
ACANTH6PANAX (acanthos, thorn, and panax, a
prickly panax-like plant). AraUaceje Including Kalo-
panax and Eleutherocdccus. Hardy trees or shrubs, cul-
tivated chiefly for their ornamental foliage
Branches and sts usually prickly Ivs alternate,
long-pet loled, palmately lobed or digitate, deciduous,
fls small, usually greenish, perfect or polygamous, in
umbels, sometimes forming laige terminal panicles,
calyx-teeth minute, petals and stamens 5, rarely 4;
ovary 2-5-celled, stales 2-5, free or connate fr a
black, 2-5-seeded beiry — More than 15 species in Cent
and E Asia and in the Himalayas
The members of this genus are trees or
large shuibs with stout, usually prickly
branches and large, palmately lobed or
digitate lea\es, small greenish flowers in
umbels, sometimes forming large terminal
panicles, followed by small black bernes
For cultivation of Acanthopanax, see
the genus Aralia The species described
below aie hardy except A penlaphyllum,
which is tender north of Massachusetts,
and A trtfolialutn and A setchuencn^-,
which are probably still more tender
Propagation is by seeds^ to be sown as
soon as received, or stratified and sown in
spring, they germinate irregularly and
may he two years, also propagated by
root-cuttings with bottom heat, and by
soft-wood cuttings taken from forced plants, A penta-
phyllum grows also from cuttings of ripened wood.
A Lvs simple, palmately lobed
ricinifdhum, Seem (Kalopdnax ricimfolium, Miq A.
icinifbliurn var magnificum, Zabel A acenfohum,
Schelle) Fig 80 Sparingly branched tree, to 80 ft :
ncinifbliurn var magnificum, Zabel A acenfohum,
Schelle) Fig 80 Sparingly branched tree, to 80 ft :
branches and sts with numerous stout prickles Ivs
5-7-lobed, 9-14 in in diam , lobes triangular-ovate,
acuminate, serrate, glabrous or nearly so mfl com-
pound, terminal, large, styles 2, nearly connate Japan.
SIF 256 GW 11-537 Var Maximowiczu,
Schneid (Aralia Maximowiczn, Van Houtte) Fig 81.
Lvs deeply 5-7-lobed, with oblong-lanceolate lobes,
downy beneath Japan F.S 20 2067. M D G. 1897.
233. — Very ornamental trees of striking subtropical
effect
AA Lvs. digitate.
B Fls short-pedicelled.
sessilifldrum, Seem (Panax sessihfldrum, Rupr. &
Max). Shrub with stout upright branches, to 12 ft.:
branches with onlv few prickles Ifts mostly 3, obovate-
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, cuneate, acuminate,
3-7 in long, irregularly crenate-serrate, nearly smooth
fls dull purplish, nearly sessile, m globular heads on
stout, downy peduncles, usually several at the end of
the branches Manchuria, N. China G C III
22:339 Gt. 11 369— The freely produced heads of
black berries are decorative Var parviceps, Rehd.
Lower and denser Ivs elliptic, 2-3 in. long' heads
smaller, usually solitary.
ACANTHOPANAX
ACANTHOPHCENIX
193
BB. Fls. slender-pediceUed.
C. Los. usually S-foliolate.
trifohatum, Sehneid (butiinoiylum tnjoh&lum} Linn.
A aculditinn, Seem A bcpiuni, Seem ) Climbing
shrub, to 20 ft., blanches with few hooked spines:
petiole 1-1 M m long- Ifts. ^
btalked, ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate. l%-3
in long, remotely ana finely
serrate, glabrous, light green
beneath the slender-ped vin-
e-led umbels in terminal
whoils; pedi-
cels slender;
nt> I<»H 2, con-
n a t e to the
middle China,
II i m al a y a s .
LBC 10-977
(mfl abnor-
mal, a better
figure is found in Jacquin,
Icon PI Rar 3 634) Re-
cently intro from China.
setchuenense, Harms.
Upright shrub, to 10 ft .
branches yellowish, with few
nearly straight prickles •
petiole 2-1 in long. Ifts
^talked, o vat f'-ob long, acu-
minate, 212~3^2 in l°ng, ser-
rate, glabious, glaucous be-
neath umbels .scv'eral at the
end of the branches, peduncles Yi-\. in long, pedicels
blender, ovaiy 5-celled, styles connate into one W.
China
cc Lrs 5-7-foliohitt
senticdsum, ilaims (Eliuthtrocdccus sentictiiiUb,
Maxim ) Shiub, to 15 ft blanches upright, densely
covered with slender puckles Ifts 5, occasionally 3,
stalked, elhptie-obovate to oblong, shortly acuminate,
narrowed at the ba.se, 3-5 m long, sharply and doubly
senate, bnght green, \vhen voung, v\ith brown hairs
on the veins beneath and with scattered hairs above,
umbels long-peduncled, several at the end of the
branches, ovary 5-celled, btjles connate fr about Y'~
long. July. N China, Manchuria. Gt 12 '393
pentephf Hum, Mai sti (4 .s/W/s'/w, Hort , not
Miq Arnha penlaphylla, Thunb 5 Fig 82.
Shrub, 5-10 ft branches arching and slender,
with fe\v compressed, straight
prickles Ifts 5-7,oblong-obovate
or oblong -lanceolate, cuneate,
acute, )£-lj2 m. long, crenate-
serrate, smooth fls green, in slender-peduncled um-
bels, solitary on spur-like branchlets along last year's
brandies, styles 5, connate Japan — A graceful shrub,
with arching branches and bright green, shining foliage,
excellent on rocky banks and slopes. Only the pistil-
late form seems to be in cult , but produces no fr for
want of pollen Var variegatum, Hort Lvs edged
white F S 20 2079 — Possibly a variety of A spino-
i»t Also A (jmnqui'fohuTn variegatum, Veitch Cat ,
may be the same
1 (hvanciitam, Seem Allied to A sesbihflorum Lfts 5, downy
Ixneath fls pedicelled Japan SIF 2 56 — A // hi ry,, Harms
Ilenryi, Oliver)
Branch™ with w veral prirklea below the petiole Ifts 5, prickly
on both sides, oblong China MDG I'UO 25 — 1 ipindaum,
Miq \Ilud to A p*nlaph>IIum IAH often npirmgly apprrssed-
netoso .vbovc poduixlfg shorter than potiokts, M>lfH 2, s<>;>arate
Clnni ALFKED UEUUEU
ACANTHOPHlPPIUM (meaning unexplained).
Sometimes spelled A canthephlppium. Orchiddcex. Stove
terrestrial orchids
Pbeudobulbs conic or cyhndnc, of several internodes,
with several large, plicate-veined, jointed Ivs at the
apex fls borne on a lateral leafless scape, in a few-
fid raceme, the broad, fleshy sepals form an urn-
shaped tube, which incloses the narrower petals and
the hp, lip jointed to the apex of the short, thick column
which is produced below into a foot to which the sepals
and petals are attached, polhma 8 — A genus of 4
bpecies, native-s of the E Indies and Malay Archipelago
Ihese are very rarely seen in cultivation, but are
warmhoiise terrestrial orchids from the hottest moist
shaded jungles of Java A compost of fibrous loam and
leaf-mold m best suited to them, keeping the plants in
the warmest house in winter Propagate by dividing
the pseudobulbb in spring before giowth has made
much advancement (Orpet )
iavamcum, Blume Fls yellow, flushed and striped
with purplish red, the sepals and petals spreading at the
tip Java J K 1 35 B M 4492
A Miolor. I indl Fls yellow, tipped and marked with purple —
A CurttMt, Keichb KN Mil rose, flushed and striped with purple.
The ."» ktds bctwien the side lobes serve to distinguish this from
related specie Mai iy Archipelago ~A -tylhctense, Lindl Fls.
about 2 in long, *h,te ll,,n«lAyas GEORGB V. NA8H. f
ACANTHOPHCENIX (acanthi, thorn, and phoenix,
a date palm) Pahtiacese, tribe Arecex Very elegant
greenhouse palms
Leaves pinnate, finely dissected, more or less armed
with long, slmdor, bro\\n or black spines, Ifts narrow,
linear-lanceolate, acutn, rarelv acuminate, prominently
veined above, scaly beneath, the margins rovolute;
rachis 3-angled in sections, she^ath long, bmooth or
(Klcutheroeoeci
Branches with few hooked prickles Ifts 3-5, nearly sessile, tuneat
at the base, oblons, 2 3 in Ton« fls pedicelled Cent China B M
Mlb — 1 innowns, Franoh & Sav I'narmed small tree Ivs
fiisncled i-foholute, occasionally 2-foholate or undivided and cor-
date, Ifts nearly sessile, glabrous umbels panu uhtte Japan — -
A Ifucorrhleum, Harms Allied to A sentuoeum Brant hos only
below the petiole with several straight rcttexed prukltH Ifts
oblanceolate, glabrous umbels solitary or ft \v Cent C'hma — A
sciadophyllovLfs, Franeh & Hav Unarmed trie, to 10 ft , Ifta 5,
stalked, neai Iy glabrous umbels funning Inn- - > >| pnmdes
Japan S I F 2 55 — A A'tmdnu, Schmid All^U ui <» '.,KC,sUn,
1?
Allied
•uhflorum.
spiny mfl (spadix) twice branched,
sometimes smooth, but often hairy or
even spiny, hanging by a shoit, stout
stalk; the secondary branches blender
or sometimes thick and twisted.
spathes 2, flattened, soon falling fls
monoecious, in spirally disposed 3-fld clusters, red,
pinkish or orange, inner begins, of the perianth val-
vate in male fls , imbricate in female fls , stamens 12,
reduced in the pistillate fls to a ring of fun^tionlese
stammoidea fr black, about twice the size of a gram
of wheat — There are only 3 or 4 species confined
194
ACANTHOPHCENIX
ACANTHUS
83. Acanthophoemz cnmta.
exclusively to tho Mascarcno Isls , Mauritius and
Bourbon. G C II 22 '426
These are tall palms or sometimes of moderate
stature, the spiny and often ringed trunks conspicuously
swollen at the base. Horticulturally, they have riot
figured very prominently in the trade in this country,
but they are among the finest of cultivated palms in
the collections of fanciers and botanic
gardens.
They should be grown in a warm
house, from 70 to 90°, never less than a
night temperature of 55 to 60° They
will root best in a soil composed as
follows1 loam three parts, peat one
part, leaf-mold one part, mixed with
a little sand or crushed charcoal. The
drainage, so long as the plants are in
pots and tubs, must be very good, as
they require much water. If possible,
when the plants are 6 feet or more,
plant out permanently.
Propagation is only by seeds,
which frequently require two to
three years to germinate The seeds
should be placed in a seed-pan and
kept in a warm, moist place.
crinita, H Wendl (Areca cnnlta,
Bory) Fig 83 Trunk 50-60 ft .
Ivs 7-13 ft long; petiole densely
tomentose, 4-8 in long; If -sheath
2>£-4K ft long, thickly covered
with short brown bristles and
spines; segms silvery white beneath spadix 1-2 ft.
long, brown, woolly and with slender brown spines;
perianth reddish pink, or sometimes whitish, fr.
H-Km long FS 16' 1706. FR 2.201.— Young
plants have pale yellowish green Ivs.
rfcbra, H Wendl. (Arkca rubra, Bory. Cdlamus
Verschaffeltu, Hort ). Trunk 60 ft Ivs. 6-12 ft.
long, petiole glabrous, 2-4 m. long, If .-sheath
2^-4^ ft long, thickly covered with long, brown-
black spines, piniiifi slightly glaucous beneath:
spadix 2^r3}/2 ft long, armed with straight black
spines; penanth reddish brown4 fr. globose J^-
%m in diam , with a prominent ndge extending
from the stigma to the base — Young plants have
•dark green Ivs with red veins. N. TAYLOR, t
ACANTHORHlZA (Greek for thorn,
and rhiza, root). Palm&cex, tribe Cory-
phese A genus of tropical American ,
medium-sized palms. |
Leaves crowded at the end of the ^
trunk, palmate, 3 to many, divided to -~
the base, but the segms stalkless, and
m age becoming typically 3-4 divided, M. Acanthorhiza aculenta.
the segms. then wedge-shaped; If -stalk flattened, very
persistent, slender and smooth, the sheath short and
fibrous; as tho Ivs. unfold the margins are bent inward,
the external faces applied together* infl. flattened at
first, the short peduncle and thickening branches,
white, bracteate, the bracts diminishing downward, fls.
cream-white, in spike-like, dense clusters, these race-
mose, stamens quite free, differing from Tnlhnnax,
where they are united to form a tube It has never
been known to fruit in cult — Three or four species only,
are known, all from Trop. Amer , but not so well
known to the trade as their great beauty and stately
dimensions deserve G C II 22.426
These palms have spineless trunks, except at the
base, where the aerial roots subsequently harden into
stiff downward-pointing spines, differing in this from
Tnthrmax, the nearest relative
They should be grown as stove palms, a night tem-
perature not less than 00° being preferable If possible,
plant out tho tall plants, as the> do much better when
not distuibed by subsequent repotting A good mix-
ture should contain good, fibrous loam and considerable
sand
Propagation is only b> seeds, sown preferably in
the spring, in fiesh pout over bottom heat
aculeata, II Wendl (Chnmfriops&tauracdntha, Ilort )
Fig 84 St 30-40 it , spiny at base through
th" thickening of the aerial roots Ivs orbic-
ular, much cut in >oung tires, subsequently
3-4-dividcd and palmate; in the older specimens,
5 ft m diani , \vhitwh beneath, If -stalk 3-4 ft •
infl and fls dark creamy pink, fls spicate,
v thick and coriaceous, calyx lobes elect, oblong,
equaling the roundish and
concave petals Mex I H
20 ,«>7 B M 7302 —Suc-
ceeds in an intermediate
house
Chuco, Drudc (Thrtnax
Chiico, Mart ) Trunk smooth,
about 30 ft high, usually not
more than 5 in in diam ,
slender^ flexuous Ivs orbic-
ular, with a narrow sinus at
the ba.se, usually 10-25 in a
cluster, petioles slender, 3-6
ft long, smooth; blade 6 ft in diam , divided to
or bejond the middle, segms 15-20, lanceolate,
acute, 1-2 in wide, dark green above, paler and
glandular below fls and fr unknown, except
from a wild specimen in which the fr is described
as yellow and about 1 in diam. Brazil
The following species are rarely seen
dens, and need stove temperature A ..
Gt 28 977 —A Waracewiczn, H Wendl Pai
utsidc botanic gar-
WdUmn, H Wendl.
Gt 25 860
N. TAYLOR }
ACANTHUS (akanthos, thorn) Acanthacey.
BEAU'S BRLECH A genus of twenty species of tem-
perate Old World, mostly hardy herbaceous peren-
nials of vigorous growth and broad pinnatifid foli-
age, suitable for backgrounds of borders and sub-
tropical effects
Height 3-4 ft ' spikes 1-1 V2 ft long; fls dull
white to rose or purplish, sessile, spicate, densely
clustered, corolla 1 -lipped, the lip 3-lobed; anthers
1-celled, cihate Mostly $ Eu
They need a rich, light, well-drained soil and
i much sunshine Excessive moisture is fatal.
yl'M especially in winter and spring Fall-planted
Mi'//, stock should always be protected for the
mJlM winter by long litter or evergreen boughs,
oven where established plants are hardy.
Must be deeply mulched north in winter.
Propagation is by division in spring or early
autumn, and by seeds.
ACANTHUS
It is supposed that acanthus leaves afforded the sug-
gestion for the foliage decoration on the capital of U>e
Corinthian and other columns Fig 8.5 shows the con-
ventionalized decoration, and Fig 86 the form of leaf
of A spmosiis. The leaves of A mollis were probably
also involved in variations of decoration.
A. Lvs. spiny
Caroli- Alexandri, Ilausskn. Nine to 18 in. : Ivs. few,
radical, in a lax rosette, lanceolate, spiny, 16 in long,
3-3y£m broad .spike
dense, fls white or
suffused rose - color.
Summer Greece
spmosissimus,l)esf
Fig 87 Lvs dark
green, pinnately
parted, spines glist-
ening, whitish fls m-
ACER
195
85 The Acanthus decoration of
architectural column
autumn, spikes loose,
pilose or glabrescenf
spines of the bracts recurved S Eu Grows 3-4 feet
Pernngi, Siehe. About 1-1^ ft high. Ivs sessile.
5-6 in long, lanceolate tapering, deeply toothed and
spiny fls veiy profuse, rosv red, its bracts spiny
Mts of Turkey m Asia .him Suit able for alpme gar-
den Doubtfully hardy where summers are hot and dry
spindsus, Linn. Fig 8(5 Lv.s lanceolate, pmnatifid,
pubescent, spines short, whitish fls smaller than in the
last, purplish, summer, spikes dense, slightly villous
B M 1808 Gn 8 147
montanus, T Anders Lvs pmnatifid or «muate-
spinose, 1 ft or more long, olive-green, the lobes spine-
pointed fls rosy white in a long spike. Trop Afr.-
Greenhouse
A A Z/rs not spiny
m611is, Linn Fig 88 Lvs 2 \ 1 ft , cordate, sm-
uately pmnatifid, mostlv radical fls summer, spikes
loose, pubescent Gn 52, p 239 — Also recommended
as a window plant Var latifdhus, Ilort (A Mifbhus,
Hort A luMldrncuA, Ilort ) is larger and hardier. Gn.
1, p 303
longifdhus, Poir IAS ladical, longer and narrower
than m A. nwllis, bright green fls purple, June.
Dalniatia
4 (irbtreuK, Forsk
i rtfrt c ii pnc kly shrub
attaining a height of
mirly 20 ft N E
Trop Afi GC III
,$1.222 - 1 carduifd-
lius, I AIM -=- Bit phnna
rarduifolia — .1 hmpAn-
icus, Ilort 2 ft Ivs
UiW, deeply cleft ,shin-
u.K Krotn IH white
Aug Spain Perhaps
A niger, Mill ~A ih<i-
fMiui (Dilivana ilici-
folui, Juss ) Smooth
greenhouHe sub - shrub
with h s resembling
Ilex aqmfolium, the Ku
Holly Prop by cut-
n\ger, Mill Lv8 not spiny, sum-
Portugal Ni TAYLQR f
ACER (classical Latin name) Acfracex MAPLE
Native and foreign trees cultivated chiefly for shade
and for the ornamental foliage
Trees, rarely shrubs Ivs opposite, petioled, simple
and mostly palmately lobod, or 3-5 foholate. decidu-
ous, rarely evergreen fls small, polygamous or dioecious,
in racemes, panicles or corymbs, petals and sepals 5,
rarely 4, rarely sepals connate and petals wanting, disk
usually annular, conspicuous, rarely lobed or wanting;
stamens 4-10, mostly 8; styles 2, usually more or less
connate fr. consisting of 2 long-winged, compressed
nutlets (samaras), each containing 1 seed. — About 110
8t> Acanthus spmosus From drawing
by John Huskin
tings under glaj
ate, glabrou? fl
E Asia— A
purplish white
species m N. Amer , Asia,
especially Cent and K
Asia, Europe and N Afr
Monogr. by Pax in
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV,
fam 163 (1903), quoted
below as Pax, see, also,
Render, The Maples of
E Continental Asia, in
Sargent, Trees an< 1
Shrubs, 1 175 (1905),
and Koidzumi, Ilevisio
Aeeracearum Japomca-
ruiri in Jour College of
Science, Tokyo, 32, Art
1 (19 11), both with many
plates Monogr of the
garden forms by Graf
Sehwerm in Gt 1893, see
alsoGC II. 10.75.
The maples are hardy
ornamental trees or
shrubs, w ith handsome
large foliage which, in
some species, shows a
remarkable tendency to
vary in shape and color-
ing Numerous garden
forms are in cultivation. 87 Acanthus spinoSiss,mus.(XK)
Though the floweis are 6
small, the> are quite attractive in the early-flowering
species as in A tubrum and A. Sdcduirum, since they
appear in great profusion, m some species the young
fruits assume a bright red color, paiticularly in A.
tafaricum, A ginnaln, A pbtudoplatdHUb var eryth-
rofarpum, and A rubrum The maples are among
our most ornamental and \aluable trees for park and
street planting Nearh all assume a splendid color
in autumn, ehpeciall> the species of North America
and Eastern Asia, which surpass by far the European
maples Many sjx-cies are valuable timber trees, and
some American specie's, especially A. saccharum, pro-
duce sugar For purposes of shade, the common
sugar maple is best and most popular The Norway
maple makes a very dense and loiind head, and is ex-
cellent for lawns, but it is too low-headed for the
streets A pictum IB sunilai,but smallei in every part.
The silver maple, A t><ucluinnum and its vars , is also
popular where quick-growing trees are desired The
Japanese maples of the Pahnata section are among the
most striking and showy
exotic small trees, and
are adapted for fine
grounds and for grow ing
m pots
The maples are not
particular as to soil, some
species, as A monbpet>-
sulunum and A cam-
pcs/rr, prefer drier situa-
tions, while A saccluin-
num and A rubrum prefer
moist situations, the lat-
ter growing well even in
swampy soil Most of
the species are hardy in
the northern and middle
states; among the hard-
iest are A. Negundo, A
Mccharum (Figs 89, 90),
A. sacchannum, A mb-
rum, A. nigrum, A penn-
sylvanicumy A. spicatum,
A pl^tanoides, A tatan-
cutn
Propagation is by 8*. Acanthus molhs.
196
ACER
ACER
seeds, which soon lose their germinating power and
must be sown soon after maturity or stratified and
sown in spring; A. saccharum and A. Negundo keep
their germinating power somewhat longer. The early-
ripening species, like A. sacchannum and A rubrum,
must be sown
as soon as they
are ripe and
they will germi-
nate the same
year. A. cam,'
pestre, A. mons-
» pessulanum and
other species of
«. this group do
^. not usually gcr-
" minate until the
_^ second year
The varieties
* and rare species
may be budded
in summer on
the typical
forms or on spe-
cies of the same
group, kinds be-
longing to differ-
ent groups can-
not, as a rule, be
grafted on each
other; c g , va-
rieties of A. platanotdes \vill not grow on A pseudo-
platanus and vice versa, but A. insigne will grow on
A. pseiidoplalanus, as they belong to the same group
Some shrubby species, as A palmatum, atao A. cixw-
folium, A ginnala var Scmenowi, and A la turn var
rubrum, may be propagated by layers or half-ripened
greenwood cuttings in summer, or, btill better, by
cuttings taken from forced plants in early spring in
the greenhouse A, Negundo grows also from hard-
wood cuttings Fancy maples are readily winter-grafted
by the veneer method, the stocks being grown in pots
Ihe Japanese kinds are usually worked on imported
stocks of A. palmatum.
INDEX, CONTINUED
89. A pasture maple m autumn, showing
the strong framework
INDEX.
albo-hmbatum, 32, atropurpureum, 13,
albo-vanegatum, 5, 22
22, 30 auratum, 49
argenteo-vanogatum, aureo-maculaium, 49
2, 21, 49 aureo-inargmatum,
argutum, 35 5, 49
atrohnearc, 13 aureo-variegatum, 49
90. Pasture tree of Acer saccharum, sugar
maple. Tree flatter-topped than usual
aureum, 8, 13, 15
au^tnacum, 2
barbntum, 38, 39.
bctuhfohuin, 34
bicolor, 13, 22
eahformcum, 49
campestre, 2
cappadocicum, 8
carpinifohum, 27
catalpifolium, 10
caud.it um, 20
circmatum, 12
cissifohum, 48
colchicum, 8
columriare, 5, 37
concolor, 26
cratsogifohum, 30
cnspum, 13, 36, 49.
cuoullatum, 6
daxycarpum, 36.
Davulu, 28
diabolicura, 43.
discolor, 26
divsectum, 5, 13
Douglasii, 11
Drummondu, 5, 37.
elobulatum, 34
eriocarpum, 36
erosum, 20
erythrocarpum, 22.
erythrocladum, 33.
film folium, 15
flondanum, 39.
Frederici-Guilelmi,13.
Geneva,, 5
ginnala, 18
glabrum, 11
globosum, 5, 37
grandidentatum, 42.
griaeum, 46-
Randjeryi, 22
hebecurpum, 2.
Heldreiom. 23
nigrum, 13, 38, 40
nikoonse, 44, 45
oblongum, 20
Sohwedleri, B
scolopendrtfolwm, 13.
Stincnowji, 18.
Henryi, 47
Ohverianum, 16
aemtorbuulatum, 37.
heterophyJlum, 36
Opalus, 3
Bcpterrilobum, 13.
horticola, 8
ornatuin, 13
sessihfohum, 13.
hyrcanum, 3.
ibericum, 1
palmatum, 13
Pursonwi, 15
Sicboldianum, 14.
Hinicum, 8
msigne, 24, 25
parviflorum, 7
ISmonn, 22
tntmor, 49
ponnsylvamcum, 33
spioatum, 19, 20
tlalum, 3
pictum, 7
aiachyophyllum, 34.
japomcum, 14, 15
pmnahfidum 1 i
Stolln, 5
Jtihlkei, 36
jnnnatifulium, 13
struitum, 33
Kingn, 49
platanoidei, 5
tntanrum, 17, 18.
lacimatum, 5, 15, 19.
polymor phum , 13
tauncum, 2, 3
la turn, 8
pKeudo-califormcuin,
tenellum, 7
laxiflorum, 29
i«J
tctramerum, 34.
Leopoldn, 22
psi'iidoplutanus, 22
Thuiibi-rgi, 13
leucoflermo. 41
jmlrhrum, H
tiliifohum, 34
hneanlobum, 13
pulvcrulinturn. 2
tornentosum, 37.
lobulatum, 34
purpurus< « nN 22, 43
Trautvotten, 24.
longeraccmo^um, 34
purpiir-itum. 23
tncaudatuin. 8
longilobum, 29
pur pure um, 22
tricolor, 8. 13, 22.
longipes, 9
Lorbergii, 5
qumlntolor. 22
KeittnbactiH, 5
tndens, 37
tnlobalum, 1, 3
luteicena, 22, 30
retifulattim, 13
tnpartitum, 11, 36.
mat rophyllum, 15,21
rhodofarpum, 11
truncatutn, G
magiiihcuiu, 37
ro^eo-marnmutum,
Tschonosku, 31
13
ukurunduciiHo, 20.
miprophyllum, 14,37
Miyabei, 4
rubrum, 5, 13, 37
rufiiHTVf, 32
Fan Voljcemi, 25
vi'lutimun, 24, 25.
Mono, 7
KxvKoln, 3S
viTsuolor, 13
monspessulanum, 1
sapph'irinuin, 30, 38,
villosum, 22
montunuit, 19
40
violactMim, 49
saciharum. 3S, 40,
Wien, 30
multiserratum, 20
tl
Wittrnackn, 5.
Negundo, 49
ManRiiin* um. 13
\Volfli, 25
nervosum, 22
Schltnngen, 37
Worleej, 22.
KEY TO THK SPKCIES.
Lvs simple, mostly pal mutely lohed
(occasionally S-foholati mAo //)
B Sepal? and pttnh distimt (petals
wanting in A'os 27 and, iff)
c Fk appearing uith or afttr the Ivs
in con/mhs, pannlis, or racemes
D Ariungtirunt of inft corymbose
(b,oa<]l,j panitulatt in No 4)
K TV intu -buds with several im-
bricate srn/<"? lobes tntire or
coarfuh/ toothed, rarely Ivs
without lobes
p Lolxs obtuse or bluntly
pointed
o Lvs l-Sy2 in. across,
usually 3-lobed, lobes
usually entire or with
few t((th.
H Corymbs glabrous lobes
cntirt , Ivs glaucous
beneath
JIH. Corymbs pubescent, up-
right lobts usually
dmtate, hs green be-
neath
monspessu-
[lanum
campestre
GO Lvs 8 6 , „ „-
lobcd, lob< ti toothed
n Infl coi)jmboi>e, many-
fld pendulous Ivn
glaucfsitnt beneath,
lobes obtusf or acute 3 Opalus
HH Infl paniculate, up-
right I is green be-
niath and pubescent,
lobes obtusely acu-
minate 4 Miyabei
FF. Lobes acuminate, finely
pointed corymbs glabrous
O. Lvs glabrous beneath,
6-7-, rardy 3-lobed
corymbs stalked
H Bark of mature
branches ashy gray or
light grayish brown,
slightly fissured and
marked with lenticels
I. The lobes coarsely
toothed 5. platanoidet
n. The lobes entire or
rarely with few teeth.
ACER
ACER
197
f. Wings about as long
as n utle'ta Ivs
truncate at base 6
JJ Wingi about twice
us long as nutlets
( ordatt !
7 pictum
cappadoci-
[cum
0 longipes
cordate
HH Bark remaining smooth
and luttrout for sev-
eral years, without or
with ft iv inconspicu-
ous lentiedti, greenish
or purplish
GG. Lvs pubescent beneath,
usually H-lobid, occa-
sionally 6-lob(d or quite
entire (orymbt nearly
kei,nle, itry laiur
FFF. Lob ft none or not prtiabnt,
the IK quite enttie, ovate to
ouatt -oblong, rardy mixed
with a few 3 5-lohed Ivs
corymb marly w**,il< , very
largf 10 catalpifolium
BE. Winter-bud* with J outer valvate
sealc* lob<& strrati or doubly
serrate (oiymbs ^tntill
F Lv* 3-lobtd or 3-foliolate,
occasionally 5-lobcd, pale
or glaiiff^cent beneath,
quit* glabrous 11 glabrum
FF Lvs 5- 11 -lobed, green be-
neath
G Petiole s and pt dunclet gla-
brous ocanj fjlabroii*
H He pal t fmrpli^h, petals
whitt 1 1 s lob* d ru arly
to the mitldte 12 circmatum
HH Sepal-, ana" p<tal\ pur-
]>li.*h /»s toh<db(yond
the wvl < lit 13 palmatum
GO. Pcttohs arid ptdunclca
pubescent, at leavt while
young oia/y ulloui,
H /-'/A yellowish h<> f>ub-
coidatc or cordatt ,
tiharply or doubly
serrate 14 Sieboldia-
HH Fit purple, larger li-> [num
u-M/y Mr;«/r 15. japomcum
DD. Arrangement of infl paniculate
or racemov
B. Infl paniculate (nearly corym-
bose in \'o lf>)
F Lv? dentate or serrate, usu-
ally lobed
a Edgc<* of Ivs sharply
serrate
H. Paniele only little
longtr than broad
I The /ri 6-lobcd,
sharply and Dimply
so rate 16 Oliverianum
II. The Its fi-lvbcd or
without lobes, dou-
bly serrate
j. Foliage dull art en,
Ivs ovate-oblong,
not lobed 17. tataricum
33. Foliage shining
dark green Ivs
3-lobcd 18 gtnnala
HH. Paniele narrow, t,jnke-
hke, upright Ivs 3 -6-
lobed, doubly serrate
petals hnear, much
longer than the sepals
I Foliage pubt scent be-
nealh Ivs S-,
rarely 6 -lobed 19 spicatum
II Foliage glabrous or
pubescent b e-
neath fan 5-,
rardv 7-lobed 20 caudatum
QQ. Edges of Ivs coartelyorcre-
nately dentate , fi -lobed
H. Panicles pendulous,
much longer than
broad
I. Fr hispid Ivs 10-12
in long, deeply
lobed 21 macrophyllum
II. Fr glabrous Ivs 4-6
in long 22. pseudoplat-
HH. Panicles upright, little [anu*
longer than fnoad
I. Blade with middle
lobe frte nearly to
the bate 23 Heldreichii
n. Blad< w,th Mm di-
vuled to the middle
or littk b< i/ond
J Lobei longer than
broad li s glau-
c< tee nt ben ath 24 Trautvetten
JJ Lol>ei> about a*, long
ay broad ht,
an en bttuath 25 insigne
FF Lvs quite, entirt , generally
oblong 20 oblongum
EB. Infl racemone
F. Lvs oblong, uiuliiuled, t>ir-
rate, with about JO pairs of
parallel ieine> wtntir-buds
with many imbricate beaks 27 carpinifolium
FF. Lvt lubid or undnided, uith
about 1O ;Ki»r6 of icms or
less winttr-bndi, uith 2
outer valiate ^r/;/ts
a Sepals and fxtalt 5, ra-
ceme^ It i tninal Ivs
brownish pubescent
ben<-a(h uhili young, at
leat>t on tin letns
H. Outline oj It s oblong,
without lob< s >jr with
2loba> mar the ba\<
I The /is undivided,
ere nately ^ rrate 28. Davidii
II. Thrli* lobfH
j With lis 01 tin be-
neath, sharply
i>errat< , long-at u-
minatt, lightly
lobtd 2«J laxiflorum
JJ. With. /PS glaueea-
cent beneath, un-
equally senate,
acuminate., often.
d<(ply lobed 30 crataegifolium
HH On flint oj /?A 01 ate or
roundish, 5 -lobed 31 Tschonosku
HHH Outline of lis oborate,
8-lobed, uith the lobes
near 01 oboie. the
middle
I Young hranehlets
bloomy yotituj /is
den^tlij btownitih
villous on the leins
beneath raceme
puhitcuit 32 rufinerve
n. Young branch lets not
bloomy young un-
folding lit* brown-
ish n//ows on the
whole under side,
primary vein* gla-
brescent raceme
often glabrous ,^3 pennsylvan-
QQ. Sepals and petal* 4, stam- [tcum
mate fls fiom lateral
leaflet bud* /is doubly
serrate, 5-lobcd or mth-
out lobes
H Lvs undivided, or in-
cu>ejy lobed, ovate to
oblong 34 tetramerum
HH Lvs distinctly fi-fohid,
roundish in outline 35 argutum
OC Fls. appearing long before the Irs
in dense lateral clu^ttrs Ivs 6-
lobed fr. ripening in Mayor June.
198
ACER
ACER
saccharum
flondanum
nigrum
eucoderme
D. Ovary and young fr. tomentoae'
short-stalked, ha. deeply 6-
lobed . 36. saccharinum
w> Ovary and young fr glabrous
fls on long pedicels Ivs 3-6-
lobed 37 rubrum
Bfi. Sepals connate and petals wanting at
least in the, staminate fls , fls on
long, pendulous, mostly hairy pedi-
cels
C. Pistillate and staminate fls corym-
bose, terminal and lateral fr
glabrous or villous American
species
D Corymb sessile or nearly sessile
E Lvs glaucous or pale hem ath
F Lobes acuminate, lv<t gla-
brous beneath at maturity 38
TV Lobes obtuse, Ivs pubescent
beneath ,i9
EE Lvs green bincath, lobes acu-
minate
F. Bark of trunk dark Ivs hir-
sute-pubescent, 5 6 in
across 40
FF. Bark pale Irs t>oft-pubcsci nt
beneath, 2-3% in acroi& 41
Dix Corymbs short-stalked h? pu-
bescent beneath, lobe? obtuse or
acute 42
CC Pistillate fls racemose, with petal*
and distinct i>e[jals, staminate
corymbose, with connate sepals and
without petals, both from lateral
liafless buds Japanese ipecics 43.
AA Lvs S-5-foholate fls dioecious
B. Fls in Urminal corymbs, after the hs
winter-buds with several imbricate
scales dit,L large, annular Ivs £-
foholate
C Petioles, Ivs beneath and corymbs
pilose; petioles (short
D Shape of Ivs elliptic-oblong, spar-
ingly serrate, 2-5 in lung 41
J>D Shape of Ivs elliptic, coarsely
dentate, 1-2 in long 45
cc. Petioles, Ivs and corymbt, glabrous,
Ivs oblong -lanceolate, petiole?
slender 40
BB Fls , at least the pistillate, in lateral,
long and slender racemes winter-
bud? with 2 valvate scales
C Petal? present, flt> of both sere.? in
racemes, sometimes leafy at base,
with the hs • Ivs 3-foliolate
D. Petioles and Irs pubescent be-
neath sepals and pftult, 5 47
DD Petioles and lis glabrous at
maturity sepals and petals 4 48
cc Petals wanting, pistillate fls in
pendulous racemes, staminate co-
rymbose, pendulous, both stxe?
from lateral leafless buds before
the Ivs Ivs S-5-foliolate 49 Negundo
Section CAMPEBTRIA.
1. monspessulanum, Linn (A Inlobdtwn, Lam ).
Shrub or small tree, 25 ft.: Ivs. 3-lobed, coriaceous, 1-3
in across, shining above, glaucous and glabrous be-
neath, lobes entire or with few obtuse teeth corymbs
ervXt. fr. with slightly spreading wings S En , N.
Afr , W. Asia. Gt 1893, p 363 H W 3, p 46 O W 8,
p. 195 (habit) — Shrub or small tree of slow growth, with
a dense, rounded head and, m temperate regions, nearly
evergreen foliage, thriving well in dry situations. Var.
ibdricum, Koch (A ibkncum, Bieb.). Lvs. larger, the
inner lobes usually slightly 3-lobed, obtuse
2 campestre, Linn. Shrub or tree, occasionally 50
ft., with corky branches Ivs 3-5-lobed, 1J^-3H in.
long, green and pubescent beneath or nearly glabrous;
lobes entire or the middle one slightly 3-lobcd.
corymbs erect, hairy, fr with horizontally spreading
wings Eu., W.Asia. H.W.3:4ti, p. 45. F.E 20, pi. 108
(habit). Gt. 1893, p. 327. — Shrub or tree of moderate,
dense growth, with dull green foliage, valuable for
planting as undergrowth and on dry ground. Many
varieties and garden forms' Var argenteo-variegatum,
Schwenn Lvs with large white blotches Var pul-
veru!6ntum, Kirchn Lvs sprinkled with white V:ir
austrtacum, DC Usually a tree. Ivs 5-lobed, with
acute, nearly entire lobes fr glabrous. F E 19, pi M
(habit). Var tauncum, Kirchn Shrub Ivs 5-lobed
small, lobes 3-lobed Var hebecarpum, DC. Fr and
generally the Ivs pubescent beneath
3 <3palus, Mill (A )talutn, Lauth) Small tree, 30
ft Ivs 5-lobed, 3-5 in. long, glaucous beneath and at
length glabrous, lobes obtusely dentate, short and
broad, the middle ones often 3-lobed corymbs some-
what drooping tr with slightly spi ending \vmgs S
Eu , Orient \V D B. 2 171 — A vamble species, surn-
tor to a smnll-lvd sycamore maple Var. hyrcanum,
Pax (.4 hyru\num, Fisrh & Mey A lahncum, llort A.
tnlobatuni, Hort , not, Lain ) Petioles very slender, red,
2-4 m long, segms. of the Ivs 3-lobed, longer than
broad, with straight margins Gt 1893, p 301.
lyabei.
Section PLATANOIDEA.
4 Miyabei, Maxim Fig 91 Tree, to 10 ft
branches corky Ivs 5-lobed, lobes lobulate or coaisi !v
dentate, obtuselv acuminate, with obtuse teeth, at fir-t
pubescent on both sides, later only beneath, pale green
beneath, 5- <j in long corymbs long-stalked, 10-lo-lld
pubescent fr pubescent \\ith honzontally spreading
\Mngs Japan G F 6' 113 (adapted in Fig 91) S I F
2 45 — Handsome, vigorous tree, quite hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum
5 platanoides, Linn NORWAY MAPT.E Fig 92
Large tree, to 100 ft Ivs 5-lobod, cordate at base,
glabrous, light green and lustrous beneath, loh'M
pointed, remotely dentate with pointed teeth corymb-"
glabrous, fls yellowish green fr glabrous, with hori-
zontally spreading wings Ku , Caucasus II W. 3 45
Pax 49 Gt 42, p 561,581,585 —Large, handsome tree,
with round, spieading head, resembling somewhat A
saccharnm The Ivs turn pale yellow m autumn Many
garden forms, some of which are hen; arranged in two
groups, the first being remarkable for the manner m
which the Ivs are cut and for the habit, the second
being ehipfly remarkable for thoir coloring-
(1) Var cucullatum, Nichols Lvs irregularly and
shortly lobcd, crimped, light green Var disse'ctum,
ACER
ACER
199
92. Upright tip shoot
of Norway maple —
Acer platanoides.
Jacq. Similar to var. Ldrbergu, but with darker foliage
and of slower growth. Var globosum, Nichols Form-
ing a globose head. MX) G. 1903:189. G.W. 5,
p. 14 yar lacimatum, Ait. Lvs. irregularly divided,
the divisions bending downward growth upright. Gt.
42, p 584. Var Lorbergii.
Van Houtte. Lv* divided
nearly to the base, divi-
sions deeply lobed Gt.
1893, p 584. Var column-
are,Carr. Habit columnar.
(2) Var. albo-
variegatum, Nich-
ols Lvs with
large white
blotches.
Var aftreo-
marginatum,
Pax. Lvs.
with yellow mar-
gin, somewhat
irregularly lobed.
Var r u b r u m ,
Herd (var Reiten-
Mchu, Nichols ) Lvs greenish
red when unfolding, turning dark
blood-red in late summer Gt 16:
545 B H 18 39 Var Geneva, Ellwangcr & Barry, is
probably not much different Var Schwe'dleri, Koch.
Lvs bright red when young, changing to dark green.
GC JI 15 505 Var Stdlhi, Spaeth More upright-
growing Ivs usually 3-lobed, with entire lobes, purple
when unfolding, later dark green Gt 42, p 585 Var.
Wittmicku, Schwerm LVH usually 3-lobed, with an
irregularly dentate and undulate yellow margin, red-
dish brown when unfolding, later bright green with
most of the tips transformed into peculiar reddish
brown appendages becoming, finallv, dark green Gt
52 1516 Var Drummondii, Drurnm Lvs green with
white margin, red when unfolding M D. 1910 1.
6 truncatum, Bunge Tree, to 25 ft Ivs deeply
5-lobed and mostly truncate at the base, 2>2-4 in
across, glabrous, light green, purplish when unfolding,
lobes acuminate, setoselv pointed, entire or sometimes
the middle one« 3-lobed fr with yellow, short and broad
wings, spreading at right or obtuse angles N China.
S.T S 1 76 — II ardy t ree, with handsome, dense foliage.
7 pictum, Thunb Tree, 60 ft • Ivs 5- or 7-lobed,
3—7 in across, usually pubescent beneath when young;
lobes entire, acuminate, sometimes very broad and short:
fls jcllow. wings of the fr upright, brown or brown-
ish yellow, hardly twice as long as the nutlets Man-
churia, Japan S I F 1 65 — Handsome round-headed
tree, with bright green foliage, hardy Var parvi-
fldrum, Schneid (A plclum var M6no, Pax A.AIdnc,
Maxim ) Wings of the frs spreading Ivs more cor-
date China JHS 29 "3 19, 350. The form intro as
A. tenellum belongs here; the true A. temllum, Pax, is
not m cult.
8. cappadficicum, Gled (A. Ixtum, C. A. Mey.).
Tree, to 50 ft Ivs 5-7-lobed, usually cordate, 3-6 in
across, glabrous, light green and lustrous beneath;
lobes entire, acuminate Ms greenish yellow, in upiight
peduncled corymbs f r w ith spreading wings, the wings
usually 2-3 times as long as the nutlets From the
Caucasus to W China and the Himalayas — Resem-
bles A . platanotdcs, but lobes of Ivs entire and branches
smooth; not quite hardy N Var sfnicum, Ilehd.
Smaller in every part Ivs 2 ! £-4 in across, usually
5-lobed, subcordate or truncate at the base wings of
fr about twice as long as nutlet W. China. JHS.
29*358 (as A Isetum var. cultratum) — Very similar to
A pidum, but always easily distinguished by the
smooth greenish bark of the younger branches. Var
tricaudatum, Rehd Similar to the preceding, but Ivs.
3-lobed. J.H.S.29:357,358. Var. hortfcola, Rend.
(A. l&tum var. riibrurn, Schwerin; A. cdlchicum var.
rubrum, Hort.). Lvs blood-red, when unfolding. Var.
tricolor, Rehd (A Ixtum var tricolor, Schwerin) Lvs.
blood-red, sprinkled with rosy pink, when young The
last two beautiful forms usually remain shrubby Var.
aureum, Rehd (A. Ixlum aureum, Hesse). Lvs. red and
golden yellow
9 Wngipes, Rehd Tree, to 30 ft : young branches
with smooth greenish bark Ivs 3-, rarely 5-lobed,
or occasionally undivided and ovate, 5-7 in broad, lobes
entire, long-acuminate, light green and soft-pubes-
cent beneath, purple when unfolding: corymb large and
loose, short -peduncled or nearly sessile, glabrous . fr w ith
the wings spreading at right angles W China. — A very
handsome maple, easily distinguished from all allied
species by the large, 3-lobed Ivs , pubescent beneath.
10. catalpif&lium, Rehd. Tree, to 60 ft : younger
branches smooth, greenish Ivs ovate to ovate-oblong,
undivided, entire, sometimes with a broad rounded lobe
near the base, 4-8 m long and 2-5 in broad, rarely
mixed with a few 3-5-lobed Ivs , light green and gla-
brous beneath, corymbs sessile, large and loose, to 8 m.
across wings of the fr. spreading at obtuse angles W.
China — Very distinct and beautiful tree, but appar-
ently not hardy N.
Section GLABRA.
11 glabrum.Torr (A
Douglnbii, Hook ) Shrub
or small tree, 25 ft , quite
glabrous petioles bright
red, Ivs deeply 3-5-
lobcd or 3-parted, 1-5
m across, dark greer
and shining
above, pale or
glaucous be-
neath; lobes
doubly serrate.
W N. Amer.
S. S. 2 : 89 —
c 93 Japanese Maples.
a Acer palmatum var
reticulatum, b, A
japonioum, type, e,
A palmatum var
atropurpureum , d,
var ornatum, e, var.
Thunbergu, /, var.
disbectum (XH)
Handsome shrubby maple,
with graceful, shining ioh-
age, contrasting well with
the red petioles and
branches, fr. often rose-
colored Var. tripartitum,
Pax (A tripartitum,
Nutt ) Lvs small, usually
3-foliolate Var. rhodocarpum, Schwerin. Frs. bright red
until fully ripe.
Section PALMATA.
12 circinatum, Pursh Small tree, rarely 40 ft :
branchlets, petioles and peduncles glabrous Ivs 7-9-
lobed. 2-7 in across, glabrous, lobes acute, doubly ser-
rate fls in drooping corymbs, with purple sepals. W.
200
ACER
ACER
N. Amer. 8.8.2:87. — Handsome, round-headed tree
or shrub, beautiful with its delicate light green foliage,
red fls., rose-colored fr., and its orange and scarlet fall
coloring.
13. palmatum, Thunb (A. polymdrphum, Sieb. &
Zucc ) . JAPAN MAPLE Shrub or small tree, 20 ft. • branch-
lets; petioles and peduncles glabrous: Ivs. 5-9-lobed or
divided, 2-4 m. across, glabrous, lobes oblong, acumi-
nate, doubly serrate or incised, corymbs few-fld., gla-
brous, erect, with small purple fls : fr small, glabrous;
the wings spreading at an obtuse angle Japan. S Z.
1:145,146. SIF 1 68 F.E 19, pi 92 (habit) .— A.F.
94. Acer japonicum. (XJi)
12:11. J.HS. 29-340.— This species and A japomcum
are known as Japanese maples They are extremely
handsome shrubs of dense though graceful habit, and
with elegant foliage, beautiful especially in spring for
its delicate shades of green and red, and again in
autumn, when the Ivs. assume the most striking tints.
Some of the more vigorous-growing varieties, like
atropurpureum, disseclum, omnium, and the typical
forms, are hardy even in New England, while most
of the variegated forms are more tender They grow best
in partly shaded situations and in well-drained, rich soil.
There are many varieties, mostly mtro from Japan-
ese gardens, of which the following are some of the
best They may be divided into 5 groups, represent-
ing various degrees of dissection of the Ivs :
(1) A. palmatum var Thunbergii, Pax (A palmd-
tum, Thunb ). Fig 93, e Lvs deeply 5-9-lobed or
cleft, lobes oblong-lanceolate, coarsely and doubly
serrate or incised Var atropurpftreum, Van Houttc
(var nlgrum, Hort ). Fig 93, c. Lvs dark purple,
coarsely doubly serrate. F.S 12 1273. J II S 29 342.
F.E 14, pi 42, 32: 767 (habit). Var sanguineum, Carr ,
is lighter red than var. atropurpureum I.H. 14 ' 526
Var blcolor, Koch (var atropurpureum vanegaium,
Hort ) Lvs dark purple, with large carmine
blotches, the lobes half purple and half carmine Var.
aureum, Nichols Lvs. yellow. Var versicolor,
Schwerm (A polymdrphum septemlobum versicolbrum,
Van Houtte). Lvs D right green, with large white
spots FS 14 1198 Var. rdseo-marginatum,
Schwerm (A. polymdrphum rb^eum marginatum,
Pynaert) Lvs small, deeply cut, with narrow pink
margin. F 8.15:1566 I H 28 '430 Var. crispum,
Andr6 Lvs. small, with involute margins; of dis-
tinctly upright growth III 17.43.
(2) Var. septe'mlobum, Koch (A. septemlobum,
Thunb ) Lvs mostly 7-lobed, lobes broad, equally
doubly serrate. Gt 42, p 680 JHS 29:345. Var.
rdbrum, Schwenn Lvs large, deep red when young,
becoming almost green later Var. reticulatum, Andre
Fig. 93, a Lvs greenish yellow, with green margin
and dark green veins I.H. 17:18. Var tricolor,
Nichols. Lvs with red, pink and white spots.
(3) Var linearilobum, Sieb. & Zucc. (var. scolopen-
dnfdhum, Hort , not Schwenn) Lvs. divided nearly
to the base, lobes linear, remotely serrate or nearly
entire. Gt 42, p. 681. Var atrolineare, Schwenn
(var linearilobum alropurpureum, Nichols ; var pin-
natifbhum atropurpureum, Hort ) Lvs dark red.
(4) Var. dissectum, Koch (A. polymdrphum var.
decmnpdsttum, Sieb. & Zucc A polymdrphum palma-
tifidum, Van Houtte). Fig 93, / Lvs divided to the
base in 5-9 pmnatifid lobes S Z. 1 146 F S 21 : 2156.
J.HS 29.346. M.DG. 1902 209. FW 1875 G C.
III. 31 : 46 (suppl ) Var. ornatum, Carr (var disufo-
turn atropurpureum, Hort ) Fig 93, d Lvs deeply
cut deep red. I H 17 -46 R II 1867:391 FE,pl49
(habit). Var Frederfci-Guilelmi, Carr. (var pinnatlfi-
dum rdseo-pictum, Lem ). Lvs finely cut. green, with
white and pink spots. I.H. 14-523. RH 1867391.
(5) Var. sessilifdlium, Maxim Lvs deeply cut,
with very short petioles. G C. II. 16. — Of little
decorative value.
14 Sieboldianum, Miq (^4 japdmcum var Sie~
boldictnum, Franch &Sav ) Small tree or shrub branch-
lets, petioles and peduncles pubescent when young.
Ivs 7-9-lobed, cordate or neaily truncate at the base,
2-3 H in across, glabrous except on the veins beneath;
lobes ovate-oblong, acuminate, .sharply serrate corymbs
long-peduncled, nodding, fls yellowish, small fr.
small, glabrous or slightly pubescent, the wings spread-
ing at an obtuse angle Japan. S I F. 2 45 Var.
microphyllum, Maxim Lvs smaller, lj^-21/^ in.
across SIF 2 42 — This species is hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum, it is similar to A palmatum, but
somewhat coarser.
15 jap6mcum, Thunb Figs 93, 6, and 94 Small
tree or shrub branchlets, petioles and peduncles pubes-
cent when young Ivs 7-11-lobed, cordate, 3-6 in.
across, light green, with silky hairs when unfolding;
lobes ovate, doubly serrate4 corymbs few-fld , pendu-
lous; fls large, purple fr finally glabrous, wings
spreading at an obtuse angle Japan S Z 1 * 144.
SIF 1 66 Var macrophyllum, Schwenn Lvs large,
light green Var aftreum, Schwenn Lvs yellow Var.
Parsonsii, Veitch (var fihcifblium, Hort , var lacimd,-
tum, Hort ) Lvs large, divided nearly to the base in
9-11 pinnatisect segms. J.HS 29 334 RB 32:197
Section S PIC ATA
16 Oliverianum, Pax Tree, to 30 ft branchlets
glabrous- Ivs 5-lobed, truncate or subcoidate at the
base, glabrous, finely reticulate and lustrous beneath,
2^—4 in across, lobes broad, ovate, long-acuminate,
finely serrate panicles nearly corymbose, long-pe-
duncled, glabrous; fls whitish, binall wings of fr. spread-
ing nearly horizontally, wing with nutlet about 1 m.
long. W. China S.T S 1 77.— A graceful maple,
resembling A palmatum, but larger In young plants,
the Ivs are often deeply cut with narrow, elongated
lobes. J.II.S 29.356, 359 (as Acer bp ).
17. tataricum, Linn. Shrub or small tree, 20 ft. Ivs.
roundish oval or oblong, cordate, sometimes slightly
lobed, 2-4 in. long, doubly serrate, nearly glabrous fls.
in long-pedunclcd panicles, white wings of fr nearly
upright or slightly spreading, bright red in summer
S $ Eu , Orient H W 3, p 43 —Round-headed bmall
tree, growing best in somewhat moist soil.
18. ginnala, Maxim (A tatdncum var ginndla,
Maxim ) Fig. 95 Shrub or small tree, 20 ft Ivs.
3-lobed, 1^2~3M in- l°n& glabrous, the terminal lobo
elongated, doubly serrate fls in long-peduncled pani-
cles, yellowish, fragrant Manchuria, N China, Japan.
Gt. 1877.308. SIF. 2 44. FE 17, pi 72 (habit).
Var Semendwii, Pax (A Semenbwn, Regel & Herd ).
Shrub Ivs smaller, deeply 3- or nearly 5-lobed Turkes-
tan — Graceful shrub, with handsome foliage, turn-
ing bright red in autumn; may be used as a substitute
for the Japanese maples where these are not hardy
19 spicatum, Lam. (A. montdnum, Ait ) MOUN-
TAIN MAPLE. Shrub or small tree, rarely 30 ft. : Ivs 3-,
ACER
ACER
201
or slightly 5-lobed, coarsely serrate, pubescent beneath,
2K~4M m long racemes rather dense, long, upright,
fr with diverging wings, bright red in summer. K N.
Amer S S 2 82, 83 H T 328 —Valuable as under-
growth; Ivs turn yellow and scarlet in fall Var lacini-
&tum, Joum Lvs deeply and irregularly lobed and
incised
20. caudatum, Wall. Large tree: Ivs 5-, or some-
times 7-lobod, cordate, 3-5 in long and about as broad,
brownish pubescent on the veins beneath, lobes ovate,
long-acuminate, mcisely serrate panicle upright,
cylmdnc, with the peduncle .5-6 in long' fr small, in
upright panicles, wings spreading at right angles
Himalayas The type is not in cult , but the two fol-
lowing varieties are Var ukurunduense, Rehd (A
ukurundu('nse,V\sch & Mey. A . spiculum var ukurun-
duense, Maxim ) Small tree branohlets and petioles
pubescent while young Ivs glabrous above, pubescent
beneath, sometimes only along the veins , lobes coarsely
serrate panicle pubescent wings of the fr often nearly
upright otherwise like the type Japan, Manchuria
S T S 1 82 S I F 2 43 G C II 15 172 Var mul-
tiserratum, Kehd (A fuultiserrdlii?n, Maxim A erosum,
Pax) Tree, to 30 ft , very similar to the preceding
variety, but glabrous or nearly glabrous W China
21 macrophyllum, Pursh LARGE-LEAVED MAPLE
Tree, to 100 feet high' Ivs cordate, deeply 3-5-lobed or
cleft, pubescent when young, pale green beneath, 8-12
in across, middle lobe mostly 3-lobed panicles gla-
brous, narrow, pendulous, 4-5 in long fr. with yel-
low, bristly hairs, wings spreading at right angles or
nearly upright, over 1 m long W N Amer S S
2 86," 87 FE 14, pi 4 i (habit) Gn M 2 107 (habit)
— Handsome round-headed tiee, remarkable for its
large foliage, not hardy in the N.
22 pse&doplfitanus, Linn SYCAMORE MAPLE Tree,
70ft high Ivs 5-lobed, coarsely cienate-serrate, 3*3-7
in across, deep green above, glaucous and mostly gla-
brous beneath racemes pendulous fr glabrous Eu ,
Caucasus (Jt 12 260, 261 II \V 3 44, p 39 F S
R 3, p 181 FE 15, pi 47 (habit)— Large tree of
vigorous growth, with large, spreading head, thrives
well even in exposed situations Many varieties and
garden forms Var. villdsum, Presl Lvs chart aceous,
Cubeseent beneath Var erythroc&rpum, Carr. Fr.
right red Ivs smaller and more lustrous. R II 1864.
171 MI) 19051 Gn 76, p 540 Var purpurdscens,
Pax (vars purphrruw and dtropurphrtum, Hort ) Lvs.
purplish red beneath, of robust growth Var Hand-
jeryi, Spaeth (var Pnnz Handjcry, Hort ) Lvs pur-
plish beneath, bright red when unfolding Var W6r-
leei, Sehvverm (var lutetcens, Hort ) Lvs yellow Var.
ilbo-vanegatum, Kuchn Lvs with white blotches
and spots, reddish while young Var Leop61dii, Lem
Similar to the preceding variety, bright rosy pink
while young IH 1864411 KB 1906 '197 Var.
bicolor, Spaeth Lvs light green while young, with
yellow, fan ally whitish, spots Var tricolor, Kirchn.
Lvs purplish while young, spotted with yellow Var.
quadricolor, Schwerm (var Slmomi Pax, var tikmon-
Louis freres, Deegen). L\s with large, white spots and
also sprinkled with small dots; pink while young. Var.
nerv&sum, Schwerm. Habit pyramidal, of slow
growth Ivs marked with yellow between the veins
above, purplish beneath
23 Heldreichii, Orph Tree Ivs 5-lobed, the mid-
dle lobe divided nearly to, the outer half way to the
base, 3-5 in across, glabrous, dark green and shining
above, glaucous beneath, lobes coarsely and doubly
serrate panicle erect, long-stalked, ovate S. E. Eu.
Gt 34-1185 GC II 16-141. Var purpuratum,
Schwerm Lvs intensely red beneath.
24 Trautvetteri, Medw. (A. veliitinum, Hort., not
Btnss. A. tnsigne, Nichols, not Boiss & Buhse). Lvs.
glightly cordate, deeply 5-lobed, 5-7 in. across, glau-
cous beneath and pubescent when young, lobes coarsely
crenate-serrate, longer than broad" panicle erect, ovate.
Caucasus Gt. 40, pp 264-266 GC. 1116.75 B.M.
6697 (as A insigne) — Similar to A. insigne, but hardier,
with smaller Ivs and smaller panicle
25. insigne, Boiss & Buhse (A Van Vdlxemi, Mast ).
Large tree. Ivs 5-lobed, deeply cordate, 5-10 in across,
bright green above, glaucous and at length glabrous
beneath, lobes about as long as broad, coarsely crenate-
serrate panicles large, erect Caucasus, N Persia.
GC.II.7 73; III 10 9 —Remarkable for its large,
handsome foliage; not hardy in the N Var velutinum,
Boiss Lvs densely pubescent beneath G C, III.
10 189. Var Wfilfii, Schwerm Lvs red beneath.
Section INTEGRIFOLIA.
26 ob!6ngum, Wall Tree, to 50 ft: Ivs coriaceous,
oblong, entire, long but bluntly acuminate, rounded and
3-nerved at the base, glabrous, reticulate and usually
glaucous beneath, 2-7 in long panicle short, pubes-
cent, fls small, greenish wings of fr at right angles
or horizontally spicading Himalayas, W and Cent.
China Jacquemont, Vo> Indc 4 31 Var c6ncolor,
Pax Lvs green beneath —Not hardy in the northern
states In young plants, the Ivs are sometimes lobed
at the base J II S 20 % Recently advertised as A.
discolor, the true A discolor, Maxim , is not in cult.
Section INDIVISA.
27 carpmifolium, Sieb & Zucc HORNBEAM MAPLE.
Tree, 30 ft Ivs oblong-ovate, acuminate, sharply and
doubly serrate,
nearly glabrous,
3 6 in long stanu-
nato fls apelalous,
in few-fid racemes,
pistillate with pet-
als, in longer ra-
cemes SZ 2 142.
GC II 15.564.
Gt 41, p m
S I F 1 69 J
H S 29 75 G
W3 615— Wry
distinct, hardy
species, the Ivs.
are almost ex-
actly like those
of Carpi nus
This is the only
species of this
section, the
other species
included here by
Pa\ have been
referred to other
sections, mostly
to the following
Plant ae Wilsomana
ng (t
ch. Tree, to
Ivs.
ate, 2
gmnala.
(XH)
Section MA
28 Davidii, Fi
50 ft branchlets glabrc
ovate or oblong-ovate, 2^-8 in ''
long, acuminate, subcordate or rounded at base, un-
equally crenate-serrate, green beneath and rufously
villous on the veins while young, finally glabrous or
nearly so. racemes slender, pendulous, glabrous wings
offr spreading horizontally Cent China STS 1 83
JUS 29 86, 90 —Handsome tree, hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum, the Ivs turning bright yellow or purple in
autumn In young plants, the Ivs are often lobed at
the base.
29. laxiflfcrum, Pax. Tree, to 50 ft • Ivs ovate-
oblong, with 2 or 4 short lobes near the base, 2}^-4 in.
202
ACER
ACER
96 Acer sacchannum (or A. dasycar-
pum). — Silver or soft maple. ( X >$')
long, long-acuimnate, cordate at the base, sharply
serrate, green beneath, soon glabrous racemes slender,
pendulous, glabrous; fls yellowish, wings of fr. spread-
ing at right angles, rarely horizontally W China.
Pax 35 Var. longUobum, Rehd Lvs distinctly 5-
lobed, upper pair of lobes long-acuminate, floccose-
tomentose on the veins beneath while young fis. pur-
ple W. China — More graceful than the typical form.
30 cratsegifdlium, Sicb & Zucc Small tree, to 30 ft. :
Ivs oblong-ovate, often with 2 or 4 lobes near the base,
2-3 in. long, acuminate, rounded or cordate at the base,
unequally serrate,
bluish gray be-
neath racemes 5-8-
fld , glabrous: fr.
on pedicels about
Km long, wings
nearly horizontal.
Japan SZ 1 147.
S I F 1 67 -Grace-
ful species, hardy
at the Arnold Ar-
boretum.
31 Tschon6skii,
Maxim Small tree,
to 15 ft Ivs orbic-
ular-ovate in out-
line, 5-, or rarely
Wobed, l%-4 m.
long, light green be-
neath and rufously
pubescent on the
veins, finally gla-
brous or neaily so;
lobes ovate, long-acuminate, sharply and doubly serrate,
the middle one slightly lobed racemes slonder, few-fld. •
fr on slender, filiform stalks; wings spreading at about
right angles Japan S T S. 1 17 S I F 2 43— Grace-
ful shrubby tree, hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
32 rufinerve, Sieb & Zucc Tree, to 40 ft , \v ith striped
bark' branches glaucous when young Ivs rounded at
the base, 3-lobecl, 3-5 m long, doubly serrate, ferru-
gineously pubescent on the veins beneath when young,
racemes ferrugmcously pubescent fr short-stalked;
wings spreading at right angles Japan. SZ 2.148.
S I F 1 67. Var albo-limbatum, Hook. Lvs. edged
with white. B.M 5793.
33 pennsylvamcum, Lmn (A strmtum, Dur.).
STRIPED MAPLE MOOSE WOOD Tree, rarely 40 ft.:
bark greenish, striped with white lines Ivs slightly
cordate, roundish-obovatc, 3-lobed at the apex, 5-7 in
long, finely serrate, feirugmeously pubescent on the
whole lower surface when young racemes glabrous,
drooping fr short-stalked, in long, drooping racemes;
wings spreading at right angles E N Amer. S S.
2 84, 85. Michx Hist Arb 2 17 Em. 566 II T.
330 — Handsome medium-sized tree of upright, dense
habit, with bright green, large foliage, turning clear
yellow in autumn, and attractive even m winter from
its smooth, greenish bark, striped with white. Var.
erythr6cladum, Spaeth. Shoots bright red during
autumn and winter.
Section ARGUTA.
34. tetramerum, Pax Tree, to 25 ft- branchlets
glabrous Ivs ovate to oblong-ovate, 2-3^ m long,
acuminate, truncate or rounded and usually 3-nervea
at the base, unequally mcisely serrate or sometimes
slightly lobed, light green and pubescent beneath,
rarely nearly glabrous staminate fls in few-fld sessile
racemes from lateral leafless buds, stamens 4 or some-
times 6, disk lobed, pistillate fls in elongated racemes,
usually few-fld fi slender-stalked; nutlet thick,
stiongly veined Cent and W China STS 1:85 —
Graceful, hardy tree, very variable Var. lobulatum,
Rehd Lvs. distinctly lobed, nearly glabrous J H.S.
29-352,355. Var betulifdhum, Rehd (A betuhfilium,
Maxim ) Lvs not, or very slightly, lobed, rounded or
cuneate at the base, glabrous or glabrescent Var. elo-
bulatum, Rehd Lvs not or scarcely lobed, long-acu-
minate, rounded and 3-nerved at the base, pubescent
beneath. Intro as A. stachyophyllwn, but the true
A. stachyophyllum is a Himalayan species, not m
cult Var tiliif&lium, Rehd. Lvs. ovate, cordate
at the base, and 5-nerved, pubescent beneath Var.
longeracemdsum, Rehd Lvs like in var elobulatum:
racemes to 6 in long, slender
35. arg&tum, Maxim Small tree, to 25 ft • branch-
lets pubescent' Ivs. broadly ovate m outline, 5-, or
rarely 7-lobed, 2-3 }-£ in long, pale green beneath and
grayish pubescent chiefly on the veins, finally nearly
glabrous, lobes ovate, long-acuminate, sharply serrate,
stammate fls in short racemes from lateral leafless buds;
stamens 4, pistillate fls in slender many-fid racemes
fr slender-stalked, in pendulous racemes, wings spread-
ing horizontally Japan S I F 1 69 S T S 66 —
Graceful shrubby tree, hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
Section RUBRA.
36 sacchannum, Lmn (A dasycdrpum, Ehrh A.
eriocdrpum, Michx ) WHITE or SILVER MAPLE Fig.
96 Large tree, 120 ft.. Ivs deeply 5-lobed to 5-cleft,
4-6 in long, green above, silvery white beneath, lobes
deeply and doubly serrate fls greenish jellow, apeta-
lous fr pubescent when young E N Amer S S
2 93 G C II 1 37 Em 556 H T 332 F E 32 443
(habit), 29 983 (habit) — Ornamental tree, with wide-
spreading, t lender branches, growing best in rich and
moist soil, but succeeds almost anywhere Lvs turn
clear yellow m fall Many garden forms Var Wieri,
Schwenn (var Wicrt lacuna turn, Hoit ) Branches
pendulous Ivs deeply cleft, \\ith dissected lobes — A
graceful variety, remarkable for its drooping branches
and finely divided foliage M 1) G 1903 628 (habit)
Var. heterophy^lum, Pax (var hetcrophyllum lacimatum,
Hort ) Upright Ivs deeply and unequally divided,
with narrow lobes.
Var tnpartltum, Pax.
Upright Ivs 3-parted.
Var lutescens, Spaeth
Lvs. yellow, bronze-
colored when unfold-
ing Var dlbo-varie-
gatum, Spaeth (vai .
Juhlkei, Hort ). Lvs.
spotted with white or
rosy pink.
Var crlspum,
Schwenn.
Lvs deeply >
cut and
crimped —
Linnaeus evi-
dently sup-
posed this
species to be Q7 Acef ^^^^-R^ Maple. (Enlarged)
the sugar
maple, and named it accordingly. He did not know
the true sugar maple.
37 rxibrum, Lmn. RED, SCARLET or SWAMP MAPLE.
Fig. 97 Large tree, 120 ft.. Ivs 3-5-lobed. 3-4 in.
long, green above, pale or glaucous beneath; lobes un-
equally and crenately serrate fls red or scarlet, rarely
yellowish; petals b" fr glabrous. E N. Amer SS
2 94 Em. 557 GC II 1:173. HT 334 —Very val-
uable tree to»- street and park planting, attractive at
every season from its excellent habit, earlmess of the
scarlet fls , bright red frs in late spring, and the
beautiful foliage, which turns bright scarlet or orange
in autumn Var columnar e, Rehd Of upright, colum-
ACER
nar habit. Var. globdsum, Rehd. Dwarf, compact:
Jvs glaucous beneath, fls bright scarlet. Var. Drflin-
mondii, Sarg (A. Driimmondn, Hook. & Arn.) Lvs.
large, mostly 3-lobed, tomcntose beneath: fr. bright
scarlet. Southern states 8 S 2 95 Var tomentdsum,
Kirchn. (A tomentdsum, Desf. A rubrum var. fulgens,
Hort ) Of moderate growth' Ivs 5-
lobed, pubescent beneath fls bright
red Var tridens, Wood (A rmcro-
phyllum,ly&x, A semiorbicul(ilum,Yi\x).
Lvs 3-lobed, rather small, rounded or
rarely euneate at the base, usually
pubescent below On young plants and
vigorous shoots, the Ivs are like those
of the type SS 13 020 Var magni-
ficum, Schwerm Fall-coloring of the
Ivs scarlet with green veins. M D.
1910 1 — The foim distributed as v.'ir.
Rchlcsingen, Schwerm, does not differ
from the type
Section SACCHARINA
38 sacchamm, Marsh (A sacchdn-
num, Wang, not 'Linn. A barbatwm,
Michv ) SUOAII or HOCK MAPLE Fig
98 Large tree, 120 ft , \\ith grav bark'
Ivs 3- 5-lobed, cordate, 3-0 in long, with narrow and
deep sinuses, lobes acuminate, sparingly dentate, usu-
ally glaucous and glabrous beneath corymb hairy, fr.
with slightly spreading wings, glabrous E N Amer.
SS 2 90 Em 558 HT 321 On 05, p 55 (habit).
— An excellent street, and shade tree of upright, dense
Growth, turning bright yellow and scarlet in autumn.
t does well in almost every soil. Var Rugeln, Rehd.
(A Rugeln, Pax, A Bacchant in var barbatum, Trel )
LVH 3-lobed, generally broader than long, 2-5 in
across, pale- green or glaucous beneath, and at length
mostly glabrous, coriaceous, lobes nearly entire. Central
states S S 2 91 (as var rngrum) Var monumentale,
Schvverm (.4 ruqium var monumentale, Rehd). Of
upright, columnar habit
39 flondanum, Chapm (A barb&tum var flonda-
num, Sarg ) Tiee, rarely 50 ft , \vith pale bark Ivs.
mostly truncate at the bate, 3-lobed, ll;j~3 in across,
glaucous beneath, pubescent, lobes obtuse, entire or
slightly 3-lobed corymb sparmglv hairy or nearly gla-
brous fr sparingly villous, finally glabrous Clulf
states SS 2 91 GF 4.148
40 nigrum, Michx (A sacchdnnum var riiqrum,
Torr & Gray A. sdcchfirum var nigrum, Brit)
BLACK MAPLE Fig 99 Large tree, 120 ft , with black
bark Ivs cordate, with the sinus mostly closed, gener-
ally 3-lobed, 5-0 in across, with broad sinuses, the
sides of the blade mostly drooping, green and pubes-
cent beneath; lobes acute, entire or obtusely toothed*
fr with diverging wings Central states. SS. 13.025.
H T 320 — Similar to A snccharum, but of duller
appearance and less dense habit
ACER
203
41. leucoderme, Small (A. sdccharum var leuco-
(terme, Sarg ). Tree, to 25, rarely to 40 ft , with light
gray or grayish brown bark. Ivs 3-5-lobed, 2-3 J^ in
across, truncate or slightly cordate at the base, bright
> ellow-green and soft-pubescent beneath; lobes acu-
minate, smuately dentate corymbs glabrous, fr. vil-
99. Acer nigrum.— -Black Sugar Maple
lous, finally glabrous, wings wide-spreading FVom N.
C to Ga and La S S 13 021 — Sometimes planted as
a street tree in Ga and Ala ; hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum
42 grandidentatum, Nutt Tree; 40 ft , with dark
brown bark petioles comparatively short Ivs.
slightly coi date, 3-5-lobed, \\ith bioad smuse-, 2-3 in.
across, pubescent beneath, coriaceous, lobes acute or
obtuse, entire or slight h 3-lobed corymbs frw-fld ,
hauy, short-stalked Rocky Mts. SS "2 92 —Hardy
at the Arnold Arboretum
43 diab6hcum, Koch Tree, to 30 ft branchlets
pubescent Ivs 5-lobecl, cordate or subcordate, 4-6
in across, p;ile green beneath and spanngly pubescent;
lobes broadl} o\ ate-acummate, coarsely and remotely
dentate \\ith acute or obtu^ish teeth fls from lateral
leafless buds, stammate on long and pendulous, hairy
pedicels, sepals wholly or partly connate, petals want-
ing, pistillate in feu-fid racemes, sepals and petals dis-
tinct pedicels of the fr } > -2 in long; nutlets thick,
st rongl\ \emed, bristly, \\mgs upright or slightly
spreading Japan G C* 11 15 532 S T S 1 07 Var.
purpurascens, Rehd (A purpunhcens, Franch & Sav,
A puhhrum, Lavallc") Fls purple l\s turning red in
autumn S 1 F. 1 05 — Hard} at the Arnold Arboretum;
similar to A p<*eudoplatn>nu>, hut Ivs. larger; the var.
purpuni^ccn^ is to be leeomrnendcd for its early-appear-
ing purple fls
Section TRIFOLIATA.
44 nikoense, Maxim Fig. 100 Tree, 40 ft branch-
lets pubescent 1ft s ovate or oblong-elliptic, short-
stalked, acute, entire or obtusely den-
tate, 2-5 m long, villous-puhescent
beneath, petioles hairy, ^-l}i in.
long corymb few-fld , pubescent fr on
nodding pedicels ^ ^-^m long, nutlets
thick, hairy, \\mgs upright, curved
inwaul Japan, Cent China G F
0.155 (adapted in Fig 100 ) Gt 41, p
149 SI F 1 08 JHS 29 81 R H.
1912120,127 —Very distinct; Ivs
turning biilhant scarlet in autumn
45 griseum, Pax (A nilotnte var.
griseum, Franch ) Tree, to 25 ft , with
cinnamon-brown bark separating in
thin flakes branchlets pubescent Ifts
short-stalked, elliptic or ovate-oblong,
1-2 in long, acute, coarsely toothed with
large blunt ish teeth, the lateral ones
204
ACER
ACER
.,.-.-.„..- gin, entire or
nearly so on the inner, glaucous and pubescent beneath;
petioles densely hairy fls. rather large, in few-fld.
hairy corymbs' fr. pendulous on short stalks, with the
peduncle scarcely ^m. long; nutlets thick, tomentose;
wings spreading at an acute angle. W. China — J H S.
29 98, R.H. 1912 : 127.— Remarkable for its flaky
bark, resembling that of the river birch; hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum.
46. mandshftncum, Maxim Shrub or small tree'
branchlets glabrous Ifts oblong or oblong-lanceolate,
2-3 ^£ in long, short-stalked, acuminate, remotely and
obtusely serrate, glabrous, glaucous beneath, petioles
glabrous, red, 2-4 m long fls. in few-fld. glabrous
corymbs, fr. on stalks }-2~%m long, nutlets thick,
glabrous: wings spreading at obtuse angles Manchuria.
— Graceful maple, hardy at the Arnold Arboretum, the
red color of the slender If -stalks contrasts well with
the dark green foliage.
Section NEGUNDO.
47. Henryi, Pax. Tree, to 30 ft branchlets slightly
pubescent', Ifts. 3, elliptic, 2-3 >£ in. long, stalked,
acuminate, entire or coarsely serrate, pale green and
pubescent beneath, petioles finely puberulous fls
nearly sessile, small, greenish m slender pendulous
>ubescent racemes, lateral, without Ivs or with *mall
ivs at the base fr glabrous, short-pediceled, in
pendulous racemes with the stalk 4-7 in long, wings
upright or slightly spreading Cent China J H 8
29 93, 96 (as A sutchueneni>e) — Hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum — It has been concluded that this and the
following species which have been hitherto referred to
the preceding section are more closely related to A.
Negundo and therefore better transferred to this section
48 cissifdlium, Koch (Negundo cissifdlium, Sieb &
Zuce. Crula cissifbha, Niemvl ) Small tree' Ifts 3,
stalked, ovate or elliptic, acuminate, coarsely serrate,
sparingly ciliate, 2-3^ in. long, light green beneath ana
glabrous, or nearly so: racemes slender, rnany-fld , pu-
P'
Iv
100 Acer nlko»nse. ( X H)
bescent; pedicels less than %m long; sepals and petals
4, small' fr. in pendulous racemes; wings slightly
spreading. Japan S.I F 2 41 — Handsome, round-
headed tree, with slender, spreading branches and
graceful bright green foliage, turning orange-yellow
and scarlet in autumn; hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
49. Negtindo, Linn. ( Negundo fraximfbhum, Nutt.
N aceroldeSy Mocnch. Rulac Negundo, Hitchc.).
ASH-LEAVED MAPLE. Box
ELDER Fig 101 Large
tree, 70 ft Ivs pinnate;
Ifts 3-5, ovate or oblong-
lanceolate, coarsely ser-
rate or 3-lobed, mostly
glabrous, 2-5 in long fls
before the Ivs , stammate
fls m pendulous corymbs,
pistillate fls in pendulous
racemes K N Amer
SS 2-96 Michx. Hist
Arb 2 18 H T 336 — '
Large, rapid-growing tree
of spreading habit, thriv-
ing best in moist and rich
soil. Much prued in the
W , where it withstands cold and
dry ness Largely used for shelter-
belts and for planting timber-
claims Var calif6rnicum, Sarg.
(A cahfornicum, Dietr. Negundo
calif ornicum, Torr & Cray).
Branches pubescent when young'
Ifts 3, of firmer texture, densely
pubescent beneath' fr not con-
stricted at the base W N. Amer.
SS 2 97 Nutt N Amer Sylv
2 72 Var. pse&do-calif6rmcum,
Schwerm (A cahftirnicum, Hort *
A. Negundo var. cahfdrmcum,
Kirch n ) Branches green, bloomy,
of vigorous growth Yar viola-
ceum, Kirchn (A 'jrahfornicum,
Hort ) A vigorously growing
form branches purplish with
glaucous bloom or finely pubes- 101 Raceme of young
cent when young Var. arg6nteo- fruit of box elder —
vanegatum, Bonamy Lvs with Acer Negundo (Nat.
broad white margin Probably
the most effective of all variegated hardy trees F S.
17 1781 Cn 68, p 402 (habit) C. 2 37; 11.97
(habit) Var. adreo-vanegatum, Booth (var. aitreo-
macutitlum, Schwerm) Lvs spotted with yellow.
Var. aftreo-marginatum, Dieck LVB with yellow mar-
Sn. Var aura turn, Spaeth (var califdrnicwn aiireum,
ort.) Lvs. yellow R B 1906 197 Var crispum, G.
Don Lfts curled These horticultural varieties may
be grafted on common box elder seedlings Box elder
also grows from hardwood cuttings, like the grape.
Two new forms have been recently described as new
species by Britton* A interior, distributed from Al-
berta and Mont to Ariz, and New Mex (B T 655),
and A K\ngn (B T 656), from Utah, they are closely
allied to var. cahfornicum, but differ in their glabrous
foliage; in the first the wings of the samara are adnate
to the nutlet only to or above the middle, in the sec-
ond the wings reach the point of union of the nutlets.
4 acummdtum, Wall (A caudatum, RrandiH, not Wall A.
Rtercuhaerum, Koch, not Wall ) Allied to A argutum Tree Ivs
-Wobed, 3-4^ in long, glabrous and light green beneath, lobes
long-acuminate, and doubly serrato wings of fr spending at a
right angle Himalayas G C II 15 M4 (as A caudatum)
Tender at the Arnold Arboretum —A ambiguum, Dippel Allied
to A pictum Lvs pilose beneath fls and fr unknown Doubtful
spet les of unknown origin — A dmplum, Rehd Allied to A longipes.
Tree, to 35 ft Ivs 5-lobed, 4-7 in broad, glabrous corymb nearly
senile, 5-6 in across Cent China — A barbintrve, Maxim.
Allied to A argutum Shrubby tree Iva 5-lobed, coarsely serrate:
pistillate racemes usually 7-nd, fr larger Manchuria. 8 T 8.
ACER
ACHILLEA
205
1 86 — A. B6sci\, Spach. Probably hybrid. A. monspessulanum X
tatancum — A. bremlobum, Hesse=A parviflorum — A. c&sium,
Wall Allied to A msigne Tree Ivs. 5-lobed, glabrous, whitish
beneath, 6-8 in across, lobes acuminate, obtusely creuulate-ser-
rate Himalayas Not hardy N —A capllhpea. Maxim Allied to
A rufinerve Tree, to 30 ft Ivs 3-lobed, glabrous beneath, red
when unfolding, 3^-5 in long fls on slender stalks about ^m
long Japan 8 T S 1 16 Not perfectly hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum — -A cauddtum, Brancns=A acummatum — A cin-
erdscens, Boiss Shrub or small true Ivs 3-lobed, Vi-'l in long
Similar to A monspessulanum Persia —A conareum, Tsch
(A creticum, Tratt A polymorphum, Spach) Probably A
creticumx pseudoplatanus — 4 crdtsipes, Pax Supposed to be a
hybrid between A obtusatum and A pennsylvamcum — A
crdsmpes, Hesse=A parviflorum — A crtticum, Linn —A on-
entale —A crtticum, Tratt =A conaceum -A Dieckn, Pax (A
platanoides var integnlobum, Zabel) Similar to A platanoides,
but lobes entire, probably A Lobeln Xplatanoidos — 4 fhnti/lum,
Sieb & Zuoo Allied to A oblongum Tree Ivs ovate, 5-7 in long,
cordate, crenately serrate, light green and lustrous beneath Japan,
GC II 15499 SI F 241 J II S 29 76 —A Durtltii, Pax
Probably A monspessulanum X pseudoplatanus — A eri&nthum,
Schwenn Allied to A caudatum Small tree Ivs 5-lobed, 2-3} i
in long, lobes broad, uneejually and simply serrate, nearly glabrous
beneath fls with densely villous disk W China S T S 1 SO —
A Fargeii, Franch (A lajvigatum var Furgesu, \eiteh) Allied
to A oblongum Tree, to 30 ft Ivs coriaceous, lanceolate-ob-
long, 2 3}.£m long, narrowed at the base, peunmervid, glabrous,
light green beneath, not reticulate W China J H S 29 41 —
A flabflUUum, Rehd Allied to \ Ohvenanum Tree, to 30 ft
Ivs 7-lobed, deeply cordate, 3-5 in across, light green beneath
and villous along the veins Cent China STS 1 81 —-/I
FranchetH, Pax Tree, to 15 ft Ivs 3-lobed, slightly pubes-
cent beneath or glabrous at maturity and light green, 3-4 in long,
lobes broadly ovate, acute, remotely toothed fls in short pubes-
cent racemes from lateral leafless buds, with the Ivs fr with
the wings spreading at right angles or less, nutlets thick, hairy
winter-buds with numerous imbricate se ales Cent China STS
1 87 Belongs to the section Lithoc-arna — A fulvtscens, Rehd
Allied to A pictum Tree, to 60 ft Ivs usually 3-lobed, 2 4
in across, beneath covered with a yellowish or fulvous pubes-
cence W China Hardy at the Arnold Arboretum — A htttro-
phyllum, Willd=-=A orientale— 4 HoAkeri, Miq Allied to A
Davidn Tree, 60 ft Ivs cordate-oblong, serrate, 10 in long,
quite glabrous beneath Himalayas — A hylndum, Spach Prob-
ably A italum X pseudoplatanus — 1 hybridum, Baudr =A
Boscu — A Li'viaatum, Wall Allied to A oblongum Small tree
Ivs oblong, nearly entire, attenuate at the base, peiimnervcd,
beneath Himalayas, China -A Lingatum. Hort -A
latum— ,4 Lobthi, Ten Allied to A cappadocieum
Branches glaucous Ivs routidtd at the base, lobes mostly undu-
lated, abruptly pointed Italy -4 Maximowiczii, Pax (A urophyl-
lum, Maxim) Allied to A Tschouosku Small tree Us 3-5-lobed,
doubly serrate, thf> middle lobe much elongated, long-acuminate,
glaucescent beneath, glabrous, 2 3 in long fr slender-stalked,
wings spreading at an obtuse angle Cent ( hina STS 1 SI —
A Mdyrn, Schwenn Allied to A eappadocicum and A amplum
Tree with smooth bark Ivs usually 3-fobod, glabrous, 3 in acioss,
lobes very broad, long-acuminate wings of fr upright, incurved
Japan —A mexic&num, Pax (Negundo mexicanum, DC A ser-
ratum, Pax) Allied to A Negundo Lfts 3, pubescent hem ath,
densely serrate fr glabrous, wings spreading at an acute angle.
Mex— 1 micrdnthum, Sieb & Zucc Allied to A Tschemoskn Shrub
or small tree Ivs 5 7-lobod, lobes incised and doubly serrate, gla-
brous fls anrlfr small SZ 1 141 SIF 2 11 -A mapohthnum,
Ten =A obtusatum — A nrglfctum, I auge (A zoexe honsc. Pax)
Probably A c ampestre X Lobeln Var Annse, Schwenn Young Ivs
deep red, later olive-green M D 190S 1 — A ofe/wstl/uwi, Waldst &
Kit (A neapohtanum, Ten ) Allied to A Opalus Small tree or
shrub Ivs 5-lobed, pubescent beneath, about 4 in across, lobes
broad, often rounded, obtusely denticulate wings of fr spreading
at a right angle or less S Ku , N Afr H W 3, p 47 Tender at
the Arnold Arboretum — A orient/lie, Linn (A creticum, Linn A
sempervirens, Linn A heterophyllum, Willd ) Allied to A mon-
epessulanum Shrub, 4 ft Ivs nearly evergreen, shoit-stilkcd,
orbicular or oval, entire or 3-lohed, }^-l}i in long, glabrous
Orient —A parvifldrum, Franch & Sav (A crassipes, Hesse, not
Pax A brevilobum, Hesse) Allied to A caudatum Tree Ivs
3-5-lobod, pubescent beneath, 4-b in across, lobes broadly ovate,
acute, doubly serrate wings of fr spreading at an obtuse angle
Japan S I F 2 42 Not quite hardy at the Arnold Arboretum —
A pectmAtum, Wall Allied to A pennsylvamcum Tree Ivs
3-lobed, setosely serrulate, 2)^-3} 2 m acioss, the middle lobe
elongated, acuminate Himalayas GC II 15365 — A Perdnai,
Schwenn Supposed hybrid of A Opalus X monspessulanum
Originated at Vallombrosa near Florence — A robustum. Pax Allied
to A palmatum Small tree Ivs 7-9-lobed, cordate, 3 -4 in across,
glabrous beneath except the tufts of hairs in the axils of the veins,
lobes ovate, acuminate, sharply serrate wings of fr nearly hori-
zontally spreading Cent China — A rotundllobum, Schwerm
(A barbatum, Booth, not Michx ) Possibly A obtusatum X
monspessulanum — A Schwfnnn, Pax Affinity doubtful Lvs
coriaceous, ovate-oblong, cordate, undivided or 3-lobed, glau-
cous beneath, soon glabrous, 5-7 in long fls and fr unknown.
Probably from the Himalayas Var marmardtum, Schwerm, has
the Ivs variegated with light green Var monophyUum, Schwenn,
has the Ivs 2-3 J^ in long — A sempervtreni, Linn =A orientale —
A. serr&tum, Pax=A. mexicanum — A mkkimtnse, Miq Allied
to A Davidn Tree Ivs cordate-ovate, coriaceous, long-acu-
minate, quite glabrous, entire or serrulate, 4-7 in long wings of fr
spreading at a nght angle. Himalayas — A sintnse, Pax. Allied
to A Olivenanum Tree' IVB 5-lobed, cordate or sometimes
truncate, glauceacent beneath, glabrous, 3-6 in long, lobes ovate,
acuminate, sparingly appressed-serrate panicle elongated wings
of fr spreading homontally Cent China 8 T 8 1 78 J H S.
20 92 ~A itercuhaceum, Wall (A villosum, Wall ) Allied to A,
Franchetii. Tall tree Ivs 3-5-lobed, cordate, 6-8 m across,
tornontose below, coarsely serrate racemes from lateral leafless
buds fr in long pendulous racemes, often branched at the base,
wings of fr nearly upright Himalayas — A autchuenfnse, Franch
(A sutchuensc, Pax) Allied to A mandshuncum Small tree
Ifts 3, oblong-lanceolate, unequally serrate, glaucous beneath,
l*i-3 in long corymb many-fld , rather dense Cent China
STS 2 112 — Probably not m cult , the plant figured by
Veitch under this name is A Heuryi — A teffmentdsum, Maxim
Allied to A pcnnsylvamcurn Lvs 3 -4 in long, glabrous beneath,
lobes short fls small Manchuria G C II 1575 — A trlfidum,
Hook & Arn Allied to A tatancum Small tree Ivs coriaceous,
cuneatt -obovate, 3-lobed, glaucous beneath, glabrous, 2-3 in
long, lobes entire China, Japan S/2 143 — 4 urophyllum,
Maxim —A Maximowiczu --A Vntchu, Schwenn Possibly
A crat.egifolmmXruhnerve — 4 nllA<um,Wa.\l =A stercuhaceum
— 4 TTf/wwu. Rehd Allied to A Olive nanum Tree Ivs 3-lohod,
light green beneath, glabrous, 3}2-4 in across, lobes ovate to
oblong-ovate, acuminate, entire, or sparingly serrate panicle
elongated wings of the fr spreading at a right angle Cent China.
S 1'S 1 70 — A zocschense, Pax=A ueglecturn
ALFRED REHDER.
ACERANTHUS (Acer, maple, and antho?, flower, m
allusion to the maple-like flowers) Herbendaceae.
BAHKKNWORT. A genus of 4-0 species of slender,
hardy, herbaceous perennials from Ternp Asia and
Algeria, related to the native twin-leaf, Diphylleia. Fls.
variously colored, racemose; sepals 7-8, petaloid, the
green
102. Achillea Millefohum var. rubrum. ( x
outer ones smaller than the inner, petals flat. Ivs,
solitary — Not commonly cult and the following seen
only in botanic gardens
A diphyltus, Morr <fe Decne (Epimedmm diphyllum, Lodd ).
Plant rhuomatous Ifts obliquely cordate, gre-en above, glaucous
hencith fls small, bluish white Japan B M 3448 L B C.
19 l858' N. TAYLOR.
ACHANIA Malvamscus.
ACHILL^A (its virtues said to have been discovered
by Achilles) Comp6i,ita> Includes Ptarmica About
100 species, some of which are hardy herbaceous bor-
der and alpine perennials of easy culture
Leaves simple or compound, often ternate' fl -heads
small, corymbose or racemose; receptacle nearly flat
206
ACHILLEA
ACHIMENES
or convex, chaffy; ray fls. pistillate, fertile, the rays
white or pink; disk fls perfect, fertile.
Most of the achilleas can be grown in ordinary gar-
den soil, preferring open sunlight and well-drained
situations Some are alpine or
sub-alpine and require rock-
garden conditions These are
indicated under the individual
species. Dwarf kinds make
carpets in dry, sunny places,
large kinds suitable for wild
gardens
Propagation in spring by
division, cuttings and seeds,
chiefly by the first method and
easily accomplished
A. Rays about 5, except in
double forms, half as long
as the ovate-oblong invo-
lucre, fl? white, icd, or
yellow
B Fh white or red
Millefdlium, Linn MILFOIL.
YARROW Height 1-3 ft Ivs
bipmnately parted, segms
linear, 3-5 cleft fls m flat
corymbs June-Oct, Eu . Asia,
Amer Common in past-
ures — Less commonly
cult than vars rfcbrum
(Fig 102) and rdseum,
with red or purple fls
BB Flt> ?/< llow
Tournef6rtii, DC (A.
yqtjptKu a, \j\r\n ) Height
12-18 in Ivs pmnati-
sect, segms roundish,
coarsely toothed fls
pale yellow June-Oct
Greece.
filipendulma, Lam (A
Eupatbrium, Bieb ) Fig
103. Height 4-5 ft.: st erect, furrowed, glandular
spotted and almost hairy fls. yellow in dense, convex
compound corymbs, often 5 'in. across June-Sept.
Orient — Needs staking
holosericea, Sibth & Sin Similar to preceding, but
not glandular spotted fls as m A filipenduhnn, but
corymbs simple, terminal, and the petals scaicely as
long as the bracts of the mvoluero Mts of Gicece
Summer — More suitable to semi-alpine situations
than A Jllipendidina
tomentdsa, Linn. A woolly, carpet-like plant for
rockeries Height 8-10 in. Eu \ Orient, N Amer B M
498 Gn 52, p 421.
VA. Rays 6—20, as long as or Imiger than the rotund or
campanulate involucre', fls white
B Lvs not divided.
Ptfirmica, Linn (A. macrocephala, Pill & Mittcrb )
SNEEZE WORT. Height 1-2 ft Ivs seirate fls in
loose corymbs, all summer North temperate regions —
Its full-double var The Pearl (Fig 104) is much used
for cut-flowers and m cemeteries, and is one of the most
popular of all hardy herbaceous plants There are
many other varieties.
lingulata, Waldst (A buglbssis, Hort.) A stiff, sim-
ple-stemmed perennial, simulating A Ptarmica, but
hairy Jvs broadly spatulate, the petiole long-attenuate
and dotted heads corymbose, the fls. numerous,
petals 3-4 times as long as the involucre. Sub-alpme.
Hungary and southward. Summer.
103. Achillea fllipendulina.
(Plant xH)
sibirica, Ledeb (A mongblica, Fisch. A. Ptarmi-
coldes, Maxim ). Denser than the last, more erect and
rigid height U->-2 ft., fls larger and in more compact
corymbs July-Sept.
grandifldra, Bieb A smooth and erect perennial
Ivs narrowly linear, narrower than in any of the
Ptarmica group, distinctly serrulate corymbs simple or
sometimes loosely branched, the peduncles 4-5 times
longer than the head; fls white, large and moie showy
than most of the genus, longer than the bunts of the
involucre. Sub-alpine and scarcely good for ordinary
garden conditions Caucasus June, July.
BB. Lvs deeply divided
macrophylla, Linn Height 3 ft Ivs long, broad.
July Alps (in. 52, p 421 --Better suited to shrub-
beiy than to herbaceous bolder
Clavenae, Lmn (commonly spelled A Clavcnnx.
A aryentfd, Hort, not Lain) Dwaif, tufted, hoary
alpine plant, height 10 in Ivs dentate at apex;
segms obtuse fls spring and summer Eu. B M.
1287 Gn 52, p 421 —Thrives in sand
A \atratum, Lmn Fls yellow Eu — A aatratifMui, Benth.
& Hook (\nthenus Aizoon) Tufted, woolly, Mlv.iy gray fls.
white May, June Alps —A atpltntfttta, V< nt LVH pinnate,
smooth fls white There is a red-fid form N \mcr-4 alrnla,
Lmn Dwaif, tufted, aromatic nidital Ivs pelmlute, cauhne Ivs.
ptnnattsect fls white Alps — .1 nurea, I am Us golden yellow,
the sr.ds stipitalt Ivs woolly Vug, S. pt 8 Eu « Chry-
santhemum aehilha-folium (which se« ) -- 1 ,/i,«M,a»a, Schrad
Lvs undivided fls pile yellow July En - t Ihrbardtn, All.
Dw irf, tutted, aromatic alpine Ivs undivided, serrite- fla.
white May, June — 4 Uyiiitica, All Lvs pinnitihd fls white
Eu , (hunt — t mituliiita, Jatcj J vs smooth, pmn ite ly parti d,
loins uncut fls white Eu -A ntrta, I inn Dwarf, hairy,
woolly, aromatic Ivs pmnatisret fls white Spnng Eu l\ed
in making Chartreuse — 1 oilornta, Linn Lvs pinn'ilisort, lobes
rut fiS white— 1 i>ectin,,tn, W illd Us pale yellow —4 rup/s-
tns, Huter TVS ' jm lung, tmear-sp itulate, entire S Italy
BM 0901—1 tnntolinottltt, L ig 1 ft Ivs pimiatiscc t, hairy-
woolly fls v\ln'e July Spun— 1 simihi.IM/ Lvs pmnatihd,
woolly fls white SibeniC) - t ,W«i/ui, Hort Us goldtri yel-
low, fragrant Asia Minor — ,1 urnb,ll,iln, Sibth \try woolly
rock plant, 1-3 in Ivs pinna tifid, lobes oblong, bluntish, entire
or serrate fls white June Greece - A v«lesia«t, Stem Lvs
pmnately parted fls whit.- June-Aug Eu Othi r trade names
known in hoit or botanical literature 'N> TAYLOR f
ACHIMENES (Greek, cheunaino, to suffer from
cold) Including tichteria Ge^ntiacf^ Greenhouse
heibs, allied to gloxinias, native to tropical America,
grown for bloom in late spring and in summer
P I a n t upright,
erect, or drooping:
Ivs opposite or
whoilcd, serrate or
toothed, mostly
hairy undeigiound
sts sc.tly and catkin-
like, and simi-
lar growths
sometimes mv\
the axils of the'}
Ivs fls axil- ^
lary, 5 calyx-
lobes narrow
and short , corolla-
tube cylindrical and
limb spreading, an-
thers 4, connivent in
the tube, and a rudi-
ment of a fifth sta-
men, style long, usu-
ally exscrted, the stigma dilated or obscurely 2-lobed.
— Perhaps 40 species
The garden achimenes are much confused by hy-
bridization, and it is doubtful whether any of the pure
species are in general cultivation in this country. Years
ago, the small red-flowered types (of the coccmea sec-
tion) were frequent, but modern evolution has proceeded
from the broad-flowered purple species The species
104. Achillea
Ptarmica var.
The Pearl.
ACHIMENES
ACHIMENES
207
105 Achimenes, tubers of
the coccmea section.
described further on seem to have contributed most
largely to the present garden forms Some of the best
species are A longiflora, purplish blue, A lonqiflora
var alba maxima, the best white kind; A patens var
major, a large flower of purplish rose, A pedunculata,
orange, A heferophylla, tubular, a fiery orange at one
end and blazing yellow at the other There are many
named varieties, some of the names being Latin in
form In the grandi flora
group the tubers or bulbs
are clustered; in the longi-
flora group the tubers are
pear-shaped bodies, growing
on the ends of root-like
rhizomes The coccmea
(Fig 105) and hirsuta
groups are late bloomers
The rhizomes of aehi-
mcncs bhould be removed
from their winter quarters
and bpread out thinly in
boxes, using a size some 3
inches deep, and a light
open mixture of leaf-mold
and band to stait them in
The lower inch in the box
should be covered with some
material that will act as
drainage, then cover with
an inch or so of the compost,
and spread out the rhizomes
on this and cover \\ith half
an inch of the mixture w hich
has been passed through a half-inch mesh .sieve Place
in a moist house in a temperature of 00° to 05° F and
water sparingly until the \oung growths appear When
these are some 2 inches high, they should be lifted
from the boxes with the material that is attached to
the roots and potted up into 5- or 6-inrh pots or S-inch
pans, spacing them equally, and using some ten to
fifteen growths for each pot or pan The material used
for this potting should be nch in humus and of A very
open porous nature, so as to prov ide free access of air
to the roots and at the same time allow any excess of
water to pass away freely A useful mixtuie for this
purpose is equal parts of loam, leaf-mold and sand
About one-third the depth of the pots or pans should
be occupied with drainage All the rhizomatous forms
of achimenes are shallow-rooting, so that there is no
advantage in using laige and deep pots This method
of starting the rhizomes first and then potting those
that have been started together, is much to be piefer-
red to potting them up directly into the flowering
sizes, which method, however, is practised by manv
cultivatois The advantage of the method advised is
that all the pots are filled regulaily with growths of
equal si/e and vigor, whereas in the other and older
method the rhizomes often start irregularly and the
pots are only paitially filled with growths After pot-
ting up, the pots should be replaced again in the same
house as the rhizomes were started in, and kept shaded
from all hot sun From this penod onward, growth is
rapid and care must be taken not to allow any of them
to suffer for want of moisture at the roots, or failure
will ensue When the plants are 6 or 8 inches high,
feeding with weak liquid manure should begin, and
should be continued regularly until the plants show
signs of exhaustion after flowering When the flowers
appear, the plants should then be removed to a some-
what drier airy greenhouse, kept at a temperature of
about 50° F , where they will remain until the flower-
ing season is over They may then be removed to a
greenhouse or coolframe to ripen up The water-sup-
ply should be gradually reduced until the plants die
down The best method of storing the rhizomes is to
shake entirely out of the old soil, mix them up in a box
of sand, and keep them entirely dry in a shed which
does not fall below a temperature of 45° F until the
time comes round for starting them again in March or
April — Propagation is readily effected by means of the
rhizomes Each of these may be used for forming one
or many plants Some of the kinds form numerous
scaly buds or short rhizomes in the axils of the upper
leaves, these may be .saved and treated in exactly the
.same way as the undei ground rhizomes for propaga-
tion Cuttings of any of the sorts root readily in a
moist warmhouse in summer-time Every node may
be used for btoek and the parts may be inserted with-
out removing the leaves —All members of the genus,
including the numerous garden forms, are of the easiest
possible culture, and there are few greenhouse plants
that \\ill furnish such a display of flowers at such a
little cost in time and attention Some of the forms
of weak habit make charming subjects for glowing as
basket plants (C P Raflill J
\ Fl* colored, the tube usually not more than twice the
length of tht limb
B. Blossoms .small, red, scarlet, or oranqe the limb narrow
and t>owetinni> nut ittuch spreading
ocellata, Hook Rhizomes small and tuberous st
1-2 ft l\s rich gieen above and purple beneath, ovate,
strongly serrate, \\ith conspicuous purplish petioles
fls small, 1 in long, broad-tubed, spotted with black
and >ellov\, the lobes short and obtuse and well sepa-
rated, drooping on reddish peduncles Panama B M
4359 — Fine for foliage
coccinea, Pers Fig 10") Height 1-2 ft st reddish
Ivs 3-whorled or opposite, green, ovate-acuminate,
senate fls small, scarlet, the corolla twice longer than
the erect lanceolate parted cal>\ on short peduncles
Minute Ivs often borne in the axils Blooms late
Jamaica — One of the older t> pes
heterophylla, DC (.1 ignftcens, Lem A Ghu>
brtchtu, Hort ). Root fibrous st 1 ft or less, dark pu,-
plc, somewhat hairy Ivs ovate-acuminate, stalked, ser-
rate, the 2 of each pair usually unequal in size fls
solitary, on peduncles somewhat longer than the It -
st Uks, long-tubular and slightly curved, with a narrow
n< arly equal flar-
ing limb, rich
scarlet, yellow
within. Mex.
B M 4871 —
This species has
tubers like those
of the giandi-
ilora section
pedunculata,
Be nth Rhi-
zomes scaly st
1 ' 2-2 ft , hairy,
reddish, <,uber-
bcaring Iv
opposite, small,
ovate, sharply
serrate, green,
hairy, on short
reddish stalks
fls medium size,
drooping and dilated upwards, yellow-red with dark
markings and a yellow throat, the limb comparatively
shoit, on long (4-5 in ) bracted sts Guatemala B M
4077
BB Blossom large, with wide-flaring limb, mostly violet in
main color
longifldra, DC (.1 Jaurcguia, Warscz ) Fig 106
Rhizomes root-like and filiform, producing pear-shaped
tubers at their ends st 1-2 ft , hairy Ivs opposite or
3-4-whorled, ovate-oblong, seirate. hairy, paler and
106. Achimenes longiflora. ( X H)
208
ACHIMENES
ACINETA
sometimes tinted beneath: fls solitary, the corolla sal-
ver-shaped, with a long and graceful tube, the limb
very large and widely spreading, violet-blue and whit-
ish beneath, the lowest segm sometimes divided.
Guatemala. B M 3980 P M 9.151 —A popular blue
type. Var dlba mdxnna, Hort Fls large, white.
grand ifldra, DC Fig 107 Lvs mostly larger than
in last, rusty below fls. often more than one from
an axil, very large, distinctly red-tinged Mex B M.
4012 — A popular red or wine-colored type.
patens, Benth Height 1-1 Jij ft Ivs unequal,
ovate-acuminate, hispid and serrate1 fls violet-blue,
with downy calyx, tube shorter than spreading crcnate
limb Var major, Hort Large-fld Mex
AA Fit* pure ivlute, the tube 3—4 (t mcs the length of the limb.
tubifldra, Nichols , Suppl p 183 (Gloxinia tubiflora,
Hook Doluhodhra tubifldra, Hanst ). St. short, with
opposite oblong-
acummate, crenate,
short-pet loled Ivs
fls 4 in long,
curved, gibbous at
the base, the tube
downy, the pedicels
opposite and 2 in.
long Argentina B
M 3971 —Tubers
solid, much like a
potato
A amdbihs, Decne =>
Nffgelm mill ti flora —
A atrosangumea, Lindl
=A foliosa — ^1 ain~
dida, Lindl — Dicyrta
Candida — A cuprenta,
Hook =EpiH(ea cupre-
ata — A fohosa, Morr
Lvs cordate, unequal.
fls crimson, with Bac-
cate tube 1 in long,
with narrow limb Gua-
temala — A glojnnue-
fldra, 1'orkel —Gloxinia
plabrata — A hirittta,
DC Loose grower st
bulbiferous fls rather
large, with swollen tube
and oblique limb, rose,
with yellow and spotted
throat Gua-
temala B M
4144 P M 12
7 Once popu-
lar—.4 Kleh,
Paxt Dwarf
fls pink -pur-
ple P M 16.
289 Form of A.
longi flora —A
lanhta, Hanst.
(Scheena lan-
ata, H.mst )
Woolly or
'hite-hairy fl pinkish or lilac, large and showy Mex B M 4963
lit to 4954) —A multifldra, Gardn Hairy Ivs broad
107 Achimenes grandiflora. ( X X.)
(al
t to 4954) — A muUifldra, Gardn Hairy Ivs broad-ovate fls.
blue, frn«ed Brazil BM 3993 —A picta, Benlh =Tydsea picta
— A rtisea, I indl Fls pink or rose, the peduncles many-fld
Guatamala — A Schetnl, Hernsl (Scheena mexicana, Seem )
Erect, with purple or blue, large and showy fls Mex B M 4743
— A Sktnnen, Gord ,=A hir«uta — Garden forms and hybrids arc
A flonbunda, A intermedia, A Jtiyu, A Mountfordn, A nsrge-
hoirfes, A n&na, A wnu&ta (P M 15 121), A Verscliaff(U\\
L II B
ACHLYS (the goddess of obscurity). Berbendacex.
Hardy herbaceous perennial allied to the may-apple,
and sometimes so called where wild Lvs all radical,
with 3 Ifts • fls minute, apetalous, numerous, spicate,
on a slender scape fr very small, at first pulpy but
becoming dry — Species 2, one of them Japanese
triphylla, DC Rootstock terminated by a strong,
scaly winter-bud Ivs 1 or 2, on petioles 1 ft. or more
long; Ifts. fan-shaped, sinuate-dentate, 2^x5 m •
scape 1 ft. long- spike 1 in long Spring Calif to
Brit. Col , in shady woods — An interesting and delicate
plant Intro. 1881
ACHRAS- Sapodillo
ACHYRANTHES. Iresine
ACIDANTHfeRA (from akis, a cusp, and anthera,
an anther, in allusion to cuspidate anthers) Indacese*
Tender herbaceous perennials.
Leaves many, linear, ensiforrn, 1-1 ]/2 ft long spikes
3-6-fld., simple, lax fls long-tubed, the tube slightly
dilated upwards; stamens unilateral, inserted at or
below the throat corms roundish, flattened, covered
with a matted fiber Natives of Trop and S Afr.,
and intermediate between Gladiolus and Ixia
The propagation is by seed oi'by the numerous corms.
tricolor, Hochst Fig 108 St 15-18 in fls creamy
white, blotched chocolate-brown within, fragrant
corms J'2-l in diam Abyssinia G F 1 486, 487
(adapted in Fig 108) Gn 47 343 G C III 20 393.
Mn 8 11 — Requires a somewhat stifier soil than the
tender species of gladiolus May be grown in a tub
outdoors during summer, and flowered within during
Oct. Several corms in a large pot give good results.
Corms should be dried as soon as lifted, to prevent rot.
A scquinoctiahs. Baker St 3-4 ft, -.tout, stiffly (net hs
strongly ribbed fls about t> in a diMithous ^plk( , the tube j-0 in
long, white, blotched crimson 01 purple \vithin conns large
Sierra Leone B M 7,i(H May be u stronger-growing and more
tropical form of the above UtquiKs wsirmhouso cultun —A
cdndida, Rendle A slender, i re< t, leafy ht rb fls white. \ery sweet-
scented Trop E Afr B M 7S7<) A^ rf AYLOR t
ACIN&TA (immovable, referring to the jomtless lip)
OrchulaciJ. Epiphytic hothouse oicluds
Pseudobulbs conic or ovate, with the large plicate-
veined Ivs articulated to the summit fls fleshy,
home in pendulous racemes on lateral leafless scapes,
sepals broad, equal, finally somewhat spreading,
petals similar to the sepals but .smaller, lip flesh}',
continuous with the base of the column, the middle
lobe continuous or aitieukted, entire or 3-lohed;
polhnia 2 — About 10 species, distnbuted from Mex.
to northern S Amci
These plants requuc a warm house and plenty of
moisture dunng the growing season, with a decided
rest, to make them flower They need to be culti-
vated in wooden baskets and suspended from the roof
of the house, as the flower-spikes are always produced
from the base of the bulbs and there should be no
sary, once a week in the growing season, to take tho
plants dowrn and give a soaking by immersion, m addi-
tion to the ordinary spraying overhead from day to
day, in this way alone can one be sine of the proper
growing conditions In winter, much less water is
required Propagation is by division of the plants in
spring (Orpet )
Barkeri, Lindl (Penstena Bdrken, Bat em ) Fig 109.
Pseudobulbs conic. 4-5 in long, usually bearing 3 or
more Ivs 2-3 ft long fls yellow, striped with red-
brown, 12 or more, in pendulous racemes Mex B M.
4203 IH 2-44. Gn 54, p 332 P M 14 145 G M.
40-697
Humboldtii, Lindl (Pent>thia Humboldtii, Lindl.
A superba, Reich b ) Pseudobulbs ovate, about 3
in long, bearing 3 or 4 Ivs about 1 ft. long fls choco-
late, spotted with crimson, G or more, in pendulous
racemes Mts of N. S Amer Gn 3 11, 32, p 157:
25, p. 482 Var. Cfilmanii, Hort. Fls profusely spotted
with purple
A chrysdntha, Lindl Fls golden yellow, the hp whitish, and
the column purplish or crimson Mex —A dtnsa, Lindl (A War-
scewiczu, Klotzsch) FU in a demc raceme, pale yellow, externally
spotted with reddish brown, fragrant, lip yellow, marked with
crimson Costa Rica B M 7143 —A HrubyAna, lieichb Fla.
white, the lip spotted with purple Colombia — A. Mobre*,
Rolfe Fls straw-colored, sub-globoae, thickly brown-spotted;
ACINETA
the lip fleshy, the lateral lobes obliquely reniform, the midlobe
oblong, blunt S Amor. B M 8392 —A aulcala, Ileichb f Flu.
yellow, otherwise similar to A Hurnboldtu
GKORGK V NASH f
ACIPHtLLA (Groek for sharp-leaved) Umbelllferx
About a dozen or so herbs, all of New Zealand except 2
m the nits of Austral , sometimes seen in rock-gardens
but apparently not grown in N Amer Plant erect, and
rigid, somewhat spiny, with thick pinnate Ivs , and
the small fls in compound bracted umbels Some of
them are large plants. Allied to Ligusticum.
ACIS: Leucojum
(mucronate anthers) Sometimes
spelled Acokanth^ra Syn , TorirophUEa Apocunacex
A genus consisting of 5 species of African shrubs,
cult in greenhouses N , and outdoors in Fla and Calif
Fls with the odor of jasmine, lasting, calyx 5-partcd,
glandless, corolla 5-paited, its 5 lobes twisted In
Cent Fla , they requue some protection during the
winter Prop by cuttings taken early in the spring
spectabilis, G Don (Toxicophl&a spectdbilii*, Sond
T Thunbergii, Hort, , not Harv ) WINTER-SWEET
Lvs 3-5 in long, short petiolate, leathery, elliptic,
acute, shining above fls numerous, in dense, axillary,
branched cymes, which are sometimes 2 ft long, pure
white, veiy sweet-scented fr blackish purple,
almost as large as an olive and of the same form, con-
tains one large, nut-like seed Natal B M 6359
R II 1879 270 G F 0 185 G C 1872 363 —Poison-
ous The plants cult, under this name are said by
trade catalogues to have pink or violet fls
venenata, G Don (Toxicophl&a ce^lraHdes, DC T
Thunbergii, Harv , not Hort ) BUSHMAN'S POISON
Fls. white or rose. Differs from the above in the well-
marked venation
of the Ivs , its fls a
third smaller, its
calyx not pubes-
cent, and its
corolla - limb less
widely spreading
I H 32 553
RH 1880 370
N IVkLORf
ACCELORRHAPHE (name
of uncertain origin) Pal-
niact'y?, tribe Coryphesr A
genus of 2 species of
American palms allied to Brahea
and distinguished from it by techni-
cal characters of the albumen A.
Wrightn, Wendl , a graceful, slender
palm with almost orbicular-bladed
trunk thin, scarcely exceeding
4-7 ft Ivs long-petioled,madeupof
about 50 namnv segrns , all united
at the base Cuba and Honduras
— Has been cult outdoors at the
botanic gardens at Bvutenzorg and
Calcutta and in extreme S Fla
Unique but little known outside of
botanic gardens Grows with great
vigor in rich moist soil
N. TAYLOR.
ACONITE, WINTER: Eranthvs
A C O N 1 T U M . Ranuncuttcex.
ACONITE MONKSHOOD. WOLFS-
BANE A group of hardy ornamen-
tal, perennial herbs, much used in
borders and masses for their showy
109. Aclneta Barkeri. flowers and effective foliage
( x w Root tuberous, turnip-shaped, or
14
108. Acidanthera bicolor.
ACONITUM
thick-fibrous st tall or long, erect, ascending
ing Ivs palmately divided or cleft and cut-lobe^
large, irregular, showy, sepals 5, the large upper sep..
m shape of a
hood or h e 1-
met; petals 2-5,
small , stamens
numerous ; car-
pels 3-5, ses-
sile, many-
ovuled, form-
ing follicles
when ripened
The number of
fapecies varies
from 18-80, with
different botan-
ists Native in
mountain re-
gions of Eu ,
Temp Asia, and
5 m N Amer.
Reichenbach
Monographia
Generis Aconiti,
Leipsic, 1820,
2 vols , folio;
lllustratio Spe-
cieium Aconiti,
Leipsic, 1822-7,
folio Many spe-
cies are planted
m European gardens, but only a few have been much
used in Amer
The acomtunH yield important drugs, although
none of them is grown for this purpose in this country
The officinal aconite is domed from the roots of A
Napelluf, from England and continental Europe The
leaves are also used for medicinal purposes A japom-
cum yields Japanese aconite, 1 (hinfu^e. ihc Chinese
aconite, and A ferot the "hish" or Nepaul aconite
The poisonous alkaloid ncointm is secured from A
Naptllut, and similar alkaloids fiom ^4 fetor, A lun-
dam and A palmatum, of India. J F-ftchcn, A Lycoc-
tonurn, A wptftitnonalc Not all these species are
described here, as they are not horticultural subjects
rl hose plants present a pleasing contrast to the yel-
low helianthiib and rudbockias, tht white of Phlox
pdtuculata, to Chrysanthemum maximum and Anemone
japonica They are also effective for mixing in on
shmb borders The first season, these herbs do not
attain their full perfection Acomtums should be left
undisturbed as long us possible They will survive the
north( in winters if kept under a leaf-covering, while for
the central part of the countiy, straw or evergreen
boughs are sufficient piotection
The following species do well in any garden land, but
respond better if given very nch soil They thrive m
open sun, but floweis last longer in shaded places.
Aconites should never be planted in or too near the
kitchen-garden or the children's garden, as the roots
and some of the flowers have a deadly poison They are
suited to the back of the border, as they are tall
Propagation is effected oasil> bv division of roots m
either late fall or early spring, also bv seeds sown as
soon as mature, in warm spring, in the North, the
seeds may be started in small seed-beds in the bpnng
and then be transplanted when the seedlings are about
2 inches high. In the Central States and southward,
a year is gamed by sowing the seed m late summer or
early fall.
A. Roots globular-tuberous.
B. Lvs. deeply cut, but not to the base.
Fischeri, Reichb (A. columbidnum, Nutt. A cali-
fdrnicum, Hort.). Sts 4-6 ft . Ivs large, smooth, 3-
210
ACONITUM
ACORUS
parted, attractive: segms much cut and divided: fls.
numerous, pale blue, panicled, pedicels pubescent;
helmets hemispherico-conical Autumn N. Amer and
Asia. F 8 R 1 214 11 B 33 205 (as A smensis var
tricolor] Var Wflsonii (A Wikonu, Stapf), is a very
tall form, with violet fls R H 1910, p 223 Gn W.
21:197. Gn 64, p. 339 B M 7130 (as A. Fischeri)
Cammarum, Linn. (A decorum, Reichh. A exaltd-
tum, Bernh ) St 3-4 ft Ivs with short, blunt ish lobes:
fls pin pie or blue, panicles or loose spikes few-fld;
helmet hemispherical, closed July-Sept Hungary
Intro 1889 — A Storkianum, Roichb , is a dwarf form
of this, with fewer fls and somewhat fibrous roots
uncinatum, Linn WILD MONKSUOOD Fig 110 St.
slender, 3-5 ft , inclined to climb Ivs thick, deeply cut
into 3-5 cut-toothed lobes fls loosely panic-led, but
crowded at the apex, blue, pubescent, 1 in broad, hel-
met erect, nearly as broad as long, obtusely conical'
follicles 3 June-Sept Low grounds of Pa , S and W.
1 10 Aconitum
uncinatum.
Japan Mn 4 81 — Much planted now
BB Lvs divided to (he base.
variegatum, Linn Erect, 1-6 ft Ivs. variously di-
vided mto usually broad lobes and cut divisions, lower
petioles long, others short or none, fls in a loose pani-
cle or raceme, blue, varvmg to whitish, rather smooth,
helmet higher than wide, top curved forward, vit>or
pointed, horizontal or ascending. July
Eu — A dlbum, Ait , is a pure white-fld.
form of this, with rather fibrous roots A.
volubile, var latisectum, Hort , is a twin-
ing form of A variegatum The plants are
allowed to ramble naturally or to climb
on arbors; height 8 ft Var tennisectum,
Hort. Sts slender though not twining'
large blue fls Manchuria
AA Roots long-tuberous.
B Carpels usually 5
jap6nicum, Decne St. erect, 3-4 ft.,
smooth Ivs. dark green, shining, petioled:
lobes 2-3 times cut, the parts blunt and
deeply toothed fls large, deep blue or
violet, tinged with red, on loose panicles
with ascending branches, helmet conical,
beak abruptly pointed follicles 5 July-
Sept. Japan. Intro. 1889 R H 1851, p.
475. Var ceruleum, Hort Fls very abundant;
panicles shortened.
BB. Carpels 3 or 4-
Napellus,' Linn. (A tauncum, Jacq A pyramidalc,
Mill A. munctum, Koch). TRUE
MONKSIIOOD OFFICINAL ACON-
ITE Fig. 111. The best known
and most poisonous species, and
used in medicine Sts erect, 3-4
ft.: Ivs divided to the base, and
cleft 2-3 tunes into linear lobes
fls blue, m a raceme; peduncles
erect, pubescent; helmet broad
and low, gaping, smoothish fr
3-4-cellcd June, July Gn M.
4'34. RV 8'2 Gn 12, p 362 —
Very many varieties, differing in
shade of fls. often mottled or
lined with white. Var. album is
r early white Var. bf color and
var. versicolor, much used
in gardens for the large blue
and white fls Reichenbach
has divided this species into
20-30 species A. Hdllen
is one of his divisions ap-
111. Aconitum NapeUua pearmg in catalogues. B.M.
(x H) 8152 (as var. Emmcus]
AAA. Roots in the form of a scaly, elongated bulb,
or somewhat fib', ous.
B. Sepals deciduous.
autumnale, Reichb AUTUMN ACONITE Fig. 1 12 St.
3-5 ft : Ivs pedately 5-lobed • fls in a simple spike,
becoming a panicle, blue, lilac, or whitish, helmet
closed Sept.-Nov. N China
Lyc6ctonum, Linn (A barbd-
tum, Patr A vquarrbsum, A.
ochrolfitcum, Willd ) PALE YEL-
LOW WoLi' SHANE St slender,
simple, 3-6 ft Ivs deeply cut
into 5-9 lobes, long pf tides and
under ribs pubescent fls vellow
or \\hitish, in racemes, helmet a
\ pinched elongated cone, middle
, sepals usually beaided fr usually
3-celled. June-Sept Eu , Siberia.
B M 2570. G M 34 124.
BB Sepals pet&ibtent
Anthdra, Linn (A pyrenaicum.
Pall.) St 1-2 ft Ivs parted
almost to the base, parts deeply
cut and lobed, more or less hispid
beneath, smoothish above, peti-
oles long fls in lateral and termi-
nal racemes, pale jellow, often
large, racemes or panicles gener-
ally pubescent, spur bent back or
;<* hooked, helmet arched, but cyhn-
- dncal at base follicles 5. June,
uly S. Eu BM 2654 Var
aureum, Hort , and several
other varieties
4 chintnse, Sieb Deep blue
spike of fls from the axil of every
If fohago bold and hand ome
B M «52 P M 5 .} — A MphiM-
rWium, DC Allied to A Napel-
lus— 4 gymndndrum, M.ixim , is
a good spccus B M Hll,i — A
ileydnum, E Pntz Sts twining and ram-
China II B ,n, p 328 G 32 Jr> —A
h, <troi>hvllum, Wall 1- Is yr How .ind viokt Used
as H tome medium in Inrha BM 0092-4.
novtbornrenw. Gray Probnhly= \ pameulatum.
~\ ijumciililtum, Lam (A toxieum, Hrithb )
Has blue fls L B C 9MO--/1 pvramvlalr,
Mill Form of A Napellus-- 1 reclmatum,
Gray, of tho AlleKhames, with white fls and
largo Ivs, is worth cult — 4 ucaptiium v.ir.
pyramidali, Franeh Lvs broadly 5-lobed fls v< ry numerous
£i-l in IOUK, hdiotropo, greenish yellow at the throat Cent C lima
— A tieptentrionale \ar ettrpdticum, Sims, is a beiutiful purple
kind closely related to A Lyooetonum BM 2196— A Stork-
lAnum, Hort , may be a form of A \arieRatum, with tho Ivs so
much cut up as to give a pinnate form — A tortuf>i>um, \Villd Once
listed in the trade, not now found t^ p T)AyT8
ACORUS (ancient name of unknown meaning).
Aracfs- Hardy, herbaceous water-loving plants Lvs
sword-shaped, erect spadix appearing lateral, with no
true spathe, fls inconspicuous They thrive best in
moist soil, and may be gro\\n in shallow water or on dry
land. Prop easily in spring or autumn by division
Calamus, Linn SWEET FLAG. Height 2 ft root-
stock horizontal, pungent, aromatic fls. early summer.
N. Amer , Eu. V 2 198 Var vanegatus, Hort Lvs.
striped deep yellow when young, fading to a paler color
later in summer Eu — Commoner in cult, than the
type.
gramineus, Soland Height 8-12 in. Much smaller
than A. Calamus, forming compact, grassy tufts.
Japan Var. vanegatus, Hort Lvs striped white. —
Used in hanging-baskets, vases, rockeries and for cut-
ting. Often grown indoors
A jap6mcus argfntlo-atndtua, Hort , and A jap6mrua fbha
vaneg&tua, Hort , are catalogue names, and are referable, from de-
scription, to A gramineus, Soland var vanegatus, Hort
GEORGE V NASH.!
ACRIOPSIS
ACRI6PSIS (Greek combination for top and eye).
Orrhiddcea*. A few epiphytic orchids from the E.
Indies, with panicles of small flu with colors m green,
pink, yellow and purple, and little known in cult A.
latifdha, Rolfe, has very broad Ivs and very small
whitish yellow red-striped and spotted (is
ACRfSTA (origin of name unexplained) Pulmawne,
tribe Arecey A tall palm suitable for planting S
Leaves pinnate, usually very large, from 10-20 in
a terminal crown* mfl usually maturing well below
the Ivs, the spadix 1 -branched, the
branches coarse, tapering — Only 1
species, A monticola, confined to
Porto Hico, Cuba and St Kilts The
nearest relative, the royal palm,
differs in having a bulging trunk, and
in having 2-3-branchcd infls See
Hull Torrey Club, 28 555(1001)
This palm is not as yet common,
but well worthy of a wider cultiva-
tion It resembles the royal palm
but is shorter, and has a smooth
trunk of uniform diameter For cul-
tivation see Palms
monticola, () F Cook Thirtj-five
to 45 ft trunk smooth, with
many ring-like scars Ivs
about 6 ft, the Ifts lan-
ceolate in one plane, equally
spaced, and nearly at
i right angles to the rachis
} mfl coming out between
the Ivs , and by the elrop-
pmgof latter, appe anngwell
below the If -crown at ma-
turity, fls not we'll known
fr with lateral stigrna, gray-
ish blown, nearly smooth,
obovate, }^ \ 1 in Bull
Torrev Club, 28, pi 4 1 (as
Thrmrorna alia)
N TAYLOR.
ACKOPHYLLUM
211
112 Aconitum autumnale.
ACROCLiNIUM Ihhpterum
' ACROCOMIA (name
means a tuft of leaves at the top) Palmawjp, tribe
Hadndinta- A showy genus e>f American palms Not
popular in th° trade because1 of their spiny habit and
rather unattractive >oung state. The adult p^nts,
however, are very graceful
Leaflets narrowly linear, long, usually obliquely
acuminate, the mat gins naked and recurved, the mielrib
often spiny on lower sides of Ifts , rachis anel petioles
usually hairy, alw avs more e^r less spin) fls yellow ish,
monoecious, the spathe%s ultimately becoming woody,
calyx small, of 3 ovate sepals, corolla of 3 oblong-
lanceolate1 or ovate petals fr usually about 1 in
diam , glabrous or sometimes prickly or tomentose1
— There are only 8 species, all natives of Tre>p Amer
except A Total Mej&t closely related to Cocos, from
which the Amer species differ in having spines See
G.C II. 22 127 Bull Torrey Club, 28 505
These palms are usually spiny and have large, termi-
nal, pinnate leaves All except A Total should be grown
in a warmhouse, with a night temperature ne)t lower
than 60° They should be pottexl m soil similar to that
for the coconuts, anel, if pe>ssible, planted out directly
It has been found by some that overpotting the young
plants is a elanger likely to be incurred The palms
grow slowly and should not be transferred to a new
pot until they become almost pot-bound
Propagation is by suckers, which come freely in
most species Seeds are not known in cultivation fe>r
any of the species except A sclerocarpa.
A. Trunk greater in diam a few ft above the ground
than elsewhere, spines 6-6 in long
mfcdia, O F Cook Trunk 20-30 ft , conspicuously
thickened above the ground, spines slender, black,
mostly confined to the lowei half of the mternodes.
Ivs opening about as they are pushed out, not spire-
like, as in the royal paLrn, foiming a dense crown,
Ifts coming out from the rachis at all angles fr.
about 1 M m diam , fibrous on the outside, yellowish
— A magnificent palm, known only from U kS and not
common outside of fanciers' collections and botanic
gardens.
AA. Trunks of essentially uniform diam. near base;
spines 1-4 in long
B. IA>S more or fess spreading, and sometimes drooping'
trunk predominately spiny throughout, 10-20 ft
mexicana, Karw Trunk brown-woolly, and covered
with stout spines 1-3 in long l\s terminal, 6-8 ft.
long, the sheathing bases aimed with long black spines,
lachts and petiole spiny, Ifls rather stiff, linear, and
shining spathe very spiny fr globose, about 1 in
diam Mex — This palm is said to be perfectly hardy
at Santa Barbara, Calif
BB Lcb mure or h.w &tijf and trctt trunk? predomi-
nately more, tptny abov( than btloic, 30-40 ft
sclerocdrpa, Mart (A acuUnta, Lodd ) Fig 113.
Height 30-45 ft trunk cylindrical, about 1 ft thick,
with black spines 2-4 in long, more common toward
the summit than below l\s 12-1.") ft long, more or lese,
erect, segms in irregular groups of 2 or 3, 2-3 ft long,
/4 -1 in wide, smooth and shining above, whitish,
appressed-pilose below, entuelv free of spines, except
along the midrib on the under hide, rat his tomentose,
and bearing a few small spmes fr yellowish, a little
more than 1 in diam Brazil to W Indie s I H
15 547 —Not hardy at ( Jneco, Fla Cult m Calif but
apparently not out-of-dooi-> "Giu-gru" ami "corozo"
are native names of this palm
Total, Mart Trunk 30-40 ft , about 10-15 in
diam , clothed with stout spmes, especially near the
summit Ivs not so large as m the
preceding, green anel glabrous on
both .sides, petioles tomenlose and
a little spiny spathe \eiy spiny,
the fls yellowi-h fr globose-, jel- '
lenv, a lit tie le\ss than 1 in diam,
scarcely known in cult specimens
Paraguay and Argentine, perhaps
in Brazil — May be grown in cool-
house Offeree! in 1912 by Reasoner
Bros , Oneco, Fla
A hamnfnsw, Hort A slow-grow-
ing, thorny plant, of which htllo is
known, a trade name
N. TAYLOK
ACROPfeRA: Gongora
ACROPHtLLUM (Greek,
(op and leaf) Cunomace<i A
monotypic genus allied to Cun-
oma, containing the Australian
evergreen shrub, A. vendsum,
Benth (.1 vertmllAtum,Uw& ),
excellent for .spring flowering
in the coolhouse Prop by
cuttings in early summer Let
the plant rest during summer Do not expose to fiost.
It produces many pinkish fls in dense spicate whorls
near the top of the branches. Lvs in 3s, nearly all
terminal anel above the tis , sessile, dentate or ser-
rate, cordate and acute fls with 5 petals and 10 sta-
mens 4-6 ft BM 4050 (as A verticillatuni) .
N TAYLOR f
113. Acrocomia
sclerocarpa
212
ACROSPIRA
ACTINIDIA
ACROSPtRA (name of ambiguous application) Liltr
acex. One species, A asphodeUAdes, Wclw , from Trop.
Afr , with the habit of Eremurus, and white fls. m
spikes, has been offered in Eu.
ACROSTICHUM (derivation uncertain). Poly-
podiacex As properly delimited, a small genus of
coarse tropical swamp ferns, sometimes grown under
glass.
Stem stout, erect' Ivs clustered, erect, once-pinnate,
3-8 ft high sporangia completely covering the backs
of some or all the pinnae of the fertile Ivs.
aftreum, Linn Fig 114 Three to 8 ft long, with pinnae
6-10 m long, short-stalked, coriaceous sporangia only
on upper pinnae of fertile Ivs Fla to Brazil and in the
tropics of the Old World S 1 . 187 — Strong-growing.
One of the best Should be treated as an aquatic
excelsum, Maxon (A lomanoldes, Jenman). Similar
in size to preceding sterile Ivs also similar Distin-
guished by having sporangia on all the pinnae of the
fertile Ivs Fla to Biazil
Acrostichum has been considered to include a much
larger array of species, including, as in the pievious
editions of the Cyclopedia of Horticulture, ferns of
very diverse form and habit of growth Fern students,
however, are now united in distributing the species of
Acrosticnum as formerly understood among several
genera Thus the species included in Acrostichum m
the former Cyclopedia are here grouped m several genera
as follows Acrostichum: (as above).
Elaphoglossum : conforme, cnnitum,
flaccidum, gorgoneum, muscosum, pilo-
sum, rehculatum, simplex, sguamosum,
vicosum, villosum, Leptochilus: ahe-
nurn, mcotian&folium , Olf ersia : cervina,
Polybotrya: osrnundacea, Rhipidop-
teris: peltata, Stenochlaena : scandens,
sorbifolia. R. c BENEDICT.
ACT./EA (ancient name of the elder,
transferred by Lmnanis) Ranuncu-
lacese. AOTEA. BANEBERRY COHOSH.
Native hardy hcrbacous perennials.
Sometimes offered in collections of
hardy border plants Not to be con-
founded with blue cohosh, which is
Caulophyllum.
Leaflets of the twice- or thnre-ter-
nate Ivs ovate, sharply cleft, and cut-
toothed, fls. small, wnite, in terminal aureum(X >""
racemes, sepals 4 or 5, falling early,
petals 4-10, clawed ; stamens many : fr. a many-seeded
berry
Acteas are grown chiefly for the showy spikes of
small white flowers in spring, and handsome clusters of
berries in autumn Useful for rockery and wild gar-
den, or for clumps and borders. They thrive m rich
woods and shade.
Propagation is by seeds sown in late fall to germinate
the next spring or sown in spring. Old seed is said not
to germinate well A more satisfactory means of propa-
gation is by root-division in spring.
alba, Mill (A rubra, Bigel ) WHITE BANEBERRY.
Height 1-1 H ft.' much like A. spicata, but the Ifts.
more cut, teeth and points sharper; plant smoother:
fls white ? in an oblong raceme, and a week or two later:
pedicels in fr. very thick; turning red; berries white,
ovate-oblong, often purplish at the end. N. states
spicata, Linn. COHOSH HERB-CHRISTOPHER Plant
1-2 ft.. Ivs bi- or tnternate, serrated, fls white or
bluish, m ovate racemes in Apr to June, berries pur-
plish black, oblong. Eu., Japan. — Less cult, than the
red-fruited variety. Figured as A.racemosam G W 5:4
and 14:507. Figured as A. japonica in G M. 50 '28
and G.W. 5:3 and 15:173.
Var. rftbra, Ait. (A. riibra, Willd.). RED BANEBERRT.
Rather taller than A. alba Ivs. bi- or tnteinate, ser-
rated' fl.-cluster white, larger than in A. spicata ber-
ries bright red, very handsome Northern states.
Var arguta, Torr Sts rather taller than var rubra:
Ifts very deeply incised* racemes elongated in age:
berries either red or white. Neb., W., and N. W.
K. C DAVIS.
ACTINlSLLA (Greek, small-rayed). Tetraneuru,
Greene Comp6sitx Hardy perennials from W N.
Arner , for cult in alpmo gardens and the open bor-
der. Height 6-12 in * fls tubular and radiate, yellow,
bracts of the involucre appressed, rays 3-toothed — Of
easy culture m light soil Prop, by division of the
roots in spring, or by seeds
grandifl6ra, Torr & Gray (Rydbfrgia grandiflbra,
Greene) Plant densely woolly lower Ivs pmnately or
bipmnately parted, with margined petioles from broad,
scanous bases, upper cauhne lv,s simple or sparingly
divided, fls 2-3 in wide, summer — A pretty alpine
plant
scap&sa, Nutt Plant
villous Ivs radical, hnear-
sp.atulate, 2-3 in long,
punctate, entire fls 1 in.
wide, scapes .single, leaf-
let, 1-fld , 3-9 in long
A. lannta, Purxh=Enophyl-
lum cjrspitosum - - A Lanata,
Nutt Kliort, cl< nsoly hairy Ivs.
with Hcape 5-0 in long Huin-
mer N. TAILOR f
ACTINIDIA (aktu, ray, referring to the
radiate styles) Dillcniaccjc Climbing shrubs
cultivated for their handsome foliage which is
beautifully variegated m some species, and a few
also for their edible fruit
Twining shrubs winter-buds inclosed in the
ivollen base of the petiole Ivs alternate, long-stalked,
senate or sometimes entire fls in axillary cymes
sometimes solitary, dianous or polygamous, cup-
shaped, i;-2 in across, white or larely reddish, sepals
5, imbricate, petals 5, convolute, stamens numerous;
ovary superior, many-celled; stylos numerous, ray-like
spreading fr a berry, with numerous small seeds —
More than 20 species, chiefly in K Asia from Saghalm
to Java, also on the Himalayas A revision of the
genus has been published by Dunn in Jour Linn Soc.
Bot 39 394-410(1911)
About 7 species are in cultivation, of these A Kolo-
mikta is the hardiest, growing as far north as eastern
Canada, A arguta and A poli/gama are hardy in Massa-
chusetts, while A chmenwf,, which is the most beauti-
ful of all, and A coriacea, are hardy only south of
Washington, but may be grown farther north if taken
down in autumn and covered with leaves. A arguta is
excellent for covering arbors, trellises, walls and the
like and is remarkably free from insects and fungi A.
Kolomikta and A polygama show a very striking silvery
white or pinkish variegation of the foliage, which is
more pronounced m the stammate plant A arguta
and A chinensis are also worth cultivating for their
edible fruits, particularly the latter, which has fruits
up to 2 inches long, of a gooseberry-like flavor, to
obtain fruit, it is necessary to plant both sexes or a
plant with polygamous flowers. A polygama, and, in
a lesser degree, A. Kolomikta, attract cats and are
often destroyed by them if not protected by screens
The actimdias prefer somewhat moist and rich soil
and grow as well in a sunny as in a half -shady position
Propagation is by seeds, which are sown in spring and
germinate readily; also by cuttings, of half-ripened wood
in summer or by hardwood cuttings under glass, and
also by layers.
ACTINIDIA
A. Branchlets glabrous: Ivs. glabrous beneath or only
pubescent on the veins, acuminate.
B. Lvs. dark green, shining above, chartaceous, never
variegated, anthers dark purple.
arguta, Miq (A polygama, Lauche, not Miq. A.
volubihs, Carr , not Miq A rufa, Miq ). Fig 115
High-eliinbing1 branches with brown lamellate pith*
Ivs broad-ell i ptic or broadly ovate, 4-5 in long,
cuneate to subeordate at the base, setosely appressed
serrate, glabrous beneath except the setose midrib:
ADA
213
115. Actimdia arguta. (x \i)
promising fruiting vine; the frs. have the flavor of a
gooseberry
A co/Wso, Lmdl Similar to A Kolomikta Branchleta with con-
spicuous lentioels, with lamnllate pith Ivs oval to oblong, 3-5 in
long, serrulate, quite glabrous fls white, % »n acrosn fr ovoid,
spotted, 1 in long China — A coruiceo, Dunn Allied to the pre-
fls. 3 or more, white. %m. across; sepals elliptic-oblong,
tomentulose, petals brownish at the base fr subglobose,
greenish yellow, about an inch long, sweet June
Japan, Korea, Manchuria. L I 25. R II 1874,
p. 394. B.M.7197 (as A. polygama) A G. 1891.147.
M.D.G. 1895.97; 1898.378. G. 29 503.
BB. Lvs. bright green, membranous, often variegated'
anthers yellow, fls 1-3
polygama, Maxim. To 25 ft. pith of branches solid,
white* Ivs. broadly ovate to ovate-oblong, 3-6 in long,
rounded or subeordate at the base, appressed serrate,
mostly setose on the veins beneath, variegation white
or yellowish fls white, ^m. across; <>\ary bottle-
shaped fr yellow, bitter June Japan, Korea, Man-
churia to Cent and W China — Known as silver
vine on account of the beautiful silvery white color
of the young Ivs of the stammate plant.
Kolomfkta, Maxim. Climbing 15 ft high* pith of
branches lamellate, brown Ivs ovate-oblong, 4-5 in.
long, rounded or cordate, unequally setosely serrate,
pubescent on the veins beneath, variegation white or
pink, fls white, %m across, ovary cyhndnc fr oblong-
ovoid, blue, sweet June Japan, Saghahn, Manchuria,
Cent and W China R H 1898 36 M D G. 1896
397 G W 3, p 61 .—The stammate plant is very strik-
ing with its beautifully white and carmine variegated
young Ivs.
AA. Branchlets densely hairy Ivs. tomentose beneath,
usually rounded or emarginate at the apex.
chinensis, Planch. Climbing, to 25 ft.: hairs of
young branchlets and Ivs bright red; pith of branches
lamellate: Ivs orbicular or oval, cordate, firm, 3-5 in.
long, cihate-serrulate, finally glabrous above and dark
green, whitish beneath fls several, creamy white,
1^-2 in across fr ovoid or subgloboso, 1-2 in. long,
hairy, edible. China G C. Ill 46:77 and 79 R H.
1909, p 473 J.HS 1903:59. H.I. 16*1593.— The most
beautiful of the actmidias with the largest fls. and a
ceding species Lvs coriaceous, oblong to lanceolate, remotely ser-
rate, 3-4 in long, petioles less than 1 m long fls several, reddish,
fr ovoid, spotted, J/$-?fin long China Re< ently offered under
the name of A Henryi, which is a totally different species, allied
to A chmensis — A mela.ndntira, 1- ranch Allied to A arguta Lvs
ovate-oblong or oblong, closely serrulate stammate corymbs
many-fld , petals greenish at the base fr purple China
ALFRED KEIIDER.
ACTINOLEPIS (Greek, a scale-like ray}. Compdsilse.
About 6-8 species of hardy annuals, mostly from Calif. ,
freely branching, and mostly yellow-fid The fls are
in pedunculate heads at the tips of the branches, rays
usually 2-3-toothed, in one series Ivs opposite. Con-
sidered by da Delia Torre and Harms to be a sec-
tion of the genus Eriophj Hum, and by Gray to belong
pioperly to Baeria
coronana, Gray (Xh&rha cnhfdrmca, Hort Baeria
coiondna, Gray) Fig lift Lvs opposite, except the
upper ones, 2 in or more long, pmnately, or the lower
ones bipmnately, parted into linear, narrow divisions*
pappiib of awned or of muticous, often erose palese,
rarely wanting B M 3828 (as Hymendxus cahjdrnica}
— One of the prettiest of annual fls , and deserving of
greater popularity Excellent for edging An everlasting
N. TAYLOR.f
ACTIN<3MERIS (from Greek nktit, ray, and mens,
part, alluding to the n regularity of the rays). Com-
p6t>itze Native hardy herbaceous perennials suitable
for wild gardens and shrubbery
Tall, branching, yellow-fld herbs, with aspect of
native sunflowers, but with smaller fls Ivs. often
decurrent on the stem fls in corymbose or solitary
heads, composed of both ray arid tubular fls. — Cult,
like Hehanthus Prop by drusion -
squarrdsa, Nutt (Verbedna altermfolia, Linn).
Height 4-8 ft Ivs lance-oblong, acuminate, toothed,
subpetiolate, tapering to both ends fls numerous,
corymbed, yellow, 1-2 m across , rays 2-10, irregular.
Autumn. E N. Amer
A hclantholdei, Nutt (Verbesma hehanthoides, Michx ) Lvs
Milky \illous underneath rays about 8, usually more than m A
squarrosa Mn 4 129 — A prdctra, Steud , is only a taller form
of A squarrosa N TAYLQR |
ACTIN6PTERIS (aktis, ray, and ptens, the leaves
radiately cut). Syn , Actmitiptens Polypodidcese.
Greenhouse fenis from India, resem-
bling miniature fan-palms The son are
linear-elongate and submargmal, and
covered with indusia A radidta, Link
(.1 austrdlis, Linn, f ) is the only recog-
nized species Apparently not m the
ultural t
horticult
l trade.
ACTINOST^MMA (ray and wreath
or t>tems) Cucurbitdccsp Three or 4
species of climbing or running plants
from China and Japan, of which A.
pamculdtum, Maxim , has been grown
in European collections It is a hardy
perennial in Cent Eu , with tuberous
roots, palmate Ivs. and small fls ; said
to thrive in dry and barren places.
ADA (a complimentary name). Orchiddceae. Epiphy-
tic coolhouse orchids
Pseudobulbs elongated, bearing at the apex 1-3
coriaceous Ivs * fls nodding, in a somewhat 1-sided
raceme, terminating the lateral leafless scape; sepals
nearly equal, free, usually spreading above, petals
similar to the sepals but smaller; hp sessile, continuous
with the base of the column, entire, shorter than the
. Actmolepis
coronara flower.
214
ADA
ADENANDRA
sepals; polhnia 2. — Species 2, natives of the Colombian
Andes.
Ada aurantiaca is a coolhouse orchid and will thrive
well with the odontoglossums whore they are culti-
vated; the bright orange-colored blooms add interest to
tli3 collection when in spring display. The culture is
simple if potted in peat fiber with plenty of drainage;
sphagnum may be added if it can be made to grow,
but if not it becomes sour and inert, and is best left out
of the material for cool orchids Adas are evergreen
and should never be dried at the roots as they gro\v in
boggy soil at 8,500 feet elevation in Colombia There
is another species, A fAhinannn, which is very distinct,
but since the unfoitunate death of Consul Lehmann,
it seems never to have been remtroduced to cultivation
(Orpct )
aurantiaca, Lmdl Fig 117 Pscudobulbs 2-3 in
long, usually somewhat compressed, tapering, bearing
1-3 Ivs up to 12 in long fls cinnabar, the sepals and
petals lanceolate, t\\ice as long as the hp H M 5135
CO, pi 1 GC III 13.247. F\V 1873225 Var
maculata, Hurt Sepals and petals spotted with dark
brown C.O , pi la. GEORGE V NASH
ADAM-ANH-EVE: Semperwvum tectarum, and Aplvctrum hye-
Tna le
ADAMARA (from i peisonal name) Orchiddcex A
name proposed by the Royal Horticultural Society of
I ondon to (over the inultigenenc hybrids of the geneia
Brassavola, Cattleya, Kpidendrum and La^lia, the name
Linncain being proposed for combinations of certain
other orchid genera The International Congress of
Horticulture held at Biussels m 1910 adopted Lin-
neara for four geneia named above, and legislated that
"multigenenc hybrids receive a conventional generic
name, pi ef erably that of a distinguished man, to which
is added the termination am A distinct generic name
will br, formed for each different combination of genera."
See Lmneara; also Bra^so-cattlxlia.
ADAMIA Dichroa
ADAM'S APPLE- Citrus Limetta, Musa paradisiaca, and
Tabernxmontana coronarw,
ADAM'S NEEDLE: Yucca
ADANSONIA (named after M Adanson, French
botanist). Bombacacex. A genus of 10 species of tropi-
cal shrubs and trees, closely related to Bombax* fls.
large, pendulous, petals 5, white, obovate, stamens
numerous, united in a column about the styles; ovary
5-10-eelled. fr oblong, woody, mdehiscent, filled with
a mealy pulp in which are numerous seeds
digitata, Linn BAOBAH THICK Figs 118, 119.
Height not more than 60 ft chain said to be some-
times 30 ft or more and to have the thickest trunk of
any tree in the world Ivs palmate, with 3 Ifts m young
plants, and 5-7 in older ones fls 6 in across, with pur-
plish anthers, on long axillary, sohtaiy peduncles;
stigma 7-10-rayed in full anthesis Afr B M 2791-
2792 GC 111 27.57— Rarely cult m extreme S.
Fla , where fr is 9-12 in long, and called "monkey's
bread " Figs 118 and 119 are from specimens growing
in the American tropics The fl opens wide, some-
thing like a spreading hibiscus, and the petals soon roll
baek and wither, as shown in Fig 1 19 The tree is very
thick-boled, and the wood is soft and light The tree
is supposed to attain to vast age The fr ot the baobab
is a gouid-like struetuie, of which the pulp is said some-
times to be eaten and the juice used for the making
of a beveiage The bark produces a very strong fiber
N. TAYLOKJ
ADDER'S-TONGUE Erythronmm
ADDER'S-TONGUE FERN- Op/Wosswm
ADELIA (Greek, addos, obscure, from the small
floweis) Ititinclla, Muell Aig Kuphoilnacejp Thorny,
'\ lop American trees, rare m cult and piobably of
little hoiticultural \alue Lvs alternate, short-pet loled,
Clustered on short side branches fls ditrcious in axil-
laiy clusters or the pistillate single, stamens 8-15 A
Jfuiftcllti, Linn , is the best known Those grown under
the name of A acidotoms should perhaps be referred
to tiecuiine</a buxijbha j # $ NOKTON.
ADELIA Forcihera
ADENANDRA (from the glandular anthers) . Rutatex
Small, summer-flow eimg, tender shrubs fioru the Cape
of Good Hope
Lvs .iltei riate, small, leathery, subsessile, entire, glan-
dular-dotted fls white or rosy, solitary and usually
terminal, netals obovate, stamens 5, alternating with 5
118. Adansoma digitata — Baobab tiec as grown m
American tropics
stammodia which are longer than the stamens — About
20 species Prop by cuttings from the npened wood.
fragrans, Room & Schult. (Didsma fragrans, Sims)
BREATH OF HEAVEN. Height 2-3 ft.' Ivs. oblong, ob-
tuse, dark green above, whitish beneath, with a glandu-
lar, denticulate margin fls rosy. B M 1519. — A fa-
vorite in Calif.
The following are sometimes cultivated in botanic gardens.
A amdma, Bartl & Wendl 1-2 ft Ivs obloi ' '
glabi
_ ng or oval, obtuse,
cms, dotted beneath fls white above, reddish beneath — A.
ADENANDRA
cmAc«o, Lichtst 1-2 ft Ivs oblong, obtuse, glabrous, revolute
fls solitary, tonmnal, pink ~A urnbcllata, Willd 1-2 ft lv»
oblong or obovate, dotted beneath, tunned on the edges fls ses-
sile or nearly so, terminal, pink, the petal j fringed — One of the
bost N. TAYLOH t
ADENANTHERA (from the deciduous pedicillatc
gland on each anther) Legurrnnb^v A group of 4
species of tender trees, allied to Mimosa Lvs bipin-
nate or decompound fls small, racemose, usually
golden yellow or whitish — The following unarmed
evergreen tree is cult in greenhouses only for its eco-
nomic interest, and also in Calif in the open air Prop
by seeds, which should be softened in hot water pre-
vious to sowing
pavonlna Linn RED SANDALWOOD TREE Lfts
about 13, ovate, obtuse, glabrous on both faces fls in
an axillary spike- like raceme, white and yellow in the
same cluster Trop Asia, where it grows to a tree of
great size — The red lens-shaped "Circassian seeds"
are curiosities with travelers, and are used for neck-
laces, and the like. Plant sometimes called "peacock
flower fence" N TAYLOR t
ADEN1A: Modecca
ADENOCAL^MMA, (glandular covering; referring to
leaves, etc ) Sometimes but incorrectly, spelled Adtno-
cali/nma Bignoniact.jp More than 50, mostly Brazilian
species of tender climbing shiubs, closely allied to
Bignoma Fls large, yellow or orange1, bract eate, race-
mose, trumpet-shaped Ivs ternate 01 binate Gro\\n
in hothouses, requiring conhiderable moisture Prop
by cuttings in frames
comdsum, DC St rough, punctate Ivs opposite,
tnfoholate, petioles thickened at junction \\ith the
blades racemes so densely clothed at first \vith large
bracts as to suggest the aments of the hop-Mnc, fls
rt 1 11 t, 11 j_ l .1 ...1
lip „- _,
Brazil B M 4210.
drill
N TAILOR t
ADENOCARPUS (aden, gland, Awr/ws, fruit easily
distinguished from allied genera by its glandular pod)
Leguminb^F Ornamental \\oody plants cultivated
chiefly for their yelloxv flowers
Shrubs, rarelv small trees, more or less pubescent
Ivs alternate, tnfoliolate, small fls papilionaceous,
yellow, in terminal racemes, calyx 2-hpped, the 2
upper teeth free, the 3 lo\\er more or less connate fr
a glandular pod, oblong or linear, compressed — About
14 species in S Eu , Asia Minor, N and W. Afr ,
Canary Isls This genus consists of low shrubs, rarely
more than 3 ft , of spreading habit, \vith handsome fls
produced profusely in spring, very attractive when in
full bleom
They require a sunny position and well-drained soil
They are espi cially adapted for temperate regions, but
do not bear transplanting well, and should be grown
in pots until planted They are also handsome green-
house shrubs, and grow best m a sandy compost of
peat and loam
Propagation is by seeds and greenwood cuttings in
spring, sometimes also by layers and grafting.
A. Branchlels pubescent or tomentose: Ivs. persistent,
crowded
visc&sus, Webb & Berth (A Anagijrus, Spreng A
frankemoldes, Choisy) Branchlets pubescent Ifts
linear-oblong, folded fls crowded, in short racemes;
calyx glandular, the lateral segm' of the lower lip
longer than the middle one, exceeding the upper lip.
TenenfTe
hispftnicus, DC Shrub, about 6 ft or more 'branch-
lets velvety-pubescent : Ifts lanceolate, acute, tomentose
ADENOPHORA
215
oraeis as to suggest tne amenis 01 trie nop-Mne, ns
2 in across, brilliant yellow, trumpet -shaped, upper
lip of 2, and lower lip of 3 rounded, \\a\ed lobes
«— sil B M 4210.
nihdum. Mart 10 ft • Us tnfoliolato or un.foliolate ten-
(1, the lft« elliptic-oblong fh. yellow m axillary and tcimuial
beneath racemes dense, oblong, manv-fld , short-
peduncled. calyx pubescent and glandular, segms very
unequal, those of the lower lip nearly equal, but much
longer than those of the upper lip Spain.
dec6rticans, Boiss (A Boisaihi, Webb) Shrub or
small tree, 15-25 ft . branches tomentose lf+s linear,
pubescent1 racemes shoit, compact, cah x villous,
segms nearly equal Spam R H 18X3" 156 G C.
11.25725. Gn 30 408 —Resembles English gorse,
but is thornless Bark peels naturally. Thrives in poor,
sandy soil
AA Branchleh soon glnbroux Ivs deciduous.
complicatus, Gay (A dwuncalus, Sweet A parvi-
fbhub, DC ) Much-branched shrub. 1-3 ft • Ivs decid-
uous, fascicled, Ifts obovate or oblong-lanceolate, pu-
bescent beneath, often folded fls m elongated racemes:
calyx pubescent, usually glandular, middle segm ot
the lower lip longer than the lateral ones, usually much
. Flower of
Adansoma digitata.
(XI)
exceeding the upper lip S Eu , Orient. B M. 1387 (as
Cytibu^ divaricdtub) Var intennedius, Aschers &
Graebn (.1 intermedium, DC ) Branchleta villous
calyx glandular, with verv unequal lips Spain, Portugal,
Madeira Var commutatus, Aschers & Graebn (A
comtniitdtu,'*. Cuss A telontnsis, DC , not Robert).
Racemes usuall> short, calyx not glandular, with the
lips little differing in length S Eu , Orient
.1 fohol^iu, DP Branches and Ivs crowded, villous raceme*
emnpict, many fld , calyx villous Canary Isls —A orandifldrus,
Hoiss^=\ telonensis — 4 - ttt rmedniK, UC =--A complicatus var
iiitermediua — .1 pan ifdhas, DC = \ complicatus, Gay —A telo-
Htn»M. Robert (A KiMiidiHorus. ROIHS ) Branches and Ivs gla-
brous riccmes ftw-fld , iiilvx pubescent S France, Spam — A
telontnw, DC =A conunutatus ALFRED RlCHDER
ADENOPHORA (gland- bearing, referring to the
cylindrical nectary which surrounds the base of the
style) Campanul&cese Campanula-like border peren-
nials
Herbs, differing from Campanula chiefly by the style
being surrounded by a cylindrical gland' corolla ball-
shaped, 5-lobed stamens free from corolla, the fila-
ments delated and ciliate toward base, caps 3-celled —
About 14 species of hardy herbaceous perennials IP
Siberia, China and Japan Fls blue, nodding, on short
pedicels, produced freely in midsummer in slender but
stiff, erect panicles or loose racemes — For cult see
Campanula
Propagation is by seeds or cuttings in spring The
216
ADKNOPHORA
ADIANTUM
plants do not take kindly to division or other dis-
turbance of the roots Many other species than those
in the trade are worthy
communis, Fisch (A hhflbra, Schur A. Flschen,
Don A lilijblia, Ledeb ) Hadical Ivs petiolate,
ovate-rotund, cordate, crenate-dentate; caulme Ivs.
sessile, ovate-lanceolate, coarsely serrate fls numerous,
in a pyramidal panicle, lobes of the calyx triangular;
style exserted
Lamarckn, Fisch Lvs ovate-lanceolate, sharply
serrate, ciliate, otheiwise glabrous Ms racemose, lobes
of the calyx lanceolate, style not exsertcd.
Potaninn, Hort Shrubby spikes 2-3 ft high, fls.
\\i in across, light blue. Jul>, Aug Intro 1899
polym6rpha, Ledeb Three ft Ivs verticillate, the
whoils remote, and small fls which are darker in color
than A Potamnn Aug Russia Var stricta, with
more erect habit than the type, seems to be more
common
A coronopiftha, Fisch 1-3 ft radical hs petiolate, ovate-
rotund, cordate, crenately toothed, hairy, upper Ivs sessile,
entire or nearly so, glabrous, and linear lanoeolate fls racemose,
3-10 in a cluster, blue, each tl on a slender perlic( 1 Juno Dahuna
— 4 denticulata, Hsch (\ tn< uspulata, DC ) 1^-2 ft upper
lvn sessile, ov ate-latu eohte, the lovvci and radical ones petioled
and more or less orbit ul«n fls small, blue, pedu ill.ite, in a terminal,
loose raceme July Dahuria —A Grndhni, 1'isch 1-2 ' 2 ft
Ivs , or at least the upper onus, linear, n irrow, entire or nearly so,
and quite glabrous fls blue, 3 10 in a s< eond racemose clushr
which is axillary near the upper part of th< st Ddhuna —Suita-
ble for dry and stony places —.4 inttrmidia, I edeb , not Sweet
(A coronata, DC ) Plant 2-3 ' 2 ft nulual Us petiolate, cor-
date, toothed, upper Ivs acutish at base, serrate, crowded fls
pale blue, ncemosf, small May Sibi ria — t penphxAfdha,
DC A dwarf (i in) perennial suital.U for rockeries, with as-
cending st Ivs petiolate, ovate, acute it the apex, slightly cor-
date at the base, crenately seriate Hs usually solitary and sta-
pose, pale blue June bibena, — A sfi/M-«i. 1-iseh 1- 2 ft , erect
Ks petiolate, the lower obovate and sinuate, the upper ovate,
acuminate, quite glabrous fls few, racemose, the latenie naked,
and lax May E Ku -.4 vtrticillita, *is( h 2-3 ft st simple
Ivs whorled, serrate, the upper ovate-hnrcol ite, the lower pdio-
late, sub-orbicular fls pale blue, small, arranged in irregular clus-
ters near the top of the st , some, along the lower parj, of the st ,
in whorls June Dahuria N> TAYLOR f
ADENOSTOMA (aden, gland, stoma, mouth, calyx
with five glands at the mouth) Rouicear Ornamental
woody plants, cultivated chiefly for their handsome
white flowers
Evergreen, somewhat resinous shrubs, rarely small
trees Ivs linear, small fls white, about 1-5 in broad,
in terminal panicles, calyx-tube obcomcal, with 5 short
teeth and 5 glands at the mouth, petals 5, stamens
10-15; pistil 1, with the lateral style strongly curved
above the base fr a small achene, inclosed in the
persistent calyx-tube — -Two species in Calif
The adenostomas are heath-like evergreen shrubs,
very handsome when in full bloom They may be cult,
in temperate regions m a sunny position and well-
drained soil A fabcitulalum stands many degrees of
frost. Prop is by seeds and greenwood cuttings in
spring
fasciculatum, Hook & Arn Shrub, 2-20 ft Ivs fas-
ciculate, linear, about J^m l°ng panicles rather dense,
2-4 in long, fls nearly sessile May, June Ranges
northward to Sierra Co — The characteristic shrub of
the chaparral or chamisal regions of the coast ranges
of Cahl Hooker & Arnott, Bot Beechey's Voy 30.'
Intro. 1891.
sparsifdlium, Torr. Shrub or small tree, 6-12 ft,
rarely 30 ft , resinous Ivs alternate panicles loose,
fls. pedicelled, larger, ^in. across, fragrant. S. and
Low. Calif Emory Rep U. S. and Mex Bound.
Skirv. 20. Intro. 1891 ALFRED RUHDER
ADEN6STYLES (from aden, a gland, and stylus, a
style, in allusion to warty glands of the stigmas). Com-
•pdsitae A little-known group of hardy perennials, grown
for their purplish or whitish flowers, perhaps known in
America only in botanic gardens.
Leaves alternate or radical, usually broad, the petiole
frequently dilated into a stipule-like, st -clasping
base, fls in medium-sized heads, the fls all tubular,
long, exsertcd, involucre cyhndric or bell-shaped, its
bracts small and unequal — There are only 5 species, all
natives of Cent S Ku None is of horticultural im-
portance. May be grown in the open border. Prop, is
by seed and division.
albifrons, Reichb A much-branched, hairy peren-
nial, 2-.3 ft Ivs on the lower surface cottony, bright
green above, almost round and deeply cordate, basal
Ivs long-stalked, the stalks eared heads 15-20-fld ,
purple, rather attractively paniculate or corymbose.
Woody mts , S Eu July, Aug
A alpinn. Bluff <fc Hngeruth A lower, smooth perennial, with
the heads .4-(>-(ld , is scarcely known in Amcr It is not so showy as
A albvfrons S Ku ' N TAYLOR
AI)£SMIA (not bound, referring to the free stamens)
Leguminosx Moie than 100 species of tendei heibs,
shrubs or sub-shrubs from S Amer , allied to the pea-
nut L\s abruptly pinnate, ending in a bustle fls.
a \illaiy, sohtaij, or sometimes iacemo,se arid terminal.
Some of them are showy
.1 toiMwrna, Bert IAS 1-1 ^ in long, Ifts 10 1(» in pairs
racemes < -Mid , fls -'jiii -uioss, K<>1,]< „ yollow Chile BM
0()21 Has the odor of balsam— 1 hoionun,!, s, Hook A putty
shrub, warhd all ov<r, tvttpt the pdnls and Ifts, with large,
balsanuferous glands Ivs l>2-2m long, in idt up ot Irorn 10 13
pairs of sessile, oibic ul ir, coarsely muati. dark gu < n Ifts fh
bright orange-yrllou, in terminal rictmes 1'al igom-i H M 7748
— 1 gluttnt^a. Hook <t Vin 2 ft , shrubbv , the brain hes , lotl,,-d
with glutinous hurs hs wUh i t p.urs of hairy -tliplic Itts
fls yellow, racemose arid terminal Chile -Nnlhirwm ihi Amer-
ican trade, but both ( ult m boUnu gardens v- rPAYi.oR t
ADHATODA (native name) Acanthdcc.e About
25 species of tender shrubs, distinguished from Jus-
ticia by the less-bpuned antheis, and often by the
habit and calyx, but considered by de DalU Torre and
Harms as a mere section of that genus Fls whitish
or purplish, calyx 5-cleft, often exceeded by the brartsj
corolla long-tubed, the limb prominently 2-hppedj
stamens 2 For cultuie, see Ju\ti< in
cydomaefdlia, Noes BIHZIUVN HowbK-Pi.ANT Lvs.
opposite on short petioles, ovate lower lip broadly
obovate, purple Brazil B M 49G2 F S 12 1222
RH 1873 110— Cult in Cah f
A Vdsica, Nees Lvs ovate-lane eolntt, acuimn itc fls white,
streaked red or purple Ceylon B M SOl (as JnsUcin Aithatoda)
N TAILOK t
ADIANTOPSIS (Greek, like Adiantum] Polypodia-
cese. Like Adiantum, but diiTenng in having the son
simple, one to each vemlet and not occupying the ends
of several vcmlets, as m Adiantum — A small genus,
little known in cult
pedata, Moore (Cheildnthcs pcddta, R Br.) Lvs
cespitose, on long (9-12 in ) sts , about 6 in either
way, the 3 divisions bipmnatifid, son numerous,
placed on both sides of the Begin Jamaica, Cuba
R C BENEDICT.
ADIANTUM (Greek, unwetted) Polypodiacese.
MAIDENHAIR FEKN. A large, widely distributed genus
of ferns, mainly of tropical countries, some of them
popular greenhouse and conservatory plants
The leaves have usually polished black or purplish
stalks, the blades thin and delicate, simple or divided
into usually fan-shaped segments, with the outer mar-
gins revolute, covering linear son Of the one hundred
or more species, only one, A pedatum, occurs, commonly
in temperate North America A few others are found in
the southwestern states and in Florida A cunt-alum
is the most frequently cultivated of the exotic species.
The genus Adiantum furnishes some of the most
useful and popular species of commercial ferns They
are easy of cult They need a slightly shaded posi-
tion, moderately moist atmosphere^ and a temp, of 60-
AD1ANTUM
ADIANTUM
217
65° F. The soil should be composed of rich loam and
leaf-mold in equal parts, and should be kept moderately
moist Some of the most useful ones for general pur-
poses (given under their trade names) arc A xmulum,
grows about 12-15 in high, and has very graceful dark
green fronds, A. bellum, a dwarf, very compact species,
6-8 in , A cuneatum, A cuneatum var grandiceps, with
long, heavily crested, drooping fronds, A. cuneatum
var vanegatum making a neat specimen; A concin-
num, gracefully drooping dark green fronds 15 in.
long, with overlapping pinnae, A concinnum var te-
tum, of upright growth, is 24 in high, A decorum
very useful, 12-15. in., and has young fronds of a
pleasing metallic tint, A excinum var. multifidum;
A formobum, A. Fergusomi, A. fragrantissimum ;
A. puheicens, A. tenerum and var roseum, A Wie-
gandiL, A. LeCrandu, very dwarf, A. mundulum, a
very neat, dwarf species, A. rubdlum, a dwarf spe-
cies with mature fronds light green, young fronds of
a deep ruby tint The above may easily be grown from
spores, if sown on a compost consisting of half each of
finely screened clean soil and leaf-mold or peat, and
placed in a moderately moist and shady place in the
greenhouse in a temp of 60° F To be grown most
economically, thcv should be transplanted in clumps
of 3 or 1 plants as soon as the first pinnan have appeared,
and, as soon as strong enough, potted off, either in
clumps or singly Some very desirable species to grow
into large, tall specimens are A Sithiopicum, A
liautei, A Colhsu, A Fergusomi, A formosum, A.
Lalhonni, A pei uvianum, A pnnctps, A rhoinboi<ltuin,
A Sand<e-C(ithannap, A trapeziforine, and A Wil-
h(unt>ii The follow ing arc also recommended for special
purposes for fern-dishes, A. fulvum, for cutting, A
yraciltirnum The following kinds are economically
prop, by division, temp Oo° F A Farleyense, the differ-
ent varieties of A. C a inline- Venens, A rhodophyllum,
A askimile Some kinds, as A dolabrifornie, A cau-
dalurn and A Edgtworthu, form small plants on the
ends of fronds, which may be detached and potted
separately, and if kept in a close atmosphere will in a
short time grow into choice little plants Temp
65-70° F (Nichol N Bruckner )
The following directions (mostly for commercial
growing) are prepared for this entry by James C Clark*
Adiantums, when grown in large quantities, are best
propagated from spores sown in pots or pans, 6-inch
being a good size, pots being preferred to pans as they
maintain a more constant and equal moisture The pots
should be hlled with two-thirds good drainage (coal-
ashes or potsherds are very suitable), top-dressed with
one-third sterilized loam mixed with one-tenth part of
bharp sand finely sifted and evenly pressed down in the
pot, so that the top of the soil will be about K inch
below the rim The pots should then be placed on a
greenhouse bench, under shaded glass, and where a
temperature of 65° to 70° can be maintained Then
water until they are thoroughly soaked (and to make
sure that they are wet, water again, it is impossible to
make too wet) Allow to dram for an hour or so and then
dust the spores evenly, and as thinly as possible, over
the surface and cover immediately with glass. The
glass should remain on, and no water should be required
or given, unless by dipping, until the spores have devel-
oped to the prothallus stage, when it will be advantage-
ous to give a slight watering, using a very fine rose, and
raise the glass 8 inches above the pots, supporting so
that a free current of air can pass directly over the pots.
At this stage of their development adiantums, like
all other fern prothalluses, must never be allowed to
become dry. At the same time, great care must be
exercised so that there will be sufficient air to prevent
damping and yet no direct draft either from the neating
pipes or ventilators to cause wilting or drying out of
the pots
As soon as the first real fronds appear (generally in.
eight to twelve weeks from time of sowing, according to
season of year, eight weeks in spring and summer;
twelve weeks in fall or winter), the seedlings should be
season of year, eight weeks in spring and summer;
twelve weeks in fall or winter), the seedlings should be
transplanted in small clumps of three to five seedlings
each, into flats or seed-pans, spaced about 1 inch apart,
and placed in a close warmhouse, m a night temperature
of 65° to 70°, until the seedlings show signs of taking
root and making new fronds, when the temperature
may be lowered to 60° at night and 65° to 70° in the
day This temperature will be found to suit all adian-
tums (except A Farleyense), in all stages of their future
development
When the transplanted seedlings are about 1 inch
high, they may be placed m small pots and repotted
into larger ones as soon as they require it In potting,
a good compost consists of nine parts of loam and one
part of well-rotted cow-manure, the pots being provided
with good drainage, especially the larger sizes. In pot-
ting, the crown of the plant should be placed deep
enough so that it will be covered with % to % inch of
fresh soil, making the boil only moderately firm (never
hard) Place the plants in a greenhouse, spaced so that
there will be a free circulation of air all around the
plants, the glass moderately shaded from March 15 to
November 1, and all shade removed during the winter
months, giving as much ventilation (without draft) as
possible. The soil should be kept moderately moist at
all times and a good atmospheric moisture maintained
by wetting down the walks, but at no tune should the
foliage be wet more than possible Well-drained, solid
beds arc better adapted to the growth of adiantums than
tables, but, if grown on the latter, a ^-inch overhead
heating-pipe over each table, say 18 inches above the
foliage, will be found of great ansistance in overcoming
the condensation that is so destructive to the foliage
when the plants are grown on tables
Treated as above, adiantums can be grown into
6-inch pot specimens in one year from time of sowing
spores, and when grown rapidly are seldom troubled
with insect pests, unless it be green-fly, which can be
kept under control by a weekly application of nikoteen,
using two ounces to five gallons of water, applied in as
fine spray as possible.
Specimen adiantums, m 8-inch pots or larger, can be
grown in the same-sized pots for several years, provided
they are slightly rested during the winter months by
being kept on the dry side and in a lower temperature,
say 15° to 55° In February the plants should be re-
moved from the pots, the drainage examined, a little
of the top-soil removed, and then top-dressed with old
rotted cow-manure, and the plants returned to a grow-
ing temperature and given more water as required.
Feed either with liquid manure or dust with pulverized
animal manure every second week during the growing
season Some of the hnest specimen adiantums m this
country have been grown in the same-size pots for five
to seven years
Scale sometimes attacks old specimen adiantums,
and there is only one remedy, — rest the plants by
keeping to the dry side and m a cool temperature for
about a month; then cut off all the fronds clear down
to the crowns, and treat the same as old specimen
plants
For amateurs and small growers, all adiantums can
be propagated by division of the crown and rhizomes
This is best done m January and February Wash off
all soil and cut the roots off as close to the crowns as
possible. Then divide to single eyes. Place the eyee
m sharp sand, merely covering them. Place m a situa-
tion such as advised for spores and cover with glass,
when the first fronds appear, treat exactly the same as
recommended for seedlings, when they will make plants
about as quickly and equally as good as those grown
from spores.
Adtantum Farleyense, being a sterile species, must be
propagated by division. It requires the treatment recom-
218
ADIANTUM
ADIANTUM
mended for adiantums m general with the exception of
a much higher temperature, 65° to 70° at night and 75°
to 80° during the day. The variety Glory of Moor-
drecht has the great advantage of producing fertile
spores and it albo thrives in the lower temperatures
recommended for general adiantums It gives promise
of being one of the most useful varieties for decorations
and cut-fronds use, as the fronds are very much hardier
than typical A. Farleyense and will compare well with
such kinds for standing as A cuneatum, A. hybndum
and A. Croweanum.
INDEX
acutum, 21 excisum, 29 pedatum, 17
xmulum, 33 Farleyense, 20. peruvianum, 3
tethiopicum, 28. Fergusonn, 30. platyphyllum, 6.
affine, 10 formosurn, 13 polyphyilura, 8.
amabile, 34 fragrantittsimum, 33 prutcepa, 21
aneiteme, 26 fulvum, 11 pubescent. 19.
assimile, 28. gracillunum, 39. pulverulentum, 14.
Bardit, 33 grandiceps, 33 rhodophyUum, 21
Bausei, 21 hispidulum, 19 rhombouleum, 15
bellum, 31 hybndum, 33. rubellum, 30
Bessonise 32 intermedium, 12 Sanctx-Cathannse,7
Capillui-Veneri'j, 30 Jordann, 22 setulosum, 9
caudatum, 2 Kaulfussu, 5 Siebrechtn, 35
Colhsii, 24 iMthomu, 21 specioium, 40.
concmnum, 25 latum, 25 tenerum, 21
Croweanum, 33. LeUrandn, 39 tinrtum, 27
cuneatum, 33 lunulatum, 1 trapozi forme, 7.
curvatum, 18 macrophyllum, 4 vanegatum, 33
cytlowrum, 35 Mainsii, 30 vtnustum, 38
decorum, 35 monochlamys, 37 verwillense, 33.
diaphanum, 9 Moorei, 34 Victoria, 21.
diRitatum, 40 mundulum, 33 villosum, 15
dolabriforme, 1. novse-caledoniffi, 16 Wagneri, 35
Edgeworthn, 2 Owenn, 35 Wiegandu, 35
eleoans, 35 palmatum, 40 Wilhamsn, 23
emarginatum, 22.
A. Lvs. with a single row of small Ifts. on either side,
rooting at the apex.
1. lunulatum, Burm (A dolabnfdrme, Hook ). Lvs.
1 ft long on blackish, wiry, polished stalks, lower Ifts.
nearly semicircular, all on hair-like stalks. India,
Trop. Amer , Austral G 6.203
2 caudatum, Linn (A Edgeworthn, Hook ). Lvs
6-12 in long, on short, brownish, densely hairy stalks;
Ifts deeply cut into several spreading narrow lobes
Old World Gn 68, p 315
AA. Lvs, with usually a single row of large Ifls. on either
side, not rooting at the apex
3. peruvianum, Klotzsch Lvs 1 ft. or more long,
on polished stipes, with obliquely ovate pointed Ifts
2 in long by \}/i in wide, on slender btalks, son 8-10
on either side of the Ifts , twice as long as wide Peru.
4. macrophyllum, Swartz Lvs 1 ft. long, on rather
stout polished stipes, with 4-6 pairs of \\rdge-bhaped
sessile Ifts 1K~2 in long by %-l in. wide, indusium
nearly continuous on either side of the 1ft. Trop.
Amer.
5 Katilfussii, Kunze Lvs 6-8 in. long, on slender
black stalks, Ifts 5-11, 2 in long, Y±-\ in. wide, with
unequal base; indusia very long and narrow, forming an
almost continuous marginal band on either side of the
Ifts. Mex., W Indies.
6 platyphyllum, Swartz Lvs 1-2 ft. long, stalks
black, glossy, If -blades 6-12 in long, 2-4 in broad,
with a long terminal pinna and 3-6 pairs of lateral
pinnae; lowest pinnae sometimes pinnately divided;
segm 3-4 m long, 1H~2 in broad, sporangia in
nearly continuous line along the margin. Cent. Amer.
to Brazil and Bolivia.
AAA. Lvs. at least bipinnate, the segms. twice as long as
broad) with the veinlets all springing from the lower
side.
B. Lfts. 1 */2-% m. long.
7. trapezif6rme, Linn Lvs 18 in. or more long, with
the terminal 1ft. longer than the lateral; Ifts trape-
zoidal, H~Mm- wide, lobed, and with numerous son.
A. Sdnctx-Catharlnse is a form with deeper lobes. Trop
Amer.
BB. Lfts. smaller, an inch or less long,
c Stalks polished, smooth.
8 polyphyllum, Willd Lvs often tnpinnate, with
stout black stalks; pmnse 6-8, long, with closely set Ifts.
which are %-l in long, the upper margin curved, with
4-6 circular or oblong indusia S Amer.
9 diaphanum, Blume (A tetuldsum, J Smith). Lvs
simply pinnate or usually 2-pmnate au ihe base; Ifts.
J^in long, ^m wide, with numerous son placed in
the sinuses of the inner and outer edges. Asia to New
Zeal.
10 affine,Willd Lvs bipinnate, with a terminal pinna
and several lateral ones, Ifts not exceeding f4m long,
3^m wide, the upper edge parallel with the lower, and
crenate, bearing numerous rounded son on the upper
and outer margin. New Zeal
11 fulvum, Raoul Lvs 15-20 in long, the stalks
erect, dark brown, shiny, rough below with long hairs;
the If -blades 9-12 in long, 6-8 m broad, deltoid,
2-pmnate, the segm ^4111 long, Hm broad, dimidiate,
lower edge straight, the upper edge parallel with
sharp-tooth lobes, the son uniform, numerous New
Zeal.
cc. Stalks polished but somewhat woolly.
12 intermedium, Swartz Lvs 1 ft or more long,
with a terminal pinna and 1-3 lateral ones on each side,
Ifts. 1 in. or more long, with interrupted son on the
upper and two-thirds
of the outer margins.
Trop Amer
ccc Stalks rough or
hairy
13. formdsum.R Br
Lvs 1-2 ft long, two-
thirds as broad, mostly
tripumate, \\ith rough,
scabrous stalks and
rather small, deeply
lobed Ifts >2~/4 m
long, with rounded and
toothed outer margins
Austral G 20 769
14 pulvemle'ntuni, Linn LVH often a foot long, with
a large terminal pinna and several lateral ones, bipin-
nate, stalks purplish, hairy, as are also the rachises,
Ifts ^i~l in long, }4m wide, closely placed, the outer
edge rounded or truncate \\ Indies
15 villdsum, Linn (A rhombtndeum, Swartz) Lvs.
large, with a terminal and several lateral pinna* 6-12 in
long, on stout, villous-hairy stalks, Ifts numerous,
nearly 1 in long, Hln wide, trapezoidal, with the inner
side parallel to the rachis; indusia forming an almost
continuous line along the upper and outer margins. W.
Indies and S Amer
16. ndvse-caled&nise, Keys Lvs. 6-8 in. long and
wide, somewhat pentagonal, once pinnate with one or
two secondary basal pinnifi on the lower side at base;
Ifts attached to the rachises by a broad base? nearly
1 in. long, pointed, irregularlv mcihed, bearing 1-4
rounded son next to the base New Caledonia.
AAAA. Lvs. forked, the two branches bearing pinrne from
the upper side
B Stalks polished, smooth.
17. pedfttum, Linn. Fig 120 COMMON MAIDENHAIR
of our northern states, with circular Ivs on purplish
stalks 1 ft or more high — Sometimes transplanted into
gardens, requiring a shady, moist and protected place.
G.21:9.
18 curvatum, Kaulf Lvs forked and with the mam
divisions once or twice forked, Ifts 1-1 K ui long,
120. Fruiting pinnules of Adiantum
pedatum. (XI)
ADIANTUM
ADIANTUM
219
nearly %m. wide, the upper margin rounded and lobed.
Brazil.
BB Stalks scabrous (or rough}.
19 hispidulum, Swartz (A. pubescens, Schk.). Lvs.
forked, two divisions branching like a fan, with the
largest pinna1 6-9 in lung,
made up of numerous Ills
y^m or more long, two-thirds
as bioad, co\ ered \v ith rat her
long, stiff hairs, and with numerous cir-
cular mdu^ia, on the upper and rounded
outer margins Old World
AAAAA Lvs at least bipinnate, often tn pinnate or
quadripinnatc , with numerous rattier small,,
fan-shaped or wedge-shaped Ifts with veins
radiating from the base.
B Lfts an inch or less across
C. Edges deeply cut into a suics of narrow lobes
20 Farleyense, Moore Fig 121 Lvs often reach-
ing 15-21 in in length, forming a rich profubion of
closely overlapping pinna*, light green; Ifts more or less
wedge-shaped at base, \Mth eui\ed hides and the outer
margin rounded and deeply cut into 10-15 nairow lobes,
which rarely bear .son Barbadoes — Said to be a gar-
den variety of A tcnerum, but apparently a good
species G C 111 49 73
cc Edges not lannwtely cut.
21 t^nerum, Swartz Lvs deltoid, 12-24 in long,
two-thirds as wide, the terminal Ifts equally, the lateral
unequally, wedge-shaped at base, all of them rhombic
and deciduous when dry, with 10 or less small son on
the outer and inner margins A Lathomn, A Victoria?,
A rhodophyllum, A " princeps, A acutum, and A.
Bausei are horticultural forms Fla. and Trop Amer
22 J6rdanii, C. Muell (A. emarqinatum, D C.
Eaton, not Hook ) Lvs 1 ft or more long, 6 in. wide,
mostly twice pinnate, with nearly semicircular Ifts ,
son elongate, the mdusium almost continuous around
the margin of the 1ft Calif and Ore
23. Williamsii, Moore Lvs. triangular, nearly 1 ft.
long, Ifts. nearly semicircular, 3-4-lobed on the outer
margin, bearing 5-8 son covered with oblong mdusia.
Peru — Similar in habit to the last, but smaller and
with more numerous son.
BB. Lfts. mostly less than a half inch across
c. Lvs. at least quadripinnate, broader than long.
24 C611isii, Moore Lvs 1 ft. or more long, very
broad, the black rachises apparently repeatedly fork-
ing, Ifts rhombic-ovate or cuneate, those toward the
outer portions longer and larger than those nearer the
base —Of garden origin, possibly a hybrid.
cc Lvs mostly triangular or oblong, longer than broad
D Shape of Ifts rhombic, the indusia kidney-shaped or
nearly circular.
25 concfnnum, II BK Fig 122 Lvs 2-3 pinnate,
12-18 in long, 6-9 in wide, on rather stout black stalks;
Ifts rhombic-oblong, slightly lobed, son 4-8 on each
1ft , usually set close together Mex to Brazil Var.
la turn, Moore Differs from type by stiff upright habit,
and Ifts twice as large and much separated
26 aneitense, Carr Root stock wide-creeping, cov-
ered with minute dark brown linear scales, fvs 2-2^2
ft long, the stalks castaneoiih, rusty hairy above, the
If -blades deltoid, 13J-2 ft long and broad, 3-4-pin-
nate, the segm rhomboidal, the son 4-6 to a segm.
Aneiteum, New Hebrides
27 tinctum, Moore Lvs on stalks 4-6 in long, the
blades 2-pmnate, deltoid, the stalks black, glossy,
naked, the segms rhomboid, 3-4 lines long, the lower
edge straight, the inner parallel to the rachis or just
overlapping it, the outer edge bluntly lobed, son round,
on ultimate lobes Costa Kica to Peru
DD. Shape of Ifts roundish with obtuse base, small or
medium size
28. aethidpicum, Linn (A. eu>simile, Swartz) Lvs.
1 ft or more long on slender stalks. 2-3-pmnate, rather
narrow, Ifts loundish or obscurely 3-lobed, the mar-
gin finely serrulate, son 2-3 to a 1ft , with oblong or
kidnej -shaped mdusia Afr. and Austral
29 excisum, Kunze. Lvs.
2-3-pmnate, 6-12 in long, 3-4
in wide; Ifts about J'tm wide,
roundish, with the margin cut
into small rounded lobes, son
large, 2-4 to each 1ft , kidney-
shaped or circular Chile
ODD Shape of Ifts distinctly
cuneate at the base
E Indusia oblong or indis-
tinctly lunate
30 Capillus-Veneris, Linn
(A. Fergusonn, A Afatrisw,
Moore) Fig 123 Lvs 2-3-
pmnate, 6-20 in long, 3-8 in
wide, Ifts nearly 3 2in wide,
more or less irregularly lobed,
at the outer margin ; son 4
1-3 to each 1ft with oblong
or more or less elongate
narrow mdusia Native south-
ward, and widclv distributed
throughout the Old World —
Exists in many varieties, some
of them deeply lobed, like
A Farleyense, a compact imbricated form is very
effective.
31 bellum, Moore Small, tuftedj 3-8 in high Ivs.
bipinnate, Ifts with the outer margin erose and often
divided into 2-3 shallow lobes; son 2-3 to each 1ft.,
rather long and broad or somewhat lunate Bermuda.
— A greenhouse species.
122 Pinna of Adiantum
concinnum (X%)
220
ADIANTUM
ADONIS
32 Bess6nise, Jenman. Lvs 11-16 in. long, the
stalks in tufts, stiff, black, shiny, with a few pale scales;
If -blades deltoid, 4-pinnate, the pmnula) very densely
imbricated so that many
of them are covered over.
Trinidad.
EE. Indusia nearly circular,
with a narrow sinus.
33 cuneatum, Langs. &
Fisch (A xmuluni, A mun-
dulum, Moore A versail-
Unse, A.fragrantisswnum, A
hybndum, Hort ).
Fig 124 Lvs 3-4-
pimiate, deltoid, 6-
15 in long, 5-9 in
wide; Ifts numer-
ous, obtuse or
broadly wedge-
shaped at base, the
margin rounded
and more or less
crenately lobed;
son 3-5 to each
segm , with rather small rounded indusia Brazil —
Runs into many forms, of which A vniiegatum is one
AF 18-508 A Bdrdu differs from the type m hav-
ing the fronds 2 ft or more long Var grandiceps,
Moore Robust Ivs numerous from a tufted crown,
elongated, with tassel-like growths at the ends Var
Croweanum, Hort A vigorous hardy form
34. Modrei, Baker (A amdbile, Moore, not Liebm )
Lvs 2-3-pmnate on long, slender stalks, 6-15 in long;
Ifts M~Hm long, rhomboidal, with wedge-like base,
deeply lobed, son of medium size, 4-6 to each 1ft Peru
35 Wdgneri, Mett (A decorum, A Wiegaruln, A
elegans, A . Uwenu, A , cydosorum, Moore) Lva 2-3-pin-
nate, 6-9 in long, 4-6 in wide, lateral Ifts rhomboid,
the terminal cuneate, slight lv lobed or incised , son 4-6 to
each 1ft. ; very large membranous circular indusia Peru
— A Siebrcchln, Hort , "supposed to be a cross bet ween
A decorum and A Wilhann>n," has strong, graceful
Ivs thickly set with round pinnules of firm texture
36 rubellum, Moore Lvs 4-6 in long, deltoid, bi-
pmnate, texture membranous, bright green, reddish
when young, Ifts ^in wide,
deltoid or the lower rhomboid,
the outer margin deeply lobed
and the lobes finely toothed;
son round at the apices of the
lobes Bolivia
37. monochl&mys, D C
Eaton Lvs ovate -deltoid,
6-12 m long, tripmnate, Ifts
^m. wide, cuneate at the
base, the upper
edge rounded,
and slightly
toothed, with a
single sorus or
rarely two in a
decided hollow
at the upper
edge Japan.
38. v en ft stum, Don.
Lvs. ovate-deltoid, tn-
quadri-pmnate, 6-12 m.
long; Ifts. cuneate at the
base, Mm wide, with the
upper edge irregularly
rounded or with 3 indis-
tinct lobes, finely toothed,
beanng 1-3 son in distinct
hollows. India.
BBB. Lfts rmnute, innumerable, Ivs
39 gracillimum, Moore (of horticultural origin).
Lvs 1 ft or more long, nearly as wide, 4-6-pmnate, with
innumerable very small Ifts , which are p8-/im wide
and usually bear a single sorus or rarely two — Dense,
compact forms are in cult, under the name of A. Le-
Grdndu
AAAAAA. Lvs. 3~4-jnnnate: sL climbing, several ft. long
40. digitatum, Presl (A. specidsum, Hook A pal-
mdtum, Moore) Lvs 2-3 ft long on a stalk 18 in or
more long, with palmately lobed Ifts. 1 in or more
wide S Arner
A crdssum, Mrtt Stove Ivs lanceolate, to 1 J4 ft and 4 in
broad, onro-pmnato, leathery Colombia (1C III 4551 A rb-
neum, Backh , un undetermined boitKulturnl name piobubly ref-
erable to A rubellum — A scutum ramdsum, Hort A distinct
form with lau-ahaped Ivs (properly A GhiesbrcRhtu, Mooie)
L M IJNDKHWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT f
ADLtfMIA (from 'John Adlum). Fumanacw A
hardy biennial vine, which climbs over high bushes in
moist woods fls with the
petals united into cordate-
ovate corolla which ulti-
mately encloses the small,
few-seeded pod — Sow seed
in spring in a damp, cool
place Transplant in fall,
if possible, if transplanted
at all It does not flower
the first season but re-
mains low and bushy It
will not tolerate open sun
or \\ indy situation
fungdsa, Greene (A.
arr/i<W*, Raf ). CLIMBING
FUMITOKY MOUNT\IN
FRINGE ALLEGHENY
VINE Figs 125, 126
Climbs by the slender
young If -stalks Lvs
thrice pinnate, Ifts cut-
lobed, delicate fls white
or purplish, in ample
panicles G W F 13. V.
2 76 and 4 22 (all as A.
cirrhosa). N TAYLOR!
ADODENDRUM Rhodo-
thamnus
ADONIS (a favonte of
Venus, after his death
changed into a flower).
Ran unt ulat e<F Hardy an-
nual and perennial herbs
planted for their showy
flowers
Flowers solitary, teimi-
nal; petals 5-16, yellow
or red, carpels many st
about 1 ft high, very
leafy Ivs. alternate, cut
into very narrow divi-
sions: fr an achcne
The culture is simple in
any good soil, light moist
earth preferred. They
thrive in full sun or partial shade; the perennial species
well suited for rockwork and borders Only a few well-
known species, natives of temperate regions of Europe
and Asia: perhaps 20 in the genus
Annuals are propagated by the seeds, which are slow-
germmating; the freshest seed is sown in autumn or
earliest spring Perennials may, in like manner, be
grown from seed and come to flower the first season,
125. Adlumia fungosa
ADONIS
but division of the roots is to be preferred as the flowers
are then more abundant. Very early spring is the best
time for dividing.
A Annuals' fls crimson or scarlet.
B . St simple except at top • center of fl yellow.
eestivalis, Linn. PHEASANT'K-EYE SUMMER ADONIS.
Sts erect, often branched at top fib crimson, petals
flat, obtuse, half longer than calyx.
June, July Var citrina, HofTrn , is a
garden variety with citron-yellow fla
parvifldra, Fisch Allied to above, not
well recogm/ed as a distinct species Dif-
fers in being smaller-fid, arid lehb showy.
microcarpa, DC Apparently a pale-
fld variation of A spstivalis.
BB St branched center of fl dark
,,. autumnahs, Linn Fi/>s ADONIS.
Adiuma fuwu AuTrMN ADONIS St branched fls.
(x5-4) small, crimson, with dark center, glo-
bose, petals 0-8, concave, slightly
larger than calyx. June-Sept Gn 12, p. 131. — Spar-
ingly naturalized
AA. Perennials fls yellow
B St not branched
vernalis, Linn (A apcnmna, Jacq A. daviinca,
Reichb ) SPRING ADONIS Fig 127 St simple, lower
Ivs scale-like, others with lobes numerous, entire fls
large, petals 10-15, lanceolate, slightly toothed, sepals
smooth Early spring Gn f), p 51'), 39 208 Gn W
23 153 G 29 140, 9 122, 1 249 VST alba, Hurt
A form \\ith white fls J II 72 39 (dew ) A di^torta,
Tenore, from Italy, a form with later fls
apenntna, Lmn (.1 vcrnahb var sibinca DC A.
.wbinca, Patrin ) 1 his species is much like A vernalis:
fls larger lower l\s sheath-like April Siberia.
BB St branched
pyrenaica, DC St branched petals 8-10, obtuse,
smaller than in .1 nrtmlis lower Ivs with long branched
petioles, upper ones sessile, the numerous lobes alv\ ays
entire JuK CJn 39, p 209 Gn\\ 5 533 A Ircu-
tiana, DC , a form w ith some radi< al h s , lobes dentate.
volgensis, Stev (A uolaiin>i\, Hoit ) Much like
A vanalit,, but st branched 1\ s ^eale-hke at base,
petioled or sessile above ils like A pytenoica, but
sepals pubescent on under side Apnl Volga region.
amurensis, Itegel & Hadde A beautiful species, \\ith
broad vellow fls , not much cult in Artier , has many
Japanese varieties KM 7190 GM 10 109, IS 212
Gn ,52 0, 07, p 207, GC 111 29 17o and III 37.
188, J II. Ill 50 299 (fl pi ). K C. DAVIS.
AD6XA (Greek, without glory, i e , humble or
obscure) Adoxdcczr, but bv some authorities placed
in Caprifohacey and formerly in Arahncesr A. Mos-
chatelhna, Linn , the Moschatel, is the only species.
It is an inconspicuous herb 3- 5 in high, bearing tubers
beneath the ground, with biternate ivs , and small
greenish fls It occurs in England, Cent Eu , and
northward, and in subalpine and arctic regions m N
Amer It is scarcely cult but may occur in rock-gar-
dens, being giown for its musky scent
^CHMEA
221
(from mchme, point; referring to the rigid
points on the calyx) Kromeliflcex Epiphytic herbs,
of about sixty species, natives of tropical South Amer-
ica, grown in choice greenhouse collections.
Flowei -cluster arising from a cluster or rosette of
long, hard Ivs which are serrate, petals 3, tongue-
shaped, obtuse or pointed, 2-3 times the length of the
spine-pointed calyx-lobes, stamens 6, shorter than the
petals, ovary inferior, 3-celled. The fls are subtended
bv (m the axils of) fl -bracts; the entire head or fl.-
cluster is often reinforced or subtended by conspicuous
If -bracts, in the compound-mfl types, the individual
branches are usually subtended by branch-bracts In
some species, as M Lahndei and /». Man<f-Reginx} the
large colored If -bracts are the most conspicuous part
of the plant In others, as M Veitchu, the entire head
is the showy part Monogr by Baker, Journ Hot.
1879 129, 101, 220 Includes Canutrum, Eihino^tachys,
Hohtnberyia, Hoplojthylum, J^fim/wococcus, Piroanetiva,
Pothuava, and some of the species have been referred
to Ihllbergia, (Jryptanthu*, Guznuinnw, Tillandsia, Che-
valiera, and others
The a'chmeas are closely allied to the billbergias,
from which they arc distinguished by smaller flowers,
which are little exserted from the calyx and not widely
expanding, short filaments and small anthers, sharp-
pointed sepals and conspicuous sharp-pointed flower-
braets
For culture, see Billberyia
oaly< ulata, 6
ccthhtis, 12
discolor, 10, 11
distichantha, 1
s' 10
oi, 2
minmta, 11
bjx-c tabiln, 13
Veitfhu. 4
Weilba< ha, 9.
A Fix ^-ranked on the branchlets.
1 distichantha, Lem Lvs 2-3 ft long, with a di-
lat< d base 4-5 m long and half as wide, the blade rigid
and channelled, edges prickly scape 1-1 ^ ft , fls in a
bipmnate panic le 1-7 in long and half as wide, the
petals tongue-shaped and red-purple, longer than the
obtuse-cuspidate sepal5*, fl -bract pocket-like, ^4111 long.
Bra/il BM 5417 JF 3 209.
AA Fh multifarious, — in
MVfrnl or many rows on
the spike or branchlets.
B Infl simple
c Ovary compressed or
flattened
2 Lalindei, Lmd &Rod
Large (3-4 ft ), with long
and broad spine-
edged Iv s spike
veiv dense, green-
ish white, from
the color of the
aggregated cali-
ces, the fls sub-
tended by many
deflevd, sho\\v
red, long-pointed,
entire bract-lvs ,
corolla gieen, not
exsrrted Colom-
bia I II 30 481.
— Striking
3 Marlae - Reglnae,
\\ endl Smaller than the
last in all its parts petals
blue-tipped when young,
fading to crimson like the
bracts, half as long again
as the mealy cuspidate
sepals, fl -bracts entire,
small, not showy bract-
lvs toothed Costa Rica.
BM 0411 Gt 49 1477.
— One of the best species.
4. Veitchii, Baker. Lvs.
spotted, serrate petals
pale, a little longer than
the sepals, fl -bracts con- 127. Adonis vernalis.
222
.EGLE
spicuous, toothed, scarlet bract-lvs greenish, erect,
serrate, not encompassing the infl S Ainer B M.
6329 G Z 23, pi 30 —Referred to Ananas by Bent-
ham & Hooker
cc Ovaiij terete (cylindrical).
D Head oblong
5. Lfndenii, Koch (Hoplophytum Lindemi, Morr ).
Lvs. dilated and entire at base, the blade minutely
toothed and 2-3 it long, the tip broad-rounded and
short-cuspidate petals lemon-yellow, twice as long as
sepals. Brazil. B.M b.505
DD II end globose
6 calyculata, Baker (Hoplo phylum calyculdtum,
Morr ). Lvs about 1 ft long, with an oblong, dilated
base, the blade minutely toothed and rounded at the
tip, but terminated with a minute eusp scape shorter
than the Ivs , with seveial deciduous lanceolate bract-
lvs , petals tongue-shaped, not ] 2m. long, bright yel-
low, fl -bracts- small, entire, reddish S Amer
7. fasciata, Baker (Billbergia fasciata, Lmdl B rho-
docydnea, Lem.) Lvs 1-2 ft long, with an oblong en-
tire clasping base, the blade strongly toothed and the
back marbled with whitish cross-lines, the tip rounded
and mucronate. scape 1 ft high, floeeose, the several
braet-l\s pale led and erect, petals J4in long, pink.
Brazil B M 4883 BR 1130 FS 3 207 — Infl. some-
times f oiked
HB Infl. branched (or compound).
c Fls pedicellate
8 caerulescens, Baker Lvs 1)2-2 ft long, with
small prickles panicle 4-5 in long, 2-pmnate, with lax
few-flu crowded branches, petals bluish red, J'ain.
long fl -bracts none or minute S. Amer Gt 1871 :
694 — Produces white berries
cc Fk> sessile.
D -Sepal*, blunt.
E Floral bracts larae
9. Wellbachii, F Didr Lvs rather short, over-
topped by the red-stemmed and red-bracted scape:
panicle narrow, 1 -pinnate, the fls rather crowded, blue
and red »S Amer R H 1871 170
Var leodiensis, Andr6. Lvs violet and spotted:
fls. shorter. Brazil
EE Floral bracts minute or wanting
10 fulgens. Brongn (M decolor, Hort ) Lvs
broad, with small distant teeth, with a broad cuspidate
end panicle large, simple above, branched below, gla-
brous, beanng numerous fls ; petals blue-tipped, ex-
ceeding the rich red calyx; fl -bracts minute or none:
branch-bracts yellowish S Amer. B M 4293.
11. mimata, Baker Lvs serrate with numerous close
small teeth panicle branched throughout, ils numer-
ous, petals blue, ovary red Var discolor, Hort , l<ig.
128, has the Ivs purple or violet-brown on the* back.
Brazil.
DD. Sepals pointed or awned.
12 coelestis, Morr Lvs linear, the margins with
few minute spines or almost smooth panicle branched
below, simple above, fls about 10 lines long, sepals
white, petals blue Brazil
13 spectabihs, Brongn Lvs linear, the margins
armed with stout spines panicle laxly pyramidal, fls
about IJ-i in long, sepals pale rose, petals white, pur-
ple at apex Venezuela and Colombia II II 1875311
X aurantiaca, Baker^Canistruin uurantmrmn -- E Hnrlen,
Raker Corolla palt yellow Houduuis .*' fcmnWiiMi, Rt-g< I
Lvs much dilated ut b iso, whitish below, Mac k -toothed petals
light blue calyx and rnrhis rtd, pam, l< branched Bra/il (Jt
34 12U2-.fi- brom.h.fohu. Baker I)<nse spike Ivs whitish
below, J-l ft long, strnto or spm< scent «1s light >i How S Ainer
—X Corniti, t'arr -~ E nu.lu mils — K Ditikt.,in,i, \nlre I \ s
hitish, finely dentate spike simple and hx, fls long-tubular,
ht blue, bracts iiul o\ tries tor.il-n.d hcrrus io-te, booming
ligh
blu
.
H H ISSS, p lOl.des
,
s. Moir -(Jra-
vism exsiidans — & Fur^tmbmjn, Motr -=Htn ptoi ilyx I ui-.lt 11-
berKn — M ytyas, Moir Moral Us ctunsoa rls in a d( nse inM ,
sepals white, hpidote, eoiolla pale giffn Bn/il BM 8107 -
£ glomerata, Hook =Holunt>< IJM i st, ||.,tu, Srhult - K llystnr,
Morr Lvs lepidote, \\hitisli, irowdrd spike oblonj?. ilc ns. , rts
purple, tomentoio Ciui.iu,i — K lmun<ltilnc,a. (' II Wn«ht V U
distichous, panuulatc. the s» pals awne<l, Kn«'ii. the p.tuls tl«p
violet Grenada BM S()()j — -R1 mmnu dnlha, Bron«n -= E
Schiedeana -.E Wdindnn, Htx.k I'liudi <-pinnate, df rise, p, t-
ah bright red Us spiny. 1 ' j 2 It (kiuina BM 5jr> — E m?ii-
cana. Baker Lvs long and law . hm -tootru d panulc 2-pn.nate,
long and hx, th*> pedutu les rn. ily, petals < run-on Mex - E
wuniafa, Hort =-Billb< rmu thyrMH.l. a('' ) — E mj/n«/,4w«««, Morr
Allied to JK distKhantha Lvs nurow, 2 3 ft , spiny. Ml\«ry-
B'lxf b «?J'J — *,'lt/iM«/itrt«J!s ' ( JrU'b Lvs ToSiml" tr UKht! brow n-
toothed brnot-lv8 suhti iiiluiK spike hr«e. brilliant ud, p. tals
yellow Trop Viner R II ISS', it, (a« .E Cornui, whieh is a form
with short* r and denser spikr) — E pnni< uln/tra. (Jriscb Lvs
larue and lonij pani< It 1 2 ft long, with fo\\-Hd bran< h. s stipe
Ull, reddish, downy. Us purple Trop \iner - *' *ttur<l*(ina.
Schleeht (E in K rn.< -inth i, Kronen ) L\ s larRi njiid, strongly
arrrud panulo 3-pitmito. pub. -01 nt Hs palt yellow M< x (.t
43 p 175 — -E atrrata. Me/ P'lmHi \<ry dtns<>, bipmnatt , rls
distichous, sessile, sepils spinulose, pet ils violit, murronato
Martinique R H 1!X)7 129— JE i«6nna-=Billb( rgii ytbrina
L H B
CiLouciE V NASH f
JEGLE (from Latin JSqlc, one of the Hespeude^,) /<V
t&cear, tribe Citrc<-r A small tree, often .>pmy, having
hard-shelled frs Ivs deciduous, (is pen tamerous \sith
numerous free btamens, ovaiy with 10 or more cells,
ovules numerous in each cell , eells ot t lie fi \\ it hout pulp
vesicles, filled with gum, seeds \voollv and in germina-
tion the cotyledons remain lupogeous the first tohage
Ivs are opposite — Only one species IH now recogm/ed
Mdrmelos, Coirea (Crateva Maundo?, Linn Bciuu
Mdrmclos,\\ F \\ight) Fig 120 The bael fruit of
India A handnome tree mitixe to N India, but widely
cult throughout the Peninsula ;is well as in Ceylon,
Burma, Siarn and Indo-Cluna The tnfoholate Ivs ,
borne on wingless petioles, are thin in teMure, pnjb-
ably owing to the fact that thev are deciduous Al-
though not so hardy as the deciduous trifoliate orange
of China and Japan, the bael fiuit tiee is bind to en-
dure a considerable degree of cold (20° F or lower) in
the drier parts of N W India The fr is greenish > el-
low, globular, or nearly so, varying from 2-0 (usually
4-5) in in diarn The fr of the wild tiee is considei-
ably smaller than that of the cult, foirn The hard
shell, ^m thick, is filled with the pale orange, aro-
matic pulp in which occur 10-15 long, narrow cells
containing the seeds imbedded in transparent tena-
cious gum These cells correspond to the Begins of an
orange, while the pulp is made up of the pith and the
greatly thickened fleshy membranes separating the
AERIDES
223
cells. Ill Roxb., PI. Corom , pi. 143 Wight, Ic , pi 16
Bedd, Fl Sylv , pi. 101. Benth. & Trim, Med PI,
55. Bonav , Oranges and Lemons of India and Ceylon,
Atlas, pi 242, 243. The ripe fr is much esteemed by
the Hindus, many of
whom consider it the
best of the citrous frs ,
the European residents
in India often become
very fond of it.
Watt says (Diet of
Econorn Prod of India,
1 123) "The fruit, when
ripe, is sweetish, whole-
some, nutritious, and
very palatable, and much
esteemed and eaten by
all classes The npo
.„_ , ... fruit, diluted with water,
129 JEgle Marmelos (XM) forms, with the addition
of a small quantity of
tamarind and sugar, a delicious and cooling drink "
The famous botanist, Roxbuigh, savs (Flora Indica,
2 5X0) "The fruit is nut nt urns, warm, cathartic, in
taste delicious, in fragrance exquisite, "
On the other hand, W R Mustoc, Superintendent,
Government Archeological Gardens, Lahore, India,
writes (m a letter to I) G Fairchild, dated Lahore,
Dec 3, 190X) "The fruit is greatly prized for eating by
the natives, but can s< orccK be looked upon as pala-
table to the white in in except as a sherbet, "
Sherbet is made from the mashed pulp, which is diluted
with a little water, and then stiamed into milk or soda-
water and sug.ired to taste Sometimes a little tama-
rind is added to give a subacid flavor Ml Indian medi-
cal authoritHs agree that the bael fruit has a most
salutorv influence on the digestive sv-tem The ripe
fruit is mildlv. laxative and is a good simple remedy for
dyspepsia The unripe fruit is a specific of the highest
value for dvsenterv , but so mild that it can be given to
children without dangi i The bael fruit tree is widelv
cultivated in India ,ind is found in neurlv c v ( rv temple
garden It is dedicated to Siva, whose worship cannot
be completed without ,ts leaves rlhis promising fruit
tree is now b< ing tested at seveial points in the warmer
parts of the I nited States
.E Bdrtcn Hook f -- BnN .inocitnn p-umuliita. Swindle -.#
Merrill— Chsptospormum glutmosa, Swingle - JE aejnana, DC =
Ponnrus trifohata, Raf WALTER T SWINGLE
JEGL(5PSIS (&gle, opsis, appearance) Rutdcex,
tribe Citrex A small spiny tree, having simple per-
sistent Ivs with short, wingless petioles, and frs with
a thin rather hard shell the fls are pentamerous with
10 stamens, ovary 6-7-celled, ovules numerous m each
cell cells of the fr without pulp vesicles, filled with
gum The seeds are smooth, and in germination the
cotyledons remain hypogeous, the first fohage Ivs are
opposite Only one species is known
Chevalien, Swingle Fig 130 A large shrub or small
spiny tree growing near the coast in Cote d'lvoire,
Trop W. Afr , probably occurring also in Liberia The
spines occur singly alongside of the axillary bud and are
long, slender and straight (See Fig. 130 ) The fls are
borne in small, more or less branched panicles composed
of 4-40 fls. The fruits are globose or slightly pyn-
form, deep orange, with a thin, hard shell i^in. thick
Inside of this shell are G (rarely 5 or 7) cells filled with
large sublenticular seeds imbedded in a fragrant
mucilage These cells correspond to the segms of an
orange and
are trian-
gular in
out line, oc-
c u p y i n g
almost the \
whole*
space, the sep-
arating mem-
branes being
very thin and the
pith small In
this respect, the
fr is quite unlike
fi s of yftgle and
Balsarnocitrus.
Ill Bull Soc.
Hot F r . v .
58 M6m 8d
pi 2, 3-— This
species was only
recent 1> brought
to light in the
collect ions of the
Museum d'His-
131. JEgopodmm Podograna var.
vanegatum.
130 -Kglopsis Chevaheri (Xf. fl
toire Naturelle
at Pans It is reported as growing in swamps near the
sea If it is able to resist brackish water it may prove
to be a stock of value 01. which to graft citrous frs as
most, if not all, of the species of Citrus are very sensi-
tive to salty soils (alkali) Trees of this species are
growing in the greenhouses of the Jardm des Plantes
at Pans and in those of the U S Dept of Agric Young
seedlings are being grown for trial as stocks on which
to graft other citrous frs WALTER T SWINGLE.
^GOPODIUM (mx, goat, and podion, a little foot;
probably from the shape of the Ifts) Umbellifene.
GOUTWEED. Coarse, hardy herbaceous perennial, with
creeping rootstocks, biternate ha , sharply toothed,
ovate Ifts , white fls m umbels frs. ovate, glabrous,
with equal filiform ribs, and no oil-tubes
Podograria, Linn , var vanegatum, Hort Fig 131.
Twelve to 14 in — A rapid-growing variegated form of
this European weed, which makes attractive mats of
white-margined foliage Common in yards, and planted
as edging and mats* against buildings and in shady
places. Prop readily by division, and of simplest cult.
N. TAYLOR f
AERANTHUS Certain species described under this genus are
treated in Anyrxcum
A^RIDES (Greek, air-plant}. Orchidacex Epiphytic
hothouse orchids
Stems leafy, without pseudobulbs* Ivs distichous,
coriaceous or fleshy, the persistent sheaths covering the
224
AERIDES
AERIDES
St.. fls. borne in simple or compound lateral clusters;
sepals about equal, spreading, the dorsal broader than
the lateral; petals similar to the dorsal sepal; lip erect,
or bent in, attached to the foot of the column, spurred
at the babe, the spur hollow, pollmia 2 — Species
about 30, distributed from Malay Archipelago to India,
E. Asia and Japan.
Nearly all the species of this genus are from the
East Indies and therefore require the warmhouse
treatment, with a minimum of 65° F in winter As
they have no pseudobulbs, but an erect, evergreen stem,
they must never be allowed to become perfectly dry.
Ample drainage of charcoal and broken pots is very
essential, with a surfacing of moss, preferably sphag-
num, renewed each year, the usual peat fiber being
omitted. The besst-known species is A. odoratum ana
is often seen in collections flowering freely. A Field-
tngu is also an interesting plant, as the spikes grow to
the length of 18 inches, are dense-flowered, and known
as the "fox-brush orchid," the color being a beautiful
rose-pink A. Ijawrencise is another fine plant, from
the Philippines but not yet common in gardens. —
Propagation is effected only by cutting off the top of
the plant and setting it down in another pot, and wait-
ing for the other part to send out shoots. The roots are
mostly aerial, and no attempt must be made to confine
these to the pots. If the size pot used is large, it should
be perforated at the sides to admit of a free circulation
of air. (Orpet.)
i. 3
affine, 12
Godcfroyanum, 12
purpurascens, 1.
Amesianurn, 5
Hotillotiauuin, 9
qumqucv ulnorun
Augustianum, 10
Bullantmeanum, 4
Japonicum, 17
Larpeniae, 8
radicosum, Ib
Rcebolmn, 3
birmamcum, 1
Lawrennir, 5
roseum, 12
Brookei, 15
iMwrencennum, 5
rubrurn, 16
cornutum, 1.
Leauum, G
Sandorre, 2
crju«ifolium, 11.
Leomei, 8
Sandenanum, 5
onspum, 15
cyhndncum, 18.
Dayanum, 2.
fcll.su, 2
Lindleyanuin, 15
Lobhu, 12
maculosum, 14
majus, 1
Sav arcanum, 7
Schroeden,.14
Huavissimuiu, 4
\andarum, 18
expanium, 8.
mitratum, 19
virens, 2
falcatum, 8
nmltiflorum, 12
Warneri, 15.
Fieldmgn, 13.
odoratum, 1
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
L Lvs flat, keeled
B Middle lobe of the hp incurved between
the larger lateral lobes
C Spur curved
D Fls l}^ in long or less
E Lateral lobes of the lip white
F Length of fls 1 in or more
G Lip not spotted or with
few spots, flt, crowded,
concealing the stem 1 odoratum
oo Lip usually much spotted,
flt> not crowded, reveal-
ing the stem 2 virens
FF Length of fls lets than 1 in 3 qumquevul-
EE Lateral hbcs of the lip lemon- [nerum
yellow 4. suavissimum
DD Fls exceeding 1\^ in long 5 Lawrenciae
cc Spur straight
D Raceme much longer than the Ivs ;
muddle lobe of the lip ovate-tri-
angular 6 Leanum
DD Racemes as long as the hs , mid-
dle lobe of the hp linear-oblong 7 Savageanum
BB. Middle lobe of the hp spreading, not
incurved
C. Sts long hs, numerous, 6 in. or
more long
D Lateral lobes of hp large, usually
falcate or lunate
E. Spur short, conic
F Sepals and petals white 8 falcatum
FF. Sepals and petals tawny
yellow 9. Houlletianum
EI Spur long, cyhndric
F Shape of spur straight 10 Augustianum
FF Shape of spur recurved or
htoked 11 crassifohum
DD Lateral lobes of hp smaller or
wanting
E. Racemes drooping or pendulous
F Middle lobe of lip entire
Q The spur straight
H The middle lobe of hp
cordate, obtuse 12
HH The middle lobe of lip
ddtoid, acuminate 13
GO The spur incurved or
hooked 14
FF Middle lobe of hp serrate,
lateral lobct, t,mall 15
EE Racemes erect or ascending 10
CC Sts short Ivi, few, 4 m long or
less 17
AA. Lvs tircte or semitcrele, grooved on the
multiflorum
Fieldingii
maculosum
crispum
radicosum
B Fi
ipper surface
7s few, white, 2 in or more across 18
vandarum
mitratum
BB Fls numerous, /t\s6 than 1 in across,
the hp violet 19
1 odoratum, Lour (A cornutum, Roxbg ) Fig. 132
Lvs 6-8 in long, up to 2 in broad racemes nodding,
equaling or longer than the Ivs , fls about 1 in long,
fragrant; sepals and petals white, \\ith a eaimme spot
at the obtuse apex, the
pet ah narrower than
the sepals, lateral lobes
of the lip erect, round-
oblong, \\hite, or
faintly tinged vuth
purple, and somewhat
spotted, middle lobe
ot the lip linear-oblong,
denticulate or entire,
white, with a median
purple line India
to Cochin China
BM 4139 C.n 40,
p 1/iS FC 2 7.")
OR 6 273, 8 217
Var birmanicum,
Reichb f Fls
smaller, with lines
instead of apical
spots, and the
narrow middle lobe
of the hp with
few marginal
teeth Var pur-
purascens,Hort
Racemes larger,
and the sepals
and petals
tipped with dull ametlust (i C II 1(5 597 Var
majus, Hort. Racemes and fls larger
2 virens, Lmdl Lvs up to 10 in long and 1 % in
broad racemes longer than the Ivs , fls over 1 in long,
fragrant, sepals and petals white, \vith a bright purple
apical spot, broadly oval, obtuse, hp deeply .i-lobed, the
oblong lateral lobes much the larger, erect, white,
purple-spotted below, the middle lobe oblong, small,
incurved, purple, or white with a median purple stripe,
spur green-tipped Java P M. 14 "197 B 11 30 41
Var fillisii, llort (A. filhsii, Hort ). Sepals and petals
white, flushed with rose, the tips amethyst-purple Var
Dayanum, Hort Racemes longer, with large bright
fls. Var. Sander®, Hort. A form in which the fls. are
pure white.
3 quinquevulrerum, Lmdl. Lvs up to 1 ft long and
\l/2 in- broad, racemes commonly longer than the Ivs.;
fls usually less than 1 in long, sepals and petals obtuse,
oval-oblong, white, tipped with amethyst and with a
few purple spots below; hp 3-lobed, the erect lateral
lobes triangular-oblong, white, faintly purple-dotted,
the middle lobe oblong, deep amethyst, the spur
incurved green Phihpp'ne I sis P M. 8 241. Var.
AERIDES
AERIDES
225
Rcebelinh (A Raebelinn, Reichb. f ). Differs in the
denticulate petals which shade to green at the base, and
m the rose-colored middle lobe of the hp. Philippine
Isls
4 suavfssimum, Lmdl Lvs up to 10 in long and
\Yi in broad, racemes longer than the Ivs , fls fragrant,
somewhat crowded, sepals and petals white, flushed
with lilac, tipped with rose-lilac, the dorsal sepal broadly
oval, the lateral larger; lip 3-lobed, the erect lateral
lobes rounded-oblong, lemon-yellow, purple-spotted,
the middle lobe linear-oblong, paler than the lateral
lobes Malacca C O , pi 6 J F 2, pi 213 Var Bal-
lantmeanum, Veitch Blooms a little earlier- racemes
shoi ter, the sepals and petals amethyst-tipped
5 Lfiwrenciae, Reichb (A Lawrencianum, Hort )
Lvs up to 1 ft, long and 2 in broad racemes equaling
or longer than the Ivs , fls over 1)2 m l°nK, fragrant,
sepals and petals white, amethyst-tipped, lip deeply
3-lobed, the denticulate lateral lobes hatchet-shaped,
white, the middle lobe oblong, amethyst, the spur
green, incurved Philippine Isls Gn 35 485 G C
111 20 629, 30 435 Var Amesianum, Kranzl A
more robust plant, with fls of a more intense color
Var Sandenanum, Hort Differs in its narrow Ivs
and yellowish fls
6 Leanum, Reichb f. Lvs up to 10 in long and
1 } 2 m broad racemes longer than the Ivs , fls less than
1 in long, sepals and petals rose-purple with a white
base, lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes round, incurved, and
nearly inclosing the small, ovate-triangular, deep pur-
ple middle lobe, spur straight, green-tipped India
7 Savageanum, Veitch Lvs up to 10 m long and
1]4 m wide racemes equaling the Ivs , fls kss than 1
in long, sepals and petals with the white base dotted
with purple, the upper poition crimson, lip crimson-
purple, the erect 1'iteral lobes round-oblong, the middle
lobe linear-oblong, small, incurved, spur straight,
greenish
8 falcatum, Lmdl & Paxt (A LarmnLf, Hort .4.
eJCfMtntum, Reichb f ) Lvs up to 8 in long and 1 ' j m
broad racemes equaling or exceeding the Ivs , fls
about 1)4 m long, sepals and petals white, tipped with
ameth>st -purple, lip 3-lobed, the spreading lateral
lobes falcate, light amethvst, the middle lobe deep
amethyst, broadly obovate, notched, denticulate, spur
short, greenish I'pper Burma Var Lednsei (.4
Ltbnsui, Reichb f ) Differs in having the middle lobe
of the hp larger and of deeper color, and in the dotting
of the lateral lobes and of the base of the sepals and
petals Rangoon
9 Houlletianum, Reichb f Resembles A falcatum,
but differs in its smaller fls , arranged m shorter and
denser racemes, the sepals and petals tawny yellow,
tipped with purple, the lip white, striped and spotted
with purple, the middle lobe fhnbmle Cochin China.
C O , pi. 3 I H 29.455 R B 21 205 R H 1891 321
10 Augustianum, Rolfe L\s up to 8 in long and
1 J-4 in broad racemes longer than me Ivs ; fls 1-1 } t' m
long, sepals and petals lose, round-oblong, obtuse,
hp 3-lobed, the oblong lateral lobes falcate, rounded or
truncate at the summit, the broadly oblong middle lobe
crenulate, somewhat bilobcd at the apex, spur straight
Philippine Isls G C 111 7 233
11 crassifdlium, Par & Reichb f Lvs up to 8 in
long and 2 m. wide racemes longer than Ivs , ns loosely
arranged, 1-1 ^2 *n long, sepals and petals rose-purple,
paler at the base, lip 3-lobcd, the lateral lobes rose-
purple, nearly lunate or crescent-shaped, the broadly
ovate middle lobe deep rose-purple, spur curved, green-
ish at the tip. Burma G C. II. 8 493 C O , pi 1.
12. multifldrum, Roxbg (A ajflne, Wall A rbseum,
Paxt ). Lvs up to 10 in. long, less than 1 in broad1 ra-
cemes longer than the Ivs , fls about ^im long; basal
p*ortion of the oval-oblong petals and doi-sal sepal white.
15
with a few purple spots, the remainder light amethyst;,
the nearly orbicular lateral sepals white, faintly flushed;
hp light amethyst, deeper in the middle, cordate,
obtuse, spur straight, short B M 4049 Gt 8 267.
J F 2 200 Var L6bbu, Veitch (A Ulbii, Hort )
Differs from the type in its much-crowded Ivs , and m
the fls which are more numerous and more highly
colored I II 15 559 Var Godefroyanum, Veitch
(A Godefroyanum, Reichb f ) Lvs longer' fls a little
larger and more highly colored than in the type. R B
17 109.
13 FiSldingii, Lodd FOX-BRUSH ORCHID Lvs up
to 10 in. long and nearly 2 in broad mfl racemose,
sometimes paniculate at the base, longer than the Ivs ;
fls about 1 1/2 in long, crowded, petals and dorsal sepal
white, suffused with rose, or the basal portion some-
times white and dotted with purple, obovate, the lateral
sepals white, tipped with pale purple, broadly oval, hp
white, suffused with rose, deltoid or trowel-shaped,
acuminate, the small lateral lobes mrolled over the
mouth of the small white spur which is amethyst, mot-
tled w ith white Sikkim and Assam B H. 1876 . 18, 19.
A F 22 883.
14 maculdsum, Lmdl Lvs up to 10 in long and
nearly 2 m broad mfl longer than the Ivs , often panic-
ulate at the base, fls about Him long, the sepals and
petals white, the upper portion stained and spotted
with amethvst, oval-oblong, lip clawed, the blade
amethvst, deeper in the middle, ovate-oblong, obtuse,
with 2 small white tuben les at the base, spur incurved,
short, green-tipped India Var Schrofcden, Veitch
Differs from the type in its more robust habit, its longer
Ivs, and the darker markings of the sepals, petals,
and middle of the lip. G C II 13 493, 17 341 J F.
1 54
15 crispum, Lmdl (A Brobkt i, Batem ) Lvs up to
8 in long and 2 in broad mfl several tunes longer tnan
the 1\ s , racemose, or sometimes paniculate at the base;
fls about 2 in long, the sepals and petals white, faintly
flushed with rose-purple on the back and on the surface
at the apex, hp 3-lobed, the erect, small lateral lobes
white, streaked with rose-purple on the surface, round-
oblong, the middle lobe deep amethyst, white at the
base, broadly ovate, the sides reflexed, serrate; spur
small, curved S India B M 4127 FS5.438 Gn.
4, p 85 BR 28 55 F S 1 12 GC III 36:134. Var.
Lmdleyanum, Hort Infl paniculate at the base; fls.
larger than in the type, the hp with the lateral lobea
greenish and the middle lobe rich amethyst bordered
with white Xeilgherry Hills. Var. W&rneri, Hort.
Differs in having the Ivs. shorter and narrower than in
the tvpe, ar»d m its longer racemes of smaller fls , the
middle lobe of the hp deep rose with a white border
16 radicdsum, Reichb (A rubrum, Hort ) Lvs up
to 10 in long and 1 Yi m broad mfl longer than the
Ivs , racemose, or sometimes paniculate at the base, fls.
about 1^4 in. long, the sepals and petals light rose-
purple, deeper spotted, hp 3-lobed, the small erect
lateral lobes round, rose-purple, the middle lobe deep
rose-purple, oblong, acute, spur curved, short. India.
1 7 jap6nicum, Reichb f Lvs up to 4 in. long, few :
racemes longer than the Ivs ; fls. about 1 in long, fra-
grant, sepals and petals greemsn white, the lateral
sepals bordered with brownish purple, lip 3-lobed, the
lateral lobes small, the middle lobe obovate-spatulate,
crenulate, white, with a median dark violet ridge and a
few paler spots, spur straight, obtuse Japan B M.
5798 I H 29 461
18 vand&rum, Reichb f (A cylindncum, Hook ).
St slender, round Ivs terete, grooved on the upper sur-
face, up to 8 in. long* fls single or m few-fld racemes,
white, about 2 in long, sepals and petals undulate, the
former obovate-oblong, the latter nearly rhomboidal
IIP 3-lobed, tb* lateral lobes linear-falcate, the middle
226
AERIDES
^SCULUS
lobe broadly obcordate, spur subulate. Himalayan
region. B.M. 4982. J.II. III. 34.417. O.K. 13.60.
19. mitratum, Reiehb f St short, with a few semi-
terete Ivs 6-15 in long, deeply grooved on the upper
surface, racemes from below the Ivs and shorter than
them, ascending or nearly erect, fls ^4'in long, sepals
and petals white, flushed with mauve at the apex; hp
amethyst, spur raiter-bhaped, short. Burma. B.M.
5728.
A Afirholitm, Rolfo A recently intro species, allied to A. odo-
ratum Light rose-purple ih and a rather short spur Annara.
O R 1904 Ihl —A cyllndricum, Lindl Resembles A vandarum
m habit and foliage Fls about IJa in across, the sepals and
petals waxy white, sometimes tinged rose, the Up white, tne side
lobes purple-streaked, the middle lob<> yellow with a crimson tip
India GC. Ill 17 3<)3 -4 Duqutinei, liort Fls white dotted
with rose — A Emtrtcu, Reichb Fls 1 in lung, the sepals and
petals white, amethyst-blotched at apex, the hide lobes of hp
purple-spotted, the middle lobe small, narrowly oblong, acute,
amethyst, npur incurved BM 6728 — A ThitxiutiAnum, Ileiehb.
Racemes longer than the l\s fls rose with an amethyst hp, spur
curved GEORGE V NASH.
JERUA (said to be from the Arabic name) Amaran-
tdcex. A genus of 10 species of Trop Asiatic and Afri-
can herbs or shrubs, allied to Achyranthes, with per-
fect or imperfect fls , the perianth segms short and
hyaline, stamens 5 or 4, sterile filaments mteivening;
fls. very small, usually in clusters, white or rusty
uinol£nta, Blume (A. sanguinca, Hort ) Lvs
m. long, opposite or alternate, ovate-acuminate,
133. Opening foliage of ^Esculut Hippocastanum.
soft-pubescent, pale beneath Java — Cult, for its dark
red Ivs Not common and at present perhaps confined
to botanic gardens
N. TAYLOR.f
^SCHYNANTHUS: Tnchosporum
^ESCULUS (ancient name of some oak or mast-bear-
ing tree) Including Pavia Hippoctibtuncicese HORSE-
CHESTNUT BUCKEYE Trees or sometimes shrubs,
cultivated for shade and for the conspicuous bloom of
some species
Winter-buds large with several pairs of outer scales:
Ivs opposite, long-pet 10 led, digitate, deciduous; Ifts.
5-9, serrate: fls symmetrical in terminal panicles,
calyx fampanulate to tubular, unequally 4-5-toothed,
petals 4-5, with long claws, stamens 5-9; ovary 3-
celled, with 2-ovuled cells fr. a large 3-valved caps.,
usually with 1 or 2 largo herds, sreda large, brown, with
a large pale hilum — About 20 species in N. Amer , E.
Asia, Himalayas and Balkan Peninsula
The buckeyes are deciduous trees and shrubs, with
large, digitate leaves and red, white or yellow flowers in
ihowy terminal panicles They are cultivated for their
showy flowers and handsome foliage, and some species
make excellent shade trees. The large seeds are not
edible
Some species, as M Hippocastanum and M. carnca
are popular shade and street trees They leaf early and
soon give a dense shade The shrubby species are well
adapted for borders of larger gioups or as solitary
clumps on the lawn, particularly M priri'ifloia, with itt,
slender panicles of white flowers, similar in habit and
effect but with bright scarlet flowers, are M discolor,
M aeorgiana and A spltndens Most ot the species are
hardy Noith, but the Calif ornian and Himalayan spe-
cies are suitable only for the southern states They
grow best in loamy and moist soil
Propagation is by seeds to be sown m autumn or
stratified, or by side-grafting and budding on common
species, and the shrubby forms also by layers, M.
parviflora is propagated also by root-cuttings
i n a,
umbruculiiera, 1
virnKata, 1
t-M«Wor, 12
mullein, 11
\\ iNc.im, (»
\\arliUensis.ll
A. Winter-buds resinous daw* of pt (alb not longer than
cali/r, stmntnb exhaled
B. L//6 senile petals ft, cfdi/i «irn[>anidate, fi-lobed,
stamens 5-8 fi globular (IhpiMcastununi}
C Lvs glabrous beneath
1 Hippocastanum, Linn COMMON HonsE-CuLfiT-
NIIT Fig 133 Largo ti(>r, (>0 SO it Ifts 5 -7, visile,
cuneate-obovute, acuminate, obtu^elj senate, nearly
glabrous panicles S-12 in long, ver> showy, fls white,
tinged with led, ?4in long tr echmate May N
Greece, Bulgaiia H.\\ 347 FE 13, pi 13 (habit) —
Many garden forms, the mot>t important are Var
Baumannii, Schneid (\nr Jlbn-])lhio, Lem ), \\ith
double white fls I H 2 -30 F S 7, p 7o B IT *, p
133 GM 4i 613 A.G 32 271 (habit) Var Schirn-
hdferi, Kosenth , \vith double yellowish red fls W I G
1882 101 Var pumila, Dipp , dwarf form Vur um-
bracuHfera, Rchci , with compact round head M I) G
1903 188 Var pyramidahs, Nirhols , with compact,
idal head Var lacimata, Leroy (var
, var hetewphulla, Hort ), Ifts lacmiate
Var incisa, Dipp Lfts shoit and broad, deeply and
doubly serrate to incisely lobed Var H6nkehi, Hen-
kel, is little different, only the Ifts are narrower and
the habit more pyramidal Var variegata, Loud , Ivs
variegated with yellow Var Memmingeri, Bean Lvs
sprinkled with white — The horse-chestnut is one of the
most popular of shade trees on the continent of Eu-
rope, and is also much planted along roads and in
parks and private grounds in this country It is partic-
ularly adaptable for bowers and places where seate
are desired, as the top stands headmg-m and makes a
very dense shade It is the first of all shade trees to
burst into leaf When smaller, more formal trees are
desired, var. umbracuhfera should be planted The
double-fld forms are to he recommended for the longer
durat ion of their fls and for the absence of the fr. which
is of gre.it, often annoying, attraction to the small boy
In dry situations, the planting of the horse-chestnut
should be avoided, as the foliage is likely to suffer,
particularly in dry seasons, from drought and heat
^SCULUS
.ESCULUS
227
2. camea, Hayne (M. HippocdstanumxPavia A.
rubicitnda, Loisef, M intermedia, Andre") Tree, 20-40
ft Ifts mostly 5, nearly sessile, euneate-obovate, cre-
nate-serrate, nearly glabrous panicles 5-8 in. long, fls
varying from flesh-color to scarlet, fr. with small
prickles Garden origin 15 R. 105b L B C. 13.1242
F S 2229-30. F.E 23 007 (habit J —Common in parks
and on roadsides. Handsome and desirable; the foliage
is darker and of firmer texture than that of the preced-
ing species and resists drought better Many garden
forms, according to the different shades in coloring;
one of the best is var Bndtii, Nichols (& rubicunda
var. Bribth, Carr ), with bright scarlet fls. 11 II 1878:
370 Also var plantierensis, Rehd (sK plantierfm>m.
Andr6), with yellowish white fls tinged with pink and
fading to pink and with bluntly serrate Ifts , is very
handsome.
cc Lvs pubescent beneath, at lea^t while young
3 turbmata, Blume (-ft* sinenw, Hurt , riot Hunge)
JAPANESE Hou.sE-Cnhsr.\uT Tree, ,}i) ft petioles and
young branchlets pubescent, Ifts 5-7, cuneate-obovate,
crenate-serrate, pubescent beneath when young, pani-
cles 0-10 in long, dense and rather narrow, pubescent,
fls yellowish white, with a red spot, less than ^m long
fr veirucose Juno Japan G C III 5:717.31:187
S J F 1.71 — 1 he Ivs are larger than those of the pre-
ceding species, but the individual fls are smaller and
less strongly marked with red Hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum
Bii Lfts ddlLid petals 4, cali/x 2-lipped, stamens 7-9:
fr pea i -shaped, smooth (Calothyrt>us )
c. Petals nearly equal, oblong-obovate to oblanctolate.
D Cm alia about 1 in long
4 cahf6rmca, Xutt C \UFOKMA BICXEIE. Tree
with bioad top, 30-10 ft Ifts 57, petioled, oblong-
lanceolate, cuneate or obtuse at the base, sharply ser-
rate, glabrous, 1-0 in long panicles .3-8 in long, rather
dense, fls white or pale lose-coloml, 1 m long, petals
of equal length Calif BM 5077 1U1 1855, p 150.
Gn 49, pp 190, 492 SS 2 71,72 FS 13 1312 G C.
Ill 31 180 G M 55 577 (habit)
DI> Coiolla much /t.ss than 1 in lung
5 chinensis, Bunge Tree, to 00 ft Ifts 5-7, short-
stalked, oblong-obo\ ate to oblong-ob lanceolate, acu-
minate, cuneate at the base, glabrous beneath, except
sparingly nairy on the veins, closeh serrulate, 1-7 in.
long fls les» than ], >m long, white, in elongated cylin-
drie panic let? fr subglobo^e, slight h depressed at the
apex, with thick walls, seeds 1 in acioss or less with
the hilum occupying about one-halt ol the seed May,
June N China GC III 52 .Mb, 317 —Recently
intro by the Arnold Aiboretum and probabh hardy N
6 Wilsonu, Rehd Tree, to SO (t lft& 5-7, stalked,
oblong-obovate to oblong -oblariceolate, acuminate,
rounded or broadl\ cuneate at the base, densely grayish
pubescent beneath while young, 1-9 in long' fls about
Vsm long, the upper petals with a yellow spot, in cjhn-
dric panicles 6-12 in long fr ovoid, somewhat pointed
at the apex, w ith thm w alls , seeds 1 J 2 m across with the
hilum occupying one-thud or less of the seed May,
June W and Cent. China — Recently intro by the
Arnold Aiboretum, but proved tender in Mass , prob-
ably hardy south of New York, and a tree highly to be
recommended for its very large spikes of white fls.
cc. Petals unequal, about 1 in. long, the upper ones
marked red and yellow, oblanceolate, the lateral ones
with oval or obovate blade.
7 fndica, Colebr Tall tree, to 60 ft Ifts. 5-9, obo-
vate-lanceolate, short-stalked, finely serrate, cuneate
at the base, glabrous or nearly so beneath, 6-10 in
long panicle to 15 in. long, narrow; fls about 1 in long
with white uneaual petals, the upper with \ello\\
blotch, the lower tinged rose Himalayas BM 5117.
GC 33:139; 36 206 Gn 76, p. 399 —A handsome
tree with large foliage and showy fls , hardy only in the
southern states
AA. Winter-buds not resinous claw* mostly longer than
the 5-toothed calyx.
B Fls yellow to scat let, petals 4> stamens included or
somewhat exerted Ijtt, petioled (Pavia )
c. Petals villous at the margin (interspersed with glands
in the hybrid).
D. Color of fls. yellow, margin of petah without glands.
8 glabra, Willd (At O/HWMMS, Miehx Pama. gldbra.
Spach P pdllida, Spach) OHIO BUCKEYE Small
tree, 15-30 ft Ifts 5, oval or cuneate-obovate, finely
serrate, smooth panic le-> 5-6 m long, fls greenish yel-
low , petals of nearly equal length, then claws as long as
the c;dyx, stamens owrted fr echmate May. Pa.
to Ala and Iowa BR 21 51 SS 2 67,08 FE 29:
773 (habit J Var Buckleyi, Saig (/E qlabra var. ar-
qidu, Rob partlv) Shrub Ifts (5-7, obovate-lanceo-
late, unequally serrate, more acuminate, finely pubes-
cent beneath lias been confounded with the true M.
arguta, Buckl
9 octandra, Marsh (/E JIAva, Ait JE lu'tea, Wang.
Pama luttn, Poir ) SWELT Bi CKEYE Large tree, 40-
90 ft Ifts 5, oblong-obo\ ate or elliptical, cuneate,
134. JEsculus georgiai
equally serrate, smooth or pubescent beneath panicles
4-6 in long; petals jellow, very unequal, their claws
longer than the calv\, stamens 7, shorter than the
petals fr smooth Mav, June Pa. to Ga and Io\va
L B C 13 1280 S S 2 69, 70. G W. 7, p 145 (habit)
DD. Color of /?,s. rtd or yellow tinged more or less with red
E. Margin of petah without glands, villous
10 georgiana, Sarg Fig 134 Shrub, to 6 ft Ifts 5,
stalked, oblong-obovate, long-pointed, finely and often
doubly serrate, pale yellowish green beneath and quite
glabrous fls IJ^m long, in den^c panicles 5-6 m long,
calyx narrow -campanulate, red, petals red and yel-
low, very dissimilar, the lateral ones broad, usually
rounded at the base; stamens 7, shorter than the pet-
als, villous below the middle Mav, June Ga S T S
2 197. — This is the only species of the M octandra
group with red and yellow fls • it is very handsome and
has proved perfectly hardy at the Arnold Arboretum
1 1 wcerlitzensis, Koehne Tree • Ifts obovate-
oblong, yellowish green beneath, spannglv hairy along
the midrib and bearded in the axils, otherwise quite
Rla'ii'njs \Mthl7-20pairsofveins fls 1-1 % in long, m
228
jESCULUS
^THIONEMA
panicles 4-5 m long; calyx tubular, wider above the
middle, petals red, the lateral ones with an oblong-oval
or oblong-obovate blade gradually narrowed at the base;
stamens as long as the lateral petals May Of garden
origin Var. Ellwangeri, Rehd (J£ Pdvia var. Whlt-
leyi, Ellwanger & Barry, not Hort Angl M Pdvia var.
atrosangulnea, Hort.). Lfts slightly hairy on the whole
under surface while young, with 20-27 pairs of veins:
fls darker red, calyx narrower, not widened above the
middle Origin unknown — Very similar to M Pavia,
but easily distinguished by the villous margin of the
petals
EE. Margin of petals with hairs and glands: fls. yellow
and reddish
12 hybrida, DC. {M. octdndra x Pama, M versi-
color, Wender. Pdvia h ijbrida, Spach M. or P Lyonii,
Hort ). Intermediate between /E octandra and M.
Pavia. Lfts pubescent beneath along the veins,
short-petioled, minutely crenulate-serrate. calyx
narrow-campanulate, red or yellowish red, petals
yellow or reddish, stamens shorter than petals,
pubescent toward (he base May, June Garden
origin. .WDB 2 . 164 (as & Pavia) —Several
forms of this hybrid are in cult , varying in the
color of the fls from yellow,
slightly tinged with red, to
nearly .ed Here belong
also several forms cult in
gardens as & discolor and
/E Pdvia var arguta, Lmdl ,
with red 11s (B R 993).
cc Petals only glandular,
not villous on the mar-
gin, red, or red and
yellow.
D Lvs glabrous beneath or
only slightly pubescent
along the midrib.
13 Pavia, Linn (Pdvia
rubra, Poir. P. Michainn,
Spach). RKD BUCKEYE
Shrub or small tree, 4-20
ft Ifts oblong or elliptical,
acute at both ends, finely
serrate, smooth or pubes-
cent beneath panicles 4-7
in long, loose, fls puiphsh
to dark red, calyx tubular,
petals very dissimilar, sta-
mens mostly 8, nearly as
Ion gas the petals fr smooth
May, June Va to Fla. and
La L B C. 13 1257 S T S 2 199 —Many garden
forms, as var hum-ills, Mouillef (M humilis, Lodd
M Pdvia var ndna, Dipp At. Pdvia vai pendula,
Hort M rubra var hunulis, Loud ) Low shrub,
sometimes prostrate, 2-4 ft Ifts coarsely and un-
equally serrate, slightly pubescent beneath, chiefly
along the veins fls red, calyx dark red BR 1018
Var atrosanguinea, Rehd Fls very daik red Var
sublacmiata, Wats (Pdvia ntropurpurea, Spach) Lfts.
narrrower oblong, deeply serrate fls dark red W D B.
2 120 There arc also forms with variegated Ivs
DD Lvs tomentose or densely pubescent beneath.
14 discolor, Pursh (M Pdvia var discolor, Torr. &
Gray AS octdndra var hybnda, Sarg , partly) Shrub
or small tree, to 30 ft * Ifts 5, elliptic to oblong-obo-
vate, acuminate, finely crenately serrate, whitish to-
mentose beneath panicles 6-8 in. long, rather narrow;
fls. \Y± in long; calyx tubular, deep scarlet like the
axis of the panicle; petals very unequal, scarlet and
yellow in the typical form; stamens at least longer
than the shorter pair of petals: fr smooth; seeds light
yellowish brown M^-June Ga to Texas and S Mo.
BR 4:310 SS 13:622 SOB 1:39 (as M Pavia).
Var m611is, Sarg (d£ ni6Uis,R&f M aw.s/rlna, Small).
Fls deep scarlet A very handsome variety with its
long and rather slender racemes of bright scarlet fls
It has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum Var.
flavescens, Sarg Fls yellow This is the yellow-fld.
Texan buckeye formerly referred to /K octandra
15 splendens, Sarg A shrub, 8-1 2 ft Ifts 5, lan-
ceolate to oblanceolate, acuminate, finely and often
doubly crenuliite-serrate, densely hoary pubescent be-
neath fls I1/-:) in long in many-fld panicles
4-8 m long, calyx tubular, bright red, petals
unequal, deep scarlet; stamens usually 7,
longer or shorter than the petals seeds dark
chestnut-brown May, June Ala — Appar-
ently the handsomest in flo\ver of all horse-
chestnuts. S F S 2 200.
pure white, small, petals 4~^,' -s^-
menb more than twice at, long as the
petals (Macrothyrsitb )
16 parvifldra, Walt (/E1 macrostachya,
Michx Pana alba, Poir ) Fig 135 Shuib,
3-10 ft Ifts 5-7, elliptical or oblong-ovate,
nearly sessile, finely seirate, pubescent be-
neath panicles 8 16 in long, nairow fr.
smooth July, Aug Southern states. B M
2118 (ing 7 81 GC II S 053, III 31
189, 200, 45 123 Gn 63, p 209,75, p 508
M DG 1S07 305 Gn M
9 76 A F 24 533, 28 724
|7 (habit), 31 190— One of
the handsomest plants for a
lawn clump
M nranln, Buckl (JE ghbra
var urgutu, Hoi) ) Mluil to JE
Klibiu .Shrub, 1 5 ft Ifts 7-9,
linnolute to obowite - lam « olate.
sharply and often doubly btrrite,
pubeseentbtn. Uh fls light yellow-
ish gree n Texa-* S T S 2 19S —
Not in cult . the phmt that is cult
under this name is K glabra vur
Bwkltyi — *" AusAn, hehneid
Suppusid hybrid of JK «!abm nnd
discolor Trw, to 30 ft Ifts ob-
lopK-obovato, finely and bluntly
pink, pVtiiN p ik and yellow, «lan-
dular and villous ut the mar
135. JEsculus parvtflora.
,
rgin fr
lightly tubcKulati- Ark Hardy
at the Arnold Arbort turn ~-JE glau-
cfscens, Sorg IU latod to M octan-
dra Shrub, to 10 ft Lfts large r,
;hbrous and glauopscot.t beneath
.la lurgtr fr HUH Ik r CJa STS
2 198 -M humihs, Koehne, not
lA>dd Ki latod to M eliscolor nnd
possibly variety Low shrub Ivs
tomentoao beneath fls red and yi-llow Of unknown emgm - &
maruldndira, Booth Supposed hybrid of M glabri and octandra
Of unknown origin — M neoUcta, Lmdl Ntar A?, octandra, but
petals veined with purple toward the base of the blade the Ifts are
glabrous beneath Of unknown origin BR 12 1009 -JK Pdrryi,
Gray Similar to A cdifornua Lfts small, obovate, canencent-
tornentoso beneath calyx o-lobed Calif G F 3 350
ALFRED REHDKK.
JBTHEOPAPPUS. Centaurea
^ETHIONEMA (aitho, scorch, and nema, filament;
probably referring to appearance of stamens) Cru-
dfery Dwarf, shrubby herbs for the hardy herbaceous
border, or rockery Less common than Ibens
The genus differs from Ibens in having all its petals
equal, and from Lepidmm in having its four stamens
longer, winged and toothed Fls various shades of
pink, purple, or red, m crowded terminal racemes.
W. B Ilemsley, in Gn 9, pp 108, 109
^thionemas dislike moist or stiff soil or shady places;
but m light, sandy loam, on dry and sunny slopes, they
are compact and branchy, and when once fairly estab-
lished will last for many successive years without replant-
ing or renewal, while, under the opposite conditions, the
plants grow feeble and lanky, and may die after a year
JSTHIONEMA
AGAPANTHUS
229
or two They keep fully as well as the candytufts in
water, and can be cut with longer and straighter stems.
Propagation is by seeds in spring or by cuttings in
summer, annual and biennial kinds by seeds
A I'erennml
coridifdlmm, DC (Ibbnis jucunda, Schott & Kotschy).
Branches numerous, thick, 4-0 in high. Ivs. crowded,
short, nerveless, linear or linear-oblong, acute or obtuse
fls rosy lilac, smaller and later than in the next, in
dense, short, rounded racemes Chalky summits of
Lebanon and Taurus B M 5952 — Good for edging
M. pulchellum was sold under this name for many
years
grandifldrum, Boiss & Hohen Branches 1-1 ^ ft,
prostrate Ivs usually longer than in & condi folium ,
more linear and more acute fls as large as those of
Aralns alpina, rose-colored, in slender, elongated
racemes, petals I times as long as the sepals Persia
Gn 9 108 Useful in the rock-garden
pulchellum, Boiss & 1 1 net Similar to M condi-
fohum, but more diffuse and trailing Fls smaller and
brighter-colored, petals 21 •> times as long as the sepals
Persia Gn 25 320
iberideum, Boiss St ce^pitose, ascending, rough
hs glaucous, bunched, oblong or linear - lanceolate,
narrowly acute at the base fis large and showy, white,
racemose, flowering from June to Sept E. Medit re-
gion — Not well known in Amer
A\ Annual
cappaddcicum, Spreng (<K Hiixbaumi,DC) Six to
8 in Ivs oblong or linear-oblong, spatulate, glaucous
fls racemose, the racemes crowded, corolla pale red.
June Orient
M didntrophis Bungo 10 in high fls pnlo, rosy lilac Mts of
Armenia GN 03 10<> Ji ptrsirum, Hort Stout, en rt, Grubby,
dwarf fls def prose —Best of dwarfs Intro 1842, by J \V Mim-
mn* N TAYLOR |
^EXT6XICON (Greek, air, goat, and tnxicon, poison)
Euphorbidcex Trees, rarelv cult Younger parts
covered with deciduous scales Ivs alternate, simple,
leathery fls with petals and disk, in short clusters
fr fleshy , 1 -seeded The single species from the Chilian
coast (J£ punclatiim, Kuiz A. Pav ), and known there
as tique, palo muerto, acietunillo and ohvillo, is listed
once in the U S Dept of Agric inventories of seeds
and plants mtro j B S NORTON
face Ivs alternate, with an abortive ono opposite the base of each,
petioles 4-8 in long, blade as long, ovate, serrate flu in large axil-
lary sessile fabcicles of 12-14, stamens exserted B M 5747 P M.
1573 FS4358.
AGALL6CHA
AGALMYLA (agalma, ornament, and hide, wood; an
ornament to the woods in which they grow wild) Ges-
neraresr A genus of 3 species of tender climbers from
Java and Sumatra which may be grown in a basket like
^srhynanthus (Tnchosporum) Fls in axillary bunches,
the corolla 5-lobed, oblique, but scarcely 2-lipped. Ivs.
simple, alternate
A longiatyla, Carr , is considered a synonym of the next, but
apparently has a longer style R H 1873 270 —A ttaminea,
Blume SCARLET ROOT BLOSSOM St rooting from the lower sur-
AGANISIA (Greek, meaning desirable) Orchidacex.
Epiphytes grown on blocks
Stems short, finally forming pseudobulbs, arising
from a creeping rhizome If T fls few, in an erect
raceme from the base of the pseudobulb, sepals and
petals nearly alike, spreading, lateral lobes of the lip
short or obsolete, the middle lobe broad, spreading,
entire or 2- or 3-lobed, polhnia 4 — Species 2, natives of
S Arner: For culture and propagation, sec article on
Orchids
cyanea, Reichb (A tricolor, N E Br Acacalhs
cynnu", Lmdl ) Pseudobulbs ovoid, up to 2 in long,
1- or 2-lvd Ivs narrowed to a short petiole, up to 6
in long raceme of 4-7 fls over 2 in wide, sepals and
petals pale mauve, especially the latter, lip with a
rose-purple remform limb and a fringed claw Brazil
Lind 1 45 — Very rare in cult Needs a high temp
pulchella, Lmdl. Pseudobulbs ovoid, barely 1 m.
long, 1-lvd Ivs 3-5 in long, narrowed into a long
petiole raceme of 4-0 fls about 1^4 in broad, sepals and
petals white, lip with the lower part nearly round,
concave, spotted with red, the upper part larger, broadly
ovate, yellow in the center Guiana. B R 26 32 —
Very rare in cult
A ion6ptera, Nichols Fls blue, nodding, the sepals and petals
tipped white, the white lip with the lateral lobes red-streaked, the
middle lobe transversely oblong, with 2 red bars Peru B M
7270 GKOKGE V. NASH
AGAPANTHUS (agape, love, and nnthos, flower).
Lihacea . Conservatory plants, with tuberous root-
stockh, blooming from late spring to fall, but mostly in
summer
Plant robust and tall (dwarf forms) scape simple,
fls in 2-braeted umbels, m shades of blue and varying to
white, perianth with 0 wide-spieadmg divisions, nearly
regular, stamens 0 pod man v -seeded, seeds flat, winged
above fohnge usually evergreen, but vanishing early
in some of the forms S Afr --Probablv only one
species, although several have been described
In this country, agapanthuses are usually grown in
tubs (the roots are likelj to burst pots), and are flowered
in summer in the conser \atoiy, w mdow -garden, living-
room, or set m protected places in the open The plant
is kept dormant during winter, as in a frame or light
cellar, onl> enough life being maintained to prevent the
leaves from falling \\ hen m bloom, give abundance of
water Plants will bloom many years if given a large
enough tub, not allowed to become overcrowded in the
tub, and supplied with manure-water, sending up
many clusters each >ear Good results can also be
obtained in single pots It forces well If kept dormant
until spring, plants may be bedded in the open, or
massed m vases, for summer bloom — Propagation is
effected bv dividing the roots (and rarely by seeds).
Old roots break up more easily if soaked m water a few
hours When dormant, the plant will stand a few de-
grees — usually 10° or less — of frost.
umbellatus, L'Her AFRICAN LILY. LILY-OF-THE-
NILK (although native to Cape of Good Hope region)
Fig 136 Lvs 2 ft long and numerous, thick, narrow
scape using 2-3 ft. from the If -rosette, bearing an um-
bel of 10-30 handsome blue fls , perianth funnel-shaped,
llj-2 m long, with short tube BM 500 —One
of the best, known of half-hardy liliaceous plants Very
variable in the wild, and many of the forms have been
mtro to cult Tall or giant forms Var multifldrus,
Voss (var mdximus, Hort A mullijldrus, Willd ),
taller than the prevailing forms, the bright blue large
fls ajs many as 30-60 in an umbel, the Ivs broader,
Var. gigant&us, Hort , a very robust form (to 4 ft.)
230
AGAPANTHUS
136. Agapanthus
umbeliatus.
with 150-200 dark blue fls Dwarf forms- Var minor,
Hort., very small, with slender narrow Ivs (H>n or
less broad) and deep blue fls which are 1 in or less long;
var. Mooreanus, Hort , \\2 ft., Ivs short and upright,
fls. dark blue, and as large as in A. umbellnlua itself;
hardy , var Leicht-
linii, Hort , 1 ^ ft , fls.
bright hyacinth-blue in
a very compact umbel
Variegated forms Var
variegatus, Hort , Ivs.
white with sparse green
I stripes, rather small,
var aureus, Hort ,
Ivs striped yellow
White-fld forms Var
filbidus, Hort , fls pure
w hite, rather small but
many, the Ivs usually
not persisting; var. Saintpa&ln,
Hoit , apparently similar to last
fls smaller than in A umbrllatitv
Blue-fld forms of usual habit Var
palhdus, Hort , fls pale porcelain-
blue, var Welllighii, Hort , fls
lavender with indigo-blue lines and
margins; var Saundersomanus,
Hort , fls dark blue; var atrocaeril-
leus, Hort , fls dark violet; var
pr&cox, Hort (var minimus, Lmdl
A prxcox, \Villd ), is an earlier
form, blooming in June or even
earlier and by some regarded as a
distinct species, the Ivs narrower than in the type,
fls smaller and 30-40 in the umbel, pale blue, \\ith
narrow perianth segms , and the peduncle or scape
short, var fldre pleno, Hoit , a double-fld blue form,
the fls long-lasting Very recent introductions are
Var. globdsus (A gloM^us, Hull), a d\v arf-growing
form, producing dense globular umbels on long scapes,
the fls about 1 in across, the outer segms lilac-blue
shaded white and the inner ones cmargmate and darker,
the Ivs deciduous, \ar insfgnis (A ittdgnn, Bull),
tall, the basal pait of the arching l\s milk-white, the
fls very numerous on long slender pedicels and droop-
ing in the very large umbel, pale lavender On 04, p
67. GM 40, p 42.3 G.\\ 1003, p 529, 531; var
caulescens (A caulhtens, Spreng ), fls. blue, lighter
inside, long-pediceled and the outer ones nodding, the
root with thickened fibers, intro by Carl Hprengcr
of Naples. Gt. 50.1487. L. H B.
AGAPf)TES (Greek agapetot,, beloved or lovable,
referring to the beauty of the plant) Enccicesr, sub-
family Vaccimoldex Shrubs sometimes cultivated for
their handsome flowers and attractive foliage.
Evergreen plants, often epiphytic arid with the sts.
thickened at the base Ivs alternate, or irregularly
whorled, short-petioled or sessile, entire or slightly
toothed fls m axillary fascicles or short racemes,
rarely solitary; calyx-tube turbmatc, with 5-lobed
limb, corolla tubular to eampanulate, with 5, usually
curved lobes, stamens 10, witn short filaments, anthers
produced into 2 long beaks opening at the apex by a pore
or slit, ovary 5-celled. inferior fr a juicy or dry berry
with many seeds — About 30 species from the southern
Himalayas to N. Austral , chiefly in the humid mountain
forests at elevations of 3,000-6,000 ft.
The several species m cultivation are highly ornamen-
tal shrubs with handsome lustrous foliage and showy
usually scarlet or bright red clustered flowers They
are sometimes grown in warm greenhouses in Europe,
but apparently none of them is in the American trade.
They grow best in a porous soil consisting of peat,
leaf-mold, fibrous loam and plenty of sand; the smaller
kinds are suitable for growing in baskets on account of
AGAVE
their epiphytic nature. Out-of-doors they could be
grown only in warmer temperate regions, in localities
in which the air possesses sufficient humidity and in par-
tial shade
Propagation is by cuttings of half-ripened wood
under glass in the warm greenhouse
A buxifdha, Nutt Branches uml cnlyx hniry Ivs obovate-
cuneate, crenately serrate, glabrous about 1 m long fls axillary,
1-2, cylmdric, bright red with spreading lobes li.muluy.ia H M
5012 GC III 27 197— A glAbi a, Clarke ( rinbauilia glabra,
Griff ) Glabrous Iva oblong-lam* olute, rounded at tho base, some-
times elliptic, obscurely erenate, about 5 in long fls several, axil-
laty, tubular, v< ntncoso below the middle, J4'in long, white, green-
ish toward the apex, pink at I he base Himalayas Gn 10 p '>39
— 1 matrdtitha, Henth & Hook (Thibaudia maeraritha, Hook )
Plant glabrous Ivs lariuolite, long ac tiniiuate, J-4 in long
fls in 2 i-fld clusti rs, outside of the axils, pendulous urceo-
late, 5-nbbed, 2 in long, y< llowish white, marked with red wavy
transverse lines I] India B M 45»><i FS fi (»4b 11- 1 95
GC III 15 501 K H ls»J SI U B 2h 1SI - -A Af»«Wi, Hemsl
Lvs ohIong-lanreoKxte, UMI illy whorl, d at thi « nd of the brandies
entire, glabrous, 2 3'2 i'i I'»>K fls in short axillary, 0 l»-fld ra-
cemes, tylmdiic, scarlet ot outline-red, Ii2 m long, lobes rertexed,
narrow, y* Mow within Himilajas BM 702s -- 1 t<tiatra, I)
Don (Thilmuh.v s* n^era, W ill ) Lvs ublong or Ijmu-olatp, about
4 in long, usually whorl* d fls in lateral r lusters drop red, usually
hairy, »im Ions pedicels und calyx h u.y Himalaya W ight Iron
1180, 11S1 (as Vaetiruum vcrtKillatum and \ Wnllichianum) ~
A spemWi, Hfiusl Glabrous Ivs ovati -oblong, oubtordate at the
base, slightly serrulate, .:(- 1 m long Hs 3 <>, axillary, ejlmdnc-ur-
ceolate, 5-nbhed, de« p < rimsoii, l1^ m long Probably from
Burma (1C III 11 2W--1 iainu«/a, D Don i, I hibaudia pul-
chernma, Wall A p.ikh.-nuna. Henth & Hook ) Tall shrub,
glabrous Ivs elliptic-lanceolate, f> 8m long Ms on the old wood
in many-fld dense clust* rs, < ylmdric-cimpHiiulute, "Vangled, pale
red ^marked dark red, 1 in long Ilunal-iyas li M 430J r h 3,
pt ' l'2 ALFKKD RLHDEK
AGARICUS A genus of fleshj fungi, considered under Mush-
room
AGARfSTA: Leptosync
AGATH^EA: Ftluia
AOATHIS (aqnltn^ glome, the flowers in clusters)
Pm<tc(\r Tender Australian duinous conifers, allied
to Araucana, yielding dammar n\sin
Leaves coriaceous, not needle-like, UMially broad,
petioleil or almost sessile, opposite or alternate cones
axillary, ovate or globular, composed of persistent,
bractless scales Distinguished from pines and firs by
the broad-parallel-vemed Kb —Not uncommon in bo-
tanic garden collections where they are grown in the
temperate house
robusta, Hook (Dumnmra tobnxtn, C Moore D
Br6wnu, Hort ) Bnuuhes somewhat \eiticill.ite, hori-
zontal Ivs broad, <)\ate-laneeolate, obtuse, short-
stalked, 3J-J-4 in long, 2-.i m \vide cones o\al, 3-4 in.
long, 2-3 in wide tree reaching 130 ft in Austral
—Cult, in Calif
austr&lis, Sahsb (Datnnn'tra a)/.s/m/?.s, Lambert ).
The KA\V m PINT, Tree, 120-1. ";0 ft hs sessile, linear
oblong, rarely elliptic, alternate, or opposite on the
branchlets, lj-2-2 in. long, !o ?4in wide stammate
catkins solitary, cones almost spherical, 2-3 in.
diam New Zeal G V 2 .>S.i Lambert, Pmus 2 44
— Cult outdoors in Calif , but not very successfully
Kawn gum, much used in tho manufacture of varnish,
is the partly fossilized resin of A austrahs It is founo!
5-6 ft below the surface of the ground, m the northern
part of New Zeal , where there were vast forests of
this tree in ages past
orientalis, Lambert Fig 137 Tree, 100 ft Ivs
opposite or alternate, entire, coriaceous, glaucous, 2-4
in. long, 1^2 m wide, sometimes a little falcate staminate
catkins 2 in long: cones globular or turbmate, solitary,
peduncled, and axillary E. Indies Lambert, Pmus
2.43. B M. 5359 —Cult outdoors in Calif, and in
greenhouses elsewhere. Both this and the preceding
mtro by Franceschi of Santa Barbara, Calif (as Dam-
mara onentalis.) N TAYLOR.
AGAVE (Greek, agauos, admirable). Anuiryllid&ces'.
Important decorative and economic plants from hot
?:\di:^.Tw*fy$
ai^-.vi
VI. A good example of aquatic gardening, with water-lilies and Japanese iris.
AGAVE
AGAVE
231
American deserts, the most familiar of which is A.
amencana, the CENTURY PLANT, or AMERICAN ALOE
Stem short or wanting Ivs mostly in a close rosette,
usually stiff and more or less fleshy, persisting from year
to year, the margins mostly armed with teeth and the
apex tipped with a usually pungent spine' fls in spikes
(Littiea) or panicles (Euagave); perianth 6-parted,
more or less funnel-shaped, stamens 6. mostly long-
exscrted, style 1, stigma capitately 3-lobed, ovary in-
ferior, 3-celled; seeds numerous, flat, thin, black — Some
species flower but once and die, others occasionally,
while others flower from year to year The number of
species is fully 300, and more than ,325 have been de-
scribed, largely from the Mexican tableland, although
each island of the W. Indies possesses its peculiar
species One of the largest collections is at Kew, where
there arc 85 named species The largest collections in
the U S are at the Botanical Gaiden of Washington
and the Missouri Botanical Garden, where there are
about 75 species each Amateurs often cult a greater
number of species than are described in this account.
The most complete monographs of the genus as a
whole are by General von Jacobi, in the Hamburg
Garten Zeitung, 1864-1865, of which a limited number
of reprints with supplements were issued in book form,
and by J G Baker in the Gardeners' Chronicle, 1877,
with excellent small illustrations, which was amplified
in his Handbook of the Amaryllideae, 1888. Several of
the natural groups composing the subgenus Euagave
have been monographed and illustrated in the Reports
of the Missouri Botanical Garden, one of which also
contains a monograph of the species known to occur
in Lower California The half-hundred \\ est Indian
species are figured and monographically treated in the
eleventh volume of Memoirs of the National Academy
of Sciences Engelmann has published a monograph of
the species of the United States, first classified on flower
characters, in the Transactions of the Academy of
Science of St Louis, Vol III
Agaves are essentially fanciers' or amateurs' plants.
This noble group of plants has never recen ed the atten-
tion it deserves, and yet no genus of plants in America
furnishes so many suitable decorative plants Sir
Joseph Hooker places it next to the palm and aloe, but
the former is a great family
of 1.100 species While in
the United SI ates one thinks
of the agaves only as
decorative plants, yet in
Mexico, thr ir native home,
thev are the most useful of
plants Many species fur-
nish fihei, others soap, \\hile
still others produce the two
great Mexican drinks,
pulque and mescal Pulque,
which is a fermented drink,
is derived from
^several species,
especially A atrom-
rcns Mescal, which
is a distilled drink,
is usually not ob-
tained from the
same species as
pulque, although there is
a general belief to the con-
trary The species from
which is made most of the
mescal used in Mexico is unknown — The species vary
so much in size and foim that they can DC used in
a great many ways. Some of the smaller species are
suitable for the house, and even some of the larger
Bpecies are so used. The larger species are well adapted
for vases in large gardens and grounds, along walks,
terraces, and the like. These plants, coming, as they do,
137 Agathis
onentalis. (XJ0
from and or even desert regions, where they have a
hard struggle to exist, can be grown with little or no
care, but they respond very quickly to good treatment.
— The species are propagated in various ways, some pro-
duce suckers at the base, or even underground shoots;
others give off buds from the stem, which fall off and
take root, or may be detached and planted, while not
a few produce bulblets in the flower-clusters, and some-
tunes in great abundance. Nearly all may be produced
from seed, but as most of the species flower only after
a long interval, and many have not yet been known to
flower in cultivation, this latter means of propagation
cannot be relied upon. In cultivation, fruit is set very
sparingly or not at all without artificial pollination,
although this can be accomplished with very little
tiouble (J N Rose )
The agaves are not at all difficult to grow The soil
should be principally If/am and sand, and if any vege-
table soil be given it should be in small quantities.
Good drainage and firm potting are nec< ssary To grow
small plants of the large-leaved kinds into good-sized
specimens quickly, they should be plunged out in a
sunny spot in spring, taking care that the pots are large
enough so that they will not require repotting in the
fall Nearly all of the large-growing kinds are easily
increased from suckers, which, when the plants are
giown in a pot-bound condition, are produced very
readily They should be taken off from the parent plant
only when furnished with sufficient roots to give them
a start Some kinds are raised only from seeds, which,
when freshly gathered, germinate in a few weeks
(G Wr Oliver)
The classification of the agaves is very perplexing.
This is partially owing to the number of species, to
the scarcity of preserved study material, and to the
mfrequency of floweung in many species In fact,
manv species have never been known to flower The
most usable characters for classification are to be found
in the leaves, of which the end-spine and marginal
prickles are very characteristic, and, although such an
arrangement is more or less artificial, it is the most satis-
factory in naming a collection From a botanical point
of view, however, thf inflorescence shows the true rela-
tionship of the species In this way the genus is usually
div idea int o t hree groups or subgenr ra. These are : First,
Euagave, having a paniculate inflorescence, with can-
delabra-like branches Second, Ltitsca, having a dense
spike of usually paired flowers (The section Littxa has
been considered by some a good genus, but it seems to
connect with the first section through certain species )
The third section, Manfruia, is very different from the
above, and is now considered as a distinct generic type,
and so treated here Manfredas are all herbaceous,
appearing each year from a bulbous base the leaves
are soft and weak, dying down annually, while the in
florescence is a slender open spike, with solitary flowers
from the axils of bracts
INDEX.
abarhva, 33.
Bessenana, 6.
cochleata, 11.
adornata, 48.
Biatutit, 48
coerulesoens, 36.
albicans, 30.
Bonaixirtta, 49.
Cohniana, 54
albuhi. 11.
Bonnehi, 11.
compacta, 11, 47
abuuama. 21.
Honnctiana. 11,18.
eompluviata, 19
anicricana, 19, 21.
Bo»ni, 49
Bottom, 34
Considcrantii. 44
awi/rfN«ts,'43
braotrosa, 55.
CooLci, 1
anacarilha, 2
bremfolia, 47.
Cvrderoyi, 5
brtmt, 2
cornuta, 43
anRUsti folia, 1
bidbtfera, 9
Couesu, 14
nriKtistisMma, 48
canihcans, 6.
crassispma, 19
appl.ui.it a, 13, 14
canduia, 6.
crenata, 11
arhchaut, 40
canbxa, 32.
Crouchen, 11
atriclui, 49
Cehiana, 31.
ctenophora, 30
atrovirens, 19.
Celsu, 31
cucullata, 11
attenuata, 28
chiapensis, 33.
cyanea 10
auncantha, 11
chilmahuana, 15
cyanophylla, 10
Baken, 5
chtoricantha, 32.
dasyhrioides 53
Bp-iucarnoi, 39
coarctata, 18.
dealbata, 51, 53.
Btuufeurtuna, 10
cocnnea, 12
decipiens, 4
Besserenana. 6.
coohlearis, 19.
densa, 33, 47
232
AGAVE
AGAVE
INDEX, CONTINUED.
prickles- infl. few-branched; fls l%-2 in.,sogms and
ienn/fcwo, 31, 33. luctda, 10. Richardni, 51.
ovary ^m each, tube %m. : caps subglobose, strongly
dcpauperata, 47. lurida, 1, 10. rigida, 2, 3, 7.
de«erti, 25. macracantha, 6 ngidissima, 39.
DeSmettiana, 8, 42. macroacantha, 6 robusta, 47.
otipitate and beaked Cent Amer (?) Jacq , Obs Bot.
4, pi 1 Targiom Tozzetti, Ann Firenzc 2, pi 6 B M.
Diguetn, 48. morrocuJmis, 12 Rcezlei, 50
6097, 5893 Wight, Icon. PI Ind Or. 2024 Rep Mo.
diplacantha, 39. macrodonta, 39 Roezhana, 40.
distans, 39. Maigretiana. 42 Rohann, 41
echmoides, 51. major, 6, 39, 43, 47. Romani, 35, 47
Bot. Gard. 19, pi. 29-34. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc 49, pi
32. Mem. Nat Acad 11, pi 106-109 A form with
elegana, 11. M anguai, 9. rosoa, 61
Elleraeetiana, 29. Mapisaga, 19. rotundifolia, 11.
elhptica. 28 Marcusii, 14. rupicola, 32
elongata, 6 1 margmata, 1, 19, 21 Salmdyckn, 33.
white-margined Ivs. is var. margmata, Trel (A vivi-
para vnnegdta and A. superba, Hort ), Wiesner Festschr.,
pi 8, and a variant of this with the body color gray-
ensifera, 37 marthma, 48 Salmiana, 19.
green is var Woodr&wii, Trel (A. Woodrowil, Wats.,
ensk/or»m, 51. marmorata, 23 Sargentu, 1.
europaea, 21. mas«ihensis, 21, 33 Saundersu, 11.
falcata, 52 Maximilvina, 43 achidigera, 48.
ferox, 17 medio-picta, 3, 21,30, achiedigera, 48.
and A Cobkci, Woodrow), Hep Mo Bot Gard 19, pi.
35. A dwarf form of the unvanegated type is var Sar-
gentii, Trel , Rep. Mo Bot Gard. 22, pi. 100-103
filamentosa, 47. 43 Schottu, 45
filifera, 47, 48. melhflua, 19. Scolymua, 12.
2. sisalana, Perr (A ana«lrdha, Terr A bretns,
ftaccida, 12. mesotillo, 36 Sebaatiana, 16.
Hort. A Houllelidna or Iloullettii, Hort, A tinns,
flavescens, 6. mericana, 9, 19, 22 serrulata, 45.
fourcroydes, 3. micracantha, 30, 32, Shawn, 16
fragiln, 41 42 silrestns, 3.
Hort A. ixth sisaldna, Hort A rigida prngn i\.\dna,
Boyd A rigida siwldnu, Auct .1 ^isdla, Perr A .st.sa-
Franzosimi, 20. Millcn, 21, 22. Simonu, 11.
Idna inenntt*, Riviere A i»it>aldna ijat,hqu)a, Perr ).
Funkiana, 36 minima 3 Simni, 11.
genumflora, 49 minor, 47. sisala, 2.
Ghicsbrechtu, 41 miradorensis, 8. sisalana, 2.
Ghiesbreghtii, 41, 42 mitis, 32 spectabihs, 21.
Nearly trurikless Ivb 4 x 00 m , becoming green, with
shallow-grooved spine and typicallj no prickles infl
ample, fls 1^-2] 2 ln > °var>, segm and tube about
gigantea, 6 nutrseformis, 18. spicoto, 54.
Gilboyi, 40 Morgann, 42. spirahs, 4.
equal caps rare Yucatan or Chiapah('J Pernne,
Senate Doc 300, pi 1, 2, 4 Dodge, Hep Fiber Invest
glauce'scens, 28, 32. multiltnedta, 36. stenophyl'la, 36
3, 5, 9, with pi Rep Mo Bot (Jan! 7, pi 51-56 Proc
Goldrnamana, 16 nanu, 6, 51. atreptacantha, 11
gracilipe-s, 14 neglecta, 7. stnata, 21, 50, 51.
gracihspina, 19. Newberryt, 27. stncta, 51.
grandibracteata, 11. Nickelsise, 44. subdentata, 29.
Amer Phil Hoc 49j pi 32 Mem Nat Acad 11 pi.
113-115 — Tl.e yaxci, green agave or sis.il hemp most
commonly cult outside of Yucatan largely distributed
grandident, 41 nigresceas, 36. subfalcata, 6
ffrandidentata, 41. mgnspina, 6. eubintegra, 39.
granulosa, 42 Nissoni, 36. subundulata, 28.
to growers from Trop Fla where Pernne mtro. it
about 1835 and, as in some of the \V Indies, it has be-
Guignardii, 11, 28 Noah, 15 audburyensis, 6.
come naturalized It has been crossed by Trabut with
Hanburii, 40 obscura, 41. »uper6a, 1.
A. vera-cruz under the name "potosina "
Havardmn'a, 14 orbicularis', 11. Taylori, 33', 47, 49
3 fourcroydes, Lem (.1 ixtli elongata, Auct A.
Haworthiana, 10 Orcuttiana, 16 tehuacaneniis. 11, 18
heteracantba, 36, 38. Ortgiesiana, 48. tequilana, 4.
histnx, 51 Ol{oru0, 33 tetragona, 36.
ixthoides, Lem ^1 lonqifbha, Auct A rigida, A.
rigida elongata and A rigula longtfolia of most writers).
horrida, 39, 40, 42. Ouwlghemwna, 30 7/octar 01/23.'
Trunk 3-(> ft Ivs 3-1 \ 60-90 in , gr:iy, with round-
Hought\, 54 ovali/olia, 11 <wfo, 43
Houlletiana or Houl- pachyacantha, 16. Toumtyana, 45.
groo\ecl spine and slender curved pnckles infl ample,
fls 2)4-2' 2 in > ovai\ 1-1 ' t in , segm arid tube P t in
huachucensis, 14 Palmen, 24 triangulam, 39.
each caps obovoul, slightly stipitate and beaked
hybrida, 43 parrasana, 15. Troubetskoyana, 23.
hyatnx, 6, 51. Parryi, 14 uncinata, 33
inermis, 36 parviflora, 46. undulata, 23
Yucatan Proc Amer Phil Soc 49, pi 32 \N lesner
Festschr, 319 Mem Nat \c:id 11, pi 110 112 —
Inghamii, 40 Patonu, 15 umvutata, 37
The sacci, graj agave or heuetjuen, lar^clj grown for
\ntegnfolia, 6. paucibracteata, 28. utahensis, 27
fiber in Yucatan A form with greenish white me-
intrepida, 53. paucifoha, 6, 50. Vanderdonckn, 43.
dian variegation is var medio-picta, Trel , -\\ lesner
txtlioides, 1, 3 perbella, 37, 43. vera-crun's, 9.'
Festschr , pi 12 The short er-hd but similar chelem
Jacquiniann, 1. perplexans, 46 vera-crux, 9.
of the Yucatan coast i.-, A. ixth, sometimes called A
juncea, 49 Pferadorffii, 36, 43 vera-cruz, 9
Karwinsku, 5. picta, 22. verse erucw, 9.
silvcstri^ or .1 piolifcia, and a related plant has been
Kerchovu, 39 Pilgrimn, 42 Verschaffeltii, 11.
called A minima A large-lvd. poorer form of A
Killischii, 40 polyacantha, 33. vestita, 48
fourcroydes is known as chucumci, and a short er-lvd
Kmghtiana, 48. polyphylla, 10. Victonaj Regmse, 44.
Kochn 43 Poselgeri, 36 Villas, 43
form of this as babei
Isetenrent, 21. potosina, 19. Villarum, 4S, 47.
4 decipiens, Baker (.1 huifolin, Baker. A latifolia,
Isrvior, 40. pnnceps, 48. Virginia, 21.
Auct A spirals, Hort ) Trunk 6 -8 ft Ivs 2-4 x 36-
lanceolata, 11. prohfera, 3 vindis, 6, 22.
50 in , green, rather soft and .somewhat outcurved, with
Zolictncta, 41. pseudofihfera, 47. ni>tpara, 1, 7.
round-grooved spine and slender pnckles from green
latifolia, 4, 6, 28, 43 pulton i/ornus, 6 WTittaAeri, 19.
la<i«sima, 19, 28 pulverulenta, 11. Wightn, 1.
laxifoha, 4 purpurea, 61. Wislizoni, 16.
prominences infl ample, fls 2^4 in , ovary l^m,
segm. and tube ^im each caps pjnfonn Yucatan
Lecheguilla, 36. quadrata, 11. Wolkensteinii, 33.
Leguayana, 41. quiotifera, 19. Woodrowil, 1.
Dodge, Rep Fiber Invest 3, 5, 9, pi Rep Mo Bot
Hard 7, pi 57-59 B M 7177 —The false sisal, exten-
Lemairei, 39 ramosa, 21 Wrightn, 49
Leopoldu, 11,47, 48 recurva, 50. lalapensis, 35.
lepida, 10 recurvata, 7. xylonacantha, 43.
sively naturalized, if not indigenous, in Fla This and
A Kariiinskn deserve the name arborescent, in the
lineans, 6 Kegehi, 40. yucczefoha, 54.
longifolm, 3, 6, 22, Regeliana, 8, 40 Zapupe, 4.
43, 47. rhombmdea, 11. zonata, 19.
The tequila mescals (A tequilana, Web , etc ), grown
lophantha, 37.
in W Mex for the preparation of a distilled beverage,
A. Infl. a candelabrum-like panicle. (1-26.) Subgenus
EUAGAVE.
and the zapupes (A. Zapitpe, Trel , etc ), grown for
fiber in E. Mex , arc closely related to the preceding
B. Lvs. dagger-like or sword-shaped spine not decurrent:
group,
cc Fls. slenderer, not urceolate.
fls. rather large, greenish, long-lobed, ill-smelling,
often followed by bulbils, seeds very large Trunk
often developed.
C. Fls. urceolalely contracted in throat.
5. Karwfnskii, Zucc (A Corderoyi, Hort. A. Bdken,
Ross). Trunk 9-12 ft • Ivs l-ll/2x 15-30 in., green,
with openly grooved spine and stout upcurved prickles:
infl. rather ample; fls 2-2% in ; ovary 1 in., segm and
1. angustifdlia, Haw. (A. lurida, Jacq. A. Jac-
qumiana, Schult. f. A. ixtholdes, Hook. A. Wlghtii,
tube about %m. each' caps oblong, brown, stipitate
and beaked. S. Mex Ross, Icon Panorm, pi 2 Rep.
Pram. A. vivipara, Auct ). Short-trunked Ivs. 3 x 16-
Mo. Bot. Gard. 18, pi. 29-31 MacDougal, N. A.
24 in., gray-green, with flat spine and slender-cueped
Deserts, pi. 23
AGAVE
AGAVE
233
6. macroacantha, Zucc. (A. macracdntha, Auct A.
Besseren&na, Jacobi. A Bessenana, Auct A pugio-
mjdrmis, Zucc. A. flaveacens, Salm. A xubfalca-tu and A.
hnedns, Jacobi. A. paucifblia and A ohgophylla, Hakor.
A. tnfcon/dha, Baker?). Nearly trurikless Ivs 1x8-20
in., yellowish gray-green, glaucous, with flat-grooved
spine and slender-cuspcd heavy-baaed prickles' mfi.
rather sparse, fls 2m; ovary 1 in , segm and tube
%m each caps, oblong, gray, stipitatc and beaked
S. Mex Rep Mo. Bot. Card 18. pi. 18-26— At one
time a great favorite and, like A. Vertchaffeltu, col-
lected m a large range of forms designated by descrip-
tive varietal names* vinths', Candida, (dndicnm, glauca;
nigrispina; elongata, longifolia, hystrix (B M 5940),
nana; latifdlta, gigantea, major, concinna or sudbury-
ensis
BB. L/vs. lanceolate, large, rather firm th/in fleshy, scftrcely
repand: spine not decurrent fls rather large,
greenish, fetid, often followed by bulbils Nearly
trunkless.
7 neg!6cta, Small (A. vivipara, Bartram A recur-
vata and A. rigzda recuri'&ta, Hort ) Lvs gracefully
outcurvcd, 0 x 36 in , glaucous, with slender round-
grooved spine and very minute prickles mfl ample;
fls 2 in., ovary 1 in , segm %in , tube j^m : caps obo-
void, scarcely stipitate or beaked. Trop Fla Rep Mo.
Bot Card 7, pi 60, 61 Dodge, Rep Fiber Invest 5,
Off GC 111 31,supp Feb.l Bartram, Travels Map.
8 miradorSnsis, Jacobi Lvs. rather straight, 3-4 x
30-35 in , glaucous, with slender narrowly grooved
spine and, toward the base, very minute prickles mfl.
ample; fls 2]^ in ; ovary 1 in , seg
in , segm ^m , tube 3/jin.
A anmiawliles, A. l)e-
%in : caps, oblong, very stoutly stipitate, beaked.
S Mex. Ref. Bot. 306, 328 Lyon Hort. 1880, 267.
Gt 346 J. Verschaf., Cat 1866-7, 1869 f. I II 15:
564 — Extremely variable, the original introducer
announcing "as many varieties as there are plants,"
and 33 named forms having been catalogued once m
the Lyon garden The more distinct, which have
received mostly descriptive specific names, are var.
crenata (amosna, cochkata, elegarw), var. cucullata
(Crouchen, Simxii), var Leop61dii, var. pulverulenta,
var quadrata, var Saundersu (virglnica glauca), etc.,
and such minor forms as allmla, auncdntha, compdctsi,
lanreolata. orbHularia, ovahfolta, rhomboidea, rotundi-
folia and blreptacdntha. A tehuacanensis, Karw ,
is the earliest {)ublislied name for the species but no
description was given A Bonm-tu, Hort , seems to be
this, but A Bonnettana, Hort , is referred to A. mitrx-
formia, which accompanies A Vertchaffeltn about Te-
huacan —Extensively tri «1 in hybridization, and crosses
arc reported with A atlnmnta (x A. Guignardii), A.
den*) flora, A mirrarantha or tmrrantha, A schidigera,
A Tonelhana or Tonneliana or hetft acantha Tonnel-
lann, A Vandermnii, or Vanderunnnem (x A. Simonii X
A. grandibracteata) and A. xylonacantha or xylinacanlha.
12 Sc61ymus, Karw (A cocci nta, Roezl? A.
fldcctda, Jacobi '0 Lvs obl.mceolate, rather acute, 3-4 x
12 15 in , green or (when it is /i . potatorum) slightly
glaucous, with nearly straight, flat-grooved, dull brown
n ;
E Mex. GW5, p 143
Smettiana, A pdlluta and A Reach an a, not now recog-
nized, were based by Jacobi apparently on specimens
from Sartonus' ranch, El Mirador, in the state of Vera
Cruz, from which, though ascribed to Brazil, A mira-
dorensu is believed to have come All are close to if
not quite the latter, over the accepted name of which
A Detinutliana has priority
9 vfcra-crdz, Mill (.1 bulbifmi, Bonpl A Mangitai,
Desf A mexicana, Lam , which in part is Furcrju
cubensis and the uses of which m huge part pertain to
A atrdinreiiii A t'm;-muis, Haw , sometimes spelled
very-cruel? A. t'ha-crux, Mill) L\s ne.irh straight,
6—7x50 in, glaucous, somewhat cross-banded, rather
fleshy, concave; with short ho;i\v gra> spine and oblique
rounded deltoid prickles somew hat raised on grec n
prominences mfl ample, fls 2?4-.3 m , ovary 1}!-U^
in, Begin ^4~1 'm , tube ?tin caps oblong, piomi--
nejitly stipitate, scarceh beaked Mex (?) G C II
19, p 149 — The blue aloe, extensively planted and
more or less established m Amoy, India, Mauritius and
Peru, and, as A mexicatui, m Italy It has been hy-
bridized with A siSiiUina
10 Ifcrida, Ait (A lepida, Dietr A liiculo, Sehiede).
Lvs thinner, flatter and more curving, with slenderer
epine and smaller scarcely ekna'ed prickles mfl.
Blighter and sparser Mex (v) Zuccaimi, Act Acad
Carol Leop 16, pt 2, pi 49-51 B M 1522(?) Ref
Bot 307(?) — I.ess frequently seen than the preceding,
with which it is confused. Perhaps including the now
scarcely recogm/ed A Heaulfuriana, Jacobi? A. cyanea,
Hort A. cyanophylla, Jacobi, A. Haworthuina, Roem ,
and A. polyphyUa, Koch
BBB. Lvs short and broad, fleshy rather tlum hard, repand:
spine somewJiat decurrent fls. rather laigc, yellow-
ish, with lobes often shorter than the tube, and
followed by bulbils. Nearly trunkless.
11 Verschaffeltii, Lem. Lvs obovate-oblong, acu-
minate, 3 x 6-8 m., glaucous, with flexuous or twisted,
flat-grooved, red-brown spine and long rusty teeth on
large fleshy prominences mfl rather slight and sparse:
fls. about 2>i m.; ovary 1% in, segm. 1A\\\ , tube
138. Agave Franzosimi (No. 20 )
spine and small prickles on moderately low, fleshy
prominences* infl. fairly large but loose, fls. 2 in ;
ovary 1 % m , segrn ]/2«i , tube }/£in : caps, oblong,
somewhat stipitate S Mex G W 2, p 603 — Much
of the "comma" of gardens is A macroculmis, Tod , a
member of the subgenus Littaea
BBBB. Lvs rather oblong, very rigid, gray or glaucous,
scarcely repand spine decurrent: fls. rather large,
yellow, rarely followed by bulbils. Nearly trunk-
less
13 applanata, Jacobi Lvs lance-oblong, acute, 4-6 x
40-60 in when mature but commonly seen of much
smaller size, glaucous, with broad open gray or pur-
plish spine and rather large more or lehS connected
pnckies mfl 25-30 ft ; fls 2J3 »*•? ovary \Y± m , begin.
Km , tube ^m E. Mex G C II. 7, p. 717 D G Z
1903, p 528. Tod , Hort. Pan. pi. 30. Rep Mo Bot.
Card 22, p\ 73, 71
14 Parryi, Engelm (A. applanata Pdrryi, Mulford.
A. Marcusu, Hort.). Lvs oblong, acute. 2-4 x 10-12
234
AGAVE
AGAVE
in , glaucous, with nearly straight openly grooved spine
and smaller prickles, mfl. 10-15 ft , fls 2^4 in., ovary
1% in., segrn K~i^im > tube ^m caps oblong,
beaked but scarcely stipitate Ariz , New Mex and
adjacent Mcx G C. II 12, p 237.
Ren Mo Bot (lard 22, pi 91-93
DGZ 18, p 3.— Closely related
species are A. huachucensis, Baker,
Rep Mo Bot Gard 22, pi 87-89,
of the Huachuca Mts , with broad Ivs ;
A. Havardiana, Trel , Rep Mo Bot.
Gard 22, pi 81-80, of the great bend
of the Rio Grande, with deep-seated
filaments, and A. gracflipes, Trel ,
Rep Mo. Bot. Gard 22, pi 98, 99,
of W Texas, with blender pedicels
and small seeds, etc. A. Couesu,
Engelm , Rep Mo Bot Gard 22, pi
94-97, on flowering proves bcarcely
separable
15 Wislizenii, Engelm ( 4 N6aht
Hort ) Lvs broadly ovate, acumi-
nate, 4-6x8-10 in, gray, concave,
with somewhat curved round-grooved
spine and slender prickles . mfl 12 ft ,
open, fls 2-2 % in , ovary I1 4' in,
segrn Mm , tube ^m . caps slender,
obscurely stipitate N Mcx Hep
Mo Bot Gard 22, pi 75-79 -
A more glaucous and repaiid
plant from the same region is
A. parrasana, Berger, Rep Mo
Bot Gard. 22, pi SO, 81
Thicker-lvd. related New Mex
forms are A. chihuahuana,
Trel , Rep Mo Bot Gard
22, pi 82, 83, and A. Patonii,
Trel , Rep. Mo Bot Gard 22,
pi 90.
BBBBB. Lvs similar, somewhat repand spine decurrenl
and the large teeth often confluent fl^ in compact
clusters, large, yellow, not followed fry bulbils.
Trunk elongated but leafy
16. Shiwii, Engelm Lvs ovate or lance-ovate,
acuminate, 3-5 x 8-20 in , green, glossy, with slender,
flexuous, openly grooved spine and laige, hooked, con-
nected, garnet-red prickles mfl 10 ft , congested, fls.
2H~3H m ) ovary 1^-1/2 m > segm and tube %m •
caps oblong, thick-walled S W Calif and adjoining
Low Calif Trans Acad St Louis 3, pi 2-4 Rep.
Mo Bot Gard 7, pi 44, 22, pi 19-21 —Related Low.
Calif species are A. Orcuttiana, Trel , Rep Mo Bot
Gard 22, pi 22, with similar spine and A. Sebastiana,
Greene, Rep Mo Bot Gard 22, nl 23-26, with straight
spine; anc A. pachyacantha, Trel , Rep Mo Bot.
Gard 22, pi 27, 28, and A. Goldmamana, Trel.
Rep Mo Bot Gard 22, pi 29-31,— with heavier-based
teeth and thin- walled caps, in all
BBBBBB Lvs large, fleshy rather than firm, usually re-
pand fls openly panuled, large, yellow, rarely
followed by bulbils Nearly trunklew
c. Spine large and long-<leL.urrent
17. ferox, Koch Lvs bro-ully oblanceolate, wavy,
suberect with outcurved concave acuminate tip, 12 x 48
in., green, deeply n pand, with large grooved spine and
great prickles on high green prominences* mfl 20 ft ;
fls. 3^ in , ovary \\^ in , segm 1 in , tube %in. Cent.
Mex G C III 15, p 328, III 20, p. 525; III 43, p.
379. G W. 2, p 603
18. mitraefdrmis, Jacobi (A coarclata, Jacobi? A
BonnetiAna,Hori^). Lvs obovate-oblaneeolate, acumi-
nate, 12 x 30 in , grayish-zoned, rather repand, with
large grooved spine and moderately large gray chest-
nut-tipped prickles on green prominences, mfl. 15-20
139. Agave americana in
flower (No 21 )
ft., fls 2^ in ; ovary \l/r-\% in , segm ^m , tube
Y^m S Mex Karsten & Schenck, Veg. Bilder, pi 47.
Anales Mus Nac Mex 2, pi j Publ Carnegie Inst.
99, pi 20 — This is A tehuacanensis, Koch, Karwinski'e
plant of that name being apparently a form of A.
VcrschaffeUn A yellow-margined, variegated agave,
listed under A mitrjt'jormis by the Belgian dealers about
1870, appears to be A atrovirens margimita A cross
with A densiflora is said to have been effected.
19 atrdvirens, Kanv Becoming enormous Ivs.
lanceolate, 12 x 80-100 in , dark green or (when it is
A titilmia-na, Jacobi) gray, outcurved-ascendmg, with
large, narrowly giooved spine and moderate gray
prickles from low widened bases mfl 2O-30 ft , fls
3J^ m , ovary 2 in , segm 1 in , tube '^m >S Mex D.
Gart Mag 1807, p 28 , f Contr U S Nat Herb 5,
pi 31-33 S It 4, p 281 Pop Sei Monthly, 70, p
210-216. (Ebterr Gart Zeit 191 1, n 252 Prometheus
20, p. 24 Journ N \ Bot Gaid 8, p 10 Modern
Mex 17, p 20 28 Proe U S Nat Mus 33, p 577,
etc — The principal pulque bpeeies cultivated on the
plains of Apam Numeious varieties are figured by
Segura, El Maguey, 4 ed , pi 1-9 \ ast confusion
exists in current literature the names A amencana and
A. mtxicana arc often applied to this, and it is difficult
to account elsewhere for the many new Latin names
given to pulque maguejs b\ Bhusquez, and to a number
of young garden plants by Jacobi A yellow -margined
vaiietv (also listed as belonging to A rnilr&forini\) is
var margmata, Trel A veiy Luge- and concave-lvd
un variegated form is Var cochleans (.1 lati^^una,
Jacobi A Whitaktn, Hort ) Other important pulque
or agua-miel species are about the City of Mexico,
A. Mapisaga, Trel (maguey mapisaga) with narrow
small-pi ickled Ivs , about Duningo, A. compluviata,
Trel (magiu-y \<rd<>), \\ith green-zoneil deeply gvitter-
shaped l\,s, an<l A. quiotifera, Tiel (maguey ccruso),
with ashen l\s , about San Luis Potosi, A. gracilis-
pina, Engelm (A potownn, Web ), \\ith slender spine,
and A. crassfspina, Trel , \vith stout spine, and about
Monterey, A. melliflua, Trel (maguey manso), v\ith
elongated ashen h s , and A. zonata, Trel (maguey
verde), with broad green-zoned Ivs
20 Franzoslnn, Baker Fig 138 Lvs lanceolate,
12x80 100 in, roughi.sh, white, reeurved-ascendmg,
with large narrowly groo\ed spine .md dark or gray
prickles mfl green, in striking contrast with the Ivs,
140 Agave amencana, as commonly grown in greenhouses.
The yellow-margined form (No 21 )
30 or 40 ft ; fls 3H in • OV!irV 1% m , segm 1 in , tube
%m Mex (?) BM 8317. GW 2, p 003. G C III.
12, p 177.
re Spine little tf at all decurrenl.
D. Fls. andfr much as in the preceding Not bulbiferous.
21 americana, Linn (A altltAima, Zumag A eu-
rop&a, Vis A. ramosa, Moench A apectdbihx, Sahsb.).
AGAVE
AGAVE
235
Figs 139, 140. Lvs lanceolate, 6-8 x 60-80 in , smooth,
gray, aHivntLng with outeurved ends, with rather short
ami stout recurved round-grooved very shortly deeur-
rent spine obliquely flattened at base, and moderately
large gray prickles on prominent maigmal elevations1
infl 20-30 ft, rather slender, fls 2^-2,^ in , ovary
\Yi m , scgm 1 in , tube 3/>m. Mex ('<*). Established
around the Mcdit. Gt. 24.825; 27, p 307, 41, p
269 Pcnzig, Fl Lilt Med , pi HO Reichb , Ic.
Fl Germ , pi 374 B II 0, p 308 H II 1875, p
152 Journ N Y Bot Gard 11, pi. 79, 81 Adarnovic,
Pflanzenw Dalmat , pi 1 Abhandl Hamburg
Kolon I nst. 6, p 61 G VV 8, p 337 Proc Am Phil
Soc 4(), pi 32 — The plant more commonly cult in
this country as A amtncana has narrower, more
hooked Ivs , as in the next, but grayer and with the
short recurved spine scarcely deeurrent and round at
base, var Millen, Baker (A MilUri, Haw ? A Virginia,
Mill ? A Litevirut^ and .1 ameruana Liteviren*,
Hort ?) Variegated forms of this, frequently grown, are
var marginata in \ellow- or whit e-maigi nod forms, var
striata variously lined with yellow or white, and var
medio-picta with a broad median yellow band \\us-
ner Festschr , pi b A reputed hybrid between I amot-
cana and J di n^ijlora is x A. massihensis, Hort Deleuil
22 picta, Salm-Dyck (A lonqifblia pMa, A mexuana
pifta, and .1 Milt< n p'uta, Hort.). Lvs linear-lanceo-
late, ascending with recurved ends, at length 6-8x100
in , smooth, dark green with bright \\hite or vellow
marginal variegation, slightly glaucous \\lun voung,
with needle-like, straight, narrowly groo\ed spine and
moderate prickles on somewhat prominent marginal
elevations infl tall and rather slender, tls 3m,ovarv
I1 2 m , scgm 1 in , tube } oin . caps oblong, stipitate
and beaked Mex ('') G W. 8, p 337 \\iesner
Festschr, p 312, j)l 7 Pop Sci Monthly, 70, p 210
Pro* \rner Phil Soc l<),pl 32 —Gn en seedlings (\ar.
vindis) occur on the Riviera and are in limited cult.
DD. Fls. rather small, ydlow, bhallow-tubnl cap\ thm-
Wallcd, .sw«// Not bulbtferou*}
23 marmorata, Roe/1 (.1 Todaroi, Baker .1 Troubet-
nko i/ana, Hort A undnlata, Tod ) Lvs broadlv lance-
olate, outcurvmg, 10-1 "> \ 72 in , verv rough, green- and
grav -banded, with ratlier short and stout reuirved
narrow lv grooved spine and large rough rusty brown
pru kles often from prominent, marginal elevations
infl ample, fls golden, I1 2 m, ov arv "^jin, segm.
^2>n , tune 1 jin caps short, stipitate S Mex
DDD Fls moderatt Ii/ long, rr<aw?/, dec])-tuhed capt> firm,
ilonyatid Not bultnf<rou\
21 Palmen, Kngelm Lvs lanceolate, ascending,
3-1x18-30 in, blue-green, somewhat glaucous, with
long, slender, open-grooved spine and slender, hooked
garnet-purple or grav prickles, often on marginal
elevations infl ample, fls. leathery, 2-2} 4 in ; ovary
1 in , segm ' 2in > tube 2'iin.: caps oblong, not stipi-
tate An/, and New Mex Rep Mo Bot Gard 7,
pi 48-52 Journ N Y Bot Gard 5, p 178.
BBDHKHH Lvs tnangular, thuk and diff, ratfier .^niall fls.
small, yellow, shallow-tubed, not followed by bulbils.
Trnnkle^
25 deserti, Kngelm. Cespitose Ivs triangular-lan-
ceolate, falcately erect, 2 x 0-12 in . gray, with slender,
gray-brown, grooved spine and friable teeth infl slender,
sparse, fls vellow, l1^ in , ovary flask-shaped, ^m ,
segm '2|n>^ll^)(' ' «in (>aps oblong, scarcely stipitate,
Colo desert, Calif'. Rep Mo Bot Gard. 7, pi 33,31,
22, pi. 41, 42
26 Prlnglei, Engelm Cespitose- Ivs triangular-
oblong, ascending, 2 x 6-16 in , gray, with slender,
drab, grooved spine and rather firm teeth* fls. 1^-2
in., ovary 1-1 K in, scgm Hin > tube ^m. Mts of
N. Low. Calif. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 22, pi. 44.
AA Infl,. spike-like, the fls usually in pairs though
exceptionally clustered on very thort Irranches.
bulbils very rarely following the fls. (27—fi5 )
Subgenus LITT^JA
n 7^t>s tnanyular-lanceolnte , thick and stiff, rather vmall:
flf ofl( n clu^lt red on bhort branches, cup-shaped,
f>mall Tr?//;/t/fss
27 utahensis, Engelm (A Newberryi, Engelm ).
Cespitose Ivs erect -spread ing, 1-2x6-12 in, gray,
with slender, grooved, grav spine and rather small and
friable gray teeth infl 5-15 ft , with simple or forked
branches 1-2 m long, fl^ 1 -1 }£ m , ovary flask-
shaped, %m , segm ?hm , tube ^yin • caps, thin -walled,
141 Agave attenuata (No 2H )
small, not stipitate Grand Canon region. Pop Sci.
Monthly, 1911, p. 11. GF 8, p 381. Rep. Mo. Bot.
Gard 7; pi 32
BB Li's moderately large, tJun, unarmed or at most
very nnnuhly denticulate, wither fihfcrous nor
horny-margins d Trunk well dtvdoped in the first.
/.s opt n. rather i>maU
28 attenuata, Salm-Dvck (A glfiucescenx, Hook )
Figs 141,142,143 Trunk 1-5 ft , sometimes prostrate
Ivs broadly oblanceolate, spre iding, with recurved tips,
6-10 x 25-30 m , glaucous, thin, entirely unarmed mfl
5-10 ft , usually recurving, its very short stalk closely
covered by bra< ts, fls paired, about 2 in , ovary
flask-shaped, ?4-l in , segm ^im , tube }^rn Excep-
tionally produces large bulbils among the caps after
flowering Mex FE 31, p 1172 B BM 5333.
J H III 42, p 392 R H 1876, p 149 Krfurter
Fuhrer 7, p 70 G F 10, p 05 Rep Mo. Bot Gard
9, pi 31 GC III 8, p 560,111 17, p 455, III 45,
suppl pi Pharm Journ 70, p 706 — Vanes in a form
with sterile base of spike longer and sparsely bract ed,
and fls in clusters of 6-S, var paucibracteata, Hep
Mo Bot (Jard 11, pi 7 The varietal names ellip-
//ru, lahfolia, latt^tma and *ubundulata have been
applied to garden forms A cross with A Vcrsrhoffeltn
is x A. Guignardu, Hoit , a cross with A xylonacantha
is listed
29 Ellemeetiana, Koch Nearly or quite trunk IPSR.
Ivs lanceolate, spreading, 6x24 m or more, glaucous,
thin, unarmed mfl 5-10 ft , erect, the rather short
sterile base closely covered by linear bracts, fls paired,
236
AGAVE
AGAVE
greenish white, 1M in I ovary flask-shaped, %in., segm.
%in , tube nearly suppressed; filaments very long,
2% m. E. Mex. G.C. II. 8. p. 748; III. 47, p 201.
B M 7027 Kef But 163.
— With Ivs very minutely
denticulate it becomes var.
subdentata, the distinct-
ness of which from A
pruinosa is not clear Re-
ported crossed with A.
micracantha.
BBS. Lvs moderately large,
variously fleshy but
usually flexible,
neither fllifeious nor
horny-margined, teeth
never large fls mod-
erate, often with re-
curved segms Nearly
trunkltss.
C. Spine slender and weak.
30 albicans, Jacobi (A.
142. FlowerTof Agave attenuate, micracdntha albldior
balm-L)ycK A ()ut>sel-
ghemidna, Jacobi). Tnmkless, cespitose Ivs oblanceo-
late, 4 x 12-15 in , spreading, glaucous, thin, with small,
needle-shaped, narrowly grooved spine and close-set,
minute, brown prickles connected by a papery margin:
mfl scarcely 3 ft , rather few-fld above the middle, fls.
paired, reddish green, nearly sessile, 1^-1^ in;
ovary Y^-\ in , segm. Jjjm , tube l/^\n. • caps pns-
matic-ovoid, small. Mex (?) B M 7207 Bull Soc.
Tosc. Ort 3, p 303. Lyon Hort 22, p 363 jWith re-
curved long black prickles, and fls 2^ in long, it ia
var cten6phora, Trel A beautiful form w ith inilk-white
median variegation is var mfcdio-picta, Trel (A. mi-
cracdntha picta, A micracdntha vanegdta, -A Oussel-
ghemidna dlba-picta, A Ou&selghemidna picta, and A.
albicans vanegdta, Auct ), Wiesner Festschr., pi 10.
Hybrids are reported between this bpecies and A.
maculata and A xalapensis
31 Celsh, Hook (A Celvdna, Koch A densiflora
gloucophylla, Hort9). Lvs. broadly oblong, 4x12-18
in or more, glaucous, with slender weak spine and very
irregular close-set, often multiple, prickles, fleshy
except at the very tip mfl about 4 ft , densely fld at
top; fls reddish or yellowish green, l]^-2 in ; ovary
and segm %m , tube y->m : caps small. B M 4934.
R H 1861, p 335 Cn. 12, p. 213.— A hybrid with A.
Salmiana is reported
32 micracantha, Salm-Dyck (A. glauce.scens, Otto ?).
Cespitose Ivs broadly lanceolate, bpreading, 3-5x15-25
in , grayish green, with slender weak spine and small,
close-set, dark prickles mfl about 10 ft , the rather
short sterile base densely bracted, fls brownish green,
1J/2 m , ovary }^r% m > segm j^ in > tube % in.
E Mex CO R,.f Bot 327 Gt 37, p 115 —Hybrids are
reported with A Ellemt'etiana, A. Sartorn, A. Ver-
schaffeltii, A xylonacantha and A. xylonacantha micra-
cantha A nntis, Salm-Dyck, and A. rupicola, Regel,
are closely related and A chluracdntha, Salm-Dyck.
(A canb&a, Hort j, differs chiefly in itb greener IVH.,
with pale prickles
rc. Spine moderate but strong, round-grooved.
33. polyacantha, Haw. (A. abar&m, Terr.? A.
chiapensis, Jacobi.? A chiapensis porrecta, Hort. A.
densa, Hort ? A. densiflora, Hort ? A multiflora, Hort.
A Ottdms, Jacobi? A.Salmdyckn, Baker? A.uncindta,
Jacobi? A Wolkensteinii,HoTt.'f} Cespitose'lvs lanceo-
late, upcurving, 2-5 x 10-24 or 36 in , soon green, with
narrow-grooved strong spine and rather small and
close-set brown or gray prickles: mfl. 4-5 ft.; fls. about
2 in ; ovary %m., segm. and tube J^m. S. Mex (?).
b.M. 5006. G.W. 2, p. 604. Journ Soc Hort Baa.
Rhm. 3, p 324. Gn. 12, p 396. R.H 9, p 517 G C.
II 3, p 502 Hybrids are reported between A chi-
apensis and A. xylonacantha and xylonacantha latis-
sima and with "Dasyhnon gracilis'," A. densiflora and
A. amencana (xA. massiliensis) ; A densiflora and
A. geminiflora (x A. Taylon),— G C. II 8, p 620- A.
densiflora and A nntriffornns; A. densiflora and A.
Verschaffeltn, and A. densiflora and A xylonacantha.
ccc Spine stout, openly grooved
34. Botterii, Baker Lvs oblanceolate, outcurved-
ascendmg, 6-8x21-30 m, green, with flat-grooved
strong spine and short, broad, blackish close-set prick-
les mfl. scarcely 5 ft , fls reddish or yellowish green, 2
in ; ovary %m segm and tube ^m each Mex (?).
B.M. 624H G C II 8, p 264.
35 xalapensis, Roezl Lvs lanceolate, spreading,
2-5x10-30 in, nearly green to decidedly glaucous,
with very openly grooved heavy spine and moderately
long, heavy, rather close-set rod to blackish prickles
mfl 5-10 ft ; fls 2 m ; ovary /jin , segm 1 m , tube
%in • caps ){xl]^ m i slightly constricted at base.
E Mex Monatsschr f Kakteenk 14, p 151 R II
1875, p 276 Reported hybrids arc A jralapt ntn
xfihfera (xA. Romanu, Hort ), A xalapen\isx()u<>i>d-
qhemidna, A xalapem>ii>xSalniuina, and A. xalapen-
sis x xylonacantha (x A. Pfersd6rffii, Simon)
BBBB Lvs fibrous and often rigid, the sometimes very
large teeth connected by a dttachable horny margin'
fls. moderate, with soon erect scgim. At most
short-trunkfd
c. Teethrather small. Ivs elongated, rather thin but stiff
36 Lecheguilla, Torr (A multihnedta, Baker A
Povelgen, Salm A tetidgona, Hort ) Lvs trumgular-
oblong, concave, falcately ascending, 1 x 16-24 in ,
green or bluish but not glaucous, pale-banded vent rally
and dark-lined on the back, with flattened gray -brown
spine and recurved slender prickles joined by a very
narrow straight margin mfl 3-12 ft , glaucous, fls
/£— 1^2 in > ovary flask-shaped, }, jin , segm } vin , tube
}<sin W. Texas and southward, in a number of forms of
wrhich the southernmost, from below San Luis Potosi,
with broader Ivs and heavier prickles, is A. me-
sotfllo, Hort. It furnishes the greater part of the ixtlo
or lechuguilla fiber of New Mex usually ascribed to A
heteraaintha Pop Sci Monthly 70, p 223 Bot Bound
1, pi 34,39 Rep Mo Bot Gard 7, pi 31, 13 pi
42 Bull. Umv Texas 60, pi 3, 6 —Closely allied forms,
frequent in European gardens, are A. carulescens,
Salm-Dyck (a hybud of which with A Victoria* Rcginse
is reported), diffeimg chiefly in being very glaucous, and
its var. stenophylla with Ivs over 4 ft long, A. Funkiana,
Koch & Bouch^, with flatter, more oblong, rather
glaucous Ivs ,
. which fur-
nishes the ixtle
o f Jaumave ;
A. Nissdnii,
Baker, with
thin, yucca-
like, glaucous
Ivs.; A. nigres-
cens (A. hcUr- {
acdntha nigres-
cens, Hort ), 143 Cross-sections of leaf of Agave attenuate,
with thick,
dark blue-green, long-triangular, often undulate Ivs ,
sometimes almost or quite unarmed on the margin,
when it is the form in6rmis.
37 lophantha, Schiede Lvs lanceolate, spreading.
1^-2x12-18 in, green, glossy, with openly grooved
brown spine and variously hooked rather small prickles
joined by a narrow, nearly straight margin- mfl. 9-15 ft.;
AGAVE
fls 1 Yi in , ovary %m . segm %m , tube }/%vci E
Mex G W 8, p. 337 With prominent and persistent
pale band on the upper face it is var. univittata (A.
umviitdta. Haw. A. en&lfera, Jacobi? A. txmdta,
Ilort ") Ref Bot 215 BM 6655 G C. II, 7, p 368
— dosses of A univittata with A xylonacanttia are re-
ported, of which x A. perbella, Ilort , is said to be one,
A pulchemma, Hort , in part, seeming to be another
writing for the same.
38 heteracantha, Zucc. Like A lophantha but Ivs.
somewhat sinuate and with variously hooked less equal
and closer prickles The median band is often promi-
nent S Mex G.W 2, p 605 G C II 7, p 369. Gt.
19, pi 639 — Moat of what is called A heteracantha is
A. Lecheguilla.
cr. Teeth often large: Ivs either broad or thick.
D. Margin nearly straight.
39 Kerchdvei, Lem Lvs triangular, spreading,
3-4 x 16-20 in , thick, gray-green, not lined beneath,
with channeled gray spine and large spreading triangu-
lar teeth joined by a rather wide margin mfl dense and
heavy, 18 ft S Mex G C. II 7, p 527.— Formeily
much grown in a number of dissimilar types var
Beaucarnei (A Kenucdrnei, Lem, A Londmi, Hort,
A Kerchbvei coarctdta, Hort ), with very short Ivs ;
var macrod6nta, with larger and more hooked teeth,
var distans, with more separated teeth which have a
well-developed accessory basal cusp m f diplacdntha.
and var major, with a short branching trunk Related
forms with shorter Ivs and slenderer, sparser mfl are
A. tnangulans, Jacobi (A Kerchbvei brevifblia, Hort ,
A h6rnda triangularly, Baker), Karsten <fc Schenek,
Veg Bilder pi 46, with prickles much as m A Ker-
chovci, and its var rigidfssima (A rigidissima, Jacobi),
with small prickles lacking in f submtegra.
40 Rrezliana, Baker (A hdmda Isrnor, Hort ) Lvs.
ovate-lanceolate, spreading, 2-4x12-16 in, rather
thick, green, broadly pale-striped abo%e, not lined on
the back, with gror vou brown and then gray spine and
moderately large teeth joined by a moderate margin,
mfl not very heaw S Mex G C 1871, p 74, II 7,
p 528 F 1870, p 42 — Presents as extreme forme, var.
tnghamii, Baker (A (rilbeyi longifblia, Ilort , A Ing-
hami and A Inghann gigantca, Hort ), with broad,
often concolorous Ivs and large prickles, known when
dwarfed as var Gilbeyi (.4 (lilhd/i and A hdmdaGil-
btyi, Hort ), Gt 23, p 89, 27, p 84 Neubert's Gart.
Mag 50, p 15 G C 1873, p 1,305, and var. Peac6ckii
(A Killischu, Hort ?, A IJcac6ckn, Croucher), B M.
7757 G C 1873, p 1400, with narrowly triangular-
lanceolate Ivs , sometimes entue The names iRtgt liana,
RegHn and Regelii tnacrodonta, identified by Jacobi with
A Irian gularii,, seem also to ha\c been applied to this;
and the now unrecognized A drtichaut, A homda ndna
and its f Isrvior and A hdrnda pygin£a of gardens may
belong here. A. Hanburii, Baker, suggests a possible
hybrid of this.
41 Ghiesbrechtii, Koch (A. Ghiet>brcghtu, Auct. A.
grdndidens, Hort ? A grandidentdta, Hort.? A frdgilis,
Jacobi '<* A sqwihdens, Hort ?). Lvs lanceolate, 3-4 x
10-12 in . upcurved-spreadmg, little if at all striped,
with inrolled spine and moderate prickles joined by a
moderate margin S Mex CO G C 11 7, p 621 —The
typical clear green form varies into an equally large or
longer-lvd form with smaller, closer-set prickles, var.
Leguayana, Baker (A Leguayana, Hort , or, with wider
margin, f. laticincta), and a more compact and con-
cave Ivd , blue-green form, var. Rohanii, Baker (var
obsciira, Jacobi). A cross of A. fihfera and A. Ghies-
brechlu is reported.
42 h6rrida, Jacobi Lvs. oblanceolate-oblong, spread-
ing, flat, rather thin, about 3 x 12 in , glossy green,
neither striped nor lined, with flat -grooved short
spine and large irregular prickles often with accessory
AGAVE
237
cusps, joined by a heavy margin* mfl moderately slen-
der, fls yellowish or purplish green, 1% in , ovary and
eegm %m each , tube J4in Cent Mex B M G511.
F 1870, p 42 — Forms occur with larger re volute-mar-
gined Ivs var Maigretiana (A Maiyreliana, Jacobi
A granuUna, Scheidw ), G W 2, p 593 S II 1,
p. 299. G F. 2, p. 115, or with smaller prickles, var.
micracantha, Baker, Rep Mo. Bot. Gard. 7, pi 62, 63.
The names A. DrStnttuina (A DeSmetlidna, Jacobi,
being a form or ally ot miradorensis) , A Ghiesbreghtu
hdrnda, A Mbrganii and A. Pilgnmii have been
applied in gardens to forms of this or one of the two
foregoing, not now recognued
DD Margin with prominent fleshy hummocks
under the ttvth
43. xylonacantha, Salm-Dyck, also written xylacdntha,
xyhruicdntha and xylyrujcdntha (A a*nurenbis, Jacobi.
A. Kdchii, Jacobi A Kochn amurenws, Ellem ) Lvs.
oblong, concave, tortuously spreading, 2-5 x 12-24 in.,
rough, dull gray-green, dark-lined beneath, with flexu-
ous channeled gray f pine and very large often multiple
pnckh s saddling large green prominences, joined by a
moderately heavy margin mfl rather slender, fls 1J^
in , ovary 9-4111 , segm «Jsin , tube j^m K Mex B M
5600 G'C II 7, n 527 Lyon Hort 1879, p 207 —
Extensively hjbridized, some of its offspring recogniz-
able m their scabnd green-lined oblong Ivs vuth green
prominences going into the bases of the large unequal
teeth with altcnuabi or attinuata bubdtntata, thiapcnbis,
dcn^iflora, fihfera (x A. Villarum, Hort, x A. VQlae,
Pirotta, x A. hylmda, Vill ), micracantlia, univittata
(A arntata, Hort.'1' A atptra, Tod ? Terraciano,
Primo Contr pi 3, 5, x A. hybnda, Verech ), A xylo-
nacantha vittota and A xylonacantha hybrida (x A. per-
bella, A xylonacantha ptrbdla, Ilort ), G C. II 7, p.
527, Versrfuiffeltn and xalapcnsis (x A. Pfersd6rffii,
Sim) At one time, several varieties were listed cor-
nuta or longifdha, the more typical form, Ifdifdha mac-
racdntha, variously spelled, major, Maxinnhdna, torta
and V andtrddncku. A rare form with median variega-
tion is var mfcdio-picta.
BBBBB Lvs S-bided, i>hort and very stiff, the detachable
horny margin toothless: fls. as in the preceding.
Trunkless.
44 Vict&riae Reginae, Moore (A Consider dntn,
Duchartre). Lvs in a globose cluster, triangular-
oblong, acutely 3-angled, 1-2 x 6-8 in , dark green,
with a short black triangular spine and gray margin
decurrent on the edges and keel mfl 10-12 ft , rather
slender but compact, fls lj-4 m , ovary %m , segm.
£gin , tube l£m caps small N E Mex G C 1875, p
484, 1880, p 788, II 18, p. 841,111 1, p 806 R H.
1875, p 429; 1890, p 392, 1897, p 100 G W 2, p
592; 10, p. 213 GZ 20, p 88, 135. Peacock, List of
Succ PI pi S H 4, p 287 I H. 28, pi p. 413.
Lyon Hort. 22, p 371; 31, p 146 R B. 1876, p 16.
GM 6, p. 196. Gn 8, p 351, 22, p 448. 460, 48,
p 117 Gt. 1878, p. 71 Journ N Y. Bot Gard. 7. p. 163.
— Deleuil is said to have effected a cross with A. earn-
lescens Differing m its fewer-lvd more open rosettes
and in the triple spines at apex of the Ivs is A. Nfckel-
sue, Hort Both agree with the following fihferous spe-
cies in having the Iva. white-marked by adherent cuti-
cle, and with the preceding margmate species m their
detachable horny border, and in fls.
BBBBBB. Lvs. fleshy-fibrous, toothless (sometimes with
minute prickles at base), the margin typically
shredding away in fibers, as in Yucca" fls. nearly
as in the group of A. micracantha. Trunkless
45. Sch6ttii, Engelm Cespitose: Ivs linear-trian-
gular, ^4 x 6-12 in , with scarcely grooved spine and
few long slender threads mfl 4-6 ft , slender; fls some-
what curved, vellow, scented as in Pohanthes, \Y\-\1A
m , ovary and segrn %m each, tube %in : caps. H x
238
AGAVE
AGAVE
%in. S. Ariz. B M 7567. Rep Mo Rot Card 7, pi 29.
— With denticulate If -bases it is var. sermlata, Mul-
ford Rep Mo Hot. Gard 7, pi 29 A plant approach-
ing A ixirviflora, from the 1 inal Mts of An/ , with
concave Ivs 2-4 in long, fls ^§in long with ovary
%m , segm. -rVn. and tube } «in , and ovoid caps , is
A. Toumeyana, Trel , Rep Mo Hot Gard 5. pi. 32, 7,
pi. 30 A species of the Santa Cat alma Mts., Ariz
with Ivs as in A Lcchegmlla but filiferous instead
of margmate, and fls nearly as in Schottn, is A.
TrelSasei, Tourney, Rep. Mo. Hot. Card 12, pi. 31a,
32, 33.
46 parvifldra, Torr. Small and compact: Ivs. as-
cending, oblong, % x 2 m , with flat spine and few short
coarse outcurved threads, the dilated base denticulate:
infl 2-3 ft , very slender, fls greenish white, ^gin ;
ovary %m , segin. Y$m , tube }^in caps very small
An/ to Sonora Boundary Pop Sci Monthly, 1911,
&7 Rep Mo Bot Gard 5, pi 32, 7, pi 30— \similar
ew Mexican plant with narrowly triangular falcate Ivs
and grooved spine is A. Hartmaini, Wats A les.s d\v arf
144. Agave angustissima. (No. 43 )
plant with Ivs resembling small forms of the following
out denticulate at base, sometimes cult, as A. parvi-
flora, is A. perplexans, Trel
47 filifera, Salm-Dyck (A. pscudofdifera, Ross &
Lanz ). Lvs somewhat upcurved-spreading, oblong-lan-
ceolate, 1-1 ]/2 x 8-24 in , with openly grooved spine and
rather sparing thin marginal threacls infl rather stout
and dense, 10-15 ft . fls maroon, \Y2 m , ovary and
segm. %in each, tube J^in E Cent Mex G C II.
7, p 303, III 21, p. 107 I II 7 243 Lyon Hort
1879, p 208, 1900, p 371, 1909, p 147 Gt 36, p. 544.
Neubcrt's Gart. Mag 39, p 307 G.W. 6, p 79, 1907,
p 9 Ref Bot, 164 Rep Mo Hot Gard ll,frontisp.
Icon Sel Hort Thenensis, pi 144 — Varies into a
number of forms var filamentdsa, Baker (A filamen-
tdsa, Salm-Dyck, A Jilifera latifblia, longifblia, robusta
or major, Bonapdrtea or Littsea filamentbsa) , G C. 34.
p. 101, with large Ivs , var compacta (vars. brewfbha,
compacta, dtnsa, depauperdta and minor, Hort.), with
short broad Ivs ; f. vanegata (A fdifera superba, Hort.),
in which the dingy euticular stripes of the type (var.
vindis or immaculata) are brighter and more persistent.
Hybrids are reported with gemimflora (x A. Taylori),
Ghic^brcchhi, scJndigera (x A. Leopdldii II, A fdifera
Leopolds,.} II 1893, p 3:U),:ra/a/>™m- (xA. Romani)
and xi/lonacantha (x A. Villarum).
48. schidigera, Lem. (A Jilifera adornata, A. ador-
nata, A. filijera pannbsa, A. filifera schidigera, A schie-
digern, A. schwdigera prince ps, A. prince ps, Littaea
Rdezln?) Lvs narrowly oblong, spreading, about
% x 12 in , with flattened spine and rather wide
shaving-like marginal threads Cent Mex I II 330
B M 5641 G W 2, p 592 S H 4, p 297 —A num-
ber of closely allied forms are rather frequently men-
tioned or encountered in cult with narrow, often
reddened Ivs and btalked fls , A. Ortgiesiana (A
schidigera Ortgiesiana and A. marihma. llort), with
sessile or nearly sessile fls and mostly very curly
and numerous marginal threads, A. angustissima,
Engelm (A Bignetu or Ihgitetii, Hort ) Fig 144
GF. 6-5 (adapted in Fig H4), A. vestlta, Wats,
A. G 1892, p 609, and A. Kmghtiana, Drum , B R
1145 Actes Soc. Linn Bordeaux 16, pi Reported
hybrids are A schiedigera or pnncej)? with Jilifera
(x A. Leopoldii II) and A. schidigera x Ver^chaffeltu
49. gemimfldra, Gawl (.4 Bonapdrtea, A B6t,cn, A.
geminijlbra JUamentbt^a, A juncea filamentbsa, Bona-
pdrtea filame/ntfaa, B Jlagillif6rmit>, B juncea, Itracsena
B6scii, D JUdmenl&w, Littsra or Littca or Litt^xa
geminiflbra, and Yi'uca B6.\cii, Hort ) L\s ver} many,
biconvex, long, gracefully recurving, narrowly linear,
scarcely % in wide, with hue marginal threads W.
Mex (?). Occasionally found m a threadless form, var.
atricha. Diet Sc Nat 62, pi 55 F S 7, p 6 Rcich-
enbach, Icon 3, pi 209, 210 Bibl Ital 1816, pi.
Journ of Sci 1817, pi 1 G W 7, p 518 Hybrids are
reported with A dcn^ifloia (x A. Taylori, llort A.
gemimflora Taylon, G C II 8, p 020 Mn. 7), and
A filifira (A. Wrlghtu, Drum , B M S271 )
BBBBBBB. Lvs. hard-filrrous, closely stnate-grooved, at
most scabrous margined fls rather \inall with
tiilw and begnm about equal Trunklebt,
50. striata, Zucc (Bonapdrtea juncea nqidifblia, B.
rlgula, B rigulifbha, B t>triala and B tenuifblia, Hort )
Lvs many, spreading, rhombically bicon\ ex, ^4 x 24-36
in , gray, with needle-shaped bro\\n spine infl about
10 ft , fls greenish, !}£ in , ovary J^in , protruding
into the tube, segm l^m , tube } «in Cent Mex B M,
4950 Gt. 29, p 2t Jacobi, Versuch, p 154 G C
II. 8, p. 556 GW 10, p 213 With Ivs conspicu-
ously recurving it becomes var recurva, Baker (A.
recurva, Zucc), GC 11 8, p. 556 Jacobi, Versuch,
p 158 A. paucifdha, Tod (A Roczlu, Hort ) differs
chiefly in its fewer Ivs one-half wider, Hort Panorrn ,
pi 19 The name striata has been applied, as a specific
name, to variegated fornib of A amencana
51 stricta, Salm-Dyck (yl histnxorhyvtrix, A striata
stricta, Bonapdrtea Matrix, B rolni&ta, B stricta,
Jnttxa hfatrix, Yucca histnx, Hort ) Lvs many, fal-
cately upcurved m a globose cluster, triangularly
biconvex, Y± x 10-14 in , often pale or purphbh, with a
flattened triangular spine infl 5-10 ft , fls 1*4 in.;
ovary l/?m , segm %in , tube %m S Cent. Mex
Jacobi, Versuch, p 153. Gt 31, p 56 Gart Mag. 40,
p. 309 L de Hmet, Cat 1874, pi — Known m a num-
ber of forms purpdrea with purplish, and rdsea with
rosy foliage of the ordinary type, glaitca (A dealbdta
hystnx, A. hystnx glaiica and glaiufxcerts, A striaia
glaiica, Bonapdrtea glauca, B btmdta pulverulenta,
Littxa dealbata, L glaiica, llort ), with long, and nana
(A dealbata bremfblia, compacta minor aud nana, etc ),
with short, prumose Ivs. A closely related form with
flat rhombic Ivs with flatter spine, and short-tubed fls.
is A. echinoides, Jacobi (A stnahi echinoldeu, A ensi-
formixf, A h'^trix Richdrdsii/, A Kuhdrdsnf, A.
striata Richardsii, Dasyllrwn junceuml, Hort ) Gn.
19, p 372
AGAVE
AGLAONEMA
239
52 faicata, Engelm. Lvs moderately numerous,
falcately ascending, 3-sided, with slender 3-sided spine1
mfl 3-9 ft , fls puiphsh, 1 in , ovary %n , segm.
y±\\\ , tube l/'2\i\ N Mex — The "guapilla," furnishing
an important part of the ixtle of N Mex
53 dasyhrioides, Jacobi Lvs modei at ely numerous,
outcurved-aseeridmg, thin and flat, J 2 x 10-12 in , pale,
with flattened brown spine mfl 5-0 ft , recurving, fls
\l/2 in , ovary arid begin %\\\ each, tube K-% >n '
caps slender, %xl in. S Mex BM 5716 GC II.
8, p 557, 111 5, p S04 Lyon Hort 22, p 365.
G W 10, p 213 — '1 he more glaucous form is A. deal-
bata, Lem (A da^ylinoide^ dealbata, Baker) A.
intrepida, Greenm , of Cent Mex , is very similar
BBBBBBHB Lvs rather fleshy, long and narrow, unarmed
or with minute t,ofl pn<kl(h Trunkle^s
c Fix moderate, with narrow t>egm and blender tube,
54 yuccaefdha, DC (A Cohmana, Jacobi A spicala,
Guss ) Lvs few, recurved, with minute slender spine,
concave, 1x21 in, glaucous, the dry edge minutely
denticulate mil 10 ft , fls 1 ' 2 in , ovary and segm.
%m each, tube ' 2in caps %x%m Mex Redoute",
Lil , i>l 32S, 329 B M 5213 R H I860, p 519
Deutsch Gart Mag 1S70, 2 pi Gn 12,p 5S3 — A very
similar if distinct plant, from Jalisco, is A Jloiighn,
Hort , and another is A yuccsrfblia c^^pitdsa, Terr ,
Primo Contr , pi 4
cr Fls ralhcr *tnall, with broad separated segms
55 bracte6sa, Wats Lvs sigmoidally spreading,
3-sided, gray narrowly triangular, 1 ^2 ^20 in , spineless,
minutely denticulate mfl 3-5 It , the scape densely
covered b> narrow outcuned bracts, fls 1}± in
ovary jj in , segms ^m , tube nearlv suppressed caps
M5i»n N Mex GC II IS, p 776
Ihe following narms oceur as b. mg m cult A Baltn, Hook
minis m hibit I- Is with palf gretn-
dn ul, p 210 — -1 cnrchnri'Kionta
\s H itttr, narrower and mon -piny
nl habit »s,,f I me FTI Hi dmgh'iuse i
H 11 I'M)] i4'» - 4 littioi'Us Allied
stionglvpti.klytoolhod t.rmmited
.«llow - 1 rmnlminnn M, rnkss (is
green-yi How — 4 Hat-xjnn \lhedto \ horndi Di-tmgui-hcd by
extremely narrow bord. r of the If Probably Cent Amcr — /
Wtben Distinguished by almost complete ab-ince of marginal
teeth Mex — .1 Wnahtn, J II Druinm Allitd to A gennmflora
Has been cult under n inu-of V Taylon Trunk short m-irgms of
Ivs sharp without te^th or prickles perianth dark green with
cream-white borders Cent \rncr H M S271
\\ ILLI\M TKELEASE
AGD^STIS (a mythical hermaphrodite monster, the
genus being an anomalous one in its order) ]*hi/tolac-
cacfy Tender climbing shrub from Mex and Guate-
mala Cult in Calif at one time A monotjpic genus.
clematidea, Moc & Sesse Lvs alternate, petiolatc,
cordate fls axillary or in terminal, branched, racemose
cvmes, white, star-shaped, sepals 4, petals 0 — Grows
40-50 ft in one season and is covered in Sept with
masses of small white blossoms in dense racemes, \ery
sweet-scented The red sts come from a tuber which
glows half out of the eaith, and which is sometimes 100
and 150 Ibs m weight These tubers look like solid
rocks They are of a grav granite-color To do its best,
this plant requires very rich soil and an abundance of
moisture Small offsets appear in quantities around the
old tubers and furnish good material for prop On
account of its ill-smelling foliage, the agdestis cannot
be recommended for veranda decoration; but it is a
fine plant for covering unsightly objects and outhouses;
to be looked for in extreme South
N TAYLOR f
AG^RATUM (Greek, not rjromnq old, first applied
to some evei last ing) Cow/><J.s?fa> Garden annuals
Floiets all tubular, blue (rarely pink) or white;
pappus of sepiMte 01 uiMted scales, otherwise like
Eupatorium — About 30 species, mostly Trop Am.
f Re
jsh jtllow Mgms M<\(
Alhiii to \ Ghiesbrechtu
— 1 I an<jli\»8n, Andre (
Inf) about ift high M.
to A iScolyinus Mi inl< s^
by a stout spme H
herbs Two in cult , with opposite, ovate, stalked and
crenate-serrate Ivs and tassel-like heads in clusters.
Mostly loose-growing plants, 1-2 ft high, but with
compact, dwait, and vai legated forms Easily grown
from seed m the open 01 started m house or hot-
bed They tlnive in any gaiden soil, bloom all summer
and, if stalled late, wmtei-hlooming under glass
conyzoides, Linn Invohuial scales oblong, abruptly
acuminate, spanngly if at all hany on the back, erose
anel ciliate Ivs blunt or lounded at base, rarely heart-
shaped In most warm coimtnes, often weed-like
Hotistomanum, Mill (A mewdnum, Sims) Fig
145 Involucral scales
lance-linear, attenuate,
entire, ciliate, the back
finely, densely, and some-
what viscidly hauy Ivs
usually heart-shaped at j
base " heads slightly (
larger than in the last
Mex BM 2721— The
better species and more
frequent in cult
For so-calle d A run tpiruum
and A La^^e HUTU, sre h'ujia-
tdnum ultchon<Ji>hyllum and
E Lasn&iuxu respectively
B L ROBINbON.
AGLAIA (Greek,
splendor, from the order
and general appearance).
Mthaccsc A genus of
more than 1(K) species
of tender trees and
shrubs from China, with
minute, jellow, fragrant
fls , said to be used m
perfuming certain teas.
Prop by cuttings.
odorata, Lour Ten to
20 ft Ivs alternate, 5-
7 pinnate fls m axil-
lar> , branching panicles
March-May. Wight.
Iconcs Ind Or 2 511
— Cult sparingly in
Calif and under glass in
botanic gardens.
145. Ageratum Houstonianum.
(Xh)
AGLAONtMA (Greek, bnghl thread] Ardcex. Green-
house herbs grown for foliage and habit
Low plants with an erect st and basal shoots: Ivs.
with a long sheathed petiole, the blade usually oblong
or oblong-lanceolate, with a thick cost a and few lateral
nerves peduncles in clusteis, shorter than the petiole:
spat he straight, convolute below, open above, spadix
sessile or stalked — About 15 species, of Trop Asia and
Afr , allied to Arum, Alocasia and Dicffenbachia, and
requiring essentially the same treatment as those
genera
These plants are evergreen, often beautifully varie-
gated Aglaonemas may be divided, or cuttings may be
taken from plants that become too tall and weak. In
either case the cuttings and divisions should be put
into the sand-bed previous to potting, to develop new
roots All of the kinds will succeed m fibrous loam
enriched with rotted manure, with the addition of a
moderate quantity of leaf-mold, sand, and some crushed
charcoal (G W. Oliver )
pictum, Kunth Dwarf Ivs somewhat unequilateral,
oblong or elliptic, ovate (t-7 in long and 2-3 in wide),
very dark green, blotched with white, the central mark-
ings usually extending the whole length of the midrib,
spathe white or whitish, 1-1^ in long Sumatra.
1 H 29 445.
240
AGLAONEMA
AGROSTIS
nebuldsum, N E. Br. Some what larger. Ivs narrower
(5-8 in long, 1^ in or less wide), more acuminate, the
markings rather more broken and riot so continuous
along the midrib. I H. 34.24. A.G. 16.361, and
146 Aglaonema costatum. ( X |)
F.E 7 961 (as A pictum) — This and A pictum are con-
fused in the trade Both species deserve more attention
than they have received in this country.
costatum, Veitch Fig 146 Very dwarf and com-
pact Ivs heart -shaped, thick, 3 in wide, one-third
longer than wide, seldom exceeding 5 in long, dark
shining green, with midrib ivory-white and scatter-
ing blotches of white Holds its tufted Ivs through
the winter Moluccas JH III 63225
A commutatum, Srhott Lvs ohlonji-lanrrolate, obtuse at
the base, the apex long-acuminate, mti nse green, marked with
spots of a(paler «reen and of white E Indies — A Itaehlimi,
(Manila) —A vcn,irolw, Ilort Lvs oblique ly ohlonjr, about 4
m long by half as wide, rounded at the base, the apex acute,
irreRularly marked with patches of dark \rlvety green mter-
persed with paler Kreen and milky blotches E Indies
GEORGE V. NASH.f
AGNUS-CASTUS. Vita
AGRIMONIA (old name, perhaps a corruption of
Argemone) ltoi>acc<t> AGRIMONY Hardy perennial
herbs, natives of the north temperate zone, with alter-
nate odd-pinnate, aromatic and astringent Ivs fls.
yellow, racemose, with 5 small petals and 5-15 stamens:
fr. armed with hooked bustles —Sometimes cult, as
woodland or shrubbery plant * Not showy. Prop by
division of rootstocks in spung
Eupatdria, Linn (A officinahs, Lam ) COMMON
AGRIMONY Fig 147 Petals twice as long as calyx,
latter making a small, lightly adhering bur — Cult, m
herb gardens to make a tonic tea, also in wild borders.
Native to Eu Grows 2-3 ft high, in little clumps, from
a short rootstock Has been confused with our native
A hirsuta, Bicknell, which is not in the trade
odorata, Mill Lfts narrower
than m A Eupatona, pubescent;
lobes more deeply eremite-den-
tate' petals more than twice as
long as the calyx Italy — Oc-,4
casionally cult in Amer.
N TAYLOR t
AGROPtRON (Greek, agros,
field, and puros, wheat) Grami-
neae. WHEAT-GRASSES. Perennial
grasses, often producing creeping
rootstocks
Spikelets 3- to many-fld , sessile, 147 Agrimoma Eupa-
placed sidewise, singly and alter- tona Flower and bud.
nately on the opposite sides of a continuous rachis,
forming stiff terminal spikes; glumes equal, usually
firm, many-nerved, acute or awned, sometimes nearly
as long as the spikelet; lemmas 5-7-nerved, usually
more or less awned, the palea cihate on the keels. — •
Species 30 to 40 in the temperate regions of both
hemispheres The genus differs from Tnticum chiefly
in being perennial, and in the entire apex of the
glumes
Many of the native species of the western states are
important range grasses or furnish nutritious wild hay.
One of these, western wheat-grass (A tenerum, Vasey)
(Dept of Agrtc Div of Agrost 17 297) has been recently
introduced into cultivation and is sold by seedsmen of
the northwestern states One species, introduced from
Europe, the familiar quack-grass (A ripens, Beauv ,
Fig 148, also known as couch-grass, quick-grass and
quitch-grass), is a troublesome weed in cultivated land,
because of its long, creeping rootstocks Though diffi-
cult to eradicate, it has value as a forage plant
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
AGROSTEMMA: Lychnis.
AGROSTIS (an ancient Greek name for a forage
grass, from agros, a held) Gramlnex BENT-GRASS
Annual or usually perennial grasses with erect or creep-
ing stems and open panicles of small flowers.
Spikelets 1-fld , glumes about equal, acute, lemma
shorter and more delicate than the glumes, sometimes
awned from the back, palea usually shorter than the
lemma, often small or wanting — Species about 100,
distnbuted over the entire xvorld, especially m the north
temperate zone. The genus compiises several forage
and lawn grasses and a few ornamental, the panicles
being used for bouquets A nebulo^a is excellent for dry
bouquets A elegans of gardens is an Aira
A Pamclc open but not diffuse perennial lawn and
pasture grasses
B Palea piewnt
alba, Linn RED-TOP HERD'S-GRASS (locally).
Culms erect, 2-3 ft , from a usually decumbent base,
producing short rootstocks, sheaths smooth, hgule
membranaceous, 2-3 hues long, blades flat, scabrous,
rather strongly nerved, acuminate-pointed; panicle
oblong or pyramidal, several inches or even a foot m
length, spikelcts \-\y<i lines long, the glumes scabrous
on the keels, lemma awnless, palea one half to two-
thuds as long as the lemma. Dept of Agnc , Div.
of Agrost, 17 187. Ibid B P.I Bull. 68, pi 2 —A
common meadow and pasture grass, native of Eu ,
but abundantly escaped in the northern and central
portions of the U S along roadsides and in waste
places Var vulgaris, Thurb FINE BENT-GRASS.
RED-TOP A more delicate grass, about 1 ft high,
panicles 1-3 in ; hgule usually 1 line or less Dept of
Agric B.P I Bull. 68, pi 3 — This form is commonly
used as a lawn grass. Var. aristata, Gray. Similar to
var. vulgaris but the lemmas bearing an exserted awn
from near the base Infrequent. Var maritima, Mey.
Producing long stolons, panicles narrow, contracted.
Dept of Agric B P.I Bull 68. pi. 4 —A native of the
sea-coast of N. Amer and Eu. A form of this is cult, as
a lawn grass under the name of creeping bent and has
received the horticultural name Agrdshs alba var.
stolonifcra, but is not A. slolonifera, Lmn.
AGROSTIS
AILANTHUS
241
149. Agrostis nebulosa.
(Xja)
BB. Palca wanting.
canlna, Linn. RHODE ISLAND BENT BROWN BENT.
Slender, erect, cespitose, %-2 ft . spikelets 1 line long,
lemma bearing about the middle an exserted bent awn
Dept of Agnc B P I. Bull 68, pi 9 Eu —Cult as a lawn
is, and sparingly escaped Much of tho commercial
seed under thih name is Agrodtis
alba var vulgam The seed of
A. canina may be distinguished
by the absence of the palea.
AA. Panicle diffuse, the main
branches scabrous, long and
hair-like, naked below
B Plants annual: palea
present
nebul&sa, Boiss & Rout
, CLOUD-GRASS Fig 149. Culms
branched below, slender, 1 ft ,
blades few and small, hgule 2 -.3
lines, paniclf.s oblong, about half
the plant, delicate, the branches
vertieillat p ; spikelets J^hne, long-
pedieelled, sometimes awned
Spain — Cult for dry bouquets
Sometimes called A capillans
but is not A aipillans of botani-
cal authors
BB Plants perennial palea
wanting
hiemalis, B S P (A scabra,
Willd ) HAIR-GRASS Tic XLE-
GRXSS SILK-GRASS Culms low
and delicate, 1-2 ft , blades
small and mostly radical, pani-
cles very diffuse, the spikelets borne toward the ex-
tremities of the branches Dept of Agnc B P I Bull.
68, pi 26 — The panicles break away at maturity and
are blown about by the wind. The young panicles are
often used for dry bouquets
A mmutiflbra Soe Sporobolus minutiflorun
A S HITCHCOCK.
AGUACATE, ALLIGATOR PEAR, AVOCADO: Ptrsea
AILANTHUS (from its native name Ailanto, meaning
Tree of Heaven) Syn , PonqUum tinnarubacae
Trees chiefly grown for their handsome large foliage.
Large tree's Ivs alteinate, odd-pinnate, deciduous,
fls small, in Urge terminal panicles,
polygamous; sepals and petals 5 01 6j
disk small, 10-lobed, stamens 10; carpels
5 or 6 fr consisting of 1-5 distinct oblong
samaras with the compressed seed in the
middle — Eight or 9 species in Cent and
S Asia and in N Austial
These trees arc sparingly branched, with
large pinnate foliage, mcoiihpieuous green-
ish flowers in upright panicles followed by
winged fruits, the foliage exhales a dis-
agreeable odor when bruised The ailan-
thus foliage gives a tropical effect when
the growth is very strong
The Chinese species are fairly hardy North, only as
young plants are they somewhat tender They are
very rapid growers and stand smoke and dust well If
plants are cut back to the ground after they have
become established (in two or three years after plant-
ing), they will throw up very strong shoots and make an
excellent screen This practice may be repeated year
after year Sumacs, paulowmas, basswoods, mulber-
ries, and other fast-growing things may be treated in
this way The ailanthus foliage is very like that of the
cedrela (which see for illustration of differences) The
best known is A . alttssima, which is often planted as
a street tree, particularl> in cities, as it resists smoke
16
better than many other trees and is not attacked by
insects For street planting, the fertile plant only
should be used, because the male exhales a disagreeable
odor when flowering, and the pollen is said to cause
catarrhal troubles It grows in almost any soil, but
best in a light and somewhat moist one
Piopagation is by seeds which must be sown soon
af ti«r ripening, and by root-cut tings It suckers from the
roots.
A Branchlets and petiole* glabrous or only finely pubes-
cent //£s glabnn1*, beneath.
altissima, Swingle (A glanduldsa, Desf ) TREE OF
PIEAVKN Fig 150 Iree, to GO ft young branchlets
minutely pubescent, usually dull yellowish brown Ivs
1 j-^-2 ft long, Ifts 1.3-25, stalked, ovate-lanceolate,
usually truncate at the base, 3-5 in long, finely ciliate,
with 8-10 pairs of veins, glabrous and glaucescent
beneath, near the base with 2— 4 coarse teeth, each with
a large gland beneath sam.tras 1 }/2 In l°n£ June, July.
China GC JI1 2 365 Gn 24, pp 0.3,65 (habit), 32, p.
330 Mn 10, p 152 (habit) M D G 1901 324 (habit).
Var erythrocdrpa, Jiehd (A erylhrocdrpa, Carr A.
riibta, llort ) Lvs darker green above and more
glaucous beneath fr bright red, very effective in late
summer and autumn \ ar pendulifdha, Rehd Lvs
veiy large, drooping R II 1900, p 545 Vai sutch-
uenensis, Rehd A: \\ilson (.4 ^ulchuftKnsin, Dode)
Young branchlets reddish blown, glabrous, lustrous
petioles purplish glabrous Ifts not cihate, cuneate at
the base, at least m older plants fr about 2 in long
W China — In China this species and A Vilmonniana
are bometimes planted as the host of a silkworm, Attacus
cyntfua, which produces a coarse silk, inferior to that
of the common silkworm As a shade and street tree, it
is now much planted in temperate regions and natural-
ized m some localities
Giraldn, Dode Tree, voung branchlets finely pubes-
cent, petioles purplish lv«* 2-3 ft Icmg, If Is 33-41,
closely set, lanceolate, 4-<i m long, with 2-4 glandular
teeth near the base, undulate at the margin and long-
pointed, writh 14-15 pairs of secondary veins, dark
green above, pale green beneath panicle 8-12 in long,
fr '2y2 m long. W. China
AA Bramhlets and petioles, at leatsl in young trees,
pi ickly and pubescent Ifls pubescent beneath.
Vilmorimana, Dode (Pongehon Vtlmonnianum, Van
Tieghem A. altissima var spinosa, Bois). Tree, to
60 ft Ivs. 2-3 ft long, Ifts 17-35, oblong-lanceolate,
242
AILANTHUS
AKEBIA
4-6 in. long, with 2-4 gland-bearing teeth near the base,
glabrous or pubescent above, glaucescent and pubescent
beneath panicle to 12 in. long fr about 2 in long W.
China R.H. 1901,p 445 On 75 p 632 (habit) —Has
proved at least as hardy as A. altissima at the Arnold
Arboretum
A exctlia, Roxb (Pongehon excelsum, Pierre) Tal1 tree Ivs.
3 ft long, abruptly pinnate, Ifta 20-28, teeth without glands India.
Can be grown only m tropical regions or m the hothouse — A. fla-
vtscens, Carr =Cedrola amenms ALFRED REDDER.
A)RA (an ancient Greek name for Darnel). Gra-
minesp HAIR-GRASS Annual grasses with delicate culms
and open capillary panicles. Spikelets 2-fld. one or
151. Ajuga reptans var. variegata. ( x
both fls awned from the middle of the bark; palea
nearly as long as the lemma - Species 6, natives of the
Medit region, intro m the Atlantic states and on the
Pacific coast Cult for drv bouquets The species have
been confused bv florists with Agrostis (as Agrostis
elegans) from which genus the> ma\ be distinguished by
their 2-fld spikelets
capillaris, Host (A tkqmi*, Willd ) Spikelets less
than 1 line long, all long-pedicelled
caryophyllla, Linn Pedicels mostly shorter than the
spikelets Dept of Agnc Div of Agrast 7 170
A ca?spiMsa=Drsohamp-ti<i rr«>spitosa — A fftlui vanegAti?
This name is listed in trade catalogues, but the M cd-.nicn report
that all failed Probably is Deschampsia taspitoba
A S HITCHCOCK
AIR-PLANT. In common speech, any plant that
grows on the trunk or in the top of another plant is
called an air-plant The proper term is epiphyte (that
is, growing on a plant), which see In horticulture, the
term air-plant is usually applied to epiphytal orchids,
tillandsias, and the like Most of these grow on old
bark, perhaps deriving some of their nourishment from
the bark, but most of it from the air and ram Air-
plants are not parasites, — thev do not derive their sup-
port from the juices of the host
The term is sometimes applied to plants that make
roots from leaves or other parts that are severed and
allowed to remain out of the earth Bryophyllum is a
leading example, because new plants start from the
leaf-edges The dioscoreas and rajamas that bear
aerial tubers are sometimes known as air-plants See
also Resurrection Plants
AJUGA (not yoked • the calyx not bilabiate) Ldbi&tx.
BUGLE-WEED Hardy herbaceous European perennials,
creeping by stolons
Height 6-12 in, fls numerous, in whorls, normally
blue or purple, with rosy or white varieties; corolla 2-
hpped, the upper lip short, the lower spreading — Con-
siderably used in rock-gardens and for border plant-
ing Prop by division in spring or by seeds
genev£nsis, Linn (A rugdsa, Hort. A. alplna,
Hort ). St erect, pubescent caulme Ivs oblong-elliptic
or obovate, narrowed at the base, lower ones petiolate;
floral Ivs. ovate or wedge-shaped, coarsely toothed,
sparsely hairy upper fl -whorls spicate; lower whorls
distant. May, June.
pyramidahs, Linn St erect caulme Ivs obovate,
hardly petiolate, in a 4-sided pyramid, floral Ivs broadly
ovate, the highest often colored, all Ivs entire, fl.-
whoils usually all spicate.
reptans, Linn St prostrate Ivs ovate or obovate,
entire or sinuate, shiny —A low, dense, fast-spreading
creeper, excellent for covering shady slopes The typi-
cal and white-fld forms are less cult than the following
Var rubra, Hort More valued for its dark purple Ivs.
than its blue fls Var. vanegata, Hort Fig 151. Lvs.
splashed and edged creamy yellow Var atropurpurea,
Hort Fls purplish blue May — Useful for
carpeting the giound in shady places
A metdllica var crlspa, Hort , intro by Htnderson,
1809, is dumbed as dwarf (45 in), with curled,
metallic glossy and blue flw in a pyramidal spike —A
bedding plant, intro from Germany None of the
varieties aro so desirable as the t>pi<al form —4 Br6ck-
banki, Hort, "with fine blue fls ," and A oimdf,ra,
Hort , are trade names for blue-fld bugles that aie
unknown in hort or botanical littrtture, and it 19
uncertain to what species they are to be re ferred
N. TAYLOR t
AKEE: BUghia
AKEBIA (from Ahdn, its Japanese name).
Lai dizabdlacdi , b\ some UK hided in Her-
btiidat<<( Twining wood> plants.
Glabrous twining shrubs l\s half-over-
green, long-pet loled, digitate fis monu'cious, in axillary
raceme, the pistillate at the base, the si animate smaller,
at the end of the raceme, sepals ,3, stamens li, carpels
3-12, with sessile stigma fr a large oblong berry with
numerous seeds imbedded m a pulp, opening along the
inner suture — Tv\o species vuth several varieties in
Japan and China
The akebias aie very oinamental, hardy climbing
shrubs of graceful appeal ance, especially adapted for
places in which veiy dense shade is not wanted They
require a sunny position and well-drained soil, also
valuable in the cool gieenhouse for covering pillars
and walls, growing best in a sandy compost of loam,
leaf soil and peat In Japan, the fruit which is very
showy but with us rareh pioduced, is eaten, and the
stems fire much used foi \\ieker-\\ork
Propagation is by seeds, by greenwood or hardwood
cuttings, and also by root-division and layers
quinata, Decne Figs 1,72, 153 Climbing 12 ft or
more young branchlets purplish Ifts .5, oval or ob-
long-ohovate, entire, emargmate, 1-2 in long fls fra-
grant, the pistillate purplish brown, about 1 in broad,
the stammate smaller, rosy purple, m early spring
berry oblong, 3-5
in long, dark pur-
ple with glaucous
bloom, seeds black.
April, May China,
Japan. B K 33 28.
B M 4864 G F.
4 137 (adapted in
Fig 153) A G.
March, 1891, figs
5, 7, and plate.
GW 10, p 500.
Gn 51, p 151 R H.
1853. 141. SZ 77.—
Hardy, handsome,
not attacked by in-
sects or fungi
Very graceful
and desirable
lobata, Decne.
(A qnemfbha,
152 Akebia quinata flowers. Sieb & Zucc )
AKEBIA
ALBIZZIA
243
Lfts 3. broadly ovate, coarsely crenate, 1-2 in. long:
fls in long racemes, smaller than those of A quinata.
Japan, China B M. 7485 A G March, 1891, p. 140.
GW 13, p 438. SZ. 1.78. Var austrahs, Diels.
Lfts oval or ovate to ovate-oblong, entire or nearly so,
coriaceous —Recently mtro from China and proba-
bly tender Var clematifdka, Ito Lfts. broadly ovate
to ovate, entire, of thin texture, to 8^2 in l°nK
Japan A supposed hybrid of this and the preceding
species is A pentaphyUa, Makmo, with 3-5 Ifts entire
or sparingly crenate ALFKKD REHDER
ALANGIUM (from the Malabar name) Including
Mdrlea. Alangiace^p, formerly included in Cornacey
Trees or shrubs, rarely grown in temperate regions
for their handsome large foliage and fragrant fls A
genus of over 20 .species of shrubs or small trees of the
Old World tropics, with alternate entire or lobed ever-
green or deciduous Ivs and small, perfect whitish, often
fragrant, fls in axillary clusters, calyx small, campanu-
la! e, petals 4-10, linear, usu.illv laxly reflexed, stamens
4-.iO, ovary inferior, M>le simple, elongated fr a
1 -heeded drupe Sometimes cult in Old World gardens,
either as stove plants or out-of-doors in warmer regions,
but probably not in the American trade.
1 begonufohum, liiuli (Marka bcgonufoha, Koxhg ) Tree
to ()() ft Ivs ov.iU, <ntirc or slightly lohed, acuminate*, usually
rounded ut base, to 8 in long fls jf^m long, in cymes, petals and
Minions usually 6 Afr , S and K Asia B R 24 01 EP IV
22()h, p 1— A deniiutHlum, Iain (1 sahiifolium var de c upe-
talum, Wang A Lamun kn, Ihwait ) JO ft Ivs entire, obloriK-
lanceolatc Hs fragrant, white, solitary or m 2'n or Vs in Die axils,
petals 10 India DP 1\ 22()h, 10 —A plntanifMium, Harms
(Marleaplatumfolia.Mcb &Z.irc ) Tree h« roundish in outline, .i-
5-lobod, to N-10 m lnriR fl- o\erlm IOIIR, in few-fld rymes, petals
and sfimens u-u.lly <> Jap m, China, E P IV 2206, p 23 '1 his
scorns to Ix the h inlie-it specie <i and is probably hardy as far north
as Washington, D (' ALFRED IlEHDKR
ALBERTA (from Albertus Grotus, commonly known
as Albertus Magnus, philosopher of the thirteenth
century, who wrote concerning plants) Kubiacty Two
Fpeeies of shrub's or trees, one of which has been intro-
duced as a hothouse or greenhouse subject
Leaves thick, opposite fls row-colored or purplish,
in terminal panicle's, calvx 10-nbbed and 5-lobed, often
colored in fr , corolla elongated-tubular
magna, K Mey Bark pale, the joung branches
reddish brown l\s 1-5 in long, obovute-oblong,
obtuse, entire, narrowed into a short, stout petiole,
midrib stout panicle terminal, erect, 0 m high arid
nearly as broad at the base, corolla-tube 1 in long,
slightly swelling in upper part, pubescent, lobes 5, small,
triangular, recurved Natal BM 7454 GC III.
22 416 Gn 5.3 130 The other species is A. minor,
Baill , from Madagascar L u 3.
ALBIZZIA (after Allmzi, an Italian naturalist).
LeguimnbixF Ornamental wood} plants chiefly grown
for their handsome foliage and also for their attractive
flowers, some are valuable timber trees, closely allied
to the acacias
Trees or shrubs Ivs deciduous, alternate, bipinnate,
Ifts usually small and numerous, oblique fls m axil-
lary, peduncled spikes or globular heads, calyx tubular
or campanulate, 5-toothed, corolla small, funnelform,
with the segm connate more than one-half, stamens
numerous, more or less connate at the base, exserted fr
a large strap-shaped pod without pulp — About 25 spe-
cies in tropical and subtropical regions of Asia, Afr and
Austral . 1 in Mex
The albizzias are unarmed trees or shrubs with grace-
ful feathery foliage and yellowish, white or pink flow-
ers in summer Most of the species can be grown only
in subtropical and tropical regions except A Juhbris-
sin which is the hardiest species and can be grown as
far north as W ashmgton, DC A. lophantha is some-
times grown as a greenhouse shrub.
For cultivation, see Acacia.
A. Fls. in cylindrical axillary spikes Ivs. sub-persistent.
lophantha, Benth (Acacia lophdntha, Willd ) Shrub
or small tree, 6-20 ft Ivs with 14-24 pinnjp, each with
40-60 Ifts , about 5 lines long, linear, obtuse spikes
mostly 2. about 2 in long, yellowish, fls distinctly
rxdicelled S. W Austral B M. 2108 BR5361.
L B C. 8 716 — Sometimes cult as greenhouse shrub
and floweiing in spring, and in the open in the S , it
has become naturalized m S Calif Often known as
Acacia speciot>a. There is a var gigant&a in the trade.
montana, Benth Small tree, ferrugmeously villous:
Ivs with 14-24 pinnae, each with 40-80 Ifts. linear-
153 Akebia quinata fruit ( X Js)
oblong, 3-4 lines long, obtuse spikes cylmdric, 2-3 in
long, fls \ery short-pedicelled Java — Closely related
to the preceding species, differing chiefly in its yellowish
pubescence and in the short-stalked fls
A A Fls in globular heads Ivs. deciduous.
B Stamen^ unifrd only at the base
c L//S ovate or oblong, obtuse
D. The fl* pcdictlled, in axillary heads
Lebbek, Benth (Acana Lebbek, Willd. A. speci-
(Xsn, Willd ) LKHBKI'K TREE Siuis TKKE WOMAN'S-
TONGUE TRKK Fig 154 Tall tree Ivs with 4-8 pin-
na1, each with 10-18 Ifts , obhcniely oblong or ova), 1-
\\2 in long, nearly sessile fls greenish yellow, in
short-peduncled, a\illar> heads, 3-4 together Trop.
Asia, N Austral. — Planted as a yard tree in American
tropics
occidentalis, Brandegce Small tree, 15-25 ft Ivs.
with 8 pinna1, each with 6-10 Ifts , oblique-oval, %-
ll/2 m long, glabrous fls yellowish, in axillary heads.
June, July Mex , Low Calif — Possibly only a va-
riety of A. Lebbek, and not indigenous
DD. The fls. nearly t,cst>ile in fascicled heads forming large
terminal panicles
odoratissima, Benth (Acacia odorallswtna, Willd ).
Tall tree Ivs w it h downy rachis, pinnae 6-1 4, each with
16-50 Ifts , oblique-oblong, ^-1 in long, glaucous
beneath heads few-fld , numerous, greenish white E.
Indies
244
ALBIZZIA
ALECTRYON
procfcra, Beuth. (Acucia procbra, Willd.). Tall tree:
Ivs. with nearly glabrous rachis, pinnae 6-10, each with
12-16 Ifts , oblique-oblong, 1-1 K »n. long, glabrous
beads few-fld , greenish white. Trop. Asia, Austral.
cc. Lfts. falcate, with the midrib close to the
upper edge, acute
Julibrfssin, Durazz (Acacia Jnhbrlsiin, Willd A
Nemu, Willd ). Tree, 30-40 tt lachis of the Ivs with a
small gland at the base, pinnae 8-24, with numerous
Ifts , falcate-oblong, >{m long heads pink, slender-
peduncled, crowded on the upper end of the branches
Warmer Temp. Asia from Persia to Japan Summer
S F. 1 51 Var. rdsea, Mouillef (A rdsea, Carr )
T?ls bright pink, dwarfer and hardier than the tvpe.
R H 1870 490, 1912, pp 184, 185 F S 21 2199— This
variety is sometimes grown under the name A Nemu
Var. m611is, Benth (A rndllis, Boiss Acacia mollis,
Wall.). Lfts broader, densely pubescent Hmialayas
and Abyssinia
154. Albizzia Lebbek.
(XJi)
stipulata, Boiss (Acacia stipulate, DC ) Tall tree'
young branches with large, persistent stipules rachis
of the Ivs with many glands, pubescent, pinnae 12-40,
with numerous ifts , oblong-linear, K~Mm long, pu-
bescent beneath heads in axillary simple or terminal
compound racemes Trop Asia.
nn Stamens connate into a long, narrow tube
fastigiata, Oliver (Zijgia fat,tigiala, E Mey ) Tree
branches and petioles rusty-pubescent, pinna1 8-14,
each with 16-30 Ifts, trapezoid-oblong, l^-^in long,
pubescent beneath heads in terminal corymbs on the
end of the branches Trop Afr
A molucrtinn, Micj Tree rachis of the Ivs with many glands,
pinna: 14, each with 12-40 Ifts , obliquely elliptic -oblong, glaucous
and pubescent beneath Moluccas — Incompletely known
ALFRED REHDEK
ALBUCA (whitish, the color of the first-described
species) Ldiacesp Tender bulbs from the Cape of
Good Hope allied to Ormthogalum, and treated in the
same way
Bulb tumcated Ivs all radical, flat 01 terete fls
large, yellow, white or green, m single racemes perianth
of 3 outer oblong more or less spreading parts and 3
inner shorter conmvent segms ; stamens 6, the filaments
often winged, stigma 3-l.obed' fi a 3-valved caps —
S. and Trop Atr and Arabia
There are a good number of species of Albuca (about
30), but few are much known to cultivation, and none
of them is apparently planted to any extent in this
country. Albucas are late spring and summer bloomers,
producing attractive white or yellow flowers In rnild
climates, they may be carried over winter in a frame
or with a good protection of litter. Propagation is by
offsets or by seeds. Some of the species are hothouse
plants Allied to Urginea, to which the A. major of
catalogues probably belongs. Numbers of hybrids have
been produced
ailrea, Jacq Two ft • bracts yellow fls 10-30, pale
yellow, upright. Ivs very narrow, flat. June.
N61somi, N E. Br Three to 5 ft. fls V/% in. long,
in a large cluster or spike, almond-scented, pure white
with a red-brown stripe down the middle of each &egm.
(but pure \\ hite under glass) Ivs long, grooved or con-
cave at base, flat above, pointed July, Aug — Probably
the best species yet intro The bulbs are lifted in
autumn , or they may be potted up for greenhouse use.
It is an excellent plant when well grown. B.M 6049.
L. H. B
ALCHEMfLLA (from an Arabic name). Rowcex.
Hardy herbaceous perennials, suitable for rock-gardens
and front rows of borders
I.»ow (6-8 m ) Ivs palmately lobed or compound:
fls small, greenish or yellowish, m clusters, petals 0;
stamens 1—1, pistils 1-1, becoming achenes included in
the persisting calyx — Species 30 or more m Cent and
S Amer , Afr , India and elsewhere, largely in mountains
Plants of easiest culture1 Propagation is effected by
division or by seeds A. arven^it> and A pratewi^ of
Europe are naturalized in North America The A.
major of catalogues is probably a form of one of the
species
alpina, Bieb Lvs digitate, 5-7-cut, Ifts usually
7, lanceolate-cuneate, obtuse, serrate at apex, silky
hairy beneath, shiny. Eu
sericea, Willd Lvs larger than in A alpina, 5-7-
nerved, digitate, If Us 7, lanceolate, acute, deeply
serrate from the middle to apex, downy beneath.
Caucasus
vulgans, Linn (A montdna, Schmidt) LADY'S MAN-
TLE Lvs 7-9-nerved, 7-9-cut, remform, plicate-
concave. North temperate zone L. H B f
ALCH(3RNEA (in memory of Stanesby Alchorne).
Euphnrbiacfie DOVE\\OOD Tropical shrubs or trees
with alternate, entire or dentate Ivs fls usually
dioecious, in elongated slender catkin-like mfl , stami-
nate calyx 4-lobed; stamens 8
One species, A. ilicifdha, Mucll. Arg., is rarely grown
in greenhouses, and is listed by II S Dent of Agric
as intro from Austral It is a tall, handsome shrub
with thick, holly-like Ivs. The wood is useful
J. B. S NORTON.
ALDER Alnus.
ALECTORtRUS (Greek, apparently cock's-tail).
Lilificese An anthericum-hke plant, summer-blooming
and suitable for outdoor culture, nardy in England.
Blooms well in pots One species, A. yedoensis, Makino,
of Japan (known also as Anthtncum yedoense, Maxim.,
and Bulbinella yedoensis, Matsum ), is now intro to
gardens It is a perennial glabrous herb with a short
and thick rootstock Ivs 6-11, 2-ranked, 20 in or less
long fls. many, small, pale rose, racemose along pamcled
branches on a scape or st surpassing the Ivs , perianth
bell-shaped, Begins 6, stamens 6, in some fls exserted
and in others only equaling the segms ; ovary 3-lobed.
In Japan it is known as Keibi-ran. B M. 8336. G C.
111.48:352 L H. B.
ALfCTRYON (Greek name for the chanticleer).
Sapindacex TITOKI Tall trees, one of which is grown
in California
Leaves alternate, pinnate, stipulate, the Ifts. entire or
toothed fls mostly unisexual, in axillary or terminal
panicles, the petals wanting, containing a small lobed
disk; stamens 10 or less, fr a hard woody caps , the
seeds arillate, with spiral cotyledons — Some 16 species
in Malaya and the Pacific Isls.
ALECTRYON
ALFILARIA
245
exc&sum, Gaertn. Evergreen, 30-60 ft , with un
equally pinnate Ivs 4-12 in long, the Ifts 4-6 pairs
and 2-4 in. long; ovate-lanceolate and acuminate,
ncaily or quite entire, fls greenish, m a much-branched
panicle fr globose, woody; seed large, jet-black and
shining, sunk in a large scarlet aril New Zeal — Said
to have been in cult in Calif for more than 40 years and
to have been sometimes sold for Nephehum Litchi (to
which it is closely i elated) In New Zeal it yields a
tough elastic timber used tor tools and yokes, arid the
natives exti act oil from the seeds j, jj y
ALETRIS (Greek word for female t>lave who ground
corn, alluding to apparent mealiness of the fls ) Lih-
ace<£ Hardy small herbs, sometimes grown in borders
Leaves thin, flat, lanceolate, grass-like, in a spread-
ing cluster, all radical fls small, in a spiked raceme,
terminating a slender scape 2-3 ft high, perianth not
woolly, but wrinkled and roughened with many points
that give a mealy appearance, perianth 0-cleft, stamens
6, inserted at the ba.se of the lobes, style 3-cleft — The
uletrises are about <S in number, in moors, barrens, and
grassy places in N Amer , E Asia and Japan They
are fibrous-rooted, very bitter herbs, with fls on a
naked .scape 1 -2 ft high July, Aug They prefer a
moist but bunny situation Prop slowly by dui.sion,
or seeds may be used A plant once catalogued as
A japomcti is undetermined
farindsa, Linn FJs tubular, white, lobes laneeoiate-
oblong N Amer LBC 12 1161
aurea, \\ alt Fls. bell-shaped, fewer and shorter
than in A farinow, >ellow, lobes short, ovate S. E
N Amer 13 M 1118 (erroneously as A. fannota)
L. II B.
ALEURlTES (Greek, farinose or floury} Euphor-
biacesr Tropical trees grown for the oils they yield or
Bometimts for shade and ornament
Leaves alternate, palmately veined, 3-5-lobed, the
long petioles with 2 gland.s at the apex fls usually
monoecious, in lax terminal cjmes, sepals 2-3, vahate,
rtals 5, stamens 8-20, the inner row monadelphous,
ovule in each cell of the 2-5-celled ovary fr large,
drupaceous, with thick-shelled seeds — Four species,
with milky juice, natives of E Asia and Pacific Isls
Jatropha and Ilcv^a, are related genera Page .3565
All of the species are cultivated m tropical countries
for the drying oil derived from the seeds. These oils
are similar to linseed oil, but dry quicker, harder and
more waterproof but less light proof and elastic The
seeds of .1 moluccana yield 60 per cent of oil (kekuna,
kelun or bankul oil), which is used for burning or m
varnishes The seed or oil is also used to some
extent as food and the wood is woiked The tree is
grown for shade It is said to be easily grown in the
tropics up to 2,000 feet altitude It is coMly propagated
from seeds, which sprout in four to five weeks The oil
(wood-oil, tung-oil) of the seeds of the wood-oil trees
(A tordata, A Fordii) is much used, especially in China
and Japan, for treating woodwork, cloth, and the like,
and for burning Its importation to this country is on
the increase, where it is used in varnishes and other
products, paints, soaps, linoleum, and so on A Fordti,
which is the hardier species, has been extensively intro-
duced into the southern states by our Department of
Agriculture and is reported to be dome very well.
A cordata is a fine smooth-barked tree, good for
shade and will stand high temperature, but not much
below freezing A Fordn is a very ornamental tree.
The wood-oil trees are usually grown on dry, thin
soil not suited to general farming They are grown from
seeds, and begin to produce nuts in three to six years.
The seedlings are raised in a bed and transplanted when
about a foot high or are planted where they are to stand
They may also be propagated from hardwood cuttings,
which root readily An average tree is said to yield
twenty to fifty pounds of nuts with about 24 per cent
of oil. The oil is piessed from the seed after i oast ing
The seed is poisonous See Ciro 108, U S Bu PI Ind
A. Pubescence stellate
moluccana, Willd (A triloba, Forst ). CANDLE-
NUT. CANDLEBLRRY THKK VARNISH TREE. Tree with
long spreading branches Ivs large, ovate-acuminate,
short-lobed, rusty pubebcerit below, paniculate cymoa
4-5 in long of many small fls , stamens 15-20, ovary
2-celled fr 2-3 in thick , seeds large, rough and walnut-
like — Probably native of Malay region but now widely
cult and wild in the tropics In wooded valleys up to
3,000 ft Mem Torr Bot Club 8.117 Blanco Flor
Fihp 220 — Also known as Belgaum walnut, Indian
walnut, kukui and various other native names
trispenna, Blanco (A sapondria, Blanco). BANU-
TALAG Differs from A moluccana m having 7-10 sta-
mens, a 3-4-celled ova*}', Ivs more entire and seeds
smooth Philippines — Intro once by U S Dept of
Agnc The seed used for the drying oil Other native
names are balocanad, baguilumbang, calumbang, balu-
canag. Blanco Flor Fihp, 296
AA Pubescence not stellate
cordata, R Br JAPAN WOOD-OIL TREE Twenty-five
to 30 ft high Ivs broadly ovate, acuminate, 3-5-lobed
or toothed petals oblong, %m long, hairy at base,
stamens 8-10, ovary 3-4-celled fr warty, seeds about
the size and shape of large castor beans S. E Asia
and adjoining isls , cult especially in Japan, south of
40°, and in Formosa
Fdrdu, Hemsl (A cordata, Muell Arg , in part).
CHINA WOOD-OIL TREE Ten to 25 ft high Ivs ovate-
cordate petals 1 in or more long, orbicular ovate,
somewhat hairy, stamens 8-10, ovary about 4-celled
fr smooth panicles of reddish white fls in spring fr
ripe in Sept Cent Asia — Extensively cult for the oil
Perfectly hardy in Cent Fla and resistant to drought
J B. S NORTON
ALEXANDERS. Name appLed to Smyrnium Olusa-
trum (Umbelliferse), the blanched leaf-stalks of which
were once used as a salad and pot-herb, but now out
of cultivation because of the superior value of celery
It is a biennial, native to Europe, with ternately dissected
pinnate radical leaves, and small yellow flowers in
umbels Seed is sown in late summer or m autumn,
and the plants transplanted in rows as they come up
in spring The plants are blanched by being banked
with earth
ALFALFA, LUCERNE (Medicdgo satlva Linn ) A
deep-rooted perennial forage plant of the Leguminbsx.
The plant grows one to four feet high, bears pinnate
leaves with three ovate-oblong toothed leaflets, and
small head-like racemes of purple clover-shaped flowers
It is native to Europe In the arid parts of the United
States^ it is the staple hay and forage plant, and it is also
grown to a considerable extent in the East. Two to six
mowings may be made each year from established
meadows Fifteen to thirty pounds of seed are sown
to the acre, and the seed is preferably sown alone, with-
out another crop. Alfalfa should not be pastured the
first year In two or three years it becomes thoroughly
established and productive, and it should continue for
many years June-grass often runs it out in a cool,
moist climate Alfalfa often becomes a weed in waste
places See Cyclo Amer. Agnc II, for full account.
ALFILARIA. Spelled also Alfilera which is the West
American, and Alfillanlla, the Spanish-American for
Erbdium cicuihrium, L'Her Geramdcex A hairy an-
nual with pinnate Ivs , sometimes used for pasture in
dry regions See Cyclo Amer Agnc. II, p 197
246 ALGA
ALGA, plural ALG^E. A geneial name for chloro-
phyll-bearing thallophytes. They are flowerless plants,
allied to the fungi, and generally inhabit water Those
occurring in salt water are known as seaweeds. None
is cultivated. The green "moss" on flower-pots is made
up of algoe
ALGAROBA is the fruit of Ceratoma sihqua
ALHAGI (its Mauretaman name) LeguminbsaR.
Shrubs grown for their profusely produced red flowers.
Spiny plants: Ivs alternate, oblong, small, decidu-
ous, entire' fls papilionaceous, red, small, in few-fld.
axillary racemes; calyx campanulate, 5-toothed; pods
155. Allamanda cathartics var. Hendersomi. ( X ^)
terete, contracted between the seeds — Three closely
related species from Greece and Egypt to the Himalayas.
These plants are low. much-branched shrubs with
small and sparse, pale foliage and numerous small red
flowers toward the end of the branches Only the
following species, which produces the Persian or alhagi
manna, is but very raiely met with in collections.
It may be cultivated in temperate regions in dry and
sunny positions and propagated by seeds and by green-
wood cuttings under glass with slight bottom heat, as a
desert plant, it is impatient of too much moisture, and
needs special attention, particularly in the seedling
state
camelorum, Fisch. CAMEL'S THORN Low, spiny
shrub, glabrous or nearly glabrous Ivs. oblong, obtuse,
;Hr-lM m- long fls red, about Mm- loo-?, on few-fld.
axillary racemes, foiming panicles at the end of the
branches Summer Caucasus to the Himalayas. —
Easily distinguished by its glabrousness from the other
species, which are more or less pubescent The other
species are A. gr<Ftorum, Boiss , A maurorum, Medic.
ALFRED REHDER.
ALlSMA (derivation doubtful). Ahsmacex. A
genus of 2 species of hardy aquatics, with small white or
pale rose fls on scapes with whorled, pamcled branches.
Perennial by a stout proliferous corm Useful in ponds.
Prop, by division or seeds According to N. Amer.
Flora 17*43, 1905. the native water-plantain is not the
same as the Old World species, to which, exclusively,
should be applied the name here taken up for the species
which has hitherto been considered cosmopolitan, and
is now so treated.
ALLAMANDA
Plantago-aquatica, Linn. (A. Plantdgo of authors
A. subcordcttum, Raf ). WATER-PLANTAIN. Lvs vari-
able, but usually broadly cordate-ovate, thinner and
narrower when growing under water panicle 1-2 ft.
long Common in swales and still waters in U. S ; also
in Eu. and Asia.
A ntitans, Linn , is now referred to the monotypic gcnun Khsina
(E natans, Buch ) It is native to Eu , and is offered in foreign
catalogues VI white, single, on u long peduncle floating Iva.
elliptic and obtuse See Ehtma. j^ TAYLOn.f
ALKANNA, ALKANET A nchusa
ALKEKENGI Physalis
ALLAMANDA (Dr Allamand, Leyden) Apocy-
nacese Tropical shrubs, mostly climbers, grown in green-
houses and conservatories, and in the open far south
Leaves entire, whorled fls teimmal, large and funnel-
shaped, with a flat spieadmg or reflexed hrnb, the tube
inflated below the throat in which there are 5 hairy
scales, stamens 5, the filaments very short, ovaiy 1-
loculed the fr (seldom been in conservatories) a large
spiny globular or oblong pod — About a dozen rpecies
in Brazil and 1 in Cent Amer
With the exception of A violacea and A. neni folia,
all the forms m cultivation aie probably forms of one
variable species The oiigmal name for this is A
cathartica, and the plants known in the trade as A
yrandiflora , A nobilit,, A Fdiottn, A maqnifica, A
William^n are all refened to it as varieties For garden
purposes thev are distinct, but botanic-ally the d if Ter-
ences are so blight as not to justify their being retained
as species A vwlacea is readily distinguished by the
color of the flowers, and A nenifolia by the swollen
base of the corolla
The allamandas comprise several of the finest climbing
plants in cultivation and are general favorites wherever
grown They are of very easy culture, thriving well
under the ordinary conditions of a stove or warm
greenhouse A mixture of two parts of strong turfy
loam and one part of sharp sand, leaf-mold and char-
coal, suits them best Cuttings root readily in a close
case in sandy soil in a temperature of 70° F .it almost
any tune of the year, but spring is by far the best time,
as the young plants have a long season of growth ahead
of them and make better plants than those rooted
later. Both old and new wood may be used for
propagation, the young growth should be taken off
with a heel if possible, whilst pieces of the previous
season's wood, which has been well ripened, may be cut
up into lengths with two or thiee joints, in spring, the
stems which are removed during the annual pruning
may be used for this purpo.^e All the species make most
excellent pot-plants, but in order to obtain them at their
best they should be planted out in awell-diamed bolder
When well established, either in pots or borders, they
should be fed liberally \v ilh natural or artificial manures,
during the whole of the growing season, as all the species
without exception, aie gross feedcis After growth has
ceased in late autumn or winter, the plants should be
keptnearly, but not quite dry at theioots until February
or March, when they should be cut back as far as is
necessary, and started in a moist position in the green-
house Any repotting that they require should be done
before the new growths aie more than 6 inches long
The weaker kinds, as A. violacea, A cathartica var.
grandiflora and var. Williamsn, are best grafted on the
strong-growing var. Hendersomi Spring and summer.
A Plant bushy, or httle climbing' Jl swollen at base.
neriifdlia, Hook A dwarf bush or half clunbcr:
sts. terete, woody below, covered with down when
young Ivs pctiolate, 2-5 in a whorl, elliptic or ovate-
acuminate, rich dark green above, pale dull green below,
midrib and principal veins softly pilose, petiole very
short mfl short, 1-3 in long; fls yellow on short pale
green terete stalks up to \i\n. long; bracts l/%m. long,
ALLAMANDA
ALLIUM
247
green; calyx spreading, lobes unequal, light green,
elliptic-ovate, j^m long, corolla rich golden yellow,
striped inside the tube with reddish brown, tube 2 in.
long, spreading upward with a swollen bulbose greenish
base, limb 1H ln diani , lobes orbicular or oval, obtuse
Km long Brazil B M 4594.
AA Plant mostly tall climbing, in greenhouses usually
trained on rafters jl, not prominently enlarged at ba^e.
B Fls purple
viotecea, Gardn (A Blanchetn, A DC ) A slen-
der-growing climber sts long, slender, terete, green
tinted with red on side exposed to the hun, hairy Ivs.
usually in 4's, almost sessile, elliptic, 4-6 in long, dull
green and covered with hispid hairs mfl up to 1 ft
long, loosely fid., bracts small, j'jin, lanceolate, pale
green; fls in pairs, terminating each branch of the cyme,
pedicel ]^m long, hairy, calyx ^m diam , r ampanu-
late, lobes ^m long, elliptic-ovate, inner pair smaller
than the rest, and lanceolate, corolla bright reddish
purple, tube 2 in long, narrow and constricted in the
, ,
middle, upper part purple-red, middle part greenish
yellow, and lower part reddish brown, limb spreading
2-'2l/2 in diam , lobes oibicular, throat nch dark
-2 , ,
reddish purple shading to yellowish white at the bas
Brazil B M 7122 —A fine handsome species, quite dis-
tinct from all other species and vaneties in the color of
its fls It is a poor grower on its own roots, but thrms
well when grafted on .1. cathartic a var Ilendtrbonu or
var Nchotin
BB F/s yellow
cathartica, Linn Lvs arid ealy\ glabrous plant tall-
chmbing Ivs rather small, obovate, usually in 4's,
and more or less wavy-margined, thin, acuminate
fls golden yellow, \\hite-marked in the throat, the lobes
acuminate on one angle, 3 in or less aeros^, the tube
gibbous or curved S Amor B M 338 P M 8 77 —
The type first described, but now rarely seen m cult
Var n6bihs (.1 n6bih,s, T. Moore) A strong, tall
climber, with purple twigs Ivh and calyx more 01 less
hairy Ivs in 3's or 1\ laige, acuminate, \ery short -
stalked fls very large (t-5 in at ross), neaily circular
m out line of limb, bright, clear yellow, with magnolia-
like odor Finest fls m the genus Brazil B M 5764
Var Sch6ttn, (A Srhnttn, Pohl) St long-growing,
suitable foi rafters "young shoots .uid petioles slightly
Eubescont, the older st«* warty Ivs m 3's or 4's, broadly
mceolato and acuminate corolla laige, rich yellow, the
thioat darker and beautifully striped Brazil B M.
4351. A maqmficn, Hort , is a form of this
Var Hendersonn (A Wardlcyana, Lebas A II en-
dersonn, Bull) Fig 155 Tall and vigorous, free-flower-
ing, excellent for loofs glabrous Jvs large, elliptic-
ovate, thick and leather}, m 3's or 4's fls large, } ellow-
orange, with 5 light spots in the throat, the corolla of
thick substance, purplish on the extenor when in bud.
Gn 29400 I 11 12 152 —The commonest allamanda
m this country Intro from Guiana by Henderson &
Co , St John's Wood, England, and distributed by Bull
about 1865
Var grandifldra (A granthjlbra, Hook ) St thin and
wiry. Ivs thin, ovate-lanceolate, pointed, usually in 3's
fls somewhat smaller than those of var A Hendersonn
but larger than A cathartica, lemon- or primrose-yellow
Brazil. Gn. 39 192 P M. 12.79 —Thrives well when
grafted on forms of A cathartica Plant rather bushy
Var Wflliamsii, Hort Habit slender, easily trained
into bush form or a dwarf climber sts terete, slender,
wiry, dull green, bright red on side exposed to the sun,
covered with short hairs Ivs. elliptic shortly petiolate,
usually in 3's or rarely in 4's, rich dark green above, pale
dull green below, hairy on both sides, especially along
the midrib on the lower side; petiole J^m. long, hany
mfl. rather short; fls in pairs at each joint of the
cyme; bracts much reduced, barely T*oin. long, acute;
calyx erect, not spreading, sepals unequal, lanceolate,
or elliptic, Hm. long; green; corolla yellow, tube only
slightly curved 2]^ in long, narrow and stalk-like in
lower half, then broadening out and becoming cam-
panulate m upper half, upper side of the pouch suffused
with reddish brown, limb spreading, 2 in diam , lobes
ovate, obtuse, $4111 long, throat deeper shade of yel-
low and stained with reddish brown Garden origin,
Gn 40 468 L< H B
C. P. RAFKILU
ALLEGHENY VINE Adhama.
ALL-HEAL Brunella vuloans
ALLIGATOR PEAR, AGUACATE Avocado, Person.
ALLIUM (ancient Latin name of garhc). Liltdcex.
Bulbous plants, mostly cult i \ated m the open, but a
few of them grown under glass as florist's flowers; and
comprising also the orurus and their allies
Leaves flat, channelled, or terete and hollow fls ma
simple umbel, from a 1-2-lvd usually scanous spathe;
stamens and perianth segms 6, the perianth parts dis-
tmrt or nearly so, 1-nei ved, and often becoming dry and
persistent, style slender, the stigma either entire or
parted — Strong-scented plants, with fls white, yellow,
or m shades of purple
and rose There are
2r)0-3()0 species in tem-
perate parts of the
northern hemisphere
Numbers of species,
particularly the Asian,
aie frequently seen in
botanic gardens and
choice collections, but
only A Moly and A /
ncapohtanum arc com-
mon in this country
among the ornamental
species, and no attempt
is made to describe all
the species here that
are mentioned in gar-
den literature For the
vegetable garden mem-
bers of the genus, £
Chives, Garlic,
Leek, On ion , Shal-
lot. In parts of
the northeastern
states A Ilium
vincale is a bad
weed, it has a
slender scape
sheathed below *
with hollow
thread -shaped
Ivs , and green-
ish rose-colored fls (orbulblets m the place of fls ).
No special treatment is required by the alhums.
Most of the cult forms are hardy spring bloomers, and
may be treated the same as other hardy border bulbs.
Propagation is by offsets and by the bulblets m the
umbel, also readily by seeds.
Album fistulosum. (Plant XH)
acuminatum, 10
albopilosum, 14
anceps 33
ascalomcum, 4
attcmiifohuin, 28
Bidwtlhe, 30
Bolaudm, 24
bulbellifcra, 2
Ccpa, 2
rrrmium, 16
Cusickn 23
Ellisu. 13
falcifolium, 32
INDEX.
fimbnatum, 31
fisluloaum, 3
Goycn, 20
Ilermettn, 9
hffimatoohiton, 18
madulum, 22
Moly, 7
multiplicana. 2
platyeauK 34*
JPornun, 6
reticulatum, 19
roueum, 11
Sanbornu, 27.
sativum, 5
scapoaum, 21
Schoenoprasum, 1.
aenesoena, 12
aerratum, 29
aibincum, 1
stellatum, 26
tncoccum, 15
unifolium, 25.
valulum, 17.
248
ALLIUM
ALLIUM
A. Group I, comprising the vegetable-garden species.
B. Lvs terete and hollow
C. Plant cespitosc (in tufts or dumps) and perennial.
1. Schcen6prasum, Linn. CHIVES or GIVES Lvs.
4-6 in., very many, slender and awl-shaped scapes
equaling the' Ivs , fls. light purple, small and many m a
globular head Eu.
— The Ivs aie used
for seasoning, grow-
ing readily as the
herbage is cut Var.
sibiricum, Hartm ,
is a large form m
noithcrn N Amer.
cc Plants not in
m a t s , treated
practualhi as
annuals (ercept
perhaps No (J).
2 C e p a , Linn.
COMMON ONION.
Tall, with large
tubular Ivs.' scape
glaucous, much
overtopping the
Ivs , swollen near
middle, fls white or
bluish in a large
globular head-like
umbel, bulb not
making many off-
sets, distinctly
rounded at top and
bottom Var bul-
bellffera, Bailey,
has bulbels in the
place of fls., — the top, tree or Egyptian onion Var
multiplicans? Baile> , has dividing bulbs, — the multiplier
onion. Persia and adjacent regions.
3. fistuldsum, Linn WELSH ONION Fig 156 Dif-
fers in having no distinct bulb, but only an enlarged
base or crown Ivs. usually moie clustered Siberia.
B.M. 1230
4. ascal6nicum, Linn SHALLOT. Smaller, 1 ft ' Ivs.
many, awl-shaped fls lilac bulbs long arid pointed,
each one soon separating into many cloves or parts
adhering to a common dibk. Syria
BB Lvs not hollow, more or less plane.
5. sativum, Linn GAKLIC Plant 12 in or less' Ivs.
very narrow, keeled fls purple, often replaced by
bulbels. bulbs small, breaking up into many small ones
that are more or less covered with the dry scales. Eu.
6. P6rrum, Linn. LELK Stout plant, 2 ft. or more:
Ivs. very broad and stiongly conduphcate or keeled:
scape arising the second season, fls white or blush:
bulb simple and scarcely more than an enlargement of
the stalk Eu.
AA. Group II The garden alhums, mostly exotic.
B. Fls yellow
7. Mdly, Linn. Fig. 157 Lvs flat, broad' fls. nu-
merous, in a dense umbel, in early spring. S Eu
B.M 499 — Well known, and a favorite for mass-
ing; common m rock-gardens. Hardy in the N.
BB. Fls white or whitish
c Lvs very broad, obtuse.
8. victorialis, Linn Tall: Ivs ovate or broad-
oblong, short: fls. greenish white in large heads.
Spring. Siberia. B M. 1222 —Hardy
cc. Lvs. narrow, acute or tapenng.
9 neapolitanum, Cyr. Fig 158. Lvs. long
and rather narrow, loose-spreading, shorter than
the scape fls large, pure white, with colored stamena
on long pedicels Eu — Needs protection if grown
outdoors Much used for cut-flowers in winter and
spring The most popular species A. Hermettii grandi-
florum, recently mtro from Holland, is a clear white
odorous variety, well adapted to forcing.
BBB Fls pink, rose, or lilac.
c Segms with recurved lips.
10 acuminatum, Hook Scape 4-10 in • Ivs 2-4, not
longer than the .scape, very narrow umbel many-fld ,
perianth segms a third longer than the stamens, the
inner ones senulaie W Amer.
cc Seqm* not recurved.
11. rdseum, Linn Scape 12-18 in Ivs narrow, with
mrolled tips fls few (10-12), on long pedicels in an
open umbel S Eu B M 978
12 senescens, Linn Scape 1-2 ft Ivs narrow, erect,
often twisted fls rather small, numerous, in a rather
dense head Eu BM 1150.
13 £llisii, Hook f Lvs 4-5, 1 ft, 2^ m. wide,
glaucous green scape 1 ft , very stout, being %m
r'lam , fls rose with white tow aid the base, wide-spread-
ing, ll/2m or more long and stiff arid erect in fr. Persia
B M. 7875
14 albopildsum, C II Wright Very robust' Ivs
strap-shaped, 1 ^ in wide, 18 in or less long scape 1 ft
as many as 80-fld , fls deep lilac with metallic sheen, the
segms nearly 1 in long, rigid after flowering Persia,
etc B M 7982 G C III 34 40 —Probably the lar-
gest-fld , and most imposing garden species.
AAA Group III Native alhums, sometimes advertised
The species in Group II, comprise those that are
likely to be in general cultivation Aside from these
theie are various native species, mostly from western
America, which are offered by dealers m American
plants These are recorded below.
B. Bulbs clustered, narrowly oblong scape terete.
c Lvt, elliptic-lanceolate, 2 or 3.
15. tric6ccum, Ait COMMON WILD LEEK Fig 159.
Fls. greenish white on scape 4-12 in high in early spring
Grows m clumps New Eng to Wis and N C
cc Lvs linear, flat or channelled
1C. cernuum, Roth Fls rose-
colored or white, in open, nod-
ding umbels Alleghames and W
17 validum, Wats Fls rose-
colored or nearly white, in dense
erectish umbels scape 1-2 ^ ft ,
very stout Nev , Calif , Ore
18. haematochiton, Wats Fls.
deep rose, in a small, erect umbel'
bulb-coats deep red* scape 1 ft.
or less high Calif.
BB. Bulbs usually solitary, globose
to ovate' scape terete or
nearly so
c Coats of bulbs fibrous
19. reticulatum, Fraser. Scape
3-8 in , fls white
to roee, with thin
segms W. Amer.
B M 1840, as A.
dtellatum.
20. Geyeri, Wats.
A foot high, stouter- fls.
rose, with broad acute
strongly nerved segms.
158. Aliium neapoHUnum. ( X K) W. Amer.
ALLIUM
ALMOND
249
cc. Coats of bulb not fibrous.
D Lvs. 2 or several
B. Ovary with only 8 crests, or none at all.
21. scapdsum, Benth Fls white, red- veined, in a
loose, few-fld. umbel bulbs dark, scape 1 ft. or more.
W Amer
22 madidum, Wats. Fls. white or
nearly BO, in a rnany-fld umbel bulbs
white, scape less than 1 ft., angled
: Ore.
23. Cdsickii, Wats Fls rather
numerous, nearly white: Ivs ^in
wide scape 3-4 in Ore
24 Bolanden, Wats Fls rose, few,
the segms serrulate scape 4-10 in
Calif
25. unifdlium, Kellogg Lvs. sev-
eral, narrow and flat:
scape stout, 1-2 ft , fls.
lose, 10-30, the segma
o vat ^lanceolate, exceed-
ing stamens and style
Calif
BE. Ovary distinctly 6-
crcstcd fa. usually
rose-colored.
F Scape usually more than
6 in high (in tht wild}
26 stellatum, Fraser.
Bulb-coats reddish scape
6-18 in , pedicels J2~x4in Jong, sta-
mens and styles exscrted W. Amer.
B M 1 ->76
27 Sanbornii, Wood Bulb-scales
white scape 12-24 in , pedicels
shorter, umbel densely many-fid ,
stamens and styles exserted Calif
28 attenuifdlium, Kellogg Lvs.
channelled scape slender, 6-15 in ,
leafy below, umbel dense, fls nearly
white W Ainer
FF. Scape usually less tfian 6 in high
(in the wild)
29 serratum, Wats Lvs very nar-
row filair«cnts broadened at the babe.
W Arner.
30 Bfdwelliae. Wats Scape 2-3
159 Allium tncoc- m umbel fcw.fld f the pedicels ^m.
cum (x*S) long, hlaments filiform. Calif.
DD. Lf. solitary, linear or filiform scape 2-5 in. high:
caps 6-crested
31. fimbriatum, Wats Lf filiform and revolute:
•cape 3 in ; fis deep rose, stigma 3-cleft. S. Cahf.
BBB. Bulbs most1]! solitary scape stout, 2-winged: Ivs.
2, broad.
C Stamens not exerted
32 falcifdlium, Hook & Arn Fls rose, the segms.
minutely glandular-serrate and twice longer than sta-
mens scape 2-3 in W Amer
33. anceps, Kellogg Fls white, with purplish
veins, the segms. little longer than stamens. Cahf ,
Ore.
cc. Stamens exserted
34 platycaule, Wats Fls rose, the segms long-
acuminate' scape 3-5 in Calif. B M. 6227 (as A.
anceps) L. H. B.
ALLOPL&CTUS (diversely plaited; referring to
appearance of the calyx) Cesncracex Tender
tropical evergreen shrubby plants, with tubular
yellowish axillary fls and opposite Ivs ; one of each If.
in the pair smaller than the other, their under surfaces
usually reddish or purplish To be grown in the warm-
house with similar treatment as that for Gebiiera
repens, Hook Ti ailing by means of roots thrown out
between the pairs of Ivs Ivs ovate, coarsely serrate,
hairy or smooth calvx pale green, blotched with purple;
corolla yellow, tinged red, gaping; tube swollen at the
base, limb of 4 spreading segms , the uppermost
being twice cut. K Indies B M. 4250.
sparsiflorus, Mart Krect Ivs ovate-oblong, acute
entire, petiole and nerves beneath often red calyx of 5
cordate or triangular dark blood or purple sepals, form-
ing a striking contrast to the \ ellow club-shaped densely
hairy corolla; limb of corolla of 5 equal segms.
Brazil B M 4216, erroneously as A dichrous.
Schlimii, Planch & Lind Fig 160 Lvs acumi-
nate, rounded or sut coidatc at base, oblong, green
above, violet or purple-violet beneath fls axillary, in
pairs or sometimes more numerous, the calyx spotted
with green, corolla yellow -scarlet below, shading up-
ward into a delicate violet above Trop S. Amer.
FS 8827.
A Foraetii, Hort Corolla pale yellow, spurred on the back.
Peru N TAYI/)Rt
ALLSPICE. The dry berry of the Pimento (Pimento,
officinahs, Lmdl ), an evergreen tree of the Myrtacex.
The tree grows m the West Indies Jamaica yields much
of the product The fresh berry is about the size of a
pea It is borne in clusters The word allspice is also
applied to various plants with aromatic fragrance, as
Calycanthus See Pimenta
ALMOND. A name given to the tree and fruit of
Primus commiims, Fntsch. (Arnygdalut communis,
Linn ), of the Rosdceae. It is also applied to certain
dwarf ornamental trees or bushes, a1? flowering almond
(see Prunus).
The almond has been cultivated from time imme-
morial. It is thought to be native to the Mediter-
ranean basin Some inquirers have supposed it to be
the original of the poach, but this idea is evidently
untenable The flowers are peach-like and handsome
(Fig 161) The almond nut of commerce is the pit or
stone of a peach-like fruit (Fig 162) The fleshy part,
which is so thick and edible m the peach, is thin and
hard, anil it splits at maturity There are two general
tribes or races of almonds, — the bitter and the sweet.
The tormer has a bitter kernel, which is used in the
manufacture of flavoring extracts and prussic acid It
is grown mostly in Mediterranean countries. Of the
250
ALMOND
ALMOND
sweet or edible almonds, there are two classes, — the
hard-shell and the soft-shell The lormor is of little
value, and is not grown to any extent The soft-shell
type produces the edible almonds of commerce Some
of the thinnest-shelled forms are known as Paper-shells
It was once thought that almond-
growing could be successfully
practised in the peach-growing
sections of the East, but late
spring frosts, and other difficul-
ties, nave caused the effoit to
be abandoned commercially In-
dividual almond trees are
occasionally seen, and they fre-
quently bear profusely They are
nearly as hardy as the peach
The commercial cultvation of
the almond on this continent is
confined to western America,
and the remainder of this ac-
count is therefore written from
161. Flower of common the Calif orman standpoint
almond L II B.
Almond-growing in California has received the atten-
tion of horticulturists for half a century, and during the
whole of its course the industry has been marked by
Vicissitudes which, it must be admitted, are not yet
ended Two chief sources of difficulty are now clearly
discerned to have attended the effort from its begin-
ning, and present knowledge may enable planters to
avoid, in the future, errors that have led to much dis-
appointment and loss — the vestiges of which still encum-
ber the ground, though clearing is proceeding rapidly
Thus far the almond tree has yielded more firewood
than any other single fruit tree which has been largely
planted in Calif ornia? arid yet planting has continued,
planting and uprooting keeping pace, so that about
1,500,000 trees are annually repoited by the county
assessois, of which number about two-thirds may be
counted of bearing age The California almond prod-
uct for a series of years is estimated as follows.
1905
1906
1907
1903
2,125 tons 1909
900 " l')l()
750 " 1911
3,000 " 1912
1,650 tons
2,750 "
1,700 "
3,000 "
Irregularity in production is mainly due to the occur-
rence or absence of spi mg frosts In spite of these facts,
the almond will remain an important California prod-
uct, through the satisfactory perfoimance of trees
enjoying favorable environment, which is being gener-
ally accepted as a safe guide for current planting.
The two chief sources of failure with the almond are
the sterility of many varieties without cross-pollination,
and the extreme propensity ot the tree for eaily bloom-
ing, with the consequent destruction of the bloom or the
young fruit by temperature very little below the freez-
ing point These two evils have been singularly asso-
ciated historically, and only lately have they been
shown to be independent factors and both of them
demanding the closest attention from planters At first
it was thought that the wide planting of self-sterile
varieties by themselves was the cause of disappoint-
ment, because, after years of choppmg-out or grafting-
over old unproductive trees to the Prune d'Agen, for
which it is an excellent stock, it was observed, by chance,
that the Languedoc variety adjacent to Drake's seed-
ling, of local origin, was heavily laden with nuts when
it was sterile without such association Attention was
then directed to the growth of seedlings, and a large lot
of seedlings of the bitter almond, grown by A T Hatch,
exhibited such satisfactory bearing habit and such strik-
ing variation toward new types of the soft-shell sweet
almond that the growth of new selected California seed-
lings was seized u pon as a panacea for the previously ex-
perienced troubles with the almond These new varieties
were conceived to be not only self-fertile but hardy,
and laige plantations were made without due regard
to the fiostv character ot the locations Low valley
lands of gteat area, and some extent of high plateaux,
were planted Fine, huge trees grew only to lose their
crops year alter year by hosts fiom Febiunry to April,
until the growers cast the trees upon the wood-pile.
As a deduction ol the experience of se\ eral decades, we
have arrived at what seems now to be the proper con-
ception of the situation ot the almond in California,
which us, that the most prolific \aiieties must, be chosen,
must be associated tor pui poses of eioss-pollmation, and
must be planted in places of least liability to frost.
There is a factor of some moment in the late-blooming
habit of soino vaiieties, which will be considered
present ly
The soil host suited to the almond is a light, well-
drained loam. The tree makes a stiong and rapid root-
growth, and is more tolerant ot di ought than any other
of our leading deciduous fruit tie( s I'oi tins reason, as
well as to avoid host, it is often desiiable to place the
almond on the Inghei and dnei lands of the vallev —
providing the soil is not hea\\ and too retentive of sur-
plus watei in the raitn ^eason The loot is most mtol-
eiant ot standing water, and will quu klv die it exposed
to it Because' ot its thnft in light, div soils, the almond
root is used lather largeh a-, a stock for the Prune
d'Agen, and to some extent foi the peach in the dry
vallcjs
Almond trees ale grown by budding into seedlings
grown horn either the sweet or the bitter haul-shell
almonds, the bud being set during the fust summer's
growth ot the seedling, and then eithei planted out as a
dormant bud the following winter or allowed to make
one season's giowth on the bud in the musery The
tree grows so rapidl>, both in loot and top, that only
yearling trees are used
At transplanting, the young trees are cut back so as
to form a low head with onlv about a foot ot clear trunk
They are allowed to make iiee giowth duimg the follow-
ing summei, and in the following winter are cut back so
as to encourage branching on the mam limbs within a
foot of then attachment to the trunk At the same time,
the branches aie i educed to four 01 h\e in numbir, sym-
metrically arranged aiound the stem and at good dis-
tance fiom each othei, so tint they shall not unduly
crowd each other as they enlarge1 Another full growth
during the following summer and another cutting
back the following winter give the trees the vase-form
on the outside, with enough interior bianclu s to fill the
162. Almond nuts
inside of the tree without crowding Thus the tree ia
systematically pinned after each of its fust two years'
growth in the orchard After that , short emng-in of the
branches usually ceases, and the third summer's growth
is allowed to stand for frmt-beaiing, with only thmmng-
out of growth to prevent crowding. This thinning-out
has to be done from time to tune in later jears, other-
wise the tree becomes too thick, and interior branches
dwindle for lack of light The amount of thinning
varies in the different climates oi the state the greater
the heat, the denser the tree for its own protection
With the proper adjustment of heat and light, fresh
bearing wood may be encouraged in the lower part of
ALMOND
ALNUS
251
the tree, otherwise it becomes umbrella-shaped, with
the fruit wood at the top and bare poles below.
The almond is the earliest bloomer of our common
fruits. It puts forth flowers sometimes as early as Janu-
ary, but the usual date is about February 10 for the
earliest bloomers in the wanner parts of the state, with
the later bloomers at intervals thereafter until April 1.
Records of full bloom of a number of varieties widely
grown in California, which have been kept at the Uni-
versity of California substation, situated in the Sierra
toot-hill region, show the following succession . Commer-
cial, February 27, Sultana and Paper-shell, March 10;
King and Mane Duprey, March 11, IXL, March 12,
Languedoc, March 19, Nonpareil, March 20, Routier
Twin, March 24; Pibtache, March 25; Drake and Texas,
April 2 Obviously the late bloomers have greater
chance of escaping frost, and there is at present some
disposition to make this a consider-
ation m selecting varieties for plant-
ing The dates just given show an
extreme variation in time of bloom-
ing Some years the intervals are
much shorter, but the relation seems
to be constant The crop ripens
from August 15 to October 1, accord-
ing to locality Early maturity does
not follow early blooming — that is,
as with other fruits, the first to
bloom are not necessarily the first
to ripen
Not less than twenty-five varie-
ties of almonds have been grown to
a greater or less extent in Califor-
nia Varieties of foreign origin
have almost wholly given
place to selected seedlings of
local origin, and of these a
very few constitute the mam
crop at present These are
named in the order of their
acreage, as follows Nonpareil, Ne Plus
Ultra, IXL, Drake, Texas Prolific, Lan-
guedoe Of these, the first three occupy
not less than three-fourths of the acreage
In handling the crop, the local climate
modifies methods somewhat, and the
growth-habit is also involved In regions
very free from atmospheric humidity in
the summer, the hull opens readily and
discloses a clean, bright nut, which can
be marketed without treatment Where
this is not the case, and the nut is more
or less discolored, bleaching in the fumes
of sulfur has to be practised The nut
must be dry before sulf unng, or the fumes
will penetrate and injure the flavor of the
kernel Sulfured nuts also lose largely
in power of germination The practice is
to gather the nuts, dry for a few days
m the sun, then spray with water very
lightly or with a jet of steam, so that only the surface
of the shell is moistened, and then sulfur, and a light
color can be secured without penetration of the fumes.
The nuts can usually be gathered from the ground as
they naturally fall, or can be brought down by shaking
or fhe use of light poles Some varieties arc more easily
harvested than others, and the same variety falls more
readily in some localities than in others A greater or
less percentage, according also to variety and locality,
will have adhering hulls, and for clearing them, locally-
invented machines, called almond-hullers, are used
Early rains in some localities are apt to stain the nuts
Such stains cannot be removed by sulfurmg, and the
nuts have to be crushed and the product marketed as
kernels for the use of confectionery Machinery is also
used for this operation, and a considerable fraction of
the product reaches the market in this form because of
the demand for candied and salted almonds
The standard of excellence in the almond, from a
commercial point of view, as learned by the experience
of California producers, is that the kernel must be as
smooth, symmetrical and plump as possible. The twin-
ning of kernels, welcome as it may be to searches for
philopenas, results in misshapen kernels, which are
very objectionable to the confectioners, who are very
large users of almonds Constancy to single kernels is
therefore a good point in a variety
Large proportion of kernel to shell by weight is also,
obviously, an important point to almond-
buyers At the same time, the shell may
be so reduced in strength as to break badly
in shipping m sacks and in subsequent
handling Incomplete covering also ex-
poses the kernel to the sulfur and to loss
of flavor. The ideal is such degree of thin-
ness of shell as can be had with complete
covering of the kernel and durability in
handling
Careful comparison of the
proportion of kernel weight
to gross weight of the popular
California \arieties, as compared
with a leading imported variety,
was made by a committee of the
California Horticultural Society,
with the following result From
one pound of each of the follow-
ing varieties the net weight of
kernels in ounces was Imported
Tarragona, 65, California Lan-
guedoc, 7}i, El Supremo, TYi,
Drake, 8?4, IXL, 9, Commercial,
9 It, La Puma, 9^, Princess, 9^J
Ne Plus Ultra, 10, King, 10;
Paper-shell, 11,' Nonpareil, 11 to
13 EDWARD J. WICKSON.
ALMOND, DEMERARA: Terminate
Catappa
ALMOND, FLOWERING: Prunu*
ALNUS (the ancient Latin
name) Bctnlacex ALDER Orna-
mental woodv plants grown chiefly
for their foliage, some species are
valuable as timber trees.
Trees or shrubs Ivs alternate,
deciduous, short -pet loled, usually
serrate or dentate fls monoecious,
apetalous, in catkins, st animate
ones elongated, each bract with 3 fls , stamens
4 in each fl , with short filaments not divided
at the apex, pistillate catkins short, each bract
Be.- h.ht f the Wlth 2 fls ; st>los 2> the P«>tillate oatkina
almond developing into a ligneous, generally ovoid cone
with persistent, 5-lobed scales fr a small
nutlet. — About 30 species in the northern hemisphere,
in Amer south to Peru Monograph by W inkier in
Englcr's Pflanzenreich • Betulaceic 101 (1904)
The alders are deciduous trees or shrubs with me-
dium-sized leaves and pendulous st animate catkins in
spring before the leaves; the short pistillate catkins de-
\ eloping into woody cones about }i to 1 inch long and
usually arranged in small racemes The profuse male
catkins are pleasing m early spring The wood is val-
uable for its durability in water; of the native spe-
cies, A rubra is the most important timber-tree, in
the Old World, A. ghdtnosa and ^1 japonicn Most
species are suitable for planting on damp soil, where
they grow rapidly, but A. cordata prefers a drier situa-
tion; also A japomca, A. incana and A tinctona grow
well in drier situations.
252
ALNUS
ALNUS
Usually propagation is by seeds gath**red in the fall and
well dried; sown in spring with but slight covering, and
kept moist and shady, they germinate soon, a slight
covering with moss, taken off when the seedlings appear,
will be useful. At the end of the same year or the fol-
lowing spring, the seedlings are transplanted, usually
into rows 1 to 2 feet apart and 6 inches from each other.
After two years, they may be planted when1 they are to
stand The shrubby species, also A glutmosa, grow
from hardwood cuttings placed in moist and sandy
soil, also from layers, and A. incana from suckers.
Rarer kinds are grafted on common potted stock in
early spring m the propagatmg-house; grafting out-of-
doors is rarely successful.
Alnobetula, 1.
mcisa, 12
rubra, 10
aurea, 12
rubnnervia, 12.
barbata. 12
laomiata', K, 12
rugosu, 11
inantima, o
scrrulata 11.
cordata, 7
Mitcholhana, 2
hlnKca, 7
cordifoha, 7
oblongata, 5, 12
tihsfoha, 7
denticulata, 12.
oregana, 10
tinctona, 9
firma, 3. 4, 0.
oxyacnnthifolia, 12
undulata, 1
glaura, 8
pendula, \
vindis, 1, 2
glutmosa, 12
pmnatihda, 8
vulKani, 8, 12
iinperiahs, 12
pynfolia 7
yasha, 3
incana, 8, 9.
rotundifolui, 12
A. Pistillate catkins terminal, inclosed during the winter
in the bud, opening in spring fr with broad mem-
branous wing winter-buds sessile with 2 or more
unequal scales (Alnobetula )
B. Lvs ovate or elliptic, with fi-10 pairs of veins
1. viridis, DC (A. Alnobetula, Hartig A undulata,
Willd.). EUROPEAN GREEN ALDER. Shrub, 2-6 ft. . Ivs.
elliptic or ovate, to round-ovate, acute, usually nar-
rowed at the base, sharply serrulate, 1-2^ m long,
glutinous while young, bright green above, pale green
and glabrous beneath or pubescent on the veins stam-
inate catkins 2-3^ in long; pistillate catkins with
glabrous or puberulous peduncles: cones 3-4, oblong,
elender-peduncled. March, April. Mts. of Eu. L.B.C.
12:1141. HW.2'14.
2 Mitchelliana, Curt. (A. "iridis of most American
authors) AMERICAN GRSEN ALDER. Shnib, 2-10 ft :
young branchlets glabrous or sparingly pubescent. Ivs.
elliptic or ovate-elliptic, acute or obtuse, rounded or
aubcordate at the base, 1 ^-.3 in long, densely serrulate,
glutinous while young, with impressed veins above,
reticulate beneath and glabrous stammate catkins 2-3
in long, pistillate catkins with pubescent peduncles'
cones 3-6, oblong, slender-peduneled March, Apr.
Mts of N E Amer , west to Brit Col , south to N. C.
— Hardy shrub with handsome bright green foliage,
very aromatic when unfolding and of very pleasant
effect in spring with its long male catkins; handsomer
than the preceding species.
BB. Lw>. ovate-oblong to ovate-lanceolate, with 12-24
pairs of veins.
3. yasha, Matsum. (A ftrma var ydsha, Winkl ).
Tree, to 30 ft young branchlets pubescent. Ivs. ovate-
oblong, 2-4 in long, acute, usually rounded at the base,
sharply and irregularly serrate, with 12-18 pairs of
veins, pubescent on the veins beneath cones 1-3, ellip-
soid or sub-globose, %in long, on blender peduncles
about 1 m. long. Japan J C.T. 16 '2
1 pendula, Matsum (A firma var. multinenns,
Regel) Tree, to 30 ft , or shrub young branchlets
pubescent. Ivs oblong-lanceolate, acute or acuminate,
2-1 in long, irregularly and often nearly doubly ser-
rate, with 18-21 pairs of veins, pubescent on the veins
beneath, at maturity nearly glabrous cones 3-5,
ovoid, about }/>in long, m pendulous racemes, 1-2 in.
long Japan S I F 212 J C T 16 3 —Very hand-
Borne alder, still rare in cult ; the plant cult under this
name is usually Uie preceding species
AA. Pistillate catkins axillary, appearing in autumn:
winter-buds with 2 equal scales, stalked. (Gym-
nothyrkus )
B. Fls opening in the fall from catkins of the same year:
lv* not pli( atily folded in the bud.
5 maritima, Nutt (A. oblongata, Regel, not
Ait nor \\illd) Tree, to 30 ft Ivs cuneate,
oblong or obovate, shining above, pale green
beneath, glabrous, remotely and crenately ser-
rate, 2-4 in long cones 2-4, large, on short, stout
peduncles Del , Md SS9'458 G F 4 26<).
Nutt , N Amer S 1 10 — Ornamental shrub or binall
tree with handsome shining foliage, attractive m
autumn with its male catkins
BB Fls opening in early spring before the Ivs , from
catkins formed the previous year and remaining
naked during the winter
C. Lvs. not plicate in the bud, green beneath, veins arch-
ing cones 1-fi, long-stalked.
6. japonica, Sieb & Zucc (A fi rma, Hort , not Sieb &
Zucc ) Fig 161 Tree, 50- SO ft Ivs cuneate, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, sharply and irregularly serrulate,
glabrous at length, bearded in the axils of the veins
beneath, 2-6 m long cones 3-6, peduncled Japan.
GF. 6 315 (adapted m Fig 164) SIF 1' 19 —Tall,
pyramidal tree with dark green foliage, the largest ana
perhaps the most beautiful of all alders.
7. cordata, Desf. (A cordifbha, Ten. A. tiliacea,
Hort ) Small tree, 20-50 ft • Ivs cordate, ovate or
roundish, acuminate, 2-4 m long, bearded in the axils
beneath, glandular when young cones 1-3, ovoid,
about 1 m. long, peduncled, nutlets with narrow wing.
Italy, Caucasus L B C. 13 : 1231. G C. II 19 :285 —
Round-headed tree with handsome, distinct foliage,
changing orange-yellow m autumn, resembling that of a
linden or pear, therefore sometimes called A. tih
or A. pynfblia, in gardens. Not quite hardy N.
ALNUS
ALNUS
253
cc. Lvs. plicate in tht bud, the veins going straight to the
points of the larger teeth, cones 4~1U> short-
stalked or senile.
D. Under side of Ivs glaucous, not bearded: cones sessile
or short-stalked.
8. incana, Willd Shrub or tree, to 60 ft : branches
pubescent Ivs. oval or oblong-ovate, acute, \Y\-k in
long, doubly serrate, pubescent or nearly glabroua
beneath, cones 4-8; mostly sessile, ^jin long. North-
ern hemisphere, in different varieties. H W. 2 . 13.
Var. glauca, Ait. (A. glauca. Michx.). Shrub, to 12
ft. : Ivs. often nearly glabrous beneath. N. Amer . Eu.
Em 251.
Var. vulgaris, Spach Tree, to 50 ft.: Ivs. usually
densely pubescent beneath cones 1 in long. Eu , Asia.
Var. pinnatffida, Spach (var lacimata, Hort.). Lvs.
pmnately lobed or cleft, with dentate lobes.
9. tinctftria, Sarg (A. incana var tinctbna, Hort )
Fig 165 Tree, to 60 ft young branchlets glabrous or
slightly pubescent Ivs. broadly ovate, 4-6 in long,
membranaceous, coarsely doubly serrate, slightly lobed,
glaucous and rufously pubescent on the veins beneath.
Japan OF 10 "473 (adapted m Fig 165) SIF 1 19
(as var glauca) — Handsome ornamental tree of very
vigorous growth, with large foliage
10 rubra, Bong. (A. oregdna, Nutt.). Tree, 40-50
ft Ivs oblong-ovate, 3-5 in. long, crenate-serrate,
slightly lobed, revolute on the margin, nearly glabrous
,
beneath, petioles and veins orange-colored cones 6-8,
oblong.
S. 1 9
, petiole
W. N.
,
Amer. SS. 9:451 Nutt., N. Amer.
DD. Under side of Ivs. green or brownish green, usually
bearded.
B. Cones upptr senile
11. rugdsa, Spreng SMOOTH ALDLR Shrub, to 25
ft . young brancnlets pubescent or nearly glabrous Ivs
ovate or broadly elliptic to obovate, acuto or obtuse,
2-5 m long, doubly serrate and often slight Iv lobed,
beneath covered more or less with brownish pubescence
or glabroxis cones 4-10, the upper sessile, tho lo\\er
short-stalked, ovoid, about loin long E X Amer
MX 3 4 Vai serrulata, \\ inkl (.1 sfrn/W/a, \\ illd )
Branchlets glabrous or nearly so hs usually obo\ate,
obtuse, finely and doubly serrulate, glabrous or nearly
glabrous beneath. Em. 248 — By most European
botanists this variety is considered a distinct species,
but, though the extreme forms seem quite distinct, they
are connected by all Kinds of intermediate forms. In
flower, A. rugot>a is easily distinguished from A. incana
165. Alnus tinctoria. ( X
166 Alnus glutinosa. ( X
by the pistillate catkins which are upright in A. rugosa,
nodding in A incana
EE. Cones all distinctly peduncled.
12. glutindsa, Gaertn (A ni loans, Hill. A rotundi~
fdha, Mill A tomnnnut, Desf ) BT.ACK ALDER. Fig.
1 66 Tree, to 70 ft 1\ s. orbicular or obovate, rounded or
emargmate at the apex, 2-5 in long, irregularly obtusely
serrate, with 5—7 pairs of \ ems, nearly glabrous beneath,
glutinous \\hen unfolding tones distinctly peduncled.
Eu , N Afr , Asia, naturalized in some localities in N.
Amer II W 2 12 HT UO— A vigorously grow-
ing tree with dark green, dull foliage, valuable for
planting m damp situations Commonly planted in
many forms Var aurea, Versch Lvs yellow I H.
13 190 Var denticulata, Ledeb. (A oblongata,WiM.).
L\s usually cuneate, serrulate S Eu Var barbata,
Cctlhor ( 1 barbala, C A Mey ). Lvs ovate, acute,
pubescent on the veins beneath Caucasus Var.
impenahs, Desf Lvs deeply pmnately lobed with lan-
ceolate 01 nearly linear lobes Var incisa, Willd. (var.
ori/acartthtft)h(t, Spach) Lvs small, deeply incised,
like those of ("rtiljpgu* oxyacantha Var laciniata, Willd.
L\s pnmately lobed, lobes oblong Var. rubrinervia.
I-hpp Lvs large and shining, with red nerves and
petioles pyramidal tree of vigorous growth, very
handsoiiir
\ ncunntnita, HHK Tree hs. usually ovate and pubescent be-
nt uh, douolysenv te Cent Amer .north to Ariz — A crematt6gyne,
Burkill Irte young branchlets glabrous, Ivs oblong-obov ate,
glibrous, slvirply verrato, 3-4 in long cones cyhndric, solitary on
s|( nd< r peduru les, about 1 ,<j in long W China — Recently mtro ,
tiru.i ibly not hardy N —A firnm. Sieb & Zuco (A Sieboldiana,
Miiti ) Allied to A yusha Tree Ivs ovate, or ovate-oblong,
acute, rounded at the base, with 10-15 pairs of veins, 3-5 m long,
cones ubout 1 m long, solitary on a peduncle H-lin long Japan
MF 2 12 —A fruticdsa, Rupr. (A vindw var sibmca,
Rejjel) Allied to A vindis Shrub Ivs broadly ovate or elhptic-
o\ate, usually rounded at the ba^e, nearly doubly or sinuatelj>
serrnte Siberia, Corea — A hirsute, Turc/ (A incana var
hirsuta, Spach) Allied to A tinctoria Tree , voung branchlets, and
petioles tomintoso Ivs suborbicular to elliptic, arutish, dcntio-
ul ite and slightly lobed, ferrujnneous,ly tomentose beneath Japan,
Mamhuna—A jomllinn*, HBK Allied to A acummuta Lvs.
obloni?-lanceolate, coarsely dentate Cent Amer — A molhs,
Fernihl Closely allied to A cnspa Shrub or small tree branchlets
pubescent Ivs pubescent beneith, 2-4 in long N E \nier , west
to Lake Winnipeg, south to Mass —A nitida, Endl Tree, to 108
ft Ivs ovate to ovate-oblong, short-acuminate, not plicate, 3-4
in. long, entire or remotely serrulate, bright green and lustrous
254
ALNUS
ALOCASIA
above, glabrous male catkins very slender, to 6 in long cones 2-4,
peduncled Himalayas 13 M 7054 — A oblonoifblia, Torr Tree,
20-30 ft.: Ivs oblong-ovate, cuneate, doubly serrate, 2-3 in long
strobiles H~l >n long, poduneled N Mex and Ariz S S 9 457 —
A occidental™, Dipp =A tenuifolia. — A. onentuhs, Deorie (A
barbata, Hurt , not C A Mey A firnia, Hort , not Sieb & Zucc A
macrophylla, Hort ) Allied to A c ordata Tree Ivs ovate-oblong,
obtusely or erenately serrate, 2-5 in long, glabrous, with 8-10 pairs
of veins, cones ovoid, glutinous, y^-l m long, nutlets without wing
Asia Minor — A pubficens, Tseh (A glutmosa Xmcana) Lvs
roundish-ovato or obovate, irregularly serrate, pubescent beneath
Natural hybrid —A rhombifdlut, Nutt Tree, 60-80 ft Ivs cu-
neate, oval or ovate, 2—3^2 m long, finely serrate, yellowish green
and puberulous beneath strobiles oblong, peduncled W N Amer
SS 0 456 — A Sicboldidna, Mats =A firma — A sinuAta, Kydh
(A sitchensis, Sarg ) Allied to A vindis Shrub, 3-16 ft Ivs
slightly lobod, serrulate, glabrous, thin W N Amer SS 14 727 —
A Spxthn. Callier (A japonica Xsubcordata) Tree Ivs ovatc-lance-
olate, sharply serrate, violet-purple when unfolding Of garden origin
A subcorddta, C A Mey Tree, 30-50 ft Ivs ovate or oblong-
ovate, rounded at the base, 2-6 in long, crenately or doubly serrate,
glabrous or sometimes pubescent beneath cones about 1 in long
nutlets with a narrow wing Caucasus — A lenuifoha, Nutt (A
incana vur viresceus, Watu A occidentals, Dipp ) Sma'l tree,
occasionally 30 ft Ivs ov ate, 2-4 in long, slightly lobed and doubly
eerrate, green and nearly glabrous beneath W N Amer S. 8
9 455 ALFRED REHDER.
ALOCASIA (name made from Colocasia) Aracew
Warmh'ouse foliage plants, with green, veined and
mottled, large hanging leaves.
Stem thick, short or assurgent, densely marked with
If .-scars. Ivs with long sheathed petioles, the blade,
when young peltate,
when old usually sagit-
tate-cordate, the basal
lobes commonly more
or less united spathe
with the tube much
shorter than the blade,
, ovoid or oblong, con-
volute, the blade ob-
long, usually boat-
i, shaped, spadix shorter
| than spathe — Stove
B foliage plants from E.
Asia, ( ornprising about
40 species, in addition
to many hybrids Re-
Lited to Caladmm and
Colocasia, from which
separated by technical
fr. characters. See Monogr by Engler in De Candolle's
Monographic Phanerogamarum, Vol. II
The species ot alocasia grown in greenhouses have
foliage of great beauty and coloring and rank high
amongst ornamental foliage plants The leaves are
remarkable for their coloring, markings, size and shape,
some of them being ot a rich metallic coloring while
others are green and green-and- white with prominent
veining. Alocasias are propagated by suckers or cut-
tings of the rhizomes, placed m small pots containing a
mixture of light fibrous peat and sand m equal pro-
portions, and plunged in a close frame or propagating-
box with bottom heat They may also be grown from
seeds sown in 4-inch pots, m a light peaty soil in a tem-
perature of 75° F The month of March is the best time
for propagating and potting The evergreen species (as
A cuprea, A longiloba, A Lowii, A. Reginn) thrive best
in a compost of two parts fibrous peat and sphagnum
moss and one part lumps of fibrous loam, to which should
be added a sprinkling of silver sand and a few nodules
of charcoal to keep the whole sweet The herbaceous
species (as A macrorhiza) do best in good fibrous loam
to which one-third of well-rotted cow-manure or pul-
verized sheep-manure has been added Perfect drain-
age of the pots is absolutely necessary, and, in potting,
the evergreen species should be coned up 2 or 3 inches
above the rim of the pot, and finished off with a sur-
facing of live sphagnum moss The season of active
growth begins about the first of March, when plants
should be given a temperature of 70° at night, with
a rise of 15° by day, and the atmosphere must be
167 Alocasia Sanderiana
kept in a humid condition. They should be given a
position free from drafts and direct sunlight They
require an abundance of water at the roots as the leaves
develop, and aie greatly benefited by an occasional
watering of clear liquid sheep- or cow-manure. To
secure the best development of the leaves, heavy
syringing should be avoided, but frequent spraying on
all fine days with an atomizer sprayer is very beneficial
Towards winter the humidity of the atmosphere and
the suppjly of water to the roots should be reduced with
the evergreen species, and gradually withheld alto-
gether as the leaves mature, with the herbaceous
species The temperature during winter should not
fall below 60°. (E J Canning )
argyrsta, 13
Lo SaUiana, 13
PutZLytii. 8
bataviensis, 13
Lmdenu, 5
llegina, 13
Chantneri, 13
longiloba, 6
Sanderiana, 2
Chelsomi, 13
Low n. 7
Stdenit. 13
cuprea, 12
Luciana, 13
Thibautiana, 9
yigantea, 6
matrorhiza, 11
Van Hvuttet, 13
(flgas, 13
Marshalln, 13
mrttgata, 11
illustns, 13
metaUica, 12
Vcitchii, 10
intermedia, 13
mortefontainenm.8, 13
Villeneuvei, 4
Jenmngni. 13
Johnstomi,, 13
pnnoeps, 1
Pucaana, 13
violacea, 13
zebnna, 3
A Lvs distinctly notched or undulate on the margin
1 princeps, Nichols Lvs sagittate, the basal lobes
narrow and spreading, the margins deep-sinuate, upper
surface olive-green, with darker veins, the under lighter
colored, with brown veins and margin, petioles brown-
spotted, slender E Indies
2 Sanderiana, Bull Fig 167 Lvs long-sagittate,
\\ith deeply notched margin, the basal lobes wide-spread-
ing, deep glossy green with metallic reflection, \vith
prominent white margins and veins, petioles brownish
and striped Philippines Gng 084 G Z 2S, p 267
J H III 45 173 — One of the best of recent intro-
ductions Runs into various forms, and has entered
largely into cult hybrids
AA Lvs plain and entire on the margin
B Markings chiefly on the petioles, (lie blades green.
3 zebrlna, Koch & Veiteh Lvs triangular-sagittate,
the margin somewhat repand, the front lobe oblong-
triangular, cuspidate, the basal lobes obtuse, petioles
beautifully marked with large zigzag bands of green
Philippines FS 15 1511-2
4 Villeneuvei, Lind &Rod Lvs sagittate-ovate, the
veins of lighter green and prominent, basal lobes \ery
unequal, petioles spotted with chocolate-brown Large
Borneo 1 H 31 21 —Named for de Villeneuve, Brazil-
ian ambassador to Belgium
KB. Markings or coloration chiefly on the If -blades,
c Veins and midrib light yellow.
5 Lfndenii, Rod Lvs cordate-ovate, long-pointed,
8-12 m. long, bright green, with yellowish veins curving
off from the midrib and vanishing near the margin,
petioles nearly white New Guinea I II 33 603 —
Bruised Ivs emit a rtrong odor.
cc. Veins and midrib wJnte or silvery.
D Afidnb and primary neives not bordered
6 longfloba, Miq (A gigantea, Hort ) Petioles 2 ft,
greenish white, mottled purple; blade sagittate, 18 in.
long, the basal lobes very long and erect, the upper sur-
face green, with silvery or gray bands along veins and
rnidrib, the under surface light purple. Java.
7. Ldwii, Hook. Petioles 2-3 ft , rose-color; blade nar-
row-ovate, IK in long and a third as wide, long-pointed,
the basal lobes long-acute, upper surface olive-green,
with very distinct silvery bands, under surface rich
Burple Borneo . HF III 9' pi 6 FS 21:2204.
.M. 5376. A.F. 11:559 (as var. grandis).
ALOCASIA
DD. Midrib and primary wws bordered with pale or
(jra //-f/? « n
8 PutzSysii, N K Bi Much like .1 lonqiMm Ivs
broader (oval-sagittate), d.uk metallic gicen, promi-
nently veined and bordered \\Jute, the petioles pule red-
puiplo, under sin lace dark pin pie Sumatra, 1 II
29 139 (JO II 19 oOl —Mote brilliant than .1
lontfiloha, and has wider spaces between the \ejns
9 Thibautiana, Mast Petioles 3 ft , greenish, blade
2 ft long and IX -20 m broad, ovate-cordate, the basal
lobes broad and rounded, olive-green, with broad silvery
ALOE
255
vems and rib, the under sm face deep purple Borneo.
C1C 111 17 4S,i 1 H 2S H9 (1,Z 2.'), p 2d,>
10 Veitchu, Schott lieM-mbles .1 7^irj», Hook , in
shape and giound-< oloi, but the midrib and pi unary
veins are boideied \sith gr.u-gieen, tli(> sccondaiv
M'ins v\Intish and the petiole gi< -en-striped Java.
B.M 5497 (as A Lowu v.u puta)
ccc IV/ws white and If Itlntt h«l nn<l mottled
11 macrorhiza, Sdiott Large, le.i'hmg 10 or 15ft :
If -bladi s ,'i ft long, long-s.igittate and pointed, the lobes
short and obtuse, in irgm often somevvlut vvav\, the
nndiib verv bioad and coiispiruoiH, tlie blotches or
patches ol gieen and \vhi(<^ (in the v ar ruricqatn, G W.
15, p 3.V), which is the common foim) ven stiikmg.
Ce>lon I II S ,i()5 Oiu of the commonest specie*..
Lvs sometimes almost white
c ( ( c Vuns dark or pur file, or the If daiL-colored
12 cfrprea, Koch ( t m/M///rr/,Schott ) Fig 1 OS Peti-
oles 2 ft or less long, gtecn, blade o\ate and peltate,
IS x 12 in , notdied at the base and cuspidate- at the
point, dark metallic green with darker rib and veins,
the undei side nch puiple Boineo B M 5190 I II.
8-283 G 19-413 F S 21 220S 9 Lowe, 60 Gn.
50 336 — One of the be^t, and common
13 Regina, N K Bi L\s thick, ovate-cordate, ob-
tuse or cuspidate, the ba^-al lobes short and nearly or
quite obtuse, the libs and veins beneath pubescent,
somewhat fleshy, daik green above with darker veins
and brown-purple beneath, petioles terete, pubescent
spotted purple. Borneo III 32:544 — Seveial cult,
varieties and hybrids aie m the trade m this eountiv/
A ai (] yi&n, Sander, Ivs large, dark green with a silverv
sheen, hastate-lanceolate (G \\ 15312), hybrid of
longiloba x Pucciana, A battnnfnsii, petiole dark pur-
ple, If -blade dark green, A Chanlnhi (raised by Chan-
trier Bros , Mortefontame, France), hybrid of cuprea x
Sanderiana, with long wavy Ivs , purple below and
prominently white- veined (III 35.64 RH 1887, p
4()5), A ( httbonu, cuprea x longiloba, with Ivs purple
, ,
below and green above, A f/)f/«.s, much like Villeneuvei,
A tftfertncdM, hybrid by Veitch 25 years ago (G 2 61
G \\ 15, p :m F ISt)*), p 80), A La Xullinna, A.
/siniaiia, Thibautiana x Put/cysi, with Ivs dark green
above and whitish vems and margins, purple beneath
(III 31 27), A tnoihfonlainht^, Lown x Sanderiana;
A I'lirfinna, Putze\si x Thibautiana, A tftdenn,
eupre.i x Lowii, with ovate-peltate Ivs purple beneath
and \\hite-\emed above (1 H 21 292), A. Van Hvultei.
The following names are also in our trade A illus-
fns — Colooa-sia antiquorum, A «/<;rm;/tysn— Colocasia
aflinis, A ,1 bhn^tonu ~ Cyitosperma Johnstonn, A.
A/V;?s/wV/n-=Colooasia Mardmllu, A violdcca^Colo-
casia antiquorum(v)
The following may br> expected to appear in the American
trade- A AuoHvtimann, Linel & Hod Lvs peltate and wavy,
green above and b<lo\v, ith psilc nerves, the petioles brown-
spott.d, .ilh.il to \ z.bnna I II 33 Vji New Gumea(') — A.
Curli-m, N H Br Pr ticili s i ft or le ss, purple-barrcel If -blade 20
in or !<•>-, and h lU i^- wide, shilling grt<n and gray-ribbed above,
deep purple btne« ith Pe n ing — 4 Desmetvina, liort Lvs elon-
gated, hi irt-shap<d and nuuate, petiole spotted — A fminens,
N 1' Hr Lv- pelt 4te, the blade 2 ft or less bug and nearly half
a.s bioid purple, bcne-ath, gre en and light-veined ubovi, petioles
5f- 01 loss, him. I 1 Indie---! ordn.hs, N E Br Large IVN
2 ft or lc ss IOJIR, o% it. -s ,Kntitc , half as broad, black-green below,
briK'it pntn ibo\r. pitiol. s 1 ft or loss, bkrkish E Indies -A
gnttMn N 11 Br , \ ar imp* nulls, N E Br Lvs sagittate, acute,
1 ' i ft or less long ind li ilf a-, broad, i>urple bent tth, brown-green
an.t dark-blot rind above Borneo III 31541—4 ind
Se he
, ft
indica,
oorelitr, bright gran on both -ielcs ~F, Indies FS 21 2200 (as A.
plumbea) --- t AMrffrtMta, I me! A. Rod Lvs -lightly peltate, wavy,
hluning gree n with blicki-h mielnb, the veins and brownish petioles
pubes, , nt Ntw Guinfa I H 3J Oil - -A mtirginMa Said to
La\t come from Brizil Lv - 2 ft or le-, long and very broad.
slightly \\a\y, rounded and -hort-pomted, pale green, striped and
mottled with purple, petioles brown-marked —A Mirhohtzifina,
Hoit Ivs irrow--haped, velvety, the margin- wivy, the rnidnb
white M iLiy-ii GC III ">1 Suppl May 25, p XM — A oddra,
Koeh I orming a trunk Ivs -, igitt.ite-ov ate, the margin slightly
un.lulate, up to i ft long on long petioles ,1 H III 42 W3— A.
plttmhta, Hort =A grandi-l") -I rrurei, N E Br Dwarf and
compact, the petio'es 6 in long, blide les>s than 1 ft long, bright
green w ith rib and nerv e s ohv t-grr on BM 7498 Philippines —
A ff««/ir/fl«id«o \ndr* AThibuUnmxA Hegma — A SanderiAna
var ganduitnii*, Rod Lvs w i\y-margined, purple and blotehed
bem ith IH H u")— A ««flfcn««.. uli, N F Br Lvs spreading,
not deflexed, sagittate anej not peltate, nhimng green above and
pi'or beneath Borneo ~\ sinuatfi, N E Br Lvs sagittate and
sinuate, dirk gre-en above with lighter areas and whitish green
bflou Philippines — 1 tpfrld^ht, Hort G 22 171 — A Wat-
simiana, Hort =A Put/eys' —4 Wainmana, Mast Lvs erect,
toofheel, not sagittate^, I ince olate and long-pointed, dark green,
p. ,ioks purple-spotted, winged GO HI 23 243 FE 10 886.
Gn 55 183 Celebes. L H B
GEORGE V. NASH.f
ALOE (Arabic name) Taliacesp, tribe Aloinese
Acaulescent or vanousl\ caulescent perennial succulents
Leaves often large, usually crowded in rosettes or
along end of st (Is red or yellow, often paler-striped,
straight, tubular (Fig 109), with
short straight limb, equaled or sur-
pa-sed by the stamens — Afr , espe-
cially in 'the Capo region, 1 species '
about, the Medit and extensively
naturalized in all w armer parts of the
world, and 1 m China Plants of the
eoolhouse, best planted out m a well- /^//
drained place in summer, when they '//• ^
flower prettily
The geneiu or scientific name Aloe
is a Latinized form of an Arabic
name ,\6 an English word it is pro-
nounced in two syllables, thus Ai-oe.
Popularly this word is loosely used,
the common American aloe being
Aqnvc (imrricana, the commonest "century plant."
The "bitter aloes" of commerce is a resinous juice much
used as a laxative The best quality is called "Soco-
trine or /an/ibnr aloes," a product of A Perry i, which
was known bv the Greeks of the fourth century B C to
come from the island of Socotra The "Barbadoes
169 Flowers of
an aloe.
256
ALOE
ALOE
170. A good pot plant of aloe,
showing the offsets.
aloes" is the product of A vera, a species much planted
in the West Indies. Genera allied to Aloe are Apicra,
Gasteria, Haworthia, Pachidendron, and Phylluina.
The group is difficult for the botanist, there being few
authentic specimens in the herbaria, because of the large
size of the plants, the infrequent flowering, arid the
difficulty of suitably drying them Monograph by
Alwm Berger in Das Pflanzenreich, 1908, hft 33
Propagation is by seed, which usually is not true to
name, and by suckers or cuttings well dned-off Branch-
ing for this purpose
may be induced bv
searing the crown of
Nold plants Hybrids
between the differ-
ent species and with
related genora
are easily se-
cured and in-
teresting
Aloes arc much
cultivated as dec-
orative plants,
being amongst the
most popular of
desert and succu-
lent plants for their
stiff, harsh and
rugged habit Fig.
170. They are often grouped about large public bu'ld-
ings, where they emphasize certain architectural fea-
tures. Large collections are to be seen only in botanic
gardens and in the collections of a few fanners The
largest dealer has nearly one hundred kinds, bub grows
only five or six kinds m quantity
Old plants of Aloe will keep healthy for several vcais
in the same pots without a renewal of soil, and flower
freely at the same time. The soil most suited to their
needs is sandy loam three parts, him rubble and broken
brick one part, with a little decayed manure to strengthen
the mixture Very firm potting is necessary Drainage
is a more important item than soil, and must be per-
fectly arranged to enable the surplus water to run freely
from the soil Broken bucks are preferable to pieces of
pots, large pieces for the bottom of the pot 01 tub, and
smaller pieces above, till the List lajer is quite fine.
Some of the species need fieer rooting conditions than
others. A cilians will grow from 5 to 7 feet in a .season
A abys&inica is of robust growth, and differs from
most others in the color of the flowers, which are pure
yellow, the others being mostly orange and orange-
scarlet. A. phcahhi) makes an ornamental tub plant
when 4 or 5 feet high Except during the period in which
the species are m active growth, they need very little
water, the principal idea being to keep the soil sweet
and porous even when m growth. At all times the
air of the house should be as dry as possible, full sun-
shine not hurting them. Propagation is by seeds, suck-
ers and cuttings The arborescent kinds should be
rooted after they have completed growth Dust over
the cut part ol the cutting with powdered charcoal and
dry m sunshine before putting it in to root Insert
singly m as small pots as they will go into, and plunge
in a sand-bed Very little moisture is necessary while
rooting. (G. W. Oliver)
abyssmica, 23, 25
acurumata, 6.
afncana, 40
agavefoha, 22.
albispina, 33
albo-cmcta, 12
albopicta, 25
arborea, 38
arborescena, 38.
arotata, 5.
Atherstonei, 39
aurantiaca, 28
INDEX, CONTINUED.
INDEX.
Bamesn, 49
candelabrum, 41
bamanywatrnsm, 15
chmtnsis, 21
barb<ultn*iii, 21
Chludomn, 5
Barberte, 49
ciharis, 27
Ba'mtt, 15
Commphrm, 33
Bedtnghaum, 5
commutata, 19
Beguinn, 5
Coopcn, 1
Bolusn, 40
corimta, 25
Bortiana, 12
cyanea, 6
brachyphylla, 13
de Z/cf/u, 27
brevifolia, 35
Derbetzn, 12
Campen, 22.
Desmetiana, 10
dichotoma, 48.
diatans, 35
Lufttn. 30
LuncMt, 12.
RebtUn, 10
rhodacantha, 9
disticha, 13, 50
IVlaciienta. 6
rhodocmcta, 12
drepanophytla, 44
Mactrutami. 28
ru6e«cen«, 21
echmata, 6
macracantha, 14.
rubroviolacea, 42
elegans, 21
maorocarpa, 16
Salmdyckiana, 43
flonyata, 21
macvilata, 18, 25
eaponaria, 13, 18.
erocta, '25.
maculosa, 13
saxigena, 36
Eru 25
major, 16
Schmidtrana, 1.
prythroeirpa, 46
ferox, 47
micracantha, 2
Schimpen, 12
SchcmlandM, 12.
flabclhformn. 50
m\tra>form\s, 36
seniiKuttatH, 6.
Flanaganu, 27
mitnformis, 33, 34,
serrulata, 11.
flam. 21
35
Simonwna, 5.
flavispma, 33
sinuata, 37
frutesceus, 38
mortolensit, 10
smaragdina, 10
fnihcosa, 38
muric-ita, (>, 47
aoccoMna, 30, 37.
futons, 43
Galpinii, 46
natalen^is, 38
nobih", 34
Borona, 32
epcciona, 45
Klauca, 9, 25
Nowatny\, 5
spirata, 25
grandidentata, 20
obscura, 18
epinosiSBima, 6
fJrocnn, 17
ofFit mails, 21
spinulo-a, 33
Grusonn, 6
ohgOHtx 'la, 12
stcnophylla, 12
HuHburiana 12
paohyphylla, 3^
Btnata, 12
Huuorlhii, 10
paehythyrsa, 38
stnatula, 28
Henut, 6
pantculala, 12
suberecta, 6
Hildcbrandtn, 29
parvifolia, 5
subferoi, 47
Hookeri, 25
parvi-punctata, 25
subtuberrulata, 6.
homda, 47
Pani, 12
sucootnna, 3h
Hoyen, 11
Peacocks, 23
aupralaevH, 46
perfect IOT, 5
TidmarHhn, 27
\mbncata, 10
perfoh-vta, fl, 11, 13,
Todan, 6
mcurva, 6
18, 21, 35, 36, 37,
tricolor, 19
indua, 21
38, 47
UcrisB, 38
mcrmis, 30
Perryi, 26
umbdlata, 13
insignia, 6
picta. 18
vanegata, 10
Kirkii. 31
platjiphj/lla, 15
Varvarn, 43
kniphofiouks, 4
phcatiln, 50
vera, 21, 36
1 itecoccinea, 6
plundena, 39
Lanz«e, 21
pratunsm, 8
vmdifolia, 38
Lapaini, 5
prorumpens, 5
wlgan*. 21, 23
latifoha, 13
pveudoferox, 47
W\nten, 43
leiophylU, 5
leptophylla, 12
pseudopicta, 18
punrlata, 10
xanthacantha, 33
xanthostachya, 47.
hnguiformis, 50
purpurasccna, 37
rcbrina, 15
lonuiariitata, 5
Quehln, 5
Zeyhen, 49
Lugardiana, 15
ramoia, 37
A Lvs clustered, rather few and thin, flaccidly erectt
linear, concave, smooth, finely serrulate st ver$
short infl unbrnnched, fls oblong or narrowed
upward, btatnen* included (1-4 )
B. Raceme short, pedicels donqnlcd, fit, mth distinct segms.
c Lvs J -ranked.
1 Codperi, Baker (A fichmidtiana, Hegel) Some-
what cespitose Ivs 1-2x12-40 m, faintly striate,
somewhat white-blotched mfl 1-2 ft high.fls nodding,
1^4-13-i m long, yellowish or gieenish white, rosy at
base, with distinct green-tipped segm Cape B M
6377 (U «)70 Lyon Hoit 22, p 305 \\ood & Evans,
Natal PI 41
cc Lvs spirally arranged
2 micracantha, Haw Lvs J^xlSm infl I ft
high; fls nodding, IJ^-l^m long; red, the distinct
segm green above or t ipped and lined with green. Cape.
B M 2272 Salm, Aloe §21, f 1
3 minima, Baker Lvs 14 x 6-8 in mfl 6-12 or
even 30 in high ; fls spreading, %-\ l/\ in long, green-
ish white or the distinct segm. rosy tinged Cape
Hook Icon. 2423. Wood, Natal PI 338
BB. Raceme elongated; pedicels short; fls. spreading or
ascending" Ivs. spirally arranged.
4 kniphofioldes, Baker Lvs ^ x 12-15 in mfl.
2 ft high, fls ascending, \l/i in long, pale red, with
very short segm and long tube. Cape. Hook. Icon.
1939.
A A Jjus spirally rosulnte (S-ranked in A vanegata),
fleshy, acute or pungent stamens little protruded (fi-26 )
B. Plants small Ivs 3-8 in. long: st never tall infl.
racemose; pediceCs long; fls nearly cylindrical
c. The Ivs. bristle-tipped, soft-toothed and warty: raceme
rather short.
5. aristata, Haw. (A. longianstdta, R. & S ). Lvs.
erect, triangular-lanceolate, % x 3-4 m., with a whip-
ALOE
ALOE
257
like apical thread, white-warty in transverse lines on
the back and with rather small close white marginal
teeth mfl 1-1 M ft high, fls. \Y± in long, reddish
yellow, the moderately long tube somewhat constricted
above the base Cape Gt 1883, p 151. Salm, Aloe
§15, f. 7. Lyon Hort 22, 307 Berger 61.— In aspect
resembling Haworthia Varies in a nearly smooth-
Ivd form, var leiophylla, Baker, and a gray-lvd form
with 2-ranked tubercles, var parvifdlia, Baker. Hybrids
are1 A xprorumpens, Berger, A x Beguinu, Hort . A
Xperfcctior, Berger, A xC'hludomn, Begum, A.xLap-
aixn, Hadl , A. xQuehln, Kadi , A x Nowdlnyi, Radl ,
A y Bedinghaumi. Hadl , and A. xKimoniana, Deleuil
All are known or neheved to be crosses with species of
the related genus G aster i a
cc. The Ivs not bridle-tipped, rather coarsely toothed,
sometimes warty
D Teeth pale, racemes rather long.
6 humuis, Haw (A ptrfoliala hiimilis, Linn.) Lvs.
suberect, rather incurved, triangular-lanceolate, % x 4
in , gradually acute, somewhat stnate, sharply white-
tuberculato, at least on the back, and with rather
close large white marginal teeth mfl 1M-2 ft high:
fis \]/2 m l°n£j rod or yellowish, the green-tipped
segm distinct nearl} to the base. Cape Salm, Aloe
§15, f 1 —With somewhat the habit of Haworthia
Varies from the narro\v green-lvd t>pe into glaucous
forms of this, with rather thicker 1\ s , var mcurva, Haw
(A mcurva, Hau ), B M 828, Salm, Aloe §1.3, f 3,
and rather thin, more conca\ e Ivs , \ ar echmata, Baker
(A echinatn, \\illd), Stibri, Aloe §15, f 2, Berger
64, 65, and one \vith purplish Iv , vai macilenta,
Baker, as well as a broader-hd glaucous large form,
var. suberScta, Baker (.1 ^ubtrfda, \\t\\\ A acnmi-
i dta major, Salrn -D>ok), which is sometimes whito-
rnottled, var semiguttata, Haw , a moderatelv large
broad-lvd form, \ai acuminata, Baker (A acuminata,
Haw , A bubertcta, Haw ), B M 757, and a small blue-
glaucous form with closer prickles and smaller warts,
var subtuberculata, Baker (.1 \nbtnb(rritlntn, Ha\\ )
Hybrids are A x n^s'cy/as, Bioun (.1 humility. A dre-
panophyllsi), A x s/^mosi-ssiw/, Hort (A hunnht cchi-
nata x A arboresc( nt* JXH hyth yr^a}, A x cyanea, Hort (A ,
hiimilis incurva x A ai bore-seen* frute&cen\), A y Toddi i,
Borzi, (A Todaii prncox, Borzi,) A xGru^onn, Ilenze,
Monatschr Kakteenk 11, p 57 (A hunnhtxA Kclnm-
pen), A X Henzd, Hort (.4 Cn^omi x A vancgata),
and perhaps A xl<ft( cocci nca
7 vlrens, Haw L\s curved, spreading, triangular,
about IxS in, somewhat mottled or also lined, not
warty, with i at her distant, coarse, white, marginal
teeth mh about 2 ft high, fls \\2-2m long, red, the
tube longer than the paler green-tipped sometimes
very short segm Cape B M 1355 Salm, Aloe §15,
f 8 BerK?r 62, G3 Journ et Fl des Jard 1832, 20.
nn. Teeth dark racemes short.
8 prate^sis, Baker Acaulescent Ivs erect-spread-
ing, 1-2 x 4-6 in , acute, stnate, with large chestnut or
blackish p.ickles on the margin and toward the top of
the back, mfl. ll/2 ft. high, fls. 1*4-1% in long, yel-
lowish red, the distinct segm. green-tipped. Cape.
B.M 6705 Berger 67.
9 glafoa, Mill (A. rhodacdntha, DC.) Shortly
caulescent* Ivs erect-spreading, 1^-2x6-8 in, acu-
minate, somewhat white-lined, with close strong reddish
prickles on margin and back at apex: mfl 2-2^ ft.
nigh; fls 1^ m. long, red, the nearly distinct segm.
somewhat paler and green at tip Cape. Salm, Aloe
§17, f. 2 DC , PI. Gr 44. B M. 1278.— This pale-lvd.,
alwi ys strongly armed species varies m a distinctly
caulescent less glaucous form with even larger prickles,
var. muricata, Baker (A muncdta, Schult., A glauca
tpinbsior, Haw ).
17
ccc. The Ivs. not bristle-tipped or warty, minutely toothed
or merely rough-edged pedicels rather short.
10 varieg&ta, Linn (A punct&ta, Haw.). At length
with a leafy st 6-9 in high Ivs green, ascending, in 3
close oblique ranks, about 1 x 2-5 m , triangular,
v-shaped, abruptly acute, crossed by bands of elon-
gated white blotches, edged and keeled by cartilaginous
warty, or toward the tip serrate rather than toothed,
white borders mfl about 1 ft high, fls l%~l%m
long, red, the green-nerved segms rather shorter than
the nearly cylindrical tube Cape B M 513. DC , PI
Gr 21. Salm, Aloe §20, f 2 Bcrger 68. G Z 4 92.
VVien 111 Gart Zeit 190 1, p 122 Gt. 29, p 25.
Mordaunt, Hb 2 90 Lyon Hort 21, p 62, 22, p 307.
Deutsch Tiofseo-Kxpod 2124 F E 8 98 —In habit
resembling Haworthia Varies in a form with broader
Ivs with smaller less banded blotches, var Haw6rthii,
Borger Hybrids A ? bmaragdina, Hort (A variegatax
Galena candican^), A X Rebuilt, Hort (A variegatax
Galena, <*p ), A ADevneliana, Hort (A. variegatax
humihi> echuiata minor), A x imbruala, Hort (A vane-
gala or A bcrrulata x i(>), A xmorlolenMs (A vaiiegatax
Galena acinaciformi**)
1 1 serrulata, Haw (.4 perfoliala scrrulata, Ait ).
Fig 171 At length short -std Ivs somewhat glaucous,
rather spirally arranged and spre iding, 2x8 m , ovate,
nearly flat above, with scattered elongated white
blotches and serrulate white margin and keel mfl 1^
ft high; fls \1A~2, m long, red, the green-nerved
segms scarcelv equaling the somewhat constricted tube.
Cape B M 1415. Salm, Aloe §20, f 1 Berger 68.
Iljnnds A xHoycri, Rudl ("A serrulata X Lomato-
pkyllum borbor(icum"<:>)
BB. Phnts model ately large lv> G or 8 to mostly 12-20
in long, smooth ,sf never tall infi usually
branched on strong plants, jh saccate at ba^e, then
constricted, or in the last two less saccate, and
widened above the con^tnchof ; filaments little if
at all exstrted
c. The lvt> unarmed mfl coinpountlly corymbose, with
very thort ract mts.
12 stnata, Haw (A jximculdta, Jacq. A dlbo-
cincta, Haw ) Nearly simple Ivs upcurvea-spreading,
4-6x15-20 in, triangular -oblong, pale or reddish,
somewhat prumose, striate, with entire white carti-
laginous margin mfl 2-3 ft high? ample; fls 1J4 in.
long, red or yolloAM.sh, the pale-tipped segms. much
shorter than the tube Cape Jacq Fragm. 62 G C.
Ill 36 423 Berger 6') —
Varies m a form \vilh red-
margined Ivs , vai rhodo-
cincta, Hoit (A Ilanbwi-
ana, Naudm), G W 3, p.
553, and a form with white-
blotched Ivs , var ohgo-
speila, Baker, B M 5210.
Hybrids A x Kchiinpcri,
Tod , Hort Pan 16, Ax'
Kortiana, Terr , A xSclioen-
Idndn, Baker; A xPdxii,
Terr ; A x Lynchn, Baker,
G C III 29: 199; A. x Der-
bctzu, Hort ]A xleptophijlla,
Brown, B M. 7624, Berger
70, and a narrower - Ivd m. Aloe serrulata. (No 11)
form of it, var stenophylla,
Baker Unnamed hybrids \\ ith A saponana are known,
and A. x Schimpen has been recrossed with A. stnata.
cc. The Ivs. toothed mfl Dimply corymbose, or
unbranched when poorly developed.
D Racemes short
13. saponana, Haw (A perfohala sapondrw, Alt. A.
saponana m)nor, Haw A disticha, Mill A x maculosa,
Lam. A. umbelldta, Salm.-Dyck A. utnbelldta minor,
258
ALOE
ALOE
DC.). Cespitosely clustered- Ivs ascending or spread-
ing, lance-oblong, acuminate, 2 x 6-8 in , often reddish,
glaucous, faintly striate, with pale blotches more or
less in transverse bands, the large, marginal, confluent
teeth brown mil 1 J^-2 V<j f t high, commonly branched,
fls. 1%-1% m. long, red, the paler more or less green
segms. much shorter than the tube Cape Wood &
Evans, Natal PI. 100. B M 1400. DC , PI Gi 98.
Salm, Aloe §23, f. 1 Berger 71, 72 Lyon Hort 22,
p. 305 Lam , Encycl. 236. — Vanes in a dwarf form
with Ivs scarcely 4 in long, var brachyphylla, Baker,
and a larger greener-lvd form, var latifdha, Haw.
(A. lal-ifblia, Haw. A. sapondria major, Linn. A.
umbelldta mctjor, DC.) Salm, Aloe §23, f. 3. B M.
1346.
DD. Racemes more elongated.
14 macracantha, Baker Simple, becoming caules-
cent- Ivs recurving, lance-oblong, 3-5x12-18 in,
etnate and irregularly somewhat white-blotched, with
large, yellow-brown, distinct marginal teeth mfl 1-2
ft. high, fls 1% in long, greenish vellow or orange, the
segms half as long as the tube Cape B M 6.580.
15 zebrina, Baker (,l platypfn'/lla, Baker A.
Lugardiana, Baker A Bail run, Engl & Gilg A,
bamangwatensib, Schoenl ) Somewhat clustered Ivs
erect-spreading with recurved acute tips, 2^x6-12
in , lance-oblong, often reddish, dull, at first piuinose,
striate and with elongated pale blotches more or less
in transverse bands, the sinuate margin with confluent
large red- or brown-tipped teeth mfl .-5-4 ft high, fls
1^ in long, red, the nerved segms shorter than the
tube Trop Afr Baum, Kunene-Sarnbesi Exped 90.
G C. Ill 35 226 B M 7948 Berger 75
16 macrocarpa, Tod. Cespitosc Ivs spreading,
gradually pointed, 2 \8-15 m, broadly triangular-
oblong, pale, striate, mottled in transverse band-, \\ith
irregular, small, confluent, brown-tipped • maigmal
prickles mfl 2 ft high, fls 1 in long, light led. Hie
nerved segms shoiter than the tube Troy) \fr Tod,
Hort Pan 9 Berger 76 — A bigei \b\ssinian fotrn
with fls becoming 1 ^ m long, isvai major, Beiger
17. Gre£nu, Baker Lvs spreading, concave, acute,
3x15-18 in, lance-oblong, glossy green, striate and
with elongated pale blotches confluent in 11 regular
cross-bands, the sinuate margin \vith confluent, moder-
ately large, frequently paired, brown ufxurved teeth
mfl 1H-4 ft high, fls 1-1 1 -8 in long, dull red, the
segms much shorter than the tube Natal BM 6520
18 obscdra, Mill (A pcrfohata ob^itra, Ait A.
saponarui ob^ura, Haw A p'utn, Thunb. A j>lcta
major, Willd A maculata, Desf ) Lvs in a compact
rosette, 234~3 x 8 in , triangular-lanceolate, green,
striate and with scattered small pale blotches, the
sinuate, narrowly cartilaginous margin with rather
short and close red-tipped teeth' mfl simple or forked,
2M-3 ft. high, fls. \]4 m long, red, the nerved
segms about equaling the tube Cape region DC
PI. Gr. 97 B M 1323 Salm, Aloe §23, f. 2 Dillemus,
Elthain. 15. Allgem. Deutsch Gart. Mag 6.17.
Hybrid: A xpseudopicta, Berger
19. commutata, Tod Lvs. as in A . saponana but with
somewhat recurved apex and weaker green-based
prickles, l^/-2\6 m mfl few-branched, 3 ft high;
fls. campanulately widened, 1 y* in long, light red, the
nerved segms. shorter than the tube Cape region (?).
Tod , Hort. Pan 18. Berger 77 — Vanes in a form with
the reddish Ivs scarcely ^m wide and more conspicu-
ously white-banded, var. tricolor. Berger (A tricolor,
Baker) B.M. 6324.
20. grandidentata, Salm -Dyck Lvs recurved-
spreadmg, 2^-3 x 12-18 m , lance-oblong, pale, striate
and with elongated pale blotches confluent beneath into
transverse bands, the sinuate margin with rather dis-
tant, large, smoky teeth: mfl. 2-3 ft high, fls. \y$ in.
long, rosy, the segms about equaling the campanulately
widened tube Cape region Salm, Aloe §23, f. 4.
Berger 77.
BBB. Want? rather large Ivs. 1,5-30 in. long, smooth:
st tardy tall (6 ft. in one farm of A Era) mfl.
usually Dimply panided or subcorywbow, fls.
noi Micctiie
21 vSra, Linn (.1 peifohata vcra, Linn A elongata,
Murr. A barbadcnw, Mill A. wdgarib, Lam A.
flava, Pels) Cspitosc, the sts at length l-Pj ft.
high Ivs subereet or spieading, gradually narrowed
fiom the base, pale, 2-3 \ 12-20 m , inegularly white-
blotched and narrow when voung and 2-ranked on
offsets, the repand inaigm with weak pale prickles,
mfl 2 -3 ft high, of ten simple, fls 1 in long, >ellow, the
segms about equaling the oblong tube Medit region
and mtro genet ally thiough the tropics Fiori &
Paoletti, Fl lt.il 1, p 2()t> Sibthoipe, Fl Grj'ca, 311.
Salm, \loe §1S, f 2 Stephenson <ti Churehill, Mod.
Bot , 109 Bentley&Ti mien, Med PI 2S2 Berger 84.
— The source of "Baibados aloes" Vanes m a large
Aiabian foim \\ith broader l\s, taller mfl, and fls
shading into orange, var officmalis, Baker (-1.
offictnah^, Foisk , A jnlxvai*, DC), DC, PI Gr.
15, a smallei Asiatic totm with red-tinged fls, var.
chmensis (1 in<lx.a, Hovle A r/H/m/szs, Baker),
BM 6301, and a hardier garden form of this, var.
Lanzas, Beiger (A Ldnz.i, Tod ), Tod, Hort Pan 39.
Berger S 1
22 agavef&lm, Tod Little caulescent or eespitose:
Ivs recur\ed-spreadmg, concave, gradually narrowed,
rather thin, 3 6 \ IS 20 in, with scattered, small,
oblong, pale blotches, the m.ugm with large triangular
hooked pi ickles mil 3 it high, parncl< d, fls l-Pyin
long, dull red, the gieen, pile-margined segms about
equaling the const neted tube 'liop Atr Tod , Hort.
Pan 23
23 abyssinica, Lam (.1 rulijun^ abij^inica, DC.
,1 ttlHj^niHtt l>iii<txkti, Bikei 1 runodiit, Beiger &
Sthum ,1 ('ampin, Schwemf ) S<aicel\ clustered,
acaulesu'tit l\s at lust as( i ndmg, giadu dh narrowed,
rathei shaip-pomted, 1 »> \ 12- >0 in , pale, not mottled,
with rathe i small, confliu nt, deltoid, reddish marginal
piiekles mil 3 It high, du hotomouslj few-branched;
tls 1 ' {-1 1 2 m lontf, \ellow or oiange, the segms rather
bhoiter than the slight Iv narrowed tube Trop Afr
Salm, Aloe &1S, f 1 DC, PI Gr 27 BM 6()20.
Beiger S7, 88
24 elegans, Tod , differs mainly m having more
elongated racemes
25 Eru, Berger (A (i!>u\\imcii, Baker) St branched,
scarcely 2 ft high Us Kcuixing, V(>i> fleshy, lJ2~3x
16-34 in , pale, somewhat K'()S^V, with (4ong.it ed white
blotches, the repand maigm with huge reddish-tipped
teeth mfl .}-b ft high, dichotomouslv blanched, fls
eam])anulate, scarcelv jjin long, vellow or orange,
the, segms longer than the .slightly constricted tube
Trop. Afr — Several minor forms occur — maculata,
erecta, glauca, parvi-punctata,— and two large forms
have been described, var corndta, Beiger (.1 bpicata,
Baker, A albapirta, Hoit j, Benth & Trunen, Med
PI 28 1, and vai Ho6keri, Berger (A aby^simca,
Hook), BM 7712, respectively short-std and with a
trunk 6 ft. high
26. Perryi, Baker. Tiunk about 1 ft high, simple:
Ivs spreading, gradually narrowed or acuminate, 2-2 V-^
x 15 in , pale green or reddish, somewhat stnate but
not mottled, the margin with rather small and close
brown-tipped prickles mfl 1}^ ft. high, somewhat
panided, fls 1 in long, reddish becoming yellow, the
green-tipped segms much short ei than the slightly con-
st ncterl tube Socotra B M 6596 — This is now held
to be the source of "Socotra aloes," long attributed V>
A. xuccolnna.
ALOE
ALOE
259
A A A. Lv8 rather numerous, spirally arranged on a length'
ened st , acute or pungent (27-39 )
B The Ivs rather separated, not armed on the back.
C. St. weak Ivs thin, finely prickly on the margin, dis-
tinctly separated, with perfoliate striate sheatfis:
infl short, racemose
27 ciharis, Haw St elongated, scrambling, more
or lebs vcrticillately branched Ivs elongated lanceolate,
stnate, coarsely white-denticulate, spreading, about
1 x3-6 in infl. 6-8 in. high; fls 1% m long, bright
red, the greenish seems much shorter than the cylindri-
cal tube, stamens little protruding Cape. Salm, Aloe
§25, f 1 Berger 9, 97 Henslow, S Afr PI p 269.
— Varies into a smaller-lvd. form with nearly entire
If -bases and smaller fls , var Tidmarshh, Sehoenl ,
and a form with broader Ivs , var Flanaganii, Schoenl.
Hybrids A.xde L&tu, Radl (A cilians x succotnna) .
28 stnatula, Haw (A Macbwann, Baker A.
aurantiaca, Baker) Resembling A cihans Ivs longer,
narrowly triangular, minutely denticulate, fls from
reddish becoming yellow or orange, with longer segms.
and long-protruding stamens Cape. Monatsschr. f.
Kakteenk 16, p 4. Berger 99, 100.
cc *SV stouter h>t> rather fleshy and close: infl.
taller, panicled
29 Hildebrandtu, Baker St blender, elongated*
Ivs lanceolate-attenuate, 2 x 6-9 in , somewhat thick,
glaucous, sometimes white-blotched as are the shorl
sheaths, with rather bmall yellow marginal teeth inn
1}'2 ft high, nearly sessile, fls 1 in long, red with
more or less yellow- or green-marked segms about
equaling the somewhat constricted tube. Trop. Afr
B M (J981 Bergcr 101
30 mermis, Forsk (A Liintn, Baker). St short*
Ivs recurved-spreading, gradually narrowed, 2 x 12 in ,
fleshy, \ery pale green or reddish, blade and sheath
mottled \\ith white at least when >oung, entire infl
2-3 ft high, open, fls 1 in long, rosy, with green-
hned yellowish segms shorter than the somewhat con-
stricted tube Arabia B M 7448 Berger 105.
HB The Ivs more fleshy, unth short, nearly concealed
sheaths infl often pamcled
c Racemes elongated fos not armed on back
31 Kirkh, Baker St short Ivs crowded, lanceo-
late-acuminate, 2x9-12 in, somewhat thick, glossy,
green or reddibh, with rather coarse confluent reddish
marginal teeth infl 2 ft high, fls IJ/g in. long, light
red with yellowish bai>e and greenish segms shorter than
the cylindrical tube Zanzibar B.M. 7386.
cc Racemes short Ivs more or less armed on back as
well us margin
D Erect Ivs elongated.
32 sordria, Berger Lvs elongated, triangular,
2%x 1% in , dull green, brown-stnate, with variable
whitish marginal teeth alternately larger and smaller,
mfl about 2 ft. high; fls Us m long? light red, with
segms longer than the tube. Cape.
DD Prostrate Ivs. short and broad infl. often forked.
33. mitrif6rmis, Mill (A xanthacdntha, Salm-Dyck).
Fig. 172 Lvs upcurved, ovate, acute, 2-3 x 4-<i in., glau-
cous, somewhat prickly toward the tip beneath, with
large and strong yellow or brown marginal teeth:
infl 1 ft or more high; fls 2 in. long, bright red with
recurving, paler, nearly distinct segms. Cape DC , PI
Gr 99 BM.1270. Salm, Aloe §24 f 3. Berger 108 —
Very polymorphic, the broad-lvd typical form, with
dorsal teeth on the keel only, varying into a form with
smaller marginal teeth, those on the back continuing to
the apex, var pachyphylla, Baker; another, in which
they stop short of the apex, var xanthacantha, Baker
(A. xanthacdntha, Willd.). Salm. Aloe §24, f. 4, and a
third with acuminate Ivs , var Commelinn, Baker
(A Commelinn, Willd A mitnfdrmis humihur, Haw ),
Salm. Aloe §24, f 5 narrower-lvd forms with short
and broad yellow teeth, var flavispma, Baker (A.
Jlavlspina, Haw ), Salm, Aloe §24, f 2, or long subu-
late white teeth, vai albispina, Berger (A aUfapina,
Haw ) and a variant of the type with scattered teeth
over the back of the broad Ivs , var. spinuldsa, Baker
(A sptnulbsa, Salm), Salm, Aloe §24, f. 6. Berger
109.
34 n6bilis, Haw (A mitnformis spinbwor, Haw ).
Lvs lance-deltoid, 2 x 4-6 in , green, somewhat prickly
toward the tip beneath, with large, strong, confluent,
white marginal teeth mfl 2ft high; fls l^m long,
red, with recurving distinct begins. Cape. Salm, Aloe
§24, f . 7 Berger 109
172 Aloe mitriformis (No. 33)
35. distans, Haw (A mitr^fdrmis angustwr, Lam.
A perfohdta brevifoha, Ait A brevifdlia, Haw A.
mitnformis brevifolia, Sims A mitriformis humihor,
Willd ) Branched and prostrately spreading Ivs
ascending, broadly ovate, acute, 2 x 3-3 * 2 in > glaucous,
some\vhat mottled below and prickly toward the tip
beneath, with strong, dark-tipped yellow marginal
teeth mfl 1J2 ft high, fls 1?4 m. long, red, with re-
curving greenish segms about as long as the cylindrical
tube. Cape. Salm, Aloe §24, f. 1. B M 1362. Berger
107.
AAAA Lvs numerous, elongated, succulent, acute or pun-
gent, spirally crowded at end of the prominent,
sometimes tall trunk (S6-Jt9 )
B. Stamens scarcely protruded, fls. narrow lys. smooth,
c Trunk scarcely 4 ft high infl usually racemose
36 succotrina, Lam (A soccotrtna, DC. A perfoli-
ata soccotnna, Ait A socotr)na, Steph & Church. A.
vera, Mill.). Scarcely cespitose, the dichotomously
branched st at length 3-4 ft high' Ivs falcately up-
curved, gradually narrowed, pale or glaucous, some-
times white-blotched toward the base, 1^-2x15-20
in , the margin serrate with small connate white prick-
les mfl 2 ft. high, fls IK m long, light red, the
260
ALOE
ALOE
distinct segms green-nerved Cape. DC., PI Gr. 85.
Salm, Aloe §22, f 1. B M. 472. Stephenson & Church-
hill, Med PI 110 Berger 113 — Vanes in a form with
more armed, broader, shorter and straighter Ivs., var.
saxfgena, Berger.
37 purpurascens, Haw (A sinudta, Thunb.? A.per-
fohdta purpurascens, Ait A sorotrtna pnrpurdi>cen8, Ker
A ramdsa, I law ) Cespitose, nearly aeaulescenf Ivs
upeurvcd, gradually tapered, green, sometimes more or
less stnate, and white-dotted on the back below,
r 2J/2 x 18-20 in , the margin \vith moderately long con-
nate hooked purplish teeth mil 3 ft high, fls \1/^ in
long, light red, the distinct .segms paler and green-
nerved Cape Salm, Aloe §22, f 2 B M M74
Berger 113 Wmkler, Pharm Waarenk 182
cc Trunk finally 10-20 ft high: not cespitose
D Infl a simple or forked raceme
38 arborescens, Mill (A perfolintti arborcscens,
Ait A arbbrea, Medikus A frnticosa, Lam '' Catcvala
arborescens, Medikus A arborescent Wilicn, Berger).
Trunk.Himple, finally 10-15 ft high, clothed at top \vith
the withering Ivs : Ivs binuatel> spreading, gradually
narrowed, dull green, 2x2i in, the repand margin
with rather long cartilaginous \\lute piickles mfl
elongated, fls about 1^2 in l°ng> red, with distinct
segms Capo(?) B M. 1306 Bot Hcpos 468 Berger
115. — Varies into numerous form\ green-lvd , with
shorter trunk and long Ivs, var Ucnae, Berger (.1.
Ucns>, Terr ), Salm, Aloe §26, f 3 G W 10, p 13.
Berger 116, 117, or shorter Ivs , var vindifdha, Berger.
— Berger f 117, or glaucous or blue-lvd , with branched
mfl , var natalensis, Berger (A natalensu*, Wood &
Evans), Berger 115, or simple mfl \\ith normal fls ,
var frutescens, Link (A frutescens, Salm-Dyck),
Berger 120. or fta 2 in long, var pachythyrsa, Berger
Berger 118, 119
39 phlndens, Haw (A Ather^tdnei, Baker). Trunk
unbranched, finally 8-10 ft high Ivs as in the pre-
ceding hut glossy and somewhat stnate, 2J^ x 16 in.:
mfl branched, fls 1^ in long Cape. Berger 121
DD Infl a candelabrum-like forking panicle, with
upcurved nearly sessile fls.
40 africana, Mill (A afncdna angustior, Sims. A.
Bolusn, Baker Pachydcndron afrudnum, Haw P.
principis, Haw P angubtifdhum, Haw ). Trunk sim-
ple, finally 20 ft. high Ivs few, rather separated, sm-
uately spreading or recurved, triangular-oblong, glau-
cous, 2]/2~3x20-24 in, with rather large triangular
horny marginal teeth mil 2 ft high, fls 1% in. long,
yellow, with segms shorter than the oblong tube. Cape.
Salm, Aloe §27, f 2 B M. 2517 Berger 128.
41 candelabrum, Berger, differs chiefly in having
the fls red Cape
BB Stamens much longer than the rather ample short
p(nanth not ccspitose
c The Ivs smooth, toothed mfl racemose or forked.
42 rubroviolacea, Schweinf Not branched, scarcely
3 ft high Ivs spreading, acummately triangular,
purphsh-prumose, 4 x 24 in , the reddish margin with
rather distant curved dark-pointed moderate teeth
mfl often forked, 2 ft high, fls 1^ in long, light red,
the segms rather longer than the tube. N. Afr B M.
7882 Berger 122, 123 Hybrids. A. rubroviolacea x
A. supral&vis
43 Salmdyckiana, Schult. Branching, low. Ivs
arcuately spreading, gradually tapered, glaucous,
3 x 30 in., the yellowish margin with rather large car-
tilaginous teeth mfl 2-3 ft high, paniculate, fls \Y^-\1/^
m. long, red, the green-tipped segms nearly distinct
S. Afr. Salm, Aloe §27, f. 1 Berger 125, 126 —
Vanes in a less dense form with stouter trunk, var.
ftUgens, Berger (A. fulgens, Tod.), Tod., Hort. Pan
33. Hybrids: A.xWlnten. Berger (A Salmdyckiana x
A. arborescens frutescens) , A. x Varvdni, Borzi (A.Salm-
dyckiana x A ca\s ta f ) .
44 drepanophylla, Baker Trunk slender, simple,
9-12 ft. high. Ivs. very narrowly lanceolate-attenuate,
glaucous, 1-1 HX 24-36 in., the cartilaginous margin
minutely denticulate mfl \1/^ ft high; fls scarcely
1 in long, from red becoming whitish, green-lined,
with nearly distinct segms. Cape Berger 127
45 specidsa, Baker Taller, 18-25 ft high, branch-
ing Ivs very numerous, spreading, gradually tapered,
blue, the rosy margin with minute prickles fls \%
in long, from rosy becoming whitibh, green-nerved,
the scgnis about equaling the tube. N Afr Berger 124.
cc The Ivs often arnud on one or both faces, toothed
st nearly simple infl panic ulately forked.
46 supral&vis, Haw (A Calplnn, Baker Pachy-
dendron siipral&ve, Haw ) Not branched, 3-6 ft high
Ivs numerous, upeurved, lanceolate, glaueeHC< nt,
4-6 x 20-30 in , prickly on the back only, the marginal
teeth rather large, reddibh brown infl 3 ft or more
high; fls 1— 1 } s in l°ng» red-orange, becoming \ei-
lovver. with begins longer than the tube. Cape Salm,
Aloe §27, f 6 Berger 129, 130 —Vanes m a form ^ith
few if any prickles on the backs of Ivs, var erythro-
carpa, Berger Berger 130
47 fe"rox, Mill (A perfohdtaferox, Ait A muncata,
Haw A hdrridn, Haw A p^eudofhojr, Salrn-Djck
A kubfi'roi, Spreng Pachydtndron ftrox, Ha\v 1'
pseud of ero ic, Haw ) Exceptionally forked, 3—10 ft
nigh Ivs numerous, cuived, lanceolate, glaucous, be-
coming reddish, 4-5 x 28 in , more or less prieklj on
both faces, the purplish maigin with lather large red-
brown teeth mfl t It high, fls 1 ^4 in long, greenish
yellow, with smoky-tipped segms longer than the
rather narrow tube Cape legion BM 1975 Berger
131, 132. Salm, Aloe §27, f 5 —Varies in a \vhiter-lvd.
form with brighter yellow black-tipped fls , var. xan-
thostachys, Berger
ccc. Tfie Ivs smooth, prickly-mar gincd trunk very large,
dichotornoualy branched, not ce^pito^e infl. tri-
partite
48 dichfitoma, Linn (Rhipidodendron dichdtomum,
Willd ) Stout flat-topped tree, 25-30 ft high, repeated-
ly forked as in Dracaena Draco Ivs nearlv flat, recurvcd-
spreading, lanceolate, glaucous, 2-3 \6-10 in , the yel-
low-brown margin mmuteh prickly mil 1 It or more
high, fls very stout, !]/( m long, \ello\\, with broad,
nearly distinct segms Cape GC 1873, p 712, 1874,
p 567. Berger pi 1 and f 135 —Vanes in a smaller-
fld foim with shorter stamens, var montana, Berger
(A montana, Schmz)
49 Bainesii, Dyer Large flat-topped tree, 30-60
ft high, copiously branched Ivs concave, recurved-
spreadmg, elongated, green, 2-3x21-36 in, the palo
margin with rather small teeth mfl 1 ft or more high}
fls 1^-1^ in long, yellowish red, with segms shorter
than the tube Cape region GC 1874, p 568 B M.
6848 Berger 136, 137 — Vanes in a broader-lvd form
with minute marginal prickles, var Barberae, Baker
(A Barber*, Dyer. A. Ziyhni, Hort), G C. 1874,
p. 568
AAAAA. Lvs. rather few, strictly oblong, succulent, 2-
ranked, minutely prickly near the very obtuse tip
only st stout, evident infl unbranched, fls.
oblong, stamens scarcely protruded
50. plicatilis, Mill (A dlsttcha phcdtilis, Linn. A
hnguiformis, Linn A flabelhformis, Sahsb. Kumara
dlsticha, Medikus. Rhipidodendiondistichum,W\\ld R.
phcdtile, Haw.). Somewhat repeatedly forking. 3-10 ft.
high, not cespitose. Ivs flat or 2-edged as in Gastena,
ascending, glaucous, 1-1 l/z x 8-16 in , the narrow car-
tilaginous margin minutely somewhat denticulate
ALOE
ALPINE PLANTS
261
upward: mfl 1-3 ft high, fls 1M~2 in long, red,
with segms scarcely equaling the tube. Cape B M.
457. DC., PI Gr 75, Jacq , Sehoenbr 423. Salm,
Aloe §28, f 2 Medic. 4. Berger 139, 140.
A Cdmtrorui, Hemsl Fls almost rmnahar-red, pasmng into yf 1-
low toward the ton L Trop Afr B M 7915 —A f'nmju/l^
siphon, A Berger Pale yellow fls, E Trop Afr —A Chabauihi,
Schoenl Allied to A stnctu Lvs bordered with small pncklcH,
outer Begins of fls pale brick-rod with whitish wings at aptx
Trop Afr GC III .iK 102 —A decdra, bohotnl A dwarf spe-
nea having red fls tipped with green S Afr G C III M 3865 —
A Ldtttu, Baker Fls pale y» How, groemwh at top Zanzibar — ,4
Innfl6ra, Hort Very lax arrangement of fls whidiaro orange -red
in lower part and y« How at apex Cape Colony GO III W
130, deac — 4 Martdlhn, \ larger Ext n mdy spiny Ivs and
nearly hon/ontally spreading fl -spikes Bntinh Bechuarwland —
A Orplnte. Kehrxnl Lvs lined with -vhite spots and markings
on both surfaces fls red, tipped with white S Afr G C' III
38 3865— A palltdiflAra, A Berger A stc mlcsa plant hs
armed on margins with sharp spines fit, pale fksh-oolor b Afr
BMH122— A ptndena A shrubby sp< eies fls drooping, .lull
yellowish red 8 Arabia B M 78.17 - 1 rubrolutea, Sohirir I'n-
Dramhedst S ft high or more Us arrrud or margins with brown
deltoid and Homewhat hook* dspmrs fls bright red Trop S W
Afr «M 8263 WILLIAM THELLA^
ALONSOA (Alonzo Zanoni, Spanish official at
Bogota) ticrophidariacey ALON^OA Tropical Ameri-
can plants, cultivated as annuals in the open, or
grown for the attractive winter bloom m pots.
Flowers showy
plant of good habit:
corolla very irreg-
ular and turned
upside down by the
twisting of the
pedicel, bringing
the larger lobe up-
permost , stamens 4 •
ivs (at least below)
opposite or in 3's
— \bout a dozen
species, many of
which have been in
gardens at one tune
or another
Alonsoas aie ten-
der, and need pio-
tection from frost
Heeds are usually
started under glass
in the North,
although plants
bloom wrell from
seedh sown directly
in the open Use
only finely prepared
soil For winter
bloom, plants are
propagated by cut-
tings or seeds, the
latter being sown in
late summer
173. Alonsoa incisifoha.
incisifdlia, Ruiz & Pav (A urticxfdlui, Steud
Ctlsia Hrtic*ff>lm, Sims, B M 117) Fig 173 About
2 ft high, erect Ivs ovate to oval-lanceolate, long-
stalked, deeply cut-toothed fls nearly } -2\\\ across,
very irregular (somewhat hood-shaped), scarlet, with
protruding organs, on slender axillary peduncles,
upper limb of corolla 2-4 tunes longer than calyx,
anthers 2-3 times shorter than filaments Also a wlnte-
fld. variety. Peru — A greenhouse shrub.
Warscewlczii, Regel (A incisifbha var Warsrcwiczu,
Boisa A. gramhfldra , Hort A compdcta, Hort.) Fls
large, the plant herbaceous or nearly so and treated as
a garden annual Ivs cordate or cordate-lanceolate,
double-toothed: calyx-lobes blunt, upper lobes of
corolla 4-5 times as long as calyx, and anthers 3-4 times
shorter than the crooked filaments, the fls. light cinna-
bar-red or scarlet-red (and a white variety) Peru —
Apparently the commonest alonsoa in gardens, 2-3 ft ,
readily giown from seeds as a hall -hardy subject; July
till autumn, useful also for winter bloom Plant very
bushy, with mostly reddish brown branches
acutifdha, Ruiz & Pav (A rnyrtifbha, Roezl) Plant
stout but bushy, 20-30 in.: Ivs broad-lanceolate,
sharply simple- toothed pedicels single, glandular
hairy (as also the calyx) , fls larger than A Wart>cewic<:n,
the limb or lip 3-4 times as long as the calyx, anthers
long, several times exceeding the filaments, color of fls
cinnabar-red Peru Var Candida, Voss (A alhtflbra,
Hoit ), fls white drown as <i garden annual, and also
in pots for winter bloom
linearis, Ruiz <fe Pav (A. hnearifbha. Steud. A hm-
Jlora, Hort ) Plant bushy and much branched, 12-20
in Ivs linear, pointed, entire or finely toothed, often
fascicled or crowded fls scarlet. Peru Var gracilis,
Hort (A punula, Hort ), is a smaller graceful form.
Cult as gaiden annual and also in pots indoors
A caulMlata, Ruiz & Pax IAS 1, ss ( ut than m \ innsifoha
fls smaller at 4-anghd Peru — 1 intermedia, L B T 14')(i^A
hmar-s -A hmfdlvi, Ro<vl Plant 1'2 ft or less high Ivs lanreo-
lati or narrower, entire fls bright srarkt Peru— 4 Wathewnu,
Be nth LVH lanceolate, toothed fls scarlet, in terminal racemes
Peru Greenhouse. L H B
ALOfSIA Lippw
ALPINE PLANTS. In gardening, a term used to
designate those plants that thrive in imitated alpine
conditions,— in cool plaees of short -growing season and
abundant cold-vs at er supph in the growing and bloom-
ing penod, and soil conditions approaching those of
mountain-!, in practice, alpine-gardening is a form of
rock-gardening
The cultivation of alpine plants m some parts of
the United States must al \savs be attended \\ith dif-
ficulty \\ herevei, as in the coastal plain region of the
Atlantic seaboard, the summers aie long, dry and hot,
it is almost impossible to cult u ate many of the most
desirable alpmes
A studv of the natural environmental habitats of
alpmes is the very best \\ay to arrive at really valuable
ideas upon their cult u ation Excluding all those alpines
of apparently little definite habitat preference, such as
the siu\\drop, daflodil, poet's narcissus, trailing myrtle,
Christmas ro^e, and Scotch pink, all of \vhieh are true
alpmes, but also tolerant of quite ordinary garden con-
ditions, there is a large class, some hundreds of species,
that will gro\\ only in situations approximating their
native habitat These plants, some of \\hich are per-
haps the most beautiful flowers in cult nation, grow
usually m a region having long, ngoious winters, a
gro \\ing season .ueraging 100 to 120 da^s, and a
constant supply of moisture which, on account of its
source in the snow above the vegetatiori-lme, is always
nearly ice-cold
It is true of most of these alpines that they grow
among; the rocks, and, as we shall see presently, this is a
factor that must be reckoned with Many of them
grow in the open sun and are exposed to violent, often
bitter, winds Others again are on north-facing slopes,
where the sun rarely, if ever, reaches them A partial
list of alpines given below will show the preference of
some of the more common species with regard to the
exposure to sunlight
Localities in (he lrtntcd .Sfa/rs and Canftdn wiurc alfnne
gardens may be tried unth a fair measure of ,succ66*.
One of the basic requirements of most true alpmes is
a short, growing season. The Atlantic seaboard from
Nova Scotia southward, east of the "fall line" (the
flat, usually somewhat sandy, regions between the
eastern fringe of the Alleghames and the sea, such as
southern T^ong Island, southern New Jersey and all
south of it except parts of Virginia, North Carolina,
South Carolina, and Georgia), has an active growing
262
ALPINE PLANTS
ALPINE PLANTS
season of 170 days and upward This ia computed
by adding the days from the last frost of spring to the
first frost of autumn At New Yoik, the season is 210
days, at Philadelphia, 220 days, and of course constantly
increasing southward
On account of this long growing season and also
because of the dry, hot character of the winds, it is
almost impossible, without groat expense, to main-
tain an alpine garden in this region The same is true
of the coastal part of the Pacific coast, and in the Missis-
sippi Valley up to about St Louis. This is, of course,
174. Arrangement in a rock-garden
to insure sub-irrigation
a general statement, and peculiarly favorable local con-
ditions within the areas specified may be found, where
the attempt can be made But it is extremely doubtful
whether any really good alpine garden can be maintained
within this area permanently without a great mainte-
nance expense, in the way of constantly suppl>mg new
plants, keeping the garden regularly cooled down by
water and the like
As one goes back from the coast, even a few miles, there
is a marked change m the climate, and particularly
noticeable is the constantly diminishing length of the
growing season Near Hartford, the Highlands of the
Hudson, northern New Jersey and Pennsylvania, the
growing season averages from 1.38 to 120 davs, more or
less As a general rule it ma\ safely be stated that any-
where east of the Mississippi where elevations of 1,000
feet or greater are found, an alpine garden is permissible
except in the southern Alleghames, where greater ele-
vations must be sought This length of the growing
season is easily computed for all parts of the country, as
indicated above, and wherever we find an active grow-
mg season of 100 to 140 days, it would be profitable
to make an alpine garden In the East it will be found
that the short season is almost always correlated with
elevations in excess of 1.000 feet and in the West at
several times that altitude.
Position of the alpine garden.
So far as our purpose is concerned, there are three
classes of alpine plants (a) those that require full sun-
light, (h) shade-inhabiting species, and (c) those that
are apparently indifferent as to exposure To meet all
these conditions within a single garden is not always
possible, and a selection of plants must therefore be made,
unless one is fortunate enough to have a situation that
combines these requisites As a general rule it is better
at some distance from a dwelling, stable, or garage,
both architecturally and culturally. No class of plants
is quite so wild as alpines, and the more secluded the
garden, and the greater the suggestion of sequestered
nature the better A screen of evergreens or other trees,
and a northward-facing slope, insuring good drainage, is
perhaps the best all-round combination that one could
desire If the garden is at a slight elevation above the
immediate surroundings, so much the better, although
this is not absolutely essential Southern or western
exposures are to be avoided unless the garden is at
least 4,000 feet above the sea m the East, and from
6,000 to 8,000 feet m the West. It should also be
arranged so that drainage will not be entirely down
through the soil as in ordinary gardens, but rather so
that the water can trickle from the roots of those above
to those below. This is often best attained by a judi-
cious use of rocks, which will be considered later.
Making the garden.
Having decided that one lives within the area in which
it is safe to begin the installation of an alpine collection,
the next most important consideration is to give the
plants the requisite local condition Nearly all of them
require good rich soil, at least 18 inches deep, preferably
deeper. Even those species that glow in the crevices
of the rocks in their native habitat do so not because
they "like" such situations, but most probably because
no more favorable place is available
In preparing the soil, it is well to remember that at
least one-third of the mixture should be fine rotted
leaf-mold mixed with equal parts of loam and sand
The latter is quite necessary in order to insure perfect
drainage It has been stated that some alpines will
thrive in situations that approximate* our bogs in hav-
ing a high humic acid content But most of the species
thrive where the drainage is good and the soil is sweet,
not sour
If for no other reason than to insure perf oct drainage,
it is best to construct the garden in a series of terraces
with walks of more or less irregular outline between, as
taste and convenience dictate Avoid all semblance of
formality in the anangement of these terraces, as
artificiality or formalism in the alpine garden are quite
the least desirable features to be sought
The terraces, or any modification of them, are best
held in place by a more or less free use of rocks The
placing of these requires great skill and taste, as their
purpose must be twofold— to add a sense of naturalness
to the garden and to make suitable pockets in which to
grow the plants While it is true that many alpines,
such as Thahctrum a quilcqia folium, Clematis recta,
Acomtum Lycoctonum, Digitalis ambigua, Polemomum
cxruleum, Gentiana at>dt piadea, and Delphinium elatum,
with many others, can be grown without the use of
rocks, it is true, on the whole, that most alpines grow
better and seem more at home when rocks are part
of their environment .lust what part the rocks play
in the home economy of the plants is not very well
understood, but the readiness with which they conduct
the water to the roots, and their tendency to keep the
soil cool both suggest themselves as possible benefits.
For such species as Phlox Douglat>ii, Ca^wpe Mcr-
teriMnnti, Polernoniurn monlrosen^e, and all plants of
their type whose natural home is at elevations from
10,000 to 12,000 feet, care must be taken to insure almost
constant sub-irrigation of cool water In their native
habitats, such plants have their roots constantly in
the icy water of the substratum, and any conditions
that do not approximate this will make failure almost
certain.
An arrangement for insuring this sub-irrigation is
figured m Fig 174, diagramaticallv The pocket of
soil in the rocks having been filled with the proper soil
mixture, the water may be let in at a, with a rock just
in front of the pipe to insure the water's downward
passage (d). With the bottom made water-tight by
concrete or rocks and clay, and the outlet regulated at
b, a definite water-level can always be maintained at c
The outlet can be arranged as indicated to flow either
over the surface of the rock below or in a pipe behind
it If the water for this plan comes from a cool spring,
HO much the better The smallest stream of water IB
sufficient, as it is not the water itself with which one is
aiming to supply the plants, so much as the cooling of the
soil, rocks and atmosphere that ensues from a gentle
flow of water through and around the soil and rocks.
Such measures are not necessary for all alpines, but a
few species must be grown under cond it ions approximated
by these methods The expense of installing and main-
taining such construction, however, is relatively great.
ALPINE PLANTS
ALPINE PLANTS
263
as compared with the simple arrangement of the rooks
in pockets, overhanging ledges, nooks, and HO forth,
winch IH all that in re earned for the great ma]onty
of alpmes A cominori and particularly undesirable
method of procedure is to turnnle a great moss. of locks
together, usually utterly \vithout form or definite pur-
pose except to look "artistic1," then pile soil amongst
them and plant the whole mass Jf the ideals constantly
kept in mind that the rocks are for use primarily, that
they are cultural necessities, and that plants natuiallv
grow between, and among, and often half underneath
them, — then the final result i-- likely to be beaut it ul, be-
cause they are useful and have been placed with an
eye to their sole ration d'ctte in the alpine garden,
which is to be a home lor alpine plants
In placing the io<ks, indeed in the arrangement of
the gaideri generally, it is better to a\oid situations in
which the dup iiom o\ei lunging trees or other objects
will fall on the plants No plants are specially bene-
fited by drip, and alpine^, part ic ul.irlv those having
tornentose leaves, \\ill .suffer irom such treatment
Plants for the (ilftinc garden
Vnfortunateh, very few American dealers carry
am thing like an adequate stock of alpine plants, and
onlv the ( ornmonest and b<st -known species are to be
found in the American trade rlhis has h-ul the effect
of restricting the populant\ ot alpine gardening in this
country, and, furthermore, all the alpine gardens of any
size have had to seek in Lurope for Ihe large vanetv of
species that constitute a well-stocked e ejection Many
Kurope'an firms, particularlv in l,nglanel and France,
have speciah/c'd in alpine* At least 1,(M)0 spce ies are
ofTere>el bv e)iie' continental dealer .done A cornmem
but altogether unsat isf i< te>r\ rne-thod, and one that
h.is rc-ulted m numberless failure •«, is the- att<mj>1 to
import plants direct fiemi these dc ale-rs r\ he> tnne> e)f
transit, the highlv t-peenhzed ch ir.ie-Ur of tin- cultural
requirement of alpine's, and the- lack ot attention dur-
ing transit, all opeiate to make sue h shipments costly
anel usuallv unsuece-^tul
'Ihe best and most sati^fae te>i\ method is to buy
seeds of the plants to bo cultivates! 'I he initial e'ost 18
less than one-lift h and t he1 personal satisfac 1 ion in hav ing
grov\n one's t>toe k e>f plants me)ie than offse-ts the time
spent in this work The1 se'eds should be imported early
in the spiing e>r e\en in the> late winter fe>r those with
greenhouse facilities Sow the seeds m pans or bo\ea
in a light soil of le'al-mold and sand in about equal
part
is host partiallv to shade the seeds anel very
joung seedlings for a lew davs Pot up when the heed-
lings are* stout enough to stand the tiansfer, which of
course, varies with different ^\n cies It it is me'onveni-
ent to place them in their permanent home the first
year, they may be repotted and then the pots plunged in
ashes in the frame Wrth proper shading from the ir>-
tense sunlight, and a plentiful supply of cool water so
that thc« ashes are kept moist arid cool, they will grow
very well under those e-emehtions for the first year.
Many of the spee-ies can be1 grown always with this
treatment if one has no garden ready for them The
shading for these frames is easily made of ordinary
plasterer's lath, the strips being placed about one
inch apart anel the whole shade arrangeel so as to
be about 2^ feet above the surface of the ground
Of all the genera cultivated as alpmes, the most
important are the gentians, saxifrages, seelums, a few
dwarf primulas anel the pmguic ulas These are much
better known abroad than in North America, but many
of the best of the^rn can be grown m this country
Among the gentians, Correvon e>f Geneva classifies
them for eirltural puq >ses as follows
1 Caleaieous-soil gentian^ requiring sun. alpina,
angu^tifoha, CluuiAnd Koclnana
2 Sphagnum-moss species, bavar^ca, Rotstanii, sep-
trrnfiiln
3 Marshy-ground species fingu^tifoha (also rn group
I) abili'piudta, Pneumonanlhc
4 Peaty s.mel and sandstone with peat m it alba,
Bigdovn, cihata, fngida, Parryi, pumila, Wal-
bchiana ,
5. Of mdifTere>nt habitat preference brcvidens*, cruci-
<iid, dafiurica, (hcutnbtns, macro phylln, 0 liven,
Suponuriti, srarVe;, strain men, \\'eschmakowi
Among the saxifrages only the dwarf, usually peren-
nial, kinds are grown as alpmes In moist, rocky places
in the alpine garden the following species of pinguicula
will be useful P vullivurifolw, P. grandiflora, with
purple and blue flowers and P alpnui with white
tlemcrs P. vulqarm and P lu^itanica may be grown
in general situations in the "alp "
It is often necessary to make a definite selection of
species for a sunnv or shady place, as most of our alpmes
cannot be grown without reference to the amemnt of
sunlight For those- who tan arrange only for a rather
sunnv situation, in which the amount of shade rs not
soil and rocks cool, the following
sufficient to keep the s
will be found helpful.
ALPIXKS FOR SUNNY SITU \TIONS.
175. Alpine-gardening, — good rock-work in a cool
and protected place
N \ME
( olor of floweis
Height
Time of flowering
Acatna iprcwa
Grown for gray
Crtepmg,
foh tico
3-4 m
Aianthohmnn glu-
Rose
Summer
. n>ncfum
White
4 in
Summer
A1 rup, Jr// '
White
Summer
A nmbrllatd
White
() m
Summer
JSthiiimiiM, \anous
Pink
About 1
Summer
SP
ft
For purple foh-
9 in.
Aly^um, \ ariou-inp
Ydlow and
6m.
Spring
white
Androwr. vanou*
White and rose
3-6 in
Spring and summer
sp
Artnnna montana
White
6 m
Spring and summer
Hose and white
6-12 in
Summer
JLxM ««/;.« 11 us, vars
\ arious not
About 9
Summer and early
y< How
Ul
Callandnnm iimbil-
Red
Summer
luhi
Duvrfcnmiwnulav
White, blue
3-12 in
Spring and early
and purple
summer
Ceraiottitima pliim-
Blue
8 in.
Autumn
CwSlT^lulta
Yellow
6m
Spring
Blue
Summer
Dianthui (Alpine
White to rose
5-12 in
Spring and summer
pinks)
f)r.7/)a aizoide*
Yellow
3 in
Spring
yjijyas urtopetala
White
Creeping
Late spring
264
ALPINE PLANTS
ALPINE PLANTS
ALPINES FOR SUNNY SITUATIONS, continued
ALPINES FOR SHADY SITUATIONS, continued.
NAME
Color of flowers
Height
Time of flowering
Erigeron Villaran
Pale violet
12 in
Rummer
Erodium, various ap
White and red
6-10 m
Summer
Genhana, various sp
Qypsopkila, dwarf
Blue
White to pink
6-18 in
6-12 in
Spnng and summer
Summer
sp
Hedera conglomerata
H minima
( Both grown
-< for evergreen
6-8 m
Ibens, various sp
( foliage
White
Gin
Summer
Ins, dwarf bearded
Various
6-15 in
Spring and early
sp
summer
Leontopodium al-
White
6m
Summer and au-
pinum
tumn
Linum flav im
Yellow
12 in
Summer
Macrotomia chioi-
Yellow
10 in
Summer
des
Monsia hypogxa
Yellow
3 in
Spring and early
summer
Nepeta Musaimi
Blue
12 in
Summer and au-
tumn
NOCCCBO, alptna
White
3 in
Spring and summer
Papaver alpinum.
Various
6 in
Spnng
Platycodon, various
Blue
8-15 in
Spring
sp
Saponana ocymoi-
Red
Creeping
Summer
dea
Silene, various sp
White and red
5-15 in
Summer and au-
Tunica Saxifraga
Pinkish white
3-5 in.
Summer
Veronica incnna
Blue
Summer
V cupressioides
Ornamental
10 in
Zauschneria, vari-
foliage
Scarlet
12-18 in
Autumn
ous ap
The foregoing list is, of course, not a complete one,
but it will serve as a guide for the beginner Many of
these will also stand a partially shaded place, some of
them prefer such situations, but all of them will grow
in the open sunlight if the pitch of the ground is not
too great toward the south or southwest.
ALPINES FOR SHADY SITUATIONS
NAMK
Color of flowers
Height
Time of flowering
Adonis, various sp
Yellow
0-12 in
Spring
Anchusa myosoti-
Blue
12 in
Summer
Jlora
Anemone tdpina
White
18 in
Summer
A sylwstris
White
12 in
Spring
Aquilegia glandulosa
Blue and white
Early summer
A raerulea
Blue and white
15 in
Arenana baleanca
White
2-4 in
Summer
/luncuZa.vanoussp
Various
4-7 in
Spring
D tdrcatheon sp
White to purple
12 in
Spring and early
summer
Eoinecon chionantha
White
18 in
Epimedium, vanous
Ornamental
6-12 in
Hf)
foliage
Ennui, various sp
White and rose
3 in
Spring and summer
(ialax aphylla
White
12m
Summer and au-
Hflleborus mgtr
White
12 m
Wmtcr
Ins cnstata
Blue
4 m
Spring
Linana Cymbalana
Lilac
3 in
Summer
L palhda
Violet
2 m
Summer
Omphalodf* verna
Blue
6m
Spring
Ounsia coccinea
Red
Spring and early
6 in
summer
Polemonium humile
Polygonum affine
Blue
Rose
6 in
Spring and summer
Summer
Primula. Sieboldn,
Vanous
6-9 in
Spnng
vanous forms
Ramondia pyrenaica
Blue
4 m
Spnng
Rodgersia, various
Ornamental
3-b in
sp
foliage
Saxifraga GVum(and
allies)
Various
12-18 in
Spnng and summer
Shortia galacifoha
Soldantlla alpina .
White
Blue
6 in
4 in
Spnng
Spnng
Thahctrum minus
Ornamental
6-12 in.
adiantifnhum
foliage
Trillium, vanous sp
White and pink
6-8 in
Spnng
or purple
NAMR
Color of flowers Height
Time of flower
,„«
Uvulana grandiflora
Yellowish green 1 12m
Summer or
lat«
spring
Vancouvena hexan-
Ornamental
6-8 m
dra
Viola, \ anous sp
Waldsttinia fragan-
foliage
Blue ami white
White
3-9 m
3 -b in
Spring
Spring
oides
To these may be added the native species that grow
natuially in America at elevations in excess of 1,500
feet, such as Copt in tn folia, Cornus ctwude/ms, Clin-
tonid borealis, TiarMa cordifol a, Trillium yrandiflorum,
Claytonia raro'mwnn, Duhbarda repent, Polemonium
VanBruntwe, various teirestnal hubenanas, Milella
nudn, Arenann grcenlandica, and many others
The plants botli for shaded and sunny situations will
grow better if there is a liberal top-dressing of leaf-
mold and sand, about half and half, applied each spring
It \vill be noted that all the plants listed in both lists
are perennials Most natural alpmes are of this type,
the shortness of the growing season precluding the
possibility of the full development of an annual
For those who wish to go into the growing of alpmes
more extensively, a partial list of the alpine genera
together with an indication of the number of species
that aie to be found in the principal Euiopean trade
catalogues is appended Many additions will suggest
themselves as the alpme gardener becomes better ac-
quainted with those listed below and their relatives:
LIST OF
THE CHIEF ALPINE GENERA
The figures indicate approximately the ni
imber of species in eaok
genus th it an ulpiu
tea
Achillea, 5
Epinn (hum
Pcdiculans, 5
Acomtum, h
Kngpron
Petasites, 2
Aeienostyles, 2.
Enophorum, 2
P.trocalhs
^Ethionema
ErynRium
Phaca, 4
AIra
Euphrasm
Phleum, 1
Ajuga
Festuca. 2
Phyteuma, 10
Alchcmilla.
Galium, 3
Pimpmeila
Album
Gay a
Pinus
Allosurus
Gcntiana, 17
Plantago, 3
Alsine, 6
Geranium, J
Poa, 5
Alyssum, 2
Geum, 3
Polygala, 2
Androsace, 7
Globularia, 2
Polygonum, 2
^naphahmn, 4
Potent ilia. 14
Anthemis
Gymnaelcma
Primula. 12
Aposens
Hedysanim
Ranunculus, 14.
Aejmlegia, 3
Rhin inthus
Arabis, 7
Helleborus
Ribcs, 2
Arctostaphylos, 2.
Heracle-um, 2
Ro-a, 3
Hormmum
Rubus
Arctia
Hicrauum, 10
Rumex. 3
Armena
Hypencum
Sagma
Aromcum, 3
Hutclunsm
Sahx, 12
Artemisia, 4
Ibens
Saponana
Asplemum, 6
Imperatona.
Saussurea, 2
Astrantia
Juncus, 6
Saxifraga, 30.
Atragne
Kobresia
Seabiosa
Azalea
Laserpitium
Scirpua
Betonica
Lapiagrostis
Sedum, 7
Braya, 2
Loontodon, 4.
Sclagmella, 2
Bupleurum, 2
Lilmm
Sempervivum, 5.
Calammtha
Lmnffia
Senecio, 8
Calluna
Listera
Seslena, 3
Campanula, 8
Lomcera
Sibbaldia
Cardamme, 2
Lomalogomum.
Silene, 6
Carex. 20
Luzula. 5
Solclanella, 4.
Centaurea, 3
Corastiura, 3.
Lyclmis
IVlalaxia, 2.
Sorbus.
Soyena.
Montia
Stachys
Cirsium
Mdhnngia
Stellana
Crepis, 5
Crocus
Myosotis
Myncana
Thahctrum, 6.
Trifolium, 6
Daphne
Nardus
Valermna, 7.
Dianthui, 5
Nigntella
Veronica, 6
Doromcum, 2.
Oxyria
Viola. 5
Draba, 6
Oxytropis, 7
Wulfema.
Dry as
Psederota, 2
Epilobium, 4
Papaver, 2
The literature on alpine-gardening, in English, is
very meager. Any good book of the flora of high moun-
tain regions, —and there are a dozen or more excellent
ALPINE PLANTS
works on the fiord of the Alps, —will aid in the way of
suggesting new species that may he grown A good but
rather out-of-date book on the making and culture of
alpine gardens i,s A Kerner's "Die Cultur der Alpen-
Iiflanzen " A useful \vork eontaming many cultural
nnts is II S Thompson's "Alpine Plants of Europe,
with Cultural Hints rt The first International Congrebs
of Alpine Gaidens met at Naye, Swit/erland, in 1904.
As yet nothing except administrative reports of this
convocation has been published, jsj TAYLOK
ALPINIA (Prosper Alpinus, an Italian botanist)
Zinqibcrari'<r Stove herbs, cultivated both for leaves
and the racemes 01 panicles of floweis
Many-si d le.itv plants, vwth gmger-hke rhizomes fls
in spikes or panicles leimmating the leafy sts , often
showy, calyx wide-tubular 01 ncaily bell-form, the tube
short and the 3 points or parts erect, corolla of 3 parts,
stamens reduced to 1 pollen-bearing organ, and 1 or
more stammodia, one of the Mammodu being showy and
longer than corolla and notched or toothed fr a 3-
celled caps — About l.">0 species m Polynesia, Japan,
ALSINE
265
176 Alpima mutica
and E India Some of the cult forms have undoubt-
edly been icferred to Alpinut without knowledge of the
botanical chaiafterb, and tlieir botanical position is
therefore doubtful Monogr. in Engler, Pflan/en-
reich, hft 20 (1 <)()!)
Alpima contains many handsome species but only
a few are common in cultivation They are tropical
plants and require a moist an and a temperature of
5.3° to bO° F A mixture of two parts loam, one part
leaf-mold, and one part dried co\\ -manure forms an
excellent compost While growing, they need an abun-
dan< e of watei, and the laige-growmg kinds require
large pots 01 tubs Aiter flowering, allow them to rest
in heat, but do not dry them off The plants are propa-
gated bv dniMon m the spimg A. nutans is grown for
its handsome floweis arid attains a height of 12 or 13
feet A vittata i.s populai on a< count of its variegated fo-
liage 1 mutua has \er\ showy floweis, but is appa-
rently little known in the trade (Robert Cameron )
A Foliage stnpcd plant** of doubtful botanical position
vittata, Hull (Ambrnum villAtum, Hort ) 1/ower:
Ivs distichous, lanceolate, with pale green or creamy
yellow bars or stripes between the nerves fls red, in
axillary spikes S Sea Lsls A F 8 787 Gn 4, p 25
albo-lmeata, I tort A plant 3-4 ft high, with broad
bands of white and pale green on the elliptic-lanceolate
Ivs
Sanderae, Sand. St ascending Ivs very short-
stalked and 5 in or less long, \\{ m or less broad, taper-
ing both ways, rich shining green, regularly and closely
striped in broad bands of white leading from the midrib
to the margin New Guinea G C III 33 248 (suppl.).
1903 Probably a variegated form of A Rajflesiana,
tricolor, Sand St erect Ivs oblong-acuminate, 10
in long, 1J4 m wide, green with white or creamy yel-
low stripes. Solomon Isl G C III 33 249 (suppl ).
AA Folinge green, not striped.
mttans, Roscoe (Zer umbel specidsvm, Wendl ).
SHELL-FLOWER Striking plant, reaching 10-12 ft.,
with long, lanceolate glabrous long-veined Ivs fla
orchid-like, yellow with pink, sweet-scented, in a long,
drooping, terminal, spike-like raceme E Indies G C
III 19 301 1 H 43, p 259 B M 1903 P M. 13 12o
R II 1801 .51 —Fine for foliage masses, and an old
favorite Said to grow 20 ft high in S Calif m rich soil
and with plenty of water, and to bloom continuously
mutica, Roxbg Fig 170 A handsome strong spe-
cies Ivs very short-stalked or sesbile, long-lanceolate
and pointed fl with large bright \ellow lip veined
crimson, the outer segrns oblong and white A mutica,
Hook f , B M 0908, i.s piohahl) not the A mutica of
Roxburgh E Indies Excellent free-flowering species
Allughas, Roscoe Strong, 3*2-7 ft Ivs sessile or
nearly so, lanceolate or linear -lanceolate, short-acumi-
nate, 1 Vo ft or less long, 3-4 in broad fls small,
crowded, greems-h w'ute, the lip cuneate, pink, emar-
gmate India. Spring
calcarata, Roscoe Slender, 3 -5 ft Ivs sessile, nar-
row lj linear-lanceolate and attenuate-acuminate fls
medium in sue, greenish white, the hp \ariegated with
red and jellow on a lighter ground India Fall
Many kinds of th( se mt< noting ornamental plants are likely to
fin.l th( ir way into ehoico coll* < lions Some of them are as follows
4 oia<intt,i, blume, reported in *•> Cihf , \< ry tall, evr n to more than
20 ft , with very Urge nodding pinicle .4 japAntca, once cata-
loged in U S , hut not known whether it was the \ japonica of
Thunlxrg — t lonorpetiolntn, coming from \V 1 rop Afr , of
robust habit, 0 ft Ivs elliptic th( uppermost linear, wing-pctioled
Us white or ro-,e in termm.il ptmcU purple-spottr d — .4 maynlfica,
R«,(CM^-Phseom«rii magmflci — 4 \ieuuenhuizn, \alet (A.
borne i nsi-,, \ ah t ), distinct sp. cirs. 1 b ft Ivs 2ft or less long fls
purple-lipped, in panicles 12 in Ions fr large Borneo -A oflicind-
rum, Hancc Supplying tlu radix (Jalingfr cninons" of pharma-
cists, once used as an aroimtio stimulant by \rabsand Greeks
rhizomr thir k, creeping, the st tulu rous at base Ivs narrowly
laru(olitL, long-Humiliate fls white m simple spike, the lip red-
nfm.l China » M (»f)«)5 — I pumih, Hook f Lv s from root-
stock, (j in or less, on petioles 2 4 in fls in short spike, 1 in long,
pink, the hp n(ur\cd, on a Atry short Hrape China BM <>S32
A S<_l,itmantn<i,ia, \ alct (V nmbriata, t-agn )' .i-i ft Ivs lanceo-
late, IS in long, 1'2 m broad fls purple in spikes, handsome
Forniosi — 1 sintfi?.m««, Hook f 4 5 ft h s oblanceolate, ob-
long, tuspidite, 12 in or lt^ long, i in broad fls greenish, the hp
white veined crimson, in paniclrs Siam B M 0944
L H B
ALSEUOSMIA (a^sos, grove, and euosme, fragrance).
Cnpnfoliaceje A group of 4 species of tender New
Zealand shrubs, usually glabrous Lvs alternate or
opposite, with minute tufts of hair in the axils of the
veins beneath fls fragrant, green or red, axillary,
solitary or in clusters, corolla tubular or funnelform
fr a purple, many-seeded berry — Perhaps not cult,
outside botanic gardens
4 macropkylla, A Cunn \EW ZFALAND HONEYSUCKLE 6-10
ft hs 3-6 in long, elliptic or obi incoolafe, acute, serrate, or en-
creamy with dull rod streaks, corolla lobes recurved, toothed, the
tube cyhndnc B M 6951 jj TAYLOR.
ALSIKE Clover and Tnfolium
ALStNE (Greek for grove, where some species grow)
Caryophyllticex A few species of Alsine are m the
market, mostly for rock-gardening There is much dif-
ference among botanists a»s to the standing of the genus
Alsme Some persons reter it to Arenaria, others make
it a tenable name to replace Stellaria, and Pax in
Engler and Prantl's Pflanzenfamihcn retains it for
about sixty species, mostly m the temperate and cold
parts of the northern hemisphere, and distinguishes
both Arenaria and Stellaria; for the purposes of this
Cyclopedia it seems to be desirable to follow the Index
Kewrensis disposition, and the few cultivated species
are therefore accounted for under Arenana.
266
ALSOPHILA
ALS<5PHILA (Greek, grove-loving). Cyatheacex. Tree
ferns, grown in choice large conservatories, and in the
open in warm countries.
Alsophilas have simple or forked free veins, round
son, and no mdusia. Numerous species are found in the
tropical regions of both
hemispheres The species of
Alsophila are very similar in
appearance to the tree ferns
placed m the genus Cyathea
and are probably not gener-
ically distinct.
Of the different species of
alsophila, only one is in gen-
t eral commercial use A aut>-
trahs is a very graceful and
rapidly growing tree fern,
with finely divided fronds of
a pleasing shade of light
green, with the stipes thickly
covered with light brown,
hairy scales It is grown from
spores, which can be obtained
only from old and large
specimens, and which, like
ALSTRCEMERIA
nules deeply pinnatifid, with segms. broadest at the
base, ovate-oblong and sharply serrate. Tasmania and
Austral
ferox, Presl (A . aculedta, J Smith). Rachises brown-
ish, pinnae 12-18 in. long, pinnules narrow, 3-4 in long,
M-J^m wide, with 15-18 pairs of segms. which are nar-
row and slightly serrate. Trop. Arner.
AAA. Lvs qwidnpinnatifid.
ohgocarpa, Fee Fig 178 Rachises smooth, grayish
straw-colored , pinnules 1 ]/2~2 ft long, the segms hgu-
late, deeply pinnatifid, with blunt lobes; son median,
4-6 on the lower lobes Colombia
A Baroumba, Hott Recently mtro Not so elegant as A Loube-
tiana, but of interest for its umje-stic dimensions Congo Free
State — A conyoensis, Hort 1/irgr- handsome fronds, with prom-
inent yellow midrib pmnip deeply and regularly cut — A incdna,
Hort A magnificent tree f< rn with black spiny petioles Congo
KB 34 172, —A Loubetwnn, Hort A decorative tree fern with
broad Ivs rachis hairy brown S H 4 1W
L M UNDERWOOD
R C BENEDICT t
^ ALSTONIA (Dr Alston, once professor of botany at
Edinburgh) Aporynaccj Two trees of this genus are
introduced in southern Florida and southern California
for outdoor planting
Corolla-tube cylindrical, usually swollen at the base,
the spores of most commer- Corolla- tube cylmdnca
cial ferns, will germinate very the parts spreading, usually twisted m the bud, an<
177 Pinna of Alsophila
australis
freely if sown on a compost
consisting of finely screened
soil, leaf-mold and band in
equal parts To develop a
good crown of fronds in old specimen plants which may
look starved, the stem may be covered to any thick-
ness consistent with good appearance with green rnoss.
which may be attached with thin copper wire, and
which, if kept continually moist, will soon be thickly
covered with fine roots Alsophilas nhould be grown
in a temperature of 60° F , and th6- soil should
never be allowed to become very dry. (Nichol N.
Bruckner.)
A. Lvs bipinnate; rachises merely fibrillose.
Rebeccas, F. Muell. Lvs ample, from 8 in or so
high; pinnae 12-15 in. long, with 20-30 pinnules on
each side, which are 2-3 in long and serrate or crenate
throughout Austral G Z. 28, p. 2
AA. Lvs tripinnatifid or tripin-
nate, rachises armed with
spines
B. Segms long, Wrongly curved,
pinnules tapering to a blen-
der point
excelsa,R Br Lvs coriace-
ous, with more or less \\oolly
rachises, pinna? 6-10 in wide,
with crowded pinnules, which
are provided with about 20
pairs of segms which are strongly curved
and more or less enlarged at the ends
Norfolk Isl and Austral — Said to have
a trunk 60-80 ft high.
Codperi, F Muell Smaller than the
last rachises with pale brown scales;
pinnae spear-shaped, with linear pinnules
4-5 in. long Queensland
lunulatf, R Br. Lvs. rather thick,
herbaceous, from smooth rachises; pin-
nules close, 5-6 in long, with 20-30
pairs of segms , which are finely serrate
throughout.
BB. Segms. %in. or less long.
australis, R. Br. Fig 177. Rachises
straw-colored; Ivs ample, with primary
pinnae 18 in. long, 6-10 'n wide; pin- 178 Alsophila oligocarpa.
thers inclosed in the tube — Between 30 and 40 speciei
of trees or shrubs of E India and Austral , \vith small
white fls in teimmal cymes, and simple entire Ivs
in whorls or opposite A i>cholarix, R Br , is the devil-
tree or pah-mara of India, the bark of which is medici-
nal. Trees yield caoutchouc
macrophylla, Wall A tall tree, with milky juice
Ivs 6-12 in long, 2} 2-3 in \vide, oblanceolate or elliptic-
lanceolate, obtusely acuminate, nerves 16-20 pairs
cymes numerous, the fls small, corolla-tube glabrous,
the throat villous, ovary glabrous Malaya
scholaris, R Br Tree, 50-90 ft Ivs 4-8 in long,
1-1} 2 m wide, coi laceous, usually 4-7 in a whorl,
obovate or elliptic-oblong, white beneath, with 30-60
veins fls pubescent, subcupitate, ovary hirsute.
Wight Icones Ind Or 2 422 Rheede Hort Malab
1 45 — Intro by Montarioso Nursery, Santa Barbara,
Calif , in 1910 Tropics. ^ TAYLOR.!
ALSTRCEMfcRIA (Baron
Alstroemer, friend of Linnaeus).
Amarylhdaa j> ALSTREMKKIA.
Coolhouse and stove plants,
with tuberous roots, treated as
bulbs, and some of them also
grown in the open for sum-
mer bloom
Showy tall or slender plants
with the red, purple or yellow
blossoms in simple or com-
pound umbels terminating the st fls.
small (2 in or less long), comparatively
narrow, with 6 segms , parted nearly or
quite to the ovary, often irregular, stamens
mostly declined, stigma 3-cleft; sts slender
and leafy, weak, or even disposed to climb,
arising from a root of thickened fibers —
Perhaps 50 species in S Amer There arc
garden hybrids. The alstremenas are not
now very much grown Monogr. by Baker,
Handbook of the Amaryllideip.
Some of the alstremenas have survived
the winters in Washington of late years
only when a heavy mulch has been given,
as A aurantwica and its form A aurea, A.
chilensts and its forms. Evidently among
the hardiest are A brasihensis and A.
pulchella. although some of the others have
ALSTR(EMERIA
ALTAMIRANOA
267
not been tried For outdoor planting, alstremenas arc
at their best in a partly shaded position, and at
all times during their growth the roots must have an
abundance of water In fact, there is little use in
attempting their cultivation out-of-doors when these
conditions cannot be given — In colder climates, the al-
stremenas can be grown very (successfully by planting
out in spring, and, as boon as they die down, lift, and
keep over winter in a place fioin which frost is excluded
An annual lifting, or, when grown in pots, an annual
shaking-out, should be given, because they increase to
such an extent that the younger and smaller crowns are
apt to take the nounshment from the large flowering
crowns The largest ones ought to be separated from
the smaller ones, and either giown in pots or planted
outside when the proper tune arrives in this way the
genus will become much more popu-
lar than it now ^ either tor cutting
or for the decoration of the bolder —
The best soil is laigely comjxispd
of vegetable humus, when this is
not to be had old well -decayed
cow- or stable-manure should be
incorporated with the soil When
they are planted outside, the tubers
should be put deep in the ground,
and the soil should be well \\orkcd
for at least 15 inches The tubers are slightly
egg-shaped, attached to a common stem, the
root.s are from the ends of the tubers, and
also from near the growing points of the
crowns — For greenhouse work one of the
best is , I Pd-qnna var alba The loots may
be potted up in autumn in large pots, and
treated as othei tender late winter tuberous
or bulbous plants are tieated See liulb^
Some of the \ an Houtte In brids are e\tn mely
prettv, but, with the othei s, they are lather
unsuitable for pot culture, owing to the
peculiar formation of the loots — The bpeeics
are easiH raised from seeds, ^hich should be
sown rather thinly in deep pans, and allowed
to remain without pricking off 01 shifting for
the first season, also by division of the roots.
(Cl W. Oliver )
INDKX
alhn, )
llonttn S
pulch
ra, 8
'1^S>
r)
LiKtu, 8
/<v!sn, 3
tfsk \
•iuranti
•ica, .)
fuftn ">
rr \ ol
uta, 10
bicohr,
8
wno-innrginata
, 7 AIWJ*I
''i 4
ft A/
brasiln
nsu, 0
PflcRnnn. *
™//>A
u'rifl, 7
M
ohZ'nl,
Fl^-M
is, 2
ptriwina, 7
pMttnctna, 1
pulchclla, 14
\ersx
violai
wlor, 7
[•oa, q
179 Alstroeraena
chella (X)i)
pul-
hsemau
tha, 4 '
A Lvs o/ ./? -*< (or scape) broad, oblong or oblong-
1. pulchella, Linn f (.4 pvttacina, Lehm ). Fig 179
Sterile st a foot or less long, with aggiegated petioled
Ivs flowering st 2-3 ft , with scattered Ivs fls in a
simple umbel, on pedicels 1-1 }^ in long, long funnel-
shaped, the segms unequal, daik red and tipped with
green and spotted inside with brown, stamens nearly as
long as limo Brazil Fig 179 ib of the A p^ittaana,
B M 3033 —An old garden plant
2 chilensis, Cree CHILIAN LILY Stout, 2-4 ft Ivs
scattered, obovate or spatulate, or the uppei becom-
ing lanceolate, twisted at the base, fringed, somewhat
glaucous fls large, rose or red (or varying to whitish),
the two lower segms longer and straighter, umbel with
5 or 6 2-fld. peduncles. Chile
AA Lvs, of fl -st' lanceolate (at least the lower ones).
B Fls. purplish or red.
3 Pelegrina, Linn. Fl -st. stout, a foot or less high
Ivs about 30, thin, ascending, 2 in or less long and ^m
or less wide fl. 2 in or less long, lilac, the outer segms
broad and cuspidate, the inner ones spotted red-purple:
umbel few-rayed, normally simple, but becoming com-
pound in cult Also a pure white variety (^4 dlba,
Hort ) A quilloteni>t,i>, Hort , is a lobust cult form.
Chile BM 139 On 46, p 472. LBC 13.129,5.
4 haemantha, Ruiz & Pav (A Slmt>u, Sprung ) Fl -
st 2-3 ft Ivs crowded and thin, somewhat stalked,
3-4 in long and ^4111 or less wide, the upper becoming
hneai, glaucous beneath lib 2 in or less long, bnght
red tipped green, the inner ones with red-puiple spots
on a red-yellow ground, umbel ver}' compound, the
biamhes 4-6 in long A white-fid, variety is cult
Chile. B M. 2353 (as A pulchclla).
BB Fl& yeHoic or yellowish.
5 aurantiaca, Don (A aurca, Hort). Fl -st 2-4 ft.
high hs neaily 50, thin, some-
what petiolate, slightly glaucous
buow, 3-1 ft long and ^jm wide,
fls 10 30, in a compound umbel,
the perianth bright yellow, outer
begms tipped green and inner ones
spotted brown — There is a form
with pale, unspotted fls Chile.
BM 3350 (as A aurca). Gn 26.
540 A hdea, Hort , is probably a
form of this species
6 brasihensis, Spreng St 3-4 ft Ivs.
remote thickish, oblong-lanceolate, 2 in long,
fl 1 l/l in long, in a 5-rayed umbel (each ray
bearing 1-3 fls ), the begms oblong-bpatulate
and reddish jellow, the inner ones spotted
brown, .stamens shoiter than begins. Brazil
AAA Lvs of fl -st linear
7 verslcolor, Ruiz & Pav (A peruviana,
Van Houtte A sulphvrea and A tiyrtna
Hort ) Fl-bt short (1 ft or less high) Ivs
many, the lower ones about 1 in long fls I
in long, in a nearly simple umbel, yellow
spotted purple, the begnib all oblaneeolate
and acute A margmate 1-fld form is var.
nivto-waiqinata Chile.
S Ligtu, Linn Fl -st U2-2 ft Ivs 20-30,
thin, the lowermost becoming lanceolate, 2—3
in long fls l}/2 m lung, in a neaily or quite
simple umbel, whitihh, lilac or pale red,
sti caked purple, the inner segnib often ob-
tuse Var pulchra, Baker (.1 j>ulchra, Suns,
B M 2421 .1 Flds-Mdrtitm, Ker, B R 731
.4 tricolor, L B C 15 1497), has narrower and
longer Ivs , and all the segms acute or cuspi-
date Chile Common and variable in cult
4 IIooLcn, Lodd , is a torm of A Ligtn The .1 Liglu
of B M 125 is A caiyophyllca, Jacq , with long-clawed,
very unequal segms in two sets or lips, red and red-
striped Brazil
9 violacea, Phill St 1-2 ft . Ivs scattered and
spreading, 1 in or less long, those on sterile shoots
laiger, ovate-oblong and 5-nerved fls on forked pedi-
cels in a 5-rayed umbel, 1 ! 2-2 in long, bright lilac, the
outer segms obovate, truncate and with a short cusp,
the inner oblong-acute, spotted Chile
10. revoldta, Ruiz & Pav Fl -st 1 ft or more Ivs.
ciowded, linear, l^m or less fls 6-12, purplish, ^m.
or less, the segrns oblanceolate-clawed, reflexed or
spnudmg from the middle in full bloom, the inner
.segms yellowish and spotted Chile. ], H B
ALTAMIRANOA (named for Dr F Altamirano, late
Director of the Instituto Medico Nacional, of the City
of Mexico) Crassuldcetf Low, much-branched peren-
nials with the habit and foliage of Seduni, but with the
petals united into a distinct tube On account of the
tubular fls, some of the species were fir&t described
268
ALTAMIRANOA
ALYSSUM
as Cotyledon, with which they have little else in com-
mon. None of the species is especially attractive, but
all of them develop at the base or on the branches
curious rosettes of Ivs Twelve specimens are known,
of which 5 have been grown in Washington greenhouses
and the New York Botanical Garden A. elongata,
Rose, has puberulent sts. and Ivs. and white fls.;
A. calcicola, Rose, is more or less glaucous, with turgid
Ivs and greenish -yellow fls ; A. Gdldmami, Rose, is
glabrous, with linear Ivs and pale yellow fls ; A. Batesii,
Rose, is glabrous, with linear Ivs. and fls. purplish or
becoming so, A. scopulina, Rose, is glabrous, with
linear Ivs and pure white fls jt N ROSE
ALTERNANTHfeRA Telanthera.
ALTH^A (Greek, to cure) Malvacex Tall annual,
biennial or perennial herbs, grown in the open garden
The flowering shrubs known as altheas are foimh of
Hibiscus synacus
Flowers axillary, solitary, or racemose in the axils or
at the summit of the st , with 6-9 bracts below the calyx,
but otherwise as in Malva — About 15 species m the
temperate regions of the world
officinalis, Linn MARSH MALLOW Fig 180. Erect,
3-4 ft. downy Ivs ovate, often heart-shaped or 3-
lobed, frequently undivided, tomentose fls 1 in across,
blush or rose, clustered in the axils of the Ivs Peren nial,
180. Althaea officinalis. (Plant X A,). Marsh Mallow.
in marshes. E Eu , and occurring in this country as
an escape — Root used for mucilage and for other pur-
poses, also medicinal The root of commerce has its
brown outer covering removed Rarely cult., but
occasionally escaped m marshes near the coast.
rdsea, Cav HOLLYHOCK, which see for culture St
strict and spire-like, hairy Ivs large and rough,
roundecl-neart-shapod, wavy-angled or lobed' fls large
and nearly sessile, in a long wand-like raceme or spike,
in many forms and colors. Biennial. China. B M.
3198.
ficifdlia, Cav. ANTWERP HOLLYHOCK. Biennial, 3-6
ft Ivs 7-lobed; toothed: fl. lemon-yellow or orange,
large, m terminal
spikes, showy, sin-
gle or double Eu.
— Grown in Calif.
cannabina, Linn.
Perennial, 5-6 ft,
branching Ivs digi-
tately 5-parted, up-
per ones 3-parted,
the lobes nar-
row and strongly
toothed fls not
large, rose-colored,
on many-fld axil-
lary peduncles that
are longer than the
Ivs Eu — Grown
sometimes as a
border plant It
Vields a fiber
L II B.
ALUM -ROOT:
Heuchera.
ALtSSUM1
(classical name). ^
Cruciferx Low "
plants with
many small /
clustered flow-
ers, grown in the open and often used in rock-gardens.
Plants branching, often tufted fls. white or yellow,
sometimes var>mg to rose, filaments often notched fr.
a, small orbicular pod, with 1 or 2 \\inglchs seeds in
each of the 2 compartments, valves of pod nc-iveless,
flattened at the margins — As many at, 100 species in
middle Eu , Medit region and the Caucasus
The sweet alyssum is one of the commonest annuals,
grown both in the open and forced in benches, beds or
pots It is of the easiest culture, cither indoors or out.
The compact varieties aie nmst prized for pot culture.
Under glass, it requires temperature of a carnation
house It will stand considerable frost in the open, and
may be sown early, it blooms all summer, and until
killed by winter Useful for window-gardens and bas-
kets For winter bloom, HOW seeds late in August or in
September When blooms begin to fail, cut back the
plant, and it will bloom again
The perennial alyssumb require no special treatment.
They are usually propagated by dividing the roots;
also by cuttings and seeds.
alpestre, 5
arKenteum, 9.
Bfiithami, 1
roinpactum, 1, b
floro-plono, 6
gemoncnse, 7
giganteum, 1
mantimum, 1
Mocllendorfianiu
11
montanum, 10
odoralum, 1
podohourn, 4
procumbens, 1.
pyrenaicum, 3.
rostratum, 8
saxatilc, 6
Horpylhfolium, 5
spmosum, 2
vanegatum, 1, 6.
Wusrzbicku, 8
A. Fls white; annuals or perennials.
1 maritimum, Lam (A odorAtum, Hort ) SWEET
ALYSSUM Fig 181 A low, spreading, light green annual,
with lanceolate or linear entire Ivs , tapering to the base,
and small honey-scented fls in terminal clusters, which
become long racemes Eu Many cult vars var B6n-
thamii or compile turn, a dwarf and compact form, not
over 6 in high, var. variegatum, with pale white-edged
Ivh., var gigantSum, robust, broad-lvd. , var. procum-
ALYSSUM
AMARANTHS
269
182 Alyssum saxatile
bens, of spreading habit, and various horticultural
forms with trade names.
2 spindsum, Linn A woody-stemmed little peren-
nial, with lanceolate acute silvery Ivs , spiny fl. branehas,
and very small numerous fls Eu — Rockwork, 3-6 m
A rose-colored form is re-
ported.
3 pyrenaicum, L a p e y r
Dwarf, shrubby, not spiny
Ivs obovate, tomentose fls
white with brown arithere
Pyrenees Perennial
4 pod61icum, Bess (Kchiv-
creckia podtihca, Andrz &
Bess) Dwarf Ivs in rosette,
lanceolate, 2-toothed on mar-
gins' fls white, short-pedi-
celled, petals entire Early
spring S. Russia Perennial
A A Fls yellow or orange
perennials
B. Lvs l/2in or levs long
5 serpyllifdlium, Desf (A
alphtn,, Linn ?) Dwarf (3-4
in high), somewhat woody
at the base, with rough-hoary
Ivs , and pale j ellow fls in
racemes Eu. Intro.
1892
BB Lvs mostly 1 in or
more lung.
6. saxatile, Linn.
GOLDEN - TI FT Fig
182 A foot high,
woody at ba.se Ivs
oblanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, entire or wavy,
hoary-tornentose fls golden yellow, numerous, in little
compact clusteis Eu BM 159 AF 5 37 — Com-
mon m rock work, making a spreading mat, blooming
in early spring There aie many forms of this standard
rock plant Var compactum, Hort , dwarf Var fldre-
pleno, Hort , double-fld Var vanegatum Hort (A
vanegatnm, Hort ), has parti-colored foliage, very
attractive
7 gemonense, Linn Less hardy than the last' Ivs
lanceolate, gra> ish, velvety fls lemon-yellow st woody
at base Eu
8. rostratum, Stev (A Wierzbickn, Heuff ) About
20 in Ivs 2 in long, broad-oblong, pointed, hairy fls
deep yellow, in den.se heads, in summer Asia Minor
9. arge"nteum, Vitm Fig 183 Dwarf and dense
grower, 15 in or so Ivs oblong or spatulate, silvery
beneath, some of the tuftfed fls yellowr, m clustered
heads, all summer, beginning later than those of A.
saxatile Eu
10 montanum, Linn. Tufted alpine, 2-3 in high,
more or less herbaceous, pubescent. Ivs obovate fls.
yellow, fragrant, m a simple raceme Eu.
11 Mcellendorfianum, Asch. Sis ascending. Ivs
with stellate hairs on both sides, from spatulate to sub-
ovate, obtuse fls yellow, in elongated many-fid
racemes, the pedicels nearly hori/ontal and bract less
fr. nearly orbicular Bosnia
Many other species of alyssum are likely to be found in choice
rock-garden collections .1 alpestre, Linn 3 in , grayish fls yellow ,
in simple raceme — A atHnticum, Desf =A montunurn — 4
Bertholdmi, Desv =A argenteum — A tnntifdlium, Tenore=\
montanum — A dasycdrpum, Steph Annual fls yellow — 4
diffiisum, Tenore=A montanum — A macrocdrpum, DC Shrubby,
somewhat spiny, 8 in Ivs oblong, silvery fls white —A orien-
Mle, Ard 1 ft Ivs lanceolate, toothed, downy fls yellow, m
corymbs — A tortudsum, Rupr 6 in , st twisted Ivs narrow,
hoary fls. yellow, m corymbs. , j» -. ,
ALfXIA: Gj/nopoffon.
AMAGLfPTUS Hemiraphvs.
AMANlTA. Mushroom
AMARABOYA (native name). Melasiomdcex A
genus of only 3 species of tender shrubs from Colombia,
which are showy both in foliage and flower. Lvs large,
opposite, sessile, with 3 prominent nerves, brownish
red beneath fls large, cymose; petals usually 6, sta-
mens 12-15 For cult , see Plerorna Not known to be
in American trade Considered by some as a section of
the much larger genus Blakea.
A amilnhi, Lmdrn Lvs 10-12 in long, 8 in broad' fls white,
mar-Kined carmine, stamens white, Htylo red, exerted 1 II 11 9
— 1 prlnceps, Linden Fls carmine, stamens white, styles white.
IH 34 1—4 splhulida, Linden Fls O^m across, petal*
narrower at the base than in the other species, stamens yellow,
style red, exserted I H 34 .U — Perhaps the showiest of all the
MrlaHtoinaccie N TAYLOB.f
AMARANTUS (Greek, unfading, in allusion to the
lasting character of the calyx and floral bracts).
A marantficw AMAKANTH Coarse annual plants, grown
for colored foliage and the showy flower-clusters,
i elated to the cockscomb
Plants tall and eiect or spreading or even prostrate:
Ivs alternate, entne, petioled fls very small con-
gested in terminal or axillary spikes or glomerules, each
fl subtended by 3 chaffy bracts, petals 0, sepals 3-5,
peisibtent, stamens 2-5 fr a small 1-seeded utricle —
Some 4.1-50 species, mostly weedy plants, widely dis-
tributed Some of the pigweeds are of this genus, as
A retroJlexiU), sometimes known as beet-root and red-
root, A hybridu^, A grycizans (A albm>\ one of the
tumble-weeds, A *>pinoism, A bhtoides and A. Palmen,
spreading eastward along railroads
The amaranths are usually planted as open-air
annuals, and they require no special treatment They
thrive best in a hot and sunnv place In very rich soil
the leaves become
very large but usu-
«\11> lack in bright
coloring Seeds may
be sow n in the open
or in frames The
dwarf and compact
varieties, which
often have beaut i-
f u 1 1 y variegated
foliage, may be
grown m pots or
used for bedding
Give plenty of
room.
A Lrs linear - lan-
ceolate, long and
droopi tig.
salicifdlius,
Veitch Graceful
mramidal habit, 3
it Ivs 5-8 m long
and ^m wide,
w avy, bronze-green,
changing to orange-
icd Philippines.
G C I 1871 : 1550.
FS 19 1929
AA Lvs broad,
mostly ovate.
B Spikes drooping.
caudatus, Linn
LOVE - LIES - BLEED-
ING Fig 184 Tall,
robust and diffuse
(3-5 ft ) Ivs ovate ^
+0 ovate - oblong, 183. Aly««um«rgenteum. (Plant
270
AMARANTUS
AMARYLLIS
stalked, green spikes red, long and slender, naked, in a
long and dioopmg panicle, the terminal one forming a
long, cord-like tail Also vars with yellowish and whitish
Eamcles Tropics G W. C 709. — Common, and an old
woiite Var. atropurpftreus, Hort Foliage blood-red
Var. albifldrus, Hort Spikes white or greenish white
Var gibb&sus, Hort Plant not large fls red, clustered
in more or less separated fascicles or heads.
BB »Sp?Aes erc<t
hypochondriacus, Linn PRINCE'S FEATHER. Tall
arid glabrous his oblong-lanceolate, acute, spikes
blunt, aggicgated into a thick, lumpy terminal panicle,
of which the cential part is elongated bracts long-
awncd — An old garden plant, with the heavy heads
variously colored, but mostly purple Lvs usually
purple or pmple-grcen Trop Amer Cult in many
forms and somct lines a weed in old grounds Considered
by some to be a form of A hybrid u*, Linn \'A hybndus
var hypochondnticns, Rob ) Vai sangufneus, Hort
(A cruentus, Hort , not \Villd ) Entne plant blood-
red Var virescens, Hort Lvs green above, purplish
beneath Var vlridis, Hort Plant green, except the
floral paits Var racemdsus, Moq Lateialfl -branches
elongated, hght-colored Theie aie other garden forms
paniculatus, Lmn. (A jti/bmlm \ar iximculatu^,
Ulme & Bray) St. usualh pubescent Ivs oblong-
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, bioadei than in the last
spikes thinner than in the last, acute or acutish, and
in an open, more graceful terminal panicle bracts
sharp-pointed but not long-awned Irop Amer —
Common, and sometimes a weed Var specidsus
(A .spmosvis, Sims, B M 2227) Stout, laige, eiect.
plant (312-4^2 ft ), with ?ts and Ivs leddisli or puiple-
grecn panicle dark red-puiple, handsome Var cru-
entus, Moq (A ctiienht*, Linn, not Hort) Lateral
fl -branches spreading -nodding, blood-red Var
sanguineus, Moq Lateral blanches long, slender,
often nodding at the tip 11s and some or all the Ivs
blood-red Var flavescens, Voss. Panicles large and
blanched, yellowish or greenish.
gangeticus, Linn Usually a lower plant, 3 ft or
less and often only 1 ft , with thin, ovate-pointed Ivs ,
and fls in short, glomerate, interrupted spikes, both
terminal and axulaiy Tropics — Very variable Cult
by Amer Chinese (Fig lHf>) as a pot-herb under the
name of hon-toi-moi, with green Ivs (Bailey, Bull
67, Cornell Exp Sta ) Various dwarf and compact
bedding forms are common Used more for foliage
than for fl -panicles. Var melancholicus, Voss (A.
melanchdlwMs, Linn ) Lvs variously colored, some-
times mostly in two colors (A blcolor, Hort ), and also
in three colors (A tricolor, Hort ) . Ivs long-petioled,
broadly to narrowly lanceolate. Here belong the
JOSEPH'S COA.T group of the bedding amaranths
Many Latin-form names are m the catalogues, probably all of
which are referable to above species or are hybrids of them, &» A
spltiulens, a form of A Rangeticua v ar melanchohrus, A speci<tau«
aiireus, to A paniculatus var flavc&cens, A Htnderi, probably a
hybrid with A salicifolius, or a viir of it, with long-dioopmg, brown
lv^ , and tall, pyramidal stature, .1 Gordonn, or Sun rue, with bronzy
biuicttd hs and brilliant scarlet Ivs on top, A wptrbus, Ivs
blood-rod above and minion beneath, probably one of the rnelan-
choliiusfoims, .1 Duviu, Spreng , with Ivn and fls briRht colored,
and suggested us a var of A spinosus, which is a smooth weedy
spe( ion with 2 spines in the axils of (lie narrow -ovate or rhomb-
ovate Ivs —,1 Huttonii, Veiteh^relosia ^ jj ^
AMARYLLIS (classical name) Amanjllidaceae
Summer- or autumn-blooming bulbous plant (March
and Apr at the Cape), the leaves usually appearing
later
Plant stout, producing many strap-like Ivs • fls large,
flagrant in a few- to several-fid umbel, perianth with
a short ribbed tube, the divisions oblong or lanceo-
late, the filaments distinct and no scale between them,
stamens on the throat of the tube fr a globose caps ,
opening iiregulaily — One species, from Cape ol Good
Hope In gardens, the luppeastuims (wmtei and spring
bloomers) are known as Amaiylhs
In dealing with the cultuie of amaryllis, it is cus-
tomary to speak of the genus in its hoi tlcultuial sense,
— to include hippeastrum and related things Such is
the undeistanding in the following cultural directions
Theie aie two widely diffeimg methods of cultivating
the amaryllis to produce showy flowers in the spring
months,— the bordei method and the pot method Any
one tiying both of these methods will soon come
to the conclusion that the> ditfer not onlv in method,
but in flower-pioducing icsiilts The hist method
is to plant the bulbs in a prepaml bonier after they
are done fioweting, sav about the middle of May.
The bordei should have pel feet drainage, and, if con-
venient, be on the south side of a house or wall, fullv
exposed to the sun dutmg the greater part of the dav
The bulbs are set out in lows, necessanh with as little
distill bance of the roots as possible, because, if they
are bulbs that have undeigone similar tieatment the
previous year, by the middle of May they have made
a considerable number of new roots, besides, the foliage
also has gained some headway, and ma\ be considered
as in actual growth In planting, carefully firm the soil
around the old balls, give one watering, and on the
succeeding day, after the suiface of the soil has been
raked over, cover to the depth of 2 inches \\ith half-
decayed cow-manure With frequent wateungs during
the summer and the removal of weeds, thev will need
no moie attention until the approa< h of cool weather,
when thev should be lifted, M/,ed, and potted, however,
at tins season, if wet weather has predominated, some
of the bulbs will be in a semi-dormant state, while the
majonty will yet be in active giowth Here is the draw-
back to this method The roots are lai ge and fleshy, t hey
185. Amarantus gangeticus ( X Js)
take up considerable room in a 6- or 7-inch pot, and th»
soil cannot be evenly distributed amongst them, neitluh
can it be made as firm as it should be The result in
the partial decay of the roots and leaves, and in the
spring, when the flower scapes appear, they are devel-
oped at the expense of the bulb, through having insuffi-
cient roots to take up nourishment from the soil. The
flowers are small, few in number, and do not show what
the plant is capable of Partly to ameliorate these
AMARYLLIS
AMBROSINIA
271
conditions, the bulbs in active growth at lifting time
may be heeled-m on a greenhouse bench until they
gradually ripen, taking care that some of the soil is
retained on the roots, otherwise the ripening process
is altogether too rapid, so that the roots and leaves
suddenly loss their robust nature, become flabby, and
eventually die For this method, it can be said that a
larger number of bulbs can be grown with less trouble
than by the pot method, but neither bulbs nor flowers
compare in size with those kept in pots the year round
For the purpose of merely increasing stock, the out-
door method is to be preferred —Most of the kinds are
naturally evergieen, potting under those conditions is
best done either after the plants have made their growth
in the fall or after they have finished flowering in April
\Vhen done in the fall, they are allowed to remain
rather dry during the winter, this will keep the soil of
the original ball in a sweet condition until the time
arrives to start them into growth, which may be any-
where after the first of January, or even earlier if neces-
sary They will winter all right, and keep their foliage,
in a brick frame m which the temperature is not allowed
to fall below 45° F By the beginning of February, m
a structure of this sort, they will be showing flower-
scapes, and should then be taken to a posiMon in which
more heat and light can be given A weak solution of
cow-manure will much help the de 'elopment of the
floweis \Vh«n m bloom, a greenhouse tempera-
tuie, with slight shade, will prolong the flowering
period After floweung, the greatest care «=hould be
taken of the plants, as it is from that period till the end
of summer that the pnncipal growth is made A heavy
loam, enriched with bone-dust arid rotted cow-manure,
suits them well — The seeds of hippeastrums should
be sown :is soon as ripe, coveied \en hghtlv with finely
sifted leaf-mold, and, if this shows a tendenc\ to drv too
quickly, cover with panes of glass until gei initiation
takes place As soon as the first leaves are developed,
they should be potted in the smallest sized pots and
kept growing — In the propagation of vaneties, it will
be found that the large bulbs make two 01 more offsets
each season, these should not be detached until it is
certain that the> have enough root-3 of their own to
start with after being separated fom the parent If a
well-flowered specimen clump is desired, the offsets
may be allowed to remain attached to the parent, they
will, in most cases, flower the second vear undei gen-
erous treatment -Amarylln ttclhuionna and the plant
known as A lonqifoha (really a crmum) are hardy m
the District of Columbia, A lor yi folia thrives even in
damp, heavy soils, with no protection, and flowers
abundant h each >ear A belladonna needs a warm,
sheltered spot, with deep planting This popular
autumn-blooming plant succeeds best wheie it can
remain out-of-doois all the >ear It seems to thrive
m fairly rich sandy loam A position facing south near
the wall of house 01 by the side of a gieenhouse seems
to suit its requirements In rather dry soils where frost
loes not penetrate deeply, it is not necessary to lift
the tubers each year (G W Oliver )
Bellad6nna, Linn BELLADONNA LILY Fig 186
Scape 2-4 ft , with a 2-1 vd dry spathe or involucre just
underneath the umbel fls on short pedicels, hly-hke,
short-tubed, and flaring, with pointed segms 2-3 in
long, and 6 deflexed stamens, flagrant, normally rose-
red, scape solid Ivs strap-shaped, canaliculate and
acute B M 733. Gn 33 268, 47, p 46, 49, p. 276,
54, p 4 14 GC III 24315 — \noldfavonte, with many
Latin-named garden forms There are varieties rang-
ing from white to red, and varying in shape and size of
fls , many of them receiving Latin descriptive names
Var purpurea, Hort Fls purple, at least on the limb
Var pallida (A pdllida, Red ), has pale flowers
Var blftnda, Voss (A bldnda, Gawl B M 1450), is a
large form, with white fls , fading to blush Var. rdsea
perfecta, Hort Excellent blooms, satiny rose and white-
striped: fls late, at the time the Ivs appear, the segms
pointed Gt 45, p 413 Var spectabihs tricolor, Hort.
Fls showy, in large umbels, rose-color, white inside,
highly perl limed Gt 45, p 358 Var maxima, Hort
Strong grower, with many large rose-colored fls G M.
45-303 Var Parken (A Pdrken, Hort) Probably
hybrid of Brun&mgia Jo*>ei>hinx and Amaryllis Bella-
donna umbel cnculur, with an many as 30 blooms, fls
deep rose with white and oiange at base inside, and
orange on outside of tube 3 ft , handsome also a
white-fld form GC III 50 211 Gn 75, p 460
Ste Brun-iVigiu for A yiyanlfa and .1 onenlalis, Cnnum for A
lonyifoha and A ornata, Hippr dstruni for A uuhca, A equestns,
A fulyida, 4 Jahn^onu, A LutpoUn, A pardina, A procera, A.
Reyirue, A reticulaia, A vtttntn Lytoris for A aurea, A l/alhi,
and A rndiata, Nerine lor 1 \,nm, Sproki 1m for A /ormoaissima,
feternbc gm for A luleii, \ xllota for 1 purpurea, Zephyranthes
for 1 \tamanaj, A can<li<ia and .4 ,rubetcen* The following trade
name -> probably belong to other g< neri most hk» ly lo Hippeantrum
AMASONIA (alter Thomas Amason, early American
tnuelen Vtrbenacear About a half-dozen species of
under- shrubs of Trop
Amer Fls yellow or sul-
f ur-f olored in racemose or
paniculate clusters, cal>x
o-eleft, corolla 5-cleft,
almost 2-hpped May be
treated as warm house ^
species of Clerodendron
calycina, Hook f (A
pun'taa, Hort not Vahl
Tnligalui pun'icea, Hort )
L\s C-12 in long, elliptic,
acuminate, coarse Iv irregu-
Lirh toothed or sinuate,
glabrous, except the floral
ones fls 1^2-2 in long,
drooping, calyx nearly 1 in
long, red B M 6915 Gn
27 130 Jl B. 20 13
A erfcta. Linn A slender,
sparingly branched throb hs
alternate and whorled, 4-5 in
long, oblong, eremite-serrate,
dark green above, pakr beneath
fi\ white, raoemosely panicu-
late, bracts scarlet Guiana
N TAYLOR t
186 Amaryllis Belladonna
AMBROSIA (a classical name) Compdsitx About
fifteen species of weedy evil-smelling herbs, mostly
American The common ragwreed is A artemisiff folia,
Linn The kmgweed of western wheatfields, and also
of low waste places, is A tnjida, Linn Probably none
is cultivated, the listed Ambrosia mexicana probably
being of some other genus, very likely an artemisia
AMBROSlNIA (Giacinti Ambrosmi, an Italian).
Arace<e A dwarf perennial tuberous herb of Italy and
Algeria
Spathe boat-shaped, lying on the earth, the mouth
gaping, spadix included fr a many-seeded berry —
Half-hardy, planted in the open or m pots, and bloom-
ing in the fall A single species
B&ssu, Linn Three or 4 in Ivs 2 or 3, overtopping
the spathe, the If -blade ovate or ovate-elliptic, obtuse
often refuse spathe %m long, tipped with a brown
tail, divided lengthwise, the anthers being in one com-
partment (which has a hole to admit insects), and the
solitary ovary in the other, thus preventing automatic
close pollination B M 6360 — There is a narrow-
leaved form (var angustifdlia, Guss ), a spotted-
leaved form (var. maculate, Engler), and a form with
pale green reticulations (var reticulata, Engler) Prop-
agation is by seeds started inside or in frames, or by
division in spring L H B
272
AMELANCHIER
AMELANCHIER (said to be a Savoy name) Rosd-
cex SHAD-BUSH JUNEBERR\ Ornamental woody
subjects chiefly cultivated for their profuse white
flowers appearing in early spring, some species also
grown for their iruits
Deciduous shrubs or small trees, winter-buds con-
spicuous, pointed, with seveial imbricate scales Ivs
alternate, petioled, serrate fls in racemes terminal on
short branchlets, rarely sohtarv, calyx-tube campanu-
late, adnate to the ovary, with 5 persistent lobes, petals
5, stamens 10-20, styles 2-5, ovary inferior, 2-5-celled,
each cell with 2 ovules and subdivided fr a berry-like
pome, juicy, with a cavity at the top — About 20 or
25 species, most of them in N Amer , 2 in Mex , 4 m
En , and W Asia, and 1 in TC Asia The species
are closely i elated and otten difficult to distinguish,
AMELANCHIER
A. humihs and A stolomfera and also A. Minguinea
seem to be the best for fruit, which upens later than
the others, there is also a large-fruited form of A.
Isevis See Juneberry
All the species mentioned below are hardy North
and thrive upon a variety of soils and .succeed well in
dry climates, some, as A sanguined, A hwmlix and A.
rotundifolm show a preference for calcareous soil and
grow well m dry situations, while others, as A oblongi-
foha and A Bartrannana prefer moist and swarnpy
soil
Propagation is by seeds sown soon after ripening or
stratified and sown m spring and the stolomferous
species also by suckers, rare kinds are sometimes bud-
ded in summer on a common species or on Crata^gua
aim foli a
Amelatu
arguta, \
asiatica
Bart run:
Botnjapi
8, 4, 1
flonda, '
INDEX
Kranrliflora, 2
hum.l.s, .<
;«P»«icfl, 8
la-viH, 10
ohlonwfolia, 7
tihoi,,!,-,, 1
oligoi m pi, 11
m alls, 1 , 5, Ij
•otun.liloha, 1,2.
nn»mm< a, 2
BIJK'i. 8
il>ii -it j. 2 3, 5, 6.
itolonifi ra, 5
ulgnni, 1
especially as numerous spontaneous hybrids apparently
occur For a detailed treatment of the species of E.
N Arner, see Wiegand in Hhodora 14, p 117 (1912)
In trade catalogues, they are sometimes confuted with
Aroma, which is easily distinguished by its compound
corymbose mfl , 5-celled mealy fr and by the midrib of
the Ivs being glandular above
The amelanchicrs are deciduous shrubs or trees with
simple, suborbicular to oblong serrate leaves, rather
small white flowers in racemes followed by purplish or
bluish black berry-like fruits They are very desirable
for ornament, producing a profusion of white flowers m
early spring, and range from shrubs only a few feet high,
as A. numilis and A stolomfera, to trees attaining 40
feet m height, as A canadenvis and A Isevis The latter
fipecies is perhaps the most beautiful, the white color of
tne pendulous loose racemes being enhanced by the red
bracts and the bronzy red color of the unfolding leaves;
the other species are pure white when blooming, the
young leaves being covered by a whitish tomentum
A. Fls. in raceme* h's folded in bud, p<liolu> slender.
B Styles free, t}cry ^hort, not trending tin calyx-tube.
1 rotundifdha, l)um -Cours , not Roem (A.
Amdanchitr, Sarg A iniluaiib, Moench 1 ovdlts,
Medikus, not Borkh ) SKKA i< K-HI KKY Vpnght or
spreading, rather stiff-branched .shrub, 2 8 ft voung
branchlets tomentose Ks o\al to oboxate, seriate from
near the base, subcoidate at the base, usually rounded
at the apex, 1-2 in long, \\ooll \ beneath when voung
racemes many-fld , petals linear-obhuiceolate, obtuse
or emargmate fr bluish black, bloom v. Mav , fr in
Aug, Sept Cent and S Ku BM 2130 *H W 3,
p 87 GC II 9 793 M D (1 1900 497 (habit) J II.
Ill 54 395.
BB Styles more or leas connate at the base, about as long as
the stamens
C. Teeth of Ivs about 4 ? to ] ^in , Ivs rather coarsely
serrate, veins usually sttanjht and clove together
D. Apex of /;;s a<ule or aenti^fi, bladt d< n^dy woolly
b( ntath uhtn young
2 sanguinea,DC" (A rotundifolia,}lo(>m.,
not Dum -Coiirs A canadfnv^ \ar bpicAta,
Sarg , in part ,1 spicata, Rob & Fernald,
not Koch) Slender shrub hts solitary or few
together, to S ft high Ivs orbicular-oval
to oval-oblong, rounded or subcordate at
the base, 1^-2^ in long, serrate nearly to
the base, fls on a loose, usually nodding
raceme; petals i-^m long, summit of ovary
densely woolly fr rather large, nearly black, bloomy,
juicy and sweet Maine to Minn and Ala May, fr.
in Aug , Sept B B 2 23X (as A rotundifolm) — Var.
grandifldra (forma grandifloia, Wiegand) Fls large;
petals %in long and nearly Hin wide
3 hfcmilis, Wiegand (A spicata of many writers, not
Koch) Stiffly upright shrub, 1-4 ft , stolomferous and
forming patches Ivs oval-oblong or oval, subeordate
or rarely rounded at the base, 1-2 m long, serrate to
below the middle* racemes many-fld , rather dense and
upright, fls small; petals oblong-obovate, about Hm.
long: fr. nearly black, bloomy, juicy and sweet May;
fr. in Aug Vt to Alberta, south to N Y and Iowa.
DD. Apex of Ivs. rounded or truncate blade very soon
glabrous
4. alnifdlia, Nutt (A canadtnms var alnifbha,
Torr & Gray) Fig 187 Shrub with rather stout
upright branches, to 10 ft Ivs broadly oval to oval-
truncate or subcordate at the base, 1-1 % in. long,
AMELANCHIER
AMELANCHIER
273
coarsely and sharply toothed rarely below the middle,
floccose- tomentose at first, very soon becoming glabrous,
racemes many-fid , upright, short and dense, slightly
tomentose at first, fls rather small, petals oblong to
narrowly oblong, } &-} z\n long, sepals short summit of
the ovary woolly fr nearly black, bloomy. May, fr.
in July Mich to Ore and Wash S S 4 196 S F
1 185, 5 115 G M 52 143 (habit) Var fldnda,
Sehncid (A florida, Lmdl A oryodon, Koehne) Lvs
and racemes glabrous or nearly so from the begin-
ning BR 19 15S9 Var pftmila, Schneid (A cana-
densit var piimila, Nutt ) Glabrous like the pre-
ceding var , but very low and stolornferous.
cc. Teeth of Ivs 7-lfi to }/2in ,lvs finely and closely serrate.
D. Lvs tomenlo^e when young.
E. Apex of Ivs obtuse, rounded or sub-acute
F. Top of ovary woolly Ivs generally oval.
5 stolonffera, \\ icgand (A spicala, Brit &
Brown, m part, not Koch A ovalts of many authors,
not Medikus) I'pnght stolomferousshmb, 1-4 ft high,
forming patches Ivs oval, raiely oval-oblong or
orbicular, rounded at the base or rarely subcordate,
1-2 m long, finely .senate, usually quite or nearly
entire on the lower thud, glabrous above, densely
white-tome ntose Ixneith when >oung racemes short,
dense, upright, tomentose or nearly glabrous, fls
small, pel ds obov ate-oblong, about ' jin long, top of
oyary woolly fr pmphsh black, bloomy, juic> arid
swcft Ma>, a fe\v days later than A Lfn^,
fr in July Newfoundland and Maine to Va
6 ovahs, Borkh (A ^picata, Koch, Cralsr-
gu^ ^picata, Lam ) Bushj .shiubwith numer-
ous s(s , to 12 ft Ivs oval (o oboyate, some-
times oval-oblong, I1j 2' > m lon^r, serrate
to the base, wlute-tomentose beneath when
young racemes uptight , woolly, petals obovate, } ;jin
long, top of ovary woolly fr bluish black, with the
sepals upright and slightly hpieading M 1) G 1900
496 — This is possibly a hybrid bet w ten the preceding
ind the following sp( ( ies, mu< h cult m Ku
JF Top of oiary glabiou^ or nearly so Irs generally
oblong
7 oblongif&lm, Roem (A «maden^n> var oblongi-
foha, Torr & Gray A Hohuapium, Brit <k Brown,
in part A obocalc*, Ashe ) Shrub, v\ it h slender upright
i«ts growing m rather dense dumps, but not stolo-
mferous, to 25 ft h s oblong to oboy ate-oblong, usually
rounded at the base, and rounded 01 acute at the apex,
l^"-1^ i" l'>ng» very finch senate nearl> or quite to
the base, whtte-tomentose beneath when young racemes
short, dense and uptight, silky -tomentose, petals obo-
vate-oblong to oblameolate 01 linear, about J^m long;
top of ovary glabrous oi sometimes slightly woolly , fr
nearl> black, with bloom, sweet May, with A fans, fr
in June Maine to S C — SS t 195 Em 2 503 (lower
figure) BM 7619 GC III 21 333 DOM 1900:
497 (habit ) —This differs from all other species except
A ocr/fas and A Bartranuanu in haying the sepals on
the immature fr uptight or only slightly spreading; in
the other species they are recurved
kE Apex of Ivs very acute or shortly acuminate.
8 asiatica, Endl (A canadensis var asidhca, Miq
A. japdnica, Hort ). Shrub or tree, to 40 ft , with
slender spreading branches Ivs ovate to oblong-
elliptic, acute, rounded or subcordate at the base, 2-3
in long, finely serrate all around, densely white or yel-
low tomentose beneath when young racemes rather
dense, nodding, woolly, top of ovary woolly fr bluish
black May, fr. in Sept Japan,* Korea* SZ 1.42
S I.F 1 47 Var sinica, Schneid Lvs less tomentose,
often finally glabrous, smaller, usually serrate only
above the middle. China.
IS
9. canad6nsis, Mcdikus (A. Botrydptum, Borkh. A.
canadensis var. Bolryapium, Torr & Gray A cana-
demis var tomentiila, Sarg ) SKRVICE-BKRHY Bushy
tree, fastigiately branched st solitary or few, some-
times shrubby Ivs geneially obovate, less often ovate,
oval or oblong, acute or acuminate, usually cordate
at the base, 1/^-3 J/2 m long, sharply serrate quite or
nearly to the base, densely white-tomentose beneath
when young, less so above, t omen turn usually partly
persistent racemes rather dense, nodding, silky- tomen-
tose, petals linear or linear-oblong, about }2in long;
top oi ovary glabrous or slightly hairy fr maroon-
purple, tasteless May, early , before the Ivs , fr m June.
Maine to Iowa, Mo and south to Ga and La. SS. 4*
191 B R. 14 1174 Gn 73, p 239 (habit; may be A.
oblongi folia) — This is the only species with the IVB.
tomentose on both surfaces when young.
DD Lvs quite glabrous.
10 l&vis, Wiegand (A canade'nsi?, Gray, not
Medikus). Irregularly branched tree, with spreading
188. Amelanchier
Bartramiana.
(XJ2)
branches, to 40 ft , sometimes shrubby Ivs oval-ovate
to ovate-oblong, short-a< uminate, subcordate or
rotundate at the base, rarely broadly cuneate, 1^2~2?2
in long, sharply seirate nearly to the base, quite
glabrous and purplish when young racemes slender,
many-fid , drooping, glabiou^ or nearly so, lower
pedicels very long, m fl about 1 in , in fr sometimes 2
in long, petals oblong-lmeai , about J^m long, top of
ovary glabrous fr purple or nearly black, bloomy,
juicy and fairly sweet May , fr in June From New-
foundland to Mich and Ivans , south to Ga and
Ala Em 2 503 (upper figures) HT 212 M D G.
1900 491, 195 G 16 IS, 31 343 (habit) G M.
44.306 (habit) — This i.s the most graceful and the
handsomest species in bloom, differing from all other
species in the purplish young foliage and the drooping
racemes
AA Fls solitary or J or 3 at the etui of the branchlets;
petals broad, obovate Ivs imbricate in the bud,
flat when unfolding, petioles short, less than }fcn.
long
11 Bartramiana, Roem (A ohgocarpa, Roem.
4 arguta, Nutt.) Fig 188 Shrub, to 8 ft. . Ivs. elliptic
274
AMELANCHIER
AMOMUM
to elliptic-oblong, acute or rounded at the apex, cuneate
at the base, 1 1/±-2 m long, sharply serrate to belo\\ the
middle or nearly to the base; glabious \vhen young fls
1-3, pedicels glabrous, ^-1 m long; petals about Jain,
long, top of ovary woolly fr purplish black, bloomy
May, fr in July and Aug Swamps Labrador to
Mich, and Minn., south in the mts. to Pa. G .F. 1 .247
(adapted m Fig 188)
A Ciuncku, Fernald Shrub, to 10 ft Ivs auborbicular, about 1 H
in. long, glabrous or nearly so fls large, petals oblong, about J^in.
long fr scarlet, finally black Ore and Wash to Idaho —Not m
cult , but ought to be mtro , as it has the largest fls of all —
A lUahinais, Koehne Dwarf shrub with small obovate IVH scarcely 1
in long, pubescent on both sides racemes short, with very small fls.
Utah and Ariz — Not in cult , the plant cult under this name belongs
to another species, to which could not be determined
ALFRKD REHDER.
AM&LLUS (for the river Mella) Compdsitse Nine
or 10 Cape of Good Hope annual and perennial herbs
allied to Aster. Lvs. hairy, oblong, opposite below:
heads solitary and terminal or lateral, fls blue-rayed,
pappus single. A. Lychnitis, Linn . sometimes giown as
an evergreen glasshouse plant, has linear-lanceolate
hoary . Ivs and showy blue or violet fls. Summer
bloomer, a few inches nigh.
AMHERSTIA (Countess Amherst and her daughter,
Lady Amherst, promoters of botany in India) Legu-
nnnossp A monotypic genus comprising A. n6bilis,
Wall , one of the noblest of flowering trees, native to
India, where it reaches a height of 40 ft and more.
Fls. gaudy red, 8 m. long, with wide-spreading petals,
the upper ones gold-tipped, and colored petal-like
bracts, in long, hanging racemes Ivs pinnate, nearly
3 ft. long. The tree first flowered in Kng. in 1849. It
requires hothouse treatment The fls last only 2 or 3
days. Demands rich, loamy soil, and abundant moist-
ure during the growing season, alter which the woo<^
/nust be ripened farm Propagation is by seeds, more
often by cuttings of half-ripened wood under a glass,
with bottom heat of about 80°. Thrives well m the
open m Jamaica. B.M. 4453 F.S .5.513-516
N. TAYLOR.!
AMltNTHIUM: Zygadenua
AMlCIA (named for J B. Amici, Italian physicist,
born 1786) Lcguminotise Woody plants, one of which
its known in cultivation as a half-hardy greenhouse
subject, or in the open in warmer legions.
Straggling pellucid-dotted shrubs, or sub-shrubs,
with alternate abruptly pinnate Ivs and few Ifts fls.
rather large, papilionaceous, yellow, in axillary or termi-
nal racemes or rarely solitary, calyx with 2 very large
upper segms and very small lateral scgms.; stamens
equal fr very narrow, compressed, jointed — About 5
species m the mts of Mex to Bolivia
Zygomens, DC Eight feet, pubescent. Ifts 2 pairs,
obcordate or wedge -shape, mucronate fls large, pale
yellow with purple on the keel pod 2-jomted. Mex.
— Intro, m S. Calif ; unusual m greenhouses L nt g
AMMOBIUM (Greek, living m sand). Compdsitse.
Hardy herb, cult as an everlasting or immortelle.
Florets perfect, yellow, surrounded by a dry, silvery
white involucre, and subtended by chaffy scales;
pappus of 2 bristles and 2 teeth — Two or 3 Australian
species Commonly grown as an annual, but seeds are
sometimes sown in Sept , and the plant treated as a
biennial Of easiest culture, the seeds being sown where
the plants are to grow In the N , sow seeds in spnng
Cut the fls before they are fully expanded, and hang
in a dry, shady place They will then remain white
alatum, R Br Three ft or less high, erect and
branchy, white-cottony, the branches broadly winged,
early root-lvs ovate at the ends and long-tapering be-
low (javelin-shaped) , st -Ivs small and distant, entire
or nearly so. heads 1-2 in across, the involucre becom-
ing pearly white, petal-like, fls all tubular V 2 62.
Austral. A large-headed form is var. grand ifldrum,
Hort L H. B.
AMM6CHARIS (ammos, sand, chans, beauty).
Amarylliddcese Greenhouse bulb, cultivated for late
winter and spring bloom
Allied to Brunsvigia, but the perianth regular, the
tube cylindrical and straight, ovary flask-shaped and
narrowed to a neck — Two species in Cape of (Jood
Hope region (by some regarded as forms of one species)
A. falcata, Herb , with limb 4 times length of tube, and
A coranica, Burchell, B.R 139:1219 (as Amaryllis),
with limb only twice as long
falcata, Herb Bulb ovoid, sometimes 6-9 in
diam , with brown tunics Ivs 1-2 ft long, I in wide,
strap-shaped, spreading, produced in spring before the
bloom fls 20—40, in an umbel, bright red, fragrant —
A falcata requires rich, loamy soil It starts to grow m
the spring Give plenty of water during growing sea-
son in summer It can be cult out-of-doors When
perfected and finished in autumn, the bulb may be put
under the greenhouse bench, keep moderately dry in
sand or earth, may be potted in January, after which
it will soon throw out its fme, fragrant blooms
L II Bf
AMMOKIACAL CARBONATE OF COPPER: Fungicide
AMM<3PHILA (Greek, ammos, sand, and philein,
to love) Graminete Perennial grasses, with long,
creeping rootstalks and spike-like panicles spikelets
1-fld , awnless, the rachilla prolonged behind the palea
as a hairy bristle, lemma firm, about as long as the
glumes, hairy at the base, palea as long as lemma —
Species 1 or 2, on the sandy seacoast of Ku , the
Atlantic Coast of N. Ainer arid the shores of the
Great Lakes.
arenaria, Link (.4 arnndinacea, Host) BEACH-
GRASS MARRAM-GR\SS SE\ S \ND-REED PSAMMA
One to 3 ft blades long, somewhat involute panicle
?ale, several in or as much as a ft long Dept Agric ,
)iv Agrost 7:167, 14 11 Sand-dunes along the
seacoast — On account of the long, hard, branching
rootstocks, it has been much used as a sand-binder in
Eu and certain parts of Amer , especially Cape Cod
and Golden Gate Park in San Francisco
A S HITCHCOCK
AMOMUM (Greek-made name, referring to the
qualities as antidote for poisons) Zingiberdre;e Hot-
house ginger-like herbs with narrow entire leaves,
grown for the habit and foliage and for the flowers
m dense cone-like spikes
Amomurns are aromatic tropical and subtropical
plants, spreading by means- of hard rhizomes and form-
ing dense masses of handsome erect or spreading
annual sts. and linear, lanceolate or elliptic Ivs fls in
dense cone-like spikes or racemes, half hidden in the
floral-bracts, calyx funnel-shaped, split down one side,
only slightly toothed; corolla-tube cylindrical, little
longer than the calyx, the upper lobe curved, the 2
lower spreading and narrow, lip (stammode) large
and petal-like, mostly obovate-cuneatc, fertile stamen
with a narrow or a very slender filament, fr ovoid,
with a thick and fleshy exterior — About 50 species in
tropics of Asia, Afr and Pacific Isls , allied to Alpinia
and Elettana The "grains of paradise" are amomum
seeds, ot several species, probably mostly of A. Granum-
Paradisn and A Melegueta, they are used, or have been
used, for flavoring beverages Cardamons (aromatic
tonic seeds) are secured from species of Amomum and
from Elettana.
Some of the ainomuma are extremely handsome as
foliage plants, apart from their flowers. Many of the
species nave been confused with and included with the
genus Alpinia, but may be readily distinguished from
the flower-clusters, being borne on erect-solitary pe-
duncles arising fiom the base of the leafy stem or direct
AMOMUM
AMORPHA
275
from the rhizome, the inflorescence in Alpmia being
always terminal on the leafy shoot s They thrive m an
open soil, rich in humus ami with abundance of water
during the growing period They require a rest of
several months and to be kept on the dry Hide, but
not so dry m the case of the evergreen species as to
cause the leaves to shrivel
Cardamon, Linn CAHDAMON Plant, 4-H ft Ivs
thick, spicy, lanceolate fls brownish, m a recumbent
compound spike E Indies — Produces many of the
cardamon seeds of commerce Not to be confounded
with Elettana (Jarafkunomum (which see) Sometimes
seen in growing collections of economic plants Forms
very large clumps
Melegueta, Roscoe Plant 4-5 ft., the rhizome slender
Ivs lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous, 6-9 in long and 1
in or less broad, narrowed at base and nearly sessile
on sheath fls. solitary, 3-4 in long, short-pedunclerl ,
upper corolla-lobe 2-3 in long, lip 2 m or less broad,
pure white or tinged pink caps flask-shaped, 3 in. long,
red or orange when ripe Trop. Afr
Granum-Paradisu, Linn (A grand iflorum, Smith.
A AfzUn, lloscoe) Plant 4-5 ft sts red at base,
rhizome slender Ivs lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous,
4-8 in long and 1 % in or less broad at middle, wedge-
shaped at base and short -st alked on sheath fls 3-4 in
the spike, the peduncles 2-(5 in long, -white; corjlla-
lobes 2 in long, lip 2 m or less long, yel-
low at the throat caps ovoid, pubescent, ^-\
2-3 in long, much grooved. Guinea. B M
4603
angustifdlium, Sonn (A madagabairiense,
Lam A Danidln, Hook f A (Jlusn,
Ilanb ^1 erythrocrtrpurn, Hull ) Plant,
10-15 ft , the rhi/ome stout l\s oblong-
lanceolate, acute, thin and glabious, the
lo\\er ones 1 ft or more long and 3 in
broad, nearly sessile fls se\eial in spike,
yellow, tinged red, upper corolla-lobe oblong, \}'2 in
long, lip about as large as the lobe, deflexed W and
E Afr B M 1761, .V250
hemisphefencum, Baker Sts rlensel> tufted, 10-12
ft l\s distichous, short -petioled abo\e the sheathing
base, 1 1 _> ft long and 3 in bioad, cuspidate, gteen
above and claiet-brown beneath fls \en numerous, m
a globose he.ul, the outer bracts huge and empty,
obtuse, tinged bro\\n, the inner bracts neailv as long
as the fl , lobe.s of oahx and corolla green, lip strap-
shaped, einaiginate, red-bro\\n in middle and jellow at
edge Straits Settlements B M 7.">92
magnmcum, Benth & Hook f A species of large
dimensions, reaching, when planted out in a rich soil,
up to a height of 20 ft rhizomes branching fieelv, stout,
dark brown, green \\heii young If -st erect, arching at
top, terete Ivs distichous shortly petiolate, lanceolate
or elliptic, 1-2 ft long, acute, glabrous, upper side gieen,
(red when young) lower side suffused \vit.h reddish
brown peduncle stout, Solitary, 2-5 ft high, mil a
globose head with large bright scarlet and green
bracts, outer bracts 3 in long, ovate, or ovate-lanceo-
late, fls numerous, densely crowded near the center of
the head, sepals lanceolate, an inch long, prumose,
tinted with red, petals lanceolate, slightly longer than
the sepals, yellow, tinted with red. hp longer than the
corolla-lobes, red, with a margin of yellow Mauritius
B.M. 3192 (as Alpmia)
vitellmum, Lmdl Stemless, glabrous, 2 ft Ivs.
oval fls in oblong loose sessile spike, yellow, lip oblong
E Indies CO
vitUltum, Bull, not Hance A handsome dwarf ever-
green species with each leading shoot bearing 2-4 erect
or spreading elliptic Ivs 4-5 in in length, alternately
striped with silvery white and dark green on the upper
side, and dull green on the lower Habitat unknown
— Habit neat and compact, and similar m general
appearance to some of the calatheas Easily prop by
division of the rhizomes L H B
C. P RAFFILL.
AM6RPHA (Greek amorphos, deformed, the fls are
destitute of wings and keel) Legumindsx FALSE INDIGO.
Ornamental plants grown for their foliage and flo »vers
Shrubs, sometimes suffruticose. Ivs alternate, odd
pinnate, deciduous, with entire small Ifts fls in dense
terminal spikes, small, papilionaceous, but without
wings and keel, calyx eampanulate with 5 nearly equal
teeth or the lower ones longer, standard folded around
the stamens; stamens connate at the base, exserted
pod short, mdehiscent, slightly curved, with 1-2 seeds
— Ten to 15 closely related species in N Amer , south
to Mex Conspectus of all the
known species by Schneider in Bot
Gaz i3 297 (1907)
Amorphas are low or medium-
si/ed shrubs with graceful pinnate
foliage and small blue or purple
flowers, in dense upright spikes
Most of the species are hardy as
far north as Massachusetts, farther
north they must be considered as
only half-hardy They grow well in
sunny and somewhat
dr> situations but A.
tdicobo. prefers moist
soil, they are well
adapted for the bor-
ders of shrubberies
Propagation is usu-
ally by seeds , also by
greenwood cuttings
under glass in early
summer, or by hardwood cuttings,
placed in sheltered situations early
m fall and left undisturbed till the
following autumn They may be
grown, also, from layers and
suckers
A. Lowest pair of Ifts clot>e to the
st plant grayish or whitish
pubescent, suffrutico^c
canescens, Nutt LEAD-PLANT
Low shrub, 1-3 ft , densely white-canescent Ivs 2~i
in long, Ifts 21-49, nearly sessile, oval or ovate-lanceo-
late, acutish, 4-7 lines long fls blue, the spikes
crowded into terminal panicles pod tomentose June
Southern states Mn 5 707 B M 661S R H 1S96
2SO —Handsome free-flowering shrub of dense habit,
well adapted for rockeries and borders of shrubberies
m sunny and w ell-drained situations
herbacea, NY alt (A pubfacens, Willd .1 pumila,
Miehx" ) Low shrub, 2-4 ft , grayish pubescent Ivs.
2-6 m long, Ifts 11-37, elliptic to" oblong, rounded at
both ends, 4-0 lines long, pubescent or glabrous above,
beneath dotted with dark glands, short-petioluled. fls
varving from violet-purple to white, spikes in terminal
clusters pod glandular NC to Fla LBC 7:689.
\A Lowest pair of lj(t> remote from the st plant glabrous
or nearly ,so, rarely yellowish pubescent
B Calyx with the lower lobes elongated and pointed pod
curved on the bacL young qi owth finely tomenlow
fruticdsa, Linn BASTARD INDIGO Fig 189 Shrub,
5-20 ft Ivs 6-10 in long, Ifts 11-21, oval or elliptic,
1 2_i i/2 m long, mostly obtuse and rnucronulate spikes
dense, 3-6 in long, usually in panicles, fls dark purple
pods stout, glandular From W is and Pa south BR
5 127 —Interesting ornamental shrub of spreading
habit, with fine feathery foliage, remarkable for the
unusual color of its dark violet-purplish fls. A very
189 Amorpha
frutjcosa ( * %)
276
AMORPHA
AMORPHOPHALLUS
variable species; of the many varieties, the following are
probably the most important Var crdceo-lanata,
Mouillef (A crdceo-lanata, Wats ). Covered with yel-
lowish brown pubescence W D B 2 139 Var.
albifldra, Sheldon With white fls. Var caerillea,
Mouillef With pale blue fls Var pendula, Dipp
(A pendul-a, Carr ) With recurved or pendulous
branches Var hftmihs, Schneid (A humilis, Tausch)
Low form with smaller and narrower Ivs B.M. 2112
(as A nana) Var crispa, Kirchn Lvs with crisp
margin
tennessensis, Shuttlw Shrub, 5-20 ft • Ivs 6-8 in.
long, Ifts 13-55, elliptic-oblong to oblong-ovate,
^-^,in long, obtuse spikes clustered, to 6 in long;
fls. violet-purple pods slender, glandular Tenn
BB. Calyx with all the lobe* very shallow and rounded'
pod straight on the back young growth glabrous,
bloomy and purplish
glabra, Poir (A montana, Boynt ) Glabrous shrub,
to 6 ft high branches purplish Ivs 3-6 in long, Ifts
9-19, ovate or oval to oblong-ovate, 1 -2 in long,
obtuse, rounded at the base spikes clustered, 21^-6 in
long, fls blue, calyx-lobes very short and obtuse pods
nearly straight on the back with few glands Spring.
N. C to Ga and Ala
A cah/iirnica, Nutt Allied to V fruticosa Only very young
branches pubescent Ifts 11 17, oval to elliptic-oblong, obtuse,
broadly cuneato at the base spikes 2 I, to 12 in long Calif — A
cahfornira, Hook. <k Arn=\ hispidula - 1 taroliniAna, Croora
(A glabra, Boynt , not Poir ) Allied to V fruticosa Lfts numer-
ous, elliptic-oblong, about '2111 long, glabrous racemes several, 4 -8
in long pods nearly straight on the back .Summer N C to Fla
— A glabra, Boynt, not Poir — V carohmina — 4 hispidula,
Greene (\ cahfornica, Hook & Vrn , not Nutt ) Allied to A
fruticosa Branchlcts and petioles with prickly glands and pubes-
cent Ifts 17-2-1. ovate to oblong, villous npikos solitary, to 7 in
long pods very glandular C.ihi -A Itugota, Nutt Allied to \
fruticosa Glabrous Ifts ') Jl, remote-, elliptic to elliptic-oblong,
solitary or several, to 12 in long pod straight on the Y>aek, \ery
glandular Spring \rk , Texas Var pubficens, Gray (\ texana,
Buckl ) More or less pubescent Texas -A murophylla, Pursh
(A nana, Nutt ) One ft high Ifts small, ' i\i\ long, crowded,
glandular beneath spikes usually single From Mum and Iowa
west to Ilocky Mts — A montana, Boynt -=A glabrj — I nana,
Nutt =A microphylla, see also A fruticosa, var humilis — A
pamculata, Torr & Gray Shrub, to 12 ft high, grayish tomentose
Ifts 11-17, ovate-oblong or elliptic-oblong, 1-2 m long racemes
long and slender, pamcled Texas— 4 pubncw, \Villd =A htr-
bacea — A pumila, Michx =A herbacea — 1 texana, Bu<kl=\
Iscvigata var puboscens —A virgata, Small Allied to \ fruticosa
Perennial, 2-6 ft , sparingly branched Ifts broad, coriaceous spikes
single or few Southern states ALFRED RKIIDEB
AMORPHOPHALLUS (Greek-made name) Aracese
Giant aroids from the eastern tropics, grown as curiosi-
ties in hothouses
Leaves ample, petioles smooth or warty and variously
spotted, blade ample, 3-parted, the divisions pinnatmd*
spadix long, spathe (or "flower") funnel- or bell-shaped
at the base, springing from the great bulb-like tuber in
advance of the Ivs , the latter usually pedately com-
pound differs from Arum and related genera by tech-
nical characters Monogr by Engler in De Candollc's
Monographic Phanerogamarum, Vol 2, 1879
Amorphophalluses are propagated by offsets of the
tubers These offsets are miniature tubers which grow
out of the parent tuber They are taken off at the time
of potting, placed in pots just large enough to accommo-
date them, in a soil composed of loam, leaf-mold and
sand in about equal proportions and kept m a tempera-
ture of 65° to 70° They are rarely, if ever, propagated
by seeds in northern gardens, and for this reason,
together with their disagreeable odor when in flower,
they are not commonly grown The flowers are like a
huge calla except that the spathe and spadix are of a
dark chocolate color The odor is supposed to attract
carrion-loving insects, which pollinate the flowers in
their native home and bring about the production of
seeds Towards the end of March the plants should be
taken from their winter quarters and placed on the
190 Flower-stem and
bit of leaf of Amorpho-
phallus Rivien
stages of a moderately warm greenhouse and kept
moist, where, if the tubers are strong enough, they will
soon flower The leaves begin to grow immediately
after the flowering season Toward the end of May,
they should be planted out in the open ground, or they
may be used m subtropical bedding.
Plants should be lifted m the fall,
before frost, und potted in any
good, rich soil, and placed in a
warm greenhouse to ripen oft" the
leaves, after which they may be
stored away under the greenhouse
stages, or in anv convenient place
where the temperature does not
fall below 50°, giving just sufficient
moisture to keep the tubers from
shriveling (E J Canning )
Rivien, Dur DEVIL'S
TONCIUE SNAKE PALM
Fig 190 Scape (sent up
in early spring) preceding
the Ivs , 3-4 ft , dark-colored
and speckled with light
red It often 1 ft across,
pedatcly decompound, the
petiole mottled, standing on a
stalk like an umbrella spathe
rosy, calla-hke, with a long-pro-
jecting and slender, dark red,
slightly curved spadix, the whole
"flower" often measuring 3 ft
long Cochin China H H 1871,
p 573 Gn M 5 232 G W 14,
n 173 \ 7 110 —The best-
known species m American gar-
dens 11. is a strong and disagree-
able odor
campanulatus, Blume S MM *,i '* \\ \sii-Tun Scape
lowei (2 ft or less), spathe neail> 01 quite 2 ft broad
and 15 in high, with a homonlal, spieadmg fluted
border (not calla-hke), red-purple on the margin and
giayish, spotted white lower down, and becoming
purple in the center, spadix 10-12 in high, the purple
top enlarged and convoluted If much as in A Rivierf
tuber weighing 8-10 Ibs , shape of a flat cheese An
old garden plant from 10 Indies B M 2812 (as
Arum campanulatum) F S. 15 l(>02-3 GC 1872
1720, 1721; 111 5 755 G.W. 13, p 9
gigant&us, Blanc "Fl. larger than A campanulatus
(often 2 ft across) and much more pleasing in color,
shading from deep red to cream-color toward the
center The club-shaped spadix is daik maroon, with
yellow and red base Aftei flowering, the foliage-st
appears, — a stout st of deep green color, mottled with
gray After growing at the rate of several inches a day,
it expands into a large palm-like If , of a rich, dark green
color, often measuring 5 ft across " Blanc, 1892,
received "under this name from India " A catnpan-
ulatux('f). Probably not the A. giganteus of Blume
siml£nse, Blanc "Fl 15 in long, the inside of
peculiar golden color, spotted purple; the back is
metallic brown Fine palm-like foliage " The cut in
Blanc's catalogue shows a spathe produced into a long
fohaceous summit, and a long, slender, recurved spadix
Probably of some other genus perhaps Sauromatum.
1 Afzttn, Hort (Corynophallus Afzehi. Rchott)=>Hydro8tne
leonensis -A Eirhlerr, Hook f Spathe 2 in across, purple and
white spadix r> or 0 in high, thick, brown If single, much divided.
W Vfr H M 7001 —A Elhdttu, Hook Spathe short and broad,
dull pink with pale green spots IVH tripmnatifid, 18 in broad
BM7*4<)-4 Lacourn, Linden (Pseudodracontiurn Lacourn,
N K Br ) Petiolrs barred with yellow, blades much cut, green,
spotted white Cochin China III 25 H<> -4 Uonfnsw, Lem
Spathe b m long, pear-shaped, the tube bell-shuprd, white, dilated
into the dark purple limb which is striped arid npotted with white,
Ivs about 1 ft wide, tripmnatifid H M 77<»K — 1 L«>pnldiAnui,
Nichols (Hydrosme Leopoldiana, Mast ) Spat ho reddish, long
acuminate on one Hide, with undulate margins, spadix 2-3 ft , terete.
AMORPHOPHALLUS
AMPELOPSIS
277
recurved. If 2-3 ft across Congo IH 34 23,42, p 380— A.
mvdiiua, Ix>m , I H 12 424 = Dracontiurn aspcrum — A oncuphyllus.
Pram Spathe (3-7 m long, the tube-r broadly ovoid, white, striped
and spotted, the limb brown-purple with yellow spots Ivs tripin-
natifid Andaman Arch B AI 7327 ~A Praam, Hook f Tuber
6-10 in diain . not bulhiferous IVH 3-5 ft tail, the petiole green,
mottled gray-white on red , spathe -tube 2 in long, pale grren spotted
white, tho limb b-8 jn across, yellow, purple-brown inside at base
Perak — A Hfx, Pram A larger plant than A eampanulatus, the
tuber 1 ft across IVH 5-6 ft tall, the petiole purplish, marked gray
arid greon spathe campanulate, 12-18 in aeross, pale red-purple,
Bpadix with an appendage 10-11 in long Java — A tattvut, Blume
Petiole 2-3 ft tall, rugose, rough, white marked, caoh division of the
blade pinnate-parted, the eosta thick, white Molucca Ihls — A
Schwemfurthn N E Br Hpathe broad, reddish brown K Afr
—A TitAnum, Bocran One of tho most remarkable plants known
Tuber 5 ft in oirc If -stalk 10 ft If -blade 4-> ft in circ spathe
3 ft in diam , spadix H ft high Bloorm d at Kew in IK'H), the tubt r
dying thereafter Sumatra B M 7153-5 O C III 5 748 (as eon-
ophallus) — A inriAbilit, Blumo Lvs pmnatisect sp ithe erect, 5
in long, white itiHide, spotted outside, the margin rosy Java and
Philippines OC II 6 pp 680, h8l (aa Braehy-spatha) III III
33 493,6} 283— A mrt-nu, N E Br Snathe gre< n externally,
suffused with purple and spotted, internally lurid purple biam
B.M.6978. L H B
GKORGE V NASH
AMPELOPSIS (Greek ampehs, vine, and op*w, like-
ness) Vitace* Ornamental woody vines \vith hand-
some deciduous foliage and some species with orna-
mental fruits, used for covering trellis-work, pergolas,
arbors, low walls and the like.
Shrubs, climbing by tendrils branches with clo.se
lenticillate bark and white pith and with tendrils
opposite the Ivs Ivs alternate, petioled, simple, lobed,
digitate, pinnate or bipmnate fls small, greenish,
perfect, in diehotomous long-peduncled cymes opposite
the Ivs or terminal, eal>x indistinct, petals 5, or rareh
4, expanding, .stamens as many as petals, short, o\arv
2-celled \vith a .slender stvle, adnate to a distinct cup-
shaped di.sk, entire or erenulatc at the margin fr a
1-4-seeded berr> — About 20 species in N Amer ,
Cent and K Asia By some botanists united with Vitis,
which is easily distinguished, e\en m the winter state,
by its shredding bark and brown pith, also by t he pamcu-
191. Ampelopsis heterophylla var. amurensis. ( X
late infl and the petals cohering into a cap and falling
off as a whole, more closely related to Partflbnocissus,
which differs chiefly in its disk-bearing tendrils and the
absence of a distinct disk m the fl , still more closely to
Cissus, which differs in the fleshy sts , usually 4-merous
fls and 4-lobed disk Monogr by Planchon in De
Candolle, Monographic Phanerogamarum, 5.447-463.
The members of this genus are shrubs, climbing,
with twining tendrils, not clinging by disks to its sup-
port, of medium height, with variously divided, rarely
simple foliage, small greenish flowers, in peduncled
cymes, followed by blue or yellow pea-sized berries Most
of the species arc hardy North, but A. japonica, A.
megalophylla and A arborea are only half-hardy, while
A cantoniensis and A leeoidea can be grown only in
warmer temperate regions Page 3565.
They are not particular as to the soil and situation
but grow best m fresh and loamy land Where only a
light covering is desired, species like A japonica, A.
acomhfolia and A arboreu should be planted; A
heterophylla var amureriMK makes a rather dense cover-
ing and is well suited for the covering of parapets, low
walls and rocks, A megalophylla is a very strong grower,
with bold fohnge Some species, as A 'heterophylla and
particularly its var a mum* sis are very ornamental in
autumn with their bright blue profusely produced
berries
Propagation is by seeds and by hardwood or green-
wood cuttings All species may be propagated by
cuttings with a good eye, placed in sandy soil under
bell-glasses m September
INDKX.
ac onitifohd, 5 cordata, 5 napifurmis, 7
affiin^, "i DelavayaiM, C. palmiloba, 5
amurensis, 4. ditmtcta, r) rubruauh*, 5
arborea, H He gans, 1 icrjanid folia, 7.
bijnnnnte, 8 hete rophylla, 2, 4, 6 ' ' "
huinulifolia, 1
breupn'unculata, 4
cantor iPiwijj, 10
megalophylh, 4
rmrans 2
tricolor. 4
tnjMirtita, 5
tuberosa, 7
A Lv*> Dimple or lobed
B Under side of /rs whihth iVs of firm texture
1 humulifdha, Bunge Lvs broadly ovate, 3-5-
lobed, sometimes only slight Iv so, 3-5 in long, truncate
or Mibcordate at the base, acute err acuminate, bright
green and lustrous above, gl.iucescent and glabrous or
hairy beneath cvmes slender peduncled fr few and
small, usuallv pale j el low with bluish cheek, or pale
vellow or erihrelv |>.de> blue N China — This species
has been alwajs confused with A heterophylla, from
which it is easily distinguished by the firmer texture of
Ivs , their pale whitish undei side and the color of the
frs It is very hardy and the foliage has the appearance
of that of a true Vitis
2 micans, Rehd (H/?s repent*, Veitch, not Wight
& Arn ) Shrub, climbing to 20 ft young growth
purplish' branchlets glabrous Ivs triangular-ovate
and not lobed or broadl> ovate and slightly 3-lobed,
subcordate or sometimes tunicate at the base, short-
acuminate, the lobes acute, coarsely eremite-serrate,
dark green and with a velvet j sheen above, glauces-
cent below, 2-4 in long cv mes long-stalked and rather
dense fr dark blue Cent China — Has proved hardy
at the Arnold Arboretum Var cinerea, Ilehd (A
helerophylla var cinerea, Gagnep ) Lvs grayish
pubescent on both sides or only below, often deeply
3-5-lobed
BB Under side of fe.s green Ivs. membranous.
3 cordata, Michx (Titos indivisa, Willd Cissus
Ampeltipbis, Pers ) Nearly glabrous Ivs corelate,
roundish-ovate, not or slightly 3-lobed, acuminate,
acutely serrate, pale green beneath, usually pubescent
on the veins cj'mes loose, slender-stalked berries bluish
or greenish From 111 and Ohio south Mn N.2.6.
1 heterophylla, Sieb & Zucc (V\tis htterophylla,
Thunb ) Branchlets glabrous or hairy Ivs cordate,
3-5-lobed, with rounded sinuses, sometimes slightly
3-lobcd, lobes serrate or incised, shining green beneath
and usually glabrous or sometimes hairy, 1 V£-3 in.
long cymes on stalks J^-2H m. I°n8 fr- changing from
pale lilac to verdigris color and finally bright blue or
278
AMPELOPSIS
AMPHIRAPHIS
sometime finalh whitish July, Aug., fr Sept., Oct.
E Asia. B M 5682 (as rar. humulifolia) . Gt 1813.
765 On 10, p 451. Var. Slegans, Koch (A. tricolor,
Hort A. Siebdldu, Hort FUw, helerophylla var.
vanegata, Nichols.). Lvs smaller, blotched and striped
with white; flushed pink when young, slow-growing
and tenderer. Gn. 54, p. 5. — A handsomely colored
form, adapted for planting in \ases and baskets.
Vcir citrulloldes, Schneid (.1 citrullaldes, Lebas) Lvs.
deeply lobed with rather narrow smuately lobed
Begms Var amurensis, Planch (A bretnpedun-
culata, Koehne Vltit> breiipedunculdta, Dipp.) Fig
191 Branchlets and petioles usually hairy Ivs slightly
3-lobed, 2-4 in. long, lobes crenately serrate, hairy
beneath, at least on the veins cymes rather dense fr.
darker blue — The variety is a stronger grower than
the type and strikingly beautiful in autumn with its
variously coloied berries, it is well adapted for cover-
ing low walls, rocks and trellises
AA LVJ 3-G-partcd or dictate, at least partly, with
usually lobed segmt.
B. Segms of the Ivt pinnately lobed or only serrate;
the lower Ivt sometimes only lobed.
5 acomtifdha, Bunge (A. dissecta, Carr. A. aconiti-
fdha var dmecta, Koehne A aff\ms var. dissecta,
Hort ) Branchlets glabrous* Ivs 5-parted, the segrns.
pmnately lobed with rather narrow-toothed or entire
lobes, 2-3 in long, green beneath, glabrous or hairy on
the veins, berries small, orange when fully ripe, some-
times bluish before ripening Summer, fr. in autumn.
N China R II 1868, p 10, 1883, p 318 Gn 5, p.
523 G 1 396 — Vcr> handsome vine with finely
divided foliage Var palmlloba, Rehd (.1 ptilmUoba,
Carr A tujxirtita, Carr A rubncauhs, Schneid)
Lvs usually 3-parted, the lower ones often only 3-lobed,
segms often rather broad, coaisely toothrd, rarely
pinnatmd R II 1867, p 10 J II S~ 28: 87 (form with
rather narrow segms )
6 Delavayana, Planch (A heterophylla var Dela-
vayana, Gagnep F)/?9 Delavayana, Franch ) Young
growth hairy and usually purplish Ivs cordate at the
base, partly 3-lobed and partly 3-parted, 2-5 in long,
segms. coarsely crenately toothed, dark green and nearly
glabrous above, light green arid pubescent beneath or
sometimes glabrous, the middle segm elliptic-oblong,
cuneate, the lateral ones very unequal cymes on pe-
duncles 1 in. or less long fr dark blue or bluish black.
Cent China JHS28.102 — A strong-growing vine,
hardy.
HB. tiegms of the Ivs pinnule, the pinnsp separate from
the winged rachis
7 jap6nica, Makmo (A serjamafdha, Bunge.
Fl/?.s wrjanid folia, Maxim A napifornn^, Carr A.
tuberdsa, Carr ) Roots tuberous, plant glabrous Ivs.
3-5-parted or digitate, chartaceous, shining and dark
green above, the divisions pinnate, \vith winged rachis,
the pinna1 separate from the wings, beiry small, blue,
punctate Japan, N China Gt 16 531 R H. 1870,
p 17. Gn 6, p 365 I.T 5 176— Very handsome
vine with its lustrous and dark green, finely cut tohage,
but somewhat tender
AAA Lvs bipinnate or pinnate, IJts distinctly stalked.
B. Lfts. usually }^-l in. long, very coarsely toothed
8 arbdrea, Koehne (A bipmndta, Michx Vlhs
bipinndla, To IT & Gray Cissus stdns, Pers ) PEPPER
VINE. St erect or somewhat climbing: Ivs. bipinnate,
4-8 in long, pmme and Ifts. on each segm usually 5;
Ifts broadly ovate or cuneate-obovate, coarsely toothed,
Yl-V/i m long, veins beneath and rachis usually hairy:
berries dark purple Summer, fr in autnmn Southern
states, Mex. B B 2, p 2409 —Handsome vine with
bright green finely cut foliage, not hardy N.
C
BB. Lfts. usually 2-4 in. long, crenale-serrate
9 megalophylla, Diels & Gilg. (Vitis megalophylla,
Veitch). Climbing to 30 ft , glabrous. Ivs long-
jtioled, 6-15 in or sometimes longer, the larger ones
npinnate; the lower pinnae with 3-9 Ifts , the lowest
pair often 3-lvd.; Ifts petioled, ovate or ovate-oblong,
2-5 m long, rounded or subcordate at the base, mem-
branous, remotely serrate, pale or glaucescent beneath,
veins nearly straight, ending in the teeth fr bluish
black, in loose cymes W China JUS 28 -10, 86, 97.
Gn 05, p 45 — Strong-gi owing vine, hardier and larger
in every part than the following
10 cantome'nsis, Planch (Villa canton ient>is, Seem ).
Lvs long-pctioled, similar to the preceding species but
smaller, Ifts 1—3 in long, cuneate or lounded at the
base, sometimes nearly seshile, chartaceous, remotely
and often indistinctly crenate-serrate, veins arching:
fr violet or pale violet S China to Malay Pemns
4 Dniithana, Mott =»Vitw Piasezku —A dumettrum, Hort =
Parthenoci-«us vit.icea — .1 Enuelmdnnn, Hort =Parthcuocissua
qumqiK folia var Kmrelrnamui --A (Intebnen, Bolk-=Parthenocis-
sus qumqiK folia var hirsuta —A hetln&cea, DC =ParthenocissU8
qmnquefoli.i — 1 Hen-ryona, Hort =*Parthenoussus Henryana —
4 heplnphylto, Buckl -^Parthcnocissus heptaphylla — .1 himalay-
ana, ttoyle-=Parthenocissu'S himalayana — A hiniUa, Don =-Par-
tlu nocivsus <iuui(|uetolia viir hirsutu —.4 II6oun, Hort -=Parthe-
nooissus tricuspidata — .4 tncomtam, Ilort ==Parthenocissus tn-
cuipidHta — 1 japonicn, Hort ^=Parthenoeissus tncuspidata — 4.
letmdei. Planch (\itisleeoides.Maxim) AlludtoA mogalophylla
Lvs usually pinnate, sonic-times the lower Ifts -{-leaved, Ifts 5-7,
ovate-oblong, 2-t'a m long, rounded or broadly euneate at the
ba-,e, re mottly serrate S Japan Tender J H S 28 T>, Ob — A
Ltwn, H..rt —Parthenou.sus tncuspidata var Lown —A rmuro-
phylla, Hoit ==Parthtnoeissus vitacea var mucrophylla —A mu-
ruZjs, Hort ==Partht nonssus quinqiu ioliii var muroium -.1 »ri-
entahs Planch (Vitis oricntahs, Boiss ) Allied and wry similar
to V arbortu petioles longer, Ivs ovate-«>lliptic, quite glabrous
petals and stamens! Orient (J C 1871 lhl> — 4 puhfueni,
/<Mi«? Michx ^ Purthpnorissii^Viuinnm'fdm — T^ra./ican/Nv'ma"
Sclu 11< =P.uthinotissus qumquefoha var murorum —A radican-
tlxnm>i. Hurt =Parthcnocissus qumquefoha var hirsuta— 4 Hoy
lei, Hort =Parthenocissua qumquefoha var murorum and P tn-
cuspidata — .1 St Fauln, Hort =Parthenocissus qumquefoha var.
St Piulu -- 1 spwppriirc^'.Hort =»('issus stnata — A Thfimsonu,
Hort -=Pirth(noussusThomsonii —4 tncuspnlrttn &nd 4 Vefahii,
Hort — Parthonodssus tncuspidata — 4 mraimuna, Hort =Par-
thencx »su, q.um,u, folia ALFRED REUDEK
AMPELOPOVlTIS: Vitis
AMPHICARP^A (Greek, alluding to the two kinds
of pods) Spelled also Amphicarpa Ltguminbbx IIoo
I^ANUT A genus of ti-8 species of herbaceous peren-
nial vines of E N Amer and India, considered by some
to contain also the species now credited to Falcata.
Fls of 2 kinds, the upper axillary, lacemose and
showy, the lower apetalous, feitile, and borne in the
lower axils — Not in the American tiade and cult only
in botanic gardens The only common species are A.
monaica, Ell (Falcata comosa, Auct ), and A Pitchtn,
Torr & Gray Both are pubescent or glabratc vines,
with tnfoholate Ivs , white or purplish fls , and rather
conspicuous pods. — Of little value horticulturally
N TAYLOK
AMPHfCOME (amphi, both, and korne, hair, the
seeds having a tuft of hair at both ends) Bignomacese.
Greenhouse herbaceous rockery plants from the Hima-
layas, with large, rosy, funnel-shaped, 5-lobed fls.
which arc axillary or terminal Ivs alternate, unequally
pinnate -—Species 2
arguta, Royle Height 3 ft Ivs. radical, the Ifts in
3-4 pairs, sessile, lanceolate, acuminate deeply serrate:
fls in terminal racemes, fewer than m tne next ; corolla-
tube rose-colored, trumpet-shaped; calyx-lobes long,
awl-shaped P M 6 . 79. — Intro by Montanoso Nur-
series
A Kmf>dn, Koyle Height 1 V*-3 ft Ifts in 5-7 pairs, cordate-
ovate, obtuse, shortly petiolulate, margin crenate-lobate fls at
first corymbose, corolia-tubo and throat orange, calyx-lobes
short, thick, fleshy BM 4890 Gn 8, p 25, 38, p 458 FS 11;
1109 N. TAYLOR f
AMPHIRAPHIS: Mtcroglosaa
AMSONIA
AMSONIA, (narned for Charles Amson, colonial
physician m eighteenth century) Called also Ansonui.
Apocynacesc Plants sold for border planting, mostly
among shrubbery, but little known in cultivation
Tough-barked perennial herbs with alternate narrow
Ivs and terminal, panicles of blue or bluish narrow-
limbed small fls in May and June, the inside of the
corolla-tube bearing reflexed hairs and also the 5 sta-
mens fr two long and slender many-needed follicles —
About a dozen species in K II S and E Asia Prop,
mostly by dividing the clumps, also by seeds, and by
cuttings in summer
Tabernaemontana, Walt. (A saiicifbha, Pursh A
Amsbriia, Brit TaberrHernont&na Amsbnia, Linn )
Glabrous or nearly so, 2-3 ft . Ivs. willow-like, ovate to
lanceolate, acuminate, alternate, short-petioled fls.
many, with lanceolate spreading lobes, succeeded by
slender, milkweed-like follicles or pods 2-3 in long.
Holds its foliage late Pa to I< la and Texas B M
1873. L B C 6 592 B R. 15) (as A lattfolia)
angustifdha, Miehx Villous when young, the st
1-3 ft Ivs linear to lance-linear, an inch or two long,
much crowded, margins becoming revolute: corolla-
lobes ovate-oblong to linear-oblong Dryland, N C ,
to Texas. L. H B.
AMYGDAL6PSIS: TVunu*
AM^GDALUS (Greek-made name, referring to the
furrowed pit) Rosaces A name given to the peaches,
apricots and their km, but here treated as a section of
the genus Prunus, which t>ce
AMYRIS (etymologically allied to myrrh, in allusion
to the odor) Rutacese TORCH-WOOD Some 10 species
of shrubs and trees ranging from the S U S to Cent
Amer and W Indies, a few of which have been men-
tioned as evergreen cult plants in hothouses Lvs
alternate, compound but Ifts sometimes reduced to 1
as m some other rutaceous plants fls white, in axillary
or terminal spikes, sepals ana petals 4, stamens S fr
an ovoid or globose drupe, \\ith a single stone —
Apparently none of the species is in cult in this country,
although A balsamlfera, Linn , of S Fla and the W
Indies, A Plumicn, DC , of the W Indies, and A
braziMnsit (properly Prbtium brazihfnse, of the Bur-
seracea?) may occur
ANACAMPSEROS (Greek-made name, of no sig-
nificance here) Portnlacdccse LO\E-PL\NT Succulent
herbs, of a dozen
species, from the Cape
of (iood Hope, but not
grown in this country
except in botanic gar-
dens They are green-
house plants, with
ovate fleshy Ivs . fls
racemose, expanding in
the sun , petals 5, fuga-
cious, sepals 5, oblong
Prop by seeds or by
cuttings of sts or hs
The commonest species
is A arachnoldes, Sims,
a peculiar, cobwebbed,
green - Ivu succulent,
with simple racemes of
white fls. BM 1368.
A Bdrden, Hort , "is a
Pyrenean alpine plant of
easy culture in border or
rockery, purple fl» , late-
blooming The namo is
apparently unknown m
botanical literature
N TAYLOR.f 192 Aiucardium occidental*
AXAGALLIS
279
193 Amagalhs arveasn
ANACARDIUM (name refers to the heart-shaped
character of the nut) Anacardiaceae Eight species
native to the American tropics, of which one (yielding
lKttt ^ the cashew nut) is widely culti-
vated in tropical countries
Trees and shrubs with
kathery alternate Ivs fls.
fainall and numerous in pani-
cles, polygamous, calyx 5-cleft;
petals 5, very narrow , stamens
7-10 ir kidney-shaped, borne
on a greatly enlarged hard
receptacle.
occidentale, Lmn CASHKW
l<ig 192 A large, spreading
tree with milky juice, very im-
patient of frost, and therefore
adaptable only to extreme S
Fla in the U S : Ivs oval or
obovate, rounded, or even
emargmateat the top- fls rosv-
tmted, fragrant, in clusters ter-
minating the young branches
nut kidney-shaped or heart-
shaped, the size of a large
bean, the kernel edible Thi^
nut (about I in long) i^
borne on a fleshy recep-
<i%-^^. tacle (the cashew apple,
vr-~-/ *'ig 33) which is about
</^*'^f!\ "^ ** 1U m&k when mature,
^-F ^v'J white to yellow and red,
and is sweetish-sour and
edible Gn ll,p 211 —
A vinous liquor is made from the apple The kernel of
the nut vields oil, and is edible when roasted, the shell
of the nut is exceedingly acrid, even the fumes from the
roasting being highly irritant The, tree yields a gum
which is the babis of a varnish, being used to protect
books and woodwork from the ravages of white ants and
other insects The tree grows 20-40 ft high Some-
times grown under glass m collections of economic
plants, prop then by cuttings of mature wood with
Ivb retained L H B
ANAGALLIS (dreek, delighting) Pnmutiicea> PIM-
pniiNbL Low annual, biennial or perennial herbs cul-
tivated in the open fot their numerous bright-colored
Stems mobtly angular, bearing opposite alternate or
3-whorled entire Ivb fls axillary, mostly solitary,
Ubiiallv not longer than the Ivs , in shades of red, blue
or white, the corolla rotate or rotate-bell-shaped and
with lobes obovate or linear which are either entire or
toothed, stamens 5, attached in the base of the corolla,
the filaments usually bearded fi a globose caps , cir-
cumscissile — Two dozen species of interesting little
plants mostly with trailing 01 procumbent sts , in
many parts of the world Pax and Knuth, Engler's
Pflanzenreieh, hft 22 321-334.
The pimpernels are of simple culture They thrive
in a warm soil, the seeds of the annual species being
planted where the plants are to grow The perennial
kinds are increased by division, or by cuttings of \oung
growths started under glass All of them are free-flower-
ing and attractive minor plants The many forms m
gardens are probably all referable to two species
A Lvs ovate
arvgnsis, Lmn. (A pulchtlla, Sahsb. A orientals,
Hort A Monflln, Bieb , not Linn ) COMMON PIM-
PERNEL, or POOH MAN'S WEATHERGLASS (fls close at
approach of bad weather) Fig 193 Annual sts
procumbent or ascending, the branches becoming long,
slightly winged. Ivs opposite or in 3's, sessile fls scar-
let varying to white, the lobes broadly obovate and
280
ANAGALLIS
ANCHUSA
obtuse and the edges finely toothed Eu , Asia, and
sparingly run wild m N Amor Var phoenicea, Gren &
Godr. Fls red, corolla-lobes mostly glandular-cihate
at top. Var caerftlea, Gren. <fe Godr (A. cxriilea,
Schreb. A.vertmlldta, All). Fls blue, lobes not glan-
dular and slightly ciliate. Var. latifdlia, Lange (A.
latifdha, Linn.). Fls blue. Ivs very broad plant btout.
B.M. 2389
A A. Lvs linear or linear-lanceolate (except perhaps in
var Monelhi)
linifdlia, Linn. (A. angustifbha, Sahsb. A. fruticbsa,
Vent A grandijldra, Andr .,1 Philipsn, Hort.). Per-
ennial or biennial sts woody at base, \-\l/i ft Ivs.
opposite or verticillato, sessile, acute, margin often
revolute' fls blue, reddish underneath, the lobes obo-
vate, obtuse and entire W Medit region B IV I 831.
Var Mone'llii, Knuth (A Monclln, Linn , not Bieb.
A WiUmoredna, Don) Lvs often in 3's, somewhat
broader (even to ovate or ol)long) corolla longer
Var collina, Ball (A coUina, Sehousb ) Large, sts
thick fls rose-colored or puiphsh (not blue) Var
microphylla, Ball. Many-std , branches ascending Ivs.
small, lanceolate, fls blue, reddish beneath
L H B
ANANAS (modified from aboriginal S Ainer name)
Written also Ananasta Bromdiactje Stove herbs, al-
lied to the billbergias, and demanding the same general
treatment As ornamental subjects, grown mostly for
the rosette of rigid Ivs and the strange, often colored
head of fleshy fls , which are 6-cleft, with 6 stamens and
1 style The ripe head is composed of the thickened
ractiis, in which the fleshy berry is imbedded, and the
fleshy persistent bracts, in the pineapple, the fls are
abortive Prop, by the leafy crown or topknot, by
long and sword-shaped, stiff, more or less rough-edged
The same stalk does not bear a second time, but a new
shoot may arise from the same root and bear fruit.
Better results are usually secured by severing the
sucker or crown, and growing a new plant. American
194 Ananas sativus (pineapple).
strong suckers, or by small offsets from the base- these
are treated as cuttings, being rooted in sand with bottom
heat, or in the S set directly in the field Monogr. by
Mez, DC., Monogr Phaner 9.
sativus, Schult. f PINEAPPLE, which see for field cul-
ture Fig. 194. Plant producing a single shaft 2-4 ft.
high, and when 12-20 mos old bearing a head, or pine-
apple, on the top of which is a rosette of stiff Ivs Ivs.
195. Ananas sativus var vanegatus ( x
tropics B M l55l(itoBromebaAminai>) BR 1081
(as A bracteata] — There is a common cult form (var
varugatus or btrntifbhuti], Fig 195, with stuped Ivs
Gn. 51, p 57 A I'otlennu^, Koch, is a form of A
sativus, with olive-green, sharp-spmed Ivs with a > el-
low central band G \V 5, p 51 A UK fnn-ffnnu'ists,
Hort , is another form (mtro by Pitcher & Mtinda, 1891 )
A bnictrtihn, Sr hult f , is i showy sprue s \\ ill '
Regarded by Mez as a'fonn of A simim ^1 m,i,i<><!
hkeabronuha, haslarnr tootlndbr.Hts Brazil —1
Hort , a form of A satrvui probibly, luis varu gated M>i"< li^ Ivs.
L 11 B
ANAPHALIS (Greek name of a similar plant) Com-
pdwte' K\RRLASTI\<; Haidy border plant, useful for
immortelles A genus of .30 species, niu< h like Anten-
nana, but differs in the pappus-bristles of the stami-
nate fls not being thickened (these are thickened up-
wards in that genus) and the st leafy
margantacea, Berith <fe Hook A foot or two high,
with many conrnbose heads, white l\s sessile, linear-
lanceolate, long-pointed involucre pearh white, hence
the value of the plant as an everlasting N Amer.
and Asia — The plant from Asia, \vith jellowfls , is per-
haps better referred to A (innnrnbrma, Clarke, but is
hardly separable from the tvpe. It is offered as
a yellow everlasting N. TAYLOR.!
ANARRHINUM (.smw/fr.s.s). Srrophulari&cesp. A
dozen biennials and perennials of S Eu and N Afr.
Allied to Antirrhinum, but not cult in this country,
except m botanic gardens Fls .small, in interrupted
spike-like racemes, white or blue Easily grown in
ordinary garden soil, but not certainly hardy north of
New York Known also as Simbulata
ANASTATIC A: Resurrection Plant
ANCHUSA (anchou^a, a paint for the skin) Bora-
ginacese ALKANET Hardy annual, biennial or perennial
plants, with blue or purple fls in pamcled scorpioid
racemes or sometimes in headhke clusters, the corolla
trumpet-shaped and the throat closed by scales Ivs.
alternate, usually hairy — Of easy cult in sunny position
except A italica var "Dropmore," which is best
suited in partial shade. Prop by seed generally, but old
perennials may be root-divided in spring
A. Fls. small, like forget-me-nots.
Barreli&ri, Vilm. Peienmal: height 2 ft : Ivs ovate-
lanceolate, smaller and shorter than in A italica: fls.
ANCHUSA
ANDROMEDA
281
blue, with a white tube and pink or yellow throat. May.
Eu and Asia Minor. B M. 2340 —Valued for its
earhness and for cut-fls. The least common of the 3
species
officmalis, Linn. Biennial or perennial, 1-2 ft. : Ivs.
lanceolate, hairy, radical ones clustered' fls opening in
pairs, bright blue or purple, in loose, one-sided spikes
June-Oct Eu — Effective in masses and of easy cult.
The common aikanet
capensis, Thunb. Biennial, height 1H ft • Ivs.
narrowly lanceolate and less hispid than in A ilahca.
fls red-margined, with a white throat; buds red,
calyx inflated after the fl. has withered, divisions short-
obtuse June-Sept Cape of Good Hope. B.M 1822 —
Fine for cut-fls Often winterkilled, but seeds itself
freely, north of Boston best treated as a coolhouse
plant. Var. filba, Hort., has white fls.
AA Fix Ifirge
italica, Ret 2 Perennial height 3-5 ft.' Ivs. largest
of the 3 species here contrasted, ovate-lanceolate,
rough, shining; radical ones sometimes 2 ft long fls
bright blue Medit B M 2107 LBC14'1383 —
If not allowed to go to seed, will bloom continuously
from June to Sept Commonest and perhaps best
species Var Dr6pmore. Fig 106 Three ft fls purple,
in loose heads Best suited to partial shade Var
superba, Hort , hah very dark blue fls
A Aadnllm, 1-elim L\s linear Siberia Rare — A myuivhdi-
flbra, L( Inn IAS large, radical ones long-rx tiolate, cordati -reru-
lanoolm,1 'cili-iti" Inly, \UK-4
broadly oxatr. low i rom -^pctiol Ue race
at the base Eu Esteemed in Prance
ANDA. Joa
rt, generally bracted
N TAYLOH f
Propagation is by seeds, which are usually freely pro-
duced, and also by greenwood cuttings under glass.
None of the species is in the trade
A cdlchica, Fisch & Mey Shrub, to 2 ft , usually lower, glau-
cescent, glabrous IVM ovate, obtuse, ^j- HID long petals 5, filiform,
as long aw the glands of the di*k, much shorter than the calyx caps,
depressed-globose, '/sin thick Asia Minor — A cordifdlia, Muell.
Arg Shrub, to 3 ft Ivs ovate to oblong, rarely cordate at base,
obtuse, 1-2 in long, soft pubescent beneath petals spathulate, disk-
glands membranous caps depressed-globose, %m thick K India
—A fruhcdsa. Linn A greenhouse shrub from 8 China with ovate
or broadly ovate, short-stalked l\s , l-l % in long, and small green-
ish white, short-stalked fls , stammate as well as pistillate m axil-
lary rlustern of d-6, IN now refrrnd to Breynia as B fruticosa,
Benth It IB probab y no longer m cult B M 1S62 and L B C 8
7J1 fas Phyllanthus turbuiata) — 1 phyllanthotdes, Muell Arg
(A Roemermna, MueJl Arg) Shrub, to 3 ft with slender glabrous
branches Ivy oval to obo\ atr, obtuse, U-l m long, glabrous or
slightly pulxHcent beneath, petals little shorter than the sepals.
obovate, dentate near the ape>
globose, about J$m thick M,
, dink-glands thick' caps depressed-
to Ark and Texas
ALFRED REHDER
ANDROClfMBIUM (name referring to arrangement
of stamens around a <M\it\) Lilidcesc A dozen or
more species of bulbous plants growing from the
ANDERA (Brazilian name) Lequrnnibsx AISGELEEN
TREE Hothouse trees
Trees, with conspicuous fls in racemes' calyx 5-
toothed or entue, keel petals distinct, ovary stalked
fr a loundi-h 1 -seeded pod — Nearly 30 species of
Tropical American and African
T\vo or three species are hometimes cultivated m
hothouses in the Old World and in American botanic
gardens They must be grown in rich loam and peat in
the warmhouse Propagation is bv cuttings of ripened
wood in sand under bell-jar, with bottom heat
in^rmis, HBK CABB\GE TRKE A tree 20-35 ft •
Ivs impan-pmnate, with 13-15 ovate-lanceolate and
acute Ifts fls in terminal panicles, purple, on short
pedicels W. Indies and Brazil. N. TAYLOR.
ANDRACHNE (ancient Greek name). Euphor-
biace<e Low shrubs with bright green foliage, of little
ornamental value; sometimes grown in botanical
collections.
Shrubs or perennials Ivs alternate, usually entire"
fla small, monoecious or incompletely dioecious, axillary,
5-G-merous; stammate in clusters, with petals smaller
than the sepals, stamens with free filaments, not exceed-
ing the sepals, pistillate usually solitary, with very
small petals, sometimes wanting, ovary 3-celled with
3 distinct, 2-cleft or 2-parted styles' fr a subglobose or
depressed caps , separating into 3 2-valved carpels, 6-
seeded — Ten or 12 species in N, Amer , Peru, Asia, N.
and S. Afr , Malay Archipelago
These are low deciduous shrubs similar to Securinega,
but smaller, with small bright green leaves, slender-
stalked whitish inconspicuous flowers m axillary clus-
ters or solitary, appearing during the summer followed
by small greenisn brown capsular fruits. There are
three species in cultivation, of which two, A. phyllan-
thoides and A colchica, have proved hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum; they may be used in borders of
shrubberies They seem to grow in any soil, if it is well-
drained, and prefer sunny positions
196 Anchusa italica, Dropmore variety ( x
Medit region to S Afr , one or two of which may be
expected in choice greenhouse collections Bulb?
tumcated sts subterranean, from which arise a few
narrow Ivs fls few, in short spikes and subtended by
showy bracts in spring or summer A. melanthoidesr
Willd , of S and Cent Afr , recently intro., has bulb
like minute tulip Ivs 2-4, from 3-0 in. long fls small,
borne m clusters m axils of large bracts which reach 3
m long and some of which are white, green-veined.
GC III 45 315, desc A. leucinthum, Willd. (A
punctdium, Baker, in part), of S Afr , has few whitish
fls. in dense umbel and 4 spreading Ivs.
ANDR6MEDA (Greek mythological name). Encd,-
cex. Ornamental low plants grown for their evergreen
foliage and for their flowers
Evergreen shrubs Ivs short-petioled, narrow, entire
fls m terminal umbels, pedicelled, calyx small, 5-
toothed; corolla urceolate with 5 short recurved lobes,
stamens 10 with anstate anthers opening with pores
caps, dehiscent into 5 valves; seeds numerous, small
— Two species through the northern hemisphere
282
ANDROMEDA
ANDROSACE
The andromedas are low e\ ergreen shrubs with binall
and narrow foliage and small pinkish flowers in terminal
umbels They are perfectly hardy North and suited
for borders of evergreen shrubberies and for rockeries
and grow best in peaty or sandy and moist soil and in
half-shady positions
Propagation is by seeds, sown thinly soon after matur-
ity, in pots or pans of sandy peat soil, placed in a cool
frame They germinate easily if sown in cut sphag-
num, but must be pricked into boxes as soon as they
can be handled. Cuttings from mature wood, placed
in sand under glass in fall, and kept in a cool green-
house dunng the winter, will root easily, also increased
by layers. See, also, Leucothoe, Chamydaphne, Piens
and Zenolna.
polifdlia, Linn. (A. rosmannifdha, Pursh). Fig. 197.
One-half to 2 ft.: branchlets usually not glaucous. Ivs.
narro.w-oblong to lin-
ear, %-\Y2 m long,
whitish-glaucous be-
neath, but not to-
mentose, later some-
times green, revolute
at the margin fls
nodding on blender
pedicels, 2-4 times as
long as the globose-
urceolate corolla:
caps brownibh, ob-
ovoid or subglobose,
^as high as broad.
June. N. Eu , N.
Asia, rare in the
colder regions of N
" Amer L B C 18.
1714 G W 12. p 50
(habit) —Varies with
narrower and broader
Ivs On account of its
slender-stalked fls ,
more graceful than
the following species
glaucophylla, Link.
Similar to the pre-
ceding, but young
branchlets glaucous* Ivs white beneath, with a fine
tomentum fls. on curved thick pedicels, rarely twice
as long as the urceolate corolla caps depressed,
glaucous June. N E Amer , south to Minn and Pa.
L BC 6 546; 16' 1591; 18:1725 —Varies like the pre-
ceding species with broader and narrower Ivs
A acuminata. Ait — Leucothofe populifoha — A arbtirea, Linn
=Oxydrndrum arboreum — A uflldrti, Michx =lx;ucotho6 Catcs-
bflfi — A axiltaris, Lam =L axillans — A calyculfiln, Linn =Cha-
majdaphne calyculata — A carnpanulAta, Miq =Knkianthua cam-
panulatus — A cdndida. Hort =Zenobia pulverulenta —A cas-
ainixfdha, Vent =Z pulverulonta —A CMesban, Walt =Louoothoe
C»tesbspi — .4 ctrnua, Miq =Enkianthus cornuus — A dealbfita,
j,mdl —Zenobia pulvorulcnta — A fastigifita, Wall =Cassiope fas-
tigiata — A ferruginea, Walt =Lyonia ferrugmea — A fionbunda,
Pur«h=Pieri9 flonbunda — A formdsa, Walt =Piens formoaa — A
glauia, Hort =Zenobia pulverulenta — A japtinica, Thunb =
Piens japonica — A hguitrina, Muhl = Lyonia ligustnna — A.
man&na, Linn =Pjens manana — A nUida, Bartr =Piens nitida
—A ovahfdlw., Wall =Piom ovahfoha —A paniculAta, Ait —
Lyonia hgustnna — A parabdlica, Duham =L hgustnna — A pop-
uhfdlia, Lani ==Leucotho<5 populifoha — A pulveruUnta, Bartr ==*
Zenobia pulverulenta — A racem&sa, Linn =Leucothoft racemosa.
— A specidsa, Michx =Zenobia pulverulenta. — A tetrAgona, Linn.
=«»Ca88iope tetragona — A tomentbsa, Hort , not Dum -Cours =•=
Lyonia ligustnna pubescent
197 Andromeda pokfolia. ( X
ANDROP6GON (Greek, aner, man, and pogon,
beard, referring to the silky hairs on the spikelets of
some species) Graminese BEARD-GRASS. Annual or
mostly perennial grasses of various habit but usually
with coarse foliage, scarcely horticultural.
Spikelets in pairs at each joint of an articulate rachis,
one sessile, perfect, 1-fld ; the other pedicelled, stami-
nate, neutral or reduced to a, pedicel; glumes of fertile
s-pikelet equal, indurated, the first dorsally compressed,
the second keeled; sterile and fertile lemmas hyaline, the
latter usually awned; palea minute or wanting rachia
usually hairy, often conspicuously so — A large genus of
probably 200 species, widely distributed in both hemi-
spheres except in the colder regions. Includes several
important native forage grasses such as blue-stem or
blue-joint (A furcate, Muhl ) with about 3 digitate
spikes at the summit of the tall culm; and little blue-
stem (.4 scopanus, Michx ), with single bpikea scattered
along the branches, both species of the piairie region.
Broom sedge (A vir<iimcns, Linn ), a common grass of
the Atlantic states, is considered troublesome, though
it lias some forage value before it flowers Some of the
species, such ab silver beaid-giass (A arqertteus, DC ),
are ornamental on account of the silvery panicles. Thi3
is a stout grass, 2- 1 ft , with bearded nodes and long-
btalked oval panicles consisting of numerous woolfy
ascending or appresbcd spikes
Several species of oil-producing graces formerly
included m Andropogon are now referred to other
genera. A. Ndrditx, Linn =Cymbopogon Nardus,
Rendle A ntratus, DC ^Cymbopogon citratus, DC.
A. Schoendnfrus, Linn =Cymbopogon Sehoenanthus,
Spreng A squarrbsus, Linn =Vetiveria zizamoides,
Nash.
For a discussion of the sorghums and Johnson-grasa
referred by some authors to Andropogon, see Holcus,
albo Vol II, Cyclo Amer Agnc \ # HITCHCOCK.
ANDRES ACE (old Greek name of no significance
here) Pnmul&cesp ROCK JASMINE Small tufted plants
grown m the alpine garden
Root-lvs. clustered scapes mostly not exceeding
8 in high, often veiy short fls mostly pink, red and
purplish, sometimes \\hite, piimula-hke out con-
stricted at the throat, umbellate or solitary, m early
spring — Over SO species in Eu , Asia, N Amer and
Pacific Isls. Pax and Knuth, Engler's Pflanzenreich,
hft 22.172-220
Many species of rock jasmine are known in European
gardens, and they are much prized by fanciers in alpine-
gardening. The tufted lea\ es sit close to the rocks.
Some of them are woolly-leaved Only currently cata-
logued species are included in the present account.
A well-drained soil, partial shade, free circulation of
air, frequent waterings in dry summer months, and
protection from heavy fall and spnng rains, will lead
to success with these chaimmg ulpmes A heavv sha-
ding of evergreen boughs in wmtei will be found of great
benefit Close covering is not to be recommended,
because it smotheis the plants Very many species
have been tried in this country, with variable and not
very encouraging results, but in a few instances, with
extra care, plants have done well The northern aspect
of a steep rockery seems to be the most favorable posi-
tion for them Propagation is by (^vision, seeds or cut-
tings Plants should be kept m pots until thoroughly
established. The species are biennial or perennial
except m group AAA below. Many of them are densely
cespitose.
INDEX.
Aizoon, 6
angustifolia, 12.
arachnoidea, 7.
bngantiaca, 9.
Bulleyana, 6.
carnea, 9
Chumbyi, 3
chumyiense, 3
cocci nea, 6
cor onopi folia, 12
eximea, 10
folmsa, 4
Hallen, 9
hedraeantha, 8
Hcnryi, 1
imbncata, 11
Jacquomontu, 7.
lactea, 10
laotiflora, 12
Laggeri, 9
lanugmoHa, 2.
odoratiasima, 7.
pnuciflora, 10.
Keverchomi, 9.
robusta, 7.
rosea, 9
sarmcntosa, 3, 4.
Bpinuhfera, 5.
villoaa, 7.
A. Lvs. long-petioled, large, orbicular-remform or cordate,
lobed or crenate.
1 H6nryi, Oliver Scape 3-9 in., woolly, 12-25-fld.:
Ivs to 2^ in across, orbicular-remform, lobed and
toothed fls white China
ANDROSACE
ANEMIA
283
AA. Lvs i>mt/e or nearly AO, spatvlate or linear, nearly
or completely entire.
B Flu in umbels or umbellate heads.
r Plant ktout t>cape 4 m or more high.
n Foliage woolly or mllous.
2 lanugindsa, \\'all Whole plant densely white-
villous sts leafy Ivs small, £4111 or less long, lance-
ovate, acute scapes axillary, about 4 in , fls rose-col-
ored, in a dense umbel Himalaya B M 1005.
3 sarmentdsa, Wall Creeping by brownish stolons:
Ivs clustered, all basal, more or less woolly, lanceolate
or ovate-lanceolate, acute, \]/2 in or less long, scapes
often 4 in long, fls many, rose-colored Himalaya
Var Chumbyi, Hort (A chnmyiense, Hort.) Rosettes
dense, and the plant very cespitose Ivs densely
woolly
DD Foliage lyri^tly
E The Ivs not in m>e//c.s, crowded at base of at , narrowed
into petiole
4 folidsa, Duby (A mrmentbsa var fohbsa. Hook.
f) Stolons thick, brownish, naked fvs. all basal,
obovate or ovate, sessile but base attenuated, mucro-
nate or acute, uliale, IJj in or less long scape pilose,
much exceeding IVH , fls flesh-colored becoming whitish.
Himalaya B M. 0661
KK The Iva in rasf //<.<?, long-petioled, usually cordate
5 spmullfera, Knuth Not stolomferous, densely
hairy Ivs hneur-obovate, 3 in. or less long with petiole,
spinulose at ap<-\ scape 10 in or less, fls numerous,
denseh capitate, puiple China.
6 Aizdon, Franch Lvs 1 in or less, rosulate and
imbricated, leatheiy and glaucous, spatulatc, not
Bpinulo.se .scape 1 ft 01 less, many times exceeding the
Ivs , 1he biacts glandular, fls 6-10, flesh-colored or red.
Himalaya Var coccinea, Fianch (A Bulleydna,
Hort ) Not glandular fls red or intense scarlet.
cc Plant sleudf r t>rape seldom 4 in high' Ivs. all
ruwlatc (in robi'tlfb)
D Th( lv>i icilh hairy margins.
7. villdsa, Linn (A odorali^imn, Schreb ) Entire
plant densely white-hairy, loosely cespitose Ivs linear-
lanceolate or lance-ovate, sessile, entire scape 2 in or
less, fls \\hite or rose \\ith yellow-red throat, corolla
equaling the calyx-lobes, the eoiolla-lobes obovate,
entire or shghtlv emargmate Euiasia Very variable
Var arachnoidea, Knuth ( 1 arachnoldea, Schott).
More cespitose Ivs oblong-ovate, densely \\ebby-\vhite
scape ver> short Vai robusta, Knuth Plant robust
Ivs lance-o\ate, often densely congested, white-silky.
Var Jacquem6ntu, Knuth (A Jacquemontu, Duby)
Lvs crow did, imbricated, o\ate, obtuse, the hairs
white to brown scape long, fls flesh-colored, the
corolla-lobes obtuse and entire
Di) The Ivs glabrous, or only obscurely ciliate.
8 hedraefintha, Griseb Cespitose Ivs ^m or less
long, lance-oblong, obtuse, leathery, not crowded at
base of st scape very short (about 1 in ) ; fls 5-10 m
each umbel or head, violet-red or pale purple, the
corolla-lobes obovate Balkans
9 cdrnea, Linn (A Rcrerchomi, Jord A. rd'sea,
Jord & Fourr ) More or less densely cespitose' Ivs.
linear or subulate, %in or less long scape 3 in or
less, fls. 3-7, rose-colored or whitish, the throat yellow.
Eurasia. L.B C. I 40 Var Halleri, Linn Lvs twice
longer than in type, recurved at, apex, shining green,
sparsely hairy. Var Lagged, Knuth (A Ldggen,
Huet ) Lvs. acuminate, spreading, deep green • scape
very short: densely cespitose. Gn 03, p. 333 Var.
brigantiaca, Knuth (A. brigantiaca, Jord. & Fourr ).
Lvs. narrowly linear, short, slightly denticulate at
apex- scape to 5 in • little cespitose
10 lactea, Linn (A. pauciflora, Vill.). Cespitose,
glabrous or nearly so: Ivs rosulate, membranous, linear
or linear-lanceolate, obtusish, sparsely ciliate, 1 in or
lebs long, scape 5 in or less, fls snow-white Euiasia.
B M 868, 981 Var eximia, Hook. Lvs less rigid,
strongly recurved, fls larger (Hm across). Switz.
B M. 5906 (a& A carnea var eximia).
BB Fls solitary.
11. imbricata, Lam Cespitose, stellate-pubescent:
Ivs }/iin long, linear-spat ulate and obtuse, in densely
superimposed imbricated rosettes Alps
AAA Lvs. scarcely petioled, oblong or linear, entire or
dentate jls umbeWitc annual.
12 lactifldra, Pall (A. anqutti folia, Andr. A.
cor ono pi folia, Andr ) Glabrous, 1 ft or less high Ivs.
2 in or less long, rosulate, linear-lanceolate or hnear-
bpatulate, acute, toothed . fls milk-white, large Asia. —
A handsome little annual, often self-seeding.
A Vitnhana, Lapeyr , listed as the only yt'llow-fld Androsaoe,
is Douglasia Vitaliaiia. It is oftt n catalogued as Aretia Vitaliana.
L H. B.
ANDR6SJEMUM: Ilwruum
ANDROSTfePHIUM (Greek-made name, referring
to the corona) LiliaKSp BABIES' BREATH. Outdoor
bulbous plants, allied to *he hrodieas
Small genus of S W and Cent U S , with funnel-
shaped, spreadirig-hmbed, 6-lobed perianth, 6 stamens,
and 3-arigled ovary, and a corona or crov\n at the
mouth Ivs linear, radical scape simple, leafless —
Plant in a sunny place in sandy soil, placing the bulba
4-6 in deep; protect in winter Prop by division of
the bulbs and by seeds The name "babies' breath"
or "baby's breath" is commonly applied to Gypsophila
violaceum, Torr (A cscruleum, Greene) Slender,
6-10 m.: umbel 2-7-fld , the fls. blue, 1 in long, sup-
ported on a stout (^m ) pedicel, crown exceeding tne
anthers. — Blooms in spring, pretty. j^ TAYLOR f
ANEILEMA (Greek, no involucre). Syn , Aphylax.
Commelinact3P Sixty tropical perennials, allied to
Commehna, from which it may be distinguished by ita
sub-paniculate mfl A bifldrum, M Br , and A sirncum,
Lmdl , are sometimes cult in Old World hothouses
and m American botanic gardens These species are
blue-fid , diffuse or trailing plants with their fls hav-
ing no involucral bracts. Culture as in Dichonsandra.
N. TAYLOR t
ANEMIA (Greek, naked, without indusia). Schiz&A-
ce<p Tropical ferns, with 1-3 pinnate Ivs with the
lower pair of pinnae erect, elongate and bearing the
sporangia in panicles at their extremities — Of the 40
species, 2 are found in the southern states, and a few-
are occasionally in cult
Anemias are dwarf, compact ferns, suited for shelves,
or for growing near the glass m warm pits or low
houses They prefer being grown in small pots to being
planted out in the fernery Their growth is too slow to
make them popular decorative ferns for general pur-
poses Propagation is by sporevs, which germinate
freely, tufted kinds by division between March 15 and
April 30 — Schneider, Book of Choice Ferns.
A Lf 2-3-pinnate, with narrow divisions
adiantifdlia, Swartz Lf -blade 6-9 m long on a
stalk often twice as long, the ultimate divisions oblong
or Imoar-cuneate, with the outer margin toothed. S.
Fla and tropics
AA Lf only once pinnate with broad pinnae.
B Veins free.
mexicana, Klotzsch Lf .-blade 6-9 m long, with 4-6
pinnae on either side, which are distinctly stalked, ovate-
lanceolate and rounded on both sides at the base
fertile pinna? 3-4 in long, dense. Texas and Mex.
284
ANEMIA
ANEMONE
198. Anemone patens var.
Nuttahana ( x M)
collina, Raddi. Lvs. 1 ft. high, stalks hairy, blades
with about 10 Ifts. on each side, which are rounded at
the outer ends and truncate at the upper side at the
base fertile pinnse about
1 \4 in long, dense Brazil.
S. 1.384.
BB. Veim anastomosing
(netted)
Phyllitidis, Swartz (A.
lanceolata, Lodd A longi-
fbha, Link Anemidictijon
rhyllltufa, Willd.) Lf-
blade 4-12 in long, with
4-12 pairs of sessile pmme,
with a crenulate margin and
a rounded or unequal base;
veins forming long, narrow
areoke fertile pinna: 3-9 in
long, dense Cuba and Mex.
to Brazil S 1 390
L M UNDERWOOD.
It. C. BENEDICT |
ANEMIDlCTYON: Anemia.
ANEMONE (Greek,
wind) Ranunc ulace cT.
ANEMONE, or ANEMONY.
WINDFLOWFU Hardy and
attractive flower - garden
and border plants
Steins usually erect, with great variation in height:
basal Ivs lobed, divided or dissected, those of the st.
forming an involucre near to, or remote from, the fl :
sepals few or many, petal-like, no true petals, stamens
many, shorter than sepals carpels numerous fr a
1-seeded achene — A genus of about 85 species, with
many handsome garden forms, all hardy perennials,
cult for their beautiful show of fls and in a few cases
for their striking foliage Chieih native of the north
temperate and mountainous regions As a technical
generic name, pronounced anemone, as a vernacular,
anemone Pritzel, Revision of Anemone, m Lmnita
15.498(1841) Bntton, N Amer Anemone, m Ann.
N Y. Acad Sci 6 217 (1891-92)
The plants thrive best in «, fresh, rather rich, sandy
loam, \vell drained, but most of the species will do well
in any good garden soil The tuberous-rooted species
are suitable for hardy borders, while most of the others
prefer a place in a rockery, and some are part ml to shady
places A horlenw, A coj unarm, A fulytni> and others
will well repay the little indoor or greenhouse care they
require for producing winter blossoms They require
essentially the same handling as tulips and hyacinths,
and are usuallv classed with bulbous plants Tubers
placed in pots in September 01 October bring forth a
beautiful show of bloom by Januaiy or March For
this purpose they should be well drained, and not kept
very wet or too warm before the growth is well started;
they prefer more moisture at floweiing time There are
many garden varieties of anemone, among which are
Whirlwind and Geante Blanche (white), Queen Char-
lotte, Lorely, and Knemhilde (pink), Rosa Zwey
(lavender-pink), Brilliant Diademc, Purpurme and
Prmz Heinnch (carmine and magenta)
Nearly all the species can be readily propagated by
both root-division and seed. The seeds are sown very
shallow in a clean bed, in either warm fall or early
spring The division of roots is best made in early
spring before growth starts The season for both out-
door and indoor planting will directly influence the
flowering season Good months for outdoor planting
are September, October, November, December, Feb-
ruary and March As a rule, the tuberous anemones
will blossom at any time desired, being influenced by
the time they are kept out of the ground The bulbs
may be ripened after flowering time by being taken
from t he ground to dry, or by covering the bed to keep
out rams A japonica is one of the finest of all fall-
blooming herbs.
INDEX.
acutipetala, 4, 6.
alba, 10, 15, 21.
flore-plono.7,10,12,15
fulgens, S
patens, 3
albula, 10
Allomi, 13, 15
alpina, 5, 0
Grayi, 1<)
Hallon, 2
hortonsis, 8. 9
prnniylvanica, 23.
plcno, 1.3
Pulsatilla, 4
a n n uata -gra ndi flora, 8
aponnma, U
hybrids, 21
intermedia, 15
purpuroa, 13, 15
qumqucfolia, 16
bai&ileu&is, 12
japonica, 21
ranunculouics, 18
blancia, 14
lutt-a, 10
Robinsomana, 15
carulin, 15
major, 15
rosca, 15, 21
canadenms, 23
multifida 22
rubra, 4, 15, 21
carolmi.ma, 1 1
eteliata, 9
chrysuntheimflora, 7.
riuruvsiflora, 24
sulphurca, 1, 6
coronarm, 7
nomorosa, 15, 10
Hyhestris, 12
cnspa, 21
Nuttullmna, 3
umbdlata, 24
deutpttnlsi, 11
varugatu, 4
deltoidoa, 17
oohroleiua, 3
vt malis, 1
<h,hotoma, 23.
oregana, 19
virgimana. 20
elegans, 21
palmata, 10
A. Achencs with long sti/lci, which may become feather-
hhe on npeninq, Jit ^ohtmy — I1 'iduititla section
B. Involucre bell-shaped, diluted into nurneioiu* linear
equal lobes.
1 vernalis, Linn. (Puhntilla vernal^,, Mill A. sul-
phurea, All ) Very shaggv, 0 in high or less Ivs
pinruitely parted, segms tnfid fls purple without,
whitish within, and smooth ish, eiect, on very short
peduncle^; sepals 6, rarely spreading Apr Cool, moist
places Eu J H III 32 223 (In 25 320 Gri W.
20 891; 26 131 F E 18 320 G 20 158
2 Halleri, All Villous, 6 in or less in height,
simple Ivs pinnately divided with begins 3- 4-parted,
the lesser divisions lanceolate-linear, imolucre of long
narrow scgms , sessile fls large, eieot, whitish purple,
sepals 6, anthers yellow Apr. Sunny places Svvit/er-
land L B C 10 1)40
3 patens, Linn Much like the first variety below,
which is more common in Amer , but differs in its
broader and shorter If -segms and smaller fls Eu
Gn. 60, p. 364, 65, p 167
Var Nuttalhana, Gray (PuLwtUUi hirMiil^ima,
Brit ) WILD PATENS AMERICAN P\s<jrE FLOWEII.
Fig 198 ViHous, with long, silky hairs, 4-9 in high
radical Ivs petioled, others sessile, all much divided
into narrow, linear, acute lobes fls appearing before
199. Tubers of Anemone coronana.
the root-lvs , bluish purple or whitish, erect, seldom
nodding achenes silky styles plumose, becoming 2 m.
long, peduncle elongates several in after flowering
Apr Low ground North central states and Siberia.
CLA. 3 177 Gn M 13 '15
Var ochroleftca, Sims. Fls creamy white, appearing
at same time as basal Ivs. March, Apr J II III
30.343 BM 1994
ANEMONE
4 Pulsatilla, Linn (Pulmtllta vulgdns, Mill A
acutipetala, Schleich) I'ABiiUE FLOWER of Europe
Villous, hairy, rising % - 1 ft basal Ivs finely thnce-
pmnately divided, on slender petioles, involucre sessile,
deeply cut into long narrow lobes fls blue to reddish
purple, l/'iz— 2J'£ in across Apr Well-drained soil or
stony places Eu. Gn 32 400, 71, p 215,530 LBC
18 1701 GC III 39 307 (in M 13 17. G M.
52 030 Gn W 20 225. Var rubra, Hort (A rubra,
Lam ) Dvvarfer fls always erect Var. vanegata, Hort
Fls pale, appealing m May
BB 1 nvolucre Ivv 3, on bhort petioles, sheathing the 6/.
5 occidentals, Wats (A al/Ann, Hook , not Linn )
Silky-hairy, Ji-lJi ft high, simple Ivs 2-parted, the
divisions deeply pmnatifid into usually incised linear,
acute lobes, iruolucre short-petiolerl, basal Ivs long-
pet loled fls solitary, white or purple, varying, 1-2 in
across, receptacle conic, sometimes much elongated
achenes pubescent plumose styles reflexed, peduncle
becoming much elongated
after sepals fall May. Calif,
to Brit Col Intro. 1892
0 alpma, Linn (A acuti-
pctala, Hort ) Closely allied
to the above St 2v-l M ft
high, fiom thick, strong roots
Ivs large, finely divided, cut
and serrated, smooth or hairy ,
Ivs of involucre similar fls
few, in an umbel or solitary,
2-3 in diam , creamy white
inside, purple outside, but
% aryingmuch , ant hers yellow
Mountain-sides Eu May,
June LBC 17 1017 B M.
2007 (var major) Var sul-
phurea, Hort Fls a delicate
sulfur-yellow , larger, dow ny
beneath Ivs larger Moist,
rich soil Gn 35 10, 00, p.
195. G M 49 797
AA. Achenes woolly or t>rnooth-
is/i, with &)tort btyltb.
(Anemone proper )
B. Pedmide 1 (rarely <?)• in-
volucre jnodly 8-lvd.
c. Head of fr cyhndnc:
achenes woolly.
D. Roots tuberous involucre
' usually scbbile
POPPY-FLOWERED ANEMONE.
Figs 199, 200, 201, 202 One-half to 1 ft high, from
tuberous roots: Ivs cut into many fine lobes and lob-
ules, mvolucral Ivs. sessile, 3-4-parted, deeply cut fls.
1 * £-2 1 2 in across, popp> -like, of many colors and mix-
tures of red, blue, white, etc , stamens blue. Early in
spring to June. Meadows, Medit region V 11.257
BM. 841 Gn. 50 6, 01, p 275; 10, p. 111. A F.
25-93 CLA. 4:344 G 24.5. G L. 20 '355.
GnM 13290 J II 111 18383 R II 1893232 —
Caen, Scarlet, The Bride, St Bngid, Victoria Giant,
etc , are some of the trade names given to the single
forms Var fldre-pleno, Hort Fls. double, as shown m
Fig 202; many colors, scarlet being the most common
at present FS 10.1078 Gn 63, p 353 Var chrysan-
themifldra, Hort A seedling variety produced in
1818, and mtro many >ears later Fls more com-
pletely doubled than the above variety by the sta-
mens all becoming petal-like — A dozen forma, beau-
tiful, self-colored, as deep red, sky-blue and even pure
white, have been fixed and named LTsoful as cut-fl
Gn 30-310 R.H 1887:30; 1897, pp 418-9. R.B
21:200-1.
ANEMONE
285
200 Anemone coronana,
single-flowered form ( x J>j)
7 coronaria, Linn
8 fulgens, Gay (A
ns, DC A hor-
mana var fulgent*, DC A hor-
ternix, Thore) Fig 203 One
ft high, simple1 basal Ivs 3-5-
lobed, with rounded outline,
followed later by deeply cut
Ivs . involucre sessile, several
in below the solitary fl fls
vivid seal let, 2 in across, sta-
mens black May, June
— Sometimes called a
variety of A feor/rmts,
Linn , from which it
may have descended.
Several garden forms,
i as A annudta-grandi-
jlora, A nndtipctala,
and Southern Star
Gn 11 214 Gt.37 GO.
RB 21 202-3 R.H.
1877 270 G 4 91.
201. Anemone coronana, semi-double- 9 hortensis, Linn,
flowered form ( x Jt) (A btdlata, Lam)
BROAD - LE \v ED GAR-
DEN ANEMONE Fig 204 St simple, erect, 10 in
high basal Ivs lobed and out irregularly, involucre
small, 3-5-lobed, usually 3 or more in below the fl
fls red, rosy purple, or whitish, single, \\2 m across,
stamens brownish violet Hich, light soil S Eu
Mav — This differs from A coronaria in its coarse, broad
Ivs and its elongated, rather narrow-pointed sepals
Garden names are given to the forms with different
coloration B M 123 Gn 01, p 352 F \\ 1877257
10 palmata, Linn St G-9 in high fiom tuberous
root basal Ivs leathery, 3-5-lobed, cordate, toothed,
m\olucral l\s 3-parted fls golden yellow, solitary or
in 2's, sepals 10 or more May, June Deep, light soil
Medit region B R 200 —Three good varieties in the
trade Var fldre-pleno, Hort , with double yellow or
white fls Var albida, Sims (\ar dlbat Hort) Fls
white basal Ivs lobed BM 2079 LBC 2 175
Gn 22 400 Var Ifttea, Lodd Like the last, but with
yellow fls LBC 17 1000
11 caroliniana, \\ alt (.1 decapetala, Amer authors,
not Ard ) St simple, slender, * 3-! ft high, arising
from a large tuber Ivs of involucre sessile, with 3
wedge-shaped clefts, basal Ivt, thrice divided, arid
much lobed and parted, slender-pet loled solitary fl
erect, 1-1 j 2 in broad, creamy white or purple, sepals
often numerous achenes densely woolly April, May
Open places, U S G 0 521
DD Koot^tock creeping Ivs of involucre petioled
12 sylvestriSjLmn. St 1-1 ^2 ft , simple, or branched
once at invo-
lucre, from a
creeping root-
stock Ivs 3-4-
parted, deeply
cut at top, hairy
beneath, invo-
lucre petioled :
fls solitary or in
2's, pure white,
1 ]/2 m Across,
nodding, sweet-
scented, sepals
6 May -July.
Wooded places,
Eu and Liberia.
B M 54 Gn.
18, p 501; 30,
p 173, 05, p.
73; 75, p 189 202. Anemone coronana var flore-pleno.
G 2 . 223 , 33 • 3 1 (full double) ( x tf)
286
ANEMONE
ANEMONE
Gn.M. 13:295. J.H.III 57 80. LBC 18: 1739. Var.
fl&re-pleno, Hort DOUBLE SNOWDROP ANEMONE
Has large, white, double fls G C III 19:739. A.
baicaltnsis, Turcz , is much like this species.
203. Anemone fulgens.
204 Anemone hortensis.
Reduced from an old cut, to show
a little improved form
cc. Head of fr. hemispherical, achenes silky-pubescent.
D Roots tuberous
13. apennlna, Linn St simple, slender, 4-9 in.'
Ivs twice-divided and lobed, much toothed' fls sky-
blue, ll/2 in across, sepals 10-12, elongated, obtuse;
anthers white Mareh, Apr Woods, Italy. On 72,
p. 482 — This and a form with whitish fls aie both well
suited, for shady nooks in clumps of shrubbery, etc
Var Allenii, Ilort Fls large, pale blue Var plena,
Hort Fls double Var purpurea, Hort Fls bright
mauve Gn 72, p 254
14 blanda, Schott & Kotschy St 4-6 in high, from
a cylindrical rootstock Ivs like A apennma, but
harder and smoother, and principal divisions seshile
fls intense sky-blue, differing from above species in
being larger, more finely rayed, stales black-pointed,
and sepals smooth on the out bide, opens in earliest
spring or mild winter weather From Taurus Mtb and
Greece, rocky places Intro 1X98 Gn 14 200, 75
p 152 G L 19 71 Gn W 22 Hupp Apr 15 (var
atroc&rulea) GC III 41 297 (var Niythu*ica)
DD Roohtuck slender, creeping, cylindrical
15 nemordsa, Linn (.1 intermedia, Wmkl ) WOOD
ANEMONE Fig 205 St simple, 3-8 in . nearly biiiooth
rootstock horizontal, 3-1 times the st in diam Ivs of
involucre petioled, 3-5-parted, basal Ivb appearing
after the fl -st , 5-parted, divisions wedge-shaped,
toothed' fls white or purplish, solitary, 1 in across'
achenes pubescent, styles hooked Apr , May Eu and
Siberia Gn 03, p 244 (as A intermedia) — Three or
more horticultural varieties Var &lba, Hort. (var.
fldre-pleno, Hort ). Fls larger, pure white, and abun-
dant Intro 1883 Gn 32 344, 69, p 233 (var grandi-
flora) . 75, p 128 (var purpurea) G 24 255 (var ma-
jor) Var Allenii, Hort Fls large, lavender-maave
Var. major, Ilort A robust variety with large white
fls. Var Robinsomana, Hort (var csrrulea, Hort ).
A robust form, 6-12 in , with broader and thicker Ivs.,
and large fls , becoming blue Sometimes given as a
separate species March, Apr Gri 46, p 153, 32, p
345; 73, p 266 G 2 515 RH 1901 '188 Var rdsea,
Hort (var rubra Jidre-pleno, Hort ) Fls a reddish
purple, now much used; suited to partially shaded
places of the perennial border
16. quinquefdlia, Linn. (A. nemordsa var quinque-
foha, Gray) This American species differs from A.
nemorosa in having smaller fls., involucral Ivs less
lobed, foliage paler, and much more slender st and
petioles — The common wmdflower or spi ing anemone,
formerly called A nemorosa Gn M. 13 '15
17 deltoidea, Douglas St simple, slender, 6-12 in
high, from a slender rootstock Ivs tnfoliate, basal
ones petioled, others nearly sessile, coarsely crenated,
often incised fls. solitary, white, rather large achenes
several, densely pubescent; style very short Spring.
Pacific slope
DDD. Rootstock horizontal, jleshy or somewhat tuberous
18 ranunculoides, Linn YELLOW WOOD ANEMONE.
St 3-8 in , from elongated, somewhat tuberous root-
stock. Ivs 3-5-parted, divisions deeply cut and her-
rated fls golden yellow, usuallv sohtaiy, single or semi-
double March and Apr Rich, light ^oil in open
places and woods Eu andSibena Gn. 35 408. L B C.
6 556
19 Grayi, Bohr (A oicqdnn, Gm\) St slender,
3-12 in. high, from a fkvsliy, brittle rootslcxk ban.il
Ivs slender-pet 10 led, 3-parted, coaisely seriate, mvolu-
cral Ivs petioled, trifoliate, the parts 2-3-lobed, much
toothed, sepals blue or purplish achenes pubescent,, in
a globose head Moist, shady hlopes. Ore and Wash.
In gardens west of the Rockies Intro 1892
BB Peduncles 2-ti (mostly S)
C. Frs. (achenes) woolly or very ^tlkij secondary involucre
20 virginiana, Linn Plant hairv, 2-3 ft high, stout,
branching at the involucre the pelioled involucral Ivs.
3-parted, the hts cleft and lobed, basal IVH bimihu,
broader than long, on long petioles (1 peduncles naked
(or the lateral ones 2-lvd ) , fls greenish or \\lute, 1 -1 J 2
in across achenes woolly, in an oblong head, stvles
shoit, awl-shaped June-Aug Woods and meadows,
U S and Canada G M 33 7<>.$
21. jap6mca, Sieb <fe Zucc Fig 206 Stately, branch-
ing st ,2-3 ft high'
p 1 a n t soft a n d
downv, with short
hails Ivs tern.it e,
much lobed ami
toothed fls rosy
purple or carmine,
1 -3 w horls of sepals,
2- 3 in diam , on
long peduncles from
leafy involucre, .stamens >ello\\'
achenes silky — A very useful species
for mixed boiders or for pot cul-
ture Haidy in northern states.
Sept to late frosts Rich soil, China
and Japan Gn 30 172 BM 4341.
P M 14 2.') A G 19 305 Gng.
1-221, 3 131 GC III 16 661.
A F 12 29 FS 2 74 Gt 61, p.
92 Var &lba, Hort HONORING
JOBKKT Till, BlUDE \\ HIKLWIND,
etc T\\o or 3 whorls of large,
white sepals fls 2—3 in across, last-
ing until hard frosts Gng 5.117.
RH 1867.11 Var. crispa, Hort
Thick Ivs. bron/od on the edges:
fls rose -colored Var h^brida,
Hort (vars rbsca and elcgans,
Hort ) Radical Ivs 5-lobed, often
cordate; lobes twice serrate: fls.
somewhat paler, earlier, sepals
rather broauci Said to be a hybrid
of A japomca and A . vitifoha, pro-
duced in Ro>al Gaidens, 1848 Vat.
205. Anemone
nemorosa
ANEMONE
rubra, Hort LADY ARDILAUN. Probably the same as
the type, but having Ivs. and fls with a waxy gloss
plant 4-5 ft. high
22. multffida, Poir. Plant silky-hairy, somewhat
branched, J^-1H ft high, from a branched, upright
rootstock. mam involucre 2-3-lvd , others 2-1 vd or
naked, short petioleSj similar to the root-lvs , 2-3 times
3-parted and cleft, divisions linear fls j/^-l in. across,
red, varying to white or yellow achenes very woolly.
Early summer. Rocks arid uplands Middle states to
Hudson Bay.
cc. Frs. (achenes) glabrous at first: /Is. white, somewhat
umbellate.
23 canadensis, Linn (A pennsylvdnica, Linn. A.
dich6toma, Michx , not Linn.) Hairy, stout, 1-2 ft
high, branching at or above the involucre: the 3 Ivs of
main involucre sewsile, 3-rleft, upper involucres each
2-lvd ; basal Ivs broader than long, much divided,
cleft and toothed, petioles long. fls. white, 1-2 in
across, aeheneb wing-margined, naked, becoming pu-
bescent, grouped into a spherical head. Summer. In
shaded uoodh and open meadows N Amer Gng 2.
21 Gn M 13 355.
24 narcissifldra, Linn (A umbelldta, Lam ) St.
erect, rather btout, ]/£-\% ft high Ivs. of involucre
sebsile, basal Ivs pctioled, 3-5-parted, divisions deeply
cut fls white, j/2~l m across, several in an umbel,
anthers yellon arhenes smooth, with short style
May-July Mountainous regions Northern hemis-
phere Gn 30, p 173 BM 1120. G 6*300
A acu<iM&a-=H«patira icutiloba — 4 dlba, Juss Allied to A
sylvestris if not the same LUC 4 i22 B M 21<>7 —A Bun-
gftina, Pntz Similar in habit to .1 Pulsatillu Fls golden yellow
bjlxrm -A rfrniw, Fhunb I vs di* p)y cut, divided HH nodding,
color of dniKimVblcxid Japan — .1 cyLnilnca, Gray A tall
native spent i, med ior beauty of foliafrn and fr — 1 dcrajjdali,
Ard (V tnlobata, ,Iuss A In terophylU, Nutt ) Nitive and
reported na having been cultivated m southern states 1801 —
A elongata, D Don .Similar m habit and foliage to A sylvcstria
but not so beautiful fls dull RH eriii>h white Himalaya — ,1 Fdn-
miiu, Haw Fls pure white, 2-3 in across '> feet high Ivs 1 ft
across BM W>8 Gn 31 2C2 — ,1 humhfnnv, Hort \Ilied to
A japonica Fls produced very early Cent Chinu — .1 magel-
Wntm, Hort Us ytllovv pretty but not showy Stru ts of Magel-
lan —A pariijldrn, Mirlix Pn tty white fls Native of north-
ern states and C.mada — ,1 volwnttius, Don Allied to A nar-
cissifloni BM aSJO JH III 32 2V) — i prnttntta. Linn Allied
to A Pulsitilla LUC 0 <XX) -1 protmsia \ar ofcaofrta, Sims
Fls pule Ifts terminated with a sort of bristle BM 18G3 — -A
rioHldrn, Bush-Ham Is j. distinct species similar to \ narcissi-
flora G IS 138— A -tphenophVlla>Vot}>n I-N blur S V\ US —
A ttiahctrwides See Synd.-smon -- 1 Infdtia, I inn Lvs beautifully
regular fls white. 1 in across Two blue varieties BM GS4(> — A
<rtW6a— Hepatiea tnloba — A nth/Mia, liana Allied to A japonic*
Has cordate 5 -7-parted Ivs B M 3376
£ Q DAVIS
ANEMONELLA: Syndesmon
ANEMON6PSIS (Anemone-like). Ranunculdcesp.
A beautiful hardy plant for border purposes because of
its effective foliage and showy flowers
This is a perennial herb, with erect sts : radical and
st -Ivs. rather large, ternately compound and much
incised, binular to Actsca sepals many (often only 0),
regular, petal-like, deciduous, petals many (often 12),
short, sessile, with nectariferous impression at the base,
carpels few (3—1) , forming many-seeded follicles In gen-
eral appearance similar to the Japanese anemones, but
smaller in all its parts, and with numerous drooping fls ,
about l^i iii across, of pale purple color. A monotypic
genus from Japan, now planted m American gardens
Anemonopsis thrives well in rich, deep loam, in well-
drained situations in partial shade Propagation is by
division of the roots in late fall or carry spring Fresh
seed may be sown in the fall or early the next spring
and the plants will show some flowers the first season.
Sow the seed in clean beds of black sandy loam, and
cover very slightly.
macrophjrlla, Sieb. & Zucc The petals, instead of
spreading, form a half-closed bud-like cone within the
sepals Gn 2,r>, p 383 K C. DAVIS
ANGELICA 287
ANEMOP£OMA: Bignonia
ANEM6PSIS (Greek, from the resemblance of its
fl -cluster to the flower of an anemone) Saururacex
YERBA MANSA. Aquatic herb, yielding medicinal
pioducts.
A monotypic genus closely allied to Houttuyma of
E Asia Stolomf erous aquatic plant with pungent aro-
matic rootstocks1 Ivs mostly radical, minutely punc-
tate infl. a conical bpike or spadix subtended by an
involucre of petal-like bracts, resembling the fl of an
anemone, fls small without calyx or corolla, each sub-
tended by a bractlet, stamens 6-8, with short fila-
ments adnate to the ovary at the base, ovary sunk in
the rachis of the spike, 1-celled, composed of 3 or 4
carpels, with as many spreading btigmas and parietal
4-10-o vuled placenta, caps clehibcent at the top;
seeds rounded, punctulate Calif and Mex.
calif6rnica, Hook. (Anemia califdrmca, Nutt.
Houlluynia calif ornica, Benth. & Hook Anemidpsis
cahftirmta, Endl )
YEKBA MANSA.
APACHE BEADS.
VAMSA An erect
aquatic herb radi-
cal Ivs long-pet-
loled, oblong - obo-
vate, cordate at the
base, cauline If.
broad, clasping, ;£
from the axil of
which grows a
branchlet reduced
to 1 or 2 Ivs fls
minute, crowded,
forming a conical
spadix with a whorl
of \\hitibh petaloid
bract b below it,
giving it the ap-
pearance of the fl.
of an anemone.
Calif and Mex
Hook & Arn Bot.
Beech Voy pi 92
— The pungent aro-
m a 1 1 c astringent
rootstocks are
strung into neck- '
laces in the form
of cvlmdrical beads
by the Indians of
the S W US, and are used medicinally m the form
of an infusion for malaria, dysentery, and syphilis
They are also pulverized and applied locally to ulcers
and malignant sores The plant gro\\s in swampy
places and on the margins of springs and ponds more
or less alkaline The roots are gathered in the dry
season in Mex. and sold in the local drug markets.
W. E. S AFFORD.
ANETHUM: Dill and Peucedanum; also Fennel
ANGADENIA: Ontadenui
ANGELICA (supposed to have angelic healing vir-
tues) UinbeUifer<R ANGELICA. Herbs, sometimes plan ted
for ornament.
Stout, fls small, white or greenish, m many-lvd in-
volucels fr. fattened dorsally, with very prominent
nbs — A genus of 60 species in north temperate re-
gions, and from New Zeal. Several of them are na-
tive to N Amer They are perennial herbs with com-
pound Ivs. and large umbels of white fls not unlike the
cow-parsnip (Heracleum). The word "angelica" is
loosely applied to various plants. In the American
tropics, it is used for some of the arahads The angel-
ica of vegetable gardens is Archangehca offictnaht>
206. Anemone japomca
288
ANGELICA
ANGILECUM
Ctirtisii, Buckl Stout perennial, 2-5 ft , gla-
brous' Ivs 2-ternate, with qumate divisions, the Ifts.
thin, ovate-lanceolate, irregularly sharp-toothed Pa.
to N. C — Grown for the subtropical effect of its finely
cut, ample foliage Intro. 1891 by H P Kelsey.
hirsftta, Muhl (A villdsa, B S P. Archangihca
hirsuta, Torr & Gray) Pubescent above Ivs twice
pmnately or ternately divided, the Ifts thickish and
serrate, the upper Ivs mostly reduced to sheathing
petioles Eastern states Intro 1892 by II. P. Kelsey.
N. TAYLOR f
ANGELC)NIA (South American name, angelon, of
one of the species) Srrophidarulcex Perennial herbs
or sub-shrubs, grown in hothouses and conservatoi les,
and in the open far South.
Plants with the look of alonsoas Ivs simple, oppo-
site (or alternate above) Ms showy, blue, irregularly
2-hpped, the upper lip 2-lobed and the lower larger and
3-lobed, calyx 5-parted or 5-toothed, stamens 4, m
pairs, ovary 2-celled The axillary fls are in a long,
leafy terminal raceme branches 4-sided — About two
dozen' species from Mex to Brazil Grown as pot-
plants in warm glasshouses and pi op by seeds or soft-
wood cuttings
salicansefdlia, Humb & Bonpl Perennial, 3 ft or
less Ivs lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, sessile, toothed,
closely pubescent fls deep blue. S Amer. B.M. 2478.
P M 5 75 B K 415
Gardneri, Hook Woody, 3 ft Ivs linear-lanceolate,
more strongly toothed throughout their length* fls
purple, white-centered, handsome, in a long terminal
leafy raceme or spike plant pubescent-glandular and
aromatic Brazil. B.M 3754
grandifldra, Hort (C Morr ?) Perennial; peaceful,
2 ft Ivs entire, or slightly toothed, lance-pointed fls.
lilac, fragrant, solitary, not exceeding thelvs., the lobes
prominent and spreading S Amei — An excellent
plant for winter bloom, particularly the white-fid var.
alba, Hort , and grown in the open satisfactorily in
Fla It is a good pot-plant foi conservatoi y or for table
decoration Blooming plants aie seemed the same
year the seeds are sown Intro 1897 in Eu Gt 46,
p 612, GC III 22 307, Gn 52, p 461, RB 23:272;
all the same picture of a pot-plant of var <dba
angustifdha, Benth Lower Ivs smooth, narrow-
lanceolate fls deep violet in eiect terminal racemes.
Mex.
cornfgera, Hook Annual, 1 ft or more, slightly
hirsute Ivs lanceolate, pi aetically .sessile, broad at the
base, slightly ciliate fls solitary m the axils, shorter
than the Ivs , rich purple and deeper coloied in the
throat, the upper segms velvety-dotted, the middle
segm of the lower lip bearing a horn-like process
(whence the name cormgera, "honied"). Brazil. B M.
3848
integerrima, Spreng Perennial, with fleshy root,
blanching above Ivs lanceolate, entire, narrowed at
base1 fls stalked in the axils of short biacts and form-
ing a terminal spike or raceme 6 in long, light blue-
and purple-spotted, the throat wide open and lobes
very short and rounded except the lower which la
broad-ovate and toothed. S. Brazil, Paraguay. Gt.
54:1538. L. H B.
ANGIOPTERIS (Greek, vessel-fern) Marattidcex.
An Old World genus of coarse greenhouse ferns, with
twice- or thrice-pinnate Ivs , and the large fleshy
sporangia arranged in boat-shaped marginal son In
cult , requires plenty of room and abundant drainage.
Angioptens grows wild in swampy places, and is of
robust habit If grown in pots, the pots may stand m
2 or 3 inches of water Although spores are freely pro-
duced, no seedlings are on record Easily propagated
by the fleshy scales at the base of each frond. Each
scale contains at least two dormant buds, and should
not be divided They may be laid in sand, covered with
sphagnum, and kept m a close case for three to five
months. They start more quickly in early spring.
(Schneider, Book of Choice Ferns )
evecta, Hoffm. Growing from a stout, fleshy, erect
caudix, 2-6 ft high Ivs. 6-15 ft long, mostly bipmnate,
with swollen raehises, Ifts. 4-12 in long, H-1H m.
wide, the margin entire or slightly toothed India and
Japan to Madagascar and Queensland. S 1.399 —
Known under various names in cult, as A. lonyifoha,
etc The trade names, which appear to indicate species,
may be regarded as varieties R Q BENEDICT f
ANGOPHORA (ve^d-btaring, Greek, in allusion to
shape of fruit) Myrtdee^e GUM MYRTLE. A genus of
4 species of Australian trees or shrubs, sometimes cult,
in glasshouses in the Old World, but not known to the
trade in this country, where their cult seems to be
confined to botanic gardens They have large opposite
Iv.s , corymbose fls , with a 5-6-cleft calyx The com-
monest species in cult are A fnidifdha, Cav , with
yellowish fls and sessile Ivs , and A lanceolata, Cav ,
with white fls and petiolate Ivs See page 3505
ANGRJECUM (Latinized from Angrek, the Malay
name for all orchids of this habit) ()rchiddce<e Epiphy-
tic hothouse orchids with the habit of Vanda
Leaves flat or terete fls few to many in a raceme, or
rarely solitary, sepals and petals nearly alike, spreading,
hp adnate to the base of the column, lateral lobes
small or obsolete, middle lobe entue, spur long and
slender, polhnia 2, upon a single undivided stipe —
About 20 species, natives of Trop Afr , Madagascar,
and the Masearene Isls
These arc valued for their winter-flowering habit
and lasting qualities All have peculiar or grotesque
forms and some are fragrant All need a warmhouse
m winter, preferably the \\armest corner, where it is
moist. As the plants have no pseudobulbs they must
never become dry No soil is necessary at the roots,
but a surfacing of live sphagnum may be placed over
the crocks, this should be renewed as often as it be-
comes decayed The angra'cums may be classed with
the aendes, vandas and succolabmms as being true air-
plants and the roots are impatient of confinement in
pots or other receptacles Care must be taken to becure
the plants firm and upright when repotting, by means
of stakes or wire Frequent spraying overhead m
bright weather is of great assistance, especially m the
growing tune They must never be removed from the
greenhouse for decoration elsewhere, for if the plants
become chilled, there is total loss. (Orpet )
A Lvs. semi-terete, nanow
Scottianum, Ileichb f Sts up to 2 ft long, with
brown sheaths below Ivs. terete, giooved on the upper
side, 3-4 in long, spreading or recurved peduncles1
with 1-3 fls which are inverted and lj-2-2 in. across,
the sepals and petals pale yellow, changing to white,
linear, similar, acute, the sepals a little broader than
the petals, the lip white, concave, transversely oblong,
nucionate, spur 4—5 in long, reddish brown Comoro
Isls. GC. II 14, p. 137. FM. 1880 121. B.M 6723.
AA. Lvs flat.
B. Plant dwarf: fls. few, 3-fi, the clusters shorter
than the Ivs.
falcatum, Lmdl St 1-2 in tall: Ivs few, linear,
falcate, 2-3 in long, channeled above, keeled beneath:
peduncles with 3-5 fls , fragrant, white, about 2 4 m.
across, the sepals and petals acute, similar, linear-
oblong; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes minute, the middle
lobe narrow-oblong, retuse; spur curved, filiform
Japan B H 4 '283 BM 2097 (both as Limodorum
falcatum)
ANGR/ECUM
BB. Plant larger than above fls numerous, in racemes
usually longer than the Ivs
c fV.s white or tinged with yellow.
D. Lip acute
E Spur less than 5 in long, white.
F Sepals lanceolate fls about 1 in. across, spur
2-3 in. long.
modestum, Hook, f (A Sandenanum, Reichb f.).
Lvs oblong to obovate-oblong, acutish to emargmate,
3-6 in long racemes of numerous pure white fls on
orange pedicels, sepals lanceolate, petals ovate-lanceo-
late, lip broadly ovate Madagascar arid Comoro Isls
B M (5693 Lmd 2 92 UH 1888, p 516 RB lr>
217 A F 22 951, 35 381. O R 8 152, 12 337. O 4
f 24
FF Sepals elliptic flt> about /i/£ in across, spur
3~4 in lonq
articulatum, Reiehb (A dewendens, Reiehb )
Lvs oval to obovate-oblong, 3-5 in long, emar-
gmate or 2-lobed racemes pendulous, of numer-
ous pure \\hite fls on pale orange pedicels, sepals
and petals elliptic-oblong, acute, the lateral sepals
narrower, lip broadly oblong-oval, acute, spur
3-4 in long Madagascar
EE Spur ti-7 in long,
tinged with orange-
red
Ellisu, Reiehb Sts
up to 1 ft high hs
narrow, oblong, 5-8
in long, ('marginal e
or bilobed at apex
racemes pendulous,
of 12 or jnoie pure
white fls , sepals and
petals elliptic-oblong,
acute, the d o r b a 1
sepal indexed at the
summit, the lateral
reflexed, hp oblong-
elliptic, acute, .spur
slender, tinged with
orange-red Mada-
gascar (i C II 3
277 F M 1875 191.
O R 7 81
DD Lip emargmate or
2-lobed at apex
citratum, Thouars
Sts 3-1 in high hs
oblong-ovate, 3-5 in
long, acute or lobed
at the apex racemes pendulous, of 12 or more white or
pale straw-color fls , sepals obovate, obtuse, petals
oblong-elliptic, lip flat, nearl> orbicular, emargmate,
spur slender Madagascar. B M 562 1 I H 33 592
Lmd 5 238
cc Fls with green sepals and petals, hp ichite
superbum, Thouars (A ebuincum, Lindl ) Fig 207
Sts up to 4 ft or more long Ivs up to 2 ft long, 2 in
wide, coriaceous racemes ascending, with 8 or more
fls ; sepals and petals spreading, green, lanceolate,
lip white, orbicular, fleshy, abruptly acuminate, spur
green Madagascar BM 4761. BR 1522 Vai
vlrens, Veitch (A vlrcns, Lindl ) Differs from the
type in its smaller fls with the labellum tinged green
B M 5170
A auf/utfum, Rolfe (A August u) Allied to A Kotsehyi Lvs
thick and fleshy, glaucous green fla in arched raceme, pun white,
spur palo Kroen G C III 45 Feb 6, Suppl O R 19C8 246
Rhode ,ia — .1 bilobum, Lindl Racemes of b-10 fls, about 1 in
across, the sepals, petals and lips nearly alike, lanceolate-acuminate,
the spur pale orange-red W Afr J H III 43 48.* — I fiuvusd/nt,
God Resembles A. articulatum. fls pure wliite, brown spurs.
19
ANGULOA
289
Madagascar — A caudhtum, LindL =Listrostachys caudata —
A ChailluAr.um, Hook. =-=Ltstrostaehy*Chailluanum -4 -llatirhum,
Lindl =Mytitaoidium dutichtim — A Ethlerttnwn, Kranzl (A.
Arnoldianum, DeVVild) St elongated Ivs distant fls large, soli-
tary, sepals arid petals oval-lanceolate, acuminate, lip large, extm-
guwher-ihaped, emargmate arid apiculate at the summit, spur about
a,s long as lateral sepals Afr li M 7813 A F 2o 79 Gng 13
377 — 1 ejcpdninm, i'houars Us white, of peculiar form, spur
lunger than perianth segms Mascarene Isln — .1 faalu6num,
Kc-ic hb 8t 1 2 in hiRh racemes of 2-4 fls about 1 H m diam ,
pure white, the slender spur about i m long Madagascar J H
III 42 297 -- A futcutum, lleichb Sts short racemes of numerous
fls , 1 1 >i m across, cream-white, the hp oblong, acuminate
abruptly the sir nder spur about * >» long Madagascar Gn .17, p
(.1 —A ftumbl/tln, Keuhb =M-u roplectrum Ix'onih — 4 ichneumd-
ntum, Lindl =^-Listrosta(hy« K hm urnoncum -— A infundlbulare,
Lindl Sts long, fls large, sohr try, sepals and petals pale ytllow,
lip funiul-shiped, 2>-i-J in IOIIK, white with a grten throat, the
curved spur .J-5 in long W Afr BM 8153 GC III 3b 130
G M 47 029 Gn 6fi, n 109 J If III 4'J 2l<>, 59 387 —A Kot-
srhyi, Reichb Lvs obovate-oblong, 3-7 in long
ractme of 6-10 white fls , 1 Vi in across, the ovate-
oblong dorsal sepals and petals reflexerl, the spread-
ing later*' (-cpals lanceolate lip nearly rhomboid,
w if h a broad claw , spur pale brown, up to 9 in long
E Afr C, C II 14 (><H, III W .*7'J, III 46 221
Gn 31, p 32 i, 37, p 101. 7.3, p 5S3 — A Lednis,
\,,tch— Macroplertrum Ixonis— 4 pfllitcidum,
Lindl ^=LMrosta<hys pellunda — A pertitsum,
Lindl =Listrostai liyspertusa —A Rothnrhildianum,
J O'Brien St« 3-6 in Ivs ovate, 4-8 in long
raooims >f 1O-12 fragrant white fl« w it h a pale green
lurid uloiiK the sepals an<l |x tills, the lip white
with ant mcrald center and black-purple throat, the
t-pur grer n with a brown tip C < nt Afr G C III
*4 131 — A Srhtfflen,
Hort Scan ely 8 in high
fls long, reddish brown
German K Afr Var
v^oii differs from the
type m having all the
v<R<tative parts grfen —
A ^(Hijmpeiiale == Macro-
plectrum sesqtnpedlle
GKOROE V NASH.
207 Angraecum superbum
ANGULOA (dedi-
cated to Don Fran-
cisco de Angulo)
O rchi d a c e .t- Stout
coolhouse oiehids,
with large psseudo-
bulbs, the scales at the
ba.se p:\shing into Ivs
Lea\ e^s large, pli-
eateh nerved scapes
from the base of the
phdulobulbh, clothed
\\ith large lax
sheaths, flb sub-
globular, sepalh and
petals conmvent,
fleshy , lip bhorter
than sepals and pet-
als, 3-lobed, the mid-
dle lobe much smaller
than the lateral lobes, linear and recurved, or broader
and 2-hpped —Species .3, all m cult , natives of S
American Andes, at elevations of 5,(XMV-7,000 ft
Thib interesting genu.s comprises but fe\\ species,
but these are singular, since all are well worthy of cul-
ture Coming from the Andes of Colombia, a moderate
temperature of 50° in winter will be ample for their
needs, and a cool, shaded structure in summer, as tho
foliage is easily scorched by direct sunlight in hot
weather The peculiar structure of the flowers has
given the popular name of "boat orchid," which sug-
gests the general shape This, together with the fra-
grance, and the, hingrd lip, 'vhich oscillates with the
least movement, makes the plants very interesting
when m bloom The ariguloas are rather terrestna'
than epiphytal The culture is very simple if, as a
potting compost, a mixture is used containing some
soil with the fiber and some sphagnum moss as a sur-
facing, the potting being very firm Propagation is,
simple by division of t he bulbs The old back ones may be
severed at the creeping rhizome after the new growth
290
ANGULOA
ANISUM
has been completed, and these will start new shoots
usually in spring. Division must be made after the
shoots are visible from the back bulbs The black-spot
disease of the bulbs is often fatal to anguloas It apf tears
suddenly and is generally due to too much moisture
m the atmosphere or at the roots Directly it is seen,
the affected parts must be cut out clean, and dry sul-
fur applied, this, if done in time, will stop the prog-
ress of the disease if brown scale attacks the plants,
sponge with soap and water, taking care not to injure
the tender leaves (Orpct )
A Middle lobe of lip linear, recurved
unifldra, Ruiz & Pav (A virgindhs, Hort.). Pseudo-
bulbs angled, ovate-oblong, 3-6 in long Ivs up to 2 ft
long, broadly lanceolate fls creamy white, often flushed
or spotted internally with pink, sepals ovate, acute,
petals oblong-elliptic,
acute; lateral lobes
of lip semi-orbicular,
rounded at apex, the middle
lobe -linear, recurved Peru
and Colombia G C III.
19 423 B R 30 60 B M.
4807 Gt 32 1137 A F.
6-607.
AA Middle lobe of lip ovate-
triangular, 2-hpped
B Lateral lobes triangular,
acute
Cldwesii, Lmdl Fig 208.
Pseudobulbs cylmdric - ob-
long, 4-6 in long Ivs up to
2 ft long, obovate-lanceolate
fls lemon-yellow, sepals and
petals acute, oblong-elliptic,
lip with the lateral lobes
triangular, acute, the mid-
dle lobe broadly ovate-
triangular, fleshy, pubes-
cent Colombia " B R 30 63
B M 4313 hind 4 191.
Veitch, Man pi p 100 Var
eburnea, Veitch (A eburnea, Williams)
ivory-white fls Colombia
BB Lateral lobes semi-oibicular, rounded at apex
Rucken, Lmdl Similar to A Clomwi, but smaller
Fls green or yellowish green, flushed with brown on
the outside, inside yellow densely spotted with red,
sepals and petals oblong-elliptic, lip much as in A
Clowesn, but the lateral lobes rounded at apex Colom-
bia B R 32 41 Gt 3 106 A F 6 607 Lmd 2 53.
Var albifl&ra, Veitch Fls white, of waxy texture
Var sanguinea, Lmdl Fls uniformly deep red on
inside B H 3 31 I H 28 427
A Cliftonii, Hort O 4 pi 3 —A intermedia, Rolfe, a hybrid
between A Rucken and A Clowesn, was produced by Sedcn This
had fls of nearly the sue and shape of A Huckcn
GEORGE V NASH.
ANHAL6NIUM. Cactacev A name used in the
first edition of this C\ clopedia, but now given place to
the slightly older name Anocai pm, which see. A.
Wilhanikii and A Lewinu, sometimes referred to
Echmocactus or to Mamillarm, are here treated under
Lophopkora, which see
ANIGOZANTHOS (Greek, expanded flower}.
Amarylhddcesp. AUSTH \LIAN SWOUD LILY. About 8
Australian greenhouse or half-hardy perennials with
sword-like Ivs and woolly-yellow, -green, or -red fls in
short 1-sided racemes or spikes and a much elongated
perianth-tube. The two species likely to be met with
d,re A. flavida, Red (A cocrlnea, Paxt.), with mostly
red-woolly fls. 1^ in long and appendaged anthers;
and A. Mingles!!, Don, with fls about 3 m. long, red-
woolly at base and green beyond, the anthers not
appendaged. These plants are little known in N.
Amer.
ANISACANTHUS (Greek, unequal acanthus) Acan*
thacex A genus of 6 species of Mexican and American
shrubs, with mostly lanceolate, entire, petioled oppo-
site or clustered Ivs , and loosely spicate or scattered
red fls 1 in or more long, corolla-lobes 4, the tube
2-hpped, the upper lip .J-parted, the lower entire;
stamens 2, equaling or exceeding the corolla-lobes
Wrlghtu, Gray Height, 2-4 ft : Ivs 1-2 in long,
oblong- or ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate fls.
racemose, or paniculate-racemose, the corolla vermilion
or puiphsh red, 1^-2 in long, the lip shorter than the
tube, calyx deeply 5-cleft S and W Texas Offered
by Franceschi of Santa Barbaia, Calif
Gonzaldzii, Greenm (A Con-
zaitn, Hort ) Sub-shrub, the st.
much blanched l\s 1-2 in long
3-2-} jin wide, acuminate, and
obtuse at the apex fls ejmose-
raeemose, biick-ied, or seal let and
laiger than in the preceding
Oaxaea, Mex — Suitable for dry
pLu es. Intro by Franceschi in
1(»H N TAYLOR t
ANISE. UtnhMfcr* An aro-
matic condirnental and medicinal
hcib
Anise (Ptwjnnella _4nUuw,
Linn j is an annual, casih grown
from seeds m an\ warm and mel-
low soil The seeds are commonly
sown where the plants are to
stand, and the plant matures
rapidly The seeds are used in
medicine and in cookery, and for
flavoring hquois, tlie> yield a
highly pel fumed essential oil, they
aie mostly grown in Mediter-
ranean count nes The hs are
also used as seasoning and gai nibh-
mg The plant reaches a height
of 2 ft or less, bears twice-pinnate
Ivs and small yellowish white fla.
in large, loose umbels The seeds
are oblong and curved, nbbed on
the convex side, grayish, the size
ofcarawa\ seed In common with
all umbelliferous seed, anise seed
does not retain its \itality long,
the normal longevity being 1—3
.years Native from Giecce to
Kgypt. L. H B
208 Anguloa Clowesu.
( < U)
ANIS6TES (Greek, unlikcness).
Acaidhacesp Broad-leaved shrubs
of about 4 Aiabian and African species, one of which
has been intro to cult recently Fls m short axil-
lary clustets, sepals 5, nearly free, coiolla 2-hpped.
in shades of red, stamens 2, the filaments long and
glabrous fr a caps A. diversifdlius, Balf , from the
Isl of Socotra, IH an erect nearly glabrous shrub
less than 2 ft high Ivs elliptic-ovate or obovate, 2
m or less long, flame-colored or yellow, tubular and
2-lipped, the lips curved BM 8210 — Warm green-
house, blooming spring and summer Requires the
treatment given to Justicia and Jacobima Prop.
easily by cuttings f, \\ B.
ANiSUM. An old generic name now referred to
Pimpmella A officmale, DC. (P Anis-um) is Am&9,
which see
ANNONA
ANNONA
291
ANNONA (Latin, year's harwut, suggested by the
Haitian name anon applied to one of the species. Com-
monly spelled Ariona, but Linnyous used the double n).
Annonacea- (Kit-hard, 1NQ8) CUHTAKD- APPLE. ARA-
Tiru Tropical and subtropical woody plants culti-
vated for their fleshy fruits and for ornament
Leaves 2-ranked, alternate, devoid of stipules: fls.
perfect, solitary or in clusters, extra-axillary, often
opposite the Ivs and sometimes subtermmal; calyx
usually gamosepalous, ^-parted, petals typically 6.
in 2 series, but the inner series in some species reduced
to small scales or even wanting, stamens numerous,
crowded on the receptacle, the fleshy filament bearing a
pair of linear parallel pollen-sacs on its back, these
opening cxtrorsely bv a longitudinal slit and capped by
the expanded hood-like connective, pistils many, the
ovaries usually clothed on the outside with minute
hairs and containing a single erect ovule at the base
fr a syncarpium, formed by the growing together of the
carpels and leceptat le into a fleshy mass, seeds contain-
ing a large wrinkled endosperm writh small basal em-
bryo — Trees and shrub.s, over 50 m number, chiefly
from Trop Amer , but a few from Afr , and several
now widely cult in the warmer regions of both hemi-
spheres
Several specie.s have been successfully introduced
into southern California and Florida Some of those
cited m catalogues and horticultural publications are
merely forms of old species and others are genencally
distinct \mongst the.se names are A mexicana, which
was a catalogue1 name used by Ixxldiges; -1 cxcclvi of
Humboldt & Bonpland, a sprcies ne\er fully described,
the flowers and fruit of which are entirely unknown;
•and A afrit ana, an obscure species basid bv Linnaeus
upon an American specimen with lanceolate, pubescent
leaves A tritobala and .4 obovata are Awmna triloba
arid A'iinnrui obovata, A a^iatica of Limwus is not an
annona at all but a rubiaceous plant. Monnda citri-
i'oha, while .1 atiatica of Loureiro is A retirnhita, and
A a^iatica of Vahl is A .\qwiinoMi A For^kaliln of
J)e Candolle (A qlabra, Foisk , not Linn ) was based
upon a specimen of A t><j mimosa growing m cultivation
m Eg>pt, to A \quanio\a must also be referred .4.
Inflorn of Mo< ifio & Sessd, while .1 longifoha of these
authors is undoubtedly .1 r<ticnla(a, and their A fru-
ticovi is A (jlohiflora of Schlechtendahl A aurantiaca
and A rnacrocarjta are Bnuilian species, the names of
which were erroneously applied to eeitain cultivated
forms in southern California, while .1 suwiisiwa is
only a horticultural \anety of ,1 Chirimola, and A.
nntrca of the \ntilles a form of .4 i>qnanw>a A palus-
/ns of Linnanis is identical with his pre\iouslv described
A qlnbra, and the lattei name must take precedence
in accordance with accepted rules of priority A num-
ber of species described as annomis belong to other
genera Among them are .4 umplcxicauhs and .4
grandiflora of the islands of Mauritius and Madagascar,
which belong to the genus Pseudannona A Mannn of
Oliver, an African species which has a branching in-
florescence very different from that of the genus
Annona, has been assigned to a new genus Anonidium
by Engler <fe Diels, and .1 Perot U ha of A De Can-
dolle has been placed m the genus Unonopsis by R E
Fries Annona obtuw flora of Tussac, together with A
mucosa of Jacqum, must be placed m the genus Rollima
under the name R mruo^a, and to this genus should
also be assigned the Brazilian biriba, which is proba-
bly Rollinia orthopdala, a species with large, fleshy
fruit of delicious flavor, successfully introduced into
Florida from Para The climbing .4 nnona uncinata of
Lamarck belongs to the genus Artabotrys. A pijn-
formis, also a climbing shrub, of Mauritius, the fruit
of which is unknown, belongs undoubtedly to some
other genus For Annona longifoha see Duguetw See
also Ro'hnm, Artabotrys and Cananga
W E SAFFORD
CuUuial iiotcb
While the annonas succeed best on a heavy loam,
most species can be grown on light soils and under
adverse conditions The custard-apple (A rdtcuUita)
thrives on the Florida keys in a semi-naturalized state;
the cherimoya (A Chcrimola] grows and bears abun-
dantly on steep calcareous cliffs in Central America, the
sugar-apple (A .squaniow) is successful on drj and
sandy soils with practically no attention whatever
The situation best adapted to thorn is a sloping piece
of ground, for, with the exception of A glabra, they
are intolerant of stagnant water about the roots
The cherimoya, probably the hardiest of the genus,
withstands temperatures as low as 26° F without in-
jury, and reaches perfection only in a comparatively
cool climate. The soursop (A muncata) is one of the
tenderest species; the sugar-apple and the custard-
apple are somewhat haulier, all three are successfully
grown m southern Florida, but not in California
Propagation is usually effected by means of seeds;
the most highly valued species, however, such as the
cherimoya, are budded or grafted
Seeds will retain their vitality for several years, and
if planted in warm weather or under glass -will germi-
nate in a few weeks If in a greenhouse, they mav be
planted at any season of the year, otherwise, it is best
to plant only during spring or early summer Sow
thickly in flats or pans of light, porous soil containing
an abundance of humus, covering to the depth of % °r
K inch When the plants are 3 or 1 inches high, they
should be potted into 3-mch pots, care should be taken
to see that the soil is perfectly drained, and waterings
should not be too frequent or copious When the
plants have attained a height of 8 or 10 inches, they may
either be shifted into larger pots or set out in the open
ground, in the latter case, they must have careful
attention until they have become established and made
considerable growth
Both budding and grafting have proved to be readily
applicable to the annonas, either in the open ground or
in pots, under glass Several different species have
been used for stocks, A Chcnmola proving the most
satisfactory thus far m California, as it is best adapted
to that climate; A glabra has been found to be the most
vigorous and satisfactory m Florida.
Shield budding, essentially the same as practised
with the citrous fruits, is the method most commonly
used The work is best done in spring, shortly after the
sap has begun to flow, the time varying, of course,
according to locality and season Stocks should be
from 3x to ^2 mch in diameter, seedlings of this size
will be eighteen months to two years old Budwood
from which the leaves have dropped, and of about a
year's growth, is the most desirable It is important
that the buds be cut large, — about \l/z inches in length,
— as they are hkeh to have difficulty in starting and
be choked out, on account of the thick bark and rapid
callousing of the annonas, if they are too small The
incision mav be made either in the form of a T or an
inverted T, raising the bark with care so that the deli-
cate tissues l>mg under it will not be injured, and in-
serting the bud with as little pressure as possible
Waxed tape should be used for tying. Three or four
weeks after insertion, the buds should be unwrapped,
and, if they have unite* I with the stock, re-wrappea
loosely, lopping the stock at a point 5 or 6 inches
above the bud The wrap should not be removed until
the bud has made a growth of several inches.
For grafting, two-year-old seedlings are used, the
operation being a simple cleft-graft, using a scion of
well-matured wood from which the leaves have dropped
Cuttings of well-ripened wood can be rooted under
glass, with bottom heat This method of propagation
is not widely practised, however.
The annonas, when grown from seed, vary greatly
292
ANNONA
ANNONA
in regard to productiveness as well as size, color, form,
texture and quality of fruit In southern California,
many large seedling chenmoyas have been grubbed
out because they were unproductive, while others pro-
duce fruit of such poor quality as to be of no value.
Careful attention to culture will assist in improving
the quality and size of the fruit, but the only sure way
to perpetuate choice
forms and eliminate
all possibility of the
tree turning out to
be inferior is to
propagate by some
asexual means.
Most species
come into bearing
when three or four
years old Few
named varieties
have been estab-
lished, and these
are probably con-
fined to the chcn-
moya.
In some coun-
tries, the annonas
arc subject to cer-
tain fungous dis-
eases and insect
pests, notably the
209. Annona muricata.
mealy-bug As a class, however, they seem to suffer less
from these pests than most other fruit trees They
require very little pruning
Fruits must be picked when mature, — to avoid their
fallmg to the ground and becoming bruised, — and laid
away for a few days before they are ready for eating
If they are to be shipped any distance, they must bo
packed in some material, such as excelsior or straw,
that will allow good ventilation, each fruit being
wrapped in a piece of strong paper. The selection of
the toughest-skinned varieties adds greatly to the facil-
ity with which they can be shipped p \y POPENOE
biflora, 9. launfoha, 4 paluntns, 4
Cheninola, 6 longiflora, 7, purpurpa, 3
cinerea, 9 lonuifuha, 8 reticulata, 8
diversifoha, 5 monUvna, 2 squamosa, 9.
FortLahlu, 9 muruata, 1, 2 trtpetala, 0
glabra, 4
A. Petals broadly cordate-ovate or suborbicular, the inner
ones someivhat smaller than the outer.
B. Exterior petals valvate or edge-to-edge, usually acute,
inner ones imbricate or overlapping, obtuse or
round id
C. Fr. glabrous, bearing fleshy spines' Ivs glowj leathery,
vnth minute pockets in the axils of the lateral
nerves
1. muric&ta, Linn SOURSOP GUANABANA COHOS-
SOL CORAC.AO WE RAIMIA GRAVIOLA SUIRSAAK
ZUURSAAK Fig 209 Small evergreen tree, the size of
a peach tree, in general cult throughout the tropics of
both hemispheres' Ivs leathery, ill-smelling, obovatc-
oblong or oblanceolute, to ovate or elliptic, acute or
abruptly acuminate, glossy above and rusty beneath
but at length glabrous, with the minute pockets in
the axils of the lateral veins scarcely perceptible with-
out a lens1 fls large, the exterior petals thick and
fleshy, ovate-acute, valvate or edgc-to-edge, the inte-
rior petals somewhat smaller and thinner, concave,
rounded, imbricate or overlapping* fr very large,
fleshy, often as large as a child's head and weighing" as
much as /> Ibs , ovoid or heart-shaped, dark green, the
glabrous ill-smelling skin bearing numerous recurved
fleshy spines; pulp white and juicy, pleasantly subaeid,
with a slight mango-like flavor. Of Trop Amer origin,
but now common in the tropics of the Old World — As
in all cult frs , there is more or less variation in its
flavor. It is easily prop from the seed or from buds,
and is undoubtedly capable of improvement by selec-
tion It begins to bear at a very early age and is con-
sequently one of the most valuable fr. trees of the tropics.
It is grown with especial excellence m Porto Rico, and
is common in the markets of Key West, whither it is
shipped from the islands to the southward A favorite
drink is made from the juice, and the pulp yields ex-
cellent jelly, tarts and preserves Care must be taken,
however, to remove the skin m preparing the fr for
the table
2 montana, Macfadyan (A muricata, Velloso, not
Linn ) MOUNTAIN SOURSOP GUANAHANA CIMAK-
RONA COROSSOI.IER RETARD ARAT1CU PoNHK A
forest tree, sometimes reaching the height of 45 ft , but
usually of smaller dimensions Ivs resembling those of
the soursop, varnished above and dull beneath, with the
pits in the axils of the lateial neive.s often conspicuous
us similar to those of the soursop, solitary or in pairs,
fr spheroid or broadly ovoid, varying from the size of
an orange to 6 in diam , green at fiist, at length turn-
ing yellowish, skin glabrous, bearing numerous short
erect fleshy spines, puln not edible Thin species, which
is larger and more robust than the closely allied A
muricata, has been intro into Fla, for use as stock
upon which to bud other species of the genus W Indies
and N. S Amer ; thus far unknown from Mex and
Cent Amer — The peculiar pits, or pockets m the axils
of the lateral nerves of the KM set apart this species,
together with A muricata, from allothei species of the
genus
cc. Fr. covered with felt-like tomcntum, bearing rigid
btout pi/rarnidal spines oftm hooked at the tip
Ivs very large, snbcoriaceout or mernbranactous,
undulate without axillary pockets
3. purpilrea, Mociflo & Sess<5 NEGRO -HEAD
CABEZADE NEGRO SONCOYA SKNCUYA TORETA Fig
210 A small or medium-sized tree, sometimes reach-
ing the height of 25 ft , the younger branches clothed
with reddish tometitum but becoming glabrate at
length Ivs large, membranaceous or subeoriaceous,
undulate, oblong-elliptical to oblong-obovate, acumi-
nate at the apex, rounded or obtusely cuneate at the
base, 8-12 m long
and 1-5 3/j m broad:
petioles short and
thick . fls resem-
bling those of A.
muricata but sessile
or nearly so, soli-
tary, extra-axillary,
sometimes opposite
a If , inclosed when
very young in an in-
volucre of 2 bracts,
the apex of which
becomes more or
less shriveled at
length, and the base
persists somewhat
like an outer or
second calyx, calyx
3-lobed, fcrrugme-
ous-velvety on the
outside, 3 outer pet-
als very thick, val-
vate, usually acute or acuminate, sometimes obtuse at
the apex, ferrugmeous-velvety on the outside, stained
with purple within, inner petals overlapping, thinner
and rounded, forming a dome-like covering over the
essential parts, whitish on the outside, purple within;
terminal connectives of the stamens velvety carpels
distinct at first, the hirtellous ovaries crowm by a
210. Annona purpurea.
ANNONA
ANNONA
293
prismatic stylo about %\n long fr large, spheroid or
broadly ovoid, sometimes 6-8 in diam , covered with
a brownish felt-like indumentum and bearing numerous
pyramidal protuberances, grooved longitudinally on
the ventral side and usually terminating in a hook
directed toward tho peduncle, seeds large, obovate,
more or less flattened and margmate, sometimes exceed-
ing an inch in length by Mr^m broad, pulp fleshy,
fibrous, very fragrant, edible, with a flavor somewhat
like that of a mango Mex to Panama and perhaps N
S Amer It is abundant on the Isthmus of Tehuaritepec
and is sold in the markets of Veracruz — The frs differ
considerably in flavor Some of those on the Isthmus
of Panama are reputed to be excellent, though here, as
elsewhere, they aie supposed to induce chills and fever.
Intro into S Calif , but imperfectly known in cult
Like its congeners, it is undoubtedly capable of improve-
ment by careful selection
BH. Exterior and interior petals both valvale or edge-to-
cdye and usually acute
4 glabra, Linn (A palihtns, Linn A launfoha,
Dunal) PoNu-Ai'i'LE ALLIGATOR-APPLE MONKEY-
APPLE MANGROVE-ANNON Y MAMIN MAMAIN
CArmMAN-CornoN C \YITL CAYUKKS CORK-WOOD.
PALO JJoBo Hois-UjOT CORC-HO CORTISSO
ARATiru DO BHKJO Fig 211 Small to medium-sized
tree, sometimes reaching a height of 45 ft , growing in
swampy places and along the banks of streams, voung
growth smooth Ivs smooth and laurel-like, glossy green
above, paler beneath, evergreen, ovate to oblong or
elliptic, usually acute or acuminate but sometimes blunt-
ish at the apex and rounded or tapering at the base
fls fragrant, varying considerably in size, those of trees
growing in favoiable situations larger than those grow-
ing in cro\vded mangrove swamps, outer petals cream-
colored or pale gieenish vellow when fresh, usually
marked \\ithin b\ a
deep led spot near the
base, inner ones some-
what shorter and nar-
rower, whitish or dull
greenish outside, usu-
ally blood-red within
or spotted with red or
wine-color near the
base fr the size of a
hellflower apple with
a smooth leathery skin,
green at first, at length
yellowish, its suiface
covered with
indistinctly
outlined are-
oles, but these
never elevated
or squamose,
pulp cream-
colored when
ripe, not edi-
ble except by
iguanas and
other ani-
mals Ever-
glades of Fla.
and banks of
the Indian
and Caloosa- ..... ''
hatchee Rivers; also the tropical shores of Amer , W.
Indies, west coast of Afr., and the Galapagos Isls — State-
ments that the fr. is sold in the markets of Mex and that
the tree is cult for its fr are based upon the confusion
of other species of annona having eniooth frs with this
211. Annona glabra.
(XM)
AA Petals (exterior) linear or oblong, the inner ones
minute and scale-like
B. Peduncles with broad persistent If -like bracts at the
base
5. diversifdlia, Safford ILAMA. ILAMATZAPOTL.
Fig 212 Small tree with brownish-gray, aromatic,
longitudinally furrowed bark; young growtn glabrous,
with prominent If -
scars bordered with
a margin of pale
rufous hairs Ivs
thin, membranacc-
ous, glabrous, vari-
able in form, those
near the base of the
brant hlets broadly
elliptical and
rounded at the base, t
those higher up ob- H
lanceolate, rounded
at the apex and
acute or cuneate at
the base, the largest
4-5^2 inches long
and 1 Yrl inches
broad with petioles
exceeding ^inch in
length peduncles
long and slender,
recurved, glabrous,
issuing from 2 sub- 212 Annona dlversif0ha (xji)
orbicular, If -like,
amplexicaul bracts at the base of the branchlets;
fl -buds obpynform, calv \-divisions broadly ovate or
triangular, terminating at the points in a tuft of fer-
rugmeous hairs, outer petals linear-oblong, swollen at
the base and concave within, sparsely rusty-pubescent
on the outside, inner petals minute, pubescent on
the back and bean rig 2 rudimentary pollen-sacs, car-
pels distinct, glabrous near the base, rufous hirtellous
above, at length growing together into a compound
fr or svncaipiurn fr large, conoid or broadly ovoid
with an axis of about 0 in and a diam of 5 in ,
clothed with dense gravish felt -like tomentum and
when mature usually bearing stout thick protuberances
directed toward the apex, but these sometimes sup-
pressed, pulp edible, cream-colored or rose-tinted,
seeds hard, smooth and nuthke, golden brown or tan-
colored Mts and foot-hills west coast of Mex to Salv a-
dor — The fr is offered for sale in the markets of Colima
and Acapulco It is described by American Consul
Marion Letcher, stationed at Acapuloo, as shaped like
a pineapple cheese, with delicious pink-tinted pulp,
and Samuel E Magill, American Consul at Guada-
lajara, states that the frs grown on the side of the
volcanos of Cohma and Cerro Grande are of unubually
fine quality Thus species has been mtro. into S. Fla.
BB Peduncles* devoid of If -like bracts at the base
c. Lr*> velvety beneath
6 Cherimdla, Mill (A tnpttala. Ait ). CHIRIMOYA.
CHERIMOYA CHL,RIMO\ER CHEHIMOLLA. Tree, 15-
25 ft high, with young growth fulvous tomentose:
Ivs persistently velvety-tomentose beneath, sparsely
pubescent above, ovate to ovate-lanceolate or obo-
vate, sometimes elliptical, obtuse at the apex or ob-
tusely acuminate, usually rounded at the base fls fra-
grant, extra-axillary, often opposite a If at the base
of a branchlet, usually solitary but sometimes 2 or 3
on short nodding tomentose peduncles, the exterior pet-
als oblong-linear, not exceeding 114 in length, keeled
on the inside and excavated at the base, greenish yellow
or rufous on the outside and clothed with velvety tomen-
tum, pale yellow or whitish within and marked with a
purple spot at the base, inner petals very small, squa-
294
ANNONA
ANNONA
mose, ovate or triangular, usually flesh-colored or pur-
ple and keeled on the outside, fr variable in shape and
appearance, sometimes conoid or heart-shaped, with
surface bearing protuberances, sometimes spheroid or
ovoid with the surface covered with concave or squa-
mose U-shaped areoles, each bearing a small wart or
tubercle, and sometimes quite smooth or with the sur-
face having the appearance of putty marked by finger-
prints; pulp white, edible, pleasantly acidulous, easily
separable from the seeds, seeds usually obovate,
obliquely truncate, somewhat compressed, with a thin
membianous brown
testa which is usu-
ally more or less
wrinkled or pitted,
owing to the
wrinkled surface of
the inclosed endo-
sperm Andes of
Peru and adjacent
regions, but natu-
ralized at a very
early date in Mex.
and Cent Amer.
Successfully intro
into S Calif ,
Canary Lsls , Ma-
deira, the mts of
India, and Hawaii
Essentially a sub-
213. Annona reticulate. ( X X) Apical plant which
does not yield good
results in low tropical countries — Frs of exquisite
flavor are produced on the island of Madeira, where the
trees are trained on trellises and are taking the place of
grapes in the economy of the island Excellent results
have also been secured in S Calif See Chenmoya
7. longifldra, Wats WILD CHERIMOYA OF JALISCO
A shrub or small tree, 3-10 ft high, young growth
softly pubescent branches with prominent If -scars,
which are clothed with a marginal collar of plush-liko
hairs* Ivs resembling those of A Chcnmola but dis-
tinguished when mature by being glabrate or glabres-
rent between the lateral nerves, \vhich together with
the midrib are persistently velvety pubescent, the
blades 2-5^2 m long and 1/-2-3J4 in broad, elliptical
to obovate-elliptical, usually rounded but sometimes
acute at the base and rounded at the apex, which is
often minutely apicuLtte 11s short-peduncled, pubes-
cent, the calyx-dnisions deltoid-ovate, clothed on the
outside with hne soft hairs, the outer petals leathery,
often 2 in long, linear-oblong or oblong-lanceolate m
shape, cream-colored or whitish, and marked within
with a dark purple or blackish spot at the excavated
base; inner petals minute (sometimes wanting), ovate,
obtuse, finely pubescent; carpels distinct, the ovaries
clothed with rufous hairs, and the styles minutely
puberulent fr conoid or globose-ovate, its surface
covered with protuberances or with reticulated areolcs;
pulp white, resembling that of A. Chenmola in flavor.
State of Jalisco, Mcx , especially m vicinity of Guada-
lajara and Tequila. Intro, into S. Calif , but as yet
little known
cc Lvs not velvety
D. Fr. smooth or nearly so, its surface divided into angular
areoles by impressed lines, pulp tallow-like.
8. reticulata, Linn (A longifbha, Mocifio & Sess6).
COMMON CUSTARD- APPLE, BTJLLOCK'S-HEART. CORA-
ZON. COROSSOL Costm-DE-BosuF CORA^AO DE Boi.
MAMON ANONAS ANONA COLORADA. QUAUHTZAPOTL.
Fig 213 A deciduous tree, 15-25 ft high with young
growth fulvous-pubescent, at length glabrate Ivs.
approximate, oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate, acute at
the apex, conduphcate, glabrate, or with the midrib
and lateral nerves sparsely pubescent fls in extra-
axillary clusters of several issuing from the new branch-
lets, peduncles nodding; outer petals fleshy, oblong-
linear, keeled on the inside and excavated at the base,
olive-green or yellowish, usually stained within with
purple and with a dark purple blotch at the base,
inner petals very small, scale-like, ovate, acute, carpels
distinct, the ovaries covered with pale brown silky hairs,
at length uniting to form a solid fr. fi. 3-5 in diam ,
smooth, with the surface divided into rhomboid or
hexagonal areoles by impressed lines, usually reddish
or reddish brown when ripe, or red-cheeked on the
sunny side, pulp sweetish but insipid, tallow-like and
usually granular, adhering closely to the seeds Trop.
Amer , now widely spread throughout the tropics of
both hemispheres — A robust tree w Inch has spread
spontaneously in the forests of the Philippines, the
island of Guam and the E Indies, while its congeners,
A. muncata and A squrnnosa, occur usually only where
planted It is essentially tropical while the chcnmoya,
with the smooth-fruited forms of which it has often
been confused, is subtropical Its fr is interior in flavor
to both the chenmova arid the sugar-apple (A t,qua-
mosa), from the first ot which it maybe distinguished by
its long, narrow, glabiate l\s , and from the second by
its solid, compact fr , as well as its larger Ivs From A
glabia, with which it is also contused, it may be dis-
tinguished by its elongate narrow outer petals and
its small, dark brown seeds It is common in the W
Indies and thrives in S Fla
DD Fr composed of lonnded carpels loosely cohering
when ripe, covered with a glaucous bloom, pulp
creamy or custard-like
9 squamdsa, Lmri (A. cinerca, Dimal A For-
skdhlii, DC A hiflbra, Moemo & Sesse) SUGAR-AP-
PLE SWEET-SOP ANON ATTA ATTK ATIS POMME-
C \NNELLE KESCHTX FRUTA i>\ CONDEHHA AH ATE
DE PANUOO STEENVPPEL TEXALTZAPOTL PINHA
Fig 214 A small deciduous tiee, 15-20 ft high, with
irregularly spreading branches and zigzag branchlets
bearing approximate 2-ranked Ivs , young growth
pubescent, at length ghibrate or clothed with scattered
hairs and dotted with lenticels Ivs eonduplicate,
resembling those ot A rcliculata, but smaller, usually
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute or shortly acumi-
nate at the apex and acute or cuneate at the base, some-
times ovate or elliptical and rounded at the base with a
tendency to be asymmetrical, membranaceous, minutely
punctate with both
sui faces pale green;
sparsely hany at
first, at length gla-
brate or nearly so,
except the petiole,
which is pubescent,
fls borne on the
young branchlets,
closely resembling
those of A, reticu-
lata, extra-axillary,
usually m clusters
of 2, 3, or 4, but
sometimes solitary;
peduncles slender,
sparsely and deli-
cately pilose, at
length glabrate,
bearing a minute
bracteole below the
middle, which ter-
minates in a tuft
of floccose hairs,
outer petals oblong-
linear, thick, tri-
quetrous, rounded
at the apex and 214. Annona squamosa (XH)
ANNONA
ANNUALS
295
excavated at the base, greenish yellow, usually marked
within by a wine-colored or purplish red spot at
the base; inner petals minute, ovate or obovate,
keeled on the outside; stamens with broad terminal
connectives of a cinnainon-brown or orange-red color;
carpels distinct, clothed with pale brown hairs, sul-
cate on the ventral side and terminating in oblong
or taper-pointed styles : f r. about the size of an orange,
spheroid or heart-shaped, composed of loosely coher-
ing carpels rounded at the extremities and grooved
on the inner side, forming a squamose or tuberculated
surface, greenish yellow and covered with a glaucous
bloom at first, but soon turning black in spots when
handled, and the waxy bloom easily rubbed off; pulp
yellowish white, creamy or custard-like, very sweet
and pleasantly flavored; seeds dark brown, smooth,
closely resembling those of A reticulata. Trop Amer ,
now widely cult, in all tropical countries — Less robust
than A reliculata, with fr much more highly prized,
and produced several times during the year instead
of only onre, as m that species Like A reliculata, it
is essentially tropical and will not thrive in subtropical
regions which are suitable for the cult of the chenmoya.
It has been mtro into S Fla Delicious sherbets are
made from its custard-like pulp, often with
the addition of a little lemon juice, but it is
never cooked or made into preserves or jelly,
like the soursop The fr , when green, as well
as the seeds and Ivs , is used for destroying
vermin, and the crushed Ivs , in the foim of
poultices, are applied to ulcers and malignant
sores in the W. Indies. The root is a drastic
purgative w. E. SAFFORD.
ANNUALS. What are known to gardeners
as "annuals" are plants that bloom in the
open the same year the seeds are sown and
that do not live over winter
These plants are not necessarily true an-
nuals, for annuals in the botanical sense are
plants that normally complete their entire life-
cycle within one vegetation-year Perennial
plants that bloom freely from seed the first year
and do not usefullv survive till another year
may be classed as annuals by the gardener and
t reated as such t hese are properly plur-annuals,
a group standing midway between annuals and
perennials The garden Nicotiana o//zws (prop-
erly N, alata) and pinks and snapdragons are
such It may be said that plur-annuals are plants of
somewhat indefinite duration that are terminated by
cold \veather rather than by their normal maturity
within the season Manv real peienmals, as castor
bean, are treated as annuals in northern gardens
Some of the biennial plants— those that normally
bloom and perish in the second year — may flower the
first >ear if the seeds arc sown early and the plants are
hurried along Of these, Canterbury bell, ipomopsis
and some of the crnotheras are examples See Bit nniah.
The annuals of gardens are grown directly from seeds,
in usual practice Some plants are reared annually
from bulbs or tubers, as crocus, lilies, potato* these are
really perennials that die each year to the ground and
do not perish root and branch To these plants the name
pseud-annuals (i e , false annuals) has been given
Among t he true annuals t here are many grades Some
of them are \vinter annuals, growing in the cool part of
the year and carrying over winter under the snow, as
the common creeping chickweed and other crucifer:1
In the arid regions of the West, many annual plants
epnng into growth with the rams and thrive in the cool
months Many of the annuals are summer annuals and
others arc autumn annuals these two classes are prac-
tically the only ones that are cultivated m the open
for ornament
Among the annuals are found some of the most
showy garden flowers As a rule, they are easily grown,
producing quick results and affording a great variety of
colors, forms and foliage Some of the annuals last only
a few weeks in bloom, others continue throughout the
summer. There are trailers and climbers, dwarfs and
tall growers By a judicious selection and arrangement
of kinds, the handsomest effect may be produced Many
of the showy kinds are adapted to mass effects, while the
dwarf-growing sorts make good flowering edgings for
beds or walks. With the latter, handsome ribbon-beds
arc possible, but this requires care m the selection of
kinds, and as the use of the trimming shears is almost
precluded, it is befet to limit oneself to simple designs.
Annuals are well suited to the covering of bare spots of
ground in the border Like other flowers, they dis-
play best when seen against a background of foliage.
The tall and leafy kinds make excellent covers for
unsightly objects For climbing and twining kinds, see
Vines. See, also, Everlastings and Grasses.
Classification as to hardiness.
It is customary to divide annuals into three classes:
(1) Hardy annuals are those that are sown directly in
the open ground where they are to grow. They are
215. Annuals filling the formal space between a drive and a tree-group
vitally strong, developing \vithout artificial heat, and
mav be sown from Februaiv to May, according to the
season and latitude Some of them, as sweet peas, may
be sown even in the fall Foi this class, a v\ ell-prepared
border on the south side of a fence or \\all, or other
sheltered place, is usually pref cried for early sowings.
From here the seedling-, are transplanted later where
they are to grow Some sorts, however, do not bear
transplanting well, consequentlv must be sown in the
places thev are to occupy Among such are poppies,
cschscholtzia, bartoma, Venus' looking-glass, lupine,
malope, and the dwarf convolvulus. (2) Half-hardy
annuals are usually sown in February or March in the
window or a warm frame The season is usually not
long enough to enable them to reach full development
in the open In the early stages of growth they need
protection and warmth Such kinds are sometimes
sown in the fall and wintered over in a coldfrarne When
once established, they are hardy with slight protection.
Some of the kinds are grown to their greatest perfec-
tion onlv in this way (3) Tender annuals require
still more warmth and are started from January to
May in the greenhouse or other suitable place They
commonly need a temperature of 60° to 70° The danger
with early-grown seedlings, especially those started
in the window, is over-crowding and want of light.
As soon as crowding begins, the plants should be
296
ANNUALS
ANNUALS
thinned out or transplanted to other trays, or into
pots, and reset from time to time, as they need; fre-
quent transplanting is usually an advantage The last
transplanting is preferably into small pots, as then the
seedlings may be readily set in the open ground at the
proper tune, with little or no check.
The greater number of common annuals will bloom
freely if the seeds are sown in the open ground when the
weather becomes thoroughly settled. But there are
some kinds, as the late cosmos and moonflowers, for
which the northern season is commonly too short to give
good bloom unless they are started very early indoors.
In the case of others than the continuous bloomers, a
succession of sowings or plantings is desirable to pro-
vide for a continuous display, then as a kind begins to
fail, its place may be filled with young plants of the same
216. A semi-formal garden space of annual flowers.
or other species. The usual method of securing suc-
cession is to sow the seeds in flats, or beds, and trans-
plant the seedlings first to pots The potted plants may
be set out at any time, with but little check to growth.
When flowers of any annual are wanted extra early,
the seeds should be started indoors It is not necessary
to have a greenhouse for this purpose, although best
results are to be expected with such a building. The
seed may be sown in boxes, and these boxes then placed
in a sheltered position on the warm side of a building
At night they may be covered with boards or matting
In very cold "spells" the boxes should be brought
inside In this simple way seeds may often be started
one to three weeks ahead of the time when they can be
sown in the open garden Moreover, the plants are
likely to receive better care in these boxes, and there-
fore to grow more rapidly Of course, if still earlier
results are desired, the seed should be sown in the
kitchen, hotbed, coldfrarne, or in a greenhouse In
starting plants ahead of the season, be careful not to
use too deep boxes The gardener's "flat" may be taken
as a suggestion Three inches of earth is sufficient, and
in some cases (as when the plants are started late) half
this depth is enough
One trouble with early sown seedlings is "drawing
up," and weakness from crowding and want of light.
This is most likely to occur with window-grown plants.
Vigorous June-sown plants are better than such weak-
lings It must be remembered, however, that very
early bloom usually means the shortening of the season
at the other end, this may be remedied to some extent
by making sowings at different times
Only the best seeds should be purchased, and it is
usually best to get the colors m separate packets. In the
open ground, seeds may be covered to a depth of four or
five times their own thickness, but when sown indoors
in trays or pots, the rule is to cover them to about their
own thickness After covering, the soil should be pressed
firmly over the seed with a board or hoe. or the feet.
In soils that are inclined to bake, a sprinkling of sand
or fine litter over the surface after sowing will remedy
this evil Evergreen boughs placed over the beds until
the seedlings have appeared will afford useful shelter
from beating rams It is desirable to sow the seeds
thickly. For the reception of seeds, the surface should
be mellow and
smooth The
seeds are sown
in drills or con-
centric circles,
according to the
method of plant-
ing decided
upon Taller-
growing kinds
are sown toward
the center or
back of the bed
When up, the
plants may be
thinned to their
proper distances
Particular care
should be given
to this matter,
and to keeping
down weeds, or
the plants may
become weak,
spindling and
valueless Much
trouble will be
avoided if each
seed-row is
plainly labeled
marked
that the young plants may be distinguished from the
weeds, with which they must often compete
Soils and places.
Most annuals thrive best in an open, sunny situa-
tion, but pansies, forget-me-nots, and some others,
thrive where they get the full sunshine for only half the
day Some of the kinds are at their best in full sunlight,
as portulaca, sunflower, and zinnia. In all cases the
best results are secured only when the soil is well
enriched and thoroughly prepared previous to sowing
or planting, and it is far better to make this preparation
a fortnight or more in advance A considerable propor-
tion of hurnus in the soil is desirable, rendering it
less subject to baking and drying out. Cow-manure,
stable-manure or leaf -mold, worked in liberally, will
supply this Beds should be spaded thoroughly and at
least a foot deep If the surface is then again worked
over to half this depth, better results will be obtainable.
The soil should not be disturbed, however, unless it
pulverizes readily.
When the flowers are to be grown about the edges of
the lawn, make sure that the grass roots do not run
underneath them and rob them of food and moisture
It is well to run a sharp spade deep into the ground about
the edges of the bed every two or three weeks for the
purpose of cutting off any grass roots that may have
ANNUALS
ANNUALS
297
run into the bed. If beds are made in the turf, see that
they are 3 feet or more wide, so that the grass roots
will not undermine them Against the shrub borders,
this precaution may not be necessary it is desirable
that the flowers fill all the space between the overhang-
ing branches and the sod
The plants should not be allowed to bear seed, else
they will be exhausted and the season of bloom will
be short Sweet peas, for example, soon spend them-
selves and dry up if the pods are allowed to ripen The
frequent cutting of blooms prolongs the season.
The kinds
Most of the staple or general-purpose types of an-
nuals in the North are the following petunias, phloxes,
pinks or dianthuses, larkspurs or delphiniums, calhop-
8is or coreopsis, pot mangolds or calendulas, bachelor's
buttons or Centaurea Cyanus} clarkias, /mnias, mari-
golds or tagetes, collmsias, gilias, California poppies or
eschscholtzias, verbenas, poppies; China asters, sweet
peas, nemophilas, portulacas, silenes, candytufts or
ibens, alyssum, stocks or matthiolas, morning-glories,
nasturtiums or tropieolums, wallflowers, gaillardias,
snapdragons, coxcombs, lobelias, foui-o'eloeks, ama-
ranths, balsams, sweet sultans, salpiglossis, scabiosas,
nicotianas, and pansies Other species are mostly of
special or particular use, not general-use types In the
South, and occasionally at the Noith, some ot the
annuals come up voluntarily year after yeai from self-
sown seeds, e g , petunias, phloxes and morning-glories
Late sowings, even as late as June in the latitude of
New York City, may be made of such things as China
aster, sweet alyssum, California poppy (Eschscholtzia) ,
calliopsis or coreopsis, portulaca, calendula, phlox, zin-
nia, marigold, candytuft, mignonette, petunia Late-
blooming beds of these and other annuals may be
secured by this delayed sowing The tendency to sow
everything for early bloom deprives the garden of
much freshness and interest in autumn
The numbers of varieties in some of these long-
cultivated species-groups are surprising large, and they
often appeal to collectors If a collector desires annual
for autumn display, for example, he \\ill find that
zinnias have about forty current vaneties, annual
pinks about fifty, petunias about sixty, pansies sixty
to seventy, balsams over sixty, and stocks perhaps
300, all of which may be prolonged moie or less into
autumn But the most appiopnate and varied of these
annuals are the China asters, which have about 450
varieties Owing to the greater vaiictv of everything
abroad, collectors naturally send to Europe for laige
collections, and the very low dutv on flower seeds has
stimulated the collecting of annuals Peienmal flowers
are more difficult to import, but many peisons have
recently imported fifty or more vaneties of the fol-
lowing gaillardia about 100 varieties, hardy chry-
santhemums 100 and more, florists' pentstemons more
than 150 (not sufficiently hardy), delphiniums over
200, and phlox .*50 Unfortunately, collections of a
single flower rarely give an artistic effect, even when
at their best, owing to the difficulty of isolating trouble-
some colors in a garden that must be sunny, failures
alnong highly bred varieties, the fact that the early,
rmdseason and late sect ions mix poorly, and so on The
obvious limitation of gardens devoted to OIK* kind of
flower is that they are unattractive out of season^ and
therefore it is best'to isolate them. There are practically
no annuals that bloom satisfactorily throughout sum-
mer and autumn
Background plants, for bold mass-displays of color
in the rear parts of the grounds or along the borders
may be secured from some of the coarser species.
Good plants for such use are. sunflower and castor-bean
for the back rows: zinnias for bright effects in the scar-
lets and lilacs; African mangolds for brilliant yellows;
nicotianas for whites. Unfortunately, we have no ro-
bust-growing annuals with good blues. Some of the
larkspurs and the browalhas are perhaps the nearest
approach to them
Foi lower-growing and less prominent mass-displays,
the following are good California poppies for oranges
and yellows, sweet sultans for purples, whites, and pale
yellows, petunias for purples, violets, and whites, lark-
spurs for blues and violets, bachelor's buttons (or corn-
flowers) for blues; calliopsis and coreopsis and calendu->
las for yellows; gaillardias for red-yellows and orange-
reds; Cnma asters for many colors except yellows
For still less robustness, good mass-displays can be
made with the following, alyssums and candytufts for
whites, phloxes for whites and various pinks and reds,
lobelias and browalhas for blues, pinks for whites and
various shades of pink, stocks for whites and reds, wall-
flowers for brown-yellows, verbenas for many colors.
Vine1* arc abundant among the annuals, the most
prominent being morning-glory, sweet pea, cobea,
climbing nasturtium, Japanese hop, cypress-vine and
other ipomceas balloon-vine, scarlet-runner, moon-
flowers in the South
Some of the "everlastings" or immortelles are useful
as flower-garden subjects as well as for "dry-bouquets "
These "paper flowers" are always interesting to chil-
dren The colors are bright, the blooms hold long on the
plant, and most of the kinds are very easy to grow.
Favorite groups are the different kinds of xeranthe-
munib and hehchrysums The globe amaranths, with
clover-like heads (sometimes known as bachelor's but-
tons), are good old favorites Rhodanthes and acro-
climums are also good and reliable
Ornamental grasses should not be overlooked They
add a note to the flower-garden and to bouquets that
is distinct and can be secured b> no other plants They
are easily grown Some of the good annual grasses
are Agro^tis nebulosa, the brizas, Uranium bnzarformis,
the species of eragrostis, and peumsetums and Coix
Lochryma as a curiosity Such good lawn grasses as
arundo, pampas-grass, eulalias, and erianthus are
perennials ana therefore are not discussed here.
The amateur would do well to make up lists from
the most detailed seed catalogues The following short
lists (under trade names) suggest a few things in sev-
eral categories
\V hile-jloireied annuals
Ageratum mexicanum album
Alyssum, common s<\\o<;t
Centranthus macrosipnon
albus
rhina asters
Comolvulu
Matthiolu (Stocks). v_,ui,-and-
Comp- \guin, Dresden Per-
petual, Giant Perfection,
White Pearl
Mirabihs longiflora alba
Xigella
Dianthus, Double White Mar- Phlox, Dwarf Snowball, Leo-
garet poldn
Ibcm amari, coronana Poppies, Flag of Truce, Shir-
[pomcra hederaeea ley. The Mikado
Livitera alba Zinnia
Malope grandiflora alba
Yellow- and orange-flowered annuals
Caraha lutea Hibiscus afncanus, Golden
Calendula officmahs, com- Bowl
mon, Meteor, sulphurea, Ipomcea coccmea lutea.
suffruticosa. Loasa tricolor
Calliopsis bicolor marmorata; Tagetes, various kinds
oarddininifoiia, (Ji^ms Thunbergia alata Fryen,
Cosuiidjum Burnd«eanum aurantiaca
Dnnorphotheca auraiitmra 'Irop.eolum, Dwarf, Lady
Erysimutn Porofukianum Bird, Tall, Sohulzit
Eschscholtzia cahfornica Zinnia
Rhie- and purple-flouvred annuals
Ageratura mexicanum, mt-xi- Ibens umbellata, umbellata
canum Dwarf hlacina
Browallia Czermakowski, Kaulfusma amelloides, atro-
elata violacea
Centaurea Cyanus, Victoria Lobelia Ennus
Dwarf Compact, Cyanua Nigella
minor Phlox vanabihs atropurpurea
China asters of several Salvia fannacca
varieties Speculana
Convolvulus minor, minor Verbena, Black-Blue, cserulea;
umoauha Golden-leaved
Giha achiileaefoha, capitata Whitlavia jcloxinioides
298
ANNUALS
ANREDERA
Rose- and rose-red-flowered annuals.
Caoaha, Scarlet.
CLxrkia elegaus rosea
Con volvulus tricolor roseus
Dianthus, Half- Dwarf Early
Margaret, Dwarf Perpet-
u ii ohinensis
Gaillardia picta
Ipomcea coccmea, volubihs
Matthiola annuus, Blood-Red
Ten Weeks, grandiflora,
Papaver (Poppy) oardmale;
Mephisto
Phaseolus multiflorus.
Phlox, Large-flowering Dwarf,
Dwarf Fire-ball. Black
Warrior
Sal via coccmea.
Saponana [Thumb.
Tropjcolum, Dwarf, Tom
Verbena hybnda, Scarlet Defi-
Zinnta. [ance.
Annuals useful for edgings of beds and walks, and for
nbbon-beds.
Ageratutn, blue and white
Alyssura, sweet.
Brachycome
Calandrmia
Clarkia
Collmsias
Dianthuaea or pinks.
Giha
Gypsophila mural is.
Iberia or candytufts.
Leptoaiphons.
Lobelia Ennus
Nernophilas
NigelKs
Portulacas or rose moi
Saponana calabnca.
Spcculana
Torenia
Whitlavia.
Late-blooming annuals.
Probably the best annuals to bloom in late fall, even
after the first frosts, are petunia, phlox, and verbena
Other excellent kinds arc ageratum, alyssum, antir-
rhinum or snapdragon, Calendula oj[}icmah<>. California
poppy, gaillardia, mangold, and pansy. The list may
be extended by
Abroma umbellata
Adonis fflstivahs, autumnale.
Argemone grandiflora
Calhrhoe
Carduus benediotus
Centaurea Cynnus (bachelor's
button)
Centaundium
G 10 675, 27 54— A Linen, Hort =Dossmia — A Petdla, Hort.—
Macodes — ,1 Vtitchmnut, Hort =-Maeodes
GEORGE V NASH |
ANOGRAMMA (Gieek, without I met leferring piob-
ably to the absence of indusia) IJoli/po<liait<t' A small
gioup of tropical ferns, somewhat lelaled to Ptens, and
characterized by linear son uncoveied by indusia
The Ivs are borne in a cluster, are small, 1-2 pinnate
\vith pmnatihd divisions and forking vemlets
schizophylla, Diels (Gymnoqrdmma schizophylla,
Bake-) Lvs. 18-24 in long, quadri-pmnatihd, the
stalks, raelusea and divisions slender, the ultimate
segms nnely cut A compaiatively recent mtro ,
very graceful in cult Jamaica A G 18 421 G F.
2 533 A F 10 827 I II 31 .722 Gn 48, p 417.
Var elegantissima (Gymnoqrarnma elegantissima, Hort.
W. Bull.), has reddish brown rachises
II C BENEDICT
ANOIGANTHUS (from Greek words, alluding to the
expanded (lower) Amai yllidficesc A small probably
monotypic genus of Natal and the Cape region, the
,
plants sometimes cult as greenhouse winter- and sprmg-
flcweung bulbs A. brevifldrus, Baker (Cyrtdnthus
Harv ), has an ovoid bulb 1 in diam ,
Erysimum Perofskianuin, t
kansanum
Giha
Centranthus maorosiphon.
Cennthe retort a
Cheiranthus Chein
Chrysanthemums.
Convolvulus minor, tncolor.
Dianthus of various kinds
Elsholtzia cristata
ichillejpfrlia, capitata,
lacmiata, trice lor.
Ibens affinis
Lavatera alba
Matthiolas or storks
(Enothera rosea, Lamarckiana;
Drummondn
Podolepis affinis, chrysantha
Salvia coccmea, fannacei, Hor-
Virgiumn stocks
Viscana elegans, oculata, Cceh-
rosa
If sown early or in the fall, bachelor's button, annual
gypsophila and poppy will re-seed and furnish plants
for late fall bloom L II. B f
ANCECTOCHtLUS (Greek, open hp} Orrhidac<>a>. A
group cultivated for the beautifully reticulated leaves,
which are oval or ovate, rnembranaceous and diversely
colored, the floweis aie small, not ornamental
Terrestrial, from a creeping rhizome Ivs basal; fls.
m a spike or raceme, sepals free, the dorsal erect, form-
ing a hood with the petals, the lateial sepals spreading;
hp adnate to the foot of the column, spreading; claw
fimbnate, the blade 2-lobed — About 8 species
Although many methods have been adopted for the
successful cultivation of the best species and varieties,
failure has been the rule, so that at piesent few Ameri-
can collections contain even a single specimen. Plants
introduced by collectors sometimes thrive for a few
years and then fail, in spite of all efforts. Frequently
they can be kept only a year or two.
Bullemi, Low Lvs about 2 in. long, bronze-green,
with 3 longitudinal bands of copper-red Borneo.
regilis, Blume Fig 217 One of the most attractive
species of the group Ivs oval, large, bronze-
green netted, veined with gold, the surface
of the Ivs like velvet. Java B M. 4123.
FS 2 79 (both as A sctaceus}. — Several
good varieties exist
Rdxburghii, Lindl Lvs ovate, median
line of pale green, reticulated and veined
with gold Java and India
Several kinds are described and figured in foreign
publications, but they are all fanciers' plants Other
names which appear in the Ann ncan trade are A.
Daydna = (?) — A Daivsonulnu.? — Htomana — A
Frtdmn- Aiiyuitn, Reichb f (\ xanthophyllus,
Planch ) Lvu dark velvety green, the broad orange
stripe down the center covered with a net work of gold 217 Ancectochilus regahs
with a short neck Ivs 3-t, appearing with the fls , 1
ft or more fl -st to I ft high, bearing a 2-10-fld
umbel Ms bright yellow, about 1 in long, with a short
tube and oblong-lanceolate nearly equal segms, stamens
6, in 2 series fr a globose membranous caps , 3-valved,
seeds flat, B M 7072 Var minor, Baker (A lutcus,
Baker), is a dwarf mountain foim with narrower pen-
anth-segms These plants aie half-haidy in the milder
parts if given good protection over winter
ANOMATHECA: Lajuvr»u»ia
AN6PTERUS (referring to the
seeds being \\ mged at top) tiaxifrag-
aiccf (Greenhouse shrub, blooming in
spring
Shrubs or small trees, glabrous,
with alternate thick eveigieen exstip-
ulate lv* , and white fls in terminal
racemes c.il\ \-tube verj short, the
lobes (>-(), persistent, petals and sta-
mens as many as cah \-lobes fr a
caps , oblong-conical, opening by 2
recurved valves, seeds winged at one
end — Two species in Austiaha and
Tasmania
glanduldsus, Labill Handsome
eveigieen shrub, biMonun^ a small
tiee (to 40 ft ) m its native regions
Ivs most lv at ends of branches, ellip-
tic-lanceolate to somewhat obovate,
4-8 in long, somewhat senate fls
m somewhat drooping hi acted race-
mes 3-o' in long, parts of petals usu-
ally 0, about j-'2in long Hubalpine
Tasmania L H B
ANREDfeRA (personal name).
tese A monotypic genus, allied
to Boussmgaultia Vine, with
fleshy sts and Ivs , tuberous-
rooted fls small, white, in long
slender mostly axillary spikes,
sepals 2, broadly winged , petals
5, not exceeding sepals, stamens
5, the filaments fattened ; stigma
entire A. scdndens, Moq , is
native Texas to S Amer., and
planted in Old World tropics,
a much-branched vine some-
times cult m greenhouses, with
Ivs ovate and more or lea»
acute, entire.
ANSELLIA
ANS^LLIA (m honor of John Ansell, African
explorer) Orchiddcesc Kpiphytic hothouse orchids
with tall, thickened leafy stems.
Flowers in panicles, showy, sepals and petals similar,
spreading, lip erect, sessile at the end of the column-
foot, lateral lobes bioad, parallel, erect, middle lobe
round-ovate, spreading; pollmia 2 — A genus of 4 closely
related species, perhaps all foims of 1 species.
africana, Lmdl Sts up to 2 ft tall, leafy above1 Ivs.
4-8 m long, about 5-nerved, elongated -lanceolate:
panicle many-fid , fls 2 m across, with brown-purple
spots on a light yellow-green background, sepals nar-
row-oblong, petals about twice as broad as sepals;
lateral lobes of lip oblong, the middle lobe ovate.
Fernando Po B.M. 4965.
gigante.a, Reichb (Cyrnbtdium Kdnder^onu, ITarv ).
Differs from the above in the smaller fls with narrower
Begins, which are spotted on the lower part only.
Natal. B M 4955, f 3 GEORGE V NASU. f
ANS&NIA: Amwnui
ANTENNARIA (pappus likened to antenna;) Com-
p6biLr EVERLASTING CAT'S-EAU LADIES' TOBACCO.
Pi SSY'S TOLS Field herbs, sometimes offered by
dealers in native plants
Small, while- \voolly perennial plants, with spatulate
or obovate loot-lvs , and mostly leaflets scapes, bearing
small gray or white heads which remain htiff and dry.
fib dia-cious, the st animate forms rare m cult , all
tubular None is showy 1 hey are interesting for rock-
work arid the edges of holders, and tor this purpose
have been sparingly intro in the last few years Ihey
are peifectly hardy, and thrive m poor soil. The fls.
are often cut before fully mature and dried (and often
d\ed) as everlastings About 20 species grow wild.
Prop mostly by division of the mats, also by seeds.
Allied to Anaphahs and Gnaphahum, both of which
are leafy stemmed plants quite distinct from the pros-
trate, stemless antennanas, which send up only a
bract ed scape, except in A raccjnobu, See Everlastings.
A Papput> of sterile //,s not thickened at the tip, minutely
roughened.
dim6rpha, Torr & Gray Tufted, with spatulate Ivs.
and a sparsely Ivd fl -st an inch or less high, from a
stout, much-branched rootstalk Neb west to Calif.
AA Pappus of Gertie fls thickened at the top.
B Not spreading by stolons
Geyeri, Grav Stout, thick-woolly, from a woody
base fls -st 3 in or moie high, ver> leafy to the top:
pistillate heads narrow involucre with rose-purple or
ivory-white tips to the inner scales Calif and Ore.
BB Spreading by stolons
c Hcadt> solitary or in a cymo^e cluster.
dioica, Linn. (A Candida, Hort ) Basal Ivs 1^2 in-
or less long, 1 -nerved or only indistinctly 3-nerved st.
2 12 in mvolucral bracts all light green or light brown,
with white or pinkish tips Northern states and Eu ,
and Asia —The plant m the trade as A tomentosum
is probably a form of this species Also in cult under
the proper name, A dintca A hyperborea, Hort , a
name common in the trade, is apparently a mere form
of this with pinkish fls
alpina, Gaertn Plant 1-4 in involucral bracts in
fertile heads, dark brownish green, acute. Canada,
Rocky Mts , Sierra Nevadas
plan tagimfdlia, Rich Basal Ivs 1 }£ in. or more long,
distinctly 3-nerved st 6-18 in high. — Stolomferous.
making broad patches. Common m fields and old
pastures. Perhaps not in cult.
cc Heads loosely panicled.
racemdsa, Hook Light-woolly, the flowering Bts.
6-20 in. high, sparsely leafy, the heads mostly on slen-
ANTHEMIS
299
der peduncles involucre brownish, white-tipped Ore.
and Brit. Col. to the Rockies.
A martfan/timz^AnaphuliH niargantacea.
N. TAYLOR t
ANTHEMIS (Greek name of the chamomile) Com-
p6siLf CHAMOMILE Pyrethruin-hke heavy-scented
plants, annual, biennial or perennial, members of a
218 Anthettus tinctona
large, Old World temperate-region genus, used m bor-
ders and alpine gardens
Heads manv-fil , the disk yellow, the r.iys white
and vellow and (in the common cult species) pistillate,
the receptacle conical and chaffv, the achenes terete or
ribbed, and either naked or bearing a minute crown
Ivs pmnately dissected
Two or three of the species
excellent border plants The true chamomile is a me-
dicinal plant The hardv perennial species, which alone
are grown m this country, are easily handled in the
border, where the\ bloom from midsummer till frost
They thrive m almost an> soil, but need full exposure
to sun
Propagation is bj seeds or division of the clumps,
usually the latter.
A Rays normally yellow.
tinctdria, Linn GOLDEN M A.RGTJEKITE Fig 218
Of bushy habit, 2-3 ft , with angular st and pmnately
divided, and again pinnatifid or cut-toothed Ivs , and
large, daisy-like golden yellow fls (1-2 m across).
Gn 12, p. 91; V. IS 33 A Kelwayi, Hort (or var
Kthvayi, Hort.), has finer-cut foliage and deeper yellow
fls Th«re is also a pale-iaved v.meU and a white-fld
form is sold under the name A monlana Gn 52 484
— An excellent hardy perennial border plant, and useful
at the same time for cut-fls
300
ANTHEMIS
ANTHOLYZA
AA. Rays white.
B Perennial, cult.
n6bilis, Linn. CHAMOMILB. Half-spreading and
much-branched herb, downy, the Ivs. very finely dis-
sected, pappus wanting, chaff of the receptacle blunt.
Var. grandifldra, Hort., is larger-fld. than the
type, and sometimes
yellow-fld — A pleas-
ant - scented herb,
sometimes escaped
from cult It yields
the medicinal charno-
mile fls of com-
merce For medici-
nal purposes, the
heads (the single pre-
ferred) are cut as soon
as fully expanded,
and dried Cult also
as a hardy border
plant; often double.
BB. Biennial or an-
nual; weeds.
arvSnsis, Linn.
Pubescent, not ill-
Bcented Ivs. rather
coarsely 1-2 pin-
nately parted, pap-
pus a minute border:
heads 1 m or more
across; the involucre
with broad, blunt
scanous marginal
edges, rays pistillate,
spreading, 2-toothed
— Not common and
rather coarte
C6tula,DC MAY-
WEED DOG FENNEL
Fig 219 A common
weed along roadsides, ill-scented, growing 1-2 ft high,
with finely dissected Ivs , neutral rays and many aster-
like fls 1 in across
A Aizbon, Ciriseb -=Achillea agerahfolm Gn 24 342 — A
ardbica, Linn =*CladfUithus —A coronana, Hort -^Chrysanthc-
inum toronariura — A floribunda, Hort Dwarf Ivs mm h dis-
sected fl -heads pure white — • 4 Bitbersteimdna, Koch, is
found in some catalogues It is an alpine plant with pinnate
IVH , which are silvery, and yellow fls Can be cult only in the
alpine pardon L H B
ANTHER: Flower N- TAYLOR.f
ANTH12RICUM (Greek, flower hedge). Includes Pha-
langium Lihacex Non-bulbous liliaceous plants grown
in borders and cool greenhouses
Herbs, with tuber-like rhizomes, and racemes of
rather small, white, deep-cut fls : perianth rotate;
anthers attached between their basal lobes, and the
locules many-ovuled — in these characters differing
from Paradisea — Some 50 species, mostly African, but
a few in the western hemisphere
The anthericums are useful for lawn vases, for borders
that are protected in winter at the North, for green-
houses and also for growing under benches Propaga-
tion naturally by stolons; increased also by division
and seeds Of easiest culture. Give plenty of water
when in bloom.
Liliago, Linn. ST BERNARD'S LILY. Figs. 220, 221.
St. simple, 2-3 ft high, bearing an open raceme of open-
spreading fls 1 in. or less across, the segms. linear-
oblong- Ivs long and narrow. S. Eu and N Afr. B.M.
914. Var. major, Sims, is larger in all its parts. B.M.
1635.
ramdsum, Linn. St. branched fls. somewhat smaller.
Eu. B.M. 1055
219 Anthemis Cotula.
A BicMtti, Hort Lvs flexible, variegated with white, elegant
habit W Trop Afr — A. calif firmcum, Hort -*Chlorogaluin
pomendianum — A H6ffmannii, Engler Free-flowering TVS ]
ft , 1% m broad, shining green fla -sts scarcely exceeding the (vs.:
fls in dense panicles, star-shaped, white E Afr — A Lihantrum.
Lmn =Paradisea Liliastrum — A picturatum, A mrieaatum and
A. -nUatum are garden names for Chlorophytum elatum
L. H. B.
ANTHOLtZA (name from the Greek, referring to
fancied shape of flower). Indacex. Cormous plants of
the gladiolus kind, grown in the open for summer
bloom, red and yellow
Perianth long-tubular, curved, dilated above, the
uppeimost segms., largest; stamens 3, style branched;
ovary 3-loculed. — About 14 or more Cape and Trop.
African plants, with linear 01 sword-shaped Ivs and
bright fls in 2-sided spikes Cult the same as gladioli,
being taken up in the fall The tubers are often started
in a frame or in the house before planting m the open.
A. Perianth red, segms very unequal.
Cundnia, Linn Conn small, globose st simple,
1-1 ^j ft.. Ivs. about 4, linear, 1 ft 01 less long' fls.
4-6, in a lax spike, bright red, tube an inch long, the
stamens reaching to the tip of the upper segm seeds
discoid, winged Cape L.B C 20 1971 (as Anibanthes).
caffra, Ker Conn large, globose, long-necked st
2 ft or less. Ivs narrow-linear, 1 ft fls 12-20, in a lax
spike, bright red, tube 1-1 K m long, stamens not
quite reaching tip of upper segm . seeds 3-angled,
narrowly winged Cape — Has been hybridized with
gladiolus
AA Perianth ted and yellow, segms less unequal
aethidpica, Linn. (A ringens, Andr ) Corm large,
globose st branched, 3-4 ft Ivs several, sword-shaped,
1 m broad and 1-1 ^ ft long, spikes 6-9 in long,
rather dense; fls 1K~2 in long, red-yellow; starnena
reaching to the tip of the upper segm seeds turgid,
not * winged Cape B M 561 Var minor, Lmdl.
(A bicolor, Gasp ) Dwarf Ivs narrow fls red at top,
pale yellow below BR 1159 Var vittigera, Baker,
(var ringens, Nichols ) Tall as the type fls bright
yellow, striped led B M 1172 Vai immarginata,
Baker. Fls red, with dull > cllovs
paniculata, Klatt Corm large, globobc bt stout,
much branched, 3-4 ft Ivs lanceolate, oblique, 2 ft.
or less long, to 3 in broad spikes dense, many-fld.,
with wavy rachis,fls bright
red-yellow, tube curved, to
\Y± in long, upper segm.
hgulate. Natal Var. major,
Hort. A form with largei
Ivs. and fls.
crocosmioides, Hort.
Said to be a hybrid of A. \
pamculata and Crocosmia:
3 ft : spikes branching, fls.
brilliant orange-red, shaded
to gold
A abysslnica, Brongn Corm
globose, 1 m diam st 2 ft.
or less Ivs 3-4, linear, 1 ft.
long spike simple, fcw-fld , fls
bright red, the curved tube 1 in
long Abyssinia — A quadrangu-
forts, Burm (Gladiolus quad-
rangulans, Ker ) Corm large,
globose, plant ttolomferous st
slender, 2-.} ft Ivs 2-3, narrow
spike very lax, 2-4 fltl , fls bright
red and yellow, tube 2 in long
Cape— A Schweinfurthii, Baker
St terete, 1 ft to spike Ivs 5 to
6, grass-like, 6 in long spike
simple and lax, many-fld , fls.
bnght red shading to yellow,
about \Yi in long, the tube
curved and dilated Abyssinia.
B.M 7709
L. H. B. 220. Anthencum Liliago.
"ANTHOXANTHUM
ANTHURIUM
301
ANTHOXANTHUM (Greek, anthos, flower, and
xanthos. yellow). Graminex Aromatic grasses with
spike-like panicles Spikelets with 1 awnless perfect
floret, and two 2-lobed, awned sterile lemmas. Species 4,
Eu A perennial species, sweet vernal grass (A.
odordlum, Linn ). is occasionally cult, ad a meadow
grass to give a pleasant odor to hay. Dcpt. of Agnc .
Div of Agrost , Hull 20:55. Another species, an annual
(.4 Putin, Lecq <fe Lam ), is more rarely cult
A S. HITCHCOCK.
ANTHRfSCUS: Chervil.
ANTHURIUM (Greek, tail-Jlower}. Ar&cex. Choice
hothouse foliage plants.
Peienmal, the st creeping, climbing, assurgent or
arborescent* Ivs. variable, net-veined, with a promi-
nent midnerve and lateral nerves, and a well-defined
nerve at or near the margin fls in a spike (npadix),
subtended or inclosed in the bpathc. fr a berry.
Tropical herbs and climbing plants of perhaps 608
hpocies besides varieties, mostly from the central and
warmer parts of S. Amor, though piobably not one-
tenth are in cult in this country Grown cither for their
hhow> spat lies and spadices, or their handsome velvety
Ivs Spat he usually spreading or even reflcxcd, only
rarely partially mclobing the spadix Differs from
Alocasia and allied genera in technical characters
Monogr by Engler in De Candolle's Monographic
Phanerogamarum, Vol 2 (1879), and Pflanzenreich,
hft 21 (1905)
The genus Anthunuin appears to be a constantly
mci easing one as regards the number of species Index
Kewensis, when fir^t issued in 1893, gave the number of
known species as 213 The supplements have now
recognized 365 more species, making in all about
578 known species, though there are probably not
more than fifty in cultivation in this country and
perhaps not more than ten or fifteen known to the
trade Of those that arc in ( ultivation there are several
varieties or h>bnds, as the species seem to cross
readily
Anthunums are tropical aroids of great beauty, and
at least a few species should be included in every col-
lection of choice plants. They seem to fall naturally
221 Stolon of Anthericum LiliagO.
into two sections or groups, viz , foliage and flowering.
Although anthuriums all flower, those that have the
large handsome velvety leaves, such as A crystalhnum,
A Warocqueanum, A. splendidum, and the like, have
very inconspicuous or decidedly unattractive flowers,
while A Andrxanum, A Browmi, A Regnellianum and
A. Scherzenanum and many others have remarkably
showy, usually scarlet spathes and spadices but much
less handsome foliage. All are striking plants —
Anthunums such as A. Andrxanum, A ornatum.
and their numerous hybrid progeny, require at all
222. Anthunum Scher-
zcrianum ( X "-a)
times a high and humid atmosphere Under these con-
ditions and in a good rooting medium, they ought to be
continually in flower A bloom is produced from the axil
of each leaf, and immediately beneath this leaf a new
root is produced, thick and succulent at first, becoming
tough with age, and, if not allowed to bury ithelf among
the compost in which the plant grows, it eventually
hardens and is of no help in the sustenance of the plant.
Therefore, the growing point
of the specimens should not
be allowed to get too high, or
the flowers will be few and
poor. When the plant forms
stems above the pot, the com-
post should either be built up
around the stem, to catch the
roots, or the plant may be cut
over, rooted afresh in sand,
and given a new start in a
pot The two ornamental-
leaved species, A Veitchn and
A Warocqueanum, should be
treated in the same manner.
When cut down, one may look
lor the old stocks to send out
small growths, which m course
of time may be taken off and
put in small pots All of the
above are such free-rooting
kinds that they may, with the
addition of some rotted ma-
nure, be grown in sphagnum
moss A good mixture is as
follows sphagnum, chopped
not too fine, one part; fern or
kalrma roots, chopped up and
the fine substance removed,
one part; another part to be made up equally of sand
and rotted manure With well-drained pots, this forms,
an admirable rooting substance — Most of the other
species and their forms, including A Scherzenanum
and A crystalhnum, will thrive better in material
mainly composed of rough, fibrous loam and peat with
the fine material sifted from it This rough, fibrous,
material should be inived with a small quantity each
of sphagnum, charcoal and sand Good drainage, and
less water than is needed for the Andreanum and
Warocqueanum groups will be necessary A Scherzer-
lanum, although thriving well in the hottest house,
will succeed in an intermediate house — Established
plants of anthunum will need repotting only once in
two or three years, but should have a fresh top-dressing
every year, the best time to overhaul them is about
the end of January, or before active growth begins
They should be given a shaded position, free from
draughts of cold air, and ordinary stove temperature
Care must be taken not to mar the leaves by hard
spraying The temperature during winter should not
fall below 55° — Propagat ion is by suckers or cuttings
of the rhizome inserted in small pots containing a mixture
of peat fiber, chopped sphagnum moss and silver-sand in
equal proportions, and plunged in a propagatmg-box in
a temperature of 75° to 80°, with bottom heat About
the end of January is the most suitable time to take the
cuttings Anthuriums may also be propagated by seeds
sown in a mixture of very fine fibrous peat and chopped
sphagnum moss in 4-inch pots The seeds should be
lightly covered with sphagnum, and the pots placed
either in a propagat ing-case or under bell-glasses, where
a temperature of 80° can be maintained A constant
humid atmosphere is very necessary to induce the seeds
to germinate To prevent damping, the seedlings
should be pricked off round the edge of a 3-inch pot as
soon as the first leaf is large enough to handle Seeds
of such kinds as A. crystalhnum and A regale will
germinate well on the moss of nepenthes baskets.
302
ANTHURIUM
Seeds are secured by pollinating the flowers, the stig-
mas of which become mature long before the anthers
Anthunurns of the Scherzenanum type may be in-
creased by division of the crown (E J Canning and
G W. Oliver.)
INDEX.
album, 1, 5
andegdvense, 1.
mutabile, 1
Bangumcum, 5.
Scherzenanum, 1
Andrtfanum, 5
nebuloHum, 1.
spathiphyllum, 2
Bennettu, 1
splendidum, 11
Brow mi, 4
pygmajiim, 1
Veitchu, 6
crystalhnum, 9.
regale, 10
Ver\8eiieum, 1.
Regrielhanum, 3
Wardn, 1
giganteum, 1.
lacteum, 1
rhodochlorum, 5
roseum, 1, 5
Warocqueanum, 1, 7.
Willmnwii, 1
Lawrencise, 5
Kothschildianum, 1
Woodbridgei. 1
magruficum, 8
aalmonoum, 5
A Lvs plain green, grown mostly for the showy "flowers"
B Spadix coiled
1 Scherzenanum, Schott Fig 222 A foot or two
high, evergreen Ivs long-lanceolate (the blade 1 ft or
more long and petiole of nearly equal length), thick, usu-
ally somewhat revolute, with a .strong vein parallel with
each edge and close to it, 'and many cross-veins scape
long and slender (1-2 ft ), red, spathe ovate-oblong, 3-4
in long, spreading or deflexed, intense red (sometimes
double, l.H. 37 107), spadix slender, curled, yellow
Cent Arner B M 5319 R B 22 121 On 33, p. 89
G C. II 12 301. G. 3 55 A F 6 509 (in variety) —
An old favorite Runs into many forms .spathe white,
vars album, album magnfficum, lacteum, maximum
album, Wflliamsii, Vervaenfcum; spathe parti-colored,
vais. andegavense (scarlet on the back, white and
scarlet spotted above), mutabile (white -bordered),
nebuldsum (double white .spotted rose), Rothschildia-
num (scarlet mottled white, Gn 30 454), Warocquea-
num, not A Warocqueanum (white spotted red);
spathe very large, vars giganteum, maximum, Wardii,
Woddbndgei. Very dwarf is var p^gmaeum; rose-sal-
mon spathe and orange spadix is var pansiense; sharp
pointed Ivs and spathes is var Bennettu; rose-colored
spathes, var rdseum ; deep blood-red spathes, var san-
guineum.
BB Spadix not coiled
c. Spathe narrow, gieen
D. The Ivs narrow, not cordate.
2. spathiphyllum, N. E Br Two ft or less, stemless
or nearly so If -blade 2 ft or less, narrow -lanceolate,
attenuate in a straight line from the middle to the base,
acuminate, bright green above and grayish beneath,
223. Anthurmm Andraeanum. (X1A)
with prominent midrib spathe 2 in. or less long and a
half or more as wide, erect, boat-shaped, pale green or
whitish, spadix 1 in long and very blunt, pale yellow.
Trop. Amer
3 Regnellianum, Engl Lvs 5-6 in long, about 2
m. broad, obtuse or slightly emarginate at the base,
gradually narrowed to an acute apex, green, spathe
ANTHURIUM
about l^m long, %-\i\n broad, spadix dark green,
1^-2 m long, on a short stipe. Brazil.
, DD. The Ivs broad, deeply cordate.
4 Brdwnii, Mast Lvs 2-3 ft long, a deep sinus
separating the rounded basal lobes, leathery, dark
shining green above, paler beneath, with 12-15 pairs
of prominent lateral nerves spathe (3-8 in long, lan-
ceolate, gieemsh, rose-
tinted, spadix 10-15 m
long Colombia G C 11.
0 744-5
cc Spathe cor < late-ovate,
colored
5 Andraeanum, Lind
Fig 223 Low species,
with If -blades diooping
like an alocasia and cor-
date ovate - lanceolate
spathe cordate -ovate,
thick in texture, 0-10 m
long, orange-red, widely
open - spreading, spadix
3-4 in long, vellowish,
with white band marking
the zone in which the
stigmas are recep 1 1 v e
Colombia B M 0616
A F 6 W), 10 1005 Gt
38 1293 I II 24 271,
37 105 V 9 259, 11 138
GC II 13:497— Beauti-
ful and popular Runs
into many varieties „, A .
Spathes white, var album; 224 Anthurmm Veitchu (XJ8)
snathe very bright red, ^arche^depr^sslons1"8 the
shining, var Gamen(R II
1907*30, desc ), spathes verv large, pure white, var.
Lawrenciae; spathes of a soft rose-color in upper part
passing into light green on Litei.il lobes, var rhodo-
chldrum (R H 1901 452), sp.it hes shining rose-pink,
var rdseum; spathes salmon-color, var salmdneum;
spathes dark crimson, var sanguineum.
AA Lz>s prominently marked with white or colors, or
with deep bands of gi e( n cult mostly for foliage
B The Ivs not bullate
c Markings green or greenish
6 VSitchu, Mast Fig 224 Tall and robust species
(st 2—3 ft) If -blades pendent, like a fine alocasia,
often 3-4 ft long, cordate 01 eared at base, metallic
green, but marked by deep-sunk neives, which arch off
the midrib spathe 1 ft long, hon/ontal, green, spadix
6-8 in long, straw-coloi Colombia G C II 6 773
B M 0968 Mn 8 187 I II 27 400 Gn 29, p 453
G C. Ill 44 181 —Striking
or Markings while or essentially so
7 Warocqueanum, Moore Fig 225 Very vigorous:
Ivs oblong-lanceolate, long-tapering, hanging, 2-4 ft
long, deep velvety green, with rib and principal veins of
a prominently lighter shade, making handsome con-
trasts Colombia III 27 392 GC III 44 180— A
handsome and striking foliage plant
8 magnificum, Lind. Lf .-blade deep cordate, oval, 2
ft long, upper surface olive-green with white nerves;
petiole 4-angled* spathe small, oblong, green, spadix
green, cylindrical Colombia
9 crystalluium, Lind & Andre" Like A magnificum;
differs in petiole terete or only very imperfectly angled,
sinus of blade smaller, veins wide-banded and whiter
and very regular If -blade ovate-cordate, short, deep
velvety green, with the midrib and two consecutive
bands crystal white, spathe linear-oblong, acuminate,
ANTHURIUM
ANTIARIS
303
green. Peru. I.H. 20.128 G C. III. 24:417 (var.
illustre). G. 21:98. G W. 15, p. 254.
10 regale, Lind. Lf -blade cordate-oblong, long-eus-
pidatp, 3 ft or less, at first tinged rose, hut becoming
dull green and marked with white veins, petiole nearly
terete, spathe broad-lanceolate, greenish. Peru.
KB. The Ivs. bullate.
11. sple'ndidum, Hort Lvs large, cordate-ovate,
coriaceous, sea-green, glaucous above, bullate, the de-
pressions and nerves biownibh Colombia
Various horticultural forms and hybrids are in cult
in this country A arndbile. Lvs soft rose (crystalh-
nurn x rnagnihcum) — A. Archiduiib Jfaeptui, Lind
Spathe shining carmine, broadly cordate (Andr.ranum
X Lindenianum) — A atropurpureum,l*yn&Git Spathes
black-purple, spadix white —A bicolor, Crousse Spathe
white oeneath, above whitish and rose-colored R II
1904 40 — A caineum is a hybrid of Anrlneanum and
ornatum — A. Cfymtmidnum, Mart Spathe rose, with
paler nerves —A. Chanlnen. Lvs triangular, with
wide-bp read ing
basal lobes spat he
ivory - white, erect
(nymph. efolium x
subsignatum). — A.
cheUtienw, N E.
Br (Andraeanumx
Veitchn). G r/4 31,
p 1G9— A Clarki-
dnum Lvs large
and broad, spathe
resembling that of
Andraoanum but
salmon - rose — A
225. Anthunum Warocqueunum.
large, cordate
spathe cordate,
brilliant red (orna-
tum xAndnpanum)
— A. floribundum,
Lind and Andre*— =
Spathiphyllum
flonbundum. I H
21.159 —A. Fra-
beln. Lvs. large
and cordate:
spathe deep car-
mine (Andra>anum
X ornatum) — A.
g rdnde =* A magm-
ficum. — A Hrubyi,
Hort Spathe flesh-
colored or almost \vhite. — A hybridum Lvs large,
lobed at base, obtuse, green — A nniwuiim — A orna-
tum Lvs oval or oblong, cordate .spathe linear-
oblong, white, purple-tinted —A It< i/noltkuin'um, vari-
ous forms (fernerense X Andra>anum?) — A Sie-
bnrftlianum Lvs much as in A maynificum, rich,
velvety green, with thick margins spathe light green
shading to crear , spudix laige, crimson — A tntiin-
phans Lvs long-heart-shaped, blight green with lighter
veins spathe narrow, green, spadix greenish white
A acafile, Sihott Fls f mutant hs 1 2 ' j f t long, very broad
W Indies— .1 acutum,N K Br Lvs S 10 in long, tnanguhr and
long-acumimite, green snathe reflcxed, green, spadix deep grei n.
Brazil —A AlleiidArfn=AndrasB.num xGrusonn — I BAken, Hook.
Lvs elliptic-lanceolate or lineal, green spathe small, rerlexed, green,
spadix ,i in long, yellowish green, becoming longer and red and
drooping in fr —the chief merit of the plant Costa Rica B M
6201 GC III 20 2 — A bngottnse, Schott Lvs with a very
broad halbi rd-ahaped base and a long-a< uminate middle lobe, dark
green (It 4(5, p 52.3 — t brevilubum, N E Br Lvs oval-at umi-
nate cordate, 8-10 in , paper-like, green spathe lanceolate, pur-
plish, spadix purplish brown — .4 cdrneiim, Hort Chant Spathe
a beautiful rose color — A Chdmbcrlatnu, Mast Lvs 4 ft long,
broadly cordate-ovate and narrowly long-pointed, green spathe
erect, boat-shaped, 8-9 in long, purplish outside, crimson inside,
partially inclosing the purplish spadix Venezuela GC III 3465
I.H. 35 62. B M 7297 — A Cltmentinx, DeSmet. Spathe white
with rosy nerves. — A coriAcrum, Endl Lvs very thick, leathery,
2 ft long Brazil —A Pldudrdn, Pynaert Spathe white (Andrse-
anum X Lmdcnianum) — A Fnraftii, N E Br Related to A crys-
tallmum, but smaller and with peltate Iva of a deep rich green with
a velv( ty sheen, the veins not quite so marked Colombia — A
(Jluzioiu, Hook Lf -blade obo vale-oblong, not hanging, tapering
to pf tiole, green and strongly light-veined spathe Imear-oblong,
often twisted, purple (as is aUo tlu spadix) Brazil B M 0833 —
A yrandiflfirum var perftctum, Hort Spathe very large, of a pro-
nounced red color — A Ciiitdvii, Rfgtl Lvs broadly ovate-cordate,
bright green spathc cylindru , about 1 ft lorn*, and dark violet-
purple Tike t ho spadix Colombia BM 7437 —A HardyAnum,
Mart Spathe rose, spadix white ~A HobKeri, Kunth Lvs dotted
with hlaek, spathe lanceolaK B M 2<)S7 (as Pothos crassiuervia^
W Indies —.4 intone, Mast G C II 0 305 —Philodendroa
tnpartitum — A Kalbrtyen, Hort Climbing Ivs 9-partod
Colombia GC II 10 117 — 1 Lautht&num. Hort, Sand R«-
sernl)les \ Andiseanum, but 1\ s rLtuuliitfd fits climbing Colom-
tni C1C III 43 2r>S — t Linileni.inum, Koch & August Lvs
ovatf-^ordute, green, oorn«tou»> '•pattif pure white, hnear-oblong,
5-0 in long, spadix dark purple Colombia B M 3848 F M
1S70 2JO (both as A vrnntnm) ~ A ^ft(|u^llnnum, Koch &t
thmljjiig I\H shining, elbptir-o, long, 1-2 it long spathe lance-
olMo.Kmn Brazil G 7 4 r, (as 1 ornntum)--A \ficolagiAnum.
Kngl Sputhe yf llowihh, flushed with rose —A nymphifMium, Koch
Spat he whiti , hpadix purple \ enezuela — A pu^ureum, N E Br
Lvs obloiiK-laiH < olat* , thx k green -pat he andspadi^ purple Bra-
zil - 4 rotumli \ixitfu urn, 1 md & Rod .Sp-ith(s nearly round, m-
tenscly sangumroiis — 1 Snndfri, Hort RB 34, p 196 —A sig-
natum, KotL. Lvs 3-lobe<i, deep green Vene/urla \trifidum,
Oh\<r(BM ».i^O)=A -ignaturn -.1 tnntrve, Miq Climbing Ivs
oblong-i'lhptic, 4-7 in long spadix up to 2 in long, 8ain thick m
fruit berries lilac S Amer H M S2:>1 -.1 wattrmalitnie, Hort
Allied to A Andrtcanum hpathes of a m« tallic black Colombia
Intro from Waterrnall, Belgium L H B
GEOROE V NASH t
ANTHtLLIS (Greek, meaning downy flower*) KID-
NI-Y VI-TCH Leguimnot^y Perennial herbs, or some-
\\hat shiuhby, prized for their spikes or heads of yel-
lo\v, purple or white flowers and usually silky pinnate
foliage, also for forage, in the Old \\ orld, prized mostly
for rock\\ork.
Calyx-tube inflated near the base, dentate or lobed
above, petals pea-like, the stamens all connected into
a tube legume usually ovoid
The culture is the easiest, as the plants thrive even
in poor soil Propagation is by seeds or division, or,
rarely, by soft cuttings Not generally known m
United States
A Lfts 4 °r more pairs
Vuinerilria, Linn SAND CLOVER WOUNDWORT A
foot high Ifts 5 or more fls normally yellow, but
there are red and white varieties. Ku — A deep-rooted,
clover-like, hardy plant, excellent for sandy and light
lands Useful for forage, and, for that purpose, occa-
sionally grown m this country Requires 20 Ibs of seed
to the acre. See Cyclo. Amer. Agnc , Vol II, p. 308
and fig 416
montana, Linn. A foot or less high, silky-hoary. Ifts.
numerous fls purple in dense heads subtended by a
leafy involucre Herbaceous Var rftbra, Hort , is a
reddish fld form suitable for rock-gardens. Eu L B C,
0 578
Barba-J&vis, Lmn. JUPITKU'S BEARD Glasshouse
silky evergreen, 3-8, or even 12 ft high, with several
to rnanv pairs of narrow, pointed Ifts . fls straw-colored
or whitisn, in clover-like heads S Eu. B M 1927 —
In frofailess countries, endures sea-winds and salt spray
AA. Lvs. unifoholate or tnfoholate.
Hermanmae, Linn Two to 1 ft , dwarfer and more
bushy than the preceding Ivs almost sessile, simple or
tnfofiolate, the Ifts oblong-cuneate- fls yellow in
axillary almost sessile, fcw-fld heads. S Eu B.M
2576 — Good for dry places. Intro, by Franceschi
m 1910. N. TAYLOR.!
ANTlARIS (name derived from Greek word for arrow,
the sap being used for arrow poison ) Moracex. Five or
6 trees or shrubs of the E Indies and Malaya famous
because of the upas-tree, A. toxicaria, Lesch , fabled
for years to be so poisonous that men or animals were
destroyed who came within some distance of it. These
304
ANTIARIS
ANTIRRHINUM
legends arr apparently Javan. The tree has been grown
in botanic gardens, however, with no disastrous results.
The dried milky juice is very poisonous, and the natives
use it with other ingredients (the ipoh poison) for
poisoning arrows The tree grows 60-70 ft high, with
alternate distichous short-std. oblong or oblong-ovate,
entire Ivs and monoecious fls , the sterile fls. m dense
heads and the fertile fls solitary, fr. a 1 -seeded fleshy
drupe A fiber is yielded from the inner bai k Another
species, A. mndxia, Blume, yields fiber that is used for
the making of sacks
ANTID^SMA (Greek, for and band, the bark of A.
BwntUi, being used for cordage) Euphorbiacej* Tropi-
cal trees rarely cult Lvs large, alternate, simple fls.
small, in spikes; calyx imbricate, petals none, ovary
1-celled, 2-ovuled. The 1 species cult for its ourrant-
like berries used in preserves. The very tough fiber of
the bark also used The tree is very 01 namental and
suited to the subtropical parts of this country. Prop
226. Antigonon leptopus var albus
From a plant grown under glass
by cuttings There are about 70 other species in the
warmer parts of the Old World
Bunius, Spreng NIGGER'^CORD SALAMANDER TREE
CHINESE LAUREL BIONAY of Malays A medium-
sized evergreen tree with dark green laurel-like foliage,
and small red berries in racemes Malay region
Two similar shrubs, A nitidum, Tul , from Malaya,
and A venbyitm, Moy , from 8 Afr , have been intro.
by U S Dept of Agric j B s NORTON
ANTIG6NON (name from Greek, probably referring
to the kneed or angled character of stern) Polygonacex.
Showy-floworod climboiH, abundant m southernmost
United States and southward, and sometimes grown in
warmhoubtvs
Tropical tendiil-climbers sepals .5, colored petal-
like and cordate, the 2 interior ones narrower, stamens
8; styles 3, and ovary 3-angled Ivs alternate and en-
tire, fls in racemes, which end in branching tendrils
—Species 3 or 4, in Mex and Cent Amer
The usual species is A leptopus, one of the most con-
spicuous and beautiful climbers grown in Florida, and
always in flower from early spring to late autumn It
grows 30 to 40 feet high in good soils Some plants arc
shy bloomers, while others are often covered from top
to bottom with a mass of bright deep rosy red Too
much fertilizer effects a veiy vigorous growth afc the
cost of the flowering. Verandas covered with antigonon
look extremely beautiful, and cabbage palmettos
decorated with masses of its pendent flower-trusses
form charming objects The plants form large tubers
and when killed down by frost, sprout readily again in
spring Seeds, looking much like buckwheat, are
abundantly produced and form a ready means for
propagation. Small plants from self-sown seeds- come
up everywhere in Florida gardens. (H. Nehrhng.)
ISptopus, Hook & Am. MOUNTAIN ROSE ROSA DE
MONTANA SAN MIGUELITO CORALLITA. LOVE'S
CHAIN Plant tuberous-rooted st slender and tall,
glabrous, or nearly so . Ivs cordate and acuminate, or
hastate-ovate, 3-5 m long fls 6-15 in the raceme,
handsome rose-pink Mex B M. 5816 G C III 17.707
Gn 68, p 320 G M 49 317. Var Albus, Hort (Fig
226), has fls nearly or quite white — One of the hand-
somest summer-blooming greenhouse climbers, requir-
ing abundance of light and recommended to be planted
near heating-pipes and to be trained on the rafters;
usually grown from seeds, but also from cuttings Give
plenty of water when in flower but keep dry when at
rest In the S and the American tropics it is one of
the commonest vines on fences, arbois and
verandas
guatemalense, Moisn (A insigne, Mast ).
Pubescent Ivs broader fls more numerous, the
sepals nearly twice longer (I in long) than in
the lubt Guatemala G C II. 7 789.
L H B.
ANTIRRHINUM (Greek, mmtt-flower) Scro-
phukmacesr SNAPDRAGON Flower-garden and
groenhou.se herbs
Erect or climbing herbs or even half -shrubs.
Ivs usuallv opposite below and commonly entire,
never compound corolla saccate or gibbous at
base, but not spurred, personate or closed at the
throat, stamens 4' seeds not winged — Closely
allied to Linana, from which it differs in the
spurless fib About 30 or 40 species in the north-
• em hemisphere, particularly in N Amer
Snapdragons are flowered either in the open or
under glass The common vanetios are forms of
A nuijub, arid are perennial, although the first
crop of bloom is usual K the orilv one that IH
desired Most of the varieties of tms species are
hardy in the North, if well covered during
winter Seeds sown very early in the spring,
especially under frames, and transplanted, produce
blooming plants the same season It m usual, however,
if early bloom is desired, to sow the heeds in August or
September, and cover the plants with a mulch on the
approach of cold weather Those fall-sown plants may
bo transplanted into pots (or grown m them from the
first) and floweied in the house For growing under
glass in this way, snapdragons are vory satisfactory
The temperature and treatment required for geraniums
and carnations suit them well. Dwarf varieties are
used for edgings
A Plant erect, herbaceous.
B Root annual small-fid
Or6ntium, Linn SMALL SNAPDRAGON Fig 227.
A low, slender annual, with linear Ivs. and small fls.
purple or white Osin long) in the axils An occasional
weed in cult grounds, 6-12 in high, not cult
Orcutti^num, Gray Slender, 2-4 f t , glabrous:
corolla Hm long, white or violet, lower lip not much
larger than the upper: lower Ivs spatulate-lanceolate,
the upper linear Lower and S Calif — Intro by Orcutt
in 1891 Tendril-like branchlets are produced in the
fl -clusters
BB Root perennial large-fld.
majus, Linn COMMON or LARGE SNAPDRAGON. Fig.
228 Perennial, or practically a biennial under cult.'
1-3 ft , not downy except in the fl -cluster: Ivs oblong
or lanceolate, entire, sometimes variegated, fls. large,
ANTIRRHINUM
ANTS
305
long-tubular, with spreading, very irregular lobes, in an
elongated terminal spike or raceme In many colors
and varieties (ranging from red and purple to white), in
forms both tall and dwarf. Medit region, sometimes
running wild about gardens A F 9 909, 13.949 I H
41:22. A.G. 17:379. F.E 7:711.— There are double
forms Some of the
varietal names used
by horticulturists are
dlbum, bicolor, cocci-
tie urn, procerum,
pwniluni, vanegatum
P e 1 o r i c forms are
reported, with regular
corolla and the much-
reflexed limb 5-7-
lobed Gt 53 1524
AA Plant erect, peren-
nial and shrubby
fl*> about 1 in
long
specidsum, Gray
Three to 4 ft , some-
what pubescent, leafy
Ivs oval or oblong,
short-petioled, thick
fls scarlet or pink-
red, the corolla-tube
three times length of
the lips (which are
narrow) S and Lower
Calif , on the islands
AAA Plant trailing
or procunibt nt,
perennial, with
small fls , used
mostly in rock-
gardens. June,
July
Asarina, Linn
Gravish-clarnrny, pro-
cumbent Ivs 5-lobed, cordate, crenate, long-pet loled
fls axillary, solitary, white and sometimes tinged red,
the palate yellow S. W Eu
sempervirens, Lapeyr Procumbent, woolly, small
fls. white with purple blotch Pyrenees.
glutindsum, Boiss & Rent Prostrate, glandular-
pilose Ivs alternate, elliptic to elliptic-ovate, short -
petioled fls pale yellowish white, the lip striped red
Spam. B M 7285
AAAA Plant climbing, perennial.
maurandioides, Gray (Maurdndta anlirrhiniflora,
Willd ) Fig 229 Climbing 2-6 ft by means of the
coiling petioles and peduncles Ivs 3-lobed, halberd-
shape fls axillary, 1 in. or more long, violet or purple,
handsome Texas to Calif B M. 1643 — Attractive
plant for the window, cool greenhouse or conservatory.
Suitable for baskets. I, n R.
ANTROPHYUM (Greek, growing in cavern*} Poly-
podidceae A genus of simple-lvd herbaceous lerns,
rarely found in cult Native in tronics, in damp forests
All the species are epiphytes, ana not of commercial
value except as rarities. Require high temp
ANTS, Their Habits, Activities, Injuries and Control.
Various kinds of ants are troublesome to gardeners;
and all the ants are most interesting animals
The ants belong to the same great group of insects
(Hymenoptera) that contains the wasps, bees, sawflies,
and others; and like the honey bee and common wasps
are congregate in their habits of living The abdomen
of aU the common ants is attached to the thorax by a
227. Antirrhinum Orontmm. ( X U)
slender waist, or peduncle; and eacn segment (there
may be one or two) of this peduncle is expanded on the
top side and forms a lens, or button-shaped knot, a
character that distinguishes ants from all other insects
Everyone is familiar with ants, they occur in all
lands and all regions, from the dry deserts to the damp
forests, from the timber line of mountains to the lowest
valleys and among the dwellings and habitations of
man They seem to thrive in all kinds of environment
and multiply enormously, so that they outnumber all
other terrestrial animals
The natuie of an ant colony
Ants aie social, that is, they live in colonies or com-
munities where every individual ant works for the good
of the whole and not for itself alone A colony of ants
furnishes an rllustration of a more perfect communistic
society than any ever established by man, and perhaps
a more amicable one than any he will ever be able to
organize
In a t3'pical colony of ants, there are at, least three
kinds of individuals, the queen, the males, and the work-
ers The queen is not the ruler but the mother of the
colony Her only business seems to be to lay eggs which
hutch into woikers and other forms to take the places
of those that disappear or die, thus maintaining the
full and continuous st length of the community When
the queen comes forth from the pupal .stage, she has
wings \\ hich she retains until after the swarming period
After the swarming flight is over and the queen alights,
her wings fall off or are torn ofT by herself or workers
and from that time she remains wingless In some
species of ants there may be modified forms of the
queen, for example, gumt queens, dwarf queens, worker-
like queens, and other forms
The males, which have wings, exist only to mate
with the queens, and after the swarming period is over
they eventually die The males
are also often modified into giant
males, dwarf males, worker-like
mules, and other forms
The workers, which are un-
developed females, are wingless
and constitute the great major-
ity of individuals that we see
running about in the vieuutv of
an ant -nest The workers are
just wh.it their title implies
Thev do the work of the coin-
munitv, build the nest, keep) it
clean, care for and procure food
for the queen and laivie, care
for the eggs, fight the battles,
and so forth The workers may
exist under several different
forms One especially inter-
esting form has a very large
head and strong jaws, thus fit-
ting it for war -like functions (
Ants of this form are known
as the soldiers
The net>ts and activities of ants
The nests of ants, in a general
way, consist merely of
a system of passage-
ways or cavities com-
municating with each
other and connected to
the outside world with
ono or more openings
There are some species
of ants that live below
the surface of the earth
And have no openings 228 Young spike of a dwarf form
from their nests into of Antirrhinum ma jus ( X H>
306
ANTS
ANTS
229 Antirrhinum maurandioides, in bud
the air, except at the swarming period The style of
construction and the materials used by ants in making
their nests vary with the different species and with the
environment in which the animals live Moreover, the
nests are very irregular, especially when compaicd with
those of wasps and bees.
The passageways of the nests are enlarged heie and
there into comparatively large cavities, or chambers.
It is in these different chambers that the activities of
the colony are
conducted The
queen lies deep
within the in-
terior of the
nest m a dry,
dark chamber.
Here she is care-
fully tended and
fed by the work-
ers who bear the
eggs as they
are laid, to other
chambers and
zealously care
for them Many
insects never
see their young;
others may see them but do not care for them , others,
like the bees and wasps, put food into the gaping
mouths of their young but have no further associa-
tion with them The ants, however, stand alone among
insects in their very intimate relations with their
progeny from the egg to the adult Some of the cham-
bers in the nest are reserved for the eggr, some for the
larvae, and some for the pupa?. If, as often happens, the
eggs, larvae and pupa1 are all in one chamber, then they
are each grouped by themselves in separate piles, re-
minding one, as Lubbock sa>s, "of a school divided
into five or six classes " In the simpler and more
primitive ants, this grouping and separation may not
be so distinct The ants are constantly transferring
their young from one part of the nest to another in
search of the right degree of moisture, temperature, and
the like In the warm part of the day, the young will be
transferred to near the surface but at night will be
carried down again away from the cool air The ants
are constantly cleaning the young, caring for the eggs
to prevent mold from growing on them, helping the
callow ants to emerge from their cocoons, bringing
food, cleaning, enlarging and reconstructing the nest
and doing thousands of things contributing to the com-
fort, growth and happiness of the community
The relation of ants to plants and to injects.
It has been argued and many observations have been
offered to show that there is a most intimate relation
between ants and many kinds of plants Certain observ-
ers think that many plants not only offer special in-
ducements to attract ants to them by affording favor-
able nesting-places, but also offer the ants delectable
food in the way of a sweet liquid, the floral and extra-
floral nectar In return for the domiciles and the food,
the ants arc supposed to protect their plant hosts from
certain insect and other animal enemies In other
words, the relationship is one of mutual benefit, or a
symbiotic one. It is certainly true that many species
of ants make their homes m the hollow stems of plants,
in the thorns of acacias which the ants easily hollow
out (see Bull-horn Acacia*), in cavities in bulbs, leaves,
and so on, and in the dried seed-pods of plants It is
also true that ants assiduously collect and carry to
their nests the sweet nectar excreted by many plants.
It is not so clear, however, that these favorable nesting-
places and the nectar are provided by the plants on
purpose to attract the ants, nor is it clear that the ants
afford the plants protection from their animal enemies.
In other words, more definite proof is needed to show
that the relation between ants and plants is a pur-
posely mutual one
On the other hand, the relation of ants to plant-lice,
tree-hoppeis and certain scale insects is clearly, in many
cases, a mutually helpful one Especially is this true of
the relations between ants and plant-lice The aphids
secrete a sweet liquid material known as honey-dew, of
which the ants are very fond and which they are
active in collecting and carrying to their nests It can
hardly be supposed that the aphids excrete the honey-
dew solely for the ants The liquid is an excretion from
the alimentary canal and is exuded whether ants are
in attendance or not On the other hand, ants are very
solicitous m their care of aphids in ret urn for the honey-
dew The ants sometimes build "sheds" over the lice
for their protection and sometimes take the lice into
their own nests to care for them In the ease of the
corn-root louse, the ants collect the eggs of the aphid
in the fall, cany them into their own nests, and care for
them all winter In the spring, the newly-hatched
aphids are carried out by the ants and placed in bur-
rows dug beforehand among the roots of certain early
food-plants Later, the ants excavate burrows along
the roofs of the corn and transfer the aphids to these
plants
It is interesting to watch the ants collecting the
honey-dew from the aphids An ant approaches a
louse and gently strokes the latter with its antennae,
whereupon the aphid exudes a di op of the sweet material
which is quickly gathered up by the ant This action
may be repeated with three or four of the aphids until
the ant has all it desires, when it hurries clown the stem
of the plant and away to its nest with its load of sweet
provender.
The life-history of ants.
Enough observations have now been made to enable
us to say that most, if not all, colonies of ants are
started by a solitary queen or occasionally by two queens
working together The queen, after the swarming
period, alights, breaks off her wings, and digs a burrow
in the soil or in decayed wood, foims a small chamber,
and then closes the opening Here she remains until
her eggs arc laid and have hatched into small larvae
that finally mature into normal but diminutive workers.
All this time the queen has taken no food but has lived
and fed the first workers on the reserve material in her
body The small workers now begin to enlarge the
nest and soon other Larger workers aie i eared and the
community begins to multiply and increase
The eggs laid by the queen are small and white
and rarely seen by the ordinary observer These are
solicitously cared for by workers and finally hatch
into white, footless, soft, grub-like larvae The larvae
are also tenderly eared for by the workers and changed
from chamber to chamber m conformity with varia-
tions m temperature1 and moisture The workers
feed the larvae either on food which has been predi-
gested and which the workers now regurgitate, or on
bits of dead insects, leaves, or seeds that have been
chewed fine The larvae finally, after attaining their
growth, change to whitish pupae which, in some species,
are inclosed in cocoons, while in others they are not.
These the workers treat with the same solicitude and
care that they show toward the larvee The pupae are
often mistaken for eggs. Often, on raising up a flat
stone, one will see the workers running this way and that
with the larva? and pupa? in their jaws, evidently seek-
ing a place of safety for them. The pupae finally trans-
form to the adult ants of the various forms, workers,
queens, and males
Economic importance of ants.
Ants, as a whole, may probably be considered as
agents in making the earth more habitable for man.
ANTS
APHANANTHE
307
Some of the species are neutral, perhaps, in relation to
the economic status of mankind A great many species
are certainly beneficial through their action in stirring
and aerating the HOI! They are constantly burrowing
deep into the earth and bringing up the particles which
they distribute over the surface Their action in this
respect is similar to that of earthworms, the value of
which was revealed to us by the classic mvestigal ions of
Darwin Ants are also important agents in aiding in
the decomposition of organic substances. Their work
m this respect is little appreciated or realized because
it is invisible It must be remembered, however, that
this work of ants is gradual, incessant, and extends
through tremendously long periods of time
Again, ants are great insect-destroyers Their food
consists, m great part, of the juices and tissues of dead
insects or injects that they kill The interesting driver
ants of the Old World and the legionary ants of tropical
Africa pass through a territory killing and devouring
multitudes of living insects, rats, mice, and the like
Hunter and Hinds tell us that there are twelve species
of ants known to attack the immature stages of the
Mexican cotton boll-weevil. "In some cases more than
half of the immature stages in fields have been found
to be dostioyed by ants alone To find 25 per cent so
destroyed is not a rare occurrence "
On the other hand, certain household species of ants
are very annoying and troublesome Moreover, the
leaf-cutting ants of tropical America are very injurious
to plants They will strip a fruit tree of its foliage in
a \ery short time One .species of these leaf -cutting
forms (Atta texana] found in Texas, attacks cotton,
corn, fruit trees, sorghum and other plants, and has
become of considerable economic importance In
some places, land is not planted on account of fear of
attack by these ants
The mound-building prairie ant (1'oqojiomyrmexocci-
dentahb], distributed over a large part of the western
plains of the United States, has become a distinct pest
since man has begun to occupv the prairies. Its
large mound-nests in fields of alfalfa or grain become
serious obstacles to harvesting the crops Moreover,
when the nests are disturbed, the ants emerge in large
numbers and attack man and beast, inflicting painful
\vounds with their stings In dooryards and lawns and
along paths, they are liable to attack the passerby,
especially dawdling children
The agricultural ant (Foqonomyrmex barbattis mole-
faciens) of Texas may build its mound-nests in fields of
alfalfa, corn, or cotton, and, since it allows no vegetation
to grow over a considerable area around the nest, the
injury may be serious Moreover, they are pugnacious
and sting intruders severely
Perhaps the most injurious role assumed by ants is
their protection and fostering of plant-lice, scale insects,
and the like Aphuls and scale insects are among the
most injurious insect pests, and anything that protects
them or aids them in increasing may be considered an
enemy to man
As a pest, the Argentine ant (fridomyrmfx humilis),
otands by itself Professor Newell says, "As a house-
hold pest I venture the opinion that this ant has no
equal in the United States Unfortunately ? it has also
become a serious menace to hoiticultural interests as
well It destroys the burls, blossoms, and fruit of cer-
tain plants and protects and fosters certain scale insects
that are very injurious to sugar-cane Moreover, it has
in a few instances actually shown itself to be dangerous
to human life by nearly suffocating young infants
The Argentine ant was probably first introduced
into the United States through the port of New Orleans,
and is now found in Louisiana, Mississippi, parts of
California, and probably Texas It is an exceedingly
tenacious ant, holding on where once established,
increasing with great rapidity, and driving out all the
native ants.
The termites, or whit" ants
The termites are not true ants In fact, they stand
at the opposite end of the insect-world, widely separated
from the ants just discussed They resemble the true
ants, however, m many important respects For exam-
ple, they live in great colonies, and many tropical
species build large mound-like nests. Moreover, in
each colony there are several kinds of individuals, for
example, the queen, the males, the workers which
are blind or have imperfee t vision, and, finally, the
soldiers The food of termites usually consists of dead
or decaying wood, and the species m the United States
live mostly undei ground or in old logs, in the timbers
of buildings, or in the walls and floors of houses Occa-
sionally they injure young pecan and orange trees by
mining into the stems and sometimes attack sugar-
cane The greatest injury petfonned bv teunites, how-
ever, is by burrowing into the sills and foundation-
timbcrs of buildings, thus undenniri ng the whole
structure They also injure books and documents
stoied in damp basements and sometimes become
senous pests to greenhouses
The control of ant? in garden , lawn1* and fields.
The only method of getting rid of ants permanently
is by locating the nests and treating them in such a
way that the queen will finalh be destroyed The sub-
stance most used for treating the nests is carbon
bisulfide One or more hol< s should be made in the
nest with an iron bar and tin ounce or two of the liquid
C)ured into each hole The openings to the holes should
• quickly and tightly closed with a clod of dirt A
heavy wet blanket thrown over the nest will aid in
retaining the gas and tend to make the fumigation
more effective The liquid e\.iporates and the gas
penetrates the whole nest, killing queen anu workers,
thus exterminating the colony
\Vithin the past few years, se\eral workers have used
potassium cyanide with good success m destroying ants
in the field J D Mitchell conducted experiments
against the leaf-cutting ant m Texas He dissolved the
cyanide at the rate of one ounce in one quart of water
and poured a quart into each of the openings of the
nests In every case the colony was destroyed by one
or two applications This method may be followed to
advantage in destroying ants m gardens and on lawns,
but the solution may be made weaker — one ounce of
the cyanide to two to four quarts of water Best
re.sults will be secured by using MS per cent pure potas-
sium cyanide It must be remembered that this is a
deadly poison and great care should be exercised in
handling and storing it (j \\ HEKRIC-K
AOTUS (without ear, no calyx appendages) Legu-
mindbej?. Greenhouse plant, blooming April to June
in N
Shrubs, with simple scattered or 3-wrhorled revolute-
margmed Ivs , and } ellow or reddish fls in axillary
clusters or short terminal racemes; calyx 2-hpped:
petals long-clawed, the standard nearly orbicular and
longer than lower petals, the wings oblong and keel
incurved; stamens fiee pod ovate, fiat or turgid, 2-
valved — Ten or 11 species in Austral
gracilluna, Mcisn Tall shrub, with long slender
branches, hoary or slightly tomentose fls yellow with
crimson or dark-colored keel, in long leafy dense ra-
cemes, the petals twice as long as calyx. W. Austral.
R.B.26.193. L. II B.
APfeRA ARUNDINACEA: Shpa anmdinacea
APHANANTHE (Greek, aphanet,, inconspicuous,
and anthe, flower) Ulma-cex Ornamental deciduous
tree cultivated for its foliage and sometimes planted as
a shade tree.
Trees or shrubs l\s altein.ite, peholate, serrate;
stipules fiee Us monuM'ious, m< onspicuous, stammate
308
APHANANTHE
APHELANDRA
in axillary corymbs, sepals and stamens 5; pistillate
solitary, axillary; ovary 1 -celled with 1 ovule, styles 2:
fr a drupe — Three to 4 species in E Asia and Austral.
The only species in cult, is a deciduous tree of the
appearance of a hackberry. with slender branches form-
ing a dense head, fls and fr. inconspicuous. Not hardy
north of Ga. Prop, by seeds sown after maturity and
by cuttings of mature wood in fall; it also may be
grafted on Celtis.
fispera, Planchon (Homoioceltis dspera, Blume. Homo-
celtis japonica, Hort.). Tree, to 60 ft.: Ivs. ovate to
ovate-oblong, broadly cuneate at the base, long-acumi-
nate, 2-3 Yi in. long, serrate with straight
veins ending in the teeth, with appressed
hairs on both sides, rough to the touch,
on short stalks im long fls greenish, with
the Ivs drupe globular, black, J^in
diam , short-stalkea. Early spring: fr. m
autumn Japan. S I F. 1'37. — This tree
has been confused with Celtis sinensis, but
is easily distinguished by the straight
veins ending in the teeth, while in Celtis
they are curved and form loops along the
margin
ALFRED REHDER
APHELANDRA
(Greek-made name).
Acanthdcez. Tropical
American evergreen
shrubs or tall herbs,
grown in hothouses
for the fine foliage
and very showy 4-
sided terminal spikes
of red or yellow
gaudy-bracted flow-
ers
Leaves mostly op-
posite, simple, entire
or toothed, usually
many and large' fls.
labiate, the upper
lip mostly 3-lobed
and the middle lobe
erect or arching, the
lower lip more or less
2-lobed or notched ;
stamens 4, rising
from the base of the
corolla, the anthers
connivent and 1-cclled; style 2-lobed: fr. a 4-angled
caps — About 60 species
Aphelandras are of easy culture, if given plenty of
diffused light in the growing season, and plants are not
allowed to become tall and leggy It is well to grow new
plants frequently Propagation is by seeds when
obtainable, or by cuttings of partially ripened wood at
anv season or the young growths taken off with a heel.
They bloom in autumn, but can readily be brought
into flower at other seasons. When done blooming, the
plants should be rested in an intermediate temperature,
kept rather dry, but not allowed to wilt or shrivel.
They require treatment of justicias, and thnve along
with allamandas and pomsettias
A. Fls in yellow series.
squarr&sa, Nees (A. Leopoldn, Hort A. chrysops,
Bull). Lvs. large, ovate to ovate-elliptic, acuminate,
dark green above (pale below), with white rib and
main veins: infl. a simple, erect, or compound spike,
up to 1 ft. long; fls pale yellow and exserted one-third
their length beyond the yellow crenate-dentate bracts.
Brazil. A. squarrosa itself is not in cult , the showy
plant in the trade (and described herewith) being Var.
Lfcopoldii, Van Houtte Fig 230 F S 9 889 G.C
III. 1, p. 737. Var. Loftisse, Van Houtte. Dwarfer
and smaller m all its parts than var. Leopoldn: St.
slender, dark reddish green, terete, covered in parts
with soft pilose hairs, upper part of the st. below the
mfl. quite glabrous: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, elliptic, rich dark
green with brighter colored silvery markings along the
midrib and principal veins, inn 3-6 in. long, un-
branched; bracts ovate, %m long, rich dark yellow,
with green markings in the middle; fls exserted beyond
the bracts over half their length, rich canary-yellow,
%m. diam., lower 3 petals forming a lip and reflexed,
upper 2 hooaed, reflexing with age, tube broad, broad-
ening out upwards with a narrow
base, 1J4 in long. Brazil G W.
3.157.
Chamlssoniana, Nees (A punctata,
Bull). An erect herb or sub-shrub*
sts slender, erect, terete, green, lower
part more or less woody Ivs petio-
late, elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate,
tapering at apex and base, and up
to 6 in. long, upper part light green,
marked along the principal veins
and midrib with dull silvery white or
yellowish white, the silvery markings
sometimes spreading over nearly the
entire If.; petiole short or up to an
inch or more long,
lower side dull light
green mfl an erect
unbranched spike, as
much as a foot long
when strong and 2-3
in. wide, bracts ovate-
lanceolate, bright
yellow, tipped with
gieen, coarsely ser-
rate, slightly i eflexed ;
calyx J-jjin long;
sepals lanceolate, corolla bright yel-
low, an inch diam , tube 1 Y^ m long,
curved outward and tapering up-
ward; lobes ovate, nearly equal,
anthers yellow. S. Brazil. B.M.
6627 111.29:457
Blanchetiana, Hook f (A.arnccna,
Bull). St terete, green, tinted with
dull purple, with deeper shading
around the base of petiole and at
the nodes, thick and stout. Ivs.
ovate-acuminate, with many pairs of conspicuous
nerves, green, the midrib, and often the main veins,
white; petiole, 1-2 m long, terete, glabrous fls dark
yellow, exceeding the long, entire, cusp-pointed red
scales, spike sessile Brazil. BM 7179 — Known in the
trade as A. amcena, having been described under that
name before it had flowered in cult.
AA. Fls. in red-orange series, — i e , scarlet, or
verging to orange
aurantiaca, Lindl. Lvs. ovate-elliptic, deep green
above, light green below, strongly veined, but not parti-
colored, slightly wavy edged, fls orange, with a tinge of
scarlet, the spreading limb overhanging the green'sh
sharp-toothed scales. — A dwarf-growing species of easy
cult, and readily raised from seed Mex B M 4224.
B.R. 31:12. Var. Rcfezlii, Nichols. (A R&zlei, Carr).
Fls. with more scarlet: Ivs. twisted, with silvery hue
between the veins. Mex. Gn. W. 20*576. — Showy and
good. Not so tall as A. aurantiaca,
Macleayi, Bedd. Lvs. ovate-elliptic, 3 in or less long,
acute, entire, green both sides with white band along
midrib above, spike cone-like, orange-scarlet nearly 2
in. long Country unknown. — Said to have been cult,
as A. punctata and A squarrosa.
APHELANDRA
APICRA
309
tetragdna, Nees (A cristata, Lindl Justicia cristata,
Jacq. J. tetragdna, Vahl). An erect or spreading,
shrub: sts. terete, woody below, green, tinted with red
when young: Ivs. opposite and decussate, petiolate,
green, glabrous or nearly so, elliptic or elliptic-ovate,
acuminate or acute; 6-12 in. long, and 2-7 in diam.,
entire or crenate, slightly undulate; petiole as much as
6 in. long, slender, hairy, infl. an erect-terminal cluster
of spikes, the central one hairy, 6-8 in long, with shorter
ones branching from its base, often, when well grown,
bearing from 10-12 lateral spikes of various lengths;
fls bright scarlet, crowded on the spike, and the bulk
of them opening together, bracts erect, closely ad-
pressed to the rachis, green, ovate, acute, Y^\n. long,
cihate, bractcoles lanceolate, hairy, corolla scarlet,
1 14 in diam , tube 2 in long, narrow at the base,
broadening upwards, Up reflexed, 1*4 »n. long, upper
pair of petals hooded, lateral ones reduced to short
obtuse lobes. Trop. S Amer. BIVL8272. Gt. 40:
1354 — The finest species m cult ; a magnificent stove
plant
nltens, Hook f. An erect herb or sub-shrub: st.
terete, green, stout, usually dwarf and compact. Ivs.
shortly petiolate, ovate-acute, entire, thick, rich dark
olive-green above, btight vinous purple bolow, hig' '
glabrous on both sides, margins recurved, peti
very short or none, winged, infl. an erect terminal
spike, 6 in or more long, bracts green and erect, 1-1 ^
in long, serrate; sepals ^m. long, linear-lanceolate;
corolla might vermilion-scarlet, 1-1}^ in diam ; lip
ovate, larger than the rest of the petals and slightly
reflexed, upper pair of petals hooded, tube 1-1 Y± in.
long, yellow. Colombia BM 5741 Gn48.122 —
A fine dwarf-growing btove plant readily prop by cut-
tings and often setting seed if kept in a cooler and
drier house when m flower.
fascinator, Lind & Andr6. Habit stiff and erect,
with fls opening in succession over a period of some
4-6 weeks st. terete, green, glabrous. Ivs. elliptic,
lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire,
shortly petiolate, 6-9 in. long, uppci side dark green
with narrow band of bilvery white along midrib and
principal veins, lower bide dull wine-red with veins of a
darker .shade infl an erect unbranched terminal spike
up to 6 in long, bracts ovate or elliptic, basal ones an
inch long, tapering upwards to 3-^in long, covered with
short pilose hairs, sepals Hin- I°n8. lanceolate, glan-
dular, green; corolla bnght vermilion-scarlet, \}/2 in.
diam with large and prominent front lobe, tube
slender l}/2 m long B M 8398 I II 21 '164.— A
beautiful and striking species, well worth growing for
its handsome foliage apart from its beautiful fls. It
should be kept rather on the dry hide as soon as the fls.
appear, otherwise the plant is likely to lose all its roots.
A atrAmrena, N E Br Dwarf Ivs very dark green above and
purplish beneath fls yellow, 1 in long Brazil I H 3t 527 —A.
hbrmidna, Lind Dwarf Ivs ovate and long-acuminate, with a
white nb, green below fla atop yillow, small, scarcely exserted
beyond the red bracts Brazil 13 M 5463 —A maccdoniAna, Lmd
Allod Said to be a form of A atrovirens Lvj with white rib and
mam veins Brazil I H 33 583 — A Mdrgaritse, E Morr Lvs
elliptic-acuminate, barred with white, purple below fls yellow, the
bracts strong- toot bed Brazil GC III. 2.585. — A. onentdht,
offered in Amer , is possibly a form of some well-known species —
A pumila, Hook f Less than 1 ft Ivs large, acute fls orange,
bracts purplish Brazil B M 6467 —A variegdta, Morel A near
ally of A Blanchetiana with bnght scarlet bracts, and bright yellow
fls. Probably not now m cult. B M 4899. F 8 10 981
L. H. B. .
APHELfiXIS: Helichryeum. C- P> &AFFILL.
APHfLLON (Greek, leafless). Orobanchacese. Two
species of small N. American parasitic herbs, now often
united with Orobanche, and by others kept distinct
under Rafinesque's name, Thalesia. These plants are
not cult., but are always interesting to the collector
and surprising to one who runs across them in woods
or fields. A. unifldrum, Gray, Fig. 231, produces very
few leafless 1-fld. pale scapes, 3-8 in. high, and 5-
lobed, curved, white or violet fls., and known as cancer-
root. A. fasciculatum, Torr. & Gray, has the scaly
st. rising higher out
of the ground and
bearing several
crowded peduncles,
fls purplish yellow.
— These plants oc-
cur sparingly nearly
or quite across the
continent.
APlCRA (not
bitter, from the
Greek) Liltdcese,
tribe Aloimx. Aloe-
like plants, grown
with other succu-
lents.
Shortly caules-
cent small succu-
lents: Ivs. spirally
arranged or crowd-
ed along the st.:
fls. greenish, often
striped with white,
straight, tubular or
prismatic, with
short,, flat or spread-
ing white limo sur-
pahbing the sta-
mens Cape region.
— Agave house or
cactus house; suit-
able for rockeries during the summer Prop like Aloe.
Monogr. by Baker. GC II, 11.717 (1879) Journ.
Linn Soc. Bot. 18.216. Berger m Das Pflanzenreich
1908, hft. 33.
231. Aphyllon umflorum. (XH)
aspera, 1
biearmata, 2.
bullulata. 3.
congest a, 6.
deltoidea, 7.
INDEX.
foliolosa, 8
tmbncata, 4
intermedia, 7.
major, 1.
pentagona, 3, 5.
spiralis, 4, 5.
epirella, 5.
turgida, 7
Willdenown, 5.
A. Lvs. warty on the back. fls. smooth.
1. Aspera, Haw (Aide aspera, Haw H aw drthia aspera,
Haw.). St. mostly simple, erect, 4-6 in. high, \% in.
diam . including Ivs . Ivs. half-globose, acuminate,
slightly keeled, %m long, green, smooth on the rather
convex upper surface, green-warty on the back, the
margin granular infl scarcely 1 ft. high, unbranched ,
fls. somewhat rosy, ^gin long,
twice as long as the pedicels
Cape Salm, Aloe §2 f. 2 —
A large form with white-warty
Ivs twice as long, is var
major, Haw.
2 bicarinata, Haw. (Aide
bicanndta, Roem.) St erect,
6-12 in high. Ivs. falcately
short -ovate, acute, acutely
keeled, % x %in , green,
smooth on the somewhat con-
cave upper surface, irregu-
larly white-warty on the back,
the margin and keel granu-
lar roughened. Cape Berger
40
3 bullulata, Willd (A pen-
tagdna bullulAta, Baker Aloe
bullulata, Jacq.) St. erect.
Ivs lanceolate, acute, ob-
liquely keeled, %\\\£ m ,
pale, the back unequally 232. Apicra pentagon*.
310
APICRA
APIOS
white- warty, the margin and keel finely denticulate:
fls. somewhat yellow. Cape.
AA. Lvs. not warty.
B Fit,, warty. Ivs smooth.
4. spirals, Baker (A imbricdta, Willd Aloe spirdhs,
Linn. A. imbricdta, Haw. A. cyllndnca, Lam Ha-
wdrthia imbricdta, Haw.). Sts. somewhat clustered,
233. Apios tuberosa. ( X M)
erect, 6-12 in high; about 2^4 m diam , including Ivs •
Ivs broadly triangular-acuminate, biconvex, ^xl^£-
1 M m > glaucescent, the mai gin slightly granular
mfl about 1 ft. high, unbranehed, fls greenish, %m.
long, more than twice as long as the pedicels
Cape DC, PI Gr 50 Jacq , Fragm. 110. BM 1455.
"* * ' Dillenms, Mtham 13. Com-
1
Salm, Aloe §1 f
inehn, Prscl '32
BB. Fla. smooth Ivs sometimes granular in (he first.
5. pentagdna, Willd (Aldepentagdna,Uaw Hawdrthia
pentagdna, Haw ) Fig 232 St mostly solitary, erect,
6-12 in high; about 4 in diam , including Ivs Ivs.
distinctly 5-ranked, broadly triangular-lanceolate,
acute, biconvex, somewhat low-keeled, %xl^-2 m ,
green, slightly (sometimes granularly) white-dotted,
the margin slightly granular mfl. iy2 ft high, some-
times forked; fls greenish, y%m long, twice as long as
the pedicels Cape. Jacq , Fragm 111 B M. 1338.
Salm. Aloe §1. f. 4 Berger 40. — Varies into forms with
Ivs. less obviously 5-rariked large, in somewhat evi-
dent oblique ranks, var. Willdendwii, Baker (A.
spirdlis Willd Aide spirdhs, Haw. A. pentagdna spir-
dlis, Salm-Dyck), Salm, Aloe §1 f 5, smaller, scarcely in
distinct ranks, var spirella, Baker (Aide spirclla, Salm-
Dyck Hawdrthia spirella, Haw ), Salm, Aloe §1 f . 3.
6 conge"sta, Baker (Aloe congttta, Salm-Dyck) St.
solitary, erect, about 1 ft. high and 4 in diam , includ-
ing Ivs : Ivs. broadly ovate, acuminate, rather flat above,
more or less keeled, 1-1^4 x Ij-j m , green, glossy, the
margin granular mfl 1)4 ft high, simple, fls green-
ish, nearly %m long, with rather laige spreading
segm.-tips, thrice as long as the pedicels Cape Salrn,
Aloe §2.f
7. deltoidea, Baker ( I/or dcltoHea, Hook) Sts.
somewhat clustered, 0 in or more high, about 2}± in
diam , including Ivs Ivs distinctly 5-ranked, ovate,
sub-acute, somewhat concave and low-keeled, 1 \ ] %—
l/^in, green, glossy, the margin and keel serrulate'
mfl 1 ft high, simple, fls nearly sessile, yellow-green,
about ^sm long, the rather large spreading \vhite
segm -tips at first rosy Cape BM 0071 — Varies in a
form \vith more tuigid Ivs less obviously 5-ranked,
var turgida, Berger (A turgida, Baker), and a smaller
form with evidently 5-ranked sometimes bluish Ivs.,
var intermedia, Berger
8 folioldsa, Willd (AMe folwlbi>a, Haw Hawdrthia
folwlosa, Haw ) Sts somewhat
clustered, erect, at length a foot or
more high, \}* in diam , including
Ivs Ivs broadly ovate-acuminate,
flat above, acutely keeled, 3 s /«'n
long and wide, green, glossy, the
margin granular mfl ovei 1 ft
high, simple, fls greenish, about
2 sin long, twice as long as the
pedicels Cape BM 1352 Salm,
Aloe §2 f 1 Berger 40
WILLIAM THELEASE
APIOS (pear, from the Greek,
alluding to the shape of the tubeis)
Jjeguminfax Hardy twining herbs,
with tuber-bearing roots, infre-
quently planted
Leaves pinnate, of 3-9 mostly
ovate-lanceolate scarcely stipellate
Ifts fls m dense, short racemes
papilionaceous, the standard broad
and reflexed, keel incurved and
coiled, stamens 9 and 1 pod linear
and flat, several-seeded — Two spe-
cies in E N Amer , and 3 others
m Asia
tuber&sa, Ma?neh GROUNDNUT.
WILD BEAN Fig 233 Four to 8 ft,
climbing over bushes root bearing
strings of edible tubers, 1-2 in long.
Ifts 5-7, ovate-lanceolate fls fla-
grant, chocolate-brown, the standard
very broad and turned back, the keel
long, incurved and scythe-shaped
July, Aug — Common in low grounds
and bwamps The fr. often fails
to mature Prop by the tubers.
2-4 of which should be planted
together at a depth of 3-4 in also,
by seeds Grows well in the wild
border, in any loose, rich soil. Under
these conditions, the plant covers a
trellis or other support m a com-
paratively short time Dry tubers
offered by seedsmen are likely to
start slowly. The brown of the fls. is
a very unusual color in hardy herbs. 234. Fruit of Aplec-
Likely to become a weed in rock- trum hyemale
cries and wild gardens. Nearly natural size.
APIOS
APONOGETON
311
: Celery
L. H. B.
APL^CTRUM (Greek, with no spar}. Orchiddcex.
A. small orchid, with smallish dull-colored fls m a
raceme, on a leafless scape, which spring from a large
eorm-like tuber. Single species (or possibly two), in
woods in the northern states
Flower spurless and saeless; petals and sepals similar,
narrow, lip 3-lohed and crested, defleved, fertile anther
1, the pollen-masses 4, smooth and waxy, column free,
compressed, the anther borne below the top
hyemale, Nutt (A &ptcatum, B S P ) PUTTY
ROOT AUAM-AND-EVE Fig 234 Sends up a pointed
green If 2-6 in long, which lasts through the winter, and
in spring a stalk about a foot high, bearing a raceme of
rather large greenish brown fls , which are succeeded by
hanging, oblong-pointed pods (Fig 231) — Hardy May
be grown in rich, loamy borders Interesting, but not
showy L H B
APLOPAPPUS (Greek, urn pie pappus) Syn ,
HaplopuppUA Contp6t>iLe Herbaceous perennials,
sometimes offeied for the hardy border.
Leaves mostly btiflish or rigid, alternate heads
radiate, many-fid , the rays pistillate, involucre hemis-
pherical, with several senes of closely imbricated bracts:
pappus simple, of many unequal
bristles, the achene short and nar-
row — A genus of about 115 species
bell-shaped, with 5 appendages inside, stamens 5,
inserted deep in the coiolla, the filaments veiy short;
style 0 seeds silky —Tough perennial herbs, with
milky juice, chiefly of north temperate zone, with
oblong or ovate, opposite Ivs , milkweed-like fls in small
cymes, and slender follicles or pods About 25 species,
10 native to N Amer
androsaemifdhum, Linn. SPREADING DOG-BANE.
Three ft or less high, usually glabrous, the branches
spreading: lobes of corolla revolute and tube of corolla
longer than the calyx' Ivs oval or ovate, mucronate,
short-net loled cymes loose, axillary and terminal, fls.
bell-like, white or pink N N Amer , common B M.
280 — Sold by dealeis m native plants Useful for the
hardy border as it will stand dry open places Root
used in medicine, sometimes gathered by drug-collec-
tors for A cartnulnnum, but as its action is different, it
should not be substituted.
cannabinum, Linn Branches erec^ or nearly so:
lobes of corolla nearly erect, the tube not longer than
calyx Ivs ovate to lance-oblong, short-petioled . cymes
dense, fls greenish white Northern states, common —
Not known to be in the trade, but likely to be con-
founded with the above. Hoot emetic, cathartic, dia-
Ehoretic, expectorant, and diuretic The tough fibrous
ark of the stalks formerly used by the Indians for
making twine L. H B
APODOLlRION (Greek combination, footless lily,
the peduncles not being evident) Amaryllidacex.
Greenhouse bulbs of S Afr , of which one or two of the
half-dozen species are rarely cult Bulb tumcated: fl.
1, borne or hidden in the bulb-neck in the manner of
235 Aponogeton distachyus
of herbaceous perennials, rarely shrubs, mostly from
Calif and Chile Fls yellow, in summer and autumn
Separated only by technical characters fiom Bigelovia.
into which it insensibly giades (Bigelovia has discoid
few-fld heads and pappus in single low ) The only 3
species known to have been in the American trade are
lanugindsus, Gray Hardy alpine herb, woolly, 4 in
high, from cieepmg rootstocks Ivs soft, narrowly
spatulate, or upper linear, 1-2 m. long rays 1V-20.
Mts of Wash, and Mont — Intro. 1889, by F II.
Hereford
Parryi, Gray Alpine herb, 6-18 in high, green and
almost glabrous Ivs oblong-obovate, 2—4 m long*
fl -heads about } £m high, pale yellow, the mvolucral
bracts oblong and obtuse; rays 12-20, small and narrow.
— Suitable for rockwork.
crdceus, Gray St about 1^ ft , erect and suwt, and
with radical Ivs a foot or less long1 cauhne Ivs ovate-
oblong to lanceolate, partly clasping' fls showy, saf-
fron-yellow, the rays about an inch long, the inner
involucral bracts ragged Rocky Mts. June-Oct.
A encoides, Hook A Arn .Shrub, 2-5 ft high Ivs wry nu-
merous, filiform, those of the deise fascicles, 2 or 3 lines long fls.
very numerous* G C.III 20 301 j^ TAYLOR t
AP6CYNUM (Greek for dog-bane). Apocynacex.
DOG-BANE INDIAN HEMP Native herbs, sometimes
planted in borders
Flowers small, the calyx with acute teeth; corolla
crocus, white or reddish Ivs usually not appearing
with the fls , narrow A. Ettae, Baker, and A. lanceo-
latum, Baker, are probably best know n as cult plants.
The former has a white, tinged red fl. 3 in long and
crocus-like Ivs , the latter (Githijllis lanceoldta, Linn,
f ) has a much shorter fl , white or whitish, and a
solitary lanceolate If. appearing with the fls. The
apodoluions are prop, by offsets or seeds.
APONOGfeTON (Greek name, referring to its
habitat in the water) AponogetonAce<e Aquatics,
mostly with flat floating Ivs and emerging spikes of
fls Includes Ouvirandia
Submerged herbs, with tuberous rhizomes and
fibrous roots Ivs long-stalked, oblong or linear, some-
times lacking the parenchyma and having a lattice-
like character fl -characters those of the family (p. 13).
— About two dozen species of warm countries, Asian,
African and Australian Krause & Engler, Das Pflan-
zenrcieh, hft 24 (l')06) There are two main species
in cult , the aponogeton proper with solid Ivs , and
the ouvirandra with open-work Ivs The former is
grown mostly out-of-doors, the latter in warm green-
houses.
distachyus, Linn f. CAPE POND-WEED. WATER
H \WTHORN (from the fragrance) Fig 235. Fls m
twin spikes on the emersed ends of long scapes,
wholly naked, but subtended by a double row of
petal-like bracts, very fragrant, with purple anthers:
312
APONOGETON
APPLE
If -blade floating, oblong-lanceolate, round-based, par-
'il lei- veined, 3--6 in long. Cape of Good Hope. B M
1293. FR. 1.403. P.G 4 lOo. GW.5.195. Gng 2 25.
— A charming and inteiesting plant. In a protected
pool, especially if it can be covered in winter, the plant
is hardy in the N.. blooming nearly all summer.
Removed to tubs in the fall, it blooms nearly all winter,
or it can be grown permanently in tubs or deep pans in
the house Requires about 2 ft of water, or out-of-
doors it may have twice that depth Prop chiefly by
seeds, but fls should be pollinated and kept above
water at least 24 hours afterward, and seeds not be
allowed to become dry Var Lagrangei, Hoit (A.
236. Aponogeton fenestra.is, the lace-leaf plant Known
to gardeners mostly as Ouvirandra
Lagrnngci, Hort ), is a rare and beautiful vaiiety. with
violet bracts and Ivs. violet beneath It props slowly.
R II 1895 380
fenestrahs, Hook f. (Ouvirdndra fenebtrah'*, Poir ).
LACE-LEAF LATTICK-LEAF Fig 236 Lvs oblong, 6-18
in long and 2-4 in broad, reduced to skeletons, float-
ing just under the surface of the water' fls small, con-
sisting of 0 stamens, 3 instils and 2 white petal-like
bodies, numerous, m 2 spikes each abort 2 in long,
which are united at the base, and borne on the top of a
scape a foot or so long. Madagascai A ¥ 7 67 A G
15.169 BM. 4894 Gt 1863387 GM 38830.
Gn. 30, pp 344, 345 Mn 6, p 231 F S. 11 '1107
I II 8 300 GW 10.595 (var major) —The Ivs are
merely a tracery of neives and cioss-veins, but despite
their lace-like delicacy they can be handled with con-
siderable roughness The venation of the lace-leaf
plant is like that of the common aponogeton, and now
and then a If occurs m which the spaces between the
veins are partly or wholly filled with green matter.
There is another species with skeletonized Ivs (A. Ber-
rncnanus), but the open spaces aie smaller and the
plant is less desirable for cult
The lace-leaf plant can be grown m a tub in a warm
greenhouse For some unknown reason the plant seems
rarely to succeed in a jar or glass aquarium Some
cultivators think that the water must be changed every
day, but this is not necessary If conferva? appear,
introduce a few tadpoles and snails, these will devour
the green scum, and help to keep the plant in good
health by furnishing oxygen See Aquarium The
plant should be potted, and plunged not moie than 18
in. below the surface of the watei , For potting soil use
a i ich compost, such as is recommended f 01 water-lilies
The water should be kept clean and sweet, and a
temperature of 65-70° pro-
vided. Avoid direct sun-
light In Madagascar the
streams often dry up, and
the tubeis carry the plant
over the dry season In
imitation of nature some
Cultivators take the tubers
out of the soil, and leave
them on a shelf in a hot-
237. Aporocactus flagellifornvs house during the month of
Fob It is doubtful whether
this is necessary. Potting should be done while the
plant is in active growth, not dormant Prop, by divi-
sion The lace-leaf is cult, in all the finest collections
of aquatics, and is prized as a curiosity.
4 anoustiftihus, Ait. (A capensis, Perry) Like A distachyu*
but much smaller fls small, white S Afr — A liernieriAnus,
Hook f , differs from A fencstralis m having smaller open spaces
m the Ivs , and pinkish 4-parted spikes — A Dinteri, EngI A Kr
Tuber globose floating Ivs oblong, rounded or somewhat enmrgm-
ute at base, long-nerved, not lare-liko inflorescence 2-spikod, yel-
lowish C.orman S W. Afr CJ W 14 059 —A HrnckehAnus,
Hort Allied to A fenestruhs, but rhizome larger and not creeping
Ivs pule green, less lasting AIadaKascar (} C III 40 270 —A.
monosthrhyu*, Linn f (A nataus, Kngl & Kr ) Lf hnear-oblorig
mfl in 1 sp,ko, pink India, Austral O W <> 02
L. H B.
WM. THICKER.
APOROCACTUS (Greek, unpenetrable and cactus}.
Cnctaceje A very slender vine-like creeping, clambering,
or hanging cactus, sending out aerial loots fls rather
small, slender, somewhat irregular, bright red fr. small,
globose, reddish, setose — Three species recognized, the
one below and A flagnformis, Lem , and A leptophis,
Butt <fe Rose Only one appears to be in cult These
plants are commonly referred to Cereus.
flagellif6rmis, Lem (Chen* flngettifdrmut, Mill )
HAT-TAIL CACTUS Fig 237 Sts about Y^\r\ diam ,
branching ribs 10-12 fls 2-3 in long Trop Amer —
This is commonly hybridized with other species It is a
well-known window-plant It is easily grown and is a
great favorite with people who know little about cacti
It is often giafted on other cacti and worked into vari-
ous f ant ast ic designs It is i at her a
a free bloomer, and with proper
care a most charming plant can be
obtained j N ROSE.
APOSERIS. An alpine com-
posite, now included m the genus
Ifyvwns, which see
APPLE. Kosdcey The fruit and
tree of Pyrus Mains, one of the
rosaceous group The name is also
applied, with qualifications, to
many other edible fruits, as may-
apple, pond-apple, rose-apple
The apple is native to south-
western Asia and adjacent Europe
It has been cultivated from time
immemorial Charred remains of
the fruit are found in the prehis-
toric lake dwellings of Switzerland
(Fig 238) Now widely cultivated
and immensely variable, the apple
is grown in every temperate climate, and is probably
the most important commercial pomological fruit.
The apple has come apparently from two original
stems All the common apples are modifications of
Pyrus Malm (see Pyrus), a low round-headed tree, with
thick and fuzzy irregularly dentate, short - stemmed
leaves and fairly compact clusters of woolly-stemmed
flowers The crab-apples are derived chiefly from
Pyrus baccata, commonly known as the Siberian crab
This species is probably of more northern or eastern
origin than the other It is of smoother and more
wiry growth, with narrower and thinner essentially gla-
brous long-stemmed leaves, arid more open clusters of
glabrous-stemmed flowers The apple is small and
hard, and the calyx-lobes fall at maturity, leaving the
eye or basin of the fruit smooth and plain. Hybrids
between these species apparently have given the race of
large-fruited crab-apples, of which the Transcendent and
Hyslop are examples. The race known to pomologists
as Pyrus prumfoha is perhaps a hybrid group. Certain
apples are native to North America Two species,
Pyrus roensis and P. coronana, are of interest to the
pomologist. The former is the prairie-states crab, and
is the more promising. In characters of growth, leaves
238. Apple remains
Swiss lake dwellings.
VII. The flowers of the apple tree.
APPLE
and flowers, it bears u striking resemblance to forms of
Pyrus Malm. The fruit is spherical or spherical-oblong,
short-stemmed, very hard, and remains green-colored.
The fruit of the eastern-states crab, Pyrus coronana,
is distinctly flattened endwise, and is long-stemmed
The leaves are deep-cut and often three-lobed There
are no improved varieties of this eastern species, and
no authentic hybrids between it and the common
apples The fruit is sometimes used by bottlers, but it
has little comestible value. Pyrus ivensis has produced
a number of promising hybrids with the common
apple, and this mongrel race is known as Pyrus Koidardu
The Soulard crab is the best known of these Its
value lies only in its extreme hardiness The pomo-
logical value of the native crabs is prospective For a
completer account of the native apples, see Bailey,
"Evolution of our Native Fruits "
One of the most perfect apple regions of this coun-
try— considering productiveness, quality, long-keeping
attributes, longevity of tree — is that which begins \vith
Nova Scotia and extends to the webt and southwest to
Lake Michigan Other important regions aro the
Piedmont country of Virginia and the highlands of
of adjacent states, the Plains regions, the O/ark and
APPLE
313
239. Spur and fruit-
bud of apple.
240. Only one fruit may set
m a cluster
Arkansas region; the mtermountain region from Mon-
tana to New Mexico, the Northwest, including both
large and small areas in British Columbia, W ashmgton
and Oregon, and the Pacilic legion, comprising the foot-
hills and parts of the coast in California All parts of
the United States north of Florida and the Culf bor-
ders, and excluding the warm-temperate parts of the
Southwest, are adapted to the apple in greater or lesser
degree North America is the leading apple-growing
country of the world A full crop for the United States
and Canada, of all kinds and grades, is probably not
much less than 100,000,000 barrels, although 'it is
doubtful whether more than one-third of this vast
quantity is marketed in a fresh state The apple is a
cosmopolitan fruit, and, since it thrives almost any-
where, it is commonly neglected
The apple was early introduced into this country In
the first days it was prized chiefly for cider It is an
ancient and common notion that any apple is good
enough for cider; and this is one reason for the neglect
in which the apple plantation was commonly allowed to
stand.
Brief or summary statement.
The best results in apple-growing are to be expected
in general when the land is tilled The reasons for till-
ing the orchard are those that apply to other crops, —
to make plant-food available, to extend the area in
which the roots can grow, to conserve moisture It is
especially important, in our hot and sunny count r
that the roots extend deep enough to escape the disas-
trous effects of drought 'I he ideal treatment of orchard
land is to fit
the ground
deep before
the trees'
are plan ted,
to plow
deep for a
year or two
or three in
order to force the roots
down and thoroughly to
ameliorate the soil, and to
practise shallow tillage to
conserve inoibture Since
trees make most of their
growth early in the .season,
the tillage should be begun
as soon as the land is fit in
bpr,ng, .m;l ,t ,nav be <!*- „,,
continued by midsummer or the f0uowmg year
August This cessation of
the tillage allows of the growing of some cover-crop or
catch-crop late in the season, in order to provide humus
and to improve the physical texture of the boil If the
land ib well handled in the first few \ears, it will not be
necessary to turn a furrow in the orchard iiequently
thereafter, but merely to loosen the surface in the spring
with a .spading- harrow, spring-tooth harrow, or other
tool, to reestablish the surface mulch rlhe onlv rea-
sons for turning a furrow will oc( ur when the land is so
hard that the surface tools cannot mellow the surface,
or when it is desirable to turn under a green-manure
crop Even hard landb imu be got in such condition,
by means of tillage and guru-manures, that they may
be worked up with harrow tools when the orchard
comos into ben ring Plowing the orchard, therefore,
ha.s two legitimate objects to mellow and ameliorate
the land to a considerable depth, so that the roots
may forage deep, to turn under a cover-crop The
former purpose should not be necessary after the first
few plow ings An incidental object of plowing is to
facilitate the making of the annual surface mulch; and
this mulch is to save the moibture
On good lands in which there is a sufficient natural
suppl} of moisture, the sod-mulch treatment may take
242 The flower-cluster and the leaf-cluster.
the place of tillage This procedure keeps the land in
sod, and the grass is mown and allowed to remain on
the ground or is spread under the trees.
The apple thnveb in a variety of soils Lands that
vield good crops of \\heat and corn may be expected
to be good apple lands, if other conditions are right
Rolling, inclined, or somewhat elevated lands are
generally considered to be most desirable Their value
lies in the better drainage of water and air The trees
may be set in either fall or spring Forty feet apart
each way is the standard distance for apple trees; but
some varieties, as the Wagener and the crabs, may be
set closer In the South and on the plains, trees may
314
APPLE
APPLE
243. Baldwin
be set closer, as they do not attain such great size as in
the northeastern states. In general, it is best to devote
the land to apples alone; but persons who are willing to
give the plantation the
best of care may plant
other trees between the
apples as fillers. The
more diverse the kinds
of trees which are
planted together, the
more difficult it is to
give the proper care
to each Some of the
shorter-lived varieties
of apples make excel-
lent fillers in the apple
orchard; and in special
cases dwarf apples may
be used
Although it should
be the general purpose
to till the apple or-
chard throughout its
life, whenever the trees
seem to be growing
too rapidly, the planta-
tion may be seeded
down for a time That
is, tillage is the general practice, seeding down and
sod-mulching are the special practices For the first
few years, annual crops may be grown in the apple
orchard, but every vear
a more open space
should be left about
the trees As often as the
land becomes crusted
it sho old be tilled
On strong lands which
are well handled, it is
rarely necessary to apply
concentrated fertilizers
until the trees are old
enough to bear What
fertilizers are then
j needed, and how much
; to apply, are to be deter-
< mined by the behavior
of the trees If the trees
are making insufficient
growth, and the foliage
244. Ben Davis. (X5s) ^ac^s c°l°r. onc or an< of
three things may be the
trouble the trees may need water; they
may be suffering from insects or disease;
they may lack nitrogen. If it is thought
that they lack nitrogen, this material may be supplied
in the form of nitrate of soda, sulfate of ammonia, or
the unburned animal substances, as blood and tankage.
Two to three hundred
pounds to the acre of the
nitrate of soda or sulfate of
ammonia are liberal applica-
tions on well-tilled lands.
If the trees are making
vigorous growth, the prob-
ability is that they are not
in need of more nitrogen.
Potash and phosphoric acid
may then be applied. Three
hundred pounds of muriate
of potash, or other concen-
trated material, should be .
sufficient for an acre, under
ordinary conditions As a
rule, all orchards in full 247 Gano (x?-s)
bearing should have a
liberal annual application of fertilizing materials In
the East, applo trees should be in profitable bearing at
twelve years from planting, and should continue for
thirty years In recent years, lime has been applied in
many cases with good
results, about 1,000
pounds to the acre
every four or five years.
The two staple ene-
mies of the apple are
the apple- \vorm (the
larva of the codlm-
moth), and the apple-
scab These are
readily held in check
by bprajing, — with
arsenical poisons for
the worm, and with
lime - sulfur or bor-
deaux mixture for the
scab See ft praying
Spraying for the worm
should be performed
as soon as the last
petals fall, for the scab
as soon as the buds
are well burst In
badly infected regions \
and on very susceptible *
varieties, it may be
necessary to spray first
245. Blue Pearmain.
246. Esopus (Spitzenberg). (XH)
249. Grimes.
APPLE
APPLE
315
for the scab before the buds swell. Since there are
insects (as canker-worms, case-bearers, bud-moth)
that appear before the flowers open, it is advisable to
add arsenical poison to
the fungicide at the
early spraying The
number of times to
Bpray depends on the
thoroughness of the
work, the pests to be
combated, and the sea-
eon, but it is a good
rule to expect to spray
with the combined
fungicide and insecti-
cide mixture when the
buds burst, and again
when the petals have
fallen. In the plains
- country, less spraying
may be necessary for
the fungous diseases
The apple commonly
bears on spurs The
fruit -bud is dis-
tinguished by its
greater size (usu-
ally somewhat
thicker than its
branch), its greater
width in propor-
i tion to its length,
and more conspicu-
ous pubescence It
is also distinguished
by its position A
fruit-bud is Hho\vn
mFig 239 A fruit -
scar is shown near
the base of the
branch If this fruit
was borne in 11)12,
the side branch
grew in 1913 from
a bud which came
into existence m
1912 If we go back
to the spring of
1912, the matter
can be made
plain A clus-
ter of flow-
ers appeared
One flower
set a fruit
(Fig. 240). This apple is at the end of the branchlet
or spur The spur cannot increase in length in the s;ime
axis Therefore, a bud appears on the side (Fig 241).
The fruit absorbs the
energies of the spur.
There is little nourishment
left for the bud. The bud
awaits its opportunity;
the following year it grows
into a branchlet and
makes a fruit-bud at its
end (Fig 239) , and thereby
there arises an alternation
in fruit-bearing, although
not all alternating in fruit-
bearing may be attributed
to this cause The differ-
ence between fruit-buds
and leaf -buds becomes ap-
parent when the buds
burst (Fig 242)
The apple is budded
or root-grafted on com-
mon apple seedlings.
These seedlings are usu-
ally grown from seeds se-
cured from cider mills.
In the East, budded trees
arc preferred In the
upper Mississippi Valley,
root-grafted trees are pre-
ferred, largely because
own-rooted trees of known
hardiness can be secured.
In Russia, seedlings of
7'yn/s baccnta are used as
stocks They prevent
root -killing, and give ear-
lier fruit -bearing Apple
trees are usually planted
uhen two or three years
old
Apples are dwarfed by
working them on various
kinds of Paradise and
Doucm stocks These
stocks are meiely natu-
rally dwarf forms of the
common apple, and which,
m some remote tune, have
originated probably from
seeds Dwarf apples arc
much grown in Europe,
where small-area cultiva-
tion and wall-training are
b 256. Stayman (Winesap)
252. Northern Spy. (XH)
253. Rhode Island Greening. (XH)
257. York Imperial. (X%)
316
APPLE
APPLE
258 Tompkins King, -the flat or oblate
American apple. (X1^)
common, but they are little known in America, and,
because of economic conditions, are usually not profit-
able here. See
Dwarfing.
Varieties.
The varieties of
apple trees actu-
ally on sale in
North America in
any year are not
far from 1,(HX)
kinds Kach great
geographical area
has varieties that
are particularly
adapted to it In
the northern Mis-
sissippi Valley,
there are few of
the eastern -states apples that thrive Varieties have
been introducer! from Russia with the expectation that
they will be adapted to the region; but more is to
be expected of their progeny than of themselves.
Varieties of local
origin, coming from
various stem types,
are now providing
that region with
satisfactory apples
In the selection of
varieties, one should
be guided by this 2S9 The oblate and spherical forms
adaptation to the Of appie
region, and by the
purpose for which the
fruit is designed to he
grown Consult the re< -
ommended lists of the
state horticultural so-
cieties, ask persons \s ho
have had experience in
the given region, write
to the experiment sta-
tion, enquire at the
markets The leading
commercial varieties in North America are Golden
Russet (N. Y ). Red Astrachan, Baldwin (Fig 243),
Ben Davis (Fig 214), Blue Pearmam (Fig 245),
Oldenburg (Duchess of), Esopus (Spit/onberg) (Fig.
246), Fameuse, Gano (Fig 247), Black Gilhflower (Fig
24H), Gravenstem, Grimes
(Fig 219), Hubbaniston
Rails, Jonathan,
Kmg.McIntosh,
260. The conical and ovoid forms
of apple
261. Lady, a small dessert apple.
Missouri (Pippin), Newtown (Albemarle) (Fig 251),
Northern Spy (Fig 252), Peck (Pleasant), Fennock,
Rhode Island Greening (Fig 253), Rome Beauty (Fig
254), Shockley, Twenty Ounce, Wealthy (Fig 255),
Willow (Twig), Winesap and Stayman Wmesap (Fig.
256), Wolf River,
Yellow Bellflower.
York Imperial
(Fig. 257), King
(Fig. 258). Bald-
win and Ben Da-
vis, the former of
secondary quality
and the latter of
worse, hold the
supremacy in
American market apples The apples of the eastern
and central country tend toward flattened or oblate
shape (Fig* 258-9) The typical form of the so-called
long or conical American apple may be seen in 1< ig 260.
Many odd and unusual varieties are grown for dessert,
one of which is shown in Fig 261
Monuments or markers have been erected to a few
of the most rioted varieties of apples Fig 262 shows
the monument erected in Wilmington, near Lowell,
Mass , in 1895, to the Baldwin, with the following
inscription:
THIS PILLAR ERECTED IN 1895
BY THE
RUMFORD HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION
Incorporated April 28, 1877
Marks the estate where in 179.3 Samuel Thompson, Esq ,
while locating the line of the Middlesex Canal, dis< overed
the first Pecker apple tree. Later named the
BALDWIN
The first tablet in New York state in memory of
any apple was erected in the town of Caimllus, Onon-
daga County, on the original .site of the Primate apple
tiee (Fig 263) John T Roberts, Syracuse, N Y ,
on September 11, 1903, caused a bronze tablet to be
erected there On this tablet is the following
inscription:
On this farm Calvin D Bingham, about 1840, produced
the marvellous
PRIMATE APPLE
Named by Charles P. Cowles
r.OD'^ *ARTH IS FULL OF LOVK TO MAN
A second marker was erected in New Yoik in 1* U
to the Northern Spy, liuny
Joe and Melon apples, at
Bloomfield, by the Ontario
County Flint-Growers' Society
(Fig 264), with the following
tablet.
262 Monument to the Baldwin apple
263. Tablet to the Primate apple.
264 Northern Spy monument.
(4 ft high )
APPLE
APPLE
317
THE ORIGINAL NORTHERN SPY APPLE TREE
stood about 14 rocta south of this Hpot, in a seedling
orchard planted by Hcmaii Chapm about 1800.
THE EARLY JOE AND MM,ON APPLES
ALSO ORIGINATED IN THIS ORCHARD
The Melntosh apple (Mclntosh Rod) is comim-m
orated (Fig 265) by a monument at Dundela, Dimdas
County, Ontario, as follows
THE ORIGINAL McINTOSH RED APPLE TREE
stood about 20 rods north of thia spot. It was one
of a number of seedlings taken from the bordi i
of the c leanngs and transplanted by John Molntosh
in the year 1790
ERECTED BY POPULAR SUBSCRIPTION 1912
The history is that John Mclntosh came to Canada
with the United Empire Loyalists After spending
some time along the frontier, he settled on his home-
stead in the county of Dundaa in 1790 at a place later
called Mclutosh's Corners, although that place has
now become extinct and
Dundela has taken its
place In the year 1790
while dealing borne for-
est land, he came upon
a c lump of young apple
trees, about twenty in
number As apples \\ere
at that time a luxury,
the apple trees vseie left
unharmed, and a few
days after were i cplarited
in a clearing nearer his
house Most of the trees
tluived for a few years
but finally died In 1X30
only one tree out of the
twenty remained Vs
this apple was unnamed,
Mr M el ntosb, combined
his own name with the
color of the apple and christened it "M< Intosh Red "
Fiom the time it v\as tiansplanted, it grew rapidly
and in a few years boie an abundance of fruit the
color and flavor of \\huh uttiaeted the attention of
the eailier settle) s It was Mtuatrd about fifteen feet
from the house, and when in 1893 the house was
burned, the tree also received its share of the fire and
one side was badly burned Nevertheless, the other
side continued to bear until 190S That summei the
leaves began to wilt and the apples to fall off until it
was entirely bare Thus the old tiee which had with-
stood the storm of 112 years was foiced at lust to sub-
mit to the injuries received from the fire of 1893 (Fig
200) '1 he wide en dilation of the Mclntosh apple is
due to his son, the late Allen Mclntosh, who, fully
appreciating the fruit, wished others to cn]oy it also
and started propagating by grafting and budding from
the original tree This has been repeated year after
year since 1836.
The origin of the Wealthy apple, the leading va-
riety of the upper Mississippi Valley, is commemorated
on the monument erected to the memory of Peter M
Gideon, Excelsior, Minnesota (Fig 267) The tablet
was unveiled and dedicated with appropriate cere-
monies on the old farmstead, where he passed the last
forty-six years of his life, at 2 o'clock on the afternoon
of Saturday, June 15, 1912 The memorial consists of
a block of granite, raised on a platform of solid con-
crete, surrounded by a chain supported by a number
of black iron posts On the sloping top of stone is a
bronze tablet bearing this inscription
Monument to the Mclntosh
apple. (5ft high)
This Tablet commemorates Peter M Gul< on
who grew the original
WEALTHY APPLE TREE
from &e<d on this his homesUad, in 1SG4
Erected by the Native Sons of Minnesota, June. 1912
The triangular piece of ground on which this is
placed containing approximate!} a half-a^re, is sur-
rounded by a chain and post fence This ground, the
gift of 0 r Bnggs, is dedu ated as "Gideon Memorial
Park " It lies on
the mam traveled
boulevard be-
tween Excelsior
and Mmnetonka
Beach, a few
hundred feet
south of the Mam-
tou station on the
electric line
Special literature
Several books
devoted wholly to
the apple have
appeared in North
America \V arder,
Apples, 1807 ,
Todd, Apple Cultunst, 1871, \Vaugh, The American
Apple Orchard, 1908, Burritt, Apple Growing, 1912,
Woolverton, Canadi in Apnle Glower's Guide I 01 va-
rieties, the two volumes, Beach, Apples of New York,
published bv the New \ork Agricultural Experiment
.Station, at Geneva, are invaluable Consult, also, Vol
25, Nebraska State Horticultural Society, 1SQ.1, The
Apple, a report ot the Kansas State Horticultural
Society, 1898 Nearly all the fruit manuals devote
space to the apple L II B.
Apple-growing in the northeastern states.
Although the eastern region (New England, New
York, Pennsylvania) e.nly developed an apple industry,
it had fev\ commercial orchards until near the middle
of the last century About that time mam named
varieties of American origin were disseminated At
first the product was used largely for the making of
cider Gradually there arose a demand for fresh fruit,
266 Original Mclntosh apple tree.
267 Monument to Peter M Gideon and the Wealthy apple.
and as transportation facilities impiovcd and the busi-
ness became more profitable, there was a i.ipid increase
in the number ana size ot the orchards r\ he produc-
tion of apples increased more rapullv than the facilities
for distribution and soon the supply apparently ex-
ceeded the demand The low prices received in the
following years discouraged the growers from fur-
ther planting Many growers, being attracted by the
318
APPLE
APPLE
alluring settlement of the West and others by the oppor- importance, there is now known to be much greater
11 ' ' -------- ---*--—
tumties in the rapidly growing manufacturing centers,
forsook their orchards Of those who remained, many
cut do\\n the trees to make room for moie profitable
crops The orchards that remained were mostly neg-
lected and many of them may still be found, although
few of them are now profitable There have been two
or three attempts at reviving the industry and these
mark well-defined epochs of orchard planting
With the phenomenal amassrng of population in the
eastern cities and with the marked improvement in
transportation facilities, there has developed within
the past ten years a remarkable opportunity in the
growing of apples As a result, enormous areas are
ilanted ar
grow D
being planted and many
of the old and neglected
orchards arc being re-
vived Many persons from
the cities are being at-
tracted to the cheap lands
in the East and most of
them are planting apple
trees It is difficult to
ascertain, even in an ap-
proximate way, the num-
ber of trees' being planted
m any section The thir-
teenth census shows that
there are over 7,425,000
apple trees in the eight
states under discussion
that had riot reached the
bearing age m 1010, and
there has been much greater activity in tree-planting in
the three subsequent seasons than ever before. Many of
the old orchards, however, are fast passing out of exis-
tence From the census reports it may be seen that
despite the numbei of >oung orchards coming into bear-
ing in the ten-year period, there were 10,188,000 more
trees of the bearing age reported in 11)00 than in 1910.
The question of the probability of over-production
immediately arises Most of the growers are still
optimistic, thinking that for various reasons many of
the orchards will never reach the beai ing age and that
with the rapidly growing population, the increasing
opportunities for exporting, the raising of varieties of
better quality, and \vith better methods of grading and
packing, the supply will riot exceed the demand for any
considerable time
Apple rcqions
It is remarkable that the apple industry has reached
its highest development in certain restricted regions
\\hen pomologists speak of the western New York
fruit-belt or the Chaniplam Valley district, a fairly
definite area is understood Usually such districts are
marked by exceptionally favorable soil or climatic
condit ions The conspicuous apple regions of the North-
east, although fiequently hundreds of miles apart,
possess about the same set of conditions This is
especially true \vithm the same parallels of latitude.
The distinctive features of these regions aie'
(1) A favoiable climate, that insures protection
from exherne temperature, affords sufficient rainfall
m summer, and that furnishes long days and abundant
sunshine throughout the growing season
latitude in this respect than was generally considered
In recent years, apples have been successfully and
profitably grown under conditions that formerly were
thought to be very undesirable This is mentioned here
to show that the proper selection of varieties and the
adoption of special methods of treatment are also
important factors, and that the "fruit-belt" is not the
only controlling factor
The accompanying table gives some information
regarding the number of apple trees and the production
of apples in the states under consideration One column
also shows the relation of the production of the various
states to the total production of the United States.
VARIOUS APPLE STATISTICS FOR THE NORTHEASTERN STATES, ACCORDING TO THE
CENSUS REPORTS FOR 1900 AND 11)10
Per cent
of
Trees ot
beai ing
Trees not
Busheh
Bushels
total pro-
Ug
of
1899
1909
duction
bearing age
of U S
1909
1900
1910
1910
Maine
1,422,000
3,630,000
248
4,18.->,0<)0
3,477,000
1,04 -.000
N Hampshire
1,979,000
1 108,000
08
2,034, 000
1,241,000
207,000
Vermont
1,177,000
1 460,000
10
1,675,000
1,184,000
220,000
Massachusetts
3,023,000
2 550.WX
173
1,852,000
1,307,000
3")6,ooo
Rhode Island
339,000
213,0(X
01
214,000
1 12,000
55,000
Connecticut
-$,704,000
1 5 11, (XX
104
1,167,000
7f)<),()00
212,000
New York
21,111,000
25 «W,0(X
1722
15,()r>j,WO
11,248,000
2,82<t,()(K)
Pennsylvania
4,041,000
11 048,(XX
749
11, 771, (MX)
S.000,000
2,")01.000
Total
10,401,000
46,965,000
3183
37,9->t>,0<)0
27.46S.OOO
7, 12 '),()()()
By comparing the production from the various
counties, it is easy to determine the conspicuous apple
sections The following table shows the production
from the twenty-four highest producing counties in the
northeastern states.
TABLE SHOWING PRODUCTION OF APPLES FROM THE
TWENTY-FOUR HIGHEST PRODUCING COUNTIES IN
THE NORTHEASTERN STATJS, CENSUS OF 1910
County
SI ule
Bushels
Wayne
New ^ ork
•5,304,000
N«u ^ork
2,V)2,000
Niagara
New York
2,307,(XX)
Orleans
Now \ork
2,22'),0(X)
Ontario
NLVV \<>rk
91 3,000
Columbia
Ni» \mk
803,000
Dutchcss
Nivv \ork
795,000
Ulster
Niw \<>rk
608,(X)0
Ch.iutau€iua
Nt» Wk
040,000
Middlesex
M tssarhusetts
OUOOO
New >ork
630,000
Wyoming
Now \<>rk
625, OCX)
Ene
Now \ork
MM.OOO
Worcester
Masvu-hiwtH
5().r>,()00
Genasee
Nfw \ork
r>s i ,000
Cattaraugua
N. w York
,")r)8,0()0
Albany
New ^ ork
~)28,000
Sear ••
N< w V ork
Maim
481,000
443,000
Berks
Oswego
P( nnsylvania
New York
420,000
400,000
Tioga
Penn jlvaina
W),0<)0
Konnebeo
M urn-
3<>2,0(X)
Franklin
Maine
389,000
(2) A favorable soil, that insures good drainage, ease It will be seen that of the twenty-four counties,
of cultivation, and a spacious feeding-ground for the seventeen are in New York state, three in Maine and
two each in Massachusetts and Pennsylvania
The territory under consideration lies mostly between
the 68th and 81st degrees of longitude and the 40th and
4Gth degrees of latitude It possesses, on the whole, a
very irregular topography, resulting from glacial
deposits It is drained in almost all directions by rivers
roots
(3) A suitable topography, that affords adequate
atmospheric drainage and insures protection from
frosts and freezes Lands adjacent to large bodies of
water, however, are not necessarily dependent upon
variations in altitude to insure protection from frost.
While favorable soil, climate and topography often
are determining factors and are considerations of great
of various sizes. It includes many fertile valleys, ele-
vated plateaus, and several mountainous areas. Along
APPLE
APPLE
319
the coast m many sections, and on the shores of the
Great Lakes are fairly broad low-lying plateaus These
areas, with the broad river valleys and their bordering
slopes, are of great importance from a fruit-growing
standpoint
In a rough way, the lands may be divided into two
main groups. The nn>t embraces the river valleys,
including the valley slopes, and the lower plains adja-
cent to the Great Lakes, and certain areas near the coast
To this group belong the most conspicuous apple-grow-
ing areas, such as those along the valleys of the Con-
necticut, the Hudson, the St Lawrence, the Mohawk,
the Susnuchanna and other smaller rivers, arid the
shores of Lake Erie, Lake Ontario, Lake Champlam
and various inland lakes
The second group of lands embraces the uplands,
composed usually of more or less rolling land with
innumerable hills, narrow valleys, and great plateaus
This territory embraces much rough mountainous land
that is of little value except for forestry In general, the
upland territory is devoted mainly to diversified farm-
ing As a rule, onlv the hardier varieties of apples are
grown, but in the uplands there are innumerable
areas of restricted dimensions that are well
adapted to the growing of apples in conjunction
with other interests
In the East, apples are extensively grown for
home use and for loc.il market For this reason
the apple industrv, is not so centralized as it is
in some other regions, although there are many
large comineici.il oichaids Many individual
orchards are small, being on diversified farms
According to the thirteenth census, the ave-
rage value of farm lands throughout the eight
states is $23 2S per acre The price recorded
for the states of Pennsylvania, New York,
Massachusetts, Conner 1 init .ttid Rhode Island
was about the same, averaging $33 <)2 per acre,
while that for the remaining three .states,
Maine, New Hampshire and Vermont was
much lower, averaging 151331 per acre
The apple-growing area in the northeastern
states isiapidlv extending and comprises much
of the cheaper lands of the territory. In New
England, the aiea embraces the southern half
of Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont, pro-
jecting scynewhat northward along the west-
ern border of the latter state, and ext(ndmg south-
ward to include the greater part of Massachusetts,
Connecticut, and Rhode Island Here the leading
varieties m the older orchards are Baldwin, Rhode
Island Greening, Northern Spy, Roxbmy, Ben Davis,
Fameu.se, Tolman, Hubbardston, Oldenburg, Reel
Astraehan, Bethel, Twenty Ounce, Mclntosh, Yellow
Bellflower, and Wealthy The later plantings are
mostly of higher quality varieties, including Northern
Spy, Mclntosh, Wealthy, Fall Pippin, Sutton, Wagener,
Red Canada, Esopus (Spitzenberg), Gravenstem, Yel-
low Transpaient, Red Astrachan, Fameuse, Tompkms
King, and \\ illiams The Baldwin, however, continues
to be the most popular variety in New England
In New York, the mam apple-growing section extends
along the south shore of Lake Ontario, but the industry
is rapidly developing in many other parts, including
the Hudson, Champlam, St Lawrence, and lower
Mohawk valleys, and the lands sui rounding the central
lakes The leading varieties m the bearing orchards
are Baldwin, Rhode Island, Northern Spy, Tompkms
King, Roxbury, Hubbardston, Esopus (Spitzenberg),
Golden Russet t, Ben Davis, Tolman, BlacK Gilhflower,
Twenty Ounce, Swaar, Westfield, Pumpkin Sweet,
Fameuse, Fall Pippin, Yellow Bellflower, Mclntosh,
Wealthy, Oldenburg, Red Astrachan, Jonathan, Yel-
low Newtown, Green Newtown, Maiden Blush, Graven-
stem, Blue Pearmam, Early Harvest, Alexander, and
Yellow Transparent. Many of these varieties are still
being planted, but the tendency is to set fewer varie-
ties and more of the leading commercial sorts
The apple-growing area in Pennsylvania is limited
largely to the southeastern part of the state The
industry has reached its highest development in the
Cumberland Valley, especially in Cumberland, Adams
and Franklin counties Much planting is now being
done along the upper Susquehanna in Luzerne, Lacka-
wanna, and Wyoming counties In the southwestern
part of the state, Bedford arid Somerset counties also
nave many commercial orchards Southern Pennsyl-
vania has a longer growing season than New York and
New England and this is plainly shown by the nature
of the varieties most commonly grown. The older
orchards are composed mainly of York Imperial, Bald-
win arid Northern Spy, but the newer plantings are
mostly Stayman Wmesap, Mclntosh, Delicious, and
Northern Spy.
Cultural pecidianties.
While there is diversity of opinion regarding cul-
tural methods, the common practice embraces a sys-
268. Apple orchard at bearing age, as seen in the northeastern states.
tern of clean culture with cover-crops In some regions,
especially on the heavier soils, it has been found that
this treatment, if practised year after year, produces
too much growth In such cases, the cover-crop, in-
stead of being turned under, is allowed to stand till
about June, when it is cut and allowed to remain on the
surface as a mulch In New England, clover is most
commonly used as a cover-crop In New York and
Pennsylvania, various crops are used for the purpose;
among these the most common are clover, vetch, rye,
buckwheat, turnips, covvpeas, and so> beans Some
growers in vanous parts have secured good results
from growing their trees in sod, mowing the grass and
leaving it as a mulch The success of this method
depends largely on the quantity of herbage that can
be grown in the orchard If the orchard does not pro-
duce enough, it must be supplemented with some form
of coarse material from othei sources A system
of this kind may be very satisfactorily employed
in various parts of Pennsylvania, New York and New
England, where there is much land that, although well
adapted to apple-growing, is oftentimes too steep for
cultivat ion.
As a rule, chemical fertilizers are used in the orchard
Since the supply of humus may be maintained in the
orchard by the use of cover-crops, most growers prefer
to use the available stable manure for crops like corn,
hay, or vegetables, that are not so easily adapted to
cover-crop treatment. Stable manure, however, is
320
APPLE
APPLE
often used in sod orchards to supply additional mulch
as well as the elements of plant-food. Many growers are
coming to realize that the apple tree does not require
heavy applications of fertilizers More important than
fertilizers is moisture supply, and this is maintained by
increasing the humus and by cultivation Very few
growers are applying much nitrogen, depending upon
leguminous cover-crops to keep up the supply As a
source ot phosphoric acid, raw ground bone is the most
common material In recent years, very large quan-
tities of basic slag have been used, GOO to 800 pounds
per acre usually being applied Potash is usually ap-
plied m the muriate form, but some growers prefer to
use the sulfate of potash Recently, growers have
realized the necessity for applying lime, and this is
being used largely m the form of ground limestone
There is a growing feeling that in the past young
trees have been pruned too severely. Piogressive
growers think that the young apple tiee should not be
pruned very severely during the dormant season. With
this is associated the idea that when much pruning is
necessary, some of it, at least, should be performed in
the growing season. This practice tends to bring the
269 Harvest time in the apple orchard.
trees into bearing earlier and to make better-shaped
trees. Summer pruning, when employed, is usually
performed about July 1 or just before growth ceafaes
Mature trees tend to overbear, and pruning them in
the dormant season is the rule
A striking feature in the work of renovating old
orchards is the seventy with which many of the trees
are pruned High-headed tires, especially those that
are very weak, are cut back to meio stubs on which the
growth of water-sprouts is encouraged From these-
sprouts new heads arc formed Tiees treated in this
way often pioduce fair crops of fruit, when properlv
trained, the fourth or fifth >enr following the tre.it-
ment. Other trees that are in better shape to start
with, are dealt with less severely, only the higher
branches being removed and the remaining ones short-
ened in
Spraying practices are about the same throughout
the various regions of the Northeast. The concentrated
lime-sulfur wash, either prepaied or home-made, has
become the standard remedy for scale In some sec-
tions and especially for use on old apple trees, the mis-
cible oils are preferred. For the various fungous trou-
bles, of which scab, black-rot, rust and sooty-blotch
are the most conspicuous, a weak hme-sulfur prepara-
tion is generally employed. Applications are usually
made just before the blossoms open, again after the
petals fall, and one or two later applications at intervals
of three or four weeks Arsenate of lead is usually
added for the control of insects In New England,
the hme-sulfur as a summer spray has not given satis-
faction, and the tendency is to use regular bordeaux
mixture for the first application and a very weak
bordeaux for the subsequent treatments. With most
varieties, and under ordinary conditions, the one appli-
cation is sufficient to control the various diseases. One
or two applications of arsenatc of lead, either with or
without bordeaux, is usually applied after the blossoms
have fallen
The practice of thinning apples is becoming somewhat
general among the commercial growers of New England
and in most sections of New York and Pennsylvania
The work ib usually performed about July 1, or just after
the so-called "June drop " In some sections in western
New York, where the evaporating trade takes the
greater part of the crop, the practice is almost unknown.
Marketing.
The apple ciop in pMieral f aiming districts is mostly
disposed of within the limits of the territory and usually
in the local market The more extensive growers, how-
ever, ship large quantities to the eastern cities, and
varying quantities, depending upon the supply, are
exported Progress in grading and packing has been
slow, chiefly because of lack of necessity. There is
great demand m the manufacturing centers for a
medium grade of fiuit and in such places it has
not paid to increase the price of apples by fancy
grading and packing Some growers, even at the
present time, bay that they make as much from their
lower grades as from their higher grades This ap-
plies especially to sections where peddlers come to
the orchard, take the fruit away and bring the
barrels back The enormous number of varieties
has also affected progress in the way of improved
methods. Methods of packing and selling are very
diverse. The barrel still remains the most popular
package, although the box is being largely used In
the vieimtj of the huge cities and towns, special
packages are used for the retail tiade Around
Boston, a slatted bushel box i.s in common use In
Connecticut, the common Jersey peach basket is
largely used, with a growing tendency toward the
climax basket Near Philadelphia, the familiar
hamper is still in use. The box package as used in
the West has been adopted by many glowers in New
York and in northern New England In Connecticut,
there is a movement to adopt a distinctive package,
like the climax basket, for the fancy retail trade and
to continue to use the barrel for the general crop
O. D. JARVIS.
The apple m Canada.
Apples have been cultivated in Canada for about 300
years In the earlv part of the seventeenth century,
the French settlers brought with them seeds and trees
to the banks of the St. Lawrence River, along which
the first settlements were made In that part of Canada
which in the French regime was known as Acadia, now
the province of Nova Scotia, apple trees were planted
early in the seventeenth century also Trees were top-
grafted in Nova Scotia as early as 1764, and some of
these old trees are still alive On account of poor
transportation facilities in Canada until comparatively
recent years, the development of apple-growing was
slow for a long time and it has been only during the
past fifty or sixty years that a rapid growth m the
industry has taken place Now, however, the pro-
duction of apples is large and is increasing very last.
In 1911 the number of bushels of apples grown in Can-
ada was estimated at 10,384,985.
Regions
The area m Canada over which apples can be grown
is very large In the provinces of Ontario and Quebec,
there is a belt of about 700 miles in length, where
apple trees can be successfully grown, while in the prov-
ince of Ontario alone the best winter apples can be
APPLE
APPLE
321
grown over an area of about 350 miles long by 30 1,o 150
miles in width Over this great winter-apple area, which
may be roughly divided into, first that part bordering
on Lake Ontario and extending for 30 and more miles
inland- second, that bordering Lake Huron and for
several miles back, and third, the Houth western part of
Ontario, — the Northern Spy, Baldwin, Tompkms King
and Rhode Island Greening are the predominant win-
ter varieties of the better class
Nova Scotia has long been noted for its winter
apples, which ship and keep woll The most favored
parts are the Annapolis and Cornwallis valleys, which
nave a total length of about 100 miles and vary in width
from 6 to 11 miles Here apples of British or European
origin, such as Blenheim, Ribston, Gravenstem, Cox
Orange Pippin, and Yellow Bellfiower do particularly
well But it is being found that winter apples can be
grown successfully along the southeastern part of Nova
Scotia, and a large area will no doubt be eventually
planted to apple trees there In the northern part of
Nova Scotia, the hardier apples, including some winter
varieties, do well Prince Kdward Island, the smallest
province in Canada, produces excellent apples, and here
may be found, perhaps, the longest-keeping fruit in
Canada of the varieties gro\vn, due no doubt to the
cool autumn The season is somewhat short for some
of the latest-maturing varieties The province of New
Brunswick has for a long time shown its adaptability
for apple-culture, and in this province some of the
highest-colored and best-flavored apples are grown.
The climate over a large part of New Brunswick is
much the same as the southern part of the province of
Quebec and eastern and central Ontario, and over this
great area such apples as Wealthy, Fameusc, Melntosh,
Alexander, Wolf River and others are grown to great
perfection
In the far West, British Columbia has many districts
and valleys well suited for summer, autumn and winter
varieties of apples, but some varieties do better in one
district than in another At present the three most
important parts are, first, that comprising the damp
climate of tJhe lower mainland near the coast, and Van-
couver Island, second, the dry interior country where
rngation is, as a rule, necessary, including the Okana-
gan and other valleys, and third, the Kootenays, Kast
and West, the Salmon Arm, and other districts \vhere
irrigation is in most places unnecessary Many valleys
farther north than the present commercial orchards
extend are being found suitable for apple-culture.
In the prairie provinces of Manitoba, Saskatchewan
and Alberta, few apples have as >et been grown, but it
is thought that before long some parts of these prov-
inces will be producing large quantities of apples In
southern Manitoba the Russian vaiieties of apples are
succeeding well in places where cared for, and consider-
able quantities of fruit have been obtained there The
chief causes of failure in the prairie provinces appear
to be, first, too late growth, preventing proper ripening
of the wood, and due, we believe, to the rich soil with
its large percentage of available nitrogen, second, to
the drying out of the trees in winter on account of their
being exposed to dry and very cold winds for a long
period, and third, on account of early growth in spring
Followed by hard frosts All of these causes of failure
may in a large degree be overcome by planting the
hardiest varieties in well-drained, light sou, protecting
them from winds in winter by means of windbreaks,
and choosing exposures whore growth will not start
early In the wooded country in northern Saskatchewan
and Alberta, where the springs are cooler and where
there is natural protection, it is thought that ultimately
large quantities of apples will be grown. At present
crab-apples are being grown m a number of places and
also the small hybrid apples originated by William
Saunders.
The farthest north that apples have been grown in
21
Canada eaet cf the Rocky Mountains, of which we have
a record, is at Fort Vermilion, Peace River, in latitude
56°, where, in 1910, fruit was grown of the hybrid apples
referred to.
Vanetws of apples recomrneruled for different pwts of
Canada.
ONTARIO (districts bordering Lake Ontario and Lake Huron,
and southwestern Ontario) Summer — Red Astrachan, Oldenburg
fntt— <Jravenstem, Wealthy, Alexander. Melntosh, F-tmeuse.
Blenheim Winter — Tompkms King, Rhode Island Greening, Bald-
win, Northern Spy, Cranberry, Stark
NOVA SCOTIA (Annapolis, ( ornwulhs, and adjacent valleys)
Kummrr— Red A.strachan, Old< nburg Pall- -Grave ristem, Wealthy,
Blenheim, Ribston Winttr- fompkins King, \ e How Bellflower,
Wagener. Cox Orange Pippin, Hhodo Island Greening, Stark,
Northern Spy, American Golden Rus.sU, Fallawater, Roxbury
Russet (Nonpareil;, and Btn Da\is
NOVA SCOTIA (northern and colder parts) Nuw BRUNSWICK,
QumEe- (except coldest parts), KAHJM<\ AND CENTRAL ONTARIO
Hummer— Transpaient, 1 owland Kaspbe rry, Orenburg Fall—
St Lawrence, Wealthy, Dudley, Alexander, M/Mahon Winter—
Vlelntosh. Fameiwe, Wolf Ri\er, B« thd, Milwaukee
PHINCK Euw\ni> IHIAND Summer— Tnnsparent, Orenburg.
Fall— Wealthy, Dudley. Gravenste..n (whiek ktep:, well into winter
here) Winttr -Alexander, Woll River, Melntosh Stark Such
varieties as Blenheim, Ribbon, Tompkms King, Northern Spy,
and many others can be grown on Prince Edward Island, but are
not so reliable for commercial purposes
BRITISH Cemvaiv (lovs.r mainland, V incouver Inland)
Yellow rranspaicrit, Old. nbiu ', Gr^enstem, Wealthy, Tompkms
King, Gnmes For irng-de d district-, ot .southern British Columbia
fr-m-parent. Reel <Wru Inn Oldenburg, Wealthy, Melntosh, Jona-
than, \Vage ne-r Rome Bc.uitj , -tnd m addition fe>r tlie mo-<t f ivored
parts, LsopuN Ye How \ewtown, and Wme-ap Other t. n.pi rate
pirts where irrigation, if pr-utis<d, is nejt general, including the
Koot.imV< Salmon \rm.an.l Armstrong eh-triet Yellow Trans-
parent, Old' nburg. diuenste in \\eiltliy, Melntosh, Jonathan,
V\ tgener, (inmrs and Northern Spy
Hardiest varieties for ee)ld,-t, parts of Canada Summer to
Auturm- -Blushed CaKille, Lowland Raspbcirj\ Oldenberg, Char-
lamoff Autumn to IV mt<r— Antonovka, Wealthy, Hibernal, Mc-
Mahon, Longfield. and Pitten C'rab-npplt^— Whitnt y, Virginia
Marth'i, Trmscende nt, Hyslop and the small hybrid apples origi-
nate, 1 by VVm Saund.ru
Up to comparatively recent years, Canada had
depended mainly on the other parts of the world for
varieties to plant, but some excellent apples of Cana-
dian ongin are now m commerce, such as Fameuse,
Melntosh, St Lawrence, and Baxter Within the past
twenty Neais unde-i the> elueettoii of the Dominion
(jo\ eminent, many new vaiuties have been originated
with a view to furnishing suitable kinds for the
pranie provinces, and secondK to obtain apples of the
best ce>lor and quality which would succeed over a
wider range than those on the market at present. The
results so far have been veiy promising
Ceneial outlook
Canadians are fully alive to the importance of prac-
tising the best methods of apple-culture, and in those
paits ejf tht Dominion wheie the> melustry is an impor-
tant one, the methods cmplo\ed and culture given are
equal to those m other countries
The cooperative movement is strong in Canada, and
there are many cooperative associations for the buying
of horticultural supplies and for the marketing of fruit.
There has been an Act in fon e in Canada since 1899 by
which Dominion inspectors may examine fruit packed
in closed packages bcfoie shipment in any part of
Canada The Act empow ers the inspectors to mark the
package "Falselv Marked" if the fruit within ifhe pack-
age is riot of the grade 01 quality indicated by the marka
outside, and the persem who packs the fruit and marks
the package is liable to a fine
There is a minimum standard or legal barrel of 96
Imperial quarts for apples throughout Canada, and a
uniform box of 10x11x20 inches, inside measure-
ments The barrel is st ill the popular package in eastern
Canada, although the use of the box is steadily increas-
ing In British Columbia, however, the box is used
practically altogether
The outlook for apple-growing in Canada is bright.
The market for Canadmn apples appears to b«
322
APPLE
unlimited, if the fruit is well packed and properly dis-
tributed, and the quantity of apples that Canada is able
to produce is enormous For further information, see
British North America, Horticulture in.
W. T. MACOUN.
The apple m the southern Alleghany Mountain
region. Fig 270
With respect to climatic conditiens, the Alleghany
region presents the widest range of extremes within
short distances in eastern North America Extending
through nearly bcven degrees of north latitude, its great
270 The Alleghany apple region.
valleys, plateaus, detached hills and long ridges vary in
elevation from 500 to more than 4,000 feet above sea-
level, presenting in their varied slopes almost every
angle of exposure to the sun Correspondingly varied
soils occur also, often in close proxinntv, so that within
short distances, combinations of soil and climatic con-
ditions adapted to more widel} differing tj pv * of plants
are found than elsewhere in the humid regions of the
United States The extreme contrasts occur in western
North Carolina, where in the sheltered valleys and
thermal belts of the eastern slopes of the Blue Ridge,
the fig and the European grape are grown with a fair
degree of success within a few miles of higher lands well
adapted to a wide range of winter apples
While fewer chronological records have been pre-
served of the earlier histoiy of apple-culture in this
region than is true of some of the more northern apple
districts, it is evident from scattered references that in
some localities in Virginia and North Carolina, rather
systematic culture of this fruit was undertaken in a
small way at a very early date
It is known that as early as 1086 there was one apple
orchard of 2,500 trees in Virginia, mostly grafted, and
that by the close of the seventeenth century, few plan-
tations in that state were without orchards In these,
the apple was the leading fruit along with the peach,
the pear, the plum, the quince and some others As
early as 1773 Thomas Jefferson recorded in his "Oar-
den Book" the giaftmg of "Newt own Pippin" in Albe-
marle County, Virginia, and in 1778 the planting of
these grafted trees on his Monticello estate This
variety had apparently reached that section from the
vicinity of Philadelphia as early as 1755 in the form of
cions brought in the saddle-bags of Dr Thomas Walker,
the commissary officer of the Virginia troops in Brad-
dock's army, when he returned after the disastrous
defeat of that year (See Bulletin 5, Division of Pomol-
ogy, II S Department of Agriculture, p. 360 -1898 )
But if written records were entirely lacking, the large
size and evident age of the surviving trees about farm
dwellings and the abundant distribution of seedling
apple trees of great age and large size at the present
time would sufficiently establish the fact of early intro-
duction and the general adaptability of the conditions
to the requirements of the apple The late T K
Bruner. of N^rth Carolina, cites an example of an
APPLE
orchard in Haywood County in thot state in which,
though never cultivated, a hundred trees had attained
a size of full 3 feet in diameter of trunk, the largest
having a girth of 11 feet and 9 inches. While these
exceptionally large trees are usually found in the lower
slopes or in mountain coves where the wash from the
mountainsides above brings to them the moisture and
fertility of considerable areas of land, many unoccupied
benches and gradual slopes exist where such soil
conditions could be approximately duplicated by the
orchardist.
Varieties of the Alleghany region
While less attention has probably been given in this
region to the systematic study of the seedling fruits
that have originated there than in most of the earlier
settled parts of the country, upwards of fifty varie-
ties of the 319 included in the last catalogue of fruits
of the American Pomological Society are traceable to
this region These include such eomrnerci.illv impor'
taiit vaneties as Ben Davis, (3 rimes' Golden, Kinnard,
Paiagon and Willow, together with such highly
esteemed home-use sorts as Bonum, Buckingham,
Gilpm, Pilot, Red June, Shocklcy, Summer King, Terry
ana Virginia Beauty R L Watts, working in Tennes-
see, and C C Newman, m South Carolina and Georgia,
have made a beginning in the canvass of the region for
valuable seedlings in connection with their experiment-
station work, but this region undoubtedly remains at
the present time the most promising field in America
for the searcher after promising new varieties of apples.
As in most of the earlier settled parts of the country,
commercial development of orchards in this region is
comparatively recent The fust plantings were solely
for home-supply. Later, small orchards were planted
for the production of sun-dned apples, cidei, apple-
brandy and similar products m a commercial way,
rath,er than for the sale of the fresh fruit on any exten-
sive scale So long as these uses determined the selec-
tion of trees for planting, little attention was paid to
varieties, or, in fact, to the perpetuation of varieties at
all, hence the numerous small seedling orchards per-
sisting tluoughout the less accessible portions of the
region at the present time. Gradually, in certain locali-
ties, the quality of fruit produced gave the more dur-
able winter varieties a money value for marketing by
wagon, river-boat or railroad to more distant markets
The longer-keeping \Vmesap and other winter apples
of Tennessee found profitable wagon-market demand
in the lower valleys of Alabama and Georgia where this
271 A mountain orchard, Virginia.
fruit did not succeed The Willow, Gilpm and Bentley
of the northern Panhandle of West Virginia found eager
buyers when transported by boat down the Ohio and
Mississippi Rivers as far as New Orleans The Yellow
Newtown, rechnstened Albemarle Pippin m the county
of that name (under the impression that it was a dis-
APPLE
APPLE
323
tinct sort) found its way from Virginia by railroad to ripening and therefore shortened the storage durability
^ '- --1----1 -A ' --' '- -'-<~ • of the fruit, relatively long hauls from orchards to rail-
road station over rough roads resulted in much bruising
and, by prolonging the exposure of the fruit to the
weather, still further impaired its keeping quality The
development of efficient remedies arid spraying equip-
ment, and the improvement in methods of handling
the fruit, coupled with the marked improvement in
roads that has been accomplished in many sections is
rapidly changing this The railroads also, in recognition
of the need have accelerated and unproved their ser-
the eastern seaboard cities and at an early date moved
across the Atlantic in considerable quantities, where
its durability and fine dessert quality created an active
demand at prices that yielded a good profit to the
grower
Extent of the planting.
Gradually commercial orcharding has been differen-
tiated from ordinary farm fruit-growing and a consider-
able number of farms have become distinctively orchard
farms on which the apple is the main crop, with merely
euch cereals and forage crops as can be grown without
interfering with the essential orchard operations, such
as 01 chard cultivation, spraying, harvesting, arid the
like
Most of the systematically planted and cared for
orchards are under thirty years of age and a large pro-
portion of the acreage in these has been planted since
1000 Accurate statistical information regarding the
acreage or number of trees of orchard fruits in the
United States is lacking, and this is peculiarly true of
those regions in which, because of varying topography
and the resulting eccentricities of climate and varia-
tions in soil, the orchard areas vary greatly m size and
form, as ib true of much of this region. Outside of the
Great Valley of Virginia, and Tennessee, and those
portions of the Piedmont region of Virginia that are
adapted to orcharding, most of the best orchard .sites
occur as coves, benches or broken slopes, possessing at
the h.iine time Mutable depth and character of soil, and
adequate atrnohphenc drainage (Figs 271, 272 ) Some
the best orchards are strung out along the lower
of
slopes, varying in width in accordance with particular
soil types This is especially true of the "pippin
orchards" in the Blue Ridge district of Virginia and
North Carolina where certain particular combinations
of soil and slope are considered important for the
Yellow Newtown
The following summary of the number of trees, both
bearing and non-bearing, and of yield and value of crop
in the eight states comprised in the region, is compiled
from the advance sheets of the census of 1910
APPLE IN SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STAIES, CENSUS OF 1910
utieatothe s>
(1) Suitability of site, as regard;
of atmospheric drainage
(2) Adaptability of vur
The standard northern varied
bearing wdl, arc rnrch ible i
elevations under 2(K) feet, alth
well under careful iiianigt m
distinctively important
Trees, April 15, 1910
Product, 1900
Of hearing
age
Not of
bearing a«e
Bushels
Value
United States
151,323,000
65,792,000
147,522,000
$83,231,000
Virginia
W V.rgm.a
N Carolina
S Carolina
Georgia
Alabama
Tennessee
Kentucky
7,005,000
4,.'>7 1,000
4,910,000
582,000
1,878,000
1,4(.8,0(K)
4,S3(M)(X)
5, r> 18,000
3,430,000
2,772,000
1.S35.000
209,000
S22.000
738,000
2,117,000
2,100,000
14,005,000
20 per eent
6,104,000
4,225,000
4,770,000
363,000
8<)b,000
888,000
4,b 10,000
7,3()8,000
3,130,000
2,4bl,0(X)
2,015,000
270,000
S.%,000
621,000
2,172,000
3,067,000
30,701.000
20 per cent
29,260,000
19 per cent
$14,298,000
17 per cent
It will be observed on comparison of these tables
with those of the United States as a whole that this
region is credited with approximately 20 per cent of
both bearing and non-bearing trees, and that the prod-
uct of the region in the crop year of 1909 was of some-
what smaller proportion (19 per cent) and value (17
per cent)
Outlook for the Alleghany region
In contrast with the more northern apple distncts,
most of this region was until recently somewhat at a
disadvantage so far as commercial production is con-
cerned. Higher humidity favored the development of
certain injurious diseases in foliage and fruit; the warmer
weather commonly prevalent in autumn accelerated
272 Apple orchard in Piedmont region of the Alleghame!
vice so that certain parts of the region are handling
their apples as \vell as the best eastern or barrel-fruit
districts, and better than m much of the older com-
mercial apple territory
The conspicuous essentials of success m orcharding
in this region, as in others, .ire
iracter of sod and adequacy
ami climate of the location —
though growing and frequently
most localities, especially below
igh in c. it mi localities succeeding
it 1h. thoioughly proven! and
distinctively important commeicnl soils of the region an \ork
Imperial, Wmesap, St lym in AV me sap Kinnird, ben Davis,
\ellow New tow 11. Grimes, Willow and Rome Beauty In some
sections less w.-ll-knejwn sorts, such is Pingon, Arkansas (syn
M tmmoth Hlaek Twig), Honum, \ irgmj i Re uily, Ix>wry, Shoekley,
and T. rry, are considerably pi uit< d m < omm. i.ial orrh irds
Gino, Delicious, Jonathan ami SOUK' othoi sorts of M-ssiss.ppi
Valley or northern origin aie promising m certain localities, but
these have not yet been sufficu ntly tested to justify ex-
tensive planting
Summer varieties, though SUP. ((ding well throughout
most of the region and uimeisallv found in sufficient quan-
tity for home u-e, hive not become so import int commer-
cially as m the lower lands of the tidewat. r di-lncts and of
the -Mississippi Valiiy This is in a large mcasuredii' to the
earlier ripening of the fruit it lowe r . l< v -it ions, which fre-
quently gives it a distinct adv mtage in northern markets
Recently, considerable plmtings of bellow Transparent,
Williams, Oldenburg, Gi uensiem ind some other sorts
have been made in the more north, rn distrie ts of the region,
especially in West \irginia ind western Maiyl md
(.*) Abundanie of uattr for -.pnujtng — I he necessity of
thorough and systematic spr lyint, of ore hards to protect
against insects and fungi makes the orchard wat.r supply
an important factor In many pi ires, flow- ing springs are
available at considerable elevations from which the supplj
can be pipeel by gravity to com cine nt mix ng st itioris, thus
permitting prompt distnhutiem \\ithout long w igon haul of
liquid The use of e ompies e d- nr spr-iymg-outhts, charged
at conveniently located air-compn ssmg and spray-mixing
stations, has developed nune laigely in the lower Shenan
doah Valle-y part of this region than elsewhere, but the
gasoline engine* is the prevailing type ot eeiuipnicnt
(4) Adaptability of land to cult i intioti - \\hileoccasionalorchareL?
in this as in other humul regions do well witliout systematic tillage,
especially if heavily mulched with stable manure* straw or other
humus-producing material, annual or nt Ic nst alternate-year
plowing and cultivation, supplemented by leguminous e rops, is
rapidly becoming the generally accepted best practice of the
region Some site's otherwise admirably adapted to apple'-growmg
arc too rocky or too steep to plow, ind there fore of doubtful value
to the orchardist Much can be done on such sites by contour-
terracing, however, both to dispose of loose rocks and to reduce
washing of the slopes, thereby conseivmg the soil moisture against
droughty periods
(5) Adequacy of transportation facilities — This includes both
railroads and highways Some of the, earlier-planted commercial
orchards were located as much as 15 to 2*> or even 30 miles from
the shipnmg station The expense incident to this long haul and
the ill effect of the jolting and exposure of the iruit to the weather
are evident Every additional mile beyond a distance of 3 miles
from the station over a good road is a handicap which the orchard
324
APPLE
APPLE
planter should avoid unless it is overbalanced by other important
advantages As roads are improved, tho piactical distance will
increase
Several of the State Experiment Stations, as well as
the United States Department of Agriculture and the
North Carolina Department of Agriculture, have pub-
lished bulletins bearing on different phases of apple-
orcharding, especially Maryland, Virginia, West Vir-
ginia, Tennessee, and South Carolina
WM. A. TAYLOR.
The apple in mid-continental or plains
d.siricts
In that vast region of the interior of the United States
which^hes between the Great Lakes, Ohio, Kentucky,
and Tennessee on the east and the Rocky Mountain
states on the west, tho Canadian boundary on the
273. The mid-continental corn-belt, in which the apple is the leading fruit, and the Wisconsin
drift, on which the Ben Davis family is not at its best.
north and the Gulf states on the south, the leading fruit
is the apple This mid-continental territory includes
the greater part of that exceptionally rich agricul-
tural region which has come to be known as the corn-
belt of America (Fig 273 ) It extends also into the
northern wheat -bolt, of the Upper Mississippi Valley
S'ains and into tho wheat and livestock country of the
reat Plains Plateau of Oklahoma, Kansas, Nebraska,
and the Dakotas
Geography.
The topography may be indicated in a very general
way by the statement that this region takes in the
Upper Mississippi Valley plains, a large pait of the
Great Plains Plateau, and all of that more bunted area
known as the Ozark Plateau its great river valleys are
those of the Ohio, Mississippi, Missouri, Arkansas, and
Red A limited area in Minnesota and the Dakotas lies
in the valley of the Red River of the North and a rather
narrow strip along the northeast boundary lies in the
basin of the Great Lakes
The larger part of this mid-continental district, as
outlined, has an elevation of 500 feet to 2,000 feet
above sea-level The southwest point of Indiana,
southern Illinois, southeastern Missouri, and eastern
Arkansas have an elevation of less than 500 teet The
remainder of Indiana and Illinois, much of Missouri,
and a portion of southern and eastern Iowa he between
500 feet and 1,000 feet elevation The range of eleva-
tion of 1,000 to 2,000 feet takes in the remaining pait-s
of Iowa, most of Minnesota, and the eastern part of
the Dakotas, Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma, and the
Ozarks The remainder lies to the west in the Great
Plains Plateau at an elevation above 2,000 feet.
In the more northern and western chstucts of this
region, there is little or no commercial orcharding
Only m their more favored
localities are apples produced
at all, and the lists are re-
stricted to the hardier varie-
ties This is because the 10-
curnng extremes of tempera-
ture ami of drought make the
environment unfavorable to
the apple, at least (luring
critical periods But through-
out the states of the coin-belt,
the apple is very generally
grown for home use and certain
sections show a notable de-
velopment of commercial or-
charding (Figs 274, 275) In
fact, the most extensive indi-
vidual apple orchards known
are found in parts of Arkansas,
Missouri, Kansas, and Illinois,
some of them being several
hundred acres in extent
Orchards well located and
rightly managed are piovmg to
be profitable in different sec-
tions of the corn-belt states
With the lapid growth of the
United States in population diul
wealth, must come a corres-
ponding mciease in the home-
market demand for good apples
at remunerative prices Thi->,
with the improvement and ex-
tension of storage and trans-
portation facilities and the con-
temporaneous expansion of our
foreign trade, tends to make the
outlook encouraging for the
apple-growing industry in this
region The more general adop-
tion of up-to-date methods- of marketing and of orchard
management will help to put the industry on a more
stable basis, and gradually to enlarge it and extend it
Rank in apple-production.
According to the United States census reports of
1910, approximately 40 per cent of the bearing apple
trees of the United States is found in the territory
above outlined, together with 33 per cent of the young
trees not yet of bearing age In the census year of
1909, it produced approximately one-fourth of the
apple crop of the entire United States
Following is a list based on United States census
reports, which indicates something of the relative stand-
ing For comparison they are also ranked as to their
averages in apple-crop production for 1905, 1907, and
1909, combined on the basis of the crop reports pub-
lished in the American Agriculturist Yearbook
APPLE
APPLE
325
HANK OF MID-CONTINENTAT, STATES IN YIELD OF
APPLEK Fi« 274
1()09
189<J
1905-7-9
Name
Rank
Rank
Hank
of
State
United
Yiold in
buuhelH
United
Yield in
bushels
based on
combined
States
States
av< rages
Missouri
4
9,969,000
9
0,490,000
10
Iowa
b
b,747,000
18
3,129,000
19
Nebraska
15
3,321,000
23
1,343,000
2«
Illinois
10
3,093,000
rj
9,178,000
11
Indiana
17
2,759,000
7
8,620,000
13
Arkansas
20
2,20(5,000
20
2,811,000
21
Wisconsin
21
2,2 $2,000
$3
$03,000
27
Kansas
27
1,350,000
1(1
3,214,000
25
Minnesota
29
1,044, (KM)
40
120.000
Oklahoma
32
74 2, (KM)
11
111,000
8 Dakota
40
192,(MX)
N Dakota
47
4,000
id
*Record included with other state*.
RANK OF MID-CONTINENFVL STATES IN NUMKER OF
OHCHAUD TREES IN OENHUK YEAR 1909 Fig 275
B< armj? Trees
Non-bearing Trees
Rank in
Umud
States
Number
Rank in
United
States
Number
Missouri
Illinois .. .
Arkansas
Kansas ...
1
3
0
9
10
11
18
19
21
2b
41
47
14,300,000
9.901, OCX)
7,l>50,000
<V» $<),<X)0
5,S17,000
5,705,000
2,9")l),()00
2, 9 $7, 000
2,4 $0,000
1, $80.000
27r>,000
lb.000
a
7
2
24
17
16
14
27
21
19
«
44
$.625.000
2,54S,000
3,940,000
l.llb.OOO
1,91 1,(XX)
1,902,000
2,ObO,000
9(>7,(XX)
1,409,000
1,572,000
4bl 000
70,000
Iowa
Indiana
Oklahoma
Nf braska
Wisconsin
Smith** Dakota
North Dakota
all that vast territory which extends westward from
the Great Lakes, these varieties disappear and do not
again appear till the states of the Pacific Coast are
reached Instead, the Wealthy belt extends southward
till it reaches the region where Wealthy yields leadership
to Ben Davis
In this connec-
tion it is worthy
of note that
from the Atlan-
tic Coast west-
ward to the Mis-
souri River the
north margin of
the Bon Davis
belt a p p r o x i-
mately coincides
with the south-
ern boundary of
the geological
area covered by
the Wisconsin
drift (Fig 273)
Wealthy bdt.
— The mid-con-
tinental terri-
tory in which
Wealthy is, gen-
erallv spe.ikmg,
Apple bells
In comparing the groat apple-growing regions of the
continent it, is convenient to designate each bv its load-
ing variety In the eastern part of the continent,
there is the Faincuse or Wealthy bolt on tho north, tho
Bon Davis bolt on tho southland the Baldwin belt
lying intermediate between these two It is soon that
varieties differ great Iv as to thoir adapt abihtv to differ-
ent regions The degree of soil aeration and of soil
moisture and the range of atmospheric and soil tem-
peratures are
among the most
import ant deter-
mining factors
of the geographi-
cal range ot com-
mercial apple-
growing w ith
any variety
Passing west-
ward into the
mid- continental
region, it is
found that the
Baldwin bolt
does not extend
west of I /ake
Michigan The
climatic ex-
tremes are here
too severe for
that variety and
many of its east-
_^ ern associates of
274. Apple areas in the Mississippi Valley— & Similar degree
Yields, 1909 crop. of hardiness In
the loading va-
riety includes
orthern Illmor
275. Apple areas in the Mississippi Valley
— Trees
tho north half of Iowa, and prac-
tiealh all of the apple-gro\\mg districts of \Nisroiifain,
Minnesota, South Dakota, and northern Nebraska
Among the more impoitant varieties associated
\\ith it are, for tho more northern part*, Oldenburg,
Okabena, PaUen (Patten (Jreenmg), and Malmda
Among the very hardiest ol the large-si/e apples for
tho North are those of tho Hibernal group, but tnea
fruit is so austere that it is esteemed of little value
oxeept for culinary uses In the southern part of the
\\onlthv belt «ro grown haidv varieties of more or loss
local \alue such as Salome, Windsor, Black \nnotto,
and Colorado Orange, varieties \\hich as jot have nut
established thomsohos m the groat world markets but
which are valued where better varieties cannot be
satisfactorily grown.
Jim Darius belt — (-lenerallv speaking, lion Davus i.s the
leading variety in central and southern Illinois, the
south half of Iowa, and the apple-growing districts of
Arkansas, Oklahoma, Missouri, Kansas, and the bouth
halt of Nebraska With its oloso km, the Gano and the
Black Ben Davis, which evidontlv ate highl> -colored
bud-sports of Ben Da\is, it probabh producer at least
one-half of tho commercial apple-ciop in this region
V\ inesap and Jonathan appeal to be next in order of
importance, with Wmosap perhaps m tho load Other
important varieties aie (.runes, Rome Beauty, Willow
(Twig), Missouri (Pippin), Mmklor, arid Rails York
Imperial is gaming ground Stavman \\mesap is one
of the newer kinds which will be more largelv planted.
Delicious, also, is attracting attention, particularly
becau.se ot its agreeable dessert Quality and good
appeal anee '1 ho Sta>man and Delicious aie being
planted to some extent m tho southern part of the
\\oalth} belt, as Jonathan and Ci runes have been
Varieties
The following varieties of apples are tho&e most com-
monly grown in the prairies and plains regions:
Arkansas (Mammoth Jonathan. Salome
Black Twig) Mitiklcr Sta>man
Ben DaviM Missouri. Wealthy
Black Ben Davis Oldenburg Willow (Willow Twig).
Gano Rails (Rails Genet, Wmi*»p
Grimes Golden Geniton) Yellow Transparent
Inifriim Rome Beauty \ ork (\ ork Imperial}.
326
APPLE
APPLE
Status of the apple industry in the mid-continental states.
Wisconsin — Apples are grown mostly m small
plantings about homesteads The crop is important
chiefly in supplying the home and the local markets
with summer and fall fruit The varieties are those of
the Wealthy belt
Minnesota — Apple-growing is chiefly confined to the
southeastern quarter of the state, although crab-apples
and the very hardiest apples are being planted in other
sections From Minneapolis southward to the Iowa
line, many farm orchards arc found and some com-
mercial plantings Heretofore, these have seldom pro-
duced enough fruit to supply the local demand at any
time and then for a brief period only However, apple-
production is gradually increasing in the state and
apple-planting is being slowly extended It will doubt-
less assume greater proportions as late-keeping vane-
ties are developed which are hardy and desirable
North Dakota — This state raises but very few apples
or crab-apples and those only of the kinds most resistant
to cold and drought It ranks next to the bottom of
the list in apple-production among the states of the
Union.
South Dakota — Apples are produced in very limited
quantities and chiefly near the Missouri River in the
southeast corner of the state and in the Black Hills
district The varieties are those of the northern section
of the Wealthy belt The recommended list of the State
Horticultural Society includes Northern District —
first degree of hardiness— Hibernal, Oldenburg
(Duchess), second degree of hardiness — Patten (Green-
ing), Anisim, Wealthy Southern District — in addition
to the above — Northwestern Greening, Malinda, and,
in favorable locations, Ben Davis. Planting increases
slowly
Nebraska — Apples are grown in the eastern third of
the state and under irrigation in some places farther
west It has some important commeicial orchards, the
majority of them being in the southeastern part of the
state and within three counties of the Missouri River.
The northern third of the state grows the varieties com-
mon to the Wealthy belt In the southern two-thirds
are grown the Ben Davis and its km and also \Vmesap,
Grimes, Arkansas or Mammoth Black Twig, Jonathan,
Missouri (Pippin), Willow (Twig) and others of the Ben
Davis associates Planting is not active, but grow ers are
beginning to take a more lively interest in modern
methods of orchard management
Iowa — In the amount of crop produced, Iowa was
ranked sixth in the Union by the 1910 census, but often
it drops as low as the eighteenth or nineteenth place
_ iter proportion of the crop is grown in home
orchards and goes to supply home and local market
demands, but in the aggregate there is a considerable
number of commercial orchards These are found m
all parts of the state They are sparsely scattered in
the north and gradually increase in number to the
south waid, being most abundant in the south tier of
counties The most important commercial apple dis-
trict includes the counties bordering the Missouri
Ri\ er m southwestern Iowa Here Grimes and Jonathan
of superior quality arc* gi own Northern Iowa grows the
varieties of the Wealthy belt The southern Iowa list
is almost identical with that given for southeastern
Nebraska Planting is not active Modern methods
of management are being adopted by a few of the more
progressive growers but most orchards suffer from
neglect.
llhnms — At present, Illinois takes second rank in
apple-production among the mid-continental states,
being surpassed by Missouri only Northern Illinois,
like Wisconsin, grows apples chiefly for home use and
the varieties are those of the southern area of the
Wealthy belt Central and southern Illinois contain
altogether many large commercial apple orchards In
good-crop years, they produce in the aggregate large
quantities of winter apples, including Ben Davis, Black
Ben Davis, Gano, Arkansas or Mammoth Black Twig,
Wmesap, Jonathan, Grimes, Missouri, Willow, Rails,
and several other varieties commonly found in the
Ben Davis belt, \\inter injury and late spring
freezes have often seriously diminished the general
crop Injurious insects together with blight, cankers,
bitter-rot, blotch, scab and other diseases, have also
caused great losses Clean tillage and other up-to-date
orchard methods would doubtless be more generally
practised if crops were more reliable Planting is not
very active, although the number of trees of bearing
age is gradually increasing
Missouri — The 1900 census gave Missouri ninth
rank and the 1910 census gave it fourth rank in apple-
production, but it often falls as low as the sixteenth
place among the states of the Union On the whole,
it may be regarded as the leading apple state of the mid-
cont mental region Apples are very generally grown
for home Uoe and local market throughout Missouri, but
the more important commercial apple districts are in
the Ozark country of southwest Missouri and the loess
soil region along the Missoun River in the northwest
quarter of the state The apple industry in Missouri
has been retarded by troubles similar to those described
for Illinois, but undoubted progress is being made in
knowledge of the methods for holding them under
control.
Arkansas — The apple districts of Arkansas are
mostly located in the northwest third of the state,
particularly in the two northwest counties of Benton
and Washington, which have from four to five million
trees planted. There is also an undeveloped west-
central region. The older plantings include about 90
per cent Ben Davis, Arkansas or Mammoth Black
Twig, and Wmesap The later plantings are made up
principally of Gano, Black Ben Davis, Jonathan,
Grimes, Wmesap, Sta>man Wmesap, with some
Ingram, Collins, King David, and Delicious Arkansas
has enough apple trees of bearing age to produce a very
large crop, but as in Missouri and Illinois, within recent
years unfavorable climatic conditions with diseases and
injmious insects have proved a rather senous handicap
to the progress of the apple industry Generally speak-
ing, planting is not now being rapidlv extended The
planting of thousands or even hundreds of acres under
one management is fortunately no longer generally
regarded with favor, and the trend is distmetlv towards
ledueing the individual holdings to a size that is com-
patible with careful and thorough orchaid management
The future will see a large development of commeicial
apple-growing m this region
Kansas — Northeast em Kansas from Topeka north-
ward to the Nebraska line arid northeastward to the
Missoun River forms a part of an important apple-
growing region which takes in southeastern Nebraska,
southwestern Iowa, and northwestern Missouri Here
Jonathan and Grimes are grown to a high degree of
perfection, together with Ben Davis, Gano, \Vinesap,
and other vaneties of the Ben Davis belt There is
another important apple distnct which is located in
the Arkansas Valley from Hutchmson to the Oklahoma
line In recent years, this has taken the lead in crop-
production in this state The older Kansas orchards
were laigel} of Ben Davis, Gano, and Missoun. The
newer plantings have more of York Imperial, Jona-
than and Grimes Other varieties common to the Ben
Davis belt are also found
Oklahoma and northwest Texas — In Oklahoma, the
apple has not yet developed very large commercial
importance Planting is gradually increasing in the
Red River section and also in west Texas where the
altitude reaches 2,000 feet. Here Ben Davis, Mi&souri
and Arkansas Black are among the most important
commercial varieties.
APPLE
Establishing and managing the orchard on the prairies
and plains Fig 276
Preparation of land — The fundamental principles of
proper preparation of soil for orchard planting in the
mid-continent al country are much the same as those
that are set forth for other regions, although they rnay
differ somewhat in relative importance One of the
fir.st things to be considered is the matter of putting the
soil in such condition that the entire root-system of
the apple tree may withstand, without injury, any
period when the soil is filled with water Unfortunately,
the importance of this is not generally nor fully realized,
even among expenenced orehardists The principle
that apple roots must have a constant supply of air in
order to do their work should never be lost sight of.
Stagnant water cuts off the supply of air to the rools
and veiy quickly impuns the health of the root-system
Precepting on such soils as deep porous loess, or when
the subsoil is of such a sandy or gravelly nature as to
APPLE
327
276 A ten-year-old Nebraska apple orchard
The trunks are protected from the sun by board jackets.
let the surplus water pass off readily, it rnay be laid
down as a general pnnciple that thorough tiling is
fundament al to the highest degree of regular and
abundant crop-production and longevity of the apple
tree On land where the general slope is sufficient to
carry off the surface water and e\en on hillsides, tiling
may be, arid often is, essential to the best success The
lines of tile should be not less than 1 lods apart and in
many cases 2 rods apart gnes enoiigh better results to
more than repav the extra expense Kven in arid re-
gions, progressive orchardists are learning that, under
irrigation, m many places it becomes necessary to
under-diam the land so as to pi event the seepage and
waste-v\ater from water-logging the soil and damaging
the root-system of the trees
Humus — It is highly important that the orchard
soils have an abundance of humus to begin with, and
that the supply be continually kept up by the use of
either green manures or barn>ard manure or both.
The humus not only puts the soil in a more fertile con-
dition but increases its moisture-holding capacity and
gives it greater abiht> to withstand drought The
necessity of promptly getting rid ot surplus water m
the soil has already been emphasized It is equally
important to conserve soil moisture so as to carry the
tree unharmed through any periods of drought that
may occur either m summer or winter Generally
speaking, this can best be done m the mid-continental
regions by thorough tillage during the growing season,
followed by the growing of cover-crops In places
where soils wash so badly that this practice cannot be
followed, perhaps the next best way to develop the
capacity of the soil to hold moisture is by the use of
barnyard manure and the growing of clovers or other
crops that can be mowred twice or more during the
season and allowed to rot on the ground
It is well to grow gram or some cultivated crop on the
land the season previous to planting the orchard The
land may then be fall-plowed to a good depth and disked
in the spring, or it may be plowed in the spring and
disked just before planting North of the latitude of
southern Iowa, spring planting is always to be preferred,
while to the southward, orchards may be planted either
in fall or spring In the case of fall planting, two or
three furrows should be turned towards the tree on each
side of the row as a matter of protection from alternate
thawing and freezing about the roots and to turn away
surface water from the trunk
In planting the tree it is essential that the first earth
that is put in the hole should at once be tramped about
the roots, and this process repeated as the hole is filled.
Great care must be taken in this region to keep the
trees from drying out in handling them \\hile they are
being transferred from nursery to orchard Trees
should be kept perfectly dormant till phnted Nursery
stock should be neither accepted nor planted after ita
buds have started growth Sometimes when such stock
is transferred promptly from nursery to orchard on a
rainy day, it may grow well, but as a rule it dies or
makes but feeble grow th
Budded apple trees should not be planted in any part
of the upper Mississippi Valley for the reason that when
such trees are set in the orchard the point of union
betwreen the top and the seedling root comes at or near
the surface of the ground, thus exposing the root to
greater liability of suffering winter injury than when it
is buned more deeply By using a long cion giafted on
a short piece-root, it is possible to produce a nursery
tree that will permit of planting the seedling root
deeply Dui ing the history of apple-glow ing in the more
northern parts of the mid-continental apple districts,
it has repeatedly happened that when the hardier
cultivated varieties have been budded on some tender
seedling roots, the roots have been winterkilled, while
the top remained uninjured until it died from the lack
of h\e roots to support it In many cases when root-
grafted trees of the ver\ hard\ varieties had sent out
roots from the lower part of the cion, they were able
to withstand the severest winters uninjured, while trees
of the same kinds which were not thus established on
their own roots died from winterkilling of the roots
Such experiences ha\e led fruit-growers to demand
root -grafted apple trees
The methods of spravmg now being followed by the
more intelligent and progressive apple-growers of mid-
continental America do not differ materially from those
of the best growers east and west
Pruning — Pruning is, generally speaking, sadly
neglected by the oidmary apple-grower In recent
>ears, the tendency of orchard practice in the Missis-
sippi Valley has been towards the methods of heading
and pruning 'apple trees which aie most commonly
practised in the intermountam and Pacific coast dis-
tricts Very high-headed trees are comparatively
scarce except m old closely planted orchards m which
the lower limbs have been lost by over-crowding The
trees are headed rather low, commonly at about 18 to
21 inches from the ground to the first limb The leader
is taken out at a height of 2-S to 36 inches, leaving for
the framework of the tree from three to five ascend-
ing main limbs which should be at least 6 inches apart.
In regions where the trees are comparatively short-
lived or with varieties that are not expected to live
more than from twenty to thirty years, this is doubtless
the best practice, but with longer-lived trees it is open
to the very serious objection that when loaded with
fruit or weighted with ice and snow these large limbs
sometimes break at the trunk, leaving an injury wThich
can never be healed, and as a result the whole tree goes
down within a few years On the other hand, trees
that are trained with a central leader may lose very
large branches and yet heal over such wounds and live
328
APPLE
APPLE
to old age in good condition In training trees in this
way, it is best to cut off the leader at the proper height
when the tree is planted This tends to force the growth
of the branches which are needed to form the mam
framework of the tree One of these branches may be
allowed to grow in the center of the top so as to form a
new leader
Aside from shaping the tree so as to give it right
mechanical framework for supporting heavy loads of
fruit, it needs to be kept sufficiently open to permit
light and air to reach the foliage throughout the top
This will favor the best development of abundant and
strong f i uit-buds and perfect fruit It also leaves the
top open so that all of its foliage and fruit may be read-
ily sprayed Thick, dense tops are to be avoided and
trees should not be allowed to grow so close together
as to crowd each other
Tillage — As before stated, the best system for gen-
eral practice in conserving soil moisture and fertility
is tillage throughout the growing season, (ill late July or
early August, followed by a good cover-crop The great-
est care must be used not to bruise the trees when
cultivating In this mtecior climate, it often happens
that such wounds do not readily heal and they may
result in the loss of the tree within a ver> few years
If a wound happens to be made, the loose bark should
be at once cut away and the exposed surface coated
with a thick paint of pure white lead and raw linseed
oil and kept thus protected till completely healed
over
Mice and rabbits — For the last few years in the
writer's experience, lime-sulfur sprayed on the trunks
and low branches of the trees as soon as the leaves drop
has prevented attacks of mice and rabbits Use at same
strength as indicated for the dormant season
Handling the a op— At the present wilting, the
apple crop of the in id-continental regions is marketed
locally, either in bulk, open packages, or in barrels, or
it is shipped m barrels or in bulk Box-packing is
practically unknown here It is just beginning to be
?ractised by a few scattering enterprising fruit-growers
t would extend more rapidly but for the fact that very
few persons in this region know how to pack a,pples in
boxes The Iowa Experiment Station has taken the
lead in introducing box-packing among the apple-
growers of the interior by arranging for schools of
instruction m apple box-packing in that state and
assisting in introducing them into other states The
effect of this work is already shown m the rapidly grow-
ing local interest in improved methods of grading and
packing apples for market.
The methods followed in barrel-packing and in hand-
ling apples in bulk do not differ materially from those
which are pievalent in the eastern states So also the
handling of apples in cold storage follows the general
lines of this business as practised by eastern growers
and dealers, but the stoiagc facilities arc not yet
developed as extensively as in eastern apple-growing
sections, although many strictly up-to-date storage
establishments aie found
Fruit-yroictrS organizations — There are as yet com-
paratively few apple-growers' organizations m this
mid-continental legion Generally speaking, these are
organized along lines similar to those which character-
ize the fruit-growers' organizations of the Rocky
Mountain and Pacific coast states, except that m no
case are they yet combined in a fruit-growers' exchange
With the increase of intensix e orcharding, it may reason-
ably be expected that apple-growers' organizations m
this region will become more abundant and more thor-
oughly systematized
Orchard-heating — The recent advent of the practice
of fighting late spring frosts by orchard-heating un-
doubtedly marks a new era in fruit-growing in the mid-
eont mental regions It reduces the hazards by bring-
ing an heretofore unceiUun I actor under some degree ot
control and thus puts the industry upon a more stable
basis
The amount of losses m this region during only the
past decade from injury to orchard blossoms and fruits
oy late spring frosts and freezes aggregates an enormous
sum, a considerable part of which doubtless might
have been saved by proper orchard-heating In the
Iowa Horticultural Society Report for 1910, Laurenz
Greene estimates the amount of loss from frost injury
to the apple crop of Iowa alone from 1905 to 1910 at
$5,000,000 to $10,000,000 In some of the other states,
the losses have been even greater
The practice of orchard-heating for this region is in
many respects still in the experimental stages, and
much will need to be learned betore all the details shall
have been definitely worked out into the most efficient
and economical practice Nevertheless, it may now
rightly be regarded as a good methoa of insurance
against frost injury
For detailed treatment, see Orchard Protection
S A HKACH.
Apple-growing in the western mountain states.
Accepting the common geogi aphical gioupmg of the
states, the mountain division embiaces the states of
Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, Wyo-
ming, Arizona and Nevada According to the census
report, these states produced in 190*) a little less than
4 per cent of the total apple crop of the United States,
01 5,500,000 bushels While New York alone produced
four times this amount, Mid the New England states
more than 10,000,000 bushels, these mountain states
are competitors worth considering m commercial
apple-growing In 1910, these states reported only
40 per cent of their total acreage of apple orchards in
bearing, while the New England states, as well as New
York,, reported about 80 per cent of their apple trees of
bearuig age.
The mountain states.
In the two years that have passed since these figures
were gathered, at least five of the mountain states have
greatly extended the plantings of apple orchards, and
it is safe to say that m no group of .states is the apple
industry growing more rapidly Of this group, Colo-
rado stands first in production, Idaho second, Utah
third, Montana fourth and New Mexico fifth In
total acreage planted to apple trees, Colorado tanks
first, Idaho second and Montana third Colorado has
a substantial lead and promises to hold its place for
some years to come Comparing Utah and New
Mexico, it would be unsafe to say which leads in
total acreage of apple orchaids The same is true of
Arizona, Nevada and Wyoming The fruit-gi owing
industry of the region has grown up in comparatively
recent years and, with the exception of Arizona and
Nevada, all states reported the larger per cent of the
apple trees too young to bear in 1910 The status of
the apple-growing industry in these states individually
may be briefly summarized as follows
Colorado— In 1910, Colorado reported 1,688,000
apple trees of hearing age and 1,973,000 trees not
bearing In 1909 the state produced, according to
census figures, 3,559,000 bushels of apples The state's
principal apple-growing sections are the Grand Valley
(Mesa County) , the North Fork Valley (Delta County) ,
the Uncompahgre Valley (Montrose County), the
Canon City district (Fremont County) ; and a new and
promising district embracing a large part of Monte-
zuma Countv The varieties most largely giown are
Gano, Jonathan, Rome Beauty and Wmesap In the
older orchards, there has been a considerable planting of
Ben Davis, but many of these are now grafted to the
better varieties Little is done in the way of apple-
gi owing without irrigation Most of the orchard land
APPLE
APPLE
329
is found in comparatively narrow mountain valleys or
upon the bench or mesa lands of these valleys
Idaho— In 1910, Idaho had 1,000,000 apple trees of
bearing age and 1,540,000 tiees not bearing The
fatate is credited with the production of ()00,000 bushels
of apples in 1909. The Snake River Valley is the prin-
cipal apple-gi owing section In the noith of the fetatc,
the deal water Valley and the valleys of the Kootenai
and Clarke's Fork of the Columbia afford addrtional
possibilities for commercial apple-growing The in-
dustry is growing rapidly, and it is probably safe to
say that in 1913 the output of the state was double
that of 1909 The principal varieties grown are Gano,
Jonathan, Winesap and Home Beauty, with Ksopus and
Yellow New (own in the newer plantings In the nor-
thern half of the state', the moisture supplied by
natural rainfall is generally sufficient to mature the
apple crop, while in the southern half of the state
additional moistuie must be supplied by irrigation
Montana — In 1910, Montana had 097,000 apple
tiees of bearing a^e and 1,30S,(KX) tree's not bearing
'I he estimates of the1 State Board of Horticulture1 placed
the tota1 let cage ot apple ore hare Is in Montana, in
1912, as . 50,000 aeies 'I he principal apple-growing
sections are the- Bittei Hoot Valley, the Mat head dis-
tnet, which embiaces a poition of the valle-y above
Hat head Lake and the land along the lake shore, the
Clarke's Fork Vallev (Carbon County; .and the Yellow-
stone Valley (\ ellow stone Count v ), with newer plant-
ings in the* vallev west of the junction of the> Misse ula
and Hat he-iil Riveis ( Missoula and Saundf is Counties)
and in the Tobacco Plains and Kootenai \alleys in
Lincoln County \\ith the exception of the greater
portion ot the Flat he-ad distncts, all are nngated
The principal vane-ties grown are- Mclntosh, \\agenei,
Rome Beauty Not them Spy and 'W ealthy A few Gano,
Jonathan and Delicious .ne- being planted '1 he Tran-
scende-nt Crab largelv planted m the older ore hards and
those just coming into bevumg, rs being little- planted
now, on ac count of its susceptibility to pear blight
i\(W Mcrno -The apple industiy of this state is
coinparativelv >oung In 1910 then1 were 513,000
trees ot beuiing age and 911,000 tiees not bearing
In 1909, the state pioduccd 417,000 bushels of apples
i he orchards are all under rrrigation and are located
in the Hio Grande1 Valley from north of Albuquerque
to the Texas line1, in the Hoswell distnct m the Pecos
\alley, and rn the Fatmmgton district (San Juan
County), which may be said to be a continuation of
the Montezuma distnct of Colorado The varietres
grown are Ben Davis, Gano, Arkansas Black, Wine-
sap, Jonathan, \\hite Pearrnain and Rome Beauty.
"1 he apple industry H gi owing rapullv, especially in
die Roswell and I armmgton districts The state bids
fair to take1 thud place in the mountain region
Utah— In 1910, Utah reported 517,000 trees of
bearing age and 7X9,000 not bearing In 1909 the total
apple-pi oduet ion was 350,000 bushels In the past
ten veais tiV ^tate has not shown the growth rn apple-
production as has Colorado, Idaho, Montana and
New Mexico, jet many new ore-hards are being planted
m the Cache Vallev (('ache County), Bear Valley
(Iron County), Utah Vallev (Ttah County), and in the
Ogden distnct These are the leading apple-growing
sections of the state1 Gano and Jonathan aie most
widel> planted, although \\rnesap, Rome Beauty and
and other standard w niter varieties are grown in smaller
quantities The ore-hards are all irrigated
Arizona --Approximately 1,000 acie>s were in apple
orchauls rn Arizona in 1910, about one-half being of
bearing age The climate over most of the state is
too wai'n for the apple, and in the mountainous sec-
tions of the state where apples may be successfully
grown, the areas which can be irrigated are very
limited in extent There is apparently little chance for
development in commei cial apple -growing.
Nevada — With a climate similar to that of Arizona,
the apple industry has not flourished in Nevada
Latest census figures credit the state with little moie
than 1,000 acres ot apple oichards Limited areas
located near the Sierra Nevada Mountains m the
noit Invest part of the state aie fairly well adapted to
apple-cultuic The lamlall is light and all orchards
are irrigated A number of the standard winter varie-
ties aie grown
H yonnug — The interest in upple-growrng in Wyom-
ing is confined pnmipally to the development of the
home oichaid The acreage planted is about equal to
that of Aii/ona or Nevada, with a little more interest
now manifest m the dovelopment of the industry
The vaneties planted are Wealthy, Mclntosh and
Jonathan
General practices
Geneially speaking, this whole region it and, little
being attempted in the wa> of apple-growing except
with irrigation rl he atmosphere is dry, and during
the summer months theie is an exceptionally large
amount of sunshine Especially in the mountain
vallev s, the davs are waim and the nights cool rl he
entue legion is more 01 less subject to untimely spring
frosts For this leason many of the best fiuit sections
of the region are found in narrow mountain valleys,
protected moie or less by canon breezes, or upon the
bench lands of broader vallejs, where the air drainage
is good Vnthm this region, however, we find many
sections uffoided this natural protection where the
apple ciO]) seldom fails
•^'oi/s — \\ ithm this group of states, apples are grown
on a huge vanety ot soils The great majority of
oichaids have been phnted upon \ngrn land, and as
time goes on, we shall piobably learn to consider soil-
adaptation a more impoitant factor in apple-growing
Fiom the standpoint of ea^e of cultivation, ease of
imgation and the maintenance of soil fcitihty, the
medium sindj loams are proving the most satisfac-
torv apple soils
Tdlaqi - 'i he orchard ists of ihe mountain states
have fiom the beginning been exponents of cl«an cul-
ture In many section^, however, thev are now begin-
ning to feel that this has been overdone, and in the
present Astern of tillage, clean cultivation and cover-
crops alternate In some cases the oichaid is well
tilled during the earlv pait of the season and seeded
to field peas, vetch or other crop in midsummer
Another practice is to seed the orchaid to clover, which
is turned under after two seasons' grow th. 1 he orchard
is then cultivated for one or two seasons and again
planted to clover Alfalfa has been used instead of the
clover Providing it is kept away from the trees and
within reach of the turning plow, alfalfa is not objec-
tionable m orchard lands free horn stones On rocky
land it is difficult to kill the alfalfa out In this and
region, some such svstemot tillage must be practised
a-s a means of maintaining soil-fertility
Irnyadoti — The irrigation practice of the orchard-
ists of these states is not unlike that of the other
western states Piacticallv all water is applied by the
furrow method, running shallow ditches close together
in sandy soils and deep ditches farther apart rn the
heavy soils The distances between ditches will vary
from 2 to (\ or S feet The old orchards receive from
two to four applications dining the growing season
The plan is to get the fruit up to size early in the sea-
son and then promote coloring by maintaining only
a moderate moisture supply during the latter part of
the summer In sections where the winters are dry,
both the old and young orchards receive one late fall
irrigation This is applied after the first fronts when
there is no longer danger of starting new growth The
young orchards are well watered during the early part
of the growing season. After midsummer, little water
330
APPLE
APPLE
is applied. Every effort is made to check the growth
of tne trees early? for when well matured they with-
stand severe freezing best
Pruning — The apple-growers of the mountain states
are qmte unanimous in their choice of the vase-form as
the standard to be worked for in training apple trees.
While tho eastern grower many justly condemn such a
system of training on account or limited fruiting area,
the objection is without merit in this region where
the tendency is for most varieties to overbear In the
first three or four years in the orchard, the young
trees are severely headcd-m each spring, the object
being to get a stocky trunk with the first scaffold limb
within 12 or 18 inches of the ground and three or four
more spaced along the trunk at intervals of 6 inches
After these first three or four pruning5*, little heading-
m is done until the trees begin to overbear The trees
are then cut back and thinned out sufficiently to induce
annual bearing and the production of fruits of desir-
able sizes with the minimum amount of hand thinning
In the commercial fruit-growing sections, the fruit is
systematically thinned There is little occasion for
summer pruning
Marketing — The bulk of the apple crop of the^e
states is sold in standard apple-boxes, and much of the
fruit is wrapped and packed in sizes in tier packs As
a rule, the fruit is marketed through cooperative fruit-
growers' associations, some of the oldest and most
successful associations in the United States being
found in this region The fruit is generally distrib-
uted in all eastern, southern and western markets
where extra fancy boxed apples are in demand.
Jiseases and insects — The apple-growei s of the
mountain states are little troubled with fungous dis-
eases During the summer season the atmosphere is
generally dry and the fungi apparently do not thrive.
In some of the more humid sections of this region,
especially in rainy summers, apple scab becomes
a serious menace It is easily controlled, however,
with the lime-sulfur sprays Over the entire region,
pear blight has attacked some of the more susceptible
varieties of apples The planting of Alexander and
Transcendent Crab has been discontinued on this
account, and in some sections other varieties must
be watched carefully and will probably be discarded
eventually
Of the apple orchard insects, the codlm-moth is
easily the most important, and over almost the entire
region up-to-date methods of control must be em-
ployed Both the green and woolly aphis are ever-
E resent enemies of the apple orchards, the fiist troub-
ng young orchards especially The Han Jose" scale
has not as yet become a troublesome pest in the apple
orchards of the greater part of the mountain region
The oyster-shell scale, the bud-moth and the green
fruit-worm are of only local importance
The majority or orchardists of this region are well
equipped with modern power spraying machinery,
and as a rule are well posted on spraying methods.
O. B. WHIPPLE.
The apple in Oregon and Washington.
The states of Oregon and Washington are noted
for their diversity of fruit conditions. Their soils range
from the lightest loam to the heaviest adobe, their
rainfall vanes from 8 or 9 inches to over 100; their
elevations extend from sea-level to the snow line. From
the horticulture of each of these states, which is thor-
oughly described in this Cyclopedia, the readers can get
complete details concerning these special characteristics.
In Oregon apple-culture is largely confined to such
valleys as the Rogue Hiver, Umpqua, Willamette,
Hood River, Freewater-Milton, and Grande Ronde,
with certain developments along the coast, especally
in such regions as Coos Bay
F
In
General considerations.
Apple-culture on the Pacific Coast is characterized by
the following
Communal development — In such valleys, for exam pie,
us the Hood River (Fig 277) or Wenatchee, one finds
that apple-growing is almost the sole industry, and large
contiguous aicas are devoted to apple-production
alone One sees the entire absence of diversity of agri-
culture in some districts These orchards may occasion-
ally be very large, although in the more highly devel-
oped legions the tendency is for small orchards very
mtensn oly developed
Intensive tillage — Theie is practically not a fruit-
grower to be found on the Pacific Coast who is not a
film believer in tillage In a few sections, the intro-
duction of shade-crops is supplementing the former
intensive tilLige, but the almost universal practice is
to till ven intensively
tiijbUniatic .^praying — Kach orchard is given frequent
sprayings, according to a specified program There are
very few orchards on the Pacific Coast that are not
equipped with power sprayers, capable of maintaining
200 pounds of pressure Pacific Coast apple-growers
are thoroughly alive to the value of spraying for pests.
277 Apple orchard in Hood River valley.
Methodical thinning — It would be very hard indeed
to find any fruit districts in which the orchardists do
not thin regularly They would no sooner give up
thinning than eating It is thought by a great many
growers that thinning pa>s a larger dividend on tho
investment than any other orchard practice
Skillful packing — The Pacific Coast has long been
famous for the high-grade packing of its fruit products.
Ever} effort is made to educate the growers to be skill-
ful fruit-packers', and rigid systems of inspection are
maintained in order that the high grade of the pack may
not be sacrificed.
Sfnrit of cooperation — Almost every community is
thoroughly organized The spirit of cooperation has
taken a firm hold with the people and its benefits are
thoroughly reali/ed Not only have certain sections
organized, but there is every indication at the present
time that within the next few viura apple interests of
the entire Pacific Coast will be consolidated into a
central selling agencj.
The perxonncl of the Pacific Coast fruit-growers can
be characterized by the largo number of young men,
especially college graduates, who are engaging in apple-
culture In Hood River alone there are m the neigh-
borhood of one hundred and thirty college graduates
from all parts of the country engaged in apple-growing
and making it a life-work and study There are also
large numbers of retired business and professional
men from vanous parts of the country Such men,
because of their enthusiasm, are anxious to adopt up-
to-date methods in order to make very successful fruit-
growers They intend to specialize in making apple-
growing a very serious business It is not an uncom-
VIII. The York Imperial apple.
APPLE
APPLE
331
mon thing to find a man devoting his entire energy to
the growing of two varieties of apples.
Orchard management
Most of the orchardists practice annual spring plow-
ing. In some of the lighter soils, disking takes the
place of plov/mg, but the present tendency is to plow
and harrow down the soil very thoroughly With the
heavy loams the plowing is generally followed by light
harrowing, supplemented by the use of the clod-
masher, corrugated lollei or brilhon After the ground
is placed in good condition, frequent cultivations arc-
made One of the best tools to use in such cases is
the Kimball weeder, this stirs the soil and prevents
drying or baking of the surface soil. Often as many as
eighteen harro wings are given during the summer-
time By the middle of August or at such time as
the young trees have made sufficient growth, cultiva-
tion ceases, but with the heavier-bearing orchards
cultivation is generally cont mued up to the harvesting
W ith the lighter soils, such as many of the volcanic
ash, after the ground has been plowed in the spring,
the tendency is to compact the ground more bv the
use of subsoil packers or by dragging the ground with
floats Such soils tend to blow out constantly and it is
only by these methods that the moisture can be le-
tained in the surface soil
Irrigation — Irrigation becomes more and more a
factor to the Pacific ('oast apple-grower east of the
Cascade Mountains where *he rainfall is less than 15
inches Irrigation is made- to supplement tillage The
watei is applied by the fuirow or rill system, and as
Boon as possible after irrigation the ground is thoi-
oughlv harrowed and, aftei becoming smooth, is kept
in good shape with smoothing harrows Irrigation is
practised more* with trees fifteen years of age and up
than with young tree's
The growers are finding out that an abundant supply
of moisture either through intensive tillage or irriga-
tion tends to make the trees produce larger crops, makes
them annual bearers, mei eases the individual size of
the specimens arid U nds to make the fruit more elonga-
ted arid of a livelier, brighter color In some cases too
much moist me is used, resulting in soft, poorly colored
fruit of poor shipping qualities
Ferlilnrr** - Vt the picsent time no commercial
fertih/ers are being used The growers, however, are
taking hold of eovei -crops very enthusiastically
\etch becomes a principal crop, — the forage or Oregon
vetch in the region wheie the climate is mild, and the
hauv vetch where the climate is scveie The vetch is
generally combined with ne, oats, or wheat, and is
drilled in by the lattei part of August, about forty
pounds of vetch arid ten pounds of rye being the com-
mon amount to use to the acre Under normal con-
ditions, from 2 to 3 feet of growth can be realised by
early spring
tihade-nops — In the irrigated sections where the
tendency to use shade-crops is becoming common,
alfalfa and the clovers are the principal crops grown
Tnere is a great difference in opinion among the
growers whether alfalfa is a suitable crop to use as a
shade-crop, clovers being more commonly used Some
growers piaetise growing clover for two years, cutting
it and allowing it to mat on the ground, while other
growers disk the clover under each year and allow it to
reseed itself The practice of growing shade-crops is
yet so new that it will be a number of years before the
growers unite on some practice, but a larger percentage
of growers are resorting to shad e-ci ops each year
Thinning — Nearly all varieties of apples are thinned
very carefully The thinning generally begins as soon
as the drop' is over, m some places before the drop takes
place. The apples are thinned at various distances,
according to varieties The red apples are generalh
thinned one to a spur. With yellow apples, there is a
tendency to leave two specimens on certain dpurs but
to remove all the fruit from the remaining spurs The
growers think that when this method is followed there is
a tendency to maintain the trees as annual bearers The
distances apart vary extremely Wmesaps are thinned
from 8 to 10 inches apart, whereas the larger varieties
of apples are thinned rather sparingly, as they often
have a tendency to overgrow if thinned too vigorously
Pruning — Most growers practise annual pruning
The trees are started very low, the head being 9 to 18
inches from the ground Mo'-t of the growers resort to
what is known as the open, goblet or vase tiee In this
tree, most of the branches issue from one point and the
trees aie kept open constantly bv rigorous pruning.
The growers think that moie light is allowed to play
around the fruit by such a system and that a better
color is developed During the first three years, the
trees are cut back very rigorously each spring, but aa
they become older less heading-back is reported to and
mote thinning-out is practised Many of the growers
are now leaning more to the modification of the center
tree, growing what is known as the modified center treet
the leaders being allowed to grow for a few years and
then b( ing suppress >d This system gi\es a better dis-
tribution of the branches- :ind make's a stronger tiee, and
it also gues a larger tiintirig area Some growers
contend that varieties like the Yellow Newt own do
better if tiamed as leaders
There is much sentiment among the fruit-growers
on the Pacific Coast in favor of summer pruning In
their enthusiasm, many of them aie overdoing sum-
mer pruning On the stronger loams certain varieties
like \ellow New town air -low in coming into bearing,
but on the lighter loams and higher altitudes come into
bearing in three to fixe \ears In such cases summer
pruning is not resoited to
Pollination — Pollination has become a subject to
which the Pacific Coast groweis are paving a great
deal of ittention and the orchards are now being
planted in oblong blocks of two to six rows of a
vanetv It is- felt that \\heie this is practised, a larger
set of fruit is secured, that there is a greater uniformity
in the crop and a tendewv for increase in ,si/e of speci-
mens Formerly tiees were planted in large blocks, but
the hea\ v shedding of fruit has caused the growers to
ibandon this system and plant so that mterpolhna-
tion can take place
Frottt-Jightiny —Frost -fight ing is resorted to in man}
of the mountain valleys that are earlv and subject to
damage from frosts The most common method for
controlling is smudging with oil in pots The last few
> ears many growers ha\ e been very successful in sa\ -
ing the crops under adverse conditions See Orchard
Protei lion
Kpmijing — Practically every grower has a spray
calendar which he follows very carefully Power outhts
are used extensively and high pressure is maintained.
In all the older orchards, high platforms are built on
the spray outfits so the trees can be thoroughly covered
with spray The principal diseases are the mildew,
found more in California and southern Oregon; apple
scab, apple tree anthracnose, or black spot These are
about the only diseases that receive much attention
Of the insect pests, the codlm-moth and aphis are the
most serious The eodlm-moth is distributed over the
entire district with the exception of the coast regions,
which arc free from this insect pest The green aphis
attacks the young tiees injuriously, and for the past
two years the brown aphis has been of serious menace
to the fruit In some regions the brown aphis is now
doing more damage than the eodhn-moth The scale
insects, for the present time, receive very little atten-
tion, as they are so easily controlled. Occasionally the
red-spider and borers give considerable trouble
Packing — The apples aie all packed in boxes known
us the Northwest Standard, 10,4 \ 1 1*3 x IS inches
332
APPLE
APPLE
All the better grades of apples are wrapped in paper,
and lithographs are placed on the boxes The fruit is
graded very carefully before packing The present
tendency is to use one size of box and pack the apples
by what is known as the diagonal pack
Packing-houses — Very large and expensive packing-
houses are being erected all over the Pacific Coast and
enormous storage plants are being built at all the im-
mediate shipping points In most cases, the packing
is very rigorously inspected Most of the htat.es have
laws that require the grower to put on the box his
name, the grade of fruit and the number of specimens
in the package Most associations require the packer
to stamp his number on the box, so that in the case of
any imperfections it can be easily traced
Marketing — The marketing of the fruit is done
largely through associations By cooperating, the
growers have been able to improve constantly their
pack and have also tended to distribute the fruit more
widely At the present time, the Pacific Coast is send-
ing fruit to nearly all the leading ports of the world, and
the effort is made to get a wider and wider distribution
rather than to send it to a few distributing points like
Chicago and New York, which was the system formerly
followed.
The willingness of the people to organise, and the
cooperative system, which is broadcast in the region,
is a very important factor in successful apple-culture
on the Pacific Coast C 1 LEWIS.
The apple in California.
Although the apple was introduced into southern
California by the Mission padres nearly a century
before the American occupation, and although the Rus-
sians established an apple orchard in northern Cali-
fornia more than a quarter of a centurj before the gold
discovery, it was not fullv demonstrated until about
1880 that the state can produce an apple of character
and qualit} to entitle the region to standing among
278 A California apple orchard
the commercial apple regions of the United States
California pioneers were accustomed to concede apple
adaptations to Oregon and to claim none for them-
selves This was chiefly due to the fact that earl}'
plantings were made m the mining districts of the
lower foothills and on \ alley lands adjacent to routes of
travel thereto from the poit of San Francisco Climatic
conditions in such situations forced too early maturity
of winter varieties, whic h impaired quality and keeping
and, as main commercial desirability was vested in
long-keeping, California was conceded to lack adapta-
tions for the production of a good apple, and local sup-
plies of the fruit were drawn for three decades from the
orchards in western Oregon Popular judgment was,
however, reversed by the notable long-keeping of Cali-
fornia apples shown at the New Orleans Fair in 1885,
which is explained by the fact that the exhibits were
gathered from family orchards in the coast districts and
in the high plateaus and mountain valleys where grow-
ing conditions are quite unlike those of the lower
foothills and adjacent valleys The conclusion from
this demonstration was that when the right variety is
planted in the right place, in California, superior fruit,
both for local use and long shipment, may be secured.
Since that time, California apples have been success-
fully sold m considerable quantities in England and on
the continent of Euiope, on the Atlantic Coast of Amer-
ica, in Australia and in Eastern Asia — -as well as
throughout the interior states of the Pacific Slope, m
Canada and in Alaska The uprise of a great apple
industry in other states of the Pacific Slope has, how-
ever, recently excluded the California wmtei apple
from large American areas in which it foimerly sold
freely; but California still retains in the same areas its
market for summer and fall apples because mature
fruit can be shipped before the same varieties ripen
fait her north or at greater elevations Fig 278 shows
a i epresentati ve California apple orchard
Summer applets
It is now clear that there are two distinct branches
of the apple industry of California, m which, first,
effort is concentrated on the production of summer
apples in what .11 e known as early districts and, second,
fall and winter apples m other districts where slower
development is favored by prevalence of lower spnng
and summer temperatures. In the interior valleys and
lower foothills, the forcing heat bungs earlv varieties,
like the Astraehans, quickly to notable size, crispness
and flavor, arid there is an ample demand for such fruit
for shipment, providing it is sound and free from pests,
some of which, however, are more aggies^ive than they
aie in cooler sections Fall apples are successfully
grown in the same districts but they also are profitable
in ihe coast district, as is shown by the behavior of
the Gravenstem in the Sebastopol section of Sonoma
County where "(liavenstem shows" are annualh held
in August Another instance of specialization is found
m the commercial impoitance of the Yellow Bellflower
in the Watsonville district, wrhere it enters largely into
the "Apple Annual" — a greater exhibition held the first
week in October In these topical fall-apple districts,
the winter apples are also important, the P^sopus
(Spitzenberg) leading these varieties at Sebastopol and
the Yellow New town at \\atsonville Ihese facts
emphasize the importance of certain varieties, for spe-
cialization IK built upon varieties even moie than upon
the classes to which they belong
Winter apples.
The chief importance does, however, rest with the
winter apple in California, m the same way, but perhaps
not to such a degree, as in other apple-growing states
and countries, and the chief investment and expectation
are made upon that basis Aside from the conditions
citod, which make nearly exclusively for the summer
and early fall varieties, the state has great capacity
for the production of winter apples of the type for
which the coast has become so famous during the last
few vears Every county in the state has apple trees,
but the requirements of a winter apple are fully met by
two main divisions of the state, viz the smaller val-
,
leys close to the coast, in fact, in some cases, the coast
flats, where the exposure is directly toward the cooling
breezes of the ocean, which produce a cool summer — a
long, slow-growing season, which develops great beauty
and high quality in a winter apple Similar results are
also produced by the climate found at an elevation of
about 2,500 to .">,000 feet on the interior plateaus and in
the mountain valleys The coast district has developed
a greater commercial apple industry than the moun-
tains, because transportation facilities for shipment are
vastly better, but as the state advances, the mountain
APPLE
APRICOT
333
districts will he employed in this production much more
largely than at present The greatest apple district
of the slate now is the Pajaro Valley, including parts
of Monteiey and Santa Cnu Counties, centering at
Watsonville, which shipped about 6,000 carloads of
apples in 1912 The county next prominent in apple-
growing is Sonoma, Santa Gnu and Sonoma Counties
have about one-half of all the trees in the state, while
many other counties have good apple orchards in less
total acreage, in fact,, from San Diego on the south to
Siskiyou on the north, localities exist which afford the
elevation or the coast exposures that favor the pro-
duction of good winter apples, and planting is pro-
gressing in all these districts
Extent
The number of -apple trees m California in 1913 is
about 2,500,000, occupying, as nearly as can be calcu-
lated, 30,000 acres of land The vaneties of chief com-
mercial importance, in order of ripening, are White and
Red Ast radian, Giavenstem, Yellow Bellflovver, Yellow
Newtown, Esopus, White Pearmam, Wmesap and Home
Beauty. Many other winter varieties have been planted
recently in different districts, but their relative impor-
tance cannot be predicted. j} j^ WICKSON.
APRICOT. RosafM A tree and fruit somewhat
intermediate between the peach and the plum, grown
largely m California and in special localities in the
East
The apncot tree is a round-headed grower, with
dark, somewhat pe.ich-hke bark, and very broad or
almost circular leaves Ihe fruit, which usuaMy ripens
in advance of both the peach and plum, is peach-like in
shape and color, with a smoother skin, rich yellow flesh
and large Hat smooth stone The flesh is commonly
less juicy than that of the peach, and, as a rule, per-
haps, of higher quality 1 he apricots are of three
spec ies, all probably nati\ e of China or Japan (1 ) The
common apncot of Europe and America is Piunus
Armt'imjca fr vanable, but smooth at maturity, red or
jellow, the sweet and firm flesh free, or \<>iy nearly so,
fiom the large, .smooth, flat stone tree \\fth a round,
spreading top, and a reddish, eheir\-like or peach-like
bark Ivs (Fig 279, light) ovate or lound-ovate, \vith
a short point and sometimes, a heart -shaped base, thin
and bright green, smooth or \ery nearh so below, as are
the gland-bearing stalks, the matgm.s rather obtusely
and mostly finely senate fls pink-\\hite and borne
singly, sessile or very nearly so, pieceding the l\s (Fig
2SO) The Kussian apncot is a
hardy but smaller-fruited race of
this species (2) The Japanese
apncot, in Japan grown for flow-
ers rather than for fruit, is Pr units
Mume fr small, yellowish or
greenish, the flesh rather hard and
dry, and adhering tightly to the
pitted stone tree like the common
apncot, but with a graver or
greener bark and duller folwge
*VH ^ra>lhh green, generall} nar-
rower (Fig 279, left) and long-
pointed, more or less hairy along
the veins below and on the shorter mostly glandless
stalk, thick in texture and prominently netted beneath,
fls fragrant, borne singly or in 2's, and sessile (with-
out stalks), more lately mtro into this country, chieflv
under the name of Bungoume plum (3) The third
species is the purp'e or black apncot, Prunns </aM/r«r/xi,
which is little cult, fr globular and somewhat plum-
like, with a distinct st , pubescent or fuzzy even at
maturity, dull dark purple, the sourish soft flesh cling-
ing to the plum-like fuzzy stone tree round-headed,
with much the habit of the common apricot, with Ivs
ovate and more or less tapering at both ends, thin, dull
279 Apncot leaves
P Muiiipon Ipft,
P armeiuaca on right
280 Flowers of the
apncot
green, on slender and pubescent, mostly glandleee,
stalks, finely appressed- serrate and hairy on the vema
below fls large and plum-like, blush, solitary or in 2'a
on pubescent stalks l^m or more
long, and appearing in advance of
the leaves See Prunus for related
species The apricot-plum, Primus
Sunonn, is discussed under Plum,
The plumcot is a hybrid of plum
and apricot, accounted for under
Primus L H B
East of the Mississippi the apncot
is not grown commercially to great
extent, although it is a popular fruit
for the home orchard and garden
As a commercial crop, it does not
seem to he increasing in favor
There arc two important reasons
for this the loss of the fruit by
spring frosts because of the very
early season of bloom, and the great
liability to curcuho attack Pos-
biblv the apncot has. not vet been
given a thorough test Its value
mav be more appreciated and the
dithculties of its culture lessened
when the fruit has received greater
study and attention.
The apricot is a»s hardy as the peach and thrives in
similar localities and under the same general cultivation
and treatment, but demands very strong soil. 'Ihe
ideal land for this fruit seems to be one that is deep and
dry, and loamy or gravelly m character The rolling
loams lands that are well adapted to apples seem to
be well suited to the apncot, if the exposure and loca-
tion are correct The apricot is particularly impatient
of wet feet, and manv of the failures are due to reten-
tive subsoils The kind of soil has an important bearing
also on the stock to be used
Particular attention should be given to the location
and exposure of the apricot orchard In the East the
best results are secured if the plantation stands on
elevated land near a large body of water, for tl...e the
spring frosts are riot so serious as elsewhere Generally
a somewhat backward exposure, if it can be had, is
desirable, to retard blooming Apricots will be sure to
fail in frostv localities
The apricot should always be given clean culture
For the first two or three >ears, some hoed crop may be
rwn between the rows, but after that the trees should
allowed the entire land, particular!} if set less than
20 feet apart Tillage should be stopped late m sum-
mer or early in fall to allow the wood to mature thor-
oughly It is best to raise a coxer-crop m the latter
part of July 01 in August to hasten this maturity and
also to protect the roots and to improve the physical
properties of the soil
The trees are pruned m essentiall} the same way
as plums The fruit-buds arc borne both on spurs
(two are shown in Ing 281) and also on the wood
of the last season's growth on either side of the leaf -bud,
as shown m the twin and triplet buds above a m Fig.
281 Each bud contains a single naked flower (Fig
280) As the fruit begins to swell, the calyx-ring is
forced off over the top (Fig 282) and the injury from
curcuho may then be expected The fruit is often
borne so close together at> to appear to be in dusters
(Fig 283)
When grown under the best conditions, the apricot
may be considered to be nearly or quite as productive
as the peach Like other fruit trees, it bears in alter-
nate A ears, unless the crops are very heavily thinned
It can never be recommended for general or indiscrimi-
nate planting Only the best fruit-growers can succeed
with it Apricots are to be considered as a dessert or
334
APRICOT
APRICOT
t'ancv fruit, and therefore, should be neatly packed in
small and tasty packages
The varieties mostly in demand in the eastern states
m order of pieference are. Moorpark, Harris, Alexis,
Montgamet, Budd, Early Golden, St Ambroise,
Alexander and Peaeli The Royal and Superb are grown
to some extent Of the above-mentioned vaiieties, the
Harris, St Ambroise, Mont garnet, and Early
Golden are early as regards season ot ripen-
ing, the Peach and Moorpark are medium,
the Alexander, Alexis and Budd are late
The Alexander, Alexis, Budd and -some
others belong to the Russian race Fig 2S4
shows a good-shaped apneot
The apricot is piopagated bj budding or
grafting the desired varieties on the peach
or plum stock On its own root the apneot
seems to be less successful, probably because
of the peculiar soil-requirements that it
demands The peach seems to giv e a better
union and consequently a better stand,
wheieas the plum stock gives a tree that is
haulier, longer lived, and less subject to
attacks of borers Both Mvrobalan arid
Domestica stocks are used, the pieferenee
being for the latter
The most serious enemy of the apneot is
the curculio, the same insect that attacks
the fruits of plum and peach This insect
seems to have a particular fondness for the
npncot, and as the fruit sets verv earlj, the
crop may be expected to be destroyed un-
less the most vigilant means are employed
The foliage of the apricot, as m the case ot
the peach, is especially sensitive to the
arsenical sprays and therefore entomolo-
gists have hesitated to recommend
pans green and arsenate of lead
for the control of the cuiculio
The work of W M Scott and A L
Quamtance, of the Tinted States
Department ot Agriculture, has
shown, however, that arsenate ot
lead in combination \\ith selt-
boiled lime-sulfur is successful in
controlling this pest on the peach
It is probable that the mixture
will be equally successful in con-
trolling the curculio on the apricot
They recommend the use of two
pounds of arsenate of lead com-
bined with fifty gallons of self-
boiled lime-sulfur applied as follows'
I* irst application — About the time the calyces, or
shucks, are shedding from the young fruit
Second application —Two or three weeks later, or
about one month after the falling of the petals
Another method of control of this insect is by jarring
the trees, in the same way as with plums and peaches,
but the work must be even more thoroughly done than
with those flints The jarring should begin as soon as
the blossoms fall, and continue as long as the insects are
numerous enough to do serious damage It will usually
be necessary to catch the insects for three to six
weeks, two or three times a week, or perhaps even
every day The work must be pei formed early in the
morning, while the curculio is indisposed to flv The
operation consists in knocking the insects from the
tree by a quick jar or shake, catching them on a white
sheet or m a canvas hopper The catcher formerly
used in western New York was a strong cloth hopper
mounted on a wheelbarrow-like frame, and nm on two
wheels The hopper converged into a tin box. into which
the curcuhos rolled as they fell on the sheet One man
wheeled the device, by barrow-hke handles, under the
tree, then dropped the handles and jarred the tree, or
281 Fruit -buds of
the apneot Borne be-
side the leaf-bud, as
ou the peach, and also
on spurs
sometimes two men went with a machine me wheeling
it and the other jarring the trees If the work of spray-
ing, as above recommended, is done thoroughly, it will
probably not be necessary to use this jarring device in
addition, and the device is now going out of use
The apricot is often trained on walls, where the fruit
reaches the highest perfection Care should be taken
that the wall does not face the east or the .south, or the
early-forced flowers may be caught by frost An over-
hangmg-eormee will aid greatly in protecting from
lrobt C S WILSON t
The apricot in California is one of the leading eom-
meicial fruits It was apparently introduced by the
Mission Fathers, for Vancouver found it at the Santa
Clara Mission in 1792 However, there is no relation
between this early introduction and the expansion that
quickly followed the American occupation, because the
Mission Fathers had only seedling fruits, while the
early American planters, shortly before the gold dis-
covery, introduced the best French and English varie-
ties, and were delighted to find that these sorts, usu-
ally given some protection in the Old \\orld, giew with
surprising thrift of tree and size of fruit in valley sit-
uations in California in the open air Upon these facts
the apricot rose to wide popularity The acreage has
steadily increased during the last fifty years, and with
particularly swift rnte during the last twenty years,
until the number of t rees reported m ISO*) was about
thiee millions, oceupvmg upwards of forty thousand
acres of land Since then, however, the aeieagt has not
mci eased, because the crop is irregulai on account of
frost injuries in some districts rlhe fruit is sold fresh,
canned, dried arid in crvstalhztd forms, in all the re-
gions of the United States, in England and on the
Continent, where, bv reason of its superior sue and
iceeptable manner of curing, it has achieved notable
popularity The year 19()."> was the greatest thus far
m amount of dried product realized, vu , W,00(),(H)0
pounds The year 11)11 was greatest in amount of
canned product, which reached upwards of 7.")X,;}2.~)
cases, each containing two dozen 21 2-pound cans The
shipment of fresh apricots out of California during the
summer of 1910 was 2()0 carloads
The chief part of the apricot crop of California, is
grown in the interior valleys. In the low places IP
these valleys, however, the fruit is liable to be injured and
sometimes almost w holly destroyed bv spring frosts,
although the trees make excellent growth In foothill
situations adjacent to these valleys, there is also serious
danger of frost above an el< vat ion of about l^OO feet
above sea-level, and the tree is rarely planted for com-
mercial purposes In southern California the apricot
succeeds both in the coast and
interior valleys But along the '
coast northward, excepting the
very important producing regions
of the Alameda and Santa Clara
valleys, eastward, and southward
from the Bay of San Francisco,
the apricot is but little grown,
owing to frost troubles In re-
spect to these, the apricot is some-
what less subject to harm than
the almond, but, it is less hardy
than the peach, and has, therefore,
a much narrower range of adapta- shedding the ring,
tion The average date of the
blooming of apneot varieties is about two weeks later
than that of the almonds The apricot is adapted to a
wide range of soils, because to the rather heavy, moist
loams which its own root tolerates, it adds the lighter
tastes of the peach root, upon which it is very largely
propagated However, attempts to carry the apricot
upon heavier, moister soils by working it upon the plum
root have not been very successful, owing to the dwarf-
282. Young apricots
APRICOT
ing of the tree, and the movement toward the light, dry
loams, by working upon the almond root, has failed be-
cause the attachment is insecure, and the trees are very
lutble to be snapped off at the joining, even though they
may attain beanng age before the mishap occurs The
apricot root i the. If is a favorite morsel with rodents, and
is for that reason not largely used The mainstay for the
apricot, then, is the peach root, and the soils which this
root enjoys in localities sufficiently frost-free are, there-
fore, to a great extent the measure of the apricot area
Apricot trees are produced by budding on peach or
apricot seedlings during their first .summer's growth in
the nursery row, from pits planted when the ground is
moist and warm, at any time in the preceding win-
ter When there is a groat demand for trees, planting
in orchard is sometimes done with dm man t buds, but
ordinarily the trees are allowed to make one summer's
growth in the nursery The trees branch during the first
year's growth fiom the bud, and usually come to the
(>lanter with a good choice of low-starting branches,
rom which to shape the low-headed tree which is uni-
versally preferred The method of securing such a tree is
identical with that already described for the almond, but
the Ire.itment of the tiee after reaching bearing age, in
its third year, is very different from the after-tieatmerit
of the almond The apricot is a rampant grower and
most profuse bearer Unless kept continually in check
it \vill quickly rush out of leach, and \vill dtstiov its low
shoots and spurs bv the dense shade of its thick, beautful
foliage There is continually necessary, then, a
certain degree of thinning of the surplus shoots
arid shortening of the new growth, to continue
the system of low branching, to relieve the tree
from an excess of bearing wood, and to avoid
small fruit and exhaustion of the tree, result-
ing in alternate1 vears of bearing In the coast
legions, \vhere the tree makes moderate wood-
growth, it tan be kept in good torm and bear-
ing by regular winter pruning In
\\armer regions, \vhere tin1 tendency
is tt> exuberant wood-growth, the main
pruning is done m the summer, im-
mediatelv after the fruit is gathered.
This has a Tendency to check wood-
growth and promote fruit-bearing,
and where the main cutting is done in
the summer, winter pruning is reduced to
thinning out shoots, to prevent the tree
from becoming too dense and to lessen the
work of hand-thinning of the fivut later
on In addition, however, to the most
intelligent pruning, much fruit must be
amoved b> hand when there is a heavy
set of it, in order to bring the fruit to a size satis-
factoiv, to shippers or cartners, and to reach the highest
grades, if drying is practised California apricot
orchards arc all grown with clean tillage, for the
mam purpose of moisture conservation In regions of
good niinfall and sufficiently retentive loams no unga-
tion is requned, good tillage will suffice for the pro-
duction of large fruit and perfection of fruit-buds for
the following veai. As the trees are becoming older
and bearing larger crops the demand for moisture in-
creases, and the use of irngation water is growing In
most places, however, one irrigation is sufficient, and
that is given after fruit-gathering, to carry the tree
through the last half of its season's work In the regu-
larly irrigated regions of the state, water is periodically
applied through the growing season, in such amount
and at such intervals as the local climate and soils
require
Although probably all the good varieties of the apri-
cot in the world have been introduced into California
in the last half-century, and scores of selected seedlings
of local origin have been widely tested, the varieties
that have survived the tests and aie now widely grown
APRICOT
335
are comparatively few m number Most of the rejected
varieties met this fate because of shy bearing, and those
which now constitute the bulk of the crop are verv/ regu-
lar and full bearers, under rational treatment A local
seedling, the Pnngle, was for many years ehiefH grown
for the earliest ripening, but this has recently been
largely superseded by another local seedling, the New-
castle, which is of superior si/e and about as early.
The European varieties, Large Lurlv and Early Golden,
are fine in a tew localities where
they bear well, and do bettei in
southem California than elsewhere
The universal favorite is the Roval,
probably t hree-fourths of all the
trees in the state
are of this variety,
though recently the
area of the Blen-
heim has been in-
creasing largely.
The Hems kirk
stands next to the
Blenheim in popu-
larity The Peach is largely grown in the Saeia-
mento Valley The best apricot grown in California is
the Mooipark, in size and lusciousness, when well
ripened, it heads the list It is, however, rather shy in
bearing, and is foisaken for this fault m most regions
It shows the best behavior in the Santa Clara Valley,
and is there retained, m spite of frequent lapses, because
of the high prices which it commands at the canneries
About a dozen other varieties are earned in small num-
ber b\ the nurser> men to meet limited local demands
Apricots for canning and drying are graded according
to sue Extra, not less than 2*4 inches m diameter;
No 1, 2 inches, No 2, 1 M inches; No. 3, 1 inch The
first three grades must be sound, clean and free from
blemish, and No 3 must be ot good merchantable qual-
ity The shippers and canners require well-colored but
only hrm-ripe fruit, because both the long rail trans-
portation and the canning process require it, soft-ripe
fruit will neither can nor carry For drying, riper fruit
is used, and yet over-ripeness has to be guarded against
to av oid too dark color For canning, the fruit must be
carefully hand-picked; for drying, much is shaken
from the trees The drying process consists in cutting
336
APRICOT
AQUARIUM
the fruit in halves longitudinally, dropping out the pita
and placing the halves, cavity uppermost, upon light
wooden trays Breaking or tearing the fruit open will
not do, it must show clean-cut txlges When the trays
are covered they are placed in a tight compartment,
usually called a "sulfur box," though it ma\ be of con-
siderable size, and the fiuit is exposed to the fumes of
slowly burning sulfur, to ensure its di>mg to the light
golden color which is most acceptable to the trade
Ihe production of the right color is the end in view, and
different dryers regulate the amount of sulfur and the
length of exposure according to the condition of their
fruit and their judgment of what it needs The exposure
varies from half an hour to two or three hours, accord-
ing to eiicumstances After sulfurmg, the trays are
taken to open ground, and the fruit is cured in the sun
Only a very small fraction of the California product of
evaporated apricots is cured in an evaporator. It
requires about six pounds of fresh apricots to make one
pound of cured fruit.
284 Good apricot fruits, one-half natural size.
A model ate estimate of the jicld of apricots might be
placed at seven and one-half tons to the acre, extreme
yields are far away from this both ways
The apricot is, as a rule, a \ery healthy tree in Cali-
fornia It is, however, subject to injury by scale insects
of the lecanmm group in some parts of the state. Dur-
ing lecerit years there has been increasing injury by a
shot-hole fungus, which perforates the leaves and makes
ugly pustules upon the fruit Such fiuit is unfit for
Banning except the fruit be peeled, vluch is little done
as yet It also makes low-grade dned product This
fungus can be repressed by fungicides of the copper
c^abs EDWARD J. WICKSON.
AQUARIUM. The aquarium as here understood is
a glass tank for live fish, plants, and the like, for the
dwelling-house or other suitable place
The aquarium should be m a place where it may
receive light, but direct sunlight is not necessary, and
to keep an aquarium in a healthy condition, living
plants in the water aie absolutely necessary and
plants will not thrive in dark rooms, neither will fish
retain their bright colonng The square or rectangular
aquarium with open top affords a large breathing-
space or air for the fish — which is another requisite,
and the fish will be healthier and live longer than in a
glass globe with small neck and orifice Another and
very important factor in the aquarium is sand and
small pebbles These should be washed clean of all soil
before placing in the aquarium About 2 inches over
the bottom is sufficient The plants should be planted
before filling the aquarium with water Figs 285-287
show useful window aquaria
285 A museum-jar aquarium.
An aquarium, to be in a healthy condition, should
contain living plants — oxygenators — which are as
necessary as food, as fish must have good air. The
aquarium must be kept clean The* sediment should
be removed from the bottom with a dip tube twice a
week, and the inner side of the glass cleaned with a
wiper once a week Encourage the growth oi the plants
at all seasons; admit
plenty of light, but no
direct sunshine There
should also be a few tad-
poles and snails in the
aquarium These are
very essential, as they
are scavengers, and de-
vour the confervoid
growth that frequently
accumulates on the
plants In fall, give a
thorough cleaning and
rearrangement of the
aquarium, so that all are
m the best condition pos-
sible before winter sets
m In March it should
be carefully looked ov er,
and undesuable plants removed oi transplanted
Additions may be made or any change it necessary.
Folkming are some of the best plants to place in the
aquaiium, all of which can be easily and cheaply pro-
cured from dealeis vyho make a specialty of aquatics
Cabomba c<nohni<in<i (commonly called \\ashmgtori-
grass or fish-grass) is one of the ver> best oxvgenator?
and a most desirable plant foi the aejuatmm and can
usually be had in quantity at any season, e>x<ept late in
winter It is usually sold in bunches but after winter
sets m, bunches of cabomba will not remain long in a
healthy condition in the aquaiium without care and
attention Plants to be of benefit in the aquaiium must
be living, and befoie these bunches of grass can emit
roots and be self-sustaining, the1 fish too often nibble
and distuib them to such a degree that, instead of being
serviceable to the aquarium, they are a positive injury..
Elodfa, or Anadians (water pest) there aie two forms
of this useful plant E canjidcribib is a v ei y rapid grower
and may be femnel in ponds in dense masses \V hen once
established, it is a pest anel hard to eradicate, but
being e>f stem groyvth, it is not so re>aelil} giown m the
aquaiium The giant form us a veiy desirable and
valuable plant and can be used to goe)d advantage,
making a very interesting as well as a valuable plant
in the aquarium Mijnophijllnni ^picatum somewhat
resembles the cabomba, but is of a elarker color and
stronger m growth anei texture It is a hardy plant
and will withstand the winters in the neighborhood of
Philadelphia When
cabomba is unattain-
able, this may be had
mgoe>elconehtie)ri It is
also an excellent plant
to use for fish spawn
during the breeding
season This must not
be confused with the
Mynophyllurn prosvr-
pinacoidev, commonly
called parrot's feather,
as the latter is useless
as an aquarium plant
Sagittaritt natans is a
286. A rectangular glass aquarium
very pretty strap-leaf variety of sagittaria and useful
for a small aquarium But »S' Mnentin, the giant form,
is the best of all sagittarias for the aquarium, and
is indispensable When planted in the aquarium and
allowed to get well rooted before1 the fish are intro-
duced, it can be relied upon to maintain the aquarium
287 Pern
anent aquarium made of
rood and glass
AQUARIUM
in a healthy condition for several months Vallisnerw
spirals (eel-giass, tape-grass, wild celery) is a native
plant inhabiting streams and rivers, and often used m
the aquaiium Its long, narrow, strap-like blades or
leaves are moie flexible than the sagrttana and the tips
float on the surface of the water They are light green
in color and of .softer texture It, is a difficult plant to
cairy o\er winter, its natural propensity being to die
down in \v infer, just the season v hen it is wanted in
evidence in the aquarium. Ludviqvi Mulerttn is one of
the moht conRj)icuous,
ornamental and useful
plants for the aqua-
rium and is always in
great demand It is
much larger and a
stronger grower than
L palut>tnn of the
middle and northern
states It is a native
of the southern states,
whence ( oine our sup-
plies in winter in small
quantities and for high prices, the plants veiy un-
hatislactoiy at best The difficulty is that plants, or
rather spiavs, plucked from growing plants and shipped
North, icceue a violent check in the change of temper-
ature and the ( loscly confined condition of the packing-
case The result often is that the plants or sprays lose
a gieat part of their foliage, and when afterward sub-
je( ted to cold running water are completely ruined
The onh site \va\ is to secuie stock during the summer
01 earh fall, getting plints established in pots betoie
preparing the aquarium for winter In this condition,
the plants will hold then own and wintei o\er, but to
attempt to grow southern stock in winter in our north-
ern st vtes is futile rl here are a few other submerged
plants that might be used, but the above-mentioned
are the lv> st ami the best oxvgcnators for large or small
aquaimnis Moating plants should be used spanngly
in the aquaimm, an open, clean surface being most
desirable and e\ en ne< ess iry for an \Ioreo\er, the
majoiitv of the floating pi mts are suitable onh for sum-
mer culture Another reason why surface or floating
plants do not succeed in a house
aquaiium is that the water
deficient of pi tnt-food
Midi plants Plants that die in an
aquarium would, it transfnied to a
tub containing a qu:mtit\ of soil,
as well as water, make rapid and
healthv glow th Linmmlum^ Hnni-
bolilln (water poppy ) is a plant often
used in the aquaiuun It is neces-
sary to plant this in the sand m
the same manner tis other aquatie
plants, although the lea\ es ate float-
ing, similar to the leaves of a pond-
hh Kichhornui (wssi/ws nxijoi
(water hyacinth) is a ver\ desirable
plant for catching the fish spawn,
but under ordinary conditions lasts
but a few days in the aquarium
Miniature plants of these aie veiy
pretty, and fish aie very fond of
nibbling at the roots to the detri-
ment of the plants These, with
many other plants, are best adapted
for the summer aquaria where they
can enjoy the benefit of sunlight
and open air
Numerous fiee-floatmg plants are
adapted to the aquarium, but too
many must not be in evidence, or the
fish may become suffocated The
azollas are very pretty, and the fish
22
AQUARIUM
337
will occasionally eat, the plants The salvmia is another
small plant often seen in the aquarium, but under favor-
able conditions it grows very rapidly, and forms a com-
plete mat, which must be avoided The European and
American frog's-bits (lAmuobium Spongia, Hydroihan?
Morttus-junj.') are very attractive plants, their long,
silky roots reaching down m the water
In summer the plants and fish should be placed out-
of-doors in a fountain basin, pool, or a tub sunken in
the ground in a partially shaded place, and a fresh
aquarium should be stocked in the fall
Aquariums are rapidly increasing in popularity for
home use, and are of great service in nature-study.
A permanent aquaiium need not be an expensive
affair The rectangular ones are best if large fishes are
to be kept, but they are not essential A simple home-
made aquarium of glass and wood (Tig 287) is de-
scribed in Jackman's "Nature Study," as follows (the
dimensions being slightly altered) "Usoan inch board
1 1 }/i inches wide and 12 inches long for the bottom,
and two boards of the same thickness and length, 10%
inches high, for the ends Three-eighths of an inch
from the c dge on either sale, with a saw, make a groove
'{inch deep arid wide enough to receive loosely double-
strcngth glass Groove the end boards and fasten them
to the bottom with so<ws, so that the groove's will
exactly match Partially till the grooves with soft
putty, or, better, aquarium cement, and press into each
side a pane of glass Bv making the bottom board 11 %
inches long, an ordinary 10 x 12 window pane will be
the proper "i/e When the gla » is pressed to the bottom
of the grooye, draw the two ends \\\ at the top until
the glass is held hrmlv and then fasten them in place
by narrow strips of wood, one on each side of the tank,
placed on top of the glass and screwed to the end pieces
These stnps also protect the hands from injury while
working with the specimens m the aquarium Before
filling with water, the inner surface of the bottom and
ends should be well rubbed w rth oil or paraffin and the
grooves inside the glass well packed with putty " After
the box is made rt would be well to let it stand rn water
for a dav or two The wooden sides \vill swell and
tighten the joints, and leakage will be less probable.
\\ ILLIAM THICKER. •
e water is * r-
suitable for K " ~
42T
f-T
1
l-L,
/CW/V£
~y»
\
\
t
SZCT/ON ON L/N£ A-B
288 Working drawings for making box shown m Fig 287
338
AQUATICS
AQUATICS
AQUATICS. A term applied to plants suited to cul-
tivation only in water, particularly to those grown in
ponds and tanks.
North America is the most highly favored country
m the world for the cultivation of aquatic plants. Col-
lections can easily be made to furnish a display of flow-
ers from April to October m the open without artificial
heat. There are numerous aquatic plants other than
nympheas, nelumbiums and victorias. Some very de-
sirable plants are Acorns japomca vanegata (varie-
gated sweet flag), Aponogeton distachyiis (Cape pond-
289. Lawn pond of aquatics, with mason-work margin.
weed, or water hawthorn), Caltha palustns and C palns-
tns fl pi. (marsh mangolds), Cypcrus Papyrus (Egyp-
tian paper plant), hmnanthemums in variety. Some
of the bog or marsh plants may be used in margins, as
many varieties of sagittana, not omitting the common
cat-tail, Typha lati folia, the hibiscus of mammoth pro-
portion, and the beautiful new hybrids with gorgeous
flowers of all shades from pink to scarlet and crimson
See Bog-gardening B'igs. 289 and 290 show formal
and informal lawn ponds.
8oil — All aquatics require a rich soil, and this with-
out limit, a depth of water from 1 to 3 feet, and ample
space to spread their succulent leaves. In a natural
pond, in which there is an accumulation of humus over-
laying a ulayey subsoil, nothing more is wanted, but
on a sandy or gravelly bottom it is necessary to place
a layer of rich earth 12 to 18 inches deep In artificial
ponds, built of masonry (Fig 289), a layer of rich soil is
necessary if the things are to be planted out, as is best
for nelumbuims. The soil best suited for aquatics is
a turfy loam, inclining to heavy, and thoroughly rotted
cow-manure, two parts of the former to one of the latter,
and, when possible, it should be composted some time
before using, and turned over two or three times
to thoroughly incoiporate the manure When cow-
manure can not be obtained, other thoroughly rotted
manure may be used The next best fertilizer is pulver-
ized sheep-manure, but this, being less bulky and
stronger in proportion, should not be used so freely as
other manures; one part sheep-manure to nine of soil
is sufficient. Chemical manures, ground bone, horn
shavings, and the like should not be used unless in
extreme cases, and then very cautiously. Tankage may
be used to good advantage It contains dried blood,
and ground bone It is very desirable for permanent
beds or soils that may continue two or more seasons
without renewing. The bone is not readily dissolved
and has a lasting quality. Blood, being soluble, has
immediate effect and is a valuable fertilizer, if used
sparingly
Depth of water. — In natural ponds, water-lilies are
found growing in water from a few inches to 4 and 6
feet deep, but in artificial ponds a depth of 12 to 18
inches will be found sufficient for most nympheas, and
18 to 24 inches is a good depth for victoru-
i artificial pond, a depth of 2 to
•rias In con-
structing an artificial pond, a depth of 2 to 2J^ feet is
ample. Water to the depth of 12 inches above the
crowns of the plants is sufficient, and a box containing
the soil may be 12 inches deep Thus a pond 2 feet in
depth is deep enough, and will allow a man, with hip
boots on, to walk between the plants with ease. For £
small pond, less than 12 feet over, a plank laid acrosa
will suffice for all operations.
Protection — Where severe frosts are prevalent in
winter, and ice 12 to 18 inches in thickness is found,
there will be danger of the roots freezing. In such cases,
an additional depth of 6 inches will be a great advantage,
and a protection of bracken, salt hay, green manure,
leaves, or any other non-conducting materials should be
used to protect the masonry, m severe weather, against
expansion and breakage. To protect tubs, small pools
or ponds, cover with boards and pile on dry leaves to
the depth of 8 or 12 inches, then salt hay or fresh stable-
manure to keep the leaves from blowing away This is
one of the best means of protection against freezing.
The general use ot concrete work instead of brick and
stone is to be commended. Reinforcement makes the
walls frost-proof and water-proof
Planting — All hardy nympheas maybe planted any
time between the 1st of April and the 1st 01 September.
Thoi?<3 planted early, other things being equal, will give
good results the same season, while those planted late
will get well established before winter, and will be in
excellent condition to start at nature's summons early
the following spring The hardy nympheas differ con-
siderably as to rootstocks. Those of the native species
are long and of a spongy, soft texture, and rambling
in growth, while the European species have a much
larger and very firm rootstock, and grow more compact.
In planting, all that is necessary is to press the root-
stock firmly into the soil, and it there is any danger of
the root rising to the surface, place a brick or any weight
upon it, to keep it in position until anchored by its own
roots Tender nympheas should not be planted until
the latter end of May or beginning of June, according to
location They should not be planted out before coleus,
alternanthera, and other tender bedding plants They
require to be started indoors, and will be grown in pots,
which are much handier to plant than roots of the
hardy varieties, and can be planted under the water
with ease and facility Nelumbiums should not be
planted until about the 1st of May. Southward the
sea.son is earlier. The existing conditions should be
such that tubers shall start at once into active growth.
290 A lawn pond.
AQUATICS
They should be already "started" before setting out.
The tubers should be laid horizontally in a slightly
excavated trench and covered with 2 or 3 inches of sou,
using a weight, if necessary, to keep the tubers m posi-
tion Plants established in pots or pans are very con-
venient for planting, and may be purchased when tubers
can no longer be procured, and can be planted a month
later in the season with good results.
The Victoria rtqia has always been an aristocrat
among water-lilies, arid few cultivators could indulge m
such a horticultural luxury To grow it satisfactorily,
a large surface space with a greater depth of water is
necessary than for other aquatics, and a higher tempera-
ture is needed at the early stages. It can be cultivated
in the open air, but artificial heat must usually bo ap-
plied and protection afforded, so as to maintain a tem-
perature of 85° F In 1898 the introducer of V 7'nrAm
biought the Victoria within easy reach and culture of
all lovers of aquatic plants. V Tnckcn is entirely dis-
tinct from other known varieties and can be grown in
the open alongside of Nipnphitu zmizibarieiM* and N.
dtvonicnsib, and under precisely the same conditions?.
When planted out about the middle of June, the plants
grow rapidly, and mil develop their gigantic leafage
and magnificent flowers in August, and continue to do
.so until destro>ed by frost V. Tnckeri is none other
than V Cruziana, which was never introduced into cul-
tivation until 1898 All that existed outside of its na-
tive haunts, on the Parana River, South America, was
an herbarium specimen of part of a leaf. It is now
generally and extensively grown throughout the United
States and in Kurope where aquatics are cultivated
Encmub — Aquatics, like other plants, ha\e their
enemies in the way of insect pests, although in a less
degree than most plants Aphides are sometimes
troublesome, 01 .it least very unsightly These, however,
have their enemies, especially the cc .cmella (ladj-bird),
insectivorous birds, and so on When these do not
keep them down, a weak application of kerosene emul-
sion will make a cle.uance Another method of getting
rid of these pests, especially in a small artificial pond,
where an overflow is (01 should be) piovided, is to take
the hose with a sprav, using a little force, and drive the
insects off the plants, and, as they readih float on the
water, the action \\ith the hose will drive them out at
the overflow pipe Recently an insect pest that has its
home m Florida has migrated northward, causing some
annoyance The laiva of the moth Ilydrorampa pro-
•prinlis eats the leaf, and also cuts out pieces of the same,
which it uses for protection, therein1 great h disfiguring
the plant, and at the same time making it difficult to
get at the enemy. The best remedy tor (his and the
nelumbmm moth, which is very much like it, is a lamp
trap Any ordinary lamp placed neai the plants at
night, and standing in a shallow vessel containing kero-
sene, will attract the insects, which, on striking the
lamp, fall into the kerosene and are no further trouble.
For other insects, such as leaf-miners and those which
eat the leaves of plants, the best remedy is arsenate of
lead. Muskrats are more or less troublesome, (\spceially
where nelumbiums are grown. They will eat the tubers
in winter and early spring, and will make sad havoc
with banks. They w ill also eat the roots of some nym-
pheas The best remedy for these is the steel trap A
sporadic disease has also made its appearance. The
leaves are affected with spots, which, under a damp,
warm atmosphere, spread rapidly Such climatic con-
ditions, followed by bright sunshine, cause the affected
leaves to shrivel up. This greatly weakens and checks
the plants This disease yields readily to a weak solu-
tion of bordeaux mixture The same remedy is also
very valuable in ridding the pond of all confervoid
growth
Tub culture should be resorted to only from lack of
space, or when no other method can be adopted (Fig.
291). For this system of culture, nympheas should be
AQUILEGIA
339
chosen that are moderate growers, jet free-flowenng,
and other miscellaneous aquatic plants The tubs
should hold from 4 to 12 cubic feet of soil for nympheas,
according to the variety, some being moderate growers,
others vigorous and robust The tubs may remain
above ground or sunken If sunken during the warm
weather, the roots are kept cooler, and this is desirable,
especially if hardy kinds are grown. A great impiove-
ment over tubs is a concrete pool 4 or 5 feet in diameter
made in the shape of a t ub, and 2 feet deep A circular
form 4 or more feet in diameter should be made and the
ground then excavated 8 inches larger than the form
This will allow a wall of concrete 4 inches thick. Wire
netting should be used for reenforcmg, arranged so ai
to be in the middle of the wall. Use a mixture of sand,
291 Tub of water-lilies.
gravel or cinders in the following proportion two bags of
Portland cement, three wheelbarrows of sand, five wheel-
barrows of gravel or finely bioken stone or cinders and
hmoide equal to one-fourth of cement This must be
thoroughly mixed before using After the second day,
remove the form and liv the bottom with the same
mateiial i to 6 inches thick This \\ill make a strong,
durable, water-tight pool and at a very moderate cost
WILLIAM TuirKtu
[The standard book on the American culture of aquat-
ics is "The Water Garden," by V\m Tncker, N. Y ,
1807, pp 120, to which the reader is referred for exten-
sive cultural directions and for lists of aquatic plants
For botanical descriptions of the various kinds of
aquatics, with brief, special cultural directions, the
reader may consult the articles m this Cyclopedia,
under the various genera, as Nclumbium, Nymphxa,
and Victoria— L. H B ]
AQUILEGIA (from aqwkgus, water-drawer, not from
aquila, eagle). Ranunculficije COLUMBINE Hardy per-
ennial herbs of the northern hemisphere, grown for
their profusion of showy flowers in early summer, and
the delicate foliage later on in the year. See page 356,")
Mostly with paniculate branches, terminated by
showy fls , and 1-3 ternately-compound Ivs , commonly
glaucous the Ifts roundish and obtusely lobed. fls
large, showy, usually in spring or early summer, sepals
."), regular, petaloid, petals concave, produced backward
between the sepals, forming a hollow spur, stamens
numerous1 fr of about 5 many-seeded follicles — •
About 30 distinct species. J. G Baker, A Synopsis of
the Aquilegia, m G C II 10:19, 70, 111, 203 (1878)
The columbines are among the most beautiful and
popular of all hardv plants. The tall and strong-growing
340
AQUILEGIA
species can be used to advantage in half -shady positions
The attractive forms and rich variations in hue of
aquilegias come out well when associated with hemero-
callis, Siberian irises, thahctrums, polygonatums,
Spiraea Filipenduki and wild ferns In the North, a
similar effect is produced by grouping columbines
together with white and blue Lupinut> polyphyllus,
Campanula pemcifolia, /n.s gcrmanica and / pallida var
dalniatica, Iceland poppies and trollius. For rockeries,
the low-growing early alpine species, such as A nlpina, A .
Stuarln and A jlubellata are well adapted Throughout
the middle and northern states, columbines need winter
protection, dry leaves being preferable for covering
Seeds sown in pans, in coldframes in March, or open
air in April, occasionally bloom the first season, out
generally the second The different species should
be some distance apart, if possible, n pure seed is
desired, as the most diverse species hybridize
directly They may be propagated by division of
the roots in late fall, winter or early spring, but
the better way is by seeds. Absolutely pure seed
is hard to obtain except from the plants in the
wild state, and some of the mixed forms are quite
inferior to the true species from which the> have
come A cjtrulea, A. glnmlulosa, and A vulgaris
are likely to flower only two or three years, and should
be treated as biennials; but A vidgans may be kept
active for a longer period by transplanting
A light sandy soil, moist, with good drainage, shel-
tered, but exposed to sun, is what aquilegias prefer Some
of the stronger species, when of nearly full flowering size,
may be transplanted into heavier garden soil, even
heavy clay, and made to succeed; but tor the rearing of
young seedlings, a light, sandy loam is essential The
seed of most columbines is rather blow in germinating,
and it is necessary to keep the soil moist on top of the
ground until the young plants are up A eoldframe,
with medium heavy cotton coveung, is a good place to
grow the plants The cotton retains sufficient moisture
to keep the soil moist on top, and still admits sufficient
circulation of air to prevent dampmg-off of the young
seedlings When large enough, the seedlings may be
pricked out into another frame for a time, or, by shad-
ing for a few days until they get a start, they may be
set into the permanent border, or wherever they are to
bo placed. (F. H. Hereford.)
INDEX.
alba, 9, 15, 16
flore-alba, 7.
nana, 5, 13.
alba-plena, 13.
flore-plerio, 9, 10, 11,
nana-alba, 7, 11.
alpma, 16
12, 15
mvoa, 9
atrata, 9
fohis-aitreis, 9
Olympic ,1, 9
atropurpurea, 4, 6.
airomolacea, 9.
Garnieriava, 10
oxysepala, 2
rubra-pleno, 11.
a urea, 13
glandulosa, 17
sibmca, 10
bicolor, 10.
arandijtora, 13
Skmnen, 12, 13.
blanda, 9
Helenae, 15
ipenntHi, 10
Buergenana, 6
hybrida, 9. 11, 15.
spcctabihs, 10
crorulea, 5, 15
Jff-schkanu, 13
fstdlala, 9
cahformca, 11
Jonesn, 1
Stimrta, 18
canadensis, 5, 11, 13
mcurida, 17
euperba, 11, 16.
caryophylloides, 19
lactiflora, .4
truncata, 11
chrysantha, 13,
flabcllata. 7
loptoceras, 8, 13, 15
longissima, 14
Vrrvameana, 9.
vindifiora, 4
flavesceiw, 5, 13
lutea, 15
vulgan-i, 9
flaviflora, 5
Wittmanmana, 9
A. Sepals not more than }^ or %m long: expanded fls.
1 or ll/i in duim.
B. Limb of petal shorter than the sepal.
1. Jdnesii, Parry. Truest very short or almost want-
ing, soft-pubescent: tufted root-lvs 1-2 m high from
the stout, ascending branches of the root stock, biternately
divided; partial-petioles very short or none, Ifts very
crowded' fls blue, sepals oblong-obtuse, equaling the
spurs, and twice the length of the petal-limbs and
head of stamens follicles glabrous, large, nearly 1
m. long; styles half as long, peduncles lengthenme; t^
about 3 in. in fr July Wyoming and Montana 6 F
9:365.
AQUILEGIA
2 oxys&pala, Traut & Mey Plant 2^ ft , slightly
pubescent above radical Ivs long-petioled, secondary
divisions sessile sepals blue, ovate-lanceolate, much
exceeding in length the petal-limbs, which are 6 lines
long, white, rounded-truncate; stamens not protruding
beyond the petal-limb, spur knobbed, bent inward,
shorter than petal-limb follicles pubescent, with styles
their own length June Siberia — Said to be one of
the first to bloom, and one of the most attractive
m the list It is one of the most dwarfed; fls large
blue, yellow and white, it comes so much before the
others that its pistils, as a rule, all fertilize before any
of the other species come into flower " Only recently
intro to cult
3 lactifldra, Kar. & Kir St l^ft high, glabrous
in the lo\\or part:
partial -petioles of
root-lvs 1 ' 2-2 in.
long, Ifts sessile or
short-stalked, 1 in
long, many lobes
reaching half way
down; st -Ivs pet-
iole (1 and com-
pound fls about
3 to a st , sepals
nearly -white or
tinged with blue,
over /2in long, nar-
row, petal-limb half
as long as sepal,
spur } ^m , slender,
nearly straight, not-
knobbed at tip;
st unions equal m
length to the limb
June Altai Mts ,
Siberia — A desir-
able species, but not
much planted
BB. lamb of petal
about equal to
sepal
4 viridifldra,
Pallas St l-iy2 ft
high, finely pubes-
cent throughout,
several -fid the
partial - pet loles of
root-lvs 1-2 in long, Ifts sessile or the end one shortly
stalked, lobes rather narrow and deep, lower st -Ivs
petioled, biternate sepals oblong, obtuse, ascending,
greenish, equaling the broad, greenish petal-limb, but
not reaching the head of stamens, spur straight, slender,
^m long, not knobbed pubescent follicles as short as
their styles Summer E. Siberia — Not so much used
as the following variety:
Var atropurpdrea, Vilm (A atropurpiirea, Willd ).
Limbs of the petals deep blue or lilac-purple, and tho
sepals and spur somewhat tinged with the same hue.
B R 922
5 canadensis, Linn COMMON COLUMBINK of Amer.
Figs 202, 293 Height 1-2 ft primary divisions of
petioles of root-lvs 1-2 in , having 3 divisions, 2 or 3
of the st -Ivs petioled, biternate' fls several to a st ;
sepals yellowish or tinted on the back with red, about
\ i\\\ long, not reflexmg, limb of petals a little shorter,
yellowish, truncate, spur JUin long, nearly straight,
knobbed at the end, bright red throughout, stamens
much protruding follicles ^m long, with styles half
as long May-Julv St<»ny banks, east of Rooky
Mountains Introduced 1?VJO B M. 246 L B C. „*:
888 Mn. 5 21 RH 1896, p. 109 FW 1878*33.—
There are some beautiful hybrids of this and the blue
292 Aquilegia canadensis.
293. Radical leaves of Aquilegia
canadensis.
AQUILEGIA
species. Var. nana, Hort. Plant 1 ft high or loss' fls.
like the type.
Var. flavSscens, Hook. A pale-lvd yellow-fld.
variety Very pretty Intro. 18X9. This has often
been called A. fiavescens, Wats., A. cyrulca var Jlaves-
cens, Lawson; A. Jlavi-
flora, Tenney, A. cana-
denns var jlavijlora,
Brit. 13 M 6552 B.
6 Buergenana,Sieb
& Zuoo (A airopui-
purea, Miq ) More
slender than A vid-
grum, 1 ft high, finely
pubescent toward the
top, branched to form
several heads, bearing
2-3-petioled, bi tern ate
Ivs , part lal-petioles of
basal Ivs l^-l m long,
with 3 sessile divi-
sions fl.s yellow, tinted
with purple, 1 -1 ] 2 m
diam , b opals J^m.
long, acute, spreading,
spurs erect , n e a r 1 v
straight, as long as the
limb of petals, and
about equaling the
sepal, head of stamens
equal to limb in length
follicles pubescent,
^in. long, style half as long. Early. Japan — Brought
from St Petersburg, 1892.
AA. Sepah about 1 in. long expanded fl about 2 in.
diam
B Spurs shorter than the pttal-hmb, and incurvtd
7 flabellata, Sieb. & Zuer St 1-1 }'2 ft , few-fld
partial-petioles of root-lvs I in or more, Ifts netirlv
sessile; st -Ivs large and petioled fls bright lilac, or
pale purple or white, sepals 1 in long, obtuse, limb of
petal half as long, often white in the lilac-fid form,
spur shorter than the limb, slender toward the end,
much incurved, stamens not piotruding beyond the
petal-limbs follicles glabrous Summer Japan It II
1896, p 109 Var nana-alba, Hort (var flure-dlba,
Hort) Fls pure white plant dwarfish II B 1,5.157
B.M 8354 (var nivea)
nn Spurs at Itast as long as pdal-hmb.
c Stamens bhort, not much protruding
8 leptocSras, Fisch & Mey St several-fid , about
1 ft high partial-petioles of root-lvs over 1 in, Ifts
sessile, st -Ivs petioled biternate fls violet, with the
tips of the sepals greenish, and tips of the short petal-
limb yellow, spur slender, slightly curved, i^in long,
not knobbed, stamens protruding a little bejond the
limbs of petals follicles slender, glabrous, nearly 1 in
long. Summer E Siberia B R. 33 64. F S 3 296 —
Little used in Amer
9 vulgaris, Linn (A dcMta, Hort A atrfrta,
Koch) COMMON COLUMBINE of Eu Sts lJ/j-2 ft
high, many-fid , finely pubescent throughout root-lvs
with 3 partial-petioles V/i~2 in. long, secondary
branches certain, ultimate If -lobes shallow and round-
ish, texture firm, lower st -Ivs petioled and biternate
fls violet, furnished with a claw, acute, 1 in long, half
as wide, petal-limb %m long, equaling the head of
stamens, spur about same length, stout, much incurved,
knobbed follicles densely pubescent, 1 m long, style
half as long Summer. Eu , Siberia, and naturalized m
Amer On 12, p 288, 70, p 16 (as A stcllata) G W
3, p 229 Var fl&re-plfcno, Hort Fls much doubled,
ranging from pure white to deep blue Here belong
AQUILEGIA
341
many horticultural varieties with personal names.
Var Verveeneana, Hort. (var. fbhis-aureis, Hort Var.
alrovwUicca, Hort ) Lvs with yellow variegated hnes.
Var nivea, Bailing (var dlba, Hort ) MUNSTEAD'S
WHITE COLUMBINE Often 2-3 ft high a great profu-
sion of large, pure white fls for several weeks in early
spring Var nivea grandifl&ra, Hort , is much like thi?
Var olympica, Baker (A olijmpica, Boiss A Witt
tnannwna, Hort A blanda, Lem ). A fine variety,
with several large fls , sepals light lilac or bright purple,
1 in or more in length, petal-limb white. I H 4 146
11 H 1896, p 108
Var hybrida, Sims Much like the last variety, but
with stout, lilac-purple spurs as long as the sepals, only
slightly incurved —-Probably a hybrid of A vulgaris
.ind 1 cawulensiv B M 1221.
10 sibinca, Lam C( fn<olor, Ehrh A . Garnienana,
Sweet A xpecibna, DC ) St, 1 V^-2 ft high, many-
fid , often nearlv glabrous throughout partial-petioles
of root-lvs 1-2 in , sometimes showing 3 distinct
branches, terminal Ifts 1 in or more broad, lobes
lather shallow and rounded, lower st -Ivs netioled and
biteinate fls pale or bright lilac-blue, oblong sepals
fully 1 in long, spreading or reflexed a little, petal-limb
half as long, equaling the head of stamens, and often
white, spur rather stout, }zm or more, very much
incurved, or even coiled follicles glabrous, 1 in long,
style ' jin Summer E Siberia S B F G II 1 90
Var fldre-pleno, Hort ( 1 bicolor var fibre-plena,
Hint ) Fls jiiueli doubled by the multiplication of both
the limbs and the spurs
Var spectabihs, Baker (A speddMis, Lem ) A
large, bright hlac-fld var , petal-limbs tipped yellow.
Amurland IH 11.403
cr Stamens long, protruding far beyond the petal-limb.
11 formdsa, Tesch ( 1 ranadensis var fonnow,
\\ats) Habit as in A rnnadftt^i^ root-lvs and st -
hs like that species, but fls brick-red and yellow, or
wholly yellow, and sepals larger, quite twice as long as
petal-limb, spurs more spreading, somewhat more slen-
der, and often shorter Maj-Aug Sitka to Calif , and
east to the Rockies Intro 1881 B M 6552 F S
8 795 (it 32 372 R II 1896, p 108 G C 1854 836.
Var hybrida, Hort.
(A calif 6rmca var.
hybnda, Hort A 6U-
ptrba, Hort ) Fls.
large, with scarlet
b e p a 1 s and yellow
petals, spurs spread-
ing, long and slender.
— A supposed hybrid
with A chnjbantfuj
F M 1877 , 278 V.
2 33 f 2 Var rftbra-
pleno, Hort (var.
flbic-plino, Hort ).
Fls as in var hybrida.
but several whorls of
p e t a 1 - 1 1 m b s Var.
nana-alba, Hort Fls.
pale, often nearly
yvhite plant not ex-
ceeding 1 ft
Var truncata,
Baker (A truncata,
Fisch A cahfornica,
Lindl ) Fls with
short, thick spurs and
very small sepals and
a small petal-limb.
Intro 1881 F S. 12:
1188 (as .4 t-ximia,
Hort ) 294. Aquileci* chrysantba. (
342
AQTIILKGIA
12 Skinneri, Hook St 1-2 ft high, many-fid , gla-
brous root-lvs long-petioled, with both primary and
secondary divisions long, Ifts cordate, 3-partcd, sev-
eral vst -Ivs petioled and biternate sepals green; keeled,
lanceolate, acute, never much spreading, ;^-l in long;
petal-limb greenish orange, half as long as sepal, spur
bright red, tapering rapidly, over 1 in long, stamens
protruding far beyond the limb, styles 3 fr , at least
when young, bearing broad, membranous, cm led wings
After flowering, the peduncles become erect July-
Sept Mts of New Mex B.M. 3919 P M 10 199.
BH 4 1 FS 1 6 V
2 33 f 5 (poor) —A hand-
some plant requiring a
light soil in a sunny bor-
der V a r. fldre - pldno,
Hort Fls. double Gt.
34:57— Very fine.
295 AquilegUi longissuna. ( X Yd
BBB. Spurs very long, several tinier the length of
pdal-hmb
13. chrysantha, Gray (A leptoceras var. chrysantha,
Hook) Fig 294 Height 3-4 ft root-lvs with t\\ ice
3-branched petioles, Ifts biternate, st -Ivs several,
petioled fls many on the plant, 2-3 in across, sepals
pale yellow, tinted claret, spreading horizontally, petal-
limb deep yellow, shorter than the sepals, and nearly as
long as the head of stamens, spur rather straight, veiy
slender, divergent, about 2 in long, descending when
11 is mature follicles glabrous, 1 m long, style half
as long May— Aug New Mex arid Ariz Gn 16
261, 51, p 3S5 BxM 0073 TUT 1896, p 108 F R.
2 109 Gt 33 84 GC I873.1.r,01 FM 1873 88
V 2 33 f 3 FS 20 2108 II F 4 120 II II. 3,
p 324 Var flavescens, Hort (A aiirea, Junk A
canadenMs var aurea, Roezl) Fls yellow, tinged
with red, spurs incurved, and shorter than in the type
Gt 21 734 Var dlba-pl£na, Hort (var grandiflora
dlba, Hort ) Fls veiy pale yellow or nearly white, with
two or more whorls of petal-limbs Intro 1889
V. 12:311 GW 8, p 375 Var nana, Hort (A
leptoceras var I idea, Hort ) Like the type, but plant
always small, not exceeding \Yi ft Var Jaeschkanii,
Hort About the same height as last* fls large, yellow,
with red spurs — Thought to be a hybrid of A chrysan-
tha X Skinnen, hence sometimes called A Skinneri
var. hybnda, Hort
14 longissima, Gray Fig 295 Tall, somewhat pu-
bescent with silky hairs, or smoothish root-lvs
biternate, even in the petioles, Ifts deeply lobed and
cut, green above, glaucous beneath , st -Ivs similar,
petioled. fls pale yellow, sepals lanceolate, broadly
AQUILEGIA
spreading. 1 in. or more, the spatulate petals a little
shorter, about equaling the head of stamens; spur with
a nairow orifice, 4 in long or more, always hanging.
Distinguished from A chrysantha by its longer spur
with contracted orifice, by the narrow petals, and by
the late season of flowering. Late July to Oct. 1.
Ravines S W Texas into Mex GF 1.31 (adapted m
Fig 295). — 'The seed must be obtained from wild plants,
as those cult usually fail to produce seed, hence not
much used
AAA Sepals IV^-iy^ or even 2 in. long' expanded Jls.
Jl/2-3 in diam , stamens not protruding.
B Spurt, long and not incurved
15 caerulea, James (A leptocbras, Nutt. .1. rna-
crdntha, Hook & Arn ) St 1-1 3/2 ft , finely pubescent
abo\ e, bearing several fls lower st -Ivs large arid bi-
teniate, basal-lvs with long 3-branched petioles, Ifts
3-lobed on secondary stalks fls 2 in across, whitish, but
variously tinted with light blue and yellow, sepals often
blue, oblong, obtuse, twice as long as the petal-limb,
spurs long, slender, knobbed at the end, rather straight,
but curving outward, head of stamens equaling the
petals follicles pubescent, 1 in long, style J^m Apr-
Julv Lower mt regions, Mont to New Mex B M.
4407, 5477 Gn 16 264 Mn 6 61 V 2 33 f 4
FS 5 531 FR 10 165 Gn. 59, p 147 G 28 241
Var alba, Ilort Fls of same size but entirely white
Intro 1883 Var hybrida, Hort Sep.ils some shade
of blue or pink, or mixed, and petals nearly white or
yellow, also called var Ifttea, Hort The tiuc form of
this is probably A c<tndea x A. chrysantha Gn 51,
p 385 RH 1896 108 AG 15 315 IH 43 61
Yar Helenas, Hort, , is very probably a form of thus
hybud, very robust, fls. numerous, blue and pure
\\hite G W 6 212 Var. fldre-pleno, Hort Fls longer
and very showy, more or less doubled toward the
centei
BB Spurs incurved and hardly longer than -petal-limbs.
16 alpina, Linn (mcl var Mtpfoba, Hort ) Fig 296.
St nearh 1 ft high, finely pubescent upwards, 2-5-
fld , be.trmg petioled, biternate Ivs partial-petioles of
basal-hs 1-2 m long, with 3 nearly sessile divisions,
deeply lobed expanded fl 1 1 <j--2 m across, blue, rarely
pale or white, sepals 1*4 in long, half as broad, acute;
petal-limb half as long as
sepals, often white, spur
stout, incurved, same length
as the limb, head of sta-
mens not protruding fol-
licles pubescent, 1 in long,
st>le much shorter May,
June Switzerland L B C
7 657 Gn 9 384 F W
1879 353 B M 8303 Var
alba, Hort Fls pure white
1 7 glanduldsa, F i s c h
Fig 297 St 1-l^ft high,
glandular pubescent in the
upper half, 1-3-fld partial-
petioles of root-lvs 1-2 in
long, each with 3 distinct
divisions, 1ft -segms nar-
row and deep, flt -Ivs few,
bract-like fls large, nod-
ding, sepals bright lilac-
blue, ovate, acute, about
\Yi m long and half as
broad, petal -limb same
color, but tipped and bor-
dered with creamy white,
less than half the length of
the sepals, very broad, spur
very short, K-^m , stout,
much incurved; stamens 296. Aquilegia alpina.
AQUILEGIA
AKALIA
343
297. Aquuegia glandulosa ( x
not protruding: follicles 1 in. long, 6-10 in number,
densely hairy, with short, falcate style. Allied to A .
aljnna, but a taller plant, with shorter spurs, larger
fls., and a greater number or follicles May, June Altai
Mts. of Sibeiia. B. 5.219. F.W 1871 353 Gn.
15-278; 45, p 193,61,
p 26 Gt 289 f 1 —
One of the hand-
somest
Var jucunda, Fiseh
& Lall Fls rather
smaller than m tin-
type, petal-limb white,
more truncate at the
tip, stamens as long as
limb B R 33 19 F S
5 535 — A fine variety,
with some tendency to
double
18 Stftartu, Hort A
recorded hybrid of A
gluntlnloMi y A v ulgnns
var olympua Fls
very large and beauti-
ful It very much re-
sembles the latter in
form of sepak and
petals, and the former
In shape ot spurs and
coloration M.ij,June
Intro 1891 (In 34
344, 61, p 109 G M
54.416
19 caryophylloides
is a garden name given
to some very mixed forms, with a great variety of
colors Special characters seem not to be well h\ed
A haikalinw, Hort Fls larf»e, \iokt-blue, spur* long —.1 hnj/-
lo<lo w«jv. Hort , and its Mir <l,hcatix^ma, Hnrt , an much like A
chrjsuntli i, uiul ie^< ruble it 111 habit and color of fls but the spurs
art not so lonjt
K C DAVIS
ARABIS (Arabia) Cntrffiur HOCK-CHESS Small
perennial 01 annual herbs, with white 01 puiple flowers,
grown mostly on boidets and m rockwork
Floweis mostly in terminal spikes or laeemes, small
but often many 01 appealing for a considerable penod
of time Ivs mostl} undivided sihques long, lineal,
flat stigma 2-lobed -In tempeiate legions, about 1(X)
species, several native to thi^ country, some of them
aie alpine I suallx. prop by division, also by seeds
and (iittings Ilaidv, lequiimg plenty of sun, and
thiivmg even m pooi soil The following four species
are perennials
\ F/s put pl> 01 ro.sc
muralis, Beitol (.1 rbwa, DC ) A foot high, with a
rather d< nse laceme of prettv, fls Ivs oblong, sessile
(the radical ones with a long nanovv base), prominently
and distantly blunt-toothed, sparsely j>ubeseent Spring
and summer Italy H.M 3246.
AA. Fls white.
serpyllifdlia, Vill (A nivali*, Guss ). Tufted, 2-6 in
radical Ivs entire 01 tew- toothed, the st -Ivs small and
sessile, not clasping fls in a shoit clustei, the calyx as
long as the peduncle, the limb of the petals linear-
oblong and erect Eu
albida, Stev (A cuutdxica, Willd ) Fig 298 A few
inches high, pubescent, lower Ivs nairow at the base,
the upper autuulate-claspmg, all angle- toothed near
the top fls m a loose raceme, the calyx shortei than
the pedicel, the petal-limb oval and obtuse Eu B M
2046 Gn 62, p 280; 72, p 67,74,p 620 FTC 16 611.
— Blooms early, is fragrant, auu is well adapted for
rock-gardens and edgings, and covering steep banks
Var ftore-plfcno, Hort. Double Gn. 65, p. 306 Var
variegata, Hort , has yellow-white stripes on Ivs Gt
45, p 108 Var Billardifcn, Boiss (A BMardien, DC )
Hoary-pubescent, slendei Ivs small, very obtuse,
entire or with 1 or 2 teeth at base pod long, slender
and spreading, fls of^en tinged. Eastern. Gn 63,
p. 422
alpina, Linn FLs smaller than in the last, plant only
slightly pubescent and hairy Ivs somewhat clasping
but not aunculate, small-toothed nearly or quite the
entire length, the caiilme ones pointed Eu B M 226
GC III 30.239 — Blooms very early, and is one of
the best rock-plants Vai variegata, Hort Var nina
compacta, Hort , a dwarf form Gt 44, p 203 Var
fldre-pleno, Hoit FLs full-double, handsome Gt 51,
p 211 G 26 199
A arenb/ia, Scop Fls rose varying to white Ivs pmnalihd,
those on the at deep-toothM Lu •— A aubnctumlt i Boiss Much
like A albida, but pale junk dluia — 4 bltpharoithului. Hook
& Am MB large, rose-purpl. Ivs slurp-toot hed sc« 1« or rl-nrj-
iriK, the margins hairy Calif B M (>OS7 — A Ftnlinandn-Co-
bur an, KM & suendorm Lvw gray in rosettes. be<on>mK green in
winter fls small, yt-llowish M iPwiouu — I Imvta, L-nn f Fls
white Ivs shining, obov att, rlaspiriK There i* a \ mrjr.it i d form
Eu — A mnllii, Mt< v FU \sliit< Us pubescj nt, l.irpo-toothtd, the
low .rones rounded arid loiiK-stalked Ku — 4 r»ti*a, I am Us
white Ivs toothed, the ruhf il onc-otti n parted, tlie st -l\s oblong-
linear Eu — A prjecor, \V aklst A. Kit ==A promrn ns -A pro-
cnrrens, Waldst & Kit I Is whin 1\ s nhnti, those on the st
entire and sessilu, the other* stalk, d stolomfc rous A \ariepated
vir Eu — A Stum, Hort \ conipact but vigorous j;ard(n form
with UrKe dear white fls— 1 ,,rna, R Br "Anniifl hairy HH
Inrge, purole 1\«. oblon«-o\ ale to round-oblong, the upper ones
clasping, rather coarse-toothed Lu BM .Ji31 L H B
ARACHIS (Greek, inthout n tachi^) Lcgummbsx
PEANUT Goonmi The peanut is sometimes grown m
the economic house ot bot.tnic.ii gardens, and also as a
curiosity in outdoor gardens rl he genus has nine
species, of which eight aie Brazilian L\s abruptly
pinnate fls 1-3, yellow, in a dense, axillary, sessile
3)ike, ovary stipulate, m-
osed within the tube of the
cahx, the stipe at first short,
subsequently elongating arm
carrying the immature fr
beneath the ground He^e
develops what is one of tne
most anomalous frs m the
whole Legummosiv, it being
wholly indehiscent, — the pea-
nut of commerce1 (which see).
See also Cyclo Amer Agnc ,
Vol II, pp 014-519 foi pic-
tures and agncultural ac-
count As a hot house annual,
the seeds of the peanut mav
be so\vn m heat, and the
plants potted in sand's loam.
For outdooi cult me, see
Peanut, by which name the
plant is commonly known
hypogaea, Linn Annual, 1
ft or less high. Ivs abruptly
pinnate, with 2 pans of 1ft s.
and no tendril Mn 7 . 105 —
Procumbent x TVYLOU f
ARACHNANTHE
(Greek for spidu-
jlower) Orchidaces' In-
cluded under Renan-
thera
ARALIA (derivation
obscure) Arahucese Or-
namental herbs, shrubs
or trees grown chiefly
lor their bold fohage
Stems often spiny Ivs 298. Arabia albida. ( X H)
344
ARAL I A
ARALIA
alternate, deciduous, pinnate to 3-pmnate' fls. small,
whitish, in umbels usually forming panicles, pedicels
articulate; calyx-lobes minute, petals imbricate m bud;
stamens 5, ovary 5-, lately 2-celled, with the styles free
or connate only at the base fr a berry-like drupe with
2-5 compicssed btonoh — About 20 species in N Ainer.,
Asia, Malay Aiehipelago and Austral
The arahas are large heibs, shrubs or small trees, often
spiny, with largo decompound foliage, small whitish
flowers in umbels forming large terminal panicles and
followed by small usually black berry-like fruits.
The species are hardv or nearly hardy North They
prefer rich or heavy soil They are often plant ed as single
specimens on the lawn for the bold bubtropical effect of
their foliage Propagation is by seeds sown m
spring, winch do best with slight bottom-heat,
or by root-cuttings, also with bottom-heat
There are also a number of tender shrubby
plants cultivated as or-
namental greenhouse or
stove plants, which have
been provisionally re-
ferred to the genus
Araha, as their flowers
and fruits are not yet
known, therefore it has
not been possible 1o de-
termine their true bo-
tanical affinity. In the
present woik they are
referred to other genera.
They should be looked
for under Polyscia?,
Pseudopanax, Scheffleia,
Oreopanar, Panax, Sci-
adophylluin, Dizyqo-
theca Other related
genera, perhaps not
including any horti-
culturally important
foims,are Heptupleu-
rum and Monopanax.
A. Prickly ^hrubs or rarely
low trees Ivs bipinnate,
2-3 ft long umbels
numerous, in a large,
broad, compound pani-
cle styles distinct
spindsa, Linn ANGELICA
TREE HERCULES' CLUB.
DEVIL'S WALKING-STICK.
Sts very prickly, 40 ft.
high Ivs 1^2-2 Vi ft long,
usually prickly above; Ifts.
ovate, serrate, 2-31^ m.
long, glaucous and nearly 299. Aralia chinensis.
glabrous beneath, mostly
distinctly petioled, veins curving upward before die
margin Aug Southern states north to Tenn S S.
5 211. Gn 50, p 126 —The stout, armed sts, the
large Ivs , and the enoimous clusters of fls give this
species a very distinct subtropical appearance Not
quite hard> N Baik possesses medicinal properties.
chinensis, Linn (A japonica, Hort A mand-
shunca, Hort Dimorphdnlhu*. eldtus, Miq, A spindsa
var. canescens, Franch. & Savat.) CHINESE ANGELICA
TREE Fig 299 Sts less prickly, 10 ft Ivs 2-4 ft
long, usually without prickles; Ifts ovate or broad ovate,
coarsely serrate or dentate, usually pubescent beneath,
nearly sessile, 3V4-6 in long, veins dividing before
clayey soil Var glabrescens, Schneid. (A. spindsa
var glabrescens, Franch & Savat A. spindsa var.
canteens, Sarg A. canescenx, Sieb & Zucc.) Lvs.
often prickly above, Ifts glabrous beneath, except on
the veins, dark green above More tender Var mand-
shunca, Rehd (Ihmoi phdnthuv mandshuricus, Maxim ).
St prickly Ifts pubescent only on the veins beneath,
more sharply ana densely beirate than the foregoing
variety and hardier. G.C. 11. 10.592; 23:313 Var.
variegata, Rehd (A japtinica variegata, G C ) Lfts.
bordered with white I H. 33 009 G C. Ill 31 231.
Gn 63, p 379 Var aureo-variegata, Rehd (Dimor-
phdnthits mnndschiiricu^ elegantlssimus fol var., Hort.).
Ltts variegated with yellow.
AA. Unarmed herbs styles
united at the base
B. Umbels numerous, in elon-
gated pubtiulous patncks:
ti-Wft high.
racem&sa, Linn SPIKE-
NARD. Height 3-0 ft gla-
brouH, or slightly pubescent:
Ivs qmnatelv or ternately
decompound, Ifts cordate,
roundish ovatf1,
doubly and sharply
set rate, acuminate,
usually glabrous
beneath, 2 6 in.
long fls greenish
white July, \ug
Vi X Amei \\est
to Mum and Mo
B B 2 50(>— Koot-
•>tock emplo\ ed
medicinally, prop-
erties similar to
those of Harsa-
panlla.
calif6rnica, Wats Height
8-10 ft resembles the pre-
ceding Ifts cordate, ovate or
oblong-ovate, .shortly acuminate, simply
or doubly serrate panicle loose, umbels
fewer, laiger, and with more numerous
rays Calif M DG 24:343.
cordata, Thunb (.4 cduhs, Sieb &
Zucc ). Height 1-S ft Ivs ternately or
quinately de-compound, pinna? sometimes
with 7 Itts , Itts cordate or lounded at
the base, ovate or oblong-ovate, abruptly
acuminate, unequall> serrate, pubescent
on the veins beneath, i-8 in long Japan.
Gt 13 i32 (as ,1 ja(ftno^>avi\i sachah-
KH 1H%, p 55 AG 13, pp.
6, 7. Young stalks edible: see Udo
cachemirica, Decne (A cashim-nana, Hort A.
macrophylla, Lmrll ) Height 5-8 ft Ivs. quinately
compound, pinna? often with 5-9 Ifts ; Ifts usually
lounded at the base, oblong-ovate, doubly serrate,
glabrous or bristly on the veins beneath, 4r-8 in. long.
Himalayas
BB. Umbels several or few on slender peduncles; pedicels
glabrous 1-8 ft high.
hfspida, Vent. BRISTLY SARSAPAUILLA. WILD ELDER
Height 1-3 ft , usually with short, woody st , bristly
Ivs. bipmnate; Ifts ovate or oval, rounded or narrowed
at the base, acute, sharply and inegularly serrate,
— .„, ~ -— ,., 1-3 m long umbels 3 or more m a loose corymb; fls.
reaching the margin and ending m the points of the white. June, July. From Newfoundland to N C , west
" ~ ~" ' " to Minn, and Ind. B.M. 1085. L.B C. 14:1306— Bark
teeth. Aug., Sept. China, Japan MDG 1897:461.
Gn. 1, p. 561. G.W. 5 509 — In general appearance diurectic, alterative,
very much like the former species, but considerably nudicadhs, Linn
hardier Grows well also m somewhat dry, rocky or SPIKENARD. Stemles
WILD SARSAPARILLA SMALL
or nearly so usually 1 If , 1 ft.
ARALIA
ARAUCARIA
345
high, with 3 quinately pinnate divisions; Ifts oval or
ovate, rounded or narrowed at the base, acuminate,
finely serrate, 2-5 in long umbels 2 or 3; fls greenish.
May, June Newfoundland to N C , west to Mo B B.
2 506 — Rootstock employed medicinally; properties
similar to those of sarsapanlla.
A japdnica, Thunb — Fatma japomoa — A pnpyrifera, Hook =
Tetrapanax papynferum — A pentaph^lla, Thunb ==Acantho-
panax pentaphyllurn —A quinguefdlia, Deem- A Planch =Panax
quinquefolium — A K\eb6ldii, Hort =^Fatsia japonica — A In/Alia,
Dccnc & Planch ==Tanax trifolmni (See also Ginseng )
ALFRED REHDBR
ARATICU": Annona and Rolhnia
ARAUCARIA (Chilean name) Including Columbea
and Eutacta Pinacese Large South American and
Panfif Australian evergreen trees (about a dozen
spe< ies), grown in their juvenile state in greenhouses
and windows and often used in summer for lawn deco-
ration, they ate veiy decorative pot-plants
Tall stnct or widely blanching conical trees' Ivs.
small, scale-like and stiff, clothing all the branches
uniformly and usually closely imbricated fls mostly
diuHious, thestammate teimmaland sohtaiy or disposed
in fascicles, anther t>-X-celled, pistillate fls in ovoid
01 globose heads that become Luge woody cones with
onl\ 1 seed underneath each stale —The South Amen-
can species (Columbea) have scaicely winged cone-
wales, the cotvledons 2, and the germination hypogeal
(cotyledons remaining below ground), the Australian
and Pacific species (kutassa) have winged scales, coty-
ledons 4, and germination epigeal
Arauranas are piobably the most pmed pot ever-
greens in cultivation They are much used in house
decoration, particulaily at Christmas time, as they are
not only attractive but will stand much hard usage.
A fm/sa (Fig 300) is the one commonly seen in resi-
dences Propagation is by seeds and cuttings, as given
under A rrrr/.sa below Symmetrical plants are secured
from the leading shoots Side shoots are likely to make
misshapen specimens, as seen in Fig. 301. The arau-
300. A good specimen of Araucaria excelsa.
canas need cool treatment The temperature should
not be above 60° at night If kept too crowded or not
given sufficient light, they become ragged and strag-
gling, as in Fig 302 In summer the plants should be
protected from direct binning sun
The species thrive in the open in southern Florida
and in parts of California A irnbncata is the hardiest
It is rarely seen in greenhouses A BidwiUn is
apparently the second hardiest, and also one of the
best species for all purposes A. exceha and its allies
are about as hardy in southern Florida as ciotons and
acalvphas
The commonest species in greenhouses is A excelsa.
It is grown on an enormous scale in many nurseries for
decor ation as
window or
table plants
When raised
from seed the
plants grow
rapidly and
the branches
are invariably
disposed in tiers with wide
inter nodes, often as much as
2 feet separating each tier
of br anehes Such plants are
of little use for ordinary dec-
_ , . orative work and recourse
J^SS^S^^i - ™-«e U. Plant, r^l from
side shoot. cuttings Ihis piactice has
grown up as it is found that
plants raised from cuttings assume a dwaif compact
habit, with the tiers of bram lies placed close together,
and that they do not grow into large specimens untrl
many years old The plants for stock purposes are
usually raised from seed, and when they have formed
some three to six tiers of blanches the tops are taken
out and put in a.s cuttings in light sandy compost in a
close house 01 ca->e at a temperature of about 00° F
They arc kept shaded fiorn hot sun and damped over
frequently until rooted The stock plants are kept
growing and s-oon bieak out into new growth in tne
axils of each of the upper branches These are all
"leadei" growths, and when long enough they each
furnish a suitable cutting whi< h is treated in the same
way as the primary growth or leader After each of
these has been removed for stock, the stem of the stock
plant is cut off to the next tier of branches, which in
turn will furnish another set of cuttings and so on until
the plant is> reduced to the bottom layer of branches,
when it is discarded and another stock obtained again
from seed It should be pointed out that the blanches
themselves may be rooted as cuttings, but they always
retain their flat asymetncal shape and are useless for
stock purposes. (See Fig 301.)
aurea, 3.
Balans,p, 4.
Buhulhi, 6
brarihaua. 7.
columnana, 3.
comnarta 5.
Cookn, 3.
Cunningham)!, 2
cl.-xiins, 4, 5, 7.
excels, 1
Klauo.t, 1, 2. 3.
GoUhc-ana, 5.
ffracittf, 7
imbncata, 8.
platifoha, 8
amorpha, 5.
>lhana, 7
rohusta. I
Ruin, 5
virgata, 1
A. Lvs. (or moat of them} awl-like, at least
at apex
1. exc61sa, R Br NORFOLK ISLAND PINK Figs.
300-303 Plant light green branches frondose, the
Ivs. curved and sharp-pointed, rather soft, J^-^in
long, and densely placed on the horizontal or drooping
branchlets Norfolk I si F 11 2 411 —The commonest
species in this country, being much grown as small pot
specimens A blue-green form is cult as var glauca,
(or A glahcn} It is a form in which the tips of the
growths are white when young; has recently been mtro.
under the name of "Silver Star " It is a most beautiful
plant and sure to have a great future as a market plant
There
dee
\i\, anu sure ui nave a great niuire a.s- a martlet (HUIIL
ere is also a strong-growing, large variety, with very
aeep green foliage, var robusta, Hort Var virgata,
Hort , primary branches with no secondary branches,
or very short ones In its native wilds A excelsa
reaches a height of over 200 ft and a diam of even 9 or
10 fl The solid, globular cones are 4 or 5 in. diam.
346
ARAUCARIA
ARAUCARIA
302. Araucana excelsa, a poor speci-
men because too crowded or not suffi-
cient light.
FS 22: 2304-2305— An excellent house plant, and
keeps well in a cool room near a window In summer
it may be used on the veranda, but must be shaded
The timber is used
for ship-building
2. Cunninghamii,
Sweet Plants less
formal and sym-
metrical than A.
excelsa, the upper
branches ascend-
ing and the lower
horizontal Ivs
stiff and v e r v
sharp-pointed,
straight or nearly
so There is also a
glaucous form (A.
glauca), also a
weeping form.
Austral , where it
reaches a height
of 200 ft , yielding
valuable timber
and resin Locally known as hoop pine, Moreton Bay
pine, colonial pine, coorong, eumburtu, coonam
3 Cofikii, R Br. (A columnans, Hook ) A slender
columnar tree, much narrower in shape than .4. crcclsa
which it closely resembles when young branches dis-
posed ,is in A excelsa, but tree tending to shed the
lower ones, brauchlets crowded on the branches and
turning upwards in a boat-like form young Ivs.
alternate and rather closely arranged on the branchlet
and J^m long, broad
and slightly decurrent
at base, slightly curved,
mucronate, adult Ivs
densely imbricated, ^ »
short and ovate, ob-
tuse, cones 3-4 in.
(ham and somewhat 303. Araucana exceba. ( X H)
longer New Cale-
donia, where it reaches a height of 200 ft , making
very straight and imposing shafts B M 4635. A F.
12 . 559 —Named for Captain Cook Var aurea, Hort ,
has golden-yellow foliage There is also a var. glauca,
Hort , with ^livery Ivs.
4 Balansae, Brongn & Gns (A. elegans, Hort.
Bull ) A dwarf-growing species of slow growth (when
grown as a pot-plant) and with few loosely arranged
tieis of blanches, usually 5 in a tier, branchlets
distichous, narrow and deflexcd with age Ivs imbri-
cated, short, stiff, Jftin long, falcate, more or less
obtuse, dark olive-green in color male cones cylmdn-
cal-comcal, 2-3 in long, female cones globose or
elliptic, 4 in long, New Caledonia — Rarely grown.
The narrowest and most slender-branched species
in cult
AA. Jjvs broader, usually plane and imbricated.
5. Rfclei, Muell Fig 304. Leafy branchlets very
long Ivs oval-elliptic, imbricated, concave, arched
towards the branch, nearly or quite obtuse, with a
prominent dor-
sal nerve, sil-
very gray on
the upper and
rich glossy
green on the
lower side. Variable at different ages. When young,
the branches are often drooping and the Ivs. com-
pressed and obscurely 4-angled and nearly or quite
subulate, var. polymfirpha, R.H 1866, p 350 There
is also a var compacta. Now Caledonia Reaching 50
ft. in height. R.H. 18M 300, and phifc IF
304. Araucana Rulei
22.204 A strikingly beautiful plant and somewhat
rare in cult. The figure in G C 1861.868, is A.
Muellcn, Brongn & Gris , a broader-lvd. species.
Var Goldieana, Hort (A. Coldieana, T. Mooie). A
variety with narrower Ivs and with branches rather
more erect than the type. F. 1877.39. Avar Slogans.
Hort , is described ,with smaller Ivs., and close-whorled
more slender branches:
dwarf |
6 Bidwillii, Hook
Fig 305 Rather nar-
row in giowth, especi-
ally with age, the
branches simple Ivs.
in two rows, lance-
ovate and very sharp-
pointed, thick, hrm
and shining Austral.,
where it attains a
height of 150 ft , and
is known asbunya-bunya R H 1897. p 500, dcsc G C.
Ill 15 465, showing the pineapple-like cone. — One of
the bast and handsomest bpecics for pots
7 braziliana, A Rich (A grtlnhv, Hort ) Branches
verticillate, somewhat inclined, raised at the ends,
tending to disappear below ats the plant grows Ivs.
alternate, oblong-lanceolate. 1-2 in. long, somewhat
decuircnt, much attenuated and very sharp-pointed,
deep glaucous green, loosely imbricated cone laige and
nearly globular S Bra/il, reaching a height of 100 ft
FS 21 2202 Vai eiegans (A elegans, Hort), is a
form with very numerous branches and more crowded
and often glaucous Ivs Var Ridolfiana, Gord , is a
more robust form, with larger and longer Ivs
8 imbricata, Pav MONKEY PUZZLE Figs 306, 307
A striking tree of pyramidal habit branches generally
in 5's, at first horizontal, with upward-curving (some-
times downward-curving) tips, but finally becoming
much deflexed, branchlets in opposite pairs, curved
upward when young, and continuing to grow until
several feet long when adult Ivs imbricated and per-
sisting, even on the trunk, ovate-lanceolate, very stiff,
leathery, and sharp-pointed, 2 in long on the primary
st and branches, 1 in long on the branchlets, slightly
concave at the base, bright green on both sides cone
6-8 in diam West-
ern slope of the An-
des in Chile, reach-
ing a height of 100
ft FS 15 1577-
1580 R H 1893,
p 153; 1897, pp
271, 319, desc Gt
44 115. G.C III
21-288, 24:154 —
Hardy in the S.
This is the species
which is grown in
the open in Kng-
land and Ireland
The hardiest species
in cult Thrives well
in a heavy loamy
soil in a moist valley
or position shel-
tered from rough
winds in mild clim-
ates. The branches
are heavy and
rather brittle and ^
the beauty and
symmetry is soon
destroyed if planted
in an exposed posi-
1 ion The timber i> 306 Araucaria imbricate. California.
ARAUC'AWA
ARBORETUM
347
valuable The seeds constitute the chief food of the
aborigines in some sections of S Amer Var platifdlia,
Hort , is a tonn with veiy broad Ivs
A albovpira, Hort -=A exc< Isa — 4 Dtmbtyi, A Rich =A
imbnrata — t int,rmt<ha, R Ur Tall and erect, sparingly
bram lied, nearly dc-
midfil of foliage Ivn
cordiforni, obtuse-,
green and shining
NVwCaJfdonia — 4
Limlleyana, \an
Houtlo=\ braztl-
H r o n K n &T/rTs'
Tall INS scak-likf.
,ur\cd, ovate, oh-
307 Araucana imbncata ( X
C'X lorn "—' i \?u< /Tn™
whitish spots in si nes r
inunn Hnim lies \vido-spn
n-rlmps a form of A Hul.
vitli white spots in
' CiU'donia -A
Mth lonRdn
o-t Hat
, with
B.MI-
'
perhaps a form of A Ruin R B il p U2 — 4 mbulntn, \ u ill
Like \ mtf rmedm, but trunk ktu naked, and Ivs linear-subulate
N
C. P, RAFFILL
ARBORETUM.— A living collection of trees and
other wood\ plants
Collections of trees have found a place in the botanic
gardens of all countries since the phvsic garden at
Tokvo was founded eight hundred years ago, and for
nioio than three centimes individuals have made such
collections for the decoration of estates or for purposes
of study In Europe the largest collection of the woody
plants of temperate regions is found in the lto\al
Gardens at Kc \v, and in the Dutch Colonial Garden at
Bintcn/oig on the island of Ja\a is the most important
collection of the trees ot the tropics Small experimental
arboreta composed chief! \ of timber trees of supposed
-value ha\e been planted in collection with most of the
lorest school-, or foiest institutes of Europe
Jlistoncal sketch
As early as the middle of the sixteenth century, a
collection ot trees was made at Touvove in France by
Rend ilu Helliu, Bishop of Mans, who recuved the
seeds of a numbei ot exotic tteis fiom Pierre B< Ion,
ph\sician and tra\eler, who hist brought to Europe
some of the trees of western Asia In its dav the gar-
den ut Tou\o\e was pronounce d bv the botanist (leaner
the richest and most beautiful in Fiance, (ieimany and
Italy Like most of the eaiK collec lions of trees made
by individuals, all traces ot the trees planted by Reii6
du H( Hay ha\e disappeared
NearH two centimes later, the head of the French
Marine, Duhamcl du Monceau, a man of scientific
attainment s, wealth and social influence, gathered
from Europe and Xoith America laige collections of
trees on his two estates of de \ eignv and du Monceau
and fotmed what must be considered the hist arboretum
made with scientific purpose Du Monceau undertook
a critical stuch of his collections and published in 1755
his "Trait 6 des arbres et arbustes qui secultivent en
France" His arboretum is said to ha\e contained a
thousand species of wood} plants belonging to one
hundred and nmetv-one genera Duhamel's publica-
tions and example had much influence and led to the
introduction of manv exotic trees into French parks
and plantations Noble specimens of the cedar of
Lebanon, the deciduous cypiess of the southern United
States and other trees planted by him, are still living
The arboretum established in 1825 in France at Les
Banes near the village of Xogent-sur-Vermsson (Loiret)
by Pierre Philippe Andr6 de Vihnorm is still one of the
most important dendro logical stations in Europe Vil-
morm was especially interested in the different geo-
graphical forms or varieties of the principal timber
trees of Europe and made large plantations of these and
of a number of exotic trees In I860, after the death of
the founder, the arboretum at Les Barres was purchased
by the French Government and now, greatly improved
and enlargecl bv new plantations, is known as the
Arboretum National des Barres and is used as a school
of sylviculture In 1906 a critical catalogue of this
collection, prepared by Monsieur L ParJ6, Inspector
des Forets, and accompanied by an atlas of plans of the
arboretum and pictures of many of its principal trees,
was published m Paris The value of the arboretum at
Les Barres has been increased by the formation in its
immediate neighborhood of the Fruticetum Vilmonn-
lanuin This collection of shrubs, which is the most
complete in Europe, was established in 1894 by the
grandson of the founder ot the arboretum at Les Barres,
Monsieur Maurice L de Vilmorm, who lias been suc-
cessful in introducing many interesting plants into
gardens through his relations y\ith French missionaries
in China A catalogue of the 1* rut icetum ViLmorimanum
was published in 1801
In 1857 Monsieur Alfonse LavalleV began to plant
an arboiet uni at Segre/ in the Department of Siene-
et-Oise rl his was a .scientific enterprise and the value
of the living collections was increased bv the establish-
ment at Segiez of a botanical hbiaiy and herbarium
Aided b> the professors of the Museum d' llistoire
Naturelle in Pam, it had become m 187"), when the
"Enumeration des Vrbres et Arbnsseaux Cultivc's a
Segie/" was publishi d, one of the laigest collec-
tions of woody plants that had been made up to that
time This catalogue w.ts followed in 1880 bv the
"Arboretum Scgie/ianum" in which appear critical
descriptions and figures ot some of the raie plants culti-
vated at Segrez Six paits with thutv-six plates of this
work appeared M Lavallee died suddenly in 1884
and his publications and a few trees in the park at
Segiez are the onlv monuments left of his zeal and
industry in the study of trees In 1858 Monsieur G
Allard began the ar-
boretum at la Maul-
dvrie, neai Angers in
France, which he still
maintains, and which
contains one of the
largest and most in-
teresting collections of
the oaks of Europe and
southwestern Asia in
the world, and is par-
ticularly rich in coni-
fers
At Muskau in the
vallev of the Neisse m
Silesia, on the estate-
made famous by the
beaut v of arrangement
given to it by Hem-
rich Hermann von
Puckler, an important
arboretum was estab-
lished In Prince Fred-
erick of the Nether-
lands, who purchased
the Muskau estate
1815 The critical
catalogue of the plants
m the Muskau Arbo-
retum by Petzold &
Kirchner, published m
18G4, and entitled "Ar-
boretum Muscavien-
sis," is a standard work on cultivated trees and shrubs
Many of the trees planted by von Puckler are still
living, but the arboretum is now conducted as a com-
mercial nursery
In Great Britain, no important scientifically managed
collection of trees and shrubs, with the exception of
those connected with general botanic gardens, has been
attempted The arboreta, however, connected with the
308 Old Deciduous Cypress m
Bartram's Garden This tree still
stands, although dead
348
ARBORETUM
ARBORETUM
national gardens at Kew, Edinburgh and Dublin have
greatly increased the knowledge of trees and stimulated
the taste for planting not only in Great Britain but in
all civilized countries. At Kew is to be found probably
the largest number of species of trees and shrubs which
has yet been gathered together, for in England more
plants can be made to grow together than flourish in
any one country on the continent of Europe or in any
one place in the United States Kew, as a garden in
connection with royal residences has existed since the
middle of the sixteenth century, in 1811 it was created
a national garden and its growth and improvement have
continued uninterruptedly ever since In the older parts
of the garden many noble trees testify to the age of
the establishment, but it was not until 1848 that the
systematic planting of an arboretum was begun by Sir
William Hooker, the first director of the national garden
The reputation of the succeeding directors of Kew, its
scientific standing and the interest of the nation in its
garden have made it possible to gather there plants
from all parts of the wrorld, and although much of the
soil occupied by the arboretum is not well suited for
the growth of trees, and the smoke of the city makes
the cultivation of conifers and many other evergreen
plants difficult and somef uiies impossible, every serious
student of trees must avail himself of the great oppor-
tunities for study which this arboretum affords A
collection of trees was once planted by the Horticul-
tural Society of London at its gardens in Chelsea, this
was given up by the Society many years ago On many
of the large private estates in England, Scotland and
Ireland there are important arboreta, and the desire
of the owners of British estates to cultivate new trees,
especially conifers, stimulated the botanical explora-
ations in all the temperate parts of the world in the first
half of the nineteenth century undeitaken by the Horti-
cultural Society ot London and by some of the large
firms of European nurserymen Some of these private
collections have been of great value to students
In connection with the Quinta Normale and the
Museum of Natural History in San Diego in Chile is a
small but remarkable arboretum in which are found the
oaks, hickories, magnolias and other trees of eastern
North America flourishing as they flourish nowhere
else outside the United States, and with these the pop-
lars and birches of northern Europe are growing with
the cypresses and pines of California, and the eucalypti
of Australia
Few interesting collections of trees have been made
in North America In 1728 John Bartram, a Pennsyl-
vania farmer and later distinguished as a traveler and
botanist, purchased a piece of land on the banks of the
Schuylkill River about three miles from Philadelphia
and established a botanic garden in which he planted
a number of American trees collected in his various
journeys, which extended from the shores of Lake
Ontario to Florida, or received from his correspondents
in Europe, among these were some of the famous
botanists of the day Bar tram was appointed botan-
ist to the King of England arid, through his labors,
many American trees were introduced into England
and many Old World plants first reached America
Bartram died in 1777 Later his garden was used as a
nursery and, after having passed through the hands of
various owners, was bought in 1891 by the city of Phila-
delphia and is now a public park A few only of the
trees planted by John Bartram are now standing
Fig 308
Bartram by his own labors and through his European
correspondents attained much influence, and is one of
the most interesting figures among those who have
increased the knowledge of American trees Not the
least important of his good works was the inspiration
which his cousin, Humphrey Marshall, another Penn-
sylvania farmer, derived from his example and advice.
Marshall in 1773 made a garden and planted a number
of trees near the Bradford Meeting-house now in the
village of Marshalltown, a few miles from West Chester,
traveled widely to study and collect plants, and in 1785
published the "Arbustum Amencanum," a description
of the trees and shrubs indigenous to the United States.
This was the first book on plants written by a native-
born American Many ot the trees planted by Marshall
have giown to a gieat size and are still in a flourishing
condition His arboretum is now the most interesting
of the old collections of American trees
The garden and arboretum planted about 18.30 by
John Evans, another Pennsylvania!!, in Delaware
County about twelve miles west of Philadelphia, con-
tained for many years one of the laigest collections of
plants in the United States Evans kept up an active
correspondence with Sir William Hooker, the Director
of the Royal Gardens at Kew, from whom he received
the seeds of many Himalayan and other rare and little-
known plant s A few only of the trees planted by Evans,
who died in 18b2, are now ahv e, among them is probablv
the largest specimen of the European hop hornbeam
in the United States
In 1841 Henry Wmthrop Sargent, of Boston,
bought \\odenethe, an estate of twenty-two acres
above Fishkill Landing, New York, overlooking the
Hudson River A friend and pupil of his neighbor, A
J Downing, Sargent through Dow mug's influence
became interested in the cultivation of trees and espe-
cially of conifers At Wodenethe every comfc rous plant
that could be obtained was tested, and for forty vears
it remained the most important place in the United
States for obtaining mtoimation on the value of these,
plants for cultivation in this country If the results of
Sargent's experiments were laigel> negative, that is if
they were more successful in showing what tiees weie
not suitable for the eastern states than in adding
numerous species to the number of comfeis \\luch can
be peimanently giown here, they were of great interest
ana value to the country For many years the influence
of H W Sargent among lovers of country life in the
United States was considerable and has done much in
the last sixty years toward increasing the knowledge of
trees and directing sound horticultural taste To this
influence is largely due the hoiticultuial careeis of
his relatives, Horatio Holhs Hurmewell and Charles
Sprague Sargent.
In 18.72 Air Hunnewell began the development of an
estate in the valley of the Charles Itivei at Natick (now
Wellesley), about twelve miles west of Boston Here,
with the aid of his relative at Wodenethe, he planted
coniferous trees for which the well-drained gravelly
soil proved to be suited Past middle life when he
began to plant his trees, he was able to see manv of them
attain a large sue and his pmetum, in number of spe-
cies and beauty of individuals, the most important in
the United States In the hands of a younger Hunne-
well, it is constantly enlarged and unproved, and
Wellesley is still one of the most interesting places in
America for the lover of cultivated trees
About 1870 Josiah Hoopes, author of "The Book
of Evergreens," the only American book on the subject,
planted in connection with his nursery in West Chester,
Pennsylvania, a large number of coniferous trees This
at the time was one of the best collections of these
plants that had been made in the United States
Twenty-five years later, and after Mr Hoopes' death,
although a large number of the species had disappeared,
many survived to show their beauty and value as orna-
mental trees The Hoopes pmetum should be visited
by everyone interested in the cultivation of conifers
In 1874 Charles A Dana, the distinguished jour-
nalist, bought Dosons, an island about fifty acres in
extent off the north shore of Long Island, near Glen
Cove, and began planting trees Groat intelligence and
industry was shown in this undertaking, and in the
Dosons collection are still found many rare trees and
ARBORETUM
shrubs of exceptional size arid beauty, but
with the change of owners this, like most
private collections of trees in the United
States, is piobably destined to suffer from
neglect or to entirely disappear
In Highland Park, Rochester, New
York, on grounds admirably situated for
the purpose, the park department of that
city has established an arboretum which
contains one of the largest collectiorih of
trees and shrubs m the United States and
\vhich, situated as it is m a great center
of commercial horticulluie, cannot fail to
become a powerful factor in horticultural
education Equally important in educa-
tional possibilities is the excellent arbo-
retum which has been established by the
(jovernment of the Dominion of Canada
on its Central Expenmental I1 arm at
Ottawa Plae ed in a legion of great winter
cold, the lessons which the Ottawa Arbo-
retum can teach of the haidmessof plants
will be of special value to Canada and to
the northern boiders of the United States
The influence of American nurserymen
by their introduction and multiplication
of trees and shiubs must not be over-
looked, and American lovers and students
of tree's will always gratefully remember
buch names as Kemick and Hovey of
Massachusetts, Price and Parsons of Long
Island, Kllw anger and Hairy of Rochester,
New York, Thomas Meehan of Pennsyl-
vania, Berckmans of (leoigia, and Robert
Douglas of Illinois The aiborcta which
they planted m connection with their nur-
series offered in their time valuable object
lessons, and the influences of their pub-
lications aie often of Listing \alue
The Arnold Arbont urn Fig- 309-311
It has been left to llaivard University
to establish an aiboietum on a l.uge scale
and in a manner whuh seems destine- "d to
make it permanent This arboretum owes
its oiigm to Mr James Arnold, a mer-
chant of New Hertford who died in 1SOS,
leaving to the trustees of his est ate S100,0()0
to be devoted to the advancement of agri-
culture or hortic lilt ure One of these trus-
tees was (leorge H Emerson, the author
of "The Report on the Tiees and Mirubs
of Massachusetts " Mr Emerson, realiz-
ing the benefit which the woild might
derive from the establishment of a scien-
tifically managed collection of tiees m the
neighborhood of Boston, proposed to turn
over Mr Arnold's legacv to the President
and Fellows of Harvard College to be used
to develop and maintain an niboretum,
provided they would devote to this pur-
pose a part of the farm in West Roxbury
which had been given to the university by
Mr Benjamin Bussey This plan was
earned out in 1872, and 12f) acres were
set aside for the Arnold Arboretum, in
which the University undertook to grow a
specimen of every tree and shiub able to
support the climate of eastern Massachu-
setts In December, 1882, a contract was
made between the university and the city
of Boston under which the city agreed to
add certain adjoining lands to the arbo-
retum, to construct and maintain under
the direction of its park commission a
system of carriage-drives and walks
ARBORETUM
349
350
ARBORETUM
ARBORETUM
planned uruior the direction of Frederick Law Olm-
sted, to police the grounds and to assume all taxes
which might he levied on the property during the
thousand jears for which the contract was made In
return tor this assistance, the university agreed to
open the arboietum to the public from sunrise to
sunset during every day of the vear, reserving, ho\ve\ er,
entire control of all the collections and of the giounds
with the exception of the dnves and walks Work on
the roads was begun by the citv in ISSo, but through
various dela\ s in construction, the planting of the prin-
cipal collections of trees and shiubs was not under-
taken until the following year In 1894, seventv-five
acres, known as Peter's Hill, and a part of the Bussey
farm, were added to the arboretum by the President
and Fellows ol the university, and in 1S*)S were opened
to the public by an encircling road built bv the paik
department of the city This contract with the city of
been understood by its management, is to increase
the knowledge of trees and other woody plants To
accomplish this, something more than the collection
of living plants hardy in eastern Massachusetts con-
templated by the trustees of James Arnold's will was
necessary, and the Arnold Arboietum as now organized
is, first, an out-of-door museum in which the public can
see the tiees and shrubs of the north temperate zone
convenient!} aiianged, second, a dendiological station
and laboratory in which the scientific study of trees is
can led on, and thud, a bureau of publication, explora-
tion and exchange thi ough which botanical exploration
in different parts of the world is undertaken and the
results and pioducts of these explorations made known
and distnbuted
In the arrangement of the out-ot-door museum— the
living collection ot tiees and shrubs— the species to
facilitate study have been arranged in groups of geneia
310 Kalmia in bloom at the Arnold Arboretum
Boston is of gieat value to the aiboietum, tor, as it
cannot be moved from its present location without (he
consent of the uimeisity arid the cit /, there is little
rhance that, howevei valuable the land may become,
the people of Boston will ever consent to give up a
public paik of unusual chaiaetei and gieat beauty
The assumption ot -ill taxes by the cit\ during 1,000
years insured by this coat i act may become an impor-
tant contribution to the arboretum
The Arnold Arboretum occupies 220 acies of meadow,
hill and valley It forms one of the series of Boston
parks with which it is connected by a broad parkway
It is close to the Forest Hills station of the New York,
New Haven & Hartford Railioad, and it can be reached
from all parts of the city by two lines of electric cars
Its natural features are a broad meadow along the
northeastern boundary, and three high hills separated
by narrow valleys thiough one of which flows a small
stream One of these hills is covered by a remarkable
growth of hemlock trees, and natural woods, in which
large individuals of many of the trees of eastern New
England are found, cover other parts of the arboretum
The purpose of the Arnold Arboretum, as this has
and l.unilies in a natural sequence whenever conditions
of soil and situation hive made this possible, a fuither
attempt being made to ai range the planted gioups in
harmony with the native woods and the othei natuial
feat in es of the giound All the groups ot trees, shiubs,
and all the natuial woods me easily reached by grass
paths which extend to all parts ot the giounds In the
case of the trees of North America, seveial individuals
of each species have been plaited, but want of space
has generalh made it impossible to plant more than
one individual of an Old >Voild species In the gioups
of American trees, one specimen is planted with
abundant space foi the full development ot its branches
and the others are arranged in a compact group to show
their habit under such conditions
For the convenience of students, the shrubs of genera
in which theie are no hardy trees, and all vines, have
been ai ranged in a sequence of genera in long parallel
beds near one of the principal entrances, but the shrubs
belonging to genera in which some of the species are
hardy trees have been planted in connection with the
groups of trees of these genera In addition to the
shrubs in the general shrub collection, supplementary
ARBORETUM
ARBORETUM
351
collections of several of the large genera of shrubs have
been established, usually in sheltered positions, in which
are planted new or imperfectly known species or species
that require unusual care or special protection.
The collections of the Arnold Arboretum are rich in
the woody plants of eastern North America, northern
Europe, Siberia, China and Japan, and contain the
largest number of species and varieties of these plants
to be found in any American collection , and gradually
the Arboretum, with its hills and valleys, its native
woods and varied- vegetation, has developed into one of
the most beautiful of all the public gardens of the
world
A large part of the trees and shrubs planted in the
Arboretum has been raised in its nurseries from seeds
collected in those parts of the region occupied by the
species in which the climate most resembles that of
New England A record of the origin and history of
all the plants is kept on the cards of a catalogue, and
the position of every tree permanently planted in the
groups is recorded on the sheets of a large scale map,
and with this is kept the detailed history of each tree
Labels giving the Latin and English names and the
region that they inhabit are placed at the height of
the eye on the tiunks of prominent native trees standing
near drives and walks, and these labels are found on the
trunks of numv of the planted trees in the different
groups Metal labels with raised letters are used for
the plants in the shrub collection arid for shrubs and
small trees near some of the walks Wooden stakes
giving their names are placed before manv shrubs and
small trees, and in every plant, whether otherwise
labeled or not, a small zinc label is attached
In order to make the Arnold Arboretum a scientific
station and something more than a collection of living
trees, an herbarium of woodv plants intended event-
ually to represent the ligneous \egctation of the world
and a hbiary now containing 29,000 bound volumes
and 0,000 pamphlets have been formed. An herbarium
and library connected with such an institution are
essential for the determination and correct labeling
of the living collections and make possible original
scientific \\ork A report on the forest wealth of the
United States, the reports of state and national com-
missions appointed to studv American forest conditions,
the illustiated "Silva of Noith America," the "Manual
of the Trees of North Arneiica," a "Forest Floia of
Japan," "Trees and Shrubs," a monograph of the genus
Lomcera, a monograph of the pines of Mexico, many
of the articles on trees and shrubs in this Cyclopedia,
the ten volumes of Garden and Forest, the Jesup collec-
tion of Noith American woods in the American Museum
of Natural History in New York, are some of the con-
tributions to knowledge which the aiboreturn as a
scientific station has been able to make For several
years, it has been actively engaged in bibliographical
studies, and the results of these studies are being
published in the "Bradley Bibliography," of which two
volumes have app«.ired An elaboration of the woody
plants of China is in progress, based largely on the col-
lections of E II W ilson, one of the arboretum explorers,
and is now being published by the arboretum in the
"Planter Wilsomame "
In connection with its work in search of material for
its collections, officers and employees of the arboretum
have visited neaily every part of North America, have
traveled in Peru and Chile, and explored the Caucasus,
Japan, Korea, and northern and western China
Through these explorations, the Arnold Arboretum
has been able to introduce into the gardens of the
United States and Europe a large number of new plants
or olants that have been long lost to cultivation, and
through these introductions it has established relations
in all countries with the principal botanic gardens,
the important nurserymen and many individuals inter-
ested in trees and their cultivation
The work the Arnold Arboretum attempts and the
demands which are made on it are national in scope and
extent, but for a national American arboretum a more
temperate and equable climate than that of Massachu-
setts is desirable Its situation, however, in the midst
of a population famous for its generosity and actively
interested in horticulture, and the stability it enjoy?
from its connection with a great university, and from its
contact with the city of Boston, are favorable to it
It is impossible, however, to cultivate in one collection
the trees which grow naturally or can be made to grow
in all the different regions of the United States, and
the Amencan national arboretum of the future must
first of all be an institution, like the Arnold Arboretum,
of long life
and continu-
ous control;
and this cen-
tral institu-
tion properly
equipped
with labora-
tories and
material for
research must
be in a posi-
tion to estab-
lish branches
in F 1 o r i d a,
Amona,Cah-
forma and in
some central
regions of the
continent, for
in such bran-
ches managed
by the central
institute, it
would be pos-
sible to col-
lect and to
studv nearly
all the trees
of the world
suitable for
311 Trees still standing in the Humphrey
Marshall collection
diffeient parts of the country, and so make possible in
the United States an arboretum really national in
character
Herbaria are chiefly valuable when they supplement
collections of living plants, and it is now becoming grad-
ually acknowledged that accurate knowledge of trees
and of many other groups of plants can be obtained onlv
by a comparative stud> of the plants themselves The
opportunity for this will be found only in establish-
ments in which plants in large groups can be assembled
and grown under conditions favorable for their best
development Today the palms of the tropics, especi-
ally those of the Old \Yorld, can be satisfactorily stud-
ied only in the great collection of these plants gathered
together in the botanic garden at Buitenzorg in Java
Some groups of northern trees and shrubs can now
best be observed in the Arnold Arboietum, but to
obtain exact information of others the student must
make long and sometimes difficult journeys Until,
for example, collections of the cactaceie and of plants
like the agaves and yuccas are assembled in a region
favorable to their gro\\th, like southern New Mexico or
Arizona, it will be impossible to obtain a true under-
standing of these plants which, when grown in northern
greenhouses or in regions unsuited to their peculiar
needs, more often mislead than illuminate Com-
prehensive collections of the species of eucahptus,
acacia and other Australasian plants established in
California would be of great value to that state,
and collections of tropical and subtropical plants in
southern Florida would immensely benefit not only
352
ARBORETUM
ARBORICULTURE
the southern part of that state but all the West
Indies and other tropical countries.
A nationalized arboretum.
The arboretum, therefore, worthy to be considered
national in scope and accomplishment in a country of
such varied climates as North America must consist of
a number of stations in different parts of the country
under one management and with one central head
from which the work of the different stations should be
directed and superintended and which should be the
bureau of publication of the results obtained in them.
The position of the central station in the country is of
little importance in comparison with its permanence,
endowment and freedom from all dangerous influences.
Such conditions of permanence and freedom in this
country will best be obtained in connection with one of
the great endowed universities rather than with the
national or with any state government, for political
association is not conducive to the best scientific
research, and for the next hundred years at least, and
until a real knowledge of the vegetation of the earth
has been obtained, the National Arboretum must be
organized primarily for research
By the information it could accumulate, such an in-
stitution would be able to aid the agricultural experi-
ment stations and state universities, which are the
natural and proper organizations for popularizing the
results of long-sustained scientific investigations, for
which they are not equipped and which, with the
uncertainty of their resources, they cannot hope suc-
cessfully to carry on Forestry and landscape-garden-
ing are based on a knowledge of trees, and in the study
of trees are found pleasures which increase with knowl-
edge and endure through life
The Arnold Arboretum endeavors to popularize its
knowledge by the publication of Bulletins of Popular
Information and by courses of popular held instruction;
and it should further be the duty of a national Arbo-
retum to aid in the establishment of arboreta m con-
nection with agricultural colleges and experiment sta-
tions, on the grounds of universities not equipped with
botanic gardens, and on the grounds of nigh-schools
Collections of trees properly labeled are needed m
every institution of learning and m every large center
of population Until such collections are established,
xhe people of the United States can hope to know
little of the beauty and value of their native trees
and of those exotic trees which can safely be intro-
duced into different parts of the country
C S. SARGENT.
ARBORICULTURE. Arboriculture is the growing or
cultivation of trees It is distinct from sylviculture,
which grows trees in forest plantations for the pro-
duction of a timber-crop Sylviculture is a part of
forestry
What constitutes a tree is not easy to explain in a
short and well-defined statement A given species may
assume a tree-like habit or remain shrubby, according
to the climatic conditions, soil and other circumstances.
Usually a tree is defined, under normal conditions, as a
woody plant rising from the ground with a single stern
and attaining a certain height, fixed by some at 20, by
others at 15 feet, or even less A more exact definition
has been given by B E. Fernow "Trees are woody
plants the seed of which has the inherent capacity of
producing naturally within their native limits one main
erect axis continuing to grow for a number of years
more vigorously than the lateral axes and the lower
branches dying off in time "
Trees are the most pro mient feature of the vegetable
world and surpass all other organic beings in height,
magnitude and longevity The greatest height known
has been reached by Sequoia semperinrens, which
attains 340 feet Not very far less is Eucalyptus amyg-
dalina, of which the highest tree actually measured is
given as 325 feet; it is, therefore, the tallest of the hard-
wood trees. The sequoias, however, are of more majes-
tic and gigantic appearance than the eucalyptus on
account of their massive trunk (see Sequoia) Pseu-
dotsuga taxifoha and Pinus Ijfirnbertiana occasionally
attain 300 feet. A number of other conifers, chiefly
American, grow to a height of 150 to 300 feet Some
deciduous trees, as Platanus occidentals, several species
of oak and Lmodendron Tulipifera exceed 150 feet in
height The jequitiba of southern Brazil (Couratan
legalis, one of the Myrtaceie) is also a gigantic tree (see
Bot Gaz. 31, p 352)
The greatest diameter has been observed in Castanea
vesca, of which a tree with a partly decayed trunk at
the foot of Mt P^tna m Sicily measures more than 60
feet in diameter After this the greatest diameter
observed is in Taxodium mttcrondtum, about 40 feet,
and m Platanus orientals about the same, m Sequoia
gigantea 35 feet, in Taxodium dislichum 30 feet, and
somewhat less in Adansonui dwitata
The age attributed to mauy of the tallest trees is
based more or less on speculation, and opinions often
differ widely Dracsena Dr,icc is believed to reach 6,000
years of age, Adansonia digitata 5,000, Taxodium mu-
cronatum and Platanua orientahs 4,000, Cupressus sem~
pervirens and Taxus baccata 3,000, Castanea saliva,
Guercus pedunculata, Sequoia gigantea and Cedrus
Libani more than 2,000 years
Although the trees are the most conspicuous features
of the vegetable kingdom, they represent only a small
percentage of it as regards the number of species In
the United States, where about 600 trees occur, they
represent only about 33-2 Por cent of the whole phanero-
gamic flora, in Europe even less As a rule, towards
the tropics the number of tree-like species increases,
towards the arctic regions it decreases Remarkably
nch'in dees is the flora of Japan, where the proportion
of trees to the whole phanerogamic flora is more than
10 per cent, which percentage surpasses by far that of
any other country m the temperate regions
Trees belong to many different natural orders, but of
the orders of monocotyledonous plants only a few con-
tain trees and none of them is hardy North None of the
larger orders contains trees only, but there are some
which consist exclusively of 'woody plants and include
a large proportion of trees, as Pinacea*, Fagaceon,
Sahcaceae, Juglandacesc, Magnohaceo1, Sapindaceae,
Ekeagnacese, Ulmaceir, Hamamehdaceae, Lauraceae,
Anaeardiaceir, Ebenacesp, Styraeaceae and others
The uses of trees are manifold, and a country from
which the forests have been destrr- <-4 becomes almost
uninhabitable and worthless to mankind The forests
furnish wood and timber, exercise oeneficuil influences
on the climate, act as regulators Oi the waterflow, pre-
vent erosion and also the removal of soil by the wind
Besides furnishing wood and timber, many trees yield
other products of great economic importance, especially
the numerous kinds bearing fruits The aesthetic value
also of the tree must not be underrated, although it
cannot be counted in money
The science of trees and shrubs is dendrology. The
art of growing trees is arboriculture, while the rearing
and maintaining of forests and the production of
timber-crops is sylviculture. Arboriculture is some-
times used in a broader sense, like dendrology, to in-
clude also the growing of shrubs. Orchard culture is a
branch of arboriculture or of horticulture, and deals
with the cultivation of fruit trees; it is usually included
under pomology, which comprises both the science and
practice of fruit-growing.
As ornamental subjects, trees are more permanent,
easier of cultivation and cheaper in the long run than
herbs. It is curious to note how little attention the
average gardener who has the care of a park or garden
gives to the most prominent feature of his domain. He
IX. Arboretum. — Plantation of American oaks at the Arnold Arboretum: Solidago canadensis underplanting.
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
G53
usually knows fairly v/ell the greenhouse plants and
herbaceous perennials, which cost most in time and
money, but the trees and shrubs he often disregards
This is apparently due to the fact that after being once
planted, and often not by himself, the trees and shrubs
do not need his perpetual care, and usually grow with-
out his aid and interference.
To the landscape gardener a thorough knowledge of
trees is absolutely essential. He ought to know the
ornamental properties of the trees, their rate and mode
of growth, their peculiarities in regard to soil, situation
and climate As the trees are, after the surface of the
ground, the most permanent clement of the landscape,
they ought to be planted with careful deliberation as to
the intended artistic effect and their fitness to the soil
and climatic conditions, for mistakes in planting of
trees are afterwards not easily corrected and rarely
without injury to the original artistic design
The available number of trees from which
selection may be made is large There are
in American and European nurseries and gar-
dens more than 000 species in cultivation
that are hardy in the noithern and middle
states About 2oO of them are American, more
than 200 from eastern Asia, about 100 from
Europe and 70 from western and central
Asia About forty natural families are repre-
sented, of which the mobt important are the
Pmaceae, Fagaceie, Sahcaceir, Rosaeea>, Legu-
minosa», Juglandamc, Sapindacea>, UrtieaeeiE,
Magriohaeea.', and Oleaceai The number of
all the cultivated varieties and garden forms
is, of course, considerably larger than that of
the botanical species and may be estimated
at about 3,000 Comparatively few horti-
cultural varieties are found in American nur-
series as compaied with European, but this
need not be regretted, as horticultural vane-
ties are mostly merely curious or monstrous
forms. In planting, one must rely chiefly
In the intermediate country and overlapping both, the
deciduous trees afford much summer protection and a
little winter protection The chief aesthetic value of
trees is due to the suggestion of comfort that they
give In winter, a house snuggling against a group of
evergreens may be attractive, and yet, if lacking a well-
placed shade tree, may in summer appear glaring or
otherwise uninviting These feelings are the same with
regard to native woodlands or rnan-inade clumps more
remote from dwellings The different kinds of forest
attract because of suggestions of comparative comfort
and of pleasures To those who have lived in the heart
of a large city all their lives, such scenes are likely to be
unattractive because of lack of suggestivenebs Some
of the interesting and varied forms of trees are dis-
played in Figs. 312 to 359.
In planting trees for ornament, these elements of pro-
on the types and use the horticultural vane-
ties sparingly, for restfulness should be the
prevailing character of the masses and groups of
trees. ALFRED HEHDER.
312 A group of old sugar ;
laples, with irregular and broken heads.
CONTENTS TO THE ARTICLES IN "ARBORICULTURE."
The cultivation of trees, Mulford, page 353
The coniiers in particular, P'ernow, page 358.
The transplanting? of large trees. Hicks, page 362.
Typos of insect injury to tree'', Brues, page 301
Some typos of tre< diseases, Rankm, page 3G8
Choice of trees for special purpose*, Rrhdcr, page 372.
Choice of street trees for special regions, Mulford, page 374
Oinainental trees for the middle and southern states, Berckmans,
nage 374
TVees on the great plains, Rcsney and Watrous, page 37b
Trees grown for shade and ornament m California, Davy and
Morrison, page 378.
The cultivation of trees.
From earliest times man's instinct has been to seek
the protection of trees In locating his home the first
necessity has been the proximity of water; second,
pasture for his flocks, third, the presence of trees; in
warm countries it has been necessary to provide pro-
tection from the hot sun's rays, in cool countries for
the sake of fuel and protection from the elements As
civilization has progressed and man has developed more
elaborate abodes, he still desues the protection of trees
to make his home more comfortable, to protect it
from the winter wind, or the summer sun, or both.
To meet the needs in different localities, as one or
another protection may be more important, different
kinds of trees are used In the extreme North, the conif-
erous evergreens act as windbreaks twelve months in
the year In the south Atlantic and Gulf regions, the
broad-leaved evergreens give shade the year through.
23
tection suggest two uses, that of windbreaks and that
of producing shade at appropriate places In addition
are the partial hiding of buildings from important view-
points, enhancing the beauties of the building or per-
mitting only the most desirable features to be seen,
covering the outlines of ugly buildings, or completely
hiding objectionable objects, either nearby or distant,
forming frames for distant vie\vs or nearby objects,
making knolls and hills look higher by gnnes on their
tops, or valleys look deeper because of wooded sides,
making irregular sky lines either by accentuating
existing conditions b} planting tall trees on the high
places and low trees in the low places, or in level coun-
tries making a similar sky line by tall and short trees,
or forming irregular and natural appearing boundaries
to lawns or meadows
To accomplish any of these results, some trees are
inherently better suited than others, climate and soil,
however, may make their use impracticable or impos-
sible Coniferous ev ergreens make the ideal windbreak
and screen, but they are satisfactory only in the north-
eastern section of the country and on the Pacific Coast,
the hot sun of the South, the dry winds of the central
plains and the smoke of cities making most species
impossible m those regions The broad-leaved ever-
greens are next in importance, but they are adapted
only to the south Atlantic and Gulf seaboards, and the
Pacific Coast north of San Francisco. For adaptabili-
ties see special lists, for no other sweeping generaliza-
tions of adaptabilities can be made except that the use
of bronze, yellow or variegated-leaved trees, and trees
of unusual drooping habit or of other striking form,
should be limited to special times and places A tree to
be satisfactory for ornamental planting must suit the
354
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
climate and maintain the appearance of healthy growth
on the soil where planted, must be hardy, and must be
free from serious insect and fungus attacks
The location of trees is a detail of the design of the
place. This is intimated in the preceding paiagraphs
and more fully discussed under Landscape Gardening,
but a few cautions may be m order Do not so surround
the house with tiees that they exclude all the sunshine.
Except m the extreme South, use deciduous trees next
the house so as to have full benefit of the wmtei sun.
Plant the evergreens at a little distance For specimen
trees of the larger kinds, plant 50 to 100 feet apart,
depending on the kind For thickets and quick masses
of foliage, the same kinds may be planted 15 feet apart.
Theoretically, planting more trees than are ultimately
necessary and then thinning is excellent Practically,
it is dangerous as there is not one chance in ten that it
will be done in time Plant irregularly both as to dis-
tance and direction unless the design is strictly formal,
in which case plant with mathematical precision.
When and how to plant.
There is great difference of opinion as to the best
time to plant In climates with the temperatures of
Boston, Rochester, Chicago and farther north, spring
planting is probably best for most plants Fall planting
is increasingly more satisfactory as one goes south On
the western plains where strong, dry winter winds pre-
vail and the soil is either so dry or freezes so hard that
a newly planted tree cannot replenish the moisture
taken out by the winds, spring planting is most suc-
cessful The character of soil may also have its influ-
ence. Magnolias and tulip trees should always be
planted in spring Coniferous evergreens should be
313. A commanding white oak on a bank margin.
planted either when growth has started m spring or,
when vigorous, in late summer or early fall. Other
evergreens should be planted when entering the period
of most active growth so as to be able to form roots
quickly to support the foliage that is always present.
The period of generous moisture in air and soil is most
favorable for the planting of evergreens In adverse
seasons, these conditions may be in a measure pro-
duced by liberal watering of the soil and frequent
spraying of the tops Deciduous trees should be planted
when dormant, in order that roots may become well
formed before there is foliage to support.
Large holes should be prepared for planting, at least
2 feet larger in diameter than the spread of the roots of
the lifted tree, and 2 feet deep. If the soil is good, no
further special prepaiation is necessary beyond a liberal
mixture of well-rotted manure or raw bone-meal with the
soil to be replaced in the hole, and supplying new top-
soil to replace any subsoil excavated in digging the hole
lii poor ground, a hole at leabt G feet across and 2 feet
deep should be dug for a tree up to 8 feet high, and for
larger trees proportionately larger holes to give them
good ground for beginning growth It is becoming
common to dynamite holes for trees Just how far this
is desirable is yet problematical In tough subsoils,
it appears to be eminently successful It seems leason-
able to suppose that in most subsoils such a loosening
would be permanently beneficial Careful observers
have noticed that trees usually thrive better on filled
ground than on nearby soil where the land has been
undisturbed, even though the fill appears poor in com-
parison This does not have reference to citv ash and
garbage dumps The ashes aie too inert to support
tree gnwth, the dump is fiequentl\ poisonous In large
plant ings, the \\ atermg of deciduous t rees and t he staking
of trees under 10 feet is usually omitted m the rnoist
regions m which stiong winds do not pievail, the re-
placing of any losses being consideied more economical
than this additional expense Laiger trees need special
attention
The size of trees to choose varies with the kind, the
purpose, and the need for quick lesults Trees may be
successfully transplanted from one- or two-} ear-old
seedlings to those 12 or 16 inches through and 10 feet
high, success depending hugely on the skill of the
planter. Usually tioes G to 12 feet high aie best for
deciduous trees, 3 to G for coniferous Some species
succeed better \\ith small sizes, as tulip tree, magnolias
and hollies. Nursery-grown trees that have been fre-
quently transplanted arc best, as they tiansplant with
less loss because they have an abundance of fibrous
roots Collected stock of some kinds js satisfactory for
mass-planting but the loss will run from 50 to 90 per
cent, depending on kind and condition Trees that aie
very small aie not desirable to use, as they grow no bet ter
than laiger nursery-grown trees and the cost of culti-
vation is more when planted permanent 1> than when
in the nurxeiy low Trees abo\e the si/es mentioned
are expensiv e to handle and the loss is hkelv to be greater
When immediate icsults are impoit.mt, these aie worth
using with a mixture of smaller tiees to take their
place m case they should be short-lived.
Pruning and tree-doctoring
At planting, all broken limbs should be removed as
well as any crossing through the head or below it If
the top is still crowded, some limbs may be removed by
cutting them off at the nearest fork Heading-m or
shortening the limbs is undesirable with most species.
The magnolias and tulip tree are exceptions to this,
they need severe shortening-m when transplanted
All roots should have the broken ends cut off with a
smooth, clean cut, as this freshly cut surface seems to
facilitate the formation of new rootlets or at least to
prevent decay If a newly planted tree is very slow
in starting, it is sometimes induced to grow by a
severe pruning.
Desirable varieties of shade tiees seldom need any
heading back An annual inspection with slight prun-
ing to shape the tree and remove surplus blanches is
all that will be rcquiieu A tree should be grown into
shape, not pruned into shape, and should be allowed to
develop its own characteristics
Evergreen trees, with the exception of the evergreen
oaks and Magnolia grandiflora, should be trained so
that their foliage rises dnectly from the turf. As it
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
355
grows old, the white pine is likely to bare its trunk in
spite 01 >ther training Spruces and other coniferous
trees aie ruined if pruned to show the trunk Figs
318, 319 Many deciduous trees are also most attrac-
tive wnen their lower limbs rest on the ground, as
beeches, the Norway maples, hornbeams and many
more any tree in fact whose natural habit will permit
such a form
Old tiees, owinjr to neglect, or more often, improper
pruning, frequently need the saw Protruding stubs
should never be left, whether the tree is laige or small
The cut should always be made close to the remaining
limb and parallel with it It will not require over two
years for the callus to show all around a properly made
cut If it does not show then, the work should be done
o\er again Vlldead wood should be kept out Crossing
limbs, even it huge, should be removed A tree should
not be dehorned, i e , cut back to stubs 3 or i inches or
more in diameter, except is a last resort for a failing
tree
Pruning is employed for two distinct ends* to train
arid (shape a \ourig tree as it grows, and tore-form or
adapt a tree of some maturity, especiall> if somewhat
decrepit The so-called "tiee-doetoiing" or ''trec-
surgeiv " is applied especiallv to the latter phase A tree
that has become weakened by transplanting, or from
lack of pioper nutrition, from 1 « k of proper fertility, or
scarcitv of water, or fiom other undetermined causes,
may often be forced into active vigorous growth by a
severe cutting-back It may even be allowable, in such
cases, to pole or dehorn a tree, that is to lemove most of
the small limbs, <uttmg the large ones so close to the
tree as to leave stubs as huge as one's wrist or arm or
even larger It nev er happens that several trees in a row
need such treatment unless their feeding-ground has
been greatly d< pleted
Trees that have been badl> pruned, broken by wind,
storms or otherwise bruised 01 mistreated, frequently
have badlv decaved spots in their trunks and limbs.
It has become the custom to "doctor" such trees, —
that is, thoioughly to clean out lot ten wood, treat the
exposed surface with a solution of corrosive sublimate
or sulfate of coppei to kill any fungous giowth that
mav be present, with bisulfide of carbon or other
insecticide for insects, and then < oat the surface with
tar as a preservative \ftei this the cavity is carefully
filled with concrete of the strength commonly used m con-
st met ion work It is absolutely essential to success* that
the joint between the wood and cement be water-tight
The surface should also be given a smooth finish of the
general outline thai the tree would assume had it grown
noimally 'Ihe finished smface should coincide with
the innei edge of the cambium layei so that the growth
of the tiee will proceed ovei the cement just as it would
over a pioperly cut stub Zinc caps aie frequently
used both to cover cement fillings to keep out the
water and to cover large1 cuts when the wood is solid
but when it w ill take seveial > ears to heal on account of
the sue of the wound Cavities must be absolutely
clean, thoioughly disinfected, and the filling positively
water-tight or decay will begin behind the filling and
the tree will be destro>ed while every confidence is
being felt that it is safe The cement work is frequently
reinforced with rods of iron Its pnncinal •• alue is to
hold the cement fiom cracking The only value of such
cement work is as a preventive of decay where there
arc cavities When properly done, it gives a smooth
surface over which the growth may proceed The sup-
porting value of the cement to the tree is slight
With many hardwood trees in important locations
such tieatment is warranted, but at the present time
many trees are thus treated that should he cut down,
while many others are left that should have attention
The first requisite to warrant the treatment of a large
cavity is a good type of tiee in an important location,
for example a large tree protecting .he home from the
mid-afternoon sun, or a bad individual in an avenue of
otherwise good specimens In large plantations, treat-
ment of a preventive nature is of course warranted,
but the filling of large cavities is not worth the cost
except to those to whom money is little object It is
better to start new trees than to spend fifty dollars on
patching up an old one One must exercise careful judg-
ment in selecting old tiees for treatment, to make sure
that the tree is worth it Trees w orth doing work on are
the oaks, sugar, swamp and Norway maples, hieko/v,
ash, elm and the slow-growing native trees Those not
worth treating m this vvav are the poplars, willows,
silver- and ash-leaved maple and sycamore or plane
314 Picturesque old apple trees
tree A street tree with a large cavity would better not
be doctored unless it is ot special value and of a kind
hkelv to last a long time
Badlv branched trees often show a tendency to split
m the ciotches It is well to attend these tre^s before
thev begin to split and eithei chain or bolt the offending
limbs together Tiny ma\ be chained bv putting lag-
sciews in the limbs, drawing the limbs togethu and
(hopping a link ot the chain over the turned up end of
the .screw Rods and turn-buckle- mav be u-ed in the
same vvav, ihe bolts for the iods being put through the
limbs, not around them Hec ius( bolts have to be
placed c lo->er to the weak point than the other reme-
dies, thev are not so elT( ctive but are often useful It a
tr<e splits, theie is danger of dceaj The splitting
should be anticipated and pi evented whenever possible.
The best tune for pinning is not a question of invari-
able rule The period ot most active growth in most
plans June, is usually regarded a»s the best time The
period of starting into leaf is probably the wrorst time,
although the maples are about the only good shade
trees that seem much affected bv pinning at this season
Large cuts or wounds should be immediately painted
w ith a good grade of paint 01 w ith tar, care being taken
to cover the expose* 1 wood but not to allow the paint
to come into contact with the cambium la>er, or grow-
ing part of the bark
Root in Junes should be as zealously guarded against
as injuries to the top If a large part of the roots must
be removed, the top should be correspondingly thinned.
Changes of grade are a great source of damage to shade-
trees, even when the loots are not actually touched
Tin filling of 2 or 3 feet of soil over the roots of a tiee is,
for most varieties, as sure death to the roots as cutting
them off close to the trunk This filling prevents Ihe
aeration of the soil and smothers the soil life on which
health* root-action seerns to depend This may be
356
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
prevented by a good layer of loose stones, open at
intervals to the air, placed over the surface before fill-
ing, or, in some cases, by the use of agricultural tile
drains on the old surface at close intervals and so
arranged as to facilitate a free circulation of fresh air
through the tiles.
Street trees.
In the development of towns and cities, the need of
trees as a protection against wind has been reduced to
a minimum since the closely built houses protect one
another This close building, however, has brought
about another untoward condition that needs ameliora-
ting; this is the replacing of the vast extent of gieen,
common to the open country, by a motley array of dis-
cordant colors Many of these colors have been demon-
strated experimentally and practically to have exciting
and debilitating effects on the
physical condition of persons
1'art of the great utility of parks
is to afford urban residents
relief from this color excite-
ment As far as possible, the
soothing green needs to be
315 A group of surviving hemlock spruces.
taken into the city streets to lest the tired nerves
through the effect on the eye Also; the shade helps to
reduce the temperature by absorbing the sun's rays,
the large amounts of watei the tree transpires also helps
to cool the air These beneficial effects make it worth
while to expend effort and money to secure -well-shaded
streets Figs 323, 324
The conditions in urban communities are adverse to
tree growth Streets are narrow and the trees crowded;
roadway and sidewalk are paved with impervious
materials preventing both water and air getting into
the soil, and effectually keeping in sewer-gas and fllumi-
flating-gas that may be discharged into it from below.
The air is dust-laden from constant traffic, and, what
IB far worse, contaminated by soot and poisonous com-
pounds from numberless badly-fired chimneys. As
though this were not enough, there are the self-styled
tree-trimmers, knowing nothing of the work, then the
linemen cutting ruthlessly, caring nothing for the tree,
and with an occasional gnawing horse adding its dem-
olition. And the sewer-layer, pipe- or conduit-layer
and finally the curb-setter do their worst. After all of
these, come the insects and diseases that affect trees
everywhere and which here find an easy prey because
of the fewer birds in city streets and the weakened
condition of the trees.
The first essential to successful street tree-planting is
competent municipal control of all such work The
street trees should be under the care of an unpaid com-
mission of three or five men, one named every two years
by a local court, or by the mayoi, for a term of six or
ten years, and confirmed by the legislative body Such
commissioners usually need to be trained, and there-
fore they should have considerable experience in their
work before coming into full responsibility The
restrictions on the appointment of the executive officer
should be stringent, so that only thoroughly trained and
experienced men could be employed The expert should
have the full confidence of the commission and be the
leader in the woik To fill Mich a position, a man should
have thorough knowledge of tiees and the soils and con-
ditions under which they grow, their characteristics,
aesthetic values and habits of growth under city condi-
tions, the methods of aiding trees to withstand these
conditions, and a knowledge of the insect^ and dis-
eases to which the different species are liable and the
methods ot combating them The work is neither for-
estry nor pomology, as it has nothing whatever to do
with the products of tree growth or the growing of
trees for then fruits
Powers vual to the success of this commission are the
right to plant- suitable kinds ot trees in a proper way,
and to collect benefits tor \vork so done, to control
absolutely all pruning, removal and care of trees, and
the right to invade private grounds for the control ot
insects and diseases Of eouise, sufficient tunds must be
available to support the woik.
Many city streets aie too narrow from building-line
to building-line tor satisfactory planting There is
absolutely no excuse for this in the newer sections
There should be at least 100 teet fiom building-line to
buildirig-lme on any street and on principal streets con-
siderably more Forty feet may be all that is needed
for roadway and sidewalks, at present The abutting
dwellers need the air-space provided by the remaining
area which is legitimately used as front lawns This
will leave ample space for trees If th? city grows and
more space is needed for traffic, it can be secured with
no sacrifice to buildings and the dwellers m the interval
have had better living conditions It is this arrange-
ment that makes Washington such a beautiful city,
and the lack of it on Fifth Avenue that is costing New
York City so much money to widen that thoroughfare
In the older parts of citus, species must be chosen that
are appropriate to the width of the street Most kinds
should be planted not closer than 40 feet apart and such
varieties as oaks, elms and sycamores would be better
at 50 feet Most planters use 35 and 10 feet because of
the public demand for quick shade, and at the greater
distances the trees look far apart when first planted
Theoretically, the planting double the number of trees
needed at maturity or the placing of fillers of a qu\ck-
growing inferior type, is desirable, but practically it is
dangerous, as there are not many cases in which public
opinion w ill tolerate the thinning at the proper time In
city work an excavation 2 feet deep, with the removal
of at least 2 cubic yards of dirt, should be made for
each tree This should be filled with good top-soil mixed
with well-decomposed manure Of most varieties, trees
10 to 12 feet high and \1A to 2 inches cahper should
be used These should be nursery-grown They should
have been frequently transplanted and have a well-
developed head, 6 to 8 feet from the ground. The roots
should be abundant and fibrous In planting, the roots
should be spread out and separated to their full length,
the ground worked all in amongst them, and then thor-
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
357
oughly firmed by tramping Before the hole is com-
pletely filled, the tree should be well watered and the
remainder of the soil put in loosely A strong stake 8
feet long should be placed beside the
tree when planted At least 30
inches of this should be in the
ground The tree may be attached
to the stake by a piece of old gar-
den hose attached to each side of
the stake and put around the tree
in such a manner as to make a cross
between the stake and the tree
All >oung trees should be pro-
tected by boxes or guards Many
forms are used Any of them are
good if the box reaches from the
ground to a height of 5 feet and will
prevent hoises biting the trunks
and boys swinging on the guard.
Notes on ornamental
--^.v
316 Pmus ponderosa.
Giant specimens 225 ft high, grown in the deep, moist
soil of the Yosemite Valley
Acer Negundo (box
elder) Too short-
lived, brittle and sub-
ject to insect attack
Its use may be war-
ranted in .semi-arid
and veiy cold regions
A car pla ta n 01 den
(Norway maple)
Moderate grower,
healthy, but too dense
for close citv streets
Acer rubrum
(swamp maple, scar-
let maple) A good-
si/ed tree, good
grower, fine foliage,
especially brilliant in
autumn Also a bright red in spring due to blossoms and
young leaves Not suited to the interior of large cities
Acer ,wc(harinum (silver m.tple. M>ft maple* Rapid
grower, but too brittle and short -lued, and the shallow
roots prevent the growth of gias-, under it and also
destroy sidewalks
Acer MHcharum (sugar maple) Does not thrive on
hea\ \ ( lav soil-« 01 undei severe* itv conditions but most,
excellent where it does grow Moderate glower, doing
best north of the 4()th parallel
Ailanthu^ nlfitsirna (ailanthus, tree of heaven)
A large, handsome tree, the st animate and pistillate
flowers appearing on different trees, the latter \ery lil-
Rmelhng A most useful tiee in the centei of large
cities The st animate f 01 m onh should be planted
Celtis wm&u»si/)/nftt.s?s (southern hackbenv) An
excellent tree in those legions in which the "witches-
broom" does not attack it One of the promising trees
to withstand the hot winds of the plains as far north as
Denver A large tree and good grower
Celtis occidentals (hackberry) A good tree where
the disease known as "witches' broom" does not attack
it It is for regions north of the .Suth parallel what the
foregoing species is for the region south of it
Fraxinus amencana (ash. white ash) A good tree for
suburban conditions Moderate grower, attaining large
size.
Ginkgo biloba (gmkgo, maidenhair tree) An excellent
tree of peculiar pyramidal form when young Moderate
grower, attains good size and is free from insect and
fungus attacks
Gleditsia tnacanthos (honey locust) A large, quick-
growing, handsome tree Except for its thorns, this tree
would probably be a most desirable tree for the semi-
arid regions of the West There is a thornless form that
may sometimes be obtained, which is good
Liquidambar Xt'ira nfl wi (sweet gurn). A handsome
and valuable native tree but little used Moderate
grower, good size, handsome fall coloring A little hard
to transplant, especially in large sizes Does not suc-
ceed well under extreme eity conditions, and is not
adapted to the extreme northern sections
Lirwdendron Tuhpifera (tulip tree) Miscalled yel-
low poplar, and tulip poplar. A handsome, large,
quick-growing tree, little used, but valuable except for
extreme city conditions and mu<h of the country north
of the 40th paiallel A little hard to transplant, espe-
cially in large sixes, and should be moved only in spring
Magnolia grandijiora A broad-leaved evergreen of
large si/e, adapted to the extreme South A good lawn
tree as fur north as Washington
Mu(/nolia acwmnata (cucumber tree) A handsome
tree of moderate size, good for suburban conditions
south of \\ ashmgton. and St Louis
Muqnoha tnpetala (umbrella tree) A handsome tree
of moderate size, good for suburban conditions south of
\\ashmgton, and St Louis
Mdia Azedarach (umbrella tree) A small, attractive
tree, good for temporary effects from
North Carolina south and west
Ni/^a v/lvcidca (sour gum, tupelo) A
large, hxndsome tree, adapted to subur-
ban conditions Brilliant fall foliage and
winter bernes
riatanm occidentals (svcamore, but-
tonwood) A large tree, rapid-growing,
open-topped, and almost s< ragglv in its
growth Considered an untidy tre^ by
some on account of its seed-balls and the
bark which is shed in large flakes The
white trunk, after the bark is shed, is
unusual and attractive In some regions
it is subject to a blight just after the
leaves start in spring A good tree for
severe city conditions
Plat an ui orientally (plane tree, onen-
A more compact grower than the foregoing
tal plane)
and a little better suited
to sheet purposes, but
not quite so rugged and
imposing ab the fore-
going An excellent street
tree
Populus deltoidei*, in-
cluding var carohniana
(cot ton wood and Carolina
poplar). These two trees
are much used for street
Elant ing in many places
ut are entirely unsuitod
for the purpose. Although
the growth of a severely
pruned tree is large in any
one year, it is the custom
to remove a half of this
each year so that the net
gain in growth is no more
than an average tree. Even
with this pruning it is liable
to be broken bv a moder-
ate windstorm, and with-
out the pruning it is even
more liable to be broken.
Their roots are as bail as
willow roots about find-
ing and clogging sewers.
Wide-awake cities pro-
hibit the planting of these
trees
Populus mgra var ital-
ica (Lombardy poplar) A
tall, short-lived, fastigiatc
317. Conifer forms — Pine
and spruces.
358
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
tree, suitable for narrow streets in the heart of a
large city
Quercus alba (white oak) A most picturesque tree,
attaining the laigest size The gem of American trees,
and not so slow-growing as usually considered Dead
leaves hang on moot of the winter Figs 313, 322
Quercut, buolor (sw amp white oak) A large, handsome
oak of moderately rapid growth, suited to moist situa-
tions It seems to succeed under city conditions A
desirable shade tree, almost as handsome as the white
oak and a little faster grower
Quercus coccinea (scarlet oak) Comparable to the
red oak but not quite so sturdy and vigorous under all
conditions, but with a little more brilliant autumn
coloring and leaves more finely cut
Quercus launfolia (laurel oak, water oak). The stand-
ard street tree for the South. A large, handsome,
deciduous dee, not so desirable as the live oak, but of
more rapid growth
Quercus Michuuxii (cow oak) A good oak for thin
gravelly lands Not so desirable as the other oaks on
318 Spanish Fir. — Abies Pinsapo, showing the verdure
from top to base.
good ground and not adapted to the extreme northern
sections.
Quercus macrocarpa (mossy-cup oak) A handsome
and satisfactory tree, not so large as some of the others.
One of the most promising for the plains
Quercus mgrn (possum oak, water oak) Another
good oak south of Norfolk A little more upright in
growth than Q la unfotui, but not quite so desirable
except possibly in its more northern limits
^ Quercus palu^tris (pin oak) A quick-growing, good-
sized tree, with pendulous branches when old Hand-
some cut leaves, brilliant in autumn. One of the best.
Its pendulous branches may sometimes be a rather
serious objection Dead leaves hang on well into the
winter. Fig 323
Quercus phellos (willow oak). A large, handsome tree,
moderately fast-growing, satisfactory south of Wash-
ington in regions in which it is not attacked by a
growth resembling "witches' broom" of the ccltis
Quercus rubra (red oak) Almost the best street tree.
Large, symmetrical, rapid in growth, fine autumn foh-
>age, head not too dense It is exceeded only by the
elm in rapidity of growth among the trees suited for
street planting and not by that in the southern half of
the country.
Quercus virginiana (live oak) . A large evergreen The
best street tree for the South, but slower in growth than
Q. launfolia
Stercuha platamfoha (varnish tree) A small tree of
reasonably rapid growth bearing bright yellow flowers
It has a tropical suggestion Good only for the South
and its principal value is in its possibilities for the
Southwest, especially semi-arid Texas
Tdia aviencana (basswood, American linden) A
large, handsome, quick-growing tree. Young trees are
sometimes affected by a disease at the base of the trunk,
but the tree is well vsoith growing except in regions
in which the difficulty is known to be present
Ulmu* amcncana (elm, white elm) The shade tree of
New England and deservedly ranked fust there It
loses its preeminence as one goes from New England, but
a large, quick-growing tieo worth using except in the
extreme South Drops ils foliage 1oo eaily to be the
ideal shade tree in the middle states and southward.
It is subject to the attacks of the elm-leaf beetle in
regions in which that has been introduced
F. L. MULFOUD
The conifers in particular.
The cone-beaimg trees (rinarap and allies) are
decidedly the most important oider of forest trees in
the economy of civilized man They have furnished the
bulk of the material of which out civih/ation is built
The remarkable combination of stiength and stiffness
with the smallest weight compatible, and the abundance
and greganousness of then occunence, give them this
important position
Fiom the standpoint of the hoiticultuiist, the coni-
fers also take a piomment place among the matcnals
tor landscape gaidening effects, and, in the more practi-
cal use, us windbreaks Then eveigieen habit — foi all
except the Luch and ginkgo tribes aie eveigieen— and
their conical form, especially in eaiiiei peiiods of life,
with a blanch s\siem peisisting to the base lor a long
time, are the elements that make them dcsnable.
To these graces mav be added the pccuhat form and
striking coloring of their foliage, which, in combination
with deciduous tiees or in clumps by themselves, or in
single specimens, offer stiikmg effect-.
Theie aie two types of natural or native beauty in the
comfeis — the s>mmetti( al and verdurous beauty of the
young specimen (1'igs 3 IS, ^19), and the pictuiesqiie
and rugged beauty of the old and timeworn tree (Figs.
315-317) Aside from these, theie are also odd, gro-
tesque and formal cultivated vaneties, as typified in
the weeping spruce (Lig .>20), the columnai jumpers,
and the various dwaif pines and spnices
The majoiit> of the species belonging to this gioup,
as well as their greatest iiumental development, is
found in the tern pei ate zones, only a few belonging to
subtiopical or tropical countries, among which are the
araucarias, from South America, the dammara, dac-
rydium, arid phyllocladus, from Australia, and neigh-
borhood
Kinds and adaptations,
The order Comferip comprises nearly 40 geneia, and
about 300 species Our own native tioia, with 15 genera
and not less than 100 species and subspecies, is among
the richest, the bulk of these being found on the Pacific
coast The Altantic side otTeis 28 species, representing
the genus Pin us with 12 species out of 3D, 1 Lanx out
of 3, 3 Piceas out of 7, 2 Tsugas out of .">, 2 Abies out
of 12, 1 Taxodium, 1 Thuja out of 2, 1 Chama^cyparis
out of 3, 3 Jumperus out of 11 , 1 Tunuon (Torieya) out
of 2, 1 arborescent Tax us out of 2 being without repre-
sentatives of the genus Pseudotsuga, Sequoia, Libo-
cedrus, and Cupressus There are to be added a largo
number (not less than 400) of nurserymen's varieties,
some of which have been enumerated m Bulletin 17 of
the Division of Forestry, United States Department
of Agriculture.
There are also a number of exotic conifers that
promise satisfactory results if used in suitable locali-
ties, climate and soil The Norway spruce (Picea e&
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
359
celsa, Fig 356) recommends itself by its elegant gothic
form, often with pendulous branchlets. its very rapid
growth, and its wide adaptation to soils and climates,
together with its ease of propagation and cheapness It
excels most of the American spruces in form and rapidity
of growth Like all conifers, aftei the twenty-fifth to
fortieth year it must pass through a period of change m
form, during which it loses, for a time, its shapeliness.
The Scotch pine (Pinus sylvet>tns) has nothing to recom-
mend it which may not be found m native species,
except, perhaps, adaptation to the dry climate of the
West, and cheapness The Austrian pine, on the other
hand, is an acquisition by its stout growth in its youth,
although the red pine. (Pinus mstwAsa) would probably
do as well, so far, its small cones and seed have made
the latter expensive The European larch outgrows the
native northei n one easily, but Larix occidsntahs. from
the mteiior basin, will probably do as well or better
There is no particular commendation for the European
fir, but the Nordrnann hr, from the Caucasus, is a most
decided aquisition, by its beauty and adaptation, so is
the most graceful of all spruces, Picta wuntaln>, while
the Spanish Abiet, Pinbapo (Fig 318) will always attract
attention by its peculiar shape and foliage
Of other ornamental forms, that are without repre-
tatives m the United States and hence fill vacancies,
may be mentioned as capable of adaptation and moie
or less in use, from South America, the at aucai las , from
Africa and eastern As-ia, Cedrus Dewkini, libani, at-
lantica, Abies Apollmis and cilinca, from Korea, the
promising, more densely fohaged white pine, P koraicn-
«is, from China, Cunnmghamia, Biota, Glyptostrobus,
Cephalotaxus, Podoearpus, Pscudolanx, and, above all,
that interesting remnant of former age^, the maiden-
hair-tree, Gingko biloba, which will maintain itself any-
where along the Atlantic coast if piopagated from seed
of the propei localities Japan has furnished a number
of additions, especially retmosporas, torreyas, taxus,
various pinus, piceas and tsvigas, with the peculiar
titKuiopitijb vcrticillata, the umbrella pine, and, the most
acceptable of all, the graceful Cryptomtna japonica
As with all mti oductions from one country to another,
nay, from one climatic region to another, caution is ad-
vised, so it may be laid down as a ivile, that exotics
should be used with gieat discretion, and, until their
adaptation is amply demonstrated, only in a subor-
dinate way If it is in general true that perennial plants
can be transplanted \\ith permanent success only into
similar climatic conditions, it must be especially true
with the comfeis, which do not lose their foliage, and
hence must be able to bear summer as well as winter
conditions The long-leaf pine of the South, most
stiiking of our pines, may, therefore, not be trans-
planted far beyond its northern limit, and, if one desires
to utilize any of the Pacific coast species m the East,
one will have to secuie them at least from the highest
and driest altitudes anil exposures, or if, as m the case
of some species, like the Douglas fir and Engclrrmnn
spruce, then field of distribution covers the dry slopes
of the Rocky Mountains as well as the moist slopes of
the coast ranges, one may be successful if one chooses
the plant material from these drier slopes.
Of the many native species, a number that are not
of any particular value may be discarded, although the
distinction could be more readi'y accomplished from
the economic point of view than from the standpoint of
the horticulturist and landscape gardener, for almost
every one has a distinctive feature of either form or
adaptation to soil 01 other interest For each climatic
region the choice must be different, hence it would be
impossible to give, m the brief space of an article,
intelligent advice as to best selections In general, be-
sides climatic limitations, the following considerations
may serve in the choice of native species'
The pines, as a rule, are not to be placed on compact
clay sou, and on account of their taproot, not on shal-
low soils, on which they soon become spindly , they thrive
best on loose, sandy soils, and can endure dry soils, the
white pine ao'aptmg itself perhaps best to the clay soils
without detriment to its development. On w et soils pines
are, as a rule, decidedly out of place, although the red
pine (P. resinosa), of the Nortn, and the loblolly (P.
Tjsda), and some other southern species are capable of
supporting such conditions For buch situations here,
however, the cedar tribe furnishes better material,— the
chamjccypans, thuyas and taxodium These trees of
the bog and swarnp are, however, — it should not be
overlooked, — capable of thriving even better on drier
soils They are merely indifferent to moisture condi-
tions at the foot
The shallow-rooted spiuces aic trees of the higher
mountain ranges; and aie, therefore, more adapted to
moist and cool situations, although some of them, the
319 A well clothed conifer — Abies venusta
Norway spruce, the blue spruce of Colorado and the
northern white spruce will — the formei, at least, during
its juvenile period — endure more droughty situations
The firs, too, aie rather more species of northern
climates and high altitudes, the red fir, so-called
(Pt*eudoti>uya tan folia), which is not a fu proper, be-
ing, perhaps, best capable of supporting diier and hot-
ter situations The most ornamental, and, in many
respects, most serviceable of the firs, A bie^ Nordmanm-
ana, from the Caucasus, develops its magnificent dense
and dark green foliage in the waim but moist climate of
Washington, while our most ornamental \lne*> concolor
fiom Coloiado will thrive even in the drier atmos-
pheres of the middle states The fine firs of the Pacific
coast will probably not thrive anywhere in our drier and
hotter eastern climates for any length of time, unless
placed in cool and shady situations
The Douglas fir (I'wuduUuga tanfolia) ib, perhaps,
360
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
most readily acclimated if seed is secured from the dry
slopes of Colorado. The Lawson cypress (Chamxcy-
pans Lawsoniana), with its graceful pendulous branches
and foliage, and the pyramidal Jjibocedrus decurrens are
unquestionably desirable additions to our ornamental
stock, while the bequoias, especially S. gigantea, the
big tree, seems not to be able to support persistently
our eastern climate.
One important feature which enters into considera-
tion when grouping conifers is the relative endurance
of shade or tolerance which
the species exhibit, thereby
indicating their use in va-
rious positions The yews
and firs are the most tole-
rant of shade, together
with the hemlocks; next
may be placed the spruces,
arborvitae (Thuya), and
jumpers, while the pines
are mostly mtoleiant of
shade, excepting the white
pine, which is the moat
shade-enduring of the
Eines; the larch arid the
aid cypress are the mofat
light-needing of all, and
will perish soon if placed
under the bhade of any
other trees All species, to
be sure, are capable of
more &hade-e ndurance
when young and on deep,
moist soil Their relative
shade-endurance under
the same conditions
remains, however, the
same, and may be studied
m the f 01 cst by observing
the density of the individual crownb, the capacity of
maintaining a thrifty foliage under the shade of dif-
ferent species, and especially of young plants to per-
sist in such shade
Propagation
Most conifers ripen their fruit in the tall, September
to November, and are best gathered soon after or
before ripening The pines require two years (some three
years) to mature their cones White pines ripen fruit m
the first two weeks of September, and the cones open-
ing shed the seeds at once, the empty cones remain-
ing on the branches The cones of the firs fall apart
upon ripening, hence must be gathered before being
quite ripe Spruces and hemlocks shed seeds from time
to time, opening and closing their cones according to
the weather through the winter into spring Some
pines, like Pinus pungens and P serotina, keep their
cones closed for years, and artificial heat must be
employed to make them open and give up their seed
In gathering seeds for the trade, such artificial heat ib
frequently applied with pines in specially con-
btructed seed-roasters, such seed should be carefully
inspected, as it sometimes suffers from improper use of
the heat
The proportion of germinating seeds, and the vital-
ity, i e , the ability of retaining genmnative power,
varies greatly not only with the seasons in the same
species, but from species to species
The lowest germination percentage and vitality is
found in firs and larch, which show rarely more than 50
per cent of good seed, and soon lose their vitality, while
spruce and pine, when entirely fresh, may show as much
as 95 to 100 per cent germination, and retain vitality
for two to five years, losing each year a proportion,
Norway spruce five years old still having 10 per cent
germination.
320 A "weeping" or drooping
form of Norway spruce This
is a so-called horticultural va-
riety, to be planted only
sparingly.
In trade, a germination percentage for spruce of 75
to 80; pine, 70 to 75; fir, 30 to 50; laich, 20 to 40, should
be acceptable
Seeds are best kept in a dry, cool garret in tight bags
or boxes, excluding the air as much as possible
All seeds require a short rest or after-ripening of two
to four weeks before they are ready to germinate, and
some, like the taxus and jumper, lie over, even m
nature, for a year or more before they germinate The
latter should be prepared for sowing by macerating
them, and removing the pulp in hot water, then mixing
with sharp band in bags, and by friction freeing the
seed from the pulp.
In the seed-bed somewhat more care is required than
with most other species of trees A thoroughly mellow,
well-pulverized seed-bed of light loamy sand, possibly
enriched with well-decomposed manure (cow-dung
better than horse-dung) is required, the covering of
the seed varying, according to sue, from a mere sprink-
ling for larch to % in(th for tl c heavy-seeded pines
They may be sown as soon as the weather is settled, in
northern latitudes the second or third week in May,
best in rows not more than 6 inches apart, and prefera-
bly in dry weather, when the soil does not clog, for
clogging or baking of the earth sometimes prevents
seeds from germinating Mulch between the lows with
pine needles or sphagnum moss, or other fine mulch,
to reduce necessity of watering and weeding Conifer
seeds need very little water for germination The
seedlings, on the other hand, for the first thiee months,
until they have made their crown bud, need to be
either kept well watered or else protected against the
drying effects of sun and wind by bhadmg, for which
purpose lath screens are best Ihese latter must be
lifted for airing after the sun is gone, especially in muggy
weather, to avoid damping-oft For wintering, a
covering with conifer branches or very clean meadow
hay is -advisable (the latter is likely to bring m
weeds).
For growing small quantities, the use of boxes, as
described by Jackson Dawson, of the Arnold Arbore-
tum, in Proceedings of the Massachusetts Horticultural
Society, is highly commendable In well-drained boxes,
sow the seed soon after gathering, pile four or five deep
in a pit or sheltered place, cover with boards, and when
cold weather comes, cover up with leaves or hay About
the middle of April, move them into a place where they
get the early morning bun Keep the seedlings well
watered and free from weeds, and shaded as described.
Winter the seedlings m same manner as the seed-boxes,
321. A "weeping" tree, representing a grotesque horticultural
variety — Ulmus scabra var horizontalis
well covered up They are ready for transplanting next
spring, when the
of true leaves
pring, when they are making their first or second set
Since pine and spruce seedlings take about seven to
ten pounds of phosphoric acid, ten to twenty pounds of
potash and fifteen to thirty pounds of lime, besides
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
3C1
twenty pounds of nitrogen, per acre from the .soil, for
continuously used nurseries the addition of mineral
materials in the shape of bone-meal and wood-ashes
may become desirable.
A large number of seedlings may be grown in a .small
space; thus 30,000 Norway spruce may be grown on a
square rod, requiring about two pounds of seed The
quantity of seed .sown depends, in part, upon the length
of time it is expected to leave seedlings in the .seed-bed,
besides size and quality of seed, the quantities vary
from one-fourth to one-half pound per 100 square
feet if sown in drills, and the yield of seedlings will
vary from 2,000 to 25,000 seedlings, according to species
and seasons.
Transplanting and pruning.
Conifers, like any other trees, may be transplanted at
any time of the year, piovided the necessary care is
taken in moving the plant This care is least required,
as with other trees, m the fall and early spring, when
activities of root arid foliage are, if not at lest, at least
reduced Whieh of these season* is preferable depends
on the locality, and the dependent cliaiactei of the sea-
son On the whole, spnng planting will probably be
preferable in most parts of the United States which
do not suffer from dry spring winds In localities of
the Southwest, which have commonly a diy spung
followed by a rainy season m July, this latter time
322 An ideal shade tree.— White oak
should be chosen Their is a belief that planting in
Vtigtist is speeiallj favorable There is no leason
foi this belief, unless favoiable weather (a i.uny sea-son)
follows
Conifers may be tiatispl.inted latei than deciduous
trees, even altei the buds have st.uted, excepting the
laich, which bud* out verv eailj , with this species, fall
planting mav be lecommended CUnidv weather , i at her
than rainy 01 veiy diy, should be chosen especially
when transplanting into mnsei\ lows
Young trees aie naturally moie leaehly and suceess-
fully transplanted than older ones, with which theie is
more difhculty ill secuimg the whole root -system when
taking them up Since, howevei, the seedlings develop
slowly for the hist one 01 two to thiee yeais, the> should
be left in the seed-bed foi that length of time, loot-
pruned, and then tuuisplanted into museiy lows VI-
though those with a shallow loot-svstem, like spiures
and firs, may be moved even when 30 to 40 feet in
height, it is best, even for ornamental purposes, not to
take them more than 3 to 4 feet m height In forestiy,
one- to four-year-old plants, according to species, from
2 to 12 or 15 inches m height, aro preferred for reasons
of economy.
Much greater care than with deciduous trees is
necessary, when transplanting without an earth-ball, in
keeping the root fibers from drying out, a large amount
of loss in transplanting is explained trom neglect m
this respect As soon as taken up, the roots should be
323. Good street trees. — Pin oaks.
immersed into a loam-puddle, or kept protected by
wet sphagnum moss or canvas until set into their
new place
The question of trimming when transplanting must be
eonsideied with more care than is necessary with broad-
leaved trees, which possess much greater recuperative
power It should be confined to the smallest amount,
smoothing biuiscd loots, and if ten proper proportion-
ing pi unmg at the top becomes absolutely necessary,
shoitemng the leadei rathei than blanches Larch will
stand moie severe pruning than most other conifers
From the ait 1st ic as well as pin Mologie-al point of view,
it is barbarism to lemove the lower blanches, which the
tree needs to shade its trunk and standing loom, and
often, when depnvcd of the same, will replace first
before staiting again, m its height growth Attention
should, howevei, be especially paid to pi eventing dou-
ble leadei s, which aie detnmental to futuie foim-devel-
opment; cut them out as eaily as possible, preferably
in the bud Lateials may be somewhat shoi tened-in *
while standing in the mii^ery, to lengthen the tune
dining which the lower blanches aie to peisist Break-
ing out buds is, as with nil trees, the best method, pio-
\ided the primer has an e\c for his business Even in
aftei-hfe, when pruning is pn formed to keep the tree •
shapely, the minimum use of the prunmg-knife should
be the nile
Theie are thiee maiked peiiods m the development of
comfeis- the juvenile period, when the eritue tree is a
nown, branched s^mmetiicalh to the base, the perfec-
tion of svmmetiy, then follows the adolescent stage,
when the low en branches die out, a period of iinshape-
liness, followed by the virile stage, when the straight,
cylindrical shaft bears the crown at one-third or one-
half of the uppei length of the bole The trimming
dining the adoleseent stage lequues most considera-
tion It is, in most cases, best to take off only the
lowest, d> ing or dead branches, as it becomes necessary
In pruning, cut as closely as possible to the trunk,
324 Effect of trees on city street compared with no trees
362
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
even cutting into the bark, also removing the swelled
portion on which the branches are usually inserted,
-Tvrheri the callousing will be more rapid and satisfactory
in shape
If at this stage or
at anv time, the tices
show trouble at the
top by drying (becom-
ing "stag-headed"), it
is a sign that they
suffer at the root
from lack of mois-
ture Ti miming off a
few tiers of lower
branches, loosening
the soil as far as the
ambitus of the ciown,
and mulching will
laigely coirect this
If this proportioning
of crown to loot is not
done, the tree itself
will do it and not
necessarily in desir-
able form \\ hen
used foi hedges, the
tieatment is, of
couise, diffeient For
such a purpose the
shade-enduring spe-
cies, spruces and hem-
locks, aie best, since
thcv are capable
lor foliage, while the pm<
325. Trunmed by linemen.
preserving a dense intern
are bound to thin out.
Enemies.
There are a number of dangers and damage from in-
sects to which conifer? are exposed Drought and frost
are most dangerous to seedlings in the seed-bed The^e
are obviated by proper location of the seed-bed (protec-
tion against sun ami wind), by eov< img with a mulch of
moss, straw, pine-straw or the like (whu h «iKo pi events
the heaving out by fto->t and the washing out by iam.
to whicii }oung M euiingb are liable) Bv shading ana
watering the danger of drought, is oveicome, although
at the same time that of dnmping-oft is invited '1 he
cause of this disease, consisting m the reddening of the
needles and then fall-
ing olT, is a fungus
which can be com-
bated by spiaymg
Buds may be kept
awa> from the seeds
by mixing them with
red oxide of lead, by
lath scieens, and the
usual methods
Various fungi and
insects, too many to
mention, some poly-
phagous, others more
or less specific, are
at work during the
various stages of de-
velopment A host
of leaf-miners, saw-
flies and caterpillars
destioy the foliage,
and weevils sap the
young shoots Bos-
tnchi, or bark-bee-
:jJ^g*MHpr*fti*: -— ,tles; mine under the
326 Showing need of city control b,ark» mostly ot trees
This tree on a city street being that are bickly from
trimmed for firewood. other Causes, borers
327. Same tree as Fig 326 five
years later, showing unattractive
bushy top, and bad stumps that will
decay instead of healing.
enter the wood of the
boles Tortnces bore
into the base of
lea< 1 ers and cause
them to break off.
The betst remedies
against most of these
are preventives,
n a m e 1 y providing
the trees with such
chances of vigorous
growth, or satisfac-
tory soil conditions,
that they aie able to
ward off 01 overcome
the enemies Other-
wise, watching and
destroying the ene-
mies? in time, and the
usual remedies to kill
them, may be em-
pi oyed Literature
Veitch, "Manual of
Conifers," Oainere,
"Traite des Corn-
feres," Beissner, "Handbuch der Nadelholzkunde,'
Fernow, "Care of Trees g. j^ FERNOW.
Transplanting large trees (Figs 328-332).
Moving Luge tiees divides itself into two classes:
First, \vitli .1 I) ill of earth, second, with the eaith dis-
sected out horn the loots \Mth 01 without a ball lernain-
ing in the (entei
Start ,it 01 ne.u the ends of the roots where they are
1 inch in diimetei 01 less In piactice, this results in
about .ilMeet spread of roots on a tree 12 to l."i inches
in diameter An elm 18 inches in diameter on veiy thin
giavelly soil was found to have a root t> inches m diame-
ter at 15 feet from the tiunk, extending toward a horse-
shed and cultivated field where it would get more food
and water A trench is dug to below the roots, which
may be 1 ' 2 or 3 feet An under-cut IM made and the
soil caved down by a piekmg bar 01 folk \vith round
pointed tines The earth and roots will be mixed at
the bottom of the trench The roots must be carefully
picked up with the fingers, bound in bundles and tied
out of the wav This operation is the point of greatest
failme as it takes considerable time, patience and skill,
to avoid breaking the roots Thcic are many chances
to break a root after
it has been carefully
dissected out The
loots must be
piomptlv lilted up or
thev will be broken
by the shovel m dig-
ging out the loose
soil at the bottom of
the trench The bun-
dles must be untied
and rean anged where
the roots cross This
proceeds until a tree
is dug in to a ball
about b to 8 feet The
tiee is then tipped
over by tackle, cleav-
ing the roots horn
the subsoil
The amount of
earth left m the cen-
ter depends upon the
strength of the truck,
character of t he 323 Mov.ng a tree m winter, with a
roads and power for large ball of frozen earth.
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
363
hauling To leave a mass of earth 6 to 7 feet wide,
15 inches deep, IH practicable with two teams and
6-mch tires over hard dirt loads Such a ball is help-
ful becaube there aro more loots left undisturbed and
they help support the tree during the first summer,
the anchor posts move, the tree lean and require
straightening and tightening of the wires by further
twisting
Pi umng is important, made so by cutting back the
tree from 2 to 8 feet all around It is best to cut the
especially if the ball is kept to the proper degree of most at the apex and the least at the sides, to make the
,'itli
xpc
decid'
moisture Larger balls, 8 and 10 feet in diameter, 15 to
20 inches deep, can be carried only by mon
trucks with much wider wheels, and will:
trees the advantage is slight as compared w
a full circle of roots 30 to 10 feet wide
The trees are readily picked up bv the tri
protected by cushions and clasped by slat
tigheried by screws A cradle is hinged ai
and tijw the tree over in a hon/ontal
position which is necessary on account
of overhead wires arid bridges There
are one or two screws about t) feet long,
2J-2 inches in diameter Tipping is
accomplished bv these sciewsor tackle
or both The roots on the lower side
of the tree are tied buck underneath
the axle
1 n t ransport ing, the root s are w rapped
in straw and burlap The} can be ex-
posed to the air for a day without seri-
ous injui}, as roots Jx inch in diam-
eter do not get dried out and killed
in that time In passing under wires,
these can be lifted bv a T-shaped pole and disentangled
from the branches by proceeding a few feet at a time
Dangerous high tension electric wires must be handled
bv linemen empkned by the electrical company It is
hornet lines nec«ssary to raise the wires or take them
down and drive over them
In planting, the truck is drawn into the hole and
stopped at such a distance from the center that the tree
when s\\ung over will be in the right position. The holes
should be made of such a depth as to keep the roots
as near the surface as possible Allowance must be
made for the bending of the downwaid roots below the
center of the ball The most frequent mistake is to
get the tree too deep, especially the roots at the outside
of the ball, which will often
drop to the bottom of the
hole and be 18 inches deep;
whereas when dug there
were some at the MI if ace,
some b inches deep and a
few IS inches deep After
the ti.je is stood up in the
hole bv means of the tackle
andsc rews, earth
is packed under
the center by
packing- sticks
This is difficult
and there are
liable to be air-
holes left va-
cant A htrea,m
from a hose will
help to wash
mud into these
spaces It is best
to leave the
bundles of side
roots tied up
while this is going on Before the bundles of side roots
are untied, the bottom of the hole should be filled up,
if necessary, so that these are 2 to 8 iuches below the
surface Spread out the side loots and cover with eaith.
Anchoring the tiee is important It is easily done by
three or four anchor posts \ feet deep with a crosspiece
3 teet long Wires should be put thiough rubber hose
and twisted around the tree The tree is liable to settle,
to }
uthr
vth
It the
immn
of"
329. A large tree removed from its place The roots are
now to be wound in burlap or other material
330. The roots wrapped, and the tree being moved on skids
shade as wide as possible If cut back
ine, the tree will make a
nd look more solid the
thmmng-out method is
is liable to be too great
the tree, as it is easy to
;»e has to thicken up over
a period of four years
by making sprouts in
the center, the outer
branches remaining
thin, especially if the
t ree H not fed and
watered enough
Wrapping the trunk
with straw may be
necessary with thin-
barked trees, especially
in warm and dry cli-
mates The bark is
liable to dry out and
die on the southwest
side The wrapping
and anchors may be removed after two >ears or more.
A mistake is often made in choosing trees within two
miles, whereas, the art a to draw upon is over fifteen or
twenty miles radius w huh will< ontam mu< h better trees,
the time on theioad being a< otnp iritivelv srn til item in
the total cost Trees are often ( hosen which are grow mg
on thin or rocky soil or in swamps saturated within 0
iiu hes of the smfaee, both giving much less amount of
roots than trees in y friable soil 3 fiet deep In a
country of hills and valleys, the best tieesmavoften.be
found in terraces or benches above tin* nver Vmttom or
in the river bottom if drained to allow roots to be 3 feet
deep Trees are often chosen which are too old and
have made a short, -.low growth It is better to move
a young tiee 3o feet high, 12 inches in diameter, which
is growing 1 foot a jear, than to take a tree the same
si/e, twice as old, growing 3 inches a }ear The roots
on the latter v-ill be longer and le.ss flexible Kach will
live and growiapidlj if given favorable conditions A
mistake is often made m choosing trees which are
crowded or in thick foie^ts The latter ma\ appear to
have low branches Thc^e blanches are weak and
liable to die Tiees of species diilicult to move and
trees about the moving of which little is
known are liable to be chosen Trees
which move readily arc those* of soft wood,
rapid growth, usuall} native in moist soils,
as maple, elm, linden, poplar, locust,
catalpa, horse - chest-
nut, birch, apple and
pin oak The follow-
ing are trees about
which less is known
Peppendge, sassafras,
plane, chestnut, beech,
tulip, white oak, black
oak,hquidambar,ailan-
thus, hickory, walnut
and ash The chestnut,
beech, magnolia, tulip tree, black oak and walnut do
not indicate by their behavior when small that they are
readilv moved It is to be presumed that the ailanthus
and ash are easilv moved No species has proved itselt
impossible io move It is merelv a matter of getting
the right propoition of roots and top -ind nursing the
tree through the convalescence until it has reestablished
itself In moving trees it may be better to move three
364
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
trees 8 inches in diameter, 35 feet high, than one tree 16
inches in diameter, 35 feet high From three smaller trees
there will result a wider mass of foliage, and it will be
easier for those not equipped with large tree-moving
apparatus to handle the three smaller trees
If the earth is dissected out from the roots, two trees
8 inches in diameter1 could be carried by one team
They can be loaded on a low stone truck or handy
wagon, the trunks of the trees resting on two benches
which lessens the breakage of roots and top. Trees
can be loaded by the men, the tree being tipped
over on the truck which stands beside the hole.
9 feet in diameter with trees 10 to 18 inches, on a low
truck consisting of a platform hung under four heavy
wheels, the tree being lashed fast to a collar and pole
on the rear axle, and pulled over to the rear and then
the platform chained fast to the rear axle The roots
outside the ball are usually cut off With elm trees
carrying a slender top this method succeeds, although
the trees are often slow in recovering It suceeedb
with maples, but they are likely to grow slowly or die
back until the tree reestablishes a balance, after
several years.
Deciduous trees can be moved in midsummer in full
331. Diagram to illustrate the operation in the removal of a large tree for transplanting
The tree is shifted into position by the men lift-
ing on the trunk, or it may be lifted by a shear pole
derrick or single pole Many people hesitate about
moving large trees and wait fifteen years for a result
thov could easily secure in this manner, by collecting
wild trees in the vicinity
Root-pruning a year in advance may aid in moving
a tree, but is not essential. If a trench is to be dug at
a radius of 4 feet all the way around a tree 10 inches in
diameter, it is better to move the tree with a wider
spread of roots and take good care of it A root-
pruned tree is likely to be neglected and suffer for mois-
ture The tree can be root-pruned three-quarters of
tho way around for ono season and perhaps bo in better
condition for moving This is more likely to be bene-
ficial with a tree with long coarse roots and with few
fibers in the center, like a black oak A mistake is
frequently made in assuming that a ball of earth is all
that is essential, regardless of the amount of fibrous
roots in the ball and of its area to gather rainfall as
compared with the top Frequently trees dug around
the roots cut off at a diameter of 10 feet, have the
tree-mover sent for when they should have a spread of
roots of 30 feet The ball-of-earth method with decidu-
ous trees usually consists in carrying a ball of earth 7 to
leaf. Norway maples 7 inches in diameter were well
watered to nil them with sap, the next day they were
dug with roots spreading 15 feet, leaving a ball of earth
5 feet in diameter in the center. The tree was tipped
back and a platform or stone boat moved under, on
which it was moved After planting the trees were
watered about four times, once in ten days The ball
of earth became dry very quickly The bundles of outer
roots did not send out fibers for about two weeks
Trees with less fibers in the center would probably
not succeed so well. See also Drainage and Evcrgrcui*
for further discussion
HBNKY UICKH
Types of insect injury to trees.
Trees of all sorts are liable to injury by many kinds of
insects, so many indeed that it IH difficult to present a
satisfactory account of their depredations without going
into great detail A few insects stand out prominently,
however, among the more common and widespread tree
pests and a selected series of these will serve as examples
of the various ways in which the trees may be injured
by these animals.
Destructive forest- or shade-tree insects may be
grouped into two classes, according to the way in which
332 Diagram to show how and where the digging is begun.
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
365
they feed, based on the fact that one series feed by
chewing and consuming the tissue of the trees, while the
members of the other class derive their nourishment
from the juices or sap of the trees which they suck out
by means of needle-like sucking rnouthparts Most
insects pass through three, or at least two, preparatory
stages, very different from the adult, before they reach
maturity. They hatch fiom eggs deposited by the adult
female, as larvae (grubs, catei pillars, maggots, and BO on)
and in this larval stage feed till they attain their full
sue The larval stage is, therefore, the most destructive
one When full grown, the larva usually changes to a
resting condition or pupal stage (chrysalis), and during
this time does not feed Finally the adult appears and
the life-cycle is complete Many insects undergo a single
generation every year,
but a number grow
ore rapidly, produc-
g several
333 Lepidopterous caterpillar
ing several broods
• each season, while a
few require two years
or more to mature
Insects provided
with chewing mouthparts may feed on the leaves and
are then known as defoliators, or they may feed on
the bark, cambium, sapwood, heart \\ood, or roots, in
which case they are known as borers Caterpillars,
beetle grubs and saw-flv laivte are the most important
insects of the latter kind
Among the inserts with piercing mouthparts, some
suck the juices of leaves, while others affect the twigs
and branches, or even the roots Plant-lice and scale
insects are the most important insects of this kind
Methods of debiroyinq tree-pe^ts
There are five widely different methods of destroying
insects which injure tiecs, and the selection of an appro-
priate method must d -pend primarily on the feeding-
habits of the species to be dealt with.
(«) All defoliators, Mich at, caterpillars (Fig 333), saw-
fl\ larvir (Fig. 334), and those beetle lar\a> that feed
externally upon the leaves, are best killed by the appli-
cation of an arsenical poison (Bigs 335, 33(>) This is
applied preferabl> by some sort of a spray-pump that
throws a hue mist or spray of water in which the arsen-
ical has been mixed Such spraying machines mav be
obtained in sues to suit any needs, from hand-pumps
holding a quart of liquid to power sprayers equipped
for spravmg extensive woodlands thoioughly and rap-
idly The most satisfactory poison is arsenate of lead,
an insoluble arsenical which can be mixed with water
in the proportion of six to ten pounds to each 100
gallons of water and
sprayed upon foliage
without danger of dam-
age to the leaves It is
sold commercially as a
_ _ white paste and is easily
334 Sawfiycaterpiliar (Natural size ) handled This sub-
stance is far superior
to pans green, london purple, and the like It should
be applied only in sufficient amount to show after
drying as whitish specks upon the surface of the leaves
(6) Plant-lice, since they feed by inserting their
beaks into the tissues of the leaves, and other soft parts,
are not affected by arsemcals and must be destroyed
by spraying with what is known as a contact insecticide,
one that kills through the application upon the surface
of the insect's body The most generally used, and one
of the best contact insecticides is kerosene emulsion
This is prepared by dissolving half a pound of common
laundry soap in one gallon of hot water and then adding
two gallons of kerosene while stirring or churning the
mixture violently The creamy mass thus formed
thickens on cooling and must be diluted with nine times
its volume of water before being sprayed upon the
335 Injury by leaf-eating caterpillar of
small size
plants. Scale insects feed like plant-lice, by inserting
their delicate beaks into the tissue of the tree and suck-
ing out the sap, but usually occur on the thin bark of
the branches and twigs rather than on the leaves Each
insect secretes a scale-like covering beneath which it
livts while growing, and, even when adult, the female
never leaves her position beneath the scale As the
scaly covering is
of a waxen nature,
these insects are
not so easily de-
stroyed by con-
tact insecticides
as are plant-lice,
although kerosene
emulsion is some-
times effective,
especially in the
case of young insects which have not yet secreted a
thick scale Many older or more resistant scales can-
not be destroyed in this way and they may be killed
when the trees are m a dormant condition by a spray-
ing with lime-sulfur wash prepared as follows Water,
forty gallons, fresh lime, twenty pounds, flowers of
sulfur, fourteen pounds These are boiled together for
one hour and then applied as a spray to the branches
and twigs This w ash should never be sprayed upon
tree* when in leaf
(c) Kark-btctlcb — These are small insects that live
during the larval stages beneath the bark of the trunk
and branches of trees 'Iho parent insects enter the
bark and excavate a small tubular gallery through
the cambium or inner bark Along the sides of this,
the eggs are laid and the developing larvae eat out
sinuous burrows through the cambium They thus
interfere with the sap-flow and cause a general weak-
ing or even death of the tree Bark-beetles are liable
to attack sickly or d>mg trees, and the only feasible
method of lessening their depredations is to remove and
burn such trees or branches as are affected, in addition
to improving in all possible wajs the conditions under
which the tree is growing, beaiing in mind that healthy
trees arc much less likely to be troubled by these
insects than are weak, poorl> nourished ones
((/) Wood-borer*, — The larva? of certain beetles and
moths subsist upon the woody tissues of trees, excava-
ting galleries through the wood of both living and dead
trees Such larvae are usually whitish, often with brown
head and have powerful jaws, b> means of which they
can cut through the solid wood They may attack trunk,
branches, or twigs, some working in the sapwood, others
in pith, while a few feed mainly on the heartwood In-
sects ot this kind are the most difficult to combat as they
feed where they cannot
be reached by means
of insecticides duung
the greater part of
their life Due to their
concealed position,
they are not so readily
noticed and may fre-
quently cause irrepa-
rable damage to trees
before their presence
is recognized Besides
cutting out the indi-
vidual larvae or de-
stroying them in their
burrows by means of
a piece of wire, no
general method of destruction can be recommended
It is important, however, to maintain the trees in as
healthy condition as possible, and to remove all dead
or dying timber m order to reduce the number of
breeding-places for the insects
(e) Leaf-miners — To this class belong some of the
336. Injury by leaf-eating cater-
pillar of large size
366
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
membere of several different groups of insects, certain
small moths, a few saw-fliee and a small number of flics
and beetles All ol the leaf-mmeis aie veiv small
insects whose larva1 feed upon the parenchyma of the
leaf, leaving intact the upper and lower epidermis
In this posftion they are protected fiom most sorts of
insecticides, although
in some cases, spray-
ing with a contact
insecticide containing
some tobacco com-
pound in combination
with soap may be
efficacious. One form-
ula recommended is:
water, 800 gallons;
nicofuine, or "blackKaf
40," one gallon, laun-
dry soap, thirty-two
pounds- Ordinarily,
leaf-miners do not pre-
sent a serious menace
to trees, but the pres-
ence of their blotch-like or serpentine galleries, which
show as faded areas, often greatly disfigure the leaves.
Some of the more important ^hade-tree pests.
A Defoliators.
The tussock moth, Hemerocampa hucodigma (Fig
337), is perhaps the most abundant caterpillar on trees,
particularly in thicklv settled districts The eggs are
laid in the fall in white fluffy masses the si/e of a dime
on the ti unks of infested trees and hatch m the early
summer The larvie bear several pencils of long black
hairs placed at each end and have four brush-like tufts
of pale yellow hairs above, with a bright red head
These pupate early in July m crevices in the baik and
the adults soon emerge to lav the eggs for a second
generation of caterpillars which \vill mature before fall
into moths that deposit the over-wintering eggs The
female moth is without wings and lavs her mass of
eggs on the bark where she emerges from her pupa
case These caterpillars feed on all sorts of trees
337 Tussock moth larva
except evergreens, but seem to be most destructive to
m and American linden Tw 01 el.it ed cat ei pil-
lars have been imported from Europe into Massachu-
map
cept
aple,
setts, the g\psy moth and brown-tail moth, and
although these aie at present confined to that neigh-
borhood, they will undoubtedly become widespread
before many years have elapsed The gipsy caterpil-
lars feed on many kinds of trees, preferring oaks, they
may be recognized by a double
line of round spots down the mid-
dle of the back, blue, followed by
red ones Their life-cycle is like
that of the tussock moth, except
that there is only one generation
passing the winter as a mass of
woolly, dull ochre-yellow eggs at-
tached to the bark The brovvri-
tail is a brownish caterpillar with
white spots, passing the winter in
small woven silk nests containing .,_ r . .-
many caterpillars The nests are \^m (x^)
attached to the tips of the twigs "*
of infested trees Orehaid trees suffer most severely
from this species, although all sorts of broad-leaved
trees are attacked.
Another common caterpillar of very different habits
is the American tent-caterpillar, Malacowma amen-
cana. This is an inconspicuous brownish moth which
over-winters as a band-like mass of eggs placed around
twigs of cherry and a number of other trees These
hatch in very early spring and the larvae spin silken
nests in small forks of the branches from which they
crawl out to feed upon the opening leaves. They mature
339 Euvanessa antiopa.
in early summer and the egga are laid in midsummer for
the next season's brood.
The bag-worm, Thyndoptenx cphemciJ'formis, is a
defoliator at times very destiuctive, although each
larva in his dependent bag does not have a wide range
of operations Fig 338. Hand-picking and aisemcal
sprays an1 the remedies
The caterpillars of the mourning cloak, Euvanessa
antiopa (Fig 339), are a very common pest of elm and
other shade trees They are black, coarsely spiny cat-
erpillars with red spots along
the back, and feed more
or less m colonies, usually
defoliating single branches- at
a time The butterfly passes
the winter as an adult, ap-
pearing m very early spring,
and laving its eggs m May.
The caterpillars from these
eggs become full-grown be-
fore July, and the butterflies
of another generation appear
in Jul} to la} eggs which will give rise to the hibernating
butterflies of the next winter.
A common saw-flv which occurs on willows is the
American saw-fly, Cunhcr atnencana The lurvje are
much like the defoliating caterpillars of moths and
butterflies in appearance and feed in the same way,
destroying the cntue leaf-tissue The lame are pale
green, with a blackish line down the back When
mature, the} descend to the base of the tree, where they
spin parchment-like brown (ocoons m which to pass the
winter on the ground among fallen leav es In the spring,
they transform and the adult saw-flies deposit their eggs
singly in slit-like cuts made into the tissue of the leaf
Pine trees often suffer from the deputations of
saw-fly larva? of the genus Loph}rus which devour the
needles, near the bases of which they later spin their
small cocoons
Many saw-fly larva? feed only on the leaf from ono
side, leaving the epidermis of the other side intact.
Arsenical spiavs for the destruction of such species
must be directed against the side of the leaves attacked,
usiuillv the under surface
Among defoliating beetle lame, the imported elm-
leaf beetle, Cahrucdia hitcola (Fig 310), is probably
most important This occurs onlv in the eastern
states but, is gradually spreading into the middle \\ est
The small, vellow, two-striped adults live through tho
winter and deposit their bright }ellow eggs in small
masses on the under side of elm leaves in eailv spring
These eggs hatch into black and reddish slugs which
feed on the under surface of the leaves, leaving only
the veins and upper epidermis The leaves then dry up
and mav fall off. The larvae,
now changed to a yellow color,
descend to the surface of the
ground to pupate and soon
emerge as a summer genera-
tion of beetles There are
two or three annual broods,
according to the latitude
B. Plant-lice and scale im>ccti>
There are many kinds of
plant-hce (Fig 341), but all
pass through very similar life-
cycles In general, this is as
follows the winter is passed
as a large shining elongate- beetle Hole8madebyadults>
oval egg attached to a twig surface marks by larv*.
or branch This gives rise
in the spring to a soft-bodied wingless female aphid
that gives birth to living young aphids, which in turn
reproduce in the same way These suck the juiccb from
leaves, petioles or tender twigs and thus sap the vital-
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
367
ity of the tree In addition, the leaves may be dis-
figured by a sticky substance, known as honey-dew,
secreted by the insects In the fall, both females and
winged males are produced and the female lays a single
winter egg On account of their method of reproduc-
tion, plant-lice multiply very rapidly, especially in
damp seasons Some species have a more complicated
life-cycle, producing winged individuals in the summer
which migrate to another food-plant, later to return
in the fall to the onginal one
A few plant-lice living in colonies produce galls,
curled leaves, or other malformations on the leaves or
twign of mtested trees
Scale insects exhibit a greater variety in their sea-
sonal history, some pass through a single generation
each vear, while others multiply more rapidly, passing
through a number of generations annually The win-
ter is .sometimes passed in the egg state, but more
commonly as a paitly grown insect
One of the commonest and most destructive scales is
the ojster-shell scale, L< pidowphc*, ultrn This occurs
on the thin bark of a great vanetv of trees, appearing
as a verv small, elongate, flattened body, pointed at one
end and rounded at the other, with the upper surface
more or less distinctly ridged in a transverse dire< tion
There is a single
generation an-
nually, the fe-
males maturing
in late summer
and depositing
a mass of eggs
which remains
., - beneath the
341. Woolly aphis on alnus. \ p,,.llo throng h
thewmter,hatch-
mg in the spring and producing full-grown insects by
midsummer Sometimes this species is so abundant
that the smaller branches appear as if co\ered by a
gray incrustation
The San Jose scale, A\pidiotiu> ptinmo^n^, is another
important stale, \\hich has been introduced into m.mv
parts of the United State's It is ver> dotiuctue,
primarily to certain oichaid trees, but mjuies manv
thin-barked shade tiees as \\ell '] he se:ile is \ei\ small,
round in the female and oval in the male, vuth a minute
nipple-shaped projection near its center 1 he females
do not lav their eggs till the \oung insects ;ue ready to
hatch, so that thev practically produce h\mg \oung
These develop rapidlv , five or six broods mat ui ing each
season, of which the last hibernates in the half-giown
condition In mass, the scales form a gra> , granular
crust, covering the branches and t\Mgs
In some paits of the country, maples grown for shade
trees suffer gieat injury bv the cottony maple scale,
Pulvmana innunurabilis This scale is most conspicu-
ous on the twigs in earl> summei, at which time the
females are dejx>sitmg their eggs It then bears a tuft
of fluffy waxen substance resembling a bit of white
cotton The voung scales appear soon after, when they
migrate to the leaves and feed till early fall before
returning to the t\\igs, where they finally pass the
winter in a half-grown condition
Practically all sorts of trees suffer at times from scale
insects, of which there arc many kinds The common
forms are divisible into two groups, the soft scales and
armored scales. The former are soft and convex like
the cottony maple scale, in which the "scale" is the back
of the insect itself, the latter are usually smaller, like
the Sari Jos6 scale, in which the "scale is a separate
waxen cover secreted by the insect.
c Bark-btetles.
These insects are small black or brown beetles that
live in the larval stages beneath the bark, feeding on
the inner bark and cambium, and all have very similar
342. Flat-headed borer.
(Natural size )
habits The parent beetle enters the bark through a
small hole about the si/e of a pencil-lead, and excavates
a single primary or egg-gallery through the cambium,
usually grooving the sapwood This tunnel varies from
one to several inches in
length, and along its
sides the female cuts out
little pockets, in each of
which an egg ife laid On
hatching from the eggs,
the larvae excavate in-
dividual mines usually more or less perpendicular to
the egg-gallery. When full grown, the white legless
grub-like larva) pupate in cells excavated in the bark,
from which the beetles emerge by chewing out a circu-
lar tunnel to the suiface Trees from which beetles
have emerged appear as though the bark had received a
charge of buck-shot, from the presence of the small cir-
cular emergence holes Some forms, like \ he genus Den-
roctonus, attack fine healthy coniferous trees and kill
much valuable timber, but shade trees are more com-
monly attacked by the, species that live in the bark of
deciduous trees, more particularly those that are m
a sicklv condition
A common form is the hickory bark -beetle, Eccop-
toqn^Ur quftdn \iniiow, that attacks hickories. The
b"( ties appear in June and July, to excavate the pri-
mary galleries which e\t end \ ert icallv for an inch or two.
Forty or hftv eggs are placed m notches on the sides and
the larvae bore out at right angles, thus girdling the
cambium and weakening or killing the branch This
specu s undergoes onlv one generat ion annually, although
some others pass through two or more each season.
There are many other kinds, all scarring the bark or
surface of the wood in a similar way
D Wood-borers
The larvae of many beetles and moths, and of a few
wasp-like insects, injure tiees by excavating their food*
burrows through the solid wood
Birches, grown for shade or ornamental trees, often
suffer great injury from the presence of a Hat-headed
borer, the bronze birch- borer, Agrilus anxius The
small elongate bionze-green beetles appear in May of
June and deposit their eggs on the branches, at first
near the crown of the tree. The larvae penetrate the
bark, beneath which they cut irregular flattened gal-
leries till giown, when they cut out cells in the wood in
\vhich to pass the winter before emerging in the spring.
The upper parts of the tree suffer first and begin to die,
and the following year the larv\e appear nearer to the
ground Chest nut 'is attacked by Agrilus bihneatus, the
tw o-hned chest nut-borer
Most other kinds of trees suffer similar injury from
related beetles, many of wh.ch multiply also in dead
trees and stumps
Another flat-headed borer, the larger flat-headed
pine-borer, Chahophora vtrqinien&ib (Figs 342, 343),
extends its flattened burrows deep into the wood of the
tree, a method of feeding exhibited by many borers of
this gioup attacking deciduous trees also. The larvae
grow to a length of 2 inches before
cutting out their transformation cells
m the b:irk
Hound-headed borers are similar in
habits, but belong to another family
of beetles in which the larvae are less
distinctly flattened near the head
and excavate more nearly cylindrical
burrows
One of our commonest species is the
locust-borer, ('ijlltnt1 robinix, which
attacks yellow locust trees. The
elongate medium-sized black beet-
les, with brilliant yellow markings,
appear in the early fall to deposit
368
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
their eggs on the bark of the trees. The eggs soon hatch
into larvse which feed for a time and then over-winter
in a small cell beneath the bark Next year they bore
through the living wood and transform in August to
beetles This species can destroy
healthy locust trees rapidly and is
a very serious pest wherever the
tree is grown All mfet»ted trees
should be pruned or felled and
burned to destroy the larva;, in
the fall or winter Sugar maples
suffer from a similar insect, as do
practically all sorts of trees
White pine trees are commonly
deformed by the larva* of the
white-pine weevil which feed ex-
clusively beneath the bark of the
terminal shoots of young trees of
this species (Fig 344 )
The carpenter moth, Pnonoxys-
tus robinw, is a large common
mottled gray insect with pale
yellovr black-headed and black-
white-pme weevil. ( x i) sPockled larv a» 2 inches m length,
that bore m the branches of many
kinds of trees Oak suffers most, but maple, ash, locust,
willow and cottonwood are often infest ed The moth
lays its eggs on the bark late in the summer, and for
two or three seasons the larva? feed on the wood, cut-
ting large circular burrows They transform m the
burrow, the pupa working its \vay partly through the
bark for the eclosion of the moth The brown pupa-
case may then remain projecting from the mouth of
the burrow for some time A related European insect,
the leopard moth, Zeuzcra pynna, has recently become
abundant along the northern Atlantic coast region,
attacking elm and all sorts of other trees and shrubs.
It feeds in the same way and bids fair to become
one of our worst shade-tree pests The larvae of
many other moths injure trees in a more or less
similar way
The pigeon horn-tail is a large cylindrical yellow-
brown and black insect with grub-like larva? that bore
345. Phylloxera galls on chestnut. ( X
in elm, maple, and other trees. The females insert
their eggs deep into the tree by means of a needle-like
ovipositor They frequently fail to extricate the ovi-
positor and may be seen dead, but still attached to the
tree trunks
E Leaf-miners.
Small larvae belonging to several orders of insects
live as miners in leaves, the most abundant forms often
greatly disfiguring the foliage of affected trees
Deciduous trees of all sorts are affected by the leaf-
mining larva? of various small moths, but it is very diffi-
cult to distinguish the different species without minute
study Oaks are particularly susceptible and are com-
monly disfigured by the sinuous or irregularly rounded
mines that appear as pale streaks or blotches. Even
pines suffer from such larva;, which enter a needle and
eat out the tissue, causing the tip to dry and become
yellow Occasionally insect larva1 cause malformations
or swellings of the leaves or twigs, known as galla.
(Figs. 345. 346.)
Yellow locust suffers from a leaf-mining beetle larva,
Odontoid dorsahs, that eats out almost all of the leaf
parenchyma, causing the leaves to dry and shrivel.
Related species affect oak and basswood. Members of
another family, belonging to the genus Brachys, also
mine m leaves of oak, chestnut, and so forth
One leaf -mining saw-fly is of considerable importance,
Kahofeniu>a id mi, the larva; of which eat out the paren-
chyma of elm leaves between the lateral veins, causing
them to assume a seared appearance in spots (Fig
347) Another closely related species mines in the
leaves of the hawthorn (Cratapgus). The latter may
be satisfactorily killed by a spray of tobacco-water,
but the species on elm is more
reisihtant. The larvae of these
species enter the ground later m
the summer to spin their cocoons
C T BRUES
346. Mite-galls on maple ( x
347. Leaf-miners' galler-
ies in elm (X H)
Some types of tree diseases.
Disease in plants is the result of any derangement in
the normal form, structure or physiology of the organ-
ism The disease condition becomes manifest by differ-
ent symptoms, according to the nature of the disorder
Such symptoms as .stag-head, cankers, leaf-spots,
witches' brooms, and so on, are examples of the effect
produced in the tree by some disease-producing agent or
combination of agents The variety of functional dis-
orders alone that may arise in tiees is large Such
causes as insufficient or excessive soil water, mal-
nutrition, excessive heat or cold, or rapid variations
in temperature are capable of producing effects called
physiological diseases On the other hand are those
diseases that' are produced by the activities of para-
sites, such as certain of the fungi, and bacteria Accu-
rately to place a new or little-know n disease in one of these
two classes is often difficult for the expert, even after
much study There is relatively less known concerning
the physiological diseases of trees than of those caused
by parasites, not because of their less importance BO
much as of the difficulty of studying them It is to be
deplored that the diseases of forest, shade and ornamen-
tal trees have not received their due share of study and
investigation by pathologists
How fungi cause diseases of trees.
The fungi consist of a group of plants that do not
contain chlorophyll, upon which all green plants depend
for the synthesis of carbohydrates. Consequently, not
being able to manufacture their own food, the fungi
must secure it from their environment, by dissolving
and utilizing organic materials from dead or living
plant 01 animal bodies. By far the vast majority,
luckily, belong to the class of scavengers which attack
dead organic material and utilize it for food. These
forms are called saprophytes. Other species of the
fungi attack living plants and, through their activities,
produce the disorders that are termed diseases These
are known as parasites or pathogens
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
369
In bnef, the general action of the fungi that cause
tree diseases is as follows: The fungus exists m two
stages, the vegetative and the fruiting. The vegetative
stage consists of a mycelium, which is an aggregate of
long much-branched microscopic threads of fungous
cells. This mycelium penetrates and grows in the body
of the tree, extracting nutriment from it by dissolving
the different structuies it can utilize In this process
the tissues of the tree are destroyed and the fungus
obtains food for its further development In time,
after sufhcient food has been stored in the mycelium,
the fungus forms its fruiting bodies In the case of the
larger number of the heait- and bap- wood rots, this
fruit body consists of a bhelf-hke or toadbtool-hke
structure on the exterior of the. troo In these fruiting
structures are borne millions of microscopic spores or
seeds of the fungus, which are distributed largely by
the wind If by chance one of these spores finds lodg-
ment on an exposed wound in the bark of a tree which
it is capable of infecting, it will under proper condi-
tions germinate, producing a mycelium that will
penetrate the tissues of the new host
Seedling diseases
The young seedlings in the nursery beds are often
attacked by certain soil organisms that cause a decay
of the htern at the surface of the ground, allowing the
plant to wilt and fall over This iy pe of disease is called
"damping off," m manv cabes it is caused b> the
fungus Pythium de liarynnum This disease is largely
induced by very moist soils, a moist atmosphere, high
temperature, and little ventilation Bv growing seed-
lings in light sandy boils, well watered^ but not exces-
sively, and by aerating the beds well to reduce the
humidity of the atmosphere around the plants, tins
trouble is practically avoided Soils in which it has
once occurred should be abandoned, however In
greenhouses m which this disease is often troublesome
and the precautionary measures mentioned above
difficult to maintain it may be necessary to steimze
the soil with formaldehyde or by steam heat immedi-
ately before sowing the seed.
Lcfif rh Crates
Very little serious damage is caused by most leaf
diseases of troes other than the unsightly" appearance
produced There are a few leaf diseases, however,
that are of more or less importance in the United
States Conspicuous among the.se is the anthracno.se
disease of oak and sycamore leaves, caused by the
fungus Gnomon in wrieta Throughout noitheastern
United States in recent years the plane-tree (I'latatiu*
occiii ctt talis) has been
almost universally af-
fected and the trees
often completely defoli-
ated before the first of
July Karlv in the sea-
bon the disease becomes
manifest by the pio-
duction of rapidly en-
larging brown blotches
which are usually pro-
duced along the veins
of the leaf If examined
closely, the numerous
spore clusters can be
able microscopic eon-
idia which serve for the dissemination of the fungus
The twigs are commonly affected also and on these, as
well as the fallen leaves, the fungus winters over The
same fungus produces a similar disease on oaks, especi-
ally the white oak, and is often epidemic in certain
regions As a measure of prevention, all fallen leaves
24
and twigs from diseased trees should be carefully col-
lected and burned All diseased twigs should be pruned
off and burned If desirable, the trees may be sprayed
with standard bordeaux mixture from the time the
leaves begin to unfold, at periods of two or three weeks,
imf-il the first of July
The tar-snot disease of the maple
caused by Ithytiama accnnuni is a con-
spicuous disease but ccldom causes
serious damage to the tree Fig 348
The diseased spots appear as blotches
of tar on the upper surface- of the
leaver Burning the diseased leaves
will matenall> lessen the chances of
attack the corning >ear since the
pathogen winters in them
Maple trees, at least in the north-
eastern states, have suffered during
the ]iast few summers from a physio-
logical trouble called leaf-scorch The
leaves of one side or the whole of the
tree turn brown between the veins and
finally dry up This disease ha.s been
ascribed to over-trans] mat ion of the
leaf-tissues at a 1i)7i< of v ear when the
loots cannot furnish enough water to
the tree to compensate the loss Thus
the leaf -cells are killed by desiccation
and the brown blotches appear It is
advised that artificial watering during
hot, drv weather will rnatenallv lessen
the seventy of the trouble, especially
under city conditions
C nnkcr (h Biases
\ diseased condition of the limbs 349 Canker
or trunk of a tree that results in the disease of the
death of an area of the bark us termed chestnut pro-
a canker These cankered ureas mav duced by the
be either sunken or enlarged, and the p^Slw Th'J
terms necrotic and h> pert rophy cank- comdial tendrils
ers are used respectively to designate are produced
these characters Not all cankers are from the numer-
produced by parasitic organisms, some °"s ruptures
are the result of malnutrition, winter bark0 "*
injury , sun-scorch, insects, and the like
By far the worst epidemic disease of trees m America
is the chestnut -canker now prevalent in many of the
eastern states In all, a total lo^s of $25,000,000 has
been ascribed to this disease between the time it was
first noticed, in 1904, on Long Island, and the year
1912 The cankers produced on the chestnut are
caused by the fungus En<lnt)iia para^dica Fig 3i9
At present, the question of the origin of this disease m
the United States is undetermined The fungus works
rapidly m the bark and sap-wood, killing the tissues
Fruiting bodies of two typos are formed on the dis-
eased bark, a comdial stage that appears as long
yellow tendrils of gelatinous matter and the reddish
yellow to dark brown cushion-like stromata that contain
the aseospores These latter spores are ejected in large
numbers at every rainy period throughout the spring,
summei, and fall and are carried by the wind, readily
causing new infections On the individual tree, the
fungus is rapidly spread by the washing down of the
comdia into wounds in the bark The cankered areas
soon cause the death of the parts above by girdling
the limb and, in most cases, complete death of the tree
follows in two or three years The state ol Penrisvl-
vama has taken steps to eradicate this disease bv seeking
out diseased trees and compelling owners to cut aft
affected trees m the western half of the state The
extremely virulent nature of the disease, however, has
led more conservative pathologists to question the
advisability of expending large sums ot money with so
slight a chance of ultimate or complete success The
370
ARBORICULTURE
problem of saving individual trees m affected regions
has not been solved. The very nature of the disease
precludes spraying, and tree surgery methods have not
given anything more than temporary success Incipient
cankers are so difficult to locate and, by producing conulia
when only three
or four wr( eks
old, serve to
spread the fun-
gus so rapidly
over the tree that
human efforts so
far have failed
jRus/ diseases
The most de-
structive and
important rust
diseases of trees
arc those caused
by different spe-
cies of the Pen-
derm i u m s on
coniferous trees
These rust f urigi
attack the nee-
dles, twigs, or
limbs of comfer-
350. Stem of white pine tree attacked by ous trccs often
the white pine blister-rust fungus, Cronartium nro(lupiri£ do-
nbicola The fruiting stage is here shown ml,, K
the process of rupturing the bark. foliation or com-
plete death of
the tree Notable among these diseases is the white-pine
blister-rust caused by the Pendermium stage of the
fungus Cronartium nbicola (Fig 350) which has its Cro-
nartium stage on species of curiants and gooseberries
The fungus is not nat ive to this countiy but has iccently
been imported from Europe In Europe the disease has
piactically exterminated the white pine (Pinm, Strobus)
in many localities, and in this country the clanger of
a similar destruction of this species is now being faced,
if the fungus acts with the same virulence as in its
native environment In 1912 the Federal Board of
Horticulture placed a quarantine on most of the coun-
tries of Europe, which prevents anyone bringing white
pine trees from these countries into the United States
The fungus attacks white pine from one to twenty
years old, the mycelium growing in the bark and usu-
ally producing a swelling
The orange -yellow fruiting
bodies burst through the bark
in one to five > ears after m-
fection The spores from the
pine can affect the gooseberry
or currant leaves only On
those hosts other kinds of
spores arc borne in the fall
which can infect the white
pine only and thus the yearly
cycle is completed The black
currant (Ribes nigrum) is by
far the most virulently af-
fected m this country, and it
is advised that plants of this
species arc therefore ex-
tremely daneerous to the
white pine industry and their
culture should be discouraged
By keeping currants and
gooseberries at least 500 feet
away from white pines, a
,-,_,, . partial safeguard is provided
351. Black spruce at- !„.„„„* +^* .K „* *i_
tacked by the dwarf mistle-
toe, Arceuthobium pusil-
lum, causing witches*
brooms.
other All plants aff
this fungus should be imme-
ARBORICULTURE
diately destroyed Consult Bureau of Plant Industry,
U S Dept of Agnc , Bulletin 206 for further details.
Witched broom diseases.
Excessive branching at any point on a limb, forming
a compact cluster of short stubby branches, is often
caused by numerous agents, both insect arid fungus,
as well as by the mistletoes In the South, especially,
trees of many species are disfigured by these witches
brooms caused by the American mistletoe, Phoraden-
dron /rw.smis and related forms In the northern states
the dwarf mistletoe, Arcentfiobntm pustllnm (Fig 351)
causes similar brooms on the black .spruce (Picea
Mariana) Witches' brooms on red cedar (Juniperus
virgimana) are caused by the lust Gymnobporangium
nidiis-ain±
Root diseases
The principal root disease of trees that is widely dis-
tubuted thioughout the United States is that caused
b> the mushroom AuniUana mellea Fig 352 The
mycelium of this fungus grows in the soil on decaying
wood as a saprophyte, but can also become parasitic,
killing trees over large areas Almost any of our indig-
enous trees may be affected
with this disease Flint tiecs
often suffer in certain re-
gions The imeehum pene-
t Kites the roots and grows in
the bark nnd wood, working
up into the base of the tree
The destruction of the root-
system is so iapid, howexer,
that two or three jears after
infection the tree often dies,
before the fungus has spread
any great distance up the
trunk In the older decayed
parts of the
root and m the
soil, the myce-
lium is aggre-
gated into long
black, flat-
tened stiands
called "rhizo-
morphs," or
more com-
monly termed,
"shoe-strings "
In the case
of conifer-
ous trees, an 352 Base of young white pine tree attacked
abundant exil- by Armillana mellea Note the cake of earth
date of resin- around the tree due to the exudate of resin, also
OUS sap occurs *^e white mycelium felts within the bark and
it the bnse of ^e en^ar8e(i resin vesicles induced by the
a V j V fungus The slender strands clinging to the cake
affec ed trees, of earth aie the ,<shoe Btr „
which forms
the surrounding soil into a cake The disease may be
recognized by the gradual yellowing of the foliage,
decay of the roots, presence of the ''shoe-strings" in
the soil, and the appearance of the honey-yellow mush-
rooms aiound the ba^e of the tr«>e No practical method
of treatment is known Diseased trees and the mush-
rooms should be destroyed
Other soil organisms may enter through wounds in
roots and cause diseases Such a disease may, after
becoming established in the roots, continue to spread up
the trunk Thus wounded root-systems are as danger-
ous a source of infection as wounded branches Roots
often suffer from winter injury largely because the wood
ripens from the top of the tree downward, and when
severe conditions are undergone early in the winter
before the new wood of the roots has ripened, it is
killed
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
371
Heart-rot diseases.
Most of the wood-rotting fungi belong to a class
known as the wound parasites By far the most univer-
sally distributed and destructive of these is the shelf
fungus, Fomv\ ujmai ins (.Figs 353, 354), which causes the
white heait-rot of deciduous trees Infection may occur
in any part of the tree where wood is exposed The my-
celium, by dissolving the hgnm of the woody elements,
first causes a brown decay thai is later succeeded by a
whitish decomposition, at which stage very little of
the original woody structures is left This decom-
position of the hearlwood lakes place rapidly and
often the tree is blown over The fruiting bodies of this
lungus aie produced usually at the point of infection
They consist of large hoof -shape >d bodies, carbonaceous
and rough on the upper surface, and bro\vn beneath
The under surface is lull of small holes which arc the,
openings of long vertical tubes, on the inner surface of
which the spoies are borne These spores sift out of
the tubes and arc distnbuted by the wind.
Anolhei fungus commonly met with, and acting
similarly, is Fonic^ fonmdnnn\ This is also at times
a wound parasite but works mostly in the sapwood
first and l.itei spieads into the ho art wood A yel-
lowish white, soft derav is produced Large sheets of a
rhamois-skin-hke character are often found in trees
rotted In this fungus rl hese sheets aie compact masses
of the mvcelmm which have filled up the long cracks
produced by the shrinking of the diseased wood The
hpoiophores are essrnti.ilh dilfi rent from those; of F.
iqniariu^, being light gra\ and smooth on top and light
gray-brown beneath, with relatively large pores Nu-
merous other shelf fungi occ 111 as wound parasites and
do more or less d image where the baik, when wounded,
was not piotcetid unlil the natural callus could fonn
Some of the fungi winch .ire wound parasites of h\ ing
trees continue a saprophvtic life in structural timbers,
causing their ult im.it e destruction
Wintci injuiy, ^un-suill and drought
Man\ misconceptions are prevalent concerning the
real effect of tiee/mg and sun-sc-ild on trees rl he
injury b> free/ing in lices is due to the action of low
temperature upon the1 water in the e<41s of the tree or
to the tension pressures indueexl A-> the temperature
approaches free/ing, the water in the cell begins to pass
out into the1 interc'ellular spaces and there accumulates
The lower the te-mpeial ure goes, the more water is
extracted from the cell and stoied in the intercellular
spaces a,s tee crvst ils ^ hen a eeit.un temperature' is
reac-heel, the amount of water witlidrawn is such that
the living elements of the cell can no longei survive, and
are killed This specific minimum temperature varies
for different spec H'S of trevs, at counting foi thediffeience
m susce'pt ibihtv to winter injury The living tissues
of the tree constitute the baik and sapwood, and when
areas of (hese tissues are kille'el, serious damage isdoneto
the tree. Either enough damage' is done to the roots,
trunks, or twigs to cause ultimate death the coming
Bummer, or the areas that weie killed serve as infection
courts for the various wound parasite's like the heart-
rot or sap-rot fungi In the ca.se of sun-scald, the action
is exactly similar, with the exception that the water is
removed from one side of the tiee by excessive heat
during the growing season, instead of by freezing The
cracking and splitting of the bark of trees may be due
to the tension pressure set up in the bark by the con-
tracting of the woody cylinder in circumference during
periods of low temperature'
Norway maple tree's planted for shade are especially
susceptible to sun-scalcl because they are grown close
together in the nursery to a laigc size and then, when
planted out, they are often injured by the hot sun
Care should be taken not to attempt to grow trees
farther north than their natural range, which is an
indication of their ability to withstand the minimum
temperatures.
Trees suffer m dry seasons from drought Water
is transpired from the leaves of a large tree, in great
quantities The hotter and dryer the atmosphere, the
more water is transpired Thus it happens that during
continued droughts there is not sufficient soil-water
pmsent for the roots to supply the requisite} quantity
to compensate for this large loss, and the leaves are
killed by dessication Dead tops or st ag-head ultimately
result in cases in which such conditiejns continue year
after >ear Artificial watering in such cases will relieve
this condition and largely prevent the trouble
rCxcessively we-t soil will also act in a similar way
Tie«e rejots in .saturated soil are unable to take up water
because they are suffocated b\ the lack of oxyeen.
Hence the tops suffer as from drought
Smofie and gas injury
In manufacturing district^ in which large quantities
of smoke are produced, extensive1 injuries to trees as
we'll as other vegetation often result The injurious
property of the smoke is mamlj clue to the sulfur
353 Sporophore of Fomes igmanus var mpncans Spore-
bearing surface shown by the lighter color
eiioxid that it contains Thus gas, when dissolved
m the cell-sap of the- le'af or the soil-water, produces
biilfunc acid, which is poisonous to the tree
The roots of tm's are also injured bv escaping sewer-
gas or illuminating gas, which either poisons or suffo-
cates the roots Tree's killed bv escaping gas m the soil
usuallv shed their outer bark in large pate hes near the
base, the inner bark remaining tighly appressed to the
tree1
Tiees that come into contact with electric wires are
injured in proportion to the strength of the current and
the duration of the contact Often trees are killed m
cities from this cause
Gases arising from recent h laid crcosoted paving-
blocks or macadam bound with tar often cause defoli-
ation of nearby trees, by the poisoning of the cell-
contents of the leav es.
Sanitary measures for the pnvcntion of diseases.
(1) As a first means of preventing disease m trees,
one should buy cle'an stock from nurseries regularly
inspected by state' agent h Stoe%k should be bought from
nurseries in this country, owing to the great danger of
importing disease* which might bee-ome e'pidemic (2)
In addition, one should use his influence in getting his
neighbors to eradicate diseased trees and diseased parts
of trees Clean stock grown in a well-cared-for neigh-
borhood is the problem half solved (.)) The litter of
leaves or tw igs under a diseased tree- should be collected
372
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
each fall and carefully burned in order to prevent the
wintering over of harmful fungi (4) Care should be
taken that all wounds made in pruning or by accident
be immediately treated with some waterproof adhesive
to prevent infection by wound parasites In the absence
of anything like accurate knowledge concerning better
preparations, coal or gas tar and lead paint are to be
recommended The tar will la&t longer than the paint.
The wholo idea of wound-protection is to bridge over
the time lapsing between the injury and the natural
healing of the wound by the callus Wounds previously
treated should be gone over at least once a year and a
new coating applied if necessary.
Prevention of leaf diseases.
Although the most of the damage done by leaf dis-
eases is mainly to the appearance and not to the life of
the tree, it may even be desirable to prevent the un-
sightly appearance of leaf-spot or other diseases of that
nature If, after the
sanitary methods de-
scribed above fail to
control the diM ase, it is
desired to spray, this can
be done at some little
expense if the trees are
not too large Bordeaux
mixture, full strength or
half strength, applied
three or four times after
the leaves begin to
show, at intervals of
about three weeks, will
probably tend to lessen
354. Cross-section of maple limb infection in most cases,
affected by Fomes igmarms Note Spray mixtures should
that the frost crack was possibly the \w appllcd a few hours
infection court A young sporophore raviolis to cenpral rim
ts shown just emerging at the top Prcvlous to general rain
of the picture (X&) periods, the advance of
which can be predicted
by observing the government weather maps General
directions about spray mixtures and spraying machinery
is now attainable from almost any one of the State
Agricultural Experiment Stations.
Treatment of diseased trees.
When the woody part of the tree is the diseased
area, tree-surgery methods must be used Badly dis-
eased limbs and twigs should be pruned off flush Never
leave a stub Wounds s>o made should immediately
be coated with a waterproofing Decayed parts of
larger limbs or trunks should be carefully dug out with
a gouge and mallet, being sure to icmove far back
on all sides of the cavity into apparently healthy wood.
The growing mycelium of the fungus is advancing some
distance beyond the decayed area, in what appears
as healthy tissue, and must be removed to effect a
stoppage of the decay Cavities thus made may be
filled with concrete or left open, provided, m either case
however, that the entne surface exposed is carefully
painted with a waterproofing paint or tar Diseased
roots may be treated in the same way At the
present time no method of treating diseased trees
internally is known The ideas of quackb who may
advance such treatments should be doubted, for m the
majority of cases such treatments will prove to be harm-
ful The matter of chemeotherapy for the cure of tree
diseases is not without hopeful outlook, but much care-
ful investigation by experts must be forthcoming before
such methods can be evolved. w. H RANKIN.
Choice of trees for special purposes.
The following lists include trees of proved hardiness
and are not intended to be complete but merely sugges-
tive, and chiefly for ths northeastern United States and
Canada.
1. TREES WITH SHOWY FLOWERS.
A. Blooming in early spring bejore or with the
leaves.
Acer rubrum (fls. blood-red)
Amelanohier canadensis (fls white).
Cercis canadensis (fls rosy pink).
Cornus flonda (fls white, also pink).
Cornus mas (fls yellow)
Magnolia denudata (fls white)
Magnolia Soulangeana (fls white to purple).
Prunus amencana and other plums (fls white)
Prunus Avium and other cherncs (fl« white)
Prunus Davidiana (fls pink, aKo white, the earliest of all
Prunus)
Prunus pendula (fls pinkish, branches pendulous).
PruDUs Sargentn (fls light pink)
Prunus serrulata (fls white to pink)
Pyrus baccata and other species (fls white to pink).
Saluc (stammate plants with yellow catkins)
AA. Blooming late in spring after the leaves
/Esculus Hippoca^tanum and other species (fls white or
red)
Catalpa speciosa (fls white)
Cladrastis lutea (fls white)
Cornus l"jusa (fls white)
Cratajgus (fls white)
Fraxmus Onius (fls white)
Laburnum (fls yellow)
Magnolia hypoleuca (fls white)
Pterostyrax (fls white)
Robima (fls white or light pink)
Synnga vulgans (fls white to purple)
Tamanx parviflora (pink)
AAA Blooming in summer and autumn
Araha chinensis and A spinosa (fls Aug and Sept ).
Castanea dint at a (^ white, July)
Gordoma pubescent (fls whitr , bept , Get )
Ko?lreutena p-imculata (flh yellow , July, Aug )
Oxydendrum arboreum (fls white, July, Aug )
Rhus semialata (fls white, Aug , Sept )
Robima neomexicana (fls light pink, A-ig )
Sophora japomca (fls white, Aug )
Synnga japomca (fls white, Julv)
Tamanx galhca (fls pmk, Aug, Sept, if severely cut
back)
2. TREES WITH SHOWV Fuuns
Acer pseudoplatarms vir erythro< »rpa (fr oright red).
Acer rubrum (fr bright red m May and June)
Ailanthus altissima \ar er>thro< arpa (fr red)
Cornus flonda (fr scarlet)
Cotmus coggygria (ample feathery panicles )
Crataegus mollis and others (fr scarlet or red)
Hippophae" rhamnoides (fr yellow )
Ilex opaca (fr rod)
Magnolia hypoleuca (fr scarlet)
Magnolia tnrxtala (fr pink)
Pyrus haccata and allied species (fr yeLow or scarlet).
Rhus typhina (fr scarlet)
Sassafras (fr dark blue with red stom-)
Sorbus amencana and aurupana (fr red)
Taxua baccata (fr scarlet)
3. TREES VALUED^ FOR FOLIAGE EKI-BCTS (See also
Section 5, Evergreens, next page )
A. With colored foliage.
Acer Negundo var argenteo-vanegatum (the most effec-
tive of hardy variegated trees )
Acer Negundo var aureo-margmatum (lvn yellow)
Acer palmatum var atropurpureum (Ivs purple)
Acer platanoides var Reitenbachu (Ivs becoming dark
red in summer)
Acer platanoides var Schwedlen (Ivs bright red in
spnng)
Acer pseudoplatarms var Worleei (Ivs. yellowish)
Betula alba var purpurea (lv« purple)
Fagua aylvatica var purpurea (!VB purple)
Populus alba var mvea (Ivs white beneath).
Populus deltoides var aurea (one of the best yellow-
leaved trees)
Quercus pedunculata var atropurpurea (Ivs purplish).
Quercus pedunculata var Concordia (Ivs yellowish).
Salix alba var argentea (Ivs silvery white).
Tiha tomentosa (Ivs white beneath)
Ulmua campestns var argenteo-vanegata (Ivs. whitish).
AA. With large, bold foliage.
Acanthopanax ncimfolmm Catalpa speciosa
Acer inwigne Magnolia macrophylla,
Acer maerophyllum Magnolia tnpetala.
Araha chmensis and A spinosa. Paulownia tomentosa.
Asimina triloba. Querous dentata
X. Arboriculture.— Picea Dungens. the Colorado blue spruce.
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
373
TREES VALUED FOR FOLIAGE EFFECTS, continued
AAA. With smatt, narrow, or finely citi foliage.
Acer palmatum var. diiwectum.
Acer platanoides var. Lorbergii.
Acer saccharmum var Wien
Alnus glutmosa var. impenalis.
Bctula pendula var. dalecarlica,
Elseagnus angustifoha
Fagus sylvatica var. aaplemfolia,
Gleditsia tnacanthos
Gymnocladus canadonsis.
Hippoi :
Juglans regia var lacmiata
had rharn
oides.
QuercuH pedunculata var. filicifolia,
Sahx njgra
Sambucus nigra var lacmiata.
Tamanx gallica, etc
Taxodmm distichum
4. TREES WITH BRILLIANT AUTUMNAL TINTS.
AC«T rubiuin (scarlet)
Acer saccharum (scarlet and orange)
Cornus florida (scarlet)
Ccrcidiphyllum (yellow and purple).
Cratffgus (mostly scarlet and orange).
Fraxinus americana (yollow or violet-purple).
Liquidambar (scailet)
Lmodendron (bright vollow)
Nyssa sylvatica (warlet)
Oxydondnirn arboreuni
Quercus alba (vinous purple)
Quercus coccmea, paluntm (scarlet). "
Rhus (mostly scarlet)
Sassafras (orange and scarlet).
5. EVERGREEN TREES.
A. Com Jem.
Abies
Chamtecypans
Juniperus virgimai
Pmus.
Pseudotsuga.
Thuya
Tsuga
A A. Broad-leaved evergreens (only Ilex opaca and
Rhododendron hardy m the N ).
Ilex opaca Persea earohnensis.
Magnolia glauca (not Prunus ( arohniana.
fully evergreen as far Prunus lusitanica.
north as it is hardy) Ouercus virginiana
Magnolia grandiflora Rhododendron maximum
6. DECIDUOUS TRK^S VALUED FOH THEIR WINTER
EFFECTS
Acer Negundo (branches light green)
Acer pennsyKamcum (strip* d bark)
Hetula nigra (flaky reddish brown bark)
Hetula papyrac<-a (smooth, sihery white bark)
Cratsegu8 vindis, C nitida and other species (red fruit).
Fagua sylvatica (keeps its dead leases)
Gleditsia (large, flat pods)
Hippophafe rhamnoides (jcllow bernea)
Liquidambar (corky branches)
Pyrus prumfoha (scarlet or y«llo\v fruit)
Quercus alba, pedunculata uud tinctona (keep their
leaves)
Quercus macrocarpa (corky branches).
Rhus typhma (scarlet fruit)
Sahx vitellina (yellow branches)
Sorbus americana and S aucuparia (scarlet fruit).
7. VERY TALL TREES.
Gleditsia tnacanthos.
Juglans nigra
Lmodendron Tuhpifera.
Picea excelsa
Pmua strobus
Platanus occidentals.
Populus balsamifera.
COLUMNAR OR NARROW PYRAMIDAL TREES, continued
Populus nigra var. itahca
Quercus pedunculata var pyramidalis.
Robmia pseudacacia var pyramidalis.
Sorbus hybrida
Taxodium distich am (especially var imbricariumX
Taxus baccata var. faatigiata
Thuya
Ulmus campeatns var monumentahs.
Ulmus scabra var fastigiata
9. ROUND-HEADED TREES.
Acer platanoides var globosum
.Esculus Hippocastanum var urnbracuhfera.
Catalpa bignornoules var nana
Fraxinus excelmor var globosa
Morua alba var nana
Prunus Mahaleb var globosn
Robmia Pseudacacia var umbracuhfpra.
Ulmus campestns var gracihs
Ulmus campestns var umbracuhfera
10. WEEPING TRELS.
Acer saccharmuin var Wieri
Betula alba var pendula
Crateegus monogyna var pendula
Fagua sylvatica var. pendula
Fraxmua excelsior var pendula
Fraxmus parvifolia var pendula
GleditHia tnacanthos var pendula
Prunus pendula
Prunus serotina var pendu'a
Quercu« pedunculata var Dauveasei.
Sahx babylonica
Sahx blanda
Sahx vitellina var pendula
Sophora japonica var pendula
Korbus aucupana var pendula
Tihu p.-tiolaris
Ulmus scabra \ar pcnduk
11. CITY TREES (Soo alho No 12 )
Ailanthus altiasima (pistillate tree).
Carpmus
Celtis occidental! 1
Cratsegus oxyacantha
Fraxmus amenca«a
Fraxinus excel«uor
Gmkgo biloba
Gleditsia tnacanthos
Platanus onentahs
Populus deltoides
Populus nigra \ ar italic
Prunus serotina
Robmia Pseudaeacia (often attacked by borers)
Sophora japonica
Tilia tomentosa
Tiha ulmifolm
Ulmu1? amencana
Ulmus campestris
12 SHADE AND AVENUE TREES
Besides the trees enumerated under city trees, No 11
(which are to be recommended as street trees in the
cities), the following trees are good avenue subjects.
\ (often attacked by boreraL
Populus deltoides
Quercus macrocarpa.
Quercus palustris
Quercus rubra
Quercus velutma
Taxodmm distichum.
Ulmus americana
Acer platanoides
Acer rubrum
Acer sacchannum
Acer saccharum
.(Esculus carnea
^Esculus Hippocastanum
Catalpa speciosa
Liquidambar styraciflua
Lmodendron Tuhpifera
Quercus alba.
Quercus coccmea
Quercus imbncana
Quercus palustns
Quercus phellos
Quercus rubra
Tiha amencana.
Tiha dasystyla
Tiha ulmifofm
13. TREES FOR SEASIDE PL \NTING.
S. COLUMNAR OR NARROW PYRAMIDAL TREES.
Abies (most species).
Acer saccharmum var pyramidale
Acer saccharum var monumentale.
Betula pendula var fastigiata
Carpmus betulus var fa^tigiata.
Cepnalotaxus Harnngtoma var koraiana.
Chamfficypans Lawaoman i
Chameecypans nutkaensis
Juniperus commums var. su"?ica
Juniperus virginiana (especially var pyramidalis).
Linodendron Tuhpifera var pyramidahs.
Picea (most species)
Populus alba var. Bolleana
Ailanthus altissima.
Cratsegus oxyaeantha
Elseagnus angustitoha
Hippophae1 rhamnoides
Juniperus virginiana
Picea alba
Pinus nigra.
Puma sylvestns.
Populus deltoides var caroli-
nensia
Populus trcmuloides
Queicus rubra
Sahx alba
Sahx caprea
Sassafras
14. TREES FOR DRY SITUATIONS AND DRY CLIMAT
Acer oampestro. Pinus divancata
Acer ginnala Pinus ngida
Alnus rugosa. Pinus sylvestns
Betula pendula Quercua coccmea.
Cornua mas
P'lteagnus angusfi folia
Fraxinus pubenccns
Phellod^ndron amurense
Quercus Pnnus
Querciis rubra
Quert us velutma.
Llmus effuaa.
374
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
15. TREES FOR WET SOIL.
Acer rubrum
Acer sacchannum
AlnuB glutmoBa
Alnus maritiina
Betula alba
Betula nigra
Carya lacinioaa
Chamupcypans thuyoides
Nyssa sylvatioa
Picea alba
Picea mariana.
Pmus r.Kida
Populus (most species)
Quercus alba
Quf rcus bitolor
Quorcus phcllos
Sahx (most species)
Taxo<hum distichum
ALFRED REHDER.
Choice of street trees for special regions
TREES FOR THE EASTERN PART OF THE CONTINENT.
Street trees for New England and northern New York.
URBVN
Acer platanoides
Plativnus onentalis
Qucrcus rubra
Tiliaanuiuvma
Ulmud ameru ana
SUBURBAN
Acer rubrum
Ater sauharum
Fraxmus aincncana
Platanus occidentals
Qucrcus alba
Qucrcus palustns
From New York City and Pennsylvania southward even
to Georgia along the mountains
Acer platiinoidos
Ginkgo biloba
Platanus occidentals
Plat AUUS orient ahs.
Queuus cocunea
Ulums ameruana
SUBURBAN.
Acer rubrum
Fraxmus amencaim
Liquidambar styraciflm
Linodtndion Tuhpileni
Querms alba
Querous bicolor
The coa^t region from Norfolk i>outhivard and along
the (!nlf of Mexico, except southern Florida
UUH\N
1 iquidambar styratiflu;
Qucrcus lamifolid
Qucrcus niKia
Qucrcus phellos
Qucicus virginiana.
North central states.
URBAN
Ceitis oc< identahs
Nati\e oaks
Tilia nmcricana
SUHUKIIIN
Magnolia acummata
Magnolia grandiflora
Magnolia tnpetala.
Nysaa syh atica.
SUBURBAN
Acer rubrum
Acer sac charum
Fraxmus amcncana
Platanus occidentals
Acer pl-itanoidea
CJmkKo bilohi
PI itumn ,m, malw
Add to the above lut for points south of Cleveland,
Chicago and Omaha.
UKB\N. SUBURB VN
Liquidambar styraciflua
Linodendion Tulipifmi
Platanvw onukntabs
Quercus pilustm
Qucrcus rubra
Most points in northern Alabama, northern Missis-
sippi, southern Arkansas, Oklahoma, and part of Texas
back of the coast legion are adapted to the trees of both
the northern list and the list for the south Atlantic
and Gulf coast regions p JA MULFORD
Ornamental trees for the middle and southern states.
Deciduous trees
Acer saccharinum (A, dasycarpum) and A Negundo,
the latter extensively used for street planting — Brous-
sonetia papynfera, formcily planted along streets, but
objectionable because of the many suckers which they
produce, as is also B Kazmoki — Cercis canadensis
Valuable as an early spring-flowering tree — Cellis
Bungeana. One of the most distinct trees; an excellent
shade tree — Catalpa Seldom planted South as an
ornamental tree, because of the repeated attacks of
caterpillars The latter are frequently used for fish
bait — Cladrastis tinctona Very desirable as a flower-
ing lawn tree — Cornus florida. The white-flowering
species is among the most attractive of our eai ly bpi mg-
blooming tiees and is largely used in landscape work.
The pink- and led-flowering forms are exceedingly
beautiful — Cratspgiis Taking into account the vai ions
shapes, the foliage and the bright-colored fruit in fall
and winter, the best are. C Phjrnopyrum or Washington
thoin, C aiboresceiif,, C apathulata and C. seawalls
or apple haw — Chilopbis satiyna. known us C linea. is,
is one ot the best for diy soils Ihe typical species pro-
duces lilac-colored floweis, but seveial forms have lately
been pioduced with floweis ranging trom light lilac to
lilac -pui pie \vith yellow stupes nihide A pine wlnte-
floweimg form is veiy staking but is of more dwarf
habit — I)iot>pyro)> vugimana Sometimes planted for
shade or for its fruit Adapts itself to neailv all soils
There aie many forms varying both in the foliage and
size and shape ot fiuit — Faynvgrandtfolia is frequently
usexl foi stieet planting in sandy soils r[ he red-leaved
forms of the Kmopean species are of little value South,
the purple tint of the foliage fading to a dull gieen at
the appioach of \\aim weather —Fra cut us tictuntnata
and F pnht^u n^ Both thrive best in rich soils and are
veiy desirable fni stieet planting, being seldom attacked
by insects -(imfcqo 01 Salibbujia is sometimes used
foi avenues and street planting wheie a ngid pyramidal
tiee is lequned The foliage is one of its attiaetums,
being shaped like the maidenhaii fein —(iledittia
truuaniho^ rl he feitile tree is sometimes planted for
its laige falcate pods, which are lehshed by manv for
the sacchanne acululated pulp The hnel\ pinnate foli-
age is very omamental — Hah s?a htraplcra Jn the
middle sections ot the South and in rich, diy soils it
giovvs to a small tree, hut m the mountain districts in
nch soils along the water-courses, trees 10 to .">() feet
high are frequently found Valuable for landscape
planting — Carwi 01 Huoiia The pecan is the best
southern nut tiee and is very largelv planted for its
nuts It is otten planted m avenues foi its beauty —
Canja myribticjifoi mi*, is scaice, but it,> foliage is more
atti active than that of any other species —lioienui
dulci'* Ihe foliage and the fleshv ied peduncles in
autumn make it an excellent shade and omamental
tree — />/(s/a polycaipa \ handsome tree when giovvn
in partial shade, the bark blisters m full sun — Juq-
lan^ J nujia is one of the most valuable ornamental
and economic tiees and is extensively planted for
avenues The Persian or English walnut and its many
forms are being more largely planted than of old, but
are often injured by late spnng frosts following a warm
period dining Febiuaiy J Suboldiana is a very oma-
mental tree and very productive at an early age J
cint'rta is Milted only to the mountain regions of the
South —Kaelii'itUna panu ulatu Very desirable for its
pinnate foliage and panicles of yellow flowers, which
are succeeded by bladder-like fruits — Lnqtrt>tra:mKi
indica The cuipc rnyitle is one of the most character-
istic feat ui es ol southern homes It has become almost
natuiahzed South If tiamed to a single stem, it will
form a tree 2.") to 30 feet high; otherwise it affects the
bush form It is conspicuous for its shining brown bark
and the pi of union of its beautifully crimped and fringed
flowers, which are produced from Apnl until August
The colois vary from a pale to a daik pink, purplish
red, pure white and glowing crimson No other flower-
ing tree can surpass it in beauty, and by a judicious
selection of the various colored flowers a grand effect
is pioduced in landscape wroik. — Lirioduidron Tulipif-
era One of the most valuable and rapid-growing shade
and ornamental trees, thrives best in rich soJ Trees
taken from woods transplant badly They should be
grown in nursery and occasionally transplanted until
sufficiently large for usm^ in street planting — Liquid-
ambar A most symmetrical shaped tree; adapts itself
to all soil, valuable for street planting Some trees
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
375
assume a deep purple or crimson tint in the foliage dur- not valued owing to being usually infested with tent
ing autumn, others a golden yellow — -Magnolia Of the
native deciduous Hpeues, M acutmuata is the most
desirable for street and avenue planting All the spe-
cies are voracious feeders and thrive best in rich soils.
M macrophylla, or umbrella magnolia, seldom growa
beyond 25 feet, but is conspicuous for the length and
size of its leaves This tree is called umbrella tree
South, whereas this name applies to M tripctala at the
North M. Fraberi, eai -leaved magnolia or wahoo of
the western North Carolina mountaineers, is also a very
ornamental tree M /npttala is objectionable in gar-
dens owing to the unpleasant odor of its flowers Few
Chinese species, with the exception of M fujpolcutn,
attain the size of a tree M denudata and M tioulange-
ana can be trained to a single .stem and made to attain
a height of 25 feet All_the other varieties may be
caterpillars Prunus Pus^ardh is the best purple-leaved
tree for the South, as it retains its color during sum-
mer — Pmckneya pi the us This very ornamental small
tree is seldom seen under cultivation, as it grows natu-
rally in wet and boggy soils — Pyrus coronaria The
crab-apple, a small tree with very fragrant flowers in
spring, is excellent for shrubberies — Platauub oca-
dentalm One of the most desirable trees for street
planting — Populus The variety used most f i eely for
street planting is P. deltoides or P momhftra, com-
monly known in the South as cottonwood. It is of rapid
growth and thrives in neaily all soils that arc riot too
and All southern nurserymen catalogue the Carolina
poplar, but the stock is not always true to name —
Ptnouiryn jiaximfolia, 01 Caucasian wmg-fiuited wal-
nut, is a very rapid-giowing tiee, with spreading
classed as shrubs The flowers are often injured by blanches and pinnate foliage Very ornamental when
late spring frosts — M<lia Aztdaradi (Pride ^^ covered with pendulous ni >< mes of small
of India, Chmaberry) Almost natural- ^ T^^ata^ winged nuts, which, however, are of no
Stubbs mulberrv. ftom the ^r~>" ferenee It is native along
discoverer, pioduces enoitnoua ^ 355. Avenue of live oaks, Audubon Park, the seacoast and adapts itself to
crops of Luge, n< h vinous n uit This New Orleans inland sections, where it does not
and the llu ks and Downing varie-
ties are often plmted (01 feeding poultry and hogs
They should not be planted near dwellings, owing
to the dropping of the truit — \ ?/.SAU sijhxilica. Only
desirable in landscape woik for the brilliant red
tint of its autumn lohage. — Oiydtndrum <irboienm.
Desirable foi its flow CMS and highly colored autumn
foliage. — ParLnitoina arukala Retomn or hoisc
bean of southern Texas A small tree with gieen
bark, feathery foliage and yellow flowers Valuable for
shrubberies —Paulownta tomentosa. Rapid-growing
Almost naturalized in some sections of the South The
foliage in young trees is veiy large Flowers pale violet,
very fragrant, in long panicles; they open before the
leaves appear. — Peadi There aie many ornamental
varieties which are exceedingly handsome while in
bloom, especially the double-flowering crimson, white
and pink, others are desirable for their peculiar giowth,
as Pyramidahs, which is as erect as a Lombardy poplar.
Weeping, willow-leaved, and golden-leaved varieties ai e
interesting — Prunus. Hortulana or Chicasaw plums
are sometimes planted for ornament, though '
for fruit P. virgimana is abundant eveiy
attain the great size of the coast
region Theie is no southern tiee, except Magnolia
gianihftoia, that is more admired, especially when
planted in avenues — Na/nw/Ks marginatus The
globose yellow beines are ictamed dm ing winter
Berries when boiled produce a saponaceous fluid — Stil-
linqia M lijcra Naturah/ed on the coast of Georgia and
South Carolina The acuminate rhomboidal leaves give
the tree a unique appearance Requires nch soil and is
valuable in landscape woik — Symplocas tinctona Not
common. Should ne a\ ailable for shrubberies — Tiha
pube^ccn-s A large tree occasionally found in rich soils
along the seacoast Differs little in general from T.
amcricana, but seems to be better suited to the middle
South Very desirable for street planting or shade. — .
Tojijlon, or Madura y is naturalized in many sections of
the middle South Grows to a height of 30 feet and the
feitilc trees aie very ornamental when laden with their
laige, globular fiuit. The wood is very lasting when
used for posts and takes a beautiful polish — Ulmus
icasaw plums amtrucnn is perhaps more laigel\ planted for streets
igh commonly and avenues than any other deciduous tree — Viburnum
eiy where but prumjoliuni (black haw or posbum haw;. In very rich
376
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
soils sometimes attains a height of 15 to 20 feet The
dark blue berries are retained during winter. Desirable
for shrubberies.
Broad-leaved evergreen trees.
Camellia japonica Although these magnificent plants
are usually seen in bush form, they can be trained to
single stems and attain a height of 20 or more feet m
the coast region, -whore they have found a congenial
soil and climate The typical single red variety, a tree
of which is growing at Charleston, S C , and planted
in 1808, being the first intioduced, is now upward* of
20 feet high The double-flowering soils, \\hilc usually
of vigorous growth, do not attain the sue of the single
red — Cinnamomnrn Camphora In southern Louis, ana
and middle Florida trees grow to a height of f>0 feet, in
the middle South they affect the bush form or when
trained to single sterns exceed 15 to 20 feet Foi the
extreme South it is recommended for street planting —
Cyrilla racemiflora Specimens aie occasionally found
on shady banks of sti earns, where the soil is very uch,
that will grow 20 feet high, but the tree foim must
be secured by pruning Tfce foliage assumes a bright
red or bronze tint in winter — Enobolrya japonica
Flowers produced in January, and if not fro >t-killed are
followed by a golden yellow plum-like fiuit of good
flavor. Reaches a height of 20 or moie feet m the coast
belt. — Goidonia Lasianthus A stately tree found only
m shallow swamps or turfy soils The loots .spread
almost entirely near or upon the surface of the ground,
which makes it difficult to transplant trees taken from
the woods Trees grown from seed in pots are best for
planting, but a rich moist soil is necessary to their
growth — Ilex I opaca and /. Dahoon are among the
most valuable evergreen trees, the former being the
best where a large tree is desired Specimens taken
from the woods should
not exceed one foot in
height, as laiger si/es
almost always fail in
tiansplantmg — Ligu-
btruw L japonicum
often forms a tree 2.~>
feet high B e i r i e s
blue -black, retained
dunng winter — Mag-
nolia. M graiidijlora
is justly considered
the glory of southern
broad - leaved ever-
green trees There are
many forms, based on
the size and shape of
the leaves and the
flo\\eis The supeib
white flowers, which
are seen from May
until August and oc-
casionally upon some
trees as late as Octo-
ber, vary from 4 to
12 inches in diameter
Thrives as far north
as Washington, D C
M. glaucn has white
flowers 2 to 3 inches
in diameter and de-
lightfully fragrant —
Of>manthus flagrant*
var ruber and 0 Aquifohum var ilicifohux, can be
trained to single stem The flowers of the fust are
delicately fragrant and produced twice a yeai — Per sea
carohnensu Planted for shade in rich soils in the coast
belt — Pholima serrulata, or Chinese evergi een thorn,
has white flowers and dark red autumn foliage — Prunus
carohnensis Known south as Carolina Cherry, Caro-
356. A Norway Spruce. —
Picea excels*.
hna laurel, mock orange, etc One of the most orna-
mental southern trees — Quercus Suber Acorns were
distubuted by the United States Patent Office in 1860,
and many large tiecs are now found in several sections
of the South, where they have fruited Some small
plantations are made for the purpose of producing cork.
It grows well in comparatively poor and stony soils —
Sabal Palmetto is now freely used for street and avenue
planting on t he coast It is conspicuous for its tropical
appearance It is not entirely successful further than
40 miles from the seashore
Conifers or narrow-leaved evergreens
Abie*, Of this section few specimens are found below
the Piedmont region Occasionally the Norway spruce
grows to a moderate size — Cedrus Deodara An admira-
ble tree and of rapid growth, 40 to 50 feet C atlantica.
25 to 30 feet — Cunninqhamia lariceolata Foliage resem-
bles an aiaucana — Cupreous. C sempertnrens has
many forms, from the compact, spiral or shaft-like shape
to more spieadmg habit. C lusitamca or cypress of
Ooa, has numerous forms with foliage of an ashy green
and pendulous branches, to others of a more dark tint
and ngid form Of Cham<icijparis Lawt>oniana there are
endless forms, from a compact, erect habit and vivid
green foliage to those of open or pendulous shape and
\\ith glaucous or golden foliage. Cupres*u?funtbns has
vaued less in its seedlings — Juniper u^. The Irish jum-
per is of fine pyramidal form, and reaches a height of 15
feet J exuha, J chmenbis and J //wn /mi differ in the
tint of their foliage and are all of tall growth — Libocedrus
decurrens The California arborvita.1, with its graceful
feathery foliage and conical shape, is one of the most
ornamental ot conifers — Pinus Few of the exotic
species are suitable to the South Pin us exccha, or
Bhotan pine, is undoubtedly the best adapted to the
middle South of ail kinds — Itelinuspora is a valuable
group of Japanese cypress, but with the exception of R.
obtusa, R Fulleru, R plumosa and R squarrosa Veitchu,
all are of dwarf habit — Thuya. The Asiatic section is
better adapted to the middle South than the American
species Of the former the best forms are known to
nursenes as Biota pijramidahs and var aurea, reaching
a height ot 15 to 18 feet B japonica var fihformis
(Thuya onentahs) is a remarkable variety, with thread-
like foliage and compact habit to 10 to 12 feet.
In the foregoing list of Comfera) no mention is made
of species or varieties of low or shrub-like growth, such
as Podoearpus, Cephalotaxus, Thuyopsis, and Sciado-
pitys, of which there aie many good specimens in vari-
ous parts of the south Araucarias are also omitted,
owing to their liability of failure from extreme heat
or other unfavorable climatic conditions. This applies
also to Sequoia, and Frenelas (properly CaUitns);
these frequently make an extraordinarily rapid growth
until late in autumn, and are often injured by a cold
wave early in winter. p j. BERCKMANS.
Trees on the Great Plains.
The Plains, lying mostly west of the Missouri River,
are not absolutely treeless, as strangers often suppose,
but the whole vast area is dotted here and there with
small groves, or narrow belts that fringe the borders
of the streams The number of native species, however,
is much smaller than in the rich tree flora of the north-
eastern United States and Canada rlhe number of
species cultivated for shade and ornament, for a long
time, at least, must be relatively small, owing to cli-
matic and other causes In general, the people of the
Plains aie necessarily more interested at present m
planting trees for profit than for pleasure, but in the
older parts are already to be found many fine public
parks and private grounds. To a large extent, however,
their point of view is that of forestry rather than
horticulture.
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
377
In studying the forest trees of the Great Plains of
central North America, it is found that most of the species
have migrated out upon the Plains from the great forest
body of the Mississippi Valley. These trees found their
way upon the Plains oy way of the forests that border
the Missouri River and its tributaries As we pass dov\ n
the river, along the eastern edge of the Plains, the forest
belt becomes larger and larger, until it eventually
merges into the great body of forest trees lying on the
easterly side of the Mississippi Valley The principal
trees that have come upon the Plains by this route
are the common red cedar, papaw, half a dozen willows,
one cottonwood, basswood, t-wo or three elms, haok-
berrv, mulberry, three ashes, wild apple, four or more
species of hawthorns, juneberry, wild cherry, choke
cherry, wild plum, coffee bean, honey locust, redbud,
sycamore, two species of buckthorns, buckeye, one
maple, box elder, sumach, two species of walnuts, five
or six hickories, nine or ten oaks, ironwood, blue beech,
and one birch But ten species of trees have come from
the Rocky Mountain forests, and these have made much
less impression upon the forests of the Plains than those
that came from the eastern forests In this lust are the
bull-pine, the western red cedar, four species of cotton-
woods, the buffalo berry, a maple, and two birches
Although the present forebt area of the Plains is not
relatively gieat, it is large enough to be seriously consid-
ered in regard to its preset \ at ion There is danger that
with the habit acquired by our people in the thickly
wooded parts of the United States of cutting down
forest trees wherever found, much of this small forest
area will be destroyed It is much easier to preserve an
area of forest growth than to create it anew First, all
forest fires must be kept down When a mass of wood-
land adjoins the open prairie, lire-guards should be mad*1
BO that the fires \\ill not sweep into the forest growth
The greatest dest rover of the forests of the Plains in
the past has been hre, as it swept over the prairies into
woodland Second, it is absolutely necessary to keep out
certain kinds of stock Swine, if herded in large num-
bers, will inevitably destroy the trees They prevent
the growth of small trees, and eventually destroy those
of larger growth Cattle, in large numbers, are equally
destructive In fact, when the attempt is made to pre-
serve uninjured the trees in a forest, it is necessary to
keep out stock of all kinds, excepting possibly during
limited portions of the year Third, it is necessarv to
cut out the trees for use with very great care A forest
should be a permanent erop, ana the cuttings should
be so made that the forest as a whole is not mjuied
Trees should be cut here and there in such a way that
the young trees which are left have an opportunity for
growing into usable timber
Care should be taken to encourage the tend en cv to
spreading which is so strong in nearly all parts of the
Plains. With a little care every present living forest
area may be made to extend itself spontaneously, or
nearly so The forest should be effectually inclosed bv
a fence, placed at some distance from its outer border,
leaving a belt of unoccupied land between the tnes
and the fence. This will grow up with weeds, and
mingled with these will be the seedling trees springing
from the seeds blown or carried from the forest area
In this way the border of the forest will be gradually
extended This can be helped by plowing up these
inclosed belts of land, giving better opportunity for the
starting of seedling trees With the weeds and little
trees will spring up low shrubs of various kinds. These
need give no trouole, for this is merely Nature's way
of taking possession of the soil. Little, if any, cultiva-
tion need DC given to such a nursery belt, as the weeds
which spring up, while unsightly, will serve the useful
purpose of sheltering the little trees, and eventually
the trees will rise above, and choke them out Grass,
however, forming a tough sod, is harmful to the little
trees, far more so than the ordinary weeds.
There are many places in which actual planting must
be resorted to In looking about for a site for the new
forest plantation, it must be remembered that the best
conditions for tree growth are usually to be found near
the natural forests Where there are natural forests, the
planting should be around their borders, so as to extend
them m much the same way as indicated in the pre-
ceding paragraph in regard to natural spreading
Where there are no natural forests at all, it is necessary
to select the more favoiable places for planting Since
the natural forests on the Plains occupy the depressions
rather than the hilltops or the slopes, this should give
357 A good field elm
one a hint as to what must be done Wherever the lano
slopes into a depression, one may find favorable condi
lions for growing trees These depressions, generally
called "draws," may be filled with trees, and when once
a growth of a few acres is secured it will not be difficult
to extend the forest far up the hillside slopes On the
western parts of the Plains similar positions should
be taken under the irrigation ditches In the selection
of trees for the formation of forest areas, one should
also take a hint from nature The rule, which is a very
excellent one for the plainsman to follow, is to plant on
his farm the kinds that he finds in the nearest forest,
and to give his planted trees asnearlyas possible the same
conditions as those under which they grew in the native
forest On the eastern third of the Plains, the walnut,
white oak, shellbark hukor\, white elm. red elm. hack-
berry, white ash, wild cheirv, catalpa and honey locust
are recommended for planting On the extreme eastern
parts bordering the Missouri River, many more .kinds
can be planted, but as one passes westward toward the
holders of the Sand Hill region the list grows smaller.
On the central Plains the list is reduced, and also some-
what changed m species The two elms may be planted,
as also the hackberry, the green ash in place of the white
ash. wild cherry, honev locust, and in many places the
bull-pine On the western Plains, especially that por-
tion lying west of the main body of the Sand Hills, and
having an elevation abo\ e the sea of from 3,000 to 4,000
feet, the list is still smallei The white elm is still in-
cluded, also the hackberry, the bull-pine, and in many
places the red cedar
The trees mentioned are of the more durable and
profitable kinds But on all parts of the Plains persons
must often have quick-growing trees, which soon pro-
duce fuel, but which have little, if any, value for other
purposes In the eastern part of the Plains, the black
willow, almond xullow, common cottonwood, silver
maple, and box elder are useful trees for this purpose.
One should not condemn the use of these easily grown,
soft-wooded trees A forest is a crop, and there is no
reason why a farmer mav not plant a more quickly
growing crop if he wishes, but he should at the same
tune plant the more enduring kinds given m the preced-
378
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
ing lists. On the central Plains the quickly grown
trees may include the same willows and cottonwood
and also the box elder. The silver maple will not do
well in the greater part of this central region. On the
western Plains the fist is essentially the same as for the
central portion: namely, the willows, cottonwood, and
the box elder, to which may be added, here and there,
one or more of the western species of cottonwood.
The horticultural point of view is to be considered.
About country homes the first trees are usually cotton-
wood, silver maple and box elder, followed later by green
ash and white elm. Very commonly the red cedar is
planted with the first-mentioned species, and often
Scotch and Austrian pines are added. It must be remem-
bered that the settler's house on the Plains stands in the
open instead of being hemmed in by forest trees, as in
the eastern parts of the American continent. The set-
tler's problem is to surround his house with trees, not
to clear the trees-jpay. In towns and cities the cotton-
wood, silver •JSa'aple and box elder are generally the
pioneer trees, since they produce a shade sooner than
any others, and later these are gradually replaced by
One of the most serviceable
palms in California.
green ash and white elm. Hackberry, black walnut and
buttonwood are occasionally planted with good success.
The species which are most largely used for wind-
breaks for orchards and other plantations are common
cottonwood, willow (a variety of Salix alba), silver
maple and box elder. The first mentioned, because of
its easy propagation, rapid growth and extreme hardi-
ness, is the favorite tree for this purpose. When land-
scape gardening is attempted, the Scotch and Austrian
pines, Norway spruce and red cedar are generally used,
and to these are often added one or more species of
the Rocky Mountain spruces. The most generally used
deciduous tree for this purpose is the white elm (which
here attains to a singular beauty of form and foliage), to
which are occasionally added bur oak, black walnut and
Russian olive (Elseagnus), and in proper situations, the
white willow. The coniferous trees of greatest value for
ornamental purposes on the Plains are the Austrian
pine, Scotch pine and red cedar. With proper care these
may be grown on all parts of the Plains where water
enough to maintain life may be obtained. On the
extreme eastern border, the Norway spruce and even
the balsam fir have proved valuable. Among deciduous
trees the white elm holds first place, followed by the
hackberry (which is not so much planted as it deserves)
and the green ash. CHARLES E. Bi
TREES FOR PLANTING ON THE GREAT PLAINS. The
asterisks (*) indicate those trees that are not
native to the regions.
1. For the eastern plains.
Abiea balaamea.*
Abies concolor.*
Acer platanoides.*
Ailanthus altismma,*
Carya ovata,
Catalpa speoioaa *
Celtia occidentals.
Fraxmus amerioana.
Gleditsia tnaoanthos.
Juglans nigra.
Pioea alba.*
Picea excelsa* (Fig. 8M).
Picea pungena *
Pinus austriaoa *
Pinua aylvestns.*
Piunua aerotma.
Quercus alba
Eobinia Pseudaeaoia.*
Salix vitellma *
Ulmus amerioana (Fig. 357).
Ulmua fulva.
and the following quick-growing but temporary trees:
Acer Negundo.
Acer sacchannum
Populua Sargentii.
2. For the central plains.
Catalpa apeciosa *
Celtis occidental.
Fraxinua lanceolata.
Gleditaia tnacanthoa.
Pieea oanadenais *
Pinus divancata.*
Salix amygdaloides.
Pinus seopulorum.
Primus aerotma.
Robmia Pseudacacia.*
Ulmus amenoana.
Ulmua fulva.
and the following quick-growing but temporary trees:
Acer Negundo.
Populua Sargentu.
and in the southern parts:
Elseagnus angustifoha *
Maclura aurantiaca, Nutt,
Salix amygdaloidea.
Salix nigra.
Pinus auatriaca.*
Pinus sylvestria.*
also black walnut and bur oak if seed
where tree is to stand permanently.
planted
3. For the high western plains.
Celtis occidentals. Pinus scopulorum.
Jumperus scopulorum. Robmia Pseudacacia.*
Pinua divancata."1 Ulmua amencana.
and the following quick-growing but temporary trees:
Acer Negundo
Populua acuminata.
Populua Sargentii.
and nearer the mountains:
Acer Negundo.
Acer platanoides.*
Elaeagnus angustifolia.*
Salix amygdaloides.
Salix nigra.
Gleditaia triacanthoa.*
Juglans nigra.*
Populua Sargentii.
Seeds or seedlings grown in the region in which they
are to be planted are the most reliable. Young trees
or seedlings succeed better than older and larger ones.
Varieties native in moist climates or in foreign countries
should be avoided unless their adaptability has been
proved. Young plants, like young animals, are easily
killed and must have extra care. c. L. WATROUS.
C. E. BESBEY.
Trees grown for shade and ornament in California.
The mild and equable climate of California allows a
wide range of available species from which to select
trees for shade, ornament and shelter. There is, never-
theless, some considerable variation in the species, which
are characteristic of the plantings in different parts of
the state, that has arisen from variations in soil and
climatic conditions.
On account of the long rainy season, the low humidity
of the atmosphere and the relatively high mean, and
freedom from low winter minima in temperatures, the
trees that thrive best in middle California are those
indigenous to the arid and semi-arid warm temperate
regions of the globe, e. g., southern Australia, the Medi-
terranean region, south Africa, northern Mexico and
Chile, together with those native species which deserve
a place. As one goes into the southern part of the state,
aom* of these species drop out and others markedly
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
379
characteristic of arid regions take their place. The
reverse of this is true, as one goes north, where many
trees of the temperate humid regions also thrive in
this state, particularly m the relatively humid climate
of the coast, and are offered by our nurserymen.
I. THE SPECIES HERETOFORE MOST EXTENSIVELY
PLANTED IN CALIFORNIA.
The following trees are perhaps the commonest
species found in the plantings:
1. Eucalyptus globulus. 15. Arauoana Bidwilln.
2. Cupreasus macrocarpa. 16. Arauoana exoelsa.
0 Pinus radiata. 17. Populus deltoides var.
4. Robmia
5 Acacia melanoxylon.
6. Schmus Mode
7. Aoaoia deourrena var
dealbata.
8. Acacia decurrena var.
raolhs.
9. Melia Azedarach var.
umbracuhformia.
10. Phoenix canariensia
(Fig 368).
carohnensis.
18. Juglans oalifornioa and
(Fig 358).
11. Magnolia grandiflora.
12. Ulmua racemosa and
Woodwardia radicans and Rodgersw podophytta, to-
gether with such shiubby plants as bamboos, giant reed,
the choicer varieties of castor-"bean, Senecio grandir
foliua, Polygonum sachahnense and P. Sieboldii.
A. Small trees or tall shrubs.
19. SaUx babylonioa.
20. Acer saccharinum.
21. Eucalyptus robusta.
22 Eucalyptus vimmahs.
23. Eucalyptus rostrata
(Fig. 360).
24. Acer macrophyllum.
25 Pittosporum species.
26. Cedrus Deodara and
species
species. 27. Betula alba.
13. Cordyhne austrahs (Fig. 28. Orevillea robusta.
359) and species. 29 Washingtoma filifera.
14. Acer Negundo, and var. 30* Cinnamomum Camphora
californica.
II. TREES BEING MOST EXTENSIVELY PLANTED IN
CALIFORNIA AT THE PRESENT TIME.
The following list, arranged in sequence according
to the actual number of sales made during the sea-
son of 1911-12, is compiled from data furnished by
W. B. Clarke, of the California Nursery Company,
at Niles. The percentages refer only to the twelve
species here enumerated, and not to the total number
of trees sold by the nursery, which has a large and
varied assortment of species, many of which aie more
suitable and more effective than those for which there
is, at present, the greatest demand.
Per ceut.
Eucalyptus globulus 40 8
Cupresaus macrocarpa 12 0
Platanua onentahs . 11.4
Eucalyptus rostrata . 10 2
Populua nigra itahca . 6.2
Pinus radiata 50
Acacia decurrens dealbata 3.5
Acacia melanoxylon ... . 3.0
Populua deltoidea vac. carolinensis 2 2
Robinia Pseudacacia var. Deoaisneana . ..20
Acer sacchannum ... . . . . . 2.0
SchmusMolle 1.7
III. SELECTIONS FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES.
The following lists are from species now offered in
the California trade and are intended to be suggestive
only, and not by any means complete. New species and
varieties are constantly being added to the nursery
stocks, some of which will be found particularly well
adapted to certain conditions of climate and soil, and
will doubtless replace others now in use.
1. For subtropical effect.
That there is in California strong appreciation of
subtropical effects in gardening is shown oy the great
demand for dracenas and such large-leaved plants as
palms, magnolias, bananas and rubber trees. That the
effect produced by the planting of such trees so often
fails to be satisfatory is largely due to one or both of
two causes,— either unsuitable location of the speci-
mens, or choice and association of unsuitable species.
To prevent a repetition of the first-named error, the
prospective tree planter is recommended to consult the
article on Landscape Gardening; and to avoid the
second, a selection from the following list is suggested,
with the addition of such large-leaved herbaceous
plants as cannas, colocasia, cynaras, funkias, Ounnera
scabra, pampas grass, veratrums, agaves, yuccas, aloes,
Erythea armata.
Musa Ensete.
Prunus Laurocerasus.
Ricmus cambodgensis.
Ricmus macrophyilus.
Ricmus sangumeus.
Ricmus zanzibarensis.
Tetrapanax papynfera.
Acanthopanax rioimfohum.
Araha chmensis.
Araha chinensis var. mand-
schunca.
Araha spmoaa.
Arundmana falcata,
Cbanuerops humilis.
Dickaoma antarctica.
Enobotrya gapomca,
AA. Larger trees.
Catalpa bignonioides. Livistoma austrahs.
r..*., .. Magnolia grandiflora.
Paulownia tomentosa.
Phoenix cananensis.
Phoenix daotyhfera.
Phoenix reclmata.
Phoenix Rcebelenu (P. humilii
var )
Phoenix syivestns.
Phytolacca dioica
Trachycarpua excelsua.
Tnstama conferta.
Washingtoma filifera.
Washmgtoma robusta.
Catalpa ovata.
Catalpa speciosa,
Cordylme australis.
Cordylme BanksiL
"- 'line indivisa.
line stricta.
Ficus macrophylla.
Gymnocladus canadensis.
Jubna spectabilis.
Eucalyptus globulus can also be used effectively if cut
down periodically when the falcate leaves begin to ap-
pear; it will continue to shoot up vigorously from the
same root for several years. E. robusta is useful for
screen purposes if cut down before it becomes strag-
gling. This can also be said for E polyanthemos, E. rudis,
E. Risdonn, and many others. E polyanthemos is cer-
tainly more beautiful than E. globulus and would not
need to be cut down so frequently.
2. Trees with ornamental flowers (for California)
In making the following grouping, arranged accord-
ing to relative hardiness, it has been impossible to give
precise information as to the exact degree of frost-
tolerance of the several species, as only meager pub-
lished data on the subject are to be found
A. Susceptible to light frost
The following would probably succumb to a temper-
ature of 28° F.:
EucalyptUH calophylla, Jacaranda ovalifoha
Eucalyptus ficifoha.
AA. Susceptible to heavy frost.
The following are not likely to stand a temperature
of 20° F. Some of them may succumb at 25° F., particu-
larly when young.
Acacia Baileyana.
Acacia cyanophylla. ^
Acacia decurrens var. dealbata. Eucalyptus cornuta
Acacia aalicina, eto.
Bursaria spmosa.
Acacia elata.
Acacia falcata.
Acacia longifoha.
Acacia nerufoha.
Acacia pendula.
Acacia pycnantha,
jEsculus carnea.
^Gsculus Hippocastanum.
Albizzia Julibnssm.
Catalpa bignonioides.
Catalpa ovata.
Catalpa speciosa.
Cercis canadensis.
Cercis Sthquastrum.
Cratsjgus mollis.
Eucalyptus corymbosa.
Eucalyptus polyanthemos.
Eucalyptus sideroxylon var.
pallena.
Hymenosporum flavum.
AAA. Hardy.
Magnolia Soulangeana.
Magnolia stellata.
Paulownia tomentoaa.
Prunus Armeniaca (double, -fld.)
Prunus cerasifera var. atro-
purpurea
Prunus japonica.
Prunus Tersica (white-fid.,
double red-fid., dark-fid.,
etc).
. .
Cratsegus monogyna (vara. Prunus spmosa (double-fid.).
Paulii, punioea, alba plena, Pyrus Halhana.
etc ) Pyrus loensis (Bechtel's doubl«
Kcelreutena pamoulata. crab).
Laburnum vulgare Robinia hispida.
Lagunana Patersonii. Robinia Pseudacacia and var.
Magnolia acummata. rosea
Magnolia grandifloim. Sorbus Aucuparia.
Magnolia Kobus.
380
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
Rioinus oambodgensis.
3. Trees with colored foliage.
A. Glaucous.
B. Susceptible to frost (£0° F. and perhaps less,.
Acacia Baileyana. Eucalpytus polyanthemos.
Acacia dealbata. Eucalyptus Risdonh.
Acacia glauoesceus. Eucalyptus sideroxylon var
Acacia salicma. paflens
Cooos australis. Leuoadendron argenteum.
Erythea armata. Phoenix dactyhfora.
Eucalyptus globulue vpollarded Washingtonia Sonorse.
to produce suckers).
BB. Hardy.
Cedrus atlantica var. glauca. Pioea pungena var. glauca.
Cedrus Deodara var. glauca. Sequoia sempervirens var.
Pioea pungena var. oterulea glauca
AA. Purple or bronze.
B. Susceptible to 86° F.
Rioinus oommunis var. Giusonii
BB. Hardy.
Aoer platanoides var. Reiten- Fagus sylvatica var. purpurea.
baohu. Fagus syivatioa var. purpurea
Aoer platanoides var. Schwed- Riverai.
len. 'Prunus cerasifera var. atro-
Betula alba var. atropurpurea. purpurea.
Cryptomena japonioa var. Prunus Persioa, var.
4. Wide-spreading trees for shade, mostly with rounded
outline.
It frequently happens that the owner of a California
garden desires a wide-spreading tree in the back or one
corner of his domain, under which to swing a ham-
mock on a hot day; such trees are also useful in the
school-yard, affording welcome shade in which the
children can eat their lunch.
A. Deciduous, all hardy.
B. Growth rapid or medium.
c. Suckers likely to be troublesome.
Populus alba.
Robinia Paeudaoacia.
Ulmus amenoana.
Ulmus racemose
cc. Suckers not troublesome.
D. Requiring a great deal of water.
Salix babylonica.
DD. Requiring not much water.
Acer macrophyllum
AoerNegundo.
Acer Negundo var. oalifornioura.
Acer platanoides.
Acer platanoides var. Reiten-
baohi.
Aoer platanoides var. Schwed-
lert
Aoer pseudoplatanus.
BB. Growth somewhat slow.
Aoer oampestre.
JEsculus carnea.
JSsculus Hippocaatanum.
Castanea sativa
Fagus sylvatica var. purpurea.
culiformis.
Platanus ormntalis.
Acer saccharinum.
Acer saccharinum var. WierL
Gary a illinoensis (Pecan).
Fraxinus amencana,
Fraxinus velutma
Quercus lobata.
Guercus pedunculata.
Ulmus campeattis.
Quercus coccmea,
Quercus Kelloggii.
Quercus lobata.
Quercus macrocarpa.
Ouercus rubra.
Spphora japonioa.
Tifia amencana.
Tilia europ«a.
Ulmus campestria.
AA. Evergreen.
B. Growth rapid: trees susceptible to $6* P.
' sacia decurrens dealbata. Acacia decurrens mollia.
BB. Growth somewhat slow: trees hardy.
rbutus Meniiesii.
cus Canoa.
lea europea.
jausPinea.
;. Ornamental trees affording but little shade.
A. Outline long or nearly columnar.
B. Deciduous.
Populus nigra var. italioa. Betula alba.
sempervirens var.
BB. fSvergreen.
Juniperus oommunis var. W-
bernioa.
Taxus baccata var. faetigiata.
AA. Outline conical or spiral, usually pointed,
B. ConifersB, with mostly narrow leaves.
c. Deciduous: hardy.
Larix deeidua.
Larix leptolepis.
Taxodium distichum.
Taxodium mucronatum.
cc. Evergreen.
D. Susceptible to severe frost (about SO0 F.).
Agathis robusta.
Araucaria Bidwillu.
Araucaria branhana.
Araucaria Cookii.
Araucaria exoelsa.
Arauoana imbricata.
Pmus cananensis.
Abies balsamea.
Abies cephalomca.
Abies concolor.
Abies nobihs.
Abies Nordmanniana.
Abies Pmsapo.
Cedrus atlantica.
Cedrus Deodara.
Cedrus Libani
Cephalotaxus drupacea.
Cephalotaxus Fortunei
Chamsecypans Lawsomana.
Cryptomena laponica
Cryptomena japomoa var.
Cunmnghamia sinensu.
Cupressus Govemana.
Cupressus macrocarpa
Cupressus guadalupensis.
Libocedrus chilensu.
Labocedrus decurrens.
Pioea ajanensis.
Picea oanadensis.
Pioea Engelmannu.
DD. Hardy.
Pioea exoelsa.
Picea mariana var. Doumetti.
Picea torano.
Picea pungens.
Pinus contorta.
Pmus Coulten.
Pinus densiflora.
Pinus Laricio var. austriaoa.
Pmus monophylla
Pinus Pinaster
Pmus radiata
Pinus Sabmiana.
Pinus sylvestns
Podocarpus Totara.
Pseudotsuga Douglani.
Sciadopitys verticillata.
Sequoia gigantea.
Sequoia s
s ba
Thuja onentahs.
Thujopsis dolabrata.
Torreya cahfornioa.
Torreya nucif era.
BB. Foliage broad.
c. Deciduous: hardy.
Betula alba.
Betula lenta.
Betula lutea.
Betula papyraoea.
Betula populifolia.
Gmkgo biloba.
Quercus Cerns.
Quercus nigra.
Sorbus Aucupana.
CC. Evergreen.
D. Susceptible to severe frost (probably $0° F. and
even less).
Cmnamomum Camphora
Corynocarpus Uevigatus.
Cryptocarya Miersu.
Grevillea robusta.
Sterculia diversifolia.
Tnstania conferta.
DD. Hardy.
Acacia melanoxylon.
Cerasus luntamoa.
Ilex Aquifolium.
Lagunaria Patersonii.
Lauras nobilia.
Pittosporum crassifohum.
Quercus Suber.
Umbellulana californioa.
AAA. Outline more or less rounded, but trees not as wide-
spreading nor as shade-giving as in Class 4>
B. Deciduous.
c. Susceptible to frost (26° F.).
Fbytolaccs dioica.
cc. Hardy.
JSflculua glabra. Juglans cahfornica.
Fraxinus amerlcana. Juglans nigra.
Koelreutena pamculata.
.
s amerlcana.
Fraxinus excelsior.
Fraxinus Ornus.
Gymnocladus oanadensis.
.
Paulownia tomentosa.
Robinia Pseudacacia.
BB. Evergreen.
c. Probably susceptible to severe frost (SO0 F., or less).
Eucalyptus ficiiolia.
Eucalyptus globulus.
Eucalyptus maculate var. «t*
riodora.
Euoalyptus robusta.
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
381
Aoaeia pycaantha.
Eucalyptus amygdalina.
Eucalyptus Gunnu.
Euoalyptua leucoxlyon.
Eucalyptus obliqua.
Eucalyptus rostrata.
Eucalyptus rudis.
Eucalyptus viminalis.
oc. Hardy.
Jubna spectabili*.
"v — * oanariensw.
x reclmata.
'hoeiux Bylvestrta.
'ittoaporum eugemotdes.
a tenuifolium.
a undulatum.
AAAA. Drooping trees.
B. Deciduous.
Acer saccharinum var. Wien
laetmatum.
Betula pendula elegans.
Betula pendula laomiata.
Betula pendula Younjpi.
Crattegus monogyna var. pon-
dula.
Fagus iiylvatica var. pendula.
Fraxmus excelsior var. aurea
pendula.
Fraxinus excelsior var. pen-
dula.
Morus alba (Teas' weeping).
Populus grandidentata var.
pendula.
Prunus fruotioosa var. pendula.
Ouercus lobata.
Salix babylonjoa.
Salix babylonica var Licku.
Sophora japonica var. pendula.
Sorbus Aucupana var. pendula.
Tiha amencana var. pendula.
Tilia europasa var. pendula.
Ulmus amencana var. pendula.
Ulmus campestna var. pendula.
Ulmus aoabra var. pendula.
Cupreasue funebris.
Cupressus lusitanioa.
BB. Evergreen.
Schinus Molle.
6. Trees for streets, avenues and. roadsides in California.
The number of tree species suitable for street plant-
ing is limited by the necessarily heavy restrictions, as to
height, spread, sewer-penetra-
tion and sidewalk-raising, im-
posed by municipal street de-
partments In European cities
the first-named objections are
overcome by means of frequent
and systematic pruning to a
uniform standard; when this
necessity can be obviated by
the selection of trees which
naturally keep within the de-
sired bounds, the labor of
maintaining them in a sightly
condition is minimized and the
result much more pleasing.
For town streets not more
than 60 feet in width, it is im-
portant to have trees that will
not give too much shade and
prevent the rapid drying of
the roadway after showers, nor
be so tall nor wide-spreading
as to obstruct the view and
shut out sunshine, rendering
the adjacent houses dark, cold
and damp. On this account,
trees with narrow or pyramidal
outline are in many cases pref-
erable to those with wide-
spreading habit, and, generally
speaking, deciduous trees are
more suitable than evergreen,
although at the time of losing
their leaves they make more
litter. Exception may be made
in favor of such evergreen spe-
359. Cord7un«»ustraliflor"dracetuip*lm."
Common in California.
cies as certain palms and cordylines, some acacias and
a few other species mentioned below.
It is not wise to use trees of very rapid growth on
town streets; they soon become too large and require
frequent trimming, which is usually equivalent to
mutilation, and are likely to interfere with sewers.
It cannot be said that street planting in California
towns has, in most cases, been satisfactory. In spite of
the much larger variety of suitable material than is
available in most of the states, there are few examples
of good street planting to be met with. In most of the
towns the eye is greeted with a few straggling trees, of
which perhaps not more than two are of one kind,
recalling F. A. Waugh's apt simile of "nine mon-
strously different buttons in a row down the front of a
Prince Albert coat." There aro many pleasing excep-
tions, however, although few are entirely satisfactory.
The repeated attempts to improve the appearance of a
town by planting trees along the streets should be
encouraged on every occasion, and the object of this
discussion is to render assistance by pointing out how
some of the mistakes may be avoided. The unsatis-
factory results of street planting, so often met with,
can generally be traced to one or all of three causes:
(1) Choice of unsuitable species.
(2) The mixing of several species on the same block
and even in front of the same lot.
(3) Crowding of trees.
This last-mentioned source of trouble is perhaps the
cause of more failures than the first. When trees are
once growing, few persons have the heart to thin out
the species for the proper distance apart; finally, a new-
comer, without personal feeling in the matter and noting
only that there is too much shade and too little light,
cuts down the whole row and a gap is left in what may
have been a fairly uniform block. Spreading avenue
trees of large size should not stand closer than 50 feet
apart; smaller trees, on narrower streets, should have 40
feet, unless they are slender species such as cordyline
or washingtonias, when 20 feet may be sufficient As a
rule, one small tree to a 50-foot
lot will be found ample; if the
whole street is planted uni-
formly with the same species,
and at this same distance, the
result will be much more pleas-
ing than if four or five trees are
planted in front of every house.
This question of spacing cya.
be determined only by the
species in. use. If 20 feet is
added to the diameter of the
spread of the crown, an approxi-
mate spacing can be secured.
For example, cork elms often at-
tain a 60- or 75-foot spread and
should be spaced, accordingly,
80 to 100 feet apart. This ad-
vice is given from data gathered
in various towns where closer
plantings were in order, and
have already demonstrated how
the air, Light and heat are shut
off by too crowded plantings.
In towns where the climate
is very mild, with few extremes
trees are planted only for dec-
orative effect and not for
shade, — hence these extreme
distances may be used even for
species which do not attain
great size.
On the other extreme in the
interior California valleys, the
distances may have to be short-
ened to allow for the extreme
heat, but trees should never be set so closely that tho
circulation of air is hindered, except of course for wind-
break plantings, which are not found on streets as a rule.
A. For city and town streets,
B. Smatt trees suitable for streets 60 feet wide or less.
c. Deciduous.
D. Growth rapid or moderate.
JEsculus oarnea. Betula popuUfolia. Catalpa gpecioaa.
Betula alba. Catalpa bignomoidea. Koelreut«na pamculata.
Betula lutea. Catalpa ovata. Paulownia t
382
ARBORICULTURE
ARBORICULTURE
DD. Growth slow.
Crategua mollis. Qinkgo biloba.
CraUegus monogyna.
cc. Evergreen.
D. Growth rapid or moderate.
B. Palms and arborescent LUiacex.
e australia. Liviatona auatraha.
B Banksii. Trachyoarpus exoelsus.
e indmsa. Waahmgtonia fihfera.
ine stncta. Washmctonia robusta.
BB. Evergreen trees other than palms and arborescent
Ldiacex.
DD. Growth slow.
Gleditaia triacanthos. Tilia amerioana.
Liriodendron Tulipifera. Tilia europwa.
cc. Evergreen.
D. Palms and bananas.
Erythea edulis.
Livistona auatralis.
Musa Enaete.
Acacia falcata.
Acacia lineata.
Acacia neriifolia.
Myoporum laetum.
Pittoeporum eugenioidea.
Pittosporum tenuifokum.
DD. Growth slow.
a excelaum.
a apinoaa.
mm Camphora.
r._a ficifoha.
Hex Aquif olium.
Jacaranda ovalifoha.
Ligustrum lucidum.
Magnolia grandiflora.
Maytenua Boana.
Olea europaaa.
Pittosporum oraasifohum.
Tristama conferta.
BB. Larger trees for streets, avenues and boulevards
80 to 100 feet wide.
c Deciduous.
D. Growth rapid or moderate.
Acer macrophyllum. Gymnocladus eanadeuds.
r saooharinum. Platanus onentaus.
(Pecan). Quercus pedunculata.
nua amencana Robmia Pseudacacia.
Fraxinua velutma. Ulmua campestns.
cer mac
Acer saoo
Carya (P
Fraxinua
Trachycarpua exeelsus.
Waahmgtonia fihfera.
Waahmgtonia robusta.
DD. Evergreen trees other than palms and bananas.
Eucalyptus polyantherr
Eucalyptus rudia.
~ ' >tua aideroxylon var.
Ficua macrophylla.
Synoarpia laurtfolia.
Tnatania oonferta.
Umbellulana oalifornioa.
Acacia elata
Acacia melanoxylon.
Angophora intermedia.
Angophora subvelutina.
Eucalyptus amygdalina var.
Eucalyptus caJopbylla.
Eucalpytus cormybosa.
Eucalyptus ficifoha.
BBB. For avenues and boulevards without sidewalks or
with wide spaces between sidewalk and driveway.
For this purpose almost any of the larger and more
ornamental species enumerated in the other lists may
be selected. Spreading coniferous trees, with broad
bases (such as Sequoia gigantea, etc.), may often be used
to advantage, as well as the wide-spreading feather*
palms (Phoenix and J lib sea).
AA. For 'country roads.
B. Deciduous.
Acer campestre.
Acer macrophyllum
Acer Negundo
Acer Negundo var. cahforni-
cum
Acer platanoidea.
Acer aacchannum.
jEsculua carnea.
^Esculus Hippocaatanum.
"• i (Pecan).
50 biloba.
• californica.
a Sieboldiana.
Liriodendron Tulipifera.
Paulownia tomentoaa.
Phytolacca dioica.
Populua nigra var. italica.
Quercua lobata.
Quercua pedunculata
Robima Pseudacacia.
Sophora japonica.
Taxodium distichum.
Tiha amencana.
Tiha europ«ea.
Ulmua campestna.
Ulmua racemosa.
BB. Evergreen.
Acacia melanoxylon. Eucalyptus rudia.
Acacia decurrena var. dealbata. Eucalyptus vimmaha.
Ficus macrophylla.
Olea europea
Pmua radiata.
Quercua Suber.
ochinus Molle.
Sequoia gigantea.
Sequoia aempervirens.
Sterculia diversifolia.
Triatama conferta
Umbellulana californica.
360. BttOlpytus raitmte; » yrt. pUnted; 86 ft. high. California.
Arbutus Meaneau.
Cmnamomum Camphora
Cryptomena japonica
Eucalyptus botryoides
Eucalyptus calophylla.
Eucalyptus capitellata.
Eucalyptus cornuta
Eucalyptus diveraicolor
Eucalyptus leucoxylon
Eucalyptus rostrata.
7. Trees that have been tried in California but have
proved unsatisfactory.
There are many species that have failed to give
satisfaction in some localities because of pecu-
liarities of climate or soil; there are some, also, that
have proved unsatisfactory on account of habit; from
among these may be mentioned:
Acacia species. Nearly all acacias stump-sprout
badly, so that for temporary planting they should
be avoided. When planted in narrow parkings, they
are very likely to raise sidewalks also, but this can be
remedied by frequent root-prunings, which they
stand admirably.
Acacia melanoxylon is generally debarred from the
citrus belt as a breeder of scale: when mature it is
said to suffer quickly from the effects of drought.
In the moister climate of the immediate vicinity of
the coast, near San Francisco, however, it proves
entirely satisfactory.
Ailanthus altissima, has a bad reputation on
account of its disagreeable odor, but as this is found
only in the etaminate trees, it can be avoided by
planting none but the pistillate (fruit-bearing) trees.
Cratxgus species. Of all these species, C. Oxyacantha
ia perhaps the one most commonly used, and through
the Santa Clara Valley »nd Bay regions is disfigured,
ARBORICULTURE
ARBUTUS
in most cases, by sooty mold fungus, resulting from
scale infestations. This can of course be remedied, but,
in the average case, at considerable more expense than
would be warranted.
Eucalyptus corynocalyx becomes straggling and
unsightly with age.
Eucalyptus globulua and, in fact, almost all species of
the genus, are frequently debarred by town ordinance
from growth within 60 or even 70 feet of a sewer, on
account of the remarkable length and penetrating
power of their roots.
Eucalyptus robusta, a species which is exceedingly
handsome as a young tree, has been extensively
planted along roadsides and streets in the warmer parts
of the state When mature, it becomes straggling
and exceedingly brittle, breaking up hi an unsightly
way.
Eucalyptus rudis. This species has a pendent habit
when older that often causes a severe splitting of the
crown. As the trees are very picturesque, they are
often desirable, provided reasonable attention can be
given to prevent this.
Ficus macrophylla is injurious to sidewalks.
Gr&nllea robusta has bnttle wood and is usually much
broken in heavy winds, but can be used with satis-
faction if kept well cut back.
Melia Azedarach var. umbraculiformis is unsatis-
factory hi the immediate vicinity of the coast; as a
sidewalk tree it is exceedingly untidy when losing
leaves, and is also very much subject to scale insects.
Paulownia tomentosa is sometimes objected to on
account of the somewhat untidy appearance of the
persistent seed-pods, which require no little labor if all
are to be removed after flowering.
Phoenix dactylifera and P. rechnata both sucker
objectionably.
Populus alba, Robinia Pseudacacia and Ulmus race-
mosa are exceedingly troublesome when used as side-
walk trees on narrow streets; their surface roots often
break the cement or asphalt sidewalks, and the suckers
come up m the midst of lawns several yards away from
the parent tree.
Schinus Molle should be avoided in the citrous belt,
as it is found to harbor and become a nursery for scale
insects. As a street tree it is also unsatisfactory, becom-
ing too large and straggling, and requires too much
pruning to keep it within bounds; its large surface
roots often break cement and asphalt sidewalks.
The species of Pho3mx and Jubsea should be avoided
on account of their low, wide-spreading habit, except
for avenues and boulevards where there is no sidewalk
or where there is from 20 to 30 feet space between side-
walk and driveway.
8. Trees for alkali soils.
There are many places in those parts of the state that
enjoy a high temperature and low rainfall, where the
percentage of alkali salts in the soil is too great for the
cultivation of most of our ornamental trees, and where
it ia very important that some shade-producing species
be grown.
A. Tolerant of strong "black" alkali (sodium carbonate}.
The most alkali-tolerant tree of those yet tested is
Koelreuteria paniculata, a small species 15 to 30 feet high,
with feathery, pinnate leaves and ornamental yellow
AA. Tolerant of medium alkali (chiefly "white" alkali).
Eucalyptus rostrata (Fig. 360).
Eucalyptus sideroxlyon var.
Acacia molanoxyton.
Atlanthua altiasima.
Albi»U lophantha.
Casuarxna equisetifoli*.
Eucalyptus ^amygdalma var.
Phoenix dactylifera.
Platanua oriental!*.
anguatifolia (apparently the Populus FremontiL
least sensitive of the eu- Quercus lobata.
calyptus). Robinia Peeudacacia.
, the
AAA. Only fairly tolerant.
Acer maorophyllum. Oleditsia tnacanthos.
Acer Negundo var. oalifornicum Ulmus species.
Cinnamomum Camphora. Washingtoma fihfera.
AAAA. Tested and found unsuitable.
Most of those trees of the humid regions, e.g.,
eastern states and northern Europe, which have 1
tried on alkali soils, have been found to suffer and to
remain dwarf and stunted. This is particularly true
of Linodendron Tulipifera, Quercus pedunculala and
species of Tilia.
Since writing the above, the following additional
information on the Alkali tolerance of ornamental trees
has been secured through the investigations of R. H.
Loughridge of the Agricultural Experiment Station at
Berkeley, and has been placed at our disposal.
Total amount of salts found in the upper 4 feet of
soil in which the following trees were growing, expressed
in tons per acre:
Tons per acre in depth of 4 feet.
Koelreuteria paniculata . . . 32
Platanus onentaiis 21 M
Eucalyptus amygdahna 20
Eucalyptus angustt folia 20
Washingtoma (species not stated) 7H
Phoenix dactylifera 5
Cinnamomum Camphora . . . . 3 Ji
Jos BURTT DAVY.
B. Y. MORRISON.t
: Thuja.
ARBOR VITAE:
ARBUTUS (ancient Latin name). Encacese. Omar
mental woody plants grown for their handsome ever-
green foliage and for their attractive flowers and fruits.
Trees or shrubs with the bark of the branches and
younger sts. smooth, and usually red, exfoliating* Ivs.
alternate, petioled, serrate or entire: fls. monopetalous,
globular or urn-shaped, 5-toothcd, stamens 10, included;
anthers with a pair of reflexed awns, the cells opening by
a terminal pore, ovary 5-, rarely 4-celled, cells with
many ovules: fr. a globose, many-seeded, berry-like
drupe with mealy flesh, mostly granulose outside. —
Twelve species in W. N. and Cent Amer., S. and W.
Eu , Asia Minor, N Afr . and Canary Isls
The stems and branches are conspicuous by their
red hmooth bark peeling off in large thin plates, Che
evergreen foliage, rather large and usually lustrous
flowers, white to red, in terminal panicles followed by
attractive red fruits. They are of great decorative
value for parks and gardens in warm-temperate-re-
gions; especially beautiful when adorned with the
clusters of white flowers or bright red berries.
Arbutuses grow best in well-drained soil hi some-
what sheltered positions not exposed to dry winds.
They are very handsome greenhouse shrubs, thriving well
in a sandy compost of peat and leaf soil or light loam.
Propagation is by seeds sown in early spring or in
fall, or by cuttings from half-ripened wood in fall,
placed in sandy peat soil under glass; they root but
slowly. Increased also by budding or grafting, usually
veneer-grafting, if seedlings of one of the species can
be had for stock. Layers usually take two years to root.
A. Panicles short, nodding: Ivs. usually serrate.
Unddo, Linn. STRAWBERRY TREE. From &-15 ft.:
Ivs. cuneate, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, 2-3 in. long,
glabrous, green beneath: fls. white or red, ovate: fr.
scarlet, warty. $^in. broad. Sept.-Dec. S. Eu . Ireland.
L.B.C. 2:123. R.B. 31:36. G.C. III. 14:329. Var.
integSrrima, Sims. Lvs. entire. B.M 2319. Var.
rubra, Ait., and var. Croomti, Hort., have red fls. Gn.
26, p. 506; 33, p. 320. F.S.R. 2, p. 375.— Very beauti-
ful in autumn when the tree bears its large scarlet fas.
and at the same time its white or rosy fls. Roots and
Ivs. astringent.
AA. Panicles erect: Ivs. usually entire.
Menziesii, Pursh (A. prodera, Douglas). MADRON A.
Fig. 361. Occasionally 100 ft. high; trunk with dark
384
ARBUTUS
ARCHONTOPHOENIX
reddish brown bark: Ivs. rounded or slightly cordate at
the base, oval or oblong, 3-4 in. long, glabrous, glaucous
beneath: fls. white, in /HMn.-long panicles: fr. bright
orange-red, £iin. long. Spring. W. N . Amer. B.R. 21 :
1763. 8.8.5:231. P.M.2:147. G.F. 3:515; 5:151. Mn,
361. Arbutus MenziesU. (xH)
3:85. B.M. 8249. R.H. 1893, pp. 149, 150— The hardi-
est and probably the handsomest species of the genus;
it stands many degrees of frost. Fig. 361 is adapted
from Pacific Railroad Rept.
ariz6nica, Sarg. (A. xalaptnsis var. ari*6nica, Gray).
Fig. 362 Tree, 40-50 ft.: trunk with light gray or
nearly white bark: Ivs usually cuneate at the base,
oblong-lanceolate, 1H~3 in. long, glabrous, pale be-
neath: fls. white, in loose, broad panicles 2-3 in. long:
fr. globose or oblong, dark orange-red. Spring. Ariz.
G.f. 4:318 (adapted m Fig. 362). S.S. 5:233.— The
contrast between the white bark of the trunk, the
red branches, and the pale green foliage makes
a very pleasant effect: fr. and fls. are also very
decorative.
A. Andrdchne, Linn. From 10-30 ft Iva oval-oblong, usually
entire, yellowish green beneath fls, yellowish white fr bright red.
Greece, Orient B M 2024. B.R. 2.113 G C. III. 4 724 R.H.
1911, p. 307 (habit) —A. andrachnmdet, Link (A. Andrachne X
Unedo. A. hybrids, Her A. eerratifoha, Lodd. A. Millen, Hort.
A. photinisefoha, Hort.). Lvs. serrate, panicles drooping; fla.
white. BR8619. L B.C. 6.580. Q.C. II. 9-211. P. 1879, p. 50.
~A. canari6nsi8, Lindl. Height 10-30 ft. Ivs. oblong-lanceolate,
serrate, glaucous beneath panicles erect, fla greenish white.
Canary Isls B M 1577 —A densiAdra, HBK. Height 20 ft.: Ivs.
oblong or ovate, serrate, downy beneath, fls white. Mex — A
htibnda, Ker—A arachnoides. — A lawifMia, Hook.=A. Men-
•iwU.— A.launfdlva, Lindl =A. xalapensis.— A M tllert, Hort.— A.
andraohnoides.— A. mdUis. HBK. Shrub or small tree- Ivs oblong,
serrate, pubenrent beneath: fla. white, often tinged greenish red.
Mex. B.M. 4595 —A. ptldta, Grah.— Pernettya pilosa.— A.
proctra, Douglas«A Menziesii.— A. aerrati/dlia.Lodd., not Salisb.
—A. andraohnoides.— A. Ux&na, Buckl =A xalapensis. — A tomen-
tdM. Pureh—Arctostaphylos tomentosa.— A. Uva-tr*i, Linn.—
Arofostaphyloa UvaAirsi.— A. xalapfnns, HBK. (A. launfolia,
Lindl,). Height 10-20 ft : Ivs. oval or ovate-lanceolate, entire or
crenatelv serrate, glabrous or downy beneath: fls. reddish; corolla
abruptly contracted above the middle. Mex., Texas. 8 8. 6:232.
B'R'26:67> ALFRED REHDER.
ARBUTUS, TRAILING: Epigxa repent.
ARCHANGfiLICA (Greek, chief angel, from fancied
medicinal virtues). Umbelltferse. GARDEN ANGELICA.
A genus of 16-20 species of strong-smelling coarse herbs
closely allied to Angelica, but differing in highly
technical characters associated with the oil-tubes
in the fruit.
offlcinills, Hoffm. A European and Asian biennial
or perennial, known also as Angelica Archawetica;
stout herb, with ternately decompound Ivs. and large
umbels of small fls.— -The sts. and ribs of the Ivs.
were once blanched and eaten, after the manner of
celery, and they are still used in making of sweet-
meats. Little known in this country, although it
is offered by American dealers. Its chief value
to us is its large foliage. Seeds may be sown
in the fall as soon as ripe, or the following
spring. They are slow to germinate. Root
used for its aromatic and carminative prop-
erties.
ARCHONTOPH&NIX (Greek, majestic phc*
nix). Palm&cese, tnbe Arkcex. Showy and ele-
gant palms, completely spineless, ana with tall
stout trunks, which are conspicuously ringed by
the annular scars of the fallen leaves.
Leaves divaricate, terminal, forming a larg«
crown pinnately divided, the segms. entire or toothed;
in very young specimens the Ivs are undivided or
simply bipartite; midrib prominent, the nerves more
slender; rachis keeled above, convex beneath, the
petiole slightly tomentose, and channeled above:
infl. appearing much below the Ivs., consisting of
2 long, flattened, ultimately pendent and deciduous
spathes, inclosing the short -peduncled and much-
branched, pedulous spadices: fls. monoecious, sessile
on the branches of the spadix; in male fls. the
8 perianth segms. are unique in the family; female
fls. with 3 perianth segms., sometimes more: fr.
a drupe, globose or elliptic-globose, containing a
single fibrous seed. — There are about 10 species, all
natives of the Australian or Malayan region. G.C.II.
22.427.
As Seqforthia elegans, the second species is well known
to all florists and decorators as one of the most graceful
and stately palms in cultivation Both species have
become^very popular in California for outdoor culti-
vation (see G. C. III. 27* 109), where the second species
fruits, seeds and germinates readily.
362. ArbutM uizonica.
In the North, they are grown in a temperate house,
in a rich soil containing a good percentage of fibrous
material and sand mixed with an equal part of rich
loam. They require plenty of water.
ARCHONTOPHCENIX
Propagation is by seeds, which sprout readily in pans
or boxes if placed in a warm moist house.
A. Lf. -segms whitish underneath.
Alexandras, H. Wendl. & Drude (Ptychosp rma Alex-
andra, F. Muell.). Trunk TOySO ft.: Ivs. several ft.
long: rachis very broad and thick, glabrous or slightly
scurfy; segms. numerous, the longer ones 1 ^ ft long,
H-l m. broad, acuminate and entire or slightly notched,
green above, ashy glaucous beneath: inn. about 1 ft.
long, the fls. greenish yellow: fr. ovoid-globular.
Queensland. F.S. 18 : 1916.7-Seldom ripening fr. on
plants cult, outdoors in Calif, and rather tender when
young
AA. Lf. -segms. green on both sides.
Cunningham!!. H. Wendl & Drude (Ptychosperma
Cunninghamii, H. Wendl. JP. elegans, Blume. Seaforthia
tleqans, Hook.). Trunk and general habit like the pre-
ceding, but the segms. acuminate and entire or scarcely
notched: fls shell-pink, followed by globular berry-like
drupes. Queensland and New S. Wales. B M. 4961,
7345. the first as Seaforthia elegans, the second as
Ptychosperma elegans. — Hardier than the preceding,
and fruiting freely in outdoor specimens in Calif .
N. TAYLOR.*
ARCTIUM (from Greek word for bear, probt*oly
alluding to the shaggy bur). Compdsitae. BURDOCK. A
few coarse perennials or biennials of Temp Eu. and
Asia, some of them widely distributed as weeds. Invo-
lucre globular and large, with hooked bristles, becoming
a bur: receptacle densely setose: pappus deciduous, 01
short serrulate scales: Ivs. alternate, large and soft,
whitish beneath: plant not prickly: fls. pinkish or
purplish in summer.
Lappa. Linn (Ldppa major, Gaertn.) COMMON BUR-
DOCK. The burdock is a common and despised weed in
this country, although it is capable of making an ex-
cellent foliage mass and screen. In Japan it is much
cult, for its root, which has been greatly thickened and
ameliorated, affording a popular vegetable. It is there
known as gobo (see Georgeson, A. G. 13, p. 210).
Roots collected from plants of the first year's growth
are used as an alterative in blood and skin diseases.
The seeds and fresh Ivs. are used medicinally to a
limited extent. A. minus,
Schk., a European weed,
widely naturalized in E.
N. Amer. is apt to
be confused with A.
Lappa. N. TAYLOR.!
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS
(Greek, bear and grape).
Ericaceae. MANZ ANITA.
Ornamental shrubs
grown for their evei green
foliage and also for their
attractive flowers and
fruits.
Shrubs or rarely small
trees: Ivs. alternate, en-
tire, evergreen: fls. small
in terminal often pam-
cled racemes; calyx 4-5-
parted, persistent; corolla
urceolate, 4-5 -toothed;
stamens 8 or 10, included :
anthers with a pan of
awns, the cells opening
with a pore; ovary 4-10-
celled, 1 ovule in each
cell: fr. a red, usually
smooth mealy berry or
M3. Arcto«taphylo« UTt-unt. rather drupe with 4-10
tXH) coherent nutlets. —
25
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS
385
About 20 species in N. and Cent. Amer., 1 species also
in N. Eu. and N. Asia. Includes Comarostaphylis.
They are handsome evergreen shrubs, though gen-
erally with less conspicuous flowers and fruits than those
of the allied genus Arbutus. Some Central American
species, however, as A. arbutoides, A. arguta and
A. polifolia are beautiful in flower, and well worth a
364. ManzaniU.— Arctostaphylos numzanita. (XH)
place in the greenhouse or in the garden in temperate
regions; of the American species, A Pnnglei, A. viscida
and A. bicolor are some of the handsomest. Only the
trailing species are hardy North. For culture, see
Arbutus.
bicolor, 9,
cnhfornica, 2.
divereifolia, 10.
glauca, 5.
INDEX.
mansanita, 4.
nevadensis, 2.
Pnnglei, 8
pungens, 3, 4.
tomentosa, 7.
Uva-urei, 1.
viscida, 6.
A. Trailing or creeping Ivs. %-l 14 in. long: fls. in
short and rather few-fid, dusters.
1. Uva-ursi,Spreng.(^Cr6tt(i« tfm-iiro,Linn.). BEAR-
BERRY. Fig. 363. Lvs. obovate-ojblong, tapering into
the petiole, retuse or obtuse at the apex: fls. small, about
)4in. long, white tinged with red. Northern hemisphere,
in N. Amer. south to Mex. Em. 2:431. Gn. 14:68
(habit). — Hardy trailing evergreen shrub, like the fol-
lowing valuable for covering rocky slopes and sandy
banks. Cuttings from mature wood taken late in sum-
mer root readily under glass. Lvs are employed in
medicine chiefly for their action on the kidneys and
bladder.
2. nevadgnsis, Gray (A. calif arnica, Hort.). Lvs. ob-
ovate or obovate-lanceolate, abruptly petioled, acute or
mucronate at the apex: fls. in short-stalked clusters,
white or tinged with red. Calif., in the higher mts.
G.W. 13:326 (habit).
AA. Erect shrubs: Ivs. usually 1-2 in. long: fls. in mostly
many-fld. panicled racemes.
B. Lvs. glabrous, rarely minutely pubescent.
c. Pedicels glabrous.
3. pungens, HBK. From 3-10 ft. : glabrous or min-
utely pubescent: Ivs. slender-petioled, oblong-lanceo-
late or oblong-elliptic, acute, entire, green or glauces-
cent: fls. in short, umbel-like clusters: fr. glabrous,
about ^in. broad. Mex, Low. Calif. B.R. 30:17.
B.M. 3927.
4. manzanfta, Parry (A. pungens, Authors). Fig. 364.
Shrub or small tree, to 30 ft . Ivs. ovate, usually obtuse
and mucronulate at the apex, glabrous, dull green: fls.
in prolonged panicled racemes: fr. glabrous, K~V£in.
broad. W. N. Amer, from Ore. south. G.F.4:571.
G.C. III. 44:163. B.M 8128.
cc. Pedicels glandular.
5. glauca, Lindl From 8-25 ft. . Ivs. oblong or orbic-
ular, obtuse and mucronulate at the apex, gfauceaoent
or pale green: fls. in prolonged panicled racemes; pedi-
386
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS
oela glandular: fr. minutely glandular. Calif.— Intro.
1891. Lvs. used medicinally like those of A. Uva-ursi.
6. vfocida, Parry. From 6-15 ft. : Ivs. broad-ovate or
elliptic, abruptly mucronulate, acute or rounded at the
base, glaucous: fls. in slender and spreading, panicled
racemes; pedicels viscid; corolla light pink: fr. depressed,
about J^in. broad, smooth. Ore. to Calif.
BB. Lvs. more or less pubescent.
c. Branchlets usually 'bristly -hairy: Ivs. dull grayish or
bluish green above.
7. tomentdsa, Douglas. From 2-6 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lan-
ceolate or ovate, acute, sometimes serrulate, pubescent
beneath, pale green: fls. in rather dense and short,
usually panicled racemes; pedicels short: fr. puberulous,
glabrous at length. W.N.Amer. B.R. 21 : 1791. B.M.
3320. — The hardiest of the erect species.
365. Arctotis grandia. (XM)
8. Prfnzlei, Parry. Shrub: Ivs. broad-ovate or ellip-
tic, usually abruptly mucronulate, pubescent, some-
times glabrous at length, glaucous: panicled racemes
peduncled, usually leafy at the base, many-fld.; slen-
der pedicels and calyx glandular-pubescent: fr. glan-
dular hispid. Calif., Ariz.
cc. Branchlets tomentose: Ivs. bright green and
lustrous above.
9. tricolor. Gray. From 3-4 ft. : Ivs. oblong-oval, acute
at both ends, entire and revolute at the margin, gla-
brous and bright green above, white-tomentose oe-
neath: fie. in nodding, rather dense racemes; pedicels
and calyx tomentose; corolla lA\n. long, rose-colored:
fr. smooth. Calif.
10. diversifdlia, Parry (Comarostdphylis diversifblia,
Greene). Shrub, 5-15 ft. : Ivs. elliptic or ovate to oblong,
1-2H un. long, acute, cuneate at the base, spinulose-
dentate, often revolute at the margin, grayish pubes-
cent or tomentow beneath: racemes terminal, usually
in. long, tomentose; pedicels slender;
A Giimbletomi, Hook. f. Ray fls deep orange-red
land, 8. Afr. B.M. 7796
ARDISIA
corolla ^in. long, light pink: fr. ovoid, Hin. long,
scarlet. Low. Cam. May, June: fr. in Aug., Sept. Mn.
5:231.
A. olpina, Spreng.=»Arctous alpina — A. arbutoides, Hems).
Five to 6 ft.: ivs. lanceolate, oblong, ferrugineously pubescent
Zuco. (A. nitida, Benth'.). Five to 6 ft.' TVS. oblong-lanceolate, ser-
rate, glaucous and glabrous: panicles loose, erect. 3. Mex. B.R
31:32. B M. 3904 (as A nitida) —A. calif Arnica, Hort —A neva-
densis.— A. nitida, Benth.—A. arguta —A. polifdha, HBK Height
1-3 ft.: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, glaucous and puberulous beneath: fls.
red, in loose, erect racemes, ftex ALPRED REHDBR>
ARCT6TIS (Greek for bear's ear, alluding to the
achene). Compdsitx. Herbs with long-peduncled heads
and more or less white-woolly herbage, of 30 or more
African species: achenes grooved, with scale-like pappus:
involucre with numerous imbricated scales: receptacle
bristly — Two species, both treated as annuals, are sold
in this country. Cultivation simple.
breviscapa, Thunb. (A. leptorhlza var. breviscapa,
DC.). Stemlessornearlyso(6m high), half-hardy, read-
ily prop from seeds, and to be grown in a warm, sunny
place: Ivs. usually longer than the scape, incised-den-
tate: scape hirsute, bearing one large fl. with dark
center and orange rays.
grandis, Thunb. Fig. 365. A beautiful annual, form-
ing a bushy clump 2-2 % ft high: Ivs much shorter
than the scape, repand dentate: fls 2M-3 in diam ,
white or white and pale violet. — May be tne same as A.
stoschadifolia, Berger.
Namaqua-
N. TAYLOR. f
ARCT6US (Greek, boreal, referring to its distribu-
tion). Syn. Mairama. Encacess Ornamental flat
shrub, rarely cultivated in rockeries for its bright
green Jfohage and scarlet or black fruits in autumn.
Prostrate glabrous shrub: Ivs. alternate, serrate,
deciduous: fls. in small terminal racemes; calyx 4-5-
parted; corolla urceolate with 4-5-toothed recurved
limb; stamens 8-10, included; anthers with a pair of
short awns, cells opening with a pore; ovary 4-5-
celled: fr. a globose juicy drupe with 4-5 separate
nutlets.— One circumpolar species.
This is a plant lying flat on the ground, with
shreddy bark, thin deciduous leaves clustered toward
the end of the branches, small white flowers appearing
before or with the leaves, followed by lustrous, black
or red fruits. Adapted for rockeries where it will prob-
ably succeed best in peaty soil and in a half-shady posi-
tion. Propagation is by seeds and by cuttings.
alplnus, Niedenzu (Ardostdphylos alpina, Spreng.
Mairama alpina, Desv.). Lvs. obovate or oblanceolate,
narrowed into the short petiole, 1A~\1A in. long, reticu-
late, serrate: fls. 2-4, Hin. long, white tinged pinkish
or greenish: fr. ^in. across, globose, bluish black. N.
Amer.N Eu , and N. Asia. S.EB. 6:880. B.B. 2:573.
M.D.G. 25:138 (habit). Var. rUber, Rehd. & Wilson.
Fr. bright red, not changing to .black. Rocky Mts., W.
China.— This variety is handsomer than the type on
account of the bright color of the fr.
ALFRED REHDER.
ARDlSIA (pointed, alluding to the stamens or
corolla-lobes). Including Icacorea. Myrsinaceae. Trees
and shrubs, some of which are grown in their ;uvemle
state as pot subjects, or as outdoor specimens in warm
climates.
Flowers white or rose, usually in cymes, with 5-
parted (sometimes 4- or 6-parted) rotate corolla, 5
stamens attached to the throat of the corolla, with very
large anthers and a 1-seeded drupe the size of a pea.
Ivs. entire, dentate or crenate, thick and evergreen.—
Probably more than 200 species in the tropical and
subtropical parts of both hemispheres, one of which
(A. crenulota) is a popular berry-bearing conservatory
ARDISIA
ARECA
387
rod table plant, and a half-dozen others of which are
sometimes seen in collections.
Ardisia crenulata is in great demand as a Christmas
plant. The other species are seldom seen in this coun-
try. They are nearly always propagated from seed, but
a plant can be secured more quickly, and better, from
a cutting. When plants are over three years old, they
often lose their foliage and become "leggy." Good
plants can be obtained from the bushy tops by girdling
them near the branches, and covering the pieces from
which the bark has been removed with wet moss; the
moss will be well filled with root in about six weeks,
when the tops may be taken off and potted, keeping
them in a tight case until they grip the soil. These
plants, from which the tops have been removed, are
excellent material from which to obtain cuttings, and
they will break quite readily if placed in a close, warm
atmosphere, about 65°. Cuttings should be taken from
young shoots of half-matured wood, and placed in a
cutting-bed with a top and bottom temperature of 70°.
If these conditions are followed they will root in a
month, after which they may be transferred
to small pots. Loam, peat and sand in equal
parts is the best potting material. As the
plant increases in size and vigor, decomposed
manure should be added to the mixture,
about a fourth part of manure being sufficient.
A night temperature of 65° should be main-
tained for securing the best results. — The
advantage of the cutting over the seedling will be
apparent, the cutting branching near the pot, whereas
the seedling will grow a few inches of stem first. Care
should be exercised in selecting the plants from which
to propagate, since those grown from seed will vary
somewhat in the size and number of berries they pro-
duce, and only the best should be selected as stock
plants As soon as the plants show signs of flowering,
they should be given more air, and wetting overhead
should be avoided until the berries are set. They should
at all times be kept in a light position near the glass;
during the summer months, however, they should be
shaded with cheese-cloth on bright sunny days. About
the 1st of October, the berries will be well developed
and should be given plenty of sunshine to color them
well The temperature may be lowered to ,50° or 55°,
as growth is not wanted at this season. Waterings with
soot- water will be beneficial, a handful to an ordinary
watering-pot This produces a fine color on the leaves
and berries. — The large brown scale is the greatest
enemy of this plant; and the best means to keep this
in check is to fumigate with cyanide of potassium.
Several fumigations will effect a cure. The temperature
of the house should never be over 60° when fumigated.
(Geo. F. Stewart.)
A. Fls. red or rose-colored.
crenulata, Lodd (A crenata, Sims. A. crispa, Hort.).
Fig 366 As cult., a compact and neat shrub, with
lance-oblong, wavy-margined, alternate Ivs. and droop-
ing clusters of small coral-red, long-lasting, handsome
frs. fls. in terminal panicles, sweet-scented. Probably
native to E. Indies or China. B.M. 1950. L.B.C. 1:2.
Mn. 1:68. A.F. 13:558. Var. variegata, Hort., has
variegated Ivs.
humilis, Vahl. Lva. lance-oblong, shining: frs. shin-
ing black. India.
<3liveri, Mast. Lvs. nearly sessile, recurved, oblanceo-
late and acuminate. 6-8 in. long, entire: fls. pink, in
large, dense heads, like an ixora, the limb rotate, Hin.
across. Costa Rica. G.C. 11.8:681.— Elegant stove plant.
AA. Fls. white.
japonica. Blume. Lvs. short-oblong or somewhat
cuneate, whorled, serrate: fls. on red pedicels in droop-
ing racemes: berries white. Dwarf. Japan. — Probably
hardy in the N.
polycephala, Wall. Lvs. bright green, red or wine-
colored when young, opposite: fr. black. E. Indies.
AAA. Fls. purple or black-dotted.
Pickeringia, Torr. & Gray (Icacbrea panicitUOa,
Sudw.). MARBLEBERRY. Glabrous, to 24 ft.: Ivs.
oblanceolate to lance-oblong, entire, narrowed to a
petiole: panicle many-fld.; corolla-lobes oval and be-
coming reflexed: fr. as large as peas, black and shining.
E. Fla. Intro. 1891.
A. umbellMa is offered in this country as ooming from India.
The A. umbelttta. Baker (of the botanists), is a Madagascar plant,
and it u doubtful whether it is cult in this country. Species with
white fls. are A. acuminiUa, Willd , B.M 1678, A. capitdta, Gray
A. mamilldta, Hance. A. vunctdta, Roxbg., A nll6*a, Wall. Spe-
cies with red or reddish As are A macrocdrpa, Wall., A pantcu-
UUa, Roxbg , B.M. 2364, A terrultia, Swartz, A. WdUichii, DC.
Recently described ardimas are A. gigantiftlia, Stapf., with
elliptic Ivs 12-14 m. long and 8 m broad fls. small, rose-colored,
in long-stalked loose panicle. S. China. A. Brandnendna, Linden*
dwarf, with green-shaded crenulate Ivs. Conrftt.
L H B
366. Ardisia crenulata. ( X H)
ARtCA (said to be latinized form of Malayan name).
Palm&cex, tribe Arecex. A graceful and well-known
group of spineless palms, the trunks solitary or forming
a ring-like clump.
Leaves at first bipartite, and only after several years
forming the beautiful and gracefully pinnate adult Ivs.,
which form large terminal clusters; Ifts. slender, lanceo-
late or linear, acuminate; rachis 3-angled, convex on
the back, the upper face and the petiole concave:
spadix very much branched, appearing from the lowest
H.-base, and by the falling of this ultimately being
separated from the If .-cluster; spathes 3, 1 inclosing the
fls., the other 2 usually bract-like: fls. moncccious, the
female solitary, surrounded by numerous slender spikes
of male fls which are fragrant and white, and much
smaller than the female: fr. ovoid, orange-colored, sur-
rounded by the persistent, coriaceous perianth. — There
are only about 14 species, confined to the Asiatic and
Australian tropics, all the 30 or more species usually
credited to the genus belonging in Acanthophoenix,
Chrysalidocarpus (A. lutescens), Dictyosperma, Eu-
torpe, Hvopnorbe, Kentia (Howea), Oncosperma,
Phcenicophorum and others. From Pinanga. the most
closely related genus, Areca is distinguished by having
not more than 6 stamens and by the female fls. being
much larger than the male.
Areca is commercially a very important genus on
account of the betel nut (A. Catechu). The fibrous
spathes and the covenng of the fruit are used in packing;
the seeds contain a dye, and, most important of all. are
the source of the masticatory "betel nut" of the East
Medicinally, their principal use is for expelling tape-
388
ARECA
AREGELIA
worms. More than seventeen varieties of the nut are
known in India alone, where the trade in the nuts
(seeds) exceeds $30,000,000 yearly. It is also used
extensively for medicinal purposes.
Hie cultivation of arecas is not difficult. They must
be grown in a tropical house with a day temperature
of 75* to 85° and a
night temperature
of not less than 60°.
Young plants thrive
in a mixture of
equal parts of peat
or leaf-mold and
loam, while older
plants will do best
in a mixture of
loam and sand,
equal parts, mixed
with a liberal
amount of well-rot-
> ted cow- or horse-
manure. Water
freely, at least every
367. Areca Catechu. other day. As young
plants, they form
beautiful decorations and when old are perhaps the
most graceful and delicately foliaged palms in culti-
vation. G.C.II.22:427.
A Sts. solitary and exceeding 40ft. in adult trees.
Catechu, Linn. BETEL NUT. Fig. 367. St. solitary,
40-100 ft.: Ivs. 4-6 ft., forming a large crown, but with
1 or 2 of the lowest usually pendulous; Ifts. numerous,
1-2 ft., upper confluent, quite glabrous: spathe, flat-
tened ana, smooth in age, become fibrous when old: fr.
lJ^r-2 in., ovoid, smooth, orange or scarlet. Asia and
Malayan Isls.— Frequent in American tropics.
AA. Sts. usually numerous, often forming a ring, usually
not over Sid ft.
B. Young growth red: Ifts. appearing in bunches of 3.
fisemannii, Hort. Resembles a red-stemmed chrysa-
lidocarpus: young Ivs. very dark red, becoming green:
fronds slender, arching, with curving pinnae: fls. and
fr. unknown. Oceanica (?). R.H. 1898:261. (asZ/wo*-
padix MichoUziana).
BB. Young growth green: Ifts. not in bunches of S.
Alice*. F. Muell. Sts. several from the same rhi-
zome, 9 ft. or more high, and slender: Ivs. 3-6 ft. long;
segms. acuminate, several confluent, especially at apex,
bright shining green on both sides: fls. paniculate, the
panicle coming from between the Ivs, Queensland.
trfandra, Roxbg. Trunk 15-25 ft. high, 1-2H in.
thick, usually several together, and frequently sending
out basal offshoots, cylindrical: fronds 4-6 ft. long;
segms. with 6 primary nerves about I line apart;
petiole about 1 ft. long: fls. as in A. Catechu: fr. about
as large as an olive, orange-scarlet. India.
A. dtto, Bory—Dictyosperma alba.— A. fiaOert*. Hook, f.—
Rhoualostylia Bauen. B.M. 5785.— A. ehganthnma, Hort. Trade
'). — A. /ttr/wrdeao, Hort.—Dictyo»perma furfuracea. — A.
„,», Hort.«-=Pinanga ternatensia — A. grdcilit, Roxbg. «-Pin-
attoa graoiUs. — A. grdcilu, Thouars— Dypais pinnatifrona. — A.
qr&itis, Giwke— DrymophlcBua appendiculatua. — A. grandiffrmi*,
Harts'—Trade name(?). — A, lutltcen*, Bory.— Chrysalidocarpus
luteeoen*— A. majaocucantnps. Mart. A rare species, with small
trunk and few ITS. Madagascar.— Dypeio ma
dense head among the inner Ivs. of the rosette) which
are often colored, violet, blue or white.— A genus of
about 25 species, inhabiting Guiana find Brazil. The
species below are sometimes referred to Nidularum.
For cult., see Billberffia.
A. Length offl. l^in.or leu.
trfstis, Mez (Niduldrium marmordtum, Hort., not
Morr. N. trlste, Regel. Karatas trlstis, Baker). Lvs.6-
12, from tt-12 in. long and half as broad in the middle,
green dappled with brown, somewhat scurfy beneath:
fl. purple: bract-lvs. narrow-linear: fr. oblong, white.
AA. Length offl.1% in. or more.
B. Lvs. not barred.
c. The Ivs. densely scaly.
Morreniana, Mez (Karatas Morrentina, Ant.
Niduldrium Aforremdnum, Makoy). Lvs. many in a
dense rosette, with few very minute spines, not striped,
densely scurfy beneath: fls. many, dark purple: bract-
lvs. linear-lanceolate
cc. The Ivs. free from scales or nearly so.
Carolina*, Mez (Niduldrium Carolina, Lem. N.
Meyendorfii, Reed. Karatas Caro&nx, Ant. Guzmania
ptaa, Hort. BiUbergia Caroline, Beer. B. olens Hook.).
Lvs. several to many, strap-shaped, rather thick, finely
spiny-toothed, 12 in. long, bright green on both sur-
faces, the bract-lvs. bright red: fls. blue-purple, in a
short head nestling in the bright If .-cup B.M. 5502.
I.H. 7:245.
prfnceps, Mez (Niduldrium princeps, Morr. N.
spectdbile, Hort. Kardtas princeps, Baker. K. Meyen-
dorfii, Ant. A. princeps, Mez.). Lvs. 15-20, about
10-12 in. long, broadest at the middle, firm, spiny-
toothed, lightly glaucous: fls. numerous, violet-purple,
sutrounded by about 8-10 oval, bright red bract-lvs.
BB. Lvs. conspicuously barred on the back.
Bindtii, Mez (Niduldrium Bindtii, Regel. N, Male-
oydnumt Regel. Kardtas Bindtii, Ant.). Lvs. 15-20,
strong-spiny, scurfy and transversely banded on the
back, the inner ones similar in color: fls. many, white.
—Not to be confounded with Bromelia Binotii.
spectibilis, Mez (Kardtas spectdbtiis. Ant Niduld-
rium spectdbile, Moore. N. eximmum, Hort.). Fig. 368.
Lvs. 10-15 in. long, about \Yi in. broad, serrulate,
barred on the back, the apex rounded, apiculate, with
a red apical spot: fls. milky, pale blue at the apex.
Brazil. B.M. 6024. GEORGE V. NASH.!
„.. B.M. 3874 («u Euterpe).— A. NUntnff, Griff.—
filamentosum. — A. oferdcea. Jaoq.—Oreodoxa oleracea.
-Nenga Wendlandiana, B.M. 6025.— A. ni-
i rubra. — A. rbbra, Bory— Acanthopho-
i, Hort. Trade name(?).-- A.tdpida.So
' ' —A. «i»«'d»a, Hort.
a filamentosa.-^
"N. TATLOB.
AREGfeLIA (named in honor of the botanist, C. von
Regel). BromelMcex. Epiphytic hothouse plants with
the serrate Ivs. arranged in a rosette: fls. in a simple
366. Are«rtU ap«ct*bill».
XI. Arboriculture. — A palm plantation, with Corypha umbraculifera in the foreground.
ARENARIA
ARENARIA (arena, sand, where many of the species
grow). Including A wine, Cherleria and Moehringia.
Caryophyllacex. Low herbs, mostly with white flowers,
usually forming mats, and suitable for borders, carpets,
and lawn clumps; many of them also used for rock work
and alpine gardens; spring- or summer-flowering.
Annual or perennial, with opposite entire narrow ex-
stipulate Ivs. : fls small, terminal or clustered, or some-
times axillary; sepals 5; petals 4 or 5, entire or slightly
notched, sometimes wanting; stamens 10 (rarely 8);
styles mostly 3: fr. a small caps., opening by valves as
many or twice as many as the styles. — Perhaps 130-150
species, as the genus is here denned, throughout the
world but rare in the tropics. Only the perennial spe-
cies are commonly cult. Of easiest cult, m almost any
soil. Prop, by division; also by seeds, and rare species
sometimes by cuttings. Many species of arenana may
be found in the collections of alpine-garden and rock-
garden fanciers; but the prevailing cult kinds are
accounted for below Related genera are Cerastium
and Stellaria. Monogr. by F. N. Williams, Joura. Linn.
Soc. 33.326 (1897-8).
aculeata, 16.
aretioidea, 4.
baleanca, 3
ceepitona, 14.
Franklmn, 17.
grammifoha, 9.
INDEX.
grcenlandica, 8
^untperi/oho, 15.
mnipcrma, 15
lanceolata, 6
macrophylla, 7.
montana, 11.
pimfolia, 13.
purpuraacens, 2.
Rosann, 12.
sedoiden, 1.
tetraquetra, 5.
verna, 14.
, .
grandi flora, 10.
A. Petals usually wanting or rudimentary.
1. sedoldes, Froel. (Cherlena sedoides, Linn.). Mi-
nute green moss-like carpeter, 1 or 2 in. high: fls. uni-
sexual or polygamous, greenish, inconspicuous. Mts.,
Eu — A choice rock-cover in alpine gardens. Prop, by
division or seeds.
AA. Petals usually present and prominent.
B. Fls. purplish.
2. purpurascens, Ramond Alpine, tufted and de-
cumbent' Ivs ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: fls. on short
tomentose pedicels, 2 or 3 on a branch, the purplish
corolla exceeded by the sepals Pyrenees. — A carpeter.
BB. Fls. white (sometimes purple in No. 16).
c. Lvs. ovate-oblong or lanceolate.
3. balearica, Linn. Very low (3 in. high), creeping,
with small ovate glossy thick and ciliated lys . fls.
single on long peduncles; sepals erect. Balearic Isls.,
Corsica — Not hardy in latitude of New York City.
4. aretioides, Portens. Densely cespitose, and making
a good green carpet: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, obtuse and
short-mucronulate, grooved above and 3-nerved
beneath: fls solitary, with 4 sepals — High Alps.
5. tetraqufctra, Linn. Carpeter, 3-6 in , pubescent:
Ivs. ovate; keeled, 4-rowed. fls. in heads, with sepals
stiff and ciliate and nearly equaling petals. France.
6 lanceolata. All. Cespitosa-procumbent, the sts.
ascending. Ivs lanceolate, rounded at base, acute, flat,
many-nerved below: fls. 1-3, the sepals lanceolate-
acute, equaling the petals. High Alps.
7. macrophylla, Hook Sts. decumbent and angled,
pubescent: Ivs. lanceolate or lance-oblong, mostly
acute: peduncles slender, 1-5-fld., the sepals lanceolate-
acuminate. Labrador and Vt. to the Pacific. Intro. 1881.
CO. Lvs. linear or awl-like.
D. Sepals obtuse.
8. grcenlandica, Spreng. Annual: very low, forming
mats, the decumbent or erectish sts. bearing 1-5 fls.:
Ivs. linear and obtuse, Mm. or less long: sepals and
petals blunt, the latter sometimes notched. High alti-
tudes and latitudes, but coming to the seacoast in
parts of New Eng., and ranging down the mts. to N. C.
Inwo. 1884.— A neat little alpine.
ARENGA 3&)
9. graminifdlia, Schrad. A foot or less high: Ivs. long
and filiform, rough-margined: fls. in 3-forked loose
pubescent panicles; petals obovate, exceeding calyx. Eu.
DD. Sepals acute, pointed or even awned.
E. Blossoms solitary, or mostly in 2' 8 or S's.
10. grandifl&ra, Lmn. Fig. 369. Ten in. or less b;gh:
Ivs. flat-awl-shaped, 3-nerved and ciliate, the radical
ones crowded: fls. large, solitary or in about 2's or 3's,
long-stalked. Eu. — Runs into many forms.
11. montana, Linn. Smaller Ivs. linear or r.early
so. fls. large, solitary, very long-stalked; sepals acumi-
nate, less than the corolla. 8. W. Eu.
12. Rosanii, Tenore. (Alsine Rosanii, Fenzl). Low
(1-2 in.): Ivs. linear-lanceolate and mucronate, hairy,
stnate' sts erect, hirsute, about 3-fld : fls. white, with
obovate petals and stnate longer sepals. Italy.
BE. Blossoms 5-7 (or more) together.
13. pinifdlia, Bieb (Alsine pinifdlia var. grdcdis.
Fenzl) Cespitose. the branches ascending: Ivs. nar*
rowly awl - shaped
or bristle-like, often
curved: fls. large, in
6-7-fld. corymb, the
pedicels equaling
the calyx or shorter;
sepals linear, hairy,
3-nerved; petals
obovate-oblong, ex-
ceeding calyx. Asia
Minor. — A dwarf
compact plant with
small pine-like foli-
age which becomes
rosulate on sterile
shoots, producing
many pure white
fls , an attractive
edging and rockery
plant.
14. ve"rna, Linn.
(Alsine verna,
Bartl.). Dwarf, 1-3
in. high: Ivs. hnear-
subulate, flat,
btrongly 3-nerved,
erect fls. on filiform
peduncles, with
strongly 3-nerved
sepals. Eu. and
Rocky Mts —Ex-
cellent little rock
plant. Var. caespi-
tdsa, Hort., is a compact, leafy form, making dense
moss-like masses; all summer.
15. junipexina, Linn. (Alsine jumperina, Fenzl. A.
juniperifolia. Hort.?). Cespitose, nodes often swollen:
sts. simple, bearing clusters' Ivs awl-like, mucronate,
keeled,, about 1-nerved, often recurved and persisting:
fls with lanceolate-acuminate 3-nerved sepals, and
longer linear-cuneate white petals. E. Eu. and Asia
Minor. — Variable.
16. acule&ta, Wats. Sts 4-f> in. high: Ivs. stiff and
sharp, glaucous: fls fascicled, white, but often purple.
W. Amer. Intro. 1889.
17. Franklinii, Douglas. Sts. 3-5 in. high, nearly
or quite glabrous: Ivs. in 3-6 pairs, narrow-subulate,
sharp-pointed: fls. in dense cymes at the top of the st.
W. Amer. Intro. 1881. L. H. B.
ARtiNGA (derivation unknown). Palmdcex, tribe
Arecex. Tall, usually spineless palms with a thickish,
ringed trunk, the upper part of which, and the leaf-stalka
are often covered with long black fibers.
369. Arenara gr&ndiflora.
390
ARENGA
ARGEMONE
leaves pinnate, the Ifts. regularly placed on the
rachis, sometimes confluent at their bases, the jagged
or cut-off appearance of the Ifts. peculiar to this genus
and Caryota among the horticultural palms, the margin
irregularly toothed above the middle; the Ivs. paler
beneath than above; petiole flattish
or convex: fls. monoecious, numerous,
and with 2 or more bracts beneath
each sessile fl.; spadix 6-10 ft. long
in some species, usually smaller,
coming from among the Ivs. and de-
veloping downwards; when the last
fl. -cluster reaches maturity some at
least of the species die, notably A. sacchan-
fera: fr. the size of an apple and somewhat
resembling it, containing 2 or 3 oblong
and usually dark brown seeds. G.G. II.
22:522.
Arengas are graceful palms, all natives of
tropical Asia and Australia, and so far as
known are of only eight species. A. sac-
chanfera is an important economic plant
in India, the black fiber at the leaf-oases
known as gomuta fiber being widely used for
filters and in the caulking of ships The
sap yields "arenga sugar" after the plant is
ten to twelve years old. For culture, see
Areca.
Arenga sacchanfera, in a young state, is
surpassed in beauty by most palms. Speci-
mens eight to ten years old, however, show
their characteristics well, and from that
penod till they begin to flower (which they
do from the top of the stem downwards in
the axils of the leaves), they are among the
most striking subjects for nigh and roomy
conservatories. The temperature should not
be allowed to fall below 55° F. during the
coldest weather. (Oliver.)
A. Trunks at least 20ft. or more.
sacchartfera, Labill Trunk 20-40 ft.
high: Ivs. very many, frequently 20-28;
petioles smooth; Ifts. 115, on each side,
fasciculate, in 4's or 5's, linear-ensiform, 3-5
ft. long, 1- or 2-auricled at the base, the
lower auricle the longer, 2-lobed or variously
dentate at the apex, white or silvery
beneath' branches of the spadix long,
fastigiate, pendulous: male fls purple,
1 in. long. Malaya.
obtusifdlia, Mart Trunk 20-30 ft.
high, 1-1 ^ ft. thick: fronds 9-13,
12-16 ft long; petiole thickly spiny,
especially on the margins, scarcely
more than 1 ft. long; segms 1H in. apart, 2-3 ft. long,
1^-2 in. wide, alternate, lanceolate-linear, unequally
acutely dentate, attenuate, 2-auncled at the base, the
lower auricle the larger, glaucous beneath: branches of
the spadix short, lax, nodding. Java.
AA. Trunks not over 10ft.
fingleri, Becc. About .5 ft. tall: Ivs. numerous, with a
great many Ifts. about 16 in. long and 1 in. wide, much
constricted at the base and irregularly toothed at the
apex: infl. much branched, borne among the Ivs., not
more than 1H ft- long: fr. about %in. diam. For-
mosa. — Not as yet common in this country, but inter-
esting among arengas for its small size.
A. florr#h», Hort., reported from E. Indies, is a name frequently
appearing in hort. literature, not certainly referable.
N. TAYLOB.t
ARBTHtrSA (the nymph Arethusa). Orchidacev.
Handsome terrestrial tuberous orchids.
Scapes leafless or with a single If. 1- to few-fid.; fl.
gaping, the sepals and petals nearly alike, arching over
370. Arethusa
bulboia. (xH)
the column; lip erect, narrow, entire, adnate to the base
of the elongated erect column, and produced into a
short spur. — Three species, 2 in N. Amer. and 1 in
Japan.
bulbdsa, Linn. Fig. 370. A very pretty hardy orchid,
8^10 m., with one linear, nerved If. and a bright rose-
pink fl. on an erect scape, the hp recurved and bearded.
Bogs, N. C., N. and W.; not common. May, June.
Mn. 5:141. — Requires a moist and shady, cool situa-
tion and open, porous soil. A shady nook on north
slope of rockery, where it can be watered in dry
weather, is an ideal place. Prop, is by the solid bulbs.
A smtnna, Rolfe A terrestrial tuberous herb 4-9 m high: fls.
white and red. W. China. B.M. 7935.
AB*TTA r^. , GEORGE V.
ARETIA:
ARGEM6NE (Greek name for an eye disease for
which a plant was reputed a remedy). Papaveracese.
ARQEMONY Prickly garden annuals, grown for the
showy yellow, white or purplish poppy-like flowers
Coarse herbs with yellow juice and sometimes with
spotted Ivs.: fls. large, short-lived; sepals 2 or 3, petals
4-6; stigmas 6 or less, radiate, sessile or nearly so pod
oblong or ellipsoid, prickly or bristly, opening at top by
3-6 valves. — About 10 species of N. and S Amer., cult.
as annuals, although sometimes biennial 01 even peren-
nial. Argemonies are easy to manage from seeds sown
where the plants are to stand, or transplanted from pots.
They need a light soil and full sunny exposure. Monogr.
by Fedde, Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 40 (1909).
A. Fls. yellow or yellowish.
mexicana, Linn. (A. specibsa, Hort.). PRICKLY
POPPY. Fig. 371. A moderately prickly-stemmed herb,
1-2 ft. high, sprawling, glaucous: Ivs. coarsely smuate-
pmnatifid. fls. sessile or nearly so, the petals obovate
and aa inch or less long, orange or lemon-colored, to
371. Argemone mudcaoa. ( X H)
2^ in. across when expanded. Trop. Amer., but
naturalized in eastern and southern states and in many
parts of the world. B.M. 243. —Not much used in
this country for medicinal purposes. The plant is said
to possess emetic, cathartic, anodyne and narcotic
properties; the oil from the seeds acts as a mild cathar-
tic. Var. ochroie&ca, Lindl. Petals yellowish white,
and style longer. Texas. B.R. 1343.
ARGEMONE
ARIS^MA
391
AA. Flu. white (rarely purple).
grandifldra, Sweet Fig 372. Glabrous and glaucous,
1-3 ft. high, almost destitute of prickles, &tout Ivs.
sinuate-pmnatifid, the lobes only weakly spinescent,
jvhite-vemed : bracts scattered along the fl. tranches:
372 Argemone grandiflora. ( X }A)
Us 3-6 near together, 4 m across' caps -valves scarcely
crested S \V Mex. B II 12G4 L B C 16 1546.
B M 3073 —Very showy.
platyceras, Link & Otto. Robust, 1^-4 ft, very
spiny, the Ivs. glaucous IVH smuate-pinnatifid, spiny,
fl -bracts aggregated below the fls ; petals truncate,
large, white (rarely purple), the fls 2 in or more across:
caps -valves crested or spiny Var hispida, Prain
(A. hisjnda, Gray) Petals rounded, sepals and caps
denselv prickly plant hispid Var. h(spido-r6sea,
Fedde Petals rounded, rose or rosy white, sepal* nar-
row, sparsely prickly Var Hunneminii, Fedde Petals
rounded, white plant stout — The species is very varia-
ble and widely distributed in N and S. Amer Likely
to appear m cult in several forms, all of them have
thick and densely prickly caps -valves
ftlba, Lestib (A mcxicana var dlbijlora, DC ) Slen-
der, 1-3 ft , somewhat glaucous. Ivs glabrous, pin-
nate-lobed and sinuate, the lobes oblong- acute, spiny
toothed, fls solitary or 2-3 together, on naked pedun-
cles, 3 m. across, white; petals oblong, narrowed at
base, truncate at top. Southern states and south. B M.
2342 (as A. a/6t/?ora).-rSparmgly run wild. Caps-
valves thin, reticulate spiny. L. jj. B.
ARGYRfelA (silvery, referring to the under side of
the Ivs ). Convolvuldcex. SILVER WEED Asiatic tender
climbers allied to Ipomcea, sometimes grown in the open.
Lvs usually large, silvery, tomentose or villous
beneath cymes usually few-fld.; corolla campanulate,
sepals 5 — They require too much room befoie flowering
to be popular m Amer A. cuneata is one of the dwarf est
and most flonferous kinds. Prop, by cuttings or seeds,
the former over bottom heat About 25 species.
tiliaefdlia, Wight (Rlvea tihxfdlia, Hort ) Fls. white,
violet or rose-purple, widely funnelform: Ivs. ovate-
cordate, 2-3 m diam . shortly acuminate or obtuse.
Prop, is from seeds. E. Indies. — Intro. 1890 by Peter
Henderson & Co
cuneata. Ker-Gawl. Two to 5 ft.: st. downy: fls.
large, bright but deep purple, on hairy peduncles which
' are shorter than the Ivs.: Ivs. cbovate-cuneate, emar-
ginate, glabrate. E. Indies. B.R.: 661.
A Pwrredna. Hort.(') Corolla funnel-shaped, white tinted with
rose. Tonqum R H 1906 600 See p 3566. j^ TAYLOR, f
ARIA: Sorbug.
ARIOCARPUS (Aria-like fruit) Cactacex Top-
shaped succulent desert plants, mostly buried in the
ground, the broad aerial part covered with angular
tubercles bearing no spines fls. from the center of the
plant, large, white or pink, fr small, naked: seeds black,
roughened — A genus of 6 or 7 species confined to Cent.
Mex , except a single species in S. W. Texas A very
distinct genus, easily distinguished from Mamillana by
its tubercles
A. Upper surface of tubercle with a broad and deep wool-
oeating longitudinal groove, which widens below
fissuratus, Schum (Anhalbmum fingelmannn, Ix>m.).
LIVING ROCK. The flat tubercle-covered top 2-5 in.
across, tapering below into a thick root, tubercles im-
bricated and appressed, triangular in outline, l/y-\ in
long and about as wide at base, the up^per surface fis-
sured in bands, the outer ones forming an elevated
margin fls central, about 1 in long and broad, shading
from whitish to rose On limestone hills in the "Great
Bend" region of the Rio Grande m Texas, and extend-
ing into Mex. I H 16, p. 73, and fig Contr Nat.
Herb 13, pi 62
LUSydii, Rose. Fig 373 Plant body with rounded top.
4 in or more m diam tubercles imbricated, *m broad
at base, the upper portion rounded, obtuse, broader
than thick, the whole surface fissured, but not m
definite bands fls purple, about H in long, petals broad,
apiculate This species differs from A fissuratus in
shape and surface of tubercles, in its round top, arid
more southern range. Cent Mex Contr Nat Herb 13,
pi 63.
Kotschubeyanus,Schurn (A lulcdtus, Schum ) Plants
nearly concealed by the ground, often less than 1 m.
broad at top, with a deep thick root fl -tube nearly |in.
long; petals SI HI long, rose-pink Cent Mex — Much
smaller than the last t\\o Only recently re-mtro into
cult A very distinct species A McDbwellu, Haage
& Schmidt, is the same or a near species
AA Upper surface of tubercle not grooved.
retusus, Scheidw (Anhttlbnutm prismdticum, Lem ),
The flat top 3-8 in across tubercles imbricate, but
squarrose-spreadmg, sharply tnangular-p\ ramulal and
very acute, with a sharp, cartilaginous tip, which usually
disappears with age and leaves the older tubercles blunt
or retuse, %-l in. long *
and about as wide at
base, the upper sur-
face almost plane and
smooth, except that it
is more or less pul-
verulent, and often
bears a small tomen-
tose tuft just behind the
claw-like tip. fls. rose-
color Mts of Mex
— A tngbnus, Schum
and A furfurdceus,
Thompson, are similar
species sometimes in
cult. j N. ROBE
ARIS&MA (Greek-
made name, of no par-
ticular significance),
Aracesp INDIAN TUR-
NIP. DRAGON ARUM.
Odd hooded aroids,
sometimes grown in
hardy borders and
some species as pot-
plants
About 60 widely dis-
tributed herbs, with 373. Anoctrpos UoydM.
392
ARIS^MA
ARISTOLOCHIA
374. Jack-m-the-Pulpit, Arismna
triphyllum. (xJO
tuberous roots, and a spathe rolled in or convolute
about the spaaix below, and often arched over it: fls.
unisexual, the pistillate on the lower part of the spadix,
and each consisting of a 1-loculed ovary, and generally
ripening into a showy berry Some species are native,
and several of them are hardy in the open; others are
cult, under covei, as recommended for Arum (which
see). Monogr. by Engler in De Candolle's Mono-
graphise Phanerogamarum, Vol. II.
A. Lfts. 7-11.
Drac6ntium, Schott. DRAGON-ROOT Sending up a
solitary If. 1-2 ft. high, pedately divided into oolong-
lanceolate pointed
Ifts. . spadix long-
pointed and pro-
jecting beyond the
greenish spathe:
scape much shorter
than the If. Low
grounds in E.
Amer — Occasion-
ally grown in
borders and rock-
work.
AA. Lfts. 3.
triphyllum, Torr
JACK-1N-THE-PUL-
PIT. INDIAN TUR-
NIP. Fig 374.
Usually dioecious:
Ivs usually 2, with
ovate or elliptic-
ovate Ifts . spadix
club - shaped and
covered by the
arching purplish
spathe Common
in woods V. 14 : 179. — Tuber or corm flattish and large,
very acrid, often employed as a domesti6 remedy. Ber-
nes red and showy, ripening in early summer Planted
in a moist, shady place, the Ivh remain until fall, but
m exposed places they die down early in summer. This
and the last are very interesting native plants of easy
cult , prop by tubers and by seeds
fimbriatum, Mast. FRINGED CALLA Lf. solitary,
the petiole a ft. or less high, sheathed below; Ifts broad-
ovate and acuminate, short-stalked scape as long as
the petiole, bearing a large, purple-limbed, white-
streaked, long-pointed epathe: spadix ending in a long
and gracefully drooping, feather-like appendage. E.
Indies. G C II. 22 689, III. 15:763 B M. 7150 Mn.
8, p. 59. G. 25 : 626 — A handsome and striking pot-plant,
blooming in summer. Grows m rich soil. Dry off the
tuber when the Ivs. turn yellow after flowering, and
keep dry in sand or earth until spring
Other species are A andmalum, Hemsl Lfts 3, broad-ovate,
acuminate spathe small, purplish and streaked, arching over
the short spadix suggests A tnphyllum. Malaya B M 7211
— A condnnum, Schott Lf solitary, with 10 or more Ifts spathe
colored, tailed India B M. 5914 — A. curmtltm, Hook —A
tortuosum — A. Fargkmi, Bouohet Spathe striped longitudinally
with broad purple-brown bands alternating with band* of silvery
white W, China — -4 fldoum, Schott Lvs pedate spathe
green to yellow. Himalaya B M 7700 — .4 gulefUum, N E Br
Lf. solitary, with 3 Ifts spathe purple inside India B M. 0457 —
A. Griffiths, Schott Lvs 2, Ifta 3, nearly orbicular spathe very
large with a spreading and wrinkled limb several inches broad, and
rich purple with green veins India B M. 6491 — One of the hand-
somest of all anstemaa — A.japtimcum, Blume. Lvs. pedate spathe
green, white striped. B M. 7910 —A nepenthoidee, Mort. Lf. pedate,
of 5 narrow Ifts . spathe auncled India. B M 6446 — A rtngens,
Schott. Lfts. 3, ovate-acuminate spathe purple, arched. Japan.
Perhaps hardy m the open Gn 37, p 577. G. 17.182 — A. Sie-
Mldit, DeVnese =A ringens — A specidsum, Mort. Lfts. 3 spathe
large and very dark purple, spadix with a very long, string-like tip.
India. Gn 37-676. BM 5964 G C. II 12 585— A tortudaum,
Schott, Lvs usually 2, with several or many Ifts spathe purple
outside; spadix long-tailed but erect ish, greenish India B M
5931 (as A curvatum) — A. iUile, Hook Lva 2, with 3 crenate Ifts
spathe reddish, green-ribbed, spadix purple- tuoers eaten bv native*
in India. B.M. 6474. — A. mndiflfirum, Franch , has recently been
offered in Eu , from China. It has pedate Ivs , and a striped
spathe — A WrAyi, Hemsl. Lf. solitary, pedate, the Ifts lanceolate:
spathe green or whitish, spadix slender, recurved. India B M.
7105- L. H B.
ARISARUM (old Greek name). Arfoese. Three or
four variable species of arum -like plants of the Medi-
terranean region. Differs from Anssema, its nearest
ally, in having the margins of the spathe connate rather
than convolute, and in other technical characters For
culture, see Arum.
vulgar e, Targ (Arum Ansdrwn, Linn.). A foot high:
Ivs. cordate or somewhat hastate, long-stalked: spathe
purple, incurved at the top — Has many forms and
names. Can be grown in the open with protection.
A probosrideum, Sav. Lvs hastate; 8Cir>« less than half the
petiole, spathe 1-1 M m lonR, pale gray, with a long olive tail 5-6
in , the mouth of spathe small, ohvo-purple Italy B M o<>34.
G w 5- p 512> GEORGE V. NASH f
ARISTfeA (name refers to the stiff leaf -points). 7n-
ddcese Mostly blue-flowered spring- or summer-bloom-
ing greenhouse herbs or sub-shrubs, and grown in the
open far south
Leaves distichous in basal rosettes, those on the st
alternate, fls clustered in spikes, not lasting, the
perianth with a short tube, and oblong, spreading,
nearly equal segmss that twist up spirally after flower-
ing, tstamens short-stalked, borne on the throat of
perianth-tube, fr an oblong or cylindrical 3-valved
caps — About 30 species in Afr Of easy cult. Prop by
seeds and division Not showy
£cklonii, Baker Herb. \}^ ft Ivs. linear but not
ngid, 18 in. or less long flu in many clusters that form
a loose panicle with a flattened rachis, limb of blue
perianth Hm long, caps cylindrical, less than 1 in long.
Cape Colony. — Reported in Calif , where it is said to
make -dense dark green clumps, with Sisyrmchium-like
fls. in spring
fruticdsa, Pers. (Nivenia fruticdsa, Baker). Dwarf
shrub: st.-lvs. linear. 2 in or less long: fls. in a single
cluster; perianth blue, the tube ^m. long. Cape
Colony. L. H. B
ARISTOLOCHIA (named for supposed medicinal
virtues). AnstolochicLces: BIRTHWORT Perennial herbs
or shrubs, many climbing, remarkable for the very odd-
shaped flowers, some species grown in the open, but
most of them culti-
vated as odd glass-
house subjects
The corolla is
wanting, but the
calyx is corolla-like,
tubular, mostly vari-
ously bent, and com-
monly tumid above
the ovary and con-
tracted at the mouth,
superior; stamens
commonly 6, short
and adnate to the
style, which IB fleshy
and lobed fr a
naked 6-valved caps ;
seeds flat. — About 375 Ajristolochia macrophylla. ( x
180 species of warm
and temperate regions throughout the earth; mostly
woody twiners. Many species are evergreen. The
tender species are cult, for the strikingly irregular
and grotesque fls The fls. are usually fetid in odor,
often very disagreeable. Many species are grown in
botanic gardens and in the collections of fanciers, but
those usually cult, or planted are to be found in the
treatment which follows.
These plants are mostly climbing vines, A. macro-
ARISTOLOCHIA
ARISTOLOCHIA
393
phylla
purposes.
.•haps the best known vine for shade
vigorous and of rapid growth, and has
never been known to be attacked by fungoid or insect
enemies For covering outbuildings quickly it has no
equal, owing to the heavy growth of foliage and its
adaptability to any situation. The flowers are peculiar
in shape, giving rise to the popular name, Dutchman's
pipe. These are inconspicuous, however, compared
with the tropical species of this genus. In
contrast with the foregoing, A grandiflora
var. Sturtevantn has gigantic flowers with a
tail sometimes 3 feet long. This species
must be cultivated under glass and is most
suitable for large structures as the odor
when in bloom beggars description, it being
such that flies have been known to be
deceived, thinking its origin was due to
putridity. There are other fine species for
indoor culture as A brasiliensia and A.
Goldieana These are best pro-
pagated from cuttings taken
from well-matured wood in early
spring or at pruning time. A
rich soil is desirable and pref-
erence is given to planting the
roots in a border or bed that
they may be trained up rafters
or pillars of warinhoubes Pot
culture does not give good
results Another very pretty
species is A elegans This is
not odorous, can easily be pro-
cured from seeds, which are
freely produced under cultiva-
tion It will bloom the fii>t
year under glass, and may be cut back to give light to
other plants in winter The outdoor A macrophylla
(often known as A Sipho) produces good seed: tins
seems to be the only way to increase it as hardwood
cuttings do not root readily. (E O. Orpet.)
376. Flowers of Dutch-
man's Pipe, Anstolochia
macrophylla, showing the
ovary at a, and the swell-
ing of the calyx-tube at b.
(X2*)
argentina, 8
braHihenms, 1«J
oalifornica, 5
npinatitis, 2
cyrabifera, 1&
t'Tegans, 14
ffigantea, II.
W09, 11.
INDEX
CJoldieaua, 12.
grandiflora, 11.
haatata. 1.
Hooken, 11.
labiosa 15
maoropnylla, 3, 13.
moupuien8if«, 0.
orntihocrphala, 13
ndicula, 9.
Serpentaria, 1.
Sipho, 3.
Sturtevantii, 11.
tomentosa, 4.
tnangularis, 7.
tnoaudata, 10.
A. Plant not climbing, herbaceous.
1. Serpentaria, Linn VIRGINI\ SNAKEROOT. Height
2 ft or leas, pubescent, with short roothtocks and aro-
matic roots Ivs ovate or oblong, cordate or halberd-
form, acuminate fls near the root, solitary, S-shaped,
much enlarged above the ovary, greenish. E U S —
Occasionally cult Rootb used in medicine. Reputed
remedy for snake-bites Var hastata, Duch. Lvs.
narrow, sagittate or hastate. Southeastern states.
2 Clematitis, Linn. Two ft. or less tall, glabrous*
Ivs reniform-pointed, cihate on the margins: fls. axillary
and clustered, straight, greenish Eu. — Rarely cult ,
and occasionally escaped
AA. Plant twining, mostly woody.
B. Cult in the open
3. macrophylla, Lam (A. Slpho, L'Her.). DUTCH-
MAN'S PIPE. PIPE VINE. Figs. 375, 376, 377. Very tall,
twining, glabrous: Ivs. very large, broadly reniform or
rounded, oecoming glabrous: fls. solitary or 2 or 3 to-
gether in the axils, U-shaped, enlarged above the ovary,
with a 3-lobed, spreading flat limb, purplish. Eastern
states. B.M. 534. Gng.l:53. G.F. 5:609 (habit).—
An excellent vine for porches, the great Ivs. affording
a dense shade.
4. tomentdsa, Sims. Much like the last, but very
tomentose: Ivs. less rounded1 fls yellow, with refie\e<l
lobes, the closed orifice purple. N. C. to III. and S.
B.M. 1369.
5. calif 6rnica, Torr. Silky pubescent, 6-10 ft.: Ivs.
ovate-cordate, 2-4 in. long, ootuse or acutish, short-
petioled: fls. U-shaped, little contracted at the throat,
the limb 2-lobed, with the upper lip of 2 broad, obtuse
lobes and a thickening on the inner side. Calif.
6. moupinlnsis, Franch. Branches slender, densely
silky, becoming smoothibh. Ivs. cordate, 5 in. or less
long, hairy above, gravish pubescent beneath, the
petiole about 2^6 in. long fls solitary on axillary
peduncles, the tube 1^6 m. long, abruptly curved so
that the blossom appears U-shaped as it hangs, pale
green outside and yellowish inside, the limb obliquely
3-lobed, \.y± in across, yellowish and purple-marked.
From the Moupme region of W. China B.M. 8325. —
A rapid grower, reaching 15 ft. in one season. A good
pillar and post plant, hardy in England. Allied to A.
ICaempfen (see supplementary list).
7. triangul&ris, Cham. Glabrous: Ivs. triangular-
acute. 3-nerved, pellucid-punctate, the petioles pre-
hensile, the blade 4 in. long by 3 in. broad, fls. solitary,
ovoid-inflated at base and then making a sharp angle,
the tube funnelforrn and the limb small and truncate
and not large, purple-spotted. Brazil — A climber
reported in S. Calif
8. argentina, Gnseb. Herbaceous, glabrous; st.
angular-sulcate* Ivs cordate-deltoid, obtuse, pedately
7-nerved* fls. solitary on axillary peduncles, glabrous
without and somewhat puberulent within, the tube
ovoid at base, bent, the parts of limb broadly ovate
and obtuse S. Arner Reported in S Calif
BB Cult, in greentiouse or warmhouse.
c. Fl.-limb of 2 narrow divergent lobes.
9. ridlcula, N E Br Very slender, stiff-hairy
throughout: Ivs round-remform, cordate: fls. axillary
and solitary, 2 in long aside from the limb, with a long
sac at the base of the tube, pale yellow with dull purple
veinmg; limb of 2 spreading, deflexed. narrow lobea,
glandular, reminding one of donkeys ears. Brazil.
B.M.6934. G.C. 11.26:361.
cc. Fl -limb of 3 narrow lobes.
10. tricaudata, Lem Lvs. 5-8 in. long, oblong-
acuminate, rugose, ciliate. fls solitary; tube short and
somewhat inflated at the rounded
base, suddenly bent, limb wide
and concave, maroon-red outside
and very dark purple-brown in-
side, produced into tails 4 in long.
Mex. I.H. 14:522. R B 20 37.
B.M. 6007 — A fine species of
shrubby habit, producing quanti-
ties of fls all over the older parts
of the growths, down to the base
of the old st. A striking plant
when well grown under sunny
conditions in a temp of 50-55° F.
ccc. Fl.-limb 2-hpped. the lips
unlike and one of them usu- 377> Longltudinal
ally ample and flowing: fls. section of flower of
Large. Dutchman's Pipe,
D. Blossoms with one or more long ^o^0* &« ov*ry «nd
hanging tails.
11. grandifldra, Swartz (A.
gigas, Lindl ) . PELICAN - FLOWER. SWAN - FLOWE R
GOOSE-FLOWER. DUCK-FLOWER Figs. 378, 379. Downy
climbing shrub* Ivs. cordate-acuminate; peduncles
striate, exceeding the petiole, 1-fld.: the n.-bud is
•'bent like a siphon in the *,ube, so as to resemble tie
body and neck of a bird, while the limb, in that state
resembles the head and beak thrown back upon the
body, as a pelican when that bird is at rest, whence
rt column of
atf. (XD
394
AR1STOLOCHIA
ARISTOTELIA
the name" (Hook, in B.M., vol. 74): the great ex-
panded cordate-ovate limb several inches across,
wavy-margined, purple-blotched and veined, termina-
ting in a long and slender ciliated tail: strong-scented.
Var. Stitrtevantii, W. Wats , is the form chiefly known
in cult , being very large-fid., often 20 in. diam., and
with a tail 3 ft or more
long. W. Indies. Cent and
S. Amer. BM 4368-9.
B.R.28:60. F.S 4:351-2.
G.F. 3:597-599 (adapted
in Fig. 379). A F. 10.157.
G.C. III. 19-73. Gng.
3:23. Gn. 50:378. Var.
Hodkeri, Duch (A. gig-
antea, Hook ), is glabrous,
inodorous, with a short-tailed fl.
B.M 4221.
DD. Blossoms not tailed, although
perhaps bearing long more or
less erect point-appendages.
12. Goldieana, Hook. Whole
plant dying down to a large
fleshy rootstock: glabrous: Ivs.
ovate-cordate or triangular-cor-
date, acuminate, the base deeply
out: fls. very large, greenish
outside but brown-veined and
blotched inside, the lower part
of the tube straightish and 8 in.
long, the upper part sharply
bent over and a foot long, with
a funnel-shaped, spreading limb
a foot or more across, and indistinctly 3-lobed,
each lobe terminated by slender appendages; sta-
mens 24. W. Afr. B.M. 5672. G.C. IIL 7:521;
21:337. G.M. 33:286.
13. brasiliensis, Mart. & Zucc. Glabrous: Ivs.
cordate-reniform, obtuse, with deep sinus at base:
peduncle 8-10 in. long. 1-fld. : fl very large, dingy
yellow, with marks and reticulations of purple, the
Umb strongly 2-hpped; tube strongly bent, purple
inside; upper lip 4 in. long, violet within, hairy;
lower lip not longer than the upper, 5-7 in. wide.
Var. macrophylla, Duch (A ornithocephala, Hook.).
Lvs. large: upper hp 5 in. long, lanceolate-acuminate,
projecting from the inflated headlike tube like the long
beak of a bird; lower hp on a stalk 2 in. long, then
expanding into a flattened, wavy, beautifully marked
limb 4 in. long and 4-6 in. across. Brazil B M. 4120.
Gn. 45, p. 289. — A most odd and interesting species,
not infrequent in fine establishments.
14. elegans, Mast. CALICO FLOWER. Slender,
glabrous, the fls. borne on the pendulous young wood:
Ivs. long-stalked, remform-cordate, 2-3 in. across, with
wide sinus and rounded basal lobes, the tip obtuse: fls.
solitary, long-stalked, the tube yellow-green, 1^ in.
long, the limb cordate-circular, 3 m. across, purple and
white blotched, white on the exterior, the eye yellow:
not strong-smelling. Brazil. G.C. II 24:301; ill. 22:
123. » B.M. 6909.— A small-fld. and graceful, free-
blooming apecies. A most desirable decorative climber
for a warm greenhouse of 55° F. but does not thrive so
well in a stove. It is entirely devoid of the unpleasant
odor which is characteristic of the fls. of this genus. In
Fla. it self-sows freely; and the hanging basket-like frs.
are very attractive.
15. cymbtfera, Mart. & Zucc. (A. Idbiosa. Sims).
Glabrous: st. striate: Ivs. reniform, obtuse and deeply
cut at the base, pedately 7-9-nerved, long-stalked: fls.
long-stalked, 8-10 in. long, strongly 2-lipped; the upper
lip short and lanceolate, acute or acuminate; the lower
lip (which, by position of fl. may seem to be the upper)
very large, dilated at base, and produced into a long,
boat-shaped (whence the name, from cymba, a boat)
usually 2-lobed projection; fl. creamy white, marked
and blotched with maroon. Brazil. B.M. 2545. P.M.
6:53 (as A. hyperborea, Paxt.).
A altissima, Deaf Fls. 2 in. or loss long, brownish Sicily
and Alger.a BM 6586 —Would probably be hardy with pro-
tection in the middle states. — A. anguicida, Jacq. Lvs long-cor-
date: fls. small, 1-2 in. long, with a long-pointed limb Colombia.
B M 4361. F.S. 4 344 —A barbdta, Jacq
Lvs. oblong and cordate' fls. 2J^ in , pur-
ple. Venezuela. BM 5869— A cauddta,
Booths* A macroura — A. cihAta, Hook ,
and A. cilidsa, Benth =»A. fimbnata — A.
dypeMa, Lmdl & Andr6. Lvs triangular-
ovate, pointed fls with a large, oval, pur-
ple-spotted, tailless limb 8 Amer I H.
17 40. B.M. 7512 —A. Duchdrtrn, Andre
=A Ruiziana — A. fimbnAla, Cham. A
free-floworing greenhouse species Ivs small,
cordate-orbicular fls small, the little limb
glandular-cihate, Brazil B M 3756 (as A.
cihata).— A. hlans, Wjlld Lvs round-cor-
date fls bronze-green, with lobed limb and
a hairy beak Venezuela B M 7073. Allied
to A brasilien<<is — A. Kafmpfen Willd
Tall-climbing Ivs ovate-cordate or hastate,
variable fls solitary, tomentose, with nar-
row rim, yellow outside, purple inside.
Japan Probably hardy in the N. — A.
longica\ul<Ma, Mast. LVB ovate and cor-
date fls cream-colored with purple mark-
ings, with a large sac-like tube, hairy at the
throat, with no expanded hmb but a very
long tail. S Amer G C III 8 49d — A lonaifMia, Champ.
Branches climbing, from ^ woody rootetock Ivs thick,
linear-lanceolate fls. U-shaped, with a 2-lobcd purple limb
2 H m across Hong Kong BM 0884. — A nuicroiira, Gomei.
Lvs reniform, lobed fl. dark maroon, b-spurrcd, the hp with a
twisted cusp Brazil B M 37G9 (as A rnudata) — A macroiira
Xbraxihfniis, a garden hybrid -—A odoratlnnma, Linn Lvs.
corda* ?-ovate fl solitary, purple, nweet Jamaica — A pdntica,
Linn Erect or ascending from a globose rootstock Ivs large,
broadly ovate, fls very large, curved, greenish purplo, ill-smelling.
Asia Minor.— A ringens, Vahl Lvs round-rumfurm fl 7-10 m.
long, green marked with dark purple, hairy inside, with 2 long lips,
one of which has a much-expanded limb Brazil B M 5700 — A.
Ruizidna, Duch Lvs remform-cordate fls with tubo 1 in or less
cros«, and brown-spotted Brazil
(as A Duchartrei) — A saccdta,
,
long, the cordate-ovate limb 3 in acros«, and brown-spotted Brazil
BM 5880 and GC 1868 510 (as A Duchartrei) — A saccdta,
Wall. Lys. long-ovate fls. small, U-shaped, with a very narrow
nm (suggesting the Dutchman's pipe), red India B ^l 3640 —
,
A. Sdlpinx, Mast Lva ovate-lanceolate fls small, with a trumpet-
ehaped, somewhat 2-lipped mouth, purplish Paraguay. G.C II.
26 457 — A. unguhfbha. Mast Lvs 3-lobed fls small, brownish
and reddish, with a ciliate, tongue-like lip Borneo. G C II 14 117.
B M. 7424 — A. Wteflandn, Hems! Lvs oblong-lanceolate fl
pendulous, with a spreading purple-marked limb 5 or 6 in across
China. B.M 7011 A greenhouse climber producing its fls on th»
old parts of the plant near the ground. L H B
ARISTOTfcLIA (after the Greek philosopher
Aristotle). Elseocarpdcese. Woody plants sometimes
grown in the open m warm countries.
Leaves evergreen, nearly opposite, entire or toothed:
fls. polygamous; sepals 4-5, valvate; petals of the same
number: berries small, edible. — A genus of 7 species of
trees and shrubs from the southern hemisphere, allied
to Elaeocarpus. Prop, by ripened cuttings, under bell-
jar or closed frame.
379. Aristolochia grandiflora. (X|)
AKISTOTELIA
ARNICA
395
racemdsa, Hook. f. NEW ZEALAND WINEBEERT.
Small tree, 20 ft.: Ivs. glossy, ovate or cordate-ovate,
thin and membranous: ns white in many-fld. panicled
racemes. New Zeal. — Cult, somewhat m S. Calif.
Macqui, L'Her. Shrub, to 7 ft : Ivs. almost opposite,
dentate, smooth, shining, oblong and acute at the apex:
fls. inconspicuous, greenish, axillary. Chile. — Grown
for its foliage. A variegated form, less hardy than the
type, is known. Occasionally found in botanical and
other collections, particularly in Calif, jj. TAYLOR.!
ARMENlACA: Prunua
ARM&RIA (an old Latin name). Plumbagindcex.
SEA PINK THRIFT Small perennial herbs, with ro-
settes of narrow evergreen leaves on the ground, planted
along borders and walks, used for continuous low
edgings and in rock-gardens, sometimes grown as
pot-plants.
Scape naked, simple, 2-12 m. high, on which is borne
a compact head of pink, lilac or white fls , the head
being subtended by small bracts, forming a kind of
involucre, fls with plaited funnel-shaped dry calyx, the
lobes pointed; 5 petals nearly or quite distinct and
tapering at the base, 5 stamens opposite the corolla
parts, styles 5, hairy below the middle fr. a utricle
inclosed in the calyx — About 50 spccios in Eu , W. Asia,
N Afr. and 1 in N. Amer , much confused
Armenas are of easiest culture, being hardy and free
growers. Propagation is by division of the stools; also
by seeds.
A. Calyx-tube usually pilose all over
vulgaris, Willd (A marltima, Willd ) COMMON
THRIFT Fig 380. Lvs. linear, 1-nerved, somewhat
obtuse, glabrous or slightly ciliate: scape low, some-
what villose, calyx- tube about the length of the pedicel
and decurrcnt on it, the limb nearly equal to the tube,
with very short ovate, blunt or anstate lobes Eu and
Amer., along the seacoast Var. 41ba, Hort White. Var
rubra, Hort Fls dark rose-red. Var purpdrea, Hort.
Purple-red Var. Laucheana, Voss Light rose-color
Var grandifldra, Hort Laige-fld , light rose-red Var
splendens, Hort Bright pink A arqentea, Hort , is
perhaps another form, with small white fls.; also a
white-lvd form.
sibirica, Turcz Lvs. linear, 1-nerved, obtuse, gla-
brous: scape rather taller, thicker, calyx-tube longer
than pedicel, the limb about length of tube, with tri-
angular, short-mucronate lobes; involucre brown; fls.
white. Siberia
juncea, Girard (A. setdcen. Dehle) Outer Ivs. of
rosette narrow-linear and subdentate, the inner ones
longer and filiform* head small, with pale involucre, the
pedicel much shorter than the calyx-tube; calyx-limb
short, the lobes ovate-obtuse and anstate; fls. pmk. Eu.
AA. Calyx-tube glabrous, or pilose only on the ridges.
B. Lvs. elliptic-lanceolate or broader.
latifdlia, Willd. (A. cephalbtes, Link & Hoffm., not
Hook.). Glabrous and glaucous. Ivs. broad-oblong.
5-7-nerved, the margin remotely denticulate' head
large, the involucre dry; calyx-limb long, with very
small or no lobes and long teeth; fls bright pink S.
Eu. BM 7313 PM 11.79 (as Siatice Pseudo-
armena). — A. formdsa, Hort, probably belongs here,
mauritanica, Wallr. (A. cephaldtes, Hook . not Link
& Hoffm.). Lvs. broad-spatulate or elliptic-lanceolate,
3-5-nerved, glaucous green, the margin scanous- white:
heads large (2-3 in across), the involucre brownish,
the calyx short-toothed and anstate; fls. pink. Eu.,
BB. Lvs. linear-lanceolate or narrower.
alpina, Willd. Glabrous: Ivs. linear-lanceolate: equal-
ing the scape, 1-nerved or obscurely 3-nerved: head
large, the involucre pale brown; pedicels shorter than
calyx-tube, the tube equaling the oblong long-aristate
lobes; fls. deep rose. Mts., Eu.
purpurea, Koch. Lvs. linear, long, 1-nerved, blunt:
outer involucre-scales mostly blunt, the inner very
blunt and weak, pedicels as long as calyx-tube, limb
equaling the tube, and the lobes ovate-anstate; purple
Cent. Eu.
plantagfnea, Willd Glabrous: Ivs. linear-lanceolate,
3-7-nerved, acute or acuminate scape tall; head dense
and globular, the involucre white, pedicels as long as
calyx-tube, the lobes ovate and long-aristate and as
long as tube, pink. Cent and H Eu Var. leucantha,
Boiss (A diantholdes, Hornem <fe Sprung ), has white fls.
argyrocephala, Wallr. (.4 undulata, Boiss.). Gla-
brous outer Ivs. in rosette, short and lanceolate or
linear-lanceolate and 3-nerved a.nd often sinuate, the
inner ones linear or setaceous and 1-3 nerved: head
large, the involucre white; pedicel neaily as long as
calyx-tube, the calyx-limb \Mth long-triangular aristate
lobes, fls white, showy. Greece. L. jj. B.t
ARMERlASTRUM: Acanthohmon
ARHATTO: Bixa
ARNJDBIA (Arabic name) Boragmacex Annual or
perennial hispid herbs, grown as flower-garden or
border subjects
Elect or diffuse* root sometimes yielding red tint:
Ivs alternate fls yellow or violet, in racemes or cymes,
the color changing with
the age of the blossom;
corolla slender-tubed,
with 5 obtuse lobes, the
throat devoid of scales/,
stamens included, style
usually bifid fr nor-
mally of 4 erect nutlets.
— A dozen species in
Asia and N Afr of
easy cult in gardens.
echioides, DC. (Ma-
crotdmia (chioldes,
Boiss) PROPHET-
FLOWER. Hardy per-
ennial, 3-12 in. high,
short-hairy, with
spreading, ob ovate-
oblong Ivs.: fls. in a
scorpioid raceme or
spike, yellow, with
purple spots, fading to
pure yellow. Caucasus, 380. ^^ vul ans. ( x ^
Armenia, etc. B M.
4409 G C II 11 689 — Blooms in spring In full sun
or in rather dry ground, it is difficult to keep this charm-
ing plant in a healthy condition , partial shade is essen-
tial to its welfare. One can grow luxuriant specimens
on the northern slope of a rockery or close to a building
on the east or north side. Prop by seeds, division, or
by root-cuttings
cornuta, Fisch & Mey. ARABIAN PRIMROSE. An-
nual, 2 ft., bushy: Ivs. lanceolate or linear-oblong,
pointed: fls. %m. across, yellow and black-spotted,
changing to maroon and then to yellow. Orient. G.C.
III.7.52. JH.III 31'29. AF.5'400. AG.11:181
(1890) — An attractive and not very common annual,
easily grown in the open.
A Griffith^, Bois,« Annual, 9-12 in • Iva narrow-oblong, obtuse,
cilmtc fls long-tubed, with a black spot m each sinus India.
B M 5266 —A macrothiirsa, Stapf Perennial, 1 to nearly 2 ft.:
fls yellow in dense thyrses. Armenia. L H B t
ARNICA (ancient name). Compdsitx. Perennial herbs
sometimes seen in borders or rockeries.
With clustered root-lvs. and opposite st.-lvs. and large,
long-ped uncled yellow heads : mvolueral bracts all equal,
396
ARNICA
ARONICUM
thin, in a single, rarely double series. Native to Eu.,
Asia, and N. Amer., about 10 species. — Tincture of the
European .4. nwntana is used in medicine. Grown
mostly as alpines or in rockwork; some species also grow
well in the common
border. Prop, by divi-
sion, and rarely by seeds.
A. Radical Ivs. cordate,
with slender or winged
petioles.
cordif61ia,Hook. Two
ft. or less high, hairy:
heads few or even soli-
tary, with inch -long
rays; involucre ^m
high, pubescent. Rocky
Mts. and W.— To be
grown as"n alpine.
latifdlia, Bongard (A.
ventorum, Greene).
Glabrous or very nearly
so. the st -Ivs not cor-
date or petioled, the
radical Ivs nearly round-
heads smaller than in
preceding Rocky Mts.
andW.
AA Radical Ivs not cor-
date, often petioled.
amplexicaulis, Nutt
Glabrous or nearly so:
Ivs. ovate to lance-ob-
long, acute, those on the
st. clasping and dentate:
st. leafy to the top.
Ore. and N
folidsa, Nutt Pubes-
cent: Ivs. lanceolate,
strongly nerved, small-
toothed, the upper ones
somewhat clasping:
heads sometimes soli-
tary, short -peduncled:
st. leafy, strict Rocky Mts. and W.
montana, Linn. MOUNTAIN TOBACCO MOUNTAIN
SNUFF. Fig. 381. A foot high, the st sparsely hairy,
radical Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, glabrous and entire:
heads 3-4, large Eu B M 1749 J.H. III. 34:441.
Gn. 24, p 394. G. 29.215.— The best known species
in cultivation and can be grown in the open border,
but none of the arnicas is common in American
gardens
A. C/6m«=-Doromcum Clusu. L. H. B.
N. TAYLOR f
AR&NIA (modification of Aria, a subgenus of the
allied genus Sorbus) Rosacese CHOKEBERRY. Orna-
mental shrubs grown for their attractive white flowers
and for their handsome fruits, and also for the bright
autumnal tints of the foliage.
Low plants. Ivs. deciduous, ahort-petioled, finely and
crenately serrate, glandular on the midrib above, con-
volute in bud. fls in small corymbs, white; calyx 5-
lobed, petals 5, spreading, stamens numerous; ovary
5-celled, woolly at the top, with 5 styles united at the
base, the carpels connate but partly free on their ventral
suture: fr. a small pome, flesh without grit-cells, top
hemispherical. — Three closely related species m E N.
Amer. Closely related to Sorbus, which is easily oUs-
tinguished by the sharply or doubly serrate, often pin-
nate Ivs. folded in bud and without glands above, by
the usually 2-3-celled ovary with the carpels connate
on their ventral suture, otherwise often partly free, and
by the conical top of the fr.: quite distinct in general
381. Arnica montana. ( X \i)
appearance and habit and suggesting more an affinity
with Amelanchier.
The aromas are small shrubs with simple deciduous
leaves turning bright red in autumn and with white
flowers in small corymbs followed by berry-like, red,
purple or black fruit. Well adapted for borders of shrub-
beries and quite hardy North. A. melanocarpa is hand-
somest in foliage and bloom, particularly the var.
grandifolia; its fruit ripens in August, but soon shrivels
and drops, while A. atropurpurea and A arbutifolw have
showier and usually more numerous fruits; tnose of A.
atropurpurea ripen in early September and shrivel at
the beginning of the winter, while those of the last-
named species ripen later and remain plump and
bright far into the winter
They prefer moist situations, but A melanocarpa
also grows well on drier and rocky soil. Propagation is
by seeds sown in fall or stratified; also by suckers and
layers, or by greenwood cuttings under glass.
arbutifdlia, Spach (Sorbus arbnfifdha. Heynh. Pyrus
arbutifolw, Linn f A arbutifoha. Ell. A. pynfblia,
Pers. Mtspilw arbutifblia var. erythrocdrpa, Michx.).
RED CHOKEBERRY Upright shrub, 6-10 ft high. Ivs.
short-petioled, oval to oblong or obovate, acute or
abruptly acuminate, crenately serrate, glabrous above
except some glands on the midrib, whitish or grayish
green and tomentose or pubescent beneath, 1H~3 in.
long corymbs tomcntose, few- to many-fld., 1-1 H m-
broad: fls. white or tinged red, H~H'n. across, fr sub-
globose or pear-shaped, bright or dull red, about ^m.
across April. May. N. Y to Minn , to Fla. and La.
B.M. 3668. G.F. 3:417. G.W. 5, p 245.
atropurpurea, Brit (Sdrbus arbutifbha var atro-
purpurea, Schneid ). PURPLE CHOKKBERRY. Shrub, to
12 tt., closely allied to the last: Ivs oblong to obovate,
grayish pubescent beneath, 2-3M in long, corymbs
tomentose, many-fld. • fr. ovoid to subglobose, purplish
black, about l&n high May, June. Nova Scotia
to Fia.
melanoc&rpa, Spach (S6rbus mclanocdrpa, Heynh.
Pyrus n\gra. Sarg. A n\gta, Koehne Pyrus arbuti-
fbha var nigra, Willd.). BLACK CHOKEBERRY. Low
shrub, rarely to 6 ft.: Ivs oval to obovate, abruptly
acuminate or obtuse, pale green and glabrous or nearly
so beneath* calyx and pedicels glabrous or nearly so fr.
globose, about HH*. across, shining black Nova Scotia
to Ont., south to Fla. and Mich April-June B B.
2:237. Var. grandifdlia, Schneid. (Pyrus grandifblia,
382. Aroma meUnocarpa var. elata.
Lindl.) A taller, more vigorous shrub with, larger,
obovate or broadly obovate lustrous Ivs and larger fls.
in larger corymbs. B.R. 14:1154 Var elata, Rehd.
Fig. 382. Similar to the preceding, but Ivs. narrower,
generally oblong-obovate, acute. Var. subpubSscens,
Schneid. Lvs. pubescent beneath when young
A flonbiinda, Spach (Pyrus flonbunda, Lindl.). Hybrid between
A. arbutifoha and A melanocarpa, similar to A. atropurpurea, but
usually more glabreacent. B R. 12 1006. G.W. 5, p. 246.— It is of
garden origin and several forms of it are in cult.
ALFRED REBDER.
AR6NICUM:Z>oromcum.
ARPOPHYLLUM
ARPOPHtLLUM (cimiter and leaf). Orchidaces.
Epiphytic evergreen orchids, with 1-lvd. sts. arising
from creeping rhizomes: Ivs. coriaceous or fleshy: fls.
numerous, sessile, in dense cylmdric spikes; sepals and
petals nearly alike, spreading; lip adnate to base of the
erect column, narrowed above the somewhat saccate
base; pollinia 8. — About 6 species, natives of Mex.,
Cent. Amer , and W. Indies.
giganteum, Lmdl. Sts stout, up to 1 ft. tall* Ivs.
12-16 in. long: spike dense, up to 1 ft. long; fls. rose-
purple, the broadly obovate lip deeper. Mex. and
Guatemala.
spidttum, Llav & Lex. Fig 383. Sts. up to 8 in. tall:
Ivs up to 1 ft. long- spike dense, 3-6 in. long; fls. less
than Vizin. across, numerous; sepals and petals rose-
purple; lip bright purple. Mex. B.M. 6022.
GEORGE V. NASH.
ARRACACIA (Spanish name of the plants). Umbel-
liferse. Also spelled Arracacha. Twenty to 30 species of
perennial herbs clobely allied to Comum, witn calyx-
teeth very small or wanting, petals broad, acuminate
and inflexed, white to dark purple, fls. in large com-
pound umbels' Ivs pmnately compound or decompound.
A. xanthorrhiza, Baner (A esculenta, DC ), produces
edible tuberous roots much eaten by residents of
N. S. Amer.; these tubers have branches or tobes the
size of carrots, and are boiled. A. Dugesii, Coulter &
Rose, Cent Amer , is reported as a botanic-garden
plant It is tall and coarse, aromatic: Ivs. much
aecompound, begm linear.
ARRHENATHERUM (Greek arren, masculine, and
ather, awn, m reference to the awned stammate flower).
Graminesp. OAT GRASS. Tall perennials with flat blades
and long narrow panicles, spikelets 2-fld , the lower
stammate, its lemma bearing a gemculate twisted
dorsal awn, the upper perfect, short-awned or awnless.
Species 6, Medit. region. One species, tall oat -grass
(A eldtius, Beauv ), is cult as a meadow grass. Dept.
Agnc , Div. Agrost. 20.95. There has been recently
mtro. into the eastern states a variety (var tuberdsum,
Halac A bidbdsum, Presl ) that bears at the base of
the culms a short chain of corms A variegated form
of this has been offered under the name A. bulbdnum
vdnegdtum. A S. HITCHCOCK.
ARROW-ROOT. An edible starch, derived from the
rhizomes of various seitammaceous plants, as Maranta,
Curcuma, Tacca, Canna The West Indian arrow-root
is mostly from Maranta arundiruicea. The Brazilian is
from Manihot utihsftima. The Eafat Indian is chiefly
from Curcuma angustifolia Potato and maize starches
are also a source of arrow-root. In the United States
starch is secured from Cassava (Manihot utdissima)
and is used as a substitute for arrow-root. See Cyclo.
Amer. Agric., Vol. II, p. 199, with figure of Maranta
arundinacea.
ARTAB6TRYS (Greek, suspended grapes, alluding
to the clustered fruit suspended by the hooked
peduncle). Annondcex. CLIMBING YLANG-YLANQ. TAIL-
GRAPE. Woody tropical climbers or scrambling shrubs,
remarkable for their curiously hooked peduncles, and
prized for the fragrance of their flowers.
Leaves smooth, evergreen, alternate, petals 6 in 2
series, both series valvate or edge-to-edge, in most
species flat but in certain Malayan and Afncan species
terete or club-shaped, with a broad excavated base,
above which they are constricted and connivent over
the essential parts, which they almost conceal, the flat or
terete limb above the constriction usually spreading
and ascending, sometimes slightly incurved: stamens
typically annonaceous, closely packed, wedge-shaped or
oblong with 2 dorsal pollen-sacs on the back of the thick
filament and connective produced above them in the
ARTABOTRYS
397
form of a dilated hood or cap: ovaries several, seldom
numerous, each with 2 erect basal ovules side by
side; styles variable, sometimes oblong or club-shaped
andreflexed, sometimes erect or very small; ripe car-
pels separate, borne in a cluster on the hardened torus
or receptacle, either sessile or stipitate, more or less
plum-like or olive-like, and normally containing 2 flat-
tened seeds with hard bony testa, nsmg side by side
from the base, grooved around the margin and contain-
ing the wrinkled albumen characteristic of all Annona-
ceaB E Asia, the Malay Archipelago, and Trop. Afr. —
About 40 species thus far described, several of them
cult, in tropical countries and grown m conservatories
for their fragrant fls.
Several of the most common species have been con-
fused Artabotrys uncinatus was described by Lamarck
under the name Annona uncinata in 1786 It was sup-
posed to be identical with Artabotrys odcralis8imus, R.
Br., the type species of the genus, which was established
in 1819. Its flowers, however, are described as having
ovate-lanceolate petals with a brownish red upper part
383. Arpophyllum sptcatum. (XJ-S)
(or limb), and with broad clawa at the base, cottony,
concave within at the base and constricted between the
claw and the blade. It is consequently to be identified
with Artabotrys odoratissimus of Blume, which is dis-
tinct from A odoratissimus, R. Br., and which was
described as A. Blumei by Hooker & Thomson, while
A odoratissimus of Hooker <fe Thomson is to be re-
ferred to A hamatus of Blume, and A intermedius,
Hassk., is regarded as a variety of A. odoratissimus, R.
Br.
A. Shape of petals lanceolate or ovate, flat.
B. Petals glabrous, more than an inch long.
odoratissimus, R. Br CLIMBING YLANG-YLANQ.
ALANG-ILANO SONGSONG TAIL -GRAPE ALANO-
ILANG DB CHINA. A woody climber or half-scandent
shrub: young branches puberulous, at length glabrous:
Ivs short-petioled, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acu-
minate, acute at the base, thin, coriaceous, both sides
glabrous, glossy, reticulate between the lateral nerves
hooked peduncles 1- or 2-fld., extra-axillary, usually
opposite a If. or subtermmal; fls. rather large, greenish
to yellow, very fragrant; petals flat, glabrous, or silky-
puberulous at the base, thick and coriaceous, lanceolate
to oblong-lanceolate, nearly 2 in. long when full-grown,
constricted near the base and connivent over the essen*
tial parts, widely spreading above the constriction,
inner petals similar to the outer but slightly smaller;
stamens numerous, short and thick, wedge-shaped,
with the connective broadly dilated above the 2 pollen-
sacs, which are adnate on the back of the fleshy filament
and open extrorsely by longitudinal Assures; ovaries
ARTABOTRYS
ARTABOTRYS
glabrous, several, each with 2 erect ovules at the base;
styles linear-oblong or club-shaped: bemes plum-like,
clustered on the hardened receptacle, oblong, narrowed
at the base, nearly sessile, with a small point at the apex,
smooth, yellow and fragrant when ripe. S. China,
Formosa, India, Ceylon, Burma, Philippine Isls. B.R.
423. — A species widely cult, in the warm countries of
the eastern hemisphere and in conservatories, for its
fragrant fls and frs. This species is tender in Cent. Fla.
and should be banked with dry sand. It needs rich
soil and should be well fertilized each year. Easily
prop, by seeds.
BB. Petals tomentose or pubescent, not exceeding an inch
in length.
c. Fr. ovoid, sharp-pointed: petals ovate-lanceolate,
brownish red, pubescent.
uncinitus, Safford (Annbna uncinata, Lam ). Fig.
384. A shrub with climbing divaricate branches; young
branches slightly pubescent at first, at length glabrous,
more or less zigzag: Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, usually acute at the base, glabrous on both
384. Artabotrys uncinatus.
(XH)
sides, glossy, and with short thick petioles, 5-10 in.
long by 2-3 in. broad: hooked peduncles glabrous,
curved downwards almost like a spiral, somewhat
flattened, usually opposite a If., often with the portion
of the branch above it more or less aborted, so as to
make it appear terminal, calyx 3-parted, the divisions
ovate-acute; petals 6, ovate-lanceolate, brownish red
on the upper part, with broad claws, woolly or pubes-
cent ("cottoneux"), concave within and constricted
between the claw and the limb, the 3 outer petals
about %in. long, somewhat larger than the inner, and
relatively broader, ovaries about 8-12, gradually tap-
ering upward to the obtuse stigmatic apex, clothed
with minute hairs, and containing 2 basal collateral
erect ovules: frs several, rounded-ovoid, abruptly
pointed at the apex, nearly sessile, about the size of a
ivalnut inclosed in its hull, at length smooth, lightly
punctate, and inclosing 2 oblong seeds truncated at
the base, rising side by side from the base, more or
less compressed and bearing a marginal groove around
the periphery of the hard bony testa — This species was
described by Lamarck from specimens collected by
Sonnerat in the E Indies and Madagascar (see figs.
Dunal Anon, nls 12. 12a). It is very closely related to
A. odoratissimus, R. Br., from which it apparently diiTers
in the broader shape, reddish brown color, and "cot-
tony" indumentum of its petals. If, as supposed by
many botanists, the two species are identical, the spe-
cific name uncinatus of Biuine, which it more closely
resembles, the latter, set apart by Hooker & Thomson
as a distinct species under the name A. Blumei, must
yield to the earlier specific name, and A. odoratissimus,
R. Br., be retained as a species distinct from Lamarck's
though supposed by its author and his followers to be
identical with it. A. uncinatus , like its very close ally,
A. odoratissimus, is frequently planted in the warm
regions of the eastern hemisphere for the sake of its
fragrant fls.
cc. Fr. tapenng at both ends' petals linear-lanceolate,
tomentose.
hamatus, Blume (A odoratissimus, Hook. f. &
Thomson). A large scrambling shrub with elongate sar-
mentose glabrous branches. Ivs oblong-lanceolate,
obtusely acuminate, acute at the base, 2-^-4 in long by
1-1^ in. broad, coriaceous, glabrous, delicately veined
on both surfaces, hooked peduncles flattened, glabrous,
spirally curved, several-fld but usually all but one of the
fls. abortive; pedicel curved, clothed With short pubes-
cence and bearing at the base a sessile ovate caducous
bracteole, fls yellowish forrugmeous; calyx minute,
subtomentose, deciduous, deeply 3-parted, the divisions
broadly ovate-acute, spreading and rcflexed; outer and
inner petals of equal length, 1 m long, linear-lanceolate,
obtusely acuminate, thickish, tomentose, excavated ana
constricted at the base, conniving over the essential
parts and almost concealing them, the limb, above the
constriction, curving somewhat inward, with a raised
median line along the back and a groove within, the
outer petals somewhat broader than the inner, recep-
tacle plano-convex, clothed with minute hairs, sta-
mens-, numerous, thick, club-shaped, obtuse, the con-
nective swollen and rounded above the pollen-sacs;
ovaries few. about 5-8, linear-oblong, glabrous, taper-
ing upward into the terete style; mature hardened
receptacle beanng 3-5 fruiting carpels 2-2^ in long
and 1 in. diam., tapenng toward both ends, obtusely
acuminate, rather smooth, marked with longitudinal
lines within from the base to the apex and spotted with
greenish and white, at length turning red; seeds 2, erect,
side by side oval, with a hard bony pericarp sur-
rounded by a marginal groove, and a large ruminate
albumen. Java, common at the base of high mts. —
Widely diffused in India and Ceylon, and planted for
the sake of its fragrant fls., often scramming over
garden walls. Closely allied to this species is Arta-
botrys intermedius, Hassk , which grows in the botani-
cal gardens of Buitenzorg, on the island of Java. Its
calyx is described as silky within, its petals as green and
covered with fine tomenturn, the exterior ones a little
broader and longer than the inner (an inch long), and
ovate-lanceolate in shape, and the ripe carpels obovoid
and acutish.
AA. Shape of petals cylindrical or club-shaped, fleshy:
peduncles several-fld.
suaveolens, Blume. BUFFALO THORN. DURIB
CARABAO. SUSONQ DAMULAG. A large woody climber
or scrambling shrub: young branches puberulous: Ivs.
elliptic-oblong to oblong-lanceolate, 2-5 in. long by 1-
1% in. broad, acuminate, at the acute or obtuse base
usually narrowed into a snort glabrous petiole, coriace-
ous or subcoriaceous, glabrous or pubescent on the
midrib beneath, glossy above, conspicuously veined
on both sides: peduncles short, recurved or hooked,
flattened and fasciated, puberulous, several-fld.; fls.
very fragrant, small, yellow, borne on pedicels Hin.
long or less; petals all similar, about l/ftn. long, fleshy,
terete or club-shaped, broad and concave at the base,
where they connive to form a dome-shaped covering
over the essential parts; stamens many, short and thick,
ARTABOTRYS .
ARTEMISIA
390
wedge-shaped, with a very broad truncate or flattened
connective above the two pollen-sacs; ovaries few, about
3-5, broadly ovoid, subcompressed, terminating in a
small stigma and containing 2 basal ovules; fruiting
carpels 2 or 3, oblong, obtuse, slightly contracted at the
base, sessile; seed usually solitary. All Malayan prov-
inces at low elevations, common; distribution from
Sylhet to Burma; also occurring
in the Philippines. — The natives
use this plant to form hedges and
fences, interweaving the long sar-
mentose branches, which form an
, effective bamer against cattle and
buffalo. Often planted near
houses on account of the
exquisite fragrance of its fls.
Suitable for forming m-
closures in Fla , Porto Rico,
Hawaii, and S. Calif.
W. E. SAFFORD
ARTEMfSIA (Artemisia,
wife of Mausolus). Com-
pdutee. WORMWOOD. A
^ large genus of aromatic
and bitter herbs and small
shrubs, mostly in the
northern hemisphere,
and most abundant
in and regions
Ijeaves alternate,
often dissected heads
small and mostly in-
conspicuous, numer-
ous, and generally
nodding, with yellow
or whitish florets,
wholly discoid, the
involucre im-
bricated m
several rows
In the \\ebt,
many of the
known as sage brush. Grown for their medicinal prop-
erties or for foliage effects. The drug product of tne
artemisias is large A Absinthium is the chief source
of absinthe; A. Barreheri, Bess , of Spain, is said to be
used in the preparation of Algerian absinthe, A. Cina,
Berger, of the Orient, is the source of santomca. The
garden kinds are perennials and thnve in the most
ordinary conditions, even in poor and dry soil. Propa-
gation is mostly by division.
INDEX.
Abrotanum, 11. endonciana, 0. Purshiana, 10.
Absinthium, 7. filifoha, 3 nacrorum, 17.
arborosoena, 8. frigida, 4 sencea, 5
arbuecula, 16. onaphalodet, 10. Stelleriana, 9.
argentea, 6, lactiflora, 13. tndcntata, 16.
canadensia, 2. ludoviciana, 14. vmde, 17
DraounculuB, 1. pontica, 12. vulgans, 13,
A. Heads with two kinds of florets (heterogamous).
B Disk-fls. with both stamens and pistils, bid the ovary
abortive (not producing seed), style usually entire.
1. Dractinculus, Linn. TARRAGON ESTRAGON. Herb;
green and glabrous, with erect, branched sts. 2 ft.
high: radical Ivs. 3-parted at the top, st.-lvs. linear
or lanceolate, entire or small-toothed: panicle spread-
ing, with whitish green, nearly globular fl -heads. Eu.
R.H. 1896, p. 285. — Tarragon Ivs. are used for seasoning,
but the plant is little grown in this country. The Ivs.
may be dried in the fall, or roots may be forced in a
coolhouse in the winter. Prop, by division; rarely pro-
duces seed. See Tarragon.
2. canadgnsis, Michx Herb, 2 ft. or less high, glabrous
or very nearly so* Ivs. usually 2-pmnate, with filiform,
plane lobes, fls in a long, narrow panicle, with numor-
ous ismall greenish heads. Wild on banks and plains in
the northern part of the country.
3. filif&lia, Torr Shrubby, canescent, 3 ft. or less
high, very leafy, the branches rigid. Ivs 3-parted into
linear filiform segms , scarcely n»in wide panicle long
and leafy. Plains, W. — Phnt has a purplish, mist-liko
aspect when in fr.
BB. Disk-fls. perfect and fertile, style 2-deft.
c. Receptacle hairy.
D. Racemes not 1 -sided.
4. frigida, Willd. Herb, 8-12 in., with a woody base,
silvery canescent. Ivs much cut into linear lobes:
heads small and globular, with pale uwolucre, in nu-
merous racemes Plains and mts W Intro. 1883 —
Good for borders. Known in Colo, as "mountain
fringe," and used medicinally
5 serfcea, Web Sub-shrub or more usually a creep-
ing woody perennial with finely divided silky foliage:
If -segms distinctly stalked fl -heads in solitary or
pamculately branching racemes, yellowish white. Sum-
mer. Siberia.
6. arge*ntea, L'Her Shrubby, erect, 1-2 ft.: Ivs.
white-silky, 2-pmnate, the lobes linear or lanceolate:
heads globular, tomentose, nodding, in racemose pani-
cles Madeira — Useful for rockwork.
7 Absinthium, Linn. WORMWOOD. ABSINTHIUM
Almost shrubby, 2-4 ft high, spreading and branchy,
white-silky Ivs 2-3-parted into oblong, obtuse lobes:
heads small and numerous, in leafy panicles. — Worm-
wood is native to Eu , but it occasionally escapes from
gardens It is a common garden herb, being used in
domestic medicine, especially as a vermifuge Worm-
wood tea is an odorous memory with every person
who was reared in the country.. See Absinthe and
Wormwood
DD Racemes 1-sided.
8 arborescens, Linn. Shrubby, 1-2 ft , the sts erect
and angled, foliage finely dissected, silvery white, the
upper Ivs. almost sessile, the lower petiolate: fls. in
somewhat 1 -sided racemes, bnght yellow. Medit re-
gion — Hardy only as far north
as Washington, D. C.
cc. Receptacle not hairy.
D. Lvs. while or silvery
throughout.
9. Stelleriana, Bess. (A. en-
dovundna, Hort ) OLD WOMAN.
DUSTY MILLER. BEACH
WORMWOOD. Fig 385. Herb,
2 ft , from a woody creeping
base, densely white tomentose:
Ivs pinnatifid, with obtuse
lobes, heads large and many-
fld., in a racemose-glomerate
infl. N E. Asia and on the
Atlantic coast from Mass, to
Del — Attractive from its
whiteness. Useful for borders.
10. Purshiana, Bess. (A.
onaphalddest Nutt. not Hort.).
Sts and Ivs. white-woolly on
both sides, differing from A.
ludoviciana in which the Ivs.
are usually glabrate above
when old: Ivs. acute or acumi-
nate, overtopped by the spi-
cate-pamculate infl of white 386. Artemisia pontic*.
fls. Missouri R. to the Pacific. (XJO
400
ARTEMISIA
ARTICHOKE
387. Artemisia vulgaris.
DD. Lvs white on 1 side only or green throughout.
11. Abroianum, Linn. SOUTHERNWOOD. OLD MAN.
Shrubby, 3-5 ft., green and glabrous, the st much
branched and rather strict Ivs. 1-3-
pinnately divided, the divisions fine-
filiform : panicle loose, with yellowish
white heads Eu — Soutnernwood
is grown for its pleasant-scented
foliage; and it sometimes escapes
into waste places. See Southern-
wood
12 p6ntica, Linn ROMAN WORM-
WOOD Fig 386 Shrubby, erect,
1-4 ft • Ivs canescent below, pin-
natisect, the lobes linear panicle
open and long, with small, globular,
nodding, whitish yellow heads. Eu.
— Roman wormwood is used for the
same purposes as A Absinthium,
and is more agreeable A source
of absinthe
13. vulgaris, Linn MUG-
WORT. Fig 387 Herb, erect,
paniculatelv branched, the sts.
often purplish Ivs white-cot-
tony beneath but soon green
above, 2-pmnately cleft, with
lanceolate lobes; upper Ivs.
sometimes linear: heads many,
oblong, yellowish. Eu and N.
N. Amer , and naturalized in
eastern states — A white-fld.
form has been sold as A lacti-
'An' flora. Fig. 388. It is a beauti-
ful plant with fragrant foliage G 29 '409.— Mug-
wort is grown for the ornament of its foliage. There
are vanegated-lvd and golden-lvd. varieties. It was
once a domestic remedy.
Variable.
14. ludoviciana, Nutt.
WESTERN MUGWORT.
WHITE SAGE Erect or
ascending herb, 2-3 ft.,
white-tomentose or Ivs. be-
coming greenish above1 Ivs.
linear to oblong, the lower
ones toothed or parted, the
upper ones entire heads
small, bell-shaped, panicu-
late. Plains and banks, W.
Intro 1891
AA. Heads with perfect
fls. throughout re-
ceptacle not hairy.
15. arbuscula, Nutt
SAGE BRUSH. Shrubby,
a foot or less high:
Ivs. short, wedge-shaped, 3-
lobed, the lobes obovate and
often 2-lobed, canescent:
panicle simple and strict,
often spike-like, the 5-9-fld.
heads erect. Plains and
mte., Colo and Wyo., N W
46. tridentata,Nutt. SAGE
BRUSH. Shrubby, reaching
height of 12 ft. although
often only a foot high,
branchy, canescent: Ivs.
wedge-shaped, 3-7-toothed
or lobed, truncate at the
summit, the uppermost ones
narrower: heads 5-8-fld.
Plains, W. Intro. 1881. 388. Artemisia lactiflora. No 13.
17. sacrdrum, Ledeb. Annual or biennial, shrubby
below. Ivs long-petioled, ovate, pmnatisect and the
segnu. again pectinate, hoary or white-pubescent,
the rachis winged- Us. 15-20 in the head, the heads
nodding and in separate slender racemes. S. Russia,
Siberia, etc. Var. vfridej Hort., with green foliage, is
the attractive SUMMER FIR recently intro., grown as an
annual for its neat pyramidal form (3-5 ft J and much
dissected rich green foliage.
A Bavmgartemi, Bess Compact, shrub-like, with small Ivs.
and yellow fls standing erect above the Ivs S Eu — A /and/a,
Willd (A pedemontana, Balbis) Low cespitose plant with finely
cut, silvery foliage for which it is chiefly grown. Spam.
N. TAYLOR.t
389 Globe artichoke.
ARTHROPODIUM (Greek, joint and foot, alluding
to jointed pedicels) Lihaceap Herbaceous perennials,
allied to Anthencum, grown in the open in the South
and otherwise in greenhouses.
Tufted herbs 1-3 ft. high, with fibrous fleshy roots:
Ivs. linear or lanceolate, crowded at base of st : scape
simple or branched: fls white or violet, in racemes or
panicles, on pedicels jointed at the middle; perianth
persistent, the segms 0 and distinct and 3-nerved;
stamens 6, shorter than perianth, fr. a subglobose caps.,
3-valved — About 10 species m Austral , New Zeal , etc.
Cult and prop as for Anthencum, requiring no special
treatment
cirrhatum, R Br. Glabrous, to 3 ft : Ivs numerous,
deep green, 2 ft. or lews long wcape stout, naked, bear-
ing a much-branched panicle often 1 ft. long, fls.
white, .star-shaped, 1 in. or lews in diam., the segms.
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, filaments bearing 2 ten-
dril-like appendages (whence the name). New Zeal.
B.M. 2350.— Reported m S. Calif. L. H. B
ARTHROTAXIS: Athrotaxu
ARTICHOKE (Cynara Scdlymus. Linn.). Com-
. The artichoke (or the Globe artichoke, to
distinguish it from the Jerusalem artichoke) is a strong
thistle-like plant (Fig. 389), grown for the edible flower-
heads (Fig 390). It is native in southern Europe and
northern Africa, and is not hardy in the northernmost
parts of the United States It is perennial, but the
plantation should be renewed every two or three years.
See Cynara
The artichoke is propagated by seed or by suckers.
The latter is the preferable method, for a good strain or
variety may thus be perpetuated The buds or shoots
are detached from the old crown in spring before
growth begins. Seeds produce bearing plants the fol-
lowing year, although heads may be secured the same
autumn if the season is long and if the seeds are
started early under glass.
The soft fleshy receptacle of the flower-head and
the thickened base of the scales (or involucre bracta)
ARTICHOKE
ARTOCARPUS
401
are the edible parts. They are sometimes eaten raw,
but are usually boiled and served with drawn butter or
sauce. The leaves are sometimes blanched after the
manner of sea-kale and cardoon, and are cooked as a
pot-herb.
In the southern states and California, the artichoke is
grown without difficulty. In California, particularly,
it thrives as a field crop. In northern gardens, even
professional and skilled gardeners have usually given
it up after a few
trials. It is found
in a few gardens
on Long Island,
in Massachusetts,
and perhaps a few
other places, and
is there grown
with fair success,
provided that the
crown is protected
in winter in such
a way that snow
or heavy mulch is
not allowed to
choke the plant.
390. Edible hetdi of artichoke. ( X H) This ^^ to be
the chief danger.
Instead of covering with manure or litter, place a cap or
miniature tent over the crown to give it air and freedom
of breathing. The flower-heads are now regularly and
commonly found on sale at the green grocers' m our
larger eastern cities, and the supply comes mostly from
California The large seeds may need special treat-
ment to make them germinate promptly The better
way, undoubtedly, for the home gardener who may
wish to try a few plants, is to secure sucker plants
from one of the big seedsmen or professional plant-
growers. Set them in fairly good warm soil, 3 feet
each way, or 4 by 2, and give clean cultivation. Pro-
tect the crowns during winter as suggested, and in
following spring thin to about three shoots. Edible
heads may be expected in July. They are gathered for
use before the flower-heads open. It is better to cut the
old stalk down to the ground after the head is removed,
for the root is not then weakened and new shoots will
spring up There are a number of varieties, Large
Green Paris being the one mostly mentioned in Cali-
fornia. In parts of Europe the artichoke is grown with
special skill, but it has never been a prominent vege-
table in American gardens. T. GBEINER.
ARTICHOKE, JERUSALEM (Heh&nthus tuberdsus,
Linn ) Cornpdsttae. The Jerusalem artichoke is the
subterranean stem tuber of a native sunflower. Fig.
391. The plant is coarse and upright, and persists as a
weed when once introduced. It does not need excess-
ively rich soil, nor high culture, succeeding on any
warm well-drained land without attention. It is
planted much after the manner of potatoes, and *t will
grow and produce its many smallish, white, edible tubers.
In late fall, the plants
may be pulled up, ex-
posing to view the
tubers that are clus-
tered around the roots
near the main stalks so
that they can be easily
gathered with the help
of a hoe or potato hook,
if wanted for use as a
culinary vegetable; or, if grown for hog-feed, the hogs
may be turned right into the field and allowed to dig
their own. All farm stock seems to like the artichoke
tubers. If shredded or ground and mixed with meals,
they make a good winter ration, as a variety, for poultry.
More prolific than common potatoes^ and far more
391. Tuber of Jerusalem artichoke.
(XJO
easily grown, the artichoke is one of the crops that may
be considered for cultivation as a succulent vegetable to
feed to cattle, swine, and other farm animals during
winter. Raw or boiled and served cold with oil and vine-
gar, this tuber also makes a very palatable winter or
spring salad, and for this purpose it finds a limited sale
in our markets. The chief commercial demand for it
is for seed purposes. Frost has no injurious effect on
the tuber in the ground, and the easiest way to winter
it, therefore, is by leaving the plants alone until spring
and then digging the tubers. If already harvested, they
may be pitted like potatoes, beets, or other roots, and
will require very little covering. Mammoth White
French is said by some propagators to be an improved
strain of the Jerusalem artichoke. If there is danger of
the plant spreading and becoming a weed, hogs, when
given a chance at it, will soon clear the land of
the tubers. It was cultivated by tfe Indians. See
Helumthus. x. GREINER.
ARTOCARPUS (artos, bread, and carpos, fruit).
Moracex. BREAD-FRUIT. Milky-juiced tropical trees,
some of them yielding edible fruits, ornamental in
foliage
Leaves alternate, large, thick, entire or pinnate:
dioecious; stammate fls. on long spikes, the sepals and
392. Bread-Pruit — Artocarpus incisa, showing a
fruit of ediUe size. ( X h)
stamens 2; pistillate fls. in globular heads, with simple
1-ovuled ovary and bifid stigma* fr a large fleshy mass
or syncarp, formed of the aggregated fls. — A genus of
40 species containing many tropical fr. plants, originally
from the E. Indies, sometimes cult, with difficulty m
northern botanic gardens for their great economic
interest, and throughout the world in the tropics. They
need a hot, moist atmosphere, much water, and per-
fect drainage. Prop slowly by cuttings of young
lateral growth. Bread-fruit seeds are boiled and eaten.
incisa, Linn.f. (A. comments, Forst.?). BREAD-FRUIT.
Fig 392. Tree, 30-40 ft., with a viscid, milky juice-
branches fragile: Ivs. 1-3 ft. long, leathery, ovate,
cuneate and entire at base, upper part 3-9-lobed' male
fls. in a dense club-shaped yellow catkin, 10-16 in long;
female fls. in a subglobular echinate head, having a
spongy receptacle: fr. 4-6 in. dtam , typically mun-
cated, but in the best cult, varieties reticulated only,
and often seedless Gt. 39, p 273 Gng. 5:233, and
402
ARTOCARPUS
ARUM
B.M. 2869-2871, where the romantic story of its
transfer to the W Indies is told — Sparingly cult, in
S. Fla. and in wannhouses of botanic gardens Eaten
cooked, as a vege-
table rather than
as a fruit; widely
used in tropics.
integrifdlia,
Linn f JACK-
FRUIT or TREE.
Called also JACA
Fig 393 Tree, 30
ft , with milky
juice: Ivs 4-6 in long,
very various; those of
fertile branches nearly
obovate, entire; those of
higher branches more ob-
ovate and oblong, those
of young shoots from the
ro°* verv narrow' or 2-3-
lobed: fr attaining a
length of 18 in. or more,
and weight of 30-40 Ibs.
GC ul 20.717. BM
, 2833, 2834. Gt. 39, p
273. Gn. 35, p 455 —
Less palatable than the
bread-fruit, and usually
eaten only by natives
and coolies.
Cajmonii, Bull Lvs
varying from cordate to
deeply 3-lobed, 1 ft long,
red beneath, bronzy crim-
son and purple above,
very showy. Society Isls FS 212231,2232 — Per-
haps better included under Ficus Cannowi, according
to Nicholson, but here retained in Artocarpus
N TAYLOR t
ARUM (ancient name). Arctceae. WILD GINGER
Tuber-bearing low herbs, of few species, in Eu. and W.
Asia, most of them grown in pots
Lvs. simple, the petiole sheathed at the base spathe
convolute, variously colored, mostly including the short
spadix, pistillate fls. at the base. Monogr by Engler in
DeCandolle's Monographiae Phanerogamarum, Vol II
Arums are grown usually as oddities, mostly under the
general name of callas. Some of the species are hardy;
others, as A. palxstinum, are tender, and require glass-
house treatment. The kinds are managed in essentially
the same way as the fancy-leaved caladiums Plant
the tubers sufficiently deep that roots may form from
near the top Give rich soil, and water freely when
growing or in bloom. The hardy species should be
well mulched in late fall They thrive best in partially
shaded places and in rich soil Propagation is by
natural offsets; also by seeds or berries, which some
species produce freely. Some of the species are acnd-
poisonous.
INDEX.
393. Jack-Fruit —Artocarpus
integnfolia
•Ibiapatbum, 5, 7.
alpinum, 6.
anguetatum, 6
byiantmum, 7.
eanariense, 7.
otnoiDnatum, 7.
corncum, 1.
cvlindraceum, 7.
detruncatum, 3.
Dioscondis, 2
elongatum, 5
gratum, 5
intermedium, 6.
italicum, 7
maculatum, 6.
Malyi, 6
marmoratum, 7.
mgrum, 5.
Nordmannit, 5.
onen'ale, 5.
palse>tinum, 4
pictum, 1
sanctum, 4.
epectabtle, 2.
synacum, 2.
tanolatum, 5
•oulgare, 6
Zekbon, 6.
AA. Mature Ivs. hastate or sagittate.
B. Tuber round-flattened or oblate, the Ivs. and pedun-
cles arising from a depressed center: Ivs. appear*
ing before the spathe.
2. Dioscoridis, Sibth & Smith (A. spectdbile, Regel.
A. syrlacum, Blumo. A cypnum, Schott). Lf. -blade
oblong-triangular or ovate-triangular- spathe-tube pale
within, the limb 6-8 in long, lanceolate-oblong, and
colored with large lenticular purple spots spadix short,
included Asia Minor. — Runs into many forms, with
variously marked spathes Pots.
3. detruncatum, Mey. Lvs more or less truncate at
the base, the blade shorter than in the last spatho
yellowish green and purple-spotted, large (10-15 in.
long) and short-stalked, the limb acuminate. Persia.
—Hardy.
4 palaestinum, Boiss (A. sdnctum, Hort T BLACK
CALLA. SOLOMON'S LILY Lvs cordate-hastate, 6 in.
broad across the base and about equal in length, the
middle lobe broad-ovate and nearly blunt, spathe about
the length of the If., with a short green tube, and an
elongated lance-oblong tapering limo, which is greenish
on the outside and continuous black-purple within, the
tip sometimes recurving spadix shorter than the
spathe, the upper part dark-Qolored. Palestine. B.M.
A. Mature Ivs. cordate, oblong-ovate.
1. pfctum, Linn. f. (A. cdrsicum, Loisel). Lvs ap-
pearing in spring, long-petioled, light green- spathe
bright violet, swollen at the base- spadix purple-black,
exceeding the spathe. Corsica, Baleanca, etc. — Hardy.
394. Arum maculatum.
5509. Gn. 45, p. 311; 59, p. 317; 71, p. 102.— Perhaps
the most popular arum at present, being grown in
pots as an oddity.
5. orientate, Bieb. A foot high: Ivs. brownish,
broadly hastate-sagittate, the front lobe oblong-acute:
epathe-tube oblong-ovoid and white within, the limb
ovate to oblong and intense black-purple (rarely pale),
resembling A. maculatum. — A hardy species from Asia
Minor, running into many forms. Some of the plants
ARUM
ASARUM
403
referred here are A. nigrum, A. variolaium, A. Nord-
mannu, A. gratum, Schott; A. elongatum and A. albv-
ftpathum, Ster. (not A. attnspathum, Hort., which is A.
italicum).
BB. Tuber ovoid or oblong, propagating hori-
zontally, the Ivs. and peduncles arising
from the apex: Ivs. appearing before
or with the spathe.
6. maculatum, Linn. (A. vulgdre, Lam ).
LORDS-AND-LADIES. CuCKOO-PlNT. WAKE
ROBIN (in England). Fig. 394.
About a foot high. Ivs. usually
black-spotted, hastate or sagit-
tate, the front lobe tnangular-
ovate, about as high as the
epathe: spathe somewhat con-
tracted above the base, the mar-
gins of the limb becoming in-
rolled, spotted with purple:
spadix shorter than the spathe,
purple Eu — A hardy species, of
many forms. A form with spot-
less Ivs and whitish tube with
medial purple zone, is A. immac-
ulatum, Reiohb , and Zelebbn,
Schott. Var. angustatum, Eng-
ler (A. intermedium, Sohur. A.
Mdlyi, Schott) has a narrow light
purple spathe. Var. alplnum,
Engler (A aljnnum, Scnott &
Kotschy) has peduncles longer,
and an ovate-lanceolate spathe.
7. italicum, Mill. (A cyhn-
draceum, Gasp ) Fig. 395.
Larger than the last- Ivs. has- 395 Arum itahcum
tate, nearly truncate below,
light-veined spat he scarcely swollen below, the limb
erect and not expanding and including the short
spadix (tip sometimes deflexed after flowering), yel-
lowish or white and faintly stnate. Eu. B M 2432. — A
hardy species; also grown in pots In the open, the
Ivs. appear in the fall. A very variable species Var.
canariense, Engler (A cananense, Webb & Berth ),
has narrow If -lobes and spathe. Var. concinnatum,
Engler (A. concinnatum and A. marmoratum, Schott),
has broad gray-spotted Ivs. Var. byzantinum, Engler,
(.A byzantinum, bchott), has spathe-tube oblong, white
inside and purple at the mouth, and an acuminate pur-
ple or green limb. Var. albispathum, Hort., has a white
L. H. B.
Amer., N. Eu. and Asia — A desirable hardy bordei
plant of easy cult. Var. Knelffii, Zabel. Lfts. linear-
lanceolate, irregularly serrate or incised, long-acuminate:
fls as in the type. MDG 1897 : 260.— Very graceful
form with its finely cut foliage.
A ashlboidet, Maxim (Spiraea Aruncua var. aetilboides, Maxim.)
Similar to the preceding, but lower and smaller in every part Ifte.
more deeply serrate, Ji-lVjj m long infl loss compound, with
denser oblong branchlets follicles erect Japan — Apparently not
in cult , the plant cult under the name of Spiraea astilboides 18
AMI 1 be aatilboides, Lem , which is a true astilbe
ALFRED REHDER.
ARUNDINARIA: Bamboo.
ARtJNDO (an ancient Latin name for A. Donax).
Grandnex. REED. Tall reed-like grasses with broad
flat blades and large plume-
like terminal panicles: spike-
lets 3-4-fld , g)'imes narrow,
acute; rachilla iiaked; lemmas
long-pilose — Species about 6,
in the warmer regions of the
Old World
Ddnax, Linn GIANT REED.
Figs 396, 397. Tall and stout,
as much as 20 ft , from large knotty root-
stocks: blades numerous, cordate-clasping and
hairy-tufted at base, 2-3 in wide on main
st ' panicle 1-2 ft ; spikelets 6 lines long. G.
2-419 Gn. l,p 391, 3, p 493, 8, p 199, 17, p
407; 27, p. 307. GM 50 253 GW 2:337;
ARtJNCUS (old name). Rosacex. GOAT'B-BEARD.
Ornamental tall perennial herbs, cultivated chiefly for
the large showy panicles of white flowers and also for
the handsome much-divided foliage
Leaves bi- to tnpmnate with minute or wanting
stipules' fls. dioecious, small; calyx 5-lobedj petals 5;
stamens many; pistils commonly 3: the follicles dehis-
cent, glabrous, usually 2-seeded, seeds minute, dull. —
Two species in N. Amer , N and W. Eu , N. Asia to
Japan. Formerly usually referred to Spiraea, which dif-
fers chiefly in its shrubby habit, simple, rather small
Ivs , and 5 pistils.
They are tall perennial herbs with large compound
leaves and small white flowers in slender spikes forming
large terminal panicles. The species in cultivation is
hardy North; it prefers rich rather moist soil and grows
well in half-shady situations. Propagation is by seeds,
which germinate readily, and also by division of older
plants.
Sylvester, KosteL(A. Aruncus, Karsten. Spiriea Arun-
cus, Linn.). Tall (5-7 ft.), erect branchy herb: Ivs.
large, 2-3-pmnate; Ifts. ovate to lanceolate, sharply and
doubly serrate, 1-2H in. long- fls. about ^in. across:
follicles deflexed in fr. May-July. Rich woods, N.
3:416; 8:613 — Cult for ornament because of
the regularly placed lv,s and the large plumes.
A smaller less hardy variegated form with
white-striped Ivs ib cult under the name of
var variegata (var versicolor, var picta). Q.
(X1/) ^ ^^* r macr°phylla has large glaucous
conspfcua, Forst f Sts lower and more slender r
blades long and narrow, 2-4 ft • panicle 1-2 ft , silvery
or yellow-white; spikelets 1-3-fld B M 6232. F.
1874 61 G 1:344; 9:64, 19 21 Gn 49, p 229, 66, p.
121. G M. 55:408. G W. 15 51 Native of New Zeal.—
Less hardy than A. Donax. A S. HITCHCOCK
ASARUM (ancient obscure name). Including
Hexastylis. Anstolockiaceae ASARABACCA Low, nearly
stemless herbs, sometimes planted in wild borders and
used as ground-cover in shady places
Perennial: sts. creeping, with odd purplish or brown
fls. on the surface of the ground (or nearly so), under-
neath the heart-like or kidney-hke Ivs corolla want-
ing or merely rudimentary, but calyx corolla-like, with
a regular 3-parted limb, sta-
mens 12, with tips on the
filaments projecting beyond
the anthers: ovary inferior,
maturing into a rather fleshy :
globular caps — A dozen or j
more species in the temperate
parts of the northern hemi-
sphere. The asarums inhabit
nch, shady woods, spreading
on the ground, and the fls
are unseen except by the close
observer. They are of easy
culture if transplanted to rich,
moist places. They make at-
tractive carpets in borders
and groves. The species de-
scribed are sold by dealers
in native plants. Some of the
species are reported to have
medicinal properties. Several
species of doubtful validity -
have been described from the ,
southern states. 396. Arundo Donas.
404
ASARUM
ASCLEPIAS
A. Plant markedly pubescent.
canadense, Linn WILD GINGER. CANADA SNAKE-
ROOT Lvs about 2 to a plant, thin, kidney-shaped,
pointed, with a deep and open sinus, not mottled: fl.
slender-stalked, with lance-acuminate calyx-lobes an
inch or more across at the
expanded mouth, chocolate-
brown ; style 6-lobed . Frequent
in woods E. B.M.2769. A.G.
13:517
Hfirtwegii, Wats. Tufted,
loose-pubescent: Ivs. large and
thick, cordate, with rounded
basal lobes, mostly acute at
the apex, margin cihate, gla-
brous and mottled above, fl.
stout-stalked, ,
the lobes often
ovate and long-
pointed, the
ovary inferior;
styles 6. Sierra
Nevadas, 4,000-
7,000 ft. alti-
tude
europ&um,
Linn. Lvs. kid-
ney-shaped, evergreen,
dark green, the petiole
3-5 in : ns greenish
purple. J^in , with in-
curved, lobes; styles b',
and grooved or 2-
narted, recurved. Eu
A A Plant slightly or
not at all piwescent
caudatum, Lmdl
WILD GINGER. Rather
slender, with long
rootstoeks, sparingly
pubescent Ivs cor-
date - kidney - shaped,
and more or less cup-
ped or cucullate, acute
or obtusish fls slen-
der-stalked, the calyx-
lobes oblong or trian-
gular and attenuate,
styles united. Pacific coast — Evergreen.
Lemmonii, Wats. Like the last, but Ivs. plane or flat,
rounded at apex, less pubescent, calyx-lobes short.
Sierra Nevadas
virgfnicum, Linn. Lvs. broad-ovate or orbicular,
rounded at the top, the sinus narrow fl. short-stalked,
purple, the calyx-lobes broad and rounded, styles 6,
2-lobed; anthers not pointed Va , S in mts
arifdlium, Michx. Lvs thickish and usually mottled,
orbicular to hastate, obtuse: fls stout-stalked, urn-
shaped and much contracted at the throat, styles 6, 2-
lobed; anthers pointed Va , S L. H B.
ASCLfcPIAS (ancient Greek and Latinized name).
Asdepiadacex. MILKWEED. SILKWEED. Perennial
milky-juiced herbs, sometimes used in the hardy
border or wild garden
Erect, with deep thick and hard perennial roots. Ivs.
opposite or verticillate (rarely alternate), entire, fls.
gamopetalous, the corolla segms. generally strongly
reflexed; stamens 5, attached to the corolla, the anthers
more or less united about the stigma; between the
corolla and the stamens is a crown of 5 cornucopia-like
horns or appendages; pollen cohering into a waxy mass
(pollmium) which is removed bodily by insects that
visit the fl : fr. 2 warty, or echmate or smooth follicles.
The pollination of an asclepias fl. is shown in Fig. 398.
The pollen-masses are usually twin (as at 6), and the
handle or caudicle lies in a chink on the side of the
stigma. The pollen-masses become attached to the
legs or mouth parts of the insect, and are thereby trans-
ferred to another fl. — The milkweeds are common in
waste places in N. Amer., and are rarely cult About
80 species are known, mostly North American, but
others in Cent and S. Amer and Afr. Several species
(described below) have been offered by dealers in native
plants. The butterfly-weed and some others are very
showy and worthy of more general attention The
large-lvd kinds are desirable when heavy foliage effects
are wanted. They are all perennials of the easiest cult.
Prop, by division, rarely by seeds.
A. Fls. (corolla and crown} orange.
tuberdsa, Linn. BUTTERFLY- WEED. PLEURISY
ROOT. Fig 399. Hairy, 2-3 ft high, from long, hori-
zontal roots, with more or less alternate, lance-oblong
or lance-linear Ivs. umbels several, short- peduncled :
pods pubescent, erect Dry banks and fields, wide-
spread, and not infrequent. B R 76. — A handsome
plant.
AA. Fls. in shades of red or purple.
Curassavica, Linn Plant glabrous, 2 ft or less1 Ivs.
opposite and short-petioled, thin, oblong-lanceolate:
corolla scarlet: pods glabrous, erect. Fla and La.
B.R. 81.
incarnata, Linn Glabrous or nearly so, leafy and
branching, 3 ft . Ivs opposite, oblong-lanceolate, cor-
olla rose-purple to flesh- color, with oblong lobes pods
glabrous, erect BR 250. Var piilchra, Pers Hirsute,
and Ivs. broader. Swamps. — Common
AAA. Fls greenish, yellowish or white (sometimes
purple-tinged, especially in A. quadnfolia) .
B. Pods tomentose and soft-spiny.
specidsa. Torr. (A. Doiiglasii, Hook.) St stout and
simple, 3 ft or less, fine-toinentose or becoming gla-
brous: Ivs large and broad, ovate, transversely veined,
shortrpetioled : fls. purplish and large, the peduncle of
the umbel shorter than the Ivs. Neb. W. and S B M
4413.
Cornutii, Decne. (A. syrlaca, Linn.) Differs from
last m having obtuse and short hoods to the crown,
taller, less pubescent Ivs oblong or oval: fls dull pur-
ple, in large, more or less nodding umbels Mn 7 221 —
The common milkweed of the eastern states.
BB. Pods glabrous and unarmed.
c. Fruiting pedicels aecurved or deflexeds the pods erect
or ascending.
amplexicaulis, Michx. Plant glabrous and glaucous:
st. decumbent, 1-2 ft long: Ivs. numerous, cordate-
ovate and clasping, obtuse, succulent: corolla green-
purple. Barrens, N. C. and S.
phytolaccoides, Pursh
(A nlvea, Sims). Plant \
glabrous and green, 3-4
ft , erect: Ivs. thin, oval to
lance-oval, acuminate and
short-petioled: fls. green-
ish, in large, loose umbels. ^^K**uam A
Moist ground; frequent. ^sOfciSR m 0 1
B.M. 1181.
HAllii, Gray. Stout,
puberulent: Ivs. thickish,
ovate-lanceolate or oblong
(3-5 in. long), short-
petioled : fls. greenish white
and purple, in few many-
fld. umbels. Colo. G.C. 393. Milkweed flower showin*
III. 28'183
ASCLEPIAS
ASIMINA
405
variegata, Linn. Two ft. or less high: Ivs. 3-7 pairs,
oval, ovate or oblong, thmmsh, green and glabrous
above and pale beneath: fls. white and pink, m 1-3
umbels. Dry, shady places, central and southern states.
B.M. 1182.
erioc&rpa. Benth Densely woolly all over. Ivs. alter-
nate or in 3s, long-oblong or lanceolate, short-petioled:
fls. dull white, in few or several umbels. Calif.
cc Fruiting pedicels erect, and the pods erect.
quadrifdlia, Linn About 2 ft , not branched, with Ivs.
towards the top of the st in whorls of 4. Ivs ovate or
lance-ovate, acuminate, thin, nearly or quite glabrous,
fls pink to white in 2-4 looho umbels Dry soil; fre-
quent L B C. 13 1258
verticillata, Linn. About 2 ft., slender, very leafy:
Ivs m whorls of 3-6, very narrow-linear and
revolute fls. greenish white, in many small
umbels. Drv soil, frequent. L B C. 11.1067
Var. pumila, Gray A few inches high from a fascicled
root: Ivs filiform, crowded. Plains, W
mexicana, Cav. Height 5 ft. or less Ivs in whorls
of 3-6, or sometimes opposite or fascicled, linear or
narrow-lanceolate fls.
greenish white or pur-
plish in dense, many-
fld umbels. Ore., \N .
and S. L H B
ASCYRUM (Greek,
not hard or rough,
ancient name of some
plant) Hypencdcpy
Small plants some-
times planted in wild
gardens and borders
Low herbs or sub-
shrubs, with bnght
yellow fls.. 2 small
sepals ana 2 large
ones, 4 petals, and
many stamens: fr. a
1- celled and 2-4-
valved caps. — Two
species in dry, sandy
soils in eastern states
(also one or two W.
Indian and one Hi-
malayan species) Of
easiest cult but
should be covered in
winter in the N. Prop,
by division; also by
seeds.
hypericoides, Linn
(A Crtix- Andrey >,
Linn ). ST ANDREW'S
CROSS Fig 400. A ft
or less high, branchy:
Ivs thin, oblong or
obovate, narrowed to
the base: petals linear-
oblong ; styles 2, short
G.F. 5:257 (adapted in Fig. 400). Mn 3:65.
stans, Michx. ST. PETER'S-WORT. Taller, scarcely
branched: st. 2-edged, stout: Ivs. thicker, broad-oblong
or oval and clasping: petals obovate; styles 3-4.
L. H. B.
ASH: Fraxinut.
ASlMINA, (from Assiminier, a French-and-Indian
name). AnnonAcess. PAPAW (the papaw of literature is
Carica, which see). Small trees or shrubs, grown chiefly
for their handsome large foliage and for their attractive
ilowere; also sometimes for their edible fruit.
Low shrubs, and 1 species a small tree : Ivs alt ernate,
usually deciduous, entire: fls. axillary, solitary or few,
nodding, short-stalked; sepals 3, smaller than petals,
400 Ascyrum hypericoideB
deciduous; petals 6, the inner ones smaller, usually
upright; stamens numerous, crowded, with short
filaments, pistils 3-15, separate, 1-celled with many
ovules: fr consisting of 1 or few oval to oblong berries
with rather large compressed seeds in 1 or 2 ranks —
Eight species m E N. Amer Description of all species
is given m Gray, Syn Fl N Amer. 1, pt. 1, pp 62 and
464.
Asumnas are ornamental trees or shrubs with hand-
some large foliage, of disagreeable odor ^hen bruised,
conspicuous white or purplish flowers in early spring
and large edible fruits in autumn Only two species are
cultivated, of which the arborescent one is the hardier
and the handsomer in foliage, while the more tender
A grnndiflora has larger and showier flowers.
They grow best in rich and moist soil They trans-
plant with difficulty Propagation is by seeds sown in
autumn, or stratified and sown in spring, or by layers in
autumn, also by root-cuttings In the North, the seeds
should be sown in pots or pans
trfloba, Dunal (Annona trttoba, Linn ) Fig 401 Small
tree, 10-40 ft : Ivs cuneate, obovate-oblong, acute, l/z~\
ft long, glabrous fls with the Ivs from branches of the
previous year, green when expanding, changing to pur-
plish red, with yellow in the middle, 2 in. broad, fr.
399 Asclepias tuberosa. ( X H)
401. Asimina triloba. (XH)
406
ASIMINA
ASPARAGUS
oblong, 2-6 in. long, dark brown. S. states, north to N.
Y, west to Mich, and Kan. S S. 1:15, 16. B.M.
5854, Gn. 33, p. 321. G.F. 8:495 AG 44:713. R H.
1911, pp. 134, 135 — This is the only arborescent species
of the genus. It is well worth a place in the garden, for
its large foliage is very handsome and the fls , appear-
ing in the early spring, are attractive. The large fr is
edible, and may be still improved by cult and careful
selection of the best varieties. Many persons do not rel-
ish the highly aromatic flavor, and the large seeds are a
disadvantage. The tree has proved hardy m Mass,
and Ont One 6r 2 named forms have been offered.
grandifldra, Dunal. Shrub, 2-6 ft. : Ivs cuneate, obo-
vate or oblong, obtuse, 2-4 in. long, rufous-pubescent
when young, at length glabrous and chartaceous fls
large, appearing with the Ivs , outer petals cream-col-
ored, over 2 in. long, much larger than the inner ones:
the laige fr, is said to be very delicious S. Ga , Fla.
ALFRED REUDER.
ASPARAGUS (the Greek name) Liliacese ASPARA-
GUS. SMIL AX (greenhouse). ASPARAGUS FERN A large
genus of herbaceous perennials and tender woody
shrubs and vines, grown mostly for .ornamental habit
and foliage, but one of them (A ojficinalis) for food
Plants provided wth short underground rhizomes
from which the aerial sts arise in serial ordei roots
often tuberous, sometimes fleshy but long-eyhndric as
in A ojficinahs sts varying from low herbs to stout
woody vines 50 ft or more long. Ivs reduced to scale-
like bracts usually with a basal spur, often spiny, If -
function pei formed by special sterile twigs, cladodes
(phyllodia, cladophylls, i e , If.-like branchlets) of
determinate growth and of characteristic shape with
each species (see Fig 411): fls usually axillary, or
terminal, in 1-4's, sometimes umbellate,
often racemose on special branches lacking
the cladodes, small, perianth 6-parted, sta-
mens 6, free, filament attached to base of
perianth lobes; ovary 3-oelled, stigma 3-
paited (except in Section Kodiastigma),
ovules 2-6 in locule fr a berry 1-, 3-, 6-
or more seeded; seed globose or flat on one
side, testa usually black, embryo straight,
surrounded by a hard endosperm — About
150 species, all native of the Old World,
ranging from Siberia to Cape of Good
Hope, usually from dry regions. Monogr.
by Baker, Journ Linn Soc 14 (1875);
account of cult species by Watson, G.C.
Ill 23-122, 147, 178.
This large genus is remarkable for its
lack of functional leaves, whose place is
taken by the leaf -like cladodes which are
usually considered as leaves The cladodes
are usually borne in fascicles of three to
forty in the axils of the leaf-scale; m A asparagoides
.the leaf-like cladode is solitary in the axils. The woody
members of the genus often have the base of the leaf-
scale developed into a strong spine. In some groups
the cladodes arc spiny tipped A stipulaceus and its
relatives (apparently not m cult.) have the side
branches developed into thorns
Most of the ornamentals of the genus
will not stand frost, but some of the
Asiatic forms are perfectly hardy except
in the North. Members of this genus
furnish the most satisfactory "green" for
decorative purposes known to the trade,
some of the forms rivaling the finest
ferns in their delicate beauty Thejr
ability to hold up for several days with- 403 Fem.ie
out wilting makes the cut sprays of some flower' of As-
of the species necessary in some forms paragus offlcl-
of decorative work. fld!m«ntol
Nearly all the species are of easy cul- stamen.
ture and can be propagated readily by seed which ia
usually produced m abundance; also propagated by
division and in some woody forms by cuttings.
INDEX.
asparagoides, 17.
Blampiediv, 6.
comoronsis, 0
faloatus, 15.
fahcmus, 3
Hatcheri, C.
robustua, 6.
aarmentotut, 14.
scandeus, 11.
compactus, 6, 14
lucidus, 4
Sprengen, 14
Coopen. 7
madagascarensis,
10 superbus, 6
cnspus, 5
medeoloides, 17
tenuissimus, 6
decumbent, 5
myrtifohus, 17.
totragonus, 12.
deflexus, 11
nanus, 6
urabellatus, 8.
drepanophyllus, 13.
offiomalis, 1
vanegatus, 14
Duchesnet, 13
pluincmis, 6
verticillatus, 2.
tlangatus, 16
racemose, 12
virgatus, 10.
falcatoides, 14
retrofractua, 9
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Lf. -scales with
a basal spur or
scale.
cladodes fascicled i . ,
and, when flat, with stomata on both
sides.
B. Fls. dioecious fl -buds axillary and
preterit on young shoots, developing
with the cladodes Section EUASPARAGUS
c Cladodes filiform
D Plant an erect herb: cladodes
tente . . 1. offi emails
DD Plant a semi-woody vine: cla-
dodes angled .... 2 verticillatus
cc. Cladodes flat, linear or linear-
lanceolate
D Berry blach cladodes falcate,
l/i Ifon branches with twigs
and cladodes in a horizontal
plane fls opening widely an
erect herb 3. filicmus
DD Berry white or pink,' cladodes
nearly straight, 1-ii in , not in
a definite plane' a vine 4. lucidus
BB Fls perfect, usually appearing after
the cladodes or on special branches
on the old wood
c. Base of If -t>uil< a *pur, often a
sharp i>pi.iL fls , when solitary,
in axil* with cladode* Section ASPARAGOPSIS
D. Position of fls axillary or ter-
minal, with claaodc^
E Cladodes filiform or 3-angled
F. The fls notumbelled,4orless
o Shape of cladodes 3-
angled, in 3's fls axil-
lary an herbaceous vine,
tuberous-rooted 5 crispus
ao. Shape of cladodes terete,
numerous fls terminal
woody lines, not tu-
berous-rooted branches
with twigs pinnate m a
horizontal plane
H Lf -scale? white or
whitish, spine deltoid:
sts slender, smooth 6. plumosus
HH. Lf -scales red-broiun,
spine terete, strong
and sharp hi? thick,
with short pubescence. 7. Cooper!
FF. The fls in umbtls
a Plant a slender green-
stemmed vine cladodes
3-8 8 umbellatus
oo. Plant stiff gray-stemmed
shrubby climber cla-
dodes 1O-20 ... 9 retrofractus
BB. Cladodes flat
F. Berry S-lobed. cladodes lan-
ceolate fls terminal' erect
shrub, 1 ft 10. madagascar-
FF. Berry globose cladodes lin- [ensi*
ear-falcate- fls axillary: a
delicate vine 11 Bcandens
DD. Position of fls. in racemes on
old wood.
B. Cladodes 3- or 4-anglvd, flat-
tened . . 12 tetragonut
ASPARAGUS
ASPARAGUS
407
ax. Cladodes flat, linear or linear-
lanceolate.
p. The cladodes arranged in
horizontal plane on twigs,
a long vine . . 13. drepano-
FF. The cladodes not in one plane. [phyllus
O. Length of cladodes about
1 in., et. 6 ft or less:
spines small . 14. Sprengeri
oo. Length of cladodes 2-8
in. a rank-growing
vine, 20-40 ft 15. falcatus
•C. Base of If -scale appreased, bract-
like, stigma capitate fls. solitary
in axils ivithout cladodes
Section KODIASTIGMA 16. virgatus
«jt. Lf. -scales not spurred fls axillary
cladodes solitary in axils, flat, If -like,
stomata only on lower side
Section MYRSIPHYLLUM 17. asparagoides
1. officinalis, Linn ASPARAGUS Figs 402, 403 An
erect herb from a woody crown with long fleshy roots
ats smooth, much branched above, 4-12 ft. high, cla-
dodes 3-8 in a fascicle, J^-l m. long, terete ff.-scale
with a short soft spur at base: fls 1-4, in axils with
cladodes or branches, campanulate, yellowish green:
berries red, K~Kin > 1-9-sceded, seed germinate m
12-14 days in warmhouse, often taking a month when
planted outdoors in spring. Ku — The esculent aspar-
agus of the garden, the fruiting sprays with the bright
red berries used for decorating
The young seedlings developed
from a large number of seed
planted in a small pot or pan
make a very handsome table de- ,-
coration tie? Asparagus, Esculent //
. 2 verticillatus, Linn. A semi- \ f
woody climbing vine from a woody N ,
rootstock. roots long-cylindnc, "
fleshy sts stout (^m ), 10-15 ft *"
long, edible when young branches
green, angled, flexuosc cladodes
3-8, %-2 m long, angled, filiform, not stiff: If -scales
of main st developed below into spines' fls. funnel-
shaped in 1-4's in axils of If. -scale* berries red, >£m.
diam , 1-3-seeded Persia to Siberia R B 20 154.
GW. 14648 GZ 21-505— A hardy ornamental
climber; grows readily from seed, which germinates m
about 3 weeks m a warrnhouse, plants slow-growing
at first.
405. Asparagus plumosus var. nanus. (XK)
3. filiclnus, Ham. An erect herb with densely clus-
tered fusiform tuberous roots 2-4 in. long: sts. erect,
branching* branches with twigs and cladodes m a
horizontal plane like A. plumosus: cladodes flat, lance-
olate strongly falcate, 3-5, of varying lengths, }^-%\r\. :
fls. axillary on long slender pedicels, green; stamens and
pietila white; perianth -lobes wide-spreading berry
Mack, Min., 1-3-seeded. India and China. G.C. III.
44 : 122, 123 — Hardy herbaceous perennial, very orna-
mental, suggesting a delicate fern in appearance; sev-
eral wild varieties.
4. lucidus, Lindl Semi-woody climber, 6-10 ft . few
main branches roots tuberous, 2-6 in. long claaodes
3-5, flat curved bnear about 1 m long' If -scale on main
st. with a short spine: fls small, white, 1-4, in axils
with cladodes: berries pink or white, ^m. diam.
China, Japan and Formosa. A.G. 13:78. — Probably
hardy in most of U. S. Tubers edible.
5. crfspus, Lam. (A. dccumbens, Jacq., and Hort.).
Roots tuberous, short, densely clustered about crown:
sts herbaceous, green, weak, climbing or drooping, 3-6
ft, much branched: branches deflexed, ana zigzag
If -scale developed below into a weak spur: clado*
3-angled, reflexed, about M~Hin long. fls. on slender
drooping pedicels, axillary, solitary, or in pairs, white,
sweet-scented, resembling the fls of A. asparagoides:
berry white or pink, J^m , several-seeded, seeds small,
black. S. Afr. A F. 1C. 825 —Easily grown from seed
or prop, by division; a beautiful plant for hanging-
baskets This species is often sold under the name of
A scandens deflcxus, Baker, which has flat cladodes
and 1-3-seeded; red berries
6 plumosus, Baker ASPARAGUS FERN Fig. 404.
Woody, tall climbing vine1 roots not tuberous, long,
slightly fleshy • st terote, green, glabrous branches with
twigs and cladodes arranged in a horizontal plane,
making a compound pinnate frond, triangular in out-
line' cladodes numerous, 8-20 in a fascicle, %va. or
less long, slender, terete, bright green • If -scale white or
gray, on main st. developed be ow into a woody deltoid
spine: fls 1-4 at ends of twigs, white, perianth-lobes
spreading obovate, blooming in autumn berry 1-3-
seeded, purple-black. S. Afr. F 1882 101 FR. 4:93.
FS. 2413-14 G 25.110. G C. II. 13749, III
23:146. G.Z. 25'2 AF 11 1178— A popular deco-
rative plant now almost superseded by some of its
varieties. The cut sprays and strings of A plu-
mosus and its varieties are used in large quantities by
florists on account of their beauty and keeping quali-
ties Most of the forms are prop, by seed or division
but some are readily increased by means of cuttings.
Var comorensis, Hort (A comortnsis, Hort ) Similar
to A. plumosus but more robust cladodes lighter green,
more open and delicate in their arrangement frond
widely triangular, very regular AF 18.684 FE 14'
462. FR 9:877. G C. Ill 23:181. Gng 10 295 I H.
42.61 S.H 1:84 V 20 101 Var nanus, Hort Fig.
405 The common commercial variety of the species
cladodes more numerous and shorter than type, making
the horizontally spreading fronds more dense1 sts. often
short, making a short spray rather than a
vine easily reproduced by seed, which
germinate in three weeks Var tenuis-
simus, Hort. (A. tenuis-
simus, Hort ). Fig 406. A
wiry stemmed variety with
fewer cladodes longer than
in type and not so much
in a horizontal plane, dis-
tinctly glaucous blue-green ; not a strong climber. Var.
robustus, Hort. A ranker-growing vine with shorter
cladodes than type, side branches making longer and
more irregular fronds than A. plumosus nanus, a
duller green. A plumbsus sup&rbus, Hort , A. Bldm-
piedn, Hort , and A Hdtchen, Hort. (F.B 31 :935), are
all botamcally closely related if not identical with A.
plumosus robustus and with it are separated from the
other forms of the species by their stronger growth and
by the much less regular arrangement of the cladodes
and twigs into a horizontal plane Var. compfictus,
Hort. A dwarf form, said to be a hybrid between A.
plumosus nanus and A plumosus tenuissimus, suitable
for pot-plants F.E. 16:637 See Fern, Asparagus.
408
ASPARAGUS
ASPARAGUS
7. Codperi, Baker. Roots long, cylindnc, more or
less fleshy: sts. large, up to %m diam and 60 or moie
ft. long, branching above; main sts and branches
dark green, with a soft, very short pubescence1 cladodes
very dark green, y^-^iin. long, 5-12 in a cluster, much
stouter than in A. plumosus: final branches with twigs
and cladodes making beautiful pinnate fern-like sprays
J-6-3 ft. long. If .-scale swollen at base, red-brown,
406 Asparagus plumosus var tenuissimus. ( X H)
with a strong spine1 fls small, white, bell-shaped, sweet-
scented' berry about J^in diam , red S Afr. G Z. 21:
568, 569. — This species is probably the largest one in
the genus, its long vines covered with beautiful dark
green sprays making a very desirable cover for pillars
The side sprays are valuable for cut-green for florists'
use and, when removed, a second crop will appear
shortly on the old vines
8. umbellatus, Link. A spreading climber or under-
shrub1 sts terete, slender, scabrous, dark green, woody
below, branching- branches and twigs often reflexed
and pendulous cladodes 3-10, terete, %-l in. long,
very dark green1 fls in axillary or terminal umbels;
pedicels J^m. long, perianth largest of genus, M~Kin.
spreading, white; segms. elliptic-obtuse; stamens dark
yellow1 berry globose, yellow to dark
red. Canary Isls. and Madeira B M
7733. GC III. 28-379— The large,
sweet-scented fls produced abundantly
in midsummer; a good plant for pillar
decoration; grows well from seed.
9 retrofra'ctus, Linn (A. relrofrdctus
arbdreus, Hort ) Sts. slender (6 or more
ft.), becoming woody and gray, scarcely
climbing, zigzag, the branches wiry:
cladodes in close clusters, green, fili-
form, about 1 in. long1 If -srale bases
spiny: fls. m umbels small, white: berry
small, nearly globose, 1-seeded. S. Afr.
Gn. 59:111.
10. madagascarensis, Baker. Erect, much-branched
shrub, 1 ft. or more, suggesting Ruscus aculeatus: sts.
green, angled: cladodes 3, lanceolate, pointed, glabrous,
dark olives-green, often arranged on the twig m one
plane making a pinnately compound If in appearance,
%-%in long: base of If -scale not spiny: fls. creamy
white, normally in 4's at end of twigs, J^in. diam.:
berry scarlet, 3-lobed, 1-3-sceded Madagascar. B.M.
8046. — A good pot-plant, especially in winter when it is
well set with scarlet berries Thrives m either a hot or
temperate greenhouse, easily prop, from seed, which
tare freely produced.
11. scandens, Thunb. A slender climbing vine up to
6 ft.: sts. green, branching freely above: branches with
twigs and cladodes m one plane, suggesting A filicinus
somewhat: cladodes flat, long, lanceolate-falcate, 3-5
in. : fascicle K-^in. long, central one longest, glabrous,
light green: If. -scale minute, base not spmed: fls. pendu-
lous, solitary or paired m axils, greenish white, j^in.
diam., perianth spreading, segms. elliptic-oblong: berry
globose, Km. diam., red, 1-seeded. S. Afr. B.M.
7675. G.C. Ill 33:339.— One of the weaker-growing
kinds of ornamental asparagus, thriving well in an
intermediate house. A good decorative plant when
grown in strings for table decoration; also good as a
pot-plant. Var. deflexus. Similar to type out with
branches deflexed: cladodes stiifer and smaller: fls.
smaller: seed often white. G.W. 5:446; 13:301. A.
cmpws is often sold under this name, but is easily
distinguished by its 3-angled cladodes (see discussion
under No. 5).
12. tetragdnus, Bresler (A. racembsus telragbnw,
Baker) A climbing vine, 15-20 ft. high: roots tuberous,
elliptic, 1-2 in long sts gray to brown, branching
above: cladodes 3-8, usually 5, 3-4-angled, >^-%in.
long, dense, more or less falcate. If -scale on mam st.
with a strong recurved basal spine up to %m. long,
fls in racemes 2-3 in long, on old wood; perianth white
or pink, Min- diam , segms obovate- obtuse; fls. fra-
grant. S Afr. B.M. 8288 G.C III 23:147.
13. drepanophyllus, Welw. (A. Duchtsnei, Linden).
A tall climbing woody vine with tuberous roots 2-3 ft.
long1 sts 20-30 ft long, terete, without mam branches:
axillary twigs and claaodes making a compound cla-
dophyll from upper axils twigs ^-2 ft. long, thick-set
with cladodes m fascicles of &-5: If -scales on twigs
5-rankcd but cladodes turned into a horizontal plane:
central dadode 2-3 in long, lateral l}$ in , the com-
pound cladophyll suggesting a frond of Asplemum:
If -base with a strong spine, fls in dense erect racemes,
3-8 in long, pedicels deflexed in fascicles of 3-8;
perianth greenish, bell-shaped, not opening widely:
berry rare, 3-lobed, usually 1-seeded, H>m diam., bright
scarlet, ripe m 90-120 days after the bloom. Oct-
Jan. S. Cent., Afr , Congo region. G C. Ill 28:305.
RB. 28:60. Gng 15:131 A F.
27-1139 —A highly decorative
plant; the compound clado-
phylls valuable in florists' work.
Readily prop by division or by
cuttings of the twigs taken on
with a heel, or piece
of the main st at-
tached and put in a
sandy soil in a close
case with bottom
7 heat.
14. Sprgngeri,
Regel. Figs 407, 408.
Roots tuberous,
white, elliptic, not
, densely clustered . sts.
> numerous, scarcely
climbing, 6 ft. or less:
side branches numerous, small,
angled, twigs 1-3 in. long1 cla-
dodes 3-8, H-1M in. long, flat,
linear, smooth, pointed, slightly
falcate, rich green: If .-scale on
mam st with a slender brown
bnttle spine 5^in. long: fls. in
May-June, in open racemes 1-3
in. long; pedicels 1-2 from each
bract, fls. whitish pink, fragrant,
perianth wide-spreading. Kin.:
berry slightly 3-lobed, 1-3-
seeded, bright coral-red, up to
^jin diam. Natal — One ol the
most popular plants for cut-
green, easily grown in a mod-
erate temp. Plants in tubs or
baskets are very ornamental
when covered with the bright
407. Asparagus red berries which ripen about
Sprenceri. (xH) Christmas-time Easily grown
ASPARAGUS
ASPARAGUS
409
408
Strong new
shoot of
Asparagus Sprengeri.
(XH)
from seed, which germinates in a temperate house m
about 4 weeks. The best asparagus for a house
plant. A.G. 18:86, 883; 19:101. B M. 7728 (as A.
ternifohus), 8052. F.E. 9:11. F.R 4:95. G. 21:123.
Gn. 54, p. 88; 58, p. 109. G.L. 17:175. Mn. 8, p. 151.
Gn.W.20.117; 23:607. G.W. 4, p 109; 13, p
462. Gng 4:167. G.C. HI. 37.10. Var. com-
pletes, a dwarf variety seldom over 18 in long.
Var. variegatus, a form having variegated
Ivs; otherwise like the type. Gn. 59.145.
F.E. 14:885. Var. falcatoldes, a large strong-
growing form: phylloclades solitary to 5-6 more
or less falcate. A sarmentdaua. Hort., not
Linn , is a short compact form of A
Sprengert. The true A sarmentosus is quite
a different plant and not m cult
15. falcatus, Linn. A large spreading
woody vine with stout gray or brown sts
20-40 ft. long, much branched above
cladodes 3-5, or more at ends of twigs, fal-
cate, linear-lanceolate, with undulate
margins, nch dark green, 2-3 in. long.
If -scales with stout basal spines
sweet-scented fls in loose racemes
2-3 in. long, produced in great pro-
fusion in midsummer; perianth pure
white, J^in. diam., segms. lanceolate;
stamens yellow fr dull
brown Trop. Asia and
Afr. — One of the largest
and finest species of the
genus; thrives under
temperate conditions
growing outdoors in the
absence of frost. G C
III. 23 123, 41 82 Ref.
Bot 261. G.W. 5.334
16. virgatus, Baker (A dongdtw, Hort) Fig.
409. Roots fibrous, crown with long semi-woody
rhizomes, sts. erect (3-6 ft.), much branched above,
branches long, straight or drooping: cladodes in
3's, stiff, ^-%in. long, angled, not very abundant;
cladodes and sts dark green1 If .-scale white, de-
veloped basally into an appressed bract-like extension
similar to upper part: fls. solitary at nodes on droop-
ing pedicels, no cladodes in axils with fls ; perianth
greenish white, wide-spreading,
Km diam.; stigma capitate berry
1-2-seeded, dull orange-red, Km.
in diam. S. Afr FE 27:114.—
Easily grown from seed, which ger-
minates in 3 weeks, or from cut-
tings of rhizomes. Not highly
ornamental, but of value in decora-
tive work on account of its erect
habit.
17 asparagoides, Wight (Myr-
siphyUum asparag(Mes,vf\\ld. A
medeolobdes, Thunb.). SMILAX of
florists. Fig. 410. Tall slender
glabrous twiner: sts. slender, much
Typical ofKodiastigma. branched cladodes single in axils
of If.-scales, ovate, about 1 in.
long, usually spreading horizontally. If .-scale small, not
developed into a spur at base* fls. solitary or paired in
axils on slender pedicels, greenish white; perianth-lobes
spreading or recurved from beyond middle: berries
dark purple, 1-3-seeded. S. Afr. B.M. 5584. R.H.
1895: 177. S.H. 1:417; 2: 160. Gn. 42, p. 536. G.W. 1,
p. 206. — Much grown for florists' use in decorations.
Seed small, germinating in about 3 weeks (see cul-
tural notes under Smilax in a succeeding volume).
Var. myrtifdlius, Hort. "BABY" SMILAX, an extremely
light and elegant variety with much smaller Ivs. than
the type, becoming popular.
409. Flower of
Asparagus virgatus.
A. acuttfdliw, Linn. Semi-hardy, becoming a woody shrub in
the 8 , zigzag, branching, 5 ft . cladodea short, stiff, terete, spiny-
tipped in fascicles of 5-12. Jim long, fls dioecious, yellow, berry
waxy olive-green — A dark green cedar-like ornamental Medit.
region — A. sethibjncus, Linn Tropical vine: cladodes 3-5 ft.,
linear falcate, 1-2 in long If -base spiny fls. in racemes, near A.
Sprengeri 8. Afr. — A afncAnut, Lam Woody semi-climber, spiny:
cladodes filiform-terete, stiff, dark green, up to 20 in a cluster 1 in.
long fls m umbels. 8 Afr — A Albus, Linn (A Pastonanus, Webb
& Berth ). A white-stemmed branching woody shrub, semi-hardy, 3-
4 ft high* cladodes densely fascicled, 1 in. long- If -scale with a long
sharp spine fls in umbels Medit region — Very susceptible to
attacks of red-spider G Z 1907 31 —A asviticue, Linn A tall
branching woody vine cladodes numerous m clusters, soft-filiform,
Hm. long, fls in umbel* 8 Afr — A declmAtut, Linn Allied to
A plumosus but with cladodes about Jim long: branches slender,
drooping fls axillary, small, white berries 1-seedod S Afr — A.
lancinus, Burch A woody shrub suggesting A retrofractus but
with cladodes 1 m long 8 Afr G C III 23 122 — A. Mngipes,
Baker A copiously branched underahrub with nubterete slender
green cladodes J^-l in long m whorls of 9-12- fls. axillary, soli-
tary or paired. 8 Cent Afr — I myrwclddus, Hort (A Green-
neldu, Hort ) An erect, • much-branched shrub, 6 ft , with
tuberous roots- st gray, branches zigzag witU dense clusters of
i filiform eladodes J^in long, becoming dark green with
light green -
age — Very ornamental fli
unknown, but it is closely related
in type to A. retrofractua Natal G 25.293, 33.435 Gng
12 547 FE. 16 637 The true A mynocladus, Baker, is
related to A. Sprengen and has flat cladodes and racemose fls
This species ia apparently not in cultivation — A oligoddnus,
Maxim Erect, hardy herbaceous perennial suggesting A offi-
cinahs cladodes more dense, slender and graceful 1-2 ft fls.
dioecious, campanulatc N Asia — A achobenmdea, Kuntb Erect,
hardy herbaceous perennial, 1-3 ft roots tuberous cladodes long,
3-angled, flat, ascending fls nearly sessile, dioecious berries red.
Japan and China — 4 Siebenunus, Hort A supposed hybrid
410. Asparagus asparagoides, or Smilax of florists.
(Natural size)
between A crispus and A plumosus tenuissimus sts slender, rigid,
with slightly curved cladodes Distinct and valuable as a market
plant — A tenuifdhua, Lam Herbaceous perennial like A officm-
naha, with very slender, numerous cladodes and large bright red
berries S Eu — A tnchophyllua, Bunge Hardy herbaceous peren-
nial, somewhat twining, 3-6 ft cladodes like A officmalis, y±-\ in.
long fls. dioecious (long-campanulate) on drooping pedicels N
A"a J. B. NORTON.
ASPARAGUS, ESCULENT (Aspdragus officinMis,
Linn ). Lih&cex, A perennial herb, cult for the succu-
lent young shoots that arise from the crown in spring.
Asparagus is native to Europe. It has been cultivated
2,000 years and more It was known to the Greeks
and Romans The so-called Ivs. of asparagus are really
leaf-like branches The Ivs are the scales, which are
well shown on the shoot at the left in Fig. 411. From
the axils of these scales, branches may arise, a a. At
6 6 are shown clusters of branchlets, or 7'leaves," issuing
from the axils of scales or Ivs.
Being a rugged plant, asparagus will live and in a
measure thrive on almost any kind of soil, even under
adverse circumstances and when entirely neglected.
Occasionally one may find apparently thrifty plants in
fence rows, or strong stalkd pushing up through stone
heaps or other rubbish piled foot-thick upon an old
abandoned asparagus beef. Plants on good soil will get
so large, and the immense network of roots so well
anchored in the soil, that all the strength of a good team
may be insufficient to pull them out, and sometimes
several years' persistent efforts may be required to
clear thfm out of a piece of ground once used as an
asparagus patch. The stalks that the discriminating
growers and fastidious consumers want are those an
410
ASPARAGUS
ASPARAGUS
inch in diameter and deliciously tender and succulent,
and these can be grown only on good plants set far
enough apart on well-drained, well-manured and well-
tilled soil. To secure the choice early stalks that bring
the high prices, the land selected for an asparagus patch
should be a warm rich loam, preferably exposed to east
or south. Manures and fertilizers, also, must be used
most lavishly In this respect, many growers fail to
obtain best results, such as are within their reach by
greater liberality. Unless the soil is already well sup-
plied with vegetable matter and for that reason very
loose and mellow, bulky manures, such as fairly well-
rotted stable manure or rich compost, are almost or
quite indispensable at the start. A heavy dressing is to
be plowed under, and should be well and deeply mixed
with the soil by replowmg and reworking the land.
Afterwards concentrated manures, rich especially in
nitrogen and potash, will do very well for loose soils, and
may be used oroadcast on top, as the crop appears to
need them from year to year, at least for a while. Even
then an occasional, or better, yearly, application of good
stable manure or compost, placed in furrows plowed
(with a one-horse plow)
on each side of the
rows after the cutting
season or m early fall,
will be of benefit or
become necessary to
keep the yield up to a
high mark. To start a
plantation in the right
way, the selection of
good strong one-year-
old plants is of much
importance. They are
usually preferable to
the ordinary two-year
plants. To grow one's
own supply for starting
a plantation a year
laier is usually a safer
plan than to depend
on purchased plants.
The male, or pollen-
bearing, plants are
often more vigorous
and more produc-
tive of good stalks
than the female or
seed-bearing plants;
but one cannot very
well tell the one from the other unless they bloom, until
long after they are already established in the planta-
tion, when it would be impracticable to tear out the
less desirable female plants and replace them with
the male plants — The seed, obtainable from any regular
seed house, is rather hard-shelled and sometimes slow
to germinate It is important to give the seedling
plants the longest possible period of growth so as to
secure the strongest possible plants. It is advisable,
therefore, to soak the seed, or give it special treat-
ment or seed stimulation, before sowing it, and to sow
it just as soon in spring as a rich mellow seed-bed
can be prepared. The rows or drills may be made a
foot apart, and seed sown rather thinly. Plants are to
be thinned to 3 inches apart at an early age, and
weeds should be carefully kept down from the very
start. In short, nothing should be neglected to prevent
any interference with the rapid and healthy growth of
the seedlings, for the future outcome hinges, to a great
measure, on a favorable early start.— When getting
ready to set the plants, and after the land has been
carefully and deeply plowed and harrowed, plow out
furrows 4 or even 6 feet apart. It may look like a sinful
waste of good land to set asparagus so far apart, but
even at 6 feet the roots will nil the soil and reach across
411. Leaves and branches of
common Asparagus ( X H)
the rows, and the fat stalks obtainable by wide planting
are worth more in our markets than tne inferior ones
usually found there. Some markets demand or prefer
green stalks which are mainly grown above ground.
In that case, make the furrows 5 to 9 inches deep. In
other markets blanched shoots are wanted, and these
are of superior flavor and tenderness, provided they
are grown in mellow soil and under high and skillful
culture. In that case, make the furrows a few inches
deeper than for plants set for green stalks. Sot the
plants in the furrows about 2 feet apart, each on a lit-
tle mound of soil, spreading the roots in the same way
as they grew in the seed-bed. Cover with mellow soil to
the depth of a few inches, and afterwards, in the course
of some weeks and by means of some suitable tools (cul-
tivators, harrows, and the like), gradually fill the furrows
even with the ground-level. A still better plan when the
material can be had, especially for the home-gardener,
is to fill the furrows with fine old compost, wood's earth,
leaf-mold, or any other loose and rich material, as the
covering above the crowns of the plants cannot be
made too loose. It is advisable and will insure closer
attention in cultivation, to grow some hoed crop, like
beets, turnips, radishes, cabbage, beets, beans or peas,
between the rows of asparagus the first year. In the
fall, and every fall thereafter,, cut the asparagus stalks
close to the ground and remove them from the patch,
to avoid the scattering of the seed.
In early spring of the second year, the surface of the
ground is to be loosened by shallow plowing or deep
cultivating; and when the first sprouts appear, the
rows may be hilled up to some extent if any of the
sprouts are to be cut for use. Under especially favor-
able conditions a few may be cut the sec-
ond year It is better for the plantation
and its future value, however, if no cut-
ting is done that year. Plants left intact
until the third year, and kept m a high
state of cultivation, will grow much
* stronger and be more pioductive afterward Com-
mercial growers use specially devised asparagus knives
for cutting the stalks In the absence of such, any
ordinary sharp table or kitchen knife may be used, or
in the mellow soil the blanched shoots may be broken
off at the base with the finger In cutting, be very
careful, and try to avoid cutting later shoots or
injuring the crown of the plants The third season
and every season thereafter, loosen up the ground as
directed for the second season. The snoots are now to
be cut indiscriminately and clean, up to the beginning
of the green-pea season After that, allow them to grow
undisturbed, but continue cultivation, to keep the
ground-surface mellow and free from weeds. For mar-
ket, wash the freshly-cut stalks and tie them m neat,
compact bunches of the size demanded m the particu-
lar market, using some bright-colored ribbon, or per-
haps rubber bands. If to be shipped, especially for
longer distances, pack the bunches in moist moss or
other material that will keep the stalks fresh
The varietal differences m the asparagus plant do
not appear to be very pronounced except in the color
of the young shoots, and most of the variations seem to
be due to differences in culture and environment rather
than to those characteristic of the variety. American
seedsmen offer the following as distinct varieties* Colos-
sal (Conover's), Palmetto, Mammoth (Barr's), Colum-
bian (Mammoth Columbian White), Argenteuil (Giant
Argenteuil), Bonvallet Giant, Reading Giant.
To save the seed, strip the ripe berries off the stalks
by hand, or thresh them off with a flail, put them in a
sound barrel or tank, and mash them with a wooden
pounder, to separate the hard, black seeds from the
pulp. Clean them by washing in plenty of water, pour-
ing off the pulp and skins; then dry and store.
To any person who has even a little land to use for a
home-garden, no better advice could be given than to
ASPARAGUS
ASPHODEL
411
plant in a corner or at one side of it 50 or 100 asparagus
roots for his family, as no other use of that spot, ordi-
narily, may be expected to give more real benefit, enjoy-
ment and value. The number of roots named will
under average conditions give all the stalks that a
large family could use, and several times the quantity
that a person of ordinary means would feel able to pur-
chase for the family table in the open market. For the
market-gardener, especially one with a regular retail
trade, few if any vegetables offer equal chances of
profit and regular returns and a sure income at a most
opportune time (spring).
Enemies — The asparagus rust (Puccinia asparagi)
has often done considerable damage. Planting rust-
resistant varieties is the best procedure. Argenteuil
and Heading Giant afford the best relief. Dusting
completely with flowers of sulfur when the dew is on,
and after the cutting season, is the best remedy; two
applications, three or four weeks intervening, are
usually sufficient.
01 inject enemies, two have become well known on
asparagus plants in America, namely, the common
asparagus beetle (Cnocens asparagi) and the twelve-
spotted asparagus beetle (C 18-punctata). The follow-
ing remedies are recommended: chickens and ducks;
close cutting of the young shoots m the early season,
and the use of arsenate of lead or of dry arsemtes
dusted on the dew-wet plants after the cutting period.
The subject of asparagus and asparagus-growing is
treated in the following books and bulletins: Asparagus,
by F. M Hexamer, Orange Judd Company. Farmers
Bulletin No. 61 (Asparagus Culture), issued by the
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Bulle-
tin No. 151 of the Maryland Station (Fertilizers for
Asparagus). Bulletin No. 34 of the Missouri Station
(Asparagus and Rhubarb Culture) Bulletins Nos.
165 and 172 of the California Station (Asparagus and
Asparagus Rust in California). T. GREINER.
ASPASIA (Greek personal name). Orchidacese.
Epiphytic hothouse orcnids.
Stems thickened into pseudobulbs. 1- or 2-lvd.:
racemes lateral; sepals and petals nearly alike, spread-
ing; lip with the claw adnate to the column, the blade
spreading; lateral lobes distinct or confluent with the
middle lobe, polhnia 2. — Species about 8, ranging from
Cent Amer to Brazil.
epidendroides, Lindl. Pseudobulbs, oblong, 2-edged:
Ivs. linear-lanceolate: racemes of 2-4 fls.; sepals and
petals whitish yellow, streaked with brown; hp white,
dotted with purple. Panama. B.M. 3962.
lunata, Lindl. Pseudobulbs, 2-edged, oblong: Ivs.
oblong-hgulate, up to 6 in long' fls single, or rarely 2;
sepals and petals linear-lanceolate, acuminate, green
or yellowish, marked with violet-purple; lip white,
marked with purple. S. Brazil.
variegata. Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate or oblong, 2-
edged: Ivs. lanceolate-hgulate, up to 8 in. long: raceme
of 2 or 3 fls.; sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, greenish
or yellowish, marked with interrupted longitudinal
black-purple lines; petals obovate-oblong, acute, yellow-
ish veined with purple; hp white, yellowish at the base,
spotted with purple. S. Amer. B.M. 3679. B.R. 1907.
GEORGE V. NASH.
ASPEN: Populus.
ASPERftLLA: Hystrix.
ASP&RULA (roughish; referring to Ivs.). RubiAcex.
WOODRUFF. Mostly dwarf hardy herbs, for borders,
rock gardens and shady places.
Annual or perennial: sts square: Ivs. whorled (some
of the Ivs. are really stipules) : fls. many, small, mostly
4-parted, produced freely from May to July; corolla
funnelform. which distinguishes it from the closely
related Galium in which the corolla is rotate. — About
80 species in Eu., Asia and Austral.
The commonest species is A. odorata, the Wald-
meister of the Germans, which is used m their Mai-
trank, or May wine, and in summer drinks. The dried
leaves have a hay-like fragrance, lasting for years, and
are often kept with clothes. The plant occasionally
escapes from gardens A hexaphyUa, with its delicate,
misty spray, is used with sweet peas and other cut-
flowers that are inclined to look lumpy. Other plants
for this purpose are Gypsophila paniculata, Stalice latv-
folia, and several gakums, all of which have small,
abundant flowers in loose panicles on long, slender stems.
In half-shaded and moist soil, asperulas grow very
luxuriantly until late fall In dry and sunny places
they soon become stunted, and die down before the
season is over.
Propagation is by division and by seeds,
A. Plants perennial: fls whitf or pink.
B. Corollas 4-lobed.
odorata, Linn SWEET WOODRUFF. Fig 412. Habit
erect or ascending* height 6-8 in. Ivs. usually in whorls
of 8, lanceolate, finely
toothed or roughish at
the margin, corollas
campanulate: seeds
rough Eu and Ori-
ent. Eng Bot 2 775
Baxter Brit. Bot
1 : 46 — Increases
rapidly, and is used
for carpeting shady
places, and for edg-
ings.
Gussdnei, Boiss.
(A. suberbsa, Guss ).
A glaucous, smooth,
usually cespitose per-
ennial suitable only
for the rock-garden:
Ivs. small, in pairs,
some ovate-oblong, the rest lanceolate-linear fls at the
ends of the branches, the corolla smooth and pinkish,
not showy. Sicily — A graceful little alpme.
hexaphyUa, All. Plant-st. glabrous: habit ascending,
slender, height 1-2 ft Ivs. in whorls of 6, linear, acute,
rough: corollas tubular-funnel-shaped panicles yery
loose; fls. larger than the bracts seeds smooth. Italy,
Hungary, Pyrenees on high passes and dry mountain-
sides.— Well-grown specimens may be 3 ft. m diam. and
nearly as high.
hfrta, Ramond. A many-stemmed hairy perennial,
suitable for the alpine garden1 sts. 4-sided, with verti-
cillate Ivs. m 6V Ivs linear, 1-nerved. fls. small, pink-
ish. Rocky situations m the Pyrenees. July, Aug.
BB. Corollas often 3-lobed.
tinctdria, Linn DYER'S WOODRUFF Habit pro-
cumbent unless supported . height 1-2 ft , the st. pur-
plish: Ivs. linear* lower ones in 6's, middle ones in 4's,
uppermost ones in 2V. bracts ovate: fls. reddish on out-
side* roots large, creeping widely, reddish. Dry hills
and rocks of Eu.
AA. Plants annual: fls. blue.
orient&lis, Boiss. & Ho hen. (A. azurea and A. setdsa,
Jaub. & Spach. A. azurea-setdsa and A. setdsa-aziirea,
Hort). Height 1 ft.: Ivs. in whorls of 8, lanceolate,
bristly: fls. longer than the bracts. Eu. and Orient.
A, cyndnchina, Ltnn. 9-12 in , glabrous* fls corymbose on erect
peduncles. Ivs 4 to a whorl. Eu and Asia —A longifltra, Waldst.
6-8 m., weak, glabrous fls. white, yellowish inside Ivs 4 to a whorl,
linear-lanceolate. Eu. — A tourino, Linn 1 ft , erect, smooth: fls. in
fasciculately umbelled corymbs, whuo: Ivs 3-nerved, cihate, 4 to a
whorl. Perhaps not hardy N S Eu.
WILHELM MILLER. N TAYLOR t
4SPHODBL: Atphodeline and Asphodel™.
412 Asperula odorata. (XI)
412
ASPHODELINE
ASPHODELUS
ASPHODELlNE (name modified from Asphodelus).
Liliacex. Hardy herbaceous plants, distinguished from
Asphodelus by the erect and leafy stems.
Asphodehnes have long racemes of yellow or white
fls. in June and July. All the older species were de-
scribed under Asphodelus. In 1830, Reichenbach made
the new genus Asphodeline for A. lutea and others.
The only species advertised in Amer. is A. lutea, but
(ill those described below are likely to be in cult.
Monogr by J. G. Baker in Journ. Lmn. Soc. 15:273-
278 (1877). There are some 145 species in the Medit.
region and the Caucasus
The culture of Asphodeline lutea is simple. Any soil
will suit. Partial shade is allowable, bub flowers are
often better in the sun. Propagated readily by divi-
sion, in spring or the fall.
A. Sts. leafy up to the raceme
B. Fls yettow.
Ifctea, Reichb, (Asphodelus litteus, Linn.). TRUE
ASPHODEL of the ancients, or KING'S SPEAR. Height
2-4 ft.: roots thick, fleshy, stolomferous: Ivs. 3-
12 in. long; margins rough, racemes 6-18 in. long,
3 in. wide, bracts large, membranaceous, persistent.
Italy, Muritama and Algeria to Tauria and Ara-
bia B.M. 773. L.B.C. 12: 1102 as A. taurwus.—
The best species. A double-fld. var. fldre-pleno has
been advertised.
BB. Fls. white.
taferica, Kunth. Height 1-2 ft.: roots slender: Ivs.
3-9 in. long; margins membranaceous: racemes 6-12 in.
long, 1H-2 in. wide: bracts &-12 lines long, 1^-2 in.
wide. Caucasus, Tauria, Syria, Asia Minor, Greece.
G.C.III.21:175.
AA. Sts. leafy only a third or half the way to the raceme.
B. Fls. white, raceme dense.
globtfera, J. Gay. Height 2-3 ft.: Ivs numerous, sub-
ulate 5-6 in long, 1-1 % lines broad: racemes dense-fld.:
caps, globose. Cappadocia.
BB. Fls. yellow: raceme lax.
c. Bracts large, 6-12 lines long, long-cuspidate.
tenuior, Ledeb. Height 1 ft.: smaller than A. lutea,
with finer Ivs. and smaller, fewer and paler fls. Cau-
casus, Armenia, N. Persia. B M. 2626. — Especially dis-
tinguished by the stalk being naked at the upper part,
below the raceme of fls., and the bracts as snort as or
shorter than the peduncle.
cc. Bracts small, 1%-S lines long, short-cuspidate.
liburnica, Reichb. (A. cretica, Vis., not Boiss.).
Height 1-2 ft. Ivs 3-4 in. long: racemes weak, 6-9 in.
long, when expanded 2^-3 in. wide; stamens unequal.
Greece, Crete, Dalmatia, Austria, Italy, not Asia
Minor L.BC 10.915 (as A. cretica).
brevicafclis, J. Gay (A. cretica, Boiss., not Vis.).
St. often flexuose, that of all the others here described
being erect and strict. Asia Minor, Syria, Palestine,
Egypt.
AAA. Sts leafy only at the base: fls. white: racemes dense.
B. Racemes usually simple.
c. Heights ft.: sts. having If. -scales.
imperialis, Siehe Tallest species of the genus: fls.
large, reddish white: Ivj. numerous, forming a large
rosette, and also clothing part of the st. Cappadocia.
G.C. III. 22: 397.
cc. Height l%-8 ft.: sts. not having If. -scales.
damascdna. Baker. Height 1^-2 ft.: bracts mem-
branaceous, lanceolate, the lowest 9-12 lines long:
racemes simple, rarely branched. Mt Lebanon.
Balans«, J. Gay. Height 2 ft.: bracts scarious, 6-9
lines long. CUicia. Gt. 46, p. 521. G.C. 111.23:111.
BB. Racemes much panided.
isthmocarpa, J. Gay. Height 2 ft. Cilicia. G.C. III.
23:117. WILHELM MILLER. N. TAYix>R.t
ASPH6DELUS (Greek name of unknown origin).
Ldiacex. ASPHODEL. Hardy herbaceous stemlesa
plants, with white, lily-hke fls. in long racemes, fleshy
fascicled roots, and firm, linear, radical, tufted Ivs.:
perianth funnel-shaped; segms. 6, oblong-hgulate, ob-
tuse, equal, with a distinct nerve on the back, and
always ascending — Probably a half-dozen species in
Medit. region and India.
The asphodel of the ancients, or king's spear, is
Asphodeline lutea, which see. Homer mentions the
asphodel meadows of the dead, where the shades of
heroes congregated in Hades. The asphodel in Greek
mythology was the peculiar flower of the dead. It has
always been a common weed in Greece, and its pallid
yellow flowers are associated with desert places and
tombs. The word daffodil is a corruption of asphodel.
The asphodel of the early English and French poets is
Narcissus Pseudo-Narcissus. J. G. Baker, in his revis-
ion of the genus in Jour. Linn Soc. 15:268-272 (1877),
refers forty species of other botanists to A. ramosus, the
dominant type, of which he makes three subspecies.
These subspecies are here kept distinct, for horticul-
tural purposes, as good species. They are the ones first
described below. A. ramosus and A. albus are among
the few current trade names in America.
Culture simple; see Asphodeline.
A. Plant perennial: Ivs. 8-angled.
B. Scape long.
c. Racemes simple or sparingly branched.
albus. Mill., not Willd. BRANCHING ASPHODEL.
Bracts buff-colored when young: filaments deltoid at
the base- caps medium-sized, 5-6 lines long, subglobu-
lar or ellipsoid S. Eu.
cerasiferus. J. Gay. Bracts pale vellow: filaments
wedge-shaped at the base, but rapidly becoming awl-
shaped' caps large, 8-10 lines thiok, flattish globular,
umbilicate. W. Medit. region.
cc. Racemes much branched or pantcled,
comdsus, Ford. Radical Ivs. sword-shaped, 1-1 y?, ft.
long, acutish, sharply keeled on the back: panicle
branched, the terminal racemose cluster 2-3 in. diam.;
petals white, %-$£in. long. Himalayan region.
tenuifdlius, Cav. (A. microcdrpus, and A. xs&vus,
Reichb.). Bracts pale yellow at first: filaments 4-angled
at the base: caps, small. 3-4 lines long; obovoid-glo-
bose. Medit., Canary Isls.
BB. Scape short, almost wanting.
acaulis, Desf. Lvs. 6-20, in a dense rosette, 3-4 in.
long, minutely pubescent: fls. 6X20, in a crowded
corymb; segms. of perianth 2-3 lines wide. Algiers.
B.M. 7004
AA. Plant annual: los. cylindrical, hollow.
fistulftsus, Linn. Height 16-20 in.: Ivs. 12-30, in a
dense rosette, 6-12 in. long, striate, awl-like, glabrous:
segms. of perianth 1-2 lines wide, lined with pink: buds
pink: fls. pinkish. France and Portugal to Syria,
Arabia and Afghanistan B.M. 984. L.B.C. 12:1124.
— Needs protection under glass in winter. If removed
early in autumn to a greenhouse, it may be induced to
seed freely.
A. crAi'cu««*ABphodeline hburnioa.— A. litteut— Asphodeline
lutes. — A, Villdrm, Verl , is a form of A. raraoaus, from E. France,
with long, dense racemes and dark brown bract*.
WILHELM MILLER N. TAYLOR, t
XII, Asparagus, variety Colossal.
ASPIDISTRA
ASPIDISTRA (Greek, a small, round shield; referring,
probably, to the shape of the stigma). Lili&cfse. A
popular florists' plant, gro<vn for its stiff, shining,
beautiful foliage, which is sometimes striped.
Leaves all radical, many, long, gradually narrowed
into petiole, the rhizome thick and sometimes creep-
ing* fls. inconspicuous and borne close to the ground,
perianth wide-campanulate. 8-lobed; stamens 8, at-
tached on the tube, the filaments very short; ovary
4-celled : f r. a globose indehiscent 1-seeded berry —
Three or 4 species in Himalaya, China and Japan. The
casual observer never suspects that Aspidistra is a
liliaceous plant The parts of the fl. in monocotyledons
are typically in 3's. The genus Aspidistra is con-
sidered abnormal, as usually having its parts in 4's.
This tetramerous state (which is here considered the
normal one, and described below) is pictured in B.M.
2499, but the species was first described upon a tnmer-
ous state, and pictured in B.R 628. In A. lurida^ the
trimerous state must be regarded as an exceptional
reversion: in A typica, B.M. 7484, the tnmerous state
is thought to be constant.
Aspidistra is invaluable to the
florist in decorative work, owing to its
ability to withstand rough usage, dust,
heat, cold and drought The fobage is
very useful when cut for mixing with
amaryllises when they are used as cut-
flowers, lasting for weeks in good con-
dition , for such purposes the aspidistra
may be planted under greenhouse
benches in waste places for the production )
of leaves alone The variegated variety is (
often seen, but a poor HOI! must be Ubed or vlf
the variegation will .speedily disappear. To
increase the plants, divide in early spring
when repotting, shaking out the old soil from
the roots and separating the leaves, putting
several in a pot of a useful MZC, a 6-inch
being large enough to hold a number of leaves and their
roots. (E.O Orpet)
lurida, Ker-Gawl (A clatior, Hort. A. punctata,
Lmdl ). Fig 413. Lvs 15-20 m long, stiff, evergreen,
oblong-lanceolate, sharp-pointed, radical, blade nar-
rowed into a channeled petiole a third of its length: fls
lurid purple, on short 1-fld scapes, perianth segms. 8:
stamens 8; stigma broadly shield-shaped, like a smalt
mushroom China B R. 977 Var variegata, Hort ,
has alternation of green and white stripes, no 2 Ivs
being exactly alike — In Fla , the aspidistra makes
beautiful dense specimens in unheated plant-sheds It
thrives in sunshine when growing along the edges of
ditches and flowing water
A. typici, Baill Rootstock creeping' Ivs elliptic-lanceolate,
long-pet lolod, about 7-ncrvpd fls greenish or whitish, speckled
with red, purple inside, tnmerous. China.
ASPLENIUM
413
an excessively moist atmosphere. They should be kept
m a very lightly shaded position. A good potting ma-
terial consists of equal parts of rich soil and leaf-mold or
peat. The following are some of the most useful com-
mercial kinds. A. Belangeri, height 2^ feet; A. bulbtf-
erum (including A laxum), which grows quickly into a
handsome specimen about 20 inches high, and seems to
stand the hot, dry American summers better than other
species; A. saltcifolium; and A. viviparum, which is
dwarf, compact, with lace-like fronds, and easily propa-
gated. For hanging-baskets, A . Jlaccidum is best. The
foregoing species and others of like habit develop small
plantlets on the surface and edge of pinnae Aa soon as
these are sufficiently strong, they may be detached, with
a small piece of old pinnae, and pricked into shallow
pans, the older part being placed below ground to hold
the young plant firmly m position jmtil roots have
ASPfDIUM: Dryoptens and Polystichum
T j H R t
ASPLENfiNDRlUM: Thamnopten*
ASPL&NIUM (Greek, not the spleen; referring to sup-
posed medicinal properties). Polypodidcex. A large,
widely distributed genus of ferns, containing some 200
speciea. Some of them hardy, and many others grown
in the giecnhouse.
Aspleniums are distinguished by the free veins, and by
the elongated son covered by an mdusmm, which nor-
mally is attached to one side of a vein. The species
here included under Asplemum. which have some of
the son curved across the subtending veinlets and
certain differences in the internal structure of the st.
are placed by many botanists in a separate genus,
Atbynum; in the list below, Nos. 10, 25, 26, and 27
belong m this group.
Aspleniums enjoy an abundance of moisture at the
roots, but they will turn brown in the winter months in
413. Aspidistra lurida var. variegata.
formed. The best soil for this purpose is composed of
equal parts of fresh garden soil, leaf-mold or fine peat,
and sand. Plant very firmly, and place m a shady,
moderately moist and close position, where in ten 01
fifteen days they will make roots. The foregoing ones do
best in a temperature of 50° F A . cristatum is easih
grown from spores, and is very useful for fern-dishes
(Nichol N. Bruckner.)
INDEX.
acrostichoidfs, 33 ebenoides, 5 parouZwm, 9
Adiantum-nijjrum,20 Filix-fcemma, 32 pinnatifidum, 4
affine, 19 faernculaceum, 22. platyneuron, 10.
alatum, 6 fontanum, 23, roaihens, 9.
angusti folium, 14 formosum, 11 rhizophyllum, 25.
Baptistn, 18. fraffrans, 22 rutsefolmra, 28
Helanjien, 29 Hemiomtia, 3 salicifohum, 15
bulbiferum, 24. forum, 24 serratum, 1
raudatum, 16. luoidum, 17 spmulosum, 34
cicutanum, 26. inynophyllum, 25. tenerum, 12
Colensoi, 13. Nidus, 2. thelypteroides, 33.
omtatum, 26. nobilia, 31 Tnchomanes, 8
cuneatum, 21. obtttsilobum, 27. Veitchianum, 12.
dimorphum, 30. oceameum, 27. vinde, 7
ebeneum, 10. palmatum, 3. viviparum, 31.
A. Son linear or oblong, straight, borne on the back ofthelf.
(Nos. 1-26.)
B. Lf. simple, witf», a serrate margin.
1. serratum, Linn. Lf. 1-3 ft long, on a very short
stalk, 2-4 in. wide, gradually narrowed below: son 1 in.
or more long Fla. to Brazil.
414
ASPLENIUM
ASPLENIUM
2. Nidus, Linn. (Thamndptens Nidus, Presl. A. and
T. Nidus-avis, Hort ). BIRD'S-NEST FERN. Fig. 414.
Much like the preceding in size and habit of growth, but
with entire margined Ivs. and with the veins partly
united to form a net.
BB. Lf. lobed or pinnatifid.
3. Hemionitis, Linn. (A. palm&tum, Lam.). Lf. 4-6
in. each way, hastate, with a triangular terminal lobe
and 2 lateral ones, and a large, rounded sinus at the
base: sori often over 1 in. in length. Spain, Canary
Isls. S 1:586.
4. pinnatifidum, Nutt. Lvs. clustered, from a short
rootstock, 3-9 in. long, with mostly rounded lobes at the
base and terminating m a slender point; texture thick,
herbaceous; occasionally rooting at the tip. Pa. to Ala.
8.1:628.
5. ebenoldes, R R Scott. Texture thin: Ivs. 5-10 in.
long, with a few irregular divisions near the base, and
a long, slender, much-incised apical portion, occasionally
rooting at the apex. A very rare native fern —One of
the very few definitely proved fern hybrids, its hybrid
name being A. platyneuron x Camptosorus rhizophyllus.
414 Asplenium Nidus. ( X
6. alatum, HBK Lvs 1 M~2 ft long, the stalks 4-6
in. long, winged above, the blades \-\Yz ft. long, 3-4
in. broad, deeply pmiiatifid, the rachis winged
throughout, the lobes 1-1 \i in. long, %-%\&. broad,
herbaceous. — W. Indies and S. Ainer.
BED Lf. once pinnate.
c. Pinnae less than %in. long, blunt.
D. Rachises greenish.
7. viride, Hudson. Lvs 3-8 in long, scarcely more
than J^ia. wide, with numerous rather distant Ifts.. which
are ovate and deeply crenate- sori abundant, oblique.
A^ubalpine species of N. Eu. and N. Amer. S. 1 :661.
DD. Rachises purplish or blackish.
8. Trichtfmanes, Linn Lvs. densely clustered, 3-8 in.
long, Hin- wide, with densely crowded oval Ifts. which
are slightly crenate on the upper side and suddenly nar-
rowed at the base. Northern hemisphere generally. A G.
13:653. 8.1:653. Gn. 59:318 (as A. incisum).
9 resflietts, Kunze (A. pdrvulum, Mart. & Galeotti).
Lf . 5-0 in. long, with 20-30 pairs of mostly opposite Ifts.,
which are M-% in. long, rounded at the outer margin
and squarely truncate at the base. Southern states and
Mex.
cc. Pinna? %-l in. long, with a strong auricle at the upper
side of the base or deeply incised on the upper margin.
10. platyneiiron, Oakes (A. e&endww, Ait.). Lvs. 6-15
in. long, with 30-35 pairs of Ifts. which have an en-
larged auricle at the upper side at the base, the lower
Ifts. reduced to mere triangular auricles' son, when
mature, covering the entire surface. Canada to S.
Amer. A.G. 13:654. S. 1:535.
11. fonndsum, Willd. Lvs. 12-16 in. long, with
numerous alternate pinnae which are mostly deflexed,
with the upper margin deeply incised and the lower
margin toothed, sori 3-5 to each 1ft. Trop. Amer. S.
1:576.
12. tSnerum, Forst. (A. Veitchianum, Hort.). Lvs.
1-1 K ft- long, the stalks 4-6 in. long, gravish, the
blades 8-15 in long, 3-4 in. broad, 1-pmnate with 10-20
pairs of stalked pinnae, the pmnse 1-1 H m long, y*-
%in. broad, rounded, toothed, inequilateral, usually
auricled. Asia, Malaya.
13. Colensoi, Col. Stalks 3-4 in. long, with small
scales: If.-blades 4-5 in long, 2 m. broad; pinnae
numerous, spreading, the lower pinnatufid auricled, on
stalks M-Hm. long. New Zeal.
ccc Pinnx V-6 in. long, linear or lanceolate.
14. angustifdlium, Michx. Lvs 18-24 in long on
stout stalks, 4-6 in. wide, with 20-30 pairs of nearly
sessile pinnas, which are truncate at the base and extend
to a tapering point, fertile pinnae narrower and more
distant. Moist woods northward. S. 1.496
15. salicifdlium, Linn Lvs 12-18 in long, with about
20 distinctly stalked horizontal pmnsr, which are wedge-
shaped at* the base, and curve upward to a long point*
son strongly oblique to the midrib, wide apart, not
reaching either margin or midrib. W. Indies to Brazil.
16. caudatum, Forst. Stalks 4-6 in. long, densely
clothed with fine fibnllose scales, blades 12-18 in long,
4-8 m broad, with 20-30 pairs of pinnae, the pmncc
3-4 in long, YT\ m broad, acuminate, deeply toothed,
auriculate above Polynesia, Malaya.
17. Idcidum, Forst Stalks 3-6 m long, grayish,
densely clothed with large gray scales, the blades 1-2 ft.
long, 4-8 in. broad, oblong, or ovate-deltoid, with a
terminal pinna and 15-20 pairss of lateral pinnae, pinnae
4-6 in. long, 1-1 M in. broad, acuminate, toothed. New
Zeal.
BBBB. Lf 2-4 pinnate.
c. Ultimate divisions linear or cuneale venation somewhat
fan-shaped, texture thick.
18. Baptistii, Moore. Lf. bipmnate, with broadly
ovate pinnae 5 in or more long, each with about 4 stipi-
tate linear toothed pinnules; son nearly parallel with
the mid vein and close to it, rachises scaly, with pur-
plish lined scales. South Sea Isls.
19. afHne, Swartz Lf. 9-18 in. long, with numerous
pinnas on either side, the lower ovate deltoid, the upper
lanceolate, pinnules incised: son linear. Mauritius
and Ceylon to E. Indies.
20 Adiantum-nigrum, Linn. Stalks brownish, Ivs. 3-
pinnatifid from winged rachises, triangular, 5-9 in. long;
ultimate divisions ovate, sharply incised and serrate on
both sides. Old World generally. 8.1:486.
21. cuneatum, Lam Lvs. 12-16 in. long, 4-6 in. wide,
tripmnate below, the ultimate divisions broadly obtuse
above and strongly cuneate below sori linear, usually
long for the size of the segms. Tropical regions
generally.
22. fragrans, Swartz (A. fceniculaceum, Kunth)
Lvs. 2-3-pinnate; ultimate segms. lanceolate, sharp-
serrate above; veins simple or the lowest forked: son
ASPLENIUM
oblong, extending from midrib to near base of the lobes:
petiole brownish, rachis flattened. W. Indies. S. 1 :577.
cc. Ultimate divisions rhombic, sharply spinulose:
texture herbaceous.
23. font&num, Bernh. Growing in dense clusters: Ivs.
3-6 in. long, 1 in. or more wide, 2-pinnate; segms. with
2-5 spinulose teeth which
are widely divergent: son at
maturity covering nearly
the entire surface of the
segms. England and Spain
to the Himalayas. 8.1:574.
ccc. Ultimate divisions
longer, not spinulose:
texture membranous or
herbaceous.
24. bulbiferum, Forst.
(A. Idxum, Hort ). Lvs.
1-1 K ft long, 6-8 m. wide,
3-pmnatifid, pinnae tapering
to a slender toothed point:
often bearing bulbs from
which new plants
originate while still
attached to the M.
Afr and Australasia.
8.1:508. Gn.72:156.
25 myriophfllum, Presl.
(A. rhizophyllum, Kunze).
Fig. 415. Growing in ex-
tensive tufts, with grayish
brown stalks and rachises:
Ivs 6-15 in long, 3-pmnate
or 4-pmnatifid, the ultimate
segms. frequently deeply
2-lobed with a single sorus
415. Asplenium mynophyllum. to each division. Fla. to S.
26 cristHtum, Lam (A cicutanum, Swartz). Lvs.
3-pmnatifid with a winged rachis, 8-18 in. long, pinnules
ovate, witrh 5-7 narrow divisions, each bearing a single
sorus; texture thin, membranous. Trop. Amer., rare
in Fla
AA. Son linear, marginal or submarginal, on narrow,
linear, ultimate divisions of the If. (Darea.)
B. Lvs bipinnatifid, less than a foot long.
27. oceanicum, C Chr (A obtusilobum, Hook., not
Desv ). Lvs 4-7 in long, 2 in. wide or less, with about
10 pinna, which are made up of 5-7 narrow segms bear-
ing occasional son m the outer margin of the segms.
New Hebrides and Fiji Isls S. 1 .625.
BB. Lvs. 2-pinnate or 3-pinnatifid, over a foot long.
c. Pinnx short, wit <, close segms.
28. rutaefdlium, Kunze. Lvs. 13-15 in. long, with
12-20 pmnse on each side, each with 7-11 narrow segms.,
2 or 3 of the lower ones 2-fld. or rarely 3-fld. S. Afr.,
India and Japan.
29 Belingeri, Kunze. Fig. 416. Lvs. 15-18 in. long,
3 in. wide, with numerous horizontal pinnae on each
side, cut into about 12 slender linear segms. on either
side, which are set nearly at right angles to the rachis;
the lower basal segms. often forked. Each segm. has a
single sorus, and 1 vein. This species is thought by
some fern students to be merely a divided variety of A.
tenerum, Forst. (No. 12). In general the two species
are much alike. E. Indies.
30. dim6rphum, Kunze. Stalks 6-12 in long, naked:
blades 2-3 ft. long, 12-15 in. broad, ovate-deltoid. 2-3
pinnate; sterile Ivs. 2-pinnate. segms. ovate 1 in. long,
>$n. broad, bluntly toothed; fertile Ivs. 3-pinnate,
Begins, linear, each with a single sorus. Norfolk Isl.
ASTELIA
415
cc. Pinna? longer, wth scattered narrowly linear aegms.
31. vMparum. Presl. Lvs 15-24 in. long, 6-8 in.
wide, on rather short stalks with pmnatifid pinnules and
ultimate segms , which are narrowly linear and often
forked: plant often bulb-bearing, like A. bulbiferum.
Mauritius and Bourbon. Cult, under vanous names.
8. 1 :662 A. ndbilis, Hort., is a more vigorous Variety,
originally from New Guinea.
AAA. Sori more or less curved, sometimes horseshoe-
shaped: Ivs ample, 2-4-pinnatifid.
32. Filix-fgmina, Bernh. Lvs. 1^-3 ft, broadly
ovate-oblong, bipinnate, pmnse 4-8 in. long, lanceolate,
with numerous more or less pmnately incised or serrate
segms Eu. and N Amer — Very variable, especially
in cult. Schneider describes 56 vaneties
33. acrostichoides, Swartz (A thelyptero\des,Michx.).
Lvs 1-2 ft. long, on long, straw-colored stalks, 6-12 in.
wide, 2-pinnatmd, with linear-lanceolate pinnae; segms.
crowded, oblong, minutely toothed, son 10-12 to each
segm. Rich soil in the E. U. S. S T651
34 spinuldsum, Baker. Lvs. 9-12 in. each way, del-
toid, 3-4-pmnatifid, with 9-12 pmnse on either side, the
lowobt much the largest; segms short and sharply
toothed. China and Japan.
Supplementary list of less common trade names: A. ocukd-
tum, Hort Hab (') — A arbdreum See Diplazium — A. blfvdum—
A. hneatum — A decdrum, a snort from A bulbiferum — A decus-
sd/um See Calliptens ~A elllpticum, Hort , a trade name —A
fldccidum, Forst Coolhouso basket fern from Austral , Tasmania
and New Zeal Lvs 2-3 ft long, 4-8 in broad, stipes stout, flex-
ible, greenish, naked, pmna;4 numerous, close or distant, lanceo-
late, leathery, 4-8 in long, ^j-84in broad Very variable — A.
Goringianum var plctum, Mett (Athynum Gonngianum var.
pictum, Hort ) Distinguished from all other members of the genus
by the bright color of its entirely deciduous Ivs , which are 10-15
in long, spear-shaped, and pendulous. Possibly the only hardy
variegated fern It, however, needs glass protection for best results
Stalks purple or claret-colored Ks green with a central band of
gra> , Ifts divided into sharply toothed pinnules on which the
oblong or kidney-shaped son are arranged in 2 rows parallel to
the mid\em Japan — A laceratum, Desv Allied to A Nidus and
possibly a variety of that species Lvs narrower, cut into irregu-
lar lobes, each lobe having black stripe about 3 in long Brawl —
A Idncrum See Diplazium — A Laurintu, Christ, var denticu-
Idtum Allied to A macrophyllum but smaller Congo — A.
hneatum, Swartz. Warmhouse species from Mauritius and Bour-
bon, is very variable, running into forma with Ifts. again pinnate,
which have either small, linear pinnules or these again twice cut.
Ivs 1-2 ft long, 4-6 in wide stalks erect, 6-9 in long, more or less
scaly — A. longieeimum, Blume The best of all the genus for large
baskets. Lvs. 2-3 ft. long, 4-6 in. broad: stalks blackish, 3-12 mi
416. Asplenium Belangeri.
long- Ifts. sessile, auncled E Indies. S. 1-602— A macronhtfl-
lum, Swartz. Coolhouse species from Polynesia, Malaya, China, and
Himalayas Lvs. 6-18 in long, 6-12 m wide- stalks brownish: Ifts.
6-12 pairs, stalked, 3-6 in long, 1-3 in wide, sharp-pointed, ser-
rate.—A. SMpherdu, Sprang. See Diplazium.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
ASPRfiLLA: Hystrix. &• C. BENEDICT. f
ASTfcLIA (name alluding to epiphytic character of
some species). Ldiacex. Greenhouse plants with
racemes or panicles of small flowers.
Astehas are perennial herbs of about a dozen species
in New Zeal., Austral, and the Pac\fic Isls., with IVB.
all radical or crowded at the base of the st., belonging
to the Dracsena tribe' fls. small and dioecious; perianth
416
ASTELIA
ASTER
6-parted, persistent, the parts spreading or reflexed;
stamens 6, attached to base of corolla-parts; stam-
modia present in pistillate fls , the ovary sessile. 1-3-
celled: fr. an indehiscent somewhat fleshy and globose
berry. In New Zeal, the astelias form a prominent
part of the vegetation. The species are confused. Two
or 3 New Zeal, species have been sparingly mtro. to cult,
abroad, as: A. Cunninghamii, Hook f , with 1-celled
fr.: fls. numerous and small, greenish yellow or red-
dish yellow or maroon : a densely tufted species, epiphy-
tic or terrestrial, with Ivs. 2-5 ft. long and scape 1-3 ft.
B.M. 5175. A. Banksii, Cunn., with 3-celled fr.: fls.
larger (about %m. long), many, greenish: densely
tufted, large, the Ivs. 2-6 It. A. Solandri, Cunn., with
3-celled fr.: fls. very numerous and lemon-yellow, %m.
long: densely tuftea, often making large clumps on trees
aacl rocks, the Ivs. 2-5 ft. B.M. 5503. L. H. B.
ASTER (a star). Including Lhplopappus. Compdsi-
te. ASTER. STARWORT. MICHAELMAS DAISY. A large
temperate-zone genus of attractive but botamcally-
confused, mostly perennial leafy herbs, particularly
abundant in North America; very useful for border
planting
The genus is characterized by numerous flattish
rays (white, blue, red, or purple), slender subulate or
lanceolate style appendages, compressed several-
nerved achenes, and an involucre with unequal bracts
in few or several rows, the pappus simple, soft, and
abundant (Fig. 417) ; leafy stemmed, mostly blooming
in the autumn: Ivs. always alternate. It differs from
Erigeron in having 2 to several rows of mvolucrate
bracts; in Erigeron there is only 1 series of bracts
Some of the species are annual,
but those in cult are perennial (or
rarely biennial). Cahmens and
Linosyris, which have yellow fls ,
a color unknown m aster, are kept
distinct in this book.
In North America, where the
asters are such abundant plants in
the autumn flora, the species are
not much known as cultivated
plants, most of the specimens seen
in gardens being the wild species
transplanted. In Europe, however,
there are numbers of named gar-
den kinds, some of them derived
from American species that have
been long cultivated there. A.
nom-belgii has been particularly
productive of garden forms. Many
of the garden forms are undoubt-
edly confused hybrids. The Mich-
aelmas daisies are mostly from this species and per-
haps also from A. novx-anglix. Many of the Latin-
form garden names are very difficult to place.
The native asters are amongst the very best plants
for borders and roadsides. They should be better
known. A. acwmnalus grows well in shade in ordinary
soil, not necessarily moist; increases in vigor under
cultivation. A. cordifolius prefers open or partial shade;
improves much under cultivation with good soil. A.
corymbovus prefers at least partial shade, and will grow
even in very deep shade; seeds very freely; does well on
dry ledges and in small crevices in rock; very tenacious
of life. A. dumosus prefers full sunlight and dry situa-
tion. A. ericoides wants full sunlight and dry situation;
will grow in very poor or shallow soil, but does best
where roots can penetrate deep. A . hews grows in either
full sunlight or partial shade and good soil. A. novae-
cmglise will not endure much shade; prefers moist joil,
but grows well in ordinary garden situations. *aii-
jown seedlings of A. novx-anghx var roseus come
practically true to varietal name, though varying in
shade of color, and these seedlings bloom later than
417. Disk floret
of Aster. ( X3)
a, pappus; 6, corolla;
c, stamens, d, styles.
older plants and at a height of 1$ inches, making the
plant of value as a late bedding plant treated as an
annual. A. now-belgii prefers moist soil; will not
endure heavy shade. A. panicuLatus prefers moist soil,
but will do well in rather dry situations; will endure
more shade than either of the two above species. A.
patens wants open or half-shaded places, and good
soil; one of the weaker species, often proving short-
lived. A. pumceus will not endure shade; prefers moist
418. Aster macrophyllus. (X>i)
places, but will grow in good soil not over-moist: in dry
situations it loses its vigor; spreads rapidly in favored
locations. A. spectabilis prefers open or partly shaded
places; one of the weaker species m wild state, rather
short-lived A. undulatus wants open or half shade;
late-flowering, handsome plant, forming large clumps
when allowed to develop. (F. W. Barclay.)
The garden or modijied asters undoubtedly deserve
more attention in American collections. The beautiful
low-growing, vernal alpine asters are little known at
present, but are valuable for rock-garden and for bor-
dering purposes. The earliest asters to flower are the
Alpine varieties. These are well adapted for floral
mass effects, and transplant well, even in an advanced
state. There are many garden varieties of asters, among
which are Schoene von Ronsdorf, IJltraraann, Beauty
of Colwall, Beaute Parfaite, Rosalind and Boule de
Neigo Alpine asters can be easily raised from seed
sown in spring. Seedlings do net flower until the second
year. In the garden they require a light rich soil, open
exposure and moderate amount of moisture. Plants
retain their foliage over winter and for this reason need
a more careful covering than the tall-growing classes
require. Garden varieties of the latter, as a rule, dp
better in low and rather moist locations. Here a mini-
mum of care is sufficient. To bring out their full beauty,
however, it is necessary to plant them in well-prepared
richly manured ground ana properly to cultivate, stake
and irrigate them. Stock of named varieties must be
purchased as plants. Propagation can be effected by
division of old clumps, or, if larger quantities are
ASTER
ASTER
417
desired, by cuttings. If distinctness of variety and color
is no object, seeding may be employed; sow early in
spring, thinly in rows; transplant seedlings in August
or early in September and await their coming into
flower the following season. (R. Rothe.)
INDEX.
acria, 10.
Falconen, 6.
Petereianua, 12.
albus, 1.
himalaicus, 3.
polycephalus, 16.
alpinus, 1
Amellus, 7.
be-warabicus, 8.
himalayens\9, 3.
Horveyi, 19.
lavis, 17.
pyreneus, 6.
roseufl, 16.
Shortii, 14
Ctfgpitoau*, 18
oantM, 10
cordifohua, 15.
macrophyllue, 13.
magnmous, 15
me8agrandifloru8<~
flibincua, 9.
Bpeciosus, 1.
mibceruieiw, 4
deeurrens, 17.
Engeron macran-
BUperoua, 1.
diplofltephioideo, 6.
thus.
tatancus, 12.
elegant, 15
nanus, 10.
Thomsonii, 2.
eminent, 18.
encoidea, 20
nove-angltce, 16.
novi-belgii, 18.
tnnemus, 11.
A. Old World asters, some of
them old garden plants,
and somewhat modified
by cult. Nos. 1-12
B. Sts simple and scape-like,
bearing a single fi.,
sometimes branched in
A. Thomsonii.
c. Rays purplish or violet.
1. alpinus, Linn. Lvs.
entire and spatulate, form-
ing a cluster on the ground,
those on the st. small ana
linear, st. 3-10 m , bearing
a large violet-rayed, hand-
some head. BM.199. Gn.
76, p. 122 — In its wild
state, the plant also occurs
in the Rocky Mts Valuable
alpine or rockwork plant,
with fls. varying to pink
and white. Var. specidsus,
Hort , is taller and stronger,
with heads 3-4 in. across.
Var sup6rbus, Hort. (Gn.
54 328. G. 32:591), is a
large and showy form. Var.
albus is a beautiful pure
white-fld form of the type.
G.M 50:617.
2 Th6msoniit Clarke.
An erect, sometimes laxly
branched herb, with slender,
flexuous, hairy branches.
!vs. 2-4 in. long, almost
clasping at the base- fls.
solitary, 1H-2H in. wide,
the rays reddish purple,
about 20-30 in each head.
G.C. 111.38:23. G.M. 48:411. Gn. 68, p. 11.— Needs
protection N. June.
5. pyrenabus, DC. St. erect, simple, 10-18 in. high:
Ivs sessile, roughly pubescent, oblong-lanceolate and
prominently 3-nerved. fls solitary or 2 or 3 together, at
least 2^ in. wide, the numerous rays lilac, the disk-
fls. yellow. S. Eu. Aug., Sept.
DD. Plants 2-3 ft. high.
6. diplostephioides, Benth Two to 3 ft., soft-pubes-
cent or hairy, the st. simple and solitary: Ivs. obovate or
oblanceolate, entire but ciliate: solitary head large,
inclined, 2-3 in. across, blue or pale purple, very showy.
Himalayas. B.M. 6718. JH III 33:262. G.C. III.
48:56. G.M. 35:445.— In the American trade has been
misspelled A. Deptostaphvks. Var. Falconer!, Clarke
(A. Falconen. Hort.), from CashmLr, has very large
sky-blue heads.
BB. Sts. usually branched and several- to many-fid.
7. Ame"llus, Linn. St simple or nearly so, few-fld. or
sometimes only 1-fld : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, obtuse,
somewhat serrate, more or less 3-nerved, roughish,
pubescent' involucre scales oblong, obtuse or nearly
so, spreading, m 4-5 rows, heads large, purple. Eu. and
419. Aster cordifolius. A handsome
blue-flowered native aster. (XK)
Himalaya region. Gn.W.
23:27. Gn. 42, p. 295.— To
be treated as an alpine near N. Y. Perhaps better
referred to Calimeris.
cc. Rays predominantly blue or lilac.
D. Plants low, not over 1 ft. in height.
3. himalaicus, C. B. Clarke (A. himalayensis, Hort.).
Similar to A. alpinus, but dwarf er: rays lilac-blue,
slightly recurved at the tip: sts. 4-12 in., slightly vil-
lous: Ivs. oblong or elliptic, nearly entire. Himalayas,
13,000-15,000 ft.— Little known in Amer.
4. subceeruleus, S. Moore. Erect herb from a tufted
mat of foliage with sessile, nearly oblong Ivs., all a little
hairv1 Ivs. entire or sometimes slightlv denticulnt" : fls.
large, solitary on long stalks, at least 2 in. wide, the rays
a beautiful pale blue, the disk yellow; involucral Ivs.
broadly oblong, ciliate. N.W.India. June. G. 32: 449.
420. Aster nore-aaglia. One of the best and most thowy
of native asters.
Asia. Gn. 27, p. 202; 35:172.— Variable, and several
well-marked garden forms.
8. Var. bessarabicus, DC. (A. bessardbicus, Bernh.).
Lvs. oblong and attenuated at base: plant taller and
larger-fld., deep purple. G. 21, p. 167. Gn. 35, p. 173;
75, p 511. — Showy and desirable.
9. siblricus, Linn. A foot or sometimes nearly 2 ft.
high, somewhat pubescent, each branch terminating m
a single head: Ivs. oblong-spatulate to broad-lanceolate,
serrate, almost clasping the st.: heads violet or lilac.
418
ASTER
ASTER
Arctic Eu. and Amer., and Rocky Mts. — Excellent
rockwork plant.
10. acris, Linn. About 2-3 ft., slender-branched. Ivs.
linear, or lance-lmear. heads large and blue, with long,
distinct, handsome rays. S. Eu. Gn. 37:240. G.M.
34:615. — Excellent showy garden plants A dwarf
form is A. canus. Var. nanus is a very dwarf form, not
exceeding 15 in.
11 trinervius. Roxbg. About 3 ft., stout, corymbose
at summit Ivs lance-ovate, 1-4 in. long, usually rough
on both sides and strongly toothed • heads large, blue
or purple (a pale variety) with narrow, spreading
rays. Himalayas. R.H. 1892 : 396.— Hardy, handsome,
variable.
12 tataricus, Linn. f. St. erect and striate, hispid,
corymbose at the summit, often 7 ft high' Ivs large
(the radical 2 ft. long), lanceolate or oval lanceolate,
attenuate at base, entire, involucre scales purplish at
tip; heads blue or purple, late Siberia. G.F. 4:197 —
Excellent for the hardy border, particularly for its
very late blooming Var Petersianus, Hort , has nar-
rower Ivs and pale blue rays and yellow disk China
AA Native Asters These plants are one of the charms
of the American autumn, and are amongst the best
of all hardy border plants. They usually improve
greatly in habit when transferred to cultivated grounds
Any of these wild asters are likely to come into culti-
vation at any time The number of kinds is large The
student will find them all described in Gray's Synopti-
cal Flora of North America, 1, pt 2. Those of the north-
eastern states and adjacent Canada will be found in
Bntton and Brown's Illustrated Flora of the United
States and Gray's Manual Those of the South are
described in Small's Flora of the Southeastern States
and those of the Rocky Mountains in Nelson's Manual
of Rocky Mountain Botany. The following comprises
those known to be in cultivation Of these, A navx-
anghse is the best known in domestication. The species
are much confused.
B. Basal and lower Ivs. cordate and slender petioled.
c Plant glandular: rays violet.
13 macrophyllus, Linn. Fig 418. Perennial about
2]/z ft. tall with reddish angular st.: Ivs. cordate and
petioled below, on the upper part of st. sessile and
acute, rays about 16, violet-lavender, the involucrate
bracts prominently green-tipped E N Amer G F 4 :
89 (adapted in Fig. 418).— Suitable for dry shady
places.
cc. Plants not glandular: rays blue or purple.
14 Sh6rtii, Hook Perennial, 3-4 ft , with a rough,
usually slender pamculately branched st Ivs. thick,
usually quite smooth, the lower cordate, the upper
lanceolate and quite entire and those of the small
branches bract-like heads very numerous, the 10-15
violet-blue rays showy and linear S. E U S G F.
4-473 GC III 32.269.— Cult, easy, even in dry
rocky places
15 cordifdhus, Linn Fig 419 Perennial, much-
branched herb, 3-4 H ft , with a smooth st and thin,
rough, usually hairy Ivs , the lower cordate, the upper
ovate or lanceolate, heads very numerous, not over ^2in.
diam , the pale blue ra> s usually 10-20 in number Cent
N. Amer Gn.M 3 211 — Can be grown almost any-
where. There are many varieties, the best being var.
polycephalus with more heads than the type Gn 40,
p 337 — In cult it has varied much and is prized
abroad. A elegans ib probably a form of it. Var.
magnificus is large with many small fls
BB. No cordate and petiolcd Ivs those of the st. with
damping bases
c. St. rough or hirsute, pubescent. •
16 ndvse-angliae, Linn NE\V ENGLAND ASTER.
Fig 420 A stout-btd corymbosely branched perennial,
3-5 ft . Ivs oblong-lanceolate, clasping the st , hairy,
in. long fls numerous, showy, the 40-50 violet-
purple rays about y^im long K N Amer A F
9 '283 — The best and most widely known native aster
suitable for open places but partial to moisture.
Var rdseus, Hort , an excellent rose-colored form, is
offered by some dealers Many cult forms in European
collections.
cc St. quite smooth.
17. l&vis, Linn. (A decurrens, Hort, ) Perennial,
with stout often glaucous st , 2-3 ft. Ivs thick, bharply
toothed, often rough-margined, the upper strongly st.-
claspmg- heads numerous, about 1 in wide, the 15-30
blue or violet rays acutish N. E N Amer — There are
several varieties, but apparently not known to the
trade
18 ndvi-belgii, Linn NEW YORK ASTER Widely
variable, slender-std perennial, 2-3 ft Ivs lanceolate,
or oblong-lanceolate, entire, smooth, 2j^-5 in long.
heads many, in a corymbose-paniculate mfl , the 15-25
rays a rich violet Atlantic coast from Maine to Ga —
Suitable for moist places Many garden varieties and
hybrids are known, but they are mostly confined to the
European trade. A. eminens and A. cxspitdsus proba-
bly belong here.
BBB Lvs neither cordate nor st -clasping
19 HSrveyi, Gray Fig 421 A rough-std peren-
nial, 2-3 ft , with firm Ivs that are rough above, hairy
on the veins beneath, 2H~5 in, long, and toothed.
heads numerous, about 2 in broad, with 15-25 violet
rays, very showy. New England. G F. 2.473 (adapted
in Fig. 421). Good for dry sandy soil.
20. ericoldes, Linn. WHITE HEATH ASTER. FROST-
WEED ASTER A smooth-std. perennial with pamcu-
lately, much-branched facies, 2-3 ft Ivs. slender,
those of the st narrowly linear and acute, not over 2%
in. long, usually shorter1 fls. very numerous, the heads
not over %m. wide, and composed of 15-25 white rays.
ASTER
ASTER
419
Not very showy. E. N. Amer. J.H. 111.49:465. Gn.
32, p 318. — Useful for naturalizing in open dry
situations.
Besides these, many other native species are from
time to time found in the catalogues of dealers in native
plants The most common are:
A. acumindtus, , Michx.; A. amethi/stinus, Nutt.
(G F. 5 378); A. Andersonii, Gray; A. Bigeltmi, Gray
(B M. 6430); A cantecens, Pursh; A. caradsws, Gray;
A. carohmdnus, Walt ; A. Chamissdnis, Gray; A.
Chdpmami, Torr. & Gray; A. comrnutdtus, Gray; A.
cdncolor, Linn. (Mn. 10:161); A. conspicuus, Lindl.;
A corymbdsw, Ait ; A. Citsickn, Gray, A. diffusus,
Ait , and var honzontdhs; A. Douglasit, Lindl , A.
Drummondn, Lindl ; A dumdsus, Linn ; A. falcaius,
Lindl., A Ftndlen, Gray; A foh&ceus, Lindl (A.
fohdsus, Hort ?); A. Frbmontii, Gray, A. grandijlbruat
I Aim (G.C. III. 45:36), A Hdlln, Gray; A. integn-
fbhns, Nutt , A hnanifbhits, Linn ; A. Isindleyanm,
Torr. & Gray (Fig 422), (G F. 2 '449, adapted in
Fig 422, GM. 34-615); A. longiftihus, Lam. (G F.
9507); A. Mfmieni, Lindl; A midtiflbrus, Ait;
A nemordhs, Ait ; A. oblongifblius^ Xutt ; A. pamcu-
latut>, Lam , A pdtens, Ait , and var Mebhanii, A,
polyphyllus, Willd ; A. Pbrteri, Gray; A prenantkcMes,
Muhl , A ptarmicffkks, Torr & Gray (G F 3.153); A.
pulch&lus, Eaton, A punlceux, Linn (G.M. 34:615),
(Fig 423), and var laincaidis and var. luddulus; A.
radullnus, Gray, A sagrtifblius, Willd , A. sahcifdhus,
Ait , A sericeus, Vent (G F 5 473) , A spectdbihs, Ait
(Mn 5.41), A. surcuttsus, Michx (G F 5 521); A
ttinacittfdhus, HBK., ,1. Tradescdntn, Linn. (B M.
7825), A. turbineUus, Lindl (GF 6:17; Gn. 32. p.
319), A unduldtus, Linn; A. versicolor, Willd. (J.H.
III. 49 309).
In the following list, those marked * are offered by dealers
A brachytnchua, Franch D\\ arf disk -fla yellow, ray-fla. blue.
-*A dehcata, Hort , pale flesh-
Yunnan, part of China R H 1900 369 — *A cocefneu* nevadlntu
«.(f)-.*X. /Mfce/wi— (») — *A htbndus nanu«-=(?) "Rosy
color, only 6 in h>gh " — *A lancifAlius cah/<5rnicus = (?). — +A.
dfnma, Hort , white to pmk=(?).— *A de " • - •
color = (?).—* A. ffractt-
hrnus, Hort , white
changing to rosy pink
==(?) —A Jb ins, of gar-
dens 20 in. high, of
compact even growth
fls rich blue Probably
a form of AmeHus — *A
hladnus nevadtnns •=•
(?)— A Linosyris,
Bernh «"Lynosyris vul-
gans, Cass , which see.
— *A m^«a yrdnde spe-
cid«a ffrandifldra, dark
purplish blue=(?) R
B 30 117 —*A Mei--
hann, Hort , is a well-
marked form of A
patens, found hy Joseph
Meehan at Antietam —
i$=( )
—A Rrtem, Hort ,
is A encoides var
Reevesn, Gray, a "riKid
form, comparati v oly
stout, glabrous, except
that the Ivs are often
hispid ulous-oihate
toward the base the
heads and rays as large
and the latter about as
423 Aster puruceus. ( X H)
412. Aster Lmdleyanus. ( v
numerous as in A poly-
phyllus " N Amcr —
*4 rotundifdlius,
Thunb =• Fehcia — A
8\kkimtnma, Hook
Three to 4 ft , stout
and erect Ivs lanceo-
late-acuminate, spmu-
lose-serrate heads pur-
ple, in large corymbs
Himalayas B M 4557
J F 1, pi 91 — A Strb-
cheyi, Hook Stemless
and sarmentose, with
1-fld bracted scapes
radical Ivs spatulate,
hairy heads lilac-blue
1 in across Pretty
Himalayas B M 0912
O M 31 ^58 — *A
trrminalis=*(?) — A
T6wnihfn<1\\, Hook =
A Bigelovu, Gray. N.
Amer
N TAYLOR, f
ASTER, CHINA
(Callistephut, hor-
Mnsis) One of the
most popular of all garden annuals, being particularly
valuable for its fall blooming.
The evolution of the China aster suggests that of the
chrysanthemum at almost every point, and it is, there-
fore, a history of remarkable variations The plant is
native to China It was introduced into Europe about
1731 by R P d'Incarville, a Jesuit missionary in China,
for whom the genus Incarvillea of the Bignoma family
was named At that time it was a single Hower, that is,
the rays or hgulate florets were of only two to four rows.
These rays were blue, violet or white The center of the
flower (or head) was eompribod of very numerous tubu-
lar, yellowish florets Philirj Miller, the famous gar-
dener-botanibt of Chelsea, Kngland, received seeds of
the single white and red asters in 1731, evidently from
France; and he received the single blue in 1736 In
1752 he secured seeds of the double red and blue, and
in 1753 of the double white At that time there appears
to have been no dwarf forms, for Miller says, that the
plants grew 18 inches or 2 feet high Martyn, in 1807,
says that, in addition to these varieties mentioned by
Miller, there had then appeared a "variegated blue and
white'* variety The species \\as v\ell known to Ameri-
can gardeners at the opening of the lat>t century In
1806 M'Mahon.of Philadelphia, mentioned the "China
aster (in sorts)'5 as one of the desirable garden annuals.
420
ASTER
ASTER
Bndgeman, a New York seedsman, offered the China
and German asters in 1837 "in numerous and splendid
varieties," specifying varieties "alba, rubra, cerulea
stnata purpurea, etc." In 1845, Eley said that "China
and German asters" "are very numerous" in New-
England This name German aster records the fact that
the first great advances in the garden evolution of the
plant were made in Germany, and the seed then used
came largely from that country The first marked de-
parture from the type appears to have been the pro-
longation or great development of the central florets of
the head, and the production of the "quilled" flower.
This type of aster was very popular fifty and sixty
years ago Breck, in the first edition of his "Flower
Garden/' 1851, speaks of the great improvement of the
aster "within a few years" "by the German floribts, and
others," and adds that "the full-quilled varieties are
the most highly esteemed, having a hemispherical
shape, either a pure white, clear blue, purple, robe, or
deep red, or beautifully mottled, striped, or eciged with
those colors, or having a red or blue center >r About
sixty vears ago the habit of the plant had begun to vary
considerably, and the progenitors of our modern dwarf
races began to attract attention The quilled, high-
centered flower of a generation or more ago is too st iff to
satisfy the tastes of these later days, and the many flat-
rayed, loose and fluffy races are now most in demand,
and tneir popularity is usually greater the nearer they
approach the form of the uncombed chrysanthemums.
The China aster has long since varied into a wide
range of colors of the cyanic series — shades of blue,
red, pink and purple. The modern evolution of the
plant is in the direction of habit and form of flower.
There are various well-marked races or types, each of
which has its full and independent range of colors. The
Comet type (with very flat rays), now one of the most
deserving of the China asters, illustrates these state-
ments admirably This Comet form — the loose, open
flower with long, strap-like rays — appeared on the
market about 1886 or 1887, with a flower of a dull white
overlaid with pink. The pink tended to fade out after
the flower opened, leaving the color an unwashed white.
The rose - colored Comet
next appeared, and the blue
was introduced in 1890.
The first clear white was
introduced in America in
1 1892, coming from Vilmorin,
of Paris The Branching
types marked a departure,
introduction of the
"New White Branching" by
James Vick's Sons, in 1893,
gave the main impetus to
the com-
mercial de-
velopment
of the aster
in America.
It is prob-
able that
more than
one-half of
all the as-
ters now
grown in
the United States are of the
various Branching varieties The
named garden forms of China
aster are several hundred. As
early as 1895, American seeds-
men offered 250 varieties. Some
of the forms are shown in
Figs. 424-427 For botanical
424. China aster, the account of the China aster, sec
Comet type. ( X H) Callistephus.
425. China aster, the Branch-
ing type
It is impossible to construct a satisfactory classifica-
tion of the China asters. It is no longer practicable to
classify the varieties by color. Neither is it feasible to
classify them upon
habit or stature of
plant, for several of
the best marked types
run into both tall and
dwarf forms Vil-
monn, however, divides
the varieties into
two main groups, the
pyramidal growers,
and the non-pyramidal
growers. Tne most
elaborate classification
is that proposed by
Barren, from a study
of extensive tests made
at Chiswick, England.
Barren has 17 sections,
but they are not
coordinate, and they
are really little more
than an enumeration
of the various types
or classes. After con-
siderable study of the varieties in the field and her-
barium, the following scheme seems to be serviceable:
A Flat-rayed asters, in which all, or at least more than 5 or 6
rows of rays, are more or less prominently flat and the
florets open
B Incurved or ball-shaped.
BB Spreading or re flexed
AA Tubular or quilled asters, in which all, or all but the 2 or 3
outer rows of florets, have prominently tubular corollas.
B Inner florets short, outer onea longer and flat Represented
by tho German Quilled
BB All the florets elongated and quilled
A grower's classification (Arnold) would be approxi-
mately as follows
Upright. — All the branches erect; plants compact:
e. g., Victona, Truffaut, Giant Comet
Semi-upnght — Branches few; strong, ascending from
base e g , "non-lateral" type of Branching
Branching — Strong pyramidal habit Original type
much branched
Spreading — More open and spreading form than
Branching, e. g , Queen of the Market, Early Wonder
and Early Hohenzollern
For growing in borders, one of the best types is the
Comet (Fig 424), in various colors. Other excellent
races are the Branching (Vick's Branching is shown m
Fig. 425) ; Truffaut, known also as Perfection and Peony-
flowered; Chrysanthemum-flowered; Washington; Vic-
toria, Mignon, and Queen of the Market. Tne last is
commended for earlmess and graceful, open habit, and
it is one of the best for cut-flowers Many other types
are valuable for special purposes. The Crown or Cocar-
deau i
the va
Needle (Fig. 427),
dwarf tufted asters are well represented m Dwarf
Bouquet or Dwarf German, and Shakespeare, All these
are easily grown in any good garden soil. For early
bloom, seeds may be started under glass; but good fall
bloom may be had, even in the North, by sowing seeds
in the open as late as the 1st of June Asters make
very showy bedding plants when grown in large masses,
and are also valuable for filling up vacancies m the
mixed herbaceous border, where they ought to be
planted m clumps, the dwarfer kinds put m front and
the taller behind. The colors of asters are not so strong
or heavy as to introduce violent contrasts, and for this
reason, as well as because of their simple requirements,
they are useful and popular. L< jj. B.
ASTER
ASTER
421
426 China aster of the
Quilled type ( X ' z>
s arid a natural tendency
The China aster is now grown largely for cut-flowers,
rather than merely for garden decoration Commer-
cially, it is the most important of the cut-flowers that
are grown out-of-doors In the garden of the amateur, it
divides honors with the sweet pea The commercial
value of aster seed sold by American seedsman exceeds
that of any other flower. In addition to the large amount
of aster seed grown in southern Calif ornia, New York
now produces annually twenty hundredweight of seed,
mostly in varieties used by the commercial florist
The principal reasons for the popularity of the aster
with florists, aside from its range of useful colors, are
its excellent keeping qualities as a cut-flower, its abil-
ity to stand rough handling
in shipping, and the ease
with which it may be grown.
The past ten years have
been marked by a decided
increase in the use of the
artistic Comet type of flower.
Many asters of American
origin, adapted to American
market conditions, have been
widely disseminated "Non-
lateral" strains of Branching
asters, devoid of side buds,
have been produced to meet
a need of the florists, and as
a result of careful seed-grow-
ing, the semi-double aster has
nearly disappeared from field
and garden The frequent
accidental crossing ana re-
crossing of widely differing t} p(
toward variation are constant!} furnishing material
for improvement when asters are grown in quantity
and variety Recent introductions of types of asters
show increased size and vigor of plant commonly attrib-
uted to a more or le.ss remote Branching cross Some of
the most valuable introductions, like the Rochester and
the Crego Pink, appear to be a combination of a Branch-
ing plant and a Comet flower
The Comet aster group has not taken the place, com-
mercially, to which its great beauty would entitle it,
because its very long slender petals make it less lasting
as a cut-flower than flowers with broader, shorter petals
The slender stems usually correlated with this type of
flower, although attractive in cut-flowers, are undesir-
able in the field Beautiful single asters have been
introduced from Europe, but so far have made little
headway against the American prejudice in favor of
double flowers
Clashes of astern.
The typical Branching aster is pyramidal m form,
large and vigorous, with many lateral branches It
blooms at the close of the season. The abundant
leaves are broad and large The flower is large and deep
with the long, rather broad petals irregularly arranged,
giving it a soft appearance The flowers bear well the
rough handling incident to ordinary shipping, and if cut
before full} mature will last for two weeks The size
and vigor of plant enable the amateur to get lair
results with indifferent culture Modifications of the
original type may now be had with flowers having petals
variously folded, incurved or whorled and with plants
varying to upright in growth and entirely devoid of the
many branches that gave the type its name
The Comet flower is characterized by having petals
that are long and narrow and strongly recurved This
gives it a charming light feathery appearance Origi-
nally it was of medium size and bloomed in midseason
on upright plants. Comet flowers may now be had
on every sort of aster plant. The season includes the
earliest and the latest, and the largest aster flowers now
grown are of the Comet type.
Queen of the Market was the first of the distinctively
early varieties and is still the most largely grown The
plants are open and spreading and the flowers, while
smaller and flatter than those of the Branching, have
the same general character
Victoria and Truffaut (or Paeon y-flowercd Perfec-
tion) were for many years the standard varieties and
are still grown to some extent The plants are upright
and bloom in midseason The petals of the Victoria
ahter are reflexed at the ends; those of the Truffaut
aster strongly incurve, making a ball-shaped flower
Both varieties comprise every shade of color known in
asters, and these are duplicated m Giant and Dwarf
Cultivation.
Asters thrive in any soil that can be kept in a good
mechanical condition The large late festers are usually
the most satisfactory to the amateur They may easily
be grown from seed sown as early as possible in the
open ground Asters t.ansplant readily.
If the plants are started in boxes in the house, the soil
should be allowed to dry off on the surface as much as
possible between waterings to prevent damping off
Midseason varieties may be grown successfully in this
way; but the very earliest varieties need to be started in
a greenhouse or an early hotbed
For market, the extra-early kinds should be sown
eight to ten weeks befoie the soil will permit planting
out They should be kept growing thriftily with a
night temperature of about 50° and afterward be
thoroughly hardened off in coldframes so that they will
not be injured by late frosts after planting out The
soil should be quite as rich as that used for profitable
crops of onions or celery, otherwise the flowers will be
too short -stemmed Midseason varieties for market
succeed well when started in
a mild hotbed Give plenty
of air and avoid overwater-
ing The last sowing of late
varieties is made in the
open ground.
When growing m large
quantities, the seed is sown
with a garden drill in rows
a foot apart A transplant-
ing machine, drawn by
horses, is used for setting
the plants in the field
The most destructive dis-
eases m the commercial
cultivation of asters are
various forms of stem-rot
They are of fungous origin
and are induced by allowing
the plants to remain rnoist
too long at a time. The
infection usually takes place
in the seed-row, but often
no effect is noticed until
the plants are nearly full-
grown, when they suddenly
wilt and die Covering the
soil in the seed-boxes with
clean sand, which can be
kept dry between waterings,
is an effective aid in the
prevention of damping-off 427. china aster, Victorir
and stem-rot. The "yellow Needle type. (XH)
disease" causes the plants
to have a bleached appearance and to make a spin-
dling growth. It is a derangement of the functions of
plant-growth caused, so far as known, by irregularity
in the moisture-supply Thorough cultivation of the
soil is the best preventive The presence of "orange
rust" is shown by conspicuous orange-colored pus-
ASTER
AST1LBE
tules on the under side of the leaves The disease
can be held in check by thorough spraying with a
fungicide. The Pennsylvania blister beetle is so de-
structive to asters south of the latitude of New York
that it is now commonly known as "the aster beetle."
It is a large, soft-bodied, black beetle It feeds on the
flower. Spraying with an arsenical poison will control
the beetles in the field. Frequent hand-picking can be
practised in the garden The season of this insect is
short. The "tarnished plant-bug" causes extensive
damage to asters, most of which is commonly attributed
to other causes The inconspicuous yellowish brown
insect, smaller than a housc-ny, easily escapes notice.
The terminal buds that are punctured by the bug,
usually die Frequently the branch becomes diseased
and sometimes the entire plant is dwarfed and sickened.
The insects cannot be poisoned, but kerosene emulsion
and whale-oil soap are effectual deterrents. Asters
growing in partial shade are seldom injured by plant-
bugs. G^o. ARNOLD.
ASTEROLINOStRIS (name derived from Aster and
Linosyns) Compdsitae A plant with "rosy-mauve
petals, mixed yellow," reputed to be a hybrid between
Aster dens and A. Linosyns (Linosyns vulgdns).
Apparently a bi-genenc hybrid. Asterolinosyns Will-
mdtlix is the only species offered, and apparently not
by American dealers. N. TAYLOR
ASTfLBE (Greek, meaning not shining). Saxifra-
gacese Includes Hoteia. Ornamental perennial herbs
grown chiefly for their showy panicles of white or pink
flowers
Leaves ternately 2-3-pmnate- fls perfect or dioecious;
calyx 5-, rarely 4-lobed, petals as many, rarely want-
ing; stamens 10 or 8, rarely 5, pistils 2 or 3, distinct or
partly connate: fr 2 or 3 de-
hiscent follicles with many mi-
nute seeds — About 14 species
in Cent and E Asia, Java and
E. N. Amer They look much
like Aruncus (which see), and
are often called Spiraea Arun-
cus and Spiraea are rosaceous
genera, and are characterized
by many btamens and usually
by several to many separate
pistils, whereas Astilbe has 10, 8
or 5 stamens (twice the number,
or of the same number, as the
petals), and a 2-3-lobed pistil
(which finally separates into
more or less distinct follicles).
Astilbe and Arun-
cus are so much
alike that they are
often confounded
by horticulturists.
The astilbes are
perennial herbs,
mostly rather tall
with handsome
compound bright
green foliage and
email white, pink or
almost purple flow- 428. Astilbe japonic*,
"ers in slender or
dense spikes forming large terminal feathery panicles.
They are hardy plants of great merit. They are
easily grown in any well-made border and like rich good
soil and plenty pi water during the growing period.
They give conspicuous masses of bloom m summer.
Propagation is mostly by division; also by seeds
sown early in spring in the greenhouse; they germinate
after two or three weeks; the young seedlings must be
pricked off several times and later planted out m
Arend&ii, 11
aruncoides, 6
d-,tilboides, 6
biternata, 2
carinmea, 11
rhmensis, 8, 10
compacta, 4
Da\idu, 10
frames or in the open ground. The young plants will
flower the second year
Forcing of astilbe. — Few herbaceous plants force
with greater ease than Astilbe japonwa, and its var com-
pacta, but three weeks longer t.ine should be given the
latter fully to develop its feathery spikes Astilbes are
so easily and cheaply imported that for the commercial
florist it is cheaper to buy than to divide and grow his
own plants Wnen first received, the clumps of roots
should be stored, with a little earth or moss between the
roots and a little soil over the crown, until the florist is
ready to pot them No amount of freezing does them
the slightest harm; but the boxes or flats m which they
are stored are best covered with a little straw or litter,
and should have the full benefit of rain or snow to keep
the roots from drying From potting or bringing into
the greenhouse, it requires from ten to fourteen weeks to
bring them into flower, according to the earlmess of the
season at which they are wanted in flower The quality
of soil is of no consequence, provided it is light and easily
handled They need water in great abundance Tem-
perature is also of little consequence Anything above
50° at night will do, but it is best not to flower them in
a higher temperature than 60°, or they will quickly wilt
when cut or used for decorations From the time the
sprays begin to show white color until they are fully
developed, every a&tilbe should stand in a saucer in
which there should be constantly an inch of liquid
manure When sold for window plants or for decor-
ation, astilbes are often disappointing It is merely
want of water Before the full development of the shoots
and leaves, they are easily hurt by tobacco smoke, and
should be covered with paper or well wetted when
fumigation is necessary Aphis, spider or thrips never
trouble astilbe As a border plant, astilbe is one of the
best of our hardy herbaceous plant a, but the feath-
ery plume obtained in the greenhouse is much shorter,
more compact, and lacks the pure whiteness of the out-
door-grown specimens. (Wm Scott.)
INDEX
deianrlrn, 2
flonbunda, 6
grandi flora, 4.
grandis, 3
hybnda, 9
fc)onlca, 4
moinei, 5
multiflora, 4
purpurea, 4
nvulans, 1
rosea, 9
rubella, 11
rubra, 12
rutilana, 11
Thunbergu, 7
varipgata, 4
A. Color of petals white or yellowish white
(or changing to pinkish in A Thun-
bergii), rarely petals wanting.
B Petals wanting; stamens f>
1. rivularis, Ham Rhizome creeping
st. 3-5 ft : Ivs 2-ternate, the Ifts ovate,
dentate 1-3 in long, the petioles tawny-
hairy like the sts at the base fls yellowish
white, in large spikes, which arc dis-
posed in panicles; stamens 5, pure white
Nepal, W China. Gn 48, p 355 —At-
tractive, border species, blooming late
Probably needs protection.
BB. Petals present at least in the stammate
fls,; stamens W.
G. Stamens exceeding the petals tall,
3-6 ft. high
2 biternita, Brit. (A. decdndra, Don. Tiarella
biterndta, Vent ). Somewhat pubescent, 3-6 ft. Ivs.
2-3-teraate, the Ifts. ovate and cordate or abrupt at
base, sharp-serrate, 2-5 in long: fls. yellowish white,
in a large (10-12 in. long) racemose panicle; petals
linear, spatulate m the stammate fls., small or wanting
in the perfect ones. June. Woods, Va. and S. B.B.
2 . 170.—-Often confounded with Aruncus sylvester, which
has numerous stamens not exceeding the broad petals.
ASTILBE
ASTILBE
423
8. grindis, Stapf. St. 4-6 ft.: Ivs. ternately pinnate
or 3-pmnate, Ifts ovate to oblong-ovate, doubly ser-
rate, 2-4 in. long, slightly huiry, petiole hairy panicle
2-3 ft long with spreading branches; fls crowded,
petals 3 times as long as calyx, stamens longer than
petals. July. Cent. China. G.C. 111. 38.426. R.B.
33:232.
re. Stamens shorter than petals, st. 1-4 ft.
D. Lfts. distinctly cunente at the base petals about twice
as long as calyx.
4 jap6nica, Gray (Hoteia japonica, Morr & Decne.
H. barbdta, Morr & Drone tipirjea japonica, Hort ).
Fig 428. Erect, 1-3 ft , hairy on the petioles and nodes:
Ivs. 3-2-ternate, petiole reddish, Ifts ovate-acute,
tapering to the base, .serrate fls white, m a pubescent
racemose panicle \\ith somewhat recurved branches,
sepals obtusish, as long or .slightly longer than pistils.
Japan BM 3S21. Gn. 4X, p 366 Mn 5 174 —Com-
monly known as a spimg glasshouse plant in this coun-
try, but hardy in the open There are various cult
forms, as var grandifldra, Hort , with larger and denser
panicle, var compacta, Hort., the panicle more com-
pact, var multifldra, Hort ; var variegata, Hort , with
variegated Ivs , var purpurea, Hort ,
with purple-shaded foliage.
DD. Lfts. rounded at the base or occasion-
ally broadly cuneate. petals 2^2~4 titnes
as long as calyx
5 Lemdinei, Lemoine Foliage grace-
ful, standing 1 14 ft. high, with Ifts broad-
oval, dentate and crimped, satiny green,
hairy: fls with white petals and 10 pink
stamens, very numerous, m plume-like
clusters, disposed m panicles lj/> ft. long
Gn 48, p 3o5 R H 1SS.5, p f>67 A F
11 459 — Garden plant, a hybrid of ;i
Thunbergn and A astilboides. Hardy, and
forces well
6 astilboides, Lemoine (Spir&a astilboides, Moore
Spiraea Aruncus var a&tilb<ndt\, Hort , not Maxim A
aruncmdei, Lemoino) Fig 429 St 2-3 ft Ivs 2-3-
pinnate, Ifts ovate to ovate-oblong, 1-2^ in long,
doubly and sharply serrate, hairy, fls white, crowded
in dense spikes, forming a panicle, with straight spread-
ing branches, sepals aeutisn, shorter than pistils, petals
linear-oblong, at lea^t 2Vj times as long as sepals
Intro from Japan. G C 11 14.113 — Var floribunda,
is supposed to be a cross of this species and A.japonica.
7. Thunbergii, Miq St 1-2 ft.. Ivs 2-3-pmnate, the
Ifts slender-stalked, ovate, I1 2-3 \ 2 in long, serrate,
yellowish green, hairy fls white, on reddish stalks,
p
lo
often changing to pink, m clusters on rather slender
spikes forming a spreading panicle, petals 2}^ times as
long as the calyx Japan F M 1881 457. R H. 1895,
p 565. — A graceful plant Forces well
8. chinensis, Franch & Sav. (Hoteia chinensis,
Maxim.). Plant 1J4-2 ft , graceful Ivs ternately 2-3-
mnate, Ifts ovate-lanceolate, doubly serrate, 2-3 J'j in.
ng, hairy: fls in a branchy, rather narrow panicle;
petals hnear-spatulate, white, 3 or 4 times as long as
the yellowish white or pink calyx; stamens lilac;
anthers blue. July. China. M D.G. 1907 : 547.— Pos-
sibly a form of the preceding
9. rdsea, Van Waveren & Kruijft (A. hybnda rdsea,
Arends). A hybnd between A. chinensis and A ja-
ponica. Similar to A japomca in habit, but fls. pinkish.
The two best known forms are var. Peach Blossom, with
lighter pink fls., R.H. 1908, p. 341, and var. Queen
Alexandra, with deeper pink fls. M.D.G. 1911:53.
AA. Color of petals pink.
10. Davidii, Henry (A. chinensis var. Ddvidii,
Franch.). St 4-6 ft.. Ivs. ternately pinnate or bipin-
nate; Ifts. ovate to ovate-oblong, 1-1 Yi in. long, coarsely
and unequally serrate: panicle about 2 ft. long, narrow,
with ascending, spike-like slender branches, the lower
4-5 in. long, fls neaily sessile, crowded, fascicled,
bright rose-pink; petals linear, stamens 10, snorter than
petals with violet filaments and dark blue anthers.
July. N. and Cent. China. B.M. 7880 G C. Ill
32 • 103 R H.
1907 : 40. Gn.
D.GP>1907 545 '
11 rubella,
Lemoine A hy-
brid between A.
Lemoinei and A.
Davidii (or A
LemoineixA.
chinensis x A
uawdii) Similar
to A. Lemoinei,
but fls rose-col-
ored , panicle
more compact
than in A Da-
vidn RB3428
— Other forms
of the same parentage are var
rutilans, Rehd (A rutilans, Le-
moine), with rosy-carmine fls
and white stamens, and var
carminea, Rehd (A carminea,
Lemoine), with violet -carmine
fls , also Crepuscule, with fle.sh-
colored fls ; Lummeux, with
rosy carmine fls changing to
pink, plant over 3 ft high,
Magenta, with carmine fls ,
Solfenno, with violet-pink fls »
and Titien, with delicate pink
fls, plant over 3 ft high A
series of hybrids of A Davidii
with different species has been
put into the trade under the.
collective name of A Arendsu,
Arends M D G 1907 546
These comprise the following
crosses A Davidii x A astilboi-
des, with rosy-lilac fls in loose and graceful feathery
panicles, stamens and petals much exceeding the
sepals, here belong the varieties Juno, with purplish
pink fls , plant over 3 ft high ; Venus, also with pur-
plish pink fls , Vesta, with rosy lilac fls , and Ceres,
with lilac-pink fls A Davidii x A. japonica, with
creamy white to pale pink or salmon fls m dense spikes,
petals and the pink stamens not much exceeding the
sepals; here belongs Rose Perle. A Davidii x A. rosea,
similar to A japomca m habit, with purplish pink to
salmon or nearly white fls , this cross may be classed
with A rubella A Davidii x A. Thunbergii, taller, 4-5
ft. high with large feathery panicles, their branches
nodding at the tips fls pale pink to white.
12. rubra, Hook. & Thorns. St. simple, 4-6 ft , long-
hairy- Ivs 2-ternate; Ifts. oblique-ovate, more or less
cordate, 1-3 in. long, sharp-serrate: fls numerous, rose-
red, m compact, robust panicles, with the main branches
erect and numerous short lateral branchlets about 1
in long; stamens 10, shorter than petals. India. B.M.
4959. — Needs protection Little known in Amer.
A crenatilobata. Small (A deoandia crenatilobata, Brit ) Allied
to A dccandra. Lfts crenatt-ly toothed, the terminal one usually
3-lobed N C — 4 simphctfdlia, Makmo Low, not exceeding 1 ft
Ivs simple, ovate, deeply lobed or incised, about 3 m long panicle
slender and narrow, the branches short, with star-hke white fls
Japan G C III 48 294, £2 101 —A nrtvcens, Hutchmn
Allied to \ nvulans Lfts obliquely cordate-ovate, 3-4 in long,
denticulate panicles much branched with small greenish, white
fragrant fls , petals wanting, stamens 10 China
ALFRED REHDER.!
429
Astilbe
astilboides.
424
ASTRAGALUS
ASTRAGALUS (ancient Greek name of some shrub).
Legumindsx. MILK VETCH. Hardy herbs or sub-
shrubs, now and then seen m plantings.
Leaves mostly odd-pinnate, sometimes simple: fls. in
spikes or racemes, yellow, purple or white; calyx tubular,
its teeth nearly equal; petals clawed, the standard erect;
stamens m 2 clusters, the anthers similar pods fleshy,
leathery or papery, not much swollen, as they are m
the membranous-legumed Phaca, the nearest relative..
430. Astragalus
hypoglotus
(XH)
-About 1,500 species. Many kinds are cult, in the
Old World, but those described below are the only
kinds commonly sold in Amer. The loco-weed of the
prairies, which is said to poison cattle, is A molhssi-
mus. For those below and many others, the student
is referred to Bntton and Brown's Illustrated Flora,
Nelson's Manual of Ilocky Mountain Botany, and
Hydberg's Flora of Colorado The botanical characters
are mostly found in the pods.
Astragaluses prefer a light, porous soil and no shade.
The dwarfer kinds may be placed in the front of the
border or in the rockery
Propagation is chiefly by seeds, which germinate
slowly, or by careful division in early spring. Many
kinds are likely to die if divided or transplanted, as they
are mycorrhizal plants, much dependent on a semi-
parasitic organism, which is better left undisturbed.
A. Fls. yeUow.
alopecuroides, Lmn St. erect, strict; height 2-5 ft.:
Ifts. ovate-lanceolate, pubescent' fls. in thick ovate-
oblong spikes, on short, axillary peduncles. Sibena.
B.M. 3193.
carolinianus, Linn. (A canadensis. Linn.). One to
3M ft.: Ifts. 15-31, glabrous or slightly pubescent,
ASTRANTIA
elliptic or oval, obtuse or slightly emarginate at apex:
fls yellowish, %-l m. long, m a dense spike* poofs 2-
celled, coriaceous, sessile, terete and glabrous. July,
Aug. E. N. Amer. L.B C 4:372.
Drununondii, Douglas. Erect, 10-20 in.- Ifts. 19-33.
glabrous, oblong or sometimes oblanceolate, and
obtuse: fls. yellowish white, the keel rarely tinged with
purple, 1-1 % m- long» m a loose spike: pods 1-celled,
distinctly stalked, glabrous and grooved. June, July.
Plains of Cent. N. Amer Hook. Fl. Bor. Amer. 57.
AA. Fls. not yellow.
B. Sts. trailing.
monspessulanus, Linn. St. trailing: height 9 m.: fls.
purple, purplish or white, in smaller and looser heads
than the above. Eu. B.M. 375.
BB. Sts. erect or merely decumbent, not trailing.
c. Plants not spiny.
D. Pods 1-celled
flexudsus, Hook. Four to 15 in., leafy-std and finely
hairy: Ifts 9-21, linear, oblong or oblanceolate, obtuse
or ernargmate: fls. purplish, ^2~/<4in- l°ng. the pedun-
cles exceeding the Ivs. . pods 1-celled, sessile, cyhndric,
linear or linear-oblong June-Aug. Plains of Cent.
N. Amer
alpinus, Linn Height 6-15 in : Ifts. 13-25' fls.
violet, keel darker' pods 1-celled, black-pubescent.
Northern and Arctic regions around the world.
DD. Pods more than 1-celled
hypogWttis, Lmn Fig 430 Height 3-24 in. Ifts.
17-25' fls violet-purple, 6-10 lines long, m dense
heads pods 4-5 lines long, 2-celled, densely villous
with white hairs Eu , Asia, and from Kan west to
Nev. and north to Alaska — Also a white variety
excellent for pots
caiyoc£rpus, Ker-Gawl Perennial, the whole plant
tomentulose. sts decumbent, ultimately ascending *
Ivs alternate, distant, with 17-25 Ifts : fls. pale violet-
purple. the calyx about half as long as the corolla seeds
several m each cell. La. B R 176.
adsurgens, Pall. (A Ldxmami, Jacq ) Fig. 431
Small, erect or mostly decumbent plant, with 15-25
Ifts , which are oval to linear-oblong, obtuse and rarely
emarginate. fls. purplish, Yi~\ in. long, the peduncles
exceeding the Ivs., the spikes dense: pods 2-celled,
sessile, oblong and pointed. June, July. Plains of Cent.
N. Amer. Jacq. Hort. Vmd. 3.37 (as A. Laxmanii).
cc. Plant spiny: fls. white.
h<5rrida, Boiss. A low bristly perennial with spiny
Ivs composed of 7-8 pairs of broad Ifts.: fls. white m a
dense, long-stalkeH. spike-like cluster. Persia — Curi-
ous and rare, rathei than attractive.
A racemdiua, Pursh. Zigzag, erect st. Ifts. 17-21: fls. yellowish
m loose racemes July Plains of Cent U 8 — A Rdbbinni, Oakes.
Erect and glabrous Ifts. 9-25 fls. in loose racemes, white or purple
pods 1-celled, flattened Suitable for rocky places June, July
N E U S — A Shortidnus, Nutt Silvery cancscent Ifts 9-15 fls
blue or violet, pods sessile, 1-oelled, strongly curved upward May,
June Plains of Cent U. 8 j^ TAYLOR
(name in allusion to star-like appear-
ance of umbels) Umbdliferx. MASTERWORT. Peren-
nial garden plants, grown for the odd and ornamental
umbels and attractive habit.
Glabrous and erect low herbs with dark-colored
aromatic roots* Ivs. palmately lobed or dissected,
petioled, the st.-lvs. often sessile and more simple: fls.
polygamous, the sterile long-pedicelled and the fertile
short-pedicelled; calyx with 5 foliaceous lobes, more or
less tuberculate; petals oblong-ovate, connivent: fr.
compressed — Perhaps a half-dozen species, in Eu.
and W. Asia, beanng fls in leafy-involucred umbels
and umbellules, the fls being white, rose-colored or
blush The astrantias grow a foot or more high, making
ASTRANTIA
ASYSTASIA
425
interesting branching plants for the border, particu-
larly m moist places. Prop, by seeds, and easily by
divisions in autumn or spring.
carniolica, Wulf. About 1 ft • radical Ivs. 5-7-lobed,
the lobes oblong-acuminate, serrate: fls white or blush:
involucel of about 12 entire whitish parts with green
red-tmged line. Eu. Attractive. June, July.
major. Linn The commonest species in cult • 1-3
ft ' radical Ivs. 5-lobed, the lobes ovate-lanceolate and
more or less parted and toothed, acute, fls pinkish, or
rose, or white involucel of 20 or less linear-lanceolate
entire leafy parts, calyx-lobes lanceolate and spmulose,
exceeding the petals Eu — Thrives by running water
and in partial shade May, June
Biebersteinii, Traut. Small radical Ivs 3-parted,
the middle lobe oblong or obovate and more or less
3-lobed, sharp-serrate involucel parts oblong, entire
or nearly so, equaling the umbel; calyx-lobes lanceo-
late-acute, equaling the petals. Caucasus.
A hclleborifiaut, Salisb (A heterophylla, Willd , A maxima.
Pall ) 2 ft or less radical Iva 3-lobed, serrate fli pink: involu-
cre of about 12 ovate-lanceolate bristly parts Caucasus — A minor,
Linn 8-10 in • radical Ivs. 7-9-lobed, toothed. Qs. white: invo-
lucre white Eu
L. H. B.
ASTRAPJEA: Dombeya.
ASTROCARYUM (Greek, astron, star, and karyon,
nut, referring to star-like arrangement of the fruits).
Palmdcej', tribe Bactrldex Spiny palms, stemless or
with a short, or tall, ringed eaudex
Leaves terminal, pmnately parted, segrnfa approxi-
mate, equidistant or fasciculate, lanceolate-acuminate
or attenuate to the obliquely truncate apex, plicate,
whitish beneath, the terminal ones free or confluent, the
spiny margins recurved at the base, petiole very short;
sheath short, open, the spines of nearly all parts of the
plant, in some cases, nearly a foot long, spadices
short or long, the finely divided branches pendulous,
thickened at the base, thence very slender, long, naked,
the flonferous naked basal portion, as it were, pedun-
culate; spathes 2, the lower one membranous, decidu-
ous, the upper fusiform, coriaceous or woody, open on
the ventral side, persistent, bracts of the female fls.
broad, imbricated like the bractlets; pistil' ate fls with
a stipitate male one on either side' fr rather large,
ovoid or subglobose, beaked, smooth ,or spiny, red or
orange. — Species 30. Trop. Amer.
431. Astragalus adsurgens. (XH>
Astrocaryums are elegant palms of medium height,
very suitable for moderate-sized conservatories A,
Murumuru, A. mexicanum and A. argenteum are the
kinds most commonly met with in collections The
leaves are pinnate, spiny on both sides, even in very
young plants, and in small plants, at least in some of the
species, the segments are narrow, four or five pairs of
these alternating with two very broad ones A. argen-
teum has the under surfaces of the leaves of a much
lighter color than the others
In a young state, the plants require the temperature
of the stove, and after attaining the height of a few
feet they may be best grown in a warmhouse, and
given plenty of water, also a humid atmosphere Speci-
mens 8 to 10 feet high fruit freely.
Propagation is by seeds, which are slow in germina-
ting. The soil in which they are sown should be
changed occasionally, to prevent it frbrn becoming
sour Be careful not to overpot, or the fleshy roots
will decay G.C. II 22 522 See Palrrx
A. Lvs. scurfy, al least bene^th or on the petioles
Mururnuru, Mart Lvs 9-12 ft long Begins lanceo-
late, somewhat falcate, rich green above, silvery
beneath sts 12-15 ft high, densely covered with stout,
black spines 6 in long Brazil I H 22 213
argSnteum, Hort Petioles and under surface of the
Ivs covered with silvery white scurf Ivs arching,
wedge-shaped, 2-lobcd, distinctly plicate, bright green
above; petioles with numerous dark, spreading spines
1 in. long Colombia FR 3 569 —Perhaps more
correctly named A Malybo, Karsten
filulare, Hort. Small, slender: Ivs erect, narrowly
cuneate, with 2 divergent lobes, inversely sagittate;
petioles densely scurfy, rachis scurfy on both sides;
spines numerous on the petioles and rachiis, and on the
principal nerves above, brown Country unknown.
AA Lvs not scurfy
Ayri, Mart Trunks 18-30 ft high, 8-12 in diam.,
usually cespitose Ivs 15 ft long, equally pmnatisect
to the apex, petiole piano-compressed, membranaceous .
on the margins, densely scaly and with scattered spines; "
lower scgms. over 3 ft long, 1?4~2 in wide, 2 in apart,
the upper ones 2-2 V£ ft long, 1 in wide, 1 \± in apart,
conduphcate at the base, linear, long, attenuate,
pointed, minutely and remotely spiny along the margins,
white-tomentose below Brazil
mexicanum, Liebm St. 4-6 ft. high, cylindrical,
thickly covered with rings of black, straight 2-edged
spines: petiole 2 ft. long, 4-sided, the 2 upper sides
concave, clothed (as is the rachis) with straight black
spines; blade 6 ft , segms. 15-18 in long, 1 in. wide,
alternate, broadlv linear, acute, straight, white beneath,
with deciduous black spmes along the margins Mex.
A. granalinse, Hort , is an unidentified trade name
J G SMITH and G \V OLIVER.
N TAYLOR!
ASYSTASIA (obscure name) Including Henfreya,
Dwentranthera and Mackdya Acanthaccse Hothouse
or greenhouse evergreen herbs and shrubs
Plants erect or scandent Ivs membranaceous,
entire corolla-tube straight or curved, the spreading
limb 5-lobed and nearly or quite regular; stamens 4,
unequal, stigma blunt or minutely 2-lobed, Us white,
blue or purple, in axillary or terminal clusters, often
very showy — About 20 species in the Old World
tropics Require the general treatment of Justicia, in
intermediate or warmhouses
bSlla, Benth & Hook (MackAya b&la, Harv.)
Glabrous, upright sub-shrub Ivs ovate-oblong, acumi-
nate, spreading, short-stalked, sinuate- toothed . fls.
lilac, 2 in long, with a long tube below the flaring
throat, the spreading segms. ovate-obtuse, disposed
on one side of a raceme 5-8 in long S Afr B M
426
ASYSTAS1A
ATALANTIA
5797. — A beautiful plant, rarely seen, and thought to
be difficult to manage; but it seems to flower readily
in fall in our climate, if rested during the previous
winter and brought on in the summer. Prop, by cut-
tings of firm wood in spring or summer. Young plants
in small pots often bloom well.
A. coromandehdna, Nees (A comorenaia, Bojer. A. violacea,
D&lz Juaticm gangetica. Lion.) Zigzag sub-shrub: Ivs ovate-
cordate, wavy: fls. purple, nearly sessile, m 6-10-fld raceme
India BM 4248. PM 14-125 FS 2.179 — A. tcdndens, Lmdl.
(Honfreya scandena, Lmdl ). Climbing- Ivs obovate to ovate,
thick, entire, fls large, yellow, white and blush, in a thyrae Air.
B.M. 4449 B.B. 33:31. F.S. 3.231. L jj 3
ATACCIA: Tacca.
ATALANTIA (Atalantia, one of the Hesperides).
tribe Cltrex. Woody plants, now receiving
attention in America as stocks for cit-
rus fruits, and as possible parents in
breeding new forms of such fruits.
Small trees or shrubs, usually spiny,
with persistent coriaceous simple Ivs.
having prominent netted veins and
wingless, or very narrowly winged
petioles jointed at base of If. • fls. usu-
ally pentamerous, with the stamens
free or united into a tube, twice as
numerous as the petals; ovary 3-5-
celled, with 1 or 2 ovules in each cell:
fr. like a small orange with a lemon-
hke skin. In the typical species, the
pulp -vesicles fill the segms , but in
some dry-fruited species they are
rudimentary; these species constitute
the subgenus Rissoa — Twelve or 15
species are known, ranging from India
through the Malayan peninsula to
Austral
432.
Leaf of Atalantia
citrioide8.(X$)
A. Subgenus Euatalantia. Cells of fr.
lined with pulp-vesicles.
monophylla, DC. (Limbnia monophylla, Roxbg., not
Linn.). A large shrub or small tree, native to India,
Ceylon, Burma, Siam and Indo-Chma, usually spiny:
Ivs. glabrous, or sometimes pubescent, 1-3 in. long;
petioles short, slightly or not at all winged • fls borne m
axillary panicles; calyx irregularly lobed, split to the
base on one side; petals usually 4, stamens 8, the fila-
ments connate and forming a completely closed tube;
ovary 3-5-celled fr from Hr%m. diam., with a skin
like a lime, globose, with several cells (generally 4;, each
usually containing 1 seed and filled with pulp-vesicles,
making the fr. much like a miniature orange. India,
Ceylon, farther India. 111. Roxbg. PI. Corom , pi. 83.
Wight, Icones, pi. 1611. Engl in Engl and Prantl.
Nat. Planzenf. 111.4:191; fig. Ill, C.D— This tree,
still little known outside of India and Ceylon, is the
type of the genus Atalantia, and one of
the promising species for trial as a
stocK on which to graft other citrus
frs., and also for use in breeding new
types of citrus frs The frs. yield
an oil which m India is considered
a valuable application in chronic
rheumatism.
macrophylla, Kurz. (A. monophylla
var. macrophylla, Oliver). A small or
medium-sized tree, native to the Anda-
man Isls. and Burma, having ovate-
elliptical emargmate Ivs. 1^-4 in. long and 1-2 ^ in.
broad: fls. on short axillary racemes; calyx irregularly
lobed, split to the base on one side as in A. monophylla;
stamens connate and forming a tube: fr. large, said to
reach 1^-2 in. diarn. Andaman Isls , Burma, Malay
Peninsula, Bangka Isl. — Little known and is chiefly in-
teresting because of the large size of its frs. Kurz, m his
"Forest Flora of British Burma," says of this snpoies.
434. Atalantia ceylonlca.
"Berries globose, the size of a wood-apple, glabrous,"
and gives the size of the wood-apple as l^£-2 in.
diam A tree brought from the island of Bangka, east
of Sumatra, and now growing at the Botanical Gar-
dens at Buitenzorg, Java, is considered by Hochreu-
tiner to belong
to this species
It is of remark-
able size, being a
beautiful round-
topped tree 40
ft. high with a
deeply furrowed
trunk 6 ft. in cir-
cumf eren ce,
forking at 3 ft.
from the ground
and branching profusely at
6J^-10 ft No other species of
Atalantia is known to reach
this size or to bear frs so large.
This species is of unusual in-
terest for trial as a stock and
also for hybridizing with other
citrus frs.
citrioJdes, Pierre. A small
tree native to Indo-Chma. usu-
ally spiny, having glabrous
emargmate oval Ivs. 2-3 j^ in.
long (Fig. 432) calyx cup-
shaped, not split to the base,
stamens connate, forming a tube; ovary Ubually 3- or
4-celled. fr resembles a small orange about 34in diam ,
with a roughened glandular skin; cells filled with pulp-
vesicles and contain usually a single seed about 3^m
long (Fig 433). Ill H. Lecomte Fl. g6n de 1'Indo-
Chine, Vol I, pi 24, fig. C 5, 6— This interesting
species is native to Cochin China and Cambodia and
has recently been intro into this country, where it will
be tested as a stock and for breeding purposes Its close
relationship to Citrus is shown by the fact that it grows
well when grafted on grapefruit
racemdsa, Wight. A shrub or small tree, differing
from A. monophylla chiefly in having a regular calyx
not split down one side. S. India, Cevlon. 111. Hook.
J. bot. Vol. I, pi. 122: Wight, Icones, pi. 71
AA. Subgenus, Rissoa, n subg , named for A. Risso, b
Nice, 1777, d 184$, a well-known writer on citrus
frs. Rissoa, Arnott, 1836 as a genus Like Eu-
atalantia, but with dry frs , the cells being nearly
filled with 1 or 2 large seeds', pulp-vesicles rudi-
mentary and greatly reduced in number.
ceyldnica, Oliver (Rissda ceylonica, Arn ) Fig. 434.
A much-branched spiny shrub or small tree native to
Ceylon and India- Ivs. lanceolate emargmate, 1^-3 in.
long: fls borne in crowded cymes; calyx not split on one
side; stamens free, alternate ones longer, ovary usually
2-celled with 2 ovules in each cell. frs. about J^-^in.
diam? dry, having only rudimentary pulp- vesicles;
containing from 2-4 very large rounded seeds. Ceylon.
— This species is of interest chiefly for trial as a stock,
since its large seeds would be likely to produce very
vigorous seedlings. The dry fr. renders it unpromising
for breeding purposes The figure is from a specimen
grown at the Hope Garden, Jamaica.
Guillaumfnii, Swingle. A small spiny tree, 1(M3 ft.
high: young branches angular and pubescent: Ivs. oval,
more or less pointed at both ends, 2-4 in. long: fls.
unknown: frs. %-l in. diam., 3-celled, 2 large seeds
in each cell, pulp-vesicles rudimentary. Tonkin 111.
Notulae systematica. H. Lecomtej Vol. II, p 162, fig. 1.
— A little-known species, interesting on account of its
large frs Because of its large seeds, it should yield
vigorous *
ATALANTIA
simplicifdlia, Engl (Amyris simphcifolui, Roxbg.
Ataldntia Roxburghiana, Hook f.). A spineless shrub or
small tree: Ivs. very large, 4Hi in. long, 1^-2^ in. wide,
elliptic, pointed at both ends, stamens free; ovary 2-
eclled . fr. spherical, rough-skinned, YT\ m diarn , with
large seeds. Malay Peninsula. 111. Wight, icones, nl.
72 — An interesting species because of its unusually
large Ivs
Imperfectly known species: A caudAta, Hook f LVB caudate-
acuminate, narrowed at base ovary 2-eelled India — A pubfrula,
Mui Lvs narrowly oblong-emargmate twigs, petioles, If -bases
and midrib puberulous, perhaps a form of A. monophylla
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
ATAMASCO LILY: Zephyranlhes.
ATHANASIA: Lonas.
ATHROTAXIS (name alludes to the crowded cone-
scales) Sometimes spelled Arthrotaxis Pinacex, Ever-
greens, allied to Cryptomena, Sequoia and Sciadopitys,
hint able for planting South, or for use as tub specimens
in eoolhouses
Trees, densely branched, monoecious Ivs small,
cither short, blunt, scale-like and appressed, or lanceo-
late and somewhat loosely disposed' stammate fls in
imbncated spiral arnents, the anthers 2-celled, pistil-
late fls in spirally imbricated aments, 3-6 ovules under
each scale, these aments becoming small globular cones
with woody scales which are contracted at base and at
apex incurved or acuminate or pointed — Three species
in Tasmania, by some considered to be inseparable
from the genus Cunmnghamia These plants are
little known in cult Aside from seeds, cuttings may
be used for prop
selaginoides, Don (A alpina, Van Houtte Cun-
ning hdmia sclagin(n(let>, Xucc ) Stout, to 45 ft Iv.s
loose, lanceolate, incurved, acute, V^m or less long,
those of young seedlings narrower cones M~%m
diam , the scales lanceolate-pointed Mts
cvpressoides, Don (A i-nbncatn, Maule Cunning-
hamid ruprrssoa/cs, Zucc ) Tiee, reaching 40 ft , with
ascending branches Ivs broad and obtuse, less than
1 em long, thick and keeled, closely appressed to the
branches cones } ±\\\ or less diam , the scales rounded
at top and bearing a shoit point
laxifoha, Hook (A Dotudrw, Henk & Hochst )
T^ee, 25-30 ft , ( losely allied to .1 cupretsoideb Ivs
imbricate but less appressed, acute, about ^m long
cones laigei and scales more acuminate Mts
L H B
ATH^RIUM. A generic name recognized as valid by
many well-known fern students As usually delimited,
it includes species of Aspleniurn (\\hich see) vvhich liave
some of the son curved across the subtending vemlets
There are also differences in the stern structure The
species are mostly larger and more herbaceous than
those of true Asplemum. R (3. BENEDICT.
ATRAGENE: CUmntii
ATRAPHAXIS (ancient Greek name) Polugonacea>.
( )rnamental shrubs grown chiefly for the white or pink-
ish flowers produced during the summer
Low shrubs with spiny or unarmed branches' Ivs
deciduous, short-petioled, alternate or fasciculate fls
small, apetulous in few-fld axillary clusters forming
terminal racemes, sepals usually 5, sometimes 4, the 2
outer ones smaller and usually reflexed; stamens 8,
sometimes 6; ovary superior with 2-3 styles free or
connate at the base' fr a small 2- or 3-angled achene
enveloped by the enlarged inner sepals. Summer —
About 18 species in Cent, and W. Asia, Greece, and N.
Afr.
These plants are of spreading habit, with usually
small leaves, attractive with their numerous racemes of
white or rose-colored flowers, which remain unchanged
for a long time, owing to the persistent calyx.
ATRIPLEX
427
They grow best in well-drained soil and sunny situa-
tions, but do not stand transplanting well when older.
They are well adapted for planting in rockeries or on
rocky slopes and are hardy North. The handsomest
of the species is A Muschketowu. Propagation is by
seeds sown in spnng; the seedlings are liable to rot if
kept too moist, or in damp air Increased also by
greenwood cuttings under glass in early summer, and
by layers. None of the species is in the American
trade
A buxifbha, Jaub & Spach (Polygonum cnapulum, Sims)
Height 1 -2 ft , spineless Ivs obovatc, crenate, dark green, Vz~l in
long racemes short Transcaucasia, Turkestan B M 10fi> —A
fruttarens, Koch (A lanceolata, Meisn ) Height 1-2 ft , spineless
Ivs ovate-lanceolate, glaucescent, J-tf-l in long racemes loose
Caucasus, Turkestan, Siberia LBC 5 4S<) BR 3 251 —A
Muschketowu, Krassn (A latifolm, Kochne Trttgopyrum lanceo
latum var latifolium, Hegel) Erect, 2-3 ft , spineless lv>i lanceo
late, crenate, ?£-2 in long fls white with the inthors and ovary
red, Hm across m dense racemes Turkestan BM 74 $5 (it
40 1341 —A xpintma, Linn Height 1-2 ft , spiny Jvs elliptic,
entire, glaucesccnt, ^-l^\n long racemes short, sepals usually 4
and stamens 0 S. Russia, Orient, Siberia ALFRED RLHDfcK
ATRIPLEX (from a Greek name of orache) Cheno-
podiaccx Herbs with inconspicuous flowers, snim oi
which are used for forage under the name of salt-
bushes, some for hedges or lawn specimens, and one
as a garden vegetable, and many succulent weeds of
desert regions.
Flowers dioecious or mon<wious, in spicate or pani-
culate clusters, sometimes bunched m the axils Ivs
usually alternate or some opposite fr half or wholh
inclosed by the persistent bract lets — About 125 widely
distnbuted species, often weeds A patula, in manv
forms, is u common weedy plant throughout the country
A triplex hortensi? is a garden vegetable used like
spinach, for culture, see Orach A leptocarpa, A
setmbaccnla and others have been introduced as sup-
plementary forage plants for arid regions A Itrewn
is a popular low hedge
plant in southern Cali-
fornia
A (lardrit vegetable
(with tjrnamental-
Ivd v(irietu),
hortensis, Linn
ORACH SE \ PURS-
LAXK Annual st her-
baceous, erect Ivs has-
tate, cord.ite, or tri-
angular-oblong, acute,
4-5 in long, 2M-3
in \\idc, petioles 12-18
lines long fruiting
bracts 4-8 lines long,
short - pediceled Var
atro-sangumea, Hort ,
is a crunson-lvd orna-
mental about 4 ft
high, sometimes grown
with amarantus - like
plants Old World
See Orach
AA. Ornamental shrubs.
B Shrub* 1-3 feet,
canescens, James A
pule, densely scurvy
shrub, 1-Ii ft. high Ivs oblanceolate, entire iruitmg
bractlets with 4 vertical, reticulated wings. July-Sept
New Mex to S Dak. and west to Calif
Halimus, Lmn Low-spreading shrub with giay fol-
iage, cult in Calif for hedges and for seaside planting1
Ivs 1-1 Yi in. long, petioles 3-4 lines long fls purplish
fruiting bracts 1 j^ lines long, 2 lines wide, sessile, rent-
form, obtuse, entire seed compressed, yellowish
Medit region and S \fr
435 Atnplex Brewcn Used for
hedges in California ( X ' M -
428
ATRIPLEX
ATTALEA
BB. Shrubs 4-10 feet.
BreVeri, S Wats Fig 435. Stout woody shrub, ^6
ft. : Ivs. ovate-oblong, silvery gray, somewhat rhombic-
cuneate at the base, obtuse and acute at apex. 1-3 in
long: fls. dioecious, the calyx deeply 4-cleft. At home
in sandy, wind-swept places S. Calif.
lentifdrmis, S. Wats. (Obibne lentifdrmis, Torr ).
Diffusely branched, 4—10 ft., the branches terete, with
rigid often spinescent branchlets Ivs. oblong-rhombic,
\%-ll/2 "*. long- fl -clusters small, golden or silvery,
the calyx 5-parted. S.W.U S.— Silvery and tall, grow-
ing as the preceding but standing more cold.
N. TAYLOR.!
436. Atropa Belladonna
or Deadly Nightshade.
ATROPA (after Alropos, that one of the three Fates
who cut the thread of life). Solandceae. BELLADONNA.
V genus of 2 species of Old World herbs of great eco-
nomic importance Calyx with 5 ovate leafy divisions,
enlarging in fr ; corolla bell-shaped or funnefform. The
purple berries are poisonous The plant is used in medi-
cine and is the source of atropme and other drugs Not
in cult, m U. S except m botanic gardens.
Belladfinna, Linn. Fig. 436. Plant erect, branching,
leafy: Ivs. ovate, entire, pointed: fls. single or in pairs,
nodding on lateral peduncles; corolla blue-purple or
often greenish purple. Eu. to India.
N TAYLOR. t
ATTAL&A (attalus, magnificent). Palmdcese, tribe
Cocoinex. A large genus of horticulturally little-known
palms, well worth more attention.
Stems spineless, single, usually ringed, sometimes
lacking: Ivs. usually many in a large erect tuft, pinnate,
the numerous Ifts. rather regularly placed, but at nght
angles to the rachis, those above standing erect, those
beneath falling below the rachis, young Ivs. very attrac-
tive but rather stiff in their perfect erectness; petiole
concave above, often very fibrous at the base. fls.
monoecious or polygamo-dioacious, on a branched spadix
inclosed in a rather woody spathe, at least at first,
which appears among the lowest Ivs. ; spadix ultimately
recurving, sessile, bracted, usually yellow . f r. a drupe,
sometimes quite large, frequently fibrous-coated — Be-
cause of their slow growth the 20-25 species are not
very favorably known to the dealers. All are natives of
Trop. Amer See G.C. II 22.523.
At least two of the species are of economic impor-
tance A Cohune is the source of a finer oil than that of
the coconut, and is also used in making an intoxicating
beverage A fumfera is the source of a fine fiber much
used in the making of brooms, and in rope-making
Attaleas must be grown in a tropical greenhouse, with
a night temperature not leas than 60°. They will do best
in a mixture of loam three parts, cow- or horse-manure,
one part, and one part of hand
Propagation is by seeds, which may be placed 2 inches
deep m a box to be plunged out-of-doors m summer,
covered with moss and watered freely
A Trunks becoming tall, or at least not stemless.
B Bases of the petiole prominently fibrous old Ivs persist"
ent in A. fumfera trunks 18-30 ft
fumfera, Mart PISSABA PALM. COQUILLA. St.
18-30 f t , 8-13 in diam , smooth Ivs as long as the
caudox, green both sides, petioles with very long hang-
ing fibers, segms broudly linear-acuminate, in clu.stors
of 3-5, divaricate, very numerous, drupe 4 in. long
Brazil
gomphocdcca, Mart St. 20-30 ft crowned by a
magnificent cluster of large (6-9 ft ) Ivs Ifts very nu-
merous, linear or linear-lanceolate, bright green above,
paler beneath; petiole relatively short, very fibrous at
the base spathe slender and woody, the spadix reflexed,
but short-stalked and half hidden by the Ivb fr.
fibrous-coated Costa Rica — Intro, by Reasoner Bros,
in 1911.
BB. Bases of the petiole not prominently fibrous'
trunks ,50-100 ft
exce"lsa, Mart St 90-100 ft high m the wild, 16-20 in.
diam. Ivs. erect-spreading- pistillate fls solitary on
the branches of the spadix. drupe oblong-cylmdric,
acute at both ends. Brazil — A little-known palm
among the dealers, but not uncommon m fanciers'
collections Stately in habit and with splendid large Ivs.
Coh&ne, Mart. COHUNE PALM Fig 437 St 50-60
ft. : Ivs. erect, pinnate, the dark green mnnae 30-50 and
18 in. or less long; petiole flat above and rounded below:
drupe broadly ovate, nearly 3 in. long, with a very short
beak. Honduras — Fruit used for soap-making, and
exported from Cent. Amor, for that purpose. Used for
thatching.
AA. Without trunks.
spectabilis, Mart. Stemless, or with a very short cau-
dex' Ivs. 18-21 ft. long, erect or spreading, the lower
segms. 3-4 ft , the upper 12-16 in , J^in wide, linear-
acuminate spathe erect fr about as large as a hen's
egg. Brazil — Requires plenty of water, as its home is
on the banks of the Amazon
amygdallna. HBK. (A nudfera, Karsten) Stemless:
Ivs 15-18 ft long, crowded, pinnatisect; segms 90-100
on each side, ensiform, glabrous above, with hairs along
the outer margins beneath, 2%-2% ft. long, about
\\i in. wide; petiole with rusty scales beneath: spadix
of male fls. about 18 in. long, with a flattened stalk,
inclosed by a thick woody spathe. Brazil
A Guichlre is a trade name, "extremely long-leaved " — A.
Mdnpa, Mart (A. Manpcwa, Hort ). See Maximihana
N. TAYLOR. t
AUBRIETIA
AUCUBA
429
AUBRT&TIA (Claude Aubnet, French natural his-
tory painter of last century). Crudferx PURPLE
ROCK-CHKSS Showy perennial more or less evergreen
trailers, excellent for rockwork or edgings
Allied to Alyssum and Vesicana. distinguished
chiefly by the outer sepals being saccate at base, the
shorter filaments
toothed, and the
valves of the oblong
or globose silique
convex and not
ribbed. Ivs entire or
angular- toothed fls.
in shades of violet
or purple, in few-fld
bractless racemes'
plant canescent or
tornentose — About a
half - dozen species,
Italy to Persia The
aubrietias are of
simple cult Prop by
seeds, layers or cut-
tings They make excellent mats
of foliage and bloom
deltoidea, DC Fig 438 Lvs
oblong - spatulate, deltoid or
rhomboicl. with 1 or 2 teeth on
either side, grayish, nan owed
into a very short petiole fls in
few-fld. lax clusters, the violet
or purple petals twice the length
of the calyx — Grows 2-12 m
high. Pretty spring and sum-
mer bloomer Hardy m the N ^. **»»»«,*,]
Very variable, some of the forms ^ ^aUja Cohunc
being named as if of specific
rank Var. Bougamvillei, Hort FLs light violet
dwarf and compact Var Campbellu, 1 tort Fls lai ge,
purple plant large Var E^rei, Hort Fls large and
long, deep violet Var grgfeca, Iloit (var wpcrbu).
Dwarf and compact, large-fid One of the best Var
Hendersonu, Iloit , probably the same as Campbellu
Var Leichthnii, Hort Profuse bloomer, pink fls Var
olympica, Hoi t Fls huge, violet, like vai Eyrei Vai.
violacea, Hort One of the largest forms Var. Moore-
ana, Hort Compact fls blue Var PSrkmsii, Hort.
Fls. deep purple with tiny white eye, the petals rounded
plant strong, 10 in , making a laige mat Gri 67, p.
344 Raised by F Perkins, Strut ford-on- A von Var.
Moerhehnu, Lemome Fls large, rosy pink or mauve,
blooming all summer Var purpfcrea, Hort Erect m
habit, fls large, purple Var vanegata, Hort. Lvs.
variegated.
L. H. B.
AUCUBA (Latinized for Aokiba, its Japanese name)
Cornaces1 Ornamental plants grown for their large
evergreen foliage, often handsomely variegated, and
also for the bright scarlet fruits
Shrubs with stout forked branches' Ivs opposite,
remotely serrate or nearlv entire fls dioecious, small,
calyx minute, 4-toothed; petals 4; stammate fls with 4
stamens, filaments short, with a large disk in the
middle; pistillate with an inferior 1 -celled ovary, style
short with an oblique stigma fr. a 1 -seeded berry-like
drupe. — Three species in E. Asia extending west to W.
China and E Himalayas, often considered varieties
of one polymorphous species.
The aucubas are evergreens with large, lustrous,
and often handsomely variegated leaves, small purple
flowers m terminal panicles, elongated in the stammate,
short and rather dense in the pistillate plant and with
bright scarlet oblong berries forming terminal clusters
Hardy in the southern states about as far north as
Washington, D. C., and in sheltered localities even
farther north; they are well adapted for city gar-
dens as they withstand dust and smoke to a consider-
able degree
In the northern states, aucubas are grown m cool-
houses — those adapted to azaleas are excellent— and
they are kept evergreen by keeping them in a pit dur-
ing winter, or by holding them cool and partially dry
in the house They will stand five or
six degrees of frost in a pit From cut-
tings of half-ripened wood, good speci-
men plants may be had in two or three
years Fruiting plants, with their numer-
ous bnght scarlet berries, are exceedingly
attractive, but as the plant is dioecious,
there must be male plants with the
female ones If grown in pots and under
glass, the plant must be fertilized by
shaking the flowering male plant over
the female, or by apply ng the pollen
with a camel's-hair pencil. If the male
plant flowers earlier, the pollen may be
collected and kept dry until the female
plant is in flower, it remains effective
for some weeks In the open, aucuba
grows well in any good, somewhat rnoist though well-
drained soil, in a half-shaded position In pots, it will
thrive in a sandy loam with sufficient drainage, and
requires plenty of water during its growing period
Fruiting plants should not have too large pots
They are propagated very easily by half-npened
greenwood cuttings at nearly any time of the year,
under glass, and by seeds sown soon after maturity,
the varieties are sometimes grafted on the common
form in early spring, under glass
jap6mca, Thunb A stout shrub, 4-15 ft . Ivs.
usually ovate, 3-8 in long, remotely and coarsely
dentate, obtusely acuminate, shining petals obtusely
acuminate berries scarlet, rarely white or yellow,
usuallv oblong From Himalayas to Japan BM 5512.«
I H 11 499 S I F 2 59 FS 1(3-1609 F. 1865 65.—
There are a great number of garden forms in culti-
vation, mostly \vith variegated lea\es, the latter are
more often cult than the green forms Handsome
variegated forms are Var latunaculata, Kirchn (var/
aureo-mocuHita, Dombram) Lvs ovate-oblong with a
large irregular yellow blotch in the middle and smaller
yellow dots around it F M 10 527. FW 1876. 353.
Var vanegata, Domhram, not Regel (var maculdta^
Regel, var pi-cta, Hort , var punctata, Hort ) GOLD
DrsxTREE Fig 439 Lvs with numerous yellow spots.
— The most commonly cult form B M. 1197. F.M.
5.277 RH 1866 292 Var hmbata, Bull Lvs large,
coarsely dentate, with a greenish } ellow margin Var.
bicolor, Regel. Lvs with a large > ellow blotch in the
middle, ovate to ovate-oblong, remotely dentate. The
following forms have green Ivs Var angustifdlia,
Regel (var sahcifolm, Hort ) Lvs narrowly oblong-
lanceolate. Var c6ncolor, Regel (var. vindts, Hort.).
Lvs ovate - lanceolate
or elliptic -ovate, re-
motely and coarsely
serrate Gt 25.859.
V ar dentata, C a r r .
(var. macroddnta,
Hort ) Lvs elliptic,
coarsely and long-den-
tate Var macrophylla,
Bull Lvs large and
broad, remotely and
slightly dentate. Var.
ovata, Regel Lvs.
ovate, coarsely em-
uately dentate, dark
green, lustrous. Var.
pygmsfea, Regel. Low:
Ivs ovate-oblong, re-
motely and sharply 438. Aubrietia deltoide*. (pUnt x H)
430
AUCUBA
AURICULA
dentate, bright green, dull. Differently colored frs
distinguish the following forms. Var. luteoc&rpa, Rehd.
04. luteo-cdr pa, Dombram) with yellow fr. F.M 1872:
12. Var. leucocarpa, Matsum. & Nakai, with white
fr — A. cramfolia, once offered in American trade, is
probably a form of A. japonica. To indicate whether a
certain form is a stanunate or a fruit-bearing plant,
mascula or femma (foemma) is often added to the
varietal name
A chinensia, Benth Lvs lanceolate to nearly obovate, entire
or toward the apex sharply dentate, sharply acuminate petals
finely and long-acuminate, panicle with scattered short and stiff
hairs China — A himnlAicci, Hook f «fe Thorns (A japonica var
himolaica, Dipp ) Lvs usually lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate,
entire or dentate, sharply and long-acuminate panicles densely
hairy, petals long and finely acuminate fr orange to scarlet L
Himalayas F S 12 1271 I H 6 197 ALFRED REHDER
AUDffifiRTIA (M. Audibert, of Provence). LobiaLv
Including Ramdna Perennial herbs or sub-shrubs,
sometimes grown for bees and m ornamental plantings
Ten species all from W. IT S. mostly from Calif ,
related to Salvia, but differing m the calyx being more
deeply cleft in front, and in being almost spathaceous
Ivs opposite, usually rugose, sage-like fls axillary or
terminal, not unlike
those of Salvia ojjici-
nalis, corolla with
upper lip spreading,
2-lobed or emargi-
nate
grandifldra, Benth.
St villous, glandular,
1-3 ft high Ivs woolly beneath; lower
Ivs hastate, obtuse, 3-8 in long,
coarse; bracts crowded, conspicuous
fls 1-1% in long, red or crimson-pur-
ple, in dense, showy clusters. Calif —
Prized for bees.
incana, Benth St. woody, tomen-
tose-canescent, leafy Ivs spatulate or 439 Aucuba japoni
obovate, obtuse or retuse, not rugose,
scarcely 1 in long; bracts obovate, ciliate, purple-
tinged corolla Km long, rarely slightly longer, pale
blue Wash to Ariz. B R 1469 jsj TAYLOR
AURfCULA (Primula Auricula, Linn ) Fig 440 A
European perennial, sending up short scapes, bearing
flowers of many colors It is one of the most famous of
florists' flowers, but it has never received the attention
in this country that it has in Europe Our summers arc
generally too hot for it In this country generally
treated as a greenhouse plant, but it is hardy, and in the
Old World is grown largely in frames See Primula
Auriculas grow wild in the mountainous districts of
Switzerland, Austria, Syria, and the Caucasus; there-
fore they are generally regarded as alpine plants, but
like many other alpines, they have proved to be excel-
lent subjects for cool greenhouse culture as well as for
rock- or alpine-garden culture In their native habitats,
some plants are heavily powdered with a fine mealy
substance called "farina, while others are perfectly
destitute of it. Under^ cultivation, also, they show this
same charactenstic This has caused fanciers to divide
them into two sections, those covered with farina,
called show auriculas, and those destitute of it, termed
alpine auriculas The show aunculas have received the
most attention at the hands of fanciers Their flowers
are large, and present more combinations in vanety of
color than the alpine section, and since rains mar their
beautiful farina-covered leaves and flowers, they are
by far best adapted to greenhouse culture. Like all
primulas, the flowers are tubular and borne in erect
trusses well above the foliage Well-grown plants will
produce strong trusses with often as many as twenty
"pips" or individual flowers Such a number cannot
fully develop, consequently they should be thinned out
and only eight or nine flowers allowed to develop on
each truss The tube of the flowers of show aunculas is
usually white, with a circle of maroon, violet, plum or
chocolate-color above and a margin of green, gray,
white, or yellow In what are called "selfs," the circle
of chocolate-maroon, or violet, extends to the edges of
the flowers They are usually very sweet-scented Alpine
auriculas are best adapted for growing in the rock- or
alpine-garden since the leaves and flow ers are destitute of
farina This section does not exhibit as large a variety
of color in the flowers The tube of the corolla is usually
yellow or cream-color with a margin of
maroon or purple which shades off toward
the edges The culture given below is the
same for both sections except that the
alpine section should be planted on the
north side of the rock-garden in October,
where they will flower the following spring.
Auriculas may
be propagated by
seed for general
purposes and for
the production of
new varieties, but
to perpetuate very
choice varieties it
is necessary to
;ropagate either
y offsets or divi-
sion of the plants
Seed should, be
sown in shallow
pans or l-inch pots
early in March, so
that the seedlings will be well
developed before very warm
weather sets in The hoil u^ed
in the seed-pans should be very
light and sandy, the surface
should be made smooth, and
the seals then piessed lightly
into the soil, after which a light covering of hand
should be given, and the pans placed in a temperature
of (iO° until they have germinated, which usually takes
from three to four weeks, pans should then be removed
to a light position, shaded from direct sunlight, in a
rather lower temperature, to induce a stocky growth.
As soon as the seedlings are large enough to handle con-
veniently, they should be pricked off into other pans or
shallow boxes containing a mixture of three parts leaf-
mold and one part sifted loam and clean silver-sand
Watering should be carefully attended to, and every-
thing done to promote active growth, so that, if possible,
the plants may be large enough to require a second
shift into other boxes, similarly prepared, by the end of
June. Auricula seedlings go through the hottest months
much better in boxes than in pots, as they can be kept
more evenly moist For their summer quarters, a
wooden frame placed on sifted coal-ashes on the north
side of a building or wall, or almost any position in
which they will be sheltered from the sun and still receive
Elenty of light, should be given them. The frame should
e provided with sash, which should be kept over the
plants most of the tune, giving air m abundance m
favorable weather, and during the warmest weather the
whole frame should be raised by placing a brick under
each corner, so as to allow a good circulaton of air
among the plants About the second week in Septem-
ber the young plants should be potted, using a compost
of two parts good fibrous loam, one part leaf-mold, and
one part well decayed cow- or sheep-manure, with a
little sand added. The frame should be kept a little
close for a few days after potting, and from this time
care must be taken not to wet the foliage in watenng
The plants may remain in the frame until danger of
freezing, when they should be transferred to a cool
ca var variegata
AURICULA
AUTUMN-GARDKNING
43i
greenhouse for the winter. All decaying leaves should
be carefully removed, and but little water will be
required during the dull winter months. Toward the
end of February the plants will show signs of flowering,
when they should be given a top-dressing of pulverized
sheep-manure and placed in a light, airy position, in a
temperature of 5.5°. The flowering season lasts about
two months, after which the plants should receive
their annual potting Ail diseased or decayed roots
should be cut away, and most of the old sou carefully
removed The propagation of very choice varieties by
offsets or division is best done at this time. The pots
used in potting should be
well drained, and no larger
than will just accommodate
the plants The soil best
suited is the same as before
recommended. After pot-
ting, they may be placed
in their summer quarters.
Offsets should be inserted
around the edge of 4-inch
pots, using very sandy soil,
and kept in a moist, shaded
position until rooted By
annually repotting and giv-
ing a little extra care dur-
ing the summer months, a
batch of show auriculas will
return very satisfactory re-
sults, and may be kept in
a good, healthy condition
for several years.
EDWARD J. CANNING.
AUTUMN COLORS,
PHYSIOLOGY OF. When
the conditions in almost
any locality are favorable
for the rapid growth of plants, the prevailing color of the
vegetation is green The leaf -green, or chlorophyll, is
a conspicuous part of vegetative organs Green is
normal, so that one does not regard a green plant as
"colored " It is true that in some species of plants,
chlorophyll is partially or completely veiled by the
presence of other pigments, and in the blossoms it may
practically fail, but in the latter case the life of the
brilliant structures is fleeting, and green is promptly
predominant "Color" is more or less restricted to
blossoms, to particular species, or to seasons The great
seasonal change is here the center of interest
In the autumn the vegetation of the usual temperate
landscape loses gradually its distinctive green, while
striking yellows and reds are substituted With favor-
able conditions, the climax of this transformation is
such a not of color as is not seen at any other time. It
is noteworthy that this change is an immediate fore-
runner of leaf-fall and death The vegetation that is
suddenly cut off by severe frost seldom exhibits true
autumnal colors, but instead the dry brown or black-
ened effects of rapid death, characteristic of any sea-
son On the other hand, autumn tints of leaves may
appear in the summer, as when limbs of the hard maple
or peach are ringed This suggests that the produc-
tion of color is susceptible of experimental study On
the whole, the layman may regard the autumn colors
as a necessity to the wholesome rounding out, and a
fitting terminus, of a season of usefulness Coloration
is, however, an evidence of fundamental physiological
changes, and it is appropriate to ask regarding the
climatic or other conditions which bring this about, as
well as concerning the nature of these internal changes
which also make for the development of color in the
autumn.
For the most part, the autumn leaf-colors fall into
two groups — yellows and reds These colors are pro-
440 Auricula, (x
duced by two groups of pigments essentially different in
chemical and physical properties; yet these pigments
are frequently blended in the same leaf, yielding such
gorgeous effects as may be seen in the sumach
The yellow pigment (more correctly pigments) of
leaves occurs in the chlorophyll bodies of the cell. It is
present in conjunction with the leaf -green in the
healthy leaf, but not infrequently it seems to increase
in quantity as the chlorophyll disappears It belongs to
a group of substances often called xanthophylls. These
are carotin-like compounds, that is, related to carotin,
the orange or orange-red pigment of the carrot root.
Carotin-like bodies are widely distributed in plants and
are also responsible for the yellow, orange, and orange-
red colors of a large number of blossoms These pig-
ments do not occur in solution in the cell-sap, but may
be present either in the healthy chlorophyll bodies
(plastids) or outside of them In the laHer case, they
form crystals, or are in solution m droplets of fatty
oils Carotin-like compounds are more permanent than
chlorophyll, so that any green plant may exhibit a yel-
lowish color upon the gradual disappearance of the
chlorophyll
The red pigments of autumn leaves are cell-sap colors,
substances soluble in the aqueous solution constituting
plant juices They are supposed to be tannoid com-
pounds, and are generally referred to as anthocyanm.
The pigments of red beets and dark grapes are similar
compounds It is significant that those plants exhibit-
ing conspicuous red coloration in the autumn are
usually those which give some indication of red during
the growing season, as in the possession of red petioles
or twigs; and, more especially, they are those in which
red is more or less conspicuous as the buds open and the
leaves unfold in the spring The attractive tints of
unfolding hard maple buds are therefore an indication
that the maple has the capacity to develop a coloration
of the cell-sap in the autumn Some plants develop no
anthocyanm under normal conditions of growth
It is then evident that the yellow colors of autumn
leaves may be due to both a greater visibility of the
yellow m the chlorophyll body when the chlorophyll
disappears, and also to actual increased development
of carotm-hke compounds The reds and purples in
autumn leaves are a result of the formation or increased
formation of tannoid compounds. The question then
is' What are the conditions which make the autumn
season particularly favorable for the development of
these suostances?
Some careful studies have been made that bear
upon this question It appears that the production of
autumnal reds in many species is related to the sugar-
content, and color may be induced or heightened in the
shoots of many plants by growing them for a time in
strong solutions Moreover, cold weather has been
found to be generally favorable to the accumulation of
sugar in the tissues Observation indicates that after a
season favorable for growth, a cold, protracted autumn
results in exquisite autumn coloration It is certain
that nothing is more disastrous to brilliance of coloi
than severe early frosts In addition to enhancing
pigmentation, sugar-content seems to be most impor-
tant as one factor in cold-resistance It requires a verj
light frost in the late summer to kill outright the leaves
and young shoots of many trees, but the same shoots
may be unaffected by an equal degree of cold when the
conditions have been such as to bring about the normal
autumn coloration B. M. DUGGAR.
AUTUMN -GARDENING. There is wealth oi
material for spring, and summer -gardening; but tc
secure good garden effects m autumn requires mostly
other material and a different intellectual conception
of the problem. The common problems of the gardener
in autumn grow out of two facts' First, the frost kills
tender plants sooner than he desires; therefore he tries
432
AUTUMN-GARDENING
AUTUMN-GARDENING
to save vegetables and flowers as long as possible by
protection and by choosing hardy kinds. Second, gar-
dens tend to look unattractive and seedy in September,
because this is nature's time for ripening fruits; there-
fore he desires fresh flowers The popular demand is for
fresh vegetables as long as possible, color in the garden
right into the teeth of winter, cut-flowers after frost,
home grounds that will be attractive even after a sum-
mer's absence, and a note of welcome to the children
m every school-yard Also, there are enthusiasts who
wish gardens devoted exclusively to autumn beauties.
Prolonging the vegetable-garden.
The ideal way to prolong the yield of fresh vegetables
in late autumn is by means of greenhouse, hotbeds and
coldframes. In frames, which are the cheapest, it is
-' ' •• j
441. A good autumn landscape for color effects.
easy to have in November lettuce, spinach and radishes.
The next best plan is to shelter the garden from cutting
winds arid frost by a windbreak, e g , wall, fence, hedge,
natural wood, or group of evergreens Sheltered gar-
dens often yield fresh vegetables two to six weeks after
adjacent unsheltered gardens have been devastated by
frost It is also possible to prolong the season by rais-
ing late-growing varieties and by starting the ordinary
kinds later in the year.
Freshening the flower-garden.
Parks and the grounds of wealthy people often rely
chiefly on tender or temporary bedding plants, eg.,
.,_,.,_ ----'' ' ' '
year, but is costly in the long run Moreover, these
plants are killed by frost, leaving gaps too large to fill.
A grade higher is hardy bedding, which has become
popular since 1900 The favorite plants are long-bloom-
ing shrubs and perennials, e g ; Baby Rambler rose,
garden and tree hydrangeas, Miss Lmgard phlox, gail-
lardias, stokesia, Napoleon III pink, double ragged
robin, Veronica longifolia var. subsessilis, Conochnium
(Eupatonum) ccelestinum
Unfortunately, the flowers of the two preceding hots
do not really freshen the garden, because they are sum-
mer flowers or are being made so by the irresistible
tendency to exploit earlier varieties of everything As
taste improves, there is a reaction against excessive use
of long-blooming plants, and a desire has arisen for
"season markers." Among the finer plants of this real
autumn sort are Colchicum Parkinsonn, Crocus zonatus,
C speciosus, C sativus, Cnnum Powelhi, Slernbergia
lutea, Chrysanthemum uliginosum, gordoma, and the
rarer plants to be mentioned hereafter. They are, how-
ever, plants of the skilled amateur
For beginners, the favorite hardy autumn flowers
include the following annuals or plants treated as such,
— China asters, pansies (sown outdoors about May
10 in latitude of New York City), snapdragons, and
cosmos; bulbs, — Colchicum autumnale, perennials, —
sneezeweed, Hehanthus orgyalis and H. Maximilianii,
and pompon chrysanthemums
Another way of providing fresh color in autumn is to
make a second or June sowing of favorite annual flowers,
e g , sweet alynsum, candytuft, love-in-a-mist, common
and pot-marigold, mignonette, nasturtium, phlox,
California poppy, portulaoa and zinnia These usually
fail in September from ths April sowing The June
sowing will carry them beyond a hard frost, except
nasturtium and portulaca.
Flowers after frost.
In early November, after frost had devastated the
gardens in the neighborhood of Philadelphia, the fol-
lowing flowers were in condition at one of the largebt
nurseries of perennials. Only those are mentioned that
gave decided masses, not mere dots or remnants of
color: Aconitum columbianum, A Fischen, alyssum,
antirrhinum, Aster grandiflorus. A. tatancus, Cimicifuga
simplex, Napoleon III dianthus, Engeron glabellus,
gaillardias, gladioli, Hehanthus Maximihanu, hunne-
mannia, kniphofias, pansies (sown in May), Miss Lin-
gard phlox
Nearly all the flowers in the two preceding lists are
available for home decoration, although the quality
may not be equal to that of early September. If long-
stemmed, long-lasting flowers are needed in quantity,
the most satisfactory, perhaps, are chrysanthemums,
snapdragons, Miss Lmgard phlox, gaillardias. To this
list may be added delphiniums, Baby Rambler rose
and Catananche cxrulea.
Gardens based on the dominant color.
It is feasible to make a garden that changes its color
every three or four weeks, based upon the idea that a
garden may well reflect the dominant color in the land-
scape produced by the wild flowers of each season.
Since yellow is the dominant color of autumn (witness
the goldenrods, sunflowers and other composites) such
gardens may be rich in sneezeweed and perennial sun-
flowers (especially Hehanthus Maximihanii, II orgyahs,
and H. multiflorus var. plenus) since these are partic-
ularly appropriate to season and country. The following
yellow nowers of summer may be prolonged into
autumn by seed-picking, cutting back, fertilizing, and
watering. Tufted pansies, snapdragons, Golden Glow
rudbeckia, gaillardia, Iceland and horned poppies,
Anthemis tinctona and Lepachys columnans.
Gardens of perennial asters.
The English make an exceedingly showy, yet artistic,
garden based upon what they call "Michaelmas dai-
sies" (asters), of which 137 species and varieties are
catalogued by a single dealer. It consists of a double
border devoted to the early kinds that bloom during
the first three weeks of September, and a separate bor-
der for the October- and November-blooming species.
AUTUMN-GARDENING
AUTUMN- GARDENING
433
The pictorial effect 13 improved by a definite color
scheme, planting in drifts, and an ingenious system of
training on hidden branches This type of garden is of
peculiar interest to Americans because the perennial
asters are mostly American wild flowers, and it meets the
general desire to grow a class of flowers which is too
prolific for the ordinary garden Owing to the notorious
difficulties of identifying species of this genus, Ameri-
cans find it more practicable to import collections than
to assemble species from the wild The true asters are
generally supplemented by yellow flowers of other
genera (e g , Chrysopsis) in order to make the early
garden a pink and yellow composition, while the later
garden is devoted to purple, lavender and blue.
Woody plants for autumn bloom.
In larger gardens and on home grounds it is desirable
to secure flowers by using more permanent materials,
as woody plants Unfortunately, the only tree that
blooms in autumn (gordoma) has to be wrapped dur-
ing winter m the North The list of vines also is small,
being confined to left-over blooms of trumpet creeper,
Hall's honeysuckle, and pamcled clematis
The autumn-blooming shrubs, however, are excellent.
Unluckily, the sho\uest of them all, Hydrangea panicu-
luta var grandijloru, is commonly used in such ways
as to bring upon American yards the reproach of
gaudine^ and vulgarity It looks gross and over-fed
compared with the slender grace of its prototype, H
paniculata, and its double flowers are artificial compared
with the single ones True, they last longer and give
more for the money than any other flower of autumn,
hut such plants from their irresistible appeal to begin-
ners, are planted in every yard and tend to make home
grounds look too much alike and too common. The
situation is aggravated by inartistic ways of using it,
e g , hedges from snleualk to porch, great masses across
the front of the house, borders of curving drives, and
beds in the middle of the lawn Again, it is pruned
severely to make the largest trusses, which results in
loss of height and dignity, and in top-heavy masses
ill-concealed by supports A better system of yard-
decoration, is the use of informal shrubbery borders,
since they give year-round interest and greater variety
to yards
To supplement the ubiquitous double hydrangea, the
following may be reeommended, subject to the limita-
tions noted Abelia chincrws, white, begins blooming
in Georgia in June and is \>ell covered in New England
as late as September 30; Abelia grandiflora, pink, needs
a winter covering of boughs North, Bcuxhnns nalimi-
folia, has tufts of showy pappus, like camcl's-hair
brushes, that look like white flowers, Buddleia varia-
6ihb, pink, is killed to the ground at New York but
recovers and blooms freely, Caryoptens Mastacanthus,
blue, behaves like buddleia, Hamamehs virginiana,
yellow, not showy, but the last shrub to bloom, Hibiscus
syriacus or althica (only the single white variety here
recommended), Hydrangea pamculata var. tardiva,
which gives a fresh white after the double hydrangea
has begun to assume its metallic colors; roses, hybrid
teas, which are at their best on Ixmg Island in early Sep-
tember; Vitex Agnut>-Castus, lilac, hardy to New York.
A more artistic way of securing color
Although the popular interest is m flowers, there is a
far more important method of securing color, — by
means of trees, shrubs and vines with brilliant autumn
colors in foliage and fruit This method is more artistic
because more appropriate to the season, more perma-
nent, and cheaper in the end It is also more American,
because we have more native shrubs than autumn
flowers; because shrubbery is the only class of material
(except water-lilies) m which we enjoy a climatic advan-
tage over England; and because autumnal colors m
America are more brilliant than those in western Europe.
28
For home decoration, cut sprays of multiflora rose, com-
mon barberry, bittersweet, and the like, are longer-stem-
med and last longer than flowers Those just named
remain attractive all winter, even when shriveled
Our climate naturally suggests flowers m spring,
attractive foliage in summer, natural colors in autumn,
and in winter the shrubs with brightly colored berries
and twigs. The late season situation can be met by
making 90 per cent of the planting consist of combina-
tions of trees and shrubs with triple or quadruple attrac-
tions of flowers, foliage, autumn colors and fruit, e g.,
Cornus alba and var dibinca, C Amomum, C Jlonda,
and C mas, Viburnum cat>nnoides, V. Lentago, V.
prunifohum, V Lantonn, V tomentosum, and V. amen/
canum, Magnolia stellala, M tioulangeana, M glauca,
M acuminata, and M tmpetala, Berbens vulgans and
B Thunbergn; Hegel's privet and the best form of the
Amoor River pnvet, Morrow's bush honeysuckle:
prairie, multiflora, rugosa, and Wichuraiana roses ana
their sturdiest descendants, and the following vines:
Euonymus radicans var vegrtub, trumpet creeper, wis-
taria, bittersweet, and the wild and pamcled clematis.
442. An autumn-blooming bulb — Colchicum autumnaJe.
Color harmony in autumn.
Sentimentalists aver that nature never produces dis-
cordant colors, although the famous pomciana of the
tropics and the nernesias of the garden furnish a com-
bination of magenta and scarlet in the same flower. A
walk through a good arboretum m September will con-
vince the unprejudiced observer that discords exist
in flowers, fruit, and foliage. In practice, nine-tenth? of
the troublesome discords are produced by the magenta
group of colors, including the strongest purples, crim-
son, lilac, and crimson-pink The artistic way to handle
these colors is to isolate them in nooks surrounded by
green, or to put them in deep shade, where they are
purified and softened, instead of allowing them in the
open garden, where full sun makes them too strong and
where they conflict with all other colors, except white and
green The list of "dangerous colors" includes the
flowers of Japanese anemone, crimson-pink chrysanthe-
mums and China asters (m all of which safer colors
are available), the Anthony Watcrer spirea, the sub-
sessile veronica, Leapedeza Sieboldii and Clerodendron
faetidum Examples among fruits are Indian currant,
calhcarpa, burning-bush, strawberry-bush and several
of the species of euonymus during the period when then
highly colored capsules conflict with their scarlet arils.
The purplish-twigged shrubs, e. g., Cornus alba, C.
Amomum, C. stolonifera, and C. Purpusn (the last a
species commonly but unwittingly distributed as C.
Amomum), constitute an exception, since they are
brilliant only m sunlight, and their color being dis-
434
AUTUMN-GARDENING
AUTUMN-GARDENING
sijpated, instead of massed, is less liable to produce
discords.
In foliage, the colors bordering on magenta are so
rare that they may be ignored in planning the home-
grounds, although careful designers always consider
autumnal colors. When discords occur they may be
resolved usually by planting between the discordant
trees or shrubs some plants that retain green foliage
until late autumn. Wine- or claret-colored foliage, like
'-hat of the maple-leaved arrow- wood, or crimson, like
hat of Itea virginica, occasionally makes discords with
nearby foliage of yellow or scarlet, but in the case of
?uch small plants it is usually easier to remove one of
the trouble-makers The sweet-gum, however, often
makes a large mass of veiy dark purple, which may
seriously disagree with yellow-fohageu specimens, or
with buildings of yellow or red, especially since it has
come to be used as a street tree In practice, however,
flowers make less trouble than shrubs, and shrubs than
trees, and discords may
generally be abolished by
moving the smaller plants.
The commonest and great-
est color difficulty in au-
tumn foliage comes from
over-planting the follow-
ing class
Scarlet foliage in autumn
theoretically may be no
more vivid than other
colors, but it is popularly
regarded as the climax of
all the autumn colors For
example, persons who give
little thought to plant-
ing for autumn effect buy
the scarlet and Tartarian
maples, the red variety of
silver maple, and ask the
nurserymen for "a sugar
maple that is guaranteed
443 Hardy chrysanthemum, to turn red " The aroma-
one of the best of the autumn- tic, scarlet, smooth, ana
blooming herbaceous plants staghorn sumachs are
in considerable demand
And, above all, the Japanese and common barberry are
planted At the entrance to public parks are often
seen several hundred Japanese barberries planted m a
bed for a blaze of autumn color If disproportionately
large, such masses of scarlet are perhaps only one
grade higher than tender foliage plants. The brilliant
reds commonly conflict with brick buildings and parti-
colored houses of wood
Deep red foliage in autumn is quieter, but rich enough.
It is seen m the scarlet, pin, and red oaks, flowering
dogwood, black choke-cherry, wild gooseberry (Ribes
Cynosbati), and several native huckleberries and
roses
Bronze foliage is seen in most of the" plants that
become red, for they attain to it from green through
many bronzy colors But the richest bronzes generally
are associated with thick, lustrous, persistent leaves
The most highly esteemed, because most costly, arc
the broad-leaved evergreens, e g , the Ilinodigiri and
amoena azaleas, mahonias, leucothocs, Piens flonbunda
and P. japonica, and galax. These assume their bright-
est colors m full sunshine and, at the northern limits
of their cultivation, sometimes suffer a loss of foliage.
In the higher latitudes it is often best to sacrifice color
to hardiness, by sheltering the plants from winter
winds and sunshine, in which case they usually retain
a lively green. A cheaper list, because composed of
semi-evergreen plants, comprises California privet,
Hall's honeysuckle, Wichuraiana rose, sweet fern, and
bayberry. These color poorly in some localities, but
they are of Special value in the latter half of Novem-
ber, when the landscape first becomes bare, except for
evergreen and nearly evergreen plants.
Yellow and orange foliage in autumn is midway
between the vivider and the quieter autumn colors, the
former having an exciting, while the latter have a
soothing, effect upon the mind. The yellow and orange
group rises in vividness from pale yellow, through gold
to orange, the three stages being exemplified by larch,
witch-hazel, and persimmon Here belong the striped
maple, yellow-wood, Kentucky coffee tree, ironwood,
Prunus pennsylvanica and P serotina, cucumber tree,
large-leaved magnolia, Cratxgus punctata, yellow-root
and sugar maple. The duller yellows merge with the
next group.
Brown and neutral autumn foliage tones down the
most brilliant colors and resolves nature's discords
Examples are the American and slippery elms, and per-
haps even the brighter red and chestnut oaks
Green foliage in autumn is even more valuable m
harmonizing colors. It is well expressed m the ever-
greens and nearly evergreen plants The sudden
devastation of the landscape occasioned by the fall of
the leaves (whence the Americanism "fall ' as a syno-
nym of autumn) excites fresh interest in all the plants
that remain green. These are of three classes (1)
The broad-leaved evergreens constitute the most sump-
tuous class of hardy plants, because they often possess
showy flowers or fruits m addition to broader and more
lustrous leaves than the conifers Of the fifty kinds
that are hardy in the latitude of New York, the follow-
ing have special autumn attractions Obinanthu? Aqui-
folium (flowers), mountain lain el (red twigs), American
hclly, climbing euonymus, fire thorn, Cotoneat>ler buxi-
foha and C microphijlla, partridge berry, and winter-
green In the South, the following have special attrac-
tions in autumn English holly, Euonymus japonicus,
ardisia, and nandma, all of which have red fruits, and
pernettyas having fruits of various colors Unfortu-
nately, no plant of this class much exceeds 15 feet in height
m the northeastern United States, and it is idle to hope
for a 50-foot tree of this group, such as England possesses
m the holm oak or ilex (2) The narrow-leaved ever-
greens, or conifers, may lack showy flowers but they
furnish more tall hardv plants than the broad-leaved
evergreens Their year-round uses are too numerous
for mention here, but their autumnal functions are
four, — (a) to harmonize discords; (6) to rest the eye
from color; (c) to furnish contrast, \vhich intensifies
color; (d) to give greater dignity than showy colors pos-
sess This dignity is due to the year-round beauty,
longer life, and costliness of white and red pine, north-
ern and Carolina hemlock, Nordmann and concolor
fir, white and Douglas spruce, red cedar and arborvitac,
as compared with cheap, showy and temporary decidu-
ous trees like willows, poplars, silver maples, and the
like Even the Vermont sugar-bush which, m October,
is one of the most gorgeous spectacles, presents a finer
appearance in the landscape when skirted by occasional
white pines, which add greatly to the dignity and "paint-
able quality" without obscuring its farm value or pur-
poseful character (3) The nearly evergreen or half"
evergreen plants may be bare from one to three months,
depending largely on latitude and season The plants
that remain green until their leaves fall are mostly
natives to western Europe, or to the warmer parts of
China, Japan or Korea, and are usually associated with
a moist and cloudy autumn European examples are
buckthorn, common privet, sea buckthorn, Cytisus
capitatus and C. nigncans, Genista tinctona, G. elata,
G. pilosa and G germanica. Far-eastern examples are
California privet, matrimony vine, panicled clematis,
Akebia qwnata and A. lobata, Lomcera fragrantis&ima
and L. Standishn, and Euonymus Hamiltomanus
var semipersistens. American examples are few, and
Lonicera Ledebourii comes from California (climate like
Europe), but the overcup oak and Leucothoe racemo»*
AUTUMN GARDENING
AVERRHOA
435
are eastern and southern plants All these species were
reported as being green at the Ainold Arboretum as
late as November 8 The peculiar value of this class
is as a substitute for broad-leaved evergreens Unfor-
tunately, the climate of the northeastern United States
is not favorable to broad-leaved evergreens, compared
with the South or Europe, and the lavish use of them
requires a princely income Consequently, some of
these cheaper plants, e g , California privet, Hall's
honeysuckle, and Wichuraiana roses, are available
even to the poor, while the whole list is of special
interest to people who have summer homes.
Ornamental fruits of autumn
The extraordinary beauty of shrubs with brightly
colored berries was first publicly and sufficiently
demonstrated in this country by the Arnold Arboretum
Compared with autumnal colors of foliage, the fruits
present fewer, smaller, and more jewel-like masses
Amid the bewildering variety one may discern three
groups
Fust are the short-lived fruits, which drop soon after
the killing frost, or present an unattractive appearance
owing to decay Here belong the vast majority of
ornamental fruits, including crab apples, dozens of
hawthorns, Viburnum Lanlana, V aim folium, V cas-
sinoides, V tiieboldn The chief function of tins class is
to suggest the fecundity and variety of nature in
autumn, but attractive tnornenes have been designed,
and the ornamental fruits of the Rosacea* are now used
to connect the battle-scarred remnants of old orchards
with modern ornamental planting, especially boun-
daries
The second group comprises all the fruits that
remain attractive until Christmas, e g , the rugosa rose
The third and most valuable group comprise^ those
that remain attractive all winter, like the barberries
This and the second group are classified by color under
Winter hardening (Vol VI )
Most persons are willing to sacrifice some degree of
ornament in order to attract the birds The following
furnish food in autumn, when it is especially desirable
to attract the migrants to the South the flowering
dogwood, red osier, and alteniate-lea\ ed dogwood,
choke-cherry, black and sweet elder, ai row-wood,
sassafras, kinnikmnick, crab-apple, hawthorn, fire-
thorn, cotoneaster, buffalo berry, tupelo, and moun-
tain ash.
Landscape forestry in autumn
Private and public \\oodlands in the East are more
beautiful than a decade ago, in spite of the destruction
of magnificent chestnut trees, and this is true, although
probably to a lesher extent, m other parts of the coun-
try. The sudden spread of the chestnut disease has
brought certain compensations For example, the
flowering dogwood, which was formerly kept down, has
prospered mightily, making the woods showiei both
in May and September, and other vegetation changes
are following
There is arising a general interest in pleasuie woods,
as witness the term "landscape forestry," which was
unknown ten years ago We aie beginning to make
personal use of woods Judged bv English standards,
American woods are too crowded by crooked and
spindling trees for comfort, and the general lack of
evergreens robs them of mystery and charm Our most
urgent needs, therefore, arc thinning, drives, paths, and
the restoration of evergreens, all of which are especially
enjoyable during the autumn and nutting season Mis-
taken xeal has denuded many woods of undergrowth,
which should quickly be restored along drives ana
paths To glorify the woods on dark autumnal days,
it is well to use masses of witch hazel, the foliage of
which furnishes one of the cheapest and quickest ways
of getting great sheets of sunny color.
|Tnfortunatelv the eastern mountains have been
devastated so often by fires and lumbermen that there
is comparatively little variety, the chief masses of color
being furnished by quick, short-lived species, like
poplars, birch and balsam, which are mere weeds com-
pared with the more enduring and valuable oaks and
pines Our greatest problems are the restoration of
variety and of long-lived species In such work the
fashionable colonies in the Berkshire^ ought to take the
lead, since the social season reaches its height at Lenox
in September. The Arnold Arboretum presents one of
the most artistic, and probably the most varied,
autumn landscapes made by man.
WILHELM MILLER.
AVfeNA (the old Latin name) Gramincx OATS
Mostly annuals with open panicle and large spikelets
Spikelets 2-6-fld ; rachilla bearded ba'ow the florets;
glumes about equal, large and membranaceous, man>-
nerved, usually as long as the spikelet, lemmas indu-
rated, bidentate at apex, bearing a stout twisted awn on
the back (this often straight or wanting in the culti-
vated oat) — Species about 50, of the temperate or
cooler regions of the world Scarcely grown as orna-
mental subjects.
fatua, Linn WILD OATS. Resembles the cultivated
oat, but differs in having long, brown hairs on the
lemmas spikelets usually 3-fld , glumes 1 in long;
awns of lemmas about an inch long Dept Agnc , Div.
of Agrost 20.94 — Intro, from En, especially on the
Pacific coast, where it is a troublesome weed In the
latter region the spontaneous growth
is frequently used for hay.
sativa, Linn CULTIVATED OATS
Spikelets usually 2-fld ; lemmas
glabrous, awns usually straight or
wanting See Cyclo Agnc I
stenhs, Linn ANIMATED OATS
Resembles A fatua but the spikelets
larger, the glume* about 1*£ in ,
awns 2-3 in — Occasionally cult as
a curiosity, the florets when moist-
ened presenting spontaneous move-
ments due to the twisting and un-
twisting of the awns as they absorb
or give off moisture
A etoUor=«Arrhcnatherum clatius
A S HITCHCOCK
444. Averrhoa
Carambola. (Xh)
AVERRHOA (after Averrhoes, the Arabian physi-
cian; Oxalidfices1, Tropical fruit trees, cultivated in
India and China, and bometimes grown under glass for
ornament
Leaves alternate, odd-pinnate, Ifts alternate, ovate-
acuminate, entire, stalked, sensitive fls borne on the
naked sts and branches, minute, fragrant, rose-colored
to reddish purple in axillary or lateral cvmes which
are often pamcle-hkc, calvx red, corolla campanulate,
petals 5 See N Amer. Fl 2o 57 (1907).
Carambdla, Linn. CAKAMBOLA Fig 444. Height
15- 30 ft Ifts 5-10- fls rosy purple borne in the If -
axils . f r varying in size from a hen's egg to a large
orange, ovate, acutely 5-angled, yellow, fragrant, the
pulp acid P M 15, p 231 llheede, Hort. Ural 3 pi
43, 44 Cav Diss. pi 202.— Cult sparingly in S Calif ,
and frequent in W Indies. The half-grown fr used as
Sickles, the ripe fr. for preserves Theie aie said to
e two varieties, the sweet and sour, the foimer being
eaten Said to produce 3 crops a ^ear. Leaves respond-
ing to the touch.
4 Billmbi, Lmn CUCUMBER TH^E BILIMUI Height 20-60 ft :
Ifts usually 31-45 pairs fls red, m longer clusters than the above
and borne on branchless from the hard wood fr smaller than the
carambola, cucumber-shaped, smooth, green nnd, and acid pulp.
Extensively cult in 8 Amer PM 15, p 231 Rheede. Hort Mai 3,
pi 45 46 Lam Encyc pi 385 ^ TAYLOR, f
436
AVICENNIA
AVOCADO
AVICfiNNIA (from Aincenna, the Latin name of an
illustrious physician of the Orient, 980-1036). Ver-
benacex BLACK MANGROVE WHITE MANGROVE.
Trees or shrubs usually growing in mangrove swamps
and on the shores of tropical estuaries, remarkable for
the vertical leafless breathing-stems that rise above the
soil from their long spreading horizontal roots.
Leaves opposite, entire, coriaceous, persistent: fls.
small and inconspicuous in axillary cymes, calyx cup-
shaped, deeply 5-lobed; corolla bell-shaped, whitish,
4-looed, stamens 4, inserted on the corolla-tube, exserted,
bearing ovate, 2-celled anthers, ovary sessile, 1 -celled,
ovate, tapering upward into a slender 2-lobed style, and
containing 4 ovules suspended from a central placenta,
tr ovate, oblique, opening by the ventral suture and
exposing the expanding embryo, before dropping off;
embryo with broad, fleshy conduplicate cotyledons —
Three species now recognized* A nitida which reaches
S. Fla. and La., A officinahs of Polynesia and the E.
Indies, and A. afncana of the west coast of Afr Planted
on the shores of estuaries to prevent washing by tidal
currents, they collect floating debris by means of their
erect breathmg-sts , and by this means aid in extending
the shoreline seaward.
nitida, Jacq. BLACK MANGROVE WHITE MAN-
GROVE. HONEY MANGROVE SALT-BUSH. A tree,
usually of moderate size but sometimes 60 to 70 ft
high, with a short trunk, and spreading crooked
branches: inner bark bright orange-red, outer bark
scaly, deciduous, dark reddish brown young branches
hoary-pubescent, at length glabrous and marked with
mterpetiolar lines and conspicuous If. -scars' Ivs. oppo-
site, oblong or lanceolate-elliptical, gradually narrowed
at the base, coriaceous, deep green and glossy above,
whitish or grayish beneath, 2 or 3 in. long and about
1-1 Yi in broad, fls inconspicuous, fragrant, borne in
few-fld spikes on angled canescent peduncles, closely
invested with small bracts, corolla whitish, about %m
diam. when expanded, the lobes slightly tomentose
on both surfaces, and the 4 anthers together with the
style protruding from the nearly closed throat: fr
oblong or elliptic 1-2 in long and about 1 in. broad
Mangrove swamps and shores of estuaries, Fla , Miss ,
and Texas; also Trop Amer — The fls are very rich in
honey, on which account bee-keepers in certain parts
of Fla transport their entire apiaries to the coast, along
the Indian River during the season of blooming, which
occurs m June and July The honey produced is white
and clear, and of excellent flavor, and always com-
mands the highest market-price The embryo begins
to germinate while the fr is still on the tree. When it
drops off, the two cotyledons unfold into a miniature
boat, floating on the tide, which distributes the fr.
along the shores of bays and lagoons and carries it to
the outlying keys Crystals of salt are often deposited
on the Ivs., on which account this species is sometimes
called polo de sal, or salt-bush \y. E. SAFFORD.
AVOCADO. (Persia gratissima, Gaertn.). Figs.
445, 446 One of the most highly valued of tropical
fruits It is commonly grown in Mexico, Central
America, parts of South America, the West Indies,
and Hawaii; to a limited extent in India, Mada-
gascar, Reunion, Madeira, Samoa, Tahiti, Algeria,
Queensland, and other tropical and subtropical
countries In Flonda and California, its cultivation is
conducted commercially See Persea
The avocado is considered by most authorities to be
indigenous to Mexico, Central America, and South
America to Peru and Brazil From the Aztec ahuacatl
has been derived the Spanish adaptation ahuacate or
aguacate, the name in general use in Spanish-speaking
countries. Avocado is an adaptation in use m the
United States and other English-speaking countries;
avocai in the French colonies Alligator pear is a mis-
leading corruption that should be dropped.
Seedling avocados grow to a height of 50 or 60 feet;
when budded the tree is considerably dwarfed The
leaves are elliptical to oblong-lanceolate, varying from
4 to 8 inches in length, persistent, deep green, the
new growth frequently wine - colored. The tree is
worthy of a place in every dooryard for shade and
ornament The small, greenish flowers are produced
m great abundance on loose axillary racemes.
The fruit is variable in form, color, and size, as well as
in quality and minor characters The form ranges
from oblate or spherical to slender pynform, including
a great variety of shapes, one of the commonest being
broad pynform. The color may be light or dark green,
purple, eiimson, or maroon. The fruit varies from 1
to 6 inches in diameter, and in weight from a few
ounces to three or four pounds The skin is sometimes
soft and pliable, and no thicker than that of an apple,
445. Avocado tree.
in other forms it is coarsely granular, woody, and
Y% inch thick, — in reality almost a shell Inclosed
by it is a mass of yellowish pulp, of the consistency
of firm butter, and of delicious nutty flavor The
avocado is unlike most other cultivated fruits in the
fact that it contains a large amount of vegetable oil,
sometimes as much as 18 per cent; hence it can be
considered more as a food than as a dessert It is
used in numerous ways, the commonest being as a
salad, with the addition of salt, pepper and an acid
Sometimes it is cut in half, the seed removed, and
the flesh eaten with a spoon, as muskmelons are
eaten, salt or other condiment being added. The
single, spherical or conical seed is frequently as
large as a hen's egg. It is provided with two more
or less distinct coats, which sometimes adhere to the
seed, and in other instances to the flesh.
In recent years the avocado has been given systematic
attention in the United States, both m regard to culti-
vation and varieties Previous to 1900, propagation
was exclusively by seed, and as the species is variable
when grown in this way, many trees produced inferior
AVOCADO
AVOCADO
437
fruit and commercial cultivation on a sound and
profitable basis was not possible The choicest varieties
are now propagated by budding and are grown on a
large scale
The diverse climatic conditions under which the
avocado is found enable varieties to be obtained which
are suited to regions with cool climates as well as those
which are strictly tropical. In Mexico the fruit has been
grown for centuries at altitudes of 6,000 or 7,000 feet,
where severe frosts are experienced each winter, varie-
ties from such regions, as opposed to those from hot
and humid lowlands, are suitable for cultivation in
those parts of California and Florida in which slight
frosts are the usual winter occurrence When mature,
some types will stand temperatures as low as 20° F.
without injury, if in proper condition at the time of the
freeze, others will not withstand lower than 27° or 28°
without serious damage
The subject of races or types has not been given
systematic attention outside of the United States, and
no attempt at classification has been made, other than
brief descriptions of types found in limited areas in
Mexico and Central America. In California two very
distinct types are grown, commonly referred to as the
Mexican and the Guatemalan; the former (/Vr.sra
drymifolw. of some botanists) is ordinarily a small fruit,
four to eight ounces in weight, oval or pyriform, and
thin-skinned It is one of the hardiest types in cultiva-
tion and very productive, as a rule The Guatemalan
type is characterized by its thick, woody skin, fre-
quently rough or tuberculate on the exterior, the fruits
are medium-sized It is considered one of the best for
commercial use, as it can be shipped without difficulty
The type grown in Florida is usually referred to
as the West Indian-South American. It has a skin
sometimes as thick as the Guatemalan, but of softer
texture, some varieties are of large size and attrac-
tive appearance, but the type is rather susceptible to
frost
The avocado haa been subjected to systematic culti-
vation for so brief a period that a large number of
named varieties has not been established In Florida
the Trapp is the most widely planted and is, in fact,
the standard commercial variety, Pollock occupying the
place of next importance Several others are grown to a
limited extent, including Family, Rico, Blackman, and
Wester In California some of the most promising
varieties are Taft, Lyon, Meserve and Murneta, a num-
ber of others have been disseminated Several named
varieties have been established in Hawaii
For commercial cultivation, winter-fruiting varieties
have been found to be the most valuable, since north-
ern markets are almost destitute of fre«h fruit during
that season It is desirable, however, to have a supplj ,
for local consumption at least? during other seasons of
the year Fortunately varieties are obtainable which
ripen at widely different times, — in California fruit is
m the markets fully ten out of the twelve months,
although the season in Florida, at the present time, is
not so long A variety running uniformly about a
pound in weight appears to be the most desirable,
and if the fruit is round or oval, it can be more advan-
tageously packed and shipped than if pear-shaped or
"bottle-necked " The skin should be sufficiently thick
and tough to withstand shipment without undue care
in packing, and the seed should be as small as possible.
It is also important that the seed be tight in its cavity,
for in the loose-seeded varieties, the flesh is often seri-
ously damaged by the seed shaking around while the
fruit is in traisit. Flavor and quality must of course be
up to the standard, there being a wide difference among
tne varieties in these respects.
Large seedling trees of the small-fruited Mexican
type sometimes produce as many as 2,000 or 3,000
fruits in a season, while a large-fruited variety may not
produce more than a few dozen. Two or three hundred
fruits may be considered a good crop for a tree of a
medium-sized variety.
In Florida, budded trees are planted in orchard form
20 feet apart; in California the distance is increased to
24 or 25 teet Seedlings must be given more room, — 30
feet at least. A well-drained, sandy loam is the soil
best suited to the avocado, drainage being the most
important requirement. For this reason it is oest, where
possible, to select a sloping piece of ground as a site for
the orchard Heavy soils, such as clay and adobe, will
grow the tree successfully if the drainage is good
Transplanting is best done in early spring, after
danger of frost is over, but before the tree has started
into ne\v growth In climates such as those of Cali-
fornia and Florida, the tree is in a semi-dormant state
after the cool weather of winter, and can be moved
with little difficulty A ball of soil should be taken with
the roots, and the top pruned moderately In light
soils which cannot be balled, the trees should be trans-
ferred to pots or boxes and allowed to establish them-
selves, after which they may be set out m the orchard
without disturbing the roots When the budded trees
have been grown in pots, the possibility of injuring the
delicate roots is eliminated
The cultural requirements of the avocado are similar
to those of the citrous fruits In dry climates the trees
must be irrigated regularly and frequently, particu-
larly during the first two or three years For bearing
trees a fertilizer containing 3 per cent nitrogen, 5 per
cent phosphoric acid, and 12 per cent potash has been
recommended, the quantity required each season vary-
ing from three to ten pounds per tree, according to the
character of the soil This should be applied in several
doses during the growing «e;ison The growth of young
trees is greatly encouraged by organic nitrogen.
Leguminous cover-crops are very desirable, for the
humus they will furnish as well as the nitrogen
Often there is a tendency especially in seedlings, ta
shoot upward and not spread out, this must be
checked by heading back \\\ weak or unshapely
growths should be trimmed out, and all wounds made
when pruning should be covered with grafting wax
or paint to prevent the entrance of any fungus into,
the wood It is well to keep the trees headed low to
prevent damage from winds as much as possible, this
also brings the fruit within easy reach for picking
In regions subject to severe frosts, the trees should
be protected during the first two or three winters
with a shelter of palm leaves, corn stalks, burlap,
or some such material Where irrigation is practised,
it is well to harden the trees by withholding water m
late fall
In Florida the avocado is attacked by the wither-tip
fungus (CoUetolnchum glcosponoides), which can be
controlled with bordeaux mixture. Two or three scale
insects have been noted on trees in California, but up
to the present time they are not of serious importance,
with the exception of the black scale (Saissetia olex),
which sometimes requires combative measures The
avocado mealy bug (Pseudococciis nipx) is troublesome
in Hawaii
For market purposes, the fruit should be graded
according to size, color and form, and carefully packed;
it is essential, if the fruit is to be shipped any distance,
to select varieties having good carrying qualities Light
wooden crates are used for shipping, containing one
laver of fruits, and provided with good ventilation.
The fruits must be separately wrapped in pieces of
strong paper, and packed closely together to prevent
their shaking about and becoming bruised If they are
to be shipped long distances, refrigeration is essential,
experiments having shown that the temperature should
be 40° to 45° F Prolonged storage in temperature
lower than 40° results in decomposition of the flesh
Seedlings do not usually bear as early as budded
trees, and on account of the vanation which they are
438
AVOCADO
AZALEA
likely to show in productiveness, as well as m form,
size and quality of fruit, they are unsuitable for com-
mercial cultivation For the home grounds, on account
of their ornamental value, they are worth planting; it
.s imperative, however, to select seeds from thp most
desirable fruits, of known quality and productiveness
The avocado is budded on seedlings of the same
species For nursery purposes the seeds are usually
planted singly m pots or in rows in the open ground
They may also be planted in flats, and potted off as
soon as they have germinated, as the roots are delicate
and easily injured, however, this is not a desirable
method A glasshouse is unnecessary, provided the
seeds are planted during warm weather,
but they are usually started under a
lath or slat covering of some kind.
Seeds will not retain their vitality
very long, and should be planted as
fresh as possible. Pots or ooxes less
than 4 inches in diameter should not be
used The soil should be light and
porous, preferably
rich in humus Most
avocado seeds are
somewhat conical;
they should be
planted with the
pointed end up, leav-
ing the tip projecting
above the surface of
the soil The pots
should then be
plunged in a frame,
covered with straw
or litter, and kept
continually moist,
but not soggy Ger-
mination will take
place in two or
three weeks if condi-
tions are favorable If
planted in the open ground, the seeds should be placed
in rows 3 or 4 feet apart, and 14 inches apart in the
row, covering them with an inch or two of soil It is
well to cover the ground with a mulch of straw to
prevent evaporation as much as possible
The avocado is a rapid grower, and young plants
require frequent repotting. It is also a gross feeder, so
that a rich soil should be used The plants may be
budded either m pots or in the open ground; if m the
former, they must be given very careful attention HO as
to keep them growing vigorously, and should be in 6-
or 8-inch pots They may be budded when ^g inch in
diameter, or even slightly less.
For avocados, shield budding, essentially the same as
practised with the citrus fruits, is most successful and
advantageous The amateur may have some trouble
in performing the work successfully, but after a little
experience, few difficulties will be encountered
The season at which budding is most successful
naturally depends somewhat upon the locality In
Florida, late autumn and winter budding is favored;
in California, May and June seem to be the best,
although good success is often obtained in the fall, in
Hawaii winter and early spring are preferred. Probably
the work can be done at any season when the bark will
slip readily, but all seasons are not equally advantageous.
Selection of budwood is one of the most important
matters, and one likely to give the novice most trouble.
If the wood is too old or too far advanced, the buds arc
almost certain to drop, leaving a "blind" shield, this
may happen even when good budwood is used, if the
stock is not in vigorous condition. The ideal wood is
of recent growth, but hardened up sufficiently so that it
does not snap on bending, and having plump, well-
developed buds,
446 Avocado
It is essential that the buds be cut large,—- not less
than \l/i inches in length, and thick enough so that a
small quantity of wood will be taken In budding large
stocks, % inch in diameter, 2 inches is not too long for
the bud, provided the budstick is, as it always should
be, not less than % inch in diameter. The budding-
knife must be as keen as a razor, and kept in as
neaily that condition as possible by frequent strop-
ping or whetting the knife after cutting each thirty or
forty buds The incision in the stock may be made
eithei in the form of a T or an inverted T, preferably
the latter, which has the recommendation of the most
buccehsful avocado budders In lifting the bark be
careful not to injure the delicate tissues which lie under
it, and push the bud in very gently Tie it in firmly
with waxed tape, leaving the eye exposed
In three to five weeks the bud will have united with
the stock, and the wrap should be loosened; it should
not be entirely removed until the bud has made a growth
of 3 or 4 inches Force the bud into growth by partly
girdling the stock 3 or 4 inches above it, or by cutting
off the stock about a foot above it Lop-
ping is difficult, as the wood is brittle and
will frequently break off rather than be
lopped The stock must be gone ov er every
week and all adventitious buds rubbed off
When the bud \8 8 or 10 inches high, the
stock may be trimmed off close above it,
and the stump covered with paint or graft-
ing-wax
Both marching and grafting are prac-
tised to a limited extent, the latter usually
under glass Neither of these methods is
so desirable as budding Cuttings can be
grown if bottom heat is available but trees
produced in this way do not seem to have
the vigor of budded trees
Large, unproductive or undesirable seed-
lings should be worked over to a good
variety This is not difficult to do by
budding, grafting is also possible Cut the
tree back severely in spring, leaving only the stumps
of the largest branches, 3 or 4 inches m diameter, and
painting the cut ends with white lead Numerous
sprouts will soon make their appearance; all but three
or four of these on each branch must be rubbed off,
and when these have attained a diameter of % inch
they can be budded in the same manner as seedlings
It is necessary to loosen the wraps oftener, however,
as the sprouts naturally make a very rapid growth
Old trees worked over in this way will often produce
fruit in two years p \y POPENOE
AZALEA (from Greek azaleos, dry: Linnaeus believed
them to grow in dry locations). Encdcex. See Rhodo-
dendron
The genus Azalea seems botamcally inseparable from
Rhododendron; there are no characters by which the
two genera can be clearly separated, though if one looks
only at the American species and those generally in
cultivation, the differences seem to be clear enough,
but if one takes into consideration the whole genus,
part icularly as it is represented in Asia, where it reaches
its greatest development, one finds many species that
have the characters of these two groups combined in
various ways and render a natural and clear separation
impossible
Most of the species retain the same specific or varietal
name under Rhododendron, except the following-
A dlba, Swept=Rhododendron rosmanmfolium — A balsaminx-
fldra, Carr =R mdicum var rosiflorum — A. calif 6rnica, Buck! -«
R orcidantalo — A Damelaidna Paxt -=R. mdicum var macran-
thura — A ledifbha, Hook =R roamannifohum — A hhifldra,
Poir =R rosmannifohum —A liitea, Lmn.=R calendulaceum —
A mfillis, Blume»R smense — A, m6ttis, Miq =-=R japomcum —
A mucron&ta, Blume—R. rosmanmfolium. — A. pdntica, Lmn.—
R. luteurn — A. procilmbens, Linn.— Loiaeleuna procumbent. —
A. punicea, Sweet— R. roamannifolium. — A. rtticuldta, Koch—
AZALFA
AZOLLA
439
R. rhombicum. — A Rdlhnonn, Hort — *R mdioum var. rosiflorum.
— A. Siebdldn, Miq — R mdicum —A specidaa, Willd —R calen-
dulaceum — A aquamdta, Lmdl ""-R Farrera
ALFRED REHDER.
AZARA (I. N. Azara, a »Spanish promoter of science,
especially of botany). Flacourtiacex. Ornamental
shrubs or small trees grown for their handsome ever-
green foliage and also for their fragrant flowers.
Leaves evergreen, alternate, short-petioled, entire or
serrate, with usually one of the stipules enlarged and
If -like fls small, in axillary peduncled racemes or
clusters, apetalous, sepals 4-5, with glands between
the stamens and the sepals opposite the latter, stamens
numerous, rarely 5, ovary superior, 1 -celled, with
numerous ovules, style simple, elongated fr a manv-
seeded berry. — About 20 species in S Amer , especially
in Chile
They are handsome evergreen shrubs, with small
or medium-sized foliage, inconspicuous but fragrant
flowers, and therefore called "arorno" in Chile
They can be grown only in warmer temperate regions;
the hardiest species is A rmcrophylla. They are some-
times cultivated as greenhouse plants and potted in a
sandy compost of loam and leaf soil. Propagation is by
seeds or by cuttings of mature wood in autumn under
glass with slight bottom heat
microphylla, Hook f From 3-12 ft Ivs. obovate,
serrate, or nearly entire, %-%m long, shining, gla-
brous, the stipules similar, but half the size fls greenish
in few-fld clusters, stamens 5 berries orange Feb ,
March. Chile G C II 1 81 Gn 18, p 403 Gt 23,
p 340 F 1874, p 221 — Graceful evergreen shrub,
regularly pinnately branched, excellent- for covenng
walls; the hardiest of all the cult species, hardy as far
north as Washington, D. C
Gilliesii, Hook. & Arn Height 10-15 ft • Ivs. 2H~3
in. long, broad-ovate, with coarse, spiny teeth, gla-
brous; stipules orbicular, much smaller fls in dense,
elliptic, nodding heads, yellow. Feb , March Chile
BM 5178 FS 23 2 1 45 G.C. II. 15.401.— The
handsomest of all azaras.
A craisifdlia, Hort ==A Gilliesn —A dent&ta, Ruiz Height 12
ft Ivs obovate or elliptic, cri'natc-*<errate fls yellow, m small
corymbs Chile BH 17S8 4 integrifdlia, Ruiz Height 10-
20 ft Ivs entire "s yellow, in oblong heads Chile Ha« a
variegated form ALFRED REHDER
AZ6LLA (Greek, to destroy by drying} Salvin,&ce&
A small genus of floating aquatics with small, pinnately
branched sts and minute fleshy 2-lobed Ivs , producing
2 sorts of spores in globular sporocarps The plants
multiply lapidly by self-division, and wMl grow readily
in water containing a little nutriment The species are
distinguishable only by microscopic examination In
natural conditions, the plants grow so closely together
and multiply so rapidly as to cover very completely anv
quiet water surface For this reason, they have been
fouud useful in preventing the propagation of mos-
q nit os in Germany and Panama
carolini&na, Willd Plant Y\-l in. long anchor-like
processes of spores with septa N Y. to the Gulf of
Mex
filiculoides, Lam Plants 1-2 in. long anchor-like
processes without septa. Calif, to Chile.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
BABlANA (said to come from Dutch for baboon, be-
cause those animals eat the bulbs) Inddcese. About
fifty cormous plants of South Africa (and one Socotran),
sometimes grown for spring bloom under glass, or in the
open in the South
Usually less than 1 ft. tall: fls showy, red or pur-
plish, in a short spike-like cluster or raceme, tubular
at the base, the segms. with claws or narrow bases,
and the limb erect-spreading, in marked colors and
shades, often fragrant, ovary 3-loculed. Ivs. narrow,
hairy, plaited, standing edgewise to the st
Low plants, of easy culture if treated like freesias or
hyacmtns Three or four corms placed in a 4-inch pot,
in autumn, give attractive bloom in March or later.
Grown only indoors or under frames in the North.
Outdoors in mild climates
they may remain continu-
ously in the ground, al-
though it is better to take
up and replant every year
or two Propagation is by
cormels and seeds They
are showy and useful plants.
Monograph by Baker in
Handbook of the Indese,
1892.
A. Perianth-limb regular or
nearly .so, and wide-
spreading.
strfcta, Ker (B villosa
and B purpiirea, Ker)
Fig 447. Plant 1 ft or less
high Ivs broad, oblong-
lanceolate or sword -shaped,
barely reaching the spikes:
fls scattered, showy, usu-
ally red or purple, with a
prominent tube, the segms.
oblong - lanceolate B M.
583, 621 — Babianas are not
sold under species-names in
this country, but as mixed
varieties. These varieties ^ fr
are chiefly, if not wholly, 447 Babiana stricta. (XX)
of this species There are
many foims and colors Var angustifdlia, Sweet. Lvs.
linear fls blue, pinkish inside B.M 637. Var. rfibro-
cyanea, Ker Limb lilac, throat red. B.M. 410 (as
Ixia). Var sulphiirea, Ker. Yellow or whitish B.M.
1053. Two other long-cult, types are described below.
AA Perianth-limb distinctly nngent or gaping.
plicata, Ker Low Ivs lanceolate, hairy, usually
overtopping the spikes, fls lilac or red, long-tubed, the
segms. oblong and unequal, odor pink-like. B.M. 576.
dfsticha, Ker Differs from the last in having the
perianth-tube distinctly exserted from the spathe; odor
hyacinth-like. B.M 626.
B flabelhfMia, Harv Fls 2-5, m erect spike, long-tubed, lower
lobes blotched Ivs Jfcn broad, toothed at apdx — B rinaena, Ker.
6-10 in fh gaping and nngent, scarlet Ivs narrow and pointed.—
B aambuctna, Ker 6-10m fls purplish, with spreading divisions,
elder-scented B M 1019 — B socolrdna, Hook f §-4 in fl.
single, the tube very slender, pale blue, 2-lipped Ivs. narrow-
lanceolate Jsl of Socotra B M 6585 L H B
BABY'S BREATH: Gypsophila; tdsoGahum and Androstephium.
BACCAUREA (Greek, bacca, berry, and aureus, gol-
den, from the yellow fruit). Euphorbiocex. Trees, rarely
cult., some with edible fr : Ivs large, alternate, simple:
mfl. racemose; calyx imbricate; petals absent; 2 ovules
in each of the 2-5 cells — About 50 species in the Old
World tropics, related to Antidesma. B. bracteata,
Muell. Arg. (Pierardia diUcis, Wall ), is mentioned as
once intro. to England. Malaya. Seed of B. Motley-
ana, Muell. Arg , of Malaya wnere the fr. is used, has
been intro by the U. S. Dept Agnc
J. B. S NORTON.
BACCHARIS (bakkhans, an ancient Greek name
for different shrubs). Compdsitae. GROUNDSEL TREE
Ornamental plants, chiefly grown for the showy white
pappus of the fruit; some species also for their ever-
green foliage.
Shrubby or suffruticose: Ivs. alternate, usually ser-
rate, glabrous, deciduous or evergreen heads of fls.
small, white or yellowish, dioecious, m panicles 01
corymbs, involucre with many imbricate scales, recep-
tacle flat, naked, pistillate ns with filiform corolla
achenes compressed, ribbed, with pappus — More than
250 species in Amer , chiefly in fe Arner
Boccharis halwmfolia and B. salicina are hardy
North, while the evergreen species are more tender
They grow m almobt any well-drained boil in a sunny
position, and are well adapted for dry and rocky slopes,
and valuable for seashore planting Propagation is by
seeds, or by cuttings under glass
halimifdlia, Linn Shrub, 3-12 ft branches angular*
Ivs cuneate, oblong or obovate, coarsely toothed, the
uppermost entire, glabrous, 1-2 m. long, fls in large
panicles' pappus white, about Hm l°nj? Sept Sea-
coast, from New England southward Gng 7 113 — •
The hardiest species, in fr resembling a shrub with
abundant snow-white fls.
B glomeruliflAra, Pers Allied to B hahmifoha heads axillary,
solitary or clustered, sessile or nearly so pappus somewhat shorter
N C to J la — B patagdmca. Hook & Arn Low evergreen shrub
Ivs H-J'iin long heads mostly axillary Patagonia — B pt/uJdm,
DC. Height 6 ft , evergreen Ivs 1 in long heads m racemose pani-
cles Pacific coast — B saUcina, Torr & Gray (B -jalicifolm, Nutt ).
Allied to B hahmifoha Lvs narrow-oblong, or linear-lanceolate
Colo to W Texas. ALFRED REHDER
BACHELOR'S BUTTONS: Centaurea Cyanus, Gomphrena glo-
boaa, Ranunculus acris and Ageratum conyzoides
BACKHOtSIA (James Backhouse, botanical trav-
eler) Myrtacex. Evergreen greenhouse plants, bloom-
ing in spring.
Shrubs or trees, with opposite Ivs. and blossoms in
cymes or umbels: calyx-tube turbmate, or broadly
campanulate, adhering to base of ovary, with 4 persist-
ent segms.; petals 4, short; stamens many, ovary 2-
celled, bearing a filiform style fr. a caps., more or less
inclosed m calyx, mdehiscent or separating into 2 parts.
— Five species in Austral. Requires the general treat-
ment of myrtaceous coolhouse plants. Prop, by harden-
ing cuttings under glass.
myrtifdlia, Hook. & Harv. Large slender-branched
shrub, or small tree: Ivs. ovate-acuminate, stiff, pel-
lucid-punctate, fls. white, in pedunculate corymbs, the
younger ones partly concealed by the petaloid bracts;
petals small, round-ovate, concave, acute; calyx hairy
Queensland and New S. Wales. B.M. 4133.
L. H. B.
BACTRIS (Greek, baktron, cane; the young sterna
used for walking-sticks). Palm&cex, tribe Bactrideae.
Usually low palms, very rarely entirely spineless.
Stems solitary or fasciculate ringed, spiny or smooth,
sprouting from the roots Ivs terminal or scattering,
(440)
BACTRIS
BACULARIA
441
equally or unequally pinnatisect, glabrous or pubes-
cent, segms. sparse or aggregated, or more or less
imperfectly connate, forming a bind blade, acute or
rarely obtuse at the apex, the ciliate margins recurved
at the base, petiole short or long, sheath long, spiny:
epadices sessile or pedunculate, perforating the lf.-
eheaths; spathes 2, the lower short, open at the apex,
the upper coriaceous or woody, exceeding the spadix,
or fusiform, ventrally dehiscent, smooth, bristly or
spiny, bracts persistent: fls. small or medium, pale yel-
low or greenish: fr. small, green, ovoid or globose. —
Species 90. Trop. Amer. GO 11.22:595.
These are ornamental palms, but little grown on
account of the spines The fruits of B. major are used
extensively in South America for food
The cultivation of baetns is easy if it is grown in a
warmhouse, with a range of temperature from 60° to
80°, and given plenty of water. Fiequent syringing is
advisable It thrives best in a mixture of loam, two
parts, leaf -mold, one part, well-iotted cow-manure,
one part The young: plants are veiy decorative, but in
age most of the species become spindly
Propagation is by suckers which grow freely; rarely
by seeds, which are hard to get
A Spines yellow, tipped black.
pallidispina, Mart (B Jlavi^nna, Hort ). St 10-18
ft high, 1-2 in. diam , the internodes spiny Ivs
showy, 5-9 ft. long, equally interruptedly pinnatisect,
petiole 4-6 ft , brown-scaly, thickly covered with very
long (%-2]/£ m ), black-tipped yellow spines, either
solitary or in groups of 2-4, segms linear-lanceolate,
caudate-acuminate, prickl} on the margins, the basal
ones 2-8 in long, l1-^ in wide, the upper, 12x1)4 m
fr 3-4 times exceeding the persistent calyx, about
IK m. long. Brazil
AA. Spinet black.
B. Lf. -segms acute at both ends.
major, Jacq BKACII PALM St. 9-15 ft high, 1-1 ^
in. diam , armed with rows of black spines 2 in. long:
petiole armed with very long black, terete spines; Ivs.
4-6 ft. long, equally pinnatisect nearly to the rachis;
sheath and rachis spiny and \\hite or brown tomentose;
eegms. linear, acute at both ends, 25-35 on each side,
1-nerved, 8-12 in. long, l/i-]/2in wide, glabrous on
both sides, densely setose, with black hairs along the
margin." frs about the size of an apricot, edible. Brazil.
minor, Jacq Fig 448 A tall, slender-stemmed
palm, often 40 ft in height, armed with many dark-
colored spines' Ivs roundish in outline, about 3 ft.
long and composed of numerous narrow, sharp-pointed
Ifts that are apmy on the veins beneath spathe axil-
lary, solitary, spreading, very spiny; corolla in both
sexes gamopetalous. fr rotunu, purplish black. — A
rare but showy palm grown sometimes in tropics.
BB Lf. -segms. acute at tip.
Gasipaes, II BK (Guihebna specidsa, Mart). St.
about 60 ft high, single or cespitose, with nngs of subu-
late-compressed black spines, 1 in. long, the rings about
as far apart as the diam. of the st. . Ivs. 6 ft. long, curv-
ing; segms dark green above, pale green below, very
numerous, approximate, 1)^ ft. long, 1% in. wide,
linear-lanceolate, long-acuminate, bnstly or minutely
prickly along the margins* fr. orange or reddish, nearly
2 in. long, ovoid. Lower Amazon.
homda, Oerst. Cespitose sts 6-8 ft. high, 8-9 in.
diam., very spiny, sheathed for most of its length with
bases of dead Ivs ; spines 3-4 in. long, 4-sided, whitish
tomentose, at length glabrous: Ivs. 2^-3 ft. long;
sheath 8 in., brown-tomentose; petiole 1H ft , densely
spiny, subtetragonal, densely brown-tomentose be-
neath, segms 7 in long, ^m. wide, lanceolate, rigid,
glaucous Unlike all the above in having a hairy but
not spiny spathe. Nicaragua
B. aurantiaca, Hort , is a "pinnate palm from Mex , dwarf and
spiny but beautiful " The name is unknown in botanical literature
— B caryotaefblia. Mart , from Brazil, with wedge-shaped 3-)obed
pinnae, has been catalogued, also B ittih*, Benth & Hook (Gul-
helma utiluj, CErst), from Costa Rica, with spiny petioles and
youn« lV8« N. TAYLOR, f
BACULARIA (Latin, baculum, a small walking-stick).
Palmdcex, tribe Arecex. Two or three small palms,
completely spineless By some, included in Linospndix
Stems very thin, either solitary or in bunches, which
are prominently nnged Ivs usually numerous, terminal,
unequally pinnate, and with relatively short petioles;
Ifts coriaceous, usually alternate, from 4-6 pairs, strap-
shaped, and with incised or much-lacimated apices,
attached by a broad, almost decurrent base, nerveg
prominent, numerous on older Ifts , on small ones soli-
tary spathes in pairs; spadix consisting of a long spike-
like cluster, as long as or longer than the Ivs ; fls. in
3's, a female with 2 males m each cluster on the greep
epadix- fr. small, obovatc or ovoid, green, from lArH va
448. Bactris minor.
long The genus is confined to temperate and tropical
Austral G.C. II 22 595.
For general culture, see Areca, to which they are
allied. The only species known in cultivation seem to
do better in a temperate rather than a tropical house,
but shifting will probably be found advantageous. One
of the smallest palms in cultivation, B. monostaehya
13 very popular, particularly in England.
monostechya, F Muell. (Areca monobtachya, Mart.
Kentia monostdchyn , F. Muell.) WALKING-STICK
PALM Trunk 6-12 ft high, scarcely 1 in thick: Ivs.
1J4-4 ft long; the sheath broad, coriaceous, about
6 in long, produced into 2 stipular lobes, segms very
irregular, acuminate, very variable in breadth and dis-
tance, adnate to the rachis, or tapering at f he base, the
longest about 1 ft long' infl very long, often exceeding
the Ivs , stamens usually 10: fr ovoid, about ^m. thick.
Queensland, New S. Wales. B M. 6644.
minor, F. Muell. Sts several from the same rhizome,
2-5 ft high, about y2m thick: Ivs about 3^ ft long,
with from 12-14 Ifts spadix about as long as the Ivs. or
a little shorter, scarcely i^m. thick; stamens 12; seed
about Hm diam Queensland — A delicate palm, not
so well known as the preceding, but attractive.
N TAYLOR.!
442
BAERIA
BALSAM
BAfeRIA (after the ilussian zoologist, Karl Ernst von
Baer). Compdsitx. Small plants, one of which is some-
times grown as a garden annual.
Heads«usually many-fid , radiate, the rays 5-15; bracts
of the involucre as many as rays,
pappus often wanting — Twenty
species of Cahforman annuaw
(or one or two perennial species) >
with numerous showy, inch-wide
yellow fls. in early summer
grAcilis, Gray (Bumklia grdci-
lis, DC ) Easily distinguished
from Adinolepsis coronana by
its hairy sts and foliage and
undivided Ivs . plant much
branched' height 4-12 in.: Ivs.
opposite, connate, linear-lanceo-
late' fls. solitary, on slender
terminal peduncles, involucre
leafier than in Acttnolcpsis coro-
nana, the scales longer, downy,
in 2 series, rays 8-12. B M.
3758 —This is likely to be' cult
as Lasthema cahformca, which,
however, is not hairy and has mu"h longer Ivs.
B chruidstoma, Fisch & Mey Lvs narrowly linear 1 line
or leas wide fls larger than in B gracihs, the Leads 3-4 line-*
high, hgulea 3-4 lines long habit more erect — B coron<ina=
Actmolepsis coronana AT TAYLOR i
BAHlA (probably from the port of Bahia, or
San Salvador, South America). Compdsitx. A little-
knoun group of herbaceous perennials or some-
times subshrubs grown for their yellow flowers and
canescent leaves
Leaves mostly opposite, rarely alternate, the
rather small pedunculate heads
terminating the branches, invo-
lucre hemispheric or obovate;
receptacle mostly flat, achenes
narrow, 4-sided, pappus of sev-
eral scarious scales — There are 12
species, all American They thnve
on borders of light and well-
drained soil, and may be increased
by seeds or by division in spring
lanata, DC. One to 2 ft high, slender: Ivs pmnately
cleft or divided into 3-7 linear or linear-lanceolate lobes:
rays mostly 8-9, oblong, showy achenes glabrous or mi-
nutely hairy Calif BR 1167 (as Eriophyllum).— Per-
haps not hardy in the N. E. Summer. N. TAYLOR
BAIKLEA (Wm. B Baikie, African traveler).
Legummdsae Great-flowered Trop. African trees of 2
species, one of which has been cult,
in En Trees unarmed: Ivs. abruptly
pinnate, coriaceous: fls few in each
raceme, not papilionaceous; petals 5,
much exceeding the turbmate calyx,
broadly oblanceolate or obovate, long-
•jlawed; stamens 10. B. insignis, Benth ,
is an erect evergreen, to 40 ft , with
short-lined fls 10 in. across, snow-white
with lower petal or lip lemon-yellow.
Upper Guinea.— Said to be the largest
flower m the Leguminosse.
BALAKA (the Fijian vernacular
name) PoZwdcea?, tnbe Arbcex. Palms,
differing, if at all, from Ptychosperma,
to which they are with equal propriety
referred, m having the seed not sulcate,
and in the half-rhomboid segms. of the
^^ Ivs ; and from Drymophlceus in the
450. Pod of gir- form of the If and the caducous spathes.
- - - —Species 2. Fiji Isls.
449. Balaka Seemanmi
Seemannii, Becc. (Ptyckot>pernui Sekmannti, H,
Wendl.). BALAKA. Fig. 449 Caudex slender, 8-12 ft.
high, straight, ringed, about 1 in diam.: Ivs. pinnatisect,
4 it. long, segms. erose-dentate at the apex, alternate,
9 on each side, semi-rhom-
boid, obliquely truncate, the
upper margin longer, cuspi-
date at the apex, the terminal
one deeply bifid Growing
as underwood in dense for-
ests Fiji — Sts used for
spears by natives, because of
tneir strength and straight-
ness. Fig. 449 is adapted from iSee-
man's Flora Vitiensis. jj TAYLOR.!
BALLOON VINE: Cardiospermum
BALM (Melissa offianali^ Linn.).
Lalnatx LKMON BALM and BEE BALM.
Sweet herb, the Ivs being used for
seasoning, particularly in liquors, and
also in medicine It has a lemon-hke
flavor. It is a hardy perennial from
S Eu The plant grows 1-2 ft high, somewhat
hairy, loosely branched, with ovate-petioled, some-
times cordate, Ivs. and yellowish or whitish fls. m
loose axillary clusters. iTirives m any warm posi-
tion, and is easy to grow. Prop, by seeds, also by
division. Becoming wild m E. U. S.
BALSAM, Impaliens Balsdmina, Lmn. (Balsdm-
ina horttnsis, DC Bukdmuin Impatiens, Hort 1m-
pdtiens coccinea. Sims, B M 1256). Balsamindcex
An erect, mucn-branchcd, half-succulent annual,
long ago introduced from India, and now widely
cultivated for its showy flowers.
Plant 1 3/2-2 Y2 ft.: Ivs lanceo-
late, toothed, the lower ones being
mostly in pairs, fls. clustered in
the axils of the Ivs , on very short
stulks, sepals and petals similarly
colored and not easily distin-
guished, one of the sepals (of which
there seem to be 3) long-spurred;
petals apparently 3, but 2 of them
probably represent 2 united petals,
thus making 5; stamens 5 The pod, shown in Figs
450 and 451, is explosive It has 5 carpels and very
thin partitions, and seeds borne on axile placentae.
When the caps, arc ripe, a pinch or concussion will cause
the valves to separate and contract, the seeds being
thrown with considerable force. The balsam has varied
immensely in the doubling, size and color of its fls. and
in the stature of the plant It was known to Gerarde
in 1596 The balsam is sometimes called "lady slip-
per," although this name is properly confined to
Cypripedmm, and used for Calceolaria.
Practically all the garden balsams are now double or
semi -double. The full -double
forms are known as the camelha-
flowered varieties. Fig 452. In
well-selected stock, the greater
part of the flowers from any
batch of seedlings should come
very double. The colors range
from white to dark blood-red, j
yellowish and spotted. Balsams
are of very easy culture. They
are tender, and should be started
in thumb-pots or boxes indoors,
or in the open when danger of
frost is past. The seeds are
large, and germinate quickly.
The plants prefer a rich, sandy
loam, and must not suffer for 451. Bzploiionof
moisture Transplanting, and
BALSAM
BALSAMOCITRUS
443
pinching-m the strong shoots, tend to make the plants
dwarf and compact, two or three transplanting are
often made. It is well to remove the first flower-buds,
especially if the
plants are not thor-
oughly established.
Better results are
secured when only
a few mam branches
are allowed to grow,
all the secondary
and weak ones be-
ing pinched out.
Sometimes they are
pruned to a single
stem, and if much
room is given very
large blooms are
secured. The lower
leaves may be re-
moved if they ob-
scure the flowers
Well-grown bushy plants should stand 2 feet apart
each \\ay, and the tall kinds will reach a height ol
2 to 2\$ feet CJood bloom is impossible if plants are
crowded For this reason, balsams do well in rows on
the border of a garden where they may have room.
Seed of the finest double strains is expensive, but infe-
rior or common seed gives little satisfaction Plants
started early in May should give flowers in July, and
should bloom until frost
452 Camellia-flowered balsam. (XI)
in Fig
,
A full-grown plant is snown
!53 At present, balsams arc gro\vn chiefly as
flow ei -garden plants, but some years ago the flowers
were largely used us "groundwork" in florists' designs,
particularly the double white varieties The flowers
were wired to toothpicks, and were then thrust into the
moss that formed the body of the design L H B.
BALSAMOClTRUS (Latin, balsamum, balsam, and
citrus) RuUkf,e, tribe ('itrese. Trees; usually spinv,
suggested as stocks foi citrous fruits, as yet scarcely
known in this countij
Fruit shard-shelled and persistent Ivs tnfoholate, or
rarely simple fls 4-5-parted , stamens 10-20, ovary
8-9-cclled, ovules numerous in each cell, seeds large,
smooth, hypocotyl very short, the cotyledons remaining
near or just above the surface of the ground The first
453. The garden balsam.
foliage Ivs are opposite, lanceolate or ovate — Three
species are known, all occurnng in Trop Afr B
Dawei is the type species
The subgenus Afiwgle (Latin, Africa and £gle)
differs from Balsamoeitrus proper in, having more than
twice as many (usually 4 times as many) stamens as
petals and in having a larger, more deeply lobed disk
B, paniculata is the type of this subgenus.
Dawei, Stapf Fig 454 A large tree, 50-60 ft. or
more m height: first few foliage ivs on young plants
simple but next succeeding ones 3-foholate, lateral Ifts.
three-fifths to three-fourths as long as the terminal 1ft ,
having a cylindrical petiolule iHr~Min long, terminal
1ft with a much shorter petiolule, H-Kin I°n8> but
usually borne on a section of the rachis yz-^A m long,
jointed both at the insertion of the lateral Ifts and also
where the petiolule of the terminal 1ft is inserted (such
imperfectly pinnate Ivs are riot uncommon in some
pinnate-lvd plants but are rare in tnfoholate species)
fls 5-merous with 10 free stamens (twice as many as
the petals) frs globose or oval, 4-fi in diam , with a
very thick, hard woody rind and 8 oval cells surrounded
by the more or less fibrous rnesocarp tissue, cells eon-
tain numerous seeds imbedded in amber-colored, fra-
grant gum The ripe frs drop off the pedicel, leaving a
hole through the shell where they wr re attached The
seeds are large, ^-^4 x iY-/&in > smooth, and germi-
nate with a
very short hy-
pocotyl, often
bringing the
cotyledons to
the surface of
the ground or
just above it
Occurnngmthe
Budongo forest
east of Lake
Albert N>anza
in Uganda, E
Cent Afr , at
an altitude of
2,000-3,000 ft.
—The seed-
lings grow very
rapidly Exper-
iments indicate
that this IS a 454. Pmit of Balsamoeitrus Dawei (XH)
very promising
stock on which to graft the bael fruit (jEgle Marmelos),
which it is difficult to grow on its own roots 111.
Journ Linn. Soc Bot 37, pi. 22
paniculata, Swingle (Citrus paniculata, Schum.
Mgle Bdrten, Hook f. Limbnia Warneckti, Engler).
Fig 455 A handsome tree, 20-45 ft high and much
branched Ivs on old trees tnfoholate, the lateral Ifts
about two-thirds as long as the terminal one and nar-
rowed into a slender petiolule I^~f6m long; terminal
1ft has a long slender petiolule M-^in l°ng but there
seems to be no articulation where it joins the lamina as
in case of B Dawei, spines are said to be solitary, from
1-4 in long but are wanting on fruiting branches
fls usually 4-merous, sometimes 5-merous, stamens
13-20, normally 4 times as many as the petals; ovary
8- or 9-celled, disk large, lobed • frs. spherical or obo-
void, 3-5 in diam , wTith a thick woody rind, green
until maturity, then taking on a gray color; cells of
fr contain numerous smooth seeds; germination un-
known — Commonly planted in the villages of Nigena
and the Gold Coast in Trop W Afr This species has
not yet been intro into cult , but it is to be hoped that
seeds will be secured from Afr to permit its being tested
as a stock for citrous frs. III. Hooker, Ic 37, pi. 2285.
Bull. Soc Bot. Fr v 58, Mem. 8d , pi. 1-2
gabone'nsis, Swingle A little-known tree or shrub:
Ivs. narrowly lanceolate, simple, with short petioles:
vigorous young trees, when they have reached a height
of 8 or 10 ft , begin to show tnfoholate Ivs with relatively
small lateral Ifts. from one-third to one-half as long as
the terminal 1ft. and like it acute at both ends; terminal
1ft sessile: fls unknown fr. nearly globular, slightly pear-
shaped, with a thick woody rind — The natives remove
the contents through an opening at the stem end and use
444
BALSAMOCITRUS
BAMBOO
the empty fr as a powder-flask. Native to the M'fan or
Pahouin country in N. French Congo and S. Kamerun
where the fr. is known to the French residents as
"poire a poudre" (powder-flask). This species grows
very rapidly under greenhouse conditions It has been
grafted successfully on the tabog (Chxtospermitrn
glutinosa), a related tree native to the Philippines, and
may prove of value as a stock for citrous fruits on ac-
count of its vigor and healthiness III. Bull Soc.
Bot. Fr. v. 58, Mem 8d, pi. 3, and Fig B , p 235
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
BALSAMORRHiZA (Greek, bdsamroot) Compdsitse.
Low perennials with thick, deep, resinous, frequently
tuberous roots, tufts of radical Ivs , and large vellow
fls : Ivs usually long-pet lolate, when eaulme usually
opposite, mostly radical' scapes few-lvd. or naked;
fls usually solitary The root was an aboriginal food,
when the rmd was peeled — About 10 species, mostly
from Cent, and W. N. Amer
Hodkeri, Nutt. Canescenf height 4-12 in : Ivs.
lanceolate, 1-2-pmnately parted fls solitary, on naked
scapes — Intro. 1881 by E Gillett, but- scaicely known to
horticulturists. Useful in dry situations
N TAYLOR.
gentle climate, but it is possible to grow certain species
where the cold of winter may reach zero Fahrenheit,
or even occasional depressions of greater severity
Bamboos delight in a deep, rich loam, and generously
respond to good treatment A warm, slightly bhady
nook, protected from the prevailing cold winds of win-
ter, and in which moist but well-drained soil is plenti-
ful, is an ideal location A top-dressing of manure and
leaves is not only beneficial in winter, by preventing the
frost from penetrating the ground too deeply, but it
also preserves the moisture that is so essential to the
welfare of the plants during the growing season Home
species produce rampant subterranean steins, and spread
rapidly when once established These should not be
planted for ornamental purposes, but only those form-
ing tufts or clumps It is best to plant each group of but
a single species, and to resstnct the widespread ing sorts
to isolated positions The most effective res-ults to be
obtained by planting bamboos are seemed on gentle
banks above clear water, and against a background of
the deepest green In such situations the graceful
stems and dainty branches, bending with their wealth
of soft green leaves, and the carele-ss lines of symmetry
of each individual, lend a bold contrast of the richest
beauty Ordinarily it will require two or three years
thoroughly to establish a clump of bamboos in the
open air, and, until this it* 'iccomphshed, tho vigor,
hardme.vs and beauty that characterize .some noble
kinds will be lacking During the first few yeans, a new
plantation should receive generous protection in locali-
ties in which the winters are trying, and even with this
precaution it is likely the plants will buffer to some
extent in cold weather Planted out in conservators
or confined in tubs or large pots, the bamboos present
many admirable qualities, and, as decorative plants,
several species offer many inducements to their culti-
455. Balsaraocitrus paniculate ( X 5 s)
BAMBOO. Various perennial ornamental grasses
embracing the genera and species of the tribe Bambu-
sese, order Gramine<p, cultivated for the surpassing
beauty of their foliage and habit; some of them are
hardy even in parts ot the northern states, but they
are warm-country plants.
Usually large, sometimes tree-like, woody, rarely
herbaceous or climbing plants, of wide geographical
range. The species are irregularly distributed through-
out the tropical zone, a few occurring in subtropical
and temperate zones, attaining their maximum devel-
opment in the monsoon regions of Asia — About twenty-
tnree genera, only two being common to both hemis-
pheres Something more than 200 species are recog-
nized, of which upwards of 160 occur in Asia, about
seventy in America, and five in Africa. They extend
from sea-level to altitudes of more than 10,000 feet in
the Himalayas and 15,000 feet in the Andes, and under
the most favorable conditions some species may attain
a height of 100 to 120 feet, with a diameter of culm
of 8 to 12 inches
An attempt to enumerate the numerous and varied
economic uses of the giant-grasses would greatly over-
reach the field of this article; but as objects of grace
and beauty in the garden, conservatory, and under
special conditions of landscape, bamboos are matchless.
Not only are they adapted to sections favored with a
vation, especially as they may be grown and used
out-of-doors in the
coolhouse
out-of-doors in the bummer and cheaply \\mtered in a
Propagation is best effected by careful division of the
clumps before the annual gro\vth has started The
difficulty of procuring seeds in some instances is "very
great, indeed, the fruiting of a number of species has
never been observed Home species flower annually,
but the majority reach this stage only at intervals of
indefinite and frequently widely beparated periods In
some species the flowers appear on leafy branches, m
others the leaves fall from the culms befoie the flowers
appear, or the inflorescence is produced on leafless,
radical btems Fructification does not exhaust the
vitality of borne species, but others, on the other hand,
peribh even to the portions underground, leaving their
places to be filled by their seedling offspring Owing
largely to the difficulty in obtaining flowering speci-
mens, the systematic arrangement or nomenclature of
the bamboos is in a sad plight As it is sometimes even
impossible to determine accurately the genus without
flowers, the correct positions of some forms are not
known.
Four sub-tribes of Bambusese are accepted by Hackel,
namely: Arundinariex — Stamens 3" palea 2-keeled:
fr. with the seed grown fast to the seed-wall. To this
belong Arundinana and Phyllostachys Kubambuse* —
Stamens 6* fr with the seed fused to a delicate seed-
wall. Bambusa is the only garden genus Dendrocala-
mese — Stamens 6 (rarely more)1 palea 2-keeled. fr a
nut or berry Here belongs Dendrocalamus Mclo-
cannesp. — Characters of the last, but palea not keeled
Melocanna is an example, an extra-tropical genus,
probably not in cult in the U. S.
The genera Arundinana, Phyllostachys, Bambusa
and Dendrocalamus contain the most important species
in cultivation. Roughly, the species of Arundmana may
be separated from Phyllostachys by the persistent
sheaths and cylindrical stems In Phyllostachys the
sheaths are early deciduous, and the intercedes, at
BAMBOO
BAMBOO
445
least those above the base, are flattened on one side
Generally, Arundmana and Bambusa cannot be sepa-
rated by horticultural characters, and Dendroealamus
is hardly separable except by its great size. It is proba-
ble that many of the forms now classed as .species of
Bambusa will eventually be found to belong to other
genera, especially to Arundmana K\tended informa-
tion regarding the Bambusea? may H found in the
following publications Munro's Monograph, in Trans-
actions of the Lmnaan Society, Vol XXVI (1868);
Hackel, in Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamihen, Vol II,
part 2, p 89 (1887), English Translation by Lamson-
Senbner & Southworth, as The True Grasses, New
York, 1890, papers by Bean in Gardeners' Chronicle
III, 15 167, et seq (1894), Freeman-Mitford, The
Bamboo Garden, 1896, New York, The Macmillan
Company, pp 224, A & C Riviere, I/es Bambous,
Pans, 1879, Gamble, The Bambuseac of British India,
Calcutta and London, 1896, Houzeau, Le Bambou,
Mons , 1906, Fairchild, Japanese Bamboos, 1903,
Franceschi, Bamboos m California, Santa Barbara,
1908 Among the hardiest of the bamboos are the fol-
lowing Phylhbtachys Henoni*, P mgra, P vindi-glau-
fY.scv'Ns, Arundinaria macro* perma, A japonica, A.
nit i da, Bambusa palmata, B tessellata and B pygm*m
The list of descriptions contains the important kinds
of bamboos in cultivation in America, and following the
classified descriptions will be found a list of species,
showing those that arc more or less rare in gardens, but
procurable from time to time through horticultural
catalogues or prominent growers An attempt has been
made to separate the hardier forms of bamboos from
the tenderer kinds by the character of the venation of
the leaves, a distinction that has been enthusiastically
entertained by Freeman-Mitford m his most estimable
\\ork, a book that has done much to create a popular
appreciation of bamboos, and also to clear up the com-
plete confusion into which the trade names have fallen
Bamboos have slowly but peisistently increased m
popular esteem, especially in the southern and Pacific
states, when1 they have proved their great beauty and
usefulness as gaiden ornamentals A new impetus has
been given the cultivation of these plants bv the dis-
semination of suitable species and varieties, and by the
introduction of new and desnable kinds b> commercial
horticultuiMs and the U S Department of Agriculture.
In the following taxonomy, A --Arundinaria, B =
Bambusa, D = Dendroealamus, P = Phyllostach}s,
T =-Thainnocalamus, \vhich is here considered a sub-
genus of Arundmana No Japanese native names arc
indicated, although bamboos are sometimes offered
under such names The pie vailing tendency is to dis-
card vernacular names, \vhen unassociated with the
Latin binomials, as they breed hopeless confusion.
INDEX.
B angustifoha, 19
A
Hmdsii, 11
B
pumila, 6.
B arundmacea, 40
A
HookiTiuna, 35
P
punctata, 21.
A aurea, 17
A
luimihs, 7
B
pygmasa, 5
B aurea, 24
A
jiponioa, 12
B
quadrangulans, 15.
P aur«a 24
P
Aurruisaca, 30
B
Quilwi, 26.
B auroovari(Kata,36.
D
latiHorus, 38
P
Ouihoi, 26
A auncoma, 18
A
macrosperma, 10,
B
/CoffamowsfrH, 3.
P barnbusoidofl, 29
11
B
ruscifolia, 30
B Caxtilloiun, 23
A
marmorca, 16
P
rusci folia, 30.
P CastillmiH, 25
B
mnrmorea, 16
A
Simonn, 13
A ohrysantha, 20
B
Matimowiczn, 13.
B
Simonii. 13.
B chrysantha, 20
B
Mazeln, 2b
D
stnctus, 41.
A dcbihs, 32
D
membranaceus,
A
tccta, 11
A dccidua, 11
39
B
tessellata, 3.
B disticha, 4
B
Metake, 12.
A
Veitrhn, 1
B erecta, 14
B
mifn, 2.r>.
B
Vntchn, 1
A falcata. 34
P
miti8, 25.
B
Vt/mort«ti, 19.
B falcata, 34
B
B
vimmahs, 30
A Faleoneri, ,M
A
Van/ara, 13
B
nolescens, 22
T Faleoneri, 3.1
B
A'anAira, 13
P
violoscens, 22
B fastuosa, 9
B
nigra. 21
B.
tindi-fflaucescens,
A Fortunei, 7, 17, 18.
P
28
B Fortunn, 17, 18
A.
nitida, 8
P
viridi-glaucesccns,
B (jracihv. 33
A
nobihs, 31
28
H Hamiltonn, 37
B
palmata, 2
B
viridi-stnata, 13.
B Henont*, 27
B
phcata, 13
A
»irtdt«, 17.
P Henoms, 27
A
pumila, 6
B
vulgans, 36.
SECTION I. — Venation conspicuously tessellate, i.e , the
veins crossing one another like the meshes of a net,
visible to the naked eye by holding a I/ up to the
light, or more clearly seen by the tt.se of a lens.
(Embraces the hardier types of bamboos, 1-30.)
A. Internodes not flattened' Jieaths persistent.
B. Lvs. relatively very broad, usually 2 in wide, or more.
1 A. Veitchii, N E Br (Bambusa Vdtchu, Carr.).
Fig 487 Height usually 3 ft or less, sis purple, white-
waxy below the nodes Ivs 5-8 in long, about 2 m. wide,
bright greeri above, below pale and minutely pubes-
cent, serrate. Japan M 77 but not G C III 15 '169,
or R B 23, p 270, which are pictures of B palmata, as
explained in G C III 15 209 —This is also liable to
confusion with B tessellata., but may be separated by
If characters Quite hardv, but the e/lges of the Ivs
wither in late autumn, giving a vanegated but injured
appearance
2 B. palmata, Burbidge Fig 488 Height 2-5 ft :
Ivs 10-15 in. long, 2-33/2 m wide, bright green, serrate,
smooth and shin-
ing above, below
pale and min-
utely pubescent;
longitudinal veins
very prominent
Japan M 79
Gn 49, p 59,
shows a clump 36
ft in eircuin — A
beautiful, broad-
Ivd. ornamental
456 Bambusa tessellata. (
3 B. tessellata,
Munro (B Rag-
amou-skii, Hort ).
Fig 456 Height
3-4 ft Ivs 12-
18 in long, 2-4
in wide, smooth
and shining above,
whitened beneath,
sharply serrate;
midrib prominent
and bearing a
tomentose line on one side China and Japan G C III.
15 167,18 189 R.B 2.3, p 269 —Produces the largest
Ivs of any of the hardy bamboos in cult , \vhich ia
especially remarkable on account of its dwarf habit.
Much confused in gardens, but unnecessarily, with
A Vntchu, as the tomentose line on one side of the mid-
rib is unique in B te^ellata The Ivs are used by the
Chinese for wrapping tea.
BB Lvs distinctly narrower.
c. Foliage green
D. Plants low, usually 1-3 ft in height.
E. Arrangement of Ivs. distichous.
4. B. dfsticha, Mitford (B nana, Hort , not Roxbg.).
Height 2-3 ft . sts zigzag, slender, green or tmged with
purple branches borne singly Ivs 2-2^2 in long, J^m
wide, or less, green, serrate on both edges, produced m
2 vertical ranks Origin uncertain — An interesting and
beautiful species, the distichous arrangement of the
Ivs. lending a distinct and unusual character.
BE Arrangement of Ivs. not distichous.
5 B. pygmfea, Miq Height ^-1 ft : sts. very slen-
der, purple, much branched; nodes prominent, with a
waxy glaucous band Ivs 3-4 in long, about y2m. wide,
serrate, pubescent, bright green above, glaucous be-
neath Japan — The smallest of the bamboos, and re-
markably hardy. It is especially valuable as an under-
growth, quickly making a carpet in wild places, but its
rampant growth will quickly outgrow close quarters.
446
BAMBOO
BAMBOO
6. A. pfcmlla, Mitford (B. pitmila, Hort ) Height
1-2 ft.: sts very slender, purplish, white-waxy below
the nodes Ivs. 4-5 in long,, Hin- or 1C8S wide, minutely
pubescent, bright green — Much rarer than B, Veitchti,
dwarfe^, the sts. merely purplish, the Ivs shorter and
narrower The Ivs. are a
darker green than in A.
h umihs, shorter, narrower,
and taper less gradually,
nodes less well defined, but
having a waxy bloom, in-
ternodes about 2 }^ in long.
7. A. hftmilis, Mitford
(A Fdrtunei var. vindis,
Hort). Height 2-3 ft.,
branches in 2's and 3's,
long in proportion to the
sts Ivs. 4-6 in long, the
largest about l^m wide,
pale green internodes 2-5
in long Japan — A rare
and pretty plant, liable to
confusion with A pumila,
but the sts lack the waxy
bloom of that species
DD Plants taller thar in D,
usually in excess of 3 ft.
E. Sts hollow, cylindrical,
or nearly so,
p Culms purple, or
purplish
8 A. nitida, Mitford
Fig 457 Height 0-10 ft
sts slender, seldom exceeding a load-pencil in thickness,
457 Arundmaria nitida. ( x ) g)
sts slender, seldom exceeding a lead-pencil in thickness,
black-purple in color Ivs 2-3 in long, ^m wide,
fehimng green above, pale beneath, sheaths purplish, the
hgule without hairs China M 73 GC III 18 179,
24 211. Gn 49, p 388— One of the daintiest and most
attractive of the arundmarias, and exceptionally hardy.
Some shade is desirable, as the Ivs are often injured by
strong sun Easily distinguished from A Veitchn and
A. pumil'i by the deeper color of the sts, which are
almost black.
9 B. fastudsa, Latour-Marliac Height 15-20 ft .
culms marked with purple-brown the internodes with
an unusually large cavity branches numerous, erect,
giving a columnar outline to each st bheaths shaded
with purple Ivs 5-7 in long, an inch or less wide, bright
green above, glaucous beneath Japan
Kt Cuhm> grt'tn or golden
G Species native,
10. A. macrosperma, Michx LAIKJE CANK Height
15-25 ft , with numerous, short, divergent branches'
Ivs 4-8 in or moie long, ?4~1 ' 2 in broad, smoothish
or pubescent, sheaths veiv persistent sts erect, rigid,
simple or snarmglv branched the first year, becoming
dense and leafy the second, afterwaids fiuitmg at in-
definite penods, and soon aftei decaying Chiefly along
river banks, Va, and Ky .southwaid —Forming cane-
brakes, sometimes of gieat si/e and density This and
the next are the only bamboos native to the U. S.
Sometimes cult as an ornamental
11. A. tecta, Muhl (A macro* ph ma var suffruti-
c6sa, Munro) SM\U, CANK SWITCH CANK SCUTCH
CANE. Height 2-12 ft sts slender Ivs 3-6 in long,
4-12 lines wide, rough ish, sheath bearded at the throat.
Swamps and moist soil, Md and S Ind southward —
A form, perhaps specifically distinct, which may be
known as var decidua, common in W N C , has the
peculiarity of dropping its Ivs every autumn, and pass-
ing the winter in a leafless state The foliage of this
deciduous cane turns yellow in autumn, drops, and m
early spring the culms reswrie their verdure.
GG. Species not native to the U. S.
E. Branches borne singly in the axils.
12. A. japdnica, Sieb. & Zucc (B. Metdke, Sieb.)
Fig. 458 Height 5-10 ft Ivs 4-8 in or more in length,
1-2 in wide, smooth and shining on the upper surface,
below whitened and finely pubescent, sheaths conspicu-
ous Japan M 1 G.C; III 15239, 18.185— The
commonest of the hardy bamboos, and readily dis-
tinguished from other tall-growing kinds of arundmanas
by the large, broad Ivs and by the broad, persistent
sheaths which almost permanently enwrap the etines
From A tiimonu it differs by the bud bung a simple
flattish scale, instead of a complex scaly one, and also oy
the less amount of waxy bloom on the sts Particularly
recommended for cities.
HII Branches borne in dense, semi-verticillute clusters
13 A. Simonii, A & C Riviere (B Slwonn, Carr B
vindi-striata,Ilort' A and B Nanhlra, Hoit ) Height
10-20 ft . Ivs 6-10 in or more in length, usualh less
than an inch wide, sometimes striped with white,
tapering to a long, fine point , mid-vein glaucous on one
side toward the apex, green on the other Himalayas,
China and Japan GC 111 15 301, 18 LSI —A sil-
ver-variegated form is sometimes known as B Maxi-
mowiczn, Hort, and B pluata, Hort RM 7146 —
One of the tallest of the arundmarias Very late in
starting into growth It flowers quite frequently, and
does not die down entirely after blooming, as some
kinds do llesistent to drought, hardy and ultimately
very vigorous and handsome
14. A. Hindsii, Munro (B er<5tta,Hort ) Height 6-10
ft . culms straight, the branches appearing as if whorled
Ivs. upright at hrst, van ing in length up to 9 in , and
about /^m wide, the veins conspicuously tessellated
internodes 3-7 in long, waxy-white, bheaths with a
few hairs, long persistent Japan — The erect habit of
458. Arundmaria japonic*. ( x h't
BAMBOO
BAMBOO
447
growth is vejy pronounced, and it spreads with marked
rapidity.
EE. £te either solid or quadrangular.
15. B. quadrangularis, Fenzi Sts square, especially
in older plants, 20-30 ft. tall Ivs. deep green, serrate,
6-7 in. long, about 1 in. wide, the tessellation minute.
China and Japan — A wide-spreading species, when
established, and one possessing considerable hardiness.
New growth is produced mostly in late summer and
autumn.
16 A. marmdrea, Franceschi (B marmdrea, M it-
ford) Height 3-o ft. sts. slender, cylindrical, without
a cavity, sheaths purple, marbled with gray nodes
unusually prominent, purple, with the under side bright
green, internodes short, usually 1-2 in long Ivs 3-5
in. long, about ^m wide, abruptly and sharply pointed
at the apex Japan — In cult for several years in
Calif
cc Foliage variegated.
D. Plants low, usually 1-3 ft. in height.
17 A. F6rtunei, A & C Riviere (B Fortunei, Van
Houttc, and var vanegatn, Hort ) Fig 459. Height
1-3 ft . Ivs 4-5 in long, }3-%in. wide, beautifully
striped with white Japan F S. 15.1535 — Sometimes
loses its Ivs in severe winters, but quickly recovers in
spring The internodes are rarely more than an inch
long Var aurea, Hort , with yellow variegation, is A
auricoma Var "frw/is, Hurt =.4. humilts An old
favorite Rhizomes very active, requiring consider-
able space
18 A. auricoma, Mitford (A and B Ffotunei var.
ahrca, Hort ) Height 2-3 ft Ivs. 4-6 in long, about
an inch wide, brilliantly variegated with yellow, v el-
vet v pubescent on the lower surface, serrate, with the
tooth more pronounced on one side sts purple nodes
3-5 in apart Japan — An exceedingly beautiful and
meritorious ornamental of striking character
19 B. angustifdlia, Mitford (B Vtlmorlmi. Hort).
Height about 1 ft • sts slender, purplish or light green,
with prominent nodes Ivs 2-4 in long, about Mm.
wide, serrate, frequently variegated with white Japan.
— A dainty species, soon forming attractive clumps.
nn Plants taller than in D, usually in excess of 3 ft. (See
alt>o under No 13 for A Sunonii )
20 A. chrysantha, Mitford (B chrysdntha, Hort.).
Height 3-5 ft Ivs 5-7 in long, 1 in or less wide,
nearly smooth, more or less variegated with yellow.
Japan — Not so brilliantly colored as A auncoma, from
which it ma> be readily distinguished by the prominent
ribs and absence of the soft velvety pubescence from
the lower surface of the Ivs.
AA. Internodes flattened on one side: sheaths early
deciduous.
B. Sts. black or brown.
21 P. nigra, Munro (B nlgra, Lodd ). BLACK
BAMBOO Height 10-20 ft . sts green at first, but chang-
ing to black the second year nodes conspicuous, the
upper rim nearly black, the lower edged "with white.
Ivs. very thin, 2-6 in long, 6-10 lines broad China and
Japan M. 142, and frontispiece O.C III 15:369;
18 185. R B 23, p 268. B M 7994 —One of the most
popular of the bamboos, markedly hardy and distinct.
Var. punctata, Hort , has yellowish sts. spotted with
brownish black.
22 P. viole"scens, A, & C Riviere (B. violescens,
Carr ) Height 10-20 ft • sts violet, almost black the
first few months, changing the second year to a dingy
yellow or brown Ivs variable in size, 2-6 in. long, l/^~
\ Yz in. wide, the larger Ivs. borne on young shoots or
lower branches; they are sharply serrate, and have a
well-defined purplish petiole. China and Japan
BB. St8. striped with yellow and green.
23. P. CastUldnis, Hort. (B Castittdnis, Hort.).
Height 10-20 ft. or more- sts. zigzag, striped golden
yellow and green, the colors alternating at the nodes:
Ivs spanngly striped with yellowish white, variable in
size, usually 3-6 in. long, %-l % in wide, serrate, the
teeth being especially prominent on one edge: If -sheaths
topped by a wnorl of dark brown or purple hairs. Japan.
— Both beautiful and uncommon.
BBB. Sts. greeny yellow, or yellowish.
c. Plants tail, i e., more than 5 ft. high.
D. The internodes very short at the base of the culms.
24. P. afcrea, A. & C Riviere (B aurea, Hort ). Height
10-15 ft." sts. yellowish, often brilliant in color, the
interned cs at the base remarkably short* Ivs narrowed
from near the base to the apex, mmii'ely and regularlv
serrate on only one border, usually 2-4 in long and
%m wide, but vanable, light green, glaucous beneath ;
sheaths deciduous, marked with purple China and
Japan. Gn. 8:206. A.F. 5:41. — Easily recognized by
the very short nodes at the base of the culms
DD. The internodes at the base of the culms not congested.
E. Outline of sts. not conspicuously zigzag
25. P. mitis, A & C. Riviere (B. m\lis, Hort , not
Poir.). Height 20 or more ft., and said to attain 60 ft
in its native
soil sts deep
green at first,
eventually yel-
low internodes
at the base not
conspicuously
short Ivs van-
able, usually 2-4 in
long and %m W1tle,
light green, serrate on
only one border,
sheaths deciduous,
marked with purple
China and Japan Gn
17.44 —Readily dis-
tinguished from /*
aurea by the long inter-
nodes at the base of
the culms
26. P. Quflioi, A &
C. Riviere (B Quihoi,
Hort B. Mazelii,
Hort ) Height 20 or
more ft , and under
favorable conditions up
to 70 ft : sts arched, green or yellowish, bearing unusu-
ally long branches: Ivs remarkably large and broad,
the largest 8 in. long, 1% in wide, conspicuously serrate
on one edge, dark green, often spotted with brown,
very glaucous beneath* If. -sheaths pinkish brown,
deeply mottled with purple spots China and Japan —
Rare and unusually attractive
27 P. Hendnis, Mitford (B Hendnis, Hort ;.
Height 10-15 ft sts arched, bright green, eventually
4S9. Arundinaria Portunet. (X&)
,
yellowish, the surface slightly roughened sheaths yel-
low-brown, early deciduous Ivs 2-3 in long, a little
under V£m broad, narrowed below the middle to the
base, long-attenuate at the apex, bright green ; If -
sheaths often purplish, the ligule fringed with purple
hairs, internodes 5-6 in. long near the base and middle
of the culm, grooved with a double furrow Japan. —
Wonderfully graceful and eminently hardy.
EE. Outline of sts. conspicuously zigzag.
28 P. vfridi-glaucSscens, A & C. Riviere (B vindi-
glaucescens, Carr.) Height 20 or more ft., and under
favorable conditions up to 60 ft : sts zigzag, arched,
448
BAMBOO
BAMBOO
bright green at first, fading as they ripen to a dingy
yellow, sheaths early deciduous, the hgule extended
into fnnged auricles: Ivs. 3-4 in. long, about ^m. wide
or a little more, bright green above, whitened below.
China and Japan. Gn. 7:279. G.C. III. 15:433;
18:183. — Frequent in cult, and very hardy.
29 P. bambusoides,
Sieb. & Zucc. Height
6-10 ft : sts. slender, zig-
zag, green at first, event-
ually yellowish: sheaths
purplish, early deciduous,
branches in 3's, the long-
est m the middle, little
longer than the internodes:
Ivs. variable, &-7
in long, 1 in.
or less wide, ser-
rate, the teeth
especially sharp
on one edge,
bright green,
&ale beneath,
hina and
Japan Gamble, Bamb. Bnt. Ind.27,t
27. — The true plant very rare in cult.
cc Plants low, 1-3 ft. high.
30 P. ruscifdlia, Hort. Kew (P.
Kumasdca, Mitford. P. Kumasdca,
Munro B. ruscifbha, Sieb B mmina-
lw, Hort ) Fig 460. Height 1-3 ft.:
sts. zigzag, dark to pale green sheaths
purple, much fnnged. branches very 450 Phyllostachys
shdrt, not more than 1 or 2 in. long, in ruscifolia. (x-jf$)
3's and 4V Ivs 2-3 in long, about 1
in wide, ovate in outline Japan. GC III 15:369;
18 '189 — The sts are almost solid, the tube being ex-
ceedingly small Dwarfest species of Phyllostachys.
SECTION II Venation essentially stnate, i e , the veins
running in parallel lines from the base to the apex,
cross veins obsolete or obscure, but usually with a
number of interposed pellucid dots. (Embraces
the less hardy types of bamboos, 31-41.}
A. Sts. hollow, not spiny.
B. Lvs. averaging not more than 3 in. long.
31. A. n6bilis, Mitford Height 15-25 ft : Ivs. 2-3
in. long, usually less than %m wide, bright green,
borne on short, purple petioles, stn ate- veined . sts.
yellow-green, with purple-brown nodes. Probably a
native of China — A large and graceful species mtro.
into Calif, by Franceschi m 1896. One of the hardiest
of the arundmarias with striated Ivs.
32 A. d6bilis, Thwaites Height probably 5-10 ft.:
sts. clustered, much branched, the nodes 2-6 in apart,
yellowish. Ivs 1-3 in long, Hm. or less wide, stnate-
vemed. High mts of Ceylon and the Philippines.
Gamble, Bamb Bnt Ind 7, t 6. — Intro m Calif and
offered m 1910 by the Montanoso Nursery. The char-
acter of the venation would seem to imply only
moderate hardiness.
BB. Lva. averaging not more than 6 in. long.
33. A. Fftlconeri, Benth. (T. Fdlconen, Hook. f.
B. gracihs, Hort, not Wall) Height 10-15 ft., sts.
slender, bright green when young, yellow when old,
the mternodes sometimes white-waxy. Ivs. thin, 3-4
in. long, about J^in. wide, stnate-vemed. Himalayas.
Gamble, Bamb. Brit. Ind 20, t 18 B M 7947.— Not
very hardy. The If -sheaths are smooth, cut short at
the top, without a fnnge, and with an elongated ligule;
while A.falcata has very downy If -sheaths, fringed with
long hairs at the intersection with the If. The serra-
tions of the If.-edges are more pronounced in A.
Falconen, especially on one side.
34. A. falcate, Nees (B. falcdta, Hort ). Height 10-
20 ft.: Ivs. 4-6 m. long, about J^m. wide, light green,
striate-vemed : sts. slender, not exceeding ^m. diam.,
covered with a bluibh white-waxy coating when young,
eventually yellow-green, sheaths downy, ciliate at the
hgule. Himalayas. Gamble, Bamb. Brit Ind. 12, t.
11 and 12. — A great many plants cult, under this name
are really A. Falcontn, a species with smooth sheaths
and frmgeless ligules. Requires a mild climate.
BBB. Lvs. averaging more than 6 in. long.
c. Culms 16-26 ft tall, reddish brown
at maturity.
35 A. Hookeriana, Munro. Height
15-25 ft . culms glaucous green when
young, turning reddish brown with age:
nodes prominent, with a bluish ring' Ivs.
6-10 m long, Yz~\lA in wide, the venation
striate Himalayas Gamble, Barnb. Brit Ind 17, t.
15. — The tallest and largest species of arundmaria in
cult. Intro, in Calif by Franceschi. Not very hardy.
cc. Culms taller, giant species sts green or yellowish.
36 B. vulgaris, Schrad FEATHERY BAMBOO Height
20-80 ft sts bright green, 4 m diam , or more,
straight at first, eventually much arched by the weight
of the dense foliage branches numerous, striate' Ivs
usually 6-10 in long, 8-15 lines wide, rough on and
near the margins and on the lower surface India.
GC III 25'390 Gamble, Bamb Brit Ind. 44, t. 49.
Var. afcreo-variegata, Hort , GOLDEN BAMBOO, has
canes of a rich golden yellow color, penciled with green.
—Will stand but slight frost
37 D. Hamiltonii, Nees & Arn Height up to 80 ft •
sts 4-7 in diam , much branched above, pubescent
with white hairs when young mternodes 12-20 in.
long Ivs variable, sometimes 15 in long, 2H m wide,
finely serrate; midrib narrow, with 6-17 nerves on
either side, the nervules chiefly of pellucid glands.
Himalayas. Gamble, Bamb Brit Ind 85, t 74 —
The lower branches usually seated on woody knobs.
Promises to become an important member of the tall
bamboos m S. Calif.
38 D. latiflfi-
rus, Munro.
Height 60-70
ft * sts. erect
and remarkably
straight, 4-5 m
diam., with a
large cavity: Ivs.
7-10 in. long,
1-2 in broad,
long-acuminate,
deep green,
borne on short
petioles; midrib
prominent, with
about 9 nerves
either side, the trans-
verse nervules lacking
or obscure. Formosa,
Burma, Cochin China.
Gamble, Bamb. Brit.
Ind. 131. t. 117.
Munro, Trans. Linn.
Soc. 26:152, t. 6.—
Considered one of the
best of the giant bam-
boos in S. Calif
39. D. membrana-
ceus, Munro. Height
60-70 ft.: sts. white-
441. Bambusa arundlnafcet.
BAMBOO
BANANA
449
powdery when young, smooth and bright green when
older, 1-5 in. diam.: nodes prominent: internodes 9-20
in. long: sheaths with waved, hairy auricles. Ivs. 5-10
in. long, H~%m. wide, deep green above, pale beneath,
slightly hispid. Burma, India. Gamble, Bamb. Bnt.
Ind. 81, t. 71. — Requires a warm, protected situation
to attain full development. Intro, into Calif, in 1895
by Franceschi.
AA. Sts. either solid or spiny.
40. B. arundinacea, Retz. Fig. 461. A majestic
species, often attaining a height of more than 40-60 ft •
sts produced in dense clumps, at first green and shining,
zigzag in outline, eventually straight and golden in
color branches, especially the lower, more or less spiny
Ivs 4-8 m. long, ^m or a little more wide, nearly gla-
brous; sheaths persistent1 fis. produced at long intervals,
and after perfecting seeds, the plants die. India.
Gamble, Bamb Bnt Ind 51, t 48.
41 D. strictus, Nees Called MALE BAMBOO, on
account of the solid character of the culms. Height
20-50 ft. sis. 1-3 in diam , solid or nearly so, glau-
COUH green when young, yellowish when mature nodes
swollen internodes 10-15 in branches long and blen-
der, leafy Ivb 4-10 in. long, up to IK m wide, soft-
hairy, at least when young, narrowed from near the
base to the tip, the apex usually twisted ; midrib promi-
nent, with 3-6 nerves on either side, the ncrvules
chiefly of interposed pellucid glands. India, Burma.
Gamble, Bamb. Bnt. Ind 78, t 68 and 09.
B agr^tis, Poir India. Cochin China Adv by Yokohorna Nurs
Co — li Alph<w*e Kitrn, Hort A variegated form of B nana, Roxbg
Young sts b tripod with white and pink, older sts yellow with broad
green stripes Tender — A dnctpt, Mitford hirnilar to \ mtida,
but mature sts ycllow-gieen or brown, and If -sheaths fringed with
\v hite hairs Nati\ e of the Himalayas, at elevations betw een 9,000-
KMKJOft— "B nrofnlea Grows 2 3- 35 ft high, thedensr massi s of
beautiful gnen foliage, glaucous underneath, and the hundreds of
slender culms growing close together, the exterior ones bending o\ er
to all sides, combine to make this bamboo indescribably brautiiul "
II Nehrlmg, Fla — "li argtntea var mtttia, the variegated bamboo
or the blue bamboo of gardens, the taiho-chiku of the Japanese,
who have grown tlm from time immemorial in pots, is one of the
most satisfactory in Fla , it attains the swe of B argontea, but Us
Ivs are still more blue on the under side and altogc ther smaller
and more delicate, they are striped and edged with white " Nehr-
ling — A anitata. Gamble Sts 5 ft, purplish brown Ivs 4 in
long, 'urn or less wide, narrowed to au acute apex, venation tessel-
late Himalayas,, where at thrnes at elevations of 11.000 ft — B
,, .
ifu, llcgel Japan — P Bory&na, Hort By some aathon-
tics considered to be n form of P mgra, but the culms are of t dull
yellow color when mature, splashed here and there \vith purple
,
brown blotcht s, and the branches are much longer m proporti
the culms China and Japan — /' flexudsa, A & C Kiviere Culma
6-10 ft , dull greenish ytllow when mature Ivs similar to those of
P vindi-glaucescens ligules of t ho culm-sheaths without auricles
A comparatively small and compact ornamental China — 4 fdlut,-
vane(]<itist llort , is presumably A Fortunei, the commonest low-
growing, variegated arundmaria — "li yrdcilis This most beautiful
small species used to be grown in gardens under the name of A.
falcata the Ivs are very small, arranged in a distichous way on
both sides of the twigs, they have a fine emerald-green color sts.
thin and slender, the whole plant not growing taller than 10-12 ft "
Nehrlmg — P hcterocycla, Carr A curious plant, the lower inter-
nodes of which are obliquely and alternately arranged like the
scales of a tortoise, and for this reason called the "tortoise-*hcll
bamboo " At about 1-3 ft from the ground the nodes lose this
peculiar character, and assume a regularity as m other species In
other respects this interesting bamboo does not differ much from
P mitis, or P aurea Japan — A Khasidna, Muiiro A Himalayan
species with black sts , allied to A falcata The name, however, has
been misapplied to A nttida and A nobihs, and the true species is
probably not in cult m the U S -B LajjdfUn, Hort Height 3-8
ft sts green with a tinge of purple, verticillately branched above,
the branches relatively long Ivs 4-ti in long, Vtm or less wide, dark
green, somewhat mottled in appearance China and Japan — "B.
macroailmii Received about 15 years ago directly from Japan
under the name of taisan-chiku It is a veritable want, growing SO-
TS ft high with large dark green Ivs and thick culms, first green,
then black, old culms have a gray color m stature this is one of the
noblest of all the bamboos, and it is perfectly hardy, the sts spring
straight out of the soil like spears and when they have fully devel-
oped they bend over to all sides at their tops, so that the entire
plant from a distance looks like a gigantic sheaf " Nehrlmg — P
marMcca, Mitford Wrinkled Bamboo Similar to P Quihoi, but
the internodes at the base aro very close together, not more than
1-2 in apait, much wrinkled Japan—/' nlgro-punchlta, Hort
Probably a variety of P mgra, under which it appears in the classi-
fied descriptions above — B niitans A most exquisite bamboo
grown for many years under the name of Dendrocaiamus strictus.
29
which is a very different plant, grows 35-40 ft high with a very
dense growth of small green Ivs, the green having a shade of blue IL
it, the sts hang over to all Hides, forming beautiful arches, tender, a
most extjuisite plant to gro-v on lawns or on the edge of lakes, or in
the foreground of det p green magnolias " Nehrlmg — B orientdlis,
Nces Adv by Franceschi, Santa Barbara, Calif , who regards it
as a form of 13 arundinacea, with Ivs larger and velvety to the
touch It forms clumps quickly E India — A racemdsa, Munro.
A native of the Himalayas, growing at high altitudes height up to
15 ft , the culms brown, very thick in proportion to height, the long
and narrow Ivs are conspicuously tessellated — "B scriptdria A
3rnall species not growing ovtr b-S ft high, forming fine dense
clumps Ivs anml', green, underneath glaucous, particularly valu-
able for small gardens " Nthrlmg —A apathiflbra, Tnn Height
10-20 ft , the culms yellowish or nearly brown, slender and much
branched Ivs tessellated, 2 3 in long, about Jfin wide, acutely
pointed, thin in texture Himalayas, at altitudes of 7,000-10,000 ft
— B KtnAta, Lodd Height 4 5 ft «ts striped yellow and green, as
thick as the thumb, internodfs 4 -bin long Ivs 6-8 in long, *^-l in
broad China B M 0079, which shows a flowering specimen with
conspicuous anthers, red-purple at first, and fading to lilac Not
described by Mitford 1- ormerly sold by Yokohoma Nurs Co — B.
stnatifdlta var aurea, Hort , an abandoned, fade name never re-
cognized by botanists --B strlctn, Hort , an old trade name probably
notB stncta, Roxbg — P sulphurm, \ &C Rividre Height 10-
15 ft , seemingly intermediate between P mitis and P aurea It
is less tall than the former, and the sts are more brightly colored
than m the latter species Japan -B Thoudran, Kunth A doubt-
ful species, considered by some botanists to be only a form of the
widespread B vulgans, But, according to Franceschi, at least horti-
culturally distinct Height 50 60 ft , w ith a diam of culm of 4-5 in
Intermediate in outline between the erect-growing D latiflorus, and
the spreading or horizontally inclined B vulgans Intro into Calif,
some 25 years ago, and in recent years remt 10 bytheU S Dept of
Agnc from S France, where it had come from Algiers 40-15 years
ago — B Tulda, Roxbg Height up to 70 it , the culms 4-5 in
diam , and of a remarkable gray-green color Ivs very glaucous oi»
the lower surface Recently mtro by the U S Dept of Agnc.
Bengal and Burma Gamble, Bamb Bnt Ind 30, t 29 — B mne-
gnta Sieb=A Fortunei —ft lerhnllata, Hort , Franceschi Height
15-20 ft sts orange-yellow Ivs in whorls, striped white
Among the recent introductions of bamboos by the United States
Department of Agriculture, representing two genera of much
interest and rarity to the I nited htates, are the following
CHDSQUfeA A genus belonging to the subtnbe Arundmaneas,
of tall, shrubby or climbing plants with the flowering branches in
clusters at the joints, and comparatively small Ivs and spikeleta.
W Indies amlS Amer , chicliy m the \ndcs-f bambusMts, Hack
A large species with small panieUs exceeded by the crowded bladea,
1 in wide and about 6 in long Native of Brazil — C quita, Kunth.
A frer ly branching arborcsu nt spec les with numerous open panicles
and distant Ivs scarcely ' ..m wide Native of Chile —C' valdi-
renut, Desv , of Chile, is a ^< nder climbing species with naked sts.
and numerous fascicled leafy (lowering branches, the Ivs 3-4 m
long — C nbictifdha, Gnseh V climbing species with dense tufts of
short branches with Ivs less than 2 in long and about >gin wide
Native of the W Indu s
OXYTENANTHfeRA A genus of the subtnbe Eubambusese, of
tall, shrubby plants from the K Indies and Afr , characterized by
long, eyhndncal or conical spikelets in compact fascicles, the anther?
ending in a bristle — O abysslnica, Munro (Bambusa abyssimca,
Rich ) Infl capitate, large and spiny Ivs about 6 in long, 6-8
lines broad Native of Trop Afr Q D> BEADLE
BAMBURANTA (Bambusa and Maranta). Zingiber-
dce<e A name applied to an undetermined plant with
maranta-like leaves and bamboo -like habit, from
the Congo Free State B. Arnoldiana, Lmd Lvs-
broadly ovate, acuminate, distinctly petioled, on long,
spieadmg, graceful stems; attrac-
tive as a pot-plant G.C III 28*
313 (1900).
BANANA, a name
applied to certain
species of M u s a ,
particularly to those
that produce edible fruits,
although it is sometimes
used for species grown for
ornament, as for Musa
Ent,cte There are three
groups of edible bananas,
the common banana, eaten
raw, Musa snpientum, the
plantain, fruits to be
cooked, M. paradisiaca,
dwarf, with eaible fivuts,
M. Cavendishn. The first
two are probably forms of
462. Tip of flower-cluster
of banana.
450
BANANA
BANANA
463. Plantain banana. (Xi)
one species, and the botanical nomenclature is con-
fused Some species produce fiber. Consult Abaca and
Musa.
The banana plant is a great perennial herb. It
grows 10 to even 30 feet tall, and produces a bunch of
fruit, and the stalk then dies or becomes weak; m the
meantime, suckers
have arisen from the
rootstock to take its
place The peculiar
flower-bearing of the
banana is shown m
Fig. 462. which illus-
trates tne tip of a
flower -cluster This
cluster may be likened
to a giant elonga-
ting bud, with large,
tightly overlapping
scales or bract s Three
1 of these bracts are
shown at a a a. in
different stages of the
flowering, As they
rise or open, the
flowers below them expand The bracts soon fall The
flowers soon shed their envelopes, but the styles, 6,
persist for a time. The ovaries soon swell into bananas,
c The bracts are royal purple and showy.
The banana has come to oe one of the most popular
fruits m North America, due to the cheapness of its
cultivation and transportation, ease of handling, long-
keeping qualities, and adaptability to many uses The
source of supply is mostly Jamai m, Costa Rica, Cuba,
Honduras, and latterly the northern shores of Colombia
In the tropics, the ordinary bananas are cooked and
used as a vegetable rather more than as a fruit to be
eaten from the hand The plantains, which are coarser
and harder fruits and thicker, are alwavs cooked. A
form of cooking banana used in parts of tropical
America is shown in Fig 463 Of the banana itself
there are many varieties. The common large fruit in
northern markets is the Martinique, Jamaica, Gros
Michel or Bluefields. A red variety, the Baragoa or
Red Jamaica, is sometimes seen. In the tropics, vari-
ous very small forms are grown for local consumption
These are fragile and do not keep long, and are rarely
seen in the markets North One of them, known as the
"fig" in Trinidad, is shown in Fig 464, the fruits are
about 3 inches long. The dwarf or Cavendish banana
is grown extensively m the Canary Islands, and appar-
ently also in Bermuda; and it is not uncommon as an
ornamental plant in conservatories
It is said that the banana was first imported into the
United States m 1804 by Captain John N. Chester of
the schooner Reynard, the lot consisting of thirty
bunches The first full cargo is said to have been 1,500
bunches brought to New York in 1830 on the schooner
Harriet Smith, chartered by John Pearsall of the firm
of J. & T Pearsall. Two or three cargoes would appear
each year, until about 1857 William C Bliss entered the
banana- importing
business, securing
his supply from
Bara^oa, Cuba,
and taking the
trade to Boston.
In 1869, he se-
cured a small car-
go from Jamaica.
In recent years,
the Jamaica-
United States
banana trade has
assumed very
large proportions.
In the United States, there is little commercial culti-
vation of bananas, since the frostless zone is narrow and
the fruit can be grown so much more cheaply in Central
America and the West Indies. Small banana planta-
tions are common in southern Florida, however, and
even as far north as Jacksonville. They are also grown
in extreme southern Louisiana, and south westw ard to
the Pacific coast. The plants will endure a slight frost
without injury. A frost of five or six degiecs will kill
the leaves, but if the plants are nearly full grown at
the time, new foliage may appear and fruit mav form
If the entire top is killed, new suckers will spring up
and bear fruit the following year A stalk, or trunk,
bears but once; but the new sprouts which anse from the
roots of the same plant continue the fruit-bearing. A
strong sprout should bear when twelve to eighteen
months old (from two to three years in hothouses).
4 4 A hand of the "fig" banana
465 A bearing banana plant.
The plantation will, therefore, continue to bear for
many years. A bearing stalk, as grown in southern
California, is shown in Fig. 465.
The species mostly m demand for fruiting seldom or
never produce seeds, and naturally increase oy suckers
The suckers are most readily separated from the parent
rootstock by a spade. This is a slow process of increase,
but the suckers so produced make large and vigorous
plants. A quicker method of propagation is to cut the
entire rootstock into small, wedge-shaped pieces, leav-
ing the outer surface of the root about 1 by 2 inches in
size, planting in light, moist soil, with the point of the
wedge down and the outer surface but slightly covered.
The best material for covering these small pieces is fine
peat, old leaf-mold, mixed moss and sand, or other
light material that is easily kept moist The beds
so planted should be in full open sunshine if in a
tropical climate, or given bottom heat and plenty of
light if in the plant-house The small plants from root-
cuttings should not be allowed to remain in the original
bed longer than is necessary to mature one or two leaves,
as that treatment would stunt them.
BANANA
BANKS
451
The textile and ornamental species, also, may be
increased by the above process, but as these species
usually produce seeds freely, seedlings can be more
quickly grown, and with less trouble. The seeds of
bananas should be sown as fresh as possible, treating
them the same as recommended for root-cuttings As
soon as the seedlings show their first leaves, they should
be transplanted into well-prepared beds of rich, moist
soil, or potted off and plunged into slight bottom
heat, as the needs of the grower or his location may
demand Both seedlings and root-cut! ings should have
proper transplanting, sufficient room and rich soil, as
a rapid, unchecked growth gives the best and quickest
results.
In the We.st Indies, Central America and Mexico,
banana? are laised for export to the United States and
Canada The site chosen is usually a level plain in the
lowlands, near the coast, or in valleys among the hills,
where the i am fall or artificial moisture is sufficient.
For distant shipping, bunches of fruit are cut with
"machetes" or knives, after they reach their full size
and are almost mature, but. quite green in color. Ripen-
ing is effected during shipment in warm weather, and
by storing m daik, artificially heated rooms during cold
weather Banana floui is a valuable product of ripe
bananas prepared among the plantations in the tropics
It is mittitious, and ha-* an increasing demand and use
as human food A recently invented process of drying
ripe bananas has been found verv successful, and the
industry promises to be of v.ist importance as the mar-
ketable article finds ready sale Further details of the
growing of the commeicial crop in the tropu
found in Cyrlo Amer Agnc , Vol II, p 199
BANEBERRY Artva
P
E. X KKASONKR
L II B
BANKS. The means of holding and planting banks
and steep surfaces is one of the perplexities of the horti-
culturist and landscape designer. The banks to be
considered may be defined as very steep earth slopes
with a bare, shifting surface, requiring protection and
planting, or a surface covered with natural vegetation
Figs 460-469
Low banks, either curved or rigidly formal, usually
enter into symmetrical designs of the elaborately
finished surroundings of a fine home Usually they are
' "-» zir^--j?^
466. A bank before planting
olaced to outline or to inclose parts of a design, or to
decrease or increase the apparent height of a building
or other structure, or of a garden compartment.
Protection.
One problem to be solved is the protection of sea,
lake, nyer, and small stream banks and bhiffs against
the sliding of the soil, due to waves or along-shore cur-
rents m sea or lakes and to running water, especially
floods, in stream beds. Such water-action, cutting
under the base of a bank, causes the soil above to slide
down. On lake and sea shores, jetties built from the
bluff-base into the water will check an eroding margi-
nal current, make it drop its load of silt, and extend
the shore In many positions willows, planted close
together in a wide band on the beach or at the bluff-
base, will accumulate and fill with roots the soil that
467. Same bank after planting.
is washed down and blown in, and thus create a water-
resisting barrier Along suit water, plantations of the
sea-beach grass, Ammophtla arenaria, and the shrubby
Bocchans hnlinufolvi and /w/ru/^scens are serviceable;
and far South, the mangrove may be planted on outer-
most sea-edges
Another bank trouble is soil-seepage water coming
to the surface part way up the slope and making mud
patches that slide down and cause the soil above to
cave away Usually this sloughing is at an impervious
soil layer at some feet below the surface, to which the
water passes, then finds its way out to the bank-face
If this water is at fixed spring-like points, a tile drain
laid m porous material about 3 or 4 feet deep and
directlv down the bank to a concrete anchor at the out-
let opening will usuallv take off the water that causes
sliding. If the seepage is all along the face of the bank,
it may be necessarv to carry a drain some feet back
from and parallel to the edge of the bluff -top down to
and a little into the impervious soil, with tile outlets
down the bank.
The surface of banks is often gullied by water run-
ning from the top down the face at frequent intervals
This may be prevented by forming a ridge or barrier
at the edge of the bluff to carry the water along sodded
channels to paved or piped outlets down the slope
Sand-bluff surfaces that drift with the wind need
thick plantations of plants that will grow well in sand,
with a mulching of ha^ , lea\ es or litter to keep the sand
[i place until vegetation is established.
Thf
The erosion of large streams at the base of bluffs
is often beyond the means of individuals to control,
although persistent willow-planting along shore and
planting on the slope, will often suffice In bad banks, a
riprap of stone with plants having matted roots between
the stones will holu On smaller streams, ripraps of
stones or stumps, while unattractive until covered with
vines, will hold banks at critical places A continuous
stone wall is not a good barrier unless it is high enough
on both sides to include flood-water, and the cost of
such walls is too high for most individuals
On sliding slopes there is usually an overhanging
upper edge with a short perpendicular edge just under
it to be graded back The material thus secured may
be used at the foot of the bluff. When more ideal con-
ditions are desired, the grading may be extended tr.
give angular raw banks the graceful contours thai
nature's gradual rounding-down of angles will give
BANKS
BANKSIA
Planting.
On low banks and terraces, where soil may be thor-
oughly prepared and well cared for, turf or any vigorous
plant can be established. In elaborate garden designs,
such planting is often trimmed or trained to a uniform
surface or arranged to make a part of a formal pattern.
On high banks, landscape beauty of distinction may
be created by the selection, arrangement and manage-
468. Banks held by moderate planting, the scenic features
not being obscured
ment of artificial plantations or the natural growth
High banks uniformly drained and graded to prevent
slipping, such as railroad and reservoir slopes, may be
turfed Such treatment is not recommended m large
operations in which an interesting and varied surface-
cover, or a low maintenance cost, is desired \\ hen
large bluffs require many thousand plants and limita-
tions of cost require that they be planted with little
soil preparation, varieties must be (selected that will
grow well in the soil presented They must be pUnts
that can be procured m large quantities at low cost, for
the bulk of the planting, and it is desirable that they
have such special characteristics as underground or
surface stolons or trailing stems that root strongly at
frequent intervals, or stems that root at the tips
There aie also varieties with very densely matted
fibrous roots that hold soil well
The following plants meet these requirements for
the soils indicated'
Low evergreen plants for the sandy or gravelly soil
of the North Bearberry (Ardotfaphijlos Uua-Ursn) an
ideal evergreen trailing giound-cover for sand or gravel,
of which collected plants must be used that are not
easily transplanted. Trailing jumper (Jumperus corn-
mums). Savin jumper (Jumperus Sabina) These
three species are not procurable in large quantities at
low cost, and collected plants do not transplant readily.
Low evergreen plants for good soil in shade Ever-
green spurge (Pachywndra termmalis), excellent for
shade and hardy over a wide territory. Myrtle or large
periwinkle (Vinca major), from Virginia .south. Periwin-
kle (Vmca minor), from Pennsylvania north The last
three plants are offered by nursenes in large quanti-
ties, the latter at low cost by collectors, and collected
plants transplant well. Japanese evergreen honey-
suckle (Lomcera japomca) This climber and trailer is
one of the best bank-covers in states south of New
York, and it can be obtained in nurseries or from col-
lectors in large quantities. Spring planting should be
done very early
For low deciduous trailers or medium high shrubs for
nearly all soils, the tip-rooting species of blackberry,
such as Rubus canadensis, R dumetorum, R occiden-
tahs, and the species with underground stolons, such as
the cultivated high-bush blackberries, and red raspber-
ries, are serviceable and can be obtained in large quan-
tities at low cost Plants having a similar habit may also
be thus secured, as the matrimony vine, the Indian
currant, the weeping golden bell (Forsythia i.
the wild roses, (Rosa lucida or R mtida), the staghorn
sumac (Rhiis ti/phina) Of low-cost trees, the common
locust, soft maple, box elder, and Russian mulberry, are
all suitable
Of mat ted -root plants, the Japanese barberry, the
hop-tree (Pleha tnfoliata), the European euonyrnus,
the common buckthorn, can usually be readily procured.
Of small trees for shade, the flowering dogwood and
red-bud are especially suitable and attractive from
Massachusetts arid New York south
Of tall evergreen trees, the white pine is more ser-
viceable for light soils and more easily procured; the
arborvitse and red cedar are the most available medium-
height trees for average soils
In California, the mesembryanthemums are largely
used for bank-covers
It is very desirable to establish a ground-cover of low
shrubs and especially herbs under trees on banks as soon
as practicable. By using hay containing wild asters,
thorough worts, blazing star, goldenrod, perennial sun-
flowers, and the like, for mulching young plantations,
many of these plants will be introduced from seed,
especially when seeds are mature. These will gradually
be superseded by such shade-loving plants as ferns,
violets, woodland asters, and goldenrods, especially if
colonies of these plants are introduced as soon as the
plantations are high enough to give shade.
Arrangement
If it is important to retain an extended open view
from the top of high banks, then high trees must be
confined to the lower edge, medium-sized trees and large
shrubs to the central zone, and trailing plants or low
shrubs to the upper zone If the bank is a lo\\ one, then
low trees or large shrubs must be substituted for the
large trees at the bottom of the bank It is often more
interesting, however, to allow the bank to be covered
with tall trees and then open vistas and views through
these trees
by cutting
branches and
thinning out
as they de-
velop. Banks
offer rather
an unusual
opportunity
for the de-
velopment of
interesting
detail in the
development
of the plant-
ing, because
of varying
conditions of
moisture and
soil Such in-
teresting de-
tails should
be made ac-
cessible by
469. Flat plan of a bank treatment on the
right of the plan; and good planting against
the residence, and up a bank at the rear.
trails following along the slope on easy grades that can
be made at the time the bank is fust graded or at later
periods as the growth develops
WARREN H. MANNING.
BANKSIA (Sir Joseph Banks, 1743-1820, famous
English scientist) Proteacex Australian evergreen
shrubs or trees with handsome foliage, but not widely
known m cultivation here.
Leaves variable, often deeply incised, usually dark
green above, white or brown downy beneath, fls showy,
sessile, usually in pairs, spicate; spike terminal or axil-
lary, mostly crowded within the bracts and floral Ivs.,
BANKSIA
BARBADOS LILY
453
470. Banksia encifolia.
the pistillate ones ultimately forming thick woody
strobiles. — Species 46, more than 23 of which have been
more or less cult, in England, but only 2 or 3 so far
known here.
Propagation is difficult, and by seeds is usuallv an
unsatisfactory method, although B. wrrata has been
grown satisfactorily from seeds. Cuttings under a bell-
jar, without too much heat, root fairly well.
The following have been recently catalogued in
North America; none of them has "gained a perma-
nent foothold" in California. Several species are known
in American botanic gardens.
integrifdlia, Linn. Ten to 12 ft. . Ivs 6 in long, 1-1^
m. wide, entire, or rarely a little dentate, the upper side
dark green, silveiy white beneath, scattered or some-
times irregularly verticillatc, spikes 3-6 in long; peri-
anth about 1 m long, greenish yellow. Cav. Ic. 546.
B M 2770. Lam. Encyc.
54.
serrata, Linn Tree, 10-20
ft , the young branches to-
mentose. Ivs oblong-lanceo-
late, 3-6 in long, coiiaceous
and deeply and regularly ser-
rate, fls similar to the pie-
ceding, but red B R 131<i
(as B unduldta) Cav Ic
539, 540 —Almost perfectly
hardy in Cent Fla
ericifdlia, Linn Fig 170
Shrub or small tree, 12-14
ft Ivs scarcely longer than
^m , heath-like spikes 6-10
in long, the yellow penarith
about %m long B M 738.
Andr. Bot Rep , pi. 156
Cav Ic 538
B latifMin, R Br Stout shrub hs irregularly almost spiny
serrate, 4 S in long, I1 7-,$ m wulc spikes i-"> m long, perianth
slender, scarcely 1 in long, greenish HM 2100 — H priorities,
Lmdl Tree, 15-2") ft Ivs 8-11 in long, >2-l in wide, pmnatifid
spikes I-1} in long, perianth scarcely an inch long, vinous, style
rigid, incurved at the base. j^ TAYLOR
BANUCALAG: Alcuntes tnsperma.
BANYAN TREE: Ficus indica, and other species.
BAOBAB: Adansonia.
BAPHIA (name meaning dye). Leguminbsx. CAM-
WOOD BAR WOOD. Shrubs or small tiees, sparingly
planted far south
Erect or climbing* Ivs 1-fouolate, exstipellate, the
stipules small fls white or vellow, papilionaceous, fas-
c'ded or racemose, calvx snort-toothed but becoming
»ht as the fl opens, .standard oibicular, and wings
oblong or obovate, keel obtuse and slightly incurved;
stamens not united pod hneai -lanceolate, acuminate,
flattened — A dozen species in Tiop Afr and Mada-
gascar Sometimes grown in hot houses. Prop by cut-
tmgs bearing Ivs.
racem&sa, Hochst Erect, S ft , branches glabrous:
Ivs leathery, 3 in long, oblong or nearly so, acute fls.
large in a leafy panicle, corolla much exceeding the
calyx, white \vith purple veins on the standard pod
2 in long, about 2-seeded. S Cent Afr. and Natal.
--Offered in S. Fla. L. H. B.
BAPTfSIA (Greek, to dye, alluding to the coloring
matter m some species). Lcgunnnbso'. FALSE INDIGO.
About twenty-five erect perennial herbs of eastern
North America, sometimes planted in borders and
collections
Branching herbs Ivs alternate, mostly 3-foholate:
corolla papilionaceous, the standard not larger than the
wings calyx campanulate, the 5 teeth separate and
equal or the 2 upper ones united stamens 10, distinct'
pod stalked m the calyx. — Plants usually turn black in
drying.
Baptisias thrive in any ordinary soil and under com-
mon treatment, preferring free exposure to sun. Prop-
agation is by division or seeds.
A. Lf -blades simple' fls. yellow.
simplicifdlia, Croom. Branchy, 2-3 ft.: Ivs. 2-4 in.
long, sessile, broadly ovate and obtuse: fls in numerous
terminal racemes. Fla., in dry pine- or oak-lands —
Intro 1891.
perfoliata, R. Br , with small axillary fls and broad
perfoliate Ivs , is occasionally planted, and is hardy as
far north as Washington, but is evidently not m the
trade. S. C. and (ia , on sand-hills B.M. 3121.
AA. Lf -blades compound, S-folwlate.
B Fls yellow
tinctdria, R Br WILD INDIGO. Bushy-branched,
2-4 ft , glabrous Ivs stalked, the 1ft a. small, obovate or
oblanceolate, and nearly or quite sessile
and entire fls ^m. long> bright yellow,
in numerous few-fld racemes Common
in eastern states and to La B.M. 1090.
Mn. 5 81 — A kind of indigo may bt
extracted from this plant, and it has been
used by dyers The root and sometimes
the herb are employed medicinally
lanceolata, Ell About 2 ft , pubescent
when young, but becoming nearly gla-
brous: Ivs short-stalked, the Ifts. thick, lanceolate to
obovate and obtuse flfe large, dull yellow, axillary and
solitary but close together near ends of branches. Pine
barrens, N. C to Fla
BE Fts blue.
australis, R Br (B cxruka, Eaton & Wright. B.
exaltata, Sweet) Stout, 4-6 ft , glabrous: Ivs. short-
stalked, Ifts oblanceolate to oval, entire, obtuse' fls
lupmc-hke, indigo-blue, nearly or quite an inch long,
m loose-fid , long terminal racemes. Pa , W. and o.
J.H III 29-64; '34:511 —Handsome. Probably the
best species for cult
BBS. Fls. white or whitish.
filba, R. Br. Wide-branching, 1-3 ft , smooth: Ivs.
stalked; Ifts oblong or lanceolate, obtuse, thin, drying
green: fls. white, j^in long, in long-peduncled, elonga-
ted lateral racemes N. C , W and S , and extending
northward B M. 1177
leucantha, Torr. & Gray Branching, more or less
succulent, 2-4 ft., glabrous. Ivs stalked; Ifts. obovate to
oblanceolate to cuneate, very obtuse, drying black, fls
white, nearly an inch long, in loose-fld., lateral racemes.
Ont to Texas
leucopbsfea, Nutt St stout and angled, but low and
wide-branched, 1-2} j ft , hairy or nearly glabrous. Ivs.
short petioled, Ifts oblanceolate to obovate, stiff, dry-
ing black fls large and cream-colored, on slender erect
pedicels, borne in 1-sided declined racemes Mich, to
Texas BM 5900. Mn. 3*177. F.S. 23:2449.
L. H. B.
BARBACfeNIA (Barbacena, a Brazilian governor).
Amai ylhddcfH' About 30 Brazilian plants, with scape
beaung a single purple fl Grown mostly in baskets,
after the manner of many orchids. B. purpftrea, Hook ,
is occasionally seen m fine collections, but does not
appear to be m the American trade. Grown in a warm,
moibt house It has many scapes which are much
longei than the long, grass-like, toothed, prominently
keeled Ivs; \Y^ ft Summer B M 2777 — The genus
is anomalous. It has been placed in the Hapmodoraceae
as well as in Amnrylhdacea?, and Engler & PrantJ
place it m the small family Velloziaceas
BARBADOS LILY: Ihppeastrum.
BARBAREA
BARRINGTONIA
471 Barbarea vulgaris.
BARBAREA (from the old name, Herb of Saint Bar-
bara). Crudferx. Hardy biennials, with yellow flowers,
sometimes cultivated; allied to water-cress and horse-
radish.
Branching leafy herbs: fls. small, yellow, clustered:
fr. a linear cylindrical and 4-anpled pod, the valves
keeled.
vulgaris, R. Br COMMON
WIN TER CRESS. UPLAND CRESS
YELLOW ROCKET Fig 471
Height 10-18 in : lower Ivs.
lyrate, the terminal lobe round,
the lateral usually 1-4 pairs;
upper Ivs. obovate, cut-toothed
at the b<ise. Eu. Asia — Cult
for salad, and also a common
weed, making fields sulfur-yellow
in early spring. Native far N.,
but apparently a settler m cen-
tral states. Var. variegata, Hort.,
Ivs. splashed and mot-
tled with yellow, is cult
as a border plant, and
grows freely in nch
soil. If the fls. are
picked off, st. and all, before
they open, the plant will be
practically perennial.
prsfecox, R. Br. (B. verna,
Asch ). EARLY WINTER, or BELL
ISLE CRESS Distinguished by
the more numerous divisions of
the Ivs. (4-8 pairs) and thick-
ened pedicels Slightly cult as a
winter salad, and known S. as scurvy grass. Natural-
ized from Eu. L. H. B.f
BARBE DE CAPUCIN: Chicory.
BARBERRY: Berber,*.
BARBlfiRIA (after J. B. G Barbier, French physi-
cian). Legumindsx Hothouse evergreen; 1 species, from
Trop. Amer. Its nearest allies familiar to the horti-
culturist are Indigofera and Petalostemon It is dis-
tinguished from these allied genera by the calyx- and
corolla-tubes, which are much longer than in either of
them Tender evergreen shrubs, with odd-pinnate Ivs ,
numerous entire Ifts , and awl-shaped stipules fls large
racemose, red Prop by seed and Ly cuttings of half-
ripened wood under a bell-jar, with bottom heat
pinnata, Baill. (B. polyphylla, DC. Gnldctia jnn-
ndto, Pers. Chtbna polyphylla, Poir ). Lfts 9-11 pairs,
elliptic - oblong, mucro-
nate, pubescent with age:
racemes few-fid , shorter
than the Ivs ; fls 2 in.
long. Trop. Amer — B.
glabella, Hort , is probably
a variety. N TAYLOR.!
BARKERIA: Epidenlrum
BARLfcRIA (J Barrel-
ler, died 1673, French
botanist). Acanthfaese.
Hothouse evergreen
shrubs
Fls axillary or terminal,
the calyx with 4 sepals,
the 2 outer larger than
the inner, corolla -tube
long, its limb of 5 rounded,
ovate lobes — A genus of
150 species of tropical
shrubs, mostly African,
*72. Barosma pulchelU. sometimes seen in fine col-
lections of stove plants, but not offered in the Ameri-
can trade Prop, by cuttings of young wood, under a
bell-jar with bottom heat. B. cristata, Linn., with
purplish blue fls , or rarely white, in dense spikes, is
sometimes used as a bedding plant B. strigdsa, \\ illd ,
with subconaceous Ivs , somewhat stngose, and larg^e
blue fls. in terminal spikes, is not uncommon in botanic
garden collections. — Worthy of greater notice
N. TAYLOR.
BARLEY. Various kinds of H6rdeum of the Gra-
mineoe. Common barley is H. satlvum, Jess. According
to Hackel, it "undoubtedly originated from // \pon-
tdneum, C. Koch, which grows wild from Asia Minor
and Caucasian countries to Persia and Beloochistan, as
well as in Svna, Palestine, and Arabia Petra-a " The
common barley has a 4-rowed ear or head There are
also 2-rowed and 6-ro\\ ed races, and other well-marked
forms. They are probably all domestic forms of one
parent stock. For fuller treatment, see Oyclo.
Amer. Agnc , Vol. II, p. 202
BAR<5SMA (heavy Rcent}. Rutacex A group
of 15 species of S African heath-like shrubs
Fls. on axillary twigs, calyx o-cleft or 5-parted,
petals 5, oblong, usually subsossile; stamens 5. alterna-
ting with 5 staimnoidea Ivs mostly opposite, rarely
in 3's. Some of the species furnish the buchu Ivs of
commerce, which are useu in medicine for their diu-
retic, thaphoi ctic, stimulant, and tome properties
They are evergieens, and m the N must be grown
under glass. Prop by mature-wood cuttings
pulchella, Bart! & Wendl Fig 472 Shrubby,
3-4 ft Ivs scattered, ovate, with a revolute margin
fls. axillary, solitary or m pairs longer than the If.,
petals 3 times longer than the calyx B.M 1357 (as
Diosma) — Sold by some dealers, but rare m this
country.
B fatidlssima, Bartl & Wendl (Agathosma fo3tidissm-a, Hort )
A low nhrub, 2-3 ft Ivs ternatr>, a little longer than the mtcrnodes
fls umbellate at the ends of the branches, the petals one-half to one-
third longer than the ralyt, white or pinkish white — Attnu-
tive little shrub, grown in the temperate house, but ev il-smelhng
It often scents a whole greenhouse j^ TAYLOR
BARRINGT6NIA (Dames Barnngton, English
naturalist and antiquary, died 1800) Including
Stravidi urn Myrtacey, placed in Lecythidacex by those
who keep this group as a
distinct family. Evergteen
broad-leaved trees, some of
which are planted in the
tropics for the striking foliage
ana flowers.
Leaves mostly large and
crowded at the ends of the
branches, entire or somewhat
crenate fls large in the cult
species and striking becausa
of the numerous long and
protruding stamens which
are united in a ring; calyx-
tube ovoid or turbmate,
lobed; petals 4 or 5; ovary
inferior, 2- 4 -celled' fr a
fibrous berry-like or box-like
structure, crowned by the
calyx-limb, 1 -seeded by abor-
tion of other ovules. — About
30 species in tropical parts
of Asia, Afr., and Polynesia,
bearing the white or reddish
fls. in spikes or racemes.
specidsa, Forst (Figs. 473,
474), is apparently most
planted in parts of the Ameri- m, Barrlngtonia spedos*
can tropics troe wide-spread- ( x ys)
BARRINGTONIA
BASKET PLANTS
455
ing, large-boled, to 50 ft in height- Ivs. entire, obo-
vate, sessile, shining, 12-15 in long. fls. few in the
raceme, large and showy, petals white and stamens
tinted purple, the style long and prominent fr
4-sided (almost square in cross-section at the mid-
^ die or below), 3 in. diam. at base, box-like in looks,
with a single large seed
and crowned by calyx-
lobes and style India,
near the sea. L H B.
BART&NIA of Sims is
Menlzeha, this is in cult.
Bartoma of Muhlenberg
is one of the Gentian-
474. Fruit of Barrmgtonia. ( X H) aceae, but 18 not cult
BAS&LLA (native Malabar name) Baxellacese
MALABAR NIGHTSHADE Annual or biennial herbs, cult,
in the tropics as a pot-herb, like spinach They have
bisexual, white, rod or violet fls Rarely cult N as an
ornamental warmhouse climber It may also be started
indoors, and set out in May for use as a garden vege-
table, to follow spinach Prop by seeds Only 1 spe-
cies, which is, however, remarkably variable
rftbra, Linn Lvs succulent, alternate, rarely
opposite, almost entire, of various forms' fls. not pedi-
celled, in simple spikes or racemes; spikes short or long,
lax, fe\v-fld Lam 111 , pi. 215, fig 1. Rhecde, Hort.
Mai 7, pi 24 — The following species are now con-
sidered only forms of the above. B dlba, a white-fld.
form rarely cult as a trailer from roofs of warmhouses,
or as a basket plant, B cammfblia, B conhfblia, with
heart-shaped Ivs 4-5 in long and 2-2 \i in wide,
B. crassifoha, B japdmcn, B. liicida, from India, B
n\gra, a Chinese form; B ramoyi and B, volubihs
Under the name of sweot malabar vine, a form with
tiny yellow and red fls , and Ivs \anegated with \\hite,
pink, and green has been advertised It is said that
with age it assumes a drooping habit When cut,
keepb fresh for weeks "
BASIL. Species of Ocimum (sometimes, but incor-
rectly written Ocymum), of the Ijabiatx They are
Indian annuals, and are cult a.s pot-herbs, the clove-
flavored foliage being used as seasoning in soups, meats
and salads They are of easiest cult , the seed being
sown in the open as soon at> the weather is settled
Common basil isOcimum baxllicum, Linn , a foot high,
branching, with ovate toothed Ivs, and white, bluish
white, or purplish fls in leafy terminal racemes or
spikes () minimum, Linn , the d\\arf basil, is lower,
and smaller in all its parts, rarely seen and perhaps
only a mere form of 0 basuicitm, 1 inn When basil
is m bloom, it can be cut and dried for winter use.
BASILlMA. Sorbana
BASKET PLANTS. Under this term are included
all those plants which, from their habit of growth and
blooming and adaptabilities <v» to cultivation, have been
found especially .suitable for use in hanging-basket*.
Figs 475, 476
Most of the basket plants are dwarfish subjects of
indeterminate growth, of gracefully drooping or vine-
like habit, and are valued either for their grace, or for
freedom arid daintiness nf bloom Some of the plants
used in baskets are of upright habit These are eitn^r
plants of naturally small stature, or are practically such
for a season from a slow habit of growth The suitability
of these erect-growing plants for the purpose is deter-
mined, aside from their stature, bv their freedom of
bloom, beauty of foliage, striking form, or grace of
habit Such plants are used principally for filling the
central part of the basket, whereas, plants of trailing
habit are inserted near the sides — some to droop, others
to twine upward on the cords or handle by which the
basket is suspended. In addition to the long drooping
or climbing plants, there are a number of half-erect
habit, hke the lobelia, sweet alyssum and russelia.
These may droop somewhat, but are not of a truly
vine-like habit Some plants are more suitable than
others for shady places, the selagmellas, are examples.
Others thrive only with several hours of direct sun-
shine each day
The following list of common trade names embraces
a number of the most important basket plants, ar-
ranged according to habit of growth and blooming The
list is, of course, not complete Any list would need
amending from year to year to suit individual taste and
experience Plants that withstand considerable shade
are marked with an asterisk (*); those that will bear
much shade are marked with two asterisks (**) :
1. Plants of vine-like habit
a LONG-DROOPING.
**English Ivy, *Kemlworth Ivy, *Vmca major, *V. Hamsonu,
Saxifraga sarmentoia, *Ciwms discolor, *Moncywort Ivy, Tropseo-
lums (Nasturtiums), Lonicera Halhana, L aurea var reticulata,
Nepeta Glechoma, Ampclopsis qumquofoha. A Veitchn The
ampelopsis is deciduous, and not suitable for winter bankets.
b CLIMBING
Maurandia, **Lygodmm scandens *Senccio scandens, Thun-
bergia, Cobsea scandens, Japanese Variegated Hop, Manettia bi-
color, Lonicera Halliana, L aurea var retitulata, Clematis coccmea,
Tropaeolum peregrmum, forms of Convolvulus
c SHOKT-DROOPIVO, or HALF-KKLCT
*Lobeha Ennut, *Othonna crassifolia, *Sn cot Alyssum, *Trades-
cantia, Petunias, Oxahs flonbunda, *Rus»elia mncta ( il-*o bears sun
well), *Fittoma, *Fuchsm procumbens, Ice Plant, \erbena, *Ivy
Geranium, **iSelagimlla«, *Btgoma glaucophylla Aar *candena,
*Sedum Sieboldli, *S tarneum var vanegaturn, *Asparagui Spron-
g<ri, *Passifloras, *Pamcum \anegatum, Gazama uplendens, Abu-
Ulon megapotamicum and \ar \an<'gdtum, Lantana dolicatissiraa,
Solanumjacminoides, S Seaforfhianum, Convolvulus mauntanicus
2. Plant? of upright habit
a LOW-OROWIM.
(1) Flowering Plant
*Panby, Cuphca platyientra, C hys-
sopifoha, * Primula obconita, Dwarf
Alyssum, Belhs perennis, Linuin or
Remwardtia tngyna, Phlox Drum-
mondu, Dutch bulbs
(2) Foliage Plants — * Peperomia,
*BeKoma Rex, *Farfugium Krandi- Al-
ternanthera, **Maidenhair Fern, Gera-
mums (especially Mmf Salleroi), *Iso-
lepis graciln (droopt* with uge)
b TALLER-QHI
(1) Flowering— Gen
ING
_n, *Fuchhiaa, Petunias, *Begonias,
rowalha, *Stevia serrata MIT nana,
Madagascar Periwinkle,* Nierembergn,
Lantana, *Impatiens l-mltana, Cuphea
Llavea, Swamsona, Chrysanthemum
frutescens, Salvia«
(2) Foliage —'Dusty Miller, *Cro-
tons, *Palms, **FeniN, *Fancy Cala-
diunvs, Coleua, Achyranthes, **Aspidis-
tra, *Cypcrua altermfohus, *Drae»na
mdivisa, *D termmahs, Coeooloba
platyclada
iSome of t he above plants make *^%L<te
large subjects when growing in j\
the open ground. Of such, only X 7J/*
young or smaller plants are avail- *y
able for use m hanging-baskets oT
Ordmanly, several different sorts 475 ^ hanging-basket
of plants are used for filling a
basket. In some cases, however, a satisfactory basket
is me-de bv using but one kind of plant. A hanging-
basket fUled with sword fern (nephrolepis), for
example, makes a handsome object.
The soil used in hanging-baskets is simply good,
common, florists' potting soil This usually contains
about 25 per cent of humus, and a small amount of
sharp sand to make it porous. Prior to filling, wire
baskets must be lined with moss This is merely com-
mon woodland moss from rotting logs, or rich,' damp
456
BASKET PLANTS
BAUHINIA
soil. In filling baskets, a few drooping or climbing
plants are disposed around the sides; then one or more
upright-growing or half-erect plants, according to the
size of the plants and basket, are planted in the center.
Immediate effects require plants which have already
made considerable growth. Florists usually carry a
stock of suitable plants. Tn case seedlings or cuttings
are grown for the purpose, it is usually best to start
them in seed-pans or cutting-boxes, and transfer them
later to the basket. Seeds may be sown or the cuttings
started in the basket, but it is so long before they fill
the basket that there is no advantage in it
A common mistake in arranging baskets is crowding,
or filling them too full. Fewer plants will appear more
graceful, growth will be more vigorous, and the basket
will retain its grace and beauty for a longer time. Exer-
cise vigilance and care m watering After the roots
have well filled the basket, watering is be&t done by
dish stained at the base of middle lobe. B.R. 1714.
B.M. 3818. GEORGE V. NASH.
BATODftNDRON: Vacctmum.
BAUfcRA (H. Gottfr. and Franz Bauer, German
professor and painter, respectively). Saxifragdcex.
Choice little evergreen shrubs grown in greenhouses.
Leaves 3-parted and opposite, looking like a whorl of
dipping the basket in a tub or barrel of water, and
allowing it to remain until it is well saturated. Dipping
the basket in weak liquid manure
once or twice a month will greatly
promote vigor when the plants
nave been long m the . basket
These remarks also apply in a
general way to vases and rustic
stand*?
Baskets of many patterns are
obtainable from florists and other
dealers. The baskets most exten-
sively used, are made of strong
wire, woven into hemispherical or
other forms These are sometimes
plain, and again of ornamental
character. The better form has a
flat bottom, or a stand, formed of
wire, to support the basket in an
upright position when it is not
pendent Another style is formed
of rustic work Here the vessel or
plant basin is covered about the
sides with rough bark or knotted
roots. For this purpose the roots
of th*1 laurel are much used
Above the basket there is an arch
or handle by which it is suspended.
Again, earthenware vessels, to be
suspended by wires, are offered
for sale in a variety of shapes.
Some of these are molded and
painted in imitation of logs, and are known as "stick
baskets" and "log baskets." Such baskets are often
without provision for drainage When this is the case,
holes should be drilled at the lowest point in the bottom.
A special form of basket is much used for orchids. It is
made of square ced^r slats in raft- or log-fashion Fern-
fiber and broken bits of brick, flower-pots or charcoal,
are used for filling them. See also the article Vases.
BASSWOOD: r*. E"NEST WALKEB>
BATATAS: Ipomaea
BATEMANNIA, (James Bateman, a distinguished
collector and cultivator, and author f important
orchid works). Orchidfice<y Epiphytic; greenhouse.
Stems thickened mto pscudobulbs, 1-3-lvd.: Ivs. pli-
cate-veined racemes arising from base of pseudobulbs;
sepals and petals smnlai in shape; lip articulated to the
,
6. fls white to purple, axillary and solitary, but some-
times aggregated at top of the st , calyx 4-10-divided;
petals as many as the calyx-di visions, stamens few to
many, borne on a disk fr a 2-valved caps , the valves
again splitting — Three species in Austral, and Tas-
mania, one of which is in cult
These small shrubs make handsome specimen plants
for the cool greenhouse, and flower mos>t of the year,
especially during the winter and spring months Bau-
eras are easily propagated from cuttings of half-ripened
wood in spring, cut into lengths of about 2 inches, insert
in equal parts of finely sifted peat
and sharp sand in 3-inch pots,
pricking them round the rim of
the pot, and cover with a bell-
glass in a greenhouse with a tem-
perature from 55° to CO0 Give
them a thorough watering at the
time of insertion, and they will
frequently root without further
watering When the cuttings be-
gin to show signs of growing, they
should be potted singly in 2-inch
pots in the same mixture as above,
and should be kept in a tight case
for a few days After they have
gripped the soil, they should be
cut back to about an inch above
the pot, which will encourage them
to branch Baueras should never
be allowed to become pot-bound
until the desired size of plant is
reached The plants at all times
should bt* kept in good shape by
cutting back the strong shoots In
summer, baucras do better when
plunged in a bed of coal-ashes
out-of-doors, and strict attention
given to watering A cool green-
470. Rustic basket (with Convolvulus). JJUf with a night temperature of
40 to 45 will be ideal all winter
Water occasionally with soft-coal soot mixed m water,
a handful to an ordinary watering-pot; water with clean
water three times and the soot- water once. (Geo. F
Stewart )
rubioides, Andr Erect or prostrate, usually 1-2 ft.
in cult , but becoming 6 ft or more Ifts. oblong or
lanceolate, somewhat acute, %~}Ain- long, serrate:
fls. pink or white, slender- pedicellod, the very obtuse
petals exceeding the spreading or reflexed acute-toothed
calyx-divisions Inhabits swarnpy places B M. 715.
L B.C. 14:1313 (as B. rubyfoha) — An old favorite,
blooming m spring L. II B.
BAUHfNIA (after John and Caspar Bauhin, six-
teenth century herbalists, the twin leaflets suggesting
two brothers). Legumindsx MOUNTAIN EBONY.
ORCHID TREE. Tropical trees and shrubs, sometimes
climbing, planted in southern Florida and southern
California to some extent for the flowers; odd foliage,
foot of the column, the lateral lobes inclosing the and generai attractive appearance, distinguished ly
column, the middle lobe short, entire; pollima 2 —A the usuaily bifid or bmate leaves: allied to Cercis
single species, native of Guiana, rarely seen in cult. TreeS) shruba or ^nes, with snowy fls ranging from
C611eyi, Lmdl Pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long Ivs. up to * ~ ' ' '
10 in. long: raceme pendulous, with 4 or more distant
fls. about 3 m diam.; sepals and petals vinous, pur-
ple, the lateral sepals green-margined; lip white, red-
white to purple and yellow. Ivs. broad, entire or 2-lc
in some cases the Ifts. being entirely free; petiole .
longed into a short but characteristic awn between the
Ifts.: fls. in simple or panijcled terminal or axillary
pro-
BAUHINIA
racemes: petals 5, somewhat unequal, usually narrowed
into a claw; stamens 10, but sometimes reduced even
to 3 and perhaps bearing sterile filaments; ovary
stalked, stigma in some species peltate and m others
oblique: fr. a long flat pod, dehiscent or indehiscent —
About 150 species in tropics of both hemispheres The
number and fertility of the stamens are important
characters in determining the subgenera The purplish
fls. of some species suggest those of some kinds of
BAUHINIA
AA. Plant upright, a bush or tree.
B. Fls white
457
pelargonium The bauhimas are not papilionaceous
Some of the arboreal species (as B vanegata) produce
ebony wood Others are gigantic climbers, sometimes
mounting the highest trees
Bauhimas are frequent in plantings in many parts of
the tropics. They are planted to some extent in south-
ern Florida and southern California. Numbers of spe-
cies are likely to be introduced from tune to time
because of their gorgeous appearance m the t topics
In the experience of Old World gardeners, the most
reliable species under glass me B vanegata, B coryin-
bosa, and B. natalensia. These can be planted outside
in southern Florida in summer, and kept over winter
as oleanders are B. vanegata and B. purpurea are two
of the commonest and showiest (small trees of India,
and, although frequently introduced into northern
greenhouses, have rarely succeeded permanently B
vanegata is much cultivated in India The astringent
bark is used in tanning and dyeing, and the leaves and
flower-buds as a vegetable, the latter being pickled
Bauhimas thrive m a variety of soils on our southern-
most borders They delight in high well-drained land,
but will grow on lower lands in southern Florida if it
is fairly well drained or if set on slight mounds, all
of them are very tender and easily affected by low
temperatures, but are easily saved by banking B pur-
purea and B. vanegata (B alba) have withstood a
temperature of 26° F. in Florida No particular caie in
tillage or fertilizing is necessary, but better bloom is
secured if some attention is given to these details
From seeds in Florida bauhimas grow readily and
bloom fieely in three or four years Cuttings root \vi'h
difficulty, but some kinds propagate readih from
suckers Bauhimas are little known as greenhouse
subjects; but in the tropics they make sho\v\ and veiy
attractive shrubs or small trees or profuse vines (E X
Reasoner )
INDEX.
aoummata, 4 Galpinn, * purpurea, 11
alba, 12 grandiflora, T tomontosa, 9
Candida, 12 Kapplen, 10 triandrn, 11
corymbosa, 2 Krugn, 10 vanegata, 12
'orneata, 8 natalonsw, 6 yunnanenais, 1
jurfuracea, 8 picta, 7
A Plant climbing, or at least of climbing habit or
tendencn *
1 yunnan£nsis, Franch Vigorous, glabrous and
glaucous throughout Ivs coriaceous, bipartite, segms.
obliquely elliptic. 3— i-nerved, rounded, 1 1 2 m . fls m
many-fld pendulous racemes, losy white striped with
purple Yunnan, China B M 7814.
2 corymbdsa. Roxbg. Woody climber, branching
from the ground: blanches grooved tendrils opposite,
revolute Ivs \}<2-l in long, outer edges slightly
rounded, innei edges straight and paiallel, Ifts neaily
free from each other, nerves 2-4 fls numerous, coivm-
bose, 1 in across, rosy, with fluted petals, and char-
acteristic venation; stamens bright red, 3 very long,
the rest abortive. China BM 6621. G C II 16204
3. GAlpinii, N. E. Br. Half-climbing shrub, 5-10 ft :
Ivs 1-3 in long, 2-lobed from one-fifth to one-half their
length, 7-nerved; petiole about J^in long, racemes
6-10-fld ; fls. borne continuously from spring to late
autumn; petals 5, all alike, 1-1 1A m long; claw as long
as the limb; limb orbicular, cuspidate, brick-red; fertile
stamens 3' pod 3-5 in. long, seeds dark brown S and
Trop Afr. B M. 7494— Discovered 1891
4. acuminata, Linn Height 5-6 ft : Ifts. ovate, acu-
minate, parallel, 4-nerved, closing at night fls 2-3 in.
across, fertile stamen long and nearly free, the other 9
short, connected, and sterile India, Malaya. China
B M. 7866. J.H III. 44. 343 —One of the most satis-
factory of all, either for open ground or greenhouse cul-
ture, as it will bloom the first summer, when but a few
months old and but a foot or two high, and in succeed-
ing summers blooms continuously from May to Sept.
5. grandiflora, Juss Tree, to 20 ft • Ivs. oval or sub-
cordate, tomentose beneath, not deeply divided, the
lobes ovate-obtuse and 3-4-nerved, stipules spiny: fls.
very large, pure white, opening at night, 1-3 on axillary
peduncles, petals obovate, acute at apex, clawed. S.
Amer. R H 1897, p 393.
6 nata!6nsis, Oliver Small shrub' Ivs. numerous;
Ifts each 1 in long, with a midrib and a few nerves,
dark green, petioles Y±-l/i\\\ long, Ifts entirely free. fts.
single or in 2s, \Yi in across, white, the nudvein of the
3 upper petals reddish; petals erect or spreading, the 2
lower ones larger; stamens 10, 5 long and 5 short pod
3 in long S Afr B M 6086
— Not advertised at present
7 picta, DC Unarmed Ivs.
roundish elliptic, membranous-,
glabrous, Ifts semi-ovate, aeu-
tish, .5-nerved fls in solitary
terminal racemes, white, calyx '
ferrugmeous-tomentose ; petals
oblong Colombia.
BB /"V.s colored (cream -color,
yellow, or shades of red or
purple)
8 forficata, Link (B furfur*
acea, Hort.) Thorny shrub.
Ivs cordate at base, glabrous,
cleft to middle fls ri cam-color
m summer, i at her bell-shaped,
the petals narrow Brazil.
B M. 3741 Gt 10 333
9 tomentdsa, Linn ST
THOM \s TREE Kreet shrub or
small tree, branches downy Ivs broader than long,
1—2 in long, coriaceous, the lobes obtuse, 7-nerved: fls
mostly m axillary pairs (sometimes 1 or 3) on pedicels
bearing a pair of bract lets, yellow with red blotch on
the upper petal, the petals 2 in or less long, obovate,
much exceeding calyx (which is entire) pod stalked,
4-5 in long India B M 5560
10 Kappleri, Sagot (B Krugu, Urban) Fig. 477.
Strong tree, to 50 ft • Ivs 2l/2 in or less long, long-
petioled, longer than broad, truncate or somewhat
cordate at base, divided about one-third of the length
into obtuse lobes that are about 5-ncrved: fls m short
racemes opposite the Ivs , whitish rose with darker and
purple markings, the petals spatula te and clawed;
lovNer stamens feitile pod 6-10 in., narrow and curved.
Probably French Guiana; cult and partly sponta-
neous in W Indies — Attractive
11 purpurea, Linn (B tridndra, Roxbg). Small to
middle-sized tree. Ivs coriaceous, glabrous, somewhat
cordate, cleft one-third to one-half their depth, 9-11-
nerved: lobes obtuse or somewhat acute' fls m few-
fld axillary and terminal corymbs, fragrant; petals
red, one streaked with white on the claw, oblanccolate,
acute; fertile stamens 3-4, very long, the rest sterile or
abortive pod 1 ft. long. India, Burma, China. — One
of the finest flowering small trees in S Fla Fls are
borne m the greatest profusion, 3-5 in. across, varying
in color from almost white to a shade of rich purple, ana
marked and shaded with many tones The plant is
477 Bauhinia Kapplen.
( X ><i)
BAUHINIA
BEAN
robust and hardy, growing to a height of 15 ft in less
than 2 years, and blooms all winter and spring What
is known as B tnandra to Fla cultivator is descnbed
as a very tender species but succeeding admirably
there; growth like that of B purpurea but with longer
willowy branches that bear at the tips great clusters
of pink fls. m late autumn or early winter, delicately
scented.
12 variegata. Linn Much like B purpurea in habit:
tree, 6-20 Ft : Ivs. 3-4 in. across, somewhat broader
than long, divided one-fourth to one-third the depth,
9-11-nerved, lobes rounded; petiole 1-2 in long fls
about 7, in a short raceme or corymb, 4 in across;
calyx spathe-like, petals 5, clawed, obovate-oblong,
veined, robe-colored and variegated with red and yellow,
the lowest one larger, broader above the middle,
strongly marked with crimson, pod 1-2 ft long India
B.M. 6818. — The coloring of the fls. varies Var.
cAndida, Roxbg (B. Alba, Buch-Ham ). Height 12
ft.: fls white, beautifully veined with green fls. Feb -
May. B.M. 7312
Numbers of bauhimaa may be expected to appear in plantings
along the southern borders . The following names have already
occurred. B. cdndicana, Benth Closely rclaled to B forficala
Bpmy branchlets and racemes whitish tomento-'o Ivs pubescent
below, 9-norved petals nearly 3 in long Uruguay, Argentina —
B Hodken, F. Muell Large tree Ifts distinct, broad, very
obtuse, 5-7-nerved: fls white, edged with crimson, m few-fld
terminal racemes, petals clawed, the blade about 1,V£ in. long
Austral. — B Rlchardaomi, said to be from Mauritius, unidentified.
L. II B.f
BAY TREE: Laurus.
BEAN. A name applied to various plants of the Legu-
minbsse. The word is commonly used for herbaceous
plants of the Phaseolus tribe, but it is sometimes em-
ployed for seeds of leguminous trees and shrubs. The
species of true beans (Phaseolus and closely allied gen-
era) are yet imperfectly undei stood The bean di tiers
from the pea, among other things, in being epigeal in
germination (cotyledons appearing above ground).
Some of the plants to which the name is applied are
really peas
The beans chiefly known to horticulture are of five
types. (1) The Broad bean (Vicia Fabu), or the bean of
history, an erect-growing plant, producing very large
and usually flat, orbicular or angular seeds Probably
native to southwest Asia (Figs 478, 479 a). See Vicia.
These types of beans are extensively grown in Kurope,
mostly for feeding animals. They are c,ither grown to
full maturity and a meal made from the bean, or the
plant is cut when nearly full grown and used as forage
or made into
silage. The
Broad bean
needs a cool cli-
mate and long
season In the
United States,
the summers are
too hot and dry
for its successful
cultivation on a
large scale, and
the plant is
practically un-
known here. In
Canada, the
plant has been
used with corn
to make silage;
and this com-
bination has
been called the
"Robertson mix-
ture" (2) Kid-
ney bean (Pha-
478. Broad bean— Vicia Faba ( X }• 5) seoLus vul-
gans] Figs 479fc, 480) This is the plant which tt
evervwhere known as bean in North America, com-
prising all the common field, garden, snap and string
beans By the
French it is known
as haricot, and by
the Spanish as f n-
jole, and these
words are often
found in our litera-
ture Its nativity
is unknown, but is
probably of tropical
American origin For in-
quiries into the nativity
of the bean, see DeCan-
dolle, Origin of Culti-
vated Plants, Gray &
Tiumhull,Amer
Jour Sci2G 130,
Sturtevant,
A in e r Nat.
1887 332, ^itt-
mack, Ber der
Deutschen Bot
Gesellschaft, 6
374 (1888) (3)
Lima or Sugar
beans (Phasco-
lunatm, which see)
Long-season, normally
tall -climbing plants,
producing large, flat
seeds (Figs 479 c, 481)
Native to South Amer-
ica See Bailev, Bull
87, Cornell E\p Sta
(4) Various species of
479 Types of beans (.Natuiul s
a Vim Fuba b Phas< olui \\ilguri8 c. Phji'rolui lunatus
d Dohchos se^qmpedalH (properly a Vignu) e Glycine hispida
lus multiflrrua
Dolichos (as D sesquipcdahs of gardens), or closely
related things. Vines which produce very long, slender
pods and small, narrow beans (Figs 479 d, 482) Native
to tropical America («F)) Soy, or So^a, bean (Glycine
hispida). A bushy, erect, hairy plant producing small
pods in clusters, and pea-like seeds (Figs 479 e, 483).
In this country used mostly for forage Native to
China and Japan, where it is much grown
Aside from these types, there are others of less econ-
omic importance Tne Scarlet Runner type is a peren-
nial phaseolus (P. imdliflorm), grown in this country
mostly for ornament (Figs. 479/, 484). The Tepary
bean, now gaining prominence in the Southwest, is a
form of Phaseolus acuiifohus, a native species Various
other species of Phaseolus are also cultivated in va-
rious parts of the world under the name of beans P.
rndiatus is prized in Japan, and has been introduced
into the United States as Adzuki Bean (see Ceorgcson,
Bull 32 Kan Kxp Sta ) Viqna sinensw, known in
North America as cowpea (which see), is sometimes
called a bean. The Velvet bean of tne South is a
Mucuna (which see), recently, however, referred to
Stizolobium. The Jack bean is a Canavaha (Fig. 485).
Recent American studies on varieties and types of
beans are Irish, Rep Mo. Bot. Gard 1901, 81-165;
480. Common or Kidney bean.-
Phaseolusvulgam
BEAN
Jarvis, American Varieties of Beans, Cornell Bull. 260
(1908); Freeman, Ariz Bull. 68 (1912).
The sea beans of the Florida coast are seeds of various
tropical leguminous plants, and are transported by
ocean currents (see Coe, in G F 7*503).
For botanical treatment, see Dolichos, Glycine,
Pkaseolus, Vicia, Vigna. £/. jj< j^
Culture of the bean.
For the purposes of the practical gardener, the various
types and numerous varieties of the bean may be classi-
fied in two groups, in two different ways, namely,
either as "field
beans" and "gar-
den beans," or as
"bubh beans" and
"pole beans "
Field beans are
grown on a large
commercial scale
for the dry-shelled
seeds, either as a
farm crop in regu-
lar rotation, as
corn and potatoes
are grown, or at
times as a sub-
sidiarv or chance
crop, or side line,
in young orchards,
and so on, but are
not usually found
in the home- or
market- garden,
where highly ma-
nured soil xvould
tend to stimulate
growth of foliage at the expense of seed-production
Field beans belong mostly or entirelv in the class of
bush beans The garden beans are more commonly
grown for their succulent podh and immature seeds,
and include both bush and pole or "running" sorts
The latter come almost exclusively under the head of
"garden" beans
The great economic \alue of the bean is generally
recognized, not alone m respect to its high place as a
farm and gaiden crop, but also as the most suitable
material, next to animal products, m compounding a
balanced i at ion for man, and to some extent for beast,
and as a substitute for deal meats
Beans are easily forced under glass, in a temperature
suitable for tomatoes They may be grown either in
pots or beds rlhe bush \aneties, as Sion House, are
preferred Keep them growing, and look out for red
spider
FieUi beans
Ordinary field beans like a fairly good warm farm
soil, such as will suit corn or potatoes They do not
dra\v verv heavily on the fcrtihtv of the land Belong-
ing to the legumes, they are able to make use to a large
extent- of atmospheric nitrogen, and if given a good
btart will not only look out for their own needs in that
respect, but may leave the land better supplied with
nitrogen than it was found at planting-time They will
not thrive on wet or badly drained land; otherwise
good strong loams, or soils resting on limestone, are
considered most desirable, with sandy loams and
gravelly loams next in order They should have a fair
but not excessive amount of humus A few loads of fine
old stable manure spread evenly on the surface after
plowing, if possible supplemented with fifty or a hun-
dred pounds of muriate of potash and a few hundred
pounds of dissolved rock (acid phosphate) or other
phosphatic manure may be expected to give good re-
BEAN
459
turns. Or, in the absence of these chemicals, 200
pounds or so of a commercial fertilizer such as is usually
applied foi gram crops, and which analyzes about 2 or
3 per cent of nitrogen, 8 of phosphoric a "id and 3 or 4 of
potash, may be applied broadcast after plowing Al-
though the planting should not be done until after the
soil has become warm, in the northern states not before
June, the customary planting-time in the great bean-
producing sections extends from June 1 to June 2^, it
is, nevertheless, of great importance to plow the land
earlv and keep it worked \vith disk or other harrows
until planting-time, this for the purpose of preserving
moisture and getting ahead of tne weeds Important
also is the use of good hand-picked se^d beans, not over
one year old, and free from weev ils and disease infection.
The rows are to be made 2$ to 3o inches apart, and for
small areas, planting by hand or with a corn-planter
will do For planting on a larger scale, a regular bean-
plantor or a gram-drill with part of the tubes stopped up
so as to bring the rows the correct distance apait should
be used If fertiliser is to be applied with the drill at
the same time, it may be allowed to run from the hoe
or tube on each side of each tube that discharges the
seed beans
Among the vane ties generally grown in field culture
arc the Pea or Navy, the Medium, Red and White
Kidncv The Pea bean is small hut early and prolific,
and considered to be about as profitable as any other
under ordinary circumstance.*, It is particularly recom-
mended for the small or home gio\\er
The harvesting come.s when the pods ha\e upened
and the ha\es ha\e dropped oil, and is to be done
with u bean-puller or harvester, taking two rows at a
time, or in a small way by hand-pulling The vines are
put in small heaps, allowed to < me, and promptly stored
out of the way of moisture, afterwards thicshed with
a bean thresher, or in a small wa\ with the flail, cleaned,
sorted b\ hand (in a large commercial way with the help
of a bean-sorting dexiee), and marketed
Garden beans
The warm and fertile .soil of the a\erage home- or
market-garden suits the requirements of the "garden"
beans, a.s they arc mostK grown for their tender arid
succulent pods and not for their seeds, or, as in the
case of the lima and several others, for their seeds in
an immature or half-developed state The pods of all
these garden beans should
be picked promptly and
clean m order to prolong
the bearing period as
much as possible If the
beans are allow ed to ripen
on the vines, the latter
will soon give out Only
when these garden beans
arc grown for seed pur-
poses is early and even
ripening desirable, and in
that case the pods, per-
haps with the exception
of the first, setting if
light, must all be left on
A good string bean has a
thick, meaty pod which
snaps off clean when
(XH)
Ljma beaQ
broken leaving no string
along the back
Many varieties which
answer this description arc offered in the various seeds-
men's lists, both green-podded and yellow-podded
Early Valentine, with its many strains (Red, Black
Earliest Improved, and so on), is still in favor with
growers for a green-podded variety A newer good
one is Strmgless Green-Pod Quite numerous are
the yellow-podded sorts Among them are Black Wax,
460
BEAN
BEAN
Golden Wax, Davis Kidney Wax, Wardwell Wax,
Hodaon, and others.
Pole beana.
Pole or running varieties of beans require especially
fertile soil; and for that king of table beans, the lima of
all forms, too much can hardly be done in the way of
enriching the ground. Warm soil is one of the first
essentials of success in growing pole beans. When poles
are to be used for support, they should be set not less
than 4 feet apart each way, before the beans are planted.
Four or five beans are to be placed around each pole,
1 to 1 Y% inches deep While it is a safe rule to put the
seed eye downward, it is not a necessary condition of
prompt and uniform germination In case of absence or
scarcity of poles, a serviceable, cheap and ornamental
trellis may be constructed by setting posts firmly at
proper distances along the row, connecting them with
two wires, one a few inches and the other 5 or 6 feet
from the ground, and finally winding cheap twine zig-
zag fashion around the two wires. Cultivate and hoe
frequently. A top-dressing of good fertilizer, or of old
poultry- or sheep-manuie, hoed in around the plants,
may be of great help in keeping up the productiveness
of the plants to the end of the season. To have a con-
tinuous supply during the entire season, the pods,
when large enough, must be gathered frequently ana
clean. Among the varieties used both for stnng
and shell beans, are the Green-podded Creaseback,
482. Yard-long Bean. A species of Vigna.
several wax varieties, Golden Cluster, and the popular
Horticultural or Speckled Cranberry bean, besides any
number of others A very fine bean is the Dutch
Runner (Fig 484), which approaches the lima in
quality and resembles it in habit of growth The seed
is of the largest size and clear white in color. Highly
ornamental is the closely related Scarlet Runner, with
its abundance of showy scarlet blossoms This latter
bean is grown in Europe for eating, but is rarely used
for that purpose here.
Lima beans.
Of all pole beans, the hmas have undoubtedly the
greatest economic value. They enjoy a deserved popu-
larity, and are usually grown with profit by the market-
gardener. The varieties might be classed in three types,
— that of the Large Lima, the Dreer Lima, and the
Small Lima or Sieva Each of them has a number of
sub- varieties or strains, and appears in both pole and
bush form. The old Large Lima (Fig 481) is a very
large, flat bean, and yet largely grown for main crop.
To the same type belong Extra-Early Jersey, Kmg-
of-the-Garden, and others The pods of these are very
large, and the beans in them somewhat flattened.
There are dwarf forms of both eieva and the regular
lima. The Burpee Bush Lima is a form of the Targe
lima type. The Dreer Lima of both forms is appreciated
especially for its high quality. The seeds are more
roundish and crowded close together in the pods, the
latter being much smaller than those of the Large Lima.
The seeds of these two types are light-colored, with a
. tinge, but the Large Lima is also represented
by red and speckled (red-and-white) sports. The Small
Lima or Sieva, with its dwarf form. Henderson Bush
Lima, seems to be hardier and earlier than the two
larger types, but pod and bean are quite small. The
color of this bean is nearly clear white, but there is also
a speckled sub-variety of it. Wherever there is a place
for the Sieva, its bush form will be appreciated. The
bush forms of the two larger types, however, are not
uniformly productive enough to take the place of the
pole forms entirely. The latter will often be preferable
when a season of continuous bearing is desired.
Lima beans require a long season, and therefore are
not much grown along the northern borders and in
Canada They must be given warm and "quick" soil
and kept constantly growing.
Other beans.
Three other members of the bean tribe might be men-
tioned in this connection; namely, the Black bean or
cowpea of the South, the Japanese Soy bean, and the
English or Broad bean The cowpea takes, in some
measure, the same place in the southern states that red
clover takes at the North, being used both as stock food
and as a green-manure crop. There are many varieties
of it, early and late, some of strictly bush habit
and some producing long runners. See Cowpea Of
greater value for the same purposes, north of New Jer-
sey, seems to be the Japanese Soy bean, which is early
enough to come to maturity almost anywhere in the
United States. Its foliage is rather thin or open, how-
ever, which impairs its value for green-manuring The
dry bean constitutes one of the richest vegetable foods
known, and its flavor seems unobjectionable to all kinds
of stock Sow one bushel to the acre. Similar to this in
value is the English Broad bean, several varieties of
which, as the Broad Windsor, the Horse bean, and others,
are urown and are popular in England and in some parts
of the European continent In most parts of the United
States they are scarcely known, and in none generally
cultivated Only a few of our seedsmen list them in
their otherwise complete catalogues Yet they are a
decidedly interesting group of plants, and worthy of
greater attention in the cooler parts of the country
Being about as hardy as peas, they may be planted
much earlier than would be safe for ordinary beans
The Windsor is used in England in much the same way as
lima beans are used in America, but the latter are so
much better that in the United States there is no need
of planting the former as a table vegetable The vane-
ties with smallish seeds are sometimes grown and used
in parts of Europe for feeding pigeons and chickens,
and under certain conditions might have some value
here foi the same purpose on account of the high
protein content.
Insects and diseases.
The foliage of the various beans is rarely attacked by
insects. A somewhat serious pest, however, which
attacks the seeds both in the pod and dry, after being
shelled, is the bean-weevil, a smaller brother of the pea-
weevil, and having nearly the same general habits of
development If only beans free from live weevils are
used for seed in a given locality, the product will be
free from them also. For that reason, all beans to be
used for seed, or for food, if suspected of being weevil-
infested, should be subjected to the carbon-bisulfid
treatment in the fall It is simple, but care should be
taken to keep the highly inflammable drug away from
an open fire or light Place the beans in a tight recep-
tacle. Pour a quantity (half pint to barrel) of the
bisulfid into a saucer or other flat dish, which place on
top of the beans, and cover the receptacle tightly,
leaving it thus for twenty-four hours or more.
Difficult to control is the bean blight, a disease which
frequently affects field, garden and lima beans. Seed
XIII. Bean.— The Bush Lima
BEAN
BEAN
461
from an affected field should not be used, nor should
beans be planted again on a field for several years after
having been affected. For bean anthracnose, also called
bean rust (erroneously) and pod-spot, which is easily
recognized by the dark or brownish spots on the pods
and occurs both on field and garden beans, there is one
sure preventive. Plant clean seed and grow a practically
clean crop. It is advisable for the grower to select his
own seed beans, carefully rejecting every pod that
shows the least sign of the disease. The true bean rust
is not so often met with, therefore not so serious.
T. GREINEB.
Lima beans in California.
Lima beans are grown in California very extensively
as a field crop, supplying the markets of the country
with the bulk of the dry shelled product. The figures
for the lima bean crop of 1910 in California are as
follows- 0 ,
Sacks
Ventura County 800000
Orange County 150,000
Santa Barbara County 75,000
Los \ntfeles County. 75,000
San Diego County 60,000
Total
1,160,000
The above represents a total of about 82,850 acres
devoted to this crop
Lima beans delight in warm, summer weather, but
if the relative humidity is low, they suffer in conse-
quence Along the California coast, which is the heavi-
est producing section, the fogs are lemarkably constant
in the night and early morning, and when for a week or
ten days these fogs are lacking, the bean crop buffers
markedly The small pods that are just foiming dry
up and tall off without making seed. The heavy fogs
which roll in may add a little moisture to the surface
soil for a time, but not enough to reach the roous and
aid the plants directly The great benefit of tne fog is
in lessening evaporation and tempering the atmosphere,
less water passing from the plant into moist atmosr heie
than would pass into dry atmosphere
The profitable production of lima beans is limited to
some extent by soil, though not so much as by climate
They are grown on soil ranging all the way .rom sandy
to adobe The lima bean plant does not grow well on
an acid soil, neither does it thrive on an alkali soil
California soils, being mostly and or semi-arid, are not
badly leached, and
therefore lime is
usually abundant,
insuring freedom
from acidity. But
the same aridity
and consequent lack
of leaching is re-
sponsible for the ac-
cumulation in some
lands of consider-
able amounts of
alkali salts, enough
to limit the area
and the production
in the counties
where the bulk of
the limas is grown
The amount of
alkali which this
bean can endure
and still produce
paying qrops has
not been definitely
determined, but it
is not high. How-
ever, experience has
483. Soy bean — Glycine hispida. ( X K) shown that the lima
484. Phaseolus muluflorus.
(XM)
will bear more alkali than the Blackeye, Lady Washing*
ton, or other beans of the common kidney type.
The difference in time of maturity is very great
between sandy and clayey soils, and still greater be-
tween dry and moist soils. A difference of a week may
be observed in the same field, due to physical variations
in the soil, and much more
than this difference in time
has been frequently observed
within the distance of a few
miles It seems that the
water-supply of the soil more
than the texture is respon-
sible for this difference in
tune of ripening, as irrigation
on light soils causes the same
lateness in maturity. Thus,
a tendency is found toward
the perennial habit which the
plant maintains under the
humid conditions of the
tropics
Soils with much nitrogen
tend to produce late matu-
rity, hence the limas ripen
later on land which has been
recently manured On the
other hand, the mineral ele-
ments tend toward early
maturity Lunas require a
richer soil than do the white
kidney beans, the pole vane-
ties require a richer soil than
the bush varieties
The standard preparation
of land for a bean crop is
practised Growers have
learned by experience that
good preparation pays, in fact, very much more culti-
vation is given the soil before seeding than after
Planting is from May 1 to May 25, at the rate of
forty-five to sixty-five pounds per acre, according to
the moisture condition and fertility of the soil The
beans are planted in rows 30 to 36 inches apart, 8 to 12
inches apart in the row, a single seed being dropped in a
place On the heavier and more moist soils, where the
growth of vines is rank, the wider distances are given
between rows Two inches in the moist soil is considered
the best depth of planting
The beans are tilled while young, one, two or three
timeb, the average number of cultivations being two or a
little more. The fields are ordinarily kept free from
weeds from the time of working in the winter till the
vines cover the ground Cultivation must cease when
the vines get large, as, not being provided with supports,
they spread across the row and would be badly injured
by the passage of the cultivator After the vines have
made such a growth as practically to cover the
ground, the mulch is not so much needed to prevent
evaporation.
Irrigation in California.
As there is normally no rain on the bean crop in
California from planting till harvest, the ground, of
course, becomes very dry. Hence irrigation has been
found profitable, the production in many fields being
doubled by the use of water. The most common
method of irrigation is by the row system Furrows are
made between all the rows with an implement carrying
four broad shovels, furrowing between four rows at a
time. Water is run in these furrows for the desired
time, after which the land is leveled by a shallow
cultivation. This prevents excessive evaporation which
would take place if the furrows were allowed to bake in
the sun. Usually only one irrigation is given, and that
about July 1st, just before cultivation ceases Two and
162
BEAN
BEAN
one half to 3 acre-inches per acre are applied at this
time
Harvesting, and caring for the product.
In the sections of light and unirngated land, the
beans ripen from August 20 to September 10. In the
irrigated parts and on heavier land, they ripen from
September 10 to September 25 or October 1. These
dates indicate the time the beans are harvested. Before
the earliest date for each section there will be some dry
pods in all the fields and at the latest date of harvest
there are always green pods
The beans are harvested by a seed-cutter with two
runners 12 to 15 inches high On the inner side of each
a knife is set diagonally backward and toward the middle
of the sled A few
inches above each
knife is a bar of iron
or wood set in a simi-
lar position The sled-
runners are such a
distance apart that
two rows of beans
will pass between
them. Hence each
knife is drawn along
the line of the row
cutting the plants
just below the sur-
face of the ground.
The diagonal position
of the knife causes it
to cut the plants
clean without pulling
up by the roots, and
together with the
diagonal bar above, pushes both
rows to the middle, leaving them
together in a windrow These
cutters are often mounted on
wheels to bear the mam weight
of the sled and driver, the runner
cutting into the ground just
enough to hold it firmly to the
row Levers are provided to
raise and lower the frame of the
sled A man with two or three
horses, usually three, cuts from
8 to 12J-2 acres a day.
The vines, after lying in wind-
rows for a few hours, as left by
the cutter, are piled by hand
with pitchforks Three wind-
rows are commonly placed to-
gether in one row of piles Piles are 4 or 5 feet in
diameter on the ground and 3 feet high. They remain
in these piles till very dry, which is a length of time
varying with the weather and the maturity of the
beans, but usually from two to three weeks A man
is expected to pile about 5 acres a day, but frequently
does not pile more than 2 or 3 acres. It requires from
two to three men to handle the beans cut with one sled.
Threshing is done by itinerant machines, using for
power either steam or gasolene engines The machines
thresh from 1,000 to 2,500 sacks per day, 1,500 being a
fair day's work In a few instances about 3,000 sacks
have been threshed in a day. The charge is usually
25 cents a hundred pounds, equal to 20 cents a sack.
The beans are stored in large warehouses until mar-
keted, and are generally recleaned by a mechanical
recleaner which is very satisfactory.
Yield and value of crop.
The average yield is about fourteen sacks, eighty
pounds per sack, or about 1,120 pounds per acre. Some
fields produce nearly three times this amount, but in
485. The Chickasaw Lima, or Jack bean.—
Canavalia ensiformis. (XJi)
the best section an average of twenty-five sacks or 2,000
pounds per acre is considered to be satisfactory
Another factor which is of importance, and which has
only recently come to be appreciated, is the value of the
bean straw as rough feed It is generally regarded that
the straw is worth about $1 per ton m the held, loose.
GEORGE W. SHAW.
Tepary beans.
The tepary is a small white bean native to the
southwestern region of the United States (Phaseolus
acutifohus var latifohus), long grown by the Indians
and now receiving attention from general cultivators
The first full acount is in Bulletin 08, Arizona Experi-
ment Station (1912)
The development of artesian and dry-farming dis-
tricts in Arizona, together with the increased use of
pumped water for irrigation, have created a need for a
leguminous crop which, used in rotation with grain or
forage planting, will maintain tho mtiogen and humous
content of the soil and at the same time provide a
money return which is sure and profitable The expeii-
ence of practical farmers throughout Arizona and New
Mexico has for years demonstrated the fact that no
crop so well fills this demand as the growing of dry
shell beans. Being a countrywide food staple, they have
a steady market which is little influenced by local
conditions other than transportation
charges As corn in Illinois, cotton in
Texas or wheat in Kansas represent
to their producers products of staple
value, so may the diy-fanners of the
Southwest, and those i ruga ting with
artesian and pumped wateis, look to
the bean as a money-crop which at all
tunes may be surely and readily turned
into cash
Varieties of beans ongmated in the
humid sections of the East are of but
little value when grown in Arizona
They do not withstand satisfactory
the extreme aridity and heat of the air
during the summer months Out of a
large number of varieties tested at
Yuma, only those of southwestern
origin were at all successful
Among these southwestern varieties
of beans, first tested at Yuma in 1909,
certain ones were noted which gave
yields far in excess of all others, includ-
ing even the much-pn-«ed pink bean,
or fnjolc Subsequent investigations
developed the fact that this group of
varieties (known as tepanes) was distinct fiom either
the common kidney or snap bean They were found to
constitute a new species, hitherto unrecognized as a
cultivated plant in botanical or horticultural literature
It has been described by the writer an a new variety of
Phaseolus acutifohus In its wild state, Phaseolus
acutifohus is peculiar to the southwestern desert
region It may be found on the mountain-sides and in
narrow valleys from the Pecos river westward across
New Mexico and Arizona and southward into the
adjoining states of Mexico. Domesticated from the
neighboring canons and cultivated in small patches,
attended at best by a crude husbandry and dependent
upon the precarious summer rams and uncertain floods
from the mountain washes for irrigation, the tepary has
lost none of its native hardiness It has been cultivated
by the Papago and Puna Indians from prehistoric
times and in all probability foimed one of the principal
food-crops of that ancient and unknown agricultural
race, the ruins of whose cities and irrigating canals are
now the only witnesses of their former presence and
prosperity.
BEAN
BEAUMONTIA
463
While growing, the tepary may easily be distinguished
from the common garden bean by its more slender
vines and smaller leaves The leaves are also thinner,
smoother, narrower and moie pointed at the apex than
those of the bean The pods are smaller than those of
the bean, averaging about 3 inches long arid •£ inch
wide. Being somewhat flattened and having thin,
rather tough walls, the pods imghi resemble rather
closely a small variety of the lima Tepanes, however,
differ markedly irom either the bean or the lima in the
length of the stems bearing the first pair of aerial
leaves. For tepanes these measure only about ^ inch,
whereas foi beans and limas they will average an inch
or more The seeds of the tepary are smaller than those
of the other sorts mentioned and there are a number of
minor differences which suffice to give them a distinctive
appearance at least to those who are familiar with the
group The seeds of the white variety
are veiy similar to those of the navy
bean, with which they would in all
probability be classed on the general
market A convenient test for shelled
tepary beans is to immerse them in
water They will wrinkle in five to
ten minutes, while other cultivated
species commonly require forty-five
minutes to one hour.
The tepary as a food
There is considerable difference of
opinion as to the relative palat ability
of beans and tepanes Among the
Indians and Mexicans, the commer-
cial pink bean is preferred to the
tepary, as they say it has a better
flavor These people, however, make
the same diffeience between the pink
bean and the \vhite navy which is
shipped in from tho Kast Tepaiies
should be soaked twelve hours before
cooking, during which time thcj s \\ell
to at least twice their original volume
and more than double in weight In
this respect they markedly surpass
other beans Well-cooked tepanes
are light and mealy and have a rich
bean-like aroma Boiled and baked
with bacon or mashed and added to
soups, they form most acceptable
dishes To such as aie fond of the
onion, a small amount of this vegetable finely chopped
and stirred in during boiling makes a pleasing
addition.
Yields and culture.
The superiority of the tepary over other beans for
planting in the southwest is exhibited m its gi eater
productivity when grown under similar conditions.
This statement is not only true in irrigated sections,
but even more marked in regions devoted to dry-farm-
ing In nine experiments m Arizona covering almost
every condition of soil, culture and water-supply, and
extending over three years, the average yield of the
tepanes nas been slightly more than four times the
average for varieties of the kidney bean. These greater
yields are due to the ability of the tepary to germinate
quickly in the presence of a low moisture-content of
the soil, with the resulting better stands on dry lands
The tepary is also able to withstand protracted seasons
of drought without permanent injury, returning to full
vigor immediately when the rains come Other beans
do not possess this ability to a marked degree The
tepary is also inured to the greatest extremes of sum-
mer temperatures and will bloom and set seed any
month from May to November On the other hand,
when the blooming period of common beans happens to
486 Typical Soap,
or String beans.
487. Bedding — Arundmana
Veifchn.
fall within a season of extreme heat, the buds will for
the most part drop without setting pods I'or these
reasons the tepai y is a more sure and dependable crop,
often giving fair returns when beans are a total failure
With an ample supply of water, good soil and other
conditions favorable,
tepanes should yield 700
to 1 ,200 pounds per acre
However, 1,500 pounds
per acie have been re-
ported from the Colo-
rado Valley near Yuma.
Under dry-farm condi-
tions, yields of 150 to
700 pounds have been
reported On nrigated
lands, tepanes may be
planted in southern Arizona any time from the early
spring when danger of fiost is 'past until August 10.
The best crops however, are secured by early planting,
March 20 to Apnl 1, or by midsummer planting, July
12 to 25 In diy-farmmg, they are planted any time
fiom the 10th to the loth or 20th of July
GEO. F. FREEMAN.
BEARBERRY. Ardostaphylos
BEAR'S BREECH: Acanthus.
BEAUCARNEA: Nolma.
BEAUFORTIA (Duchess of Beaufort, patron of
botany) Mifrlacex Greenhouse red-flowered shrubs,
blooming in spimg
Stiff, more or less heath-like shrubs. Ivs commonly
opposite, small and rigid, often only 1 -nerved, fls in
heads or shoit spikes, sessile, calyx 5-lobed, petals 5,
spreading, stamens man>, longer than the petals, in
bundles opposite each of the petals, ovary 3-celled. fr.
a locuheidal caps borne in the hardened calyx-tube —
Twelve or 13 species m VV Austral Requires the treats-
ment of coolhouse Australian things, with peaty soil.
Prop by maturing shoots under glass
purpurea, Lmdl Small free-flowering shrub, with
vn gate branches Ivs ovate-lanceolate or narrower,
becoming hnear on the small branches fls small, pur-
plish red, the petals shorter than the erect subulate
calyx-lobes L H. B.
BEAUM<5NTIA (after Mrs Beaumont, of Bretton
Hall, Yorkshire, England). Apocynacex Hothouse white-
flowered twiner
Corolla funnelform, short-tubed, without scales in
the throat, with 5 brood lobes, stamens 5, included,
attached to corolla, disk 5-lobed or of 5 scales. The
genus is more nearly allied to the familiar greenhouse
shrub Trachelospennuni javmmoidtb than to the splen-
did tropical climbers in Allamanda and Dipladema. —
Four or 5 Indian or
Javanese trws or tall
climbers, wit h very
large, white, fra-
grant, bell-shaped fls.
in terminal cymes
B urandiflora has
been neglected of
late, presumably be-
cause it needs so
much room. It
should be planted
out in strong, fibrous,
loamy soil of a warm-
house, as it rarely succeeds m pots It is best trained
to the roof, as full light is necessary for flowering, if
not for growth The shoots may be thinned if the large
leaves east too much shade on the plants beneath The
wood should be well ripened to produce an abundance
of winter bloom. The flowers are produced on the
488 Bedding.— Bambus* pftlmata.
464
BEAUMONTI A
BEDDING
growth of the previous season. After flowering, the
plant should be severely pruned to produce lateral
shoots for the next season's bloom. In its native coun-
try, this vine
climbs over very
tall trees.
grandifldra.
Wall A tall-
growing, woody
vine* Ivs obo-
vate, cuspidate,
wavy margined:
sepals 5, large,
ovate, wavy,
pink-tipped; co-
rolla-tube veined
with green, the
limb 5-cleft. B.
M. 3213. Gn.
45, p. 138: 49,
p 314. J H. III.
28-243. Var.
superba, having
larger whiter fls.
than the type, is
known.
489 Oriental pattern.
1 White geranium 2 CMendula offici-
oahs, "Orange King " 3 Coleu:
4 Verbena hybnda Purple Mam
Lemome'a heliotrope 5 Alyssu:
gatura 6 Outhc
bounding all parts
green
ith, or
im vano-
B fr&0ranst
Pierre Evergreen
shrub with white, fragrant, shallow bell-shaped fls Cothm China
GC III 49 306— B JerdomAna, Wight. Similar to the above but
with smaller parts, and with follicles 10 in. long. Cult only in rare
collections Wight Ic.. pi. 1314. -^ TAYLOR f
BEDDING, or BEDDING-OUT. The temporary use
out-of-doors of plants that are massed for showy and
striking effects There are four mam types: spring,
summer, subtropical and carpet-bedding.
Spring bedding.
The most temporary of all forms of bedding is that
designed only for spring effects It is usually followed
by summer bedding in the same area It is the only
kind that largely employs hardy plants, as crocuses,
narcissi, daffodils, tulips, hyacinths, and other Dutch
bulbs All four types of bedding are commonly seen in
public parks, but spring bedding is the most appropri-
ate for amateur and homo use, as the bulbs flower at a
dreary time of the year, when their brave colors are most
cheering, and also because they are much more familiar
than the subtropical and foliage plants of summer.
Moreover, hardy bulbs are more easily cultivated than
any other class of plants, and they 'are cheap. The
mam principle is to plant them early enough to
secure a strong
root develop-
ment. There-
fore, they should
be ordered early,
and planted in
the latter part of
October or first
of November.
The colors may
be massed or
mixed according
to taste, the
terms massed
and mixed bed-
ding referring to
unity or vanety
of effect, and be-
490. French pattern. m« applicable in
1 Calendula offioma hi, "Sulphur Queen" each of the four
2. Ageratum nanum. "Blue Perfection" mam types men-
3 White geranium 4 Scarlet geranium. tioned above
5. Pink geranium Palm at center for accent f\**~ J *
Whole dcBijm oultmed with green alter- Upposed to
nanthera tins style of bod-
ding is the naturalizing of bulbs in the lawn. Crocuses
and squills are particularly charming when they
appear singly, or in twos or threes, at unexpected
places in the lawn. Daffodils are frequently natural-
ized in large masses in spots where the grass is not
mowed.
Pansies are the only other plants that are used ex-
tensively for spring oeddmg. English double daisies
and catchflies are largely used for edgings. Pansies are
set out between April 1 and 15. In large operations,
pansy seed is sown in August of the preceding year,
and the young plants are transplanted once and win-
tered in a coldframe After flowering, the plants are
thrown away. The other method is to sow the seed in
a greenhouse in January, The August-sown pansies
give larger and earlier blooms, but the January-sown
panties will last longer, and in partially shaded places
will give scattering bloom all summer, especially if pro-
tected from drought.
Summer bedding
Bedding for summer effects often follows spring
bedding in the same space of ground, and employs
chiefly geraniums, coleus, begonias, ageratum, salvia,
vinca, alyssuin, petunia, verbena, heliotrope, grasses,
cacti, and aquatic plants, the culture and varieties of
whicn may be sought elsewhere in this work. As to
tenderness, these fall into two groups, the first of which
may be set out about May 15 in Now York, and the
second about June I. Geraniums are the most impor-
tant of the first group, and coleus is an example of the
tenderest mate-
rial, which is set
out simultane-
ously with sub-
tropical plants
when all danger
of frost is pabt
As to fondness
for sunlight, Marguerite, "Queen Alexandra " 2
there are again ColcuSi ••5oldcn Boeder " 3 Scarlet gera-
tWO groups, bllt mum 4 Cineraria maritnna 5 Calendula
the only bedding officmahs, "Sulphur Queen " 6 Ageratura
plants of im- ^ra' Blue ferfectlon 7 Whlte gera'
portance that
prefer shade are tuberous begonias and fuchsias. The
popularity lately achieved by tuberous begonias in
Europe will probably never be duplicated in Amenca.
The secret of their culture is shade, shelter, and mois-
ture at the roots Therefore, a clay bottom is desirable
for a bed of tuberous begonias, as being more retentive
of moisture than a sandy or porous soil They enjoy
cool air and as much indirect light as possible, but not
the direct rays of the sun The north side of a build-
ing is better for them than a station under trees, as
the trees usually give too dense a shade, and their
roots interfere. On the other hand, coleus is more
highly colored in full sunlight than in shade.
The only fibrous-rooted begonias largely used for
bedding are varieties of the semperflorens type, of which
Vernon and Erfordii are popular vaneties at present.
In the mampula on of tender perennials, there are often
two methods of propagation, either of which may be
better, according to the ideal in view. As a matter of
general tendency, propagation by cuttings gives bloom
that is earlier but not so continuous or profuse as by
seeds. Salvias and verbenas are pronounced examples.
On the contrary, cuttings must be depended on, as a
rule, to keep the choicest vaneties true to type, as a
function of seeds in nature seems to be to produce more
variation than can be attained by non-sexual methods
of propagation, as by bulbs or cuttings. Salvias are also
an example of plants that are particularly effective
when seen at a great distance, and also of plants that
are generally massed for unity of effect, and not mixea
with others Verbenas aie commonly grown by them-
BEDDING
BEDDING
465
lelves, but this is because they demand much room by
reason of their trailing habit.
Subtropical bedding.
Summer bedding for subtropical effects employs
chiefly cannas, musas, castor-oil plants, crotons, palms,
ferns of coarser habit, screw-pines, dracenas, araucanas,
elephant-ear caladiums, and, to a lesser extent, abutilon,
acalypha, achyranthes, anthericum, Canca Papaya,
sanchezia, and others Cannas are by far the most
popular at the present time, especially for mass-work.
Sometimes the tall, purple-leaved old-fashioned, small-
flowered types are used in the center or at the back of
the bed, and the dwarf, modern, large-flowered types
around the edges or in front Frequently, massing with
a single vanety of canna is practised. Next to cannas
in popularity probably come the crotons or codieums,—
the broad-leaved types, as Queen Victoria, being better
for this purpose than the narrower-leaved or simply
curious kinds, as Codi<eum mterruptum and C volulum,
which belong to fanciers' collections For carpeting the
ground in a croton bed, two variegated trailers can be
used with good effect, the wandering Jew or trades-
cantia and Oplismenux liurmannu, which is familiar
to gardeners as Panicum vanegaturn The large leaves of
bananas give a very rich tropical effect, especially if
they can be so
sheltered that
the wind will
not split them
One of the very
best plants for
encircling a
public fountain
is the huge-
leaved ele-
phant-car eala-
dium For in-
teresting points
concerning its
culture, see Co-
locawi Among
the first "half-
dozen favonties
for sub -tropi-
cal bedding is
the castor -oil
plant, or nci-
nus Its mar-
velous growth from seed in a single season makes it
one of the very best of all plants for rapidly filling up
large areas temporarily Grasses furnish an exception
to the general rule that bedding plants are tender
There are some kinds of bamboos that are more or less
hardy in the northern states, and these are bound to
increase in popularity. Figs. 487, 488. A favorite
combination of grasses for bedding is Arundo Donax,
the giant reed, surrounded by eulahas Grasses and
their kind are particularly effective m aquatic groups
No well-kept large establishment is complete without
a pond or body of water in which aquatic plants are
naturalized For a more extended account of this
attractive subject, see the article Aquatics
There is a large class of tender material — as palms,
screw-pines, the coarser fcms, dracenas, araucanas — a
class of f oh age plants that really does better outdoors
dunng summer in a shady and sheltered position than
indoors all the year round. In the more formal styles
of ornamental gardening, such plants often form the
nucleus of a subtropical bed, the large tubs of the
palms being hidden by lower-growing plants, as
oegomas, or whatever may be left over from the spring
operations. In less formal gardening, the tubs may be
hidden by plunging them half-way into the ground and
grading the sod, which has been previously broken, in
such a manner as to conceal the tubs entirely. The
plants are arranged in a freer and more natural manner,
and the outer fringe of begonias and the like may be
dispensed with The chief dangers to such plants are
from the sun and wind. Palms once scorched or wind-
whipped are ruined. Hence, a sheltered position on
the north side
of a building,
or under the
shade of trees, is
usually the best
spot for their
summer vaca-
tion.
Carpet-bedding
What is known
as carpet- or de-
sign-bedding 18
the most formal
and most expen-
sive of all kinds
of bedding, and
employs plants
that stand pinching and shearing, as coleus, achyran-
492 Tudor rose pattern
1 Scarlet begonia 1 Lobelia ermus,
white 3 Eoheveria sccunda glaueu 4.
Scarlet geranium 5 Cineraria mantima
6 Alternanthrra paronychioidea
493. Eighteenth century English border
pattern
1 Lobelia ennus, />lue 2 Begonia,
"Fairy Queen " 3 Cineraria maritime 4
Calendula officmalis, "Sulphur Queen " 5.
Lobelia crinus white 6 Alternanthera
paronychioidea Alternative Use pansies
alone
.... i, alternanthera, lobelia, one of the dusty millers
(Cenlnurea gymnocarpa, — C candidibsima will not beai
the shears), and certain succulents of the hen-and-
ehiekens type (as eche\enas), and many others The
plants are started indoors, mostly by cuttings, and
from very carefully selected stock The terms "geo«
metrical bedding" and "fancy bedding" are somewhat
synonymous. Here belong the imitations of buildings
and animals, the portraits of men, the lettered greet-
ings to conventions, the calendars, floral clocks, and
similar ingenuities
The designs of carpet-beds are very numerous, but
there ar^ certain recognized standards The diagrams
(Figs 489 to 494) give forms and planting material for
a half-dozen unlike and regulated patterns, with har-
monious color combinations Forms of pattern-beds on
the lawn are shown in Figs 495, 496 A proper setting
for pattern beds is indicated in Fig 497 For designs
and for extended cultural information, the readei js
referred to. the numerous German books on the subject,
to Mottet's La Mosalculture, and to a book published
by Geo A Solly & Son, Springfield, Mass This style
of bedding requires the highest, degree of technical
skill, and is especially enjo>ed by the Germans, whose
gardeners excel in it
The position of a bed is far more important than the
style of bedding or the kinds of plants that are used
The natural school of landscape gardening, as opposed to
the various schools of ornamental gaidemng, makes no
object ion to beds
in themselves,
but dislikes their
usual position
They are com-
monly given the
most conspicu-
ous places, where
they must be
seen, whether
people like them
or not They
should be in a
place by them-
selves where
they do not in-
terfere with the
quieter and ^
larger pictures of 494 An Italian pattern,
the whole place 1 Calendula officmaha, "Orange King."
Sunken areas 2 AK^ratum nanum, "Blue Perfection,
feunken areas, 3 ^^ Reranmm 4 ^.&Tlei g^amum
as in 1< airmount, 6 Alternanthera paronychioideB as an out-
Park, Phlladel- hne neparating parts of the design
466
BEDDING
BEES IN HORTICULTliRE
phia, are particularly commendable; a flower-bed should
not be in the middle of a large lawn, because it dis-
tracts the attention from the larger picture, and
because the lawn is the canvas upon which the land-
scape gardener makes his
picture. The chief ment of
beds is their attractiveness
and brightness, which ac-
counts for their presence in
parks and public places On
the other hand, they are ex-
pensive, and they are at
their best only two or three
months m the year, while
a mud-hole in a lawn for
nine months of the year is
an unsightly object Formal
beds, especially of foliage
plants, with their gaudy
colors and unchanging
monotony, are considered
by some the most unnatural
and the least artistic style
of gardening Nevertheless,
they require a high degree of
„- , . technical skill, which de-
495. Lawn beddmg pattern. gerveg appreciailoll.
General instructions.
A few practical suggestions may be given for making
any bed The soil should be rich and full of vegetable
matter. If a foot or 18 inches of the surface soil is so
poor that it must be removed, it may be replaced by
two parts of fibrous loam and one of well-rotted manure,
with some upturned broken sods in the bottom for
drainage. The fall is the proper time to apply manure,
and if the bed be thoroughly spaded over and loft rough
during the winter, the alternate freezing and thawing
will fine both the soil and the fiber of the manure
Beginners nearly always fail to supply perfect condi-
tions for watering A midsummer mulch of half-rotted
manure enables the plants to take all the moisture they
need during the drought and to keep it The soil should
be in ideal condition before the plants are set into it, —
mellow, nch, full of fiber, and of firm and uniform
texture. Begin in the middle and work toward the
edges. When the bed is finished, give it one thorough
soaking, to settle the soil at the roots.
BEECH: Fagu,. R°BERT SHORE'
BEES IN HORTICULTURE. Bees pollinate the
greatest number of flowers of any insects To them,
therefore, horticulturists arc indebted for a service that
is inestimable, but it is usually disregarded. The pro-
gressive horticulturist, how-
ever, today is awake to the
situation and ready to uti-
lize the honey-bee in an
effort better to meet com-
petition.
The bee's service to the
horticulturist in pollinating
the flowers of fruits and
vegetables, is the result of
its effort to secure nectar
or pollen, the male element
496. Lawn bedding pattern. °f tne flower; this is trans-
planted from the anther to
the stigma, which latter is the female organ Many
flowers, for satisfactory fertilization, require a foreign
pollen, and it is through the agency of bees that this is
usually supplied. The intricacies of the mechanisms and
the means of pollination have been described by a host
of writers, including Darwin and Muller.
There are two kinds of bees, solitary and colonial
(social). Solitary bees live isolated and singly, seldom
becoming numerous. Among the colonial bees are the
bumblebee and honey-bee. While the honey-bee may
be classed as wild when colonies escape from apiaries,
wild bees may be considered to include all bees other
than the honey-bee.
While wild bees are sometimes numerous and may be
observed at work on the apple, raspberry and many
other flowers, the honey-bee, in most localities, prob-
ably outnumbers them. If it were possible to calculate
the value derived from pollination by the honey-bee
alone, these returns would without doubt far exceed the
total income of beekeepers through their honey and
wax In the bee, therefore, there is a source of double
income.
Among the cultivated plants in northern latitudes
that are pollinated by honey-bees, are the apple, pear,
plum, quince, peach, raspberry, blackberry and straw-
berry (to some extent), mulberry, pea, bean, currant,
grape, squash, melon, cucumber and the cranberry.
The value of the honey-bee in the cultivation of the
cranberry was but recently recognized and is mentioned
on next page.
While growers of fruits and vegetables have usually
recognized that bees play an important part in their
croppage, they have largely depended on the wild bees
or bees in neighboring apiaries for service. There is,
497. Pattern beds in a formal setting.
however, some risk in this, because the seasons vary and
the prevalence of insect- and bee-life vanes from year
to year.
It is well known that the prevalence of all wild life,
plant or animal, is subject to fluctuations due to favor-
able and unfavorable environmental conditions Some
years in a locality there is a pest of mosquitos or house-
flies In succeeding years they may be few. It is so with
the game birds and the fish of the sea; they are plenty
or scarce from time to time Bees also have their
periods of ups and downs When favored, they rise to
the crest of prosperity and prevalence. It may be that
disease enters a locality and reduces their numbers.
Hard winters may also depreciate them so that in a
year when they are needed for their service as pollen-
bearers, they are at a low ebb Fig 498 illustrates the
hypothetical curve of this fluctuation.
When the horticulturist realizes that he is depending
on this fluctuating service of wild bees, he asks what he
can do to overcome the unreliability and assure him-
self of a maximum crop or a more even crop The
recommendation would be to establish an apiary in
proportion to the size of the orchard or garden. This
eliminates any dependency upon wild bees or honey-
bees from neighboring apiaries Yet their additional
service will do no harm. It is far better to over-supply
an orchard with bees during the blooming penod than
to have a scarcity. Furthermore, the cost of the small
apiary is infinitesimal as compared with the possible
benefits and returns.
BEES IN HORTICULTURE
BEET
It should also be remembered that during fruit-
bloom particularly, weather conditions often prohibit
free flight of bees Hence they should be near at hand
to perform their service Numerous observations are
on record in which orchards were successfully fertilized
when the bees had less than a quarter of a mile to fly,
while more distant orchards bore no crops. Thus the
apiary in or adjacent to an orchard will safeguard failure.
A specific instance of the importance of bees to the
practical orchardist, is shown in an observation on two
orchards of about equal acreage in a western "pocket"
in the foothills of an admirable fruit land, well drained
and protected from frost One grower secured large
crops, while his neighbor secured none, although his
fruit trees were of the same age and blossomed heavily
each soring The owner, m despair of financial ruin,
called for assistance upon the State Experiment Station
A specialist, who \\as a pomologist and entomologist,
investigated the two entirely comparable orchards, but
was about to return without solving the problem when
the question of bees arose Upon inquiry it was asserted
that no bees had been maintained for either orchard.
Going over the ground more carefully, however, the
specialist found in a neglected corner of the fruiting
orchard, a fallen log partially sunken in the damp
land This sheltered a very large colony of bees, to it is
attributed the success of the orchard The following
season bees were provided in the orchard which had
previously failed, with the result that the owner netted
$3,800 on his crop.
Special services of bees
Various fruits — The honey-bee has been known to
work the .strawberry although it does not always fre-
quent it There i.s, however, a particular affinity in the
raspberry for bees One of the sources of the finest
honey is the wild raspberry The blackberry is less
frequently visited Plums benefit materially
Cranbtrry — Recently investigations have shown the
bees to be of prime importance in the setting of cran-
berries In cranberry-growing in Massachusetts, own-
ers are maintaining their own apiaries It may be
desirable to ha\e one colony for every two acres. The
growers of melons u^e colonies of bees on their planta-
tions with most marked success Similarly, cucumber-
growers for picklmg-houses and squash-growers regu-
larly maintain bees General market-gardeners also
believe in the benefits derived
Apple and peaih orchaids — Apple and pear crops as
well as peach and plum are, without doubt, more even,
larger and more constant when bees are kept In Ver-
mont it has rcccntl} been noticed that the largest apple
crops occur in the vicinity of the commercial apiaries
It is fast becoming the custom among commercial
growers to maintain their own apiaries adjacent to or
in their orchards. Some advocate a colony of bees for
every fifty trees.
In greenhouses — For the fertilization of vegetables
and fruits in greenhouses, bees are of material service,
having largely done away with the use of the camels-
hair brush, impossible for commercial growers. For
example, in Massachusetts, one grower of greenhouse
cucumbers uses upwards of eighty colonies a year The
total number used annually in the state by greenhouse
cucumber-growers exceeds 2,000 colonies It is believed
by some that tomatoes in the greenhouse benefit to
some extent by the service of bees.
The alleged injury to fruit by bees.
Occasionally it is alleged that bees damage an
orchard. It might be concluded when bees are seen
upon peaches, grapes or pears, sucking at the flesh, that
the bee is injurious. On the other hand if this act could
have been tiaccd, it would have been found that some-
thing other than a bee had first pierced the skin of the
fruit Investigation shows that wasos and birds do thisx
or that a fungus may disintegrate the skin In some
such break in the skin the honey-bee can make a start;
but to the satisfaction of all beekeepers and most
orchardists, it has been proved by experiments and
demonstrations that the honey-bee is physically incap-
able of puncturing a sound fruit. Thus, the injury by
bees to fruit is a misconception; the news should be
spread by successful orchardists.
Securing of bees
Bees are available to horticulturists in several ways
A small number of colonies is sometimes hired for a
period of a few weeks, during I he blosbornmg period of
the crop Growers occasionally induce beekeepers to
establish an apiary in their orchards by granting them
privileges Bee-keepers sometimes approach orchardists
for the location of the apiary The more thoughtful
grower, however, considers it advisab'e to own his bees.
These he maintains hun.self or hires kept by a practical
apiunst The practice IB growing in favor, especially
among moderate-sized orchardists or cranberry-grow-
ers, of hiring a practical apiarist to maintain the
colonies on several adjacent farms This cooperative
plan insures a maximum efficiency of the colonies at a
minimum cost and without burdening the horticul-
turist with additional detail Those who use bees in
498 Hypothetical curve illustrating the fluctuation of
wild-bee life, their periods of "ups" and "downs" Dotted
line illustrates high efficiency secured by maintaining an apiary
greenhouses will find it advantageous to maintain
colonies rather than to purchase annually
In buying bees it is particularly essential to secure
dibease-frce stock Bees are subject to at least two
prevalent diseases, known as "Ameiican foul brood"
and "European foul brood," to wrhich they succumb
rapidly The inexperienced, therefore, .should secure
information and ascertain that the bees have been
inspected for disease, when this is possible Should
disease set in, a considerable loss, both m bees and to
the orchard, might result in a short time Information
concerning diseases can usually be had through the
experiment stations or agricultural colleges as well as
the United States Department of Agriculture.
Manipulation of bees.
There are numerous books and bulletins upon the
manipulation of colonies A few fundamental features
arc Always keep the colonies strong, secure an amiable
race so that the bees may be handled agreeably; keep
the colonies in hives from which the combs may be
removed, eliminate swarming, give adequate pro-
tection in winter; feed when necessary
If the inexperienced grower is to manipulate his own
bees, it is advised that he begin with a small number of
colonies, say not more than five
If the bee-moth becomes prevalent in the hive, it is
a sign that something is radically wrong with the
colony An experienced apiary inspector always sus-
pects the presence of disease when moths are found.
BURTON N GATES.
BEET. A set of garden vegetables, grown for the
fleshy roots and a few sorts for the thickened midnbs;
and some kinds in the ornamental garden for the highly
colored foliage
There are 4 or 5 species of the genus Beta, which are
468
BEET
BEET
sometimes cultivated under the name of beet, but Beta
vulgans, Linn., is the only one of practical importance.
From it all our common garden varieties are derived
According to DeCandolle, the aboriginal slender-rooted
species is found in sandy soil, and especially near the
sea, throughout southern Europe, and on nearly all the
coasts of the Mediterranean. It also occurs as far east-
ward as the Caspian Sea and Persia "Everything shows
that its cultivation does not date
from more than two or three cen-
turies before the Christian era." It
is now highly improved, principally
in the one direction of large and suc-
culent roots, and is much esteemed
in all civilized countries. See Beta.
The beet grows at a low tempera-
ture and thrives best, therefore, in
the cooler parts of the country. It is
also an important winter crop at the
South and an early spring crop at the
North. The young plants will stand
light frosts and after two weeks will
499. Bassano beet stand fairly heavy frosts.
With the extension of glasshouse
gardening, beets have come to be one of the important
greenhouse crops. They are not usually made a mam
crop, however, but are grown between other crops,
such as lettuce, beans, or even tomatoes They are
sown very thick and when the young plants begin to
crowd, they are thinned out and the thinning sold for
greens As beets thnve best at relatively low tempera-
tures, they may first be grown in a lettuce-house or
other greenhouse having a temperature of 60° to
70°, rather than in a house piped for tomatoes or
cucumbers.
The beet is grown exclusively from seed Most table-
beet seed for use in the United States is produced in
Europe It is possible, of course, for any gardener to
grow his own seed, but in order to do this the roots must
be taken up before the crown is exposed to severe frost,
and carried through the winter in cool and moist but
frost-proof storage, and planted in the garden the sec-
ond year. Seed stems run up to the height of 4 feet.
When the seeds are npe the tops are cut and put in a
warm storage house to dry Whon fully dry the seed
is winnowed out. Seed is usually sown where the crop
is to grow, although the plants are easily transplanted
The transplanting is sometimes undertaken, especially
when beets are to be grown as a catch-crop or intercrop
in greenhouses.
Varieties and types.
Some of the most popular varietal types of the gar-
den beet are' Bassano (Fig 499). — Flesh white and
light red mixed; an old-time early variety, now less
grown than formerly Crosby — Slightly oblate, red
flesh, excellent for general purposes, including forcing
Early Blood Turnip — Rich, deep blood-red, flattened
turnip-shape, an old and well-known sort Edmand. —
Moderate size; handsome, rounded, smooth, deep red,
good grain and flavor, not quite first-early Eclipse. —
Uniformly globular, bnght red, fine-grained and sweet,
one of the best quick-growing early beets. Egyptian
Turnip — Tops quite small, roots .air size, rich, deep
red, a standard early variety.
For field culture of culinary beets, the long-rooted
varieties are chiefly used These are sown in the field
as soon as the weather is settled, in rows far enough
apart to allow ot tillage by horse. Most of them require
the entire season in which to mature. They are grown
mostly for storing for winter use They were once grown
for stock, but the mangel-wurzels give much greater
yields The various types of Long and Half-long Blood
beet (Fig. 500) are chiefly used for field culture.
Favorite varieties of mangel-wurzels are Golden
Tankard, Golden Yellow Mammoth, Mammoth Long
Red. Several sorts of sugar beets, mostly imported
from Germany, are being grown in divers places in
Amenca. Of chard, there are few selected varieties
offered in America.
The varieties of Beta vulgans may be conveniently
divided into five cultural sections, though the distinc-
tions are somewhat arbitrary and of no fundamental
importance. These sections are as follows.
1. GARDEN BEETS Varieties with comparatively
small tops, roots of medium size, smooth, regular and
fine-grained, mostly red, but sometimes wnitisb or
yellowish.
2. MANGEL-WURZELS, or MANGELS. Large, coarse-
growing varieties, with large tops and often very large
roots, the latter frequently rising some distance out of
the ground, rather coarse-grained Extensively grown
for stock-feeding. See Cyclo. Amer. Agnc Vol II, p
539 (Root Crops).
3 SUGAR-BEETS Sometimes said to belong to
another species, but doubtless to be classified here.
Rather small-growing varieties, with medium tops:
roots small to medium, usually fusiform, smooth,
nearly always yellowish or whitish. See Cyclo Amer
Agnc Vol. II, p. 588
4. CHARD, or Swiss CHARD Vaneties with com-
paratively large tops, broad leaf-blades and very large,
succulent leaf-stems, which are cooked and eaten some-
what like asparagus. The thrifty, tender -\ ourig leaves
make a very excellent pot-herb. Chard has sometimes
been referred to a separate species, Beta Cida, but
should be included with B. vulgans. See Chard
5. FOLIAGE BEETS. A race which has been developed
to produce luxuriant foliage of many colors and varied
markings. Of such varieties are the Brazilian, Chilian,
Victoria, and Dracaena-leaved The ribs of the leaves
are usually beautifully colored. Whore the leaf-blight
fungus is not serious, these foliage beets make excellent
borders when strong and heavy effects are desired, and
they are excellent for bedding. Raised from seeds, as
other beets are; roots may be kept over winter.
Cultivation.
Young beets constitute one of the most important
early crops in truck-gardening. Many acres of them are
grown near all the city markets, and as they bear trans-
portation well, they are often grown at comparatively
remote places Large quant ities are shipped early from
500. Half-long Blood beet.
Norfolk. Va , and from other southern points to north-
ern markets. Like all root crops, the beet needs a loose,
light, fresh, clean, rich soil, which must be in the best
condition of tillage. No fermenting manure should be
used, but instead fully rotted barn manure, with some
good potash fertilizer. Light applications of nitrate of
soda often produce marked beneficial effects. The seed
for the first crop is sown early in spring, as soon as
the soil can be well worked When intensive garden-
BEET
BEGONIA
'409
ing is practised, the drills may be as close as 1 foot
apart, in which case the young beets are thinned to 6
inches apart in the row. But in ordinary gardening, it
will be found most convenient to run the rows 2 to 3
teet apart, allowing cultivation with the horse. The
plants m such rows can be left 4 inches apart at thin-
ning time The thinning is done when the young
plants are large enough to be pulled for "greens," for
which purpose they find a ready market Beets are also
grown in quantities as a fall crop, and are stored for
winter use. When this is to be done, the seed is sown
in June, and the plantation is managed in all respects
like the spring sowing When the young roots are
ready for the early market, they are pulled and tied
in bunches of five or six The fall crop is pulled soon
after the first frost, the tops are removea, and the
roots stored in pits or root cellars.
Marketing.
Greenhouse beets and early beets are usually bunched
for market, three to six together, according to size They
are bunched together tightly with a string about the
tops All boots should be thoroughly washed before
marketing Considerable quantities of late beets and
field-grown stock are sold in bulk, like potatoes In
this ease the tops are cut off Late-grown neets may be
stored over winter in the same manner as potatoes.
They are often buried in the fields in pits, but may be
kept m a good cellar or storage house The yield of
mature beets varies from 200 to 500 bushels to an acre,
300 being an average yield
Insects and diseases •
There are many species of insects that feed upon
beets, but flea beetles are about the only ones of im-
portance These may be poisoned by spraying \vith
pans green or arsenate of lead, and they are driven
away in many cases bv the use of bordeaux mixture
\\hich is also the most important preventive of leaf-
spot This leaf-spot is perhaps the worst disease which
attacks beets, but this is more common upon the sugar-
beets in the field than upon the more common varieties.
The potato scab, very common on potatoes, is found
also on boots, and as this disease lives in the soil from
year to year, it is a bad practice to grow beets after a
crop of potatoes. F \ WAUGH
BEGONIA (named after Michel Begon, superin-
tendent at St Domingo, 1638-1710, a French pro-
moter of botany) BegoniAcea? BEGONIA ELEPHANT'S
EAR BKEFSTEAK GERANIUM A various group, rang-
ing from hothouse to conservatory and window-garden
subjects, many of them grown primarily for foliage,
others for the showy bloom, treated mostly as single
pot-specimens, but some kinds used for bedding
More or less sappy or succulent herbs or undershrubs,
having the st in some cases reduced to a thick rhizome,
in others to a distinct small tuber, while a few others
possess a semi-tuber in which there are a number of
closely set scales or suppressed Ivs , resembling bulbs:
Ivs variable, alternate, more or less unequal-sided,
entire, or lobed, or toothed, ovate-acuminate, orbicular
or peltate, fls. monoscious (bisexual variations are
known. Dummor, Annals Bot, xxvi 1123), asym-
metrical, usually in axillary cymes, the males usually
with 4 parts, of which 2 arc mostly small, the
females with 5 (rarely 2), pink, white, rose, scarlet, yel-
low, and all shades of these, being represented ; stamens
numerous: filaments free or united at the base; styles
2 or 4, free, sometimes connate; stigmas branched or
twisted like a corkscrew, ovary inferior: fr usually a 1-
3-wmged caps , which is often colored ; seed numerous,
very minute — The genus Begonia, with 400-500
species in warm countries around the globe, gives the
name and definition to the Begomaceae. Only three
other genera are recognized: Hiflebrandia, with 1 spe-
cies in Hawaii , Symbegoma, 1 little-known species in
New Guinea; Begomella, 3 species in Colombia The
begonias are exceedingly variable, the genus running
into about 60 well-marked sections, but the mter-
gradations are so many and the essential floral charac-
ters so constant that it is impracticable to break up
the great group into separate genera
The begonia is one of the great groups of cultivated
ornamental plants Very many species have been intro-
duced, and there are numberless hybrids and variations
The most popular single begonia is now probably the
wonderfully flonferous (lloire de Lorraine (Fig 505)
The foliage begonias are of many 'original kinds, and
the numerous hybrids and variations have given great
choice to the cultivator B Rex is the chief basis of
the foliage races Many cultivators are unaware of the
possibilities of the Rex derivatives, because they grow
them m pots (for commerce) on benches, whereas the
singular and characteristic results arr secured by grow-
ing them in the earth against greenhouse walls or in
rock pockets below the benches (Plate XIV).
Because of the great numbers of interesting forms,
begonias have appealed strongly to collectors and
fanciers In recent years, however, the collections have
been passing out in the large private places, and most
dealers now carry only a few standard kinds (mostly
modified cultivated forms), in addition to the florists'
bedding and garden sorts and a general mixed stock of
tuberous kinds. The following botanical account, there-
fore, does not accurately represent the present state of
the begonia trade It is to be regretted that the fan-
ciers' collections are not kept, and it is partly m the
hope that the desire for collections will return that
this rather full treatment is given of the mam species
and stem-groups now in cultivation
The foliage begonias of the Rex type are subject to
an insidious disorder, affecting the loaves and eventually
the entire plant. The remedy seems to be to discard
all suspected stock and to propagate from wholly
healthy plants, or to grow them out of it by planting
them m a shaded airy greenhouse bench for a summer
and potting again in fall
The interest in begonias centers in their use as orna-
mental subjects. It is said that the stalks of sonic of
the species are used as the leaf-stalks of rhubarb are
used The rhizomes of many species, particularly
those from South America, are bitter and astringent
and are employed locally for certain fevers and for
syphilis. Some species contain purgative principles.
The sour sap of one of the Asiatic species is said to be
used for the cleaning of weapons
The first begonia was introduced into England in
1777, B. mtula. Since then, about 200 have proved of
value to the horticulturist Few other plants have been
unproved or varied so rapidly, there oemg thousands
of variations now in cultivation, displaying the most
gorgeous colors in their flowers and beautiful color-
ing in their leaves The development of the modern
race of hybrid tuberous begonias followed the intro-
duction of B. Veitchu, B rosaeflora, B. Davisu, B. bolivi-
ensis, B Pearcei and others after 1860. The geograph-
ical distribution of begonias is very disjunctive and
localized They are indigenous to Mexico, Central and
South America, Asia, and South Africa. They seem to
have no genetic relationship with other plants now
living For literature, see Dryander, The Genus Be-
gonia, Trans of the Linn. Soc , Vol I, 1791, Klotzsch,
Begomaceen-Gattungen und Arten, 12 plates, 1855
(Abh. Ak Berlin); DeCandolle's Prodromus, 15, 1,
1864; and floras of regions in which begonias are native.
L. H B.
General culture and propagation.
For horticultural purposes, the begonias may be
arranged in four groups- The socotrana or semi-tuber-
ous set; the tuberous-rooted; the foliage kinds, mostly
470
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
501. Young plants starting from the
incisions on a begonia leaf.
rhizomatous; and the fibrous-rooted. The bedding
begonias are mostly of the fibrous-rooted section,
particularly in the bemperflorens group, although the
improved tuberous kinds may be used for this purpose in
special places.
(1) The semi-
tuberous or
bulbous group
comprises such
begonias as B
\ socotrana and
', G 1 o i r e d e
i Sceaux. They
require much
care and should
be grown in a
soil with more
leaf-mold than the fibrous-rooted, and a temperature of
65° to 70° in the daytime and 60° at night Of Oloire de
Sceaux and some others, plants two years old will be
found best for decorative purposes For special notes on
B. socolrana, see the treatment of that species, page 473.
(2) The tuberous begonias are grown in pots, boxes
or baskets, under glass, or.as bedding plants, in a shaded
border. If the plants are intended for pot-culture in
the greenhouse, it is best to use the tubers. For early
flowering, start the tubers in February or March, either
in small pots or shallow boxes. The soil may be com-
posed of loam, sharp sand and leaf-mold, and the tem-
perature about 60° to 65°, When the plants are ready
for repotting, well-rotted manure may be added, and
when the roots have taken a fresh hold a cooler tem-
perature may be maintained. For bedding purposes,
seedling plants, as well as tubers, may be used, provid-
ing they are of a first-class strain. Tubers are preferred
if early-flowering plants are desired. For further cul-
tural notes, see the discussion on page 471
(3) The Rox begonias are grown entirely for the
beauty of their foliage They may be propagated by
means of either shoot- or leaf-cuttings, the latter being
the better when plants have to be raised in quantity.
Large and well-matured, but still healthy and vigorous
leaves may have the principal nerves cut on the under
side. The leaf is then pegged or weighted down on the
surface of a well-drained propagating bed. If care-
fully shaded, roots will be formed at every cut, a tiny
leaf will follow (Fig. 501), and the little plants may be
inserted singly in small pots Another method is to
cut the large leaves into triangular parts, with a bit of
the main petiole at the tip of each, and insert the pieces
about 1 inch, with the lower or thickest end of the rib
downward (Figs 502, 503). Still another method is
to cut the leaf in two, across the
veins, and stand it edgewise in the
propagating bed. The young plants
may be potted-up into small pots,
using a light, porous, sifted soil.
Keep shaded in a low house with
a moist atmosphere. The soil may
be gradually made coarser with each
potting until in the final shift, an
unsifted compost of two parts loam,
one part leaf-mold, one part well-
rotted manure, and one part sand,
S02. Triangular leaf- ls used, adding a sprinkling of hine.
cutting of begonia. While watering, avoid wetting the
leaves as much as possible, and keep
large, well-developed plants in a shaded house, with
plenty of ventilation day and night during the summer.
(4) The fibrous-rooted begonias comprise such spe-
cies as B. mtida, B. semperflorens var. gigantea, B albo-
picta, B. Haageana, and B. Duchartrei. Of these, cut-
tings taken from clean, healthy stems in spring will
strike readily in an ordinary propagatmg-box or bench,
and if potted-on. as they require root-room, will make
fine plants for late winter and spring flowering. As
8oon as one neglects good treatment, especially in re-
gard to light, fresh air and fresh soil, the red spider, a
physiological disease appearing like rust, and the
dreaded nematodes, will soon attack them and give
them a sickly and stunted appearance. They require a
temperature of 55° to 60° at night and 65° to 70°
in the daytime. The plants should be kept close to the
glass in the early stages of growth, on account of the
tendency of many of the varieties to send out rather
long shoots A good compost is three parts loam, one
part well-rotted manure, and one part sand
While begonias in general are iniured by too strong
sunshine during summer, they are benefited by all the
sunshine they can get during the winter and early
spring months. Strong sunshine, however, pouring
through imperfect glass upon wet foliage, is liable to
blister the leaves of any begonia Such species as B
Dregci and B weltomensis, which produce at their base
a thickened, fleshy stem like a potato, may be propa-
gated either by division or by cuttings. Many kinds of
the fibrous-rooted and rhizomatous sections can be
grown by amateurs, and make excellent house-plants,
especially B mamcata, B. coccinea, B speculata, B
argyroshgma \ar picta, B. ncimfoha, B heracleifolia,
B. incarnata. ROUERT SHORE
Begonia Gloire de Lorraine.
Begonia Gloire de Lorraine (Fig. 505) was raised
by Lemoine by crossing B Dregei and B svcotrana,
and is one of the most useful and beautiful deco-
rative plants introduced If large
specimen plants in 10- or 12-inch
pans are desired, propagating
should be begun about November
or December of the year previous,
as these plants are generally at
their best about Christmas time
The best plants are obtained from
leaf-cuttings. Select medium-sized,
well-ripened leaves, cut off with a
sharp knife, insert in a bed of
sharp sand in a temperature of 70°
and space them far enough apart,
so that they do not touch one
another The propagating - bed
should be at least 2 inches deep, but 4U . -
the stems should not be buried so fr°m thc ba" (or. UP>
deeply that the leaf lies on the top cutttng
of the bed These precautions pre-
vent damping off A further preventive against damp-
ing off is to dust powdered charcoal over the bed after
the cuttings have been thoroughly watered The leaf-
cuttings of Gloire de Lorraine are far superior to shoots
that start from the base of a cut back plant, thc leaf-
cutting having greater vigor and breaking more shoots
from the base of the plant. The leaf-cuttings \v ill root
in three weeks in the temperature recommended above,
but they should be left in the sand until they begin to
throw up shoots from the callus formed at the end of the
leaf-stem, after which they should be immediately
potted in 2-inch pots, in equal parts of fibrous loam and
leaf-mold, with about a fourth part of charcoal Never
allow the plants to become pot-bound until they have
attained the desired size, and for all future pot tings use
equal parts of the fiber of loam, half-decayed flaky
leaves, well-rotted cow-manure or horse-droppings, and
a fourth part of charcoal Use this compost us rough
as can be conveniently worked around the plant while
potting. During the summer, they should be grown in
a rather humid atmosphere near the glass, always
lightly shaded from the sun until they begin to flower.
Pinch the shoots two or three times during the season
as this encourages breaks from the base of the plant
When well rooted in the final shift, waterings with
manure-water will be beneficial When the plants begin
to flower, they should be neatly staked with thin twigH,
503 Plant arising
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
471
"J i 7
504. Begonia socotrana ( x|)
No 1
unless desired for hanging
plants, when they may be
allowed to droop around
the pan When in flower
they should be in a light
airy greenhouse with a
temperature of 45° by
night. These plants are
subject to mealy-bug and
may be fumigated at in-
tervals of two weeks with
hydrocyanic gas.
GEO. F. STEWART.
Tuberous begonias.
The tuberous-rooted be-
gonias, which are every
year becoming more popu-
lar, both as pot-plants,
and for bedding out-of-
doors, are the result of
crossing .several different
soecie.s differing consider-
ably in habit, and are
easily cultivated They
aie raibed almost
wholly from seed, and
good strains in differ-
ent colors may be ob-
tained fiom any repu-
table seed firm How-
ever, if one wishes to
increase th°se plants
by cuttings it can be done Shallow boxes or seed-pans
may be used in which to sow the seed about the
beginning of February They .should be well drained
and filled with a compost made up of equal parts
of peat, leaf-mold and about a fourth of charcoal.
As soon as the plants are large enough to handle,
prick them out about 2 inches apart m the same
soil as above, place them elose to the glass, but
always shaded from the bright sun, and in a moist
atmosphere When they have
grown close together, transfer
them to 8}/2-inch pots, the best
soil to use from now on being a
spent mushroom bed, adding
about a fifth part of charcoal A
6 - inch pot is generally large
enough for the fiist season, and
when they are well established in
these pots should be kept as cool
as possible A house facing noith
is the best place for them during
the summer, and all the air pos-
sible may be admitted night and
day On no account allow the«e
plants to Buffer for lack of water
until fall, when they will begin to
show signs of ripening off. Dur-
ing their growing period, they
may be stimulated by frequent
applications of cow-manure water,
and soot diluted in water, an
ordinary handful to two and a
half gallons of water; water three
times with clean water, and alter-
nately with the other two When
signs of ripening begin to show,
gradually withhold water until
the growths decay, and then place
the pots on their sides under a
bench in a greenhouse where the
temperature keeps around 40°. Be
sure they are in a position where
water does not reach them. The tubers will be good for
beveral years, but the best plants are in their second
year. The plants may be started at intervals, having
an earlier and a later lot For bedding out in partial
shade, these plants have no equals. Start the tubers in
flats about the end of April, have the bed heavily
manured and the soil level with the surface of the
ground, as the roots run near the top of the ground,
and consequently they have to be watered frequently.
The top of the bed should be always moist, a mulching
of well-rotted manure being of great assistance in
retaining the moisture. Plant about a foot apart, all
of one color, unless great care is exeicised m blending
the brilliant colors so that they do not clash
GEO F. STEWART.
INDEX.
acummata, 74.
Comte de L/imminghe,
fohosa, 72.
alba, 18
,JJ
}vajhclu, 8.
albo-coccmea, 56.
conrhiffoha, 54.
R.chsioide8, 67.
albo-puta, 75
corallma. 11.3
fulgcns, 19.
Allcryi, 92
Corbeille de Feu, 66
Gtntiln. 43
angularis, 99
coronuta, 110
geranifoha, 25.
annuluta, 10
Counte^L Krdoedy.W
geraruoides 26.
argon teo - guttata,
( r«'nm, Ul
gigantea, 46, 61.
112
arKyroMigma, 113
cn'n'i1''^
glmirophylla, 31
Gloire de Chatelaine,
ascot ion- is, 71
(yclopliylla, 24
()0
atropurpuren, 00
cypr.d, <Ji
Gloi-p do Lorraine, 2
aurub* folia, 70
Gloire do Rceaux, 3
Aucustim i 37
Da\i nt'o
Glorv oK 'incmnati, 2
auroo-maculata, 57
decora, 40
goegoen-is, 45
Baumaunii, 20
dcli(io-a, 96.
gratilu. 10
Bcrtmu, 11
diadc ma, SI
birolor, 16
duhroa, 115
Krandifloru, li), 70.
Hinotii, 44
digital a, 82
arandis, 15, 85
Bismarckii, 106.
Digswellmna, 09.
Gnllithu, 35
hohdaviN 11
discolor, 15
gunnertrfoha, 81.
bolmensis, 11
duersifoha, 16
Haagpana, 91
Koirnnyiana, 95.
Dr Nachtigal, 104
Hastkarln, 77
Bruanlu, 02
Dregpi, 17
H< rn-lyana, 80
Bunchu, 52.
Duchartrci, 90
herarloifoha, 47
caffm, 17.
Caledonia, 2
echiuosepala, 87.
elogantissima, 113
heracloicotyle, 50.
hydrodotyhfolia, 51.*
carrnimata, 107.
rarohmsefoha, 83.
dliptica, 32
Englen, 86.
impercahs, 41.
incarnata, 70
C-vrnerei, 62
Enaltnana, 86.
mcomparabihs, 5.
Cathay una, 95
Lrfordu, 63
cinnabarina, 22, 67
erythrophvlla, 88.
insianis,'70.'
Clarkei, li
coccmea, 109
E\ansian% 15
Feist H, 52
£ \rophxfolia, 47.
wcnsis, 103.
SOS. Begonia Gloire de Lorraine. No 2.
172
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
INDEX, CONTINUED.
knowaleyana, 73.
lacmiata, 97.
parmfolia, 17.
Pearoei. 13.
soootrana, 1.
apeciosa, 104.
Lazulu, 34.
leprosa, 58.
Limmnghei, 31.
peltata, 77
phyllomanmca, 117.
jncta, 35.
speoulata, 39.
stngittosa, 38.
Sunderbruchii, 47.
longipes, 101.
pictaviensis, 91.
Sutherlandii, 12.
longipila, 47.
Lubbersn, 55.
pictifolia, 34.
platanifolia, 81.
tonera, 30.
Touchen, 105.
luoerna, 119.
polyantha, 108.
Thurstomi, 114.
Lucianae, 65.
lunda, 32.
luxurians, 79
Lyncheana, 64.
polypetala, 28
Pres. Carnot, 118.
puuctata, 47.
Rajah, 36.
Thwaitesn, 30.
Tnotnphe Lemoine, 4.
Tnomphe de Lor-
raine, 60
maculata, 41, 109,
renifarmis, 17, 85.
Triomphf de Nancy ,4.
113.
Rex, 33
tuberhybnda, 21.
Mad de Lesseps.llO.
ncmifoha, 46.
tuberoi>a, 21
magmfica, 59.
Roezln, 64
Turnford Ha'l, 2.
.namcata, 57
roswflora, 7.
ulmifoha, 100
Margarita, 94
rosea, 7b
undulata, 102
Martiana. 16.
Rothschilds, 2.
vanegata, 93.
metalhoa, 93
rubella, 48
Veitcbu, 9
miniata, 67.
rubra, 109
velutma, 93.
minor, 104.
rubricaulia, 29.
venosa, 78
modtca, 42.
tiander&onu, 69.
vernalis, 8.
uana, 8, 11.
sangmnea, 98.
Vcrnon, 6C.
aatalonsis, 27, 108.
scandens, 32
Verschaffeltiana, 49
nelumbtifolia, 53
Scharffiana, 89.
VerschaffeUu, 49
nigr icans. 47
Scharffil, 91.
vitifoha, 85
mtida, 104.
Schnudtiana, 76.
Wa^hinQtonvina, 81.
obhqua, 104.
Schmidlti, 76.
weltomentus, 18.
octopetala, 10,
SeUawn, 60.
Wortluana, 11.
odorata, 104.
semporflorens, 60.
Wrightii, 113.
olbia, 111.
smaragchna. 41.
xanthma, 34.
palmaia, 82.
SmUk», 62.
sebn»<i, 99.
506. Begonia Gloire de Sceaux (XH). No. 3.
HORTICULTURAL ARRANGEMENT or SPECIES.
This arrangement often throws together species of
no close botanical relationship, but it will aid the cul-
tivator to understand the genub.
I. SPECIES BULBOUS OR ESSENTIALLY so.
socotrana
II. SPECIES TUBEROUS.
A. Plant stemless, hs. springing directly from the
crown or tuber (Davisu, rosseflora, Froebelii,
Veitchu, octopetala )
AA. Plant with sts., more or less branching.
B. Lvs. narrow (lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate)
(bolimensis, Sutherlandii).
BB. Lva. broad (ovate to cordate-ovate) (Pearcei,
Clarkei, Evansiana, gracilis, Dregei, weltoni-
ensis, fulgens)
BBB. Lvs. orbicular (Baumannn).
BBBB. Lvs various, mostly broad-ovate at base, acu-
minate (tuberhybrida).
III. SPECIES RHIZOMATOCS
A. Plant creeping, trailing, or climbing (glaucophylla,
scandens).
AA. Plant upright, often diffuse.
B. The picture-lvd. species, groum for the foliage,
which is large and prominent atid blotched,
strongly colored, blistered, or otherwise illus-
trated The Rex set, and others
c. Lvs. oblique, lobed at the base, not peltate (or
only slightly so) (Rex, xanthina, Onffithii,
Rajah, Auguetinei, daedalea, speculata,
decora, imperials).
00. Lvs. markedly peltate (modica, Gentilii,
Binotn, goegoensis).
BB. The essentially plain-lvd rhizomatous kinds,
although some of them are grown chiefly for
foliage.
0. Lvs. prominently lobed, or parted or even
divided (ncinifolia, heracle\folw, Sunder-
bruchii, rubella, Verschaffeltiana, hera-
cleicotyle).
CO. Lvs. lanceolate to ovate or cordate-ovate to
orbicular, not deeply lobed, often entire, and
sometimes peltate.
D. Foliage bmatt, the Ivs. less than 2 in. wide
(hydrocotylifolia) .
DD. Foliage of u»?#i/ or large size
E. The Ivs peltate (Feastn, ndumbiifolia,
conchsefolia, Lubberm, alho-coccinea).
EK. The IDS. not peltate (manuata, leprosa,
inagmfica).
IV. SPECIES FiaRous-nooTED (Rhizomes small or 0.)
A. The herbaceous kinds — the plant small, succulent,
never becoming very tall or woody (t,enii>erjiorens,
gigantea rosca, Camerei, Erfordn, Lyncheana,
Lucianje Corbcille de Feu)
AA. The woody or shrubby kinds, usually much
branched when mature, and ofttn tall
B. Kinds slend<r, upright, ^mall-leaved, mostly
smooth, gietn or marly so IPS many and
usually not more than I in across
c. Fits pink or rtfl (Jnt/wioides, Ingramii, Diga-
welliana, innf >n<*ta, as<otiensis)
CC Fls white, or tinted white (foliosa, knows-
leyatui, acnnnnata, albo-picta)
BB. Kindt, luw-giownifj, <hffut>e (Xchmidtiana)
BBB Kinds stiff, Mtcddent wtutc-scurfy (peltata,
vcnoi>a)
BBBB. Kindt mostly (nil and eiect, some of them becom-
ing 8 ft high, distinctly shrubby and bushy
c. Lvt> compound, or divided (luxunans, Hems-
Ityarui, platamfulia, digitata, carolmise-
foha, diadirna)
cc. Lv<< not comitound, although sometimes
strongly nctchtd or even lobid)
D Whole ]>l(int hairy, or at least so much so
as to uive it the appearance of being a
rough or pubescent species.
K. Foliage light grei n and plant pubescent
(vitifolut, Knglin)
EE. Foliage marktdltj colored above or be-
neath, or both
F Fls white (echinosepala, erythrophylla,
Scharjhann, Duehartrei).
FF. Vh colon d (Haugeana, Crednen,
Alluyi, M(iruaiit<x, metallica, cath-
aynmi, deltcioia, laciniata)
DD. Whole plant smooth or becoming so (a few
hairs perhaps remaining on the Ivs ), or
so much so as to (/lie it the appearance of
being a glabrous species.
E. Los. medium to large, very broad, fleshy
or thick, entire, often peltate (san-
guinea)
BE. Lvs. medium t>ize, stiff, green and shining,
often elongated, mostly undulate or
notched.
V. Fla white (angulans, ulmifolia, lan~
gipes, undulata, kewensis).
FF. Fls. colored (mtida, Teuscheri, Bw-
marcku, carminata, polyantha, coc-
cinea).
BEE. Lvs medium to large, the margins
strongly toothed, incised or lobed.
F. Fls white (Madame de Lesseps, olbia).
FF. Fls. colored, varying to tinted white
(argenteo-guttata, maculata, Thurs-
tonii, dichroa, coronata, phyllo-
maniaca, President Carnot, lucerna)
I. BULBOUS BEGONIAS, AND SEMI-BULBOUS OR SEMI-
TUBEROUS DERIVATIVES.
1. socotrina, Hook. Fig. 504. A winter-flowering
species: st. annual, stout and succulent, forming at
the base a number of closelv set scales or suppressed
Ivs. resembling bulbs: Ivs. dark green, orbicular, pel-
tate, 4-7 in. across, center depressed, margin recurved,
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
473
507 Begonia DavisU (XK). No 6
crenate: fls. all male except the terminal one of each
branch of the cyme, in terminal few-fld cymes, bright
rose G.C II. 15:8. B M. 6555. Gn 21:163; 49'426
(as B Gloire de Lorraine). J H. III. 51-317. R.H.
1906, p 130; 1909, p. 426. A F. 13:587, 588 —Bulbs or
semi-tubers were brought from the hot sandy island of
Socotra by I. B Balfour, and grown at Kew in 1880.
The species was first described in Gardeners' Chronicle
in 1881, and in the
same year in Bo-
tanical Magazine
See also Balfour,
Botany of Socotia,
p. 102, 1888 (Vol
31, Roy. Soc , Edin-
burgh) An early
stuoy of the nature
of the bulbs by
Duchartre will be
found in Bull. Soc
Bot. de France, 12
(1885)— This ex-
cellent plant re-
quires to be grown
in a light position
in a stove to develop
at its best. The
bulbs should be
bhaken out of the
old soil in Sept. or
Oct and potted up
^ in a light KOI!, rich in
humus and placed
in heat and mois-
ture, and, when well
established, should
be liberally supplied with manure-water The fls.
appear during the winter months, after which the
plant dies down, forming a number of large resting
buds or bulbs, the pots should then be placed in an
intermediate temp and be kept nearly ary until the
following growing period comes round. On account of
its hamt of producing fls in winter, this bpecies has
been largely used by the hybridist in the production
of a race of winter-flowering begonias, of which there
are many named varieties
Following arc leading Socotrana derivatives:
2 Gloire de Lorraine (B socotrana xB Dregei) Fig 505 One
of the finest hybrid begonias cvor raited Ivs small, nearly regular,
pure green fls almost exclusively male, 4-petaIed, large, borne in
broad panicles, covering the whole superior part of the plant, rose-
colored, not deciduous Gt 42, p 111 A F. 12 842 GF 5 247 —
M though B aocotrana is semi - bulbous and B Dregei has a thickened
rhizome, the hybrid forms show neither, but the base of the st
throws out many shoots, which can be separated and insure the
multiplication of the plant Intro by Lemoine in 1892 — There
are several forms of this plant now in cult Rothschilds variety has
larger and darker colored fls than the type Turnford Hall is a
form with white fls Caledonia also has white fls but is far inferior
aa a garden plant to that of Turnfard Hall Glory of Cincinnati, a
form with very lasting large satiny pink fls , is a seedling from B
socotrana x a sport of Gloire de Lorraine, it bloomed first in
Dec , 1908, and was intro to trade in 1910 (J. A. Peterson)
3 Gloire de Sceaux (B. socotrana x B. oubpeltata). Fig 506.
Plant stout, half shrubby, erect, vigorous, compact, will form a
plant aa much aa 8 ft. high in a year with good cult and produce
quantities of its large rose-colored fla over a period of several
months Ivi dark metallic grcon, thick, largo, red beneath, vema
red above, suborbicular, slight lyobhuue1 fls profuse, beautiful rose-
pink, shiny, females the last fl on (he cyme Fls from Dec till May
H.H. 1884 516 G F. 7 185 —Intro in 1885
4 Triomphe de Lemoine (B socotrana xB Roczln) St her-
baceous, spreading, then erect and branching into numerous flower-
ing branches Ivs large, coriaceous, orbicular, somewhat oblique,
margins slightly cenerous, 6 in diam.' fls in dichotomous cymes
from axils of Ivs , rose-carmine, female fls exceedingly rare, males
very profuse, plant resembling a large bouquet when in full bloom
G F 2 557 —Intro by Lemome in 1887 Retains its flu after they
are withered, a rare occurrence in begonias Another hybrid from
the same parent is Triomphe de Nancy, with fls rich yellow in tho
center, double, and the outer petals of a paler hue —Intro. 188S.
5. incomparabilia. Hort. (B. socotrana x a garden tuberous
form). Lva. large, with the showy, well-formed orange-red fls.
standing well above them R.B. 33 . 00
II. TUBEROUS BEGONIAS, the plant passing the winter
as a dormant tuber Nos. 6-30.
A. Plant stemless • Ivs springing directly from the crown
or tuber.
6. Davisii, Veitch Fig 507. Lvs. ovate-cordate,
dull green, thinly haiiy, above and below, upper side
lighter veined and under hide red, petiole short, pedun-
cles, pedicels and fls bright red Peru B M. 6252.
F.M. 1876-231. G C II 15'669— A favorite with
hybridists, becauhe of its rich coloring and its free flow-
ering It has given ri.se to numerous dwarf, erect-habited
garden forms, with hmall but brightly colored fls
7 rosaefldra, Hook Stout petioles, scapes, bracts,
and stipule* bright red. Ivh green, 2-4 in. wide, on stout,
hairy petioles, 2-6 in. long, orbicular, rernform, con-
cave, margins lobed, red, toothed: fls 2 in across,
rose-red. Andes of Peru, 12,000 it. Intro, in 1867.
B M. 5680 — Light-colored seedlings of this species
gave rise to Queen of Whites, put into commerce in
1878, and apparently an important factor m subse-
quent garden forms of the same color. The species
itself is probably not now in cult
8 FroSbelii, A DC. More or less hairy: Ivs numer-
ous, cordate, acuminate, green, covered with fleshy,
purphbh hairs: flb. in tall, lax, drooping, branching
cymes, brilliant scarlet, large. Late autumn and
winter. Ecuador J II III 32, p 33 Journ Roy.
Hort Soc 19, p. c\cu Gn 12, p. 376 Intro, about
1872-3 by Otto Froebcl of Zurich —A beautiful flower-
ing plant, useful for conservatory work in winter Var
vernalis, Hort , hybrid (B FroebdnxB Dregei), simi-
lar to type, intro by Deleuil m 1880. Var nana,
Hort. Very dwdif' fl.s dark scarlet
9. VSitchii, Hook Loosely hairy st very short or
practically none, thick, fle-hy, green* Ivs orbiculate,
cordate, lobed and incited, margins cihate, green,
principal veins radiating from a bright carmine bpot
near the center, under bide pale green, petiole thick,
terete pilose, fls. 2*4 in diam , cinnabar-red caps,
smooth, unequal wings Peru, 12,000 ft B M 5663.
F S 22 2326 —One of the progenitors of the tuberous
race. Intro. 1867 Probably not now in cult , but a
beautiful species.
10 octopetala, L'Her. (B grandiflbra, Knowl &
West). Lvs on long, succulent downy petioles 1*4 ft.
long, cordate, deeply lobed and serrated, bright greea:
fls seldom produced
in cult , greenish
white, in corymbs,
males with 8 or 9
petals 2 in across,
females smaller and
generally fewer
Intro to Glasgow -
from Lima, Peru,
m 1835 B.M 3559.
F. S 20-2056-7.
A F 4 225 (var
Le wot net). This
species is of little
or no horticul-
tural value.
AA. Plant with
st (not scapes)
evident and
more or less
upright, usu-
ally branching.
B. Lvs narrow,
lanceolate to •
ovate-lanceolate
11. boliviensis,
A. DC. Fig. 508.
Plant sparsely 508. Begonia bolivtauii ( X H). No. 11.
474
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
hairy: st. erect at first, but drooping and becoming slen-
der with age, 2-3 ft. high, branching: Ivs. lanceolate to
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, 3-5 in. long: fls. in
drooping panicles, cinnabar-scarlet, long and fuchsia-
like; males twice as long as females Bolivia. B M.
5657.— Intro, into England in 1864. It is a very useful
basket-plant. This species has recently been crossed
with some oi the double and single garden forms of
the tuberous race (of which this species was one
of the ancestors), and has given rise to a pretty and
distinct type with long pendulous sts. and drooping
fls. which render them most useful as subjects for
baskets. B. Bertfnii, Hort , is closely allied, and per-
haps a form of B. bohvtensis Fls light scarlet, numer-
ous and large, not so pendent. Gt 51, p 550, desc. R H.
1894, p 247. There is a dwarf form (var. nd.no) of this.
B. Worthiana, Hort., said to be a seedling of B. bohvi-
ensis, with larger and shorter Ivs. and more numerous
and less pendent fls. B. bolidavis, Hort , is a hybrid of
B Davisii and B. bohviensis.
12. Sfitherlandii, Hook. Slender and graceful, 1-2
ft high, bright vinous red, from small tubers: Ivs. 4-6
in. long, lanceolate, lobed and serrated, green, with red
veins and margin; petioles slender, red. fls numerous,
coppery or salmon-red Natal B M 5G89 — Intro, by
Backhouse in 1867. Of little decorative value.
BB. Lvs broad-ovate to cordate-ovate.
13. Pdarcei. Hook. Pubescent, branching, 1 ft.
high: Ivs oblique-ovate, cordate, acuminate,
toothed, glabrous and velvety green above, tomen-
tose beneath, pale red on under surface' fls. in
loose, axillary panicles, large, bright yellow Boli-
via; mtro. from La Paz, being sent by Mr Pearce,
collector for Messrs. Veitch. B M. 5545 — A van- 510.
able plant, both in hubit, size, color of the fls
and in the degree of the venation of the strongly
nerved Ivs It is the only vellow-fld tuberous begonia
in cult. It has been the chief factor in the production
of the hundreds of yellow, buff and orange-colored
garden forms Intro in 1865.
14 Clarkei, Hook Stout and erect, 2 ft , puberu-
lent, the st. purplish, fleshy: Ivs. obliquely cordate-
ovate, serrate: fls. in pendulous racemes, abundant,
509. Becooit Dr«i«l (XH). No. 17.
large, bright red. Bolivia, 9,000-10,000 ft. B.M.
5663 (as B. Veitchu), 5675.— Resembles B. Vettchh. It
was the seed parent of Vesuvius and Emperor, two im-
portant and useful varieties for bedding out. Probably
not now in cult.
15. Evansiana,
Andr. (B. dis-
color, R. Br. B
ardndis, Dry.)
Smooth, st de-
ciduous, branch-
ing^ ft high Ivs
ovate-acute, t>ub-
cordate, lobed,
margins denticu-
late, green above,
under side ana
petioles red, pe-
duncles branch-
ing, axillary, fls
numerous, flesh-
colored, large.
Java, China,
Japan B M.
1473 —A nand-
some and almobt
haidy species.
Intro in 1804 to
Kew. Little cult
now. It makes a
pretty and free-
flowering plant
for the cool
greenhouse in
Begonia tuberhybnda. Single-flowered (XM). summer Readily
No 21 prop bybulblets,
which are produced in quantities in the axils of the
Ivs. ufter flowering, and which will give flowering plants
the following year. Stands some frost.
16. gracilis, HBK (B blcolor, Wats R diversi-
fdha, R Grah ) Smooth and shining, tall and &t
erect, seldom branched, succulent Ivs thinly scattered
along sts , almost heart-shaped, slightly hany, lobed,
denticulate, ciliate fls on bhort, axillary peduncles,
pink. Mex B M 2966 — In axils of Ivs between
stipules a cluster of bulblets is home These may be
gathered and sown as seeds Along with its varieties,
annulata, diversifdlia, Martiana, and others, it makes
a very beautiful summer-flowering greenhouse begonia
— Intro by P. Neill, of Cannonmills. Edinburgh, in
1829. This species should be treated in exactly the
same way as the garden race of tuberous begonias as
to cult The variety Martiana is a largc-fld form with
rose-colored fls and frequently reaches 5 ft in height
It is a pretty and desirable greenhouse plant, producing
a succession of fls for 2-3 months during the summer
17. Dregei, Otto & Dietr (B. cdjfra. Meisn B.
parvifdlia, Grah B. remfdrrms, Hort ). Glabrous t>ts.
succulent, annual, 1-3 ft. high from a rootstalk a
fleshy irregular tuber1 Ivs thin, small, oblique-ovate,
green, deeply serrated, reddish on the under side. fls.
white, small, profuse Cape of Good Hope. B M 3720.
— Received at Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh in 1836
from Berlin. A useful free-flowering greenhouse plant.
18. weltontensis, Hort. (B Sutherland™ x B Dregei}.
St. reddish, 1-3 ft. high: Ivs light green, smooth, ovate-
acuminate, lobed, dentate, 1^-2 in. across; petiole red,
1-1 % in. long: fls. pink, profuse, on short peduncles. —
Frequently met with in cottagers' windows in England ;
of very easy cult. Intro, by Major Clark, of Welton
Park, England. Var. alba, Hort., has white fls.
19. fulgens, Lemoine. Stout: st. short: Ivs. large-
remform to cordate-ovate, more or less oblique, irregu-
larly sinuate-toothed, sparsely hairy above and beneath,
dull dark green above and reddish on the under side.
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
475
duncled
fle. large (2 in. across) in many long-
clusters, bright rich rose-red, fragrant. ovia. —
A handsome plant, published by Lemome in cata-
logue of 1893.
BBB. Los. orbicular.
20. Baumannii, Lemome. Loose-hairy or nearly
glabrous, the sta. often very short and the plant
appearing acaulescent, but becoming 1-1^ ft. nigh:
Ivs largo, orbicular, with short, thick petioles:
peduncles 18 in. high, bearing panicles of 4-6 fls.,
which are rose-red, 4-petaled, from 3-4 m. across,
and fragrant as robes. Bolivia, 8,000-9,000 ft. B.M.
7540 Gt. 40.1348; 42, p 25. A F. 7: 561. G F.
5 '77 — It is described as plentiful m the moi&t
valleys of the Cordilleras, where it is eaten by cattle.
Distributed by Lemome in 1890. Tubers as large
as ostrich eggs. Habit of D. socolrana.
BBBB. Lvs. various, mostly broad-ovate at base,
acuminate, oblique.
21. tuberhybrida, Voss (B tuber bsa, Hort.). Figs.
510, 511, 512 The garden race of tuberous bego-
nias, combined of many species and derived from
many sources, very variable and yet for the most
part agreeing in general 11. form. There are many
named garden varieties.
OTHER TUBEROUS-ROOTED SPECIES.
22 cinnabarlna, Hook Pubcrulent sts short, green, zigzag.
slightly downy lv* on hhort petioles, obliquely ovate, lobod and
serrated peduncles 9-12 in long, red, fls cintmlmr-rcd, 2 in across.
Bolivia B M 448.J P M Ib 225 —Intro 1849, not in cult
24 cnnita, Oliver Slender, sparsely hairy 8t-» red, hairy, 1 ft
high Ivs ovate-cordate, irregularly toothed, tinged with red on the
under side peduncles erect, red, producing 3 pale rose-colored fls.
Bolivia B M 58')7 —Intro by Vreitch in 18GG
24 cyclophylla, Hook Slightly hairy, slender, stemless If
eohtary, orbicular, 0 in across, green, with hmbnated margin
peduncles erect, b in long, hN rose-colored, with the fragrance of
roses China B M 0926 —Intro to Kew in 1885
25 geramfdha, Hook Glabrous st 1 ft high, erect, greenish-
Ivs cordate, lobed, incised and serrated, green, margins red Ms 2
or 3 on terminal peduncles, outer petals orbicular, red, the two
inner obovate, white Luna BM 3387 —Intro 1833
26 geramoldes, Hook Small. 10-14 in . stemless, rootstock
fleshy 'vs radical, rcmform, G in across, lobed and toothed, green,
Imiry, petioles 8 in long peduncles erect, 0-12 in long, reddish,
hairy, bearing a lax panicle of Us , each 1 '* in across, pure white,
with a button-like cluster of yellow anthers Natal B M 5583.—
Planted in a border in a sunny greenhouse, this is a fine begonia,
flowering profusely during Oct
and Nov Intro to Kew in 1S66.
Probably not now m cult Allied
to B Dregei
27 natal §nsis, Hook Glab-
rous sts fleshy, 1-2 ft high Ivs.
obliquely cordate, lobed, sinuate,
mottled with gray, veins reddish fls yellowish white, tinged with
rose, 1 in across Natal B M 4841 —Intro to Kew in 1854
28 polypetala, A DC St short, fleshy Ivs ovate-cordate,
toothed, hairy, with rained veins, 10x8 in fls with 9 or 10
ovate-oblong petals an inch long, red, ovary hairy, with 1 long
wing Peru Gn 14, p 531 —Intro by Froebel in 1878
2Q rubricauhs, Hook Pubescent, stemless, scapes red Ivs 4-6
in long, ovate, wavy, ciliate along the margins, deep green fls large*
males 1 '<£ in across, 5-petaled. females smaller, 6-petaled, reddish
Country unknown BM 41 il — Intro to Birmingham Botanic
Garden in or about 1844
30 t£nera, Dry (B Thwntesn, Hook ) Pubescent, stemless:
Ivs radical, cordate, 5 in long, coppery green, mixed with purple
and blotched with gray, under surface very red fls white, tinged
pink Ceylon B M 4G92 -Chiefly interesting as a variegated
plant. Intro to Kew about 1852
III. SPECIES RHIZOMATOUS the rhizomes mostly shaggy
and lyinq on top the ground or very nearly so
(Fig 516), plant making no proper upright stem
or trunk. Nos 31-59
A Plant creeping, trailing, or climbing.
31. glaucophylla, Hook. (B. glaucophylla splfndena,
Hort. B glaucophylla scdndens, Hort B Comte de
Limmmqhe, Hort B Llmnnnghn, Hort ) Glabrous:
sts long, drooping or creeping, lending themselves to
training on rafters. Ivs. ovate, wavy, 3 in long, glaucous
green, reddish and variegated in bud, purple beneath
and white-spotted above, the margin cartilaginous: fla.
brick-red, males 1 in across, with petals, females of
equal petals Brazil. BM 7219 C,n 59, p. 336— A
good basket plant, flowering freely all winter. Excellent
for a permanent position in a greenhoube; reaches 6-S
ft. or more high.
32 scandens, Swartz (B Ihcida, Otto & Dietr. B
elliptica, HBK ). Glabrous: sts climbing or trailing
clinging by means of short aerial roots Ivs ovate or
511. Begonia tube rhybrid*. Double-flowered. No 21.
climbing plant.
476
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
AA. Plant upright, often diffuse.
B. The picture-lvd. set- plants low and tending to be com-
pact, the mature Ivs usually hanging nearly verti-
cal, often variously colored and marked.
C Lvs. oblique, lobed at the base, not peltate (or only
slightly so).
33. Rex, Putz. Fig 513 Very hairy: st a short,
fleshy rhizome, from which spring the long-b talked
large ovate wavy Ivs , which are hairy and colored a
rich metallic green, with a zone of .silvery gray pedun-
cles erect, fls. large, rose-tin ted, males 2 m. across, with
4 unequal petals, females smaller, with 5 nearly equal
513. Begonia Rex, in its original form. No. 33
petals; ovary 3-angled, with 2 short and 1 long wing.
Assam. F S 12 12.55-1258 B M 5101 — Thib noble
species is the principal parent in the production of the
numerous ornamental-fohaged begonias It has been
crossed with a few species in the fir.-<t place, and then
hybrid seedlings have been laised again and again from
the progeny Fig 513 is a copy of a part of the original
figure m Flore des Serres (1857), and is given here for
the purpose of showing what this species was like when
first known to horticulturists There are very many
named forms, but most of the listed kinds tend soon
to pass out One of them that has persisted, because of
the odd quirl to the If is Counter Louise Erdoedy (B
Alexander von Humbol 'It x B argentca-cupreata). Fig
514 Lvs obliquely cordate, ovate-acute, the smaller of
the 2 lobes twisted m a spiral manner, with as many as
4 coils; upper surface silvery, with veins deep green,
under surface reddrh, pilose III 31 '516 C.C. II.
22.205 Intro by F. Ncmeczek, gardener to Count
Erdody, a Hungarian nobleman, in 1881 — Other Rex
varieties of unknown or uncertain origin: Louise Clos-
son Lvs ovate-acuminate, lobcd, veins deep purple,
surface blotched with deep purple bronze, metallic
luster very bright Lucy Closson is very similar, but
more vigorous, with the blotches more numerous and
better distributed Marquis de PerrMa Lvs. small,
margins hany, numerous silvery spots on surface
Compact, dense grower Duchesse de Brabant Lvs.
large, purple, margins and surface hairy, otherwise like
B. Rex Louise Chretien Lvs green, with a zone of
glossy silver towi.uls the center, covered with very
small white spots Count Erdoedy. Silver-white, green-
striped along the veins, hairy, lobes twisted into a
spiral, hairy
34. xanthina, Hook Similar to B Rex: Ivs. large,
fleshy, cordate-ovate, acuminate, sinuate-ciliated, dark
glossy green above, purplish beneath, fls. large, almost
golden yellow, tinged on the back with red. caps with
one large wing India B M 4683 Var pictifdlia,
Hook. Lvs with rows and spots of silvery white: fls.
yellowish white. B.M 5102 Var Lftzulii, Hook. Lvs.
not spotted, tinted with bluish purple. B.M. 5107.
This species is probably not now in cult.
35. Griffithii, Hook. (B picta, Hort.). St.-lvs. and
habit as in B Rex- Ivs olive-green, with a broad zone
of gray ms>ide a purple margin, tinged with red on the
under side, the basal lobes ovei lapping, fls. large,
fleshy, pink; ovary curiously crinkled along the angles.
Assam. B.M. 4984 — Intro by Henderson, England,
in 1856 Probably not now in cult.
36. Rajah, Ridley. Fig 515 Lvs. from the root-
stock, angular-orbicular, papery, the petioles and
under veins setose, upper surface smooth and richly
mottled from the green ribs and the brown or brown-
red intermediate spaces, the margins serrate and
setose- fls. small, pink, on hispid peduncles that stand
about as high as the Ivs. Malaya. G.C. Ill 16 '213
— A distinct and beautiful hothouse species, deserving
of popularity Said erroneously to be a garden hybrid
37 Augustinei, Hemsl A dwarf, compact species,
allied to B Rex hut devoid of color in the Ivs as in that
species' sts. branching freely, short-jointed. Ivs. erect
or spreading, elliptic or ovate, 3-6 in long, reddish
green above and below, covered on both sides with red
hairs, petiole red, terete, provided with dense white
hispid hairs whole plant presenting a mixture of white
or red h!*'rs mfl erect, few-fld ; fls pink. China —
Differs from B xanthina in its rough rugose hairy Ivs
and rose-pink fls.
38. daedalea, Lem (B. stngillosa, Dietr). Hairy,
Rex-like st a short, thick rootstock Ivs large, green,
ovate-acuminate, cordate, margins slightly serrate and
beset with long reddish hairs, surface covered with a
peculiar network of russet-brown peduncles spotted
and slightly hairy, fls white, tinged with pink Mex
I H 8 269 — A handsome foliage plant, not very
widely known
3.9 speculata. Hort Probably a hybrid st a short,
thick rhizome Ivs broadly ovate, acuminate, cordate,
lobed half way down the blade, on long, hairy petioles,
dull green, rough, speckled with gray, hairy, reddish
on the under side, veins very prominent, light green
fls on long, hairy peduncles, pink-white, maleb and
females both with 2 petals: caps, green, with small red
514. Begonia Countess Louise Erdoedy ( X H) No 33
spots — Origin uncertain, although apparently com-
mon in cult, in this country. A hardy and useful
begonia for conservatory and window-garden.
40. decora, Stapf. A small species of compact habit,
allied to B Rex. rhizome short, reddish green: Ivs. 3-4
m long, ovate, rich reddish brown with prominent
yellow-green veim, whole plant covered with thick-
set papillae and short hairs: fls pink, comparatively
large for so small a plant, Perak. — This plant thrives
best in a stove It is readily crossed with many other
species, notably with B. Rex. and the offspring art
amongst the finest ornamental foliage plants.
BEGONIA
41. ixnperialis. Lem. Very hairy, low st. short, her-
baceous, green: Ivs. 4-6 in wide, brownish green, with
irregular bands of bright green along the nerves, mak-
ing a striking contrast, fls. insignificant, white. Mex
I.H. 8:274. Var maculata, Hort , has brown Ivs with
green blotches. Var. smaragdina, Hort., has wholly
bright green Ivs. I H. 7.262. — These plants require a
hothouse treatment in winter.
cc Lvs. markedly peltate.
42 mfidica, Stapf. A spreading, dwarf plant with
;sts. green, slender: Ivs peltate, orbicular or broadly
ovate, 2-4 in. long, pale green in color, margins pink,
undulate, margins and veins cihate; petioles greenish
red, hairy, 3-5 in long mfl few-flu , males small, 2-
petaled, orange-yellow, with red blotch at base of
petals, females .same as males in color; ovary 4-celled,
Hm long, winged, hairy W Trop Afr B M. 8258.—
A recent species, requiring stove conditions
43 Glntilii, De \\ lid A near ally of B modica' sts
creeping, red hauy Ivs peltate, erect, ovate, acute,
margins finely serrate, slightly reflexed, green suffusea
with light red, young Ivs red, petiole terete, red,
hairy, 6-12 in long, blades 3-4 in. long mfl few-fld ;
fls orange-yellow suffused with red, ovary 4-celled,
winged Congo
44 Bindtn, Hort Plant rough hairy like B Rex,
Ivs elliptic-orbicular, markedly peltate, green above
and red-hairy beneath, bhsteied or bullate — Very
recently offered, and yet little known
45 goegoSnsis, X K Bi FIRE KING Compact but
large plant *t a hhort, thick, greenish red rootstock:
Ivs handsome, erect, peltate, ovate-orbicular, 6-9 in.
long, surface blistered or puckered green, with dark
bronzy blotches, prominently veined, dull red on tlv
under side fls small, ro.se-pmk, in a lax cluster 6 in.
high. Goego, Sumatra — A distinct and ornamental-
Ivd. plant, lequning btove conditions, deserves the
attention of amateurs.
BB The essentially plain-lvd rhizomatoiis kinds, although
some of them nre grown almost wholly for the foliage
(»S'om£ of //iii> group are bold and striking )
c Lvii prominently lobed, or parted or even divided
46 ricinifdha, Hort (B heraclcifoha X B. peponi-
folia) St a short, thick rootistock Ivs large, bronzy
BEGONIA
477
date, the lobes extending one-third cr less deep and
notched, fls. on long scapes, standing above the Ivs.,
delicate rose-color and with tea-rose odor. Gt. 54,
p 42.
47 heracleifdlia, Cham & Schlecht (B jalropha>fdlia,
Hort ) Hairy st a short, thick rhizome Ivs 6-12 in
across, with 5-9 deep and narrow notched and toothed
515. Begonia Rajah (Xh)- No. 36.
green, lobed, resembling castor-oil plant: fls. numerous,
on long, erect peduncles, rose-pink. — A useful free-
flowering plant for the greenhouse, producing its fls m
winter and early spring. Var gigantea odorata, Hort ,
is a double hybrid (B. ncimfolia and B fulgens x
B. Scharffiana) of German origin. Lvs. large, round-cor-
516. Begonia magmfica (X'i)
No o9.
lobes, rich green: peduncles 2-4 ft , long, straight, fls.
white or rose-tinted, small, with 2 prominent rounded
parts. Mex. BM.3444. BR 1668 JH III 56 309.
Var nigricans, Hook , has the margins of the Ivs bor-
dered with dark (almost black) green B M. 4983 Var.
longipila, Hort has long, fleshy hairs on the If -stalks
and peduncles B. Sunderbruchu, Hort , is an American
form of this var.: Ivs. bronze-green, silver bands along
the nerves, purple underneath. Var punctata, Hort ,
ha> green Ivs.. reddish near the margin: fls. rose-colored,
with deep red spots on the outside.
48. rubella, TIamil. Smooth bt a short, thick rhi-
zome* Ivs. handsome, large, cordate, acuminate, deeply
lobed, spotted with irregularly shaped dark brown marks'
fls. pale pink, on long peduncles, decorative Nepal.
49. Verschaffeltiana, Regel (B. Verschaffcltii, Hort.
B manicata x B carotin isefblui) Hauy &t a thick
rhizome. Ivs large, ovate, acuminate, lobed: fls. rose-
colored, pendent on long peduncles I II. 2*68 — Tall,
coarse and unsightly as an old specimen, but when well
grown from year to year from cuttings makes an excel-
lent plant and producer quantities of its small rose-
coloied fls. in early spring, which la.st for several months
and have a considerable decorative value
50 heracleic6tyle,Veitch (B heracleifolia x B hydro-
cotyhfolia). A small, essentially smooth plant, with
Ivs close to the rhizomes: Ivs thick, obliquely cordate-
ovate, many-lobed and toothed, margins slightly ciliate,
shining metallic green above and reddish beneath: fls
pink, small, freelv produced on about 8 free-branching
peduncles in early spring. Veitch, 1895 — A useful and
decorative greenhouse plant.
cc. Lvs. lanceolate to ovate or cordate-ovate to orbicular,
not deeply lobed, often entire, and sometimes peltate.
D. Foliage small, the Ivs. less than 2 in. wide.
51. hydropotylifdlia, Otto. Whole plant hairy: st
succulent, creeping- Ivs. rotundate-cordate, repand but
478
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
entire, small, on short petioles and therefore clustered
near the ground: peduncles 1-1^ ft. high, pilose; fls.
dipetalous, rose-colored, small and numerous, showy.
Mex. B.M.3968.
DD. Foliage of usual or large size.
E. The Ivs. peltate.
52. Ffcastii, Hort. (B manicdta x B. hydrocotyhfblia).
Shaggy-hairy on petioles and If .-edges, st. a short,
thick rootstock: Ivs. suborbieular, thick, red beneath,
517. Begonia semperflorens A recently struck cutting.
To show the precocity of bloom. No 60.
entire with long white hairs on margins; petioles short,
irregularly marked fls light pink, on long peduncles.
A.G. 23 : 335. — Intro, by John Feast, of Baltimore, before
1880. A common pot and house plant B. Bunchii,
Hoit , is a form with edges of Ivs. crested and frilled.
Originated with Lloyd C. Bunch, Fredonia, Kan.
53 nelumbiifdlia, Cham. & Schlecht. Hairy: st. a
short, thick rhizome: Ivs. large, 12-18 in. long, 8-12 in.
wide, peltate, hairy on the under side, on long upstand-
ing petioles' fls many and small, white or rose-colored,
in a dense erect much-branched cluster. Mex. — The
foliage is bold and handsome, and distinct in general
effect from any other cult species
54. conchaefdlia, A. Dietr. Lvs. nearly peltate or
semi-peltate, thick, cordate-ovate and the basal lobes
or ears overlapping, margins entire or repand, becoming
smooth above, shining green above and reddish beneath:
fls. pink. Cent, ^mer
55. Lubbersii, E Morr. Semi-shrubby, the short
rhizome occasionally ascending and becoming gouty
at the base: Ivs. large, peltate, obliquely lanceolate,
entire, green with many silvery blotches above, claret-
colored beneath . fls. white, on long peduncles. Brazil.
G.C. III. 3.301. R H. 1888, p. 225— Named in compli-
ment to M. Lubbers, curator Brussels Bot. Card. Has
spots like B. macidata — Of little horticultural value.
56. albo-cocclnea, Hook (B. Grahamiana, Wight).
Smooth and shining, rootstock creeping: Ivs. peltate,
ovate, leathery, 6 in. long: peduncles 1 ft. long, coral-
red, springing from the crown; male fls. 1 in. across,
with 4 petals; female fls. also of 4 petals, white above,
coral-rea beneath. Flowers in winter. India. B.R.
32:39. B.M. 4172.— A beautiful species, apparently
little cult. now.
BE. The Ivs. not peltate.
57. manicata, Cels. Essentially smooth except the
hairy If .-edges, short-stemmed, succulent: Ivs. ovate,
obliquely cordate, thick, fleshy, smooth, shiny green,
6-8 in. long, petioles covered with fleshy scale-like
hairs: peduncles a foot or more long, bearing loose
panicles of pink dipetalous fls Mex. Var aureo-macu-
lata, Hort , has large blotches of yellowish white on
the Ivs. FE 8.1159 F R. 2.435. AG 23 '337.—
Flowers profusely in spring, having a light elegant
and feathery effect supported on long erect and free-
branching peduncles. Var. crispa, Hort , has foliage with
cnspate margins; there is also a yellow-spotted form of it
58. leprdsa, Hance A dwarf, compact species, with
short, free-branching rhizomes and erect, ovate, pale
green Ivs. with biserrate margins and leaching to a
height of 6-9 in. . infl few-fld , fls. large for so small a
plant, rose-pink, male with 4 petals and female with 6
petals partially deciduous during the winter months.
China — Thrives best in a greenhou.se
59 magnifica, Lind. Fig 516 Sub-frutescent.
smooth and shining, the sts. creeping Ivs large and
bold, sometimes rising 2 ft , obliquely ovate-cordate,
entire or obscurely lobed, serrate, slightly peltate,
bright green, the margins ciliate fls. long and fuchsia-
like, numerous, the sts , bracts, fls and hairs of the
clusters all scarlet-red, snowy Colombia R H 1870.
270 — One of the best of the rhizomatous begonias.
Lf -blades often 2 ft across.
IV. SPECIES FIBROUS-ROOTED (rooteiock, if any, small)
Nos. 60-119
A. The small succulent herbaceous kinds, never becoming
very tall or woody
60 semperflorens, Link & Otto (B Selhwn,
Klotzsch). Fig 517 Erect, smooth plants with st.
herbaceous, green or reddish, 6-18 in high Ivs ovate,
rotundate, obtuse at the base, toothed and cilmte along
the margin, pale glassy green, tinged with red on the
midrib and petiole peduncles avillarv, few-fld ; fls
white or rose-colored; males uith 4 petals, females with
5 petals caps green, wings tinged with red Brazil
L.B C. 10-1439 R H.
1897, p 46 B M. 2920
— This is an exceedingly
variable species An
endless number of gar-
den forms has been pro- ,
duced from it. A very
popular bedding bego-
nia, and a pcrststent
bloomer Var Vernon
(atropurpurea compdcta,
Gt 44, p 570) is one of
the best forms Tri-
omphe de Lorraine (Fig.
518) is one of the good
bedding kinds. Fls
cherry-red, the stamens
golden yellow. Gloire de
Chatelaine is a form of
dwarf habit and deep
rose fls ; one of the
best in England for bed-
ding and pots, and a
continuous bloomer.
61. Var.giganttardsea
(B. semperflbrens x B.
Lynchedna) . Very dis-
tinct' rootstock woody:
ste. succulent, about 3
ft. high. Ivs. on short
petioles, ovate or reni- 518. Begonia, Trlomphe de Lor-
form, obtuse, toothed at wine (XK). No. 60.
1
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
479
the margins, about 7 in across, bright green, with a
reH spot at base of emus, peduncles axillary stout,
4-8 in. long, bearing large panicles of large rosy
red fls., of which the males have 2 ovate petals, the
females 2-4 smaller petals. A.F 13:586. A G. 16:41.
— One of the boHt begonias for winter decoration m
the cool greenhouse. Intro by Lemome in 1888.
62 Carrie" rei, Hort (B semperflbrens x B. Schmidtii.
B. Brudntn, Hort. B fimUhii, Hort) DEWDROP.
Compact, about 1 ft high. Ivs hkeJ5 semper flor ens* fls.
nearly as large as in B. semper florens, abundant, pure
white G 6.557. JH III. 53.249 —Excellent bed-
ding begonia, also a good late winter bloomer. Intro,
by Bruant m 1883.
63 ISrfordii, Hort (B. Schmidtu x B semperflbrens
Vernon). Very dwarf and bushy, \Yi ft high* fls
abundant, rose-carmine. — Ex-
cellent for bedding Intro by
Haage & Schmidt in 1894.
64. Lyncheana, Hook (B
Roezlii, Hort , not Regel)
Glabrous: rootstock stout,
somewhat tuberous st erect,
tall, succulent, smooth Ivs
green, smooth, ovate-cordate
sinus red: fls in axillary,
drooping cymes, deep reddish
crimson Mex B M 6758 —
Very like B semperjlorens
qigantea roiea, but not so
strong a grower Perhaps not
now in cult.
65 Lucianae, Hort (B
Li/nrheanaxB Brudnlu) FK
large, m the axils of the Ivb ,
io*>e — Intro, by Bruant in
1889
66 Corbeille de Feu (B
semperflbrens X B Juchuoides) .
Fig 519 Intel mediate in
habit between itj> parents fls
bright coral-red, produced m
quantity nearly all the year
round — The plant branches
freely from the base and
makes an excellent bedding
plant, the fls aro rich-colored
and withstand the sun well.
Intro by Lemome, 1891.
519 Begonia Corbeille
de Feu (.''Basket of Fire")
(X>s) No 66
AA The kinds becoming woody or shrubby, mostly taU
and much branched
B Plants slender, upright, small-leaved,
c Fls pink or red.
67 fuchsioides, Hook. Fig 520 Smooth rootstock
woody, not prominent sts. slender and erect, 2-3 ft.,
succulent. Ivs many and small, ovate, 1^ in long,
tinged with red when young fls drooping like a fuchsia,
rich scarlet, males with 4 petals, females with 5 petals.
Mex — Requires the conditions of a warm airy green-
house If kept in a moist close atmosphere it is apt to
damp off badly, and if kept too waim it makes a lot
of growth and produces very few fls. It rapidly forms
a large specimen if kept growing, and is a most attrac-
tive plant for greenhouse decoration during winter and
spring months B M 4281. Var miniata, Lmd (B.
cinnabatina, Hort ), differs only in having flesh-colored
fls and smaller Ivs R.H 1855:221. FS 8787.
68. fngramii, Hort (B nitida x B fuchsundes).
Fig. 521. Combines the characters of the two species:
very free-flowering and makes a most desirable bedding
plant, and also blooms well in winter, fls. rose, large:
foliage tinted with red when exposed to the sun. The
horizontal blooming side
branches are characteris-
tic of this plant as a green-
house subject — Intro, by
Ingram in 1849.
69. Digswelhana, Hort
(B. Sdndersonn, Hort )
A useful hybrid probably
between B. fuchsioides
and one of the numerous
varieties of B semper-
florens sts. erect or nearly
so, green suffused with
red' Ivs elliptic, serrate,
2-4 in long, dark rich
green in color, mfl me-
dium in length and size;
fls rosy scarlet, pendu-
lous — A useful bed-
ding plant or may be
used for a cool greenhouse.
70 incaraata, Link &
Otto (B aucubzfoha,
Hort B insignia, Grah ).
Smooth st. erect, sub-
herbaceous, 2-3 ft high
lys very unequally cor-
date, ovate-lanceolate, toothed' fls rose-colored, abun-
dant, males \l/2 in across, with 2 ovate and 2 narrow
petals, females smaller, with 5 equal petals B M 2900
AG 16 97 AF 12 72 1-."), 13 588; 17 857 R H.
1870, p 266, 1875 151 Var grandifldra, Hort , is a
much improved variety, very useful for cut-fls or
decoration in winter
71 ascotiensis, Weber Of hvbrid origin, probably
obtained from B fuchsioides and one of the forms of B.
t>emperflorcns. Ivs ovate, 2 in long, smooth, blown,
margin green, dentate fls on peduncles 4 in long,
bright red — An excellent bedding begonia.
oc Fls. white, or tinted white
72 foliftsa, HBK Small, smooth, shrubby ste.
herbaceous, slender, branching Ivs very many, frond-
like, very small, somewhat 3-lobed, glossy green, dis-
tuhous: fls white, tinged with rose Blooms early
summer. Colombia — An elegant little basket and
ornamental plant
73 knowsleyana, Hort Much like B incarnata, but
If smaller, entire or nearly so. fls nearly white Named
for Knowsley, seat of the Eail of Derby Origin not
known, probably a seedling of B acunnnata A good
winter bloomer, particularly in 6-m. pots. J.H. III.
49, p 177.
520 Begonia fuchsioides
( X H) No. 67
521. Begonia Ingramii (Xtf). No. 68.
74. acuminata, Dry. Slender, 3-4 ft.: sts. nearly or
quite smooth Ivs. 2-3 m. long, oblique-ovate, taper-
mjz; to the point, toothed and serrate, the margin and
veins underneath hairy: fls. white, 3-5 on a peduncle,
nearly 1 m. across, spring and summer. Jamaica. — 4
180
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
useful plant for growing in baskets, thriving and flower-
ing freely in a sunny position in a cool airy greenhouse.
Intro, to Kew in 1790. B.M. 4025. B.R 364.
75. albo-pfcta, Hort Shrubby, compact growth,
freely branched: Ivs. elliptical, lanceolate, covered with
compound long-stalked cluster. S. Amer. Q.C. III.
51:28. — Thrives in an intermediate temp.
80. Hemsleyana, Hook. Slightly hairy: habit dense,
free-branching1 sts. erect, red, hairy: Ivs. digitate 6-12-
parted, the parts or Ifts. lanceolate or elliptic, slightly
curved, serrate undulate, rich shining green above, dull
greenish red beneath; petiole long, red: sts. and petioles
covered with soft-tomentose hairs, infl. slender, few-fld.;
fls. pink, large, 1-1 H in diam Yunnan, S. China.
B.M. 7685.— One of the hardiest species.
81. platanifdlia, Hort. (Schott?). St. shrubby,
nooth, 5-6 ft. high, erect, robust, smooth,
joints annulated: Ivs. 8-10 in. across, remform
smooth, 5-6 ft. high, erect, robust, smooth, green,
joints annulated: Ivs. 8-10 in. across, remform, lobed
half way down, hispid on both sides, dark green, lobes
522 Begonia Scharffiana. No
numerous small silvery white spots fls greenish white,
males with 2 broad arid 2 narro\v petals, females of 5
subequal petals Brazil — An elegant foliage plant,
especially in the" young state Intro by Bull in 1885.
BB Plants low-growing, diffi^se.
76. Schmidtiana, Reg3l (B Schmtdtii, Hort ). Her-
baceous 01 half-shrubby, blender-branched, 1 ft or less
in height, *he branches rod-tinged' Ivs.
lobed, toothed, hairy, about 2 in long,
reddish beneath' fls white, tinted with
rose. Brazil. R H. 1883, pp 56-7. Gn.
17, pp 268-9 — A very useful plant for
summer bedding Named tor Mr Schmidt,
of the firm of Haage & Schmidt, Erfurt.
Var. rdsea, Hort , has rossc-red fls
BBB. Plants stiff, succulent, white-scurfy.
77. peltata, Hassk' (B Hdsskarhi, Zoll ).
Upright: st perennial' Ivs. peltate, ovate-
acuminate, very thick and succulent,
covered with a whitish tomentum, 6-9 in.
long' fls small, white, on long peduncles Brazil — It
is the only begonia in cult with thick, felted, peltate,
silvery Ivs.
78 ven&sa, Skan. A tall, stout, erect species with
white-frosted very fleshy foliage, and marked by very
large inflated conspicuously veined fetipules' Ivs reni-
form or ear-shaped, repand-entire, joined at the middle
(not peltate) with the thick flattened petiole, fls. many,
white, crowded on a reddish peduncle. Brazil. B.M.
7657. — Very distinct, and a striking plant when well
grown. Requires a warm sunny position in the green-
house, and to be kept rather on the dry side at the roots
during winter.
BBBB. Plants mostly tell and erect, distinctly shrubby.
c. Lvs. compound or nearly so.
79. lururians, Scheidw. Sts and If -stalks hairy, the
If .-stalks reddish ' pointed membraneous stipules at the
younger nodes. Ivs. peltately compound, the 7-17 Ifts.
lanceolate (3-6 in long and 1 in. broad), serrate,
under surface glabrous and green, upper surface with
atiff short hairs and red: fls. small, cream-color, in a
acute, toothed, ciliated: fls. in axillary dichotomous
cymes, large, white, tinted rose Brazil. B.M. 3591. —
B. gunnercefdlia, Lind. (B. Washingtoniana, Hort.),
is very bimilar to this, but its Ivs. are not so deeply
lobed and the fls. are very insignificant I.H 22 212.
Runs into many forms. See B. Faureana in supplemen-
tary hst, p 484.
82 digitata, Raddi (B. palmdta. Hort.). St short,
gouty Ivs. palmate, 10-12-parted, somewhat pubes-
cent, green above, brownish beneath: fls white, in
dense clusters. Brazil. — A species of little decorative
value.
83. carolinisefolia, Regel St erect, thick, fleshy Ivs.
palmately divided into 6-8 long ovate segms . fls
small, pink, on long peduncles Mex. Gt. 1 258 —
Named for its Ivs resembling those of the Carol inea
(Pachira). The Ifts. are ovate, rather than narrow as in
most begonias with divided or compound Ivs , and in
this regard peculiar.
84. diadema, Lind Sts. short and fleshy, 2 ft high
Ivs. many, maple-like, deeply parted, bright green
blotejied with white, dentate fls. insignificant, pink
Borneo. I.H. 29:446. — Attractive for its conspicuously
marked foliage.
cc. Lvs not compound
D. Whole plant htury.
E. Foliage light green, and plant pubescent.
85. vitifdlia, Schott, not Lmdl. (B.
grdndis. Otto. B remformis, Hook )
Tall, strong species, 3-4 ft high
Ivs large and grape-like (Vitm
virnfera), orbicular or remform,
lobed and serrate, Koft-pubescent.
green above and rusty veined
beneath, the petiole flat or can-
aliculate on top fls small, white,
slightly downy, winter Brazil
B M. 3225.
86. fingleri, Gilg (B. Eng-
lendna, Hort ) . Striking species
with mostly a single st con-
spicuously red - strigose - hairy
and scaly, becoming 5 ft. tall'
Ivs large and showy, thin.
^ oblique and
ovate-oblong,
deeply and
evenly serrate,
hairy, red - rib-
bed: fls. on long
pendulous pe-
duncles, numer-
ous, pink. E.
Trop. Afr.— Dis-
tinct, and
worthy of atten-
tion on account
523. Begonia Haageana. Showing a very of its handsome
small cluster ( X >3) No 91 hairy Ivs.
BEGONIA
BE. Foliage colored above or beneath, or both.
p. Fls. white.
87. echinpsipala, Regel. St. green, succulent, erect
and branching freely: Ivs. obliquely oblong, finely ser-
rate, rather small: fls. on axillary peduncles, white,
with curiously papillose sepals. Brazil — A useful species
for warm greenhouse, of very easy cult and very free-
flowering. One of the best for decoration
BEGONIA
481
524. Begonia cathayana ( X ' e) Nro 95
88 erythrophylla, Neum Soft-hairy, the st fleshy,
strong Ivs thick, remform, long-htalked, dark green
and lustrous above and rod beneath, almost entire,
strigillobe fls small, white — Probably of garden origin.
89 Scharffiana, Regel Fig 522. A robust herba-
ceous perennial, 1-3 ft high Ivs large, thick, fleshy,
hairy, olive-green above, crimson below stipules veiy
large and prominent fls waxy white with red hairs on
under surface of petals, large Brazil Gt 1888, p 661
— This begonia requires warmth and cai e to succeed well.
When well grown, it is an excellent bracket-plant
90. Ducbartrei, Hoi t (13 echinoskpala x B Scharf-
fiana) St 2-3 ft high, branched profusely, hairy, pur-
ple1 Ivs ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, green above,
Hairy, red below fls large, waxy white, a few red hairs
on the under surface of petals. R II. 1892, p 29. —
Intro by Bruant in 1892.
FF Fls colored.
91. Haageana, Wats (B Schttrffi, Hook ). Fig 523.
Tall-shrubby, whole plant hairy. Ivs ovate-cordate,
acuminate, wavy, red-nerved above, fls rose-pink,
with a cyme 8-12 in diam , males with 2 round and 2
narrow petals, females with 5 equal petals. Brazil.
GC. III. 16.633. B.M. 7028, (as B Scharffi) — One
of the most beautiful plants of the genus, and now
one of the best known of the big tall red-hairy begonias;
the hanging trusses of fls (imperfectly represented in
Fig. 523) are very conspicuous. Named for one of the
firm of Haage & Schmidt. B Crdd/ien, Hort (B Scharf-
fiana x B metdllica). Intro by Haage & Schmidt, 1890
There is another plant named B Crednen, which was
raised by Lemoine in 1891 from the same parents
Bruant also used these two parents m 1891, and called
his plant B. pictaviensis All three plants can be dis-
tinguished from B. Haageana only by their smaller fls
anal the peduncles standing erect and not gracefully
bending over, as in B. Haageana.
31
92. Alteryi, Hort. (B. metdllica x B. gigantea). Of the
B. Haageana type hairy, Ivs. bronzy, red-veined be-
neath, toothed' plant becoming very tall (even 4-6 ft.
in a bingle year), producing many large pendulous
clusters of rose-colored fls — A very fine warm green-
house or stove variety, free-flowering, of easy cult
Shown in 1905 before 8001616 National d'Horticulture
de France by M. Allery Aubert of Tours.
93 metallica, G. Smith. Hairy: sts. perennial, uuc-
culent, 4 ft. high, branched Ivs. obliquely cordate,
lobed and serrated, 3-<> in long, upper surface green,
shaded with a dark metallic color' fls. blush-white,
under side of petals clothed with red bristly hairs.
There are a number of varieties, e. g , var variegata,
var. velfctina, var. cforea, but they do not differ much
from the original Bahia. RH 1844 '21 8 (as B velu-
tina). G.C. II. 5.397.— A very attractive plant.
94. Margaritas, Hort. (H. metdllica x B echino-
stpala). Plant 1-2 ft. high: bts. purple, hairy. Ivs.
ovate-acuminate, sinuously dentate, green and pur-
plish above, red beneath fl-». in cymes, large, rose-
colored; sepals with long hairs at the r>a,se — Intro. 1884.
95. cathayina, Hems! (B. Boivnngiana, Hort, not
Champ ). Fig .524 A beautiful ornamental-lvd.
species, named in l'K)8 .sts. fleshy and crimson-hairy,
18 in. nigh' Ivs hanging much like the Rex varieties,
large, obliquely cordate, long-pointed, toothed and ser-
rate, green with cmnson nerves above and bright mot-
tled crimson beneath, very showy: fls large for the
group, vermilion Sept China B.M. 8202 — It prop-
agates readily from ruttmgs of both sts. and Ivs. It has
been hybridized with B Rex, producing very richly
colored foliage. B Bounngi-ana, Champ B M 5182,
is distinct from B cathayana, and apparently is not m
cult ; but the B Bou-nn nnna of garder«, as figured m
G.C. Apr. 18, 1903 wippl , is the plant here described.
96. delicidsa, Lind Plant the size of B Rex, but
smooth or nearly so Ivs large, obliquely cordate-ovate,
many triangular-toothed or -lobcd, marked above with
many gray blotches, reddi-h beneath fls in dense
clusters, pink, produced in winter Ceylon
97. lacmiata, Roxbg Erect, 1-2 ft , becoming strag-
gling, the sts. green Ivs loundly ovate, sharply lobed,
pubescent, black-purple, with a broad zone of green,
reddish on the under side fls as in B Rex India,
S China. B M. 5021 GC III 34.368— Odd.
DD. Whole plfint smooth.
E. Lvs. thick, broad and entire, often peltate.
98 sangufnea, Raddi. Fig 525 Very smooth and
shining, sts perennial, woody at the base, red Ivs.
4-6 in long, subpeltate, obliquely cordate, abruptly
pointed, thick,
fleshy, bright
green above,
blood -crimson
below fls small,
white Brazil
BM 3520.— A
handsome ever-
green-foliaged
begonia, notable
for its brilliant
red-lined thick-
edged Ivs.
EE Lvs medium, stiff, green and shining.
F. Fls. white.
99 angularis, Raddi (B. zebrina, Hort ). Smooth,
shrubby, very tall (to 8 ft ), much branched, the
branches spreading or drooping: Ivs elongate, ovate-
acuminate, shiny dark green, veins white, pale green
and reddish tinged beneath, the margins undulate and
crenate-serrate : fls small ( %\n. across) and many in large
cluster, white. Brazil B.M. 7842.— A striking plant.
482
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
100. ulmifdlia, HBK. (DontUdia ulmifblia, Klotzsch).
Tall, green, the st. 4-angled and grooved, shedding its
hairy scurf. Ivs. small and elm-like (whence the name),
thinly hairy, green on both sides: fls. white, small.
Colombia. Gt. 1854:93.— Very free-flowering when
grown large, the fls. appearing in winter and early
spring.
526. Begonia nitida (X1:,)
No 104
101 Wngipes, Hook. Tall and stout (3 ft. or more),
the st furrowed and more or less glandular but other-
wise the plant green, smooth and shining Ivs. ample,
renifonn or nearly orbicular, oblique or lop-bided, glossy,
serrate fls small, white, numerous in a long-stalked
cluster, winter-blooming Trop Amer B M 3001. —
In some forms, the peduncles are excessively long.
102. undulata, Schott. Plant green and shining,
although somewhat hairy when young Ivs 2-ranged,
oblong, very short-stalked, acuminate, wavy or undu-
late on the margins, fls. rather small, white, in short
axillary clusters, the pistillate ones long Brazil. B.M.
2723
103 kewlnsis, Hort. Like B. undulata slender, with
spreading or drooping leafy branches Ivs. ovate to
cordate-ovate about 6 in. long, smooth and shining,
green, fls many, in large clusters, small, white or
slightly cream-colored, }£m. across Of garden origin —
There is a hybrid between this and B. coccinea. A good
basket plant.
FF. Fls. colored.
104. nitida, Dry. (B. minor, Jacq B. specibsa, Hort.
B. obhqua, L'Her ) Fie 526. Smooth: st 3-4 ft high,
perennial, fleshy, woody at the base when old* Ivs.
obliquely ovate, wavy, 4-6 in across, glossy dark green:
fla. on long, axillary peduncles, pale pink, with a sil-
very blush; males 1>£ m. across, with 2 broad and 2
narrow petals; females smaller, with 5 equal petals.
Jamaica. B.M. 4046. A.G 24.575 Gt. 2 : 192 —A very
useful plant in the greenhouse, flowering all winter.
Also interesting on account of being probably the
first begonia intro. to cult in Eu (1777, at Kew, by
Win. Brown). Var. odorata ftlba is a very handsome
variety of this species, which has smaller fls. of the
purest white and sweet-scented. Dr. Nachtigal (B.
nitida var odordta dlba x B Lynchedna), is similar in
general form to the latter, but has fls of a delicate
rose-pink, especially on the inner surface of petals.
105. Tefcscheri, Lind. Stout: st. 2-6 ft. high,
erect, strong grower. Ivs. large, oblique, fleshy, acutely
lobed, ovate-lanceolate, margins serrate, bright green
above, with large grayish blotches or in one form with
dots, red and strongly veined beneath: fls. in axillary
clusters, bright red, large. Malaya. I.H. 26.358.
106. Bfamarckii, Veitch. Lvs. large and lobed,
oblique, acuminate-pointed, 6 m. long: fls in drooping
clusters, satiny rose, males insignificant, females 1%
in. across and making a gorgeous display. — Very similar
to B. Teuschen.
107. carminata, Veitch. A handsome hybrid, the
result of a cross between B. coccinea and B. Dregei:
plant erect or nearly so, branching freely st green,
shining Ivs obliquely ovate-acuminate, deeply toothed,
light green fls. rosy scarlet in large pendulous cynics —
The male fls do not remain on the plant long, the
mam feature being the large bright rosy scarlet female
fls and their brightly colored ovaries which remain on
the plant for a considerable period In this respect it
greatly resembles its parent, B. coccinea It is a very
fine greenhouse plant and should be m every collection.
108 polyantha, Hort Sts green, red at the nodes,
erect, free-branching Ivs elliptic, rich green, glabrous
or nearly so; petioles reddish green, 2-3 in long mfl.
numerous, 10-20-fld ; fls pink, */\-\ m diam Mex —
A strong-growing species of quick growth and produc-
ing a mass of charming fls all over the plant in winter
and early spring One of the finest and best of the win-
ter-flowering begonias The plants often supplied as
B natalensis are said to be this species.
109 coccinea, Hook (B riibra, Hort B mnculdta
var corall}na, Hort ) Fig 527 Smooth sts tall, suc-
culent Ivs on short petioles, obliquely oblong, angular,
with wavy red margins, 4-(3 m long fls deep coral-red;
males *om across, with 4 unequal petals, females more
attractive, owing to the length and rich color of the
527. Begonia coccinea ( X H). No. 100.
ovary, which has 3 small subequal wings. Brazil. B.M.
3990. — The fls. are very persistent and exceedingly
ornamental, especially when planted out. Thrives
well in a warm airy greenhouse One of the most
attractive and best-known members of the genus. It
has been largely used by the hybridist, the well-knowo
BEGONIA
President Carnot being one of its offspring. Intro,
from the Organ Mts. of Brazil by William Lobb in 1841.
EBB. Lvs. medium to large, the nuirgins strongly toothed,
incised or lobed.
F. Fls. white.
110. Madame de Lessens. Fig 528. Showy, strong,
erect grower: Ivs acutely lobed, large, margins serrate,
green above, red and strongly veined below, fls. large,
white, in axillary clusters, males small. Garden origin.
BEGONIA
483
528. Begonia Madame de Lesseps (XH) No 110
111. 61bia, Ken-hove. Erect, the st 2-3 ft high Ivs
lobod, hairy and olive-green above, smooth and red
beneath, margins reddish, petioles grooved, smooth,
veins pi eminent as dark lines' fls concealed by Ivs , in
small clusters directly on the st without peduncles,
large, white, male and female m same cluster. Brazil.
FF. Fls. colored, varying to tinted white.
112 arggnteo-guttata, Hort (B dlbo-jfota x B.
olbin). Fig 529 Profusely branching Ivs. shin-
ing gieen, ovate-acuminate, slightly lobed, smooth,
2J2 m. wide, 3-5 in long, thickly dotted with
white spots' fls in clusters, vanable, petals white,
tinged with pink. caps, rose-pink — Intro by
Lemome, 1889 V\ ell woith a place in a collection
on account of its decorative foliage.
113. maculata, Kadch (B. argurostlgma, Fisch ).
Very smooth: st erect, 2-3 ft , branching, woody
when old Ivs. cordate, lanceolate, wavy, 4-6 in
long, upper surface sometimes with large white
roundish or circular spots, fls. pale rose or white,
males with 2 ovate and 2 narrow petals, females
with 5 equal petals. It includes several forms.
Brazil B 11. 666. Var. argyrostfgma pfcta, Hort ,
is a common form, with very large white spots on
the Ivs An old greenhouse or conservatory plant.
Var. elegantfssima, Hort., a variety with more
slender habit of growth than the type and only
sparingly maculated on the Ivs , but forming a large
free-branching specimen. Var. Wrightii, Hort , a
variety with Targe Ivs heavily maculated with white,
especially in the young state' infl pendulous, 10-20-fld.;
fls. white, an m. diam.; males short lived; females green-
529. Begonia argenteo-guttata
(XH) No 112
ish white, remaining on the plant for several weeks. —
This variety does not branch very freely as with the
preceding variety but has the habit of sending up long
stout shoots, 6 or 8
ft. high, from which
the fine handsome
clusters of fis. hang
in the form of a
chain — B. coral-
lina, Hort., is a
free-flowering form,
useful for conser-
vatory, 8-10 ft on
rafters Ivs. dark
glossy green, almost
covered with bright
coral-red long fls. ./
in large drooping •
trusses. JH III.
51:339.
114 Thtfrstonii,
Hort (B mcMllua
X B san guinea).
Smooth and shiny, st 2 ft. high Ivs orbicular-acumi-
nate oblique, ruh purple, red on the under side, veins
prominent, fls insignificant, small, rosy white, on
slender peduncles A F 7 7?() — Excellent for bedding
on the north side of a building, and as a pot-plant.
Originated with C Thurston, Pater-on, N J.
115 dichroa, Sprague A tall-gio\\mg species but
often remaining dwarf, woody in loner paits, habit
half-pendulous sts green in upper paits only Ivs.
large for so dwarf a plant, elliptic-ovate, 6-12 in long,
rich green, glabrous on both sides, occasionally
toothed, prominently veined seedling plants beauti-
fully maculated with \\hitc when young but the spot-
ting is entirely lost in the adult stage infl dense, short,,
hidden amongst the upper Ivs , fls large, males occa-
sionally 2 in diam , petals 4, rich brick-red, females
smaller, ovaiies brick-red sh.ided \\ith white and promi-
nently winged Bia/il BM SH2 — A distinct and
handsome species, useful a> a basket-plant
116 coronata, Hort (B carotin is foha x B. poly-
dnlha) St shrubby, coarse, 2-3 ft high, covered with
numerous withered stipules Ivs large, lobed, on long
petioles fls pale pink, with Luge, somewhat dioop-
ing cymes
117 phyllomanlaca, Mait Fig 530 Hairy and
shaggy, st perennial Ivs obliquely cordate, attenuate,
4-6 in long, slightly Ueunated and fringed1 fls. pale
530 Begonia phyllomamaca, showing
adventitious plantlets (X}/) No 117.
runk B M 5254 Brazil — This species is pecu-
liar in producing from the st , petioles and Ivs.
innumerable buds and small growths. It is one
of the most, interesting of plants. It is covered
with small fls. in early spring
118 President Carnot, (B coccmeax ?).
Figs 531,532 Plant, 2-6 ft. high, spreading Ivs.
ovate-lanceolate, acute-lobed, ribs on the under side
red fls in a large cluster; males small, insignificant;
females large, bright red-carmine, 2 in long, includ-
ing caps — A striking and handsome plant and one
that should be m all collections. It ie of very easy
484
BEGONIA
BEGONIA
531. Begonia President Carnot.
No. 118
cult, and each shoot
bears 1-3 of its im-
mense clusters of bril-
liant female fls.
119. lucerna, Hort.
Fig. 533. Hybrid of ex-
ceptional merit, with
habit and constitution
of President Carnot
Ivs heavily spotted
» with white, specially
when young, fls. m long
pendulous clusters that
are often 1 ft in diam.;
male fls. 1 in. across;
lemales much larger,
with bright pink ova-
ries, giving the plant a
distinctive appearance
as they persist for many weeks — The plant succeeds
well in a warm greenhouse Should be in every collec-
tion. Named for Lucerne, where it originated Intro,
to commerce in 190ft.
B amdbiha. Hort A large-fld form of the Gloiro dc Lorraine
class, the clear brilliant pink blossoms being nearly 11 j in across
(Rochford) — B Balrrusulna, Ruiz (B popuhfohu, Kunth) Var.
miteUifdha, Dav Tuberous rootstork st simple, erect, purplish,
pubescent. Ivs rtmform, obscurely lobed irregularly serrate,
whitish tomentose beneath fls pale rose, in a terminal raceme
Mex. RH 1911, p i'i— B Bdrkm, Knowl & Wosc Fibrous-
rooted stiff, erect, sparely branched sts somewhat woody, brown,
densely hairy Ivs peltate, ovate, acute, lobed, serrate, 5-7
in. long, light green in color, veins pale yellowish gicen,
petioles long and fairly stout infl large and spicading, freely
branched, fls pink, produced in early spring Mex — \
distinct and pretty begonia — B cuhibdnca, Stapf St
short and pro-trate Ivs peltate, oblique, brocidly cordite-
ovate, 2-3 in long, cilmte on margins fls red, smil!
Calabar, W Trop Afr — B crasstcaiWii, Hort (Lindl ')
Lvs large, nearly circular, coriaceous, clear green fls
vertical clusters, small, lose-white, the bloom being more beautiful
than that of B mamcata, which it re*emble« — B crispa, Kielago.
Fls large, on long, erect peduncles above the Ivs , the 5-8 perianth
sogms onspate Countiy unrecorded — B cnstata, Hoit A form
or race of tuberous begonia? with a crested outgrowth in the cen-
ter of the fl the race is fixed and comes more or less true from seed
— B elatior, Hort Veitch, is a cross between B socotrana and a
tuberous begonia — B Klimen, Hort Of garden origin, probably
hybrid fls btellatc, large, flesh-coloiod, in winter European —
B. FaureAna, Garn Lvs palmately parted to the middle into 3 or
6 mam divisions and these divisions again parted or notched,
beautifully colored with silvery white on a green ground and with
brown-green on the ribs Brazil Intro to France in 1892; named
for the former President of France I H 42 34 —Some at least
of the B platamfolia of gardens is this species — B Foryet\ftna,
Hemsl Fibrous-rooted nearly 2 ft , more or less branched Ivs.
fleshy, glossy green, 6-7 m long and 2 in broad, fls pink and
white, 1 in across, m clusters Brazil — Named for L Forget,
collector for Messrs Sander Allied to B undulata — B gemmdla,
Hort (B decora XB Rex vtr ) Lvs angled, Rex-like, dotted with
silver on a green ground very attractive as a specimen plant. G.
22 123— B gigantfa, Hort Rootstock woody st. 2-3 ft.' Ivs.
caudate-acuminate, becoming 1 ft. long fls many, small, white or
pale pink It is probably a form of garden origin. — B Gilaonn,
Hort. Plant, 2 ft high st shrubby, coarse Ivs large, lobed fls
on long, erect peduncles, pale pink — Interesting as being a double-
fid, fibrous-rooted begonia Named for Gilson, colored gardener to
Mrs Livingston, N.Y— B HMdei,W&Tb Tall, branching Ivs.
triangular-ovate or broadly elliptic, acuminate, jagged and notched
and usually lobed toward the base, green above and red beneath:
fls. light rose, borne amongst the Ivs German E Afr — -B IdeAla,
Hort Veitch Neat dwarf plant, B socotrana X a tuberous
begonia 6 in fls semi-double, 2 in across, brilliant rose, long-
lasting winter Gn fal, p 13 R H 1906, p. 131 — B Kummeride,
Gilg Fibrous-rooted st erect and free-branching, green suffused
with red Ivs ovate, 6 in diam , shining, green veins and petiole
red infl short, few-fld , fls. blush-white, tipped with rose, male, 84in
diam , female with bright yellow stigmas, ovary 3-celled bluntlj
triangular, swelling up to a large fleshy fr some 2 in long Trop.
Afr — B KunthiAna, Walp St erect Ivs lanceolate, acuminate,
serrate, smooth, green above, red below fls white, large B M
6284 Brazil — B Lkhmbachn, Warb Allied to B Heddei herb,
erect, 8-16 in , the sts. fleshy and red Ivs oblique, 4-5 in long,
irregularly 5-lobed, dentate, light green and somewhat hairy above,
red-green beneath, fls. axillary, small, tinted and red-stnate Ger-
man E Afr. Gt. 49 1476— B Lindleyana, Hort.==B incarnata
— B. lobulAta, A DC Fibrous-rooted erect, branching sts light
green Ivs highly glabrous, pale green, ovate-acute, serrate, occa-
sionally lobed. prominently veined, 6-8 in long, petiole red infl
rather short, densely fld , fls small, white Mex — B lonaicyma,
Boll air, is a garden hybnd of B. Schmidtiana and B semperflorens,
532. Begonia President Carnot ( X >i).
533. Begonia lucerna (XH) No 119
of the fourth generation nmih-branchmg, bushy Ivs like those of
B graoihs female fls few or none, terminal, main-* lateral, fls rose-
tinted RH 1905, p 582 — B MartiAna, Link & Otto Tuberous
Bt 1-1 H ft , with erect branches, glabrous, leuty Ivf oblique, cor-
date-ovate, acuminate, doubk toothed, 'i-tt in long fls solitary or
clustered in axils, large, rose-pink, the males 4-merous and lemales
5-inerous Mex Vars yrandtfldra, pulchtrrima and tanmifldra are
known to growers B M 8322 All considered to be forms of B
graciha (p 474}— B PAtrw, Hort A garden hybrid of B soco-
trana anclB Pearcci plant dense and free-flowering, 10-12 in fls
many, rather small, bright rose-pink Ivs similar to those of B soco-
trana (Lemoine.) — B P&agn, Warb Fibrous-iooted erect or
spreading sts terete, woody in lower part, dull brownish green Ivs
only slightly oblique, elliptic, 4-6 in long, dark green above, buffused
with red beneath infl in short axillary clunters, fl* small, white
veined with red, female with rather narrow petals, ovary distinct
terete, not winged, bnght red, 1-2 in long whole plant covered
with rufous hairs A remarkably distinct begonia, but of little
horticultural value — B prwnAta, A DC. 8t erect or spreading,
seldom branched, covered with greenish white spots Ivs peltate,
fleshy, on long terete petioles, spreading or erect, blades broadly
ovate, lobed and undulate, dark green above, with prominent veins
of a greenish yellow color, and dull grey beneath infl erect, large,
branching freely, fls pure white. Costa Rica A fine winter-
flowering species — B pyramidahs, Lemoine B mamcata XB,
carohniffifoha Ivs. large, palmate, entire, thick, brilliant green
fla large, in panicles, white-rose or rose-tinted — B Queen A gar-
den hybnd, fibrous-rooted erect with brilliant-colored foliage sts.
green, terete Ivs. ovate-acuminate, undulate, finely serrate, upper
side a brilliant purple-red, the veins being green, under side bright
red fls rosy red seldom produced One of the finest and most
ornamental of the fibrous-rooted begonias It is somewhat diffi-
cult to grow into a large specimen and should be kept slightly
drier at the roots than most plants of this section — B Reichen-
hhmn, Hort (B rubella XB heraclcifoha) Lvs all basal, large
and long-petioled, parted to the middle fls on sts. upnght above
the Ivs Gt 52, p 207.— B Rdchfordti, Hort , ia a bright rosy car-
mine begonia of the Gloire de Lorraine type, with larger fla. and
foliage. FE. 31 (1911), p 434.— B. Saitlit, Hort, named for th*
BEGONIA
BELLIS
48o
late John Saul, was intro. from Guatemala resembles B. Feastu
in the shape and oolor of its Ivs , but with a dwtinct red sinus at
Junction of petiole with If Probably not now cult under this
name — B sciptrum, Hort Erect, sparsely branched1 sts. light
brown colored with red on young growth IVH large, broadly ovate,
deeply lobed, margins serrate, pale green suffused with red and
irregularly blotched with white, prominently veined on the under-
side, petioles bright rod fls. 10-20 in a cluHter, pink or white — B
atigmdaa, Lmdl Ht a short, creeping rhizome IVH. large, cordate-
acute, irregularly toothed, smooth above, hairy beneath, green,
with purple-brown blotches, fls. insignificant, white, in cymose
panicles Mex — B Sturtn, Hort A flonferous form of B sem-
perflorens, with rose-pink fls in broad panicles, and Ivs white-
spotted — B subpeltata nioricans, Hort. (B mgrioans, Hort )
Plant 2-3 ft high Ivs ovate, acuminate, blood-red below, sikcry
and slightly hairy above, 4-8 in long, 2-4 in across fls rose-pink,
profuse caps wings equal, pink Very useful for decoration Var
Pres de Boureuilles, H*rt , has Ivs. of a much richer color, and more
profusely studded with rod hairs fls of a deeper pink — B Temp-
hnu, Hort Sport from B phylloraamaca var variegata' differs m
having its regular blotches over the face of the Ivs varying from
true yellow to light sulfur-color, often with blending of shades of
pink. 2 H-3 ft Ivs oblique, the margins ruffled and fringed Origi-
nated with H G Wolfgang, of the Templm Co , Calla, Ohio, and
put in the trade in I'M)1) FE 18- 258 — Tree A group of large-
growing begonias produced by Mrs Theodosia B Shepherd, Calif
Some of them aro described as a cross of Gloirc do Jouy by Rubra,
having the cane-like growth of Rubra (B cocrmea), with its long-
stemmed fls but larger sepals and pistils, Ivs illuminated with red,
terra-cotta, pink and yollow Other giants are hoedhngs of Pink
Rubra, with stronger canes, larger Ivs , and more beautiful fls , the
Ivi on young growth spotted with silver (Princess Alien, RuSra
Bamboo, Striking Beauty, Hebe and others, are of this parentage)
— B. untfdlia, Rose A singular begonia from Mex, recently
described (Rep Mo Bot Gard . 1904, p 79, Jig 28) tuberous-
rooted. If 1, lying on the ground, sessile, nearly orbicular, double-
toothed fls on slender scape to 2 ft high, nearly \vhite N'ot m
the trade. — Voss has called the hybrids of the rlnzomatou, croui)
B rhizohybrida and of the fibrous-rooted upright caulescent group
B cnulohybnda , those names represent such various and o.ti i
unlike forms that they will probably have little appheition in
common practice, although useful for taxonomic purposes
L II B
BELAMCANDA (East Indian name) Iridace<e
BLACKBERRY LILY LEOPARD FLOWER A hardy, her-
baceous perennial, which is an old
garden favorite The fiist of the
popular names comes from the
clusters of shining black roundish
seeds, and the second from the
flower, which is orange, spotted
red It is more commonly sold as
a Pardanthus, which also means
leopard flower
Perianth segms oblong, the
inner slightly shorter and spiral .
twisting as they fade stamens m
one group only at
the base caps
pear-shaped, the
valves ultimately
falling away
Prop hy seeds or
by division. Of easy
culture in rich, sandy
loam and in a sunny
place. Sometimes, but
incorrectly, spelled Be-
lemcanda One species
chinensis,DC (Gem-
mlngia chintnsis,
Kuntze B. punct&ta,
Moench Ixia chinen-
sit, Linn MorjBa chi-
nrnMs.Thunb Parddn-
thw cnintnsis, Ker. P.
smtn&is, Van Houtte)
Fig 534. Height 2-3
ft : rootstock short,
stoloniferous Ivs
about 6, equitant, stn-
ate. 1-1 H ft. long, 1
in broad: outer spathe-
valves %-\ in. long: ^ .„, .-
pedicels 1-2 i n . 1 0 n g : 534 Belamcandi chinensis ( x \i)
535. Bellis perenms ( X ' 2)
caps. 1-1 H in. long; valves reflexing. persistent China
and Japan. B.M. 171 (as Ixia). F.S. 16:1632 L.B.C.
19.1874 — The seed-stalks are sometimes used with
dried grasses for decora-
tion It is said that the ^j^r?
birds sometimes mistake "* "
the seeds for black-
berries. N. TAYLOR t
BELGAUM WALNUT:
Aleuntes
BELLADONNA: Alropa
BELLADONNA LILY:
Amaryllis
BELLFLOWER: Campan-
ula
BELLIDlASTRUM
(daisy and star), is now
referred to Aster B. ^
MichSlhi, Cass (Aster ^
BeUuitdstrum, Scop ), is
a small European com-
posite, 1 ft , perennial,
with white heads single
on naked scapes and
Ivs in a rosette, sometimes planted but probably not
in Amer
BfiLLIS (Latin, belliis, pretty) Comptsitse ENG-
LISH DUSY The true daisy a low perennial with
single heads on scapes, planted in borders and edgings
and naturalized in gras-> land Fig 535
The daisy, as it grows wild in England, has a yel-
low center, surrounded by numerous rays in a single
row, but the favorite cult forms are double, the rays
rising in tier upon tier, and frequently crowding out
every trace of a yellow center The English daisy 19
essentially a pink or pinkish fl in its general effect, the
tips of the rays sometimes and the under surfaces
usually being pink or red There are about 10 species m
the genus, only one of which is American B inlcgrifolm
is found m moist soil from Kv and Tenn to Ark and*
Texas, but is too rare and sectional to become a general
favorite The plant that is most commonly called
daisy in Amer is fhiij^anthenium Lcucnnihemum For
a list of the various plants known as daisies in Amer^,
Daisies are favorite border plants, and are much used
in spring bedding, especially for edging They thrive
m a cool soil and moist atmosphere, and are, therefore,
much better adapted to English than American gar-
dens They can be grown, howe\er, m a cool green-
house where they will flowrer profusely during February
and March Although the English daisy is a perennial,
it can be very easil} grown as an annual A light
mulch is desirable for winter protection In home
gardening, the plants, after flowering, are divided into
Dingle crowns These are planted about 6 inches apart in
good rich garden soil Each crown soon sends out side
growths, which, m time, form new crowns Before
winter sets in the young clumps can be moved readily
to any place m the garden in which they are wanted to
bloom Daisies are also forced by florists for winter
bloom When daisies are desired for edging spring
flower-beds, the clumps are divided into single plants
during the previous September, or early enough to
allow the new plants to get a firm hold before winter,
and are placed 3 inches apart in a narrow trench These
edgings must be renewed each year, as the plants, if
they grow well, spread too wide, or irregularly. In dry
summers many roots fail, and if they remain in the
same spot year after year, the flowers will degenerate to
the single condition.
The simplest way of propagating and growing Eng-
lish daisies for spring bedding in this country is to
486
BELLIS
BENTINCKIA
sow the seed in shallow boxes about August 10. As
soon as large enough to handle, transplant 5 inches
apart into coldframes, and when the winter sets m
put on the sash, giving air whenever the weather may
be mild. Transplant to the flower beds as early as pos-
sible m the spring, where m a very short time they
will be a mass of bloom, and will continue to bloom till
the beginning of June, when they should be thrown out.
and the summer bedding plants put in. Longfellow and
Snowball are the two best varieties for this purpose.
Myosotis alpestns and Silene pendula may be grown the
same way, using the daisies as edging when in the beds,
and the others as center pieces
The daisy is propagated by seeds (which are sown
early), and by divisions, the choicest varieties being
maintained by the latter method The main types
grown from seed are the white, rose," quilled, and white
with red center, all of which are double A dark red is
less common. Of kinds propagated by seed. Long-
fellow is now the best rose-colored, and Snowball the
best white variety, the latter being especially prized
by florists for cut-flowers, as it has long, stiff stems.
Other varieties are Maxima, Siiowflake, and Rob Roy,
which is perhaps the best red
perenms, Linn. TRUE or ENGLISH DAISY. Hardy
herbaceous perennial, 3-6 in high • Ivs clustered at the
root, spatulate or obovate fls 1-2 in across, solitary,
on hairy scapes Apr -June W Eu , escaped in Calif ;
rarely runs wild in the eastern states B M. 228.
F.S 6.584, which shows 11 well-marked types — An
interesting but not permanent form is the "hen-and-
chickens daisy," m which a number of small fl -heads
are borne on short stalks springing out of the mam fl.-
head Cockscomb forms, in which several scapes unite
to produce a monstrous fl , are sometimes seen, but
cannot be perpetuated The rays are sometimes wholly
incurved, or reflexed, or quilled Other English names of
the daisy are herb Margaret, ewe- or May-gowan,
childing daisy, bone- or bruisewort, bone flower, March
daisy, bairnwort. j. 3. KELLER, E J. CANNING,
and WILHELM MILLER.
BELLIUM (from its resemblance to Belhs, the daisy).
Compdsitx Miniature plants, sometimes planted m
rock-gardens.
Leaves crowded or m a rosette, from which arise
scapes bearing a single daisy-like head or "flower,"
white, with Tight yellow disk differs from Belhs
largely in its pappus, which is unequal and double, of
bristles and scale&. — Four to 6 species m the Medit.
region, annual and perennial. Require treatment given
rock-plants and sod-plants
bellidioides, Linn Annual, 2 in , with creeping
stolons Ivs spatulate: heads white, all summer. — Like
a miniature daisy. Apparently little known m this
country. L. H. B.
BELL WORT: In England, any member of the Campanulacex.
In America, Uvulana
BELOU (Brahman name for the Bael fruit). Rutacese,
tribe Citrese An older name for vEgle, recently rein-
stated by American taxonomic botanists. See descrip-
tion under dtgle
B Mdrmelos, A B Lyon,=^Egle Marmelos, the Bael fruit of
India B. glutindsa, Skeels=*ChsetO8permum glutmoaa, Swingle
BBLOPERONE (name refers to the arpow-shaped
connective). Acanthacex Hothouse evergreen shrubs
of the Justicia group, rarely seen in cult and apparently
not in American trade Lvs entire* fls usually red or
purple, mostly in showy-bracted axillary or terminal
clusters; corolla- tube narrow, often long, the limb 2-
lipped; stamens 2, affixed on the tube, btyle filiform,
entire or slightly 2-lobed • fr an oblong or ovoid caps —
About 30 species inhabiting Trop Amer , of which
2 or 2 are listed as cult, plants. B. violacea, Planch. &
Lind., has lanceolate-acuminate Ivs and violet-purple
fls. BM 5244. B. oblongata, Lmdl., has oblong-
lanoeolate Ivs. and axillary spikes of rose-purple fls.
B R. 1657. A recent species is B. angustiflora, Stapf,
resembling B. violacea. with oblong-elliptic Ivs. and a
very narrow corolla-tube with a violet-purple limb.
BELVIDERE, or SUMMER CYPRESS: Kochui.
BENE: Sesamum
BBNI, JAPANESE: Caroyptcris Mastacanthus.
BENINCASA (name of an Italian nobleman). Cucur-
bitdcese. Annual running squash-like herbs grown
sparingly for the edible fruits
Leaves 5-lobed soft-hairy fls solitary, yellow,
monoecious, the stammate long-peduncled, the pistil-
536. Bemncasa hispida
late nearly sessile; corolla deeply lobcd; tendiils 2-3-
branched — Two species in Trop. Asia.
hispida, Cogn (B cerffera, Savi) Fig 586 WAX
GOURD. WHITE GOURD of India ZIT-KWA CHINESE
PRESERVING MELON CHINESE WATERMELON Vine
long, like a muskmelon, hairy, with cordate lobed Ivs :
fr mostly oblong, 10-16 m long, hairy, white-waxy,
with solid white flesh and small cucumber-like Heeds.
Cult the bame as muskmelon or cucumber R H
1887 540 — Used for making preserves and sweet
pickles; said to be eaten raw in warm countries, and the
unripe frs. to be employed by natives in India in the
making of curries. 7^ jj. g
BENJAMIN BUSH: Benzoin wtivale.
BENT-GRASS: 40ro/rii«.
BENTHAMIA: Cornus
BENTfNCKIA (named for Lord Bentinck, governor
of Madras, 1803-1805). Palmacex, tribe Geonomex.
Tall stately unarmed palms, with equally pinnate,
terminal leaves, not as yet well known to the trade,
but deserving greater attention.
Leaves of many Ifts which are usually 2-lobed at the
apex spathes many, the 2 lower short and incomplete,
spadix arising from among the Ivs , branched , fls small,
mono?cious or polygamous, fr small, almost round,
with a single seea pendulous from the top of the cavity.
— There are only 2 species, both Indian. G.C II
22.595
The following is a graceful palm "in general appear-
ance not unlike the coconut palm, than which it is,
however, much more graceful. The young leaves for
the first year axe bi-partite, quite like young coconut
palms
They should be grown in a warmhouse, never less
than 60°, and should be given plenty of water at all
seasons A mixture of rich loam and peat or leaf-mold,
half and half, makes the best medium for growth.
nicobarica, Becc ORANIA St 50-60 ft , solitary,
usually from 7-10 in. thick Ivs 5-8 ft. long, Ifta 1-2
ft., sessile, linear and leathery, the tips distinctly 2-
lobed; petiole and rachia glabrous, the former short:
BENTINCKIA
BERBERIS
487
soadix 1^-2 ft., many times branched, the branchleta BERBERID6PSIS (from Berberis and Greek opsia,
inserted in woolly grooves, fr. about as large as a likeness) Flacourlidce<B Ornamental shrub cultivated
cherry. India. R.H. 1896, p. 249. jyj TAYLOR. f°r lts Crimson flowers and evergreen foliage.
Branches slender, terete. Ivs. alternate, petioled,
BENZOIN (of Arabic or Semitic origin, meaning a dentate fls perfect, long-pcdicelled, in terminal racemes;
gum or perfume). Syn., Lindera Laurdce<e. Ornamen- bracts, sepals and petals gradually passing into one
tal woody plants, grown chiefly for their handsome another, 9-15, the inner ones concave, larger, stamens
aromatic foliage, some species also for their early ycl- 7-10 with very short filaments; ovary superior, 1-celled
low flowers and the brightly colored fruits in autumn with many ovules, style short, with 3-lobed stigma.
Aromatic shrubs or trees, Ivs alternate, entire or fr. a berry. — One species in Chile
3-lobed, deciduous or persistent fls. polygamous or This is a low, glabrous, slightly climbing shrub, with
dioecious, apetalous, small, in axillary clusters with an deep green foliage and crimson flowers in drooping
involucre of 4 deciduous scales; sepals 6, rarely more; racemes, for temperate regions or the cool greenhouse,
stammate fls with 9 stamens, pistillate with a globose growing in almost any soil Propagation is by seeds'
ovary and 9-15 stammodes. fr a 1 -seeded drupe
— About 60 species, if Daphmdium and Aperula are
included, in Temp and Trop. E and Cent Asia and in
N. Amer
Some Asiatic species yield an odorous oil used in per-
fumery The cultivated species, with the exception of
B gra( tie, are deciduous shrubs, with yellow flowers in
small clusters before the leaves and red or black fruits
in autumn. B sc^twale is hardy Noith and B obtusi-
lobum has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum in a
sheltered position, B hijpoglaucum is of about equal
hardiness, the other species are more tender
They thrive best in peaty or sandy and moist soil
Propagation is usually by seeds, which must be sown
after maturity, as they soon lose their vitality; also by
layers, which root best in peaty soil; of gi »on \\ood cut-
tings under glass, one-half may be expected to loot.
The ben/oin of the drug-
gists is a balsamic resin
obtained from tityrnr
Benzoin
aestivale, Nees (Ben-
zoin Ktnzoin, Coultei
B odorlj( r u in , N ees Li n-
dera Btnzoin, Blume)
SPICE BUSH BLMAMIN
BUSH WILD AT L^PICK
FEVEK Brsn Fig 537
Shrub, 6-15 ft , nearl>
glabrous: Ivs. oblong-
obovate, finely cihatc,
bright green, pale be-
neath, 3-5 in long fls
yellow, before the Ivs
berry red, oblong, spicy
New Kng. southward
and west to Kan Km
365. — The bark is aro-
matic, stimulant, tonic,
astimgent, the fr is like-
wise used medicinally.
The shiub is attractive
in caily spring with its
yellow, small, but numer-
ous fls , and handsome
in autumn with its
foliage turning clear yel-
low and studded with
the scarlet frs
B grdcile, Kuntze (Daphmdium graeile, NCOS) Lvs o\atc,
3-nerved, chartaceous, persistent Habitat unknown Stove plant
sown m spnng, by greenwood cutting*, in spring, or by
layers in autumn
corallma, Hook Lvs cordate, oblong-ovate, coarsely
spmulose-dentate, 2-3 in long fls globose, over Vtfm.
long, crimson, in many-fid bracteate racemes B M.
5343 FS 202137 F.W 187597 G 2 "547 32175.
HF 1863.148. ALFRED REHDER
BfiRBERIS (Arabic name) Berbenddcex BAR-
BERRY Ornamental deciduous or evergreen shrubs,
cultivated for their handsome foliage assuming in most
species brilliant autumnal tints, and for their bright
yellow flowers and attractive fruit
Spiny shrubs with yellow inner bark and wood Ivs
alternate, often fascicled, usually glabrous, simple,
deciduous or evergreen fls m elongated or umbel-like,
rarely compound racemes, or fascicled or solitary,
sepals 6 with 2 or 3 bractlets below, petals 6, otten
smaller than sepals and usually with 2 glands near the
base, stamens 6, included, the anthers opening with
valves, ovary superior, 1 -celled, with 1 to many ovules
fr a berry with 1 or several oblong seeds — Nearly 175
species in Amer from But Col to Patagonia, in Asia,
\ Eu , and N Afr Monogr by Schneider in Bull iiort
F/Boissier, Ser II. 5 33, 133," 391, 449, 655, 800, 813
• (1905) Mahonia is now considered by most botanists
as a distinct genus, differing from the tnie barberries by
the pinnate Ivs , by the racemes appearing m the axils
of the bud-scales and b> the spineless branches The
spines of the barberry are, morphologically, Ivs , and
the Ivs are borne on short branches m their axils (Fig
538) The stamens are sensitive, when the filaments
aie touched with a pin, the fls first open, and the sta-
mens fly forward upon the pistil ALFRED REHDER
The different species of hardy deciduous barberries
arc excellent decorative shrubs with pleasing habits of
growth The flowers of most of them m spring and
early summer, whilst not conspicuous, are very attrac-
tive, and the fruits of nearly all are highly ornamental
in late summer, fall and early winter on account of their
red, dark blue or nearly black color Berberis amurensis,
B sinensis, B. diaphana, B Poireln, B Regcliana, B.
Siebolfin, and B Thunbergn all assume brilliant fall
colors in varying shades of orange and red Some
species, as B Thunberqii, B SieboUln, and B Rehder-
wna, retain their bright red fruits unchanged until the
following spnng, while the fruits of the other species
shrivel and dry up during the winter
Berberis anslata is the strongest-growing species and
attains a height of 12 to 13 feet in twenty years, with
o-nerveu, cnartaeeous, persistent iinmtat uiiKnown move plant 0,1/1.0.1110 » iici^tii/ ui A^ i«' m io*-u in i/wcuuj ^ccno, wuu
— B. hypoyiaitcum, Ilohd (Lmdura hypoRiauca, Maxim B hypo- gracefully arching bran chcs, and has violet-red traits,
,
leucum, Kuntze) Lvs penmn
few-fld , with or be fore the l\s b
lium, Nees \llied to B lesu
oblong, downy beneath South
silubum, Kuntrc Large shrub
3-ncrved, ovate or 3-lobed, grayish green and n
beneath, 2 1 ' 2 in long clusters many-fid berries
GF 0 2Q5 Sf K 1 41 — /? prcecor, Sieb & Zucc Lvs penm-
nervcd,
ed, glaucous beneath
rne* black Japan — B. m«Jmi/d-
alc Brnnrhcs pubescent Ivs.
rn states BM 1470— B obtu-
ith very handsome foliage' Ivs
green and nearly glabrous
any-fid berries black Japan.
,
ervcd, elliptic-oblong, greenish beneath, acuminate clusters few-
d , before the Ivs berries brownish, \t\n diam Japan S I F.
2 19 — B serlitum, Sieb & Zute Lvs penmnerved, grayish
pubescent beneath clusters many-fld , with the Ivs Japan
ALFRED REHDER
the thickish leaves are semi-persistent B. canadensis
forms a neat compact bush 3 to 3^ feet with upnght
spreading branches. The small clusters of bright red
fruits are very attractive This is a rare shrub in culti-
vation, and B. vulgans has often been sold for it B
sinensis is a neat, graceful shrub with pendulous
branches 3^ to 4 feet and bears numerous clusters of
bnght red fruits. B diaphana forms a dense compact
shrub 2^ to 3 feet, but its chief decorative value is in
its nch fall coloring, as the solitary flowers and fruits
488
BERBERIS
BERBERIS
are inconspicuous. B Regeliana has an upright dense
habit, and grows from 5 to 6 feet. It has the largest
leaves of any of the deciduous species, and the orange-
red fruits are remarkably ornamental throughout late
summer and fall, until midwinter. This is perhaps
the most beautiful barberry in cultivation. B 8tebold.ii
is slow-growing, but is a very choice species. The
habit is upright and compact, and the tall coloring
is brilliant The small vermilion-red fruit-clusters are
very attractive B vulgans, which is commonly grown
and has become extensively naturalized, has large
clusters of brilliantly colored fruits, arid is a mobt
useful shrub in border plantations It is prolific in
many varieties Perhaps the most distinctive form is
the one with yellow fruits, which are usually seedless,
or, if the seeds are present, they are abortive. This
species makes a good hedge plant as does also B.
amurensts, for low ornamental hedges, B Thunbergii is
excellent Since it makes a rather oroad hedge, the
plant is most beautiful when it is not necessary to
trim it B Wilsonse is a small beautiful shrub, 2 to 2J£
feet with slender branches and small leaves. The coral-
red fruits are very distinctive The tips of the branches
usually are winterkilled, but the plants recover rapidly
in summer.
Few of the evergreen species aie dependable in the
northeastern states. B Sargentwna, a handbome shrub,
attaining a height of about 6 ft , with rather large
oblong leaves, has proved quite hardy, and B. buxifo-
ha, B. stenophylla and B verruculosa nearly hardy in
Massachusetts. B. Neuberln rarely has the leaves
scorched by winter's cold, but is very slow-growing.
For other evergreen species, see Manama (formerly
included in Berbens)
The root and the inner bark of several species are
sometimes used kfor dyeing yellow Some species have
medicinal properties The fruits of B vulgans are made
into jelly In wheat-growing districts, planting of Ber-
beris should be avoided, as it is the hobt of the aecid-
mm stage of Puccinia gramima, a fungus which causes
the wheat-rust Destrojing the Berbers, however, will
not check the propagation of the funguss, as it is able
to grow and to spread for years without forming the
aecidium stage
To secure the beht results from most of the barberries,
they should be planted in moist, light loam, well
drained The deciduous species, however, can be
grown in drier situations
Barberries germinate readily from seeds The seeds
should be separated from the pulp by maceration and
sown in "flats" or broadcast in beds in the fall, and they
will germinate the following season The seeds of raie
and scarce species should be sown in the greenhouse
where they will germinate dunng the winter Berbens
Wilson* will germinate in two to three weeks in the
greenhouse if sown as soon as ripe Some of the spe-
cies cross when grown together, but B binensis, B Rege-
hana and B. vulgans appear to come true The prog-
eny of B. Thunbergii sometimes seem to show that
they have been affected by the pollen of B vulgans.
Most of the barberries can be propagated from the
green cuttings of the young wood taken from the first
to the middle of June, and placed in sand in a shaded
hotbed in precisely the same way as lilacs, viburnums
or hydrangeas arc treated This is the best way to
perpetuate individuals of strikingly chaiactenstic
habits A very small percentage of the cuttings of the
ripe wood placed in the greenhouse in the fall will
"strike," but not enough to pay Some species may be
propagated by suckers Rarer kinds and varieties are
sometimes grafted on B vulgans or B Thunbergii, in
August or September under glass, or m early spring m
the greenhouse Grafting, however, is not to be recom-
mended, for the stock usually throws up suckers which
are often overlooked on account of the similarity of the
foliage of many species; they will overgrow the cion
in a short time and smother it. A good plan is to UPC
the purple-leaved barberry as a stock; the suckers are
thus easily noticeable and may be removed in time.
JOHN DUNBAR.
alba, 1
dulcis, 1, 18
Maximo wiczn, 14.
albicaulis, 16
eduhs, 1
minor, 14
albo-vanegata, 1
empctnfoha, 19.
Neubertn, 31
amurensis, 2, 3
eprumoaa, 16.
nigra, 1
anyulizans, 5
angustifolia, 10
flonbunda, 4.
Francisci-Fcrdini
nummularia, 13.
Midi, plunflora, 14
approximata, 16
9
Poirotu, 10
apurena, 1
OaKnepainn, 23
polyantha, 8.
aristata, 4, 30
(,'uimpeiu, 11
iturpurea, I
asiatica, 2l)
hakcoulcfl, 26
Uogehana, 3
abporma, 1
Hakodate, 3
wngmnoUnta, 11
atropurpurea, 1
aureo-marginata, 1.
heteropoda, 12
hypnleitca, 29
Surgentiana, 25.
Hieboldn, 3, 7.
buxifoha, 18
lOertca, 11
smensis, 10, 11
canadensis, 5
iluifoha, 27, 31.
sjmlhulatii, 11
ohitria, 30
concmna, 21
inU'Rerrima, 13
japomcn, 3
koreana, 0
stenophylla, 20.
Thunbergii, 14
verruculosa, 22
conyesttflota, 26.
latifoha, 31.
molacea, 1
conana, 4
Darwmii. 28
leucocarpa, 1
lovis, 24
vulgam, 1, 2, 3
Wilsonse, 15
Duwsiniu, 14
lutca, 1
mnthocarpa, 1
diuphana, 17.
macrocarpa, 1
yunnanen&is, 17.
dictyophylla, 16.
macrophylla, 1
KEY TO THE SPECIES
A Foliage dec id
nous, /cs membranous or
chartaccoui,
B. F/s in elongated racimcs or panicles
(fcw-jld ptduncledurnbclsinNo. 7).
C Li's dentate or Mrratt
u Infl simple, racemose
E Branches of la^t year gray,
except tho^e of the purple-
Ivd foi m of \o 1
F. Textun of /PA rather thin,
not distinctly reticulate
beneath
Q Shape of /ts geneiully
obovatf , t>tluloae-dc,ntate 1 vulgans
GO. Shape of /is oblong or
elliptic, dtubilu cilvite-
dtntate, 2 amurensis
FF. Texture of IDS firmer than
in F, distinctly reticulate
beneath, often obtuse 3 Hegelian*
BE. Branches of la^t year reddish
brown or ydlowi&h brown
F The /rv t,pinnlos<-dent(it<
o Fr pwpUth blue, oblong-
ovoid, lonyti than th<
t,tout pedials racemes
longer than the Ivs 4 anstata
OQ Fr red, t,hort-ovoid, shorter
than the slender pidicels
H Breadth oflvs l/z~A/±in ,
oblong-obovate to obo-
vate, scarcely reticu-
late 5 canadensis
HH Breadth of Ivs %-
1 Yi in , usually obo-
vate, reticulate, round-
ed at the apex 6 koreana
FF The Ivs densely setose-cili-
ate, oblong racemes um-
bel-like, 3-6-fld 7 Sieboldii
1)U Infl compound, paniculate, 2-
6 in long
E Branches angled, grayish
brown IDS rounded at the
apex, subconaceous 8 polyantha
EE Branches nearly terete, brown
IDS acute, thin 9 Francisci-
cc. Lvs. entire, at least those of the [Ferdinand!
flowering branches
D. Fr red or purple- ks narrow-
obovate or oblanccolate, acute
or acutish, bright green
E. Bracts at least half as long as
the short pedicels Ivs green
beneath, usually narrow-ob-
lanceolate, entire 10. PoiretU
BERBERIS
BERBERIS
KB. Bracts much shorter than th&
elongated pedicels' Iva gray-
ish or bluish gray beneath,
those of the shoots often spin-
ulose, broader . 11. sinensis
DD. Fr bluish or purplish black,
bloomy Ivs usually grayish or
bluish green, broadly obovate to
oblong-obovate.
E Racemes thort, usually 5-7-
fld branches slightly angu-
lar ovule? slender-stalked 12 hcteropoda
BE Racemes many-fld , dense
branched terete ovules short-
stalked 13 mtegerrima
BB. Fls solitary or sometimes in fcw-fld.
umbels or in dtn^e fascicles (in a
variety of No 14 in 3-10-fld short
racemes)
c. Lvs. always entire
D Young branchtfts glabrous Ivs
not reticulale, generally obo-
late, Yi 1 Yi in long fr scar-
let, rather dry 14 Thunbergu
DD. Young branchlets pubmulou*
Ivs reticulate, generally ob-
lanccolate, V^-/ in long fr
salmon-red, juicy 15 Wilsona
CC. Lvs partly dentate, partly entire
D Peduels ]^in long Ivs chsilky
white beniath, not reticulate,
less than 1 in long fr Y$in
long 16 dictyophylla
DD. Pedicels "*4in long, fls nodding
Ivs giaucoits beneath, reticulate,
more than 1 in long fr. nearly
^2in long 17 diaphana
AA. Foliage persistent or half-evergreen
B. Lvs entire
C Shape of Ivs obovate or elliptic fix
solitary, long-pedicellid 18 buxifolia
cc Shape of Ivs narrow-oblong to lin-
ear, reiolute at the margin
D Fls 1 2, long-pedicilled hs hn-
ear 19 empetnfoha
DO Fls 2-6, in p(duncled uinbilt,
hs narrow-oblong 20 stenophylla
BB. Lvs dentate
c Fls in fas^idei or solitary
D Lower surface of /i* white or
glaucous, \i~l in long jls 1-2
E Branchlets ftngled, smooth 21. concinna
SK Branchlets tirtte, densely vcr-
rucidot,e 22 verruculosa
DD Lower surf act of Ivs green fls
several to many
E Shape of Ivs oblong to nai row-
lanceolate, with many teeth
F. Texture of Irs ratlur thin,
hs usually about \'iin
bioad, indistinctly unntd
c. Ptdicels slender, Yirl in
long, fls .3-8 hs uith
8-20 teeth on each side
fr bluish black, bloomy 23 Gagnepainu
GO Pedicels J4-M?// long,
fls many Ivs with 5-12
teeth on each side fr
jet-black 24 levis
FF Texture of Ivs thick and
firm, Ivs <4 1M in
broad fls man if, pidiuls
about \'iin long fr bla<k 25 Sargentiana
fc-h Shape of Ivy roundish to ellip-
tic, with 3- ft teeth fls in
dense globow thit,ters 20 hakeoides
cc. ris in raceme? or jwmclcs
D. Branches spiny, young branchlits
pubescent or puberulous Iva.
always simple
B. Racemes simple
v. Ovary with long style Ivs.
green beneath
o. Branchlets puberulous. Ivs
1 -2 in long racemes
shorter than Ivs , 4~W-
fld 27 ihcifolia
GO. Branchhts hairy Iva J/£~
1% in long . racemes
longer than Ivs , many-
fld . . 28. Darwmii
FF. Ovary with short style,
branchlets pubfrulous Ivs.
whitish beneath, l-2Yi m
lony 29 asiatica
EE. Ractmes compound Ivs. obo-
vate-oblong, with few teeth
above the middle or t ntire, I—
2lAin long 30 chitna
DD Branch?!) spineless, glabrous hs
occasionally 3-folwlate, half-
evergreen 31 Neubertii
1 vulgaris, Linn COMMOX BARBERRY. Fig 538.
From 4-8 ft , rarely 15 branches grooved, gray, upright
or arching Ivs oblong-spatulate or obovate, setulose-
dentate, pale or grayish green beneath,* membranous,
1-2 m long, racemes pendulous, many-fld , fls. bright
yellow fr oblong-ovoid, scarlet, finally purple May,
June fr Sept , Ort Eu to E Asia, escaped from cul-
ture and naturalized m E N Amer Gn 35 '264 —
Handsome in spring, with its golden yellow fls and
light green foliage, and in fall, with its bright scarlet
frs , remaining through the whole winter. A very \an-
ablc species Of the many garden
forms, the most effective is var.
atropurpftrea, Regel (var puipurea,
Hort , not Loud , which is a form
with purple fr ), with purple-colored
Ivs (Gt 9 278, 1), little different
is var macrophylla, Kew Bull (B
vulgans folit^ purpuren macrophylla,
Paul & Sons), with
larger Ivs of deep
purple color Other
varieties are' Var. '
albo-variegata,
Zabel, Ivs varie-
gated with white,
rather small; Var
a u r e o - marginata,
Zabel, Ivs with yel-
low margin, rather
large , \ ar alba,
Don (var leuco-
cti rpa , 1 1 ort ) , wrhit e-
f ruited , var as-
p£rma, Don (\ ar
538. Berbens vulgans (Xh) Showing
the spines and foliage.
api/tcria, Ilort ), seedless, var dulcis, Loud (var. edidis,
Hoit ), le.ss acid, var. lutea, Don (var xanthocdrpa,
Hort ), yellow-fruited; var macrocarpa, Jaeger, with
larger fr The forms with black or purplish blue fr , as
var mgra, Don, and var violacca, Don, do not belong
here, but are cither hybrids or belong to other species.
2 amurSnsis, Rupr (B. vulgans var amurtnsis,
Regel) Three to 8 ft branches straight, gray, upright,
grooved hs cuneate, oblong or elliptic, densely ciliate-
dentatc, slightly reticulate and bright green and lus-
trous beneath, 1-3 in. long' racemes upright or nodding,
6-12-fld., about as long as Ivs fr oblong-ovoid, scarlet.
May fr Sept Manchuria, N. China Gng 5 119.
G W 7, p 413 See page 3566
3 Regeliana, Koehne (B. vulgans var japonica,
Regel B amui crisis var. japdnica, Rehd B japoniat,
Schneid , not DC B Sieboldii, Hort , not Miq B.
Hakodate, Hort ) Fig 539 Upright shrub, to 6 ft •
branches gray, grooved. Ivs. elliptic-oblong and acute,
or obovate or obovate-oblong and obtuse, 1-2^ m.
long, setulose-dentate. often rather densely so, pale or
grayish green and distinctly reticulate beneath, of
firm texture* racemes upiight or nodding, 6-12-fld.,
shorter or about as long as Ivs fr oblong-ovoid, scarlet,
with slight bloom. May, June fr Sept., Oct Japan.
G F. 3 249 (adapted in Fig 539\ A.G. 18:454.
490
BERBERIS
BERBERIS
4. aristata, DC. (B. coridna, Royle. B. flonbunda,
Wall ) Shrub, to 8 ft : last year's branches yellowish
brown, slightly angular; spines mostly simple' Ivs
elliptic to ovate-oblong, acute or obtusish, spinosely
dentate, occasionally entire, 1-2 J^ in long, of firm tex-
ture at maturity, racemes 10-25-fld., sessile, usually
spreading and stout'
fr nearly lA\n long,
longer than the stout
pedicels, bright red,
finally bluish purple
and bloomy; stigjma
on a short distinct
style June; fr Sept ,
Get Himalayas. B
R 27-46,— Hardy at
the Arnold Arbore-
tum Hybrids occur
with B vulgans
5. canadensis, Mill.
(B.carolinidna, Loud
B angithzans, Hort ). Up;
right shrub, 1-3 ft , with
arching branches' spines
small, 3-parted ' Ivs
cuneate - oblong to ob-
ovate, remotely spmulose-
dentate, rarely entire, usu-
ally obtusish, 1-2 in long'
racemes many-fid , longer
than the Ivs ; petals re-
tuse or ernargmate fr
ovoid, scarlet May, June;
fr Sept , Get Alleghames
^d^it^ - -r^r1-
usually B vulgans. Lower
and more graceful then B. vulgans, the foliage turns
scarlet in autumn.
6 koreana, Palibm. Shrub, to 6 f t : branches
grooved, yellowish or reddish brown, spines short,
scarcely ^m long, usually vsimple Ivs obovate, or oval,
rounded at the apex, cuneate at the base, 1-2} 2 in long
and ^-1H in broad, spinose-serrulate, reticulate and
pale beneath racemes shorter than Ivs , rather dense,
slender-stalked, nodding fr biibglobose-ovoid, Km
long, bright red May. fr Sept , Get Korea. J C T
26, 1.5 — Handsome species with broad Ivs coloring
deep red m autumn and with bright red fr persisting
until the following spring; has proved perfectly hardy
at the Arnold Arboretum
7. Siebdldii, Miq Shrub, to 3 ft last year's branches
deep reddish brown, angular, 2-edgod toward the end.
spines 3-partcd, slender Ivs oblong-obovate, 1-2} 2 m.
long, acute or obtusi&h, cuneate at the base, setosely
ciliate and usually revolute at the margin, bright green
below, racemes 3-6-fld , slender-pedunclcd, umbel-like
fr. ovoid to subglobose, ^4 in. long, rather dry, bright
red and lustrous. May, June. fr. Sept Japan S T S.
1'14. — A very Handsome shrub: Ivs purplish when
unfolding and marked with green veins, deep vinous red
in autumn- the fr retains the bright color until the
following spring It has proved perfectly hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum Gften B. Rcgehana is cultivated
under the name B. Sicboldn.
8. polyantha, Hemsl Shrub, to 12 ft • branches
grayish brown, slightly angled, glabrous or puberulous
with usually short spines Ivs cuneate-obovate, rounded
at the apex, leathery, spiny-serrate, rarely nearly entire,
pale grayish green, %-l \\ in long fls deep yellow m
pendulous short -stalked panicles 2-6 in long fr oblong-
ovoid, narrowed into a distinct si>le, pale red, bloomy,
J^m. long June, July; fr Sept \V. China G. 33'
209 — Very handsome with its large panicles of deep
yellow fls , not quite hardy in Mass.
9. Francisci-FerdinAndi, Schneid. Shrub, to 10 ft.'
branches red-brown, nearly terete, with long spines:
Ivs elliptic to ovate-lanceolate, acute, cuneate at the
base, densely spiny-serrate, bright green, thin, 1-2 ^ in
long fls yellow in pendulous, usually narrow panicles,
with the slender stalk 3-5 in long fr ovoicf-oblong,
scarlet, almost J^m long, with nearly sessile stigma.
May, June, fr Sept W China — The drooping pani-
cles of scarlet frs are very handsome
10 PoirStii, Schneid (B sintmis, Hemsl , not Poir.
B. sinhiMS var angiiAtifdlia, Regel) Shrub, to 5 ft :
branches slender, arching, the younger giooved, pur-
plish brown, spines about ^3111 long, usually simple -
Ivs oblanceolate, to narrow-oblanceolatc, J^-l V£ m.
long, entire, slightly reticulate and green beneath:
racemes 8-14-fld , 1-2 in. long, pedicels scarcely i-^m
long, bracts about half as long fr ovoid-oblong, deep
blood-red N China, Amurlund — Hardy
and handsome, but rare in cult and usu-
ally confounded with the following species
11 sinensis, Poir (B tpathuJatu, Schrad.
B ibinca, Stev & PYsch B .vmgmno-
ttnta, Schrad B Guimptlu, Koch) From
4-6 ft , with blender, often irching
branches, the younger giooved, reddish
brown, spinet) 1-3-partcd, l^-^{\\\ long
Ivs cuneate, oblong or obovate-Lincco-
late, entire or sometimes with a few teeth,
grayish green or glauccscent beneath, \2~
\]/2 in long racemes pendulous, blender-peduncled,
rather dense, pedicels slender, about ^m long, several
times longer than the bracts berries ovoid, purplish
Caucasus B M G573 G O H 63 L D 7 187 G W
8'115 G 3i 379 — A hardy, graceful species, very
handsome in fr
12 heter6poda, Schrenk. Fig 540 Throe to 6 ft
branches stout, spreading, the younger chestnut-
brown, lustrous slightly grooved, spines sometimes to
2 in long, often wanting Ivs broadly obovate or oval,
entire or sometimes remotely serrate, pale bluish green,
1-2 in long, some short arid some slender-petiolcd
fls in stalked, usually 5-7-fld racemes, orange-yellow,
fragrant, ovules long-stalked fr ovoid, diuk blue with
glaucous bloom. May Turkestan, Songana G F
8:455 (adapted in Fig 540) — Handsome and very
distinct species B heteropoda var oblongn, Hegel,
see B. oblonga in supplement aiy list
13 integerrima, Bunge (B nummuldria, Bunge)
Shrub, to 6 ft.: last year's branches terete, purplish
brown, spines usually simple, to 2 m long Ivs. obovate
or broadly obovate, usually entire, sometimes remotely
setose-serrate, grayish green* racemes dense, usually
many-fld , fls small, on short pedicels, about i-m
long, ovules short-stalked fr black, globose-ovoid
May. — A variable species similar to the preceding
14. Thunbergii, DC Figs 541, 542 Dense, low
shrub, 2-5 It . branches spreading, deeply grooved,
brown, with simple spines. Ivs obovate or spatulate,
quite entire, glaucescont beneath, /^-l/^ in long fls
1-3, pale yellow: fr elliptic or nearly globose, blight
red Apr, May. G.F 2 '53 BM 6646 RH 1894'
173. AG 18.357. Gng 4 241, 5.119, 353, 355 Mn.
2 118 A F 8*526 — Gne of the most valuable species,
especially remarkable for its low, dense, horizontal
growth, its large brilliant red frs , remaining fresh till
the following spring, and for its bright scailet fall color-
ing, hardy Very valuable for borders of walks and
drives and for low ornamental hedges. Endures par-
tial shade Cattle and sheep do not browse it much.
Var Maxim&wiczii, Fran eh & Sav., has the Ivs green
beneath Var plurifl&ra, Koehne, has 3-10 fls in short,
umbol-like raceme Var. minor, Rohd (Var Daivsonn,
Bean). Very low, dense shrub, H~2 ft high, with small
Ivs about J^in long A variety with the Ivs variegated
with white is var Silver Beauty, which originated m
BERBERIS
BERBERIS
491
Franklin, Mass. G.C. III. 49:10. Hybrids with B.
vulgans occur
15. Wilsonae, Hems! Low shrub with spreading
branches last year's branches reddish brown, angular,
puberulous, spines 3-parted, slender, M~/4m l°ng-
Ivs oblanceolate or narrowly obovate, ^-1 in. long,
rounded and mucronate or acutish at the apex, rarely
3-pomted, pale green and dull above, glaucous beneath,
reticulate, thickish. fls golden yellow, in dense clusters
or in very short-stalked umbels fr globose, J-^m
diam , salmon-red, usually yellow or whitish on the
shady side May; fr. m Sept VV China B M 8114
GC III 12 372 Gn 71, p 511 G 29-520 JH III
55-425 — Very distinct handsome shrub, with small
foliage, assuming a brilliant fall coloring It has proved
hardy at the Arnold Aiboretum m somewhat sheltered
positions
16 dictyophylla, Franch Shrub, to 6 ft high, with
slightly angular branches, usually covered with white
bloom while young, reddish brown the second year
Ivs obovate to oblong-obovate, J2~l in l°nK> obtuse or
acutish, entire 01 spinose-dentate, chalky white beneath
fls solitary, pale yellow, Mr"Kin diam , short-stalked
fr red, ovoid, Km long May S \\ China — Very
distinct, with its small foliage white beneath like the
young shoots Var albicaulis, Ilort , is a form with
the young branehleth distinctly bloomy and the hb
intensely ' white beneath Var epruindsa, Schneid
Branchlets angled, red-brown, not bloomy Us light
green beneath Var approximata, Hehd (B r;/;/>r<m-
maia, Sprague) Lvs obovate, ^pmose-dentate, rarely
entire, fls smaller BM 7S33, the type of the species
with all or nearly all Ivs entire is figured in Franchet,
Plant Uelavay 11
17 diaphana, Maxim (B yunnanuiw, Hutchms ,
not Franch ) Shrub, to 3 ft , with rather stout branches,
grooved, light yellowish brown in their second year,
spines 1 -3-parted, l'\-\i, raiely to P2 m long Ivs
obovate to oblong-obovate, obtusish, }\-\ ' j in long,
spmosr-serrulate or sometimes entire, glaucous and
reticulate beneath fls bright yellow, ' 2in diam, sol-
itaiy, or in 2's or 3's on a common peduncle, pedicels
J4-m long fr oblong, often attenuated at the ape\,
scarlet, slightly bloomy, nearlv ] 2in long Mav, fr
m Sept \\ China * B M S224 S T S 2 101) —
Remarkable for its large fr , the Ivs turn scar-
let in autumn Haul} at the Ainold Arboretum
1* buxif&lm, Pon (B f/w/m. Sweet) One to
3 ft branches brown, grooved, spines usually
3-parted, shoit Ivs cuneate, obovate or elliptic,
K-l in long fls solitary, on long pedicels,
oiange-yellovv fr nearly globose, blackish pm pie
May Chile to Stiait of Magellan B M 6505.
SB FG II 1 100 PM 10 171 LBC 20 1011
II F 1857 122 — A very graceful, free-flow enng
shrub, one of the hardiest of the eveigreen
spene.s, will stand the winter even N if somewhat
protected
1 9 empetrifdha, Lam Low , densely bi anched shrub,
to 2 ft last year's branches slightly angular, brown, the
young ones purplish, often bloomy , spines 1-3-parted,
'i-^iin long Ivs Imeai, K~?4m long, stronglv
revolute at the margin, spiny pointed, blight green
fls 1-2, on slender pedicels, about 14111 long fr glo-
bose, bluish black, about }$in diam May, June Chile
to Patagonia B 11. 26.27 vS B F G 1 350— Less often
cult and not so handsome as the following hybrid,
which has larger Ivs and umbellate fls.
20 stenophy!la,Mast (11 DdnnuuxB empetrif&lwi).
Height 1-3 ft , with slender, arching branches' Ivs.
narrow-oblong, revolute at the margins, spiny pointed,
lA~lYi in long, dark green above fls 2-6, in pedun-
cled nodding umbels Of garden origin. May G C.
111. 7.619. A.F. 6.325. Gn. 14, p. 46, 61> p. 305
(habit); 69, p. 318. G W 14, p. 593; 15, p 103.—
Handsome shrub, hardy in sheltered positions at the
Arnold Arboretum.
21 concfnna, Hook f. Low, spreading shrub, to 3
ft branches oi last year pale brown, angular, spines
3-parted, slender Ivs obovate, ^-1 in long, rather
thin and only half-evergreen, lernotely spinose-dentate,
blight green above, glaucous beneath fls solitary or in
2's on slender stalks, %-l in long, bright yellow, over
)->m across, fr. red, oblong-ovoid June Himalayas.
BM 4714 — One of the most graceful barberries,
simihar to B diet ijo phi/I In, but easily distinguished by
the slender-stalked fls and half-evergreen Ivs It has
proved hardy at the Arnold Aiboretum in sheltered
positions
22 vemiculdsa, Hemsl <fe Wilson Dwarf, spreading
shrub, to 3 ft , evergieen branches terete, densely
verrueulose, with sleridoi spines often as long as Ivs :
Ivs ovate or elliptic to ovate -lanceolate, remotely
spiny-toothed, dark gieen and lustrous above, glaucous
beneath, 3^-1 m long fls 1-2, j ^m across fr violet-
black, bloomy, ovoid ^m long, with sessile stigrna
June,fr Oct. W. China BM 8154 —Very handsome
with its dense dark green and lustrous foliage Has
proved haidy at the Arnold Arboretum.
23 Gagnepainii, Schneid Evergreen shrub, to
6 tt branches yellowish gray, terete, with slender,
rather long spines Ivs narrow-lanceolate, spmy-ser-
r.'ite revolute at the margin, h^ht guen beneath, mdis-
tmctlv veined, l}'>-3}2m '()I1K ^ fascicled, 3-8, J ^n.
across, pedicels ]^-l m long fr ovoid, about J-jjin.
long, bluish black, bloomv, with rieaily sessile style.
Jmie,fr Od W China GC III 4(5 226 B.M 8185
(as B (ic uminuta).
540 Berbens luttropoda
21. levis, Franch Shrub, to 5 ft , evergreen branches
light yellowish gray, angled, usually with long spines
Ivs narrow-lanceolate, remotely spin v-sei rate, slightly
or not revolute at the margin, light green beneath,
indistinctly veined, 1-2 in long fls in many-fld.
fascicles, ^jin across; pedicels short, 1/4-}<2in I°n8 fr
short -ovoid, about J^m long, black, stigma on a short
stvle June; fr Oct. W. China See discussion
page 3566
492
BERBERIS
BERBERIS
25. Sargentiana, Schneid. Evergreen shrub, to 6
ft. . branches nearly terete, grayish brown, with usually
short spines. Ivs coriaceous, elliptic-oblong to oblong-
lanceolate, acute or acuminate, densely spiny-serrate,
dark green above, light green and reticulate below,
1M~4 in. long: fls fascicled, many. J^in across; pedicels
J^-^in long. fr. globose-ovoid, V^in long, black, with
sessile stigma. May, June; fr. Sept , Oct. W. China
— Very handsome with large dark green Ivs. At the
Arnold Arboretum it has proved the hardiest of the
evergreen barberries. See page 3566.
26. hakeoides, Schneid (B congestifldra var hake-
(fides, Hook f B congestiflbra, Hort , not Gay). Shrub,
to 6 ft . last year's branches angular, grayish brown;
spines small or oftener leafy., and semi-orbicular with
confused with B. aristata, which is easily distinguished
by its simple sessile racemes.
31. Neubertii, Lem (B. vulgdns x Mahoma Aqui-
fdlium) Branches grayish brown, without spines,
upright1 Ivs. simple, oval or ovate, or sometimes
oblong, cuneate at the base, often with 1 or 2 smaller
lateral Ifts., spiny-toothed, dark grayish green above,
1^-3 in. long. fls. in racemes Of garden origin. 1 H
1:111. GC. III. 9 73, 75. Var. latifdlia, Rehd. (B.
^llclft^lla, Hort, not Forst B litifblw, Hort) Lvs.
broader, those of the shoots more rigid, with fewer
and broader, more spreading spines, with broader
often nearly truncate base — Hardy in sheltered posi-
tions at the Arnold Arboretum, but not evergreen, in
the S. the Ivs. are persistent.
B actiiMcdntha, Mart Evergreen shrub, to 3 ft spines 4-7-
parteel Ivs obovato to oblong, J-2-1 in long, spiny fls slendcr-
stalked, in clusters Chile H R U 55 — B acummMa, French
Alhod to B Gagnepainu Evergreen shrub branches yellow, terete
Ivs lanceolate, 4-7 in long, acuminate, vMth numerous small spiny
teeth fls fascicled, pedicels about 1 in long S W China J IJ F
1900 191 ~B aiuminAta, HUpf^-B Gugnepaimi -B cuuminuta,
Veitch=B Vcitchu — B ahitusis, Presl Low, deiibe, dcciduouu
shrub brandies yellowish gray, angular \\ith numerous spines,
about J^in long Us oblanceolate or obovate, spmose-seiratt, }£-
lJ2in long r iceme* short, S-ll-fld Sicily, Sardinia, Corsica —B
arefftita, Schneid Allied to B polyantha Lvs oblong-obovate,
At-
541. Berbens Thunbergn.
spiny teeth* Ivs oval to nearly orbicular, 1-2 in long,
rigid, spmose-dentate, bright gieen above, glaucous
beneath fls in dense globose clusters; clusters very
numerous along the branches and forming spikes toward
the end which is often leafless* fr ovoid, J^in , bluish
black Chile O C. Ill 29' 205. B M 6770— Very
handsome with its numerous bright yellow fl -clusters.
Not hardy N.
27 mcifdlia, Fort.! Shrub, to 8 ft • last year's
branches angular, purplish, minutely pubescent when
young Ivs obovate, >4~2 in long, dark green above,
coarsely spiny-toothed racemes 5-10-fld , shorter than
the Ivh with the peduncle about 1 in long, fls. orange-
yellow Patagonia. B M 4308 F S 3 291.— Similar
to the following Veiy rare in cult ; for the plants
usually cult, under this name see No. 31.
28 Darwinii, Hook Shrub, 1-3 ft branches brown,
pubescent when young Ivs cuneate, obovate, spmy-
toothrd and usually 3-pomlrd at the apex, glossy dark
green above, light green and lustrous beneath, ^-1
in long racemes 6-20-fld , longer than the Ivs , with the
peduncle 2-4 in long, pendulous, fls orange-yellow,
often reddish outside; style as long aa the ovary, fr.
dark purple June; fr Aug , Sept Chile to Patagonia.
BM 4590 FS. 7663. P F G. 2.46. J F. 2.111.
G M 44 660
29 asiatica, Roxbg. (B hypoleuca, Lmdl). Shrub,
to 10 ft last year's branches grayish yello\\,
grooved, puborulous when young, spines small Ivs
obovate to oblong, 1-3 in long, entire or with few teeth,
\\hitish beneath racemes 8-25-fld , 1-2 in long. fr.
purple, with distinct style Apr May. Himalayas.
J H S 2:246.— Hardy only S.
30 chitria, Lindl. (B. anstdta, Sims, not DC.).
Shrub, to 6 ft : last year's branches yellowish or reddish
brown, slightly grooved or nearly terete, spines slender,
to %m long Ivs. oblong, or oblong-obovate, cuneate
at the base, 1-3 in long, spinose-serrate or entire, sub-
coriaceous fls deep yellow, often reddish, in long-
peduncled panicles, fr. purplish, ovoid-oblong, with
distinct style June. July. Himalayas. B.R. 9:729
BM.2549 (a few-fld. form, as B umbellata).— Often
, ,
fopiny-toothed, "4-! in long panicles short and very dense, about
%\n long fr subglobose, salmnn-red W China
Naudm=3 Kunn<i — fl
young branchlcts pube
H-Ui in long,
~B Andreant-,
if/uldw, Wall Deciduous shrub, to 4 ft
•ulous, angular, spiny Ivs oblong-obovate,
ish beneath, entire or sparsely hpfnulosc fls.
solitary or fevvT'slender-stalked fr red Himalayas BM 7071 —
B Aquifbhum, Pursh=Mahonta Aquifolium — B arauta, Ball=*
Mahoma arguta — B Belatammm, Hort =B vireseens — B Beig-
mdnnix, Schneid Allied to B SarKentiaiia Evergreen shiub, to
b f t Ivs coriaceous, elliptic, indistinctly -veined, 1-1 ',; in long tts.
fascicled, many fr oblong-ovoid, black, bloomy Cent and W
China Var ncanthophijWi, Schneid Lvs to 2 in long, smuately
bpmy W China Only the varu ty is in cult — B Bretscfinenltn,
Rehd Alhel to B koi< ma Shrub, to S ft blanches terete, re d-
in long, «et e>ie-serr'ite race mes about 1 ' ^ in long fr oblong, pur-
plish N C'una STS 2 110 Hardy N —B hrachypoda, Maxim
Allied to B arnuren^s Shrub, to (> ft Ivs elliptic-oblong, ac ut« ,
pubescent on both sides, 1 '2-3'z in long ne ernes pubescent, slen-
der, 2 -.1m long fr scarlet Cent China—/* mndfdula, Schneid.
(B Walhthiana var pamhdulu, S< hneid R Wallichiana var pal-
hda, Boiss ) Allied to B vt rruculosa Evergreen prostrate shrub
branchlets glabrous, yi llo\\ i^h Ivs elliptic with few spiny teeth,
TV hite beneath, about 1 in long fl, solil-iry Cent China \ F 1 ">
— B Cdroh, Schneid (B mte gernma \.ir stenophylla, Maxim ).
Similar to B Poiretu Shrub, to t> ft h * oblameolate, usually
entire, ?4-lHm long: racemes S- 14-fld Mc/ngoh<i Var hoanu*
htnms, Schneid Racemes m<iny-fld ,1 1 } 3 in long, pedicels > Hm.
long fr subglobose, salmon-red VV China Only the variety is in
cult — B cerdsma, SchracJ. Alliod to B sinensis, but Ivs more often
toothed, racemes shorter, haully longer than the lv» and spines
shorter, usually simple Of unknouu origin — B congt ^tifldra, Gay
Allied to B hakeoides Lvs oblong-ovate to orbicular, often
entire fls in dense umbels on upright stalks ^-1 in long Chile —
B cratxginn, DC Shrub, to .> ft branch< s brownish red, nearly
terete l\a deciduous, oblanceolate to oblong-obcnate, ^ l}2'n
long, usually entire race mes 0-20-fid , 1 2 in long fr bluish black
Asia Minor — The true B. cratifigma does not sc'em to be in cult —
B. crttica. Linn. Deciduous shrub, to 3 ft branches purplish with
542. Fruiting twig of Berbens Thunbergii.
numcious spines often nearly 1 m long Ivs lanceolate, ^-14in.
long, usually entire fls 3-7, in short umbel-like racemes S E Eu.
Orient — B crispa. Gay Allied to B hakeoides Branches puber-
ulous Ivs thinnei, ovate or oval, spiny-toothed, Jz-lHm. long,
fls 5-8, on slender pedicels, clustered Chile — B dcalhdta, Lindl
Lvs persistent, nearly orbicular, with few spiny teeth racemes
short, dense, nodding Mex B R 21 1750 — B Megam, Hort =B
Lyciurn — B emarg\n(tta, Willcl Possibly B sibinca X rulgana.
Low shrub spines 1-5-parted Ivs obovate to obovate-oblong, Yr-
1 % in long, setulose-dentatc racemes shorter than the Ivs , up-
right , petals usually emargmate Of unknown origin G O H 62 —
B Ffndlen, Gray Allied to B canadensis Shrub, to 5 ft spines
3-5-parted Ivs obovate-lanceolate, si-l ?£ in long, lustrous, entire
w spinulose racemes dense, long-peduncled, pendulous Colo to
New Mex G F 1 4b2 — B Ftrtunei, Lindl —Mahoma B'ortunei.
BERBERIS
BERGEROCACTUS
493
— B Premdntii, Torr ^Mahonia Fremont u — B. glauca, Benth.,
not Kunth=«=B Jamiesonu — B grdcilm, Hartw =» Mahonia gracilia
— B hxmatocdrpa, Wooton= Mahonia hsernatocurpa — B hetero-
•phylla, Juss Allied to B ilicifohu Branches glabrous, yellowish
brown, spines 3-5-parted Ivs persistent, obovate to oblong, lA~lli
m long, entire, or with 2-4 spiny teeth Hs "olitary fr purplish
black Straits of Magellan H E 1 14 — B. hcterophylla., Zabel=»
Mahonia hetorophylla — B Hodktn, Lem (B Jamieionn, Hort , not
Lmdl B VValhchiana, Hook , not DC). Allied to B Sargentiana
Branchlets angular, stout, pale yellowish brown Ivs elliptic-oblong
to oblong-lanceolate, smuately spiny-toothed, 1-2 in long fls 3-tt,
pedicels slender fr oblong, large, with 4-8 seeds Origin uncertain,
probably Himalayas I II 0 2U7 B M 4<JoO ~B llulcktnt,Ann,
Rehd=-Mahoniaarguta — B JamnuAnn,Lmdl (B glauca, Benth ,
not Kunth) Evergreen hhrub branches terete, brownish red IVH
oblong, 2-3 in long, entire or with few teeth, lustrous, pale green
beneath fis in close parados, podiccU ^in long Peru — Often
confused with B Hooke n and B Verschaffeltn — B japunica,
Spreng = Mahonia japomca — B Kmglitti, Hort =B Walhchiana
vur latifoha — B Imirlna Billbg (B Andreana, Naudm) Allied to
B buxifoha Shrub, to 5 ft branches glabrous, terete, spines to 1 in
long Ivs oblanceolate, 1—3 in long, cntne, pale beneath racemes
pendulous, to 3 in long fr black, bloomy S Bra/il R H 1809, p.
9 -B lanflbra, Schrad Allied to B amurenms Lvs oval to oval-
olhptic, obtuse, serration less dense, grayish green be neath racemes
pendulous, 2-3 \ a in long Of unknown origin — B Lnch.tensttinn,
ftchneicl De ciduous shrub, to 5 ft brandies slightly angled, pur-
plish with strong spines IVH ovate to lanceolate, sinuate-ly spiny,
light gn en beneath, ' t-2 in long fls iniaom.sl 1 > 2 in long
fr globose, red, with 2 seeds U China —B lojenm*. & nth Lvs
persist! nt, oldong-obovate, entire or nom< tunes with a few spiny
te-eth, lu«trous fls small in peduncl«l, loose racemes Peru F S 6,
p b<) B lunda, Schrad Allied to B vulgari* Lvs < Iliptic to
elliptic-oblong, dark green and lustrous above, obtuse, remotely and
finely senate rait me s spreading, about 2 in long fr red Of un-
known origin, pos ibly variety of B vulgaim— B Lycium, Hoylo
(B ruse .folia, Hort , not 1 nn B clegans, Hort ) Shnib, to b ft or
more br.mc h( s t< re te , jc llowish graj 1\ s sub-persistent, obovate-
lanceolnte, 3t-2m long, < ntire or hpmulosi rac ernes sessile, longe r
than the hs , drooping tr violet Himalayas BM 7075 —B
ma(Titphylla,l\ur\ -=B \\alliohiinavm latifolm — li wu raalntlia,
Sehrael Possibly B aristatn X\ulg'ms Brant hi s j < llowish gray
Ivs elliptic, acutish, remotely spmj -toothed, 1-2 in long racemes
nodding, 1 'i 2)2 "» 1<>'»K fr red Of unknown origin — B mirro-
vhylla var semi/a, Hort ==H scnata — B MouiUneana, Schneid
Deciduous shrub, to 10 ft branchc s grooved, purplish, with simple
spines hs obovate-lanceol.it e, obtuse, usually entnc, light green
beneath, ' >-2 in long fls m race, mi s, to 1 > 2 in long fr scarlet,
with 2 seeds W ( hma — B oblonua Schneid (B he teiopoda var
oblonga, Kc ge>l ) \llied to B hetcropoda Branches angular Ivs
obovate lac ernes 10-JO-fld , usu.illy compound near the base, ovary
with 2 sessile ovules fr oblong Turkestan — B m-peifM-rn, Spreng
— Mahonia nepali ns.s — B tnrn^n, Puish^Muhoma nenosa —
B jxillnla, Benth =Mahonm pallida — B pnruJIAra, Lmcll =B
niseifoha— B parufulin, Spragiie MliedtoB \\ iKomr Ixjwshrub
Ivs half-« veurroen, oblanceol-itc, tut ue or occasionally spiny-
toothed, glabrous and reticulate beneath fls fascicled, 3-0 fr
globose, terru-totta color W C_ hma —It pmimta, Lag -=Mahoma
pirmata — B J'ratln, Sc hneid Allied to B polv.uitha Shrub, to
10ft Ivs oblong-obov.ite, entire or with few spiny teeth, reticulate,
thinner panicles narrow, to b in long fr globose, s ilmon-red W
China \ar r<cun<itn, Schneid Raceme narrow, spike-hkt fr on
reflexed pedicels \V ("hma — B pnnnfaa, Franc h Evergreen
shrub branches brownish yellow, nearly terete, s-pmes to 1 in
long Ivs ovato-ollong, }4-2 in long, strongly -piny-toothed,
wlutish benrath fl, 8-25, fn ,cicl( d, r ire Iv in a peduncled umbel fr
bluish bl-ick SW China —B Hehdtrwna, Schneid \lliedtoB.
koreana, but much smaller in e\<o part, branches reddish brown,
slightly angled, spines 1-3-parted hs obovate to oblong, .spmose-
scrraU, »4'-l U »n lon« fls S-15, in a peduncled race-me fr sub-
globose, bright rod Origin unknown — Hardy, graceful shrub, the
fr remains unchanged until the following spring — B rtpcus, Lmdl.
=Mahonm re pens — B rotumhfoha, Hort =Mahonm repens var.
rotundifolia — B rusn/Mia, T.am (B paiviflora, Lmdl ) Allied to
B buxifoha Branches terete, yellowish gray Ivs oblong, entire or
with a few coarse teeth, ia-l'^in long lls m a 1-5-fld peduncled
raceme fr bluish black Argentine JHS 2 243 — B ruso/Ma,
Hort ^^B Lynum — B sanuulnea, Franth Allied to B Gagne-
pamii Lvs narrow-lanceolate, ?4~2 in long, spmose-serratc, pale
beneath fls with red fecpals, in fascicles of 2-4, pedicels ?4in long
fr bluish black W China V F 10 —B serdlina, Lango Allied to
B smensis Lvs light green, oblanceolate, usually entire racemes
short and dense Ongm unknown — B serrutn, Koehnc (B nucro-
phylla var serrata, Hort ) Low, deciduous shrub, branches
ziooved, reddish or yellowish brown Ivs oblong-lanceolate, J^-l m.
Jong, spinulose-serrate racemes dense, short Origin unknown —
B iMiica, Pall Deciduous shrub branches angular, yellowish
brown, spines 3-9-parte>d Ivs obovate, remotely toejthed. fls soli-
tary or 2, short-peclicellcd fr rod Siberia B R 0 487 — B Silva-
Turoutana. Schneiel Deciduous bhrub. to 10 ft branches grooved,
brown, spines small or wanting Ivs oblong-lanceolate or obovate-
oblong, obtuse, entire- or with few small teeth, prumoso beneath,
H~2 in long racemes 1-2 J^ in long, pedicels H-^tin long fr
globose-ovoid, scarlet, with 1-2 seeds W China — B subcaulialtita,
Schneid Deciduous shrub branches strongly angulate Ivs oblan-
ccolate, H-l m long, acute, rarely 3-pomted at tho apex, whitish
beneath fls m very short, b-8-fld racemes or rarely fascicled, nod-
ding fr globose, red W China — B trmufdlia, Lmdl —Mahonia
tcnuifoha — B thibthcn, Schneid Deciduous shrub branches an-
gular, purplish, bloomy Ivs obovate-lanccolate, l/i~l in long,
rounded, or acutish, mucronalato, entire, whitish beneath fls. m
fo
1-5-fld fascicles; pedicels about Hm. long W. China ~B. Tisch-
len, Schneid Allied to B. diaphana Shrub, to 8 ft branches
angled, gray, spiny Ivs. obovate to oblong, obtuse, spmulose-ser-
rate, prumose beneath, U-l 54 in racemes 4-15-fld , pedicels }^-l
in long fr oblong, with a distinct style, pale red, prumoso W
China — B toluacfnsm, Hort =Mahoma heterophylla — B tnacan-
thtiphora, Fedde Allied to B tJagnepamn evergreen shrub, to 5 ft
branches terete, brown Ivs linear-lanceolate with 2 to ."> spiny teeth
on each side or entire, glaucescent bene ath, 1-2 in fls 2-5, slender-
stalked fr black, ovoid, with sessile style Cent China — B tn-
fohata, Hartw =»Mahe>ma tnfoholata — B Irifoliolnta. Monc ==
Mahonia tnfoholata — B tn/urut, Foibes= Mahonia japonica var
tnfurca— B umbcllAta, Wall DC eiduons shmb branches angular,
gray Ivs oblanceolate, usually entire-, rarely sparsely serrulate
race mes long-poduncled, usually umbel-like, sometimes elongated
Himalayas BR 30 41— B Vnlelm, hchneid Allied to B levin
Evergreen shrub Ivs narrow-lane e>olate, acuminate, smuately
toothed with long and strong spines, 2-4 in long fls 5-8, slender-
stalked fr ovoid, bluish black Cent China —B Verschnfftltn,
Schneid (B Jamesonn, Lem , not Lmdl ) Evergreen shrub Ivs
oblong, 2-3 in long, sparingly spiny-toothed' fls orange in drooping
panicles Ecuador I II 6 201 — B tirfRcena, Hook Deciduous
shrub, 2-5 ft branches yellowish red or red, lustrous, terete Ivs
obovate, J^-l % in long, spiny-toothed or entire, Kght green, whitish
beneath fls pale yellow, few, fahcicled or in peduncled umbel-
like racemos fr purple, bloomy Himalayas BM 7116 —Graceful
shrub Hardy at the Arnold Arboretum — B Walltchiana, DC
Allied to B Sargentiana Evergreen shrub, to 10 ft branches
grooved, spiny Ivs elliptic to lanceolate, spiny-serrate with numer-
ous small tee»th, lustrous above, light green beneath, reticulate, 2-4
in long fls lt)-20, pedicels about 'im long fr ovoid, black, with
usually 1 long-stalked seed Himalayas PI-G l.p 79 \ ar lati-
f&lin Hook f & Thorns (B Kmghtii, Hort , not Koch B macro-
phylla, Hort ) Branchlets less grooved Ivs bioader, thinner —
B WattiLhiAna, Hook —B Houken — B yunnnntnsit, I' ranch.
Allied to B diaphana Branches grooved, gray hs obovate-oblong,
1 in long, entire-, glaucous beneath fls 3-5, fascicled S W China
— Has been confused with B. diaphana See page 3500
ALFRED REHDER.
BERCH&MIA (derivation uncertain). Rhamndcex
Ornamental woody climbers, grown chiefly for their
bright green graceful foliage
Deciduous twining shrubs. Ivs alternate, entire or
nearly so, petioled, \\ith conspicuous numerous parallel
veins fls perfect; sepals, petals and stamens 5| calyx-
tube shallow, ovary free, 2-celled, with a 2-parted
style drupe oblong to cylmdnc with a 2-celled stone — •
About 12 species m S. and Cent Asia, N Amer and
K. Afr
These slender climbing shrubs have inconspicuous
greenish white flowers in terminal panicles followed by
berry-like, small, usually oblong, black or red fruits.'
The cultivated species are not quite hardy North and
prefer sunny positions; they grow in almost any soil and
are useful for trellis-work, \\hen no dense bhade is
desired. Propagation is by seeds and by root-cuttings
in spnng under glass, also by layering the young shoots
and by cuttings of mature wood in fall under glass.
scdndens, Koch (B. volhbihs, DC ). SUPPLE-JACK.
Ten to 15 ft • Ivs ovate or oblong-ovate, acuminate,
often undulate, 1-3 in long, with 9-12 pairs of lateral
veins: fls. greenish vshite in small terminal panicles fr
bluish black, K~/^n long- June Southern states
BB. 2:404. S.OB 3 153.
racem&sa, Sieb. & Zucc. Closely allied to the former.
Lvs cordate, ovate, 1-2} 2 m. long, with 6-8 pairs of
veint> fls greenish in large terminal panicles* fr. first
led, becoming black at length July. Japan, China —
Hardier than the former, not high-climbing; attractive
in late summer, with its red frs.
B Giralditina, Schneid Allied to B racemosa Lvs ovate-
oblong, 1-3 in long, grayish white beneath, with 9-11 pairs of veins,
petioles »|m long W China — B hnedta, DC Allied to B. scan-
dens Lvs smaller, oblong-ovate, obtuse, with about 9 pairs of
veins, grayish white beneath. N and W. China.
ALFRED REHDER
BERGAMOT. Name applied to various aromatic
plants, particularly to members of the Lab take, as
inenthas and monardas. The bergamot essence of
commerce is made from a citrous fruit. See Citrus
BERGEROCACTUS (named for Alwin Berger,
Curator of the Hanbury Garden, at La Mortola, Italy)
Cuctdcesp. A low, much-branched, day-blooming cactus
with cylindrical, low-ribbed sts : areoles close together,
494
BERGEROCACTUS
BERTOLONIA
bearing many yellow spines' corolla short, funnel-
shaped, greenish yellow: fr. globose, densely spiny. — A
single species known.
Emoryi, Brit & Rose (Cereus Emoryi, Engelm.).
Prostrate or ascending, 6-10 in. high, 1-2 in. diam ,
often forming thick masses 10-20 ft. m diam : fis. 1-2
in broad- fr. 1-1 % in. diam On mainland and isls.
of S Calif., and N Low Calif — This species, native
of Calif , can easily be grown in the open in the south-
ern part of that state It forms large masses and care
must be taken that it does not preempt more than
its share of the garden The species has long been m
the trade, but it does not do well in the greenhouse, and
it is hardly to be recommended for the small collection.
Its slender sts., covered with striking yellow spines, are
very unlike any of our other cereus-like plants
J. N. ROSE.
BERMUDA GRASS: Cynodon dactylon.
BERRIA (after Dr. Andrew Berry, a Madras
botanist) Syn , Berrya, DC , not Klein Tihacex.
A timber tree of India, which has been sparingly
introduced into this country. One species.
Ammonflla, Roxbg High tree: Ivs entire, heart-
shaped, long-petioled, smooth, 5-7-nerved, alter-
nate1 fls in racemes, small, white, very numerous:
fr a 3-celled caps with 6 wings, the 3-12 seeds
with stiff hairs, which readily penetrate the skin
and produce a painful itching — Crows abundantly
in British India, Ceylon, the Malay Archipelago, and
the Philippines The wood is smooth-grained, yollow,
with dark red heart, used for house-building, agricul-
tural implements, oil-casks, boats, and the like ?]x-
portedas "tnncomalee wood " G. T HASTINGS.
BERSAMA (Abyssinian name) Sapmdaceae Trop.
and S African trees and shiubs, of perhaps a half-dozen
species, probably not cult Lvs alternate, odd-pinnate,
Ifts entire or serrate fls silky, white, of o sepals and
5 unequal clawed petals li "usambarSnsis, Guerke, a
recently descnbcd species from German E Air, has
been discussed in horticultural journals tree, 50 ft..
Ivs. more than 2 ft long, with winged raehis, the Ifts.
oblong-lanceolate and somewhat cut, prickly-margined.
BERTHOLLETIA (after Louis Claude Berthollet,
French chemist). Myrlacese. BRAZIL-NUT BUTTER-
NUT PARA-NUT. CREAM-NUT. NIGGER-TOE. Large
trees Ivs. alter-
nate, bright green,
leathery, about 2
ft. long, 6 in broad :
fls cream - colored ;
calvx parts united
and tearing into 2
parts when the
flower opens, petals
6; stamens many,
united into a hood-
shaped mass, the
upper ones sterile'
fr round, about 6
in diam , with a
hard shell contain-
ing 18-24 3-sided
nuts (Fig. 543).—
Species several, all
furnishing Brazil
nuts and usually
described as B. excelsa. The common trade name is Cas-
.tanea, the name of the genus including the chestnuts.
exceisa, Humb. & Bonpl. Fig. 543. A tree 100-150
ft. with a smooth trunk 3-4 ft m diam : branches
near the top — It forms large forests on the banks of the
Amazon and Rio Negro. The natives gather the nuts
m large quantities, chopping the fr open They are
exported in large quantities, chiefly from Para. An oil
is expressed from the kernels, and the bark is used at
Para for caulking ships The tree is of little value for
decorative purposes, and, is too tender for growth any-
where m the U. S. G. T. HASTINGS.
BERTOL6NIA (after A. Bertohm, Italian botanist).
Melastomacese. Excellent warmhouse foliage plants
from Brazil.
Always dwarf, and sometimes creeping; the garden
forms with membranaceous, 5-11-nerved Ivs. 5-8 in.
543. Bertholletia excelsa. Cross-sec-
tion of husks, showing Brazil-nuts
544. Bertolonia marmorata.
long, and purple beneath fls white, purple or rose-
colored, 5-petaled, in scorpioid racemes or spikes There
are only 9 species, 5 of which were distinguished when
the last edition was issued (A Coigneaux, in DC
Mon Phan , Vol VII ) Some carhor botanists do not
separate certain allied genera which usually cannot
be distinguished by habit alone The surest character
is the inflated and 3-angled or 3-wmged calyx of Berto-
lonia In Bertolonia, fl -parts are in 5's, but the ovary
is 3-celled Gravesia has a 5-celled ovary, and Soncnla
.is tnmerous In Bertolonia, the connective of the
anthers has no appendage, in Salpmga there is a spur
below and behind the connective, in Monolena there is
a spur m front, and the calyx LS not hairy
Bertolonias are essentially fanciers' plants It is
somewhat difficult to bring out their true character-
istics under ordinary stove treatment, as they require
a more humid atmosphere than can usually be main-
tained, even in a small house The additional shelter of
a small frame should be provided, where the atmos-
pheric conditions will be much more easily regulated.
A plentiful supply of water at the roots is necessary,
syringing or sprinkling overhead is not advisable — •
The most convenient method of propagation is by
cuttings, which strike readily, in a moderately close
propagatmg-casc filled with sharp, clean sand The
pots should be thoroughly clean and drained, and the
compost open and porous They may also be grown
from seed They thrive in dense shade Old plants are
not so brilliant as young ones (Win. Scott )
Bertolonias and their allies furnish an excellent
example of Van Houtte's triumphs in hybridization
The two species described below have probably been
important factors in the plant-breeding, and Gravesia
guttata even more so. Gravesia is a Madagascar plant,
and has, perhaps, been crossed with the Brazilian
bertolomas Unfortunately, the pictures in Flore des
Serres show no flowers, and the pedigree is not given
The bertonenlas figured and described in I.H. 43, pp.
188 and 189, with colored plates 64 and 68, are pre-
sumably hybrids between Bertolonia and Sonenla.
Excepting B maculata and B. marmorata, the following
are hybrids'
A Veins not lined on both sides with a colored band
marmorata, Naudm. Fig. 544. St. less densely hairy
than B maculata • Ivs more narrowly ovate, ovate-
BERTOLONIA
BESCIIORNERIA
495
oblong, acute, sparsely hairy, streaked with white along
the veins calyx sparsely hairy, not glandular, petals
somewhat blunter, dilute purple. H H 1848 381 (as
Erwcnema rnnrmorata, Naudin). FS 7 750 (as B
maculata var marnwrata, Planch ) Coigneaux recog-
nizes 2 varieties, var genuina, with Ivs green above,
and banded with white along the veins, var. &nea,
(E &nea and B. £nca, Naudin), with Ivs dark green
with a coppery cast, but not spotted or only slightly so.
Mirindaei, Van Houtte. Spots red on the lower Ivs
and white on the upper or younger ones: Ivs. purple
beneath FS 21:2235 (1875)
AA. Veins lined on both t>tdet> with a white or colored band.
B. Bands and t>potx magenta or purple.
maculata, DC St short, decumbent, rooting at the
base, densely clothed with rusty hairs Ivs long-petioled,
cordate, broadly ovate, obtuse, hispid above and at
margins, dark velvety green above, often spotted
calyx densely clothed with glandular haus, petals obo-
vace, scmewhat acute, rose-colored B M 4551
Houtteana, Van Houtte (B Van Houttei, Hort).
Lvs purple beneath F.S. 20 2120 — This was a sen-
sational plant of 1875, and Van Houtte refused $2,000
for his stock of it
BB. Band^ and upots silvery white.
c Spot* very distinct
Hrubyana, Van Houtte This has bars of white con-
necting the veins The under side of the Ivs seems to
be green instead of purple, at least toward the tip
FS 23 2381
Rodeckiana, Van Houtte Distinguished from the
above and all others of this group bv the abundance of
dark red color on the upper surface of the Ivs veins of
the under side prominent and green F S 23 2382
CC S potts very faint
Legrelleana, Van Houtte (B L< (/relit, Hort ) There
are a few longitudinal bars, but they do not connect
the veins Referred to Grave^ia guttata by Coigneaux.
FS 23-2407.
Other trade names are B guttuta. Hook f —Gravesia guttata —
B margantdrea Hort Bull -— Salpmga inargantacea — B pnmuLf-
jlbra, Hort -Mouolena pnniulteflora —-B puUtmns. Hort , with
long white hairs, and ,. chocolate band down the center Ecuador
— B punctaHsHima, Hort — li iiiptrbtiKima, Hort (B superba',
Hort ), with rose-colored spots, which are larger and brighter near
*he margin F M 151 (1875) —Probably a variety of Gravesia
*uttata WILHELM MILLER.
N TAYLOR t
BERTONERlLA. A class of handsome foliage plants,
presumably hybnds between Bertoloma and Sonerila.
IJertonerila is a combination of the names Bertoloma and
Sonerila IH Vol 43 (1890), pp 188-190 For culture,
see Bertoloma — Rare m this country, perhaps not m
cult outside of a few botanic gardens Some of the
best-known forms are Madame Cahuzae, Madame de
Brezetz and Madame Trcyeran.
BESCHORNERIA (after H. Beschorner, German
botanist). Amarylhdacex. Succulent desert plants, al-
lied to Bravoa, Fourcroya and Doryanthes, planted far
south and in California, and sometimes seen in col-
lections under glass in the North.
Leaves in a rosette, glaucous, roughish at the margins,
not so thick, firm or fleshy as in Agave (which has a
strong end-spine and horny marginal prickles), root-
stock short, tuberous, fls accompanied by showy colored
bracts In Beschorneria, the perianth is usually reddish
green, funnelform but with a very short tube and with
long, oblanceolate segms.; in Doryanthes the perianth
is bright red, the segms. long, narrowly falcate; m
Bravoa the perianth is red or white, the tube curved,
sub-cylindrical, and the segms. short From Fourcroya,
to which the genus is closely related, Beschornena is
distinguished by its tubular-shaped perianth, long arid
narrow segms, thin and Blender filaments, which ate
only slightly thickened below the middle '1 he perianth
of Fouicroya is campanulale, with spreading, ovoid or
elliptic segms , arid short thickened fii,unents, the
fourcroyas are larger plants, and without laige showy
bracts, and often produce bulbil-, which Be^ornena
never does.
The species are veiy eloselv allied, and difficult to
distinguish The following are the only kinds well
known, and they are all from Mexico. If in good con-
dition they bloom every year in warm countries from
suckers of the previous year, but in the North they are
likely to bloom only at long irregular intervals The
species succeed best when treated similarly to agaves,
wrth the exception of the soil, which may be made
richer by <he addition of crushed bonip and a little
vegetable-mold A\\ of the species neid greenhouse
protection in the northern state1- They are hardy in
the warmest pails of the British Islands Useful for
bedding as striking foliage subjects
tubifldra, K unth No st or trunk: Ivs 12 or more,
1/2-2 ft long, 1 in bro.ul, linear, long-acuminate,
roughish on both surfac es, tutted, more 01 less recurved,
thickened and triangular at base, minutely striated,
glaucous-green scape 4 ft , terminating in an erect
raceme, fls dioopmg, 2-4 together, the perianth divided
to the top of the ov.try, biownish green. B M 4042 —
The oldest and best-known species
TonShi, Jacobi (B Tondunui, Jacobi) Allied to B.
tubi flora, but with loo^ci habit, inaeh broader foliage,
bright red-purple scape and a colored panicle with
drooping branches, longer purple and red fls with more
acute segms st or trunk very short Ivs very glau-
cous, roughish beneath and on the margins, 15-20 in
number, 1-1 j 2 ft long, 2 2J2 m broad, short-acumi-
nate, and contracted below the middle into a flat thick"
petiole 1 m broad B M 0091
Dekostenana, C Koch (B Decoct f-nana, Baker).
Lvs 15-20 or more, 2-2,]o ft long, 2-2^2 m broad,
oblanceolate, long-acuminate, very gradually tapering
both ways from the middle, 1-1 14 in broad above the*
base, which is vei y thick fls in a deltoid panicle, green,
\y> in long, cut nearly to base, the ovary protruding.
BM 6708
bracteata, Jacobi. Stemless Ivs 20-30, lj^-2 ft.
long, 2 in bioad, short-acuminate, texture thin but
firm, contracted to less than I in wide above the
dilated base, glaucous green, scanous or dry on the
margin scape 4-5 ft , the panicle reddish brown, fls.
] Vj in long, segms free but connivant, green, chang-
ing to yellowish red B M 0641
yuccoides, Hook f St none, or apparently present
by shedding of older Ivs in the rosette Ivs. about 20,
1-1 } 2 ft long, 2 in broad, lanceolate, short-acuminate,
nan owed to *2in above the base, glaucous green,
scape 3-4 ft , with fls on drooping red branches in the
panicle, fls about 3 in long, dark green, tinged yellow.
B M 5203. G C III. 46 8, 309, 313.— The Ivs. are
broader than m A. tubi flora, shorter acuminate, and
more boldly narrowed below the middle.
Wrightii, Hook. f. Allied to B. Dekostenana, but fls.
pubescent, st. or trunk 18 m.: Ivs. about 50, densely
crowded, spreading or recurved, ensiform, 4-5 ft long
by 2 in at the middle, the tip narrowed to a long brown
stiff point, the base dilated and very thick and bi-con-
vex, the margins very narrowly scarious, denticulate:
panicle pyramidal, 8 ft ; fls. fascicled, nodding, green-
ish, pubescent B M 7779.
pubescens, Berger. Smaller: Ivs. 2 ft. long by 2 in
broad, glaucous, rather stiff and fleshy along the midrib,
nearly smooth underneath, rough only near tip, margins
finelv and deeply denticulate' panicle 4-5 ft , rather
slender, the scape bright red; fls. fascicled in axils of
496
BESCHOUNERIA
BETULA
ovate bracts, green, fading to yellow, pubescent. G.C.
Ill 40 350.
B argyrophijlla, Hort =B Dekostenana.— B cahf6rmca is a
nomen nuduin — B sup£rbat Hort. and B mndifldra, Hort.=B.
yuccoidcs
G. W OLIVER.
L. H. B.f
BESLERIA
(after Basil Bes-
ler, Nuremberg
apothecary, and
> reputed author
of the superb
Hortus Kystet-
tcnsis, 1613).
Gesnoncese A
genus of 50 spceics of
Trop American plants,
mostly subshrubs, with
somewhat 4 - a n g 1 e d
sts , large, membrana-
ceous, opposite, petio-
late Ivs prominently
veined beneath, and
yellow, white or purple
fls calyx eampanu-
late, at length globose,
shortly 5-toothed, cor-
olla tubular B Immy
is herbaceous, with ser-
rate Ivs. and yellow
axillary fls. BM'6341.
Prop by cuttings over
bottom heat None is
known to be offered m
Amer
l&tea, Linn. St 6-10
ft , glabrous or nearly
so Ivs elliptic or elliptic-oblong calyx about half as long
as the yellow slightly gibbous corolla Trop Amer
N TAYLOR t
Bl£SSERA (after Dr. Besser, professor of botany at
Brody) Lihaceap. MEXICAN CORAL DROPS An ex-
ceedingly pretty summer-flowering bulbous squill-hke
plant
Umbels pendulous, fls vermilion outside, with a
white corona or cup within, and long, purple stamens;
perianth cup-shaped, the tube shorter than the oblong-
lanceolate segms , stamens 6 — A monotypic genus
allied to Androsteplnum Culture simple Bulbs
planted out, and lifted when ripe May be prop by
offsets
elegans, Schult. f. Fig 545 Bulb globular, 1 in
thick, tumcated Ivs 2-3, about 10-12 in , or even 2 ft.,
long, scape 1-2 ft. long, hollow, fragile, umbels 4-10-
fld , pedicels 1-1 }j in. long, perianth 9-10 lines long,
keeled on the back, variously marked with white
within, but usually with \crmihon margins and
center-band, fls borne through two months of
late summer and early autumn G F. 4*125
(adapted in Fig 545) Gn 25 '42. B R. 1546 J
(as Phanum fistidosum)', 25.34 F 8.4:421 (as
B mimatum) — Strong bulbs sometimes throw
up 6-10 scapes, with 12-20-fld. umbels
WILHELM MILLER
BETA (ancient name) Chenopodidcey. BEET-
ROOT. BEET Annuals in cultivation, or bien-
nials by the wintering of the roots, grown for
the thick edible roots, edible leaves, and orna-
mental foliage.
Glabrous, mostly thick-rooted herbs, with
alternate, entire or sinuate Ivs.: fls. perfect,
bracted; perianth urn-shaped, 5-lobed, adhering
at base to the ovary, becoming hardened in fr.;
545. Bessera elegans
stainetH 5 on a fleshy ring or disk; ovary partly inferior,
in fr covered by the withered and corky remains of
the perianth; the fls usually stand 2 01 more together
and cohere into a "seed" or "ball" that is moie than
1-seeded — The species of Beta are much confused, but
probably all of them can be referred to a half-dozen
species. Eu., N. Afr., Asia.
vulgaris, Linn. (B. marltima, Linn.). The supposed
source of the cult beets and foliage beets Probably a
development from the peienmal beet of the coasts in
patts of Ku , a much-branched decumbent plant (Fig.
516), with thick, long and hard (not really fleshy)
perennial roots In cult forms, the plant is erect in
fls and fr , with greenish clustered fls , and ovate-
oblong, smooth, more or less thick and wavy-margined
Ivs. There arc 3 main races of the cult, beet-plant
Var crassa, Alef BEET-ROOT BEET of American
gardens and fields, chaiacteiizcd by its thickened loot
of many forms, some of which are developed for their
sugar-prpducmg qualities' See Bcel.
Var. cruenta, Alef (B hortin^is and B riibra, Hort ).
RED and VICTORIA foliage beets. Root not highly
developed Ivs large and showy, red or gieen, with yel-
low ribs Var metdlhca is a form of this. In many bril-
liant foims, often used in bedding and for strong color
effects
Var Cicla, Moq (B Clcia, Linn B brasihenws and
B. chilcnt>i>,, Hort ) LEAF-BEET SICILIAN BEET.
HEA-KALK BEET. SPINACH BEET. CHILIAN BEET.
ROMAN KALE POIREI. Root small and blanched, not
thick or fleshy Ivs very large, thick-ribbed, green,
yellow-green, reddish green or even led, often with very
wide and thick petioles — Used as a pot-herb Differs
widely in the coloiation of the If -ribs, and shape and
development of If -blade One foim of it is Chard
(which see) L. H B.
BETEL, or BETLE. The leaf of Piper Bdle, a kind
of pepper Used in wrapping the pellets of betel-nut and
lime which are commonly chewed m the Orient The
pellets are hot, acrid, aromatic, astringent They
redden the saliva and blacken the teeth, and event-
ually corrode them The betel-nut is the fruit of Areca
Catechu, a palm See pp 16 and 24.
BET6NICA and BETONY. Staehyi
B^TULA (ancient Latin name). Beluldceae. BIRCH.
Ornamental deciduous woody plants grown chiefly for
their bright gicen handsome foliage. Page 3566.
Trees or shrubs winter-buds usually conspicuous,
sessile, with several imbricate scales. Ivs. alternate,
petioled, serrate or crenate fls monoecious, apetalous,
in catkins, stammate formed in autumn and remaining
naked during the winter, every scale beanng 3 fls , each
with a minute 4-toothed calyx and with 2 stamena
divided at the apex; pistillate catkins oblong or cylin-
drical, bearing 3 naked ovaries in the axil of every scale
. Beta. The wild perennial form of the beet plant as it prows on
the coasts of England.
BETULA
BETULA
497
consisting of 3 connate bracts, fr. a minute nut, often
erroneously called seed, with membranous wings,
dropping at maturity with the 3-pointed scales from the
Blender rachis of the stiobile — About 35 species in N.
Amer., Eu , N and Cent. Asia, especially in the northern
regions No tree goes farther north than the birch, in
N. Amer B papynfera reaches 66° north latitude,
and in Eu B pubescent goes to the N Cape, and its still
a forest tree at 70° Monogr by Hegel Monograph ibche
Bearbeitung der Betulacea? (1X61), and in De Candolle,
Prodromus, 16, 2, p 162 (1S69); and by Winkler in
Engler's Pflanzenreich Betulaceir, p 56, quoted below
asW. B
The birches are often conspicuous on account of their
colored bark, and slender usually pendulous stammate
catkins before the leaves and much smaller pistillate
catkins, followed by subglobose to cylindnc strobiles
The hard and tough \\ood is often used in the manu-
facture of furniture and of many small articles, in
making charcoal, and for fuel, from the bark, boxes, bas-
kets, and many small articles are made; also canoes
from that of the B papynfera; in Russia and Siberia it
is used in tanning leather The sap of some species is
used as a beverage The birches are very ornamental
park trees, hardy, except two or three Himalayan spe-
cies, and especially valuable for colder climates. '1 hey
are essentially northern trees and are short-lived in
warmer regions, particularly mountain species like B
luieu, while B nigra and B Icnta are better suited for
a warmer climate than rnoht other species Their
foliage is rarely attacked by insects, and turns to a
bright or orange-yellow in fall Their graceful habit,
the slender, often pendulous branches, and the pictur-
esque trunks make them conspicuous features of the
landscape Especially icmarkable arc those with white
bark, as B papyiifua, B popuhfolia, B ptndida,
B Ermanii, and also B Maximowiczn with vellow
bark
Most birches prefer moist, sandy and loamy soil,
but some, as B pendida and B popuhfolia, grow as
satisfactorily in dry localities and poor soil as in swamps
and bogs, and they are especially valuable in leplant-
mg deserted grounds as nurses for other trees, both are
comparatively short-lived trees
Propagation is readily accomplished bv seeds, gath-
ered at maturity and sown in fall, or usually kept dry
during the winter, or stratified, but B tnqia, which
ripens its fruits? in June, must be sown at once, and bv
fall the seedlings will be several inches high The ^eeds
should be sown in sandy soil, rather thick, as the per-
centage of perfect seeds is not very large, slightly or
not at all covered, but pressed fumly into the giound
and kept moist and shadv The seedlings must be
transplanted when one > ear old Rarer species and
varieties are grafted, usuallv on B lenta, B papynfera,
B nigra or B pcndula. Cleft or tongue-grafting in early
spring, on potted stock in the greenhouse, is the best
method Budding in summer is also sometimes prac-
tised. Shrubbv forms may also be increased by la> ers,
and B nana by greenwood cuttings under glass.
alba, 8, 9, 10
japonica, 9
pubescent, 9, 10
atplennfoha, 10
liu iniata. 8, 9.
pumild, 14
atropurpurea, 9
Bhojpattra, 3
Icnta, 4
lutea, 5
purpuroa, S, 9.
pynfnlm, 11
carpatica, 10
Lyalliana, 12
Pl/ranndalis, 9.
carpimfoha, 4
cordifoha, 11.
Maximo\viczn, 1.
minor, 11.
rubra, 2
songanca, 10.
cantata, 6.
Munthu, 10
Tauschii, 9.
daleearhca, 9
nana, 15
tortuosu, 10.
elegans, 9.
nigra, 2
IrwtH. 9
Ermami, 7.
occidentals, 12.
ulmifoha, 6.
excelsa, 5
odorata, 10
urticifoha, 10.
fastigiata, 9, 14.
glandulosa, 13
gr.icilis, 9
papyracea, 11, 12.
papynfera, 11.
pcndula, 8, 9.
utilH, 3
VanoRata, 10.
verrucosa, 9.
arandia, 11.
persicifoha, 5
vulanriK, 9
\1ibnda, 9
platyphulla, 11
popuhfoliH 1
VnunRii '>
A. Veins of Ivs. 7 pairs or more, usually impressed above
Trees.
-6? in. long, deeply cordate cones cylin-
drical, racemose, 2-4-
1 Maximowiczh, Regcl Tree, 80-90 ft , with
smooth, orange-colored trunk and dark reddish brown
branchlets Ivs. long-pet loled, broadly ovate, coarsely
and doubly seirate, membranous, pubescent on
younger trees, nearly glabrous on older ones cones
H-3 m long, slender, nodding, fr with vrry broad
wings Japan B M 8337 S I F 1 23 VV B 90 —
This is probably the most beautiful of all birches, per-
fectly hardy N and of rap.d growth; its large foliage
and the yellow color of the trunk render it a highly
ornamental and conspicuous park tree
BB Lvt. 2-5 in long corus solitary wings narrower
than thefr
c. Under side of Ivs (jltmtt'scenl Iv? rhombic-ovate, cu-
neate at base anth 7-f* slightly impressed pairs
of veins
2 nigra, Linn (B rnbra, Michx ) RED 01 RIVEH
Butrir Tree 50 90 ft bark reddish brown, or -alverv
gruv on younger blanches, .separa-
ting into numerous thin, papery
flakes 1) r a n c h 1 e t s pubescent
petioles scarcely /2i" long Ivs
rhombic-ovate, acute, doubly ser- ,
rate, pubescent when
young, at length only
on the veins beneath,
pale or glaucescent
beneath, 2-3 M in
long cones 1— I2} in
long, c v li ndric al,
iipemng m Mav or
June, scales pube>- >
cent, with erect,
linear-oblong, nearly
equal lobes From
Mass KHith to rla
and west to Kan and
Minn SS 9 452
L BC 13 1218 G
F 2 591 On. 55, p
161 (habit) AA B.
63 H T 122, 123 —
A moisture-loving, grace! ul tree, with slender, verv
numeious blanches, and remarkable for its torn and
ragged baik.
re Unihr sn/r of /r.s light (jie<n lv^ rounded or truncate
at the bise, with 8-14 pairs of iirpn^ed veins
D Shape of Ivs ovate 0) oblong-ovate, rounded and often
cordate at the b<i\e, broadtst about the middle,
veins distinctly impressed above petioles less than
%in. long See page 3560
E Con-ct, ped uncled, cyhndiic
3 fctilis, Don (B Bhojpdttra, Wall.) Tree, 4(MiO
ft trunk with reddish brown bark branchlets pubes-
cent while young, not glandular Ivs ovate, rounded at
the base, acuminate, densely irregularly serrate, pubes-
cent on the veins beneath, 2-3 in long, with 8-12 pairs
of veins cones peduncled, cylindrical, 1-2 in long
with erect oblong lobes, the middle one much longer
Himalaya Japan SIF 1'23 — Not quite hardy N
EE Cones sessile or nearly sessile, oroid or ovoid-oblong .
4 le"nta, Linn (B cai pimfoha, Ehrh ) CHERRY,
SWEET, or BLACK BIRCH Tree, 60-70 ft trunk dark
reddish brown, young hark aromatic, of agreeable
flavor Ivs oblong-ovate, usually cordate at the base,
sharply and doublv serrate, hairy beneath when vounc,
long cones ovoid-
,-m lonir
547 Cone of Betula lutea.
arply and doublv serrate, hairy b
arlv glabious at length, 2-5 in
lnne, "l-}^-^ in Joniz, scales about
498
BETULA
BETULA
only at the apex, the middle lobe slightly longer.
From Maine to Ala., west to eastern Ohio S S. 9.448.
H T. 124, 125. Em. 232.— Very handsome tree, round-
headed, and with pendulous branches when older;
attractive in spring, with its long stammate catkins.
Bark and Ivs. largely used in domestic practice:
branches and foliage yield an oil very similar to oil of
wintergreen, and employed for all conditions in which
the latter proves use-
t . ful, bark as well as the
CV,£,f' °il much used for
flavoring.
5. Ifttea, Michx. (B.
excelsa, P u r s h, not
Ait.). YELLOW BIRCH.
Fig, 547. Tree, some-
times 100 ft., bark
silvery gray or light
orange, on old trunks
reddish brown, young
bark aromatic, but
somewhat bitter*
branchlets usually
pilose: Ivs, ovate or
rounded at the base,
acuminate, sharply ana
doubly serrate, usually
hairy along tne veins
beneath: cones like the
last, but thicker; scales
548 Betula pendula. nearly } £m long, lobed
to the middle, pubes-
cent outside From Newfoundland west to Minn ,
south along the Alleghames to the high peaks of N C.
andTenn. S.S. 9.449 Em. 235. H.T 126, 127— One
of the most valuable forest trees in the northern
states, much resembling the former in habit. Var
persicifdlia, Dipp , has larger and longer Ivs., often
ovate-lanceolate.
DD. Shape of Ivs ovate, broadest near the base and usually
truncate or sometimes cordate, veins not impressed
above petioles to I in. long.
6. ulmifdlia, Sieb. & Zucc. (B costdta, Trautv ).
Tree, 50 ft.: bark yellowish brown branches not, or
slightly glandular: Ivs. ovate, rarely oblong-ovate,
irregularly doubly serrate, with 9-14 pairs of veins,
long-acuminate, 2-3 H m long, hairy when unfolding,
glabrous at maturity cones elliptic; scales glabrous,
with short, rhombic or obovate lateral lobes, wings
about half as broad as nutlet. Japan. Manchuria.
S I F 1 22 W B. 63.
7 Ermanii, Cham. Tree, 60 ft.: trunk white-
branches yellowish white or orange-colored; branchlets
usually glandular and pubescent when young' Ivs.
broadly triangular-ovate, acuminate, irregularly coarsely
serrate, 2-4 in long, hairy when unfolding, with
7-10 pairs of veins cones oblong; scales pubescent,
with linear-oblong lobes, middle one somewhat longer;
wings about one-third as broad as nutlet N. E. Asia,
Japan SI F 1.22 W B 63.— Handsome round-
headed tree, with slender branches. See page 3566.
AA. Veins of Ivs. 7 or less pairs, not impressed.
B. Wings usually broader than the nut.
c. Bark white.
D. Branchlets glabrous and glandular' Ivs. usually rhom-
bic-ovate' scales of strobiles with divergent broad
lobes larger than the middle lobe.
8. populifdlia, Ait. (B dlba var populifblia, Spach).
WHITE BIHCH. Small tree, exceptionally 40 ft , with
smooth white bark: branohlets with numerous resinous
glands: Ivs. slender, petioled, triangular or deltoid,
long-acuminate, coarsely doubly serrate, glutinous when
young, glabrous at length and shining: cones slender
stalked, cylmdric, about 1 in. long; bracts pubescent,
the lateral lobes divergent, about as long as the middle
one. From New Brunswick to Del , west to Ont S S
9:450. H T 118, 119. Em. 1:242.— A small, graceful,
but short-lived tree, yet thriving in dry and poor soil.
Var. laciniata, Loud. Lvs. mcised-lacimate Var p6n-
dula, Loud Branches distinctly pendulous. Var. pur-
purea, Ellwanger & Barry. Lvs. purple when young,
green at length B. populifolia X B. papynfera is shown
in G F 8 . 356. It has been found wild in several locali-
ties, but is apparently not in cult.
9. pendula, Roth (B verrucdsa, Ehrh B dlba, Linn.,
in part) Figs 548, 549. Tree, to 60 ft , with slender,
in older trees usually pendulous, branches young
branchlets usually glandular. Ivs. rhombic-ovate, %-~
2)2 in. long, glutinous when young, glabrous, usually
cuneate, sometimes truncate at the base, acuminate,
doubly serrate, petioles slender, about 1 in. long:
strobiles cylmdric, about 1 m. long, slender-peduncled,
usually pendulous' wings of nutlet about one and a half
to two and a half times as broad as its body J£u to
Japan. H W. 2 15, p. 20 W B 76. Var Tafcschh,
Rehd (B japdnica, Sieb. B. dlba var Tuu6c/m, Shirai.
B. pendula var japdnica, Rehd ). Lvs broadly ovate,
truncate or sometimes subcordate at the base, some-
times puberulous beneath aud often with tufts of hairs
in the axils S I F 1 21 Var dalecarlica, Schneid
(B laciniata, Wahl. B. hybrida, Blom) Lvs. more or
less deeply lobed with irregularly serrate-acuminate
lobes, branches on older trees pendulous — A very
graceful tree Var. fastigiata, Koch (B dlba fastigidta,
Carr B pendula pyramiddlis, Dipp ) With straight
upright branches, forming a narrow columnar pyr-
amid GC III 41:151 MDG 16:164. Var tristis,
Schneid With very slender, strongly pendulous
branches, forming a round regular head. Var Yoftngii,
Sohneid (B dlba penthda Youngn, Moore. B ptndula
elegans, Dipp B. dlba elegant! ssima pendula, Hort ).
Branches very slender, strongly pendulous; primary
branches spreading or recurved, forming an irregular
picturesque head; similar in habit to the weeping beech
F 1873, p 60 R H 1869, p 136 Gn 6, p 528 Var.
gracilis, Rehd. (B.
dlba laciniata grdci-
hs pendula, Hort
B. elegans lacim-
dta, Hort ). Habit
like the preceding,
with lacimate Ivs
Much slenderer and
549. Leaves of Betula pendula. (x M>
smaller and
slower growth than
var dalecarlica
Var. purpftrea,
Schneid. (B vulgdns
purpurea, Andre".
B. dlba atropur-
purea, Lauche. B.
pubescens atropurpurea, Zabel). Lva. dark purple R B.
4:185.
DD. Branchlets pubescent and slightly glandular or gland-
less: Ivs. generally ovate, rounded at the base
bracts with the lateral lobes upright or spreading,
shorter than the middle lobe.
10. pubgscens, Ehrh. (B. odordta, Bechst B dlba,
Linn , in part) Tree, to 60 ft.: branches upright or
spreading, rarely pendulous in old trees; branchlets
pubescent and glandless Ivs ovate or rhombic-ovate,
1-2 in long, rounded, truncate or cuneate at the base,
acute, usually unequally and doubly serrate, pubescent
beneath, at least while young' strobiles cylmdric, about
1 in long, upright or nodding; scales puberulous,
lateral lobes upright or spreading, rarely recurved. N.
ent Eu. to E. Siberia. H.W. 2, pp. 24, 25. Var.
and Cen
BETULA
BETULA
499
urticifolia, Spach (B urhcifoha, Rcgcf. B. dlba asplenn-
jblw, liort.). Lvs. small, deep green, irregularly
incised. Var. variegata, Zabel (B, Alba fdlns vanegatis,
Hort.). An inconstant form with variegated Ivs There
are also a number of geographical varieties as var
carpatica, Koch; var songarica, Hegel; var. tortudsa,
Koehne; var. Murithii, Gremi, which are rarely met
with in cult and horticulturally are of no importance.
— In the wild state this species is generally found
in moist places, often in swamps, while the preceding
species prefers drier situations.
11 papyrffera, Marsh (B papijracea, Ait B gran-
dis, Schiad ) PAPER or CANOE BIRCH Figs 550, 551
Tree, tiO-80, exceptionally 120, ft . brunchlets slightly
glandular, hairy whon young Ivs ovate, narrowed to
cordute at the base, acuminate, coarsely and usually
doubly serrate, pubescent on the veins beneath or
nearly glabrous, I13-4j.^in long strobiles peduncled,
1-2 in long, scales with short and broad divergent
lateral lobes Northern states from the Atlantic to
Pacific coast S H 9 451 Em 238 OF 8 '223 II T.
120,121 I.T. 4 125 —Ornamental tree, with very
white trunk and a loose, graceful head \vhcn older
B.irk known for its use in making Indian canoe.s Var.
cordifdha, Hegel (B pijnfolta and B plati/phi'/lla, Ilort )
Lvs broadly ovate, usually cordate SS 14:724 Var.
minor, Tuckm Lo\\, bushy tree with smaller Ivs and
frs Mts of New England "and N Y.
cc BaiL orange-broirn bianchhh glandular and hairy
when i/onntj Intdttl loh<s of scales upright, shorter
than the middlt lobe
12 occidentals, Hook (H Lyalliuna, Koehne B
vapi/ra(«i \ar oind< ul(di^, Dipp ) Tree, to 100 ft
brandies in older trees often pendulous Ivs ovate, 3-4
in long, usu.illv rounded at the base, acute, coarsely
and mostly doubly serrate, resinous \\hile joung and
villous on the veins, glabrous at rnatuiitv except on
the puberulous \eins strobiles c\lmdnc, l^-l^i
in long; scales cihate, with rhombic-ovate upright
lateral lobes, about half a*s long as the oblong middle
lobe B C to Wash.
S S 14 725.
MB Wings nan ower than
the nut shrub*, 1-15
ft Ivs (>mall, f>hort-
petwled" cones erect.
c Bmnchlets glandular,
not pubescent
13 glanduldsa,
Michx Only 1-4 ft :
1 v s short - pctioled,
rounded or cuneate
at the base,
orbicular or
broadly ob-
|ovate, ob-
( tuse, dent ate,
! glabrous, }£-
\y<i in long:
strobiles pe-
duncled, ^'2-
34m long;
lobes of scales
nearly equal,
550 Staminate catkin (natural size) and flowers slightly
(enlarged) of Betula papynf era spread in g;
wings of nut-
let sometimes as broad as its body. Newfoundland to
Alaska, south to Mich., and m the Rocky Mts. to
Colo. B.B. 1:510.
cc Branchlets -pubescent or nearly glabrous, not glandular.
14 pumila, Linn. Usually 2-8, rarely 15, ft.- branch-
lets tomentose or pubescent, at least when young Ivs.
551. Catkin of Betula
papynf era (XH)
orbicular or oval, acute or obtuse, coarsely dentate, pale
and glabrous or pubescent beneath, ^-2 in. long:
strobiles peduncled, H~l m long; lateral lobes of the
pubescent scales spreading, shorter than the middle
one, wings of nutlet half as broad as its body or
narrower Newfoundland to Minn., south to Ohio.
B B. 1-511. WB 71 Var. fasti-
g&ta, Hehd (B. humihs fatii-
gidta, Hort ) Shrub, with upright
branches, forming a narrow pyra-
mid branchlets soft pubescent Ivs
bioadly rhombic to suborbicular,
l-l*/2 in long, broadly cuneate at ,
base, pubescent beneath only on the
veins, rebin-dotted on both side,s
15 nana, Linn Low, spreading,
rarely 4 ft . Ivs orbicular or cuneate-
obovate, crenate, rounded at apex,
glabrous, K~Kin l°nK strobiles
nearly sessile, K~3^m long' the
upper scales usually entire, the
lower ones 3-lobed; wings of nutlets very narrow.
Arctic N E. Amer., N Eu , Siberia. BB 1.511.
W B 71 — A low, graceful shrub for rockeries and
rocky slopes
B arumwitta. Wall =B alnoides — B al^L&na, Sarg Allied to
B occidentals Tre. , to 10, rarely 80 ft bark grayish white
branchlcts dcnselv glandular Ivs rhombic-ovate, 1 J^-3 in long,
truncate to broadly r unfair pubescent :>n the veins beneath or
finally glabrous, petiole about 1 in V>ng sca'es of strobiles "iliate
AUska hS 11 72(>—H alhyhan timia Brit Intermediate be-
tween B lent a and H lutea Bark eitl ~- lose and furrowed Ot peel-
ing off in thin flakes young bram hi> t . Joescdt Ivs usually
cordateatbaseandpubr^cent beneath strobile' o\ 3ia-oblong, about
1 in long, scalis '4m long, Mobtd about to tut inddle Que
and Mirh to Ga — « alnwlii, Hairnl (B ar inmata Wall B
cyhmlrostachya, \\ all ) Mind to B Maximowic/ii Treo, to 60 ft
ye 'Ling branrhlc ts pube^cr nt , bark brow n Iv H o\ at i -oblong to ovate-
lanecolate, 2'^ o in long, rounded at the ba->e, doubly euspidate-
^(rrate, with 10 H pairs nt M in- '-trobiic-, m lacemes Himalayas,
b\\ China WB 90 — « n/;Wns Fne— B intermedia —8
Borgorivei, Zabel (B pipynf. riXB pumila) hhrubby Inter-
mediate between the parents, but more similar U B jumila Raised
it H-inn , Mueiuhn, Gtrnnnv, from \inencan se-,1 ~B uerulea,
Blan'h Allied to B pendul i 1 r< e, to 60 ft y( ung branchlets
hairy Ks ovate, 2-i1^ in long, rounded or cuneate at bane, acu-
minate, sh irply serrate, dull bluish green above slightly hairy
along the \eins bemath si airs of Mrobiles similar to those of B
popuhfona Vt , Me S M 201 — -B carpimfoha, Sieb & Zucc =
B grossa — B carp\mfblu>, Hhrh -=-B lenta— B corijlifdlia, Regel
Allied to B mgra Lvs broaill> elliptic or obov ate, 1 34 -2 4 m long,
coarsely dentate, silk> on the ',<m» beneath, with 10 14 impressed
pairs of veins strobiles cjhndm J'ipan S.I b 2 14 WB 60«—
1 he plant i ult und( r this name is uMiilly B trmann — B rylindro-
slarhya, Wall -=B alnoidc s — Ji dilmrica Pall Allied to B pubes-
cen« Tree, to hO ft bark brown brine hlet* glandular, hairy when
young l\s ovate, 1-2 in long, pubescent on the veins beneath
strobiles oblong, wings of nutlet half as broad as body or less
Dahum, Manchu.ua Pallis, Fl Ross ^59 - B eicflw. Ait (B alba
xctlsa, Regd) Allud to B pub< scens Lirgitree bark yel-
broadly
he base,
o\ ate t
brown young brauchlets dtnstly pubescent Ivs
olx>v -ite, 1 2 > t in long, roimdt d or bubcordate at t
, , ,
acute, pubestent beneath strobiles tylmdnt-oblong, upright or
nodding, late-nil lobes of s( alts t-hghtlj shorter than the middle one
Of unknown origin \V D B 2 l>5 N I) 3 52 —B fontinMis, Sarg
(B occidentals, Nutt , not Hook B rhombifolia, Nutt , not
Tausch) Allied to B occidentals Small tree, to 40 ft or shrubby:
bark dark bronze color, lustrous: branchlets glandular Ivs broadly
ovate, 1-2 m long, truncate to broadly cuneate, sharply, often
doubly serrate strobiles cyhndrie-oblong, 1-1 }\ m long, scales gla-
brous or puberulous B C. to Calif , east to Dak and Colo S S.
9 153 (as B occidentahs) — B fruticdt>a. Pall (B Gmtlmii, Bunge).
Allied to B glandulosa Shrub, to lf> ft branchlets glandular and
pubescent Ivs ovate-elliptic, }^-\\ i in long, glabrous at length
and usually glandular l>eneath strobiles oblong-oylmdnc, »4-l in
long, wings about (is broad as nutlet Siberia, Manchuria Pallas,
Kl Ross 10 — B olobispica, Shinu \lhed to B ulmifolm Tree, to
GO ft bark grayish brown Ivs broadly rhombic-ovate, 1 '.j-2/i in.
long, short-acuminate, unequally serrate, with about 10 pairs of
\cins, pubescent on the veins beneith strobiles subglobose or ovoid,
about l'$ in long, scales deeply 3-lobed with spatulate lobei
Japan SIF 1 21 WB OS — B (imilinu. Bunge=B fruticosa
— B arfaw, Sieb & Zucc (B carpimfoha, Sieb & Zucc ) Tree
branchlets glabrous Ivs ovate, 2-4 in long, unequally serrate, with
10-13 pairs of veins, pubescent on the veins beneath and glandular-
punctate strobiles nearly sessile, elliptic-ovoid, middle lobe of the
scale slightly longer than the lateral ones Japan SIF 1 22 —B
A&mih«, Schrank Allied to B glandulosa Shrub, 2-6 ft. branch-
lets glandular and slightly pubescent at first Ivs ovate, or subor-
bicular, H-l'jm long, crenately serrate, glabrous strobiles ovoid,
Hbout '2in long N and W Eu , N ASH G WH 2 149. H.W 2-
500
BETULA
BIENNIALS
n 20 HPQ 12 1279— B intermedia, Thomas (B alpestns,
Frios. B pubescensxB nuua) Shrub Ivs orbicular or ovate, H-
1 JD long, crenate-serrate, Usually pubescent while young, and often
glutinous, finely glabrous strobiles oblong, lateral lobes of scale up-
right and usually shorter than the middle one N Eu. — Natural
hybrid, very -variable — B JAckn, Schneid (B IcntaXpumila)
Shrub: bark of the odor of B lenta lv». usually obovate, 1-2 m.
long, usually with about 7 pairs of veins stiobiles oblong, H-?4«».
long, lateral lobes of scales spreading, somewhat shorter than tho
middle one Originated at the Arnold Arboretum. G F 8 245 —
B LtnSmcn, Evans Allied to B occidentals Tree, to 40 ft bark
graynK white or light reddish brown hi mchlets glabrous, not or
slightly giandul.u Ivs ovate, 1 1 1~2 in long, cuneate or rounded at
the base, irregularly, often doubly seirate, glabrous strobiles eylm-
drio-oblong, about 1 in long, glabrous Alaska SS 14 T2A—B.
Kcehnei, Sohneid (B papynfera Xpcndula) Intermediate between
the parents Tree brtru hlets spaimglv pubescent Ivs ovate, 2-3 >i
in long, usually truneate at base, acuminate, rather finely and
doubly serrato scales of strobiles similar to those of B papynfeia
Origin unknown — B lumintfera, Wmkl Allied to B alnoides Lvs.
ovate, subcordato at the base, serrate with acuminate teeth, 3-5 in
lo/ig strobiles solitary, 2-3 in long Cent China W 92 — B Med-
wedjewu, Regel Allied to B utihs Tree young branchlets hairy
Ivs broadly ovute to obovate, 2-3 in long, rounded or sometimes
suheordate at tho base, abort-acuminate, glabrous or pubescent on
the veins beneath strobiles cylmdrio-oblong, 1-1 34 in long, wings
ot nutlet often 4 times narrower than its body Caucasus Gt 36,
p 3*4— B occulent&li*, Nutt , not Hook =B fontmahs — B Pur-
J»MSII, Schneid (B luteaXpunula) Shrubby or small tree Ivs
oblong-ovate, 1-2 m long, with 7-9 pairs of veins, soft-pubescent
beneath Intro to Eu from Mich — B Raddiana, Trautv Tree'
Ivs ovnte-pubesoeut on the veins beneath, with 0-7 pairs of veins,
1-2 in long strobiles oblong, upright, J^m long, wings as brond as
nutlet Caucasus. Gt. 36, p. 384 —B rhombijdlia, Nutt =B.
fontinf " ALFRED REHDER.
BIARUM (old and obscure name) Inch Ischarum.
Aracex- Dwarf, tuberous perennials of the same tribe
with our native jack-in-the-pulpit They are haidy in
England, but probably arc suitable only for pot-cul-
ture in the Northern United States.
Bun urns have a spathe which is tubular at the base,
mostlv with a long limb, and usually a long tail-like
spadix, otherwise much as in Arum They grow a few
inches high Odd Little known in Ainer. A few spe-
cies in Eu and Asia Minor
tenuifdlium, Schott (Aiuni tenuifdlium, Linn).
Lvs linear-lanceolate or spatulate, appearing after the
flh decay spathe long-acuminate, at length recurved
and twisted spirally, about 10 m long, outside green,
streaked purple, inside dull purple, spotted, margins
wavy, spadix 15 m long Spain. B M. 2282.
Pyramu, Engler (Ischarum Pyrdmn, Schott). Lvs.
oblong above the middle, narrowing abruptly to a very
long petiole, resembling Cnlln palu&tns spat he green
outside, shining, velvety purple within, shorter and
broader than m B tubifloium, at length revolute; tube
swelling, connate only at the very base; spadix thicker
and shorter Syria B M 5324.
Bdvei, Bluine Lvs similar to B. Pyramu; spathe-
tube connate a fourth of its length; blade of spathe
longer and rnoie nanowly lanceolate, green outside,
dark purple w ithm. Syria, Asia Minor. L. H. B
BIDENS (Latin, two-teeth, in reference to the awns).
Composite BUR-MARIGOLD STICK-TIGHTS TICK-SEED.
Annual, or rarely perennial, herbs, mostly American,
related to Coieopsis, Dahlia, and Cosmos
Leaves opposite, serrate or incised, often pinnately or
ternatcly divided heads radiate or discoid; rays yellow
or white; disk yellow, involucre double, the outer set of
bracts green and more or less foliaceous, the inner of
quite different texture and shape, more appressed,
thinner, more seanous and stnate achenes flat or
angled, pappus of 2-4 stiff bristles or awns, usually
retrosely barbed — Plants grown as garden annuals.
B. frondosa, a common weed, is the well-known boot-
jack bur or stick-tight.
A. Achenes obovate or cuneate-oblong, more or less flattened
or triangular, the facet* um-cottate texture of if, medium,
B. Size of achenes small (1-2 lines long) with firm gla-
brous margins inner involucre dark dotted.
coronata, Fisch. (Coreopsis aiirea, Ait ). St. 1-4 ft.
hi«h, branched above, glabrous or nearly so- Ivs ter-
nately or pinnately divided: outer involucre about
equaling the dark -dotted inner: achenes dark, very
small, 1-2 lines long, narrowly cuneate, 3-angled, mar-
gin firm and glabrous; pappus of 2-4 nunute awns and
some chaff. S. E. U. S.— Very variable.
BB. Size of achenes larger (2-4 lines long) with hwpid
margins: involucre not dotted.
trichosperma, Brit. (Coredpsis tnchosptrma. Michx.).
St. tall, 2-5 ft. high, glabrous, branched above. Ivs.
pinnatifid: outer involucre about equaling the undotted
inner' achenes dark, larger, 2j^-4 hues long, cune-ite,
moderately flat, margin firm, usually pubescent, pap-
E us of 2 upwardly hispid bioad-b;ised awns about y^
ne long E U. S Var. tenuifdlia, Brit. Lf -segms.
narrowly linear, achcncb 2-3 lines long
aristdsa, Brit. (Coreopsis am/d&a, Michx ) St 1-4
ft high, branched above, nearly or quite glabrous:
Ivs pinnatifid, often pubescent beneath1 outer involu-
cre about equaling the undotted inner achenes olive
or brownish, laige, 2-4 lines long, broad and very flat
l-2j^ lines broad, abruptly contracted at summit,
margin thin and hispid, often crenulate, pappus awns
2, each 1-2 linos long, divergent, stramineous, up-
wardly or downwardly barbed, or sometimes entirely
wanting. Cent U S BM 0462. R.H. 1809.72
A A Achenes linear-spindle-shaped, tapering gradually
above, angled 01 collate texture of If usually fiuncr
B. Lvs , in part, finely directed, rayv large, golden yellow.
grandifldra, Balb. St 1-4 ft. high, branched, gla-
brous and (somewhat glaucous 1\& pmnatiiid, the
divisions either lanceolate and serrate or dissected into
narrowly linear divisions outer involucre about equal-
ing the more or loss husute inner; rajs large, golden
yellow achenes 3-6 lines long, awn.s 2, downwardly
barbed, about 1 line long Mex — A showy plant hoaie-
times cult, in Amer
BB Lvs or their division** lanceolate to ovate rayt> pale
ytlloiv o> u'/tili^h
Warszewicziana, Regel Erect, glabrous perennial:
Ivs simple, or pinnate or raiely bipmnate, the lobes
lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate Juads corjmbo.se, the
involucral bracts ciliate, petals whitish or yellowish,
of medium size: achenes compressed, angular, the
angles ciliate Guatemala — Hurdj N only with pro-
tection.
pildsa, Linn. St. 2-5 ft. high, much branched, nearly
glabrous Ivs teinate or pinnate, divisions lanceolate,
mcised-serrate with somewhat rounded teeth outer
involucre about equaling the glabrous or minutely
puberulent mnei lays short, 1-3 tunes as long as the
involucre, creamy-white, achenes 4-7 lines long; awns
2-4, downwardly barbed, 13^ hues long Tropics —
Sometimes grown in botanic gardens.
B tlahltoides, Wats A perennial with dahha-hko tubers. Mex.
G.C. Ill 48 226 II H. 1910, p 475.
K. M WIEQAND and N. TAYLOR.
BIENNIALS. Plants that bloom a year after the
seeds are sown, then make seeds and die. Familiar
examples among vegetables are cabbage, turnips,
celery and onions, but m warm or long-season climates
they become annuals Even in northern gardens, celery,
carrots and beets, if permitted to crowol, will often run
to seed the first year. On the other hand, many bien-
nials, such as hollv, hocks and otheis, are practically
perennial because they self-sow, or multiply by off-
shoots, so that there is little danger of losing them.
Such cases give rise to discussion as to whether a plant
is an annual, biennial, or perennial, but the practical
problems are few and simple, and are commonly con-
nected with the following favorite flowers*
Hollyhock (Althaea rosea), snapdragon (Antirrhinum
rnajus), English daisy (Bellis perenm^'), Canterbury
BIENNIALS
BIFKENARIA
501
bells (Campanula Medium), steeple bellflower (Cam-
panula pyrnmidalis), sweet William (Dianthua barbatus),
foxglove (Digitalis purpurea), horned poppy (Glaucium
luteum), French honeysuckle (Hedt/sarum coronanum),
morning campion (Lychnis dioica), evening campion
(Lychnis alba), rose campion (Lychnis Coronana),
honesty (Lunana annua, L lienni^s), pansy (Viola tri-
color x) tufted pansies (Vioki cornutn x )
Every beginner desires to know what to do with the
seedlings that spring up in every border by the dozen
or hundred around sweet Williams, foxgloves, lark-
spurs, hollyhocks, and the like All that is necessary is
to thin the seedlings and transplant some at any con-
venient time before autumn to the positions in which
they are to bloom next year This practice, however,
does not suit those who want only the finest varieties,
for these do not come true from seed Therefore, they
must buy seeds every year of the best varieties of highly-
bred groups, such as sweet \vilham, foxglove, English
daisy, Canterbury bells, and hollyhocks, or else buy
plants If a very fine variety appears, it is desirable
to multiply it by methods other than seed-sowing if
possible, eg, by offsets, cuttings or division Named
larkspurs cannot be kept a long tune, owing to disease,
unless propagated by cuttings every year Double
hollyhocks can be maintained by division and by ke^p-
mg the leaves coated constantly with ammomacal
copper carbonate, which is less unsightly than bor-
deaux \ (Jerman cultivator avers that one should
vive seeds from diseased hollyhock plants instead of
health v ones, and declares that he has raised 1,500
such seedlings that proved immune So fai as known,
this has not been thoroughly tested in America
Those who do not want such expense and care, and
prefer lustv, many-flowered plants of ordinary varie-
ties to sickly specimens of high-bred types, wifl find it
cheaper and easier to collect seeds as they ripen and sow
them immediately Color discords can be mitigated by
thinning out 01 transplanting offenders This is the
\\ay to secure gorgeous masses ot blue delphiniums, if
one cares more for color than sue and form
What to do with famous English spring flowers that
dislike our hot summers is another common problem.
The beginner finds that violets, pansies, daisies, prim-
roses, polyanthus, and auriculas, will not bloom all
summer, as the\ do in the cool, moist climate of Eng-
land, unless in similar climates (e g , at the seashore or
in the northern tier of states), and then only with special
care in seed-picking, cutting-back, fertilizing, water-
ing At best the summer bloom is only intermittent,
rarely massive, and the common practice is to treat
these speoes frankly a*s spring bedding plants (April 15
to May 15 near New York;, and when their glory is
past discard them or move them to some moist, shady
spot m which there is a better chance for casual sum-
mer bloom and a tolerable autumn show than in the
hot sunny border
Those who cannot afford greenhouses may easily
have larger and better flowers of the species just named
by the use of coldframes They are particularly enjoy-
able while the snows of March are on the ground.
In these days of cheap greenhouses, everyone wants
cut-flowers the year round, especially long-stemmed,
long-lasting kinds m many colors. Consequently snap-
dragons and ten-weeks stocks have become popular
The commonest way of raising biennials is to sow
the seeds in an outdoor seed-bed in summer, and in
autumn transplant the seedlings to their permanent
quarters English books have always disappointed
Americans by advising that this be done in June But
in America the best time is early August. Not only
does one save two months' care, but June-sown bien-
nials and perennials m our climate make plants that
are too large to winter easily in coldframes, and they
often try to bloom just when the killing frost of
autumn comes.
A much better way is to sow the seeds in flats in cold-
frames (for protection against summer showers) and
to winter the young plants m frames This is the way
to secure the finest white foxgloves, Canterbury bells,
larkspurs, and steeple bellflowers.
Professional gardeners often prefer to treat biennials
as half-hardy annuals, i.e., they sow the seeds in green-
houses in March and set the young plants outdoors in
May On new places this saves a year, it is especially
worth doing with snapdragons and intermediate stocks
Many of the flowers named above are technically
perennial, but m practice thev are so short-lived that
it usually pays to raise a fresh batch from seed every
>°ar WILHELM MILLER
BIFRENARIA (Latin for twice and strap, referring to
the two stalks of the pnlhnia) Orchid&cex. Epiphytic
plants, with pscudobulbs, plicate-
veined Ivs , and lateral mfl fls.
sometimes single and large, or more
frequently smaller and several to
many in a raceme; sepals about
equal, spread-
ing, the lateral
adnate to the
foot of the col-
umn, petals
similar to the
dorsal sepal; lip
articulated to
the apex of the
column-foot, 3-
lobed, polhnia-l,
OH 2 stalks —
About 25 species in
Trop Amer
A Foot of column or
mtntutn bhort and
broad fls deep yel-
low with golden pur-
ple spots
aurantlaca, Lindl.
Pseudobulbs ovoid, up
to \Yi in long* Ivs up
to 8 in. long and 2 m
broad raceme few- t.o several-fid ; fls about 1 in across,
deep yellow and spotted with golden purple. Guiana
and Trinidad. H M 3597 B It 1875.
AA. Foot long, acute flx. not colored as above.
B Fh large, 1-3
C. Ijip purple, darker-veined flt> ivory-white.
Harrisoniae, Reichb f Fig 552. Pseudobulbs
broadly ovoid, up to 21 2 m long, 1-lvd Ivs up to 1 ft.
long and 4 m broad peduncle with 1 or 2 ivory-white
large fls about 3 in across, the hp purple with darker
veins Brazil Lmd 5 239 B R 897 B M 2927 (as
Maxillana)
cc. Lip white, yellow or rose- fls. apple-green.
inoddra, Lmdl Resembles B Hamsonise m pseudo-
bulbs, Ivs , mfl and size of fls . sepals apple-green;
petals of the same color but brighter, smaller; lip white,
yellow or rose; spur half as long as ovary. Brazil.
un Fls small, several
vitelllna, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovoid, up to 1^ in.
long, 1-lvd.: Ivs. up to 1 ft long and \% m broad:
fls. about 1 m across, orange-yellow, with a purplo spot
on the lip; lip cordate. Brazil. B.R. 25:12. (As
Maxillana )
5. 6tcorrwkna, Roichb, Allied to B aurantiaca Vis orange-
colored. Brazil — B Fueratenbergwrm , Schloeht Bis yellow Bra-
zil — B mdandpoda, Klotzwh Sepals and petals light groon. lip
fringed, white Brazil — B tetrigfina, Hort Fls wax-like with
greenish «epals and petals Brazil — B t]/rtanthina var Gwlsitnx,
Reichb. Ffa light purplo GEORGE V. NASH.
552 Bifrenaria Hamsonue. ( X }
502
BIGELOVIA
BIGEL6VIA (after Dr Jacob Bigelow, author of
Florula Bostomensis, Medical Botany of United States,
etc.). Frequently written Bigelowia. Compdsitae More
than thirty species of western American herbs or low
shrubs, one or two of which are sometimes offered by
dealers in native plants
Heads 3-30- fld , without ray fls, small; involucre
narrow, its bracts mostly lacking herbaceous tips. The
only species in cult is the one originally described,
which resembles a goldcnrod, to which Bigelovia is very
closely related. It differs in not having the racemiform
mfl of goldenrods Prop, by cuttings and by seed
graveolens, Gray (Bigelbwia dracuncidoidcs, DC ).
Low shrub, 1-3 ft high, densely white-tomentose
when young, smoother m age, much branched, very
leafy, malodorous only m drying Ivs linear, 1-2 m.
long fl -heads yellow, 5-8 lines high, very numerous,
crowded, in terminal corymbose cymes, rayless Alka-
line soils Dak to B. C and south to S Calif and
Ariz — An extremely variable species. Var albica&lis
is more permanently and densely woolly, dwarf er, and
has been recommended in the West for low hedges and
edgings. N. TAYLOR.!
BIGNAY: Antidesma.
BIGNONIA (The Abbe" Jean Paul Bignon, 1662-
1743, Court librarian to Louis XIV). Bignomaceae.
Woody tendril-climbers, grown in the open m the
warmer parts and also under glass
Leaves opposite, compound (in proper representatives
of the g^enus), the terminal 1ft often represented by
a tendril' fls large, tubular or bell-shaped, enlarged
above the calyx, obtusely 5-lobed, and more or fess
2-hpped, the calyx slightly or not at all toothed; sta-
mens 4, paired, and sometimes a sterile rudiment fr.
a 2-celled septifragal caps, flattened parallel with
the partition; valves thickened; seeds winged — The
genus Bignoma is variously understood By Bentham
& Hooker it is regarded as a polymorphous group of
150 or more species, by Schumann (in Engler & Piantl)
it is reduced to 2 species with claw-like (not disk-bear-
ing) tendrils, B exoleta, Veil , and B Ur>gins-cati, Linn.
By the former authors Bignomacecc is held to contain
about 50 genera, and by the latter about 100 Schu-
mann distributes the bignomas of Bentham & Hooker
into several genera, the common P^ast American B.
capreolata goes to Doxantha, a disposition that has not
been accepted by American
botanists As here employed,
Bignoma is deprived of many
of the tropical species that
have been placed in it m horti-
cultural literature, and the
student is referred to Clytos-
toma, Cydista, Phavlranthus,
Pithecoctemum, Pyrostegia,
Tabebuia and others Very re-
cently the name Bignoma has
been used for the species de-
scribed in this woik under
Campsis, because Bignoma orig-
inally was based mainly on B
radicans = Campsis radicans. In this case, the generic
name for B exoleta and B Unguis-cati above becomes
Doxantha; otherwise, this latter name remains a
synonym of Bignoma, although, as stated above,
Schumann has used it as the generic name of B capreo-
lata; but the correct name for this plant appears to be
Amsostichus capreolata, of Bureau The other species
descnbed here under Bignoma probably belong to dif-
ferent genera, but their correct botanical affinity has
nob yet been ascertained.
The bignomas are American climbers, mostly trop-
ical, some of them and their allies constituting lianas
of great length, and the profusion and beauty of
553. Cross - section of
stem of a tropical climber
of the bignonia family.
BIGNONIA
their flowers makes them conspicuous and interest-
ing The stem of some species shows a 4-partcd or
cross-like arrangement in cross-section, whence the
name "cross- vine," and on this account, some of the
natives of Spanish Ameiica attribute sacred virtues or
attributes to the plants, calling them "bejucos do la
cruz " Fig 553
The bignomas (using the term in the horticultural
sense) aie strong and rapid-growing evergreen green-
house climbers, requiring considerable space for their
best development, such as the roof of a large conser-
vatoiy, or the back wall of a lean-to greenhouse. If
convenient, they should be planted out under the plant
stage of the greenhouse, or otherwise in boxes placed on
the stage A box 5 feet by 1^2 feet arid 1 foot deep will
be found a convenient size for them As with most
greenhouse climbing plants, the roots like considerable
freedom, but with bignomas the roots must be some-
what restricted (though not to the limitations of a
flower-pot), otherwise an immense growth and few
flowers will be the result. They are not verv fastidious
as to soil. A good, fibrous loam, to which one-third
well-decomposed cow or sheep manure has been added,
suits them admirably A winter temperature of 15°
to 50°, with a gradual rise as the days lengthen, should
be given them, admitting .air freely whenever the
weather is favorable They like plenty of moisture at
the roots — especially during the spring and summer
(the growing season) — but pcifect drainage should be
insured, as the soil at no time must become saturated or
sour Except when in flower, a good syringing on all
fine days will be very beneficial They should also be
sprayed once or twice a week with a moderately stiong
solution of kerosene emulsion, or kerosene and water,
to keep them fiee from mealy-bug, as they are very
subject to this pest The vines should be trained so as
to allew a free circulation of air among the branches
for the purpose of ripening the wood, as upon this
depends the assurance of flowers All superfluous
branches and weak shoots should be removed, and
before the growing season begins all the branches should
be shortened from 1 to 3 feet, according to their
strength; this will throw the energy of the plant into
the lateral buds, which will produce the flowering
branches, providing the wood has been pioperly
ripened the previous season — Propagation is effected
by cuttings taken in late spring and inserted in sand
under a bell-glass, or in a propagating-oox, in a warm
temperature. Choose, if possible, stout, short-jointed
lateral growths for the purpose. They must be care-
fully watered until rooted, which usually takes from
six to ten weeks (E. J Canning )
A. Lvs compound flu yellow or yellow-red.
Chamberlaynii, Sims (AnemopJegma racembsum,
Mart ) Glabrous. Ifts. ovate-acuminate, glabrous,
shining above, paler beneath, more or less tapering at
base, fls tubular, contracted below, 3-4 in long, the
limb comparatively short and spreading, bright yellow;
cluster many-fid. Brazil. B M 2148 F S. 3 235.
PM 14 '3-4. — One of the freest and most beautiful
tropical climbers, flowenng well in a small house.
Should be in all collections of tropical plants This
plant bears the name of Consul-Gencral Charnberlayne,
stationed about 100 years ago in Brazil. The genus
Ancmopaegma is kept distinct by many.
tJnguis-cati, Linn (B Tweedi&na, Lindl , not Griseb )
Lvs. evergreer, Ifts. 1 pair, lanceolate and pointed,
cordate, 3 in or less long, with 3-parted claw-like
tendrils: fls. trumpet-shaped, 2 in long, allamanda-hke,
tube clear bright yellow, upper surface of limb orange-
yellow, and throat with orange lines, the limb of
rounded, spreading lobes and from 2-4 in across.
Argentina. B 11. 26 '45. Gn. 40 "10 —Will stand a
little frost if grown in the open in the S. B. Tweediana,
Griseb , is a Macfadyena.
BIGNONIA
capreolata, Linn. (B. crucigera, Linn., in part.
Anisdsttchus capreolata, Bur Doxdntha capreolata,
Miers). TRUMPET-FLOWER CHOBB-VINE. QUARTER-
VINE Climbing to great heights (often 50 ft or more),
glabrous, evergreen . Ivs stifhsh, ending in a branched
tendril that clings by Hmall disks; Ifts btalked, oblong-
acuminate, cordate, entire, flb in many 2-5-fld short-
peduncled cymes, yellow-red and lighter within, tubu-
lar (2 in. long), with a stout limb. Native from Md.
south and west, and often a pest in orchards, climbing
on the trees. B.M. 864. Gng 1.370-1 —Handsome
vine for outdoor use. Good for covering walls. Some-
times grown in conservatories. Not hardy N , but will
survive in Mass as a creeping plant
Var. atrosangumea, Hook, f (B. atrosanguinea,
Hort.). Lvs longer and narrower, fls dark purple, the
lobes short and triangular-ovate. B M. 6501. F.R.
2:27.— Handsome.
AA Lvs simple, opposite (horticultural names, plants
evidently not of this genus perhaps Tabebuias)
magnified, Bull. Free-growing and flonferous, need-
ing warm treatment Ivs ovate-elliptic, stalked, entire:
fls. panic-led, large (.i^ in across), ranging from mauve
to purple-red, the throat primrose limb wide-spread-
ing Colombia G C 11 12 73 —Requires hot sunny
position under tropical conditions
regalis, Hort Lvs elliptic-lanceolate' fls. large, yel-
low and red Guiana — Requires warm treatment
argyreo-violascens, Ilort Lvs ovate, cordate at
base, short-stalked, purple when young, but becoming
beautifully veined and blotched with white, fis. purple.
8 Amer (?) I H 13 469
/; mlinophyllii. Wall — Hetcropliragrna — B xqumodifihs,
Linn =-( vdibtu — B dltxi, Hort =I'itht(octcnjum — B buccir.aid-
na, Mair ^Phtedrauthus —B Chirhe, Lmdl —Phiedranthu* — B.
rJirysdntha, Hort =Tabebiu.i — B urandiflura, Thunb =C'drnp«.is —
B jasmirnMes, \ Cunn =Pandorea — B Limlhyi, DC W lytos-
toma— B htloraliK, HBK Hairy on branohleH Ifts roundish-
ovate, acuminate, hairy fls nd, pubrsrent. funnol-shaped, in
axillary panicles Mux — B jwi//i</a, Lmdl = Tabcbuia — B plcta,
Lmdl «~Llytostoma— B p»r/<nr»i, Hook -=riytostoina — B rrwfi-
cans, Linn ==-Canip'-is — tt rupriw, Hook H iiry Ifts 2, oblong
acummato fls axilhry, 2 -2 \t in long, pnmrooc-color, limb short.
Venezuela Probably a Maemdiscus 13 \f 7124 — B spe«d«i,Grah.
— riyto-,toina - B itiarMena, Thunb —Stirpospermum.— B Thun-
bergn, Hort -=Cainpsi«t — B venusta, Kir=Pyro-UeKia L J[ J3
BILIMBI Averrhoa.
BILLARDlfcRA (after J. J. Labillardiere, French
botanist and traveler) l*itto^poracex Six or eight spe-
cies of tender Australian undcrshrubs. with twining
branches, and terminal flowers suitable for outdoor
planting South and for gi owing under glass
Leaves entire or sinuate, alternate, fls solitary or
2-3 together, sometimes as many as 15, yellow, purple
or rarely blue; bhovvy in B longijlora. fr succulent or
fleshy, edible m some species Prop, by cuttings under
a bell-jar or by seeds, which, at least in England, are
produced freely in some of the .species B longijlora
and B. scandens are cult, abroad as greenhouse climb-
ers. B. cymosa is cult, outdoors at Santa Barbara.
Calif.
scandens, Smith. Fig. 554. Sts. twining, often exten-
sively so. Ivs variable, ovate-lanceolate to linear,
obtuse or with a recurved point, 1-2 in long, entire or
undulate- fls solitary, rarely 2 together, greenish yel-
low, violet or purple. Sweet. Fl.Aust.,pl.54. BM 801.
— Offered by Montanoso Nurseries, Santa Barbara,
Calif.
cymdsa, F. Muell. Shrubby with the branches more
or less twining: Ivs. oblong or lanceolate, sessile or nearly
so, 1-2 m. long, obtuse or acute: corymbs several-fld. ;
sepals usually lanceolate-subulate; petals 7-8 lines long,
bluish or violet-purple.
longifldra, Labill Lvs. lanceolate, entire: fls. greenish
yellow, often changing to purple, solitary; pedicels
glabrous1 berries blue. N. TAYLOR.
BILLBERGIA
503
BILLBfeRGIA (for the Swedish botanist, J O. Bill-
berg). Bromchdcesp. About forty tropical American
evergreen epiphytal herbs, now much cultivated by ama-
teurs and in fancy collections. A few kinds aie well
known to florists A
closely allied genus is
vKchmea, which see for
botanical diifcienceb
1 hells aiem a spike
or ^picate panicle,
which rises from the
center of the robette of
long, spiny-edged, and
usually stiff, pineap-
ole-hkc Ivs , bhowy,
with 3 -parted calyx
and 3 long petals, 6 ex-
serted stamens, thread-
like style, and berry-
hke fr 1 he colored
bracts of the fl -clusters
are usually very showy.
Cf Charles Mez, the
latest monographer, in
DC Phaner Alonogr
9 Species confused
but the artificial ar-
langement given below may aid the gardener.
Billbergias can be cultivated best m greenhouses,
planted in pans, pots, wooden cnbb, or \\ire baskets,
with loose, light material about their roots, such as
pieces of charcoal, roots of very fibrous plants, or fern
roots and sphagnum moss, and such material They
demand little \\aterat the roots in winter, and nothing
but light .sprinkling over the foliage i.s required to keep
them ah\ e during that time But in bummer, when the
heat is great and thej are making their growth, they,
can withstand an abundance of moisture at the roots
as well as at the top, most of the time holding water in
the funrifl-hke center or body of the plant They usu-
ally pi o« luce their conspicuous bhowy bloom in the
spring, when moisture overhead or sprinkling should be-
withheld in ordei to prolong the beauty of the flowers
They require at night a temperature of 50° to 75°,
but, of course, can stand any amount of heat in summer
Billbergias, like all other bromehads, make very good
house plants, and tho> will thrive exceedingly well in a
living-room temperature They love plenty of light and
sun All first-class private garden establishments should
have at loa^t a fe\v of this class of plants — They are
propagited best from suckers or sprouts, which arise
from the base of the old plant, usually after it has
bloomed and perfor nod its functions The old plant *
then gradually deteiiorates, sending out two to five
young plants from its base. These can be taken off as
boon a,s they are hardy and substantial enough, and can
be mounted or potted into the same kind of material
Then, suspended in the greenhouse^ conservatory, or
window for an exhibition, they thrive best — Besides
their beautiful and attractive flowers, billbergias have
very handsome foliage, which is of a tough and leathery
texture Billbergias, scchmeas, and the like, are na-
tives of the tropics, and, therefore, require a warm tem-
perature vEehmeas are usually larger than billbergias
and tillandsias (H A Siebrecht )
A. Petals curling spirally after jl expands (Hehcodea.)
zebrina, Lmdl. (Bromttia zebrlna, Herb Mchmka.
zebrina, Hort.) St very short, or none: Ivs sheathing,
deep green, with blotches and zones of gray-white,
strongly spine-margined : fl -cluster loose, long and
drooping, fls green or yellow-green, the stamens be-
coming long-cxserted, bracts salmon or rose, long-lan-
ceolate. S Amer LBC 20.1912 B M 2686
decdra, Poepp & Endl (Hehcbdea Baraqmmdna,
Lein.). Differs from the last in having longer petals,
504
BILLBERGIA
BIRDS
denser spikes and longer bracts . Ivs. 8-10, from 1-2 ft.
long, mealy, white-blotched and banded. Brazil. I.H.
11:421. B.M. 6937.
AA. Petals not spirally twisting.
B Infl. nodding,
c. Fls in panicles.
specidsa, Thunb (B amana, Lindl. B. pdllida,
Ker) Lvs strap-shaped, conmvent, and forming a
tube at the base, 1-2 ft long, somewhat spine-margined,
green above and lepidote and somewhat striped on the
back fl -cluster large and loose, drooping, bracts rose,
fls pale green or whitish, tipped with blue. Brazil.
--An old and well-known species
cc. Fls in racemes.
nil tans, Wendl Stemless, stolomferous Ivs linear
and long-pointed, 1-2 ft , distantly small-toothed,
finely striate on the back. fls. 4-8, in a loose, drooping
raceme, petals green, blue-edged, bracts lanceolate, red.
Brazil B M 6423 Gn 32. p 107
Morelii, Brongn (B ' Morehdna, Hort B Wether-
ellii, Hook ) Lvs short, 1-1 Yz ft , with few weak
spines, wide, glabrous and greon fl -cluster exserted and
drooping, with showy, pointed red bracts, the rachis
woolly, fls with red sepals and purple-limbed petals.
Brazil. B M 483,5 J F 2, pi. 138 —Very showy.
BB. Infl. erect
c. Fls led
thyrsoidea, Mart Lvs 1-2 ft , broad-hgulate, spme-
margmed, concave on upper surface, green above and
paler beneath, abruptly acuminate fl -cluster shorter
than Ivs , farinaceous, densely red-bracted, fls numer-
ous, bright red, petals reflexing^ Biazil B M 4756
J F. 3, pi. 267 — Showy. Runs into several varieties,
some 01 them with purple-tipped fls (as vars spl€n-
dida and fastudsa, Andre", R H 1883 300) B splen-
dens, Hort , is evidently one of the forms Species too
near the next
pyramidalis, Lmdl (Bromclia pyramiddlis, Sims.
B. Croyiana, De Jonghe) . A foot high differs
from the last in having more gradually acumi-
nate Ivs., which are more strongly and dis-
tantly toothed and whitish, or even banded
on the back fl -cluster less fannaceous,
broader and looser, the
fls less numerous Peru.
B M. 1732
cc. Fls purple.
vexilliria, Andre" Fig.
055 Hybrid of B thyrs-
oidea and B.M ordu Fls
purple , lower bracts
long-pointed and red ;
spike erect, exceeding
the Ivs R.H. 1889:468.
vittita, Brongn. (B.
Leopoldn, Hort , not
Morr ). Vigorous, 2-3
ft Ivs long and large,
concave above, recurved
at the summit obtuse,
or abruptly pointed, red-
spmed, cross-banded on
the back • fl -cluster loose
and nodding, shorter
than the Ivs , red-
bracted; fls deep blue,
with recurving limbs.
Brazil Gn 32.106. R.
H 1869, p 87.
Libontena, De Jonghe.
Small, 1-1 % ft , produo- 555. Billhergia venllarla.
ing runners. Ivs long-linear or strap-shaped, spiny, very
sharp-pointed, concave and green above and whitish-
mealy below fl.-cluster erect or near'y so, rather slen-
der, the bracts not prominent, fls with red sepals and
erect blue petals. Brazil. B.M. 5090. FS 10:1048.
J.F. 2, pi 197
In the American trade the following names have been used:
B clav&ta longifdlia, once offered by Pitcher & Manda, la probably
an jiCchmea — B /a8ri<Ma=.,Echmea fasciata.— B mrfxima=-(') —
B nrnata=(t) — B QufKn^ulna=Quosnelia — B rhodocyAnea*~
j4Schmca fasciata — B strlda-=(<>)
Any of the following may bo expected to appear in the American
trade at any <une B aiulewvtnam, Hort , is B thyrsoidoa X Mo-
rellu fls red and blur — B BMeri, Morr (B pallesrens. Baker)
Fls. greenish, tipped purple B M M42 — B, Breaute<lna, Andre (B
pallescenaXvittuta), has reddish, purple-hmbed fls RH 1885 300.
— B Briiantu, Hort (B Bakenx decora) Fls greenish, bracts
red — B Knden, Hegel Small fls very deep blue, bracts coral-red
Brazil -B Furyetiana, Ilort Lvs large with bands of white on a
green ground G C III H 258 — B i nd if Mia, Lmdl Fls red and
wllow, blue-tipped Brazil B R 106S — B. Lilttzei, Morr Fl« aud
bracts ro-^e Brazil — B nobilis. Bull Cat Bracts cerise-carmine,
petals green, curling spirally after flowering Ivs barnd — Perhaps
only a form of B decora, Poepp & Endl — B Portedna, Brongn
Fls green the petals rolling spirally Brazil B M 6070 — B San-
demlna, Morr Fls green, tipped blue Brazil — B Saundersii,
Bull Fls greenish, tipped blue Ivs striking, green above, reddish
beneath white-blotched and red-spincd Brazil Gt 39 1316
L H. B.
BILSTED- Liquidambar GEORGE V. NASH.f
BlLTIA Rhododendron Vaaeyi
BINDWEED Name applied to vanous twining weedy plants,
particularly to various kinds of Convolvulus
BIOPHtTUM (life-plant, some of the species being
sensitive to the touch). Oxnlidacese Oxahs-hke peren-
nial herbs, .sometimes giown under glass as curiosities:
Ivs. abruptly pinnate, with many Ifts valves of caps,
separating to base There are about 20 species m Trop.
Asia, Afr and Ainer B. sensitivum, DC , with 6-15
pairs of Ifts , has Ivs that contract at the touch fls.
small, yellow 6 in Generally spread in the tropics
B.R. 31 68 (as Oxalis) B. F6xu, Sprague, is a recently
described species from Peru, with st 2 in high and
bearing 8 Ivs at the apex in a whorl Ifts. 3-6 pairs:
fls white
BIOTA: Thuja.
BIRCH. Betula
BIRD CACTUS. Pedilanthus
BIRD-OF-PARADISE FLOWER: Strelitzw.; also Owoipwito
GtUien*
BIRDS. The horticulturist has the opportunity to
avail himself of a mighty band of helpers in the birds
It seems not to be understood that it is perfectly pos-
sible for a bird to bo eating something useful to man
at some particular moment, and at the same time to be
spending by far the greater part of its time eating
things that are harmful to man, for which service it
should be carefully protected. Very thorough studies of
the food of birds have proved that the great maionty
are helpful to one who raises crops. Most birds are
beneficial most of the time, and very few have no re-
deeming traits m this regard. Moreover, if useful birds
are protected at all times, so as to encourage the natural
increase, they will do their part in an emergency, such
as an invasion of insects Aside from these economic
reasons for bird-protection is the gain that comes from
their presence as attractive and interesting objects in
nature, as much to be desired as blossoms and gardens
It is said that there is less need of birds now that
insects are being destroyed by arsenical sprays. This
is perhaps to some extent true, but even in fruit-planta-
tions the birds are still effective: and there are hosts of
insects that are not effectively held within bounds by
the sprays. Spraying will never take the place of birds.
Protection of birds from their enemies
Birds should be both protected and attracted. Mtn
and boys with guna and sling-shots, cats, and the Eng-
BIRDS
BIRDS
500
lish or house sparrow are the most common enemies
or destroyers of birds. The red squirrel, weasel, crow,
and shrike are destroyers as well, but they seem to be
regulated natural^ although frequently one may inter-
fere to good effect, parti-
cularly in the case of
squirrels in parks But
man, the cat and the
English spairow should
be controlled. Our boys
can be educated to pro-
tect the wild birds it is
being done in many
homes and schools As
soon as a boy learns the
interesting habits of the
common birds he loses
the desire to kill, and
he prefers to protect and
observe. A nluebml or
wren nesting on the
premises will do more
556. Pounng the food on uie than all the laws to cor-
"food-tree " rect the lawlessness of
boys.
Experience shows that one must deal with the house
or English sparrow, if one is to win back our insett-
eatmg birds m any great numbeis The increase of
other birds is m inverse ratio to the decrea.se of English
sparrows However, not everyone should be allowed to
take part in the warfare against them Schoolboys
and inexperienced men make too mariv mistakes in
trying to destroy them and their n^ts, and the taking
of the eggs from the nest seems too much like an out-
rage on the instinct of motherhood, to be tolerated. The
English sparrows should be kept within bounds as to
numbers They can be kept in check bv the use of
poisoned gram in winter Some persons object to this
practice from sentimental reasons, but it is no worse to
despatch house sparrows than mice, pnune dogs insects
or other pests, and if man does not keep the sparrows
within limits, they will destroy or dn\e away other
birds A certain number of house spanows is desirable
in winter, particularly in towns where there are few
other winter birds, but they should not be allowed to
become nuisances See page 507
It has been estimated that a cat destroys on an
average about fifty song birds in one season A new-
attitude toward cats is needed They should no more
be allowed to roam at will than should chickens or
goats All cats away from home aic trespassers, and
^hould be so regarded, they should fall to the care of
a bird-warden. Bird-killing cats should be destroyed
or kept within doors.
To attract birds, it is of
course necessary to win
their confidence. They
must feel comfortable and
secure. They must be
557. The 'food-stick "
aided to live through severe w inter weather, and they
must have adequate nesting-places and drinkmg-places.
Measures to secure these ends have been put to the
test and found to be genuinely satisfactory.
Feeding birds in winter.
Many birds perish for want of food in every severe
winter They digest their food so quickly that lack of
it for a few days results in death. The real necessity
is in the time of blizzards and continued cold, when
they cannot find their natural food.
For insect-eating birds, suet and fat pork or a split
bone may be fastened to the trunks of trees by means
of wire netting and stout cord. Woodpeckers, nut-
hatches, and chickadees will be attracted. The netting
prevents crows, jays and squirrels from carrying oft
the whole piece of food
Seed-eating birds ma> be fed crumbs, nuts, millet,
chaff, sunflower beetle, squash seeds, and various grains,
including corn; also any kind of poultry-food, and even
dog-biscuit. These materials may be placed on the
ground after removing the snow, but should be pro-
tected to prevent waste Many a bob-white has sur-
vived a heavy snowstorm by coming regularly to such
a place All kinds of sparrows, j uncos, and snow bunt-
ings arc among the birds that are attracted by such
supplies
Many ways for feeding birds near tlie t< sidence have
been more or less successful, depending largely on
the prevalence of the English or house sparrows. The
tree -shelf, window -shelf,
moving shelf or counter,
and the coconut filled
with pork and kernels of
nuts, are among the most
useful devices
In Germany. Baron von
Berlepsch has experi-
mented effectively m the
winter-feeding of birds,
with the idea of securing
the protection of the food,
and of making it acces-
sible at all times to all
birds. On his estate at
See bach he uses the
"food-tree," the "food-
stick," the "food-house"
and the "food-bell," all of
which were devised after
many years of study of
558 A "food-house" that can
be easily made.
the habits of birds. The food-tree (Fig 556) imitates a
coniferous tree closely co\ered with insect eggs and
larvae A mixture of hot liquid food which hardens as
it cools is poured upon the tree. This food consists of
white bread (dried and ground), meat (dried and
ground), hemp, millet, sunflower seeds, and other seeds
mixed with water The food-tree is especially inter-
esting to children and has brought good results m ths
study of winter bird* Tho food-stick (Fig. 557) is
merely a part of a branch with six
holes in which the food mixture is
placed at intervals The food-house
(Fig 5,58) is* the most satisfactory of
all ways of feeding It consists of a
roof on four corner posts with upper
and lo\\er food-tables, the lower being
used only until the birds have dis-
covered the upper table Below the
roof a strip of glass is fixed from post
to post. This is very important to
protect the food from the weather and
also to admit light The food-bell (Fig
5r>9) is a device for making hemp seed
alwa>s accessible to the birds. It
is very popular, except with the
English sparrows It may be
placed on trees or buildings.
Nesting-houses.
The birds that naturally make
their nests in holes in trees are
the ones that have been induced ft)0d reaervoir
to build in artificial houses Ac- J, mctal bell. '
cordmgly, the most successful
houses are those that somewhat resemble a hollow limb,
although great success has been attained with board
houses, and other styles, as gourds, and coconuts, and
even tin-cans In fact, some bird will adapt itself to
almost any kind of house, provided cats, red squirrels
and English sparrows are kept awav.
A most satisfactory cat-proof box for a bluebird can
be made of weather-stained boar Is, if the following
559. Section of
"food-bell."
506
BIRDS
BIRDS
precautions are taken: The hole should be well near
the top with no perch near: the roof should slope from
the back toward the front and should project about
three inches if the box is deep, the young bluebirds
find it dithcult to leave the house until
they are strong and able to care for
themselves, and this is a great advant-
age. The roof prevents ram from beat-
ing in, and keeps the cats out. From
whatever direction the cat may attempt
to reach the hole, the projecting roof
stands m the way of reaching the nest.
Twelve by 6 by 6 inches are good
dimensions for such a house. It should
be placed 8 to 15 feet above the
ground.
The house wren is the easiest of birds
to attract. It will easily appropriate
any little house if the English sparrow
does not interfere A good size is 7 by
5 by 5 inches, with the hole only as
large as a 25-cent piece. 'It should be h*use
placed 6 to 8 feet from the ground, with
the long axis of the box backward. The wren has the
habit of filling the front of the house with sticks and
leaving a hollow in the rear for the eggs The hole
should be in the upper half of the box. The middle of
April is not too early to place it, in the northern states,
although houses put out late may attract for the second
brood. It is well to make the house so that it can be
opened, to permit of its being cleaned for the second
brood, for the wren will choose a clean house if it can
find one.
The purple martin is an attractive neighbor Unlike
the wrens, which will not nest near one another, the
martins are gregarious, so that the houses should
have a number of compartments, each part 9 by 11
inches, with entrance 2% inches across The house
should be placed 15 to 20 feet above the ground To
prevent English sparrows from build-
ing before the martin arrives in the
spring, the openings should be covered
until April, or better, the
house may betaken down
in the fall and put up
again in April.
Woodpeckers may be
induced to live in houses.
The opening should
always be circular and
with an upward slant;
the bottom of the nest-
ing cavity should be
562 Longj- gourd-shaped and end in
tudmal section nomfpd troneh within
561 Berlepsch of Berlepsch's » P""1"*1 tiouKii wiuim
Nesting-box, nesting-box. wnien a lew snavmgs are
placed: and the inner
walls should be roughened somewhat to allow the
young birds to cling more easily. Of the 10,000 or
more of these houses tried in parts of Germany, more
than 30 per cent arc occupied.
Drinking- and bathing-places for birds.
Birds need free access to water. If a brook or pond is
near by, no more is necessary ; but, otherwise, special
provision should be made The presence of water is a
great factor m inducing birds to nest in a given locality.
There are many kinds of bird-fountains, but the chief
characteristics are that the water be shallow, that the
edge of the container be not slippery, and that they be
placed where there are no hiding-places for cats Most
interesting styles have been devised, varying from con-
structions of natural rocks holding little pools, with
wild flowers and ferns close by, to those maae of flower-
pot saucers, or of special pans, placed safe from moJesta-
tion. School children are readily interested in the pla-
cing of bird-fountains and m watching the birds that
come to drink and to bathe.
Nesting-places for birds that build in the open.
Birds breeding in the open nest in bushes and trees
and on the ground, and among reeds or in banks These
compuse by far the larger class, and yet these birds
are finding it more and
more difficult to secure
nesting -places One
cuts off hedges along
roads and fences, cleans
the pastures and rnead-
dows, digs away the 563. Nesting-box,
banks and seals up the
roofs of barns with little thought of the birds that
would like to nest there.
While all trees provide more or less shelter for
birds, the comfeis aie most useful for this purpose
It is practicable so to plant as to have wild fruits for
birds at all times of the year, and especially in cold
winter days, and perhaps during the time in which
one wishes to protect cultivated fruits It seems to
be agreed that the best single tree is the mulberry,
either the white or the Russian The fruiting season
is long, and the trees are easily grown Four good
plants are. eaily sweet cherry, Juneberry or shadbush,
mulberry, Virginia creeper. Probably more birds visit
these plants than any others Many other shrubs and
herbs are of great value, as elder, black cherry, rasp-
berry, blueberry, dogwood, pokeberry,
and mountain-ash Many growers pro-
tect their cherries and strawberries
with mulberry and shadbush, or they
plant a sweet early variety of the given
fruit, to be left unpicked especially for
the birds Elder, Virginia creeper, and
black cherry will serve as protectors
for grapes Raspberries and black-
berries may be protected by mulberry,
chokecherry, and elder
Germany recognizes Seebach as the
great bird experiment station. Repre-
sentatives of many states and countries have visited
the place, making effective observations of methods.
For these students, special winter courses in bird-pro-
tection have been arranged, including nob only theory
but practical instruction
They find many acres
of wood, thicket, and park
made attractive to birds,
with luxuriant undergrowth
about the trees, special care
as to the species, the shrubs
specially pnmed (Figs 565,
566), hundreds of nesting-
houses, food -houses and
food-bells in various situa-
tions for \vmter-feeding In
the spring of 1905, the trees
of the Haimch wood, south
of Seebach, were stripped
bare by the larva of a little
moth (Tortnx vindana),
whereas the wood at See-
bach with its nesting-boxes
was untouched. At a dis-
5,56. Old whorls recently
pruned.
tance of a little more than a quarter of a mile the first
traces of the plague were apparent.
VHE ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF FAMILIAR BIRDS.
Woodpeckers are especially fitted for the care of trees The
downy is the most Useful woodpecker It is the bird of tho old
orchard, preferring neglected trees, under the scales of which the
codling-moth larva lies dunng the winter It has been known to
visit as many as 181 woodland trees between 9 40 A M and 12 15
p M , making, meanwhile, twenty-six excavations for food, most of
BIRDS
BIRDS
507
which exposed galleries of wood-boring ants The hairy woodpecker
(Fig 567) is equal to the downy in importance, being fond of
wood-boring beetles and wood-boring ants Its large size and
strong beak give it much power in drilling deep A few ears of corn
and a little suet will attract him. He is becoming less common than
the other woodpeckers The flicker is much misunderstood. Ants
constitute about 40 per cent of his food, and he eats, also, many
beetles, grasshoppers, and caterpillars, besides some wild fruit The
red-headed woodpecker is especially
It1! liiiV'V iJH h'r*~ fond of beech-nuts and acorns. It stores
II.WsWL'-WaSllllfti. i- them for winter use In its storehouse
are often to bo found quantities of
dneel grasshoppers also. It is an irregu-
lar permanent resident in the East,
but in the West it migrates regularly.
1 he yellow-bellied sapsucker (Fig 568)
doubtless does considerable harm, in
fact, it is responsible for most of the
objections to wcx>dpcckers in general
Whether the good done in destroying
inse-ets in the breeehng season balances
the harm done in sucking sap is an
open question The sapsucker drills
holes in the trunks of many of the most
valuable trees, as sugar maple, birch,
pignut hickory, pine, apple, mountain-
ash, beech, and others The death of
the trees may result not only from the
loss of sap, but from the work of borers
I hat deposit egj;n in the holes If the
sapsuckers are to be destroye-d, care
must be taken not to kill the downy
wexxlpeeker at the same time Fortu-
nately, the sapsuckern are resident in
fruit sections for only a short time in
the spring and autumn In their north-
ern breed ing -grounds the-y destroy
many noxious insects The red-bellied
woodpecker annoys growers of Florida
by its fondness for orange juice Else-
i value as a destroyer of ants and beetles and
* a permanent resident Many other birds seek
that one has but to follow them as they \
W
567 Hairy woodpecker.
where it is of muc
other inserts
The chickadee i
nailer bird'
warblers a
chickadee'
This is particularly true in ppnng and
attracted
In an experiment m
to an orchard in the
stomachs of 330 robins showed that vegetable food constituted
about 68 per cent of the contents Of this, 47 per cent was wild
fruit, with only a little over 4 per cent cultivated fruit The United
States Department of Agriculture has shown by recent investiga-
tion that in the South the robin is essentially an insect eating bird
The robin is the great enemy of the white grub, the young of the
May-beetle or June-bug The robin is an m\cterate devourer of
earth-worms in spring. Although the earthworm IN useful to the soil,
if it were allowed to increase naturally, with no interference by the
birds, it would rapidly become a pest The favorite food of young
robins is the cutworm, and this is important, since there are fie-
quently two or three broods of robins in a season and a young
multitudes of eggs of the fall canker-worm me>th The conclusion
was rtnched that one chickadee would destroy in one, day 5,550
eggs, mid in the twenty-five days during which the canker-worm
moths cr-iwl up the trees 138,750 egKs might be taken by one
chickadee Chick.idees re adily iceept a nesting-box
The white-breasted nuthatch is the constant companion of the
chickadee and the downy woodpecker It takes fiom the bark
great number- of eg^s of canker-worms, and nviny of the oyster-
shell bark-louse, arid e \en the hairy caterpillars of the gypsy moth.
It is easily tiltrncted by suet and will often eat crumbs as well.
The red-breasted nuthatch, a sin iller bird with dull reddish bieast,
comes from t he North in S* ptember, spending the winter m attend-
ing to tree-trunks, and re turning Noith in the spring
The biown c re* per. with its lon« curved beak, rounded hack,
and stiff tail, is especially valuable for service among shade trees.
It starts at the base of the trunk, ascending spirally, quietly investi-
gating crevices as
.1 \ it goes
The slate-colored
juneo, or snowbird,
comes from the
North m autumn
and remains all win-
ter, busy all the
time m reducing
t he number of w eed-
peH*ds The snow-
birds rove in httlo
flocks, and easily
respond to eeexfa
and crumbs put in
any op«»n place In
the North the juneo
destroys many in-
sects, for the young
eat insect food only
The American
robm (Fig 5bQ),
(which is a very
different bird fiom
the robin of Eu-
rope), is protected
_,0 „ „
568 Yellow-bellied woodpecker, or
sapsucker (Length 8^ In )
,
by law m all of the
United States ex-
cepting seven of the
southern states
The National Asso-
ciation of Audubon
Societies is making
efforts to secure the
passage of 1 a w a
better calculated to
protect it. An ex-
animation »f the
569 The American robin (10 zQ )
robin's appetite is nearly insatiable The cutworm feeds at night
and is going back to its hole at daybreak, when the robin intercepts
it One may prevent the robin from eating cherries by planting
trees that are in fruit at the same time, us the Russian mulberry, and
the shadbush and wild cherries or even a cheap variety of cherry
The «trawberry-fzrowc r may plant a variety of inferior strawberries
to attract the robins from his choice fruit
Tho bluebird (Fig 570) destroys quantities of cutworms and
other caterpillars In August and September grasshoppers consti-
tute more than 60 per cent of its food It is fond of wild fruit, espe-
cially berries Unfortunate ly, the bluebird is becoming uncommon
The sparrows are among the most valuable birds to the farmer
The food of the native sp'irrows, as a family, consists of 25 to 35
per cent of vegetable matter, and (M to 7*> per cent animal m<ittcr
the nest Many sparrows rtur two broods in a season As soon as
the insect season is o\tr, they turn their attention to weed-sreds,
of which Deal estimates tint UK sp-irrows alone cut 875 tons m
one season, and even this estimate may Ixj too low Forbush found,
among other things, that a song sparrow, even after it hod been
eating seeds for about an hour before he began to count, ate 154
aeods in ten minutes and forty-five seconds Song sparrows eat
the seeds of such troublesome things as elm kweed, purslane, sorrel,
dandelion, and dock, also pests like plant-lice and cutworms, ana
caterpillars of the brown-tail and gypsy moths The field sparrow
(Fig 571) is smaller than the song sparrow and very shy It
scarcely comes into our towns, but its clear trill from the fielda
suggests the warm days of late spring and early summer It has
been seen to eat Ma> -beetles, leaf-hopper?, saw -flies, spiders, ants,
and some earthworms In the field it prefers weed-seed to grain
The chipping sparrow has the distinction of being the most useful
sparrow, having an astonishing list of services to its credit In the
spring it feeds largely upon small caterpillars, as the gypsy, brown-
tail, and tussock moths It dt ^toyn at least three species of cater-
pillars on the cabbage, it is fond of wild cherries, duckweed seeds
and seeds of ragweed, smartweed
and many other weeds, including
dandelions and the crab-grass of
the lawn The vesper sparrow is
nearly as abundant as the song
sparrow It eats ouantities of
grasshoppers and neetles and
weed-seeds The English eparrow
was introduced into the I nited
States in 1K.">0 for the purpose of
destroying cnnkcrworms and other
ous At first it was received with
delight A very short tune, how-
ever, showed conclusively that it
did more harm than good, and
now every locality has its "spar-
row problem " The charges against
the English sparrow are serious
An investigation in Illinois showed
that out of twenty-five stomachs of English sparrows at a time
when 30 per cent of the food of the robin, 30 per cent of the food
of the catbird, and 90 per cent of that of the bluebird consisted of
insects, no insects were found m these sparrows, excepting traces
of grasshoppers making perhaps 6 per cent of the food However,
during the first sixteen days of the nestlings' life, 40 per cent of the
food consists of caterpillars, 10 per cent of beetles, and 40 per cent
of small grains This is perhaps the best that can be said for the
English sparrow It is so pugnacious that it has driven most of the
bluebirds, wrens, and purple martins from the towns, while they
themselves do not eat the insects that these birds would eat Organ-
ned warfare against them has been more or lesa successful. But to
570 Bluebird. (7 m )
508
BIRDS
allow the public m general to attempt destroying the nests, poison-
ing them or shooting them, la running a great nak m the use of
guns and poison, and to offer prizes for their nests and eggs is sure
to result m the destruction of many nests of valuable sparrows.
This work should be done systematically by specially appointed
persons at the public expense In some European pities, there is an
official known as the "Sparrow Warden," whose duty it is to pro-
ceed energetically against the sparrows
The house finch, or linnet, has been the source of much com-
plaint on the part of the fruit-growers of California, so that the in-
vestigations of the Biological Survey were of great interest It
appears that its claim to protection is in its enormous consumption
«f the seeds of weeds, as well as for its esthetic vamo,— for it cer-
tainly id a trim little bird and a
good singer Inasmuch as the lin-
net's food has been proved to be
86 2 per cent w eed-vceds, and since
examination of the contents of
f many stomachs shows that fruit is
far from being its principal aiticle
of diet, many Califormans pi^tect
' the bird and plant shrubs and trees
, to attract them away from the
/ fruit These birds are fond of elder-
i berries and many other wild fruits.
The cedar waxwuigs or cherry-
birds (Fig 672), go in small flocks
in search of food Their fondness
for cedar berries has given them
their name although they have a
wide range of food In early sum-
mer they feed almost exclu-ively
on insects ind become export fly-
catchers. Unfortunately, they have
among fruit-
., . their fondness
for cherries It has been shown,
however, that they abundantly pay for the cherries taken From
an orchard infested with canker-worms, the stomachs of seven
cedar-birds were examined, all of which were full of worms,
averaging 100 to each It was estimated that this flock would
destroy 90,000 of the pests if they stayed in the orchard a month.
At Washington, 152 stomachs of cedar-birds were examined show-
ing that 74 per cent of the food consisted of wild fruits, 13 per
cent of cultivated fruits, 6 per cent of which was cherries The
remainder consisted of grasshoppers, bark-lice, and beetles, among
them the elm-leaf beetle.
The Carolina wren adapts itself to civilized conditions, and often
nests about houses and farm buildings, as well as in old logs and
tree-trunks It is an eminently useful species, destroying great
numbers of beetles, ants, weevils, especially the boll-weevil, which
it destroys during its period of hibernation Like its relatne, the
house wren, it may be attracted by nesting-houses It is not
migratory and may be heard all the year round from the Gulf north
to Connecticut and Illinois The house wren (tig 573) will occupy
almost any little box, provided it be water-tight The English
sparrow will do its best to drive the wren away, but with a small
opening the wren is safe and will usually win in the contest The
diet of the wren is mainly insectivorous, consisting of gia^hoppprs,
ants, beetles, grubs, spiders, and hairy caterpillars Many a fruit
tree has been saved from the ravages of the tussock moth cater-
pillar by a family of wrens in the vicinity Wiens gather seders'
egg-sacs full of eggs, putting them inside the bouse on the wall,
ready for the first meal of the young birds
The catbird (Fig 574) ia fond of fruit The robin is often blamed
for the deeds of the catbird Inasmuch as the nestlings eat 95 per
cent animal food, mainly insects and spiders, it is far better to
plant fruit trees especially for the
catbirds than to destroy them on
account of their fruit-eating habits.
In caso of insect outbreaks, the
catbird attacks gypty, brown-tail,
canker-worm, and tent-caterpillars.
The attacks that the Balti-
more onole makes on the cherries,
grapes, and the pea-pods, are more
than paid for by its destruction of
insects Tent-caterpillars and other
hairy larvae that many other birds
w ill not touch are eagerly eaten by
it The oriole does not swallow
the whole caterpillar, but carefully
removes a small portion of the
inside The orchard oriole is a
related bird Investigations in the
cotton fields of Texas and Louis-
iana show that nearly a third of
the specimens examined contained
remains of the cotton-boll-weevil Like the Baltimore onole, it is
mainly insect' vorous in its diet and destroys a great many injuri-
ous species
Blackbirds are of several kinds The purple grackle and the
bronzed grackle are together known as crow blackbirds (Fig 575).
Their food has been thoroughly studied An examination of 2,258
stomach? showed that corn in consumed every month At the same
time, were found insects, spiders, mynapods, crawfish, earthworms,
sow-bugs, hairsnakes, snails, fishep, tree-toads, salamanders, lizards,
snakes, birds' eggs, and mice Of the 48 per cent of animal food,
46 per cent consisted of insects Of these, beetles were present
m the greatest numbers Many stomachs were crammed with
large white beetle grubs Often more than thirty grasshoppers
were found m a single bird. Young blackbirds are fed on insect
572. Cedar-bird, or cedar
waxwmg (Length 7 in )
573. House wren. (4% m )
BIRDS
tood entirely They flock to caterpillar outbreaks Many ca-» s
are reported in which fields have been entirely freed of sudden
growths of grasshoppers and crickets The red-winged black-
bird has a bad reputation and is unprotected in many states
These birds appear early in the spring and remain late in the fall
They feed their young on in-
sect food Examinations of the
Btomach contents of the adulta
show that about seven-eighths of
the rec'-wmg's diet is made up of
noxious insects and weed-seeds.
The slaughter of blackbirds that
occurred m the West during the
twelve years previous to 1877 w as
in reality a national loss The
cow bird was named from its habit
of accompanying the tattle and
eagerly picking up the insects
which are started up as they feed
The cowbird's food habits are on
the whole beneficial, since it eats
many insects and weed-seeds The
fact, however, that each young
cowbird is rawed at the expense
of several more valuable birds (by appropriating their nests)
makes it too costly Brewer's blackbird is the western representa-
tive of the eastern rusty blackbird Examination of 140 speci-
mens gave the following facts (1) Grasshoppers constitute more
than half of its animal food, (2) more than 88 per cent of the
vegetable food is giain, which is freely eaten at all seasons, even
when msecta are abundant, (3) seeds of harmful weeds are eaten
sparingly On the other hand, it does not attack fruit, which
is an important point m a California bird The yellow -headed
blackbird, while wintering in the Houth, wanders over the country
in quest of scattered and wild gram, weed-needs, various insects,
grubs and worms, and does little harm In the spring, however,
the birds congregate at their nesting-haunts and supplement their
insect and waste-seed diet by various grains planted by the farmer
of the Great Plains, and they are deservedly regarded as a great
problem In the plowing season, they follow the plow and greedily
devour the earthworms and insects turned out, also the white grub,
the cockchafer, and grasshoppers, the laut forming a large part of
the food of the young So far as it haa gone, the published work of
the Biological Survey on the food of the yellow-headed blackbird,
indicates that on the whole the good done by this bird somewhat
overbalances the harm
The meadowlark destroys quantities of grasshoppers, cutworms,
beetles, chinch-bugs, ci ants-flic?, and ' thousand-legs," where it
takesionly a few useful insects and a little scattered grain. In sum-
mer, 99 per cent of its food consists of insects, and m winter it takes
many weed-seeds
The kingbird (bee martin) (Fig 570) is esteemed by agricul-
turists for its pugnacious disposition in driving off crow s and hawks.
Ninety per cent of its food consists of flying insects It boiongs to
the family of flycatchers, of which the phcebe, the wood pew.ee
and the great crested flycatc her are conspicuous members They
all obtain their food on the wing, darting out frequently from some
chosen limb and back again Bio-keepers have contended that the
kingbird catches and kills honey-bees In an investigation of 281
stomachs, only fourteen contained any remains of bees, fifty in all,
of which forty were drones, four were workers, and six undeter-
mined At tho same time, nineteen robber-fliea were found, which
more than compensated for tho four workers. It is probable that
kingbirds do eat a few bceg, mostly drones, but they certainly
also protect bees from insects that prey upon them
Of swallows, there arc five species in Eastern North America
that ono may expect to see the barn swallow, the cliff swallow,
bank swal'ow, tree swallow, and the purple martins AH of them
do valuable work in cleanng the air of insects, but the horticul-
turist will do well to encourage especially the purple martin It
feeds largely on some of the greatest pests rose-beetles and May-
beetles, the stnped cucumber-beetle, as well as house-flies and flies
that trouble cattlo and horses
574. Catbird. (Length 9 in )
BIRDS
BIRDS
509
The blue jay (Fig 577) has been shown by investigation to bo
beneficial as a rule, and that, except in cases in which it is dis-
covered actually engaged in doinz harm, it whould bo protected.
Nearly 300 •stomachs showed that the real food is composed of about
26 p*r cent animal matter, and about 75 por cent vegetable matter
The animal matter is.chiefly insects, with a few spiders, mynapods,
snails, fish, salamanders, tree frogs, mice, and birds Remains of
buds were found in only two out of 300 examined Only throe con-
tained eggs of small birds Apparently its newt-robbing prop< nmties
are not HO general an IH supposed In August, the percentage of
inserts reaches 66 per cent The y prefer mast, or seeds of trees and
shrubs, to corn or any other ve-ge table food Corn is the only vege-
table food of which the farmer suffers any Ions, and here the aamag*
is small The California jay is a problem Very careful and exten-
sive investigations of the bird have resulted m the conviction that
it has many more bad qualities than good In fact, it has few redeem-
ing virtues Something may be saia in his favor, from the esthetic
side, as he is a handsome bird, and people interested in country
life would no doubt miss his presence Real says that if they could
bo reduced to a fourth or a half of their present numbers, the
remainder would probably do no serious harm They eat very few
insects, and destroy many eggs and young birds They eat gram
from the newly sown holds, but do not pull it up after it has
sprouted, so that this is of minor importance They are insatiable
fruit thieves, not only eating enough for present need, but storing
it aw«y for future use
The black-billed and yellow-billed cuckoos are valuable to the
forester, orchardist, and the farmer They feed mainly on the
medium-sized and larger < tterpillarn and grasshoppers, as well as
many other inject? In May and June, when the tent-caterpillais
are defoliating forest trees, these insects constitute half of the
cuckoo's food One stomach was so full that the bud had evidently
study From 353 stomachs of bush-tita collected in every month.
less than 1 per cent of the food was found to consist of truit, bad
over four-fifths consisted of insects and spiders. The largest item
was plant-lice, or bark-lice, or scale insects. Several stomachs
were entirely filled with them. The stomachs of eight nestlings
contained pup® of the cod-
lin-moth It would prob-
ably be difficult to find a
more valuable bird than the
bush-tit The birds live in
flocks nearly nine mouths
of the year
The black-headed gros-
beak has been the subject
of complaint \,y the Pacific
st fruit-grow i rs, for
,
fond of figs, cherries, and
wever, it eats
that cost the
berrus
576. Kingbird. (8>$ in )
575 Crow blackbird, or purple grackle (Length 12 in )
de\oured the whole tint-colony It is impossible to over-estimate
the \iilue of the cuckoo's work The cuckoo of hurope is a bird of
k'ery differ* nf habit «
The common crow is n subject of much dispute In u report of
the. I mtc-d Mates Department of \gn»uliun ls«J5, the evidence
for and against the crow is clearly sununan/< d as follows (1)
Trows seriously damage the corn crop and mjuie, oth< r farm crops,
usually to a Irs-, extent, i2) tiny aie wry destructive to the eggs
and >oungof dome totted Jowl- Ml they do incalculable dam-
age to the eggs nnel young of oil or buds. (4) th*y do much harm by
the distribution of studs of poi-on-ivj. poison sum n h. und perhaps
jthcr noxious plants, (.">) they do harm by the dest tuition of bene-
ficial inserts On the othi r liand they do much good (1) By the
lestruetum of injurious insects <2l by the do tiuction of mice and
other rodents, (.3) they me valuable occasionally as scavengers.
On the whole, it seems that the crow is not to be encouraged,
although it need not be altogether exterminated
The bobolink does nothing but good while it is feeding the young,
insects forming about H5 per cent of the food No fault can bo
found with him in the Noith, although he becomes a \entable pest
in the South, destroying much rue The annual slaughter of the
"rice-birds" in the South accounts for the gradual decrease m num-
bers, in New England
An examination of eight j -two specimens of California thrasher
shows that vegetable loocl i \ce* ds the animal in the proportion
of 59 to 41 Since it is emmi ritly a bird of the ground, it is sur-
prising to find that in addition to very many hi etlos, caterpillars,
lints aiid spiders, a great numhct ui ' ces and wasps were found lu
the food, also There were many more wasps than bees The vege-
table food consisted of fruit, poison-oak seeds, and miscellaneous
matenal The thrasher must be added to the list of birds that
assist in the dissemination of pousonous plants It is not probable
that the thrasher will ever become a resident of the orchard
The western tanager, like the robin, sometimes becomes a nui-
sance 'n the- orchard It breeds north of the fiuit-grovvmg sections
of California, but doea injury to tho cherry crop on its way north
during the migration pencxl The investigation of the Biological
Survey shows that it has a fair right to protection at the hands of
the farmer, and even of the orchurdist It is suggested that wild
cherry trees planted around cherry orchards may attract the birds
ivvay from the fruit
The rnhforTMn bush-tit h«s Iw^ti mnde th^ subiect of snecinl
horticulturists much annoy-
ance The codlm-moth,
canker-worm, flower-beetles,
and scale insects are among
its favorites An examina-
tion of 220 stomachs, the
majority of which were col-
lected in California, shows
that during the six months
of its stay in that state the
bird consumes about 34
per cent of vegetable food,
and 66 per cent of animal food, with a distinct preference for the
black olive-scale, one of the most destructive m^cts of the coast
This insect alone constitutes a fifth of the entire food 'lo put it
graphically, the black-headed grosbeak, for every quart of fruit
eaten, eats more than three pints of black olive-scales, and more
than a quart of flower-beetles, besides a generous supply of
canker-worms and pupae of codlm-rnoths
The mourning dove has scarcely an equal as a weed-cradicator
The Biologic tl SurVev has shown that of 237 stomachs examined,
over Cy per cent of trie food consisted of seeds Wheat, oats, rye,
corn, ba-ley, and buckwheat, were found in 150 of the stomachs
and constituted ahout 42 per cent of the w hole food Three-fourths
of thii how* ver, was waste grain picked up from the fields after the
harvesting was ovn Wheat wa* the fuvonte gram, and about the
only one taken \v h n m good condition Corn, the second in amount,
was damaged giam, taken afte: the harvest The principal and
almost constant diet, howeve r, is wi ul-seed eaten at all seasons, con-
stituting (>1 por cent of the annual food-supply and showing little
variation in am month Three mourning doves w hich were exam-
ined had destroyed 2.i,000 prospective weeds Yet they moved
silently, and no one knew of their work
The diokci^sel, or black-throated bunting, is common m field and
prairie in the Middle West, where it-, plaintive song gives variety
to the silent da>s of July and August Its food is more than half
grasshoppers and crickets, and the remainder seeds of weeds and
grasses In some localities it is known as the 'little meadow lark,"
its color be ing like- that of the meadow lark, even to the black locket
on i breast of brilliant yellow
The can h mi) and his mate arc indeed a conspicuous pair They
are known as cardinal grosbeaks, redbirds, crested redbirds, and
\irpima nightingales '1 hej are mobt abundant in the southern
United btates, although frequent records show the limit of their
range to be approximately a line drvwn from New York City west-
v ard to houth< rn Nebraska, nud thence south to Texas The cardi-
nals' food is varied, ton-isting of seeds of numerous plants, especi-
ally those of rank w eeds and grasses The large and powerful beak
readily breaks into large v< ds. as corn, wheat, rye, and oats It
eats jzreat quantities of adult beetles, especially rose-ber ties, also
crickets, grasshoppers, flies and ants It enjoys grapes, berries,
577. Blue jay. (11 Jim )
mulberries, cedar-berries, prefernnK the wild varieties always.
These habits, added to the striking beauty of its plumage and of
its song, make the cardinal a great favorite
The mockingbird is omnivorous While investigating the feed-
ing habit of this remarkable bird, Beal found that in fifty-two
specimens 29 per cent of the food consisted of vegetable matter.
of which "SO per cent was fruit The birds' aprwtite for fruit ann
XV. The American blackberry. — The Agawam; about natural size.
msh^&^m
HP;tfA'i.' £>*;S$&si%;$%!
XV. The American blackberry. — The Agawam; about natural size.
BLACKBERRY
BLACKBERRY
511
(6) The Evergreen blackberries, of unknown origin, to
which the Himalaya is closely related, are commonly
put in R laciniatus, Willd , but may be but a cut-leaved
form of the European bramble (R fruticosus, Linn ). The
vines are clinging, the foliage evergreen or nearly so,
and the berries in the Pacific coast climate are large,
black, sweet, and ripen through a period of two or three
months. The Oregon Evergreen is the typical variety.
Propagation.
In nature the blackberry propagates itself from
suckers and under cultivation young plants from
suckers are thriftiest, but many varieties produce but
few suckers and the natural process is a slow
one with all kinds A more expeditious method
is to use root-cuttings Such cuttings are usu-
ally made during the dormant season by taking
up old plants and cutting the roots with prun-
mg-shears into parts 2 inches long The cut-
tings are then started
under glass, or sown m
furrows in well-prepared
nursery beds m the spring
The cuttings should fall
in sowing 2 inches apart
in furrcn\s 3 inches deep
and should be covered
with well-pulverized soil.
The soil must be such
that it does not bake as
the young shoots appear
It sometimes requires two
summers to p r o d u c e
plants ready for setting,
nut in the South, the
Pacific coast, and under
favorable circumstances in
the East, yearling plants
are strong enough for set-
ting Cuttings should be made
from the roots of thrifty, healthy
plants, preferably from a young
plantation It is contended and
there are many facts to substantiate
it, that propagating successive
generations of blackberries from
root-cuttings results in unproduc-
tive or e\ en sterile plants
Some blackberries from the sev-
eral varietal groups may be grown
in almost every condition of climate
and soil in temperate regions, yet
this fruit does best m a carefully
selected environment Blackberries
cannot stand, without protection, 57g -j-hg short.
more \vintcr cold th.in the peach
In dry, hot climates the plants suffer and the berries
are few, small, noorly colored and lacking in flavor.
A deep, mello>v, clay loam, well filled with humus, 19
most suitable for this fruit Gravelly and sandy
lands are usually too hot and dry Flat wet lands are
quite unsuited and in such soils the plants suffer alike
from cold and heat; whatever else mav be said of the
soil, good drainage is imperative A northern exposure
-8 usuallv desirable Fertilizers are little needed if the
land be rich enough naturally to grow fair farm crops.
Stable manure often induces rank-growing canes which
produce but little fruit. Cover-crops of vetch or clover
and some grain as oats or barley, sown in August, will
supply much-needed humus and about all the plant-
food usually necessary to add.
Field cultivation.
The plants are set in rows, 7, 8, or 9 feet apart,
depending on the soil and the variety . and from 3 to 4
feet apart in the row. There should be room between
the rows for a two-horse harrow or cultivator to keep
the plantation in good condition. Planting may be
done by spade or in furrows 6 or 7 inches deep A hoed-
crop is usually grown between the rows the first year
but seldom the second, as the plants need all the food
and moisture to make {sufficiently strong plants to bear
a crop the third season The canes are allowed to grow
the first year to a height of 18 to 30 inches, when
they should be cut back a few inches The plants are
thus pruned to cause them to grow low, stocky and
upright, with many lateral branches, and so avoid the
necessity of a trellis and vet be able to hold the crop
up well. Trelhsing is troublesome and expensive
Subsequent training
and pruning consist IB.
keeping the plants well
branched, low and stocky,
and in regulating the
amount of bearing wood.
Success in growing black-
berries depends largely
upon proper training and
pruning The fruit is
borne upon one-year-old
canes which should be
removed as soon as the
crop has been harvested.
To allow them to stand
through the growing sea-
son jeopardizes the proper
development of the new
canes, and often exposes
them to infection
from fungi Five or
six canesto the plant
are quite enough;
if there are more,
the sue and quality
of the crop will be
reduced The canes
should be headed -in
annually during the
growing season, as re-
commended for the
first year. Inthespnng
laterals are shortened-
m, the amount of cut-
ting-back depending
upon how close the
fruit is borne to the
cane on the variety in
hand. The laterals
are usually left from
12 to 20 inches long
This spnng pruning
may be and often
should be made a thinning process Managed accord-
ing to the directions just given, the plants need neither
stakes nor trellises In some plantations, however, a
wire is stretched along each side of the row to hold the
plants up, and in others, notably along the Hudson
River, the plants are trained on two-wire trellises. In
northern climates the training must be such as to
provide for winter protection for many varieties
Winter protection consists in laying down the
canes and covering them wholly or in part with a thin
mulch of straw or earth. The method of laying down
must be varied with the vanety, the soil and the amount
of protection to be given Three men can do the work
most expeditiously; one goes ahead and digs the earth
from the front and back of the roots, a second with
fork or foot pushes the plant forward to the ground, the
third puts on the mulch of earth or straw Tender
vaneties are wholly covered, but the hardier sorts need
only a covering on the tips of the canes The plants are
raised in the spring just before or as the buds begin to
t-cluster garden blackberry. ( X H)
512
BLACKBERRY
BLANDFORDIA
ourst. Care must be taken not to break or split the
canes. Such protection at present prices of labor will
cost from eight to twelve dollars per acre Winter in-
jury is sometimes a matter of moisture as well as of
temperature, and, in irrigated regions, late irrigation
may obviate the necessity of a winter covering.
Thorough cultivation is essential for the proper
conservation of moisture m a blackberry plantation,
abundant moisture being a prime requisite for this
fruit It must be frequent and constant until the ber-
ries begin to turn in color After the crop is harvested,
the cultivator should be used to put the ground in shape
for the cover-crop. The cultivator must be shallow-
cutting since deep cultivation injures the roots, thereby
weakening the plants, and inducing suekenng Mulch-
ing to take the place of cultivation is not to be recom-
mended, except in small patches, and in the row with
cultivation between rows.
Blackberries should not be harvested until fully ripe,
and the sooner eaten after picking the better the qual-
ity. The fruits are not ripe when they attain full color
but must be left on the bushes until bbft, at which time
they should part from the stem readily when the cluster
is shaken. In picking, the berries should not be exposed
to the sun. Well treated, the plants should bear some
fruit the second season, and the third summer should
give a fair crop. The length of time the plants will bear
depends upon the variety, the soil and the treatment.
When the stools become thin, the canes weak and the
fruits small, the plantation should be cut down, this
time coming usually when the bushes are ten or twelve
years old
Blackberry-growers have several troubles to contend
with Late i*osts occasionally do much harm in north-
ern latitudes Borers often do much damage to canes
and can be circumvented only by cutting out infested
stalks T\vo fungous diseases, orange rust and anthrac-
nose, are dangerous, and are successfully kept in check
only by cutting out the diseased wood Root-galls are
often found but it is doubtful whether they do much
damage, and it is certainly not worth while trying to con-
trol them. Good treatment, especially as regards culti-
vation and pruning, with careful attention to destroy-
581 Sand
blackberry.
(XH)
580. Wild probable hybrid of blackberry and djwberrv
ing the pests
mentioned as
soon as practi-
cable, will keep
the plants in
health.
The yields and
profits in black-
berry-growing
arc most en-
couraging to small-
fruit - growers. In a
Elantation well cared
3r, a crop of two hun-
dred bushels per acre
may be expected.
Blackberries are not
suitable for long-dis-
tance shipments and
monetary rewards
come from local mar-
kets and here they are
often large when cli-
mate, soil and general
conditions are favor-
able, u. P. HEDRICK,
BLACKBERRY LILY:
Belamcanda.
BLACKWOOD: Acacia.
BLADDER -NUT. Sta-
phylea.
BLADDERWORT:
Utncutarva.
BLAKEA (Stephen
Blake, gardener, of the island of Antigua in the West
Indies, who wrote "Compleat Gardener's Practice,"
London, 1664). Valdesia, Ruiz & Pav Melaftamacex.
Hothouse or greenhouse evergreen shrubs, of which two
species are m cultivation for the showy flowers and
prominent foliage
Erect or scandent woody plants, sometimes small
trees: Ivs. opposite, leathery, mostly prominently 3-7-
nerved, petioled, nearly or quite entire, often rusty-
pubescent beneath fls rose-purple or white, showy and
large, solitary or fascicled m the axils; calyx with 4 or
more scales or bracts at base, petals 6, oblong or obo-
vate, stamens 12 with thickened filaments, the anthers
cohering and opening bv 2 pores at the apex; ovary
adhering to calyx, 4-6-celled fr a fleshy berry — About
30 species in W Indies and S Amor. By some the
genus Amaraboya (which see) is included with
Blakea, Amaraboya has capsular rather than
baccate fr.
trine'rvia, Linn. Shrub, in the wild the branches
supporting themselves on neighboring bushes,
and roots sometimes springing from the sts
Ivs oval-oblong to elliptic, dark green above, often
rusty-tomentose beneath, prominently 3-nerved.
fls pink or rose-color, solitary, on long stalks,
in early summer Mountain woods, Jamaica —
A good plant for the warm con-
servatory
gracilis, Hemsl. Compact shrub,
2-3 ft.' Ivs elliptic, acuminate,
leathery, glabrous, fls. solitary,
fragrant, 2 in. across, the petals
white with a rose-colored spot at the
base Costa Rica. — Needs an inter-
mediate temperature. L. H. B.
BLANDF6RDIA (after George,
Marquis of Blandford). Lilidcex.
Tender rhizomatous plants from
Australia and Tasmnnia, placed bv
BLANDFORDIA
BLECHNUM
513
Baker (Jour. Lmn. Soc. 11:361) between Kniphofia
and Funkia; adapted to cultuie m greenhouses BlanH-
fordia of Andrews is a synonym of Galax
Roots thickly fibrous Ivs in two vertical i.-mks,
narrowly linear, hard, persistent fls large, 1 }£-3 m
long, showy, nodding, m short racemes, usually orange-
red to crimson, with yellow tips — The authorities
recognize only 4 botanieal species, but those below arc
hortirulturally distinct from one; another
Being tenderer than the poker plant, and of more
difficult culture, blandfordias are rarely grown in Amer-
ica B flammea var prince ps is the bi.st kind. In New
South Wales they grow in peat bogs and on shady
mountain sides ))urmg the growing season they must
be shaded from bright sunshine, and during the resting
season they may be placed m a light pit, m which they
are not crowded 01 shaded by taller plants They like
a moist atmosphere and plenty of air, but not draughts.
The chief element of the potting soil should be peat,
if the peat is heavy, use freely; if light, use some loam,
and park firmly; if spongy, add some charcoal Pot
after flowering, m early spring, being careful not to
overpot, and plan to leave roots undisturbed for two
year* at least \ * op-dressing each year and liquid
manure during growing season, is necessary to produce
a good flowering Perfectly hardy m central Flonda
when grown in lath-houses — Propagation is b> seeds
sow n m sandy peat with mild bottom heat, or usually by
caieful and not too frequent divisions of the root, made
m early spring, after flowering at the time of repotting,
and pieferably when strong offsets are formed
A Mm gin of Ivs not roiighith
Cunninghamii, Lmdl Lvs 1S-21 in long. 3-4 line's
wide, broader than in B flam nun fls 10-15, or even 20
Blue Mts of Austral B M .5734 Gn 21 36(> — This
has been held to be synonymous with B grandi-
Jlora, but it is horticulturally distinct, and the pedicel-*
are shorter Considered by Bentham the same as B
grandi flora
A A Margin of /t's ronghi*>h
u. Flf> golden i/cllow, without any red.
aurea, Hook f L\s 8- 12m long. I1 4-2 lines wide
fls 3-0, the only ones m the genus not touched with
red, perianth wide-swelling, sometimes nearK as wide
as long, more bell-shaped than any other species New
S Wales B.M. 5809. — By some considered a mere
variety of B flammea
BH FU red-tubed and yellow-tipped
r Perianth long, 3-4 times as long as itnde.
n6bilis, Smith Lvs 12-18 in long, J r-?4 lines wide,
dark green, sharpl> 3-angied fls 4-0, smallest of the
genus, and narrowest Near Port Jackson B M. 2003.
B R 286. Var. imperialis, Hort Fls bright orange-
red, margined with yellow or gold, larger than the type
flammea, Lmdl Lvs 12-18 in long, 2-2' j lines wide
fls 4-12, typically constricted near the base of the tube
and much lower down than in B ("unnmghamii E
Austral B.M.4819. P.M 16.353 FS 6 585, 18:1829
(as B. Cunninghamn). Var. princeps, Baker (B j>r\n-
cepa, W. G. Smith), haa larger and bnghter-coloied fls
and is the best of the genus The perianth is longer
and less spreading than in the type, and swells very
gradually from the base, instead of being constricted
near the base B.M. 6209. F.M. 1S75 170. F S.
22-2314. Gn. 47-324.
re. Tube short, scarcely twice as long as wide
grandifldra, R. Br Lvs 12-18 m long, 3-1 J3 lines
wide' fls 10-30. Distinguished from all others bv hav-
ing the filaments inserted instead of at the middle, but
in var. intermedia, Baker, which connects B grandiflora
and B nobihs, the filaments are inserted at the middle
of the tube, the Ivs. axe narrower and the fls. smaller.
33
Tasmania. B.R. 924. — The name B. arandiflora is now
a misnomer, as the fls are smaller than in any other
species except B nohilis
B cordata, Andr -Galax aphylla WlLHELM MlLLEB.
BLANKET FLOWER. (Jaillardia ^. TAYLOR t
BLAZING STAR. Lio/rw; also A/cn/«Zia.
BLECHNUM (Creek name for some fern) Poly-
podiacey Rather coarse greenhouse ferns, with pm-
natifid or pinnate Ivs , and rows of almost continuous
son parallel to the midvem and close to it, covered with
a membranous mdusium Blechnum is here recognized
as including the species sometimes classified under the
generic name Lomaria in addition to those specie8
which all writers agree to put in Blechnum. The dif-
ferences on which Lomaria ha* been based are very
fehght and are not recogni/ed by leading European fern
students Besides, if the species included in Lomaria
are kept separate, it is practically certain that they
must be classified under the older name Skruthioptens.
In Blechnum occuis a singular knot m nomen-
clature LinriaMis described two species m 1753, and to
the Wist Indian
one he gave the
name B orietit<il<,
citing figures, etc ,
showing that it is
the plant that re-
cent writers call li
orcidentale His <
Kast Indian plant
he smulaily railed
B ocitihntale The,
normal or ordinary
usage has been fol-
lowed below, the
name B ont nlalc
being given to the
eastern plant
Blechnums will
thri\ e in almost
any compost, but
their leaves quickly
turn brown and
then black if
watered o\erhead
Propagation of Blechnum is effected by spores.
Blechnums are very useful to florists for jardinieres,
and for specimen ferns To attain best results, it is
necessary to maintain an abundance of moisture at the
roots, with a drier atmosphere than most other ferns
require, to prevent leaves from turning brown during
w inter months. Av erage temp GO0 to 65° F Soil, equal
parts of rich loam and leaf-mold or peat. The spores of
most blechnums germinate \ery freely if sown on a
compost of loam and leaf-mold or peat in equal parts,
and placed in amodeiately moist and shady position m
a temperature of 60° to 65° F Some of the species send
out creeping rhizomes, which develop young plants at
the encts \\ hen of sufficient size these may be detached
and potted, and in a short time they will develop into
good specimens. Some very attractive species are found
among the hardy British blechnums. (N. N. Bruckner.)
582. Blechnum brasihense.
hrasihense, 1
oorco\ adense,
cnaputn, 3
discolor, 8
Kibbuin, 9
INDEX.
lanrrolatum, 7
Moorei, 0
nitiduri, 2,
ocTidentiile, 4
platyptera, 9.
eernuatum, 5.
spirant, 11
tabular?, 10
A Fertile Ivx not strongly different from the stcnU Ivs
B Pinny strongly d< current at the base, joining with the
one next below
1. brasilignse, Desv Fig 582 Growing from a
stout, slightly arborescent trunk 1 ft. or ui ore long- iv».
514
BLECHNUM
BLETIA
2-3 ft. long, 1 ft or more wide, with the pinnae set at
an acute angle with the rachis, the lower much shorter
and more distant. Brazil 824 — Rather tender m
Cent. Fla and needs protection during winter.
2 nftidum, Presl Habit of B brasihent>e, but much
smaller. Ivs. pinnate, pinna} oblong-falcate, thickish,
2-4 in. long, serrate Brazil — Plants 1-2 ft high.
3. corcovadense, Raddi Finnic not cut to the rachis,
much crowded and shorter than the last, longest pimue
less than 6 in long, attenuate at the tips, Ivb crimson
when young, and gradually turning to a metallic hue
before becoming permanently green. By some con-
sidered a vanety of B. brasiliense. Brazil.
Var. crispum, Hort , with wavy edges, may
be commoner in cult, than the type.
BB. Pinnse contracted at the base to the midnb,
forming a very short stalk,
4. occident&le, Linn. Fig 583 Lvs. from
an erect rigid st , which is covered with
brownish scales, 9-18 in. long,
4-6 in wide, with the pinnae
truncate or even cordate at the
base and slightly falcate Mex.
and W Indies to Brazil —A
beautiful small fern
5. serrulatum, Rich. Grow-
ing from an ascending nearly
naked rootstock Ivs 1-2 ft
long, 6-15 in wide, with numer-
ous narrow pmme, winch are
contracted at the base .ind of
nearly uniform width through-
out; margins finely serrulate,
text lire coriaceous Fla to Brazil
— Especially adapted for the
edges of boggy ponds, river
banks and the like Soon forms
" dense clumps 2-3 ft high.
AA Fertile Ivs. distinct from
sterile Ivs , very much nar-
rower (Lomana )
B. Plant with an erect rigid st
c Lvs 6-12 in. long.
6 Modrei, C Chr. (Lomana
cihdta, Moore) St 6 in high,
\l/i in thick stipes blackish.
Ivs 8-12 in long, the upper
pinnae with a rounded auricle at
the lower hide of the base;
fertile Ivs. narrow-linear. New Caledonia
7. lanceolatum, Sturm St elongate, densely clothed
with dark brown scales Ivs 6-12 in long, 2-4 in wide,
with close, slightly falcate pinnae; texture leathery;
fertile pinnae linear spreading Austral and Polynesia.
cc Lvs iVi-SjL long.
D Lower pinnse connected at base.
8 discolor, Keys St. ascending- stipes black,
glossy, with dense scales at base Ivs. 1^-3 ft long,
4-6 in wide, with pinna1 narrowed suddenly toward the
point; fertile pinnse narrower and shorter Austral
and New Zeal
9. gfbbum, Mett. St 2-3 ft. high: stipes short, with
black scales Ivs 2-3 ft long, 6 in wide; fertile pinnze
narrower, 4-6 in. long Var. platyptera is advertised.
L. intermedia, Hort , may be derived from this species.
New Caledonia.
DD. Lower pinnx narrowed at base and distinct.
10. tabulftre, Kuhn (Lomana Borydna, Willd.).
St. stout, erect 1-2 ft high, woody, densely scaly Ivs.
lJ^-2 ft. long, 6-8 m wide, narrowed and sometimes
auricled at base; fertile pinnae narrow-linear, close. W.
583. Blechnum
occidentale.
Indies to Patagoria, Mauritius and S. Afr. — Probably
includes 2 or 3 species, among them L. zamisefolia,
Hort.
BB. Plant with a stout, short, creeping rhizome.
11. spicant, With Sterile Ivs lanceolate, 6-9 in long,
\-\lA m wide, gradually narrowed below; fertile Ivs.
1 ft. long, with longer stalks (6-9 in ) and narrowly lin-
ear pinna? Eu , W. N. Amer — The large Cahfornian
form with Ivs 2-3 ft long is possibly a distinct species.
The European plant was early called Struthioptens
spicant by Scopoli, by which name it is now cited as the
earliest generic name. Hardy, needs deepest shade
Lomana nippdnica, Kunze, Japan, usually larger than
preceding, is much like it in other respects and probably
is better to be considered as a form of B. spicant rather
than as a distinct species.
B orient Ale, Linn , is a larRe E Indian and Polynesian fern with
Ivs. often 3 ft. long — Well worthy of cult
L. M UNDERWOOD.
BLEEDING HEART: Dicentra R C BENEDICT, f
BLEPHARIS (Greek, eyelash; referring to fringed
bracts) Acanthdcex. A large (80 species) genus of
dwarf, often spiny shrubs and herbs, allied to Acanthus,
and of similar culture Fls in bracted spikes; calyx
cruciate, 4-parted nearly to the base, the 2 inner sepals
much shorter than the outci; corolla short-tubed, the
limb blue or white, caps ellipsoid, flattened and woody.
carduifdlia, T Anders (Acdnthus carduifdhus, Linn.
Acanthbdium cnrduifbluis, Nees) Plant villous Ivs.
lanceolate, sinuate-dentate, spiny spiko terminal,
c\hndncal bracts roundish, palmately 5-spmed at
the apex S Afr — Not commonly cult
N. TAYLOR f
BLEPHAROCALYX (eye-lath and calyx, probably
referring to a fringed condition) Myrtact<f Woody
plants* differing from Myrtus in having a thin crusta-
ceoub testa of the seed instead of a thick and horny one,
and other minor characters, and by some authors
united with that genus There are about 30 species in
S Amor , but very little known in cult B. spiraeoides,
Stapf (Eugenia myrwphylla, Hort ), is a much-branched
•shiub, 9 ft high, free-flowering Ivs. lance-linear, %in.
or less long fls small, pale yellow, in terminal panicles;
petals 4 Brazil B.M 8123
BLETIA (named for Louis Blet, a Spanish botanist).
Orchidacese Terrestrial orchids with globose or depressed
pseudobulbs, from the apex of which arises a leafy
st , mostly hothouse plants.
Leaves plicate-veined fls borne on a lateral leafless
st , sepals and petals spreading, similar, or the latter
broader, lip attached to the base of the column, 3-lobed,
the lateral lobes erect, the middle lobe spreading, the
disk with several entire or denticulate-crisped ridges,
pollmia 8 — A genus of about 20 species m Trop Arner
A. Middle lobe of lip much cnsped.
B Petals as wide as sepals, fls. rose.
verecunda, R Br. Lvs up to 3 ft long, 2-4 in wide,
scape 2-4 ft tall, the upper portion a raceme or panicle
of numerous rose-colored fls W. Indies and Fla
G C. II. 26, p 141 B M 3217 (as B acutipetala) .
BB Petals broader than sepals, undulate, fls deep purple.
ShSpherdii, Hook. Lvs up to 2 ft long, 3-4 in.
broad scape, 2-3 ft tall, the upper portion a raceme or
panicle of numerous deep purple fls ; sepals oblong,
acute, the petals broader, undulate; lip with the
lamellae white Jamaica. B.M 3319 P M. 2 '146.
A A Middle lobe jf lip not cnsped.
Sherrattiana, Batem. Lvs. up to 4 ft long, 3-4 in.
broad fls bright rose, in a raceme of 10 or more;
sepals oblong-lanceolate, obtuse; petals much broader,
BLETIA
BLUEBERRY
515
rounded at apex; middle lobe of lip not crisped, deeply
emargmate. Colombia. B.M. 5646
H campanuDta, La Llavo & Lex Fls bell-shaped, purple, with
white center Mex —B hyarinthina. It Br — Blctilla — U pdtula,
Hook FN up to 2 in aoroBs, drop pink Said to be a native of
Haiti B iM 3518 — B TdnkerviUex, R Br =Phams
GEOROE V. NASH.
BLETfLLA (diminutive of Blctia). Orchid&ce* Ter-
restrial orchids with pseudobulbs, and a leafy st.
with a terminal mfl sepals and petals nearly alike,
somewhat spreading; lip 3-lobed, furnished with
lamella?, the lateral lobes surrounding the slender
column, polhnia 8 — Outdoor orchids
hyacinthlna, Heichb f (Blehn hyannth)na, R Br.).
Pseudobulbs tuberform sts up to 1 ft tall, with 3-6
plaited Ivs fls racemose, on short pedicels, sepals and
petals amethy.st-purple, lip 3-lobcd, amethyst-purple,
the middle lobe nearly quadrate, denticulate China
and Japan Gt 15 527 Gn 16 416 BR 33 '60 (as
Hlftia (Jpfana) B M 1492 (as Cymbidium) —Grows
beautifullv in half-shadv, moist places, soon forming
large clumps Prop by division of the clumps
GEORGE V. NASH.
BLlGHIA (W Bhgh, British manner, who wrote on
a journev in the South Seas-, 1702) Kajnndaceje Trees
and shrubs with pmnately compound Ivs and axillary,
racemose ft* , diffeis from Cupania in having a deeply
cut calvx (rather than sepaiate .sepals) with the parts
only slightly imbricate, and also in thefr — Onespecies
m Guinea, now naturalized in the W Indies, and yield-
ing the akee, a 3-paited fr with edible red aril that is
much improved by cooking The fls are so fragrant as
to deserve distilling The tree reaches a height of 30
ft , and is cult in Jamaica to an altitude of only 3,000
ft , hut can endure Alight frost It is also cult m S Fla
sapida, Kon (Cupdnm sdjnda, Voigt ) AKEE TREE
Fig 581 Lfts 3 or 4 pairs, obovatc-oblong, entire,
veined fls pubescent, the oblong petals white and
rather showy, bearing scales and stamens
X TAYLOR f
BLIGHT. An indefinite term, popularly used to desig-
nate any sudden and inexplicable death of plants The
term is now lestricted
by botanists to para-
sitic diseases These
diseases are of two
classes, — those due to
bacteria or microbes,
and those due to para-
sitic fungi For an
account of these
troubles, sec fhseases.
ELITE Chenopodium
BLOODROOT- San-
BLO O MERIA
(named for Dr H G.
B 1 o o m e r) Lilulceae
Small summer-bloom-
ing bulbous plants of
the allium kind
A genus of 2 species,
natives of S Calif In
every wav they are
closely allied to Bro-
dwa, but differ m
having the perianth
parted nearly to the'
base Bloomenas have
a flattish corm, much
like Crocus, covered
584. Blighia sapida. (XH) with fiber, and not
often producing offsets The Ivs. are radical, slender,
and grass-hke scape slender but stiff, 6-18 in high,
naked, except for short bracts beneath the many-rayea
umbel; pedicels slender, jointed; fls nearly rotate, less
than an inch across, orange
Bloornenas prefer a sandy,
warm and well-drained soil.
In northern California, with a
minimum temperature of 15°
above zero, they are perfectly
' hardy. In a colder climate, a
covering of straw or leaves or
a position in the coldframe
would be a judicious precau-
tion Plant early, and see that
the soil is light and sweet
They like the sun, and are good
for forcing The light soil and
warmth of a pot more nearly
approximates natural condi-
tions than the open ground
does in cooler climates After
ripening, it is best to dig and
replant in fall The seeds grow
readily, and the plants flower
in three to four years
aurea, Kellogg.
Fig 585 Scape
roughish, 6-1 8m If.
] ix-)^m broad*
fls numerous,
bright orange,
in a dense um-
bel, stamens
neaily as long
as the perianth,
the filaments dilated at the base B M 5896 (as
Nothoicordum aureum) G C III 20 687.
CISvelandii, Wats More slender Ivs 3-7' fls.
smaller, keeled with brown, the stamens shorter G C.
Ill 20 687 — Less valuable than the other
CARL PURDY.
BLUEBELL: Campanula
BLUEBERRY-CULTURE. Fig 586 Blueberries are
fruit-bearing shrubs of the genus Vacemium, long gath-
ered wild in North America in great quantities and now
about to be cultivated with success
Success in blueberry-culture rests especially on the
recognition of two peculiarities in the nutrition of these
plants first, their requirement of an acid soil, second,
their possession of a root-fungus that appears to have
the beneficial function of supplying them with nitrogen.
If blueberries are planted in a soil xvith an alkaline or
neutral reaction, such as the ordinary rich garden or
fertile field, it is useless to expect their successful
growth In such a situation they become feeble and
finally die Blueberries require an acid soil, and they
thrive best m that particular type of acid soil which
consists of a mixture of pure sand and peat The peat
mav be of either the bog or the upland sort
Good aeration of the soil is another essential It is
commonly but erroneously supposed that the swamp
blueberry ( Vacctnium corymbosum), the species chiefly
desirable for cultivation, grows best in a permanently
wet soil It is to be observed, however, that the wild
plants of the swamps occupy situations which though
perhaps submerged in winter and spring are exposed
during the root-forming period of summer and autumn,
or, when growing m permanently submerged places,
they build up a hummock or a cushion of moss which
rises above the summer water-level and within which
the feeding-roots of the bush are closely interlaced.
In actual culture, moreover, it has been found that the
swamp blueberry does not thrive m a permanently wet
or soggy soil.
516
BLUEBERRY
BLUEBERRY
Although some species of Vaccinium, such as the
common low-bush blueberry, V. pennsylvanicum, grow
and fruit abundantly in sandy uplands that are sub-
ject to drought, the swamp blueberry grows best m
soils naturally or artificially supplied with adequate
moisture
These then are the three fundamental requirements of
successful blueberry culture (1) An acid soil, especially
one composed of peat and sand; (2) good drainage and
thorough aeration of the surface soil, and (H) perma-
nent but moderate soil-moisture Under such conditions,
the beneficial root-fungus which is believed to be essen-
tial to the nutrition of the plant need give the cultivator
no concern, for it will propagate itself spontaneously
and adequately, without any necessity of soil or plant
inoculation.
Propagation.
Blueberry plantations may be formed by the trans-
planting of unselected wild bushes or by the growing
of seedlings, but such a course is not the best. Seedling
plants, even from the largest-ben led parents, prod vice
small berries oftener than large ones Until nurserymen
are prepared to furnish plants asexually propagated
from superior stocks, the cultivator should begin b>
the transplanting of the best wild bushes, selected when
in fruit for the size, color, flavor, and earhness of the
berry, and the vigor and product iveness of the bush.
These he should propagate by layering and by cuttings
until his plantation is completed By moans of a com-
bination of these two methods, a valuable old plant
can be multiplied by several hundred at one propa-
gation, the fruit of the progeny retaining all the
characteristics of the parent.
Large berries cost less to pick than small ones and
bring a higher price. A berry ^ of in inch in diame-
ter has already been produced under cultivation and
others of still larger size are to be expected
While grafting and especially budding are useful
in experimental work, neither method is suitable for
commercial plantations because blueberry bushes are
continually sending up new and undesirable shoots
from the stock. The best season for budding is from
the middle of July to the end of August The budded
plants should be protected from direct sunlight, and
special care should be taken that the raffia wrapping
does not become wet for the first three weeks.
The easiest way to propagate the swamp blueberry is
by a special process of layering known as "stumping "
In early spnng, preferably before the buds have begun
to push, all the stems of the plant, or as many as it is
desired to sacrifice for propagation, are cut off close to
the surface of the ground. The stumps are then covered
to the depth of 2 inches with a mixture of about four
parts of clean sand and one of sifted peat. The sand-
bed must not be allowed to become dry, except at the
very surface The new growth from the stumps, which
without the sand would consist of stems merely, is
transformed in working its way through the sand into
scaly, erect or nearly erect rootstocks which on reach-
ing the surface continue their development into leafy
shoots. Although roots are formed only sparingly on
the covered bases of stems, they develop quickly and
abundantly on these artificially produced rootstocks
By the end of autumn the shoots are well rooted at the
base. They should remain in place in the sand-bed
through the winter, exposed to freezing temperatures.
Early in the following spring, before the buds have
begun to push, each rooted shoot is carefully severed
from the stump The upper portion of the shoot is
discarded, the cut being made at such a point as to
leave on the basal portion about three buds above the
former level of the sand-bed. The rooted shoots are
potted in clean 3-inch porous pots in a soil consisting
of two parts of rotted upland peat to one of sand and
one of clean broken crocks. They are then plunged in
sand in a shaded coldframe or greenhouse, with abun-
dant light but no direct sunlight. For the first twc
months the temperature should be kept below 65° F
When subjected to high temperatures, the newly cut
shoots are liable to die and rot from the base upward.
Watenng should be infrequent, only sufficient to keep
the soil moist but well aerated The frame should re-
ceive ventilation but not enough to cause the new twigs
to droop. They are very susceptible to over-ventilation
and overheating just before they complete their pri-
mary growth After the new twigs have stopped growing
and their wood becomes hard, new root-growth takes
place Then secondary twig-growth follows Not until
this has occurred is the life of the plant assuror! Those
Slants that make sufficient growth to require repotting
urmg the first summer should be transferred to clean
pots of 2 inches larger diameter in a standard blue-
berry soil mixture.
A very successful potting mixture, or nursery-bod
mixture, for blueberry plants consists of one part of
clean or washed sand, nine parts of rotted upland peat,
either chopped or rubbed through a sieve, and three
parts of clean broken crocks
No loam and especially no
lime should be used Ma-
nure is not necessary, and
in the present state of our
knowledge may be re-
garded tus dangerous, al-
though in small amounts
it selves to stimulate the
plants, at least temporarily
The danger from manure
apparently lies in its ten-
dency to produce an alka-
line condition in the soil
The use of crocks in the
potting mixture is based on
the fact that the rootlets
seek them and form around
them the same mats that
they form at the wall of
the pot, thus increasing
the effective root-surface
and the vigor of growth
The peat most success-
fully used for potting blue-
berry plants us an upland
peat procured in kalmia, or
laurel, thickets In a sand>
soil in which the leaves ot
these bushes and of the oak
trees with which they usually grow have accumulated
and rotted for many years untouched by fire, a mass
of rich leaf-peat is formed, interlaced by the super-
ficial rootlets of the oak and laurel into tough mats
or turfs, commonly 2 to 4 inches in thickness These
turfs, ripped from the soil and rotted from two to six
months in a moist but well aerated stack, make an
ideal blueberry peat A good substitute is found in
similar turfs formed in sandy oak woods having an
underbrush of other encaceous plants than laurel Oak
leaves raked, stacked, and rotted for about eighteen
months without lime or manure are also good The
leaves of some trees, such as maples, rot so rapidly
that within a year they may have passed from the
acid condition necessary for the formation of good
peat to the alkaline stage of decomposition, which is
fatal to blueberry plants Even oak leaves rotted for
several years become alkaline if they are protected from
the addition of new leaves bearing frehh charges of
* acidity.
By ordinary methods, cuttings of the swamp blueberry
have been rooter! only in occasional instances. Two suc-
cessful methods, however, have been especially devised
tor these plants. The most novel of these but the one
586. Swamp Blueberry. A
cluster of bernes on a budded
greenhouse plant. ( X * 2)
BLUEBERRY
'BLUEBERRY
517
easiest of operation is that of "tubenng '' This method
involves the same principle as that employed in stump-
ing, namely the forcing of new shoots in such a manner
that their basal portions are moiphologically scaly
rootstocks, with a strong rooting tendency This
method of propagation from stem cuttings is called
tubenng because the treatment as well as the behavior
of the cuttings is essentially identical with that which
takes place in reproduction from tubers, as m the case
of the potato.
The cuttings arc made in late winter or early spring,
and the whole plant may be used, including old steins
an inch or more in diameter With a saw and knife
cut the wood in pieces about 4 inches long Lay these
horizontally m a shallow, well-drained box containing
a bed of clean sand and cover them with half an inch
cif the same material Water the sand well, cover the
box with glass, and keep it at a temperature of 60° to
05°, or less if the equipment does not permit the main-
tenance of such a temperature The sand-bed must be
kept moist, although if there are only slight apertures
beneath the glass, a second watering may not be
required for several weeks
At the temperature already specified, shoots should
begin to appear above the sand within six weeks The
boxes should then be placed in good light but pro-
tected from direct sunlight, and, when warm weather
approaches, they should be given the coolest situation
available so a.* to keep the temperature below f>.r)° as
long as praet icable W hen the first shoot s hav e stopped
growing and their foliage has turned to a mature green
color, the\r are ready to produce roots A half-inch
layer of finely sifted rotted peat should then be added
to the surface of the sand-bed arid thoroughly wet
down with a fine spray 'I he box should remain in
this condition, with a little ventilation but a saturated
or nearly saturated atmosphere, until new shoots cease
to appear Meanwhile, during the spring and early
summer the older shoots will ha\e fonned roots between
the surface of the ground and the point at which they
sprang from the cutting Aftei a shoot is well rooted it
will make secondary twig-growth, and if the de\elop-
ment of roots has not alrea<h been :iMertained b>
direct examination, the making of such secondary
growth is good evidtnce that rooting ho-s actually
taken place If the rooted --hoots have not already
disconnect ed themselves from the dead cuttings they
should be carefulh se\ ered with a sharp knife They
are then potted in 2-ineh pots m the standard blueberry
soil mixture alrc;id\ described, and during a period of
three or four weeks thev should be gradually changed
from their saturated atmospheie and full shade to open
air and half sunlight If preferred, the shoots may
remain in the original cutting-bed until the following
spring, before potting, the cutting-bed being exposed to
free/ing temperatures during the winter
When blueberry plants, either large or small, are
grown m porous pots, the surface of the pot should
never be allowed to become dry, for the rootlets, which
grow through the soil to the wall of the pot for air,
are exceedingly fine and easily killed by drying,
to the great injury of the plant This danger may
he eliminated by plunging the pots to the run in a
well-drained bed of sand, or by setting the pot in
another jx)t of 2 to 4 inches greater diameter, with
a packing of moist sphagnum between, and crocks at
the bottom.
A burning of the young leaves and growing tips of
twigs is often produced by the hot sun from the mid-
dle of June to the middle of September Plants in pots
or nursery beds are easily protected from such injury
and forced to their maximum growth by a half-shade
covering of slats, the slats and the spaces between
being of the same width. On cloudy days the shade
should be removed. It should not be used m fall or
During the winter the rooted cuttings or one-year-
old plants should be kept outdoors, exposed to freezing
temperatures, their soil mulched with leaves, prefer-
ably oak leaves. When kept in a warm greenhouse
during the winter they make no growth before spring.
Even then their growth is abnormal, often feeble, or
sometimes deferred for a whole year.
Plants from cuttings or rooted shoots are ready for
permanent field planting when they are two or three
years old and about 1 ^ to 2 feet high. They are best
set out in early spring before the buds have begun to
push.
The field plantation.
It is a curious fact that these plants send out no new
roots in spring until they are in full leaf, their flowering
is nearly or quite finished, and their principal twig-
growth has ceased It is important, therefore, m tak-
ing up either a wild or a cultivated plant from the open
ground, that as much as possible of the old root-mat
be lifted with the plant, for upon this they depend
for moisture until their new rootlets are formed.
In the case of mature wild bushes with very large
root-systems, when it is practicable to secure but a
fraction of the root-mat, say a disk only 3 or 4 feet in
diameter, it is the best procedure to cut all the stems to
the ground at the time of transplanting The bush will
then produce a new and symmetrical top of a size
suited to the capacity of the roots The wood that is
removed may be used for cuttings if the plant is suffi-
ciently valuable.
A plant pollinated with its own pollen, or with pol-
len from its asexual offspring, produces fewer, smaller,
an 1 later berries than a cross-pollinated plant In a
field of plants propagated from cuttings or layers, two
parent stocks should be used, a row of plants from one
stock being followed by a row from the other.
In the permanent field plantation the bushes should
be set 8 feet apart each way When they reach mature
size they will nearly or quite cover the intervening
spaces-
To secure full vigor of growth, the ground between
the bushes must be kept free from all other vegetation.
On rockv uplands a continuous mulch of oak leaves,
when it is practicable to secure them, will help toward
this end as well as keep the boil in the necessary acid
qondition It is more economical, however, to choose
such a location for the plantation as will permit the use
of horse-drawn machinery, and will make mulching
unnecessary
The most favorable location for blueberry-culture is a
boggy area with a peat covering and sand subsoil, the
pc\it preferably of such a thickness that a deep plowing
will turn up some of the underlying sand
The land should be so ditched that the water-level
can be kept at least a foot below the surface of the
ground during the growing season or can be raised for
bubirngation during a drought
The ground should be plowed to the depth of about
8 inches and repeatedly harrowed during the season
preceding the planting, in order to kill the vegeta-
tion. After the plants are old enough to have formed
a root-mat, the harrowing should be very shallow,
not more than 2 or 3 inches, so that the roots will
not be injured.
By proper manipulation m the greenhouse, seedling
blueberry plants can often be made to ripen a few ber-
ries m less than a year, but they do not come into com-
mercial bearing in field plantations until they are
about five years old, when the plants are 3 to 4 feet
high They then increase slowly to full size and full
bearing.
The field plantings resulting from the recent experi-
ments in blueberry culture are too young to show the
mature yield Fortunately, however, there has been
found, near Elkhart, Indiana, a small blueberry plant-
518
BLUEBERRY
BOCCONIA
ing of mature age, believed to be the only commercial
plantation m existence, which sets forward our knowl-
edge of yields by at least a decade. The plantation is a
little less than two and a half acres m extent It was
started m 1889 m a natural blueberry bog, which was
first drained and then set with unselected wild blue-
berry bushes. Exact records of yield and receipts are
available only for the years 1910 to 1912. They are
as follows:
Year
Yield
Qts
Price
(approx avg
per qt.)
Receipts
1910 (a year of "almost total
failure" because of late
spring freezes)
1911 .
1040
5620
17!^ eta
12 Jg cts
$178 25
725 25
1912.
5900
12 Ji eta
758 25
The annual expenses for weeding, cultivation, and
irrigation were about $50. The cost of picking was 5
cents a quart The general cost of maintenance of the
equipment was about $5 per year, the crates and boxes
being used repeatedly
Estimating an annual charge of $30 for interest, $5
for taxes, and $10 for depreciation, the profits for these
three years are computed as follows:
Year
1910
1911
1912
Profits per acre
$10
139
147
It must be borne in mind that these figures are based
on the yields from wild bushes transplanted without
selection as to individual productiveness or the size
of the berries With bushes propagated from selected
stocks, the yield should be greater and the berries much
larger, this greater sue probably effecting a reduction
in the cost of picking and certainly an increase in the
selling price. FREDERICK V. COVILLE.
BLUE FLAG: Jrta
BLUETS: Houatonia
BLUMENBACHIA (after Dr. J. F. Blumenbach, pro-
fessor at Gottmgen, 1752-1840). Loasdcese S. Amer-
ican plants allied to Loasa and Mentzelia (prairie
lilies), not cult in Amer because of their covering
of stinging hairs The fls are odd and pretty, axillary,
solitary and bracteate. Ivs opposite, lobed The
garden forms are mostly treated as tender annuals.
Prop, by seeds, to be sown m pots in spnng. Trans-
plant only when danger from frost is over.
B chuquitensii, Hook f Lvs 8-10 in long fls l'i-2m long,
brick-rod, tipped yellow without, and yellow within, petals 5-10,
boat-shaped Peru, Ecuador F S 22 2358 B M 6143 — B
corondta, Haage <fe Schmidt \\i ft Ivs narrow, bi-pmnatifid
fls half hidden by the Ivs , 2 in diam , pure white ft H 1874,
658 F M 1874 U9 — B (jramliflf>ra, Don (B contorta,
ook f BM 6H4) Lvs 4-b in long fls l,i£-2m long, wholly
red, scales J^m long, cup-shaped, green, stamens in 5 bundles, with
long, filaments Peru B insignia, Schrad St climbing, 4-sided
petals white, ungmrulate B M 2805 — B laterUui, Brit (Cajo-
phora latentia, Bonth ) Lvs pinnate, with roundish lobed Ifts fl -
stalks, twin, singlt-fld fls orange-red S Amer B M 36J2 B 11.
24 22' N TAYLOR.f
BOCC6NIA (after Dr Paolo Bocconi, Sicilian botan-
ist and author). Papaverdcex. PLUME POPPY. TREE
CELANDINE Tall garden herbs, suitable to the hardy
border
Herbs, but sometimes almost shrubby ? glaucous:
Ivs. lobed: fls. small, many, m terminal panicles; sepals
2, colored; petals wanting; stamens many' fr a stalked
caps., few-seeded. — Four or 5 species in American trop-
ics, and China and Japan. The well-known China-Jap-
anese species, B. cordata, is by some recent authors
referred to Macleya, B frnte^cen^ and B
(latter apparently not cult.) representing Bocconia as
limited.
The large, handsome leaves remind one, by their tex-
ture and Tomng, of bloodroot and Stylophorum, which
belong to allied genera The flowers are very unlike
our common poppies, being small and without petals,
but they are borne m great feathery or plumy masses,
in terminal panicles raised high above the heavy foliage,
making the plant unique in its picturesque general
appearance Hence, it is much ussed for isolated lawn
specimens, or for very bold and blriking effects, being
especially adapted to be viewed at long distances It
is also placed in shrubberies, wild gardens, and at the
back of wide borders It spreads rapidly by suckers,
any of which, if detached, will make a strong plant in
a single season. The plume poppy seerns to be much
hardier in America than in the Old World. It was
popular early in the century, but was neglected,
587 Bocconia cordata.
probably because it spread so rapidly Lately it has
become popular again It deserves to be permanently
naturalized in the American landscape To produce
the largest specimens, it is well to plant in very rich
soil, give the old clumps liquid manure in spring,
and cut off the suckers. Propagation chiefly by
suckers See Pflanzenreich, hft 40, p 217 for the latest
monograph
cordata, Willd (B japdnica, Hort ) Fig 5H7 I lard v
herbaceous perennial height 5-8 ft • Ivs large, glau-
cous, heart-shaped, much lobed, deeply veined fls
pinkish, stamens about 30 China, Japan B M 1()0.>.
Gn 54, p 279 Ong 3.342.
microcarpa, Maxim Perennial, 9 ft fls golden
brown or bronzy, in immense panicles, summer Ivs.
much as in B cardnta N China R II 1898, p .Jt>2, f.
125
frute*scens, Linn Perennial, somewhat shrubby,
4-9 ft.1 Ivs. pinnatifid, pale green, often glaucescent
beneath, ovate-oblong, cuneate at the base, 6-12 in.
long: fls. greenish, the panicle often a foot long Oft
Mex. and Peru. L.B.C.:83 — Intro, by Franceschi
in 1895.
B mtegnfdlta, Humb & Bonpl. 9ft fls greenish, t-s nearly
entire. Peru. Is sometimes cult — B macracdrpa, B Girdlda and
B. Thtlnberyu are trade names, the first two referable to B cordata,
the last probably to B microcarpa jj 'pAYIOB|
BOEA
BO&A (name obscure, probably personal). Sometimes
Bpelled Bospa. GT?sntratce#. Allied to Streptoearpus,
sometimes found in choice collections. Differs from
Streptocarpus m having a short corolla-tube and a
broadly campanulate fl , no disk, and very minor
characters. Boeas are perennial herbs with ovate or
oblique Ivs radical or opposite on a very short at.:
peduncles axillary or elongated leafless scapes, the fls.
small or medium in size, blue — Species 10-20 in K.
Asia and to Austral and Seychelles B. Clarkeana,
Hemsl , from China, has been offered in the trade. Ivs.
radical, roundish, strongly crenate, pctioled, bronze-
green above and maroon-red beneath fls 3-4 on each
peduncle, clear azure-blue with a whitish spot
BOEHM&RIA (G R Boehrner, a German botanist).
Urticdcex A fiber plant, and a greenhouse shrub or
tree
Leaves alternate or opposite, often 3-nerved fls
monoecious or dureious, in dense clusters, petals none;
sepals 2-5 fr a flattened aohene B mvea, Gaud , of
Trop Asia, is cult in some countries as a fiber plant,
and has been mtro into this country for that purpose
Now grown extensively m Calif and La for its fiber.
See Report No 2, office of Fiber Investigations, U S.
Dept Agne , and Cyelo Amer Agnc II, p 284. It
produces ramie It is a strong-growing, large-lvd per-
ennial, well suited to the border as an ornamental
subject A genus of 45 widely distributed species of
shrubs, trees or herbs
argentea, Lmd Fig 588 Tree, 10-30 ft Ivs alter-
nate, ovate, long-aeurnmate, 8-10 in long, 3-5 in wide,
usually silver}' fls in an axillary compound catkin-like
cluster, (5-10 in long Mex — An excellent warrnhouse
plant, cult mostly in botanic gardens, but worthy of
wide attention
B macro phvlta, Don A shrub or small tree Ivs lanctoUte, 6-9
in long, Mrrite, promim ntly 3-n<r\«i spikes slender, usually
shorter than the Iva. Himalayan region. ^ r|\yLOR
BOG - GARDENING. The growing of plants in
swamps, marsh-spots and bogs, distinguished from
water-gardening or aquatic-gardening in the fact that
the plants are not immersed or floating but grow
mostly free above the soil When water-gardening is
made to include bog-gardening, confusion m practice
is likely to result because the cultural requirements are
unlike
Bog-gardens m.iy be separate areas in themselves,
or they may comprise the edges of water-gaidens or
the spongy ground along runnel-* or the margins of
pools Bog-gardening is mostly a practice in colonizing
plants, finding the ones that are specially adapted to
the particulai place The artistic scheme is one of
informality If the place is vei> soft, stepping-stones
may comprise the walks Hereabouts may be grown
the many marsh and wet-land plants, many of which
are showy and also little known to cultivators. The
spargamums, pontedcrias, some of the hibiscus (page
338)," many orchids, loosestrifes, cephalanthus, utnc-
ulanas, and a host of others will occur to frequenters
of morasses and distant shores L H B
BOLANDRA (II N Bolander, Cahfornian botanist).
Saxifragdcese Two species of small \V. American herbs
offered for borders and wild gardens
Flowers purplish in lax corymbs, petals 5, inserted
on the throat of the 5-lobed calyx, stamens 5, alternate
with petals Delicate herbs, suitable for rockwork
where there is a plentiful supply of moisture.
oregana, Wats A foot or 2 high, pubescent and
glandular Ivs lacimately toothed and lobed. fls. deep
purple, tube of the calyx' equaling the teeth and a little
shorter than the petals pedicels reflexed m front. Ore.
and Wash —Intro by Gillett in 1881.
The first-described species, B califormca, Gray, seems not to
have been offered m the trade It w a smaller specie* less pubescent
BOLLEO-CHONDRORHYNCHA 519
with smaller fls , the lower Ivs round-remform and 5-lobed. plant
3-12 in. high, the sts weak and slender
BOLD&A FRAGRANS, cult in S. Calif : Peumu*.
BOLfiTUS: Mushroom
B6LLEA (in honor of Dr Karl Bolle). Orchidfaex.
Epiphytic greenhouse orchids without pseudobulbs, with
flat Ivs , and lateral 1-fld peduncles sepals and petals
nearly alike, spreading, the lateral sepals forming a
distinct chin, lip articulated to the column-foot, entire,
the margin revolute, furnished with a thick ndged
plate, over which the stout column extends, polliiua 4
— A Trop. American genus of 4 species
A. Recurved tip of lip purple
violaceum, Reichb f (Ifuntlcya violacea, Lindl.
Zygopetalum violaceum, Reiehb f ) Fls deep violet;
sepals and petals broad, undulate, lip ovate, cordate,
the tip recurved. British Guiana F S. 7 t>78. P M.
8.1.
588. Boehmena argentea
(XJfl
AA. Recurved tip of lip yellow
B. Fte motet or purple
coele'stis, Reichb f (Zygopetalum cceleste, Reichb f ).
Lvs up to 1 ft long and 2 in broad, fls 3-4 in across,
sepals and petals bluish violet, with yellow tips, the
dorsal broadly obovate, petals similar to the dorsal
sepal, lip colored like the petals, the crest buff
Colombia BM 6458 Gt 31.1075. Lmd. 2 '61.
G. 16.99. Gn. 31, p 121
BB Fte rose-colored.
c. Sepals and petals light rose
P&tinii, Reichb f (Zygopetalum PAtinii, Reichb f ).
Lvs up to 1 ft long and 2-3 in wide fls 3-4 in across;
sepals and petals light rose, undulate, the lower side of
the lateral sepals darker; lip triangular-hastate, yellow.
FM 1875 147. GC II 3.9
cc. Sepals and petals dull ro.se, tipped with yellow and
margined white or yellow.
Lalindei, Reichb f. (Zygopetalum Lalindei, Reichb.
f.). Lvs as in B Pah mi, but fls smaller and darker, lip
ovate-hastate, yellow. Colombia. B M. 6331. O.R.
8.369 GEORGE V NASH.
B6LLEO-CHONDRORH? NCHA. A cross of Bollea
ccelestis with probably Chondrorhyncha Chestertonii,
with both of which it was found growing in Colombia,
whence it was mtro to the collection of Otto Froebel of
520 BOLLEO-CHONDRORHYNCHA
BOMAREA
Zurich in 1898 It has received the name B.-C. Froe-
beliin.*. Cocn. This natural hybrid has a slender erect
peduncle 4 in. long, at the top bearing 2 membranous
bracts half the length of the ovary fl 3 34 in wide, the
Rppals and petals lanceolate-hgulatr, yellow- white,
lightly tinged with rose, especially at the summit, dor-
sal sepal pointed, curving outward at the top, the lateral
ones much incurved, petals obtuse, almost flat, curved
B.M. 2381, 2554. Mn. 1:33. Gn. 74, p. 438. R.H
1903, p. 59 —Perennial.
latisquama, Gray. Fig. 589. A handsomer plant,
with larger and more showy heads with blue- violet
rays, mvolucral bracts oblong or obovate and obtuse
(often bearing a minute point); pappus scales small,
the awns present and conspicuous. Kan. and Mo. to
Ark. G.F. 5-271 (adapted in Fig. 589). C.L.A. 7:490
Perennial. Var. nana, Hort. A dwarf form scarcely
2-3 ft tall, with pinkish rayed fls Branches freely
from the base.
B cantonifnsis, Franch & Sav , 18 native to Japan, where the
young plants are used for Rreons See Georgeson, A G 13, p 8, fig.
4. It is annual Has not yet appeared in the American trade Gray
restricts Boltoma to the U S , and regards his
genus B laevigata, Hort =B asteroidesC*)
BOLUSANTHUS Lonchocarpu*.
a species as of anothe
L H. B.
N. T \YLOR.f
589. Boltoma latisquama
back at the tip; lip somewhat thick and fleshy, more
delicate than in B. ccelettis, the blade widely obovate
and rounded, crest orange-yellow, with a yellowish
border and an edge of brown-purple.
BOLOCANTHUS, BOLUSANTHUS: Lophocarpua.
BOLTONIA (James Bolton, English botanist). Com-
vdsite. FALSE CHAMOMILE Four or 5 species of aster-
like glabrous often glaucous herbs of the United States
and eastern Asia, sometimes planted in borders and
wild gardens
They are tall and leafy plants, blooming profusely
in late summer and autumn, and excellent for the
hardy border They have alternate, entire and sessile or
clasping Ivs and angled, often striate, sts. Differs from
Aster in having very few pappus bristles which in
Aster are numerous, and in other technical characters.
Boltomas are of easiest culture They take care of
themselves when once established Propagation is
effected by division Should be better known to garden-
ers. They stand without staking
asteroides, L'Her. (B. glastifMia, L'Her ) Sts 2-8
ft., simple below and branching at the top: Ivs broadly
lanceolate or the upper narrower heads short-pedun-
cled, numerous, the rays varying from white to violet
and purple, mvolucral bracts lanceolate and acute,
greenish; scales of the pappus numerous and conspicu-
ous, the 2 awns sometimes missing Pa to 111 and S
BOMAREA (named after the French botanist, J C.
W de Bornare) Anuirylhddcw Tender South Ameri-
can plants allied to Alstru-meria, and with similar fls.
but a twining habit Lvs parallel -veined, usually
borne on short, twisted petioles fls in pendulous
umbeK, variously colored and spotted, borne in early
spring and suminei , penurith funnel-shaped, tube
none
The most beautiful specie* now grown is probably
B Carden It has laige terminal cymes of rose-col-
ored flowers, about 2 inches long, with dark purple
spots and blotches Another valuable form is B Shut-
tleworlhu with pale yellow flowers, spotted with green
Bomarcas delight in a rich, fibrous soil, and require
plenty of water during the growing season, which be-
gins early in the spring A little well-decayed cow-
manure mixed with the soil lmpro^ es the growth and
results in larger clusters of flowers, as does also manure
watering during the growing season Late in fall the
stems are cut down to the ground and the roots are
kept in the soil in a diy state While they often make
satisfactory pot-plants, they do best when planted out
in an open sunny position in a cool conservatory where
they have plenty of air in summer In the south,
bomareas may be grown in the open air on trellises in
half-shady place-. All are woodland plants and cannot
be successfully grown in the glaring heat of the sun.
Propagation is by fresh seeds, which germinate
readily if sown in shallow pans in a warm nropagating-
house, also, and more rapidl}, by careful division of
the rhizome, to which some of the roots should be
attached.
A. Penanth-segms. equal.
B Umbel simple, fls medium-sized.
oligantha, Baker LVH 3-4 in. long, oblong, acute
lax, thin, densely pubescent beneath: fls 6-8 in an
umbel; bracts large, If .-like; segms. 1-1 J^ in. long,
outer dull red, inner bright yellow with reddish brown
hpots Peruvian Andes
591. Bombax tnalabancum
BOMAREA
BB. Umbel compound.
c Fls. small.
Salsflla, Herb (B oculdta, M J Roem Alstrcemena
oculdta, Lodd.) Fig 590 Lvs. 2-4 in long, ]^m.
broad, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, moderately firm,
glabrous beneath: umbel 4-15-rayed; rays 1-3 in.
long.l-3-fld.;bracta
small; fls. pink or
red, marked with
blue and dark pur-
ple within. Chile.
L.B.C 19: 1851.
B.M. 3344.
cc. Fls. large.
Carderi, Mast.
Lvs 4-6 in long,
MH-3m broad, ob-
, long, acute: umbel 1
ft long, 6-9-rayed;
rays 1-4-fld ; bract*
- large, leafy, peri-
anth-segms. 2 in
long, outer pale
pink, spotted brown
near the top, inner
greenish white,
much spotted. F.
M 1876 239. G.C.
II 5793
chontale'nsis,
Seem Lvs 6-8 in.
long, broadly lanceolate umbel very large, rays 4-6-
fld , fls numerous, 2}<2 in long, outer segms waxy,
wavy margined, rosy red or pink with brown spots,
inner ones thinner, pale greenish yellow, spotted — The
largest-fid species, very effective when well grown
Shuttleworthii, Mast Lvs 5-6 in long, oblong,
acute, glabrous urnbel 1 ft long, 5-10-rayed, rays
usually 3-fld , penanth-segms 2 in long, outer reddish,
inner greenish yellow Colombian Andes G C II.
17 77, 85 — The curious, egg-shaped tubers termi-
nate unbranched roots, which spring from a rhizome
about 1 in wide Having no eyes or buds, they cannot
be used for propagating
AA Perwnth-segms not equal, the inner longer.
B. Umbel simple.
patacocensis, Herb (B conferta, Benth ) Sts pur-
ple-tinted, pubescent Ivs 5-45 in long, oblong-lanceo-
late, pubescent beneath fls 20-30, outer segms. \\2 in
long, bright red, inner ones 2J/£m long, bright red,
>ellow-keeled, with a few spots Andes of Ecuador
and Colombia G C II 17 187. B M 6692 —When
well grown, the umbel is very dense and many-fld.
Caldasiana, Herb Lvs thin, spreading, oblong,
acute, distinctly petioled, 3-6 in long, glaucous, puber-
ulent beneath umbel 6-30-fld ; bracts many, oblong-
lanceolate, pedicels 1-2 in long, pilose, outer segms
reddish brown, about 1 in long, inner J^m. longer,
bright yellow. B M 5442 (as Alstraenesia Caldami).
BB Umbel compound.
vitellina, Mast. Lvs 3-4 m long, ovate-oblong: um-
bel about 12-rayed; perianth-segms bright yellow,
outer 1^2 m long, inner 2 in long; bracts large, leafy.
Peruvian Andes GC II. 17:151.
B Wfrcklei, Lemome Lvs lanceolate, acuminate, bright green
HB about 12 in a terminal umbel, vermilion — orange with orange-
yellow inside Costa Rica j^ j RQQE f
BOMBAX (a Greek name for raw silk, alluding to the
cottony contents of the pods) Bombacaceae. SILK
COTTON TREE A genus of 50 species of tropical shrubs
and trees, with digitate 5-9-foholate Ivs., 1-fld. axillary 593 BOD
BORASSUS
521
or clustered peduncles, and usually large white or
scarlet fls Specimens are rarely seen in cult, in fine
glasshouses, and only 1 of the species appears to be in
the American trade. The bark of some species pro-
duces commercial fiber such as the Kapok fiber.
malabaricum, DC (B. C&ba, Burme ). Fig. 591.
Large deciduous tree, the branches in whorls, the trunk
592 Borage— Borago officinalis. ( X H)
and branches spiny Ivs 5-7-foholate, palmate, the Ifts
entire, cuspidate fls 6-7 in long, clustered near the
ends of the branches, red or scarlet, sometimes white
fr a5-valved caps, silky India — A ver> showy plant,
lent for warmhouse, but tender. Intro in U S.
excellen
by Royal Palm Nurseiies in 1912.
BONESET: Eupatonum perfoliatum
BOOKS' Literature
TAYLOR.
BORAGE (Borago officinalis,
Linn ) Fig 592 Boraginaftx A
coarse annual plant grown for
culinary use m some parts of Eu..
as in Germany Used as a pot-
herb and sometimes with salads.
Only the young Ivs are palatable.
Mostly known m this country as
a bee-plant and for its handsome
blue or purplish racemed fls It
is a hairy plant, Uf-2 ft high,
with oval or oblong Ivs £u , N.
Afr Eng Bot 1 36 Borago laxi-
fldra DC , is a small, decumbent
alpine, but of easy cult , offered in
the trade It hat> alternate, ovate
Ivs , hairy throughout, and pretty,
long-peduncled, purple or violet
fls Corsica B M. 1798— Little
known in Amer. $• TAYLOR f
BORASSUS (an old name, cf
no significance here) Palmaceae.
tribe Bordssinx Tall unarmed
palms, with ringed trunks
Leaves large, palmately flabelh-
. form; plicate sheath short, petiole
^ spiny; ligule short rigid fls small,
^K) densely packed in pits on the cat-
kin-like branches of a spathe which
conies out between the h s , sta-
« ' , mens 6 • fr large, subglobose,
».*WrvW*"*-» brown. — Species 1. Trop Afr For
flabelhfer. cult , see Latanta The seeds are
522
BORASSUS
BORDER
very hard and do not germinate readily unless given
strong bottom heat and abundant moisture.
flabelltfer, Linn. (B flabelhfdrmis, MUTT. B. sethtd-
pium, Mart.). MEELALLA, a native name for young
plants, called also PALMYRA PALM by the Hindoos Fig
593. St 60-70 ft high: Ivs. 8-10 ft. long, broader than
long' If-segms. bifid at the apex, lanceolate or sword-
shaped in outline. — Widely cult One of the most use-
ful palms of India. The frs are very large Many parts
of the plant are utilized by the natives as food and in
the arts. Wood black, very hard. This plant requires
rich soil and strong heat for its best development, and is
rather slow-growing under cult., especially while young.
N. TAYLOR f
BORDER. In gardening practice, the term "border"
is employed to designate definite strip-planting on the
margins. The margin may be along the boundary of
a yard, park or other area; close about a residence or
other building; or a parallel of walks and drives In all
these positions, the border becomes a part of the
artistic landscape plan. In some cases oorders are
designed separately as flower-garden or ornamental
features, as margins or boundaries of an avenue of sod
594 Border planting about a residence
or of a formal walk The border derives its value from
its relationship as well as from its intrinsic character
It is a conception of boundaries and mclosures, and
consequently is part in a design of open centers and
good lawns. It develops mass effects rather than the
detached and spot effects of lawn beds and of single
planting; and it derives much of its pleasing result
from its length, distance and perspective The border
may be permanent, comprised of hardy plants; or
it may be a bedding form of gardening, using tem-
porary subjects; or it may have a framework of hardy
material, with inter-planting of bulbs and annuals and
greenhouse plants. Borders are often designed to cany
and emphasize one idea, — the idea of larkspurs or of
hollyhocks, for example; and in such cases the domi-
nance is secured by similarity, and repetition of one
plant-form. These borders, when well made, are most
effective; but they do not cover the entire season unless
expensive efforts are made to replant with other things
as soon as the desired effects are passed. Figs. 594-
596 show the placing of borders in recognized land-
scape plans; and Fig. 597 suggests how a mixed hardy
border works itself out. Fig 598 shows the emphasis
of a single strong plant-form set against a border
rather than to be placed alone in the lawn without
background or support. L. j£, g¥
The hardy border.
The hardy border has assumed a new relation to orna-
mental planting within recent years in America. Once
only occasional, it now forms a dominant part of many
gardens previously given up almost entirely to the dis-
play of greenhouse plants or tender annuals. Properly
designed for a specific purpose, it is capable of giving a
maximum of pleasure for a minimum of effort and
exoense. Now that plants, especially American native
plants, are coming to be valuea for their intrinsic beauty
and interest rather than for their rarity and cost, the
hardy border is a more peisonal and individual expres-
sion than some other forms of garden effort.
The informal hardy border is often the most charm-
ing, and nature has provided us with many roadside
or meadow-corner examples of exquisite beauty. Such
a border may change not only with the day but almost
from morning until afternoon during the luxuriant
June weeks It may follow the chromatic balance of
the season from the blight ness of spring hues through
the cooler tones of summer until the rich tints of the
autumn asters and goldemods blend into the warmer
colors of the aftermath that remains to enhance the
effectiveness of the winter's snow in making the border
a continuous pleasure This informal planting can be
handled with individuality and changed to suit knowl-
edge, circumstance and suiroundings without destroy-
ing its charm The wild things that are picked up — •
let as hope without ever exteimmating a plant colony
anywhere — in a day's \\oodland ramble, belong in this
informal border Often the border is built around or
with reference to some essential tree or larger shrub,
as a rugged old pine, or a picturesque clump of lilac,
or a mass of rhododendrons. It ma> combine shrubby,
herbaceous and bulbous plants to advantage
The formal hardy border has been exemplified in
some notable New England gardens It is usually
formed with masses of similar plants — as a long strip
of delphinium^, a great body of aquilegias, serried rows
of phloxes, or lupines, — and at times is effectively com-
bined with architectural adjuncts m the so-called
"Italian" style, or with evergreen trees of formal or
clipped outline. But the "barbered" formal border is
passing, and even m the be^t American example of a
formal hardy garden, made up of various borders, the
edging of the daintily informal evergreen pachysandra
gives a note of variation that is significant and pleasing.
The hollyhocks, foxgloves and similar treasures of all
gardens are indispensable in the formal border to cany
line and give contour and mass. In one notable example,
the background of a succession of fine hardy borders
is a clambering mass of Crimson Rambler roses hang-
ng over a great wall.
In
t the conventional hardy border, the shrubby plants
are used less freely than the herbaceous perennials, and
the bulbs still less freely, as yet. The shrubs, if selected
properly as to character, eventual height, color, time
of bloom and effect of foliage, may well form a frame-
work in which to set the higher colors of the composi-
tion supplied by the herbaceous plants — the peonies,
iris, gailfardias, veronicas, and the like. Or it is prac-
ticable to build the border entirely without shrubs,
depending only on the masses and forms available in
the plants that d'e to the ground each winter. With
the increase in vanety of herbaceous plants now com-
mercially available everywhere, a very delightful and
continuous succession of bloom may be had.
The bulbous plants — of course as fully herbaceous
as any, but distinguished m trade parlance by their
"onions" instead of roots, and their different dormant
conditions — should come to more importance in the
hardy border. They give colors, forms, fragrance and
effects unique to the class. The popular conception of
"bulbs" has centered around tulips and hyacinths, the
so-called "Dutch" bulbs, but the various narcissi, the
I
BORDER
BORDER
523
scillas, snowdrops, anemones, and especially the lilies,
are more adapted to the permanent border than those.
The narcissus, for instance, in several largely grown
forms, adapts itself to both the informal and formal
border plantings Combined with iris and lilies, and
using certain of the late-flowering tulips, effects as per-
manent as they are pleasing are now produced, and at
little expense. The fancier of rare things may indulge
595 Border mclosure of a city square.
himself according to his resources with the newer and
more unusual forms, thcie are narcissi m commerce at
$(>() each and &«> is cheei fully paid for a gladiolus bulb
\\hile the nature of hardy garden flowers, with the
relief of varied green iohage, seems to make agreeable
a heterogeneous color-combination, yet more pleasing
pictures arc painted in harmonizing or properly con-
trasting hues The raw scarlet of the oriental poppv
or the kmphoha, for example, does not "go" or com-
pose agreeably \vith pink or magenta phlox It is well
to keep tiger lilies and certain pink hibiscus colors from
fighting each other, as another example Indeed, a
fascination of the hardy border is this opportunity to
select and combine hues that shall match and succeed
each othei agreeably A border is in mind that blended
insensibly from deep cnmson at one end through white
to pink and white to yellow along to orange and scailet
at the other end There w as no clash It must be said,
however, that if the larger and more vividly colored
flowers are judiciously placed, the general mixture of
blooming plants in a bolder is wholly agreeable, even
as an oriental rug including many hues in small masses
is agreeable
Fragrance, also, is a quality to plan for in hardv
borders,- — here a bit of bergomot in a half-shady corner,
there the statelmess and the sweetness of many lilies
The funkia scents the evening air, and the \vild rose is as
fragrant in foliage as in flower There is added delight
in the odorous quality of certain shrubs
An interesting feature ot the border is the seasonal
succession of its bloom It may begin before spring
is more than an atmospheric hint, with its hepaticas,
certain violets, and the snowdrops and crocuses After
that there need be no flowerless moment until a freeze —
not a mere frost — stops the glow of the chrysanthe-
mum and finishes the dainty display of the monkshood
The garden may also continue to please through ex-
tended weeks by changing foliage and by bared twigg
of bright colors, as well as by glowing fruits that hang,
like the barberries, until the next spring signals retire-
ment
A pleasing way of creating hardy borders is by the
segregation of genera and families Ins will cover four
months with varied flowers of as varied heights. All
the columbines may cover many weeks in time of beauty.
A collection of viburnums makes a shrub border of
long showmess Lilies are gorgeous, or dainty , they are
short or stately, and they include months of bloom-time
as a family There IH great delight in studying plant
families grouped in neighborly fashion
The hardy border ma> endure full sun or deep shade
with all variations between, if its citizens are selected
for their adaptability. Some plants of the border need
wet feet, others are best, like the moss pink, on a
diy and sterile sunny bank It is this great range that
makes the good border so very good, for it reflects the
adaptability of nature for thousands of years
The plants for a border are nov\ legion The nursery-
men in these days have considered the needs of the,
planter, and there is little difficulty in securing what is
wanted Certain tradesmen grow perennials in small
pots, available nearly all the growing season But a
personal hardy border can be made with little aid from
the nurseryman The man — or woman — who loves
them can transplant hardy plants with success at any
time of the year when the ground is not frozen deeply,
and such persons find plants in the wild that mav be
separated without destroying colonies of a kind There
is also the fascinating and inexpensive method of
growing the perennials from seed, resulting in more
knowledge gamed through failures; and in enough suc-
cesses to furnish plenty of plants to the grower and his
friends The hardy border of the personal sort is a
great educator m patience, perseverance and knowl-
edge of plant life. j. HORACE MCFAHLAND.
The making of the border.
Perennial herbaceous plants should form the major
part of the planting in most borders, as these are per-
manent and eliminate the necessity of replanting the
whole each year. Biennials, such as the Canterbury
bells and foxglove, — for these arc best treated as such, —
596 Border inclosing the back area of a city place, the central
area being planted for shade.
524
BORDER
BORDER
hollyhocks and sweet Williams are an essential that
•should be provided for in a reserve garden, and moved
to the place in which they are desired to bloom as gaps
occur Annuals are necessary, such as mignonette,
larkspur, candytuft, asters, stocks and other favorites
to help out the display during July and August, for
this is a period when perennials in bloom arc scarce.
There should be a background of shrubs with a group or
individual dwarf shrub here and there to break up the
flatness, especially in winter and early spring
It is a question whether spring-flowering bulbs are
admissible in this type of permanent border. It is
better to keep them in a place by themselves for the
reason that it is difficult to make changes \\hen the
ground is planted with bulbs, and to lift these at
stated periods necessitates disturbing all the other
occupants A group of Darwin tulips here and there is
much admired and in keeping, but a general planting
is better made elsewhere, as under trees and among
ferns
A border being permanent, no effort should be
spared to prepare thoroughly in the beginning Dcep-
rooting plants, as peonies,1 hemerocalhs, delphiniums
and columbines, require deep preparation of the soil
and liberal enrichment, double-digging or trenching
being essential It is better, if possible, to prepare and
plant a portion at a time rather than to plant in a hurry
and go over it all again later. If the soil is heavy, add
sand and coal-ashes, so that it may be easier to work at
all times If the soil is inclined to be wet, it must be
drained to take care of surplus water A dry soil can
be improved by the addition of leaf-mold, and provision
597. A good mixed border, with many attractive plant forms.
must be made for watering in dry seasons. It is not
necessary to lay the pipes deep if there is a natural
pitch to the land, the water then being turned off late
in the year and the pipes drained for safety. Faucets
should "be so placed that 50 feet of hose will water any
part that needs it; thus the outlets may be 100 feet
apart.
The grouping of plants in a mixed border is governed
by the width and extent of this border. In large, wide
spaces, ample groups of each plant are necessary to
secure the desired effect and to avoid "spottmess."
1 arge-growing permanent plants, as peonies, boltonias,
helemums, rudbeckias and even silphmms and late-
flowering asters should be planted at the back, in front
of these, the phlox in separate colors, or at most two
colors together that will harmonize, German ins in
masses of one or more colors, bleeding heart, campanu-
las, Veronica subsessilis, monarda, oriental poppy, col-
umbines, pyrethrums, perennial candytuft, and, in front
of these, the usual dwarf edging plants, as arabis,
alyssum, the Carpathian harebell, shooting-star, ery-
simum. Tunica saxifraga, geum, Ileuchera sanguinea
and others If the border is narrow, individual treat-
ment must be followed to secure a greater variety, and
it is always permissible to add the old favorite bweet-
smelhng plants and herbs, such as balm, thyme, lemon
verbena, southernwood, rosemary, rue, marjoram, bor-
age and fennel, and some sweet geranium. All these
give interest when flowers are waning, and call up
associations helping to take the memory back to old
friendships
A bo refer of this kind will need the addition of annuals
to take the place of the earlier flowering plants that are
past Seeds of mignonette may be sown in the place
where they are to flower; snapdragons may be raised in
frames or hotbeds and set out among other plants that
are passing; the scailct salvia may be put where its
color will not clash when in flower; gladiolus may be
set out in groups of one color; Hyacinthus candicans
looks well in fall when planted at the back, in fact, the
mixed border of today should contain every desirable
plant that has either
sentiment or blossoms
— possibly both — to
recommend it.
Lilies often do well
in partially shaded
situations in which
moisture is sure and
leaf - mold has been
added. They should
never be treated to
manure They are best
seen when planted in
masses sufficient to
make a display in their
season L. auratum
never lives long but is
good for a year or two ;
L, speciosum is a better
lily to keep; the tiger
lily always remains
with us as do also L.
umbellatwn, L. Han-
sonn, L. Thunbergi-
anum or L. eleyans, and
great results are ex-
pected from the new
Chinese L. mynophyl-
lum andothers of recent
introduction. The
flower-stalks of hliea
should never be pulled
up in fall, but cut off
at the ground. It IB
a protection to the
heart of the bulb to let the stem remain.
Perhaps the most important detail of the manage-
ment of the border is that of protection in winter. The
border should be protected and nourished at the same
time, this is possible when a quantity of well-decayed
manure and leaf-mold is available for a top-dressing,
preferably after a little frost has penetrated the sou.
This can be lightly forked into the soil in spring, but a
spade should never be used except when making
BORDER
BORONIA
525
changes. The great charm of this form of gardening is,
after all, the necessity of change from year to year It
must not in any sense be considered changeless Some
plants will outgrow their allotted space and must be
restricted, biennials will die out and need replanting,
some color scheme may be wrong and need alteration,
other really good things will need to be divided and
replanted, and in this way the interest is kept up by
the taking of notes through the season for reference at
598. The single specimen set against a border planting.
the planting-time, and this is best done after the fall
rams in September and early October before the soil
loses its \vaimth, root-action being rapid then, and the
roots soon become established before winter There is
always enough to do in spring, and changes in the
borders left for that time are often made at the saen-
fice of the display due in bummer-time Much rniscon-
eeptum was the result of the term "perennial border "
The plants were not all permanent, and the displav was
not continuous Out of it has been evolved a much
more satisfactory thing in that it calls for endless study,
a greater variety containing all the good things, and the
possibility of change each season as fancy dictates.
In wide borders especially, it adds greatly to the
effect to plant some dw arf -growing shiubs near the
path, such as Lcirome's deut/ia and philadolphus,
some specimens of the new choice lilacs (double and
single), Daphne Ctuonim, the dwarf flowering crabs
like Malm Tounyo and M. Ringo These are all very
beautiful and stand close inspection The shrubs may
be so arranged as to form bays for groups of plants,
either for certain seasons or color effects, and if there is
a tendency to outgrow the situation, pruning judi-
ciously will help if done directly after the flowering
season is past, with no sacrifice of bloom, always taking
care to K(xi'p the individual shape of each shrub
Shears must never be used on shrubs, but shorten-in
the longer shoots with a knife
The Japanese iris, if used in the border, must be
planted near water so they can be frequently irrigated
in dry t lines or failure is sure to ensue. They are semi-
aquatic and will take much nourishment also The
German kinds require a warm sandy soil, and a dry
time in late summer suits them well. They are also
best transplanted in September before the heavy rams,
as root-action begins at this time and they become
reestablished before the winter sets in
Borders need constant care m summer to keep them
trim and clean. All seed-stems and dead flowers should
be removed, tall-growing plants staked up with neat
stakes, and, above all, plants grown m reserve to take
the place of such as are dying out after blooming There
is no more interesting phase of gardening than this,
because it calls for care and study all the tune, year by
year, and our failures of this season are with us to
profit by during the next. E. O. ORPET.
BORECOLE: Kale
BORETTA: Dabvna.
BORONIA (after Francis Borone, an Italian who
lost his life at Athens m the service of Dr Sibthorp).
Rutdcese. Greenhouse shrubs, interesting, and very
fragrant
Boroma is a genus of Australian shiubs with numer-
ous fls , having a rue-like fragrance Ivs. opposite, odd-
pinnate, or simple fls axillary and terminal, red, rarely
white or purplish, on the plan of 4, beating a thick
entire disk: fr 2-4 carpels, each 1- or 2-seeded B.
megat>tigmc and its allies, B elatior and B. helerophylla,
are remarkable for their very large btigrna (which is
4-lobed at the base), and their curious stamens, 4 of
winch are small, yellow, pollen-bearing, and hidden
under the stigma, while the 4 large, conspicuous ones
are dark purple or black, and bear no pollen — About
00 species, in Australia.
The chief value of boromas is their dehciouj fragrance.
A small (specimen will perfume a whole house for two
or three weeks Boromas are cultivated like Cape heaths
in a cool greenhouse. After flowering they should be
cut back, in order to make compact, bushy .specimens.
The leading shoots ma\ be frequently pinched, to pre-
vent a straggling growth As most of them are native
of barren sandy places, not bogs, good drainage is
necessary. "Sour" soil is very disastrous to them The
English florists set their young plants m the open ground
during summer, being careful to shade them with lath
f nil nes Plants that have flowered two seasons are
thrown away and replaced by younger specimens.
They are propagated by cuttings from half-ripened
wood inserted in 1-inch pots, which are filled to within
an inch of the top with a compost of hriely sifted loam,
peat and sand, over which is bpread a layer of sharp
band After a thorough watering, they may be placed
under a bell-glass in a greenhouse m which the tem-
perature ranges from 4o° to 50° F , and shaded from
bright sunshine Seeds germinate readily in the same
temperature, and make- good flowering plants in one
he.ison Seeds can be obtained from German or Austra-
lian dealers, large quantities being collected in the wild.
Boromas belong to a large clas* of hard-wooded Aus-
tralian plants that were popular along with the Cape
heaths in the early
part of the nineteenth
century These were
largely replaced by
quicker- growing,
soft - wooded pi ants.
The renewed interest
in boromas is largely
due to the more re-
cently introduced
species, of which the
first three described
below are the best.
American florists
have lately grown
them somewhat for
Easter, especially B.
het*. rophylla. Many
species are likely to
be introduced, as
these shrubs arc very
brilliant m Australia,
blooming when very
voung, and remain-
ing attractive for two
or three months. 599. Boroni* megastignuu (XH>
526
BORONIA
BOTANIC GARDEN
A. Stigmas large.
B. Los. less than 1 in. long, Ifts. in 1 or 2 pairs, plus an*
odd one.
c Fls borne singly.
megastfgma, Necs. Fig 599. Height about 2 ft.:
ivs. very sparse, %-%m long, sessile, the upper with 1
pair, the lower with 2 pairs or Ifts beside the end one;
Ifts narrowly linear: fls maroon-purple outside, yel-
low within, borne less densely than m B elatior. At
tunes some fls are chiefly brown, others chiefly pur-
ple B.M 6046 — Var. aurea, Hort , has pale creamy
yellow fls.
cc. Fls. borne in whorls of 4 or 6.
heterophylla, F. Muell Height 5-6 ft. in Austra :
Ivs 1-1 M in l°ng> sometimes simple, usually with 1
pair, rarely 2 pairs, of Ifts : fls bright scarlet, but usually
pictured as purplish crimson. Differs from B elatior
and B megastigma in its larger Ivs , fewer Ifts , more
brilliant fls and longer filaments Cult only in its var.
brSvipes, Hook f , which differs merely in the shorter
peduncles. B M. 6845 Gn 32:442— Of late years
it has been grown for Easter- by florists to a consider-
able extent
BB. Lvs. more than 1 in. long, Ifts. in 2-6 pairs, plus an
odd one
elatior, Bartl. Height about 4 ft • pubescence van-
able Ivs close-set, 1-2 in long, %-%m. broad, petioled,
with Ifts in 2-6 pairs, Ifts. broader and shorter-acumi-
nate than in B megnstigma fls dark red-brown, or rosy
red, or purple, sometimes showing groups of widely
different colors on the same branch, and borne so
densely as to hide one side of the branch. B.M 6285
Gn. 10:312. FE 9.491
AA Stigmas small
pinnata, Smith Lfts in 2-4 pairs, very smooth,
acute: peduncles dichotomous, 5-7-fld , stamens 8.
B.M. 1763. L B,C 5 473.
tetrandra, Labi 11. Lfts in 4-5 pairs, obtuse, gla-
brous; branches pilose pedicles short, 1-fld * stamens 4.
B denticuldta, Smith 2-(» ft Ivs mucronate, denticulate fls m
pedunclcd corymbs, rose-purple — B Frrtstn, Hook (B anemom-
foha, Paxt ) 1-3 ft Ivs tnfid, the w edge-shaped segms. entire
or 2-3-toothed fls axillary, solitary, pink New Holland P M
9-123— B pulchtlla,T\iTcz (B Drummondn, Planch) 2 ft' Ivs.
pinnatifid fls rose-pink, freely produced in spring and summer.
Var Alba A white-fld form is known F S 9 881
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.!
BORZICACTUS: Cereus.
B6SEA (after Kaspar Bose, German amateur of
plants, at Leipzig, about 1700). Amarantacese Syn.,
Bosia. Woody plants, rarely cultivated for their orna-
mental crimson berries
Upright shrub Ivs petioled, alternate, ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, entire fls small, with 2-4 bracts at the base,
m terminal spikes or racemes; sepals and stamens 5;
petals wanting; ovary with 3 subulate stigmas fr a
1-seeded berry — Three species in the Canary Isls.,
Cyprus and Himalayas They can be cult only in
warmer temperate regions Prop by seeds and proba-
bly by cuttings of young wood.
Amherstiana, Hook (Rodttia Amherstiana, Moq.).
Glabrous shrub. Ivs ovate, acute or acuminate, 3-6
in. long, narrowed at the base into a petiole l^-l^m.
long. ns. perfect, greenish, J^in. across, sessile, with 2-
4 bracts at the base, in terminal panicles: berries glo-
bose, Hin across, crimson W. Himalayas — Adv as
Bohea Amherstiana. The closely related B yervamdra.
Linn., from the Canary Isls , is sometimes cult m Old
World botanic gardens, it differs chiefly m its short-
stalked, polygamous fls., with only 2 bracts at the base.
ALFRED REHDER.
BOSTON FERN: Nephrolepia
toOTANIC GARDEN, A collection of growing
plants, the primary purpose of which is the advance-
ment and diffusion of botanical knowledge
This purpose may be accomplished in a number of
different ways, and by placing emphasis on different
departments of the science. Some gardens, for exam-
ple, are preeminently centers of systematic botany, or
taxonomy; others of plant physiology and morphology;
while in two or three cases, more than special empha-
sis is placed on botanical education, or formal instruc-
tion, as distinguished from, or in close connection with,
research. But whatever the method, or wherever the
emphasis, the aim is the advancement of botany as
distinguished from horticulture or agriculture Some
of the ideas embodied in botanic gardens are dis-
played m Figs 600-603
All the scientific and educational work of a botanic
garden centers around the one important and essential
problem of maintaining a collection of living plants,
both native and exotic The extent to which this may
be done depends largely on the local climate, arid ex-
tremes are found in such gardens as Christiana, Nor-
way, where the glasshouse is of prime importance, and
Havana, Cuba, or Buitenzorg, Java, where the tropical
climate renders a conservatory superfluous. At Buiten-
zorg there are coolhouses instead of hothouses
Many ancient
gardens were
little more than
olive orchards,
and one of the
earliest of these
of which there
is any authentic
record is the
temple garden of
Karnak There
was recently
discovered at
Thebes, the tomb
of Nckht, the
head gardener of
this place, who
is believed to
have designed it
during the reign
of Thotmes 111,
about 1500 B C.
While the
early gardens
wore cultivated largely for economic rather than orna-
mental purposes, yet the Greeks, as may well be
expected, developed ornamental nouer-gardens, and
this idea, with so many others of Greek origin, was
borrowed by the Romans Among the best known of
the Roman ornamental gardens were those of Lucullus,
and of Phny the younger.
We learn from Pliny that during the first century of
the Christian era, Antomus Castor maintained in Rome
a garden of medicinal plants. Four hundred years pre-
vious to this however, or about 350 B. C., a botanic
garden was established in Athens by Aristotle. The
first director of this garden was Theophrastus, a pupil
of Aristotle, who fell heir to it on the death of the latter,
and was able to improve it by means of funds supplied
by a philanthropic citizen of Athens
The gap between these more ancient gardens and
those of today is, however, a wide one, and the modern
botanic garden may be considered as more immediately
derived from the private gardens of the herbalists in the
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. One of the best
known of these was the garden of John Gerarde, in Hoi-
born. The plants here grown were chiefly medicinal
herbs, and the study of these collections, together with
the attempts to describe the plants accurately, grad-
ually develooed into modern systematic botany.
600. Entrance to botanic garden, Roseau,
Dominica, B W Indies.
BOTANIC GARDEN
BOTANIC GARDEN
527
The organization of all modern botanic gardens is
very similar in broad outline. There is usually a
director, with a scientific staff, and a head gardener,
with assistants Some gardens are purely scientific
institutions. Such were the early gardens or M'chaux,
in Charleston, South Carolina, of Darlington, in Ches-
ter, Pennsylvania, of Bartram, m Philadelphia, and of
Hosack, in New York City, all long since extinct, and
the Cambridge (England) Physic Garden A large
number of "botanical stations" and "acclimatization
gardens" in the various colonies of European coun-
tries, the Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Carnegie
Institution of Washington, at Tucson, Arizona, and
the Acclimatization Garden of the same Institution at
Carmel, California, all devoted entirely to scientific
research, are often classed as botanic gardens, although
not such in a strict sense of the term
Many of the more purely scientific gardens are con-
nected with universities, or other institutions of learn-
ing, or closely affiliated with them This, for example,
is true of the Hortus Botamcus at Amsterdam, where
versities of Bonn, Breslau, Gottingen, Halle, Munich,
Strassburg, and Wurzburg, in Germany; of Ajbhens,
in Greece: of Groningen, Leiden, and Utrecht, in Hol-
land; of Genoa and Modena, in Italy; of Kov, Odessa,
and St Petersburg, in Russia; of Basel, in Switzerland;
of Nikko and Tokyo, Japan, and in the United States,
those of the University of California (Berkeley), Har-
vard University (Cambridge, Massachusetts). Smith
College (Northampton, Massachusetts), Mt Holyoke
College (South Hadley, Massachusetts), Michigan
Agricultural College (Lansing), the University of
Michigan (Ann Arbor), the University of Minnesota
(Minneapolis), the University of Pennsylvania (Phil-
adelphia), and Johns Hopkins University (Baltimore).
It is not uncommon in European countries to find
botanic gardens in connection with gymnasia (high
schools), and normal schools, but the only instance of
this kind in the United States, known to the wnter, is
the botanic garden of the Michigan State Normal
School, at Ypsilanti. This garden, with an area of 3
acres, serves only the purpose of supplying study-
601. View in a botanic garden, showing related plants m groups.
were conaucted the epoch-making experiments of De
Vries with the evening pnmrose, (Enothera Lamarckwna,
and other species, culminating in the elaboration ot tne
mutation theory, giving a new stimulus to studies m
experimental evolution and plant-breeding, and inci-
dentally illustrating how studies in pure botanical
science, made primarily for their own sake, and seem-
ing, at first thought, ever so academic or impractical,
may be of inestimable value to such applied sciences as
horticulture and agriculture.
Among other botanic gardens forming an integral
part of the organization of collegiate or university
departments of botany may be mentioned those of
Aberdeen, Dundee and St. Andrews universities m
Scotland; those of Birmingham, Cambridge and Oxford
universities, and of the Royal Agricultural College at
Cirencester (Gloucester), in England; that of Trinity
College (Dublin), in Ireland; those of the universities
at Budapest, Czernowitz, Krakau, Lemberg, Prag, and
Vienna, in Austria-Hungary; of Ghent and Liege, in
Belgium; of Copenhagen, in Denmark; of the Catholic
university, in Lille, and the medical college and the
veterinary college in Lyons, France, those of the uni-
rnatenal for the courses in botany, nature-study and
agriculture.
It will be seen at a glance that botanic gardens are
much more common in Europe than in the United
Scates, and especially under governmental auspices.
The National Botanic Garden, at Washington. D. C.,
has not been developed as a scientific institution to
the extent of several private or semi-private foun-
dations.
Other so-called botanic gardens are little more than
public pleasure parks Golden Gate Park, the munici-
pal park of San Francisco, and primarily a pleasure
park, is administered with some regard to scientific
ideas, and is sometimes referred to as a botanical gar-
den. Here, also, for example, may be classed Prospect
Park, in Brooklyn, in which the labeling of the trees
gives a somewhat botanical aspect to the place Thie
park is said to contain more different species of trees,
both native and foreign, than can be found elsewhere in
America outside of a true botanic garden or arboretum
A third type of garden combines the features of a
scientific institution for research and education with
those of a public park. Of this nature are the KPW
528
BOTANIC GARDEN
BOTANIC GARDEN
Gardens, near London, the Jardm des Plantea, Paris,
the Berlin Botanic Garden, at Dahlem, the New York
Botanical Garden, in Bronx Park, the Missouri Botani-
cal Garden, St. Louis, the Botanic Garden of the
Imperial University, at Tokyo, Japan, and the new
Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
It has already been implied above that the early
study of botany was closely connected with the use of
plants for medicine, gardens being largely, or even
exclusively, devoted to growing medicinal herbs. In
this connection it is interesting to note that while the
staple food, fodder, and fiber plants are grown as crops,
pharmacists and physicians have, with few exceptions,
such as the opium-poppy and the ginseng, always
depended upon wild plants. This practice of gathering
only wild herbs doubtless accounts m large part for the
well-known and, until recent date, quite general adul-
teration of drugs
The total number of botanic gardens outside the
United States is approximately 325. In our own coun-
try there are about sixteen, eleven of which are college
and university gardens The following foreign gardens
are referred to in the order of their establishment.
Foreign gardens
1. Pisa, Italy, founded m 1543, by order of the
Grand Duke Cosmo de Medici I The second director
of this garden was Csesalpino, after whom the legumi-
nous genus Csesalpmia, was named. This was one of
the earliest gardens devoted to the public study of
botany.
2. Museum d'Histroire Naturelle, Paris, founded in
1635 by Guy de la Brosse, physician to the king. Its
first name was Jardm Royal aes Plantes Medicinales,
which was changed to the present name m 1790. The
gardens proper occupy 14 hectares out of a total of 23.
3 Chelsea Physic Garden, London. Established by
the Society of Apothecaries, in 1673, for the stated pur-
pose of furthering the teaching of botany, and of pro-
viding material and opportunity for botanical research.
The educational and scientific influence of this garden
can hardly be overestimated. It was founded by the
Society of Apothecaries of London, in 1606, and origi-
nally comprised the Grocers' Company, an ancient
guild In 1617 a new charter was granted by James I,
and the Society of Apothecaries became separate from
the Grocers' Company. From the start the Society was
active in advancing botanical knowledge, and soon
after its incorporation, field trips, called "herbanzings,"
were held at irregular intervals, and to these irregular
trips a regular anilual one was added about 1633. The
botanical interests and activities of the Society found
natural expression m 1673 in the establishment of the
Physic Garden At first the ground was utilized not
only for growing specimens for scientific study, but also
for growing crops of medicinal plants sufficient to fur-
nish crude drugs for the commercial use of the Society.
However, when Sir Hans Sloan, in 1722, deeded to the
Society additional ground, adjacent to the original 4
acres of the garden, in the terms of the deed was a pro-
hibition of this practice, and the garden became from
thenceforth devoted to investigation and instruction.
The garden entered upon a new epoch with the
appointment, as ''gardener." of Philip Miller, well
known as the author of the classic ^'Dictionary of
Gardening." The title of "gardener" was subsequently
changed to "curator " In 1681 steps were taken toward
the envelopment of a botanical library, which, by 1769,
contained about 300 bound and unbound books, deal-
ing chiefly with botany In 1835 John Lindley was
appointed Director of the Garden
It was m connection with the Society's endeavor to
grow successfully plants that could be grown only with
difficulty or not at all m the smoky atmosphere of Lon-
don that the well-known "Wardian case" was devised,
by Nathaniel Bagshaw Ward, Fellow of the Royal
Society, and a friend and patron of the Physic Garden.
These "closely-glazed cases" were first described by
Ward in a letter to Sir William Hooker, dated 1834, and
published in the "Companion to the Botanical Maga-
zine," m May, 1836. It was also found possible, by
employing these cases, to ship living plants across the
tropics from the southern to the northern hemisphere
witn the loss of scarcely a plant, whereas, under former
methods of shipment many more plants penshed than
survived.
Among many important publications growing out of
the work of th*> Chelsea Physic Garden or produced by
members of its staff, may be mentioned Curtis's "Lin-
nieus's System of Botany," and his "Botanical Maga-
zine," and "Flora Londonensis;" Lmdley's "Flora
Medica," and Lmdley and Moore's "Treasury of Bot-
any," Miller's "Gardeners' Dictionary," mentioned
above; and Hudson's "Flora Anghca " In 1902 a well-
appointed laboratory building was opened m the gar-
den. In this building are two small rooms which con-
tain the private library of Charles Darwm. The library
equipment is used by students of the Royal College of
Science, and the Professor of Botany of the college is
Scientific Advisor to the Committee of Management.
The garden is used freely and largely by teachers with
classes, and living material for class study is supplied
in quantity to the University of London, the Royal
College of Science, and other local schools.
4. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, London (1759).
The present gardens resulted from the fusion of two
royal estates, the Richmond Gardens and the original
Kew Gardens. Richmond Gardens, composing the west-
ern portion of modern Kew, were the grounds of the
royal residence of Edward I The second half was the
private grounds of Kew House Lord Capel, who, by
marriage, came into possession of Kew House in 1696,
was greatly interested in the cultivation of plants, and
his collections formed the nucleus of the modern Kew
plantations. The property was leased to Frederick,
Prince of Wales, about 1730, and after his death, his
widow, Princess Augusta of Saxe Gotha engaged, in
1759, William Alton, a former pupil at the Chelsea gar-
den, to establish a physic garden, its rank as a true
botanic garden may be considered to date from this
year The union of Richmond and Kew was effected
in 1802.
Under Aiton was inaugurated the plan of sending out
expeditions for botanical exploration in foreign coun-
tries, a practice which has greatly enriched the her-
barium and living collections, and which has been car-
ried out on a large scale and with similar results m
America by the New York Botanical Garden. Perre'des
states that the specimen on which L'H6ntier founded
the genus Eucalyptus was collected on one of these
expeditions to the Cape in 1772 In 1789 Alton pub-
lished his now classic ^Hortus Kewensis." He was suc-
ceeded m the directorship by his son William T. Alton,
and the latter, in 1841, by Sir William J. Hooker,
although Aiton retained directorship of the pleasure-
grounds until 1845.
Hooker's aims were to make Kew so attractive as to
create in the general public an interest in plants, to
advance pure and applied botany, and to tram col-
lectors and gardeners. The area of the garden has
increased from 15 acres, when Sir William Hooker
became director, to about 95 acres at the present time.
The former pleasure-grounds are now developed and
known as the Arboretum. In 1875, on the retire*
ment of Sir J. D. Hooker, who succeeded his father in
1865, Sir William Turner Thistle-Dyer was appointed
director. The present director is Lieut.-Col. Sir David
Prain.
In scientific matters the power of the Director of
Kew is absolute, but in matters of administration, he
is under the governmental Board of Agriculture. The
library consists of about 20,000 volumes, over one-half
BOTANIC GARDEN
BOTANIC GARDEN
529
of which are set apart, primarily in the office of the
Keeper of the museums.
Kew has throughout exerted a profound influence on
the development of botanical science, and by the tram-
ing of gardeners, and in numerous other ways, has for-
warded arid really made possible the development and
work ot the numerous colonial gardens and botanic
stations The latter are in reality experiment stations,
and while administered by the colonial office, depend
upon Kew for scientific advice and for much economic
plant material. Conbult Arboretum
5. Royal Botanic Society's Gardens (1740). Special
mention should be made of the Royal Botanic Society's
Gardens at Regent's Park, London, since so much
attention has been given there to the various aspects
of horticulture Prior to being taken over by the Royal
Botanic Society, about 1840, the area of the garden was
occupied by a nursery. Originally flat and circular m
outline, it has been given. Toy artificial treatment, a
diversified topography, and the plantations include an
A practical gardening school was established m 1897,
and m 1902 a laboratory building was erected for the use
of the school. A portion of the grounds is also set aside
for this school, and the head of the gardening staff is the
chief instructor in the gardening school Occasional
exhibitions are given to illustrate the nature-study work
of local schools.
The work of the garden m supplying study-material
for schools is unusually extensive, from 50,000 to 60 000
specimens of living plants being supplied annually to
students. Several hundred students tickets are issued
each year by teachers in various schools. These tickets
admit the bearer daily until three o'clock, after which
hour the garden is closed to all except Fellows and
other visitors
The grounds are leased from the Crown, and the
money for this and other purposes is derived entirely
from private subscriptions by Fellows of the Royal
Botanic Society. On this account provision is made to
provide attractions for thobe not primarily or entirely
12. Plan of a small botanic garden. — Smith College, Northampton, Mass Early plan.
American garden (which is said to be now restricted to
a planting of rhododendrons), an herbaceous garden, and
an economic garden Much attention is given to the
growing of medicinal plants An arboretum was started,
But eventually abandoned on account of the small area.
The arrangement of plants in the herbaceous garden
is that devised by Marnock, the first curator, and the
one who planned the entire garden Each of the differ-
ent-shaped beds is devoted to one family of plants, so
that the relative LIZC of the families is seen at a glance,
and beds of nearly related families are grouped together.
The economic division comprises trees and shrubs, but
the economic herbaceous plants are included in the
general herbaceous garden This is the most exten-
sive exhibit of economic plants grown in London, and
it is said that the first banana ever tasted by the late
Queen Victoria came from a plant in this garden
The main part of the conservatory, built in 1845,
was the first large plant-house of glass and iron to be
erected in England The system of heating is that of
hot water, and the pipes are underground, but this
arrangement has not proved to be economical.
34
interested in botany The attractions include a tennis-
court, croquet-ground, flower-shows, garden fetes, and
a club-house.
There is a set of meteorological instruments in the
garden, and records of barometer, wet- and dry-bulb
thermometers, temperature of the soil at depths of 1
foot and 4 feet, maximum temperatures in sun and
shade, minimum temperatures in shade and "on grass,"
precipitation, wind direction (but not velocity), dura-
tion of sunshine, and general remarks are published in
the Botanical Journal of the Society This lournal,
issued quarterly, is now (1912) in its second volume
6. Buitenzorg (1817). The botanic garden at Buiten-
zorg is known officially as 's Lands Plantentum
(Botanic Garden of the State) Its Latin name, ''Hor-
tus Bogorensis," ig derived from Bogor, the native
name of Buitenzorg. The garden is a division of the
governmental Department of Agriculture of the Dutch
East Indies, and has been described as the most beau-
tiful botanic garden in the world. It was established
in 1817 bv Remwardt, and is located 36 miles from
Batavia. This location was fortunate for climatic rea-
530
BOTANIC GARDEN
BOTANIC GARDEN
sons, for while on the Java east coast there is a
drought season of three to four months, there is no
drought season at Buitenzorg The total annual
precipitation is between 180 and 200 inches, or approxi-
mately five times that of New York State. The inces-
sant rains are accompanied by a general lowering of
the temperature, and this makes possible the cultiva-
tion of plants from the higher altitudes The altitude
of Buitenzorg is 900 feet. There are in reality three
gardens: First, the botanic garden proper, in the center
of the city, with an area of 89 acres. Each division of
this garden has a blanket label, giving a list of the
genera it contains, and each species is represented by
two specimens, one of which bears a label, giving the
scientific name, the common name, if there is one, and
usually the economic products of the plant The climb-
ing plants are arranged systematically in a group by
themselves The vast majority of plants are arbores-
cent, and there are about 10,000 species cultivated.
The garden is open day and night. The second division
is the agricultural garden, about a league from the
center of Buitenzorg, and having 173 acres Only
plants of economic .importance, including medicinal
plants, are grown here The third division or garden is
some distance from Buitenzorg, on the slopes of the
volcano of Cede Its area is 74 acres, and its altitude
is 5,000 feet, thus making possible the cultivation of
plants that cannot be grown in the other two gardens.
There is a museum building in connection with the
garden proper at Buitenzorg.
"The Annals," the well-known publication, was
founded by the third director, Scheffer.
American gardens.
1. Bartram's Garden (1728). The first botanic gar-
den in America was that of John Bartram, established
in 1728, and still existing, although in a greatly modified
form At about the same date (1725), Robert Prince,
one of the early settlers on Long Island, began to raise
a variety of trees for the purpose of ornamenting his
own grounds, and this activity soon developed into a
nursery, ultimately well known, not only in America,
but throughout Europe Such a venture was favored
by a growing interest in ornamental and edible plants
resulting from the importation of various trench
fruits by the Huguenots, who settled at New Rochelle,
Now York, and along the north shore of Long Island.
This nursery continued under the supervision of the
same family for five generations (130 years). For a
number of years the proprietors confined their atten-
tion to fruit trees The institution was visited by
President Washington, and on August 29, 1796, after
the battle of Long Island, the British General Howe
placed a guard around the garden to protect the trees
and plants until all danger was passed. In many old
English gardens today are numerous native American
plants derived from tne Prince nurseries In 1793 the
nursery was christened the Lmnaean Botanic Gar-
den, and a catalogue of plants here grown passed
through more than twenty editions. The mahomas,
.;>-.-:.< .^:y^\yjg^^^^ft^^^.^^Bg^
603. Entrance to a botanic garden (or arboretum), showing the utilization of natural features and woods as well as planted specimens.
Under the directorship of M Treub, the garden
became a mecca for investigators from all over the
world. One large laboratory is reserved entirely for
the use of visiting botanists. In the herbarium the
sheets are not kept in folios as ordinarily, but m tin
boxes, a necessary protection against insects and exces-
sive moisture. There is a library of several thousand
volumes. The director distributes annually, under the
authority of the government, and free of charge, seeds
and plants of useful vegetables.
described in some of the earlier manuals as "from Ore-
gon," are said to have been first grown in the Linnaean
garden, being one of the many novelties received from
the Lewis and Clark expedition. One of the plant-
houses was devoted to camellias, one to azaleas, one
to oranges and lemons, one to African and Asiatic
plants, and two to miscellaneous collections. The pro-
prietors were ever alert for novelties, and at the time ot
the potato famine in Ireland, Pnnce paid $600 for lesu
than a pint of bulbs of Dioscorea Batatas, for the pur*
BOTANIC GARDEN
BOTANIC GARDEN
531
pose of testing them as a possible substitute for the
Irish potato At one time there were over 100 varieties
of strawberries under cultivation here, including the
once famous Isabella, which originated as a chance
seedling or mutant in the garden of Isabella Graham,
in Brooklyn. While not a botanic garden m the modern
or scientific sense, the Linnamn garden exerted such
a profound influence on American horticulture and
arboriculture that it should not be entirely passed over
in this place.
2 Evans's Garden (1828). The garden of John
Evans is located along Ithan Creek, near Philadelphia,
within walking distance from Rosemont (Station, on
the Pennsylvania Railroad It was established about
1828, and was one of the fruits of Bartram's garden
Evans frequently visited the Bartram garden and other
gardens in Philadelphia and vicinity, and became
greatly interested in plants His father was a miller,
and the vicinity of the mill, with the creek and mill-
pond, and the diversified land adjacent, afforded a
wide range of habitat conditions. Evans corresponded
with Sir William Hooker and exchanged seeds with him,
as well as with the son, Sir Joseph Hooker, including
material collected by the latter in the Himalayas He
also had a correspondent in Germany In Evans's
garden the plants were arranged almost entirely on an
ecological basis, in "the order of nature," and in this
respect it differed materially from most other gardens
befoie or since Mr Evans was his own director, cura-
tor, and head gardener, doing most of the manual labor
in the garden himself It is of interest to note here that,
he used sawdust from his father's null to kill the weeds
around the cultivated plants, and this, on decaying,
made a rich fertili/ei, \\hich was spaded under The
garden is said to have been, in its prime, practically
unrivaled in shrubs and trees, and to have had few
equals in the richness of its herbaceous material Many
of the trees and shrubs were labeled with lead labels,
but no catalogue of the collections was ever published
3 The Missouri Botanical Garden (1859) The
Missouri Botanical Garden, at St Louis, was estab-
lished bv a gift of money and land from Hemy Shaw
It is popularlv known in St Louis as "Shaw's Gardens "
On November G, 18X5, Mr Shaw establithod the
Henry Shaw School of Botany as a department of
Washington University, at St Louis, and the garden
and school became closely allihated The professor or
one of the professors in the school shall be director
or director's assistant, or both The grounds were
formerly closed to the public on Sunda>s, except the
first Sunday of June and September, but since 1912 they
have been open eveiy Sunday afternoon Irorn April
to December Each jear there is preached in a local
church a sermon on "the wisdom and goodness of God
as shown in the growth of flowers, fruits, and other
products of the vegetable kingdom." The first director
of this garden was William Trelease, who resigned
in 1912, and was succeeded by George T Moore.
The grounds comprise about 45 acres, the herbarium
about 800,000 sheets, and the library about 50,000
books and pamphlets One of the features of the gar-
den is a vegetable-garden, which gives pupils practice
in the growing of vegetables, and, by means of a forcing
house, this work is continued throughout the year The
best-known publication is the Annual Report "The
Missouri Botanical Garden Bulletin," established in
January, 1913, will hereafter contain the annual
reports of the officers of the board and the director,
while the volume hitherto known as the "Annual
Report" will in the future be devoted exclusively to
the results of scientific research carried on at the
gardens.
4 Elgin Botanic Garden (1801) The first botanic
garden in New York City was located on Murray
Hill, about 1656, and was the precursor of the
Elgin Botanic Garden, established m 1801, by David
Hosack, on 20 acres of ground, located at what is now
the northwest corner of Fifth Avenue and 47th Street.
This garden was transferred to New York State m
1810, and became known as The Botanic Garden of the
State of New York. It was later transferred to Co-
lumbia University, but finally abandoned for lack of
funds. In the spring of 1913 the area was sold by the
university for $3,000,000
5 New York Botanical Garden (1894). The present
New York Botanical Garden, established in 1894, m
located at Bronx Park, in the Borough of the Bronx,
New York City. It comprises an area of approximately
250 acres, and besides two extensive ranges of plant-
houses, a range of bix propagatmg-houses and the plan-
tations, includes the largest purely botanical museum
in the countiy, if not in the world. On the third floor
of the museum building arc located the herbarium,
libiary and laboratories The gr >unds, conservatories,
and museum are open daily without charge The
present Director-in-Chief. N L Bntton, is also Pro-
fessor of Botany m Columbia University, and has
served since the foundation of the institution. Under
the auspices of this garden, the director and mem-
bers of the staff have conducted a systematic explora-
tion of continental and insular America, the results of
which are being embodied in the "North American
Flora," the most extensive botanical work evei under-
taken m America, appearing at intervals in fascicles or
parts. The herbarium, composed of the herbariums of
Columbia University, the Torrey Botanical Club, and
that of the garden pioper, contains over 1,500,000
specimens, and the library has over 40,000 volumes
and pamphlets The scientific policy of the institution
is directed by a Board of Scientific Directors, and the
financial administration by the Board of Managers of
the Trustees The scientific fetaff comprises (1912),
besides the director-in-chief, an assistant director, a
head curator, four curators, two assistant curators,
head gardener, director of the laboratories, bibliogra-
pher, librarian, and other officers Free public lectures
on botanical and closely related subjects are given on
successive Saturday afternoons, and the following pub-
lications are issued "Journal" (monthly), "Mycolo-
gia" (bi-monthly), "Bulletin" (irregularly, and contain-
ing the Annual Report), "North American Flora,"
Memoirs, and Contributions. The Garden is supported
by municipal and by private funds
6 Brooklyn Botanic Garden. The Brooklyn Botanic
Garden, established in 1910, is a department of The
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, and an out-
growth of the work of the Department of Botany of the
Institute It was the wish of the founders to develop an
institution that, in connection with research, would
place more than usual emphasis upon formal instruc-
tion in botany. It is also the intention to emphasize
chiefly departments of botany other than taxonomy,
such as plant physiology and ecology, morphology, and
pathology, experimental evolution, and plant-breeding.
The first and present director is C Stuart Gager
The new laboratory and instruction building, in process
of erection (1912), will contain offices of administration,
several lar^e laboratories, a small herbarium room, a
library, physiological and photographic darkrooms,
and twelve private research rooms A range of plant-
houses is also under construction The grounds com-
prise about 43 acres, located in the heart of the borough
of Brooklyn Through the center runs an artificial
brook, with swamp The plantations are classified un-
der ten heads, as foUows (1) Systematic Section, com-
prising hardy herbaceous plants, chiefly perennials,
not native within 100 miles of the Garden, and arranged
in beds according to their natural affinities (2) Local
Flora Section (Native Wild-flower Garden), containing
herbaceous and woody plants growing without cultiva-
tion within a radius of 100 miles of the Garden (the
Torrey Botanical Club Range). The strictly native
532
BOTANIC GARDEN
BOTANY
sorts are designated by labels of different color from
those of introduced species (3) Morphological Sec-
tion, with divisions of (a) External Anatomy and (6)
Comparative Morphology (4) Ecological Section,
adjacent to and including the swamp section of the
brook and extending back to include a dry knoll Here
la illustrated the adjustment of plants to environmental
influences (5) Evolution Section, illustrating such
subjects as variation, inheritance, artificial and natural
selection (including the origin of horticultural forms),
struggle for existence, and survival of the fittest. (6)
Economic Section with divisions of (a) Foods and Con-
diments, (6) Medicinal and Poisonous Plants, and (c)
Fiber Plants (7) Weed Section, to show the botanical
characteristics of weeds, as bearing on their economic
significance (8) Formal Garden Section, in front of
the laboratory building and greenhouses, and serv ing to
illustrate the uses of plants, chiefly horticultural, for
purely ornamental purposes (9) Arboretum, a col-
lection of trees, chiefly native (10) Fruticetum, a col-
lection of shrubs, both native and exotic. The arbore-
tum and fruticetum features are developed in close
connection with the other sections, and in the syste-
matic garden the aim has been to group the shrubs arid
trees as near as practicable to the herbaceous material
with which they are most closely related The willows
and alders are grown along the brook.
The Garden issues an administrative quarterly, "The
Brooklyn Botanic Garden Record" (the April number of
which contains the Annual Report), Contributions,
and Guides. A series of Memoirs and of Educational
Leaflets is also projected Admission to the grounds is
free daily, including Sundays and holidays, from SAM.
until sunset The Garden is supported by annual munic-
ipal appropriations, by the income from an endowment,
amounting at present to over $50,000, and by gifts.
Suggestions from the foregoing
As may be inferred from what has preceded, the his-
tory of botanical gardens has shown a steady progress-
ive development from collections of medicinal herbs,
gathered and studied with reference to their economic
uses, to institutions endeavoring to maintain collections
of all kinds of plants, both herbaceous and \\oody,
some ornamental and useful, but perhaps most of them
collected and studied for their own sake, from the stand-
point of pure science, with an endeavor to understand
the nature as well as the uses of plants. The Chelsea
Garden affords a concrete illustration of this, for while
the collections here were at first almost entirely confined
to medicinal plants, these now form only a compara-
tively small portion of the collections In this way, and
in this way only, may botanical science be most rapidly
and most 'surely advanced, to the advantage not only
of pure science itself, but of horticulture, agriculture,
forestry, pharmacology, and all phases of applied
botanical science
It was one of the marks of greatness and of sound
judgment of Sir William Hooker, that he aimed defi-
nitely to make Kew Gardens not only a scientific insti-
tution of the first rank, but to make them beautiful, —
attractive to the general public. This latter aim has
been too often neglected or minimized, on the theory
that a botanic garden is a scientific institution, and
should, therefore, be developed with little regard for
the non-scientific public. This is an unfortunate and
unfair attitude, unfair to the general public^ espe-
cially in those gaidens which are supported in part
by public money, and unfortunate for botanical science
because it not only neglects a very important aspect of
botany — applied botany, — but loses the opportunity of
enlisting the intelligent sympathy of the community
with botanical endeavor Many persons who might
otherwise remain quite indifferent to botanical work m
general, or even to the work of a given garden in
particular, may, through being attracted primarily by
the beauty of the collections and grounds, be led to give
generous support to such work, or even to discover that
their own mam interest is botany, and ultimately to
advance the science by their own studies.
It is unfortunate that the United States government
has no national garden to do for our own country what
Kew has done for England. The climate and location
of Washington combine to make the capital city an
admirable place for the development of a botanic gar-
den, and two or three branch gardens could be estab-
lished to advantage in parts of the country, giving
wide diversity of climatic conditions, such as one of
the extreme southern states, the great American desert,
and one of the most northern states.
With only very little additional expense, many city
parks could be made more interesting and instructive,
and none the less beautiful and attractive, by giving
potions of them more the character of a botanic gar-
den, at least by suitably labeling the trees and shiubs
and growing them with some regard to botanical
affinities
With the exception of the Missouri Botanical Gar-
den, there is nowhere offered in the United States a
thorough course of study for the purpose of training
gardeners to take charge of botanic gardens The
training received in a few months' experience with
a commercial florist or eicdsmon IK not sufficient, nor
do horticultural courses in our agricultural colleges
answer the purpose Botanic gardens need for garden-
ers, and especially for head-gardeners, men
whose training has included not only in-
struction in the care and management of
greenhouses, and in plant-propagation and
cultivation, but also a thorough laboratory
course in the elementary principles of
botanv, a course in systematic botany,
including the collection and identification
of* a minimum number of wild plants, an
elementary course in plant pathology, with
emphasis on methods of treatment, a
course in the physics and biology of soils,
and also in such specialized work as acces-
sioning arid labeling Ihe general educa-
tion of men for these positions ought also
to be such as to enable
them to express them-
selves well in writing,
and to give courses of
instruction to others in
the various practical
phases of their work,
such as greenhouse
economy, plant -pro-
pagation, and the care
of herbaceous and
woody plants out-of- k
doors The recent suc-
cess of a number of popular books
on gardening indicates a rather
widespread demand for such infor-
mation on the part of amateurs
and people of comparative leisure,
as well as others. It is much
better to get this information in
connection with the actual opera-
tions of a scientifically adminis-
tered botanic garden, rather than
by the wholly inadequate method
of reading a book on the subject.
C. STUART GAGEK.
BOTANY, The science that
treats of plants; plant-knowledge
In its widest sense, and properly,
it includes much that, by common 504. Botrychmm
consent, is usually included in obhquum. (XMi)
BOTANY
BOUGAINVILLEA
533
horticulture, — as amelioration of plants by domestica-
tion, hybridizing, and the like Horticulture is a part
of the large conception of botany, so far as its scien-
tific aspects are concerned.
BOTRf CHIUM (Greek, in allusion to the grape-like
sporangia). Ophioglo&sacix. A genus of mostly tem-
perate plants allied to ferns, with fleshy roots, short
underground sts , each of which bears a single free-
veined If , consisting of a short petiole, a usually tri-
angular, divided blade, and a single erect panicle bear-
ing the fleshy sporangia
These plants may be grown in the hardy border, or
against a building on the shady hide They require no
special treatment They are little cultivated, but are
of interest to the collector or fancier.
A Petiole as long an the fertile portion.
virginianum, Swartz MOONWORT. Six in. to 2 ft
high, with a broad, triangular blade, with 3 mam tn-
quaan-pmnatifid divisions fertile portion long-stalked.
E U. S. — The only species large enough to make a
display.
A A Petiole much shorter than fertile portion.
obliquum, Muhl Fig 604 Plant, 6-15 in high, with
a ternate blade 2-6 in wide segms obliquely ovate or
oblong, 3i~/|m long fertile part long-stalked. (B,
ternatum, Authors, not Swartz, which latter is a dif-
ferent Japanese species ) K U. S
dissectum, Spreng Plant, 6-1 S in high, with a ter-
nate, finely dissected blade, 3-8 in wide, the ultimate
divisions loin or less wide E U S — Evergreen, deli-
cate and graceful Grows in woods and meadows
11. C BENEDICT.
BOTTLE-BRUSH: Metrnaideros; also Calhstemon ami Mela-
leuca
BOTTOM HEAT. Soil temperature that is higher
than that of the superincumbent air Most tender
plants require to have the roots warmer than the tops,
particularly when grown under glass
BOUGAINVfLLEA (De Bougainville, 1729-1811, a
French navigator). Nyctagindcese. South American
shrubs, often climbers, with very gaudy large bracts,
grown under glass, and as arbor plants South
Leaves alternate, petmled, entire fls small and incon-
spicuous, tubular, the margin 5-6-lobed, stamens, 7-8,
on unequal capillary filaments; ovary btipitate The
small and inconspicuous fls arc inclosed with large and
showy magenta-purple or red bracts that constitute
the decorative value of the plants. Two more or less
ficandent species arc chiefly known in cult. Less than a
dozen recognized species
The bougamvilleas have been much grown of late as
pot-plants. The young stock (started from cuttings)
may be grown m the field and be lifted in early autumn;
this will produce plants for spring bloom but not for
early flowering For earlier bloom, the plants may be
carried through the summer in pots Half-ripened or
old wood, in 6- to 12-inch lengths, may be used for
cuttings m April to June The subsequent culture is
simple. For glasshouse work the plants may be kept
cut back and the branches trained. In California,
Florida, and other southern regions, bougamvilleas are
plentifully used as poich-covers, where they make a
most brilliant show Not hardy.
The cultural requirements of the bougainvilleas are of
the easiest. They thrive in almost any kind of soil and
should be grown in full sunshine. H. glabra and its
varieties are the best for ordinary purposes, as they
bloom when small, and thrive readily in a cool green-
house or in the open where free from frost. B. specta-
bihs and its var latentia require more tropical condi-
tions and reach large dimensions All are readily prop-
agated, and will root in a few weeks from cuttings of
the young shoots a few inches in length and placed in
sandy boilin bottom heat and moisture at a temperature
of 65° or 70° F B glabra and its varieties make most
excellent pot-plants, either as large or small specimens.
They are also valuable for summer bedding. All the
kinds make very desirable subjects for clothing ver-
andas, arches and pergolas or for planting at the base
60S. Bougaimnllea glabra ( X
of trees (where the climate is suitable for outdoor cul-
ture), which they will rapidly clothe in a mass of most
beautiful and highly colored flower-bracts Another
and most effective puipose to which these plants can
be put is that of hedge or fence plants in tropical and
subtropical countries They stand drought "exceed-
ingly well and may be pruned with impunity. (C P.
Raifill )
glabra, Choisy Fig 605 Grows 10 and more ft high
and wide, when planted in the ground and allow ed to have
its way, glabrous. Ivs ovate and acunnnate, glabrous
and bright green bracts cordate-ovate, bright rosy red,
distinctly veined Brazil. GC III 23 168, 30:
265 On. 54, p 257; 64, p 353 R II 1889 276 A G
16 15 A F. 11 ' 1371 F E 10. 106 —Free-flowering and
handsome, often grown in pots and kept dwarf Var.
Sanderiana, Hort. Veiy flonferous, blooming even in
very small pots. Gn 45.418. A F 10:307, 11.977;
12 1185 Gng 4 281; 5 345. G. 27:457— A very
worthy plant both for pot culture or as a shrub or
climber Often blooms when 1 ft high, but reaches a
height of 10-20 ft Var. Cypher!, Hort A much
larger and finer plant than the type; the large and
bright-colomi deep rose bracts are freely produced in
long plumose clusters on all the principal growths, and
aie more highly colored than those of tht var San-
d(nana It may be treated the same as var Kandenana
as to cult It is an acquisition as a decorative plant.
Var variegata, Hort. Lvs. prettily variegated with
creamy white; useful as a neat and quick-growing
foliage plant for summer bedding
spectabihs, Willd (B specidsa, Lindl B splendens>
Hort ) Taller and stricter, with larger and thicker Ivs.,
hairy, fls. m large panicles; bracts larger, deep rose-
color, but varying to purple and greenish Brazil. B.M.
4810, 4811 P.M. 12-51. I H 42 '30— An immense and
strong-growing climber, rising by means of numerous
stout hooked spines Variable; known also as B.
534
BOUGAINVILLEA
brastlietms.B. bracteata and B. peruviana. Var. later-
itia, Lem. (B. lateritia, Hort.), has brick-red bracts. I H.
13.466 More showy than the last when in full bloom,
perhaps distinct; said to be more difficult to start from
cuttings than the type, at least without bottom heat.
B aurantlaca, Hort =»B Lmdleyana
— B formtma, Bull Semi-scandent, free- *
flowering purplish mauve under com-
paratively cool treatment said to bo well
adapted tor decoration of warm green
houses and conservatories Brazil — B
Lmdleyana, Hort Hairy, climbing, with
strong curved spines Ivs obovate-
rounued, acute, slightly undulate, very
hirsute bracts ellip-
tic, short - acumi-
nate, cinnabar- ^,/ \
color — B refulgens, <
and drooping, and
bracts purple
Brazil Apparently
a less valuable and ^ ^ Fiower theme (at the left) and
nf y« ffi *°l*6* **m* («* the ri«ht)- *» Figs. 606-
of B •Ptdaklu. 616, the outline circle! represent flower
Li. ri. r>. masses, and the black circles foliage masses.
BOUQUETS. The aim in flower-arrangement is
beauty (1) A display of the natural beauty of the
plant, or (2) the creation of a beautiful group of floral
material
([*) (1) Plant beauty combines two chief ele-
«••>!* ments color and form In such plants as
:>yO the pansy, the peony, and the full-blown
V-1? _s rose, color is the dominant element In
•?<V.) such plants as the calla, the Easter lily,
,S..{ / and many of the orchids, form is the domi-
', %j£ nant element In some flowers, as rosebuds,
*( ")O nasturtiums, and chrysanthemums, the two
%lf/[T elements are so nearly balanced that either
lit-, one may be selected for special display.
JKa' In any case, one element, color or form,
•'" '.II should predominate in the arrangement
Plate XVIII shows at a, the yellow-centered
daisy massed to emphasize its beauty of
color, b shows the same flower arranged to
display its beauty of form A single clump
of the plant has been transplanted to a
bowl, that its wayward natural growth in
the midst of the grasses may be enjoyed
In some cases the flowers may be the
theme. The arrangement then becomes
similar to Fig 606. (In all the figures the
dotted circles indicate flower masses, and
the solid black circles, leaf masses ) In
others the foliage may be worthy to become
the theme, or may be used as a foil to
bring out more clearly the exquisite grace
or hue of a few flowers In such a case
mon? m?ase FlS 607 rePresents tlie ^P0 of nrrange-
and bouquet nient. Foliage and flowers should never vie
with one another for first place
Color flowers may oe massed The Digger the bunch
of peonies, the more impressive and splendid is the color.
Form flowers should not be massed. A single stalk of
Easter lilies is enough. When massed, the marvelously
graceful lines of leaves and flowers are lost.
610,611 Simple and reversed curves.
609. Harmony in vase and bouquet.
BOUQUET
Receptacles should always be less attractive than
that which they hold. Brilliant colored vases, those
with gilding, cut glass, vases decorated with pictures,
or with flowers modeled in high relief or represented in
color, arc all to be avoided. They are too obtrusive.
They force the floweis to take second place. Recepta-
cles of clear glass which take on the color of the stems
put into them, of dull soft colors, of unpolished metal,
are likely to be most serviceable in displaying the
natural beauties of
flowers
The receptacle
should be of the
shape best adapted r^X*. •'"*• .,
to holding the flow- ^5* Sf ,-' y
ers as nearly as pos- •\»J
sible m the position
in which they grew.
In Plate XVII atd,
the broad bowl (full
of pebbles to steady
the stems) makes
possible such an ar-
rangement for the
apple blossoms The
tall vase with the
narrow neck, at c,
insures the right
position for the
spray of bay berry.
Of course the na-
tural beauty of a
plant cannot be displayed to advantage when confused
with other plants This is the reason for the general
rule Use in a bouquet only flowers of one kind, with
their own foliage.
(2) Beautiful groups of plant forms present, (a)
'unity, (6) rh>thm, and (c) balance
(a) An arrangement has unity when all the parts of
which it is composed are so related that the whole
makes its appeal to the eye first All the parts must have
something at least in common to bind them together.
In nature the common element may be texture, as in
the snakeroot, color as in the mullein, line as in the
goldenrod. In flower-arrangement the receptacle must
have some element in common with the plant, in a
(Plate XVIII) the color of the jar echoes the color of the
flowers; in b both the color
and the ornament of the
bowl echo the character
of the sod, in d, the shape
of the bowl echoes the /***
shape of the apple blos-
som and its color echoes
their color In c, the shape
of the vase echoes the
shape of a bayberry leaf,
its contours echo the lines
of the stems; its pattern
echoes the speckle of the
baybernes; and the dark
stand gives the receptacle
a color repeating the dark
color of the leaves The
receptacle must have
something at least in com-
mon with the plant, but must never vie with it in any
way. If the bouquet is tall and slim, the vase may have
similar form (Fig 608) ; if it is short and broad, the vase
may repeat that shape (Fig 609) In Fig 610, the sprays
have oneline in common, asimple forcetul curve repeated
in the vase In Fig 611, the sprays have the reversed
curve in common, echoed softly in the vase.
(6) Rhythm means orderly variety of some kind. Fig.
612 exhibits orderly variety in the sizes of leaves, all
subordinate to the one flower. Such an effect can always
612, 613, 614, respectively, show-
ing simple rhythm forms.
XVII. The arrangement of bouquets.
BOUQUET
BOUSSINGAULTIA
535
615 A color rhythm.
be produced by pruning the spray. Fig. 613 shows an
orderly variety in sises in both leaves and flowers. The
parts are in pairs, a larger and a smaller composing each
rjair like march time in music. Fig.
614 shows an orderly vanety in
which each set is composed of a
series of three, large, smaller, small-
est,—something like a three-part
measure, waltz time, in music Figs.
610 and 611 show rhythm of meas-
ure in the lengths of the sprays and
rhytlun of line in their curves. In
> each case there are three similar
curves, but three which form a senes
from least bent to most bent Fig.
608 presents a rhythm of measure
in the sizes of the flowers, another
in the sizes of the leaves, and
another in the lengths of the stems.
Fig 615 shows a rhythm of color.
When flowers of one kind present a
wide range of tone, — pinks, for
example, running from white to red
through various tones of pink, they
may be arranged agreeably by mak-
ing evident the rhythm of color from
lightest to darkest. When the flow-
ers vary in hue as nasturtiums do,
from yellow through orange to red,
a rhythm of hue may be estab-
lished in a similar way Such sequences of color
(unless too formal) are always more plea-smg than hap-
hazard spottings of color All these arrangements show
rhythms of mass Fig 608, 610, and 611 show a triple
subdivision, large, smaller, smallest, but not so discon-
nected as to destroy the unity of the whole in any case
Figs 609, 615, and 616, show more complex rhythms of
mass, but in a general way they present a simple move-
ment from the diffuse to the compact This the eye can
take in at a glance Each review of this rh> thm gives
additional pleasuie to the sense of sight A rhythm, an
orderly sequence of some kind, for the eye to follow, is
essential in floral arrangement
(r) Balance — A flower-arrangement must not be too
iorrnal It must present something of the freedom of
wild nature but it must appear to be in stable equilib-
rium. Every spot, every color, every stem line, every
space between these elements, presents an attraction fof
the eye. All these attractions must be adjusted to one
another so that the whole appears to stand securely
This means that the parts must be disposed with refer-
ence to the vertical center line of the vase The principle
is that of the steelyard. A large, a brilliant, a solid mass,
near the center line, may be balanced by a small, a dull,
or a diffuse mass, farther removed from the center line
To appear free, like nature, the attractions on one side
must not duplicate, in form, size
or position, the masses on the
other Such an arrangement is
formal, and belongs in the realm
of structural and conventional
art; but, however varied the ele-
ments may be, they must be so
disposed as to counterbalance
each other, and maintain the bal-
ance of the whole Compare the
illustrations with this principle m
mind.
Lovers of natural beauty do
not overlook the possibilities of
winter bouquets. Sprays of seed
packs, withered leaves, and the
like often present soft dull colors
in such harmonious groups of
oift. Complex rhythm tones that they may serve as
of mass models for color schemes for cos-
tumes and the interior decoration of rooms. They often
present exquisite rhythms of measure, subtle refine-
ments of line, charming combinations of erratic curves
and surprising oppositions of harmoniously related
details, unrivaled in the growing period of the plant's
life. Plate XVIII shows at e a picturesque spray or white
oak with "oak apples."
More than one kind of plant may be used in an
arrangement, provided the beauty of one enhances the
beauty of the other, like day
and night, like a handsome
man and a beautiful woman
side by side But even then
the two must have something
in common The Japanese
often combine a round-leaved
plant with a linear-leaved plant
While presenting a contrast in
form the two have green in com-
mon. Na-
ture often
combines
strong con-
trasts, as in
the dark
green holly (
with itsv
bright red
berries.
While the
colors are
complemen-
tary, the
textures are alike. Both pre- \
sent smooth surfaces with glints
of light in common Moreovei
the red never vies with the
green in mass. It is a green
spray, with a few precious red
dots
In a word, in good flower-
arrangement either beauty of
color or beauty of form is the
dominant element The whole
arrangement presents a unity
within which play rhythms of
measure, of line and of tone, all
related to a principal mass, the
supreme center of interest, and
all so disposed as to constitute
a balanced whole.
HENRY TURNER BAILEY.
BOUSSINGAtLTIA (J. B.
Boussmgault, born in 1802, a
famous agricultural chemist).
Bassellacesp. Strong herbaceous
perennial vines, grown in the
open and sometimes under
glass
Branching twiners Ivs. alter-
nate, entire, thick: fls. small,
perfect, with 2 sepals, a 5-
parted, short-tubed perianth, 5
stamens, and 3-divided style or
3-lobed stigma, in long ter-
minal and axillary racemes. —
Ten species in Trop Amer.
Anredera is a related genus
baselloideSjHBK MADEIRA
VINE MIGNONETTE VINE Fig. 617. Perennial, root
tuberous sts. smooth, reaching 10-20 ft. in a season,
and in late summer or fall bearing profusely of the
fragrant white fls. (which become nearly black with
age), and producing little tubercles by means of which
the plant is prop. Ecuador. B M. 3620 — A common
617. Boussmgaultia
basselloides. (XH)
536
BOUSSINGAULTIA
BOUVARDIA
618. The common garden form of
Bouvardia. Cluster from a side
growth.
vine, prized for porches and arbors. The roots are
stored in the winter, and planted out after danger of
frost is past The plant will not endure frost. Some-
times grown in the conservatory and window-garden.
It has run wild in Fla. and Texas. L H B.
BOUVARDIA (Charles Bouvard, 1572-1658, physi-
cian to Louis XIII, and Superintendent of Royal
Gardens in Paris) Rubiacex. Handsome greenhouse
flowering shrubs, once
popular as florists'
plants,
Small shrubs (rarely
perennial herbs), witn
simple, sometimes ver-
ticiUate, Ivs and sub-
ulate stipules: fls. in
terminal cymes, showy,
in red, yellow ana
white; calyx 4-lobed,
the lobes persistent;
corolla long - tubular
or salver form, with
4 spreading lobes;
stamens 4, alternate
with corolla-lobes and
attached in the tube
or throat; styles in-
serted or exserted in
different fls., the stig-
mas 2; ovary 2-celled:
fr. a locuhcidal caps. — About 30 species, from Texas
and Ariz to Colombia and southward, chiefly in Mex.
and Cent Amer.
Bouvard las were once very important florists' flowers,
but they have now given place, along with camellias
and others, to chrysanthemums, carnations and other
plants. The plants have such merit in themselves, how-
ever, and are so likely to return to favor in this coun-
try, that a rather full cultural treatment is here given.
The bouvardias of florists do not represent any of the
type species They are sports, hybrids, and other types
of variations. The Latin-form names in American
trade catalogues nearly all belong to these garden forms.
The species which are of most importance to the hor-
ticulturist are mentioned below:
A. Fls in shades of red.
B. Lvs. normally in S's (except, perhaps, on the
branchlets).
triphylla, Sahsb (B Jdcqumn, HBK ). Small pubes-
cent shrub, 2-6 ft. high: Ivs. in 3's or 4's (or opposite
On the branchlets). lanceolate to lance-ovate, glabrous
above, fls. an inch long, pubescent, bright scarlet Mex.
and reaching north to Ariz. B M 1854;3781 (as B.
splendens, Graham) — The genus Bouvardia was founded
upon this species, which was intro into England more
than 100 years ago. It is evidently the most important
parent strain, although it is probably not in cult in its
original form. Figs 618 and 619 partake very strongly
of this species In fact, Fig 618 compares well in
botanical characters (except less long-pointed Ivs.) with
the early pictures of B tnphylla.
le&ntha, Benth Much like B. tnphylla, more bushy
and better grower1 sts hairy. Ivs. hairy above: fls.
glabrous. Mex. R H. 1851:81. — Perhaps only a form
of the preceding. It is said that the first recorded
hybrid bouvardia appeared about 1857, with Mr.
Parsons' nurseries at Brighton, England, being between
B, leiantha and B. longiflora Many secondary forms
have come from this cross, some of them being white,
as B. Davidson or B. Vreelandn (G. 27:632).
Other red-fld. 3-lvd. species are: B. anqustofbha.
HBK. Lvs. lanceolate, revolute, glabrous above ana
fine-pubescent below: branches nearly glabrous. Mex.
B. hirtella, HBK. Very similar: Ivs. pubescent on both
surfaces. Mex. B. scdbra, Hook, fe Am. Lva. ovate,
short-stalked, fls. large in dense clusters, pink: st.
hairy. Mex.
BB. Lvs. opposite.
Cavanfllesii, DC. (B. multiflora, Schult.). Hairy:
Ivs. ovate-acuminate, broad at base, short-stalked, edges
hairy: fls. 1^ in. long, very slender, glabrous. Mex.
AA. Fls. yellow.
flava. Decne. Lvs. opposite, ovate-lanceclate or
lance-elliptic, very short-stalked, ciliate: fls. very long
drooping, in 3-5-fld. racemes, bright yellow. Mex.
F.S. 1:43.
AAA. Fls. white.
longifldra, HBK. Glabrous, branching shrub- Iva.
opposite, ovate-acuminate, stalked' fls lJ^-2 in long,
with a very slender tube and a wide-spreading, large
limb, 2 or 3 together and aggregated into a terminal
cyme. Mex B.M. 4223. FS 2 '123
Htimboldtii, Hort Lvs opposite, ovate-acuminate:
fls. very large, fragrant, in a large, toimmal cluhter
G.C 1873'717. G 27'331 (var grandi/lora) — This is
a choice conservatory plant It is usually catalogued
as B. Hwriboldtii corymbiflora. Blooms from bummer
to winter. Probably a derivative of B. longiflora B
candidissima, Hort , white-fld ; is said to be a hybrid,
with B Humboldtii as one of its parents.
jasminifldra, Hort. Compact and dwarf, very flonf-
erous, the fls in close, terminal clusters G C 1872 215.
— Probably a derivative of B. longiflora. j, u g
All the cultivated species and varieties of bouvardia
are evergreen greenhouse plants They thrive best in a
mixture of equal parts of rich turfy loam, leaf-mold and
sand, which should be rammed moderately firm but
not too hard. They require an abundance of water dur-
ing the growing season, and, once they have started
into growth in the spring, should never be allowed to
suffer for the want of water at the roots A house in
which the temperature can be maintained at 55° F.
with fire-heat, suits them best, but the temperature
may, with advantage, be allowed to run up to 80° or
619. The double-flowered form of the garden Bouvardia.
90° F. with sunheat, providing they are given an
abundance of ventilation at the same time. The plants
should be frequently syringed during the growing sea-
son to keep down insect pests and to help to main-
tain a healtnful growing atmosphere. All the bouvardias
revel in a fair amount of sunshine, and may be described
as sun-loving plants, but under glass during the hottest
part of the day, it is an advantage to shade them
lightly to break the direct rays of the sun. Under thin
BOUVARDIA
BOWIEA
537
treatment growth is rapid, and the plants require to
be frequently pinched back at the points in order to
induce sturdy, well-balanced specimens If this pinch-
mg-back is neglected, the plants will become ill-bal-
anced and few flowers will be the result. The time of
grown, are the decoration of the greenhouse or conser-
vatory, and, in warm localities, as bedding plants A
selection of some of best varieties is given herewith:
Alfred Neuner, Double, pure white fls ; an old variety of great
....... merit, of good constitution Bridal Wreath White, free-flowering,
flowering Can be readily regulated by the time Of the with large loose trusses one of the best for cut-fls. Bridesmaid
last pinching back, and a succession of flowering plants ?°^le' <>ink fls; bn*hter than President . Garfield
may be maintained practically throughout the whole
year. Amongst market-growers, the aim should be to
secure the bulk of the flowers in the winter period, for
which purpose very little pinching of the shoots should
be practised after September, and the plants should
then be allowed to grow on until the flowers appear.
When in flower, the plants should be removed to a
somewhat drier house, and they last much longer if
kept in a temperature of about 50° F
Many growers plant out strong healthy plants upon
benches under glass, or m favored
situations outdoors Under these
conditions growth is rapid, and if
carefully watered and attention is
paid to pinching-back the leading
growths, fine flowering specimens
are quickly secured. For the cut-
flower trade, this method has a
consideiable advantage over pot
culture All through the growing
period, it is absolutely essential
that the plants should never be
allowed to suffer for the want of
water and, when well established,
they should be fed liberally with
manure
Specimens planted out in the
open, should be lifted with a good
ball in early autumn, potted up and
placed in a close shaded house until
the roots again become active
These plants will furnish a laigc
supply of flowers during the winter
months
After the flowering period is over,
bouvardias should be kept some-
what cooler and drier at the roots
for a few weeks, after which they
should be cut back and started
again in heat and moisture If kept
frequently syringed, they will soon
break freely and furnish a good
supply of cuttings These are best
removed with a heel when about
2 inches long, and placed in 4- or
5-inch pots in an open compost of
equal parts sand and peat or fine
leaf -mold, and placed in a moist
and close frame with a brisk bot-
tom heat Roots are soon emitted,
when the plants should be potted up singly and moved
on into larger-sized pots as required Most of the gar-
den varieties are also readily propagated from pieces
of the larger and thicker parts of the roots in spring
These may be cut into lengths of about 2 inches and
planted the same as cuttings, leaving a small piece
exposed above the soil Adventitious shoots are soon
formed on these and soon make good serviceable plants
The numerous garden forms are all so distinct in
habit, shape and poise of the flowers from all the known
species, that it is difficult to identify any of them as
varieties of any one species. It is probable that they
are complex hybrids of B. tnphylla, B. leiantha, B
Cavamllesii, B scabra arid possibly B. flava, all of which
species are more or less villose and scentless The
garden forms are extremely handsome, and useful as
cut-flowers, for indoor decoration, also for button-
holes and for making up into ladies' sprays, wreaths
and so on Other purposes for which they are largely
Bright crimson, flonferous, and of easy cult B candidissima
White, an improvement on B jasmmoides Dazzler Rich scarlet,
free and compact-growing B eleoans Scarlet, largo truss of loose
habit B flavescens Light yollow, distinct, bad habit B foreseen*
flore-pleno Double form of last-named Hogarth Brilliant scarlet,
large truss, a well-known variety Hogarth flore-pleno Double,
scarlet B jasminoidcn White, a free-flowering dwarf form, of
easy cult King of the Scarlets Light-scarlet, large truss of very
fane large fls , a new variety of great merit Maiden's Bluah Light
rose, floriferous Mrs Robert Green A fine salmon-pink sport froi*
President Cleveland, distinct and beautiful President Cleveland
Brilliant scarlet, with cnmson tube, the richest and best of its ^olor,
flonferous and of easy cult Prtwdent Garfield Double, pink;
floriferous, large truss Priory Beauty Delicate rose or deep pink;
one of the most beautiful, elegant habit;
medium and coiui act truss Purity. White;
fragrant, free, large fls , loose truss Sang
Lorraine Bnght vermilion-scarlet, double
The Bride White, tinted with pink, one ol
the best for bouquets, etc Thomas Meehan.
Double, bnght bcarlet, with pale rose-scar-
let tube, floriferous Tnomphe de Nancy
Double bnght orange-red, large truss, dis-
tinct Victor- * frnoine Large, very double
fls , brilliant scarlet B Vreclandii (B
Davidisomi) Pure white, txtiemely flon-
ferous, a favorite variety in gardens, and
of very easy cult Vulcan Scarlet, medium-
Sized truss White Bouquet Pure white,
exceedingly dwarf and compact
C. P. RAFFILL.
BOWtNIA (bears the name of
Sir Gco F Bowen, once Governor
of Queensland) Cycaddrese. Zamia-
like plant, grown to some extent in
Florida and hardy in the central
nart.
Bowenia, a monotypic genus, dif-
fers from Macrozamia in foliage
characters and in the absence of a
point on the cone-scales, and from
Zamia largely in its bipmnate Ivs.
B. spectabilis, Hook Trunk, thick,
scarcely ri&mg above ground, plant
glabrous Ivs 3-4 ft long, loosely
bipmnate, each pinna or 1ft 1 ft.
or more long, the 9-20 segms ovate
or ovate-lanceolate, oblique or fal-
cate, acuminate ' cones short-pedun-
cled, the sterile ones 1^-2 in. long
and half as thick, the fertile ones
3-4 in diam , and the scales ex-
panded between the seeds into a
broad and thick truncate apex
Queensland, Austral. There is a var
semdata B M 5398, 6008 —This
charming little cycad makes beauti-
ful clumps, thriving well under lath houses in Fla ,
when given proper shade, good supply of moisture and
soil rich m humus, the Ivs. are easily broken if the
plant is roughly handled. Lt jj g
BOWIEA (after ,1 Bowie, collector for Kew). Lili-
Acex A monotypic genus containing one of the most
curious plants m the vegetable kingdom, sometimes
grown under glass as an oddity, and as an illustration
to students of botany.
A round, green bulb 4-5 m. thick throws up yearly a
very slender, twining fl.-st. 6-8 ft high, with many com-
pound, forked, curving branches below, and numerous
small green fls above This branched n -stalk is green
and performs the function of the usually absent Ivs.;
somewhat asparagus-like. There are no Ivs except 2
small, linear, erect scales at the apex of the bulb, which
quickly vanish. The Ivs. show its relation to Drimia
and Scilla.
62 J Bowiea volubihs.
538
BOWIEA
BRACHYCOME
volftbilis, Harv. Fig. 620. Perianth 6-cleft to the
base, persistent, green or greenish white, the segms.
incurved at the tips, ultimately reflexed. S. Afr. B M.
5619. — Sold by dealers now and then, and cult.
in botanic gardens with cactus-like euphorbias and
other curiosities. B. volubihs is a remarkable bulbous-
rooted twining greenhouse climber. The bulbs grow to
be very large, sometimes becoming 19 in. circum.
and some 6 or 7 in. deep. The slender, twining
vine seems out of proportion to the size of bulb. It
does not produce Ivs., but the lower part of the vine
is furnished with pendulous, abortive panicles which
seem to perform the function of Ivs. The small insig-
nificant greenish white fls are borne at the upper end of
the vine. This is a useful plant for twining on the
supports of a moderately warm greenhouse, and is of
the easiest possible cult Prop is effected by seeds, or
occasionally by the natural division of the bulbs. The
season of growth usually begins about the first of Oct.,
when the bulbs should be repotted in any light, rich
soil, and kept well watered until the sts begin to
mature, which usuaHy occurs in May, when water
should be gradually withheld, and the plants stored
away in some shaded part of the greenhouse and kept
quite dry until the season of growth bogms again.
WILHELM MILLER.
E. J. CANNING.
BOWKfcRIA (Henry Bowker and sister, botanists in
S. Afr.)« Scrophulanacex South African shrubs of 5
species, one of which is rare in cult m south of England,
and likely to be mtro into this country Allied to Scroph-
ulana, differing in being ligneous and m technical floral
characters B. Gerrardiana, Harv. (B. tnphylla, Hort ).
Erect-branched t»hrub, 8-10 ft , with gray hairs Ivs.
in 3's, sevssile, elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, 4-6 in. long:
fls in small axillary cymes, 1 m. across, satiny white,
calceolana-liKe, red-dotted inside, the upper hp flat,
lower lip shorter and ventncose and 3-lobed B M.
8021. G C III 36. Suppl. Dec. 10.— Hardy in thp
Isle of Wight
BOX ELDER (Acer Negundo, which see). A very
popular small native tree for planting on the prames
and in trying climates It propagates most readily from
seeds It is an excellent nurse tree for other species.
The wood is of inferior quality. It grows with great
rapidity for a few years.
621. Brachycome iberidifolla.
BOYKINIA (named after Doctor Boykin, of Georgia) .
Tkfrofon. Raf. Saxtjragacey Glandular-pubescent
perennial herbs, 7 species, of which one is Japanese
and the others in the S Alleghany region and Calif ,
two of which have been offered for wild gardens. Lvs.
alternate, but mostlv radical, stalked, blade orbicular
or very broad and lobed or cleft: fls. white, small, in
terminal clusters; petals 5. entire or nearly so; stamens
5; styles 2-3 fr an urn-shaped or globose caps , eiect
or pendulous. Mostly mountain plants B. rotundi-
fdlia, Parry Villous-pubescent, 2-3 ft., leafy: Ivs 2-4
in. across, orbicular or broadly ovate, crenately cut
and toothed: fls. shoi t-pedicclled, on one side of the
branches; petals little surpashing the acute calyx-lobes.
Water-courses, San Bernardino Mts. B. aconitifdlia,
Nutt. Erect, 1-3 ft. ' Ivs. 2-6 in. across, nearly orbicu-
lar or remform, palmately 5-7-lobed .fls ma glandular-
pubescent corymb, petals eroded, sepals triangular-
ovate. Mt hlopes, Va. to Ga. — A pretty foliage plant
for wild gardens and borders. jjt H. B.
BRACHYCHL&TA (Greek, short bnstle). Cora-
ptisitse, A monotypic genus, growing m open woods
from Ky to N C. and Ga. Closely allied to hohdago,
from which it differs in the very short pappus (the bris-
tles shorter than the achene), and the lower Ivs cordate.
B. cordata, Torr & Gray (B sphaceldta, Brit.),
which has been mtro by dealers in native plants, is
2-3 ft high, soft-pubescent, with thin, serrate, ovate to
orbicular-ovate Ivs : fls. golden yellow, in small heads,
which are borne on the thynsoid. secund branchlcts;
disk-fls perfect — Recon mended for the native border,
particularly in half shade.
BRACHYCHiLUS (short hp, the labellum being
suppressed) Spelled also BrachychiJum, from the name
as a subgenus of Hedychium. Z mgiberacese Herbaceous
plants of two species, one or both of which have been
cultivated abroad, in warmhouses Closely allied to
Hedychium, The species aie B H6rsfieldu, Peters
(Hedychium Hdrsfieldn, Wall ), from Java; and B
tentllum, Schum , from Moluccas The former has
Jtpeen cultivated as Alpinui calcarata.
BRACHYCHlTON (name referring to the short
imbricated hairs and scales) Rterculiacese. Australian
trees (about eleven species), grown to some extent in
Florida and perhaps elsewhere South, often included
with Stercuha, from which they differ (when the genera
are distinguished) by bearing the radicle next the hilum
in the seed, having the seeds and inside of carpels
villous, and other technical characters
Leaves entire or rarely lobed . fls unisexual or polyg-
amous, in panicles or racemes, calyx with 5 or 4
spreading lobes; petals wanting; stamens 10-15 in a
column united with the pistils, ovary with 5 nearly or
quite distinct carpels, the styles united under the pel-
tate or lobed bt igma — Two showy-fld species are
repoited m this country B. acerifdlium, Muell. (Ster-
cuha acerifdha, Cunn ) Large timber tree in its native
country: Ivs. long-stalked, 5- or 7-lobcd, 8-10 in.
across, the lobes oblong-lanceolate or almost rhom-
boid fla rich red, in loose racemes or small panicles;
calyx 54 in. long, glabrous, broad-lobed, ovary Dome on
a short stalk or column* tr large follicles, long-stalked,
glabrous B. diversifdlium may be either B diverse
folium, R. Br *=*Sterculm caudata, Reward; or B.
vopidnkum, R. Br..=»S. dwersifoha, Don, probably the
latter and here desciibed. tree, 20-60 ft., glabrous
except the blossoms: Ivs long-stalked, ovate to ovate-
lanceolate and entire, or more or less deeply 3- or 5-
lobed: fls. yellowish white, reddish within, in axillary
panicles that rarely exceed the Ivs.; calyx broadly
campanulate, about %m diarn., acutely lobed to mid-
dle: follicles nearly ovoid, sometimes 3 in. long, on
stalks 1-2 in. long Both species are reported as grow-
ing vigorously in high pine-land garden in Fla. ; trunk
unusually thick near the ground, characteristic in the
open cone-like tops L. H. B.
BRACHYCOME (short hair, from the Greek, allud-
ing to the pappus). Compdsitx. About 40 species of
Australian heros. with membranaceous involucral
BRACHYCOME
bracts, naked pitted receptacle, very short pappus
bristles, and diffuse leafy growth, one of which is cult.
as a garden annual, of very simple cult.
iberidifdlia, Benth SWAN RIVER DAISY. Figs. 621,
022 A very graceful little annual (6-16 in. high),
suited to borders, and also
attractive in pots, seeds may
be sown in the open or under
glass fls blue, lose or white,
an inch across. Ivs small, pin-
nate, with narrow divisions.
II F. 4 90. JH III. 51-461.
V. 3 170 A good wmter-
bloorner 1 or 5 mos. after
sowing L. H. B.
BRACHYSEMA (short
standard, refeinrig to the
flower) JjcgutntnottJ' Shrubs
or undershiubs, Australian,
making good pi liar or climbing
plants for gieenhouse; allied
to Baptism and Theimopsis
Kvergteen Ivx- opposite
or alternate, simple, some-
times reduced to scales fls
red or vellowish or almost
black, sohtaiy or several to-
gethei ot sometimes crowded
on short ladieal s(aji"s, the
keel turned upwaid by the
cuiving ot the pedicels, sta-
mens not united with each
other fi ovoid or "longated,
tin gid —About 14 speues,
a few of winch are known
in gaidemng hteiature B.
acummatum, Tiuff (B bpeci-
i\ good led-fld pillni plant
-.ub-ft ut extent Ivs opposite,
oval-elliptic, entne, moie or
less narrowed to base and
shoi t-petioled, the older ones
long-acuminate fls deep car-
BRASSAVOLA
539
622 Brachycome lbendifolia.
(Natural size )
mine-red to nearly purple, in short axillary clusters,
the coiolla much exceeding the yellow-green calyx, the
standard very small 11 H. 1800.413— An attractive
free-flowering species ^ jj ft
BRACHYSPATHA. AmorphophaUui
BRADLfclA: Phyllanthus and Wisteri
alnlu. A. Titanum,
BRAHEA (Tycho Brahc, the Danish astronomer)
Pahnacesr, tribe Coriiphest Medi urn-si zed; usually
spineless palms except on the leaf-stalks, with ringed
trunks, the upper part of which is usually clothed with
the persistent leaf-bases.
Leaves usually numerous, nearly round and some-
what peltate, the many Ifts plicate and deeply 2-
parted, [sometimes slightly spiny on the margin, more
often filamentous, petioles flattened, dentate or rarely
spiny along the margins, very fibrous at the sheathing
base spathes usually linear, firm, almost woody, fre-
quently perfectly glabrous, spadix much branched,
sometimes twice or thrice paniculate and bearing
among the dense white wool 1 or many sessile fls. in
each cluster, fls hermaphrodite, sometimes with incon-
spicuous bracts, 3 nearly round sepals, 3 valvate petals
and 6 stamens- fr small, ovoid, sometimes pubescent.
Beccan admits only 4 species, all Mexican except B.
snlvadorensis. From its nearest horticultural relative,
Sabal, Brahea is distinguished by the purely technical
character of having 3 free carpels.
In a moderately warm house, the cultivated braheas
will thrive very well. A mixture of sand, rich loam
and well-rotted horse- or cow-manure is best. They
require plenty of water. They are not very common
in the trade but two species are grown outdoors in
southern California Propagation is by seeds, which are
rare.
A. Fls. solitary on the spadix.
dulcis, Mart. PALMA DULCK Sts. several in a clus-
ter, 10-20 ft., 6-8 in. thick, cylindrical. Ivs 4-5 ft long,
petiole plano-convex, green, with pale margins; hgule
short, nearly triangular, green, the scanous villous
margin at length deciduous, Ifts 36-50, linear, acumi-
nate spadix 6-K ft , pendulous from among the lowest
Ivs , much branched fr edible Mex I H 10.379
calcHrea, Liebm (B nituia, Andre) Trunk 8-15 ft
high, covered with the woody persistent If -bases. Ivs.
usually 20-30 in a dense bushy crown, unarmed, mcm-
branaccous, covered below with f, brownish powder
spadix long, more or less erect and considerably longer
than the Ivs , after flowering more or less pendulous, fls
solitary, with a single bract fr o\oid Mex R.H 1887,
p 341 Gn. 35, p. 285. — Offered by Mont arioso Nur&ery.
AA. Fls. in more or less den*>e, tlwiigh i>mall, dusters on
the spudix
Pimo, Becc. St 8-12 ft much the same as the
last in general appearance and vegetative characters
spadix 3-4-branched, the finer ramifications very slen-
der and bearing small clusters of whitish yellow fls ,
stamens 0, forming by unit ion a 6-lobed ring fr un-
known— A rare Mexican species, known in the trade
only at Santa Barbara, Calif
B edtihe, Wpndl , sometimes offered in Araer , is Ervthea eduhs,
Wats —B filamentdsa, Hort =Wa.-,hingtoma fihfpra, Wendl --B
fitifera, Hort -=W hhf. ra — # glanca, Hort —Krythea armata,
Wats— H, rubnsta, Hort =\V aihingtoma — B Roezln, Lmdl =
Lrythea armata. Wats N TAYLOR
BRAlNEA (C J Brame, Hongkong). Polypodvicex
One species related to Woodwardia L\s in a cr6wn, 1-
pinnate, the venation as in Woodwardia, consisting of
a single row of areoles along each mulv em with free
simple veins extending to the margins' sporangia along
the free veins, not reaching the margin, without
indusmm
insignis, J Smith A beautiful small tree fern from
S. E. Asia. Requires rich soil, moisture anil shade
H C BENEDICT.
BRAKE. A name applied to various coarse ferns,
particularly to Pt&ns aquihna.
BRAMBLE. Thorny plants of the genus Rubus, —
raspberries, blackberries, dewberries.
BRASENIA (meaning unexplained). Nymphxdzex.
WATER-SHIELD or -TARGET One species of aquatic plant
widely distributed (in N Amer , Asia, Afr., Austral )
Lvs oval, entire, floating, centrally peltate; submerged
parts coated with thick transparent jelly fls axillary
near the summit of the st , small (J^in.), purple; sepals
3 or 4; petals 3 or 4, linear, stamens 12-18, on filiform
filaments, carpels 4-18, separate, forming indehiscent
1-2-seeded pods B. Schr6berif Gmel. (B peltdta,
Pursh B purpurea, Casp ), is not a showy plant but
is interesting and suitable for edgings of small aquatic
gardens. Grows in 1-6 ft of water. Easily prop by
division of roots or by seed. H. S. CONARD.
BRASSAVOLA (A. M. Brassavola, Venetian botan-
ist) Orchuidcex About twenty tropical American
epiphytes, closely allied to Lselia, and demanding simi-
lar treatment.
The fls are large, solitary or racemose, the sepals and
petals narrow and greenish, the lip white: Ivs thick,
solitary For the cultivator, the treatment of Bras-
savola is identical with that of the Mexican laelias.
Plenty of sun to mature the young growths, and water
J540
BRASSAVOLA
when growing, with a somewhat drier atmosphere when
resting, will be found to suit them Suspend on blocks.
B fhgbyana, Lmdl , is Lxlia Digbyana; B. glauca,
Lindl , is Lsdwi glauca.
A. Fls. solitary.
B. Lvs. long and narrow lip fimbnate-toothed.
cucullata, R Br (B cuspidata, Hook ) Lf terete and
subulate, grooved above1 scape very short but bear-
ing a very long-tubed fl , so that the blossom seems to
be elevated on a
st. , sepals cream-
colored, tinged red;
petals white; lip 3-
Iobed,fimbnate,the
middle lobe beak-
like. S Amer. B M
543,3722 G W. 11,
p 556 Gt 1, p
324. O R 10 265.
BRASSIA
dens, makes a most attractive object The long-tailed
sepals and petals are a characteristic of tho brassias,
and some have an agreeable odor. Pot culture is best,
with the usual peat fiber as a rooting medium In
winter-time much less water is necessary than in the
growing time, although the plants must never be dried
off completely or the flowering will be interfered with.
One often sees plants of B maculala brought here by
visitors to Jamaica, and other species are now intro-
duced there from the mainland of South America, and
thrive well. These may all be grown in an ordinary
greenhouse with other plants, in fact a mixed collec-
tion, and give satisfaction. Propagation is effected by
division only Green-fly is ottcn troublesome on the
young flower-spikes and must be kept down by fumiga-
tion, or sponge dipped in soapy water (Orpct )
Lan
Law
Ion,
INDEX
maculata 3.
vcrrufosa, 1.
Wrayx. J.
brachiata, 2
caudata. 5
Gireoudeana. 4
guttata, 3
A Lip with flat green warts.
B Sepalts 3-4 in. long lip white.
1. verrucdsa, But em Fig 624 Pscudobulbs ovoid,
much compressed, up fc t in long- Ivs up to 1 ft lon
racemes 8-15-fld , sepals and petals light yellowis
green, spotted at babe, the sepals 3-t in long,
long:
iwish
BB Lvs. short lip entire.
aca&lis, Lmdl <fe Paxt Low Ivs very narrow: fls.
large, greenish white, lip cordate; tube red-spotted at
base Cent Amer
AA Fls in racemes
B Blade of lip not longer than claw.
cor data, Lmdl Fig 623 Lvs linear, rigid, recurved:
fls corymbose, sepals and petals lance-linear, acumi-
nate, pale green, lip roundish-cordate, cuspidate, entire,
scarcely as long as the claw Jamaica, Brazil. B M.
3782.
BB. Blade of hp longer than claw.
c Claw %-l in long
noddsa, Lmdl (B grandijlora, Lmdl ). Lvs lanceo-
late, acuminate, channeled above fls few and large,
corymbose; sepals and petals linear-acuminate; lip
round-ovate, long-cuspidate, entire, longer than the
claw Jamaica, Mex , S B M 3229, of this name, is B.
subuhfoha
cc. Claw very short
fragrans, Rod Lvs up to 16 in long, terete, deeply
furrowed above raceme of 4-12 large fls , sepals linear-
lanceolate, yellowish white and faintly purple-spotted;
petals linear, yellowish white, lip obovato, with a very
short claw, a yellowish green spot at the base Brazil.
I.H.5.180. GEORGE V. NA*H t
BRA SSI A (named in honor of William Brass, a botan-
ical collector of the last century) Orchidacex Epiphytic
orchids, thriving in intermediate temperatures
Pseudobulbs bearing 1 or 2 terminal Ivs , and lateral
or axillary racemes sepals narrow, acuminate, or some-
times tailed, spreading, equal or the lateral longer;
petals similar to the dorsal sepal or smaller; lip sessile
on the foot of the column, spreading, flat, entire,
shorter than the sepals; pollmia 2, waxy — A genus of
about 30 species extending from Mex to Brazil and the
W. Indies
The brassias are plants of easy culture and add con- A
siderable interest to collections. They have little valuej
as a florists' flower since the colors are not suitable, but a
well-grown specimen, such as is often seen in old gar-
the petals about half as long, lip white, with
numerous dark green warts, \\ith a broad
dilated claw, the upper part near!} orbicular,
abruptly acuminate Guatemala
BB Sepals 6 in lovg' hp light yellow
2 brachiata, Lmdl Pseudobulbs 3-5 in long,
oblong, compressed Ivs up to 1 ft long lacemes 6-12-
£d ; sepals and petals light yellowish green, with a few
purple basal spots, the petals about two-thirds as long
624. Brawl* verrucosa.
BRASSIA
BRASSICA
541
as sepals; lip light yellow, with dark green warts, con-
stricted at the middle, the basal part nearly orbicular,
the upper portions broadly triangular-ovate, acuminate.
Guatemala. B R. 33 '29.
AA Lip without warts.
B. The lip with a broad claw, broadly obovate or nearly
orbicular above
c. Lateral sepals lanceolate, about 3 in. long.
3. maculata, R Br. Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. long, 1-
Ivd . Ivs up to 9 in long racemes of 5-10 fls ; sepals
and petals yellows h green, brown-spotted on the lower
part, the sepals about 3 in long, the petals two-thirds
as long, lip cream-white, purple-dotted, with broad
claw, the upper part broadly ovate, acute. Jamaica.
B M 1691 P M 6 5 Var guttata, Lmdl (B Wrdyx,
Skinner) Fls smaller and greener. Guatemala.
B M 4003
cr Lateral sepals nairowly linear, 4~fi in long.
4 Gireoudeana, Reichb Pseudobulbs 1-lvd, 3-4
in. long and about half as broad, much compressed I
Ivs up to 1 ft long racemes with 6-12 fls ; sepals yel-
lowish green, the base brown-spotted, the lateral
sepals up to 5 in long, the dorsal a little shorter, pet-
als about half as long as doisal sepal, the base brown,
the remainder yellowish green, lip yellow, brown-
spotted, %vith a broad claw, the upper part nearly
orbicular, acute Cost a Rica.
BB The hp not clawed.
c Lateral sepals 6-8 in long.
D Kcpah greenish ij<llow, hp ovate.
5 caudata, Lmdl Pseudobulbs up to 5 in. long:
Ivs up to 10 in long raeem<s with 6-12 fls ; sepals and
petals greenish yellow, brown-spotted at base, dorsal
sepal about 3 in long, the lateral 6 in , petals about 1
in long, lip \\ithou1 a cla\\, ovate, acuminate, light
yellow \\ith blown spots W Indies. B R. 832. B.M.
3451 A F G f>0<)
DD Sepals deep oranqe-ytllow, hp oblong-lanceolate.
6 longissima, Nash (B Laimnreana, Lmdl, var.
lonqi \Mnia, lleichb j Pseudobulbs 2-3 in long, com-
pressed, 1-lvd Ivs up to 9 in long racemes of nu-
merous fls , sepals and petals deep orange-vellow, with
a few large basal blotches, the doisal sepal about half
as long as the lateral which are 7-8 in long and about
J^in wide at base, the petals 2-3 in long, lip oblong-
lanceolate, about 3 in long, pale yellow, acuminate,
purple-spotted at base. Costa Rica. B M. 5748.
CC Lateral wpals 2l/r~^
in. long.
D. Crest 2-lobed, hp oblong.
7 Laaceana, Lmdl Pseu-
dobulbs 2-lvd , 3-5 in long,
much cornpiessod and ribbed:
Ivs up to 1 ft long, racemes
of 7-12 fls , sepals and petals
light yellow, brown-spotted
below, the sepals 2^2-3 m
long, the petals about half
as long, hp oblong, yellow,
unspotted or with a few basal
brown spots, andulate, acute,
1-1 K in. long. Guiana. B.R 1754. B.M 3577.
DD. Crest truncate in front, hp oblong-lanceolate.
8 Lawrenceana, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 2-lvd , 3-5 in.
long, ribbed and much compressed Ivs. up to 1 ft.
long racemes of 7-12 fls ; sepals and petals light yel-
low, brown-spotted below, the sepals aoout 3 m. long,
the petals about 1}^ in long; Jip oblong-lanceolate,
light yellow, about 1 % in long, acute, undulate. Bra-
zil. BR. 27-18. J.H. III. 30.275.
„ -. , ,
625 Flower of mustard.
( x ;
B Forgeti&na, Hort FH whitish with chocolate markings, the
crest of the lip orange Related to B maculata G C III 48 471.
— B. Josstidna, Reichb f. Brazil. Gt 3 308.
GEORGE V. NASH.
BRASSICA (old classical name) Including Sindpts.
Crucifene Annual and biennial herbs, including cab-
bage and turnip, and their allies, and also the mustards.
Leaves various, the lower ones mostly
lyrate or pmnatifid fls yellow, mostly in
erect racemes, petals and stamens 4. pod
long and slender, compressed-cylindrical or
4-sided, beaked, seeds not winged, the coty-
ledons conduphcate (Figs. 625, 626).— Nearly
or quite 100 species m Eu., Asia, Afr , and
many of them widely naturalised. The
brassicas possess a remarkable natural
tendency toward the thickening of parts
under cult., as of root, st , axdlary buds,
If .-rosettes, midribs ai.d even of fl -clus-
ters Oil is extracted from the
seeds of several species, and the
ground mustard of commerce is
made fiom the seeds of B nigra
and others.
The brassicas are botamcally
much confused, paiticularly in the
groups containing cultivated spe-
cies The manuals probably con-
tain too few rather than too many
SP°('10S of B'assu-a; at ]™^ the
miscellaneous throwing of rutabagas,
turnips, rape and other plants into
Brasstca campeslris is unnatuial, and, therefore, unfor-
tunate One of the best piesentations of the true bras-
sicas is that of De Candolle's Prodromus, as long ago as
1S24 (also in Trans. Lond Ilort Soc , Vol V, and in
Systeina, 2.582-607), and the present treatment follows
that outline in general Some of the forms that are here
kept separate as species may be derived fiom their
fellows, but the evidence of such origin is lost, and per-
spicuity demands that they be kept distinct in a horti-
cultuial treatise The taxonomic arrangement here
presented can be regaided as only tentative, however,
and new systematic studies should be made of the
entire group
The confusion into which our brassicas have fallen is
m some measure due to the various vernacular names m
the different countries The French use the word chou
generically to include all forms of B oleracui and the
rutabaga — that is, all the blue thiek-leaved brassicas;
while in England the rutabaga is called the Swedish
turnip. A tabular view of the different vernaculars may
be useful'
( vi w
VA1/W
French.
Chou cabus
Chou de Milan
Chou de Bruxellea
Choux-verta
Chou-rave
Chou-nave
Chou-fleur
Navet
English American.
Cabbage Cabbage
Savoy rabbage Savoy cabbage
Brussels Sprouts BrusM-la sprouts
Borecole or Kale Borecole or Kate
Kohlrabi Kohlrabi
Swede, or Swedish ^
Cauliflower Cauliflower
Turnip, Turnip
The Latin names in Brassica, particularly in the
oleracea-campeatris group, have been so variously used
that it is practically impossible to place some of them
accurately.
INDEX.
accphala, 1.
tntcgnfoha, 9.
olei/era, 2, 3, 4.
alba. 10
iapomca, 8.
oleracea, 1, 3.
botrytis, 1
nmcea, 9
Itevigata, 9
patens, 9.
Pe-tsai, 7.
tampe-*tns, 3
lanceolata, 9.
ramoso, 9
oapitatii, 1
Caulo-Kupa, 1.
napiformis, 6.
Napo-Brassica, 3.
Rapa, 4
rugosa, 9
chinensis, 5.
Napus, 2
Si nap? strum, 11
cuneifolia, 9
nigra, 12.
8ylventri8, 1
gemmifera, 1.
542
BRASSICA
627. Flowers of cabbage. —
Brassica oleracea. (X^£)
\. Whole plant glaucous-blue when in fl : Ivs of the fl.-
sts. clasping- fls various. (Mostly Brassica proper )
B. Lvs. from the firt>t more or lex*> flet>hy throughout, and
glaucous-blue even when young: flu large and creamy
yellow, the petals conspicuously long-clawed, and the
sepals usually erect.
I olerftcea, Linn CABBAOE, CAULIFLOWER, BRUS-
SBLS SPROUTS, KALE Fig 627. Lvs smooth from the
first, and the root not
tuberous fls. large and
long (%-l in lengtn,
at least often), light-
colored, slender - pedi-
celled, in long and
open racemes pods
large, long-beaked If
the name Brassica ole-
racea is held for a
generalized group with-
out a type form, then
the wild plant may be
designated as var syl-
vestns, Linn In the
present treatment,
however, the wild form
is regarded as the type
and is therefore not
given a varietal name.
Brnssica oleracea grows
wild on the sea-cliffs of
W and S Eu. Fig.
628, from nature, shows
the common form as it
grows on the chalk
cliffs of the English
Channel. It is a peren-
nial plant of short dura-
tion, or perhaps sometimes a biennial, with a very tough
and woody root, a diffuse habit, and large thick deep-
lobed Ivs in various shades of green and reddish, and
more or less glaucous The Ivs of this plant were
probably eaten by the barbarous or half -civilized peo-
ples; and, when history begins, the plant had been
transferred to cult grounds and had begun to produce
dense rosettes or heads of Ivs. It appears to have been
in general use before the Aryan migiations to the west-
ward There were several distinct types or races of the
cabbage in cult m Pliny's time From the one original
stock have apparently sprung all the forms of cabbages,
cauliflowers, brussels sprouts and kales For this family
or group of plants the Knghsh language has no generic
name. The French include them all under the term
Chou, and the Germans treat them under Kohl. These
various tribes may be classified as follows.
Var. acephala, DC Fig 706. The various headless cab-
bages, comprising kales or borecoles, in many types and
varieties, as the tall
or tree kales, curled
or Scotch kales,
and collards. Its
likeness may be
- found wild on the
cliffs of the south-
eastern coast of
England today. The
thick, tender Ivs. of
the kales are used as
"greens." See Col-
lards and Kale. It
is not certain that
all the kales and
collards belong
here; some of them
628. Wild cabbage on the cliffs of the may be B. campes-
EngUsh Channel. Ira.
BRASSICA
Var. Caftlo-Rapa, DC. KOHLRABI (which see). St.
tuberous above the roots, the tuber bearing th»» Ivs.
Var gemmifera, DC. The bud-bearing cabbage, or
brussels .sprouts (see Fig
672) In tins group, the main
&t. 01 axis is tall and erect,
and axillary buds are devel-
oped into little heads See
unit xls sprouts.
Var. capitata, Linn The ,
head-bearing, or true cab-
bages, kraut of the Germans.
In this group, the main axis
is short and thick, and the
Ivs are densely packed into
a gigantic bud or head (Figs
701-705) The varieties of
cabbage are veiy numeiouy
and various See Cabbage
A serviceable classification
of them might follow this 620 Flowers of rutabaga
order: Brassica campestris (XH)
A. Lvs plain (not blistered).
B Head oblong or conical (Fig 701).
c Green
cc Red
BB. Head oblate or flattened (Jig 702), including c and cc,
as above
AA. Lvi blistered or purkered Tho Savoy cabbages, Fig 703
(B ulerartn var bullnta, DC , or var wbauda,, Linn ), to be
further divided as in A.
Var. botrytis, Linn Cauliflower and broccoli, in
which the head is formed of the condensed and thick-
ened fl -cluster Broccoli produces its heads later in the
season than cauliflower, and in mild climates it is .allowed
to remain and make its heads in spi ing See Ca ulijloirer.
2 Napus, Lum RAPE Lvs smooth from the first
differs from B oleracea chiefly in habit and more deeply
scalloped Ivs. There are oil-producing forms (var.
oleifera, DC ). The botanical position of the rapes is
doubtful
3. campestris, Linn First Ivs hairy, all Ivs glaucous
and thickish or somewhat fleshy, the lower ones lyrate
and toothed, the st -Ivs cordate-amplexicaul and
630. Pak-choi —Brassica chinensis.
acuminate fls shorter and also smaller than in the B.
oleracea scries (Fig. 629) A weed in waste places, in
its run-wild form, but rarely persisting long or becom-
ing troublesome Theie are oil-bearing forma (var.
oleifera, DC.).
Var Napo-Brassica, DC (B. oleracea var Nhpo-
Brdssica, Linn ), is the rutabaga evolution of the plant.
The rutabaga tuber is either white-fleshed or yellow-
fleshed, but the preference in this country seems to be
for the yellow kinds. For contrasts with turnips, see
No. 4; also Turnip in Vol. VI.
BRASSICA
BRASSICA
543
BB. Los. (except upon the fl -at ) thin and green: fls.
smaller and bright yellow, less prominently clawed.
c. Plant potentially biennial (that ?*, the root hard and
thickened, often distinctly tuberous): foliage firm
in texture.
D. Foliage distinctly hairy.
4 Rapa, Linn COMMON TURNIP. Lvs. prominently
lyrate or interrupted below, the root tuberous — What-
ever the origin of the rutabaga and turnip may be, the
two plants show good botanical characters The tubers
of the two are different in season, texture and flavor
In the rutabaga, the small Ivs immediately following
the seed-lvH arc sparsely hany, but all subsequent
Ivs. are entirely smooth, densely glaucous blue, thick
and cabbage-like, with a fleshy petiole arid midrib. In
the turnip, the radical Ivs. are always more or less
hairy, and they are green and radish-like, thin, with
slender petiole, and the Ivs arc much more lyrate,
with intcnupted Ifts on the petiole; the small Ivs.
following the seed-lvs are also thinner and narrower
and more deeply scalloped In the rutabaga, the fls.
are large and creamy-yellow, whereas m the turnip
631 Tuberous root of pak-choi — Brasstca chmensis.
they are small, yellow and mustard-like, with shorter
claws and more spreading calyx The turnips vary m
hairiness, but the cone of expanding Ivs , 01 the "heart-
Ivs ," alwavs shows the1 hairs distinctly, while the
heart-lvs of the rutabagas are normally entuely gla-
brous, fle.shy, and lemmd one of the young shoots of
^ea-kale The turnip usually pioduces seed freely if
the bottoms are left in the ground over winter, and
thereby the plant spieads. becoming a true annual and
a bad weed, with a .slender hard root Oil-producing
forms are var olcifera, DC.
DD. Foliage not hairy
5 chin&asis, Linn. PAK-CHOI CABBAGE Fig 630.
Radical Ivs broad and ample, glossy green, obovate or
round-obovate in general outline, cither entire or
obscurely wavy or even crenate, tapering to a distinct
and thick strong petiole, which is usually not promi-
nently margined, pod large and tapering into a beak
half an inch long root sometimes tuberous (Fig 631).
—This plant is grown by the American Chinese, and is
occasionally seen m other gardens (see Bailey, Bull No
67, Cornell Exp Sta ) It is impossible to determine
whether this particular plant is the one that Linmeus
meant to distinguish by his Brassica chmensis, but it
best answers the description in his Amcemtates (Vol
IV). In Linnaeus' herbarium is a Brassica marked
"chinensis" in his own handwriting, but it shows purple
fls and has lyrate-lobed Ivs , whereas Linnaeus described
his plant as having yellow fls and cynoglossum-hke
Ivs.; probably not the original
6 napif6rmis, Bailey (Sinapis jiincea var napi-
fdrmis, Paill & Bois) TUBEROUS-ROOTED CHINESE
MUSTARD. Fig. 632. Radical Ivs comparatively few.
the blade thin and oval m outline, and on long and
blender, slightly feathered petioles, sharply and irregu-
larly toothed, with a thin bloom' beak of the pod more
abrupt, root distinctly
hard and tuberous.
China. — This vege-
table appeared in
France in 1882 from
seeds sent by Bre-
tfechneider, of the Rus-
sian legation, Pekin It
was offered by Amen- _
can seedsmen as early 632. Lower stem leaf of Brassica
as 1889. The plant is napifornus.
a biennial, with thin
bluish foliage, and a small tuberous root like a conical
turnip These roots reach a dianl of 3 or 4 in , and are
scarcely distinguishable from white turnips in appear-
ance, texture and flavor In China the tubers are used
as a winter vegetable, the seeds being sown m summer
The plant does not appear to have been brought to
the attention of botanists until Bretschncider published
an account of it in a French jour-
nal in 1881 Pailheux and Boia
(Le Potager d'un Curieux) regard
it as a variety of Bra^ica juncea,
to which the Chinese mustard
belongs, but it is very different
from that plant It is nearly
related to pak-choi, and it may
have sprung from the same spe-
cies; but it is clearly distinguished
by its sharply toothed Ivs , one of
which is shown m Fig 632
cc Plant truly annual fohage
profuse, loot>e and i>ofi
7. Pe-tsai, Bailey PE-TSAI
CABBAGE Fig 633. Nunu-ious
radical Ivs , laige and light green,
oblong or ovate-oblong, cunkled
and very veiny, and the margins
wavy, contracted into a flat and ribbed petiole 1-3 in.
wide, which is provided with a wide thin notched 01
wavy wing; st -Ivs sessile and clamping pod of medium
size, with a short cone-like beak — The pe-tsai, or
Chinese cabbage, is no longer a novelty m American
gardens, although it does riot appear to be well known
and its merits are not understood. Its cult, and peculi-
633. Brassica Pe-tsai.
arities were described in France as long ago as 1840, by
Pepm, who says that, while the plant had been known
in botanic gardens for 20 years, it was brought to
notice as a culinary vegetable only 3 years before he
wiote. It appears to have attracted little attention in
Eu. until late in the last century, however. It began to
attract attention in the U S probably about 25 years
544
BRASSICA
BRASSO-CATTLEYA
ago. The Ivs. tend to form an oblong loose head, like
cos lettuce. Cabbage; also paeje 3582.
AA. Whole plant green or but slightly glaucous when
in fl.. Ivs. on the fl.-sts. not prominently clasping:
fls. small and yellow. Annuals, (kinapis or
Mustard )
B. Pod long, terete or nearly so: pedicels spreading.
8. japdnica, Sieb. POT-HERB MUSTARD. Fig. 634.
Annual, self -sowing: rather numerous radical Ivs.,
oblong or oblong-
obovate, the margins
either crisped or cut
into many very fine
divisions, the petiole
distinct at its lower
end; st-lvs. all peti-
oled . pod very small,
with a slender beak.
— The very soft thm
Ivs. make excellent
"greens." Long
known, but with no
designative name, in
old gardens in this
country, and some-
times run wild about
premises. Intro, in
1890 by John Lewis
Quids as California
pepper-grass A very
worthy plant (Bull.
67, Cornell Exp.Sta).
9. juncea, Coss (Sinapis juncea, Linn ) CHINESE
MUSTARD. Figs 626, 635. Rank and coarse grower, in
the common forms making great tufts of root-lvs if
sown early: radical Ivs usually abundant and often
very large, oval or obovate in outline, the blade angled or
toothed, tapering into a narrow petiole, which generally
bears leafy appendages, lower st-lvs more or less
toothed and petiolate, the upper onos oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, entire and usually sessile or alternate* flow-
ering sts. and Ivs. more or less lightly glaucous fls.
bright yellow: pod slender, of medium size, tapering
into a short seedless beak Asia. — This species is held
by Hooker and Thomson (Journ. Linn Soc. v 170) to
include a great variety of forms, as Siwipis Isevigata,
Linn.; S. integnfolia, Willd., S ramosa, S. rugosa, S
patens, S cuneifoha, Roxbg ; S. lanceolata, DC , and
others. There are two types of it in cult, in our gar-
dens, one with the radical Ivs somewhat sharply
toothed and nearly smooth below (sometimes grown as
634. Brassica japonica, the radical
leaves used for greens.
Brassica [or Sinapis] rugosa), the other with root-lvs,
obtusely toothed and spinescent on the veins below
(comprising Chinese mustard, Chinese broad-leaved
mustard, and brown mustard). Lmnieus founded his
*Stnaptsjwnceaonafigure m Hermann's Paradisub (Her-
mann, Paradisus Batavus, t 230, 1705), which repre-
sents a plant very like the former type mentioned above,
and which Hermann described as ''lettuce-leaved."
10. alba, Boiss. WILD MUSTARD. Tall: Ivs pinna-
tifid and rough-hairy: pods spreading, hairy, the lower
part thick and few-seeded, the beak longer, seeds pale
brown, large. Weed, from Eu.
11 arvensis, Kuntze (B Sinapislrum,
Boiss Sindpis arvensis, Linn. Sinapis-
trurn arvense, Spach). CHARLOCK lall*
Ivs. strong-toothed, or sometimes nearly
lyrate: pods knotty, glabrous or hairy, the
upper third indehiscent and 2-edgcd, usu-
ally 1-seeded. Weed, from Eu
635. Broad-leared Chinese mustard —Form of Brassica juncea.
BB. Pod short, distinctly 4-anO
and pods oppressed
12. nigra, Koch. BLACK MUSTARD Fig
636. St tall and upright, with wide-spread-
ing branches' Ivs pmnatifid, somewhat
hairy: pods short and erect, glabrous, seeds
small and dark brown, pungent, supplying
the mustard of commerce Cult in Eu , but
a weed in this country — Commercial mus-
tard is the flour of the seeds of this species
chiefly, but the seeds of B. alba and prob-
ably of B. juncea are sometimes used
B adpressa, Boiss Annual or biennial,
much like B nigra but st suffer, Ivs less
divided and plant somewhat hoary pods
with a short 1-seeded beak. Occasionally
adventive from Eu — B. sinensis, Hort =
B. chmensis
Many forms of Brassica have been described
that it is not necessary to endeavor to account for
here Studies in crossing may be expected to indi-
cate some of the relationships The writer has
found, no difficulty in crossing cabbage-kale-cauh-
flowcr and others See Lund and Kiaorskou, Land-
brugets Kulturplanter No. 4, and "Morfologisk-
anatormsk besknvolse af Brassica oleracea, B.
campestris og B. Napua ' L H B
BRASSOCATTL&LIA (compounded
from Brassavola, Cattleya and Laelia).
Orchidacex A small group of trigenenc
hybrids between the genera Brassavola,
Cattleya and Laelia.
B balarucensu (B. Digbyana x L -C.
Schillenana) . — B. Fuerstenbergii (Bras-
solaelia Gratnxise x C. Triante) — B. Mdck-
ayi (B Digbyana x L -C elegans). See
also Adamara and Linneara.
BRASSOCATTLEYA (compounded
from Brassavola and Cattleya) Orchidacex Siliques of
A genus established to include hybnds Brassica
between the species of the genera Bras- nwMxi)
savola and Cattleya.
The following, among others, are offered m the
American trade:
B. Akcbenu (B. Digbyano-gigas x C. Luddeman-
neana). — B Alexander), (B. Digbyana x C. citrma). —
B. Chdmberlainix (B. Digbyana x C. quadncolor).—
B. Cliftonii, Hort. (B.-C. Digbyana-Massise x C
Trianae var. Uplands). G C. III. 45 '34. OR 18:48 —
var. Wellesleyse, Hort G C. Ill 51 : 135 —B. conspicua
(B glauca x C. Leopoldu). — B. Digbyano-Fdrbesu (B
Digbyano x C. Forbesii). — B. Digbyano-gigas (B. Dig-
byana x C. Gigas). — B. Eva (C Lawrenciana x B. Dig-
byana) — B. gesnenxfldra (B. fragrans x C. maxima).
— B. heatonensis (B. Digbyana x C Hardyana). — B.
Holfordii (C Forbesii x B Digbyana).— B. Hyese (B.
BRASSO-CATTLEYA
BREEDING
545
Digbyana x C. Harnsomana).— B. langley&isis (B. Dig-
byana x C. Schroederse). — B. Laurenttdno-glaiica (B.
Laurentiano X C. glauca). — B. Leemdnnue (B. Dig-
byana x C. Dowiana). O.K. 11 '57— B. Marl* (B.
Digbyana x C. Warnen). — B. Marbnx (B. Digbyana
X C. Warscewiczn). — B. nivdhs (B. fragrans x C.
intermedia) — B. Pektersii (B. glauca x C. Lawrence-
ana).— B Pocahdntas (B. Digbyana x C. Eldorado).
— B. Sdnderi (B. glauca x C. Schroedera) .— B.
sandhaghensis (B Digbyana x C. Setullenana). — B.
stndta (B. fragrans x C. Mossiae). Fls. rose-colored,
fragrant RH 1903 276, desc.— B Susannas. (B.
Digbyana xC Thayenana). — B. Thorntomi (B. Dig-
byana x C Gaskelhana) J H. III. 61 601 — B.
Vhichn (B. Digbyana x C Mossiae). — B. Vilmonnidna
(B. Leemanmae x C. Mossiae) —B. Wttlesleyx (B.
glauca x C. Mossiae Wageneri)
Brassavola Digbyana, Lmdl , is now considered a
Lajha, so the above hybrids, under that conception,
might be designated Lajlio-Cattleya.
GEORGE V. NASH.
BRASSO-L^ELIA (compounded of the genera
Brassavola and Laeha] Orchidacex Established to
include hybrids between the two genera
The following are to be found m the American trade:
B Candn (B. Digbyana x L xanthma) — B. Digby-
dno-purpurdta (B Digbyana x L. purpurata) — B
fladota (B nodo^a x L flava) — B. Helen (B Digby-
ana x L tenebrosa) OH. 10 160 — B. Jfasopn (B.
Digbyana x L -C. xanthuia). — B Lellicuxu (B Digby-
ana x L anceps) — B Rdlfei (B Digbyana x L crispa).
— B Thwditesn (B Digbyana x L grandiflora) — B.
Veitchu (B Digbjana x L purpurata). — B . we>>lfiddi-
tmii. (B glauc a x L flava)
Brassavola Digbyana, Lmdl , is now considered a
Livha, so the above hybrids, under that disposition,
might be designated as hybnd LaBlias
GEORGE V. NASH.
BRASSO-L^LIA-CATTLEYA. Orchidacex. Atngen-
enc hybrid B -L -C. Fbwlen (C. Schroederae auran-
tiaca x IJrasso-La>ha Mrs M Gratnx) Fls. yellow,
tinged, and veined with salmon-rose G C. III. 41:
303 Brassavola Digbyana, one of the elements, is now
considered a Ltelia, and the plant would then belong to
Laeho-Cattleya GEORGE V. NASH.
BRAVO A (Bravo, Mexican botanist). Amaryl-
hddceif A small genus, much ras-imbling in some of its
species the tuberose (Pohanthes) , and hardly distinct
trom it
Stems slender, from small thickened rootstocks Ivs
mostly basal mfl a lax spike or raceme; fls. always in
pairs, more or less bent or curved, stamens 6, included
within the perianth-tube fr 3-celled, many-seeded
Native of the mountain and tableland region of Mex —
Five species have been described formerly, but recent
explorations have discovered some 5 or 6 additional
species.
While the flowers are not so showy as the common
tuberose, yet the genus should be found m every choice
bulb collection Only one species has been cultivated to
any extent, and even this species is not well known. As
the species often grow in the high mountains of Mexico,
they ought to be hardy in the southern stretches of the
temperate zone.
geminifldra, Llav & Lex. MEXICAN TWIN-FLOWER.
Sts 1-2 ft high: bulbs small, 1-1 ^ m. long, the outer
scales cut into fine fibers at the top: basal Ivs. linear,
erect, 6 lines or less broad, smootn: fls. in a slender
raceme, reddish or orange-colored; lobes minute,
roundea. B.M. 4741. — Handsome, and worthy of more
attention.
B Bulhdna, Baker. Basal Ivs. described as lanceolate, 1-1 H m
broad fls. m 5 or 6 pairs, white. Seemingly too near the little-known
35
Pohanthea mexicana. Not m cult — B eesnliflbra, B. dennfldra,
and B singuhfldra, arc rare species, only known from herbarium
specimens The latter two, however, should probably be excluded
from this group. j N Ro8E
BRAYA (Count de Bray, 1765-1831, German
botanist). Cruciferx. Small tufted alpine or boreal
perennial herbs, sometimes grown in alpine gardening.
There are a dozen or moie species in Eu , Asia and
Amer. Plant glabrous or cano-tomentose* Ivs. radical,
spatulate or linear, entire or dentate, fls. on scapes
tnat often are naked and sometimes only 1-flcl but
mostly bearing racemes or corymbs, white or rose-
colored or purple B alplna, Sternb. & Hoppe, is the
usual species, with white fls. B pinnatifida, Koch
(probably properly Si^ymbnum pinnalifidum, DC ),
has white-lilac fls. Practically unknown in cult, in N.
Amer.
BRAZIL-NUT: Bertholletia.
BREAD-FRUIT: Artocarpus.
BREAD-NUT: Brosimum Ahcastrum.
BREEDING OF PLANTS. The definite producing
of kinds of plants adapted to given uses and conditions
is known now as plant-breeding The existing varieties
are of course the result of 1 he action of natural tenden-
cies and laws, but the producing of them has not been,
for the most part, a conscious, or at least not a regu-
lated, act on the part of man. The laws of variation
and inheritance are now beginning to be understood,
and the application of this knowledge is to produce
orderly and more or less predictable results.
In beginning the artificial cultivation of plants, our
early ancestors, even with their crude understanding
and methods, probably selected seed for planting from
the best wild individuals of any plant The selection of
seed from the best individuals has thus been continuing
for thousands of years, ever since the dawn of civiliza-
tion. While this is a crude method of breeding, if long
continued on an extensive scale, it could not, as is now
recognized, fail to have results The greatness of the
changes produced is shown by the fact that some of
the most extensively cultivated crops, such a» wheat
and maize, have been so modified that the wild types
from which they sprang cannot now be recognized,
although the original wild ancestors probably still exist.
Breeding did not become established as an art until
comparatively recently The sexuality of plants was
not established until it was proved experimentally by
Cameranus in 1691 , arid the first hybrid of which there
is record was made in 1719 by Thomas Fairchild, an
English gardener, who crossed the carnation with the
sweet William The first exact knowledge of hybridiza-
tion dates from about 1761 \vhen Koelreuter began
publishing the results of his observations, but even his
work had little bearing on practical plant-breeding
The systematic breeding of plants may be said to have
begun with the work of Knight and Von Mons about
the beginning of the nineteenth century.
Knight worked mainly m hybridization and m 1806
said "New varieties of every species of fruit will gen-
erally be better produced by introducing the farma of
one variety of pollen into the blossoms of another than
by propagating from a single bud " Von Mons worked
mainly in selection and it is interesting to note that
his experiments were made primarily with pears. He
emphasized continuous selection and produced very
many valuable varieties. It is probable that a large
part of the success of Von Mons work was due to the
fact that pears are normally sterile to their own pollen,
requiring cross-fertilization, and, therefore, many of
his new varieties were probably hybrids. He was not
aware of this fact, however, and it made no great differ-
ence in the establishment of the principle which has
since proved to be so important.
A most important stimulus to the development of
546
BREEDING
BREEDING
plant-breeding was given by the publication of Darwin's
famous works, particularly his "Animals and Plants
under Domestication," in 1868. His extensive re-
searches, masterful compilation and systematization of
the existing knowledge may be said to have established
breeding on a systematic basis
Following Darwin, little advance was made in the
knowledge of the principles
of breeding until in 1900,
when Mendel's papers on plant
hybridization, describing his
now famous principles or laws
of inheritance, were rediscovered
independently and brought to
attention by DeVncs, Correns
and Tschermak The discovery
of these laws and the publication
of DeVries' "Mutation Theory"
in the same year, marked the
beginning of a new era in plant-
breeding. No matter what the
final conclusions may be regard-
ing Mendel's principles and the
mutation theory, the stimula-
tion which these two theories
have given to breeding has
already served greatly to modify
and extend knowledge, both in
scientific and practical direc-
tions
The great advance that has
been made in the discovery of
the underlying principles of
breeding puts experimentation
in this field on a much surer
basis and the breeder ran now
approach his subject with defi-
nite understanding.
637. Variations in size
of wheat plants grown
side by side in field.
Classification of varieties.
To understand clearly the character of organisms
with which breeding deals, careful definitions of the
different groups of cultivated plants which are ordi-
narily known as varieties are needed One speaks of
varieties of wheat, corn, apples and pears, yet it is
known that these varieties differ from each other as
natural groups. In order to distinguish clearly these
differences, the following classification of varieties into
races, strains and clons has been proposed
Racea are groups of cultivated plants that have well-marked
differentiating characters, and propagate true to seed except for
simple fluctuating variations The different groups of beans, peas,
wheat, oats, corn, cotton, and the like, referred to commonly as
varieties, are thus in a more restricted sense races Boone County
White, Learning, Golden Bantam, and so on, would be recognized
as races of corn, and Turkey Red, Fulcaster, Fultz, as races of
wheat, and Early Pans, Dwarf Erfurt and Snowball as races of
cauliflower.
Strains are groups of cultivated plants derived from a race,
which do not differ from the original of the race in visible taxonomic
characters When the breeder, by a careful selection of Blue Stem
wheat, produces a sort of Blue Stem that differs from the original
race only m the quality of yielding heavily, it would be called a
strain of Blue Stem
Clons are groups of cultivated plants the different individuals
of which are simply transplanted parts of the same individual, the
reproduction being by the use of vegetative parts such as bulbs,
tubers, buds, grafts, cuttings, runners, and the like The various
sorts of apples, potatoes, strawberries, chrysanthemums, and so on,
commonly denominated varieties, in a moro restricted sense -would
be clons Clons of apples, pears, strawberries, potatoes, and the
like, do not propagate true to seed, while this is one of the most
important characters of races and strains of wheat, corn, and others.
The term variety would thus bo used in a general sense, and would
include races, strains and clons.
Heredity.
The laws of heredity are of pnmarv importance to
the breeder It is a general principle that like begets
like, but it is also true that like frequently gives rise to
unlike. In general, by heredity is meant the tendency
which an organism manifests to develop in the form ana
likeness of its progenitors, and the study of heredity
includes thus the inheritance of characters It is of the
utmost importance that organisms in general reproduce
their kind, as otherwise the breeder would be confronted
with confusion, but it is of equal importance that the off-
spring does not always reproduce the parental charac-
ters There are thus apparently two conflicting prin-
ciples in plant-breeding On the one hand, the breeder
seeks to produce variations in order to get new types
as the foundations for improvement. On the other hand,
when such a variation from or improvement on the nor-
mal type is secured, he reverses the process and tries
to establish heredity and reduce the amount of varia-
tion, so that the aphorism, "like begets like/ will hold
true.
In pedigree- or grade-breeding, and in breeding to
produce new varieties, the importance of hereditary
strength cannot be overestimated, as it is only by ren-
dering this power very great that any new form can be
brought to what is called a fixed type
In recent years, the ideas of fixity of type have been
greatly modified, and it is now hold that fixity of
type is secured by purifying a race from all admixtures
so that any character represented in a race will be pure.
Unit-characters.
The modern studies of heredity have led to a new
conception of organic characters that should be clearly
understood by the brooder A caroful study of species or
varieties of plants or animals focuses the attention not
on the generality of the differences exist'ng but rather
on the differences in certain characters, one observes
whether a plant is smooth or hairy, cut-leaved or entire-
leaved, much branched or Mmply branched, erect or
procumbent, tall or short, and the like This leads to
the conception that a plant is not of simple organiza-
tion but is comprised of a combination of characters.
These characters or the physiological units which cause
them are now thought of as in considerable measure
independent of each other and as representing dis
tmct organic units. The classical studies of Gret>o
038 Red cedar: a, Columnar form; b, Spreading form.
Mendel on the hybridization of races of peas that
exhibited different characters established the fact that
at least certain characters are inherited separately and
may form permanent new combinations.
A unit-character, then, may be defined as any char
actenstic quality or set of qualities or expression O-
character in an organism that is inherited as a whole
and independent of any other quality or set of quantum
They are the organic units of inheritance The urn.
that are considered in hybridization are not tnc
species or varieties themselves, but the unit-character*,
of which they are composed The origin of a new
BREEDING
BREEDING
547
variety would then consist in the acquirement of a new
character by the organism or the loss of an old character
or of the production through hybridization of new
combinations of characters that already existed but
in different combinations.
Nature of variation.
While, as indicated m the discussion of heredity,
organisms are usually reproduced in the likeness of
their parents, nevertheless it is well known that
all plants vary Individual plants differ from one
another mst as do men The fact that plants can be
improved by selection depends upon the occurrence of
these so-called variations One is accustomed to think
of plants as very stable and uniform Casually looking
over a field of ox-eye daisies and admiring their beautv,
one distinguishes no appan nt variability, all seem to be
alike Nevertheless, if the plants arc examined care-
fully and the different individuals studied, it is found
that each one possesses certain peculiarities Some have
large flower-heads, otheis small flower-heads; some
have very many rays or petals, others comparatively
few, some have broad rays, others narrow rays Some
plants are tall, others hhort. No two plants can be
found which do not differ from each other in some
noticeable character They present different facial
expressions, the same as do people or cattle, so that
different individuals may be recognized aftor one has
studied them and made their acquaintance This is
one of the interesting studies which the breeder pur-
sues Careful gardeners learn to recognize the individ-
ual plants that thev handle day after day as the
shepherd recognises the different members of his flock.
The inheritance of a character ordinarily does not
mean its exact expression in the offspring as in the par-
ent In considering variations from the standpoint of
the conception of unit-characters, it must be remem-
bered that only the determiners of a character arc in-
herited and the expression of the character in the new
individual is influenced by the environment under which
the individual develops It must also be remembered
that in the higher plants arid animals with which the
breeder orchnanlv has to deal, an individual results
from a fertilized egg-cell which contains the heritage
determiners of two parents and; as theie are a very
large number of ehaiacters making up an> individual
ami as different individuals possess different determi-
ners which are brought together in fertilization, rarely or
never can one individual be conceived to be an exact
counterpart of another
Variation* are of very great difference in magnitude
and kind, and while many different names have been
given to the different t>pes of variation, the most
generally accepted usage at present is to classify all
variations either as fluctuations or mutations
Fluctuations are those variations that are supposed
to be due to the direct action of environment and that
are not inherited The vaiiation in size a.s a icsult of
richness of soil, is such a fluctuating variation and, as
well recognized, is not a heritable character A similar
illustration of such a variation is the difference in size
of oat or wheat plants due to crowding in the field
(Fig 637) It is known that if a pole bean be trans-
ferred to the North, it tends to produce a bush type,
and if a cowpca be transferred to the North, it tends to
shorten up its vine and assume a bush hanit An in-
teresting illustration of such modifications is shown
m the ordinary red cedar, Juniperus virgimana (Fig.
638). In the rich, moist soils of Pennsylvania, Mary-
land and Virginia, this tree forms a beautiful tall col-
umnar top with dense foliage (Fig 638 a) . On the dry,
sterile, limestone hills of Kansas, Nebraska, and Ken-
tucky, and in the sandy soil of Florida, the same tree
produces a spreading, scraggly top of entirely different
character (Fig. 6386). If one of these trees .is trans-
planted while young, from sterile barren soil to moist
rich land, it assumes the tall columnar habit as a result
of the environment
Plant-breeders have sometimes assumed that such
modifications, which are the result of environment
(Fig b'39), are of great importance to them This
matter, however, is in grave doubt. The informa-
tion at command indicates that these characters, which
are physiological adaptations, are not hereditary, and
are lost as soon as the plant is transferred again to its
normal environment If, for example, it is desired tc
produce a bush cowpea and the selection is undertaken
in the South with a vmv variety, a search should be
made among the plants for the individual that ap-
proaches most nearly to the bush type, and it m probabl<
that this plant would be as likely to transmit this-
character to its progeny as a similar bushy tvpe selected
under northern conditions As a rnf ttcr of fact, it may
be that this tendency could be recognized much more
*
639. Variation in size of dandelion caused by growing at dif-
ferent altitudes, a, Plant grown in valley at low altitude, 6, plant
grown on mountain at high altitude (From Bonnier )
clearly in a southern location, where the plants normally
pioduce vines, than in a northern location
Mutations, on the other hand, are changes that are
more profound and effect the germinal cells of ths
organism in such a way that the changes are inherited
The most typical illustrations of mutations are the
striking large type-variations that are known to gar-
deners as sports, and which ordinarily reproduce true
to seed. It must not be understood, however, that
all mutations are large type-variations This, it is
true, was in large measure the meaning given to muta-
tions by DeVries in his development of the mutation
theory of evolution, but the moie general interpretation
of biologists at present is to consider any type of varia-
tion that is inherited as a mutation. Many small varia-
tions, such as a slight difference in height of ear in corn,
may be regularly inherited, and in some instances
differences that are so slight as to be distinguished only
by careful biometrical analysis are regularly inherited,
generation after generation, even under very different
conditions Recent scientific studies have emphasized
548
BREEDING
BREEDING
the great importance of such variations in the produc-
tion of cultivated varieties and the evolution of species.
As is well known to gardeners, these sports or mutations
appear suddenly without warning or reason, so far as is
known They cannot be produced, and one must simply
wait until they appear and then be prepared to recog-
nize and propagate them. Mutations usually repro-
duce their characters without much reversion to the
parental type except such as is caused by cross-pollina-
tion. Mutations of self-fertilized plants thus usually
come true to type, while in cross-fertilized plants the
mutation must usually be cultivated m an isolated
place and carefully selected to weed out the effect of
such crossing as has occurred Many seedsmen examine
their trial-grounds regularly for sports or mutations,
and many of the best varieties have lesulted from the
selection of such sports. Livingston, of Ohio, who dur-
ing his life was famous for the number of new varieties
of tomatoes which he produced, made it a practice to
search regularly the fields of tomatoes, which he grew
for seed purposes, for such sports, and almost all of his
numerous varieties were pioduced by the discovery of
such striking variations.
A very interesting case of a variety that originated as
a seedling sport or mutation is the now familiar case of
the Cupid sweet pea Until about fifteen years ago the
only sweet peas known were the ordinary tall twining
sorts which grow to a height of 3 to 6 feet, depend-
ing upon the richness of the soil At this time there was
found in California, a small dwarf s\veet pea plant only
about 6 or 8 inches high. This \vas growing in a row of
the Emily Henderson variety, one ot the ordinary tall
sorts from which it evidently had sprung. Seed of this
640. Stem of pondweed (Potamogeton
spirahs), showing narrow submerged
leaves and broad floating leaves. (After
Bntton and Brown )
dwarf plant was saved and grown, and it was found to
reproduce plants of the same dwarf character. The
variety was designated the Cupid, under which name it
was introduced to the seed trade and distributed over
the world. The Cupid differed from other sweet peas
not only in height but in its closely set leaves and general
habit of growth. Indeed it is as distinct from other
sweet peas as are distinct species of plants in nature.
From the original Cupid, there have sprung many
different sorts, until now there are varieties of Cupids
representing almost all variations of color and shape
of flower known in the sweet pea family.
Causes of variation.
Understanding of the causes of variation is as yet
\ery imperfect. Fluctuations are in general interpreted
as the direct physiological action of environment on the
piarit, or. in other words, environmental reactions.
There would seem to be no doubt of the correctness of
this view for the cause of ordinary fluctuations, and it
may be accepted as the cause of such fluctuating varia-
tions as the breeder will commonly meet Such reactions
as the changes m structure and form of the entire air-
leaves and finely divided \v ater-leaves of certain butter-
cups (Ranunculus) and the floating and submerged
leaves of pond weeds or Potamogeton (Fig 610), and the
loss of kncas on the bald c> press when cultivated on
high land where the soil is \\ell aerated, may be inter-
preted merely as extreme environmental reactions
Even these extreme changes are not inherited other
than that the ability to react in this \vay under different
environments) is inherited
To account for mutations is, however, a mucn more
difficult matter and no definite conclusion ah to their
cause has yet been r^nrhed Lamarck and hi* followers
have strongly maintained the hypothec that changed
environment \\ould (stimulate the production of varia-
tions that would permanently effect the orgam&m and
its progeny in the direction of better adapting them
to their environment Many scientists, even today,
believe m the effectiveness of environment in develop-
ing adaptive changes Weisman arid his followers,
however, appear to have shown that characters acquired
through external influences, the so-called acquired
characters, do not affect the germ-cells, \\hieh are early
differentiated in the development of the organism, and
are thus not inherited
While, m general, it is certain that the ordinary
environmental reactions are not inherited, it is known
that plants long grown under a certain environment
become modified to feint that environment, and that
such adaptive changes have m some way so modified
the organism that the adaptive changes are rendered
heritable Thus the conclusion follows that in some way
environment by its stimulation does occasionally affect
the germ-cells and produce changes that arc inherited.
Plants that have long been cultivated under widely
varying conditions almost invariably develop numerous
heritable variations that would be classed as muta-
tions The older breeders strongly held to the belief
that such conditions as change of food-supply, change of
altitude, artificial cultivation, budding, and grafting,
indeed the ordinary manipulation of agricultural culti-
vation, lead plants to vary in directions of importance
to the breeder Cleai ly, no problem is of more impor-
tance to the breeder than to be able to produce or cause
such new characters to appear.
It is only very recently that the idea has developed that one can
go farther than possibly to change the environment With the
publication of MacDougal's researches in 1906, describing mutations
that were apparently caused by injecting the capsules of plants w ith
certain solutions, such as zinc sulfale and magnesium chloride, a
possible new method of forcing variations was introduced Mac-
Dougal apparently obtained marked variations as a result of his
treatment, that were inherited in succeeding generations
Tower, by subjecting potato beetles during the formation of the
germ-cells to extremely hot and dry or hot and humid conditions
with changes of atmospheric pressure, was able to cause the
development of marked changes or mutations that were found to
transmit their characters true through several generations and which
segregated as unit-characters following hybridization. He con-
cludes from his experiments "that heritable variations are produced
as the direct response to external stimuli "
Gager has produced similar changes in plants by subjecting the
developing ovaries to the action of radium rays, and a number of
similar studies by Hertwig and others indicate that radium ema-
nations have a very active effect on both plants and animals
While the evidence favoring the value of such external stimuli
as the above in producing new bentable characters is apparently
definite and positive, the extent to which the method cao be used in
BREEDING
BREEDING
549
practical breeding has not been determined, and indeed further
experience muni be awaited before the evidence, or the interpreta-
tion of the evidence presented in these very valuable and sug-
gestive researches, can finally be accepted Humbert has made ex-
periments in which the capsules of a pure hue of a wild plant
(Silene nodiflora) were injected with the solutions used by
MacDougal, and although the number of plants handled (about
15,000) was apparently as great or greater than was used in Mac-
Dougal's experiments, no mutations were found in the treated
plant-* that were not also found in the untreated or check plants
borne observations and experiments are recorded in literature
which indicate that mutilations or severe injury may induce the
development of mutations Most noteworthy among s>uch obser-
vations are those of Blannghem, who by mutilating corn plants m
various ways, such as splitting or twintirig the btalks, apparently
produced variations that bred true without recession and which
he described as mutations Observations on the great frequency of
striking bud-variations on recovering trunks of old citrus trees in
Florida, following the severe freeze of 1894-5, also furnished
evidence in support of this theory
While the evidence at command ngarding the artificial pro-
duction of mutations is not yot sufficiently exact and trustworthy
to enable one to draw definite conclusions and formulate recom-
mendations for practical breeders, it may be stated that this is
apparently one of the most profitable hues of experimentation for
the immediate future
Principles of selection.
Selection is the principal factor of breeding, both in
the improvement of races and in the production of
new races and varieties (Fig 041). The keynote of
selection is the choice of the best, and a factor of the
highest importance in finding the best is the examination
of very large numbers
In evolut lonary studies, it has long been recognized
that variation is the foundation of evolution and that
no evolution is possible without variation, but, to selec-
tion has been assigned an all-important part as guiding
and even stimulating the variation in a certain direc-
tion Darwin, and particularly some of his more radical
followers, have assigned to sok*< tion a creative force, m
that it has been assumed that when nature by a slight
variation gave the hint of a possible change in a certain
direction, natural or artificial selection, by choosing this
variation and selecting from among its progeny the
most markedly similar variants, could force the advance
in the direction indicated Since Darwin's time, this
cumulative action of selection had been emphasized so
forcibly that selection had come to be recognized as an
active force in creation rather than merely as a deter-
minative agency
It is certain, of course, that, by careful observation
and selection from any particular race, ultimately a
new race may be produced The question is whether
the individual or individuals selected in producing the
new race have not varied bv mutation or seed-sporting
rather than being meiely representative of the cumula-
tive result of the selection of slight individual varia-
tions The sugar-beet furnishes an interesting illustra-
tion m this direction It will be remembered that
Louis Vilmonn started the selection of sugar-beets for
richness in sugar between 1830 and 1840, selecting first
by means of specific gravity, the method being to throw
the beets into solutions of brine strong enough so that
the great majority of them would float, the few that
sank being of greater specific gravity and presumably
of greater sugar-content Considerable improvement
was produced by this method. About 1851, the method
of chemical analysis was introduced to determine the
exact sugar-content. At this time, the sugar-content
was found to vary from 7 to 14 per cent, and m the
second general ion of selection individuals with 21 per
cent of sugar were found. The selection based on per-
centage of sugar, using the beets highest in sugar as
mothers, has been continued regularly since that time,
and the industry has come to rely entirely on careful
selection for high sugar-content It would be expected
that under these conditions, the percentage of sugar
would have increased sufficiently so that the selected
plants could be considered a different race orstram. Yet,
after fifty years of selection, the highest sugar-content
found is only about 26 per cent, and this m a very few
instances, seldom over 21 per cent being found At the
present time, many thousand analyses are made every
year, so that abundant opportunity is afforded to find
individuals producing a high sugar-content. On the
contrary, when Vilmorm's
work was started, the
determination of sugar-
content was made by
very laborious methods,
and was limited to com-
paratively few individ-
uals. It is not improb-
able that if Vilmonn had
been able to make analy-
ses of the sugar-content
m many thousands of
roots, he would have
found certain individuals
producing as high as 26
per cent. The inference
from this illustration
would be that the limita-
tions of the variation
within the race have not
been surpassed as a result
of selection
641 Improvement of corn by
selection Boone County White
corn on left, and original type
from which it was developed by
selection on right.
Of recent studies favoring the active influence of selection in
creating or strengthening characters, the most noteworthy are those
of Castle and Smith
Castle and his assistants made an extensive series of experiments
with hooded rats to increase the black-colored dorsal band on the
one hand and to decrease or obliterate it, on the other He appears
to have obtained very positn e ev idence favoring the gradual cumu-
lative action of the selection, as he succeeded in markedly increasing
the amount of black in one htrain until the rats were almost wholly
black and in the other strain almost wholly obliterating the black.
Castle has also obtained similar results in produ< mg a four-toed
race, and a change of coloring m guinea-pigs His view may be
summarized m the following quotation "In Johannsen's view,
selection can do nothing but sort out variations already existing in
a rate I prrfcr to think with Darwin that selection can do more
than thu, that it can heap up quantitative variations until they
reach a sum total otherwise unattainable, and that it thus becomes
creative "
The experiments conducted by Smith and others at the
Illinois Experiment Station on selecting high and low strains of
corn with reference to oil- and protein-content, have re^il^ed in
markedly distinct strains possessing these qualities Experiments
have also been made m cultivating these varieties without selection
and the new characters have been maintained for several years
without marked regression
The standard researches of De\ ries, now familiar to all, chal-
lenged the correctness of the selection theory and bought to show
that species originated by sudden jumps or mutations It may be
admitted that DeVncs proved that species or new characters
were formed suddenly as mutations, but this would not prove
that they might not also be formed or actually induced to mutate
by a continuous process of selection Indeed, in his experiments on
the production of a double-flow cred variety of Chrysanthemum
sroctum ("Mutdtionstheonc," \ ol I, p 523\ a few generations of
selection led to increasing markedly the number of ray-florets
before the ligulate corollas appeared among the di«k-florets, the
change that ho interpreted as the mutation that gave him the double
Tower's experiments with the potato beetle m attempting to
create by selection largo and small races, albimc and melanic races,
and races with changed color-pattern, although conducted carefullj
from ten to twelve generations, failed to give any evidence of pro-
ducing permanently changed types While strains of plus and
minus varieties gave populations with a range of variation appar-
ently markedly restricted to their respective sides of the normal
variation range, still these selected strains did not greatly exceed
the normal range of variation in either direction, and when the
selection was discontinued, in two or three generations, again
populations exhibiting the normal range of variation were produced
Jennings, in a aeries of selection experiments with paramecium
extending over twenty generations, and Pearl, in an extensive
experiment m the selection of chickens in an attempt to produce a
breed of high egg-laying capacity, failed to secure any evidence
favoring an accumulative effect of selection
No scries of experiments have had a more profound influence on
the conception of selection than those of Johannsen, the Danish
investigator In studying commercial varieties of beau«, he found
that such characters as weight and sire of seed fluctuated around a
certain average, and when large seed or small seed was chosen, the
Rrogcny showed the influence of the selection, being smaller o»
uger in accordance with the direction of the selection Tho
progeny, however, did not exhibit the extreme si/es of the selected
parents, there being a certain regression toward mediocrity In
investigating this matter, Johannsen was led to use the ordinary
pedigree method of cultivating the progeny of different individual
separately and inbreeding or selfing all seed used to prevent the
550
BREEDING
BREEDING
crossing of different strains By this method, he found that the
progeny of each individual fhictuated around an a/eragc or typical
size, as had the commercial varieties, but that while some strains
were exactly the same in average size an the commercial variety,
others fluctuated around a larger mean or a smaller mean than tht
commercial variety He tried the experiment of selecting from
these large and small strains extreme variants, and found that no
advance was made as a result of the selection Ho was thus led
to conclude that in a pure self-fertilized strain from a single plant —
what he called a pure lino — no advance could be made by selection
and that the commercial variety with which he first experimented
was a mixed race In the course of his experiments with pure lines,
several variations were obtained which reproduced true to type,
but these were interpreted by him as changes of type by mutation.
While, before the publication of Johannsen's results, breeders
clearly recognized the importance ef determining individual per-
formance and using pedigree methods, still his pure-line conception
was a distinct advance and forcibly brought to attention the fact
that most commercial varieties and races consist of a number of
distinct types — biotypos, as he called them, — and that much of
our work of selection consists merely in isolating and purifying
these types
Is one, then, to conclude that the practice of breeders
in continually selecting from the best for propagation
is useless, and must one advise practical breeders to
discontinue their selection? There can be no doubt
that the practical breeders have made advances by
selecting from the' bast individuals No scientific
breeder will deny this It is simply the question of the
interpretation of how the results were secured that is
in doubt and whether these results can be considered
as permanent new unit-characters
It appears that one is dealing in breeding with two
markedly distinct types of selection, based on different
principles and arriving at different results, both correct
in principle and productive of equally valuable practical
results, but of very different value when considered
from a strictly evolutionary standpoint The first of
these types would be that in which mutations are
selected and new races established, while the second
would be illustrated by that type of selection which is
intended merely to maintain a maximum strain of the
race
It would seem that such cases of improvement as
are illustrated by the sugar-beet indicate that the con-
tinuous selection, generation after generation, of maxi-
mum fluctuations shown by a character, will result in
maintaining a strain at nearly the maximum of effi-
ciency, and that within a pure race the progeny of a
maximum variate which would probably be classed
as a fluctuation, docs not regress entirely to the mean of
the roee m the first generation succeeding the selec-
tion, but that there is only a certain percentage of re-
gression similar to the regression determined by Claltoii.
These races or solected stiams maintain themselves
as long as the selection is continued, and when the
selection is discontinued rapidly regress to the mean of
the species
The practical breeder should clearly recognize that
the act of selection, the choice of the best, remains just
as important whether it has a cumulative effect,
theroby augmenting the character, or whether he is
merely punfymg an already existing superior race. The
final result remains the same.
Methods of selection, or pedigree breeding.
Bv methods of selection is meant those practices that
the breeder uses to find promising variations, determine
their value, and punfy or develop them into fixed
races coming true to seed.
Choosing superior plants.
The first concern of the breeder is to find the valuable
variations How he had best do this will depend largely
upon the plant with which he is working. In all cases,
it is of the greatest importance to find the best possible
plants and this is likely to require the examination of a
very large number of individuals. This factor cannot
be too strongly emphasized. If, for example, one at-
tempted to find a man 7 feet high, one would probably
ha\e to examine, or pass over, a million individuals
to find him The superior individuals fitted to be the
progenitors of a new or improved race arc very few.
Certain individuals far above the average may be
found by examining a comparatively limited number,
but the very best possible individual is but rarely
produced
The plants from which selections are to be made
should be grown under as uniform conditions as possible,
so that the experimenter may have opportunity to
examine and select the best Iwo methods of growing
plants for selection are in general use, and may be
termed the nursery method and the field method
The nursery method, which was first used by Hallett
about 1808, consists m cultivating each plant under
the most favorable conditions possible tor its best
development. By this method with wheat, ior example,
Hallett pursued the policy of planting the mdidivuals
in squares a foot apart, which would give each plant
abundant opportunity for spooling, and also the investi-
gator an opportunity clearly to distinguish each indi-
vidual plant and determine its iharacteristics, total
yield, and so on In iccent \ear-s, this method of grow-
ing the individual plants at a standard distance from
each other, m order to test their yielding capacities and
the like, has been u^vrj. very pxlen-sivvly
The field method was used by Kimpau about 1S67,
and probably by many otheis before that time By
this method, the selections are made from plants grown
under normal field conditions The advantages of this
method are that it can be judged only what a plant will
do in the field under ordinary conditions of field cul-
ture, by growing and selecting it under these conditions
In the large majority of cases, the first selections are
probably made fiom plants grown in the held in the
regular course of crop-production, which thus wcie
,not specially grown for the purpose
If one is to use the nursery method, the plants must
be especially planted \\hile the nursery method cer-
tainly allows the breeder to distinguish the individual
plants more clearly, m wheat, oats, and other crops that
are sown broadcast or drilled, it entails \ery much
extra work and is prob.iblv to be lecommended only for
the use of experimenters who are giving their entire
time to the work In the greater number of horticultural
crops, the individuals are normallv cultivated one in a
place, as in the case of tomatoes, cabbages, strawberries,
currants and the like, and the examination of individuals
in the field thus satisfies the requirements of both
the above methods
The breeder may have in mind either of two pur-
poses m his work (I) On the one hand, he may desire
to secure an impioved strain ot a certain race, that is,
by selection to keep his seed up to the maximum of
efficiency This may be called stiain breeding (2) On
the other hand, he may desire to produce an entirely
new race with different characters, and this may be
called race-breeding
He should clearly recognize which of these types of
breeding he is following As an illustration, suppose
that the breeder is growing the Stone tomato and
desires to maintain the best-yielding strain possible of
this race He would then attempt to choose from a very
large number of plants of the Stone variety, the best-
yielding plants having the largest number of perfect
fruits and typical of the variety in habit of growth,
quality, character of fruit, and the like, and would hope
by a process of continuous selection to maintain his
selected strain in a state of high productivity. This is
the type of selection pursued by the sugar-beet
breeders described earlier in this article.
On the other hand, if he desires to produce an im-
proved new race, he would search among large numbers
of tomato plants of any or all varieties for the appear-
ance of mutations or sports, or plants of new type differ-
ing from any known variety As a matter of experience,
BREEDING
it should be stated that it is very easy to find types of
plants differing from the varieties or races ordinarily
grown, but far the larger pait of such variations are
worthless types. Good new types, the superior or even
the equal of the known varieties, are of very rare
occurrence
If the general improvement of a variety is the
breeder's purpose, he snould choose a considerable num-
ber of apparently superior plants of good type, which
will form the basis of his selection work. Breeders who
are conducting careful experiments will find it neces-
sary and desirable to use careful methods of judging
their plants. While one is breeding possibly for one
primary improvement, as, for example, increased yield,
it is necessary, at the same time, that one should keep
the product up to the standard in other characteristics,
namely, quality, disease-resistance, drought-resistance,
and the like, and that one sees that all of the good
qualities of the variety are retained. To do this properly
necessitates the use of a score-card, on which each char-
acter of the plant that is important is given its relative
weight or giade. By the use of such a score-card, the
breeder can judge each character separately, and by the
adding up of the score-card get the rank of different
plants in a comparative wav
Inheritance tebl — When a number of plants have been
chosen, the next important factor is to test each indi-
vidual as to its inheritance It must be continuously
remembered that a plant is valuable only as it produces
good progeri> To determine the inheritance, the usual
method is to plant the seed from each individual se-
lected in a row bv itself, or in a marked part of a row.
This is the so-called "plant-to-row" method, and brings
the offspring of a single mdn idual together so that they
may be readily compared with each other and their
qualities carefully judged. These progeny rows should
be grown in a special breeding-patch in which the soil
is as uniform as can be secured
It is frequently found tha* two select plants that are
equally good so far as their yield is concerned will give
Erogem that, as a whole, differ greatly in this respect,
n the progeny of one, almost every plant may nave
inherited tho denred quality, while in the progeny of
the other only a few of the plants may show, m any
noticeable degree, the inheritance of the quality To
determine Ihe degree of inheritance, it is necessary to
grade car: fully the progeny of each individual
Fmall>, \\ith the use of his best judgment, the
breeder determines the superior progenies, and these
would be the ones which have most nearly given the
ideal type and produced the best yield of the highest
quality This would end the \\ork of the first gen-
eration of the selection as the breeder now has the
data which shows him which of the original plants
selected was the .superior one It will be seen that this
is a method of judging the individual by its progeny.
Continuation of the selection Hie second year.
Having determined the superior progeny or progenies
at the end of the hrst year, the breeder then makes his
selections of heed-plants from these best progenies for
continuing the breeding While one progeny may be
and usually is superior to all others, this may be due
to the season or other accidental conditions and for a
few generations it is usually the best policy to make
selections from several of the best progenies. Select
from each of the superior progenies several of the best
plants, using the same care in selecting these plants as
was used in choosing the first plants Preserve the seed
from each of these plants separately and keep it care-
fully labeled so that its origin may be known
The further work with these plants consists in plant-
ing each individual by the plant-to-row method, test-
ing the inheritance as described in the first generation,
and finally selecting again the best progenies This
would be followed by again selecting from the best pro-
BREEDING
551
genies a number of superior individuals to continue the
selections in the third year
The third and succeeding years of the selection would
be conducted in the same way as long as it was thought
necessary or desirable to continue the work.
Securing general stock seed of the improved strain.
In carrying out selection work as outlined in the pre-
ceding section, it is ordinarily the object of the breeder
to secure an improved strain of the race with which he
is working, and usually he desires to utilize such im-
provements as he can make at the earliest possible time.
With ordinary annual crops such as beans, peas, toma-
toes, corn, and cotton, it will be found a good policy at
the end of the second year of the selection^ after taking
the seed from the few special plants used m continuing
the pedigree breeding, to harvest the seed from a num-
ber of the best plants remaining in the chosen progenies
and using this seed to plant a multiplication plat from
which stock seed may be secured to plant a fairly large
crop Each year following this, seed may be taken m
the same way from the best progenies in the breeding
patch to plant a multiplication plat By this method,
seed of a gradually improving grade may be secured
for planting a general crop.
Control of parentage.
In plant-breeding, as in animal-breeding, the isola-
tion of the parents is a very important consideration.
It is necessary that the character of both parents should
be known whenever this is possible In breeding plants,
more attention is given ordinarily to the mother parent,
and in very many
instances the charac-
ters of the father
parent are entirely
neglected Animal-
breeders, on the con-
trary, give more
{attention to the char-
acters of the male
parent, and much
improvement in ordi-
nary herds has been
accomplished by the
introduction of im-
proved heritage
through the male In
plant-breeding, it is
desirable that the
seed of the select in-
dividuals be planted
in a field by them-
selves. This insures
that only progeny of
carefully selected m-
dividuals will be
planted near to-
gether, and thus no
ordinary stock will
enter as a contamination. One can be certain that each
plant of the progeny is fertilized with pollen from
another similarly good plant, or at least from a plant
derived, from good parentage. One difficulty, however,
has been experienced by plant-breeders in planting con-
tinuously their selected stock m such isolated plats. If
this method is continued year after year, it results in
fairly close inbreeding, which, in the case of plants,
frequently results in loss of vitality and vigor. In
animals there is freouently no noticeable effect from
close inbreeding, and many of the most famous animals
have been produced as a result of the closest m-and-in-
breedmg. In plants, however, it is possible to secure
much closer inbreeding than in animals, as in many
cases a plant can be fertilized with its own pollen.
Within recent years, much activity has been shown
642. Aquilegia flowers, illustrating
the process of emasculation.
a, mature bud showing stage which
should be chosen for emasculation,
6, similar bud with the tips of the
corolla pried apart and tho stamens
removed, c, a bud opened naturally,
too old to operate on , d, a bud of the
stage shown in a and b, with corolla
removed to show the internal organs,
.., a bud the same as in d, but with
tho stamens removed, /, the same as e,
but older, at the age when pollination
normally takes place, g, pistil shortly
after fecundation, the remnants of the
stamens having fallen away.
552
BREEDING
BREEDING
in the careful breeding and improvement of corn. The
corn plant has been shown, as a result of experiments
made by various investigators, as, for example, the
Illinois Experiment Station and the United States
Department of Agriculture, to lose vitality very
rapidly when self-fertilized. Within three or four
generations, by the most careful inbreeding, it is pos-
sible to reduce corn almost to total sterility. The
general practice of corn-
breeders who have been
giving attention to the pro-
duction of pedigree strains
is to plant the rows of corn
from different select ears
side by side, giving a row
to each select ear, and each
year selecting, from the
progeny of those rows that
give the largest yield, plants
to continue further the
selection Planting these
select ears together every
year, therefore, means that
they are more or less inbred,
as the closest relatives are
1 planted together in the
same row. While in follow-
ing this practice at first no
643 Plant of aquilegia with £ffec* was V18lb1^ , corn"
flowers covered with bags in breeders are now finding in
hybridization work. some cases an apparent de-
crease in yield, which seems
to be traceable to the effect of inbreeding. It seems
necessary, therefore, in corn and m other plants that
are affected by inbreeding, to use methods that will
avoid close inbreeding. The detrimental effect of in-
breeding is largely limited to those plants that are
normally cross-fertilized, this fact being strikingly
brought out in Darwin's "Effects of Cross and Self
Fertilization m the Vegetable Kingdom " Tobacco,
wheat, and some other plants that are normally self-
fertilized do not show this decrease in vigor as a result
of inbreeding
Considerable effort has been made within recent years,
in the selection of certain crops, particularly corn,
to follow both parents, choosing good males and good
females of known parentage and crossing these by
artificial means There can be no doubt but that
by the use of such methods more rapid progress could
be made, but in the greater number of cases the meth-
ods thus far devised require so much work as to be
almost prohibitive
A method of breeding has recently been devised by
J. B Norton m the improvement of asparagus, which is
worthy of careful consideration and may be applicable,
at least in modified form, to use m the improvement of
various crops Asparagus is dio?cious, the male and
female flowers being borne on different plants The
first part of the process consists m selecting a number
of superior plants of both sexes, attention being given
to all important characters such as yield, quality, rust-
rewstance, and the like This having been done, the
next process consists in crossing each female with each
selected male plant and testing the progeny produced by
the cross. If, for example, ten superior females and ten
superior males weie chosen, a sufficient number of
flowers on female No 1 would be crossed with pollen
of each of the ten males to obtain sufficient seed to test
the comparative value of the progeny of female No. 1
with each of the ten males. The ten lots of seed from the
crosses on female No. 1 would be grown separately and
the comparative value of the different progenies deter-
mined by careful observations on vigor, rust-resistance,
quality of product, yield, and the like. In this way, it
would ultimately be detei mined which of the ten male
plants was the superior one to use m crossing with
female No. 1. In like manner, female No. 2 would be
crossed with each male and the progenies tested to
determine the superior male in this combination.
Finally the combination of each female with each male
can be compared and if the work has been conducted
with sufficient care and for a long enough period, it can
be determined which combination has uniformly given
the best results.
Asparagus is perennial and is easily propagated
vegetatively by separation of the roots, so that when
once the superior male and female combination has been
determined, these may be propagated vegetatively as
clons, in alternate rows m an isolated place so that all
seeds developed will be ot the desired combination.
Asparagus produces numerous seeds and by such a
method an indefinite quantity of seed of the desired
combination can be produced It would doubtless be
possible in a few years, if desired, to have all of the
seed used commercially grown from a single superior
combination
If experiments of this nature could be made on an
extensive scale so that the males and females of the
highest or maximum grade could be discovered, they
would be of almost fabulous value The importance
of this method of breeding may be better appreciated
by imagining the valun cf the best bull and the best
cow in the world if they would live indefinitely and if
it were possible for them to reproduce rapidly enough
to supply all of the individuals desired
The direct application of this method is possible only
with perennial dioecious plants that can be propagated
as clons and that develop numerous seeds The hop is
another plant to which this method of improvement
could be applied.
Hybridization.
-.Aside from selection, hybridization has played the
most important role in the formation of the varieties
and races of our cultivated plants, but the results
obtained are in many cases closely connected with selec-
tion Ever since the tune of Knight, hybridization has
been used extensively in plant-breeding, and it seems
that this is the only sure means that the breeder can
use in producing new and desirable combinations of
characters. In hybridization, as generally used, the
breeder does not expect to cause or produce new unit-
characters, although such changes may occasionally
occur under the stimulus of hybridization. What he
can do with certainty is to secure hybrids combining
the different characters of two distinct sorts The
extent to which such recombination of characters can
be carried is almost unlimited. In many cases, two or
three or even four distinct species and the characters
represented in then- various varieties have been
recombmed in hybrids
In older literature, the term hybrid was restricted to
crosses resulting from the combination of distinct
species, while combinations of different races of the same
species were known as crosses or mongrels The teim
hybrid is here used as designating any product of a
cross when the parents were noticeably distinct from
each other, whether the parents belonged to different
clons, races or species This broader use of the term
hybrid has become almost universal in recent years.
If, in discussion, it is necessary to refer to the degrees or
grades of difference in the parents, the hybrids may be
characterized as species hybrids, racial hybrids, clonal
hybrids and the like.
Choosing varieties to hybridize.
In starting any work in hybridization, the first
important step is the choice of the varieties to be
hybridized. It is interesting to make crosses of any two
plants with distinct characters and observe the recom-
binations of characters which result, but this haphazard
work takes too much time and is not to be recona-
BREEDING
BREEDING
553
mended. The breeder, in general, should hybridize with
some definite aim in view and use systematic methods
m attempting to accomplish that aim One cannot
ordinarily expect to obtain in hybrids of any two varie-
ties any characters which are not present in the parents.
The unit-character conception explained in the begin-
ning of this article is of fundamental importance m
understanding hybrids. The breeder, by a careful
study of varieties, determines the good characters and
the poor or weak characters of each variety He may, as
an illustration, if working with tomatoes, find all of the
varieties with yellow pear-shaped fruits to be large
bushy plants, the so-called standards, and he may
desire a dwarf type of plant and red fruits. By examin-
ing the different races of tomatoes, he would soon find
a vanety, such as the Quarter Century, which possesses
the characters of dwarf plant and red fruit By crossing
these two varieties, he would obtain new combinations
of the characters of the two sorts, and if he grew a
sufficient number of the second generation of these
hybrids, he would be certain to find some plants in
which the pear-shape had been combined with the red
color and dwarf habit of the Quarter Century vanety.
The study of the vaneties of any crop thus gives the
breeder an idea of the characters available, anahe must
then use his originality and judgment in determining
what combinations of these characters would form the
best commercial variety If this combination does not
already exist, he may start out with considerable con-
fidence that it is possible for him to obtain such a
combination and thus a valuable new variety. Plants,
however, arc not simple m their organization and the
reaction of different characters on one another in
different combinations may not always be what one
expects. Again, in no plant has a complete analysis
been made of all chaiacters, and it may be impossible
for us ever to reduce all the characters of a plant to a
unit-character basis, thus there is always an element
of doubt a.s to the value of any new combination of
characters until this combination has been produced
and tested
Methods of crossing plants.
Plants, like animals, bear male and female organs, and an act
of foe umlation is necessary in all ordinary cases to insure the devel-
opment of seeds In probably the larger number of plants, the male
and female oigans or the stamens and pistils are borne in the same
flowers 011 one plant In some cases, as m the castor bean, corn, and
the like, both sexes arn borne on the same plant but m different
flowers In still other cases, as m the date palm, asparagus, hop
and hemp, the sexes am on different plants
In hybridizing plants, it is necessary to insure that the plants
are not fertilized with their own pollen or with pollen from any
other source than that desired If, therefore, the plant to be oper-
ated on has the stamens and pistils in the same flatter, the stamens
must be removed from the buds before they burst and discharge
the pollen This net of removing the stamens, or emasculation,
as the process is called, is necessary in order to prevent self-fer-
tih/ition In some plants, it is necessary to emasculate the buds
very early, as the pollen develops considerably in advance of the
pntils In other cases, the pistils reach maturity or a receptive
condition be-fore the pollen is shed In this latter case, the emas-
culation may be delayed until a time just previous to the normal
opening of the flower
The process of emasculation may be illustrated by the colum-
bine Htrc large-sized buds are chosen just before they open
normally (Fig 642) The tips of the petals can then be easily pried
plants are difficult to hybridize and every process must be aa
natural as possible to insure results
Many handy methods have been devised to use in pollination
work and are described m breeding literature In all work fine
copper wire is better to attach bags and labels than is string In
emasculation work also, it will often be found convenient when
some pollen has accidentally fallen on the pistil to wash it off with
water by means of a small dental syringe In many cases, such aa
apples, pears and cotton, the best means of emasculation is to
remove the outer floral envelopes by cutting them off, umng a
sharp scalpel. With a little practice this can be done quickly and
with minimum injury to the essential organs (Fig 644)
Difficulty 13 frequently experienced when hybridizing different
vaneties, in getting plants of each vanety to bloom at the same
time. This difficulty may bo overcome in many cases by keeping the
pollen, which can be done for a limited period by slightly drying
the pollen without allowing it to become desiccated, and preserving
it in a tightly corked bottle
After the pollen has been placed on the stigma of the pistil by
the act of pollination, each pollen-grain develops a small tube
which grows down through the pistil to the ovary Through this
tube, the male germ-cells pass down and finally a male germ-cell
comes in contact with each egg-cell of the different ovules in the
ovary (m most plants there are several ovuj* a in each ovary) and
fuses with them This constitutes the act of fecundation or fer-
tilization This fecundated egg-cell is then the beginning of the
hybnd and from the seed containing it, when grown, there develops
the hybnd plant. The plant developed directly from this hybnd
egg-cell is known as the first-generation hybrid (F , ) Seeds from
this first-generation hybrid, when grown, give second-generation
hybnds (F») The expressions Fl, F,,and F,, meaning first, second
and third filial generations, are used very commonly to designate
the first, second and third generations of hybnds
Laws of inheritance in hybrids
When plants of different pure races are crossed, as,
for example, different races of wheat, corn or cotton, the
hybnds are usually all very bimilar to each other in the
first generation, exhibiting in general the same char-
acters And this is the case also when different fixed
species are crossed If, however, individuals belonging
to unfixed races are crossed, there is usually a consider-
able variation in the first generation This is well
illustrated by the crossing of different clons of apples,
pears, oranges, and the like, when the different so-called
varieties are merely transplanted parts of the same
individual seedlings which have not been bred to a
purity of type. It is well known that if seeds of an apple
vanety be planted, the resulting plants exhibit many
different variations in the first generation The parents,
themselves, therefore, not being of pure type, when
they are hybridized produce progeny which in the first
generation is variable. In the crossing of races which
have been bred true to type, whether of the same or of
different species, the first-generation hybnds, however,
apart so that the stamens may be pulled off with small forceps.
This process should be performed carefully to avoid crushing or
injuring the pistil The bud should then be inclosed m a small
light paper bag in order to prevent pollen from any foreign source
being brought to the pistil by insects or wind (Fig 643) The bud
should remain covered until sufficient time has elapsed to allow the
pistil to reach normal maturity, when the bag should be removed
and the pollen from the desired vanety dusted over the pistil.
After this act of pollination, the bud should again be covered with
the paper bag, which should not bo finally removed until several
days later, after fecundation has taken place As soon as a flower is
pollinated, it should be labeled with t small tag of some sort
which may remain attached to the flower-«tem until the fruit is
ripe In some cases, the pollen may be placed on the immature
pistil without injury, when the flower is emasculated, and this is a
groat saving of time when it can be done. However, in most
oases, premature pollination is liable to imure the pistil and pre-
vent the setting of seed One should ordmanly attempt to oolli-
nate the pistil at as nearly the normal time as possible Many
644. Cotton flowers, illustrating the process of emasculation.
a, mature bud showing the stage which should be chosen for
emasculation, 6, a similar bud with the corolla cut off ready
to emasculate; c, a similar bud with the stamens removed,—
emasculated
are nearly uniform in the characters presented, and in
such instances it is necessary to secure a second genera-
tion of the hybrids in order to accomplish the segrega-
tion of the characters and the production of a large
number of variations Ordinarily, therefore, desirable
variations are looked for in the second generation.
This, as has been explained above, is true only in the
case of hybrids of species and races that are fixed in
type
554
BREEDING
BREEDING
Mendel's law of hybrids
The preceding discussion represents fairly well the
general understanding of hybrids until about 1900,
when DeVries and Correns rediscovered what is now
termed "Mendel's law of hybrids." These laws or prin-
ciples are of great value from an economic standpoint,
and are, furthermore, of the greatest scientific interest.
They should thus be thoroughly understood by every
practical breeder of plants It has been known for
many years that a sphtting-up and redistribution of
parental characters occur in hybrids, and it is on this
fact largely that the practical application of hybridiza-
tion in plant-breeding depended. Until Mendel's law
was discovered, however, there was no understanding
of why or how such a recombination could be made, and
it was necessary to experiment extensively m order to
determine what could be accomplished
If one carefully studies a number of first-generation
hybrids with special reference to the characters of the
parents exhibited m the hybrids, it will be found that
certain characters possessed by the male parent are
plainly represented. in the hybrid, while other charac-
ters possessed by the female parent are also represented
in the hybrid Many characters of the parents are thus
plainly represented in the hybrid, but it is probable that
other characters will be blends of the similar parental
characters, or possibly differ from any definite characters
distinguishable in the parents Attention has already
been called to the complexity of organisms m general
and the difficulty of recognizing all of the unit-charac-
ters Thus far it has been possible only to follow
carefully certain plainly marked characters This com-
mingling of the different characters of each parent
gives the hybrid a mosaic appearance, as if certain
characters had been taken from each parent and thrown
together to make up a hybrid individual.
Character-pairs — To understand this commingling of char-
acters m the first-generation hybrids, it is necessary to know that
the parents used m the hybridization diffprcd from each other m
certain characters. One parent may have had red fruits, hairy
stems, and dwarf habit, while the other may have had yellow
fruits, smooth stems, and tall habit Such characters are opposed
to each other, and such opposed qualities or characters are termed
' character-pairs" A plant may ha\e red fruits and smooth
stems, but it could not have red fruits and yellow fruits at the
same time As an illustration of such character-pairs, may be
cited, scarlet and yellow fruits of peppers, reversed or erect fruit1*
of peppers (Fig 645), starchy and sweet kernels of corn, standard
and dwarf size in tomatoes, stringy and stnngloss pods of beans,
and the like Such pairs of characters have been termed by Bateson
"allelomorphic pairs of characters," and this terminology is com-
monly used in the literature on hybrids Whon parents posset-sing
opposed or contrasted characters are crossed the hybrid egg-cell
receives, through the male and female germ-cells uniting in the
fecundation, the determiners which represent the different con-
trasted pairs of characteis, and all cells making up the first-gener-
ation hybrid will contain m like manner the determiners repre-
senting these characters, and arc thus hybrid in nature. This
645 Pepper plants: a, with scarlet-colored reversed fruits, 6,
with yellow-colored erect fruits. The number and form of branches
are also markedly different.
being the case, it might be expected that all characters m the
hybrid would show as blends of the parental characters or exhibit
some stage of intermediacy between the characters of the parents.
This is indeed frequently the case, but more commonly one of the
characters is very strong, or "dominant," as Mendel expressed it,
and only this character will show in the first-generation hybrid,
the other character remaining recessive or masked, although
present As an illustration, m the character-pairs mentioned above,
scarlet fruits of pepper, reversed fruits of pepper (this is true only
in certain varieties), starchy kernels of corn and standard size of
tomato plants, are dominant over their corresponding contrasted
characters Illustrations of blended or intermediate characters are
found, for example, in first-generation hybrids of round with pear-
shaped tomatoes, and large with small fruits of tomatoes or peppers
The law of segregation and purity of the germ-cells — The second
important principle of Menders law is what is termed the law of
segregation and punty of the germ-colls It seems certain from the
researches that have been conducted that, when the germ-cells of
the first-generation hybrids are formed, the determiners which
represent the two different characters under consideration, and
which were united by the hybridization, ordinarily segregate
again m the cell-divisions, which lead to the formation of the germ-
cells, so that certain germ-cells include the determiner of one only
of the two characters There are thus two kinds of gerrn-cclfa
formed with respect to this one character-pair Choosing as an
illustration a hybrid of a pep{>er having scarlet fruits with one
having yellow fruits (Fig 045), when the germ-cells were formed
a segregation of the determiners representing the two opposed
characters would take place and there would be ge rm-ccll-* ol one
kind, both male and female, containing the scarlet fruit deter-
miners and of a second kind, both male und fein ile, containing the
yellow fruit determiners This segregation takes place in the for-
mation oi both the egg-cells and the sperm-cells or pollen-grains.
It is thus seen that the first-generation hybrid, when two such
allelomorphic chaiacterp i»re combined, forms two kinds of egg-
cells and two kinds of sperm-cells, so far as this one character-pair
is concerned This segregation of characteis, which ha-, been termed
the law of segregation, is one of the most important facts oi in-
heritance and, m enabling us to get rec ombmations of characters,
is of the highest importance m breeding
The law of probability tn rtcombmatwn of characters — The third
important principle of Mendel's law is what is termed the law of
probability, and explains what may be expected in plants of the
second generation of such a hybrid Remembering that there are
formed in the first-generation hybrid, as explained above, two kinds
of egg-cells and two kinds of sperm-cells with reference to the
opposed characters, what would happen if the hybrid were bred
with its own pollen, or, m the case ot an animal, if it were bred with
another hybrid of the same parentage? For the purpose of illus-
' tration, suppose that a hybrid of a scarlet-fruited pepper with a
yellow-fruited pepper be fertilized witu its own pollen, and that
100 egg-cells be fertilized with 100 pollen-grains of the same
hybrid There are two kinds of egg-cells produced, some carrying
determiners of the scarlet fruit, and others determiners of the
yellow fruit, and the same is true of the pollen-grams Taking
the egg-cells and pollen-grains without choice, as equal numbers are
produced of each kind, one would expect to have of the egg-cells
fifty with scarlet determiners and fifty with yellow determiners
In the pollen-grains, also, one would expe>c t to have fifty with scarlet
determiners and fifty with yellow determiners If, then, the 100
egg-cells and 100 pollen-grams are brought together in fertilization
by chance, as would occur in nature, according to the law of prob-
ability, them would be twenty-hve scarlet uniting with twenty-
five scarlet, twenty-five scarlet uniting with twenty-hve yellow;
twenty-five yellow uniting with twenty-five scarlet and twenty-
five yellow uniting with twenty-hve yellow. Representing scarlet
determiners by the capital letter S because scarlet is the dominant
character, and the yellow determiners by the small letter y, as
yellow is recessive, the unions may be represented as follows
ONE HUNDRED EGO-CELLS BY 100 SPERM-CELLS.
Female Male Composition
Cells Cells of hybrids
9* <a v 95 s =, 9* ej<4 /These do not contain determiners
25 S X 258 - 25 SS | of y and will reproduce true.
These are hybrids so far as this
character -pair is concerned, —
25 S X 25 y = 25 Sy exactly the same as in the first
generation and contain determi-
ners of both S and y These will
25 y X 25 S » 25 yS not reproduce true to type and
will break up like second-genera-
tion hybrids
(These do not contain the deter-
25 y X 25 y = 25 yy •< miners of S, and will reproduce
( true.
The above illustration explains the law of segregation, and the
probable ratio of recombination when hybrids are inbred with
their own pollen, and when only one pair of characters is considered.
When an egg-cell with scarlet determiners unites with a sperm-
cell with scarlet determiners, this gives rise to a pure germ-cell,
or zygote, containing only scarlet determiners, and the progeny m
subsequent generations will breed true so far as this character is
concerned Also, when an egg cell with yellow determiners unites
with a sperm-cell with yellow determiners the result is a pure
germ-cell, containing only yellow determiners and the progeny
would reproduce true, so far as this character is concerned, in sub-
sequent generations In the other two "ases, when in fecundation
BREEDING
BREEDING
gametes with scarlet determiners unite with gametes with yellow
determiners giving the combinations Sy and yS, which amount to
the same thing, there result m reality, hybrids exactly the name a*
in the first generation and the progeny from these m the next
generation behave exactly the same at* did the first-generation
hybrids m the second generation
In such a case as the one under consideration, in which the sc arlet
is a strong dominant character, all combinations that contain the
determiners of this character, whether pure or of hybrid nature,
show this character only Thus m the above 100 combinations the
twenty-five yy would come with yellow fruits while the seventy-
characters, it can be foretold exactly what combinations will occur
and the relative number of each This is a second allrlomorpnic
pair of characters that behaves in inheritance the same way as did
UK two colors of fruit In this case, the reversed poduel ib the
dominant character, as m the Fj hybrids of reversed with erect
Hurts the pedicels are always or very generally ic curved Fhcse
characters would thus be represented by It for the recurved or
dominant character and e for the erect or recessive character In
this character-pair one would expect a splitting and segregation to
have occuired in the formation of the germ-cells of the first gen-
eration so that the hybrid plants of the second generation would
e characters m Mendelum proportions as in the cha
ration
exhibit the-.e
acter-pair first described The progeny in the second gen
woulel thui exhibit these characters in the following combinations
and proportions 1 11 R 2 Re 1 ee Tlus theoretic al proport ion
bhould hold rather constantly, either in small or large numbers of
hybrids, though in large numbers it would be more nearly realised
The determiners of the four characters, or two character-pairs, are
commingled m the cells of the first-ge r.ention hybrid. When the
egg-cells and pollen-grams are formed, however, a segregation of
the dote rminera of the two charac te r-pairs occurs, but independent
of each other Each egg-cell or pollen-pram will receive only the
determiner of ones character of a certain f liar icter-pair but will,
at the same time, receive determine is of othe r c haractera belonging
to other character-pans Considering the two charvcter-pairs
described in peppers, an egg-cell receiving the deteri.nner of the
scarlet color of fruit S, might a No re cone the dctei miners for eithci
II ore representing the charac te is of iccur\< d or erect fruits These
two character-pairs would thus give egg-cells of tour combina-
tions, SH, So, yK, and ye
In tho formation ol the poile n-grams, the same- combmitinn
occurs, s>o that with reference to the two chime te r-p,urs described,
the pollen - grain* that would be formed have the siine combi-
nations of determiners as the cgg-ce lib, namely, SR, Se , yK, and ye
There would thus be four kinds of egg-cells and four kinds of pollen
grains so far as these two character-pairs are concerned If these
are bi ought together, sixteen combinations are possible as follows:
bRSR
SRSe
SR> R
SKye
SoHR
Se.So
SeyR
Scje
yRSR
yRbo
yRyil
yRye
Examining these combinations carefully, and placing together
those combinations that contain the same chancier-determiners
as indie ited by the letters, and this can properly be done a^ it
does riot matt, r in the fecundate d e gg w he thcr a c. rtam determiner
is furnished by the egg-cell or the pollen-grain, ttieie result the
following nine combinations, all of which are dufeient in germinal
constitution with reference to these two character-pairs
646 Representing Mendelian inheritance of scarlet S, and
yellow Y, color of fruits in pepper hybrids.
TABLF SHOWING \UMBEROFGERMIVALOOM
ACrt-B Of 1 a Ptl'Pitt HlBKIDS WITH fv\
1NATIONS AND ClIAK-
i ALLELOMORPHS
fi\e other combinations would have scarlet fruits, although fitly =
ol thes, would bo of hybrid nature To determine which of the .e No uf (;, ,
scirlot with yellow, and which -ire SS, that is, scarlet with scarlet,
re-enures I he growing ot self-fe rtili7od piogeny from the'iii to deter-
mine which ure re-proelue c d tine to IJJM. ',s these would be the
purescarUt File progemi s of my of the M plants t h it produced
both scarlet- and vellow-funtod plants would show that the paieut
of sue h progeny was a hybiul
hi the hunched combinations thcic is thus produced a ratio of
:• pi:
• se irlets
illow I
'ellov
, 1 SS J Sy 1 v v
tamoii* t 1 Mciick-lum formula
Ihiii p~ocess ot union of an allc lomotphie pair
in hybri.li/aticin, the fo.nmtion e.l four kinds of «.
male.' and female, by the hybrid, and their four diffc
graphically illusii -iicd in l-ig <>lf>
While in certain hybrids of parent
ul this i, the
SRMl
Se-Se
yRyR
pOhse
parental characters, this ratio of probabilities
large num1
sing two opposed
s not nioiluceel if
lumbers are; used tho ratio will be found in many oases with
little deviation \ sufficiently large number of cases have now
been studied with vaiiems plants and animals to place this con-
clusion beyond question It is not known, however, how miny
characters follow Mendel's law, nor is it yet entirely certain whether
those character-pairs that sometimes follow the law of segregation
always follow it
The- individuals of the second generation which contain the
determiners of both characters of the pair, if *e If-fe-rtili7e>d or bred
with similar individuals containing the determiners of both char-
acters, exhibit in the third generation exactly the s xme natuie
that first-generation hybrids exhibit in the second generation Tin-
two determiners are commingled m their cells, and to all intents
and purposes they are exactly the same as first-generation hybrids
When such self-fertilized hybrids are grown the-y give, again, in
the third generation, the re-gular Mendchan proportion of 1 SS 2 Sy
1 yy Here the mdividuils containing only determiners of one
character, that is, SS and yy, would come true to these characters
in succeeding ge-nerations, while those individuals containing the
determiners of both characters, S and y, would be expected to
segregate again in the fourth generation in similar proportions
When dealing with more than one character-pair, ratios of seg-
regation become complicated but are easily understood If the
character of reversed fruits (R) and erect fruits (e), two plainly
marked characters of ordinary garden peppers, caused by the
pedicel of the fruit curving backward m one case and remaining
straight in the other, are combined with the above allelomorphic
yRye
Miyc
charae ters of
hybrid
of hybrid
Scarlet recurved 'Pure scarlet and recurved
Scarlet c rtc t ,Pure scarlet and erect
Yellow recurved Pure \rllow and recurved
Yellow erect Pure yelleiw and erect
ed Pure scarlet and hybrid re-
irved < erect
-let recurved Hybrid sc arle t v y< How and
pure rcc urved
Scarlet erect Hybrid Dearie t < ye How and
\ e How recurved
Scarlet recurved
pure
Pure yellow and hybrid re-
curved X erect
Hybrid scarlet X yellow and
hybrid recurved X erect
\n examination of the pre-ceding table, in which are grouped
the sixteen po-sible combinations when two allelomorphic pairs
ne eon eine-d in the hybridization will show that among these
i\te e n ihi te are nine groups with different germinal constitutions
UK- \iMiil character of the hybrid plants of these nine different
jiioiip-. is KIVCII in the third column and is easily understood by
examining the germinal constitution and remembering that scarlet
S, and reverse-el 11, are the dominant characters in the two allelo-
morphs and that the presence of one determiner of either of these
(haractcis will cause the appearance of that character in the
hybiid plant It will be observe-d that by grouping the hybrid
pi-nits according to the characte-rs they show, there will be nine
*e u let and reversed, thre>e scarlet and erect, three yellow and
reve rsed, and one yellow and erect This is the Mendc [.an formula
0331 The nature of tho nine different groups of hybrid plants
with different germinal constitution is given in the fourth column of
the table When a character is pure, it may be expected to reproduce
true in succeeding generations but in those cases m which both
determiners of a character-pair are present, the character la ot
hybrid nature and will segregate m succeeding generations
In the illustration of the character-pair, scarlet and yellow fruitt*
and the probable ratio of number of unions m F, hybrids, it was
shown that out of 100 unions one should expect 25 SS 50 Sy 25 yy.
If now tho second character-pair recurved and erect fruita is con-
556
BREEDING
BREEDING
sidered in connection with these same 100 unions, there would occur
the following combinations, according to the law of chance:
25 yy
OH ycye
These nine combinations are the same as given above, but the
percentage of each combination out of the 100 unions is shown
If a third character were considered, the proportions of the
combinations can bo determined in exactly the ^atne way Each
one of the above nine possible combination would bo again divided
into three different unions in the same way as the three combina-
tions of the one character-pair gave nine different combinations
with the second character-pair. In the consideration of the three
character-pairs, there would thus bo twenty-seven different com-
binations of parental characters And again in each ovary fecun-
dated, when only one determiner of each character-pair occurred,
the opposing character-determiner being m each case eliminated,
such a cell should give a plant that would reproduce its character
true to type It is well known that almost any two different races
or species that may be chosen for hybridization will ordinarily
differ from each other m numerous characters. When there are a
647 Pepper hybrids distinct from parental types, formed by
recombination of characters, a, dwarf type with few small hori-
zontal branches, b, giant type with many large erect branches.
number of these opposing characters which form Mendelian
character-pairs, the determination of the possible combinations by
Mendel's formula} becomes very complex and difficult to under-
stand It is only by taking a few well-marked character-pairs and
carefully studying them that the segregation and new combi-
nations according to Mendelian proportions can be followed and
understood
Any character-pairs following Mendel's law would segregate as
indicated above, in the case of scarlet and yellow fruits and reversed
or erect fruits of the pepper A very large number of characters of
various plants and animals are now known to bo Mendelian and
while many modifications of the principles have bc( n necessary to
harmonize them with special cases, still it may be said that there is
no other general law of heredity and Mendel's law has thus fur-
nished us with a working basis of great value
The study of hybrids has been resolved into a study of unit-
characters and their relation to each other By hybridizing related
type* having opposed characters and obseivmg the segregations
which occur in the later generations, the characters of each type
are analysed and it is determined when a character-pair occurs.
The researches on this subject by Mendel, Bateson, Davenport,
Castle, Punnctt, Shull, Hurst, Corrcns, Tschermak, East and dozens
of other now well-known investigators, have developed a science
of heredity of which there was no conception a few years ago
The characters presented by the different varieties of a plant or
of different species, which can be crossed with it, can now be studied,
and one can definitely plan the combination of characters desired
m an ideal type, and can with considerable confidence estimate the
number of plants it will be necessary to grow to get this combina-
tion It is now known in general how characters behave in segre-
gation and inheritance, so that one can go about the fixation of a
deaired type, when one is secured, in an orderly and intelligent
way
The further the study of characters is earned, the more it !•
coming to bo realized that the appearance of apparently new types
following hybridization is due to recombinations of different units
which in their reactions give apparently new characters As an
illustration, in a study of pepper hybrids, which has been con-
ducted dunng the past four yoars, it has become evident that the
form of plant and branching is duo to thrco pairs of characters or
allelomorphs, namely, first, erect or horizontal branches, second,
large or small branc hes, and third, many or few branches In cross-
ing two medium-sized races, one with large horizontal and few
branches, and the other with small erect and numc rous branches,
there result many new combinations of characters, among which
appear some with small horizontal and few branches, which gives
a dwarf plant, and others will have a combination of large erect
and numerous brunches, which gives a giant plant (Fig 647)
These dwarfs on the one hand and giants on the other <ippear as
distinct, new creations, though they are very CMC!* ntly men ly the
recombinations of already existing unit characters, and dwurfness
and giantncss are the results of the reaction of the different units
combined
When the large number of distinct characters that are pre-
sented by the very numerous varieties of any of our cultivated
plants is remembered, an understanding ib secured of the pos-
sibilities of improvement which the held of hybiidizatum afford?
The development of hybrids into pure races.
When hybrids have been produced between species or
varieties possessing certain characters that it is desired
to unite in a variety, the recombinations of characters
as explained in the preceding section become visible
in the second generation, and it is thus among the plants
of this generation of the hybnd that one should expect
to find the combination of characters desired The
breeder would thus very carefully examine a large num-
ber of second-generation plants and choose for further
experimentation those plants that were found to have
inherited the characters which he desired to combine
The entire batch of F2 plants should be carefully exam-
ined to determine what characters behave as character-
pairs and also the dominant or recessive nature of each
character This knowledge is necessary in order to
•determine the practice to be pursued m choosing plants
in which the characters desired will be pure with refer-
ence to these characters If, for example, the breeder is
working to get a combination of two characters only,
such for instance as a yellow- and erect-fruited pepper,
from the combination of character-pairs discussed above
in explaining Mendel's law he would discover that both
of these characters are recessive, and thus when a hybrid
was found in which these two characters were united,
he could be sure that by self-fertilizing such an individ-
ual it would reproduce true with reference to both of
these chaiacters m the next and succeeding generations
He would know furthermore m dealing with only two
pairs of characters that he should, according to the law
of chance, secure on an average about one such com-
bination in sixteen hybrids
If, however, the combination desired was a scarlet
reversed fruit, both dominant characters, the process
would be much more difficult As shown in the preced-
ing section describing the segregation and recombina-
tion of characters, nine plants out of the sixteen possible
combinations would have red, reversed fruits, while
only one of the nine would be pure with reference to
both of these characters The breeder would thus be
compelled to self-fertilize a number of the plants hav-
ing red and reversed fruits and grow a number of plants
from each in order to determine which one, if any, was
pure with reference to both characters. If, then, the
progeny from any one of the plants chosen and self-
fertilized came true to type with reference to both
characters, he would be certain of its purity and would
again self-fertilize some of the best plants of this
progeny, which should give him a pure type.
If a combination of a dominant and recessive charac-
ter is desired, the examination of the F2 hybrids would
enable the breeder to choose a pure plant so far as the
recessive character is concerned, but he could not
determine the purity of the dominant character and
would be compelled to self a number of plants exhibit-
ing the two characters and grow progenies in the third
BREEDING
BREEDING
557
generation, when he should be able to select a pure
type with reference to both characters
If, as frequently occurs, neither character of an
allelomorphic pair is dominant, but gives in the hybrid
an intermediate form, the fixation becomes simple, as in
such cases those hybrids in which either character is
pure can be recognized.
While these methods appear very complex at first,
they will be easily understood with careful study, and
are far simpler than the methods breeders were com-
pelled to employ in fixing hybrids before they had an
understanding of Mendel's law.
When more than two characters are concerned m the
recombination, the process becomes more difficult, and
indeed one cannot limit one's consideration to
two characters in practical breeding unless one
is combining standard varieties where all charac-
ters are good As in simple selection work, one
must necessarily consider all important characters
that go to make up a good variety, and usually
one will be able to recognise Mendehan segrega- I
tion only in a few prominent differential charac-
ters The breeder should use the knowledge of
inheritance that he possessess with all characters
which he can recognise, but at the same time the
plants which he mbreeds to secure purity of type
should be perfect plants of all-round good tjpe,
and in every generation of the Inbnds grown he
should exercise his best judgment m selecting
the best plants for seed-bearers
In the fixation of cotton h>bnds, the
pohcv was pursued of selecting for in-
breeding the most fruitful and best -shaped
plants of those hybrids having the desired
characters, using very large numbers of
h>biids from \\hich to choose rlhe self-
fertilized seed of a ceitam type was then
planted by the plant-to-row selection
method in an isolated plat, m ordei to
give an opportunity to select not only
the pure combination of the desiied
characters but the best all-round plants
As soon as the plants in such an isolated
plat were sufficiently developed to show
their characters and it could be recognized
that certain ones had inherited the de-
sired qualities, the fiekK were carefully
searched and all plants not true to type
\\ere pulled up, lea\mg only a few good
plants of the coirect tvpe Tins process
of roguing, as the seedsmen call it, insures
that at least the great er part of the seed
developed would be fertilized with pollen
of similar plants of good type. This sort
of selection and punfication of type will
probably m most cases be found neces-
sary even after such Mendehan charac-
teis as can be recognized have been
secured in a pure state.
The inheritance of many fundamental
characters will doubtless remain obscure
for many years.
The use of impure first-generation
hybrids.
In the case of very many of the most
important horticultural crops, fortu-
nately, it is possible to use hybrids with-
out the necessity of purifying or fixing
them as described m the last section.
Plants such as apples, pears, oranges,
grapes, roses and strawberries, which are
grown as clonal vaneties, being pro-
pagated by buds, grafts or slips, are
merely parts of one individual and it does
not matter whether they are germinally
648 Pyrus baccata above*
and three named crosses
with forms of P Matus.—
Alberta, Columbia and Robin
respectively from top to
bottom. ( x ?«)
pure, as seeds are not needed This makes it possible
to use FI hybrids and, as hybrids are notoriously vigor-
ous, this is a factor of very great importance. Again,
characters which blend and give intermediates in the Vl
generation may, in such cases, prove very valuable
The work that has been carried out by the Depart-
ment of Agriculture in the bleeding of citrus fruits very
clearly indicates that valuable intermediates may some-
times be secured The writer, m conjunction with
Walter T Swingle, hybridized the hardy cold-resist-
ant trifoliate orange (Ponctrus tnfoliaia) with several
vaneties of the tender sweet oiange, and as a result at
least five different varieties of hardy oranges or citranges
have been produced These h\ bnds are nearly inter-
mediate between the t\\o parents, having the
characters in the fust generation nearly blended.
The leaves are trifoliolutc, but are much larger
than the leaves of the ordinary trifoliate orange
tree, and show a tendency to drop off, the lateral
leaflets producing an umfoholate leaf The tri-
foliate orange is deciduous, while the sweet orange
is evergreen. The hybrids are semi-deciduous,
holding a large share of their leaves through the
winter Jn hardiness they also seem to be inter-
mediate, being much more cold-resistant than
the ordinary orange, but not so hardy as the tri-
foliate orange They are sufficiently hardy so
that they doubtless may be grown with safety as
far north as South Carolina, or 300 to 400 miles
north of the present orange region. Some of the
fruits produced are as large as the ordi-
nary orange, but most of them are very
nearly intermediate in size. They are very
variable, however, in the first generation
At least five of the fruits that have been
produced are juicy and valuable It is not
probable that they would be reproduced
true to seed, but orange varieties are
clons, and the different types will, of
course, be normally reproduced by buds
or grafts, so that from a practical stand-
point it does not matter whether or not
they would reproduce true through the
seed. In the second generation it is prob-
able that these different characters
would split up, possibly according to
Mendel's law, and it is likely that still
more valuable varieties will be secured
when a second generation has been
grown See Citrange
Similar groups of valuable intermedi-
ate types of fruits have been produced by
Wm Saundcrs, until recently the Director
of the Canadian Experimental Farms, by
crossing varieties of the ordinary apple,
such as the Pe\vaukee and Wealthy, with
a very hardy cold-resistant crab (Pyrus
baccala). Saunders has produced already
numerous hardy intermediate types
which bid fair to be of very great eco-
nomic value, particularly in the cold
regions of Manitoba and Saskatchewan
(Fig 648) Second generation seedlings of
these valuable types may be expected to
yield still more important improvements
The reproduction of such unfixed hy-
brids may be said to form the basis
of fruit-culture, as all of the apple,
peach, pear, plum, orange, lemon and
grape varieties, as well as the varieties of
small fruits, arc of rmxed parentage and
do not reproduce true to seed. Most cf
the varieties ot these fruits are either
known to be hybrids or are superior seed-
lings that have been selected and propa-
gated. These latter, doubtless, ia the
558
BREEDING
BREVOORTIA
greater number of cases were of hybrid nature as all
of these fruits are normally cross-fertilized and natural
hybridization is exceedingly common
The same may be said of most flowers, such as carna-
tions and roses, that are cultivated extensively for the
cut-flower trade. Practically all of the varieties are
unfixed hybrids.
The selection of bud-variations.
No consideration of the methods of plant-breeding
would be complete without a mention of the improve-
ments that can
be produced by
what may be
termed the selec-
tion of bud-varia-
tions While, in
general, all buds
^ Rt*»^e3r*vs3Bre*fe- of a plant are
^9^VC^SS^ practically the
same, as is shown
by the fact that
buds taken from
the Baldwin apple
almost uniformly
produce Baldwin
apples, yet there
is considerable
variation fre-
quently in the
product from dif-
ferent buds, and it
is evident that
bud-variations
may be classified
like seedling-vari-
ations, into fluc-
tuations and
mutations or the
so-called bud-
sports (Fig 649)
Hybrid plants also frequentlv, for some causr, show
segregations of characters m different buds similar to the
segregations shown in F2 hybrid seedlings It would
thus seem natural to suppose that these variations
could be utilized in producing new varieties much
as the similar t>pes of seedling-variations are used
In violets, for example, the propagation is normally
by slips that are developed from different buds These
slips when grown into plants frequently show consider-
able difference, and B T. Galloway and P H. Dorsett,
of the national Department of Agriculture, have
demonstrated that by the selection of slips from plants
which are very productive the yield in the number of
flowers to the plant can be increased considerably In
the case of the orange, seedling trees are almost always
very thorny, yet certain branches may show a tendency
to be more nearly thornless, and by the selection of buds
from such branches the thorny character of almost all
the standard varieties has been reduced By the sys-
tematic selection of vegetative parts, such as buds,
slips, suckeis, and the like, in many cases very impor-
tant improvements could doubtless be secured, and the
plant-breeder should have a thorough understanding
of this method of improvement. In hybrids of mixed
parentage, frequently a bud on one side of a plant will
sport, showing different tendencies, and many of our
new varieties of roses, chrysanthemums and carnations
have been produced by the selection of such bud-sports.
Many standard varieties of carnations have produced
bud-variations that have proved valuable; the Lawson
has given rise to the Red Lawson and White Lawson,
the Enchantress has produced the Pink Enchantress
and White Enchantress The practice of exercising care
m choice of chrysanthemum or carnation cuttings and of
649. Bud sport of Cupressus to fastigiate
type, with branch of similar fastigiate
variety on right.
cions for fruit trees is, therefore, seen to rest on rational
reasons
Variations in the character of the seed from different
bolls, in the case of hybrid cottons, are frequently tound
and may be of value to the breeder even in cotton that
is propagated by seed In the study of cotton, similar
bud-variations have been found, showing in the lint
characters of hybrids In a number of instances,
certain bolls have been found which produced much
longer lint than other bolls on the same plant, and simi-
lar vanations in strength and uniformity of length have
been observed Experiments indicate that such varia-
tions, \vhich are doubtleSvS to be classed as bud-vana-
tions, are inherited in considerable degree This being
the case even in seed-propagated plants, it becomes
desirable to observe and search for bud-variations
The importance of bud-selection m oranges and
lemons has recently been called to attention by the
investigations of A D Shamel, of the United States
Department of Agncultuie It has been found that
groves planted with the Bahia or Washington Navel,
which is grown extensively m California, fiequently
show a number of different types with reference to pro-
ductiveness and form of fruit and that these conditions
remain the same from year to year The same has been
found to be the case also in lemon groves, several dis-
tinct types not infrequently being produced on the same
tree (Fig 650) These barren trees, and trees producing
poor fruit, greatly reduce the production of the grove
and in many cases are a serious handicap Evidence
has been collected showing that when buds are taken
from productive trees of good type they may ordinarily
be expected to produce good types
In experiments which ha\e been conducted during
the last six years in the selection of potatoes, it has been
clearly demonstrated that, in a family of potatoes
developed from a single tuber and thus positively known
to be pure, low- and high-vielding strains can be pro-
duced by selecting from low- and high-yielding hills
(Fig 651) Such low- and high-yielding strains have
now maintained themselves for three years in over
thirty different cases representing work with eighteen
different varieties.
The importance of bud-selection is only beginning
to be realized and further data is necessary before it can
be determined how important this is in different cases
The evidence now at hand, however, clearly indicates
that this method of improving plants should be given
careful consideration. H j WEBBER
BREVOORTIA (J Carson Breevoort, naturalist,
Regent N Y State University) Liliace^e Differs from
BrodiA'a in the long-tubular and 6-saccate corolla
stamens 3, with 3 broad and truncate stammodia caps,
atalked — One species
650 Two types of fruit, good and poor, borne on same tree
of the Eureka lemon.
Ida-Miia, Wood (B. cocdnea, Wats. Brodixa coc-
clnea, Gray). FLORAL FIRE-CRACKER Lvs. slender,
grassy scapes slender, 1-3 ft. high, with 3-6 pendu-
lous tubular-saccate fls 1-2 in long, which are bril-
liant crimson-red, tipped with pea-green. N Calif, to
Ore m wooded foothills. BM 5857. G.C III 20 687.
Gn 46, p. 503 — The fls. are very lasting and beautiful.
BREVOORTIA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA 559
Half-hardy. Needs partial shade and a deep, loose soil,
thoroughly drained, and with some leaf-mold. Corm
the size of a nutmeg. CARL PURDY.
BREWfcRIA (Samuel Brewer was an English bota-
nist of 18th century). Convolvulacex Perennial herbs,
rarely somewhat woody: fls much like those of Con-
volvulus but the styles distinct or partly so, the corolla
651 Low- and high-yielding strains of Rural New Yorker potato
developed by hill-selection within the progeny of a single tuber
pubescent outside m the bud Ivs simple, entire. — Trail-
ing plants ol .30 or more species in warm climates.
grandifldra, Gray Root tuberous st pubescent. Ivs.
broad-ovate or oblong-ovate and very short-stalked,
peduncles 1-fld , fl very largo (3 in long), bright blue
and bhowy, tunnel-shaped caps large and globose-
ovoid or ovoid Fla — Intro by Reasoner Bros One
species of Bre\veria (H Ptcktrmqu, Gra>) occurs from
N J and 111. south, and a few other species are also
native farther south in the U. S \ TAYLOK f
BREtNIA (for J P Brevn, a German botanist of
17th century) Kuphorbtnresp Tropical shrubs or trees,
rarely cult Lvs alternate, simple, fls small, in short
axillary clusters, monoecious, apetalous, calvx imbri-
cate, styles 2-parted fi a red berry Related to Phyl-
lanthus about 15 snecies in Tron Asia and P;icifie,
Isls 11 turbniata (Phyllanthus lurbmatui, Sims). B M
1862. L B C. 8 731, may be the same as Andrachne
frulicosa. J B S N ORION
BRICK£LLIA (Dr John Brickell, an early American
naturalist) Coleosanthub, Cass Comp6t>il<t' About 40
species of herbs or small shrubs in the warmer parts of
the U. S and Mex , only one of which seems to be in the
trade. Somewhat allied to Eupatonum, from which it
differs in having 10-nbbed achencs Lvs veiny, cither
opposite or alternate: fls white, cream-colored or flesh-
colored, small, with pappus either scale-like or somewhat
plumose, mvolucral bracts Btnate-nerved: achenes
stnate Prop by cuttings under a bell-jar.
grandifldra, Nutt TASSEL FLOWER Nearly gla-
brous, 2-3 ft , branchy above Ivs triangular-cordate or
triangular-lanceolate above, coarsely toothed: heads
about 40-fld , drooping, in large panicles, tassel-shaped
and yellowish white. Rocky Mts. — Recommended for
moist shady borders, and best grown hi a mixture of
leaf-mold, loam and sand. jsj\ TAYLOR.!
BRIDAL WREATH: Spirya prunt/oha
BRIER. In America, commonly applied to brambles
or thorny plants of the genus Rubus, especially black-
berries In the Old World, it is applied to large wild-
gruwing roses
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA, Horticulture in.
The vast territory of British North America, as under-
stood in this article, comprises the Colony of Newfound-
land and the Dominion of Canada. Much of the terri-
tory is so little developed horticulturally, and most of
the provinces are so very large, that rather extended
attention is given here to the adaptabilities of the dif-
ferent political divisions The map (Fig 652, page 560)
shows the outlines of the territory under consideration,
and its relation to the northernmost part of the U S
Horticulture m Newfoundland has so far not devel-
oped to a great extent and the island is not thought of as
a horticultural region, but the colony has great possi-
bilities in this direction The wmtei temperatures are
not so low as in some parts of Canada where apple trees
grow well; and with care and protection from wind the
hardiebt summer and autumn varieties can be grown.
The Canada plum (Prunus mgr<i) is a native of the
southern part of the island and no doubt good varieties
of this could be produced The European 01 domestic
plums can also be grown successfully near the coast
where protected from the high winds, but owing to the
moist air they are very liable to become covered with
moss and lichens Bush-fruits thrive, and strawberries
and goosebeines succeed particularly well, and English
varieties of both these fruits, which do so poorly in
Canada on account of the hot, dry summers, are giving
admirable results In w inter the plants are well protected
by a deep covering of snow The hardier vegetables
flourish, and large quantities of potatoes are grown by
the settlers
Owing to the relatively moist summer, annuals and
herbaceous perennials do particularly well, it being
possible to have almost or quite as beautiful a gaiden
there as in eastern Canada
In the Dominion of Canada, horticulture has become
one of the most important industries In fruit-growing,
in floriculture, m vegetable-culture and in the beautify ing
of cities, towns, and private grounds, Canadians are
fully alive to the possibilities of their country, and the
rapid development of horticulture in all its branches is
an indication of the success that has attended those
engaged m its pin suits
The history of horticulture in Canada dates from
the early settlement at Annapolis Royal in Acadia, now
Nova 8cotia, in 1605, and from the founding of the
city of Quebec, now in the province of Quebec, in 1608
There is a definite statement as early as 1663 that
apple tiees were growing near the banks of some of the
rivers in Acadia. There are also records of trees grow-
ing in the province of Quebec about that time In the
province of Ontario, it was about the beginning of the
eighteenth century before horticulture began appre-
ciably to develop, while in British Columbia, which has
made such rapid advances in recent years, fruit trees
were not planted until about the middle of the nine-
teenth century Owing to inadequate means of trans-
portation, the development of fruit-cultuie was not
rapid in any part of Canada until within the past half-
century, but now the extension of orchards, small
fruit-plantations, glasshouses, and truck-farms is very
marked every year
The census of Canada for 1911 gives the following
figures Total number of fruit trees in Canada, 20,812,
556, area occupied by fruit trees in Canada, 376,322
acres, estimated capital value of fruit trees in Canada,
$127,000,000. The quantitv of fruit grown in Canada
is not known, but the Trade and Navigation Returns
for the year ending March 31, 1912, show the exports
of fruit from all ports to be*
Value
Dried apples, 3,149,620 pounds . . . $248,035
Fresh apples. 1,664,165 barrels 5,104,107
Berries . 106,486
All other fruits . 159,293
Canned and pieserved fruits . ... 257,590
(660)
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA 561
The larger proportion of this fruit is produced in the
provinces of Ontario and Nova Scotia, but rapidly
increasing quantities are grown in British Columbia.
The fruit areas of Canada are large enough to sup-
ply Canada and a large part of the world with some
kinds of fiuit, and particularly with the apple, for
many years to come In the great province of Ontario,
220,000 square miles in area, larger than the states of
New York, Ohio, Illinois and Michigan together, there
are large districts m which apples, pears, peaches, plums,
cherries, grapes and the small fruits can be grown to
perfection. The province of Quebec is considerably
larger than Ontario, and while the tender fruits do not
succeed except in the most favored parts, apples are
gro\vn in large quantities yearly From east to west in
the provinces of Quebec and Ontario there is a belt of
about 700 miles in length in which apples and other
hardy fruits can be grown; while m the province of
Ontario alone the best winter apples, pears, and plums
can be grow n successfully over an area about 350 miles
lor-g and 30 to 1">0 miles in width. The successful
cultivation of peaches in Ontario is confined to the
Niagara district and to points along Lake Erie and
Lake Huron, but the area suitable for this fruit is
extensive enough to supply a large population.
Nova Scotia has long been noted for its apples. The
rno.st favored districts are the Annapolis and Corn-
wallis valleys, where apples, pears, plums and
cherries can be grown and where even peaches
can be successfully raised These valleys have a
total length of about 100 miles and vary m
width from 6 to 11 miles Fruit-culture is not
confined to this district, as over most of the
province the hardier Iruits can be grown suc-
cessfully New Brunswick has not yet developed
a fiuit industry to anv great extent, but in some
of the valleys apples and other hardy fruits of
the finest appearance and best quality can be
produced In recent years there has been a
marked awakening in this province and, owing
to The cheapness of land and the beauty and
qualitv of the fruits that can be produced,
there would seem to be a good future for
horticulture
Prince Edward Island, the smallest province
of the Dominion, produces excellent tree fruits, and,
owing to the late season, the apples keep better than in
any other part, of the Dominion Means of transporta-
tion are not yet good, but it is hoped that this will
Boon be much impioved
British Columbia, the area of which is about 370,000
square miles, or more than twice the size of California,
has large sections admirably adapted to fruits Like
the states of Oregon and Washington, with which its
natural conditions may be compared, British Columbia
has a number of districts with special conditions.
"Ihrce of these are, (1) that in the damp coast climate
of Vancouver Island and the Lower Mainland, (2) m
the dry interior country where irrigation is, as a rule,
necessary; (3) m the Kootenays, east and west, where
irrigation is necessary only in places. In these districts
all the best fruits, including peaches in some places, can
be grown to great advantage. There are, however,
many valleys that are being found suitable for fruit-
culture, varying much in climate and extending from
the American boundary far north.
Butish Columbia is expending its efforts mainly to
supplying the prairie provinces of Canada; and it has
been very successful in placing fruits on these markets
in good condition. The trade abroad is growing also.
Ontario is a close competitor of British Columbia for
the prairie trade, but the increase in population is so
lapid that it will require both provinces to supply the
demands for a long time to come.
The prairie provinces of Manitoba, Saskatchewan
and Alberta and the great territories to the north pro-
36
duce excellent bush fruits, but the tree fruits have fof
the most part not done well up to the present, although
the hardiest varieties of apples succeed in some of tne
more favored localities and plums are native to Man:'
toba and the early varieties can be grown successful!}
over a wide area
Some of the influences affecting Canadian horti-
culture may be mentioned. The Dominion Experi-
mental Farms, now sixteen m number, work upon
which was begun twenty-five years ago, have played an
important part. There are SIK Provincial Agricultural
Colleges, all of which have Experiment Stations that
disseminate information both through the students and
by literature. The Provincial Experiment Stations and
demonstration orchards are also doing much to explain
the possibilities of fruit-culture in their several dis-
tricts Seven Provincial Fruit Growers' Associations
lend their aid in spreading a knowledge of the best
methods of fruit-culture and of uniting the growers m
cooperation and legislation The horticultural periodical
literature of Canada, although represented by few
papers, has done much to aid fruit-, flower- and vege-
table-growers.
The Farmers' Institute and orchard meetings organ-
ized by the Provincial Governments and assisted by the
Dominion Government, are very practical and helpful.
In the province of Ontario, a large proportion of the
653. The fruit regions in eastern Canada.
counties have the District Representative, a Government
official whose duty it is to instruct the people by word,
by experiment and bv demonstration
The horticultural societies assisted by the Provincial
Government, of which there are seventy-five in Ontario,
are doing excellent work in aw akenmg a greater interest
m horticulture and in spreading information, especially
m regard to ornamental plants
The apples ongmated by Wm Saunders in crossing
the wild Siberian crab-apple, Pyrus baccata, and the
varieties of the apple, have enabled the settlers in the
prairie provinces to grow at least small apples where
larger ones do not succeed ; and the larger-fruited vane-
ties obtained by Saunders, by introducing more of the
blood of the apple into the first crosses, are now being
tested for hardiness, and, if found worthy, will mark a
step in advance.
All these factors affecting horticultural conditions
and progress have been made still more effective by the
cooperative movement that has in recent years made
much progress in Canada. In the provinces of Ontario
and Nova Scotia are many cooperative associations
that now have central organizations where plans affect-
ing the weliare of all the associations are discussed.
These associations are doing much to make the fruit
marketed of more uniform character and to bring better
returns to the producer. One of the best influences in
the improvement of horticultural products in Canada
is the Fruit Marks Act (now the Inspection and Sales
Act) passed in 1901, and operative over the whole of
Canada. By this Act, growers are compelled to pack
562 BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
their fruit according to certain standards and are liable
io fine if they do not do so. Inspectors are stationed
at packing-houses, on the markets, and at the ports of
export, who examine the fruit to determine whether it
is packed according to law A marked improvement
has been noticed in the Canadian fruit exported since
this law went into effect. There are also standard
barrelu, boxes and baskets for the whole of Canada
While floriculture is growing very rapidly, the area
under glass in Canada is not very large yet, it being
estimated at about 120 acres or 6,000,000 square feet
in 1912 The estimated capital invested is $1,500,000
and the value of the output $1,800,000 The flowers
mobt grown under glass in Canada are carnations and
roses, although many other kinds are also raised Some
of the Canadian growers have an international reputa-
tion for the quality of the flowers they produce The
official organ of the florists in Canada is "The Canadian
Florist," a trade paper published every two weeks
Many kinds of vegetables succeed admirably in Can-
ada and there are a large number of skillful growers.
Owing to the rapid development of the larger cities and
the many new towns in the newly settled parts, there
are many openings for market-gardeners Large quan-
tities of vegetables, including particularly tomatoes
and corn, are grown for the canning factories in south-
western Ontario where the season is earlier than in any
other part of eastern Canada. Early vegetables are
654. The fruit region (within dotted lines) in British Columbia.
grown on a large scale, and have proved very profitable
to those engaged in the business Perhaps the most
noted vegetable grown in Canada is the Montreal musk-
melon, which is well known for its high quality in many
cities of the United States The production of such a
high-class melon is a good indication of the summer
climate of Canada, which m many parts is hot enough
to mature melons well The market-gardeners are
represented in Ontario by the Provincial Vegetable
Growers' Association, branches of which are to be
found in a number of the cities and towns. This organ-
ization has done much to assist market-gardeners and
to make them feel that their calling is as important as
any other branch of agriculture. \\r f. MACOUN.
Nova Scotia.
Nova Scotia (Fig 655) is a peninsula on the extreme
eastern side of Canada. It extends in a northeasterly
and southwesterly direction and is crossed by the
forty-fifth parallel of north latitude. No part of the
interior is more than 30 miles from the sea The sur-
face is gently undulating, with no high mountain
ranges The principal farming and fruit-growing sec-
tions are mainly in the valleys through which the rivers
run and around the headwaters of the Bay of Fundy,
where the high tides have left extensive deposits of
rich alluvial soil The annual rainfall is about 42 inches.
The French Acadians early made plantings of the
apple in this province When the New England settlers
came, in 1761, to occupy the lands of the deported
French, they found apple trees in bearing, many of
which lived and continued to bear fruit well along into
the last century. The leading horticultural industry
is fruit-growing. Its most important division is apple-
culture, although pears, plums, cherries and small
fruits are successfully grown These soft fruits are
necessarily sold in the local markets, which, though
steadily growing in size, are as yet of too limited capa-
city to justify an extensive development of the culture
of such perishable products Apples, on the other
hand, are shipped to the British ana other foreign mar-
kets where, in their season, they successfully compete
with those from other parts of the northern hemisphere.
The strictly horticultural region of Nova Scotia is a
small section of the western part of the province gen-
erally called the Annapolis Valley. This region, except
in its extreme eastern part, is separated from the Bay of
Fundy and protected from the direct force of the north-
erly and westerly winds by a range of hills, some 400 to
500 feet m height, known as the North Mountain It
includes the valley of the Annapolis River, which flows
southwesterly to the Annapolis Basin, and the valleys
of the Pereuux, Habitant, Canard, Cornwalhs, Gas-
pereau and Avon Rivers, which flow into Mmas Basin
on the east It is a narrow strip of country 6 to 10
miles wide and less than 100 miles long
Here apple-culture, from being a side line to generak
farming down to about forty years ago, has grown to be
the leading branch of agriculture. The yield of apples m
this district, packed and sold in 1911, was 1,734,000
barrels The yield for 1912 is estimated at 1,100,000
barrels These figures do not include, in either case,
those that were used by the canneries, evaporators and
vinegar factories, or that were consumed in the dis-
trict in which grown About one-tenth of the output
finds a market m the* towns and the villages of the non-
1 fruit-growing sections of the maritime provinces, the
remainder being exported to Great Britain, Germany
and other European countries, and to Newfoundland,
the Canadian West, the West Indies and South Africa
The varieties of apples grown have been selected
chiefly with reference to the English market Tho
leading commercial sorts are Gravenstem, Blenheim,
Ribston, King, Yellow Bellflower, Cox Orange, Wagener,
Baldwin, Stark, Spy, Golden Russet, Falla water, Rox-
bury Russet and Ben Davis Some of these have lonf*
been known in England and were introduced from that
country The Gravenstcin, especially, reaches a high
quality here The winter varieties also do well and
mature just as the cool weather of autumn comes on
As a rule, orchards are carefully cultivated, ferti-
lized, pruned and sprayed A large quantity of com-
memal fertilizer is used every year, as the area in
orchards has outgrown the supply of stable manure
Cover-crops are grown to furnish humus, the clovers,
vetches and buckwheat being the crops chiefly used for
this purpose The practice of thinning apples has lately
been adopted by many ot the best growers and is likely
to become more general as competition in fruit-raising
increases
A system of frost-pi oof apple warehouses, that has
come into existence curing the last sixteen years, is an
important element in the carrying-on of the fruit busi-
ness m Nova Scotia These — numbering one hundred
in all — are found at the railway stations throughout
the fruit district The usual width is about 40 feet, the
length from 80 to 120 feet, affording room for packing
and storage for 5,000 to 10,000 barrels. Formerly,
the fruit-grower packed his apples at home, or in his
barn Then, when a steamer was ready to load at Hali-
fax, the apples had to be hauled to the railroad station,
often several miles distant, and loaded into the waiting
cars. Now the apples are generally taken in barrels
directly from the orchard to the warehouse where they
are stored until ready to be packed out for shipment.
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA 563
Under this system, it is possible with very little delay
to pack and place on cars a steamer-load of apples.
A railway haul of four or five hours brings the cars to
the side of the steamer so that the danger from frost,
even in zero weather, is largely avoided
A further advance was made in the business of pack-
ing and marketing apples when cooperative fruit com-
panies were formed. The first company of this kind
was organized in Berwick in 1907. During the next five
years, more than thirty simihar companies were formed
Under provincial legislation enacted m 1912, these were
organized into a central association known as the
United Fruit Companies of Nova Scotia, Limited All
the apples of the companies affiliated in this central
association are sold through its agency It controls the
sale of fully one-half of the apple crop of the province
A uniform standard of grading is maintained, an official
of the central association inspecting the packing in all
the warehouses of the affiliated companies Coopera-
tion in the marketing of apples was quickly followed
by the cooperative manufacture of barrels and pur-
chase of fertilizers, feeds and seeds, greatly to the con-
venience and financial advantage of the members
of the companies In the near future, all farmers'
supplies will probably be purchased cooperatively
The establishment of evaporators, canneries and
vinegar factories throughout the fruit district, some
of them owned by cooperative companies, furnishes
a market for defective fruit and has also the effect
of improving the grade of apples packed There
are now eight evaporators, two canneries and four
vinegar factories in operation.
Ivocal nurseries, chiefly for the propagation of
apple trees, aie to be found at Annapolis, Berwick,
Watcrville and \\olfville While these have re-
ceived good patronage in the past, the larger quan-
tity of nuisery stock in recent years has been
imported, chiefly from Ontario With a view to
avoiding the danger of introducing noxious insects
and plant diseases, the provincial department of
agriculture has lately passed strict regulations
governing the importation of nurseiy stock The
effect of this has been to stimulate the home
nursery industiy
Peais plums and ch ernes are grown for home use
and the local markets Brrtlett and Clapp Favorite
are the varieties of pears most largely giown
Moore Arctic, Lombard, Yellow Egg, the Gages,
Damsons and Burbank are the chief plums The
cherries are the Morello and other varieties of the sour
type Peaches are grown to some extent in the western
part of the province, Alexander, Early Canada and
Fitzgerald proving hardy
Cranbemes constitute an important part of the fruit
crop of Nov a Scotia They are grown on reclaimed bog
lands that would be unsuitable for any other fatm crop
There is much land of this kind m the province still
unused In 1908, the cranberry crop in the vicinity of
one railway station, Auburn, amounted to nearly 5,000
barrels and netted the growers $25,000 A good market
for Nova Scotia berries is found in Montreal and the
Canadian West
Truck-gardening is conducted to some extent on the
light sandy soil of the central part of the Annapolis
Valley In the vicinity of Berwick, Aylesford, and
Kingston, such crops as strawberries, raspberries,
tomatoes, green beans, asparagus and rhubarb, are
grown for the local markets. Some of the tomatoes go
to the cannery.
Only one important variety of apple originated in
Nova Scotia, the Banks Red, a bud-sport of the Graven-
stem. John Burbidge, who settled in the Cornwal-
hs Valley in 1764 introduced the Nonpareil (Roxbury
Russet) Charles Inghs, first Bishop of Nova Scotia,
who re jcived a grant of land in Aylesford Town-
ship, in 1790, introduced the Yellow Bellflower, which
thence came to be known here as Bishop Pippin Charles
R Prescott introduced Ribston in 1814, Blenheim m
1829, Gravenstem and Alexander in 1835, Baldwin and
Greening in 1820 and Northern Spy shortly after 1852.
The Nova Scotia Fruit-Growers Association, founded
m 1863, is the oldest in the Dominion, and receives an
annual grant from the provincial government For
several years it assisted in maintaining a school of
horticulture at Wolfville In 1905, this school was
merged into the College of Agnculture at Truro.
In 1911, a fruit experiment station was established
at Kentville This is maintained by the federal govern-
ment at Ottawa The provincial government has
established thirty-five demonstration orchards in parts
of the province outside the fruit district pioper The
purpose of these orchards is to discover the fruit-growing
possibilities of the different sections* of the province,
to find out the varieties best suited to these sections, ana
to give a demonstration of what orchard practice is
considered most effective in such localities Horticul-
ture is taught at the Agricultural College which was
established at Truro in 1905. PERCY J. SHAW.
655 Nova Scotia, showing the present fruit district and two centers
(Bridgewater and Brookfield), where the industry is beginning to
develop.
Prince Edward Island.
In the Gulf of St Lawrence, and separated from the
continent by the Northumberland Strait, lies the prov-
ince of Prince Edward Island (Fig. 656), the "low and
beautiful land" that Cartier saw on the afternoon of
June 30, 1534. It is situated between 46° and 47° 7'
noith latitude and east of 61° 27' west longitude, and is
distant from New Brunswick 9 miles, from Nova Scotia
15 miles and from Cape Breton 30 miles. In form, it is
an megular crescent, concaved toward the north with
such an exceedingly indented coastline that no part of
the country is far distant from the sea. Sand-dunes
extend along the north shore for a distance of 50 miles
The surface is gently undulating Ranges of low hills
ti averse the island from New Ixmdon to Hampton,
from Brooklyn to Wood Islands, and from Red Point
to Hollo Bay. The highest elevation is less than 300 feet.
Small flat areas occur m the western part of Prince Co.
The climate is temperate and not subject to rapid
changes For the past five years, the average tempera-
ture during the winter months was 36.6°, the lowest
registered being — 19 5°, and during the summer months
70°, with 86 5° the highest The yearly precipitation
varies from 38 to 42 inches, a httle less than half falling
during the months May to October m light showers at
more or less regular intervals
564 BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
The whole population ie engaged in agriculture and
fishing and in the merchandise connected therewith
Horticulture is yet in its infancy and only very few of
the inhabitants have begun to realize its possibilities.
Nearly every farmer has a few trees producing suffi-
cient apples for his own family. But few have seriously
656. Prince Edward Island The shaded parts are horticultural sections.
considered apple-growing as a revenue-producing branch
of agriculture. The first trees were planted shortly
after the English occupation m 1763 The stock was
brought out from *he Old Country and was nearly all
of the cider varieties On this account it was generally
believed that good apples could not be grown in this
province. For over a century very little improvement
was made.
The development of the apple industry in Nova
Scotia stimulated the planting of more trees in Prince
Edward Island and led to the setting out of nurseries
in 1886 by William Taylor at Lower Freetown and by
Condon at Kensington They received a great many
orders for trees but the orders wore so small (very few
people wanting more than half a do/en) that there was
not much profit m the business and it was not continued.
A few men, however, were enthusiastic over the pos-
sibilities of fruit-growing and at the call of Lieutenant-
Go vernor Howl an met in Charlottetown on March 30,
1896, and formed the Fruit-G rowers' Association of
Prince Edward Island It received the encouragement
of the Department of Agriculture and was given an
annual grant of $100, for the purpose of holding a
fruit show.
This again gave a further stimulus to tree-planting,
and nurseries were set out by D A. Sharp at Summer-
side, Thomas Moyse at Central Bedcque and John
Robertson at New Perth. Many trees were sold but
the business does not seem to have been very profitable,
and at the present time all the stock is imported. A
few men, however, set out commercial orchards and
between the years 1897 to 1900 some shipments of apples
were made to the British market It was very difficult,
however, to find more than a few barrels of one variety
in a district This added veiy much to the expense of
packing and shipping, and as the business was at best
very uncertain, it vas soon given up.
In 1909 the Cooperative Fruit Company was formed.
The purpose was to provide proper packages and to get
together sufficient quantities of apples of one variety
to make a profitable shipment The Department of
Agriculture provides the Company with a secretary and
makes a small annual grant, sufficient to cover truckage
expenses.
In 1909, eighty-four barrels were shipped, in 1910,
For a number of years the question of varieties has
been taken up by the Fruit-Growers Association. The
following are now recommended' For home orchard —
Yellow Transparent, Ciimson Beauty, Duchess of
Oldenburg, Wealthy. Wagener, King, Northern Spy,
Mclntosh Red, and Stark For commercial orchard — •
Wealthy, Alexander or Wolt River, Mclntosh
Red, Ribston Pippin and Ben Davis
The feeling is general that the next few years
will witness a great development of the apple
industry in Prince Edward Island
Very few near trees have been planted, but when
given good cultivation and properh sprayed, they
have done well The most popular varieties are
Clapp Favorite, Bartlett, Vermont Beauty, Flemish
Beauty, Howell and Anjou
The cool, moist climate of Piince Edward Island
favors the growing of plums of the very finest
quality, and of late years quite a number of trees
have been set out Among the varieties best suited
to Island conditions are Glass Seedling, Moore
Arctic^ Quaekenboss, Yellow Egg, Victoria, Brad-
shaw, Prince Englebert and Blue Damson
Cherry trees were introduced by the early French
settlers and, as they were able to take care of themselves,
met with great biicce^ Nearly every farmstead has a
few trees The crop is, however, veiy unceitam, as a
late fiost catches the blossoms about evety third year
They aie nearly all sour cherries of the Richmond and
Montmorency varieties. In a few orchards sweet cher-
ries are being tried with indifferent success. They bloom
too early and are caught by the frost
Grass lands that have not been manured with mussel
mud invariably grow a crop of strawbeines in every
part of the province The increased cost of labor has
made the picking of the wild ones unprofitable and for
.the last few years the cultivated varieties have taken
their place on the market From 8,000 to 10,000
boxes to the acre is considered an average crop Some
progressive farmers have had very large returns from
strawberry-growing, with the result that prospects are
very bright for a large industry The chief varieties
grown at the present time are Splendid, Glen Mary,
Senator Dunlap, V\ ilhams and \\ ilson
Among the bush fruits, raspbernes and blackberries
are being cultivated but not to the same extent as goose-
berries and currants, which are in greater demand. AH,
however, are being grown very successfully Dewber-
ncs are not grown to any extent They have been
introduced at the Experimental Farm and their culti-
vation will likely be extended
As wild strawberries are found in the higher grass-
lands, wild cranberries are found in the bog-lands and
marshes In a few districts they are being cultivated
and giving very large returns. When the plantation
can be flooded, the crop is fairly sure, but when it
cannot be flooded the frost frequently does much
damage. The average crop is about eighty bushels
to the acre.
There are several thousand acres of blueberry bar-
rens in the province, from which about twenty car-
loads of berries are shipped annually They do not,
however, seem to improve by cultivation and the
increasing cost of labor will likely lessen the amount
marketed Now and again the crop is a comparative
failure, due to frost or to severe drought.
Prince Edward Island is peculiarly adapted to the
some 350 barrels. 1 he expenses of getting their apples growing of fruit The reason that more progress has
together, graded, properly packed and marketed were not been made is the inadequate transportation facih-
too great and in 1911 each grower shipped his own ties. Last year, however, arrangements were made for
This, however, proved even less satisfactory and the three calls of an ocean steamship at Charlottetown on
Company is preparing to pack again this autumn. the way from Montreal to Manchester The car ferry.
They hope, however, to get a number of barrels of also, that is about to be built between Carle ton and
apples together at certain centers, and with this end in Cape Tormentine will uirther help to overcome this
view, all the orchards in these vicinities are being difficulty, and it is expected that the next few years will
sprayed ' witness a great development in horticulture in this
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA 56$
province. The census returns for 1911 give the follow-
ing figures of the industry:
No Product
Apple trees . . .205,979 . .160,124 bushels
Peach trees 546 ... 13 bushels
Pear trees 2,439 .... 773 bushels
Plum trees 20,625 . . 27,480 bushels
Cherry trees 53,094 . . . 7,576 bushels
Other fruit trees . 9,998 1,479 bushels
Grapes 1,641 pounds
Strawberries 186,692 boxes
Currants and gooseberries 48,429 quarts
Other small fruits 1,860 boxes
THEODORE Ross.
New Brunswick.
The province of New Brunswick (Fig 657) lies
mainly between 45° and 48° north latitude, and 64°
and 68° west longitude Its boundaries arc. On the
south tho Bay of Fundy, on the east the Strait of
Northumberland and the Gulf of St Lawrence, on the
north the Bay of Chaleur and tho province of Quebec,
on the west the state of Maine Tho greatest length of
the province from north to south is 230 miles, and its
greatest breadth is 190 miles It has an area of 27,()85
equate miles and about COO miles of seacoast It is a
rolling country of no great elevations with the more
hilh sections formed by an extension of the Appala-
chian Mountains in the northern and north \\cstern
parts of the province Few countries arc so well wa-
tered as New Brunswick Lakes and small streams arc
numerous all over the country. The St. John Rivei,
which flows into the Hav of Fundv, is 450 miles long.
The Miramiehi and Restigouche Rivers, both of which
are over 200 miles long, drain into the Gulf of St.
Lawrence The Potiteodiac and St Croix are impor-
tant rivers situated respectively in the eastern and
western ends of tho province and flowing into the Bay
of Fundy The yearly record for continuous sunshine
is excelled by only one other province in the Domin-
ion The average hours of sunshine recorded yearly at
Fredencton is 1,983 Tho average annual precipita-
tion for the last thirty-eight years at Frederic-ton is
45 6 inches
The province contains 17,393,000 acres, of which
7.750,000 are Crown land, 5,000,000 acres are settle-
ment land and 4,643,000 acres aie private limber land
According to the report of the Agricultural Commis-
sion, which investigated farming conditions all over the
province in 190S, there weie at that time 32,480
farms, and 1,171,076 acres of cleared land
Potato-growing is the leading hnrticultuial mdustiy.
The province is paiticularly adapted for the produc-
tion of this crop, as the comparatively cool moist
climate enables the potatoes to grow for a long
period of time, and they are green and vigor-
ous until the frost comes, hence their firmness,
full starch content, good keeping quality and
pleasant flavor An additional advantage is
the ease and cheapness with which the potato
can be shipped to tide-water, since the St
John River and its tributaries water an area
of 2,000 square miles Carried in scows, pota-
toes are delivered in St John from York
County for 5 cents the barrel Carleton
County on the western border, watered by
the upper roaches of the St. John River, has
long been the banner county for potato-grow-
ing. In 1910, it had 8,786 acres under culti-
vation, with a production of 1,127,680 bushels,
or 128.3 bushels to the acre. In 1909, from
8,910 acres, it derived 1,800,676 bushels, or
201.4 bushels to the acre. The same year the
province averaged 187.4 bushels to the acre.
Victoria County, to the north of Carleton
County and immediately adjoining Aroostook
County. Maine, affords considerable excellent potato-
raising land. In fact, the entire valley of the St John
River is well suited for this purpose and potatoes are
also grown extensively in the eastern counties of Kent
and Westmoreland.
The entire acreage under potatoes in the province
in 1910 was 47,744 and the yield 6,067,276 bushels In
1909 it was 47,853 acres and the yield was nearly 9,000,-
000 bushels In 1911, the acreage was 47,304 and the
yield 8,493,212 bushels. Large quantities of potatoes
are now being shipped annually to Ontario, the West
Indies and Cuba. Experiments conducted during the
past few years by experimental stations and practical
fanners in Ontario show that potatoes produced in the
maritime provinces gave a much larger yield than those
from Ontario-grown seed. This has led to an increas-
ing demand from Ontario for New Brunswick potatoes
for seed purposes.
Apples were undoubtedly grown in the province in
the early part of the nineteenth century, but it remained
for Francis Peabody Sharp, New Brunswick's pioneer
horticulturist, to demonstrate the possibilities of com-
mercial apple-growing in this northern climate. His
operations were conducted at Upper Woodstock on the
St John River, and there, in 1844, he sot out his first
trees Sharp planted many large orchards, did exten-
sive work in h> bndizing and introduced many of the
standard 'aneties into New Brunswick from the
United States and elsewhere His death occurred at
Upper Woodstock m December, 1903 From that tune
an impression that apple-growing could not be made a
success seemed to gam ground, but of late years this
has been swept away and the outlook for the future of
the industry is now Very bright
M he list of apples recommended for New Brunswick
covers the season and provides a class well suited for
export shipment, as well as for supplying the local
markets With cheap and rapid transportation by
water, with an over-seas market close at hand, with
plenty of suitable land at a moderate cost, with the
knowledge that has been secured as to the proper
varieties to plant, and with the active cooperation of
the government, the success of New Brunswick as a
fruit -producing area seems assured.
Many commercial orchards are now being planted,
chiefly in the St John River valley and in the eastern
part of the province, and apple-growing bids fair in the
near future to take first place in the horticultural
crops of the province. Tho provincial Department of
Agriculture established a horticultural division m 1910
xnd there are now a provincial horticulturist and three
assistants actively engaged in promoting the fruit-
growing industry. Preparations for an export trade
are being made by experimental shipments of apples
, New Brunswick The shaded parts represent the chief fruit-growinf
and horticultural areas of the province.
566 BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
to the European markets and the placing of exhibits in
the principal cities of the United Kingdom and Can-
ada The following varieties of apples are grown very
successfully: Crimson Beauty, Red Astiachan, Duch-
ess, Sharp New Brunswick, Yellow Transparent,
Wealthy, Dudley, Alexander, Wolf River, Fameuse.
Mclntosh Red, Bishop Pippin, Golden Russet and
Bethel Northern Spy, King of Tompkms and Rhode
Island Greening are grown to a limited extent. The
Moore Arctic, Ixwnbard and Yellow Egg plums and
Flemish Beauty and Clapp's Favorite pears are grown
successfully.
Wild raspberries, strawberries, blueberries and cran-
berries grow in abundance. Strawberry-culture was
but in the extreme north arctic conditions prevail and
the country is hparsely inhabited. The greater part of
the piovmce, however, is well suited to agriculture, and
the returns per acre compare favorably with other
agricultural areas of Canada The rainfall, although
quite scanty at certain seasons, is usually sufficient.
Iingation is seldom or never practised arid is usually
unneceshaiy
When horticulture began in Quebec is not known, as
it is oldei than the oldest records When the country
was first explored by the French, the Indians knew the
melon and cultivated it with some success, as well as a
number of other crops of interest to hoiticultun&ts
Father Charlevoir (S J ). the histonan, is veiy plain
utinta £njw in ttuuuunaivt;. ui/iavvucn^-uuituic wii» i-aiiiui \~iitnit; vun \ij <j j. tut; UI.-IIA.U mil, in vvij jjiu.ni
first introduced into New Brunswick at Kingston, on this latter point In a letter dated Chambly, Apiil 1,
Kings County, about 1862, by the late D. P. Wetmore, 1721, while let erring to Montreal, he asserts that "The
Inspector of Schools. Large quantities arc now pro- Indians, beiore our arrival m Canada, were familiar
duced, and as the season 01 maturity is comparatively
late, many shipments are made to Boston and Mon-
treal, where they are much in demand, as the straw-
berry crop is then finished m other sections Blueber-
ries grow wild m enormous profusion and are canned in
large quantities.
Truck-gardening is practised extensively on the
7s
658. Horticultural regions of Old Quebec
northeastern bank of the St John River, in the vicinity
of Maugerville and Sheffield. The soil there is a dark
loam, several feet deep and exceedingly fertile, being
the old river-bed, and large quantities of cabbages,
cauliflowers, tomatoes, cucumbers, and the like, are
grown and shipped to Fredericton and St John.
A. G. TURNEY.
Quebec.
Old Quebec (Fig 658) occupies a unique position in
the Dominion of Canada because it is the oldest prov-
with both ordinary melons and watermelons." He
said, "The former are as good as any in France, especi-
ally tho.se raised on the island of Montreal, where
they grow m rich profusion" (Vol III, Journ d'un
Voyage, etc , p. 1G4).
That melons in ordinary seasons were common
enough in Montreal may be gleaned from the appended
Quotations from a letter of
Father Claude Chauchetiere
(S F ) , dated Montreal,
August 7, 1094. "We have
had no melons to speak of
this year, we shall barely
have enough for seed
This is something I have
never yet seen before in
Montreal, and every one is
surprised at it "
The "Relation par let-
tres " 1709, attributed to
Father Antome Tiley (S.J ),
is authority for the state-
ment, "The savage had the
small squash, the water-
melon, the gourd and the
sunflower before the French
came to the country." Al-
though horticulture is old
in Quebec, it has never
been extensively practised,
and the industry is expand-
ing slowly In the vicinity
of Montreal, vegetables are
extensively cultivated for the home market^ but the
home market is not nearly supplied by native-grown
produce and will not be for some tune to come.
The present fruit areas are indicated on the map by
parallel lines, while those partly in fruit are dotted The
areas in which fruit might be grown are inclosed by a
dark line surrounding the section. It will be seen that
the total area is not large. Much of the province south
of the St. Lawrence possesses great horticultural pos-
sibilities and expansion may there be looked for.
Rouville, Chateauguay, Hochelaga, Jacques Cartier.
i/iic -L^uiiumvjii <ji v^tuj.u,iia> uctjauno it us uiit; uicicou L/HJV- JLVUU.VHH:;, v^iia.uctnafi.uiijr, xi\.Jv;m -itij^cj,, ut*»-.vjuvo v^cviui\jx.
ince, the largest province and the province in which the Two Mountains, Stanstead, L'Assomption arc regarded
English - speaking people are in the great minority.
Although not regarded as maritime, yet it possesses ^wu«*iiRc, ^a, * tam^, na.^™™*™, ^a,^^^ «*-,««, ^ if,^u,
considerable coast, and the mighty St Lawrence takes Montmagny and Bellechasse are partly in fruit; while
a c, a e migy awrence aes
on the character of an open sea. The St Lawrence and
the numerous rivers and lakes that feed it are the prin-
cipal physical features of the province, and these
features have made of Montreal, Quebec's chief city,
the importing, exporting and distributing center of
Canada The Appalachian Mountains extend into
Quebec under the name of Notre Dame, but in no place
do they reach any great height. The greater part of the
country is decidedly level, while some sections are
gently undulating
South of the St I awrence the climate is not severe;
, ,
as fruit counties; Huntingdon, Argenteuil, Vaudreuil,
Soulange, La Prairie, Napierville, Kamouraska, L' Islet,
Montmagny and Bellechasse are partly in fruit; while
Compton, Missisquoi, Brome, Beauce, Shefford, Bagot
and counties on the St Lawrence to Champlam County
may be regarded as possible fruit areas, but are not as
yet extensively planted
The present status of horticulture may be gleaned by
a study of the census of 1911 so far as the fruit industry
is concerned It would seem that many of the old trees
have fallen victims to the ravages of time, but that
young trees are being set in larger numbers Better
methods and a more thorough dissemination of knowl-
edge are constantly crowding out the old, so that there
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA 567
is no doubt that a few years hence the number of
bearing trees will be much increased. The census
figures are as follows:
1901
1911
Increase
or
decrease
Per cent of
Increase
or
decrease
Orchard and nur-
sery (acres
Vineyard (acres)
34,289
119
34,376
641
Inc 87
lac 522
Inc 02
Inc 438 6
Smull fruits
(acres)
Apple trees (no )
Bearing (no )
not given
2,250,752
1,476,727
1,669
2, 158. 580
1,295,992
Dec 98,163
Dec 180,735
Dec 4 3
Dec 12 2
Non-bearmg
(no )
780,025
862,597
Inc 82,572
Inc. 10 5
Product (bus )
2,025,113
1, 401,104
Peach trees (no )
332
2,211
Inc 1.912
Ino 575 9
Hearing (no )
08
1,041
Inc 1,573
Inc. 2,3132
Non-bearing
264
603
Inc 339
Inc 128 4
Product (bus )
17
987'
Pear trees (no )
11,823
7,534 Dec 4,289
Dec 36 2
Bearing (no )
5,191
3,807 Dec 1,384
Dec 26 6
Is on-bearing
(no )
6,632
3,727 Dec 2,905
Dec 43 8
Pro.luct (bus )
3,275
4,067,
Plum trees (no )
364,280
260,076 Dec 104,204
Dec 28 6
Bearing (no )
245,370
H3.507 Dec 111,803
Dec 45 5
Non-bearing
118,910
126,509 Inc 7 599 Inc 6 1
Product (bus )
122,048
51,015
Cherry trees ( no
}') 1,000
167,27r. Dec 226.81 r> Dec 57 r>
Bearing (no )
317,702 111,207 Dtc 206.495 D.-c 64')
Non-be inng
(no )
70,328
50,008 .Dee 20,320 Dec 2.. 0
Product (bus )
150,690 11,705
Other fruit trees
(no) 2S,~)2S 42,087 Inc H,lr>y ! Inc »'H»
Bearing (no ) | 2J.711 33,073 Inc 9.1M! Inc }') I
Non-bearmg
(no )
4,817
9,611 Inc 4,797 1 Inc 99 r>
Product (bus )l 21,380 10.704
Total fruit trees !
(no ) 3,055,805
2,638,405 Dec 417,400 Dec 13 (.
Bearing (no ) 2,068,829
1,579,347 Dec 489,482 Dec 210
Non-bearing
(no ) | 986,976
1,059,058 Inc 72.082
luc 7 3
drapes (Ibs ) j 995.S19
310, 820' Dec 685,023
Dec 6S 7
Strawberries ")
I
(qts )
1,955,749)
Currants and
Gooseberries
842,068
661,101 Dec 181,867
Dec 21 5
(•Its )
Other Hmall
fruits
194,901
The nursery business is popular in the province.
Considering the size of the horticultural areas, the num-
ber of nursery firms doing business is large Under the
name of "northern-giown stock" the sale has been
pushed All nursery produce ic, carefully inspected by
government officials, and all imported stock must be
inspected befoie planting may be made
Many varieties have originated in Quebec The most
of these are of minor importance, but the Montreal
melon and the Fameuse apple have done more to adver-
tise horticultuie in Quebec than all other causes com-
bined. The Montreal muskmelon is a melon of great
size, often weighing nineteen and a half pounds There
are many cases on record in which they became much
heavier, but these exceptionally large ones are not
sought after. It has been stated that early French
Jesuits brought melon seed to Quebec and that the
present Montreal melon evolved from this source, but
there is no such record. If this ever happened, the
event was deemed of so little importance as to be un-
worthy of record. There can be no doubt, however, that
the Indians were cultivating the melon in Quebec when
first explored by the French m 1645 to 1649. Father
Bressani (S.F.) mentions a plant he had seen m the
country of the Hurons, now Simcoe County, which he
says was similar to the melon of India (Bresse Rela-
tion, Martin's translation, p. 68). The Journal of a "per-
son of merit," name not given, 1663, who was sent out
expressly to report on the resources of Canada, and
who spent one year in the colony, has this to say on
the matter in question ' 'Thence we proceeded up the
river to Montreal. Its latitude is that of Bordeaux, its
climate most agreeable, its soil excellent; a gardener
heie has but to cast his melon seeds into a little patch
of loosened earth among the stones and they do not fan
to thrive without further care on the part of the man"
(Relations 1663, quib, ed. p 28, 2 col , Chiv ed , Vol 48,
p 169). He adds, "Squashes are raised there with still
less labor, but differ much from ours [m France] for
some have the flavor of apples and pears when cooked
The Montreal melon has not been an equal success m
other sections The peculiar soil -format ion and cli-
matic conditions on the island of Montreal combine to
give the fiuit a flavor which is not oquahd elsewhere.
At the beginning of the melon season moderate-.°ized
specimens bring on the Montreal market $18 per dozen
and retail at $2 25 each The Fa n. use apple is now
commonly spoken of as the national apple of Quebec.
No definite records exist concerning the exact origin of
the Fa:ncuse There can be no doubt, however, that
the Fameuse is a seedling arising fiom seed brought
from France by early French priests The Fameu<-p
rn Quebec is a very striking apple; in form, color an 1
fiavoi it is par excellence No province to the west can
compote with Quebec's Fameuse Specimens are p~o-
duced here as nearly ideal as may be found, as com-
parative exhibitions have shown Fameuse apples
from this province are eas\ winners
The local government giants $12,600 as an aid to
horticulture From tins sum S7 a month is allowed all
stud %nts fiom Quebec attending the regular agricul-
tural c >urs,»s at the coil's 's, SI,";*)) is gra it \i to thr,»o
pomological societies AU is also given to horticultural
extension work, such as demonstration trains, demon-
stration orchards and various toims of institute work
Iloiticulturc is taught in thiec colleges, Macdonald Col-
lege, Oka, and St Anne dc la Pocatiere, which deserve
special mention Macdonald College is unique in
agricultural development along educational lines It
spuing into being fully equipped and ready for effi-
cient service at once This was made possible by the
munificence of Sir William Macdonald, a public-spirited
capitalist of Montreal It was Macdonald who financed
the undertaking, but it was James W Robertson, a
man of gieat vision, who, by means of lectures, litera-
ture and personal persuasion, arouse 1 widespread
interest in agriculture, and who, bv his work and ideals
was able to attiact the nttf ntim 01 Sir William and to
gam his financial support The college property com-
prises ."»(3l acres, and boasts the largest horticultural
department in similar institutions in America The
couises run over four >eurs, leading to the degree of
B S A The agricultural school conducted by the
Trappist fathers is of great mteiost to visitors These
Trappist monks, by their industry and skill m agricul-
ture, have changed th^ face of the countryside in the
region of the Lake of the Two Mountains since 1880
The scientific and practical training at the college is
given by twelve to fifteen fathers and lay teachers
The average number of pupils at present is about on ^
hundred, who come largely from the province of Que-
bec Students who have passed all examinations suc-
cessfully obtain the degree of B S A from Laval Uni-
versrty The agricultural school of St Anne de la
Pocatiere teaches horticulture as well as allied agricul-
tural subjects A limited number of students arc in
attendance, who secure diplomas upon completing the
courses. E. M. STRAIGHT.
Ontario.
The horticulture of Ontario is undergoing very rapid
evolution. The province is so situated geographically
and topographically as to enjov a climate much mrlder
than that of most parts of Canada Within the prov-
568 BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
Sjar a large volume of trade that formerly went to
reat Britain and western Europe
Ontario (Fig 659) includes a vast extent of country,
being over 700 miles from extreme north to extreme
south and approximately 1,000 miles from east to west.
The outline of the province is very irregular. The most
noticeable feature is the vast extent of boundary line
which borders on the Great Lakes The altitude of the
lakes varies from 250 to about 600 feet and inland
Ontario ranges from lake-level to 1,700 or 1,800 feet.
Practically all of the fruit-growing districts he below
1,000 feet and all the important fruit districts border
the Great Lakes
The early settlers paid less attention to horticulture
than to other branches of rural activity, but of late
years very rapid development has begun, especially in
connection with fruit-growing, although commercial
vegetable-growing and commercial floriculture are
becoming increasingly important Landscape art is
newer and less developed than are the commercial
branches of horticulture, but many of the towns and
cities possess active horticultural societies, part of the
work of which is a propaganda looking toward the
beautifying of home surroundings Ontario, as a prov-
ince, possesses great natural beauty Few sections are
entirely level and the general character is undulating
or more or less rolling There are many beautiful homes
in towns and cities and many also throughout the
countryside
The many local horticultural societies and the provin-
cial federation of them are exerting profound influence
ince. towns and cities are growing very rapidly, and Old Ontario lies farther south than any other part of
markets are thus being provided for high-class products Canada, the most southerly part, as a matter of fact,
of all kinds. The Canadian Northwest, also, is rapidly lying in the same latitude as Boston, Mass., and on a
becoming an important market and is attracting every level with the northern boundary of the State of Cali-
fornia In this southern district, the production of
early vegetables, both under glass and out-of-doors,
has become an important industry. In the vicinity of
many towns and of the large cities, such as Hamilton,
Brantford, London, Toronto and Ottawa, there have
also grown up important local industries in the produc-
tion of vegetables The extensive production of such
truck-crops as onions, cabbage, and celery is conducted
in a few small districts only, but with the rapid devel-
opment of markets this phase of vegetable-growing is
taking on increased importance In certain sections,
such as Prince Edward County, the vegetable industry
takes the form of production for canning factories In
that county, there are some sixteen large commercial
canning plants, and many additional factories are
located in other sections and devote themselves to
the canning of full lines of vegetables and fruits The
industry is growing
The apple is by far the most important fruit pro-
duced within the province, but certain sections have for
years been producing peaches in a large \\ay The
Niagara Peninsula has long been famed as an important
fruit center, and many fine commercial plantations of
peach and other fruits are found there Peaches from
this locality are being successfully shipped to \\ innipeg
and northwestern markets, and a few shipments have
also been landed in Great Britain in excellent condition
On the accompanying map, the three districts marked
No 1 produce peaches successfully in a eommercial \vay.
The peach section bordering on Lake Huron is of com-
paratively recent development, but the climate and soil
are perfectly adapted to
this fruit, and a great
extension of acreage has
taken place inthat local-
ity within recent years.
That part of district
No 1 which lies to the
north of Lake Erie does
not produce peaches
as extensively as
its area would indicate,
but there are numerous
localities that can and
do grow large quanti-
ties of this tender fruit.
The section marked
No 1 \vluch lies south
of the west end of Lake
Ontario is the Niagara
district of Canada, and
is world-famous.
The sweet cherry as
a commercial crop is
found only in very few
localities, and these are
practically all in district
No 1. This district is
also the only part of the
province that grows
grapes extensively, as
the more northerly sec-
tions have not sufficient
length of season to ripen
throughout the country on all kinds of amateur horticul- the crop. District No. 2 produces most of the plums
tural work, and floriculture especially is a feature of and pears grown commercially in the province, but the
very many home gardens and of many school and pub- Niagara section of district No 1 also grows these two
he grounds as well. In commercial floriculture, the fruits extensively. The part of district No 2 bordering
Dale greenhouses in Brampton were until recently said on Georgian Bay was formerly one of the most impor-
to be the largest range of houses in America, and there tant plum districts. The only district m the province
are many other up-to-date glasshouse plants in various that produces pears extensively is the Burlington sec-
parts of the province. tion, lying at the west end of Lake Ontario.
659 Fruit-regions (numbered) in lower Ontario.
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA 569
The commercial cultivation of strawberries, rasp-
berries, gooseberries, blackberries, and of sour cnernes,
is extensive in many districts of the province. Local
conditions, such as the presence of urban markets or of
canneries, together with the availability of labor, seem
to determine the localities which can engage profitably
in the production of these fruits. Large quantities of
even the moist tender fruits, such as strawberries, are
shipped west to points in the prairie provinces, and
eastward in some cases to Quebec, New Brunswick
and Nova Scotia.
The most important apple districts of the province
are all included in districts Nos 2 and 3 The northern, or,
more correctly, the upper limit of district No 2, forms
approximately the limit of the commercial cultivation
of the Baldwin apple Other important varieties grown
in district No 2 are Northern Spy, Greening and King.
That part of district Xo 2 lying to the north of Lake
Ontaiio produces few Baldwins and some Greenings, but
the leading variety is probably Northern Spy District
No X grovss \\mter varieties for storage purposes and
Northern Spy gi own here ket-p-. \\ell until March or
April The counties north of Lake Ontario also produce
large qiun tit let, of Ben Davis, (Jano and Stark These
vaiieties have been exported in laige quantities for
man_y years to Kmonean maikets
The area marked district Xo 1 in western Ontario lies
at a much higher altitude than the surrounding dis-
tricts and is consequent 1', much colder There arc few
apples gro\\ n commei uilly, but the climate coi responds
very closely to that of the St Lawrence Rivei \ alley,
part of which on the map is also marked district No 4
The St Lawrence River \ alley has long been noted for
its Mclntosh Red and Fameusc '1 he Melntosh Red, by
the way, had its oiigm in Dundas County, not far from
the St La\vrence River, about 1790 (See page 317 )
District No. f> and the large extent of country lying to
the north of Lake Huron and Lake Superior, and extend-
ing to James Bay, is comparatively new and untried with
regard to its possib.hties in fruit-growing In one or
two distiicts of the great noithland, apples are grown
successfully in a commercial wav This is true of St
Joseph's Island, Algoma, and of the mainland of Algoma
District bordering on the north shore of Lake Huron
One of the most interesting features of Ontario hor-
ticulture is the existence within the province of a large
number of very successful fruit-growers' selling organ-
izations The story of the work done by some of these
organizations in reviving the fruit industry in certain
previously neglected counties reads like romance. In
Norfolk County, on the north shore of Lake Kne, the
production of apples mci eased in ten \ears from nothing
to approximately 50,000 barrels, and this tremendous
development came about simply through the care given
to the old orchards, many of which had been standing
uncared for and idle thirty or forty years previous to
the organization of the fiuit-gio\vers' association There
are some forty of these associations now doing business
within the province, and by their aid Ontario expects in
the future to be able to dispose of her fruit successfully
in the face of all competition. J4 \\r. CROW.
Manitoba.
In considering the agricultural possibilities of the
province of Manitoba (Fig 660), the subject of horti-
culture is too frequently overlooked or given scant con-
sideration The fact that cereals can be grown with
great success has been very clearly demonstrated, but
up to the present time comparatively few of the persons
residing in western Canada have had sufficient confi-
dence in the fruit-growing possibilities of the country
to enter the industry on a very extensive scale. How-
ever, a few pioneers have opened the way, and to the
results of their work one looks for encouragement and
guidance.
Geographically, Manitoba lies just north of the
international boundary line, extending from longitude
95° W. to 101 1A° W., or about 276 miles Since the ex-
tension of the boundary, the northern limits are on
the shores of the Hudson Bay The altitude varies
from 760 to 1,500 feet above sea-level.
The annual precipitation in the Red River Valley
varies from 20 to 25 inches, and in the western part of
660 Manitoba.
the province from 15 to 20 inches The average rain-
fall for the growing season — May, June, July and
August — varies from 8 to 11 inches
The annual sunshine is i7 per cent of the possible,
and during the growing season is 56 per cent, making
an average of 8 5 hours of bright sunshine a da>, which
accounts for the phenomenal growth which is made by
most plants
The average monthly temperature in degrees Fahren-
heit is as follows January, 1 9; February, 5; March,
14.4; April, 382; May, 504, June, 606, July, 646;
Aug, 62 1; September, 528, October, 40.7, November,
207; December, 75 Average temperature for the
growing season from the fii-st of May to the first of
September is 59 2° F.
In a country of such rich agricultural resources as
Manitoba, in which excellent crops of cereals can be
produced on an extensive scale with a minimum of
labor, one would naturally expect that the people would
turn rather slowly to the production of fruit a, which
require much greater care and a much more intensive
and exact system of cultivation. The growing ol this
finer class of agricultural products is usually delayed
until the country has become thickly populated and the
land has been brought into a fairly good state of cultiva-
tion. Making an allowance for the difficulties that must
be overcome in the production of fruits, some excellent
work has been done and substantial progress made
Among the valuable introductions is the Pyrw
baccata, or Siberian crab-apple, which was first planted
on the experimental farm at Brandon, in the year 1890,
570 BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
the trees having been grown at the Central Experimental
Farm, Ottawa, from especially selected seeq that had
been imported from Russia. The introduction of this
hardy Russian apple has done much for the advance-
ment of apple-growing in Manitoba It furnishes a
hardy stock on which the tenderer standard varieties
may be grafted and their hardiness very much in-
creased An effort has also been made to increase the
hardiness of some of the standard varieties by hybridiz-
ing them with Pyrus baccata. Several promising hybrids
have been produced in this way and are now being
grown to some extent m the province. (See page 557)
Among the earliest attempts m fruit-growing in the
district of Winnipeg, may be mentioned those of the
late W. B. Hall, of Headmgly. In the early sixties,
some not unsuccessful experiments were conducted by
him with currants, tomatoes, gooseberries, Siberian
crab-apples and ihubarb The results were indeed so
satisfactory that he and others in the neighborhood
were induced to undertake fruit-growing on a limited
scale Among other pioneers whose experiments on
fruit-growing have been of value, may be mentioned the
late Thomas Frankland, of Stonewall, A P Stevenson,
of Dunstan. and D. VV. Buchanan, of St Charles Mr.
Stevenson has experimented with apples, plums, cher-
ries, grapes, gooseberries, currants, raspberries and
strawberries, and his untiring efforts have been a great
incentive to others He has been very successful in
growing apples, particularly the haidy Russian sorts
He has at the present time a number of the better
varieties of this claiss growing m his orchard, practi-
cally all of which are yielding good returns, his annual
crop being usually over one hundred barrels The
various hardy crab apples also yield good returns. Mr
Stevenson is convinced that apples can be successfully
grown m Manitoba if the proper varieties are chosen
and the proper conditions provided
The experimental farm at Brandon has accomplished
much for Manitoba horticulture Hundreds of varie-
ties of the various classes of fruits from different parts
of America and Europe have been tested there and the
results published In the month of April, 1899, about
500 fruit trees, consisting of apples, crab-apples, plums
and cherries, were placed under test at the experimental
farm. These included many of the large standard
varieties together with a number of hardy imported
kinds. Numerous varieties of grapes, currants, goose-
berries, raspberries, blackberries and strawberries were
also tested. Many of these plants did not survive the
first winter and in a few years only the hardiest sorts
were found to be alive. Since the first planting, many
other varieties of fruits have been introduced and
experimented with and much valuable information
has been gained Among the numerous introductions
made was the Russian berry-crab, Pyrus baccata. Its
extreme hardiness makes it eminently well suited to this
country, where it is used as stock on which the less hardy
sorts are grafted for the purpose of increasing their
hardiness and thereby adapting them to an environment
that would otherwise be uncongenial to them.
Small-fruit culture m the province of Manitoba haa
always been attended with a fair degree of success.
Currants, gooseberries, red and black raspberries, and
strawberries have been grown since the early settle-
ment of the country. They yield profitable returns when
intelligently cultivated Ihey apparently possess an
inherent hardiness not shared by many tree fruits,
which renders them much more suitable for the severe
climate. It is only a matter of a few years until these
smaller fruits will be grown in all parts of the province,
in sufficient quantities to supply the local demand.
Another phase of horticultural work to which con-
siderable attention is being given, is the decoration of
home- and school-grounds by the planting of ornamental
trees, shrubs and flowers The prairie is bare and unat-
tractive and around many prairie homes there has been
a lack of trees and shrubs. The work of beautifying the
surroundings of residences is one of the most necessary
steps m the horticultural work of Manitoba Much
has already been done in the cities, towns and lural
districts by horticultural organizations to increase their
attractiveness by ornamental planting.
Practically all garden vegetables, with the exception
of a few that require a long season, mav be grown to a
high state of perfection The richness of the soil and the
shortness of the seasons tend to give a flavor and tender
cnspness to the vegetables not attainable elsewhere
The heavy yields that may be obtained from these
gardens make vegetable-growing a very profitable
branch of horticulture, as there is an abundant demand
for vegetables in the home market
The work of fostering horticulture within the prov-
ince is borne largely by the Agricultural College and
certain societies, among the latter are the Manitoba
Horticultural and Forestry Association, the Brandon
Horticultural and Forestry Society, and others of a
more or less local character The objects of these
societies are to bring together those persons interested
in horticulture, to assemble horticultural literature,
and to stimulate in every possible way a greater
interest in horticultural pursuits Much good work
has been accomplished by these societies and to their
efforts 19 largely due the increasing interest that is
being taken in the various lines of horticultural work
within the province
There are several directions in which progress may
be made in Manitoba horticulture, for example, a bet-
ter selection of vaiieties, an improvement by breeding
and selection of wild and native fruits and varieties
grown in the country, and impioved systems of culture
Much is being done in plant-improvement in other
parts of the country, and Manitoba also offers an
excellent field for the improvement of native fruits
Various wild fruits grow very abundantly m many
parts of the province, and if a combination could be
effected whereby the hardiness and productiveness of
these could be combined with the larger size and
better quality of the cultivated fruit, a great step in
advance would be achieved. p \y BRODRICK.
Saskatchewan.
In the map (Fig 661), all that part of Saskatchewan
that need be considered here is shown in the numbered
districts, the remainder farther north being still beyond
the reach of settlement, although many parts of it will
no doubt be found, amidst its lakes and forests, emi-
nently suited to the growing of farm and garden prod-
ucts, where now the lonely trapper and the mink and
marten roam. Districts Nos. 2, 3, 5 and 6 are mostly
bare prairie, beiiig slightly wooded about some of the
hills, river-banks and coulees; district No. 1 has also
considerable prairie, but about the center is situated
the Moose Mountain Forest Reserve, while mixed prai-
rie and scattered groves of poplar extend over the
northeastern part and through districts Nos 4, 5 and
9, with heavier timber towards the northeast in dis-
trict No 7.
The average annual precipitation has been about 17
inches, but hardly more than 15 inches in districts
Nos. 2, 3 and 6. Over 12 inches of this occurs from
April to September. The elevation is also greater in this
southwestern portion of the province, being 2,439 feet
above sea-level at Swift Current, 1,884 feet at Mooso-
min near the eastern boundary, and 1,432 feet at Prince
Albert on the Saskatchewan River in the north.
The i
ten years
March, 14._ , __r.__, , _._„„, , , .
July. 63 3°; August, 60.5°; September, 50 1°, October,
40.9*; November, 25.0°; December, 10 4° F.
Horticultural industries have not yet been developed
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA 571
to any extent, and consequently imports of canned fruits
and vegetables, fresh fruits and flowers, have been very
heavy m proportion to the population, and of exports
there have been none. A rapidly increasing resident
and floating population, combined with the attractions
of grain-farming, to some extent account for this. There
is no adequate reason why vegetables, small fruits and
flowers should not be grown in quantity sufficient at
least to meet the demand of the homo market. There
is ample evidence at any of the fairs held in the various
parts of the province that the soil and climate are suit-
able for the production of a large variety of vegetables of
unexcelled quality It has been proved that vegetables
and flowers can be grown profitably under glass during
the coldest wint^is The most important points to con-
sider in locating such industries are access to market
and cheap fuel. A glance at the map will show many
favorably situated distributing points on the network
of railway lines, while the lignite of the Souris Valley
m the south and the wood of the northland, readily
Saskatchewan
solve the fuel problem without considering the possi-
bilities that lie hidden in the straw piles that accumu-
late or are burned on the millions of acres of grain
fields each season
Small conservatories and nurseiies located at Prince
Albert, Moose Jaw and possibly other points, are devot-
ing their attention mostly to winter vegetables, while
at Saskatoon 25.000 feet of glass is used in the produc-
tion of pot- and cut-flowers. There is also a large de-
mand for shrubs and ornamental trees for the beautify-
ing of the homes so rapidly growing in numbers in
village, town and city, but few nurseries are specializing
in that line. The abundance of native small fruits such
as the currant, gooseberry, raspberry, saskatoon, blue-
berry, cranberry, cherry and strawberry, has to some
extent delayed the introduction of cultivated varieties
into the gardens of the residents in those portions of
the province most suitable for successful fruit-growing,
and, on the other hand, those living on the open prairie
have first to grow shelter-belts before they can hope
for good gardens. When shelter is provided, the hardier
varieties of small fruits and crab-apples may be grown
without difficulty. There are, however, peculiar weather
conditions that should be considered before anything of
this kind be attempted on a commercial scale. Bright
warm days and cold nights in April, and frosts in May,
determine the extent of the fruit crop. It is true, how-
ever, that some of the evil effects of freezing and thawing
can be avoided by protection of the stems from the
direct rays of the sun
In isolated instances, in sheltered gardens, some of
the hardiest varieties of standard apples, such as Hiber-
nal, Anisette and Blushed Calvilie, are growing and
some are producing fruit, but the day is yet distant
when it can be said that apples are commonly grown
here The late Director of the Dominion Expenmental
Farms, Wm Saunders, since the beginning of these farms,
took a keen interest in the finding of suitable fruits
for the prairie provinces and in the encouragement of
horticulture, and has been ably- assisted in this by
Angus Mackay, Superintendent of the Indian Head
Farm, where the Siberian crab has been found hardy
enough to withstand the most severe climatic vicis-
situdes. This hardy crab has been used in the produc-
tion of most promising hybiids and as stock on which
to root-graft hardy cross-breeds At the same station
varieties of the native Manitoba plum of good quality
have been developed \\oik of this kind is also being
undertaken at the more recently established experi-
mental stations at Host hern and Scott Another insti-
tution that, under the superintendence of Norman M
Ross, has aided greatly in demonstrating to the people
the possibilities in the way of landscape gardening and
floral beautihcation of home surroundings, is the Do-
minion Forestry Farm at Indian Head, from which many
millions of trees are distiihuted yearly to the farmers
on the open plains to be planted, as windbreaks arid
shelter-belts, under expert supervision Much encour-
agement was given to the hoiticulture of the North-
west Territories, and Saskatchewan especially, -by the
interest displayed by A E. Forget, recently Lieuten-
ant-Go vei nor, and the skill and success of his popular
gardener, Geoige Watt, who \\as ever ready to advise
and assist the inquiring amateur Probably no farm
in the province could boast of so attractive a garden
as that of Geiald Spring-Rice near Pense, where in
typical Old Countiy fashion its labyrinth of walks mid
the choicest of fkw ers and shrubs, was centered by a
sun-dial Another fat in on which the possibilities in
the way of garden and fruit-culture have been demon-
strated is that of George Harvey in the Indian Head
district, where shelter-belts, shade trees and hedges
provide the protection so necessary for success in horti-
culture and nesting-places for the birds that are of
so much assistance in controlling insect form. Personal
mention should also be made of John Ashworth, a
member of the legal fraternity, who, from love of
flowers and the pleasure of overcoming obstacles, estab-
lished the Saskatoon Nursery Company, which is now
a profitable industry
So closely is bee-keeping associated with successful
fruit-growing, that it may not be out of place to say
that very few in this province have yet turned their
attention to the production of honey, although it has
been amply demonstrated that bees make noney of
excellent flavor from the abundance of wild flowers on
the prairie; and bees may be safely wintered notwith-
standing the seventy of the frost at times
There are now only two horticultural societies m the
provmce; one being located at Regina and in receipt of an
annual civic grant, the other having been just started at
Saskatoon No direct aid to horticulture is given by
the provincial government, but through the Extension
Department of the University of Saskatchewan, the
agricultural societies and the homemakers' clubs may
draw grants founded on their prize lists, m which horti-
cultural competitions may assume a prominent place and
expert judges are furnished when required. There is no
572 BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
horticultural school at present in the province, but a
department of horticulture is planned for the College
of Agriculture and will no doubt be equipped in the
near future, but at present the only instruction given
is through qualified practical horticulturists sent out
by the Extension Department to address meetings
throughout the province T. N. WILLING.
Alberta.
Alberta (Fig. 662), is the farthest west of the three
prairie provinces of Canada. Its eastern boundary is
the 110th parallel of longitude, and its western bound-
ary lor about 500 miles north is the summit of the
Rocky Mountains; and beyond this point, its western
boundary is the 120th parallel.
From a climatic point of view, the province naturally
divides itself into four principal regions, — southern
Alberta, central Alberta, northern Alberta, and the
foothills or highlands district. The latitude of the
northern part of the province is offset to a great degree
by its lesser elevation
Northern Alberta may be said to be that part of the
province lying north of a line drawn cast and west
through Athabasca Landing. The whole of this dis-
trict is still practically unsettled, although people are
going in; a few small older settlements are scattered here
and there about the fur-trading posts, and all the com-
mon garden vegetables, as well as farm crops, arc grown
at these places, as far north as 400 miles bevond Edmon-
ton. Wild currants, gooseberries, strawberries, rasp-
berries, and saskatoons or Junebernes are plentiful
throughout the region. The country is more or less
bush-covered or park-like, and is, in this way, protected
from the winds that sweep over the open country in the
south. In view of what has been accomplished in fruit-
growing in the south, at a higher altitude and under
wind-swept conditions, it is reasonable to expect that at
least some of the hardier apples and crabs will in time
be grown successfully m the far north The soil of
northern Alberta is a deep black humous loam, and its
very richness constitutes a danger from a horticultural
point of view. There is usually an abundance of rain-
fall, and the difficulty with fruit trees under such con-
ditions is to get them maturcd-up before winter No
reports are at hand as to attempts at growing fruit in
northern Alberta. The distance from the railways is so
great that plants are usually dried out before reaching
their destination, but as railways are now being pushed
north, it will doubtless not be long before promising
results will be secured.
Central Alberta may be said to comprise the region
lying south of northern Alberta as far as a line drawn
through Red Deer to Provost near the Saskatchewan
border Its soil, climate, and other featuies arc similar
to those of northern Alberta, although the altitude in
the central part of the distnct is greater, rising at
Lacombe to over 2,900 feet It is the oldest settled
part of Alberta, and is covered with well-handled f turns,
whose owners, having been some years in the country,
have had time to makr experiments in fiuit -growing
Apples have been produced near Edmonton, Ponoka
and Red Deer, and crabs have been gnnvn at the Do-
minion Expenmental Farm at Lacombe and also at
Calgary. Small flints arc grown successfully all over
the district The influence of the difference in altitude
is very marked m this territory, as ornamental trees,
such as the soft maple (Acer wtchannum) and the
Amciican basswood (Tiha amencana] are hardy m
Edmonton, while they are a failure farther south at
higher altitudes, and with similar soils, shelter, and
rainfall
The Highlands of Alberta may be described as the
country south of the Red Deer River, east as far as a
line drawn north of (»leichen on the mam line of the
Canadian Pacifie Railway, and thence running south-
west to Stavely on the Calgary and Macleod line, and
from that point south to a point north of Cardston,
and thence east through Spring Coulee Its western
boundary is the boundary of the province This is the
highest part of the cultivable land of Alberta, rising to
a height of over 4,000 feet A very small area of the
northern part of this region is wooded, the remainder
being open and often wind-swept prairie, \vith the addi-
tional harassment in the south of the warm chmook
winds. In appearance, this southern section is not
unlike the country cast of it, while it is still in the "dry"
belt, with a rainfall reaching in certain places at times
over 20 inches It has a little more precipitation than
southern Alberta to the east ot it This increased pre-
cipitation causes longer and thicker grass, arid this
growing and dying down for generations has left a
richer soil, which in turn encomages late growth in
trees This, coupled with the often shorter season be-
tween frosts, incident to its higher altitude, will proba-
bly preclude the possibility of apple-growing becoming
general in the higher districts unless m favored spots:
The hardier varieties of small fruits do well in thr-
region, and at Cardston, 12 miles from the United
States boundary line, at an altitude of approximately
4,000 feet, apples have been grown by a number of
persons At JoeMcFarlane's ranch about 6 miles from
the Livingstone Range of the Rocky Mountains, at an
altitude of over 4,000 feet, Hyslop crabs have been
ripened These successes were m sheltered situations;
and while this district may never become known
as apple-producing, still these cases serve to show
what may be done in isolated instances in which
conditions are favorable, and may be accepted as an
indication of what may become more general in years
to come.
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA 573
Southern Alberta proper is the district lying east of
the foothills, and south of central Alberta It also has
conditions peculiarly its own rlhe piairie is bare of
trees, and while the soil is of excellent quality, it is not
the black, deep, vegetable mold of the other parts of the
province It is what may be classified as a friable clay
loam, that is, a rich clay loam containing enough sand
to enable it to be worked easily It is in the dry belt,
and the rainfall ranges from 12 to 15 inches per annum.
Being bare, it is often windswept, and gardening with-
out shelter-belts will never be successful It is the home
of the warm chinook winds, and these may come at any
time, and often in a few hours, or even minutes, a rise
of temperature from 30° below zero to 8° or 10°
above free/ang will take place This is an extreme
change m temperature, arid if the warm wave is fol-
lowed, after a lew days or weeks, by a cold spell, it can-
not fail to be a seveie tnal to growing trees These rapid
changes in winter have been declared by many of the
old settlers to be the cause of the scarcity of trees on
the prairie This, howevei, IM to a large extent a fallacy,
as is being now proved constantly by the successful
growth of shelter-belts of suitable species all over the
country, and exposed in the fullest degree to the in-
fluences of the chinooks The lack of rainfall, however,
does constitute a menace to successful fruit-growing,
for if there is a scarcity of moisture in the soil m the fall,
there is invariably gi eater n.sk of dead trees in the
spring Snow cannot be depended on to pieserve the
moistme, or to supply it, as only about twice in thirty-
eight years has it lain steadily the whole winter The
dry winds drift the snow off, and the chinooks melt it,
so that in winter for weeks at a time the ground may be
bare of snow Cultivation to pieserve the moistme is
a necessity, though nngation in the fall, m some dis-
trict.s in which it can be done, is of great assistance in
carrying the trees over winter Notwithstanding all
these untowaid circumstances, a numbei of apple
trees aie giowmg arid producing fruit m southern
Alberta Settlement has been general onh in the last
ten vc.us, and vet in that timemanv .successful experi-
ments m fiuit -giowmg have been made, possibly more
in the same time than in the histoiy of am of the other
prairie piovmces Apples, nabs and plums have been
giowmg in several gardens foi the last .seven or eight
vears in Medicine Hat, Irvine, 1 ethbndge, Magiath,
Calgarv and Macleod, and they also have been grown in
seveial instances at Stirling and Havmond Ihus, al-
though sou them Alberta would appeal at fust sight to
have natural conditions unfavoiable to laige-fiuit-gi ow-
ing, experience shows that, in spite of tlie.se, it is possible
to do so It would seem as if the diyness of the coun-
trv, intensified perhaps by the influence of the chinook,
tends to ripen the annual growth before frost comes in
the fall, so that the trees do not winterkill There is
no doubt, also, that the natuie of the soil has much
to do with this early iipening, lacKing as it does the
stimulating eftect of the more vegetable soils of the
north Experience m grain crops and forest tiees serves
to bear this out Howevei, it is still doubtful whether
southern Albeita will ever become a fruit country
The high winds that occur at any tune in the spring
and fall may mteifere greatly with the setting or matur-
ing of the fruit, and, as a consequence, the regularity
of the supply There is no doubt, however, about the
farmer in time being able to grow fruit enough for his
own use, with the help of shelter-belts When fruit is
grown under irngation in Alberta, care must be taken
to avoid urigatmg after the last of June. If water is
applied after that time, there is usually grave nsk of
winterkill, or rather fallkill, as the trees continue
growing late into the fall and are not mature when the
first frost comes. Even cultivation to preserve the
moistuie should not be carried on later than July 15
There is no provincial horticultural society, and no
state aid devoted purely to horticulture, although much
good work is being done by the experimental farms,
maintained by the Dominion government '1 hese, how-
ever, have not been able to do much as yet, having been
established only six years rlhe chain of demonstia-
tion faims which is being established by the provincial
government will probably be of some assistance in this
direction There are two fairly strong local horticul-
tural societies at Edmonton and Calgary
ARCH. MITCHELL.
British Columbia.
In the time since the Cyclopedia of American Horti-
culture was published, horticulture m British Columbia
(Fig 003) has passed through the experimental stage
Although the province is one of the largest in area m
Canada, its population in 1<S(J1 was only 98,000, m ten
years it had almost doubled, and in twenty years the
census of 1011 shows a population of 802,000, of which
over half is urban rn character, and located on the coast.
While practical experiment has shown that different
forms of horticulture can be most .successfullv conducted
commercially under the widely diversified conditions
existing throughout southern British Columbia, devel-
opment has been so recent that only the fringe of its
possibilities has been touched Yet, even now the prov-
ince has gained such a reputation as a fruit-growing
country as to warrant a rather full description here.
Fruit-growing in British Columbia has been inspired
by the success that the industry has attained in the
states of Oregon and Washington directly to the south,
in which conditions of climate and soil arc not dissimilar,
and by the rapidly increasing demand for fruit, not
only by the growing population of the province, but by
the phenomenal increase in demand from the Canadian
prairie provinces, which cannot possibly produce all
their own fiuit Early dreams of possible markets for
all the horticultural products of the province have been
far surpassed by the actual development of the market.
The population of western Canada was in 1911 over
three times as great as in 1901 On the other hand,
fruit-growing is now firmly established as one of the
commercial industries of the province and though lum-
bering, manufacturing and mining surpass agriculture
in the amount of wealth now being produced, fruit-
growing will m a few years aid in bringing the returns
from agriculture well to the front
In general physical features British Columbia is
mountainous, the greater part of the area being covered
by the Rocky, Selkirk, Cascade and Coast ranges,
between which he the valleys of the rivers and lakes m
which agriculture is being practised It is probable
that about one-twentieth or one-thirtieth of the entire
land is cultivable The land is, therefore, usually fer-
tile, and in many districts unusually so The climate is
remarkably varied The greater part of the cultivated
area of 1'utish Columbia lies within the upper austral
and transition zones On the coast the atmosphere is
humid, the rainfall copious and the annual tempera-
ture has a very limited range In the interior, con-
tinental temperature conditions prevail, and in most of
the interior valleys it ranges from zero to 90° or 100° as
the extremes Some of the mtenor valleys have a total
Erecipitation of only 8 or 9 inches, while others run
•om 35 to 40 inches. Irrigation is essential in the first-
mentioned, not in the latter A large percentage of
British Columbia horticulture is conducted under
irrigation The altitude of the horticultural districts
on the coast varies from a few feet above sea-level to
400 or 500 feet above In the interior valleys the altitude
runs from 800 to 2,800 feet, and even to 3,300 feet,
above sea-level
Among the tree fruits grown in the province, the
apple holds preeminence, and especially is this true in
the arid and humid valleys of the interior, m which
many varieties of apples reach a degree of perfection
574 BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
not excelled elsewhere The interior valleys now
ship about 600 carloads of apples to prairie and
coast markets, and to Australia, China, Japan and
England Pears are largely planted, not only in the
intei lor, but also on the coast where they are relatively
more successful than are apples, the principal varieties
being Bartlett, Clairgeau, Anjou and Flemish Beauty.
Plums and prunes are also ot considerable commercial
importance, the Pond Seedling or Hunganan being
the principal plum, although the Italian prune is more
largely grown commercially than any other variety of
either plum or prune Peaches are practically confined
to the Lower Okanagan valley, and the Triumph,
Early Crawford, Yellow St John and Elberta are most
largely grown commercially. The total shipments
probably aggregate about 100 carloads Cherry trees
are planted throughout the province on a commercial
scale, the hardier sweet cherries, especially the Bing,
Lambert and Royal Anne throughout the interior,
while on the coast the Olivet and English Morello,
both preserving cherries, meet with particular success,
the growers obtaining an average of 11 cents a pound
for a period of years Not the least important among
the tree fruits are the crab-apples, particularly Trans-
cendent and Hyslop, grown most largely in the Okana-
gan Valley The Transcendent is thought to be the
most profitable apple for a period of years in the prov-
ince. Prairie markets have recognized the superiority
of the British Columbia crab-apple and are paying
prices extremely satisfactory to the fruit-grower. The
apricot is grown to some extent in the warmer interior
valleys Nut trees are being experimented with
throughout the province and indications are that some
varieties of walnuts will prove commercially profitable
on the coast
In small-fruits British Columbia has some areas,
especially those contiguous to the delta of the Fraser
River, that are preeminently adapted to the strawberry
and raspberry; the loganberry also flourishes in the
coast regions and is proving profitable Blackberries
are grown to some extent on the coast, as are
currants and gooseberries, although the latter are in-
clined to mildew, with the exception of the Oregon
Champion, a western variety now grown almost exclu-
sively The mteiior valleys, especially those having a
more humid climate, are growing straw beriies and rasp-
berries commercially to an increased extent Taken as a
whole, however, the acreage m small fruits is only a
small fraction of that devoted to tree fruits, and this is
quite likely to be the case indefinitely
Vegetable-growing is practised throughout the prov-
ince, the white potato, onions, tomatoes, cabbage,
and celery being the principal crops m the order named.
The potato is grown as a field crop in practically all
districts and the aveiage yield an acre in 1911 was 230
bushels British Columbia potatoes won the Stillwell
trophy at the National Land and Irngation Exposi-
tion, New York, 1911, which proves the general excel-
lence of the soil and climate of the province for the crop
The potato-beetle is unknown and blight is not usually
serious enough to warrant preventive measures Pota-
toes are shipped in comiwicial quantities to the Yukon,
to northern British Columbia, to the coast cities, to
the mining camps and to the prairie provinces The
acreage in 1911 was about 13,000 acres and this was
increased in 1912 The onions, of which the Yellow
Globe Danvers is grown m the Okanagan Valley to the
extent of about 100 carloads a year, are shipped to
coast and prairie markets The summer nights are too
cool for the tomato except in the arid interior valleys
where they are grown in large quantities both for ship-
ping fresh and for canning purposes Cabbage, celery
and other vegetables are grown on an extensive scale
commercially on suitable soils throughout the province,
notably at Armstrong.
The greenhouse business surrounding the cities of the
coast, has trebled m volume in three years, and openings
still remain for its extension throughout the province.
Bulb-culture is making progress m the district surround'
ing Victoria, and will become an important commercial
industry when labor becomes cheaper.
The regions are shown on the map (Fig. 663). Hor-
ticulturally British Columbia is as yet almost confined
to the southern part, and only the different areas so
included are here discussed
Districts Nos 1 and 2 on the map are distinctly
coastal in character The Japanese current tempers
the climate throughout the entire year so that zero
weather is very uncommon, and the summer tem-
perature very rarely reaches over 80°. Ihe humidity
is high almost throughout the year, and the annual
663. Horticultural Regions of British Columbia
precipitation (which is nearly always in the form of
ram) runs from 30 to 120 inches, the average in the
horticultural areas being around 55 inches This falls
largely m the winter months, and July and August are
often so very dry as to cause a loss from drought This
area has a remarkably long growing season Owing to
the coolness of the nights, tomatoes, corn, and the like
do not ripen Early apples do well, but winter apples
cannot be matured successfully Fungous diseases
also restrict apple-culture to a senous extent Pears,
however, do well, small-fruits do exceptionally well,
and preserving cherries are very piofitable District
No. 1, being the southeastern pait of Vancouver
Island, with an annual precipitation of about 40 inches,
is rather drier than the lower mainland district No
2, but this difference has no great influence on the
character of its products In these districts only a
small proportion of the land suitable is being made
to produce what it is capable of pioducing The local
markets still import considerable quantities of prod-
uce from California, Oregon and Washington.
a
u
X*
H
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRITISH NORTH AMERICA 575
The second great horticultural region of southern
British Columbia is the dry-belt. It lies just east of
the Cascade Mountains, is about 200 miles wide and
extend? northwest from the interior boundary about
250 mile-. In it are districts Nos 3, 5, 6 and 7 as indi-
cated on the map Its valleys lie at an elevation of 800 to
1,500 feet above sea-level. The annual precipitation
totals from 9 to 15 inches, distributed fairly evenly
throughout the months of the year The atmosphere is
dry and bracing. Sunshine is plentiful and in the sum-
mer months almost constant. 1 he winter extremes of
temperature are lower than on the coast, and the sum-
meis aie veiy much warmer. It is the groat apple-,
peach-, tomato- and potato-producing district of the
province, all of its products being grown under irrigation,
and mostlv marketed in carloads on the coast and in the
prairies Of its valleys, the Okanagan (No. 5) is the most
advanced and the largest shipper; Thompson River
(No 3) and the Kettle River (No 7) produce winter
apples and potatoes as their staple crop, while the
Sirnilkameen Valley (No. 6) produces principally
peaches ami winter apples
The third great horticultural region m British Col-
umbia may be called the semi-humid interior belt,
embracing districts Nos 4 and 8 Here irrigation for
most crops is not necessary, although for small fruits it
is desirable. The annual precipitation runs from 18 to
45 inches, a considerable portion of which falls as snow,
while June is a month of considerable rainfall The air
is more humid than in the dry-belt and extremes of
tempeiature of winter and summer are not so great
The humidity makes fungous diseases a problem and
spraying for apple-scab is necessary Unlike the dry-
belt, it is a timbered country, and the cost of land-
clearing offsets the cost of migation systems in the
former District No 4, m the water-shed of Shuswap
Lake, is as well advanced as the Okanagan Valley, the
principal shipments from Armstrong and Salmon Arm
being apples, potatoes, celery and cabbage District
No 8, the West Kootenay, has not thus far been a
shipping district, the local demand in the mining
camps of Rossland, Slocan and the Crow's Nest con-
suming more than the locality produces
The following tabular statement indicates the adap-
tabilities of the different regions:
District
Present greatest
production
Best commercial
plantings
1 Island
Strawberries, King and Olivet and English Mo-
Weal t h y apples, rello sour cherries.
pears, pli ms, and
King apple, Bartlett,
Italian prunes
(Mairgoau and
2. Lower main-
AIIJOU pears
land
Strawberries, raspber-
Strawberries, raspbei-
ries, plums and
nes, King apple, also
3 Thompson Riv
prunes
Various winter apples.
the above pears
Wealthy, Mclntosh,
Jonathan and Wag-
4. Shuswap Lake
oner apples
Section
Various winter apples
Jonathan, Wagener,
Spy and Grimes
apples
5. Okanagan Val
Various fall and winter
Hyslop and Transcen-
apples, pears, plums,
peaches and prunes.
dent crabs, Duchess,
Wealthy, Mclntosh,
Jonathan, Wagenor,
Y Newton, Spitzen-
berg, Northern Spy,
and Rome Beauty
apples
6. Simukameen . .
Peaches and winter
Jonathan, Wagener, Y
apples.
Newton, Spiteenberg,
Winemp, and Rome
Beauty apples
7. Kettle River...
Fall and winter apples.
Wealthy, Mclntosh,
Jonathan, Wagener,
Rome Beauty and
King apples
8. W. Kootenay..
Strawberries, fall and
winter apples, plums,
Mclntosh, Graven-
stem, Wagener, Jona-
prunes and pears.
than and Northern
Spy apples
The Dominion census of 1891 credited fruit with a
total of 6,500 acres By 1901 this had been increased
only to 7,500 acres, but in the decade just passed tree-
fruit-planting has had a tremendous impetus and the
acreage at the beginning of 1912 was thought to be
around 40,000 acres, of which 93 per cent is apples, 4
per cent pears, the remainder, plums, prunes, cherries,
apricots and peaches. The report of the provincial
statistician shows that in 1911 there were 15,454 acres
of vegetables, of which potatoes constitute some 13,000
acres, tomatoes and onions supplying the majority
of the balance Potatoes average 69 tons or 230
bushels to the acre, while other truck crops average
114 tons to the acre The value of the fruit and vege-
table products of 1911 was $5,084,241.
In floriculture and in landncape gardening, British
Columbia is only making the first steps. In the cities,
especially those of the coast, ther£ are many fine gar-
dens and estates, and the coast cities are developing
admirable park systems.
The exact records of the first fruit trees imported, it
has not been possible to obtain. It has been learned
that the Hudson Bay Company was instrumental m
bringing the seeds or seedling apples from California
to its forts Camosum and Langley sometime previous
to 1850 These old orchards are not now in existence.
Orchard-planting on the coast during the period 1850 to
18S5 was almost altogether of an experimental char-
acter, and nothing commercial was expected from it.
From that time, and especially after the formation of
the British Columbia Fruit-Growers' Association in
1890, experiments m commeicial orchaiding were
begun A'nong the first orchards in the interior coun-
try might be mentioned those of Thomas G Earl of
Lytton, that of Fred Gartrcll at Trout Creek, and
that, of Frank Richter at Keremeos Later on came
the planting of the Coldstream orchards owned by Lord
Aberdeen, under the supervision of John Craig, and
T W Stirling's orchard at Kelowna All of these
orchards are still m bearing and nave produced the
wonderful fruit that has done so much to stimulate
the large plantings that occurred between 1900 and
1912
The British Columbia Fruit-Growers' Association,
founded in 1890, has been in continuous activity since
that time, and has done a great deal to stimulate and
encourage the fruit industry and to secure governmental
aid and recognition for it With the British Columbia
Flint-Growers' Association are affiliated all the fruit-
shipping and educational fruit-growers' organizations
of the province
The provincial Department of Agriculture has done
very much to stimulate interest m the industry, and to
protect it from the invasion of insect pests The Hor-
ticultural Board, organized under the auspices of the
Department to study the problems connected with the
industry, and especially the control of pests, has through
its inspectors succeeded in keeping the piovmce free of
codlm-moth, San Jose" scale, Colorado potato-beetle,
plum curculio and many other insect pests which in-
crease the cost of production in other drstricts
Four years ago the Department organized the Hor-
ticultural Branch, which is devoted to supplying in-
formation on horticultural subjects to the many new
settlers embarking m the industry. The Horticultural
Branch maintains sufficient assistant horticulturists to
forward this work in the various districts It has
inaugurated a series of schools to teach fruit-packing,
publishes literature including a list of fruits recom-
mended for planting, and is generally at the service of
the fruit industry along these lines. The Department
has done much to make the possibilities of the province
known bv means of advertising and inspection work,
British Columbia having won the highest possible
awards from the Royal Horticultural Society in Lon-
don, England, against all the other colonies of the
576 BRITISH NORTH AMERICA
BRODI^A
Empire for six years in succession, fruit being every
year exhibited. There are no horticultural schools in
British Columbia, the nearest approach to these being
the short courses conducted by the Horticultural Branch
of the Department. Provision has. however, been made
for an agricultural college, which is now being put
under way, and in this institution ample provision will
be made for investigation and experiment as well as
education in horticulture. Rt M. WINSLOW.
BRlZA (ancient Greek name for a kind of grain,
probably rye). Graminex. QUAKING GRASS Annual or
perennial grasses, with open pailicles of handsome
spikclets, grown in gardens.
Spikelets several-nd , flat, trian-
gular or heait -shaped, glumes
strongly concave, these and the
lemmas usually horizontally spread-
ing— Species 12, in temperate
regions, 3 intro into the U. S.
These and one or two
others also cult for
ornament, the panicles
being suitable for
bouquets
A. Plants perennial.
media, Linn COM-
f MON QUAKING GRASS.
' Culms erect or decum-
bent at base, 1-2 ft ;
panic lo pyramidal,
many-fid , the branches
stiffly spreading; spike-
lets nodding, 3 lines
long, triangular-ovate.
AA. Plants annual.
maxima, Linn Fig. 664 One to 2
ft : panicle drooping, few-fld.; spike-
lets ovate, large, ^m long, 5 lines
broad, the pedicels slender, drooping.
G.M. 47 175 V 3.246.
minor, Linn. Four to 15 in . pani-
cle erect, many-fld , the branches
stiffly spreading, the branchlets
capillary, spreading, spikelet trian-
gular-ovate, 1 y% lines long — This
species is known to gardeners also as
B gracihs and B minima.
B. gemculAta, Thurb = Eragrostis obtusa,
Munro A. S HITCHCOCK.
BRIZOPYRUM: Demazena.
BROCCOLI: Cauliflower
BRODLEA (J J Brodie, a Scotch
botanist). Lihacex BRODIE A West
American cormous plants of low
growth, a few of which are now be-
coming popular in some parts of the
country for spring bloom
Flowers several on a scape' pedicels jointed: the
perianth mostly funnelform and non-saccate, not con-
tracted in the throat, ranging from purple to red, white
and yellow, stamens 6, 3 of them sometimes reduced to
etaminodia Ivs all radical, narrow, usuajly few, some-
times evanescent. Monographers include under Bro-
diaea a number of genera erected by other authors,
as Hookera, Triteleia, Milla, Calliprora, Ilesperoscor-
dum. (The oldest generic name of the group thus con-
stituted is Hookera, but Brodiaea (s one of the "nomina
conservanda" of the Vienna code, retained because of
its general use in the 50 years following its publication
and since). For horticultural purposes, it is better and
more convenient to merge all into Brodiaea. In this
broad sense Brodiaa includes about 30 species, which
must be divided into several groups. Monogr. by
Baker, in G.C. III. 20, pp. 213, 238, 459; also Watson,
Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 14.236. Closely
related genera are Bloomena, Brevoortia and Stro-
phohrion
The brodieas are valuable for naturalizing in Cali-
fornia and the West, as they can be grown very easily.
In colder climates they are worthy a trial for the same
purposes but probably better for specimen-beds or the
coldframe for cutting. They bloom during May, June
and early July. B. capitala is the earliest to flower.
The flowers are very lasting and beautiful for cutting.
Unless planted in large numbers they are of little value
for color-massing in beds, but most beautiful and dainty
when planted in rockwork or with delicate plants
such as ferns, heucheras, or columbines. While there is
room for much variation in the treatment of the dif-
ferent species, several growing well in very wet soils
while others can be grown even in rock fissures or grit,
it will be found that the following general treatment
will bring success
On the Pacific slope, brodieas will grow well and can
be naturalized in any soil or situation except in heavy
shades or generally wet places or in heavily manured or
much-watered soils When the soil is somewhat sandy
or gritty, or has been' lightened with road grit, spent
tan-bark, leaf-mold or any light material, they will
usually| thrive be&t It is questionable whether they
are quite hardy east of the Rockies and north of Vir-
ginia The soil should be well drained, and a winter
covering of leaves should be given. Plant in the fall
before the ground is frozen up, from 2 to 3 inches apart
and not deeper than 2j/£ inches, water sparingly, and
ripen well after flowering It is unnecessary to lift the
bulbe in the summer on the Pacific slope but probably
advisable east of the Rockies, unless they are kept dry
in summer by placing glabh over them
All brodieas grow readily from seeds, but it requncs
several years to flower them. Many species produce
offsets which, if detached, soon flower If potted early
and placed in coldframes, they can be forced gently
In the following taxonomy, the species have been
thrown into four more or less marked horticultural
groups.
664 Briza
maxima. (X1A)
alba, 21
Bndgesu, 8
cahformca, 12.
Candida, 6
capitata, 21
congesta, 19
DouKlasn, 22
erecta, 1
filifoha, 17.
gracilis, 4
INDEX.
Krandi flora, 11
Bendersonii, 9.
Howellu, 23
hyacmthma, 2, 2
ixioides, 1
lactca, 3
laxa, 5
lilacina, 3, 23.
major, 3
minor, 1, 13
multi flora, 20
Orcuttu, 16
Palmen, 24
parviflora, 20.
pedunoulans, 7.
Punlyi, 18
row, 15
splendcns, 1.
stHlana, 14
terrestm, 10.
Group 1 — In this group, which contains some of the
best species in cultivation, the plants have a fibrous-
coated flattened corm, resembling that of the crocus;
not usually bulbiferous The Ivs arc few, all radical
and grass-like, scapes slender but stiffly erect, naked
except for bracts below the many-fld umbel ; fls usually
broadly tubular, borne on slender pedicels, in purples,
white and yellow; anther-bearing stamens 6 All are
hardy, but a protection of straw or Ivs is advisable m
the colder regions A light, loose, well-drained, sandy or
loamy soil best meets their needs, and an excess of
moisture and very rich soils are to be avoided.
A Segms. equaling or exceeding the penanth-tube.
1 ixioldes, Wats. Dwarf, 3 in to 2 ft. : Ivs. linear,
fleshy: fls. few to many, on pedicels 1-4 in. long, in
shades of yellow and often purple-tinged, 1 in. or less
long; filaments winged, 2-toothed above S. Calif, to
Ore. B.R 1590. B.M 3588 (as Cnlhprora lutea).
G C. III. 20 • 459 —Many handsome varieties The best
is var. splSndens, Hort , with large, bright yellow fls .
BRODI^A
BRODI^A
577
the limb wheel-shaped. Var. minor, Hort. Dwarf: fls.
S;llow, with dark band and blue anthers. Var. ere"cta',
ort. Dwarf
2. hyacinthlna, Bailey (Tntelda hyacinthlna, Greene)
From 1-2 ft.. Ivs linear, fls. 10-30, 1 in. or less long,
milky white or purplish. Calif. — Perhaps this and B
laclea are forms of one species.
3. lactea, Wats. (B hyacinthlna var. Idctea, Baker).
In the type, has the habit of B laxa, but the fls have a
short tube with a rotate corolla, and are white, with
green inidvem, filaments deltoid. Calif, to Brit. Col , in
many forms Watson combines the Kesperoscordum
lacteum and H hyacinthinum of Lindlcy, B R 1639,
into this species B. lactea, thereby not recognizing a
B. hyacinthlna Baker, however, unites the B lactea
form with B hyacinthlna, describing var laclea as "more
slender than the type, with white fls. and longer pedi-
cels " G C III 20 459 —Var lilacina, Wats , is much
stronger, very bulbiferous, grows in wet, heavy soils,
and has a larger ft , which is usually lilac-colored. Var.
major, Purdy. Like var lilacina, but fls white
4 gracilis, Wats A tiny species, with small yellow
fls scape 2-i in and purplish If 1 fls J^n long, on
pedicels of equal or greater length,* filaments elongated
and very slender S Ore
AA Segms shorter than the tube.
5 laxa, Wats Strong plant, 1-2 ft Ivs linear fls
many, broadly ^tubular, purple, tube very narrow, and
exceeding the segms , filaments very slender, stamens
in 2 rows N Calif B R 1(585 (a* Tnldeia laxa).
G C III 20 241 —Showy, and one of the best There
are many variations
C Candida, Baker (Tntelda cdndida, Greene) Much
like B laxa in character of bloom, but fls only 6-10,
and segrns white or bluish with a green vein, and the
fls set at an angle on the pedicel, so that the} all face
one way: further distinguished by early flo\vermg and
the very broad and glossy, scarcely carmate Ivs Calif
7 peduncularis, Wats (Tnteleia (>f<l unculans,
Lmdl ) Still stouter (1-2 it ), v\ith smaller and fewer
whit? fls on pedicels a few inches to a foot long; fila-
ments short or none N Calif. G C III 20 243 —
This species grows in wet, heavy ground close to water,
and is very conniferous
8 Bridgesii, Wats Fig 665. Similar to B laxa,
but stamens in one row. corolla with a spreading
limb and sub-cylindrical tube, and color reddish purple,
filaments deltoid Cent Calif G F 1 126 (adapted in
Fig 665). — Grows a foot or more high.
9 H^ndersonh, Wats. Resembles B Bndgesir yel-
low, banded purple filaments somewhat winged, but
not deltoid small-fid S W. Ore.
Group 2 — Corm not flattened, bearing many strong
offsets, the coating haity and reddish TVS linear and
grassy scapes stiff, few-lid , fls large, of a thick, waxy
opaque texture, funnelform (except B Purdyi), very
lasting, usually purple, in an open umbel, perfect
anthers 3 These brodieas arc native to a heavy soil, in
rather moist situations, and are hardy. They will thrive
under conditions recommended for Group 1. (Hookera).
A. Fls. funnelform, with a prominent tube.
B. Scape not rising above ground.
10 terrlstris, Kellogg (// terrestns, Brit & Greene).
Scape short or practically none, the umbel sitting on
the earth' Ivs nearly terete, fls. %-l in long, stami-
nodia emarginate, yellowish, anthers sagittate-oblong.
Cent. Calif., along the coast.
BB. Scape evident.
c. Siaminodia as long as anthers, or longer.
11. grandifldra, Smith (H. coronaria, Salisb.). Scape
4-10 in. high: Ivs. nearly terete, dying before the fl.-st.
37
appears: fls 3-10, bright blue, of good size (1 in or more
long), segms. longer than tube, very lasting, staminc-
dia obtuse; anthers linear Calif, to Brit. Col B.R.
1183. B.M 2877. GC III 20.213.
12 califo'rnica, Lmdl (H calif 6rnica, Greene).
Much like B. grandijlara scape longer (12-30 in ); fls.
10-25, 1^-2 in long, rose to deep purple, stammodia
linear and cuspidate N Calif G C III 20 215.—
"The finest species for garden purposes," according to
Baker.
13 minor, Wats (H minor, Greene). Much like a
small B grandijlora scape very slender, 3-6 in ; fls.
2 6 and only J^-l in long, stammodia broad and
usually emarginate, anthers oblong Calif to Ore.
14 stellaris, Wats. (//. stellans, Greene). Low:
scape with long pedi-
cels and 3-6 bright
purple fls , with
white centers Ivs
nearly terete anth-
ers winged behind'
stammodia white,
longer than the
stamens, emargi-
nate. N Calif GC
III 20:213— Very
pretty.
15. rdsea, Baker
(H ibxea, Greene).
About 3-6 in Ivs
nearly terete • fls.
5-8, under 1 in long,
rose-red, filaments
dilated, stammodia
white, obtuse and
entire, longer than
the anthers N Calif
G C III 20 213 —
A pretty species
cc Stammodia
markedly shorter
than anthers
16. 6rcuttii, Bailey
(H Orcuttn, Greene).
Plant rather stout,
a foot or more high :
Ivs linear, flat or
nearly so. fls. 5-15,
less than an inch
long, short - tubed,
lilac, stammodia a small triangular scale, or none
Calif G C III 20 215
17 filifdlia, Wats (// fihfdlia, Greene) From
6-12 in • Ivs. slightly flattened, fls. 3-6, %in or less
long, dark-colored; stammodia triangular, twice shorter
than the anthers S Calif
AA Fb> short and flanng.
18 Purdyi, Eastw Different from others in having $
short-tubed fl with broadly spreading, decimate segms.,
the throat constricted. Cent Calif , in Sierras.
Group 3 — Corm long and cormiferous Ivs grassy:
scape tall, slender and flcxuous, fls small, in close,
head-like umbels, the separate fls waxy and narrowly
tubular; perfect anthers 3, except in B capitata. These
species thrive in a loose, perfectly drained, loamy soil,
with some humus Hardy The species are not readily
distinguished All are from Cent. Calif, to Wash.
Known as California hyacinths.
A. Anthers 8.
19 congesta, Smith T«ll (2-3 ft ), with a globular
head of purple fls : Ivs. somewhat terete, perishing:
fls 6-12. sessile or nearly so, ?;£m. long; filaments 0;
665. Brodiaea Bridgesii. (plant XH)
S.
578
BRODI^EA
BROMUS
ataminodia parple. 2-toothed. Calif, to Wash. G.C. III.
20.213 — Blooms late
20 multifldra, Benth. (JB. pannftora, Torr. & Gray).
Similar to B. congexta fls. 6-20 sessile or short-stalked,
imbellate, %m. long, blue; stainmodia lanceolate,
entire. Calif., Ore , Utah. B M. 5989.
AA Anthers 6.
21. capitata, Benth. (Milla capitdta, Baker. Ihchelo-
stemrna cafnlata, Wood). Lower (1-2 ft ) Ivs narrow-
linear, perishing: fls many, in a capitate umbel, %in or
less long, lilac (a var alba), three inner anthers winged.
Calif , Utah, New Mex B.M. 5912. G C III. 20.238
— Early blooming.
Group 4 — Conn as in Group 1 . fls many, in a dense,
or at least a close, umbel, the tube about as long as
the segms. ; good
anthers 6.
A Fls essentially
capitate.
22 Dofcglasii,
Wats (Tntele\a
grandiflbra, Lindl.
Milla grandijlora,
Baker). Lvs linear:
scape 1K-2 ft ; fls.
few, in a close um-
bel, saccate as in
Brevoorlia coccmea,
blue; segms. as long
as the tube, the
inner ones wavy;
filaments winged.
Ore and Wash. B.
M. 6907.
23. H6wellii,
Wats. (Tntele\a
Hdwelhi, Greene).
Fls. bell - shaped,
white, differs from
B. Douglasii in
smaller fls , and
segms. not more
than half so long as
tube Wash BM.
6989.
Var. lilacinat
Hort One of the
handsomest of all
brodicas, and a
good grower, fls.
porcelain-blue, sug-
gestive ofBrevoortia
coccmea Wash. G.
C III 19 767; 20:
239 Gn 46 502 —
Large and strong.
AA Fls. in a close but rather free umbel, the pedicels
usually larger than the perianth.
24 Palmeri, Wats. Fig 666 Lvs firm and linear:
fls. many, ^m long, the segms about as long as tube,
blue. S. Calif. G F. 2.245 (adapted in Fig 666).
B coccfnm, Wats =Brevoortia— B crocea, Wats 1ft or more-
fla 6-15, yellow N Calif — B insulans, Greene Like B capitata,
but more robust and larger-fid Islands off Calif — B Ummonse,
Wats 1 ft fls. small, deep orange N Ariz.— B lepldndra, Baker.
1ft or less fls 2, purple Calif — B hlAona Baker lit or less,
fls 10-15, lilac-purple Calif —B lugens, Baker Like B ixioides,
but fls saffron-color within and brown-black on tube and ribs.
Calif —B pult h ella, Greene Probably the same as B congesta —
B. scdbra. Baker Like B ixioides, but scabrous fls bright yellow.
Calif— 9 voliibilu, Baker=Strophohnon
CARL PURDY and L. H. B.
BROMELIA (Bromel, a Swedish botanist) Brome-
lidceae. Hothouse plants, grown for the stiff form and
clusters of flowers.
666. Brodtea Palraeri (plant X M)
About two dozen species ot Trop. American herbs,
with stiff, pineapple-like Ivs , and fls in heads or pani-
cles, corolla 3-parted; calyx of 3 ovate-oblong sepals.
Differs from Billbergia and Ananas in technical char-
acters, particularly in the deeper-cut calyx Less popu-
lar as stove plants than yEcnmea and Billbergia B.
bracteata and B. macrodonies of trade-lists belong to
Ananas. Culture as for Billbergia, which see. Monogr.
by Mez, m De Candolle's Monogr. Phaner. 9.
Pmguin, Linn PINGUIN of Jamaica. WILD PIMP
Three to 4 ft high* Ivs broad-toothed and spiny,
bright green, but becoming pink and red with age fls
reddish, pubescent, in a dense panicle, \\ith a mealv
rachis, the sepals acute fr as large as plums, acia
W. Indies — Makes* a good hedge in tropical countries,
and the Ir yieldb a cooling juiee
Bindtii, Morr Panicle lax, sepals rounded at the top:
habit open and spreading Buuil
B longifbha, Rudfr<>=Streptoc ilv\ - B tricolor, Sanders Lvs
14-2 ft Ions, 1 l2-2 in wi.lo, the w i\ y m irgiiih creamy y. How
except at the rose-red base, the central portion a glossy green
G.C III 432bl j^ jj p
GEORGE V. NASH f
BROMHEADIA (Sir Edward F. Biomhead, English
naturalist). Orchidacrx Stove orchids, terrestrial or
epiphytic, non-bulbous, little known in cult , compris-
ing two species from the Kast Tndian-Mala>an region.
Leaves distichous, rigid, often fleshy fls showy,
white and orange, the paits narrow and pointed, lip
3-lobed, narrow. Prop by division or offsets after
flowering B. Finlaysomana, Reichb (B palu^tns,
Lindl (irammatophi/lluni Finlayionitlnurn, Lindl ).
Hoot of stout and fleshy hbeis st 3-8 it , with sheath-
ing scales below and a few oblong thick or fleshy Iva.
at the middle arid elongated scaly peduncle at the top*
fls white, fragrant, the parts I}*? m hmg, oblong-
acuminate and nearly equal, spreading, lip oblong,
3-lobed, white outside and purple-lined inside, the
middle lobe rounded and yellow at center B.M. 4001.
BROMPTON STOCK: Matthiola
BROMUS (ancient Greek name for the oat). Gro-
minese BROMK-GRASS. Annual or perennial grasses
with large, usually awned spikelcts in panicles.
Spikelets several-fid ; lemmas convex or keeled, 5-9-
nerved, usually 2-toothed at apex and awned from
between the teeth, sometimes awn less, the awn usually
straight. — Species about 100, mostly in the north tem-
perate zone
The genus contains a few forage grasses and several
annual species that have been mtro into the U. S ,
especially on the Pacific coast, where they have become
troublesome weeds. Among the weedy annual species
may be mentioned B secahnus, Lmn , chess or cheat,
with smooth sheaths, drooping panicles of ovate short-
awned spikelets, the lemmas convex and smooth, B.
comrnutatus, Schrad , resembling the preceding but the
sheaths hairy; B. molhs, Linn. Resembles chess, from
which it differs by its hairiness and more erect panicle;
B. villosus, Forsk., with large few-fld. spikclets, the
awns about 2 in. long; B. tectorum, Linn , delicate,
slender spikelets m drooping panicles the awns 6-7
lines long; B rubens, Lmn., with erect compact pan-
icles of purple spikelets, the awn 9-11 lines Ion}?
The last 3 are especially abundant in Calif. Cheat is
used for hay in Ore.
A. Plants perennial, producing rootstocks.
inermis, Leyss AWNLESS BROME-GRASS Erect, 2-4
ft. panicle narrow, the branches ascending or spreading
in fl ; spikelcts about 1 in , the lemmas mucronate or
short-awned Intro, from Ku Gn 25, p. 429 Dept.
of Agnc , Div. of Agrost , 7 298 — Used as a pasture
and meadow grass in the northwestern states. Espe-
cially valuable m semi-arid regions
BROMUS
BROUSSONETIA
579
AA. Plants annual or
biennial.
B. Spikclets awnleiss or
nearly so.
brizaeftfrmis, Fisch. &
Mey. One to 2 ft.: panicle
2-6 in , one-sided, nodding;
spikelets oblong - ovate,
stiongly flattened, as much
as 1 in long, 5 lines wide.
Ku Dept of Agnc , Div.
of Agrost , 7 298 —A hand-
some ornamental
uniololdes, II B K. (B.
S(//nMm, Kunth) Fig 607.
RESCUE-GRASS SCHKADFR'S
BUOMK-GRASS Two to 3
ft sheaths pilose, blades
naiiow, scabious panicle
erect, open or narrow, the
blanches ascending, spike-
lets 1 in long, compressed,
the lemmas keeled, strongly
nerved, acuminate, gla-
brous or scabrous Andes.
Dept of Agnc , Div of
Agrost , 7 200, ibid, Circ.
26. 1 — Grown in the south-
ern states as a foiage glass.
nn. Spikelctb long-awned
macr6stachys, Linn One
to 2 ft panule nanow,
compact, consisting ot a few
large spikes ^4-! in long,
awns spreading or reeui ved,
^2in long Ku — Sometimes
cult tor ornament
madritensis, Ltnn Fig
668 One to 2 ft , tufted
panicle erect, 2- 1 in , ob-
long-ovoid, contracted,
glumes and lemmas nar-
row, the latter 7-() lines
long, a\vn stiaight 01 some-
what curved, 8-11 lines
long, Ku — Sometimes cult
for oinament.
B. pratf/nn— Festuca elatior
A S HITCHCOCK
BROOM: fi/tisus and Genista
667 Bromus umoloides.
(X4)
BROOM-CORN. Brooms are made of the rays or
peduncles of the flower-cluster of Andropogon Sorghum
(Sorghum vidqure), the species which in other forms is
known as sorghum, kafir, and Guinea corn For culti-
vation of bioom-corn, see Cyclo. Amer. Agnc , II, 216.
BR<5 SIMUM (Greek, edibk). Moracex. A genus of
8 species of large trees of Trop. Amer , yielding edible
fr fls monoecious, or rarely dioecious, inside 01 on the
outside of a fig-like receptacle B Ahcdslium, Swartz,
is the bread-nut of Jamaica, but it is not grown within
the U S , except m most of the botanic gardens It
bears round yellow fr , about an inch in diam , con-
taining a single large seed, which is edible after
roasting The tree has shining lance-elliptic entire Ivs.
Prop, by cuttings of joung wood m a bell-jar with
bottom heat.
BROUGHTONIA (named in honor of an English
botanist, Arthui Broughton) Orctudacese. Epiphytic
orchids, requiring stove conditions
Pseudobulbs, 1- or 2-l\d, ovoid or globose: mfl.
terminal, simple or somewhat blanched, sepals and
petals similar, somewhat spreading, the latter a little
the broader, lip sessile on the base of the column or
sometimes a little adnate, lateral lobes inclosing the
column, middle lobe spreading, ovary extended into a
long cavity, polhna 1, waxy — A West Indian genus of
2 or 3 species. Sometimes united with Epidendrum
sangumea, R Br. Pseudobulbs up to 2 in. long,
2-lvd . Ivs. 2-4 in long, leathery, linear-oblong racemes
of 5-10 fls, about \l/i in across and of a crimson-purple,
sepals lanceolate, acute, petals oval-oblong, lip nearly
orbicular, denticulate on the margin Jamaica B M
3076, 3536 (as B comma) GKORC.E V NASH
BROUSSONfcTIA (after T N V. Broussonet, a
Fiench naturalist) Marace* Ornamental trees or
shrubs, giown chiefly for their large handsome foliage.
Leaves alternate, petioled, senate, undivided or
lobed* fls. dioecious, apotalous, the st animate m cylin-
drical, nodding catkins, with 4-parted ealv x and 4 sta-
mens, the pistillate in globulai heads with a tubular
perianth including the stalked ovary, stigma filiform.
collective fr., a dense globose head consisting of the
persistent perianths arid bracts with numerous small
1 -seeded drupelets protruding at matunty and orange
red — Three species m E Asia, and there often cult ,
the bark bemg used for papei -making.
These are deciduous tiees with wide-spieading
branches, under culture often shrubby, with lather
inconspicuous gieemsh white floweis B papynjcra,
the hardier of the two species in cultivation, is faiily
hardy as far as noith New \ork It is usually a small
tree with a rathei low wide-spreading head and maybe
used m cities m situat ions in which small shade trees
are wanted, as it stands heat and dust well It is not
particular as to the soil
Propagation is by seeds, sown after niatimty or m
spring, by greenwood cuttings under glass, or by cut-
tings of ripened wood, kept in colder climates during
the winter in the greenhouse, also by root-cuttings with
slight bottom he.it and layeis The \arieties aie also
sometimes budded in summei or grafted in early spring
on the roots of the tvpe in the greenhouse Known as
paper mulbernes
papyrifera, Vent (Morus papyrifcra, Linn.) Tree,
30-50 ft , with thifk, pubescent branches Ivs long-
petioled, usually coi date-ovate, acuminate, coarsely
dentate, often deeply lobed, especially on younger
plants, rough above, pubescent beneath, 3-8 in. long.
fr -heads ^4111 across, red May.
China, Japan B M 2358. S 1 F.
1 38 Var cucullata, Ser (B
naviculdrw, Lodd ) Lvs small,
concave and curled upwaid. G
\V 6601 Var lacmiata, Ser
(var dissMn, Hort , var Bd-
tdidu. Ilemsl ) Lvs finely dis-
sected into very naiiow lobes,
often reduced to the nerves and
only at the end with a small
lanceolate or o vat e-lanceolate 1ft.
RH 1878, pp 37 i, 375. Gn.
15, p 53. — Very distinct form,
low and shiubby, more tender
than the type. Var macrophylla,
Ser Lvs. large, usually un-
divided Var leucocarpa, Audib.
Fr. white.
Kazin&ki, Sieb. (7*
Blume. B. Katmpfin, Hort.).
Branches slender, glabrous at
length' Ivs short-pet loled, ovate
or ovate-oblong, nearly glabrous,
only somewhat rough above, |f
entire or 2-3-lobed, 2-8 in long. $$3. Bromus madritenntK
fr.-head less than J^m. diam. (Xtf)
580
BROUSSONETIA
China, Japan. I. T 2:45 — This species is more tender
than the former. It is cult, sometimes as B. Kaempfen,
while the true B. Kaempfen, Sieb , with the Ivs. resem-
bling in shape those of B. Kazinoki, but much smaller
and pubescent, and with very small fr.-heads, seems not
be in cult. ALFRED REHDER.
BROWALLIA (after John Browall, Bishop of Abo,
Sweden). Solanacex Mostly blue-flowered greenhouse
and garden herbs.
A genus of about 6 S. American annuals, with abun-
dant blue, violet or white fls. which arc solitary and
axillary, or in more or less 1-sided racemes; corolla-
tube 15-nerved, straight, which distinguishes it from
Streptosolen, in which the corolla is twisted
The seeds may be sown in the open border, but for the
sake of the earlier bloom it is better to start them
indoors in early spring and transplant into the open
about May 15, where they will bloom profusely all
through our hot, dry summers, and until frost They
can be grown in poorer soil than most half-hardy
annuals, and make excellent bedding-plants They are
also used for winter decoration, the seeds being sown in
midsummer, earlier or later according to the size of the
specimens desired They should be placed near the
glass and frequently stopped, in order to produce com-
pact plants Large specimens are excellent for cutting,
aud small potted plants should be grown more com-
monly by florists for home decoration at Christmas It
is even possible to lift flowering plants from the open
before the first frost of autumn and pot them for con-
669 Browallia specie sa, and a flower (at e) of B. demissa. ( X Vft
eervatory decoration, although the flowers are likely to
become successively smaller Blue flowers are rare in
winter, and browalhas are especially desirable for their
profuse bloom all through winter and early spring The
flowers are. however, likely to fade, especially the pur-
ple ones. In pots under trees, B speciosa makes an
excellent summer plant.
BROWNEA
In the names of the early species, Linnaeus com-
memorated the course of his acquaintanceship with
Browall' elata, reflecting the exalted character of their
early intimacy; demissa, its rupture; and ahenata, the
permanent estrangement of the two men.
A. Corolla-segms. long, acute or acuminate: corotta-lube
at least 1 in. long.
specidsa, Hook. Fig 669 Lvs sometimes opposite,
sometimes alternate' fls much larger than in B grandi-
flora, all solitary, axillary, peduncle shorter than the Ivs.;
corolla-tube thrice as long as the calyx, and abruptly
swollen at the top beneath the limb, limb of 5 ovate,
striated, dark purple segms , pale lilac beneath. Colom-
bia B M 4339 P M 16 290 —There are blue-, violet-
and white-fld varieties. Var major, Hort , has violet
fls 2 in. across R B 20.240 B. gigantea, Hort , is a
florists' variety, with very deep blue fls and long-bloom-
ing habit. Intro, into American trade m 1899
A A. Corolla-segms. short, 2-lobed or notched, corolla %in.
long or less.
B. Upper Ivs. not stalked fls all in loose racemes, calyx
not hairy.
grandifldra, Giaham (B Roezlu, Hort ). St. and Ivs.
glabious, or in the upper part of the plant minutely
clammv-puberulent Ivs ovate, the lower petioled:
calyx-teeth oblong, somewhat obtuse, equal, scarcely
shorter than the tube, spreading corolla \vhite or pale
blue, the limb \\ider than in B flcmissa Peiu B M.
3069 — In B Roezlu, said to be fiom the Rocky Mts ,
some fls. are white, some pale blue The name is un-
known in N. American botanical literature No dark
blue or violet-colored forms are advertised
BB. Upper Ivs stalked /7s solitary and axillary
below, racemose above.
c. Calyx hairy.
demissa, Linn (B data, Linn ) Fig 669. St and
Ivs. pubescent or glabrous Ivs ovate, with longer
stalks than in B grandi flora calvx-teeth acute, unequal,
much shorter than the corolla-tube The Ivs are varia-
ble, cuneate, rotund, or rarely cordate S Amer. B.M.
34, 1136. The following are now referred to the above:
B amcncana, B. elata, B elongata, B. nervosa This
species is the commonest, and is usually known as B.
elata. Blue, violet, white and dwarf forms are cult.
cc. Calyx sticky or clammy.
viscdsa, HBK (B pulchella and B Czermakowskidna,
Hort ). Plant viscous-pubescent. Ivs short-pet loled,
ovate, rough-hairy on both sides' pedicels a little
shorter than the calyx calyx-teeth very clammy,
oblong, shorter than the corolla-tube. The Ivs are
similar to B demivsa, but the habit is stiffer and the
fls more numerous The calyx-teeth spread less than
in B qrandi flora S Arner
B nmincAnn, I inn , is considered by some a separate species
from the above1, but m Germany, where most seeds of annual fls arc
grown, it H used by Siebert & Vo^s (in Vilmonn's Bluinengnrtnerei)
to include B demissa, B elata and other forms — B JAmesonii,
Benth =Streptoiolon Jamesona — B pulchttla, Hort , is hkcly to
be either B grandirlora or B v18cosa WlLHELM MlLLER.
N TAYLOR f
BROWNEA (Patrick Browne wrote a history of
Jamaica) Sometimes written Brownxa. (Hermesias,
Loefl ). Legumindsje A group of 10 small evergreen
trees of Trop Amer., allied to Amherstia and Bauhima
but little known in the American trade. Lvs. alternate
and pinnate fls showy, red, in dense terminal or axil-
lary clusters Cult, in hothouses B. Ariza, Benth.
(B. pnnceps, Lmd.) has drooping heads of scarlet fls.
I.H. 42:38. B. grfindiceps, Jacq Fig 670. Fls.
red, in capitate spikes Ifts about 12 pairs, lance-oblong.
S Amer. B.M. 4859. GM.31:115. B. Rdsa-de-M6nte,
Berger. Fls scarlet, m dense heads. Ifts. 2-3 pairs,
oval, acuminate. S. Amer. N. TAYLOR, f
BRUCKENTHALIA
BRUCKENTHALIA (after S. von Bruckenthal, an
Austrian nobleman). Ericaceae. Ornamental shrub,
chiefly grown for its profusely produced small spikes
BRUNFELSIA
581
of pink flowers
Lea
670 Brownea grandiceps (Xl-12)
Leaves linear, whorlcd* fls. in short racemes; calyx
campanulate, 4-lobed; corolla campanulate with 4
triangular lobes;
stamens 8, included,
connate at the
base, disk rudi-
mentary, caps sub-
globose, 4 - celled,
loculicid, many-
seeded — One
species in S. E Eu.
and Asia Minor.
Very closely related
to Erica, but differs
chiefly in the calyx
being lobed only to
the middle, not 4-
parted, in the rudi-
mentary disk and
the connate sta-
mens.
This is a low
evergreen , heath-
like shrub forming
laige tufts, with
needle-shaped small
leaves and small
rosy pink nodding
flowers m short
teiinmal racemes,
produced in great
profusion Peifettly
hardy North and requiring the same treatment as
hardy ericas, a pretty little plant for rockeries Propa-
gation is usually by seeds \\hich aie fieelv produced
in cultivation and treated like-those of erica, also by
cuttings
spiculifdlia, Heichb (Erica ^piculifbha , Sahsb R.
spicultjlvxi, Benth ) Tufted sin lib, 5-8 in high Ivs.
about Jbin long fls } sin long, anthers obtuse, 2-lobcd
at the apex, style exscrted. June, July B M 8148.
ALFRED REEDER.
BRUGMANSIA Datura
BRUNIJLLA (probably fiom old German breune or
braunc, quinsy, which it was thought to cure) Often
written Prunella, which was the spelling used by Lin-
naeus Hnmdla is pre-Lmmran. Labiatsc Low-grow-
ing hardy herbaceous perennials
Flowers usually violet or purple, produced all summer
on heads an inch or more high or m bracted spikes;
calyx reticulate about 10-nerved and 2-hpped, which
distinguishes it fiom the closely related Physostegia, in
which the calyx is almost regular
They aie best suited for the rockery and slightly
shaded parts of the border, succeeding in almost any
soil that is not excessively dry.
vulgaris, Linn SKLF-HKAL HEAL-ALL. Lvs. ovate-
oblong, entire or toothed, usually pubescent: corolla
violet or purple, rarely white, >fc-^4in. long, not twice
as long as the purplish calyx Amer , Eu , Asia. — One
of the most cosmopolitan of all plants, being too com-
mon in the wild to be cult A form with variegated
Ivs. is raiely found wild Heib considered astringent
and vulnerary. Var. laciniata, Hort., not Linn. Lvs.
much cut and torn: fls. as in the type.
grandifldra, Jacq (R. pyrendica, Philhpe) Lvs.
often toothed, especially at the base* corolla over 1 in.
long, more than twice as long as the calyx. Eu. B M.
337. — Perhaps the best of the garden kinds. Var. alba,
Hort. Fls pure white.
Webbiana, Hort. Lvs shorter than in R. grandiflora,
and not so pointed: fla. very freely produced, more than
twice as long as the calyx, bright purple. June-Sept.
N. TAYLOK t
BRUNF^LSIA (Otto Brunfels, physician and bot-
anist of the sixteenth century) Franciscea Solandcex,
Trees and shrubs, a few of which are grown m warm
glasshouses.
Leaves entire, oblong, often shining* fls m terminal
cymes or clusters, or solitary, large and showy, some-
times fragrant; corolla with 5 rounded and nearly
equal spreading lobes (or 2 of them a little more united) ,
stamens 4, in the throat of the corolla, the anthers all
alike: fr. berry-like — Species above 20, in Cent and
S Amer and W. Indies
Brunfelsias are usually winter-flowering plants. The
wood must be well ripened befojv flowering begins.
Grow m a rich open compost, and feed liberally when
well rooted They need a night temperature of 50* They
bloom best when pot-bound Propagated by cuttings
from the new giowth in spring, or from pieces of the
ripe wood in autumn inserted in very sandy soil and
peat and kept close and shaded until rooted The
plants are of easy culture when the simple require-
ments are understood Under glass, the bloom begins
usually in October and November They arc showy
open-air plants in Florida and southern California
A Fls violet or bluish, sometimes fading to white
calycina, Benth (Franciscea calyclna, Hook F.
jxiuciflbra, Benth F conferhflbra, Mooie Bedena
inodbra, Vellozi) Habit erect or spreading, branching
freely from the base upwards Ivs shortly petiolate,
numerous, glabious or nearly so, 3-4 m long, elliptic
or elliptic-ovate, acute, rich dark livid green above,
pale green below fls rich dark purple in dense terminal
or axillary cymes, pedicels an inch long, limb s-alver-
shaped, with slightly wavy margins, calyx %~l m-
long, tubular, light green Brazil B M 4583 — Ex-
tremely variable in the size of the fls and Ivs Some of
the most distinct forms have been described as species
by various botanists All have fls of some bhade of
purple and are here included as varieties The follow-
ing are well-marked forms in cult .
Var. eximia (Frantfxcea cxinna, Scheidw ). A fine
tree-flowering variety intermediate in size between the
type and var macrantha and characterized by the long
slender slightly curved and hairy calyx, which is about
\Y± in long, fls rich purple on first-opening, but soon
fading to almost pure white, about 1 }*> in diam ; calyx
rather long for the genus, tube extending to three-
fourths its length whole plant slightly downy. B M.
4790 F.S. 10 • 1037.
Var. floribtinda (R flonbtinda, Hort.). A dwarf
floriferous shrub of free-branching habit and glabrous
m all parts. Ivs 2-4 in. long, elliptic, rich dark livid
green color, glabious, and prominently veined on the
under sides* fls rich violet, \vith small white eye, limb
flat or nearly so, calyx 5^m long, elliptic in outline;
pedicels stout, } 2m long —Largely grown by European
nurserymen in recent years. A pretty and desirable
form, as it flowers rather early m the year without
any extra heat.
Var. macrfintha (R. macrdntha, Lem. R. grandi-
flbra, Don. R Lmdcmana, Nichols ). Fig 671 A
magnificent form of strong and vigorous habit, with
rich dark green Ivs often as much as 8 in long and 2J<£
in broad, glabrous or neaily so m all parts, except the
upper part of the corolla-tube fls in dense axillary or
terminal cymes m the axils of all the upper Ivs., rich
deep purple in color, with prominent img of lavender-
blue color surrounding the white eye at the mouth of
the tube calyx, 1 in long, bright green, corolla 2J^-3
in diam. — One of the finest and most floiiferous shrubs
for a warm greenhouse or subtropical country, of
582
BRUNFELSIA
BRUSSELS SPROUTS
extremely easy cult., and readily trained into fine
specimens. Readily conforms to pot culture. Should
be kept slightly on the dry side during the winter, but
not enough to cause it to lobe the Ivs
ramosissima, Benth Lvs. oblong to nearly lanceo-
late, acuminate or obtuse, glabrous or rarely slightly
hairy above and hairy or villous beneath, fls large,
in lax cymes, deep violet-purple, the corolla-tube twice
longer than the calyx — One of the best, with luxuriant
foliage; may be grown cooler in winter than the other
species. Probably a form of B calycina.
Hopeana, Benth (Franciscea Hopeana, Hook. F.
umflora, Pohl) A slender twiggy free-branching shrub:
Ivs lanceolate-oblong, thin in texture, rich dark green,
paler beneath' fls. small but freely produced, solitary
or m pairs all along the leafy growths; limb light violet-
blue on first opening, fading to almost pure white with
age, tube very blender, curved upwards, nearly white,
1 in. long, calyx %in long, teeth obtuse. Brazil W.
Indies. B.M. 2829 L B C 14 . 1332.
latifdlia, Benth. (FraruAwea lalifdha, Hook ) Habit
dwarf with slender spreading branches Ivs. elliptic,
2-4 in. long, acute or obtuse, glabrous above, slightly
pubescent beneath' fls. in terminal clusters or short
axillary, few-fld cymes, corolla 1^ in diam , pale
violet, with white center, changing in a day or so to
white, sweetly scented; tube 1^ in long, slender,
slightly curved; calyx erect, campanulate, /^m. long,
teeth acute. Trop. Amer. B.M 3907.
A A Fls. white or yellow.
americana, Lmn Habit dwarf, branches slender:
Ivs glabrous or nearly so; lamina elliptic-ovate, acute;
petiole %-\ m long, stout fls solitary and axillary, or
in terminal few-fld clusters, pure white shading with
age to pure yellow and sweetly scented, especially at
night, petals obtuse; calyx green, campanulate teeth
spreading, nearly equaling the length of the tube.
Trop. Amer B.M. 393. — Of very easy cult , and thnv-
mg and seeding freely under the conditions of an
ordinary greenhouse In Fla , grows 4—6 ft high, the
very fragrant fls are much prized
Var. pubescens (A fdllax, Hort.). Resembles the
typo, but hairy in all its parts, and rather more
flonferous.
undulata, Swartz. A strong-growing evergreen
^hrub or small tree, reaching to 20 ft m its native
habitat and flowering freely when quite small Ivs
ovate-lanceolate, margins slightly wavy, light green m
color, acute, variable m size up to 7 m long and 2 m
wide when vigorous, apex acute or obtuse, petiole M~/2
in. long fls on the
upper parts of the
sts solitary or in
pairs in the axils
of most of the ter-
minal Ivs. forming
terminal clusters;
calyx cyme green
K-Min long, cam-
panulate ; corolla
white changing to
creamv white with
age; lobes broadly
ovate or orbicular
in outline and with
beautiful wavy
margins. Jamaica.
B. M 8422 —A
magnificent free-
flowering species
and a great acquisi-
tion to any garden.
671 Brunfelsia calycina var. Requires sub tropi-
macrantha. ( X M) Cal conditions.
jamaic£nsis, Griseb. (B. nltida var. jamaic£nsis.
Hook ) An erect shrub or small tree, sparsely branched
in the young state: sts. woody, with the Ivs more or
less tufted at the ends of each year's growths Ivs.
elliptic or lanceolate, up to 7 in long, but often small
and borne on short lateral tufted growths, glabrous or
nearly so, petiole very shoit fls crowded on the apex
of the current year's growth, solitary (occasionally m
pairs) and axillary; pedicels M~/2in. long, slender,
erect or spreading; calyx erect, i^in long, campanulate
teeth spreading, acute, corolla erect, white, changing
with age to primrose-yellow. W. Indies B M 4287 —
A very fine species for the warmer parts of the S , but a
somewhat shy-flowering plant unless the giowth is
thoroughlv well ripened up There is a general resem-
blance between this species and B nitida and B undu-
lata and it is possible that they are forms of one
polymorphic species. L II B
C P RAFFILL
BRUNSD(5NNA. A cross between Brunsmqia and
Amaryllis Belladonna has recently been given the
garden name Brun&donna Sandeix alba, it has the
umbel resembling typical A Belladonna, and one-bided
rather than globulai fls white See Amaryllis Bella-
donna var. Parken, which is a similar cross
BRUNSVfGIA (after the Duke of Brunswick)
Amarylhdacese. Tender summer- or autumn-flowonng
bulbs
Umbels of large numerous brick-red fls ; corolla
funnelformed, 6-parted, deciduous, its segrns nearly
equal, recurved at the tip — Species 9 S Afr
The bulbs must be thoioughlv rested from the time
the leaves fade until the scape appears Brunsvigias are
hard to flower They require rich, sandy soil, plenty of
heat and sunlight When growing, give water and
hrtuid manure freely They propagate by off
fuller instructions, see Amaryllis
A Lvs t,trap-^haped
Josephlnae, Ker Bulb 5-6 in thick Ivs 8-10,
strap-shaped, glaucous or greenish, thick, ( losely ribbed,
2-3 ft long, I1 j-2 in broad scape 1 in thick, \\% ft
long; fls 20-30, rarely 50-00, in an umbel, pedicels
^-1 ft long caps smaller than in B giguntta, less
conical and less strongly angled B M 2578 F S
4 322 — Named after the Empress Josephine, who
purchased the original bulb after it flowered at
Malmaison.
AA L»v> tongue-shaped.
gigantda, Heist. (Amnnjttit vigantcn, Van Marum.
A oriental, Ecklon) Bulb veiy large Ivs about 4,
tongue-shaped, closely ribbed, 3-5 in bioad, usually
under 1 ft long scape red or green, a finger's thickness,
fls. 20-30 in an umbel, paler than in B giqantea, and less
numerous; pedicels stout, strongly ribbed, 4-6 in. long.
B.M 1619 (as B muUi flora).
B falciita, Kc r=Ammoohans falcata —B magnified, Lind FU
20-25 in a cluster, corolla short, the scgms white, with medium
stripe of red or purplish red Ivs 1-2 ft long, 3-3} 2 in wide, re-
cumbent — Thought by Baker to be Crmum Forbesianurn or near
thatSP"ClC8 N TAYLOK.f
BRUSSELS SPROUTS. Fig 672 A form of the
cabbage tube, grown for the globular buds or "sprouts"
produced along the stout upright stem
The garden varieties of brussels spiouts represent
one of the many interesting variations that have taken
place m the cabbage family. This plant, while in its
seedling stage and during its early life, closely resembles
the ordinary cabbage, but later in its development the
axillary buds, instead of remaining dormant as is the
case with the common cabbage, develop into miniature
heads similar in their make-up to an ordinary head of
cabbage but very small
The soil to which the sprout is adapted is, m general,
the same as that for late cabbage; in fact, the plant ia
BRUSSELS SPROUTS
BRYOPHYLLUM
583
always grown in conditions similar to those chosen for
late cauliflower or late cabbage, and its range of adapta-
tion is much the same as that of autumn cabbage. The
fertilizing of the crop should be the same, in general, as
for autumn cabbage. The plants should be set so as to
allow them sufficient room for full development, pref-
erably in check-
rows 30 to 36 inches
apart each way.
Young seedlings
should be ready
for planting in the
latitude of New
Yoik from June 20
to July 10 The
cultivation of the crop, up to
the time the sprouts begin to
develop, is practically the
same as that tor cabbage.
The enemies and diseases
to which brussels sprouts is
subject are the same as those
of the fall crops of other
cabbage-like plants. Aphis,
green- worm, the harlequin- "SE"*1?^,^*' *«'.
bug and the cutworm are 672 Brussels Sprouts,
probably the most annoy-
ing of the insect pests, while the rots, damping-off
fungus and the mildew are more or less troublesome
Before the sprouts are ready for harvest, the lower
leaves of the plants are broken away in order to facili-
tate the cutting of the miniature heads or sprouts, this
is done by means of a sharp short-bladod knife, used to
separate them from the stalk of the plant In sections
in which the plant can remain in the open during the
winter, two or three cuttings are made The first
sprouts develop in the axils of the leaves nearest the
ground, and as the stalk of the plant elongates and more
leaves are added, a succession of sprouts develop The
first cutting is confined, therefore, to the older and
more fullv developed sprouts When the miniature
heads have attained the size of ^2 to 1 inch in diameter,
the cutting begins and is repeated at intervals depend-
ing upon the development of the sprouts In regions
in which it is not safe to allow the plants to remain in
the open during the winter, a small supply for home use
or for local market may be stored in a vegetable-cellar
01 storage-pit, the plants being lifted with earth adhei-
ing to the roots and planted in sand that is kept some-
what moist during the storage period Under these
conditions, the sprouts will remain in good condition
for several weeks and successive harvests can be made
the same as when the plants are standing in the open
The hand labor involved m gathenng the sprouts and
preparing them for market is the chief deterrent to the
extensive cultivation of this crop It is only in regions
in which rnild winter conditions prevail raid m which
labor is available to harvest and assort the sprouts
that the industry thrives on a commercial scale After
the spiouts have been cut and placed in suitable recep-
tacles, Ihev are earned to a packing-house where each
head is tinnmed by removing the outer leaves The
tiimmed heads aie then placed in berrv boxes holding
one quart,, those for the top laver being selected for
uniformity in si/e and ai ranged so as to give a finished
appearance to the receptacle
Several varieties of brussels spiouts aie ofTeied by
the trade, but there is only one general type, the chief
difference being, in the length ot the stalk of the plant
itself and the manner in which the sprouts aie distribu-
ted along the sin Ik This plant, although a popular
vegetable in England and on the Continent, is sparingly
cultivated in the United States, a few centers only giv-
ing attention to it as a commercial crop. Fails of Long
Island, in New York, are well known for brussels
sprouts production i c COKKKIT.
BRYANTHUS (Greek, bryon, moss, and anthos,
flower growing among mosses) Ericaceae. Heath-like
low shrub with pretty pink flowers, suitable for rock-
eries, but not yet in cultivation
Leaves evergieen, linear, remotely denticulate' calyx
4-parted; corolla rotate, 4-partcd; stamens 8 caps,
subglobose, 4-valved — One species on Kamtchatka and
Behnngs Isls. The genus Phyllodoce has been referred
by several botanists to Bryanthus, but it differs con-
siderably in its urceolate or campanulate 5-lobed
corolla, 10 stamens, 5-valved caps, and solitary 01
umbellate fls
This prostrate evergreen shrub has small needle-
shaped leaves and small rosy pink flowers m peduncled,
slender, 3-10-flowered racemes. Bryanthus will proba-
bly require the same treatment as Chiogenes, Loisel-
euna and Phyllodoce The only species is B. Gmelinii,
Don. For illustration, see Pallas, Fl. Ross. 2.74 (as
Andromeda Bryanthus} .
R Brisweri, Gray=Phyllodoce Brewcn — B empetnfdrmra, Gray
•=»Phyllodoceeinpotnformi3 — B ercc/u«,Lindl =Phyllodoce erects
— B ylandultfltru", Gray= Phyllodoce glandulittorus — B taxi-
fdhus, Graj -Phyllodoce taxifoha ALFRED REHDER.
BRYONIA (Greek, to sprout, referring to the annual
growth from the tuber). Cucurbitdcesp Herbaceous
perennial climbers.
A genus of 12 species of perennial cucurbits, native
of Eu and W Asia They are herbaceous from a tuber-
ous root, with stammate fls in racemes, while Bryon-
opsis is an annual plant, with the stammate fls in
fascicles All species of Bryonia are dioecious except
B alba Bryonopsis is monoecious See Cogmaux, m
DC Mon. Phan 2.469
A. Fls. dioecious, stigmas rough fr. red.
didica, Jacq. BRYONY Height 6-12 ft • root long,
fleshy, branching, white, a finger's thickness Ivs ovate
or roundish in outline, 5-lobod, margin wavy-toothed,
rough with callous points, paler beneath1 pistillate fls
greenish white, corymbose, short-pedunclcd — Common
in England and in Cent and S Eu , rarer m W Asia
and N Afr Not usually sold in Amer , but a common
plant along English highways and cult in American
botanic gardens It grows rapidly over hedges and
fences Root of this and of B alba are employee! pnn^i-
pally as a hydragogue-cathartic The fresh, bruised
root applied to the skin causes vesication.
AA Fls monoecious, stigmas smooth: fr. black.
alba, Linn. Height 6-12 ft. . roots thick, tuberculate,
yellowish outside, white within* Ivs. long-petioled
pistillate fls in long-peduncled racemose corymbs Eu ,
Caucasus, Persia
B lacim&sa, Linn =Bryonopais laciniosa
WILUELM MILLER.
BRYON6PSIS (Greek, Bryony-hke). Cucurbitdcex.
A genus of two species of annual climbers. Consult
Bryonia for generic differences.
lacinidsa, Naudm (Brydnia lacimdsa, Linn.) Lvs.
deeply 5-lobed, rough, light green above, paler beneath;
scgms. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate: fls. mo-
noecious, fascicled or solitary, yellow: fr. about the size
of a cherry, spherical, green, with pretty white markings
Asia, Afr , Austral F S. 12 • 1202. Var erythrocarpa,
Naudm (B erythrocdrpa, Naudm) Has red fr. with
white marks I H. 12:431. F.S. 21 2237 Gn 6, p
193. — A vvarmhouse plant, rarely grown in pots and
tnuned to rafters Prop, by seeds.
WILHELM MILLER.
BRYOPHYLLUM (Greek, sprouting leaf). Cras-
sulctce<f A small genus of succulent plants in the same
order with stonecrops, hen-and-chickens, cotyledon
and echevena, grown to some extent as flowering
plants but more especially as a foliage novelty.
Root-system hbrous and veiy abundant, sts. upright,
584
BRYOPHYLLUM
simple or sometimes branching toward the base, of a
thick soft tissue over a woody cylindrical core. Ivs.
opposite, petioled, simple or pmnately compound, suc-
culent mfl cymose or paniculate, fls nodding; sepals
4, united mto an inflated calyx which mclosas the
lower half or more of the corolla, coiolla cylindrical,
ending in 4 petal tips, stamens 8, ovaries 4, separate
ar more or less united below.
The members of this genus may readily be dis-
tinguished from related genera by the "sprouting"
habit of their leaves as indicated bv the generic name.
If a leaf is removed from a plant and placed in a warm
moist place, young plants will very soon appear in the
notches around its border This ib the simplest method
of propagation and is usually accomplished by placing
the leaf flat on the wet sana of a growing-bench, in a
warm, sunny exposure Tiny buds will soon appear
in the notches and these are followed by numerous fine
roots See Fig 673. \\hon the small plants have
attained a size sufficiently large to be handled, they may
be removed from the parent leaf and potted This
method may be employed in growing-houses at any
season. Plants are also readily produced from stem-
cuttings rooted in sand, or trom seed. Seeds retain
their vitality more than a year when kept dry. The
best plants are to be grown by ussing rather rich loose,
well-drained soil, with plenty of lignt, heat and mois-
ture. However, they are very tenacious of life and will
survive with a minimum of water and a low, but not
freezing, temperature. They grow luxuriantly out-of-
doors during the summer months but must be housed
during the frost period. Useful in various botanical
demonstrations.
pinnatum, Kurz (B calydnum, Sahsb ). Figs. 673-4.
Height 2-4 ft Ivs opposite, fleshy, becoming leathery
with age, earlier ones simple, ovate, with cordate or
rounded base, later ones pinnate and then of 3-5 short-
stalked Ifts , the rachis and petiole with a narrow groove
on the upper side, margin crenatoly doubly-serrate, light
green becoming purplish along the veins toward matu-
rity, maigin purple as are also the petioles and young
et -growths, fls pendulous, in terminal panicles; calyx
much inflated, purplish green with lighter dots, 1 ^ in
long; corolla greenish white with purple-tinted, spread-
ing acute tips Tropics of both hemispheres B M.
1409. L.B C. 9 877. 6 C III 41 :422. J H III 46 205.
673 Sprouting leaf of Bryophyllum.
R.B 24.125 RH. 1900, p. 362 V. 3.117; 4:113;
7.340. — Said to be used m India as a diuretic.
crenatum, Baker I A ss robust in habit of growth than
the preceding: height 2-3 ft.: Ivs. very fleshy, simple,
1-3 m long, becoming smaller upward on the st , ovate
with rounded or cordate base, in the latter case strongly
crested aunculate, margin coarsely crenate to dentate,
bright green with purplish pink margin and strongly
bluish glaucous when young as are also the petioles and
BUDDING
sts.; petioles not grooved on the upper side* fls. nodding,
in terminal, open, corymbose cymes, calyx membra-
naceous, inflated, %m long, pink, corolla %m long,
ending in 4 rounded segms , red. Madagascar. B.M.
7856. GC III. 33.59, 41:419.
GW. 10, p 396; 6, p. 495. R H.
1900, pp 175, 176, 362.
B prollferum, Bowie Occasionally I
mot with, is much more robust in
growth, reaching 12 ft in height* st
4-anKled m new growth, becoming |
cylindrical later Ivs pmnatifid to pin-
nate, the base of the pinnse very much
thickened, blade much contorted and
margin finely crenate, rachis and petiole
§rommently grooved on the upper side
\fr B M 5147 F S 23 2446.— Of
little value more than a novelty.
C. H. THOMPSON.
BUCKEYE. JSsculus
BUCKLE? A (after S B Buck-
ley, American botanist, died m $74
1884 at Austin, Texas) Santa- Flowers of Bryophyllum
laces'. Shrubs rarely introduced pinnatum. (XJz)
in botanical collections, without
particular ornamental qualities, but interesting as one
of the few parasitic shrubs successfully introduced into
cultivation.
Leaves opposite, sessile, entire: fls. dioecious, apeta-
lous; stammate in umbels, with 4 short ovate sepals
and 4 short stamens; pistillate solitary, terminal, with 4
short deciduous sepals and below with 4 elongated
linear-lanceolate persistent bracts, calyx-tube clavate,
style short with 2-4-parted stigma; ovules 3-4 fr a
furrowed drupe — Three species m China and Japan
and 2 in N. Amer
Only the American species, B. distichophylla, Torr ,
i§ in cult A slender-branched upright shrub, to 12 ft
Ivs 2-ranked, ovate-lanceolate or ovate, 1-2^2 In long,
acuminate, ciliate fls small, greenish* fr an ovoid or
oblong-ovoid yellowish green drupe, about 1 in long,
crowned by the 4 persistent bracts N C and Tenn
GF 3*237 — Parasitic on the roots of Tsuga Has
proved perfectly hardy in Mass there is a plant about
70 years old in the botanic garden at Cambridge It
has also been successfully cult, at the Arnold Arboretum
and in a few European botanic gardens Prop by seeds ,
best sown with a potted Tsuga in the
greenhouse and planted out with its host
when the young plants are strong enough,
preferably within the reach of the roots of
a large Tsuga, in order that the original
host may be removed later when it crowds
the young buckleya too much.
ALFRED REHDER.
BUCKTHORN : Rhamnus, particularly ff.
catharttcus, also Bumeha
, BUCKWHEAT (Fagopyrum escultntum,
\ Moench) Polygonacese A tender annual
grain plant, flour being made of the large
3-cornered fr. It is much grown in the N.
U. S., usually being sown about the first of
July. It is also a favorite for bee forage
Buckwheat is native to Cent Siberia and
Manchuna, and is now widely cult ,
although it is a gram of secondary im-
portance. The Tartarian buckwheat (F.
tatdncum, Gaertn ) is occasionally seen It has smaller
and yellowish fls , and a smaller rough ish, wavy-
angled fr. This species is often confounded with
forms of F esculentum, from which it is really eaoily
distinguished Buckwheat is a good cleaning crop for
weedy and hard lands. For general discussion of
buckwheat, consult Cyclo. Amer. Agnc.. Vol. II. See
Fagopyrum
BUDDING: (Sraftage
BUDDLEIA
BUDDL&A (after Adam Buddie, an English bota-
nist) Syn , Buddlea Loganidcex Ornamental shrubs
or trees, chiefly grown for their handsome flowers pro-
fusely produced in showy panicles or globular heads
Woody plants or rarely herbs, more or less covered
with a stellate, glandular or scaly pubescence' Ivs
opposite, short-petioled, entire overrate, fls in racemes,
panicles or clusters, corolla tubular or carnpanulate,
4-lobed: stamens included, 4: fr. a 2-celled caps, with
numerous minute seeds — About 70 species in tropical
and temperate regions of Amer , Asia and S Afr , of
which only a small number of hardier s-peeies is cult
The buddleias are deciduous or sometimes half-
evergreen trees or shrubs with usually quadrangular
branches, narrow rather large leaves and small lilac,
violet, white or yellow flowers in showy panicles or
clusters None of the species is hardy North, but some,
as B. japonica, B Davuhi, H Lindleyana and B inter-
media will live through the winter, if protected with dry
leaves around the base, even if the stems arc killed
nearly to the ground, they will freely push toith young
shoots in spring, which usually flower the same year
The handsomest in flower are It Colvillei, B. Davidn,
B annticn,B qlobo*,a and B offinntdi^
They grow best in a rich, well-drained soil, in a sunny
position, they are rather coarse plants and need much
space Propagation is readily effected by seeds sown in
spring in gentle bottom heat, by greenwood cuttings,
under glass, or by hardwood cuttings taken off
in fall and kept during the winter in a frost-
proof room
INDEX.
BUDDLEIA
585
asiatna, 7
capitals, 9
Culvillti, 10
curnflora, 1
Davidn, 4
glubosa, <)
heterophylln, X
insigrm, 2
intermedia, 2
mponira, 1
LimJIoyana, 3
mad iRasranensis
mignihoa, 4
inrmda, 7
nivt-a b
oPirmalis, 5
sahnfoha, 3
smuato-dcntala, 3
mipcrba, 1
Veitchiana, 4
WiNonn, 4
yunnanenmi, G.
A. Corolla btnall, with long, narrow tube,
\ ?-A,±in long
h Fl*> in panicle*.
c Color violet or lilac
D /4>.s qlubjoutt or only slightly grayish
tu/nt nto^e benfdtli stamens inserted
bdow the middle of the tube
I japdnica, Hemsl (B <urviflora, Andie,
not Hook A: Am ) Three to 6 ft , with
^pleading quadrangular, winged branches
Ivs ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, remotely
denticulate or coarsely dentate, slightly
tomentose or nearly glabrous beneath, 3—6
in long fls in dense, terminal, pendulous
racemes, 4-8 in long, corolla slightly
curved, lilac with gravi^h tomentum out-
side Japan III 17 '25. RH 1870, p.
337; 1878, p 330
2. intermedia, Carr. (B japdnica x
B Lindlcydna) Hybiid of garden origin,
similar in habit to B japomca !AS ovate-
oblong, dark green above, 4-5 in long fls.
violet, in slendei, arching 01 pendulous racemes, 10-20
in. long RH 1873.151 Var msigms, Rehd (B ?/<-
sigms, Carr ), ha« the upright habit of B Lindleyana
Branches distinctly winged: Ivs. oblong -lanceolate,
often in 3's racemes erect, rather dense, 4-6 in long,
usually pamclcd at the end of the branches, with rosy
violet fls 1111.1878:330
3. Lindleyana, Fort (B sahcifdha, Hort , not Jacq )
Three to 6 ft Ivs ovate or oblong-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, remotely denticulate, pale green beneath, and
slightlv pubescent or glabrous, 2-4 in long racemes
dense, erect, 3-5 in long; corolla purplish violet , slight h
curved, pubescent outside China B R 32 4 F S
2:112. P.M. 14.5. RH 1846.201. Var simiato-den-
tata, Hemsl Lva. smuately-dentate. China
DD. Lvs. densely white or yellowish tomentose beneath:
stamens inserted slightly above the middle.
E Toinentum close.
4. Davidii, Franch (B varuibilis, Hemsl ). Fig. 675.
Three to 8 ft • Ivs nearly sessile, ovate- lanceolate
or lanceolate, acuminate, coarsely serrate, whitish-
tornentose beneath, 4-10 in long fls in dense, terminal,
erect or nodding panicles, 4-6 in long or in some varie-
ties longer, corolla lilac, with orange-yellow mouth,
glabrous outside Aug , Sept China B M. 7609 R H.
1898 132, 1902, p 383 GC ill. 24 139. Gn 55428;
64, p 153. M D G 1908 136 —A very handsome spe-
cies with showy and fragrant fls appearing in great pro-
fusion in late summer, several vanel ics differing from the
type which has rather lax panicles of b'ac-purple fls with
an orange eye not very marked, by larger and denser
panicles and brighter color Var Veitchiana, Rchd. (B
varidbilis var Veitchiana, Hort ) More robust, erect at
first, later gracefully arching, with denser and larger
clusters of bright mauve-colored fls with a bright orange
eve, begins to bloom early in Aug J H S 27 182 J H.
Ill 45 381. G M 51 45 G W 16, p 538 Var mag-
nifica, Rehd. <fe Wilson (B vandbihs var magnifica,
Wilson) Similar to the preceding has larger deep
rose-purple fls. with deep oiange eye and the margin
of the petals reflexed, panicles very dense, begins
to bloom about the middle of Aug Gn 68, p
161; 69288 RB 33281 FSR 3, p 339
G M 52668 Var superba, Rehd <t Wilson (B.
varidbihs var superba, DeCorte) Color of fls
like the preceding varietv but petaLs not reflexed
at the margin and panicles larger R B 35 12
Var. Wilsonii, Rehd «fe Wilson (B varuibilis var
Wilsonn, Hort) Tall and arching, with longer
and narrower Ivs panicles drooping rather loose,
sometimes attaining 30 in. length, corolla smaller,
bright rose-lilac with bright orange eye,
corolla-lobes half upright and reflexed at
the margin in full bloom through Sept ,
the latest of all There are also other
named varieties
5. officinalis, Maxim Shrub, to 8 ft
branchlets nearly terete, grayish tomen-
tose" Ivs oblong to linear-lanceolate, 2-6
in long, entire or serrulate, grayish pubes-
cent above, whitish 01 fulvous tomentose
beneath fls lilac with orange eye, fra-
grant, in terminal panicles usually 4-6 in
long, consisting of short-peduncled dense
clusters, corolla over }^in long with a
slender tube pubescent outside and v\ithm
and tvs ice as long as the oval obtuse lobes
W.China. B M 8401 GC III 49-200
— Tender; flowers during the winter in the
greenhouse like B at>ialica Page 3566.
BE. Tomentum fluffy, white or yellowish:
stamens inserted just below the mouth.
6 mvea, Duthie Shrub, to 8 ft '
biauchlets, the under side of the Ivs and
infl densely covered with a pure white woolly tomen-
tum Ivs ovate-lanceolate, 4-9 in long, acuminate,
coarsely serrate, glabrous above fls lilac or purple,
small, in long terminal panicles; corolla with the tube
tomentose outside, glabrous within except at the
mouth Aug., Sept W. China. G C. III. 38.275 —
Very distinct on account of its white fluffy tomen-
tum, but fls less showy than in most other species,
nearly embedded in the fluffy tomentum of the infl.
Tender. Var yunnanensis, Rehd. & Wilson (B. macros-
tachya var yunnanen&is, Don) Tomentum less fluffy,
yellowish. Ivs pubescent above fls larger; panicles
usually sohtar}. W.China
(WO
586
BUDDLEIA
BUDS
cc. Color white: stamena inserted just above the middle of
the corolla.
7. asiatica, Lour (13 nefmda, Roxbg.) Shrub or
small tree, branehlets terete with white or buff-colored
tomentum when young Ivs. lanceolate, 4-8 in long,
acuminate, entire or serrulate, glabrous above, white
or buff tomentose beneath: fls white, very fragrant, in
slender drooping panicles, 3-6 in. 'ong and usually
several at the end of the branohlets; corolla with the
tube villous outside and spreading suborbicular erose
lobes or m a less desirable form with ovate, erect and
entire lobes Jan , Fob China, India, Java B M.
6323 G C III 39 106 Gn 69, p. 89, 76, p 80 J.H.
Ill 52 180 G W 10, p 502 —A very desirable green-
house shrub on account of its slender spikes of deli-
ciously fragrant white fls in winter. If prop early in
spring, transplanted several times or planted out dur-
ing the summer, the plants will be of sufficient size m
autumn to flower the following winter.
ccc. Color yellow.
8. madagascariensis, Lam. (B. heterophtftta, Lindl.).
Straggling shrub, 6-20 ft , with densely tomentose
branehlets • Ivs ovate-oblong, rounded or slightly
cordate at the base, acuminate, entire, dark green and
lustrous above, whitish or yellowish tomentose beneath:
fls tomentose outside, in large terminal panicles, ap-
pearing during the winter Madagascar. B R. 15 : 1259.
B.M. 2824 — Hardy only in subtropical regions. Some-
times cult, in Calif, and used as a half-climbing plant
to cover unsightly objects.
BB. Fls in globular heads.
9. glob&sa, Lam (B capitata, Jacq.). Three to 10 ft.
with the branches and Ivs. beneath yellowish tomen-
tose: Ivs. ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, crenate,
rugose above, 3-7 in. long- fls. orange-yellow, in dense,
long-peduncled, axillary heads at the ends of the
branches, fragrant Chile. B M. 174. Gn. 33, p. 369.
G 28 505 G M 53 979. F S R 3 335 (habit) —A
graceful and very distinct shrub, standing some degrees
of frost.
AA. Corotta with broad cylindrical tube, limb over 1
in. broad.
10 C61villei, Hook & Thorns Shrub, occasionally
tree, to 30 ft . Ivs. elliptic-lanceolate 01 lanceolate, ser-
rate, pubescent, and pale or gi ayish green beneath, 5-7
in long panicles broad, pendulous, 12-18 in long;
corolla purple or crimson, with white mouth B M.
7449. RH 1893-520. I.H. 41:10 FS 14 1487. J H.
III. 31 85 — The rnobt beautiful of all buddleias, and a
very desirable shrub for warmer temperate regions;
only older plants flower freely.
B albi/ldra, Hemsl (B Hemsleyana, Kochne) Allied to B
vanabihs Shrub or small tree, to 30 ft Ivs lanceolate, 5-9 m.
long, glabrous above, white or yellowish tomentose beneath fls.
small, lilac, in elongated spikes, sometimes to 20 m long W China.
G 27 501 —Less handsome than B varmbihs fls not white, as the
name implies, given under the impression that the fls were white.
— B. omcricdno, Lmn Shrub, 8-12 ft Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceo-
late, ouneate at the base, glabrous above, yellowish tomentose be-
neath, 4-10 in : fls m terminal densely tomentose panicles consist,
ing of sessile subglobose clusters ilex to Peru — B auncul&ta,
Benth. Straggling shrub petioles auriculate, Ivs oblong-lanceo-
late, entire or denticulate, grayish white tomentose below, 1J4-3
in long fls cream-colored, fragrant, tomontoso outside, m termi-
nal compact panicles, stamens above the middle S Afr G C.
II. 16 633, III 6 529 IT 1 20 Tender — B brasiMnsia, Jacq f.
Upright shrub sts quadrangular Ivs ovate to oblong-deltoid,
crenate-serrate, white-tomentose below, 4-8 in long, decurrent
into the winged aunculato petiole fls oruxze-yellow, pubescent
outside, m axillary clusters, forming terminal narrow panicles;
stamens just below the mouth Mex to Brazil B M 2713 Ten-
der.— B columbue, Andre Upright shrub, similar to B Lindley-
ana Lvs narrow - lanceolate, entire, 4-R in long, glabrous fls.
white in terminal slender panicles, corolla with spnading lobea
ulightly shorter than the coiolla-tube Spring Of unknown origin
RH 1901, p 37 Tender— B crl <<pa, Benth =B pamculata — B.
Hemsleydna, Koehne=H albiflora — B pamculdta, Wall. (B
cnspa, Benth ). 6-15 ft fls. lilac, in rather dense panicles branches
and Ivs tomentose B M 4793 F S. 9 958 — B pulrhflla, N E.
Br Shrub, 2 ft . branuhlets terete, tomentose Ivs hastate, irreg-
ularly lobed, or rhomboid to lanceolate, 1-2 in long, pubescent:
fls white with orange eye, fragrant, m terminal panicles, 2-2 >i m.
long, corolla with slender tube, pubescent outside S Afr (?) — B.
sahcifdlia, Jacq =Clnlianthus arboreus — B saligna, Willd =Chil-
lauthus arboreus — B stfnostdchya, llehd & Wilson Allied to B.
mvea Less fluffy IVH oblong-lanceolate panicles usually 3, long
and slender: (Is larger, anthers inserted above the middle of the
tube W. China. ALFRED IlEHDER.
BUDS. A bud is an incipient shoot or short growth-
axis concealed by the closely investing leaves, or leaf-
parts, that it bears. The foliage-shoots and flower-
shoots of all seed plants arise from buds. The leaves
converge over the true stem-apex or growing-point.
The essential thing is that this growing-point con-
tinues the terminal growth and
gives rise laterally, behind the point,
to new leaves, in the axils of which
buds may be formed ultimately. In
the plumule of the seed the first
bud activity is manifest, and thence-
forth a bud marks every growing
stern-apex
Normally the leaves arise back of
the stem-apex, first as small pro-
tuberances, which soon flatten later-
ally. They grow faster than the
stoir-apex, and by moie rapid
growth on the under surface they
bend over, forming for the time a
part of the bud or bud-cluster of
leaves which effectively protects the
delicate tip In many herbaceous
plants the shoot elongates through-
out the growing period, so that
each leaf or whorl of leaves in turn
has a more or less equal work as a part of the bud
As the apex elongates arid each leaf develops, greater
-growth on the inner (upper) surface effects its com-
plete exfoliation Using favorable material, one may
completely dissect the bud, laying bare the growing-
point, which may be readily examined with a hand-
lens. Either of the little pondweeds commonly culti-
vated, Elodea 01 Hippuns, may be used for this purpose.
The buds which are commonly most conspicuous and
at the same time most highly hpeciahzed are the "rest-
ing" buds of temperate shrubs and tiees Such buds
are often scaly buds, and they are characteiistic of all
climates in which theie is an mtetruption to growth,
either through cold or dryness in thib case the stem-
apex and younger leaves are normally inclosed by per-
sistent more or less indurated leaf-parts modified as
bud-scales Resinous secretions may accompany the
scales and the younger leaves may be covered with
hairs The bize, form and minute characters of such
buds vary widely, but obviously they are, in general,
wondrously efficient in the resist-
ance exhibited towards rigorous
climatic conditions The im-
portant point is that the bud-
structures quite effectually pre-
vent drying out of the young
shoot which is there tucked
away.
Particularly interesting is the
fact that the resting-bud of many
trees includes m miniature the
entire vegetative or flowering
shoot of the next season In
such case the rapid elongation
of the axis and unfolding of leaves
in the spring is boon followed
by the formation of a new rest-
mg-bud wherein the shoot of
another year is gradually differ-
entiated Every gradation oc-
curs between this type and the
typical active bud of annuals.
677. Pear twigs —
fruit-buds on the left,
leaf-buds on the right.
BUDS
BUFFALO BERRY
678 Sections of pear
buds —fruit-bud on the left,
leaf-bud on the right
Interest m buds centeis in their spring activity,
properly in the awakening and growth resulting when
the conditions have remained favorable sufficiently
long Leaves and axes enlaige and elongate rapidly,
bursting asunder the dead scales and often ciinymg
foiward the expanding youngei ones The growth of
the younger scales exhibits
the true nature of these
structures, some of which aie
found to be leaf petioles, some
petioles with minute blades,
and vaiious othei modifica-
tions occur. Many restmg-
buds are awakened from their
comparative inactivity by a
few daj s of favorable weather.
These aie "eaily" flowers,
and of fhi.s type are the lilac
and the golden bell Other
buds require a longer period,
such as the oak and the hick-
ory It is not strange, therefore, that some plants lend
themselves readily to eailv forcing by etherization, the
hot water treatment, and the like, while others are
with great difficulty forced
In the preceding, more specific mention has been
made of buds which develop leafy shoots, that is of
leaf-buds It is clear, ho\vc\er, that the restmg-bud,
as well as an herbaceous bud, may develop a single
flo\ver, ah m the peach, a cluster of flowers, as rn the
red maple, or A shoot with leaves and flo\\eis, a*? m the
apple and Nor\\ay maple The occurrence of leaf- and
flower -buds with respect to the age of the twig and the
relation of pruning to bud disposition are questions of
special horticultural interest, but cannot recer\e con-
sideration in this brief account Illustrations of flower-
buds and leaf-bud^ are shown in Figs 570-679
Buds are normalh pioduced terminally «md in the
axes of leaves, the latter anangeimnt therefore corres-
ponding to leaves, but under exceptional cncumstances
the> mav arise from the growing tissue of am member.
Buds from tire roots of tire s \\i_et potato and dahlia arc
impoitant in propag.it ion, likewise are those pioduced
by the leaves of certain species of Begonia
As a matter of fact, buds ongmating from
inter nodes, roots and leaves — so-called ie-
geneiati\e-lmds— are not uncommon, but
the de\eloprnent m such situations occuis
AS a rule only when normal buds aie not
present
Bud-, with the lea\es and leaf-parts sur-
rounding them aie sometimes organs of
food -accumulation The typical bulb is
little moie than a fleshy bud, and there aie
all gradations between the t>pical bulb and
the topical tuber — the latter with many
buds Small bulb-like buds occui m Lilium
bullnfcrtttn and A few other plants, and they
are always important m piopagation It
requires no stietch of the imagination to
classify the edible shoots of brussels sprouts
among unusual buds, and from this it is no
great leap to the monstrous "bud" of the
cabbage
Literature Bailey, Lei- sons with Plants,
The Macmillan Company; Strasburger (ct
at ), A Text-Book of Botany, The Macmil-
lan Company, Peicivnl, Agrrcultural Botany,
Duckwoith <fc Co B M DUGOAK 679.
Buds of
BUETTNERIA (D S Aug Buettner, the peach
1724-17(58, German botanist) Bytlnena Jud^s a
Sterculincesp About 50 herbs, shrubs or leaf -bud
trees of diverse habit, native to eastern and and the
western tropics, scarcely known m cult ba{*fs JJJ
Some are prickly climbers or scramblers, fruit -buds.
Fls. small, usually dark purple or greenish, in umbels
or cymes, petals 5, long-clawed, hooded and oddly
appendaged at the top fr a 5-celled, globose spiny
woody caps One species is catalogued in S Calif ' B.
urticifdlia, Schum , fiom S Brazil, Argentina* Chrnb-
ing shrub; branches grooved, spiny, nearly glabrous:
Ivs long-petioled, coi date-ovate, acuminate, coarsely
serrate, appiessed-hany on both sides: fls. %-% in.
across, 3-5 in a stalked umbel
BUFFALO BERRY (Shephtrdia arg6ntea, Nutt
Lepargyrspa argentea, Gieene). El<eagndcex Fig. 680.
A bhrub 6 to 18 feet in height, native from Mam-
680 Buffalo berry (X
toba and Saskatchewan south to Colorado, Nevada and
New Mexico, now grown in the upper Missrssippr Valley
and northwaid for its abundant acid fiuits
The buffalo beiry was brought into use early, men-
tion being made m Ilovev's Magazine of Horticulture
for 1841, page 251, of its being frequently cultivated
It is a handsome ornamental shrub, with silvery foliage
and red berries Occasional plants aie found with yel-
low fiuit The plant is dio?cious, therefore, care should
be taken, if fruit is desired, to plant both st animate and
pistillate plants Western nurserymen are beginning
to offer these two kinds of plants separately in the
ratio of one stammate to four pistillate plants, but the
best proportion is not yet known Many persons who
plant the buffalo berry are disappointed by securing
only one sex The stammate or male plants may be
known in their winter condition by the dense clusters
of rounded flower-buds, the pistillate or female plants
by the smaller, flattened, fewei, more slender flower-
buds.
The fruit varies greatly in size, quality and season,
and is gathered in large quantities for culinary use It
makes a delicious jelly Some berries are of sprightly
flavor, good for eating out of hand They can also be
diied for winter use The fruit is generally considered
better when touched by frost, less sugar being lequued.
The name is said to have come from the custom of eat-
ing the berries as a sauce with buffalo meat in the early
days The buffalo beriy makes a fine thorny hedge,
that is both useful and ornamental
It is found that sprouts received as dug up m the
native thickets from various parts of the Northwest
do not always transplant satisfactorily, a year in a
nursery row gives them better roots and secures an
688
BUFFALO BERRY
BULB
even stand when set in their permanent place. Seed-
lings are better rooted. Seedlings are easily raised from
seed washed free from the pulp in the fall and stratified
tor winter, keeping in sand in a box buried just beneath
the surface in a well-drained spot in the garden. There
should be holes in the box for free diainage and the
planting should be done very early in the spring In
Bulletin No 88, June, 1904, of the South Dakota Experi-
ment Station, Plate 19 shows a field of 7,500 buffalo
berry plants of the first generation under cultivation.
These plants wore raised from seed gathered along the
Missouri River of South Dakota, where buffalo berries
are especially abundant. However, under cultivation the
plant does not respond, as regards early bearing, as
quickly as its near relative the Siberian sandthorn (7/ip-
pophae rhamnoida>) It was found that the buffalo ber-
ries can be worked on the Russian form of oleaster
(El*agnus angustifolia) . The fault of the buffalo berry
is its small-sized fruit and the difficulty of gathering it,
owing to its numerous thorns, but it has been and is an
abundant source of pleasant fruit to thousands of set-
tlers in the newer regions of the West The fruit varies
gieatly in size and degree of acidity, affording oppor-
tunity for selection work in its native home along the
Missouri River and tributaries. jj. E HANSEN.
BUGBANE Cimicifuga
BULB, BULBS. A bulb is a thickened, fleshy, and
commonly subterra xean bud, usually emitting roots
from its under side. The office of the bulb is to carry
the plant over ?n unpropitious yoason, as over winter
or a dry period
True bulbs are either tunicat^d, formed in rings or lay-
ers, like those of hyacinths and onions (Fig 681), or scaly,
like those of some lihums (Fig 6X2), but as popularly
understood and in commer-
cial parlance, the term balbs
applies to a large class of
flowering and ornamental
bulbous-like plants in their
dormant condition, during
which period they are col-
lected, dug, stored, shipped,
sold and planted, like so
many potatoes This class
includes, *n addition to the
true bulbs, many that are
botamcally known as corms.
, which are solid, as crocus and
gladiolus (Fig 683), tubers
which are succulent and have
the buds or eyes near the
surface, as the dahlia and
potato (Fig 684); rhizomes,
fleshy, creeping underground
stems like certain ins, ginger,
and many wild plants (Fig
685), pips, the flowering
crowns of hi y-of-the- valley;
and certain other dormant
fasciculated fleshy roots like
those of peonies, ranunculus,
and the like A variety of
bulbs is shown in Fig 686.
The true or feeding roots
grow generally from the base
of the bulb, the stems, flowers
and foliage from the crown
of the bulb, or the eyes. There is an exception to this
m certain lilies, which throw out roots above the bulb
681. Onion bulbs.
also (Fig. 687). The bulb is a storehouse for the
plant, wherein is formed, after flowering, new stems,
leaves and flowers. In fact, the bulb contains a new
plant, which is protected and sustained within the
bulb by the reserve food and energy collected therein
during one season for the plant's successor. After the
flowering period, the plant above the bulb and the roots
beneath it ripen off and die away The bulb is then m a
dormant condition. It is during this state of rest, lasting
approximately from throe to six months, that bulbs
are taken out of the ground and transported easily arid
safely from continent to continent, it required, after
which the incipient roots, steins, toluge and flowers
may develop with as much luxuriance and perfection as
if the bulb had remained in its original environment.
Bulbous flowering plants (bulbs) aio very popular
with flow et -loving people There is a particular charm
and interest m growing them As a rule, they produce
flowers of remaikable beaut v, unsurpassed by any
other class of plants, and many of them aie dehciously
fragrant They comprise an endless variety in habit,
form, size and color, are adaptable1 for man> pui poses,
and many of them flower equally well under either
garden or house culture Soon after their boautv fades
they die away, or may be mnovod; and in the inter-
val, their places may be occupied by othei seasonable
flowering plants. Not the least among the merit.s of
bulbs is their ease of culture, and the great certainty
and perfection with which their flowers are produced,
under suitable conditions
Among bulbous plants are many that are sufficiently
hardy to withstand the seventy of our northern winteih
The kinds that are suitable are nearlv all dormant in
the fall, which is the proper time for planting them, and
they will flower the corning season In Mai eh or earlier,
spring is ushered in with the blooming of .snowdrops,
chionodoxas, anemones, scillas, crocus, winter aconites,
bulbocodiums and so on, followed in April with brilliant
hyacinths, tulips, narcissus and hosts of others In
April appear the unapproachable late tulips, poet's
daffodils, dicentras and the like, followed m succession
until frost, notably with peonies, irises, hemerooalhs,
lilies, montbrotias, tntomas and others
Gardeners usually think of bulbs as divided into two
classes, — hardv and tender, or tho.se that .stand frer /-
mg and those that do not, There IH a class fiom South
Africa known as Cape bulbs, which usually bloom in the
fall There are now so many improved hybrids and
broods that are crowding out the types, that the term
"Cape bulb" has lost its significance in this country. In
the present aiticle, bulbs are treated under the follow-
ing general heads Hardy spring bulbs for design bed-
ding, hardy bulbs m the herbaceous garden, mixed
flower-border or lawn, subsequent treatment of out-
door bulbs, summer- and autumn-flowering tender
bulbs for spung planting, bulbs for flowering in the
house and greenhouse; the forcing of bulbs, other jn-
door methods; subsequent treatment of foiced bulbs;
keeping dormant bulbs, tubers, and the like, propaga-
tion of bulbous plants; hints on buying and selecting
bulbs, catalogue of bulbs.
Hardy spring-flowering bulbs for design bedding.
The only bulbs adapted to geometrical beds are
Dutch hyacinths and tulips It is not be&t to use both
in the same bed for really fine effects For display bed-
ding in parks, public squares, and like places, only
solid bright contrasting colors as a rule are used, since
brilliancy of coloring IH advisable when the taste of
large crowds must be considered This limits the
selection in hyacinths to dark ciimson, robo-ied, pink,
purple, blue, lavender, white and yellow (the lattei is
seldom satisfactory), and in tulips to dark blood-red,
scarlot, rose, blush-pink, yellow, white, and a bluish
claret,, -vhich last is seldom used On private grounds
many beautiful effects can be obtained by the use of
the softer colors, particularly in beds that are situated
in partial shade In ordering the bulbs for this style of
beading, H is important to select kinds that bloom at
the same time and are of uniform height; and in the
case of hyacinths to choose varieties with a strong stem,
BULB
BULB
589
for many sorts are liable to fall over from the weight of
the spike and are quickly soiled when they lie on the
ground If the item of expense is to be taken into
account, it is possible to use .second-size bulbs of hya-
cinths, often listed as bedding sizes, with satisfactory
results, although only fine bulbs give fine bloom
In planting bulbs in "design beds," it pays for the
extra trouble first to remove the soil to a depth of 6
inches, spade up the lower
soil, using well-rotted inanuie
and plenty of bone dust
worked in Then level off,
smooth, and cover with an
inch of sand This prevents
the manure from touching the
bulbs, ami allows the water
to drain away fiom immedi-
ate contact with them, thus
removing causes which may
lead to their decay Bulbs
set in this manner on the
682 Scaly bulb of Lilium wiml mav b(> Pl{M>pfi m t,hel1r
pardahnum evict position, alter which
the top .soil is carefullv re-
placed It is a difficult matter to set bulbs just 4
inches deep and 4 to 0 mcheb apart with an ordinary
trov/el The plant «T is almost sure o< casionally to chop
ofT a piece of a neighboring bulb or displace it Bulbs
planted in the manner advised, being all of an even
depth, \vill flower uniformly, often, \\lien planted with a
trowel, some bulbs wll be an inch too high and some an
inch too lo\v, which in eailv spring makes considerable
difference in the time of blooming Besides, when
bulbs are planted \\ith a trowel or dibble, there is dan-
ger of "hanging" a bulb occasionally, where it may
perish on aeeourit of not touehmg bottom
Hardy bulbs in the hiibaceoiit garden, mixed flower-
bordet , or lawn
The mixed border is a favorite plaee for most hardy
bulbs Thev should be planted in little colonies here
and theic among the hardy plants and shrubs, and it is
here that bulbs seem to thme and gue the most pleas-
ure \s spring appioaches, the somber winter biowns
and dull greens of the deciduous and exergreen plants
are suddenlv tiansformed into an unmaled setting,
studded with brilliantly eoloied and fragiant flowers,
the eontiasts being exceedingly effective and cheery;
and besides, from the bolder one does not hesitate to
cut a few flowers for the house foi fear of sailing the
effect, as \\ould be the case in formal bedding Fuither-
more, bulbs seem to do better and hist longer in a border
because the floweis aie cut freely in bud or when just
ippioachmg their pnme, which is the best possible time
for the benefit of the bulb, foi the efforts of any bulb
to form seeds weakens the bulb A hyacinth bulb that
matuies seed is virtually destroyed Then again, in an
herbaceous border the bulbs are not dist urbed through
the necessity for replacing them with other flowering
plants, as such a mixed border when properly planted
should do much itself to hide the withering leaves The
foliage then remains uninjured until ripe, thus ful-
filling its duty of recharging the bulb witn new energy
for the next season's display Of course, after three or
four years, the bulbs should be divided if they have
grown and spread, and judgment must be used to
determine when the lifting should be done with the
least injury to the other permanent subjects in the
border It is best, perhaps, to associate with the bulbs
plants that are not seriously injured by being moved
Bold clumps of the taller bulbous plants are very
effective on the lawn, where beds of one kind should
be isolated, and be given a position not too prominent
nor too near. The object desired is a mass of one color,
which at a little distance is more striking on account of
the contrast with the surrounding green grass and trees.
Among the best hardy bulbous plants for this purpose
are: hemerocalhs, such lilies as candidum, Henry i,
tigrmum, speciosum and auratum, also dicentia, crown
imperials, montbretias, tritomas, peonies, and Kaemp-
feri and germanica irises.
Bulbs planted right in the sod on the lawn make a
very pleasing picture when in bloom in the early spring
Make patches here and there of golden, white and
purple crocus, the little chionodoxas, snowdrops, Scillu
amuKna, winter aconite, snowflakes, bulbocodium and
tnteleia. These grow, increase, bloom and ripen the
foliage mostly before it is necessary to use the lawn-
mower, so that the surface of the lawn in summer is not
marrea. The bulbs may be dibbled in when the ground
is moist and soft during the fall rains, but it is better to
cut and turn back the sod heie and there, plant the
bulbs under it, then press the sod bar k again
For parks, groves and wild outty ing grounds beyond
the closely clipped lawn, a very happy style of "natural-
izing" bulbous and other plants is coming much into
vogue Such bulbs should be used as can be planted in
quantity, twenty-five to a hundred or more of a kind m
a patch, and only those should be used which are hardy,
and will flower and thnve and increase under neglect.
Fortunately, there are many bulbous plants that suc-
ceed even better in such rough places than in the prim
garden Among them are hardy anemones, camassia,
convallana, dicentras, erythromums, funkias, certain
ins, hliums, poet's narcissus, Von Sion und many other
narcissi, trilhums, and numerous others
In regard to the preparation of beds for hardy bulbs,
planting and treatment, one can only geneiahze De-
tailed directions suited to the different species, and also
varieties where treatment vanes, will be found under
their respective headings in this Cyclopedia As a rule,
well-rotted manure (mind that it is \\ell-rotted, not
fresh and heating) should be hbcially applied and dug
into the ground deeply It must be where the long,
feeding roots can get at it, and yet not touch the bulbs,
nor be too near their base This is easily accomplished
by removing a few inches of the top soil first, as de-
sciibed under "Design Bedding" above If it is imprac-
ticable to do this, then it is not advisable to use manure
at all, for the bulbs are liable to come in contact with
it and become diseased Bone meal alone is then the
safest fertilizer to use, and it should be applied lavishly.
Most bulbs like rich food if properly applied Although
the embryo flowers were formed within the bulb the
season before, yet their size, luxuriance and brilliancy
this season depend largely upon the nutrition the roots
receive Liberal applica-
tions of manure water,
when the bulbs are m
bud, often produce ex-
cellent results
The proper depth to
plant bulbs varies ac-
cording to the kinds. It
is a common fault to
plant them too near the
surface. Some kinds,
notably the Cahforman
Humboldtu and Wash-
mgtomanum lihes, do
best when 10 to 12 inches
deep, hyacinths, tulips,
narcissi, and similar
large bulbs from 4 to 6
inches deep, smaller bulbs somewhat shallower. A
good rule to follow is to make the depth three times
the average diameter of the bulbs. Hardy bulbs root
during the fall and early winter, and if planted too
near the surface the freezing, thawing and heaving of
the upper crust of soil in mild winters often causes the
bulbs to break from their roots, and, in consequence,
only inferior flowers are produced. When good colo
683. Corm or solid bulb of
gladiolus.
590
BULB
weather has set in ami a light crust has been frozen
on the soil, then cover the bed with leaves, btraw,
marsh hay or reeds to a depth of about 4 to (i inches
This protects not only from severe freezing, but horn
equally injurious unseasonable thaws Do not put the
covering on too early, for it might warm the soil so
that the bulbs would begin to grow and afterwaid be
injured from freezing. Gradually remove the covering
in the spring
The general run of bulbous plants thrive in a loamy
soil, inclining to sand. This soil attracts moist me.
allows free drainage, and admits air If the soil is cold
and stiff, a liberal admixture of leaf-mold and sand, with
the addition of manure applied as previously described,
will be beneficial The texture of the soil should be such
that stagnant water will not remain around the bulbs,
as it tends to rot them, particularly when dormant. An
excess of humus is, therefore, to be guarded against
for most bulbs
While most bulbous plants thrive under the soil condi-
tions advised above, yet there are many exceptions.
Happy should be the man on whose1 giounds is found a
variety of soils and exposures, shade and sun A small
wooded valley or ravine, with a brook flowing through
it into an open, moist meadow, affords conditions suitable
for growing to perfection the greatest variety of bulbous
and other plants, many of which cannot be enjoyed in
the average garden The hyacinth is a notable exception
in regard to soil conditions In Holland this bulb is grown
in pure sand, and soon becomes diseased in heavier soil
This should indicate that in this country plenty of sand
should be added to the natuial soil, and that the bulbs
should not be left m the ground during the summer
The sooner bulbs can be put in the ground after they
are ripe, the better for the bulbs, foi, no matter how
long they will keep, they do not improve when out
of the ground, but tend to dry out and lose vitality.
This is particularly true of the narcissi, which give very
noticeably larger floweis when the bulbs are planted
early. All of the sorts having a strain of poetieus blood
begin the new root-growth almost as soon as they have
ripened, and are far better off if they can be m the
ground early There are, however, many reasons why
bulbs cannot be planted as soon as ripe, and when they
are to be kept for ceitain purposes, they should be stored
as advised below Hardy spimg-flowonng bulbs should
be planted m the open ground in the fall, not earlier
than six weeks before regular fro.sty and freezing nights
are expected. Plant as much later as necessary, provid-
ing the bulbs are keeping sound, hut it is not advisable
to plant them earlier Cool weathei is necessary to
deter top growth, which is very liable to start after four
to six weeks of root develop-
ment; and >oung, succulent
top growth is apt to be in-
jured by the succeeding
ti cozing In Maine, Ontario,
\\ isconsin, and other north-
em parts (about 45 degrees
north latitude), sue"
684 Potato — Example of
a tuber.
uch hardy
bulbs as hyacinths, tulips
and narcissi, may be planted
in September. In New Jer-
sey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, and
so on (about 40°), plant
about the middle of October.
In the latitude of Richmond, Louisville, and St. Louis,
the middle of November is early enough In the lati-
tude of Raleigh, Nashville, and south, do not plant until
middle of December; and for the latter section let the
selection of bulbs run to late-flowering varieties, such as
Bizarre, Darwin, and late double tulips, late hyacinths,
late naicissi, and the like, for they arc not so likely to
be caught by the occasional freezing weather in January
and February In this southern latitude, however, very
early-flowering bulbs, such as Roman hyacinths, Due
BULB
Van Tholl tulips, Early Polyanthus narcissi, and so on
Ulanted in September, are usually through blooming
>re freezing weather begins South of the freezing
belt, hardy spring-flowering bulbs are not very success-
ful, as a rule, theie being no sufficiently cool weather to
deter top-growth and force toot-action first, without
which the floweis and foliage will not develop beyond
such sustenance as the bulb can supply, and this sus-
tenance is usually exhausted by the time the flower-
spikes arc half grown But there are many half-hardy
and tender bulbs that aie more easily grown and flow-
ered m the South than in the North.
Subsequent treatment of outdoor bulbs
The treatment of bulbs after flowering is important
when the bulbs are to be used again, for it must never
be forgotten that the flowers and resources for the next
season are garnered within the bulb after blooming,
through the agency of the roots and foliage Imper-
fectly developed and matured foliage this year moans
poor floweis or none at all next >ear, so it is best to
leave the bulbs alone until the lca\ os ha\ o died down.
The further treatment depends upon the kind of bulbs
under considoiation Geneiallj speaking, one class may
be left in the giound toi a nurnboi of yoais, while
another thnvcs bcttei if lifted annually and given a
short period of lost out of the ground Among this
latter class must, of course, be included tendei bulbs
which will not survive the wmtoi if loft in the bods or
borders and which should be taken up in the fall when
matured Of the haidy bulbs, h>acmths and tulips
succeed best if lifted annually Late tulips m borders
may be loft undistuibod for two or throe jeais with
fairly good results, but the single early kind's ought to
be taken up each >oar
Lifting of any bulbs should novoi bo done before the
foliage assumes a docidodlv limp and brown appeal ance
From that time on until the root-glow th bogms, they
may be taken up, cleaned, and stoiod awa\ , or divided
and replanted at onco The foimoi method is adv isable
for hyacinths and tulips, the latter foi most of the bulbs
on the list appended hereto \\hcn bulbs are grown
commercially, this jeailv lifting is essential in order to
make provision for propagation bj division 01 by offsets,
as the young bulbs mat me more rapidlj and perfectly
when separated from the parent bulb \\hon summer
bedding-plants are to be .substituted, it is sometimes
necessary to remove bulbs before ripe In such cases,
the bulbs should be carefully taken up with a spado
Disturb the roots as little as possible, and do not cut
01 crush the loaves Heel-in the plants in a shallow
trench in sonr* half -shady out-ot-tho-wav place until
ripe, taking pains to avoid sotting thorn too close m the
trench to see ure some air-space about the tops If the
soil adheres to the roots when taken from the beds, the
bulbs will be less affected by being disturbed bofoie
matunng As soon as ripe, they should be dug up,
cleaned, and stored away A point to be ke«pt m mind
is that it is safer to lift tulips too early than too late;
these bulbs should be taken up just before the stems are
quite dry By doing so the protective skin about the bulb
is more likely to be retained elunng the time the bulbs
are out of the ground Dai win tulips have especially
thin skins which frequently loeisen anel come off entirely
if the bulbs are left too long, and then the bulbs tend to
become soft and flabby during the resting period Nar-
cissi should be taken up with whatever foliage has not
quite withered away. Indeed, it is always wisest never
to cut a le*af from choice kinds, but to make plantings
of cheap kinds if leaves are wanted for cutting.
Summer- and autumn-jloviering tender bulbs for spring
planting.
This class (tender) includes some of our showiest
garden flowers, which are almost indispensable They
are of the easiest possible culture. Planted in the spnng,
BULB
BULB
591
after danger from frost is over, ui a bunny position in
good noh soil, they will flower with gieat certainty the
same season After flowering and upening ot the foliage,
they should be taken up and .stored foi the winter as
advised under "Keeping doiinant bulbs" (p f)03) until
wanted next spurig Among the more important species
of this class of bulbs ate the umlei mentioned (those
marked F must be kept m a semi-doimant condition m
acoldframe or greenhouse) Agapanthun (F), alstremena
(F), arnorphophallus, anomatheca (F), antholyza
(F), tuberous begonia, bessera, eolocasia (ealadium),
coopena, crinurn, cypella, gladiolus, galtoma (Hya-
cinthus candicans), boushingaultia (madeira vine),
montbretia, nemastyhs, border oxalis, orrnthogalum
(F), pancratium, richardia (calla), schizostyhs (F),
sprekeha, tigridia, tuberose, watsoma, zephyranthes.
Bulbt> for flowering in the hout>e and greenhouse
There is no class of plants that gives more satisfac-
tion for this purpose, with so little skill, than the
various bulbs Perhaps the most important class of
all bulbs for winter-flowering and forcing are certain
hardy and half-hardy kinds They are the most easily
managed of all, and need occupy no space in the win-
dow or greenhouse, excepting when in bud and bloom
Under suitable treatment, they flower \vith great cer-
tainty, and their flowering period may be hastened
(forced) or retarded at pleasure, so as to "bring them
m" for certain occasions, or to give a continuous suc-
cession of bloom There is a great variety of kinds of
bulbs to select from for this purpose (see list of species
at end of this article), yet the great demand, at this
writing, has centered on the following leaders, especially
for forcing purposes Allium nuipohianwn, A Hermdtu
qrandiflornm, Anemone falqcni, convallana (hl\-of-the-
vallej), Frt(Md refr<tct<t alba, gladiolus "The Bride,"
*arl> single-flowering Dutch hyacinths and Romans,
Campernelle jonquil, Lilmm canthdum, L llarnvti
and L longijlorum Several narcissi are in demand,
notably among the large trumpet \aiieties Kmperor,
Empress, Golden Spur, Horsheldii, and Spimus major,
among the medium and small trumpets Sn \\atkin,
Barm conspicuus and Poetieu.s oinatus, of the doubles
are Von Sion and Orange Phu>nix, of the Pohanthus
narcissi Paper White grand i flora (Tot us albus), and
double Roman (Constantinople) Of other species of
bulbs, Ortnthogtjlum arnbicuin, sp'rea Gladstone, and
single and double tulips of the early \aneties are in
demand In the classes of bulbs there is often a great
diveisity in the fitness of the varieties for forcing Cer-
tain sorts will be found best adapted to earl}* forcing,
others to midseason or late work, and in selecting bulbs
for forcing these characteristics must be taken into con-
sideration Besides this general division into early and
late forcing kinds, the skilled grower lecogmzes that
each variety has its own peculiar period when it is at
its best, if forced Many tulips and narcissi are very
fine if forced early and only moderately good if forced
late; the converse is equally true, for often an early
variety will do only indifferently well when it is used
for late work This characteristic is well studied by one
of the largest forcers for the English market, who
devotes whole separate houses to particular varieties of
tulips, and puts in charge of each one man who knows
the whims of the variety he tends This should not,
however, deter anyone from attempting to force bulbs,
as success is sure to be gamed if standard forcing kinds
are used, and the few important rules arc followed The
principles of culture for hardy bulbs for winter-flower-
ing are the same, whether only a few are grown m pota
for the window-garden, or whether they are to be forced
by the thousand by the florist. The first essential is to
secure the strongest bulbs Remember that the flowers
were formed within the bulbs the previous season. If
one buys bulbs of narcissi containing only one flower,
or hyacinths with only ten nelk on a Rpvike, the best
culture possible cannot make them produce more; but
good culture will develop such flowers larger and better
The next most important essential— one might say
the se< ret of success in flowering bulbs in house or
greenhouse — is peifect root-development before the tops
begin to giow To aid the unrutiated in this important
mat ter, we will illustrate When hardy bulbs are planted
m the open ground in the northern states m the fall, the
weather above them is cool or cold, the ground beneath
685. Example of a rhizome — Smilacioa racemosa. The figures
show the diif erent years' growths.
them is waimer, and the conditions are congenial for
root-action but deteirent to top-growth This results in
the perfect development of such flowers as the bulbs
contain On the other hand, when hyacinths, tulips,
naicissi, and most other hardy spring-flowering bulbs
are planted in fall m our extreme southern states, they
may prove disappointing, because the weather is
warm, causing the flowers and foliage to begin to grow
before the rootn, and as soon as such sustenance as the
bulb could supply has been exhausted, the plant stops
glowing and dwindles, \\hen one grows bulbs dnder
artificial conditions, one must make them produce roots
first Failure to do thus is responsible for nine-tenths
of the disappointments.
\\ hen haidy bulbs are to be grown in pots for winter
blooming in the house or conservatory, the bulbs sKould
be potted as soon as they are procurable, between
August and November. Some writers recommend that
bulbs be planted in successional lots to give later and
continuous flowers, but such advice is at fault, as
the bulbs tend to dry out and lose vitality when kept
diy too long. It is no trouble to retard the flowering of
hardy bulbs in winter, as hereafter described, without
keeping them out of the ground.
The soil should be rich loam Fresh manure cannot
be used Of thoroughly rotted manure, some may be
pulverized and worked into the soil, but it is safer to
use pure bone meal, one part to fifty of soil If the soil
is stiff and heavy, mix with it sand and leaf -mold or
peat The size of pots depends upon the kinds of bulbs.
A 5-inch pot is best for a first-si/cd hyacinth, or large-
bulbing narcissus, particularly the polyanthus type.
Tulips, small narcissi, and bulbs of a similar size,
v/hile they can go individually into a 4-meh pot, are bet-
ter when put three or more of one variety together m a
larger pot, as the soil retains a more even temperature
and moisture, and for this reason some prefer earthen
bulb-pans, which come in various sizes, from 8 to 18
inches m diameter In potting, place a little broken
pottery or lumps of "harcoal in the bottom for drainage,
then fill the pot with soil and shake it down, but do not
pack it Neither must the bulb be pressed or screwed
into the soil, else the soil will be packed under it so
that when the roots start they often raise the bulb out
of the pot Plant the bulb just deep enough that its top
will not show. Large and soft bulbs, which are liable to
rot, may be set in a cushion of sand, and the bulb not
covered with soil until it has taken root and become
established (Fig 688).
592
BULB
When planting mixed bulbs in the same pot, pan or
box, care should be used in selecting different varieties
chat will flower at the same time. An early-flowering
Due Van Tholl and a double Tournesol tulip would
dower a month apart under the same treatment. Some
varieties of hyacinths, of narcissi, and of most species
of bulbs vary greatly in time of blooming, which, of
course, would spoil the effect.
The forcing of bulbs
When florists force bulbs in quantity for cut-flowers,
tiny seldom use pots, but shallow boxes, or flats, of a
size to economize bench-room. Usually these boxes arc
cut down from soap-boxes to a depth of 3 or 4 inches.
The bulbs are planted closely in these, from an inch to
2 inches apart, according to the kind. The tops of the
bulbs (excepting lilies) are kept about even with the top
of the soil. Give a thorough watering to help settle the
earth about the bulbs, but give no more water until
growth begins, for bulbs in a dormant condition resent
an excess of moisture. After the bulbs are potted, or
boxed, as described, 'they should be placed in a cold-
frame or cold-pit to root. This is the most important
detail in flowering bulbs under artificial conditions.
686 Various types of bulbs and tubers
1 Tuberose. 2 Colorasia antiquorum (Calndium
3 Easter Lily. 4 Jonquil 5 Gladiolus 6 Lilmm pardalinum.
7 Hyacinth. 8 Lily-of-the-Valloy
Cover the pots, boxes or pans with 4 inches of sand,
ashes, rotted leaves, tanbark or similar substance, and
do not put the sash on until free/mg weather, and
even then remove the sash on pleasant days. When no
ooldframe or pits are available, the pots may be cov-
ered as advised in a cool cellar, provided close attention
is given to be sure that the soil is maintained in a uni-
formly moist, but not wet condition. It is preferable
however, to sink them in the open ground Very fine
flowers were obtained from hardy bulbs when treated aa
follows* A trench a foot deep is dug in the garden where
water will not settle in it, and it is protected from the
north and west cold Three inches of coal-ashes is first
placed m the trench, to allow drainage and keep the
worms out. The pots are then placed on the ashes, the
earth is filled in aoout the pots, filling the trench round-
ing over When the weather gets cold enough to freeze
a crust on the soil, an additional covering of about 4
inches of rough stable manure, leaves or straw, is put
over. This cover must be heavy enough to keep the pots
from freezing, not that this will injure the bulbs, but
that it will be almost impossible to remove the pots if
the covering of earth freezes solid Care should be taken
that the sides of the trench do not fall in, depositing a
layer of earth over the leaves or other cover, which will
freeze hard enough to make removal difficult. Often
a simple cover of 8 to 10 inches of leaves directly
over the pots will be most advantageous if earth has
been worked in about the sides of the pots to retain
moisture No further attention is required, as every-
BULB
thing is congenial to perfect root-development, while
the weather is cool enough to check top-growth. Some
early bulbs, such as Roman hyacinths, Paper White
narcissi, Due Van Tholl tuhps, and the like, will root
sufficiently in five or six weeks to be taken up for first
flowers, which should be out by Christmas or earlier,
but it is safer to allow all bulbs not less than eight
weeks for rooting. A fairly sure indication that the
bulbs are ready to be brought into heat is the appear-
ance of about an inch of top growth, and of an abun-
dance of roots through t he bottom of the boxes or through
the holes m the bottom of the pots Every two weeks
after the first removal of pots, or as needed, further
relays of rooted bulbs may be taken out for a contin-
uous display of bloom When the pots of hardy bulbs
have been taken up, place them in a cool greenhouse
or cool, light storeroom, with temperature not over
50° This temperature will allow the flower-stems and
foliage to grow, and at the same time prevent the
opening of the flowers until the stems have attained
their proper height. The pots should be kept shaded
for several days until the top-growth has taken on its
natural green color, after which the pots may be taken
to a sunny, warm window, or wherever they are
wanted to flower. Bulbs treated in this manner will
produce perfect spikeo of flowers.
A practice often followed by florists early m the
season is keeping the bulbs in the dark and in
heat m order to draw out the flower sterns to a proper
height This can often be accomplished by placing an
inverted pot over the tops, the light coming through
the hole m the bottom being sufficient to draw out the
stems If this is done, the bulbs must be watched to see
that the tops are all growing evenly, should some of
the bulbs get a start of the others, the pots must be
put in the light at once to avoid irregularity m flow-
ering For early work, this darkening, together with
strong bottom heat, will give longer foliage and stem
than if the bulbs are subjected to strong light when
first brought under glass But plenty of fresh air must
be afforded, and as the buds begin to show color the
pots must be removed to a cooler temperature to har-
den the growth, and enough light given to put color
m the foliage and the buds
A good rule to keep in nnnd in flowering hardy bulbs
is Temperature, 40° for roots, 50° for foliage and stems,
60° for best flowers, 70° for quick development, 80° to
rush bloom with loss of substance and risk of "going
blind" (producing no flowers)
The except ions to the above advice are hliums and
hly-of-the-vallev. The bulbs of Lilium Harnsn, L.
longiflorum and the various sorts of L fipeciosum, in
addition to throwing out roots from the base of the
bulbs, usually form roots from the new stem just above
the bulb, and the plants and flowers derive much
strength from these top-roots So in potting lily bulbs,
it is best to put them down so deep that there will be
sufficient soil above the bulbs to entice and sustain the
stem-roots This may be done when the bulbs are pot-
ted, or 2 or 3 inches of soil may be added after growth
is under way and the stem-roots have begun to work
into the soil An advantage in the latter method is that
some fertilizer may be mixed with the new soil, and
sustenance provided when it is most timely. In other
respects treat the bulbs after potting as just advised.
Winter-flowering lily-of-the-valley forms no new roots
The thick, fleshy 5 fibrous old roots should be trimmed at
the bottom, leaving them from 2 to 3 inches long. This
allows them to absorb the abundant moisture with
which they should be supplied while the flowerp and
foliage are developing. They flower just as well in sand
or moss, or anything that retains an even moisture and
temperature, as they do m soil, but hly-of-the-valley
for flowering in the nouse or greenhouse requires freez-
ing before it can be successfully brought into flower.
Without freezing, many pips will "come blind," or pro-
BULB
BULB
593
duce malformed spikes So it is just as well for ama-
teurs to plant their pips an inch or two apart m pots or
bulb-pans, and plunge them in the garden, as recom-
mended for other hardy oulbs Florists generally
freeze their pips in refrigerators, or have* them placed,
just as they arrive from Germany, 2,500 pips in a case,
in cold storage, in a temperature of 2H° to 30°.
Half-hardy bulbs for winter-flowering and forcing
should be treated the same as hardy bulbs, except
that after potting they (should be placed for rooting
where they will not freeze Vet they can go fairly close
to it and be all the better for it In northern states, a
coldframe or pit or cold greenhouse1 to root them in is,
therefore, almost indispensable For tender winter- and
summer-flowering greenhouse bulbs, the culture varies
with almost every species, and as no general instruc-
tions would suit all kinds, the reader may refer to their
individual cultures given under their respective head-
ings in this Cyclopedia. (See list of species at the end
of this article )
Other indoor methods,
The flowering of bulbs in glasses, bowls ( r
unique pots, is always interesting Among the
most successful and interesting are hyacinth
bulbs in glasses of water TTse early-flowering
single varieties only The seedsmen and dealers
in bulbs supply special hyacinth glasses for the
purpose They come in various
shapes, colors and decorations, and
vary in price from 20 cents to SI oO
each These are simply filled \\ith
fresh, pure water A lump of char-
coal thrown in absorbs impuntiCA,
but it is not absolutely neocssaiv
The bulb rests in a cup-shaped le-
ceptacle on top of the glass In
filling, the water should not quite
touch the bottom of the bulb Put
in a cool, dark, airy place until the
roots have reached the bottom of
the glass, which should be in about
six weeks Do not place them in a
close, warm closet They must 1m e
fresh air Vs the water evaporates,
fill the glasses, and change the water
entirely when needed to keep it
sweet and cleat After rooting, place
the glasses in a light stoic- room
where the temperatiue aveiagos
about 50°, until the stems and foli-
age have developed, then remove to a warm, sunny win-
dow for flow en to open rl heie are other Kinds that do
equally well when rooted in \\ater, piovidmg the largest
healthy bulbs aie chosen Among them aie sprekeha
(Jacobiran hly), Trumpet narcissi Ilorsheldii and
Golden Spur, polyanthus naicissi Grand Monarque and
Glonosa, large bulbs of Roman luacmths, earlv single
tulips, and Mammoth Yellow cioeus lUacmths have
been flowered on a piece of vngm coik floating in an
aquarium, a hole being cut through the cork for the
roots to reach the water The so-called "Chinese sacred
lily," a variety of I'olvanthus imieissus, grows and
flowers luxuriantly in bowls of \\ater, provided they are
not placed in a dry, furnace-heated room, which will
cause the buds to blast before opening Sufficient peb-
bles or shells should surround the bulbs to prevent
them from toppling over.
Crocuses, Roman hyacinths, and hhes-of-the-valley
are very pretty when nicely flowered in columnar,
hedge-hog- or beehive-shaped hollow pots wit h holes for
the reception of the bulbs. A bulb is placed in front of
each hole from the inside, with the crown of the bulb
looking outward The pot is then filled with soil through
the large opening in the bottom, moss being pressed in
last to hold the contents in place, after which the potb
38
687 The Easter hly throws out feedmg-roots
both below and above the bulb
are put outside for the bulbs to root, as explained for
other hardy bulbs for the house.
The growing of bulbs in moss fiber; a method intro-
duced by Robert Sydenham, of Birmingham, Eng-
land, is well deserving of attention by the amateur.
The great advantage of this method is that the bulbs
can be grown in decorative china bowls, without drain-
age, while the compost is clean to handle and, as the
bowls are not porous, they may be set about a room
without danger of spotting the most highly polished
woodwork. The compost is made up of moss or peat
fiber and ground oyster-shell in the proportion of tnree
parts dry moss to two parts of the shell; a little pulver-
ized charcoal added tends to keep the material sweet
The moss must be rubbed between the hands thoroughly
to break even small lumps and then mix the shell with
it very carefully, after which water should be slowly
added in the proportion of four quarts to each half-
bushel of the mixture When properly moistened the
compost should feel quite damp but no water will be
squeezed out if a small quantity is pressed tightly
in the hand. A few pieces of charcoal should be
placed in the bottom of the bowl to keep the fiber
sweet, and the bowls should be filled to within about
.in inch Irom the rim Cover the bulbs with an inch
or so of the rnixtuie, taking care not to pack the
hbei in so doing, and place the, bowls in a cellar or
cool room where they can havo plenty of fresh air
For about three weeks the mixture
will itself provide sufficient mois-
ture, but after that time they must
be examined frequently, nothing 13
so essential as Keeping the fiber
uniform!) damp to the very bottom
of the bowls but there must be no
water standing If dry for but a
da> theie is great risk of the bulbs
going blind 'llie treatment from
this point on is identical with that
gi\en for bulbs grown m ordinary
potting soil
Subsequent in.nl ment offurcwl bidbs.
After being forced or flowered in
the gicenhouse or window, hardy
bulbs are of little \alue, for most
bulbs suitable for the purpose have
attained their maximum size, and,
m consequence, are readv to break
up Florists usuallj throw these
bulbs awav However, if space can
be spared for the bulbs to complete their growth
after flowering, and watering ana temperatures are
watched, many of them can be matured to be utilized
afterwards. The ripening of the foliage is as necessary
to forced bulbs as it is to those grown in the open, and
to promote this the potted bulbs should receive enough
caie and nourishment to counteract the artificial con-
clit ions under which they are grow n When it is desired
to keep forced bulbs, the compost should be made some-
what richer at potting time After flowering, the pots
may be plunged out-of-doors, if freezing weather is over,
until the foliage has ripened Then the bulbs can be
shaken out and planted in the mixed Dorder or about
the kitchen-garden, where some of them will recuperate
and give flowers for cutting within a year or two, and
e\cntually they will regain their vigor sufficient ly to
be transferred to the bulb-garden. Yet with most of the
bulbs the labor involved is scarcely commensurate with
the returns, and the bulbs might just as well be dis-
carded at the beginning.
Keeping dormant bulbs, hibcrs, and the like.
Bulbs and tubers of the various species, as well as
their varieties, vary greatly in size Some, like oxahs,
snowdrops, and chionodovas, often do not exceed hoi*
594
BULB
BULB
an inch in diameter, while other bulbs, such as those of
Caladium esculentum, certain arums and crmums,
attain great size, frequently weighing several pounds
each. Such solid bulbs as those of tulips, hyacinths
and narcissi, will remain out of the ground solid and
plump, m a suitable place, for three or four mouths. The
larger the bulb the longer it will keep, as a rule. Large
cnnum bulbs have been kept for fifteen months Still,
it is always better to plant the bulbs as soon as possible,
for, although they keep, they do not improve, and their
tendency is always toward diymg out and loss of vi-
tality.
Never keep bulbs packed air-tight. They are liable
to generate heat or sweat, mold or rot, or to start.
When solid bulbs are to be kept dormant for any length
of time, they should be stored away from bright light in
baskets, shallow boxes or slatted trays, protected from
rats or mice, in a room or cellar m which there is a cir-
culation of fresh air and the temperature is as cool
as possible. Forty degrees is the desideratum for all
excepting tender bulbs Scale-like bulbs, as lihums, soon
dry out and shrivel, if exposed to the air for any length
of time; therefore, they are best kept in opon boxes
packed with some substance that \\ill retain a slight and
even moisture, such as sphagnum moss, rotted leaf-
mold, coconut fiber refuse, or moist sand, but they must
be kept cold to check any efforts to start. Fleshy roots,
like those of peonies, and so on, should be treated like
the lily bulbs When a cold-storage room, with an aver-
age temperature of 36° to 40°, is available, it is the
safest place to carry over hardy bulbs and roots for
spring planting
Lily-of-the-valley pips are carried in cold storage
rooms of about 28 to 30°. The pips and packing
freeze solid; and here they are kept for months until
wanted for foicing When they aie removed, they
must be thawed out gradually and as soon as possible,
by plunging in cold water, before they are subjected to
any heat; otherwise, they are likely to rot For this
reason, "cold-storage pips ' cannot be safely shipped any
distance in warm weather,
this often being the cause
of tho count ly florists' dis-
appointment in results
Tender dormant bulbs,
as begonias, gloxinias,
arnaryllis, pancratiums,
tigndias, tuberoses, must
be kept in a warm, dry
atmosphere, not below
50°. The cause of tube-
roses not flowering is often
688 Bulb with a cushion of sand that the bulbs have been
beneath it to prevent decay. kept below 40°, which
destroys the flower germ,
although the foliage grows just as vigorously. Tender
tubers, such as dahlias and cannas, should be stored
in dry sand in a warm, dry cellar or under the green-
house bench.
Propagation of bulbous plants.
Bulbous plants increase usually in either of two
natural ways — from division or from seed. Increase by
division, with true bulbs and corms, is due, in the first
place, to the tendency these plants have after reaching
a certain age to break up into a number of smaller parts,
each part making a new start for itself and developing
with tune into a bulb of flowering size In addition to
this breaking up, all bulbs, even those of young growth,
form tiny bulbels or offsets, throughout their time of
maturing These bulbels appear in many ways, some
forming outside of the protecting skin of the mother
bulb, as in the case of the tulip and hyacinth, others
developing about the base of a newly-formed corm like
the gladiolus In this connection it is proper to note that
'Jbe formation of bulbs during the growing season vanes
in that some kinds form an entirely new bulb, as the
tulip and gladiolus^ and others merely add new tissues to
the old bulb and increase in size, as the narcissus and
hyacinth. As a rule, small bulbs obtained by this pro-
cess of breaking up do not have the vigor of those from
offsets, the younger a bulb is, the greater vigor it always
has, although the flower may not show its true size.
Whereas bulbs secured by division always come true,
— that is, the flowers resemble that of the parent bulb,
allowing for the occasional variation due to "sporting" —
propagation by seed is likely to give new varieties, dif-
fering in character from the original. Certain kinds of
bulbs, such as the soilla, chionodoxa, or frcesia, can be
propagated by seed and come true, unless cross-fertilized
Bulbs grown from seed taku longer to mature than do
those from offsets, and for commercial purposes the
seed method is seldom employed except when the
raising of novelties is an object
Of the other so-called bulbous plants which are under
consideration hero, the tuberous kinds increase natu-
rally by the development of new eyes which grow into
young plants as the old tuber decays, while the rhizoma-
tous sorts form new plants through the elongation and
branching of the tunning underground stems accom-
panied bv the dying back of the older parts Artificial
propagation ot those kmds is an easier affair than with
true bulbs, as tho separation of tho new growth is readily
effected by division with a knife, or even with the
rougher use of a spade Such tubers as potatoes, bego-
nias and gloxinia* can be cut into small parts wherever
an eye has started, and these planted out separately
grow into now plants \\ ith certain kinds it is a
frequent practice to dust ovor tho tubers whore the cut
has been made with sulfur or soot to prevent docay
Caution must be used in following this method, as too
frequent division of this sort results in \\oakoning the
..vigor of the stock to be grown Several tubers, such as
Ihe dahlia and begonia, can be propagated either by
stem or leaf cuttings taken from tho young growth
Artificial propagation of the hyacinth by cutting the
old bulb is tho method employed in Holland, while
many liliums ar" increased by loosening tho outer bulb
scales and inserting thorn in sand after the manner of
cuttings Certain bulbs like tho tulip, as grown in Hol-
land, are subjected to heat after lifting, to ripen the
bulbs more thoroughly. Bulbs to bo used for propaga-
ting are given a higher temperature, which arrests the
flowering and tends to increase the breaking up of the
mother bulbs. For special methods of propagating,
the reader should consult the articles on the various
bulbs throughout this Cyclopedia
The cultural treatment for tho young bulbs is in gen-
eral the same as that prescribed for the older, larger
ones. The offsets need not, of course, be planted so far
apart, the very smallest being simply scattered in drills
as poas or beans are sown At first tho soil should be
somewhat lighter than later on, and must always be kept
free from weeds and woll cultivated The young bulbs
should be planted early, and when annual lifting is
practised they should be the first to come out of the
ground.
From an economic point of view it is doubtful
whether the so-called Dutch bulbs can be successfully
propagated and grown in America. The extremely low
cost of labor, and the rapid increase of stocks in the soil
and climate of Holland, together with the fact that the
secret of ripening the bulbs to perfection is known
thoroughly only by the Dutch, makes it improbable
that bulbs can be grown as well, or with a reasonable
profit, here in America.
Hints on buying and selecting bulbs.
As already said, bulbs can develop only the flowers
which were formed within them before they were ri-
pened. A bulb may be poor because not full-grown or too
young, or because grown in impoverished soil or under
'Mte
w*;
XX. A border of hardy bulbs
BULB
BULB
595
uncongenial conditions, or because it may not have
been matured when dug; or it may be injurea from heat-
ing, sweating, rotting or moldmess in storage or transit,
caused by improper curing or packing, or it may be
dried out from having been out of the ground too long.
In the majority of cases in which poor bulbs are planted,
however, it is the buyer's fault in procuring cheap
bulbs, which in many cases are second grades, lacking
age and proper size The commoner varieties of a spe-
cies usually propagate the fastest, and it is generally
these less salable varieties and inferior seedlings and cull-
ings from the named bulbs that go to make up most
"mixed colors" and "mixed varieties." Therefore, for
best results, it is advisable to expend a given amount
of money for the hrst-size named varieties, rather than
for a larger quantity of cheaper seconds and mixtures,
unless, of course, the bulbs are wanted for large perma-
nent plantings, as m promiscuous boiders for naturaliz-
ing, in which best flowers the first season are of secon-
dary consideration.
The best named hyacinths — "top roots," as they are
called in Holland — require from four to six years to
attain full sue and give best fiowcis Such bulbs,
according to the variety, should measure from 20 to 24
centimeters (8 to 10 inches) in circumference These
naturally cost more to grow than the younger second or
"bedding" grade of bulbs, measuring from 18 to 20 cen-
timeters ((> to 8 inches) There is a third size, ranging
from 16 to IS centimeters (i to 6 inches), that goes in
mixtures, and a fourth sue (12 to 11 centimeters) that
goes out as "Dutch Romans," "Pan Hyacinths,"
"Miniatures," and so on Some groovers even scale their
sizes a centimeter or two less than mentioned, to enable
them to quote lower prices Crocus, narcissi, tulips
and rrianv other bulbs are also sorted into sizes, ena-
bling the growers to calch all classes of buyers
A first-sue crocus bulb should measure 10 centimeters
(4 inches) in circumference, and such bulbs produce
from MX to twelve flowers each A small, cheap bulb
produces only two or three flowers A narcissus bulb of
maximum size will produce from thiee to five flowers
(sometimes more), and an inferior sue usually but a
single flower A white Roman h>acmth bulb 14- to 16-
centimeter sue (.") to 0 inches in circumference) will pro-
duce three and often four spikes of firsts and several
seconds, while an 11- to 12-centimeter sue will aver-
age only one first-grade spike and a couple of seconds,
or pel haps nothing but seconds The best hl}-of-the-
vallev pips bear from twelve to sixteen bells on a spike,
usually all firsts Cheaper inferior giades of pips have
seldom more than seven to ten bells If the florist or
planter wants 1he best bulbs, he must pay more money
for them, but they are cheapest in the end, for second-
grade stock takes up uist as much room and requires
as much care, fire, and other expenses It is the grade
of flowers called firsts that sell and pay a profit. The
supply of seconds is often so abundant that the
market price for them does not pay the cost of
the bulbs.
Mere size alone should never be taken as the standard
in judging bulbs, however, as in this respect there is
always a great difference among vancties of the same
kind~of bulb A plump, solid bulb, without any sus-
picion of flabbmess, will give far better blooms than one
without these qualities, but if size goes with them the
purchaser will be just so much better satisfied Further-
more, the selection of varieties is of importance since in
recent years a great many vastly improved varieties
m all classes of bulbs have been introduced The grow-
ers, nevertheless, because of the demand for the older
sorts, of which they have large stocks, continue to list
many kinds no longer worth growing, unless cheap
bulbs are wanted. Attention ought also to be paid to
the fact that a number of varieties appear in the lists
under different names, a feature of the bulb trade
which often leads to great confusion although the relia-
ble dealers usually note synonymous names in such
cases. Cheap bulbs may often be secured through the
auction sales in fairly good quality, but it is utterly im-
possible to count upon these being true to name, or
even to color. The surest way to obtain farst-class bulbs
689 A good pot of narcissi
is always to purchase from a trustworthy source, arid
to state clearly, when buying, the exact purposes for
which the bulbs are intended and the amount which
the buj er desires to spend.
Catalogue of bulbt^
To aid in the selection of bulbs for particular pur
poses, is appended a list of the leading species that att
piocuuible while dormant (between the months speci-
fied) from seedsmen and bulb dealers, and a sign is
affixed to each to indicate the purpose for which the
species — or certain varieties in it — arc adapted Some
kinds arc useful foi moie than one puipose, and such
have a corresponding number of signs For example:
If a selection of bulbs is to be made for winter-flowering
in the house, make a note of those to which an asterisk
(*) is affixed, then turn to their respective headings
in this Cyclopedia, w here w ill be found other advice and
descriptions, lead all cultuial instructions carefully,
and consult good gioweis and reliable dealers for the
most lecent vaneties in any species, remembeiing that
new varieties frequently appear.
For vnntir-floutrmg hulb* for gnenhouse or window, select from
For summer- and fall-tloirtnng bulbs for pots for greenhouse
and othtr decoration, ^tUct from speites marked f
For spring-fiowcniifi hardy bulbs for gardens, lawns, and the like,
select from spine* mat kid J
For summer- and fad-flowering hardy bulbs for gardens, lawns,
and the like, select from species marked |l
For tiirnmir- and foll-fiowetuig (not hardy) bulbs for spring
planting in garden, and th, like, selfrj. from iptcus marked ?.
For ilimbing biilboui plan' ' '' ' '"
Th
marked H i
GENERA, ETC
Abobra 11 p
Achum-nest
AgapanthiM t #
Alhica t
Allium * t
Alstrrrmona f t
Amaryllis * t
Ainorphophalhu ?
Anemone * J
Anomnthi-ca g
Antholyru ?
Apicw «i ,|
\ri«trma t
Arum * t
HtiniK, aenri jrom «/><
irdy, mi, half-hardy,
,cus murKeu n
T, tender.
H \HIMNES8
DORMANT.
HH
. Got to Apr.
T
Oct to Apr.
HII
Oct to Apr.
T
H & HH
( )ct to Apr.
Aug to Dec.
HH
Sept to Nov.
T
Oct to Apr
T
H ft HH
Oct to Apr
Aug to Nov.
II H
Oct to Apr.
HIT
Oct to Apr.
It
Oct to Apr.
HH
Oct to Apr.
T
Aug to Apr.
596
BULB
BULBOPHYLLUM
GENERA, ETC.
Babmna *
Begonia, Tuberous t 'i
Besscra \
Blandfordm *
Blooracriaf .
Bomarea 11 1
Boussmgaultia fl §
Bowieu f t
Bravoa t
Brodisea * J
Bulbocodmm \
Caladmm t (*
Calorhortus * J
Camassia l|
Canna <|
Chionodoxa * \
Chhdanthus I .
Colehicum || . .
Convallana'1't. .
Coopena 9.
Corydahs ||
Cnnum t (*
Crocosmia i
Crocus * t
Crown Imperial %
Cumrmngia t
Cyanolla t
Cycl-imon persicum *
Cyrlobothra g . .
Cypella ? ----
Cyrtanthusf . .
Dahlia § ...
Dicentra \ .
Dioscorea H ||
EranthisJ ....
Eremurus ||
Erythronium f
Eucharist
Euryeles f
Kreesm *
Fntillana * t .
Galanthus * J
Galtonia g ...
Geis>8orlma t .....
Gesneria*t .
Gladiolus '
Glon
Glo:
HaMiiunttius f
Helleborus J
Hemerocallis ]|
Homena §
Hyacinth * $
Hymenocallis g t
Imautophyllum t
Im, Bulbous * J
Ins, Rhizomatous,
I*mene ? t
Ixia * .
Ix.ohrum t
Jonquil * t •
Lacheiidha* ...
Leucojum t ||
Lilmin * i|
Lyeom g t
Nlilla §
Montbretia ||
Muicana J
Nsegdia*t
Narcissus * J
OrnilhoK-iluiii * 3
Oxalu, for borders 4
Oxali , Winter-flowe
Peony ||
Pancratium f ?
Phuxlrauassa *
Polygonatum ||
Puachkinia t
Ranunculus *
Richardia * t g
Rigidella ?
Sangumflrm J
Sclmo^tyhs * g . .
Scilla t *
Spamxis *
Spiraea (Astilbe) * .
Sprekeha*t? . .
Tecophiliea *. .
Tigndiag ........
Trillium!) .....
Tnteleia J
Tntoina l|
Tritonia *
Tl"op8eolum, Tuberous *
Tuberose t
uiaaioius g
Glonosa H t
Gloxinia f
Gnffima f
DORMANT.
.Aug. to Nov.
.Oct to Apr.
. Oct to Apr.
Aug to Nov.
, Aug to Nov.
Aug to Oct.
Oet to Apr
Oct to March
Oct to Apr
Aug to Oct.
Aug to Oct
Oct to Apr
Aug to Nov.
Aug to Nov
Oct. to Apr
Aug to Oct.
Oct to Apr
Aug to Sept.
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Aug to Apr
Nov to Apr
Oct to Apr
Aug to Oct.
Aug to Oct.
Aug to Oct.
Aug to Oct.
Aug to Nov.
Aug to Nov.
Oct to Dec.
Oct to Apr.
Oct to Apr
Oct to March
Oct to Apr
Aug to Oct.
Oct to \pr.
Aug to Nov.
Sept to Doc
Oct to March
Aug to Nov.
Aug to Oct
Aug to Nov.
Oct to Apr
Aug to Nov.
Oct to Apr
Sept to Apr
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr.
Oct to Apr
Aug to Nov.
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Aug to Nov
Aug. to Nov.
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
. Aug to Nov.
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Aug to Nov
Aug to Nov
Aug to Oct
Aug to Oct.
Aug to Oct
Sept to Apr.
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Aug to Nov
Oct to Apr
Aug to Oct.
Oct to Apr
\ug to Nov
Vug to \ov
Srpt to Apr.
Aug to Nov.
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Aug to Oct
Aug to Nov
Sept to Dec.
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
O( t to Apr
Aug to Nov.
Aug to Nov.
Oct to Apr
Sept to Apr
. Aug to Oct.
Aug to Oct
Oct. to Apr.
. Oct to March
Oct to Apr
Oct to Apr
Aug to NW.
Aug to Dec
Nov. to May
OENERA, ETC. HARDINESS DORMANT.
Tulip * J . H Aug to Nov.
Tydsea * f T . Oct to Apr
Urceolma t • T ... Oct to Apr.
Vallota t ... T Oct. to Apr
Watsoma * g HH Sept to Doc.
Zophyranthes * g HH Aug. to Apr.
PETER HENDERSON & Co.
BULBlNE (Greek, bolbos, a bulb). Lihdcese. More
than 20 species of half-hardy African and Australian
plants, allied to Anthericum, but practically not culti-
vated in this country
Flowers showy, the petals distinct, 1-nerved, spread-
ing and often recuivmg in age, stamens shorter than
the perianth. Some of the species are bulbous, and
require the general treatment given Cape bulbs (see
Bulbs), but none of the bulbous species is known here.
690. Bulbme annua.
annua, Willd Fig 690 Annual, acaulescent, without
any rootstock or bulb. Ivs. 12-20, erect but \veak4 fls.
bright yellow, racemose S Afr. B M. 1451 (as Anthen-
cum). DC. PI. Grasses, pi. 8 — Can be gro\\n as an
annualS. N. TAYLOR.
BULBINfiLLA: Chryacbactron.
BULBOC6DIUM (Greek, woolly bulb) Lihacese
Ciocus-hke bulbous plants of mts of Ku and Russian
Asia, spring-flowering or autumn-flo\\ ermg
Leaves appearing after (or before) the fls , usually 3.
narrow, sheathed at base* fls close to the ground, 2-3
from each bulb, the perianth funnelfonn, begms dis-
tinct to the base but conniving in a tube; stamens 6;
style 3-fld at the top — One variable species, treated in
general as crocuses aie cult. Allied to Merendera, to
which some of the former species are referred.
v&rnum, Linn Fig 691. Blooms m gardens in
earliest spring before the Ivs. appear, the fls resting
nearly on the ground, fls. rosy purple, white-spotted
on the interior, 1-3 from each bulb • Ivs broad and chan-
nelled B M. 153 (cf. Fig 691). FS IT 1149 On 75,
p. 409. — Bulbs should be taken up and divided every
2 or 3 years. Plant in the fall Usually blooms in
advance of the crocus. B. vbrsicolor, Spreng (B.
rutMnicum, Bunge), is a small handsome form
L H. B.
BULBOPHtLLUM (Greek, bulb-leaf). Orchidteex.
Epiphytic plants, creeping upon rocks or trees; cult in
the warmhouse
Pseudobulbs 1-2-lvd in the axils of the sheaths, and
with the infl. arising from the base of the pseudobulb:
fls. small and numerous in a raceme, or larger and tew
BULBOPHYLLUM
BULLACE
597
or solitary; dorsal sepal erect or spreading, free, equal-
ing or shorter than the lateral, which are obliquely
broadened at the base and adnate to the foot of the
column; petals shorter than or nearly equaling the
sepals, hp articulated to
the foot of the column,
incumbent upon the
column; pollmia 4. — A
genus of about 125 spe-
cies, mostly natives of
Tron Asia and Afr. —
Bulbophyllum needs a
rnoist atmosphere and
should not become dry.
Grown on pieces of
wood or tree-fern stems.
A. Flu large, solitary.
B. Petals and lip minute;
sepah te.walatedwith
yah brown, and yel-
low.
grandifldrum, Blume.
* Pbcudobulbs 2 - 3 in.
long, 1-lvd : If up to 10
in long and 2 m broad,
emargmate at the apex:
peduncle usually not ex-
ceeding the If. w ith 2-4
biaets and a solitary
large fl about 8 in long,
sepals tessellated vuth pale brown and yellow spots, the
doisal bepal arcuate and incurved, the sides reflexed,
the lateral sepals deflexed, petals minute, _tnangular,
~ r Gumc
691. Bulbocodium vernura
hp minute, 3-lobed
III 17 429.
New
nea. BM 77S7. G C.
BH Petals and hp large, the former as long as the sepals.
c Lip curdate-tnangular; petals reflexed.
Dearei, Reichb (13 Godtteffianum, Hort ). Pseudo-
hulbs 1-lvd uptol^jm long Jf up to Gin long, acute:
peduncle as long as or exceeding the If , bearing a soli-
tary largo fl , sepals and petals tawny yellow, the dorsal
sopal ovato-lancoolato, rod-spotted, the lateral sepals
lanceolate, falcate, purple-marked on both sides,
petals Imoar-lancoolate, \vith the veins deeper, and some
puiplo spot*, lip triangular-cordate Origin uncertain.
GC 11 20 10S (as Sarcopodium) .
cc Lip co) date-ovate; petals merely spreading.
L6bbii, Lindl Fig 692 Pseudobulbs 1-lvd , up to
\l/2. i" l°nK ^ about 6 in long, nai rowed into a petiole
peduncle shoitor than the If , bearing a solitary large
il 3—1 in acioss, sepals and petals buff-yellow, the
dorsal sepal \\ith lines of purple spots on the back,
ovate-lanceolate, the lateral sepals falcate, marked
with rose in the center, petals lanceolate; lip yellow,
purple-spotted, cordate-ovate, acute Java. B M 4532
G C 111 38 184 (var colosseum).
A A Fls less than J^in long, in a raceme.
Careyanum, Spreng. Pseudobulbs ovoid or oblong,
1-lvd . If up to 10 in long and 2 in. broad, scape with
many bracts, bearing a dense raceme. 2-4 in. long, of
numerous fls which are orange-yellow or greenish,
spotted with reddish brown or purple; sepals oblong-
ovate, acute; petals broadly ovate, minutely awned;
hp nearly entire Himalayas.
B nune^mum, Lindl Burma B M 7938 — B barbtgerum,
Lindl Lip long, narrow with a tuft of long purple hairs at the
apex Trop Afr Gt 4«. p 491 BR 1942. BM 5288 R B.
30253 — B Hinnendljkn, J J Smith Java B M 8i»7 G C.
Ill 47 84 —B birmense, Srhlecht Fls orange-yellow, very small
Burma O. WO 107, dew- -A Birtneri'lrmm, Schlecht FN golden
yellow bracts leafy, greenish white, rose-dotted Siam O 1910 108,
desc — B calabdru urn, Rolfo Fls small, light yellowish green, with a
dull reddish purple hp W Trop Afr — R campanulcitum, Rolfe.
Sumatra. BM 8281 —B capituliflbrum, Rolfo Fl*. very small;
sepals and petals whitish green , hp deep purple. W. Trop Afr. — B.
ehrysocephalum.Sohkcht Dwarf plant fl«s yellow SE Asia —5.
comdsum. C. and M Burma B M 7283 — B. crenulatum, Kolfe.
Madagascar B.M 8000 — fi cyhndrnceum, Lindl Himalayas.
GC III 49 3— B Dav&num, Heuhb Burma FS 21 2236.
GC III 45 194— B dickrdmum, Rolfe Annam BM 8100— B.
Dtxomi, Rolfe Fls small, greenish yellow with numerous dark
brown spota. petals with bnstle-Iike tails at the apex Siarn — B.
Bncstdnu, Kranzl FIs umbellate, the sepals and petals green,
spotted with purple-brown, the lip triangular, broadly cordate at
base, acute, marked with red-brown Malay Archipelago B M.
8088 GC III 21 61,32 383 OR 15 233 —B exaltdtum. Lindl
bepals light green, dotted with brown, hp blackish purple, much
fringed Brazil, British Guiana -B fagctndUor, Rolfe Annam
BM 8199— B /Macupurnureum. \fc ight. Fls dull reddish brown,
about 1 in across S India — B galbinum, Riddell Malay ?<>mn
BM 82lb GC 111.42 42 —B CenUUi, Rolfe Scape 1 2ft long,
bearing a densely fid «pikc, fls scarcely }^in long, sepals and pftt L
straw-colored and purpU Trop Afr G C III 3C 26b, desc — B
gliUindtum, Cogn Fls arranged in 2 rows in short spikes, sepah
greenish, spotted mwdc w ith red , petal «< minute, white, hp red Brazil
O 1910 108, desc —8 t»unctum,J J Smith Fls larger than in B.
Lobbn , sepals densely dotted w ith purple, petals long and drooping
Borneo— B Khni, Rolfe Lv« oblong, dt-iduous fls dull yellow,
pubescent Siam — B k)n<Hi>mum,V* Mem -similar to B. barbigerum,
but the hairs on the lip arc not club-shaped Congo tree State —
B IrmmacatindeH, Rolfr- .la\a(') GC 111 45 68 — B lemmscntum.
Pax Burind F S 23 2470 C!n S'^.p f»10— B Irpidum, J J bmith
==Cirrhop« talum — B hlacmum, RidUy FN in dense racemes or
spikes, lilac spotted with purple Siam — B lonyistmlum Rolfe.
NewGu.tua GC III 42 211— B marrdnthum Lindl Burma
and Mahy \rchipfl-igo BM 720S— B mantLbulare, R«'ichb f.
Borneo — B Me<lu**, Reichb f Malay — B tmcropttalum
Rodrig A small plant with spikes of tiny transparent green
Us with prominent blackish purple btripcs Brazil — B mmiatum,
Rolfe Resembles B barbigc rum but has a broader labelluiu with
white featht r-hkc processes Congo Free State — B mintm J J
Smith Remarkable for its curious Ms , lateral sepal* united,
petals conwMing of a bmall round disk with motor filaments
Muhya— B morphologfirum, Hort Us curious in having a
•>rnall tn.ingular plate bKvmn the dorsal and lateral btpals,
SIHHI — B jugretcens, Rolfe vScpals yellow dotted with blackish
purple, petals and lip bl,itki«h purple Siam — B nudism purn,
Rolfe Allud to B barbi^erum C'OFIKO — B urlhngl6anum, Kran«l
Malaya GC III. 43 iOu — B Pahudn, Reichb f Malaya
F8 22 22G8— B papillfaum, Finet Raceme twite as long
as Us , rachis and brarts green, lip dark purple French
Congo— B Pfchei, Bull Burma BM 7286 — B pol'/bU phm on,
Schlccht Fh solitary, dark purple N< w Guinea — B prupinquum,
Hort Fis Kr»fn with deuso purple reticulation Siam — B quad-
nfanum, Rolfe Fls inconspicuous Madagascar — B radmtum,
Lindl Fls yellowish white, with narrow lanceolate petals and
sepals If linear India —B tnmulum, Wight I. Indies G C.
Ill 49 291 UR 9 361— B tn,ientutum, Rolfe Allied to B.
mandibulare British Xew Guinea —B tnfanum, Rolfe Fls.
arranged like the bracts in i rows, dull, lurid purple, with numer-
ous minute darker cpots on the wpals Madagascar — B rtr<?»-
cena, Thouars Fls umbellate, stpala and petals 4-5 in. long, palo
692. Bulbophyllum Lobbii. (x|)
ereen, the vema and nerves brown, lip rather fleshy, about ?i'm.
long, cordate-ovate, pale green, purple at the baae. Java. B M.
8327. G C III 40 260.— B. Weddtln. Reichb. f. Brazil. B.M,
7958. G.C III. 36 382.
GEORGE V. NASH.
BULLACE. A name used in England for half-wild,
half-domesticated plums very similar in character to
the Damsons. In America there exist no plums for
which another name can not be preferred The bullacc,
or bullaces (for there are several varieties sometimes
598
BULLACE
BULL-HORN
693. Acacia coroigera.
spoken of as bullaces) are usually referred to the botani-
cal name of Prunus insililia (e g , Hednck, Plums of
New York, p 40) , but they are also classified with the
Damsons, thus taking the botanical name of Prunus
domestica var damas-
cena (See Bot. Gaz.
27:481.)
F. A. WAUGH.
BULL-HORN. A
name applied to sev-
eral species of tiopical
American acacias ze-
markable for their
laige stipular inflated
spines which closely
resemble the horns of
an ox or buffalo These
are utilized by ceitam
stinging ants of the
genus Pseudomyrrna
as nesting-places for
rearing their young.
The thoins, which aie
connate at the base,
are hollowed out by
the insects, which per-
forate one of the spines
nea- the tip, usually
on the under side, so that no water can enter All the
species of tiue bull-horns have a four-lobed involucel
on the peduncle of the flower-spike near the base The
bipmnate leaves have nectar-glands on the rachis and
petiole, as in many other acacias, and they aie still
further provided with peculiar processes on the tips
of the leaflets, minute wax-like bodies rich in oil and
S'otoplasm, which Thomas Belt, in his "Naturalist in
icaragua" (1874), discoveied to be used as food by
the ants inhabiting the spines, and uhuh in his honor
were named Beltian bodies These apical bodies had
long been known, and Linnauis culled attention to the
nectaries on the ieaf-rachis, but Belt was the first to
suggest that in return for (punters and subsistence the
little ants serve their host as a body-guaid of soldiers,
and Darwin in his woik on the "Kffects of Cioss- and
Self-Fertilization in the Vegetable Kingdom," called
attention to Belt's interesting obsei vat ions and
deductions
Francisco Hernandez, the protomedico of Philip II
of Spain, sent in l.">70 to study the resources of Mexico,
figured the peculiar spines and the leaves of one species
growing in the Huasteca region of Mexico, in the Tiena-
cahente, not far from the Gulf coast This author
speaks of the intense pain caused by the stings of the
ants and describes their larva- engendered in the hollow
spines Jacqum, in describing a bull-horn acacia grow-
ing near Cartagena (Colombia) in 1703, tells how the
little insects rush from the
thoins when the tree is struck
however lightly, falling upon
the unwaiy intruder and inflict-
ing upon him myriads of burn-
ing stings Long before this
(1696) Pfukcnct had figured the
bodies on the apices of the leaf-
lets, and Linnaeus himself ex-
pressed his wonder as to the
function of the extra-floral nectar
glands
In all bull-horn acacias, there
are two kinds of leaves with
accompanying spines vegetative
leaves in which the stipular
spines usually become greatly
inflated; and bract-like smaller
694. Acacia conugera. leaves subtending the flower-
heads or flower-spikes on the axillary raceme-like
flowering branchlets, with stipular spines usually small
and subulate. The extra-floral glands on the leaf-rachis
and petiole are either crater-like and more or less
elongated, or round and bead-like, often several in a
series at the base of the petiole and sometimes one
between each pair of pmme
The flower-spikes or flower-heads are solitary, gemi-
nate, or fascicled in clusters of several in the axils of
the small bipmnate leaves on the axillary, raceme-like
flowering branchlets. In one species, Acaua Cookn,
there is apparently no specialized flowering branchlet,
but the globose heads are borne m dense clusteis m
the axils of the large slender-pronged equitant spines
In all true bull-hoi ns the four-toothed involucel is at
or near the base of the peduncle In A cochlmcantha
the involucel is at the apex of the peduncle, veiy much
as in A Fainc^iana In A cornigera, A sp<ntuigera^
and .A Colhnsn, the spikes are dense, cyhndiical and
more or less like the spadix of an aroid In A Dpliaro-
cephala they are splueioid-ovate or ovate-oblong, with
the flowers closely crowded on a fusiform receptacle.
In A Cookn, the heads aie perfectly globose with the
receptacle also globose In A Hindsn, which Bentham
put in a section (Americans laxiflvrie} apart fiorn A.
spndicigeia and its allies
(Pycnantha? amei itanst?) , the
flower-spikes are lax and slen-
der with flowers not very
closely crowded
Between the small flowers
are stipitate bracteoles or
umbracula which may
readily be likened to minute
umbrellas with slender
handles protecting
the flowers befoi^ ^
an the sis from ^
moisture and iun-
gus spoi es The
laminae of these
may be ovate-acu-
minate or hastate and long-
pointed, as m A cormgeia
and .1 spadicigera, ovate
with the maigm cihate, as in
A sphterocephalfi, circular or
neaily so, as in *l Colhnsn
and A fhndsn, or very
broadly ovate, as m A Cookn
The flowers themselves consist of a tubular calyx, four-
or five-toothed or almost entire, a corolla ol four or
five lobes, in A cornigera and its allies only slightly
longer than the calyx but m A Huuhu about twice
as long They are polygamous; that is, some of the
flowers are entirely stammate, others are both stami-
natc and pistillate. The stamens are numerous, with a
single pistil in the hermaphrodite flowers rising from
the center of the mass; ovary several-ovulcd; style
filiform, stigma minute, terminal.
In one division, to which A cornigera and its allies
belong, the pods are mdehiscent, inflated, thin, char-
taceous, terminating in a sharp beak (Fig G93) In
another division, to which A Hindsn and A Colhnsn
belong, the pods are dehiscent (Fig 696) In A Cookn
they are very long and slender and two-valved In
all cases the hard smooth compressed seeds are sur-
rounded by sweetish yellow or orange-colored pulp,
somewhat like that found in the pods of the algarroba,
or St John's bread, which causes the fallen pods to
be eagerly sought by pigs and other animals This
peculiarity at once distinguishes the bull-horn acacias
from A arnbica, the type of the genus, which has
dehiscent pods devoid of pulp.
Following are the leading species of bull-horn
695 Acacia sphaerocephala.
BULL-HORN
BUPHTHALMUM
599
A. Involucela at the base of the peduncle (Basibracteatx, Benth );
pedicelled brzcteoles of the ft heads peltate THUH, BuLL-HoHN8.
B. Pods indeh**c?nt thin and fragile, terminating in a sharp, spine-
like beak
C. Lamirue of pedicelled bracteoles (urnbracula) ovate-acummite or
ha-itate U -spikei dense, cylindrical, inflated spines broadly
spreading or inclined, ilosely resembling the horns of an ox
D Pedant lea of fl -heads puberulenl lamina of the bracteoles long-
acuminati, more or ICKH scabrous above, inflated spines usually
brown or chettnut-color&l at length
A cornigera, Linri (Arbor eormgera, Hernandez) HUITZ-
MAMAXAIII BULL-HORN CUKRNITOH ARBOL DE LAS HORMIOAS
AN r-THKK !• i«s 093, 094 A shrub or small tree w ith 1-J < ret t sts
and a few lateral brunches bearing numerous large inflated spines
remarkable for thtir close resemblance to the horns of an ox or
buffalo The pods are eaten by pigs and other animals K Trop.
Mex
DO Pedutulei of ft -heads glabrous laminae of bracteolfs short-
acuminite not scabrous above inflated spines usually ivory-
white or ytllowish
A nuout nsm, N he nek NI^OYA Bui L-Honx ESPINO ni AVPO
WHITE-SPINKD BLIL-HORN A shrub or ninal! tree resembling the
former < )« urs in Costi Uica, Guatemala and the adjacent
regions of M« x »nd Salvador
cc Lamin-e of pedtcilltd bract cole i ovate, cihate, not acuminate
fl -spit.es spheroid-ovate or orate-oblong inflated spines not
A sphuror phala, Cliain & St hi BuLivHoRN Cu^usircm DE
VB.HACRUZ CORM/UHO \MHOL DK i AM HORMK.\S \KBOL
HoRMiGLmo I'm h')r> A sin ub or small tice rew mbhng A
cornigera, trorn the state of \ ( ra Cruz
»B Poiia dehiscent, coriaceous or woody
C Fls in globoite heads on long thick peduncles clustered in the axils
of long fork-like spirus pods very lung
A Cookn, bafford BLLL-HORN ACACIA OK \LTA VHHPAT A
small tree or shrub with --Under fork-like inflated thorns inhabited
by stinging ants Guatemala
CC Fit in elongated ipiktt, borne on special flowering branchlfll, in
clushrt of neural, tubttudid by wall laminate Ivi uith subulate
stipular ipinrs or by a pur of upuus only lamina, of ptdictllid
bractiolti circular or nuirly no
D Spikes denst rigid ohhmii-rylindnial nods thick and uoody,
straight or shu/itli/ iiirnd, obtuxt or shortly aiuminate larger
opines swollen nt bane, usually U-sluipni and tquitant
A Cdllinin, h ifford V shrub or small tree with mfl ited U-
ehapcd. oluc-grormsh or blow rush stipulir spim s turung upward
and sometimes twisted around the branch b M< x
DD Spike lax, fltcibl,, linear pods coriaceous, sltndcr, falcate
terminating in widely diiirging, icry sharp points, likt an
A I/indi>ii, Btnth BKOID-THORN Ac\tiA Bun -THORN OF
MtZAMLLn HitFUoIliiKN I- 1« 000 V srn.ill glabrous tito
remarkable for its broad flat stipular I horns, which resemble in
form an mvt rted military ( hapeau W* coabtofMcx
AA Involucd at the apex or abore th^ middle of the slender pedunclt
lamina <if the bracteolts oiatt-ciltatt (not p(ttate) laryir spines
stout and straight widely divtrging Fls in globose htads,
solitary or geminate, on flowering branchUtt, subtended by a
small bipinnate If with subukite stipular spine* or by a pair of
small spines only larger inflated spines at length split longi-
tudinally
4 cnihliannthn, II & B (Mimosa campeachiana, Miller).
SPUT- THORN A< M IA SPOON-THORN Ac A< IA This apeciea la
not a true bull-horn Mnce its
pedunchs hn\f not u basal m-
volucel and its stipular spmes
instead of being hollow and sub-
ject to the pt rforations of anta
become split longitudinally
W E SAFFORD.
BUMfeLIA (ancient Greek
nainc for an ash-t ree) . Sapo-
tdcex. BUCKTHORN, also
IRONWOOD. Woody plants
sometimes cultivated in
botanical collections, but
without particular orna-
mental qualities
Small trees or shrubs with
milky or gummy sap and
very hard wood: branches
usually spiny • Ivs alternate,
entire, short-petioled • fls.
mostly perfect in axillary
clusters, long-pedicelled;
calyx 5-lobed, persistent;
606. Acacia Hindsn.
corolla campanulate, 5-lobed, lobes longer than tube
with a small appendage on each side; stamens 5, adnate
to the corolla, and 5 petal-like stammodes, ovary 5-
cclled, pubescent, fr a 1-seeded drupe — About 20
species from the southern states to Brazil
These are evergreen or deciduous small trees or shrubs,
usually spiny, with generally obovate to oblong leaves
and mcon.spicuoub white flowers on axillary clusters
followed by black subglobo^e to oblong-ovoid drupes
None of the species is of much horticultural value, but
as mobt of them grow naturally on dry, rocky or sandy
soil, they may be used bornetimess with advantage for
planting in similar situation The hardiest are B
lannQinof>a and B lycwules, which have proved hardy in
sheltered positions at the Arnold Arboretum. Propa-
gation is by seeds
lanugin&sa, Pers CHITTIM Woot Tree, sometimes
50 ft Ivs oblong-obovate or cuneate-obovatc, rounded
and often apiculate at the apex, daik green and lustrous
above, tomentose beneath, sometimes neaily glabrous at
length, 1--2J/2 in long cluster,^ many-fid , pedicels
slender, hairy fr oblong-ovoid or obovoid, ^m long
SS 5 247 II T 370 Southern states north to S 111,
west to Texas —This is the species most often met
\vith in collections
B anauitifolia, Nutt Shrub or small tree, to 25 ft Ivs persist-
ent, obovate to oblanceolntc , glabrous, 1-1 }i in long , fr oblong
Fla SB -> 21') —B lycimdi^, G lertn Shrub or small tree, to
25 ft Us deciduous, elliptic to oblong or oblanteolate, acute, gla-
brous, 1>, -4 in long fr ovoid Va to 111, Fla and Texas SS
5 24S — # tfnar, Willd Shiuh or small tree, to ^0 ft Ivs obovate
i-o oblancrolate, pubescent beneath, 1-3 in long fr oblong N C.
to Fla b b o 24b ALFRED REHDER
BUPHANE (Greek, cattle-dittroyer, alluding tc poi-
sonous propei ties) .1 nvirylhddrca.' Amaiylhs-like bulbs,
very little known in this country, culture as for
Brun-svigia.
The buphanets are laige plants, writh many red fls
in an umbel with 2 mvolucial bracts Ivs appearing late,
stiap-^haped, thick perianth tubular, segms equal and
nanow, spreading, stamen1- (5, exserted, attached on
the throat, stjle thread-like, the stigma small — Two
species in Trop arid S Afr The fls appear before the
Ivs , being as many as 200 together in a single head-like
umbel, on a stout peduncle 1 ft or less high
disticha, Herb (B toticnrio, Herb Haemdnthus
loxtcanns, Thunb Brnnkvigia toxicana, Ker-Gawl).
Bulb, 6-9 in diam , tunicate Ivs several, distichous,
1-2 ft long peduncle or scape stout (6-12 in high) and
solid, compressed, glaucous, bearing a dense umbel.
B M 1217 — Sparingly offered Lvs said to be very
poisonous to cattle in S. Afr ; bulb furnishes arrow
poison for the natives
ciharis, Herb (Amaryllis cihdris, Linn. BrunsvigM
cilians, Ker-Gawl Cro\*yne r thorn, Salisb Hxmdn-
Ihus (j/?oris, Linn ) Fewer shorter Ivs , and shorter
peduncle, bearing 50-100 dull purple fls ; may occur
in choice collections B R. 1153 L H B.
BUPHTHALMUM (Greek for ox-eye}. Compdsitae
A genus of 7 species of European and W Asian peren-
nial herbs, sometimes grown in the hardy border Heads
large, with long yellow rays and imbricated mvolucral
bracts Ivs alternate, entire or dentate pappus short,
often connate into a corona: achenes glabrous Showy
plants of easy cult.
speciosissimum, Ard (Tettkia speciosissima) . Two
to 5 ft Ivs cordate and clasping, the upper ones oval
and acuminate: heads solitary on the ends of the sts ,
flowering in July and later.
salicifdlium, Linn (B grandiilbrum, Linn.) Lower
Ivs oblong-lanceolate, 3-nerved, somewhat pubescent
and slightly serrate: fls solitary and terminal, large.
specidsum, Schreb. (B cordt/dhum, Waldst & Kit.).
Lvs. verv lar;e, cordate, coarse-serrate, us. very large
600
BUPHTHALMUM
BUTEA
and showy, on an upward-thickened peduncle 3-4 ft ,
blooming in June and later. J.H. III. 53.187. B M
3466 (as Telekia speciosa). — The best of all, a bold free
and showy perennial growing very close and making
good mass-effects L H H
N TAYLOR t
BUPLEtJRUM (Greek, ox andnb; of no obvious ap-
plication) UmJbe lllferse A genus of 75 species ot weedy
plants of the Old World, of which one (B rolundifbhum,
Linn ), i.s natural-
ly cd in the eastern
btates, and another
(B.falctitutn,l inn ),
is cult, in Japan for
greens (AC. 13 '9).
Lvb simple, entire,
often perfoliate fls
umbellate mostly
, without an mvo-
" lucre except in the
species below;
eal>x-teeth mostly
none.
fruticdsum, Linn
Fig 697 Shrubby,
3-5 ft Ivs oblong,
leathery, muero-
nate, sometimes
peisifetent, usually
quite sessile fls.
with a reflexed in-
volucre, the umbels
also with a set of
bracts, also re-
curvcd fr oblong
S Eu— Suit able for
drv, almost sterile,
places
fi crf>ceum, Fenzl A
showy porenmil with
fls and imoluoral bracts
bright yellow Asm
Minor
N TAYLOR
697 Bupleurum
fruticosum.
BURBtDGEA
(after F W. Bur-
bidge, who dis-
co vcied it in Bor-
neo). ZingiberctLex Allied to Hedychiurn, but with no
lateral perianth segms. and the lip reduced to a small
b'ade The showv orange-scarlet fls rival cannas in
brilliancy. For cult , see Al/nnia and Hedychium.
nitida, Hook f Tender herbaceous pei eniual height
2-3 ft rootstock creeping, matted sts tufted, slen-
der If -blades glossy, 4-6 in long, eared at junction
with the sheath panicle terminal, 4-6 in long, many-
ild , inner perianth-tube 1-1 j^ m l°ng> outer begms.
1^-2 in long, orange-scarlet, the dorsal one shorter
and more roundish than the 2 lateral ones. B.M 6403.
G C II 12 401
Dwarfer and more compact in habit than
11 above, brown-red beneath fls orango-
B sihizochflli, Hort
B nitida Lv-< dull KFCP
yellow Mal.iya
BURCHElLIA (\V Burehell, botanical traveler)
Rubidwx. One species fiom S Afr , an evergreen
shrub, with opposite short-petioled Ivs and dense ter-
minal clusters of sessile scarlet fls . corolla tubular,
bell-shaped; stamens 5, inserted in the tube. fr. a
2-celled, many-seeded bin ry B. capensis, R Br , has
been in the Ameiican trade, being cult for its rich, dark
foliage and brilliant fls It is very variable, and has
received several names Three to 10 ft Prop by
cuttings. Grown under glass B M 2339 (as B buba-
lina\ R.H. 1886-420. J.H. Ill 34'81. L B.C 7.664.
B. R. 466.
BURDOCK. Arctium.
BURLINGT&NIA: Rodnguezia.
BURNET (rotlnum Sangutsbrba, Linn ). A hardy
rosaceous perennial, the piquant Ivs of which are some-
times used in flavoring soups and salads The drifd
roots are occasionally used as a family remedy Burnet
is little known in this country as a condimental herb.
It is worthy a place in the hardy border for the orna-
mental chaiacter of its odd-pinnate Ivs and its little
heads of fls with drooping stamens The Ifts an,
\er\ dark green, ovate and notched sts 1-2 ft high,
bearing oblong or globulai monoecious heads Of easiest
cult , either from beeds or by division of the clumps.
Native of Eu. L. H. B.
BURNING-BUSH. Euon-jmu*
BURRlfcLIA Baena
BURSARIA (Bursa, a pouch, alluding to the sh^pe
of the pods) Pittospordcesp. Two species of shrubs
with white fls in clusters; sepals, petals and stamens
each 5, the petals soon withering fr a2-loculcd caps,
in shape like that of the shepherd's pursue
spuidsa, Cav An elegant spiny shiub or small tree,
with drooping branches and pretty white fls , produced
in summer Ivs small, oblong-cuneate, alternate and
neaily sessile } i~\ in long fls small, lateral or terminal,
mostly terminal m broad pyramidal panicles Austral
Tasmania B M 1767 Andr Bot. Rep 314 —Cult,
in S Calif.
BURSERA (Joachim Burser, a disciple of Caspar
Bauhin) Burf>tracr<t' Usually tall trees, with sim-
ple or pmnately compound Ivs.: fls small, m clusters,
4-5-paited, with twice as many stamens as petals or
sepals, and a 3-parted ovary containing 6 ovules fr a
3-parted drupe with usually only 1 seed — About 40 spe-
cies of trees in Trop Amer For B scrrata, see Protiutn
Simaruba, »Sarg (B gumntifern, Jacq ) GLMBO-
LIMBO or WEST INDIAN BIRCH I^s odd-pinnate, with
3-5 pans of Ifts , Ifts ovate, acute, membranous, smooth
on both bides, entire, the netted veins prominent on the
under side fls stammate and pistillate, appearing be-
fore the Ivs or as they unfold, m knotty racemes some-
what resembling those of the choke cherry fr a drupe,
with a 3-valved succulent rind and 3-5 nuts — A tall
tree with a straight trunk and spreading head, found in
Fla , Mex , and Cent Amer and the W Indies A\ ood
very light, specific gravity when dry 30, useless even for
fuel; decays very rapidly It yields a sweet, aromatic
balsam, which is used m Trop Amer as a medicine for
internal and external application, dned, it is known in
the trade as Chibou, or Cachibou resin, or Gomart
resin It Ls known as a hardy greenhouse plant, and
thi ives in a compost of loam and peat. Prop, by cuttings
under glass, with bottom heat. Q. T. HASTINGS
BUSH-FRUITS. A term used to designate those
small-fruits that grow on woody bushes. It includes
all small-fruits — as that term is used in America — ex-
cepting strawberries and cranberries. Bush-fruits is an
English term, but it has been adopted in this
country, notably in Card's book on "Bush-Fruits "
The common bush-fruits are currants, gooseberries,
raspberries, blackberries, and dewberries.
BUTCHER'S BROOM. Sarcococca
BUTEA (Earl of Bute) I^egummdsx Three or 4
species of trees or woody vines of India and China, with
cleep scarlet papilionaceous fls in racemes, and pinnate
Ivs In the Old World rarely grown in stoves In this
country 1 is cult, in S. Calif.
fronddsa, Roxbg A leafy tree, yielding gum or lac:
Ifts. 3, roundish, pubescent beneath, the lateral ones
BUTEA
BUXUS
OOl
unsymmetncaJ fla. 2 in. long, orange-crimson, very
showy; stamens 9 together and 1 free E India and
Burma Rhecde Hort. Mai. 6. 16, 17.— Heaches a height
of 50 ft Inspis-
sated juice H known
as Bengal or Palas
kino, or butea gum,
which has astrin-
gent properties, le-
sembhng true kino
Seeds used in India
asa veirmfuge The
tree yields also
stick-lac The
coarse, fibrous ma-
terial obtained from
the inner bark is
used for caulking
the warns of boats
Dried Us yield a
yellow or orange
dye.
BUTNERIA: Caly-
can.tfiu»
BUTOMUS
(Greek, bous, ox,
and temno, to cut;
the leaves too sharp
for the mouths of
cattle) Butomactf
Hardy perennial
aquatic of easy cul-
ture in ponds
The Butomaceifi
comprises 3 genera
Butomus is allied to
Ahsnia, but with
several ovules in
each carpel peri-
ant h-segms all
prominent anil col-
ored, stamens 9,
carpels 6, tapenng
above Ivs sedge-
like All the species
are referred by DC , in Mon Phan , Vol III, to B
uinbelldlu'*, and to the Australian Butomopsis, which is
also a monotypic genus (by some, however, included
in Teiugocharis)
umbellatus, Linn FLOWERING RUSH. Fig 698.
Hhizome thick. Ivs 2-3 ft long, ins-like, sheathing at
the base, 3-cornered fls rose-colored, 25-30 in an
umbel, on a long scape; sepals 3, petals 3 Summer.
Eu , Asia, in still water. Prop, by division.
BUTTERCUP: Spccioa of Ranunculus
BUTTERFLY WEED: Asclepvit tuberosa.
BUTTERNUT Juglans.
BUTTERWORT Pinguicula.
BUTTON-BUSH. Cephalanthu*.
BUTTON WOOD: Platanu*
BUXUS (ancient Latin name). Bux&cex Box
TREE. Ornamental small trees or shrubs grown chiefly
for their handsome evergreen foliage
Leaves opposite, short-pet 10 led, penmnerved, entire,
glabrous or nearly so, coriaceous fls. monoecious,
apetalous, in axillary or terminal clusters, consisting
usually of 1 terminal pistillate fl , with usually 6 sepals
and with a 3-cclled superior ovary with 3 thort styles
and several lateral stammate fls with 4 sepals and 4
stamens fr. an obovate or nearly globular 3-pointed
caps., separating into 3 valves, each containing 2 shin-
ing black seeds. — About 30 species in the mts of Cent.
698. Butomus umbellatus. ( X M)
and E Asia, N. Afr., and S Eu , also in W. India and
Cent Amer.
These arc evergreen shrubs of rather slow growth, with
shining, small foliage and inconspicuous flowers and
fruits Buxu^ jnponica seems to be the hardiest species,
arid it has proved quite hardy at the Arnold Arboretum;
and B. micro phylla is of about the same hardiness, while
B semperviretib is somewhat tenderer, B baleanca and
B \Valhchianu aie still more tender B bcniperwrens
stands pruning very well, and in the old foinial gardens
of Europe u as formerly much used for hi <!ges, and some-
times tnrnmcd into the most fantastic shapes, the
dwarf vanetv is still often planted for bordering flower-
beds Iheverj hard and eiose-giamed wood is m great
demand for engraving and finer turnery work
The box tree thrives in almost any well-drained soil,
and best in a partially shaded position
Propagation is by cuttings fiorn mature wood early
in fall, kept during the \MnfT m the cool greenhouse or
under handhghts m the open, in more temperate re-
gions they may be msei ted m a shady place m the open
air, 1 to 6 inches is the best size for outdoor cuttings.
Layers will also make good plants The dwarf variety
is usually propagated by division Jn planting borders,
it is essential to insert the divided plants deeply and as
firmly as possible, and to give plenty of water in the
beginning Seeds are sown soon after maturity, but it re-
quires a long tune to raise plants of good sue from them
A Width 0//t's Ze&6 than }&n
B. Lvs. oval to oblong-lanceolate, broadest about or below
the middle branchltl^ usually slightly pubescent
sempervirens, Linn COMMON Box TREE Fig 699.
Shrub or small tree, to 25 ft branches quadrangular
Ivs oval-oblong or oval, rarely roundish oval or lanceo-
late, usuallv obtuse, ' 2-l ! j m long, petioles usually
pubescent fls in axillarv clusters, stammate fls sessile,
with a central gland half as long as the calyx S Eu ,
N Afr , Orient, China II W 3, p 29 F E 18 pi 81
On 55 p 02 — Wood much used for engraving Lvs
employed in medicine Very variable in size, color
and shape of the Ivs , some of the most commonly
cult forms are the
following Var ar-
borescens, Linn.
Fig. 700 Tall
shrub or small
tree. Ivs usually
oval. The typical
form Var argen-
tea, Loud (Vai
arqlnteo-margin-
ata, Hort ). Lvs.
irregularly edged
with silvery white.
Var a&rea, Ixnid.
(var. fiurea macu-
tita, Baill.). Lvs.
variegated with
yellow or entirely
yellow Var. mar-
ginata, Ixnid (var.
a&rea margindta,
Baill and Hort).
Lvs edged yel- 6W. Buxus sempemrens ( x >
low Var. glaflca, The ,ower spray fhoWB ^ under surfac.
Ivocn (var nia-
crophijlla glaiica, Hort.). Lvs. oval, glaucous Var.
rotundifdlia, Baill. (var. latifdlia, Hort ) Lvs broadly
oval. Var. Handsworthii, Koch Of upright habit, with
rather large dark green Ivs. Var oleaefolia, Hort. Of
upright habit, with oblong Ivs , resembling those of the
olive Var elegans, Hort (var olexfblui ekgans,
Hort ) A variegated form of the preceding variety.
Var. bullata, Koch. With large bul late Ivs. Var. angus-
tifdlia, Loud, (var longrfblia. Hort , var.
602
BUXUS
BYRSONIMA
Hort ) Shrubby: Ivs oblong-lanceolate Var myrtifft-<
lia, Loud Usually low Ivs small, elliptic-oblong Var.
rosmarinifdlia, Bail! Low Ivs small, hnoar-oblong,
revolute at the margin Var suffrutic&sa, Linn (var.
ndna, Hort ) Dwarf: Ivs. small, oval or sometimes
obovate; flowering clusters usually only terminal
BB. Lvs. usually obovate, broadest above the middle:
branchlets glabrous.
japdnica, Muoll Arg (B. obcordata, Hort. B. For-
tunei, Hort ) Shrub, 6 ft , with spreading branches Ivs.
cuneate, obovate or roundish obovate. obtuse or emar-
ginate at the apex, ^-1K m l°ng> light green with gla-
brous petioles' clusters axillary; stammate fls. sesbile,
with a central gland as long as the calyx. China,
Japan S I F 2 38 — Very distinct with its spreading
slender branches and light green, lustrous foliage.
microphylla, Sieb & Zucc (B japdmca var rnicro-
phylla, Mucll Arg ) Dwarf, often prostrate shrub,
quite glabrous: Ivs obovate or obovate-lanceolate, i^-l
in long' clusters mostly terminal; stammate fls sessile,
with a central gland like the former Japan.
AA. Width of Ivs. %m. or more.
balearica, Willd Shrub, 6-15 ft : Ivs. elliptic or
oblong, acate or obtuse at the apex, 1-2 in long, light
greet* clusters axillary; stammate fls. pedicelled. S.
Spam, Balear — Handsome shrub, but less hardy than
the former.
B. cahf6rn\ca, Lk ""-Simmondsia California — B Fdrtunei, Can*.
<=B longifoha — B Fdrtunei, Hort =-B japonioa — B. Hdrland\\t
Hance Branches pubescent Ivs narrow obovate, emargmate,
J4-1 ^ m long China — B longifMia, Boiss (B Fortunei. Can- ).
Lvs D arrow-elliptic or lanceolate, 1-1 •* 4 in long Orient, China —
B. longiffiha, Hort =B semnervirens var angustifolia — B Wai-
lichitina Baill Branches pubescent Ivs linear-elliptic, 1-2J-6 in.
long Himalaya. ALFRED REHDER.
BYRSONIMA (name refers to use of some species in
tanning, in Brazil) Malpighidiex. Perhaps 100 Trop.
American trees and shrubsj frequently climbing, rarely
known in cult. Lvs. opposite, thick, simple, entire, the
stipules often connate fls white, yellow or pink, in
terminal simple or branched racemes, sepals and
petals 5, the former bearing a pair of glands, the latter
clawed and the blades concave, fetamens 10, the fila-
ments united at ba.se and bearded fr a 3-celled fleshy
drupe, with bony seeds, often edible B lucida, HBK ,
occurs in Fla and W Indies, a much-branched ever-
green shrub, with fl& white turning yellowish or rose,
apparently not in the trade. B. crassifdha, HBK
Mex. and S , is offered in S Calif Shrub or small
tree Ivs ovate, tapering each way fls. yellow in
pubescent erect racemes Said to bear the "nanche,"
a popular fruit of the Mexicans This has a sour
fermented taste, it is offered for sale in the markets
of the west coast Mexican towns, and is eaten raw
with salt, or in soups, or in stuffing for meats
The astringent bark, rich m tannin, i& used
medicinally.
700. Buxus sempemrens var.
arborescenst
CABBAGE. The more or less compact leaf-formed
head of Brassica oleracea; also applied, with designa-
tions, to related forms of the same species, as Welsh
cabbage, tree cabbage Closely related plants are the
kales (Fig 706), collards, Brussels
spiouts, cauliflower See Rrastnca
The Chinese cabbage of this country
is a wholly different species from the
common cabbages It does not form a
compact and rounded head, but a more
or less open and soft mass of leaves,
after tho manner of Cos lettuce It is of
easy culture, but muht be grown in the
cool season, for it runs quickly to seed
in hot and dry weather
The culture of the cabbage antedates
reliable historical record. Writers of
Pliny's time or before refer to variations
in growth and character which must
have resulted from selections and culti-
vation for many generations, under
conditions very different from those
which seem to be the natural
habitat of the plant on the com-
paratively barren chalk cliffs of
England, and in similar locations
in Europe
It is indeed hard to realize that
the scrawnv and somewhat starved-
lookmg pfant shown in Fig 628
(Vol I) could be the ancestral
origin of Filch coipulent, overfed
individuals as aro shown in Figs.
701 to 704 Such a change in habit
of growth can be accounted for
only by the plant's possession of ex-
ceptional capacity for using the
moro abundant food-supply fur-
nished by cultivation for many
generations, and the storing of it in
a way that makes it available for
man's use rather than for the mere
perpetuation and multiplication of
the parent plants
Characteristics of the plant and req-
uisites for best development.
The cabbage is classed by bota
nists as a slow-growing bi-annuaL
and has three distinct periods ol
'life First, the more or less
rapid growth of leaf and plant
Second, a more or less distinct
resting period during which the
formation of embryonic blos-
soms is started. Third, the
growth and development of the
flower and seed The culti-
vated cabbages retain very per-
sistently these distinct growing
periods, but have added what
might be classed as another,
that of head-formation, which
is in reality simply a distinct
division of the first This ad-
ditional head-forming penod,
although essential to the plant's
is not at all necessary for the growth and perpetuation
of the plant, which, when it has been held m check by
long-continued severe frost or drought, will often
revert to the original order of growth and pass directly
from the growing to the seedmg stages
with no attempt at head-formation
Cultivated cabbage thrives best in a
moist and comparatively cool climate,
and will not reach itf best and rarely a
satisfactory or profitable development in
a hot diy one, nor where there arc likely
to be even occasional days of high tem-
perature or hot dry winds .Even if
there is abundant moisture in the soil,
a few hot dry days, such as corn and
tomato plants would delight in, will
often not only check but permanently
prevent any vigorous or profitable
growth This sensitiveness to over-heat
is most pronounced during the second or
unnatural period of growth, arid the
least so during the first Young
plants will often thrive in tempera-
tures in which it would be quite
impossible to induce older ones to
form a solid head Excessive heat
is quite as injurious, and often more
so, than fiepzmg, but the latter is
especially injuiious to the younger
plants, particularly if they are grow-
ing rapidly, the older ones being
little injured by frost which would
kill rapid-growing seedlings One
notable effect of exposure of young
plants to severe or long-continued
low temperature is that it takes the
place of the resting period, and thus
cuts out the second or head-form-
ing period, so that the plant, as
soon as established in the field, be-
gins to shoot to seed without form-
ing any head The degree to which
the plant suffers from unfavorable
temperature seems to vary not only
with different varieties but in differ-
ent locations In the Puget Sound
country, cabbage plants are often
killed by exposure to low tempera-
703. Savoy cabbage.
tures, which those of the same
variety and age growing in similar
soil and exposure on Long
Island would enduie with httle
apparent injury In the United
States, favorable climatic con-
ditions are most likely to occur
in succession during the winter,
spring and fall months, as one
moves northeast along the
Gulf and Atlantic coasts, or in
the West along the coast north
from Portland, Oregon, and
in isolated sections south of
that point. Some of the finest
cabbages ever produced in
America have been grown at
omts on the Pacific coast as
pom
0 r _ tar south as Los Angeles, Call-
value as a cultivated vegetable, 704. A modern cabbage plant in head—Early Flat Dutch, forma. There are also locations,
39
(603)
604
CABBAGE
CABBAGE
70S. Section of cabbage
head, snowing the thickened
rachis and leaf -stalks, and the
buds in the axils.
especially in New York, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan and
Wisconsin, near the Great Lakes, or where smaller but
deep inland lakes abound, in which cabbage does
exceptionally well, but generally, m common with most
cruciferous plants, they do better near the sea, m such
locations as the Eastern
Shore of Maryland, Long
Island and Puget Sound
regions, than m the interior
or on the borders of even
very large bodies of fiesh
water.
As the plant \s a native
of the temperate zone, and
thrives best in it, and cannot
long endure high tempera-
tures, one does not think
of it as particularly sun-
loving; but there are few
garden plants to which abun-
dant sunlight is more essen-
tial and shade more detri-
mental than the cabbage.
In its native habitat, the
plants are found growing alone or in small open groups
where they are fully exposed to the sun Similar condi-
tions are essential to its best development under culti-
vation so that it can rarely be profitably grown in the
shade or in crowded groups or rows, and "shooting to
seed" or other failure to form a head is often due to
the crowding of the seedlings in the seed-row.
The cabbage is one of the grossest and least fastidi-
ous feeders of cultivated plants, and while an abun-
dance of easily accessible food is essential for its profit-
able culture, it is less particular than most plants
as to its proportions and physical condition, if only it
has an abundance. Large crops of the best quality
are often produced by the use of fresh green and uncom-
posted manures in almost limitless quantities. Some
growers obiect to the use of manure from hog-pens,
yet some of the largest, healthiest and best crops ever
seen have been grown by the liberal use of hog manure.
Strange as it may seem, abundant fertilization hastens
rather than retards the plant reaching marketable
condition.
The plant is more particular as to its water-supply
than its food-supply, and suffers even more quickly
than most vegetables from a lack of sufficient moisture
in the air or soil On the other hand, it cannot long
endure an excess, particularly m the soil, and soon
succumbs to wet feet A well-drained soil which at the
same time is fairly retentive of moisture is essential
to profitable cabbage-culture.
Even more than with most garden vegetables, the
physical condition of the soil is a most important factor
in determining the development of the cabbage. Large
and often very profitable crops may be grown on sous
which would be classed as clay, loam, gravel, sand or
muck, provided they are rich and friable, but seldom
a large, or profitable crop can be giown on even a
very fertile soil which after rams quickly hardens and
bakes so as to be impervious to air. Permanent fria-
bility rather than superior fertility rn?kes some soils ex-
ceedingly profitable for cabbage, while it is difficult and
often impossible to grow a paying crop on others which
are even richer and better watered, but which are liable
to cake after every ram. This is especially true of
some soils that are generally classed as a very rich
clay or muck Permanent friability is the most essen-
tial quality for profitable cabbage-culture, and the want
of it the most common cause of failure to grow a
profitable crop.
Varieties of cabbage. Figs. 701-704, 707.
Few vegetables show a wider range of variation.
There are sorts that can be grown to edible maturity
on a square foot and in 90 to 120 days from the seed,
while others can hardly be crowded into a square yard
or reach prime edible maturity in less than 200 days;
sorts so short-stemmed that the flat head seems to rest
on the ground, others in which the globular head
crowns a stalk 16 to 20 inches long, kinds in which the
leaves aic long, round, or broad, smooth, or savoyed,
light yellowish green, dark green or so dark red as to
seem blackj with surfaces which are glazed, vsmooth, or
covered with thick bloom There are many early-
maturing kinds, each having characteristics adapting
them for different cultural conditions and uses, that
will, in fertile soil and a temperature between 60° and
80° by day, and never below 40° at night, form salable
heads in 90 to 110 or 120 days from the germina-
tion of the seed; others that mature in mid-season,
still others that grow the entne season and increase
in solidity even while stored for winter
Ameiican seedsmen offer cabbage seed under over
500 more or less distinct vaiietal names, a large propor-
tion of which stand for different stocks rather than
for distinct varietal forms, here only the most dis-
tinct types and the most commonly used names are
mentioned
Early York, Etampes, LyiQt York, etc. — Very compact, upright-
growing smooth-leaved soits which are comparatively tender to
both heat and cold, and form vertically oval comparatively soft
heads of excellent quality, but better suited to European than
American climatic conditions and market requirements
Eaily Jertey, Large Wakefield, Winnia»tatit, etc — Compatt-
growing, very surt -heading sorts which are very hardy to both
hett and cold and form comparatively small, but closely w tapped
hard sharply conical heads which are of atti active appearanrt ,
but not of the bent quality Well suited to the general soil and ( li-
matic conditions and very popular in America
Enkhuizen Glory, Early Summer, Folller's Drumhead, etc —
Second-early sorts, forming small compact to lar^e spreading short-
stemmed plants, and nearly round to distinctly flat heads which
mature quickly, are of good quality but not well adapted for distant
shipment or winter storage
Flat Dutch, Drumhead, Ballhead or Hollander, etc —Large
spreading comparatively slow-growing plants, forming round to
oval hard heads, having tho leaves very closely wrapped and over-
lapping in the center They are generally good keepers, often
improving not only in solidity but m quality during storage
Savoys —A class m which the leaves of both plant and head are
crumpled or savoyed instead of smooth as in the preceding There
are varieties of ail the forms of smooth-leaved sorts The plants
are hardy, butsare slow to form heads, which are likely to be small
706. Curled kale — Brassica oleracea var acephala.
and more or less open or loose-centered, but they are of superior
flavor, and this class is worthy of more general cultivation in the
home-garden and for local market
Red cabbage — A class of which there are many varietal forma,
and m which the plants and heads vary from purple shaded green
to deep red The heads are generally small, but very solid and
are especially suited for use as "cold slaw "
Portugal Sea-Kale, Tronchuda or Chinese cabbage. — These
are distinct classes and species of cabbage, intermediate m char-
acter between the more common sorts and the more distant kales
They have never become generally popular m America, though
they are rather largely grown and used by the Asiatics, particularly
on the Pacific coast The sea-kale cabbage is not to be confounded
with sea-kale, which is a very different plant.
CABBAGE
CABBAGE
605
These are but a few of the almost limitless, more or
less distinct variations offered by seedsmen, yet each
of them was thought by someone to be superior m
some location, under some conditions, or for some
purpose The general recognition of the value of each
variation, and the consequent popularity of the sorts
in which the vauation is best developed, are constantly
changing, partly berau.se of local conditions of climate,
but more largely because of changes in transportation
and market facilities and conditions.
Cultural methods
Ideal climatic conditions are found only in very
limited areas, and the common cultural practice in
rach locality is largely .shaped by the degree to which
local conditions approach them In the country north
of Washington in which a well-lighted and heated
gieuiihouse and experienced help are available, the
simplest method, and one by which the very best of
early cabbage can be grown, is to plant the seed in flats
some sixty to ninety days before danger of killing by
frost is past, and as soon as ihe cential bud or leaves
appear (which should be in ten to fouiteen days) to
"prick out" the plants, setting them 2 to 4 inches
apart in other flats, according to the relative impor-
tance in that particular culture of earhness and cost
of production The house should be given abundant
ventilation, and temperatures exceeding 70° or 8.5° by
day and 50° or 00° at night carefully avoided Often it
will be found veiy advantageous, as soon as the plants
are well established, to remove them to well-lighted
eoldframes These should be carefully tended in order
to give all the air possible, and to avoid over-heating by
the sun or falling below 3o° at night, and the plants
tiansf erred to the open giound as eaily as this can be
done without danger from killing fiosts Some very
successful growers plant seed in well-protected cold-
frames so as to secure a thin, even stand, and by careful
attention secure a slow but steady giowth through the
winter, and the seedlings are first transplanted to the
open ground as soon as danger from killing frosts is
over A common practice from Philadelphia or Balti-
more southward is to sow the seed in the fall m caie-
fully prepared beds in sheltered locations, and, as soon
as the pl.ints aie large enough, to tiansplant them to
Hat-topped ridges about 30 to 30 inches from center to
center and as high as (an be formed by two 01 three
back-furrows These ridges usually are run east to
west arid the plants aie set on the south, the north 01 the
top, or sometimes in the fuirow between them, depend-
ing upon the judgment of the planter as to which loca-
tion will give the best result ou thai particular farm
and exposure and in that particular season, as .some-
times one and sometimes another location gives the best
lesults In some sections .and often only on ceitain
farms of a section this method gives large veiy early-
maturing and piofitable crops, while in different Weld's,
even on the same farm, a large propoition of the
plants so handled will be killed by frost or will shoot
to seed without heading In certain locations, notably
in the vicinity of Charleston, South Carolina, cabbage-
plant farms have been established, from which plants
in prime condition for setting in the field can be
secured by the million The location and exposure, and
the character of the soil of the most successful of these
fauns is such that the plants are rarely killed or seri-
ously checked by frost, but make a constant but slow
growth all winter and can be pulled at any time so as to
letain abundant root and vigor and be safely shipped
long distances. The seed is sown and the plant-beds
treated much as one would treat a bod of onions for
sets or pickles, except that in many cases the rows are
as close as 3 inches and the bed receives little or no
cultivation after the seed is planted.
Objections that are sometimes well founded to
plants from such farms are, that they are slow "taking
hold" and a large proportion of them "shoot to seed"
without heading, or the heads are small and of poor
quality, but such failures often come from the use by
the plant-raiser of cheap and inferior seed, or from the
crowded rows and careless handling, or from the
farmer sending for and setting the plants too eaily, or
from holding them too long before setting Some
plant-raisers take pains to advertise that they do not
guarantee plants shipped by them before December
1 to give satisfactory lesults (though they often do),
but that thev are willing to guarantee that plants
shipped by them from December 1 to April 1 will,
in suitable soil and exposure and with good cultivation,
produce full crops of marketable cabbage. Most
farmers who use 20,000 to 30,000 plants could grow
on their own farms as good plants or better than
they could buy from even the best and most reliable
growers, and often at materially le>s cost, but it is
707. Cabbage shapes: Flat; round or ball; egg-shaped;
oval, conical
questionable whether many of them would do so, and
it is not surprising that the practice of buying plants,
particularly when earhness in market maturity is
desuable, is rapidly extending
The best distance between plants will depend not
only upon the variety used but upon the character of
the sou, kind of labor available and the condition and
way in which the crop is to be marketed. Such small
upright-growing sorts as Early York, Etampes, or true
Jersey Wakefield, which are to be marketed when
still quite soft, can be well grown set as close as 6 or 8
by 18 to 24 inches, requiring 20,000 to 30,000 plants to
the acre, but in America such close planting necessi-
tates so much hand labor that it is seldom piofitable,
and 8 to 12 by 28 to 30 or 30 inches, requiring from
8,000 to 15,000 or 20,000 plants to the acre, is usually
found the more profitable distance.
The best method of setting,, whether by hand, hand-
planters, or machine, will be determined by local con-
ditions. The plants should "take hold" in two to
four days ana start into vigorous growth in ten
days to three weeks, the time depending upon the con-
dition of the plants, and the way they are handled,
quite as much as upon the weather. After active growth
has commenced, it should continue at a constantly
accelerated rate until the head begins to harden, and
although toward the last the plants may not seem to
increase m size, the heads will gam in weight. The cab-
bage suffers less than most vegetables from mutilation
of the root, yet deep cultivation is undesirable because
unnecessary. The essential thing is to prevent any
crusting over, and the keeping of the surface in sucn
good tilth as to permit of the free aeration of the soil.
606
CABBAGE
CABBAGE
One of the best crops of early cabbage on record
was secured from what was regarded as naturally a
rather unfavorable soil that was not very heavily
fertilized, but received a shallow cultivation with a
harrow tooth cultivator every day (.except Sundays and
on four days when the surface was so wet from rain
that it would puddle) after the plants were set until
the crop was in market condition
The tune of planting for fall and winter cabbage and
the general cultural methods most likely to give good
results in any particular location are the same for both
seasons, the time of maturity being determined more
by the varietal character of the seed than by method
of culture The cultural practice usually followed by
neighboring and equally .successful growers is often
radically different. One planter may always, on some
fixed day in May or June, sow heed in flats and as soon
as the seedlings are well started pick them out into
other flats, and then again into a plant-bed and wait for
a favorable day, if necessary until August, befoie putting
them in the field. An equally successful neighboring
grower may wait until as late as the last of June and
sow thinly in well-prepaied seed-beds and transplant
from thorn to the field, while still another may wait
for favorable weather even until the last of July and
then plant seed in place as is the usual practice of some
most successful growers In New England, growers
often drill the seed in place, and when the plants are
well established chop out the superfluous ones
70S. An outdoor method of storing cal
The weight or quantity of seed used for a given
area vanes greatly, as the size of the individual seeds
vary, not only with different varieties but with different
lots of the same sort. Some growers expect to get
plants enough for an acre from less than an ounce,
while others require two to five times as much, ana
those who sow in place often will use four to eight
ounces to the acre. Superlative crops have been
known to be grown by radically different methods, and
very often successful growers have some peculiarity of
Eractice which they deem essential to the best results,
ut which a neighboring and equally successful
grower regards as a foolish waste of labor; but, how-
ever the practice of successful growers may differ, there
are some points in which they all agree Among these
are, the use of the best obtainable seed of some par-
ticular vanoty which they have found by experience,
or which they believe is best adapted to their condi-
tions and is uniform in time of maturity, so that all
the heads are in prime condition and may be gathered
at the same tune, which is an important factor in
determining cost of production, while uniformity in
shape, form and color are equally important m
determining salability. The quality of the seed used,
while not the only factor, is generally the most impor-
tant one in determining the uniformity of product
of any particular culture Unchecked and constantly
accelerated rate of growth are most important factors
in securing the best possible development of any par-
ticular culture. Every check, whether it come from
overcrowding of the seedlings, careless transplanting,
or the caking and want of friability in the surface soil,
tends to divert the energy of the plant from the
unnatural and excessive leaf-formation upon which
its value as a cultivated vegetable depends to the
more natural but less useful formation of blossoms
and seed Just how on any particular farm the
most favorable conditions can be seemed cannot be
told m general cultural directions, but must be de-
cided by the grower from his knowledge of the
character and wants of the plant, the condition of the
soil, and last, but by no means least, his facilities for
controlling the conditions upon which the growth of
the crop depends.
Harvesting,
This is the simplest and easiest part of cabbage-
growing With an easily acquired dexterity, each head
in five or six rows can be cut, trimmed and tossed into
a central windrow by a single well-directed stroke of a
well-sharpened spade or heavy hoe Occasionally, be-
cause of some unnatural growth of the plant, or want
of attention, a head will need reiriminmg, but by the
exercise of a little care, practically all of them can be
kept m marketable shape From the windrows, the
heads are gathered and loaded loose into cars, delivered
to factorie3 or placed in storage Yields secured vary
greatly, being influenced by the sort, the quality of
the seed, the character ot the soil, loss from insects and
disease; they generall> range from five to twenty tons
to the acre The crop is usually readily salable in the
fall, delivered at factory or on boaid cars at prices
ranging from $4, or even less, to $10 to $20 a ton
Marketing
Cabbage arecn^ — In
some sections, notably
southern Mississippi and
Louisiana, considei able
acreage is grown and
marketed as cabbage
greens The »eed i^ sown
in place or the plant*- are
set quite close in the row,
bbage and as soon as they have
c o in in e n c e d a c 1 1 v e
growth and long before they have formed a distinct
head, they are cut and marketed much in the same
manner as spinach or kale, but this method of culture
and Use is very limited.
Early cabbage is generally considered marketable as
soon as the leaves have closed into a head, even if this
is still so soft and loose that it would be quite unmar-
ketable later m the season If cabbages are cut when
soft and immatuie, they soon wilt and lose all crisp-
ness and palatabihty, to avoid this, the earlier ship-
ments arc made in small open crates containing less
than a score of heads, or sometimes in larger closed
ones carrying ice, and often in refngerator cars Later
in the season, as the heads become larger and harder,
they are shipped in slat crates about 12 by IS by
38 inches, or in ventilated burlap-covered barrels
holding about two and three-fourths bushels
Fall and winter cabbages are usually sold by the ton,
of much more closely trimmed heads than aie con-
sidered marketable earlier in the season, and aic com-
monly shipped in open and well-ventilated cars without
special container or packing, except as may be neces-
sary to protect from hard free/ing Many acres aie
grown on contracts with shippers, packets of sauer-
kraut, and the like, who contract for the delivery direct
from the field to factory or on board cars, of the usable
product of a certain acreage at an agreed price per ton.
While this is sometimes a very satisfactory arrange-
ment, many careless and incompetent growers are
induced to contract, and their neglected crops become
infected with disease and insects which spread to the
fields of even the most careful growers, and the crop
m the vicinity of such factories and shippmg-pomta
soon becomes unprofitable.
CABBAGE
Storing.
Formerly the most common practice was to let the
plants stand until danger of hard freezing, then pulling,
allowing the roots to retain what earth they would,
but breaking off some of the most spreading leaves ana
crowding the plants together (with heads all up or all
CABBAGE
607
soaked in a weak solution of formaldehyde (one part to 260 of water).
The seed should be soaked fifteen minutes in the weak solution of
formaldehyde, then rinsed in clear water and immediately planted.
Animal pests.
Flea beetles — The securing of vigorous plants is sometimes pre-
vented by the attacks of innumerable flea beetles, Phyllotreta tit-
tatM Thw may be prevented by surrounding the beds with frames
znadu of 10- to 12-inch boards tonne c ted across the top with 2-mch
strips and then covered with 20- to 40-thread to the inch cheese-
cloth This should be put on as soon as the seed is planted and
be removed, in order to harden the plants, four to BIX days before
they go to the field
Cut-worms — These are best guarded against by keeping the
field perieUly cUar cf pll vegetation for six to ten days before
setting, then mix four<juarthof bran moal or flour, one cup of molas-
ses or sugar, and two tableupoonfuls of pans green, with wate*
enough to make about the consistency of milk, and sprinkle on
twenty to fifty times its bulk of fr(*h-<ut grass and scatter over
the held tho night before setting the plants.
Cabb/igt worm — Keep care ful w atch of the plants and if the
gieen worms appear in abundance and HC» m to roach full size,
sprinkle or spray the plants with Kerosene &id whale-oil soap emul-
sion, or pans green and water in the proportion of four gallons of
emulsion and one pound of pans green to fifty gallons of water.
After the heads arc two-thirds grown, powdered hellebore, one ounce
to two gallons of water, hhould be substituted for the poisonous
pans gre<jn m
709 Cabbage in winter storage m cabbage-house
down and at a uniform height), with earth packed
between them, in long shallow trenches that wore
gradually covered with sufficient coarse stiaw or litter
to protect from severe freezing A variation of this
method is to pull, leaving what roots and earth adheres,
and set as closely and level as possible in a shallow
cellar not over 3 feet deep, which after filling is covered
with a roof of boards, tarred paper and litter sufficient
to keep out ram and frost, and high enough in tho cen-
ter to allow of handling the cabbage It, is essential to
success with either trench or cellar that they be located
where there is the least possible danger fiom standing
water, rats and other veimin, and as well protected as
possible from severe winds and cold Advantages of
this method arc that heads quite too soft to be salable
become hard and firm, and that cabbages so stored
retain to a remarkable degioe their enspncss and
flavor, and are thought by some to be even better
than when fresh from the field, but when taken from
the trench or cellar, they "-oon lose their crispness
and will not stand shipment so well as heads which
wrere trimmed bet ore storing A very common method
is to cut and paitially tiim the heads and place in
piles 4 to <> feet high and broad, and of convenient
length, built over a board-covered trench which is
ventilated by open ends and tiles up through the cab-
bage, the piles being gradually covered and the open-
ings closed so as to prevent hard freezing (Fig 708).
In certain sections a large proportion of the cabbages
grown for late winter and early spring market aie
trimmed and stored in bins or on shelves in frostproof
storehouses (Fig. 709).
Diseases
Clubroot ( Plasmodiophora brassicse) — A soil parasite affecting
cabbage and other cruciferous plants It thrives best in acid soils
and in some cases can be chocked by a liberal use of lime, but its
presence in any field in destructive abundance is seldom sxispected
until too late to save the crop Planting cabbage or other crucif-
erous crops on such a field should not be repeated for several
years, during which it should have continued dressings of lime and
ashes Care .should be taken to secure uncontammated soil for
seed-beds, and to destroy all affected plants before cattle have
access to them, as tho disease may be earned by such refuse in the
manure from cattle who have eaten it.
JV ttt or Yfllnws, Black-rot, Stem-rot, Fuaanum, Phnma — Inf( c-
tioua diseases which some times become so abundant in certain
sections as to prevent the profitable culture of cabbage They are
all distributed by means of contaminated seed, by manure from
cattle fed on diseased refuse, by soil carried on tools from affected
fields, distnbution in this way should bo carefully avoided. All
diseased plants should be destroyed by fire aa soon as noticed The
•oil used m the seed-beds should be sUriltced by hvo steam or
Root-knot (\ tmatodet) — Although seldom -very destructive
north of Philadelphia, this is often the unsuspected eause of failure
in the South, particularly of fall crops in light lands The only
practical remedy is the avoidanee of affected nelds or sterilizing
the soil by freezing or live steam.
Seed-breeding and -growing. Figs. 710, 711.
It is only through careful study of the practical value
and correlation of varietal differences, the exercise of
great care in selection and growing of the plants, and
in the saving of the seed, that this or any vegetable can
be improved or even its present good qualities mam-
tamed Under favorable conditions the plant is capable
of producing abundant seed, a single plant having been
known to yield thirty-five ounces, enough to plant
2o to 40 acres, but such \ields aie very exceptional,
and one-half to four ounces a plant is much more
common Although botamcally the plant is self-fertile,
when isolated it seldom yields much and often
no viable seed It transmits veiy persistently through
many generations any distinct variation, but often
without e\piossion, although such hitherto unexpressed
variations are apt to appear m the seed of self -fertilized
plants, so that such seed is frequently less uniform than
that from a field of plants of the same ancestry At
least one of our popular varieties is made up of the
descendents of a single isolated plant, but it is a curious
fact that in the second and subsequent generations 90
per cent of the plants, although quite uniform, were
very diffeient in character from that of the selected
individual from which they were descended. The
onginator of one of our best varieties maintains that it
is essential to the production of the best seed of that
sort that seed-plants of very different types should be
set together, and by crossing they will produce seed
giving plants of the desired type. In spite of these
facts, it is thought that the practice which will give the
best results with
other pic
equally
equally desir-
able for the cab-
bage, and that
first a distinct
and well-defined
conception of
the varietal form
dcsned must be
formed and the
stock started
from the plant
or plants whose
seed most uni-
formly devel-
oped into plants
of the desired
710. Wild cabbage plant in seed. Chalk
cliffs of England.
608
CABBAGE
CACALIOPSIS
character, rather than from those in which it was
exceptionally well developed. Often even professional
seed-growers have but a very vague and constantly
changing conception of what a given variety should be.
The greatest profit is not from the field that pro-
duces even a good many of the most perfect speci-
mens, but from that in which the largest proportion of
the plants are most uniformly of the desired character.
In order to produce seed which will give such results,
one must first form a very clear conception of just
what one wants in plant and head, and learn the rela-
tion between easily noted but economically unimpor-
tant qualities, and others not so easily seen but more
important in determining value. Having selected a
number of ideal plants, one should grow thase either
singly, or in groups of three or four that are nearest
alike. Save and number the seed of each plant sepa-
rately and plant a small sample of each number, care-
fully noting the numbers in which the product was
most uniformly of the desired character. From the
reserved seed
711. Cultivated cabbage in seed.
ings should be made a little later than one would for fall
market cabbage. As the plants develop, each lot should
be repeatedly looked over and not only those which show
no disposition to form a head, or one in which the
inclosing leaves do not pass over the center, but also
those which show any departure (even if it be of itself
a desirable one) from the desired form, should be
removed The plants should be left in place until there
is danger of the ground bamg closed by frost and should
then be pulled, a few of the larger leaves removed and
then packed into narrow trenches in sheltered and well-
drained localities, taking pains to pack the earth closely
about the roots and stems. Gradually, as necessary
to prevent hard freezing, they bhould be covered with
earth and with coarse litter, the aim being to keep
them as cold as possible without actually freezing,
and to prevent them starting into growth. As early
in the spring as possible, they should be set for seed-
ing, giving each plant about twice the space needed
for market cabbage. In setting, the plants, should
be more or less inclined, so that while the top of the
head is but little above the surface, the roots are not
buried in hard and cold subsoil. As they are set, the
heads should be scarred across the top, not deep enough
to injure the sprouting center, but so as to facilitate
its pushing its way through the head. The seedstalks
should not be cut until they begin to shed the seed,
which turns black and seems ripe before it is fully mature.
The entire plant should be cut and stored until quite
dry, when the seed can be easily threshed, cleaned, and
spread not over ^ inch deep in full sunlight for a few
days and then stored
Commercial seed-growing. — Although one occasion-
ally sees heavily seeded plants in all parts of the United
States, cabbage seed rarely proves a profitable crop,
except in very limited areas along Long Island Sound,
the eastern shores of New Jersey, Maryland and Vir-
ginia, and in the Puget Sound region, where the yield
commonly secured varies from 300 to 700 pounds to the
acre, although exceptional crops sometimes reach 1,500
to 2,000 pounds. The common method of growing does
not vary materially from that described, except that
very often too little care is exercised in securing stock
seed, and it is sowed or the plants set so late that they
fail to develop sufficiently to enable one to do very
effective rogueing out of inferior stock. In Holland,
seed is often raised from much better matured heads
than are commonly us>ed in Amenca and which are cut
from the root, but leaving more stem than for market
use, and planted so that the top is level with or slightly
below the surface. Treated in this way, they root like
a great cutting and form loose, well-branched plants
which are not so liable to injury from wind, and are
said to yield more seed than would be produced if the
entire plant was used It is possible that this method
might give good results in the Puget Sound region, but
it would not in the East. \\r. \y. TRACY.
CAB 6 MB A (aboriginal name). Nymphx&cex. FAN-
WORT Submersed aquatics of the western hemisphere,
used in ponds and aquaria.
Flowers small, sepals and petals 3, persistent; sta-
mens 3-6; carpels 3-18, separate: submerged Ivs finely
dissected, mostly opposite — Six species
caroliniana. Gray (C aqudtica, DC , not Aubl
C.wndifbha,tlort ). WASHINGTON PLANT FISH-GRASS
Floating Ivs green, oblong-linear: fls axillary, \fa\
broad, white, with 2 yellow spots at base of each petal,
stamens 6. Ponds and slow streams, S 111 to N C , Fla
and Texas. A.G 15. 157 — Hardy as far north as Phila
if not frozen. The commonest plant for fish-globes and
aquaria; roots easily in earth, grows well, is dense and
bushy, and a good oxygenatoi , prefers water free from
hme Prop by cuttings set m earth in 1-2 ft of water
at 55-70° F. Commonly sold for aquana in bunches of
6-12 shoots 8 in long, wrapped with lead at base,
without earth the bunch lasts 4-8 weeks, when it drops
most of its Ivs and must be replaced Var roseefdlia,
Hort , is a form with reddish Ivs , less durable, and more
difficult to prop A G 15.157 Var pulch6rrima,
Harper, has sts reddish purple, Ivs darker with nar-
rower segms. and petals bright purple Ga The true
C aqudtica, Aubl , of Trop Amer , with yellow fls
and nearly oibicular floating Ivs., is shown in B M 7090
II S CONARD.
CACALIA (ancient Greek name). Compdsitee Peren-
nial herbs of wide distribution, some of which are
planted in the open for ornament.
Floweis paniculate or corymbose, the florets all
hermaphrodite, with white, nc&h-colored, or orange,
exclusively tubular corollas, each of the 5 lobes with a
midnervo. achenes glabrous: Ivs. petioled, alternate
The genus is by some considered as a section of Senecio,
differing in never having ray-fls — Species about 40,
about one-fourth Asian and the remainder mostly
American They need protection in the North
lutea, Mill. A slender rather attractive perennial,
with alternate, widely separated Ivs. half clasping the
st.: fls. orange-yellow, in heads about Kin- diam.,
corymbose. St. Helena; perhaps not a true cacalia.
C. aiirea and C. lutea of gardens may be Emilia. — C, coccinea,
Sims-Enulia.
CACALI6PSIS (Cacalia-hke). Composite. Peren-
nial, for garden planting.
Heads discoid, very many-fid, of perfect yellow
florets; corolla rather deeply 5-cleft, the lobes lanceo-
late: Ivs. palmate — -One species, little known in cult.
CACALIOPSIS
CACTUS
600
Nardftsmia, Gray Stout, 1-2 ft high, loose, woolly,
but becoming nearly glabrous. Ivs. nearly all radical,
not unlike those of Petasites palmata, long-stalked,
6-9-cleft or very rarely parted, the lobes dentate or
cut: heads an inch high, in a loohe cluster at the summit
of the nearly naked st . fragrant Pine woods, Calif,
to Wash.— Intro, by Gillett in 1881 as a border plant.
CACAO, COCOA: Theobroma.
CACTUS, CACTI. The plants correctly designated
by this name constitute the family Cactdcex Scarcely
any group in the whole vegetable kingdom is more
remarkable for its .strange and vaned forms, the beauty
of its flowers, and wonderful adaptation to desert life
It is not, however, confined to desert regions, for in the
moist forests of the tropics of the New World it is
represented by a number of interesting forms often
epiphytal or scrambling in their
habit of growth, with beautiful
flowers and sometimes with
delicious edible fruit.
"Botanical Features of North American Deserts,
publication No 90 of the Carnegie Institution <
Washington, 1908.
To the southward, the family extends to Chile and
Argentina Giant torch thistles and echmocacti are
scattered over the pampas of Uruguay, and melon-
shaped echmopses amid the snows of the lofty plateau
of Bolivia
The genus Mamillana, so well represented in the
southwestern United States and Mexico, is almost
absent from Cential America, the representative genera
of that region as well as of tin- warm Huasteca region
of eastern Mexico being Ceieus, Pemskia, Pereskiopsis,
Nopalea, and Opuntia, while the "turk's-head" or
"melon cacti" are chiefly West Indian
The peculiar structure of columnar, opuntioid, and
melon-shaped cacti is undoubted!} the result of exces-
sive dryness of the climates in which they occur, to
protect themselves from which they have been obliged
to store up water and to
reduce their transpira-
712 Tips of Rhipsahs
cassytha.
713 Skeleton of
Opuntia stem.
714 Pereskia cculeata.
715 Opuntia joint with leaves.
The CactacesB arc confined to America, the only
apparent exception being the genus UlnpMilis, com-
posed of plants with the habits of the mistletoe, gt ow-
ing on the trunks and branches of tiees, and bearing
small pellucid glutinous berries (Fig 712) This genus,
endemic in tropical America, has found its way to
Afiica, the island of Mauritius arid even to Ceylon,
and several opuntias, or prickly pears, occur on the
shores of the Mediterranean, in South Africa, and An-
tion as low as possible They have a more or less pro-
nounced woody axis surrounded by pulpy cellular tissue
(paienchyma) in which the \\ater-supply is stored The
stomato, are usually situated in depressions or grooves
in the leatheiy cuticle, and as an additional means for
checking transpiration, the cell-sap is nearly always
mucilaginous, while in some forms latex cells are present,
filled with milky or gummy fluid which hardens on
exposuie to the air and effectively heals wounds in the
tralia, where they have made themselves so thoroughly soft fleshy plant Certain species of Echmocactus (viz-
at home as to be regarded by many writers as
indigenous The Caetaccir are not confined to trop-
ical or even semi-tropical regions At
least two species of Opuntia extend
northward into British Columbia, and
species of Kchmocereus, Echmocactus,
and Mamillaria aie found in the state
of Colorado The xerophytic forms
flourish especially in the southwestern
United States, the Mexican plateau,
the peninsula of Lower California, where
there are great cactus forests, and the
vicinity of Tehuacan, in the southern
part of the Mexican state of Puebla, a
region celebrated for its remarkable and
gigantic tree-like forms related to the
genus Cereus For an account of the
vegetation of the deserts of the south-
western states and of Mexico, the reader
is referred to Frederick V Coville's
"Botany of the Death Valley Expedi-
tion," published as Vol. IV of the
"Contributions from the United States
National Herbarium, 1893," Coville
and MacDougal's "Desert Botanical
Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution
—1903"; and to D. T. MacDougaJ's
nagas) are like great barrels studded with spines and
filled with pulp of the consi^tencv of watermelon rind,
which is sometimes made into con-
serves like citron (dulces de viznaga)
Other foims, like species of Pereskia,
Pereskiopsis, and arboreous opuntias
have hard, \\oody stems and branches
The reticulated skeletons of certain
species of opuntia (Fig 713) are manu-
factured into walking-sticks, legs of
furniture, napkin rings, and even into
veneering for woodwork In Lower
California and some paits of South
America, where other vegetation is
lacking, the stems of columnar cerei,
or "eardones," are used for construct-
ing habitations, mclosures, and for
timbering mines Columnar cacti are
also planted for living fences, or hedges,
especially the "organ cactus" (Myrtil-
locactiis geometnzans) of tropical Mex-
ico. Leaves are present m nearly all
cacti, but in some species they are
mere vestiges and can scarcely be seen
with the naked eye In other species
they are large and perfectly developed,
716. Cactus spines. either with distinct petiole and feather
610
CACTUS
CACTUS
717. Opuntia leptocaulis, showing
sheathed spines.
veins, as in Pereskw ocu-
leata (Fig 714), or sessile
and fleshy with only the
midrib and several paral-
lel nerves apparent as in
the genus Pereskiopsis.
They are sometimes
caducous, fleshy, cylindri-
cal or awl-shaped, as in
the genus Opuntia (Fig.
715). In the axils of the
leaves are peculiar cush-
ion-like areoles (corres-
ponding in all probability
to aborted branches)
clothed with down or felt-
hke wool, from which
spines, and, in some gen-
era, also flowers, issue. In
the genera Opuntia and Pereskiopsis, tho areoles also
bear minute short barbed bristles called glochidia,
which will penetrate' the
skin and become detached
at the slightest contact and
are the source of annoying
irritation which often per-
sists for many hours.
The spines (Fig 716)
are not connected with
the axis of the stem or
branches, but emerge from
che areoles. In some
forms they are simple and
straight, bristle-like, awl-
shaped, or short and coni-
cal In others they are
bent like fishhooks or are
curved and horn-like, with
transverse ribs Some-
tunes they are minutely
downy or hairy and some-
times even plumose or
feathery. They may be
either naked or enveloped
in a membranous barbed
sheath (Fig 717) They
may be grouped in star-
like clusters, with straight
or curved rays spreading
from a common center, or
in comb-like fascicles, with
the radial spines arranged
in two rows on each side
of a longitudinal axis (pec-
tinate). In addition to the
radial spines, there are
usually erect central spines
either straight and rigid,
or more or less curved. One of the most striking forms
is that of the organ cactus, Myrtillocactus geometnzans,
in which the stout erect
central spine resembles
the blade of a dagger
and the radials a guard
for the hilt. In contrast
with this may be men-
tioned the spines of
Pelecyphora aselhformis,
which resemble minia-
ture sow-bugs, or aselli
(Fig. 718).
The flowers in most
cases issue from the
upper portion of the
areoles, but in certain
mamillanas and allied
720. Leuchtenbergia principle, showing
transformation from scales to petals.
forms they come
forth from between
the tubercles or
fiom their base at
the end of a dorsal
groove. Usually the
flowers are solitary
and senile, but m
the genus Pereskia
(Fig 714) they are
peduncled and often
clustered They
may be tinted with
robe-color, crimson,
purple, > ellow or
orange, or rarely
with copper-color or
scarlet, but they are
never blue. Often
they are pure white
at first, gradually becoming suffused with rose-color
.. in age. In a few species
they are inconspicuous, as
in the epiphytal Rhipsahs
(Fig 712) Some are diur-
nal, others nocturnal, some
open at sunrise and close
at night or when the sky
becomes clouded, others
open at a certain hour and
close at another fixed hour
of the day or night, some
last for only a few hours,
others for a day, and
some persist for several
days Some, like the
"night -blooming cereus"
are delightfully fragrant,
while otheib are ill-smell-
ing or have no perceptible
odor.
The perianth is not
divided sharply into calyx
and corolla, although the
outer floral leaves are usu-
ally sepal-like and the
inner ones aie true petals.
In one great division of
the family including Opun-
tia, winch has been named
Rolatiflorse, the perianth
is more or less wheel-
shaped or widely spread-
ing (Fig 719) , in the other
division, Tubuhflor<e, to
which Cereus belongs, the
floral leaves form a
tube, often
718. Extreme condensation of the plant body.—
Pelecyphora aselliformis (Nat Size )
remarkably long and slender, and crowned
with a spreading limb. The floral leaves
are not arranged m definite series but
somewhat like those of a water-lily, the
scale-like lower or outer leaves gradually
becoming broad and petaloid as they
approach the center (Fig 720) In all
cases the perianth crowns the ovary,
and sometimes persists after withering
on the apex of the fruit (Fig 721). The
stamens are very numerous and are
inserted on the petals or perianth-tube
(Fig. 722). The single style is longer
and stouter than the slender filaments,
and usually terminates into a radially
divided stigma (Fig 723) Sometimes
the stigma is conspicuously colored and
issues star-like from the center of the
CACTUS
CACTUS
611
722. Echmocactus flower, show-
ing insertion of stamens.
723. Opuntia flower,
showing styles and
ovary.
mass of stamens, as in the genus Echmocereus, m
which the emerald-green star contrasts prettily with
the golden-yellow or orange-colored stamens, rising
from a rosette of rose-purple petals (Fig 724). The
ovary (Fig 723), although formed of several carpels,
is 1-celled The placentae are parietal, bearing an in-
definite number of ovules, the stalks of which (furucuh)
726. Opuntia fruit.
the different groups, and are
sometimes useful in making »
generic determinations Thus the woolly seeds of
Pereskiopsis are sharply distinct from the black glossy
seeds of the genus Pereskia, with which the first-named
genus was at one time confused In Opuntia and Nopa-
lea they are flat, hard and bony, somewhat ear-shaped
in the flat-jointed opuntias (Figs 730, 733,) and usually
become fleshy as the seeds develop and form a sugary discoid and margmless mcyhndiical opuntias (Figs 730,
pulp around the seeds 735). In Cereus they aie glossy black, with the testa
The fruits of the Cactaceae are variable in form That either quite smooth or minutely pitted (Figs 730, 732) ;
of the leafy Pereskia is apple-shaped and bears a num- in Echmocereus they are covered with minute tubercles
ber of leaf-like bracts on the skin (Fig 725), on which or granules (Figs 730, 73 1) In Echmocactus, which is
724. Echmocereus flower, showing
radiate stigma
account the fruit of P aculeata is
called blad-appel, or leaf-apple, m
the Dutch colonies, while in the
British West Indies it is known as
Barbados gooseberry and is made into
tarts and sauces like real goose-
berries In some of the pereskiopses,
the fruit is elongated ana shaped like
a prickly pear, with watery rind and
seeds covered with cottony hairs In
Opuntia and Nopalea the fruit is
commonly called prickly pear, or
tuna (by the ancient A/tecs, nochth).
These fruits bear small fleshy leaves
at first, like the flattened pads of the
plants, and when the leaves fall off
the areoles persist armed with the
irritating sharp-barbed glochidia de-
scribed above (Figs 717 and 726) Many species allied
to the genus Cereus bear edible fruits, usually called pita-
hay as Those of the tall columnar cardones (Lemaneo-
cereus) are covered with easily detachable tufts of wool
and spines but never bear glochidia Those of Cephalo-
cereus (Fig 721) are spineless The triangular climbing
forms which are often trained over garden walls m
tropical countries, sometimes bear enormous juicy
fruits of fine flavor (Fig 727) Those of Echmocactus
(Fig 728) arc more or less scaly The fruits of certain
species of Echmocereus, called alicochcs by the Mexi-
cans, are known to Americans as strawberry cacti, on
account of the fine flavor of their micy pulp Those of
Echmocactus longihamatus are known in noithcrn
Mexican markets as limas de viznaga, or cactus lunes,
on account of their acid
taste; and the small
smooth crimson fruits of
many mamillarias are
called chihtos, on account
of their resemblance to
small chili peppers. Very
much like them are the
fruits of melon cacti (Fig.
729) which issue from the
dense crown of bristles like
scarlet radishes or fire-
crackers tipped with a fuse.
The seeds of the Cacta-
ceee vary considerably in
725. Pereskia fruit.
not a very homogeneous group, the
seeds are pitted in some species and
tuberculate in others In one section
of Mamillana (Eumamillana) they
are glossy and marked with sunken
rounded pits (Figs 730, 731), while in
another section, which should prob-
ably be made a distinct genus (Corv-
phantha) they are frequently smooth
In the closely allied Anotarpus they
are relatively large and tuberculate
In the genus Pelecyphora, they are
sometimes kidney-shaped, as in P.
aselltfornn*, and sometimes of a pocu-
har boat-like form with a very large
umbilicus, as in P pectmata In the
epiphytal Rhipsahs cassytha they are
kidney-shaped and finely granular.
The seeds of many of the species of Pachycereus ("car-
dones") are used by the Indians of Lower California and
Mexico for food In south-
em Puebla the fruit of
P(ichy< ere us columna-
trajani, called tetezo figs
(higos de tetetzo) are a reg-
ular food staple, offered for
sale in the markets of
Tchuacan during the
month of May.
Other cactus fruits of
gi eat economic importance
aie those of the giant
Ccieus of our arid south-
western region, Carnegiea
gigmitca, locally known as
pitahayas de sahuara, first
brought to notice in the
year 1540 by the members
of Coronado's expedition.
They arc not spiny like
the fruits of Pachycereus
and they burst open when
quite ripe. The fruit of
Lemaireocereus Thurben,
known as pitahaya dulce,
although much sweeter,
bears clusters of stout
spines issuing from tufts 727. Fruit of Hylocereus.
612
CACTUS
OESALPINIA
of wool. Closely allied to it is Lemaireocereus griseus of
central and southern Mexico, which yields much nutri-
tious fruit. The fruit of the organ cactus, Myrtillocactus
geometnzans, sold in the markets as
garambullas, either fresh or dried,
must also be mentioned as of economic
importance
Of medicinal importance is the
narcotic peyote or "mezcal button"
729. Melon cactus bearing fruits.
(Lophophora Willwmsii), used as an intoxicant and
febrifuge by certain tribes of Indians, and regarded by
some of them, with superstitious reverence. This little
plant was regarded by some of the early Spanish writers
as a fungus and was used by the Mexican Indians to
produce marvelous visions
For an account of the methods of propagation and
culture of cacti and their application to ornamental
gardening the reader is referred to a paper by Charles
Henry Thompson, on "Ornamental Cacti. Their Cul-
ture and Decorative Value " issued by the United
States Department of Agriculture as Bulletin No 262
of the Bureau of Plant Industry, December 17, 1912.
See also Succulents, vol. VI. \y. E. SAFFORD.
CACTUS (shortened from Melocactus by Linnaeus).
Cactdcese. A single small species, sometimes grown m
under-glass collections and in open succulent gardens
South.
Stems globose or ovoid, with vertical ribs, crowned
at maturity with a "cephalium" — a prolongation of the
axis densely covered with small
tubercles imbedded in wool and —
bearing in their axils small fls. and
berries. The plant has the appear-
ance of an Lchmocactus, but the
fls. and berries resemble those of
Mamillana.
Melocactus, Linn. (Melocdctus
commitnis, Link & Otto). Fig. 731
Ribs 10-20, acute; areoles nearly 1
in. apart; radial spines 8-11, straight
or curved, subulate; centrals 1-4;
cephalium at first low, hemispheri-
cal, becoming cylindrical in time,
reaching a height of 8 in ; the dense
wool of the cephalium is pierced by
many red or brown bristles, fls. red,
slender, fr. %in. long, crowned by
the persistent remains of the fl., rea.
W. Indies; called there "Turk's
head." B.M. 3090. J. N. ROSE. was-
CADALVENA: Kaempfena.
CADIA (Arabic name, Kadi). Leguminbsse, tribe
Sophbrese. Small evergeen shrubs of Arabia and Africa,
remarkable for their regular mallow-like flowers.
Leaves pinnate: fls. axillary, mostly solitary, droop-
ing; stamens 10, free, shorter than the petals: pod
linear, acuminate, flattened, leathery. — Four species.
730. Seeds of Cacti.
1. Mamillaria, 2.
Cereus; 3. Flat-
jointed opuntias;
4 Echinocereus; 5.
Cylindrical opun*
Can be grown outdoors in Calif, or S. Fla ; in the N.
in the temperate house. Prop, by seeds and cuttings.
purpurea, Forsk. (C. vana, L'Her.). A small shrub,
the branches woody. Ifts. 20-40 pairs, very narrow,
almost sessile: fls. bell-shaped, pedunculate, rose-red,
the corolla about 1-1^ in. long and very veiny, not
spiny. Arabia.
C Ellisidna, Baker, has few large Ifts. and rose-colored fls
Madagascar. B M 6685 —C. pubtacens, Bojer. Lfts. 8-10 pairs,
broad-oblong. Madagascar N TAYLQR j
CjESALPiNIA (Andreas Csesalpinus, 1519-1603,
Italian botanist). Leguminbsae. BRASILETTO. Includ-
ing Gmlandina, and Poinciana m part Ornamental
tropical or subtropical trees or shrubs chiefly grown for
their showy flowers and also for their attractive finely
divided fohage; some species yield tanning materials
and dye-stuff.
Calyx with short tube and 5 imbricated lobes, the
lowest concave and larger; petals 5, clawed, usually
orbicular or obovate and nearly eoual; stamens 10,
curved, ovary sessile with few ovules and a slender
elongated style, pod ovate to lanceolate, usually com-
pressed, often indehisccnt — About 30 species in tropi-
cal ana semi-tropioal regions The genus belongs to
the subfamily Csesalpimoideao, in which the fls are not
papilionaceous, and is allied to Gleditsia
Caesalnmias are armed or unarmed trees or shrubs,
rarely cumbers, with finely divided bipmnate leaves
and conspicuous yellow or sometimes partly red flowers
in racemes, often forming terminal panicles Many
species are very showy in flower and are favonties in
tropical and subtropical countries; m this country they
can be grown only in Florida and southern California
except C japomcn, which is the hardiest species and
will probably stand the winter in sheltered locations as
far north as Washington, D C. They are also grown
sometimes m warm glasshouses.
Propagation is readily effected by seeds, which should
be well soaked in waim water for some hours before
sowing A sandy soil should be chosen for the seed-
bed, and lightly shaded After the plants show the
first true leaf, they should be potted off into small pots
of ordinary garden soil, not too rich, made light by the
addition of sand, if of a clayey nature The plants
grow very rapidly, and must be shifted into larger pots
as their size requires for groonhouso oulturo, but m tropi-
cal climates may be transplanted into permanent posi-
tions outdoors after they reach a fair size in pots. The
dwarf species are elegant subjects for subtropical
gardening during the summer months m temperate
climates, provided a sunny location is given them, as
they revel in rather dry very warm soil, and do not
require artificial watering after being established A
rocky, sunny situation may be given C pulchemma
and its variety flava, where they will bloom during;
many weeks of summer, until frost checks them, if
strong plants about a foot high are selected m early
summer Care should be taken to harden off plants
gradually in the house, so that they may not be chilled
when transplanted outdoors. While they will do well
in a poor soil, an application of manure or chemical
fertilizer may be given them to advantage, causing
them to make a more vigorous growth and give better
and larger heads of flowers. In the tropics, and also in
subtropical climates, these shrubs and trees are always
admired and are commonly planted for ornament.
The royal poinciana (C. regia, but properly Poinciana
regw, which see), and also the dwarf poinciana. or
flower-fence (C. pulchemma), will thrive in close
proximity to the sea, and are valuable for planting in
exposed coast situations. (E. N. Reasoner.)
A. Stamens long-exserted: fls. very showy: trees, unarmed
or nearly so.
Gflliesii, Wall. Shrub or small tree, with very many
small Ifts., scarcely %m. long, oblong, obtuse, glabrous:
XXI. Cherry. — Specimen fruits of one of the heart cherries
OESALPINIA
CALADIUM
613
fifl. light yellow, with brilliant red stamens protruding
u-5 in., in terminal racemes; sepals hairy-fringed. S.
Amer. H M. 4006 (as Pomciana Gilliesn, Hook.). F.S.
1:81. RH. 1893-400. G C. Ill 15.73. Gn 76, p 4.—
A very showy and worthy plant which bears in Calif,
the popular name of "Bird of Paradise" like Strehtzw
Regime. It will stand a tempei ature as low as 20° F.
pulch£mma, Swartz. BARBADOS PRIDE BARBADOS
FLOWER-FENCE. DWARF POINCIANA. Shrub, with few
scattered prickles, delicate, evergeen, mimosa-like lv.s
with 12-18 pinnae, each with 20-24 oblique-oblong
Ifts less than 1 in long, and very gaudy red-and-
yellow crisped fls. on the ends of the new growth: sta-
mens and style red, and long-exserted Generally dis-
tributed in the tropics. B M. 995. P.M. 3:3. Gn 75,
p 594. — One of the most popular shrubs m warm cli-
mates, as S. Fla. There is a var. flava, with yellow fls.
731. Cactus Melocactus.
A A Stamens not much exceeding the petals, or
shorter
B. Lfts. very obtuse
c Branches unarmed.
panndsa, Brandeg. Medium-sized tree with slen-
der branches spreading horizontally and clothed with
white, deciduous bark' Ivs decompound; pinnae 2-4,
each with 4-6 oblong and retuse Ifts.' fls. yellow, showy:
pod glandular, 1-2-seeded. Lower Calif — A rapid-
growing species which can be used for fences and is
therefore called "palo cstaca" in Lower Calif.
cc Branches pnckly.
D. Pod smooth shrubs.
sepiaria, Roxbg Scrambling pubescent shrub: Ivs.
glaucous, slightly pubescent beneath; pinnae 12-20,
each with 16-24 oblong Ifts . rounded at both ends, ^~
1 in long fls yellow m .simple stalked racemes. India.
—Furnishes dye-wood, also used as a hedge plant.
jap6nica, Sieb & Zucc Loose, spreading shrub,
armed with stout, recurved prickles: Ivs with 6-16
pinnae, each with 10-20 Ifts , oblong, very obtuse: fls.
m large, panicle-like clusters, canary-yellow, the sta-
mens bright red. Japan. B M. 8207. G C. III. 42:43.
R.H. 1912-60 Gn. 40:588; 61, p. 81; 76, p. 411. J.H.
III. 34-531; 51 181. — Endures the winters in some
parts of England. The hardiest species of the genus,
probably hardy as far north as Washington, D. C.
N&ga, Ait. Vigorous climber: branches flexuose with
copious hooked prickles' IVH glabrous; pinnae 4-6,
each with 4-6 ovate -obtuse Ifts 1^-2 in. long: fls.
bright yellow in large panicles; calyx glabrous: poda
ovoid-oblong, 2 in long, mdehiscent, 1-seeded. Him-
alayas and Philippine Ibis to N. Austral, and Poly-
nesia. Blanco, Ft. Filip 150.
DD P(jd prickly tree.
echinata, Lam Tree, with prickly rusty pubescent
branches- Ivs. unarmed, glabrous, pinnae 5-9, each with
15-20 rhombic-oblong obtuse Ifts ^£-%in long' fls.
yellow in axillary and terminal racemes; calyx pubes-
cent; stamens snorter than petals: pod oblong, 3 in.
long Brazil. Fl. Brasil 15, 2:22.— Yields dye-wood.
BB. Lfts. acute or mucronulate: pod prickly.
minax, Hance. Diffuse shrub, thorny: pinnae 10, with
12-20 ovate-lanceolate glabrous Ifts. 1-1 H in long:
racemes pamcled, many-fld , with very large bracts:
fls. white and purple: pods 7-seeded (seeds large ana
black), prickly. China.
B6nduc, Roxbg. Climbing shrub, with pnckly,
pubescent bipmnate Ivs , oblong-ovate mucronate Ifts.
1 Yz~Z m. lon^, yellow fls , and a few large yellow seeds
in a short, prickly pod. Tropics; S. Fla
C bfjuga, Swartz (Acacia Bancroftiana, Bert ) Spiny shrub
with ultunite Ifts m 2 pairs* fls paniculate Jamaica — C toot*-
aicnsis, Munu— Mezoneuron kauaiense.— C r^yta, Dietr =Pom-
ciana regia, — C wrwMia, Champ Tall climbing pnckly shrub:
fls m racemes China. BM 8132
L. H. B. and ALFRED REHDER.
CAHOUN: Attalea Cohune.
CAILLlEA: Dichrostachya
CAjANUS (aboiigmal name) Ijegummdsae. A
tropical bhrub, groun for the nutritious peas One
variable species, probably originally from Africa
indicus, Spreng (Cytisw> Cdtjnn, Linn ) GRANDUL.
CONGO PEA PH.KON PE-V DUAL TOOK URHUR.
Erect, 3-10 ft , villous or often tomentose Ifts elliptic-
oblong, rxstipellate, resinous-punctate beneath: fls"
yellow and maioon, pea-like, continuing all through the
year, in axillary lacemcs.' pod pea-like, hairy, con-
stricted between the many seeds Much cult in the
tropics for the seeds or pulse, being treated usually as
an annual It varies greatly in stature and in charac-
ter of seeds: C flavin, DC, has yellow fls and 2-3-
seodcd pods which aie not spotted!; C bicolor, DC , a
smaller plant, has ml-stnped fls , and 4-5-seeded pods
winch are spotted See B M 6440 and R H 1874' 190.
The pigeon pea is much grown in the W Indies, some
varieties being preferred for human food and some for
live-stock; run wild. j^ H. B.
CAJ6PHORA: Blumtnbachia.
CALABASH: Crescentia
CALABASH GOURD: Lagenaria.
CALADIUM (origin of name obscure) Aracex.
Warmhouse large-leaved plants; grown for the foliage;
also employed in summer bedding
Herbaceous perennials, arising from large rhizomes
or tubers, acaulescent, with usually beautifully marked,
long-petioled Ivs ; the secondary nerves oblique to the
few spreading primary nerves' peduncles usually soli-
tary; spat he with the tube convolute, constricted at the
throat, the blade boat -shaped; spadix erect, a little
shorter than the spathe, the lower part naked, stipe-
hke, the stammate part longer than the pistillate; fls.
unisexual' fr. a berry, white — A dozen or less species
in Trop. S. Amer. Two of the species are immensely
variable, and many named horticultural varieties are
m the trade. EnglerinDC Monog Phan.2:4#> (1879);
also F.S 13.
614
CALADIUM
CALADIUM
A 8 soon as Caladium plants begin to lose their
leaves in the fall, water should gradually be withheld
until the leaves are all gone. The pots should then be
removed to a position under a bench, and laid on their
sides, or taken from the soil and placed in sand Dur-
ing tne resting period they should not be subjected to a
lower temperature than 60° F., and kept neither too
wet nor too dry. About the beginning of March the
tubers should be started for the earliest batch to be
grown in pots Arrange the tubers in their sizes, and
keep each size by itself The largest-sized tubers will
start quickest, and it is desirable to begin with these
for pot-plants. Start them in chopped moss in boxes.
The tubers may be arranged rather close together in
the box, and merely covered over with the moss to the
depth of about an inch. The new roots are made from
the top part of the tuber, so it is important that this
part should be covered to encourage the roots For
starting, a heat varying between 70° and 85° will
suffice. As soon as a healthy lot of roots makes its
appearance, the plants should be potted, using as small-
sized pots as possible. The soil for this potting should
be principally leaf-mold, with a little sand. In a short
kinds are not so well suited for outdoor work as those
having green predominating in the foliage, but some o»
the kinds, such as Dr Lindley and Rosmi, do remark-
ably well Frequent watering with manure-water is
absolutely necessary to the development of the foliage,
both outdoors and in. (G. W. Oliver.)
732. Caladium bicolor var Chantimi. (No. 17).
fcime they will need another shift; the soil should on
this occasion be a little stronger; give a position near the
glass, and shade from strong sunshine — New forms are
raised from seed, this operation bomg an exceedingly
easy one with the caladium, as they cross-fertilize very
readily. The flowers, unlike those of the Anthunum,
are monoecious, the females ripening first To pollinate
them, part of the spathe must be cut away Seedlings
at first have the foliage green, and it is not until the
fifth or sixth leaf has been developed that they show
their gaudy colorings Propagation of the kinds is
effected by dividing the old tubers, the cut surfaces
of which should be well dusted with powdered char-
coal to prevent decay — As bedding plants, the fancy-
leaved caladiums are gradually becoming more popu-
lar. To have them at their best for this purpose, the
ground should be worked for some time previous to
planting out, with a goodly quantity of bone meal
incorporated with the soil The tubers are best put out
in a dormant state, as then they make very rapid prog-
ress, and eventually make finer plants than when they
are first started in the greenhouse, as by this system
they are too likely to sustain a check in the hardening-off
process, and lose their leaves. The fine, highly colored
atbmerwum, 55.
albomaculatum, 16.
hastatum, 50.
Hendersonn, 24
punctatissimum, 17.
Purdieanum, 9
albostrmtulum, 51.
Houbyanum, 20
pusillum, 9.
Alfred Bleu, 16
Houlletn, 18
Humboldtu, 57.
regale, 31
Reichenbachianum, 41
Appunmnum, 56.
Kettclon, 13
Rogierii, 15
(irqi/rites, 57
Kochn, 38
Toseum, 14
irgytoneuron, 5
Kramenanum, 20
rubellum, 41
arKyroneurum, 5.
Laucheanum, 13
rubicundum, 11
ar»{yrospi!um, 36.
Baraquinu, 12
Lcopoldn, 15 '
rubrovemum, 42
Bcllpymci, 49
Lindenu, 46
sagittsrfohum, 31
bicolor, 8, 11
maorophyllum, 39.
Schmitzu, 3
Brongmartu, 32.
margmatum, 19
Sclialltri, 5
Chautimi, 17
inarmoratum, 7
Schomburgku, 1.
Connxrhi, 17.
Sicboldn, 25
cor datum, 3
Marttrsteujianum, 17
splcndeiiH, 14
cupreum, 53
mirabile, 33
Spruceanum, 9
C'urwadlii, 37,
Mooreanum, 18
StanKcanum, 21.
Devosianum, 28.
myriostigma, 58
subrotunduin, G
discolor, 29
Neumann, 40
Durhartrei, 35
Osyrnum, 52
thripedfstum, 7
Eckhartu, 23
eleRans, 54
Ottoo ., 28
palhdinermum, 30
transparens, 10
TroubeUkoyi, 50
prllucidum, 27, 29
Vellozianum, 9
erythrtrum, 3.
Pernern, 22
Ver^chuffeltn, 47
firmulum, 9
pietum, 4, 34
mridisi>imum, 55
Gxrdtn, 15
picturntuni, 48, 55
Wagnen, 31
ffriteo-argenteum, 39.
pceoile, 30
Walhai, 28
Haayeanum, 17
porphyroneuron, 53
Wightii, 44
hsematostigmatum, 29
It will be seen that most of the cultivated caladiums
are considered to be forms of C bicolor and C pictura-
tum Only five species are concerned in the following
list. Schomburgkit, J, niarnwratum, 7, bicolor, 8, pic-
turatum, 48, Humboldtu, .57.
A Blade not at all peltate, obliquely elliptical-ovate
1 Sch6mburgkii, Schott Petiole slender, 4 times
longer than the blade, sheathed one-third ils length,
blade obliquely elliptical-ovate, midrib and 4-5 acutely
ascending primary nerves silvery, pale, or red,, sparsely
spotted above, paler beneath. French Guiana to Para
— Runs into the following forms
(1) Veins red.
2 Var marmoreum, Engl Blade dull green, with
brownish red nerves, bordered with yellow
3. Var erythrsfeum, Engl (C Schrnltzii, Lem. C
cordatum, Hort.). Midribs and nerves red IH 8:297.
4. Var. plctum, Engl With white or red spots
between the red veins S Amer.
(2) Veins silvery or green.
5. Var. argyroneftrum, Engl (C argyroneuron.
C Koch C. Schcellen, Lem.) Midrib and veins silvery
LH 8 297
6 Var subrotfindum, Engl (C. subrotiindum, Lem )
Lf -blade rounded at the base, or shortly cordate, with
white or red spots Brazil.
AA. Blade distinctly peltate
B. Lf. sagittate-oblong-ovate t basal lobes united for two-
thirds their length, or more.
7 marmoratum, Mathieu (Alocdsia Roezln, Bull (7.
thnpedcstum, Lem ) Petiole cylindrical, 12-16 in
long, twice as long as the blade, variegated; blade 6-8
in. long, 4-6 in wide, dark green, with irregular gray,
yellowish green and snow-white spots, glaucous-green
beneath, sagittate-oblong-ovate, the upper lobe semi-
ovate, slightly cuspidate, the basal ones unequal, one-
third or one-half as long as the upper, connate two-thirds
to three-fourths their length' spathe-blade pale green,
2-3 in long. Ecuador. I.H. 5, p. 59, desc.
CALADIUM
CALADIUM
615
BB. 14. not as above; basal lobes united one-third their
length or less.
C. Shape oflf. ovate-triangular, or ovate-sagittate (8-47),
8. blco'or, Vent. (Arum bicolor, Ait ). Petiole
smooth, 3-7 times as long ah the blade, prumosc toward
the apex; blade ovate-sagittate, or ovate-tnangular,
variegated above, glaucous beneath, upper lobe scmi-
ovate, narrowing gradually to a cuspidate point, the
basal ones one-half to but little shorter than the upper,
oblong-ovate, obtuse, connate one-fifth to one-third
their length S Amcr Intro, into cult m 1773 B M.
820 — Very common in cult , furnishing many of the
ianry-leaved caladiums. The marked varieties are
as follows (9-47) .
(1) Lf. -blade ami veins of one color.
9 Var Vellozianum, Engl (C. V dlozianum, Sehott.
C Purdiednum, Sehott. C. pusilhwi, C. Koch. C.
Sprucednum, Sehott C flrmulurn, Schott.). Lf.-
blade dark green above, basal lobes connate pa&t the
middle Brazil, Peru. KB 10.109.
(2) Lf -blade more or less vancgated.
(a) WUh a colored disk (Nos. 10-18).
(b) Disk transparent.
10 Var transp&rens, Engl (C transpdrens, Hort.).
Blade with a pale green, nearly transparent disk; mid-
r-b and pnmaiy veins red-purple.
11 Var rubicundum, Engl (C. bicolor, Kunth).
Petiole green, or vai legated green and violet; blade
^reen, with a red, transpaient, central disk, and a very
narrow red line between the disk and the margin.
(bbj Ih\k opaque.
(c) Purple JjsA-
12 Var Barftqumii, Engl (C Bardquinu, Hort ).
Petiole violet, blade with a pin pie-red disk, beautiful
green between the disk and margin, nerves and midrib
red-violet Para I If 7 2.">7 FS 13 1378.
13 Var Kltteleri, Engl (C Kftbhn, Hort ). Peti-
ole crimson, variegated toward the ba.se, blade with
Curple disk, midrib and primary veins, spar.sely marked
etween the veins with many small, rosy spots.
(cc) R(d th\k.
14 Var splendens, Engl. (C ro^tum, Hort. C.
splcndens, Hort ) Petiole green below, red above;
blade with a red disk at the middle, midvem and
primary veins red-purple, green between the nerves
and along the margin. Lowe, 4
15 Var Leopold!!, Engl (C Leopolds, Hort. C.
Gxrdtn, C Koch C Koguru, Chant. & Lem.). Petiole
violet beneath, red-purple above, blade with a broad,
reddish di^k, margin green, red-spotted; midrib and
primary veins dark red-purple Para, 1864.
10 Var albomaculatum, Engl (C Alfred Bleu).
Petiole green, blade green, with red disk, midrib and
primary veins, and marked clear to the margin with
many large, white spots between the nerves.
(cce) Rose di *k.
17. Var. Chantinii, Engl (C. Chdntinii, Lem. C.
Connsertii, Hort C. amoennni, Hort. C. Marter-
stcigidnum, Hort C. pvnctatissimum, Hort. C. Haage-
anum, Hort ). Fig. 732 Petiole more or less violet,
blade broadly red-purple along the midrib and primary
nerves, rosy at the center, and with very numerous,
unequal spots between the nerves clear to the maigmal
vein. Para, 1858. Ill 5:185 F.S. 13:1350-51. B.M.
5255. A.F.8:129. G. 12:375.
(cccc) Light green disk.
18. Var. Houll6tii, Engl. (C. HouUetii, Lem. C.
Mooreanum, Hort ) Petiole green, the sheath and a
little of the base violet-vai legated; basal lobes of the
blade somewhat introrse, rounded, connate one-third;
blade obscurely green toward the margin, the midrib
and primary veins slightly reddish, and with a Dale
disk marked with many irregular white spots.
(aa) Without a colored disk.
(b) Margins colored throughout.
(c) Red margin.
19. Var. marginatum, Engl. (C. margindtum, C.
Koch). Blade dark green, with a red line on the outer
margin.
(ec) Yellow margin.
20 Var. Kramerianum, Engl. (C. Kramenanum,
Hort ). Veins purple, yellow margin.
21. Var Stangeanum, Engl (C Stangeanum, C.
Koch) Blade reddish, green along the narrow mar-
gin, yellowish toward the margin. ,
(cec) $ohd uhite margin
22. Var. Perrie'rii, Engl (C Pernen, Lem ) Petiole
violet-black; blade dull green, with many red-purple
spots, and white along the margin Brazil, 1861.
(ccccj Spotted margin
23 Var Sckhartii, Engl «7 Eckkartu, Hort).
Petiole violet-blotched at the base, green above the
middle, blade green, with few rosy spots along the mar-
gin, and small white ones in the middle
24 Var Hendersonu, Engl (C. Hfndtrsonn, Hoit )
Petiole vai legated violet and green, redd^h toward the
apex, blade mostly green, reddish next the lower parts
of the nerves, midrib and pi unary veins red-purple
.spotted, Mn all red spots along the margin
25 Var Sieboldii, Engl (C tiirboldn, Hort )
Petiole violet and gieen, i eddish toward the apex, basal
lobes of the If somewhat mtrorse, connate one-third
then length, dark green, midrib and pi unary vams-
beautifully red-purple spotted, and a very narrow white
bordei , marked with small purple-red spots A F
8 127.
(ccccc) Purple margin
26 Var Houbyanum, Engl (C Houbydnum, Hort )
Petiole duty green on the lower surface, bright red
above, blade bright gieen, with large pale spots, and
small mi-purple ones between the midrib ami primary
veins, a red-purple spot above the insertion of the peti-
ole, and a pale purple line around the margin
27 Var. pellucidum, Engl (C pellitcidum, DC).
Petiole reddish, variegated with violet, blade broadly
reddish purple spotted along the midrib and primary
veins, and moie or less marked with transparent, red-
di^h purple spots between the primary veins', a con-
tinuous purple line along the outer margin.
(bb) Margin colored only on ba^al sinus.
28 Var Devosianum, Engl (C. Devosianum, L^m.
C WciUun, Hort C Ottdnis Hoi I ) Petiole green;
blade bright green, with small, irregular white spots
between the midrib and primary veins, and a narrow
crimson border at the sinus. Para. I II 9 322.
29. Var. hsematostfgmatum, Engl. (C Jwmatostlg-
matutn, Kunth C*. pellucidum, DC C. discolor, Hort )
Petiole violet, blade dark green, with a purple line on
the basal sinus, and sparsely marked with blood-red
spots. Para.
30 Var posclle, Engl (C. pwrtte, Sehott. C. paUidi-
nervium, Hort ). Peti le i oddish brown, or closely
streak ed-vai legated, bjade dark green, midrib and
primary veins paler, often whitish, a red-purple spot
where the petiole joins the blade, narrowly purple-mar-
gined in the sinus. Brazil
31. Var. regale, Ergl (C. regale, Lem C. Wdgneri,
Hort C surinamem>e, Miq C sagitt&fohum, Sieb.).
Blade bright green, purple-margined at the sinus, every-
616
CALADIUM
CALADIUM
where marked with small, confluent white spots. W.
Indies, 1710. I.H.9:316
(bbb) Margin and disk without color.
(c) Variegated green blade.
32. Var. Brongn&rtii, Engl (C Brongnidrtn, Lem.).
Very large, petiole variegated violet and green, red-
dish toward the apex; blade green, except along the
nerves below, where it is colored reddish, pal^r green
between the primary nerves, deep green toward the
margin; veins and nerves red-purple. Brazil, 1858.
F.S. 13: 1348-9 I H. 5, p. 58, desc.
33. Var mirabile, Engl. (C mirdbile, Lern.). Petiole
green; blade bright green, densely covered with large
and small irregular pale green spots between the pri-
mary nerves and mid vein. Para IH 10:354.
(cc) Blue-green blade.
34. Var. pfctum, Kunth (C. pictum, DC.). Petiole
greenish, variegated beneath; basal lobes connate
one-fifth their length; blade thin, blue-green, marked
with large, irregular, usually confluent, pale yellowish
semi-transparent spots. Lowe, 43.
(ccc) Colorless blade.
35. Var. Duchftrtrei, Engl (C. Duchdrlrei, Hort.).
The long petiole green above, variegated below the
middle with violet-black; blade colorle&s, except the
midrib and all the veins, or here and there pale rosy
or red-spotted, or even more or less dirty green. A.F.
8:129.
(cccc) Solid green blade.
(d) Dark green.
36. Var. argyrtfspilum, Engl. (C. arayrdspilum,
Lem ). Petiole grayish red, sparsely and finely streaked;
blade a most beautiful green, with a crimson spot at
the middle, and with many small white spots between
the primary veins. Para. F.S. 13 . 1346-7.
733. Caladium picturatum var. Belleymen (No 49 )
37. Var. Curwddhi, Engl (C. Curwddhi, Hort.).
Petiole greenish, slightly violet-blotched toward the
base; blade reddish purple along the midrib and pri-
mary veins, marked between the veins with large white
spots; otherwise dark green
38. Var. Kdchii. Engl (C. Kdchii, Hort.). Lf.-
blade more rounded, dark green, with small white spots
midway between the midrib and margin. Para, 1862.
39. Var. macrophyllum, Engl. (C. macrophyllum,
Lem C. grlseo-argtnteum, Hort.). Petiole green;
blade dark green, marked everywhere with many small,
scarcely confluent white or slightly rosy spots Para,
1862 TH 9:316.
40. Var. Neumannii, Engl. (C. Neumanr<ii, Lem.).
Petiole green, blade very beautiful dark green, with
scarcely paler veins, marked between the primary veins
with large and small white-margined, reddish purple
spots. F.S. 13:1352-3. B.M. 5199.
(dd) Light green.
(e) Not spotted.
41. Var. rubellum, Engl. (C. rubtllum, Hort. C.
Reichenbachianum, Stange). Blade green, with reddish
purple midrib and primary veins
42 Var. rubrovenium, Engl (C. rubi ovenium, Hort.
C. rubronennum, Hort ). Petiole variegated green and
violet, blade small, oblong-ovoid, the basal lobes some-
what mtrorse, obtuse, connate almost to the middle,
pale caulescent or red-green along the midrib and pri-
mary veins; veins pale red or scarlet. Para, 1862.
(ee) Spotted.
(f) With white spots.
43. Var. Laucheanum, Engl (C Laucheanum, C.
Koch). Blade bright green, with white spots at the
middle.
(ff) With purple and white spots.
44 Var Wightii, Engl. (C Wightu, Hort.). Petiole
pale green; blade vcr^ beautiful green, marked be-
tween the primary veins with large, red-purple and
small white spots. French Guiana
(fft) With red or cumson 6/>ofc>
45. Var. Enkeanum, Engl (C Enkeanum , C. Koch)
Blade bright green, marked with large and small red
spots.
46. Var. Lindenii, Engl (C Lindenu, Hort ). Blade
bright green, with confluent small red spots
47. Var Verschaffeltii, Engl. (C Verschaffeltu,
Lem ). Petiole pale green, blade very beautiful green,
with few irregular crimson spots I.TI 5 185 B M.
5263. Lowe, 46.
cc Shape of blade lanceolate-sagittate.
48 picturatum, C Koch Petioles usually green,
variegated below, elongated; blade lanceolate-sagittate,
cuspidate and submucronate at the apex, the upper lobe
nearly triangular, oblong or ovate-lanceolate, basal
lobes over half as long, lanceolate subacute, connate
one-sixth to one-fourth their length, separated by a
tnangular sinus; primary lateral veins 4-7, erect-
spreading or spreading Brazil — Variable, furnishing
many of the fancy-leaved caladiums.
(1) Transparent white blade.
49. Var. Belle^mei, Engl. (C Belleymn, Hort.).
Fig. 733. Petiole greenish above, variegated violet
beneath; blade slenderly hastate-sagittate, white,
translucent except the green veins and nerves, with
small green spots along the margin; basal lobes 1-5. or
rarely one-fourth or one-third connate. Para. I.H.
7:252. A.F. 8: 127. G. 2.89.
(2) Pale green blade.
(a) With transparent blotches.
50. Var. hastfttum, Engl. (C Jiastatum, Lem.). Peti-
ole long, stout, white, violet-spotted; blade hastate-
sagittate, slightly contracted above the lobes; dull,
pale green, very irregularly marked with transparent
blotches; basal lobe one-fourth connate, crimson
margined in the sinus. Para.
(aa) Opaque.
51. Var. albostriatulum, Engl. Blade greenish white
along the midrib and veins, white-striped and dotted
between the nerves.
52. Var. Osyanum, C. Koch. Blade white along the
midrib and primary veins, with purple spots between
the veins.
CALADIUM
CALAMUS
617
53. Var. porphyroneuron, Engl (C. porphyroneuron,
C. Koch. C cupreum, Hort Alocdsia porphyroneura,
Lem ). Petiole pale reddish, variegated with dull vio-
let, blade broadly hastate-sagittate, dull, pale green,
slightly reddish on the veins, opaque basal lobes one-
sixth to one-third connate. Peiu and Brazil. I.H.
8.297
(3) Dark green blade.
54 Var Slegans, Engl Petiole rosy, greenish
below, variegated. blade narrowly hastate-sagittate,
slightly contracted above the lobes, dark green above,
broadly reel or purple next the midrib and primary
lateral veins, basal lobes one-fifth connate
55 Var Lemaireanum, Engl (C. Lematreanwn,
Barr C pulurdtum albmervium, C Koch C. picturd-
tum viriiluvmum, C Koch) Blade shaped like pre-
ceding, dark green, midrib and primary veins pale
green or white S Amor , 1H61. 1 H 9 311
56 Var Troubetskoyi, Engl (C Troubetskoyi,
Chantm C A ppumdnum, Hort ) Petiole red, varie-
gated, blade very narrowly hastate-sagittate, slightly
contracted above the lobes, dark green above, broadly
marked with pale rod along the midrib and primary
veins, and with scattered, transparent, small white or
rose spots F S 13 1379
ccc Shape of Ua<le oblong-ovate, or oblong' plant small,
57 Humboldtii, Schott (C argyrltes, Lem ) Fig.
734 Petiole slondcr, variegated, 2 to 3 times longer
than the blade, sheath .slender, narrow; blade oblong-
ovate, or oblong, green along the margin, midrib and
primary veins, with many large and small transparent
spots between, shortly and very acutely acuminate,
the apical lobe oblong-ovate, twice as long as the
oblong or ovate-triangular, obtuse ba^al ones, basal
lobes one-third connate, separated by an obtuse tri-
angular sinus, the 3-4 pumaiy veins of the apical lobe
uniting in a collective nerve remote from the margin.
Brazil 111 5 1S5 FS 13 1345. Gng 3 279. A F.
10 197 Lowe, 22 C L A 19 3i3. G 14 501.
58 Var mynostigma, Engl (C myriostigma, C.
Koch) Blade marked everywhere with small white
spots
The following names are in the trade, or occur in the
lists of dealers and fanciers, but are not identified
botamcally — nlbanense, Barratlu, candidum, Endlich-
enanum, Fenzhanum, Ortgiesii, Petschkami, Rodeckw,
spectosum, Thelemannii, venosum.
C ascuZM<urn»-«Ooloca9ia antiquorum esculenfca — C odarAtwn,
Lodd »Alocaaia macrorrhiza — C. pub6acen«, N.E.Br. A new
gpecios, distinct from those already in cult, by being puboeoent.
ftru fe.M.8402 JARED Q. SMITH<
CEO. V. NAflH.f
CALAMAGRtfSTIS (Greek, calamos, a reed, and
agroslis, a grass). Syn Deyeuxia. Graminess. Usually
tall or reed-like perennials bearing rootstocks. In-
cluding nay grasses and a few more or less ornamental
species.
Spikelets 1-fld., the rachilla prolonged behind the
palea as a usually hairy pedicel, lemma hairy on the
callus, awned from the back — Species about 120, dis-
tributed throughout the world in temperate and arctic
regions, usually in damp or swampy soil. The species
are often valuable native forage grasses. One species,
C. canadensis, Beauv., is a source of an excellent
quality of native hay in the northwestern states, where
it is called blue-joint. Another species, C. strfcta,
Beauv., native of the northern states, is sometimes
cult, m a variegated form as an ornamental.
C. &re7>tpt/is==Calamovilfa bnmpxlis. ^ g HlTCHCOCK.
CALAMINT, CALAMINTHA: Satureia
CALAMOVfLFA (Greek, calamos, a reed, and vilfa,
a kind of grass). Graminese. PURPLE BENT-GRASS. A
group differing from Calamagrostis in having awnlesf
spikelets and no prolongation of the rachilla. Species
3, in S E. U. S. C. brevipihs, Hack . is cult as an orna-
mental grass. This is a stout, tutted grass, 2-4 ft.,
with short, horizontal rootstocks, pyramidal purplish
panicle 4-8 in. Sandy swamps in pine-barrens, N. J.
to N. C. Dept. Agric., Div Agros. 7:156; 20.84.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
734. Caladmm Humboldtu. (No. 57.)
CALA"MPELIS. Eecremocarpus
CALAMUS (Greek for reed) Palmacex, tribe Lepido-
cdrp<e. A group of interesting, usually climbing pinnate
palms of the Old World tropics, not much known to the
trade although over thirty species are in the European
catalogues
Stejtns very slender, always more or less prickly, usu-
ally climbing and never bearing a terminal mfl : {vs.
alternate, pinnate, often ending in a terminal bome-
times elongated cirrus, by which they are attached to
their suppoit, Ifts narrow, with 1-5 nerves, If -sheaths
at first completely inclosing the mternodes, sometimes
split and open . spadix laterally attached at the summit
of the If -eheatliSj often elongate and slender and fre-
quently ending in a tail-like appendage (flagellum)
which is thorny; spathes long ana narrow, hardly if at
all split, differing from Daemonorops which has a read-
ily opening spa the; fls. dioecious, paniculate or branched
2 or 3 tunes; corolla coriaceous, longer than the calyx
in male fls., as long as the calyx m the female, fr. glo-
bose, ovoid or ellipsoid, topped by a short permanent
style — There are more than 200 species, most of which
inhabit India. See Beccari's excellent monograph Ann.
Royal. Bot Card Calcutta 11, 1908
Calamus is an easily grown group of palms, very
ornamental, even in a young state. Some of the spe-
cies have stems several hundred feet long, which enable
them to unfold their leaves at the tops of the tallest
trees The leaves are peculiarly \\ell adapted to assist
the plant in climbing, having numerous hook-like pro-
cesses arranged on a long continuation of the midrib of
the leaf When accommodations can be given, these
plants should be selected, as their growth is rapid, and
they are capable of furnishing a large consoivatory
quickly. Numerous suckers are produced, so that when
the main stem ascends the lower part is clothed in foli-
age. Calamus tennis (or C Roijleanus) and C Rotang
furnish the rattan canes. Malacca canes are furnished
by C Scipionum — Young plants thrive be»t in a root-
ing medium containing a considerable quantity of leaf-
mold. Older plants need soil of a more lasting nature;
a quantity of ground bone and charcoal in the soil may
618
CALAMUS
CALANTHE
be used to advantage. Old well-furnished plants need
enormous quantities of water. All of them require stove
temperature (G. W. Oliver )
ciliaris, Blume St. slender, climbing by means of
long axillary leafless branches, covered with short
hooked spines: Ivs. 1/^-2^ ft. long, 6 in. wide: Ifts.
40-50 on each side, hairy; petiole 2 in. long with few
hooked spines: spadix of female and male fls finely
hairy-hispid on the spathes: fr. globose, about ^m.
diam. Java and Sumatra. F R. 1 607. G.C. III.
21:86.— Intro, into cult, in 1869. To be grown m
tropical house.
asp&rrimus, Blume. St. slender, climbing by the
prickly cirrus of the Ivs and the prickly branches: Ivs.
without stalks, about 18 in. long, bearing not more
than 8-10 thin, papery, irregularly placed Ifts. on each
side of the rachis spadix simply decompound, about
7 ft. long, terminating in a slender prickly appendage.
Mts. of Java. — Can be grown in a cooler house than
the preceding.
C Andrednum, Hort., Pill & Mitterb=(') — C cahcdrpus, Griff.
=Dicruoriorops cnlioarpus, Mart. — C. dealb&tui Hort,==Acantho-
phcrnix rubra, Wendl — C Lewisidnus, Griff =*Dffiinonoropa Lewis-
•anus, Mart. N< TAYLOR<
CALAMUS or SWEET FLAG: Acorua Calamus.
CALANCHOE": Kalanchoe.
CALANDRINIA (J. L. Calandrini, Genevan botanist,
who wrote an important thesis in 1734). Portulacacex.
Fleshy, spreading or nearly trailing plants, sometimes
cult in borders and rockeries, or used for edgings m
Bimny places.
Flowers red or pink or rose-color, of short duration;
petals 3-7, sepals 2; stamens 5 (or 3) to 12; style with
3 branches. Ivs alternate, narrow — About 60 species,
Brit Col to S Amer and in Austral. Annuals and per-
ennials, but the latter mostly treated as annuals; not
much grown in gardens,
A. Fls. in a short umbel-hke cluster.
umbellata, DC Perennial, 4-6 in.: Ivs linear and
hairy: fls in a corymb, or umbel-hke terminal cluster,
bright crimson. Peru. R.H. 1853:5.— The C. umbellata
of gardens is hardy in many parts of the IT. S. ; in New
York it should be planted in a well-sheltered position,
or provided with ample protection in winter; sometimes
it acts like the biennials, but, as seeds are produced
very freely, young seedlings spring up constantly
between the old plants, and one does not miss the few
which may decay during the second year; the plant forms
a very neat, slightly spreading tuft; fls. are produced in
many-fld. umbels, terminal, numerous, and large, glow-
ing crimson-magenta, saucer-shaped, very showy. June
to Nov. Full exposure to sun, and light sandy soil, are
needed to bring out the rare beauty of these plants.
The fls. close up when evening comes, like the annual
portulacas, but they reopen on the following day. In
the sunny sloping part of a rockery, even when quite
dry, or among other low plants in a bed or border,
they are highly satisfactory. Although perennial, it
may also be treated like the annuals, as it flowers the
first summer as freely as afterwards. Can be prop,
by cuttings.
AA. Fls. in longer dusters, pedicels often more or less
drooping.
discolor, Schrad (C. elegans, Hort.). Perennial,
1-2 H ft.: Ivs. fleshy, spatulate to obovate, purple
beneath, gray-green above, blunt- fls bright light pur-
ple, 2 in. across, with yellow stamens. Chile. B.M.3357.
MSnziesii, Torr. & Gray (C. specidsa, Lindl.).
RED MAIDS. Annual: 3-12 in. high, with green herbage,
glabrous, or nearly so: Ivs. linear, or spatulate-oblanceo-
kte: fls. rose-red or purple, rather large and long-
peduncled (petals Kin. long). Calif., N. B.R. 1598.—
Variable. There is a white-fid, variety advertised.
grandifidra, Lindl. Perennial, 1-3 ft.: much like
C. discolor, but Ivs. oval and pointed, narrowed to
petiole, green, 4-8 in. long: fls. somewhat smaller, light
purple. Chile.
spectabilis, Otto & Dietr. Perennial, 2 ft : Ivs.
lance-spatulate or rhomboid, 1^ m. long, somewhat
pointed, fls bright purple, 2 in across. Chile. — Said
to produce seed seldom; prop by cuttings.
Buridgii, Hort. Annual. 1 ft Ivs. linear-lanceolate,
smooth fls. many, small, copper-rose or brick-red,
in leafy clusters. S. Amer.
chromantha, Griseb One ft., loosely branched: Ivs.
rather large, fls. and buds rose-colored: fr. orange-
yellow, persisting. Argentina.
C. oppoatiifdhat Wats.=Lewisia oppoaitifolia.
J B KELLER.
L. H B.
CALANTHE (Greek for beautiful flower). Orchida-
cex. Sub-epiphytal or teirestnal hothouse orchids
found in the eastern hemisphere, and sparingly in the
western hemisphere.
Scapes erect, many-fld : Ivs broad, plaited fls white
or rose-colored, rarely yellow, pseudobulbs angulate,
with grayish green idioaths m the Vestike .section, but
absent in the Veratrifohaj section. — Forty to 50 species
in tropics of both hemispheres.
Most of the species and the numerous varieties
grown are deciduous, losing the foliage about the time
of flowering, and, at this season, water is given spa
ringly until the flowers are cut, then the bulbs are kept
in a dry warm place until Mgns of growth m spring
All calanthes are terrestrial and should be potted each
year in fibrous loam, with a small portion of old manure
and sand mixed in Use plenty of drainage as for other
orchids, and about 2 inches of soil; secure the bulbs
firmly by means of part of the old wiry roots, water
very sparingly until active root-action takes place, but,
when in full growth, weak manure-water may be given
at each watering The young foliage is verv sensitive to
sun, and must be shaded as soon as it develops, keep
the plants near the glass and give all light possible,
and the warmest treatment permitted in orchid cul-
ture. They enjoy a little heat, even in summertime,
from the pipes at night The best place to grow calan-
thes is a sunken, well-heated pit facing houth, lowering
the plant as the foliage nears the glass Calunthe
veratrifolm is an evergreen species and may be treated
similarly to the Phaius. Calanthes are easily increased
by separation of the bulbs at the time of repotting
Young bulbs are often produced from the apex of old
ones, old ones will start again the second year and
make increase. (E. O Orpet )
vestita, Lindl. (C. oculata, Hort ). Lvs. broadly lan-
ceolate, nearly 2 ft long, from grayish green pseudo-
bulbs* fls nearly 3 in. across, numerous, in racemes;
petals and sepals whitish, all more or less overlapping,
the former oval-oblong, the latter obovate-oblong;
labellum flat, large, 3-lobed, the mid-lobe cleft; a
yellow or crimson blotch in front of the short column;
scapes from 2-3 ft. high, hairy. Blooms in winter
Malaya. B M. 4671 F.E 9.325 A F. 6:655. F.S.
8:816. — A most popular orchid There are many
forms, of which the following are the most important:
Var gigantea, Hort. Larger in all parts: fls. white,
with rea eye. Var nivalis, Hort. Fls. pure white. Var.
Tdrneri, Hort. (C Turneri, Reichb. f). Fls. more
numerous, labellum with a crimson blotch; blooms later
m the season than the next. Var rubro-oculata, Hort.
Labellum with a crimson-purple blotch. Oct.-Feb.
G. 10:629. Var. Iftteo-oculata. Hort. Yellow-blotched.
Var. Regnieri, Hort. (C. Regnien, Reichb. f . C. Stevensi-
dna, Regnier). Pseudobulbs more elongated, with a
depression above the middle: labellum rose-colored,
with a purple blotch in front of column, less deeply
CALANTHE
CALATHEA
619
lobed than in the type. A.F. 6:655 Var. Regni&ri
Wffliamsii, Hort (C. Williamsn, Hort) Sepals
white, sometimes shaded pink; petals white, rose-
bordered, lip deep rose.
veratrif&ha, 11 Br Lvs oblong-lanceolate, about 2
it long, from a creeping rhizome, fls white, in dense
fory moose racemes; petals obovate-spatulate; sepals
obovate-oblong; labellum 4-parted, the anterior lobes
usually broader than the posterior or basal lobes
Blooms May-July. Malaya B.M. 2615.
Veitchh, Lmdl Fig 735 A hybrid between C rosea
and C vestita fls. rose-colored; labellum with white
.spot near the base. Winter-flowering. There is also a
white variety This hybrid was raised by Vcitch, in
1S50 BM 5375 Grig. 14.134 A F 25: 1093 Forms
of this are var bella, Hort , with pink fls.; var. nigro-
oculata gigantda, Hort , with stout sts , the fls. white
with an eye of reddish crunson, var. Sandhurstiana,
Hoit , with crimson fls ; var S&demi, Hort , with deep
rose its , var superba, Hort , has ncher color.
Masuca, Lmdl Scape 2 ft long, with large, marty-
nbbed, dark Ivs : fls 1 in. across, the segms overlap-
ping, deep violet, fading to lilac, the lip deep violet-
purple Summer and autumn. N. India B M 4541
Var grandifldra, Hort , is of greater size throughout.
C burindriua, Uolfe Fls. mauvo-purple, with yellow crest
Hurma <' ( liif, Hort (C Veitehu X?) — C Codkionn, Hort
(f1 \eit<hii," C vestita luteo-oculata) Fis pure white, except a
blot, h of y. How in the throat and a few lemon-yellow lines on lip
— C CormhuH VaiultrWt, Hort (C \estita rubro-or ulata XC
Veitehu) —C divroUir, Lmdl Sts leafy fls with claret sepals and
pttals and a i-lobed whitr lip flushed rose Japan G C III. 35:
iSf> B R 2b 55 — C Eyermannn, Hort (C vestita rubro-
oeulata '(' \.-itchu) Racemes shorter than in C Veitehu,
with larger more spreading white fls with a reddish
blot<h at the base of the lip G F 4 17 —C gigas,
Hort (C grandifloraXC Regmen) Fls nearly 3 in.
across, borne on a. st over 5 ft tall, sepals and
petals milk-white the latt<r tinged rose at
base and upcx lip 4 lobed, bright rose,
striated with pal« Jose or white, a reddish
crimson blotch fit the base — (' Hfnmw,
I,oher Sinnlartof vestita Philippines G C.
Ill 4f. U, dese — C ma<l<njait«irtenw, Rolfe
Sipil and p.fils rosy miu\e, lip dull ma-
genta with whit, spot 'it tmse G C III 28
ir>, dev — r ,1/eH llliamxn. Hurt -=(/) — C Orpetiana, Hort
iitmmitt nut, Hort — f H rtrpwn, Rolfe SepaU white, petals much
narrower, white, lobtd lip dull purple, changing finally to orange
Ma(laKds(ur GKO. V. NAsnt
CALATHEA (Greek for basket, the application not
apparent) Maraniacesc Perennial foliage plants of
warmhouses, with maranta-like leaves arising in a
tuft from the crown
Sepals 3, free and equal; corolla tubular, with 3
spreading lobes, .stamens 3, petal-like, 2 sterile, and 1
bearing an anther on its side (compare Canna). From
Maranta the genus diffeis chiefly in technical charac-
ters In Maranta the fr is 1-seeded, in Calathea
usually 3-secded, in the former the fl. -clusters are
branched and few-fid , m Calathea usually capitate
or cone-like — Of calatheas there are more than 100
species, mostly of Trop. Amer , but a few of trop Afr.
The Ivs , for which the plant is grown, are variously
marked with shades of green, red, brown, yellow, and
white. They spring from the very base of the short
st , just- above the rhizome, the rhizomes themselves
more or less tuberiferous (Fig. 736). Monogr by
Schumann m Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft. 11 (1902).
All the calatheas thrive in a moist tropical house
in a temperature that does not go below 65° F , with
a rise during the day to 90° or 95° F. For general pur-
poses, the best compost m which to grow them is made
of equal parts of good turfy loam, leaf-mold and sand.
Some of the more delicate species are best grown in
leaf-mold and sand only. Stagnation of the soil must
be particularly avoided by abundance of drainage, as
they require to be kept rather moister at the roots than
most stove plants The close moist atmospherical
conditions that these plants require can be secured
40
only by constant syringing and damping down amongst
the plants; therefore the need for abundance of dram-
age is apparent, whether they are grown in pots or
planted out m a border. It is only by planting them out
with a free root-run that calatheas may be had m their
full beauty; and when so grown a collection of the.se
plants forms one of the most beautiful examples of tropi-
cal foliage. Particular attention should be given to
protecting them from all strong sunshine, the thin text-
ure of their leaves rendering them specially liable to
damage from this cause. Most of the species are of
easy culture providing the above conditions are fol-
lowed Many of them spread rapidly and make quick
growth; therefore they require to be potted or over-
hauled every spring, but when once well established,
they may be fed with liquid manure once a week —
Propagation is by dividing the crop as, or by cuttings
in those kinds that
make secondary
growths, these cut-
tings being taken just
below the nodes In spring, ^
just before growth begins, is a
good tune for this work Tubers
may be used, if produced
In Florida, calatheas grow
exceedingly well in shady lath
plant-houses The soil should
be leaf-mold and very old cow-
manure added to the original
natural soil Commercial fer-
tilizer should never be used.
In very cold weather they
should be covered with pine
branches and leaves or pine-
needlea. All the kinds soon
form very beautiful clumps All of them need much
water while they are growing, but not in the winter if
they are planted out in beds Each spring they must
be replanted in fresh soil Then the clumps may be
divided, or if large specimen plants are desired, they
may be left intact. (Nehrling )
The calatheas are a confusing group to the horti-
culturist, became the differences that he knows he
mostly in characters of leaf and habit and these are
vana&le. The size of leaf and plant depends much on
the treatment, and in some species the juvenile leaves
are different from the mature ones. The coloration
of the foliage depends much on the age, and the way
in which the plants are grown. However, we mav
roughly throw the species into two groups, — the small-
620
CALATHEA
CALATHEA
leaved and the large-leaved, although it is a question
where to place such intermediate kinds as C Veitchiana,
C insigms, C leopardma, C Sanderiana, C mgncans,
and borne others; or we may arrange them m two
groups by the red-marked kinds (of foliage), and by
the green-, gray- and white-marked kinds, but this
would not account for the juvenile and adult stages of
C. leopardina, C. imperialis, C Chantnen, C. ornata.
and others. The botanical classification by floral
characters would be of little use to the general horti-
culturist Some plants known in collections as calatheas
are likely to be marantas, phryniums, monotagmas.
ctenanthe, or others. The radical tufted loaves and
capitate inflorescence of Calathea, and the zigzag stems
and branched inflorescence and small flowers of Maranta
are general characters of separation between these two
genera In the present account, the attempt has been
made to draw the characters as much as possible from
cultivated specimens apparently authentically named.
INDEX.
Albertn, 15.
olbo-hneata, 12, 35.
insignia, 38.
Legrelhana, 30.
pumilum, 4.
regahs, 35.
Alluia. 32
angu.Htifoha, 3.
leopardina, 33.
Lietzei, 23.
ro«eo-lineaia, 1.
roseo-picta, 1.
argyrophylla, 39.
Luuleiuana, 28.
roseo-strtata, 29.
Bachemiana, 45.
LOUISJB, 21
rotundi folia, 8.
Bjnotn, 42
Lutuana, 9
rufibarba, 27
Chantnen, 34.
majestica, 35
Sagoreana, 11
chimboracensia, 5.
conipicua, 23
Makoyana, 16.
Marcelhv, 14.
Samlenana, 37.
Sophise, 41
crocata, 18
mioans, 4
t\gr\na, 43
crotalifera, 31.
Neubertn, 23.
trifaseiata, 7.
discolor, 3
eximia, 2b
nigncans, 40.
nitons, 17.
tubtavatha, 2
Vamjenheckei, 22.
fannosa, 8.
noctiflora, 25.
Veitchiana, 19.
fasciata, 8
ohvans, 16,
virgmahs, 14.
flavescens, 10.
Foxu, 19
ornata, 12. 35.
ovahfolia, 8.
Mttata. 12.
Waantrv, 1.
Gouletn, 22.
Pavonn, 2.
Wallurfi, 13.
oracilis, 25.
picta, 24
Warwewiczii, 44.
grandiflora, 10.
pnnceps, 29.
Wiotiana, 6.
illiHtm, 20
imperialia, 36
propinquum, 7.
pulchella, 43.
zebnna, 42.
A. Markings of If. (upper surface) in red or brown, at
least in part.
1. rdseo-plcta, Regel (C. rbseo-lmeata, Hort.?
Mardnta rdseo-plcta, Lind. M Wdgnen, Hort).
Dwarf. Ivs nearly orbicular, purple beneath, the upper
side dark green, the midrib red, and an irregular red
zone (sometimes two zones) two-thirds of the distance
from the midrib toward the margin Amazon. F S
16:1675-6 Gn. 2, p 3
2. Pavdnii, Kcern. (C. tubispatha, Hook f). Two
feet or less high. Ivs. obovate-elhptic; short-acuminate
or cuspidate, thin, greenish beneath, lively green above,
and marked midway between the rib and the margin
with lighter green and squarish patches of brown.
Peru. BM. 5542.
3 angustifdlla, Kcern. (Mardnta discolor, Hort).
Habit loose, erect, only slightly spreading at apex:
growths bearing 1-4 Ivs. from 1-5 ft. high; blade
lanceolate, unequilateral, ^-2 ft long, rich light green
with fine lines of purple-red above, rich shining red
beneath, petiole erect, stout, 1-3 ft. high, rich dark
red, heavily marked with light green tuberculate
spots, sheath extending from one- third to one-half its
length, in the juvenile form the whole of the plant is
densely covered with reddish brown hairs, but in the
adult plant, the blade is almost entirely glabrous.
Cent Amer. B.M. 8149
AA. Markings of If. mostly on the order of green or white
(exceptions in juvenile stages of Nos. 36, 36, 37
and others).
B. Lf. -blades small or short, usually less than 12 in. long.
c. Under side of Ivs. green, grayish, or yellowish (violet
informs of No. 14)-
4. mlcans, Kcern. (Mardnta mteans, Math. Phry-
nium piimilum, Klotasch). Very small: Ivs. 2-3 in.
long, and 1 in. wide, oblong-lanceolate, somewhat
acuminate, green and shining above, the rib in a feath-
eied white btripe, paler beneath. Brazil — Probably
the smallest cult Calathea.
5. chimboracensis, Lind. Dwarf: Ivs. oblong-ovate,
8-12 m. long, acuminate, green above and below, with a
very dark green white-maigmed band running length-
wise the blade midway between the rib and each mar-
gin. Neighborhood of Mt. Chiinborazo. I H. 17:6.
6 Wiotiana, Makoy (Mardnla Wibtn, Morr.).
Habit dwarf, spreading: rhizomes branching freely:
growths bearing only a single If. each: blade linear-
lanceolate, blightly oblique, 4-
* 12 in. long, undulate, acute,
upper bide silvery gray with a
narrow band ot light green
around the margin ; nndj ib green,
with a row arranged pmnately,
along either side of the midrib,
of dark olive-green blotches or
stripes; under side dull grayish
green finely striated all over
between the principal veins with patches of light
yellowish green; petiole 3-1.1 in. long, erect or spread-
ing, light green, terete sheath entirely absent Prob-
ably Brazil — A most beautiful species; thrive,*, best m
leal-mold and sand.
7. trifasciata. Ko?rn. (Phrynium propinquum, Poepp.
& Endl.). Habit dwarf, spreading, with short free-
branching rhizomes, growths bearing 1 If. only, blade
cordate-ovate, unequilateral, 3-12 in long, apex acute,
and half twibted around, upper side silvery gray shading
to green at the margins and with a row on either side
of the midrib of dark green stripes arranged ninnately,
under side light green, prominently striated on both
'upper and lower sides with a network of fine veins
connecting all the principal lateral veins, midrib pale
yellowish brown on the under side and covered with
dark brown hairs in the lower half and extending for
an inch or more on the apex of the petiole, petiole 3-12
in long, light green, glabrous except m the upper inch
or BO; scale Ivs reddish brown. Guiana — A companion
plant to C Wiotiana, to which it is closely allied, but
differs in the broader and paler color of *the Ivs Of
easy cult.
8. fasciata, Regel & Kcern. Habit dwarf, compact:
Ivs 10-18 in long, reflexed; growths bearing 1-3 Ivs.;
blade broadly ovate or orbicular, acute or obtuse,
glabrous 5-10 in long, slightly undulate; upper side
rich dark olive-green alternately marked by trans-
verse bars of silvery white; under side dull grayish
green; petiole 4-8 in. long, spreading, dull green,
covered with short and minute brownish hairs; sneath
extending up to one-half the length of the petiole,
upper part terete. Brazil Gn 2, p. 3 — Considered by-
some to be a variety of C rotundifolia, Koern C.
fannosa and C. ovalyolia are probably stages in the
development of this plant or perhaps slight varieties.
9. Luciana, Hort. Habit medium to strong, compact,
more or less tufted : growths with 2-5 Ivs , usually
with 3. arching over at the tips and K~3 ft. high;
blade elliptic, oblique, glabrous, acute, slightly undulate,
3-12 m long, upper side light pea-green featherai
along the midrib with pale greenish white and with a
concentric zone of the same shade near the margin of
the If., under side dull grayish green; petiole erect,
slender, rigid, pale green, glabrous or nearly so; sheath
extending from one-half to nearly the entire length of
the petiole, upper part oval, slightly flattened on each
side: infl. a short few-fld. spike; peduncle 1-3 in long;
bracts spreading or erect, ovate, light reddish brown,
\l/2 m. long; fls. in pairs, yellow; sepals thin, linear,
one-third the length of the tube; corolla yellow; petals
elliptic, 2^in. long, spreading, acute; the 2 petaloid
aborted stamens obovate, $4m- long, bright yellow,
CALATHEA
CALATHEA
621
and striped or blotched with bright red; style curved,
Hin- long, yellow. Trop. Amer.
10. fiavlscens, Lmdl Habit tufted, glabrous in all
parts growths with 3-5 Ivs , 1-2^ ft high, blade
elliptic, slightly oblique, 6-12 in long, acute, light
green above, soft grayish green below, petiole 12-18
in long, pale yellowish green finely spotted with darker
green, bheath one-third to one-half the length of the
petiole, upper part oval* mfl. a dense globose short
raceme, peduncle less than an inch; bracts large,
elliptic, outer ones 2 in long, bracteoles smaller,
linear or lanceolate; fls m pairs, sessile or nearly HO,
an inch diain , sepal primrose, equal, lanceolate; petals
large, bilobed, obovate, bright yellow Brazil B It
932 —Perhaps to be referred to C graruhflora, Schum.
1 1 Sagoreana, Hort (Mardnta Hagoreana, Hort ).
JIabit dwaif and compact growth bearing 2-4 IVH ,
usually with 3, and from 6-1 H in high, erect at first,
arching towards the apex, blade lanceolate, unequi-
lateral, 4-9 in long, pale yellowish green \vith a row
on either side of the midrib of arrowhead-shaped
blotches of dark green which give this plant a distinct
and pretty appearance, the under side in plain yellow-
ish green, petiole slender, erect, 6-12 in long; sheath
extending only to about a quarter of its length, upper
part terete
12 vittata, Koern (C dlbo-hneata, Hort C or-
nittn vai alho-hncata and Mardnta dlbo-hneato, Hort )
Habit dwarf, compact, j^-2 ft high growths with 2-5
Ivb , blade elliptic-lanceolate, slightly oblique, 3-12 in
long, glabrous, acute, upper side light green, pmnately
striped with white from apex to base, underside pale
dull green sh.idcd between the veins with slightly
lighter jellowish green, petiole slender, erect or spread-
ing, 3 1.") in high, light green, glabrous, sheath extend-
ing from one-thud to one-half its length, upper part
terete Probably Colombia
13 WalhsU, Regel (M«r«nta MfHwtT, Lmd ). Habit
strong, but neat anil graceful, branching and forming
numerous growths' growths bearing from 2-7 Ivs , and
1-t ft high, bUde bioadly ovate, acute or obtuse,
6-12 in long, rich light velvety groen along the margin
and midrib and with a row on either side of the midrib
of dark irregular blotches of olive-green, under side
soft gra>ish green, petiole eject, slender, sheath,
extending to half the length of the petiole, and covered
with soft hairs, upper part tetete with the exception
of the sheathing lower half of the If -stalks, the whole
plant LS glabrous Peru — One of the commonest
species- in cult and of very easy culture A useful and
decorative pot-plant
14 virgin alls, Lmd Lvs soft-hairy below, broad-
oval, rather blunt, 7-9 in long, 4-C in broad, upper
surface light green, and below, in the common form,
whitish green and lighter '/ones shown, as on the upper
surface, — or in another form, which has been distribu-
ted in gardens as C (Maranla) Marcclhi, under side
shaded a light violet and without zones. Brazil.
A F 7-611 —Allied to C. Veitchiana, but has bracts
with indurated tips rather than membranaceous.
cc Under side of Ivs. violet, purple, or suffused with red.
15 Albertii. Hort (Mardnta Albertn, Pynaert &
Van Geeit) Habit dwarf, spreading, lesa than a foot
high, growths bearing 2-5 Ivs , erect or spreading;
blade oblique, elliptic, undulate, acute, 4-9 in. long,
glabrous, upper side dark green feathered on either
side of the midrib with a band of pale yellowish green,
under side dull green suffused with light purple-red:
mfl. a few-fld. terminal spike; peduncle 3-4 in. long,
pale green; floral bracts half reflexed outwards, orbicu-
lar or broadly ovate, %m. long; bracteoles 4-6, white,
Bcanous, fls. in pairs, pure white; sepals half the length
of the tube; petals lanceolate, J^in. long, tube ^in.
long; 2 petaloid stamens slightly longer than the
petals, obovate. fertile stamen hooded and curved over
the stigma; style and stigma short curved, white.
16 Makoyana, Nichols. (Mardnta Makoyana, Morr.
M. ohvdns, Hort). One to 4 ft.* Ivs. broad-oblong,
obtuse or somewhat short-pointed, the stalks red, the
If olive-green or cream-colored above but marked
against the midrib with outspreading, dark green
blotches of oblong, oval or pynfprm shape, the under
surface similarly marked, but in red. Brazil. F S
20 2048-9. G C. 1872.1589 Gn 4, p 87.
17 nltens, Bull. Habit dwarf, blade elliptic, acute,
glabrous, upper side bright green, with oblong acute
bars of dark olive-green, alternate long and short, on
either side of the midrib, under side dull green tinted
with dull red. Brazil — Distinct and pretty.
18 crocata, Morr. & Jons Whole plant 12 m
high Ivs sub-distichous, petiole 2-3 in long, sheath-
ing most of its length, blade 4-5 in. long, erect, ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, bomewhat undulate, dark green
and veined above, rose-purple beneath spike short,
the bracts bright saffron-yellow. Brazil B M 7820
GC 111.28 113. GM 53 265. J H. III. 60:329
G 32 .263 F.W. 1876 . 161 —A free bloomer and showy
when in flower.
19. Veitchiana, Hook f. Fig 737. Habit strong,
loose, and spreading, 1-4 ft high1 growths with 2-8
Ivs , usually with 3; blade ovate or elliptic-ovate,
oblique, acute, undulate, glabrous, 4-12 in long, upper
side rich dark glossy green, feathered along either side
of the midrib with an irregular band of pale green and
with an inner zone of dark olive-green blotches and an
outer one of pale yellowish green (often shading to
white) between the midrib and margin; under side
similarly blotched, but in shades of purple -red and
rosy red; petiole H~3 ft long, stout, green and gla-
brous above, tinted with reddish brown and hairy in
lower part; sheath extending from one-third to one-
half the length of the petiole, upper part terete: mfl.
727. CAltthea VdtehUna.
622
CALATHEA
on erect densely fld. spike on peduncle 4-6 in. long;
spike 2-3 in. long, with a rosette 2 in. d/am., of large
green foliolose erect or capped spreading bracts;
floral bracts erect, spreading at the tips, ovate, an inch
long, outer ones covered in lower part with brown hairs;
fls. in pairs, primrose-white, tube %in. long, lender;
sepals erect, %in. long, lanceolate, petals elliptic
}$in. long, refiexed; fertile stamen hooded, small, 2
aborted petaloid ones longer than the petals, obovate,
bilobed, with a bright violet blotch on the front;
ntyle and htigma small, curved. Peru. B M 5535.
GC 1870:924. Gn 2, p 545 FS 16:1655-8— A
dwarf var Fdxii, Raffill. has recently been intro into
cult from Venezuela. It differs from the type in ita
dwarf habit, rarely exceeding 10-12 HI high: Ivs.
broader, more reflexed, and with a bright rose or red
midrib, the color of the markings of the If. are darker
and of a slightly different shape, the dark inner zone
of green being more broken in outline, and running into
the midrib mfl smaller, but the fls in size and color
are the &ume as in the type.
20 illustris, Nichols. (Mardnta \llustns, Lindl.).
Habit dwarf and compact, 6-9 in high Ivs spreading,
growths bearing 2-5 Ivs 6-9 in. long, blade oblique,
ovate, acute, undulate, 4-6 in. long, 2-5 in broad,
upper side rich dark shining olive-green, with a bluish
metallic luster over the whole, the midrib being feath-
ered on either side with dull silvery white and an irregu-
lar zone of the same color running the complete circle
of the blade, under side dull purplish red; petiole 2-3
in long, spreading, dull greenish brown; sheath extend-
ing to one-half the length of the petiole, upper part
terete; petioles, If .-scales and under side of the midrib
covered with minute brown hairs mfl an erect, capi-
tate, few-fld. spike, on slender peduncle 4-0 in long;
bracts of two kinds, the upper 3 or 4 green, folio-
lose ovate, spreading over the floral bracts, ana curv-
ing upward at the tips; lower bracts scanous, orbicu-
lar, light brown and shading to bright red at the point
of attachment, to the rachis, bracteoles 2-4, lanceo-
late, shorter than the bract* fls. in pairs, sepals white,
two-thirdfc> length of the tube, tube %in. long, petals
lanceolate, white, spreading, ^m long; 2 aborted
petaloid stamens larger than the petals, obovate,
lower one heavily blotched with purple; stamen hooded;
style and stigma white, curved, ^m. long; ovary
minute, white Ecuador. FS 16:1691-2— By some
regarded as derived from C. roseo-picta.
21. Louise, Chan trier (Mardnta JjOitisse, Hort ).
Habit tufted, 2-3 ft. high: growths with 2-5 Ivs ;
blade elliptic, only slightly oblique, glabrous, acute
margins plain or slightly undulate, 6-12 in. long, upper
side light pea-green, feathered along the midrib with
white, changing with age to a soft greenish white;
under side light green tinted with pale purple-red:
petiole Yr-^/i ft. long, slender, erect, green, covered
with soft minute brown hairs, sheath extending from
one-third to one-half the length of the petiole, upper
part terete: mfl. an erect spike, elliptic in outline, on
a leafy peduncle 4-12 in. long; bracts creamy white,
reniform, obtuse or acute, bracteoles numerous, white,
scarious; fls in pairs; sepals linear, cream, half the length
of the tube, tube ^m. long; petals lanceolate, reflexed;
lip elliptic, with bright yellow disk reflexed with scarious
margins; column white or cream, linear curved towards
the lip
22. Vandenheckei, Regel (Mardnta and C. GouUtii,
Hort.). Habit dense and tufted, 1-2 M ft high • growths
with 1-3 Ivs , usually 2; blade oblique, elliptic or
elliptic-ovate, 3-9 in. long, acute, upper side glabrous,
rich dark green, marbled with silvery white along the
midrib and an irregular undulating line of the same
color running the complete circle of the blade, the
intervening tissue in some cases will be also entirely
composed of this silvery white colored tissue and the
CALATHEA
green part reduced to a marginal ring >$in. diam.;
these two strikingly distinct forma of Ivs. will often be
found on a single plant in adjoining growths: in this
case it is not that either of them represent the adult
htagc, an both are of frequent occurrence on the
same plant and both produce infls.: under side, dull
purple-red; petiole erect or spreading, dull reddish
brown; sheath reaching from one-third to one-half its
length, upper part terete or oval' mfl an erect narrow
spike, sometimes sessile but more commonly on a
peduncle 3-15 in. high; bracts erect, ovate, green
tinted with brown, closely adpressed and forming a
narrow cone-like mass some 3-5 in. long, the upper pair
ot biacts always being enlarged and spreading outwards
like 2 small elliptic Ivs : fls. in pans, white; sepals
half the length of the tube; tube %m long, petals
elliptic spreading; column curved, white with brown
stripe — A fine stove plant for large or small pots, and
on account of its tufted habit is of great use for decora-
tion. Of very easy cult.
23. Lietzei, E. Morr. (Mardnta conspicua, Bull M .
Neubtrtu, Hort.). Habit dwarf, spreading by means of
runners: growths bearing from 1-7 Ivs |£-2 ft high;
blade obliquely elliptic, acute, undulate, glabrous,
3-9 in long, upper side noft velvety green, striped along
the principal veins with dark olive-green and feathered
between the veins with splashes of jellowish green,
lower side dull purple-red, midrib brown, petiole 3-15
in long, softly tomentose in lower part, sheath extend-
ing from one-half to nearly the entire length of the
petiole mfl borne upon long slender leafy sts , which
later become swollen and root at the nodes and change
to runners, thus forming an easy means of prop few-
fld , bracts green, ovate, fls. in pairs in a\il of each
bract, pure white, J/2in diam ; sepals linear, petals
.obovate. Brazil B H. 25 273.
24. pfcta, Hook. f. (Mardnta picta, Hort) Habit
dense and compact, covered in all parts with soft
velvety hairs growths with 4-10 Ivs. and 5^-3 ft.
high, blade elliptic, undulate, acute, 6-15 in long,
upper side rich velvety olive-green, feathered on either
side of the midrib, pale yellowish green, under hide rich
purple-red , petiole 3-18 in. long, dull red , sheath extend-
ing nearly the entire length of the petiole, the upper
inch or two being terete, and rather brighter in color
than the lower part: mfl. a dense cone-like spike,
borne on long slender terete hte. 1-3 ft long and bear-
ing 1 or more Ivs. which change into runners after
the fls. are over, becoming fleshy and rooting at the
nodes, forming a ready means of prop ; bracts 1-2 in.
long, erect, elliptic or ovate, pale primrose tinted with
rose or violet; fls. in pairs, 1 in diam , primrose tinted
with violet Brazil. B M. 7674 G C III 22.293.
25 noctifldra, Hort. (Mardnta noctifldra, Regel &
Ko?m. M. grdcilis, Hort ). Habit loose and spreading,
1-2H ft high: growths with 2 or 3 Ivs ; blade elliptic
or elliptic-ovate, 6-12 in. long, pendulous or horizontal,
upper side pale yellowish green, pinnately striped with
rich dark green bars along the principal veins, lower
side light green faintly suffused with dull red, the prin-
cipal veins being more strongly marked with a deeper
shade of red; petiole erect, rigid, 6-18 in. long; sheath,
extending to half its length, upper part terete, green.
Probably Brazil — Perhaps a true Maranta.
26. exfmia, Kcern. (Phrynium eximium, Koch).
Habit loose and spreading, growths bearing 1-3 Ivs ,
usually 2, and from 1-3 ft. long; blade elliptic or ellip-
tic-ovate, acute, 6-15 in. long, upper surface alter-
nately striped with rich olive-green and light silver
tissue, and arranged in the form of a feather, midrib
channeled pale yellowish green, under side rich dark
wine-red, glabrous above, softly tomentose with brown
hairs beneath: petiole spreading, stout, 1-2 ft long,
lower part light green, reddish brown above, beneath
extending from one-third to nearly the entire length of
CALATHEA
CALATHEA
623
the petiole, upper part oval or terete. Cent. Amer.
Gt. 68(5. — One of the finebt and most beautiful mem-
bers of the genus.
27. rufibarba, Fcnzl. Habit erect, densely tufted:
growths with 3-7 Ivs. iy2-4 ft long; blades linear-
lanceolate, 6-12 in. long, rich bhming green, suffused
with purplish red below, undulate, acute, petiole %-
"lYi ft long, terete above the sheath, bheath extending
from 2-10 in. of the base of the If., dull red heavily
spotted with green. Probably Brazil. B.M. 7560 —
Densely hairy in all its parts.
28. Lindeniana,Wallm(C Llndenn, Wallis& Andrd).
Lvs. elliptic-oblong, short-acuminate (12 in. or less
long), deep green above with an olive-green zone either
side of the midrib, and beyond which is a darker zone
of green, the under side counterfeiting the upper bide,
but with purplish zones Brazil. Ill 18*82 — By
some considered to be a form of C. roseo-picta.
29 prfaceps, Regel (Mardnta princeps, Lind.).
Lf elongated or elliptical-lanceolate, 7-10 in. long,
3-3} ^> in broad, light green above, with broad black-
green, flaming, broken band along the middle nerve,
violet-purple below Ama/on.
30 Legrelliana, Regel Lf.
elliptical, pointed, 5-0 in long,
2-3*2 in i>road, above shining
green, with broad, white, flam-
ing, broken middle band along
the middle nerve and numerous
broken white linear small bands
between the hide nerves, lower
surface whitish green and
marked with red and green.
Colombia, hcuador — A ne.it species.
BB. Lf -blades larger, mostly upwards of
12 in. long.
C. Under side of Ivs grem (red in juvenile
alates of Nos JJ and other* and in
No. 37 arui perhaps No J^
31. crotaUfera, Wats. R \TTLKS\\KK
PLANT Lvs oval, abruptly acute at
each end, 1 1 2-2 ft long, and 10-12 in.
broad, yellowish green, with a white-
margined midrib, paler underneath;
petiole 2-3 ft long, curved, sheathing*
peduncle^ 1 or 2, 8-10 in high, hearing distichous
•yellow-fid spikes Guatemala — Offered m Fla The
spikes suggest the rattlo of a rattle>nake (Crotalus)
whence the specific name.
32. Allftia, Lindl Habit erect: growths bearing 4-10
Ivs 2-4 ft long, blade 1-2 ft long, elliptic, arching m
upper half; light green above, pale silver} gray below,
margins slightly undulate; petiole erect, often as much
as 2 ft. long, green, striped with dull red on each side,
the sheath extending up to within 2-3 in. of the apex,
where it becomes terete. W. Indies — Alluia is a native
Canb name.
33. leopardina. Regel (Mardnta leopardlna, Bull).
Habit strong ano! vigorous, quickly forming a large and
fine specimen: growths bearing 3-7 erect or spreading
Ivs , often as much as 5 ft. high, and arching over at
the tip; blade to 20 in. long, elliptic, slightly oblique,
acute, slightly undulate, and glabrous in all parts,
upper side rich green in the adult stage; in the juvenile
stage the Ivs. are dark olive-green in the center, with
an irregular outer band of paler green, forming a com-
plete zone between the dark green center and margin;
under side light green; petiole 1-4 ft. high, rigid,
erect: sheath extending from one-third to one-half the
length of the petiole, upper part terete, glabrous,
shining light green. Brazil — A near ally of C. Chant-
nen, but not so brightly colored in the markings of
the If .
34. Chantrleri, Hort (Mardnta Chantnen, Andr6).
Habit strong and vigorous, erect, spreading and arch-
ing above1 growths bearing 3-4 Ivs and reaching as
much as 6 or 7 ft. high in the adult stage, blade elliptic,
glabrous; in the juvenile stage the larger part of the
upper side of the If is a pale yellowish green with a
dark green irregular band running around the margins
and along the midrib, the under side is nch purplish
red, in the adult stage the color on both sides of the
If is all lost and becomes a rich dark green, the inter-
mediate stages of development are marked by a gradual
loss of the light yellowish green on the upper side and
purple-red of the lower and the gradual encroachment
of the dark green color which predominates m the
738. Calathea zebrina.
adult stage; petiole 1^-5 ft long, downy when young,
glabrous when old, spreading out-
ward , sheath ext ndmg from one-
half to three-fourths of its length,
upper part terete Brazil. — A near
ally, it not a variety of the older
C. leopfirdina, Regel.
CC. Undfr side of Ivs in shades of
purple or red (or perhaps
green in No. 45}.
35. ornata.Koern (Mardnta
ornata, Lmd M. regahs,
Hort) Habit vigorous, erect,
spreading with age growths
bearing 1-4 Ivs , blade ellip-
tic or elliptic-cordate, acute,
1-3 ft. long, rich shining green above
(in the adult stage), dull purple-red
below, the Ivs in the juvenile stage all
beautifully striped between the prin-
cipal veins with rose or pink, which in
the intermediate stage changes to
white and disappears entirely in the
adult: petiole er^ct spreading with age,
often as mucn as 4 ft long and thick in pro-
portion; sheath extending from one-third to
one-half its length, upper part terete, slightly
downy, especially m the lower part Guiana
to Ecuador FS 4 413-14 — The forms this
plant assumes during the different stages of
its development have been distinguished by
some nurserymen who have distributed them
under separate names, C. regalis, C majeslica,
and C. rosco-stnata all being stages of the one plant
To add to the confusion they are also known in the
trade under the generic name of Maranta The plant
known as C. albo-hneata or Maranta albo-lineata, has
been referred by some authors to this species, but it
has no near affinity and is a different plant from
C. omata, C. impenalis or C. Sandenana.
36. imperialis, Hort. (Maranta imperialist, Hort )
Habit vigorous, erect, spreading in the adult stage*
growths with 2-7 Ivs 6 in. to 5 ft. long, blade as much
as 2 ft. long when adult, elliptic-ovate, acute, entire,
shiny green above, rich purple-red below, petiole
stout, erect or spreading, dull green; sheath developed
about half its length, upper part terete — One of the
best species for decorative effect This species presents
a striking dissimilarity between the juvenile and adult
stages of growth. The juvenile stage is much the better
for horticultural purposes as the Ivs. are then striped
with bright rose or pink between the principal lateral
veins. This color gradually changes as the plant grows
stronger and becomes vigorous, the stripes on the
lower Ivs. first becoming white and gradually dibappear-
ing on the Ivs. that are developed after the plant
reaches the adult stage, until a stage is reached when
all the color and stripes on the upper side of the Iva.
are lost and the Ivs. are a rich sinning green color.
The high color is again developed as soon as the plant
is disturbed at the roots either for prop or by injury.
624
CALATHEA
CALCEOLARIA
37. Sanderiana, Hort. (Mardnta Sanderiana). A
species closely allied to C. unperiahs but differing in
the broader and shorter If.-blades, darker color of the
under sides of the Ivs , transverse striation between the
veins, the hairy character of the petioles and under
side of the Ivs. Habit erect, spreading with age' growths
bearing 1-4 Ivs : blades ovate, or elliptic-ovate, up to
as much as 2 ft long when adult, acute, green above (m
the adult stage), rich plum-red below; Ivs. in the juvenile
stage are striped with, bright rose which become white
in the intermediate stage and entirely disappear in
the adult; petiole erect, stout; sheath extending from
one-third to one-half its length, upper part terete;
If.-scales, petioles and under sides of the Ivs. slightly
pube>cent. Brazil — C. ornate, C. impenalis and C.
Sandenana are probably all forms of one very variable
species.
38. inslgnis, Bull. Habit tufted, dwarf and compact:
growths bearing 2-3 Ivs. and from ^-3 ft. high; blade
linear-lanceolate, 3- 18 m. long, undulate, acute, glabrous,
upper side highly glabrous, pale yellowish green shad-
ing to rich olive green at the edges, and with a row on
either side of the midrib arranged pinnately of alter-
nate long and short blotches of dark olive-green,
giving the plant a most distinct and striking effect;
under side a rich dark maroon-red, petiole 3-20 in.
long, rigid, slender; sheath only developed near the
base, upper part terete, green Brazil. J H. Ill
45:218.— -One of the most beautiful foliage plants in
cult, and one which thrives well m a hot moist stove
m a mixture of leaf-mold and sand.
39. argyrophylla, Hort. A garden hybrid. Habit
spreading growths with 2-5 Ivs 1-3M ft. long, 12-20
in long, elliptic, silvery white, feathered with pale
green above and rich reddish brown below; petiole 12-20
in. long, pale green, striped along the back with red;
sheath extending up to within 4-8 in. of the If -blade,
upper part terete and slightly channeled on upper side,
glabrous in all parts
40. nigncans, Gagnep. Habit loose, light and elegant,
erect at first, spreading with age: growths bearing 2-3
Ivs , 2-5 ft high, blade elliptic, occasionally lanceolate,
acute, undulate, 12-20 in long, rich dark velvety green
above, dull red below, petiole 1-4 ft long, erect; sheath
extending to one-third the length of the petiole, upper
two-thirds terete, dull green in color, mfl. arising from
center of the growth of the Ivs , an erect globose spike
with large foliose; bracts: fls. 2-3 in the axil of each
bract, 1 in diam , primrose in color, petals shaded
with purple; tube 1 in. long; bracts green, reflexed,
upper ones forming an umbrella-like mass under which
the fls. are developed in the axils of the lower bracts.
Trop. Amer. R H. 1904, p 576
41. Sdphiae, Hort. Habit medium to strong: growths
with 3-7 lys and 1-3 ft. high; blade elliptic, acute, undu-
late, 12-18 in long, rich bright velvety green with a
bright yellowish green channeled midnb above, light
red below; petiole erect, rigid, covered with soft tomen-
tum; sheath extending from one-third to one-half the
length of the petiole, upper part terete. — Closely allied
to C. nigncans.
42. zebrtna, Lindl (Mardnta zebrlna, Sims). ZEBRA
PLANT Fig. 738. Habit compact, 1-3 ft. high, growths
bearing from 6-20 spreading Ivs. ; blade elliptic, obtuse
or acute, slightly undulate, %-2 ft. long, upper side
nch velvety green, with alternating bars of pale yel-
lowish green and dark olive-green, under side light pur-
ple-red in the adult stage, and pale grayish green in
the young stage; petiole H~2 ft. long, pale green;
sheath large, canaliculate, and extending nearly the
whole length of the petiole: scape short. Variable.
Brazil. B.M. 1926. L.B.C. 5:494. R.H. 1865, p.
90. S.H. 1:164. Lowe, 1— The commonest species,
occurring in nearly all collections of warm greenhouse
plants.
Var. Bindtii, Hort., is a stronger -growing variety
with darker colored foliage, with Ivs. as much as 4%
ft. long — One of the finest and best stove foliage plants
in cult , of easy culture and one that should be in all
collections.
43 pulchella, Kcern. (Mardnta tignna, Bull).
Weaker grower than C zebnna, the Ivs. lighter colored,
with two series (large and small) of broad green bars.
Brazil. — By some considered to be a form of C. zebnna.
44. Warscewfczii, Kcern. Rather large: Ivs 2 ft.
long, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, purple beneath,
dark, velvety green above, but the midrib broadly
feathered with yellow-green. Costa Rica F.S. 9:939-
40 Gn. 17.560. Lowe, 17.— One of the best.
45. Bachemiana, Morr. Lvs. unequilateral, cordate
at the base, ovate-lanceolate or rarely oblong, attenuate-
acuminate, smooth, silvery green above, finely striate,
with parallel greenish or whitish markings along the
primary nerves, purplish or greenish beneath Brazil.
C. argyrka, Koern. Lvs very short, unequal, oblong-lanceo-
late, short-acuminate, above deep green and ash-colored, beneath
purple. Country unknown — C vrrtcta, Lind & Andr6 Tall.
Ivs oblong, red beneath, green above, with the nerves all prominent
Ecuador IH 1877 — C bambniAcea, Poepp <fc Krull -=Isehnosi-
phoo. — C Baraqulmi, Rj»«ol. Lvs oval-lanceolate, green, with
bands of white Brazil — V. fasciuAtor, Hort Dwarf h s broad-
ovate-oblong, purplish beneath, green above and with blotches of
lighter color and transverse narrow bars of red Bnml I H
41.104 (aa Maranta Fascinator) — C. yiuas, Gagnep Kight ft
If -blade lanceolate, 2 ft long, 8-10 in broad, violft-purplc when
young but becoming green, petioles 5 ft long spike cylmdnc,
about 4 m long, bearing 8 pairs of yollow-and-white fls Trop
Amer. — C hieroglyphic^, Lmd & Andrf Dwarf Ivs short-
ovate, short-pointed, purplish beneath, green above and marked
by many oblique bands or bars of silvery white Colombia I H
20122-3 — C Kerchovedna, Hort =Maranta birolor var —C
Lager idna, Hort Lvs large, dark red beneath, the prominent veins
nch bronze — C. mdjor, Hort =*Isehnosiphon — C Waabangidna,
Hort =-Maranta bicolor var Massangeana — C" medio-plcta,
. Makoy (Maranta prasma, Bull) Lvs oval-lanceolate and
tapenng to both ends, dark green, with the rib feathered with
whit* from base to summit Brazil — C mundica, Hort (Maranta
musiaca, Bull) A dwarf-growing species with oblxjuely cordate
ovate Ivs 4-6 in long, glabrous, acute, upper side pale shining
green marked with numerous close set transverse veins of a lighter
shade, petiole 3-6 in long Brazil — r OppenhnmiAria, Morr =
Ctenanthe — C pardina. Planch & Lind ~=C \illosa— r smaray-
dlna, Lmd dc Andr£<=»Monotagma — C iplfndens and spltndida,
Hort —Maranta splendida — C nlldsa, Lindl Large Ivs 10 20
in long, oblong-ovate, pale green with dark brown angular
blotches, fls. yellow S Amer F S 11 1101-2 (as C pardinaj, also,
Lowe, 32. L II B
C P. RAFFILL.
CALCEOLARIA (Latin calceolus, a slipper, alluding
to the saccate flower; these plants are sometimes called
lady-slippers, but the name is best used for Cypri-
pedium). Scrophulandcese. Showy -flowered herbs and
shrubs, grown both in the greenhouse and in the open.
Leaves mostly opposite, usually hairy and rugose,
entire or incised 01 pinnatifid. corolla 2-parted nearly
to the base, the lower part or ho deflexed and inflated
slipper-like, the upper lip smaller and ascending, but
usually saccate; stamens 2 or rarely 3. and no rudi-
ments (A, Fig 739) • fr a many-seeded caps — About
200 species, mostly from the Andes of Peru and Chile,
but extending north to Mex ; also 2 in New Zealand.
Monogr. by Kranzlin, Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft.
28 (1907).
Many species of Calceolaria have been cultivated at
one time or another, but the number now grown is
few, most of the garden kinds apparently being hybrids
or marked variations from specific types. The genus
falls into two horticultural sections, the herbaceous
kinds, and the shrubby kinds. The former are the
only ones generally known in this country, being
treated more or less as annuals. The herbaceous
garden forms Rodigas considers to be offshoots chiefly
of C. arachnoidea and C crenatiflora, and he has called
this race C. arachnmdeo-crenaliflora (see I H. 31 : 528, 536;
3fi : 54) . In this work, however, the more inclusive terms
C. herbeohybnda of Voss is employed (Fig. 739) ; and
also the corresponding C. fruticoybnda for the shrubby
CALCEOLARIA
CALCEOLARIA
625
derivatives. C. crenatiflora seems to have left its impress
moat distinctly on the greenhouse forms. The calceo-
larias arc grown for the variously colored and often
spotted slipper-like flowers. The shrubby forms, grown
much in England, do not thrive in the heat of the
American bummer.
The cultivation of the herbaceous and the shrubby
kinds of calceolarias is about the same, with the dif-
ference that the herbaceous kinds are nearly always
grown from seeds, while the shrubby varieties are
oftener grown from cuttings. — Seeds may be sown from
the end of March until the first of September, according
to the fizo of the plant required. Those sown early are
more easily carried through the hot months than any
that are propagated in the end of May or in the month
of June. Sow the seeds in shallow pana with good
drainage in a compost of equal parta of Band and of
the day. For a first potting (which may be to 2-
inoh pots) the same mixture in which the seeds were
sown is the best, and the seedlings should be big
enough to be easily held between the finger and thumb;
and as the plants are moved along into larger pots,
equal parts of fibrous loam, fern-root, leaf-mold, sand
and dried cow-manure may be used, always having
this compost in as lumpy a state as can be equally
and conveniently packed around the plant. When the
plants are well rooted in their flowering pots, they may
be watered with manure water An ordinary handful
of green cow-manure to about three gallons of water
may be used, and if any of the commonly used fertili-
zers are to be employed for a change, the same amount
of fertilizer to an equal amount of water is about right;
but always water with clean water twice between these
applications. — If cuttings are to be/ used for the propa-
gation of calceolarias, they should be rooted in a
temperature of 45° to 50°, kept shaded from the sun.
Cuttings may be procured from the plants that are
trimmed into shape during their growing period (in
August or September) and should have two leaves
attached and another joint to go in the sand When
rooted, treat them as described above for the seedlings.
The varieties of the rugosa section are largely used for
bedding plants m Europe — Calceolarias are very sub-
ject to attacks of green- and white-fly, the best means
of keeping these pests m check is by fumigation with
hydrocyanic gas. In the evening is the best time to
fumigate, and the foliage of the plants should be per-
fectly dry; in fact, it is better if possible to use no \vater
at all in the greenhouse the day they are to be treated.
In the hot months of summer, a cool evening should
be selected and one-quarter of an ounce of cyanide
of potassium, one ounce of sulfunc acid and
two ounces of water to every 1,000 cubic feet
contained in the greenhouse may be used (See
Fumigation.) The house at this season of the year
should be opened up m forty-five minutes after
the cyanide has been dropped into the liquid.
Repeat at intervals of about three weeks In winter
the quantity may be doubled to the same cubic feet of
space, and the house may he kept closed until morn-
ing When opening the \entilators after fumigating
in this manner, do not breathe in the greenhouse until
the air has changed, sa> about half an hour after, as
the gas is deadly to human beings. Fumigating with
tobacco will kill the green-fly, but it has no effect on
the white-fly. (Goo F Stewart )
739 Calceolaria herbeohybrida.
the peat which is shaken out of fern-root that is to be
used for potting orchids, adding about one-fourth of
ehaicoal All this should be sifted through a fine sieve.
Tins mateiial should be well mixed and placed an inch
in depth in the receptacle that the seeds are to be
sown in. The surface should be made as level as pos-
sible, and the seeds, after being thinly scattered over
the same, may be pressed gently into the compost.
covering them very lightly with sphagnum moss sifted
through a very fine sieve. Water by dipping the pan
m a tank of water, allowing it to soak through the holes
in the bottom of the pan. This mode of watering is
not so liable to disturb the small seeds2 as an overhead
watering with a fine rose on the watermg-pot. A tem-
perature of 60° will cause calceolaria seeds to germi-
nate, but the sun should not strike them until the cool
of autumn comes. A greenhouse with a northern aspect
is best for them until the end of September, giving all
the air possible day and night. From tne first of
October until the end of March, the plants will stand
the full sun, and should then be grown in a night
temperature of 40°, allowing 10° or 15° of rise during
alba, 14.
herbeohybnda, 10.
planiaffinta, 3
amplrucaulis, 13.
arachnoidea, 7.
Hrrbertiana, 6
hcterophylla. 8.
purpurea, 6.
rugosa, 11
aattndeni, 15.
hybrida, ?>, 10.
salmxfolm, 11
biflora, 3.
Burbidgei, 5
mtegrifoha, 11, 15.
mirabilis, I
ecabiosartolia, 3
svherecia, 3.
corymbosa, 2.
thrysiflora, 12
crenatiflora, 1.
Pavonn, 4 '
viscosisaima, 11.
dentata, 15
pendula, 1
TVAeefm, 2.
fruticohybrldn, 15.
pinnata, 8, 0.
Youngit, 10.
herbaeea, 10.
A. Herbaceous calceolarias, some of them parents of "the
florists' varieties of this country.
B. Lvs. simple.
c. Fls. essentially yellow.
1. crenatiflora, Cav. (C. pendula, Sweet. C. mirdb-
ilit, Knowl. & Wesc ). One to 2 ft , the st. soft-hairy,
terete: radical Ivs ovate and long-petioled (the petioles
winged at top), undulate and dentate, sometimes
obscurely lobed, rugose and pubescent, paler beneath,
often purplish toward the tip: st -Ivs. shorter-petioled
and becoming sessile above, fls in a forking corymb,
the slipper large, oblong or oblong-obovate. fur-
rowed or crenate, hanging, yellow, with orange-brown
dots Chile. H.M 3255 — I' rom this species we appear
to have derived the spots of calceolaria fls.
626
CALCEOLARIA
CALCEOLARIA
2. corymbdsa, Ruiz & Pav. (C. Wheelen, Sweet).
One to 3 ft. high, the st. 4-angled: radical Ivs. ovate and
sometimes cordate, obtuse or nearly so, doubly crenate.
rugose and hairy, whitish beneath • st.-lvs. smaller and
narrower, somewhat clasping, opposite: fls. small
(about half as large as in C. crenatifiora) , in a broad,
somewhat loose corymb, the slipper somewhat short-
oblong, clear yellow outside and marked with red lines
inside. Chile. B.M. 2418.
3. bifldra. Lam. (C. plantauinea. Smith. C. suberecta,
Hort. C. Mdrrisonii, Don). Herbaceous, stemless:
Ivs. ovate-spatu-
late, toothed at
top. scapes many,
few-fid , fls. large,
yellow, lower up
large and the
upper one small
and notched, the
under side of the
i slipper dotted
with red. Chile,
Argentina. B M.
2805. L.B.C.
15:1402. F.S.R.
2:312.
4. Pavfinii,
Benth. An erect,
strong- growing,
herbaceous, or half
shrubby species:
st. terete, green,
stout Ivs perfoli-
ate, on short
winged petioles,
ovate or elliptic,
coarsely serrate,
5-9 in. long (in a
vigorous plant),
and a rich light
green in color.
sts. and Ivs.
densely hairy,
infl paniculate, terminal, large and handsome; fls. rich
golden-yellow and marked m throat with brown, and
about 1 in. diam. Peru. B.M. 4525. G. 27: 663. J.H III.
50:489. J F. 1, pi. 32. — One of the parents of several
handsome hybrids.
5. Burbidgei, Hort. (C. hybnda var. Burbidgei,
Gumbl.). A garden hybrid raised at Trinity College,
Dublin, by Burbidge between C. Pavonn on the one
side and C. deflexa (C fuchsixfolia) or possibly C.
amplexicauhs on the other: plant erect: sts. hairy,
terete: Ivs. light green, lanceolate, 5-9 m long, serrate,
winged along the petiole: mfl. large, m terminal free-
branching panicles; fls. 1 in. diam., rich golden yellow.
G. 25:547. Gn. 47:306.— One of the finest of cool
greenhouse kinds and valuable also as a bedding plant
as it grows into a fine large specimen as much as 6
ft. hign and branches freely from the base. Readily
prop, oy cuttings.
cc. Fls. purple.
6. purpftrea, Graham (C. Herbertidna, Lmdl.). Sts.
erect, pubescent, 1-2 ft.: radical Ivs. spatulate and
acutish, with a strong midrib, sparsely hairy, rugose,
dentate; st.-lvs. broad-cordate and clasping, less
toothed: fls, in loose corymbs, small, purplish or red-
dish violet, the slipper somewhat furrowed. Chile.
B.M. 2775. B.R. 1313.— Supposed to have entered
largely into purple-fld. varieties.
7. arachnofdea, Graham. St. a foot or two high,
terete, branchy, woolly, with appressed hairs: Ivs.
oblong or hngulate, narrowing into long -winged
petioles, clasping, obscurely toothed, rugose, woolly
740. Calceolaria integnfolia var.
viscosissuna. (XH)
on both sides: peduncles in pairs, forking: fls. small,
dull purple, the slipper nearly globular and furrowed.
Chile. B.M. 2874. L B.C. 16: 1557.
BB. Lvs. compound, or essentially so.
8. scabiossefdlia, Suns (C pmndla, Ruiz <fe Pav.
C. heterophylla, Willd.). Often 2 ft , the st. terete, hairy,
and leafy: Ivs opposite, with clasping petioles, cut
nearly or completely to the midrib; if ts. varying from
lanceolate to broad-oval, acuminate, cilmte, dentate:
fls very small, in small hairy corymbs, pale yellow, the
slipper nearly orbicular m outline. Chile, Peru, Ecua-
dor. B.M 2405. — This is sold by seedsmen as an annual
bedding plant.
9. pinn&ta, Linn Often reaches 3 ft. or more: Ivs.
pinnatifid or completely compound, the divisions short
and nearly entire, obtuse or nearly so: fls. small, sul-
fur-yellow Chile, Peru, Bolivia. B.M. 41.-— The first
known garden species, still sold as an annual.
10 herbeohfbrida, Voss (C. hybnda, C. herbdcea,
C. Yoiingii, Hort , and others). Derivatives of the
herbaceous calceolarias' mostly dwarf or small (2 ft or
loss), in many colors, usually with well-inflated slippers.
AA. Shrubby calceolarias.
B. Fls yellow.
11. integrifdlia, Murr. (C rugdsa, Ruiz & Pav. C.
salviaefbha, Pers.). Two to 6 ft. high, branchy and bushy:
Ivs glabrous, oval-lanceolate, cribped and dentate, the
short petioles winged fls in terminal clusters, .small,
yellow Chile. L B C 10 942 B R. 744. 1083 —Variable.
Probably the chief source of shrubby calceolarias
Var viscoslssima, Hort (Fig. 740), is a sticky-hairy
form with sessile Ivs and showy fls.
-. 12 thyrsifldra, Graham. More shrubby: Ivs. linear
and clustered, toothed, sessile, not hairy, fls. small,
yellow, in a close, terminal cluster. Chile. B M. 2915.
13 amplexicaulis, HBK A foot or two high' Ivs.
cordate-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate,
pubescent, woolly beneath and deep-rugose above,
clasping, fls. small, in an upright corymb, pale yellow
and spotless, the slipper hoof-shaped. Ecuador, Peru.
BB. Fls. white.
14 Alba, Ruiz & Pav. Shrubby, erect, branched, the
branches opposite: Ivs linear, toothed above, with
fascicles of fls. m axils: fls. &mall, white, of 2 very
unequal lips, the upper one being very small, the throat
closed Chile B M 4157. G C III 22:141 Gn. 51:60;
75, p 6 JH III 61:419.— A most beautiful species
m England when planted out in a soil rich in humus,
but should be shaded from hot sun The plant dislikes
pot culture This species has recently been used by the
hybridist m order to secure a race with white fls.
The new hybrid C. Veitchn is likely to prove a great
aquisition to gardens, and is partly derived from this
species.
15. fruticohybrida, Voss (C. ascendtns, Hort , not
Lindl. C. dentata, and C. integnfdlia, Hort , for the most
part). Here may be grouped the shrubby garden
calceolarias that are derivatives of most other species.
They are marked by the prevailing under-color of yel-
low, orange or orange-reef; sometimes they are yellow-
ish white or dull red.
C andina, Benth. (C. Herbertiana var palhdiflora, Lindl ).
Shrubby, glandular-pubescent' IVB orbicular-ovate, thick, rugose,
hairy fls »mall, yellow, the slipper crenate Chile B M. 7329.
B R 1376 — C. bicolor, Ruiz A Pav Shrubby: Ivs ovate, dentate:
flu small, the slipper sulfur-yellow above and white below Peru.
BM 3036 L.BC. 18:1783— C cdna, Cav Herbaceous, tufted,
acapose, 1-1 H ft ' Ivs. radical, oblong-lanceolate, spatulate or
obovate fls white with small purple or rose-colored lines and
blotches Chile B M 8416 — C ChbrAnn Hort — C. profusa.
FE 28-143— C.defltxa, Ruiz & Pav. (C fuchsiefoha, Hemsl ).
Shrubby Iva. lanceolate' fls. yellow, cameled, the upper hn very
large Peru B M 6431. G.C II. 15 269 Gn. 15 258 — C
flexudsa, Ruiz & Pav darubby at base' Ivs. large-ovate, coarsely
crenate-dentatc fls rather large, clear yellow, with very large
CALCEOLARIA
CALLA
627
Q calvces. Peru. B.M 5164 F 8. 22 23.31 — C FargKn, Skan
blotch inside the loweb lip Peru B M. 8430 — (' furhHi.eJfilia,
HemsJ ==C deflexa —C Htnrici, Hook f Hhrubby, evergreen.
Ivs willow-like, small-toothed fls panic led, clear yellow, tin upper
lip large Peru B M 5772 —C hyuwpifMia, HBK Shruhbylvh
crowded, small, lanceolate and toothed, or at top of st linear and
entire, margins revolute fts rather large, in nmny-fld corymbs,
pale sulfur-yellow, the slipper obovate-orbicular and ( rcnute
Kcuudor — C Jeffreys, Hurt , is a hybrid group between herbaceous
greenhouse kinds and C mtegrifolia, produced about 10 years ago
in England 2-0 ft , with branching panicles bearing Hs about 1
in across of few colors —C ktweruu, Hort Cross of C. Jef-
frtvi with herbaceous varieties more compact and larger-fld
than C* Jeffreyi, colors of wide range plant 1-2 H ft high and
about as broad when in good bloom G C 111 39 390 — C lobiita.
Cav Herbaceous Ivs triangular-ovate, palmately 5-7-lobed,
dentate fls in terminal clusters, clear, pale yellow, and spotted
on the up-tur\e( slipper Peru, Bolivia BM K">25, GJW — (" mef-
icAna, Henth , is a small-fld , pale yellow species hardy in England
annual lower hs 3-parted or -lobed, the upper ones pmtiatiseu
Mts . Mtx , Costa Kita, -C prtialtnu, Cav (C floribunda, Luull )
llerbaee-ous Ivs ovate, the lower ones wmg-pctiolcd, toothed,
rugose fls yellow in loose panicles, the lips comment Chile
- -C piHacamfumi, Meyen Hhrubby Ivs ovate-cordate, nearly (
.sile, irregularly erenate, margins reflexed "
use nearly sessile, irregularly orenate, margin:
large, orange \ arymg to red, the sliprn-r up-curved Peru B M 5077
— (' /inli/rrftiza, Cav A dwarf anel tufted specie
irk ye-l|e<w purple-spotted flj
I, lanceolate S Chile. P
, Horf (C Clibrarui, Hort )
ig habit
» from Patagonia
herbaceous, <
ma Tor i
t he order of C Kurbidg.
baefous, hali-hanly Ivs oblong-ovate, stalked, en nate-dentatt ,
h ur\ fls small, hhu or flesh-colored, spotted within, the 2 lips
m iirly e-ejual, not saee ate Ne w- Zeal B M 6r>97 Now refe rre-d to
loMllun-i (I Siueclurii. Krknzl )— C tentlla. Poepp <fe I '.mil
Herbauous, halMiardy, 0 in high hs o\ate or orbicular, small
(>jm lemg), nearly or eiuite sessile fls yellow, spotted within Chile-
BM ti2H — (' \fttrhn. He>rt Hybrid e,f C alba and a garden
\arie U *-"> ft , erect anel branoheel fls many, rather small, pale
h mon --yellow Cr C III ")l,.Nippl June 1 CJn 7o, p 271 (Ne-p No
14)- t' rif//.i«fi,Cii\ (l<m»ll ma violarea. Don) Mirubbv hssmall,
o\ate-iemlate, ele e p-te»e>t heel, stalked fl« y< How -salmon, -potted
within anel without, the twe, lips ne»t saccate Chile B M l'»2'» —
C nrantti, Kui7 <& Pav Bu«*h> , 1 l'2ft hs ovate, sliest-stalked fls
rather small, numerexis. white Peru, Bolivia G C III jl'>0
L H B
CALENDULA (Latin, calewLr or calentL throughout
the months) (Jomp6bit<p Flower-garden plants
Small herbs , the common cult species annual, others
perennial, with alternate simple Ivs , mostlv large heads
with yellow or oiange ray**, glabrous UK urved achenes,
plane naked receptacle, pappus none, and involucre
broad, with scales in one or two series, their margin
usuallv scanoiiH — Some l.r> species from
Canai y I sis to Persia
officinalis, Linn POT M\Ki<>ot,n Fig
741 Annual 1-2 ft high, more or less
hairy Ivs oblong and more or lev? clasp-
ing, entire, thickish head-* solitary, on
stout stalks, large with flat ^pleading
ravs, showy, closing at night S Ku MM.
3204 V 5 44, 16 165 —One of the most
universal garden fls , running into many
vars , distinguished by size, color, and
degree of doubling The color varies
from white-yellow to deep orange This is
the marygold of Shakespeare's time The
fl.-heads are sometimes used in cookery,
to flavor soups and stews The calendula
is of the easiest culture in any warm,
loose soil The seeds are usually sown
where the plants are to stand, but they
may be sown indoors or in a frame and
the plants transplanted The achenes are
large and germinate quickly The plant
blooms the whole season, particularly if
the fls. are picked It is a hardy annual,
and in the southern states will bloom
most of the year. In the N it blooms up
to the first frosts, sometimes beyond.
Sown in summer or autumn, it makes a
good winter bloomer. Florets are used in
medicine as a vulnerary and anti-emetic.
The flowering plant was formerly used for
removing warts.
suffruticdsa, Vahl (C, Noedna, Boiss.) More dif-
fuse, annual- Ivs. sessile, lanceolate, somewhat dentate:
heads bright yellow, not doubled, very numerous, on
long peduncles VV. Medit region. — Seeds are sold by
American dealers.
f Pfoiaei, Hort , and C pluvialis, Lion., will be found urder
Dimorphothoca. L H B
CALICO BUSH. Kalmia
CALIFORNIA POPPY: Eschscholtzia
CALIFORNIA YELLOW BELLS: Emmenanthe penduhflora.
CALlMERIS (Greek, beautiful arrangement). Com-
l^MLe Good daisy-like border plants
Cahmerih comprises about 10 Asian herbs, now
mostly united with Aster, but' horticulturally dis-
tinct, and differing from that genus m the hemis-
pherical involucre of /ew nearly equal scanous-mar-
KiiNxl bracts, and broad convex receptacle achene
flat and hairy. Hardy perennials of low growth, suited
to the border in front of stronger plants C. tatanca.
*> eJe.scubed in the genus Heteropappus.
ncisa, DC (C inciwfolia, Hort ? A^ttr inci^us,
I' ch ) One to 2 ft , erect, corymbose at the summit'
lv lanceolate, remotely incise-dentate; scales of
in olucie red-margined fl* large, purple-rayed or
al lost white, and yellow-centered — Of easy cult in
any good soil, making a
display throughout July and
Aug The commonest species
in cult
altaica, Nees (Aster alta-
icus, \\ illd ) Lower, pu-
bescent or hispid Ivs linear-
lanceolate and entire scales
of involucre pubescent and
white -margined, rays nar-
row, blue. iJm ii 13
CALIPHRURIA: CaU^hruria
CALLA (ancient name, of
obscure meaning). Aracex.
A monotypic genus, contain-
ing a native bog-plant with
a white spathe
Herb, with creeping rhi-
zomes and* 2-ranked Ivs
Differs from Oiontium in the
parallel secondary and ter-
tiary veins of the If -blade,
as well as in having a prom-
inent more or less fleshy
persistent spathe envelop-
ing the spadix, and in the
absence of penanth; lower
fls perfect, upper stami-
nate; fr a red berry. See
Zantedeschw for C sethio-
pica, C. albo-maculata , and
others The calla of florists,
or calla lily, is Richardia of
recent books, but is properly
Zantedeschia, where it is de-
scribed and the culture given
in tliis work
palustris, Linn. WATER
ARUM Fig 742 Rhizome
bearing many distichous Ivs.
one year, the next only 2
Ivs and the peduncle:
petioles cylindrical, long*
sheathed ; blade cordate :
spathe elliptical, or ovate-
lanceolate, white Eu , N.
741. Calendula officinalis, double-flowered.
(Xh)
628
CALLA
Asia, and E. N. Amer. V. 2'197; 14.244. B.M. 1831.
— An interesting little perennial plant, useful for out-
door ponds. JARED G. SMITH.
CALLlANDRA (Greek, beautiful stamens). Legu-
minfosp Evergreen shrubs and trees of greenhouse
culture, planted m
the open far south
Leaves bipmnate;
Ifts numerous: fls
' usually in globose
heads or clusters ,
corolla small, ob-
scured by the nu-
merous, long, silky,
purple or white
stamen s. — A bout
120 species, widely
distributed m trop-
ics Distinguished
from Acacia by the
presence of a thick-
ened margin on the
pod
Propagation is by
cuttings placed in
sand over bottom
heat Keep in warm-
house, with the ex-
ception of those
from Mexico.
L a m b e r t i a n a ,
Benth (Acacia Lambert lana, D. Don ) Unarmed;
branches terete: Ivs. puberulous-villous; pmnsc 2-3-
yoked; Ifts. 9-12-yoked, oval-oblong, obtuse at both
ends, peduncles 3-5, racemose, heads roundish, stamens
20-25, pink. Mex B.R. 721.
tetragdna, Benth (Acacia tetragbna, Willd ) Un-
armed; branches tetragonal pmnie 5-6-yokcd Ifts.
16-29-yoked, linear, acute, the outer larger: heads
pedunculate, axillary, fls white. Trop Amer.
portoricensis, Benth. (Acacia portoncensis, Willd.).
Unarmed shrub or small tree, pinme 2-4-yoked; Ifts.
15-25-yoked, linear, obtuse, closing at evening, branch-
lets pubescent: heads globose, pedunculate, axillary,
the white fls. opening as Ivs close; calyx cihate on the
margin; stamens 20-25, filaments long, white1 pod
straight, linear, tapering at base W Indies — Endures
temperatures as low as 24° F in Calif Var major, a
splendid form, is known abroad B M 8129
Twefcdyi, Benth. Unarmed shrub, lightly pubescent
pinnae 3-4-yokcd, Ifts 20-30-yoked, linear, obtuse,
shining: peduncles axillary, 1-2 in long, from large
scaly buds, calyx and corolla silky, lobes erect; stamens
long, numerous, purple Brazil B.M 4188.
C califdrnica, Benth A stiff, hairy, much-branched ahrub cult
in Calif. It tg native near Magdalena Bay and la the most north-
erly known representative of the genus — C caracaiAna, Benth
(Mimosa caracasana, Jacq ) differs from C portoricensis m having
purple stamens, but is probably not distinct — C grandiflbra,
Benth Not over 10 ft foliage glaucous fls. scarlet Intro by
Franceschi —Mimosa grandiflora, L Her TO — <7, Samdn, Gnseb.,
-PithecolobmmSama*. HARVEY MONROE
742. Calla paiustris.
CALLlANTHEMUM (Greek, beautiful Jlower). Ra-
nunculdcex. Two or 3 little herbs of the mountains
of Eu. and Cent. Asia, allied to Anemone, some-
times mentioned for outdoor planting. Lvs radical
(very small or none on the st ), decompound fls. ter-
minal, white or rose-color, sepals 5, deciduous; petals
5-15, showy, with nectaries at the base. The species
apparently intergrade. C. anemonoides, Endl. Three
to 10 m, high, blooming m spring: Ivs. as broad as
long, triangular m outline, bipmnatifid. fls. 1% in.
or less across; sepals broad; petals narrow: rhizome
somewhat fleshy. Tyrol. Useful in rockwork.
CALLICARPA
CALLICARPA (Greek, beauty and fruit] Verbena-
cese Ornamental woody plants cultivated chiefly for
their brightly colored berry-like fruit appearing late m
autumn; also for the attractive flowers which appear
in summer.
Flowers perfect; calyx short-campanulate, truncate
or slightly 4-toothed, rarely 4-parted, corolla with short
tube, 4-lobed; stamens 4, of equal length; ovary 4-
celled, cells 1-ovuled. fr a subglobose berry-like drupe
with 2-4 stones. — More than 30 species in tropical
and subtropical regions of Asia, Austral., N. and Cent.
Amer
Callicarpas are shrubs or trees, often with stellate
hairs, with opposite, usually serrate, deciduous leaves
and small pink, bluish or whitish flowers in axillary
clusters, followed in autumn by small berry-like lilac,
violet or red, rarely white fruits The hardiest are C.
dufiotonia, C jnpomta and C Giraldn, which may be
grown even North m sheltered positions, if somewhat
protected during the winter If killed to the ground,
young shoots spring up vigorously, and will produce
flowers and fruit in the same season If grown in the
greenhouse, they require a sandy compost of loam and
peat, and plenty of light and air Propagation is readily
effected by greenwood cuttings in spring or summer
under glass, also by hardwood cuttings, layers and seeds.
A Lvs tomentose beneath.
americana, Linn Shrub, 3-6 ft , with scurfy, downy
torncntum. Ivs cuneate, elliptic-ovate, acuminate,
obtubely beirate, 3-6 in. long, cjmea short-stalked:
corolla bluish, glabrous fr violet July, Aug Woods and
rich soil, Va to Texan and W Indies — One of the hand-
somest m fr , but more tender than the Japanese spe-
cies Var Alba, Hort , has white fr ; very conspicuous
ui fall and early
winter.
AA. Lvs not or
slightly pubes-
cent below and
glandular, co-
rolla glandular
outside
B. Peduncles longer
than petioles
Ivn glabrous or
new ly so below
jap6nica, Thunb
(C Mimurazaki,
Sieb ) Fig 743
Shrub, 2-5 ft Ivs
cuneate, elliptic or
ovate-lanceolate,
long -acuminate,
serrulate, 2^2~o m.
long* cymes pe-
duncled, many-fld ;
Ms pink or whiti&h.
fr violet Aug.
Japan. S IF. 1.70.
GC. 1871:173 P.
F G 2, p 165. II F.
1861 12.Var.leuco-
carpa, Sieb. With
white fr
dichfttoma, Koch
(C yradlw, Sieb. &
Zucc (1 purpureat
hiss ) Shrub, 1 4
ft : Ivs. cuneate,
elliptic or obovate,
crenately serrate
above the middle,
entire toward the
base, 1 H-3 in. long : 743. Callicarpa japonic*. ( x X)
CALLICARPA
CALLIRHOE
629
cymes peduncled, few- or many-fld.; fls. pink: fr. lilac-
violet. Aug. Japan, China. Gn 23:540. — Closely
allied to the former, but smaller in every part.
BB. Peduncles shorter than petioles.
Giraldii, Hesse. (Shrub: Ivs. broadly elliptic or ellip-
tic-ovate to elliptic-lanceolate, 2-4 in. long, dentate,
glandular beneath, and sparingly stellate-pubescent;
petioles slender, M~Min l°ng &*> pink in dense cymes
on pubescent stalks shorter than the petioles: fr. violet.
W. China.
C. cdna, Linn Shrub. Ivs. broadly elliptic, whining above and
whitnh-tomontose beneath fr det-p purple E India, China. Phil-
ippine Inl« B M 2107 — C lonoifMia, Larn Shrub lv« oblong-
Janceolate or lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, 3-5 in long, stellate
pubescent and glandular b« neath cymes short-pcduncled, fin pink
or purple fr white Himalayas, China B. It. 10 S64 HE
2 133 — C m6lli8, Sieb <fe Zuro Shrub, to 4 ft . Ivs. oblong-lanceo-
late, roundod at the base, tomcntose beneath fls. and fr pink.
Japan S I F. 1 70 — C. pedunculdta, H Br (C lanata, Schau ,
not Linn ) Hhrub Ivs oblong-ovate, nearly sessile, and rounded at
the base, green and slightly tomentose beneath cymes slender-
peduncled E Indies Austral Hieb. Flor. d Jard 4 97 — C'.
rubella, Lmdl (C dichotomy Hort , not Juas ) Shrub or small tree,
to 20 ft Ivs cordate-oblong, tomentose beneath fr purple
Himalayas, China B II 11 883 F.S. 13.1359. I H. 6 202 (1C.
Ibo9.90. RH 1859, p 106, 107. ALFRED REHDER.
CALLICHR&A: Lai/ta
CALLlOPSIS: Corcop«w.
CALLIPHRtTRIA (Greek, beautiful prison; referring
to the sputhe inclosing the flowers) Written also Cali-
phuria Aniarijllidacfsr Tender bulbs.
Distinguished from Euehans by the stamens, the
filaments being petaloid, with 3 large linear teeth on
top, the middle one bearing the anther The fls ap-
pear with the Ivs , perianth funnel-shaped, spreading
upward, .stamens inserted at the throat of the tube
caps tardily splitting — Three species from Colombia
CalhphruVias are warmhouse plants and should be
grown in a rich soil of loarn, peat or leaf-mold and .sand.
Propagated by offsets.
Hartwegiana, Herb Bulb ovoid, 1 in. thick, .stolon-
iferous, with brown membranous tunics Ivs bright
green, firmer and more closely veined than in Euehaiis,
with an oblong-acute blade 4-5 in. long, 2 in broad,
narrowed into a petiole, which is flat abo\e and round
beneath scape slender, 1 ft long, fls 6-8, m an umbel,
white, perianth 1 in long and wide Andes of Bogota —
B.M. C25(J B H. 30, p 87, desc. Jntro. in l<-'89 by
Reasoner
C subedenttita, Baker=Euchans aubedentata.
N. TAYLOR. f
CALLIPRdRA. Broditea
CALLIPStCHE (Greek, beautiful and butterfly}
Amaryllidaci y Three bulbous plants from Ecuador
and Peru, the Ivs produced after the \ellow or greenish
yellow fls , probaoly not in the horticultural trade.
Leaves thin, oblong and stalked: fls. many in an umbel
on a hollow peduncle or scape; perianth funnelform
with short tube, the segms. all equal and oblanceolate
to oblong, stamens 6, much exserted, attached ai the
throat, fr. a deeply 3-lobed caps , with many seeds.
They require the general treatment given amaryllis.
C. mirabttis, Baker, has an oblong bulb 2 in. diam.:
Ivs. 1 or 2, blade 5 or 6 in broad1 peduncle 2-3 ft.;
fls. greenish yellow, about 30 in a dense umbel, stamens
three times as long as perianth and widely spreading.
July, Aug C. aurantiaca, Baker, has an ovoid bulb
1 in diam : Ivs. few. peduncle l>6-2 ft.; fls. bright
yellow, 6-8 in the umbel, stamens green, twice the
length of perianth. Autumn and winter B M 6841.
L H. B.
CALLlPTERIS (Greek, beautiful fern). Polypodiacev.
Ferns allied to Asplenium and Diplazium, with elongate
son formed on both sides of the veins, and the veins
uniting to form meshes or areoles — Some 15 species are
knowjn from the warmer parts of both hemispheres
The following is the only one in cult. Culture the same
as for tropical asplemums
prolifera, Bory (Asplenium decuss&tum, Swartz).
Lvs 3-6 ft. long, the btalks 1-2 ft. long, the pinnro
numerous, 6-12 in long, 1-2 in. wide, with deeply
crenate margins and frequently with bulblets in the
axils; veins pinnate, with the branches of contiguous
veins uniting. Polynesia and Malaya.
L M. UNDERWOOD.
CALLtRHOE (Greek mythological name). Written
also Callirrhoe Malv&cey Hardy showy herbs, for out-
door planting.
Perennials or annuals Ivs alternate, with lobed or
cleft blades or more finely dissected, fls. showy, axillary
or sometimes in terminal racemes, the petals irregu-
larly cut at the apex or truncate, differing m this from
the notched petals of Malva, involLcel of 1-3 bracts, or
wanting — Nine species, native
The calhrhoes arc of the easiest culture, and deserv-
ing of a much greater popularity. They are chiefly
propagated by seeds, but the perennial species may
also be propagated by cuttings
744 Calhrnoe pedata.
A Annual involutel absent
pedata, Gray Fig 744 Height 1-3 ft. sst erect,
leafy, radical and lower Ivs. round-cordate, palmately
or pedately 5-7-lobed or -parted, the lobes coarselj
toothed or incised, upper 3-5-cleft or -parted, usually
into narrow divisions fls red-purple, cherry-red, vary-
ing to lilac On plains and in sand, S. U. S., spring and
summer. R.H. 1857, p 430
A A Perennial: involucel present.
involucrata, Gray Height 9-12 in , plant hirsute or
even hispid, root large, napiform sts. procumbent:
Ivs of rounded outline, palmately or pedately 5-7-
parted or -cleft, the divisions mostly wedge-shaped,
incised, the lobes oblong to lanceolate: fls. crimson-
purple, cherry-red or paler All summer. Minn, to
Texas RH 1862:171 (as C verticillata) .
Var linearfloba, Gray (C. hneariloba, Gray). Less
hirsute than the type: sts ascending: Ivs. smaller,
1-2 in. across, the upper or all dissected into linear
lobes, fls lilac or pinkish. Texas and adjacent Mex. —
An excellent trailer^ especially for rockeries. Thnves
even in very dry soils, the root penetrating to a great
depth. A sunny position is preferable.
C Papdver, Gray A perennial decumbent or ascending plant
with 3-5-lobed or -parted IVR and mvolucrate purple-red fls S U.S.
—Useful for very dry «andy place*. £ TAYLOR t
630
CALLISTA
CALLISTEPHUS
CALLfSTA1 Dfndrobium.
CALLISTfcMON (Greek, kallos, beauty; stemon, a
stamen; in most of the species the stamens are of a
beautiful scarlet or crimson color). Myrtacex BOTTLE-
BRUSH Ornamental shrubs, thriving without irriga-
tion in California, where they are hardy and much
used; also planted to some extent elsewhere in warm
climates and occasionally seen under glass. Page 3566
Leaves alternate, entire, lanceolate or linear, mostly
with oil- or resin-dots and fragrant when crushed . fls. in
dense cyhndnc spikes, at first terminal but the axis
growing out as a leafy shoot; calyx- teeth 5; petals 5,
deciduous; stamens indefinite in number, not united;
anthers versatile,
the cells parallel
and bursting longi-
tudinally; ovary
inferior, maturing
into a caps, which
persists for several
years. — About 25
species, natives of
Austral., where
they inhabit and
districts Distin-
guished from Mcla-
leuca only by the
stamens, which in
that genus are
united into bundles.
Hall, Umv Calif.
Pub Bot 4:22.
The showy
flower-clusters, re-
sembling bottle-
brushes in shape,
and so giving the
common name to
the genus, are
highly colored and
render these shrubs
very ornamental
The quantity of
bloom may be much
increased by judi-
cious autumn prun-
ing The various
species are recom-
mended for parks,
depot-grounds,
school - yards, ana
also for smaller 745. Callistemon
yards if kept well laaceolatua. (XM
pruned Hardy only
in warm-temperate districts but endur-
ing temperatures less than 20° F
Propagation from seeds is satisfactory: these are
gathered during the summer months by allowing the
capsules to open m boxes or on sheets of paper kept in a
warm place, sow in early spring in finely sifted mixture
of sand, leaf-mold, and loam, and cover very lightly;
the ordinary cool greenhouse is warm enough. Some
nurserymen state that plants from cuttings of ripened
wood or of wood which is getting firm at the ba«c will
blossom earlier than seedlings; others find no advantage
in this method. Although adapted to nearly every
variety of soil, these plants make but slow growth in
heavy claj
A Stamens %-l in. long.
lanceolatus, DC. (Metrosideros semperflbrens, Lodd.).
Fig. 745. Height 6-12 ft.: Ivs. lanceolate, 1^-2^ m.
long, about %m. wide, acute, reddish when young;
midrib and lateral veins prominent: spikes 2-4 in long,
bright red, less dense than in the following species: fr.
ovoid, contracted at summit. Jan.-June. B.M. 260
(as M. citnnd). Maiden, Fl. PI. and Ferns of New S.
Wales, 8.— Attains 30 ft. in Austral, where the hard and
heavy wood is used for wheelwrights' work and for
mallets. Garden hybrids between this and other species
have been developed, especially in Eu.
specidsus, DC. Large shrub: Ivs. narrowly lanceo-
late, obtuse or acute, l%-4 in. long, about Mm broad;
midrib prominent but lateral veins obscure, spikes 2-6
in long, bright red, very dense, fr. nearly globose, the
summit scarcely contracted. March-June. B.M. 1761.
— The most highly colored calhstemon, the golden an-
thers contiasting well with the dark red filaments.
There are many garden forms varying in color, habit,
and size
viminalis, Cheel Tall slender tree of pendulous habit :
Ivs hncar-oblong. stamens slightly shorter: rim of fr.
thinner. — A handsome, graceful tree, very showy when
in full bloom. Grown at Santa Barbara, Calif. (For-
merly referred to C. specidsus, of which this may be a
form.)
rigidus, R. Br. (C. hneanfdhus, DC.). Lvs. narrowly
linear, rigid, sharp-pointed, 2-5 in long, about } ^m.
wide; midrib and maigmal ribs prominent; cross-nerves
often hidden by oil-dots, spike* deep red, large, dense
March-July B.R. 393. —Stiffly branched shrub, the
branches inclined to become rangy; best form and
bloom secured by means of autumn pruning In order
to have fine specimen plants, cult well and now and
then give an application of commercial fertilizer
linearis, DC Scarcely more than an extreme form
of C. ngulut, with very narrow Ivs channeled above,
the mid vein quite obscure: fr. more globular and con-
tracted at opening.
AA Stamens %in. or less long.
"' sallgnus, DC Tall shrub or small tree: Ivs. lanceo-
late, acute, 13^-3 in long, K~/4m wide
(much narrower in one vanety), very
distinctly pennivemed. spikes yellow or
light pink, 1-2 in long fr nearly
globular, with rather large opening.
Apr., May. B M 1821 Var vindifldrus,
F v M Lvs. only 1-2 in long, thicker,
rigid; veins obscure fls greenish yellow
B M. 2602.
brachyandrus, Lmdl Slender shrub,
young shoots soft-hairy or whole plant
gray with a soft pubescence Ivs rigid,
nearly terete, Y\-\Yi in. long: spike 2-3
in. long, the filaments dark red but
nearly obscured by the golden yellow anthers — The
slender habit, gray foliage, and golden bloom render
this shrub very desirable for ornamental planting
HARVEY MONROE HALL.
CALLfSTEPHUS (Greek words for beautiful
crown, said to be in allusion to character of fruit) Com-
pdsitx. CHINA ASTER (See page 419, Vol. 1 ) One
species in China and Japan. The genus Calhstemma,
also erected by Cassini, is older than Calhstephus. but
the latter is one of the "nomma conservanda" of the
Vienna code, retained because accepted and in general
use for fifty years following its publication. Under
both these generic names, Cassmi described the China
aster as C hortenxis It was first named by Linmpus,
however, as Aster chinewns, and Nees subsequently
transferred this name to Callistephus, so that the plant
now would better bear the name Cattistephus chinensis,
Nees.
Callistephus is closely allied to Aster, from which it
differs, among other things, in its pappus, which is
minute and forming a crown m the outer series, and
of slender longer barbellate and caducous bristles m
the inner series: annual, erect, hispid-hairy branching
herbs, with showy terminal fl. -heads'. Ivs. alternate,
XXII. Carnations.- Types of the American winter-flowering varieties. (Half size.)
CALLISTEPHUS
broadly ovate or triangular-ovate and deeply and
irregularly toothed; blade decurrent into a petiole,
those on the upper parts becoming spatulate or nar-
rower1 heads in wild plant heterogamous and radiate,
the ray-florets in 1-2 series and pistillate, the disk-
florets perfect and fertile; involucre hemispherical,
the bracts imbricated in many series and the outer
ones large and green, fr. a compressed achene. The
rays become much multiplied under cult , and they are
also variable in size, shape and color. The colors are
violet, purple, blue and white, the rays never being
true yellow. Widely variable under cult . and one of
the beat of the garden annuals, growing from 6 in to
2^ ft. high It is the Heine-marguerite of the French
and the Sommeraster of the Germans. L. JJ. B.
CALLlTRIS (from the Greek for beautiful). Includ-
ing Frencla and Widdnngtbnia. Pinacex. Evergreen
trees or shrubs, not quite hardy in the open in England,
but thriving well in the southernmost parts of the
United States; allied to Thuja.
Leaves scale-like or awl-like, in whorls of 3 or 4 on
jointed branches, or sometimes alternate: monoDcious;
sterile catkins cylindrical or ovoid, the stamens m
whorls of 3 or 4, the scales broad and sometimes pel-
tate, fertile cones of 4-8 scales, and borne on short and
thick peduncles, either solitary or clustered, usually
ripening the second year and often persisting after the
seeds have fallen — About 15 species in Austral., New
Caledonia and Afr. Little known in cult here.
A. Cone 6-valved
robtista, R. Br (Frenfla robusta, Cunn ). CYPHESS
PINK. Ranging from a shrub to a tree 90 ft. higjh:
branchlets crowded, short and erect* sterile catkins
J4m. or less long, solitary or in 3's: cones solitary or
few-clustered, nearly globular, about 1 in. diam.; seeds
usually 2-wmged Austral — Trees about 30 years old
are said to be growing at Santa Barbara In S. Fla it
makes good specimens, in 5 years becoming 10-12 ft.
high. The tree somewhat resembles red cedar, and is
reported as useful for tall hedges and windbreaks.
This is one of the "pines" of Austral , the wood being
used in building and for the making of furniture
rhombofdea, R. Br. (Frenela rhomboirlea, Endl ).
Smaller, reaching 25-50 ft branches somewhat slender
and often drooping; angled when young' cones usually
only one-half the diam. of those of C. lobusta, globular,
the 6 valves alternately larger and smaller, the larger
valves having a broadly rhomboidal apex with a pro-
tuberance at the center Austral and Tasmania. —
Timber used for telegraph poles and m construction.
A A. Cone 4-valved.
quadrivfilvis, Vent. (Thuja articulata, Vahl).
ARAR-TREE SANDARACH GUM TREE. Small tree,
with fragrant hard durable wood, branches join tea
and spreading Ivs. very small, flattened, distichous,
reduced to scales at the nodes, cone 4-sided, small, the
valves oval and with a protuberance near the tip.
N. Afr., in the mts. L B.C. 9.844.— Furnishes varnish
resin (gum sandarach).
Whytei, Engler (Widdnngtbnia Wh$tei. M. Wood).
The wood is dull reddish white, strongly aromatic,
and locally used for furniture and for doors and win-
dows. Tree attaining a maximum height of 140 ft.,
with a diam of 5H ft. at a point 6 ft. above the ground,
the trunk being clear for 90 ft. : Ivs. on ultimate branch-
lets, deltoid and closely appressed opposite; on other
branehlets usually linear-lanceolate, spreading at the tips,
alternate, in seed ling stage linear, spreading and about
1 m long1 cones 4-6 together, about %in. long and
5^-1 in wide when open. S. E. Afr. — It grows at an
altitude of 5,000-7,000 ft. on Mt. Milanji in Nyassaland
and is known as the Milanji cypress or cedar. Appar-
ently hardy in parts of Cent. Calif jr^ H. B.
CALOCHORTUS
631
CALL0PSIS (Calla-like). Aracex. A single species
from German E. Afr. C. V61kensii, Engler Spathe
like that of a little calla, snow-white, 1 Y± in long by
1 in. broad, the spadix partly united to it (and vellow):
Ivs crowded, cordate-ovate, 5 in long, shining, the
petiole about 2 m. long, semi-epiphytic, with creeping
rhizome. Probably cult, only in botanic gardens or
other collections.
CALLtlNA (Greek, to sweep, the branches are some-
times used for making brooms). Ericaceae. HEATHER.
Low evergreen shrubs cultivated chiefly for their bright
rosy pmk, rarely white flowers appearing in great pro-
fusion late in summer.
Leaves scale-like, opposite, in 4 rows, the branchlets
therefore quadrangular' fls in terminal, 1-sided spikes;
corolla campanulate, 4-parted,
shorter than the 4-parted colored
calyx, stamens 8, with 2 reflexed
appendages: fr. a septicide, 4-
celled, few-seeded caps — One
species in W. and N. Eu , also
in Asia Minor; in E. N. Amer.
in some localities naturalized.
The genus differs from the closely
related Erica in its deeply 4--
parted colored calyx, longer than
the 4-parted co-
rolla For culture,
see Erica.
746. Calluna vulgaris. (Plant
vulgaris, Sahsb.
(Erica vulgariSj
Linn ). Fig 746.
From }/S-3 ft : Ivs.
oblong -linear, ob-
tuse, sagittate at
the base, glabrous
or pubescent, fls.
small, in long, erect,
rather dense ra-
cemes, rosy pink,
sometimes white.
Aug , Sept — Some
of the most distinct
of the numerous named varieties are the following: Var.
ilba, Don (and var. alba Hdmmondn), with white fh.;
var Alpdrtii, Kirchn , of more vigorous growth, with rosy
carmine fls , var cirnea, Hort., with flesh-colored fls.;
var. plSna, Regel, with double rose-colored fls.; var.
hirsftta, Gray (var tomenibsa, Don), the branchlets
and Ivs with grayish tomentum: var nana, Kirchn.
(var pyg»neal Hort ), forming low moss-like tufts,
var rubra, Kirchn , with deep rosy carmine fls , var
prostrata, Kirchn , with the branches spreading and
partly prostrate, fls pink; var S&arlei, Hort (var
alba Serlei, Hort ), fls white, appearing late in autumn
— The heather is a very handsome small shrub, well
adapted for borders of evergreen shrubberies, or for
dry slopes and sandy banks and preferring sunny posi-
tions; it is aho found growing well in swamps and in
partly shaded situations. Cut branches keep their
life-like appearance for many months.
ALFRED REHDER.
CALOCH6RTUS (Greek for beautiful and grass).
Liliacex. Inch Cydobbthra . MARIPOSA LILY. STAR
TULIP GLOBE TULIP. West American cormous plants,
the occidental representatives of Tuhpa, useful as border
plants and to some extent for indoor culture.
Stem usually branched, and from a coated conn,
more or less leafy: perianth of unequal seems., the outer
ones the smaller and more or less sepal-line, the 3 inner
ones large and showy and bearing glands and hairs;
stigmas 3, sessile and recurved, stamens 6; fls. showy,
shallow-cupped on the inner segms., arching. — From
40-50 species, mostly on the Pacific side of the con-
632
CALOCHORTUS
CALOCHORTUS
tment from Wash, to Mex., and some of them in the
interior country. Nearly all the species are in cult.
Monogr. by J G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc 14:302-10
(1875); and by S Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts
and Sci. 14:262-8 (1879). See also Colochorti in
the Sierra Nevada, by George Hansen, Eiythea,
7:13-15, A. Davidson, Erythea,
2-1-2,27-30; Mallett. Gn. 1901,
60:412, vol. 61, pp. 185, 203, 220;
Carl Purdy, Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci , 3d ser , vol 2, No 4 (1901).
Calochortuses extend into Brit-
ish America, and a few, belonging
to a peculiar group, are found in
Mexico, the remainder are natives
of the United States, from Ne-
braska to the Pacific Ocean.
While the generic characteristics
are unmistakable, the species and
even varieties
have the most
variable inch-
k nations as to
J soil, exposure
and climate.
The Colorado
Desert and
the summits
of the Sierra Nevada, the heavy
clay lands of Cahforman valleys,
the volcanic soils of the foothills
and the meadows of the North-
west, each has its own representa-
tives of this beautiful tribe. The
character of the genus can be
treated better under the various
groups Nearly every known spe-
cies is in cultivation to some ex-
tent. Some are readily grown,
others present considerable cul-
/ ,,/x tural difficulties, but while there
albus. (XH) are gome that probably W11J
always be difficult to cultivate,
there are many species — and the number in-
cludes the very best — that can be grown suc-
cessfully by anyone who is willing to give a little
special care to them; and there are a few that
possess such vigor and hardiness as to be
adapted to extensive cultivation.
All calochortuses are hardy in the sense of with-
standing extreme cold, but they will not endure alter-
nate thawing and freezing nearly so well; and thus there
is the paradox of their going safely through severe
eastern or European winters and suffering the loss of
foliage in mild ones. They should be planted in the
fall, and it is better to plant late, so that leaf-growth is
delayed until spring. Diverse as are their natural
habitats, one soil will answer the needs of all. A light
loam, made lighter with sand or sawdust, powdered
charcoal, or spent tan-bark, is best. Excellent results
have been secured with a mixture of equal parts of a
good light loam and spent tan-bark, with a little broken
charcoal. Wallace, one of the most successful English
growers, recommends making a bed sloping to the
south, composed of leaf-mold and road grit in egual
parts, with a smaller proportion of sharp sand. The idea
is to have a light and porous, not [too stimulating soil,
with perfect drainage. Wallace recommends covering
the beds with reeds to throw off the heavy rains. The
same end may be attained by such thorough drainage
that the rains pass through quickly. In New York,
they have been carried through the winter safely under
a covering put on before the ground freezes hard.
It is well to keep a few leaves about the shoots for a
time and to have extra leaves at hand to be used when
frost threatens. It is better to lift the bulbs as soon as
they ripen, and replant in the fall. Water sparingly at
all times Under suitable conditions they are hardy
and tenacious of life, but excessive moisture, either in
air or ground, is not to their liking after the flowering
season arrives. Theoretically, all calochortuses of Sec-
tion A (star and globe tulips) should have shade, and
all manposas (A A) sunshine; but the light shade of a
lath-house suits all alike, giving much finer bloom in
the manposas. The flowering season extends over three
months, according to species.
They take well to pot culture with similar soils and
treatment. While not to be forced rapidly, they con-
siderably anticipate their out-of-door season. The
same treatment can be used in coldframe culture, but
they must not be coddled too much.
albua, 1.
Howelln, 19
mctus, 27
amabilis, 3.
Kennedyi. 21.
Plummtrae, 20
amcenus, 1.
Leithtlinn, 33.
pulchvllua, 2
apiculatus, 12
hlacinui, 15.
Purclyi, l.i
atronolaceut, 28.
aureus, 22
Bonplandianus, 37.
Lobbu, 9.
loriKfbarbatus, 18.
lutcus, 24. 25
purpuraseens, 20, 27.
purpureus, 37
robuxtus, 25
Bentharmi, 6
Lyallu, 8
rospus, o, 27
cserulous, 7
Lyonn, 31
rubru, 5. 28
catahnse, 31.
marr<-H arpus, 35.
tanouineus, 2\
citrmus, 25
major, 5, 28
splcndens, 28
clavatua, 23
Mawpamw, 5
sulphurous, 27.
colhnus, 10
montanun, 28,
Tolmici, li
concolor, 24
nanus, 8
uiubellatm, 10.
Eldorado. 27.
nmdus, 16
umflorus, 15
elegans, 8, 9.
imdud, 14
venuMus, 25, 27.
flavus, 36
Nuttalhi, 32
Vf sta, 20
flexuosus, 29.
obispoensis, 20.
vestus, 20
Goldyi, 4
orulatus, 25
Wallarei, 6
Grecnei, 17.
Palmen, 30
Wmlu, 20
Qunmaonu, 34.
A. Blossoms or fr more or less nodding (unless No 4Y
inner permnth-scgms strongly arched Ivs long
and glossy, not channeled. (Eucalochortiis )
B. Fls. subglobose, nodding st usually tall and branch-
ing GLOBE TULIPS — These have a single long
and narrow shining If from the base, and Blen-
der, flexuous, leafy sts , the perfection of grace in
outline The fit. are exquisite m delicacy of
tints Woodland plants
1. albus, Douglas (Cyclobdthra dlba, Benth ) Fig
747. Strong, 1-2 ft. high, glaucous, fls globular,
pendent, 1 in across, of a satiny texture, delicately
fringed with hairs, very strongly marched or practically
closed Calif B R. 1661 F S. 11 . 1 171 — Cha-ste and
delicate The form from the Coast Range u> the Pearl
calochortus of gardens; the form from the Sicnus with
fls less strongly marched and at length opening ^lightly
is the C albus of horticulture.
Var. am&nus, Hort (C. am&nus, Greene) Liko C
albus f but rose-colored, lower and more slender fls
opening in full bloom. Fresno and Tularo Co , Calif.
2. pulch611us, Douglas (Cydobdthrapulchella, Benth )
Stout, glaucous, 8-16 in , usually branching fls yel-
low, strongly inarched but parts not ovei lapping,
sepals shorter than petals, ovate-acuminate, yellow
tinged with brown on the back, petals ovate, obtuse,
1 m. or less long, canary-yellow, with long silky hairs
above the gland. Cent. Calif. B R 1662
3. amabilis, Purdy. Habit like C albus sts stout,
usually branching in pairs, petals clear yellow, very
strongly inarched so that the tips overlap each other
much hke a child's pin-wheel; gland lined with stiff
hairs that cross each other; petals margined with a line
of stiff hairs. Cent, and N Calif.
4. Gffldyi, Watkins. Possibly C Benthamn x C.
amabihs Sts several, freely branched, bearing 15-20
fls.: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate: fls erect, 1 in across, straw-
yellow, inner surfaces covered with long silky sulfur-
tinted hairs and a few shorter crimson hairs deep down
in the cup; petals rounded and very hooded. Appar-
ently of garden origin.
CALOCHORTUS
CALOCHORTUS
BB. Pis. bell-shaped, erect when open, mostly lined with
hairs, the pedicels becoming recurved: st. mostly
low, and fls often more or less umbellate. STAR
TULIPS proper. — Like the globe tulip, but
smaller as a rule, and the fls. dainty open cups.
All of the species resemble each other, and were
firbt included under the name C. elegans.
5. Maweanus, Leichtl Plant low (3-10 in.), very
slender, usually branched: fls. white, purplish at the
base, filled .vith silky hairs, the gland covered by a
broad semi-circular scale * caps long-elliptic. Calif ., north.
H M. 5976 (as C elegans} —Variable Var. major,
Hort. Twice as large m all its parts, fls. lighter colored.
Var rdseus, Hort. Fls. tinged rose.
6. Benthamii, Baker Sts 7 in. high, very flexuose,
dividing into pairs: Ivs. linear-lanceolate fls. nearly
erect, yellow, the segms J^in long and brown at the
base Sierra Nevadas, m Calif B M 6475. J II III.
30 5 JO Var Wallace! (C WdUacei, Hort ). Claw of
the petal dark red or nearly black
7. caeruleus, Wats. Similar to small plants of C.
Ma wen nut,, but lined and dotted with blue: low,
2-5-Hd , the pedicels very slender; perianth ciliate
inside cups nearly or quite orbicular. Calif , in the
Sierras Not variable
8 elegans, Pursh. Similar to the la-st* petals green-
ish white and purplish at ba.se, bearded, little or not at
all ciliate gland covered by a deeply fringed scale.
Ore , Idaho
Var nanus, Wood (C. Lyalhi, Baker). Subalpine,
dwarf arid very .slender petals delicate cream-color,
narrow and usually more acute, more hairy and cihate.
Mts Calif , N
^ 9 L6bbii, Purdy (C. elegans var Ldbbu, Baker).
St 3-5 in high petals white tinged green, broadly
rhombic-ovate, very deeply pitted and with the pit
showing as a prominent knob on back of petal. Mt.
Jefferson, Ore
10 umbellatus, Wood (C. colDnus, Lemm.). Low
and branching, 3-15 in , flextio^e fls 3-10, white;
petals broadly fan-shaped, nude excepting for many
white hairs just above the scale In open grassy places
around San Francisco Bay.
BBB Fit, bell-shaped like BB, 6?^ tall (1 ft or more),
and stoutly erect, with several fine, erect cups,
similar to C Maweanus. GIANT STAR TULIPS —
In this splendid group the very dainty silky fls.
and handsome glossy Ivs of the star tulip are
shown with a stout st. a foot or two high, and
large fls Unlike the others, they grow naturally
in open places, and have a vigor and health which
are a high recommendation
11. T61miei, Hook &Arn Stout, a foot high, generally
branched petals often more than an inch long, tinged
lilac, with purple and white hain>. gland without a
scale caps broad-elliptic, acutish. Mt. Shasta, N. —
Remains a long time in bloom
12 apiculatus, Baker. Taller and stouter, 12-18
in , with umbellate straw-colored fls. N. Idaho
13. Ptirdyi, East Glabrous and glaucous, 8-16 in.,
rather stout, branching, 2- to many-fld fls. creamy white
or purple-tinged, filled with blue hairs, gland absent.
S.Ore. GC. III. 23 395.— Very handsome.
BBBB. Fls bell-shaped, the petals naked or hairy only
at the base- low: If solitary. MEADOW TULIPS —
These calochortuses are natives of wet meadows.
C. umflorus and C Vesta grow well in all soils so
long as well drained, and, as garden plants,
thrive everywhere. In habit they are low,
flexuous and leafy. The cup8 are open, erect
and numerous, an inch or so in diam.
14. nftdus, Wats. Low, 2-4 in., delicate: If. solitary:
fls. 1-6, umbellate, small, greenish white or pale lilac,
nude except for a tuft of 2 or 3 short hairs at each
extremity of scale, denticulate. Calif., in the Sierras.
15. unifldrus, Hook. & Arn. (C. hladnus, Kell.).
Handsome species, 4-8 in high. fla. 4-10, on long
pedicels, clear lilac, hairy only at base: caps elliptic,
obtuse. B.M. 5804 — Grows naturally in wet meadows,
and makes offsets very freely. Often seen in a depau-
perate starved form, but responds at once to good
treatment.
AA. Blossorns on stout, erect pedicels, the sts. stout and
strict: fls. open-bell-shaped. MARIPOSA TULIPS. — •
Excepting in B, the mai iposa or butterfly tulips
have slender, grassy, radical Ivs , stiff, erect sts.
bearing cup-shaped fls , and sparingly leafy and
with an erect caps. Bulbs small.
B. Caps, oblong, acute-angled or nnged: fls. hlac or
white These are hardy species, growing in the
meadows from Ore to Mont , where they endure
much cold. They form a connecting link be-
tween the giant star tulips and the true man-
posas. Their Ivs are like those of the star tulips
— long, broad and glossy Like the star tulips,
also, the seed-pod is handsome, 3-cornered and
winged. The sts are stiffly erect the fls cup-
shaped, not .so brilliant as the true manposas,
but very delicate the plants are hardy, healthy
and vigorous, and are to be highly recommended
for cold climates
16. nftidus, Douglas Scape erect, but not stiff If.
solitary, glossy, narrow fls 1-3, large and showy, lilac,
yellowish, or white, with a deep indigo blotch in the
center, lined with jellow hairs Meadow*, E Ore to
Mont and N E Nev Specimens from Yellowstone
Lake are yellow. — Ver> beautiful and showy.
17. Grefcnei, Wats St stout and branching, 1 ft ,
2-5-fld.: sepals with a jellowish hairy spot, petals
lilac barred with yellow below, and somewhat purplish,
loose-hairy, not ciliate caps beaked Calif, and Ore.
18 longebarbatus, Wats Slender, about 1 ft high,
bulb-bearing near the base, with 1 or 2 narrow radical
Ivs . 2-branched and usually 2-fld fls erect or nearly
so, lilac with yellow at ba.se, warcely hiuy except the
long-bearded gland. Wa.sh
19 Howelhi, Wats St erect, 1 ft or more, 1-2-fld :
Ivs very narrow .sepals ovate, hhort-acummate; petals
yellowLsh white, 1 in long, denticulate, slightly ciliate
near the base, brown-hairy m.side, the gland yellow-
hairy. Ore.
BB Caps, oblong, obtuse-angled.
c. Color yellow or orange or orange-red, more or less
marked with brown and purple (except in forms
of C luteus): in cult farms running into other
colors.
20 Weddii, Wood Radical If single, glossy, broad:
st. tall, leafy, bearing large orange-colored fls dotted
with purple, petals triangular, square-topped gland
small, hairy bulb heavily coated with fiber. S Calif.
B M. 6200 (as C atnnus). G C III. 16.183.— Varies
to white.
Var purpurascens, Wats. (C. Flummery, Greene).
Similar, but lilac or purple and very showy. Calif.
GC III. 16-133. JH III 29:289. Gn. 47:80— A
fine form with fl. of large size and full outline, lined
with long, silky yeilow hairs.
Var ve*stus, Purdy. Petals much more truncated
and curiously fringed with brown hairs; reddish brown.
Santa Barbara.
Var. obispoe'nsis, Purdy (C obispoensis,Lemm.). Fig.
748. Tall and slender, branching, very flortferous:
petals yellow, verging to red at the tip and less than
half the length of the orange-brown sepals. Calif.
G.F. 2:161 (adapted in Fig. 748).— Odd and bizarre.
634
CALOCHORTUS
CALOCHORTUS
21. Ke'nnedyi, Porter. Bulb small and ovoid: st.
very low, 1-4 in.: Ivs. linear, tufted from the branching
of the st.: fls. 2-4, in an umbel; sepals broad with a
purple spot; petals red-orange to vermilion, not cilia te
nor prominently hairy, purple-spotted at the center.
Desert species of S. Calif. B M. 7264. Gn. 43:108.
— Brilliant and desirable, but difficult to grow.
22. aureus, Wats. Low, 4-6 in., with a single
carinate radical If.: petals yellow, not hairy, the hairy
gland purple-bordered. S. Utah.
748. Calochortus obispoensis. No. 20 var.
23. clavatus, Wats. Petals yellow lined with b»-own,
the lower part bearing club-shaped (clavate) hairs,
the gland deep and circular; anthers purple. Calif. —
In this excellent sort vve have the largest-fld. and stout-
est-stemmed of all mariposas. The bulb is very large,
the single bare If . 1 or 2 ft. long1 the st. is heavy, stout
and zigzag. The fls. are shaped like a broad-based
bowl, sometimes 5 ar 6 in across The color is a deep,
rich yellow, and tho lower half is covered thickly with
stiff yellow hairs, each tipped with a round translucent
knob, and in the light look like tiny icicles. There are
various strains: Elaorado, the largest, not so deep
rellow; Ventura, very stout, deep yellow; Obispo, hke
'ie last, but the upper half of the back of each petal
is olive-brown, which shows Jirough the deep yellow
of the inside, giving changeable shades.
24 c6ncolor, Purdy (C luteus var. cdncolor, Baker).
Bulb large reddish. Ivs. narrow, g'aucous: st. 1-2 ft,,
umbellate, if more than 1-fld.: not zigzag; petals a
rich deep yellow, tending toward orange, Tower third
densely nairy with long yellow hairs above an oblong
gland. A desert species of S Calif . Much like C. clava-
tus in general aspect.
ye
th«
25. luteus, Douglas. BUTTERFLY TULIP. St. 1-10.
fld , bulb-bearing near the base. Ivs. very narrow:
sepals narrow-lanceolate, with a brown spot; petals
2 in. or less long, yellow or orange, brown-lined, slightly
hairy below the middle, the gland densely hairy. Calif
B.R. 1567.— Variable. Some of the forms are sold as
C. venustm.
Var. citrinus, Wats. (C. veniistus var. citrinus,
Baker) . Petals lemon-yellow, with a central brown spot.
Var. oculatus, Wats. (C. veniistus var. octdAtu8t
Hort.,. Petals pale or white, lilac or yellowish, with a
dark spot.
Var. robustus, Purdy (C. venustus var. robti&fw,
Hort.). A very bulbifeious form having white fls.
luridly tinged in browns and purples. Very beautiful
and also one of the hardiest.
26. Vesta, Purdy. BUTTERFLY TULIP. Tall and large-
fld. with petals more narrowly cuneate than in C. luteus
var. oculatus, and the gland narrow and doubly lunate,
color from white tinged through lilac to pink and lilac-
purple; fl. often lacimalely gashed, above the gland
rearing rich maroon poncifings and markings. N. W.
Calif, in adobe soil — One of the largest-fld., showiest
and most easily grown of manposa tulips. Named by
its author in compliment to his wife
cc. Color prevailingly white or lilac, but sometimes run-
ning into yellows.
27. veniistus, Benth. BUTTERFLY TULII* Stout, 6-36
in.: petals white or pale lilac, \\ith a i eddish spot at
top, a brown-yellow center, and brown base: gland
large and oblong, usually densely hanj . caps. 1-2 l 2
in. long. Calif B R. 1009. FS 2 104 (Jn. 46, p.
395. — Very variable The yellow forms (as var snl-
phitreus, Hort ) are often treated as forms of (' luteus
To this group of calochortuses us properly applied the
Spanish name manposa (butterfly), for their brilliantly
colored fi\ , with eye-like spots on each petal and
sepal, and other delicate mai kings with dots, lines and
hairs, which are strongly .suggestive of the \\in£s of a
brilliantly colored butterfly. Botanists have variously
divided this great group of allied forms between C.
luteus and C. veniuttiit> Botanically all may be consid-
ered as either strains of one variable species or as a
number of closely allied species.
Var. Eldorado. Purdy. The finest strain of (7. ven-
ustus in cult. It occurs naturally in a wonderfully
varied mixture, in color from pure \vlute through pink,
to deep glowing reds and through h'ac to deep purples.
In one locality a few may vary to light yellow. Some
of these forms have been named var pic t us for the
white form, var. sanguirtewt for the blood-red. The pur-
ple forms are entirely distinct from C. venustus var.
purpurascens. Sicrran foothills from Eldorado County
to the far South. Altogether these plants comprise the
loveliest group of the manposa tulips.
Var. purpurascens, Wats. Petals deep lilac or pur-
plish, darker at center, the, fl. fully 3 in. across. Coast
Range. Strong grower. Gn. 46.394.
Var. rdseus, llort. (C. rbseus, Hort.). Creamy white
or lilac, with an eye midway and a rose-colored blotch
at apex. Gn 46.394.
Var. sulphureus, Purdy. Taller than the type:
petals light warm yellow with eye, and with a rose-
colored blotch at top. Lower part of San Joaquin
Valley, Calif.
28. splendens, Douglas. Tall and slender, 1-2 ft.: fls.
1-l^i in. across, deep purple wii-h a dark spot on the
clavr and with or without a gland covered with matted
hairs. San Diego Co., Calif. Known in horticulture as
C. splendens var. atrowolaceus.
Var. major, Purdy. Strong and tall, 1-2 ft.: fls. 2-3
in. across; petals large, clear lilac, paler below, with a
CALOCRORTUS
CALONYCTION
635
,uU
dee
darker claw and scattered long white hairs below the
middle. Coast Ranges, Monterey Co., Calif.
Var. montanus, Purdy. More slender than the type,
often bulbiferous: lilac to salmon-pink, densely hairy
with short yellow hairs about the
gland. High mts., S. Calif.
Var. rubra, Purdy. Large, with
deep-seated reddish bulb, 1-3 ft.:
fls. reddish lilac, pink or purple;
petals quite hairy, with short hairs
on the lower third. Lake Co .
Calif.
29. flexudsus, Wats. Related
to C. splendens, but with sts. so
weak as almost to be said to creep.
The fls. are large and very bril-
liant, a dazzling purple, with a *
darker purple eye, and yellow •
hairs below. S. Utah.— Intro, by ,,749- Calochortus
Purdy in 1807. Gumusomi. < x to
30 PAlmeri. Wats. St. 1-2 ft, very slender and
flevuous, 1-7-nd , bulb-bearing near the base: sepals
with long, narrow, recurved tips, spotted; petals 1
in or less long, white (or yellowish below), with a
brownish claw and bearing scattered hairs about the
gland* caps very narrow. S. Calif — The C. Palmen
of dealers is sometimes C. splendens var. montnnus.
31 catallnae, Wats. (C. Lyonii, Wats ). Habit of C.
. '/tm/t/w bt. 1—2 ft , branching: fl.s. white to lilac, or
Jeep lilac, very large and handsome, a large round
black spot at base of each petal — A lovely species
between (' xplendtns and C venualus Remarkable for
blooming with the star tulip section, fully a month
before other manposas Native to Santa Catalina Isl.,
off S Calif , also to Calif, coa-st
32 Nuttallii, Torr A Gray SEGO LILY. St. erect
and stiff, 1-2 ft , bulb-bearing at base, usually with only
1 raulme If, 1-5-fld: sepals ovate-lanceolate, often
datk-spottetl, petals 1-2 in long, white tinged with
greenish yellow or lilac, with a purplish spot or band
above the jellow ba.se and hairy about the gland;
anthers obtuse Dak and Xeb to (^ahf. and New Mex.,
having the widest range of any calochortus — There
are no more exquisitely beautiful fls than these sego
lilies (the Mormon name) of the Great Basin Most of
them are plants of the sage-brush deserts. The Ivs.
are an ashy green, the foliage scant, but the great fls.
are wonderful m tint ings. There are shades in blue,
pink, lilac, and yellowish; also white. The eego lily
is the State flower of Utah.
33 Leichtlinh, Hook, f Slender alpine species
(5-6 in. high), by some regarded as a form of C. Nuttal-
lii fls srnoky wrhite, banded with green and marked
with dark brown Sierra Nevadas. B.M.5862. F.S.
20 2116.
34. Giinnisonii, WatH. Fig 749. Much like C.
Nnttalhi. anthers acuminate, fls. light blue or almost
white, delicate yellowish gieen below the middle, pur-
;le-banded at the bavse, and bearing a band of green
airs across each petal. Rocky Mts., Wyo. to New
Mex.
35. macrocArpus, Douglas. GREEN-BANDED MARI-
P08A LILY. St. stiff, the cauhne Ivs. 3-5: fls. 1 or 2;
sepals acuminate, sometimes spotted; petals 2 in. or
less, acute, lilac with a greenish mid vein, somewhat
hairy. B.R. 1152. N Calif, to Wash, and Idaho.—
This fine species forms a group by itself. It has a very
large bulb, a stout almost leafless st.; and a large fl.
of an exquisite pale lavender, banded down the oack
with green. Petals long, narrow and pointed.
BBB. Caps, linear, not winged or prominently angled.
36. fllvus, Schult. f. (Cyclobdthra flaw, Lindl.).
St. slender, 1-2 ft., forked: Ivs. 2 or 3 below the
41
fi
fork, linear, long-acuminate: fls. yellow, upright;
petals and sepals acute, rhombic-oblong, with a darker
somewhat hairy gland, the petals hairy and usually
denticulate. Mex.
37. Bonplandiinus, Schult. f. (C. purpureus, Baker.
Cyclobdthra purpurea, Sweet). Rather stout, 3 ft.:
st.-lvs. short, acuminate-lanceolate: fls. yellow and pur-
ple' the sepals with a purple pit and the petals purple
outside: gland naked. Mex. CARL PURDY
L. H. B.
CALOD^NDRUM (Greek, beautiful tree). PaUdsia,
Houtt, which is the older name Rutdceae. One of the
handsomest deciduous trees at the Cape of Good Hope;
cultivated in northern greenhouses, and outdoors in
southern California and southern Flonda.
The great panicles of white or flesh-colored fls. are
sometimes 7 in across and 6 in deep It is a symmetri-
cal tree, with attractive evergreen foliage and many
interesting features. Called "wild chestnut" in Afr.
Prop, by cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass in
heat A monotypic genus.
cape"nsis, Thunb. CAPE CHESTNUT. Height in Afr.
70 ft. . branches opposite, or in 3V Ivs. simple, decussate,
ovate, obtuse retuse or acute, parallel-nerved, 4-5 in.
long, studded with oil-cysts, which look like translucent
spots when held to the light panicles terminal , peduncles
usually trichotomous; calyx deciduous, petals 5, hnear-
oblong, \y% in long, 2 lines wide, sprinkled with purple
glands, stamens 10, 5 alternate, sterile, and petaloid:
seeds 2 in each cell, larger than a hazelnut, black and
shining. G.C. II. 19:217. Also written CoLodendrm
ctipense.
CALONfCTION (Greek, referring to the beauty
of the flower, and the night-blooming habit). Con-
volvutocex. MOONFLOWER Twining perennial herbs
with large night-blooming flowers.
Flowers white or purple, fragrant, showy; sepals 5,
the outer ones \vitn horn-like tips, corolla salver-
form, the limb more or less flat, the tube very long
and not dilated at the throat; stamens 5. exserted;
style capitate and obscurely 2-lobed, ovules 4: Ivs.
broadj alternate. — Three species in Trop. Amer , two
of which are widely cult By some, the genus is united
with Iponuca. but it is well distinguished by the salver-
form rather tnan funnelform or bell-shaped corolla, by
the exserted stamens and style, and by the night-
blooming habit.
aculearum, House (C specidsum, Choisy. Ipom&a
Bdna-ndx, Linn ). MOONFLOWER. Fig 750. St 10-20
ft. high, with milky juice. Ivs. 3-8 in long, cordate to
hastate, angular or 3-lobed, acute, glabrous: peduncles
2-6 in. long, 1-7-fld , equaling the petioles; corolla 3-6
in. long, 3-6 in. wide, trumpet-shaped, white, some-
tunes with greenish plaits;
fls.fragrant, usually closing
in the morning, sometimes
remaining open till noon.
Aug., Sept. B.M. 752. BR.
11:889, 917 (as Ipomaea
latiflora). Gn. 21, p. 259;
27, p. 473. V. 10:359.
Known in gardens chiefly
as Iponuea Bona-nox var.
grandiflora, Hort. (7.
grandifldra, Roxbg. and
Hort., not Lam.), which
does not differ materially
from the type. Most of
the large-fid, and very*
fragrant forms in cult,
may be referred here.
Var. grandiflorum, Hort.,
is sold under the following 750. Moonflower — Calonycttoc
names: Iporwea Childm,
636
CALONYCTION
CALOTHAMNUS
/. noctiphyton, I. noctiflora, I. mexicana grandiflora, I.
mexicana grandiflora alba, f. mexicana grandiflora vera.
These trade names represent strains of varying ex-
cellence. (C. grandtflorum, Choisy, is Ipomcea Tuba.) A
form with variegated Ivs. is offered. Var. heterophyllum,
has Ivs. 3-5-lobcd and subhastate. — The moonflower
is most popular as a garden plant, but it also does
well trained along the roof of a low house or against
a pillar. It is excellent for cut-fls. m the evening.
Little grown in the open N. because it does not
mature in the short seasons. It grows wild in swamps
and thickets in peninsular Fla., and is probably
indigenous there. Widespread in tropics of both
hemispheres.
muricatum, G. Don. (Convdlvulus muncatus, Linn.
Ipom&a muricata, Jacq. Calonyction specibburn var,
muncatum, Choisy). Fls. purple, smaller than those of
C ' speciosum, the
tube very slender
and the expanded
partof the tubenot
over 3 in. broad. —
Tropical regions;
extensively cult,
in Japan and
India, and often
seen m American
conservatories
C tatttnse, House
(Ipomcea tastense,
Brandos), is the third
epeciesof Calonyction.
It is native to Lower
Calif , and not in
cult C grandifldrum,
Choisy.=»Ipomcea
Tuba- L.H B.
CAL6PHACA
(Greek, kalos. (
beautiful, ana
phaka, lentil).
Leguminbsx. Or-
namental plants
cultivated chiefly
for their bright
yellow flowers ap-
pearing in sum-
mer
Dec id uo us
shrubs or herbs,
with alternate,
odd-pinnate, pub-
escent, and often
glandular Ivs.:
stipules scanous
or herabceous, adnate to the petiole: fls. papili-
onaceous, solitary or m racemes; calyx tubular with 6
nearly equal teeth; standard upright; wings oblong,
free, as long as keel; ovary sessile with many ovules:
pod pubescent and glandular, cylindrical. — About 10
species from S Russia to E India.
« The two cultivated species are low, prostrate shrubs,
with grayish green foliage, and rather large yellow
flowers m erect axillary racemes, followed by decorative
reddish pods. They prefer a well-drained soil and sunny
position, and are well adapted for borders of shrubberies
and sandy or rocky slopes. Propagated by seeds sown
in spring; the young seedlings should have plenty of
light and air, as they are very liable to damp-off if kept
too moist and shady. Sometimes grafted high on Cara-
gana or Laburnum, forming a very attractive small
standard tree with pendulous branches.
wolgarica, Fisch. Fig 751. Two to 3 ft.: pubescent
and glandular Ifts 11-17, roundish-ovate or oval, %-
%m. long: racemes long-peduncled, with 4-7 fls.;
coiolla over %m. long. June, July. S. Russia, Turkes-
tan. C. grandiflora,
racemes 10-16-fld.;
35:1231.
is similar, but Ifts. 17-25:
1 in. long. S. Russia. Gt.
ALFRED REHDER.
CALOPHfLLUM (Greek, beautiful-leaved). Guttif-
Woody plants of the Old World and American
tropics, with shining leathery leaves, sometimes planted
South.
Leaves parallel-veined at right angles to the midrib:
fls. polygamous in many axillary or terminal clusters;
sepals and petals 4-12, in 2-3 series; stamens very nu-
merous, fr. a drupe with a single erect seed — Sixty
species. Closely related to Gamma, which, however,
has only 4-8 sepals.
In India, several species are of considerable economic
importance, especially C Kmophyllum, which is the
source of a gum, and the seeds of which contain the
well-known domba oil 'used exteiihively for lighting
purposes* They must be grown in a warmhouse and in
a rich well-aerated soil.
Calaba, Jacq. CALAUA TREE. A tree, to GO ft.: Ivs.
variable, dark glossy gieen, 3-10 in long : fls in axillary
racemes, white, rarely produced in cult , the petals
about 3 lines long: fr. about 1 in. diam. W. Indies,
perhaps intro. from the Old World. Timber and oil
inophyllum. Linn. A medium-sized tree, with gray
smooth bark: Ivs. 4-8 m long, 3-4 in wide, shin-
ing on both surfaces: racemes in the upper axils,
the fls. about £im. diam. and pure white; inner
sepals petal-like: fr. about 1 in duun , yellow,
smooth, almost fleshy. Trop. Asia. N TAYLOR.
CALOPOGON (Greek, beautiful beard, in allusion
to the fringed or bearded lip). Orchidacea1 A very
attractive native orchid, sometimes planted m bog-
gardens and rock-gardens.
Flowers magenta-cnmson, varying to white, in a loose
raceme on a naked scape, sepals and petals all distinct
and spreading, the Up narrow at ba.se but broader and
hairy above, column winged at summit, not attached
to other parts; pollmia 2 in each anther cell — One
species, in bogs and moist meadows, Newfoundland to
Fla. and westward. Cathea is fui older name, but, be-
cause of its general acceptance, Calopogon KS retained
in the "nomina conservanda" of the Vienna code.
A moist and shaded position and veiy porous soil
are most suitable for thus pretty plant, although it may
do admirably in a rock-garden only slightly shaded at
midday .f the plants are watered very freely every day
during hot or dry weather. Propagated by offsets,
separated from the old tubers, but the old established
plants should not be disturbed very often. Collected
clumps of many native orchids arc offeied at very
reasonable figures, and these give immediate results,
while the small offsets would not be strong enough to
flower for several yeans, and require much attention
during the first year, or perhaps longer (J H. Keller)
pulchellus, II. Br. (Limoddrum tuberfaum, Linn , in
part). Height 12-18 m , from a solid bulb or corm,
bearing a single grass-like If. at the ba&e: scape 2-12-
fld.; lip bearded with white, yellow, and purple club-
shaped hairs; pretty. G.F. 10:505. J.II. III. 35:45.
B.M. 116. L. H. B.f
CALOSCfoDUM: Nothoaoordum.
CALOTHAMNUS (Greek, beautiful bush). Myr-
tacex. Australian shrubs (more than twenty species)
somewhat similar to Callisternon but more graceful in
habit; evergreen greenhouse subjects, and hardy out-
of-doors in California.
Leaves long, alternate: fls. showy, usually red, in
lateral clusters; stamens united in bundles opposite
the petals; anthers erect, attached by the base, oblong
or linear; cells parallel, turned inwards, opening by
longitudinal slits. For cult., see Cattistemon.
CALOTHAMNUS
CAL ACANTHUS
637
quadrifidus, R. Br. Height 2-4 ft. : Ivs. narrow, terete
or slightly flattened, heath-like, glandular-dotted: fls.
rich crimson, 4-merous; calyx 2-lobed in fr.; stamina!
bundles nearly equal, of 15-20 or more filaments.
W. Austral. B M. 1506.
C rupMriK, Rohtiu. Kwrgrecn shrub, the branches de-nscly
covered with nocdb-liko nm.ill Ivs . fls in small clustf-r-* on previous
year's growth, stamens with crimson filaments and yellow anthers.
BM.7900. J. BURTT DAVY.
CAL6TROPIS (from Greek words referring to the
beauty of parts ot the flower). Asclcpuidacex. Milk-
weed-hkc shrubs, or small trees, grown in the Ameri-
can tropics and one species offered in bouthern Cali-
fornia
Branching, glabrous or tomentose-canescent: Ivs.
opposite, subsessile, broad, fib. with 5-parted calyx
glandular inside, corolla bell-shaped or bornewhat
rotate, 5-parted with broad lobes; crown of 5 narrow
fleshy scales adnate to the staniinal tube and free and
recuived at the ba.se; pollmia sohtary in each cell,
obovate-oblong and comniessed, hanging from the
apex fr short horned gibbous acuminate pods mobtly
in pairs, .seeds with silky hairs — Three bpecics in Trop.
Asia and Afr , sometimes grown under glass ui col-
lections but in this countiy practically confined to the
tropics The baik of Cr. yigaiitea produces a strong
fiber, and the acrid rnilky juice dries into a substance like
gutta-percha The silk on the seeds is used hi fabrics
by natives, that of C. procera is said to be exported
from the Cape Verde IsLs as kapok (kapok is usually
from the ceiba or bilk-cotton tree).
gigantea, 11 Br (Abclepws gigan&a. Willd.). GIANT
MiLKWEhD Tree-like, 8-15 ft., with pale bark and
woolly shooN Ivs obovate to broad wedge-shaped,
entire, woollv beneath fls ro.se and purple, in simple
or compound umbels \vith mvolucrate scales, the
corolla-segms bent downwards and twisted with ag_e:
fr 3-4 in. long; seeds broadly ovate. B.ll 58. India,
and planted or escaped m W. Indies.
procfera, Dry (Abcttptas proctra, Ait ) Shrub or
bush, to 15 ft Ivs more oblong and acute than those of
C. giganlca, grayish: fls. white and purple in long-
ped uncled cottony umbels; corolla-lobes erect: fr.
4-5 in long, recurved; beeds ovoid. B K. 1702 India.
— Offered in S Calif., and said to be known m Porto
Rico as Algodon de seda. L. H. B.
CALPtJRNIA (after Calpurnius, an imitator of Virgil,
because these plants are allied to Virgiha) Ijegumi-
no.sa- Trees and shrubs from tropical and southern
Africa, cultivated out-of-doors in southern California
and other subtropical regions.
Leaves odd-pinnate with numerous Ifts : racemes
long, axillary and terminal, the peduncles often panicu-
late, giving rise to a splendid showy mfl.; fls. yellow, the
calyx Dell-shaped' petals pea-like: pods membranous-
winged on one side, often flattish. — Ten species.
sylvatica, Mey. Shrub, 6-10 ft high' Ivs 2-0 in.
long; Ifts. m 3-10 pairs, membranous, obovate-elhp-
tical, retuse or obtuse: fls. j/^m. long; ovary glabrous.
Caffraria. — Also rarely cult. N. as a greenhouse shrub.
Iasi6gyne, Mey. (C. aitrca, Benth.). A taller shrub,
very rarely tree-like, with larger evergreen lvs.? more
coriaceous, more pubescent, and exactly elliptical or
oblong Ifts: fls. racemose, much like Laburnum, appear-
ing in winter, as do the fls. of most S. African plants.
The silky ovary at once distinguishes it. Natal.
N. TAYLOB.f
CALTHA (Latin name of the marigold). Ranuncu-
Zdcea». Beautiful hardy blooming marsh plants, the
largest and best of which arc used about water-gardens
and moist parts of borders.
Succulent perennial herbs, glabrous, with a fascicle
of strong, fibrous roots: Ivs. simple, rather rounded-
cordate at base: fls. yellow, white or pink; sepals large,
deciduous, petal-like; petals none; stamens numerous:
carpels sessile, becoming follicles, with 2 rows of seeds.
— About 10 species of temperate and frigid regions.
Monogr. by G Beck, in Kaiserhch-Konighche Zo6L
Bot. GcselLschaft (Vienna, 1880), 36:347-363; E. Huth,
Monogr m Helios 9 '60-74.
Calthas flourish best in wet places near running
water Though natuially bog- plan ts; they succeed ad-
mirably well in an ordinary border in rather rich soil.
They should be introduced more liberally into the
flower-garden, where they bloom very freely year after
year, and usually mature a second quite abundant
crop of bloom in the fall. The flowers last a long tune
m water, and sell readily in the cut-flower market
The propagation is naturally accomplished by roots
and by seed. The roots divide easily and seyeral of the
species send out rootstalks The divisions may be made
best in lute fall or mild winter weather If seeds are
used, they must be fresh and given a moLst, cool place
m partial shade.
bifldra, DC. No true St.: scape slender, usually 2-
fld.: Ivs. as in C. palustns: »epals 6-9, nearly white or
sometimes bluish: follicles at maturity distinctly stalked
Spring. Calif, to Alaska.
leptosepala, DC. Stout scape, 8-12 in • Ivs all basal
or barely 1 on St.; nerves at base nearly parallel, other-
wise like those of C. bijhra. sepals 7-10, oblong, becom-
ing narrower, white: fls solitary: follicles scarcely
stalked. May, June. Alaska to Wash, and Colo. Gn.
30.340.
palustris, Linn MARSH MARIGOLD. St. hollow, 1-2
ft , branching, several-fld Ivs cordate or remform, den-
tate, crenate or entire fls bnght yellow, 1-2 in. broad;
sepals 5 or 6, rarely 7: follu les compressed, }/i\i\ long.
Apr .-June Wet ground Carohnas to Canada arid west-
ward Gt 47, p 630 Gn 5'», p 166 —Used before flow-
ering in the spnng as "cow slip preens." Var monstrdsa-
pleno, Hort (var. fibre- pi < no, Hort ) An improvement
on the above' fls. larger, of greater substance, and often
much doubled. Veiy beautiful Var. T^ermanii, Hort.
A dwarf form with golden fls. G M. 52:415.
polypetala, Hochst. Two ft. high- Ivs 10-12 in.
across: fls. 3 in. across. Caucasus and Asia Minor. —
The plant spreads rapidly by stolons and may thus be
easily prop. Gn. 69, p 269
C clita, Duthie. Fla smaller than in C. palustns, goldm yello*
'v--- •-••'• ,ts and black anthers. Himalaya Gn.W.
K. C. DAVIS.
with orange-colored filj
21 006, desc
CALTROPS: Trapa
CALVOA (apparently a personal name). Melas-
tomacejT. A hall-dozen or more herbs and shrubs in
Trop. Afr., often succulent, with terete or 4-angled
branches, enlarged nodes, long-petioled ovate 3-5-
nerved Ivs., and red, rosy or violet fls in scorpioid
cjmes None of them is likely to be m commerce for
cult , although C orientals, Taub , is known in botanic
gardens It is a small shrub with 4-angled bts. produc-.
ing aerial roots: Ivs. nearly ovate, shining green and
veined red at the base, the petioles red: fls. red, becom-
ing violet, less than %m. across.
CALYCANTHUS (Kalyx and anthos, flower; the calyx
is large and conspicuous) . Syn Butribna. Calycanth&cex.
CAROLINA ALLSPICE. S\\ ELT-SCENTKD SHRUB. Orna-
mental shrubs, cultivated chiefly for their fragrant
flowers.
Winter-buds small, without bud-scales, hidden by the
base of petiole before the Ivs. fall: Ivs. opposite, petioled,
entire* fls with numerous imbricate sepals and no dis-
tinct petals; stamens many, short with innate anther=,
pistils many, inclosed in a hollow receptacle: fr caps -
like, formed like the rose-hip by the calyx-tube and
containing numerous achenes. — Four species in N
Amer.
638
CALYCANTHUS
CALYPSO
These are deciduous shrubs of aromatic fragrance,
with opposite rather large leaves usually rough above
and brown or brownish usually fragrant flowers,
terminal on leafy branchlets followed by a large capsule-
like dry fruit Except C. occidentahs, the species are
hardy or nearly hardy North. They grow in almost
752. Calycanthus
flondus.
any well-drained and somewhat rich soil, and succeed
as well in shady as m sunny potation-* Propagated by
seeds sown in spring; also increased by layers put down
in summer, and by suckers or division of older plants
A. Lvs densely pubescent beneath.
fl6ridus, Linn Fig. 752. Three to 6 ft. . Ivs oval or
broad-ovate, acuminate, dark green above, pale or
grayish green beneath, 1 ^-3 in long fls dark reddish
brown, fragrant, about 2 m broad Va to Fla B M
503 On 21, p 184, 33, p. 392 —This species is much
cult for its very fragrant fls and is the hardiest
of all Var ovatus, Lav (C. ovatus, Ait.). Lvs ovate
to ovate-oblong, rounded or subcordate at the base.
L.I. 24.
AA. Lvs. glabrous beneath or nearly so: fls. slightly or not
fragrant.
fgrtilis, Walt (C ferax, Michx C. tevigatus, Willd
C. ndna, Loisel ). Three to 6 ft : Ivs usually elliptic or
oblong, acute or acuminate, green beneath, 2-5^ in-
long fls reddish brown, 1H in. broad; anthers oblong:
fr. ovoid, contracted at the mouth as in the preceding
species. Alleghames, from Ga to N C. and Ala. B.R.
6:481 — Roots, Ivs and bark used for their antipenodic
properties. Fr. said to be poisonous to sheep. Var.
glaucus, Schneid (C glaucus, Willd ) Fig 753. Lvs
usually ovate or oblong-ovate, acuminate, glaucous
beneath- fls paler BR 5:404. Var oblongifdlius,
Nutt , with oblong-lanceolate Ivs glaucous beneath.
occidental's, Hook. & Arn. (C. macrophyllus, Hort.).
To 12 ft . Ivs. usually rounded at the base, ovate or
oblong-ovate, green beneath and sometimes slightly
pubescent, 4-6 in. long- fls light brown, 3 in. broad;
anthers linear: fr. campanulatc, not contracted at the
mouth. Calif. B M. 4808. F.S. 11:1113. R.H. 1854:
34L Gn 33, p. 392.,
C. Mdhrii, Small. Shrub. 2-6 ft.: Ivs. ovate to oblong-ovate at
the base, rounded to subcoraate or broadly cuneate, densely pubes-
cent beneath, 2-7 in long fls. purple, fragrant, more than 2 in.
across Tenn and Ala. Little-known species, very similar to C.
floridus var ovatua, but the fr campanulate and not contracted at
the mouth. It has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum — C.
prkcox, Lmn.-Meratia praxxjx. ALFRED R-EIIDKR.
CALYCOCARPUM (Greek, cup-fruit, alluding to the
stone). Menispertnaceae. A tall-climbing vine, genus
monotypic. C. Lyomi, Nutt , in rich woods, Ky. to
Kans and south: woody twiner: Ivs large and broad,
simple, deeply palmately 3-5-lobed, the lobes pointed:
fls. small, greenish, in long racemose panicles, in May
and June: fr. a globular drupe, the stone or pit hollowed
out on one side, ripe in Aug.
CALYC(3TOME (Kalyx, and torne, a beet ion or cut:
calyx looks as if cut on). Legummbs<e Ornamental
shrubs chiefly grown for their profusely produced
yellow flowers, also used for low hedges
Leaves 3-foholate, without stipules fls papiliona-
ceous; calyx turbmate, truncate, colored; standard
upright; keel obtuse, curved, shorter than standard;
stamens 10 with the filaments connate; ovary sessile,
many-ovuled % pod linear-oblong, along the upper
suture winged or strungly thickened, 2-valved — 'Five
species in the Medit region
Calycotomes are low spiny shrubs with small 3-foho-
late ueciduous leaves and fascicled or sohtaiy yellow
papilionaceous flowers. Hardy only in \vairuei tem-
perate legions. They prefer a sunny position and well-
drained soil For propagation, see Cytum*
villdsa, Link Two to 4 ft : branchlets giayish toincn-
tose Ifts obovate to oblong-obovate, densely silky
beneath, under y^m long fls ^In l°ng» 3 or more,
.fascicled: pod villous. May, June — It is excellent for
'dense low hedges
spindsa, Link Closely allied, but somewhat larger
in every part, and with glabrous branchlets and pods:
fls. sohtaiy or few. B R. 32:55. ALFRED REHDEU
CALYPSO (from the Greek goddess, whose name sig-
nifies concealment, referring to its lauty and beaut)).
Orchtdacex. One of the rarest and most prized native
orchids
A delicate bog-plant, 3-4 in high, with a small bulb,
1 roundish or ovate striated If , and 1 pink fl \vith a
spotted sac. For culture, see Calopogon, but moie diffi-
cult to grow than that plant. A monotypic genus.
bulbdsa, Oakes Fig. 754 Lf an inch wide and long:
scape 3-4 in. high, with about 3 sheaths; sepals and
petals similar, ascending, lanceolate, acuminate, pink;
tip larger than the rest of the fl., with brown spots in
lines and purple and yellow markings, woolly-hairy
CALYPSO
CAMASSIA
639
t:
within; column petal-like, ovate, bearing the lid-like
anther just below the apex. Maine to Minn, and N ;
also Eu Abundant in parts of Ore. and Wash. B.M.
2763. G.C. II. 16:656.
CALYPTR6GYNE (from calypfra, hidden, and gyne,
woman, in allusion to the half-hidden gynrecmm).
Palrnrtceae, tribe Geonbmcx Short, almost completely
btemless and unarmed palms with unequally pinnate
terminal leaves.
Stems frequently btolomfcrous, when present, ringed
below. Ivs. nuineious, often with the pinnate begins
loined together, in extreme youth 4-parted instead of
ji-partite as in most related genera, Ifts somewhat
irregularly disposed on the rachis, broadly or narrowly
scythe-shaped, lunning at the tip to an abrupt point,
at the base revolute, petiole very short or pi.tctieally
none spadix simple or sometimes branched at the base,
long-stalked, spat lies 2, fis. a little unequal, with 3
sepaK, 3 petals and 6 stamens, the style half immersed
in the spadix fr oblong or obovoid, 1 -.seeded — About
4 species, all from Trop N Amei From Geonoma, a
near lelative and hoi 1 1< ultm ally a much more impor-
tant genus, Calyptiogjne is distinguished only by the
ahnost stemless habit, and the purely technical charac-
ter of having piommently anow-shaped anthers. In
Geonoma the anthers aie pendulous, but not
sagittate
Cal}ptiog>ncs aie handsome palms, seldom seen out-
side of laigc collections Special care must be given to
the soil so that it will be sweet and porous, e- penally
after the plants leave the seed-pan \\ ell-diamed pots
and a little ch ircoal mixed \vith the soil, and the plants
kept in a unifoimly moist st ite, are conditions essential
to the healthv gnmth of the pi tnts In this genus, C
Ghietbreqhtitind is the most widely known spe< les,
anothei gaiden name foruhich i^Gtowtmn Vir^chufftlhi
These are shade-loving palrns, ha\ ms. leaves of compara-
tively thin textuie, and consequent 1> aie subject to
attacks of red spidei unless properly caicd for m regard
to moisture Calyptiog\nes are most usetul in a small
state, old plants in general being lather leggy and poorly
furnished (G. W. Ohver and VV IL Taphn.)
but young plants
arc specially at-
glatica, H. Wendl. (Gednoma glauca, Oerst ) Practi-
cally stemless: Ivs 4-5 ft long, the sheathing petiole
brownish, about 1 ft long; Ifts numerous, about 2-3
in. apart, with 4 principal nerves, and scarcely any
secondary ones:
fopadix simple, dif-
fering fiom the
following species
in which the
spadix is often
branched, 2-3 ft.
long, the pistillate
flu half hidden m
tiny pits Cent.
Amer. G C. III.
30 179 — Not a
common species,
ng pl
cially
tractive.
Ghiesbregh-
tifcna, H Wendl.
(Gfbttonta Ghiex-
bnyfitifinn, Lmdl.
& H Wendl. G.
nwynljica and G.
Verschaffeltit,
Jloit ) St short
or almost none:
petiole 5 ft long:
Ivs elongate-oval;
begins m 6 pairs,
unequal, almost
opposite, rather
remote, lanceo-
late, very long-
acuminate, fal-
cate, the 2 upper-
most on each side
755. Camarotis rostrata
754. Calypso borealis.
very wide spadix
often branched
below, the fls half hidden in tiny pits Chiapas, Mex
HM 5782
C varainuutnsrs, H. AVendl St short Ivs 6ft long Costa Rica,
G C' III 2') 217. desr — C* sptcigera, H Wendl ^t evident Us.
irrtKularly pinnate, 3 ft or l«-si long, the stalks flat on upper side.
Guatemala — C. Swdrtzu, Hurt , 18 a Geonoma XT T *x T «»
i> 1 A i L»OR.
CALYPTROSTfGMA. DiermUa M tddendorffiana.
CALYSTfeGIA. Convolvului
CAMAR6TIS (a mull, in reference to the cavity in the
apex of t he lip) Orchitldceap Epiphytic hothouse orchids.
Stems elongated, \\ith short Ivs , and many-fld.
racemes sepals and petals similar, spreading, lip
spin red, 3-lobcd, rostcllum and anther beaked ; pollima
2, upon long thin stipes — Species 2, in E India
rostrata, Reichb (C purpurea, Lmdl Sarchochllus
pmphreus, lienth ) Fig 7,35 Sts 2-3 ft long, climb-
ing Ivs oblong-linear, bifid at apex, 3-4 in long:
laccmcs longer than Ivs ; fls. crowded, about 1 m.
diam , rose-purple, the lip somewhat darker India.
P M. 7:25. — A scarce plant, now offered in American
lists. Free-growing plant with aerial roots similar to
some epidcndrums The treatment accorded to the
vandas and saccolabiums with similar roots will suit
the camarotis. GEORGE V. NASH.
CAMASSIA (Quamash or Catnass is the Indian
name). Sometimes written Quomasia. Liluicex.
CAMASS West American spring-flowering bulbs.
Leaves all radical, long-lance-shaped, sheathing,
from a true bulb that is pointed and with a rounded
rather flattened base: sts. erect, 2-3 ft , bearing many
bracted blossoms that open from the bottom of the
raceme upward, in long succession, fls. blue, purple,
white or cream, with 6 spreading 3-7-nervea eegms.,
640
CAMASSIA
CAMASSIA
6 thread-like filaments, filiform style, and 3-angled,
3-valved, several-seeded caps. — Five or 6 species in
the temperate regions of W. N. Amer. from Cent.
Calif, to Bnt. Col. and east to Texas and Ark. They
have resemblances to Scilla, but are much handsomer.
The bulbs produce no offsets unless wounded. All the
754. Camassia Cusickii. (fla.XH)
species vary greatly in width of Ivs , size and number
of fls., so that definite figures mean little The large
bulb and broad bluish Ivs of C Cutickn, the heavy
stv regular fls , and twisted old segms. of 0 Leicht-
hnii, the irregular fl and drooping segms of C. Quamash,
and the tune of flowering of C Howellii, are good gen-
eral characters to distinguish them.
Camassias are natives of rich meadows, very wet m
winter and spring but dry in summer Water often
stands on the surface at flowering time. While the very
best success can perhaps be attained by giving them a
rather heavy soil with abundant moisture in the early
season, they are most amenable to cultivation and
thrive in any loam (only avoiding too rank manures),
and they are perfectly hardy They have been thor-
oughly tested throughout the region from Illinois east.
Plant in early fall, from 3 to 4 inches apart and 3 to 6
inches deep, and do not disturb thereafter. As cut-
flowers, they are excellent as they open in long succes-
sion. Seeds grow readily, but from three to four years
are required to make flowering plants.
Cfcsickii, Wats. Fig 756 Bulbs very large (weigh-
ing 4-8 ozs ) . Ivs. numerous, broad, glaucous, somewhat
undulate (15 in. long by 1H in. wide): st. often 3 ft.
high: fls. 30-100, very pale delicately blue; segms.
spreading, crinkled at base, faintly 3-5-nerved. Ore.
G.F. 1:174 (adapted in Fig. 756) —The very large
bulb and broader and more numerous Ivs. easily dis-
tinguish this species. Very easily grown,
Quamash, Greene (C. escul&nta, Lindl.). COMMON
CAMASS. Fig. 757. This species vanes greatly; some
forms are low and slender, others 2-3 ft high, stout and
many-fld ; it can be distinguished by the irregular per-
ianth in which 5 segms. are more or less on one side and
1 on the other: Ivs %m. broad or less fls 10-40, varying
from almost white to intense ultramarine in the varieties;
segms. 3-5-rierved and a little longei than the stamens,
narrow and channeled at the base; pedicels not exceed-
ing the fls.: caps, ovate-oblong, obtuse, transversely
veined Calif, to Utah and north to Bnt Col. B.R.
1486. F.S 3 275 Gn. 46 338 and p 339 —Bulb
cooked and eaten by the Indians Tho fls vary to
white. The large ultramarine form is the one in the
trade. The withered segments fall down about the
pedicel irregularly
Lelchtlinii, Wats Stout, often 3 ft. or oven more in
height' fls white, cream-colored, blue or purple, nearly
regular; stamens and style ascending; segms broad and
flattened at the base, usually 5-7-nerved caps oblong-
ovate, emargmate, obliquely veined The withered
segms of the perianth twist about the caps like
bonbons; this is an infallible distinctive mark of the
species C Leitchhmi is not common, but is distributed
from Mendocmo Co , Calif , to Brit Col B M 6287
(as C escuknta var Leichllmn, Baker). — In Men-
docmo Co , a clear blue form grows rarely in mountain
meadows In tho Umpqua Valley, Ore , the type is
clear cream approaching white In the same region
and farther north, a very largo doep blue or purple
form is found, while in Bi it Col , the cream-colored
form again appears but is rare At their bost, the sts.
are stiff and heavy, the fls largo and many, and the
masses of bloom approach the Kromurua in beauty and
are even finer in separate fls C I^nchthnit is the finest
"ef all camassias Several eolor forms are described, as
var atrovioldcea, deep purple, and others
Hdwellii, Wats. Bulb rather small Ivs few, 1 ft.
long and less than Hin- wide st often 2 ft high, many-
fld , with spreading pedicels twice or more the length
of the linear
bracts fls pale
purple, opening in
the afternoon, the
begins ^m lon§,
3-5-nerved; pedi-
cels longer than
the fls • caps,
small, broadly
ovate and very
obtuse S Ore.
Intro by Pilkmg-
ton & Co , 18"2.
esculenta, Rob-
ins. (C. Frdsen,
Torr ) . Scape 12-
18 in high Ivs
keeled fls. light
blue, smaller than
in C Q\uimash;
segms. 3-nervcd;
pedicels mostly
longer than fls Pa.,
west and south.
BM. 1574 (as
Satta escidenta).
Var. angusta
(C. angtista,
Hort). Very slen-
der, and Ivs nar-
rower (J^in wide):
fls. smaller, ^ or
J^in long. La.
and Ark. to Texas.
CARL PUBDY.
CAMELLIA
CAMELLIA
641
CAMELLIA (after George Joseph Kamel or Cornelius,
a Moravian Jesuit, who traveled m Asia in the seven-
teenth century). Ternstroermdceje. CAMELLIA Woody
plants, chiefly grown for their showy white or red
flowers and also for their handsome evergreen foliage.
Evergreen trees or shrubs with alternate short-peti-
oled serrate Iva. and large terminal or axillary white or
red fls followed by
subglobose woody
caps : fls. sessile, up-
right; sepals many,
imbricate, deciduous;
petals 5 or more;
759. Camellia
japonic*—
Lucida.
low fr. a dehiscent caps.,
with few large subglobose
seeds — -About 10 species
in tropical and subtropical
Asia Often united with
Thea, which differs in its
nodding and stalked fls
with a persistent calyx
consisting of 5 nearly equal sepals There is
a monograph of this genus by Seemann in
Trans Lmn Soc 22 337-3.52 (1859) and by
Kochs in Engler Bot Jahrb 27 •.577-634
(1900). Illustrated monographs of the horti-
cultural varieties are Curtis, Monogr of the
genus Camellia (1819); Baumann, Bollweiler
Camelhensammlung (1828), Chandler,
Camelheae (1831), Merlese, Monogr du genre
Camellia a (1839); Verschaffelt, Nouvelle
Monog^raphie du Camellia (1848-1860) the
last with 576 and the previous one with 300
colored plates.
Camellias grow like natives on sandy lands
and even on high pine land in central Florida,
but they flower best m half-shady somewhat
moist places The half-double varieties of
Camellia japonica do best, while the very
double kinds often drop their buds entirely. The flow-
ers suffer very much from the sun and cannot be grown
much farther south than central Florida. Camellia
Sasanqua, single, half-double and double kinds, grow
much more satisfactorily than the varieties of C ja-
vonica They begin to flower late in October and early
November, and the double white C Sasanqua is a
mass of pure white usually at Christmas time All
the varieties of C. Sasanqua have somewhat fragrant
flowers C reticulata does equally well in Florida. It is
very distinct m foliage from the two former species
which have glossy leaves, while the leaves of C. reticu-
lata are dull green. All the camellias are extremely
slow growers if not carefully cultivated and fertilized.
A mulch of old cow-manure, now and then a little
commercial fertilizer, and thorough watering dunng
the dry season several times a week start the bushes
into a vigorous and healthy growth They are so ex-
tremely beautiful when in flower that all the care given
them is well repaid. (H. Nehrling )
A. Ovary and Ivs. perfectly glabrous.
japtinica, Linn. (Thea japdnica, Noia ). Figs. 758-
761. Shrub or tree, sometimes to 40 ft., glabrous: Ivs
very shining and dark green above, ovate or elliptic,
acuminate, sharply serrate, 2-4 in. long: fls red in the
type, 3-5 m. across, petals 5-7, roundish. China,
Japan. B.M. 42. S Z. 82 F 8.20:2121. S IF. 1:73.
Gn. 24. p. 411; 28. p 20.3, 36, p. 241. Var alba, Lodd
Fls white. L B.C 7 636 Gn. 54, p. 243. J H III.
54-227; 64.397. Var alba-plena, Lodd. Fls white,
double L B C. 3 269 Gn. 53, p 244 Var. anemonifWra,
Curtis Fls red, with 5 large petals, the stamena
changed into numerous smaller and narrow petals;
the whole fl. resembling that of a double anemone.
L B C. 537. B.M 1654. Gn 44, p. 329. Var. magno-
liasfldra, Hort. Fls pale rose, semi-double, with 12-15
petals rather narrow and half upright. Gn. 76, p 31.
more or less connate; Var apucaef6rmis, Rehd. (C. apucapformts, Jacob-
ovary 3- 5- celled, Mackoy) Lvs bifid at the apex — For the numerous
with slender styles other garden forms, see the above-mentioned mono-
graphs; also, Flore des Serres, L'lllustiation Horticole,
and other older horticultural publications contain a
large number of varieties with illustrations.
AA. Ovary and Ivs on the midrib above pubescent.
reticulata, Lindl. (Thea reticulala, Pierre) Large
shrub, glabrous- Ivs dull green, not shining above,
reticulate, flat, elliptic-oblong, acuminate, serrate, 3-5
in long, fls 5-7 in. across, purplish rose; petals 15-20,
obovate, loosely arranged. China. BR 13.1078. B M.
2784. P.M 3.101. GM. 35: suppl. Apr. 2. F W.
1880-321. G 2559 Var plena, Hort. Fls with twice
as many petals, and more regularly arranged. B M.
4976. FS. 12:
stamens numerous,
connate, at least be-
1279-80.
Sasanqua,
Thmib. (Then
•S'u6cm<7?.w , N ois.).
Shrub of loose,
&t ragglmg-habit,
and with the
branches pubes-
cent when
>oung. Ivs ellip-
tic to oblong-
ovate, bluntly
pointed at the
apex, crenate-
760. Camellia
japonica —
H. A. Downing.
761. Camellia
japonica —
President Clark
serrate, shining,
dark green and
hairy on the midrib
above, 1-2 in long:
flt> 1 } '2-2 in across,
white, petals 5 or
more, obovate or
oblong China, Ja-
nGn 54-142.
i 83 (except the
red vars ) SI F.
2 52. JH III 43:
131. G.M. 36-51.
Runs into many forms Var semi-plena, Hort. Fls.
semi-double, white. B R. 1 12; 13. 1091 Var anemo-
nifldra, Seem. Fls large, double, outer petals white,
inner ones much smaller, yellow. B M 5152 Var.
oledsa, Rehd (Thea Sasdnqua var olebsa, Pierre. C.
olelfera, Lindl ). Of more robust habit, with Ivs and
the single white fls. larger than in the type B R 11:
942. LBC 11-1065. Var KIssi, Rehd. (Thea Sasdn-
quav&r. Kissi, Pierre C. Klssi, Wall.). Lvs. oval-oblong
to ovate, long-acuminate, to 3H m. long. Himalayas.
642
CAMELLIA
CAMPANULA
C axiU&ns, Roxbg.—Gordoma anoma'.s. — C.
Hort =*Thea cuspidata — C. drupi/ero, Lour Shrub to 8 ft Ivs.
-lliptic, long-acuminate fls. 1>3 in wide, fragrant, white, petals
obovate Himalayas, India L B C 19 1815 — C euryoides, LindL
«=«Thea euryoides — C eurj/oides, Hort =*Thca mahflora — f . hong-
kongfnsis, Seem (Thea honekongcnsis, Pierre). Tree with glabrous
branches Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, indistinctly serrate,
lustrous above, coriaceous, 3-4 in long fl* red. 2 in. across, petals
slightly emargmate, ovary pubescent Hongkong Trans I, inn.
Soc 22 60 — C mahfldra, Lindl =Thcn mahflora — C rosiflfira,
Hook =Thea mahflora — C nntnsi*, Kunt?e=Thea sinensm — C.
spectbbihs, Champ.=Tutchena spectabihs — C Thea, I,mk=Thea
"nensls- ALFRED REHDER.
CAMO^NSIA (Louis Camoens, Portugese poet).
Legwmndsse. Two species of climbing shrubs from W.
Trop Afr , with digitately 3-foholate Ivs , and large
papilionaceous fls. Calyx top-shaped; petals with long
claws, the standard orbicular or nearly so; stamens
free; ovary stipitate, with many ovules, the stigma small
and capitate fr a broad-linear flattened 2-valved pod.
C. maxima, Welw , has recently been offered by an
English firm. Described by Baker as "a magnificent
species" and by Bull as "one of the most gorgeously
beautiful of tropical climbers " Ifts obovate-oblong,
5-6 in. long, cuspidate, fls. milk-white Imgod -Kith
gold and frilled on the edges of the petals, m shoit-
stalked 6-8-fld. axillary racemes; standard piojocting
4 in. beyond the calyx, 3-4 in. broad, other petals
enoiier and not more than 1 in. broad pod 0--8 in.
long Trans. Lmn. Soc. 25 '36. B.M. 7572. GO. 111.
20.597. L. H. B.
CAMPANULA (Latin, little bell, from the shape of
the corolla in some species). Campanuldcf&. BELL-
FLOWER HAREBELL BLUEBELL. A large group of
attractively flowering herbs, containing some of the
most popular garden plants, especially of haidy her-
baceous perennials
Annual, biennial or perennial, mostly the last, often
small and tufted' root-lvs usually larger than the at-
Ivs , and often of different shape and more or less tran-
sitory: fls. blue, violet or white, sometimes yellow;
calyx 5-fid; corolla 5-lobed or 5-fid; stamens 5, free;
filaments wide at the base, membranaceous, stigmas 3
or 5, filiform* caps 3-5-valved, dehiscing on the sides
or (as in Fig 702) at the base by 3-5 small valves;
seeds ovate, complanato or ovoid. — Piobably 250
species, neaily all in the northern hemisphere with the
center of distribution in the Medit region, about a
dozen species are N. American. The species mostly
inhabit swamps or moist ground, or alpine and boreal
regions. Allied genera of garden
value are Adenophora, Jasione,
Lightfootia, Miehauxia, Ostrowskia,
Phyteuma, Platycodon, Specularia.
Symphyandra, Trachehum, ana
Wahlenbergia, m which genera
many species originally described
as campanulas may be sought Of
these, perhaps the two best known
cases are Platycodon grandiflorum,
the "balloon flowei," with its
characteristic inflated buds, dark
green, glossy, leathery Ivs.; and
Speculana Speculum (C. Speculum),
"Venus' looking-giass," a pretty
annual, which grows in the grain fields of S Eu , and
is cult, for its violet fls with a white eye The calyx-
tube of Specularia is relatively much longer than in
any campanula. The most prominent campanulas now
in cult, seem to be the forms of C Medium, C. carpat-
ica, C. persicifolui, C. pyrarmdahs, C punctata, C.
pusilla (csespitosa), C rotundifolia.
Botanically. campanulas fall into two important
groups, based on the piesence or absence of calyx
appendages The subgenus Medium has the appen-
dages, and Eucodon lacks them. These appendages are
often small and disguised. The genus may also be
762. Capsule of
Campanula with
basal dehiscence.
thrown into two broad groups based on the dehiscence,
— the subgenus Medium with capsule opening near
the base, and llapunculus with the openings neai the
top For the hoi tieultui list, the most serviceable classi-
fication is based on the UHC that he makes of the plants,
— whether as a garden vegetable, as bolder plants, or as
rock-garden or alpine subjects, and this is the division
attempted here In cultivation, campanulas tend to
become taller and moic robust, less haiiy, more
branched, and more floriferous. Blue is the prevailing
color in the genus A veiy fe\v have white or yellowish
flowers, with no blue or violet foims Any blue or
violet-nowei ed foim is likely to have white varieties,
and double and semi-double forms arc common in
three or four of the most popular species All flowers
tend to become luigei and moic numerous on a stem.
In cultivation, the tlnco-celled species are likely to
have five stigmas instead of throe, and fne-celled cap-
sules, otten along \\ith noimally constituted flowers
on the same plant 'I he height is the most variable
feature ot all, and m the Khemc below (\ taipiitica, C.
puriit'ita and foil us of (' (jlomcmin e^pecialh \vill seem
wrongly placed to many But the character used by
botanists ate well-nigh useless to the gamener, and
nothing but a distinction ot height can bring out
the two important cultmal groups ot campanulas
For a recent garden monogiaphy ot d\\»ut campanulas,
see Conevon, "The (i.-mltn," 59 (1901) pp 270, 150,
00, pp 51, 04, 111, Idl, 218
Cultivation — The genus Campanula is extraordi-
narily nch in flowei ing gaiden plants of merit The
alpine section is distinguished by a charming grace
both in t-hai actor of growth and si/o and beating of
flowers The peach-leaved clash ((' imt>icifolia) is
eharueteiized bv the noble and beautiful form of single
and semi-double blo-soms earned by thin erect stems
2-3 feet high The luster and clearness of tints ot the
bushy biennial Medium and cal>canthema type are
remarkable, while the rambling habit and the marvelous
flonferousness of the varieties C tsophylln and its
descendant C Mayu, indicate the wide range of orna-
mental usefulness of bellflowers Considering the good
lasting qualities in a cut state and the great popularity
of the flowers of long-stemmed sorts for indoor decora-
tion, it is safe to say that campanulas will steadily gain
in importance as material upon the florists' counter as
well as for garden planting The greatest curiosities
are C. punctata, C macrostylfi, C Zoysn and C rotundi-
folia var soldanclla- flora For exhibition and for pot
culture and also for large single specimens, C pyram-
idahs is most used For edgings, C. carptitica is per-
haps the favonte Of all wild forms, the best known
is certainly C. rotundifoha, the true harebell, or
"blue bells of Scotland " It is native in North Amer-
ica as well as in Europe, on rocky banks and shores
— Wherever rock-gardens are planned, alpine cam-
panulas have become indispensable. The greater part
of typical mountain inhabitants chiefly available
for this purpose being spring-flowering plants, the
summer flowers of campanulas are especially welcome
One of the best bellflowers for rock-gardens is C
carpatica, blue and white, with its var compacta also in
blue and white, var. cxletstma, sky blue, var pelviformts,
light blue, and var Riverslea with large dark-blue bells;
but there are a number of other very handsome specie.s
possessing commercial value that deserve the atten-
tion of progressive growers The demand is for a plant
material easy to handle, resistant and free-flowering.
As such may be recommended for rockeries, C. gargan-
ica and C. garganica var hifsuta} both 4 inches high,
flowers light blue. C. pusilla, in white and blue, is
regarded as the hardiest low-growing alpine bellflower.
Excellent effect may be secured from a number of the
garden hybrids, when rightly employed; plantations of
C. Wilsonn, cross between C. pulla and C. lurbinata,
dark blue, 6 inches tall, and C F&rgusonii and C. Hen-
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
643
dersonn, 12 to 18 inches, all blooming freely from
late m Juno to early August, are good examples. Cam-
panula glomerata var. acaulis, a clustered-fiowermg low-
growing form, violet-blue, June and July, answers the
same purpose, while C. glomerata var. dahunca, 12 to
18 inches, dark violet-blue and white, very free-flower-
ing, is valuable also as a border plant Other good rock-
ery kinds are C. fragihs (which needs protection, but
makes a good pot-plant), C. pulla in sheltered position,
C. Portent hlagiana. and C rotundifolui. Many of the
larger-growing kinds are also good for the rock-garden.
— The best two representatives of the biennial class, are
C. Medium and C calycanthema, both standard garden
flowers In the northern states, especially, they do
exceedingly well. When used for mass effects, their full
bloorn becomes a prominent feature of June. The deli-
cate shades of pink and pale lavender, the purity of the
white, and the rich tints in purple and blue are a reve-
lation They transplant very easily, even in an ad-
vam ed .state of growth, and readily respond to mild forc-
ing under glass in spring In a cut state, they show
remarkably good lasting qualities and are of excellent
value as material for filling vases. A few other good
biennials are C bibmca, C. pnmuLefolia, C. spicata,
(p 6oU), C //u/rsoufei — The peach-leaved section com-
prises the most perfect forms of the bcllflower family,
although C p(rt>mfoha has boon surpassed in popular
favor by the more vigorou« (' grandijlora varieties in
white and blue, which arc r< ally platycodons C iso-
phylla, native of ltal>, is not hardy in Maine and must
be overwmteied under gla.ss It is a very effective
basket- and balcony-box plant, its long hanging vines
being covered with huge and attractive flowers in July
and August The color is a delicate light blue, while
the bells ot its garden descendant C Afayu, have a
deeper shade For the South, both arc valuable acqui-
sitions for rockeries — Of the perennial species, according
to Robert Cameron, the best border plants are the fol-
lowing C carpatica and vars. alba and turbiruita, C.
glomerata, especially var dahunca, C.lacttflora, C lati-
folia, especially its vars tnocarpa and macrantha, C.
nolnlit* (about 2 ft in height), C persicifolia and its
numerous vars , especially the white kinds; C. punc-
tata (about 1 J 2 f t ), C pyramidal™, a very showy plant
when \vell grown, but not quite reliable in the eastern
states as to haidmcss, making a good pot-plant for the
cool greenhouse. C rapunculoides, which spreads rap-
idly and must be so placed that it will not crowd out
the other plants that are near it; C rotundifolia; C.
Trachclium, C Van Houttei, a hybrid, and one of the
best bellflowers —Campanulas are raised from seed
and also by division or cuttings Seeds should be
started eaih under gla-s* Cover very shallow, and
place the *>h.iHo\\ seed-pans near the light m an aver-
age temperature of 00°. Shade at midday while in pro-
cess of germinating; avoid over-watering and "sticky"
atmosphere Transplant seedlings into flats as soon as
they can be handled Harden young plants gradually
and transfer them to the open ground m May. C.
Medium, C ralycanihema, and all the C. persicifolia
varieties, when grown for the cut-flower trade, should
be placed on beds where they are intended to be flow-
ered and cropped the next season They thrive best
in a rather light well-manured garden soil. Some of
the alpine species require a sandy humus with addi-
tions of fine limestone material When grown for floral
garden effect, the open sunny position is preferable
throughout the North, while for the South half-shade
at midday is likely to prolong the flowering season.
Seedlings of single varieties come true to color to
a high percentage Of the semi-double and double C.
persicifolia sorts, propagation is usually by division
m September C uophi/lla and C Mayii are shy seeders
and air propagated by cuttings in spring For winter
protection, a light covering of straw, leaves or ever-
green boughs is sufficient south of New York. In more
northern parts, hardy campanulas require a uniform
layer of leaves 2 to 3 inches thick. The annuals can
be raised in the border by seeds sown late m April or
May, or raised in the greenhouse and then transferred
to the border. The best of the annuals are C. ramosis-
sima and var. alba, C. drabifolia, C. Ennus, C. mocro-
styla, and C. amencana. (Richard Rothe.)
acauhs, 12
yrandis, 11
pusiUa, 46.
ulnxkana, 44
Grosseku, 7
pyrainidali*, 16.
alba, 11, 10, 19, 32,
haylodKenms, 39
Kuiueru, 37.
39, 45, 4(5
Heiidersomi, 39.
rainosisHima, 32.
alba grandiflora, 10.
hirsuta, 33, 34
rapuuculoides, 21.
alharupfoha, 5.
Hohewckm, 30
RapunculuB, 1
Alhoiui, 26.
Hohtu, 44
rhomboidalis, 19.
alpma, 29.
imperials, 4
nverblea, 39
ariu'ncana, 9.
arctica, 44.
isophylla, 40
lactifiora, 13 '
rotundifolia, 44.
ruthcruca, 18.
attica 43
lamn folia, 5
sarmatica, 6
Bfu.khuiuei, 10.
latifolia, 17.
Scheuchzen, 45.
barbata, 27
latiloba, 11
Scoulen, 41.
fctserrofa, 13
hm/olia, 45
•nbmca, 30
bononienaiB, 18.
longohtyla, 3.
aollanella, 44
CSBSpltOSa, 46.
Lorn, 32
boldanellffiHora, 44.
calycantheraa, 4.
macranthn, 10, 17.
HparsiHoru, 12.
carpatica, 39.
macrophylla, 5
Hpociosa, 12, 14
ceUidifolia, 13.
macrohtyla, 2
Stnmfieldn, 31, 39.
coelestma, 39.
major, J6.
alfnocodon, 44.
coerulea, 13
margmata, 10
supcrba, 12
cornpacta. 16, 39
coronata, 10
Mayn, 40
Medium, 4
Tenoni, 38
Tommasinvina, 31.
dahunca, 12
mirabihb, 8
thyrsoidea, 14
divancata, 23.
Moerheimti, 10
thyrsoides, 14.
diverKcns, 30
mollis, 28
Trarliohum, 20.
drabifolia, 43.
munihi, 3b.
turbmata, 39.
Elatmes, 35
nob tits, 24
urtici folia, 20
Ennua, 49
pallida, 25, 4b
Van Houttei, 25.
enocarpa, 17.
parviHora, 3
velutina, 44
exusa, 47
pelviforuiw, 39
ver-icolor, 22.
exiraia, 30
ixTsuifoha. 10
t>eru«, 1
/"Yrfluaonu, 16
Porteiischlagiana, 30
Vidalu, 15.
Jlonbunda, 40
pulla, 42
Waldsteimana, 31.
fraKilis, 33
pullouies, 42.
Wiegandn, 4.
Kargatiira, 34
pumila, 4b
Wil^onii, 39.
Klomc rata, 12.
puQotata, 24.
Zoysu, 48.
C primul&folia and C spicata will be found in the
supplementary list, p 650
GROUP I Kitchcn-gardtn vegetable' roots radish-like:
a salad plant
1 Raptinculus, Linn. (Rapunculus verus, Fourr.).
RAMPION l^ig 763 Biennial or perennial, 2-3 ft.:
root spindle- or long-radish-shaped, ^m thick, white:
st erect sulcate lower Ivs. onovate, short-petioled,
somewhat cienate, st -Ivs. linear-lanceolate, entire fls
calyx-tube obcomcal, lobes
lilac, in a spike or raceme;
glabrous or bnstly, erect,
a\\l-shaped, a half shorter
than or nearly equal to
the funnel-shaped corolla.
Eu , Orient, N. Asia, N.
Afr — The roots and Ivs.
aie eaten as a salad The
seeds, which are very
small, are sown in the open
ground m early May either
broadcast or in drills. A
little sand mixed with the
seed gives an evener sow-
ing Press firmly, and
water carefully. Thin out
the seedlings if necessary
Water freely in hot
weather. A fresh sowing
may be made in June, as
early -sown plants may
run to seed. Roots are
gathered in Oct and may
be stored in sand for win-
ter use. "Rapunculus" 763. Root of r.mpion--C«m.
means a little turnip. panula Rapunculua.
644
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
GROUP II. TaU. or border campanulas, characteristically
afoot or 15 in. or more high, Nos. 2-2S.
A. Calyx with an appendage at the base of each sinus.
B. Caps. 5-celled and stigmas 5 (variable in No. 3).
c. Style excessively long, the stigma an inch or more long.
2. macr6styla, Boiss. & Heldr. Annual, 1-2 ft.,
branched from the base, hispid with rigid spreading
scattered bristles, branches stout. Ivs scattered, small
for the size of the plant, sessile, bristly on both sur-
faces; lower ones ovate-oblong, acute; upper ovate-
lanceolate, recurved, cordate, eared at the base: calyx-
tube hidden by the bladdery appendages, small, broader
than long; fls. solitary; on stout peduncles, 2-2 H in.
broad; corolla
very broad and
open, pale pur-
ple without, dull
purple within,
marked with
violet, and hairy
toward the bot-
tom; lobes very
broad, short
and acute Mt.
Taurus in Ana-
tolia. Gn 15:
356 and 12, p.
209 B M 6394.
— The very long
exserted style is
brown and spin-
dle - shaped be-
fore spreading
open. Self-sown
.seeds sometimes
remain a year
before sprout-
ing.
cc Style not ex-
ces&welij long
3 longestyla,
Fomme Peren-
nial, 1^-2^2 ft ,
more or less
hairy basal
Ivs lance -oval,
lobcd, the st -
Ivs oblong and
sessile fls blue-
purple, droop-
ing; calyx-lobes
lanceolate-
pointed, the
appendages re-
floxod on the
peduncle;corolla
almost urn-shaped, dilated below the middle, style
exsertcd with 3, 4 or 5 stigmas* caps 3-5-celled Cau-
casus. Gn W. 23 671 Var parvifldra, Bom Fls
smaller. RH 191 1' 548, p 549
4 Mddium, Linn (Medium grandifldrum, Spach).
CANTERBURY BELLS Fig 764 Biennial, 1-4 ft.;
plant pilose st erect' Ivs sessile, ovate-lanceolate or
lanceolate, crenate-dentate' raceme lax, many-fid ; fls.
violet-blue, varying to several .shades and to white, 2 in.
long; calyx-lobes ovate-acuminate, the appendages half
as long as the ample ovate obtuse lobes; corolla bell-
shaped, inflated S Eu. Gn. M 14:9. Two forms (aside
from thesmgle-fld ) occur the double, Fig 764a, with 1-3
extra corollas, and the var calycanthema, Hort , Fig
764fr, with an enlarged spreading and petal-like outer
part sometimes deeply divided and sometimes little
lobed or nearly entire (varying on the same plant). The
var. calycanthema is the CUP-AND-SAUCER form (the
764. Campanula Medium, the Canterbury
Bell. Modified forms are shown.
name hose-in-hose, sometimes applied in Campanula,
would better be retained for Primula elatior), a fair
percentage come true from seed; usually a stronger
plant than the common C Medium. G C. III.
24-65. R H. 1896, p 301; 1897, p 238. Gng. 5 88. Gn.
48, p. 295. F 8. 19, p. 152. G.W. 3, p. 291 G.Z. 17:
113. Var. WiSgandii, Hort. Lvs golden yellow: fls.
blue. Var imperiahs, Hort , is a very flonferous form
or possibly a hybrid — Canterbury bells are most
commonly treated as hardy biennials, the seed being
sown m the open border, but they do not flower the
first year. They can also be treated as tender
annuals, the seed being sown indoors in early spring
and the plants set out May 1-15 They will then flower
well the first season, but always better the second year.
Sowings may also be made in April, May or later, m
pots, boxes or bods, and plants then be transferred into
some sheltered place where they can be .slightly pro-
tected during the winter, and then tiansplantcd in
spring to their permanent places into good nch soil,
where they will make a great show if they have hud the
right treatment Let them stand 1K-24 in apart Seed-
lings potted up in autumn may be brought into bloom
readily indoors in spring, and even blooming plants, if
not spent, may be potted direct, from the garden and
used in the house m autumn
BB Caps 3-cdled. stigmas S.
5 alliarisefdlia, Willd (C lamnfblia, Bieb C. ma-
crophylla, Sims) Perennial, 1 } 3-2 ft st elect, striate,
woolly, branched only at the top root-lvs large, heart-
shaped, crenate, tomentose, st -Ivs on petioles which
gradually shorten upward, the highest being sessile'
s white, nodding, on short stalks, borne singlv m the
axils of the floial l\s as m C saimatua, but the floral
Ivs larger and broader, calyx a third or a fourth shorter
than the corolla, with margins rolled hack, and appen-
dages less minute than m C t>nrmatic<i, corolla always
white, 2 m long, ciliated at the maigm, and with char-
acteristic tooth-like pioeesses at the base of each sinus.
Caucasus, Asia Mmoi BM 912 Gn MHO
6 sarmatica, Ker-Gawl Perennial, 1 -2 ft st
simple, striate, pubescent Ivs remarkable for their
gray color, haiiJi, leathery, wrinkled, lorncntose,
oblong-cordate, crenate, the lower long-pet loled, the
upper sessile calyx with minute reflexed appendages,
and a short, densely hairy tuft fls about 6 on a st ,
nodding, corolla about 1 in long, and \\i in across,
pale blue, marked with 5 hairy lines Caucasus, in
subalpme places BM 2019 LBC 6 581.
7 Grdssekii, Heuff Has the habit arid mfl of C.
Trachelinm, but the calyx is appcudaged, perennial,
lYi ft, branching from the base, angled, pilose. Ivs-
hispid, the lower cordate, unequally petioled, doubly
crenate-senate, the uppermost ovate-acute, narrowed
into a petiole calyx bctose-cihate, lobes spreading,
reflexed at the apex, appendages lanceolate, a third
shorter than the lobes, corolla hispid, 2 or .J times longer
than the calyx-lobes' fls large, bell-shaped, violet, in a
long raceme Hungary Gt 35, p 477. G. 27.459.
8 mirabilis, Alboff Biennial or short-lived peren-
nial, 1 ft or more; whole plant forms a broad dense
cone with such a profusion of bloom as almost to hide
the foliage lower Ivs 4-6 in long, obovate or spatu-
late, obtuse, coarsely toothed, petiole winged' fls pale
lilac, erect, broadly campanulate, 2 in. across, the
corolla hairy on margins and back Caucasus. B M.
7714. GC III 24:33,42:144-5. Gt. 47, p 192. Gn.
54. p 454; 60, p 58 G.W. 12, p. 445— A very beauti-
ful and remarkable plant.
AA. Calyx without an appendage at the base of each sinus.
B. Fls. rotate or wheel-shaped.
9. americana, Linn. Annual and biennial, 3-6 ft.:
at. erect, simple: Ivs. thin, serrate, somewhat pilose;
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
£15
root-lvs. ovate-acute, subcordate, petiolate; st.-lvs.
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate at both ends* calyx-tube
long, obconical, the teeth linear-acuminate, almost
entire, spreading, shorter than the 5-fid, wheel-shaped
corolla; fls. light blue, 1 in. broad, in long spikes, soli-
tary or in 3's, corolla shallow, lobes pilose outside and
at the apex; stylo long, .strongly declined and upwardly
curved: caps cylindrical, grooved Shaded low ground
Canada to Iowa, south to Fla. and Ark — Rarely
cult It is possible that Phyteuma canescens is still cult.
as C. amencana.
BB Fls. saucer-shaped or broadly bell-shaped, i. e., the
tube shallower and the luribs more widely spread"
ing than the bell-shaped.
c St -h>s linear-lanceolate , crenulale.
10 persicif&lia, Linn Fig 76.5. Perennial, 2-3 ft : st.
erect Ivs glabrous, rigid, orenulate, root-lvs lanceolate-
obovate, bt -Ivs hneur-lanceolate or spalulate, of ten 3 in.
long calyx-lobes acuminate, wide at the base, entire,
half a.s long as the broadly bell-shaped corolla, fls blue
or white, pedicelled, solitary, terminal and axillary, often
1 ' 2 m long, 2 in broad caps ovoid, 3-grooved. Eu.
B M 397. G.C III 43 384 On. 75, p 30 G 6 "297.
Gn M 14 9 GW 3, p 292. C.L A. 13.478, the
white form in G. 13:71 and Gn. W 23 Suppl Jan 27;
the double white in G.C III 27 409 and G 3 563.
One of the best of all perennial campanulas Var.
macr&ntha is a large-fld foirn with fl*. all along the si.
Gt 41, p 148 Gn 18, p 30(3 AF 0 383 8.11.1:131.
Vai . filba grandifldra and var. Backhouse! are among
the popular white-fid forms There are double and
semi-double forms in blue and white The double
\\hite is useful for cutting For portraits of var. gratidi-
florn, .see G 27 158, 28 553, (>73, G \V 12, p 133.
Var coronata, Hort , is a semi-double white form F 8.
7 699 The pictures in H M. and F S show distinctly
saucer-shaped fls. Var. Moerheimei, Hort White-fld ,
double, 2-3 in diam • excellent G C III 27.414 GM
4<) 535 G W 6, p 515; 12, p 434 AG 23 497 Var.
marginata, Hort , has white fls tinted blue on the bor-
der* H B i2, p 252 This species occasionally runs
wild, especially m England. The Ivs. are very charac-
teristic, and, once seen, are never forgotten.
cc St.-lvb wider and coarsely toothed.
11 latfloba, DC (C grdnths, Fisch & Mey ) Peren-
nial, 1-1 J 2 ft, glabrous, st erect, simple, terete4 st.-
lvs 3-5 m long, 4-6 lines w ide, lanceolate, narrowed at
both ends; cienate-beniito' calyx-lobes ovate-acute,
broad, entire, eiect, one-half shorter than the broadly
bell-shaped corolla: fls. blue, often 2 in. wide, sessile,
solitary or somewhat clustered, sometimes equaling
the ovate-acute, dentate bracts Mt Olympus. P.M.
10.31. HU 3, p 137. Gt 7 202 —Fls.. like C. persi-
cifoha. Quickly forms a dense carpet. Variable m
color. Var. alba, Hort. White fls. G. 19:410.
BED. Fls. bell-shaped or tubular, not saucer-shaped,
c. Infl. a dense roundish head.
12. jjjlomerata, Linn. One of the most variable:
perennial, 1-2 ft , typically pubescent: st erect, simple,
terete. Ivs. serrulate, lower ones rough with very short,
stiff hairs, I/ ,2-3 in. long, 1-2 m. wide, with a cordate,
ovate-oblong blade shoiter than the petiole; upper ones
sessile, ovate, acute, flb. violet-blue to white, in dense
heads or glorncs, 15-20 in the terminal hcadsj fewer in
axillary ones. Eu , Armenia, Peisia, Siberia, some-
times escaped in this country. Gn M. 14 9. B.M.
2649 is var. specifisa, which has the largest fls L B C.
6 '505 is var. sparsifldra, with much smaller clusters. —
This is one of the earliest flowering and easiest of
cult. Fls. typically dark purple, running into lighter
Taneties Var danurica, Hort , is probably the com-
monest form* terminal clusters 3 in. or more thick, a
very characteristic infl. The fl. has a longer tube than
C. lactiflora and C. thyrsotdes. G. 26.305. Var acaftlis,
Hort , is an almost stemless form with very large fls.:
sts only 3-5 in. high. G W. 9, p. 272. Var. superba,
Hort , is a cross of the dwarf variety with var. dahunca:
large heads of deep violet fls.
cc. Infl. a spike or raceme, dense or loose.
D. Color of fits normally white or yellowish.
E. Corolla small, short-tubed.
13 lactiflora, Bieb Perennial, 2^-6 ft.: st. erect,
branching* Ivs sessile, ovate- lanceolate, acutely ser
rate calyx-lobes very nroad, acute, serrulate, one-half
shorter than the broadly bell-shaped corolla: fls in a
loose or dense panicle, which may be 3H m. long and
thick; corolla white or pale blue, 1 in. long, nearly \Yi
in broad caps ovoid, erect Caucasus, Siberia. B.M.
1973 G C III 50 438. Gn. 61, p*. 29, 63, p. 90; 71,
p 418, 75, p 89 G M 46:
168, 48 545. Gn W. 23 623.
The normally milk-white blue-
tinged fls are characteristic.
Var. coerdlea, Hort , has light
blue fls. — C. cellidifolia, Boxss ,
referred to the above, may be
a strongly marked variety. C.
biserrdta, Koch, is also referred
here.
14 thyrsoides, Linn Bien-
nial, 1-1 l/i ft ; st. grooved Ivs
all covered with long hairs at
the margin; root-lvs. sessile,
spatulate or obtusely lanceo-
late, 2^ in. long, %in wide,
in a denbc rosette, lying on
the ground; upper Ivs more
narrow and acute fls 40-50,
feu If ur or creamy yellow, m a
dense Ihyrse-like spike, \vhich
may be 6 in long and 2J 2 in
broad; st>le exserted. Alps
and Jura, 3,000-6,000 ft. B M
1290 LBC. 17 1614.— Inter-
mingled with the fls in the
spike are Ivs. \\hich are longer
than the fls , which is not true
of C. ladt flora. Should not be
confounded with C thrysotdea,
Lapeyr , which — C. specwsa,
(see supplementary list). Ap-
parent 1> no blue or purple forms
are known. The picture m B.M.
shows a characteristic red-
tipped calyx. Garden hybrids
are reported with C. tpicata (see Kew Bull 1910, p. 322) .
EE Corolla large, long-tubed.
15 Vidfilii, II C. Wats Perennial, 1-2 ft • st
branching fiom the base, some branches short, sterile,
others tall, floriferous, all grooved, clammy, glossy.
Ivs 3-4 in long, oblong-spat ulate, coarsely serrate,
thuk, fleshy, firm, viscid, the upper ones gradually
becoming bracts fls 2 in long, nodding, about 9 in a
loose terminal raceme; calyx- lobes triangular, thick,
one-fourth shorter than the corolla; corolla tubular,
swelled below, constricted above, white with a yellow
base Azores. B.M. 4748. F 8.7:729 A. F. 3:116.
GC III 18'95; 34:330-1 Gn. 54, p 299, 63, p. 297;
74, p. 402; 75, p. 410. J.F. 3, pi. 274.— Very distinct.
I>D. Coior of fls. normally blue or purple (with white
varieties) .
E. Sue of fls. large.
F. Raceme pyramidal or long-conical, usually dense.
16. pyramidalis, Linn CHIMNEY CAMPANULA. Fig.
766. Glabrous perennial, 4-5 ft.: Ivs. glandular-den-
765. A narrow-flowered
form of Campanula per-
sicifolla.
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
tate, lower petiolate, ovate-oblong, subcordate; st.-
Ivs. sessile, ovate-lanceolate: calyx-lobes acuminate,
spreading, half as long as the broadly bell-shaped
corolla, fls. numerous, in pyramidal racemes, pale blue
varying to white and darker at the base. G.C. III.
32:388. Gn 45, p. 67;
48, p. 306; 61, p. 221
(a staked pot plant);
47, p. 86 (with exten-
sive cultural notes) ;
53, p. 535, 62, p. 254,
64, p. 96; 68, p. 137;
69, p 4, 74, p. 548.
RH 1897, p. 238.
GM 46 612; 53- 811.
G.W. 1, p 39, 7, p.
7; 11, p 137; 13, p. 571.
Var alba, Hort , has
white fls Gn 74, p.
645. JH III. 51-257.
Var compacta, Hort.
Dwarf er: fls. larger and
of better substance.
The compact vanety is
very floriferous and
convenient for conser-
vatory, but lacks the
characteristic erect,
pyramidal habit Gn
73, p 54 G. 18 64
S.H. 2:97. C Fer-
gusonii, Hort , is a hy-
brid of C pyramidalis
and C carpalica, re-
sembling a dwarf form
of the former in growth,
18 in. petals more
pointed than those of
the latter: fls bright
lilac Gn 66, p. 276.
Hybnds between C. pyrarmdalis and C versicolor are
reported.
FF. Raceme not pyramidal, usually looser.
17 latifdlia, Linn. Perennial, 3-4 ft Ivs large,
doubly serrate; root-lvs. sometimes 6 in long, petiolate,
cordate, covered with soft hairs; st-lvs sessile, more
acuminate, peduncle 1-fld.; calyx-lobes long-acumi-
nate, one- third shorter than the corolla, fls 6-15 in a
loose spike or raceme about 8 in long, erect, very large,
2% in. long, purple or dark blue, hairy Eu., Persia
G.W 8, p. 445. Var macrantha, Sims (C. macrdntha,
Fisch ) is commoner m cult than the type, a little
hairier, with a glabrous calyx and very large fls. B M.
2553, 3347 R II. 1897, p. 239. J.H.llI 60.263. Var.
eriocarpa, DC., has the st and Ivs. pilose and more pallid,
and a hispid calyx-tube. There is a white-fld form. It
is native to England, and is easily naturalized there in
wild gardens. The st.-lvs. are probably the largest of
any of the garden kinds, often 3M m. long and 2 in. wide.
EE. Size of fls f>mall, less than 1 in. long.
18 bononie"nsis, Linn Perennial, 2-2^ ft.; sca-
brous: st. simple. Ivs. scrrulatCj ovate-acuminate, pallid
beneath; root-lvs. cordate-petiolate; upper Ivs. clasp-
ing: calyx-lobes acuminate, one-fourth shorter than the
funnel-shaped corolla' fls. normally purplish, in a long,
loose, pyramidal spike, which may be 2 ft long, with
60-100 small fls ; corolla %m. long and broad. E. Eu.,
W. Siberia, and Caucasus. Var ruth6nica (C. rulhen-
ica, Bieb.), has Ivs. wider and tomentose beneath.
Caucasus and Tauna. B.M. 2653. There is a white-
fld. form The fls are much smaller than in C. latifolia,
and the raceme is much larger.
19. rhombofdalis, Lmn. Perennial, 1 ft., sometimes
2 ft.: st. simple, erect: Ivs. sessile, ovate-acute, serrate:
766. Campanula pyramidalis.
pl
lo
calyx-lobes awl-shaped, one-half shorter than the bell-
shaped corolla; fls. 8-10 in an almost corymbose
raceme, the lower pedicels of which may be 3 in. long,
the uppermost 1 in. or lest,, corolla purplish blue, 1 in.
long, and a little wider. Mts of Eu. B.M 551 (as
C. azurea) J.H III 50:541 Var. alba, Hort, has
white fls G.W. 3, p. 14 —It flowers in July and
August, after which the sts and Ivs. die down quickly.
20 Trachelium, Linn THROATWORT Fig 767.
Perennial, 2-3 ft.: st. angular, somewhat bristly (as
also the fls): Ivs. rough, acuminate, coarsely crenate-
dentato; root-lvs cordate, ovate, short-stalked' calyx-
lobes erect, triangular- acuminate, one-third shorter
than the bell-shaped blue or white coiolla peduncle
1-3-fld , fls erect at hist, at length tending to droop
m a loose raceme, which may be 12- IS in long caps
nodding Eu , Caucasus, Sibena, Japan, and run wild
in parts of N Amor R H 1897, p 239 There is a
double-fld form and variations in color — One of the
commonest and hardiest of the border plants, often
running out the other campanulas, and passing under
many names, especially as C. urticifolia.
21. rapunculoldes, Linn Fig 708 Peienmal, 2-1
ft : st. indistinctly pubescent or almost smooth Ivs.
rough, ovate-acummaiu, root-hs petiolate, cordate,
cremilate; st -Ivs serrulate calyx a little rougher than
in C Tracheliurn, the lobes linear-lanceolate, at length
reflexed, one-fourth length of the oblong-campanu-
late bright blue corolla, fls soon declined or nodding,
in long mostly 1-sided racemes or spikes, bright blue.
Eu , Caucasus, Siberia, and common m patches on old
roadsides and about yards Summer Gn. M 14 9
22 versfcolor, Sibth & Smith Perennial, 3—4 ft ;
lant glabrous st ascending Ivs serrate, root-lvs.
oug-petioled, ovate-acute, subeordate, st -Ivs short-
pot lolod, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate calyx-teeth
acuminate, spreading, at length reflexed, one-half as
long as the corolla' fls in long, spicate racemes, style
exserted caps spheioid Greece
ceo Infl an open, compound panicle
23. divaricata, Michx Glabrous peren-
nial, 1-3 ft ^t erect, slender, paniculate
above branches slender, diveigent Ivs
sparse, subsessile, ovate-lanceolate, acumi-
nate at both ends, coarsely serrate cal>\-
lobes awl-shaped, one-
half shorter than the
tubular, bell-shaped cor-
olla, fls small, nodding,
pale blue, in a verj open
and compound panicle,
style straight, exseited
Alleghames, from Va to
Ca.— Rare in gaidens
GROUP III Low-growing
or rock-garden cam-
panulas, mostly lets
than a foot or I ft in.
high Now 24-49
A. Calyx with an append'
age at the base of
each sinus t often
minute or disguised
in form.
B. Throat of corolla
spotted violet.
24. punctata, Lam. (C.
ndbilis, Lindl.). Named
from the spotted whitish
corolla, the purplish
rts being inside and
wing through faintly
767. Campanula Traehelium.(xH) ^ the fresh fl. but
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
647
more plainly in the dried specimen: like C. alhar-
ix folia. Perennial, 1 ft , with long and loose hairs:
upper Ivs neaily sessile, and inert- sharply toothed
than the lower' calyx-lobes one-third as long as the
corolla, longer, looker and hairier than m C. allian<c-
foha, and the margins much more recurved* peduncle
l-4-fld , fls nodding, corolla cylmdiical, "2y\ in. long,
white, spotted within, strongly ribbed Sibena, Japan.
GC III 38, supp Aug. 26. 42:96. Gn 73, p 423; 75,
p 458 GM 51 781. G 29:595— C nobtlis has been
considered distinct. In F S. 3 247 the corolla is dark
violet without, the limb hairy, while m B M 1723
(C puncldta) the corolla is white outside and not
bearded. In F H 6:563 (C. tiobiht* var alba) the limb
is not bearded and the st. is red, and not hairy The
three pictures show great differences in foliage, pubes-
cence and appendages This is one of the most inter-
esting of all campanulas, and is, unfortunately, usually
considered more quaint than beautiful. The spotted
throat readily separates it from other campanulas.
BB Thro'il of corolla not spotted.
c Sis commonly 1-fld.
25 Van Houttei, Carr Perennial, 2 ft : root-lvs.
long-pet loled, roundish cordate ? more or less lobed;
st -Ivh sessile, oval-lanceolate, n regularly bi-deritate,
2} 2~4 in. long, more or less villous, strongly nerved,
fls UhiialK solitary, nodding at the end of a small
branchlet, 2 in long, half as broad, indigo-blue, or
violet, calyx-lobes linear, spreading, 1 in. long — A gar-
den hvbnd resembling C punctata. Intro into France
1878 by 'ihibaut and Keteleer. Var pallida, Hort ,
has pale la\i i der 11s
26 Alhdnu, ViH Perennial, 3-5 in . rootstock
slender, eiee|.ing underground, sending up bts. at inter-
vals of ! 2 li< Ivs f2W, about 7 on a ^t , 1-2 in long,
'ineai-luiueol ite, sessile, slightly hairy, entire, nudnb
distinct, lo-wtr ones in a whorl of about 5, upper ones
similar but more erect cal> \-lobe.s lanceolate, half as
long as the (orollu, the appendages ovate, reflexed, one-
third the length of the calyx-lobes; fls- purple, \\ith a
rare white '\ ,11 iet,\ , only one on a st , inclined or nodding,
1 12 in long, md as broad across the mouth, probably
the laigest foi the size of the plant of any campanula
A veiy local specie*, found only in the western Alps.
BM. 65.88 GC III 52 52 Gn 60, p 51
n .S/s usually scveral-Jld
n Margin of corolla, bearded.
27. barbata, I inn IVieninal, 6-9 in * st pilose. Ivs.
villous, entne 01 nearly so, ioot-l\s tufted, lanceolate;
i>t -lv.s feu, hgulate ('): interne loose, 3-1-fld , fls nod-
ding, pale blue, calyx: appendage ov.it e, obtuse, half as
long as the lobes, eoiolla bell-shaped, .shoiter than in
C Allwnn, and \\ith a bearded mouth Alp.s L IK'
8:788 GC 111 IS 3HS Gn 18, p 2<)7. G W 12, p 417
— There is a wlute-fld form, but app.iientH no puiple
Readily distinguished fiom (J Atlionn by the differ-
ent coloied, bearded nnd smallei fls , uluch are raiely
borne singly, and by the dense, soft h-urs of the st
Alps, 2,400-6,000 ft', widel\ distributed, mK of Noi-
way, and the Carpathians Becomes coai.se when grown
in rich ground.
DD. Margin of corolla not bearded.
K Fh erect.
28. m<511is, Linn Peienmal, velvety gray, 6-8 in :
Bts. procumbent, about 2-tld root-lvs tufted, obov'ate
or spatulate, st -Ivs ovate or rotund fls loosely pani-
cled; calyx-lobes lanceolate, eiect, half shorter than the
glabrous, bell-shaped corolla, appendages minute,
shorter than the eolyx-tube; corolla erect, dark pvn-
pllsh blue or lavender, with a \\hite throat, the tube
long, segms shoit, broad, spreading, acute Spam,
Crete. B.M 404 —Rock or border plant.
EK A7.s nodding
29 alpina, Jaccj Perennial, 3-8 m : st furrowed.
Ivs smaller than in (' barbata, more narrowly lanceo-
late, entire, hairy fls typically deep blue, bell-shaped,
with broader arid shoiter segms tnan in C barbata;
calyx-lobes propoitionately veiy long, Mirpas-sing the
fl -bud, and nearly as long as the flower, but widely
spreading Alps of Austria, Ivombardy and Trans;, Ivania,
6,000-7,000 ft altitude BM 957 J II III 29 5 —
There is a white-fld var. The plant has a characteristic
shaggy appearance from the hairy Ivs. Easy of cult.
768. Campanula rapunculoides. ( X M)
30. siblrica, Linn. (C Hdhenacken, Fisch.). Bien-
nial or perennial, setaceous-pilose, st. erect, bimple,
panicled above Ivs crenulate; root-lvs petioie<l,
obovate. obtuse; st -Ivs laneeolate-acummave calvx
hany, the lobes long-acuminate, a third shorter than
the corolla, calvx appendages like the lobes but hall
shoitei and reflexed; fls. 2o or more, violet, with a
longei and narrower tube than in C. alpina, and longer
divisions of the limb. N. Asia, Caucasus, W. Eu.
B M. 659. R H. 1861:431 —The type is rare, but var
exinua, Hort , is somewhat commoner, it is dwarfer,
much branched, with long, scabrous Ivs. and pale
bluish to violet fls. Var. divergens, Willd , has larger
fls and bioader Ivs than the type. G.C. Ill 16:597.
C. bibirica usually does best when treated as a biennial.
AA Calyr uithout appendages.
B. Fl3. very wide-spreading, i.e., rotate, wheels-shaped,
almost flat,
c. Blossoms all erect.
31 Waldsteiniana, Roem & Schult. Perennial,
4-6 in. * sts. rigid, glabrous * Ivs. fleshy, sessile, gray-green,
648
CAMPANULA
CAMPAISTULA
lanceolate, slightly serrate-dentate, the lower obtuse,
the upper long-acuminate: calyx-lobea awl-shaped,
spreading or recurved, one-fourth shorter than the
corolla: fls. 5-9 in a corymbose raceme \Y± in. long,
. wide, pale purplish blue; corolla rotate, almost
starlike, with a dark spot in the
throat; pistil large, white, twice the
length of the corolla, with a yellow
stigma S Austria. Gn 8, p. 173.
G. 18:81. GW 12, pp.446, 710 C.
Tommasinidna, Hort., is an allied
plant, with very wiry growth and
pendent pale blue fls. C. Ktdnsfieldii,
Hort., is a supposed hybrid, perhaps
between C. W alfkteimana and C. car-
patica.
32. ramosfssima, Sibth. & Smith
(C Lbrei, Poll ) Annual, 1 ft or less,
branching- lower Ivs. obovate and
crenate, upper Ivs. narrow, entire:
fls. violet with white base and blue
intermediate parts, erect on long
simple pedicels Eu B M 2581.
Var. &ba, Hort Fls. white.
cc. Blossoms not all erect.
D. Habit trailing or pendulous.
33. frAgilis, Cynll. Peren-
nial, 4-6 in :st diffuse, trailing:
root -Ivs. long-petioled,
roundish - cordate, ob-
tusely dentate, or cre-
nately lobed; st -Ivs.
smaller, (scattered, the
uppermost ovate-lanceo-
late: fls. pale purplish
blue with a white center,
1^2 m- wide, in loose
corymbs ; calyx - lobes
linear- lanceolate,
acuminate, erect,
almost equaling
the corolla; style
exserted: caps'.
ovoid. Italy B.M.6504. P.M.
11:25. G.C. III. 43-378. Gn. 8,
p. 174; 47, p. 278; 63, p. 53. G.
18:120. G.W. 2, p. 381. Var.
hirsute, DC., is a hairier form. —
This is the best species for hang-
ing-baskets, window- and veranda-
boxes, ana for covering large
stones in the rockery. Prop by
cuttings in spring, the roots being too fragile to divide
well. Not so hardy as C. gargamca.
34. garganica, Tenore Perennial, 3-6 in : st. diffuse,
with pendent branches: lower Ivs. remform-cordate,
crenate-dentate; upper Ivs ovate-acute, dentate:
raceme lax; peduncles 1-2-fld ; calyx-tube spheroid, the
lobes spreading, a third or fourth shorter than the
glabrous blue rotate corolla Mt. Gargano in Italy,
and elsewhere B R. 1768 Gn 48, p 295; 43, p. 25.
G M. 54.664. G W. 4, p 255. Var. hirsftta, Hort., is a
hairier form. Gn. 46, p 253; 48, p 297.— Half-shaded
position. Prop, by cuttings or by aivision.
DD. Habit not trailing or pendulous.
35. Elatines, Linn. Perennial, more or less pubes-
cent, 6-6 in.: Ivs. cordate, coarsely and acutely den-
tate, lower rotund, others ovate-acute raceme lax;
calyx-tube spherical, the lobes spreading, linear-lanceo-
late, somewhat unequal, a half shorter than the rotate
purplish corolla, style exserted. Piedmont. Gn. 60,
p. 64 — Rare rock-plant for light, stony soil.
36. Portenschlagiana, Roem. & Schult. (C. murdluL
Port.). Perennial, 6-9 in : sts. somewhat erect: IVB. all
769. Campanula
carpatica.
alike petiolate, cordate, roundish, acutely angular-den-
tate: calyx-tube spheroidj lobes erect, acuminate, a
third shorter than the infundibuliform blue-purple
corolla: fls. racemose. Dalmatia — Allied to C. gar-
ganica, but the corolla not so deeply 5-cut. Gn. 61, p.
225, 72, p. 460. Var. major, Hort. Fls. nearly twice
larger than in the type, 1>6 in. across, making a large
mound of purple-blue. GC. III. 48:58. Gn. 60,
p. Ill; 63, p. 110. G.W. 3, p. 13.
BB. Fls. broadly bell-shaped, less widely spreading than
in B, wider than in BBB (except perhaps in No. 40).
c. Height 2-3 in.
37. Rainerii, Perpenti. Perennial, 2-3 in.: sts.
suberect; branching' branches 1-3-fld : Ivs. subsessile,
ovate, distantly serrate, the lower smaller and obovate:
calyx-tube obcomcal, the lobes long-acuminate, erect,
half shorter than the broadly infundibuliform corolla:
fls. large, solitary, erect, dark purplish blue; style
short, not exserted: caps, obovate. Mts N Italy.
F.S. 18:1908. Gn 60, p. 163.— One of the choicest
rock-plants, but spmewnat rare. Several forms of the
hybrid C. Wihonii are often cult under this name, but
their Ivs. are lighter green and less tomentose than C.
Raineni. Thrives in a well-drained, sunny position.
cc. Height more than 2-3 in.
D. Style not exserted.
38. Ten&rii, Moretti Perennial, 8-12 in , glabrous:
st. ascending or prostrate: Ivs leathery; root-lvs. long-
petioled, ovate, subcordate, irregularly serrate, st-
Ivs petiolate. ovate-acute, coarsely serrate calyx-lobes
linear-lanceolate, spreading, half as long as the broadly
bell-shaped corolla fls racemose, blue' caps spherical.
Apennines, near Naples — This is referred by botanists
to- the Grecian species C. versicolor, which is typically
taller, but is kept distinct by Correvon and others In
the garden, C. Tenorn resembles C. pyramidalis m
foliage and fl., but is shorter.
39. carpdtica, Jacq Fig 769. Perennial, 9-18 in ,
glabrous, st. branching* lower Ivs. thin, long-pet lolcd,
ovate-rotund, cordate, coarsely dentate, undulate;
upper ones shorter petioled, ovate-acuminate' pedun-
cles long, terminal and axillary, 1-fld ; fls. large,
often 1% in. wide, bright deep blue; calyx-tube obconi-
cal, the lobes acute, wide at the base, subdentate-
erect, a third or half as long as the broadly bell-shaped
corolla; style not exserted: caps, ovoid-cylindrical.
Carpathian Mts. of Austria, B.M. 117. G.C. Ill
46:412. G.W. 12, p. 436. Gn. 48, p. 297; 62, p. 320.
Var. cceiestina, Hort. Fls. sky-blue. Var. Alba,
Hort. Fls, white. G M. 55:615. Var. turbinata,
Hort. (C turbinata, Schott), is dwarf or, more
compact, with fls. more bell- or top-shaped, and
often 2 in. across, purplish blue. It also has larger Ivs.
and more decumbent habit. Gn.
45, p. 171; 68, p 179; 75, p. 201.
G.W. 12, p. 446. F.E.17:15. A form
i. (Detail Xf)
CAMPANULA
CAMPANULA
649
with pallid fls. is rarer. Var. Wflsonii, Hort. (C. Wil-
aonii, Hort.), is a hybrid of var. turbmata and C. pulla,
with the large fls. of the former and the handsome dark
foliage of the latter, it is compact, dwarf, and small,
ovate, very hairy Ivs., with crenate-serrate margin.
Gn. 60, p. 219. Var. haylodgSnsis, Hort. (C. hay-
lodgensis, Hort ). is a garden hybrid, probably between
C. carpatica and C. cxspitosa. Raised by Anderson
Henry, Hay Lodge, Edinburgh. Height 6-9 in.: root-
lys. tufted, roundish cordate, slightly dentate, st -Ivs.
light green, ovate-cordate, conspicuously toothed, fls.
light blue, bell-shaped, few. at the eiids of sts Var
pelviftirmis, Hort., from Crete, has very large, pnle
hlac, almost saucer-shaped fls II II. 1882, p. 509 G C
III. 44:64. Var. HSndersomi, Hort., is often refeired
to var. turbiuata, but is more robust; there is doubt as
to its origin, C. pyramulalu or C. allianxfolia possibly
having played some part in it: Ivs. ovate ana ovate-
cordate, ly% in. long, %in. broad, slightly hairy on
both sides, folded upwards, serrate; petioles 1-1 M in.
long: fls. dark blue, 1^-2 in. wide, in short, 6-9-fld.
racemes G.W. 8, p. 65; 14, p. 581. Var. riverslfca, Hort.
Fls. dark blue, 2-3 in. across: sts 12-15 in. long but
spreading, parts of corolla often 6 or 7. G M. 43*627
Var compacta, Hort., is a condensed dwarf form C.
Sldnsjieldn, Hort , is supposed to be a hybrid between C.
carpatica and C. Waldsteiniana (No. 31) — This species
is very variable in height and in shape of fls.
DD. Style exserted
40. isophylla, Moretti (C.flonbunda, Viv.). Perennial,
st suberect* Ivs. all of same form, petiolate, roundish
cordate, crenate-dentate. calyx-lobe* acuminate, half
shorter than the broadly bell-shaped or saucer-shaped
corolla; fls pale blue, 1 in. or more wide, corymbose,
style exserted caps, ovoid. Italy B M 3745. Gn 49, p.
483; 48, p 297 —A desirable
basket or rock plant in sun or
half shade. The white form, Var.
alba, is most excel-
lent free-flower-
ing. C. Mayii,
Hort., is .supposed
to be a denvativo
of this species Ivs.
soft and woolly.
Choice
BBM. Fls bell-hhaped.
c. Style exerted
41 Scouleri, Hook.
Perennial, 3-12 in : st.
simple or branched:
Ivs acutely serrate,
somewhat hirsute;
lower ones ovate-acute,
petioled; middle ones
ovate -lanceolate; up-
per linear - lanccolat e,
sessile, calyx-lobes awl-
shaped, erect, one-third
shorter than the co-
rolla' fls. pale blue,
racemose, or more or
less pamcled , style
exserted: caps ovoid.
N. Calif, to Puget
Sound. — The capsular
valves are a little
above the middle, while
in C. carpatica and C. persicifolia they are near the
apex.
cc. Style not exserted.
D Color dark purple.
42. pfllla, Linn. Fig. 770. Perennial, 3-8 in., tufted
or in clumps, showy: st. normally 1-fld.' Ivs. glabrous,
772 Campanula
rotundifoha var sol-
daneilaeflora. (XH)
771. Campanula rotundifolia. (XI)
crenulate-dentate, lower ones short-petioled, ovate-
rotund; upper sessile, ovate-acute: calyx-lobes long-
acuminate, erect, a half shorter than the bell-shaped,
nodding corolla. Mts. of Austria, 4,000-6,000 ft. In
B.M. 2492 the calyx-lobes are short-acuminate, a
sixth as long as the corolla L.
BC. 6:554. Gn. 63, p 140 C.
pidloides, Hort , is a supposed
hybrid between C pulla and C.
turbinata, with habit of former* 6
in :fls glistening purple-blue. Gn.
66, p. 203
DD. Color not dark purple, but violet
or blue (varying to white.)
43. drabifdlia, Sibth & Smith
(C dttica, Boiss ). Annual, hispid,
3-4 in., lower Ivs. oblong or ellip-
tic, dentate, tapering into a
petiole fls large, blue and lighter
on the tube, bell-shaped, on fork-
ing sts. Greece.
44 rotundifdlia, Linn. HARE-
HELL HAIRBELL BLUE BELLS
OF SCOTLAND Fig 771 Peren-
nial, 6-12 in : root-lvs. petiolate,
orbicular or cordate, crenate-den-
tate st -Ivs linear or lanceolate,
usually entire, calyx-lobes awl-
shaped, erect, a third shorter than
the boll-shaped bright blue cor-
olla; fl -buds erect Eu , Siberia,
N. Amer Gn 53.42; 62, p. 59.
Gn. M 14*10. — This is one of
the most cosmopolitan of all
campanulas, and the true harebell or bluebell of litera-
ture. In the wild it is usually slenderer and taller than
in the garden. In shady woods it often grows 2 ft high.
The type has a white-fld variety which is much less
popular, but GC 1861.698 shows an excellent pot-
plant of it. Var. alaskana, Gray Dwarfer, leafy to the
top* radical Ivs. cordate, lowest st -Ivs ovatp and- the
upper ones becoming lanceolate calyx-lobes attenuate,
becoming deflexed; corolla H~1H m l°nK Alaska
Var. arctica, Lange Rigid, 1- to few-fid corolla 1 in
long, the calyx-lobes very slender and soon spreading
ordeflexing. Canada north. Var velutina, DC Herbage
whitish pubescent. Var. Hdstii, Hort. (C Hdstu,
Baumg ), has larger fls than the type and ftouter sts
The lower st -Ivs are lanceolate, remotely dentate, the
upper hnsar entire: calyx-lobes longer than in the type,
a hah" shorter than the corolla The white-fld form is
not so vigorous |G o 207 The most pronounced
variant is var soldanellaefldra, Ilort (C sobianella,
Hort ). Fig 772 With semi-double blue fls split to
the base into about 25 divisions FS 18*1880 Gn
60, p 162 This cunous variation is unique m the
genus The alpine soldanellaa are famous among trav-
elers for melting their way through the ice They have
fringed blue fls — The name C rolundifdia seems singu-
larly inappropriate until one finds the root-lvs in
uaily spring C bfrnocbdon. Boiss & Reut., by some
referred to C. rotundifolia, is more slender and with nar-
rower st -Ivs.: fls. long and narrow, tubular, rich lilac-
purple Alps.
45. Schefcchzeri, Vill. (C hnifblia, Willd.) Peren-
nial, 4-12 in- st. 1-4-fld, usually 1-fld.. root-lvs
roundish, ovate, or cordate; st -Ivs linear or narrowly
lanceolate, sessile, denticulate, the lowest st.-lvs.
spatulate: calyx-lobes slender, Imear-awl-shapcd, nearly
as long as the bell-shaped (lark blue corolla. Alpine
and subarctic regions of Newfoundland, Labrador.
Alaska, and Rocky Mts to Colo , also m Eu and
N Asia F.S. 21:2205, not L B C. 5.485, which De-
Candolle states is C. rolundifolia. Var. alba, Hort
Fls white Gn. 60, p 164. The st.-lvs. of C. Scheuch-
650
CAMPANULA
CAMPSIDIUM
eeri are distinctly serrate, while in C. rotundtfolia they
are entire; the fl.-buds nod in the former, but are erect
in the latter. The calyx-lobes are relatively longer in
C. Scheuchzen, and perhaps the bell is deeper.
46. caespitdsa, Scop. (C. piirmla, Curt C pusilla,
Hsenk.) Perennial, 4-6 in., root-lvs. tufted, short-
petioled, ovate, glandular-dentate, shining- calyx-
lobes linear, erect, a third shorter than the bell-shaped
corolla: fls. nodding, blue; pollen violet-colored B.M.
512. Gn. 43.24; 48, p 297; 60, p. 161 G 25 307.
R.H 1908, p. 223.— Dwarfer than C roiundifoha, with
root-lvs never remform, shorter-petiolcd, and lasting
until after fls. have gone. Perennial, quickly forms a
dense mat, and blooming from June till Oct The
European trade catalogues usually offer C c&spitosa
and C. pusilla separately, and doubtless plants of dis-
tinct horticultural value are passing under these names,
but there seem to be no sufficient botanical characters
to distinguish them Correvon says that C pusilla
differs from C. c&spitosa only by its less stoloniferous
character. Var. alba, Hort., has white fls G C III,
48:96. Gn. 72, p. 143, 75, p 368 G M 5t:466. Var.
pallida, Hort , has pale blue fls. G M 53 . 612
47. excisa, Schleich Perennial, glabious, height 4-5
in : sts slender, 1-fld : root-lvs sp<ituJate, upper Ivs.
linear; calyx-lobes bristly, spreading, at length reflexed,
a third shorter than the bell-shaped corolla, fls pale
blue, divided to about hah* their depth, with a round
hole at the base of each sinus, winch easily distinguishes
it from C. pulla and all other campanulas. Hare in
Alps. BM 7358. L.B.C.6.561. Gn. 60, p. 64— A
rare rock-plant. Likes cool, moist air, and not too full
exposure to sun.
BBBB. Fls. tubular, often long and narrow.
48. Zfiysii, Wulf. Perennial, 3-4 in.: plant tufted,
glabrous, sts. few-fld.: root-lvs entire, crowded, petio-
late, ovate-obovate, obtuse, st.-lvs obovate-lanceolate
and linear: peduncles 1-fld , terminal, rarely axillary;
fls. azure-blue, large for the plant, terminated by a
stellar process before expansion: calyx-lobes linear,
awl-shaped, spreading, a fourth shorter than the
corolla; corolla long-cylindrical, constricted at the
apex, wider at the base, sharply angled, pale 'blue.
Austrian Alps, 6,000-8,000 ft Gn 8, p 173 G.C III.
20: 183, 38 '228 — A rare and abnormal species.
49. Erinus, Lmn. Annual, plant hispid' height
3-9 in.: Ivs small, glossy, ^-%in broad, cor-
date, deeply cut, the pointed lobes conspicuous: fls.
sessile, pale blue with a light center, tubular, %m.
broad, with acute narrow lobes; style long, conspicuous,
colored like corolla racemes long, semi-prostrate,
10-12-fld. Medit — Rare, short-lived rock-plant; also
for edgings and pots
C. abietina, Griseb Rare tufted rockery plant, with slender,
wiry sts 9-15 in. high fls light blue, in loose branching spikes.
July, Aug E Eu — C acutdngula, Ler & Lev Dwarf, with trail-
ing sts from a rosette of ivy-like Iva st -Ivs small, rounded and
toothed fls solitary on each st , rather large and star-like, purple-
blue N Spam G C III. 50 220 — C amdbihs, Lcicht °=C phycti-
docalyx — C BeaverdiAna, Fomme Slender, to 2 ft , glabrous or
finely hairy- lower Ivs oblong-ovate to broadly ovate, obtuse,
crenate-serrate fls few or solitary, slender-pedicelled, blue, l\i
ta. across B M 8299 Caucasus — C calycdnthema, Hort =C.
Medium var calycanthoma — C cenisia, Lmn A rurt> rock-plant
from Mt Gems and other mts of the Alps, with solitary deep blue
fls on sts 2 in high Root-lvs obovate, obtuse, st -Ivs ovate-
oblong, all Ivs sessile-entire calyx hirsute, the lobes linear-lanceo-
J
in
late, a half shorter than the deeply 5-cut, spreading corolla -
orandifldra, Jacq =Platycodon — C hederiicea, Lmn ==Wah._..
bergia. — C. tmerelina, Rupr Dwarf, branching, resembling C.
sibinca Ivs small fls violet-blue Caucasus — C mciirva, Auchier—
C. Leutwemh — C kolenahAna, Mey Perennial, 9 in or less Iva.
mostly radical ovate, about 1 in long fls in long-stalked raceme,
bluish violet, 1 in. long, inside hairy Caucasus — C lacinidta,
Lmn. Robust much-branched biennial, 2 ft , somewhat pubescent:
lower Iva. 8 in long by 2 M in broad, deeply cut fls about 2 in.
aorOM, upwards of 1 in long, pale blue Greece G C III. 40-165.
—C. Leutwdntt, Heldr vC mcurva, Aucher) Perennial, simple,
1 ft. or more Iva cordate, white-downy, crenate, rounded at apex-
fls. pale blue, 1 H in long Greece ~C Martini, Hort =Platy-
oodon. — C. michauxoidct, Bous. Tall-growing fls. bluish white.
the aegms recurved Asia Minor. — C. Lamdrckit, D Dietr.««»
Adenophora Lamarckn — C nU\da, Ait «-C plamflora — C.
petr&a, Lmn Biennial, with ascending st , hairy, 0-12 in lower Ivs.
lance-oblong, narrowed to the oase, toothed, upper Iva.
ovate and sessile fls small, pale yellow, in dense terminal and
axillary heads N Italy.— C phyettdocUyx, Boias & Noe (C.
amabilw, Leicht ) Like C Ranunculus in habit, 2-2 ty ft.. Ivs.
lanceolate or cordate fls 10-12 in raceme, dark blue with black
styles, resembling those of C. persicifoha Armenia. — C plant'
fldra. Lain (C mtiJa, Ait ) Glabrous height 3-9 m st simple:
Ivs sessile, leathery, shining, root-lvs crowded m a dense rosette,
ovate or obovate-obtuse, crenulate, 1% in long, st -Ivs. linear-
lauceolato, acute, nearly entire fls blue or white, with double
varieties, in spicate racemes, calyx-lobes ovate, acute, broad, erect,
a third shorter than the broadly boll-shaped or saucer-shaped corolla.
Not American, though commonly so stated Habitat unknown.
J H III 33 283 — Hock-plant, for sunny position — C prtmu-
IxfMia, Brot St hairy, simple, 1-3 ft lowest Ivs , lanceolate,
st -Ivs oblong fls blue, downy at bottom, nearly rotate Portugal.
B M 4879 — C Raddedna, Trautv Perennial, glabrous, 1 ft :
Ivs cordate, long-stalked fls large, dark purple Caucasvis — C.
spectdsa, Pourr , is u rare species Most of the plants passing under
o be C glom
, ,
this name are likely to b
var speciosa C thyrs
B M 264<) is C glomerata
oa, Lapeyr , is referred hero — C Spfcv-
lum, Lmn =Speculana — C spitdta, Lmn Biennial, 1-2 ft Ivs.
very narrow, nearly or quite entire fls 1-3, sessile, m a long inter-
rupted spike, blue Eu JH III 47 267 —C sulpMrea, Boiss.
Annual fls size of those of C rotuudifoha, pale straw-color out-
side and sulfur-yellow inside Palestine — C urticifdha This name
is now abandoned Plants are likely to be C Trachelium.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H B f
CAMPANUM^A (variant of Campanula) Cam-
panulaceae Twining or loose-growing perennial herbs,
with rhizomes or tubers, rarely grown in. greenhouses.
Lvs mostly opposite, simple and often cordate,
petioled fls yellowish or greenish, broadly bell-shaped,
4-6-lobed fr a berry — Five species occur in the
Himalayan and E Asian region and the Malay Archi-
pelago C javdrnca, Blume, and C. inflata, Clarke, both
with yellowish brown-veined fls. arc mentioned in
gardening literature the fls are about lMln > in the
former the calyx is nearly free from the berry, which is
hemispherical, m the latter the calyx is adnate to the
berry, which is ellipsoidal, both are twiners. C grdcihs,
Hort , is of the genus Leptocodon, and C. lanceoldta,
Sieb & Zucc , is a Codonopsis.
CAMPHORA: Cinnamomum.
CAMPION: Stlene.
CAMPSfDIUM (alluding to its similarity to Camp-
sis) Bignomacese Ornamental vines grown for their
bright orange flowers and also for their handsome
evergreen finely pinnate foliage
Evergreen shrubs, high-climbing, without tendrils
and without rootlqts, with odd-pinnate, opposite Ivs.
and tubular, orange, slender-pedicelled fls. in terminal,
loose and short racemes, calyx turbmate, 5-toothed,
glandless; corolla tubular, slightly ventncose, straight,
with 5 short equal lobes, stamens, 4, the 2 longer with
the anthers exsertcd; anther-sacs parallel, disk cupular,
flat1 fr a narrow caps with many wmgea seeds. — Two
species in Chile and in the Fiji Isls
They are adapted only for subtropical regions and do
not seem to bloom readily, but even without flowers they
are worth planting for their foliage alone. In Old World
gardens, they are sometimes cultivated as stove plants,
but C. valdivwnum, judging from its habitat, might do
better in the cool greenhouse Propagated by greenwood
cuttings under glass For further culture, see Campsis
Camptidium filicifolium, from the Fiji Islands, has
never flowered in the writer's garden (in Florida) and
is cut down by frost almost every winter, but it is a
strong grower and worth planting for the foliage alone.
C. valdivianum has proved to be a very poor grower
and is very difficult to keep in health for any length of
time. (H Nehrlmg)
valdivianum, Seem. (C. chiUnse, Reissek & Seem.
Tfaoma valdimdna, Phil ). Climbing, to 50 ft branches
angular, glabrous4 lys. glabrous. 4-6 m. long; Ifts. usually
11-13, sessile. elUptic-oblon&M-lHin. long, serrate near
the apex or almost entire: racemes pendulous, 6-10-fld.;
CAMPSIDIUM
CAMPSIS
651
fla about 1^ in. long, orange: caps. 3-4 in long, nar-
rowly elliptic-oblong. Chile. G.C. 1870:1182. B.M.
6111 F.S 20:2142.
filicifdlium, Van Geert (T&xma fihcifblia, Nichols.).
Climbing evergreen shrub: Ivs. odd-pinnate, 5 in. long;
Ifts 19-25, ovate, with 2 or 3 lobes on each
side, the larger lobes sometimes dentate. Fiji
Isls. F. 1874.280. ALFBED REHDER.
CAMPSIS (Greek kampsis, curve, refer-
ring to the curved stamens) Bignoniacex.
TRUMPKT-CubKi'KR. Ornamental
vines cultivated for their strik-
ing scarlet or orange flowers.
Deciduous woody plants, climb-
ing by aerial rootlets, with oppo-
site, odd - pinnate Ivs , large
orange or scarlet fla in terminal
clusters or panicles, followed by
large elongated
caps calyx tubu-
lar - campanulate,
leathery, un-
.equally 5-
toothed; corolla
f unnelf orni-
rampanulate, enlarged
above the calyx, 5-lobcd,
with spreading lobes,
slightly 2-hpped; stamens
4, 2 longer and 2 shorter
with diverging anthers;
ovaiy 2-loculed, sur-
rounded at the base by a
large disk fr an elongated
caps , locuheidally dehis-
cent, with the 2 valves
separating from the sep-
tum to which the seeds
are attached, seeds numerous, compressed, with 2 large
translucent wings — One species m N. Amer and one in
China and Japan By some botanists, Bignoma is con-
sidered the correct name for this genus, because the
original description was chiefly based on C. radicans,
while Tecoma is the proper name for the genus known
as Stenolobium
The hardiest species is C radicans, which may be
grown as far north as Massachusetts, at least in shel-
tered positions, while C chinem>is is more tendei , the
hybrid is intermediate between the two m hardiness.
C chinenvis and C hybrida, as well as C radicans var
spcciosa, can be grown as bushy specimens and will
bloom freely on the young shoots, even if cut back
almost to the ground by frost Such plants can be
easily protected during the winter by laying them
down and covering them with eaith C radicans is
particularly adapted for covering walls and rocks, as it
climbs with aerial rootlets and clings firmly to its sup-
port The species of campsis prefer rich rather moist
soil and sunny positions Propagated by seeds, by
greenwood cuttings under glass, or by hardwood and
also by root-cuttings and layers*.
Trumpet -vines in the South — The trumpet-vines
are very successfully cultivated in Florida, being well
adapted to the soil and climate, but to do their best
need to be planted from the btart m rich soil; and in
addition they should be well fertilized at least once a
vcar. They prefer a fertilizer rich m nitrogen, and a
heavy mulch will also prove very beneficial. They
should be grown on posts and tall stumps, or they may
be trained over small oaks, persimmon trees or catalpas
Other bignomads of similar culture are Tecomana
capensts, a half -climbing species with scarlet flowers eff ee-
42
773 Trumpet-vine — Campsis
radicans. (Xh)
tively used for decotation of the veranda, and Tecoma
stans That and Campsis chinensis are the two showiest
bignomads cultivated in Florida, the latter being a
climber, flowering abundantly m May and June, while
the first one is a large-gi owing bushy species opening
its immense corymbs of vivid j ellow flowers the latter
part of November and early in December The Chinese
trumpet creeper, C c/a/a^s/s, is the most flonferoua
and gorgeous In the writer's garden a large pine stump,
about 16 feet high, in Ma> and June is completely
covered with masses of bnlliant hery orange-scarlet
flowers which can be seen at a distance of half a mile.
The flowers are much linger, more bnlliant and much
more abundantly produced than those of the native
C'. radicans It is sorru times infested by a voracious
caterpillar, which devours the leaves greedily. The
lubber grasshoppers also attack ttto lo\ser foliage C.
chinenMH grows well in the pooi sandy soil, perfecting
luxuriant shoots 25 to 30 feet long m one season if \sel)
fertilized The native trumpet creeper, C radicans, \s
very common in the southern woodlands and fields.
There is a great variety m the brilliancy of the blos-
boms This is an excellent plant for covering the bare
trunks of palmettos (II Nehrlmg.)
radicans, Seem (Tecoma radwanv, Juss Biqnbma
radical, Linn ) TRUMPET-CREEPER TRLMIIKT-VINE.
TRUMI>ET-HONE\KU KLE.
Figs 773, 774 High-c limb-
ing shrub, clinging with
rootlets: Ivs. odd-pinnate,
Ifts 9-11, oval to ovate-
oblong, acuminate, serrate,
dark gicen above, pale and
pubescent beneath, at least •
along the midrib, 1] 2-2*2
in long' fls in terminal
ra,< ernes ; corolla tubular-
funnelform, about 3 in long,
\\ith 5 spreading lobes, usu-
ally oiange with seal let
limb, tube almost thrive as
long as the short-toothed
c,il\\ fr cyhndiic-oblong,
keeled along the sutures,
stalked and with a beak at
the ipo\, 3—5 in long July-
Sept Pa and 111 to Fla
and Texas. B M 485 Gn
22, p 330 F. 1873, p 220
A F 12 34 Mn 2 9
Var. atropurpdrea, V o s s
(var grandijlbra atrnpur-
piirea, Iloit ) \N ith large,
deep scai let fls Var spe-
cidsa, Vost-, Scarcely climb-
ing, usually forming a bush
with long and slender
branches Ifts small, oval,
abruptly narrowed into a
slender point often ^4111
long fls. orange-red, with
rathet straight tube; limb
about \y± m across. Var
prafecox, Schneid. Largo
scarlet fl,s. in June. Var.
aurea, Hort. Fls. yellow.
chinSnsis, Voss (T&oma
grandijldra, Delaun 2'. chi-
nensis, C Koch. Bignonia
chintnsis, Lam. C.adrepcnv,
Lour ) CHINESE TKPMPET-
CREEPKK Fig 775 (adapted
from Gardening) Climbing 774 The Trump«t-creepet
shrub, with few or no aerial climbs by means of aerial
rootlets: Ivs. odd-pinnate; roots. — Campsis radicans.
652
CAMPSIS
775. Compsis chmensis on a
clothes-post.
Ifta. usually 7-0, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, serrate,
glabrous beneath. 1^-2H in. long: fls. in terminal
racemes; corolla funnelform-campanulate, shorter and
broader than that of the preceding species, scarlet,
about 2 in. across; calyx 5-lobed to the middle, about
as long as the tube of the
corolla, fr. obtuse at the
apex. Aug, Sept. China,
Japan. B M. 1398; 3011.
F.S. 11:1124-5. Gn. 27, p.
94; 33, p. 348; 47, p 373.
G.F. 3.393. F.R. 2.27.
Gng. 4:195. — Less high-
growing and sometimes
shrubby ; blooms when quite
small and can be grown as
a pot-plant, also suited for
forcing. Var. Thunbergii,
Voss (Tecoina Thtinbergii,
Sieb.). Fls. bright scarlet,
with very short tube and
reflexed lobes. Often a var.
of C. radicans is cult under
the name C. Thunbergii.
Var Princei, Voss (Tecoma
grandiflora var Princei,
Dipp ), probably belongs to
the following hybrid.
hybrida, Schneid. (T6-
coma hybnda, Joum. T.
intermedia, Schelle. T radicans grandiflbra atropur-
purea, Hort T. Princei grandiflora, Hort T. chinensis
auraniiaoa, Hort.). Hybrid between tho two preceding
species somewhat climbing, often forming a bush with
straggling branches. Ifta. 7-11, ovate to elliptic-ovate,
usually pubescent along the veins beneath, fls. in ter-
minal loose panicles, calyx divided for about one-third
into ovate long-acuminate lobes much shorter than the
corolla-tube, corolla funnelform-campanulate with
orange-yellow tube and scarlet limb, about 2 m across
and 3 in. long July-Sept Garden origin. S T.S. 1:47.
M.DG 1904:123— The fls are almost as large and
showy as those of C chinensis and the plant is hardier.
ALFRED REHDER.
CAMPTOS6RUS (Greek, bent son, alluding to the
irregular arrangement). Polypodiaceje. Two species of
hardy ferns, with simple pointed Ivs., which take root
at the apex, and arc hence known as "walking-leaf
ferns " A single species is native
mostly on hme-bearmg rocks, and
an allied species is known from
Japan and N. Asia.
rhizophyllus, Link. Fig. 776.
Lvs. evergreen, hiinple, tapering
from a heart-shaped base, 4-12
in. long; veins forming meshes
near the midrib; son
irregularly scattered,
linear, straight or
bent Canada to Ala
— Sometimes grown
in roekenes and wild
gardens
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
CAMPYLOBdTRYS:
Hoffmanma.
CAMPYLONEtJRON:
Polupodium.
CANADA: British
North America.
CANAIGRE: Rumex
hymenosepalua.
CANAWGArlCanan-
g\um. 776. Camptosorus rhizophyllui. (XX)
CANANGIUM
CANANGIUM (Makassar, kananga: Malay, kenanga)
Annondcex. Perfume-yielding tropical trees.
Closely allied to Desinos but differing in having the
apex of the connectives of the stamens prolonged into a
point, instead of being broadened into a hood-like
covering for the pollen-sacs, sepals 3, petals 6 in 2
series, valvate, nearly equal, flat, linear; stamens many,
closely crowded on the convex torus, the connective
produced into a long tapering point; carpels indefinite,
777. Cauangium odoratum. a, flowering branch, b, stamens,
c, longitudinal section of fruit, d, fruit cluster.
clustered in the center of tho mass of stamens, ovules in
2 columns or apparently in a single column, style linear
or linear-oblong, terminating m an obtuse swelling,
ripe carpels (fr ) .several, pediceiled, ovoid or oblong
and more or les** constricted between the seeds The
name Cananga, usually applied to this genus, \vas used
by Aublet in 1775 ior an entirely different genus, and
cannot therefore be valid for the present one Haillon
recognized this fact, and proposed the name (\man-
gmm, without, however, coupling it with specific names
It was taken up by Sir George King in his Annonacca-
of British India, 1893, and was applied by him to the
celebrated ylang>lang tree, Canangiurn odoratum
odoratum, King (Uvnrta odorata, Lam Vndna
odordta, Dunal Cnndngn odotata, Hook, f & Thorns )
YLANGYLANG ILAXGILANG ALANGILANG Mobo'oi
MOTO-OI Fig 777. A tree bearing a profusion of
greenish yellow fragrant fls with long narrow petals,
from which the celebrated ilangilang is made The
tree is found m S India, Java, the Philippine*, the
Malay Archipelago, and many islands of the tropical
Pacific It occurs spontaneously as well as in cult , and
its seeds are widely scattered by fruit-pigeons and other
birds In the Samoan Isls. it is much beloved by the
natives, who make garlands of "moso'oi" with which
to adorn themselves, and they celebrate its fragrance
in their songs. The fls. yield a fragrant volatile oil
known in commerce as the oil of ilangilang, usua'lv
obtained by steam distillation. The natives use a much
simpler process in securing oil for anointing their
heads and bodies. Fls are put into coconut oil and,
after remaining a short time, are replaced by fresh ones,
CANANGIUM
+he oil being subjected to a gentle heat. "Macassar
oil" is prepared in this way, fls. of Michelta Champaca
being often added to those of the ylangylang
Brandisanum, Safford (Undna Brandisdna, Pierre.
Undna lalifdlta, Hook. f. & Thorns , not Dunal) A
tree endemic m the forests of lower Cochin China and
Cambodia, with very fragrant fls resembling those of
C odoratum but with the petals lelatively broader, con-
stricted at the base, and thicker, and the Ivs usually
cordate at the base and tomentose beneath, instead of
rounded at the base and pubescent beneath the fr
resembles that of the preceding species but with fewer
seeds arranged almost in a single row, but on close
inspection seen to be biseriate The fls yield a per-
tume similar to that of the true ylangylang of com-
merce W. E SAFFOKD
CANARINA (from the Canary Islands) Campanu-
Ifaeae Cool-house tuberous-rooted herb closely allied
to Campanula, but with the tubes of the calyx and
corolla grown together, and the floral parts in 6's. —
Three species C. Campanula, Lam , is a tender per-
ennial from the Canaries, about (i-H ft tall, with
drooping, inflated buds and solitary, bell-shaped fls.
more than 1 in long and l}i m wide, dull yellow,
flushed and veined with dull purplish brown the lobes
of the corolla strongly reflexed Ivs hastate, coarsely
lepand-dentate fr a fleshv berry. B M. 444 — Intro,
by Franceschi in 1X95
CANARY-BIRD FLOWER Tropseolum
CANARY GRASS Vhalunt
CANAVALIA (an aboriginal name). Including
Malo<chia Legnnunb$<e Bean-like plants, some of
them producing edible seeds and some more or less
grown for ornament
Prostrate trailing or twining heibs, with pinnately
3-foholate Ivs fl.s in axillary racemes or fascicles,
often large, violet, ros«> 01 white, with bell-shaped,
2-hpped calyx, papilionaceous corolla, 9 stamens
united and 1 fiee for all 01 part of its length pods, large
and ribbed on edges — A do/en species, widely dis-
tributed in \\arm countries
ensifdrmis, DC (C gladntta VAT ensifdrmis, DC ).
jAf-K BEAN Cm< KASAW LIMA Figs 485 (Vol I),
778 G labrous or neai 1> so Ifts ovate-oblong or ovate,
mucronate upper lip of cal>\ longer than the tube,
recurved and notched, keel blunt, curved seeds white,
with a dark raphe
Tropics of both
hemispheres — B
M 4027 AG 14.
H4 —Grown in the
southern states for
stock, but the pods
make passable snap
beans when not
more than 4-6 in
long In warm
countries it is a
bushy plant, with
little tendency to
climb The pods
reach a length of 10-14 in , the walls being very hard
and dense when ripe; the halves of the pod, when split
apart, roll up spirally often into an almost perfect
cylinder. The large white turgid beans, bearing a
very prominent brown seed-scar, are packed crosswise
the pod, imbedded in a very thin white papery lining
The fls are small and light purple, resembling those of
the cowpea (but larger) and of various species of
Dohchos The Ifts are large and broad (5-8 in long
and half or three-fifths as broad), strongly veined and
dull, dark gieen, abruptly pointed and smooth,
paid to be used as a coffee substitute.
CANNA
653
778 Seeds of Canavalia ensiformis.
(XI)
C. bonan6ruu, Lindl Twining Iftn ovate, with the long apex
obtuse, fls purple in drooping racemes that exceed the Ivs., the
standard large broad and notched Uruguay and H Brazil BK 1199
II U 4, p 129— C' obtusiful-ia, DC Prostrate or climbing lits nearly
orbicular to oval or obovute, loumled or cuneate at ba.se fls pink,
in racemes exceeding the K> seed brown, oblong Ha and Texas
south Known as "mato de la playu" in Porto Rico — C ruiio^fxrma,
Urban. Large and tall, ascending highest forest trees seeds red.
L. H B.
Known as "Mato Colorado " W.Indies.
CANDELILLO. Euphorbia anti*yph\l\tioa
CANDLEBERRY, CANDLENUT. Aleurites.
CAND6LLEA (A P DeCandolle, 1778-1841, fa-
mous botanist of Geneva, Switzerland). Candolleactx;
formerly referred.to Ditlemnceae Herbs or woody plants
sometimes grown under glass or in the open far South
for the mostly yellow flowers
Shrubs or undershrubs or herbs, mostly glabrous.
Ivs simple, mostly narrow, sometimes \\ith margins
revolute. fls few or solitary at the ends of the branches;
sepals and petals 5, stamens many, united into 5
bundles or sets, each set bearing several anthers;
carpels 2-3-5, with 1-3 ovules in each — As now under-
stood, probably 80-90 species, mostly W Australian,
but 1 in Trop Asia and S China and 1 in the E Indict.
Little known in cult , but the following Australian
species are now offered
tetrandra, Lindl Shrub, with branches angular,
pubescent Ivs. narrow-oblong to oblong-ovate, obtuse
or short-acuminate, '2% in or less long, clasping, mar-
gins not revolute. fls much larger, paler yellow, the
petals 1 in long and the acute sepaN %m long' fr
with orange aril B It 29 50 — Offered as a green-
house plant.
cuneif6nnis, Labill Erect shrub, 6 ft and more,
with short crowded branches that are somewhat hairy
when young' Ivs oblong-cuneate to obovate, truncate
or few-toothed at apex, 1 in long fls bright sulfur-
yellow, sessile in the crowded floral Ivs ; sepals about
}/2\n , and the notched petals somewhat longer B M.
2711 — Offered in S Calif, where it blooms March-
June L H. B.
CANDYTUFT. Ibens
CANE-BRAKE Species of Arundinana (treated under Bamboo)
CANtSTRUM (Greek, a basket) Bromch&cev.
Epiphytic or terrestrial hothouse plants, requiring the
treatment of billbergias
Leaves in a dense tuft, acute, spinulose on the margin
mfl compound, in a cup of Ivs , on a very short >st as
in Nidulanum, or on a longer exserted st , fls usually
green, rarely golden or blue — A genus of about 10
species, natives of Brazil. They are sometimes lef erred
to Nidulanum
LIndenii, Mez (Mchmta eburnea, Baker Cuzmanic*
frtigrans, Hort Nuiultirium Lln<le?m, Regel) Lvs.
about 20, in a dense losette, tomentose, green-spotted,
the bract-lvs. cream-white, fls. white or greenish
amazdnicum, Mez (Karatas nmnzdmca, Baker
Ntdiddnum amaz6tucum, Lmd & Andr6 ACchmba,
ainazdnica, Hort ) Lvs 15-20, 10-20 in long, and
rather wide at the muldle, greenish brown above and
light brown beneath, not spotted or scurfy, the bract-
lvs greenish brown' fls white, with a green tube, in a
dense head
C nurantlacum, E Morr (/E^hmpa aurantinca, Baker).
Plant vifltoroui Ivs expanded in the middle fls yellow, 2 in.
long S Amer B H 1*73 1 > GBORGB y NASH f
CANNA (name of oriental origin, of no application).
Cann&cex. Popular tall ornamental plants, prized for
their stately habit, strong foliage and showy flowers:
much used for bedding
Stout, unbranched: fls mostly red or yellow, in a
terminal raceme or panicle, very irregular: caps. 3-
loculed and several- to many-seeded (Fig. 779, p.) ; sepals
654
CANNA
CANNA
(s) 3 and small and usually green; petals (cec; d,
mostly narrow and pointed, green or colored , style (e)
single and long, the stamens are commonly petal-like,
oblanceolate bodies or stammodia (aaa&), 2 or 3 of
which are usually
much produced
and broadened,
and one is de-flexed
and narrower and
forms the lip of
the fl (/>), the
pollen is borne in a
single-loculed an-
ther (/), borne on
the side of a nar-
row and more or
less coiled stam-
inodium — In the
latest monograph,
1912 (Kran/lm, in
Englcr's Pflan-
zenreich, lift 56),
51 species of
Canna are de-
scribed from sub-
tropical and tropi-
cal Amer. and
779. The parts of the Canna flower.
Asia
A generation or two ago, cannas were grown for their
foliage or mass-effect. They were tall and long-jointed,
with small and late flowers (Fig 780) An old-time
garden race of tall cannas was C Anns-i, raised by
M Annee, of France, from seeds of the tiue C ntpal-
ensis, sown in IS 18 The flowers from which the seeds
were taken probably had been pollinated by some other
species, most likely with C qlauca In 1863, a new
race appeared, as the result of the union of (] indifloia
with C Warsccwiczn This hybud was known as C
Ehcmanm (and C' iruhflora hybrida) This was ot intei-
mediate stature, with showy foliage and better dioop-
mg flowers Under this name plants are still sold, but
they may not be identical with the original V, Ehe-
manni. This race has been variously crossed with other
species and forms, and from innumerable seedlings there
have been selected the dwaif and laige-floweied eannas
(Figa. 781, 782), which have now piactically driven out
the old tall small- flow eicd
forms These dwaif cannas aie
often known as French cannas,
from the country of their ori-
gin; also, as Oozy cannas,
from a renowned breeder of
them Within recent years,
another race of cannas has
ansen from the amalgamation
of our native C Jlaccidn with
the garden forms and with C
indijlora These have come
mostly from Italy and are
known as Italian cannas; also
as orchid-flowered cannas The
flowers are characterized by
soft and flowing iris-like out-
lines, but they are short-lived
Of this class are the varieties
Italia (Fig. 783), Austria, Ba-
varia, Burgundia, America,
Pandora, Burhank and others.
For a sketch of the evolution of
the garden cannas, see J G.
Baker, Journ. Roy Hort. Soc.,
Jan., 1894; also, for the his-
tory of the Italian race, Revue
^ Horticole, 1895, 516, and Gar-
' deners' Chronicle, Dec. 14,
780. Old-time canna. 1895; Kranzhn, cited above,
The culture of cannas is simple and easy. They
demand a warm, friable, rich and moist soil. They
are injured by frost, and therefore should not be
planted out until the weather is thoroughly settled For
dense mass effects, set the plants not more than 1 foot
apart each way, but if it is desired to show individual
plants and their flowers at the best, give three times
that amount of room to a single plant Pick the flowers
as soon as they wilt, to prevent the formation of seeds
(which causes the plant to lessen flowering), and keep
the plants in tidy condition. Give the soil and treat-
ment that produce the best results with Indian corn.
New varieties are raised from seeds The seeds
usually germinate slowly, and sometimes not at all,
unless the integument is cut or hied, or is softened by
soaking in water, these precautions taken, they geimi-
nate quickly Sow late in winter, in rather strong bottom
heat, in flats or pots. Puck out, and give plenty of
room. They should make blooming plants the hi st year.
Commonly, cannas are propagated by dividing the
rootstock This root stock is a branchy mass, with many
large buds If stock is not abundant, as many plants
may be made from a rootstock
as there are buds, although the
weak buds produce weak plants.
Leave as much tissue as possible
with each bud These one-bud
parts usually give best results
if started in pots, so that the
plant is (> to 12 inches high at
planting time. The
commercial canna
plants are grown
mostly in pots If
one has sufficient
roots, however, it
is better not to cut
so close, but to
leave several strong
buds on each piece
(as shown in Fig
784) These pieces
may be planted
(Inertly in the
ground, although
moie certain results
arc to be secured by
starting them in the
house in boxes or
pots If strong
effects are desired, particuarly in shrub borders, it is
well to plant the entire stool In the fall, when the
plants arc killed by frost and the tops have dried a
few days, dig the loots, and let them diy, retaining
some of the earth on them Then stoic them on
shelves in a cellar that will keep lush or round pota-
toes well Take care that the roots do not become too
warm, particularly before cold weather sets in, nor
too moist Well-cured roots from matured plants
usually keep without much difficulty If they do not
hold much earth, it is well to throw a thin covering of
light soil over them, particularly if they are the highly
improved kinds.
Cannas are commonly used only in formal beds, but
most excellent effects may be secured by scattering
them singly or in very small clumps in the hardy
border or amongst shrubbery. Against a heavy back-
ground of green, the gaudy flowers show to their
best, and the ragged effect of the dying flowers is not
noticed. They also make excellent centerpieces for
formal beds The tall-growing cannas, with small and
late flowers, have given way almost wholly to the
modern race of Crozy or French dwarf cannas, which
usually remain under 4 feet high, and give an abun-
dance of large early flowers. The canna always must
be used for bold planting effects, because the flowers
781. Modern flowering canna.
CANNA
CANNA
655
have not sufficient durability to be very useful as cut-
flowers As individual blooms, the flowers are not usually
attractive, but they are showy arid interesting in the
mass and at a distance. The new race of Italian or
Flaccida cannas has more attractive (lowers, but even
these are most useful when on the plant
It is impossible for the gardener to determine species
of canna in the common garden forms In fact, the
species are little known except in herbaria and as wild
plants growing in their original habitats The mon-
ographers do not agree as to the definitions of what
have been described as onginal or wild species The
following account of species is included more for the
purpose of showing the range within the genus and
of making a catalogue of leading
botanical names than to set specific
limits or to indicate what species-
forms are in cultivation The Crozy
experiments began with crossing C.
Warscewiczii with a variety of C.
nepalensis of gardens (C flaccida?)
having large yellow flowers and very
long creeping tubers, and home of the
progeny was crossed with C aureo-
picta (a garden form) The recent
attractive orchid -flo\vered cannas spring
largely from the C flaccida forms.
Achtras, 3
gemflla, 23
pedunculata, 15.
AUensteinn, 23.
gigantca, 23
Fofppwn, 22
angunti/olia, 13.
Annxi, 16
glauca, 13, 10.
FielKoiuifoha, 23.
polyilada, 12
polumorphii, 10
aurantiaca, 7
huimln. 9
portorutriMs, 19
aureo-iittata, 19.
indica, 17
recnnata, 19
But kit, 15
iridiflora, 24
refttni, 15
car ma, 8
la.ta, 10
Kfo\(-n, 13
oearcnsis, 12
lagunonHW, 4
rotundifoha, 6.
chinensii. 10
Lambcrtii, 22
rubra, 18
cinnabanna, 9
lanceolata, lit
rubncauht, 20
ooccmea, 17, 18.
larniRino^a, 3
rubro-lutt a, 10
cummutala, 7
latihilia, 23
sangmnta, 10, 21
compacta, 2
leptochila, 10
eaturatc-nt Inn, 10
loucorarpa, 16
MilerlUndHliana
crocra 1 7
hlnflora. 25
Sclloi, 21
deniif'olia, 7.
limbrta, 10
.spctiOMi, 10
discolor, 6.
loiiKitolia, 16
avectalnhi, 17
eduln. 20
lutea, 7
stoluTnfera, 16
escult nta, 20.
macrophylla, 23
sulphur ta, 7
eml*a, 1
manilata, 7
syhestns, 19
engua, 9
mtxicana, 16
ttnui flora, 17.
eximui, 12
Montzwna, 5
Tini-i, 7
Fintchnannu, 14.
neglecta, 23
variahihs, 8
flaccida. 13
nepalensis, 10
vanegata, 19
flavticew, 11
onentalis, 11
tentncosa, 19
flortbunda, 7, 19.
palhda, 5
\iolaroa, 16
formosa. 18.
fulgvla. 9
panitulata, 1
patens, 17, 10, 21
Warsrcwiczu, 21
xalapensis, 23
A. Petal-like staminodia none.
1. paniculata, Ruiz & Pav (C excelsa, Lodd ) St
very tall, slender, glabrous Ivs oblong or ovate and
acute, green and glabrous above and pubescent beneath
racemes lax, disposed in a squarrose panicle, the fls in
2's, sepals lanceolate, Jin long, obtuse; petals lanceo-
late, yellow-green, 2-3 in long, lip rather longer than
the petals, crimson. Subequatonal Andes.
AA Petal-like staminodia 2.
B. Plant woolly-pubescent on the sheaths and sometimes
on the If. -blades
2 compficta, Roscoe. St tall, stout, and g^reen- Ivs.
many, oblong to ovate and acute raceme simple and
densely many-fld , the rachis 3-angled; sepals ovate,
acute, Yivd long; petals unequal, narrowly lanceolate
and long-acuminate, \Yi in. long, red-yellow; stamino-
dia oblanceolate, slightly emargmate, 1^-2 in long,
scarlet or deep orange-red; lip broad-linear, emargmate,
red-yellow. S Amer
3. lanugindsa, Roscoe (C Achlra*, Litt ) St green,
woolly, 4-6 ft , densely Ivd • Ivs. ovate-oblong, acute,
green: raceme long and contracted, many-fld , simple,
the bracts obtuse, small and green, sepals ovate-lanceo-
late, greenish red, J^in or less long; petals long-lanceo-
late, \Yi in long, tinged with red, starnmodia entire,
red or red-yellow, lip the same color, and revolute.
Buizil, Peru B II 1358
4 iagunensis, Lindl Differs from C lanuqinosa in
having long pale yellous Us , l>y some referred to
C luka plant of medium si/e, lightly lanate on the
fehtaths If -blades ovate-oblong, short-acute and apicu-
late, pale-margined petals linear-lan-
ceolate arid ffurnmatc lip strongly
revolute, red- spot ted Mex , Cent.
Amer. B R. 1311, 1358 Aug-Nov
5 p&llida, Roscoe (C.
Moritziuna, Bouche) Plant
medium height If -blade
elongate-elliptic, acuminate
and filamentous at end,
hornet lines white-margined :
r.ieenie simple and narrow,
the bracts broadly oblong-
cuneate; sepals ovate and
obtuse, green, petals lanceo-
late and acuminate, green-
isli-sulfur-color, lip linear,
2-tipped, revolute, pale yel-
low, spotted W Indies and N S.
Amer
BB Plant glabious on sheaths and
If -blades
*•"•**' c Lvs of 2 colors.
0 discolor, Lindl (C rotundifbha,
Aivlre; St stout, G-10 ft , purple and gla-
br oils Ivh very broad-oblong, acute, the
loner ones sometime^ 3 ft long, dark flrecn
and purple-margined, red-purple beneath:
lh in a deeply forked panicle of lax racemes,
the bracts small and oblong, sepals lanceo-
late, obtuse, * mi long, gieen, tinted \\ith
purple, petals 1 mceolato, acuminate, 1 ^ in.
long, pale green tinted with rose, .staminodia
entire, 21 > in long, bright red, exterior
yellow, lip lanceolate and emargmate, brick-
red Cent -milS Amor B 11 1231 C. con-
Cinna, Bouche,is a related species with lance-
olate Ivs narrowed at both ends. S Amer.
cc Lvs umcolored, green
D Fls nairow, the parts connivent
7 lutea, Miller (C commutata, C flon-
butida and C dentifbha, Boueh6 C macu-
lata, Link C bidphurea, Hort ) St slender
and green, 3— i ft , distantly foliated Ivs.
oblong or broad-lanceolate, acute raceme
lax, simple or raielv foiked, the small
green bracts oblong and obtuse, sepals ob-
long, '^m, green, white-margined, petals
lanceolate, pale yellowish white, 1-1 J/t m
long, staminodia pale vellow, often emar-
Flow'enng or gmate, 11 i~2 in long, lip linear, pale yel-
French canna low, emargmate Alex to Brazil BM
—Prmce 2085 L B C 7 (U(> C. Tinei, Tod , perhaps
Hohenlohe. a hybrid, apparently is to be associated with
this species
Var aurantiaca, Kranzl Fls. orange; lip yellow
8 vanabilis, Willd (C airnea, Roscoe). St. green,
3-6 ft • Ivs broad-lanceolate or elliptic, acute, bright
green raceme simple and lax, the small bracts oblong
and obtuse, sepals lanceolate, green, \fon. long, petals
lanceolate, acuminate, concave, 1H in. long, pale
flesh-color, staminodia 2, spatulate-hnear, mostly entire,
variable in color but mostly orange or rose; lip linear
or hgulate and entire* caps, small, globose S Brazi),
the particular place unknown.
656
CANNA
CANNA
DD. Fls. nngent or gaping, or open-spreading.
B. Infl. simple or only moderately branched.
9. hftmilis, Bouche" (C exigua, Bouche") Low, 3
ft. or less, slender. Ivs. short-petioled, the blade oblong,
acute or short-acuminate, glabrous above and below,
10-16 in long raceme sub-simple (raiely paniculate),
bearing fls large for size of plant (about 3 in long);
sepals very unequal, ovate-oblong, petals long-lanceo-
late, concave, connate at base into a tube, scarlet;
stammodia spatulate, more or less 2-lobed at apex, lip
rather narrow, about 2^ in long Farther India,
China, etc C. cinnabarlna, Douche" (C.
fulgida, Bouche*), is a related species but
larger and with yellow and scarlet rather
smaller fls Mex., Cent Amor , W.
Indies
10 specidsa, Roscoe (C. leptochlla and
C saturdte-ritbra, Bouchd C polymdr-
pha, Loud. C. sanguinea, Hort ) Laige:
st. green, 5-6 ft. Ivs broad-
oblong, acute* fls. in ami elon-
gated raceme or sometimes
paniculate; sepals lanceolate,
%m. long, pale purple; petals
linear-lanceolate, 1 % in long,
erect, pale purple; stammodia
3 in. long, emargmate, bright
red; lip emargmato, yellow.
Himalayas B M 2317. B.R.
1276. C. chinensis, Willd.
(C nepalemns, Wall ), differs
in having reflexed petals
11 orientalis, Roscoe (C. flave'scens. Link). St.
slender, glabrous, 3-4 ft . Ivs ovate-oblong, a foot
or more long, raceme lax, simple or forked, the
bracts oblong; sepals oblong-lanceolate, obtuse,
%m. or less long, pale green and rose-tmted;
petals lanceolate, acuminate, \y% in. long, pale
rose, upper stammodia 2}^ in or less long, bright
red, often emargmate, hp red-yellow caps globose
arid very small Malaysian tropics
EE. Infl, much-branched; fls purple.
12. polyclada, Wawra (C exlmia, Bouche*. C.
cearensis, Huber) St tall and very slender* Ivs.
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acute fls (often in
pairs) in a long, much-branched panicle, the bracts
nearly orbicular, sepals lanceolate, Km long;
petals long-lanceolate and unequal, acuminate, the
longest about 2J/2 in > purple; stammodia acute,
scarcely longer than the petals; lip oblanceolate,
scarlet-spotted. Brazil
AAA. Petal-like stammodia 3 (exception in No. 18).
B Lvs. lanceolate fls. mostly yellow or orange.
c. Petals deflexed.
13 flaccida, Sahsb (C glauca and C. angusli-.
f6ha, Walt.) St. green and glabrous, 4-6 ft.,
very leafy below Ivs ovate-lanceolate to narrowly
elliptic, acute, green, raceme simple, lax and few-
lanceolate, acuminate, greenish yellow, 1^-2 in.;
stammodia obtuse and entire (or 2-lobed at apex), 2-3
in . yellow; hp linear, strongly reflexed, yellow, mottled
red: caps, large. Mex. and Cent. Amer.
15. pedunculata, Sims (C. Butkii, Wemm. C.
refltixa, Nees). St. tall, slender, green and glaucous,
5-6 ft : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, green and glaucous,
1-2 ft. long and 3-4 in. broad, fls. in a many-fld long
raceme, with a hairy rachis and long-spreading pedicels,
the bracts small, oblong and obtuse, sepals oblong,
small and green; petals linear-lanceolate, greenish
yellow, reflexed, 2 in long; stammodia
emarginate, about 2 in. long, pale yel-
low; hp oblanceolate, yellow caps
globose, small. W. Indies, S.
Amer B M. 2323. L.B.C.
7:622.
cc. Petals erect.
16 glafcca, Linn. (C.
Schlechtcndaliana, B o u c h 6.
C Ann<rt,Andr£ C mexicana,
and C btolonifera, Bouch6.
C lanceolata, Lodd ). St.
green and glaucous, 5-6 ft.,
from a long and stolomferous
ihizomo: Ivs green and glau-
cous, oblong-lanceolate and
very acute, tapenng both
ways (the middle of the blade
4-6 in \vide), \\hite-mar-
gined' raceme lax, simple or
forked; sepals ovate-obtuse,
green, J^m long, petals
linear - lanceolate, yellow-
grecn, l)i~2 in , stammodia
, m , yellow, not spotted, hp
linear or obovate-oblong, emarginate, pale
yellow: caps oblong, \] 2- 2 in long W.
Indies, S Amer Var rftbro-lutea, Hort ,
has fls. deep jollow tinted rod, or m some
portraits represented as deep purple B M. 3437.
C. longifdha, Bouche', from Mox and Cent.
Amer , has the petals all free, whereas they are
united in a tube in C glauca, and with curved
sulfur-yellow fls C. leucoc&rpa, Bouch6, S.
Amer , has petals united into a short tube, the
fls bmall, pale orange with broad leafy style.
C. violacea, Bouch6, habitat unknown, has pet-
als united in short tube, fls violet, strongly
gaping, plant deciduous-woolly above.
BB. Lvs. broadly oblong or elliptic' rhizome
tuberous.
c. Plant low or medium in height (mostly
5 ft. or less) .
D. Staminodia entire at apex.
17. tndica, Linn. (C. pdtens, Roscoe. C. crbcea,
Hort. C. tenuiflbra and C. spectdbilu, Bouche".
C. cocclnea, Link). INDIAN SHOT St. slender,
entire,
fld., the bracts very small; sepals lanceolate or ob- canna. giabrous, green. 3-5 ft : Ivs oblong and acute,
long, acuminate, 1 in. long, green; petals broadly gieen, not glaucous, half as broad as long (1-1K ft.
linear-lanceolate to obovate and reflexed, to 3 in long long) racemes simple or very nearly so and lax, some
(as is also the tube) ; stammodia obovate, sulf ur-yel- * " ....
low, 2-3 in. long by IK m. broad, hp large, yellow.
Swamps S C. to Fla., near the coast. L B C. 6.562.
G.W. 12, p. 253.— Useful for its good habit and ins-
like fls C. ReSvesii, Lindl , of India and the Philip-
pines, has the outside stammodia acute rather than all
obtuse or emarginate as in C flaccida, and fls. less than
4 in. across rather than about 6 in. across. B R 2004.
14 Ffntelmannii, Bouche*. St. green and glaucous,
4-5 ft. : Ivs. oblong or ovate-elliptic and acute, bright
green, raceme few-fld and rather dense, the bracts
green and oblong; sepals oblong, %m , green; petals
of tho fls in pairs, the bracts green and nearly or-
bicular, fls small, sepals oblong and green, J^m. long;
petals lanceolate, pale green, about 1 Jja in- long; upper
stammodia bright red, entire, 2 in. long but narrow;
lip linear, red-yellow, minutely spotted with red: caps,
globose. 1 in diam. W. Indies, Cent, and S. Amer.
Naturalized in parts of southern states. B.M. 454.
B.R. 776. L B.C. 17:1693.
18. coccfnea, Miller (C. riibra, Willd.). St. slender,
green, 4-5 or sometimes 6 ft.: Ivs. oblong, or oblong-
lanceolate, and acute: raceme simple and lax, with small
green, orbicular bracts; sepals lanceolate, H'm. or lees
CANNA
CANNABIS
657
long, green tinged with red; petals lanceolate, acumi-
nate, ll/i in. long, pale scarlet; stammodia 2, long
and narrow, mostly emargmate; hp yellow-spotted,
caps, globose and small. W Indies, Cent, and S Amor.
C. fonndsa, Bouch6, Brazil, has 3 unlike stanunodia.
DD. titaminodia 2-lobed.
19. sylv6stris, Roscoe (C. 'portoncensis, Bouch6).
Plant stout, 4-5 or 6 ft Ivs. long-oblong or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, bright green, to 2^ ft long and
one-third as wide, raceme slender, usually squarrose,
rarely simple, fls narrow and elongated, red, sepals
lanceolate and acute, Jjin. long, pet alb much longer,
lanceolate and very acuminate, stammodia .sub-equal,
narrow-spatulato; lip narrow, strongly revolute \V.
Indies, Cent Amer C. limbata, Roscoe (C patens,
Hook. C aureo-intt-ata, Ixxld C flonbuiuln,^ variegata,
C recurwtta, C Id'ta and (' vtnlncoMi, Bouche"), of S
Brazil, has unlike stammodia, (he largest being 2-lobe<l,
(he medium one emargmate, the othei entue, all red with
yellow margins. B II. 771 LBC 119
cr Plant tall, often up to I') ft (No Jl perhaps exec pttd).
D. IStaminodia of imdiurn length (3 in or less).
E The ataminodia not united.
20 edulis, Ker (T aculenta, L<xld C rubncauhs,
Link) Rootstock thick and edible st stout, 8-12 ft ,
Curple: Ivs large, oblong, 01 ovate-oblong, green or
ronze, 1-2 ft long lacemc la\, forked or simple, fls
red or brick-red, usually in puns, the bracts orbiculai
or oblong, sepals oblong-lanceol.ite, \i\\\ long, tinged
with red, petals oblong-lanceolate, 11 2 m , stammodia
entire or emurgmate, 2 l 2 in long, bright red or orange,
lip bright red or yellow -ied caps laige \\ Indies, S
Amer BM 2498 BH 11~> --Starch is pro< MI e<l from
the roots, and foi this purpose the plant is \viddy cult
in the tropics
21 Warscewiczii, Dieti ((' sangulmu, Waisc ) M
claret-purple and glaucous, 3-1 ft Ivs oblong and
acute, more or l<\ss claret- or hion/e-tmged, }^lt long
and nearly one-half as bioad raceme simple and
rather dense, with ovate, brown, glaucous bracts;
sepals lanceolate, } ^m , glaucous purple, petals lanceo-
late, acuminate, neailv 2 in long, i eddish and glaucous;
Ktarninodia oblaneeolate, entue, 2'.>-3 in long, bright
scarlet, lip oblanceolate, emargmate. blight scarlet.
Costa Rica, Brazil B M 4,s:>! C. Selldi, Hort (C
patens, Baker), of S Bra/il, is tomentose sepals ovate;
petals oblong-lanceolate, united into a tube, stammodia
strongly reflexed, one 2-purted.
EK The btaminotlia umUd into a tube, or at hast connate
at ba>>c
22 Lambertii, Lmdl (C Pceppign, Bouche^ St
stout, very tall (to 10 or 11 ft ) gieen and glabrous,
12-14 ft . Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to elliptic, gieen, acute:
raceme simple or forked, lax and feu -fid , the bracts
large and oblong, green, sepals lanceolate, pale purple
or lilac, ^2in l°ng> petals lanceolate, acuminate, I1 2
in long, purple, stammodia unlike, obovate, entire,
scarcely longer than the petals, connate at base, bright
crimson; lip bright crimson-purple' caps oblong, large
W Indies, S. Ainei B R 470
23 Ifttifftlia, Miller (C gigantia, Desf. C macro-
phylla, Hort C. ncglecla, Wcmm C gemella, Noes.
C. Altenstdnn, Bouch^'). St. btout, very tall (10-10 ft )
pubescent: Ivs. ovate or ovate-oblong, acute, green, but
purple-margined when young, the lower ones often
3-4 ft. long. fls. in several racemes forming a panicle,
the bracts oblong or the lower ones becoming several
inches long; sepals oblong and green, J^in long, very
unequal, petals lanceolate, acuminate, 2 in long,
scarlet; stammodia united into a tube, entire at apex
or one of them 2-lobed, somewhat twisted, brick-
red; lip brick-red : caps, large S Amer L.B C. 7:634.
— C. heliconiifdlia, Bouche", Texas to Venezuela, has
the stammodia more or less conmvent fls orange-
red Ivs long-petioled, more or less woolly, oblong-
acuminate plant 7-8 ft Var xalapensis, Kranzl
(C xalape-ntis, Bouche), has narrower Ivs. and smaller
stature
no. titaminodia larye (J in or le$<s long), united into
a tutje
E. A'fe pendulous, rose-colored
24 iridifBra, Ruiz & Pav St grecm, 6-12 ft.' Ivs
broad-oblong, bright green, slightly pubescent beneath:
racemes paniculate, drooping; fls lar^e, beautiful rose-
color, tube of corolla and stammodia as long u*> the
blade, sepals lanceolate, 1 in long, corolla-lobes lanceo-
late, 2V-J m long; .i upper stammodia somewhat longer
than the corolla-lobes, obovate, nearly or quite 1 in
broad, rose-crimson, lip narrow, deeply emaigmate,
rose-crimson Andes of Pr ru B M 1968 B R 609
LBC 10 905 RH IStfl 110
784. Stool of canna, showing how it may be divided.
EE. Fix. erect-sprcatling, white and red.
25. lilhfldra, Warsc St robust, green, 8-10 ft.:
Ivs many, oblong, green, 3-4 ft long, spi ending from
the st at a right angle fls m a corymbose panicle;
sepals linear, as long as the tube of the corolla, corolla-
lobes lanceolate, 2-3 in long, p-Ue green, the tube of
equal length, 3 upper stammodia \\hite, united into a
time for half their length, the blade obovate and spread-
ing, lip oblanceolate, as long as the stammodia Colom-
bia. R II 1884:132 FS 10 10.VH3 — \ fine species.
The white fls finally become tinged with brown;
lomccra-sccnted. L H B.
CANNABIS (the ancient Greek name) Moraceae.
HEMP. A widely cultivated fiber plant, and also used
occasionally as an ornamental subject, being grown
from seeds and treated as a half-hardy annual
Hemp is dioecious stuunnatc fls. in axillary panicles,
with 5 sepals and 5 drooping stamens and no petals,
pistillate fls in short spikes, with 1 sepal folding about
the ovary Ivs digitate, with 5-7 nearly linear, coarse-
toothed Ifts.. fr a hard and brittle achene C. sativa,
Linn , probably native in Cent Asia, is now escaped in
many parts of the world tall, rough and strong-
smelling, 8-12 ft Ifts 5-11, linear-lanceolate, toothed,
the upper Ivs alternate and the others more or less
opposite Only one species, but various forms have
received specific names In gardens, the form known
as C. gtgantra is commonest , this reaches a height of 10
ft. and more The seeds are usually sown where the
658
CANNABIS
CAPSICUM
plants are to stand : but if quick effects are wanted, they
may be started indoors in pots or boxes. Hemp makes
excellent screens in remote places. It thrives best m a
rich rather moist soil For field cult for fiber (which
is derived from the inner bark), see Cyclo Amer Agric ,
Vol II, p. 377. L. H. B.
CANTELOUPE: Muakmelon.
CANTERBURY BELL: Campanula Medium.
CANTUA (from Cantu, Peruvian name). Pole-
monidcex. Showy flowering shrubs, with variable
foliage, m greenhouses, and out-of-doors far South.
785. Cappans spinosa.
(XK)
Flowers corymbose; calyx campanulate, of 5 (rarely
3) sepals, which are much shorter than the long tubular
corolla; stamens inserted at the base of the corolla, but
exceeding it m length -^-Six species in S . Amer
One kind is recommended in Eu as a coolhouse shrub.
No tenderer than fuchsias. Prop, by cuttings in sand
under a bell-jar.
buxifdlia, Juss. (C. dependens, Pers ). Much-
branched shrub, about 4 ft high, branches more or less
downy Ivs. very variable, generally oblong-obovate,
acute, tapering at the base, entire or serrate, downy or
glabrous, fls 5-8, drooping vertically, in a kind of leafy,
terminal coryma, calyx pale, membranous, green-
streaked, 5-toothed, a fourth shorter than the corolla-
tube; corolla long-funnel-shaped, the tube 2^ m. long,
red, usually streaked; limb of fringed, obcordate,
crimson lobes which are much shorter than the tube;
stamens included Peru Apr , May B M 4582.
F.S. 7:650 R.H 1858, p. 294 R B 27 181 —One of
the choicest of European greenhouse plants Very
liable to red spider.
C bicolor, Lern Distinguished from the above by the entire Ivs.
which are shorter, about 1 in long, and the solitary fls with a short,
yellow tube, the limb not fringed The fla droop, but not vertically
Peru B M 4729 F S 4 343 Probably less desirable than the
above — C pyrifbha, Juss Lvs generally broader and more
toothed than in C bicolor fls as many aa 17, in an erect, terminal,
compound corymb, calyx red-tipped, nearly half as lon^ as the
yellow corolla-tube, corolla about 1% m long, with a white limb,
stamens long, exserted. Peru B.M. 438b F S 4 383
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOB.f
CAOUTCHOUC TREE- Hura, Manihot, Ficus elastica, Castilloa,
Hevea, Landolphia, and others, not treated here
CAPE BULBS. A name applied to bulbous and bulb-
like plants native to South Africa. They are dry-region
plants, and often bloom with us in summer and
autumn Some of the leading genera are Amaryllis,
Brunsvigia, Nerme, Ixia, Tritonia, Watsonia. See Bulbs.
CAPS CHESTNUT: Calodendrum capennt.
CAPE GOOSEBERRY: Phytalu.
CAPE JESSAMINE: Gardenia.
CAPER- Cappans
CAPE-SPURGE: Euphorbia Lathyrus.
CAPPARIS (Greek, caper, said by some to have been
derived from the Arabic name of the plant). Cappa-
nddcex CAPER- BUSH, or CAPER-TREK Greenhouse
plants North, and suited to the open in Florida and
California
Trees and shrubs, with simple Ivs : sepals 4, rarely
5; petals usually 4; stamens usually many, inserted
on the receptacle, the filaments thread-like and free;
ovary long-stalked, 1-4-celled, with many ovules —
More than 150 species distributed throughout the
warm regions of the eaith Differing from Cleoine and
most other cult genera of the family in having baccate,
not capsular, fr
Capers are pickles made by preserving the flower-
buds of C i>pinoi>a, a .straggling shrub which grows oul
of old walls, rooks, and rubbish in Mediterranean
regions and India Also rarely cultivated as a green-
house flowcimg shrub Propagation is by cuttings of
ripe wood, under a bell-jar, in greenhouses, and by
seeds South
spin&sa, Linn Fig 785 Spiny shrub, 3 ft high,
often straggling and vine-like Ivs roundish or ovate,
deciduous fls borne singly, alteinately, and fading
before noon, sepals 4, petals 4, oblong, clawed, wavy,
white, 1J-6 in long, stamens 40-50, filaments purple
above, perhaps the chief beauty of the plant 13 M 291.
— What seems to be the long style with a short un-
opened stigma, is really the elongated peduncle or
toius topped by the pistil, which has no style and a
minute stigma Var nipestris (C rupestna, Sibth &
Smith) is a spineless form
Mitchellii, Lmdl A much-branched shrub, usually
very spiny, and more or less densely tomentose Ivs
ovate-oblong, 1-1 ''2 in long, narrowed into a short
Cetiole fls lew, axillary, white or yellowish, followed
y a tomentose globular berry 2 in diam Sand plains
of Austral — Suitable for dry places outdoors in S.
Calif
C acuminata, Lmdl St shrubby, with flexuose, smooth
branches Ivs petiolate ovate-lanceolate, acuminate ti» large, soli-
tary, white, the conspicuous stamens 3-4 times as long as the
• • - ~ R 1320.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.!
petals. China B R
CAPRTF&LIUM: Lomcera.
CAPRIOLA: Cynodon.
CAPSICUM (name of uncertain origin, perhaps from
kapto, to bite, on account of the pungency of the seed or
pericarp, or from cap^a, a chest, having reference to the
form of fiuit) Solan&cese RED PEPPER CAYENNE
PEPPER Herbs or shrubs, originally from tropical
America, but escaped from cultivation in Old World
tropics, where it was once supposed to be indigenous.
Stem branchy, 1-6 ft high, glabrous or nearly so:
Ivs. ovate or subelhptical, entire, acuminate, fls. white
or greenish white, rarely
violaceous, solitary or some-
times in 2's or 3's, corolla
rotate, usually 5-lobed, sta-
mens 5, rarely 6 or 7, with
bluish anthers dehiscing
longitudmallv, ovary origi-
nally 2-3-loculed fr a juice-
less berry or pod, extremely
variable in form and size,
many-seeded, and with more
or less pungency about the
seeds and pericarp Fig 786 Normal 2-loculed fruit of
786. The fr becomes many- Capsicum, in cross-cectioo.
CAPSICUM
CARAGANA
loculed and monstrous in cult. — About 90 species have
been named, most of which are now considered forms
of one or two species. Monogr. by Irish, 9th Ann.
Kept Mo. Bot. Card. For cult , see Pepper.
A Plant annual or biennial
annuum, Lmn Fig 787. Herbaceous or suffrutes-
cent, grown as annuals in temperate cl, mates, but in
warmer latitudes often treated as bien-
nials. All of the leading commercial varie-
ties in the U S. readily find classification
within the types or botanical varieties
The species has never been found wild.
It is the pimento of Trop Amer.
B Fr oblong-linear.
c Calyx usually embracing base of fr
Var conoldes, Irish (C conoid??, Mill.).
Suffrutescent Ivs numerous, rather small,
2-3 in long, %-2 in. \vide peduncles
blender, .straight, erect; fls. small, calyx
obeomcal or cup-shaped, usually embrac-
ing b.ise of fi , corolla greenish white,
spreading, Js~?«m fr. erect, subcomcal
or oblong-ohndncal, about 1)4 in long
or less, usually shorter than the peduncles
and mostly borne above the Ivs , very acrid.
Coral (Jem, Talxusco Gn 66, p 381
Var fasciculatum, Irish (C fasciculatum, Sturt )
RED CLUSTEK PEPPER. Fig 788 St herbaceous
round or nearly so branches few Ivs clustered or
crowded in bunches about the summit, elliptical-
lanceolate, jMJinted at both ends fr also clustered, erect,
slender, about 3 in long by J4m diam , very acrid
Var acununatum, Fingh (C chiWrise, Hort )
LONG C' \IENNE Herbaceous, very branchy, about
2' 2 ft high, bearing a dense masts of foliage, fl medium
size, spiead } £-/\\n fr larger than the preceding,
either erect or pendent Chile
cc Calyx not usually embracing base offr
Var I6ngum, Sendt (C dnnuum, Lmn C Idngum,
DC ) 1JI nit herbaceous, about 2J-2 ft high, with com-
paratively few branches Ivs large, often 4 in long by
2% in wide fl.
large; corolla
spreading, 7/6-lK
in , dingy white,
calyx usually
patenform or fun-
nelform, rarely
embracing base of
fr fr often a foot
long by 2 in diam.
at base, flesh thick
and in some varie-
ties very mild
Garden varieties
are- Black Nu-
bian, County Fair,
Elephant'sTrunk,
787. A form of Capsicum annuum. Ivory Tusk.
BB. Fr of various shapes, but not oblong-hncar
Var grdssum. Sendt (C grfasum, Lmn ) Herba-
ceous, about 2 ft high, with few branches: Ivs very
large, often 3 by 5 in., sometimes coriaceous, lower
ones usually pendent; petioles deeply channeled' pe-
duncles stout, about 1 m long; corolla large, spreading,
%-lK '«• fr large, oblate, oblong, or truncated, 3-4-
lobed, usually with basal depression, more or less sul-
cate and rugose, flesh thick, firm, and of a mild flavor.
Emperor, Monstrous, Bell, Sweet Mountain, Golden
Dawn, Ruby King, Golden King, Brazilian Upright,
Golden Upright, Squash, and others, are garden
varieties.
Var. abbreviatum, Fingh (C umbihcatum, Veil. C.
luteum, Lam ) Suffrutescent Ivs broadly ovate, 2—4
in long peduncles slender, straight or curved, as long as
or longer than the berry fr about 2 m. long or less, vary-
ing much m the different horticultural varieties, m gen-
eral ovate, quite rugose, ex-
cept in one variety, some-
times turbmate While this
variety is used to some ex-
tent for pickling, it is noted
more as an ornamental plant.
Some garden forms are Celes-
tial, Etna, Kaleidoscope, Red
Wrinkled, Yellow Wrinkled.
Var cerasif6nne, Irish (C.
cerat>i/6nni', Mill ) Suffrutes-
cent Ivs medium size, ovate
or oblong-acuminate, about
Ij4~3 1/'2 m cal>x seated on
base of fr , corolla large,
spreading, V^-\l/i in fr.
sphencal, subeordate, oblate,
or occ asionally obscurely
pointed or slightl} elongated,
smooth or rarely minutely
rugose or silicate, flesh firm,
iV"Hm thick, extremely
Sungent Garden forms are:
ov\ Cherry, Oxheart.
AA Plant pcnnnial
frutlscens, Lmn Fjg 789 Shrubby
perennial, -i-6 ft high, \\ith prominently
angled or somewhat channeled st and
blanches branches loos-ely spreading or
trailing Ivs broadly ovate-acuminate,
3-6 in long, 2-3 } 2 in w ide peduncles
slender, 1-2 m long, often m pairs, usu-
ally longer than the fr , calyv cup-shaped,
embracing ba.se of fr , corolla often with
ocherous markings in the throat fr ,red,
' obtuse or oblong-acuminate, 3{~l/4 m-
788 Capsicum ]Ong, i4-*4m diam , ver\ acrid — Cult.
onjy $ i ils the «ea,son& m temperate lati-
tu(les are not j()nj? enougn to mature fr.
Var baccatum, Irish CC baccatwi, Linn ) Plants not
so tall, but more erect than the species branches slen-
der, fastigiate, flexuose corolla small, spreading, about
y^m . fr ovate or sub-round, about ^4111 diam
H C IRISH.
CARAGANA (Caragan, its Mongolian name) Legit-
nnno^p PE\ TREE (Ornamental shrubs chiefly grown
for their bright yellow flower*;
some species aie aKo used for
hedges
Leaves abruptlj pinnate, often
with persistent spm> -pointed
rachis, Ifts small, entire; stipules
decidvious or per^--tent and spiny:
fls papilionaceous; stand-
ard upright, like the wings
with long claws, keel obtuse
and straight, stamens 10,
9 connate, 1 free, ovary
scarcely s 1 1 p 1 1 a t e pod
linear, terete, straight, 2-
valved, with several seeds
— More than 50 species from
S Russia to China, most of
them in Cent Asia Mono-^
graph by Komarov in Act
Hort Petrop 29 "179-388
(1908), with 16 plates
The caraganas are decidu-
ous unarmed or soiny shrubs
annuura var.
fasciculatum.
789. Capsicum
frutescena.
660
CARAGANA
CARALLUMA
with yellow, rarely whitish or pinkish flowers axillary
and solitary or fascicled, followed by linear pods. The
cultivated species are quite hardy, except a few Hima-
layan species They grow in almost any soil, but best
in a sandy soil and sunny position, and are well adapted
for shrubberies C arborescens is the only one wnich
grows into a small tree, and is of upright habit, like
C frutex, which is about half as high and more grace-
ful; most of the other species are low shrubs, of usu-
ally spreading habit. C. arborescens is one of the best
hedge shrubs for the prames of the Northwest
Propagation is by seeds sown in fall or in spring; if
kept dry during the winter, soaking in tepid water for
two or three days before sowing will be of advantage;
also increased by root-cuttings and layers, or by graft-
ing on seedling stock
of C. arborescens in
spnng
A. Lfts. 12-18, %-%,
in. long: rachis
deciduous.
microphylla, Lam
(C Altagana,Povr C
aiborescens var aren-
<lna,Hort ). Fig 790.
From 4-6 ft : Ifts.
12-18, obovate, pu-
bescent when young,
grayish green, J^m
long or shorter fls
1 or 2, yellow, %m
long, pedicel about
as long as the fl.
Siberia, China L B.
C 11 : 1064— Under
this name a dwarf
form of C. arborescens
is often cult. Var
megalantha, Schneid
Lfts bright green, ^
or sometimes }/fan..
long- fls l%m long.
AA. Lfts. 8-14, Yz-1
in long rachis
deciduous.
arborescens, Lam.
Shrub or small tree,
to 20 ft : Ifts 8-12,
obovate or oblong,
sparsely pubescent
beneath or glabrous
at length: fls 2-4,
pale or bright yellow,
%in long, pedicels usually longer than the fls . pods
about 2 in. long. May, June Siberia, Manchuria G O.
H (>7. Var pendula, Dipp ,with pendulous branches, is
the moht remarkable, it should be grafted high M D
G 1897-425 Var. Lorb6rgii, Koehne. Lfts linear to
linear-oblanceolate, about 1 in long. A very peculiar
and striking form.
fruticdsa, Be&s. (C Reddwsku, Fisch C arborescens
var. arendna, Sims) Shrub, to 6 ft , very similai to the
preceding: Ifts 10-14, oblong-elliptic to obovate, cu-
neate at the base, rounded at the apex; stipules herba-
ceous or somewhat spiny, pedicels and calyx puberu-
lous, calyx-teeth very short' pods about 1 in long;
seeds brown. Amurland, Korea. B M. 1886 (not good).
AAA. Lfts 2-4
B. Rachis of the Ivs. deciduous- pedicels as long as or
longer than the fls.
frfrtex, Koch (C. frutescens, DC ) Fig 791. From
6-10 ft • Ifts 4, approximate, nearly digitate, cuneate,
obovate or oblong, rounded or emargmate at the apex,
790. Caragana microphylla. (XJ4)
glabrous, H~l m- long- fls solitary, %-l in long, yel-
low. May. S. Russia to China Gt 10'34K SB KG
3:227. Var grandifldra, Koehne Fls somewhat
longer than 1 in.. Ifts. usually large and broad. Var.
lattfolia, Schneid. (var. obtusifoha, Hort ) Lfts more
t«an an inch long and about ^ in. broad: fls. as in
the type.
BB. Rachis persistent, spiny: pedicels shorter than the fls.
Chamlagu, Lam. Shrub, 2-4 ft . spines long Ifts 4,
in 2 somewhat remote pairs, chartaeeous, obovate
emargmate or rounded at the apex, glabrous, M~Km
long fls solitary, reddish yellow, 1^ in. long May.
N. China. G O H 30
pygmsea, DC (C grdcihs, Hort). One to 3 ft :
spines short, J^in . Ivs nearly sessile, Ifts 4, approxi-
mate and almost digitate, cuneate, linear-elliptic or
linear-lanceolate, glabrous, Js-fim long fls solitary,
%m long, golden yellow Caucasus to Siberia and
Thibet B R. 12 1021 —Grafted high on C arbo-
rescens, it forms a graceful standard
tree, with pendulous branches
C AUaodna, Poir =C microphylla — C
arbor I 'metis arendria, Hort — O microphylla
— C artnArui, Dipp =C aurantiaca, Koelme
— C aurantiaia, Koelme Allied to C
pygma^a Fls orange-yellow , calyx as long as
broad, ovary glabrous bibeua — C Boisii,
Schneid (C microphylla var crasse-aculeata,
Bois) \llird to C arborescens Shrub, to 6
ft Ifts 10-12, obovate or narrowly obovate,
about } 2\n long, silky pubescent beneath at
least when young, whitish beneath, stipules
spiny fls solitary W China \ F 57.— C
bremipina, Hoyle (C trifiora.Lmc'I )
Spines 2-3 m long Ifts 12-16,
pubescent fls 2-4, on a common
peduncle Himalayas P F G 2
184 —C decorticann, llomsl Allied
to C microphylla Shmb or small
trfce, spiny Ifts 8-12, o\al, less than
\t\Q long fls 1-2 Afghanistan
HI 18 1725— C frutfvtnt, DC
— C frutex. — C (lernrdmna, Koyle
Spines 1 } 3-2 in long stipules large,
scanous Ifts 8-12, densely pubes-
cent fls 1-2, short - pedicel led
Himalayas — C grdulis, Hort =C
pygmsea — C grandifldra, DC
Allied to C pygma?a Lfts cuneate-
oblong, glabrous or pubescent fls
... long, calyx gibbous at the
Caucasus — The pin '
791 Caragana
frutex. (XJi)
cult under this name i. _
variety of C frutex — C jubata,
Pall Sparingly branched shrub
with very thick spiny and villous
branches stipules large, scanous Ifts 8-14, linear-oblong, villoua
beneath fls whitish, 1 m long, short-pcdicellcd Siberia FS
19 2013 L B C 6 522 Gt 10 331 A very distinct and curious-
looking species hardy —C sophonefdlia, Bess (C arborescens xC.
microphy'la C cuneifoha, Dipp ) Lfts usually 12, oblong to elliptic,
cuneate, acute pods ?£'n long Gaiden origin — C tpindsa, DC
Spines 1 in long Ifts 4, rarely more, approximate, cuneate-lanceo-
late, glabrous fls solitary, short-pedicelled Siberia — (' spinoria-
atma, C Koch=C spitiosa — C traaacanthoidfi, Poir Spiny Ifts
1-8, cuneate, oblong, pube«eent fls nohfary, short-pedicelledj cilyx
villous-pubescent Himalayas — C tnfldra, Lmdl -=C bre\ ispma.
-C vulgani, Hort -C artorescens ALFRED REHDER.
CARAGUXTA
mania, which see
By the latest monographer referred to Gut*
CARALLUMA (aboriginal name) Asdepiad&cex.
Low succulents, sometimes seen m collections, about
40 species, from S Hpam and Afr to Arabia and
India They resemble stapelias, and require similar
treatment. The sts are leafless, somewhat branched,
erect, 4-sided and the angles toothed : fls near the sum-
mit of the sts , more or less clustered, purple, brown and
yellow, and other colors, corolla rotate and 5-parted: fr.
long and slender follicles. The carallumas are probably
not in the American trade Some of the names that
may be expected in collections are C. adscendens, R.
Br ; C afims, Wildem.; C. campanulata, N E Br.
(Boucerosia campanulata, Wight); C. commutata,
Berger (sometimes grown as C. Sprengen); C. flmbn*
ata, Wall ; C inversa, N E Br ; C Luntu, N. E Br.;
CARALLUMA
CARDOON
661
(' tiprengen, N. E. Br.; C. Simonu, Berger (Boucerosia
Simoms, Hort ); C. torta, N. E. Br.
CARAMB&LA: Averrhoa.
CARAWAY (Carum Cann, Linn). Umbelltferx.
A biennial or annual herb grown for its seeds, which
are used in flavoring bread, cakes and cheese, also oc-
casionally for the young shoots and leaves, which are
eaten It grows a foot or two high, has finely-cut, pin-
nately compound foliage, and .small white flowers, in
umbels It is of the easiest culture The seed is usu-
ally sown in spring and the crop of seed taken the fol-
lowing year It thrives in any garden soil The plant
occasionally runs wild See Carum
loose corymbs surrounded by large sterile fls , calyx-
tube cupulate, adnate to the ovary; petals 5, stamens
numerous with filiform filaments and suborbicular
anthers; ovary inferior, incompletely 3-celled, styles 3,
short; sterile fls with 3 large sepals caps loculicidal.—
Three species in Japan and China. Tender plants,
thriving m any good garden soil; best in a partly
shaded and moist position Prop by greenwood cut-
tings under glass.
alternifdlia, Sieb <fc Zucc One to 3 ft • Ivs broadly
elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, tapering into a very short
petiole, coarsely serrate, sparsely pilose, membrana-
ceous, .3-7 in long' fls pink, lilac or white. Summer.
S Z 66, 67 Gt 14 486. ALFRED REHDER.
CARBENIA: An mcorrect or doubtful name for Cmcus, which see. CARDINAL FLOWER: Lobelia cardinal*.
CARDAMINE (Greek name of a cress) Cruciferx
Small mostly leafy-stemmed perennials (the annual
species apparently not cultivated),
growing in low rich land, blooming
in spring or early summer
Flowers sometimes large for size
of plant, white or purple, petals
obovate or spatulate pods linear
and straight, more or less flat-
tened, the wingless seeds in 1 row,
valves usually separating elastic-
ally from the base Ivs simple or
pinnate or lyrate. root often tuber-
ous or rhizomatous — About 50
species, largely in boreal or alpine
regions Of easy cult Only ('
pratemis is much known among
growers
pratensis, Linn CUCKOO
FLOWEH Fig 792 Plant slender
and usually glabrous, 12-20 in ,
somewhat bram hod Ivs pinnately
divided, 1ft b ofroot-lvs small and
rounded (J ^m or less across), those
of the upper st -Ivs oblong or even
linear and entire or somewhat
toothed fls \ .>m long, in a
corymb, white or rose-color, pretty
Eu and Amor, in the northern
parts — In the gardens it is chiefly
known in the double-fid form,
hlch probably haa been derived
f ™n European rather than Amen-
i an sources There are other forms
of it It is an excellent little plant to grow in moist
places, particularly along creeks and about springs It
is also useful in drier places, as in rockeries.
trifdlia, Linn Attractive spring bloomer, 6 in , creep-
ing Ivs ternate, the toothed parts or scgms. irregularly
roundish fls snow-white, on a naked scape. S Eu
B M 452
angulata, Hook. Erect, 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. 3-5-f olio-
late, the Ifts ovate or oblong, and the middle one
usually coarsely toothed' fls. rather large, white.
in short, few-fid racemes. Mts. of Ore ana
Wash —Intro 1881 by Gillett.
L. H B.
CARx>AMON: Amomum and Elettana.
CARDlANDRA (Greek, heart, and
man or stamen: alluding to the shape
of the anthers) Saxifraghcex. Orna-
mental half-shrubby plants, rarely
cultivated for their white, lilac or pink
flowers
Suffruticose deciduous plants with
alternate rather large Ivs. and small
pink, lilac or white fla. in terminal
„ .
792 Cardamme pra-
CARDIOSPgRMUM
(Greek, heart-seed, from the
white heart-shaped spot on
the round black seed ; hence
the plant was thought a
cure for heart diseases).
Sapindatex. Tcndril-chmb-
mg tropical herbs
Leaves alternate, biter-
nate, Ifts coarsely serrate:
fls small, white, polyga-
mous or dioecious, m
axillary racemes or
corymbs, sepals
and petals 4, in
pairs, stamens 8;
ovary 3-celled, fol-
low ed by a mem-
branous caps.
— A dozen
species wide-
ly d i s t r i b-
uted The
most popular is
the interesting
bal loon-vine,
which is a rapid-
growing, woody
perennial, behav-
ing as an annual,
curious for its
inflated seed-ves-
sels Fig 793.
Prop, by seeds
Halicacabum,
Linn Fig 794.
BALLOON -VINE.
HEART-SEED
HEART-PEA
794. Balloon-Vine — Cardiospermum
Halicacabum. (XH)
Height 10 ft. st and branches grooved Ivs glabrous,
oblong-acuminate, deeply dentate balloons an inch or
more thick Trop India, Afr , and Arner B M 1049.
— A general favorite, especially with children. Grown
as a garden annual
hirsutum, Willd Creeping or ascending perennial
vine with densely hairy grooved st and Ivs as in the
preceding, but usually hairy on the under surface fls.
not showy, fr. pointed, hirsute, the globular choco-
late-brown seed is borne on the detaching parachute-
like dissepiment Afr — A useful perennial in S Calif,
for covering arbors; evergreen and blooming continu-
ously N. TAYLOR f
CARDOON (Cynara Cardunculus, Linn ). A thistle-
like plant of southern Europe, cultivated for the thick
leaf-stalk and midrib.
It is thought to be of the same species as the arti-
choke, and to have been developed from it by long culti-
vation and selection. See Cynara. The plant has been
662
CARDOON
CAREX
introduced into South America, and has run wild exten-
sively on the pampas Darwin writes that "no culti-
vated plant has run wild on so enormous a scale as the
cardoon." From the artichoke it differs in taller and
more prickly growth and smaller heads. The cardoon
is perennial, but it is not hardy, and is treated as an
annual. Seeds are sown in spring, either in pots under
glass or in the open where the plants are to stand. The
later sowing is usually preferred The plants are given
70S Leaf of Canada thistle. — Carduus arvensis or Cirsium arvense.
rich soil and should have abundant moisture supply,
for they must make continuous and stiong growth.
When the leaves are nearly full grown, they are tied
together near the top, straw is piled around the head,
and earth is banked against it This is to blanch the
plant, for it is inedible unless so treated From two to
four weeks is required for the blanching The procedure is
not very unlike that adopted for the blanching of celery
or endive. If the plants are late, they may be dug just
before frost and blanched in a storage pit The plants
are usually grown 2 to 3 feet apart, in rows which are 4
feet apart. They arc sometimes grown in trenches, after
the old way of growing celciy. Cardoon is vciy little
known as a vegetable in America except among
foreigners. L. H. B.
CARDUUS (the ancient Latin name of these plants).
Composite THISTLE Spiny-leaved annual, biennial or
perennial herbs, sometimes grown in boiders and rock-
gardens for the interesting habit and the heads of
purple or white flowers.
Carduus is sometimes united with Cirsium, but is here
kept distinct, being separated chiefly by non-plumose
or only indistinctly serrate pappus-bristles (see Cirsium) .
The common weedy thistles are leferred either to
Caiduus or Cirsium, depending on the definition of the
en us. Fig 795 shows the spiny loaf of one of these.
Jnder the restricted use of the name, Carduus com-
rises about 80 species, from the Canary Isls. to Japan.
or C. benedictus, see Cnicus
acanthoides, Linn A much-branched perennial
about 18-24 in. high: Ivs. bright green, p innately
parted, the nerves very prominent beneath, spmose
margined: the solitary "heads long-ped uncled, the fls.
purple and showy. S. Eu — Scarcely known in Amer
C. Mart&nus, Hort is a Silybum, and C tafincum, Tlort , is a
Cirsium Both aro advertised in England, but are unknown in
Amer N. TAYLOR, f
CAREX (name of obscure origin). Cyperdcex.
SEDUE Grass-like perennials of very many kinds, a
few of which are grown in bogs or as border plants.
Flowers unisexual, in spikes, the stammate naked
and subtended by a bract or scale, the pistillate com-
prising a single pistil inclosed in a thin sac or perigyn-
lum; monoecious or rarely dioecious: sts or culms solid,
not jointed, mostly 3-angled' Ivs. grass-like but 3-
ranked. One large group has 2 styles and a lenticular
achene, and the spikes are commonly androgynous or
con tain both sexes (Fig 796), another division has 3 styles
and a triangular achene, and the spikes are commonly
unisexual, the stammate being above (Figs. 797, 798).
Carices are veiy abundant in cool temperate regions,
both in species and in individual plants. There are
more than 800 known species. Many of them grow
p
F
on dry land, but the largest species grow in low grounds
and swales, and often form much of the bulk of bog
hay. Carices cover great areas of marsh land in the
upper Mississippi region and are employed in the manu-
facture of "grass carpets" or Crex fabrics. The species
are difficult to distinguish because they aie veiy similar,
and the study of them is usually left to specialists Some
of our broad-leaved native species make excellent bor-
ders and interesting clumps in corners about build-
ings and along walls Of such are C platyphylla,
C. plantaginea, C. albwsina Many of the low-
land species are excellent adjuncts to the pond
of hardy aquatics Others have very graceful
forms, with drooping spikes and slondci culms
(Fig 798). Tho following native species, and
probably others, have been offered by collectors*
C. awca, C tburrua, C jlava, C Ciayi (one of
the best), C hystncma, C lupulina and its var
pcdunculata, C. lumda, C paupercula, C penn-
sylvamca, C plantaginea, C Pbiudo-Ci/perus,
Cf. relrorsa, C. Richard^onu, C npaiia,C Tucker-
mann, C utnculala, C vidpinouka The species
present no difficulties in cultivation if the natural habitat
is imitated Piopagated readily by seed sown in late
fall (germinating in spring) or by division of the clumps.
Morrowi, Boott (C japomca, Hort , not Thunb
C tenuisDima, Hort C aadifolia, Hoit ) Fig 799
Lvs stiff and evergreen, long-pointed, in the common
garden form with a white band near either margin
culm 1 ft with a terminal stammate spike arid 2 or 3
slender pistillate spikes (1 in long) from sheaths,
perigynmm small and firm, somewhat exeurved, 2-
toothed, glabrous Japan G C. III. 13 173 K H 20,
L9 — A very handsome plant, suited for pots or the
rder. The stiff clean white-edged foliage keeps in
condition for months, making the plant useful for
decorations in which pot-plants are used. It is per-
fectly haidy in Cent N. Y ,
holding its foliage all win-
ter. A useful florists' plant.
796. Carez (C. scoparia),
with androgynous spikes and
lenticular achenes. (XI).
N. Amer.
797. Carex (C. lurida), with
staminate terminal spikes and
trigonous achenes. (XJ/2) N.
Amer
intume'scens, Rudge (C. ten&rw, Hort. C. ttnera,
Hort.). Slender, but stiff, to 30 in.: Ivs narrow, rolling
more or less when dry: staminate spikes long-stalked:
Citillate spikes 1 or 2, short-stalked, short, with few
ge, turgid, tapering, shining pengyma and awl-like,
rough-pointed scales. N. Amer.
CAREX
c^m^ns, Berger (C. Vilmorinu, Mott.
(' I dmonm&na, Hort.) Densely tufted,
with many very narrow Ivs., and filiform
culms \Yi ft. or less high: spikes 5-7, the
terminal stammate, linear and short-
dtalked, the lateral pistillate (or perhaps
stammate at base), oblong or cylindrical
and dense-fld , about 1 in long, and with
anstate scales: pengymum 3-angled
(stigmas 3), lance-ovate, attenuate at base
and with a 2-toothed scabrous beak New
Zeal — A good hardy edging plant when a
tufted grassy effect is desired
Buchananii, Berger (C luctda. Boott,
var. Buchdnanu, Kuek ) Allied to the
preceding densely tufted: Ivs leathery,
semi-terete ,very narrow, brown-red § spikes
5-8, the terminal stammate and linear-
cylindrical, long-stalked, the lateral pistil-
late and cylindrical, 1 Yt. in long, densely-
fld pengymum plano-convex (stigmas 2),
produced into a long margined bcabrous
deeply bidentate beak New Zeal — Grown
for its reddish foliage
Gaudichaudiana, Kunth (C. vulgans,
Fries, var Gaudichaudiana, Boott) Culms
erect, 1-2 ft Ivs long and grass-like:
stammate fls in terminal spikes pi.stillate
fls in 2-3 cylindrical, sessile or subsessile
spikes pengymum lenticular, small, very
short-beaked, obscurely 2-toothcd, finely
nerved, longer than the narrow scale.
Japan, Austral New Zeal — Useful for
bog planting
Frasen, Andr (CymophyHus
Fraseri, Mack.) Lvs 1 in or
more broad, stiff, but with no
midnerve, flat and thick, ever-
green culm 16 in or less high-
Hearing at its summit a single
whitish spike which is stammate
at top perigymum ovoid, thin
and inflated Rich mountain
woods, Va BM. 1391 (as C.
Fra^enana) — Rare, and a very
remarkable plant
C bdccans, Nees Robust, with
curving Ivs to 2 ft long and y$n
broad fr berry-like (whence the name),
crimson or vermilion, in clustered spikes
standing well above the Ivs India G
1 401 Useful for pots or for planting
m a conservatory, for its ornamental
fr , but probably not now in cult commercially — C gaUica
is offered abroad as a "very elegant, showy and chariLing^' "•
CARICA
663
pistil with 5-rayed stigma, sessile in the axils of the Ivs.
— Perhaps 20 species, all native to the American tropics,
but C. Papaya is cult, throughout the tropics for ita
dehcious edible fruits. See Papaya.
The soil most suited for cancas is a rich loam, having
perfect drainage As the stem is succulent and tender,
great care is necessary to avoid bruising, hence pot-
grown plants are much to be preferred to seedlings
from the open ground. Seeds? should be selected from
the best and largest fruits and sown in a well-worked
bed under a slight shade If seeds are quite dry or old,
. they should be soaked in warm water before sowing.
\ The seedling plants are delicate, and require close
\ watching at first to avoid damping-off As soon as
\ plants are well up remove the shading, and after the
V^ third leaf appears they may be pricked out into a larger
£ ^v bed, or better, potted off in fairly nch soil After plants
are a few weeks old, and have beeii shifted once into
larger pots, they may be set permanently outdoors in
the tropics Caricas seldom branch, but usually grow
upright like a palm, hence cuttings are not often avail-
able Sometimes small branches form, and these may
be cut off and as readily rooted as mott tropical deco-
rative plants, provided the cutting is not too young
and tender. This method has been found m Florida
to be too slow, and what is evidently a better method
of propagation, by means of graftage, has been devised
by Edward Simmonas, of the Plant In-
troduction Field Station, Miami, Florida.
Numerous shoots are formed by the buds
at the leaf-scars when a papaya tree is
topped, as many as fifty or more being
produced "One of these shoots is taken
when a few inches long and about the
diameter of a lead pencil, is sharpened
to a wedge point, the leaf surface re-
duced, and inserted in a cleft in a young
seedling which has been decapitated
when 5 to 10 inches high, and split with
an unusually sharp, thin grafting-knife.
At this age the trunk of the young seed-
ling has not yet formed the hollow
space in the center Seeds planted in
the greenhouse m February produce
young seedlings large enough to graft
some time in March, these grafted trees,
which can be giown in pots, when set out
in the open ground in May or the latter
part of April, make an astonishing
growth and come into bearing in Novem-
ber or December, they continue bear-
ing throughout the following spring and
summer, and if it is advisable, can be left to bear
fruit into the following autumn." Varieties of superior
798 Carex (C longirostris),with termi-
nal stammate spikes and drooping pistil-
late spikes (Xh) N Amcr
rt Ana Curt ; a rank- rowin low land speeies of wide diatribution, "Ull ini:o ine lOUOWing autumn. Varieties OI superior
i8P8ometimee'grownn TnTvanegated-lvd form. The name has no flavor and better size and shape for shipping, as well as
botanical standing —With the exten-
many other species of Carex may be
expected to appear in the trade lists
L. H. B.
CARICA (a geographical
name) Papayacese. PAPAYA.
Small, rapid - growing, un-
branched trees, commonly
grown in greenhouses as foli-
age plants and often bearing
fruit under such conditions.
Juice milky
Leaves large, soft, long-
stalked, in clusters at the top
of the trunk usually dioecious,
the male fls. on long axillary
peduncles, funnel-shaped, with
10 anthers in the throat, the
pistillate fls. larger and with 5
distinct petals and a single
799. Carex Morrowu.
hermaphrodite varieties, may
now be successfully main-
tained For complete descrip-
tion of this method see "The
Grafted Papaya as an Annual
Fruit Tree," by David Fair-
child and Edward Simmonds,
Circular No 119, Bureau of
Plant Industry, 1913 In tem-
perate climates, cancas have
been found to be good decora-
tive plants for both conserva-
tory and summer bedding, the
deeply cut, palmate leaves
forming a striking contrast to
ordinary vegetation In bed-
ding out, select open, sunny
exposure, with perfect drainage,
and make the soil rich and
friable Constant cultivation
with a light hoe will cause a
664
OARICA
CARLUDOVICA
luxuriant growth under these conditions, and the
planter will be amply repaid for his trouble by beauti-
ful showy specimens as tropical-appearing as palms.
Papaya, Linn. (Papaya Cdnca, Gaertn ). PAPAYA.
PAWPAW. The commonast species in cult , sometimes
growing to a height of ?0 ft , with large palmately
7-lobed Ivs , sometime 2 ft. across, and fr shaped like
a roughly angled melon up to 12 in long and half as
thick, hanging, especially from the lower axils of the pis-
tillate plant B M 2898-0 —From the frs , which vary
in size up to 15 Ibs and in number to t he tree from 20-nO,
is extracted the papaya mice, which furnishes the papam
of commerce. This is obtained by sloshing the fr , and
collecting the milky juice in porcclam-lmed receptacles,
where it is allowed to evaporate When evaporated to
a granular condition, it is ready for the maiket and
brings from $4-$6 a ID. in the crude state. The papaya
has of recent years become one of the common eh t table
frs. of the tropics The flesh, which is usually of a
salmon-pink or yellow color, is excellent when one
becomes accustomed to its peculiar flavor, and resem-
bles somewhat a most luscious muskmelon From its
large content of papam, it may be eaten without injury
in considerable quantities and assi.st.s in the digestion
of other foods. As the tiee grows with great lapidity
in tropical climates, it may be tieated as an annual, the
seeds being sown early in protected beds, well cared for
and transplanted to their permanent places when well
established They will then bear fr. late in the suc-
ceeding autumn The method of graftage described on
p 663 is preferable, however The frs have a consider-
able cavity, which, in the smaller rounded frs , is well
filled with the small brownish or blackish seeds The
firm skin, the firmness of which may be increased by
selection, will permit of shipping to a distance The
plant is sometimes polygamous, and from such plants
in Hawaii there have been bred types which appear to
have great promise as a shipping fr The green frs.
are frequently used as vegetables, and the Ivs , if cooked
with tough meat, are said to make it tender, due to
the digestive principle,
candamarcensis, Hook. f. (C cundinamarctnsis,
Lindl.) This is a more hardy ornamental .species with
numerous Ivs , dark green above and pale beneath,
rounded-heart-shaped, 1^ ft across, 5-lobed to the
center with pmnatifid lobes, fls. green and pubescent:
frs. small, pointed, 5-angled, golden yellow B M 6198.
— Hardy in S Calif , but the frs. of no value as such.
quercifdlia, Benth & Hook. ( Vasconrellea querci-
fdlia, St Hil ). Lvs shaped like those of the English
oak, palmately 3-lobed, and containing a greater per-
centage of papam than C. Papaya; frs. small. — Hardy
in S Calif
gracilis, Solms (Papaya grdcilis, Regel). Habit of
C Papaya, trunk simple, 4-6 ft high, filendei, very gla-
brous Ivs. 5-digitate. the lobes smuate-lobed, the
middle one 3-lobed, the whole blade suborbicular in
outline, petioled Brazil. Gt. 1879.986.
S. C. STUNTZ
CARlSSA (aboriginal name). Apocynacex. Very
branchy spmose shrubs of the tropics of the eastern
hemisphere, cultivated for ornament or hedges, but
here mainly for the edible berry-like fruits.
Flowers white, solitary or in cymes; lobes of calyx
and corolla 5, the 5 stamens froe and included in the
throat, the ovary 2-loculed: Ivs. opposite and thick,
simple — About 30 species Used abroad as greenhouse
plants but grown in this country only in S. Fla., and
Calif Prop by seeds and cuttings of ripe wood.
Carfindas, Lmn CAHAUNDA. CHRIST' S-THORN. Ever-
green shrub or small tree, with dark green ovate or elliptic
mucronate entire Ivs , strong axillary spines (which are
often forked) and fragrant white fls in clusters of 2-3,
the corolla twisted to the left in the bud : fr. the size of
a cherry (1 in. diam.). reddish, pleasant-flavored. India.
L.B C. 7 . 663— Reaches 20 ft. Half-hardy in Cent. Fla.
The frs are eaten from the hand or made into a jelly
much like currants when ripe, and pickled when green.
bispindsa, Desf (C ardulna, Lam ). AMATUNGULU.
MARITZUULA Spines strong, often 2 in. long Ivs. ovate
and bubcordate, mucronate, glabrous and entire: fls.
white, the corolla twisted to the light in the bud. S.
Afr — A choice evergreen shrub, rather hardy, with
thick camellia-like very glossy Ivs. ' fls. large, fragrant,
white, and borne profusely and continuously: fr dark
red, size of a cherry, good LBC 4*387 — Closely
resembles C grandiflora, but fls slightly smaller and
frs. in clusters, seeds lanceolate
grandifldra, DC NVTAL PLUM. Spiny shrub: lv?
ovate-acute, tapering to the base: fls large, white,
fragrant, sohtaiy and terminal, twisted to the right,
heterogonous * fr. red, 1— I,1 2 in l°nK» resembling cran-
berries m flavor when cooked, and having a papery skin,
milky juice and few small almost cncular seeds. Sauce
made from this fr is almost indistinguishable in flavor
from cranbeny sauce, but the frs. ripen so irregularly,
although almost continually, as to make the fr. suitable
only for home-garden use unless handled on a large scale.
Saul to be the finest hed%<> plant m S. Afr. B M 6307.
acuminata, DC Spines weak Ivs smaller, ovate-
acute, subcoidate mucionate; peduncles short, forked,
axilhuy fls \vith lance-acuminate calyx-lobes, the
corolla twisted to the right m the bud S. Afr. — Per-
haps not different from C bisp-inosa.
C etltihs, Vahl A straggling shrub with small purple edible fr.
from Trop Afr Intro trorn \byssima, but has not yet been
thoroughly tested The plant in the American trade under this
name i* described as much taller than C Curandas and more vigor-
ous Ivs persistent, ovate-acuminate fls 10-2') in axillary clusters,
white and pink, jasmine-scented berries oval, red but turning
black at maturity, 1-si filed — C ovata, R Br , from Austral , a
more open shrub than any of the preceding, the small frs of which
arc edible and ustd for jams, has been intro by the < >ffico of Foreign
Seed and Plant Introduction as a possible stock for the more ten-
der species, in the hope of extending the range of these frs — C.
spin/irum, DC , u small edible-fruited evergreen shrub from India
is said to be an important element in reforestation since it persists
on tho poorest und rockiest soils in spite of being greedily eaten by
sheep and goats. g> C gTUNTZ.f
CARLiNA (said to have cured the army of Charle-
magne [Carolmus] of the plague). Compdsitae. Low
rather coarse annuals, biennials or perennials, with
thistle-like foliage, large white or purplish heads, a
feathery pappus, and chaffy receptacle1 outer involu-
cral biacts coriaceous, usually spiny, the inner ones
colored or shiny and petal-like fr a silky-hairy achene.
— Some 15 or 20 species in the Medit region
An open sunny place and ordinary garden soil are
all they require. They are capital for the sunny part of
a rockery. Propagated by cuttings or seeds.
acaulis, Lii
3-6 m . Ivs
ends' fl rising barely above the foliage, solitary, very
interesting, the scales surrounding the fl.-head being
long and narrow and ray- or petal-like, silky, shiny:
head 6 in. acio&s when expanded, white. June, July
and late fall. G.C. II. 13:720-1. G.L. 19:178.
acanthifdha, Linn. A white-tomentose thick-lvd.
biennial, the Ivs oblong, the upper pmnatifid and spiny:
fl.-heads 4 in wide, yellowish purple. S. Eu. July and
later. G.C. III. 47:68.— Little known in U. S.
N. TAYLOR.f
CARLUD6VTCA (Charles IV, and his Queen Louisa,
of Spam). Cyclantfioceae. Palm-like, sometimes merely
herbaceous plants, of tropical America.
The plants are stemless, or sometimes with a lax
creeping st , and usually have stalked, sometimes ses-
sile, flabellate Ivs.: fls. monoecious, the two sexes being
on the same spadix, which is inclosed in a 4-lvo.
spathe; stammate fls. with many stamens and many-
Linn A very dwarf hardy perennial: height
rs glossy, pmnatifid, divided, with spiny
CARLUDOVICA
CARNATION
665
lobed calyx, 4 of them surrounding a pistillate fl. — the
latter have a 4-sided ovary, 4 barren stamens, and 4-
lobed calyx: fr. a 4-sided, many-seeded berry. The car-
ludovicas are usually regarded and treated as stove
palms by gardeners. They are useful for decoration.
The family Cyclanthacese is exclusively tropical Ameri-
can, of about 45 species and 6 genera (Stelestylis,
Carludovica, Sarcmanthus, Ludovia, Evodianthus,
Cyclanthus) ; it is often united with the Pandanaceae
or screw-pine family.
The genus is an important economic one, as C.
palmata, and perhaps other species, are the source of
Panama hats In making these, the leaves are cut
youn^, the stiff veins removed, after which the leave*
are slit into shreds, but not separated at the stalk end
It is said that hats of superior quality are plaited from
a single leaf, without any joinings U S Dept. Agnc.,
Fiber Investigations. Kept. 9:112 (1897).
800. Carludovica palmata.
Carludovica palmata is the r.pecies most frequently
met with under cultivation Under favorable condi-
tions it grows to a height of about 8 feet. All of the
kinds need stove treatment during the winter months;
in summer they may be used for subtropical bedding
with good results. They have a certain palm-like ap-
pearance, but the leaves are of a softer texture than any
of the palms. They may be propagated by division,
choosing the early spring for the operation. C palmata
seeds freely The fruit, when ripe, has an ornamental
appearance for a short time after bursting open. The
seeds are very small, and should be carefully washed
free from the pulp, and sown on the surface of a pan of
finely chopped sphagnum moss. Germination takes
place in two weeks from sowing if kept in a brisk, moist
heat. The species are not particular as to soil but the
drainage must be perfect, as the plants require an
abundance of water when growing. (G. W. Oliver.)
A. Lvs 3-5-lobed.
palmata, Ruiz. & Pav Fig 800. No trunk- petioles
3-6 ft long, glabrous, terete and unarmed, blades
4-lobed, the lobes again cut into narrow segms , dark
green, gracefully spieading, and drooping at the mar-
gin Peru. RH 1801, p 3G — The common species,
and a very useful plant
rotundifdha, Wendl Much like the last, but more
compact under cult , owing to the shorter petioles, but
growing much larger petiole distinctly pubescent,
If -blade large and orbicular, 3- or 4-lobed. Costa
Rica B M 7083
elegans, Williams Blade* with 4 or 5 lobes, which
are very deeply cut into straight strap-like divisions.
Probably of horticultural origin
A A Lvs 2-lobed <
atrdvirens, Wendl Blades very deeply 2-lobed and
very deep, rich green (whence the name, dark green),
glabrous Colombia
hfcmilis, Poepp & Kndl. Dwarf blades angular.
2-lobed at the summit, the segms more or less jagged
but not divided, a foot or less broad Colombia. II H.
1869, p 327 —One of the best
Pltlmerii, Kunth (C palmaefblia, Sweet). Caudex
erect blades with 2 lanceolate and plicate divisions,
bright green above and pale beneath spadices pendu-
lous Martinique
imperiaiis, Lind & Andre" Caudex short and pros-
trate blades with 2 ovate-lanceolate entire segms ,
with very prominent veins, the lobes about 5 in wide
and shining green; petiole purplish, canaliculate, tumid
at the ba«e Ecuador I H 21 100 (by error 165)
The following species are in cult in this country but not as yet
known to the trade C funijera, Kunth Stetnless or sometimes
creeping and with a round, sparsely branched si Ivs alternate
1-2 ft 8 Amer — T incisa, Wendl A much cut. low plant from
Cent Amer — C marropwta, Klotzsch St scarcely 1 ft long Ivs
faintly 3-nervetl, deeply 2 parted, lJ^-2 ft Colombia. — C micro-
ctphala, Hook f St a few inches high l\» numerous, 10-18 m
long, split into 2 8-nerved w>gms , petiole slender, purplish at base.
Costa Rica B M ?2b3 — (' pltcata, Rlotzseh St short Ivs di-
vided into 2 l-ner\ed segms , petioles channeled spadix about 0ln.
long the thick woody caudex may not riwj more than 1 ft
Colombia — C1 acdruijns, Cowell St creeping, often 25 ft. long
Ivs several at the summit about 18 in long St Kitts
N TAYLOR. f
CARMICH&LIA (Capt Dugald Carmichael, Scotch
botanist, who wrote on the flora of the Cape and cer-
tain islands) Lcgurmnb^sc Shrubs, leafless or usually
becoming so, either erect or depressed, with reddish or
purplish small fls , rarely cult There are about 20
species in New Zeal , very difficult of delimitation
Lvs 1- or 3-5-foholate, wanting or deciduous after the
bloom has passed, fls in lateial racemes, calyx cup-
shaped or bell-shaped, 5-toothed, corolla papiliona-
ceous, the standard orbicular and usually reflexed, the
wings oblong and obtuse and somewhat falcate, the
keel oblong and incurved and obtuse, upper stamen
fiee pod small, leatheiy, oblong to orbicular C. grandi-
fldra, Hook f , is recently offered in S Calif.: it is
much-branched, to 0 ft high, with compressed and
grooved glabrous erect branches Ivs pinnately 3-5-
foliolate, appearing m spring and eaily summer and
then caducous, the Ifts glabious and obcordate-cuneate.
fls about J^m long, in drooping racemes of 5-12, white
or lilac. C. odorata, Colenso, has pubescent drooping
branches, and much smaller fls in 10-20-fld. racemes
pod smaller (^m. or less long) and longer-beaked
L. H B
CARNATION (Duinthiis Caryophyllus, Linn.). Cary-
ophyllacex Choice and popular flower-garden and
greenhouse plants of the pink tribe; in North America
grown mostly under glass as florists' flowers. PI. XXII
The carnation is a half-hardy perennial, herbaceous,
Buffrutescent at base, height 2 ft.: st branching, with
tumid joints. Ivs. linear, glaucous, opposite, fls termi-
666
CARNATION
CARNATION
nal, mostly solitary; petals 5, flesh-colored, very broad,
beardless, margins toothed; calyx cylindrical, with
scaly bracts at base. June-Aug. S. Eu , occasionally
met in the wild state in England, where it was intro.
through cult. A single-fld and undeveloped carnation
is shown m Fig 801. A section of a single fl is
depicted in Fig 802, showing the 2 styles and the 5
stamens, also the bracts at the bottom, in 2 series,
beneath the calyx In Fig. 803 some of the beginnings
of doubling are shown.
General development. (By Geo. C. Butz )
Theophrastua, who lived about 300 years B C , gave
the name Dianthus (Greek dios, divine; anthos, flower)
to the group, probably sug-
gested by the delightful fra-
grance. The specific name
Caryophyllus (Greek, car yon,
nut; and phyllon, leaf) has
been applied to the
clove- tree (Caryo-
\ phyllus aromaticus) ,
> and because of the
clove-like fragrance
of the carnation
this name was ap-
plied to it The
name carnation (Latin, carnatio,
from caro, carnis, flesh) has ref-
erence to the flesh-color of the
flowers of the original type This
plant has been in cultivation
more than 2,000 years, for
Theophrastus (Histoi^iof Plants,
translation) says' "The Greeks
cultivate roses, gillyflowers, vio-
lets, narcissi, and ins," gilly-
flower being the old English
name for the carnation It was
not, however, until the beginning
of the sixteenth century that the
development of the carnation
into numerous varieties made
an impression upon its history
The original flesh-color of its
flowers was already broken up
into red and white The garden-
ers of Italy, France. Germany,
Holland and England, with their
respective ideals of beauty in
this flower, contributed so many
varieties that in 1597 Gerard
wrote that "to describe each
new variety of carnation wore to
roll Sisyphus' stone or number
the sands "
There have been many at-
tempts at classification, but
most of them, like the varieties they serve, have dis-
appeared. Two of them are as follows A French
scheme arranges all varieties into three classes:
Grenadins (Fig 801), including those with strong per-
fumes, flowers of medium size, either single or double,
petals fringed, and of but one color, Flamands, includ-
ing those with large flowers, round and double, rising in
the center to form a convex surface, petals entire, either
unicolored or striped with two or more colors; Fancies,
including those with colors arranged in bands on light
nnds, the petals toothed or not The English classi-
ion of these varieties makes four categories- Selfs,
or those possessing only one color in the petals, Flakes,
or those naving a pure ground of white or yellow and
flaked or striped with one color, as scarlet, purple or
rose; Bizarres, or those having a pure ground marked
aa in the Flakes, but with two or three colors, and
Pwoteea (Fig. 804), or those having a pure ground of
801. A single-flow-
ered Grenadm carna-
tion. (X2/i)
802
Section of normal
carnation flower.
white or yellow, and each petal bordered with a band
of color at the margin This last class has been regarded
with the distinction of a race.
In the early part of the nineteenth century, English
gardeners exercised very great care m the growing of
carnations to ma-
ture only perfect
flowers. Imperfect
and superfluous
petals were ex-
tracted with for-
ceps, petals appearing out of
place were arranged in a perfect
imbrication, the calyx-tube was
cut partly down between the
teeth, to prevent excessive split-
ting at ono side and to give
more fieedom to the expansion
of the flower These and many
more tedious details seem to
have wrought the depreciation of
this flower about the middle of
the nineteenth century.
411 the foregoing has reference
to those types of carnations that
are little known or grown in
America at the present day, the
varieties so common in Europe
are usually kept in coldframes or coolhouses during
the winter, and as spring approaches the plants are
brought into their blooming quarteis, for no flower la
expected to appear until the month of July, when there
is a great profusion of blossoms, but for a short season.
Therefore, they can all be clashed as a summer race.
They are also grown permanently in the open
Development of the perpetual- flowering carnation
(Remontant, Monthly, Forcing, or Tree) Figs.
805-807.
The perpetual- flowering race of carnation, which
has been brought to its highest state of perfection by
American growers, and which is generally regarded as
the "American carnation," really originated in France,
and was grown in that country from its origin in 1840
until about the year 1856, before it was introduced to
America A French gardener, named M Dalmais,
obtained a constant-blooming carnation by crossing
GEillet de Mahon, which bloomed m November, with
pollen from (Eillet Biohon, crossing again with the
Flemish carnation, tho first-named sort being dissemi-
nated under the name "Atim " By the year 1X16 vane-
ties in all colors had been secured and the type per-
manently fixed These vere taken up and improved
upon in quality by
other enthusiasts,
among whom were M.
Schmidt and M. Al-
phorise Alegatiere, of
Lyons, France. The
latter succeeded m
securing varieties with rigid
stems which in 1866 were given
the name "tree-carnation * M
Schmidt's most prominent varie-
ties were Arc-en-ciel and Etoile
Polaire, which were grown for
several years But the strong
rigid-stemmed varieties obtained
by Alegatiere, which were
termed tree-carnations in 1866,
proved of greater value com-
mercially, and became more gen-
erally cultivated About the year
1852, a native of ^rance who 803. The anther*
had settled neai New York City, are leafy, showing one
imported plant* of this strain, procew in doubling.
CARNATION
CARNATION
667
and cultivated several varieties for a number of years.
About the year 1856 the firm of Dailledouze, Zeller &
Card imported plants of La Punte", a rose-colored
variety, also Mont Blanc and Edwardsu, white, and
Manteaux Royal, red-and-white variegated. These
were used for crossing,
and the firbt variety
produced in America,
about the year 1858,
proved to be a great
improvement on exist-
ing varieties It was
named "Mrs Degraw,"
and with another white
variety named "Flat-
bush, was dissemi-
nated about the year
1864 Other varieties
followed, and the work
was taken up by other
growers, among whom
were M Donati, who
raised Astoria, a yellow
which is conceded to
be the ancestor of all
the yellow varieties
grown today, Rudolph
Hemtz, who raised
804. Carnation, Picotee. Hemtz's WQhlte m 1?76'
Chas T. Starr, whose
most famous variety was Buttercup, introduced in 1884,
Jos Tailby, whose Grace Wilder became and remained
the standard rose-pink variety until the introduction
of Wm Scott m 1893, John Thorpe and W P. Sim-
mom, who introduced Portia, Tidal Wave, Silver Spray
and Daybreak in the eighties, Sewal Fisher, whose
Mr^ Fisher appeared in 1890 and became one of the
leading win tin, K G Hill, whose most notable pio-
ductions were Flora Hill, the leading white for several
years, and \menca, a scarlet; II Witterstaetter, who
obtained Kstelle, Aristocrat, Afterglow and Pres J A
Valentine, John Hartje, who raised the scarlet Jubilee,
Peter Fisher, whose Mrs Thos W Lawson, Beacon,
and Enchantress with its several sports, became leaders
in their respective colors; C W Ward, who dis-
seminated Governor Roosevelt, Harry Fenn and Mrs
C \V.\\aid
The late Frederick Dorner conducted the most sys-
tematic work in developing the carnation, and succeeded
in producing a strain which is recognized as the highest
development of the American carnation His records,
which cover a period of 22 years, contain a complete
list of the many thousands of crosses made during that
time This strain is distinguished for its easy-growing
habit, its freedom and steadiness in producing blooms,
the diversity of colors and its adaptability to commer-
cial growing His labors produced such varieties as
Wm. Scott, Mine Diaz Albertim, White Cloud, Mrs
G'x> M Bradt, G H Crane, Lady Bountiful, White
Perfection, Pink Delight, White Wonder and Glonosa,
all leaders in their respective colors
Through the rapid strides in its development, after
being introduced in this country, the carnation estab-
lished itself as one of the leading flowers for commercial
growing and now stands second only to the rose in
commercial importance Not only does it share equally
with the rose the bench space in most large growing
establishments, but many large ranges are devoted
entirely to the carnation Growing methods have been
perfected by the carnation specialists until the practices
employed during its early history have been entirely
superseded. Since its first arrival m America, over
1,200 varieties have been introduced, and the quality
has been improved until the highest developed varie-
ties produce blooms measuring 4)^ inches in diameter
and are earned on rurid stems 3 feet long.
43
In 1891 the American Carnation Society was organ-
ized to promote the interests of the carnation. By hold-
ing exhibitions annually it has assisted materially in
popularizing the flower. A system of registering new
varieties is in operation, which prevents confusion m
nomenclature.
From this country, the improved strain of the per-
petual-flowering carnation has returned to European
countries, being grown in increased quantities each
year and displacing all the older types of carnation for
commercial growing
Culture of outdoor or flower-garden carnations. Fig 808.
Americans are not sufficiently aware of the excel-
lence of some of the forms of the flower-garden or bor-
der carnation While perennial, like the greenhouse
carnation, many of them bloom profusely the first
year from seed and are desenbed as annuals. The
Marguerite type is one of the most useful These
forms bloom by midsummer from early-sown seeds, ana
with some protection the plants will pass the winter
in the open and bloom again the following spring.
The Margaret strain, distinct from the Marguerite,
bears double flowers,
bulfur-yellow, and also
blooms the nrst season
from early-sown seed
The Chabaud strains
behave similarly The
Grenadms (Fig 801)
bloom the first ye.ir
from seed They pro-
805 The modern florists'
carnation. High-centered
dark-colored bloom.
806. Modern florists1 or
fardnf carnation.
G68
CARNATION
CARNATION
dace fine smgles. of simple form and strong fragrance,
although more than halt of any sowing from improved
seed may produce various degrees of double bloom.
Riviera Market and others bloom in autumn from
spring-sown seeds. The culture of the hardy or flower-
garden carnations is
very simple. Their
profusion of sum-
mer bloom makes
them desirable.
ThePicotee class
(Fig 804) is httle
known in this coun-
try It is a hardy
perennial in Eng-
land, and the fine
strains are often
Eropagated by
lyers (Fig. 809).
They also do well
from seeds, bloom-
ing freely the
second year.
The Malmaison
strain, which was
the leading carna-
tion in England
before the advent
of tht Perpetual-
flowering strain,
has been found of
little value in this
country . On ac-
count of its large
t,ize it was used to
borne extent for
breeding purposes,
but with unsatis-
factory results.
The border car-
nation is a more
condensed and
bushy plant than
the long-stemmed
few-flowered plant
seen in the Ameri-
can greenhouses,
although there are
different families or
groups of them as
there are of phlox
or snapdragons.
Some forms are
dwarf and some
tall-growing.
American methods of culture for indoor bloom.
The modern method of propagating tbe carnation for
commercial growing M by means of cuttings which are
taken from either the blooming stock or from plants that
are grown for cuttings alone. The old method of layer-
ing (Fig 809) would prove too slow in increasing stock
for present-day needs Millions of cuttings are rooted
each season for planting the houses for blooming pur-
poses. So much depends on the quality of the cuttings
in keeping up the vitality in the stock that expert
growers have learned to discriminate in their selection.
The best cuttings, if taken from the blooming stock,
are those from near the middle of the flower-stems
(Fig 810). These will not only show greater vitality
than those taken higher up or lower, but they will
prove more floriferou.s The tip cuttings are likely to
give a flower-bud immediately and, if this is pinched
out, develop into a weak plant. Those taken from the
base develop a large spreading growth known as
"grassy." The cuttings are severed by an outward pull
and arc afterward trimmed of all surplus foliage before
being inserted in the propagating sand. Have a sharp
knife with which to trim and a pail of fresh rater into
which to throw the cuttings as they are trimmed
Make a smooth cut at the base, near the joint, so that
the lower pair of leaves will peel off readily, leaving a
half-inch of clear stem to go into the sand. Shorten
those leaves which turn outward, leaving those which
stand fairly upright. The removal of part of the foliage
is to avoid crowding in the bench and also to prevent
flagging while the cutting is giving off more moisture
through its leaves than it is taking up through the stem
The cuttings are inserted m the sand about 54 inch deep
in rows across the bench, placing the cuttings about
%mch apart in the row and the rows about '2% inches
apart, according to the size of the cuttings. Use a putty
knife for making the cut in the sand. The sand is kept
constantly moist and the cuttings are protected from
both the sun and drafts by means of muslin curtains.
Frequent spraying should be avouleo\ though it must
be resorted to at tunes to prevent nagging on warm
windy days. The most favorable conditions for propa-
gating are usually secured during the months of Decem-
ber, January, February and oarly March During that
period, ventilation is limited and a fairly oven bottom-
neat is easily maintained Keep a bottom temperature
of about 60 , while the overhead temperature should be
about 52°. Any bench that can be protected from sun
and drafts will prove satisfactory
The bottom of the bench may be of wood or tile, the
latter being preferred on account of more perfect dram-
age and a greater retention of warmth The sand should
be 3 inches deep after being packed down by means of a
tool made from a 2-mch plank about 6 inches wide and
808. Flower-garden or outdoor carnation, showing the condensed
bushy habit and short flower-stems
12 inches long with an inverted V-shaped handle. In
about four weeks the cuttings should be ready for pot-
ting (Fig 811). Those that come out of the sand
February 15 or earlier should be potted first into 2-
inch pots and later on shifted into larger pots as needed.
Those potted later may be placed directly int
CARNATION
CARNATION
pots and left until planted out. the object being to keep
the young plants growing steadily until they are planted
in trie field Stunted, pot-bound plants will be slow in
breaking and are likely to develop stem-rot m the field.
Use a moderately light soil and only fairly rich.
When the young plants begin to run up to flower,
they should be topped back to about foui joints above
the pot (Fig 812). A low-branched plant will stand up
better and will give less trouble in supporting later on.
A second topping may be necessary before planting-
out time, on early-propagated stock A slight harden-
mg-off of the young plants before planting out is bene-
ficial, though not essential. This is usually done by
placing the plants m coldframes about two weeks
prior to planting them in the field Late April or early
May is the lime for planting in the held, according to
latitude and climate A rich loam, inclined to sandmetss,
produces the finest plants in the shortest time In a
heavy soil the giowth will be heavier, but slower and
less Branching Set the plants about 8 inches apart m
the rows, and if hand-power is to be employed in cul-
tivating, space the rows about 10 inches apart. Space
farther if horse-power is to be used
When a large business is done in young plants or
rooted cuttings, a part of the stock is grown espe-
cially for cuttings alone These plants are benched the
same as those for blooming, but are not allowed to
809 Layer of carnation. The parent
stem was severed at s This method is
now employed only m special cases.
bloom As (he shoots begin to nni up to flower, they
are broken off a fe^ joints highei up than is done when
topping in the held The young shoots which result
from these breaks are taken off for cuttings, the very
finest cuttings being secured in this way These are
trimmed and handled the same as those taken from the
flower-stems.
When packing cuttings for shipping, moist sphagnum
moss is used m which to pack tne roots Cut papers
(newspapers are used mostly) into sheets about 10 by
18 inches Lay a strip of moss about 3 inches wide
across the middle of the paper lengthwise Then lay
the cuttings side by side with only the roots on the
moss When twenty-five have been laid on, begin to
roll from one end until all the cuttings have been taken
up Then turn in the lower part of the paper and con-
tinue to roll until the end of the paper has been reached
and tie aiound with any kind of cord There is little
diffeience in the returns from plants grown for cuttings
and those grown for blooms, providing a fair market
is found for each
In shipping plants from the field, the soil is all shaken
from the roots The plants are then set upright in the
shipping-cases with moist moss between the roots, a
layer of damp moss having first been placed on the
bottom.
Cultivate as soon as practicable after each ram, and
in the absence of rain at least once each week Shallow
cultivating is recommended, just enough to maintain a
loose mulch on the surface.
Do not water carnations in
the field under any con-
sideration Cultivation will
preserve moisture in the
soil without causing soft
growth Keep topping back
the young shoots as fast as
they begin to run up, thus
bunding up a shapely
bushy plant
// plants are to be placed
inside during the summer,
the benches should be re-
filled and made ready for
planting as soon after May
1 as possible. It will be a
great help to get the plants
under way on the benches
before hot weather sets in.
Fill the benches the name
as for field-grown plants
and set the plants where
they are to bloom Indoor
culture is practicable and
profitable only when the
benches can be spared by
early May. If a good mar-
ket can be found for the
May and June cut, they
will moie than offset the
slight advantage derived
in the fall from indoor
culture
If the blooming plants
have not made an exceed-
ingly rank growth, they
may be cut. back sharp
early in May, cleaned off,
mulched with long manure
and grown on for blooming the following year. This
should not be attempted, however, unless the plants
are free from disease or insects and m good condition
to break freely from the lower part of the plant
Carnations are grown successfully on both raised and
solid benches Perfect drainage is essential, and must
be provided for, if solid beds are to be used There will
be no difference in the quality 01 the quantity if both
aie properly handled
By the end of June
the old blooming plants
will become exhausted,
and refilling the benches
to receive the new plants
from the field will be in
order Clean out the old
soil, whitewash the in-
side of the benches with
hot lime and allow to
dry before refilling with
the new eaith Four
inches of soil is enough,
and should be of equal
depth all over the bench,
especially along the
edges The soil should
be fairly moist, but not
wet when the plants are
set, so that the roots
may draw moisture
from the soil rather
than have the soil draw
the moisture from the an. Strong cutting, w«U rooted.
810. a Desirable cuttings.
b Weak cutting, too high up
on stem, c Too low on stem.
670
CARNATION
CARNATION
roots. On the other hand, soil for potting or planting
should never be handled while in a wet condition. If
too dry at the time of filling the beds, water, and let
stand long enough to dry to the proper state before
planting.
Apply a light shade of lime or whiting to the glass,
to break the fierceness of the summer
sun until the plants become estab-
lished. This shade should not be too
heavy, nor intended to darken the
house, else a softening and weakening
of the growth will icsult. Lift the
plants carefully by means of a spade
and leave a ball of soil about the size
of the fiat on the roots This ball of
soil will greatly assist the plant in re-
establishing itself m its new quarters.
However, no serious harm will be done
should all the soil ciumble from the
roots without breaking the roots to
any considerable extent Set the plants
just about as deep into the soil as they
stood in the field and space them about
9 by 12 inches, if plants are of ordinary
size Larger plants may need more,
smaller plants less space It should be
borne in mind that the highest quality
may be expected only when the plants
are not crowded
After setting a few hundred plants,
water each plant individually, satura-
ting the soil thoroughly around each
plant, but do not soak the whole bed
until the roots become active and the
surface of the soil has been worked over
and leveled off, which will be about
ten days after planting Spray the
plants overhead several times during
each day to pi event wilting Keeping
the walks wet will also help to maintain
a humid atmosphere until the roots
are able to supply the plants with moisture This
transplanting is an ordeal during which the plants are
unable to draw on the roots for support until they
have taken a new hold on the soil, and wilting must
be prevented by artificial means during this time To
allow severe wilting means loss of foliage and a loss
of vitality, which results in inferior qualitv in at least
the early part of the season
As soon as the soil has been leveled off, and most of
the weeds gotten rid of, the supports should be put in
place Large growers use one or two styles of supports,
or a combination of the two Wnes run lengthwise
between the rows, with cotton strings crosswise, plac-
ing two or three tiers one above the other to suit the
height of the plants is extensively used Another
ievice is the carnation support, consisting of a wire
stake with wire
rings to surround
each plant
Yield of bloom. —
Plants that were
benched in the
latter part of July,
or early August,
' which is the time
to plant for best re-
sults, should begin
to yield blooms
early in September.
If flowers are not
desired so early,
the stems may be
broken off about
the tune the bud
813. Undeveloped fire-petaled carnation, appears, but no
general topping should be done after the plants are
housed, if a steady cut through the season m desired.
Cut the blooms during the early part of the day. They
are then fresh and retain their natural rolois, much of
which would be bleached out of the delicately colored
sorts by the sun during a warm day Place in water at
once in a cool loom a.s near .50° as
possible Sort the blooms m sepuiate
colors, making two or three grades of
quality, tying them into bunches of
twenty-five blooms. Cut the sterna
even at the bottom and replace in
water Avoid ciowding the blooms
while they are soaking up water, as
they will increase 25 per cent in size
during the first twenty-four hours in
water.
During a season, i mining from Sep-
tember to the end of the following
June, an average cut of twenty blooms
per plant maybe expected horn most
varieties Vaneties differ somewhat
according to the nze of the blooms, the
smaller-How ered sorts usually being the
freer b'oomers.
The preparation of the soil foi grow-
ing carnations is of the gieatest im-
portance Choose a piece of hind which
has not been tilled for some ye.irs, if
possible If covered with a heavy sod,
all the better The soil should be a
loam of good substance, with an incli-
nation toward sandmess Bieak this
sod in the fall and leave in a rough
state dm ing the wintci In the spring
plow again and sow to rowpeas or
some other leguminous crop After
full, manure
812. Showing where to top (a) or
to head back.
plowing this under in the f
heavily and leave until the follow-
ing spring when it should be plowed
again This «oil should be in first-
class condition for use the following summer In
working or handling soil, alwavs beai in mind that to
handle it while it is wet is to rum it for immediate use
Only freezing will restore it again. If it will ciumble
readily, it is safe to handle Soil which has been pre-
pared in this manner will be rich enough to carry the
plants until after the first of the year, when light feeding
may be given Feeding should be done judiciously
during the short
days of winter, to
avoid softening the
frowth and bloom
'ulvenzed sheep-
manure, dried
blood and wood-
ashes are used
mostly for this pur-
pose Ihe manure
and blood improve
the sue and quality
of the bloom, and
the ashes strengthen
the stem
Ventilation and
temperature — The
carnation being a
cool-temperature
Slant, abundant
•eshair and ventil-
ation should be pro-
vided for. A steady
temperature is
essential to success 814> carnation flower showing the
in growing carna- c^y* which has split on account of
tions. Splitting of poor shape.
CARNATION
CARNATION
671
815 Carnation flower showing a
well-shaped calyx that will seldom
burst
the calyx may usually be traced to either irregular tem-
perature or to overdoses of feeding. Any point between
48° and 52° will prove a satisfactory night temperature
for most varieties, providing it is evenly maintained.
The temperature should be 10° higher during the day.
Care bhould also be exercised, when building, in plac-
ing the ventilators,
so that the atmos-
phere m the house
may be changed
without causing cold
drafts to strike the
plants By placing
the ventilators alter-
• nately on both sides
of the ridge, this may
be accomplished The
side ventilators are
used only <
mild weather
The modern type of
carnation house runs
east and west, is of
even span and is 30
feet or more in width,
having ventilators on
both sides of the
ridge and in the side
walls, if houses are
detached Many
ranges are connected
by gutteis 6 feet or
more from the
ground When econ-
omy in ground is necessary, this is a good plan, but
such ranges always contain some benches inferior for
growing stock on account of the shade cjiht by glitters.
The single detached house is ideal See Grce.ihou!>e
Varieties
The leading varieties in cultivation m tins country at this time
are— White White Perfection. White Enchantress, White Won-
der, Sha*.ta, Matchless Hevh-Pmk Enc hintrox*. Pink Delight,
Mavdav, Pres \alentine Knsr-1'mk Rose-Pink Enchantress,
Dorothy CJimlon. (ilorwua, Mn C W Ward. Philadelphia Pink.
Dark I'mk Rosette, Washington, Peerless Pink, Northport
Scarlet Heuon, \ i< tory, ht \irholis, Herald, Commodore.
Crvmsun Hirry Fenn, Ortoroon, Pocahontvi Yellow Yellow
Prince, Yellowstone » hile V ane<intid Hcnora, Mrs B P
Cheney \ny other colur Corgcnus, Rainbow New varieties are
being registered with the Vmenc in Carnation Society at the rate
of about twenty-five each yeir rew varieties remain m cultivation
longer than ten jears, so that the list chaiigoa continually.
Diseaiei
iStemrot (IfhuocJonia) i» the common wet stemrot which does
perhaps more, damage than all the other diseases combined, and it
is also more difficult to control than
any of the others Its presence de>es not
manifest itself until its damage is
wrought, and the plant is seen to wilt
and die The CHU«I» of the di->t a*e is a
fungus which exists in the soil, and
which will he dormant in the soil for
several years if there are no plants to
attack Hence no carnations should be
planted for several years m soil which
is known to have this fungus present
Species of Fusanum cause a slow
rot of the heart of the plant, the treat -
Carnation-rust (Urnmyces caryophyl-
'inux) is more common than etemrot,
but not nearly so destructive A slight
swelling of the outer tissue of the leaf
is the first sign of its presence Later on
this bursts open, releasing a brown-
colored powdery substance, comprising
the spores by which the fungus is pro-
pa&uted Keeping the foliage dry "and
the atmosphere buoyant and bracing
will prevent the appearance of this dis-
ease Spraying with bordeaux mixture
1ms been found effective in combating
this disease after it hat) gained a foot-
hold
Fairy-ring (Heterosporium echinula-
'><.m< is perhaps th« most destructive of
the spot diseases. It is brought on by a humid or foul atmoa-
phore, and must be fought with remedies which will produce the
opposite m atmospheric condition Bordeaux ia the standard
remedy for all spot diseases
Bench rot may be caused by any one of a number of organisms
attacking the ends of the tunings in the propagatmg-bench It
is frequently a vrry serious disease The fungi most frequently
causing the trouble are in the sand and under the ideal conditions
of t(inp«rature and
moisture of the propa-
giting-bench spread
very rapidly The * so
of clean sand, free from
all organie matt* r, and
the seeurtng of new
sand for each lot of cut-
ting-* and ( leanhii
propagating - house
ill help to control this
trouble.
I meet pests.
A green plant-louse
(Wyzui i>tri\c.f) is fre-
quently troublesome on
carnUions It also at-
tae ks a large number
of greenhouse and gar-
eien plants as well as
se_veral fruit trees Nic-
the many forms will
destroy it Spraying
and vapori/mgare both
employed successfully a<
Thnps (Ilthothnp* h
more difficult to control
gested Sweetened pan
(three gallons of water
spoonfuls pans green)
The punctures made by thnps
spots on the leaves, a diseased eoiid:
Ited-spider (Ttlrnriychui In man,
plants grow near steam-pipes, wh
home s k( pt ttx> drv Pi r isti nt sy
destroy them if the sspraj is appli
much force and little water to avo
as a dust or in w tter will aNo destr
The carnation mite (l't<hculup<
817 Carnation flower Pink Delight,
showing nearly entire-edged petals.
>reventivcs of the attacks of aphids
norrlimtt'ilis) are equally destructive and
The same treatment as for aphis is sug-
grrcn used as a spray is also effective
two pounds of brown sugar, two table*
.nd plant-lice cause yellowish
'ion known as stigmanoKe
'<ilui) is found mostly where
re ventilation is poor, or in
mgmg with water will usually
d to the under surface Use
(1 drenching the bods Sulfur
ij them
injures the buds
iimtting the spores of a fungus (bporotnchum pox) '
causes them to decay The injured buds arc easily recognized and
should be promptly gathered and burue«d to prevent further spread
of the trouble
Raising new varieties
It is a long way from the undeveloped five-petaled
carnation (Fig 813) of early days to the perfectly
formed full bloom of today. This filling out of the
bloom has evolved gradually, and has been assisted
by cross-fertilization and selection by the carnation-
breeders through the many jears in which the flower
has been cultivated This crossing, which has been the
means of perfecting the American strain of the perpet-
ual-flowering carnation, has been prosecuted continu-
ously ever since the arrival of the first plants in this
country. Many men have found both pleasure and
profit in the work, and those
with scientific inclination will
find no subject more inter-
esting Not only have the
blooms become laiger, but
the color has varied widely,
the "substance" has been
much improved, the calyx
has been developed for non-
bursting (Fi$8. 814, 815),
the keeping qualities of the
flowers have been improved,
and the stems have been
lengthened
The operation of pollinat-
ing the bloom, or transferring
the pollen from one flower to
the stigma of another, is a
simple matter, and is per-
haps of less importance than
other parts of the work of
producing desirable new
varieties.
816. Cross-section of carnation flower showing
reproductive organs.
672
CARNATION
CARPENTERIA
818. Carnation flower Radiance, showing
deeply serrated petals.
The Fig 816 is a section of a flower showing the repro-
ductive organs; a shows the pod which encases the ovules
or forming seeds, 6. From the tip of the pod rises the
style which has usually two. out frequently three
curved ends, or stigmas, c. When the stigma is in
the proper stage to be fertilized, which is indicated by
the fuzzy appearance of the upper part, the pollen,
which is the powdery substance released by the anthers,
d, is applied to
the fuzzy parts.
To prevent self-
fertilization, these
anthers should be
removed from
flowers intended
to be pollinated,
before the pollen is
released. Within
one to three days,
if fertilization has
taken place, the
bloom will wilt,
the ovary will
begin to swell and
within a week the
seed-pod can be
seen to increase in
size As soon as
the bloom has
wilted, the petals should be removed and the calyx slit
down the sides to prevent water from standing inside
the calyx and causing the pod to decay In six to eight
weeks the seeds will be ripe and should bo sown at once
Each seed may prove to be the beginning of a variety
which will be one of the milestones of progress in the
improvement of the carnation Not one should be
discarded until it has bloomed
The seedlings should be potted as soon as the first
pair of character-loaves appears. Later on they may be
shifted into larger pots and bloomed, or they may be
planted in the field and marked as they bloom and only
the promising ones housed m the fall. The selecting
of the plants for further trial is of the very greatest
importance and requires a thorough knowledge of the
subject There arc many points in the make-up of a
first-class carnation, and a combination of as many of
these as is possible to get in one plant is the object
sought. No carnation has ever been found which was
perfect in every way The hybridist must be able to
judge correctly as to the relative value or loss repre-
sented in certain characteristics shown by a seedling
plant. This discrimination between the desirable and
undesirable calls for the clearest judgment, and a valu-
able variety might be discarded through the failure of
the grower to see its good points
Among the seedlings will probably appear variety
of colors, shapes and sizes of bloom, different types of
growth, perfect in some respects and faulty in others.
From these the hybridist is to belect those which most
nearly represent his ideal of the perfect carnation. This
ideal should be of a pleasing shade of color, pure in tone,
so as to hold when the bloom ages The form should be
symmetrical, resembling as nearly as possible a half
snhere with just enough petals to fill the bloom nicely
without crowding. The petals may range from the
smooth-edged, as seen in Fig 817, to the deeply-sei-
lated, as seen in Fig. 818. The texture of the petals
should be such as will resist bruising. The odor should be
strong clove The size should be as near 4 inches across
as possible under ordinary culture. The calyx should be
strong and large enough to hold the petals firmly at all
stages of development The stem should be 30 to 36
inches long, and strong enough to hold the bloom erect.
The plant should have a free-growing habit, throwing
blooming shoots freely after a shoot is topped or a
bloom is cut. It should also be healthy and disease-
resistant. The American Carnation Society uses the
following scale of points for new varieties:
Color .
Sue
Calyx
htem
Substance .
Fragrance
. 25
. . 20
.. . 5
20
15
10
5
100
The most uniform results have been secured by con-
fining the breeding to separate colors; as, for example,
crossing white with white, red with red or crimson,
pink with pink, and so on This method has been
proved to produce the largest percentage of self-colors,
which are considered the most valuable commercially
in this country.
New varieties arc frequently secured by sporting or
mutation A variety of a certain color may produce a
bloom of another color, and by propagating the cuttings
from the stem which carried the odd bloom a new
variety is established The securing of a new variety
in this way is purely a matter of good fortune, as no
method for causing the sporting is yet known.
Leading books on the carnation are. "The American
Carnation," by C W Ward; "Carnations, Picotees and
Pinks," by T W. Sanders; "Carnations and Pinks,"
by T H. Cook, Jas Douglas and J F McLeod;
"Carnation Culture," by B C Ravenscroft The last
three are English. A. F. J. BAUR.
CARNfeGIEA (named for Andrew Carnegie, phil-
anthropist) . Cactdcese The giant tree cactus of Arizona,
California and Mexico
Large columnar plants, usually single, strongly
ribbed", with numerous spines, those from flowering
and sterile areoles quite different, fls borne from the
upper areoles, diurnal, funnelform, petals white: fr.
an oblong edible berry; seeds black and shining
gigantSa, Brit & Rose (Ckrcus gigantkus, Engclm ).
SDWARRO. (Plate III, Fig 819) A tree 20-00 ft high,
usually single, but sometimes with one or more branches :
ribs in mature plants 18-21 fr 2-3 in long B M 7222.
A G. 11 :451, 528 — In rocky valleys and on mountain-
sides, S Ariz, and Sonora, with 2 stations in Calif,
[reported, but probably not t^ be found, in Lower Calif ].
This great cactus does not do well in cult , although
large plants are often brought into greenhouses and
grounds about railroad stations in the S W. It is
not suited for small collections. The fr. is gathered in
great quantities by the Indians of Ariz j^ N. ROSE.
CAROB: Ceratonia.
CAROLlNEA: Pac/uM.
CARPENTARIA (after Professor Carpenter, of
Louisiana) Saxifragdcex Ornamental shrub culti-
vated for its large fragrant white flowers.
Evergreen Ivs opposite, pe holed, usually entire:
calyx 5-parted; petals 5; stamens numerous; ovary
almost superior, 5-7-celled; styles 5-7, connate at the
base, with linear-oblong ptigmas. fr a many-seeded
dehiscent cans, with numerous oblong seeds — Onr
species in Calif
This is a highly ornamental ever-
green plant, with rather large oppo-
site leaves and showy white and
fragrant flowers in loose and terminal
corymbs. Hardy only in warmer tem-
perate regions. It requires a well-
drained, light and sandy soil, and
sunny, somewhat sheltered position;
it especially dislikes moisture during
the winter, and its penshmg is more
often due to an excess of moisture
than to the cold. Propagated by
greenwood cuttings under glass m
819. Flower of
Carnefiea gigan-
tea. (XH)
CARPENTERIA
CARPINUS
673
summer, and by suckers, which it. produces freely; also,
by seeds sown in spring.
califfirnica, Torr. Shrub, 6-10 ft. : Ivs. elliptic-lanceo-
late, entire or remotely denticulate, bright green above,
whitish-tomentose beneath, 2-4 in long* fls pure white,
in. diam., fragrant; petals orbicular, concave.
June, July B M. 6911. Gn 31 . 100, 34, p 75; 36, p 26;
54, p. 248; 76, p. 376. GC 11 26:113; 111.40:6,7,
44:112 It H. 1884, p 365. JH 111 29:251; 45'107;
59:61 M.D.G. 1913:121. G M. 31.25; 40 300 G
29:695. Gn.W. 4:569. ALFBBD REHDKR.
CARPET-BEDDING: Redding.
CARPlNUS (ancient Latin name). Betuldceae.
HORNBEAM. Trees cultivated for their handsome
foliage, assuming bright autumnal tints, also for the
light green attractive fruit-clusters.
Deciduous trees or rarely shrubs' winter-buds con-
spicuous, acute with many imbiicate scales Ivs alter-
nate, petioled, serrate, with deciduous stipules' fls.
monoecious; stammate catkins pendulous, each scale
bearing 3-13 stamens, 2-forked at the apex; pistillate
catkins terminal, slender, each scale bearing 2 ovaries,
the bracts and bractlets of which develop into a large,
leafy, more or less 3-lobed bract, embracing the small,
nut-like fruit at their ba.se. — About 20 species, most of
them in Cent, and E Asia, 5 in Eu. and YV. Asia and 1
in N and Cent Amer Monogr by Winkler in Kngler.
Pflanzenreich, Betulaceac, hft 19, pp 24-43, quoted
below as W. B
The hornbeams are trees usually with dense round
head, rarely shrubby, with medium-sized, bright green
ovate to lanceolate leaves and rather insignificant
flowers appearing with the leaves and followed by pen-
dulous catkins consisting of large bracts bearing a small
nutlet in their axils The wood is very hard and close-
grained, and much used in making tools and other small
articles The handsome foliage is rarely attacked by
insects, and assumes a yellow or scarlet color in fall.
The most beautiful are C cordata, with large leaves,
and C japomca, of graceful habit and with elegant
foliage The European hornbeam bears seveie pruning
well, and is very valuable for high hedges, it was for-
merly much used in the old formal gardens for this
purpose, it makes, also, an excellent game cover, ah
it retains its withered foliage almost throughout the
winter.
The species are of comparatively slow growth and
thrive in almost any soil, and even in dry, rocky situa-
tions, most of them are quite hardy North Propagated
by seeds, sown usually in fall, germinating very irregu-
larly; if they do not appear the first spring, the seed-
bed should be covered until the following spring with
moss or leaf-mold, to keep the soil moist If intended
for hedges, the seedlings should be transplanted after
the first year, and allowed sufficient space to prevent
them from growing into slender tall plants, unfit for
hedges. The varieties of rarer species are grafted in
spring under glass, or in the open air on seedlings of one
of the common species.
A. Lv8 with 7-15 secondary veins: mature catkins with
spreading narrow brads.
caroliniana, Walt (C. amencana, Michx. C. virgim-
dno, Michx. f.). AMERICAN HORNBEAM BLUE BEECH.
Fig 820. Bushy tree, rarely 40 ft.. Ivs ovate-oblong.
usually rounded at the base, acuminate, sharply ana
doubly serrate, glabrous at length, except in the axils
of the veins beneath, 2-4 in. long fr .-clusters pedunclcd,
2-4 in. long, bracts ovate or ovate-lanceolate, ^4-l in.
long, with 2 broad and short unequal lateral lobes, and
a much longer middle lobe, usually serrate only on one
margin. E. N Amer , west to Minn and Texas; also,
in Mex. and Cent. Amer. 8.8. 9:447. Em. 1:199. Gn.
24, p. 418. — Bushy tree, with dense, but slender and
often somewhat pendulous branches, and dark bluish
green foliage, changing to scarlet or orange-yellow in
Betulus, Linn. EUROPEAN HORNBEAM Tree, to 60
or 70 ft Ivs similar to those of the former, cordate or
rounded at the base, ovate or oblong-ovate, of somewhat
thicker texture, and the veins more impressed above
fr -clusters 3-5 in long bracts over 1^ in long, with
ovate, lateral lobes, and much longer oblong-lanceolate
middle lobe, the margins almost entire or remotely den-
ticulate Eu to Persia H W 2 '17, pp 31-33 W B
29 FS R. 3, p 153 (In 24, pp 41S, 419, 420— The
most remarkable of the garden forms are the following
Var incisa, Ait (var asplcutfdlia, Hort ) Lvs incised
or lobed, smaller Gn 24, p 419 Var pyramidalis,
Dipp (var fastigiatd, Hort ) Of upright growth Var
purpftrea, Dipp. Lvs purplish wten young, green at
length —It
grows into a
taller tree
than the Am-
erican species,
although the
foimer is of more vigor-
ous growth when young,
the foliage turns yellow
in fnll, and remains on
the tree throughout the
\vmtor.
AA Lws with lfi-25 pairs
of veins mature cat-
kins with loosely
appresM'd ovate and
dentate bracts, of
cone-like appearance.
jap6nica, Blume (C.
Carpmui, Sarg Distego-
carpu-s Car (nuns, Sieb &
Zucc ) Tree, to 50 ft '
young branchlets pubes-
cent: Ivs reddish brown _
When unfolding, oblong- wo. Carpinus caroumana. ( X H)
ovate or oblong-lanceo-
late, 2-4 in. long, acuminate, rounded or subcordate at
the base, uneq'iall> serrate, with 20-24 pairs of veins
deeply impressed above, bright green and glabrous
above, beneath brownish pubescent on the veins at
first, finally glabrous or nearly so matuie catkins ovoid-
oblong, 2 in. long, slendcr-pcdunded, bracts mflexed
.it the base inclosing the nutlet Japan G F. 6.365.
11 H 1895. p. 427 S I F. 1'21—A very graceful
species and quite hardy, sometimes cult under the
name C laxiflora, which is an entirely different species
with the Ivs having only 10-1 1 pairs of veins
cordata, Blume Tree, to 40 ft young branchlets
hairy at iiist, soon glabrous Ivs ovate or oblong-ovate,
acuminate, distinctly cordate at the base, 3-6 in long,
unequally serrate, with 15-20 pairs of veins deeply
impressed above, pubescent on the veins beneath or
glaorous mature catkins 2-3 in long, slender-pedun-
cled; bracts not mflexed at the ba*>e, but with an
opposite bractlet about as long as the nutlet. Japan,
Manchuria, Korea G F 8.295 S I F 1:24— A very
handsome species and quite hardy.
C amencdna, Michx "=C caroliniana — C duintnait. Scop =»
C orientals— C lanflfira, Blume To 50 ft Ks ovate or elliptio-
ovatc, long-acuminate, 2-S in long, \uth 10-14 pairs of veins.
Japan 81 F 12.5 — > cry attrnctne in fall, with its long and slen-
der catkin* Var macro*tdchi/a, \\mkl Lvs o\ate-oblona fruit-
ing catkins 2 H-3 4 m long \\ China H I 20 19S9.— Recently
mtro — C onentAhs, Mill Bu^hy tree, to 15 ft Ivs ovate or
oblong-ovate, 1 'j-2 in long, with about 10 pairs of veins S E Eu.
to Persia Gn 24, p 41H — C l>axn, Wmkl =C Turczanmown —
C polynrhra, Franch (C Tunvtinmowii var polyneura, Wmkl.).
Small tree young branchlets pubescent, soon glabrous Ivs ovate-
lanceolate, long-acuminate, usually rounded at the base, 1 H-2 H in.
long, with 15-20 pain of veins, fruiting bract lets ovate to lanceolate,
serrate W. China. W B 39 — C Turctanmbwii, Hance (C. Paxii.
674
CARPINUS
Wmkl ) Shrubby tree • Iva ovate, acute, 1-2 in long, with 10-12 pairs
of veins N. China — C virgtmtina, Mu hx f — C carohniana — C.
yedotnna, Maxim Small tree branrhlets and Ivs beneath pubes-
cent Ivs ovate-elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, with about 12 pairs of
veuw, 2-3 m. long Japan. S I.F. 2 11. ALFRED KEHDEB.
CARRl£REA (after E. A. Carnere, prominent
French horticulturist and botanist, died 1896). Fla-
courtidceje. Ornamental tree chiefly cultivated for its
handsome bright green foliage
Deciduous: Ivs alternate, long-petioled, serrate:
fls dioecious; sepals 5, broadly ovate, pubescent out-
side; petals wanting; stamens numerous, shorter than
the sepals, ovary 1-celled with numerous ovules, rudi-
mentary in the stammate fls , styles 3-4, 3-lobed, short
and spreading fr a dehiscent caps , .seeds winged —
One species, or possibly two, in Cent China.
This is a medium-sized tree very much resembling
Idesia in appearance, the apetalous flowers with large
white sepals in terminal corymbs or short racemes, the
stammate usually many-flowered, the pistillate few-
flowered, rarely solitary, and with large capsular long-
pointed fruits It has proved fairly hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum Propagated by seeds, can probably also be
propagated like Idesia by greenwood and root-cuttings
calycina, Franch Tree, to 30 ft , with a wide-spread-
ing flat head Ivs elliptic or ovate to oblong-obovate,
3-b' m. long, short-acuminate, rounded at the base,
82 1 Last year's umbel of wild carrot.
liistrous on both surfaces, glabrous, crenatelv-serrate:
sepals broadly cordate-ovate about %m. long and
nearly as broad, white caps 2-2'^ m long, pubescent.
Cent China R II. 1896, p 498 ALFRED REHDER.
CARROT (Daficus Carbta, Linn ) Umbellifersp.
Garden vegetable, grown fci its elongated subterranean
crown-tuber.
The carrot is native of Europe and Asia, and one of
the bad intro luced weeds of eastern North America
(Fig 821) The improve 1 succulent-rooted garden
varieties are thought to be descended from the same
stock, though this has been denied It seems piobable
that the horticultural improvement of the species was
begun m Holland, and it is said that the cultivated
forms were introduced thence into the gardens of Eng-
land during the reign of Queen Elizabeth The carrot
is now very generally, though not extensively, cultiva-
ted everywhere, both for culinary pin poses and for
atock-feedmg. It is sometimes forced under glass, but
to no great extent. Carrots are most useful in culinary
practice for soups, stews, and salads, and as this class
of cookery has never been reasonably popular in Amer-
ica, this vegetable has not received the attention it
deserves
The carrot is hardy and may be planted as soon as
the ground is in fit condition to be properly prepared
for seeding. When grown as a market-garden or truck
CARROT
crop, this early seeding ia essential to maximum re-
turns The best soil for carrots is a medium to light
loam, rich, friable and comparatively free from weeds.
As the seed us slow to germinate, it is a good plan to
sow some quick-germmating seed with the carrot seed
so that the rows may be noticed in time to keep them
ahead jf weed growth. Lettuce serves well for this
purpose When the carrots aie thinned, this lettuce is
pulled out The carrot seed is best sown in rows 12 to
15 inches apart, using enough seed to produce a plant
every inch or two along the row. When the carrots are
3 to 5 inches high, they should be thinned to stand 3
inches apart in the row The only further culture
necessary is frequent tillage to conserve soil-mois-
and to pi event weed growth The early crop should
be ready to pull and bunch for sale .seventy- five
days after sowing Early carrots are an important
crop on the market-garden and truok-farm They are
pulled a-, soon as they have attained sufficient size and
tied into bunches of three, six or seven roots, according
to the sue of the roots and the market demands The
earliei the crop and the more active the demand, the
smaller the roots which may be salable A later sow-
ing is made for the main or winter crop or for live-
stock This may be from four to six weeks after the
first sowing The crop is handled in the same manner
as the early crop except that it is allowed to continue
growth as long as the weather is suitable It is then
pulled, the tops cut from the roots and the roots placed
in frost-proof btorage for winter sale
The expense of production of carrots is consider-
able, but the returns are usually satisfactory The
fall crop should yield .500 to 1,000 bushels to the
acre Truck-growers of the South ship many bunched
carrots to the large northern markets in March.
Aptil and May, where they meet a ready demand
at prices ranging from 35 cents to $1 per dozen
bunches
There are several distinct market types of carrots,
the variation being chiefly with respect to size and
shape The smaller varieties, as they mature moie
quickly, are used to some extent for the early bunching,
while the larger kinds are always more popular in the
general market
The varieties of cairots differ chiefly in respect to
size and gram, with differences in eailmess closely cor-
related The following arc now favorite varieties.
French Forcing (Earliest Short Horn) — One of the
smallest and earliest; root small, almost globular,
orange-red
Orkcnrt or Guerande — Small to medium in size, root
2 to 4 inches long, growing to a blunt point, of good
quality and popular in some sections for an early bunch
earrot
Chantenay — Large to medium in size, root 3 to 5
inches long, more tapering than Oxheait, of good
quality and a better carrot for the bunched crop than
the above
Danvers Half-Long — Six to 8 inches longr 2 to 3 inches
in diameter, at top tapering to a blunt point; the most
popular garden carrot grown
True Danvers — A long carrot, 8 to 12 inches; tapering
to a slender point like a parsnip; gro\vn more for
live-stock or exhibition purposes The Half-Long has
largely displaced it as a market sort chiefly because
of the greater ease with which the latter strain is
harvested.
Half-Long Scarlet — Top small, roots medium size,
cylindrical, pointed; much used for bunching
Early Scarlet Horn. — Top small, roots half-long,
somewhat oval, smooth, fine gram and flavor, a
favorite garden sort.
Large White Belgian — Of much larger size than the
above-named varieties, of less delicate flavor and
coarser texture; a popular variety for live-stock.
CARROT
The variation in the different strains of carrot seed
is marked and it is important to secure seed from care-
fully selected roots true to shape and color Carrot
seed may be produced in any location in which the crop
of roots is grown successfully.
The carrot may he successfully forced under glass and
is grown m this way to a limited extent The small early
varieties are used, such as French Forcing. Early Pari-
sian, Early Seailet Horn and Golden Ball. Thebe will
usually be grown as a catch-crop between tomatoes or
cucumbeis When grown m this way, the carrot is one
of the most delicious of all vegetables, and deserves
much wider popularity See Forcing
The field cultivation of carrots for live-stock differs
little fioiu the garden 01 horticultural treatment except
that earhness is not desucd, and the longer-rooted later-
rnatutmg kinds are mostly used; and less intensive cul-
tivation is employed See Vol II, Cyclo Amer Agnc ,
P r>1() F. A. WAUGH and H F. TOMPSON.
CARTHAMUS (Ai.ibic name, alluding to a color
yielded b\ the flowers) Composite Hardy annuals.
Plant 2 .J ft high, with spiny KB . involucre with
spreading and leafy outer scales and the inner ones more
or less spiny; receptacle chaffy, corolla 5-fid, nearly
CARYA
675
CARYA (K.arya, Greek name for the walnut tree).
Syn , Hicbria. Juglundacey HICKORY. Trees grown
for their handsome foliage and strong habit, and some
species for their edible nuts
Deciduous branches with solid pith. Ivs alter-
nate, without stipules, with 3-17 serrate Ifts fls.
monoicious, apetalous, appealing with the Ivs ; htami-
nate fls in axillary, slender, pendulous catkins, each
fl with 3-10 stamens, borne in the axil of a 3-lobed
bract, pistillate fls in a terminal, 2-10-fld. cluster or
spike, consisting of a 1-celled ovary inclosed by a 4-
lobed involucre fr globular to oblong, with a husk
separating into 4 valves and a bony nut, incompletely
2-4-celled — About IS species of hickory, all in E N.
Amer from Canada to Mex ; the Chinese species
recently desciibed by Dcxle fiom nuts only is probably
riot a Carya See Hep Mo Hot Ga d 7, pp 28-42, pis.
1-23, and Rep of II S Dept Ague , Div Pomol ,
Nut-Culture (1890), cited below as U S N C (the
first number refening to the plate, the second and third
to the figure) By some, Ilicona is consideied to have
priority, but Carya is retained as one of the "nomina
regular, smooth, expanded above the tube achenes
glabrous, mostly 4-nbbed, the pappus none or scale-like.
— A genus of 20 specie^, fiom the Canary Isls to Cent.
Asia Of easiest cult , from seed.
tinctdrius, Linn (Cdrduus tinctbruis, Falk.). SAP-
FLOWER FALSE SAFFRON. One to 3 ft high, glabrous,
branched Ivs ovate, spiny-toothed, almost as broad as
long fl -heads with upward-tapering mvolucie, and a
globular crown of orange florets Asia — Florets used
like saffron, they have diaphoretic properties and have
also been used for dyeing, especially silks, and in making
rouge N TAYLOR.!
CARUfeLIA Ormthogahim.
CARUM (probably from Caria, in Asia Minor).
U mbdlifera> Glabrous annual or perennial herbs, some
of which yield aromatic and edible garden products
Leaves pinnate fls white- or pinkish, small, in com-
pound umbels with involucres and mvolucels, the calyx-
teeth small fr ovate or oblong, more or less ribbed,
glabrous, or sometimes hispid- root usually tuberous or
filiform — Twenty or more species, widely distributed
in temperate regions The genus is variously defined
and understood C PdroRchnum, the parsley, is here
kept under the genus Petroselmum.
Carvi, Linn CARAWAY (which see) St. slender but
erect, furrowed, 1-2 ft • Ivs. pmnately decompound,
with thread-like divisions. Old World. — Sometimes
runs wild.
Gairdneri, Gray St solitary, 1-4 ft.: Ivs. pinnate or
the upper ones simple, with 3-7 linear Ifts., the upper
Ifts usually entire, but the lower ones often divided:
fr with long style Dry hills, in Calif, and Nev. and
to Brit Col. — Intro in 1881, by Gillett,asan ornamental
plant Roots tuberous and fusiform. L. jj 3
CARflMBIUM: Homalanthut.
conservanda" of the Vienna code of nomenclature,
because of its long-established usage.
The hickories are hardy ornamental, usually tall
trees with rather large, deciduous odd-pinnate leaves,
small greenish flowers, the stanunate ones in conspicu-
ous pendulous racemes, and with rather large green
dehiscent fruits inclosing a mostly edible nut The
hickories are among the most beautiful and most useful
trees of the American forest, and are all very ornamental
park trees, with a straight, sometimes high and slender
trunk and a large, graceful, pyramidal or oblong head
of usually light green foliage, turning from yellow to
orange or orange-brown in fall They are hardy North
except C. Pecan, C. aquatica and C mynsticjformis, but
C Pecan thrives rarely m Massachusetts in sheltered
positions. Most of the species have heavy hard strong
and tough wood, much valued for many purposes,
especially for handles of tools, manufacture of carriages
and wagons, also for making baskets and for fuel. The
nuts of some species, as C. Pecan and C. ovata, also C.
lacimosa and some varieties of C glabra and C. alba, are
edible, and are sold in large quantities, mostly gathered
from the woods, though m later years orchards of
improved varieties have been planted. A large number
of insects prey upon the hickory, attacking the wood,
foliage and fruit, for which see the Fifth Ann. Rep. of
the U. S. Entom. Com , pp. 285-329. There are also
some fungi sometimes causing an early defoliation of
the trees.
The hickories generally thrive best in rich moist soil,
but some, especially C. glabra, C. alba and 0. ovata,
grow equally well in dner localities. They are of rather
slow growth, and difficult to transplant if taken from
the woods, therefore the seeds are often planted where
G76
CARYA
CARYA
the treee are to stand, but if grown in the nursery and
transplanted several times when young, trees 6-10 ft.
high may be transplanted successfully.
Propagation is usually by seeds stratified and sown in
spring in rows about 3 inches deep; named varieties
may be grafted in spring in the greenhouse, on potted
stock of C cordiformis, which seems to be the best
species for this purpose, veneer- or splice-grafting
being usually employed, sometimes also increased by
root-sprouts. For further horticultural advice, see
Hickory-nut and Pecan.
INDEX.
alba, 8, 10.
amara, 4.
aquatica, 3.
boreaha, 6.
cordiformis, 4.
fraxinifoha, 10.
glabra, 5.
Halosii, 10.
\lhnoen8is, 1.
lacimosa, 9
microcarpa, 6, 10.
mynstic»formi8, 2.
Nuttallu, 10
obcordata, 6.
obovahs, 6.
odorata, 6.
ohvxformit, 1.
ovahs, 6
ovata, 10.
Pecan, 1.
porcina, 5.
sulcata, 0.
tomentoaa, 8.
villosa, 7.
A. Scales of buds valvate, 4~6- fr- with winged sutures;
nut usually thin-shelled: Ifts 7-1-5, usually falcate.
B. Nut mostly elongated, almost terete, husk thin, splitting
to the base, kernel sweet; cotyledons entire or only
notched at the apev.
1. Pecdn, Engler & Graebn. (Jiiqlans Pecdn, Marsh.
Hicdna Pecdn, Brit. C. illmoensu, Koch. C.ohv&ftirrms,
823. Foliage and pistillate
flower* of Carya Pecan,
Nutt.). PECAN. Fig. 823. To 170 ft., with branches
pubescent when young: bark deeply furrowed, grayish
brown* winter-buds yellow: Ifts. 11-17, short-stalked,
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate or doubly ser-
rate, tomentose and glandular when young, usually
glabrous at length, 4-7 in. long: stammate catkins
almost sessile: fr. 3-10 in clusters or spikes, oblong,
1)^-3 3^ m. long; nut ovoid or oblong, smooth, brown,
irregularly marked with dark brown, 2-celled at the
base; kernel sweet From Iowa and Ind south to Ala
and Texas; also m Mex. S.S. 7 '338-9 AG 12 273-
275 U 8 N C I, 8, 9.— Thus species is the most im-
portant as a fr. tree, and many named varieties are cult
in the southern states, but it is tender N The wood
is less valuable than that of the other species Hybrids
are known of this species with C. cordiformis, C alba
and C. lacmiosa, for which see Hep Mo. Hot. Card 7,
pis. 20-23 and Gng 2.226 See Pecan.
2. mynsticaef6nnis, Nutt. (Hicdna mynsticspfdnrns,
Brit ). NUTMEG HICKORY. Tree, to 100 ft , with dark
brown bark, broken into appressed scales' winter-buds
brown. Ifts 5-11, short-stalked or almost sessile, ovate-
lanceolate, the uppermost much larger and obovate,
serrate, scurfy-pubescent beneath when young and with
brown scales above, at length dark green above, silvery
and lustrous beneath, 3-5 in long, stammate ratkms
peduncled • f r generally solitary, short-ovoid or obovate,
about \l/i in long, nut ovoid, reddish brown marked
with irregular spots and stripes, thick-shelled, 4-celled
below, kernel sweet From S C to Ark and Mex
S S 7 342-3 — A very decorative species on account of
its handsome foliage, but not hardy N
BB Nut usually so broad as long, compressed, with irregu-
larly angled or reticulate surface, thin-shelled, 4~
celled below, kernel bitter, cotyledons deeply 2-lobed.
3 aquatica, Nutt (Hicdna aqudtica, Brit ) WATER
HICKORY BITTEK PEC\N Usually small tree, rarely to
100 ft , with light brown bark separating into long, thin
plates winter-buds dark reddish brown Ifts 7-13,
sessile or short-stalked, lanceolate, long-aeurnmate,
finely serrate, yellowish tomentose when young, gla-
brous at length* fr 3-4, ovoid to broadly obovate,
1-1 Yi m long; husk thin, splitting to the base, nut
obovate, much compressed, incgulaily angled and
ridged, dull reddish brown, kernel very bitter
From Va to 111 , south to Fla and Texas'.
S S. 7:344-5. U S N C 12, 7-8
4. cordifdrmis, Koch (Uicbna minima, Brit
C amfira, Nutt) BITTEKMJT SWAMP
HICKORY Tree, to 100 ft bark grayish
brown, broken into thin scales young
branches and petioles glabrous1 winter-buds
bright yellow. Ifts .3-9, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate,
acuminate, densely serrate, pubescent when young and
glandular, almost glabrous at length, 3-0 in long fr
2-3, broadly obovate or .subglobo.se, winged from the
apex to the middle. %-l/'2 in long; husk thin, splitting
somewhat below the middle; nut slightly compressed,
roundish, abruptly contracted into a short point,
smooth, gray, kernel bitter Que to Mmn , south to
Fla. and Texas S S. 7 '340-1. Em. 226 —A valuable
park tree, with handsome rather broad head, growing
m cult more rapidly than other hickories.
AA. Scales of buds imbricate, more than 6: fr. not or
slightly winged at the sutures; nut usually thick-
shelled, 4-celled below Ifts 8-9, not falcate, the
uppermost larger and generally obovate.
B. Buds small, y\-Vfan. long- husk thin, nut slightly or
not angled.
C. Lvs. glabrous or only slightly pubescent while young:
nut not or only slightly angled, thin-shelled.
5. glabra, Sweet (Fhcbria glabra, Brit C. porcina,
Nutt.). PIGXITT. Figs 82 1, 825. Tree, occasionally tc
CARYA
CARYA
677
120 ft., with usually dark gray fissured bark and slen-
der, glabrous branchlets: Ifts 3-7, almost sessile,
oblong to oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, sharply
serrate, almost glabrous, 3-6 in long1 fr usually ovoid
or obovate, the sutures usually slightly winged toward
the apex and the husk splitting mostly only half way
824. Characteristic growth of the pignut hickory,
Carya glabra.
to the base; nut usually brownish, not angled; kernel
mostly astringent Maine to Ont and south to Fla ,
Ala and Miss STS 2 179 A G 11 386-7 USN
C 12, 5. — A very handsome park tree, with rather nar-
row-oblong head, and .slender often pendulous branch-
lots A very variable tree
6. ovalis, Sarg (Juylant om/is, Wang Hicbna mic-
rocdrpa, Brit // glabra var micro<arpa, Trel ) SMALL
PIGNUT. FALHK SH \GBARK Figs S'2(V-S29 Tree, similar
to the preceding bark close and furrowed on young
tiees, snaggy on old trunks blanches first hairy, hoon
glabrous: Ifts 5-7, sessile, oval, oblong 01 ovate. 3-6
in long, acute or acuminate, lounded or narrowed and
unequal at the base, coaisely and shallowly toothed,
glabrous; terminal Ifts cuneate at the base, short-
stalked* fr subglobose td short -oblong, -^-1 in across,
densely scaly and slightly winged, tardily splitting
nearly to the base; nut slightlv flattened, often broader
than high and usually rounded at the apex, sometime?
slightly angular, brownish, shell rather thin; kernel
small and sweet Mass to Wis., south to Ga , Ala , and
Miss. A G. 11 .381-388, 1, 2, 5, 8, 10. U S N C 12, 4, 6
Var. obcordata, Sarg (J. obcoidata, Muhl /. porcina
var. obcordata, Pursh C. microcdrpa, Darl ) Fi
nearly globose or ovoid; nut
angled, broader than high,
sometimes obcordate S S 7
354, figs. 5, 6, 7, 9. Var. odor-
ata, Sarg (Hicbna glabra var.
odorata, Sarg.). Lfts generally
broader, ovate or oblong-ovate,
glandular: fr. subglobose or
higher than broad, with dis-
tinctly winged sutures, split-
ting freely to the base; nut
gray, veiy slightly ridged,
825. Or« form of pignut— slightly higher than broad.
C. glabra. (Natural size ) Conn, to Pa. and Mo. S S.
7:354, fig. 8. Var obovalis, Sarg. Fr. obovoid, nut
much compressed, pointed or rounded at the apex,
and rounded at the base Mass to Va and Mo Var.
borealis, Sarg (Hicbna borealis. Ashe C. borealis,
Schneid ) Hark scaly Ifts. usually 5, lanceolate' fr
ovoid, flattened, about %in long, very narrowly
winged and often incompletely
splitting: nut ovoid, ridged,
whitish , kernel sweet Mich , Ont
B TV 236
cc Lvs hairy beneath' nut
angled, thick-shelled.
7. villdsa, Schneid (Hicbna vil-
Ibsa, Ashe H glabra var villosa,
Sarg H pdllida, Ashe) Tree, to
20 or sometimes to 50 ft • branch-
lets slender, pubescent mixed with |
silvery scales, later glabrous Ifts
5-9, usually 7, sessile or short-
talked, oblong to oblanceolate, (Natral
3-5 in long, acuminate, narrowed
at the base, coarsely herrate, when unfolding glandular
above, hairy below and with silvery scales, petioles
pubescent and with tufts of brownish hairs, finally
often glabrous fr subglobose to pear-shaped, /^— 1^4
in long, winged, husk thin, bphttmg to below tht
middle or nearly to the base, nut slightly angled,
somewhat compressed, thick-shelled, pale or light
brown, kernel small and sweet N J to Fla, Miss
and E Texas S S 7 355 OF 10 305
BB Buds large, ly*—! in long nut angled, kernel sweet
C. Bark not shaggy branches and petioles tomentose.
outer bud-tcales falling in autumn hiu>k not sepa-
rating quite to the ba^e
8 Alba, Koch (Hironn alba, Brit C tomejitdsn,
Nutt Not to be confounded with C alba, Nutt , which
is C ovata) MO<'KEKMTT BIG-BUD HICKORY Tree,
rarely attaining to 100 ft Ifts 7-9, almost sessile,
oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, usually finely ser-
rate, glandular and tomentose beneath, very fragrant
when crushed, 4-8 m. long fr globose to pear-bhaped,
827. Carya ovalis, the false ahagbark.
678
CARYA
CARYOPHYLLUS
1V6-2 in long; nut light brown, globular to oblong,
slightly compressed, angled, narrowed toward the apex,
thick-shelled, kernel small, sweet. Mass to Ont ana
Neb., south to Fla and Texas. 88.7:350-1. U.S.N.
C. 12, 1-3. Em. 222.
cc. Bark shaggy, light gray branches atui
petioles glabrous or pubescent husk
very thick, separating to the base:
outer bud-scales persisting through the
winter.
9 lacinidsa, Engler & Graebn. (Ilicoria
lacmiosa, Sarg H acunundta, Dipp C.
sulcala, Nutt ) Bio or BOTTOM SHELL-
BAKK HICKORY KING- NUT Tall tree,
occasionally to 120 ft . branchlets orange-
red Ifts 7-9, oblong-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, serrate, pubescent when young, usu-
lly glabrous at length, 4-8 m. long fr.
jeneially oblong, 13^-2J^ in long, nut
yellowish white, oblong, but sometimes as
gei
nearly oblanceolate, the terminal one 5-6 m. long anc
l%-2 in wide. fr. generally smaller, ovoid, pointed
1% in long, nut long-pointed. W. N. Y.
C. arAanadna, Sarg. Allied to C glabra Tree, to 70 ft bark
dark gray, sculy bmnchlets pubosoi-nt lits 5-7, lanceolate, densely
pubescent when unfolding, glabrous at matunly, 4-7 in lonn fr
ovoid or obovoid, husk usually splitting to the middle, nut Hlightly
obovoid, shell very thu-k and hard, kernel sweet, Mimll Aik uiu'
Okla S f 8 2 181 —C BucUcyi, Durand (C texaim, Buck! , not
DC ) Allied to C alba Tree, to 50 ft , with dark, funowed bark
Ifts 7, lanceolate or obhinceolate, pubescent on the vein IK low, J-o
in IOIIK fr subglobose or ovoid, 1 4 in across, husk thin, flitting
to the base, nut reddish brown, veined, shell hard, keinel sweet
Texas to Okla and Ark STS 2 1K2 (' enioluia-
ktptentriomilia, Kngler & Graebn (Ilieon.t earnlina'-sep-
tentnonalis, Ashe) Allied to C o\atn Branchlets
-lender llts .1-5, lanceolate, glabrous fr smaller, nut
thm-ohelled N C to Ga SS 14 720—Cflomlana,
Sjirg Vllied to C cordiformis Buds vah ate, brown-
ish yellow Ifts usually 3, elliptic-oblong to lanceolate,
densely scaly beneath, 2-i'a m le»riK fr obemud, about
1 in long, husk tardily splitting to the base, nut obosoid
orsubglobose Fla STh 2 177 C miijauuim, Nirg
Closely related to C glabra Barkelo.e buds largu
broad as long, slightly compressed and
obscurely 4-angled, pointed at both ends;
kernel sweet N Y to Iowa, south to
Tenn and Okla 88. 7:348-9 US.
NC 11
828. Twig of 1° ovata, Koch (Ilicdria ovata, Brit C.
C.ovahs. alba, Nutt ). SIIAOIUHK HICKORY Also
LITTLE 8HELLBAUK HICKORY, although
the latter name by some is applied to the preceding.
Figs 830, 831 Tree, occasionally to 120 ft Ifts gen-
erally 5, sessile, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, serrate, densely hmbnate, pubescent and glan-
dular when young, glabrous at length, 4-C in long'
fr subglobose, about l^'2-2j^ in long, nut white,
oblong to broadly obovate, 4-angled, kernel sweet
From Que to Minn , south to Fla and Texas. 8 8.
7.346-7. Em 217 U S N C. 10 A G 11.386, 6, 9;
387, 3, 388, 11. Gng. 7'51. AF 14.339— Next to
Pecan the best as a fruit tree, especially for northern
states, where the
pecan is not quite
nardy Several
named varieties
are in trade, of
which probably
var. Halesii,
Hort , with large,
thm-shelled nut,
is the best known.
An ornamental,
often very pictur-
esque tree; the
stout branches
forming a rather
broad, usually
somewhat open,
head Var Nut-
tallii, Sarg (C.
microcdrpa, Nutt.
in part). Fr.
smaller; nut
roundea, usu-
ally obcordate,
much com-
pressed and
prominently
angled, about
y$n. across.
Mass to Pa.
and Mo Nut-
tall, Silv N.
Am 1.13 Var.
f:axinifdlia,
Sarg L f t s . 829. Habit of the small-fruited pignut,
lanceolate or Carya ovalw.
830 Twig of
Carya ovata.
831 Fruit of Carya ovata, the t,ha^<. Uu h.ckur
The cross-section is to show structure, not to show
a good horticultural fruit. (Natural tuze )
Ifts to 8 m long fr broadly obovoid, to 112 m long, husk thick,
tardily dehiscent to the mieldle, nut obovoid, kernel small, sweet
N Y to Mo and Fla S T S 2 180 — C mrxirana, EnKt 1m Tree,
with shaggy bark and tome ntoso-puboscent l\s fr d< pre-,M d, with
rather thick husk and broad, sharply i-mi|?l«l, w hit« nut Mex The
only species not native to the V S - -C terana, DC (Uu on.i texana,
Le Conto) Similar to C Peran, but Ifts broider. less lale.itc,
almost sesmlo nut smaller, much darker, with somewhat tough
surface, kernel bitter Texjus S S 14 710 -C texana, Butkl -
a B^Wcyi. ALFRED REHDER.
CARYOCAR (from the Greek \\ord for nut) Cnri/n-
caracese, formerly included in Tcrn^tra'nnactsr, and
by some refeired to WnzobdAcecC Tiee^, or rarely
shrubs, of about 10 species m Trop Amor , one of
which is well known for its largo edible nuts Lvs
opposite, digitately 3-5-foliolnto, leatherv, often .seirnte
fls bractless, in terminal i \comes; calyx deeply 5-6-
parted, the lobes orbiculate and strongly imbricate;
petals 5-6, imbricate; stamens many, somewhat
joined at the base, ovary 4-6-celled. fi diupaceous,
with a hard .stone or stones and veiy laige seeds C.
nucifenim, Linn , produces the houari-nut 01 butternut
of the American tropics Although native ot CJuiana,
it is cult m some of the W Inches isls tice, attaining
100 ft or more, producing durable tunbet used chiefly
m ship-building Ivs tnfoliolato, the Ifts elliptic-lan-
ceolate, glabrous fls large, purple, the stamens white
and very numerous fr several inches in diam , nearly
globular or becoming misshapen by abortion of the
contents, containing 2-4 hard-shelled nuts tho size of a
hen's egg, and which are flat-kidney-shaped, \\urtyand
reddish brown; kernel or meat white, with a nutty or
almond-like flavor, and yielding oil when subjected to
pressure B M 2727, 2728 The nuts now and then
appear in northern markets The closely allied C vil-
losum, Pers , of Guiana and Brazil, is repoitod a.s a
notable timber tree; and the oily pulp sw rounding
the seed is eaten boiled and the kernel of T-ne seed is
eaten raw. L. fj. H.
CARYOPHYLLUS, tb« clove tree, is now referred to Kv™ > • >
CARYOPTERIS
CARYtfPTERIS (Greek for nut and wing). Ver-
bendcese. Ornamental woody plants grown for their
lavender-blue fioweis profusely produced in autumn
Deciduous small shiubs. Ivs opposite, short-petioled,
serrate. Ms in axillaiy cymes, calyx camf)anulate,
deeply 5-lobed with lanceolate teeth, spreading and
somewhat enlarged m f- ; corolla 5-lobcd, with short
cylindnc tube and spreading limb, I begin, larger and
fringed, stamens 4, exserted, 2 of them longer, style
slender, 2-paited at the apex fr sopaiatmg into 4
somewhat winged nutlets —About 6 species in E Asia.
These are glabrous, j)ubeseerit or tomentose shiubs
With small blue or violet late ttoweis Fiee-fiowenng
and vei y valuable foi their late blooming season , not
hardy North; even if well piotected they will be killed
almost to the ground, but the young shoots, springing
up freely, will flower piolusely the same season rl hey
require well-drained and sandv soil and Mirmv position;
if grown in pots, a sandv comport of peat and leaf soil
or loam will suit them, and they will flower in the
gieonhouse until midwmlei Piopagatod readily by
cuttings of h.df-iipened wood in summer or fall under
glass, and by seeds sown in spung.
mcana, Miq (C Maitatanthius, Schauer C s men sis,
Dipp ) Fig S.i2 SufFiulK-osc, 1-,") ft Ivs petioled,
ovate or oblong, coai^elv senate, pubescent above,
grayish tomentose bi'neith, 2 3 in long cymes podun-
elod, dense-fid , fix small, violet-blue 01 lavender-blue.
Aug-Nov China, .Iip-ui HK 322 BM 0799.
KII 1S92 32 i KB 19278 G C1 II 21 119,111
42 4OJ Mn 5 5 SH 2, p S9 (1 \\ t>, p 197 Gn.
24, p .523, 70, p 24 G M 43 7— Known in the nms-
eiv trade as ''blue spnea " Vai Candida, S<hneid.
has white fls
(' monutMitn, HuriRc IAS 1 met ohite, al
fewer but larger fK HH 1S7J 150 \LFHFD REHDER.
CARYOTA (old Giock nani'O Palmacc*,
tribe vbm.f FISH-TUL I'ALM Spineless
monocarpic palms, with tall stout ringed
trunks, at length beanng Miekeis.
Leaves disposed m an elongated terminal
fringe, ample, twice pmnately divided, sogms
dimidiate-flabelliform, o
ppht, irregularly dentat
\\\ the bud, midnerves and piunarj neives
flabellate, petiole terete below, sheath keeled on the
back, fibious along the maigins hgulo shoit spadioes
usually alternately male and female peduncle short,
thick branches long, pendent ^pathos .3-5, not entire,
tubular, bract lets nro.id lls rathei laige, gieen or
puiple. fr the sue of a cheir\, globular, purple —
Species, 9. Malaya, New (luinea. Austral GC II.
22.748
These palms are remaikablo tor the delta-shaped or
fish-tail-shaped leaflets, which make the graceful,
spreading fronds very at ti active They are excellent
warmhouse palms, veiv useful for decoiation, paiticu-
larly when young They are frequently planted out in
protected places for the summer (' wens, the wine-
palm of India, yields, when full grown, about twenty-
four pink" of wine in twenty-four hours The beverage
is very wholesome and a valuable article of commerce.
There being so many diffei en t genera to choose from
in selecting plants for modei.ite-sized conservatoi les,
the members of this genus are not very popular for
providing small specimens. In a high, roomy structure,
however, they are among the most ornamental of the
tube They are quick-growing, with large broad leaves,
finely cut uo, the small divisions resembling the tail of
a fish, hence the name "fish-tail palm " After reaching
maturity the plant begins flowering at the top, and
continues downward until the vitality of the stem is
exhausted Suckers are freely pioduced by some spe-
cies, but these, as a rule, do not become so robust as
»Jie parent stem, owing probablj to the soil becoming
CASIMIROA 67&
exhausted Seeds are offered by most dealers The
young plants should be grown m a warm, moist atmos-
phere, the soil consisting of loam with about one-third
of its bulk leaf-mold and sand in equal parts They
sometimes lose their roots if kept too cool and wet in
winter Prop is by seeds and suckeis. (G. W Oliver )
mitis, Lour (C soboufe/a, Wall C furfurdcea,
Blume) Caudex 15-25 ft high, 4-5 m diam , sobo-
hferous petioles, If -sheaths and spathes scurf y-villous:
Ivs 4-9 ft , pinna* very obhquelv cuneiform, irregularly
dentate, upper maigins acute, pinnules 4-7 m long.
Burma to Malaya
fcrens, Linn WINE- PALM TODDY-PALM Caudex
stout, even m cult specimens 60-SO ft high and 18 in.
thick, much higher in the wild, not sobohfcrous Ivs.
18-20 by 10-12 ft , pmn.r 5-6 ft , curved and drooping,
very obliquely truncate, acutely serrate, the upper
nately divided, sogms 6jy
or cuneate, entire, or f
e, plicate, folded back f
.Caryop margin produced and cau-
2 date, pinnules 4-8 in ; petiole
(X/SJ very stout India, Malaya.
AF 12 295 Gng. 5.131.
AG 21-533
Rumphiana, Mart Lvs 2-pmnate, several feet long,
the pinnules thick, sessile, 6 m long or nearly so,
oblong Malaya Vai Albertii, Hoit (C Albertu,
Muell ), is in the tiade It is large and free-growing,
the Ivs being Ifi-lS ft long and two-thirds as broad;
If -- -ogrns fan-shaped and oblique, toothed
C Blamtii, Hurt , from tin- Philippines, has been listed in the
Ameru .iii trade It is probably a form of C urcns
JARED G. SMITH.
CASAREEP: Bhgkia.
CASCARILLA: Crotan.
CASHEW: Aiuicardium occidentals.
CASIMIROA (named in honor of Cardinal Casimiro
Gomez de Ortega, Spanish botanist of the eighteenth
centmv) Rntaccsp rCverfi^een trees, one of which is
grown for the edible fruits
Leaves alternate, long-pet loled, digitate, 3-7-folio-
late, Ifts pctiolulate, lanceolate, entire or slightly ser-
rate, smooth or pubescent beneath fls reguiai poiy-
680
CASIMIROA
CASSIA
gamo-dioeciousj calyx 5-parted, small; petals 5, oblong,
valvate, apex incurved, disk inconspicuous, circular;
ot omens 5, free; filaments subulate; anthers cordate;
ovary sessile, on disk, globose, 5- or occasionally 6-8-
lobed, 5-celled; stigma sessile, 5-lobed; ovules solitary
in the cells, axillary: fr. a drupe, large, depressed-glo-
bose; pulp agreeable to taste, edible, seeds oblong, com-
pressed, exalbummose. — Four species in Mex and S.
edulis, Llav. & Lex. WHITE SAPOTE COCHIL SAPOTA.
Large tree: trunk ashen gray, with warty excrescences:
Ivs. dark green, glossy: fls. greenish yellow, small: fr.
greenish yellow when ripe, with strong, thick epicarp,
^m. thick, about the size of an orange; seeds nearly
1 in long and half as wide. Mex. — The fr. of this spe-
cies has a delicious flavor, similar to that of a peach.
It is used in Mex as an aid in inducing sleep, and the
Ivs. as a remedy for diarrhea. It grows on the coast of
Mex. to an altitude of about 7,000 ft. See Sapote,
While. H. J. WEBBER.
CASSABANANA: Sicana.
CASSANDRA: Chanuedaphne.
CASSAVA: Manihot.
CASSEBE&RA (from a German botanist). Polypo-
didcex. Small Brazilian ferns allied to the maiden-
hair, but rarely seen in cult. There are 3 species:
son terminal on the veins, oblong or nearly globular;
mdusium within the margin and distinct from it. They
require hothouse conditions C. pinndta, Kaulf., has
fronds 6 m. long, pinnate, the pmnse linear-oblong and
crenate. C. Inphylla, Kaulf , has 3-5-parted fronds, the
parts linear-oblong and crenate C gleichemoides,Gafdn.,
has twice-pinnate fronds, the pinnules 4-corneied.
CASSIA (ancient Greek name) Legummbsx SENNA.
Herbs, shrubs or trees, a few of which are in cultivation
in America, as border plants and under glass.
Leaves even-pinnate : fls. nearly regular (not papilio-
naceous), with the nearly equal calyx-teeth mostly
longer than the tube; corolla of 5 spreading, nearly
equal clawed spreading petals, stamens 5-10, frequently
unequal and some of the anthers abortive, the good
anthers opening at the top: fr a stalked pod which is
either flat or terete, containing numerous seeds and
often partitioned crosswise. — Species nearly or quite
400 in the warmer parts of the globe, some of them in
cool temperate regions. See page 3566
The cassias delight in a sunny exposure. Most of
those cultivated in the United States are herbs or herb-
like shrubs, attractive for the finely cut foliage and the
showy flowers Some of them aie cultivated only in the
extreme South. C corymbot>a is probably the best gar-
den subject. Cassias are summer bloomers, for the
most part. Propagation is mostly by divisions and seeds,
the annual species always by seeds.
Senna leaves, used in medicine as a cathartic, are
derived from various species, chiefly from C. aeutifoha
of Egypt, and C. angustifoha of India and other Old
World tropics. The "Cassia lignea" of pharmacopeias
is the product of a Cinnamomum Cassia pods of com-
merce, used in medicine, are the fruits of C. Fistula.
Many of the species contribute to therapeutics. Some
of them provide tanning materials
A. Hardy border plants Ifts 5 or more pairs
maryl&ndica, Linn WILD SENNA. Perennial, gla-
brous or nearly so, sts nearly simple: Ifts. 5-10 pairs,
oblong or lance-oblong and entire, short-acummate or
nearly obtuse: fls. in axillary racemes near the tops of
the sts. and often appearing as if pamcled, bright yel-
low, wide open: pods linear, flat. New England, west
and south, mostly in wet soil. — Grows 3-4 ft. high, and
has attractive light green foliage.
Chamaecrista, Linn (Chamsecrista nlctitans, Moench).
PARTRIDGE PEA Annual, erect or spreading, 2 ft. or
less high: Ifts. 10-15 pairs, small, narrow-oblong,
mucronate, sensitive to the touch: fls. large. 2-5 to-
gether in the axils, canary-yellow and 2 of the petals
pui pie-spotted. — Dry soil, Maine, south and west.
Sometimes known as Magothy Bay bean and sensitive
pea, and formerly recommended as a green-manuring
plant. See Cyclo. Amer. Agric., Vol. II, p. 309, for
account and picture.
AA. Tender plants, grown far south, or under glass:
Ifts. few or many.
B. Tree, with woody indehucent pods.
Fistula, Linn. PUDDING- PIPE TREE. GOLDEN
SHOWER Lvs. large, the Ifts. 4-8 pairs, and ovate-
acuminate: fls. in long lax racemes, yellow, the pedicelfl
without bracts: pods cylindrical, mack, 3-furrowed,
1-2 ft. long, containing 1-seeded compartments India,
but mtro. in W Indies and other tropical countries.
Sparingly cult. S. — Furnishes the cassia pods of com-
merce.
gr&ndis, Linn PINK SHOWER. Lfts 10-20, oblong,
abrupt at either end, more or loss pubescent beneath
and above* fls in long drooping axillary racemes, ror«-
colored, without bracts subtending the pedicels' pod
3 in. or less long, rtouiprcRsed-cyimdriral, glabrous,
transversely rugose Trop Amor ; offered m S. Calif ,
and grown in many tropical countries
BB. Shrubs or herbs, with more or hkt> dehiscent pods.
Sophera, Linn. (C schiuifoha, DC C'. Sophbra,
Auth.). Shrub, 6-10 ft • Ifts 0-10 pairs, lanceolate-
acute. fls yellow on many-fld axillary and terminal
peduncles, which are shorter than the Ivs . pod thin,
tardily dehiscent Oriental tropics Intro in S Calif.
corymbdsa, Lam. (C. floribunda, Hort ) Shrub,
half-hardy in middle states, 4-10 ft : Ifts 3 pairs,
oblong-lanceolate and somewhat falcate, obtuse or
nearly so. fls yellow, in long-stalked, small axillary
and terminal corymbs. Argentina. B M. 633. G C.
III. 31:252. Gn. 50, p. 139 J.H III 61.139. G.
25:553. H.F. II. 3:252. G W. 3, p. 421, 6, p. 391 —
The best-known garden species, being an excellent con-
servatory plant for spring, summer and autumn bloom
It is an ola favorite, now coming again into prominence
(as C. flonbunda and var. A Boehm, corrupted appar-
ently into C Boetna) as a pot-plant, as a tub specimen
for lawns, or for plunging in the border; winters readily
in a dormant state m a cellar, very free-flowering.
toment&sa, Linn. Shrub, 10-12 ft.: Ifts. 6-8 pairs,
oval-oblong and obtuse, uhite-tomcntose beneatn:fls.
deep yellow. Mex. — Said to be a good winter bloomer
m S Calif , and naturalized in some parts.
artenusoldes, Gaud. Bushy shrub, soft-canescent
and gray all over: Ifts. 3-4 pairs, very narrow-linear:
racemes axillary, 5-8-fld., the fls. sulfur-yellow: pods
flat, shining brown. Austral. — Intro, in S. Calif. With-
stands drought.
bifldra, Linn. Shrub, 4-8 ft. : Ifts. 6-10 pairs, broad-
oblong or obovate-oblong, very obtuse but mucronu-
late. fls large, yellow, on 2-4-fld. peduncles, which
are shorter than the Ivs: pod 3 in. or less long, oblong-
linear or narrower, mernbranaceous. S. Amer. and W.
Indies B M 810. — Sparingly cult, in greenhouses.
C. Isevigdta, Willd Shrub, glabrous: Ifts. 3-4 pains, ovate-oblong
or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate: fls. yellow m terminal and axillary
racemes pod leathery, 2-3 in long, nearly cylindrical. Tropics —
C occidentdhs, Linn HEDIONDA Annual or subshrubby, widely
distributed m the tropics as a weed, the seeds used as a substitute
for coffee, it is the "fedrgona" and "negro coffee" of Afr.: Ifts. 4-12
pairs, ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, acuminate, and a gland near
the base of the petiole racemes short and few-fld.' pod glabrous,
oblong-linear compressed or nearly cylindrical, the small seeds pro-
duced abundantly — C. spUndida, Vogel Shrub, 6-10 ft , much
branched1 fls bright yellow, very large S. Amer Recently cata-
logued m 8. Calif — Others of the numerous species of Cassia are
likely to appear in cult., particularly some of the native kinds; but
88 a whole, the genus u not rich in horticultural subjects.
L. H. B.
CASSINE
CASSlNE (a name said to have been used by the
Indians in Fla.; see Ilex Cassine). Celastrdcex, Some
20 or less erect or climbing glabrous shrubs of the Cape
region in Afr , apparently not known in cult, in this
country. Lvs opposite, thick, entire or serrate, fls.
small, white, in axillary clusters; calyx 4~5-parted,
minute; petals 4-5; stamens 4-5, on the disk, which
encircles the ovary, fr. a 1-2-seeded drupe, with a hard
pit or stone C. Colpoon. Thunb (or C capensis var.
Colpoon) is the ladlewooa of the Cape, the wood being
used in the making of small articles C. Mawrocenia,
Linn (now placed in a separate genus, Maurocenia
capensis, Sond ) is the Hottentot cherry. H I. 6:55 2.
CASSlOPE (Greek mythological name). Encacex.
Ornamental small shrubs sometimes cultivated for
their handsome delicate flowers
Evergreen Ivs very small, usually scale-like and
opposite, rarely alternate and linear fls solitary, axil-
lary, or terminal, calyx small, 5-parted; corolla cam-
panulate, 5-lobed or 5-cleft; stamens 10, the anthers
with recurved appendages; style included: fr. a 5-
valved caps with numerous minute seeds. — Ten spe-
cies in arctic regions and high mountains of N. Amer..
N. Eu , N Asia and Himalayas Formerly included
under Andromeda
Cassiopes are graceful, delicate plants, adapted for
rockeries, flowering in summer They are of somewhat
difficult culture, and require peaty and sandy moist
but well-drained soil and partly shaded situation,
though C hypnoides grows best in full sun, creeping
amongst growing moss Drought, as well as dry and
hot air, is fatal to them Propagated readily by cut-
tings from mature wood in August under glass; also by
layers and by seeds treated like those of Erica
C fastigi'Ua, Don (Andromcdi faxtitci.ita, Wall) Ascending-
Ivs imbricate, in 4 row*, with white-fringed margin fls. axillary,
white Himalayas HM 47% GC III 47 379 (habit) Gn 43,
p 189 G 15709 — C hypnoulei, Don (Harnmanella hypnoides,
Coville) Creeping hs linear, alternate, crowded fls terminal,
deeply 5-cleft Arctic regioni B M 2436 L B C 20 1946 G C
III 39 226 (habit) — T \ferltn»iAna, Don Erect or ascending to
1 ft high Ivs imbricate in 4 rows, cannate on the back fla axil-
lary, white or slightly tinged rosy Sitka to Calif — C tetragbna, Don
(Andromeda tetragona. Linn ) Similar to the former, but lower,
:tic regions. B B"
ALFRED REHDER.
CASSIPOURfeA (a native name in Guiana). Rktzo-
phordcese Perhaps a dozen or less species (if the African
Dactylopetalum is included in the American Cassi-
pourea) in Trop Amer and m Afr , one of which if
now offered Glabrous trees or shrubs. Ivs opposite
or whorled, stalked, somewhat leathery, oblong or
lanceolate, entire or somewhat crenate fls small or
medium in size, white, solitary or fascicled in the axils;
calyx 4-5-lobed, petals 4-7, nmbnate, linear or spatu-
late, inserted in the cup-like disk; stamens 10-30;
ovary 2-4-celled caps ovoid, somewhat fleshy, tardily
dehiscent, the cells 1-seeded C. verticilltta, N. E. Br.,
Natal, a handsome tree, with very shiny foliage: Ivs.
about 4 in long and halt as broad, in 3's or 4's, lightly
ereno-serrate or almost entire; petals 5-7, exserted,
very narrow; stamens 10-14.— A rare mangrove-like
tree, found at considerable elevations away from the
coast Offered in S. Calif. jj> jj g<
CAST ALIA: Nymphsta.
CASTANEA (ancient Latin name). Fagdcex.
CHESTNUT Fruit and ornamental trees, grown fo*
their edible nuts and also for their handsome foliage
and attractive flowers
Deciduous trees, rarely shrubs- Ivs alternate, ser-
rate, elliptic-oblong to lanceolate fls monoscious, the
stammate ones with 6-parted calyx and 1O-20 stamens,
in long, erect, cylindrical catkins; the pistillate ones
on the lower part of the upper catkins, usually 3 to-
gether in a pnckly involucre; ovary 6-ceu«d: fr. a large
CASTANEA
68)
and the Ivs. with a deep furrow on the back Arctic regions. B M.
3181 M D G 1910 125, 137 (habit)
brown nut. 1-7 together in a pnckly involucre or bur1
winter-buas with 3-4 scale*: branchlets without ter-
minal bud. — About ten species in the temperate regions
of N. E. Amer., Eu., N Afr and Asia
The chestnuts are very attractive when m bloom.
The handsome foliage is generally not miured by
insects or fungi, but the whole tree is attacked by a
serious disease known as the chestnut bark disease
which has spread rapidly during the last years, chiefly
in New York, Pennsylvania and the adiacent states.
It was first discovered in 1904 it is caused by a fungus,
Endothia parasilica, which
penetrates the bark, develops
its mycelium in bark and
sapwood, finally girdles the
branch or trunk and causes
the death of the portion above
the infected place. The pres-
ence of reddish pustules on
the infected area is a sure sign
of the presence of this fungus.
The cutting and destroying of
the infected parts seems so far
the only way of checking the
spreading of the di.sea.se This
dit-ea.se was without doubt im-
ported with plants from eastern
Asia, at. the disease has been
discovered recently in China
on C molhbsima The latter
species and C ere not a s>eem
much more resistant than the
American and European varie-
ties and there is much hope
for a successful selection and
breeding of resistant varieties
and for keeping this disease
under control, as it is done
successfully m China
C dentata and C saliva
are large-sized trees, while C.
pumila and C crenata usually
remain shrubby The coarse-
grained wood is much used for
furniture, railway ties and
fence-posts, as it is very dur-
able in the soil The chestnut
is extensively cultivated in
Europe and eastern Asia and
also in this country for its
• edible fruit It grows best in
well -drained soil on bunny
slopes, and even in rather dry
and rocky situations, but dis-
likes limestone soil . The Ameri-
can species is perfectly hardy
North, while the European
species is somewhat tenderer.
Propagated by seeds, sown
in fall where there is no danger
83J. Castanet dentata. °f them being eaten by mice or
( x H) squirrels ; otherwise th ey should
be stratified in boxes and
buned 1 or 2 feet deep in a warm soil until early
spring, when they are sown in rows about 3 inches
deep If growing well, they can be transplanted the
following fall or spring 2 or 3 feet apart from each
other, and plantea after three or four years where
they are to stand. They are also increased by layers
in moist soil. Varieties are usually worked on seed-
ling stock or on sprouts by whipgrafting above the
ground when the stock is just beginning to push into
leaf. Crown-grafting, root-grafting and budding are
also sometimes practised, but no method gives wholly
satisfactory results, and usually only one-half take
well. See Chestnut.
682
CASTANEA
CASTANOPSIS
A. Nuts 2 or more in one involucre and more or less com-
pressed, usually broader than high.
D. Branchlets glabrous or at first with close white tomen-
tum: Ivs. usually glabrous at maturity, often with
close white tomentum while young.
c. Lvs. glabrous or nearly glabrous even while young.
dentata, Borkh. (C. amencdna, Raf ). Fig. 833 Tree,
occasionally 100 ft : Ivs. cuneate at the base, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, coarsely serrate, nearly glabrous
when young, 6-10 in long and somewhat pendulous:
fls of heavy fragrance, in June or July nuts about Hm.
wide. S. Maine to Mich , south to Ala and Miss. S S.
9:440-1. Em 187. G F. 10 373 F.K 14, p, 30; 29,
p. 895 — The tallest, most vigorous -growing and hard-
iest species. The nuts, though smaller, have a better
flavor than the European varieties Lvs. said to have
sedative properties; used in. whooping-cough; bark
astringent, tonic, febrifuge.
cc. Lvs. steHate-tomentose beneath while young.
satlva, Mill. (C vesca, Gaertn C Costarica, Karst.
C. vulgans, Lam.). Fig 834. Tree, 50-80 ft.: Ivs.
oblong-lanceolate, often truncate or rounded at the
base, coarsely serrate, slightly pubebcent or tomentose
beneath when young, nearly glabrous at length, 5-9 in.
long, erect nut over 1 in. wide June From S Eu and
N. Afr to China. Gn 27, p 292, 50, p 389. Gng.
3:209. GW. 8, p 350, 385— There are some garden
forms with variegated Ivs , and others, of which var.
asplenifdlia, Lodd , with lacmiately cut and divided Ivs.
is the most remarkable Of several varieties cult, for
their fr., Paragon, a precocious kind, and Numbo, a
variety with very large fr , are the most extensively
planted in this country. See Chestnut.
crenata, Sieb & Zucc. (C. japdnica, Blume. C.
satlva var pubinervis, Makmo) Fig 835 Shrub or
tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs elliptic or oblong-lanceolate, usually
rounded at the base, acuminate, crenately serrate, or
the teeth reduced to a long, brihtle-uke point, slightly
pubescent when young, glabrous at length or only
pubescent on the veins beneath, 3-7 in. long, erect,
nut over 1 in. wide. Japan, China. S. I. F. 1 * 34 —
Shrubby and very precocious; it usually begins to
fruit when about six years old. Hardy as far north
as Mass.
834 Castanea sativa.
(XH)
BB. Branchlets pubescent, with
spreading hairs: Ivs. soft-
pubescent beneath, at least
those toward the end of the
shoots.
mollissima, Biume. Tree, to
40 ft.: Ivs. oval-oblong to ob-
long-lanceolate, acuminate or
short -acuminate, rounded ot
truncate at the base, 3^-6 in.
long, coarsely serrate, glabrous
above, white - tomentose or
nearly green, but soft-pubescent
beneath, at least on the veins.
petioles pubescent, with spread-
ing hairs nu , about 1 in. wide;
spines of the husk pubescent.
N and W. Chum —Has proved
perfectly hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum and is to be recom-
mended for its hardiness and
large nuts.
AA. Nuts solitary, round, higher
than thick.
pumila, Mill. CHINQUAPIN.
Shrub or small tree, rarely 50
ft.: Ivs. cuneate, elliptic-oblong
or oblong-obovate, acute, serrate,
teeth often reduced to bristle-
like points, white -tomentose
beneath, 3-5 in long fr ovate.
small, about Hm wide and ^4-!
in. long May, June From Pa.
to N Fla and Texas S S 9
442-3 — Useful for planting on
dry and rocky slopes, attractive
when in fl , and again in fall
with its abundant light green
burs among the dark foliage The closely allied C.
almfoha, Nutt , in the southern states, grows only a
few feet high, and has larger Ivs. and fr.
Vilmoriniana, Dode Tree, to 80 ft. : branchlets gla-
brous: Ivs oblong-lanceolate to lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate, usually rounded at the base, the teeth mostly
reduced to slender bristles, quite glabrous even while
young, 4-7 in. long1 fr globose-ovate, about ^m thick
and slightly longer. Cent China — A valuable timber
tree. Recently mtro. by the Arnold Arboretum.
ALFRED REHDER
CASTANEA of commerce: The nuts of Bertholletta.
CASTANtfPSIS (Castanea and opsis, chestnut-like)
Fagacex. Ornamental trees or shruos sometimes culti-
vated for their handsome evergreen foliage.
Closely allied to Castanea, but pistillate fls usually
on separate catkins, sometimes solitary, ovary 3-celled
fr. ripening the second year, involucre sometimes
tuberculate; winter-buds with many scales, terminal
bud present: Ivs evergreen, entire or dentate — About
25 species, chiefly in the tropical and subtropical
mountains of Asia, and 1 in W N. Amer., which is the
hardiest, and is sometimes cult., also several Chinese
species have been recently intro into cult , but their
names have not yet been determined. For prop, see
Castanea.
chrysophylla, DC. (Castanea chrysophylla, Hook.).
Fig. 836 (adapted from Pacific R. R. Rep.). Tree, to
150 ft., shrubby at high elevations: Ivs. ovate-oblong or
oblong-lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, entire, dark
green above, coated with minute golden yellow scales
beneath, 2-6 in. long: nut about }4m. wide, usually
solitary in the spiny involucre. Summer. Ore to
Calif. S.S.9:439. B.M.4953. G.C. III. 22:411; 36:145.
Gn. 76, p 634. F.S 12:1184 R.B. 7:240.— A highly
CASTANOPSIS
CASUARINA
683
ornamental tree with beautiful foliage, hardy only in
the warmer temperate regions, but the shrubby form is
much hardier. ALFRED REHDER.
CASTANOSP^RMUM (chestnut seed, becau.se of
the taste of the seeds). Legummbsae. A genus of 2
species, one of which is a tall Australian tree, with odd-
pinnate Ivs , the Ifts broad, thick, entire- fls. large,
yellow-orange, in lateral or axillary loose racemes
which aie usually about 5 in long; petals 4; stamens
free; ovary long-stipitate, many-ovuled ' pod 8-9 in.
long with 4-5 seeds larger than Italian chestnuts, globu-
lar. C. australe, Cunn., is the species known locally
836. Castanopsis chrysophylla. ( X %)
as "Aloreton Kay chestnut " The seeds are roasted and
^aten Intio in S Calif , but not common The other
species is New Caledonian, and apparently not in cult.
CASTILLEJA (a Spanish botanist, D. Cabtillejo).
&crophulari<ic(.<i> PAiNTKD-Cur. Heibs with showy
bracts in a terminal head or spike, sometimes cultivated.
Floweis small, solitary, in terminal gaudy-bi acted
spikes; corolla tubular, sometimes flattened lateially,
2-hpped, lower lip smaller, moie or less 3-toothed,
stamens 4. Ivs alternate, entire or cut — Upwards of
30 SMOCKS in U S and Mex , and 1 in N. Asia. Cas-
tillejas jur little known in gardens They ar"e more or
less ioot-par.isitie
coccinea, Spiong Biennial or annual, 1-2 ft , hairy:
radical Ivs clustered, ovate or oblong, mostly entire;
st -Ivs lacimate or cleft, and the middle lobe of the
bright scarlet hi acts dilated, corolla pale yellow, about
the length of the calyx. Low grounds and grassy places,
Canada, south
indivlsa, Engelm. Annual, 1-2 ft.: Ivs lance-linear
and entire (or sometimes 2-3-lobed) : bracts not lacim-
ate, bright red and showy. Texas. — Blooms early in
spring
affmis, Hook & Arn Perennial, 1-2 ft. * Ivs narrow-
lanceolate, entire or the upper ones toothed at apex:
fl -bracts becoming short and broad, red' spike lax
below. Calif., in moist soils. — Intro. 1891 by Orcutt.
44
folioldsa, Hook. & Arn. White-woolly perennial,
1-2 ft , the base woody. Ivs small (1 in or less long),
narrow-linear, crowded or fa&cicled. bracts 3-parted;
spike dense. Calif , in dry soils — Intro. 1891 by Orcutt.
Integra, Gray. Perennial, 1 ft. or less, tomentose Ivs.
grajish, linear, 3 in or less long, entire* bracts of the
shoit spike linear-oblong or obovate-oblong, entire or
sometimes incised, red or rose Texas to Ariz, and Colo.
— Has been offered in Germany. L jj g
CASTILLOA (for Castillejo, the Spanish botan-
ist) Moracesr. Laticiforous trees, of which C dastica
Cerv , is one of the important rubber-producing plants.
There are 2 or 3 species, in Cuba and Cent Amer Lvs.
alternate, short-petioled, often laige, entire or toothed:
plant monoecious, the sexes borne, n the same cluster;
sterile fl. with no perianth, stamens numerous and
crowded, with scales intermixed, fertile fls with 4-
lobed perianth, including the short-styled ovary, fr a
crustaceous pericarp containing a pendulous seed.
The cult of C. davtica for rubber is described in Cyclo.
Amer Agric , Vol II, p 557.
CASTOR BEAN, CASTOR-OIL PLANT: Ricinua.
CASUARlNA (said to be derived from Caauaniis, the
Cassowary, from resemblance of the branches to the
feathers) Ca^uuntwcf.i BKI.FWOOD SHE-OAK Odd
slender-blanched leafless trees and shrubs gro\\ii m
w arm regions and i arely seen under glass They ai e thm-
topped trees of striking appearance
Casuannas are usually classified near the walnut
and luckoiy tubes, although veiy unlike them — or
other known plants— m botanical characteis They are
jointed and leafless plants, somewhat suggesting
oquisetums m gross appearance Flowers are unisexual;
btammate m cylmdiical terminal spikes, each fl con-
sisting of a stamen inclosed m 4 scales, 2 of the scales
being attached to the filament, pistillate fls m dense
heads borne in the axils, and ripening into globulin or
oblong cones, composed of 1-ovuled
ovaries subtended by bracts fr a
winged nutlet — About 25 species
in Austral , New Caledonia and
E Indies The species fall into
2 groups, those having cylind-
rical and vert icillate branches, and
those having 4-angled and only
imperfectly verticillatc branches.
The species bear small toothed
sheaths at the joints
Beefw ood is planted in the ex-
tieine South for its very odd
habit and also to hold sands of
the seacoast. The ^ood burns
(juicklv, and is very hard and dur-
able The redness of the wood
has given the popular name, beef-
wood — The species are remark-
able for rapid growth. They glow
well m brackish and alkaline soils.
Piopagatid by seeds and by
cuttings of portly upened wood.
equisetifdlia, Linn. Fig. 837.
Tiee, becoming 150 ft. high m
favorable climates, and a most
rapid grower branches dioopmg,
pale trreen, simple, terete or nearly
so, the internodes very short (less than %m ); sheath-
teeth 7 (6-8) lanceolate and appressed: stammate cone
nearly terete, pistillate cone short-peduncled, ellip-
soidal, about H>-m diam. Widely distributed in the
farther Old World tropics, and the oest-known species in
this country (in P. Fla. and Calif, and south) Gn M.
7 21 L B C. 7:607 —The wood is valuable for many
purposes. The casuarmas are known as "oak" m Austral.
837. Ctsuaraa
eqiasetifoha.
684
CASUARINA
CATALPA
Cunninghamiina, Miq. Tree with slender branches,
much like C. equisettfoliat but cones smaller, about
Hm« diam., globular and very irregular, with promi-
nent valves. Austral — Described as a rapid-growing
tree in Cahf, with strong and dense growth and
numerous fine branches with very short mterriodes
stricta, Dry. (C. quadnvtUvts, Labill.). Becoming
20-30 ft. high: branches erect, simple, 6-7 -angled,
scarcely green, internodes short, as in the latter sheath-
teeth usually 7, ovate-lanceolate and appressed stam-
mate cone slender, pistillate cone nearly sessile,
oblong (sometimes stammate above), about 14-sided,
1 m. diam. Austral. Gn M. 7 21.
toruldsa. Dry. (C. tenuiss>ima, Sieber) Reaches 70
or 80 ft . branches erect, capillary, mostly terete, in-
ternodes short: sheath-teeth 4, very short, triangular
appressed: stammate cones filiform; pistillate cones
ellipsoidal, 8-10-sided. Austral
sumatrana, Jungh Shrub with dense very slender
branches which are sharply angled, the internodes often
very short, the sheath-teeth short, cone large, elliptical
or globose, the valves thick and concave-truncate at
apex. Sumatra. — Offered m England, and the branches
said to be useful for bouquets, very much branched
L. H B.
CATALPA (the Indian name of C. bwnommdes)
Bignoniacese. Ornamental trees, often cultivated for
their handsome flowers appearing in large and hhowy
panicles in summer, and for their heavy foliage
Leaves usually deciduous, opposite, long-pet loled,
entire or coarsely lobed* fls in terminal panicles; calyx
splitting irregularly or 2-hpped, corolla campanulate,
2-hpped, with 2 smaller upper and 3 larger lower lobes;
fertile stamens 2, curved, with diverging anther-bacs,
not exceeding the tube of the corolla; style 2-lobed at
the apex; slightly longer than the stamens' fr a very
long cylindrical caps., separating into 2 valves, with
numerous small oblong compressed heeds bearing a
tuft of white haire on each end — About 10 species in
N. Amer , W. India and E. Asia, of which 6 are hardy
in the northern temperate regions
Catalpas are deciduous or rarely evergreen trees with
opposite or sometimes whorled, long-petioled, large
838. Catalpa ovate in fruit.
(XH)
and simple leaves emitting in most species a disagree-
able odor when bruised, and with white, pinkish or yel-
lowish flowers in large and showy panicles followed by
very long and narrow cyhndric pods.
The coarse-grained and soft wood is very durable in
the ground, and, therefore, much valued for fence-psts
and railway ties. Catalpa bignonwides and particularly
C. spedosa are sometimes planted as avenue trees. For
formal gardens, if low round-headed trees are desired,
C. bignonundes var. nana is to be recommended. They
grow in almost any somewhat moist soil, and are hardy
as far north as New England. Propagated by seeds
sown m spring, m the North, best with slight bottom
heat, or by cuttings from ripe wood, the varieties often
by softwood cuttings m early summer or by grafting
on seedlings or on roots under glass in spring, also
increased sometimes by layers and root cuttings.
A. Infl. paniculate. Ivs.
usually pubescent,
with simple hairs.
B. Fls. yellow, stnped
inside orange and
spotted dark violet,
less than 1 in long.
ovata, Don
(C. Kaempferi,
Sieb & Zucc C.
Ifcnryi, Dode).
Fig. 838. Tree,
to 20 ft.: Ivs.
bi oadly cordate-
ovate, abruptly
acuminate, often 839. Catalpa sj»c»osa. ( x 5' )
3-5-lobed, nearly
glabrous at length, with reddish spots m the axils of
the veins beneath, 5—8 in. long panicles many-fld ,
4-7 in long, fragrant June China, much cult, m
Japan BM 6611. 1 H. 9:319 L I 10 S I F 2 71 —
Hardier than the American species
DB Fls. white, with 2 yellow stnpes inside, and spotted
purplish broivn, ll/r~2 in long
bignonioides, Walt (C Catdlpa, Karst C synngi-
fblui, Sims) CATALPA INDIAN BKAN Tree, 20-50
ft ' Ivs. often whorled, cordate-ovate, abruptly acumi-
nate, bometuneh with 2 lateral lobes, pubescent beneath,
5-8 in. long, of unpleasant odor panicles many-fld ;
Us about 2 in diam , thickly spotted inside pod 6-20
in. long, ^-J/3in thick June, July Southern states,
north to Tenn , often naturalised el-sewhrre B M
1094 LBC 13 12S5 SS 6 2HS-9 Gng 6 11S-9.
GF 3 537, 539 J H III 32 121 GC III 21 298,
29 167, 44 10, 312 FK 23479 GW 7, p K8 G
23481 GM 37627 Gn 22, p 74,26, p 164-5,33,
I* 393, 36, p 239, 66, p 205— Usuall} low tree, with
very wide-spreading blanches Not much used medici-
nally, but pods and seeds said to possess antispasmodic,
cardiac, and sedative properties bark anthelmmtic,
alterative There are some garden forms Var aurea,
Lav Lvs. yellow G M 53 709 Var nana, Bur (C
Kungei, Hort , not C A Mey ). Forms a dense, round
bush, of ten grafted high Gng 3:195. M D.G. 1903.616.
F E. 14, p 31
specidsa, Warder Figs. 839, 840. (C cordifdha,
Jaume, partly) WESTERN CATALPA. Tree, to 100 ft :
Ivs. cordate-ovate, long-acuminate, pubescent beneath,
8-12 in long: panicles comparatively few-fld ; fls
about 2}^ m- diam , inconspicuously spotted inside:
pod %-%m. thick June From S III and Ind to
La and Miss. SS 6:290-1 R H. 1895' 136 M.D.G.
1903 229-30 (habit) — A very desirable ornamental
tree, closely aided to the former, but taller and hardier.
Properties similar to C. bignonwides. Var pulverule'nta,
Paul & Son. Lvs. freely dotted with white or cream
color. G.M 53:30. G. 30.289 FE 31.319
hfbrida. Spaeth (C. Teasn. Penhall. C. Teasidna,
Dode). HYBRID CATALPA. Hybrid between C. big-
nonicndes and C. ovata. Large tree, intermediate
between the parents: the Ivs. resemble more those of
C. ovata, and are purplish when unfolding, but much
larger and slightly pubescent beneath, while the fls.
are more like B bignomodes, but smaller and with
the mfl. often twice as long Originated at J, C.
Teas' nursery at Baysville, Ind. G.F. 2 '305. Gt.
47:1454. G.W. 3, p. 569— A very valuable tree, flow-
CATALPA
ering profusely; of rapid growth and hardy. Seedlings
usually resemble C. ovata. Var jap6nica, Rehd. (C
japdnica, Dode). Lvs broader and more abruptly
acuminate, nearly glabrous beneath Var purpurea,
Rehd (C. hybnaa var. atro purpurea, Spaeth. C. big-
nomoides var purpurea, Hort.). Lvs dark purple when
young, green at length
AA. Infl racemose, [wdicels very slender, 1-1% in. long,
occasionally the lower ones with k or 3 Jls
B Lvs pubescent or lomentose beneath, with branched
hairs.
Fargesii, Bur Tree, to GO ft : Ivs ovate, acuminate,
rounded at the base, entire, slightly pubescent above,
densely beneath, 3-6 in long racemes pubescent, 7-10-
fld ; fls. about iy2 in long, rosy pink with purplish
brown dots in throat pod to 2 ft long, lA~\im. thick.
W China. Nouv. Arch Mus Pans III 6' 3
BB Lvs quite glabrous.
Duclodxii, Dode (C1 tuktiuenfinwa, Dode). Tree, to
SO ft Ivs ovate, acuminate, usually rounde<l or sub-
cordate at the ba.se, with puiple spots in the axils of the
veins beneath, 5-8 in long and often 4 or 5 in broad:
racemes 5— 15-fld , the lower branches sometimes with
2 or 3 fls ; fls rovy pink with orange markings in throat,
l,!2~l/4 ln l°nK P°d about 2 ft long and K-}^m.
thick. Cent China
Bungei, C A Mey. Small tiee Ivs narrowly trian-
gular-ovate, entire 01 with 1 or few pointed teeth near
the base, long -acuminate, truncate or sometimes
broadly cuneate at the base, with purple spots in the
axils beneath, 3-b' in long and not over 3 in wide*
racemes 3-12-fld , fls white with purple spot, 1-1 } 2 in.
long pod 12-15 in long N China Nouv Arch Mus
Paris 111 6 4 — Has proved perfectly hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum Var heterophyfla, C A Mey
(C. heterophijlla, Dode) Lvs. with .several pointed
teeth near the base, racemes 3-5-fld
C longiwnui, Sims Tree to 50 ft Ivi oblong-ovate, eormt eous
fls -small, white W Indies, often plantt-d at, shade ticc- in Cuba
ALFRED REHDKU.
CATANANCHE (Greek name, referring to ancient
custom of using the plant in making love-philters)
Comp6»itsp. Annual or perennial gaiden herbs, grown
for the bloom.
Leaves crowded at the base of the st , and linear
or lanceolate' head long-peduncled, blue or yellow,
achene oblong, ribbed and usually villose or setose,
pappus of 5-7 lanceolate long-acuminate scales — A
half dozen species in the Medit region Of easiest
cult in any garden soil, particularly if light Prop by
seeds and division Useful for cutting
caerulea, Lmn Perennial, 2 ft.: Ivs tomentose,
lanceolate and few-toothed, 3-nerved. fl -heads 2 in.
acioss, with wide Hat-toothed blue rays, on long slen-
der sts Blooms in June, July and Aug S Eu B M.
293. R H. 1890, p. 523. G 28:541 Gn. 42, p. 25; 55:
368. Var. alba, Hort , has white fls Gn. 55:368. Var.
tricolor, Hort , has white margin and blue center
Often used as everlastings. Lt jj jj
CATASETUM (Greek for downward or backward,
and brittle). Orchidacex. Epiphytic or terrestrial
orchids, requiring hothouse conditions
Stems short fusiform Ivs plaited, membranaceous.
scapes basal; fls. in racemes, globose or expanded;
labellum fleshy, column erect, provided with sensi-
tive appendages which, when touched, cause the pollen-
masses to fly out; polhma 2. The genus includes Mon-
achanthus and Myonthus. — There are about 50 or 60
species in the American tropics.
The flowers are in racemes or spikes, firm in texture,
and white or in shades of green, yellow, brown or purple.
Catasetums are not much cultivated, since most of
the species are not showy, but they are interesting to
CATASETUM
685
the botanist and amateur because of the striking ejec-
tion of the pollen-masses Gardeners often have trouble
with catasetums, but they are not difficult to grow if
given good care They need a high temperature, long
period of rest, and free supply of water during the
growing season They are grown in both pots and bask-
ets Readily propagated by dividing the plants at the
base, also from very ripe pseudobulbs cut in pieces and
put in sand. For culture, see Orchids
A Fls white.
Bungerdthii, N E. Br Sts 8-9 in tall' sepals larger
than the petals, nearly 2 in long, labellum tending
toward concave, roundish, appendages thickish Ecua-
dor BM 6998 GC III 1 142 IH 37 117,34-10.
Gn. 33.388. A F. 6 633 —A striking plant.
840. Catalpa speciosa in fruit. (XH) .
AA Fls. yellowish, more or less marked with brown
or red
macrocarpum, Rich (C Cldvmngi, Lindl C triden-
tatum, Hook ) Fls large, nearly 3H m across; petals
and sepals yellow, verging on green, spotted with red-
dish brown, labellum yellow Guiana B M 2559,
3329 I H. 33:619 Var rubrum, Hort A red-fld. form
fimbriatum, Lindl. & Paxt Pseudobulbs 2-3 in
long raceme pendulous, 8- or more-fld ; fls 2^ m
acros-j, sepals whitish or pale yellow, closely barred with
rtd Brazil B M 7158 A F 6 609 Var aftreum,
Hort Fls pale green, slightly marked with rose, centei
of lip deep golden yellow
longif&lium, Lindl Pseudobulbs deflexed- Ivs. nar-
row and glaucous, reaching 3 ft fls on drooping, com-
pact spikes; sepals and petals greenish yellow tipped
with dull red; hp helmet-like, orange-yellow. Guiana
— Epiphyte.
AAA Fls essentially red or brownish.
decipiens, Reichb f Fls !}/£ in across; sepals and
petals lanceolate, red-brown and spotted; hp saccate,
yellowish outside and red-brown inside Venezuela
A F. 6.609
AAAA. Fls. many-colored, grotesque
Gndmus, Andre" Pseudobulb oblong-ovate and
alternate, articulated fls in a long loose raceme on
slender pedicels; sepals greenish and purple-barred; 2
lateral petals spreading, concave, purple; hp bluntly
conical, olive-green spotted outside, ivory-white within,
fringed above S. Amer. IH 24:270. A F. 12:293
C barbAtum, Lindl. Fls green, blotched with purple. Guiana.
— C caUdsum, Lindl. Odd: fls. with ohooolate-brown, narrow-
lanceolate sepals and petals, hp greenish, speckled with red
Venezuela B M 4219, 6648 — C ChnstyAnum, Reichb f Sepals
and petals usually chocolate, lip greenish yellow, purple fringed
5 \rner (?) GC III 18617 B M. 8007.— C. CVamAn«m, Lind
6 Oogn Fls. greenish yellow, hp fringed along sides. Brazil G C
III 44 211 — C Cliflonn, Hort. Probably a form of C Bungero-
thu G M. 54:593 (desc ) — C CMmant*, Hort. Fine yellow fl
with 3-lobed lip stained with deep crimson.— C ditcolor, Lindl FJs.
purple. An old aort, now rarely seen. Braol.— C. eMrtwum, Rolfe.
CATASETUM
CATTLEYA
FW. ivory-white; sac of lip deep yellow Colombia —C. Garnettid-
num, Rolfe. Alhed to C. barbatum Fls. small, sepals and petals
very narrow, green, with large bars of red-brown; hp white,
fringed Amazon. B M. 7069 — C. imperiale, Lmd & Cogn Sepals
and petals ovate-acute, white, purple-spotted, hp orbicular-cor-
date, purple m center and white-margined. G C III. 17 329 S H.
1, p. 369 J H III. 30 25 — C. labidtum, Rodr Scapes 1 H ft
long, the male 10-fld , female 2-fld. Organ Mts C Lindem, Cogn
Fls large (as of C. Bungerothn), sepals and petals yellow , with
purplish spots and bars, hp yellow, spotted at base G C III 17.
329 S H. 1, p 369 — C. maculatum, Kunth Sepals acuminate,
spotted with claret, petals broader, red-blotched, hp yellowish
green outside, dark brown within Colombia and Nicaragua — C
mirdbtle, Cogn Fls very large, the sepals and petals oblong-Ian-
ceolate, and yellowish, with purple spots and bars, lip kidncy-
1 ' right yellow with 2 purple spots, toothed G C III 17
.. „ 1, p 3G9 — C m6nodon, Kranzl Spike long with «->
greenish fls , hp flat, with fringes along border Brazil G C III
35 354 (desc ) —C mledtum, Reichb , var aureum, Hort Fls
creamy white, shaded with greenish yellow. G M 47 829, 831 —
C quddndens, Rolfe. Fh with pair of short, acute teeth situated
at lower angles of abortive stigma. — C. Rhamphdstos, Hurt
Raceme few-fld , up to 10 in long, fls. pale green Andes of Colom-
bia. — C Sctfrra, Reichb f Compact fls fragrant, yellowish white,
green-veined, hp 3-lobed Guiana G C II 7 304-5 — t' spmd-
aum, Lindl (Myanthus spinosus, Hook ) Lip spreading, with
succulent hairs, beanng on upper side at base an erect 3-partite
spine and a much larger one below the acumen Brazil B ftf 3802
— C splendens, Cogn Intermediate between C Bungerothn and C
macrocarpum Sepals greenish white with purplish center, petals
white with many purple spots, hp cream-color, purple-marked
Runs into many forma var. dlbum, Lmd <k Cogn , white or nearly
. , ,
so Var Alicise, Lmd ACogn Fls large, sepals and petals purplish ,
hp white, toothed Var. aureo-maculatum Bossch Yellow I H
43 54 Var. atropurpbreum Hort Blackiah purplo — C tenebrd-
.
um, Kranzl FU almost black, very spreading Peru G C III
48 229 (desc ) — A Tracy&num, Hort A provisional name for a
distinct species with whitish green fla — C vindi-flfaum, Hook.
Fls green, the hp conic, yellow inside Cent Amer B M 4017 —
C. Warscewicm, Lindl & Paxt. From Panama Now rarely seen.
OAKES AMES.
L. H. B.f
CATCHPLY: Stlene.
CATECHU: Acacia Catechu; Areca Catechu.
CATERPILLARS. The worm-like pods of Scarjniirus
verrmculdta, Linn., S. subinlldsa, Linn , and others
(Legumindsx), are sometimes used as surprises in
salads and soups; and for that purpose they are culti-
vated in parts of Europe, and seeds are sold in this
country. They are sometimes catalogued as Worms.
They are annuals of the easiest culture. The pods of
Meaicdgo scutelldta, Mill., and others are known as
Snails The pods are not edible. European plants.
A G. 13-681. L. H. B.
CATESB^EA (Mark Catesby, 1679-1749, author of
natural histories of parts of N. Amer ). Rubiacex.
Spiny shrubs of the W. Indies and one (B. parinflora)
reaching the coast of Fla , of 6 species, one of which
is offered in the trade' Ivs small, opposite or fasciculate,
mostly ovate or oblong: fls axillary and solitary, white,
sometimes showy, 4-merous; corolla funnel-shaped,
with short lobes, stamens 4, inserted deep in the tube:
fr a globular berry. C. spindsa, Linn , offered in Fla ,
is a slow-growing evergreen shrub from the W. Indies:
Ivs. ovate to obovate, nearly as long as the straight
spines, fls. yellow, large and conspicuous, the corolla-
tube tapering down to the middle and then very nar-
row or filiform, the segms. much shorter than the
tube: berry ovoid, yellow, edible. — Recommended for
hedges. j,. H B.
CATHA (Arabian name). Celastracese. One ever-
green spineless shrub of Arabia and Afr., and cult, m
warm countries for the Ivs., which are said to possess
sustaining and recuperative properties and which are
eaten by the Arabs or used in the preparation of a
beverage. C. ed&lis, Forsk. (Celdstrus edidis, Vahl).
KHAT. CAFTA. Glabrous, to 10 ft.: Ivs. opposite, or on
the leafy shoots alternate, thick, narrowly elliptic or
oval-oblanceolate, serrate, narrowed to the short petiole,
4 in. or less long: fls small, white, in short axillary
clusters; calyx 5-lobed, petals 5; stamens 5, borne on
a disk: fr. an oblong or clavate caps., 3-valved, 1-3-
seeded, J^m. long. — Recently offered in this country.
The twigs and Ivs. are an object of commerce m Arabia.
L. H. B.
CATMINT or CATNIP: Nepeta.
CAT(5PSIS (Greek compound, of obscure applica-
tion) Bromfhacey, Fifteen or more species in Trop.
Amer , with strap-shaped or lanceolate mostly rosulato
Ivs and spikes or racemes of white or yellow fls termina-
ting a scape, very little known in cult . sepals and petals
separate to base, stamens shorter than the calyx;
stigma subsessile They require the cultural conditions
of tho erect tillandbias C. nltida, Gnseb (Tilldiidsia
nitida, Hook ), from W Indies and S , is 6-18 m tall,
with oblong-mucronate shining green Ivs in rosettes,
and white fls in slender spikes C venduhjlbra, Wright,
from Peru, is recently intro , with oblong-elliptic Ivs.
(6 in long) in a rosette and with thin denticulate mar-
gins, and white pendulous short-stalked fls. on a race-
mosely branched scape 1^ ft. high.
CAT-TAIL: Typha.
CATTLEYA (William Cattlev, an early English
hoiticulturist and naturalist) Orchidaceae Epiphytic
oichids, requiring intermediate temperatures
Pscudobulbs ovoid, clavate, fusiform or cyhndnc,
short or elongated, smooth or furrowed, bearing 1-3
Ivs Ivs coriaceous' fls single or in clusters, borne
usually at the apex of the pseudobulb, rarely on a leafy
bt. arising from the base of the pseudobulb, showy;
sepals and petals similar or the petal* much broader,
membranous or fleshy, lip usually 3-lobed, lateral lobes
commonly forming a tube inclosing the column, rarely
the lateral lobes small; column clavate, fleshy, pollima
4 — A genus of about 40 species, natives of continental
Tiop Ainer , especially numerous in Brazil and in the
Andean region Innumerable hybrids and horticultural
forms have been named, those of the labiata group
alone running into hundreds Showiest of all orchids,
and of great commercial value.
The growing of cattleyas,
The cattleyas are indigenous to the western hemi-
sphere only, Central and South America being the
regions m which they abound, particularly m the latter,
from the different countries of which large quantities
ai e imported yearly During the last few years the col-
lecting and importing of cattleyas into the United
States has assumed large proportions, owing to a con-
tinually and steadily increased demand, not only by
amateurs but also by the trade in general There are
two particular reasons for this increased demand: first,
the exquisitely beautiful flowers, combined with size
and marvelous colors adapted for decorations at all
sorts of functions, are never out of place, second, their
easy culture. Florists and amateurs alike are begin-
ning to realize that, after all, orchids are plants, and if
only treated in a commonsense way they are by far
easier to grow than a good many other plants, and
especially so the cattleyas, provided some attention is
paid to their requirements
Cattleyas, as a whole, delight in a genial atmosphere,
with all the air possible when the outside temperature
will permit. In summer, from May on to the end of
October, air should be admitted day and night; thus
there are no temperatures to be prescnbed for these
months. Later, when artificial heat has to be depended
on, 50° to 55° at night is the best, bearing in mind that
the earliest species to flower may be kept at the warmer
end, and the later summer-blooming species, such as
C. Mossix and C. gigas, may be wintered at the cooler
end of the structure: thus beginning in autumn with
C. labiata, C. Percivaliana, C. Tnanx, C. Schraederx. C.
Mossix, C. Mendelii; and, last of all, C. gigas, in their
regular order of bloom, these may be treated according
to their season of flowering. One cannot change th«
I
I
"5
u
CATTLEYA
time of blooming of a cattleya, that is to say force it as
other plants may be forced, without injury to the
plants and a poor quality of bloom, but they are often
retarded by systematic copier treatment.
The best potting material is the soft brown osmun-
dine, used alone with no sphagnum moss unless it is
possible to make this moss live, and even then it is of
no value to the plants except as an index to the pres-
ence of moisture. Moss that is dead and inert is a
detriment in the potting material of all orchids. The
one imperative thing in the potting of cattleyas is that
they be made perfectly firm in their receptacles:
if loose potting is practised, the young roots are injured
each time the plant is handled, and the material is
like a sponge, holding too much moisture m suspension
for the plants to do well, and, given a time when the
roots do not dry out quickly, all will soon die.
Newly imported cattleyas, as they arrive from South
America, are usually much dried up, due to the treat-
ment given before shipment to avoid loss by decay or
fermentation on the way. If the plants are washed well
with soap and water, placed in an airy shaded house for
a few weeks and allowed to plump up again, roots will
soon be seen starting At this time, pot each piece in a
receptacle suitable to the size of the plant (never let it
be too large, but always err on the minimum when in
doubt), fill the pots half full of drainage if common
flower-pots are used, and fill up with osmundme to the
top, pressing this material m with a blunt-pointed stick
so that the plant will be firm. Moisture from this tune
on for weeks may be applied by spraying overhead
during bright days. If the pieces are large, baskets
are preferable to pots, as there is more aeration through
the material ana the plants may be suspended and
space economized Newly established plants often
bloom the first year, and one may get an idea of the
infinite variety found among the plants, as no two are
alike. Some districts known to collectors produce bet-
ter forms than others, in fact, in certain localties, the
flants found produce flowers of very inferior quality.
t is becoming more difficult to collect orchids, especially
cattleyas from their native habitats, transportation
not having improved and the distance to travel being
greater each tune. In consequence of this, hybridizers
are now turning their attention to the reproduction of
fine forms true to themselves, with considerable success,
and should the supply of wild plants fail, there cannot
now, in view of tne well-understood and successful
methods of raising cattleyas; be a time when the plants
will be unobtainable. Considering the variation found
among the wild plants, it is to be expected that home-
raised seedlings will vary; but if the r>est-known forms
are used, and these only are worth the trial, one may
expect a large measure of success.
In our climate there is no period when the cattleyas
should be kept dry at the roots The plants are either
getting ready to bloom, in crop, or recuperating there-
from, and these three periods cover the year. One does
not have to resort to drying to attain ripening as do
the European cultivators, and failure here is often
traceable to foreign training or text-books.
Established plants should be repotted at least every
second year This is as long as the osmundine will
remain suitable for the roots to ramify in, and if the
plants are grown m pots, immerse the same a day before
if the roots are dry, or most of them will remain at-
tached to the pots. Remove all decayed portions of
material and roots, wash with clean water, and repot as
with newly imported plants, remembering always that
a size too large often proves fatal to success. Plants
that have been newly potted must not be placed among
others that have not received attention, but all should
be put in a situation in which they can be treated to
little water at the roots for several weeks until the
weather is such that there is no danger of their becom-
ing overwatered Cattleyas should DC attended to in
CATTLEYA
687
this respect in the winter months, taking first C. labiata,
as it is the first to start growing, then C. Tnanx; the
later kinds may be potted before flowering with less
injury than afterwards, if done with care.
In hot weather, cattleyas should always be watered in
the evening or latter part of the day. A generous spray-
ing overheat! will supply the moisture at a tune when
the roots get most of it, as may be seen by an examina-
tion in early morning. There is no danger of injury if an
abundance of air is supplied One has only to be care-
ful during such times as the atmosphere outside is sur-
charged with moisture, then it is wise not to use any
moisture inside even for a week at a time This is when
the dreaded "black spot" disease is often seen It
usually begins at the union of leaf and bulb, and when
first seen, amputation must be practised to a point
below infection, and dry sulfur an i powdered charcoal
applied at once as an absorbent A small can of this
ought always to be ready to hand, for if the disease gets
down to the rhizome, several bulbs will be affected at
once, and it is often difficult to save the plant. The
disease is also highly infectious and may easily be
transmitted to a nealthy plant by means of a knife
used to cut off diseased parts of another
841. Cattleya Mendeki
Apart from seeds, the propagation of cattleyas is a
slow process to be accomplished only by the cutting of
the rhizome between the oulbs, leaving at least three of
the leading ones and separating the older ones accord-
ing to their strength or the dormant buds at the base
that are visible A clean cut or notch that almost
severs the rhizome is the best, leaving the parts where
they are until new growth and roots are made, then
potting in small receptacles, wiring or staking the little
pieces firmly Apart from the three last-made bulbs
on the rhizome, the older ones are a source of weak-
ness to the plants and are better removed, and in
the case of valuable forms utilized as above This is
the way all duplicates of the many albino varieties have
been obtained. There are many white cattleyas bearing
the same name, as C Tnnnsp alba or C Mosstx Wagnen,
for many have appeared among importations, but these
differ m each individual and unless a plant is increased
by division one cannot be sure of the same thing.
Opinions are divided as to the "feeding" of orchids.
It is certain that when rain-water is saved in cisterns
for the plants, and these happen to be in the vicinity of
cities where soot collects on the roofa of the houses, the
688
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
plants show unusual vigor and in consequence of
this, many have practised the use of fertilizers in ex-
ceedingly dilute proportions in all the water used on
the plants, and some have had surprising results. The
temptation, however, is always present to feel that if a
little is good, more would be better, and herein lies the
danger. When plant-foods are used in solution, they
should be considered only as sufficient to make the dif-
ference between rain-water and that which comes out
of a pipe
The oest twelve varieties of cattleyas for commercial
purposes, and, indeed*, for amateurs also, are the fol-
lowing' C. Tnanse, fls Jan.-March; C. Schroederse,
fls March, Apr ; C. Mossix, fls. April, May; C. Men-
delit, fls Apr., May; C. Warnen, fls. May, June; C.
gtgas, fls. June, July; C. aurea. fls. June, July; C.
GaskeUiana, fls. Aug., Sept ; C. Hamsoniana, fls. Sept.,
Oct.; C. lalnata, fls. Oct , Nov ; C. Bownngeana, fls.
Get , Nov ; C Percivaliana, fls. Dec.
With a number of plants of each of the above kinds,
it will be seen that it is possible to have a succession 01
flowers from one end of the year to the other.
E. O. OBPBT and JOHN E. LAGER.
The following American trade names belong to
Lselia: C. crispa, C. lobata, C marginata, C pumila. See,
also, the list of hybrids at the close of Cattleya. For C.
aurantiaca, see Eptdendrum
The cattleyas enter into various generic hybrids:
consult, for example, JSrassocattlselia, Brassocattleya,
JJrasso-Lxlia-Cattleya, E~picattleyat LxhocaUleya.
Of several of the following species, there are named
vaneties in the American trade, varying in stature,
habit and particularly m the color of the flowers.
INDEX.
Aclandise, 1, 31
alba. 9, 10, 12, 13, 14,
gloriosa, 12
, Goodsomi, 13.
odoratisnma, 23.
ovata, 24
16, 17, 22 26, 27.
Goosensiana, 9.
pallida, 16.
albescent, 12, 13.
grandi flora, 15
Papeiantiana, 27.
Alexandra}, 9
granulosa, 29
Parthcnia, 24.
Amesiana, 14
amethyxtina, 24
grataxiana, 13
guttata, 20, 28, 30.
Peeterni. 9.
Percivaliana, 10.
amethystoglossa, 20
hackbridgensis, 11
Perriiw, 14.
Agutrm, 24
Harnsonise, 27
PietiSB, 11
Arembergn, 26
atropurpurea, 12, 13.
Hamsoniana, 27.
Hamtonu, 27.
pnncept, 33.
Pnmit, 20.
aurea, 4.
Hodgkmsonu, 16.
punctatissima, 24.
aureola, 9
Holfordu, 18.
yuadncolor, 13.
autumnahs, 14, 21.
Holmesu, 13.
refulgens, 13.
Backhousiana, 13.
Bassettn, 10.
Holtzen, 13
*mp«riahs, 12.
Regnellu, 31.
Reineckiana, 9.
Bertn, 11
mnocens, 26
Rex, 8.
bicolor, 2
intermedia, 24, 26.
rocheUennt, 12.
Bluntn, 11.
jenseniana, 4
Rotzln, 10
boelensis, 9.
Karwinsku, 19
RoUis*on\ana, 13.
boetzelancnsis, 13.
Keteleem, 20
rosita, 4
bogotensis, 13
labiata, 4.7, 9, 10.11,
rouseleana, 9
Bownngiana, 21
12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17.
Russelliana, 29.
Brandnenana, 13.
Laohnen, 11
Sanders, 20.
brunoyensis, 13.
bulbosa, 33
Lambeanana, 11.
Lawrenceana, 5.
Sanderiana, 12.
aaturata, 12
cserulea, 9, 13, 16.
Leeana, 13
Schillenana, 31.
Candida, 13, 27.
Lemoinet, 14
Schofieldiana, 29.
Camen, 9.
chocoensis, 13.
Leopoldn, 28.
leucogloasa* 11.
Schomburgkii, 26.
Sohroederie, 13.
chrysotoxa, 4.
hlanna, 13
Skinnen. 21. 22
citnna. 19.
ocelestu, 9
Loddigesn, 24, 26, 27. tpenosnsima, 10.
Lowiffi, 11 aolendens. 25. 26.
Cooksonise, 14.
Luddemanniana, 10.
Stanleyi, 10
coundomensis, 9, 13.
luteola, 18.
aummftenais, 15.
crocata, 7
maoroziana, 11.
superba, 14, 25.
Dawsonn, 10.
maculata, 27.
superbiaaima, 27.
dehoata, 13, 26.
majestica, 11.
tessellata, 13.
Dixonse, 11.
Malouana, 10.
Tnante, 13.
dolosa, 3
Manae, 13.
tr\lab\ata, 17.
Dowiana, 4
DuBuyaomana, 29.
mantima, 24.
Massangeana, 13.
tnumphans, 13, 21.
tiera, 14.
dulcia, 9
Maude®, 11.
tettahi, 32
elatior, 30
maxima, 6.
Victona-regina. 28,
Eldorado, 7.
Mendelii, 11.
violacea, 25, 27.
enfieldiensis, 13.
flavtda, 18.
Floryse, 9
Meta, 13.
Meyerv, 18.
modevta, 18.
Wageneri, 9.
Walkenana, 3, 33,84.
Walluni. 7.
Forbosn, 32.
Mooreana, 13.
Warnen, 17.
fulgena, 9.
M organise, 11.
Warocqueana, 14.
Oardnenana, 33.
MORRIS. 9.
Warsoewioiii, 12.
Qaskelhana, 16.
gigantea, 11, 19, 27.
N alder eana, 14.
mgreacens, 1.
Wellesleyss, 13.
wiaetoneoau, 11.
Clgas, 12.
nobilior. 34.
KEY TO THE SPECIIfl.
A. Infl. terminal.
B. Lateral lobes of Up small or wanting,
the column exposed.
O. Peduncles 1-8-fld., from a very
short spathe or naked' pseudo-
bulb fusiform, short. . . . 1. AcUmdla
CO. Peduncles many-fid , from a large
spathe pseudobulbs long . .2 tricolor
BB. Lateral lobes of Up large
O. Corners recurved, exposing column. 3 dolosa
OO. Corners not recurved, concealing
column
D. Pseudobulbs 1-lvd.
x. Plants large. pseudobuJJbs fust-
form or clavate fls large
V Sepals and petals yellow, lip
ample, rich purple, beauti-
fully veined and reticulated
with gold . 4 Dowiana
TF. Sepals and petals not yellow
O. Petals about twice as broad
as the sepals which are
markedly undulate
H. Tube narrowly cyhndric,
the limb not striped. 5. Lawrenceana
HH. Tube cyhndnc-funnelform,
the limb bordered with
white and streaked with
darker color, with a
median yellow line Q maxima
OO. Petals 3 .times or more as
broad as the sepals which
are not undulate or but
slightly so
H. Lip with a large orange
blotch in the center, sur-
rounded by circles of
white and purple in
order . . 7. Eldorado
HH. Lip with other color ar-
rangement
I. The hp about as wide as
or wider than the petals,
3. Tube of hp yellow;
sepals and petals
white 8. Rex
33. Tube white or colored
other than yellow
K. Border of limb while,
the center bright pur-
ple variegated with
violet 9 Mossiaj
KK. Limb without white
border
L. Throat with a yellow
or white eye on
each side 10 Luddeman-
Lb. Throat without eye [niana
M. Color of tube white,
or the same as
petals, limb pur-
ple-crimson 11 Mendelii
KM. Color of tube and
limb bright pur-
ple, throat with
8 yellow spots 12 Warscewiczil
O. The hp narrower than
petah.
j. Limb much shorter than
the tube, the margin
relatively but little
crisped 13 Triana
jj. Limb about as long as
the tube, the margin
much crisped.
r. Throat with a golden
eye on each side . 14. labiate
EC. Throat without eye
L. Margin of limb dif-
ferent in color from
the center
U. Petals longer than
the sepals and
lip; fls. 4^-5 in
•cross 15. Percivalian*
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
KIT TO THE SPECIES, continued
MM. Petals about at
long as sepals
and Up; fls. 6-7
in. across 16. Gaskelliana
LL. Limb not margined..l7. Warner!
BB. Plants small paeudobulbs ovate
or oblong fls small, yellow ..18. luteoU
DD. Pseudobulbs 2-3-lvd,
B. Peduncle pendent, bearing usu-
ally a single yellow fl.; lip
entire 19. citrina
SB. Peduncle erect, bearing 2-10
fls or more; lip usually S-
lobed
F. Ground-color of sepals and
petals not green nor brown,
o. With large purple spots 20. tmethyito-
GG Not spotted [glossa
H Fls 5-10; sepals and
petals not fleshy
i. Lip emarginate; blooms
in fall .21 Bowringitna
n Lip acute, blooms in
spring 22. Skinneri
HH Fls 2-6; sepals and petals
fleshy.
I. Middle lobe of lip much
broader than tube 23. Victoria-
ii. Middle lobe of lip not [regina
broader than tube.
3. Color of sepals and
petals pale or white;
petals the same width
as dorsal sepal 24 intermedia
jj. Color of sepals and pet~
ah marked, petals
broader than dorsal
bepal
K. Lateral lobes of lip
and petals acute 25 violacea
KK Lateral lobes of lip
and petals obtuse
L. Lip distinctly 5-
lobed, the nerves of
the disk smooth .. 26. Loddigesii
LL. Lip indistinctly 3-
lobed, the nerves
of the disk rugose-
thickened . 27. HarrisonUna
FF Ground -color of sepals and
petals brown 28 Leopoldii
FFF Ground -color of sepals and
petals green.
Q Lip warty or papillate.
H Claw long . . 29 granulosa
HH Claw short or wanting 30. guttata
ao. Lip not warty nor papillate.
H Middle lobe much broader
than the tube, sepals and
petals spotted . 31. Schilleriaaa
HH. Middle lobe not broader
than the tube, sepals and
petals not spotted 32 Forbeiii
AA. Infl. from the base of the pseudobulb
B. Pseudobulbs 1-lvd lateral lobes of
lip separated, exposing column.. 33. Walkeriana
BB. Pseudobulbs 2-lvd.: lateral lobes of
lip forming a tube, concealing
column 34. nobilior
1. Aclandiae, Lintll. Sts. 4-5 in. tall, bearing 2 or 3
Ivs 2-3 m. long: peduncle with 1 or 2 fis. 3-4 in. across;
sepals and petals similar, obtuse, greenish yellow,
marked with spots of black-brown; hp fleshy in the mid-
dle, somewhat fiddle-shaped, the lateral lobes small,
curved over the column, the middle lobe large, broadly
reniform, undulate, rose-purple with darker veins.
Brazil. B.M.5039. C.O. 23. There is a var. nigrescens.
2. blcolor, Lindl. Pseudobulbs cyhndric, deeply stri-
ate, 1-3 ft tali, 2-lvd Ivs. 4-6 in. long, oblong-lanceo-
late: peduncle with 2-6 fragrant fls. 3-4 in. across;
sepals oblong, acute, usually olive or bronze-green, the
lateral falcate; petals like the sepals but undulate;
lip crimson-purple, sometimes white-margined, the
lateral lobes wanting, the middle lobe recurved, oblong-
cuneate, bilobed, channeled in the center. Brazil.
B.M.4909. CO. 10. O.K. 10:305.
3 doldsa, Reichb. (C. Walkendna var. doldsa,
Veitch). Pseudobulbs 4-3 in long, usually 2-lvd , the
Ivs oblong: peduncle 1- or 2-fld.: sepals and petals
acute, rose-purple to lilac, the sepals oblong-lanceolate,
the petals cuneate-ovate, hp 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
erect, the middle lobe reniform, emarginate, amethyst-
purple. Brazil. GC II 5 430-1. V.O. 2:49. AG.
11:159.
4. Dowiana, Batem (C labiata var. Domdna,
Veitch) Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft tall, furrowed, 1-lvd.:
Ivs. up to 1 ft. long: peduncle 2-6-fld ; fls. 6-7 in across;
sepals and petals nankeen-yellow^ the sepals lanceolate,
acute, less than half as wide as the undulate petals; hp
ample, about as long as the petals, the tube yellow,
striped with purple, the limb rnsped, velvety, dark
purple, finely and beautifully veined with golden hnee
which radiate from the median lines HH 1869 '30
AF.25:593; 21.838, 30 1078. CLA 1P45, 19 343.
Costa Rica, where it was discovered by Warscewicz —
It was rediscovered in 1864 by Mr Arce, who sent
plants to Eu., where they were purchased by Messrs
Veitch & Son, in whose establishment they flowered
for the first time Var aurea, Williams & Moore (var.
chrysotdxa. Hort ), has the sepals and petals of a
deeper yellow and the golden veins on the hp more
copious and anastomosing Colombia A F 6 563, 12:
10 F R 1 76 C O. 2a O R 19 17 Var jenseniana,
Hort A large and handsome form. Var r6sita, Hort.
Sepals creamy white, tinged with purple, petals rose-
purple, tmgea with yellow
5 Lawrenceana, Reichb Pseudobulbs 12-15 in.
tall, fusiform-clavate, compressed, furrowed, 1-lvd.:
Ivs oblong, 6-9 in long peduncle 5-8-fld , fls. 4-5 in.
across, sepals and petals pale rosy purple to almost
white, the sepals linear-oblong, the petals elliptic-
oblong, undulate, about twice as wide as the sepals;
hp with a narrowly eyhndrio tube, colored externally
like the sepals and petals, the limb purple wifoh a maroon
blotch. Brit Guiana BM 7133 R 1 12.
6 maxima, Lindl Pseudobulbs about 1 ft tall,
claviform, furrowed, compressed, 1-lvd. lys oblong,
5-10 in. long: peduncle 3-6-fld ; fls. 4-5 in across;
sepals and petals lilac or pale rose, acute, the sepals
lanceolate-hgulate, the petals about twice as broad as
the sepals, undulate or crisped; lip as long as petals,
the limb crisped, pale rose or crimson-purple with a
median yellow stripe, from which radiate darker lines,
the border white. Ecuador and Peru. B M. 4902. F.S.
20.2136. FR. 1:298 CO. 13.
7. Eldorado, Lmd (C labi&ta var. Eldorado, Veitch)-
Pseudobulbs 6-8 in tall, stout, 1-lvd. Ivs oblong,
8-12 in long: peduncle with 1-3 fragrant fls. 5-6 m.
across, sepals and petals pale rosy lilac passing to white,
the sepals lanceolate, acute, the petals oval-rhomboid,
obtuse, undulate; hp longer than lateral sepals, exter-
nally the same color as petals, the limb crisped, emargi-
nate, a large central orange blotch surrounded by zones
of white and purple Brazil. F S. 18.1826. C O. 26.
Var. crocata, Hort. Sepals and petals white or pale
rose, the orange spot of lip extended in a broad line to
the base. Var. Wallisii, Rand. (C. Wdllisn, Lmd.).
Fls. pure white except golden spot on lip C O. 26o.
8. Re"x, O'Brien. Pseudobulbs 8-14 m. tall, clavi-
form or fusiform, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. up to 1 ft long,
oblong: peduncle with 3-6 fls 6-7 in. across; sepals and
petals cream-white, the sepals acutish, linear-oblong,
the petals obtuse, as long as sepals but 3 times their
width, oval-rhomboid, undulate; hp about as long as
lateral sepals, the tube yellow, veined with purple, the
limb crisped, the front part margined white surround-
690
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
ing a crimson center veined with a lighter shade. Peru-
vian Andes. B.M.8377. R.H. 1894:228. C.O. 22.
9. Mfissise, Hook. (C. Cam^n, Houll. C. labidta
var. M dssise, Lmdl. C. Pekterm, Andre"). Pseudobulbs
fusiform, compressed, furrowed, 12-15 in. tall, 1-lvd.:
Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong: peduncle with 3-5 fls. 6-7 in.
across; sepals and petals rose, of equal length, the
sepals lanceolate, the petals oval-elliptic, crisped,
especially on upper margin; lip with the tube colored
like petals, the limb ample, emargmate, strongly undu-
late-crisped, the center purple, variegated with violet,
the margin white, the throat yellow lined with purple-
crimson. La Guayra. B M. 3669. R H 1857, p. 322.
S.H 1:149. OR. 18.241 C.O. 9. A G. 14:70. A.F.
6:563. Var caerftlea, Cogn , has the sepals and petals
and spot on the limb a pale blue-violet. C.O. 9e. Var.
Reineckiana, O'Brien (C. Reineckidna, Reichb.),
has the sepals, petals and external of tube white, the
limb a mauve-lilac, bordered white, the throat yellow,
veined purple-violet. C O 9b. Var. Wageneri, Veitch
(C. Wdgenen, Reichb ), has fls white except the small
yellow spot on lip. OR p 24. Var rouseleana, Hort ,
has rosy fls. Var coundoniensis, Hort Flu large and
richly colored. Var. dulcis, Hort Fls rose-tinted; hp
orange in center, rich rose-crimson in front, finely
crimped. Var boelensis, Hort Dark-colored form.
Var. ccele'stis, Hort. Fls. lavender-tinted Var. fulgens,
Hort. Fine fls in shape and color Var Alexandra,
Hort Fls pure white with tinge of ro&e-pmk on lip.
Var. Alba, Hort. Fls. white Var Goosensiana, Hort.
Lip deep reddish violet, with white crimped margin;
sepals and petals white Var. auredla, Hoit. Fls. large,
white. Var. Fldryae, Hort. Fls. pure white. — A vari-
able group
10. Luddemanniana. Reichb. f. (C labidta var Lud-
demannidna, Reichb f C, Ddwsonn, Warner C spe-
ciosissima, Hort C Rohhi, Reichb f C. Malouana,
Lind C. Bdsseltn, Hort ) Pseudobulbs clavate. 8-12
in. tall, 1-lvd : Ivs. oblong, 6-10 in long: peduncle
2-5 fid ; fls 5-6 in across; sepals and petals
rose-purple, suffused with white, the sepals
oblong, acute, the petals elliptic, undulate;
lip with the tube of same color as
petals, the front lobe crisped, emar-
gmate, amethyst-purple, the throat
with 2 yellow or white blotches,
separated by lines of amethyst-
purple. Venezuela. C.O. 21. Var.
Alba, Hort. Fls. white. O.R. 16:201. Var. StAnleyi.
Hort Fls. white, disk of lip yellow, front lobe lined
with purple.
11. Mendelii, Backh. (C. labidta var. Mtnddn,
Reichb. f. C.Mdrgamse, Williams). Fig. 841. Pseudo-
bulbs 12-16 in tall, compressed, furrowed, 1-lvd • Ivs.
oblong, 6-10 in long: peduncle with 2 or 3 fls. 7-8 in.
across; sepals and petals white, or often tinted pale
rosy uiauve, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, the petals
obliquely oval, obtuse, crisped; lip with the tube white
or colored like petals, the front lobe much crisped, rich
crimson-purple abruptly passing into the yellow throat
which is reddish streaked. Colombia. OR. 1.273;
10:233. SH 2:413. C.O. 19. Var. Bluntii, Hort, has
the fls white, except a small yellow spot on Up. Var.
Maudes, Hort. White with rose markings on the hp.
Var. gigant&a, Hort , has a very large hp Var. hack-
bndgensis, Hort. Petals blotched with crimson. Var.
Bertu, Hort. Fls. white tinted with rose Var. leuco-
g!6ssa, Hort. Sepals bluish tinted. Var. Ldwiae, Hort.
Lip white, pale purple at apex. Var wisetonensis,
Hort. Lip rich rose-purple, delicately veined, throat yel-
low veined with reddish purple. Vur. macroziana,
Hort. ' Fls. very large. R H. 1903, p. 253 (desc ) Var
LAchneri, Hort. Lip curiously colored, front lobe hav-
ing a broad marginal band of dark purple sparingly
blotched with white and an inner band of lighter pur-
ple Var. Pifctiae, Hort Fls. nearly white, lip marked
with pink. Var. majestica, Hort. Fls large, white
Var. Dixonae, Hort Attractive blush-pink form. Var.
Lambeanana, Hort. Fls. white.
12. Warscewiczii, Reichb. f. (C. labidta var. Wars-
cewiczii, Reichb. f C. glonbsa, Carr. C. impendhs,
Walhs). Pseudobulbs 1 ft or more tall, stout, com-
pressed, furrowed, 1-lvd : Ivs. oblong, 8-10 m. long
peduncle with 2 or 3 fls. 7-9 in. across; sepals and petals
rosy mauve, the sepals lanceolate, acute, the petals
oval, obtuse, undulate; hp entirely bright purple except
2 yellow spots and lines of the same color in the throat,
en sped, the front lobe ample. Colombia. OR. 12 '241.
GC III. 22: 163; 42: 312. Gn. 33 p 18. C.O.I. Var.
gigas, Hort (var. Sandendna, Hort. C. glgas, Lind.
& Andre". C. Sandendna, Hort. C. labidta var San-
dendna, Hort ) Fig 842 A noble form, the sepals and
petals dark rose, with a deep purple-magenta lip. the
fls. larger than those of any other form of the labiata
group. Colombia I.H 21.178. Gn. 45, p 445. GF
1.437. A G. 19 July 23, suppl. F R. 1 .77, 674. F.E.
10.892. C L A. 11 .42. 44 The following forms of this
variety occur* alba, fls pure white, the rarest of all
cattleyas (OR 18.232); var albfiscens, se-
pals and petals white, with faint blush, the
lip rose-purple, fringed; var. alropurpiirea, of
deeper color, var. rochellinsis, sepals and
petals white, the lip with the faintest
trace of color Var. saturata, Hort.
Fls. bright rose, with ruby-crimson hp.
13. Trianae, Lind. & Reichb f. (C.
labidta var. Tndwe, Duch. C. Leedna,
Sander. C. Rollissomdna, Moore. C.
quadricolor, Batem. C Massangedna,
Reichb. f. C bogottnsis, Lind.). Fig.
843. Pseudobulbs about 1 ft. tafl,
clavate, 1-lvd : Ivs. oblong, 6-8 in. long:
peduncle bearing 2 or 3 fls. about 6 in across;
sepals and petals a delicate rose to white, the
sepals oblong - lanceolate, the petals much
broader than sepals, obtuse, oval-rhomboid,
crisped; hp narrower than in the other
related forms, the tube rose, the front lobe
purple, less crisped than in most of the related species,
emarginate, the throat yellow, often streaked with
deeper color. Colombia. OR. 6:145. B.M. 5504.
R.H. I860, pp. 406-7. A.G. 17:177. Gng. 3:151. A F.
6:607; 13:715. F.E. 9:325. F.R. 1:672-3. C.O. 5.
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
691
S.H. 1 : 11, 27; 2:403, 405. Var. alba, Hort. Fls. white,
except yellow blotch in throat C O. 5a. Var atropur-
purea, Hort. Fls. crimson-purple. Var. Backhousiana,
Hort Sepals and petals rose-purple, the petals strongly
marked with amethyst-purple at the apex, the tube
of lip rose-purple, the front lobe purple -magenta.
CO 5e. Var. choco<§nsis, Hort. Fls. very fragrant,
not fully expanding, the sepals and
petals white, sometimes flushed
pale lilac I H. 20 '120 A F. 6:
563 Var delicata, Hort. Sepals
and petals white, faintly flushed
pale amethyst-purple, the deeper
lip with a pale yellow spot FM.
1-8 Var Schrdederae, Ilort (C.
Schrbedcrse, Reichb f) Fls fra-
grant, the sepals and petals a deli-
cate blush, faintly suffused with
white, the petals and broader lip
much more crisped than in other
forms of this species GC III.
20 73 AG 15 211 OR 11:177.
CL A 11.15 FK 9-331 The
following forms of this variety
occur dlba, the fls puie white,
dlbescens, the fls nearly white;
rsrulea, the lip a bluish color,
Mtla, .sepals arid petals pink, the
throat bright yellow, hlaclna, lilac,
refulgent* Var grataxiana, Hort
A large and richly colored fonn
Var Candida, Hort i<ls snow-
white, lip with faint violet .spot
Var coundoniensis, Hoit Purple-
rohc .sepals and petals Var Manse.
Hort Silvery white sep.iK and
petals veined \\ith pink, front of
lip deep magenta-cnmson, \\ith 2
vellow blotche.s on throat Var
triumphans, Hoit Sepals and
petals rose-colored, hp rich pvnple
with an orange-yellow tube Var
enfieldiensis, Ilort FK \\hite, tip
of hp blush-pink V-u boetzelae-
riensis, Hoit Ro-e-eoloied foim
Var tessellata, Hoit Laige iose-
colored form curiously jnaiked
Var Brandneriana, Hort Antenor part of hp dark
purple-violet Var H61tzeu, Hoit Lip dark Var.
WSllesleyae, Hort A pretty white form Var Moore-
ana, Hort Sepals and petals light ro.sy lilac, hp ruby-
claret color, orange at base Var Hdlmesii, Hort
Broad petals and rich rose-purple lip Var. brunoyen-
sis, Hort Sepals and petals mauve Var. Goodsdmi,
Hort Richly colored, petals flushed with deep rose.
14. labiata, Lindl (C Lenwinci, Lindl. C. Naldere-
dna, Reichb. f C I'einnit, Endl. C. labidta itira,
Veitch C labidta autumndhb, L Lind C labidta var.
Warocquedna, Rolfe C Waiocqucdna, L Lmd ).
Pseudobulbs claviform, compressed, furrowed, 4-8 in.
tall, 1-lvd. Ivs 5-7 in long, ovate or oblong' peduncle,
from a double spathe, beai ing 3-5 fls about 6 m across;
sepals and petals usually rose-lilac, the sepals lanceo-
late, the petals undulate, lip with the tube colored
usually like the petals, the front lobe deeply emargmate,
undulate-crisped, commonly a violet-purple with deeper
veins, the color running in streaks to the yellow throat
which has an orange spot each side The color-varia-
tions of this species are numerous Brazil BR 32*35,
1859 OR. 16.281. B M. 3998. Gt. 5:146. F.S.
1893-4. PM 4-121. A G. 17 65; 19:811. GC III..
19-13. A F. 6:607. F R. 1:8; 2:531— Intro from the
Organ Mts in S. Brazil m 1818 Var. alba, Hort Fls.
white, except yellow throat. C O. 3 Var. Amestena,
Hort. Sepals and petals white, the hp lilac. Gn. 62, p.
401 Var. Cooks6ni«, Hort. Fls. white, except the
843. CatUeya Tnanae ( X h)
crimson-purple hp with a narrow white margin. Var.
supgrba, Hort. Sepals and petals deep rose, with a
deep crimson-purple lip.
15. Percivaliana, O'Brien (C. labiata var Percwalv
and, Reichb f ) Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft. tall, clavate,
strongly furrowed when old, 1-lvd... Ivs. oblong pedun-
cle bearing 2 or 3 fls 4-5 in across; sepals and petals
commonly rose-lilac, tin ted purple-
amethyst, the sepals linear-lanceo-
late, the petals longer than the
sepals, craped, lip rather .small,
shorter than the petals, the tube
of the same color as petals, tinged
with yellow, the front lobe purple-
crimson, shaded with maroon, the
undulate bo der lilac, the throat
yellow to orange, streaked with
purple Venezuela C O 7. F R.
1 297 J H III 32 ' 179 Var.
grandifldra, Hort Fls larger, the
sepals and petals bright rose, the
petals stiongly crisped above, the
lip with the tube yellow-orange
variegated with rose, the front
lobe maroon-purple with a bright
rose bordei, the throat orange-
yellow C O la Var sunumten-
sis, Ilort Sepals and petals a pale
delicate pink
16 Gaskelhana, Reichb f (C.
labiata var pdlhila, Williams C.
labidta var. Gtibkel-
hona, Sander ) Pseu-
dobulbh 8-12 m tall,
oblong -fu.sifornj, com-
pressed, furrowed, 1-lvd • Ivs 8-12
in long, oblong* peduncle bearing
2 or 3 Ifts 6-7 in across, sepals
and petals of equal length, com-
monly purple-violet, suffused with
white, the color .sometimes deeper
and moie uniform, rarely marked
with a median band of white, the
sepals lanceolate, the petals oval,
undulate, hp as long as the petals,
tin1 tube of same color as petals,
the front lobe emargmate, undulate, purple-violet, with
a pale bonier, the throat yellow streaked with darker
yellow, bordered on each side with a zone of yellowish
white Brazil and Vene/uela I II 33«G13. A F.6:185;
30 062 Var. alba, Williams Sepals and petals pure
white, the hp cream-white, the throat a pale yellow
ht leaked with darker yellow C.O 20a. Var. caerulea,
Hoit Fls pure white with bluish spot on base of hp.
Var H6dgkinsonii, Ilort Sepals and petals white;
front of lip crimson.
17 Warneri. Moore (C. tnlabidta, Rodr. C. labidta
var Women, Veitch). Pseudobulbs 4-8 in. tall, cylin-
driu or fusiform, furrowed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, 6-7 in.
lon^ peduncle with 3-5 fls. 6-8 in across; .sepals and
petals rosy mauve, the sepals lanceolate, the petals
oval, hp shorter than lateral sepals, the tube the color
of the petals, the front lobe strongly crisped, einargi-
nate, bright purple- violet, the throat yellow -orange,
streaked with white or pale lilac Brazil. C O. 12.
A F 6 '563 — Very like C. labiata, but flowering in late
spring and early summer Var alba, Hort. FLs. white,
except the pale yellow throat, streaked with orange-
yellow. CO. 12a.
18 lut&ola. Lindl (C. Htifordii, Hort. C. fldvida,
Klotzseh. C. Mbyen, Regel. C. modcsta. Mey ).
Dwarf- pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, ovoid, 1-lvd.. Ivs.
3-4 in. long, elliptic-oblong: peduncles bearing 2-5 fls.
about 2 in. across; sepals and petals similar, yellow,
oblong-lanceolate; Up nearly orbicular when spread
602
CATTLEYA
CATTLEYA
out, yellow, the middle lobe crisped, whitish on margin,
the side lobes sometimes streaked purple inside. Brazil.
B.M.5032. F 8.23:2479.
19. citrtna, Lindl. (C. Karwtnskh, Mart.). Fig. 844.
Pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, ovoid, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs. 4-7 in.
long, ligulate, acute, glaucous: peduncle pendent,
bearing usually a single fra-
grant fl., rarely 2 or 3 fls ,
yellow except the white
border of front lobe of lip;
sepals oblong, acute, the
petals cuneiform-oblong; lip
longer than the petals. Mex.
BM.3742 JH III 30:399.
Gn 33, p 535 CO 6. F S.
16-1689 Gt 27-931 Rl:20.
Var. gigantea, Hort. Fls.
large ana intensely colored.
20 amethystog!6ssa, Lmd & Reichb
f. (C. giMdta var Prinm, Reichb 6'.
Prlnzu, Hort C. guttdta var Ketelebni,
Houl ). Pseudobulbs 1^-3 f t , cylindric,
"2-lvd : Ivs 6-12 in long, elliptic-oblong,
peduncles 5-8-fld ;fls 3* £-4,^ in across;
sepals and petals white, suffused with
rose -pin pie, spotted amethyst - purple,
especially on the upper half, the dorsal
bepal linear-oblong, the lateral falcate,
the petals obovate, rounded at apex, lip
much shorter than petals, the lateral
lobes erect, purple at apex, the middle
lobe broader than long, emaigmate or 2-
lobed, violet-purple, the radiating ridges
papillose Brazil BM 5683 RH 1869:
210 GC III 38-105 Var. Sander®,
Hort. A creamy white form
21 Bowringiana Veitch (C. autumnd-
hs, Hort C. Skinnen vur Houmngidna,
Kranzl). Pbeudobulbs 10-20 in tall,
stout, fusiform above, 2-lvd . Ivs 6-8 in.
long, oblong' peduncle bearing 5-12 fls.
2K~3 m across, sepals, petals, and tube
of the lip rose-purple, the sepals acute,
oblong, somewhat undulate, the petals oval-oblong,
obtuse, undulate; lip shorter than the lateral sepals,
the front lobe emargmate, the throat with a large
white spot, surrounded by a zone of bright maroon and
bordered with deep purple. Honduras R B. 21:37.
R.H. 1890: 300. G.C III. 39 '114. AF 19: 651; 34 -804.
CO. 24. OR. 12. 361; 16. 337. Var. triumphans, Hort.
Fls. rich purple.
22. Sklnneri, Lindl. (Ejnd&ndrum Hugelidnum,
Reichb.). FLOWER or ST. SEBASTIAN. Pseudobulbs
5-10 m. tall, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong-oval:
peduncle bearing 5-10 fls. 3J/2-5 m across, rose-purple
except the white throat of the lip, the sepals elliptic-
lanceolate, acutish, the petals oval-oblong, broader
than the sepals; lip with the front lobe acute Guate-
mala to Costa Rica B.M.4270. PM 11:193. R.B.
22:201. G.C. III. 20-6. G.F. 3 201. C.O. 30. Var.
Alba, Hort. Fls. white.
23. Victdria-regina, O'Brien. Pseudobulbs 1-\1A
ft tall, somewhat compressed and clavate, 1-2-lvd :
Ivs 3-6 in long, oblong or elliptic-oblong, peduncle
bearing 2-5 fls., rarely more, 5-6 in across; sepals
purple a little tinged with yellow, striated with darker
purple, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, the petals purple
tinged with violet, obliquely striated with darker pur-
ple, elliptic-oblong, obtuse, undulate; lip distinctly
3-lobed, the lateral lobes exteriorly white or flushed
with rose, violet-purple at the obtuse apex and inside,
the front lobe remform, bright rose-violet, crisped, the
disk yellow streaked purple. Pernambuco. G C. III.
11:808. O.R. 3:17; 8.361. R.2.85. C.O. 3.— Said to
grow wild in company with C. labiata and C. Leopoldii
844 Cattleya
citrina. ( " "
var. pernambucensia, and considered by some a natural
hybrid between the two The variability of 1 or 2 Ivs.
on a pseudobulb points in this direction
24. intermedia, Graham (C amethysttna, Morr. C.
ovdta, Lindl. C. marttima, Lindl. C. Ldddigesii var.
amethystina, Lem C Aquinn, Rodr ) Pseudobulbs
up to IK ft tall, cylindric, somewhat furrowed, 2-lvd.:
Ivs. 5-6 in. long, oblong, peduncle bearing 3-5 fls. 4-5
in across, sepals and petals equal, pale rose or white,
acute, oblong, the lateral deflected, the petals somewhat
falcate, lip a little shorter than the lateral sepals, dis-
tinctly 3-lobed, the tube the same color as the petals,
the lateral lobes rounded, the front lobe bright rose-
purple, orbicular, strongly crisped S Brazil B M
2851. OR 8 73; 15. 156. PM. T151 JF 4 379.
C O. 8. B R. 1919 V O 2 39 Var. Parthenia,
Reichb. f. Fls pure white CO 8a Var punctatfs-
sima, Sander. Sepals and petals spotted and dotted
with deep rose C O 86
25 violacea, Rolfe (C. tuperba, Sehomb C Schom-
biirgkii, Lindl C odoratit>sini(t, P N Don) Pseudo-
bulbs 8-12 in tall, clavate, somewhat compressed,
2-lvd Ivs 3-5 in long, oval or oval-oblong peduncle
bearing 3-5 flagrant fls 1-5 m across, sepals and petals
bright rose-purple, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute,
the petals oblong-rhomboid, acutish, undulate, bioader
than sepals; lip fleshy, distinctly 3-lobed, deep purple-
violet except the yellow disk streaked with purple, the
lateral lobes triangular, acutish, the front lobe nearly
orbicular, crisped N S Amer B M 4083 P M.
9-265 JH III 31-321 AF 11 1351 CO 28. Var.
splendens, Hort , has paler fls
26. L6ddigesii, Lindl (C Arembfrqn, Scheidw C.
intermedia var vfiriegdta, Hook ) Pseudobulbs S— 12 in
tall, cylindnc, 2-lvd Ivs 4-5 in long, oblong-elliptic
peduncle bearing 2-5 fls 3-4}^ in across, sepals and
petals rose-lilac, oblong-elliptic, the lateral sepals
somewhat falcate, the petals a little broader than the
sepals, undulate, lip snorter than the lateral sepals,
distinctly 3-lobed, the tube externally colored like
petals, internally whitish, the lateral lobes rounded,
undulate, the front lobe nearly orbicular, pale ame-
thyst, strongly crisped, the disk whitish passing into
yellow at the base Brazil CO 18 OR 15145 —
There is a white form Var alba, Hort Var
delicata, Hort Fls. bluish white Var mnocSns, Hort
Fls. milky white. Var. splendens, Hort Fls with
bright purplish rose sepals; lip white inside, pale lilac
outside; disk and side lobes pale yellow
27 Harrisoniana, Batem (C Hdrrisonix, Paxt
C Papeiansiana, Morr C. Ildmsomi, Beer C
Ldddigedii var Hdrmsonix, Veitch C Ldddigesn
var Hamsonidna. Rolfe) Pseudobulbs 8-16 in tall,
cylindnc, 2-lvd . Ivs 4-6 in long, oblong-lanceolate,
peduncle bearing 2-5 fls 4-4 ^ in. across, sepals and
petals similar, oblong, bright rose-lilac, the lateral
sepals falcate, the petals undulate, a little broader
than sepals; lip shorter than lateral sepals, 3-lobed, the
tube the same color as the petals, the front lobe
crisped, rose-purple, the disk yellow-orange. Brazil.
P.M. 4:247. CO. 17 Gn 48 380 Var. flba, Beer
Fls. white, or sometimes faintly tinged with rose or
yellow. CO 17a. Var. Candida, Hort Fls white
except yellow disk of lip Var. gigantea, Hort A
large form Var. maculata, Hort Us purple-dotted.
Var. superbissima, Hort. Fls. large, the sepals and
petals dark rose, the lip creamy white Var violacea,
Hort. Fls. deeper colored
28. Leopoldii, Versch. (C guttdta var. Ltopoldn,
Lmd. & Reichb. f ) Pseudobulbs 15-30 m tall, fusi-
form, 2-3-lvd. : Ivs. 6-8 in. long, oblong-elliptic pedun-
cle bearing 10-25 fls 3-4 in across, sepals and petals
brown, oblong-cuneate, purple-spotted, the lateral
sepals somewhat falcate, the petals undulate and a
little broader than the sepals; lip strongly 3-lobed, the
CATTLEYA~
CAULIFLOWER
lateral lobes acute, the front lobe broadly cuneate-
obcordate, undulate, bright amethyst-purple, the tube
paler, the disk covered with small tubercles and elevated
papillate lines. S. Brazil. C 0. 15. F.S. 14:1471-2.
29. granuldsa, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 1-2 ft. tall, rather
stout, cyhndrie, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 5-6 in long, lanceolate-
oblong: peduncle bearing 5-9 fls. 3-4 in across; sepals
and petals obtuse, olive-green, red-spotted, the lateral
sepals strongly falcate and deflected, the petals obo-
vate-oblong, a little wider than sepals, undulate; hp
deeply 3-lobed, the tube white externally, internally
yellowish or rose, the lateral lobes acute, trie terminal
lobe white, crimson-papillate, undulate, round-rcni-
form, emarginate, the long claw yellow, marked with
crimson. Guatemala. B R. 28 1 GnM.930 C 0. 14.
Var. Du Buysoniana, Hort (C. Dubuyi,oniana, Hort ).
Sepals and petals yellow, often spotted with rose. Var.
Russelliana, Lindl. Lvs. broader fls larger with
broader sepals and petals, the lateral lobes of lip orange-
yellow internally, the front lobe spotted with small
crimson-purple papilla?. Brazil. B II 31 59 B*M
5048. Var. Schofieldiana, Veitch (C1 Schofaldiana,
Reiehb. f.). Sepals and petals yellow-brown, densely
spotted with crimson-purple, the lateral lobes of hp
cream-white externally, yellow, purple-marked inter-
nally, the front lobe with numerous purple-magenta
papillae, and a broad white border. Brazil. C O. 14a.
30 guttata, Lindl (C. clcttior, Lindl ). Pseudobulbs
18-30 in tall, oylmdric, 2-lvd : Ivs. 5-9 in. long, oblong-
elhptie peduncle beaimg 5-10 fls. 3-4 in. across; sepals
and petals yellowish green, spotted deep purple, the
sepals obtuse, the lateral somewhat falcate, the petals
undulate? broader than sepals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral
lobes white externally, acute, the front lobe amethyst-
purple, obcordate, papillate. S. Brazil. B.R. 1406.
31. Schilleriana, Reiehb. f. (C. Regnelhi, Warner.
C. Acldruhie var. tichilleridna, Jenn ) Pseudobulbs
5-6 in. tall, clavate, furrowed, 2-lvd.: Ivs 213-6 m.
long, oblong-elliptic, peduncle bearing 1-3 fk 4-5 in
across, .sepals and petals olive-green tinted with blown
and spotted with black-purple, oblong-hgulate, undu-
late, especially m the petals; lip a little shorter than
the lateral sepals, deeply 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
whitish outside, pale yellow marked with purple inside,
the front lobe remform, sessile, crimson, lined ana
margined with white, undulate, the disk yellow with 5
sunken lines. Brazil. B.M. 5150 F 8.22:2286 A F.
6-563. CO 16.
32 F6rbesii, Lindl. (C. vest&hs, Hoffm ). Pseudo-
bulbs 8-12 in. tall, cyhndrie, 2-lvd Ivs 4-5 in long,
oblong peduncle bearing 2-5 fls 3-4 in across, sepals
and petals a pale yellowish green, obtuse, undulate,
sepals oblong-hgulate, the petals oblong-lanceolate,
hp distinctly 3-lobed, the tube pale yellow outside,
inbidc a bright yellow streaked with red, the terminal
lobe small, sessile, orbicular, undulate, pale yellow, with
a bright yellow center marked with purple. S. Brazil.
B.M. 3265 CO. 11. B R. 953
33. Walkeriana, Gardner (C. bulbdsa, Lindl C.
Gardnendna, Reiehb. f. C princeps, Rodr.). Pseudo-
bulbs 2-5 m. tall, oval-fusiform, furrowed, 1-lvd : Ivs.
2-5 in long, oblong-elliptic: fls 1-3, very fragrant, 3-5
in. across on a scaly at. arising from the base of the
pseudobulb; sepals and petals pale rose-lilac or a deep
purple-rose, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, the
petals about twice as wide, oval-rhomboid, undulate;
lip a little shorter than sepals, fleshy, 3-lobed, the
lateral lobes rose, separated, exposing the column, the
front lobe nearly orbicular, emarginate, crisped, violet-
>urple, the disk yellow, streaked with bright purple.
Brazil B.R 33:42.
34. nobilior, Reiehb f (C. Walkeriana var. nobilior,
Veitch) Pseudobulbs 3-5 in. tall, ovate-fusiform or
nearly clavate, furrowed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. 2-4 in. long,
elliptic-ovate: fls. 1 or 2, on a scaly 8t. arising from the
base of the pseudobulb. very fragrant, 3-4 M m across;
sepals and petals purple-lilac, acute, the sepals oblong,
the petals ovate-rhomboid, about twice the width of
the sepals; hp fleshy, about as long as lateral sepals,
deeply 3-lobed, the tube the same color as the petals,
the front lobe broadly reniform, emarginate, scarcely
undulate, the disk yellow, many-costate. Brazil. G C.
11.19:729. I.H. 30:485
The following are some of the many hybrid forms' C. Adula***
C bieolorXC Hardy an <», C Alberhi<=C intermediaxC violacoa,
C ataldnta=**C Leopoldii XC Warscewiczu gigaa, C Ballanti&na=—
C TiruifflXC. Warscewuzn, C' Wesensis=L«6lio-cattleya, C
Hrabdntise=C AclanditexC Loddieesu. C, Bn/mmdna=supposed
natural hybrid between C violaceaxC Eldorado (C O 1), C Ca«-
8dnr/ra=«Laeho-cattleya, C Chamberla.im^na^'G. Leopoldii X C.
Dowiana, C Dietrtchidna—C Schilleriana X C Tnanse, C Dorman-
oara=La>lio-cattleya, C Diichesnn^V hicolorxC. Hamsomana
(RB 30 3), C DussddorffiivuT Indine^G intermedia X C Mo«-
siro alba (OH 18 3(59), C ftwnMsts^Lffilio-cattJcya, C fahsta—
Lceho-tattleya, C Fowlen--=C LeopoldnxC Hardyana (C O 5);
C 0ermdnia*=C granulosaxC Hardyana. C Hardyana^C Dow-
iana XC Warscewiczu (C O 2) O R 4 241, 5 363,8 248, 11 336,
337), C //drrmt=C Leopoldii X C Mondeln, C Uelditue—C.
ForbesnxC Mossiro, C hybntla plcta—C guttataxC Ixxldigesii,
(' in/fr0M««a=*C amethystogloswaxC intermedia, C Kramen&na
=-O rorbesuXC intermedia, C LouryAna=*=C Forbesii xC inter-
media, C' Mdnalf8ii=C IxaddiKcaiixC Luddemanmana, C, Mdn-
<mu=C BowrmgianaxC Dowiana (C 0 7 OR 10337), C
MiTvM/u — Ue'io-eattleya, C Mdrstcrsomx^C labiataxC Lod-
dige-Mi, C Medsure^x—C Luddemanniaua X C velutma, C Mtn-
iu-m^C LoudigexiixC Wamrewiezu gigas. (' m6Um~*C Gaskel-
liatmxC violacea, C O'firi<mttna=considered by some a natural
hybrid between C Loddigesu <C dolosa (CO 8), C Pittue—C
Dowiana XC Harnsoniana, C Pitti'ina=C Dowiana xC granu-
losa (CO 28), C Pi>rtta=(J BowrmgianaxC labiata, C Tkay-
»Tubm--C intermedia XC Hchrotder® (OR 12 49), C weedon-
ifnn^d" granulosaxC Mcndeln, C WMtei^ C SchiilerianaxC.
Warnen (H M. 7727), C -Ztmrfna-^La-ho-cattleya
C Abfhdna, Hort H« cn-aniy yellow, spfokled with purple
on the lip Peru— C ForgeliAjM, Rolfc Somewhat resembling C
Lawrtnwana Scape bearing 2 nN , sepala and petals rose-purple.
Brazil - -C Grdmi, Hort , var pdUida A nearly white form,
sepals slightly tinged with green, hp pale rose — C Hardy Ana.
Hort, var afirea Lip deep yellow —C Jtnmami, Rolfe .Allied
to C OaskHliana, but Ivs broader and fls smaller British Guiana.
-— r mnrffinAfa, Part =Lseha pumila — C velittina, Reiehb Sts
slender, the fragrant fls with the sepals and petals orange, spotted
purple, the lip orange and white, \emed violet. Brazil G C III.
GEORGE V. NASH.
E
24 AM C O 29a.
CAULIFLOWER (Brdsmca olerAcea, Linn , var.
botrylit>, DC ) A form of the common cabbage species.
producing an edible head of malformed and condensed
flowers and flower-stems (the word cauliflower means
htem-flower) , it will hybridize with the cabbage and
form some very interesting freaks. See Forcing
A perfect "curd" or head of cauliflower is one in which
the parts are so adjusted to one another that it looks
almost homogeneous This condition is most often
found in the young or partly developed heads As soon
as segmentation begins to take place, the curd has
reached full development and maturity from the mar-
ket-gardeners' standpoint. The breakmg-up of the
curd is an indication of the formation of floral parts.
The value of the curd depends upon its symmetry and
form, and the length of time that it will hold without
beginning to break up into distinct parts.
Not all plants produce perfect curds. Growers
recognize a peculiar form which is known as the "ricy"
curd illustrated at a in Fig 845. Another form, which
is equally undesirable is a segmented curd between the
(segments of which leaves appear, known as a "leafy"
curd shown at 6 A head in perfect condition is shown
at c. Segments are apparent in c, but the develop-
ment of the curd is almost ideal and the head as a whole
is verv nearly perfect It is the aim of the seed-grower
as well as of the gardener to produce plants which will
return curds of the type shown at c.
Cauliflower is the most fastidious and exacting mem-
ber of the cabbage family. It ia less tolerant of adverse
soil and climatic conditions than any of its near rela-
tives. This accounts, in a great measure, for its limited
cultivation and the fact that it is grown only in certain
localities. When well grown, however, it is one of the
most profitable market-garden crops. Because of its
694
CAULIFLOWER
CAULIFLOWER
intolerance to heat, it is grown in the open so as to take
advantage of the cool seasons of early spring and
autumn. It is one of those crops, therefore, which is
less adaptable than those having a greater range of
heat-endurance. If the season happens to be favorable
the amateur may have good luck, but if the season
proves severe the most expert grower may fail
A rich loamy soil, thoroughly charged with available
plant-food is suited to this plant Light thin sandv
soils or those extremely heavy and retentive are, as a
rule, not well suited for this, crop The soil should bo
one which does not dry out quickly but which will
furnish the plants a constant supply of moistuic.
High-grade cauliflower is quite as dependent upon
careful handling of the plants and a constantly avail-
able supply of moisture as high-grade celery Among
the fertilizers, none is better than well-decomposed
manure from the horse-stable, thoroughly incorporated
with the soil at the tune of preparing it for the crop
If commercial fertilizers are necessary, quick-acting
ones are most desirajble, except it is thougnt that sul-
fate of potash is preferable to muriate The nitrogen-
content of the fertilizer, however, should be in tho
form of nitrate of soda or sulfate of ammonia rather
than in a slow-acting form If a fertilizer is to be used,
a portion of it should be scattered over the held beforo
the plants are set An application of 500 pounds to
the acre at this time, applied broadcast, and a side
dressing about the tune "buttons" begin to form, will
prove an advantage. The side dressing may be at the
rate of 500 pounds, making a total application of 1,000
pounds to the acre A good fertilizer is one carrying 3
to 4 per cent of nitrogen, 6 to 8 per cent of phosphoric
acid and about 10 per cent of potash
Cauliflower plants in northern latitudes are handled
so as to prepare them either for an early or a late crop.
The early crop should be started at the same time as
early cabbage, or a few days later Cauliflower plants
cannot, however, be started in the autumn and suc-
cessfully wintered m coldframes, as can early cabbage
plants Plants so handled are less likely to give a desira-
ble product. The best early-crop plants aro produced
from hotbed or greenhouse propagated stock started
in a mild temperature and grown so as to produce a
sturdy broad-leaved plant to be sot in the field a few
845. Types of cauliflower heads: a, ricy; b, leafy; c, perfect
days later than the early crop of cabbage Young cauli-
flower plants are less hardy than young cabbage plants
and, for this reason, planting in the open must be some-
what delayed.
For the late cauliflower crop m the North, seed-beds
are prepared on the shady side of a building or in a
partially shaded situation and handled m same manner
as seed-beds for late cabbage, the late crop m the Long
Island region being placed in the open the last days of
June or early in July.
The early crop is usually grown on a smaller scale
than the autumn crop. Plants grown in the hotbed are
usually transplanted and the transplanted plants
carried and set in the field by hand The distance be-
tween the rows should be sufficient to permit of culti-
vation with horse-power implements, but the plants need
not he set more than 18 inches apart in the row
The late crop, however, is frequently transplanted
during the drier parts of the season and, largely on
this account, growers prefer to use a transplanting
machine so as to water the plants at the same time thoy
are set A convenient distance between the rows is 3
feet, with the plants 20 to 24 inches apart in the row,
depending upon the variety grown
The old adago that "cabbage should be hoed every
day" applies with equal force to cauliflower Cultiva-
tion should be of such character as to prevent the
formation of a crust and to discourage tho development
of weeds. The maintenance of a soil-mulch by shallow
cultivation which shall not disturb or severely prune the
roots of the plants is desirable
Cauliflower is subject to the same enemies and dis-
eases as cabbage Clubroot and mildew are two of the
most annoying diseases The aphis, root-maggot and
both the green cabbage- worm and tho cabbage- looper are
annoying pests The delicacy of the curd requires that
the plants be kept perfectly free from insects which
devour any portion of the plant
Cauliflower requires more careful field attention than
that required by any other garden crop except those that
are blanched either by tying or banking The young
curd of tho cauliflower, as soon as it has reached the
size of a hen's egg, should be carefully protected from
the elements by adjusting the leaves in such a man-
ner as to prevent discoloration by the action of sun or
ram. The expert growers accomplish this and at the
same time indicate the stage of maturity of the plants
by different methods of folding tho leaves together over
the curd or by tying them with different tying materials,
a different method being used each time the field is
gone over To illustrate the earliest developed curds
may be protected by tying the loaves together with rye
straw, the next later size may be indicated by folding
the leaves together over the plant, while the third may
be indicated by tying the leaves with raffia Usually
three operations will be sufficient to care for the entire
season's crop. As soon as the curds have reached the
desired market size, which vanes greatly with different
producers and somewhat also with different varieties
and is to a degree dependent upon the season and
fertility of the land, the plants are harvested by cutting
tho heads with at least two or three whorls of leaves
attached
After the heads have been cut and a sufficient num-
ber assembled in one place to justify packing, they are
trumned by using a large knife to sever the loaves just
above tho edge of the curd so as to form a border or
"ruche" of leafstalks with a part of the blade attached
about the curd This border of stiff green leafstalks
about the white curd gives it a very attractive appear-
ance
After the curds have been properly trimmed, which
vanes somewhat with different operators, they are pro-
tected by the use of tea paper, either white or brown,
placed over tho head in such a manner as to protect it
from dirt and contact with its neighbors The curds
are then packed in crates or barrels, the California and
Florida product being largely packed in crates holding
one dozen heads in a single layer If the heads are to
be packed in barrels, a layer of excelsior is first placed
in the barrel and the wrapped heads, curd down, are
carefully placed so as to form a layer resting upon the
excelsior over the bottom of the barrel. The next row
of curds is placed stem end down and curds up; on top
is placed another cushion of excelsior and the operation
repeated until the barrel is filled in such a manner as to
CAULIFLOWER
CEANOTHUS
695
leave the last row with the stem end upward, over which
a cushion of excelsior and a burlap cover are placed.
Ventilated barrels are ordinarily used for this purpose,
but for long-distance shipment the smaller crates hold-
ing a single layer of heads have proved most advan-
tageous.
During late years, the marketing of this crop has been
very greatly facilitated and the returns to the growers
considerably enhanced by a cooperative method of
sale which has taken into consideration a more ex-
tended distribution of the crop than formerly. In this
the Long Island Cauliflower-Growers' Association and
the California Vegetable-Growers' Union have both
been very helpful
One of the handicaps in the cultivation of cauliflower
has been the entire dependence of the American
growers on foreign seed, little or no cauliflower seed
having been produced m this country and that in the
open only in the Puget Sound region The seed has
bopn expensive and not always to be depended upon.
The greatest care should be given to securing a per-
fectly reliable stock ot seed.
Broccoli
Broccoli, which is a long-seanon cauliflower, is in all
respects like cauliflower except that its vegetative parts
are somewhat coarser, the heads somewhat smaller, and
it docs not form an edible curd early in its life as does
cauliflower
Broccoli is cultivated only in climates having a mild
winter, when it can be planted the summer before and
carried through the winter to form heads early the fol-
lowing spring It is a popular plant in all parts of
France and particularly in England It is undoubtedly
the parent type of the cauliflower, the cultivated varie-
ties of cauliflower being short-season forms.
For best results, the seed should be sown at the same
tune as that of autumn cabbage and the plants trans-
planted to the field about the same time, so that they
will make their vegetative growth during the late sum-
mer and autumn Where winters are mild, the plants
can bo left in the open, but in more rigorous climates
at the approach of cold weather, a small number of
plants can be lifted with earth adhering to the roots,
.stored in a suitable root-cellar, and the following spring
transferred to the open to form heads
L. C CORBETT.
CAULOPHtLLUM (Greek, stem-leaf) Berbvn-
dacese BLUE COHOSH Tv\o species of perennial herbs
(sometimes combined with Ixxmtice), one in E. Amer
and the other in Asia, the former sometimes removed
from the woods to cult grounds Rhizomatous' sts
erect, very smooth: If 1, large, tnternately compound
and sessile' fls small, yellow-green, pamcled; sepals 6,
subtended by 3 or 4 bracts; petals 6, much smaller than
the sepals and appearing like glands or scales; stamens
6; ovary soon bursting, freeing the 2 ovules which
develop into depressed-globular berry-like seeds (with-
out pericarp) C. thalictrioides, Michx , Fig. 846, is
the American species, a smooth or glaucous plant of
rich woods from Canada south, 2-2^ ft. high. The
plant is always attractive because of its trim growth
and interesting habit; in Sept. and later, when the foli-
age is dead, the drupe-like seeds stand erect on the dry
stalks and afford one of the richest and best of deep
bl"es. L. H. B.
CAUTLfeA (Sir P. Cautley, 1802-1871, British natu-
ralist). Zmgtber&cex. About a half-dozen Himalayan
species closely allied to Roscoea, differing in the
spherical rather than narrow fr , and the spicate infl.
Probably not in cult, in this country. C. littea. Royle
(Roscbea lutea. Royle. R. grAcdis, Smith). Erect or
leafy perennial herb, 1$4 ft or less. Ivs. narrow-lanceo-
late, slender-tipped, reddish underneath: fls. 2 in. or
less long; corolla yellow; calyx reddish purple, the linear
segms. prominent, the lateral ones spreading or reflexed
and the dorsal one erect and with an incurved erect
stammode under it. — Treatment of Alpinia and
Roscoea.
CAVAN: Acacia Cavenia.
CAYENNE PEPPER: Capsicum.
CAYRATIA JAP6NICA: Cmwa japomca.
CEAN6THUS (ancient Greek name) Rhamn&cex.
Ornamental woody plants grown for their profusely
produced white, blue or
pink flower-clusters
Deciduous or evergreen
shrubs or trees. Ivs alter-
nate or sometimas opposite,
short- petioled, serrate or i
entire, usually 3 - nerved,
with small stipules, fls per-
fect, small. 5-merous,
small umbels forming pani-
cles or racemes; sepals often
incurved, colored; petals
clawed, spreading or re-
curved, filaments slender;
disk annular; ovary partly
adnate to the calyx -tube,
3-celled; style 3-cleft fr a
3-celled drupe, dry at length
and separating into 3 one-
seeded dehiscent nutlets —
Nearly 50 species in N.
Amer , chiefly in the Pacific
coast region.
These are free-flowering
shrubs, some especially
valuable for their late
flowering period Many of
them are hardy onl}r in the
warmer temperate regions,
but C amenc<imui,C ovntu-s,
and (7 Fendlen are hardy
Noith, while the numeioin
hybrids of C. amcncnnm
are only half haidy, and _„. _
even if protected they are cohosh, Caulophyllum thalictn-
killed to the ground in the oides. (xJi)
North, but the young shoot*
will usually flower the same season. The safest way,
however, to have good free-flowering plants of these
beautiful hybrids will be, in the North, to dig them up
in fall, store them away in a frost-proof pit or cellar, and
plant them out again in rprmg Pruning of the late-
flowering species will be of advantage; about one-half
of last year's growth may be taken away They grow
in almost any soil, but best in a light and well-drained
one, and most of the Cahfornian species prefer a sunny
position Propagated by seeds sown in spring and by
cuttings of mature wood in autumn, inserted in a cold-
frame or greenhouse; softwood cuttings also grow
readily if taken in early spring from forced plants
Sometimes increased by layers, and the varieties and
E1 ' ids by grafting on roots of C. amencanus under
in early spring; the cions must be fresh and with
js, taken from plants kept in the greenhouse
during the winter.
846. Seed -berries of blue
albo-plenus, 4.
amencanus, 1.
arboreus, 7.
Arnouldii, 4.
atrocscruleua, 4.
acureua, 8.
btcolor, 8.
cteruleus, 8
ouneatm, 14.
divanratus, 12
Fendlen, 10.
hirsutus, 9
hybridus, 4
mtegcmmus, 11,
intermedius, 1.
Lobbwnus, 5.
Orouttii, 9.
oreganua, 3
ovalit, 2.
ovatua, 2.
pallulus, 4.
prostratus. 15.
roseut, 4.
sangui neus, 3.
spmosua, 13.
thyrsi florus, 5.
Veitchtanut, 6.
velutinu*. 6, 7.
G96
CEANOTHUS
A. Lvs. alternate. (Nos. 1-13.)
B. Margin of Ivs. serrate or crenate.
c. Foliage glabrous beneath or slightly pubescent.
D. Fls. white: Ivs. thin, deciduous.
B. Peduncles slender, at the end of the new growth.
1. americanus, Linn. Fig. 847. Low, erect shrub, to
3 ft.: Ivs. ovate, usually acute, finely and irregularly
serrate, bright green and dull above, paler and pubes-
cent or nearly glabrous
beneath, lJi-3 in.
long: fls. in terminal
and axillary panicles
on slender peduncles,
forming large, corym-
! bose panicles. July-
Sept From Canada
to S. C and Texas.
B M 1479. Gt. 61, p.
92 Gn. 56, p 137.—
Common in dry woods
and making a pro-
fusion of bloom, which,
however, is short-lived.
^s- Many hybrids have
been raised from this
species in Eu. (see C.
hybndm). Var. inter-
medius, Trel. (C. m-
termbdius, Pursh), has
smaller, ovate or
ovate - lanceolate Ivs.
and the fls in small,
very slender - pedun-
cled, short racemes or
panicles Tenn toS C.
2 ovatus, Desf. (C.
ovahs, Bigel.). Low
shrub: Ivs elliptic to
elliptic-lanceolate, ob-
tuse or acute, crenulate-serrate, nearly glabrous, glossy
above, 1-2 in long. mfl. like the former, but usually
smaller. New England to Colo, and Ala.
BE. Peduncles usually stout, from lateral buds of the
old wood.
3. sanguineus, Pursh (C. oreg&nus, Nutt.). Tall
shrub, with purple or reddish glabrous branches: Ivs.
orbicular to ovate or obovate, obtuse, serrate, nearly
glabrous, 1-3 in long* fls m rather long, narrow pani-
cles, on stout, leafless peduncles, axillary, from branches
of the previous year. May, June. Brit. Col. to Calif.
B.M. 5177.
DD. Fls. blue or pink, rarely white: Ivs. usually
half-evergreen.
4. hybridus, Hort. Hybrids of garden origin, chiefly
between C. amencanus and C. thyrsiflorus. between C.
ovatus and C. thyrsiflorus and between (J. amencanus
and C. azureus; the hybrids of the first group may be
classed under C. roseus, Koehne, of the second under C.
paUidus, Lindl., and those of the third group under C.
Arnouldii, Hort Some of the most distinct are: dlbo-
plenus, with double white fls.; atrocxruleus purvureus,
fl. blue, foliage purple when young; Arnouldii, fls. sky-
blue, in large panicles; Gloire de Versailles, with
bright blue, large panicles (M.D.G. 1903:485); Gloire
de Plantieres, fls. dark blue, m large panicles; Victor
Jouin, fls. deep blue, darker than in the preceding, one
of the hardiest hybrids; CiH de Provence, fls. deep blue,
profusely produced (R.H. 1903:332); Marie Simon,
fls. flesh-colored; rbseus, fls. pink (R.H. 1875:30);
pdllidus, fls. pale blue, Ivs. green and pubescent below
tS.R.26:20);
5. thyrsiflorus, Each. Shrub or small tree: Ivs. ob-
long, obtuse, crenate-serrate, nearly glabrous, 1-1 H
847. Ceantfthus americanus.
CEANOTHUS
in. long; fls. blue, rarely white, in narrow pamcF&B,
about 3 in. long. May-July. Ore. to Calif. B.R.
30:38. S.S. 2.64. G.C. III. 20:363; 37.179, 41:221.
Gn. 74, p. 303. G.M. 50:430.— A very fine, free-flower-
ing species of beautiful blue color. Probably natural
hybrids of this species are C. Veitchndnus, Hook. (C.
thyrsiflorus x C. ngidus), with deep blue fls. m dense
panicled clusters (B M. 5127; FS. 13 '1383), and C.
Lobbidnus, Hook. (C. thyrsiflorus x C. dentatus), with
deep blue fls , in oval, peduncled, solitary clusters. B.
M. 4810 (4811 by error). F.S. 10' 1016.
cc. Foliage tomentose or densely pubescent beneath: half-
evergreen or evergreen (see also C. hybndus).
D. Branchlets and the veins beneath nearly glabrous: Ivs.
very obtuse, fls white.
6. velutinus, Douglas Tall shrub- Ivs. persistent,
broadly elliptic, mostly subcordate, obtuse, serrate,
dark green and glabrous above, canescent beneath, but
the veins glabrescent, 2-3 in long fls in large, com-
pound panicles at the ends of the branches. June, July.
Brit. Col. to Colo and Calif. B M. 5165
DD Branchlets and the veins tomentose or pubescent Ivs.
mostly acute fls. usually blue
B. The Ivs. glabrous or puberulom above, whitish or
tawny tomentose beneath.
7. arbdreus, Greene (C velutmus var arboreus,
Sarg). Small tree, with whitihh bark branchlets at
first angled and pubescent, later glabrchcent and glossy:
Ivs elliptic-ovate, obtusish or acutish, rounded or sub-
cordate at the base, closely serrate, with close white
tomentum beneath, l>£-3in long fls pale blue to white
in panicles 2-3 m. long. Spring Isls off the Calif,
coast. SS. 2.65.
8. azftreus, Desf. (C bicolor, HBK. C. cseruleus,
* Lag.). Tall shrub' branchlets terete, densely tomen-
tose: Ivs. oblong-ovate or oblong, acute or obtuse,
rounded at base, serrate, with villous tawny tomentum
beneath, 1-3 in long fls deep blue, in slender panicles
2-4 in long Spring Mex LBC2.110 B R. 4 291.
P.M. 2 ' 74. Gn. 61, p 223 —Under this name, a hybrid
species with C. amencanus is often cult.
BE. The Ivs. villous or hirsute on both sides, usually green
beneath
9. hirsutus, Nutt Shrub or small tree, with villous
branches: Ivs. broadly elliptic or ovate; rounded or
cordate at the base, obtuse or acute, with glandular
teeth, J^-2 in. long: fls. deep blue to purplish, in nar-
row panicles 1-2 in long. April, May Calif .— rCalled
"wild hlac" in Calif Var Crcuttii, Trel (C. Orcuttn,
Torr.). Fls. blue, paler, fr. loosely villous.
BB. Margin of Ivs. entire or nearly so (sometimes serrate
on vigorous shoots).
c. Shrub prostrate' fls. white.
10. F6ndleri, Gray. Low, prostrate and spiny shrub:
Ivs. oval, rounded or nearly acute at both ends, entire,
rarely finely serrulate, grayish green, minutely tomen-
tose beneath, ^-1 m. long: fls. white, in short racemes,
terminal, on short, lateral branchlets. June, July.
From S. D. to New Mex. and Ariz. R.H 1901, p 423.
M.D.G. 1908 208; 1912:499.— A very graceful and
free-flowering shrub of almost creeping habit, well
adapted for covering dry, sandy banks; half evergreen
and hardy N.
cc. Shrubs tatt, upright.
D. Branchlets terete or slightly angled, rarely spiny.
11. integ£rrimus, Hook. & Am. Tall, erect shrub,
with glabrescent branches: Ivs. broadly elliptic or ovate,
obtuse, sparingly hairy or glabrout, bright green be-
neath, 1-3 in. long: fls. blue, sometime* white, fragrant,
in 3-6 in. long, narrow panicles. April-June. Wash, to
Calif, and 8. E. Ariz. B.M.7640.
CEANOTHUS
CEDRELA
69?
Lo
C afncd
w shrub
above, loosely hairy
6 Ofa7, 2. BH .* 101
12. divaricfttus, Nutt. Tall, erect shrub, with usually
glaucous branches and often spiny: Ivs ovate, obtuse or
nearly acute, glaucous and glabrous or grayish tomen-
tose oelow, ^-1 in. long: fls. pale blue, some tunes
whitish, in 2-3 in. long, narrow panicles. April-June.
Cahf. Gn. 74, p. 425 (habit).
DD. Branchlets angled, spiny.
13. spindsus, Nutt. Tall shrub, sometimes arbores-
cent: branchlets glabrous: Ivs. elliptic to oblong, thinly
coriaceous, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base,
very obtuse or emarginate, scarcely 3-nerved, glabrous,
3^-1^ in long, fls light blue to almost white in large
terminal panicles 4-6 in. long. Spring. Cent, and S.
Cahf., Coast Range and down to sea-level. S S. 13.621.
AA. Lvs. opposite, persistent.
14. cuneatus, Nutt. Tall, much-branched shrub: Ivs.
epatulate or cuneate-obovate, mostly obtuse, entire,
minutely tomentose beneath, \fc-\ in. long* fls white,
in small clusters a'ong the branches. March-May.
Ore to Cahf. B.H.8.170
15. prostratus, Henth Procumbent shrub: Ivs. cu-
neate, obovate or spatulate, coarsely and pungently
toothed, sometimes only 3-pomted at the apex, often
minutely silky when young, ^-l in long: fls. blue, in
clusters, terminal on short branchlets. Spring. Wash,
to Cahf
Linn =Noltea afncana — C derUdtua,Torr <tGray.
oblong, penmnerved, dentate, glandular-papillate
fls blue, in pcdunclexl clusters Cahf F 8
_ _. . _ _ 1 — C dentdtua var flonbuiidus, Trel (C.
flonbundus, Hook ) Fl -clusters numerous, nearly wsmle Ivs
smaller BM 4*06 FS 10 ')77 III 7 238 BH 5 129 — C.
fohdsus, Parry Low shrub Ivs small, broadly elliptic, glandular-
toothed, slightly hairy, pale or glaucous beneath fls deep blue, m
numerous small clusters Calif ~C liengotus, Douglas Tall shrub •
Ivs broadly elliptic, serrate, glabrous, glaucous beneath fls yellow-
ish white, m large panicles Calif — C mvcrophyllus, Michx Low
shrub. Ivs very small, obovate or elliptic, nearly glabrous fls
white, in small, short-pedunclcd clusters — C papitldsus, Torr &
Cray Low shrub. Ivs. narrow-oblong, dentate, glandular-papillate
above, villous beneath fls deep blue, in pedunclecl, axillary oblong
dusters Cahf B M 4815 F S 6 567. 1 P F G 1, p 74 R H
1R50 321 — C I'drryi, Trel Large shrub Ivs elliptic or ovate, den-
ticulate, cobwebby beneath fls deep blue, in peduncled, narrow
panicles Cahf — C rlgidus, Nutt Rigid, mucn-branched shrub.
Ivs opposite, cuneatc-obovate, denticulate, usually glabrous, small:
fls blue, in small, nearly sessile, axillary clusters Cahf. B M 4660
(as C verrucosus) and 4664 J F, J 31b, 4 348 — C verrucdsus,
Nutt Ixjw shrub. Ivs mostly alternate, roundish obovate, emar-
gmat«, denticulate, nearly glabrous, small fls white, in small,
axillary clusters along the branches. Cahf. — C verrucdsus, Hook.=
c- ngldus- ALFRED REHDER.
CEARA RUBBER: Manihot.
CEBATHA: Cocculus.
CECR6PIA (from Greek word referring to use of
the wood of some species in making wind instru-
ments) Mordccx Milky-juiced trees, with peltate
leaves, sometimes planted in grounds in tropics and
warm countries.
Leaves large, alternate, long-petioled, the blade cir-
cular in outline; segms. or Ifts. 7-11: dio?cious; fls. very
email, sessile in cylindrical heads or receptacles, which
are arranged in umbels; calyx tubular and petals 0;
sterile fls with 2 stamens; fertile fls. with free ovary
and divided stigma1 frs small 1-seeded nuts combined
into short spikes. — Species about 40, from Mex. to
Brazil. C. pdtata, Linn., is the trumpet-tree of the
W. Indies and S. It is a middle-sized tree with Ivs.
1 ft. across; hollow branches used for the making of
wind instruments. The juice of some species yields
rubber. The hollow stems are often perforated by ants,
which nest and rear their young in them.
palmfcta, Willd. Fig. 848 A characteristic tree of
the farther W Indies (and planted somewhat in S.
Fla.), with a single long weak thin trunk and at the top
a few horizontal or deflexed awkward branches bear-
ing at their ends large palmate Ivs. with divisions like
thumbs, the trunk and branches partitioned at the
nodes: Ivs 7-11-lobed to the middle, white-tomentose
beneath, the lobes oblong-obovate and blunt — The
tree attains a height of 50 ft.: wood soft, branches
more or less hollow; grows rapidly, like an herb; often
covering areas that have recently been burned over.
L. H. B.
CEDAR: Cedrus, Jumperus.
CEDAR, WHITE: Thuya, Chamxq/parh.
CEDAR, WEST INDIAN: Cedrela.
CEDRELA (from Cedrus, the wood resembling that
of Cedrus). M diocese. Including Tobna. Ornamental
trees, grown for their handsome foliage; some are
valuable timber trees.
Trees with alternate, usually abruptly pinnate Ivs.,
without stipules Ifts petioled, entire or slightly serrate:
fls. inconspicuous, whitish, usually perfect, 4-5-merous,
in large, pendulous, terminal panicles; calyx short,
4-5-parted, the petals forming a tube with spreading
limb, below partly adnate to the disk; stamens shorter
than petals; ovary 5-celled, style simple, with capitate
stigma, somewhat longer than the stamens fr a caps ,
dehiscent, with 5 valves not splitting to the base, with
many flat, winged seeds — Nine species in Trop Amer.
and 8, forming the subgenus Toona, in E India and
Austral. Toona is often considered a distinct genus,
distinguished from Cedrela by the disk being much
longer than the ovary and by the seeds being winged
above or at both ends, while in Cedrela the disk is as
long or shorter than the ovary and the heeds are winged
below. The first 3 species below belong to the sub-
genus Toona, the others are true cedrelas
Cedrelas are tall ornamental trees with large pinnate
foliage, well adapted for avenues C wnenstb is hardy as
far north as Massachusetts, the others are hardy only
in southern California and in the Gulf states except (7.
odorala, which is tender even there The wood of some
species, particularly of C odorata, is known as cedar
wood, and much valued for making furniture and
boxes. They thrive best in rich loam, and are propa-
gated by seeds or by cuttings of mature wood, and, also,
by root-cut tings, all with bottom heat
CEDRELA
CEDRONELLA
849 Leaflets of Cedrela
and Ailanthus. Cedrela oa
the right. (XH)
A. I4ts. 10-25.
B. Lvs. quite glabrous.
c. Margin of Ivs. more or less serrate: panicles very long,
pendulous' seeds unnged above.
sinensis, Juss. (Todna wnensis, Room Aildnthus
flavescens, Carr ). Tree to 50 ft : Ivs long-petioled,
10-20 in. long; Ifts. 10-22, oblong or oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, slightly and re-
motely serrate, light green
beneath, 4-8 in. long: fls
white, in very long, pendulous
panicles., ovary glabrous; 5
subulate stammodes alter-
nating with the stamens* fr.
oblong or obovate, about 1
in. long. June. China. R H
1891, p. 574-5, 1875, p 87.
Gng. 4:1. M D G 1902 : 495
F. 1876, p 175 FE. 13, p
1 — Ornamental tree, with
large feathery foliage, very
valuable for avenues; similar
to ailanthus, and nearly of the
same hardiness, but of more
regular and dense growth,
and without the disagreeable
odor when flowering Ailan-
thus can be easily distin-
guished by the few coarse
teeth near the base of the
Ifts., each bearing a large
gland beneath (Fig. 849)
serrata, Royle (Todna serrata, Roem ) Tree, to 70
ft ' Ivs usually odd-pinnate, 15-20 in. long, Ifts. 15-25,
ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acuminate, n regularly ser-
rate, glaucous beneath panicles longer than the lv.s ,
pendulous; fls fragrant, often 6-merous; ovary glabrous
Himalayas, to 8,000 ft altitude Royle, 111 25 Col-
lett, Flor. Siml 82 — This is probably the hardiest of
the tropical species. Sometimes united with C Toona
cc Margin of Ivs entire:
panicles shorter than
the Ivs.
Todna, Roxbg (Tobna
cihata, Room ) Tree, to
70 ft , nearly evergreen
Ivs. abruptly pinnate;
Ifts. 10-20, usually op-
posite, lanceolate or
ovate-lanceolate, bome-
times undulate, 3-6 in.
long fls. white, honey-
scented, 5-rnerous; ovary
hairy; seeds winged at
both ends Himalayas
Wight, Icon 161. Bran-
dis, Forest Fl. 14.
odorata, Linn. WEST
INDIAN CEDAR Tree, to
100 ft.: Ivs 10-20 in
long; Ifts 12-20, ovate-
lanceolate: acuminate,
entire, bright green on
both sides, 4-6 in. long,
panicles shorter than the
Ivs ' fr oblong, 1^ m.
long; seeds winged be-
low. W. Indies.— The
*edar wood comes mostly
from this species. Wood
brown, fragrant, the
source of the cigar-box
wood of commerce. It
is a very durable wood,
and is much prized in the W. Indies in the manufacture
of cabinets, furniture, canoes, and other articles. In the
W. Indies known as "cedar "
BB Lrs densely pubescent beneath.
ffssilis, Veil Tree. Ivs 10-15 in long, abruptly pin-
nate; Ifts. 18-24, opposite, nearly sessile, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate panicles pubescent, longer than
the Ivs , calyx pubescent outside, petals fulvous tomen-
tosc; ovary glabious Biazil, Paraguay St Hilaire,
Fl Bra/il 2 101 — According to Franccschi it does
better at Santa Barbaia than any other species of this
genus
\A Lfts 6-1 0, find)/ ciliate
DugSsii, Wats Tree. Ivs 10-15 in long, Ifts cuneate,
ovate-lanceolate, long and slender acuminate, nearly
ovae-anceoa, se inae,
entire, shining above, pale green and glabrous or nearly
so beneath, 4-6 in long panicles rather compact, much
.shorter than the Ivs. Mex ALFRED HEHDER
CEDRONfiLLA (a little cedar, from the odor of C.
tnphylla, a species from the Canary Inlands .sometimes
called "Balm of OJilead") Lnlnalse Heibs or shrubs,
sometimes planted m borders in the middle and south-
ern parts of the United States
Four species allied to Dracocephalum, to which the
first 2 belong according to Bentham Engler and Prantl
consider the genii-. monot\pic, containing only the third
species below The 2 native kind-, described below are
compact, free-floweiing bolder peionniate, with aromatic
Ivs and numerous showy purplish pink fls with blue
stamens, and borne in dense whorls on long racemes or
spikes calyx a trifle oblique, 5-toothed, corolla-tube
exserted, the limb 2-hpped, .stamens 1, the anthers
2-celled — They are not quite hardy N , and should
have a hhelteied .sunny position, or some winter pro-
tection The first 2 pi op by division of the root, the
last by cuttings
cana, Hook Height 2*4-3 ft bts hard, square,
subshrubby branches numerous, especially at the base,
opposite, hoary with a minute pubescence upper Ivs.
_ small, 1'2-1M m long,
entire, hoary, numerous
near the fls , ovate, lower
Ivs larger, cordate-
ovate, dentate - serrate
spikes numerous, whorls
dense, 15- or more-fld ;
corolla 1 in long, limb
5-cleft, the lowest lobe
laigest, crenate, revo-
lute June-Oct Mex
and New Mex B M.
4618
mexicana,Benth. (Gar-
doquia betomcoldes,
Lmdl ) Height 1-3 ft .
root creeping' Ivs 1^-
2^2 m '°ng> ovate-lan-
ceolate (the lower ones
cordate), crenate -den-
tate, becoming purplish
below, petioled fls very
like the above, bright
pink. Mex, Mts S.
Ariz BM. 3860 —Rarer
in cult than above; Ivs
larger, longer and fewer.
Intro into cult, in 1839.
triphylla, Moench
(Dracocephalum canan-
6nse, Linn ). BALM OF
GILEAD Shrubby, 3 to
4 ft : Ifts. 3, oblong or
lanceolate: fls. purple 01
CEDRONELLA
CEDRUS
699
white, in loose spioate whorls. Aromatic plant from
Canary Isls.
C pAllida, Lindl. Similar to C mexicana, but differing in having
shorter, palo red ns. B 11. 1846 29. It is sometime* conf used with
C. mexicana N TAYLOR>t
CEDRUS (Kedros, ancient Greek name). Pinacex.
CEDAR Trees grown for their persisting foliage and
striking habit, they are also valuable timber trees.
Large evergreen trees, with quadrangular, stiff,
fatsciculate Ivs :
fls monu'oious,
the stammate
forming eylm-
dncal catkins,
cones ovate or
ovate-oblong,
thick, 3-5 in
long, with
broad, closely
1 m b r i c a to,
bracts, attain-
ing maturity in
2 or 3 vears,
seeds winged —
Three closely
allied specie-* in
N Afr, Asia
Minor and
Himalayas
The cedars
are laige orna-
mental coni-
feis, with wide-
spreading bran-
ches, very dis-
tinct in habit
from most other
conifers They
are usually con-
sidered tender,
but a hardy
race of C'&tius
Libani has been
recently intro-
duced by the
Arnold Arbore-
tum from the
highest eleva-
tion where the
species occurs in
Asia Minor, the
plants have
btood all the
winters since
1902 unpro-
tected at the
Arnold A i bore-
turn and have
E roved per-
ictly hardy. It
is very gratify-
851 Cedars on Mt Lebanon, Cedrus Libani.
ing that one is now able to grow so far north the
famous cedar of Lebanon which, aside from its beauty,
is of peculiar interest for its historic and religious
associations The race of Cedrus Libani commonly
cultivated is rather tender, more tender than C atlan-
tica which may be grown as far north as New York in
sheltered positions, while C. Dcodara can be grown
safely only in California and southern states. The very
durable and fragrant wood of all species is highly
valued.
The cedars prefer well-drained, loamy soil, and will
also grow in sandy clay, if there is no stagnant mois-
ture Propagated by seeds sown in spring; the vane-
ties by veneer grafting, in late summer or in fall, on
seedlings of C atlantica; or, in warmer regions, on C.
45
Deodar a; they grow also fiom cuttings, if the small
shoots are selected which spring occasionally from the
old wood. Plants of this genus are the true cedars;
but trees of other genera are often called cedar. Sue
ChanicBcypans, Jumpcrm, and Thuya; also Cedrela.
A. Branches stiff, not drooping cones truncate, and often
concave at the apex.
atlantica, Manetti. Fig. 850. Large, pyramidal
tree, to 120 ft ,
with upright
leading shoots'.
Ivs mostly less
than 1 m long,
usually thicker
than br*oad,
rigid, glaucous
green' cones 2-
3 in long, light
brown. N Afr.
Gng 2:163. G.
F <) 417 R H.
1890, p 32 G.
W. G, p 498.
Gn. 37, p. 195.
Gt 61, p. 449.
Var. glauca,
Carr. Foliage
glaucous, with
silvery hue; a
very desirable
and vigorous
form. Gng. 8:
275. Var fas-
tigiata, Carr.
Of upright col-
umnar h'abit.
RH. 1890, p.
32.
Libani, Loud.
Fig 851. Large
tree, with wide-
spreading, hori-
zon tal bran-
ches, forming a
broad head
when older,
leading shoot
nodding: Ivs. 1
in. or longer,
broader than
thick, dark or
bright green,
sometimes blu-
ish or silvery:
cones 3-4 m.
long, brown.
Lebanon, Tau-
rus, S. Anatolia
and N Afr.
Gng. 5-65.
Mn 1 39. G F 8 335; 2-149 (adapted m Fig. 851).
Gn 48, p 237, 66, pp. 124-5, 178 G C. III. 34 '265.
FS.R.2,pp.291-4. Var. brevif&lia, Hook. With shorter
Ivs and smaller cones Cyprus Var. glauca, Carr.
(var argfintea, Veitch) Foliage of blue or silvery hue,
Var nana, Loud. Dwarf form.
AA. Blanches and hading shoot pendulous: cones obtuse.
Deodara, Loud Tall tree, of pyramidal habit, to 150
ft ' Ivs 1-2 in. long, dark bluish green, rigid, as thick
as broad' cones 3*2-5 in long, reddish brown Hima-
layas Gng 2'8. GC III 25-139: 34'400 F. 1876,
p 103 Gn 28, p 223 V 20.185 Var. robusta, Carr.
Lvs. about 2 in long, rigid. Var. p£ndula, Beissn. (var.
recurvaia pendula, Hort.) . With long pendulous branches
700
CEDRUS
or prostrate if not supported. G.W. 14, p. 413 Var.
fastigiata, Carr. Of columnar habit. Var verticillata,
Rehd. (var vertmlldta glaiica, Tutenberg). A com-
pact form with the Ivs whorled at the base of the
shoots: foliage bluish white the hardiest form of the
species. G W. 11, p 89. Var. viridis, Knight. Lvs.
852. Ceiba Casearia, the great silk-cotton tree at Nassau.
CELASTRUS
oblong-obtuse, hairy outside: caps. 4-8 in. long, 5-
valved, bearing many woolly seeds Tiopies of Asia,
Afr , and Amer. B M. 3360 — One of the character-
istic and well-known trees of tropical countries The
wings of some of the old trees run far in all dnections,
sometimes being prominent 30 ft. or more, note the
picture (Fig 852) of the
well-known tree at Nassau
on the island of New Provi-
dence. The \vood is used to
some extent in interior con-
struction, but is soft, white
and brittle The cotton-like
material in the pods is used
in. beds and pillows and for
Btuffinghf e-buoy s, butitean-
not be spun into threads, it
is the "kapok" of commerce.
Offered in S Calif arid Fla.,
as a tree of rapid growth.
grandifldra, Rose Tree,
15-20 ft, 8-12 in diam.,
the branches with short
prickles: petioles 2-4 in.
long, Ifts 3-5, glabrous,
oblong, cuneate at base.
entire or slightly ser-
rulate, 2-3 Yi in long petals
white, silky, 4-5 in long,
strap-shaped , stamens 5,
the filaments ?>Yi in long
and each with 2 anthers.
caps oblong, 4j 2 m long.
Trop W Mex— The fls.
are fleshy, they change to
brown Listed in 8 Calif.
L H B.
bright green. Var. argentea, Carr Foliage of silvery
hue Var nivea, Annesley. Young growth white.
G C III 25 399 Var albo-spica, Annesley (var dlbo-
spicdta, Beissn ) Young growth green, becoming later
white at the tips G.W 11, p 89 Var. adrea, Beissn.
Foliage golden yellow. G.W. 11, p. 87.
ALFRED REHDER.
(aboriginal name) Bombac&cex SILK-
COTTON. KAPOK. CEIBA. Trees, one of which is
widely known in the tropics for its great size as a
shade tree, and for the "cotton" of its eeed-pods.
Enodendron is a more recent name.
Leaves digitate, with 5-7 entire Ifts • fls medium to
large, rose or white, on 1-fld. peduncles, solitary or
fascicled; calyx cup-shaped, truncate or irregularly
3-5-lobed: petals oblong, pubescent or woolly, stammal
tube divided at the apex into 5 or 10 parts, each part
bearing a stamen, ovary 5-celled fr a coriaceous caps ,
pubescent within and bearing obovoid seeds embedded
in a wool-like or cotton-like fiber. — Allied to Bombax
and Adansoma, from which it differs in having 5 parts
m the stamina! body or column, rather than a much
more divided column bearing many stamens on each
division. Ten or more species, mostly in Trop Amer ,
extending to Asia and Afr.
Casearia, Medic. (C. pentdndra, Gaertn. Bdmbax
pentdndrum, Linn. B gumeense, Schum & Thoun.
Enodtndron anfractubsum, DC. E occidentdle, Don.
S. onentdle, Kostel Xfilon pentdndrum, O Kunze ).
•SILK-COTTON TREE CEIBA POCHOTE Figs 852, 853.
'preat tree, reaching 100 ft and more, and having
»mmense horizontal far-spreading branches and wide-
•iung thin buttresses or flanges' trunk spiny when
young; branches verticillate . Ifts. 7, arising from a
nearly circular plate or disk at the top of the petiole,
lanceolate-acuminate, undulate, smooth, each 4-6 in.
long: fls. white or rose, the corolla 2-3 in. long, petals
CELASTRUS (Kelastros, ancient Greek name) Cel-
astrdcex. Woody plants grown chiefly for their brightly
colored fruit, some also for their handsome foliage
Shrubs, usually climbing, with alternate, petioled,
usually deciduous and serrate glabrous Ivs fls. polyg-
amous, 5-merous, inconspicuous, greenish white, in
axillary or terminal panicles or racemes, calyx 5-parted,
petals small, oblong-ovate, disk entire or crenate, sta-
mens short; ovary superior; style short with 3-lobed
853. Leaves and fruits of Ceiba Casearia,
the silk-cotton tree. ( X K)
CELASTRUS
CELERIAC
701
atigma: fr. a caps, dehiscent into 3 valves, each con-
taining 1 or 2 seeds, inclosed in a fleshy crimson aril.
— More than 30 species in S. and E. Asia, Austral, and
Amer. The species with perfect fls. in axillary cymes
and with evergreen Ivs , being rigid and often spiny
shrubs, are now included under Gymnospona, wnicn
see.
These shrubs are hardy and ornamental, very effec-
tive with their bright-colored fruit remaining usually
throughout the winter; C angulatus is also worth
growing for its large handsome foliage. They are very
valuable for covering trelhswork, trees or rocks and
walls1 they grow in almost any soil and situation, and
as well in shaded as in sunny positions Propagated by
seeds, sown in fall or stratified, and by root-cuttings or
layers, suckers are freely produced, and become some-
times a nuisance in nurseries; they also can be increased
by cuttings of mature and of soft wood.
A Under t>ide of Iwi green.
B IMS 2~4 in long branchlets terete.
c Fls. and fr in axillary few-fid cymes along the branches
orbiculatus, Thunb (C. articuldlus, Thunb ). Fig.
854 High-climbing shrub' Ivs cuneate, suborbicular
to oblong or obovate, acute or acuminate, crenate-ser-
rate, 2-3 in long' fr globular, orange-yellow, with
crimson seeds Japan, China B M 7599 G F 3 550
(adapted in Fig 854) A F 9 534 G C. Ill 23 29,
43 242 Gng 5 119 MDG 1902 306 Var punc-
tatus, Rehd (C mmclAtus, Thunb ) A less vigorous
grower, with smaller, elliptic Ivs — C orbicnlatus is of
more vigorous growth than the following species, and
fruits very profusely, but tho frs are hidden by the
foliage, and are not very conspicuous until the Ivs have
fallen, while C scandens bears its frs above the Ivs.
cc. Fls, and fr. in terminal panicles.
scandens, Linn FALSE BITTER-SWEET. WAX-WORK.
Fig 855 High, climbing to 20 ft Ivs. cuneate, ovate to
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, croriate-serrate, glabrous,
2-4 in long fls in terminal, many-fid panicles or racemes
2-4 in long fr about J^m diam , orango-yollow, with
crimson scodb Canada to S D ond New Alex Em 545
AG 11 29,31. GF 5.569 (adapted in Fig 855) Gng
5'119 AF 9 534 V 3 315 Gn 33, p 393 (habit).
paniculatus, Willd. (C. dependens, Wall.). Branches
brown with numerous small white lenticels, pendulous:
Ivs. ovate-oblong or obovate, sometimes to 5 in long:
fls. in terminal pendulous panicles 4-8 in. long. Hima-
layas.— Not hardy N.
855 Celastrus scandens.
(XM)
854. CeUftrus orblculttui. (XK>
BD. Lvs 4~G m l°nQ ana &~5 in- broad:
branchlclt, angular.
angulatus, Maxim (C lahfohus, Hemsl.). Glabrous
shrub, climbing to 20 ft . branchlets angular, finely
lenticellate. ivs. broadly ovate or roundish, abruptly
short-acuminate, crenately serrate: terminal panicles
4-G in long fr. subglobose, nearly l/2\n thick, on thick
shoit stalks, yellow with orange seeds N W. and Cent.
China II I 23 2206 — Even without fr. effective on
account of its largo foliage, has proved hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum
AA. Under side of the Ivs bluish white.
hypoleucus, Warb (C. hypoglaiica, Hemsl Erythro-
spermum hypoleitcum, Oliver) Glabrous shrub with
terete brown branches bcarcely lenticellate' Ivs, elliptic
or oblong-elliptic, 2-4 in long, short-acuminate, re-
motely serrulate, teimmal panicles 2-5 in long, loose:
fr about J^in thick on slender stalks, H"/^111 long.
Cent China. H I 19 1899
C. flageUdru, Rupr Allied to C orbieulatus Branches with
persistent spiny stipules, sometimes rooting IVH ovate or oval,
small, finely serrulate, slender-pot loled fr axillary, small N.
China, Korea, Japan Quite hardy, but not so handsome as C.
orbiculatus — C nitians, Hort Reasoner, not Roxbg =Qui8quahfl
indica.— C. Ortxa, Sieb & Zucc =Onxa japomca.
ALFRED REHDEB.
CELERIAC (Apium graveolens, Linn , var. rapd-
ceum, DC ). Umbelliferx. Fig 856 An offshoot of the
celery species, producing an edible root-part instead of
edible leaves.
Celenac is very little grown in this country, and to
Americans is almost unknown, but it is much prized in
Europe Here it is cultivated chiefly -vhere there is a
foreign population Fifteen or twenty varieties are
mentioned in the seed catalogues, but there is very
little difference m the various sorts, some seedsmen
even making no distinction between varieties, but
cataloguing the plant simply as oeleriac.
702
CELERIAC
CELERY
In general, the culture is the same as for celery, ex-
cept that no blanching is required, since it is the en-
larged root that constitutes the edible part Sow the
seed during the spring m a well-prepared seed-bed, pref-
erably m a more or less shaded location A coldframe
or a spent hotbed is a good place. The seed is slow
to germinate, and must
be kept well watered.
When the plants arc 2
or 3 inches tall, they
ought to be trans-
planted, about 3 inches
apart each way is a good
distance to place them
at this handling Later,
again tiansplant thorn
to the open ground, m
rows about 2 ieet apart
and 6 or 8 inches dis-
tant in the row The
soil should be a rich
light loam well supplied
with moisture. (The
seed may be
sown where the
plants are to
remain, and
thinned to the
required dis-
tance, but
stronger, more
stocky plants
are seemed by
transplanting as
directed ) Plants
thus treated will
be ready for fall
and winter use
If they are de-
sired for earlier use, the seeds may be sown in a mild
hotbed and transplanted to the open
Aside from frequent tillage, celenac requires but
little attention during growth It is a frequent prac-
tice with glowers to remove a little of the earth from
about the plants after the root has become well enlarged,
and to cut off the lateral roots This tends to make the
main root grow laiger, smoother and more symmetii-
cal in shape For winter use, the plants may be pro-
tected with earth and straw to keep out frost, or packed
in moist sand and placed in a cool cellar.
The principal use of celenac is for the flavoring of
soups and stews, but it is also served in several other
ways It may be boiled and eaten with a white sauce,
like cauliflower, as a salad, either first being cooked
as beets or turnips, or else cut up into small pieces and
used raw; when boiled, sliced and served with oil and
vinegar, it fonns the dish known as "celery salad " An
extract may be obtained from it which is said to have
medicinal properties
Just how long celenac, or turnip-rooted celery,
has been m cultivation is unknown Its history as a
garden vegetable can be traced definitely as far back
as the middle of the seventeenth century, although
writers for a century 01 more previous to this time made
references which would seem to relate to this vegetable,
but the identity is obscure. Its origin was probably the
same as that of the common garden celery, of which it
is doubtless a state wherein the root has become en-
larged and edible. This form is supposed to be the one
most remotely removed from the wild state.
H. P. GOULD.
CELERY (Ajnum gravkolens, Linn ). Umbelli ferae.
A major garden vegetable, grown for its blanched leaf-
stalks which are eaten raw and also used in cookery.
Biennial, sometimes annual, plants1 If .-stalks 6-15
Celenac trimmed for market
(XH); also an untnmmed root, on a
smaller scale.
in. long, bearing 3 pairs and a terminal 1ft. coarsely
serrated and ternately lobed or divided. The fl -stalks
are 2-3 ft high, branched and leafy; fls. white, incon-
spicuous and borne in compound umbels; seeds very
small, flattened on the sides, broader than long. An
acrid, pungent flavor characterizes the wild plants.
The genus Apium is variously understood. As
mostly accepted, it comprises some 15 or 20 species of
annual or perennial glabrous herbs with pinnate or
pinnately compound Ivs , and small gieemsh white fls.
m compound umbels; calyx-teeth wanting, petals ovate
or rounded The species are distributed widely in
temperate regions and in the mountains in the tropics.
A gmveolens is the one important species to the horti-
culturist. Var. rapaceum is celenac, a form or race m
which the crown of the plant is thickened and turnip-
like (see Celenac) The wild celery plant is not stout,
nor are the If -stalks thickened, as they are in the
domesticated races It grows 1-2 ft high when in
bloom, in marshy places near the sea, on the coasts of
Eu , Afr , and Asia, and it has run wild from cult in
some parts of N. Amer.
Celery probably was not cultivated until alter the
Middle Ages, and the varieties now grown so exten-
sively have been developed within the past thirty-five
years It is not many years since this vegetable was
regarded as a luxury and sold at prices that could be
paid only by the wealthy, but today it is one of the
standard vegetables and is produced m enormous
quantities for the city markets. The industry is often
highly profitable on muck areas, and thousands of
acres of this land arc used for celery-culture in Michi-
gan, Ohio, New York, Florida and California Intensive
market-gardeners of the North regard it as one of their
most piofitable crops, and ies>ults are especially satis-
factory if the land can be irrigated When good market^
are available, celery is an excellent crop to follow early
garden crops, such as peas, bean.x, beets, bunch onions,
ladishes ana other vegetables that mature in ample
time to allow the after-planting of celery to mature
Soils that have been previously cropped the same season
should be manured liberally before celery is planted.
Types and varieties
The methods of cultivation and handling of celery
depend so much on the variety that this part of the
subject should be discussed at the outset Celery may
be classified into two general gioups— green vane-
ties, and the so-called self- ^
blanching varieties For- "
merly, the green kinds were
grown almost exclusively,
but commercial growers
soon discovered that the
self-blanching varieties pos-
sess certain cultural advan-
tages that make them highly
desirable from a business
point of view They are
more easily blanched., and
this is probably the mot,t
i m p o r t a n t consideration
when the crop is to be
grown for commercial pur-
poses This is particularly
advantageous in the sum-
mer crop, and equally ap-
preciated by those who
plant large areas for the late
market. When boards are
used for blanching, more
than twice as many plants
may be set on an acre as
when green varieties are
employed and the crop
bleached with earth. It is 857. The Boston ideal
CELERY
CELERY
703
universally conceded, however, that the light-colored tion of celery, the crop is grown with entire success on
varieties are somewhat inferior in quality to the green a great variety of soil types. In fact, the plants thrive
sorts. For this reason it is a mistake to rely Wholly in any friable soil which is adequately provided with
on self-blanching varieties m the home garden. Many moisture, plant-food and vegetable matter Near all
home gardeners plant the light-colored kinds for sum- the northern cities of the United States may be found
mer use only, and green varieties for fall and winter plantations of limited area that return excellent profits.
'""* This i& particularly true in sections devoted to the most
intensive types of market-gardening, when stable
manure and commercial fertilizers are used almost
lavishly. With this system of soil-management, the
ground soon changes its physical properties and in
some cases approaches the muck soils in mechanical
composition It is not uncommon to find small areas
on various types of soil, cultivated intensely, which
make a gross return of $1,000 or more to the acre.
These results indicate the great possibilities of the
home garden for the production of celery. There is
In some regions, a plant with a much-branched base
is desired as in Fig 857; but in general a less bpreading
or a lighter plant is grown, as in Fig. 858. These differ-
ences are mostly matters of the way m which the plants
are grown, as to room in seed-bed and field.
White Plume is one of the best known of the self-blanching
varieties It is vigorous in growth and attains a greater height
than Golden Self-blanching and, for thin reason, does not meet
with as groat favor among commercial growers Tho quality is
also inferior to Golden Self-blanching
Golden Self-blanchinu is by far the most popular of American
varieties It is a favorite with amateurs and constitutes probably
90 per cent of all the celery grown in the t mited Mate* The plants
attain a height of 14 to 20 inches, and are compact and stocky
The stems are short, thick, < asily blanched to a creamy white, and
the foliage is abundant
Koif-nbbed Golden Stlf-blnncfnno has a tinge of rose-color on
the ribbing of the stems, which makes the variety ntlracti\e for
the home garden It is not grown largely for couiuieicial purpose.
Giant I'axcal is an old grrrn-Htcm van< ty
that is not surpassed in quality In run
moist soils the plants, attain a height of JO
inches or more It is u tavonte of home gar-
deners who take pride in producing tall, tender
stalks of the highest quality
Wintrr Quet n is a more popular green
variety among (ommen lal growers than (iinnt
Pascal It does not attain such a great height
and grows more compactly, so that )< ss sparr
is required betw« n rows, and the crop is more
convenient to store
French .SMWSS is a "U ry stocky compart
wmt.r varuty that possesses excellent kti p-
ing qualities
Boston Mnrkft is famous for its excc-llc nt
quality It i«< grown cxtensi\< Ij, ibout Bos-
ton in the home gardens ind for < omnn n ml
purposes It is low, compact, < nsp, teruler
and of the btst fl.nor
Many other varieties an pknt«d to some-
extent, but the most important have bem
Soils
As previously stated, gieat com-
mercial plantations are on imuk soils,
although the business is not confined
to such lands The mucks usually
provide ideal conditions for the cul-
ture of ccleiy The plant thrives m soils abounding m
vegetable matter, and AS mucks contain GO per cent or
more of organic matter this requirement is fully met.
A Kalamazoo (Michigan) muck soil, used extensively
for celery, analyzed as follows:
Per cent
Sand and silicates . . 19 Ib
Alumina . . 1 40
Oxide of iron 3 94
Lime . . 609
Magnesia 0 81
Potash . 0 34
Soda 0 48
Sulphuric acid . . 1 31
Phosphoric acid 0 88
Carbonic acid ... 1 95
Organic matter (containing 2 53 per cent of
nitrogen) .... 63 76
Water . 651
Properly prepared mucks arc loose and friable, and
this is a great advantage m transplanting and m per-
forming all tillage operations. The land is easily plowed,
harrowed, leveled, marked and cultivated, and the
work of ridging the plants is accomplished with the
greatest ease. The depth of the water-table in muck
lands varies greatly, but about 3 feet is considered
most favorable; at this depth the plants never suffer
from drought.
While it is universally conceded that muck soils
provide the best conditions for the extensive cultiva-
no reason why every gardener, whatever his type of
soil, should not be fully successful in growing a boun-
tiful supply of the choicest celery for the home table.
The reclaiming of new muck lands is often an expen-
sive undertaking The land must be cleared of brush
and sometimes timber. Drainage must be provided
858 A good celery plant m the general market
by means of tile or open ditches The land is often
acid, and lime should be employed to correct the
acidity For a \oar 01 t\\o other crops than celery
should be planted to get the land in the proper physical
condition The first plowing should be done in the
fall so that the land will be exposed to frost during the
winter Corn is an excellent eiop to plant the follow-
ing spring. There should be repeated cultivation
throughout the summer to destroy any other vegeta-
tion that may start
Other tvpes of soil should be prepared as in the
usual \vay for the small garden crops. Fall plowing,
after large quantities of manure have been added, is
often desirable when an early crop is to be started the
following spring Smoothing harrows and plank drags
should be used to make the soil fine and smooth pre-
paratory to planting. All preparatory tillage opera-
tions should be conducted with a view to conserving
soil-inoisture, which is exceedingly important to celery
throughout the period of growth.
Fertilizing.
As previously stated, it is important for land that
is to be planted m celery to abound in vegetable matter.
There must also be an abundance of available plant-
food in order to secure a rapid and vigorous growth.
When applying either manure or commercial fertilizer,
the grower should bear in mind that this is a shallow-
704
CELERY
rooted plant and the materials should not be placed
at great depths.
All classes of growers, whether they are producing
on a garden or field scale, and whatever their type of
soil may be, recognize stable-manures as the best fer-
tilizer that can be applied for this crop. Stable-manures
are the most satisfactory .because they furnish
both organic matter and plant- food. It is often
desirable to supplement stable-manures with
commercial fertilizers, but the success of this crop
will be far more certain if reliance is placed on
barn-manures rather than chemical fertilizers.
An effort should be made to have the manures
near the surface of the ground, and this can be accom-
plished by applying rotten or composted manure after
plowing and working into the soil with a disc-harrow. If
coarse fresh manure must be used and partially decayed
manure is not available, it is preferable to apply it be-
fore plowing Market-gardeners often apply thirty to
forty tons to the acre, although smaller quantities give
excellent results, especially if fertilizers are used m
addition to the manure. Ten tons of manure on muck
land is a decided advantage over no manure, even
when fertilizers are used in large quantities.
Probably no commercial grower of celery should
attempt to produce this crop without the use of at
least some commercial fertilizer. When stable-manures
are used lavishly, a little acid phosphate, nitrate of
soda or potash will often give increased profits.
When stable-manure is not used at all, or perhaps
in very small amounts, commercial fertilizers should
be used with freedom Two tons of a high-grade fer-
tilizer to the acre is not an unusual application, and
some of the most intensive growers use larger amounts
In the smaller areas, from which a gross return of $800
to $1,200 to the acre is expected, there should be no
hesitancy in spending $100 to $125 an acre for manure
and fertilizer. Celery requires much nitrogen and the
mixed fertilizer applied before planting, or afterwards
as a side-dressing, should contain not less that 4 per
cent of this element There should also be an abundance
of potash and phosphoric acid. A feitili/er containing
4 per cent of nitrogen, 8 per rent phosphoric acid and
10 per cent potash should meet the requirements of
this crop in all soils, when applied in sufficient quantity.
Some growers have found it highly desirable to apply
nitrate of soda or complete fertilizer as side-dressings
after the crop is well started. These applications may
vary from 100 to 200 pounds to the acre and should be
made at intervals of about three weeks.
Starting the plants.
The greatest care should be exercised in procuring
seed, for inferior seed may result in pithy or hollow
859. Celery planted thick, and the patch edged with boards.
The "new celery-culture."
stalks, a poor stand of plants in the seed-bed, seedlings
of low vitality, or a large percentage of seed shoots.
Only the most reliable dealers, those who have a repu-
tation for furnishing first-class seed of the varieties
desired, should be patronized. To make certain of
securing good seed, some careful growers import their
860. Blanching celery by
•wrapping it with paper.
CELERY
seed directly from foreign producers, which, however,
is unnecessary if the proper precautions are taken in
the selection of a responsible seedsman. Practically
all cf the seed of the self-blanching varieties is grown
in France, while most of the seed of green varieties is
produced in California. As there is never absolute
certainty of securing en-
tirely satisfactory seed,
some growers follow the
excellent practice of buy-
ing in large amounts,
sufficient to last several
years. Only a small
quantity of the seed is planted
the first year to determine its
real merit, and if found satis-
factory there is sufficient quan-
tity on hand to last several years
If kept m sealed jars in a room
where the temperature does not
vary greatly, the germinating
power will be retained at least
six years.
Celery seed is very small. An
ounce contains about 70,000
seeds, and with the very best
conditions should produce at
least half this number of plants
It is not safe, however, to count
on a much greater number than
10,000 plants to the ounce, be-
cause many of the seeds usually
fail to germinate and the plants
at first are very small and easily
perishable The seeds aro slow
to germinate They should be
planted in fine soil which, if pos-
sible, should be kept constantly moist but never wet
Seed for the early crop is seldom sown before the
first of March If checked in growth at any time, there
is great danger of the plants producing seed shoots
which renders them unsalable Plants started the first
of March will, with pioper care, be ready for market
in August Earlier sowing is possible and sometimes
desirable, but adequate facilities must be provided to
avoid crowding the plants, which invariably results
in checking the growth. Some gardeners have found it
to be profitable to start the plants the latter part of
February, finally transplanting into frames, where the
crop is matured.
Seed for the early crop may be sown in the beds of
the artificially heated frame or greenhouse Many
growers use flats or shallow plant-boxes, which are
placed in the hotbed or greenhouse While broadcast-
ing of the seed is often practised, it is better to sow in
drills 2 inches apart. The furrows should be very
shallow, as the seeds should not be covered with more
than % inch of earth Muck mixed with a small
amount of sifted coal-ashes, sand and a little bone-
meal, is most excellent for starting plants under glass
After sowing and lightly covering the seed, place a
piece of burlap over the bed, and water it. Keep the
bed covered with burlap or a piece of cloth until the
plants begin to come up Do not water more than
necessary to keep the bed moist. When the plants
appear they will need plenty of !ightt sunshine and
fresh air. A temperature of 70° to 75° is most favora-
ble to germination, but 10° lower should be maintained
if possible after the plants are up. Higher tempera-
tures, however, will do no harm if the proper attention
is given to ventilation.
When the rough leaves appear, the seedlings should
be transplanted into beds or preferably flats, spacing
the plants 1 % inches apart each way. Stronger plants
will be developed if they are set 2 inches apart. The
flats may be about 2 inches deep and half filled with
CELERY
CELERY
705
pl
fi
rotten manure, the remainder of the space being filled
with ($ood rich soil. The manure will furnish ideal
conditions for the roots of the young seedlings and
make it possible to transplant them to the open ground
with blocks of earth and manure so that there will be
practically no check in growth If earlmesa is an
important consideration, tins method of treatment is
highly important. Young celery plants require con-
siderable nursing, and it will not do to take them from
warm greenhouses or hotbeds to coldframes before
the season is well advanced. They will suffer even
more than tomato plants from low temperature. One
of the most successful of our American growers invari-
ably plants from the greenhouse to the open ground,
beginning about May 10 .
Spraying the seedlings several times with bordeaux
mixture may be the means of avoiding loss from fungous
diseases
Seed for the late crop should be sown in the open
ground or in protected beds as soon m the spring as
the soil can be prepared Delay in starting the plants
is often responsible for a failure of the late crop It is
not so easy to control moisture in the outdoor seed-
beds If overhead irrigation lines are available, there
will be no difficulty in this matter The beds are often
shaded with brush or lath screen Small beds may be
kept covered with moist burlap. When starting on a
large scale, the rows may be a foot or more
apart Thinning is often necessary to secure
stocky plants The plants may be set where
they are to mature any time after they have
attained a height of about 3 inches Ordi-
narily seedlings started out-of-doors are trans-
lanted directly to the permanent bed or
eld without an intermediate shift, although
this is an advantage in developing stronger
plants with better roots If the plants attain
a height of 5 inches or more before they are
set in the field, the tops should be cut back
before transplanting.
Planting in the field.
As previously indicated, plants for the early
crop should not be set in the open ground
until about May 10 in the latitude of Philadelphia and
New York There is danger of injury from hard frosts
if transplanted before this time, and such injury may
result in a large percentage of the plants producing seed
shoots, thus rendering them unsalable Seedlings for
the late crop may be transplanted in permanent quar-
ters any time after June 20
The time of planting in the field will depend largely
on the varieties to be used For example, Golden Self-
blanching may be set out three or four weeks later
than Giant Pascal and have time to mature fully
before hard freezing weather is likely to occur. Many
commercial growers do not transplant the late crop
until nearly the first of August In most parts of the
North, it is better to transplant early in July The
date of transplanting, however, is not so important
as to ha\re the plants, as well as the ground, in proper
condition before transplanting is started. Plants that
are 3 to 5 inches high are much more likely to live and
thrive than taller ones. The ground should be smooth,
fine and moist. It is exceedingly important to have the
rows perfectly straight and this can be accomplished
by the use of a marker. A line may be used for this
purpose, but transplanting may be accomplished much
more rapidly by using a rope-and-peg marker
There is the greatest variation in the planting dis-
tances for celery Some of the most intensive growers
plant 7 or 8 inches apart each way. Others prefer to
space the rows about a foot apart and have the plants
stand 4 inches apart in the row. When such close
planting is followed, it is known as "the new celery-
culture'' (Fig. 859). The plants stand so close together
when this method is used that they blanch themselves
and it is unnecessary to use boards or other devices
"The new celery-culture" is better adapted to green-
house and coldframe use, where the plants can be
watered by sub-irrigation When plants stand so
close together, there is little circulation of air and heart-
rot or other diseases are likely to occur in hot moist
weather. The possibilities of a small area by use of
this method are very large and the system appeals
to growers who have only small tracts of land to
cultivate.
A more common practice is to space the rows 18
inches to 2 feet apart and to set the plants 4 or 5 inches
apart in the row This method is now almost univer-
sally employed for Golden Self-blanching when boards
are to be used for blanching the crop When trans-
planted 4 by 24 inches apart, about 60,000 plants are
required to set an acre If horse implements are to be
used in planting, it is better to allow at least 28 inches
between rows.
Some growers prefer to plant Golden Self-blanching
in double rows 6 inches apart, placing the plants 4 or 5
inches apart in the row This plan is not universally
popular because it is not favorable to the full develop-
ment of every plant. Boards arc also used for blanch-
ing when this system of planting is followed.
When soil is to be used for blanching, more space
861 The last earthmg-up or banking of celery
must be allowed between rows Formerly the almost
universal practice was to allow 5 feet between rows.
'U ith tall-growrmg varieties, such as Giant Pascal, this
is not too much space to provide sufficient soil for
blanching When lower-growing varieties, such as
Winter Queen, arc used, the rows need not be more
than 4 or 4} 2 fwt apart to give sufficient space for
blanching with earth. The larger varieties of the green
type should not be planted quite so close together in
the row as Golden Self-blanching; for the best develop-
ment of the plants, it is better to space them 5 or 6
inches apart in the row
Giowers who plant both early and late varieties
often alternate the rows The early variety is removed
first, of course, and then there is 4 feet or more of space
between the rows of late varieties which are blanched
with earth Transplanting should proceed as rapidly
as possible without undue exposure of the roots to the
air If the plant-beds are watered twenty-four hours
in advance of transplanting, the plants may be removed
with less injury.
Subsequent tillage practice in the North.
Celery is often inter-cropped with other vegetables.
One of the most common plans is to plant five rows of
onions about a foot apart as early in the spring as the
ground can be prepared The fifth rows are pulled for
bunching, and celery is planted instead of the onions.
This is a most excellent combination for muck soils
where good markets can be found for both crops.
Radishes are also excellent to precede celery. If
desired, the small button-shaped varieties may be
706
CELERY
CELERY
used, every fifth row to be planted in celery and later-
maturing varieties of radishes in the four rows between.
Frequent tillage is necessary for the best results
with celery. As it is a shallow-rooted plant, tools that
run at considerable depth should be avoidod. For
horse tillage, there is nothing superior to the spike-
tooth cultivator in general use If the plants are small,
great care should be exercised to avoid throwing dirt
on top of the hearts. If the ground contains many
862. Water-holding celery crate.
weeds, more or less hand work will be required between
the plants in the rows
The mulching of soils with horse-manure has been
a very popular and profitable practice in recent years
It has been shown in the laboratory as well as in field
practice that a fine mulch of ,'i or 4 inches of horse-
manure conserves moisture more perfectly than the
most thorough tillage. The mulching of celery in the
field not only conserves moisture but it reduces the
labor of tillage and also furnishes nourishment to the
plants. The rains carry liquid food to the roots and a
more rapid growth invariably follows Considerable
hand labor 10 required, of course, to place the manure
between the rows, but this is probably no greater than
the labor needed to till the crop when a mulch is not
used. It is customary to use fresh horse-manure,
which has been aerated in thin layeis foi a few days
before making application. The ground is completely
covered, although the manute is not allowed to touch
the plants The mulch may be applied immediately
after planting or, as some prefer, the plants may be
tilled for ten days or two weeks and the mulch then
applied Very few weeds will appear if 3 or 4 inches
of horse-manure is used
Irrigation makes the crop more certain, and it is also
a means of securing larger and more vigorous growth
and consequently better quality Most" of the inten-
sive groweis of the East arc prepared to irrigate Va-
rious methods are employed Some who cultivate very
small areas use the hose or other sprinkling device
The method that is now m most common use is the
overhead system of nngation, providing for parallel
pipe lines about 50 feet' apart (see Irrigation) These
are turned at will by means of levers at the ends and
the water is thrown out at any desired angle through
small nipples placed about 4 feet apart on the lines.
It is important to do the watering if possible in the
evening or at night so that the foliage may be as dry
as possible during the day It is also important to
make thorough applications, as it is not advisable to
water more frequently than absolutely necessary
Blanching.
All American markets demand celery with creamy
white stalks This light color is secured by causing the
plants to grow with the stalks in the dark, or nearly
BO, which prevents the development of chlorophyl.
When boards, earth, paper, tile or other means are
used, most of the leaves are not covered, and growth
is not hindered in the least.
Green varieties are blanched almost exclusively
by the use of earth. There should be no ridging until
the weather is cool and, therefore, this operation is
not usually undertaken until early in September at
the North. At first the ridging should be only a few
inchts high, but later should extend to the full height
of the stems. Finally, the rows are ridged so that only
the tops protrude above the ridges, as .shown in Fig.
861. Special tools are available for this operation and
the work may be done very rapidly
Thceaily crop is blanched mostly by means of boards,
although paper (Fig 8b'0) and other devices are some-
times used. Hemlock; pine and cypress lumber are
used for this purpose in various parts of the country.
The boards need not Iv more than 10 inches wide,
although 12-inch boards are commonly used The3r
may be of any convenient length, say 14 to 16 feet long.
To prevent \\aiping and .splitting, cleats about 8
inches wide and Vjinch thick should be nailed at each
end and in the middle of the bom ds The boards are
placed on edge, one on each side of the row and brought
as closo together as convenient at the upper edge and
secured bv means of wire hook6! Sometimes stakes are
driven at the sides, although wne hooks are more
convenient The hook-, should be 6 or 7 inches long
and may he made of heuvv lence wire From ten days
to t\\o weeks is lequired h,r proper blanching with
boards As the crop is sold, the boards aie shifted from
place to place so that thev may be used sevcial times
during the seison When not in use, the boards should
be .stored undei cmci or «, tacked m piles with strips
between them With good caie, boards that are sound
when purchased will last fifteen years
Harvesting and maikiting.
The harvesting of the celery crop when grown in
coldfr dines usually occurs in the month of July.
If the climate is not too severe, it is possible to have
celery ready tor market the latter part of June The
late crop, which is produced without the use of boards,
is not usually readv for market until August It is
lifted with folks or pet haps cut with a sharp knife just
beneath the sin face and conveyed to the packing-
house wheie it is prepaied for maiket In some sec-
tions the root.-, .iit' not trimmed at all, the plants being
tied in bunches oi a do/en and packed m a standard
ciate such as is shown in Fig 8b2 These crates are
24 by 21 inches at the base, and contain six to wixteen
do/en plants, depending on the size of the celery. The
height of the ciate ma> be varied to suit the height of
the celery Another form of celery crate is shown in
Fig 81)5 In some regions, the roots are tnmmed into
tape) ing cubes as shown in
Fig 81) i V very convenient
method of bunching is to
place thiee plants side by
side, tapering the roots as
indicated, tying the taper-
ing roots tightly and then
securing the tops. Formei ly
twine was used almost en-
tuely for bunching, while
in recent years many grow-
ers have found it desuable
to use either blue or red
tape, which gives the celery
a more attractive appear-
ance on the market Michi-
gan growers and other pro- 863> Celery crate
ducei s of celery in the Great
Lake district use small crates of very thin lumber.
These vary in size and range about as follows* 6 by 12
by 24 inches; 6 by 16 by 24 inches; 2 by 20 by 24
inches; 6 by 26 by 24 inches and 6 bv 30 by 24
inches The number of bunches in the crates depends
on the size of the celery and of the crate, but vanes
from four to twenty-four dozen For local markets, the
plants may be tied in bunches of the most popular size
and packed in any crate of convenient form and size
-:. --=-^=r -CV^^X^a^^
CELERY
CELERY
707
Storage.
A large percentage of the late celery crop is placed
in city cold-storage houses. It is packed with the
roots on, and there is very little trimming. Golden
Self-blanching keeps fairly well in cold storage, or at
least the hearts are presentable when they come out
of storage. This is the product that now meets the
general demand of the large cities until celery begins
to arrive from Florida.
In the North, this crop is very commonly stored in
trenches The trenches are dug in well-drained ground
and must be docp enough to accommodate the plants
so that the tops will not extend more than about 2
or 3 inches above the trenches The celery will keep
better if the trenches arc not too wide Ordinarily
they arc dug 10 to 14 inches wide. The plants are
lifted and stood as close together in the trench as pos-
sible. Some growers prefer to place a little earth over
the roots, although this is not necessary If the tops
of the plants are
dry when stoml,
and if the plants
are not permit-
ted to wilt by
being in the
sunshine, they
should keep in
perfect condi-
tion in t h e
trencher Boards
are nailed to-
gother in the
form of a trough
and placed over
the trenches as
rapidly as they
are filled Karly
in the season,
and especially if
the weather is
quite warm, it is
an advantage to
provide addi-
tional ventila-
tion by placing
•stones or blocks
undor the edges
of the trough
As the season
advances and
the weather be-
comes colder,
these should be
864. Celery plant trimmed for market
removed and when necessary, earth, or, better, manure,
thrown over the boards to give additional protection.
Four or ,5 inches of manure will protect the crop
thoroughly in most sections until Thanksgiving and
perhaps Christmas, depending on the \\eather Two
kinds of trench storage arc shown in Figs. 865, 866
The late crop is often stored in coldframes of suffi-
cient depth to receive the plants The frames are
usually covered with boards lapped in roof fashion, and
straw or marsh hay is placed over the boards when
necessary to give additional protection.
Ordinary house cellars, which are well ventilated
and not too warm, may be used for storing a limited
quantity of celory. Various types of houses have been
built for keeping the cro^. Cement or brick structures
are perhaps the most serviceable. It is important to
provide ample ventilation in structures of this kind. In
some regions, as around Boston, pits are constructed.
The sides of these should be about 2 feet high and the
roof may be constructed in an even-span form or sim-
ply a shed roof against some other building. Boards
are also used for the roofs and covered with straw or
hay to give protection during cold weather.
Enemies.
Celery does not have any serious insect enemies.
Diseases are much more destructive and difficult to
control. The most important diseases are the blights
(Cercospora apii and Septona petrosehni var apu),
leaf-spot (Phyllosticta apu), and rust (Puccima bul-
lala) The application of bordeaux mixture in the seed-
bed will help to control some of these diseases Many
growers also find it necessary to make frequent appli-
cations of bordeaux mixture in the field in order to
prevent serious losses The complete contiol of dis-
eases in the held may be the moans of avoiding loss in
storage The earlier applications of bordeaux mix-
ture are regarded as the most effective Rotation is
also desirable in preventing losses from disease.
R. L. WATTS,
Celery-growing in the South.
The method of raising celery seedlings is not the
same m the South, and especially in Florida, as it is
m the North. Sowing is done m July, August, and
September, at a time of the year when there is con-
tinued warm weather, and frequent beating rain
A place is chosen for the .seed-bed near the celery
field, — usually a plot at the edge The size of the field
to be planted will dcteirnine the extent of the seed-
bed The width of the seed-bed vanes from 18 to 30
inches Rows arc sown across it, making it possible to
weed and keep the eaith woiked fiom both sides
Immediately after sou ing, pieces of heavy burlap
(usually old fertili/er sacks) are placed over the beds
to conserve the moisture, cool the soil, and to protect
the seeds against the beating of heavy rams The
seed-beds are sprinkled as often as is necessary to
keep the surface moist
After the seeds have germinated and the seed-leaves
have pushed their way through the ground, the sack-
ing is removed and a scieenmg of cheese-cloth is
placed over the bed Some beds may be covered with
cheese-cloth parallel to the smface, of the soil In other
eases, a wire is run lengths a\s over the middle of the
bed, and the cheese-cloth is placed over the wire and
becured at the sides like a roof The covering is about
8 to 12 inches above the bed, which gives room for the
circulation of air The beds arc kept moist by repeated
watering, applied directly through the cheese-cloth
As soon as the plants are 2 or 3 inches high and are
well greened, thev will be strong enough to stand direct
sunlight and will shade the ground sufficiently to keep
it from drying out rapidly
Tin bc^t variety
Formerly nearly all vaneties of which seeds were
offered by seedsmen were planted. In recent years,
however, all have been nearly eliminated except the
(•olden Self-blanching The seed ot this variety is very
high in price and, in years of scarcity, seed supplied
under this name is often found to be more or less untrue
to type. Seed of low-germinating quality is often found
to contain many plants that will make unwelcome vege-
tables, probably because the undesirable green and red
strains that may occur m the Golden Self-blanching
variety arc more resistant to deterioration than the
true type.
Planting and blanching.
Blanching is secured entirely by the boarding-up
method. For this purpose, second- or third-grade
cypress boards are used; these low-grade boards usually
have defective parts or are filled with worm-holes so as
to be obtainable rather cheaply. The expense of the
lumber, notwithstanding, is so great that it becomes
necessary to plant the celery in double rows Two rows
are planted 8 or 10 inches apart, and the plants set 6 or
8 inches apart in the row. By alternating the settings m
the two rows, additional space is secured for the plants.
708
CELERY
A space of 30 to 40 inches is allowed between the sets of
double rows. As soon as the celery has reached the proper
stage of growth, or the market has arrived at a condi-
tion in which it is thought wise to ship the celery,
the boards are placed alongside the plants and held m
place by stakes driven into the ground. Further to
exclude the air and light, a small quantity of soil is
plowed against the bases of the boards, although tlus
„ .r is unnecessary when the soil is
~ -""» "* sufficiently mellow. The tops
of the boards are placed firmly
together so that only a part of
the foliage extends above them
With the Golden Self-blanch-
ing variety, it is only a few days
until the celery is (sufficiently
blanched and crisp to make a good
vegetable.
Fertilizer.
In the preparation of the field,
large quantities of fertilizer are
'////// use(^ Stable manure is not a
favorite, unless it can be applied
' ceTer/m to the land early enough to be-
trenches. " It is yet come thoroughly rotted before the
sometimes stored for plants are set out The quantity
trenches 1Q su obtainable, however, is usually so
small and the price so high in the
South that commercial fertilizers have largely replaced
it. The quantity of fertilizer applied may range up
to $80 or even $125 worth per acre (of the formula
given on page 704.)
Irrigation.
In the most productive celery regions, sub-irrigation
systems (as described under Irrigation) are established.
Ihe laterals are laid 15 to 25 feet apart, according to
the contour of the land, and the notion of the grower
The irrigation system at the same time serves as a
drainage system This makes it especially convenient,
since abundant artesian water is present in nearly all
the celery-growing sections far south The system
has been found so convenient that a large amount of
damage has been done by over-irrigation, not only in
carrying off much soluble fertilizer, but also by water-
logging the soil and thus driving the roots of the celery
plants so near the surface as to be constantly liable to
injury. In the hands of careful celery-growers, how-
ever, the system is the best that has been invented
P. H. ROLFS.
Celery-growing in California.
There are two principal celery-growing districts in
California, — Orange County, which is situated in the
swamp lands south of Los Angeles; and the northern
district, which includes the peat or swamp lands along the
Sacramento and San Joaqum Rivers between Sacramento
and Stockton.
Several varieties
of celery have been
tested in this state,
but the Golden Self-
blanching is most
popular and profit-
806. A good form of trench storage.
In California the
seed is sown m the
open ground, but, owing to its extremely small size, it
is difficult to get a good stand unless the ground is well
pulverized. It is commonly estimated that enough plants
may be grown on 1 acre of seed-bed to plant 20 acres in
the field. To produce healthy, vigorous plants, heavy
CELERY
watering is the rule at first, but as soon as the plants
have begun to grow the quantity of water is reduced,
and it should never be allowed to stand on the surface
of the bed In order to accomplish this the land must
be well drained. The seed is usually sown in March,
April or May.
Irrigation and drainage
Although not nearly so much water is required for
the plants in the field as in the seed-bed, celery plants
cannot stand drought at any stage of their growth;
a well-controlled irrigation system is imperative, except
where the water-table is close to the surface
Good drainage is as important as irrigation, for, if
water is allowed to stand in the field even for a short
time, the plants will buffer seriously As most of the
California celery land is low and the ordinary drainage
is poor, an extended system of tile drainage has been
laid in nearly all celery fields, especially in Orange
County, to prevent losses from standing water.
Subsequent tillage.
When the plants are large enough to be transplanted,
they are pulled from the seed-beds, placed in tin pans
and hauled to the field, where they are planted fi
inches apart in the funo^s 3^ feet apart The depth
of the furrows in which the plants are set is some-
what varied, depending on the soil-moisture, and
the size of the plants The aveiage depth is from 3
to 5 inches
After the plants have been set in the field for about
three weeks or a month and have recovered from the
transplanting, the field is "crowded " This operation
consists in moving the earth away from the young
plants so that they will have more tur around them and
to kill what weeds have grown so close to the plants
that it is impossible to reach them with the cultivator
As the earth between the rows of plants is left in a
ridge after the plants have been "crowded," a large
wooden roller, which extends across several rows, is
now used to flatten down these ridges and to pack the
soil more firmly The roller is used only when the
plants are small, otherwise they would be injured by
being crushed If the plants have grown so laige that
there is danger of injury by this rolling of the middles,
the ridges are smoothed down by the cultivator
When the plants are 12 to 15 inches tall, earth from
between the rows is drawn up to them This is termed
"splitting." This should be done carefully, for, if the
earth is put too close or too high up on the plants, they
will become tender and weak, especially if the weather
is hot The object of "splitting" is gradually to encour-
age the plants to grow tall and btiaight instead of
spreading out This operation is repeated twice in the
season, the first time when the plants are 14 to 16 inches
tall and the second time just before banking. This
last "splitting" also aids blanching.
Blanching.
Practically all the celery grown in California is
banked with earth for blanching. Banking is done
when the celery is reaching its maturity and is neaily
ready for shipment This is the last field operation
before the crop is cut. When the celery is banked for
the first time, the earth is not drawn very high on the
plants, but each time the field is banked the soil is
drawn higher so as firmly to hold the leaves together
and in an upright position If celery that has been
banked for the last time is not harvested shortly, it
will soon become "punky." The length of time that
it can safely be left m the bank depends upon the
character of the soil, the weather conditions, and upon
the condition of the plants themselves. Celery on sandy
soil will keep much longer in the bank than on heavy
clay loam or peat soil. If the celery has not matured
or if the weather is hot or moist, its keeping quality
CELERY
will be injured. Holding too long in the bank will
result in a wilted and "punky" product.
Harvesting and shipping.
When the celery is ready to harvest, a cutting
machine is used which cuts off the plants just below
the crown, leaving a few roots attached. The plants
are then lifted and shaken from soil, trimmed and
thrown in piles by laborers, who are usually Japanese.
Another gang of men then place the plants in crates,
marking on each crate the number of dozens it contains.
More men follow, nail the crates securely, load them
on wagons which transport them to the railroad siding,
where they are ready for shipment and distribution to
the various markets in the United States and Canada.
The celery is packed in the fields in crates 22-by-24-
meh base and 18 to 24 inches in height, according to
t*he quality One of the.se crates holds fioin five to ten
dozen celery plants An ordinary ear holds from 160
to 165 of these crates The shipping of the crop btarts
in October and continues through March, but the bulk
of the crop is harvested during November, December
and January The earlier shipments come into com-
petition with eelery from Mu-higan and other middle
western states, and the later shipments eome into com-
petition with celery from Florida A very efficient
system of marketing has been developed by means of
various associations of the growers which nave repre-
sentatives in the leading markets in the United States
so that the celery is shipped to points of greatest
demand.
Enemies.
The most important disease in California is the late
blight (Septona petrobdim var. apii), which has done
an immense amount of damage in the past but is now
handled successfully by most of the growers Spray
with bordeaux mixture For early blight (Cerco*/>ora
apii) keep plants growing thriftily and spray with
bordeaux (For a detailed account of the diseases of
celery in California see Bulletin No 208, published by
the University of California ) STANLEY S ROGERS.
CELMISIA (a name in mythology) Compdsitx.
More than 40 New Zealand perennial herbs, and 1
in Austral and Tasmania, some of which may be
expected in botanic gardens and collections Lvs.
radical and in rosettes, or densely imbricated if borne
on the sts , usually tomentose heads large and solitary
on a long or short scape, with imbricate pubescent or
glandular bracts in several or many series; rays in a
single row, always white The celmisias are charac-
teristic plants of New Zeal , covering the mountain
slopes and valleys, especially in the South Isl , with the
showy daisy-like fls. Probably none is regularly in cult.
L H. B.
CEL6SIA (Greek, kelos, burned; referring to the
burned look of the flowers in some species). Aimiran-
tacesp. COCKSCOMB Popular garden annuals, grown
for the showy agglomerated flower-heads and sometimes
for colored foliage
Alternate-leaved annual herbs, the Ivs. entire or
sometimes lobed, mostly narrow, fls in dense terminal
and axillary spikes, the spikes in cult, forms becoming
densely fascicled and often the sts. much fasciated;
perianth very small, 5-parted, dry, the segms. oblong or
lanceolate, erect in fr , stamens 5, the filaments united
at base' fr a circumscissile utricle, with 2 to many
seeds — About 35 species, all tropical, in Asia, Afr. and
Amer
There are two mam types of celosias, the crested
form and the feathered or plumy ones. The crested
cockscomb is very stiff, formal and curious, while the
feathered sorts are less so, and are used to some extent
in dried bouquets. The plumy sorts are grown abroad
for winter decoration, especially under the name of C.
CELSIA
709
pyramidahs, but to a small extent in America. The
crested cockscomb is less used as a summer beddine
plant than formerly, but it is still commonly exhibited
in pots at small fairs, the object being to produce the
largest possible crest on the smallest plant
For garden use, the seexls are sown indoors in early
spring, and the plants set out May 1 to 15. If the roots
dry out, the leaves are sure to drop off. The cockscomb
is a moisture-loving plant, and may be syringed often,
especially for the red-spider, which is its greatest enemy.
A light, rich soil is needed.
A Rpiket crested, monstrous.
cristate, Linn. COCKSCOMB Fig 867. Height 9 in.
or more: st very glabrous' Ivs petiolate, ovate or some-
what cordate-ovate, acute, glabrous, 2-3 in long, 1 in.
wide: spikes crested, subsesMle, f-ften as wide as the
plant is high' seeds small, black, shining, lens-shaped.
Tropics On 13, p 2-H R II 1894, p 58.— There are
8 or 9 well-marked colors in either tall or dwarf forms,
the chief colors being red, pin pie, violet, crimson,
867 Celosia cristata.
amaranth and yellow The forms with variegated Ivs.
often have less den-*? crests A j<if>6nica, Mart , little
known to botanists, is said to be a distinct garden plant
with branching, pyramidal habit, each branch bearing
a ruffled comb
AA Spikes pi inn y, feathery, or cylindrical.
argentea, Linn Taller than the above Ivs shorter-
stalked, narrower, 2-2 ] ^ m long, 4-b lines wide, linear-
lanceolate, acute, spikes 1-4 in long, erect or drooping,
long-peduncled, pyramidal, or cylindrical India —
This species i«s considered by Voss (in Vilmorm's Blu-
inengartnerei) to be the original one from which the
crested forms are derived He makes 9 botanical forms,
to one of whieh he refers C cnstata The range of
color is even greater in the feathered type than in the
crested type The spikes are very various in form and
habit Vanous forms are shown in (Jn 6, p 513, 9, p.
149; 17, p 331 (all as C pyramidal™) R H. 1857, p.
78, and 1890, p 522 (as C pyiamidalis)
Huttoni, Mart Height 1-2 ft • habit bushy, pyram-
idal st. sulcate-stnate Ivs reddish or crimson,
lower ones lanceolate, subsessuV spikes red, cylindrical,
oblong, obtuse, 1% in long; perianth-segms oblong
(not lanceolate, as in C. arqented) Java — A foliage
plant, and less common than the 2 species above.
C. spicdta, Hort=»(?) Not the C spicata, Sprang , perhaps
some form of C cnstata — C Thdmpionn maffnlfica,a.ori , iaa trade
name and apparently without botanical standing
WILHBLM MILLER.
CELSIA (Olaus Celsius, 1670-1756, a Swedish ori-
entalist). Scrophulanaceae Herbs, with yellow fls. in
terminal racemes or spikes, closely allied to Verbascum,
but has only 4 stamens, and they are of 2 aorta. About
40 Old World species, mostly from the Medit. region.
710
CELSIA
CELTIS
Only C. crgtica, Linn. f.t is known in Amer., and that
very sparingly. It is a hardy or half-hardy biennial,
with alternate Ivs., of which the lower are slightly pin-
nate and lanceolate, and the upper ovate-lanceolate,
toothed and clasping: fls. large (nearly 2 in. across),
and somewhat as in Antirrhinum, yellowish, with dark
markings in the center and conspicuous deflexed sta-
mens. Stout hairy plant, 3-6 ft. high, from Crete.
B M. 964. — A very showy plant well worth much
wider cult. See page 3566
C. pdrUvca, Hort. Has whitish Iva. and pure white 36.
N. TAYLOR.f
CELTIS (ancient Latin name). Ulmdcex. NETTLE-
TREK. Woody subjects grown chiefly as shade or lawn
specimens.
Trees or rarely shrubs, sometimes spiny: Ivs. alter-
nate, petiolate, stipulate, deciduous or persistent, usu-
ally oblique at the base and 3-nerved • fls, polygamous-
monoecious, inconspicuous, apetalous, 4-5-raerous, axil-
lary, the staminate in small clusters on the lower part
of the branchlets, the fertile solitary in the axils of the
868. Celtis occidentalis ( X J^) (Detail X Ji)
Ivs. on the upper part of the branchlets, with a 1-
celled superior ovary crowned by a 2-parted style and
with 4-5 short stamens' fr a 1-steded. small drupe,
edible m some species; embryo with broad cotyledons —
Seventy species in the temperate and tropical regions of
the northern hemisphere, of which a few hardy orna-
mental species are cult.
The nettle-trees are valuable as shade trees or as
single specimens on the lawn, mostly with wide spread-
ing head and light green foliage, which is rarely seri-
ously injured by insects or fungi, they thrive in almost
any soil and even in dry situations, they are of vigor-
ous growth when young, and are easily transplanted.
The straight-grained wood is light and elastic, easily
divided, and much used for the manufacture of small
articles and for furniture; that of C. australis is valued
for carving. Propagated by seeds, sown after maturity;
also by layers and cuttings of mature fc-ood in fall;
rarer kinds are sometimes grafted OP C. occidentalis.
A. Lv8. entire, or rarely u>tth few teeth, thin, at
length glabrous.
mississippie'nsis, Bosc (C. l&ngdta, Willd. C. inteari-
folia, Nutt.). Tree, 60-80 ft. : Ivs. unequally rounded or
cuneate at the base, oblong-lanceolate or ovate, acumi-
nate, usually falcate, smooth above, 2-4 in. long: fr.
orange-red, nearly globular, J^in. thick, on slender
pedicel, longer than the petiole; stone pitted. From S.
111. to Texas and Fla , west to Mo. S.S. 7:318. G.F.
3:41, figs. 9-11. Mn. 7:225, 227.
AA. Lvs. serrate, sometimes entire and pubescent.
B. Ovary awl fr. glabrous.
c. Branchlets usually and Ivs. more or less pubescent, a
least when young.
D. Fr.-stalks blender, longer than petioles • Ivs. usually
rough above stone pitted
E. Under surface of Ivs glabrous at maturity.
occidentalis, Linn Fig. 808 Large tree, occasionally
120 ft.: branchlets glabrous or slightly pube.scent Iva.
oblique and lounded at the base, ovate-acuminate,
pubescent when young, usually rough above, s>ome-
timas smooth at maturity, usually entire toward the
babe, light green, 2-0 in long fi orange-red, }s-^2in-
long, on slender pedirel, longer than the petiole. S S.
7.317. G F. 3:40 (adapted in Fig 808) and 43. Km.
304 Mn 7.231, 233. AG 20 210, 531 —Very van-
able species Var crassifdlia, Koch ((' crassifbha,
Lain ), has firm, very rough and large Ivs , to 5 in long,
usually cordate at base and more strongly serrate
Michx. Hist. Arb 3:228
EE. Under surface of Ivs pubescent.
australis, Linn Tree, to 60 ft Ivs oblique, broadly
cuneate or rounded at the base, ovate-oblong, long-
acuminate, pubescent beneath, 2\$-5 m long. fr.
over ^m long, dark purple, sweet, pedicels 2-3 times
longer than the petioles Medit region to Persia.
H W. 3.40, p 11 —Not hardy N
Hglleri, Small. Tree, to 30 ft branchlets pubescent.
Ivs ovate or ovate-oblong, obtuse or acute, truncate
to suboordatc at the ba.se, rough above, grayish and
pubescent or tomentose, and reticulate below, 2-3 in.
long fr }'3in thick, light brown, on pubescent pedicels
about i^m long and i.ither stout Teva.s — Sometimes
planted as a street tree in Texas
DD Fr -s/a/fcs ialh<r \tout, n^ long or bliyhtlif longer than
petioles' ivt, grayish gicen beneath \tonc wnoolh
sinensis, Pers (C* japonua, Planch ) Tree, to 30 ft
Ivs usually rounded or eordate at the ba.se, broadly
ovate to oblong-ovate, acuminate, serrate-dentate,
pubescent when young, pale or glaucescerit and promi-
nently reticulate beneath, 2-4 m long fr dull orange-
red ; pedicels rather htout, not much longer than the
petioles China, Japan S I F 1 36 — Has proved
nardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
cc. Branchlets and Ivs quite glabrous stone smooth.
D. Foliage bluish or grayish green.
Tournefdrtii, Lam. (C oriental™, Mill , not Lmn ).
Tree, to 20 ft , or shrub. Ivs ovate, acute, usually
rounded or subcordate at the base, 1^-3 m. long, of
firm texture, not reticulate, sometimes pubescent, fr.
reddish yellow, about y^\n. across, its stalk about as
long as petiole, ^m long or somewhat less. Greece,
Sicily and Asia Minor — Not quite hardy N.; attractive
on account of its bluish green foliage.
DD. Foliage bright green, lustrous
Bungeana, Blume Tree: Ivs. usually rounded at the
base, ovate, acuminate, crenate-serrate. nearly glabrous
when young, green and shining on both sides, 1^-2^
in.1 fr. purplish black, small; pedicels longer than the
petioles. N China. — Hardy, and a very distinct spe-
cies, with dark green and glossy foliage.
BB. Ovary andfr. pubescent; subtropical, tender tree.
Kraussiana, Bernh. Tree: Ivs. oblong-ovate, usually
rounded at the base, acuminate, crenate-serrate, pubea-
XXIV. Coelogyne cristata, one of the popular and easily grown orchids.
CELTIS
CENTAUREA
711
cent on the veins beneath, semi-persistent: ovary
tomentose: fr. mostly pubescent, slender pedicelled.
S. Afr. to Abyssinia. Sim, Forest Fl. Cape Colony, 134.
— Hardy only S.
C. Bi6ndii, Parapanmi. Lvs. broader than m C Bungeana,
grayish below frs dark blue, small. Cent China. — C caucdnica,
Wifld Allied tc C australis, Lvs broadly rhombic-ovate, somewhat
•mailer* fr. smaller, reddish brown Caucasus, N Persia —C Damd-
tdna, Carr Allied to C Buneeana Small tree Ivs. ovate-oblong or
elliptic-oblong, often sparsely hairy on the veins below, 2-6 m.
long N. China Incompletely known — C. georgiAna, Small Allied
to C occidentals Shrub or small tree branchlets pubescent' Ivs.
ovate, acute, entire or sharply serrate, 1-2 in long, fr }^in across,
ahort-atalked Md to Fla , Alu. and Mo —C onenlAlta. Linn =
Trema orientals — C onentaha, MiM — C Tuurncfortn — C reliru-
ttta, Torr (C misswsipiensiH var reticulata, Sarg ) Small tree, to
60 ft brunchlets pubeacent Ivs ovate, usually cordate, entire or
serrate, rough above, pubescent and reticulate below, 1 H~3 in long'
fr. Hm. thick, orange-rod Colo to TCXAS and Ariz — C SmAlln,
Beadle. Allied to C mississippiensis. Lvs lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate, thin, sharply serrate, 2-4 in long fr ^m thick, slender-
Btalked. N. C. and Tenn. to Ga. and Ala
ALFKED REHDER.
CEMETERY GARDENING. Treated under Landscape Gar-
dening
CfiNCHRUS (an ancient Greek name). Gramineap.
Mostly annual grasses with simple racemes of burs that
become detached and adhcie readily to clothing and
animals Spikolets as in Pamcuin, but 2-6 together in a
spiny involucic or bur C. carolimanus, Walt. (C tnb-
ulvtdts of American authors), SAND-BUR, is a common
weed m handy soil. Dept. Ague. Div. Agrost 20:40.
A S. HITCHCOCK.
C^NIA (Greek for empty, in allusion to the hollow
receptacle) Compdsitae Low herbs from S Afr , with
the aspect of mayweed Head .small and rayed, the
ray-fls pistillate, the disk-fls compressed and 4-toothed,
the receptacle gradually enlarged from the top of the
peduncle, and hollow About 8 bpecics, none of which
are of much horticultural value C. turbinata, Pers.
(C pimnbsa, DC ), is a common weed in Cape Colony,
and it is occasionally seen in American gardens. It is
annual, dill usely branched, and a foot or less high, with
finely dissected, soft, almost moss-hke foliage, and
long-peduncled, small, yellow heads Of easy cult.
Unitoxl with Cotula by Hoffmann in Engler & Prantl.
L. H. B.
CENTAURfeA (a Centaur, famous for healing). Coin-
v6sit<r. CENT\URY. DUSTY MILLER. BACHELOR'S
BUTTON CORNFLOWER KNAPWEED Annuals or
hardy and half-hardy perennials with alternate leaves,
useful for bedding, vases, baskets and pots, and for
borders and edgings, hpecies many and various.
Involucre ovoid or globose, .stiff and hard, some-
tunes prickly, receptacle bristly marginal florets
usually sterile and elongated, making the head look as
if rayed Differs fiom Cmcus in having the achenes
obliquely attached by one side of the base or more
laterally. — Species about 500, much confused, mostly
in Eu , Asia and N Afr , 1 in. N Amer., 3 or 4 in Chile.
Several Old World species have become weeds m this
country J H. 43:76. The species are of simple cult.,
coming readily from seeds Many of the perennial
species make excellent border plants, and their blue
and purple heads aie welcome additions to the horde
of yellow-flowering composites.
alba, 6, 14.
dedinata, 13.
nana, fl.
Amberboii, 6.
depressa, 2
nervosa, 16.
amencaaa, 10.
flare-plena, 6.
mgra, 12.
argentea, 3
glastifoha, 7.
odorata, 6.
atropurpurea, 17.
babylonica, 18.
ealocephala, 17.
gymnocarpa, 3.
impenahs, 6.
leucophylla, 13.
plumosa, 3.
rosoa, 14.
rubra, 6.
candiditsima, 1.
Cinerana, 1.
macrocephala, 11.
Margarttacea, 8.
ruthemca, 9.
splendena, 8.
citnna, 14
Clemen tei, 4.
Margarita, 6.
Maria, 6.
miattolens, 0.
svlphurea, 14.
Cyanus, 5
dealbata, 15.
montana, 14.
moschata, 6.
vanegata, 12.
A. DUSTY MILLER — White-tomentoee low plants, used
for bedding or for the sake of their foliage.
1. Cineraria, Linn (C candidlssima, Lam ) Fig. 869.
Perennial: sts erect, 3 ft , branched, the entire plant
white-tomentose' Ivs almost all bipmnate (except the
earliest), the lower petioled, all the lobes linear-lanceo-
late, obtuse' scales of the ovate involucre appressed,
with a membranous black margin, long-cihate, the api-
cal bristle thicker than the others* fls purple S Italy,
Sicily, etc. — Much used as a bedding plant, not being
allowed to bloom The first Ivs of seedlings are nearly
entire (as shown in Fig 869), but the subsequent ones
become more and more cut Grown both from seeds
and cuttings. Seedlings are veiy
apt to damp off unless care is
taken in watering.
2. deprSssa, Bieb. A flat,
almost prostrate perennial: st
floccose - tomentose arid much
branched lower Ivs. scarcely
denticulate, the upper oblong-
hncar, entire, bracts of the invo-
lucre white- or black-margined
fls showy, the blue rays about
^m. long. Persia, Caucasus
July.
3. gymno-
carpa, Moris
& DeNot (C.
argentec, Hort.
C. plumb sa,
Hort.). Fig.
870 Perennial:
entire plant
covered with
velvety white
pubescence:
sts l}j-2 ft.
high, erect: Ivs.
bipmnatisect;
segms linear,
entire, acute:
fl -heads small,
in a close pani-
cle, mostly
hidden by the
Ivs , fls. rose-
violet or pur-
ple. Caprea.
V. 4:337.—
Very ornamen-
tal on account of its velvety finely cut Ivs. Much
used, like No. 1, for low foliage bedding: Ivs. more
compound, and usually not so white.
4. Cleme'ntei, Boirs. Perennial, the entire plant
densely white-woolly sts erect, branching, with few
lv^ loot-lvs petioled, pinnate, the lobes ovate-trian-
gular, sharp-pointed , st -Ivs. sessile: fl -heads terminal
on the branches, globose; involucre scales with scarious,
cihate mat gins, scarcely spiny; fls yellow. Spam.
AA. CORNFLOWER, OR BACHELOR'S BUTTON — Tall-
drawing annual, with very narrow Ivs , grown for
the showy fls.
5. Cyanus, Linn. (Cijanus arvenis, Moench.) BLUE-
BOTTLE BLUET BACHELOR'S BUTTON (see also Gom-
phrena) CORNFLOWER. RAGGED SAILOR FRENCH
PINK. Fig 871 Annual, slender, branching, 1-2 ft.
high, woolly-white when young: lys. linear, entire or
the lower toothedj sometimes pinnatifid: fls. blue,
purple, pink or white, the heads on long, naked sts.:
mvolucral bracts rather narrow, fringed with short,
scarious teeth. S. E Eu Gt. 38, p. 641; 39, p. 537.
V. 5, p 44; 13:361 —One of the most popular of garden
fls., variable. It is perfectly hardy, blooming untu frost
869. Lower leaf
from a young plant
of Centaurea Cin-
eraria.
870. Radical leaf of
Centaurea gymnocarpa.
(XJi)
712
CENTAUREA
CENTAUREA
and coming up in the spring from self -sown seed. The
following are varieties of this: Pure White; Victoria, a
dwarf, for pots and edgings (Gn. 40, p 147), Emperor
William, fine dark blue; flore pleno, with the outer disk-
fls. converted into ray-fls ; nana compacta, dwarf (Gt.
44, p 150 ) Centaur ea Cyanus is one of the "old-fash-
ioned flowers," everywhere well known and popular.
It often escapes from gardens.
AAA. SWEET SULTANS — Straight-growing smooth an-
nuals or perennials, with dentate Ivs., grown for
the large fragrant heads.
6 moschata, Linn (C suaveolens, Linn. C. odordta,
Hort C Amberbdii, Mill Amberbda moschata, Less.).
SWEET SULTAN Fig 872.
Annual sts 2 ft high, branch-
ing below, erect whole plant
smooth, bright green. Ivs. pin-
natifid, the lobes dentate, fl.-
heads long-peduncled ; invo-
lucre round or ovate, smooth,
only the innermost of the
.nvolucral scales with scanous
margins: fls. white, yellow or
purple, fragrant. Orient Mn.
4, p 149. Gn. 54 • 372. I H.
42, p 106 Gng 4:147. G 5:
289; 16:267; 25. 71.
Var. alba, Hort. (C Mar-
garitx, Hort.). Fls white Gn.
19, p 337; 54:372 AG 13:
607. This form, known as C.
Margantx, is pure white and
very fragrant. It was intro.
by an Italian firm in 1891.
Var. rubra, Hort Fls red.
Gn 54.372— A popular, old-
time garden fl , with long-
stalked heads; of easy cult. It
does not bear transplanting
well — C impendhs, Hort , is
said to be the offspring of C.
moschata and C. Margantx,
intro into the American trade
in 1899 GnM. 13:74. Plants
are said to inhent the vigorous
free growth of C. moschata.
being of the same easy cult, ana
forming clumps 3-4 ft. high.
The fls. resemble C. Margantse.
but are twice as large and
abundantly boine on long sts.
from July until frost. They
range through white, rose, lilac
and purple, are fragrant, and
if cut when first open will keep
10 days C. Manx, Hort , intro.
1899, resembles C. imperialis,
but the fls. open sulfur-yellow,
become lighter, and are tipped
with rose All sweet sultans do
best if the bloom is secured before very hot weather.
7. glastifolia, Linn. A strong-growing border peren-
nial with a rough much-branched and winged st. . Ivs. ob-
long, entire, decurrent. thebasallvs petiolate, sometimes
divided, fls. yellow, the heads solitary, without bracts,
and quite smooth. Cent Eu. B.M. 62. June-Sept.
AJLAA. OTHER CENTATTOEAS of vanous kinds, occasion-
ally grown in hardy borders, for their fls. or im-
posing stature. See page 35b7.
B. Foliage green on both sidts.
c. Lvs pinnate or bimnnate.
8. splendena, Linn. <C. Margantdcea, Ten.). Peren-
nial: sta. erect, branched: Ivs. smooth, the lowest bi-
871 Centaurea Cyanus (X4)
pinnate, the upper pinnate, all with very narrow, linear,
entire, acute lobes' fl. -heads subglobose; scales of the
involucre with a rounded almost entire rather lax tip;
fls. purple Spain, Italy.
9. ruthe'niea, Lam. Hardy perennial about 3 ft.:
st. erect, branching, smooth: Ivs. pinnatiscct, the lobes
linear-toothed, sharply narrowed at both ends, the
base often somewhat decurrent: fl -heads usually
solitary, the pale-yellow rays about Km. long; pappus
double: achenes glabrous. Cent. Eu. July. G. 26:630.
cc. Lvs. entire or dentate, not pinnatisect.
10. americana, Nutt. (Plectocephalus americdnus,
Don). BASKET FLOWER Fig 873 Hardy annual,
nearly smooth: sts. stout,
simple or sometimes a little
branched, 2-5 ft , thickened
under the naked head. Ivs.
mostly entire, oblong - lance-
shaped, mucronate involucre
H~l/<2 ln diam , its bracts all
with fringed .scanous appen-
dages' fls. rose or flesh-colored,
sometimes purplish; disk 1-3
in diam j narrow lobes of the
ray-fls. often 1 in long Mo.
and Ark. to La and Mex F S.
4 327 S H. 12 223 A F 16:
1644 (alba). Gng 9:341 (alba).
— Very atti active.
11 macrocephala, Puschk.
Perennial' sts simple, erect,
swollen below the fl -head,
leafy, 2^-3 ft high: Ivs ovate-
lanceolate, slightly deourrent,
scabrous, acute, homewhat ser-
rate, gradually diminishing up-
wards to the base of the single
terminal head head subglo-
bose, larger than a hen's egg,
often 3-4 in diam ; involucre
of 8-12 rows of apprcssed, scan-
ous-margined, rusty, fringed
scales, fls yellow, the marginal
and disk alike Armenia B M.
1248 JH III 33 331, 52:
547; 63-319— Often grown
from seeds
12. nigra,Linn. KNAPWEED.
HARDHEADS. Perennial, 1-2
ft. high: sts. branching, rough
pubescent: Ivs. lance-shaped
and entire or lower sparingly
toothed or lobed, but not pin-
natifid involucral bracts with
pectmate-cihate-fringed black
appendages fls all alike, the
disk and marginal ones of the
same size Eu Var variegata,
Hort. Lvs. edged with creamy
white, tufted A very striking
border plant; useful in dry or open places.
BB. Foliage white or tomentose, at least beneath (often
green above).
c. Sts. low, weak, not strict.
13. leucophylla, Bieb (C. dechnata, Bieb ). Peren-
nial: sts short, decumbent, with very few Ivs ' root-
Ivs. petioled, tomentose-woolly on both sides, pinnate,
the ovate lobes undulate, sparsely cut-lobed or sinuate-
toothed, fl.-head with few bracts, solitary, terminal;
scales of the ovate involucre lanceolate, acuminate,
brown, long-ciliate; fls. purple. Caucasus.
14. mont&na, Linn. MOUNTAIN BLUET. Perennial:
sts. low, stolomferous, unbranched, 12-16 or rarely 20
CENTAUREA
CENTRANTHUS
713
in high: Ivs. decurrent, the young ones silvery white,
oval-lance-shaped: involucre of 4 or 5 rows of scales,
black-ciliate along the margins: fls. blue, the marginal
ones 1 in. long; disk-fls. very short, becoming purple.
Eu. B.M.77. G.M.47:243. Var. alba, Hort. Fk white.
G. 25: 71; 29: 109. G.M. 51:162. Var. r6sea, Hort. Fls.
rose-colored. Var. citrlna. DC. (var. \sul-
phiirea, Hort.). Disk-fls. Drown, rays yel-
low. Armenia. B.M. 1175 (asC.ochroleuca).
cc. Sts. erect, simple or branched.
15 dealbata, Willd Perennial: sts.
sub-erect, 8-24 in high: Ivs white-villous
beneath, glabrous above, the lower ones
\-\Yi ft. long, petioled, pinnate, the obo-
vate lobes coarsely cut-toothed or auricled
at the base; st -Ivs. sessile, pinnate, with
oblong-lance lobes, fl.-head solitary, just
above the uppermost If.; fls. red, those of
the disk rosy or white; outer scales of the
involucre with lanceolate tips, the middle
rounded, deeply fnnged, cihate. Asia
Minor, Persia. JH 111.46:515.
16. nervdsa, Willd. A
stout perennial about 2—
(l]/2 ft. tall with a bimple
unbranched rough st.:
lower Ivs glandular, usu-
ally slightly toothed, the
st -Ivs clasping by the
aunculate base; heads
solitary, the rays deep
purple. A branched and
numerous - fld. form is
known in the wild but not
to the trade. Cent. Eu.
July , Aug
17. atropurpurea,
Waldst & Kit (C. ceOo-
cephala, Willd ) Peren-
nial sts. erect, branched,
about 2-3 ft high, the
branches white-woolly at
the summit Ivs bipmnate,
lobes linear-lanceolate, acuminate, lowest Ivs. petioled,
uppermost pmnatifid. fl -heads without bracts; invol-
ucral scales with fnnged cihato white lanceolate tips,
the innermost ones rounded, scanous-margined; fls.
black-purple Hungary
18 babylonica, Linn Silvery white perennial: sts.
simple, stout, erect, 6-10 or 12 ft high Ivs. long, coria-
ceous, strongly decurrent on the st , the radical lyrate,
the lower st -Ivs oval or oblong-acute, entire or undu-
late, the upper lance-acute, fls. yellow, the globular
heads almost sessile in the axils of narrow bract-like
Ivs.; one-third to half of the st fl -bearing; involucre-
scales with a short, recurved tip Asia Minor, Syria.
On. 2, p. 73; 8, p. 263. R.H. 1859, pp 540-1 —Tall,
stout and stnking plant.
C. alpina, Linn Lvs downy beneath, prickly fl.-hoada yellow;
scales of involucre ovate, obtuso hardy herb, 3 ft , from Eu ,
sometimes seen in collections — C <n6phora. Linn A low plant
with a spiny .-alyx an«l silvery )v< , is cult in England Not known
in Amor — C pulrJitrnma, Willd (./Etheopappus pxilchcrrimui,
Hort.). A stout hardv perennial about 2H ft. with brilliant rose
fls. is known m the trade. — C. rigidifMia, Hort. Stout pe
872. Centaurea moschata.
.. _..t perennial,
with crimson heads is apparently C. orientals, Linn — Not
N. TAYLOR.f
much known in U. 8
CENTAURlDKJM: Xanthuma.
CENTAUR Y: Sabatia.
CENTRAD&NIA (Greek for spurred glandl alluding
to the anther glands). Melastomdcex. Tropical herbs
or sub-shrubs grown in warmhouses for their showy-
colored leaves and pretty flowers.
Branches angled or winged: Ivs. petiolate, opposite,
lanceolate or ovate, entire, ribbed: fla. with 4-lobed
calyx, 4 petals, 8 stamens, and a 4-loculed ovary, pink
or white, m axillary or terminal clusters. — Species 4-6,
in Mex. and Cent Amer They fall into 2 groups, —
those with very unequal stamens, and C.flonbunda with
nearly equal stamens.
Centrademas are very showy and desirable plants.
The sterns are often colored. They like rich leaf-mold
with sharp sand, and brisk heat Give a light but
shady position. Strong plants are much benefited by
liquid manure, and such applications give better colors
ui both flowers and fruit.
grandifdlia, Endl Branches 4-winged: Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate, strongly 3-nerved, brilliant red beneath,
long-pointed and curving at the end. cymes many-fld.,
shorter than the Ivs., the fls light roso, rotate, the petals
very obtuse, the stamens unequal Mex. B M. 5228 —
The plant grows 2 ft high, and blooms in winter Very
showy, and the species usually cult. The cut branches
hold tneir color a long time, making the plant useful
for decorations
inaeauilateralis, Don (C. rosea, Lindl.). Lvs. ovate-
lanceolate, unequal-sided, entire, cihate, reddish be-
neath' fls. pink, in terminal corymbose racemes: dwarf.
Mex B.R 29.20.
ovata, Klotzheh. Lvs. ovate-acute, smooth and shin-
ing, pale beneath, 3-nerved: fls. pink in large terminal
clusters. Cent Ajner.
floribunda, Planch Branches obscurely angled, pu-
bescent, reel ' Ivs narrow-lanceolate, tapering below, 3-
nerved, red-nerved below: fls. pink, in terminal pani-
cles. Mex. F.S. 5.453. L. H. B.f
CENTRANTHUS (Greek, spurred flower}. Valenan-
ex CENTRANTH. Annual and perennial herbs, one
of which is frequent in old gardens
Leaves opposite, entire, dentate, or pinnatisect* fls.
in dense clusters, small, red or white, terminating the
branches; calyx cut into 5-15 narrow divisions, en-
larging after flowering, corolla slender-tubed, 5-partcd,
spurred at the base, stamen 1; fls. with a pappus-like
crest. — About a do/en species m the Medit. region,
some of them bometimcs half shrubby C ruber, the
common garden species, sometimes escapes and becomes
more or less spontaneous.
rftber, DC RED VALERIAN. JUPITER'S BEARD. Per-
ennial, 1-3 ft , smooth and glaucous, forming a com-
pact and flonferous bushy plant* Ivs ovate to lanceo-
late, some of them toothed at base but mostly entire*
fls. numerous, deep crimson to pale red, fragrant Eu , E
— A very handsome old
garden plant, too much
neglected; blooms all
summer; excellent for
cutting. Increased by
division; also by seeds.
There is a whitc-fld.
form (var. dibits).
angustifdlius, DC.
Perennial, glaucous, to
2 ft , simple or some-
what branched: Ivs.
linear -lanceolate or
linear, very entire,
nearly perfohate: fls
clear rose, fragrant. S.
Eu. — There is a white-
fld. form (var. albus).
macrosiphon, Boiss.
Annual, of easy cult,
in any good soil: 1-2
ft. :lvs. ovate, glaucous,
toothed: fls. larger
than in the last, deep 873. Centaurea americana. (
714
CENTRANTHUS
rose. Spain. — There are white-fld. (var. dlbua) and
dwarf (var. ndnua) forms. Excellent for rockeries and
borders; also for lawn vases. L. H. B.
CENTROP6GON (Greek kentron, spur, and pogon,
beard, refernng to the fringed stigma). Campanuldcex.
Sub-shrubs or shrubs, often scandent, grown under
Plants with alternate mostly dentate Ivs., and axil-
lary, long, tubular fls. which are violet, purple, red, or
orange, and usually borne singly on long peduncles:
corolla 2-lipped, tne tube incurved: bracteoles very
small or wanting. — More than 100 species in Trop.
Amer. Warmhouse perennials useful for hanging-
baskets, prop, by cuttings which it is better to put
under a bell-jar
Lucyanus, Houll. Height 1-2 ft.: st. somewhat
woody. Ivs. short-petioled, finely toothed: fls. rose,
hemispherical, with lanceolate segms recurved at the
tips. R.H. 1868:290. Native country unknown —
Described from a cult specimen and said to be a
hybrid of C. fastuosus and Siphocampylus betuteformis,
but seems to show little influence of the latter, which
has longer petioles and peduncles, more coarsely toothed
Ivs., longer calyx-segms , and a yellow-tipped corolla.
fastudsus, Scheidw. Lvs peach-like, oblong, acute,
bordered with glandular teeth, very glabrous, short-
petioled: fls rose-colored, winter; calyx hemispherical,
with 5 lanceolate denticulate segms. Mex RH. 1853:
181 • WILHELM MILLER.
CENTROSEMA (Greek, spurred-standard) Legiir
mindsae. BUTTERFLY-PEA. T\vmmg or trailing herbs,
one of which is sometimes cultivated
Leaves pinnate, 3-7-foholate fls in the axils, showy,
white or reddish, papilionaceous, the standard spurred
on the back, the keel broad, and the style bearded at
the apex: pod long and narrow, many-seeded, with 2
thick-edged valves — Species about 30 in Trop. Amer.
and 2 in U. S Centrosema is a more recent name than
Bradburya of Rafinesque, but it is thoroughly estab-
lished in usage and is retained in the "nomma conser-
vanda" of the Vienna Congress.
virginianum, Benth (Bradburya tnrgimana, Kuntze).
Roughishj climbing, 2-6 ft • Ifts ovate to linear, shi-
ning, stipitate. fls. 1-4 in the axil, 1 in long, violet and
splashed, showy: pod straight and long-pointed, 4-5
in. long. N. J. and S , in sandy lands. AG 13:649.—
Intro, to cult many years ago, but again mtro. in 1892
(as C. grandiflorum), and much advertised. It is a
hardy and desirable perennial vine, blooming the first
season from seed; easily grown. There is a white-fld.
form. L. H. B.
CENTURY PLANT: Agave.
CEPHAELIS (Greek-made compound, referring to the
fls. being borne in heads) . Rubiacex Tropical shrubs,
sub-shrubs or herbs, one of which yields ipecac, some
of them sometimes rarely seen in growing collections.
As the genus is commonly delimited, it comprises per-
haps 75 species of both the eastern and western hemis-
pheres. Bugler & Prantl and others, however, unite it
with the Linnscan Uragoga Lvs. opposite, usually
ovate, oblong or obovate: fls mostly small, white, col-
lected in an involucrate head; calyx 4-7-toothed and
persistent: corolla trumpet-shaped or salver-shaped,
the short limb 4-5-lobed; stamens 4 or 5, inserted in the
throat of the corolla' fr. a dry or fleshy 2-seeded drupe.
C. Ipecacudnha, Willd (Psychotna Ipecacuanha,
Muell.-Arg. Uragdga Ipecacuanha, Baill ), from ±he root
of which the commercial ipecac is produced, is a low
creeping herb (4-8 in. high) with oblong-ovate entire
Ivs. which are pubescent beneath: heads becoming
pendulous: root slender, knotty; it is exported in large
quantities from Brazil. L. H. B.
CEPHALARIA
CEPHALANDRA: Cocemto.
CEPHALANTHERA (Greek for head and anther).
Orchtddcex. About 10 species of small temperate-
region terrestrial orchids, allied to Epipactis and
Pogonia. Some of them are western N. American, and
others are European. Sepals 3; petals small, ovate;
hp saccate* Ivs (sometimes wanting) lanceolate or
oblong: fls. mostly small (sometimes showy), in an open
spike. The species are scarcely known in cult , but 2
Japanese species have been offered by importers. These
are E. falcata Blume, yellow, and E. er£cta, Blume,
white.
CEPHALANTHUS (Greek, head and flower; flowers
in heads). Rubtacese. BUTTON-BUSH. Bush grown for
its attractive white flower-heads appearing in summer
Shrubs with opposite or whorled entire stipulate
Ivs • fls. small, tubular, white or yellowish, 4-merous,
with included stamens and long exserted style, m
globular heads; ovary 2-celled* fr dry, separating into
2 nutlets — Five species in Amer. and Asia, of which only
the one N. American species is cult, hardy ornamental
shrub, with handsome glossy foliage and very attrac-
tive with its fl -
balls appearing
late m summer.
It thrives in any
good garden soil,
best in a sandy,
somewhat moist
one; naturally it
grows in swamps
and on the bor-
ders of streams
and ponds, often
with the sts.
partly sub-
merged Prop
by seeds or by
cuttings of
ripened wood in
fall, and also by
greenwood cut-
tings taken from
forced plants
early m spring.
occidentalis, Linn Fig 874. Shnib, 3-12 ft , some-
times tree-like: Ivs long-petiolcd, ovate or oval, acumi-
nate, glo.ssy above, glabrous or slightly pubescent below,
3-6 m. long heads about 1 in diam , long-peduncled,
3 or more at the end of the branches July-Sept From
New Brunswick south, west to Ont. and Calif. Em.
394. R.II 1889, p 280. S S. 14:711. Var. angusti-
fdlia, Andr6 Lvs oblong-lanceolate, usually in 3's.
R.H. 1889, p. 281.
C nataUnsis, Oliv Branchlets hairy IVB. ovate, acuminate, 1
m. long fls green, in solitary heads: fr. edible S Afr. B M.
7400' ALFRED REHDER.
CEPHALARIA (Greek for head, alluding to the capi-
tate flower-clusters). Lhpsaceze Coarse annual or per-
ennial herbs planted to some extent in herbaries.
Much like Dipsacus, but the heads less spiny and
mostly smaller: heads terminal, ovoid or globular,
bearing many 4-parted yellowish, whitish or bluish
florets; stamens 4, perfect; style filiform: fr. a 4-^8-
nbbed achene, the calyx-border often remaining on its
summit. — About 30 species in the Medit. region, N. and
S. Afr and W. Asia; also in Abyssinia. Lvs. entire,
dentate, or lobed. They are not much planted in Amer.,
but they make striking subjects for summer bloom,
and the long sts make vhem useful for cut-fls. The
bloom is something like that of scabiosa. Of simple
cult. ; grown readily from seeds.
alpina, Scnrad. Perennial: tall and widely branched,
5 or 6 ft.: Ivs. pubescent and pinnatifid, the segms. out
874. Cephalanthus occidentalis. ( X H)
CEPHALARIA
CEPHALOTAXUS
715
and decurrent: fl.-heads sulfur-yellow; involucre with
8 anstate teeth. S. Eu. — A good coarse plant for sum-
mer bloom. Hardy N.
leucantha, Schrad. Perennial: Ivs. pinnate-parted,
the lobes linear or oblong: fls. in subglobose heads,
creamy white, in autumn. S. Eu. Variable.
transylvanica, Schrad. Annual, slender, 2-3 ft. : lower
Ivs. lyrate; the segms. serrate and the terminal one
large, upper Ivs. pinnate-parted into linear-lanceolate
divisions fls in globular heads on long peduncles, the
ray-corollas bluish and disk-corollas whitish (fls. said
to be yellow, m trade lists, to bloom June-Aug and
plant perennial). Greece and eastward.
tatarica, Schrad Perennial, 6 ft , rank, with striate
ets.j suited to the rear border, whore strong effects are
desired, with showy cream-white, flat heads in July
and Aug.. Ivs pinnate, the Ifts broad-lanceolate and
serrate. Russia, Asia Minor and E — Grows readily,
and is increased by faced or dividing the clumps
L H B.
CEPHALOCEREUS (referring to the crown of long
hair) Syn Pilocereus Cactacese Mostly large columnar
plants, single or branched, usually characterized by an
abundance of wool or long white hair developing at the
top or on one side noar the top fls nocturnal, small,
thick, fleshy, naked fr small, globular berry, naked:
seeds black -Some 16 or more species are known.
The culture of the species is similar to that of tho
arborescent species of Corpus The species of Cepha-
loccreus are well suited only for large collections and
are rarely seen elsewhere, except m the case of C
,sen?h.s, of which enormous quantities aio shipped to
Europe by commercial dealers Sec *STuccultn(s
senilis, Pfeiff (Pilocereus stnih^, Loin ). OLD MAN
CACTUS Columnar, reaching a height of 35 ft and a
diam of 1 ft , branching at the very base, the branches
becoming parallel \\ith tho parent ribs 20-30, very
little elevated, arooles bearing 20-30 white, wavy
bristles 2-5 m long, later appear also, at first 1, then
3-5 strong, yellowi>h spines fls very numerous in tho
cophalmm, nearly 4 in long, rod outside, reddish white
within fr violet *2 in long Cent Mex. R.H. 1889, p
568, 1890, p 128
Sartor ianus, Brit & Rose (Pilocereus Iloulletii, of
authors, not of Lorn ) Tree-like, attaining 40 ft m
height branches divaricate cult plants usually 3-4 in
diam ribs 6-8, rounded, glaucous, radial spines 7-9,
spreading, J^m long, honey yellow, central twice as
long and stronger aroolos of the sterile st with more or
loss hairs, which in tho fruiting area aro very numerous,
making a shaggy tract bometimos 1 ft long fls 3 in
long, imbedded in the wool, turbmate, greenish-rod
outside, rose-red within' fr dark red, depressed-glo-
bose Mox RH. 1862, pp 427-30.
Rfiyenii, Brit & Rose (Pilocercus K6yenut Rumpl.
P floccosus, Lem ) Columnar, branching, reaching 15
ft height, 2-3 in diam ribs 9-10, obtuso,l:>luish, pruin-
o&o. spines 12-16, rigid, divaricate, bright amber-yel-
low, the mnor ones larger, nearly an inch long on the
sterile branches long hairs arc found on areoles, on the
fertile bract those aro more numerous and aggregated:
fls and fr as in the last species, but lighter in color.
Isl. of St Croix.
Hoppenste"dtii, Schum. (Pilocereus Hoppewttdtn,
Web ). Columnar, simple, slender, reaching a height of
30 ft : ribs numerous, more than 16: radial spines
14-18, very short; centrals 5-8, the lower longest one
reaching 3 in ; all the spines at first yellowish, then
white cephahum of 1-2 in. long tufts of yellowish hairs,
forming a narrow bract on the north side of the plant:
fls. 3 in. long, bell-shaped, whitish, with rosy tips.
Mex.
, vhus, Brit. & Rose (Pilocbreus polylbphuz,
um-Dyck. Cbreus Nlckelaii, Hort.). Columnar,
46
attaining a height of 50 ft. and a diam. of 1H ft-»
rarely branching, ribs 10-22, sharp-angled, shallow,
the old sts perfectly cylindrical' spines small and
bristle-like, less than ]^m. long, radials 5-6, central
usually 1; spines of the flowering area 2-3 in long,
crowded' fls large, trumpet-shaped, dark red. fr. red,
scaly. Mex
scoparius, Brit & Rose (Pilocereus scopdnus,
Poselg ) Tree-like, richly branched, 25 ft. high, 1 ft.
diam radial spines 12-15, very short; centrals 7-8,
not much longer, in tho flowering branches the spines
change to longer stout bristles and the areoles are
closer together, forming a bristly ccphalium fls small,
boll-shaped, reddish, fr. size of a hazelnut. Near Vera
Cruz, Mex
exerens, Rose (Pilocereus exerens, Schum P.
vlren<;, Lom ) Branching at base, 3-4 ft high, 2-3 m.
diam , tapering above1 ribs 4-6, obtuse, the sterile
shoots with short, sparse, \\oolly hairs at the top: spines
commonly 7 . radials, very short, 1-3 centrals 4 times as
long, woolly hairs much more abundant on the bloom-
ing plant' fls. about 3 m long, trum pot-bell-shaped,
without wool or spines Brazil — Not common, if
occurring at all, in cult in U S.
The following spteif"* haw hr tn reported or may be expected m
cult , hut none H us yet at all common (" chn/snrdnthuK, Brit &
RO-.C, (' cumf-te*, Brit & Ho-*, (' liinumnfout,, Brit & Rose. C
Uussfttmnus, Ko-c (CVreus Kuss< lhanus, Rumpl ) C noblnn, Brit
&Il°^' J N.ROSE.
CEPHALOSTACHYUM (Greek, head and spike).
Grainlncj1 A few species of grasses of the bamboo tribe
in E Indies and Madagascar, one of which (C*. per-
gracilc) has boon offered in this country Tall shiubs
spikelets in dense solitaiy heads at tho ends of the
branches or in scattered gloineiulos, the heads briskly
with the subtending Ivs , stamens 6, empty glumes
1-2, stvlo long, 2-3-clcft fr elongated and boakod.
C. pergracile, Munro Forty ft , sts 2-3 in thick' Ivs,
1 1 in or loss long an elegant species, growing in clumps.
Burma It is offered m S Calif In Fla , it loses mqst
of it^ Ivs in \vmtor, but tho new growth in spring and
summer i^ verv attractive, it is said not to do vsell there
on high diy pine land, preferring moderately moist
soil, it needs much \\ator in summer, and responds
readily to fertilizer L H B
CEPHALOTAXUS (Greek, head, Taxus-hke plant,
with fls in heads or clu^ter^) , Taxacex. Yew-like
plants, grown for their handsome evergreen foliage
Trees or shrubs, with evergreen linear pointed Ivs.
with 2 broad, glaucous lines beneath, arranged in 2
rowh fls dioecious, stammate m 1-8-fld , short-stalked
clusters, pistillate consisting of a small cone with sev-
eral bracts, each bearing 2 naked ovules: seed inclosed
in a fleshy envelope, drupe-like, about 1 in long, reddish
or grconihh brown From allied genera it may be easily
distinguished by the resin-canal in the center of the
pith, and by the glaucous linos beneath from Taxus,
which has the Ivs yellowish green beneath; and from
Torreya by tho glaucous lines being broader than the 3
green linos, while in Torreya the glaucous linos are
narrower than tho green ones — Six closely allied spe-
cies from Himalayas to Japan.
Those are ornamental evergreen shrubs, in appear-
ance very like a yew, but of more graceful habit Not
hardy North, or only in very sheltered positions They
thrive best in a somewhat moist but well-drained sandy
loam, and in partly shaded situations. Propagated by
seeds, stratified and sown in spring, imported seeds
usually do not germinate until the second year, in-
creased also by cuttings in August, under glass, and by
veneer-grafting in summer, on one of the species or on
Taxus baccata. For cions and cuttings, terminal shoots
should be chosen, which form regular plants with
whorled branches like seedlings, while cuttings from lat-
eral branches grow into irregular, low, spreading shrubs.
716
CEPHALOTAXUS
CERASTIUM
A. Lvs. 2-S in.: branchlets yellowish green, pendulous.
4499. FS 6555. RH 1878, p 117.— This is the
most graceful species, with long and (slender branches,
attaining in its native country 50 ft in height, in cult,
usually remaining a shrub.
AA. Lvs. 1-2 in. long.
B. Base of Ivs. cuneate; Ivs. loosely 2-ranked.
Harringtdnia, Koch (C. pedunculata, Sieb. & Zucc.
C drupdcea var. Harnngtbnia, Pilger). With spreading,
often somewhat pendulous branches, dark green when
young Ivs to 2 in. long, narrowed into a sharp point,
shining and dark green above' stammate fls distinctly
peduricled- fr ovoid, rounded at both ends, rarely
globular Japan, China. G C II 21 113; III 18.716,
33 : 228 — In Japan, tree to 25 ft , usually shrub in cult
A remarkable form is var. fastigiata, Silva Tarouca
(C. peduncul&ta var fashgidta, Carr. Podocdrpus
koraiana, Sieb & Zucc.), of columnar habit, with up-
right branches and spirally arranged Ivs G C. II
21.112; III. 33 229 S.H. 2:450. Gng 2.341. Var.
sphaeralis, Rehd., (C. pedunculdta var. sphsrdhs,
Mast), has globose fr.: Ivs. falcate, subacummate,
1 y2-'2 in. long G.C. II. 21 : 1 17.
drupacea, Sieb. & Zucc. Branches spreading, stiff,
usually light green when young Ivs about 1 in. long,
abruptly pointed, narrow and straight, of ten upturned .
stammate fls. very short-stalked : fr usually obovate,
narrowed at the base Japan G.C III 18 717, 33:
227. B.M. 8285 —The dwarf est species Var. sinSnsis,
Rebel & Wilson Shrub, to 12 ft . Ivs linear-lanceolate,
tapering to sharp point. Cent, and W. China.
BB. Base of Ivs. truncate; Ivs. very closely s(t
<3liveri, Mast. Shrub or small tree Ivs strictly
2-ranked, rigid, broadly linear, spiny-] minted, about 1 in.
long, bright green with 2 broad white bands beneath,
the midrib scarcely elevated fr ovoid or obovoid,
shortly apioulate, about |^in long Cent. China. II 1
1933 (as T Griffithn] G C. Ill 33 226 —Differs from
the other spocies m the very closely t-et rigid Ivs
ALFRED REHDEK.
875 Cephalotus folhculans.
CEPHAL6TUS (Greek, head-shaped, in reference to
the knob-like swelling behind each anther). Ceph-
alotacete, a monotypic family near Saxifragdcex The
one species C. follicularis, Labill (Fig 875), is
abundant at King George's Sound and Swan River in
S. W. Austral From there it has frequently been
intro into cult., and is now met with m American
collections The short deeping rlmornes form 2 sets
of Ivs. each season: a set of 4-6 flat spatulate Ivs., and
later as many dainty pitchered Ivs. that are richly
colored green, crimson or purple, and white The
pitchers are H-l!£ m- l°ng» *ire covered externally
with minute alluring glands, and these with the color-
ing attract insects They slip from, the smooth-ribbed
rim into the cavity, and
there are digested by fer-
ment liquids poured out by
special glands The erect
scape bears an interrupted
spike of small white apeta-
lous fls , each with a 6-
parted calyx, 12 stamens,
and 6 separate 1-seeded
carpels The plant grows
best under a bell -jar, and
in a pot amongst fine sandy
loam that is covered by
sphagnum moss The lower
part of the pot should stand
in a vessel with about ^in.
of water, and the whole
should be placed in a cool
greenhouse near the light,
when the pitchers assume
richest colorings Prop is
easily effected by separation
of small pieces of rhizome
that bear 1 or 2 Ivs , also
by seeds that mature not
unfrequently under cult R
B 23, p 233 III 27.391
FS 3 290. G 23 340 G
W.8.390. J II. Ill 35 260
J. M. MACFAHLANE
CERASTIUM (Greek for
h&rn, alluding to the shape
of the nod). Canjophyl- 876. Cerastmm arvense
lacese MOUSE-EAR CHICK-
•\VEED Decumbent annuals or perennials, used in
rockeries or for bedding and borders
Pubescent or hirsute herbs, rarely glaucous Iv.s
small, opposite, entire fls white, borne in terminal,
dichotomous cymes, sepals 5, rarely 4, petals as many,
emargmate or 2-cleft, stamens 10, rarely fewer; styles
5, rarely 4 or 3, opposite the sepals caps cylmuric,
often curved, dehiscing at the top by 10, rarely 8,
teeth. — About 100 species of world-wide distribution
according to the largest delimitation of the genus, by
some authorities reduced to 40 or 50 species
Cerastiurns are of easy culture in ordinary garden
soil They are propagated by divisions or by cuttings
taken after flowering and planted in a shady place
They are more or le.ss used for edgings and in rockeries
A Lvs green, merely pubescent.
arvgnse, Linn (vai oblongifolium, Holl & Brit ).
STAUKY GRASSWORT Fig 876 Perennial, low, much
branched and matted sts 8-12 in long Ivs oblong or
lanceolate, pale green, pubescent, obtuse, X>~1H in
long, %m wide fls very numerous, appearing in Apr
and May, petals 5, deeply bifid caps twice as long as
the calyx — A species of very wide range, growing
mostly in dry rocky places from Labrador to Alaska
and south to Ga and Calif , also in Asia arid Eu Gn
71, p 504 — Recommended as a bedding plant, for its
mat-like habit, covered with white bloom Var. com-
pfictum, Hort , is hardy in S. E. Canada.
purpurfiscens, Adams Perennial, hairy, pubescent,
cespitose, about 4 in high lower Ivs oblong, narrowed
into the petiole; upper Ivs linear-lanceolate: cymes
dichotomous or often simply umbelhform, fls. white;
petals twice as long as calyx, ovate-oblong: caps,
cylindnc, t \vice as long as calyx Asia Minor. — Hardy.
CERASTIUM
CERATONIA
717
AA. Lvs. silvery or grayish,
B. Caps equaling the calyx.
grandifldrum, Waldht. & Kit. (C. argenteum, Bieb ).
Creeping perennial. IVH linear, acute, the margins
reflexed mfl. diehotomous; fl.-sts 6-8 in. high; petals
oval, 2-parted, transparent white, twice as long as
calyx. E. Eu.
BB Caps, much longer than the calyx.
Biebersteinii, DC Perennial: sts. 6 in, creeping,
diffuse, branched: Ivs ovate-lanceolate, tomentose-
woolly peduncles erect, diehotornous, fls. white: caps.
ovate-cylindrical Tauna. B M. 2782. Gn. 59, p. 470.
— Like C. totnentosum, but with larger Ivs. Fine for
edgings
Boissi&ri, Gren Perennial, low: Ivs silvery, ovate-
lanceolate, acute, entire, sessile1 peduncles 4-12 in.
high, mfl a dichotomous cyme, fls. large, white. Spain.
tomentdsum, Linn SNOW-IN-SDMMER Perennial,
low, creeping, branched Ivs oblong, spatulate, grayish
woolly, upper Ivs lanceolate peduncles 6 in high,
erect, dichotomous, fls white caps cylindrical Eu.
G 29 5oo Gn. 69, p. 143 —Much used for edgings.
E. Z B.f
C^RASUS (from Ccrasunt or Cerasonte, a place in
Asia Minor on the Black Sea, whence cherries are said
to have been brought to Italy before Christ) CHERRY.
Ito.wccj' Tournefort in 1700 founded the genus Cera-
sus, but by general usage it is now combined with
Prunm inasmuch a*< no single important character
holds clearly between the two groups The name is
sometimes kept distinct m tiade lists, representing the
cherries as distinct from the plums Botamcall>, the
gioup is distinguished from Piunus proper (the plum
group) in having conduphcate vernation (young Ivs.
with the halves folded together) rather than involute
vernation, fls more characteristically in umbels or
racemes, fr mostly lacking bloom and pubescence, and
the stone not corrugated or pitted. Sec Prunus.
L. H. B.
CERATtOLA (Greek, a hltle horn, referring to the
four-branched, serrate stigma) Empctracete. A heath-
like evergreen, from the sand barrens of South Carolina
to Florida and Alabama; rarely cultivated North, but
not hardy
Branches often whorled as are the Ivs , which are
narrow, strongly revolute and thus almost tubular:
fls dicecious, 2-3-whorled in the axils, sessile; sepals,
petals and stamens, each 2 — Only 1 species
ericoldes, Michv Height 2-X ft blanches subverti-
cillate, marked with scars of numerous fallen Ivs, the
younger and upper ones only letammg foliage* Ivs.
crowded, } 2~?'4in l°nKi linear, rigid, shining, pale: fls.
inconspicuous reddish, whorled m the axils' drupe
round, orange-yellow, berry-like. B M 2758
N. TAYLOR f
CERAT6LOBUS (Greek for horned pod). Palmacex.
tribe Caldmex. Low or creeping pinnate palms allied
to Calamus, and not as yet common m the American
trade.
Stems and If -stalks spiny but not the If -blades: sts.
frequently 30 ft or more long and armed with stout
spines an inch long: Ivs pinnate, often as much as 7 ft
long, with numerous alternate or opposite Ifts , which
are crenate-dentate towards the apex fls polygamous-
monoecious, in a pamculately branched spadix: fr.
drupe-like, 1-seeded. — There are only 3 wild species and
2 species known m horticultural literature, trie botani-
cal status of which is doubtful All the wild species
come from Java or Sumatra For cult , see Calamus to
which Ceratolobus is closely related, differing in having
rhomboid, not linear Ifts. G C. II. 23:338.
glaucescens, Blume. St. up to 30 ft. and about
as thick as one's wrist * Ivs. 6-7 ft long, of 14-18 sebsile,
erect or spreading Ifts. which are 8-10 in long, 2*4-
3^ in. wide, opposite above, alternate below 'spadix
from the axils of the upper Ivs. . spathes 2-horned, 4-
6 m long. Java.
C cdncotor, Blume. Similar, with 10-14 Ifts , relatively broader
than in C glaucescena Sumatra — C Ftndley&mit, Hort Lva 2-4
ft lonK, clear pale shining groen Hab (?) AG 15 169 — C.
Mirkolitziana, Hort Very pfrgant palm, the 8t and If -rachis with
scattered spines Ivs. oblong, the Ifts remote, linear-oblong, acute,
pale on the under surface. — Horticulturally the most attractive of
thegroup- N TAYLOR.
CERAT6NIA (Greek for /torn, in reference to the
large pod). Legummosae. CAHOB. A handsome ever-
green tree, bearing large pods that are used somewhat
For human food but chiefly for forage
One of the Cassia tribe' calyx-tube disk-bearing,
somewhat top-shaped, the segms 5 and short; petals
0; stamens 5 pod long (4-12 in ^, compressed, thick and
coriaceous, mdehiscerit, filled '\vith a pulpy substance,
bearing obovate transverse seeds C. Sihqua, Linn.
(Figs 877, 878), the only species, is now widely dis-
tributed in warm countnes, being grown both for shade
and for the edible pods It reaches a height of 40-50
ft : Ivs pinnate, shining, the 2-3 pairs of Ifts oval
and obtuse, fls in small lateral red racemes, polygamo-
diceeious, the
trees said to be
variable in sex-
uality at differ-
ent ages It
thrives well in S
Calif and S Fla.
The dry pods
are occasionally
seen in the fruit
stands m north-
ern markets.
There are many
varieties, differ-
ing in the size
and shape of pod.
The Ceratoma is
known also as Algaroba, Karoub, Caroubier^. and St.
John's Bread The last name records the notion that
the seeds and sweet pulp are respectively the locusts
and wild honey which St John found m the wilder-
ness The dry valves or pods have been supposed to
be the husks that provided the subsistence of the prod-
igal son. See G F. 3 .318, 323. The seeds are .said to
have been the original carat weight of goldsmiths
L H B
The carob is of much importance as a farm crop
throughout the Mediterranean basin and other hot
and semi-arid regions According to Alphonse de Can-
dolle, its original home was about the eastern end of the
Mediterranean, including the southern coast of Asia
Minor and Syria and perhaps Tripoli Its cultivation
began in historic times, and was diffused by the Greeks
in Italy and Greece and was carried by the Arabs west
as far as Spam and Morocco. In all these countries
the large pods, rich in protein and sugar, arc a very
important forage crop, being eaten with avidity by all
kinds of stock, besides fuimshing considerable susten-
ance to the poor in times of scarcity, and are also used
for the manufacture of syrups and different fermented
drinks Carob pods were the mam sustenance of Well-
ington's cavalry m the Peninsular campaign and at
the present time are the chief food of the British army
horses on the island of Malta and the horses of the
tramways m the cities of southern Italy. They form
one of the principal exports of Palestine, Syria and
especially of the island of Cyprus. Thousands of tons
are annually imported into England where they are
ground for stock-feed. A. Aaronsohn, Chief of the
877. Ceratoma Sihqua.
718
CERATONIA
CERATOPETALUM
Jewish Experiment Station m Palestine, says that an
acre of carob trees on and soil yields a much greater
quantity of food matter than an equal area planted
With the best alfalfa fie gives the sugar content at
40 per cent and in some varieties even higher, and the
protein content as 7 to S per cent The French and
Portuguese writers give somewhat lower percentages,
but this seems to be mueh a matter of climate and
varieties The analysis published by Riviere and
Lecoq points to a high digestive coefficient, arid nutri-
tive value a little higher tlun oats, it is estimated that
147.5 kilos of carobs equals 100 kilos of wheat (a kilo
is nearly 2J4 pounds)
The first introduction of the tree into this country
on a considerable scale was by the U S. Patent Office
from Alieante, Spam, in 1851 and from Palestine in
1859 About 8,000 plants, grown from seed m Wash-
ington, were distributed during the spring of 1860,
mostly in the southern states Some of these plants
probably found their way to California, as a number of
old trees are growing m vanous parts of that state from
San Diego on the south to Napa and Butte counties on
the north The latest importation was in June, 1911,
from Valencia, Spam, by the Office of Foreign Seed
and Plant Introduction of the Department of Agricul-
ture This shipment consisted of cuttings of six of the
leading varieties grown in that district which are now
being propagated by budding at the Chico (California)
Introduction Field Station and will soon be available
for distribution
Centuries of cultivation have given rise to a large
number of varieties, differing in quality of pods, vigor
and productiveness and adaptability to various soils.
The species is either dioecious or moiurcious All trees
in California are of course seedlings arid, as far as
examined by the
writer, momDci-
o u s, although
Aaronsohn states
that the best kinds
in Palestine are
dioecious, and a
sufficient number
of stammate trees,
therefore, must be
planted with those
varieties to polli-
nate the female
trees In the pro-
vince of Algarvia,
Portugal, seven-
teen named varie-
ties are cultivated
and about as
many in France
and Spain. The
best of these
should be mtro-
878 Pods of Ceratoma Siliqua. duce<? mto thls
country.
The carob tree thrives only in a warm climate, the
range being about the same as that of the orange, but
with a little protection for two or three winters, the
range can be considerably extended At the Govern-
ment Field Station at Chico, several varieties have
survived temperatures of 18° to 22°, while others when
young have been killed to the ground by the same
degrees of frost The old trees scattered about the Pacific
Coast States show that a large area is adapted to it
In France, Spain and Portugal, the carob grows in
most kinds of soil, except m stiff clay or wet ground,
and even in gravel if fertile and permeable to the roots.
The crop is sufficiently valuable to make it worthy of
the best soil and treatment.
The carob is usually grown from seed and afterwards
budded to the best varieties. It can be raised from cut-
tings, but requires bottom heat and careful treatment.
At the Chico Field Station, where thousands of seed-
lings are grown, the best success is had by planting under
glass. Quicker germination is seemed by soaking the
seed in water for three or four days or until they begin
to swell The tree is difficult to transplant and usually
fails unless moved with a ball of eai th The best results
are had by growing the plants in pots or in ''flats" in
tenacious soil, as is the practice with eucalyptus, when
the trees are cut apart and lifted with squares of earth
attached At Aleppo, in Syria, the growers make pots
of a mixture of clay and cow-dung which, dried in the
sun, are strong enough to hold the earth in which the
seeds are planted. When ready to put into the orchard
the pot is sunk where the tree is to stand. As soon as
the pot becomes moist from contact with the earth, it
is readily permeable by the roots.
While the carob is a rather slow grower, it lives to a
great age and should be planted not less than 35 to 40
feet apart, with interplantmg of peaches or other
growths for income until the carobs begin to bear In
Algiers and Tunis, it is often planted as a border tree,
for which its beauty and utility admirably fit it When
well established, the seedlings are budded with the
best varieties If buds are taken from bearing trees,
fruit may be expected in three or four years In Cali-
fornia seedlings bear when fix to eight years of age.
While it is eminently a dry-climate tree, two or three
summer irrigations will greatly aid the development,
hasten fruiting and u.creasi the \ield It will respond
to the same good treatment that is given to a well-
kept fruit orchard
The crop matures in September and October and,
as with most other fruit trees, it is most abundant
every second year When ripe, the pods turn brown
and begin to fall Those that fail to drop are easily
knocked down with bamboo or other poles
Aaronsohn gives the ciop in Palestine in good years
at an average of 150 pounds to the tree, and states that
he has seen wild stocks fifteen to eighteen years after
• grafting give a yield of 900 to 1,000 pounds of pods
Du Breuil gives the yield in southern France at 220
pounds and mentions single trees at Valencia, Spam,
that produce as high as 1,380 kilos, or 3,040 pounds
RivitVe and Lecoq report the yield of trees in Algiers
at 100 to 300 kilos, or 220 to 600 pounds Fruncis do
Mello Lotte gives the crops of mature trees on deep
fertile soil in Algarvia, Portugal, at 300 to 7,50 kilos,
or 660 to 1,650 pounds each. As the pods are equal m
nutrients to barley and superior to oats for feeding and
fattening cattle, sheep, hogs and horses, and the >ield
is from three to four times the weight per acre of grain,
it is evident that few crops will give the farmer an equal
value In the mild climate of the Gulf States, especially
the coastal regions of Texas, the southern parts of New
Mexico and Arizona and the greater part of California,
this beautiful and valuable evergreen tree, when once
appreciated, is bound to become a staple addition to
farm crops for the nourishment of both man and boast.
G. P RIXFOUD
CERATOP^TALUM (Greek, horned petal"). Cunom-
freeze, by some, Cunomacw is included in Saxifragacex.
Greenhouse trees or shrubs
Glabrous and resinous trees and shrubs Ivs opposite,
compound, with 1-3 digitate Ifts * fls small, white, rose
or yellow, m terminal branching cymes or panicles;
calyx-tube short, 5-lobed; petals 0, or, if present,
lacimate; stamens 10, with connectives: fr a small ana
hard achene-hke body, with persistent calyx -lobes,
1-seeded — Two or 3 species, in Austral.
gummlferum, Smith Tree, 30-40 ft . Ifts 3, lanceo-
late, serrulate, narrowed at base, shining and strongly
nerved: petals deeply 3-5-lobed, not exceeding the
calyx.— Said to thrive in a peaty soil, and to prop, by
cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass. £. jj. B.
CERATOPTERIS
CERCIDIPHYLLUM
719
CERAT6PTERIS (Greek, fwrned fern). Ceratop-
endAcex Very succulent tropical ferns, forming also a
distinct family. They are the only truly aquatic plants
among true ferns and gro,v floating or rooted under
water in the mud or sometimes only occasionally
flooded. The Ivs. are borne in rosettes, the sterile
879. Ceratoptens ptendoides.
spreading, often floating, the fertile more erect, 2-4-
pinnate, with very slender rolled-up po<l-hke Begins.:
sporangia vory large, borne separately along the veins
and coveied by the revolute maigms somewhat as in
Ptens — Species very few Best grown by planting m
pots, slightly submerged Reproduced by buds which
arise from all parts of the Ivs New plants must be
developed each season Useful in ponds and aquaria
ptendoides, Hook Fig 879 Sterile Ivs broadly
deltoid, short-stalked, the maigins irregularly lobeu,
floating, the fertile Ivs t.illei, completely divided into
long whip-like segms spoiangi.i with a very small
annulus, and containing .32 -.poies Fla to S Amer
thalictroides, Brongn Sterile Ivs narrowly deltoid,
long-stalked, 1-2 pinnatihd into deltoid segms not
floating, fertile Ivs similar but with linear segms
annulus well developed Old World tropics
II C BENEDICT.
CERATOSTlGMA (Creek, horned digitm). Plurn-
bagiflf}((\r Diffuse glabrous perennial herbs or sub-
shrubs, one of which is in cultivation as a bedding and
border plant
Ceratostigma differs from Plumbago in having no
glands on the calyx, stamens adnate to the corolla-
tube, fls in dense clusters rather than spicate, and other
technical characters. Ivs alternate, lanceolate or
obovate, more or less eiliate fls. mostly in terminal
heads, blue or rose; calyx tubular, deeply 5-parted, the
lobes narrow; corolla salver-shaped, the tube long and
slender, the limb spieading and with 5 obovate obtuse
or ret use lobes; stamens 5, attached on the corolla-
tube fr a 5-valved caps inclosed in the calyx — Species
4 or 5, in N. China, Himalaj as, Abyssinia
plumbaginoides, Bunge (Plumbago Lrfrpentx, Lindl.
Valor&dia plumbaymo\d(b, Boiss ). Herb, 6-12 in , the
st red and branchy Ivs entire, strongly cihate on
the edges fls with a deep blue limb, the 5 lobes mi-
nutely toothed, collected m dense heads or umbels
China. B M 4487 F S 4 307 —A hardy bedding
plant, producing profusely of its deep blue fls late in
fall, very valuable Needs covering in winter in the N.
Under the name C PMilh, a dwarf and creeping shrub, with
delicate lavender fls , is mentioned in British journals as corning
from high elevations m W. China and giving promise aa an outdoor
subject L H B
CERATOTHECA (Greek for honied capsule). Pcda-
li&ceae Tropical African glasshouse herbs.
Leaves opposite, ovate, calyx 5-parted; corolla 2-
hpped, the lower lip very long in proportion to the
upper fls in pairs in the axils caps. 2-horned — Five
species C. triloba, Mey , is occasionally grown in S.
Fla., and it may be adapted to glasshouses It is a tall
herb (5 ft ), with the habit of foxglove, probably bien-
nial, hairy and rather fleshy lower Ivs. stalked, broadly
ovate or almost round, the upper sometimes broadly
angular and even 3-lobed, both kinds crenate-dentate
corolla 3 in long, blue or violet-blue, pubescent, de-
flexed, the lower lobe prolonged Handsome B M
6974. — Could be grown m temperate house N. m sandy
loam- N. TAYLOR.f
CERATOZAMIA (Greek, hvrned Zarrna, referring to
the horned scales of the cones, which distinguish this
genus from Zamia) Cycad&cex Handsome Mexican
foliage plants, with cycas-hke leaves, but less culti-
vated in American palm-houses than Cycas.
Trunk erect m age, crowned by a whorl of pinnate
cycas-hke Ivs which are petiolate and unarmed:
fls in cones borne from among the Ivs , the
cones often stalked seeds rare and little known.
— Six species Best raised from young imported
dants, but rarely prop by seeds, or by offsets
rrom the slow-growing trunk Burn out the cen-
ter of the plant with a hot iron, and a number
of offsets will spring from the trunk and the
crown ; these may be used for prof)
mexicana, Brongn Fig 880 Trunk thick, short,
covered \vith the remains of fallen If -stalks Ivs rich,
dark green, pinnate, on pnckly petioles 5-6 in long,
which a.ie shaggy when young, Ifts very numerous, 6-
12 in long or more, lanceolate cones produced annually
on separate plants, female cones 9-12 in long, 4-6 m.
thick, the scales 2-horned, male cones nanower, longer,
on a hauy stalk, the scales with 2 small teeth Mex.
Gn 9, pp 30S-9 —An excellent decorative plant, best
giown in sandy loam Give freely of water and heat
m spring and summer, but keep cooler and drier in
winter Somewhat tender although grown in Cent.
Fla
C Miyuihana, Wendl A plant with 20-30 p.tire of Ifti and a
If -stalk IS m long fr not known certainly Cult4 m botanic
gardens and worthy of wider use Mex and W Indies
N. TAYLOR f
CERCIDIPHtLLUM (Cera* and phyllon, leaf, the
Ivs. resemble those of Cer< is) Trochodendracex. Tree
grown for its handsome foliage and habit.
Leaves deciduous, usually opposite, petioled and
palmately nerved fls durcious, inconspicuous, apeta-
lous, solitary, stammate nearly sessile, bearing numer-
ous stamens with slender filament6?, pistillate pedicelled,
880. Ceratozamia mexicana — Young plant (fertile;
720
CERCIDIPHYLLUM
CERCIS
881. Cercidiphyllum japomcum (X1A)
consisting of 3-5-carpels, ending in long, purplish styles
and developing into about %m. long, dehiscent pods,
with many seeds — One species in Japan and W China.
Hardy, ornamental, shrubby tree of pyramidal and,
when young, almost fastigiate habit, with handsome,
light green foli-
age, purpbsh when
unfolding, turning
bright yellow or
partially scarlet in
fall It prefers
rich and moist
soil, and grows
rapidly when
young. Prop, by
seeds, sown in
spring, and by
green wood -cut-
tings, taken from
forced plants in
early spring, or
by layers ; cuttings
from half-ripened
wood in summer,
under glass, grow
also, but not very
well
jap6nicum,Sieb.
& Zucc Fig 881.
Bushy tree, com-
monly with several trunks usually 20-30 ft , but some-
times rising to 100 ft., with slender, glabrous branches:
Ivs. opposite, occasionally alternate, slcnder-petioled,
cordate, orbicular or broadly ovate, obtuse, crenate-
serrate, glabrous, glaucous beneath, 2-3 in. long.
Japan. GF 7 'IOC, 107, and 6.53 Mn. 3:74 Gng.
5:135 FE.32 211 (habit) PG 2 105 SI F 1:41.
— A very desirable tree, one of the best introductions
from Japan Var sinense, Rehd & Wilson. Tree, to
120 ft. usually with a single trunk petioles shorter,
about %in long, somewhat hairy on the veins beneath:
caps gradually narrowed at the apex, %m long. W.
China — -This recently intro. variety is perhaps still
more desirable than the type It is the largest of all
broad-lvd trees known from China; the trunk is
sometimes free of branches for nearly 50 ft above the
ground and attains to 25 ft or exceptionally to 55 ft.
in 8irth ALFRED REIIDER
CERCIS (Kerkis, ancient Greek name) Legumindsx.
JUDAS TREE RED-BUD Trees or shrubs grown for
their pink flowers profusely produced early in spring
before the leaves, very interesting, also, m mode of
branching, as seen in mature trees
Leaves deciduous, alternate, petioled, palmately
nerved, entire fls papilionaceous, pedicelled, pink or
red, appearing before or with the Ivs , m clusters or
racemes from the old wood; calyx 5-toothed, red;
petals nearly equal, the uppermost somewhat smaller1
pod compressed, narrow-oolong, narrow-winded on the
ventral suture, many-seeded. — Seven species in N
Amer , and from S. Eu to Japan
These trees and shrubs are very ornamental, with
handsome distinct foliage and abundant showy flowers
in spring, very effective DV their deep pink color They
are well adapted for shrubberies or as single specimens
on the lawn, and attain rarely more than 20 or 30 feet
in height, forming a broad, irregular head when older.
Only C. canadensu is hardy Noith, while C, chinensis
can still be grown in sheltered positions near Boston,
but is occasionally injured in severe winters; the others
can not be grown successfully farther north than New
York. They grow best in rich sandy and somewhat
moist loam, and should be transplanted when young,
as older plants can hardly be moved with success.
Young p'^nt.s, four or five years old, produce flowers
freely and may be recommended for forcing, especially
C. chinensis and C racemosa, which are the most beau-
tiful of all. Propagated by seeds, sown in spring, best
with gentle bottom heat; sometimes increased by layers,
or by greenwood cuttings from forced plants in early
spring, C. chinensis grows also from greenwood cuttings
m summer under glass.
A Lvs. abruptly and short-acuminate.
B. Fls in clusters: Ivs. usually pubescent only beneath
near the base.
canadSnsis, Linn Fig 882. Tree, to 40 ft.: Ivs.
roundish or broadly ovate, usually cordate, 3-5 m. long:
fls. rosy pink, ^2ln- l<>ng> 4-8 in clusters' pod 2^-3^
in long. From N. J. south, west to Mo. and Texas.
SS. 3-133-4. A.F. 13:1370 Gng 6 290. FE.9593.
Mn.2, p. 139. M.D.G. 1899:434-5 (habit) Gn. 25,
p. 347. —A very desirable ornamental tree for the
northern states Var. alba, Rehd Fls. white Var.
pl&na, Schneid Fls. double — Recently C. canadensis
nas been split by Greene into several new species (see
Fedde, Rep Spec Nov Veget. 11:110).
chin6nsis,Bunge(C.jap<57izca,Sieb ). Fig 883. Tree,
to 50 ft , shrub in cult. Ivs deeplv cordate, roundish,
with a white, transparent line at the margin, subcona-
ceous, glabrous, shining above, 3-5 in long fls. 5-8,
purplish pink, %m. long pod 3-5 in long, narrow.
China, Japan F S 8.849. Mn. 5M39 GF 6:476-—
A very beautiful species, with the fls nearly as large as
those of C. Sihquadrum and more abundant.
BB. Fh in pendulous racemes.
racem&sa, Ohv Tree, to 30 ft : Ivs broadly ovate,
truncate or subcordate at the base, pubescent beneath,
882 Cercia canadensis.
2^2-4 in long: fls. rosy pink, about ^in. long on slen-
der pedicels of about equal length, in many-flcf, racemes
1K-3 m long: pod 2M~4 m long. Cent China. H I.
1894 — The handsomest of all. Young plants have not
S roved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum, but it is per-
;ctly hardy m S. England
CERCIS
CEREUS
4A. Lvs. rounded or emarginate at the apex, usually
broader than long.
occidentalis, Torr. (C. calif drnica, Torr.). Shrub, to
15 ft.: Ivs. cordate, roundish, glabrous, about 2 in. wide*
fls rose-colored, J£m long, pod 2-2 H> in. long. Calif
Torrey in U S Explor. Exped. 1838-1842, 17, pi. 3.— A
closely allied species is
C remfdrmis, Engelm.
(C. texensis, Sarg.).
Small tree: Ivs. sub-
coriaceous, 3-5 m wide,
sometimes pubescent
beneath pod 2-4 in.
long Texas, New Mex.
SS 3:135.
Sihqufistrum, Linn.
Tree, to 40 ft . Ivs.
roundish, deeply cor-
date, glabrous, 3-5 in.
wide1 fls 3-6, purplish
rose, %m. long, pou 3-4
in long S Eu , W Asia
B M 1138 Gn 25, pp.
346, 347, 350; 33, p. 416;
42 342, p. 313; 44, p.
379, 52, p 5. G C III.
52 6 (habit) G 25 209.
R H. 1899 469 (abnor-
mal form). Var alba,
Carr (var dlbida,
Sehneid ) with white fls.
CERCOCARPUS
(Greek, tail and fruit;
the fruit with a long,
hairy tail). Rosacese.
MOUNTAIN M \HOUANY.
Small trees or shrubs
but rarely gro\\n for
their attractive ever-
green or half-evergreen
foliage and the peculiar
feathery tailed achenes
Leaves alternate, per-
sistent, rather small fls.
inconspicuous, apetal-
ous, whitish or reddish,
in the axils of faseieled Ivs ; calyx-tube cyhndnc, elon-
Sated, abrupt I v expanded at the apex into a cup-shaped
eculuous, 5-lobeu limb bearing 15-30 stamens with
short filaments, ovary 1 -celled, inclosed m the calyx-
tube, with a long exserted style fr a 1 -seeded
achene, surmounted by the persistent, long and hairy
style —Small genus ot about 10, mostly rather local
species, in the Rocky Mts. from Mont south to Mex.
arid m Calif
The cercoearpuses are not particularly ornamental,
yet they are attractive with their small evergreen dark
foliage and their feathery tailed fruits; they are adapted
for planting on dry rocky or gravelly slopes m and
tempeiate regions, as they thrive under very unfavor-
able conditions The very heavy and close-grained
wood is manufactured into small articles, and valued as
fuel and for making charcoal C ledifohm and C.
parvifohus are the hardiest and stand frost to zero,
while C Traskise can be grown only in southern Cali-
fornia. They may be cultivated m any well-drained
soil in sunny positions, and propagated by seeds or by
cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass.
A Margin of Ivs toothed fls 2-5 in a cluster.
B. Lvs oval to suborbicular, usually rounded at the base.
Traskiae, Eastw Tree, to 25 ft . Ivs. coarsely sinuate-
dentate above the middle, lustrous above, tomentose
below, 1-2^ in long: achene with the style 2-2^ in.
long Santa Catahna Isl , Calif S S 13 '635.
883. Cercis chinensis.
(Natural sue)
BB. Lvs usually cuneate-obovate, smaller.
parvif&hus, Nutt Bushy tree, to 25 ft • Ivs. dull green
and pubescent above, pubescent or tomentose beneath,
Y^Yi m kmg, with 4-5 pairs of veins style 2-4 m.
long From Neb and (he to Low Calif, and W.Texas.
S S 4 166. 11 1 4 323 — D M Andrews, of Colo.,
who handles this shrub, writes of it as follows "Moun-
tain mahogany, 6 feet A nearly evergreen rosaceous
shrub of peculiar and attractive habit of growth Fls.
white, early, followed by the long, plumose achenes,
which are 3-5 m long, strangely curled and twisted,
arranged above and on each side of the slender branches,
so that at a little distance they have an appearance sug-
gestive of ostrich plumes. Easily transplanted, and
thrives anywhere "
betulaefdlius, Nutt (C pfinnfbhus var. ylaber, Wats.
C parmjbhus var betulmdet, Sarg ) Small tree, to 30
ft.. Ivb thinner, bright green and glabrous above at
maturity, pubescent or glabrescent beneath, V£-2 m.
long, with 5-6 pairs of veins style 2-4 in long. Calif.
W G Z 4, pp 554-5 H 1. 4 322
AA Margin of It"* cntirt, rt volute fls solitary or in pairs.
ledifdlius, Nutt Tiee, to 40 ft Ivs lanceolate, cori-
aceous, 1 lustrous and glabrous above at maturity,
pubescent below, lesinous, }%-\ in long, veins obscure:
bt>le 2-3 in long From Wyo and Wrash to S Calif,
and New Mex. SS 4:165 H.I 4' 324
ALFRED REHDEK.
CEREALS (Ceres, goddess of agriculture) The
agricultural grains, properly those of the grass family:
maize or Indian corn, kafir, wheat, emrner, spelt, rice,
oats, barley, rye, sorghum (for gram); popularly held
to in elude buckwheat, but not accurately so Consult
Vol II, Cyclo Amer Agnc.
CEREUS (fiom the Latin, but of uncertain applica-
tion) Cactact,<£. Usually arborescent, columnar cacti
with the surface covered with spiny ribs
Flowers large, borne singly along the sides of the st ;
fl -tube slender and, as it decays, cutting off from the
ovary , petals numerous, stamens numeious, style single,
thick fr a large, naked, fleshy berry; seeds small,
black The genus Cereus, as it has generally been
treated, contained more than 100 species which differed
greatly in habit, armament, fls and fr , and was one of
the most complex and difficult of the family As now
understood, it contains species of umfoim habit, with
similar fls and frs , \\hile a number of species of very
different habit have been referred elsewhere Even as
here treated, more than half of the sfecies are anomalous.
Until the fls and frs have been studied, it seems best
to eave them in Cereus. The species are all from S.
Amer
Only a few species of true Cereus are grown m thia
country, and most of these are grown under glass.
The flowers do not compare m size and attractiveness
with those of the so-called night-blooming Cereus,
which is described elsewhere under the genus Seleni-
cereus. Several of the species have cristate and other
abnormal forms which make them desirable to certain
growers. C. lepidoius is a rather common cultivated
species m certain of the West India Islands, where it
grows to considerable height, and several of the species
are grown in Europe along the Riviera, where they
reach great size. With us, however, they do not grow
very rapidly. They are easily propagated from seed
or by cuttings. See Succulents
The species treated in the first edition of this work
that are not here given may be looked for under the
following genera: Acanthocereus, Aporocactus, Ber-
gerocactus, Carncgiea, Cleistocactus, Escontna, Har-
nsia, Hehocereus, Hylocereus, Lemaireocereus, Lopho-
cereus, Myrtillocactus, Oreocereus, Pachycereus,
Rathbuma, and Selemcereus
722
CEREUS
INDEX.
Alacnportanus, 11
formoaus. 24.
aUropurpureua, 22.
azureus, 19
grandi'), 2i.
Hankeanus, 9.
Bonplandii, 21.
isogonus, 14
BndKesn, IS
Jamacaiu, 12
eseruTescens, 17.
lageniformis, 18
CSB81U8, 20
candicans, 2.
lamprochlorus, 3.
iMndbeckn, 17
Catendiahu, 15.
macrogonus 10.
chalybffiua, 13.
Martianus, 2.">.
chiloensia, fl.
Marti mi, 23
eupborbioides, 6.
fernambucen&is, 24.
monacanthus, 23
monoclonos, 11
Olferw, 6.
Pasacana, 1.
pernambucensis, 24.
pcruvianua, 11.
Pitajaya, 24,
platyRonus, 16.
Roezln, 7
SeuMu, 19.
Scpium, 7.
Spachianua, 4.
splendens, 15.
tetracanthus, 8.
tortuosus, 22.
vahdus, 12
vanabilis, 24.
A. Sts. erect, 2 in or more diam.
B. New growth green, not pruinose or covered with a
bloom.
c. Ribs of st. 10 or more.
1. Pasacana, Web. A gigantic species, reaching a
height of 20-30 ft , and sometimes even 50 ft , and a
diam of 12-16 in ; sparingly branching above; in new
growth dark green, becoming gray or bluish: ribs 15-
20, or in young plants only 9-10. areolos ? 8~Mm apart,
large, brown, becoming yellowish and finally gray:
radial spines 10-13, about 1 in long, the under one or
lowest pair straight,' subulate, the others curved, cen-
trals mostly 4, the under and upper one:? the longest,
reaching 2 in length, straight or curved, the young
spines are clear brown, often with alternating rings of
light and dark tissue, later gray, bulbose at the base:
fls. from the lateral areoles about b' in long, white.
Argentina, — This is the giant cereus of the Argentine
desert, as Carnegiea gigantea is of the certain N.
American deserts It is not a true Cereus.
2 cfindicans, Gillies Sts upright, low, cylindri-
cal, bright green, 2^2-3 ft. high by 6-8 in diam.; freely
branching from the base ribs 10, obtuse -angled*
areoles %-%\n apart, large, depressed, white, becom-
ing gray, radial spines 11-11, spreading, at first thin,
needle-form, later stronger, stiff, straight, about %m
long, central solitary or later 3—1 additional ones ap-
pearing above, stronger, reaching a length of \Y± in ,
sometimes somewhat curved, all the spines horn-col-
ored, with tips and bases brown, later becoming gray:
fls long, funnelform, resembling those of Eehmopsis,
10 in long by 6 in diam.. fr spherical to ellipsoidal,
about 3 in diam , red, somewhat spiny, flesh white.
Argentina. — Not a true Cereus
3. lamprochldrus, Lem Related to C candicans, of a
taller growth, cylindrical, 3-6 f£ ft high by about 3 in
diam , at first simple, but later branching at the base;
in new growth bright green, later duty green, ribs
10-11 or occasionally 15, conspicuously creriate, later
blunt and but little crcnate areoles medium size, about
J^m apart, yellowish white, becoming gray, above each
areole 2 radiating grooves form a letter V- radial
spines 11-14. spreading, straight, sharp-pointed, about
%in. long, clear to dark amber-color; some are strong
and rigid, while others are bristle-form; centrals mostly
4, somewhat longer, stronger and deeper colored, with
brown bases, becoming dark gray, about Mm. long:
fls. from the previous year's growth, about 8-10 in.
long by 6 in. diam., white. Argentina. — Not a true
Cereus.
4. Spachianus, Lem. Sts. upright, at first simple,
later profusely branching at the base, branches ascend-
ing parallel with the mam st , 2-3 ft high by 2-2^
in. diam , columnar: ribs 10-15, obtuse, rounded:
areoles about J-^in. apart, large, covered with curly
yellow wool, becoming white: radial spines 8-10,
M-% in long, spreading, stiff, sharp, amber-yellow
to brown; central solitary, stronger and longer; all the
spines later becoming gray: fls. about 8 in. l$ng by
about 6 m. diam., white. Argentina. — Not a true
Cereus.
CEREUS
5. chilolnsis, DC. (Cdctus chiloensis, Colla). Sts.
strong, upright, simple (so far as known), about 2}^ ft.
high by 3^-5 in. diam., cylindrical to somewhat clavate,
bright, clear green: ribs 10-V2 obtuse: areoles about an
inch apart, large: radial spines straight, sharp, rigid, at
first 9, but later 4 others appear above these; centrals
mostly 4, seldom but a single one, bulbose at the base;
the young spines are brown honey-yellow, becoming
. fls. from the
white, with dark tips, and finally gray. fls. fr
upper lateral areoles about 6 in. long, white,
bling those of Echmopsis. Chile. — This is not
, resem-
ng those of Echmopsis. Chile. — This is not a true
Cereus.
cc. Ribs of st. 7-9.
6. euphorbioides, Haw. (C.Olfersn, Otto). Columnar,
simple, 10-16 ft high by about 4^ in. diam., in young
growth pale green,
changing with age
to gray-green ' ribs
8-10, separated by
shaip groovesj sharp-
angled, becoming flat-
tened in older growth:
ai coles about ^m.
apart, small, white to
gray radial spines
mostly 6, the under
one the longest,
reaching a length of
over an inch, strong,
yellowish blown to
black, the upper ones
shorter and bristle
form , central solitary,
in young plants twice
as long as» the radials,
all the spines finally
become pay fls from
near the crown, 3}£-
4 in long, beautiful
flesh - red, remaining
open for 21 hours
Brazil. 11 11 1885,
p. 279.— This
plant is insuffi-
ciently under-
stood; it may be
a form of some
bpecies of Ceph-
alocereus.
7 SSpium,DC
ofcsfc
Cereus peru-
vianus. A flower that
is just closing, from
a plant flowered in
Washington, D C , m
1904. ( x h)
Upright, colum-
nar, about 3 in.
diam ribs 9, sep-
arated by sharp, somewhat serpentine grooves, ob-
tuse, above the areoles, 2 radiating, slightly curved
grooves form a letter V areoles H-%ln- apart, com-
later
long.
-
paratively large, slightly sunken, yellowish, later
gray radial spines 9-12, radiate, nearly J^m long.
straight, subulate, tolerably sharp, slightly thickened
at the base, clear brown, with darker stripes, cen-
tral solitary, reaching 1^ in long, straight, porrect,
later somewhat deflexed, clear brown; later all the spines
become gray. Andes of Ecuador. — Near Borzicactus;
needs further critical study.
8. tetracanthus, Labour. Upright, arborescent or
bushy, freely branching, young branches leaf -green, later
gray-green . ribs 8-9, low, arched : areoles medium-sized,
slightly sunken, about Kin- apartj white to gray.
radials 5, later 7, radiate, about %in. long, straight,
subulate, stout, white, with brown tips and bases, later
ashy gray; centrals 1-3. under one largest and porrect,
when young yellow and translucent, later gray fls re-
semble those of C. tortuosus Bolivia — This species
should doubtless be referred to Eriocereus.
CEREUS
CEREUS
723
ccc. Ribs of st. 3-6.
9. Hankeanus, Web. Upright, robust, not branch-
ing (so far as known), young growth bright green, lat/er
dark green, about 2 in diam.: ribs 4-5, compressed,
about \Y\ in high, conspicuously erenate, with an S-
form line passing from each areole toward the center of
the st areoles, j^-l in apart, horizontally elliptical to
heart-shaped, brown, becoming gray below and yellow
above* radial spines 3, needle-liko, stout, sharp-pointed,
about 2tjin long, amber-colore<l when young, turning
to brown, central solitary, straight, porrect, %m. long,
stronger than the radials, horn-colored; later all the
spines become gray. fls. 4-5 m. long, white. S. Amer.
BB. New growth blue, white- or gray-pruinose.
c. Ribs of st comparatively broad and low: st. more or
less triangular in cross-section.
10 macrogdnus, Otto Arborescent, sparsely branch-
ing, reaching a height of 20 ft (in cult , 6 ft high by
3-5 in diam ), branches columnar: ribs mostly 7, sel-
dom 8-9, thick, slightly urdulate, obtuse and with
convex faces, about 1 m high bluish green, frequently
having a depressed line near th.-1 areole areoles about
Hm apart, large, gray radial spines 6-9, radiate or
spreading, strong, subulate, %m l°n& horn-color, later
black, central spines 1—3, somewhat stronger and longer
than the radials, more or loss conspicuously porrect:
fls from the lateral areoles near the end of the branches,
2^-3 in long, tolerably fleshy, white fr. depressed-
globose, 2 in diam. by little more than 1 m. long.
Brazil
cc Ribs of st strongly compressed laterally.
11 peruvianus, Haw (C. monodbnos, DC.). HEDGE
CACTUS Fig 881 Tall, 30-50 f t , branching freely toward
the base, columnar, 4—8 in diam , now growth dark green
and glaucous, becoming a dull green with age, and, m
old sts becoming corky ribs 5-8, compressed' are-
oles *2-l m apart, m new growth covered with con-
spicuous, curly brown \vool, becoming gray: radial
spines about 6-7, about ^8~Km l°nSI central solitary,
reaching a length of 2}/£ in , the number of spines in-
creases with age to as many as 20, all are rigid, bro\\n:
fls. abundant, from the lower part of the st , white, noc-
turnal, 6-7 in long by 5 in. diam. S Amer. G C. 111.
24 175 (var mon^lrofsus).
Var Alacriportanus, K Schum (C. Alacnportdnus,
M art ) Of some\v hat weaker growth, low, and less con-
spicuously pruinose in the new growth, which is con-
sequently nearly clear green. S Brazil
12 Jamacaru, Salm-Dyek (C vdhdus, Haw ). Sts.
upright, robust, rigid, 12-16 ft high by as much as 6 in.
"ham , young growth azure-blue, turning dark green
with age, glaucous ribs 4-6, thin, compressed, crenatc:
radial spines 5-7, stiff, needle-like, clear yellow with
brown points, or brown and finally black, about M-%
in. long, centrals 2-4, somewhat stronger, porrect,
^-3 in long fls large, 10 in long by 8 in. diam , white,
nocturnal Brazil, Venezuela.
13. chalybcfeus, Otto Sts upright, branching above,
arborescent, azure-blue and prmnose, later dark green,
m diam ribs 6, in young growth very much
compressed, later depressed till the st. is nearly cylin-
drical areoles about ^gin apart, dark gray-brown:
radial spines mostly 7, about M>m. long^, centrals 3-4,
similar but somewhat stronger and a little longer; all
the spines are pointed, stiff, when young are black,
later brown to gray with black tips, bulbose at the
base: fls very similar to those of C. csendescens.
Argentina.
AA. Sis. erect, less than 2 in diam.
B. Ribs of st 10 or more.
14. isogdnus, K. Schum St upright, columnar, about
1-1 ^ m. diam., in young growth light green to yellow-
green, later darker, ribs 15-16' areoles approximate,
white, turning gray radial spines as many as 20, spread-
ing, at first clear or dark yellow, becoming white, and
finally gray, bristle form, flexible, about %m. long:
centrals 6-8; two of these are somewhat stronger ana
stiffer, about %m long, one directed upwaid and one
downward, yellowish brown to dark honey-color; later
gray, as in the radials. S Amer.
15. splendens, Salm-Dyck Columnar, slender,
short, ngid, more or less branching from the base,
reaching a height of about 2 ft and about 1-1 ^ m.
diam , light to yellowish green ribs about 10-12,
rounded areoles prominent, about ^m apart, tawny,
becoming white, tomentose: radial spines 8-12, radiafc-
mg, yellow and light brown, becoming gray, centrals
1-3, scarcely larger than the radial, yellowish to white;
all the spines slender, bristle form, about K-/4m long.
— C Cavendwhn has been referred to this species, but
with some question.
BB. Ribs of st. 3-10.
16. platygdnus. Otto. At first upright, later some-
what reclining, branching, at the base about 1 in.
diam , tapering in the new growth' ribs 8, low, arched:
arooles about J^in apart, very small, yellow, becoming,
gray, subtrudod by a small 3-angled bract: radial
spmos 12-15, spreading, bristle form, little more than
J'Hin long, central solitary, slightly longer and stronger;
all the spines at first yellow-brown, changing to white
or gray with age.
17 caerulSscens, Salm-Dyck (C Ldndbeekri, Phil.),
Arborescent or shrubby, 3-5 ft. high' sts. 1-1^ in.
diam ' ribs usually 8. obtuse areolos approximate,
white bud soon becoming black spines rigid; radials
9-12, ^/i~y^\n long, black; centrals 4, %in long,
stronger, black or white, fls from the side of the st ,
slightly curved, 6-8 in long by 6 in diam , tube bronze-
green, corolla white or occasionally rose-pink: frs.
ellipsoidal, pointed at both ends, about 3 in long and
half that m diam , bright red, with blue glaucous eover-
mg Argentina. B M 3922
18 Bridgesii, Salm-Dyck Upright, tall, columnar,
sunple or later branching at the base, bright green when
young, becoming blue to gray-green, l}^-2 in diam :
ribs 5-7, very broad and low areoles } '2~%m apart,
jollowish to gray spines 3-5, radiating, the under one,
or seldom the upper one, the longest, 1 j^ in long, stiff,
sharp, straight, dark honey-j ellow, with brown tips,
becoming gray with age Bolivia
Var lagemf 6nrus, K Schum. (C lagmifdrmta, Forst.).
Spines more numerous, somewhat longer.
19. azOreus, Farm. (C. SeuMu, Lehm ) St upright,
tall, slender, columnar, branching from the base, in the
young, fresh bluish green, later dark green with gray,
glaucous covenng, about 3— 4 ft high and about 1 in
diam ribs 5-7, rounded, enlaiged at the areole.
areoles about •)£-! ft apart, elevated, laige, abundantly
woolly when young spines 8-18, nearly alike, about
/^-?8m l°ng> s^ff, slender, needle-form to bristle-like,
black; the 2Ht central ones somewhat longer fls 8-12
in long, obliquely attached to the st., slightly curved,
white Brazil
20 c&sius, Otto Upright, columnar, branching at
the base, somewhat tapering above, in new growth,
beautiful light blue, pruinose, later, light green to
slightly bluish, about \Yi m diam ' ribs 5-6, separated
by sharp grooves, about ^2m high, compressed, faintly
crenate, becoming depressed in older growth areole*5
about i^m apart, small, yellow at first, later becoming
white and finally gray radial spines 8-10, sometimes
more appear later; radiate, light amber-color, brown at
the base, the lower pair the longest, mostly about Hin-
long, centrals 4-7, like the radials but usually some-
what stronger, longer and darker; all the spines thin,
needle-form, flexible, sharp; later, light, horn-color,
finally gray. S Amer.(?).
724
CEREUS
CERINTHE
AAA. Sts. weak, clambenrw ot>ei voc<"; y: other, plater,
and withoai at ™tn, TOOLS.
21. B6nplandii, Farm. Sts. at first upright, later
clambering over rocks and bushes, about 1-1 Yt, in
diam., branching and spreading, m new growth com-
monly of a bluish or purplish green, later gray-green:
ribs 4-6, sharp, con- pressed, crenate, separated by
broad, concave faces; later the ribs become much de-
pressed, so that the st is sometimes nearly cylindrical;
the ribs commonly run spirally around the axis of the
st . areoles %~\% m apart, at fust considerably de-
pressed, later shallower, white, becoming gray radial
spines 4-6 (later 1-4 more appear), straight, spreading,
the largest about %~1 in , stout, subulate, pointed, the
under one needle-foim and shorter, central solitary,
s+raipht, stronger, 1 m long, deflexed or porrect; the
fettv»»ger spines are white, with tips and bases brown,
wher "oung beautiful ruby-red, later all are gray, with
black tips and bulbous bases . fls from the lateral areolea
about 10 in long, white, nocturnal: fr nearly spheri-
cal, about 2 in. diam , inanimate, dark carmine-red.
Paraguay, Brazil, and Aigentina
22. tortudsus, Forbes (C atropurpiireus, Haage).
Sts. slender, weak, at first upright, but later reflexed,
reaching a length of 3-4 ft , and 1-1 Yi in. diam ' ribs
commonly 7, sometimes but 5, rounded, low, separated
by regular serpentine grooves areoles about 1 in apart,
large, radial spines 5-8, about %-l in long, centrals
1-4, about M-IH m- l°nK> a^ ^e spines slender, rigid,
red-brown when young, becoming ashy with age fls.
from the prpvious year's growth, about 6 in long, trum-
pet-shaped, tube olive-green and ^pmy, in the axils of
the reddish green scales, outer petals pale green, tinted
with brown, inner petals clear white- fr. spherical, bril-
liant red without and white within, inanimate, bearing
a few spines on the summits of the lower mammas
Argentina.
23 MArtimi, Labour (C. moriacdnthua, Hort ) At
first upright, later requiring a support, freely branching-
from the base, branches long, reaching nearly 5 ft ,
%-l in. diam , slightly tapering, dark green1 ribs 5-6,
separated by serpentine grooves, contracted between
the areoles, sometimes the ribs are not evident, when
the bt. is cylindrical areoles about 1-1 ]/i in apart,
white* radial spines 5-7, roddish, short, bristle-form,
with bulbous bases or short conical, usually about }sin
long, central solitary, mostly deflexed, >£-! in long
(m young growth, frequently not longer than the
radial), subulate, robust, light brown or white, with
bases and tips black, fls from the older growth sts ,
8-9 in. long, clear white, nocturnal fr spherical (very
similar to C. tortuosus), pointed, dark carmine-red,
about 2 in. diam.. inanimate, a few spines on the rnain-
^nas, toward the base of the fr. Argentina. .ll.H. 1860,
pp 658-9. — This species is commonly sold under the
name of C. platygonus,
24. Pitajiya, DC (C. pernambucemis [fernambu-
censii*], Lem C. formdsw, Salm-Dyck C. vandbihs,
Pfeiff ) By recent authorities referred to the genua
Acanthocerous St at first simple, later branching, in
young growth light green, turning grayish green with
age, pointed, %-l)4 m diam ribs 3-5, commonly 4:
areoles about 1 in. apart, large, bearing a conspicuous
amount of curly hair, about j^m l«Ng> in new growth:
radial spines 5-7 and a solitary central one, uniform,
about ?«-% in long, amber color to brown and finally
gray fls, from the older growth, large, about 8 in long,
slightly curved, white, nocturnal Uruguay, Brazil,
Colombia B.M 4084 — C. grdndu>, Haw , according
to Weber, is but a larger form of this species.
AAAA. Sts more or less climbing by means of
aerial roots
25 Martianus, Zucc Of bushy growth, branching,
reaching a height of 3 ft and more branches slender,
provided here and there with aeiial roots, cylindrical,
about ?4m diam : ribs commonly 8, straight, sepa-
rated by sharp grooves, veiy low areoles 14- 2-gin.
apart, small, white' radial spines 6-10, bristle-form,
spreading, clear honey-yellow, at base brownish, later
whitish and becoming gray, about ^m long, centrals
3-4, similar, only somewhat stouter and darker: fls.
usually abundant, straight or slightly S-shaped, 4-5 in.
long, scarlet-red fr. spherical, reddish green, covered
with bristles S Mex B M 3768.
C lenUmlgha, Vaupel (Borzicaotus ventimiRha, Ritcob ) St
slender, 8- or 9-nbbed spines m clusters of 8-10, spreading peri-
anth-tube elongated, opening into a large throat, petals red-violet
fr small, globular, bearing few bracts This spe«ies apparently
does not belong to the true CVreus, and i« probably much nearer
Cleistocactus, as suggested in the Kew Bulletin It was described
from plants flowering in the Botanical Gardrn at Palermo, Italy,
and which are said to have come from Ecuador Borzicactun us a
recently described genus, not yet intro into American collections
C afomo'«Msis=Rathbuma alamosensis — C Baumannn^*
Cleistocactus Baurnannn — (' Berlandihi ^=Echmoccreus — C'
cn'suitdsus = Erhiriocereua — C candelabrum = Lemum-ocerfus
Weben — C C/uo«Ba=Escontria Chiotilla —C chlnr4nthus=l^L\\i-
nocereus. — C coc<nneu«=Kchinocereus — (' CdcJia/*=Myrtillocattus
Cochal — C. conoif/eus=Echmocereus — C ctenok/es— Echiuocer-
eus — C. C2/ftnc/ricw«=Opuntia — (" danyac<inthu» — Eduno-
cereus — C. />onA.?fc?rv=HplerucerciH Donkelaeru — C dtibiu*=*
Echmocereua — C Durnortien -=>Lemaireocereus Dumortien — C
e&urneu«=Lemaireocereus gnseus — C £mon/i— Bergcroeactus
Emoryi — C #n0eZmarm— Echmocereun — (' fnneacdr<</m* — Ech-
inocereus — C <TKca=Ix:mairpotfrei.8 cruca— C exttniuv—Hylo-
cereus extenaus — C F^ndicri=EchmocorpU8 — C flnQ<lhf(irm\s**=
Aporocactua flagelliformis — C geomftmans = Myrtillocactus
geometmans — C 0ipan<£us— Carnegica gigantea — (J oonariinthus
— Echmocereus — C pran<ii/Z<jru8=Selemcrreus grandiflorus —
C GWtftm^Pemocereus Greggu — C (7ummd8Ms=Lcmaireocereus
gummosus — C JiarmKusra-Seknicereus hamatus — C in#rmi«=
Selemcereus inermis — C lonoii&us — Echinocereus — C Mdl-
lisonii is a hybrid — C AfoeD<5naWta5=Solenicereu8 MacDonaldise
— C mrtr0m<l/!t8=Paohycereus rnargmatus — C Maynardi\=>
Selemcercus — C mexic&nus is probably a hybrid — C mojavfnais
— Echmocereus — C ?iopoi«'()nt8=Hylocereus napoleonis — C
McAeteit— Cephalocereus — C nj/ctfcams— Sclemcereus nycticalus.
— C paur{«pmua==Echmocereus — C pcc<tmUus=Echinocereu8
— C phcrniceui = Echmocereus — C princep* = Acanthocereus
pentagonus — C procum6fn«=Echmocereus — C queretnrfnaia
=Pacnycereus queretarensis — C fi#»e/«=S«Ienitereu8 hybrid
— C repd ndua = Harrma gracihs — C /?<£«m=Echinocereus.
— C. Schelri =- Echinocereus — C sbnlis =- Cephalocereus — C
scrpenrtnus=«Nyctocereus sorpentmus — C speci<)<m*— Heliocereus
speciosus — C. fiptnuMaus==feelemcerouB spmulonus — C atellAtua
=LernaireocereuH stellatua — C «/row(neu«=Echinf)ccreu» — C
Thiirberv — Lemaireocereus Thurben — C tnanouldna •» Hylo-
cereus tncostatua. — C. tvberdsua = Wilcoxia — C mndifldrut «•
Echmocereus. J ^^ RoSE.f
CERfNTHE (Greek, keros, wax; anthos, flower- the
ancients thought that the bees visited the flowers for
wax) Boraginacex. Annual or perennial herbs from
Europe and Asia Minor, with alternate glaucous
leaves and showy purple bracts
Calyx deeply aividea, the tubular corolla with 5 very
ttmall raflnvn,} IrtKoe ,,u,mlKr rl.ffnr^fh, .
XXV. Celerv.-The cultivation under field conditions, at the hilling-up or banking stage
CEKINTHE
CEROPTERIS
725
the tube. — About 6 species, The best species is C.
retarta, which has a unique appearance in the garden,
and is strongly recommended for more general cult.
It is a hardy annual of easy cult.
ret6rta. Sibth. & Smith. HONKYWOHT. Fig. 885.
Height l>^-2 ft : Ivs. glaucous, often spotted white or
red; lower Ivs. obovate-spatulate, upper Ivs. ampiexi-
caul, with 2 round oars, on the flowering branches gradu-
ally becoming smaller and closer together until they
pass into purple bracts, which form the chief attractive
feature of the plant fls when full-blown protruded
beyond the bracts; corolla tubular-club-shaped, yellow,
tipped pin pie, with 5 small, spreading teeth: frs smooth
but not shining. Greece B M. 5264 Gn. 41.212.
For a garden review of the other honeyworts, see
Gn 41, p 212.
are now general'y agreed in separating it as a distinct
genus.
INDEX.
C mAjnr, Linn A showy annual 6-15 in high' Ivs clasping the
-- . very rough and cihate fls with showy bracts, the corolla yellow
below, piirplmh at the top fr. smooth, shining and brown-spotted.
•t , very rough and cihate fls
below, p , '---.-'
Medit region DM 333.
WILHKLM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
CEROPfeGIA (Greek, wax and fountain, the flowers
having a waxy look). Asdepiadace&. Greenhouse
vines of Africa and Asia
Steins fleshy, erect and twining among the other
plants in nature, or pendulous Ivs. oppoMte, sometimes
in the S. African species wanting fls medium-sized, the
corolla more or lew* inflated at the base, straight or
curved, corona something as in our common milk-
weeds, double — A genus of 100 species, a dozen of
which aro known in Old World collections but only the
following in Amer Many of them have tuberous roots,
and need a season of re.st and dryness. May be grown
m a compost of loam, leaf-mold or peat, and sand.
Temperate house is the best for the two following.
Prop by cuttings in spring over bottom heat. Odd and
handsome.
Wo6dii, Schlecht With many slender prostrate or
trailing sts Ivs fleshy, about l1^ in. long, almost
rotund fls in pairs, axillary on stalks, 3-7 in. long;
corolla slightly curved, about j^'m long, pmk or with
dark lines below, the uppe- part sometimes purplish.
Natal G C III 22 357, 37:244 (dose ). B Nl. 7704.
Sandersonii, Decne. St. twining, fleshy and thick:
Ivs about 1^4 in long, ovate-lanceolate, fls.cymose, 3- 4
at a node, the greenish white corolla about 11A~2 in.
long, curved and with an obvious inflation at the base.
Natal BM 5792 GC 111.40.383. R.H. 1901, p.
Ill
C barbertonensn, N E Br Lvs somewhat variegated with pale
green along the veins fls similar to C Woodn Transvaal. — C
ardwnn, I^edner Corolla-tube pale green with dark blotches, lobes
greenish w it h iilzone of white and dark purple m the middle. Uganda.
— T dlnrrela, N E Br Tuberous tube »biti-h, dark-veined, lobes
pale yf How at base, purple-green at apex Madras — C /u«ca,C Bolle
Many succulent sts corolla dull reddish brown coronna light yel-
low Canary Is«ls B M MXiti — C gemmlfrra, K Schum A tall
climbing species fls solitary W Trop Afr —C Lugdrdse, N E Br
Lvs thin, 1-2 in long tube 1 in long, abruptly curvet! immediately
above inflated base, dilated at apex into funnel-shaped mouth.
Bechuanaland G C III 30 302 (dose ) — C Rtndalhi,N E Br A
smail species with fl having an umbrella-like canopy surmounting
the corolla twining Transvaal — C timiUa, N E Br In cult as
C Thwaitotn Corolla-lobes white or pale green at base, cihate.
G C III 40 384 C ThorncroftM, N Br. Sts twining: cymes
axillary, many-fld , corolla white, with purple blotches Trans-
axillary, many-fld
vaal IBM 8458.
N.TAYLOR.
CER6PTERIS (Greek, wax fern). Polypodvacex. Hot-
house ferns of rather small size, interesting for the
powdery covering on the leaves.
A rather small group somewhat related to Pteris,
characterized most conspicuously by having the under
surface of the Ivs. covered with a colored powder, often
silver, white or bright yellow (so-called silver and
gold ferns). The sporangia are borne in indefinite
fines and are unprotected by any indusium The spe-
ies of Ceroptens have in the past been classified under
the generic name Gymnogramma, but fern students
argentea, 4.
argyrophylla, 7.
caTomelanos, 6.
chryuophylla, 2, 6.
decomposita, 5.
giganlea, 2
Laucheana, 2.
magnified, 6
peruviana, 7.
pulchella, 9.
sulphurea, 3.
tartarea, 8
tnangulans, 1.
viscosa, 1
"Wettennal liana, 9.
886. Ceropteris triangularii.
A. Powder commonly yellow Ivs. about as broad as long
1 triangularis, Underw (Gymnogrdmma tnanguld-
ns, Kaulf ) Fig, 886 Lf -blades 2-5 in. wide and
long, on stalks 6-12 m. long,
dark green above, below deep
golden yellow, or occasion-
ally white; lower pinnae much
larger than the others, del-
toid, the upper lanceolate.
Calif, to Brit. Col Gn 48,
p. 444 — A white -powdered
vanety with a viscous upper
surface and coarser cuttings
(var viscdsa, D. C. Eaton)
is found in S Calif.
AA. Powder yellow: Ivs. lanceo-
late, several times as long
as broad.
B. Lvs. scarcely more than
bimnnate.
2. chrysophylla, Link
(Gymnogrdmma chrysophylla,
Kaulf ) Lvs 12-18 in. long,
with blackish stalks and
rachiscSj the segms slightly v>'*'
pmnatifid at the base: powder golden yellow W.
Indies to Brazil. R H. 1856.201 G C III 23 '373 —
Often considered a var. of C calomtlanos. Var.
Laucheana (Gymnogrdmma I^auchedna, Hort ), has tri-
angular Ivs. except in its bub-variety gigantea Gn 48,
p 437.
BB Lvs tnpinnatifid to quadnpinnale.
3. sulphurea, Fe"e (Gymnogrdmma sulphurea, Desv.).
Lf. -blades 6-12 in. long on chestnut-brown btalks, the
pinnae long, tapering, less than 1 } £ in wide at base, the
pinnules compact, with 3-7 divisions, powder sulfur-
yellow. W. Indies.
4. argSntea, Kuhn (Gymnogrdmma a urea, Desv ).
Lvs 6-12 in long, 7-10 in wide, deltoid, pinnae del-
toid, 2-3 in wide at ba.se, the ultimate divisions cu-
neate Madagascar — By some this is referred to Gym-
nogrdmma, argentea, Mett , a similar fern with white
powder
5. decomp6sita, Baker (known only under the
name Gymnogrdmma dtcompdsita, belongs in Cerop-
tens). Lvs. \l/i ft long, 1 ft broad, deltoid, quadnpm-
nate or even 5-pmnate; pinna? close, lanceolate, with
the ultimate divisions linear and 1-nerved powder
rather scanty. Andes. FR2-25 G C. III. 11:365.
F. 1874, p. 148.
AAA. Powder white: Ivs lanceolate.
B. Segms acute
6. calom61anos, Underw (Gymnogrdmma calomela-
nos, Kaulf.). Fig 887 Stalks and rachises nearly
black* Ivs. 1-3 ft long, with lanceolate pinnae, begms.
often with a large lobe-like auricle at the upper bide of
the base. W. Indies to Brazil AG 14.303— The
most variable species of the genus C magnifica, Hort ,
is probably one of the many garden varieties. Var.
chrysophylla, is here considered a distinct species. (See
No. 2.)
BB. Segms obtuse, rounded.
7. peruvi&na, Link (Gymnogrdmma peruwdna,
Desv.). Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 3-5 in. wide, with dark
726
CEROPTERIS
CESTRUM
887. Ceroptens calomelanos.
chestnut-brown stalks; pinnae somewhat regularly
pmnatifid on both sides below. Mex. co Peru. By
some considered a var of G. calomelanos Var. argyro-
phylla (G. argyrophylla, Hort.) is silvery on both sides.
8 tartarea,
Link (Gymno'
gramma tatdnca,
Desv G tatdnca,
Hoit). Lvs. 9-18
in. long, 2-5 in.
broad, with closely
set pinna), taper-
ing gradually to
a point, pinnules
scarcely divided
or cut, mostly
merely crenate.
Trop Amer from
Mex southward.
BBS Segms fan-
shaped or wedge-
shaped.
9. pulchSlla,
Link (known
only under the
generic name,
Gymnogramma;
belongs in Cerop-
fem). Lvs. 6-12
in long, 4 in wide, the lower pmnce much the largest;
pinnules imbricated, texture rather thin. Vene/Aiela.
Var Wettenhalhana, Moore (G WcttenhaUiana,
Hort ), is a gaiden variety, with pale sulfur-yellow
powder. L M. UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
CER6XYLON (Greek, wax and wood, i.e , wax-tree).
Palmacese WAX-PALM. Tall palms with ringed stems
and pinnate leaves.
Spineless, the trunk covered with wax Ivs clustered
at the top, 15-20 ft. long when full grown, equally
pinnate, pmnse long, rigid, sword-shaped, bases re-
curved and tips pointed, dark green above and glau-
cous beneath, the petiole very short and sheathed fls.
mostly unisexual, on spikes nearly or quite covered by
the simple spathe, fl -parts 3; stamens 9-15 seed as
large as a hazel-nut, round, bony, inclosed in a soft or
crumbling integument — Perhaps 4 or 5 species m the
Andes of Colombia and Ecuador
andfcolum, HBK. (Indrtea andicola, Spreng 7.
Klopstdckia, Hort Klopstockia cerffera, Karst
Beethovema cerffcra, Engl ). The celebrated wax-palm
of the Andes, and a good greenhouse subject said to
reach nearly 200 ft : trunk slender, swollen at the mid-
dle* Ivs 6-8 in , the crown, the under sides silvery-
scurfy. — The waxy covering of the trunk gives it a
marble-like and columnar appearance The wax, used
as an ingredient in the making of candles, is an article
of commerce It is said that Diplothemium caudescens
(Ceroxylon mveum, Hort ) is sometimes sold for the
wax-palm by plant dealers. C ferrugineum, Regel, is
probably referable to Inartea It appears not to be
in the trade. C. andicolum is a free grower under cult.,
and is a very ornamental subject It thrives in a
warm moist house^ and the seeds also germinate well
under similar conditions. L. jj> g4
CESPEDESIA (named in honor of Juan Maria
Cespedes, priest of Bogota). Ochnacex. Tall handsome
glabrous trees, sometimes grown in the juvenile state
in hothouses
Leaves alternate, large, coriaceous, mostly obovate
to lanceolate and narrowed at base, entire, or crenate:
fls. yellow, showy, in large terminal bract less panicles;
aepals 5, small and deciduous; petals 5; stamens 10 to
many: fr. a 5-valved caps ; seeds very small. — Species
probably 6-10, m S Amer and Panama
discolor. Bull Lvs large, lanceolate, drooping, hand-
somely colored on young groxvths in bright brown or
tan tinted with rose and veined with yellow. Gn. W.
20.618. — A comparatively recent intro. to cult, in
England. L. H. B.
CENTRUM (old Greek name). Inch, Habrothdmnus.
Solan&cese. Greenhouse shrubs (or low trees) some
of them with a climbing habit, and grown in the open
in southern California and elsewhere South
Leaves alternate arid entire, usually rather narrow:
fls tubular, in axillary or terminal cymes, led, yellow,
greenish or white, often very flagrant, corolla salver-
shaped or somewhat trumpet-shaped, the long tube
often enlarged at the throat, 5-lobed, exceeding the
bell-shaped or tubular 5-toothed calyx, stamens mostly
5, all perfect, attached m the tube, fr a scarcely
succulent mostly reddish or blackish beriy, derived from
a 2-celled stipitate ovary and heeds few or reduced to
1 — Probably 150 species, m Trop and Subtrop Amer.
They are much grown in warm countries,, where they
bloom continuously. For a monograph of the West
Indian species (about 20) see O E Sohulz, in Urban,
Symbols, Antillanse, vi, p 249-279 (1909-1910).
Cestrums are among the most useful of bright-
flowering shrubby greenhouse plants, and they may
be grown either as pot-plants, or planted against the
back wall or supports of a greenhouse, where, if given
a light position, they will produce an abundance of
flowers from January to April The Mtxiean species
will do well in a winter temperature of lo° to 50°, but
the species from Central America require stove tem-
perature They are propagated by cuttings taken m
February or early in March and inseited in sand in a
warm temperature, keeping them somewhat close until
rooted, when they should be potted in a light soil, after
which they may be grown in pots, shifting on as often
as required, or planted out m the open ground toward
the end of May in a sunny position, where, if kept
pinched baek to induce a bushy growth and attention
is paid to watering, they will make fine plants by the
first of September. They should then be lifted aria pot-
ted in a light rich soil and kept close and shaded for a
few days, arid then transferred to their winter quaiters
After flowering, the plants should be given a rest for
a month or six weeks, gradually reducing the supply
of water to induce the leaves and wood to ripen, after
which they should be cut well back, the old soil shaken
888. Cestrum elegans. ( X
off, and the roots trimmed back, and then either
potted again or planted out for the summer While
m the greenhouse, cestrums are very subject to the
attacks of insects, especially the mealy-bug. (E. J.
Canning.)
A. Fls red.
elegans, Schlecht. (Habrothdmnus elegans, Brongn ).
Fig 888. Tall and slender, half-climbing, the branches
pubescent: Ivs. ovate, lanceolate, long-acuminate, of
medium size, pubescent beneath, fls. red-purple, swollen
CESTRUM
CH^NOMELES
727
near the top of the tube, in loose clusters which nod at
the ends or the branches, the lobes cihate. Mex. F S.
2:82. — One of the old-fashioned greenhouse shrubs,
blooming almost continuously. There is a form with
variegated Ivs. Var. Smithii (C. Smithu, Hort. Bull )
has beautiful blush-rose fls , profusely produced through
Bummer and autumn. Gn 62, p 242, desc.
fasciculatum, Miers Spring bloomer, with larger fls.
than those of C. elegans, and more compact, nearly
globular fl.-clusters, tne cluster subtended by small Ivs.
as if an involucre Ivs ovate Mex. B M. 4183 (and
probably the C elegans, B.M. 5659.).
Newelli, Nichols (//. Newelh, Vcitch). Fls. bright
crimson, larger and more brilliant than those of C. ele-
qans and C fasciculatum. Gn 34 '106 — A free-grow-
ing plant, originating from becd by Mr. Newell, Down-
ham Market, England Evidently an offshoot of one
of the preceding species.
AA Fls. orange or yellow.
aurantiacum, Lindl. Of half-climbing habit: Ivs.
oval to ovate, more or less undulate, fls sessile in a
panicle, orange-yellow. Guatemala. R H 1858, p.
238.
Pseddo-Quina, Mart Glabrous* Ivs. membrana-
ceous, jvate, obtusish or acute, narrowed at base:
peduncles articulated at apex, axillary or in congested
4-8-fld terminal racemes, corolla slender with acute
lobes, much longer than the toothed calyx Brazil. —
Said to have marked medicinal qualities Differs from
C Parqui in having glabrous filaments and pedicillate
fls.
AAA. Fls. white, greenish, or cream-ydlow.
Parqui, L'Her Shrub, half-hardy, nearly glabrous.
Ivs lanceolate to oblong, petioled, short, acuminate*
fls sessile, long, tubular, with a wide-spreading limb,
in an open panicle, greenish yellow, very fragrant at
night Chile B M 1770 Adventive in Fla
diurnum, Linn Quick-growing evergreen shrub,
minutely pubescent or glabrous Ivs oblong and short-
acute, tmckish and glabrous, shining above fls white,
very sweet-scented by day, in axillary long-peduncled
spikes; corolla-lobes roundish and reflexed berry nearly
globular; filaments erect and not denticulate \Y Indies
nocturnum, Linn NIGHT-BLOOMING JESSAMINE
Shrub, 4-12 ft.: branches brownish, very blonder or
flexuose, glabrous or nearly so Ivs thinner, ovate or
elliptic, prominently acuminate: fls creamy-yellow,
very fragrant by night, corolla-lobes ovate and blunt:
berry ovoid-oblonu: ; filamants denticulate. W Indies.
pfcbens, Gnseb Sts and Ivs. woolly-pubescent: fls.
greenish, much like those of C. nocturnum and also
fragrant at night Argentina.
laurifdlmm, L'Her Glabrous shrub' Ivs. ovate to
oblong, glossy, thick fls. greenish yellow and changing
color (sometimes described under cult as pure white),
in erect heads, slightly fragrant; corolla-tube club-
shaped, tapering gradually; corolla-lobes ovate-round-
ish and blunt ; filaments toothed . berry ovoid W Indies,
S. Amer — Much planted in S. Calif. L H B
(Greek, gaping ray: the marginal
corollas often ray-like) Compdsitse. West American
low herbs or undershrubs sometimes planted in the
open for ornament.
Leaves alternate and mostly dissected: fls. yellow,
white or flesh-colored on solitary peduncles or in loose
cymes; florets of one kind, but the marginal ones with
a more or less enlarged limb, involucre camnanulate;
receptacle flat and generally naked: pappus of toothed
or entire scales (wanting in one species) — About 20
species, of which 3 have been intro as border plants;
but they are little known to gardeners. Of easy cult.
Prop, by seeds or division.
A. Pappus of entire or nearly entire persistent scales.
tenuifdlia, Nutt Small, tufted annual, white-pubes-
cent when young but becoming nearly or quite glabrous:
1 ft : Ivs. once or twice pmnatelv parted, the lobes
linear or filiform, heads ^m. hign, Icrnon-yellow.
S. Calif.
DoOglasii, Hook & Arn. Perennial, 3-15 in high,
usually white-woolly when young. Ivs. broad, bipm-
nately parted into short and crowded, obtuse looes*.
heads /l2~Min high, white or whitish, usually in
crowded, cymose clusters Mont south and west. —
Variable Var. achillesefdha, A Nelson, is often sold
for the type. It has more finely divided Ivs.
AA. Pappus of fimbrwte and deciduous scales, or even
wanting
artemisiaefdlia, Gray Tufted annual, 1-2 ft., rusty
pubescent and bomcwhat sticky on the under side of
the Ivb , glandular hairy above Ivs twice or thrice
pinnately parted into shortA linear or oblong lobes:
heads ^m. high, the involucre viscid, the florets white
or cream-color. S Calif. j^ TAYLOR f
CHASNOMtLES (Greek chamein, to gape, to split,
and melea, apple' the fruit was supposed by Thunberg
to split into five valves) Roi>aceat, subfamily Pomex.
Woody plants, grown chiefly for their handsome
brightly colored flowers appearing early in spring;
formerly commonly included in Cydonia
Shiubs or small trees, sometimes spiny Ivs. sub-
persistent or deciduous, alternate, short-petioled, ser-
rate fls solitary or fascicled, before or after the lv& ,
sometimes partly stammatc, calyx-lobes entire or ser-
rate, petals 5, stamens numerous' styles 5, connate at
the base fr 5-celled, each cell with many seeds — Four
species in China and Japan. See page .J5(>7
These are ornamental plants, nearly hardy North
except C i>incni>is, which can be grown only South C
jnponica and C Mnul-ei, with handsome glossy foliage
and abundant flowers in early «prmg, varying in all
shades fiom pure white to deep scarlet, are highly
decorative, and especially adapted for borders of
shrubhciu's and for low ornamental hedges The fruit
of all species can be made into conserves They thrive
in almost any soil, but require sunny position* to bloom
abundantly Propagated by seeds, usually stratified
and sown in spring, also readily increased by root-
cuttings made in fall or early spring, and rarer kmda
or less vigorous-growing varieties are grafted in the
greenhouse in early spring, on stock of the Japanese
or common quince, they grow also from cuttings of
half-ripened or nearly matuie wood, under glass, and
from layers.
A. Fls solitary, with rcjlexed serrate calyx-lobes, with or
after the Ivs i>d/>ules small. (Pseudocydonia )
sinensis, Koehne (Pyrus sincnsis, Poir Cydbnia
sincnsis, Thouin Pseudocyddma sintnsis, Schneid.;.
Shrub or small tree Ivs elliptic-ovate or elliptic-oblong,
acute at both ends, shaiply and finely serrate, villous
beneath when young, 2-3 in long fls light pink, about
1H m across* fr dark yellow, oblong, 4-6 in long.
May China B R 11 905 RH 1889*228 A G.
12:16. B M. 7988 —The Ivs assume a scarlet fall
coloring Not hardy north of Philadelphia, except in
favored localities. See also Quince.
AA Fls in leafless clusters, nearly sessile, before or with
the Ivs., calyx-lobes erect, entire, stipules large.
(Chxnomeles proper )
B Lvs. lanceolate or narrow-lanceolate, pubescent beneath
while young.
cathay£nsis, Schneid (Pyrus cathayensis, Hemsi.
Cydbnia cathayensis, Hemsl ). Shrub, to 10 ft. Ive
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute, finely and
sharply serrate, 2^-4^2 m. long and lA~\\i in. broad;
728
CH/ENOMELES
CH^TOSPERMUM
petioles about J^n. long- fls. in clusters, red. \\2 in.
across: styles pubescent at the base; petals distinctly
clawed, fr. oblong-ovoid, 6-7 in. long, with a cavity at
each end. Cent. China. H.I. 27.2657, 2658.— Closely
related to the following species, but Ivs. much narrower,
less hardy.
BB Lvs. elliptic-oblong to obovate, glabrous.
jap6nica, Lindl. (Pyrus jap6nica, Thunb. Cydonia
jap6mca, Pcrs. Chamomeles lugenanti, Koidzumi).
JAPAN QUINCE JAPONICA Fig 881) Shrub, 3-6 ft.,
with spreading, spiny branches' Ivs ovate or oblong,
acute, shaiply senate, glabrous, glossy above, 1^2~3 in.
long, fls 111 2-6-fld. clu.steis, scarlet-red in the type,
1^2~2 m across fr globular or ovoid, lj}/r-2 in. high,
yellowish green March, April China, Japan R.B.
1 260 LBC 16:1591 Gn 33, p 491, 40:126: 50,
p 106 (frs), 71, p 202 (habit). GC III 34:434. B H.
1 260 (frs.) R.H 1876. 330 (fr ) GM.35,suppl Nov.
12 V. 4.38. — Many garden forms in all shades from
white to deep scailet, and also with double fls Some
of the best are the following Var alba, Lodd. Fls.
white, blushed LBC 6541. Var. albo-cfncta,
889. Chaenomeles japomca, the Japan or flowenng quince. ( X H)
VanHoutte Fls. white with pink margin F.S. 14:1403.
Yar. albo-rftsea, Spaeth Fls white, partly pink.
GW. 7:113 Var atrosanguinea plena, Hort Fls.
deep scarlet, semi-double Var Baltzii, Spaeth. Flh
beautiful rosy pink, very flonferous G W 7'113 Vai.
Candida, Hort. Fls pure white Var. cardinalis, Carr.
Fls large, deep scarlet. R II 1872 330, f. 1 Vai.
eburnea, Carr Fls. pure white, rather small R II.
1872 330, f. 4 Var. Gaujardii, Lorn. Fls. salmon-
orange. IH 7:260. Var grandifldra, Rehd (C dlba
grandiflora, Carr.). Fls. nearly white, laige R. H.
1876:410 Gn. 13:144. Var. Mallardii, Carr. Fls.
rose, bordered white. RH 1872 330, p 2. IH 4:135.
G.Z. 1.208. Var. Moerlodsei, Versch. Fls white,
striped pink 1113:107. FS5510 Var. Papeleiii,
Lem. Fls yellow, bordered pink. IH 7.260. Var.
pgndula, Temple & Beard, with slender, pendulous
branches. Var rdsea plena, Hort. Fls. rose, semi-
double Var. rubra grandifldra, Hort Fls. large,
deep crimson. Var sanguinea plena, Hort. Fls.
scarlet, double. Var ser6tina, Andre" Fls m stalked
leafy clusters in autumn R.H 1894, pp. 424. 425;
1903, p. 20. Var Simonii, Andre Fls dark crimson,
semi-double, low and upright GW 7.113 Var.
sulphurea, Hort (var sulphured perftcta, Van Houtte).
Fls. yellowish. Var umbilicata, Sieb. & De Vnes.
With rose-red fls., and large frs. umbilicate At the
apex. F .8.5:510.
Maulei, Sehneid. (Pyrus Maiilci, Mast Cydb'iia
Mattel, Moore. C alpina, Koehne) . Low shrub, 1-3 ft.:
branches spiny, with short, rough tomenturn when young:
Ivs roundish oval to obovate, obtuse or acute, coarsely
crenate-serrate, glabrous, 1-2 m. long, fls bi ight orange-
scarlet, 1-1^6 in across, fr yellow, nearly globular,
about \y& in across. March, April Japan B.M.
6780 GC II 1:757 and 2:741; 111.34:435. Gn.
13:390, 33, p. 490; 50, p 106; 55, p. 354. F 1875.49.
RU. 1875 195 FM 1875161. HB 26 241 —A
very desirable hardy shrub, with abundant fls of a
peculiar shade of led Var. alpina, Schneid (C jap6nica
vai alpina, Maxim Cydonw Sdrgentii, Lemome).
Dwarf spiny shrub, with piocumbent sts. and aseend-
andisu oval,
ng profusely R
superba, Hort FLs deeper red Var tricolor Hort.
mg branches. Ivs roundish oval, 3-2-1 m long flower-
ing and muting profusely RH 1911 204 Var.
Dwarf shrub, with pink and white variegated Ivs —
By some botanists this species is considered to be the
typical C japomca, and the preceding species is called
C. lagenarw ALFRED RKHDER.
CHJEN6STOMA (gainng mouth, in allusion to the
shape of the corolla) Kcrophulanacesp African herbs
or sub-shrubs sometimes planted in greenhouses, or in
the open in mild climates
Leaves simple, mostly opposite* fls axillary or ter-
minal-racemose, showy, stamens attached to the throat
of the coiolla, more or loss exsertrd, style filiform and
club-shaped, and obtuse at the apex, corolla tubular,
swollen in the throat, with a 5-lobed spreading limb:
fr. a caps with numerous seeds — Recent authorities
combine this genus with Sutera, which, in the enlarged
sense, comprises more than 190 species in Afr and the
Canary Isls Chaenostoma, as separately limited, has
25-30 S African plants with white, jellow or reddish
fls. axillary or in terminal racemes, Ivs usually oppo-
site, mostly dentate, 4 didynamous stamens which are
exserted rather than included as in typical Sutera and
the top of the style club-shaped and stigma obtuse
rather than 2-lobed
hfspidum, Benth (Sutera brachuita, Roth) Small
perennial, sometimes an under-shrub, with opposite,
oval or oblong, toothed Ivs , and blush-white or rosy
white star-like fls ^m across, in den.se clusters S.
Afr J H I II 33 636 — An old and deserving green-
house or pot-plant, but rarely seen at present It
blooms almost continuously, the fis sometimes hiding
the foliage Prop by seeds or cuttings, either in fall or
spring Begins to bloom when 4-6 in high To be
recommended for windows, and for summer vases It
has been listed as Schceuvsloma fusfndum In S Calif
it is a half-hardy dwarf shrub (12 tn 20 in high and
withstanding 4-6 degrees of frost), recommended for
edgings N TAYLOK f
Ctta5ROPir$XLUM (Greek-made name, referring
to the agreeably scented foliage). Umbelliftrs'
Scented herbs, annual, biennial or perennial, glabrous
or hirsute, often tuberous-rooted, of 30-40 species in
the northern hemisphere, one of which is cult Lvs
pinnately or ternately decompound, the scgms also
toothed or cut fls small, white, in a compound many-
rayed umbel, calyx- teeth 0. carpels with 5 more or less
apparent ribs, the beak 0 or much shorter than the
body. C bulbdsum, Linn , of Cent Eu and. the Cau-
casus, biennial, is the turnip-rooted chervil (See Cher-
vil ) St hairy, at least below, 3-5 ft tall, branching,
swollen below the joints, the root tuberous (and edi-
ble). Ivs much compound, the ultimate divisions very
narrow. L H B
(from Greek, hair and seed).
Limonia § Ch&tospermum, Rocmer. Rutdceap, tnba
Citres>. A small spiny tree, proposed as a stock for
citrus fruits.
CILETOSPERMUM
Chsetospermum bears hard-shelled frs : Ivs. persist-
ent, trifoliate: fls pentamerous with 10 free stamens;
ovary 8-10-celled, with numerous ovules in each cell,
< ells lilied with spongy vesicular tissue; seeds hairy,
the cotyledons aerial in germination1 first foliage Ivs.
opposite. — Only one species is known.
glutindsa. Swingle (Lirnbma glutindsa, Blanco.
&gk' decdndra, Naves /Eyle glutin6i>a, Merrill) TABOO.
Fig. 890. Petioles margined, lateral Ifts small, sesoile,
scarcely one-third as long as the terminal one, spines
slender, straight, sharp, axilhuy usually m y>airs in the
axils of the Ivs.. lls rather large, occurring singly, or
in few-fld. clusters on long slender pedicels in the axils
of the Ivs : fr. oblong, 2-3 \ V/i in with a thick
leathery rind longitudinally ribbed, 8-10-celled: it con-
tains numerous flattened hany seeds, % to Am im-
mersed in a watery tissue Native to the Isl of Luzon,
Philippine Archipelago 111 Blanco , Fl Filip ed. Ill,
pi. 124 Vidal y Soler, Smop de fam til pi. 25. Bull.
Soc Bot Fr 58, Mem 8(1 pi 5— The tabog is a
rapid-growing tree when young, and in a waim green-
house shows a vigorous root -growth. This species is
being tested as a stock for use in commercial citnculture
.Experiments have shown that oranges, lemons, grape-
fruits and kumquats grow well when budded or grafted
on young tabog plants WALTEU T SWINGLE.
CHALCAS (from Greek for copper, as the wood has
a copper-colored gram) Murr&a of Koenig Rutaccx
Small spineless trees or shrubs, suggested as a stock for
citrus fruits
Leaves pinnate, alternate fls large, 4-5-merous,
solitary or in terminal or axillary cymes' ovary 1-5-
celled, with 1 to several ovules seeds white, woolly or
glabrous, cotyledons aerial in germination, first foliage
Ivs opposite
ex6tica, Millsp (Miirrxa extitica, Linn ) ORANGE
JESHAMINK A small tiee with pale bark, twigs and
petioles usually puberulous Ivs pinnate; Ifts usually
5-9, ovate, obtuse or obtusely acuminate, often
emargmate, dark green above, paler below fls fra-
grant, carnpanulate, 5-parted, petals white, stamens
10, free, ovary 2-cclled, style deciduous fr subglobose,
j-j'-jin long, pointed, led 111 Beddome, Outlines
Bot , pi vn , Wight, Ic , pi Ind I, pi 90 — The orange
jessamine is commonly grown in giecnhouscs on ac-
count of its abundant and ver> fragrant fls These arc
often to be seen along with the mature red fr , which
makes a striking contract with the panicles of white fls
and delicate foliage The loot-growth of this species
is remarkably vigorous under gieenhouse conditions.
Lemons can be budded on it and make a rapid growth.
It is being tested as a stock for the common citrus
fruits in situations in which a vigorous root-system
is desired WALTKU T. SWINGLE.
CHAM-ffiBATIA (Greek, dwarf, and bramble, allud-
ing to its bramble-like flowers). Rosticeae. A woody
plant, grown for its handsome white flowers and for the
finely divided aromatic foliage
Low shrub; clothed with glandular pubescence: Ivs.
alternate, stipulate, tnpinnatifid, persistent: fls. in
terminal corymbs, white; calyx-tube broadly campanu-
late; petals 5; stamens numerous; pistil solitary, with
short style and decurrent stigma • fr. a small achene
inclosed by the persistent calyx. — One species in Calif.
Ornamental shrub of agreeable aromatic odor, with
graceful foliage and showy white fls. in June and
July. It can be giown only m warmer temperate
regions, and thrives best in sandy well-drained soil
and sunny position Prop by seeds sown in spring and
by greenwood cuttings under glass.
foliol&sa, Benth. Two to 3 ft.: Ivs. nearly sessile,
oval or ovate-oblong, closely tripinnately dissected,
in. long: fls. white, %m. wide, in 4-8-fld.
CHAMyECERASUS
729
corymbs. B.M. 5171. G. 29:29 B.H. 10, p. 295
H f\ 1861 :9. Gn. 3, p. 27. ALFRED REHDER.
CHAMJEBATIARIA (m allusion to the similarity
of this plant to Cham^plnitia). Rosdcese. Shrub grown
for its handsome white flowers and the finely divided
foliage, allied to the spireas
Deciduous, with glandular aromatic pubescence:
Ivs alternate, bipmnate, with numerous minute segms.;
stipules lanceolate, entire fls in terminal panicles;
«alv\ turbmate, with 5 erect lobes, petals />, buoorbicu-
Kir, stamens about GO carpels 5, connate along the
ventral suture, at maturity dehiscent into 2 valves:
seeds few, terete, with a simple testa —One species in
W. N. Amer. Very similar in general appearance to
Cluumebatia. but easily distinguished by the bipin-
nate Ivs. ana the large dense panic lew, and very differ-
ent in its floral structure An upright aromatic shrub
with finely cut foliage and white fls in large terminal
890 Chaetospermum
glutmosa. (X1')
panicles, one of the fir4 shrubs to burst into leaf. It is
hardy as far north as Mass , but, like other plants from
the same region, it dislikes an excess of moisture,
particularly during the winter, and is hkely to be killed
by it. It prefers a sunny position and a well-drained
soil, and likes limestone, but grows nearly as well
without; it is not a plant for dense shrubberies
Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood taken
with a heel in August with slight bottom heat, usu-
ally by seeds sown in spring, and treated like those of
spirea.
Millefdlium, Maxim. (Spiraea Millefbhum, Torr.
Sorbdna MiUcfbhum, Focke) Shrub, to 3 ft , glandu-
lar-pubescent Ivs. bipmnate, short-stalked, ovate-
oblong to linear-oblong in outline, 2-3 in long, primary
segms. linear, deeply pinnatifid, with closely set
obtuse lobes about a line long, fla white, ^-%in.
across, short-pedicelled, in terminal panicles 3-6 in.
long' carpels hairy. Calif to Wyo. and Ariz B M.
7S10 G C III. 22 237; 40.1S3 Gn 75, p. 459 G F.
2 509 II H. 1900, p 515 M D. 1905 '198 M D.G.
1008 208 ALFRED REHDER.
CHAMJSCERASUS: Lornccra
730
CHAM^CYPARIS
CHAM&ClrPARIS (chamai, dwarf, and kupanssos,
cypress; referring to its affinity). Pinacex. Trees or
shruba grown for their handsome evergreen foliage;
also valuable timber trees; RETINOSPORAS, m part
Evergreen, with opposite scale-like Ivs in 4 rows,
densely clothing the compressed branchlets fls monoe-
cious, small; pistillate inconspicuous, globose; stammate
yellow or red, oblong, often conspicuous by their
abundance- cones small, globular, with 6-11 bracts,
each bearing 2, or rarely 5, winged seeds, ripening the
first season Closely allied to Cupressus, which differs
in its larger cones maturing the second year, the bracts
containing 4 or more seeds, and in its quadrangular
branches and minutely denticulate Ivs — Six species
in N. Amer and E Asia, all very valuable timber trees
m their native countries Highly ornamental ever-
green trees of pyramidal habit, of which only C.
thyoides is fully hardy N , while the Japanese species
891. Chamaecyparis pisifera.
are hardy in sheltered positions north to New Eng-
landj and C Lawsomana only from Mass south; the
horticultural varieties are often shrubby.
They grow best m somewhat moist but well-drained,
sandy loam and in a partly shaded position, sheltered
against dry winds C Lawsomana, and C. obtusa like
more dry, the others more moist situations, and C.
thyoides grows well even in swamps Propagated by
seeds sown m spring; increased also by cuttings from
mature wood in fall, inserted in a sandy soil and kept
in a coolframe or greenhouse during the winter; if
in early spring gentle bottom heat can be given, it
will hasten the development of roots considerably. All
the so-called retinosporas and the dwarfer forms, and
most of the varieties of C. Lawsomana, are readily
increased in this way, while the other forms of C. noot-
katensis, C obtusa and C. thyoides do not f£ow well
from cuttings; therefore for most varieties veneer-
grafting on seedling stock during the winter in green-
CHAM.ECYPARIS
house is preferred, but dwarf forms always should be
grown from cuttings, as they often lose their dwarf
habit if grafted. The so-called retmospoms ot the gar-
dens, with linear, spreading leaves, aie juvenile foims,
which have retained the foliage of the seedling state.
There are similar forms in Thuja For their distin-
guishing charactcis, see Retinospora. For the numer-
ous gaidens forms, see Beissner, Ilandb. der Nadel-
hokk., 2d ed., pp. 528-574, quoted below as Beissner.
A. Lvs. green on both sides or paler beneath.
thyoides, Brit. (C. sphseroidea, Spach Cupressus
thyoides, Linn.). WHITE CEDAR. Tiee, to 70 or 80
ft, with erect -spread mg branches, branchlets irregu-
larly arranged, spreading, not pendulous, very thin
and slender, flattened: Ivs. closely imbricate, glaucous
or light green, with a conspicuous gland on the back,
fragrant cones small, J^m cliam., bluish purple, with
glaucous bloom From Maine to Fla , west to Miss
SS 10529. MDG 1896.301 (habit). Beissner 529
(habit) Var. ericoides, Sudworth (C encoldes, Carr.
Retinospora ericoides, Hort ) Compact shrub, of erect,
dense habit Ivs lincar-lanceoriU>, spreading, with 2
glaucous lines beneath, colonng in winter usually red-
dish brown. Beissner 532, sec also Retinospora Var.
andelye'nsis, Silva-Tarouca (C. spfurroidta anddyensis,
Carr. C. leptddoda, Hot-list Rttindspoia leptddada,
Hort., not Zucc ) Intermediate form between the
former and the type' Muish green, and of orect growth,
with loosely appresscd, lanceolate Ivs , often some
branchlets with Ivs of the type and some with Ivs of
the var. ericoides R II 1869, p 32, and 1880, p 36.
MDG 1890 329 11 B. 2 155 Beissner 532, sec also
Retinospora Var. glauca, Sudworth (C spharoidea
glauca, Endl Var kewcnsis, Hort ) Of compact habit,
very glaucous, with silvery hue Var variegata, Sud-
worth (Cupicssut> thyoides vancgata, Loud ) Branchleta
partially colored golden yellow
nootkatensis, Siuhvorth (Cupressus nootkathms,
Lambert C. 7iull\<ienbib, Spach Thuydpsis borealis,
Hort ). YELLOW CEDAR Tree, to 120 ft , with ascend-
ing branches, pendulous at the extremities, branchlets
distichously ai ranged, slightly flattened or nearly
quadrangular, pendulous Ivs densclv imbricate,
usually dark green, acute, mostly without glands:
cones subglobose, nearly J/jin diam , dark rod-brown,
with glaucous bloom From Sitka to Ore. S S 10 530.
RH. 1869, p 18. G 19:345. FE 25 513 Gt 53,
p 542. G W. 8, p 484; 10, pp. 41, 227 Bcissnor 555.
Gn. 5.395. G C. Ill 40.167. Var glauca, Rcgcl
(Thuydpsis borealis var. glauca, Jaeger) With very
glaucous foliage Var pendula, Bcissn Distinctly
pendulous Gt. 53, p. 542 GW 1, p 300 GC III.
40:166. Bcissner 539. Var. lutea, Bcissn. The young
growth colored light yellow. J H S 1902.427, fig 113.
Gn. 50, p. 68. Gn W. 11 : 313 —There are other forms
with variegated Ivs. C. nootkatensis is about as hardy
as the Japanese species.
AA. Lvs. with glaucous or whitish marks beneath: branches
with horizontally spreading ramifications.
Lawsoniana,Parlatore (Cupressus Lawsomana, Murr.
C. Boursien, Decne.). LAWSON'S CYPRESS Tree, to
200 ft , with horizontally spreading and usually pen-
dulous branches, branchlets frond-like arrangea, flat-
tened: Ivs. closely appresscd, obtuse or somewhat
acute, usually bright green, with a gland on the back:
stammate catkins bright red (yellow in all other
species): cone globose, about ^m. across, red-brown
and often glaucous. From Ore. to Calif SS 10 '531.
Gng. 2:327. S M 2, p. 49 F E 23 309, 33 559 G W.
10, p. 42. Beissner 541 G 1 : 121 , 7 . 129 —This is one
of the most beautiful conifers and very variable, about
80 garden forms being cult, in European nurseries and
collections. The following are some of the best. Var.
Albo-spica, Beissn. Tips of branchlets creamy white, of
CHAM^CYPARIS
slender habit. Var. Alumii, Beissn. Of columnar habit,
foliage very glaucous, with a bluish metallic hue The
best blue columnar form. Var. argent ea, Beissn.
(Cuprcssus Lawsonidna argtniea, Cord ). Of slender
habit, with very glaucous, almost silvery foliage Var
er£cta vlridis, Beissn. Dense, columnar habit and
bright green foli-
age One of the
most beautiful va-
rieties, but some-
what tender G W.
14, p 601. M D G
1909.45 GM.51:
511. F 1871, p 92
Var. erecta glaftca,
Beissn. Similar in
habit, but with
glaucous foliage
Var fihfflrmis,
Beissn. Branches
elongated, some-
what pendulous,
with few lateral
branchlets, of low,
globular habit
Var glauca, Beissn
Foliage of metallic
glaucous tint One
of the hardier forms.
GM 53.832 Var.
grdcilis, Beissn.
(var. grdcilis ptn-
dida, Hort). Ele-
gant hght greea
form, with graceful,
pendulous branch-
lets Var. inter-
t6xta, Beissn Glau-
cous form, of vigor-
ous growth, with remote, pendulous branches and
distant, thukish branchlets Beissner 550 Var lutea,
Beissn Of compact habit, young growth clear yellow.
GC 111 20 721 JUS 1902, P 420, fig 110. Var
nana, Beissn (C Bour^iln nana, Carr ) Dwarf,
globose habit (Beissner 553), with some variegated
and glaucous forms Var pe'ndula, Beissn With pen-
dulous branches Mn 1.43 FE 27 187 Gt 1890,
p 4 19 Var pyramidalis, P Smith Of columnar habit,
var pyramidalis Alba, Beissn. Of columnar habit with
the >oung growth colored white. R B 4 281. Var.
Weisseana, Hanson Low dense form of umbrella-like
habit with almost horizontally spreading branches
and nodding tips MDGlSOO'245 S M 1, p 214.
Var Youngii. Beissn Upright form of vigorous
growth with tmckish dark green branchlets G C. III.
1 176, 177
obt&sa, Sicb & Zucc (Cuprous obiiisa, Koch Rct-
m6i>pora obtut>at Sieb & Zucc ) HINOKI CYPRESS.
Tree, to 120 ft , with horizontal branches' branchlets
frond-like arranged, flattened, pendulous: Ivs bright
green and shining above, with whitish lines beneath,
thickish, obtuse, and very closely appres&ed, with a
gland on the back1 cones globose, nearly ^m diam.,
brown Japan S Z 121 G C II 5J236. R.H. 1869,
CHAM^ECYPARIS
731
892. Chamascypans pisifera
var plumosa.
P V
Bei
36, suppl. April 25. MDG 1900:589; 1903:291,
RH. 1903, p. 399 Beissner, 556 Var. fihcoides
Beisen Of slow growth with short and densely frond-
like arranged branchlets G C II 5 235 Var filif6rmis,
Beisen. (C. ptndula, Maxim. Thuja obtusa pendula,
Mast , not C. obtusa ptndula, Beissn.) Branches
elongated, thick and thread-like, pendulous, with few
distant branchlets Var gracihs aarea, Beissn. Grace-
ful form, foliage bright yellow when yoXing, changing
later to greenish yellow. Var lycopodioides, Carr.
Low form, of somewhat irregular habit, with spread-
ing, rigid branches and thick, nearly quadrangular,
dark green branchlets Var nana, Carr Low form,
of slow growth, with short, deep green branchlets.
R.II 1882.102. Var pygmsfea, Carr (C obtusa bre-
virajwa, Hort., not Beissn ) Very dwarf form, with
horizontal, almost creeping branches, densely frond-
like branched Exceedingly interesting form for rock-
eries RH 1889, p 376 Var formosana, Hayata.
Differs in its smaller and finer foliage, and much smaller
cones Formosa J C T 25, 19, p 209
pisifera, Sicb. & Zucc (Cuprous pisifera, Koch.
Rrtinfapora jmsifera, Sieb & Zucc ) SAWAHA CYPRESS.
Fig 891 Tree, to 100 ft , with horizontal branches:
branchlets flattened, distichously arranged and some-
what pendulous. Ivs ovate-lanceolate, pointed, shi-
ning above, with whitish lines beneath cones globular,
X-Mm diam , brown S Z 122 G C 11 5 237.
C L A 11 311 —This is, next to C thyovlet* the hard-
iest species, and some varieties are much cult , whrie
the type is less planted Var aurea, Carr. Yellow foli-
age G W 1, p 303 Var filifera, Beissn (Retinoa-
pora filifera, Standish C obliiw filifera, Hort ).
Branches elongated and slender, threadlike, gracefully
pendulous, with distant branchlets and ivs Very
decorative form. G C. II. 5.237 G W 1, p 301;
'97 Gn W. 20, suppl. April 25. Var &lbo-spicata,
in Tips of branchlets whitish Var. aftrea,
Beissn (Retindspora obtiisa aurea, Gord ) Golden yellow.
Gt 25.19. Var. breviramea, Beissn. (C. bretnrdmea,
Maxim. Thuja obtusa var. brewratnea, Mast ). Tree, of
narrow pyramidal habit, with short branches: branch-
lets crowded, glossy green on both sides Var. compActa,
Beissn Of dwarf and dense subglobose habit Gn M.
7 76 Var ericoides, Boehmer (Retindspora Sdnden,
Sander Juniperus Sdnden, Hort ). Of low subglo-
bose habit with bluish gray linear spreading blunt Ivs ,
marked with a green line above. GC. III. 33:266;
47
893. Chamaecyparis pisifera var. squarros*.
5, p. 17. Beissner 571, 572. Var. plumdsa. Beissn.
(Retindspora plumdsa, Veitch) Fig 892 Of dense,
conical habit branches almost erect, with Blender
branchlets of feathery appearance Ivs subulate,
pointed and slightly spreading, bright green Inter-
mediate between the type and var squarrosa G C.
11.5:236. Gn. M 2 27 Beissner 569 Var plumdsa
732
CHAM^CYPARIS
arg£ntea, Beissn Tips of branchlets whitish. Var.
plumdsa aurea, Beissn. (Retindspora plumbsa aiirea,
Standish). Young growth of golden yellow color A
very showy form. Var. squarrdsa, Beissn. & Hochst.
(Retindnpora squarrbsa, Sieb. & Zucc. R leptoddda,
Zucc.). Fig 893 Densely branched, bushy tree or
shrub, with spreading, feathery branchlets' Ivs linear,
spreading, glaucous above, silvery below. A very dis-
tinct and beautiful variety S.Z. 123. R.H. 1869, p.
95, and 1880, p 37. Beissner 567. M D.G. 1909.44.
R.B.2.189
C formosfnsis, Matsura (Ouprcssms formosensiH, Henry) Vllied
to C pisifera Tree, to nearly 200 ft and 20 ft diam branchlets
dull green on both surfaces or shshtly bloomy below Us acute,
ovate cones ovoid, Hm across, with 10 or 11 scales Formosa
GC III 51 132, 13,1. — Recently intro into England, but prob-
ably tender ALFRED RKHDER
CHAMJEDAPHNE (chamai, dwarf, and daphne, the
laurel in ancient Greek, alluding to its dwarf habit and
evergreen leaves) Syn , Catsdndra. Encaccx. LEATHER-
LEAF. Small plant, rarely cultivated for its early white
flowers and evergreen foliage
Low shrub, with evergreen alternate small Ivs fls.
nodding in terminal leafy racemes, calyx small, 5-
lobed; corolla urceolate-oblong, 5-lobed, with 5 included
stamens; anthers 2-pomted' fr. a depressed-globose,
5-lobed caps with numerous seeds — One species m the
colder regions of the northern hemisphere Low, hardy,
ornamental shrub, valuable for the earhness of its
pretty white fls It thrives best in a peaty and sandy,
moist soil Prop by seeds sown in handy peat, only
slightly or not covered, and kept moist and shady; also
by layers and suckers and by cuttings from mature
wood m late summer under glass
calyculata, Mcench (Cassandra calyculata, Don
Lybnia calyculata, Reichb Andromeda calyculata,
Linn ) Fig 894 Bush with spreading or horizontal
branches, 1-3 ft • Ivs short-petioled, oblong, obtuse,
slightly serrulate and revolute at the margins, dull
green above and rusty-lepidote beneath fls short-
peduncled, nodding, corolla white, oblong, about J^m
long BM. 1286 LBC 6:530, 15 1464, 16 1582.
Mn N 1 125 Em 423. Var angustifdlia, Rehd
(Andrdmeda calyculata var angustifblia, Ait A cri-spn,
Poir ) Lvs linear-lanceolate, undulate and crisped
at the margin.
I Var nana, Rehd.
(Andrdmeda caly-
cutitta var nana,
Lodd A vacci-
nitMes, H o r t ) .
One foot or less
high, with hori-
zontal branches.
LBC 9:862 —
Handsome little
shrub, well suited
for borders of
evergreen shrub-
beries and for
894. Clumfedaphne cilyculata. rockeries
( x ^ ALFRED REHDER.
CHAM^DOREA (Greek, dwarf and gift] Palmdcex.
Spineless, erect, procumbent or rarely climbing usually
pmnatisect or pinnate palms.
Trunks solitary or cespitose, slender or reed-like- Ivs.
simple, bifid at the apex or variously equally-pmnati-
sect; lobes broad or narrow, straight or oblique, acumi-
nate, plicate-nerved, usually callous at the babe, the
basal margins folded back or recurved ; petiole usually
cylindrical; sheath tubular, oblique at the throat:
spadices among or below the Ivs , simple or paniculately
branched; spathes 3 or many, often appearing ^iuch
below the Ivs., alternate, sheathing, elongated, split
at the apex, membranous or coriaceous, usually per-
CHAM^DOREA
sistent, pistillate fls. very small, solitary, in small pita
in the spadix: fr small, of 1-3 globose or oblong-
obtuse carpels, coriaceous or fleshy. — Species about 60.
Mex to Panama. G.C. II. 23.410, and Dammer'a
articles in G C 111.
38.42-44 (1905),
and 36.202, 245
(1904)
Peat or leaf-
mold, loam and
sand in equal
parts, with a little
charcoal added,
form the best soil.
The species com-
mon in cultiva-
tion are quick- ,
growing They'
are well suited for
planting out in
greenhouse bor-
ders The sexes
are on different
plants, therefore
several should be
planted m a group
895. Chameedorea glaucifoluu
if the handsomely
colored fruit is
desired All of thekinr'* require warm temperature in
winter Increased from seeds Of the many species,
only a few appear in the American trade. (G W.
Oliver.)
Arenbergiana, 8,
desmoncoules, 2.
elation, 7 ._......
elcgans, 5. latifol
Erneati-Augusti, 1
glaut'ifolm, 3.
A'arunnsin
Pnnglei, 9.
Sartoru, 4.
inna, 7. lepejilote, 6.
A Lvs simple.
1. firnesti-Augusti, Wendl St 3-4 ft , reedy, erect,
radicant at base blade obovate, cuneate at the base,
deeply bifid, coarsely serrate along the margins; petiole
shorter than blade, sheath amplexicaul sterile spadix
8-9 in , the simple branches 6—8 in , attentuate, slen-
der; fertile spadix simple, fls red. Mex. B M 4837.
F.S. 13-1357.
AA Lvs pinnate
B. Plant becoming of climbing habit.
2. desmoncoides, Wendl LVH. 2-3 ft long, with
drooping, narrow Ifts a foot long, and glaucous petiole,
plant tending to climb after it becomes a few feet high.
BB. Plant not climbing.
c 8t or trunk evident
D. Lfts. 40-50, glaucous on both sides.
3. glaucifdlia, Wendl Fig 895 St 20 ft. Ivs.
long, pinnate, Ifts 40-50, narrowed, long and slender,
dark green, glaucous, fls on a tall spadix which often
exceeds the Ivs and comes out from between them.
Guatemala GF 8 • 507 (adapted m Fig 895).— Horti->
culturally one of the best of all chamaedoreas.
DD. Lfts. less than 4^t bright green, at least above.
B. Spadix appearing among or with the Ivs., not
conspicuously cauline
4. Sartorii, Liebm St 8-14 ft , ringed, clothed above
with If -sheaths: Ivs. 3-3 H ft. long; petiole terete, sul-
cate, dilated at the base, sheath, petiole and rachis
white on the back, Ifts. 12 in long, 1^-2 in. wide,
alternate, falcate, acuminate, narrowed at the base,
sometimes almost confluent spadix among or just below
the Ivs Mex.
5. Slegans, Mart. St. strict, 6 ft. high, scarcely more
than 1-1 Mi m. thick, closely ringed, often sending out
CHAMyEDOREA
CHAM^ROPS
733
roots from above the base. Ivs. 6-8 in a cluster, broadly
lanceolate; Ifts. about 14, the upper pair sometimes
confluent, acuminate, straight: fls. redJish orange: fr.
globose. Mex. B.M. 4845.
EE. Spadix appearing much bdow the Ivs., conspicu-
ously cauhne.
6. Tepejildte, Liebm. St. 10 tt high, closely ringed,
about 1 Y* in. thick • Ivs 4 ft ; Ifts. 20-30, 7-nerved,
close alternate, falcate, acute, narrowly lanceolate,
13-15 in long, \Yi in. wide, ruchis convex on the back,
canaliculate above, fls. yellow Mex. B.M. 6030.
7. elatior, Mait (C KarwintkiAna, Wendl ). St
20-30 ft , bamboo-hko. Ivs 6 ft long, the sheath 18 in.
long, Ifts. 15 or 16, the lower very narrow, opposite
or nearly so, the upper lanceolate, acuminate at each
end, petioles 1^-3 ft long spadix simply branched,
appearing at least 6 ft below the Ivs ; fls reddish
orange fr globose, ovoid. Mex — Intro, by Fran-
ceschi in 189S.
8 Arenbergiana, Wcndl. (C. latifolia, Hort). St.
slender, /Mi ft , green Ivs usually only 5 or G, erect-
spreading, Ifts. 10-15 pairs, alternate and drooping,
very long-pointed, plicate and many-ribbed, fls. yel-
lowish white Guatemala H M 6838.
cc. St or trunk none.
9 Pnnglei, Wats A caulescent or nearly so: Ivs.
usually rather stiff, erect, pinnate, 3 ft ; Ifts. 12-15
on each side, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, 6-8 in
long, Y\-\"&\\ \\ide, rachis triangular spadix simple,
8 in long San Louis Potosi, Mex
C atrAnrtns, Mart St bamboo-like, stiff and Pimple, about 9
ft high hs bright green, spreading about 2J2 ft long Mex
Not common in the trade but grown m fanciers' collections — r
bambuvmtlea, Hort Sts tufud, thin, reed-like, with feathery
light grten Us Honduras— C' ftirmdvi, Hort A showy pmnate-
Ivd palm of unknown botanical stulus (I ( II 5 724 —C
ts, ttendl St 4 ft IM
niple, d«ply c
Gn 24, p 244, 30, p .'/»* -Ihere are st
unidentihed specie* scattered about Calif
JARED G SMITH.
N TAYLOR f
CHAMJELfRIUM (dwarf or ground lily, a Greek com-
bination) Lihacesr Sometimes spelled Chatn<dir\on
Rhuomatous \\hitish flowered hardy plant, sometimes
planted in the herban
Erect, tall unbranehed herb 2-4 ft high (or perhaps
2 species), inhabiting low grounds from Mass to
Fla and \\ root stock tuberous ditrciouw, the
bterile plant less leafy than the other Ivs radical
and cauhne, the louennost sp.itulate, the upper lanceo-
late, nainwed at the base fls sin ill (^m across),
in a slender teimmal raceme, begins of perianth (>,
white, narrow, 1 -nerved, withering and persistent,
sterile fls with 6 stamens, and fertile fls \\ith rudi-
ments of stamens, ovary 3-cclled and 3-styled: fr. a
3-valved caps
luteurr Gray (C carohnianum, Willd Chainxlirwn
carollma, Hort ) BLAZING-STAR DKVIL'S-BIT Vari-
able as to height (6 in to 3 ft or more), with most
of the Ivs at the base raceme bpike-hke, 4-12 in long,
fls yellowish white, in effect, fruiting pedicels ^5in or
less long-— A good perennial, blooming May-July,
thriving in moist shady places — C oborah', Small, by
some considered not to be distinct, has larger fls and
fruiting pedicels J2in or more long L H B
CHAM££Mt)LUM (small apple, suggested by the
odor of the fls ) Composite Under tins name one
plant is offered. The genus is by many included in
Anthemis, however, the sub-group being distinguished
by very short or absent pappus, sometimes making a
1-sided border, ray-fls fertile, and other minor charac-
ters C. caucasicum, Boiss. (Pyrethrum caucdmcinn,
Bieb ), is listed, with white daisv-hke fls about the size
of a marguerite, of trailing habit, veiy free-flowering,
recommended for the rockery: perennial, 1-1 H ft,
smooth, not strong-scented, st ascending from a
rhizome or procumbent or sub-erect: Ivs oblong,
pinnatisect, tne segms , cut into linear-subulate parts:
fl -heads large, terminal; involucre-scales oblong-
obtuse, margined. High mts. in the Caucasus, variable.
CHAM.EPE&CE: Carduus. L> H' B*
CHAM-ffiRANTHEMUM (dwarf and flower, from the
Greek) Acanthdcc* Three or 4 Brazilian small herbs,
allied to Eranthemum, but readily distinguished by the
4 (instead of 2) stamens. Lvs large and mcmbrana-
ceous, entire, variously marked, fls. showy, white or
yellow, in bracteate clusters — Grown chiefly for the
beautiful foliage, greenhouse subjects. C. fgneumv
Hegel (Erdnthemum igneum} Lind ), is in the American
trade It is a low spreading warmhouse plant (cult,
of P>anthemuin and Justicia), with dark green Ivs.,
with the veins and sometimes the margins richly
banded with orange or yellow: fls. small. F S 17 : 1722.
N. TAYLOR f
CHAM^EROPS (Greek for dwarf bush). Palmacex,
tribe tidbalese Low fan-leaved palms.
Caudices cespitose, branched from the base and
clothed with the bases of the If -sheaths . Ivs terminal,
rigid, semi-orbicular or cuneate-flabellate, deeply
896 Chamerops humilis.
lacimate, the lobes narrow, bifid, plicate; no rachis;
hgule very short, petiole blender, bi-convex, the mar-
gins smooth or rough, sheath split, reticulate, fibrous:
spadices short, erect compressed, branches short,
densely fid • spathes 2-1, broad, thickly conaceoub, the
lo\ver ones split, the upper entire, bracts small, subu-
late, bract lets none primary spadix blanches bracted:
fls small, yellow, fr globose or ovoid, 3-sided toward the
base, brown or yellow —Species 1 or perhaps 2 Medit
region From Hhapidophyllum, an American relative,
it may be distinguished by its bracted spadix The
common C. hunnlis is \videly cult , and very variable.
Many of specific-made names represent forms of thu>
species Of buch cases are evidently the garden names
C arborcscms, C argentca, C canancnsis, C. elata, C.
elegafif,, C fannosa, C gracilis, C. littoralis, C nivea.
GC II 23.410.
The best soil for these palms is fibrous loam two
parts, leaf-mold and sand one part, with good drainage.
Propagated by suckers and by seeds These are among
the hardiest of all palms, and are well suited to gteen-
houses where a high temperature is not kept up. (G.
\V Oliver)
hftmilis, Lmn Fig 896 This is the only palm
native to Eu St 1-1 '4 ft high Ivs. ragged, fibrous;
margins of 4he petioles armed with stout, straight or
hooked spines, blade suboibicular, truncate or cuneate
at the base, rigid, palmately multifid, segms acumin-
ate, bifid Medit BM 2152 RH 1892:81 (show-
ing habit and a colored plate of the fr ) — Reaches 20
ft in a rather arborescent variety Vnr dactyloc&rpa,
734
CHAMJEROPS
Becc , is interesting for its elongated frs shaped like a
date. Offered by Montanoso Nursery in 1912.
(' Blroci, Sieb — LivHtona rotunchfolia — C Hyrrho, Hort «=•
Livistona rotumlifolm — C' eictlna, Thunb =Traehycarpus excelsus
— r fnnnbw, Hull -=C hunnlis, Linn —C /-Vfunei, Hook =
TrachycarnuH — C lutmilisxhy^trix, Hort Saul to be a "choice
garden hybrid of Florida origin " — C1 hi/utrix, Fraser -=-Rhapido-
phyllum nystrix — C Uauracantha, Hort ^=Acanthorhiza aculcata.
JARKD G SMITH
N. TAYLOR, f
CHAMOMILE: Anthemia.
CHAPT.ALIA (J A C. Chaptal, 1756-1831, agricul-
tural chemist) Compd^ilse Low perennial herbs, with
white or purplish fls. on naked scapes, blooming in
epnng and summer, heads radiate, the ray-fls pistillate,
and the disk-fls perfect, but some or all of them sterile,
involucre campanula! e or turbinate, of appresscd and
imbricated bracts; pappus of hoft capillary bristles:
aehenes oblong or fusiform, narrowed above, 5-nerved.
— Twenty-five American species The only species in
the American trade is C. tomentdsa, Vent (Thyrsan-
tkema semifloscidcire, Kuntze), of N C and south Of
this the scape is 1 ft. or less high, and the heads are
purple-rayed Ivs ob-
long or oblanceolate,
more or less remotely
denticulate, rather
thick, wlute-tomentose
beneath Intro, as a
border plant. B M.
2257. N TAYLOR f
CHARD (eh pro-
nounced as in charge)
Swiss CHARD SEA-
KALE BKKT A form
of the plant (Beta vul-
gani) which has pro-
duced the common
beet, known as Beta
CVMp 49G). See Beet
and Beta
The beet plant has
given me to two gen-
eral types of varieties1
those varieties with
thickened roots (the
beet of America, the
beet-root of European
literature), and those
with large and pulpy
or thickened leaves
(but whose roots are
small and woody) The
latter type is known
under the general name
of leaf-beets These leaf-beets may be arranged into
two sub-groups (1) Common or normal leaf-beets, or
spinach beets, in which the leaf-blade is large and
pulpy, and is used as spinach, chard, m which the
petiole and midrib are very broad and thick, is a form
of this, although the name is sometimes used as
synonymous with the general edible leaf-beet group.
(Fig. 897) , (2) ornamental beets, of which the foliage
is variously colored
Chard is of the easiest culture Seed is sown m spring,
as for common beets. The broad petioles, or chards,
may be gathered from midsummer until frost. These
broad white stalks or ribs are used as a pot-herb; and,
if desired, the leaf-blades may be cooked with them.
The dish is usually more attractive, however, if only
the chards are cooked If cutting of the leaves is
carefully performed, a succession may be had till
cold weather. Chard is an attractive vegetable when
well grown, but is little used in this country.
L. H. B.
897. Chard, or sea-kale beet.
CHEILANTHES
CHARIEIS (Greek, elegant, from the pleasing
flowers). Compdsitx. Attractive hardy flower-garden
annual
A small, branchy plant, 6-12 in high, with blue or
red aster-like fls , on long sts plant pubescent or hispid •
Ivs oblong-sspatulate or oblong-lanceolate, entire or
remotely denticulate: hetids
many-fid , radiate, the ray-fls
pistillate, the disk-fls perfect
achene obovate and compressed,
those of the disk with plumose
pappus involucre scales in 2
rows — One species, in the W.
Cape region. Known as Kaul-
fussia in gardens The genus
Kaulfussia was founded by Nees
in 1820, in 1817, however, the
plant was described by Cassim
as C/ioncii> hct€iophylla.
heterophylla, Cass (('. AYt.su,
Ilort Kaulfu^ia ami Unities,
Nees) Figs SOS, S99 Rays blue, disk yellow or blue
An excellent subject of easy cult m any garden soil
Var atroviolacea, Hort , has dark violet fls Var.
kermesina, Hort , has violet-red fls Sow seeds where
the plants are to grow, or they may be started indoors
and the plants transplanted to the open. L H B.
CHARLOCK Braisica tJ-io Raphai.us.
CHARLWO&DIA. Cordyhnt
CHASTE TREE Vitex
CHAVlCA, kept distinct m part by recent authors, is accounted
for under Piprr
CHEAT, or CHESS. Bromus
CHECKERBERRY: Gaultheria
CHEESES. Vernacular for Malm rotundifolia
CHEILANTHES (Greek, hp-flower, alluding to the
mdusium). Polypodiaceae Semi-hardy or hothouse
ferns of small size
Plants often hairy or woolly, with the son terminal
on the veins and covered with a roundish indusium —
Some 60 or 70 species are known, nearly a third of which
are natives of the W andS W United States, one species
as far east as Conn They are of easy cult , enjoying
a position near the glass, and disliking strong, close
heat and syringing or watering overhead Most of the
899 Charieia heterophylla.
species grow naturally m dry rocky situations. They
are among the few ferns to be found in dry regions.
Commercially valuable only from the fern collector's
standpoint
californica, 1.
Clevelandn, 9.
Cooperse, 7.
elegant, 12
Elluiana, 5.
Fendleri, 11
eracillima, 8
hirta, 5
lanosa, 6.
meifolia, 2.
miorophylla, 3
mynophylla, 12
tomentosa, 10
testitn, A
viflcula, 4
CHEILANTHES
CHEIRANTHUS
735
A.. Lvs. pentagonal-deltoid, the indusium confined to a
single veinlet
1. calif6rnica, Mett. (Hyp6lepts cahfornica, Hook.).
Lvs. densely ccspitose from a short creeping rootstock,
2—4 in each way, on stalks
4-8 in long, quadnpinnatmd,
ultimate segms. lanceolate,
incised or serrate. Calif.
2 meif&lia, 1) C. Eaton
(Hypolepis meifdlia, Baker)
Lvs cespitose, with slender
brown stalks 5-7 in long, the
lamina 2-3 in each way, 3-4-
pinnatifid, with finely cut
segms Am wide Mex.
AA. Lvs lanceolate or ovate-
lanceolate
B. Segms. flat. Indiana extend-
ing over the apices of
several veinlets, but not
continuous
c Surface of Ivs smooth.
3 microphylla, Swartz.
Lvs 4-10 in long, on stalks
nearly as long, from a short,
creeping rootstock, bi-tripin-
nate sts glossy, rusty-pubes-
cent on the upper side Fla.
and New Mcx southward.
cc. Surface of Ivs viscid-
glandular
4 viscida, Davenport Lvs.
3-5 in long, on stalks of the
same length, tripinnatifid, segnih toothed, everywhere
glandular Calif
ccc Surface of Ivs hairy, not uoolly
5 hirta, Swartz Lvs densely cespitose, with short,
scaly stalks which are brownish, like the laelndes,
pinna1 numerous, rather distant bipmnatihd, the segms
with much incurved margins The Ivs are usually
6-15 in long Cape of Good Hope Var Ellisiana,
is more commonly cult
ti landsa, \Vats (C mftta, Swartz). Fig 900. Lva.
cespitose, with stalks 2-4 in long, slightly hairy, as are
the segms , tripinnatifid, t-10 in long, 1-2] 2 m wide,
the pmnir lanceolate-deltoid mdusia formed of the
ends 01 roundish or oblong lobes Conn to Kans and
Ala — Hardv
900 Cheilanthes lanosa.
(XJi)
7 Codperae, D C. Eaton Lvs 3-8 in long, bipm-
nate, the stalks covered with nearly white hairs, each
tipped with a gland, pinnules
roundish ovate, crenate and m-
ciscd Calif to Mcx
BB Secjnn bead-like, minute: in-
dut>ia usually continuous.
C. Lvs hairy or woolly beneath,
bid not scaly,
D. Upper surface of segms smooth.
8. gracfllima, D C. Eaton.
LAOE FERN Lvs cespitose, 1-4
in long, borne on the nearly equal
dark brown stalks, bipmnate; ~'
pinna? with about 9 pinnules,
finally smooth above. Idaho to Calif. —
Hardy
9 CISvelandii, D C Eaton Lvs 4-8 in.
long, tnpinnate. dark brown beneath, with
closely imbricate, cjJiyte scales, which grow
on both the segms and the raehides; segms.
nearly round, the terminal larger. Calif.
DO. Upper surface of segms. pubescent.
10. tomentdsa, Link Lvs 8-15 in. long, on stalks
4-6 in. long, everywhere covered with brownish white
hairs, tnpinnate, terminal segms twice as large as the
lateral. Va to Ariz
cc. Lvi. covered beneath with scales, but not woolly
11. Fendleri, Hook Lvs 3-0 m long, borne on the
chaffy stalks, rising fiom tangled, creeping rootstocks.
tripmriate, rachis with broadly-ovate white-edged
scales, which overlap the subglobose segms. Texas,
arid Colo to Calif
ccc Lvs covered Iwncath with both scales and wool.
12 myriophylla, I)es»v (C. elegans, Desv.). Lva.
densely cespitose from short, erect, scaly rootstocks,
3-(J in long, borne 011 the chestnut-colored scaly stalks,
triquadnpmnatifid, ultimate segms minute, innumer-
able Texas, Ariz and Trop Aiuer
A native upeciis worthy of cult. t<- ( leucopodti, Link, from
Texas, with broadly ddtoul-ovutc ivs -C undulnta, Hope <k
Wright Dark Rrecn fronds, softly pubescent China G C III
31-3y7(desc) L M UNDERWOOD.
R C BENEDICT f
CHEIRANTHUS (derivation in dispute, but proba-
bly from Greek for harul and Jlawi r) Crudftrje Flower-
garden perennials, with large purple, brown, orange
or yellow fragrant, bloom
Leaves alternate, entire, on a
strict or upright st lateral
sepals sac-like at the base valves
of the pod with a strong mid-
nerve Much confounded with
Matthiola, and the gonera are
not sufficiently distinct In
Chciranthus, the Us are acute,
hairs 2-parted and appressed,
btigma more spreading, pod more
flattened and seeds not thm-
edged, and the fls are prevail-
mglv orange or yellow — Probably
a score of species, in the Canary
\\J| ^7 and Madeira Isls , Medit region
II S '/ an(l E an(1 m N Arn(>r Thc
\\s // garden species are confused, a
critical study may find that some
of them belong to En simum or
other genera The genus hybrid-
izes \\ith Erysunum
Chelri, Linn. WALLFLOWER
Fig 901 Perennial, slightly
pubescent, 1-2 H ft Ivs lanceo-
late and entire,
acute fls large,
mostly in shades of
yellow, m long, ter-
minal racemes,
sweet-scented S
Eu — An old gar-
den favorite, bloom-
ing in spring Al-
though a woody
perennial, it is best
to renew the plants
from seed, for they
begin to fail after
having bloomed one
or two yeais. Seed-
lings should bloom
the second year,
in England, Christ-
mas bloom is se-
cured from seeds
Chetranthus Chem. sown m Feb. There
are dwarf and dou-
ble-fld. varieties,
730
CHEIRANTHUS
and innumerable forms in various shades of yellow,
brownish, and even purple. Not prized so much in
Amer. as in Eu. A common plant on walls m England.
alpkms, Lmn. St. strict and simple, 1 ft Ivs.
lanceolate, somewhat dentate, stellate-pubescent: pods
spreading on short pedicels fls. lemon-yellow, spring.
Norway, Lapland.
mutabilis, L'Her More or less woody, 2-3 ft : Ivs.
linear-lanceolate and pointed, obscurely serrate: fls.
white, cream-colored or yellowish, becoming darker and
striped Madeira K M 195 — it is doubtful whether
the plant known m cult, as C mutabihs is this species.
MArshallii, Hort. Perhaps a hybrid, 1-1 M ft.. Ivs
spatulate and crowded below, more scattered and
narrower above: fls. orange.
Allidnii, Hort. Said to be a hybrid* 12 in or less:
fls brilliant orange, profusely produced in spring and
summer and sometimes so freely that the plant exhausts
itself and becomes practically biennial.
kew£nsis, Hort , is valuable as a winter-blooming
greenhouse plant, prized for its fragrance and its dark-
colored fls In 1897 at Kew a cross was made between
C. mutabilis of the Canary Isls and a yellow wall-
flower, the cross be.mg known as C hybnaus, and this
in turn was crossed with a red wallflower, producing
the plant known as C kewensis. It has the bushy char-
acter of C mutabihs, racemes upright; fls about 1 m.
across, brown in bud, or expanding brownish orange
inside and reddish brown outside, all turning pale
purple with age. Prop, by cuttings G C. III. 35 ' 123.
Gn 65, p 89.
C dnnuu*, Hort =Matthiola, but early-blooming forms of
C. Chein seem to pass under this name — C Mtmitsn Bentb
& Hook.=Parrya. L H. B
902 Chelone glabra.
CHELID6NIUM (Greek for the swallow, the fls.
appear when the swallow comeh) Papaverdcex CEL-
ANDINE POPPY One or two loose-growing herbs, some-
times seen m old gardens Plant with fl -buds Qpdding,
and small yellow fls. in small umbel-like clusters;
sepals 2; petals 4; stamens 16-24; style very short, the
CHENOPODIUM
stigma 2-lobed. pod slender, 2-valved, opening first
at the bottom. C. majus, Linn., is a European plant.
now run wild in waste places, and often been in old
gardens. It is biennial or perennial, with buttle hairy
sts. and pin itcly-parted Ivs , the lobes rounded and
toothed (or, in var. taciniAtum again dissected) The
plant has bright oiange juice which has been used for
removing warts Herb an old-time remedy, used for
its cathaitic and diuretic properties, for promoting
perspiration, and as an expectorant. Lvs. fight glau-
cous underneath. • £, jj 3
CHELONE (Greek for tortoise or turtle- the corolla
fancied to resemble a reptile's head) Scrophidandcex.
TUKTLE-HEAD Several North American perennial
herbs, with showy flowers m short spikes or in panicles,
some of which are now sold by dealers in native plants.
Allied to Pentstemon.
Upright smooth branching plants: corolla more or
less 2-hppcd or gaping, white or red, the upper lip
arched and conspicuous and notched; anthers 4, woolly,
and a rudiment of a fifth stamen seeds winged. Ivs.
opposite, serrate — -Four species, m N Arner
Half-shaded places are preferable for these easily
cultivated plants Very dry grounds should be avoided,
from the fact that they are beat in swampy places. In
the ordinary border they should have a very liberal
mulch of old manure in their growing season 4-5 in.
thick is none too much* the surface roots will feed in
this compost, and the plants are not so liable to suffer
from drought when thus protected. (J B Keller.)
A. Fls. in terminal and axillary close spikes
B Lvs. elliptic to broatl-ovate, long-petioled
Lyonii, Pursh Plant, 2-3 ft high Ivs bioad to
nearly cordate at base, thin, evenly serrate: rt -bracts
minutely ciliate fls rose-purple Mts , Va and S.
BB Lvs lanceolate or oblong, short-pttiolcd
obliqua, Linn Two ft or leiss* Ivs 2-8 in long,
broad-lanceolate or oblong, very veiny, sharp- or deep-
serrate or cut* fl -bracts ciliate. fta deep rose. Damp
grounds, 111 , Va , S
glabra, Lmn (C obliqua var alba, Hort ) Fig 902
One to 2 or more ft high, more strict Ivs mostly nar-
rower, acuminate, appressed-serrate, nearly sessile, not
very veiny fl -bncts not ciliate. fls white or rose-
tinged Wet grounds: common
AA FJls in a loose thyrse or panicle
nemordsa, Douglas (Penti>tlmntu nrrnorosus, Trautv.).
Two ft or less high, of unpleasant odor Ivs. ovate and
acute, sharp-dentate, sessile or nearly so fl -bracts
none, corolla 1 in. long, violet-purple Calif and N
Bll 1211.
C barbdta of gardens is Pentstemon burbatus. L H B
CHENILLE PLANT. A proposed name for Acalypha
hispida, better known as A. Sanden.
CHENOP6DIUM (qoosefoot, alluding to the shape of
the leaves). Chenopodulcese. GOOSJSFOOT Widely dis-
persed weedy herbs, with very inconspicuous greenish
flowers, some of w hich occur in gardens as oddities or for
ornament, and others arc pot-herbs of very minor
importance Spinach, beet, and orach are allied plants
Plants of vaiious habit, mostly erect' fls perfect,
bract less, sestsile in small masses and these clusters
arranged in spikes or panicles; calyx 4-5-parted, petals
wanting; stamens usually 5; styles 2 or 3.: seed lentic-
ular. Ivs. alternate The calyx sometimes enlarges
and becomes succulent and colored, inclosing the fr ,
and the glomerules may then look like berries. — Per-
haps 60 species in all parts of the globe, annuals and
perennials, sometimes woody Many of them are
field and garden weeds Thev are mostly mealy or
CHENOPODIUM
CHKRIMOYA
737
glandulai herbs, often with strong odor. Some of them
are used as pot-herbs or "greens.
A. Fls. IT dense heads or glomerules which become berry~
like and bright red in fr.
capitatum, Aschers (Bl\tum capitalum, Linn.) . STR MV-
BERRY BUTE Annual, erect and becoming diffuse or
spreading, branching, glabrous or nearly so Ivs soft,
hastate-ovate, toothed, stalked' fr -clusters large and
becoming fleshy, in an interrupted spike, the upper
part leafless Eu — A frequent hut not pernicious weed,
and sometimes offered as a pot-herb.
A A. Fls. not in dense separate heads, and the clusters not
becoming prominently fleshy or colored.
B. Plant shrubby, spinescent.
nitrariaceum, F Muell Rigid, much-branched, often
prostrate shrub or undershrub, mealy-white Ivs linear-
oblong or Imear-spatulate, obtuse, entire, 1 in or less
long, often clustered fls clustered in dense or more or
less interrupted spikes and panicles, greenish Aus-
tral.— Offered in Eu
BB Plant herbaceous
c Species perennial a pot-herb.
Bdnus-Henrlcus. Linn (Ittttum Bbnu^-Henr\cus,
Reichb.) Coon KING HENRI MERCURY (by cor-
ruption, Markery) Stout and erect from a thick root-
stock, to 2J 2 f t , glabrous Ivs broad, triangular-
hastate or ovate, with very long wide-spreading basal
points, entire or undulate fls in paniculate spikes Eu.
-Escaped now and then, and sometimes cult for
"greens "
cc tipccies annual.
purpurascens, Jacq (C Atriplias, Linn f ) Vigor-
ous, erect, 3 ft , the young parts and Ivs covered
attractively with a rose-violet or violet-purple crystal-
line pulverulence Ivs spatulate or rhomboid or oval,
obtuse, long-petioled, the lower ones sinuate-dentate
and the upper lanceolate and entire fln small arid
numerous, in dense pyramidal leafy reddish clusters
China — An old garden plant, seldom seen m this
country, grown for its colored character in summer
There are different forms, one with variegated foliage
amarantfcolor, Coste & Reyn Very large, 8 ft ,
much like the preceding and perhaps derived from it:
st glabrous, striped white and red Ivs triangular to
rhomboid, 4 in or less long, red-pulverulent fls in a
long red panicle S France — Differs from C pur-
puraxcens in its greater size and its black shining some-
what sharp-edged seeds. The brilliant colors dis-
appear as the plant matures.
Qumda, Willd QUINOA. Erect, stout, st furrowed,
4-o ft Ivs triangular-ovate, sinuate, long-petioled,
angulate-pmnatifid, glaucous fls small and green, in
dense axillary and terminal farinose clusters arranged
in panicles, seeds very large W slope of the Andes
B M 3641 — A very important plant in W S Amer ,
the seeds being used as food. There are white- and red-
fruited forms Sometimes cult m this country as a
curiosity. Allied to C. album, the common pigweed
B&trys, Linn. FEATHER GERANIUM. JERUSALEM
OAK. Erect, glandular-pubescent and viscid, aromatic,
1-3 ft. high, with pmnatifid long-petioled Ivs and long,
feather-like, enduring spikes, for which it is used in
vases and baskets; pretty Eu , and widely naturalized
although not usually becoming abundant
Many weedy chenopods mvade cult grounds C1 dlbum, I ,inn .
the common pigweed or lamb's quarters is a favorite for "grown s '
This species runs into many forms (7 rirwfr, of Eu and Asia, has
needs that are said to be edible C Vulthria, Linn , sparingly
intro from Eu , has tho smell of stale fish (7. ambrosuAdes, Linn ,
Mexican tea and var antHelminticum, Gray, wormieed, are fre-
quent, they contain strong essential oils The weedy species are
variable, and puzzling to the syatematist L H B
CHER1MOYA, CHERIMOYER (Quichua language
of Peru, chmmuya, signifying cold seeds) (Annona
Chenmbla, Mill ) Figs 903-005. An important table
fruit of warm countries See p 293, Vol I, for botani-
cal description
The chenmoya is considered by many to be the finest
of the subtropical fruits, and that not only by the
natives of the countries in which it grows, but also by
Europeans It is somewhat like the pomme-cannelle,
or sweet-sop, but differs from it in having a peculiar
acidulous flavor most agreeable and grateful to the
taste. For centuries the chenmoya has been cultivated
903. Chenmoya -smooth form ( X Ji)
and several distinct varieties have resulted One of
these has smooth fruit devoid of protuberances, which
has been confused with the inferior fruits of both
Annona glabra and A rtticulata The last two species.
ho\vever, are easily distinguished by their leaves ana
flowers, Annona glabra, commonly known as the alli-
gator apple or mangrove annona, having glossy laurel-
like leaves and globose flowers with 6 ovate petals, and
A reticulata having long narrow glabrate leaves devoid
of the velvety lining which characterizes those of the
chenmoya. Both of these species, moreover, are essen-
tially tropical, while the cherimoya is subtropical,
growing in tropical countries only at considerable ele-
vations, where the climate is cool and the soil well
drained
The origin of the chenmoya has been much discussed.
De Candolle, however, is m all probability correct in
attributing it to the mountains of Ecuador and Peru.
The common name which it bears, even in Mexico,
is of Quichua origin, as explained above, and terra-
cotta vases modeled from chenmoya fruits have been
dug up repeatedly from prehistoric graves in Peru.
It was introduced at a very early date into Central
America and Mexico and into Jamaica m 1786 by
Hinton East It is now of spontaneous growth in
limited areas both in Central America and the moun-
tains of Jamaica In Madeira, the cherimoya has
taken the place of the grape-vine on many of the
estates on the warm southern slopes of the island.
Here the cultivation is systematic The two-year-old
seedlings are budded or grafted. The trees are fre-
quently trained on walls or on trellises, so that the
fruit may hang m the shade while ripening, and manure
is regularly supplied (sec Annona) The result of careful
selection is that there are varieties of fine flavor, coirv-
paratively few seeds, and great size, weighing from
twelve to sixteen pounds According to W Fawcett,
ordinary fruits weighing from three to eight pounds,
have been sold in the London market at SI 50; large
ones at $2 50 and even $3 The cherimoya has been
738
CHERIMOYA
CHERRY
successfully introduced into southern California where
it finds the most favorable conditions in the foot-hills
near the coast
The cherimoya grows in the form of a small tree,
usually about 15 or 20 feet high The flowers are
remarkably uniform, but vary somewhat in size They
are often solitary or in two's or three's, while those of
the bullock's heart (Annona retwulala) and the sugar-
apple (A. squamosa) are usually clustered The leaves
are always velvety on the lower surface The follow-
ing varieties, based upon the form of the fruit, are
recognized*
(1) Finger-printed cherimoya (forma impressa),
known m Costa Rica as "anona de dedos pintados "
This form was the fmst to be figured (FemlleV, PI med.
Journ Obs. 3. append 24, pi 17, 1725) The fruit,
conoid or subglobose in shape, has a smooth surface
covered with concave U-shaped areoles resembling
finger-prints in sott wax or putty It is one of the best
varieties, with sweet juicy pulp of good flavor, and with
relatively few seeds
(2) Smooth cherimoya (forma la-vis), called in South
America "chirimoya lisa" and in the market of Mexico
City, "anon " Fig 903. It is this foim which is so
often mistaken for Annona glabra and A.rdiciilata on
account of the general appearance of the fruit and
the common name "anon," which is also applied to
the fruit of the last-named species This is one of the
finest of all the chenmoyas
(3) Tuberculatc cherimoya (forma lubertulata). Fij?.
904 One of the commonest forms, in which the fruit
is heart-shaped and bears small wart-like tubercles
near the rounded apex of each aieole To this group
belongs the "golden russet" chenmoya grown in the
orchard of C. P. Taft at Oiange, California It is the
form most frequently found in the Peiuvian markets
and is represented in prehistoric; potteiy from the
graves of that country
(4) Mamimllate cherimoya (forma mamillata),
called in South America, "chirimoya rle tetillas.
This is the form
successfully estab-
lished on the
ranch of Charles
F O'Bnen, in the
mountains of
Santa Monica,
southern Califor-
nia It is also the
common form of
the Nilgiri Hills
of India, and is
one of the best
forms grown on
the island of
Madeira
(5) Umbonate
cherimoya (forma
um bond la ) , called
"chirimoya de
puas" and "anona
picuda" in Latin
America In this
form the skin of
the fruit is com-
paratively thick,
the pulp more
acid than in other
forms, and the
seeds more nu-
merous It has
the flavor of pine-
apple and is one
of the b£st for
904. Sherimoya, tuberculate form. producing cooling
(XH) drinks and sher-
905. Flower of Chenmoya
with two outer petals re-
moved to show minute
inner petals and essential
parts, also an outer petal.
IX1J2)
bets. The fruit is oblong-conical in shape, with the
base more or less umbilicate and the surface studded
with protuberances, each of which coi responds to a
component carpel. To this form should be referred thp
"Morton" chenmoya, grown
in the vicinity of Pasadena,
California.
Very recently there has
been received from Florida
an interesting fruit borne by
a hybrid, the result of polli-
nating the stigmas of a cheri*
moya with the pollen of An-
nona, squamosa The leaves
of this plant are very broad,
resembling those of A Chen-
mola in shape, but glabrous
like those of A squamoba.
The fruit resembles that of
A Chentnola in form, but
with the piotubcrences very
distinct and covered \vith a
glaucous bloom like that of
A. t>quamot>a The seeds are
distinct from both species,
larger than those of A squam-
060, and much darker
colored than those of A
Chtrimola, and the pulp is
very juicy, with the fine
slightly acidulous flavor of the chemnoya
For the propagation and culture of chenmoyas, see
Annona \y. E SAFFORD.
CHERLERIA: Arenarw.
CHERRY. Several kinds or types of small stone-
fruits ripening in late spring ana m summer, wide-
spread and popular in domestic and commercial use.
Figs 906-910 Plate XXL
Sweet and sour cherries have been domesticated
from two Old World species: cultivated sweet cherries
having come from I'runus aviuni and the sour cherries
from Prunut Cerasus Varieties of these two species,
and hybrids between them, now encircle the globe in
tho north temperate zone and aie bring rapidly dis-
seminated throughout the temperate parts of the
southern hemisphere For centuries, piobably from
the beginnings of agriculture, cherries have been
valuable fruit-producing trees m Europe and Asia, —
inhabitants of nearly every oichaid and garden aa
well as common roadside trees in temperate climates
of both continents.
Coming from the Old World to the Now, the cherry
has played an important part in the orcharding in
temperate regions of the western hemisphere. In North
America, varieties of one or the other of the two culti-
vated species are grown from Newfoundland to Van-
couver Island on the north, south waid to the Gulf of
California, Texas and Florida, probably yielding crops
in a greater diversity of soils and climates on this con-
tinent than any other tree fruit
Sour cherries are suited to many environments,
thriving in various soils and withstanding rather better
than most orchard fruits heat, cold and atmospheric
dryness, and though they respond to good care, yet
they thrive under neglect better than most other tree
fruits Sour cherries also have fewer insect and fungous
troubles than other tree fruits, being practically immune
to the dreaded San Jos6 scale. Sweet cherries, however,
are much less easily grown. Sweet varieties are all
somewhat fastidious as to soils, are lacking in hardi-
ness to both heat and cold, are pro} to more insects
than sour cherries and subject to nearly all of the
fungous ills to which stone-fruits are hen, suffering m
America in particular from brown-rot and leaf-spot.
CHERRY
CHERRY
739
Sweet cherries can be grown with commercial success
in but few and comparatively limited regions, although
the localities adapted to sweet varieties are rather
widely distributed
The cherry is probably the most popular of temper-
ate climate fruits for the home yard, being planted
more commonly than any other
tree-fruit, in the many regions m
which it is grown, in the dooryard,
garden and along the roadside The
characters, other than those already
named, that commend it for home
plantations, are, early bearing after
planting, early ripening in the sea-
son, regularity in bearing, great
fruitfulness and ease of culture It
is more than a home fruit, however,
and is largely grown for the mar-
kets, for canning and for preserving
In America, the consumption of
cherries is being greatly increased
by the fashion of adding them pre-
served to many ices and drinks The
demand for canned cherries has also
increased enormously in this coun-
try during the last few years In
Europe, wine is made from cherries,
"kirschwasser," a spirit, is distilled
from the fermented fruit pulp, and
in the Austrian province of Dalmatia
a cordial called maraschino is made
by a secret process of fermentation
and distillation This liquor is im-
ported to America in considerable
^%*»
-A^*
906
Tall erect growth of
sweet cherry
907 Low-headed and spreading
growth of sour cherry.
quantities to flavor preserved cherries which become
the well-known "maraschino cherries" of confection and
delicatessen shops.
Other specie**
Several species of cherries other than the two named
have more or less hoiticultural value Prunut> Padus
and Prunu* Mahalib of the Old World furnish fruits
sometimes u.scd for culinary purposes but much more
cultivated, in their various forms, as ornamentals, the
latter furnishes a stock upon which orchard varieties
are now most commonly budded Primus Besseyi,
Prunus punnla and Prunus pennvylvamca are species
from North America, tho first two having varieties
cultivated for their fruits and all three being used as
ornamentals and for stocks Prunus Pseudo-Cerasus
and Prunus torncntosa
from Asia arc much grown
in China and Japan as
ornamentals, for their
fruits and as stocks, and
should find favor in Eu-
rope and America for these
purposes In recent yeara
many new species of cher-
ries have been discovered
in Asia 10 Koehne, one
of the best authorities on
the genus Prunus, places
120 species, nearly all
from Asia, in the sub-
genus Cerasus to which
belong the orchard cher-
ries (Mitt Pent Pendrol.
Gosell , 1912 168-183) A
few of these have already
been introduced in Am-
erica by the United States
Pepartment of Agricul-
ture, and from them one
is sure to find valuable
horticultural species to be
used for their fruits, as ornamentals, as stocks, and
for hybridization with specie's already domesticated.
Propagation.
Both orchard and ornamental cherries are commonly
propagated in Europe and America by budding on
M azzard or M a h a 1 c b
stocks and in Japan, where
chcri ics are much grown,
on Prunus P^eudo-Cera-
sus W'hen exceptional
hardiness is required, seed-
lings of the RuHBian sour
cherries may be used or
those of Prunus Jle.^wyi
or Prunus pcn,m>ylvanica
Undoubtedly the Mazzard
is the best stock for re-
gions in which cherries can
be grown commercially
Upon the Mazzard, varie-
ties of either sweet or
sour cherries make larger,
thriftier, longer-lived and
more productive trees
The Mahaleb, on the other hand, is the best stock
from the nurseryman's point of view It is more easily
budded, hardier, freer from insects and fungi as it
stands in the nursery before budding, and the buds
more quickly develop into salable trees But the advan-
tages of the Mazzard are so much greater for the fruit-
grower that he should accept only trees on this stock
unless hardiness be a prime requisite Cherries are
set in the orchard at two years from the bud
The cultivation and handling
Sweet cherries arc most profitably grown on high,
comparatively light, sandy, gravelly or even stony
loams, while sour cherries do best on somewhat heavier
soils The former are set 22 to 24 feet apart, the latter
16 to 20 feet Both respond to care in cultivation which,
in brief is early spring plowing, frequent cultivation
until the first of August with a cover-crop sown just
before the last cultivation Cover-crops are various —
a favorite one in New York and Michigan is a half
bushel of oats or barley, and twelve pounds of clover
or twenty pounds of winter vetch In Delaware and
New Jersey the cowpea is much liked as a cover-crop.
Cherry trees are usually headed 2 or 3 feet from the
ground with a tendency to head them lower -half the
above distances, in the
lower - headed orchards
there soerns to be no in-
convenience in tilling with
modern implements
Nearly all commercial
growers form the head
with five to seven mam
branches about a central
trunk, but some prefer to
remove the central stem,
especially in sweet varie-
ties, leaving a vase-formed
head After the head is
formed, the subsequent
pruning is exceedingly
simple, consisting of
cutting out an oc-
casional injured or
crossed branch and
now and then head-
ing-in a long whip-
likp growth
In soils well
adapted to cherry-
growing, commei1-
908. Old sweet cherry tree, on the Chesapeake peninsula
740
CHERRY
CHERRY
cial fertilizers are little needed. Good cultivation, the
yearly cover-crop and an occasional dressing of stable-
manure furnish an abundance of food. If, with this
treatment, the trees fail to make sufficient growth, and
if the drainage be good, the grower should experiment
with fertilizers containing potash, phosphoric acid or
nitrogen to see which, if any, his trees may need.
Cherries are picked with stems on, the sweet a few
days before fully ripe, the sour when practically
909. Napoleon cherry. — Sweet
IX H)
mature. Some growers guard against breaking the
fruit-spurs for the next year by using picking scissors.
Cherries are variously packed in boxes and baskets but
the container is usually a small one and much art may
be displayed in placing in layers, facing, and in making
the package m all ways attractive. Fruit for canning
must be carefully picked but is sent to the cannery in
trays holding one or two pecks
The chief commercial plantations in eastern America
are found in New York, New Jersey, Delaware, north-
ern Ohio and western Michigan Sweet-cherry grow-
ing is precarious because of natural obstacles, and sour
cherries are so easily grown that through very abun-
dance their sale is often difficult. Yet with both success
has been attained by many, the profits ranging as high
as $300 to the acre.
Special difficulties.
The cherry is attacked by a dozen or more fungi.
Of these, three are serious pests. The brown-rot,
Sclerotmia fructigena, attacks the flowers, leaves, twigs
and most disastrously the fruits at ripening time.
Leaf-blight, Cyhndrosponum Padi, produces diseased
spots on the leaves, which for the most part drop out,
giving a shot-hole effect and eventually causing the
fohage to drop prematurely. A common and striking
disease of the cherry is black-knot, Plowrightia mor-
bosa, characterized by wart-like excrescences on shoots
and branches which at maturity are black; affected
parts sooner or later die
The text-books give no less than forty insect enemies
of cherries, of which the plum-curculio, Con^trachelus
nenuphar, the peach-borer, Sanmnoidea exitiosa, and
the San Jose" scale, Aspidiotus permciosus, on swept
cherries, must be combated. All of the pests named,
both fungi and insects, are more destructive to plums
and peaches, and the reader is referred to these fruits
for treatment which is much the same as for the
cherry.
Sweet cherries suffer severely in the South and the
Mississippi Valley, and somewhat in the North, from
sun-scald, either directly from the sun's rays or from
alternate freezing and thawing in winter or spring.
The injury is manifested by the bursting of the bark
and the exudation of gum on the south and west -sides
of the tree. Some immunity from such injuries may be
obtained by protecting the trunks with ooards or other
screens. "Gummosis," or a flow of gum from the wood,
often follows injuries of various kinds and the
work of insects and fungi m both sweet and sour
cherries.
Types and varieties.
There are now about 600 varieties of cherries grown
in America and Europe, and the names of as many more
that have passed from cultivation remain These are
variously grouped, but the following simple classifica-
tion takes in the common orchard sorts
A. Prunus atnum
(1) The Hearts. — Large, heart-shaped, soft-fleshed,
sweet cherries, light-colored as represented by Governor
Wood and dark as in Black Tartarian
(2) The Bigarreaus — Large, sweet, heart-shaped
and colored as in the previous group but with firm,
crisp and crackling flesh Well represented by Napoleon
(Fig 909) and Yellow Spanish as light-colored members
of the group, and by Schmidt and Bing as dark sorts
(3) The Dukes — Somewhat smaller cherries than
the Hearts and Bigarrcaus, softer in flesh, light-colored
and usually sour or nearly so This group is placed
under Prunus awum, but there can be no doubt but
that the widely varying Dukes are hybrids between
Prunus awum and Prunus Cerasus May Duke and
Reme Hortense serve as illustrations of the group
A A. Prunus Cerasus
(1) The Amarelles — Rather small, light-colored, sour
cherries with colorless or nearly colorless juice, pro-
duced on upright trees, represented by Early Rich-
mond and Montmorency (Fig 910)
(2) The Morellos — Also comparatively small and
very sour but dark m color and with dark-colored mice
and trees with a drooping habit, represented by Eng-
lish Morello and Louis Philippe
In spite of the great number of varieties, the cherry,
of all stone-fruits, seems most fixed m its characters
Thus, the difference between tree and fruit m the cher-
ries of the several groups is comparatively slight and
many of the varieties eorne nearly true to seed So,
too, cherries, although probably domesticated as long
ago as any other of the tree-fruits, are now most of
all like their wild progenitors Notwithstanding this
stability, there are probably rich rewards to be secured
m breeding cherries by those who will put in practice
the discoveries of recent years in plant-breeding, and
will hybridize especially the various groups of the
two species now cultivated and introduce wnolly new
blood from wild species. So little effort has been
directed toward improving cherries, and the material
seems so promising, that it would seem that with proper
endeavor the coming generation may have a new and
greatly improved cultivated cherry flora.
U. P. HBDRICK.
The cherry in California.
In commercial importance, the cherry is least of the
fruits of the temperate zone grown m California on a
commercial scale — not considering the quince and
XXVI. Sweet cherry in flower and fruit.
CHERRY
nectarine, of which the product is almost insignificant
This is not because the finest chei '
Cherry trees are grown by budding upon Mazzard
profitably shipped in a fresh state 'to eastern markets,
and in 1911 a product equivalent to 243,010 cases (each
containing two dozen 2x£-pound cans) of canned cher-
ries were disposed of to advantage. In 1910, there was
large shipment of barreled cherries in sulfur water to
eastern bottlers who put up maraschino cherries in
competition with importations, but this business seems
to have transgressed the pure food laws and declined.
Until it is demonstrated that such distant demands
will increase, present plantations will not be largely
extended. Cherries are costly in picking and packing,
and the chance of low price in a local market, over-sup-
plied whenever the trees do their full duty, the grower
does not enjoy Cherry-drying has never seemed war-
rantee! on a large scale, because of the large amount of
labor required to the pound of product; and the
grower has had no recourse when the canner and local
consumer would pay only the cost of picking and box-
ing A good shipping demand seems, therefore, the
measure of the extension of California's cherry inter-
est, and the early ripening of the fruit, which permits
its sale during the blooming season of eastern cherry
trees, is the leading surety of such demand On several
occasions early varieties have been shipped from the
Vacaville district overland, on March 31, but the usual
opening date is about two
weeks later, arid thence on ward
later varieties, and from later
regions, may be shipped until
July, if found profitable
But, although there is plenty
of good land upon which to
multiply the present total of
t hree-quart ers of a million t rees,
the eheny regions of California
are restricted It is one of the
most exacting of -ill trees, and
is profitable only when its
requirements are respected.
About one-half of the present
acreage lies in valle>s opening
upon the bay of San Franeihco,
where deep and moist, but
well-drained alluvial soil fosters
strong and sound root-growth,
and modified atmospheric
aridity favors leaf and fruit-
ing On similar deep and mois>t
soils, however, the sweet cherry
enters the hot interior valleys
to certain limits, chiefly along
the river bottoms It abhors
dry plains In dry air it usu-
ally refuses to fruit, although,
if the soil be moibt, it may
make stalwart tree-growth In
foot-hill valleys it sometimes
does admirably, both in growth
and fruiting, and in mountain
valleys, above an elevation
of 2,000 feet, on good soil,
and in the greater rainfall, and even with the snow
flurries, which are experienced every year at proper
elevations, the tree becomes very thrifty and profitable
to the limits of local markets The tree seems to have
no geographical limitations in California, wherever
suitable soil and weather conditions occur, it accepts
the situation — the Dukes and Morellos succeeding
under conditions too trying for the Hearts and Bigar-
reaus, but the latter, only, are of commercial account
910. Montmorency cherry —Sour. ( X
feet from the ground, cut back to promote low branch-
ing for two years, and then allowed to make long
branches, and not usually shortened-m, BO long as
thrifty and healthy The tree, in a good environment,
IH, however, a very hardy tree, and will endure pruning
to almost any degree There are many trees which have
made a very broad but not usually high growth, bear-
ing 1,000 pounds of fruit to the tree, and a few others
which have even doubled that figure, while others
have been dwarfed and trained en espalier. The com-
mercial orchards are, however^ uniformly of low trees,
approximately of \ase form in exterior outline, and
with branches curvin," outward without shortening.
The cherry is very readily giaffed over by the usual
top-grafting methods, and large orchards have been
thus transformed into varieties more acceptable for
canning or shipping Comparatively few varieties are
grown. Early Purple Ouigne, Chapman and Knights
Early Black are grown in early-ripening localities.
Black Tartarian, Lewellmg and Bing are the mainstay
for black cherries The Napoleon Bigarreau (locally
known as Royal Ann) is the ideal for a white cherry,
and almost excludes all others, although the Hockport
Bigarreau has some standing Of all the varieties
grown, the Black Tartarian and Napoleon (Fig 909)
constitute 70 per cent of the crop, and probably 90
per cent of the amount marketed
California-grown cherries attain large size, the can-
ner's requirement for fancy fruit is a diameter not less
than y% of an inch, and for No 1 not less than % of an
inch Wholesale prices usually range from $40 to $60
a ton for black and $XO to $120 for white, but occa-
sionally canners have paid as
high as $160 a ton far white
cherries The higher rates can
be expected only m jears of
short crops
EDWARD .J. Wir-KsoN
CHERVIL. A term applied
to two umbelliferous plants
that produce edible parts,
neither of which is well known
in America The name is
sometimes applied, also, to the
t>weet cicely
Salad chervil or leaf chervil is
Anthnscus Cert folium, lloffm ,
a native of Cau<asus, south-
ern Russia and western Asia
It is annual, reaching \V^ to 2
feet high The neat and aro-
matic leaves are used like pars-
lev, which they much resemble.
The leaves are decompound,
with oval cut leaflets; and there
are varieties with much cut
and curled foliage. The culti-
vation of salad chervil presents
no difficulties. Leaves are
ready to use in six to ten weeks
from seed-sowing, and any good garden soil is con-
genial It thrives best in the cooler and moister part
of the year. In hot weather, seeds would better be
sown in a shaded place.
Tuberous or turnip-rooted chervil is Ck&rophylluin
bulbosum, Linn., of southern Europe. (See Cha-rophyl-
lum ) It is biennial or plur-annual, like the radish
and carrot. The roots are like small carrots in shape
(t to 5 inches long), bub are gray or blackish, and the
742
CHERVIL
CHESTNUT
flesh is yellowish white and of different flavor. The
roots are eaten as carrots are, either boiled or in stews.
The one difficulty in the growing of tuberous chervil
is the fact that the seeds germinate very tardily, or
even not at all, if kept dry over winter. It is cus-
tomary, therefore, to sow tnem in the fall, although
they do not germinate until spring. If they are to be
reserved for spring-growing, they should 6e stratified
(see Seedage) or kept in sand. In four or five months
after germination, the roots are fit to use, although
they improve in Quality by being left in the ground.
The roots keep well in winter. L. H. B.
CHESS, or CHEAT: Bromus.
CHESTNUT. Three species of tree or true chestnuts
are cultivated in this country for their nuts, — the
European Castanea satwa, the American Castanea den-
tata, the Japanese Castanea crenata. See Castanea. The
horticultural characters that distinguish these three
types are as follows:
European chestnuts. — Tree large, with a spreading
but compact head, stocky, smooth-barked twigs and
large glossy buds of a yellowish brown color; leaves
oblong-lanceolate, abruptly pointed, with coarse some-
times incurved serrations, thick and leathery, generally
pubescent beneath when young, but green on both
sides when mature. Burs very large, with long branch-
ing spines, and a thick velvety lining. Nut larger than
American chestnut, sometimes very large, shell dark
mahogany-brown, pubescent at tip, thick, tough and
leathery; kernel inclosed in a thin tough and astrin-
gent skin: quality variable from insipid, astringent to
moderately sweet The leaves remain on the trees until
late in autumn, but are more susceptible to the attacks
of fungi than the American and Japanese species. At
least one vanegated and one cut-leaved variety are
grown as ornamentals. This species is variously known
as European, French, Spanish and Italian chestnut
(Castanea satwa}, and sweet chestnut of English writers.
It is an inhabitant of mountain forests in the temper-
ate regions of western Asia, Europe and north Africa,
and is esteemed for its nuts in Spam, France and Italy,
where they have constituted an important article of
food since an early day. Introduced to the United
States by Irene*e Dupont. at Wilmington, Delaware, in
1803, although recorded by Jefferson, under the desig-
nation ''French chestnut," as grafted by him on native
chestnut near Charlottesville (Monticello), Virginia,
in 1773.
American chestnut (Castanea dentata). — Fig. 911. A
tall straight columnar tree, in forests reaching a height
of 100 feet and a diameter of 3 to 4 feet; when grown
in the open, forming a low round-topped head of
slightly pendulous branches. Leaves thinner than in C.
sativa, oblong-lanceolate, acute, long-pointed at the
apex, coarsely serrate except toward the wedge-shaped
base, green and
glabrous on both
surfaces, chang-
ing to bright
clear yellow
later in autumn.
The stammate
flowers open in
June or July
after leaves have
attained full
size, and exhale
a sweet, heavy
odor, disagree-
able to many
persons., and
sometime^ caus-
ing symptoms of
hay-fever. The
two- or three-flowered involucres of pistillate flow-
-ers are on short stout peduncles at the bases of
androgynous aments which bear toward their tips
scattered clusters of staminate flowers. Burs smaller
and spines sharper than m C. sativa. The nuts, usually
two or three, rarely five to seven, are usually broader
than long, and much compressed by crowding, although
sometimes nearly oblong and approaching cylindrical.
911. Native wild chestnuts.
912. Japanese chestnuts.
They are of a bright brown color, covered at the apex
with thick pale tomentum, which sometimes extends
nearly to the base of the nut. The nuts are .sweet and
agreeable in flavor, the best among chestnuts, and are
marketed m large quantities from the forests of the
Appalachian region Occurs in eastern North America,
Maine to Georgia, westward to Michigan, Mississippi
and Louisiana Gradually receding irom its southern
ajeas from causes not yet understood A few selected
forms have been propagated by grafting
Japanese chestnut (C crennta) — Fig 912. A dwarf-
ish close-headed tree of slender growth, said to attain
a height of 50 feet m Japan, with small buds leavas
smaller than other chestnuts, lanceolate-oblong, usually
pointed, with a truncate or cordate ba^e, finely ser-
rated, with shallow sharp- pointed indentations,
whitish tomentose beneath, pale gm i -\hove, less sub-
ject to injury by fungi than other t-| HUH Bur*> small,
with a thin papery lining and shoit widely branching
spines. Nuts large to very large, glossy, usually three,
sometimes five or seven in a bur, usually inferior to
the other chestnuts in quality, although goo.! when
cooked, and in a few varieties excellent m the fresh
state. Many cultural varieties are recognized Intro-
duced to the United States in 1876 by S. B. Parsons,
Flushing. New York.
Aside from these three types, there are certain dwarf
and small-fruited castaneas known as chinquapins.
The two native chinquapins may be contrasted as
follows (page 682) :
Common or tree chinquapin (C. pumila] — Fig.
913. A shrub 4 or 5 feet tall, rarely a tree, attaining
a height of 50 feet, with slender branchlets marked
with numerous minute lenticels, and coated with a
pale tomentum, which disappears during the first
winter. Leaves oblong, acute and coarsely serrate at
apex, bright yellowish green, changing to dull yellow
before falling m autumn. Flowers strong-smelling, the
catkins of staminate ones appearing with the unfolding
leaves in May or June, the spicate androgynous
aments later, with pistillate flowers in spiny involucres,
producing solitary cylindrical nuts % to 1 iirch in
length and % inch in diameter, with sweet seeds This
species occurs in dry lands from southern Pennsyl-
vania to Florida and Texas, and its nuts, which ripen
earlier than the American chestnut, are esteemed for
CHESTNUT
CHESTNUT
743
food and marketed in considerable quantities. The
species is sparingly introduced to cultivation and in its
native region is l>eing somewhat grafted upon in place
with the choicer yaiieties of chestnuts. It has some
promise as a dwarfing stock but is subject to the trouble-
some fault of suckering rather abundantly. Two named
varieties, the Fuller and the Rush, have been pub-
lished and somewhat propagated. (Upper part of Fig.
913 illustrates common chinquapin bur, and nut in
natural sue ) Apparent intermediates between this
species and the American chestnut, probably of hybrid
origin, are found in various localities from Pennsyl-
vania southward and westward to southern Arkansas
and eastern Texas, in some localities attaining truly
arborescent proportions (Lower figure in Fig 913
illustrates bur of hybrid chinquapin )
Bush chinquapin (C almfolia) — A shrub, rarely
more than 3 feet in height, forming small thickets,
by means of stolons, in sandy barrens South Atlantic
states, westward to Louisiana and Arkansas Distin-
guished from C. pumila by larger, oval-lanceolate,
mostly obtuse leaves, which are but slightly tomentose
beneath, and by its larger nuts, which ripen earlier.
The cultural range of Castanea in America is not
well defined, but extends from Florida and Texas to
Massachusetts and Wisconsin, and on the Pacific
slope The three species cultivated in America thrive
best on dry, rocky or gravelly ridges or sihcious uplands,
failing on heavy clays and on limestone soils unless
deep, dry and rich.
Propagation of chestnuts.
Propagation of species is by seeds Certain types
reproduce their striking characteristics in their seed-
lings, but varieties are perpetuated by grafting, occa-
sionally by budding Seeds for planting should i>e free
from insect larvae, and should not be allowed to dry out
before planting They may be planted in drills in fall
on deep and well-drained loam, or, to avoid damage by
rodents, may be stratified in damp sand until spring.
Nuts held in cold storage at lo° F from October to
April have germinated well at Washington, D C.
Young trees destined for removal to orchard should be
transplanted in nursery at one year old, to promote
symmetrical development of root system Grafting
may be done on any of the species of Castanea, and on
some of the oaks, notably the chestnut oak, Qucrcus
Pnnos, though the durability of grafts on the oak is
questionable Where the chestnut is indigenous, bear-
ing orchards of improved varieties are ouickly secured
by cutting down and removing the timber, and graft-
ing the young sprouts which spring up in abundance
about the chestnut stumps (Fig 911) Recently the
chinquapin has been similarly used with good success
where chestnut does not occur Grafting may be by
splice method on one-year-old seedling roots, by splice
or cleft at crown on two- or three-year trees m place;
or by veneer, splice or cleft methods on one- to three-
year-old sprouts or branches. Top-working of old trees
is uncertain and practised only in special cases. Cions
should be dormant, and work may be done at any time
after freezing ceases, but in trunk- and branch-grafting
best results are secured by most grafters if work is
done after leaves begin to unfold. Two- or three-
bud scions are preferred The fitting of cion to cleft or
splice and the waxing should be carefully done If
strips of waxed muslin are wrapped about the stubs,
the danger of loss by summer cracking of wax is les-
sened In cleft-grafting young sprouts or seedlings, the
stub should be cut 2 or 3 inches above the departure
of a branch, to prevent too deep splitting of cleft. Two
or three weeks after growth begins the waxing should
be inspected and repaned if cracked If grafts make
rank and brittle growth they should be checked by
pinching, and if in exposed situations, tied to stakes to
prevent breaking out of cions. Budding is sometimes
practised, usually by use of dormant buds inserted in
shoots of previous year, when the bark "slips" after
growth has begun in spring. There is a growing con-
viction in the minds of close observers that certain of
the popular varieties, especially Paragon, under cer-
tain conditions do not find the American chestnut a
congenial stock. In several orchards, Paragon, when
grafted on native sprouts, although apparently making
a good union at the start, has within eight to ten years
developed weakness at the point of union, followed by
loss of vigor and death of the top without other appar-
ent cause than lack of congeniality of cion to stock
For this variety, at least, the grafting upon seedling
stocks grown from nuts of the variety appears advisable.
The chestnut is admirably adapted to ornamental
planting, either singly or in groups on suitable soils.
913. Chinquapin. (Nut and bur natural size.)
The native species is successfully used as a roadside
tree in many sections outside of its natural range. It
requires a space of at least 40 feet for development
when thus used, the European species 30 feet, and the
Japanese 20 feet. If in orchard, the last-mentioned may
be planted as close as 20 feet, and thinned when the
trees begin to crowd, thus securing several, crops of
nuts from land otherwise unoccupied.
Care of chestnut orchards.
Planted orchards are yet few in America, most of
the extensive commercial efforts having consisted in the
grafting of sprouts on rough lands where the American
chestnut is indigenous On such lands no cultivation
is attempted, the brambles and undesired sprouts
being held in check by occasional cutting in summer,
or by pasturing with sheep Much care is necessary
744
CHESTNUT
CHESTNUT
to protect against damage of the sprouts by fire on such
land. Clean cultivation, at least during the first few
years, is probably best in planted orchards, although
neavy mulching may be found a satisfactory substitute
The Japanese and some of the American varieties of
the European species require thinning of the burs on
young trees to avoid over-bearing, with its consequent
injury to the vitality of the tree.
Special difficulties.
Leaf diseases are apparently subject to control by
bordeaux mixture, but for the weevils, which damage
the nuts previous to maturity, no satisfactory remedy
has yet been discovered except the yarding of poultry
in sufficient numbers to destroy the adult insects and
their larvae when they reach the ground
The most serious difficulty confronting the present
or prospective chestnut-grower in North America is
the chestnut-bark disease which, during the last decade,
has worked havoc in the native chestnut forests
throughout a region of country extending from cen-
tral Connecticut through southeastern New York,
New Jersey, and eastern Pennsylvania into northern
Delaware, northeastern Maryland and northern Vir-
ginia As this region contains mobt of the commercial
plantings of improved chestnuts they have also suf-
fered severely, especially since about 190S The distri-
bution of the native chestnut, together with the known
distribution of the disease February 1, 1912, is shown
on the accompanying map (Fig 915), which was pre-
pared by Metcalf to accompany a special report on the
disease in response to a resolution of the United States
Senate.
This disease, caused by a parasitic fungus (Diaporthe
or Endothia varasitica), attacks trees of all ages and
kills by girdling at various points It is known to
attack all species of chestnut and chinquapin grown in
this country, although somCj at least, of the Japanese
varieties, are practically resistant, so far as observed.
A few cases of the disease have also been found on
living trees of the chestnut oak in Pennsylvania, though
with less evidence of destructive effect than on chestnut.
The disease is spread by the spores of the fungus,
which are sticky, and are carried by rain, inbects, ana
man, arid probably by birds and small mammals It
is known to have been carried on nursery stock for
long distances and is easily transported on newly cut
914. Chestnut sprouts two years grafted The cioo wai
inserted where branching begins
915. Distribution of the chestnut blight
timber and cordwood from which the bark has not
been removed Infection frequently occurs through
wounds made by bark-borers.
Although first attracting attention in New York
City in 1904, it appears certain that it had secured
a firm foothold in southeastern New York, including
Long Island and adjacent portions of Connecticut
and New Jersey, prior to that time, there being some
indication that it was introduced from Japan, although
satisfactory evidence of this is htill lacking The pres-
ence of the disease in chehtnut forests in China was
discovered by Meyer in 1913, where, upon an unidenti-
fied species of chestnut, it is reported to be less virulent
than in American chestnut forests
For several years after publication of the cause of
the disease by Murrill, in 1906, little effort was made in
a systematic way to accomplish its control until 1911.
when the legislature of Pennsylvania appropriated
$275,000 for this purpose and inaugurated a state-wide,
two-year campaign of eradication The work is being
done in cooperation with the Federal Department of
Agriculture which, since 1907, has been investigating
the disease with a view to developing effective methods
of controlling it Several other chestnut-producing
states are also giving more or less attention to the prob-
lem Up to the present time, systematic cutting out
of infected trees coupled with destruction of their bark
by fire has proved the only practicable control method.
This is being vigorously applied in Pennsylvania and
those portions of Maryland, West Virginia, and Vir-
ginia in which the disease has appeared
In forests, the disease is exceedingly difficult to
eradicate after it has once gained a foothold, owing to
the minute examination of the entire tree which is
required to locate infections in their early stages. In
any district in which there is a general infection of the
t:re.sts, the only practicable course is to clear off the
timber while it is sufficiently sound to be merchantable.
The relative disease-resistance of the Japanese
chestnuts, coupled with their precocity and produc-
tiveness, renders them now the most promising sorts
ioi the American chestnut-grower. Planted m sections
CHESTNUT
CHESTNUT
745
outside of the native range of the American chestnut,
they may reasonably be expected to remain practically
free from the discaHe, especially if care is exercised to
prevent its introduction from infested regions on
nursery stock or cions The poor flavor and eating
quality of most of these varieties is their worst fault,
but in view of their wide range of
variation in this respect, the problem
of producing resistant varieties of
good quality appears relatively simple.
The few trees of Korean and Chinese
chestnuts thus far grown in the east-
ern United States are apparently
quite resistant to the disease and
therefore of much interest to the tree
breeder as parents of possible resist-
ant forms Systematic work on the
breeding of resistant varieties is being
1>rosecuted in the Bureau of Plant
ndustry
Vnrutieh of chest nuts.
The varieties of the three species,
although possessing many points in
common, differ sufficiently in impor-
tant characteristics to justify sepa-
rate grouping for cultural discussion
As chestnut-culture is new in this
country, it seems best to append
descriptions of all the varieties which
are in the American trade For fuller
discussion of cultivated chestnuts, see
Nut Culture in the United States
(Bull Div of Pomology, U S Dept
of Agric ), from which Fig 918 is
adapted, Nut Cultunst, A S Fuller,
IKOb', European and J.ip.mese Chest-
nuts in Eastern United States, (}
Harold Powell (Bull Del E\p Sta-
tion), 1S()8, Nut Culture for Profit,
Jno H Parr>, 1897
AMtRir^N C.KOUP —Although the wild
nuts exhibit wide variations in mze, form,
quality, productiveness, und season of ripen-
ing but few vanities have been dignified by
names find propagated Solitary trcrs are
frequently sterile, although producing both
PtarninHto and pistillate flow< rs, apparently
requiring cross-tt rtili/ ition to insure fruitful-
ness This is especiall} true- of planted trees
of this spot ic s on the Pacific slope, where
produc tive trees are report* d to be rare The
susceptibility of the species to injury by leaf
diseases, as pointed out by Powell, and the
injury to nuts by Kuvir of weevils, are draw-
backs to its extensive culture
The following v inoties are propagated to
some extc nt
Dulamy — Howling Own, Ky Large,
and of hne qutlity Original tree productive,
though isoltttd
(Inffin --Griffin, Ga A large, very downy
nut, of good quality
Hathaway —I it tie Prairie Ronde, Mich
A large, light-colored, sweet nut, annually
productive, frequently having five to seven
nuts to the bur
Kitcham — Mountamville, N Y Above
medium in sire, oblong, tomentose, sweet
Tree productive and vigorous in heavy sod
at fifty years of age
Murrell —Cole man's Falls, Va A large,
high-flavored nut, bearing three nuts to tiie
Otto — Otto, Tenn Large, oblong, very
downy at tip, very sweet, and nch
Rochester — Rochester, N Y First fnnted at Alton, 111 Nuts
medium to large, somewhat rounded, usually three in a bur, of
dull brown color, downy at tip, quahty excellent Tree a very
rapid grower and a heavy bearer, ripens late
Watson — Fay, Pa Medium to large, slightly downy, com-
pressed, very good
EUROPKAN GROUP — It is a significant fact that, dunng the
century that has elapsed since the introduction of this species, the
imported named varieties of Europe have not found favor in eastern
America Seedling trees have been found productive and profitable
at many points in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, and Mary-
916. Successive stages in the rava-
SlflloS* CheS
1910, 1911.
land, however, and these form the basis of the culture of the species
east of the continental divide West of the Rocky Mountains,
several of the choice Frehoii "Marrons" are reported to succeed in
California and Oregon Among the more important varieties of the
European group in America, are the lollowmg
Anderson — -Flushing, N J Bur medium to small, nuts of
medium size, bright reddish brown, pubescent at the tip and over
half of the nut. Tree a strong grower, with medium to small
leathery leaves Very productive
Bartram — Milltown, Pa Bur medium to
small, nut medium, thickly pubescent at tip,
dark reddish mahogany color, three in a bur,
unusually free from insect attack, quahty
good Tree vigorous, spreading, with large
leaves, productive
Comoale (Marron Combale) — France A
large and handsome, bright brown striped
nut, with but little tomentum at tip, usually
two, sometimes but one in a bur Somewhat
grown in California, where it was introduced
from France about 1870
L'halun (syn , M xrron Chalon Early) —
France Sparingly grown in C aliforma Nut
of medium size, early, productive, pre-
cocious
Oorson. — Plymouth Meeting, Pa Bur
large, with thin hm k, nuts large, usu-illy
three in a bur, dark brown, ridged, heavily
pubescent at tin, quality very good Tree
vigorous, spreading, very productive
Dager — ^Cainden, Del Bur medium, nut
medium to large, dark brown, thickly tomen-
tose, usually three in a bur, quality good.
Tree vigorous, spreading, productive, a seed-
ling of Ridgely
Darhngion — Wilmington, Del Bur me-
dium to small, nut medium to large, usu-
ally three in a bur, dark, distinctly striped,
thickly tomentose at tip, sweet, good Tree
vigorous One of th« earliest to ripen of this
group
Lyon (Marron de Lyon) — France A large,
round nut of fair quality, grown in a small
way in California, but le*s productive than
Combale, which it resembles
Marron —This term is used by the French
to designate the larger cultivated chestnuts,
most of which have relatively few nuts, often
only one in a bur
Moncur — Dover, Del A scedhngof Ridgely
Bur medium, nuts medium, of light color,
heavily tomentose Tree vigorous, spreading,
very productive
Nouzillarri — France A large, handsome
vanety from central France, and there con-
sidered very productive and valuable Has
been tcste'd in New Jersey, Pennsylvania and
California without marked success in any
locality
bumbo — Mornsville, Pa Bur medium
conical, nut large, from two to three in a
bur, bright brown striped, thinly tomentose,
of good quality Tree compact and droop-
ing, rather uncertain in bearing
Paragon (syn , Great American. Sobers
Paragon) — Germantown, Philadelphia, Pa
Bur very large, nut laige, usually three in a
bur, broad, plump, thickly tomentose at th»
tip, and thinly over two-thirds of surface,
color dull brown, quahty very good Tree
hardy, spreading, vigorous, with narrow,
coarsely serrate leaves having a narrow base,
subject to leaf-blight, but very productive -
The most widely planted and most uniformly
successful vanety of chestnut yet cultivated
in the United States Possibly a hybrid with
C. dentata
Quercy (syn , Marron Queroy) — France.
A beautiful, medium-sized nut, commended in
portions of California for precocity, earh-
ness, productiveness and quality
Ridgely (syn , Du Pont) — Dover, Del
Bur medium, nut medium to large, moder-
ately tomentose, dark, of very good quality.
Tree vigorous, with narrow leaves free from
blight, spreading, very productive, hardy
Scott — Burlington, N J Bur medium;
nut medium, slightly pon ' "
tose at the tip Tree open, spreading, very
productive, said to be comparatively free from attacks of weevil
Slyer — Concordville, Pa Bur medium, nut medium pointed,
dark brown, striped, tomentose at tip, 1 to 3 m a bur Tree vt»ry
vigorous, upright, with large, dark green leaves, free from disease
JAPANESE GROUP —Though most of the imported Japanese
chestnuts have been found of poor quality for eating in the fresh
state, the product of many imported seedling trees, and of a num-
ber of American-grown seedlings of this type, is equal to the Euro-
pean nut in this respect The Japanese varieties in general have
the advantage, also, of greater precocity and productiveness,
larger size and earlier maturity of nut, greater freedom from injury
746
CHESTNUT
CHICORY
917. Boone chestnut.
by leaf diseases and nut-eating insect larvro. As productiveness
and earlmesa are the most important points in chestnut-culture at
the present time, thia type w the most important to commercial
nut-growers Because ot the ease with which chestnuts hybridize.
the disease-resistance of varieties that have originated from seed
produced within the habitat of the American chestnut must be
regarded as uoubtful until thoroughly tested Information as to
the place of production of the seed from which the several varieties
originated is there-
fore of importance
in selecting varie-
ties for planting.
The more important
named varieties are
as follows
Alpha —Now
Jersey Bur me-
dium, nuts medium
to large, generally
three in a bur, dark,
of fair quality, ripe-
ning \ cry earl>
Troo. upright, very
vigorous and pro-
ductive Originated
in New Jersey from
seed of Parry
Beta —New Jer-
sey Bur small, nut
medium, light
brown, smooth,
slightly tomentoso
at tip, good, ripe-
ning just after
Aloha Seedling of
Parry
Bildle— New
Jersey First fruited
in Maryland Bur
medium: nut large, bright brown, broad, rather thickly tomentose,
two to five in a bur, of medium season and fair quality Tree
regular, round-headed, vigorous Grown from imported seed.
Black (syn , Dr Black) —New Jersey First fruited m Mary-
land Bur large, nut medium to large, three to seven in a bur, con-
sequently irregular in shape, dark brown, slightly tomentose, very
early and of good quality Tree round, close-headed, vigorous, pro-
ductive. Grown from imported seed
Boone —Villa Ridge, 111 Fi£ 917 A hybrid between Giant and
a native chestnut Bur of medium size, nuts large, usually three in
a bur, of light brown color, rather heavily tomentose, quality very
good Tieo vigorous, precocious and productive, nuts npcmng
early Considered difficult to propagate
Coe — California. A large, very sweet variety, but recently
disseminated Tree upright, somewhat spreading. Grown from
imported seed
Felton— New Jersey First fruited in Delaware Bur small,
nut medium, dark brown, slightly tomentose, rather eaily and of
excellent quality Tree round-headed and fairly productive
Grown from seed of an imported tree.
Giant — Japan A trade name, under which a number of varie-
ties have been imported from Japan See Parry
Half (syn, Eighteen Months) — California A newly intro-
duced variety, having a large, dark brow n nut of excellent quality.
Very precocious Grown from imported seed
Kent (syn , Extra Early) —New Jersey First fruited in Dela-
ware Bur small, nut medium to large, dark, usually three in a bur,
very early, of good quality Tree round-headed, precocious, pro-
ductive Grown from seed of an imoorted tree
Ktrr— New Jersey First fruited m Maryland. Bur small.
nut medium to large, dark brown, broad, three in a bur, early, and
of excellent quality. Tree vigorous, symmetrical, round-headed,
very productive Grown from imported seed
Kitten — New Jersey. First fruited in Delaware Bur very
large, nut very large, broad, light brown, slightly ridged, of excel-
lent quality, midseason Tree tipnght, open, spreading, moder-
ately vigorous, productive The largest chestnut yet brought to
notice. Grown from seed of an imported tree.
Mammoth — A trade name for the imported Japanese nuts and
trees, not restricted to any particular variety
Martin) — New
,
Marl\n (syn , Col
Maryland Bur largo, nut large to very large, broad, bright reddish
ew Jersey First fruited in
, , ,
brown, slightly tomentose, three to five nuts in a bur Midsea
of good quality for cooking Tree vigorous, open, spreading, pro-
ductive Grown from imported seed
McFarland — California Bur very largo; nut large, and of fine
quality; early. Tree spreading, vory productive. A newly dissem-
inated variety of great promise Grown from imported seed
Parry — Japan Bur very large, nut very large, one to three in
a bur, broad, with apex sometimes depressed, dark brown, ndged,
of fair quality Tree moderately vigorous, open, spreading, with
large leaves One of the largest and most beautiful of this group.
Selected for propagation as the best of 1,000 imported grafted
Japanese chestnuts
Prolific — Japan Bur small, nut medium, rather long, striped,
three in a bur, early. Tree vigorous, compact, with small narrow
leaves
Reliance — New Jersey Bur medium, nut medium to largt,
rather long, light brown, ndged, midseason, and of fair quality.
Tree dwarfish, spreading, drooping, very precocious and produc-
tive, inclined to overbear, and needs thinning Seedling ot Parry.
Success — New Jersey. Bur very large, nut very large, usually
three in a bur; midseason, of rather poor quality until cooked.
Seedling of Parry Tree upright, productive.
Superb — New Jersey Bur large, nut large, oroad, brown,
usually three m a bur, early, and of fair quality Tree vigorous and
very productive. Seedling of Parry. Wm A TAYLOR
CHEVALIERA, CHEVALIERIA, CHBVALLIERA, CHE-
VALLIERIA. The species in tho American trade are ^Echraeas.
CHICK-PEA. Cicer.
CfflCKWEED: Cerastium and StcUana.
CHICORY, or SUCCORY (Cichbnum fntybwt,
Linn ) CowpdsiLv Fig 918 A native of Europe,
naturalized in America and familiar to many as a weed,
is a pot-herb, a salad, and the leading adulterant of
coffee It came prominently before the public in the
late nineties and the early years of this century as an
American farm crop Prior to that year, its cultiva-
tion as an adulterant and substitute for coffee was
largely prevented by the prejudice of the principal
consumers, our foreign-bom population, who insisted
that American was inferior to European root, and also
by the low tariff, which allowed the root to enter duty
free, or with a very small impost During 1898 and
1899 advantage was taken of a protective duty, and
several fact ones were erected, for which farmers grew
the roots For a few years our home market was sup-
plied from American fields in part But even the sub-
stitution of horse-power for manual labor, improved
plows and cultivating implements for crude ones,
machine-digging of the roots for hand-digging, efficient
slicing machines, and improved evaporating kilns did
not make the business satisfactory. There was not
enough money in it either to
growers or to manufacturers, so it
has been abandoned
Chicory will probably succeed
wherever the sugar beet is grown
in this country, the climatic re- '
quirements being similar In gen-
eral, it may be said to thrive upon
all stone-free soils that will pro-
duce paying staple ciops, except
clays, lightest sands and mucks
The first are too hard, the second
too dry, the third too rich in
nitrogen and too sour The sur-
face layer of soil should be deep,
the subsoil open and well drained.
If the water-supply be sufficient-
high land is as good as low land
of the same texture, though if too
dry for profitable gram-growing,
the former may yet be made to
produce chicory, but if too wet for
cereals, the latter will generally be
found unsuitable for this root.
The fertilizing of the land should
be the same as for other root-crops,
nitrogen being used sparingly,
potash and phosphoric acid rather
freely — one and one-fourth to one
and one-half times as much of the
former and two and one-half times
the latter as has been removed by
the preceding crop. It is best to
apply these fertilizers to preceding
crops that do not make heavy
demands upon them In rotation,
chicory is classed with root-crops,
and should be preceded by a small
grain, since this is harvested in
time for fall plowing Clover
should not immediately precede,
since it leaves too much nitrogen
in the soil. The ground being 913 improved chicorj
warm, fairly inoint, thoroughly root rx1*)
CHICORY
CHIMAPHILA
747
prepared by deep plowing, harrowing and scarifying
with a weeder, the seed, which must be fresh and clean,
is sown rather thickly but covered thinly, in drills 18
inches apart
There are but few well-defined varieties of this plant
used for held culture, and even the garden sorts are
not so stable as could be desired Of the former group,
Magdeburg, Brunswick and Schlcsische are the prin-
cipal, of the latter, Witloof (bo-called), Red Italian,
Broad -leaved, Improved Variegated and Curled-leaved
arc best known Witloof and Barbc de Capucm ran
be produced from any variety, the difference being
brought about by the method of growing
Chicoiy has no specific enemies m this country, and
is troubled by only a few of the general-feeding insects,
mich as cut-worms and wire-worms
From six to ten tons is the general acre yield, although
with good management fifteen tons may be produced
The cost of growing and the returns are about as fol-
lows Rent, wear of tools, etc , $o; preparation of
land, $4 .")(), seed, 75 cents, cultivating and tending,
$15, harvesting and delivering, $12, total, $3725.
Aveiage price the ton, $7
From a purely hoiticultural standpoint, chicory is
of mt( rest as a root, a pot-herb, and a salad plant
The voting tender roots are occasionally boiled and
served with butter, pepper and salt, like young carrots,
but they have never become widely popular in this
form As a pot-herb, the young leaves are equal to
those of dandelion They are cut when 0 to 8 inches
long, boiled in two waters to remove the bitter flavor,
and served like spinach As a salad, chicory is famous
in three foims Common Blanched, Barbe de Capucm
and Witloof Barbe de Capucm is comprised of small
blanched leaves Witloof is a more solid head The
pink, red and curled varieties make a very prettv
appearance, and, if well grown and served fre.sh, are
delicious, there being only a .slightly bitter flavor
The method of growing for salads is the .name a,s for
endive
Foi Barbc1 and \Vitloof, well-grown roots are dug in
October, ti mimed of unnecessarv roots and of all but
an inch of top For Barbe, the roots are laid hori-
zontally m tier.s in moist earth, the whole forming a
.sloping heap, the crowns of the roots protruding an
null 01 so Since darkness is essential, a warm vege-
table cell ir is the usual place selec ted to grow this
vegetable, which requires three or four week.s to pio-
diue its hne white leaves These are cut when about
b inches long, eaten as a salad, boiled like kale or cut
up like slaw If undisturbed, the roots \\ill continue
to produce toi several weeks The most rapid v\a> to
pioduce Witloof is to plunge the roots (shortened to 5
inches) in spent tanbark, or such mateiial, and cover
w ith 2 feet or more of manure, the space under a green-
house bench being used. In about two weeks, heads
lesemblmg cos lettuce mav be dug up, boiled like brus-
sels sprouts, 01 served as salad If the roots be left in
place, piotected from the light, but uncovered, a crop
of leaves resembling Barbe mav be gathered Sowing
and other cultural management is the same as for othei
garden roots, as beets and carrots It is a pity that
these vegetables are so little known m this count rj
Witloof is a popular winter vegetable in the larger
cities of the East Much of it is imported from Europe
Chicory has run wild along roadsides and in dry fields
in many parts of the country, and is considered to be a
bad weed However, the handsome sky-blue flowers
(Fig. 962), which open only in sunshine, are very
attractive M. G. KAINS.
CHlLDSIA WfiRCKLEI: Hidalgoa.
^ CHILlANTHUS (a thousand flowers] Logam&cese.
Four or 5 S African trees or shrubs, very closely allied
to Buddleia, from which it differs in having stamens
48
exserted from the short tube Ivs. opposite, entire or
dentate, nearly always tomentose or scaly fls very
numerous, in dense terminal cymes or panicles, calyx
and corolla deeply 4-parted, the latter usually yellow-
ish Unknown to the American trade The plants
known as Buddleia salicifolm, Jaoq , and B saliqna,
Willd , are Chilianthus arboreut, Benth (which is
probably identical with C. o/eaceus, Burch.).
CHIL6PSIS (Greek, lip-like) Bignoniacex One
deciduous shrub or low tree, often planted in southern
California and other parts
Allied to Catalpa differs in having 4 anther-bearing
stamens and 1 rudiment, a more trumpet-shaped corolla
and with jagged lobes, and Ivs linear and often not
opposite
hnearis, DC ((' *>aUyna, Don). Slender-branched,
10 20 ft • fls handsome, bignoma-hke, in a short
tenmnal raceme, corolla 1-2 in. long, 5-lobed and
ci imped, the tube and throat lilac, and 2 yellow stripes
inside Dry districts from S Texas
to Calif, and in Mex - -From its
narrow -lanceolate or linear Ivs , it is c/^'^X f* ^ }
known as desert willow, also called kafv/X vV/-?"*T^
flowering willow and mimbres *S^H \ >*Lifc&^
There is a white-fld form
L II B
CHIMAPHILA (Greek, winter-
lovinq, green in winter) En-
caft..f Pii'SLsbEWA Perennial small
plants, interesting for the white or
pinkish flow eis and the evergreen
foliage, but little cultivated
Half shrubby or
herbaceous, with
creeping st Ivs.
evergn en, serrate,
in irregular whorls,
fls nodding, form-
ing a terminal, few-
fid urnbel, on a
long naked pedun-
cle, petals .">, spread-
ing, stamens 10, the
anthers opening
with 2 pores at the
apex, the filaments
short, dilated, style
short, \\ ith a peltate
stigma fr a dehis-
cent, deeplv. fur-
row ed, 5 -c el led
caps with n urn ci-
ous minute seeds —
Four species in N.
Amer , Eu , and N.
Asia to Japan; for-
merly united with Pyrola Low evergreen plants, with
prettv white or reddish fls m summer They grow
best in a light, sandy soil, mixed with peat or leaf-
mold, and piefer a half-shady position Prop, by divi-
sion of the creeping rootstock. Useful m wild borders.
A. Lvs broadest above the middle.
umbellata, Nutt. (C corymbbsa, Pursh) Five to 12
in Ivs 3-6 in a whorl, short-pet loled, cuneate-lanceo-
late to oblong-obovate, sharply serrate, dark green and
shining above, 1-2 in. long fls. 4-7, white or reddish,
} 2~/4m- wide. N. Anier , from Canada to Mex , Eu ,
Japan BM 778. LBC 5 463. Mn 7*161— Lvs.
said to be employed m rheumatic and kidney affec-
tions
AA Lvs broadest below the middle.
maculata, Pursh Fig 919 Lower and less branched
than the foiegomg. Ivs. usually in 3's, ovate or oblong-
748
CHIMAPHILA
CHIONODOXA
lanceolate, sparsely and sharply serrate, variegated
with white along the nerves, 1-2 in long fls 2-5, white,
%m. wide. From Canada to Ga. and Miss. B.M. 897.
Mn. 9 1. GC 111.32318.
Menziesii, Spreng Slender plant, 3-8 in high:
Ivs. alternate or m 3's, ovate to oblong-lanceolate,
acute at both ends, %-!% m- long, sharply serrate,
sometimes variegated fls 1-3, whit", 1 2in across,
filaments with a round dilated portion in the middle
Brit Col. to Calif ALFRED REHDER.
CHIMONANTHUS. Mcratia
CHINA ASTER- Aster
CHINA-TREE: Melia.
CHINA WOOD-OIL. Aleuntes Fordu
CHINESE LANTERN PLANT: Physahs.
CHINESE LAUREL. Anhdesma.
CHINESE SACRED LILY Narcissus.
CHINKAPIN, CHINQUAPIN: Chestnut and Castanea
CHIOC(5CCA.. Rubiacex SNOWHERRY (which the
name means in Greek). Shrubs, mostly climbing or
trailing, of Trop Arner (a half-<lozen or so species),
and 3 m extreme S. Fla Fls in axillary panielea, the
corolla funnelforrn and 5-parted, stamens 5, inserted
on the base of the corolla, the filaments cohering at
base, style filiform, the stigma club-shaped; ovary 2-3-
loculed, becoming a small globular 2-seeded drupe
C. racemdsa, Linn , of the Fla Ke>s and S , is some-
times cult in hothouses for its panicles of yellowish
white fls and the white frs.: Ivs. ovate to lanceolate,
thick and shining, entire drupes 2/4'm diarn twining,
glabrous C. anguffuga, Mart (C brachiuta, Ruiz &
Pav ), of S Amer , the root affording a native snake-
bite remedy, has appeared in cult (under the name var.
acutifblia)' woody, with erect branches Ivs ovate, 3
in or less long, sharp-acuminate fls J4m long with
recurved lobes, in axillary panicles shorter than the
Ivs — In S Fla or on the Keys, 2 other sfxvies occur,
but they apparently are not in cult C dlba, Hitchcock.
Large, erect or reclining' Ivs elliptic to ovate fls
white, often becoming yellow. C. pinetdr-um, Brit
Small, trailing. Ivs. mostly elliptic to oblong corolla
always white L H. B •
CHI<5GENES (Greek, snow, offspring, referring to
the snow-white berries) Ericaceae SNOWBERRY.
Creeping plant, rarely grown in rockeries for the car-
peting effect of the evergreen foliage and for the attrac-
tive white berries , with small alternate 2-ranked Ivs and
inconspicuous axillary fls ; corolla short-campanulate,
4-cleft, stamens 8, included, with short filaments,
anthers opening by a slit' berry white, many-seeded —
Two species in the colder regions of N. Amer and
Japan Slender trailing evergreens, in appearance
much like the cranberry, rarely cult Thriving best in
moist and peaty soil, in a shaded position, creeping
amongst growing moss. Prop by seeds, by division or
by cuttings in Aug under glass. The American spe-
cies, C.hispfdula, Torr & Gray (C. serpylhfblia, Sahsb ),
has hirsute branches and ovate or oval, J^-^m -long
cihate Ivs , greenish white fls. and white berries, J^in.
across, usually hirsute. ALFRED REHDER.
CHIONANTHUS (Greek for snow and flower, allud-
ing to the abundance of snow-white fls ). Olence^e.
FRINGE TREE Woody plants grown for their pro-
fusely produced white flowers.
Shrubs or low trees, with deciduous, opposite and
entire Ivs : fls m loose panicles irom lateral feuds at the
end of last year's branches, white, dioecious or only
functionally dioecious, calyx 4-cleft; corolla divided
nearly to the base in 4 narrow petals., stamens 2, short;
ovary superior, 2-celled; style very short with a 2-
lobed stigma, fr a 1 -seeded oval drupe — Two species
in E. N. Amer. and China Ornamental shrubs, with
large, dark green foliage, arid very showy white fls
in eaily summer. The American species is almost
hardy N , but lequues a somewhat sheltered position,
the Chinese may be more tender, but has proved haidy
at the Arnold Arboietum They thiive best in a some-
what moist and sandy loam, and in a sunny position
Pi op by seeds sown m fall or stratified, increased also
by layers arid by grafting under glass or budding in
the open air on ash seedlings (m Euiope, Fraxmus
Ornus is preferred), sometimes by cuttings from forced
plants in early spring
virginica, Linn Fig 920 Large shrub or slender
tree, to 30 ft Ivs oval or oblong, acuminate, pubes-
cent beneath when young, mostly glabrous at length,
4-8 in long panicles 4-6
in long, pendulous, fls func-
tionally durcious, petals 1
in long fr dark blue, ovoid,
£4111 long May, June From
Pa to Fla and Texas L B
C 13 . 1264 Gt 16 561
Mn. 2 15* G F 7 325.
A G 22 362 F E 29 733
Gng. 16 306 G M 31 527
V 10 227 G W S, p 293
MDG 1899412,413,1900
413, 1907 73, 337 —Variable
in shape and pubescence of
the Ivs , and several varieties
have been distinguished, but
none of them sufficiently dis-
tinct for horticultural pur-
poses The stammate plants
are showier in. flower on
vys.,2/ account of their larger pani-
cles and broader petals, but
lack the attractive pendulous blue frs in autumn.
Root-bark tonic, febrifuge, laxative, reputed narcotic
retusa, Lindl (C chintnw, Maxim ) Shrub, with
spreading branches, or small tree, to 20 ft Ivs obovate
or oval to oval-oblong, acute or obtuse, sometimes
emargmate, pubescent on the veins beneath, at least
when young, and reticulate, petioles densely pubes-
cent ns dioecious, fragrant, in panicles 2-4 in long,
petals about y^m long, narrow oblong drupe ovoid,
dark blue, j^in long China P F G 3, p. 85 G C
II 23821; III. 47.328, 329 Gt 35, p 667 A G.
13 374; 20 107; 22 '363 Mn 2 157 G F 7 327 (J
29:347; 33 -521. Gn. W. 8 453 - Young plants have
the Ivs. serrulate. ALFRED REHDER
CHIONOD<5XA (Greek, snow and glory). Lihdeex
GLORY -OF -THE -SNOW. Very early-blooming hardy
bulbs, flowers and leaves appearing together
Closely allied to Scilla, but differs, among other
characters, in having a short tube to the corolla fls
blue (running into white and red forms), with recurved-
spreading acute segms , dilated filaments, and small or
capitate stigma — Four species, Crete to Asia Minor.
These are among the best of early-flowering plants,
blooming in February, March and April, according to
the locality, with the early snowdrops and scillas Since
their introduction to cultivation by Maw in 1H77, they
have been widely cultivated under the popular name
of "glory-of-thc-snow," in allusion to their early-
bloorning habit C. Liicihae is the most widely cultiva-
920 Chionanthus virginica.
ted species This varies much in color, the type having
flowers \\hose petals are more or less deeply tipped
with blue, shading to white at their bases C
also occurs with pure white flowers, and in reddish and
pink forms C sardenns has smaller flowers of a deeper
tone of blue arid without the white markings of the
petals. There arc two varieties of this, one; with white
CHIONODOXA
CHIRITA
749
and the other with black stamens C grandiflora is
the largest-flowered of the group, the type being slaty
blue with dark lines down the center of the segments:
however, like others of the genus, there arc pink ana
white forms sometimes found in collected bulbs,
although somewhat rare C. Ttnolubu, one of the kinds
sent out by Whittall of Smyrna borne years ago, is
very like C Lucdwe in form but of a deeper blue and a
distinctly later flowering habit Chionodoxas hybridize
with Scilla, and the hybrids are sometimes known as
chionoseillas.— Chionodoxas thrive in any fertile soil,
well drained and not too heavy, and in any exposure,
the main requisite for growth being that they have
light and an adequate supply of moisture while grow-
ing and until the foliage is ripened. The bulbs should
be planted about 3 inches deep, and closely, say an inch
or less apart Lift and replant about the third year
They need no winter covering They flower wel' in pots
m winter in a coolhouse temperature Must be foieed
only gently, and given abundance of air, light and
moisture They are increased by offsets and seeds,
which thej pioduce freely Under favorable conditions
they mciease rapidly by self-sown seeds Preferably,
seeds should be sown in a frame, and may be expected
to germinate the following winter Under ordinary
conditions, self-sown seeds germinate early in the
>ear, or late winter (J N Gerard )
Lucfhae, Boiss Fig 921 Bulb ovoid, brown-coated
Ivs long and narrow, 2 or .'i with each Ft scape 3-6
in. high, bearing a do/sen or less bright blue, more or
less hanging, white-centered fls Asia Minor and
Crete B M (5433 (in 2S, p 179 — Runs into many
forms, one of which has white fls C. gigantea, Hort ,
is a larger form of it,
distinct m habit C.
grandifldra, Hort , is
a large garden form,
with fls violet -blue
and v\ h 1 1 e in the
throat Yar F6rbesii,
Hort , somewhat taller
and bearing more fls
C. amabihs Leichtliun,
Hort , is a very hand-
some form, 2 weeks
later than the others-
fls 1^4 in acioss, with
broad full segms of
soft creamy white
shaded rose-purple
C. Tmolilsu, Hort , is
a late-blooming form,
bright blue and white,
apparently a variant
of C Liicilwt
sardSnsis, Drude
Fls 2-C, smaller, much
darker blue with no
white in the eye, the
perianth - limb twice
longer than the tube
Ivs channeled Sardis
On 28.178 —Probably
a form of C Lucilix
erotica, Boiss &
Held Slender- fls
smaller and fewer (1-2
on a scape) than C.
Lualise, white or very
Gle blue Crete — Of
tie horticultural
value
Allenii, Hort (Chio-
noscilla Allenn, Hort ).
Perianth segma. cut to
922. Chiranthodendron platanoides.
The hand-flower ( X h)
921. Chionodoxa Luciliae.
the base: habit of C Lucthcp, but the white eye is
indistinct. Supposed natural hybrid of Scilla bifoha and
ChwnodoxaLucihx. G.C III 21:191. There is said to
be another (/ Allenn that is a direct selection probably
from (' Lncilicf, very like var grandiflora. Chionowilla
I'enryi is another Chionodoxax Scilla hybrid, the exact
parentage not being stated.
CHIONOSCILLA:
Hybrids of Chionodoxa
and Srillti, consult these
gduri
CHIRANTHO-
D&NDRON (Greek,
sign i f y i ng ha ndflower-
trct ) titrrciilidceae
( )dd - flowered orna-
mental tree of Mexico
and to be expected
in \\ est Indies and
elsewhere in cultiva-
tion
A m o n o t y p i c
genus, w Inch together
with the Cahforman
F r e m on t od en d ron
forms the remarkable
group Frernontiese.
The fls. are devoid
of a corolla, but in
its place have a large
deeply 5-parted cup-
shaped calyx, con-
cave at the base, in
which there are 5
glands which secrete
an abundance of
honey, stamens
united together for
about one-third their length, above which they separate
into .5 i ays bearing linear anthers which dehisce by a
longitudinal groove, style issuing from the center of
the stamens and terminating in a pointed stigma fr a
woody caps with 5 valvate dehiscent lobes foliage
linden-like and densely clothed with stellate hairs.
platanoides, Baill (Chtirosthnon platanoides,
Humb & Bonpl ) The celebrated MACPALXOCHI-
QI< \ntiiTL, or HANDFLOWER TUBE of the Mexicans,
also called M*NO DE MHO, MONKEY'S HAND, and
DEML'S HAND Fig 922 The remarkable feature of
the fl is the form of the bright red stamens, which
resemble the fingers of a human hand and are tipped
with appendages like claws, from the base of the
fingers issues the style which is more or less like a
thumb A single tree growing near the city of Toluca
was known to the ancient Mexicans, who regarded it
with superstitious veneration It was of great age and
wass supposed to be the only tree of its kind in the world.
But an entire grove of the trees was discovered in
Guatemala on the slope of the Volcano de Agua, near
the town of Antigua, whence m pre-Columbian times
the specimen had been brought This established
itself on the slope of the volcano of Toluca, where the
conditions of soil and climate were similar to those of
its original habitat. w. E. SAFFORD
CHDR.1TA (Hmdostani name). Gesneracex. Plants
much like gloxinias and streptocarpuaes. A genus of 100
species, none of which is in Jhe American trade. They
are natives of E Asia and are herbs or low undershrubs
with opposite, often unequal Ivs.. fls. in shades of pur-
ple and blue, tubular, in clusters on the tops of snort
scapes For cult , see Gloxinia.
C barbAla, Sprague Perennial fls pedicellate, corolla funnel-
shaped, bluish lilac, with yellow band in front India. B M.
8200— r. rupfstrts, Ridl Bushy, compact annual. Malay
Peninsula. B M. 8333.— C. nntniut, Lindl , is th« best known
750
CHIRITA
CHLORIS
Rpecies and IB well worth cult. It baa bright green Ivs. and scapose
cymes of blue and white fls., the yellow anthers of which add
attractiveness. B R. 30 59. — A variegated form la known
N. TAYLOE.f
CHIR6NIA (classical mythological name) Gen-
tiandcex A dozen or so soft perennial herbs or slirubs
of Afr . rarely seen in collections of greenhouse mate-
rial t Is in shades of red and purple, terminal, with a
salver-form corolla and short tube: Ivs opposite, ses-
sile, on single or branching sts Most of them are from
the Cape region.
CHIVE, or CHIVES (written also Give) Alhum
Scha>n6prasum, Lmn., a perennial plant native to
Europe and the northern borders of the United States
and northward See Allium The leaves of chive
are used green as seasoning in soups; salads and
stews Chive grows 6 to 8 inches high, making
dense mats of narrow hollow leaves, and bloom-
ing freely in violet-
colored heads, which
scarcely overtop the foli-
age, bulbs small, oval.
The plant makes an ex-
cellent permanent edg-
ing, and is w orth growing
for this purpose alone.
It is easily propagated
by dividing the clumps;
but, like other tufted
plants, it profits by hav-
ing the stools broken up
and replanted every few
years. It rarely seeds.
It thrives in any garden
soil. The leaves may be
cut freely, for they
quickly grow again.
L. H B.
CHLIDANTHUS (del-
icate flower, from the
Greek) Amaryllid&ceae.
Tropical American sum-
mer-flowering bulbs.
Allied to Zephyranthes.
Flowers erect, yellow,
fragrant, in a small 2-
bracted umbel, termina-
ting a solid scape, long-
tubed, with wide-spread-
ing segms ; stamens 6,
inserted at the throat,
the filaments unequal
and dilated at base' fr a
3-valved caps . Ivs long
and strap-shaped bulb
tunicate — Three or four species Mex , and S Amer.
Chlidanthuses are increased by offsets or by heeds.
The bulbs should be kept dry and cool during winter
and in spring started in a moderately warm houwe.
After flowering, care must be taken to have the bulbs
make their annual growth. They may either be grown
in pots plunged in ashes, or planted out where they
can be watered occasionally during dry weather. Like
other similar plants, they will benefit by a mulching
of spent hops or rotted manure (G W Oliver )
fragrans, Herb (C luteus, Voss) Bulb large and
ovoid: Ivs. about 6, appearing in spring or early sum-
mer with the fls , narrow, glaucous, obtuse fls 4 or
less in each umbel, 3 in or less long, nearly sessile,
erect, on a 2-edged scape or peduncle 10 in or less high.
Andes. B.R 640 F S. 4:326.— A good summer-bloom-
ing plant. t
Hthrenbergii, Kunth. Somewhat taller: fls. yellow,
nearly horizontal, distinctly stalked, the 3 outer eegms.
923. Chlons elegatu
wider than the inner. Mex. — Perhaps a form of the
above. L. II. B.
CHLORANTHUS (green flower). Chloranlhdcex.
Tropical herbs, shrubs or trees, one of which is some-
times grown under glass in the North.
Perennial aromatic herbs or evergreen shrubs, with
jointed sts opposite simple Ivs , and small, inconspic-
uous fls, in slender terminal spikes, penanth repre-
sented by a single scale, in the axil of which is the
1-loculed ovary and mostly 3 united stamens (the sulo
stamens sometimes obsolete) — Some 10 species in the
eastern tropics Two other genera (Ascarma and
Hedyosmum) comprise the family Chloranthacea?, of
the pepper-like series
of plants
brachystachys.
Blume. >Shrub used
for pot-growing, reach-
ing a height of 1-2 f t ,
bearing glossy foliage
and small yellow ber-
ries stamen single in
each fl . Ivs long-
lanceolate, acuminate,
serrate — Tropics and
subtromcH, Ceylon
eastward There is a
variegated-leaved
form. L IL B.
CHLORIS (the god-
dess of flowers) Gra-
minesp FiNGEK-CiiAssk.
Annual or usually per-
ennial grasses, bomc"
roration
lades, compressed sheaths
;ral spikes spikclets with
" more rudimentary sterile
lemmas on the prolonged rachilla — Species
about 40, in the warmer regions of the world
A few are cult for ornament on account of
the attractive mfl Of simple treatment
Regans, HBK Fig 923 Annual, 1-3 ft :
uppermost sheaths usually inflated around
the base of the mfl ; spikes 6-12, pale or dark,
1-3 in long, lenmia fusiform, 1 line long,
short-pilose at baso and along the lower half
of the keel, long-pilone on the margins near
the apex, the awn about 5 lines long, rudi-
ment cuneatc, twice as long as broad, the
single awn somewhat shorter than the awn of
the perfect floret Mex Uept Agric , Div.
Agrost, 7:192,20 102
polydictyla, Swartz (C barbata, Nash) Fig
924 Perennial, 1-3 ft. spikes several, awns 2-3 lines,
rudiment triangular-truncate, the 2 awns about as
long as the awn of the perfect floret. Tropics of both
hemispheres.
verticillata, Nutt. WINDMILL- GRASS Perennial,
4-15 in spikes several, slender, in 1-3 whorls, 2-4 in
long; awns 2-3 lines, lemma 1 line long, nearly glabrous;
rudiment oblong-truncate, 1-awned Dept Agric ,
Piv Agrost 7 191. Kan to Texas.
radiata, Swartz. Perennial, 2-3 ft * spikes several,
about 3 in. long; spikelets slender; lemma slightly cih-
ate on callus and near apex, the awn 6 lines long;
rudiment narrow, acute, the single awn about half
as long as the awn of the perfect floret. W Indies
gayana, Kunth. RHODES-GRABS. Robust perennial,
with abundant foliage and terminal umbels of 6-15
spikes — An African species at present under experi-
mentation in U. S. in dry regions. Cult, in Austral.
(See Agr. Gaz. New S. Wales 19:19, 118, 389 [1908]).
924 Chlons poly-
dactyla. (Xh)
CHLORIS
CHOISYA
751
truncita, R. Br. (C. barbata vera, Host., not C. bar-
bdta, Swartz or Nash). STAR-GRASS. A Btoloniferous
perennial, with erect culms 1-3 ft.: spikes 6-10. 3-6
in , becoming horizontal orreflexed; spikelets \Yi lines,
dark at maturity, the awns 3-6 lines long. Austral.
Turner, Austr Grasses 1:17 — Cult for ornament
C grdcilm, Dur -»Leptochloa virgata, fioauv This has been
recommended aa un ornamental — C petnea, 8warU, and C glnuca.
Vasey, both handsome specica from 1 la , have been recommended
for cult as ornamentals A y> HlTCHCOCK.
CHLOR<5CODON (Greek for green arid bell, allud-
ing to the flowers) Asdepiadfice<e, Twiners, one of
which is planted far South
Large plants with opposite cordate entire heavy Ivs ,
notched stipules and purplish or greenish fls in axillary
panicles calyx 5-parted, corolla deeply 5-lobed, corona
of 5 lobes coming from the base of the filaments, the
lobes obcordate or broader, sometimes with an erect
or incurved projection or horn on the baek, pollen
granular — Two species in Trop and S Afr. C.
ecornutus, N E Br , is apparently not in cult
Whiteii, Hook f Strong woody twiner, \\ith large
opposite cordate-ovate thick Ivs and axillary clus-
ters of odd fls 5-^-1 in diarn , corolla rotate-bell-
,
shaped, thick, segms ovate and acute, purple and with
mat gins and central stripe green, and bearing long-
notched lobes, corona-lobes horned, anthers conmvent
over the capitate stigma Guinea to Natal B M
589S GC III 18 21.} —It is now cult in S Fla and
S Calif The roots are used medicinally in Natal,
under the name of mundi The plant is an interesting
greenhouse climber, but not handsome L II B
CHLOR6GALUM (gran and itnlk, from the Greek,
referring to th» juice of the plant) Liliacea1 Hardy
West American bulbs, allied to CamasMa
Tall plants with a tu.Meated bulb Ivs at babe of st
long-linear, wavy-maigmed, those on the st ver> small
fls white or pink, in a panule terminating a nearly
leafless st., on jointed pedicels, segms of perianth 6,
3-nerved, at length twisting over the ovary, stamens 6,
not exceeding segms . style long arid deciduous Plants
of easy cult , to be treated like camassias or orn it hog-
alums Three species, m Calif.
A Pedicels marly as long a^ the fls : segms spreading
from near the bat>c
pomeridianum, Kunth (Anthtncum calif orrncum,
Hort) SOM'-PLANT AMOLK St leaching 5 ft , manj-
branched, from a very large bulb, fls small (1 in or
less long) and star-like, numerous, v.hite with purple
veins, on spreading pedicels, opening in the afternoon
(hence the specific name pomt) uininu^, post-mtndian)
--Bulb used by Indians and Mexicans for soap-mak-
ing Has been catalogued as Antlnncum cahforrncum.
Bulb 4 in long and half as thick, covered with coarse
brown fibers.
AA Pedicels very short: segms. spreading from above
the base.
parvifldrum, Wats Bulb small (1 m diam ) : st.
1-3 ft, slender-branched: Ivs. narrow and grass-like:
fls pinkish, I4\n long, ovary broad and acute
angustifdlium, Kellogg Tx>w, about \Yi ft Resem-
bles the last, but fls white and green-lined and some-
what larger, the ovary acute above, perianth funnel-
form campanulate, the segms narrow-oblong.
C Leichtlmn, Baker=Cama,ssia Leichtlmu. L H B
CHLOR<5PHORA (Greek, referring to the fact that
thv1 fustic-tree bears a green dye). Moraces?. Two
milky-juiced alternate-leaved trees, one in Trop Afr.
and one in Trop Amer Lvs entire or toothed:
dio3cious, male fls in cylindrical spikes, the females m
nearly globular or oblong heads, tnese clusters solitary
in the axils, perianth of male fls 4-parted, the segms.
broad and obtuse, stamens 4; ovary a minute rudiment
in the males, perianth of female fls 4-parted or -divided,
the segms concave-thickened at the apex, style lateral
on the oblique-ovoid ovary achene equaling the peri-
anth or somewhat exserted, covering the receptacle.
C tinctdna, Gaud (Maclura tinctoria, Don) is the
fustic of the W Indies It reaches a height of 50 ft ,
arid a diarn of trunk of 2 ft usually not thorny Ivs.
nearly entire, oblong, acuminate Variable. The hand-
some yellow wood yields a yellow dye, which is used
also in the making of browns and greens, it is also a
strong and resistant timber L. H. B
CHLOR6PHYTUM (name means, in Greek, green,
plant) Litifuej* Rhizomatous herbaceous plants, one
of which is familiar in greenhouses
Very like Anthencum, but differing in the thickened
filaments of the stamens and the 3 angled or 3-wmgcd
caps : mfl often denser IVH broader, often oblanceo-
late and petiolate seed disk-like — Some 60 or more
species, in warm parts of Asia, Afi., and Amer Con-
sult Anthencum and Paradisea
datum, R Br. (Anthencwn vanegatum, A mttdtum.
A picturatum, A Wllliambtt, Hort ) Root fleshy ana
white Ivs freely produced from the crown, often 1 in.
wide, flattish and bright green, or in the garden varie-
ties with white lines along the margins, and often (var.
picturatum) also with a yellow band down the center,
scape terete and glabrous, 2-3 ft high, branched, fls.
white, y^m long, with revolute oblanceolale segms ,
which are obscurely 3-nerved on the back S Afr.
F S 21 2240-1 — A valuable and common plant for
vases and pots, and sometimes used in .summer borders.
Three pecies that recently hitve been mentioned in horticul-
tural literature arc C amamente, Engler, from German E Afr ,
10 m Ivs lanceolate-acuminate, 1C in long and 3}^ in or 'ess
broad, somewhat fleshy, bron/e, with white margin fls greenish
white, in chibttr 0 in long — (' comd«um, Wood (Natal Plants, fig
27(>), from Lake \lbert, Cent \fr.proliferous Ivs radical, linear,
drop green, 2 ft long fh small, white, soon fading, u-ually in 4's,
in a branched cluster 3 ft long — C I/uyghei, JDeWild, Congo,
hs in a basal tuft, lanceolate, pet lolod, about 18-20 in long, 2-21
in broad fls greenish w hite, about Jim. long, in a bracted raceme
2-3 ft long L R g
CHLOR6PSIS BLANCHARDlANA: TnMoris
CHLOR<3XYLON (green Mood' Greek) Rutacev.
One species of moderate-sized tree of India, slightly
mtro in this country, C. Swietenia, DC. (Swietenia
Chlordxijloit, Roxbg ) Young parts gray-puberulent :
Chlordxijloit, Roxbg) Young parts gray-puberulent:
Ivs abruptly pinnate, the Ifts 20-40, oblique and obtuse
and entire fls small. 5-merous m terminal and axillary
xMUtmu sat my luster, wnence me name Indian
satin-wood " An interesting tree for trial on the south-
L H. B.
CHOCOLATE: Theobroma.
CHOf SYA (.1 D Choisy, Swiss botanist, 1799-1859).
Ruiaceje One Mexican shiub, C. tern&ta, HBK , grown
m S Calif and S. Fla , and sometimes under glass It
grows 4-8 ft high, making a compact free-blooming
bush, with opposite ternate Ivs , the Ifts lance-obovate
or oblong, thick and entire, with pellucid dots fls in a
terminal, forking cluster, white, fragrant, orange-like
(whence the vernacular name "Mexican orange"), 1 in
across, with pellucid dots R H 1869.330 Gn 50, p
203 ,1 II III 34:253 —A handsome shrub, worthy of
greater popularity. It will endure several degrees of
frost, and should succeed in the open in many of the
southern states Blossoms in S. Calif at different sea-
sons; it can be made to bloom, it is said, every two
months by withholding water and then watering liber-
ally, as is done with roses m S. France Hardy against
a wall in parts of S England j( fj 3
752
CHOKE-CHERRY
CHROZOPHORA
CHOKE-CHERRY. Prunus demiasa (West) and P.
(East).
CHONDROB6LLEA (compounded from Cbondrorhyncha and
Bollea) A genus established to contain hybrids between these
genera See also Bolleo-Chondrorhyncha
CHONDROPETALUM: hybrids of Chondrorhyncha and
Zygopetaluru, see those genera.
CHONDRORHf NCHA (cartilage and beak) . Orchida-
cex Three species of S American epiphytal orchids,
practically unknown in the American trade Cult,
as for Odontoglossum cnspum. They are short-stemmed
herbs without pseudobulbs, and oblong, plicate, peti-
oled Ivs , the simple scape bearing a single large, odd,
yellowish fl C Chestertorm, Reichb f (OR. 11 "305;
16*57), C.fimbriata, Reichb. f , and C. rbsea, Lindl ,
are the species Keep cool and moibt. A garden hybrid
is reported between C Chestertonn and Zygopetalum
Mackayi under the name of Chondropetalum Fletchen.
O R. 1908, 56, f. 8. GEORGE V. NASH.
CHORfSIA (Ludwig Choris, born 1795, artist of
Kotzebue's expedition) Bombacacese. Spiny trees of
S. Amer (3 species), one of which is somewhat cult.
Lvs alternate, digitate, of 5-7 entire or serrate Ifts fls
large, with 5 linear or oblong petals, the peduncles
axillary or racemose; stamina! tube double, the outer
one short and with sterile anthers; ovary 5-loculed
and many-ovuled fr a pear-shaped caps, with many
silky seeds C. specidsa, St. Hil , of Brazil, the "floss
silk tree," is cult in S Calif , and is adapted to warm
glasshouses It is a medium-sized tree, allied to Ceiba
and Bombax Lfts. lanceolate, acuminate, dentate'
calyx irregular, shining outside, but silky inside, petals
obtuse, yellowish and brown-striped at the base,
pubescent on the back The soft silk or cotton of the
seed-pods is used for pillows and cushions. L, n. B.
CHORfZEMA (fanciful Greek name) Sometimes
spelled Chorozema Legummbsae Evergreen coolhouse
small shrubs grown for the showy pea-like yellow
orange and red, usually racemose flowers; spring- and
summer-blooming
Woody plants of diffuse or half-climbing habit, with
thick and shining simple often spiny-toothed Ivs and
pea-like red or yellow ns calyx-lobes 5, the 2 upper ones
mostly broader; petals clawed, the standard very broad,
keel short, stamens not united: pod short, not con-
stricted — About 15 species, in Austral., 3 of which
925. Chonzema ihcif olium ( X H)
appear to be chiefly concerned in the garden forms.
Handsome plants for the cool greenhouse, less popular
in this country than abroad. When not grown too soft,
they will stand slight frost at times. Grown m the open
in S. Calif and S. Fla They are grown in a rather
peaty soil, after the manner of azaleas, and usually
rested in the open in summer. They are excellent for
training on pillars and rafters
Chonzemas are among the most attractive spring-
flowering plants, and they are not difficult to grow.
Cuttings snould be secured in March front medium-
ripened wood and may be either potted singly m small
pots, or several placed together in larger pots. The
former method has the advantage, because when
cuttings are well rooted m the small pots, they may be
shifted along without so much disturbance to the roots.
The cuttings root readily in a mixture of two parts
sharp sand and one of peat, sifted through a fine sieve.
They should be placed in a tight case or covered with a
bell-glass in a temperature of 58° to 60° by night A
rise of 10° in the day will be sufficient. The mclosure
that protects them from drafts should be opened a
few minutes now and then to change the air. For
potting chonzemas in the early stages, equal parts of
good peat and sharp sand is about right. When a
5- or 6-inch pot is reached, much less sand should be
used, — just enough to give the earth a gritty feeling and
the peat may be in a rather rough state, just small
enough to be conveniently used in potting The potting
should be firm, as loose potting is bad for all kinds o?
hardwood plants Keep the plants shaded from the t>un
during the hot months, and use the syringe freely.
Also pinching must be attended to from their early
stages to insure a good bushy plant It is best not to
stop the plants after August, as they will begin then
to set buds A plant in a 5- or 6-inch pot may be
grown the first year if properly attended to The
plants should be wintered in a night temperature of
40° with a rise of 10° or 15° during the day The
second summer, and from that on as long as the
plants are kept, they do better if plunged in a bed
of clean coal-ashes out-of-doors, provided there is no
danger from frost, by so doing, a much shorter-jointed
growth will be the result Plants well established in
their pots may be fed with liquid manure until they set
buds A 3-inch potful of cow- or horse-urine to two
and one half or three gallons of water, will be sufficient,
and for a change a handful of soft-coal boot to the bame
amount of water, but always water twice with clean
water between applications Brown scale sometimes
gets a foothold on chonzemas and it may he eradicated
by fumigation with cyanide of potassium Red-spider
may be kept down with the syringe (George F
Stewart )
varium, Benth (C tkgans, Hort ) The common
cult species, in several forms erect, 4-6 ft , pubescent
on under side of Ivs and on branches Ivs cordate-
ovate, undulate and prickly-toothed, 2 in or less long:
fls m many pubescent racemes, standard light orange,
wings and keel handsome purple-red BR 25.49 —
Garden forms are C Chdndleri, with yellow-red stand-
ard, and blood-red wings, the fls large and numerous,
and such names as grandiflorum, macro phyllum, lati-
fohum, floribundum, muttiflorum C. L6wu, Hort ,
is a form of this species, with larger arid brighter-
colored fls.
cordatum, Lindl (C superbum, Lem ). Tall slen-
der glabrous shrub (7-10 ft.), with weak branches Ivs
cordate-ovate to ovate lanceolate, 2 in. or less long,
small-toothed and more or less prickly fls many,
standard scarlet-red, wings and keel purple-red B R
24:10 IH 29. Var rolundifbhum, Hort, has
roundish Ivs Var. spltndens, Hort , is offered
ilicifdlium, Labill. Fig 925. Low and diffuse, weak,
glabrous, the branches slender and erect or drooping.
Ivs. ovate to lanceolate, 1 in long, often cordate at
base, thick, coarsely veined, strongly undulate and
with prickly teeth or lobes fls in few-fld loose racemes,
orange-red in spring and summer B M 1032 (as C.
nanum). B.R. 1513 (as C. tnangulare) . L H. B.
CHRISTMAS FLOWER: Euphorbia pulchernma.
CHROSPfeRMA: Zygadenu*.
CHROZ(5PHORA (Greek, color-bearing, on account
of their use). Euphorbidceae. Dye-yielding herbs. Lvs.
alternate, stellate hairy fls. monoecious; stammate
calyx 5-parted, valvate; petals free; styles biparted,
CHROZOPHORA
ovary 3-celled, 3-ovuled. — Nine, specie? chiefly
of Old World deserts. C. tinctdria, Juss (Crbton
tinctftnus, Linn.), TURNSOLE, a Medit. annual, for-
merly used for its blue dye, is listed in some European
catalogues.
CHRYSALroOCARPUS (Greek for golden fruit}.
Palmcicex, tnbo Arec^e. Spineless stolomferous feathei
palms, with medium fasciculate ringed stems
Leavespmnatisect, long-acuminate; segms about 100,
bifid at the apex, the lateral nerves remote from the
midrib fr usually violet or almost black — Species 1.
whitth is a popular florist's plant Madagascar. Treated
CHRYSANTHEMUM
753
926 Chrysalidocarpo*
lutescens
as a part of llyophorbe by Engler and Prantl, but here
kept distinct, as it is commonly known as Chrysa-
lidocarpus by cultivators.
lutescens, Wondl (Hyophdrbe indiai, Gaertn H
Commerisoniatia. Mart Arecn luleucns, Bory) Fig
926 St 30ft high, 4-6 in diain , c>hndncal, smooth,
thickened at the base Ivs very long, segms almost
opposite, lanceolate, 2 ft long, 2\i in wide, acute,
with 3 prominent primary nerves, which are convex
below and acutely 2-faced above Bourbon AG 13.
141 AF 4. 566. — In growing Chrysalidocarpus (or
Arcca) lutescens in quantity, it will be found a good
plan to sow the seeds either on a bench, in boxes or
seed-pans, so prepared that the seedlings will remain
in the soil in which they germinate until they have
made 2 or more Ivs The first If made above the
soil is small, and if plants are potted off at this stage
they must be very carefully watered in order not to sour
the soil In the preparation of the receptacles for the seed,
a little gravel in the bottom will be found good, as the
roots work very freely through it, and when the time
comes to separate the plants previous to potting, it is
an easy matter to disentangle the roots without bruis-
ing them Probably the plan which works best is to
wash the soil and gravel entirely from among the roots.
Pot in soil not too dry, and for the next few days keep
the house extra warm and humid, and the plants shaded
from the sun without any moisture applied to the sotl.
JARED G SMITH and G. W. OLIVER.
CHRYSANTHEMUM (Greek, golden fower). In-
cluding PyrHhrum. Comptisitx. Plate XXX. A diverse
group of herbaceous and sub-shrubby plants, mostly
hardy, and typically with white or yellow single
flowers, but the more important kinds greatly modified
in form and color, grown in the open or flowered under
glass in fall
Annual or perennial herbs, sometimes partly wroody,
glabrous or loosely pubescent or rarely viscid, usually
heavy-scented Ivs alternate, various, from nearly or
quite entire to much dissect eel- heads many-fid , termi-
nating long peduncles or disposed in corymbose clus-
ters, radiate (rays sometimes wanting), disk-fls. perfect
and mostly fertile, ray-fls pistillate, mostly fertile,
the ray white, yellow, rose-colored, toothed or entire;
receptacle naked, flat or convex, involucre-scales
imbricated and appressed, mostly in several series, the
margins usually scarious achene of disk- and ray-fls.
similar, stnate or angled or terete or more or less ribbed,
those of the ray-fls often 3-aigled, pappus 0, or a
scale-like cup or raised border — Probably nearly 150
recognizable species, in temperate and boreal regions
in many parts of the globe, but mostly in the Old
World.
The genus Chrysanthemum, as now accepted by
botanists, includes many diverse species so far as gen-
eral appearance is concerned, but nevertheless well
agreeing within themselves in systematic) marks and by
these same marks being separated from related groups
The marks are in large part set forth in the preceding
paragraph Bentham and Hooker make twenty-two
sub-groups (of which about six include the garden forms),
based chiefly on the way in which the seeds are ribbed,
cornered, or winged, and the form of the pappus The
garden pyrethrums cannot be kept distinct from chrys-
anthemums by garden characters The garden con-
ception of Pyrcthrum is a group of hardy herbaceous
Slants with mostly single flowers, as opposed to the
onsts' or autumn chrysanthemums, which reach per-
fection only under glass, and the familiar annilai kinds
which are commonly called summer chrysanthemums
When the gardener speaks of pyrethrums, he usually
means P ro^eum Many of the species described below
have been called pyrethrums at various times, but they
all have the same specific name under the genii's Chrys-
anthemum, except the most important of all garden
pyrethrums, viz , P roseum, which is C cocnncum
The feverfew and golden feather are still sold as
pjrethrums, and there are other garden species of
less importance The botanical conception of Pyre-
thrum is variously defined, the presence of a rather
marked pappus-border on the achene is one of the dis-
tinctions, the pyrcthrums are mostly plants with large
and broad heads either solitary or in loose corymbose
clusters, the rays usually conspicuous and commonly not
yellow, and the fruits five- to ten-ribbed Hoffmann,
in Kngler & Prantl "Naturhchen Pfianzenfamihen,"
adopts eight sections, one of them being Tanacetum
(tansy) which most botanists prefer to keep distinct
Although the genus is large and widespread, the
number of plants of interest to the cultivator is rela-
tively few Of course the common garden chrysant he-
mum, derived apparently from two species, is the most
useful The insect powder known as "pyrcthrum," is
produced from the dried flowers of C ciru-rand'fohum
and C coccinevm The former species grows wild m
Dalmatia, a long narrow mountainous tract of the
Austrian empire "Dalmatian insect powder" is one
of the commonest insecticides, especially for household
pests r. nneramaejohum is largely cultivated in France
C. coccineum is cultivated in Calif ornia, and the prod-
uct is known as buhach
There are over one hundred books about the garden
chrysanthemum, and its magazine literature is proba-
bly exceeded in bulk only by that of the rose It is the
flower of the East, as the rose is the flower of the West.
754
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
Aside from oriental literature, there were eighty-three
books mentioned by C. Harman Payne, in the Cata-
logue of the National Chrysanthemum Society for
1896 Most of these are cheap cultural guides, circu-
lated by the dealers The botany of the two common
species has been monographed by W B. Hemsley m
the Gardeners' Chronicle, series III, vol. 6, pp 521,
555, 585, 652, and in the Journal of the Royal Horti-
cultural Society, vol. 12, part I. The great repositories
uf information regarding the history of the chrysanthe-
mum, from the garden point of view, are the scattered
writings of C. Harman Payne, his "Short History of
the Chrysanthemum," London, 1885, and the older
books of F. W. Burbidge and John Salter. For informa-
tion about varieties, sec the Catalogues of the National
Chrysanthemum Society (England) and the Liste De-
scriptive, and supplements thereto, by O Meulenaere,
Ghent, Belgium
There are a
number of rather
expensive art
works, among
which one of the
most delightful
is the "Golden
Flower: Chry-
santhemum,'*
edited by F.
Schuyler Math-
ews, Prang,
Boston, 1890.
"Chrysanthe-
mum Culture
for America,"
by James Mor-
ton, Clarksville.
Tenn , published
in New York in
1891, was the
first authentic
American work.
Within the past
few years have
appeared "The
Cnrysanthe-
mu m , " by
Arthur Herring-
ton, "Smith's
Chry santhe-
C. cannatum, C. coronanum and C. segetum are the
common sources of these annuals They are hardy and
rugged; and they need much room.
927. Chrysanthemum carmatuxn, the form
sold as C Burridgeanum. ( X H)
mum Manual," by Elmer D Smith, and recently
"Chrysanthemums and How to Grow Them," by I. L.
Powell
Aside from the florist's chrysanthemum (C. hor-
lorum), no particular skill is required in the growing of
these plants, although great perfection is attained by
some gardeners m the handling of individual plants
of the marguerites (C. frutescens). The hardy border
perennial .chrysanthemums may be either small-
flowered rugged forms of C hortorum, as the "hardy
pompons" and also the "artemisias" of old gardens,
or they may be other species. Some of these other
species are the "pyrethrums" of gardens, and some (as
the C. maximum and C. uliginosum class) are the
"moon daisies" and "moonpenny daisies" of the
hardy perennial plantation. Some of the very dwarf
tufted kinds (as C. Tchihatchewi) make excellent
edging plants. The moon daisies deserve to be better
known for mass planting and bold lines when a great
display of heavy white bloom is wanted. Most of
them bloom the first season from early-sown seed.
The Shasta daisy and its derivatives are of the moon
daisy group. They all profit by a covering of coarse
mulch in the fall. See Pyrethrum and MarguerUe.
The annual chrysanthemums are easily grown flower-
garden subjects, suitable for a bold late display in
places where delicate and soft effects are not desired.
INDEX
achillejefohurn, 8.
glauoum, 10.
ornatum, 7.
auethifohum, 13.
gracile, 5
Parthenmm, 10.
annulatum, 1
grauditiorum, 3, 12.
jnnnatifidum, 20.
arcticum, 22
nortorum, 6
prxaltum, 10.
atroianguineum, 14.
hybndum, 14.
purmlum, 8.
aureum, 10
mdicum, 0
Uobinsonii, 18.
Balsaimta, 16
lacinmtum, 10.
roseum, 14
Bumdgeanum, 1.
lacustre, 17
segetum, 3
carinatum, 1
latifohum, 17
selaRinoides, 10.
cineraritefohum, 15.
Leucanthomum, 20.
Shasta dauy, 18.
coccmeum, 14
margtnatum, 7
mnense, 5
coronanum, 2
Marschalhi, 14
tanacetoides, 16.
coryrnboaum, 9
matncar aides, 1.
Tchihatcheffii, 11.
Davulsii, 18
maximum, 18
Tchihatchewii, 11.
DunntUii, 1.
inonfolium, 5.
tricolor, 1.
fihformc, 18
fcemculaceum, 13.
multicaule, 4
mppomcum 21.
uligmosum, 19.
venustum, 1.
frutescens, 12
A. Plant annual (at least so treated in cult ) : the
"summer chrysanthemums "
B. Rayt> typically white.
1. carinatum, Schousb (C tricolor, Andr C. matn-
caroides, Hort ) Fig. 927 Glabrous annual, 2-3 ft.
high st much branched. Ivs rather fleshy, pinnatifid*
fls in solitary heads which are nearly 2 in across, with
typically white rays and a yellow ring at the base,
mvolucral bracts cannate (keeled). Summer The
two colors, together with the dark purple disk, gave
rise to the name "tricolor " The typical form, intro.
into England from Morocco m 1798, was pictured in
B M 508 (1799) By 1856 signs of doubling appeared
(FS 11 1099). In 1858 shades of red m the rays
appeared in a strain intro. by F K Burndge, of Col-
chester, England, and known as C Bumdgeanum, Hort
(see B M . 5095, which shows a ring of red on the rays,
adding a fourth color to this remarkably brilliant and
varied f 1 , and FS 13 1313, which also shows C.
'venustum, Hort , in which the rays are entirely red,
except the original yellow circle at the base) G 2 307
Gn W. 24.075 C. annultitum, Hort, is a name for
the kinds with circular bands of red, maroon, or purple.
RII 1809 450 C Dunmtti, Hort, is another seed-
grower's strain There are full double forms m yellow
margined red, and white margined red, the fls 3 m.
across (see R H 1874 410), under many names See,
also, Gn 26, p. 440; 10, p 213; 21 22 RH. 1874,
p 412 SH. 2 477. G.W 14, p 99 - -The commonest
and gaudiest of annual chrysanthemums, distinguished
by the keeled or ridged scales of involucre and the dark
purple disk.
BB. Rays typically light yellow
2 coronanum, Linn. (Anthemis corondna, Hort ),
Annual, 3-4 ft Ivs. bipmnately parted, somewhat
clasping or oared at the base, glabrous, the segms
closer together than in C. carinatum mvolucral scales
broad, scarums; rays lemon-colored or nearly white.
July-Sept Medit. Gn 26440 G C II 19.541 —
The full double forms, with rays reflcxed and imbrica-
ted, are more popular than the single forms This and
C. carinatum are the common "summer chrysanthe-
mums " This is common m old gardens, and is also
somewhat used for bedding and for pot culture.
BBB. Rays typically golden yellow.
3. segetum, Linn CORN MARIGOLD. Annual, 1-1 H
ft.: Ivs sparse, clasping, oblong to oblanceolate, vari-
able, the lower petioled and the upper clasping incis-
ions coarse or fine, deep or shallow, but usually only
coarsely serrate, with few and distant teeth, the lower
ones less cut* bracts of involucre broad, obtuse; rays
obovate and emargmate. golden yellow. June-Aug.
Eu., N. Afr., W. Asia. Escaped in waste places. Gn.
18, p. 195. R.H. 1895, pp 448, 449. Var. grandifldrum,
Hort , is a larger-fid form of this weed, which is com-
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
755
mon in the English gram fields. Forms of the plant are
cult ; the var. Cloth of Gold, J.H. 111. 12:445, is one of
the best Var. pftmilum. Hort., very compact, 8 in.
high. This species is much leas popular than P carina-
tum and P coronanum It is forced to a slight extent
for winter bloom.
4 multicadle, Desf. Glabrous and glaucous annual,
G-12 in high' sts numerous, simple or branched, btout,
terete* Ivs. fleshy, variable, usually hnear-spatulate
1-13 in long and %-%m broad, very coarsely toothed
or lobed, sometimes shorter, with few narrow-linear,
acute, entire segms about 1 line broad rays much
shorter and rounder than in C. scgetum, golden yellow.
Algeria B M 6930 --Rarer in cult than the last. Said
to be useless as a cut-fl.
AA Plant perennial.
B. TVte florist's chrysanthemum, and ivild progenitors or
near relatives, grown as pot or bench subjects
because the reasons are not long enough, in the N ,
for full maturity in the open rays of many forms
and color? in cult , heads often double: Irs usually
lobed or strongly notched
5 morifdlium, Ram (C ,sinense, Sabine) Fig 028.
Perennial, one of the sources (with C. indicum) of the
l.irge florist's chrysanthemums wild plant bhrubbv
erect and rigid, 2-3 ft , branching, few-lvd : Ivs thick
and stiff, 2 in long, densely whitc-tomentose beneath,
variable in shape from ovate to lanceolate, cuneate at
base, margin entire or coarsely toothed outer bracts of
involucre thick, linear, acute, white-tomentose, fl -
heads small, witn yellow disk and white rays some\\hat
exceeding the disk China G (Mil 31.302 (adapted
in Fig 928) Var gricile. Hemsl Lvs thin or only
moderately thick, palmately lobed or pinnately lobed,
dentate, the teeth often mucronate outer mvolucral
bract b herbaceous, linear and acute, varying in pubes-
cence, ra>s white, pink or lilac, equaling or exceeding
the disk China, Mongolia, Japan
6 indicum, Linn Fig 929. Much like the last, but
Ivs. thin and flaccid, pinnately parted, with acute or
928. Wild form of Chrysanthemum morifolium,
as grown in England.
929. Wild form of Chrysanthemum indicum,
as grown in England.
mucronate teeth outer mvolucral bracts broad and
scarious except the herbaceous midnerve, rays yellow,
shorter than diam of the diftk China and Japan.
B \I 7874 GC 111 8 .565, 28 342, 31 303 (adapted
in Fig 929) — This species is not native to India, and
therefore Linnaeus' name is inappropriate Abroad,
(' indicum is often used in a wide sense, to include C
inonfohum. In recent years, both C morifolium and
(' indicum have been grown in England from wild
stock, and from such studies of them the present
descriptions and figures are drawn From these plants
it is supposed, by endless variation and by hybridiza-
tion, the highly developed glasshouse or florist's
eh r \santhemums have come, a group that may be
distinguished as C. hortdrum, Figs 938-50
7 ornatum, Henibl (C marqinatum, Hort ) Allied
to the above two species, and perhaps a form of (7
morifolium bushy plant, 3-4 ft Ivs palmately lobed,
ovate in outline, wnite-tomentose beneath anti on the
mat gin, 1/^-2 in. long fl -heads loosely corymbose, 2
in or less across, the disk yellow and rajs white and
broad , bracts of involucre in about 3 series, all similar,
\N lute in center, purple-brown on margin achenes small,
oblique, glabrous. BM 7965 GC III 35 51 Gn 71,
p 53, 73, p 90 — A recent introduction, grows well m
the open in England, but does not bloom unless taken
indoors
HB The garden pyrethrums and others, lieads usually
not highly doubled and modified
c Lvs cut to the midrib or nearly so
D. Head* boi ne in corymbs, i e , flat-topped, dense clusters
E Rays yellow
8 achillesefdlium, DC (Achillca aurea, Lam ) Per-
ennial, 2 ft . st usually unbranched, except along the
creeping and rooting base* sts and Ivs covered with
fine soft grayish white hairs, oblong in outline, about
1 in long, J^m wide, finely cut: rays 7-8, short, a
little longer than the involucre Siberia, Caucasus —
Rare m cult Less popular than the achilleas, with
larger fl -clusters.
EE Rays white.
9 corymbdsum, Linn (Pyr-ethrum carymbosum,
Willd ). Robust perennial, 1-4 ft • st branched at the
apex. Ivs sometimes 6 in long, 3 in. wide, widest at
middle and tapering both ways, cut to the very midrib,
the segms alternating along the midrib Eu , N Afr ,
Caucasus G C. II. 20 '201 —Rare m cult. Segms.
may be coarsely or finely cut, and Ivs glabrous or vil-
lous beneath
756
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
10. Parth&niura, Pers. (Pyrelhrum Parthenium,
Smith. Parthenium Matncdria, Gueld.). FEVERFEW.
Fig. 930. Glabrous strong-scented perennial, 1-3 ft ,
much branched m the taller forms. Ivs ovate or oblong-
ovate in outline, pmnatisect or bi-pmnatisect, smooth
or lightly pubescent; segms oblong or elliptic-oblong,
pmnatifid or cut, the uppermost more or less confluent :
fl -heads small, many, stalked, corymbose, disk yellow;
rays white, oblong, equaling or exceeding the disk.
Eu to the Caucasus — Some authors regard this as one
•widely variable species, others make at least two spe-
cies, one of them (C. prxalturn, Vent.) being the Cau-
casian form, distinguished by more deeply cut Ivs ,
longer-peduncied heads, and rays longer than the disk
rather than equaling it (as in C Parthenium type) — •
There are double-fid and also discoid forms. Var.
aureum, Hort. (P aureum, Hort ), is the GOLDEN
ing dry, waste places; height 2-9 in. sts very numerous,
rooting at the base: foliage handsome dark green,
nnely cut, the segms. linear, persisting into winter:
fl.-heads solitary on axillary peduncles, borne profusely
for several weeks; rays white, dihk yellow Asia
Minor, tt H 1869, p 380, desc., and 1897, p. 470 Gn
26, p 443 — 'Prop by division of roots or simply by
cutting the rooted sts , but chiefly by seeds. Highly
recommended abroad for spring and early summer
bloom in edgings and low formal plantings. Said to
thrive in dry places and under trees
BE Height more than 1 ft
F. Group of greenhouse plants (at the N ), shrubby at the
base ' sts branched at the top rays white or lemon.
Q. Foliage not glaucous
12 frutescens, Linn MARGUERITE PARIS DAIHY.
Figs 931, 932 Usually glabrous, 3 ft high, peren-
nial. Ivs fleshy, green* heads numerous, always
single, rays typically white, with a lemon-colored
(never pure yellow or golden) form Canaries
GC II 13 561; III. 35 216 Gn 12,
p. 255; 17, p 5, 26, p 445, 70, p 310.
—Intro, into England 1699 Tins is the
popular florists' Marguerite, which can
FEATHER commonly used for carpet-bedding It has
yellow foliage, which becomes green later in the season,
especially if fls. are allowed to form. It is used for
edgings and cover. Var aureum crfspum, Hort , is
dwarf, compact, with foliage curled like parsley Var.
selaginoides, and var. laciniatum, Hort , are distinct
horticultural forms Var. glaftcum, Hort , has dusty
white foliage, and does not bloom until the second year.
Intro by Damman & Co , 1895. All these varieties are
prop, by seeds The feverfew is common about old
yards, and is much employed in home gardens as
edging. In its undeveloped and prevailing forms, it is
one of the "old-fashioned" plants
DD. Heads borne singly on the branches or sts. (or at
least not definitely clustered). ^
E. Height less than 1 ff.
11. Tchihitchewii, Hort. (C. Tchihdtcheffii, Hort.).
TURFING DAISY. Densely tufted perennial for carnet-
931 Chrysanthemum frutescens.
The Marguerite or Pans daisy.
be had in flower the year round, but is especially grown
for winter bloom. Var grandifldrum, Hort , is the
large-fld prevailing form The lemon-colored form
seems to have originated about 1880 Under this
name an entirely distinct species has also been pass-
ing, yet it has never been advertised separately in the
American trade See No. 13
QG. Foliage glaucous.
13. anethifdlium, Brouss. (C fceniculAceum, Steud.
P. foenicul&ceum var. bipinnatifidum^ DC ). GLAU-
COUS MARGUERITE. Fig 932 Perennial rarer in cult.
than C frutescens (which see), but distinguished by its
glaucous hue, and by the way in which the Ivs are cut.
The segms are narrower, more deeply cut, and more
distant than in No. 12. The Ivs. are shorter petioled.
Canaries — This species is doubtless cult in American
greenhouses as C. frutescens. A lemon-fid, form IB
shown in R H. 1845.61 but called C. frutescens.
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
757
»F. Group of hardy outdoor herbs, sts. usually un-
branched: rays white or red, never yellow.
G. Foliage not glaucous, jls. sometimes double.
14 coccfneum, Willd. (Pyrethrum rbseum, Bieb., not
Web. & Mohr. P. hybndum, Hort.). Fig. 933. Gla-
brous perennial, 1-2 ft. high: st. usually unbranchcd,
932. Leaves of Chrysanthemum frutesoens (left) and
C anethifohum (right) (XD
rarely branched at the top Ivs thin, dark green, or in
dried specimens dark brown involucral scales with a
brown margin; rays white or red in such shades aw
pink, carmine, rose, lilac, and crimson, and sometimes
tipped yellow, but never wholly yellow Caucasus,
Persia FS 0 917 On 26, pp 440, 443 Gng 2 7,
5 309 K II 1H97, p 521 Not H M 10HO,
which is C cor o no pi folium The first picture of a full
double form is H H 1804 71 —This specie*, is the most
important and variable of all the hardy herbaceous
kinds There have been perhaps 700 named horti-
cultural vaneties There is an anemone-fld form with
a high di^k The species is albo cult in Calif and
France for insect powder C atrosangulneum, Hort , is
said to be a good Horticultural varietv \vith dark crim-
son fls The C rosrum of Weber & Mohr being a ten-
able name, Hoffmann pro poses Ascherson's name, C1
Mar&chalhi, for the /* ro^eum of Bicberstem, but
Willdeuow's C coccineum is here retained.
OG Foliage glaucous /".s never double
15. cineranaefduum, Vis Glaucous perennial, slen-
der, 12-15 in high sts unbranched, with a few short,
scattered hairs below the fl Ivs long-pet loled, silky
beneath, with distant segms involucral scales scanous
and whitish at the apex. Dalmatia B M 6781 — Said
to be chief source of Dalmatian insect powder Rarel}
cult, as border plant Common in botanic gardens
cc. Lvs. not cut to the midrib, pinnalifid or coarsely
toothed (except perhaps in No. 22}
D. Heads borne in clusters, mostly flat-topped
16 Balsamita, Linn. (Tanacctum Balsdmita, Lmn.
Pyrethrum Bahdmita, Willd. Balsdmita vulgans,
Willd ) COSTMARY MINT GERANIUM. Sometimes
erroneously called "lavender," from its sweet agree-
able odor. Tall and stout perennial Ivs sweet-scented,
oval or oblong, obtuse, margined with blunt or sharp
teeth, lower ones petioled, upper ones almost sessile,
the largest Ivs 5-11 in long, 1^-2 in wide: pappus
a short crown W Asia — Typically with short white
rays, but when they are absent the plant is var tana-
cetoides, Boiss Fig. 934. Rayless This has escaped
in a few places from old gardens it seems to be the
prevailing garden form.
DD Heads borne singly on the branches or sts , or at
least not in definite clusters, rays large, white.
17 lactistre. Brot. (C latifblium, DC ) Fig 935.
erennial, endlessly confused with C. maximum in gar-
Perennial, endlessly
dens, and the two species are very variable and diffi-
cult to distinguish; the fls can hardly be told apart. C
lacustre is a taller and more vigorous plant, and some-
times it is branched at the top, bearing 3 heads, while
C. maximum is always 1-headed, and the Ivs in that
species are much narrower Height 3-6 ft : at sparsely
branched Ivs partly clasping, ovate-lanceolate, with
coarse, hard teeth, rays about 1 in long; pappus of the
ray 2-3-eared Portugal, along rivers, swamps and
lakes. R H 1857, p 456
18 maximum, Ramond Fig 936 This perennial
species has narrower Ivs than C lacustre, and they are
narrowed at the base height 1 ft st more angled than
the above, simple or branched at the very base, always
1-headed and leafless for 3-4 in. below the head: lower
Ivs petioled, wedge-shaped at the base, or long-
oblanceolate; the upper Ivs becoming few, lanceolate
but usually not very prominently pointed, the teeth
not very large or striking pappus none involucral
scales narrower and longer, whitish-transparent at the
margin, while those of C lacustre are broader, more
rounded at the apex, and with a light brown scanous
margin Pyrenees J II III 5 251 Gn 26, p 437,
73, p 5C7. G 5 445 G M 46 676. Var. R6bin-
sonii, Hort , has finely cut or fringed rays, giving the
bloom the appearance of a Japanese chrysanthemum
R II 1904 515 Var
Davidsii, Hort , has sts
of great length, suitable
for cutting Var filifdrme,
Hort , has deeply serrate
long and drooping rays
There are many other
forms, differing in time of
bloom as well as in habit
and in form of fl The
Shasta daisy (said to be a
934. Chrysanthemum Bal-
933. Chrysanthemum coc- samita var. tanacetoides.
cineum. The Pyrethrum Costmary or mint geranium,
roseum of gardens. ( X H) ( X H)
758
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
935 Chrysanthemum
lacustre A short-rayed
form ( X H)
hybrid) is an early-flowering very floriferous race,
with several strains of fls , mostly large and pure
white, although in one form the buds are reported
as lemon-yellow but opening white; various sub-
varieties aro now offered.
It is a good summer and au-
tumn bloomer, and usually
hardy in the northeastern
states.
19 uligindsum, Pers (PurHh-
runi uhginosum, Waldst ) (IIANT
DAISY Stout, erect bushy leafy-
stemmed perennial, 4-7 ft. high,
with light green foliage: st.
nearly glabrous, striate, branch-
ing above,
roughish:
Ivs. long-
lanceolate,
prominently
pointed,
with large
coarse sharp
teeth • heada
often sev-
eral together and not long-
stalked, 2-3 in across, white,
late Hungary. B M 2706 A F.
4:523; 8.813 Gng. 2 375, 5:
183. AG 19:403 RH 1S<)4,
p 82 Gt 46, p. 103 G C II
10-493 Gn 26, p 442; 38, p.
523; 62, p 180 G VV 15, p 316
GM 51.453 Gn W 23 415
— It blooms the first year from
seed or division, and has been
forced for Easter somewhat as
Hydrangea pamculala can be
treated Excellent for cut-fls. The blosboms should
be cut soon after opening, as the disks darken
with age The plant needs a rich moist soil;
it deserves a greater popularity
20 Leucanthemum, Linn (Leucdnthemwn
vulgare, Lam ) WHITEWEED. OX-EYE DAISY.
Fig. 937 Glabrous perennial erect weed,
1-2 ft high, root-lvs. long-petioled, with a
large, oval blade and coarse, rounded notches:
st -Ivs lanceolate, becoming narrower toward
the top, serrate, with few distant and sharper
teeth. (Var pinnatijldum, Lee & Lam , has
more divided Ivs ) heads terminal, showy
white June, July Eu , N Asia Gn 70, p 176.
— One of the commonest weeds in the eastern
states, being characteristic of worn-out mead-
ows The daisies are not cult.,
but they are often gathered for
decoration, and make excellent
cut-fls. The plant is very van-
able, and forms adapted to fl -
garden uses will probably be
developed Hayless plants are
sometimes found.
21. nipp6nicum, Hort. (Lew-
cdnthemum mppdmcum,
Franch ) Differs from others
of this set in being shrubby at
base and Ivs broadest above
the middle- to 2 ft , the sts.
strong, simple, few-fld.: Ivs.
thick, oblong-spatulate to ob-
lanceolate, sessile, irregularly
denticulate but entire at base,
3-4 in. long, pale beneath: fl.-
heads 2-3^ in. across, with a
hemispherical involucre of oval
obtuse bracts, rays bright
white, linear, minutely 5-
toothed; disk pale greenish
yellow. Japan. BM 7660.
R II. 1905, p 47. F E. 20.
434 —Hardy in the N , in
the root, but the sts. killed
down by frost, has the
general appearance of C.
lacudre A beautiful large-
fid species, producing its
lai ge blooms in late autumn
22 archcum, Linn Low
perennial, 3-15 in , glabrous
or neaily so. Ivs cuneate,
long - tapering at base,
toothed or cut at the apex,
sometimes 3-5-lobed, the
uppermost ones small and
very narrow and nearly en-
tire' involucre-bracts broad
and brown-margined, rays
clear white, about 1 in
long, pappus wanting
Arctic Eu , Asia and Amer.
— An attractive very hardy
species, making a clump of
dark green foliage and pro-
ducing in autumn many
large white fls , sometimes
tinged lilac or rose
C cvronom/dhum, WiIld.=C.
roseurn — C grdnde, Hook f.
(Plagnn grandifiorus, L'ller )
Stout erect perennial of Algeria,
2 3 ft Ivs oblong to linear-
oblong, often lyrate, coarsely toothed fl -heads large, solitary, ray-
less, golden yellow, to 2 in across BM 788(> — (' uramhflbrum,
WiHd Shrubby, smooth, from the Canaries, with nmeate lobed
the rays white and disk yellow allied to C frutcsccnn,
— C \nn,lf,rum, I inn =Matncaria inodora — C macro-
vhyllum, Waldst A Kit Perennial herb, .'1 ft IVH very
large, nearly nestle, pmnatisect, the lobes lanceolate
arm coarsely toothed heads very many, corymbed,
rays white with yellowish tinge, the disk vellow June,
July, an outdoor plant Hungary (J W 12, p 410 —
C At dun, Hook f Herbaceous, with woody root-
Btock, l)z ^ Ivs about 1 in long, triangular to ob-
long, pinnatifid fl -heids 1J^ in diam , long-stalked,
rays 3-toothed, white with reddish backs Mts Mo-
rocco, summer in the open B M .WJ7 — C mnlliflA-
rum, Hort Fls greenish white said to be a ( ross
between asmgle-fld chrysanthemum and C Pallasia-
num (Pyrethrum Pallasianum, Maxim , of N Asii,
apparently not a gardtn specie*) — (' ochroleucum,
Vlasf Glabrous undcrshrub of -
937. Chrysanthemum Leu-
canthemum Ox-eye daisy, or
whiteweed (X'2)
the Ca
936. Chrysanthemum maximum ( X H)
obovate-cuneate, coarsely toothed rays pale yellow
— C parthem/Mium, WiHd , a form of C Parthemum
—C parthemdtles, Voss One of the feverftw forms,
probably C pra-altum — C return, Web & Mohr (C
coronopifolium, Willd , not Vill ), not Bieb Perennial
herb, 2 j£ ft IVB once-pinnate fl -heads
solitary, rays rose-red or flesh-color
Caucasus— C tomentdsum, Loisel An
alpine Corsican species tuftwl, 2 in
high when in bloom Ivs pinnatifid,
densely tomentose fl -heads I4in
across, white-rayed, on »ts 1 in long —
C tisc^um, Desf Annual disk orange-
yellow, rays sulfur-yellow Medit —
C vulgdre, Bernh ==Tanacetum vulgare
— C Zawddskn, Herbich, of Galhcia, is
a tufted plant with rose-tintod fls all
Bummer. WILHELM MlLLEK.
L. H B.f
Types of the common
chrysanthemum.
The common chrysanthemums
of the florists (C. hortorum) are
often called "large-flowering,"
and "autumn chrysanthemums,"
to distinguish them from the
hardy outdoor kinds, although
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
759
938. The small and
regular anemone type.
neither of these popular names
is entirely accurate or distinc-
tive They are the blended
product of C. indicum and C.
rnonfolium, two species of
plants that grow wild in China
and Japan. The outdoor or
hardy chrysanthemums are de-
rived from the same species,
being less developed forms.
The florist's chrysanthemum is
not necessarily a glasshouse
subject, but it is bloomed
under glass for protection and
to secure a longer season Ten
to fifteen dominant types of
chrysanthemums have been
recognized by the National
Chrysanthemum Society of
England. The words "types/'
"races," and "sections, have
always been used by horticul-
turists to express much the
same thing, but types can
always be defined clearly, while
sections cannot, and the word
i ace should be restricted to
cultivated varieties that repro-
duce their character by seed,
winch is not the case with the
large - flow ering chrysanthe-
mums The following explana-
tion and scheme, it is hoped, will clearly set forth the
main types, and explain some of the many terms that
confuse the beginner The horticultural sections are
wholly arbitrary, being chiefly for the convenience of
competitors at exhibitions, and therefore changing with
the fashions The present classification is based on the
form of the flower, as each tyoe can be had m any
color found in the whole genus
A Single forms' rays in 1 series, or few series' disk
low and flat
1 The Small Single Type —Fig 950 Fls about 2 in
across, star-like, i. e , with the rays arranged in one
series around the yellow disk "Single," however, is a
relative term, and in Fig 950 there is more than one
series of rays, but this does not destroy the "single-
ness" of effect All
fls are either single,
semi-double, or
double, but all the
intermediate forms
between the two
extremes of single-
ness and doubleness
tend to disappear,
as they are not
d e«i red
2 The Large Sin-
gle Type— Like the
preceding, but the
fls. 4 in or more
across, and fewer
The large and small
single types are
practically never
grown outdoors and
are best suited for
pot culture, each
specimen bearing
20-80 fls They
are also grown by
fiorists m consider-
939. Japanese anemone chrysanthe- able quantity for
mum wh'iu fully expanded. ( utting
A A Anemone~fld. forms rays as
in A: disk high and rounded.
B. Fls (florets') small, numerous,
regular.
3. The Small Anemone Type
— Commonly called "Pompon
Anemone." Fig. 938. Fls 2-3
in across, and usually more
numerous than in the large
anemone type. All the anem-
one forms are essentially sm-
•, but the raised disk, with its elon-
gated tubular fls , usually yellow
but often of other colors, gives them
a distinct artistic effect, and they
are, therefore, treated as intermediates
in character between the single and
double forms Like the single forms,
they are less popular than the double
kinds, and tiie varieties are, there-
fore, less numerous and more subject
to the caprices of fashion
BB. Fls. large, fewer, regular
4. The Large Anemone Type—¥\& 4 in
or more across and fewer Heads must have
large size, high neatly formed centers, and
regularly arranged florets, the disk being composed
of long tubes or quills and the rays flat and hori-
zontally arranged.
BBS Fls large, few, irregular.
5 The Japanese Anemone Type — ¥1% 939. Fls.
4 in or more across, and irregular in outline, fantastic
and extreme anemone forms
AAA. Doublc-jld forms rays in many series disk absent
or nearly so
B Fls small, rays short
6 The Pompon Type — lugs 940, 949 Fls. 1-2 in.
across The outdoor kinds are likely to be small, flat
and buttonlike, while those oult indoors are usually
larger and nearly globular Fig 940 shows the former
condition. It is from one of the old hardy kinds long
cult m the gardens as "Chinese" or "small-flowered
chrysanthemums, and commonly supposed to be the
product of C uuhcum, as opposed to the "Japanese"
or "Imge-flowered" kinds intro in 1862, which marked
a new era by being less formal and more fanciful than
any of the preceding
kinds Pompons are
little cult under glass
m Amer , being re-
garded mostly as out-
door subjects.
BB Fls. large
c. Blossoms hairy.
7 The Hairy Type,
—Fig 941 Also called
"Ostrich Plume" and
"Japanese Hairy"
The famous prototype
is the variety Mrs.
Alpheus Hardy, pic-
tured in Gn 35, p 307,
which was sold for
$1,500 in 1888, and
started the American
chrysanthemum craze
White fls with long
hairs are very delicate
and pretty, but the
hairs are often minute, 040 Typ« of
and on manv of the themum. Grown
colored fls they aie special care
760
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
considered more curious and interesting than beauti-
ful So far, nearly all hairy chrysanthemums are of the
Japanese Incurved type. Since the hairs are on the
backs of the florets, they show best in incurved types.
cc. Blossoms not hairy.
D. Rays reflexed.
8. The Reflexed Type —
Also called "Recurved." Fig.
k 942. The reflexed forms can
be easily broken up into 3
types (a) the small and
regular, (6) the large and
regular, and (c) the large and
irregular types The latest
standard requires that re-
flexed flowers have hemi-
spheroidal heads, with no
trace of thinness m the cen-
ter, and broad overlapping
florets.
I>D Rays incurved.
E Form absolutely regular.
9. The Incurved Type —
Fig 943 shows the general
941. Hairy type. idea, but such a fl. would
hardly win a prize at an
English show, where anything short of absolute regu-
larity is relegated to the "Japanese Incurved" section
(No 10) This form is by far the most clear-cut ideal of
any of these types, and for many years this ideal of the
florists so completely dominated the English chry-
santhemum shows that the incurved section came to
be known there as the "exhibition" or "show type."
In America the Japanese types, which are less formal
and fanciful, early prevailed, but in England this has
been the most important section of all
EE Form more or less irregular.
10 The Japanese Incurved Type — This section and
the next have been the most important in America.
There are many variations of this type. It often hap-
pens that the outer 4 or 5 series of rays gradually become
reflexed, but if most of the rays are incurved, the variety
may be exhibited in this section Fig 943.
DDD. Rays of various shapes forms diverse
11 The Japanese Types — The word "Japanese"
was originally used to designate the large-fld fantastic
kinds, mtro by Robert Fortune from Japan in 1862.
It has never been restricted to varieties imported
directly from Japan, but has always included seedlings
raised in the western world. Before 1862. all florists'
fls. in England were rela-
tively formal and small.
The informal, loose, gro-
tesque, Japanese chrysan-
themums, intro by Fortune
broke up the conventional
era, and the demand for
large specimen blooms that
resulted in fl -shows all over
the world reached Amer. in
1889 The "Japanese sec-
tion" now means little more
than "Miscellaneous." The
10 types previously men-
i tioned can be rather accu-
rately defined, but the Japa-
nese section is purposely
left undefined to include
everything else. All the
tubular and quilled sorts are
now included in it, although
942. Reflexed type. formerly kept distinct.
Relative importance and uses of the foregoing types. —
In general, the large-flowered forms are more popular
than tne small-flowered forms, especially at exhibitions,
where great size is often the greatest factor in prize-
winning. Types 9, 10 and 11 are the most important
in America, especially the Japanese section The flowers
ot types 9 and 10 are likely to be more compact and
globular, and hence better for long shipments than the
looser and more fanciful types Typos 9, 10 and 11
are those to which most care is given, especially in
disbudding and training They are the ones most com-
monly grown by the florists for cut-flowers, and when-
ever one large flower on a long stem is desired The
anemone-flowered forms are all usually considered as
curiosities, especially the Japanese anemones, which
are often exhibited as freaks and oddities The single
and anemone-flowered forms are used chiefly for speci-
mens in pots with many small flowers, but all the other
types are used for the same purpose. For outdoor cul-
ture, the hardy pompons, with their numerous small
flowers, are usually better than the large-flowering or
Japanese kinds
As an indication of the constant change in standards
of appreciation, may be cited the present popularity
943. Type of Japanese incurved chrysanthemum
of short-stemmed chrysanthemums (Fig 944) as dis-
tinguished from the greatly elongated stem that was
exclusively desired some years ago; and also the demand
for bushy many-flowered plants, producing small bloom
as compared with the former excessively large detached
flowers.
The current English classification.
The Floral Committee of the National Chrysanthe-
mum Society (of England) in 1912 published the fol-
lowing "new classification of Chrysanthemums"
(published also m American Florist, Sept 21, 1912,
by Elmer D. Smith):
SECTION I. INCURVED (Fig 945)
The distinguishing characteristics of this section are the globular
form and regular outline of the blooms The flower should be aa
nearly a globe as possible, aa depth is an important point in esti-
mating its value The florets ought to be smooth, rounded, or
somewhat pointed at the tip, of sufficient length to form a graceful
curve, and be regularly arranged A hollow center or prominent
eye are serious defects, as also are a roughness m the blooms,
unevennesa of outline and a want of freshness in the outer florets.
The section is now subdivided into.
Sub-section (a) — Large-flowered varieties.
Sub-section (b) — Medium- and small-flowered varieties.
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
761
SECTION II JAPANESE
(Fig. 946).
Japanese varieties include a
wide range of form, size and
color Their florets may be
either flat, fluted, quilled or
tubulated, of varying length,
from short, straight, spreading
florets, to long, drooping,
twiHted or irregularly incurved
In breadth tho florets may vary
greatly, ranging from those an
inch in width to others scarcely
broader than a stout thread.
Home also either have the tips
of the florets cupped, hollowed,
curved or reflexed
Sub-section I Japanese
(a) Largo-flowered varie-
(6) Medium-flowered va-
rieties
(r) Small-flowered vane-
Sub - section II. Incurved
Japanese
(a) Large-flowered vane-
ties
(6) Medium- and small-
flow erod
Sub-section 1 1 1 Hairy Japa-
044 New type with short stem, Keflexed section to be deleted
which Is becoming very popular ftH these -varieties arc now re-
with comrrercial growers ferrcd to other sections
SECTION III \NEMONES (Figa 947 and
948, also FIKS 938, 939)
The distinctive characteristics of anemone
varieties are their high, in ally formed centers
and regularly arranged ra^florets There are
two distinct sets of florets, one quilled and form-
ing the center or disk, and the other flat and
more or less horizontally arranged, forming the
border or my 1 ho flowers may haxe the ray or
guard florets broad or twistid, or narrow, and
forming a fringe, but should be HO regularly
arranged as to form a oircle round the (enter,
the latter should be a hcmispheroidal disk, with
no trace of hollow ness and e-very floret in ita
place
(a) Large-flowered, i e , with a diameter of 3
inches and upwards
(6) Small-flowered, i e , with a diameter of
less than 3 inches
SECTION IV POMPONS (Fig 949,
also Fig 940)
Pompon varieties have blooms that may be
somewhat flat or nearly globular, very neat and
compact, formed of short, flat, fluted or quilled
florets, ngularly spreading or erect, the florets
of each bloom being of one character
(a) Large -flowered, i e , with a diameter of
2 mcluM and upwards
(6) Small-flowered, i e, with a diameter of
less than 2 inches.
SECTION V SINGLES (Fig. 950).
Single varieties may be of any size and form,
but the florets, whether short and rigid or long and drooping,
should be arranged sufficiently close together to form a regular
fringe
Sub-section I Varieties with one or two rows of ray florets
(a) Large-flowered, i e , with a
diameter of 3 inches and
upwards
(6) Medium and small-flowered,
i e , with a diameter of
less than 3 inches.
Sub-section II Varieties with
three to five rows of ray florets
(a) Large-flowered, i e , with a
diameter of 3 inches and
upwards
(f>) Medium and small-flowered,
i e , with a diameter of
lens than 3 inches
Sub-section III. Anemone-cen-
tered varieties.
SECTION VI SPIDERY, PLUMED
AND FEATHERY.
Varieties in this section have
946. Japanese type. small or medium-sued flowers of
eccentric shape, but most fre-
quently of a light and graceful
character, some have threadlike
florets, and some have broader flo-
rets, but they may be either erect,
horizontal or drooping and of vari-
ous shapes and colors
Market, Decorative and Early-
flowering varieties will be deleted
as such, but lists will be drawn up
under each heading for genera]
guidance.
WILHELM MILLER.
Culture of the florist's chry-
santhemum (C. hortorum)
The first step towards suc-
cess in chrysanthemum-cul-
ture is good healthy cuttings,
and as they become estab-
lished plants they should
receive generous cul ture
throughout their entire grow-
ing season. This requires 947. Japanese anemone type.
close attention to watering,
airing, repotting, and a liberal supply of nutriment
Chrysanthemums are propagated in four ways, — by
cuttings, division, seeds, and grafting. By far the mobt
important is the first, because it is the mobt rapid It
is the method of the floribts In locali-
ties in which the plants can remain out-
doors over winter without injury, they
may be increased by division. This sys-
tem is practited more by amateurs than
florists, being the easiest method for the
home garden but not rapid enough for
the flon.st Propagation by seeds is
employed only to produce new varieties,
ana is discussed at length elsewhere
(page 7b4) Grafting is seldom practised
kSkilful gardeners sometimes graft a
dozen or more varieties on a large plant,
and the sight of many different colored
fls. on the same plant is always inter-
esting at exhibitions
Section 1. — Culture of chrysanthemums for
cut-flowers.
This account is intended to describe
the method chiefly employed by florists,
the plant* being grown in benches under
glass
1 Propagation by cuttings — Plants of
the preceding year afford stock from
which to propagate the following season.
They produce quantities of stools or
suckers, which form
excellent material
for the cuttings. These are usu-
ally taken from \Yi to 3 inches in
length, the lower leaves removed,
also the tips of the broad leaves,
then placed in propagating-beds
close together, where they are kept
continually wet until rooted To
insure a large percentage, the
condition of the cuttings should
be moderately soft. If the stock
plants are allowed to become ex-
cessively dry, the cuttings are
likely to harden, and thus be very
slow in producing roots Single-
eye cuttings may be used of new
and scarce varieties when neces-
sary. These are fastened to a
tooth -pick with fine stemming
wire, allowing half of the tooth- 943 Pompon anemone;
pick to extend below the end of the type.
945. Incurved type.
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
cutting, and when inserted in the cutting-bed the end
of the cutting should rest upon the sand It requires
more time to produce good plants by this system than
when fair-sized cuttings can be taken, but it is often
of service when stock is limited The propagating-
house should be well
aired, and it is ad-
visable to change the
sand after the second
or third batch of
cuttings has been re-
moved, to avoid what
is termed cutting-
bench fungus. The
cuttings should never
be allowed to wilt.
and this is avoided
by giving abundance
of air, and when the
temperature reaches
over 70° from sun
heat, by shading with
some material, either
cloth or paper. Fig.
951 shows a good
form of chrysanthe-
mum cutting
2 Planting — Cut-
tings should not be
allowed to remain
in the cutting-bench
after the roots are
Yi inch in length, or
they will become
baidened, which will
949 A pompon check the growth As
chrysanthemum. SOon as rooted, they
( X H) should be potted into
2- or 2,H>-mch pots,
using good mellow
soil, with a slight admixture of decomposed manure
Most of the large flowers are produced under glass, and
the bench system is generally employed, which consists
of 4 or 5 inches of soil placed upon benches In these
benches the small plants are planted 8 to 12 inches
apart each way, from the latter part of May to the mid-
die of July Those planted at the first date usually
give the best results. The soil should be pounded
rather firm either before planting or after the plants
have become established.
3 Sard — There are many ideas as to what soil is
best suited for the chrysanthemum, but good blooms
may be grown on clay or light sandy loam, provided
the cultivator is a close observer and considers the con-
dition of the soil m which they are growing Clay soil,
being more retentive of moisture, will require less water
and feeding than soil of a more porous nature The
chrysanthemum is a gross feeder, and, therefore, the
fertility of the soil is very important in the production
of fine blooms. Each expeit has a way of his own in
preparing the soil, but as equally good results have
been secured under varied conditions, it is safe to
conclude that the method of preparing the soil has
little to do with the results, provided there is sufficient
food within their reach AH concede that fresh-cut sod,
piled late the preceding fall or in early spring, with
one-fourth to one-fifth its bulk of half-decomposed
manure, forms an excellent compost. Many use 1 or 2
inches of manure as a mulch after the plants have
become established Others place an inch of half-
decomposed manure in the bottom of the bench This
the roots find as soon as they require it. Good blooms
have been grown by planting on decomposed^ sod and
relying on liquid applications of chemicals.
4. Feeding. — No definite rule can be given for this
work, as so much depends on the amount of food
uicorporated in the soil If the soil be very rich, the
liquid applications should be only occasional and very
dilute. Theie is more danger of overfeeding by the
use of liquids than by using excessively nch soil Each
grower must depend on his own judgment as to the
requirements, being guided by the appearance of the
plants When the leaves become daik-colored and very
brittle, it is safe to conwidei that the limit in feeding h?a
been reached Some variet les refuse to bud when over-
fed, making a mass of leaves instead Others show very
contorted petals, giving a rough unfinished bloom.
Still others, particularly the red varieties, are likely
to be ruined by decomposition of the petals, called
"burning," especially if the
atmosphere is allowed to
become hot and stuffy. The
same result will follow in
daik weather, or when the
nights become cool, if the
moisture of the house is
allowed to fall upon the
blooms Under such condi-
tions, the ventilation should
remain on during the night,
or heat be turned in accord-
ing to the outside tempera-
ture
f) Watering and shading —
Let tha foliage be the index
to watering If it appears
yellow and sickly, use less
water, and sec that the
drainage is perfect There
is little danger of over-water-
ing as long as the foliage is
bright green A little shad-
ing at planting time is not
objectionable, but it should
be removed as soon as the
plants are established It is 950, Single type
often necessary to shade the
pink and red floweis, if the weather continues bright
for some time, to prevent their fading
0. Training — When the plants are 8 inches high,
they should be tied either to stakes or to jute twine
In the former system, use one horizontal wue over
each row, tying the stake to this aftei the bottom has
been inserted into the ground Two wires will be
necessary when twine is used, one above the plants and
the other a few inches above the soil to which the
twine is fastened Fiom the firnt of August until the
flowers are in color, all lateral growths should be
removed as noon as they appear, allowing only the
shoots intended for flowers to remain The above
remarks refer to the training of benched chrysanthe-
mums as grown by florists for cut-flowers. Other kinds
of training are described under Section II, pages 763-4
7 Dii>biuidiny — No special date can
be given for this work, as much depends
on the season and the earlmess or late-
ness of the variety to be treated. Buds
usually begin to form on the early sorts
about August 15, or soon after, and
some of the late varieties are not in con-
dition before October 10 Golden Glow
and Smith Advance among the large-
flowering, and several of the early-
flowcrmg of the hardy varieties, are
exceptions to the foregoing, as they will
set buds in June and July that will
develop very good blooms during the
month of August and later. The advent
of these kinds has advanced the flower-
ing season four to six weeks The
object of removing the weak and small
951
One kind of
chrysanthe-
cutting. buds and retaining the best is to con-
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
763
centra to the whole energy of the plant and thereby
increase the size of the flower.
There are two forms of buds, crowns and terminals.
A ciown bud (Fig 952) is formed first, never coming
with other flowei-buds, and is provided with lateral
growths which, if allowed to remain, will continue their
growth and produce terminal buds later Terminal
buds come later, always in clusters (Fig. 954), are
never associated with lateral growths, and terminate
the plant's growth for that season If the crown bud is
to be haved, remove the lateral growths as shown by
Figs 952, 953, and the operation is complete If the
terminal bud is desired, remove the crown and allow
one, two or three (according to the vigor of the plant)
of the growths to remain In a few weeks these will
show a cluster of buds, and, when well advanced, it
will be noticed that the largest is at the apex of the
growth (the one saved, if peifect, as it usually is), and
one at each of the leaf axils (see Fig 955) The rejected
buds are easiest and safest removed with the thumb
and forefinger Fig 9,5(5 Should the bud appear to
be one-sided or otherwise unperfeet, remove it and
let am the next best In removing the buds, begin at
the top and work down By so doing there are buds
ui reserve, in case the best one should acculentallv be
broken, while if the reverse course were taken, amf the
best bud broken at the completion of the work, all
the labor would be lost A few hours' disbudding will
teach the operator how far the buds should be advanced
to disbud easily Karly and late in the day, when the
growths aie brittle, are the best times for the work
Some glowers speak of first, second and third buds
The fust is a cro\ui, and usually appears on early-
propagated plants fiom July 15 to August 15 If
removed, the lateral growths push forward, foiming
another bud In many cases in which the crowns are
removed early, the next bud is not a terminal, but a
second crown, which is termed the second bud Re-
move this, and the third bud will be the terminal.
Plants propagated m May and June usually give the
second and third bud, not forming the typical crown
Those struck in .July and planted late give the terminal
only Most of the best blooms are from second crown
and terminal Pink, brotuc and red flowers from first
crowns aie much lighter in color than those fiom later
buds The> aie Jarge, but veiy of ten abnormal to such
an extent as to be decidedly inferior This is doubtless
due to the large amount of* food utilized in their con-
btiuetion, owing to the long time consumed in develop-
ment The hot weather of September and October
must have a detrimental effect upon the color
Enemies — Green aphis (Aj>hn> tufomaculata) and
the black aphis (Macroxiphum t>anboni) are some-
times very troublesome They mav be controlled by
bpraymg \vith "Black Ix>af 40" tobacco extract, one
part to KOO parts water with soap added Fumigation
with hydrocyanic acid gas is also widely practised
by commercial growers In moderately tight green-
houses, use one ounce potassium cyanide for each
3,500 cubic feet of space for all-night fumigation
For details, see Fumigation Red Spider (Tetranychus
bimaculatus) becomes injurious if neglected It may
be easily controlled by spraying with water, using
much force and little water to avoid drenching the beds.
The use of sulfur has also a beneficial effect.
Thnps (See Carnation) .
Leaf-tyer (Phlycispnia fcrrugahs) is frequently very-
abundant in some parts of the country. It is essentially
a greenhouse pest although it can live out-of-doors.
The greenish whitish striped caterpillars, ^iinch in
length when full grown, feed on the under side of the
leaves which they roll or tie together The moth is
pale brownish with an expanse of about %inch. The
leaf-tyer is most destructive during the summer months
when the temperature is highest. It can be controlled
by spraying with arsenate of lead. It is advisable to
49
952 The crown bud
begin the work early in the season when the insects are
less numerous and the plants are small Care should
be taken to hit the under surface of the leaves
The tarnished plant-bug (JLyyus pratenms) often
injures the blossom
buds by its feeding
punctures. This
causes wilting and
blind growths The
bugs may be ex-
cluded from green-
houses with screens
Out-of-doors no sat-
isfactory means of
control has been de-
vised But it has
been noticed that
plants growing in
partial shade are less
subject to injury.
Grasshoppers are
somct lines injurious
They may be con-
trolled by the use
of arsenate of lead
or bj hand-picking.
Diseases — Damp-
mg-off in the cutting-benches is not uncommon See
Damping-off,pa.%e 961 Rust (Puccima chrysanthemi) is
the only serious fungous disease of the chrysanthemum
It is charactemed by the reddish brown pulverulent
masses on the foliage consisting of the spores of the
fungus The disease is usually not destructive but may
make the foliage unsightl> Any leaves appearing dis-
eased should be removed promptly In watering care
should be taken not to wet the foliage, as moisture on
the leaves allows new infections Leaf-blight (Cyhn-
drosporuim) and leaf-spot (Scptona) occur on mature
or languishing foliage and usually do little damage
Section II — Culture of chrysanthemums in pots.
The same principles are employed in pot culture as
when planted upon the bench, with the exception that
the plants are generally allowed to produce more
blooms The most popular type of pot-plant for home
growing, or for sale by florists and intended for home
use, is a compact,
bushy plant, \Yi to
2 feet high, branched
at the base, and bear-
ing four to twenty
flow ers averaging 3
to 4 inches across
They are here called
"market plants "
"Single-stem plants"
are also popular
Great quantities of
large flowers (say
twenty to one hun-
dred) are rarely
grown on a potted
plant, except for ex-
hibitions Such
plants are commonly
called ' ' s pecimens,
and the three leading c bud has been
forms are the bush, selected or taken.
the standard and the
pyramid, the first mentioned being the most popular.
1 Market plants — Dwarf plants of symmetrical
form, with foliage down to the pots, are the most
salable, and when thus grown require constant atten-
tion as to watering and stopping, allowing each plant
plenty of room to keep the lower leaves in a healthy
condition. Cuttings taken June 1 and grown in pots, or
764
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
954. The terminal bud.
planted on old carnation benches or in spent hotbeds
(light soil preferable), and lifted by August 15, will
make very good plants 1 to \1A feet high. The reason
for lifting early is to have them well established in
their flowering pots before the buds are formed.
2. Single-btem plants — Same culture as market
plants, except that they are restricted to one stem and
flower. Those from 1 to 2 feet
in height are more effective
and useful than tall ones. For
this reason, many prefer plung-
ing the pots out-of-doois wheie
they have the full benefit of
the sun and air, making them
more dwarf than when grown
under glass.
3 Pot-plants for cut-flowers.
— Culture same as for speci-
men plants, except that the
nipping should be discontinued
July 1 to give sufficient length
to the stems If large flowers
arc desired, restrict the plants
to eight or ten giowths Such
plants can be accommodated
in less space than specimens,
when the chief object is symmetry
4. Bush plants — For large bush plants, the cuttings
should be struck early in February, and grown along
in a cool airy house, giving attention to repotting as
often as necessary. The final potting into 10- or 12-
inch pots generally takes place in June They are
potted moderately firm, and watered sparingly until
well rooted As soon as the plants are 5 or 6 inches
high the tips should be pinched out, to induce several
growths to start As the season advances and the
plants make rapid growth, pinching must be attended
to every day up to the latter part of July, to give as
many breaks as possible and keep them in symmetrical
form By the middle of August (if not previously
attended to), staking and getting the plants in shape
will be a very important detail If stakes are used,
they must be continually tied-out, as the stems soon
begin to harden, and this work can be best accom-
plished by looking them over daily Light stakes of
any material may be used. Many othor methods are
in use, such as wire hoops and wire framework, to
which the growths are securely tied.
5 Standards differ from bush plants in having one
stout self-supporting stem, instead of many stems.
They require the same culture as bush plants, with the
exception that they are not stopped, but allowed to
make one continuous growth until .3, 4 or 5 feet high,
and are then treated the same as bush plants They
require the same attention as to stopping and tying to
secure symmetrical heads.
6 Pyramids are only another form of bush plants,
and it is optional with me grower which form he prefers.
Section III — Culture of chrysanthemums for the
production of new varieties.
The object of seed-saving is the improvement of
existing varieties. It is not conclusive, however, that
all seedlings will be improvements; in fact, it is far
from this, as the greater proportion are inferior to their
antecedents Only those who give the most careful
consideration to cross-fertilization are certain of marked
success. Hand-hybridized seeds possess value over
those haphazardly pollinated by wind and insects only
according to the degree of intelligence employed in
the selection of parents What the result will be when
a white flower is fertilized with a yellow one, the opera-
tor cannot determine at the outset It ma^ be either
white, yellow, intermediate, or partake of some ante-
cedent, and thus be distinct from either Improvements
m color can be secured only by the union of colors,
bearing in mind the laws of nature in uniting two to
make the third. Red upon yellow, or vice- versa, may
intensify the red or yellow — give orange or bronze, aa
nature may see fit The operator is more certain of
improving along other lines, such as b turd mess or
dwarfness of growth, carlmess or lateness of bloom, or
doubleness of flowers. The selection of those most
perfect in these paiticulars is very sure to give similar
or improved results. Always keep a record of this
work showing the parents of a seedling The satisfac-
tion of knowing how a meritorious variety was pro-
duced more than pays for the trouble, and may lead to
further improvements along certain lines —The opera-
tion bogms when the flower is half open, cutting the
petals off close to their base with a pair of scissors, until
the style is exposed Should the flower show signs of
having disk or btoiiunatc florets, remove these with the
points of the scissors and thus avoid self-fertilization
When the styles are fully grown and developed, the upper
surface or stigma is in condition to receive the pollen
By pushing aside (\\ith the thumb) the ray-florets of
the flower desired for pollen, the disk -florets which pro-
duce the pollen will become visible The pollen may be
collected on a eamel's-hair pencil or toothpick and
applied to the stigma of the flower previously prepared
If a toothpick be used, never use it for more than one
kind of pollen By allowing the camel's-hair pencil to
stand in an open-mouthed vial of alcohol a few moments
after using, it may be again used, when dry, upon
another variety without fear of the pollen of the former
operation affecting the present — Cuttings struck in
June and July and giown to single bloom in 4-mch pots
are the most convenient for seeding Such flowers, if
not given too much food are more natural and furnish
an abundance of pollen, as well as being easier to trim
than the masMvc blooms produced for the exhibition-
table The pollinating should be done on bright, sunny
days, and as early m the day as possible As soon as
the seed plants aie trimmed, they should be placed by
themselves to avoid fertilization by insects, and should
there remain until the seeds are ripe Keep the plants
rather on the dry side, and give abundance of air.
Seeds, which ripen in five to six weeks, should be saved
without delay, and carefully labelled. In sowing seeds,
955. Terminal buds of chrysanthemum at an early
stage. None too early for disbudding.
they should be covered vciy lightly and kept in a
temperature of 60° When the seedlings are large
enough to handle easily, remove to small pots, or trans-
plant farther apart in shallow boxes Chrysanthemums
flower the first season from seed
Section IV. — Varieties.
Of the long list of new varieties sent out each year,
but few are retained after the second year's trial This
is probably due to the fact that most' American growers
are more interested m the commercial value of the
flower than the curious forms or striking colors they
present Exhibitions have not reached the people here
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSANTHEMUM
765
as in En gland and France. There are a few vane-
ties that have stood the test for several years, such as
Ivory, 1889, Geo W Childs, 1892; Golden Wedding,
1893, Major Bonnaffon, 1894; Yanoma, 1896, W H.
Chadwick, 1898, John K Shaw and Nagoya, 1899;
Monrovia, Col D Appleton and White Bonnaffon, 1900.
There are many other varieties that have stood the test
for four or five yeais
It is not the purpose of this article to recommend
varieties of chrysanthemums, but the following list
includes the best varieties known in North America at
the present tune The list will be valuable as showing
a serviceable classification, and also for refeicnce when
other varieties have come into existence:
Kelfctiun ofrnriftun haattl <m main, types — (1 ) Ttit urrul yEwthe tic,
Embcrta, Major Bonnaffon, Pink G< in, Mary Done Han, Naomah,
Smith's Sensation, William Turn* r (.') Jajnm * I'ae ihc Supn me,
Crocus, Ramapo, December Gem, F S Valhs, Glen Cove, Golden
Robin. Reginald Vallis (3) Japani^ Incurvnl Chrybolora,
Col D Appleton, W H Chadwiek, Mile Jeanne Nonm, Artistic-
Queen, Christy MiUliewson, Llb< run, Jwkota (4) Hairy
Arvcdo Banno, Bemty of Tiuro, 1< risori d'Or, Leocadie Gen-
tils, Louis Boehmir, I/Enfant eles Deux Mondes, R M Grey,
White Swan (>) lt<flfjr»d Smith's \dvanoe, Dick Witterstaetter,
Harvard, Yanoma, Mrs J Wells, Rose Pockett, Thanksgiving
Queen, Madison (t» Isirge \mtnnrit {satisfaction. Surprise,
Ernest Coop* r, Geo Hawkins, Gladys Spauldmg. John Bunyan
(7) Japnnt* Immum That, or, Mis F Cordon Dexti r, Zoraida
(8) Pvminmi Almi, B-iby, Clonndu, Fairy Queen, Helen New-
berry, Mmta, Julio Lagravere, Qumola (0) 1'ompun Antrnune
Diantha, Ada Sweet, Gertrude \\ilson, Lida Thomas, Vayenne,
Bessie Flight (10) tsir^-Jloiunng Smalts Arlee, Catherine
Livingstone, Feheity, Itanka. L-iely Lu, Rid light (11) Small-
flowenno tiinolti Ladysmitli, \nna, Bl i/ing Star, Little Baibee
rhadwHkinipm lChrwty M tln wson, Mrs cllxrt iabble,'
Naornah. \\ ilham 1 unit r f , How ( hrysolora, Comoleta. Goldi n
Glow. CJoldon Eagle. Ramapo, I ( nox 1'inL Pacific Supri mi ,
Unaka, Patty, Gl« n Cove, Momstown, Smith's Sensation L'nm-
»on Di<k Wittcrstailttr, Hnr\ ird, Intensity. J W Mol>mux,
Pockttt'a Cnmson, Mrs H-irry I urnc r ttrnme an I buff Glcn-
view, Mrs J A Miller, Mrs H St. \ ens, Ongawa, Rose Pockett,
"William Kkmluitu <'nm*<m. ti«l<l< n r>ur*r Harry L Converse,
Howard Gould, Mrs () H I\-ihn, W \\oodmason Amaranth or
pur nlnh mm ton George I Bru/ ml, Mrs G C Kelly, Reginald
Vallis. T Camngton, 1 eshe Morrison
Stltrtwn 6a s,-/ on s/xn.z/ mti—Ruih plants Golden \gi ,
Brutuy, Diek Witterstaetti r, Dr Lnguehard, Garzi Finnic
stemmed prt-plnnt N lomah, Chr>solora, 'Fsthetic, Prfsidrnt
Roosev.lt, Ben \\ells, (IhnC'.ne, Mrs George Hunt, Mre (J H
Kahn, I'orkett's CVimson Kilnbition M,»tmi Artistic Qm , n,
Christy Mat hi w son, C hrysanthc niisle Monlipny, 1< S \allis,
George J Bruztrd, Gl<-nCo\t,Gl< nviiw, Harry F Converse, Lidy
Horx-toun, Ix nox, Llbcmn, Momstown, M Ixnseau-Rou^tau,
Mrs Gilbert Drabble, Mrs H Stevens, Mrs Harry lurner,
Naomah, Pockett's CVimson, Rose Poekett, \Vilh-im Turner, \V
Wocxlmason. Bin \\rlls, Merrn, Reginald Vallis Commmral
blooms— Extra-earlu-flouinnu. July to OUobtr (Jolden Cjlow,
Smith's Advance bicond-uirlu-jlouinnu, li^t of Sti>timb<r into
October Larly Snow, (ilory of Panfic, Monrovia, Octobtr I'ruyt,
Rosene JSfi,ly-nwlva>,nn-flmnrmo, middle <-/ <>< tof.tr (lirysolor i,
Comoleta, Glona, Ivory, Pa< ific Suprtnu, I naka, \ irRima Pochl-
rnann Alidicaoon-flomnna, fa^ of Ottabtr to ^•n^ml>^r W Col
D \pphton, CVocus, Dick \\ ittrrstaetU r, Pink Gun, Ramapo,
Mrs \V K Kelley Lati-mulnnson-flouvrino, Nmcmhr U> lo
Thankwting Dr En»?uehard, Ernlu rta, Golden Eagle, Golden
Wedding, IVlajor BonnafTon. Patty, President Roosevelt, Timothy
Eaton, W H Chadwick. Mrs Jerome Jones, White Bonnaffon
l^ate-flowtnng, Thanksgiving and lakr December Gem, Harvard,
Helen Fnck, Intensity, John Burton, Mllo Jeanne Nornn, Thanks-
giving Queen, Yanoma.
Section V. — Culture of chrysanthemums for exhibition.
This branch in which the highest standard must be
attained if the slightest hope of success at the exhibi-
tions is entertamed; requires a thorough knowledge of
the most suitable kinds for the purpose and the ability
to bring them to the highest state of perfection. The
methods are not very different from those employed
in the production of high-grade commercial blooms.
The most successful growei s usually propagate earlier,
and if grown on benches they are also planted earlier
to secure all the vigor possible. The finest blooms are
those produced on the pnvate estates, where one man
has charge of a few bundled plants, giving them his
undivided attention, so that every need is provided at
the proper tune. During the post few years, the major-
ity of such expert growers have adopted a system of
growing in pots, each plant restricted to one bloom,
which is practically the same method as the one used
throughout England for many years. Here they are
kept under glass the entire season, while in England
the climate permits them to be grown out-of-<ioors
during the bummer months By this method, the
roots are more closely confined, which has a tendency
to produce short-jointed plants with stronger stems,
and gives the grower perfect control, so that each
variety may be treated accord-
ing to its needs, especially
when liquid fertilizers are nec-
essary to promote the maxi-
mum m sue and finish. The
other factors necessary to the
successful exhibitor are full
consideration of the require-
ments of the schedules, so as
to select the best varieties for
the vai ions f lasses, and a com-
plete knowledge of packing
arid staging the blooms Dur-
ing the past decade, those
originating new varieties have
scrutinized more closely in
making a decision, and, as the
commercial and exhibition
varieties are considered from
an entirely d'fferent standpoint, these t\vo sections are
drifting farther and farther apart Sue is the foremost
quality from the exhibition point of view.
ihow
956. Terminal bud
after the disbudding
operation.
pn/e -winning exhibits are \\hife — Beatnee May, Lady Car-
1111. ha* I, M< r/a, Mrs David Symi , \iom-ih. Win lurni r Ydluw
— F .s Valhs, Uuox. Mrs Gc o Hunt, Mrs J C Nmll. Yellow
Miller J'mk —Lady Hopetoun, M Loiseau-Rousseau. Mrs C H.
lottv, O II Broouhead, Win Duckham, Wells' Late Pink
Uronz, — Glenview, Harry E Converse. Mrs O H Kahn. Mrs H.
Stewns litd~3 W Molyneux, Peiekett's Crimson, W Wood-
Tkwr of the comrnei
osp,cn|iy wh.n (ho btht
km.l foi one vase and .
•m« prohibitfl Th<- bes
imston,
able for this purpose,
* or more blooms of a
K hit? — Lynn
Jeromi
supports
xxi Hall,
Ydlow
— ( ol J) \pple ton, Golden i: igle. Golden Wedding, Yellow Eaton,
fJoldin Chadwick. M<ijor Bonn iffon Pink — Dr Fnguehard,
M i> or W eav er, Maud Dean Red —Dick W itterstaetter, Geo W.
Childs
Section VI. — Culture of chrysaiiifiemutns out-of-doors
The kinds most suitable for out-of-door culture are
those making abundance of rhi/omes or underground
btems, \vhich withstand the winter and furnish the
ne\v growths for the successive years The Pompons
are more hardy than the large-flow ei ing sorts, and, as
hardiness is of vital importance to those interested m
this subject, especially north of the Ohio Uiver, it
should be fully consideied in selecting for this purpose.
It is more practicable to choo.se varieties which perfect
then iloweis early, during August, September and
()( tober when gro\vn m the noithein states, as the buds
are less likely to be injured while in a soft growing
state by fiost In the South many of the later varieties
will live over and be .satisfactory, owing to the contin-
uance of mild weather In the past few years, some
improvements in this section ha\e been attained, many
of which are the results of crosses betw een the Pom-
pon.s and the laige-flowermg Japanese, in which the
progeny have combined the hardiness and dwarf habit
of the foiiner with the laiger and more irregular-formed
flowers of the latter, producing aster-like flow ers rather
than the symmetrical form of the pompons All of the
tvpes may be successfully grown out-of-doors if provi-
sion is made to protect the bud, blooms and roots from
severe frost A temporary covering of cloth or sash m
eaily autumn will piotect the blooms, but the roots
will require artificial heat or should be removed to the
gieenhouse or frame where the temperature can be
maintained a few degrees above freezing In growing
exhibition blooms out-of-doors, all the important
details, such as watering, airing, disbudding, feeding
766
CHRYSANTHEMUM
CHRYSOGONUM
staking and tying, must be complied with, if the
ji rower expects to be rewarded for his effoits1.
The oldest of the outdoor types are the Pompons,
which produce from forty to one hundred buttons an
inch or two across, with short and regular rays. Such
plants can be left outdoors all winter
Since the large - flowering or Japanese types have
come in, numberless attempts have been made to grow
them outdoors, but with poor results. The greenhouse
varieties are not so hardy In the North they are likely
to be killed by the winter Their flowers usually lack
in size, depth and symmetry, largely because there are
more of them on a plant than a florist allows for his
best blooms, but chiefly because they do not have so
much care m general as is, given to plants under glass,
where space is precious For the very best results,
chrysanthemums must be flowered under glass, ana
they need the greatest care and forethought practi-
957. Suggestion for protecting chrysanthemums that are to bloom outdoors.
cally all the year round Half-way measures are unsat-
isfactory Thus it happens that the Japanese varieties
are usually unsatisfactory out-of-doors, and the Pom-
pons are chosen by those who can give very little care
to plants and would rather have many small flo\vers
than a few large ones This also partly explains why
no two dealers recommend anything like the some list
of Japanese varieties for outdoor culture Neverthe-
less, it is possible to grow excellent flowers 4 and 5 or
even 6 inches across outdoors, but it requires staking,
disbudding, and some kind of temporary protection, as
of a tent or glass, during frosty weather Fig 957
shows a cheap and simple structure of coldframe sashes
resting on a temporary framework In severe weather
a canvas curtain can be dropped in front, and the win-
dow of a warm cellar in the rear opened to temper the
air. For general outdoor culture, however, wnen no
special care is given to the plants, the Japanese kinds
are usually less satisfactory than the Pompons These
Pompons are a much-neglected class since the rise of
the large-flowered Japanese kinds, but they are unlike
anything else in our garden flora Their vivid and
sometimes too artificial colors harmonize with nothing
else at Thanksgiving time, and they are so strong and
commanding that they should have a place by them-
selves It is not uncommon for the flowers to be in
good, condition even after several light falls of snow,
and they may be considered the most resistant to frost
of any garden herbs In fact, their peculiar merit is
blooming after the landscape is completely desolated
by successive frosts. The flowers are not ruined until
their petals are wet and then frozen stiff,, They are
essentially for mass effects of color, and great size is
not to be expected Masses of brown and masses of
yellow, side by side, make rich combinations. The
whole tribe of crimsons, amaranths, pinks, and the
like, should be kept by themselves, because their colon,
are variable and because they make a violent contiast
with yellow, which few persons can find agreeable
WILHKLM MILLER.
ELMER SMITH |
CHRYSOBACTRON (golden wand, from the Greek).
LiUact „ Two New Zealand rhi/omatous herbs, usually
ehtssed with "bulbs" by gardeners, bearing many small
yellow fls in a long raceme on the top of an elongated
scape plant often dicccious or polygamous, perianth
G-paitcd, the segms nearly equal; stamens 6 caps
3-eelled and 3-valved The genus is now commonly
united with the S. African Bulbmella, the combined
species becoming 13 or 14 C. Hookeri, Colenso
(Bulbmella liobken, Benth & Hook , now the accepted
name. Anthencum Hoofan, Cohnso)is in cult in this
country It is a hardy plant 2-3 ft high, with sword -
like foliage, fls ^m diam , bright yellow, perfect, on
slender pedicels, the segms linear-oblong,
and obtuse and spreading B M 4u02 — Cult.
in the ordinary bonier, and treated like the
asphodel, they do well But they are im-
proved in lien, deep and rather moist soil,
strong clumps, 4-0 years old, are then -it
their best and are \erv excellent plants
After that they should be divided Prop by
division or seed Blooms m June and July
J B KLLLEU and L H. B
CHRYSOBALANUS (golden acorn, from
the Greek, referring to tne fruit) I{<>v)cf,r
Bushes or trees, planted far south for orna-
ment, fruit otten edible
Leaves thick and coriaceous, entire, gla-
brous fls white, rather small, m axillary or
terminal short cymes, rah x 5-parted, petals
5, clawed, stamens 1.5 to many, some of them
perhaps sterile fr a diy ish-pulpv drupe, \vith
stone pointed at base. and ridged -Mwo spe-
cies m tropics of Arner and Afr., reaching
Fla , and another one m S U S
Icaco, Linn COCOA-PLUM ICACO On roasts and
along streams m S Fla , to S Arner , and also in Afr ,
and is sometimes planted in the extreme S (and in
the tropics) as an ornamental shrub and for its sweet-
ish but insipid and dry plum -shaped frs which are
sometimes used for preserves It is a mere bu^h on
the northern limits of its distribution, and on eleva-
tions, but in extreme S Fla it rea< lies a h( ight of 25-
30 ft Lvs glossy, thick, obovate (sometimes obcor-
date)* fls small and white, in axillary eiect racemes
or cynics, calyx o-cleft, pubescent, petals 5, stamens
about 20 fr 1 -seeded, 1-1% in long, varying from
nearly white to almost black, globular or neaily so.
Wood close-grained and heavy, hard, brown or reddish
It is best prop by seeds, but may also be had from
cuttings of half-ripened wood f prUouirpus, Meyer,
the small-fiuited cocoa-plum, is a smaller plant, with
smaller Ivs , petals spatulale, diupe obovoid or
oblong, about half the size of that of ('. Icaco, it grows
in extreme S Fla and farther south; probably not
planted C oblongifblms, Miehx , occurs fiom Ga to
Fla and Miss It is a low shrub, spreading widely by
means of undei ground sts . If -blades longer than
broad, sharp-tipped • fr. ovoid or obovoid, about 1-1 ^
in. long not in cult j,. jj J3
CHRYS6COMA- Linosyru.
CHRYS6DITJM: Elaphogloaxum.
CHRYS<3GONUM (Greek-made name, golden knee
or joint). Comp6.<nt3> A few composites, of which
C. virginanum, Linn , is a perennial yellow-fid plant of
S. Pa. and south; sometimes cult as a border plant.
It blooms in spring or early summer on stH which
become 1 ft high, the heads being solitary and pedun-
CHRYSOGONUM
CHUFA
767
cled in the axils or some of them teimmal Ivs. oppo-
site and basal, ovato and mostly obtuse, crcnate. Prop
by creeping root-stocks and runners. Of little merit
horticultuially
CHRYSOPHYLLUM (Greek, golden leaf, in reference
to the color of the under suifaee of the leaves) Sapo-
tdcese Handsome trets, grown far south for fruit and
for ornament.
Juice milky. Ivs. alternate, thick and stiff, usually
shining and copper-colored or golden beneath with
958 Chrysophyllum Camito (,Xh)
silky pubescence, with many parallel cross-veins fls
small, sessile or stalked, clustered at the nodes or in
the axils, calyx rnostl> 5-parted, corolla tubular-cam-
panulate or somewhat rotate, mostly .5-lobed, without
appendages, stamens as m-iru .is the corolla-lobes,
and stammodu 0, ovary ,5-10-celled fi fleshy and
usually edible, 1- to several-seeded — About (>() spe-
cies in tropics, the larger pait Ymeiic.m
The various species of Chrysophvllum have beautiful
broad green leaves, with under .surfaces of a silky tex-
ture, varying in color from a silverv \\hite through
golden to a nisM't-brown, and are \\ell worth a place
in the conservatoiv as ornamental tiee.s By giving
them sufficient room, they will bear fruit in the course
of a few years, under gKuss, which in the case of C
Cfiinilo, the stai -apple of tropical Arneiiea, is edible,
and well liked even by people of a temperate chine All
species are stucth tropic il md cannot be grown where
frosts occur unless properly protected Propagation is
ordinanlv effected by seed, which readily germinate if
planted when fresh, and it is st tied that all species mav
be grown from cuttings of well-ripened shoots placed
in strong, rnoist heat The soil mosj suited for their
giowth is of a sandy eharaetei, and if not of a good
quality should be well manured, using a considerable
proportion of potash in the fertilizer for fruiting speci-
mens They seem to do well on a great variety of soils,
however, that arc sufficiently well drained, wet land
not agreeing with them (10 N Heasoner )
Camito, Linn STAR-APPLE CAIMITO Fig. 958.
Thick-headed evergreen, to .50 ft Iv.s oval or oblong,
silky-golden beneath corolla-tube twice as long as the
calyx, stigma 8-10-erenate or -lobed; fls purplish
white W Indies, Panama, Cent Amer I II 32 ,567
A Ci 11 40.5 —The fr is the size of an apple, symmet-
rically globular and smooth, hard, a cross-section shows
the star-shaped core, whence the common name, it
varies from white to purple in color of skin and also of
flesh The pulp is delicious (used uncooked) if the fr.
is allowed to remain on the tree until ripe It has large,
pumpkin-like dark seeds It is very impatient of frost.
olivifdrnifc, Lam (C inonopurcnum, Swartz).
SATIN-LE\F To 35 ft lv« like those of C Caimlo
fls white; stigu.p 5-crenate fr ovoid-oblong or oval,
1 -seeded *yy •vlx»rtuui of ovules, blackish, lli in long,
said to be insipid S Flu and S. B M. 3303 —Spa-
ringly transferred to grounds as an ornamental tree.
impenale, Benth (Throphrdsta imperials, Lmd ).
Plant strict and simple, to 20 ft or more, unarmed:
Ivs obovate-oblong to oblong-oblaneeolate, 3 ft long,
on large plants very shaiply serrate, fls yellowish
green, small, in clusters along the trunk, the cluster
sessile but the Us pedicellate, corolla rotate, 5-lobed,
thick fr 5-angled, nearly globular, size of a small
apple, with a hard thick flesh, seeds 1 in long and %m
wide, compressed Brazil B M 6823 I H 21 184
(it 1864.4,53 — This species was grown 30 years before
its genus was determined, but upon flowering in Euro-
pean gardens it was found to be a Chrysophyllum (by
some referred to Martmsella, which sec) !_,. H B.
CHRYSOP&GON: horohattrum.
CKRYS6PSIS (gohhn appcarato,e, from the heads).
Comport* Mostly low and hany perennials, some-
tunes planted in holders heads of medium size and
manj-fld , usually with numeious yellow lays, involu-
cre bell-shaped or hemispherical, of imbiieated nar-
row bracts, achenes compressed, bearing a pappus of
numerous hair-like bristles \bout 20 specie* of Chiy-
H>[> is are known Mex and N C. villdsa, Nutt (C.
lioldmleti, Gray), is one of the species in the trade It
is widely distributed from 111 , west, north, and south:
1 2 ft , grayish pubescent Ivs oblong to lanceolate,
entire or few-toothed heads usually at the ends of
leafy branches, ahter-hke in shape Extremely varia-
ble, and has several named forms Mn 7 101 Var.
Rutten, Hothr, is laiger and later Of value as a
border plant Cult the same as aster Perennials, but
bloom the first year from seed, if sown early
f truin/m.i, Xutt Differs from C \illosa m ha\mg rorymbose-
paniculateil -clusters FXAiner AUK -Sept Offered by dealers
in nitne plants It had showy yrllow fls and prefers dry aandy
Placc* N TAYLOhf
CHRYSOSPLENIUM (mime from golden and
.s/>/<(», referring to some old medicinal tradition).
frunfrnqaceap GOLDEN S\XIFRAC;E. Low semi-aquatics,
sometime* used
m bog-planting
C. amencanum,
Schw , is a na-
tive plant creep-
ing in mud Sts
forking, bearing
roundish or cor-
d at e small
mosth opposite
Us , w ith very
sm ill, nearly ses-
sile, gnvnisii, m-
con^pic'iious fis
Scarcely known
in cult and, ex-
cept f 01 w et
places wheie a
cover or carpet
is wanted, of no
value horticul-
turally
CHRYStRUS
CYNOSUROlDES:
Lamarckw
CHUFA. The
edible subter-
ranean tubers of
Cyperus escit-
lentub, Linn.,
(which see)
much prized in
the South. Fig 959 Chufa— Cyperus esculentus. ( X H)
768
CHUFA
CIBOTIUM
959. Chufas arc eaten raw or baked, or used for the
making of coffee. The plant is sometimes cultivated
in the North, but it will not withstand the winter.
The tubers are oblong, 1A to % inches long, cylin-
drical, hard The plant is grass-like, and in the North
does not flower Tubers are planted in the spring, and
the new crop is ready for dig-
ging in the fall. It thrives
easily in loose and warm boils.
The nutty flavor of the hard
tubers is very agreeable
CHUSQUfiA: Bamboo, p. 449,
Vol I.
CHtSIS (Greek for melt-
ing, in allusion to the pollen-
masses). Orchid&cese Orchids,
pendulous from trees; grown
in hothouses.
Stems fusiform, leafy,
thickening after the 'vs. drop:
fls. fleshy, in short racemes,
which are pro-
duced freely
in the axils
of the young
growths; dor-
sal sepal and
petals similar
in shape, the
lateral sepals
with the foot
of the column
forming a long
foot ;hp jointed
to the column
foot, lamellate
longitudinally,
the lateral
lobes upright,
loosely sur-
rounding the column; pollmia 8 — About 6 species in
TroP- Amer. Cult as for Vanda, in baskets, pan«* or
pots. They require tropical temperature when grow-
ing, then cooler.
A Ground-color of fls. yellow.
aurea, Lindl. Fls. 5-8, about 2 in across; sepals and
petals yellow, oblong-oval; lateral lobes of lip yellow,
the middle lobe white, downy, spotted with red and
yellow S Amer B R 1937. B M. 3617.
Isfevis, Lindl. Fls 8-12, about 2}^ in across; sepals
and petals yellow, tinted above with lines of purple-
carmine, sepals oblong, the dorsal one inflexed, the
lateral falcate; lip yellow, marked with red. Mex.
Chelsonii, Ilort Fls 5-7, about 2>£ in across;
sepals and petals yellow, with a large blotch of reddish
fawn at the apex; lip yellow spotted with red. Hybrid:
C. bractescens x C Ixvis F.M. 1878.297.
AA. Ground-color of fls white.
bractescens, Lmdl Fig. 960 Fls 3-5, about 3 in.
across; sepals and petals ivory-white; lip with the
lateral lobes white outside, the inner surface yellow,
streaked rod, the middle lobe yellow, streaked ana
stained with red Mex. B M 5186. R.H. 1859, pp.
294, 295. IH. 27.398. OR. 9 371; 13:236, 19:201.
J.H. 111.28 263 CO 1. A F 28 747.
Lfmminghei, Lmdl. & Reichb. Fls. 4-7, 1^-2 in.
across; sepals and petals white, with an apical blotch
of purple; lip with lateral lobes yellow, marked with
reddish purple on the inside, the middle lobe white,
streaked with bright purple. Mex. B.M. 3265. I.H.
7:240. C.O.3.
Sfcdenii, Hort. Fls. 3-6; sepals white; petals white
with an apical rose-purple blotch; lip with the side
960 Chysis bractescens.
(XH)
lobes sulfur-yellow, purple-streaked within, the middle
lobe white, streaked with amethyst Hybrid: C,
Limminghei x C. bractescens. GKORGK V. NASH f
CIB6TIUM (Greek, a little seed-vessel) Cytitheacex.
A small group of tree-ferns from Mexico and Polynesia,
with bivalved coriaceous mdubia, dif-
fering from Dicksoma in having the
outer valve entirely distinct from
the leaf For culture, see Lhcksonm
C Barometz is the plant that gave
rise to the wonder stories of the
Barometz or Scythian lamb (Fig.
961), which, according to Bauhin,
1650, had wool, flesh and blood, and
a root attached to the navel The
plant was said to resemble a lamb in
every respect, but grew on a stalk
about a yard high, and turning about
and bending to the herbage con-
sumed the foliage within reach, and
then pined away with the failure of
the food until it died In 1725 Breyne,
of Dantzig, declared that the Baro-
metz was only the root of a large
fern, covered with its natural yellow
down and accompanied by stems, which had been
placed in museums in an inverted position, the better
to represent the appearance of the legs and horns of a
quadruped
Young plants of C Schiedei and C regale are fre-
quently offered by florists at a stage before the trunk
has developed and when the leaves are about four or
five feet long. They require greenhouse conditions for
successful culture
A. Outer valve of the indusium larger, or the valves
subequal
glaucum, Hook & Am Lvs ovate-lanceolate, tripin-
nate, pinnules about 6 m long, taper-pointed, segms.
close outer valve of mdusiurn larger, broader than the
inner, veins once- or twice-forked. Hawaiian Isls
Barometz, J Smith. SCYTHIAN LAMB Trunkless:
Ivs scented, tnpmnate the lower pinna; ovate-lanceo-
late; pinnules snort-stalked, 4-6 m long, with falcate
segms valves of the mdusium nearly equal: veins
prominent, rarely forked. China.
961. The Scythian Lamb; reproduced from an old book.
See Cibotium Barometz.
AA. Outer valve of the mdusium smaller than the inner.
Schiedei, Hook Trunk 10-15 ft high Ivs oblong-
deltoid, tnpmnate, with pinna; 1-2 ft long; segms.
falcate, sharp-pointed: son sparse veins forked, on
the lowest pinnate Mex
regale, Lmd. Trunk 10-12 ft. high Ivs oblong-
deltoid, tnpmnate, with pmnse 18-24 in long; pinnules
sessile, with close, falcate, deeply incised segms.;
veins pinnate in the lobes. Mex
L M. UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT^
CICCA
CfCCA: Phvllanthus.
ClCER. (old Latin name for the vetch). Legu-
mmbsx Pea-like annual or perennial herbs, with
6-parted calyx, the lobes being nearly equal or
the 2 upper ones somewhat shorter and eon-
nivent, oblong turgid 2-valvcd pod, mostly 1-fld.
peduncles, odd-pinnate Ivs and toothed Ifts.:
standard ovate or nearly orbicular, wings obo-
vflte and free, keel rather broad and incurved:
fls white, blue or violet terminal 1ft often
represented by a tendril or spine — A dozen or
more species, with a Mediterranean- Asian range.
C. arietmum, Linn , the CHICK-PEA or GAR-
BANZO, is sometimes cult, in vegetable-gardens
for the edible ripe seeds It is an annual and is
cult, the same as bush beans It withstands dry
weather well It grows 2 ft high, making a
bushy, hairy plant, seeds are planted as soon
as warm weather comes, usually in drills, the
plants standing 8-12 in apart Lvs with small,
roundish Ifts . fls white or reddish, small, axil-
lary Seed roundish, but flattened on the bides,
with a projection on one side, shaped like a
miniature ram's head (hence the name aneli-
nurn, in vars of red, black and white Much
cult in 8 Eu and Asia, and widely known in
Calif and in Mex , and other Spanish-American
regions The peas are eaten boiled, or
roasted like peanuts, often used for soup
or as a substitute for coffee, and some
kinds are used for hor.se-feed It is a
piomismg crop for some purposes; yield
sometimes 500 to 1,000 Ibs to the acre.
L II B
CICHORIUM (from an old Arabic
name) ('omi>(>\it<r Seven or eight herbs,
one of which is chicory and one endive
Perennial, biennial or annual, branch-
ing and diffuse when in bloom, mostly
with deep hard roots, milky uiice and
alternate Iva , and bessile axillary and
terminal fl -heads fls several to many in
the head, all hgulate and perfect, blue,
purple or white, involucre double ? pap-
pus of bustle-like scales — Mostly in the
Mediterranean region and to Abyssinia.
Intybus, Linn CHICORY SUCCORY.
Fig 962 Stout deep-rooted tall peren-
nial (3-6 ft ) Iv.s broadly oblong, ob-
lanceolate or lanceolate, hairy, rapidly
becoming very small toward top of
plant so that the branches appear
nearly naked and wand-like, more or less
clasping and the lower ones runcmate.
fls. bright- a^ure- blue, 1}£ m or more
across, closing about noon; pappus about
8 times shorter than fr. July-Oct. —
Now a widespread weed of hard road-
sides and field" but producing one of
the cleaiest of light blues and worthy a
place in the fl -garden Recent experi-
ments promise attractive color forms.
For cult, for the root and for the salad
Ivs, see Chicory
Endfvia, Linn. ENDIVE Annual or
biennial Ivs many at the base, oblong,
lobed and cut, smooth • st 2-4 ft ,
branching, grooved . fls Dale blue; pappus
about 4 times short ei than fr India;
but by some thought to be a derivative
of C intybus, or of C. divoncatum of the
Medit. region For cult, as a salad plant.
L H. B.
CINCHONA
769
CIENK6WSKIA: Kaempfena.
CIMICfFUGA, Linn (cimex, a bug;/u0ere, U>
drive away) Itanunculaccsr BUGBANE Tall
hardy herbaceous perennials, ornamental, but
bad-smelling, buited for the back of plantings or
for partially shaded places in the wild garden.
The leaves and tall plants are admired in the
hardy border
Leaves large, decompound: fls. white, in
racemes, sepals 2-5, petaloid, deciduous, petals
1-8, small, clawed, 2-lobcd or none* follicles
1-8, many-seeded, sessile or stalked; stigrna
broad or minute Allied to Actsea —About 10
bpecies, natives of the north temperate zone,
practically all of which have been usea m gardens.
Cimicifugas thrive in half shady or open
places in any good gaiden soil, but are much
taller and more showy if the soil is very black
and rich Propagated by beeds and division of
roots in fall or early sprang Seeds should be
sown in cool moist soil soon after ripening
amencana, Michx (Actjpa podocdrpa,
DC ) Slender, 2-4 ft high Ivs pale
beneath fls in elongated raceme; petals
2-horned; pedicels nearly a*> long as the
fl. follicles 3 or 5, stalked, seeds m 1
row, chaffy, stamens and pistils usually
in same n Aug -Sept Moist woods
N. Y. and S.
fdetida, Linn. Lvs bipmnate, termi-
nal Ift 3-lobcd. petals of the white fls.
often tipped with anthers, no stami-
nodia follicles 3-5, seeds very chaffy.
Summer Siberia — Following forms are
more commonly cult
racemdsa, Nutt (C serpentdna,
Pursh) Fig 963 St 3-8 ft high' Ivs.
2-3 times 3-4-partcd, Ifts mostly ovate,
firm texture racemes few, rigidly erect,
often becoming 2 ft long follicles rather
shorter than the pedicel, nearly l/i\n,
long, short style abruptly recurved July,
Aug G.i to Canada and westward
Intro 1X91 Gt 13:443 Gn 46, p.
269 GC II 10 557; III 48 '218 —
Very pretty in fr , with its 2 rows of
oval follicles always extending upward
from the lateral branches The com-
monest in gardens Rhizome and roots
valued m medicine
Var dissScta, Gray (C spicata, Hort )
Lvs more compound than the type
small white fls closely packed on lateral
and terminal branches Lasting until
Sept Conn to S Pa JH 111.33.381
Var simplex, Regel (C. simple*.
Wormsk ). Tall and handsome. fls
short-pedioclled, forming a fine, den-M-
raceme, and at first pubescent follicle
short-stalked. Kamtschatka. Gn 67,
p. 8. Gn.W. 21 115,23.899
C cordifMui, Pursh Lvs very broadly o\ ate
or orbicular US B M 20b9 — C dahunva,
Ilutt Higher and more branched than formor
Cent Asia— C cltUa, Nutt (C fostida, Pursh
Actsea Cnmcifuga, Linn ) Used in medicine
Ore , Wash — C jai>6mca, Spreng 3 ft high
Ivs very large FS 22 2*63 (as Pithyroaperma
accnnum) -C palmAta, Michx =-=Trautvettena
carohnensis, \ail K Q DAVIS.
CINCHONA (from ihe Countess Chin-
chon, \\ife of a Spanish Viceroy of Pem,
962. Flowers of chicory.— Clcho- who was cured of fever m 1638 by the
rium Intybus ( x h) A familiar use of Peruvian bark) Kubidcese Plants
weed along roadsides m the east- widely know n as yielding a remedy, in
•rn part of the country. the bark, for malaria
770
CINCHONA
CINCHONA
Some of the species are lofty trees, others are mere
shrubs. They grow isolated in various districts of the
Andes, at elevations ranging from 2,300-9,000 ft , and
between 22° south and 10° north latitude. Lvs oppo-
site, with deciduous stipules, fls. much frequented
by humming-birds, fragrant, white and pink in color,
growing in terminal panicles; calyx small, 5-toothed,
and persistent; corolla has a long tube with 5 short
spreading valvate lobes, hairy at the margins, sta-
mens 5, included m the corolla; ovary 2-ccllcd, with
very numerous ovules inserted on linear axile placentae:
caps opening septicidally from the base upwards; seeds
small, numerous, flat and surrounded with a wing —
There are 30-40 confused species Specimens are some-
times seen in collections of economic plants, but they
are not horticultural subjects.
From the pharmacopoeial point of view there are
two distinct kinds of cinchona bark: (1) Cinchona,
also called yellow cinchona and calisaya bark, which
is probably the bark obtained from Cinchona Ledger-
wna, Moons, and hybrids of this with other species of
Cinchona The bark secured from these sources is said
to contain 6 to 7 per cent of alkaloids, of which one-
half to two-thirds is quinine. (2) Cinchona rubra, or
red cinchona, which is obtained from Cinchona succir-
ubra, Pavon, or its hybrids In this bark the alkaloid
cmchonidme exists in greater proportion.
The cinchona trees arc considered to yield the maxi-
mum of alkaloids at six to nine years of age. ,jTho bark
of the trunk and roots is removed; the latter is used
mostly in the manufacture of quinine Effort has been
made to adopt the spelling Chinchona, although Lin-
naeus, m founding the genus, used only one h. see
Clements R Markham "A Memoir of the Lady Ana
de Osono, Countess of Chinchon and Vice-Queen of
Peru (AD 1629-39), with a Plea for the Correct
Spelling of the Chinchona Genus," London, 1874
The febrifuge reached Spain a.s early as 1639. Knowl-
edge of it was spiead by the Countess of Chinchon,
hence it was called Countess' powder and Peruvian
bark, and also Jesuits' bark, fiom the knowledge of it
spread by Jesuits The word quinine is derived from
the name by which it was known m Peru, quinaquina,
or "bark of barks " In 1849, trees were sent by the
Jesuits to Algei la, but the experiment was not success-
ful. In 1852-4, Hasskarl successfully introduced living
plants into Java, in 1859, Clements R. Markham was
entrusted by the government of India with the task of
collecting plants and seeds on the Andes, and estab-
lishing them in India In his fascinating book "Peru-
vian Bark a popular account of the introduction of
Chinchona cultivation into British India" (1880),
Markham recounts the difficulties m South America
and his final success Cinchona is now grown commer-
cially m India and also in Jamaica, but most of the
commeicial product is secured from trees grown m
Java, it is also cultivated in New Zealand and Aus-
tralia C Lcdyei lana, Moens (C Calisayo, Wedd , var
Ledqaiana, How), is a small tree with small thick
elliptical Ivs , reddish beneath, and with yellowish
not fragrant iis , and a short caps C sucarubra,
Pav , has large and Hun broad-elliptic Ivs , purple-
red calyx and rose-colored petals, and an elongated
caps (' ojficinahv, Hook f, has oval-lanceolate
acute shining Ivs , and rose-colored s'lky fls It is
sometimes seen (in some of its forms) in collections.
Var Condaminca (C Condaminea, Huinb & Bonpl )
is one of the.^e foims and has been mtro mS Calif,
and said to be easily giown theic. L H. B.
Cultivation of cinchona (By Win Fawcett )
The seedlings rnav be raised either in boxes or in
beds. The boxes should not be more than 3 or 4 inches
deep. Three -quaitn -inch drainage- holes should be
made in the bottom, about b inches apart Whitewash
the boxes or dust them inside with lime Put pieces of
broken flower-pots over the drainage holes, and cover
the bottom with gravel to a depth of 1 inch The soil
should be made up of one-third leaf-mold, one-third
good soil and one-third fine river gravel These should
be thoroughly mixed and passed thiough a J^-mch
sieve Fill the boxes to within ^4 inch of the top, and
slightly water Sow the seed evenly, and sprinkle over
it some of the sifted soil, only just covrimg it The
boxes should bounder shade, shelteied from rain, and
watered every day with a very fine spray from a
watering-can The seedlings will appear in three or
four weeks If the seeds are sown m beds, they require
the protection of a roof sloping south, and' supported
by posts 4 feet 6 inches high on the north, and 3 feet
3 inches on the south side The sides may also have
to be covered in The bicodth of the beds is 3 feet
The roof projects beyond the south posts sufficiently
to keep off direct sunlight, and in the summertime,
at any rate, a narrow north roof must be added at
right angles. If the sheds are built under the shade
of tall trees, the roof is needed only for shelter from
rain
When the seedlings are \Yi to 2 inches high, they
should be transplanted into nursery beds, made up m
the same way as for seeds. In transplanting, use a
wooden peg 4 or 5 inches long, ^inch thick at one
end and tapering to a dull point A seedling is picked up
with the left hand from a bundle brought from the seea-
beds, a hole is made with the peg in the right hand,
big enough to receive the roots without bending or
crushing them The soil is then pressed closely over the
rootlets with the peg Two inches between each plant is
enough room At first the plants should be shaded, bu>
CINCHONA
CINERARIA
771
The florists' cinerarias run in white, and in shades of
blue, pink and purple-red There is promise of yellow-
flowered strains by hybridizing with yellow beriecios or
related plants.
See kenecio for Cineraria acanthifolia, C. candidls-
arandijldra, C. kcwen&w, C 7iana, C. t
There arc full-double forms (see It H
when they arc twice or thrice as high as when trans-
planted the shading may be gradually removed to harden
them for putting out in their permanent positions
The soil and subsoil should be free and open to insure
good drainage; newly cleared forest land on a hillside
is the best for Cinchona trees. In Jamaica. Cimhoiia sima, and C maritinui To the garden or florists' cine-
otfimnalis flourishes best at an elevation of about 5,5(K) raria (C cnientu) belong the hoiticultural names C.
feet, with a mean annual temperature of about 60°
F , ranging from a minimum of 46° to a maximum of 75°
and with a total annual rainfall of 120 to 150 inches
The distance when planted out m their permanent
positions is 3 by 3 feet, and as soon as they begin to
interfere with each other's growth they should be
thinned out just sufficiently at first to prevent this
The baik of those cut down may be worth stripping if
the price of bark is high
Several methods have been used in taking the bark
from the trees In South America, the tree is uprooted,
and the whole of the baik may be taken from both root
and stem A second plan, is used if shoots spring from
the root; the trunk is cut through above the ground,
the baik stripped, and the stump left to coppice, one
or two of the bhoots being allowed to grow The third
method is to make the same tree yield bark in succes-
sive seasons, foi this purpose longitudinal layers of the
bark are removed fiorn the trunk, and the exposed
surface is sometimes covered with moss, the bark
renews itself, and the "renewed bark" is as iirh (or
richer) m alkaloids as the oiigmal In this wav, by
taking successive strips of baik m different years, the
tree \ields a continuous supply of bark L. j{ ]} +
CINERARIA (ath-rolarfd, from the Latin, referring
to the gray foliage) Comp6Mt# Herbs or under-
shrubs, closelv allied to Senecio, from which they are
separated chiefly by technical
ch.u, ict ers of the achene. The
genus is variously understood by
different authors As limited by
Bent ham & Hooker, and also by
Kngler <t Piantl, it comprises
about 25 South African specie**,
and the common gat den Cineraria
becomes a Senecio OS' crucntut>,
DC ) The genus Cineraria differs
fiom Senecio in having a cone-
like rather than branched style,
and a usually flattened
>r manv-angled rather
than terete achene, the
species are herbs or sub-
shrubs with
yell o w fl -
heads
The cine-
raria of t he
florists (Fig
964) is now
.Tiuch modified by culti-
vation There are two
views of its origin, one
holding that it is a
direct development of
C ciufiitn, Mass (Pmm/hs cru-
enta, Webb <fc Berth ), B M 406;
the other that it is a hybrid, into
which C. cructda, (1 Hcritieri, C.
popuhfoha. and perhaps others, have
probably mended These are all
natives of the Canary Islands. For
important literature respecting the
origin of the garden cineraiia, see
Natme, 51.461, 605, 52.3, 29, 54,
78, 103, 128, 55 341 GC III.
3.654, 657; 17 '588, 655,742, 18' o$4. Small plant of the florists' cineraria —
89, 186, 29 297 Botanically Senecio cruentus.
ta, and others,
(see It H 1874,i» i7, 1<M86,
41. FS 222347-8 III. 32556)— C Jlau'wns,
Hort , is a garden hybnd bet \veen Cineraria "Felt ham
Beauty " and tfcnctio mu u ulfili W/HMS (J C 111 45,322
On 73 252 It is a compact glower, oiigmating with
James Veitch & Sons, giving pi on use of a new strain
of winter -blooming plants fU cieamy yellow, the
jounger blooms almost eanarv yellow. If peculiarly
constricted at the middle ami mur h enlarged at the
top — C. hybridu, Hoit., is a hybnd between Senecio
cruentus and 8. tuasilaginw, witfc white fls. having pale
blue tips on the rays and purplish centeis G M 55*
337 — C btellata, Hort , now a popular rare of florists'
cineraria, has open spieady panicles of star-like single
fls. Fig 965. Most excellent.
The true yellow-fid South African cinei arias seem
not to be in cultivation, although C pftiUntlna, Hook
f , has been recorded in horticultural literature within
recent years slender and climbing, with lax paniculate
inflorescence, pale red flower-stems and hve golden
yellows lays in each head. B M 7799. Elegant
giccnhouse climber. L u. J3>
Culture of the florists' cineraria.
The single hybrid cinerarias are among the most use-
ful and beautiful of all greenhouse flowering plants.
The ease with which they
can be raided, the little heat
required, together with their
free-blooming qualities,
brilliant ana vanous-
coloied flowers, which last
for a considerable tune m
blossom, make them popu-
lar with most people pos-
ses^mg even only a small
greenhouse Though they
aie herbaceous in character
and may be propagated by
cuttings or division of the
roots, the single varieties
are best treated as annuals,
raising t h e m
from seed each
year and throw-
ing away the
plants after
flow enng Al-
though one may
save one's own
seed, the cine-
rarias, like most
hybrids, will de-
teriorate both
in size and
quality of the
flower after one
or two generations unless
they are crossed; there-
fore, unless one cares
to cross one's own plants,
it is best to purchase
fresh seed from some
lehable firm that secures
its stock from hybrid-
ists. For florists use,
or when a succession of
772
CINERARIA
CINNA
these flowers is required, two sowings of seed should
be made — the first about the middle of August, and
the second a month later. The seed should be sown in
pans or shallow boxes 1 foot square, these should be
well drained, and the soil should consist of one part
fine loam, one part leaf-mold, and one part clean sharp
silver sand. The surface should be made very fine
name of C. stdlata They are very free flowering, and
as pot plants are more decorative than the large-flow-
ered types, they meet the present demand for simplicity.
In color they have the same range as the ordinary flor-
ists' cineranas, and there are cactus-flowered strains,
with narrow rolled petals The star cinerarias require
the same handling and treatment as the others.
and pressed down evenly The seed bhould then be Double-flowered varieties of cmeraiia are not corn-
sown evenly and rather thinly, and covered with sand monly grown, neither are they so beautiful as the single
_i -L Ai _i n i. _r _•_ .„„!. 'PU. 11 ... ., <- varieties. They may bo propagated by seed or by cut-
tings, the latter being the best method, as a large per-
centage of seedlings are sure to turn out single, which
will be inferior m size of flower as compared with the
best single varieties Double-floweiing varieties must
about the eighth part of an inch. This will m a great
measure prevent the seedlings from what gardeners
term "damping off," which they are very apt to do if
the atmospheric conditions become at all stagnant.
The seed-pans or boxes should be carefully watered
with a fine rose and then placed m some cool shaded
place, such as a
frame placed on
sifted coal-ashes on
the north side of a
wall or building,
where they will ger-
minate in about a
week or ten days. As
soon as large enough
to handle conve-
niently, the seedlings
should be potted
into thumb-pots and
grown on as rapidly
as possible, shifting
on into larger size
pots as often as re-
quired, never allow-
ing them to become
the least pot-bound,
or suffer in any way
during the season of
growth. The soil
should consist of half
leaf-mold and half
fino fibrous loam,
with a good sprink-
ling of silver sand,
until the final shift
into their flowering
pots, when the soil
should be three parts
fibrous loam and one
part well - decayed
cow-manure or pul-
verized sheep- ma-
nure. About the first
of October the plants
should all be removed
to the greenhouse,
where the atmos-
phere should be kept
cool and moist, but
not stagnant If a rainy spell should set in, a little
artificial heat should be given to cause a circulation of
the atmosphere, and as autumn advances the tempera-
ture should be kept about 45° at night, with a rise of
10° by day. Liquid stimulants should not be given
until the flower-buds begin to appear, when they are
greatly benefited by an occasional watering of clear
liquid cow- or sheep-manure. The plants should be well
in bloom after the holidays.
If bloom is wanted in late fall or early winter, seed
may be sown in May, keep the plants growing all
summer, but do not let them bloom till they are estab-
lished in 5- or 6-mch pots
The Star cineraria (Fig 965), now popular, is an
open grower, 2 feet, not having the large solro masses
of flower-heads of tlie older larger-flowered kinds. The
blooms are single and mostly smaller, and the rays are
separated as in a wild aster. These plants go under the
965. Stellata, a popular form of cineraria.
be propagated each year to s-ecuie the best results As
toon as the plants
have finished blos-
soming, the flower
stalks should be cut
away to induce the
plants to make fresh
growth, which, as
soon as large enough
for cuttingM, should
be taken off and in-
sorted in an oidmary
propagating bed,
whole they will soon
root, aft 01 which they
should be potted and
shifted on as often
as required, growing
them during the hot-
tost months in as cool
and shaded a position
as can be provided
C i n o r a 1 1 a s are
very subject to the
attacks of greenfly
To keep those in
chock, the house in
which they aro grown
should be fumigated
with tobacco about
once in ton dajs, or
tobacco stems placed
among the plants if
fumigating is objec-
tionable, or the cyan-
ide treatment used
Hoe Diseases and
Inuttt*
Of thedifTorent spe-
cies of Cineraria from
southern Europe
(properly Senocios),
C tnanlitna is per-
haps the bost It is of
dwarf habit, with tomentose, silvery, pinnatifid loavos,
and is a most useful subject for edging flowor-beda
It is not hardy in the North, consequently must be
treated as an annual, sowing the seeds early in March
m the greenhouse, afterward treating it as an ordinary
summer bedding plant. The other spocios from south
and eastern Europe do not prove hardy North, and if
grown should bo treated as tender annuals, planting
them in the herbaceous borders for the summer. The
species from the Cape of Good Hope require greenhouse
treatment, the culture being the same as for the com-
mon cineraria, although, from an ornamental point of
view, most of them would hardly pay for the room they
would occupy. EDWARD J. CANNING.
CfNNA (old Greek name for a kind of grass).
Gramlneie. Tall perennials with flat leaf-blades.
Spikelets 1-fld., numerous, m nodding panicles, the
XXVII. Coconut in flower and fruit. Southern Florida.
CINNA
CIRRILEA
773
rachiila prolonged; lemma short-awned below the
apex. There are two species, C. arundinacea, Linn.,
with contracted panicle, the spikelets 2^2 lines long,
(Dept. Agric , Div Agrost 7 . 140 , 20 . 79) and C. latif dlia,
Griseb (C. pcndula, Trm ), with open panicle, the
spikelets 2 lines long. Both species are native in cooler
parts of N. Arner. A. S. HITCHCOCK.
CINNAMOMUM (the ancient Creek name) Laura-
cese Evergreen trees and shrubs of Asia and Australia,
with aromatic leaves and wood, of which a few are cul-
tivated in the extreme southern United States
Leaves usually thick, mostly opposite, strongly
3-nerved or pinnate-nerved buds not scaly (exception
in C C amphora) fls usually perfect, with 9 (or loss)
perfect stamens in 3 unlike rows ana a row of imper-
fect ones, perianth short-tubed, scgms 6 and nearly
equal fr a small 1 -seeded berry, in the cup-like
perianth.— Upward of 50 species, among which are
plants yielding cinnamon (Yr zu/lanicum), camphor
(C ('amphora), cassia-bark (C Cassia), arid other
aromatic and medicinal products Various species may
be expected in collections of economic plants, but
most of them are not strictly horticultural subjects.
It is not known whether some of the species in cult in
this country are passing under the proper names; pos-
sibly (' Tamn la, Fr Nees, widely distributed in the Far
East, may be confused in our ( ultures.
The genus Cmriamomum embraces tropical and
semi-tropical shrubs and trees, which are mostly of
economic value, and in one or more cases are valuable
shade trees for lawn and street planting The leaves
are evergreen, usually of a rich shining green, and in ('.
(Jarnphora have a silvery blue color on the under sur-
faces (' ('amphora, the camphor tree, is hardy in the
lower (Uilf states, and is now being extensively planted,
both for shade and extraction of gurn (' Ca.ss?a is not
quite so hardy, but withstands a temperature of 20°
F without injury, and has been planted in Honda for
manufacture of its various products,— oil, gum, buds
and cinnamon bark (1 zeylamtum, is likely to be
extensively grown in Mexico and the West Indies —
The various species are usually propagated b> seeds,
which are sown as soon as ripe in a shaded bed, the
seedlings being transplanted when very small into pots
and kept thus growing until permanent planting out
The species, without exception, are very difficult to
transplant from the open ground, and hence pot-
grown plants are almost a necessity. Cuttings of half-
ripeneu wood of some species may be rooted in the
spring in moderate heat, following the usual method of
preparation, and planting in coarse sand The soil best
suited to cinnarnomums in general, and C. Camphora
in particular, is sandy loam, although a heavy loam,
when well prepared, answers fairly well The sandy
soil of Florida, when moderately manured, suits all
species so far tried admirably. (E N Reasoner )
Camphdra, Nces & Eberm (Camphora officinarurn,
Nees Laiirus Camphora, Linn ) CAMPHOR TREE
Stout tree with enlarged base, to 10 ft * Ivs. alternate,
ovate-elliptic, acuminate, not large or very thick, pink-
ish on the young growths, with a pair or more of strong
side veins buds scal> fls small, yellow, in axillary
panicles, perianth membranaceous fr a drupe the size
of a large pea China, Japan B M 2658. — A handsome
dense-topped tree when young, becoming bare below
with age; withstands some frost The young growth is
very attractive It is hardy in central peninsular Fla ,
where it thrives well if attention is given to fertilizing
and cultivating; it does not thrive in wet soils. Cam-
phor is a common roadside planting in S. Calif. Com-
merical camphor is extracted from the wood.
zeylanicum, Nees. CINNAMON TREE. Small tree
(20-30 ft ) . Iv8 very stiff. 4-7 in long, ovate to lance-
ovate, glossy, 3-5-nerved, obtuse or somewhat acute,
reticulate on under side: fls. small (J^m. long), yellow-
white, in loose somewhat silky clusters, which often
exceed the Ivs.: fr. %m long, dry, pointed India,
Malaya, and widely dispersed in tropical countries as
a cult, plant. B.M 2028 L.B.C. 1:91.— -Variable; and
many forms have been described.
Cassia, Blume. CASSIA-BARK TREE. Handsome
tree* Ivs stiff, 3-6 in long, oblong to nearly lanceolate,
long-acuminate, glossy, 3-nbbed; petiole slender' fls.
very small, in terminal or axillary silky-tomentose
Cicles 3-6 in long fr size of a pea. China — Young
nehoB somewhat 4-angled Hardy and successful in
central peninsular Fla (Nehrlmg), thriving best in
moist and rich land, and making specially fine specimens
near residences where now and then it receives applica-
tions of fertilizer and water
pedunculatum, Presl Glabrous tree: Ivs. thick,
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, 3-nerved, glossy above;
petiole to %m long, blade 2-5 IT long and somewhat
glaucous or areolate beneath* fte very small (Min °r
leKs long), in axillary corymbs that about equal the
Ivh , peiianth glabrous outside and whitish-puoerulent
inside, the lobes oval-obtuse: berry globose-ovoid,
i^in. long Japan — This species is said to have been
intro at Los Angeles some 35 years ago, where a hand-
some tree still exists, seedlings of which are to be found
in other parts of S Calif In central penmular Fla , this
species and C Louncni are hardy and attractive, thriv-
ing particularly well in rich and rather moist land.
Loureirii, Nees CASSI \-FLOWER TREE. Middle-
sized tree, glabrous Ivs opposite or alternate; rigid,
elliptic or oblong, attenuate-acuminate; petiole to
} 2in long, the blades .3-5 in long fls very small (there
is a variegated-lvd form) China, Japan — Perhaps a
form of the last, with nerves on upper side of M. less
prominent or sunken, and other minor differences.
L. H. B.
CINNAMON FERN: Osmunda.
CINNAMON VINE: Dioaeoreo.
CINQUEFOIL: PotenhUa.
CIPURA (origin of name unexplained). Imdaceae.
Four Trop American bulbous plants, rarely grown
under glass Allied to Xemastylis' fls with 6 parts or
petals, the inner 3 being much smaller, white or light
blue, borne in terminal heads, short-tubed. The
only species likely to be in cult is C, paludot,a, Aubl ,
with white fls and radical linear-lanceolate Ivs ; bulb
conical-globose BM 046 (as Afartca) . Prop by seeds
and offsets; to be kept on the dry side through winter.
CIRO&A (Circe, the enchantress). Onagraceae.
ENCHANTER'S NIGHTSHADE Six or seven herbs of low
or moist woods in North America and other temperate
and cold regions of the northern hemisphere, two of
which have been offered for growing in shady places and
about garden bogs
Perennials, small and soft- Ivs. opposite and stalked:
fls perfect, small, and white, in terminal and lateral
racemes, calyx-tube hairy, prolonged beyond the ovary,
2-lobed, petals 2, notched: fr a small, bristly bur.
They are interesting little plants, but not showy. Of
easy cult, m shady, damp spots.
Lutetiana, Linn. Erect and branching, 1-3 ft , the
st swollen at the nodes: Ivs. ovate-acuminate, more or
less rounded at the base, somewhat toothed: pedicels
slender, reflexed in fr.: fr. 2-celled, bristly. Woods, E.
pacifica, Aschers <fe Mag. From 6-12 in , from a little
tuner; smaller than the above, Ivs. less acuminate, fls.
smaller, fr. 1-celled and less bristly. Wyo , west
L. H B.
CIRRH£)A (from Cirrhus, a tendril) Orchidticese.
About a half-dozen Brazilian orchids, of no special im-
portance, one of which, C. mruhpurpurea, Lmdl., is
sparingly offered abroad, and two or three others of
774
CIRRH^A
CIRSIUM
whKh are mentioned in horticultural literature Allied
to Gongora; cultured as for Cymbidmm; warmhouse.
Fls mostly greenish and red (or purple), on long pendu-
lous racemes that arise from base of the pseudobuibs.
CIRRHOP^TALUM (tcndnl petal, alluding to the
narrow lateral sepals). Orchidacex Epiphytes, grown
in baskets or on blocks in a warmhouse.
Fseudobulbs from a creeping st : dorsal sepal free;
lateral sepals much longer than the dorsal, cohering
excepting at the base; petals much shorter, often
ciliate; lip entire, usually recurved; column short,
2-wmged at the apex; pollima 4 — About 90 species
in Trop. Asia, Mascarene Lsls , and Australia.
Being of rambling habit, with creeping rhizomes, cir-
rhopetalums should be grown in baskets sufficiently
large to afford plenty of growing suifaoe, and suspended
from the roof where they will get abundant light and
free access of air to the roots, which is equally essential.
Liberal allowance must be made for drainage, which
should consist of either broken potbherds or charcoal,
the latter being preferable, as it is light, durable and
contains nothing detrimental. Two-thirds osmimdme,
or other clean fiber, and one-third chopped live bphag-
num moss, well mixed 'together, afford a good compost,
and after this has been carefully tucked in about the
roots and interstices, the plant should be held firm
with brass or copper wire until reestablished The
compost should be used rather sparingly to prevent
over-watering. Many of the smaller-growing species
do very well on orchid blocks, firmly attached, with a
small quantity of compost beneath them During the
winter months, little or no shade is required The
temperature may range from 58° to 65° F by night,
with about 10° rise through the day, or even a little
more, with sun-heat, will do no injury. No artificial
heat is necessary in summer, except in extreme cold
or wet weather, but a shaded moist location should be
chosen, such as is afforded m the cattlcya or palm
department. When the plants are dormant, light
syringing overhead will keep the compost moist and
the plants in healthy condition, but as the growing
season advances, a liberal quantity of water and copious
syringing in bright weather will be necessary. The .stock
is increased by division, the most judicious method
being to cut nearly through the rhizome with a sharp
knife, about three pseudobulbs behind the lead, just
before growth action, allowing the part to remain
until the dormant eyes start to grow, when it may be
removed and treated as an established plant. A little
extra heat and moisture at this period will prove bene-
ficial with the weak plants. All are of moderately easy
culture. (Robert M. Grey )
Medusae, Lindl Pseudobulbs ovoid, ribbed: Ivs.
6-8 m long, oblong-elliptic scapes with .large sheath-
ing bracts; umbel many-fld ;fls creamy, yellow-spotted;
dorsal sepal lanceolate; lateral sepals with long pendent
tails, 4-5 in. long; petals and lip minute Singapore.
B.R. 28:12. B.M. 4977. I.H 39.154. GC III 21 25.
picturatum, Lindl Pseudobulbs ovoid, about 2 in.
long, angled' Ivs 3-5 in. long, hnear-oblong scape with
sheaths pale yellowish-green, red-speckled; umbel
10-15-fld , sepals and petals green, the dorsal sepal
erect, obtuse, red-spotted, with a thread-like purple-
knobbed summit, the lateral sepals linear; petals small,
rounded, curved; lip blood-red, obtuse. India. B.M.
6802.
C Andersons, Kurz. Dwarf habit* fls in umbels. lateral sepals
whitish, with fine rose dots, dorsal sepal marked with purple
lines Sikkim. — C appendiculAtum, Kolfe. Dorsal sepals and
petals pale yellow, hp rosy purple E. Indies — C btfldrum, J J.
Smith Sepals purple-spotted, the dorsal elliptic, about ll/i in.
long, including the seta, the lateral sepals linear-lanceolate, 3-3 1A
m long Java B M 8321 — C bremscApum, Rolfe Dorealfrepal
oblong-lanceolate, about %in long, dull purple, the lateral sepals
yellow, spotted red-brown, about 1 in long, the lip rose-purple,
broadly cordate, ovate-cuneate, hairy at base. Perak B.M 8033
— C. ca-ud&tum, King A Pantl. Dwarf species dorsal sepals short;
lateral sepals tail-like, about as long as scape Himalayas — C,
chintnae, Lindl Fls pale fawn-color, the dorsal sepal hooded,
crimson-spotted, the lateral sepals hnoar-lanceolate, the hp crim-
son-spotted China B R 29 49 — C chrtfseum, Kranzl Scape
filiform, 1-fld , DH yellow Philippines — C Cumtngii, Lindl
Umbel 9-12-fld , fls purple, the dorsal sepal glandular-ciliate, the
lateral sepals I in long, hnear-oblong , lip with 2 erect processes
Philippines B M 4996 — C Hobken , Dutlue Fls 1 in.
long, yellow, the dorsal sepal about Jim long, obtuse, purple-
streaked, the lateral linear-lanceolate, acuminate Himalayas
BM 7809— C lepidum (Bulbophyllum lepidum, J J Smith)
Dorsal sepal, erect, cihate, J^in long, brownish yellow, lateral
sepals united, spreading, bright brownish yellow, somewhat red-
flushed, at base, the upper portion pale yellow, marbled with
brown-red, about 1 in long, petals >i;in long, ciliate Java —
C lonolisimum, Riddell. Fls whitish, rosy-streaked, the
dorsal sepal lanceolate, ^-?4in long, the lateral sepals linear,
8-12 in long, with slender tails, petals falcate, eiliate Siam
BM8366— (' MicholUzii, Rolfe Umbels 8-12 -fld, lateral
sepals deep yellow, dorsal sepal and petals blotched with
dark purple on a pale ground \nnain — C minirltum, Rolfe
FH \ ermihoii-eolored -with hairs of dorsal sepal and petals
yellow, lateral sepals caudate, almost thread-like Annum — -C
papilMsum, Rolfe Umbels usually G-fld , dorsal sepals and petals
lined with dark purple on a pale ground, lateral sepals spe<kled
with red-brown Siam —C pulehrvm, N K Br I H 33 b<)8
OR 17 328 \F 6 609— r rctusiusculum, Reiohb f Ms
^4in length, upper sepals dark purple, lower coherent, yellow,
marked with dark red China --(' Ji6xhurghn, Liiidl Small, with
ovate reddish green l\s and almost globose umbels of cream-white
fls tinged with rose or purple India A pretty dwarf species — •
C Tfonwiriu, Lindl Umbel of 10-12 H« , sepals and petals tawny
yellow, the dorsal ovate, cuspidate, with purple warts, the lateral
lanceolate, auite, stained claret, petals small, o\dte-lanceolate,
palo yellow, purple-spotted, with a thread-like tall at apex, hp
oblong Madagascar. Java, Philippines, Society Ms B R 24 11.
B.M. 4237 -('. nntn«~G chine** GKORGE V. NASH
CfRSIUM (old Greek name, referring to the use of
the plant m an ailment) Comp6>,it<e THISTLE
Prickly-leaved plants (largely biennial) of bold habit
and showy purple, pinkish, whito or even yellowish
heads, sometimes planted in wild gardens
The thistles are botamcally confused By some
authors, Cirsium is combined with Carduus, but others
keep it distinct because of the plumose or feathery
pappus (which is most constant on the inner florets),
and this disposition is here accepted The cirsmms are
herbs or subshrubs, more or less spiny Ivs alternate,
set-sile, often pmnatifid fl -heads large, mostly terminal,
involucre ovoid or spherical, with many rows of
imbricated often hpiny-tipped scales, many-fld , florets
all tubular and alike (seldom more or less dioecious)
— More than 120 species of annuals, biennials or peren-
nials, widely spread m the northern hemisphere
Other generic names
partaking in the con-
fused usage are Car-
bema, now a synonym
of Cnicus, ChamiB-
pcuce, now a section
of Cirsium; and Cnicus
(which see), a genus of
one species, distin-
guished by sterile mar-
ginal florets, pappus of
ten long bristles and
equal numbers of
shorter ones and of
horny teeth, and achene
attached obliquely near
the base rather than
squarely on the base
A number of the this-
tles are field and pas-
ture weeds. The most
penicious of these
weeds is the Canada
thistle, C arvensc, Scop.
(Carduus arvensis,
Robs ), Fig 795 The
common bull thistle or
pasture thistle (Fig.
966) is a stately bien-
nial, and very deoora-
966. Head of pasture or
bull thistle. (XH)
CIRSIUM
CISSUS
775
tive. It is C. lanceolatum, Hill (Carduus lanceolatus,
Linn.). Both those species are introduced from Eu., as
well as two or three others of lesser distribution in this
country. There are a number of showy native species,
one of which, C mulicurn, Michx., (Carduus muticus,
Pers.) is shown in P'ig.
967 This purple-fid.
species occurs in low
grounds from Newfound-
land to W Va
A few species of Cir-
sium (as the genus is
here defined) may be
expected to occur in cult.
C oleraceutn, Scop ,
(Carduus olerdctus.Vil} ),
of Eu , has very decora-
tive foliage, and thrives
in the moister parts of a
garden; the fls are not
very handsome, whitish
or yellowish, 3 ft The
Chamffpeuces are some-
times grown for
the large prickly
spreading rosettes
oflvs that are pro-
duced thefirst year,
the bloom appearing the
second year They com-
bine well with plantings
made for subtropical
effect- C Cawbonx, DC
CfSSUS (Greek name of ivy). Vitacex. Mostly
tendril-climbing shrubs, a few of which are grown in
the open, and others under glass for the handsome often
colored lolu
967 Cirsium muticum (X1A)
(Chamsppfucf Casabony,
DC Carduus Casaborwe,
Linn ), has Ivs deep
green veined white, spiny, the fl -heads pale purple; C
Diacantha, DC (Chanurpeuce Diacantha, DC Carduus
Diacantha, Labill ), has thick Ivs shining green with
silvery lines, \vhite beneath, Imear-lanceoarte, the prin-
cipal nerve or rib terminated by a single spine and the
lateral nerves usually 2-spined, and dense clusters of
purple heads, C afrurn, DC (Chainsppcuce afra, DC
Carduus afer, Jacq ), has dark green blotched white
linear-lanceolate Ivs tornentose beneath, and large
bright purple heads, C Sprcngtn, Hort , 'a garden
hybrid, perennial, with dark green white-veined spiny
Ivs. and white fragrant heads, C tauncum, Hort, is
probably C Diacantha L H B
CISSAMPELOS (Greek for ivy and vine) Memsper-
macejp Mostly twining plants, shrubs and herbs,
one of which is cultivated far south
Leaves various, mostly cordate or remform, often
peltate, alternate . fls in axillary racemes or clusters, the
plant dioecious, sterile fls with 4 sepals and 4 petals
united, the anthers 2-5 on a st animal column or disk,
fertile fls with 2 united fleshy sepals, subtended by a
sepal-like bract, and solitary ovary, with 3 st>les fr
a subglobose drupe, with a flattened and tuberculate
stone Many species or distinct forms in tropical
regions, but many of them are evidently forms of the
widely distributed C. Pareira, Linn This plant, as C.
heterophylla, DC , and under other names, is cult in
S Fla and the tropics. It is known as VELVET-LEAF
and FALSE PAREIRA It is an exceedingly variable
vine, with downy round-cordate or peltate entire or
lobed Ivs . the very small sterile fls in stalked corymbs
and the fertile in large-bracted clusters, and a hairy
or glabrate nearly globular red drupe It occurs in all
tropical countries. "Pareira brava" of the pharmaco-
po?as is derived from the root of the related perennial
climber, Chondrodendron tomentoMim, of Peru and Brazil.
Whether the genus Cissampelos contains 20 or 70 spe-
cies depends mostly on the rank given to the many forms
of the cosmopolitan C. Parnra L H B
Very like Vitis (with which some authors unite it):
at best a mixed group botamcally, and capable of good
definition only when certain groups or subdivisions are
removed from it For the characters of related genera,
see Ampelopsis, ParlhtnociM>u8, Vtfis As constituted
by Gilg in Engler & Prantl's "Pflanzenfamihen," the
genus includes Cayratia but which might well be kept
istinct. This bubgenus, of which two or three interest-
ing species from China and Japan are m cult., differs
from Cisbus proper in the always compound Ivs., which
are usually pedate, the axillary mfl , the thin or even
membranous disk, the 2-4-seeded fr , and the plants
mostly herbaceous Excluding Cayratia, Cissus is
known by usually simple Ivs , 1 -seeded fr , and the disk
being deeply 4-lobed or bepar$t"d into 4 gland-like
bodies. From Ampelopsis, as that genus is character-
ized in this work, Cissus differs in the 4-merous fls.,
often herbaceous, and flebhy st , the 1-seeded rather
than 2-4-seeded fr and m the disk not being cup-like
and not irregularly lobed From Vitis, it differs in its
4-merous fls , its expanding petals (the corolla not fall-
ing off as a cap), the 4-parted disk, its 1-seeded mostly
dry and inedible fr , and other characters Cissus com-
prises probably 200 species, widely dispersed in tropi-
cal regions and a few of them reaching extra-tropical
areas (as in the southern U S ) mostly climbers by
means of tendrils without enlarged or disk-like ends,
rarely erect shrubs* or even perennial herbs, sometimes
with greatly thickened sts either under ground or
above' Ivs alternate, simple or compound, with tendril
(if present) opposite or at same node fls usually per-
fect, m mostly umbel-like cymes that are terminal or
axillary, parts of the fl m 4's, the petals at length
spreading and falling separately, disk around the ovary
4-parted or -separated, stvle long and mostly slender
rather than conical' fr typically a dryish 1-seeded
berry (2-4-seeded m Cayratia)
In cultivation there are very few species of Cissus,
and these are mostly the tendiil-chmbmg Vitis-hke
species grown under glass for the handsome fpha^e
The best known is C discolor, although other species
are likely to become widespread and popular m green-
houses The fleshy-stemmed erect species arc some-
times grown in botanical collections for the cactus-like
forms and for illustrations m adaptive morphology.
The species are readily propagated by cuttings
acida, 4
adenopodus, 3
anUrctica, 9
argtntea, 10
fiaudiniana, 9
discolor, 8
INDEX.
gdngylodcs, 6
incisa, 5
japomca, I.
mollis, 8
oligocarpa, 2.
A St herbaceous.
ovatu, 10
Rochrana, 5
sicyoidea, 10
striata, 7
velutmus, 8.
1 japdnica, Willd (Cayratia japdnica, Gagnep ).
Herbaceous, glabrous or minutely puberulent, the
branches stnate, climbing by tendrils Ivs pedately
5-foholate, long-stalked, the Ifts lanceolate or obovate-
oblong, serrate fls in a long-peduncled 2-3-foikmg
cyme, greenish; petals ovate-triangular, blunt, berry
size of a small pea, 2-4-seeded, the seeds 3-angled-
ovate, keeled. Japan, Java, Austral — Appears to be
root-hardy N., when covered.
2. oligocarpa (VUis ohgocdrpa. Lev. & Van Cayratia,
ohgocdrpa, Gagnep.) Differs from the above in the
acuminate and more sharply and closely serrate Ifts.,
which are puberulous when young: anthers orbicular.
China — Very recently mtro.
3. adendpodus. Sprague Herbaceous, climbing
by tendrils, slender, terete root tuberous Ivs red and
decorative, 3-foholate, petioled, 3-f> m long, hairy,
776
CISSUS
CISTUS
Ifts. stalked, ovate, abruptly acuminate, coarsely
serrate, green with sunken nerves above and red with
prominent nerves beneath1 fls light yellow, m a loose
panicle or cluster about 4 in long, the pedicels recurved
after flowering, petals oblong, much reflexed (about
Km. long) berry globose, %in diam , dark purplish
black. Trop. Afr. (Uganda). BM.8278— A quick-
growing plant requiring warmhouse conditions Readily
prop by cuttings or seeds, and of very easy cult.
Thrives well in sunlight. A recent
intro.
AA. St not herbaceous at maturity,
although perhaps fleshy.
B Lvs. fleshy, 3-lobed or 3-foholate.
4. acida, Linn Low glabrous climber,
with slender and striate somewhat
fleshy branches and long stout tendrils:
Ivs rigid, petiolate; Ifts or If -divisions
rather small, broad-cuneate and sharply
toothed near the apex fls small, in
corymb-like or umbel like clusters' fr.
an ovoiu and abruptly pointed dark
purple berry, with 1 or 2 large seeds,
the pedicel being recurved at maturity
S Fla , and Trop Amer. ; also, in Ariz
and S. — Sometimes planted.
5 incisa, Desm (C Rocheana,
Planch ) Climbing 20-30 ft , the sts
warty and very fleshy and the tendrils
root -like Ivs pale green, very fleshy:
Ifts. or divisions wedge-ovate, notched
on both bides and top, the middle one
sometimes again lobed and the lateral
ones 2-lobed fls m umbel-like mostly
3-forkmg cymes opposite the Ivs • fr.
an obovoid blackish berry, with 1 or 2
seeds, the pedicel being strongly re-
curved Fla , U> Ark and Texas R II.
1884, pp 272-3 —Often planted in the
extreme S. Sometimes called "marine
ivy."
BB Lvs. not fleshy
c. The Ivs 3-5-fohate.
6 gongylddes, Planch (Vltis gongy-
lodes and V. ptcrdphora, Baker) Vigor-
ous tendril-climber with 4-angled
branches, desirable for large green-
houses where tropical effects are de-
sired, sending down long bright red
aerial roots Ivs large, stalked, 3-folio-
late; Ifts. rhomboid or the middle one
often 3-lobed, the lateral ones some-
times lobed on the outside at the base, hairy on
margin and nerves • fls red-brown, in pedunculate cymes
opposite the Ivs. : a tuber (reaching 5-6 in. long) is borne
at the end of each branch when the season's growth has
ceased, and this drops and produces new plants Brazil.
BM. 6803. Gt 37 1273 R H. 1908.203.
7. striata, Ruiz & Pav (Ampeldpsis semp6rviren$,
Hort.) Low, shrubby evergreen vme? tendril-climbing,
the branches striate and usually lightly hairy: Ivs.
small, 3-5-foholate, with euneate-obovate or lanceo-
late coriaceous Ifts , serrate above the middle, fls.
yellowish, in many-fld pedunculate cymes opposite the
Ivs • fr depressed-globose, size of small pea, often 2-
celled and 2-4-seeded Chile, S. Brazil.— Graceful small
climber for the cool greenhouse; robust in S. Calif.
cc The Ivs. not compound although perhaps lobed.
8. discolor, Blume. Fig 968 Tendril-climber,
smooth, but not glaucous, the branches slender ana
with 4 or 5 ribs or angles, red: Ivs. oblong-ovate or
cordate-ovate, acuminate, bristly serrate, reddish be-
neath, velvety green and mottled with silvery whito
above' fls small and yellowish, in dense and very short
axillary peduncled clusters1 fr. globular, 1-seeded Java.
B.M. 4763. Lowe 13. F S. 8.804-5.— One of the best
of warmhouse foliage plants Easily grown Prop, by
cuttings It must have a season of rest, usually in
spimg or eaily summer If wanted for winter growth,
temp must be about 75° It thrives in rich somewhat
moist soil and responds to small applications of fer-
tilizer now and then. The plant is very susceptible to
root - knot. Variable.
Known to some as
"trailing begonia "
Var m61hs, Planch
(C velutinuv, Lmd )
Pubescent or velvety.
Ivs green and boldly
veined with white
above, blood-red
beneath fls intense
bright red, in large
laxer and longer-pe-
duncled cymes Habi-
tat unknown. B M.
5207
9 antSrctica, Vent
Biouss ) KANGAROO
VINE Upright shrub,
but the branches climb-
ing by tenduls, hairy
Ivs rather thick,
glossy, ovate to oblong,
sometimes more or less
cordate, very short-
acuminate, most ly
toothed or notched,
green: fls green, m few-fid , axillary
clusters fr a globular- or few-seeded
berry, said to be edible Austral B M
2488 —Valuable for cool greenhouses,
but does not withstand fiost Grows
well on walls m darkish and neglected
places
10 sicyoldes, Linn Tall, tendril-climbing, pubes-
cent, the branches terete or compressed, tubeicuUtc or
smooth, striate Ivs ovate or oblong, often cordate at
base, margin more or less serrate with bristle-tipped
teeth or even cut, thickish, green: infl. corymb-like,
opposite the Ivs , the fls small, and vai ymg from green-
ish to white and purplish . f r an obovoid, 1 -seeded clack
berry. Very widely distributed m Trop Amer, and
exceedingly variable, and extending into Fla The
C. argentea of horticulturists is var ovata, Baker, which
has glabrous ovate or ovate-oblong remotely serrate
and somewhat glaucous Ivs Called "season vine" in
tropics
It is probable that some of the plants listed as CISHUS belong to
other genera, and some of the trade names are unidentifiable
botanirally — -C dlbo-nitena, Hort Lvs oblong-acuminate, more or
less cordate at base, silvery white and shining over the upper sur-
face Brazil Warmhouse climber — C ammdnim, Lind Lvs
glabrous and glaucous, oval-acuminate and narrower, reddish
beneath and silvery veined above Brazil Warmhouso climber.
— C DavidiAna, Carr , is a Vltis (which see) — C Lindent, Andr6
(I II 17 2), has large ovate-cordate silver-blotched Ivs a gla-
brous climbing shrub, with terete branches Colombia — C por-
phyruphylla, Lmdl ,w a Piper — C. VeUchn, Hort , is Parthenocissua.
L. H. B.
CfSTUS (ancient Greek name). Cistdcex. ROCK
ROSE. Low shrubs grown for their red or white hairy
flowers.
Plants usually with villous and glandular tomentum,
aromatic* Ivs. opposite, mostly persistent, entire, the
opposite petioles connate at the base fls. large, in
terminal and axillary cymes at the end of the branches,
rarely solitary, white to purple; sepals 3 or 5; petals 5.
stamens numerous; style elongated or short with a
CISTUS
CISTUS
777
iarge 5-10-lobed stigma caps many-seeded, splitting
into 5 valves. — About 20 species m the Medit. region
and many natural and garden hybrids. Monograph
by Grosser in P^ngler, Pnanzenreich, hft 14, pp. 10-32
(1903) and an illustrated monograph by R. Sweet,
Cistmeae (182,5-30) quoted below as 8 C
The cistuses are ornamental free-flowering shiubs,
usually only a few feet high, with very showy purple
or white flowers similar to a small single rose, appear-
ing in early summer. They are hardy only in warmer
temperate regions, but many of them will stand 10°
of frost without injury, and C. laurifohus and C. inllosus
var tauncus even more. They thrive best in a well-
drained light soil, mostly preferring limestone soil,
and in a sunny position; the dwaifer species are well
adapted for rockeries with southern aspect They do
not bear transplanting well, and should be grown m
pots until planted out. Some species yield ladanum,
a resin used in perfumery. Propagated by seeds sown in
spring in pans or boxes and the young seedlings shaded;
mci eased also by layers and cuttings in spring or late
summer, inserted in sandy peat under glass In the
Old World, the cistuses are important garden plants,
but they are little known in America
albiduH. *>
curdifuhu*, 11
cretitus, 1
cnapus, 4
Cuptinianus, 11
cyprm«, S
hetorophylluH, 2
INDEX.
tadamfc'rus 7
laurifohiM, 9
maculntus 7
purvifloruH, 0
populifohus, 11
purpurc-us, 3
rotuudifohuH, 1.
salvifolms, 10.
tauruus, 1.
undulatus, 1.
villosus, 1.
A Color of fls purple or red.
B. Fls ll/z-2 in. wide, petals imbricate.
C. Liw penmnerved, S-nerved only at the base.
D. Petals without a dark blotch at the base.
\ villdsus, Linn (C mcanus, Linn ) Erect shrub,
3-4 ft , villous or tomentose Ivs penmnerved, round-
ish-ovate or oblong, narrowed into a veiy short petiole,
rugose above and grayish green, tomentose or villous
beneath, 1-2 in long fls 1-3, long-peduncled, reddish
|)iirple, 2 in wide, petals light pink, or \ello\vish at the
)ase May, Juno Medit region B M 4.3 S C 35 Gn
27, p .571 — A very variable species Var cr6t»cus,
Boiss Lvs smaller, more sjutuuite at the base, very
rugose, undulate at the margin fls pin pie S E Eu ,
Asia Minor Sibthorp, Fl Gnmi 5 195 SC 112 (hi
27, p 571 , 33, p 490
Var rotundifdlius, Loud Dwarfer, with more lound-
ish Ivs S C 75 Garden form Var ta&ncus, Grosser
(C lauriciis, Prcsl) Lvs obovate-spatulate, the
upper ones lanceolate, scarcely undulate, pedicels
twice as long as sepals Asia Minor Var. undulatus,
Dunal Lvs linear-oblong, acute, undulate: fls. soli-
tary S C 63 Garden form
2 heterophyllus, Desf Erect, to 2 ft.: Ivs. short-
petioled, elliptic- or oval-lanceolate, gieen on both
sides and slightly hairy, Yz-\ m long: fls l-.'k 2 in
wide; petals red, yellow at the base. N. Afr S C 0. —
More tender.
»i). Petals unth a dark blotch at the base.
3 purpftreus, Lam (C ladantfcrus x C wZ/o&u*)
Shrub to 4 ft , somewhat glutinous Ivs. nearly sessile,
lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute, rugose above,
slightly undulate and revolute at the margin, 1-2 in.
long: fls. usually 3, lilac-purple, 3 in. across, the petals
yellow at the base and with a maroon blotch. Of gar-
den origin. Gn. 31 '326; 45, p 33; 53, p. 134. BR.
6:408 SC. 17. GC III. 48.118-19 —One of the
most beautiful rock roses.
cc Lvs. S-nerved to the apex.
4. crispus, Linn Compact shrub, to 2 ft., villous: Ivs.
sessile, linear-lanceolate or oblong-elliptic, undulate,
rugose above, villous beneath fls 3-4, nearly sessile,
1^-2 in. wide, deep rose-colored. June- Aug. S W.
Eu. S.C.22. Gn.34.252.
5. albidus, Linn. Shrub to 4 ft , the young parts
white-tomentose: Ivs. sessile, elliptic or ovate-oblong,
revolute at the margin, reticulate beneath, whitish
tomentose, ^-2 in long fls. 3-6, lilac or rosy, 2^ in
across, style longer than stamens. S W. Eu. N. Afr.
SC.31. G.C III. 45. 117. G.M. 51:783.
BB. Fls 1 in. wide; petals not imbricate.
6. parvifldrus, Lam Much-branched shrub, 1-2 ft ;
tomentose: Ivs. 3-nerved, elliptic-ovate, undulate,
rugose above, reticulate beneath, twisted. 1 in. long:
fls 3-5; petals pale rose, yellow at the base. June.
Greece, Crete. S.C. 14.
AA. Color of fls. white: Ivs. 8-nerved.
B. Sepals 8.
c. Los. nearly sessile: plant very glutinous: fls. usually
solitary.
7 ladaniferus, Linn Shrub, to 4 f t , glutinous:
Ivs lanceolate, glabrous and viscid above, whitish
tomentose beneath, 1^-J in long fls. usually solitary,
long-peduncled, 3—3^ in wide, petals yellow at the
base June S W Eu S C 84 F S R 2, p 44 G.
22*213 Gn 58, p 171; 66, p 257 F. 1874, p. 160
Var macula tus, Sweet Petals with a dark brownish
crimson spot above the base Gn 30:30; 33, p. 490.
SC 1 G 26-598. Grosser 23.— Probably the most
beautiful of all cistuses
cc Lvs. distinctly petioled: fls. several.
8. Cyprius, Lam (C. ladantferus x C launfohus).
Erect shrub, to 6 ft., somewhat glutinous Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, gla-
brous above, vil-
lous- tomentose
beneath- fls. 5-7,
nearly 3 in wide,
petals blotches 1
purple at the base
June. Garden
origin S C 30
Gn 76, p. 438.
BM 112 (as C.
laiianiferut.)
9 laurifdlius,
Linn Fig 969.
Shrub to 6 ft.: Ivs.
petioled, ovate or
ovate- lanceolate,
glabrous above,
whitish or brown-
ish tomentose be-
neath, 1-2 ^ in
long. fls. 3-8, 2-3
m wide; petals
with yellow
blotch. June-
Aug S. W. Eu.
Gn; 53, p. 131; 64,
p 234 GM. 34:
95. SC.52— The
hardiest species.
BB. Sepak 5.
10 salvifdlius,
Linn Shrub, to 2
ft , sometimes procumbent: Ivs. petioled, oval to ovate-
oblong, rigid, very rugose above, tomentose on both
sides, ifa-lVi m long; bracts deciduous fls. solitary or
several, white, \Yi in. across. S Eu , N. Afr , Orient.
S C 54. Gn 76, p. 352 G. 30:593.— A very variable
species.
969. Cistus Uurifolms. (XK)
778
CISTUS
CITRANGE
11. populifolius, Linn. (C. cordifbhus, Mill. C.
Cupanidnus, Presl) . Shrub to 6 ft. : Ivs long-petioled,
cordate-ovate, acuminate, pennmerved, rugose, gla-
brous, 2-3 K m- long. fls. 2-5, white, 2 in. across.
S. W. Eu S C. 23, 70.
C. algarv^nsis, Sims=Helianthemum ocymoides — C canduUs-
simus. Dun , S C 3=C symphytifohus, var — C ranescens, Sweet
(C. villosus var canescens, Nichols. C. albidus X C villosus) Lva.
short-petioled, narrow-oblong or lanceolate, 3-nerved, obtuse,
undulate fls dark purple. Of garden origin S C 45. — C C7usu,
Dun =C rosinannifohus — C corbarifnsis, Pourr (C populifohua
XC salvifohus) To 5 ft Ivs slightly cordato, glutinous, fls. 1-
5, white, 1 ^2 in. SC 8 — C Jlorentinus, Lam (C monspehensis X
C. sahifolms) Dwarf lv» lanceolate fls \vhite.2 m SC 59.
G 11 183, 14 241. G M 32 277, 31 587 Gn 27 570, 38, p 177;
63, p. 130, 134, 75, p 422 F S II 2, p 43 — C formfaui, Curt =
Hehanthemum formosurn — C alaiicuv, Pourr (C Ledon, Lam.
C. launfoliusXC mouspeliensis) 1-2 ft Ivs lanceolate, glossy
above fls 5-10, white, 1>2 m S France — C hirsutus, Lam 1-3
ft , clothed with spreading and glandular hairs Ivs sessile, lan-
ceolate fls 1-5, white S \V. Eu S C 19 — C latifdhus, Sweet,
S C 15— C popuhfohus var — C Idxus, Ait <=C mgncans — C.
L&don, Lam =C glaums — C longifdlius, Lam =C uigrirans —
C Lorltu, Rouy & Fouc (C ladamferus x C monspehenois)
Habit like C monspehensis Ivs linear-lanceolate, revolute, gray-
ish beneath, glutinous fls 1-5, white, 2 in across Of garden ori-
gin, also found spontaneous Var maculAtui, Rouy & Fouc Fla
with 5 dark red blotches Gn 75, p bJ«J, 7fi, p UU — C monipe-
htnsis, Linn To 5 ft Ivs sessile, lanceolate fls white, cymose,
1 in S Eu S C 27 — C nigricans, Pourr (C1 longifolius, Lam
C laxus, Ait C monspehensis X C populifolius) 2-4 ft, glan-
dular Ivs oblong-lanceolate, glossy above fls white, 1 H in S W.
Eu SC 12 "Variable — C vblongifdhus, .Sweet, SC G7=C
mgncans var — C obtusifdhus. Sweet, SC 4i!=C mgncans var
— C rosmannifdhus, Pourr (C Clusn, Dun ) Allied to C ladanif-
erus. Lvs linear, strongly revolute at the marRin, viscid above
while young, tomentose beneath fls 4-fo, white, 1-1 1
, , ,
W Medit. region. S C 32 GM 31587, 32 277 — f
fdhua, Lam (C vagmatus, Dry Rhodocistus Berthclotianus,
Spach) To 2 ft Ivs pHioled, ovate, acuminate fls cyinose, deep
rose-colored, yellow in center Canary Isls SCO B R 3 225.
F S 15 1501 —C. vciffiMtus, Dry =C syiiiphytifolms
ALFRED REHDER
CITHAREXYLUM (Zither-wood used for the making
of certain musical instruments) Vtrbenacese Shrubs
or trees, sparingly planted in bouthern California, and
perhaps elsewhere South for ornament
Spiny or unarmed, tomentose or glabrous, with
opposite entire serrate often spinose-dentate Ivs :
fls white or sometimes yellow, odorous, small, in spici-
form terminal or axillaiy racemes, calyx 5-toothed or
-lobed, corolla-tube cylindrical, the limb broad and
5-lobed, the lobes spreading and obovate, stamens 5,
included, one of them abortive, the 4 poUmiferous ones
didynamous, ovary more or less 4-celled, each cell
1 -seeded; style often 2-lobed fr. a fleshy drupe, partly
inclosed in the calyx — About 20 species, Mex. to S.
Amer
cinfcreum, Lmn. Tree, to 20 ft , the branches 4-
angled and becoming cylindrical. Ivs elliptic-oblong
or lance-oblong, usually obtuse, glabrous or nearly so
beneath fls. white, in long lax and nodding spike-like
racemes; calyx unequally lobed, corolla-tube twice as
long as calyx fr nearly globular, red becoming black.
W.Indies. L.D. 7 '493.
quadrangulare, Jacq. Larger tree, the branches
permanently 4-angled: Ivs elliptic-oblong : fls. white;
calyx nearly truncate W. Indies — These two species
are here defined as understood by Gnsebach, as it is
probable that the plants in cult, were determined on
that basis. Schulz, however (Symbolae Antillana?), refers
C. cinereum, Lmn., to C. fruttcosum, Linn ; and C.
quadrangulare, Jacq., to C. spinosum, Linn. C quad-
rangulare of Gnsebach, at least in part, he refers to C.
fruticosum; and C. cinereum, Jacq , to C. spinosum.
What are the plants catalogued cannot be determined
without a bringing together of material.
ilicifdlium, HBK. Low shrub, very branchy, not
Bpiny. the branches 4-angled: Ivs. elliptic-oblong, nar-
rowed into a short petiole, entire or spinose-dentato,
thick, the margin revolute, shining above and! punctate
beneath: fls. white, in a short terminal raceme; calyx
5-toothed; corolla scarcely exceeding the calyx, the
lobes pilose : drupe size of a pea. Ecuador.
barbinSrve, Cham. Spiny shrub, the branches 4-
angled: Ivs. obovate or elliptic-lanceolate, acute or
obtuse or retuse, narrowed into a petiole, nearly entire,
glabrous and shining above and paler and somewhat
pilose beneath, bearded at the axils of the nerves, fls.
white, in a terminal laxly-fld. raceme. Brazil, Uruguay.
L. H. B.
CITRANGE (from Citrus Infohata and orange by
syncopation: Ci[trus] tr[tfohata] [or]ange) Rutacex.
A hybrid between the common orange and the hardy
trifoliate orange, Poncirus Infohata (Citrus trifohata)
Citranges have trifoliate Ivs , but the lateral Ifts are
much smaller than the terminal one Ivs semi-decidu-
ous, falling completely only during a very severe win-
ter: fls borne on new wood in spring, very large, white,
sometimes over 2J^ in diam , but with long and narrow
petals, which vary much m size m different citranges:
trs variable, from 1—4 in diam , globose, or depressed-
globose, red-orange or lemon-yellow, smooth or hairy,
the pulp abundant and very juicy, acid or subacid,
with an agreeable aromatic flavor; peel often full of a
disagreeably flavored essential oil.
The citranges are very cold-resistant if in a dormant
condition, being able to stand temperatures as low as
15° or even 10° F without injury. They are not
adapted to commercial culture but are of much inter-
est for home use in the cotton-belt of the southern
states where the winters are too severe to permit of the
culture of oranges or other citrous fruit The flowers are
showy and frugiant and the handsome fiuits are
used for making ade and for culmaiy purposes. The
first successful hybrids between these plants were made
by the writer at Eustis, Florida, m March, 1897, where
eleven were secured. These remarkable hybiuls were
named citranges by H. J Webber and the writer in
190o (Yearbook, Department of Agriculture for 1904).
The principal vaiieties now grown in the southern
states are.
Rut,k (Fig 970). — This is the most precocious of
the citranges and has the smallest fls and smallest
(V/i-2, in diam ) and reddest frs. Young grafted trees
often bear in 3 years The foliage is den->e and dark
green The frs are thm-skmned, aromatic, juicy, and
almost seedless The peel contains a dibagreeable oil
and care must be taken to keep this out of the juice
of the fr Many thousand trees of this variety are
now growing in the southern states and arc prolific
bearers
Colman — This is very unlike all the other citranges.
The frs are large, 3-3^ x 2%-3H m , flattened, light
yellow, and with a thick fuzzy peel, usually nearly seed-
less; the pulp is greenish, juice abundant, strongly acid,
agreeably aromatic.
It can be used for ade.
Morton. — The
largest of the cit-
ranges, fr. often
weighing more than
1 Ib. Fr round, re-
sembling a large
orange, rind medium,
pulp sprightly acid,
with a peculiar taste,
usually seedless. Tree
a vigorous grower,
cold-resistant.
Saunders. — A
small-fruited variety.
Frs. 2-2 y% in. diam.
with 5-10 seeds,
orange -yellow, peel
thick with prominent
oil-glands The thick
skin of this hybrid
makes it keep well. 970. Rusk citrange. ( X \Q
CITRANGE
CITROPSIS
779
The juice is sharply acid This is probably the most
cold-resistant of the citranges tested as yet.
Htoma. — This hybrid is remarkable for its profuse
bloom. The large white fragrant fls make this a good
ornamental in the cotton-belt; frs small, very few.
Cunningham. — This resembles the Colman in hav-
ing fuzzy frs which are, however, small and nearly
spherical. The juice IB sharply acid, aromatic, and
makes very good ade.
Ravage — -Fr. similar to an orange in appearance,
2-3x2^-3^8 m > light yellow, rind medium thick,
bitter, pulp tender, translucent, juice with a sprightly
acid flavor, aroma pleasant. Tree very vigorous and
prolific Foliage dense. WALTER T. SWINGLE.
CITRON (Citrus Medica, Linn ) Rutacesr. Fig 971.
A large lemon-like fruit with a very thick peel and a
small amount of very acid pulp, the peel is candied and
used in confectionery and for culinary purposes
The citron is grown in. the Mediterranean regions,
especially in Corsica,
and large quantities
are preserved in brine
and shipped to the
United States to be
candied The Corsi-
can citron of com-
merce was introduced
into this country in
1891 by David Fair-
child for the Division
of Pomology of the
United States De-
partment of Agricul-
ture, and it has been
grown to some extent
in California
The plant usually
is propagated by cut-
tmgs but it can be
grafted on rough
lemon or other stock.
In the region of Va-
lencia, in cab tern
Spam, the citron is
used in propagating
oranges, since citron
cuttings strike root
more easily than
oranges A piece of
citron twig is giafted
into branches of
oiange which are
afterwards sot as cut-
tings whereupon the
citron strikes root and
later on the orange.
Then the roots are exposed and the citron roots cut au ay,
leaving the orange growing on its own roots.
The cition can be planted and cultivated much as
the lemon in cool equable climates, such as in the
coastal region of southern California In Corsica, the
trees are kept low and trained in vase form, but other-
wise tieated like lemons
Theie are but few citron orchards in the United
States, one at West Riverside, California, about 10 acres
m extent, is perhaps the largest.
The Etrog or sacred Jewish cit ron, used by the Jews
at the Feast of Tabernacles, has small greenish yellow
fruits which, if they are of exactly the prescribed size,
form and color, may bring as much as $5 or $10 each.
This variety is grown principally in the island of Corfu.
See Citrus and Etrog.
The word citron is also applied to the preserving
Watermelon . see Citrullus and Melon, Water.
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
CITR<5PSIS (Limorua § Cihopms, Engler). Rutacex
AFRICAN CHERRY ORANGE Very interesting and as yet
h ttlc-known. citrous trees, of interest for use m hybri-
dizing and for stocks, also piomismg as ornamentals
Small spiny trees Ivs compound, 3—12 in length;
Ifts 3, 5 or even 7, conaceous; petioles and rachis
usually very broadly winged, fruiting twigs sometimes
with umfohate Ivs spines usually paired, sometimes
single fls large, white, m the axils of the Ivs , tetramer-
ous (rarely 5-merousJ, with 8 free stamens: frs small,
^4~1 } 2 m diam , boinc m tufts in the axils of the Ivs ,
bright orange-eoloied, with an agreeable odor and a
pleasant flavor, 3-4-celled, with a single seed in each
cell; cells in some species filled with pulp-vesicles full of
pleasantly flavored juice
There are several species of this interesting genus
in the tiopieal forests throughout central Africa
These plants, because of then sweet high-flavored fruits
borne in tufts like cherries and thur unusually large
compound leaves, should prove very interesting for use
in hybridizing Tests
made in the green-
houses of the Depart'
ment of Agriculture,
at Washington, have
shosvn that at least
t\\o species of Ci-
tropsis can be budded
leadilvand glow very
well on the common
citrous stocks Ihis
genus is undoubtedly
dosely i elated to
Cittus See descr in
Jouni Vg Reseaieh,
1 41 ')-!.%, \\ rigs
Preftssii, Swingle &
M Kellerman (L>wo-
n/n /VtUi>6n, Engler
D c m c h s c i , De
Wild 0 Lvs 3-0-
f oh ate, with very
broadly winged pet-
ioles and rachis,
Ifts. large, broadly
oval fls large, axil-
lary; style long, slen-
der, broad at the
base: frs small,
apiculate Kamerun.
W Congo 111 Engler
971. Citron-
Citrus Medica,
Corsican variety ( X ?s)
& Prantl , N a t.
Pflanzf III 4 189,
fig 109, E H De
Wildeman, Etudes Fl.
Congo, pi 41.
Schweinfurthu, Swingle & M Kellerman (Limbma
Miw'tnfitrtfnt, Engler Lirnoma iigawlin^is, Baker).
Fig 972 A species named from sterile leafy twigs
collected by Schwemfurth at Uando at the head-
waters of the Ghazal branch of the Nile. Lvs. 3-5-
foliate, Ifts. narrowly lanceolate, acute at both ends'
fls large, usually 4-rnerous; style rather short and
thick frs lime-like, \1/^ in- diain , sweet. Sudan,
Uganda, Congo
gabonensis, Swingle & M. Kellerman (Inmbnia
gabonenMs, Engler). Lvs of medium size, sometimes
umfohate like orange Ivs , sometimes 5-7-folmte; rachis
narrowly winged; Ifts caudate fls small, borne on
long pedicels, 4-merous; style not broad at base frs
globose, small, about 1 in diam , almost dry, having
only rudimentary pulp- vesicles, seeds large French
Congo, Kamerun.
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
MAUDE KELLERMAN.
780
CITRULLUS
CITRtJXLUS (diminutive of Citrus, said to be in
allusion to the shape of fruits and color of flesh resem-
bling those characters in fruits of the orange or citron).
Cucurbitdcex, Annual or perennial tendril-bearing herbs
of three or four species, one yielding the watermelon
and one the colocynth
Climbing or long-trailing, hispid or rough, with 2-3-
parted tendrils, often with a strong odor. Ivs. alter-
972. Citropsis Schweinf urthu. ( X H)
nato, petiolate, mostly round-cordate in general out-
line, deeply 3-5-lobed, and the divisions often again
lobed, and the segms commonly obtuse fls monoo
eious, solitary and peduncled in the If -axils, the corollas
5-lobed, stamens 3, included and united or cohering
by the anthers, and rudiments of stamens in the pis-
tillate fls , pistil 1, the ovary ovoid or globose, bearing
a short style and 3-lobed stigma fr a globular pepo,
morphologically 3-celled, usually smooth and with a
hard rind — Trop Afr and Asia, 2 of the species now
\ndcly distributed in warm and tropical countries.
vulgans, Schrad WATERMELON (see Melon, for cul-
ture). Annual, glabrous or pubescent. Ivs not rough,
either deeply or moderately divided, the sinuses open
and obtuse fr in the wild state from the size of an
apple to that of a man's head, sweet or slightly bitter.
Trop and S Afr — When the fr. is sweet and edible
(C Cdffer, Schrad ), it is the watermelon, or "kaffir
watermelon" of S Afr ; when bitter (C am&rus,
Schrad ), it is the ' 'bitter-apple" of S Afr The fr now
varies widely in cult., in size, season, shape and quality.
The soft pink flesh is much prized in its natural state
for eating A form with hard and inedible white flesh
is known as "citron," and the rind is used for the mak-
ing of preserves (as is the rind of the true citron).
Colocynthis, Schrad. (Colocynthis officinalw, Schrad.
Cucumis Colocynthis , Linn.) COLOCYNTH. BITTER-
APPLE. Perennial (in the wild), the st. angular and
rough: Ivs rough, 2-4 in long, 3- or 7-lobed, the mid-
dle lobe sometimes ovate, the sinuses open and the If.
in general form like that of C. vulgans: ovary Bilious: fr.
glooose, green-and-yellow variegated, about 3-4 in.
diam., intensely bitter; seeds small (^in or less long),
smooth. Trop. Asia and Afr , now widely distributed in
CITRUS
Afr. and the Medit. region. — The dried frs are used in
medicine (as purgative), being imported from Turkey
and Spam. Sometimes cult in this country as a curios-
ity or in collections of economic plants; culture for
officinal purposes has been attempted in New Mex , but
the frs., although larger than the official product, are
reported to be less active. L H. B
CiTRUS (ancient name of a fragrant African wood,
afterward transferred to the Citron). Rutacex.
CITRON LEMON. ORANGE Small evergreen, more or
less spiny trees or shrubs, grown for their edible fruits,
and also attractive in foliage and flower.
Leaves glandular-dotted, persistent, apparently
simple (in reality unifohate compound Ivs ), borne on
more or less winged or margined petioles, which are
usually articulated with the blade and at their attach-
ment to the twig spines usually present, borne singly
at the side of the bud in the axils of the Ivs fls clus-
tered or rarely solitary in the axils of the Ivs , or in
small lateral or terminal cymes or panicles, white or
pinkish purple in the bud, petals 5 (rarely 4 or 6) thick,
strap-shaped, not clawed at the base, imbricated,
stamens numerous (16-60, usually 20-40) at least four
times as many as the petals, polyadelphous, cohering
toward the bases in a few bundles, ovary 8-15-cclled,
with a prominent usually deciduous style containing as
many tubes as there are cells in the ovary fr a hes-
pendium. globose, oval or oblate-spheroid, the segms.
filled with juicy pulp composed of stalked pulp-vesicles,
seeds 1-8 in a cell, oval or oblong, j4~Min long, with
a pergameneous testa and thick fleshy cotyledons,
usually with adventive embryos arising as buds from the
nucellar tissue of the mother plant Natives of Trop
and Subtrop Asia and the Malayan Archipelago —
Half a dozen species are commonly cult and have given
rise to very many varieties as well as numerous hybrids,
making the delimitation of the species exceedingly
difficult See (htrange, Citron, Klrng, Grapefruit, Lemon,
Lime, Limequat, Orange, Pomdo, Tangclo
The nomenclature here followed is based on the
writer's treatment of the species of Citrus in "Plantae
WilsonuuicC " The fewest possible number of changes
have been made consistent with presenting a clear
account of the genus A careful study of Citrus and
the genera most nearly related to it has shown that
the trifoliate orange differs in so mari.v and such
important characters that it seems necessary to recog-
nize it as a separate genus (J*oncirux) The same is
true of the kumquats and the Australian limes
INDEX
iclmuKpnsis, 9
hmetta, 3
Lirnoma, 2
Limornum, 2
Medioa, 1
imtis, 8
myrti folia, 5
nobilis, 7
sarcodactyhs 1
wnensis, 0
unshiu, 7
vulgans, 5
aurantifohu, 3
Aurantium, 4, 5, 6
Bigaradut, 5
dehciosa, V
digilata, 1
grandis, 4.
KEY TO THE SPECIES
A Winged petiole nearly as large as the
blade of the If seeds very large, thick
fr rough, oval, lemon-yellow when
npe Jls solitary 9 ichangensis
AA Winged petiole much smaller than the
blade of the Ivs seeds small or me-
dium sized fls usuall}/ in clusters
B Lvs apparently not jointed between
blade and petiole, oblong-serrate,
petiole wingless fl -buds tinted
reddish' fr with a very thick peel,
fragrant, pulp acid 1 Medica
BB Lvs with an obmous joint between the
blade and petiole, crenate peel thin
or only moderately thick
c Fl -buds tinted, reddish on outside:
petioles merely margined: Iva.
crenate frt oval, more or less
aviculate 2 Limonia
CITRUS
CITRUS
781
cc. Fl -buds white petioles more or less
winged
D. Frs oval, often slightly papillate,
small, 1-1 ]/2 in duirn greenish-
yellow when ripe, thin-skinned,
smooth Jit, small petioles
plainly Winged Us t>rnall, pallid
above, eremite, more or Uss
punctate, obtuse spiri(» abort,
very sharp 3 aurantifolia
DD Frs globose, dtprewcd globose,
rarely oval or pynforni, never
papillate, orange-colored, or if
yellow, frs large and thick-
s/cinntd
E Size of fr vtrii huge, pale, yel-
low when ripe twigs pubes-
cent when young pftioles
broaabi wing<d 4 grandis
EK Size of fr medium or small,
orange or <>range-y< How
F The frs with a solid core and
a light skin, pulp t,wnt
petiole slightly winged 6 smensis
FF The fn with a hollow core
when fully npc, ^/a?^ loo*e
or, if tight, pulp acul nml
petiole* broadly wingtd.
o Skintight pttiolct hroad-
IH winged pulp and 5 Aurantium
GG Skin loose petiole* only
narrowly winged or
mnrgi nod.
H The fr borne singly at
tipv of branches,
wall, *«(/»«» 7-10,
pulp wry uctd Its
pale b(ntath <S mitlS
HH The fr borne in axils
of the li *» , wgins
8-15, pulp HU'eet lis
dark gru n below 7 nobihs
1. Me.dica, Linn (from Media whence the species
first came to the notice of the ancient Greeks and
Romans) CITRON Fig 971 A shrub or small tree,
with long irregular branches thorns short, stout and
stiff Ivs rather pale green, large, oblong, 1-6 or 7 in
long and 1^-2 in wide, bluntly rounded at the tip
\\ith serrate margins, not articulated with the petioles,
which are \Mnglchs fis large, reddish tinted when in
the bud, usually in terminal panicles, or clustered,
in the axils of the Ivs , petals large, white above,
reddish purple below, stamens numerous, 30-40 or
more, ovary tanermg gradually into the often persist-
ent style fr large, oval or oblong, 6-10x4-6 in,
bluntly apiculate, often rough or bumpy, lemon-yel-
low when ripe, skin very thick, fragrant, pulp scanty,
acid; seeds oval, smooth, white inside —The citron is
very sensitive to cold because
of its ability to grow at low
temperatures, which causes it
to stait into a fresh and very
tender growth after a few days
of warm weather in winter It
is cult in tho Medit. region,
especially m Corsica, whence
large quantities of the peel are
exported in brine to Arner to
be candied The candied peel
is much used in confectionery
and in cakes Sparingly cult in
Calif and Fla A number of
ill-defined varieties are grown,
the most important being the
Corsican, intro from Corsica in
1894 by David Fairchild The
Etrog or sacred Jewish citron is
„.„ „, .. grown in Corfu See Citron
973 Fingered citron— 6 T7 .. ... 0 .
Citrus Medica var sarco- Var sarcodActyhs, Swingle
dactyhs. (XH) (Citrus sarcoddctylis v.
Nooten. C Medica var digitata, Auct , not I^our ).
Fo SHU KAN (Chinese) BUSHUKAN (Japanese) Fig
973. Differs from the common citron in having the
segms of the fr separated into finger-like processes.
The frs are very fragrant and are used by the Chinese
and Japanese for perfuming rooms and clothing It is
sometimes grown as a dwarf potted plant for ornament
It should be intro into this country
2 Limdnia, Osbeck (from Arabic hmun, a lemon)
(C Medica var L\mon, Linn C. Limbnium, Risso).
LEMON Fig 974 A small tree with long irregular
branches1 thorns
short, stout and
stiff: Ivs rather pale
green, elongate-
ovate, pointed at
the tip, with ser-
rate or sub-senate
margins ; petioles
wingless but some-
times narrowly
margined, articu-
lated both with
the blade and the
twig fls rather
large, solitary or in
small clusters in the
axils of the Ivs ,
reddish -tinted in 974 Cltrus Lunoma (xH|£r H)
the bud ; petals
white above, reddish purple below, stamens 20-40;
ovary tapering into the deciduous style fr oval or
oblong, with an apical papilla, 3-5 x 2-3 in with 8-10
segms , lemon-yellow when ripe, with a prominently
glandular-dotted peel, often more or less rough and
moderately thick, pulp very abundant, very acuf; seeds
small, ovate, smooth, often few or none, white inside.
— The lemon is very sensitive to cold as, like the
citron and the lime, it is readily forced into new
growth by a few days of warm \\eather in winter It
is found in all tropical and \\ 'irm subtropical regions
and is cult on a large scale in the Medit region,
especially in Sicily, whence large quantities of the frs
are exported to the U S In this country the lemon ia
widely cult in Calif and to a much smaller extent in
Ha The frs are gathered just before they ripen
while still green in color and often before they attain
their full si/e and are then ripened m curing-houses,
in which temperature and humidity are artificially
controlled The juice is used for making lemonade,
for cooking, and the artb, the peel is used in cooking
and the oil extracted from it is used m cooking and in
perfumery The principal cult varieties have rather
small smooth frs The more important varieties are
listed here Eureka Frs oval-oblong, medium size,
usually seedless, ripening early tree small, nearly
thornless Genoa Frs oval, pointed at base and tip,
ripening early, see* 11 ess tree dwarf Lisbon Frs
oblong, with a large papilla at the tip, few-seeded tree
of medium size, thorny, a vigorous grower Vrilla
Franca Frs oval-oblong, medium to large, apex
abruptly papillate, seeds numerous tree of good size,
nearly thornless Kcnnfdy Frs oval, with a very
small papilla, thin-skinned, nearly seedless Pondiro*>a.
Frs very large, sometimes weighing 2J4 Ibs , with a
neck at the base; seeds numerous Everbearing Frs
large, abruptly papillate at the tip, with a narrowed
neck at the oase, rough all over, seeds rather numerous:
everbearing, borne on a straggling bushy tree that
sprouts from the roots Grown for home use in Fla.
Hough (Florida Rough) A tree of doubtful origin,
occurring wild in tho Everglades of S Fla • frs round-
ovate, very rough, apical papilla surrounded by a
depressed ring; seeds numerous, tree large and vigorous
The frs. of this variety are useless for commercial pur-
poses, but the seeds are m considerable demand by
782
CITRUS
CITRUS
nurserymen as the tree makes an excellent stock for
very poor sandy or calcareous soils. See Lemon.
3. aurantif&lia, Swingle (Limbma aurantifbha, Christ-
mann. C. limcttrt Anct not llisso) LIME A small
tree, with rather irregular branches spmos very sharp,
short, stiff Ivs. small, 2-3 in. long, elliptic-oval, crenate,
rather pale green; petioles distinctly but narrowly
winged' fls small, white in the bud, occurring in few-
fld. axillary clusters; petals white on both surfaces;
stamens 20-25; ovary rather sharply set off from the
deciduous style: fr. small, oval or round-oval, 1M~2^
in diam , often with a small apical papilla, with 10
segms , greenish yellow when ripe; peel prominently
glandular-dotted, very thin; pulp abundant, greenish,
very acid, seeds small, oval, smooth, white inside —
The lime is perhaps the most sensitive to cold of any
known species of Citrus Even a few days of moder-
ately warm weather in winter suffice to force it into a
tender and succulent growth that is killed by the
slightest frost. It is found in all tropical countries,
often in a semi-wild condition It is cult, in the warm-
est parts of Fla., especially on the Keys Large quan-
tities of the fr , picked when still green and often not
full-sized, are packed in barrels and shipped to the
cities of the N U S., where they are extensively used
for making limeade. Large quantities of bottled lime
mice are exported from Montserrat and Dominica
Ms in the W Indies, and used on shipboard for pre-
venting scurvy. Limes are too thin-skinned to keep
well and are not processed as are lemons It is usually
prop from seed — rarely from cuttings The principal
varieties grown m the U S are Mexican (West Indian).
Frs small, smooth, often with a slight apical papilla;
seeds few tree small, very spiny, usually branching
from the base Tlus variety, almost always grown
from seed, is the only one planted on any considerable
commercial scale Tahiti (Persian*') Frs large, smooth,
with a broad apical papilla; seedless, about the size and
shape of an ordinary lemon* poor keepers See Lime
Hybrids' Sweet (C. Iwietta, llibso ?) Frs about the
size of a lemon, with a sweet and insipid pulp Com-
monly grown m the W Indies and Cent Ainer Lime-
quats arc new hardy hybrids between the common
Mexican lime and a kiimquat, these hybrids vary
much m size, shape and flavor, but some are about the
size of a lime and have abundant very acid pulp. See
description under Limeqiiat.
4 grandis, Osbeck (C. Aurdntium var. ffrdndis, Linn.
C Aurdntium var dccumdna, Linn C decumdna,
Linn ) GRAPEFRUIT (or POMELO) SHADDOCK.
PUMMKLO Fig. 975 A large round-topped tree,
with regular branches' spines, if present, slender
and flexible, rather blunt: Ivs large,
dark glossy green above, oval or
elliptic-oval, with a broadly rounded
base; petiole broadly winged, more or
less cordate' fls axillaiy, borne singly
or m clusters, large, white in the bud;
petals white on both sides; stamens
20-25, with large linear anthers, ovary
globose, sharply delimited from the 1
deciduous style: fr very large, 4-6 \
in. diam , globose, oblate spheroid or
broadly pear-shaped, smooth, with 11-
14 segms , pale lemon-yellow when
ripe, peel M~Hm thick, white and
pithy inside; seeds usually very numer-
ous, large, flattened and wrinkled,
white inside. — The grapefruit (or po-
melo) is now one of the most appre-
ciated citrous frs grown in the U.S The
culture of this delicious fr. was limited
to the Fla pioneers until some 25 years
ago, when the first commercial planta-
tions were made. Since then, there has
grandis.
(Xf)
been a steady increase in the area devoted to this fr in
Fla., and plantings have been made in Calif , Ariz , and
the West Indies The pummelo of India, called shaddock
in Fla., is not grown on a commercial scale, but occuis
in many tropical countries The grapefruit is usually
served as a breakfast fr. cut in half and seeded It is a
vigorous grower, even on light sandy loam soils and is
coming increasingly into use as a stock upon which to
graft other citrous frs The young trees are tender, but
the matin e ones are well protected by a dense canopy of
Ivs. and may stand more cold than an orange tree The
grapefruit is much like the orange in its ability to
resist cold and is much less easily forced into a new
growth by a few warm days in winter than the lime or
lemon Ihe varieties of grapcfiuit grown in the U S
have almost all originated in Fla , where the early
settlers prop, this tree from seed, thereby originating
many slightly different varieties, the more important
of which are libted here. Duncan Fr. laige, keeps
well on the tree, seeds few. tree rather hardy Hall
(Silver Cluster) Frs. medium size, produced in largo
clusters, seeds numerous Triumph Fr small or
me'dium size, early tree rather tender Does not suc-
ceed well uhen budded on sour orange stock A/c-
Carty. Fr large, late borne singly, beeds numerous
A variety recently found in the Indian River region of
Fla Bebides thebe standard varieties of grapefiuit of
the Fla seedling type a large number of other similar
varieties arc cult locally in the state, .such as the
Bowen, Kxcelsior, Josbelyn, Leonardy, Manville, May,
McKinley, Standard (or Indian Rivei), Walters, anil
many others The following varieties diffei more 01
less widely from the old Fla seedling type Mar^h
Frs large, depressed globose, often seedless, pulp
subacul, less bitter than in the other varieties This
variety, though it originated as a seedling in Fla , is
best adapted to cult in Calif, \vhere many of the
ordinary Fla varieties do not .succeed well Ptrnam-
buco Frs large, skin very smooth, light-colored, late,
beeds abundant Intro from Pel nambuco, Brazil, to
the U S by the U S Dept of Agnc —The shaddocks
or pummelos are seldom cult in the U S The Ttesra
variety from the Bahama Isls h.-is large pynform frs ,
with pink flesh of good flavor and abundant seeds the
tree is tender A pummelo from near Canton, China,
is imported into San Francisco on a small scale by the
Chinese resident there The fns are pvnforrn, very
thick-skinned, not pink within, seeds numerous
Some seedlings of this variety nre to be found at various
points in Calif They are vrry leafy and of vigorous
growth, and make excellent stocks upon which to graft
other citrous frs Many other sorts of pummclos are
known from Asia and the Malayan \rchipchigo and
some' have been intro for trial by the
Office of Foreign Seed and Plant Intro-
duction of the U S Dept of Agnc The
true grapefruit aocins to be scarcely
known outside of U S and the W In-
dies See Grapefruit and Pomelo.
5 Aurantium, Linn. (C vulgans,
Risso. C Bigaradia, Risso C Aurdn-
tium var tiigarddia, Hook f ) SOUR or
SEVILLE ORANGE. Fig 976 A medium-
sized tree, with a rounded top and
regular branches spines long but flex-
ible and blunt Ivs light green when
young, medium-sized, 3-4 in. long,
tapering to the somewhat wedge-
shaped base; and more or less acumi-
nate at the tip; petiole broadly winged'
fls medium-sized, axillary, single or
clustered, white in the bud ; petals white
on both sides, very fragrant; stamens
20-24 ; ovary globular, sharply delimited
from the deciduous style, fr. 2^-'i^ in.
diam., globose, slightly flattened at the
CITRUS
CITRUS
783
tip, with a hollow core when fully ripe; pulp acid, mem-
branes with a bitter taste, segrns. 10-12; seeds cuneatc-
oval, flattened, with raised lines, white inside. — The
sour or Seville orange is grown all over the world It
is able to withstand more cold than most of the other
citrous frs. and is rarely forced into new growth by warm
weather occurring in winter The hour orange is found
in a thoroughly naturalized condition in many parts
of Fla where it doubtless was brought by the Spaniards
Most of these wild sour orange trees were dug up and
transplanted for use as stocks when orange-culture was
being rapidly extended some 25-30 years ago. The
Seville orange, as its name would indicate, is grown on
a commercial scale in the vicinity of Seville, Spam,
whence the frs are shipped in large quantities to Eng-
land and Scotland for use in making orange marma-
lade, for which this species is best adapted The petals
yield a valuable perfume, oil of Neroh, which is pro-
duced in the south of France and the Italian Riviera.
The peel of the fr is sometimes candied and, when
fresh, yields an essential oil The sour orange is grown
in a .small way in Fla for home use, the frs being used
for making "orangeade " In the U S the sour orange
is used almost exclusively as a stock on which to bud
other citrous fr trees The seeds are in demand by
nurserymen at a good price for this purpose The
sour orange is well adapted to grow on a great variety
of soiln but is especially well fitted for low wet soils,
where it is valuable because it is immune to the
mal ch gamma or foot-rot so destructive to the
common orange and lemon on such soils There are no
named varieties of the sour orange in cult in the U S —
Mutations The so-called Citiu*> myrtifolia, a namnv-
Ivd form with spineless twigs and short mternodes,
bearing small flattened sour oranges is a mutation
aiising from the root of the sour orange (Jhtnotto (the
Chmoise of the French confectioners) 'llns is a
broadcr-lvd form of the above described mutation
It is cult along the northern shore of the Mecht fiom
Genoa to Toulon, yields the small green fis used for
candying This vanety, \\luch should be called the
Chmotto, is being tested in the U S and may prove
adapted for eommeieial culture on a small s< ale in
this country Hybrids Bitttr^rcH A good-sized tree
occurring wild in Fla , is undoubtedly a hybud between
this species and the following Frs oblong, flattened
at the ends, pulp sweet, but the membranes sepa-
rating the segms have a bitter taste The fr npensvery
late on some trees and keeps \\rll on the tree
0 sinensis, Osbeck (C Aurdnttum var sint'n^is,
Linn C. Auranhum, Lour et Aurt , not Lmn )
COMMON or SWEET OR\X<JE Fig 977 A medium-
sized tree, with a rounded top and regular branches
spines, when present, slendei, flexible, rather blunt.
Ivs medium-si/ed, rounded at the base, pointed at the
apex, petiole narrowly winged, articulated both with
the blade and the twig' fls medium-sized, smaller than
those of the sour orange, white in the bud, petals white
on both surface's; stamens 20-25; ovary subglobosc,
clearly delimited from the deciduous style, fi sub-
globose or oval, pith solid, pulp sweet, membranes not
bitter in taste, segms 10-12 or 13 in number, seeds
cuneate-ovoid with rugose margined plane surfaces,
white inside — The common or sweet orange is widely
cult in all the tropical and subtropical regions of the
world It is rather tender, not so hardy as the soui or
Seville orange, but much more cold-resistant than the
lemon or lime A very few orange trees occur in a seiui-
wild state in S Fla Sweet oranges were doubtless
intro into Fla by the Spamaids nearly four centuries
ago and, as thev/ were prop by seeds until within the
last half-century, many local varieties have arisen
there Orange-culture lias reached its highest develop-
ment in S Calif , where it constitutes one ot the mo=:t
important agricultural industries Fla is second only
to Calif in the extent and value of the orange groves,
while some oranges are grown in favored spots in La .
Texas, and Am — Oranges are the best known ana
probably the most highly esteemed desseit fr A few
are used in cooking and the peel is sometimes candied.
An essential oil is also pressed from the peel The
sweet orange is commonly used as a stock on which to
graft other species of eitioiis frs It grows well on 1'ght
well-di amed loam or sandy loam soil On heavy sou it
is subject to the mal
di gomma or foot-
rot Very inauy
varieties are in
cult. Some of the
principal sorts
grown in the U S.
are listed here (1)
Florida seedlings-
varieties originated
in Fla as a result
of prop oranges
from seed, mostly
strong-growing
trees: Parson
Broivn. Frs. me-
dium-sized, very
early. Pineapple
Frs. medium or
large, very juicy;
seeds rather numer-
977. Citrus smenS1S (Xf) OUb "udseason tree
a strong grower.
llorrw^assa Frs medium-sized, very juicy a good bearer
and keeper tree nearly thorn less Madam Vinous Frs
medium or large, pulp coarse-grained, juicy, midseason.
Nonparnl Vis rathc-i large, flattened, pulp fine-grained,
juie\ tree vigorous Also Arcadia, Summit, Foster,
Hick, Magnum Bonum, Mav, Old Vim, Osceola, Stark,
\\hittakei, and very many othcis of the same general
t\pe (2) Honda muHtions or hjbnds — new sorts
ongmated in Fla , usually differing in some striking way
from the old Fla seedling oianges, perhaps through
h}bndi/ation with foreign varieties Bootte (Boone's
Earh ) Fis medium size, strongly oval or oblong,
very juie\, very late, keeping well on the tree: Ivs.
with petiole-, varvmg in width. Lue Gun Gong Frs
oval, juicy, ripening very late and holding very well
on the tree, even until late summer A variety newly
intro into cult DraLt Slur A rare variety with vai le-
gated foliage, usually a poor bearer but sometimes bear-
ing a good ciop of ext ellent fr (3) Mediterranean vane-
ties, largely mtro into Fla by Sanford and Lyman
Phelps, about 30-40 \ ears ago Ruby. Frs small or
medium-sized, peel i eel-orange, pulp streaked with red
when full} ripe, juic} , sc eds lather few. rather late
tree vigoious, nearly {hornless, prolific 8t Michael.
Frs medium-sued, oblong, red-blotched when ripe;
flesh wine-red, seeds few, rather early. Jaffa Frs
huge, oblong, juicy; seeds few Possibly not the same
as the1 erlebratexl oiange of Jaffa, Palestine. Mediter-
rdrnan tiwut Fis large, oval, juicy, late tree nearly
t hornless Majorca Frs round or slightly flattened,
juiey. rather late Hart (Hart's Tardiff). Frs. rounder
slightly oval, medium to large size, juicy; seeds few;
npem very late similar to the next and thought by
some to be identical Valencia (Valencia Late). Frs.
medium to large, oval e>r rounded, juicy, nearly seed-
less, very late A prolific variety, largely grown in Calif,
and held m cold storage until early autumn. There are
many other Medit vaneties of nearly or quite as much
value as some of the above, such as, Centennial, Du
Hoi. Joppa, Paper Kind, Prata, Saul Blood, St Michael
(Blood), etc —The navel oranges all show a second
smaller moie or less included fr formed at the tip of
the mam fr Many varieties are of foreign origin.
Washington (Bahia, Washington Navel) Fr large,
rounded slightly, pointed at apex; flesh firm, juicy; skin
784
CITRUS
CITRUS
very tough , seedless . early midseason. The most famous
variety of oranges mtro from Bahia, Brazil, by Wm.
SaundersoftheU.S.Dept of Agric in 1870. It& cult, has
steadily extended in Calif, until it is the principal variety
grown there. It does not succeed well .m Fla Thomp-
son (Thompson's Improved Navel). A smooth-skinned
hard-fleshed variety found by A. D. Shamel to arise as
a mutation from the preceding, to which it is inferior
in quality though better in appearance Australian.
Frs large, coarse . tree vigoroiiSj but a shy bearer Also
found by Shamel as a variation ot the Washington
Navel (Bahia) Surprise. Fr medium-sized, rounded
or even slightly flattened, juicy, early, seedless. A
variety originated by E S. Hubbard, of Fla. Double
Imperial Fr. small or medium-sized, navel hidden,
pulp firm; seeds few or none A Brazilian variety, saiu
to fruit well in Fla. when budded on trifoliate orange
stock. There are many other varieties of navel oranges
occasionally grown on a commercial scale. In Calif.,
among others, Golden Nugget and Navclencia, in
Fla., Egyptian, Melitensis, and Sustain are known
There are doubtless many more navel oranges which
should be tested. See Orange Hybrids Citranges are
hardy hybrids between the common sweet orange and
the trifoliate orange, Poncirus tnfohata The principal
varieties arc the Rusk, Morton, Col-
man, Savage, Cunningham and Saun-
ders See description under Cdrange.
7. n6bihs, Lour KING ORANGE.
Small trees, with slender twigs and
pointed Ivs , with very narrowly
winged or merely margined petioles,
fls small, white, stamens 18-24- fr.
with a loose peel and a hollow pith;
seeds usually green inside — This spe-
cies comprises several well-marked
groups; the original (7. nobihs of
Loureiro was undoubtedly something
very like the King orange, a medium-
sized tree with long upright branches,
with dark bark, having large depressed
globose fr. with a rough thick not
very loose skin; segms usually 12-13;
seeds rather numerous, large like those
of a sweet orange, white inside See W.
A Taylor, Yearb. Dept. Agric. 1907,
pi. 34 This variety was found by
Loureiro growing in Cochin China in
the latter half of the 18th century and
was mtro into Amer by Mrs S R.
Magee, of Riverside, Calif, in 1880, from Saigon,
Cochin China, which introduction became known as the
King orange. It has frs. of large size, very juicy, and
of delicious vinous flavor Its rough skin seems to be
no obstacle to its ready sale at good prices.
Var. delicidsa, Swingle (C. delwbsa, Tenore).
MANDARIN ORANGE. A small tree, with slender
branches, willow-like Ivs , with merely margined peti-
oles, fls. small, frs depressed globose, bright orange-yel-
low or reddish orange, with a very loose peel; seeds
small, beaked, bright green within. — This variety com-
prises the many varieties of Mandarin oranges, includ-
ing the so-called tangerine varieties These are deli-
cious dessert frs , attractive in appearance and easy to
handle because of the loose skin and the easily separable
segms. Aside from the greater ease of preparing them
for the table, Mandarin oranges are used exactly as
are common oranges. The principal varieties grown
in the U. S. are the following. Mandarin (China, China
Mandarin, Willow-leaved). Fr. medium-sized, 2-3
978
Citrus ichangensn
1888 Tangerine (Dancy's Tangerine) Fr red-orange,
medium size, depressed -globose, juicy, seeds rather
abundant: midseason * tree of good size: Ivs much
broader than those of the Mandarin variety. Other
Mandarin oranges are oscasionally grown, especially
in Fla , such as the Beauty, Cleopatra, Kino Kumi, and
Mikado. Hybrids. Tangelos, are a striking new group
of citrous frs Sampson, the first tangelo to be grown
commercially, was obtained by the writer in 1897 by
crossing the tangerine with Bo wen grapefruit, it is
unlike either parent in quality, being more like a choice
sprightly flavored sweet orange. Many other tangelos
are now being tested. See Tangelo.
Var unshiu, Swingle (C ndbihs subsp genulna var.
urishiu, Makmo). SATHUMA or UNSHIU ORANGE. A
small spineless tree, with a spreading dwarf habit Ivs.
broad, abruptly narrowed toward the apex, with
strongly marked veins on both faces, fls. small, very
abundant* fr. depressed-globose, 2-3 % in chain , deep
orange; pulp orange, very juicy, of a peculiar but
agreeable flavor, pith hollow, segms 9-13, seeds often
lacking, when present only few in number, broadly
top-shaped, not beaked as in the Mandaim oranges,
greenish within — This very marked orange seems to
constitute a botanical variety distinct from the King
or the Mandarin oranges It is commonly grown m
Japan, whence it was mtro into Fla by Goo 11 Hall
in 1876, accoulmg to II H Hume, "Citrus Fruits and
Their Culture," p 112. 190° The Satsuma orange is
one of the hardiest of all edible citrous frs Budded on
the trifoliate orange, it can be grown in many parts ot
the Gulf Coast region, where all other citrous frs
except citranges are killed by cold. The Satsuma can
be grown best on the trifoliate orange stock It grows
on sweet stock but does not produce as much nor as
good fruit and is not so hardy. It makes only a stunted
growth on sour orange stock and soon dies It cannot
be grown satisfactorily on light bandy land or on black
waxy lands with a marly subsoil where the trifoliate
orange does not grow well It could be grafted on Rusk
citrange for the blnek wavy lime soils of Texas
8 mitis, Blanco CAHMONDIN OHANGE A small
tree, with upright blanches Ivs broadly oval, pale
green below like tho.se of kumquat, petiole narrowly
winged fls small, angular in the bud, borne .singly at
the tips of the twigs, fr small, depressed globose, deep
orange-yellow when npe, loose-skinned, segms 7-10,
easily separable; pulp very acid, seeds few, small —
This tree, a native of the Philippine Isls , is commonly
cult m Hawaii, where it is wrongly called "China
orange " It was mtro into Fla by the U S Dept
of Agric from Panama, and was foi a time distributed
by nurserymen under the erroneou<- name of To-Kum-
quat. It is very hardy, probably as hardy as the Sut-
suma, or even more so It can be budded on hour orange
or on trifoliate orange stock A promising fr for home
use, for culinary purposes and for making ade
9 ichangensis, Swingle Fig 978. A small tree,
with long slender spines. Ivs narrow, with oblong
broadly winged petioles nearly or quite as large as the
blade fls white; stamens 20, cohering in bundles fr
lemon-shaped, 3-4 in long, with a very oroad low apical
papilla surrounded by a shallow circular fuirow; segms.
8-11; pulp acid, of good flavor, seeds very large, thick,
cuneate-ovate, lAr%y& long and K~x^m thick, white
within — This interesting new species, not closely
allied to any other of the known members of the genus
Citrus, is native m highlands of S W. China It is
the northernmost evergreen tree of the citrous group and
grows at high altitude, 3,000-5,000 ft. It is able to
withstand considerable cold in winter, so it is very
likely to prove of value in breeding new types of hardv
substitutes for the lemon. E. H. Wilson, who col-
lected excellent material of this plant for the Arnold
Arboretum, is endeavoring to secure it for trial m U. S.
C beroAnua, Risao BEROAMOT A small tree lv» oblong-oval,
with lonjr, winged petioles fls small, white, very fragrant, frs
CITRUS
CLARKIA
785
pynform, 1—4 in diara , thin-skinned, pale yellow when ripf ,
pulp acid, seeds oblong, many Extensively cult in Calabria foi
the essential oil which is expressed from the pool and used in making
Eau de Cologne and other perfumes ~~C histrir, see Papeda ~C
japrfmco.aeeKumquat — 0. taittnms, RISHO OTAHFITE ORANGE A
dwarf plant, having lemon-like Ms and lemon-shaped fr orange m
color with a mawkish taste Commonly grown by florists as an orna-
mental pot-plant Rarely u *ed as a stork tor dw urlmg c ommon citrous
frs This plant is not a native of Tahiti as the name would indicate,
but is probably of hybrid origin — C. (n/ohuiu=Ponciru9 trifoliata.
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
GIVE: Chne.
CLADANTHUS (Greek, klados, branch, and anthos,
flower; alluding to the branching, which distinguishes
this genus from Anthemis). Composite. An annual
yellow-rayed herb, sometimes planted in the open
garden. Plant branched from the base in a forking
manner; a ft terminates each branch, whereupon 2
new branches start from directly beneath the fl , each
of these is temporarily stopped by a fl , and so on.
involucre heinibpherical, receptacle conical or oblong,
with scales about fls, ray-fls pistillate, disk-fls per-
fect — One species, allied to Acmllea and Anthemis.
ar&bicus, Cass (C proliftrus, DC Anthemis ardbtca,
Linn ) Glabrous, 2-3}/2 ft high Ivs alternate, pin-
nately parted, lobes linear, tnfid fl -heads solitary,
bracted 8 Spain and Morocco — A free-flowering
heavy-scented plant of easy culture. L H. H f
CLADOTHAMNUS (klados, branch, and tkamnos,
bush, from the Greek) Ericaceae Shrubs, rarely cult
for their handsome pink fls Erect, with many virgate
branches Ivs deciduous, alternate, entire fls pink,
terminal, 1-3, nodding, corolla divided to the base or
nearlv so into 5 oblong petals stamens 10 caps 5-6-
celled — One or 2 species in Pacific N Airier , from
Alaska to Wash. Hardy, with handsome rather large
pink fls in summer, rarely cult They will probably
grow best in peaty and bandy soil, in a half-shady
position, prop by seeds or by cuttings of soft \\ood
under glass, and by layers
C pyroliefldrus, Bong Shrub, i-10 ft Ivs nearly sessile, obo-
vate-lancoolate, rnut rontilate, glabrou«, palo green, 1J.. 212 in
long fls solitary, with 5 separate petals, 1 in acro-,8 Alaska to
Ore OF 10215 BM S.J51 — ( mmptinulatuf, dictne
According to Greene, thu species differs from the preceding ( lu< fly
in the petals being united at th< base and the anthrrs op* mug
with a pore at the apex, and occurs in Wash , while C pyroli florus
is restricted to Alaska, but the specimens from (Ire and Wash <lo
not differ from (' pryolsrflorus, possibly C' c'unpanulatus was
based only on an abnormal form ALFRED llKHDER
CLADRASTIS (Greek, brittle branch) Virgiha of
gardens Ltgunnnbss', YELLOW-WOOD Trees grown
chiefly for their large panicles of white flowers and for
their handsome foliage
Deciduous winter-buds naked, several super-
posed and concealed during the summer in the enlarged
base of the petiole Ivs alternate, odd-pinnate, with
few rather large entire bhort-btalked Ifts fls in long,
usually panicled racemes, white, papilionaceous;
calyx campanulate, 5-toothed, stamens 10, nearly
free pod narrow-oblong, compreshod, 3-ti-seeded, with
thin membranous valves — Four species m N Amer
and E Asia Hardy ornamental trees of medium size,
with showy fls and handsome foliage, turning bright
yellow in fall They thrive in almost any soil Prop
by seeds, sown in spring, or by root cuttings, dug up in
fall and kept in sand or moss, moderately moist and
cool, until spring.
l&tea, Koch (C. tinctona, Raf. Virgilia liiiea,
Michx.) Tree, with yellow wood and smooth bark,
sometimes 50 ft • Ifts 7-9, oval or ovate, glabrous,
bright green, 3-4 in long: panicles loose, drooping,
10-20 in long; fls. white, fragrant, over 1 in. long.
June. Ky. Tenn , and N. C'SS 3 '119-20. BM
7767. Mich. Hist. Arb. III. 266 Gng. 2 '401; 5 98
^E. 8.427. G.F. 1:92. Gn. 24, pp 96-7, 31, p 329.
GC III. 42-186-7. M.D.G. 1899 144-5. G.W. 12, p
397 V. 4.307 A G ir> 270 —One of the most beau-
tiful flowering native trees, with wide, graceful head
and a short trunk, well adapted as single tree on the
lawn Hardy north to New England and Ont The
wood yields a clear yellow dye There is a var aureo-
vanegatd with Ivb variegated with yellow.
smensis, Hemsl Tree, to SO ft . Ifts. 9-13, oblong
to oblong-lanceolate, usually rounded at the base,
yellowish green, pubescent beneath along the midrib,
2-4 in long, rachis and petiole pubescent: fls. in
loose, upright, much-
branched pani-
cles, 6-12 in. long
and 4-8 in across,
white or pinkish,
about Hin- long
June, July W. and
China
Koch — Maackia
phtytdrpa, Mikmo
(Sophora platy-
carpa. Maxim )
Tr.e lfth <)-n,
o\dt< to elliptic -
lanu ol,ite, 2-i1; in
panicles broadly pyrami-
dal, upright, 'la J2»n
long, white, standard with
yellow spot at the base
pod narrowly w inged
Japan Sit 2 32 Very
rare m cult — C Ttikhirdi,
Y-itabt -Maackia Ta-
shiroi - C H'ffaonit,
'I akoda Tree, to 50 ft
Ifts 7 «) « Iliptic-ovate to
oval, -oblong, usually
broadly rune ate at the
base panicles upright,
r>-8 m long, fls »fin
long, o\ary pubescent
Cent China
ALFRED REHDER
CLARKIA (Capt
Wm Clark, com-
panion of Lewis, ex-
plorer of the Rocky
Mt region and be-
yond, 1S06) On<i-
yraft«e Flower - gar-
den annuals
Herbs, with alter-
nate mostly entire 979. Clarkia elegans (x%)
Ivs , and showy Us
in the upper axils or in terminal racemes fls regular, the
caly \ tubular, the petals 4, narrow at the base and entire
or lobed, wide-spreading; stamens 8, the alternate ones
.short or rudimentary; stigmas 4, large and spreading:
pod oblong or linear, 4-sided — Half dozen or more
species in W N Amer See also Euchandium
Clarkias are hardy annuals of easy cultivation.
They thrive in a warm, light soil, either fully exposed to
the sun or in partial shade They are useful for low
masses or for edgings; also for vases and baskets.
They have been much improved by domestication .
A Stamens (8) ail perfect fcv> broad.
elegans, Douglas (C. unguiculata, Lmdl C. neni-
fdlia. Hort ) Fig 979 From 1-6 ft high, glabrous or
nearly so, the sts reddish and glaucous, simple or
sparingly branched Ivs broad-ovate to linear, remote-
dentate fls purple or rose-colored, running into white
vars , double forms in cult ; claw of the petal about as
long as its rhomboidal entire limb caps sessile B M
3592 BR 1575 R H. 1845 385 Mn 1'22.— One
of the commonest annual fls
rhomboidea, Douglas Not so tall and more slender
Ivs thin, lance-oblong or ovate-oblong, entire: claw
786
CLARKIA
CLAYTONIA
often toothed, shorter than the rhomboidal limb:
caps, stalked. B.R. 1981. R.H. 1864: 151 (?).— Not
much cult.
AA. Stamens 4 perfect and 4 rudimentary Ivs. very
narrow.
pulchella, Pursh. Fig. 980. One ft. to 18 in high,
branchy, often tufted and dwarf, the sts. mostly pu-
berulent Ivs narrowly lance-oblong to linear, narrowed
into a petiole, entire fls lilac, running into white vars.;
petals '4 m or less long in wild plants, with 3 wide-
spreading lobes and a pair of recurved teeth on the
claw, caps stalked B M. 2918. BR 1100. RH
1845 385, 1880, p 557 — Common in cult ^ There are
semi-double and dwarf forms Var holopetala, Voss
(C intcgnpftala, Hort ) is a garden form or race with
entire petals There are also dwarf forms of it. The
garden names kermesina and
limbata belong with C pul-
chella L H B
CLARY. The dried leaves
of Salvia Sclarea, which are
used for seasoning Other
species of Salvia have been
used for the same purpose.
See Salvia.
CLAUCfcNA (a personal
name) Rutdcea? Small
mermous trees Ivs pinnate:
fls in terminal panicles or
loose racemes, ovary raised
on a short disk, 4-5-celled,
with 1-2 ovules in each cell;
style short, deciduous; sta-
mens 8-10- fr 4-5-celled,
with usually 1 seed in each
cell, cotyledons aerial in
germination, first fohage-
Ivs opposite or alternate.
Lansium, Skeels (Clau-
sena Wdmpi, Oliver. Qum-
dna Ldnstum, Lour. Cookia
Wdmpi, Blanco) WAMPI.
Low spineless tree, with
spreading branches: Ivs.
spirally arranged, pinnate;
tfts 5-9, ovate -elliptical,
3-5 in long, petiolate, light green, shiny above: fls.
4-5-parted, small, white, in large terminal panicles;
ovary villous, 5-celled, with 1 ovule in each cell, style
short; stamens 10: fr ovate-globose, about 1 in longj
skin glandular, pubescent, seeds green — The wampi
is a native of S China, where it is commonly grown for
its frs It is cult to some extent in Hawaii and could
probably be grown in the warmer parts of Fla. and Calif.
It can be grafted on grape-fruit and other species of
Citrus, which makes it desirable to test it as a stock for
common citrous frs. ' WALTER T. SWINGLE.
CLAVljA, (Don Jos6 de Viera y Clavijo, of Madrid).
Syn . Horta Myrsinacex; by Mcz separated in the
family Theophrastacese. Thirty and more tropical
American evergreen unbranched trees or shrubs, a
few of which are sometimes grown in the warmhouse.
The sts are simple; often spiny, bearing at the top a
cluster of large rigid, simple, entire or spiny-toothed
Ivs : fls. polygamous-dioecious in axillary racemes;
calyx 4-5-parted, the segms round; corolla white, yel-
low or orange, the tube short and fleshy, the limb mostly
spreading and 4-5-lobed, stamens 4 or 5, the filaments
often united in the sterile fls ; stammodia 4 or 5,
being scales in the throat; ovary fusiform, narrowed
into a short style, the stigma obtuse or capitate: fr.
several-seeded, berry-like. The clavijas thrive in a
peaty potting soil, and prop, by cuttings of half-
ripened growths. They are odd plants The features are
here given as apparently understood by horticulturists.
A Lvs entiret or only repand.
n6bilis, Mez, (C. clavdta, Decnc). Plant 4-5 ft : Ivs.
long-petioled thick, 1 % f t or less, elliptic or oblong or
oblanceolate, entire, acute or semi-acute, fls. yellow,
with a very large disk, %in long, the corolla fleshy, in
drooping racemes 2-4 in long. Venezuela. B.M. 6928
(as C. Ernstu, Hook., f ).
integrifdlia, Mart (Theophrdsta integnfbha, Pohl).
Allied to C longifoha, differing chiefly in the less rigid,
broader and entire leaves, longer petioles and larger
fls Lvs distinctly petiolcd (petioles %-l in long),
obovate-oblong to lanceolate-oblong, acute and mucro-
nate, cuneate at the base, quite entire or bhghtly
undulate, 8-18 in long racemes erect, 5-7
in. long; fls larger than in C ornata, on
slenderer pedicels, 5-merous; appendages
of the corolla rounded, short. Brazil.
grandis, Decne (Theophrd^ta macro-
phylla, Lmd , not Link T. grdndis,
O Kuntze) Lvs large (to 3 ft ),
long -oblong, narrowly pale -margined,
entire or bimiatc-repand, petiole thick
and dark violet, the secondary nerves
slender and simple or forked fls orange-
yellow, in short and erect racemes;
calyx-lobes orbicular and nearly gla-
brous, the corona 5-lobed Colombia.
AA Lvs serrate, often spiny-toothed
longif&lia, Mez (C orndta, Don, Theo-
phrd.^a longifbha, Jacq ) Plant 10-20
ft Ivs many, in a crowded head or tuft
at the top of the st oblong-spat ulato to
lanceolate, leathery, narrowed at base
and stalked, acute, spiny-toothed, l}-£ft
or less long fls orange- or saffron-col-
ored, fragrant, in drooping racemes 4-10
in long Venezuela, Colombia.
B M 4922. B R 1764 Blooms
in June and July
spindsa, Mez (C Riedelidna,
Regel) Plant 5-6 ft , glabrous,
stout and erect Ivs t)bovate-
lanceolate, sessile, 20 in or less
long,,spmose-serrate fib orange-
yellow, in slender racemes 5-8
in long Brazil
ftilgens, Hook f Plant 3 ft or more, very stout:
Ivs bpatulate-obcuneate, narrow, remotely toothed
near the apex, narrowed into a very &hort petiole,
very coriaceous, 1 ft or so long, fls deep red, with
yellow disk, handsome, in erect racemes 4 or 5 in. long.
S. Amcr. B M 5626.
C lalifMui, Radlk (Theophrastus latifoha, Willd ) Lv* *race-
fully elliptic, pHiulod, narrowed at both ends, inurronatc-serrate.
raccmci erect Colombia r J£ U
CLAYTONIA (after John Clayton, of Virginia, one of
the earliest American botanists upon whose collections
Gronovius based the Flora Virgmica) Portulacdcex.
SPRING BKAUTY Little .smooth succulent herbs some-
tunes transferred to gardens for their bright flowers.
Perennials with slender, 2-lvd sts from a deep,
globular corm, and loose racemes of white or rose-
colored fls with deeper veins, appearing among the
first wild fls and lasting only a few days. The genus
is characterized by its oval, persistent sepals and 5
stamens Plants can be secured from dealers m native
plants They can be naturalized in moist places, and
do well in half-shady spots at the bottom of a rockery.
For C. parvifolia, C. pannflora and C. perfoliatat see
Montia.
CLAYTONIA
CLEMATIS
787
virglnica, Linn. Plant 4-8 in. long, often forcing an
irregular way through the leaf-mold of damp, rich
woods: Ivs linear-lanceolate or linear, 2-6 in. long,
including the gradually tapering base: fls larger and
more numerous than in C carohniana, whitish, tinged
with pinkish Colo, to Atlantic and south to Gulf.
B.M.941. L.B.C.7.643.
caroliniana, Michx. Lower and fewer-fld.: Ivs. 1-2
in long, oblong, oblong-lanceolate, somewhat spat-
ulate, or even ovate-lanceolate, with a blade 1-2 in.
long, abruptly contracted into a marginal petiole: fls
smaller than in the preceding and more deeply colored.
Minn to Atlantic and south to mts. of N C — Should
be grown only in cool places above 1,000 ft.
lanceolate, Pursh About 4 in high' Ivs oblong or
lanceolate, J^-13/6 in long, the babe broad or narrow;
petiole as long as the blade, raceme short-peduncled;
petals cmargmate or almost obcordate N W. N.
Amer — Considered by some to be a mere form of the
preceding WILHELM MILLER
N TAYLOR!
CLEIS6STOMA (Greek, closed mouth, referring to
the structure of the spur) Orchidacex. Epiphytic
orchids, adapted to the warmhouse.
Steins leafy Ivs coriaceous, flat or nearly terete*
sepals and petals odnate to the column, spreading;
labellum with a large saccate spur, column short,
thick, pollima 2 From E Asia and Austral — A genus
comprising in the neighborhood of 40 species, which sug-
gest Saccolabium The plants are little known in
Amer They require the treatment usually given
Aendes The leading species are C. cra&sifolium,
Lindl , from India, with small green rosy-lipped fls in
nodding panicles, and thick recurved Ivs. 10 in. long.
JF 4 397; and C ringens. Reichb f, Philippines,
with yellowish white purple-lipped fls. with orange spot
on side lobes, spur large, in few-fld racemes' Ivs 3-4
in long C Daivsoni&num, Reichb f , isaTrichoglottis;
C multiflbrum, Hort , is probably Aendes mulhflorum
C secundum, llolfe, a recent introduction from Burma,
has light rose-pink fls. that are turned sulewise, the
front lobe of the lip rose-purple, borne on a scape 3—4
in long Ivs. lance-oblong, about 4-5 in. long and Hm-
broad.
CLEISTANTHUSCOLLlNUS* Lebuturopnt.
CLEISTOCACTUS (closed Cactus, referring doubts
less to the peculiar flowers) Cactticeae. Slender colum-
nar cacti, with few branches and many-ribbed, fls.
short and narrowly curved, orange-red, ovary covered
with small appressed bracts bearing hairs in their
axils, filaments somewhat exserted and grouped
together near the upper lip fr spineless, pulp white;
seeds slightly punctate — About 14 speciea have been
described in this genus.
Baumannii, Lem. (Cereus Baumannii, Lem. C.
colubrlnus, Otto) Sts dark green, slender, flexuose,
columnar, reaching a height of 6 ft and a diam. of
1-13^ m , the few branches ascending, slender, parallel
with the mam st : ribs 12-16, rounded, areoles close
together, brown: spines fine, slender, very sharp, 15-20,
fascicled, white to yellow or dark brown, about J^m.
long; sometimes a single one from the center reaches
a length of %m : fls numerous, tubular, zygomorphous,
2>£-3 in long by about J^in diam throughout, red
or sometimes with orange-red petals and red tube.
Uruguay, Paraguay and Argentina. j. N ROSE.
CLEMATIS (Greek name of a climbing plant). Ra-
nunculdcese Familiar garden plants, prized for their
handsome and often very showy flowers followed in
many species by attractive feathery-tailed fruits.
Climbing vines, or erect or ascending perennial
herbs, more or less woody. Ivs. opposite, mostly slender-
petioled, usually pmnately compound, lobed, or in
some species entire and rarely sessile* sepals usually 4
or 5, sometimes more, valvatc in the bud, rarely imbri-
cate, petaloid; petals none (or small in Atragene sec-
tion, usually considered as petaloid staminodes) ; sta-
mens many; pistils many achenes in a head, 1-seeded;
style persistent, long, plumose, silky or naked Fig.
983 — About 150 species of very wide geographical
distribution, most abundant in temperate regions.
About 20 species found native in N Amer and about
80 in E Asia. Ix>s Clematites, Alphonse LavaMe,
Paris, 1884; referred to below by "Lav " — The Clema-
tis as a Garden Flower, Thomas Moore and George
Jackman, London, 1872, referred to below by "M &
J " — Clematises, Dr Jules le Bole, in Bull de la Societe
d'Hort de la Sarthe, republished in The Garden (vol.
53), June-Get , 1898 — O Kuntze, Monogr der
Gattung Clematis in Verb Bot. Ver Brandenb. 26
(1885) —A Gray, Fl N Amer 1 4-9, 1895 — Fmet &
Gagnepam, Contnb. Fl As Orient ! :l-42 (1905).
The culture of clematises. (K C Davis )
A rich soil of a light, loamy character is the best for
clematises, and a little mixture of hine will make it
better The soil must be well drained, and must be
kept rich by at least annual applications of horse- or
cow-manure. On dry, hot soils cow-manure is best,
while on heavy soils a thorough dressing of rich leaf-
mold would best serve the purpose Mulching with
half-rotted manure on the approach of winter tends
to increase the strength of the plants and the size of
the flowers. In dry seasons, spraying is always helpful
during the growing period
Clematises belonging to the Montana, Patens, Flor-
ida, and Lanugmosa types should be pruned m Feb-
ruary or March, by cutting away all weak, straggling
and overcrowded branches The first three mentioned
flower from the ripened wood, it is essential, there-
fore, that in order to secure blossoms, enough of the
strong one-year-old wood should be retained. Viticella,
Jackmann and Lanugmosa should be vigorously cut
back, say in November, they blossom from the new
shoots Those of t he Patens t vpe should be pruned very
little, soon after the flowers nave disappeared, by sim-
ply ttimming off useless branches and seed-bearing
peduncles
Clematises of the vigorous climbing varieties are
used in many places to cover walls, root-fences, mounds,
arbors, balconies, trellises, small buildings, and, in
fact, many other places the ingenious gardener will
think of. For pot culture m the greenhouse, and for
conservatory walls, the less vigorous species are best
suited All the many varieties and hybrids of the
Patens and Lanugmosa types, including Hcnryi and
the forms of Jackmann, are well adapted to this use, as
well as for outdoor purposes. The dwarf er and more
bushy species are used in greenhouses to some extent,
but are found principally in borders or on large rock-
enes Of the latter J B Keller says. "Their flowers are
not so large as we see them m most of the cumbers, yet
they are indispensable in the flower-garden, being
Srolific bloomers and free growers in ordinarily rich,
eep garden soil. There is room for improvement in
this class, however, and specialists, who hitherto have
done so much for the climbers, ought to direct their
efforts now to the long-neglected bush clematises A
noble beginning has been made, resulting in the large-
flowering C Durandu, but we expect more of them in
the future." See special notes on culture and hybrid-
forming qualities after the descriptions of some of
the species and varieties
The most common method of propagation is by
grafting Roots of C Flammula or C Viticella are
used; the cions are taken from plants that have been
grown under glass, and are used before the wood is
entirely ripe. Cions taken from plants grown m the
788
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
garden in summer are rarely successful. The grafts, in
pots or trays, are grown m a moist coolhouse, over gen-
tle bottom heat. Another method of propagation,
involving less labor but usually successful, is to take
cuttings of nearly ripe wood, grown under glass, and
treat them as the cions first above mentioned, without
the roots. The latter method is practised preferably
in summer in gentle hotbeds; shading, spraying, and
later on airing, must be strictly attended to Layering
is practised when large old stools are at hand The
knife is not used in the operation, but a twist of the
stem will split the inner bark lengthwise. Every other
joint is thus treated, pegged down, and covered with
soil It is best to leave the layers undisturbed until
the following spring
Many of the species are
often propagated by
seed, and many new
varieties have thus been
secured The number of
hybrids is almost count-
less; in this ac-
count are care-
fully recorded
those in the
American
trade which
are traceable
to their origin.
The clematis
is subject to a
very serious
disease, due to
the depreda-
tions of a ne-
matode worm
in the roots This trouble
is most serious under
glass and alongside
buildings where the 981. Clematis
ground docs not freeze Fremontii.
deep The parasite is vXJi)
probably distributed in
the noil adhering to pot-grown plants It is probable
that hard freezing kills the parasite There is no
remedy, so far as known, for affected plants Using
only soil which has been frozen is to be recommended
to the propagator.
The kinds of clematis (Jackson & Perkins Co )
The hybrid varieties of Clematis, commonly known
as the large-flowering sorts, are, when successfully
grown, among the most beautiful of hardy climbing
plants The commercial propagation and growing of
most of the large-flowering varieties, however, is
attended with so many difficulties and disappoint-
ments that it has never been very generally attempted
by nurserymen or florists in this country At the pres-
ent time there are scarcely half a dozen houses on this
continent who attempt the propagation of clematis to
any considerable extent, ana it is only within the past
thirty years that clematises have been commercially
grown even by this limited number. Prior to that, prac-
tically all of the large-flowering clematises planted in
this country were im ported from Europe, the major
part being supplied by Holland, whose moist atmos-
phere and black soil produces large, vigorous plants,
but whose climatic conditions are so entirely different
from those usually found m this country that the
plants often failed to adapt themselves to their new
surroundings, and did not thrive to the extent that
their good size and vigorous condition seemed to give
promise. A
The propagation of clematis throughout Europe is
usually effected by grafting pieces of well-ripened,
year-old wood upon roots of almost any of the more
vigorous-growing species, Clematis Flammula being
most commonly used In this country, on the contrary,
the method commonly pursued is by means of cuttings
from young wood, stuck in sand, with gentle bottom
heat, usually during May or June So far as concerns
the comparative vigor and desirability of plants pro-
duced by these two methods, there is small choice
between them Propagation by cuttings is, in this
country, the more rapid and economical way, and
further, it removes the possibility, sometimes realized
in grafted plants, of sprouts being thrown up from
the roots, and, if in the hands of an uninformed ama-
teur, entirely "running out" the variety grafted in;
thus considerable annoyance is avoided.
Clematises hybridize so readily that the number of
varieties resultant from various crosses forms a long
list But while so many have been dignified with
names and places m the catalogues of nurserymen,
yet the varieties of largc-flowermg clematis that have
proved so valuable as to secure permanent places for
themselves in popular demand can almo.st be counted
upon one's fingers There are many varieties possess-
ing most beautiful shades and variations of coloring
that fail to attain popularity, chiefly on account of
deficiency in two essential characteristics — vigorous
habit of growth and abundance of bloom Clematis
Jackmanu, purple, originated in 1802, by Mr George
Jackman, was on« of the first hybrid clematises intro-
duced, and btill stands as the most popular, and, of its
color, the moht valuable variety yet known The vari-
ety, Madame Edouard Andre", a deep rich crimson, is
distinct and novel, being at this timo about the best
large-flowering sort of a truly crimson shade It is not
quite so vigorous habit as the Jackmann, but its flowers
are similarly massed; though not produced in quite such
profusion. Clematis Madame Baron Veillard is a dis-
tinct variety It is of exceedingly vigorous habit, and
the flowers are quite freely produced, though, being
more dispersed over the plant, they do not make so
much of a show as do varieties whose flowers arc
closely massed The flowers are of very large size and
of a light rose-color, shaded with lilac. Of white varie-
ties, Henryi, Mrs George Jackman and Lanugmosa
Candida, all of them introduced long ago, still remain
about the most desirable ones known Hamona, deep
sky-blue, is a variety which originated some twenty-
five years ago. It is of extra-large size? often 9 to
10 inches across, of very vigorous habit and free-
flowering
Of double-flowered varieties, Duchess of Edinburgh,
white, is the best known in this country, and about the
most desirable. John Gould Veitch is a double sort
with flowers of lavender-blue, hut has seemed a shy
bloomer and of weak habit Mine Grange (purplish
violet), Star of India (purple), Velutma Purpurea (pur-
§le), and Viticella Venosa (reddish purple), are all
esirablo varieties.
Although they are in reality slightly less hardy than
the Florida and Patens types, varieties of the Lanugi-
nosa, Viticella and Jackmann types,which produce their
flowers from young growing wood, are recommended
for northern localities. Plants of these types, even if
frozen back to the ground, will still produce a good
show of flowers, since, as stated, they bloom from the
recent vigorous wood, even if the old tops are killed.
Indeed, they need to be pruned back considerably
anyway to induce a free growth of young vigorous
blooming wood. With plants of the Patens and Florida
types, however, which blossom from year-old wood, a
severe freezing back of the plants would destroy the
crop of flowers for the year.
Of the small-flowering varieties, Clematis paniculata
(white), introduced from Japan, has proved to be a
wonderfully valuable acquisition in this country, and
has become exceedingly popular. It is of remarkably
vigorous habit, often making a growth of 20 to 25
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
7S9
feet in a season. It seems thus far to be entirely free
from disease, is delightfully fragrant, and so floriferous
that the blossoms form a dense sheet of bloom, remain-
ing in full beauty for several weeks. The foliage is very
thick and heavy, thus making it very desirable for
covering porches and arbors.
Crispa (blue) and texensis (red) are species with
very pretty, bell-shaped flowers. They are easily
grown and do well in almost all situations
The perennial, non-climbing varieties of clematis are
most pleasing border plarits; succeeding well in all ordi-
nary soilh and making a rich show of bloom at their
flowering .season. Davidiana (blue) and recta (white)
are about the best known and most desirable varieties
of this class
To grow clematis most successfully, they should be
given a good depth of loamy soil, with a fair supply of
well-rotted manure spaded in and thoroughly distrib-
uted through the soil In hot, dry weather, the plants
should be regularly watered in order to obtain the
greatest number of flowers possible, for the plants are
very susceptible to injury by drought A point of great
importance, especially in caring for newly set plants,
is to provide a firm support for them to climb upon.
A solid wooden or metal trellis is preferable, for the
reason that it prevents the plants from being whipped
about by the winds, which often results in breaking the
stalks just above the ground or else in cracking the
outer bark of the stalks and rendering them more
liable to the attacks of insects and fungous diseases.
any kind, is not to be advised for this reason Propa-
gation of the hybrid varieties is effected both by cut-
tings and by grafts All of the type varieties grow
readily from seed.
INDEX.
ffithusifolm, IK
Gablemit, 2.3
parnflora, 20
akebioides, 48
glaura, 48
patens, 24
alba, 18, 20, 23
dlobulitf-a 4
Pavolimana, 33
alba maann, 23
granlifolla, 27
Prlhen, 23
aUn flora, 20
grandulcntata, 40
perfecta, 28
alpina, 18
grandiHora. 24, 28
/>»^en, 7
grata, 40
plena, 34
angtisti(pha, IS
yravfolens, 47.
psitulo-coccinea, 10
apiifolia, 18
intrpurca-hybriaa, 23
Armandn, 30
recta, 34
Htndtrvonii, 20.
rrp^Mjf, 28
atroviciUicea, 20.
Iltnryi, 23
retitulata. 8
azurea, 24
l.eraclewfolia, 12, 13
n valuta . 20
baleanni, 2b
rotundifolia, 36
Hergrronu, 20
induisa, It)'
rubella, 23, 30
bicolor, 22
niUgnfolia, 1
rubena. 28
brevicaudata, 39.
inttrmedm, 20.
rubra, 20
brer nor data, 39
inlricata, 48
Tubro-marg \nata, 20.
tttrulea, 5, 21
JfifArnariii, 23.
rubro-violacea, 23.
califorima. 13
jnnthina, 11
Sargent] i, 7
calycinti. 2h
Soottu, 4
cainpaniHora, 21.
Candida, 23
j'winwna, 12
hermesitui, 20.
serratifoha, r>0.
Bibinca, 18
C'atesbyana, 12
kureana, 50
tiitboldn, 22
(.'hamilrri, 20
lunuginuHa, 23.
Him-ui, 7
tirrhosa, 25
lasiundra, 15
Souhei, .37
cocnnea, 10
laiiantha, 45
vplendida, 2.3
colurabiana, 17
latisecta, Ib
Sp<x>neri, 29
contorta, 20
Lavallei, 13
Standishn. 24
erassifolia, .32
/Mwsomnna 23
Stanleyana. 19
crispa, 0
cvhnrlricn, I
Davidiana, 12
hgiiHtic ifoha, 43.
hlanna, 28
lilanna-floribunda,
Stanley! , m
stans, 13
superba, 23
devoniensis, 2.3.
20
Symesmna, 23
dittorta, 20
dwancata, 1
lobata, 46
lobulata, 40
tangutica. 49
tenuisepala, 39
Douglaau, 4
magnifim, 23
termflora, 34.
Drummondii, 44.
Durandn, 23
mandshunea, 34.
texensis, 10
thyrwidca, 14
erect a, 34
Meyoniana, 31
tubulosa, 12
eriopoda, 49
moc/eifa, 23
<un6rtdffensr«, 23.
eriottemon, 20
monstrosa, 24
undulata, 28
Fargesii, 37
montana, 28, 29.
V«/c/m, 22
Farquhanana, 30
nitco, 23
vduhna-purpitrca, 23.
Flammula, 20, .3(5
flonbundn, 20
nutans, 14
obtusidentata, 38
venom, 20
\erticillari4, 17
florida, 20, 22
occidentals, 18
violacea.11,20,23,
Fortunei, 22
ochroleuca, 3
24
fragrant, 30
odorata. 28
Viorna, 9, 10
franio/urtenna, 24.
orientalia, 47, 48. 49
virgmiana, 42
Fremontii, 2
Pallani, 36, 48, 49
Vitalba, 41.
fulgt no, 2.3
fusca. 11
palhda, 23
paniculata, 35.
Viticella, 20
Wilsonu, 28.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Sepals upright, forming a tubular or
urceolate jl , stamens upright, ap-
preis ted, pubescent, or si jxils mure
sheading and fls with petaloid
staminodes
B. Flu without petaloid staminodes.
C. Lvs simple herbaceous, not
climbing
D. Color of fls purple or blue
B Theirs thin, acut(, sexs-de 1. integrifolia
EK The If 8 yuhcvriactouv, retic-
ulate, obtusish, ihort-jicti-
olrd 2. Fremontii
DD Color of Jh ydlow 3. ochroleuca
cc. Lvs compound
i> Lfts entire flu solitary
E Plants upright, herbaceous
F Shape of Ifts lanceolate:
Ivs bipi n na te or lernately
compound . . 4. Douglasii
FF Shape of Ifts oiatc Lvs.
pinnate 5 aromatica
EE. Plants climbing, shrubby
F Styles not plumose in fr
o The Ivs not retuulate,
usually with tirminal
1ft 6 crispa
QO. The In reticulate,
usually without termi-
nal Ift 7 Simsh
FF. Styles plumou in fr
o. Flu axillary, with the
pedicels much longer
than thi /N
H. Seixila outride pubes-
cent, dull
I. Lfts subconaccous,
rehcultitf 8. reticulata
n. Lfts m< mbranoux,
indistinctly rimed 9 Viorna
HH. Sepals outside (jla-
brout, bright scarht 10 texensis
GO. Fls terminal and axil-
lary, the latttr with the
pedicel* shorter than
the flu ll.fusca
DD Lfts sirrate fl* usually clus-
ter'( d or panubd
E Plants herbaceous, upright'
fls clustered, often nearly
sessile
F Fls blue or inolet, in
axillary cluitfrt 12 heracle&folia
FF Fls uhttteh, usually in an
elongated t> rminal pan-
icle 13 stans
EE. Plants climbing, shrubby
F Lrs pinnate
u FL yellowish white, in
rnicl<s 14 nutans
reddish purple, 1-3,
axillary 15 lasiandra
FF Lvi bipmnate, Ifts small,
deeply lobed, usually has
than 1 in long fls
whitish 1C. aethusifolia
BB Fls with petaloid staminodes, sepal*
more or less spreading, stamens
upright, appressed pubescent
c Lvs always 3-foliolate, Ifts ovate,
subcordate 17 verticillaris
cc Les partly biternate, Ifts. ovate to
ovate-lanceolate 18 alpina
AA. Sepals spreading, stamens more or
less divergent
B. Stamtns glabrous or only with a few
hairs below the anthers (or hairy
at the base only in No 19)
c. Fls solitary or in 3's or in axil-
lary fascicles, blue, violet, red or
white, usually large
D. Lfts entire fls on the new
growth after the Irs , solitary
or in 3'a.
790
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
B. Plant herbaceous, upright:
sepals imbricate in bud;
stamens pubescent at the
base 19. Stanley!
BE. Plants woody, climbing sepals
valvate, stamens glabrous
p. Achenes with short style,
pedicels longer than the
sepals
G. Number of sepals 4- fl$'
open cam panulate,
usually 1-2 in across.
H. Style glabrous fls 1-2
in across, often in
3's 20 Viticella
HH. Style pubescent except
at the ipcx, /Is 1
in or less across 21 campaniflora
GO. Number of sepals
usually fi-6 fls flat,
2-4 in across 22. florida
PP. Achenes with long plumose
style
Q. Pedicch shorter than
sepals Ivt, simple or
ternate 23. lanugmosa
GQ. Pedicels longer than se-
puZs> fls from la*>t
year's wood in spring
or early summer Ivs
ternate or pinnate 24 patens
DD. Lfts or Ivn t>e rrate fls in
axillary clusters, or solitary
on last year's branches with
the IDS in spring, white or
pink
E. The sepals with a small invo-
lucre below their bate, fls
nodding, open eampanulate
F. Lvf simple fls whitish 25 cirrhosa
FF. Lvs ternate flt greenish
yellow, spotted red inside 26 baleanca
EE. The sepal* without iniolucre
F. Lr.s pinnate, Ifts small,
about }'i in long 27 gracihfoha
FF. Lvs. teniate, Ifts 1-3 in
lt)ng
o. Lfts glabrous or spar-
ingly pubescent 28. montana
Gd. Lfte densely tilky pu-
bctcent beneath, le^ so
above . 29. Spooneri
CO. Fls. in terminal or axillary
panicles or cymes, rarely 3 (if
solitary, with bracts about the
middle of the pedicd) white,
H. The Ivs pinnate . . 35 paniculate
HH. The Ivs bipmnate 36. Flammula
FF. Lfts serrate, occasionally
nearly entire anthers
oval or oval-oblong, not
more than twice as long
as broad (longer in Nos.
37 and 38)
O. Thefls 1-3, long-stalked,
2-& in across Ivs.
pinnate 37. Fargesii
GO. The fl>> in panicles or
cymes, not exceeding
I in diam
H. Lvs tirnate or biter-
nate fls \^,%n.
airot>s, in many-fid
cymes 38. apiifolia
HH. Lv*> usually bipin-
nate, lfk> opatc-lan-
ceolate tails of fr
about S4m long 39. brevicaudata
HHH. Lvs pinnate tails
longer
I. Sepals glabrous in-
side Ifts pubes-
cent beneath 40. grata
n. Sepals pub(t,c<nt in-
i>vie and outride
Ifts glabrous or
nearly so 41. Vitalba
BE The fls dicecutus
F Foliage deciduous sepals 4-
o Fls appearing on the
young wood in sunimir,
Ztss tlian 1 in arrosi
H. Lvs ternate, Iff* 2-3
in long 42. virginiana
HH. Lvi pinnate, Ifts 1—
2 in long
I. Plant glabrous 1ft?
rounded or <iub-
cordate at the ba^e 1.3 ligusticifolia
II Plant pubescent lft*
truncate or cunc-
„, ate at the base 44 Drummondii
00. Fls on latt year s
branch?* from scaly
6(f^ m carlV spring,
Him across 45 lasiantha
FF Foliage evergreen, Ivs ter- > ^
_ ™ie " pa/* 5-7 4G mdmsa
- Stamens pubescent, fl* yellow or
yellowish nodding achcnes with
plumose tails
C. Lvs pinnate or bipinnate
"' '
D. Ln
S-Ioliolate. Ift* always
oi sub-coriaceous or
E The fls from the old wood
from scaly buds 30 Armandii
BE. 2 he fls from the new growth
F Lfts ovate or ovate-oblong
a filaments as long or
shorter than anthers
oa. Filament* longer than
the anthers Ifts cune-
ate at the base 32 crassifolia
FF. Lfts narrow-lanceolate or
oblong-lanceolate 33 Pavoliniana
DD. Lvs pinnate or bipinnate (if
3-foholate, lfts lobed or den-
tale or fls dioecious)
B. The fls perfect
F. Lfts entire or nearly entire,
or S-looed anthers linear,
much longer than broad .
un-
e. often
^ Lf usually ovate or or
' le WutgJ . ^
fabrous inside 48 glauca
pls 8olttary a_3 in acro88i
on stalks to 10 in long, sepals
glabroi* inside lfts usually
50. serratifolia
80iltary
D/ ; ».
GO. Plant climbing,
woody
i it
half-
r«rt.
0 A \7T/-kT»xT*
bcction V1ORNA.
Group CRiSPyR.
«.,..«,.»• « i i
1. integTifolia, Lmn Herbaceous, erect, becoming
2 ft. high' Ivs. rather broad, entire, ovate-lanceolate:
fls solitary, nodding; sepals 4, rather narrow, blue,
coriaceous, 1-2 in. long. June- Aug. Eu and Asia.
g ]yj gej
' , _
T°e following are suppoaed to be hybrids of this species C
eyKndn«i,8im8(xC cnspa C integnfoha var diversifcha, Hort.
c- integnfolia var pmnata, Hort ) Lvs more or less irregularly
|0bed or pinnate fls solitary, rvhndnc-campanulate with the sepala
more or )nas recurved from the middle, blue or bluish-violet B.M.
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
791
1100. Lav. 13 G W 14, pp 502-3 R H 1856 341 Hero also
belongs probably C dtvaricdta, Jacq , with short-petioled pinnate
ITS. and blue, less spreading sepals
2 Fr&montii, Wats. Fig. 981. Closely allied to C-
ochroleuca, but with Ivs 3—4 in long, nearly sessile,
either entire or with a few coarse teeth fls. often
drooping ; sepals thick, purple, nearly glabrous, except
the toinentose edges; styles when young downy rather
than feathery July, Aug Mo. to Colo. OF. 3.381
(adapted m Fig 981). G.W. 14, p. 563.
3. ochroleuca, Ait Herbaceous, 1-2 ft. high, silky-
pubescent, becoming glabrate: Ivs ovate, entire fls.
erect, solitary, terminal, sepals yellow outside, cream-
colored within; styles becoming somewhat plumose.
July, Aug Dry grounds, N Y to Ga LBC 7:661.
—Intro 1883
4 Douglasii, Hook Has habit of C integnfolw,
about 2 ft high: st and petioles angled and ribbed:
Ivs twice pmnately or ternately compound, Ifts nar-
row-linear or lanceolate Ms tubular or bell-shaped, 1
in long, sepals recurved, deep purple within, paler
without June In mts , Mont to New Mex — Intro.
1881 Var Sc6ttii, Coulter, has the Ifts ovate- or ob-
long-lanceolate A hybrid of C Douglat>ii var Krottii x
C texenxis is C. ghbulbsa, Hort , with deep purple
pitcher-shaped fls Gn 75, p. 472.
5 aroma tica, Lemi6 <fe C Koch (C. cxrulea var.
odordta, Hort ) Slender, herbaceous or somewhat
climbing, reaching 6 ft high if supported Ivs of 3-7
ovate, nearly entire Ifts fls. solitary, terminal, very
fragrant, 1M~2 m across, sepals 4, spreading, reflexea,
reddihh violet, stamens white July-Sept Nativity.
perhaps S France It is thought by some to be an old
garden hybrid, probably C Flammula x C integnfolta.
R H 1877, p. 15. Lav. 9.
6 crfspa, Linn A slender climber, reaching 3-4 ft :
Ivs very thin, Ifts 3-5 or more, variable in outline and
sometimes undivided, often 3-5-lobed fls purple,
varying to whitish, cylindrical or bell-shaped, 1-2 in
long, points of sepals recurved, styles of fr hairy but
not plumose June-Sept Va to Texas B R 32 GO.
BM 1892 III 2 78 (as C rampamflvra) G 30 503:
34 147. V 6 379 Lav 14 —This and the allied
species are fragrant A hybrid of this species is C.
cyhndnca, Suns (x C integnfolui) See No 1 A number
of hybrid forms, the offspring of a cross between this
species and C texcnsis are figured and described in
M DG 1898 500 and one as "blue bells" m Gn. 49,
p 189
7 Simsn, Sweet (C Pltchen, Torr & Gray) High
climbing branchlets pubescent' Ivs of 3-4 pairs of
Ifts and a terminal 1ft reduced almost to a midrib;
Ifts coarsely reticulated, lobed or 3-parted, usually
mucronato fls 1 in long and %m diam , with swollen
base, sepals dull purple, recurved at the tips achenes
pubescent, styles not plumose June— Aug S Ind to
Mo , southward to Mex Lav 15 B M 1816 (as
C cordata). Var Sargentii, Rehd (C Sdrgentu, Lav ).
Fls. smaller; paler. Tfts rarely lobed Lav 18 — A
hybrid of this species with C, texensis is figured in R H.
1893:376
8. reticulata, Walt A slender climber, allied to C.
cnspa: Ifts much reticulated and very coriaceous fls.
solitary m the axils of the Ivs , nodding, bell-shaped;
sepals recurved, crispy at the margin: mature fr with
plumose tails. June, July. S. C to Ala. and Fla.
B M. 6574. Lav. 16.
9. Vi6rna, Linn. Fig. 982. Climbing, 8-10 ft ,
sparingly pubescent or glabrous: Ivs. not glaucous nor
coriaceous; Ifts. subcordate-ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
slightly reticulated: fls solitary, on long peduncles,
pitcher-shaped; sepals 4, 1 in. long, variable in color,
often dull purple, thick and leathery, finely pubescent
outside, tips often recurved; styles plumose when
982 Clematis Viorna (XH)
mature, 1 in. long June-Aug. Pa. to Ala. and west-
ward Lav. 17. Gn 45, p 240
10. texensis, Buckl (C cocdnea, Engelm. C Vidrna
var cocdnea, Gray) Climbing, to 6 ft ; glabrous.
Ivs glaucescent, subcorutceous, Ifts broadly ovate,
often obtuse, subcordate, 1^-3 in long, fls solitary,
pitcher-shaped, nodding, carmine or scarlet, glabrous
outside achenes wilh plumose style, 1-2 m long,
glabrous at the tip Texas. Lav. 19. B M. 6594 Gn.
19 284. G W 10, p 498 G C II. 15' 403. W G Z
2.111 F. 1880, pi 15 Gt 32-86. R H. 1878 "10;
1888 348 — Much superior to the preceding because
of its beautiful fls Some of the garden hybrids of this
species, which have been classed under C. pseudo-
cocdnca, Schneid (x C Jackmami), are found under
the names. Countess of Onslow, deep scarlet. Gn 57,
p 37b M DG 1898:481.
G M 37 381 G C III.
16.9 Countess of York,
white', tinted with pink.
Duchess of Albany, clear
pink. Gn 52 304. See
also No 6 for hybrid
forms of r cnspa with
this species and No 7 for
a hybrid with C Simsn
11 ffisca,Turcz. Climb-
ing, to 15 ft ; sparingly
pubescent Ivs pinnate;
Ifts usually ovate, to
ovate-oblong, acute, glab-
rous or pubescent beneath
and ciliate, 1H~2H m.
long, the terminal one
usually wanting' fls on
rather short villous pedi-
eels, nodding, urceolate,
about 1 in long, sepals
with recurved tips, densely brownish pubescent out-
bide, violet inside pubescence of achenes and plumose
tails fulvous June-Aug E Siberia, Japan Lav 20
Var violacea, Maxim (C jdnthina, Koehne). Less
pubescent fls violet Gt 13 455
Group TTJBTJLOS.E.
12 heracleaef&lia, DC (C tubuldsa, Hook ). Stout,
erect, woody only at the babe Ivs ternate, large,
bright green, Ifts broadly ovate, rounded at the base,
slightly pubescent, rnucronately toothed, 4—6 in long'
fls numerous, in coiymbs, either axillary or terminal,
polygamous, tubular in form, with 4 light blue sepals,
becoming reflexed, peduncles and pedicels downy;
recurved stigmas club-shaped. Aug , Sept China.
M <fcJ 17 BM 4269, 6801 (as var Hooken). P.M.
14 31. FS 3 195 RH 1858, p. 42 —Prop by root
division. Var Davidiana, Hemsl (C Davididna,
Decnc ) About 4 ft high, hardly strong enough to
stand without support Ivs usually curieate at the base,
nearly glabrous fls brighter blue, fragrant, in clustered
heads, 6-15 together, and also singly or clustered in
the If -axils RH 1867, p 90 Gn 31, p. 145; 45, p.
241, 49, p. 99, 68, p 273 GM 37.48. G W 6, p.
124 Mn 9:76 A F. 25.1055 Var ichangensis,
Rehd. <fe Wilson. Lfts. broad at the base, sparingly
pubescent above, densely beneath, achenes densely
villous Cent China
A hybrid of this species is C Jouin\d.na, Sohneid (var David-
iana xC Vitalba) Half-climbinK, to 6 ft fls in large panicles,
bluish white, first tubular with the sepals finally spreading G C.
Ill 51 34 Another hybrid is C Damdi&na hybnda, Lem (var.
Davidiana XC stans) of which Lcmoine advertises several named
forms varying from light to deep blue, very flonferous
13 stans, Sieb & Zucc (C heracleaefbha var sfcina,
Hook ). Herbaceous, upright, to 6 ft : branches gray-
ish pubescent. Ifts. broadly ovate, lobed and coarsely
792
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
toothed, more or less pubescent: fls. in terminal pani-
cles sometimes 2 ft long and in axillary clusters,
whitish or bluish white, tubular, with revolute sepals,
less than Mm- 1°U8> uiu?cious Sept , Get Japan
B.M. 6810 —Used chiefly because of the striking foli-
age and its late-blooming qualities. Var Lavallei,
Schneid (C Lavdllei, Decne.). Fls. j^-%m. long,
monoecious.
Group CONNATE.
14 ndtans, Royle Slender woody climber Ivs
pinnate, Ifts ovate-oblong or lanceolate, deeply 3—5-
lobed, rarely entire, 1-3 in long fls nodding in many-
fld. panicles, yellowish white, tubular, ^-^m long,
pubescent outside, filaments silky pubescent below the
middle* achenes silky with plumose tails. July-Oct.
Himalaya Var thyrsoidea, Rehd & Wilson Climb-
ing to 20 ft . Ifts broadly ovate, usually cordate
at the base, silky pubescent beneath' panicles larger
and more compact, on upright stout peduncles 3-<5
in long W.China GC III 48.310 Gn 75, p 557
(as C nutans). R.H. 1905, p 438 (as C. Buchaniana
vitifolia). See pa ere 3567
15 lasiandra, Maxim Climbing, to 12 ft young
growth viscid Ivs pinnate with 3-foholate or 3-fid
segms.; Ifts ovate to ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate,
serrate, glabrous or sparingly pubescent on both sides,
1 3-12-2 3^2 m l°nf?: fls axillary, solitary or in 3's on
stalks 1-3 m long, campanulate, reddish purple, about
%in long; sepals with recuived tips, as long as the
stamens. Aug.-Oct Cent and W China
16. aethusifdlia, Turcz Slender, climbing- Ivs.
bipmnate, pubescent; Ifts. finely cut, usually unequally
3-lobed and deeply incisely serrate with obtusibh mu-
cronulate narrow lobes, M-%m long fls. 1-3, axillary,
on slender stalks, whitish, tubular, %m, long, sepals
with recurved tips: achenes pubescent with long plu-
mose whitish tails. Aug , Sept Mongolia, Manchuria
Var latisecta, Maxim Lfts larger, to \Yi in long
with oval or oblong rounded lobes. Gt 10:342 B M
6542. Gn 6, p 423; 31, p 186: 45, p 241 R H 1869,
p. 10. — This is the form usually cult ; the type with
much more finely divided foliage is very rare in cult
Group ATRAGENEjE.
17 verticillaris, DC (Atrdgene amencdna, Sims)
Fig 983 Trailing or sometimes climbing, 8-10 ft usu-
ally 4 trifoliate Ivs from each node, Ifts thin, ovate,
acute, toothed or entire, somewhat cordate* fls. soli-
tary, blue or purple,
nodding at first, 2-4
in. broad when ex-
panded, 4 thin sepals,
silky along the margins
and veins; stammodes
' spatulate, narrow,
scarcely half as long
as sepals. May, June.
Woodlands,
Va. to Hud-
son Bay,
west to
Minn B M.
887 —Intro.
1881. Var columbiana, Gray Sepals narrower and
more pointed than in the type. Rocky Mts.
18. alpina, Mill. (Atrdgene alplna, Linn ) Sts. 3-5
ft., slender, with prominent joints becoming swollen
with age. Ivs. once or twice ternate, with ovate or ovate-
lanceolate Ifts , serrate or incised; many petal-like sta-
mens, which are devoid of anthers, sepals* 4, bright
blue. Spring N W N. Amer., Siberia to S. "and Cent
Eu. B.M. 530 (as var austnaca) Gn. 46:318; 57, p.
481. R.H 1855 321. L B C. 3.250. G W. 10, p. 82
H.W. 3, p. 16 — A very hardy climber, preferring a
northern exposure. Var. siblrica, Kuntze (var. dlba,
Hort. Atrdgene sibinca, Linn ). Fls white or nearly
so. B.M. 1951 L.BC 14 1358 R.H. 1855.321. Var.
occidentalis, Gray. Petal-like stamens very few, and
often beaiing rudimentary anthers. Rocky Mts.
Section PSEUD ANEMONE.
19 Stanleyi, Hook (C Stanleydna, Hort ) Fig.
984 Erect robust herbs, 3 ft hig^h Ivs biternate,
Ifts sessile or petioled, variable in size, cuneate, silky
983. Achene of Clematis verticillaris. (XI)
984. Clematis Stanleyi. ( X H)
fls 1-3 in across, white to pink-purple, sepals becom-
ing widely expanded, stamens yellow; styles becom-
ing very plumose, white July-Oct Transvaal Intro
1893
I M 7166 Gn 39 76. G F 3 513 (adapted
in Fig 984). GC III 8 327 GM 34 * 320 —Suitable
for greenhouse cult , in the northern states it is apt to
winterkill if left unprotected
Section VITICELLA.
20 Viticella, Linn Climbing 8-12 ft • Ivs some-
times entire, but usually divided into 3 nearly entire
Ifts.. fls 13^-2 in diam , growing singly on pedun-
cles or sometimes in 3's; sepals 4, blue, purple or rosy
purple, obovate, pointed, reflexed; stamens yellow fr.
with rather short glabrous tails. June-Aug. S Eu to
Persia. R II 1860, p. 183; 1876.110, 1879.350 (vars.).
B.M 565. G 22 310, 8*399 H.W 3, p 15. Lav. 7.
— This is the type of one of the leading groups of
garden clematises, and is one of the parents of the
Jackmanu type of hybrids.
The following are garden varieties'
Var albifldra, Kuntze Fls white
Var rubra, Hort Fls purple — Var riibra grand\flt>ra, Jackman,
has larger bright crimson fls and 6 sepals F S 20 2053 (1783).
F 1872 265
Var kermfsina, Lena (C kermesma, Hort ) Fls of bright wine-
red color, purple being absent Gn 39 30
Var hldcina-floribunda, Hort (C hlacina-flonbunda. Hort C
flonbunda, Hort ) Fla pale gray-lilac, conspicuously veined
Gn 18, p 389 (note) — An abundant bloomer Produced in an
English garden in 1880
Lady Bomll, Jackman (C. Lady Bovill, Hort ) Fls cup-
formed, sepals being concave and little or not at all recurved at
the ends, fls 4 in across, sepals 4-6, grayish blue, stamens light
brown M & J 15 RH 1876 '190.
Var marmordta, Jackman (C marmorata, Hort ) Fls rather
small, with 4 broad sepals, light grayish blue with darker vein*, 3
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
793
longitudinal bars M & J. 1, f 2, same plato m F S 20 2050-55
(2008) F 1872 265
Hybrids of C Viticella which are closely allied to that type.
C. enostemon, Decnc.(xC mtegrifoha, C. Hcndersonn, Hender-
son. C Chandleri, Hort ) Fig 985 St and habit of C Viticella Ifts
and fls much like C mtegrifolia climbing 8-10 ft.: 4 blue sepals,
spreading, reflexed at
the tipa RH 1852
341. F8 13 1364 (as
var venosa). Lav 12.
Here belong also C.
intermedia, Bon a my,
smaller, with more pu-
bescent branchlcta and
paler fls C Bergeronii,
Lav , resembling more
C mtegrifoha Ivs usu-
ally entire fls pink,
about 2 in across m
terminal panicles Lav.
10 C dmtorta, Lav .
with rosy-lilac twisted
sepals Lav 11 C Bos-
koop, Hort (C Bos-
koop Seedling, Hort —
C V XC integnfoii
A new race in 18!
growing 3-5 ft
blue, lavender, rose
reddish rose
C ctalAcea, E
(XC Flammula)
in several- to
mauy-fld term-
inal panicles,
pale violet, about
1 in across,
rtals sometimes
Here belongs
also C Othello,
Cripps («C V
var rubra X C
Flammula) If Is
of medium size,
Lav. 5. M.& J. 16. B R. 24 25. PM.4 147. Gn.22:
142. RH. 1856:401. SB KG II. 4.396 F. 1872, p.
200 Var. F6rtunei, Moore (C Ffrtunei, Hort). Fls.
large, very much doubled, sepals creamy white, becom-
ing pink. FS 15-1553 GC 1863.676. I.H 10, p. 86.
M. &J. 13. F. 1863 169. F.M. 3.153
Belle of Waking A hybrid form fls very full and double, sepals
o Gould Veitch (C Veitohii, Hort ) Fla velvet, double,
resembling \ar Fortunei, f xcept in the color of the sepal* From
Japanese gardens FS 18 1875-6
Hybrids of this bptcus arc C ven
C Lavmonuina, see C lanugmosa
in, Krarapen, see C. \ itieella,
985 Clematis enostemon ( x Yd
if a deep velvety purple, continues blooming
until Oct — C rubro-marginata, Jouin (C Flammula var rubro-
niargmata, Cripp ) Similar to C Flammula, bepals white bordered
reddish violet
C parnfldra, DC (XC campamflora, C revoluta, Desf ) Fla
white, small, scarcely 1 in across, sometimes larger achenes with
' ' ' A P De Candolle, PI.
the tail usually pubescent at the base
Rar Geneve 12 — Of no ornamental valu
C tendsa, Krampen (xC flon
Similar to C florida, but petals
C tendsa, Krampen (xC florida, C florida var
lar to C florida, . "
183 G 2 251 G Z 6 100
\enosa, Lav )
_.» otovate Lav 6 RH 1860, p.
.. .__ FS 13 1364 Here also belongs
Louise Carriere, fls lilac with paler veins RH 1880 10 and
several forms described by CIITUTC as C cont6rta, C. atrovioUtcea
and C ViticfUa dlba R H 1H78 350
For other hybrids of this secies see C Giuiscoi, Lem , under
C patens, C splendida under C lanugmosa as form of C Jackmanu.
21 campanifldra, Brot.
Climbing, 10-15 ft . fls.
reflexed and bell-shaped as
in the above type or more
so, usually 1 in or less
diam , purple or whitish fr.
with short pubescent tail.
June, July Native of , .
Portugal. L B C 10 987. ^-C-^
Gn 31, p 187. Lav. 8.— "^
This has been called C.
Viticella because of its close resem-
blance in fl ? fr. and If.; but the Ivs.
are often twice ternate, and the plant
is much more slender in habit.
22. flonda, Thunb. (C. japdnica,
Makmo, not Thunb.). A slender
plant, climbing 9-12 ft.: Ivs. variable,
more or less ternate or biternate;
Ifts. small, ovate-lanceolate: fls. 2-4
in across, flat when expanded; the
5-6 broad, ovate sepals creamy
white, barred with purple beneath;
stamens purplish. May, June. Japan.
B.M. 834. RH. 1856:41. Lav. 5.
J.H. Ill 44:321. G C. Til 35.51.
Var. bicolor, Steud. (C. Sitooldn, D.
Don). Fig 986. Like the type, but
with the purple stamens somewhat
petal-like, and forming a dense, pur-
ple head in the center. F.S. 5:487.
986. Clematis florida var. btcolor. ( X H)
23 lanugmdsa, Lindl (including var pdlhda^ Hort.).
Climbing only 5 or 6 ft . Ivs simple or of 3 Ifts ,
cordate-acuminate, woolly beneath fls erect on stout
stalks shorter than the sepals, woolly in the bud, the
largest of the wild species, being 6 in across; sepals
5 or 6, broadly ovate, leathery, rather flat, overlapping,
lavender or bluish gray, center of stamens pale reddish
brown; styles plumose. Summer T^ative near Ningpo,
China. FS 8.811 I H 1 14 Lav 1 M & J 4 J.
F 4 363. H F 1855 1 1854 225. G C III 29 23 G.
I, p 257. Gng. 5*38 — It is to this species, more than
to any other, that the beauty and popularity of the
garden varieties and hybrids arc due. The finest
hybrids, including C Jackmanu and its section, and C.
Lawsonwna, contain more or less of the blood of C.
lanugmosa.
Forms of C lanuginosa are
Var cdndida, Ix>momt (C Candida, Hort ) Like the type,
except that the simple Ivs and Ifts of the compound Ivs are much
larger, and the fls arc larger, being 7-8 in across, and white with
a purplish shading around the margins F M 5 310 V 0 225 —
Perhaps a hybrid of C patens
Var nivea, Lemome (C nivca, Hort ) Sepals 6-8, narrowish,
pure white, anthers pale brown — Thought to be of same origin as
the above var
alba mdgna, Jackman Us \ t ry large, pure white, with about
6 broad sepals and purplish brown anthers G C II 3 685
Lady Caroline Nevill, Cripps Fla
often 7 in across, sepals 6, nearly
white, with mauve - colored stripe
down center of each Gn 40, p 33 —
"•"" One of the finest light-colored varie-
ties
Primes* of Wales, Jackman Fls
6 in across, sepals 8, satiny bluish
mauve, very broad G C III 27 53.
Gn 59, p 300
'e Lefebvre, Cripps Resembles the
t has S sepals, more pointed, and
T in shade
rfrrtion, Froebel Fla very large, sepals
ry broad, lilac-mauve R B 6 193
Hunatwn. Cnpps Fls like the type, but
with 0-7 grayish blue sepals, 6 in across
Madame Kmih Sorbet, Paillct Fls bright
blu<> R H 1S78 291
Madame Van Houtte, Cripps Late-bloom-
ing, sepals pale blue, becoming white
Madame Thibaut Fls very abundant —
Thought to be a hybrid with C Viticella
The President, Noble A rich violet-
blue fl
Ercehior, Cnjpns Fls double, sepals
grayish purple, with a reddish bar down the
center of each F S 20 2055
rioWrta, Noble Fls violet-blue, 7 in.
across F M 187G 217
Robtrt Hanbury, Jackman Sepals bluish
lilac, flushed at the edges with red, and the
bar slightly tinted with red Gn 16 128.
This species has given rise to
numerous beautiful hybrids which m
many cases are the product of so
much intercrossing that it is impos-
sible to recognize the exact parent-
age By far the most important
group of these hybrids may be classed
under C. Jackmami, which, however,
by some is considered not a hybrid,
but a species intro from Japan
C Jdckmann, Moore (C lanuginosa xC.
Hendersonn and C lanuginosa XC Viticella.
C hakonensis, Franch & Sav ) Fig 987.
Habit and Ivs of C lanugmosa fls flat,
5-6 in broad, usually in 3's and forming
Ma
last, b
darkei
794
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
panicles at the end* of the branches; sepals 4-6, very broad,
velvety purple, with a ribbed bar down tho center, broad, central
tuft of pale green stamena. M & J. 5. 6, 9, 10, 11, 12. 14. I H.
11 414 FS 16 1629 Gn 22 142; 53, p. 262, 71, p 107. A G.
12 125, 19 269 A F. 10 1329, 14.995-7, 16-283. RH 1868-
390 Gng 4 261, 9 17, 7 230-2 C L A. 5 379 Gn M 4 228.
G M. 47 102 G Z. 9 96 F 1864 193 V 6 129, 9 340. 18
70. Lav. 4 Var. diba, Hort. Fls. nearly "pure white G 23.185.
F. 1884 33. Gn.
25 126. Var. ru-
bella, Jackman.
FIs deep velvety
reddish violet F.
M.5 310 FS20.
2050-51 ( 1874 ).
Var. superba,
Hort. Fls violet-
Ru r p 1 e , resem-
ing C Madame
Grange1.
Also the fol-
lowing hybrids
are to be classed
under C Jack-
manii modesta,
Modeste - Gu6rm
(=C\ XC lanu-
gmosa) Fls well
expanded, large,
bright blue, bars
deeper colored.
fulyerts, Simon-
Louis(— C V.var.
frandifloraxC
anuginosa)
Sepals 5-6, rather
narrow, dark pur-
ple to blackish
crimson, velvety,
edges somew hat
serrate purpurea-
hybnda, Modeste-
Gurnn (=C V.
XC Jackmanii)
Fls 4-6 in across,
deep purple-vio-
let, with red veins,
but not barred.
ritbro-violacea,
Jackman (C lanu-
ginosa X C Viti-
cella var atroru-.
bens) Lvs pin-
nate, with ovate-
acuminate or
sometimes ovate-
lanceolate Ifts .
sepals 4-6, ma-
roon-purple with
a reddish bar ,
stamens greenish
FS 16 1630 G.
Z 10 112 F.
1864 265 Var
Prince of Wales,
Hort , has fls of
lighter tint IM
Lvs smooth: buds
987. Clematis Jackmanii
France, G6gu (C. lanuginosa XC Ji
, . kmami)
woolly, sepals deep cobalt-blue, pointed, with wavy edges Reine
des Bleues, Boisselot (same cross as the last) Fls large, blue, with
broad, recurved sepals devonifnns. Lem (same cross) Fls 8-9
in across, sepals 8, delicate lavender-blue Gn 9, p 563 (note).
splendida, Simon-Louis (XC Viticella) Fls. very dark purple,
changing to reddish violet R II 1865 71
(rtpsy Queen, Cripps Deep violet Alexandra, Jackman. Red-
dish violet Star of India, Cripps Five in across, purple, barred
with red tunbridgensis, Cnpps Reddish purple, barred with light
blue Lav 4 bis I H 18 50 magnlfica, Jackman Rich purple,
shaded with crimson, 3 bars of red in each sepal F M 8 453.
R H 1876 110 Madame Grange, Hort. Sepals very concave, pur-
ple crimson R H 1877 150 Mrs James Battman, Noble Palo
lavender, a probable cross of C J with C lanugmosa. M & J. 2,
f 1 FS 20 2053 (1779) Mrs Moore, Jackman Eight to 9 in.
across, sepals rather narrow, white Thomas Moore, Jackman. As
large as the last, rich violet, with white stamens Madame Baron
Veillard, Baron Veil Rose-lilac Madame Andre, carmine-violet.
R H 1893 180 vfliUina-purpurea, Jackman Fls 4-6 in across,
usually 4, sometimes 5 or 6 sepals, blackish purple Francois
Morel, Morel Fls 4 in across, sepals usually 4, bright violet-
red R H 1884 444. Ville de Lyon, Morel Fh 5 in across;
sepals usually 6, broad, deep amaranth-red R H 1899 184.
Other hybrids of C lanuginosa are the following
C. DurAnd%\, Kuntze (C intcgnfoha or possibly C Jackmanii X
C. mtegrifoha) Upright, to 6 ft Ivs simple, petioled fls and mfl.
similar to C. Jackmanii, fls. blue, 4-5 in broad, flat, with usually
4, rarely 5 or 6 recurved sepals June-Sept. Gn. 49 98 Gng.
5.276 G.31 257— Here belongs probably C. PeWn, Can-.,
though the author gives C. lanuginosa X recta as the parents. R.H.
1880, p. 228
C. Lawsoniana, Anderson-Henry ( X'C flonda var. Fortunei).
Pig 989 (adapted from Floral Magazine, 1872) FU very large;
sepals 6-8, broad, rose-purple, marked with darker veins. Aug -
Nov G 33 411. Var Xumemana (C Symesiana, Anderson-
Henry XC flonda var Fortunei) Fls 7 in across, sepals 6-8, pale
mauve, a profuse bloomer. Var. Henryi (C Henryi, Anderson-
Henry) Pig 988 Robust plant, free bloomer fls creamy white,
becoming fully expanded wnen grown in the open sun or under
glass Aug -Nov. Gn M 13 348 G M 43 318 —It resembles
more the lanuginosa parent It is not to be confused with G.
Henryii, Oliv., a Chinese speciea allied to C. oneutalis and not m
cult
C, Cablbizu (XC patens; C. patens var Gablenzu, Hort ). Lva.
simple or 3-parted, ovate, subcordate fls large deep violet-blue;
sepals 6- 8 GZ 1480 — Here belong also
Otto Froebel, Leinomp Lvs leathery, simple or 3-parted' fla of
fleshy texture, grayish white, sometimes becoming bluish, sepals
8, blunt, broad, anthers brownish Imperatnce Eugenie, Carr6
(C 1 var palhduxC patens) Lvs snnplc or 3-parted, Ifts broad
and woolly fls H-9 in across, with 8 broad, white sepals Jeanne
d'Arc, Dauvesse Same cross a« last and much like it, but the sepals
' ' ' " '
are grayish white, with 3 b
de M Julien, Carre. (XC
hite, with 3 blue bn
uUv
the
of each (it
lanuginosa, but with larger fls • sepals 0-8, white or pule gray at
first , stamens yellow Gem, Baker (XC Standishii) Lvs 3-parted
or simple fls like C lanuginosa in form, grayish blue
24. patens, Mom & Dccne (C. cseridca, Lmdl. C.
aziirea, Hort. ex Turcz.). Taller and more slender,
and Ifts. smaller and nai rower than C. lanuginosa fls.
appearing on last year's branches on .slender Btalks
longer than the sepals, spreading; sepals about 8,
rather narrow, delicate lilac, .stamens purple Spring.
Isle of Nippon, Japan. M. «fe J. 3. Lav. 2 and 3.
BR 23 1955 P M. 4 '193. B 3.120 IF B 1 78.
RH 1850:201 — Should be grown on a northern ex-
posure to preserve the eolor of the fls It is almost as
prolific as C lanuginosa in producing garden varieties
and hybnds, and it is the most likely of all to produce
double-fld founs. Var grandifldra, Davis (C deriir
lea var grandifldra, Hook ) Fls larger than the type.
B M 3983 Var. Standishii, Moore (C titdndu>hnt
Hort ). Fls. about 5 in. across, sepals light lilac-blue,
elliptic, of metallic luster* Ifts. 3, ovate, acuminate,
small — A fine variety from Japanese gardens flower-
ing profusely in .spring.
The following other garden varieties or crosses belong here
Mrs James Bakfr Sepals nearly white, ribbed with dark
carmine Miss Bateman, Noble FIs more ( ompact than the type,
6 in across, sepals ovate, shortly acuminate, pure white, with
cream-colored bars; anthers brown Probably of hybrid origin ,
allied to var Standishii Stella, Jaikman Fls not so large as tho
last, sepals deep mauve, with a red bar down tht center of each
FS 22 2311 Amnha, Sieb Sepals 6 or more, oblong-lanceo-
late, light lilac From Japanese gardens F S 10 1051 Ijord
lanesborouah, Noble Sepals bluish lilac, each with a metallic
purple bar —A good variety to gradually force to blossom in the
greenhouse by March Lmly Laimsborouah, Noble Sepals silver-
gray, the bar being lighttr colored — It will blossom in March in
the greenhouse Marie, Simon-Louis Fls darker than the type
Mrs G Jackman, Jackmau Sepals blush-white with indistinct
wine-red bars Gn 16 128 The Queen, Jatkinan Us rath( r torn-
pact, tho sepals being broader than the type John Murray,
Jackman. Habit and foliage bolder than the type fls somewhat
later Gn 46 32 Fair Rosamond, Jackman Sepals apiculate,
broader than the type, and of the same color F S 22 2342
Gn 16 128 Counter of Lovelace, Jackman Fls double, blue-
violet, sepals much imbricated In tho second crop of blooms the
fls are single, as is often the case in other double varieties Albert
Vic-or, Noble Fls much like the type, but large and more compact
— Suitable for forcing under glaas Duche^ of Edinburgh, Jatkman.
Fls double, white, strongly imbricated Marcel Moitr, Moser
Fls 7 in across, sepah 8, mauve with a reddish violet bar J
1897 104, 1900, p 85 Nelly Moser, Mow Fls. 5 in atross
sepals 8, mauve-pink, with a darker red bar R.H 18Q.8 236
Louis van Houtte, Hort Semi-double, rosy white Frsta, Endl
Sepals gray, anthers red. Gt 39 131* Gn 9 408 KB 6 191
Helena, Sieb Fls pure >vhite, with yellow stamens F S
11 1117. I H 1 21 R H 1855 341 Louisa, Sieb Fls pure
white, with purple stamens F S 10 1052 monvtrbia, Planch Fls.
semi-double, pure white F S 9 960 R H 1856 9 Sophia, Sieb
Sepals deep lilac-purple on the edges, with light green bars F
S 8 852 f H 1 21 BH 4 97 RH 1855 161. moldcea, Lcm.
Fls violet-blue; stamens yellow IH 7 254
Some double-flowered varieties which possibly belong hero are.
Snowdrift, with white, very double fls. Gn 49, p 189. M D O.
1898 496 Ostrich Plume, also white and VTV double with nar-
rower wavy sepals M D G 1898 496 Waverly, blue, semi-
double M D G 1898 497
Hybrids of this species are the following- C Gudscoi, Lem.
(XC Viticella) Branches pubescent Ifts 5, nearly glabrous fls.
solitary, violet-purple, 3 in across, with 4-6 sepals, strongly 3-
nerved, tomentose outside JH 4 117 IH 7 226 — C franco-
furtentHH, Lav , supposed to be a hybrid of C Jackmanii (C.
hakonensis) and C patens, is hardly different Lav 7 bis — C lanu'
~mosa X C patens, see the preceding species — C flonda X C patens.
ie believe that C patens var Standiahu represents this cross
ginosa
Some
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
795
Section VITALBA.
Group CIRRHOSIS.
25 cirrhdsa, Linn Climbing, to 10 ft.; glabrous:
Ivs peisistent, slender-petioled, simple, ovate to ovate-
oblong, crenately serrate, 1-1 ^ in long, fls 1-2 on
the old wood, axillary, whitish, open campanulate,
nodding, \}/i in across, with a short involucre below
the sepals, achenes with long plumose tail Spring.
S Eu, Asia Minor. BM 1070 L.B C. 19:1806.—
Tender, only for warmer temperate regions.
26 balearica, Rich (C calyana, Ait.). Closely
allied to the preceding Ivs ternate; Ifts incisely ser-
rate, often deeply 3-lobed, Y£~\ in long: fls. greenish
yellow, spotted red inside Spring S Eu Asia Minor.
RH 1859, p 190; 1874, p. 289. GC 11.9.500. Gn.
6, p 425, 31, p 187, 45, p 240. L B C. 8:720. B.M.
959 —Tender.
Group MONTANA.
27 gracilifdlia, Rehd & Wilson. Climbing, to 10 ft :
IVH deciduous, pinnate, Ifts 5-7, ovate to oblong-ovate,
cuneate at the base, coarsely serrate, pubescent, about
%m long fls 1-4, axillary, fascicled, white, l-ll/z in.
across, on slender stalks 1-2 in long; sepals 4, spread-
ing, obovate to oblong-obovate achenes glabrous,
with long plumose tail June VV China. — Very grace-
ful .ind flonferous species, has proved hardy at the
Arnold Arboretum.
28 montana, Buch -Ham (C odor&ta, Hort , not
Wall j A vigorous climber, often reaching a height of
15-20 ft Ivs. ternate, with oblong-acuminate cut-
toothed Ifts fls several in each axil, following each
other in succession of time, resembling white anemone
blossoms, sweet-scented, sepals 4, elliptic-oblong;, 1 m.
long, spreading, becoming pink, stamens conspicuous,
yellow achenes glabrous with plumose tails May.
Himalaya region B R 26 53 M & J 8 Gn. 30, p.
309, 49, p 39, 51,p 319, 60, p 79, 68, p 379, 75, p.
371 AG 19 391 RH 1856 161; 1899, p 529 G C.
Ill 18 303,20 5S9 M DG 1902 423 Lav 22 J H.
Ill 49 533 G 27 237 GM 38 661,46 121,51.319.
Var grandifldra, Hook (var anernomflora, Kuntze).
FK larger, 3-4 in across BM 4061 MDG 1902:
422 G 34 477 Var rftbens, Wilson Foliage red-
dish, particularly \\hen unfolding fls pink or light
pink June RH 1909 35. RB 33 232 FSR 3 252.
Gn 77, p 84 G M 50 395; 54 168 J H III 59.325.
— Offsprings of a cross between this variety and the
preceding are Var. hldcina, Lemoine, with bluish lilac
fls G 34 345. Var perfccta, Lemoine, and var. undu-
lata, Lemoine, with bluish white very large fls. Var
Wflsonii, Sprague (C repens, Veitch, not Finet &
Gagnep ) Lfts ovate, usually rounded or subcordate
at the base, puberulous on the veins beneath; sepals
obovate-oblong, %-l in long fls in July and Aug ,
nearly 2 months later than the type B M 8365.
MDG 1912 26 R B 35 '108. See page 3567
29 Spodneri, Rehd & Wilson (C montana var.
Sfrfcea, Franch ) Climbing, to 20 ft . Ivs ternate;
Ifts ovate or oval, usually rounded at the base, with
1 or few teoth on each side, silky pubescent above
and beneath, 1-3 in long fls. 1 or 2, white, 3^4 in.
across on pedicels 3-6 m. long; sepals broadly obovate,
densely pubescent outside: achenes pubescent, with
long plumose tail Spring W China — Beautiful
species; has proved fairly hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum.
Group RKCTJE.
30. Armandii, Franch. Climbing, to 15 ft • Ivs.
ternate, evergreen, glabrous; Ifts ovate to ovate-
oblong, acuminate, rounded or subcordate at the base,
entire, 4-5 in. long, coriaceous1 fls. white, 1-2 ^> in.
across, with oblong-obovate sepals, in loose axillary
51
cymes in the axils of last year's branches, with persistent
bud-scales at the base, achenes hairy, with long plumose
tails. April, May. Cent and W. China. G.C III. 38:
30 RB. 35, p 281. RH 1913, p 65. Var Farquha-
riana, Rehd. & Wil&on. Fls. light pink, large, about 2
in across. Ifts oblong-ovate — This handsome species
is like the following 3 species, adapted only for warmer
temperate regions.
31 Meyeniana, Walp Climbing rapidly; glabrous
or slightly pubescent Ivs ternate, Ifts coriaceous,
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, cordate or rounded at the
base, entire, 2-3 in long panicle loose and many-fld.;
fls white, less than }/2in across sepals 4, obtusish.
anthers as long or longer than filaments' achenes with
long feathery tails Japan, E China and Indo-Chma.
Summer. B M 7897 — Hardy only m warmer tem-
perate regions.
32 crassifdlia, Benth Closely allied to the preceding
species climbing, quite glabrous Ifts thicker, cunoate
at the base, usually obtusibh, sepalfe acuminate, anthers
shorter than the filaments Late summer China —
Suitable for greenhouse, more tender than the pre-
ceding.
33 Pavoliniana, Paxnpanmi Climbing, glabrous:
Ivs. subcoriaceous ternate, Ifts long-petioled, lanceolate
or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, 2-3 in long fls slen-
der-pedicelled, white, 1-1 V£ in across in axillary
racemes; sepals linear-oblong achenes fulvous-pubes-
cent, with a long plumose tail May Cent China.
34 r£cta, Linn. (C erecta, Linn.). Herbaceous,
somewhat tufted, 2-3 ft long: Ivs pinnate, Ifts.
stalked, ovate, acuminate, entire fls numerous, on a
large, branching terminal panicle, white, sweet-scented,
988 Clematis Lawsoniana var. Henryi, a derivative from
C lanugmosa (XK)
796
CLEMATIS
1 in. across. June-Aug. S. Eu. Gn. 52, p. 510; 53, p.
547; 66, p. 152. R.H 1899, p. 528. G.M.45.866.
G.W. 14, p. 561. Var. plena, Lemome. Fully dou-
bled, button-like blossoms H F. 1860:13. R.H 1860,
pp. 512-13 Var mandshurica, Maxim (C. termfldra,
DC. C. mandchuna, Rupr.). Taller and slenderer. Ifts.
3-5, ovate, subcordate at the base, rarely cuneate,
obtuse, reticulate beneath: fls. pure white in axillary
ind terminal panicles. R H. 1909, p. 423.
35 paniculata, Thunb Figs. 990, 991. A vigorous
climber. Ifts 3-5, often lobed, acuminate, 1-4 m long,
glabrous* fls. fragrant, 1-1 /^ in across, m axillary and
CLEMATIS
numerous, in axillary and terminal panicles , sepals 4,
linear-oblong, white; stamens white, fr. bearing white
plumes. Aug.-Oct. Medit. region. Gn. 52, p. 499;
55, p 114; 58, p 319; 76, p. 23. Gn. M. 13 347 H W.
3, p 14 V. 5*321. — Must have a sunny expo&ure;
very beautiful. Var rub£Ua, Bele (C. rubella, Pers , not
Hort ). Differs from the type in having the fls. red
outside. Var. rotundifdlia, DC. (C. fragrans, Tenore).
Lfts. broader, obtuse: fls. fragrant. S. Eu. R.F.G.
4:62 (46C6).
There are hybrids of this species with C mtegnfolia
for which see No. 5, C. aromatica and with C. Viticella,
see C. vtolacea under No. 20.
989. Clematis Lawsooiana, one of C. lanuginosa derivatives. ( X H)
terminal panicles; sepals 4, dull white. Sept Japan.
G.F. 3:621 (adapted in Fig. 990); 5*91; 9:75 and 185.
F.R 2.581; 6:471. Mn. 7:113. Gng 1:101 and 165;
4*161, 229; 6 291; 7 246. A F. 13:1314 M.DG1898:
487-9 G.W. 11:127. V. 16:18 A.G 20:847. F E.
16:375. Gn.57, p. 155' 61, p. 91. RH 1874, p. 465
and 1899, p. 527
Prop, by seed.
blooming species in American gardens Thrives best in
Group E
37. Fargesii, Franch.
Climbing, to 20 ft : Ivs pin-
nate; Ifts. 5-7, ovate,
incised - serrate, sometunes
3-lobcd or 3-parted, nearly
glabrous or sometimes
sparingly silky-pubescent,
particularly beneath, 1-2
m long fls 2 in across,
white, in 3-fld axillary
cymes, long-stalked, sepals
4-6, obovate, finely pubes-
cent outside achenes gla-
brous with feathery tails July W.
China Var. Softhei, Fmet & Gag-
nep. Flh larger, 3 in across, soli-
tary. — A handsome species, resem-
bling C montana.
38. apiifdlia,DC Climbing, to 10
ft branchlets pubescent Ivs ter-
nate, long-petioled, If is usually
ovate, coarsely serrate and some-
tunes 3-lobed or occasionally the
terminal ternate, glabrous above,
pubescent on the veins beneath
fls in axillary, many-fld short
cymes, white, about ££in across,
sepals pubescent on both sides.
achenes pubescent with plumose
tails Sept , Oct Japan Var.
obtusidentata, Ilchd <fc Wihson
Lfts broader, usually truncate or
subcordate at base, less deeply ser-
rate with shallow rounded teeth,
more pubescent Cent China — •
Resembles C grata in the shape of
the Ifts.
39. brevicaudata, DC. (C brevr-
c&rddta, Hort ) Climbing vigor-
ously Ivs pinnate to bipmnate;
segms ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
coarsely toothed, sometimes nearly
entire, nearly glabrous or pubescent'
fls in axillary panicles, white, I/E-
%in. across* achenes hairy, rarely
glabrous, with rather short plumose tails Aug-Oct.
China. G.F 5. 139 — A very variable species, but little
used. Var tenuisepala, Maxim. Segms with only 1-3
teeth on each side or sometimes entire* fls about 1 in.
across with glabrous sepals
& ?' l?5L61' p',91> ,KHx 1874>P* 465 40. grata, Wall High climbing: young branchlets
27 (as C. Flammvtorobwitd). 1902, p 86. pubescent: Ivs pinnate; Ifts usually 5, broadly ovate,
!. By far the most common of the fall- U8Ually cordate at the base, mcisely serrate, sometimes
3-lobed, 1-2 in. long, pubescent on both sides or gla-
» — TTT Vi ------- 1 ------- ----- — ---- o-njuro-i. i u in. "jii£, }juut"3\;ciiii UM uuwi niuuo ui Is"*
°?8' JT stand jsevere pruning m winter, brous above* fls H-l in. across, creamy white, in large
. , . ,~ ~.., ~ „ .. .
36. Flammula, Linn (C. Pdllasu, J. F. Gmel.). A
slender but vigorous cumber, reaching 10-15 ft : Ivs.
usually bipmnate. dark green, remaining fresh till mid-
. , ,
panicles; sepals tomentose outside: achenes densely
pubescent, with long feathery tails. Sept., Oct. Him-
alayas. GM. 47*642 Gn 66, p 365; 71, p 506. Var.
uouauj uifjiuuai*;. uaxA f^iccu, i ciiiaiiiiu^ neon viii iinu- aiajna. \j iTi. •*« \j-tA vjrii v»u, p OWU, I A, p OVU. » ttl .
winter; Ifts. small, ovate, oblong or linear: fls. small, lobulata, Rehd. & Wilson. Lfts. with coarser and fewer
CLEMATIS
CLEMATIS
797
rounded teeth, often 3-lobed or 3-parted, densely
pubescent on both sides Cent. China. Var. grandi-
dentata, Rehd. & Wilson. Lfts. occasionally only 3,
incisely dentate, usually rounded at base, glabrescent
above, silky pubescent beneath, chiefly on the veins,
in. long. Cent. China.
Flower of Clematis
paniculate. (X?i)
990 Clematis pamculata. (Xh)
41 Vitalba, Linn In England called TRAVELER'S
JOY The most vigorous climber of tho genus, ascend-
ing 20-30 ft Ivs. pinnate, Ifts ovate to ovate-lanceo-
late, acuminate, cordate at the base, partly cut, 2-3 j-3
in long fls numerous, in axillary panicles, dull white,
%m. across, with a faint odor of almonds styles of
fr long and feathery, from which it is given the name
"old man's beard " July-Sept Ku , N Afr. Cauca-
sus region Gn 31, p 187, 4."), p 389, 53, p 546 M
DG 1898.319 JH III 54441 II W 3, p 13 —
There is a hybrid of this species with C heraclcaefoha,
for which see No 12
42 virgmiana, Linn Fig 992 Climbing 12-15 ft
Ivs ternate, Ifts glabrous, cut-toothed, bases often
cordate, 2-3 in long fls white, in leafy panicles, often
inoncreious or dioecious, about 1 in across when
expanded, plumose styles 1 in or more in length. July-
Sept Nova Scotia to Ga , westward to Kan G \V -
FA 12 V 3 19. 9 36 Var Catesbyana, Brit (C
Calesbyatia, Pursh) Lvs somewhat pubescent, often
biternate Southeastern states Intro 1883
43 ligusticifdha, Nutt Allied to C mginuina, but
having 5-7 Ifts , of firmer texture, rather more pubes-
cent, variable in form and margin, but usually 3-lobed
or coarsely toothed, 1-2 in long fls white, ?4m
across, in terminal and axillary panicles; styles densely
silky-pubescent, with long straight
hairs Aug Mo. to New Mex and
Brit Col Intro. 1881 Var cahfoi-
nica, Wats , has no marked differ-
ence. Ivs usually smaller and per-
haps more tomentose
44 Drummondii, Torr &
Gray Climbing- st and Ivs
ashy pubescent Ivs pinnate; Ifts
coarsely cleft, wi£h the segms more
or less flaring and sometimes
toothed, J^-l in long* fls dioeci-
ous, white, %in. across, in 3-lld.
cymes or sometimes solitary; styles •'
becoming 2-4 in. long. Sept Dry ground, Texas to
Ariz.
45. lasiantha, Nutt. Climbing; tomentulose' Ivs
ternate; Ifts roundish, few-toothed, tomentulose on
both sides or glabrous above, 1-2 in long: fls. 1-3, axil-
lary from scaly buds on last year's branches, white, fra-
grant, ll/2 m- across, sepals tomentose outside, achenes
pubescent, with long feathery tails. Spring. Calif.
Group HEXAPETALJE.
46. indivlsa, Willd Large woody climber: Ivs. ter-
nate, coriaceous; Ifts ovate-oblong to narrow-oblong,
subcordate, 1-4 in long, usually entire, fls in axillary
panicles, white, 2-4 in across
with 6-8 oblong sepiln aohenes
pubescent with y long plumose
tail New Zeal —Only the fol-
lowing var seems to be in
cult : Vai lobata, Hook. Lfts
more or less lobed or even 3-(
p»rt«i BM 4398 HH 1853'
241 FS 4-402 Gn 12 400; 41,
p 336, 53, p 547, 74, p. 527;
77, p 67. HF. 1853.144 G C.
Ill 29-215; 38 135. G.M 50:
267 G 8:289; 32 281-3 J.H.
Ill 62-387 A F.13 879,16-56;
30 221. Gng. 16.199, 8.356. G F. 6 167.— Only for
warm or temperate regions, often cult, as a green-
house plant and flowering profusely in winter and
early spring.
Group ORIENTALES.
47 orientalis, Linn (C gravkolens, Lmdl ) A rapid
climber, reaching 12-15 ft Ivs thin, glaucous and
shiny, pinnate, Ifts 3-paited or -lobed, with small,
ovate or oblong-ovate, entire or cut-toothed divisions
2-2-1 ?•£ in long fls in fow-fld cymes, sometimes
solitary, becoming erect or nearly so, \\<> in across;
sepals 4, yellow, tinted \\ith green, pubescent on both
sides, spreading, some\vluit lefiexed, styles plumose.
Aug, Sept Himalaya region to Persia Lav 21
BM 4495 Gn 31, p 1S6, 15 240, 52, p. 501 FS
43746 (pi 336), 6548 RH 1855321, 1899, p.
530 J F 2 128 P.F G 2, p. 67 Gng. 5 227.
V 3 362
48 glauca, Wrilld (C orwntalu* var glauca, Maxim )
Slender climber, glabrous Ivs pinnate, very glaucous,
Ifts usually oblong, obtusish, entire or sometimes 3-
lobcd or 3-parted, 1-2 in long fls
yellow, open, rampanulate, nodding,
1 ! 2 in across, in few-fld axillary
cvmos, sepals quite glabrous inside and
ne irly so outside, not reflexed achenes
\Mlh long plumose tails Aug -Oct.
Siberia to W. China R H 1890, p
561 — Hardier than the
preceding species Var.
akebioides, Rehd & Wil-
son. Lfts usually 3-lobed
with broad rounded lobes
often coarsely crenate,
about 1 in.
long: fls usu-
ally in 3's,
rarely solitary
W China. Var
angustifdlia,
I*debu (C. tn-
tricdta, Bunge)
Lfts. usually
3-parted with narrow
generally linear-lanceo-
late segms. Mongolia
49 tang&tica, Kor-
shinsky (C orientalis
var. tangiilica, Maxim.
C endpoda, Koehne,
not Maxim ) Climb-
79*
CLEMATIS
CLEMATOCLETHRA
ing, to 10 ft.' young branchlets slightly villous or nearly
glabrous Ivs. green, pinnate; Ifts. oblong-lanceolate or
lanceolate, acuminate, megularly serrate with spread-
ing teeth, sometimes 3-lobed or 3-parted, 1-3 in. long:
fls solitary, bright yellow, nodding, 3 in. across, sepals
glabrous, except at the maigm, acuminate or obtusish:
achencs with very long plumose tails. June, sometimes
again in Aug. Mongolia to VV. China. 13 M 7710.
R.H. 1902 528. G VV. 14, p 651— Very handsome
with its showy bright yellow fls. and later in summer
with its large heads of feathery frs.; hardy.
50. serratifdlia, Hehd. (C. koredrui, Hort.. not
Komarov). Shrubby climber. Ivs biternate, bright
green t glabrous; Ifts ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate,
acuminate, mequally serrate, 1-2J-2 ln- long: fls. 1-3,
axillary, long-stalked, yellow, nodding, 2 m. across;
sepals glabrous, except at the margin: achenes With
long plumose tails. Aug., Sept. Korea. — Handsome
anil quite hardy The true C kore-atia belongs to the
Atragene group and has pctaloid stammodes.
C aculdnaiila, Hook f <fe Thorn* Allied to C lasmndra Sts.
deeply grooved Ivs bipmnate, with o\itc or ovate-lanceolate
crenate Ifts fls axillary, browmssh yellow, with the sepals winged
on the Lack Sept , Oct Himalayas Not hardy N — C Additonii,
Brit Allied to C Viorna Upright herb, glabrous lower Ivs.
simple, upper pinnate fls purplish May, June Va and N C.
G F9 325— C antfiisfi/oJwi, Jac<i Allied to C recta Lvs pm-
nate with simple or 3-pnrtrd linear Ifts fls solitary or m 3's
with 4-8 sepals S Eu R F G 4 62 (-if>b5) — C unstatn, R Br
Allied to C indivi^a Evergreen hs ternatc, with ovate to
ovate-lanceolate, cordate Ifts fls dicecious, white, in few-fld
axillary corymbs, 2 in across, fragrant Austral BR A 238
and LBC 7 620 (pistillate plant) GC III .32 55 (stammato
plant) \ar Drnnm, Guilf (C Handen, Wats ) Fls with sal-
mon-red filaments BM S3(>7 Tender — (' birbillata, Kdgew
Allied to C montana Lfts ovate-lanceolate, toothed fls solitary,
large, dull purple achenes glabrous Himalaya R H 1858, p
407 BM 4794 FS 9 95b -(' Renthami.mn, Hemsl (C term-
flora, Bcnth not DC ) Allied to C Meyeniann and C chmcnsis
Lfta 5, broadly ovate, subrurdatc, sparinsly pubescent, lJi-2 in
long fls in axillary and terminal panic lt>s, white, ^m across.
China — Of no particular ornamental value — C brachulta, Thunb.
Climbing, pubescent Ivs bipmnate or the upper pinnate, Ift8
ovate coarsely toothed fls greenish white, in axillary panicles,
fragrant, 1-1)2 lri across, sepals spreading obtuse, filaments hairy
at the base S Afr B R 2 97 GC III 30 307 Tender —f.
brachyitra, Maxim Similar to C recta Herbaceous, upright.
Ivs pinnate with 3-5 ovate, 3-ncrved Ifts fls axillary, solitary,
white, sepals glabrous except at the margin achencs few with
short pubescent style Korea — C BuchananiAna, DC Allied to
C. nutans Large climber, hairy Ivs pinnate, Ifts broadly ovate,
serrate or lobed fls in panicles, tubular, sepals ribbed Himalaya
See also C nutans var. th>rscmlea — C rhintnsis, Ret/ Allied to
C Meyemana Lfts 5, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, nearly glabrous,
£4-1 j/2 in long fls m axillary and terminal panicles China —
C chrysoctima, Franch Allied to C montana Upright shrub
Ifts obovatc with few coarse teeth, ?i-lji m long, yellowish
silky-pubescent beneath, fls axillary, 1-3, 2 in across, sepals white
with pink margin. China. B M 8395.— C connatn, DC Allied
to C nutans Large climber, glabrous Ifts 3-7, broadly ovate,
slightly pubescent or nearly glabrous, cordate at base, coarsely
serrate, often 3-lobed, 2-4 in long fls */\-\ in long, in many-fld
panicles Himalayas G F 4 235 — C Delav&yi, Franch Allied
to C recta Upright shrub Ivs pinnate, Itts 9-11, ovate, entire,
silvery white be math, >3-><jin long fls white, slender-stalked,
3-5, terminal, about 1 in across W China Very distinct, but
apparently not hardy N — C Gibleriana, Bong =C songanca var.
Gebleriana — C. Gounana, rfoxbg Allied to C grata Tall (limber;
usually glabrous Ivs pinnate or bipmnate, Ifts ovate-oblong,
glabrous -ibove, pubescent or sometimes glabrous beneath fls
W-Hm across, white, in large panicles Himalayas S Asia ,
Philippine Isls. Wight, Icon 933-4 —C grewiafldra, DC.
Allied to C nutans Tall wocxly c limber, densely tomentose Ifts.
3-5, broadly ovate, cordate, serrate, usually deeply 5-lobed, 3-4
in long fls 1^ in long, tubular-campanulate, tawny yellow.
Himalayas B M 6369 — Very distinct, but only for warmer
regions — C hexapttala, Forst (C hexasepala, DC ) Allied to C.
mdiviaa Lvs ternate, Ifts coarsely dentate or lobed fls dioecious,
in axillary cymes, greenish white, fragrant, 1 m across New Zeal.
B R 32 4£ — C kwrdna, Komarov Allied to C alpma Lvs.
ternate or bitern.ite, Ifts ovate, cordate, coarsely toothed: fls.
yellow or violet, sepals about 1 m long, stammode, spatulate,
narrow Korea Act Hort Petrop 22 6 — C macropitala, Ledeb.
Allied to C alpma Lvs ternate or biternate, Ifts coarsely serrate
or nearly entire fls large, violet, petaloul stammodes lanceolate,
little shorter than sepals N China Gt 19 651 — C mendocina,
Phil Allied to C hgusticifolia Lower Ifts 3-parted or 3-lobed,
scgms lanceolate fls monoecious, white, in panicles, sepals spa-
ringly hairy inside tails of achenes very long Sept , Oct Chile
Tender— C Pierdtti, Miq Allied to C brevicaudatatft Slender
climber Ivs. biternate, Ifts ovate-oblong, coarsely serrate, 1}^-
2l/i in long fls, white, 5iin across, solitary, or in 3-fld , rarely
many-fid cymes achenes glabrous, with rather short plumose
tails Aug Japan. — C quinquefolioldta, Hutchinson (C Mtyemana
var heterophylla, Gagnep ). Allied to C. Meyemana. Lfta. 5-
lancoolate or oblong-lanceolate, about 3 in long cymes few-fid.,
shorter than the Ivs tails of fr. fulvous. Cent China V F. 3 —
C Sdnderi, Wats =C anstata var Dennis® — C. smilanfdlut,
Wall Tall woody climber Ivs simple, ovate usually cordate,
entire, 3-10 in. long, rarely ternato fls 1-1 fa in across, brownish
tomentose outside, purple inside, in axillary panicles achenes with
long feathery tail BM 4259 F S 2, pt 12 3 GC III 30 466
— C sonaAnoa, Bunge Allied to C recta Shrubby, upright' Ivs.
simple, thickish, grayish green, usually lanceolate, entire or spa-
ringly serrate fls yellowish white, in terminal and axillary cymes,
sepals glabrous inside Turkestan, Mongolia Var GtblenAna,
Kuntzo (C Gebl«»riana, Bong ) Lvs thinner, more serrate, green
—C Suksddrfii, Robins Allied to C hgusticifolia Lfts 5, ovate,
to ovate-oblong, 1-1 H m. long fls in axillary racemes or panicles,
white, 1 in across, sepals reflexed achenes few Brit Col G F
9255 — C Thunberyn, Steud Climbing, pubescent or glabrous
Ivs pinnate with ovate to lanceolate, often 3-lobed or 3-parted
Ifts fls in axillary panicles, sepals spreading, lanceolate, filaments
hairy at the base. S Afr. G C III. 50 253
K C DAVIH
ALFKED KEHDKK t
CLEMATIS, MOCK: Aydestis clemahdea.
CLEMATOCLETHRA (Clematis and clethra, refer-
ring to the similarity of the flower to that of Clethra
and to the climbing habit) Dillenicuu'. Shiubs
grown for the profusely produced fragrant floweis and
the attractive black 01 red ben les
Deciduous climbing plants, branches with solid
pith winter-buds conspicuous, free, with several
imbricate scales Ivs. petioled, usually serrate, tin in
axillary cymes or panicles, sometime* solitary, white;
sepals 5, imbricate, persistent; petals 5, imbiieate
stamens 10, short, ovary 5-celled, each cell with 10
ovules, style simple, cylmdiic fr. beny-Uke, with
thin fle^h, subglooo.se, usually 5-seeded —About 12
species in Cent and W China Closely allied to
Actimdia which is easily distinguished by its numerous
stamens, many styles, many-«eeded fi and in the win-
ter state by its winter-buds being hidden by a swelling
of the tissue around their base. Several species have
been recently intio , but the names of most of them
have not yet been detet mined rl hey are apparently
hardier than the Chinese actimdias and superior from
an ornamental point of view on account of their pro-
fusely produced fls and frs though the foliage as a rule
is smaller and not quite so handsome Pi op by seeds
and probably, like aetimdias, by greenwood cult nigs
in summer and also by hardwood cuttings and layers.
Hemsleyi.Baill.
Climbing. to 20ft .
young branches
pubescent at hist,
soon glabious. Ivs.
slender petioled, < r
ovate to oblong- \ \ \
ovate, acuminate, v \V,
denticulate, gla-
brous anove,
brownish pubes-
cent on the veins
beneath, 2-4 in.
long fls white,
about Hm across.
4-12 in stalked
axillary cymes : fr.
globose, black,
about 2£in acioss.
Cent China. H I.
29:2808.
integrif dlia,
Maxim Quite
glabrous: Ivs.
ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, acumi-
nate, finely serru-
late or entire, dark
green above, glau-
cous beneath,
in. long.
993 Cleome spinosa.
CLEMATOCLETHRA
fls. solitary or in 2- or 3-fld cymes on slender stalks,
white, H~Mm- across: fr. globose, black. W. China.
ALFRED HEHDER.
CLE6ME (meaning uncertain). Capparuldcesp Odd
spider-fiowei ed plants sometimes grown in the flower-
garden
Sub-shrubs or annual herbs, simple or branched,
glabrous or glandular, with simple Ivs. or 3-7 Ifts., and
white, gieen, yellow or purplish
fls borne singly or in racemes j
petals entire, with claws. —
Seventy tropical species, in
both hemispheres The genus
is distinguished from Gynan-
dropsis by its short torus,
which often bears an appen-
dage, and by the 4-6, rarely 10,
stamens
The garden clcomes are
chiefly interesting for their
long puiple spidery stamens
and showy rose-colored petals.
They succeed in sandy soils
and sunny situations, and can
be used like castor-oil plants
to fill up large gaps in a
border C spinosa is the best,
and has lately been plan tea
consideiably in publie parks
amongst shrubber}' Propa-
gated by seeds, which are
produced freely in long slender pods borne on long
stalks
A LftvS more than 3.
spinosa, Jacq (C pungent, Willd C qiganlta, Hort ,
not Linn) GIANT SPIDKH PLANT 1'igs 993, 994
Clammy, strong-scented, 3-4 ft high Ifts usually 5,
sometimes 7, oblong-lanceolate, with a pair of short
stipular spines under the petioles of most of the Ivs ,
and in the tropics some little prickles on the petioles
also fls rose-pin pie, varying to white, petals 4, obo-
vate, clawed, ]^m long, stamens 2-3 in long, blue or
purple N C to La (naturalised from Trop Amer )
and escaped from gardens BM 1640 G C III 45"
115 — A tender biennial north, but annual in the
tropics The plant recently mtro as (' gigantm is
not the true species, which is a green-fid S Amer-
ican plant as yet apparently unknown in the trade in
this country 0 spinosa differs widely in the extent
and character of its spines The fls vary in the
development of the style, Fig 994 shows a fully per-
fected style
speciosissima, Deppe Annual or half-shrubby,
sometimes 5 ft high sts strongly hairy without spines,
Ifts 5-7, lanceolate, dentate, narrowed at the base, con-
spicuously hairy on both sides fls light purple or pur-
plish roe .July to fall Mex B H 1312 —Said to be
the showiest of cleomes Under this name a very dif-
erent plant is passing,
the Ifts of which have
only minute hairs but
rather numerous spines.
AA Lfts 3
serrulata, Pursh (f.
mtegrifdlia, Torr &
Gray) ROCKY MOUN-
TAIN BEE-PLANT. Gla-
brous, 2-3 or even 6 ft.
high Ifts 3, lanceolate
to obovate-oblong, en-
tire, or rarely with a
few minute teeth • bracts
much narrower than in
CLERODENDRON
799
rarely white, 3-toothed: receptacle with a flat, con-
spicuous appendage Along streams in saline soils of
praiiierf — In cult over 30 yeara us a bee-plant.
fa blackish purple.
>|jy, 1 F> ft , downy:
.late, the entire If.
ncr "S
YLOR.f
(XM)
C.
oetals rose,
C dendroidea, Schult Trie-like, 10-14 ft
Brazil BM J2Ub—r (/if/,i ;if/«, Limi Shr
IftH 7, lanceolate, lanct-oblonj? or oblauc
shorter than petiole fa «m nish, pH.iln linear, 2 in or inoi
cohering by their margins and opening only on one Hide,
uundropHi* ' N>
CLERODfiNDRON (Greek,
hance and tree of no signifi-
ance) Includes Siphondntha
nd Volkamena Vtrbenaceae.
Jreenhouse climbers and hardy
hrubs and other ornamental
>lants, grown for the showy
vhite, violet or red flowers
Shrubs or trees, often scan-
lent • Ivs < pposite or verticil-
late, mostly entire or
not compound fls in
mostly terminal
cwncs or panicles;
( Iilyx campanulatc or
larely tubular, shal-
low ly 5-toothed or 5-
1 o b e d , corolla-tube
usually slender and
cylindrical, the limb
5-parted and spread-
ing, the lobes borne-
what unequal, bta-
mens 4, affixed on the corolla-tube, long-exserted and
curved, style exserted, 2-cleft at the end, ovary
4-loculed fr a drupe inclosed in the calyx —About 100
species, in the tropics, mostly of the eastern hemisphere
( 'lerodendrons are divided into two garden sections,
- — those with a shrubby habit, and the twining kinds
The culture is about the same for both kinds They
nutj be grown from seeds or from cuttings of the halt-
ripened wood In either ca.se, use 2-mch pots filled with
a mixture of equal parts of leaf-mold or peat and good
sharp sand Place a cutting or a seed in each pot, and
press moderately firm Leave the pots in a tight case
with a temperature of 70°, and keep the soil at all times
fairly moist When the pots are filled with roots, shift
into a 4-inch pot, using a compost consisting of fibrous
loam two parts, leaf-mold and sand one part each,
and a fifth part of well-rotted manure Pot rather firm,
as this insures a stronger giowth, and during the grow-
ing season keep in a night temperature of 65° -— Clero-
dendrons mav be flowered in any si/,c pot desired, and
some of the species, notably (' Balfourn (or properly
C. Thomboiue) , can be had in flower from Easter until
late September This species is probably the best and
most useful, either for decorative work or exhibition
purposes, when it is grown in large pots, a good rough
material may be used for potting A good st ill fibrous loam
with about one-third
part of decayed manure
is bebt \\hen the sea-
son's growth is com-
pleted, gradually with-
hold water for two
months and lower the
night temperature from
65° to 5.5°. Many of the
leaves under the above
treatment will drop and
the wood will become
firm. If plants are
wanted
in flower
about
995. Clerodendron Thomson*. (XV£)
Easter,
800
CLERODENDRON
CLERODENDRON
give them a thorough soaking with water about
January 1, and raise the temperature again to 65° by
night, letting it rise during the day to 75° to 80
Syringe the plants two or three times a day. which will
encourage tne young growths to start all over the
ripened wood When this takes place, the plant will either
have to be repotted or fed liberally with liquid manure
and fertilizers, repotting usually resulting in larger
panicles of flowers. If feeding is resorted to, a handful
of green cow-manure to a watering-pot containing two
and a half or three gallons of water is
sufficient; and if any of the popular
fertilizers are used for a change, a
small handful to the same amount of
water will answer. Water twice in
between with clean water.
Plants for a succession may
be started when the first are
beginning to
show the crim-
son at the end
of the flower,
and so on until
the end of July or
first of August.
— Clerodendrons
are not subject
to insect pests if
kept thoroughly
syringed during their growing season.
If this is neglected, the shrubby kinds
may become affected with brown-
scale or mealy-bug, which should be
immediately treated with the usual
hydrocyanic gas fumigation. (George
F. Stewart.)
Balfoun, 1.
Bungei, 15.
coronana, 4.
delectum, 1.
dehcatum, 1.
fallax, 13
Farge-ui, 7
fcetidum, 15
fragrans, 4
innsum, 10.
merme, 8
infortunatum, 5.
Kaempfen, 12
macrofliphon, 10
myrmecophilum, 14,
eerohnum, 0
Siphonanthus, 11.
spepiosum, 3
sple miens, 2
squamatum, 12.
Thomson*, 1
tomcntosum, 9
tnchotoraum, 6, 7.
viscosum, 5
A Plant of twining habit.
1 Thdmsonae, Balfour (C. Bdl-
foun, Hort ) Fig 995. Tall, twining,
glabrous evergreen shrub Ivs oppo-
site, oblong-ovate and acuminate,
strongly several-nerved, entire, pet-
loled fls in axillary, and terminal
forking lax cymes, calyx strongly
5-angled, narrowed at the apex, white;
corolla-hmb light crimson and spread-
ing; corolla-tube 1 in long; stamens
%m long. W Afr B M 5313 R H.
1867.310, 1902:, 504 GM 46'173
G W. 4, p. 439; 8, p. 173; 13, p 340. F.E. 28:261 —A
warmhouse plant of great merit, and the most popular
of the tender species Blooms profusely on the young
wood. Var delectum, Hort (C delectum and C dclica-
tum, Hort ). Fl -clusters very large; calyx pure white
or green-tinged; corolla large, rose-magenta
2. splendens, Don (Siphondnthus splendens> Hiern).
A most excellent stove climber, sts. slender, woody,
glabrous, slightly angled Ivs opposite, variable, oblong-
cordate, or elliptic, 4-6 in long, dark green, petiole
rather short, fls in dense many-flowered cymes on
leafy growths from the ripened wood of th^ previous
year, bright scarlet passing into bright yellow, an inch
or more in diam ; stamens 1 in long Trop. Afr. B R.
28:7 R.H. 1902-504. H U. 5, p. 325.
3. specidsum, Hort. A garden hybrid between C.
splendens and C. Thomsons, intermediate in habit and
foliage, the fls. are produced in profusion, are dull red,
and are continuously borne throughout the summer
months; old cahces more or less persistent, and orna-
mental pale red after fls. are past. — As figured in R. H
1873, 471 and Gn. 1877, 404, this recedes very little
from typical C. splendens, according to Baker, but the
C. dpecwsum hybridum of I. H. 1869, t593 is interme-
diate between C. splendens and C. Thomsonx,
AA. Plant of erect or self-sup-
porting habit.
B. Corolla-tube not much if any
longer than the large calyx:
fls. white or light blush
4. fragrans, Vent (C cor-
ondrta, Hort.? Volka m ena
frdgrans, Vent ). Pubescent,
half shrubby, with
angled branches, 3-
5 ft.. Ivs broadly
ovate, with trun-
cate or cordate
base, acuminate,
coarsely toothed:
fls. white or blush,
in terminal, com-
pact, hydrangea-
like cor>mbs, usu-
ally double, deh-
ciously scented China, Japan.
B M 1834 —Very desirable and
fragrant plant for the 0*00! house.
Hardy in 8 Lvs ill-scented
5 infortunatum, Gaertn (C.
wscdsum, Vent ) Height 5-7 ft ,
pubescent, with square branches'.
Ivs opposite and stalked, cor-
date-ovate, acuminate, entire or
toothed, hairy fls in a loose
villous terminal panicle, white,
with a flesh-colored center, flar-
ing, the tube projecting beyond
the loose, hairy, large, 5-angled
calyx E. Indies B M. 1805 —
Fls swcet-bcented. Greenhouse.
8 trich6tomum, Thunb (C.
serotinun, Carr Volkameria
japomca, Hort , not Thunb )
Fig. 996. Slender but erect,
graceful, pubescent sub-shrub,
4-10 ft nigh or even higher
Ivs mostly opposite, soft and
flaccid, ovate - acuminate, nar-
rowed at the base, very closely
serrate or entire, hairy, fls.
white, with a reddish brown
calyx, on forking, slender, red-
dish peduncles, the corolla-tube
sometimes twice as long as the calyx; segms of
calyx turning red and affording pleasing contrast
to bright blue frs. Japan BM 6561. Gn 43.504;
51, p 320; 75, pp 67, 447 G 26 492 J H III.
55'355 FE 29.653. 11 H 1867, p. 351.— A very
handsome, hardy shrub or small tree. In the N. it
kills to the ground, but sprouts up if the crown is pro-
tected
7 Fargesii, Dode (C. tnchdtomum var. Fdraem,
Hort ) . A recent shrub, reported as being hardy in
England, rapid-growing Ivs. dark green or purplish,
opposite, petioled, the blade ovate and acute or acumi-
nate, strongly veined, abruptly narrowed at the base,
entire: fls in panicles in summer, whitish, fragrant;
sepals knee -ovate, becoming reflexed: fr. globular,
996. Clerodendron trichotomum.
(XH)
CLERODENDRON
CLETHRA
801
size of a sweet pea seed, peacock-blue, stt on the pur-
ple or crimson old calyx. China. G.M 54:817. R.H.
1911, p. 522, 523.
8 in6rme, Gsertn Tall shrub or becoming small
tree1 Ivs opposite or ternate, obovate or elliptic, entire,
scentless, privet-like, 1H in or less long fls white,
fragrant, on 3-7-fld. axillary peduncles, corolla-tube
%in. long, the lobes
very short fr. %m.
long, smooth, separa-
ting into 4 parts India,
where it is said to be
used for hedges —
Offered in S Calif.
BB. Corolla-tube mark-
edly longer than
the small calyx
(usually 2-3 times
or mare longer}.
c Fls white
9 tomentdsum, It.
Br. Shrubby and erect
(often becoming a
small tree), pubescent,
often purplish: hs
opposite and pet-
jioled, ovate-elliptic
to sub -lanceolate,
short-acuminate, 2-
4 in long, entire or
sparingly toothed,
pubescent on both
sides, but thickly
so on the under
side fls in opposite,
forking compact
clusters, the caljx
997. Clerodendron fallax ( X >i) n,ot enlarged, the
slim, corolla -tube
long-cvserted (3-4 times length of calyx), and the clear
white corolla-lobes reflexed-curled , anthers yellow,
protruding Austral B M 1518 — Cult in S Calif
10 macr6siphon, Hook f (C. inclsum var macrot>i-
phon, Baker) Elegant erect f.hrub, finely pubescent
ivs opposite, oblanceolate-oblong, acuminate, notched
or pmnatifid: fls in a nearly sessile terminal cyme or
head, pure white; calyx green, very small; corolla-tube
very narrow, 4-5 in long, hairy, the limb 1-sided, J^m.
long; filaments 2 in long, red E. Afr B M 6695 —
Warmhouse plant of merit, but the handsome fls are
short-lived.
11. Siphonanthus, R. Br. (Siphondnthus indica,
Willd ). TURK'S TURBAN. TUBE-FLOWER Shrub,
2-8 ft. high, open-branched : Ivs opposite or verticillate,
nearly sessile, narrowly lanceolate, entire or nearly so
fls. long-tubed and white (tube 3-4 in. long) in very
large terminal racemes, the lobes £3111 long, obovate-
oblong: fr a showy, red and purple berry, which per-
sists a long time. E. Indies. Hardy in Fla.
cc. Fls. red, orange or distinctly lilac.
12. squamatum, Vahl (C. Katmpfen, Sieb.). Shrub
0-10 ft., thinly pubescent Ivs. large, opposite, round-
cordate, entire or denticulate, acuminate, mfl and fls.
brilliant scarlet; fls. with small red calyx and reflexcd,
spreading, unequal corolla-lobes; corolla-tube 1 in. or
less long, very slender: drupe blue-black or greenish
blue, rather fleshy. China B.R. 649 RB.22:253.
On 42.562. Gt. 5:352.— Very showy. Cult, in warm
greenhouses, and in the open in S. Calif, and S. Fla.
The fls. are in an erect branchy, panicle-like cluster.
dark green, often 1 ft in length and supported by a
stout hairy petiole, mfl erect, often 18 in. or more in
length; fls bright scarlet, numerous, 1)4-2 in. diam.,
tube narrow, lobes reflexed Java GC 111.45*324.
Gn.59,p 179,desc G \\ 10, p 247 —Should be in every
collection of warmhouse plants, aa it may be induced to
bloorn practically all the y ear round; it should be given a
fairly light position, with blight shade from strong sun
14. myrmec6philum, Ridley Shrub, sparingly
branched, 3 ft , with terete sts and white bark Ivs
opposite and alternate, 1 ft long, linear-oblong, shining
dark green, with a dozen pairs of conspicuous nerves
short-petioled. fls yellow-red, in a large, showy terminal
pubescent panicle, calyx about J^in long; corolla-
tube considerably longer than calyx, corolla-lobes J^m.
long, obovate to oblong and obtuse; filaments red,
much exserted Singapore B M. 7887 G C III
33 291; 35 237 RH 1907, p 443 G 26.359 GM
47 259 Gn« 13 370 A F. 25.78.— The hollow sts
afford nesting-places for ants, \vhence the name
myrmewphilum ("ant-loving") — Blooms well in 6-in.
pots m a warmhouse, producing panicles 8 in. long on
plants 2 ft high
15 fdetidum, Bunge (C Bungei, Steud ). Shrub,
3-6 ft , pubescent, spiny, of a dwarf spreading habit,
sparsely branched Ivs opposite, broad-ovate and
acuminate, stalked, coarsely toothed, often 1 ft. long,
dark green above arid red-hairy beneath fls rosy-red,
•^m across, tube 3-4 times as long as calyx, in a dense
capitate corvrnb 4-8 in across China B.M 4880
FS 9 863 G 27 152,30 Mbl —Cool greenhouse, hardy
in middle and southern states August Killed to the
ground in the latitude of Philadelphia, but sprouts
up and blooms Fla not fetid, but name given because
of the odor of the bruised Ivs Spreads by suckers from
the root, and soon forms a mass of beautiful free flower-
ing growths. L H B
CL&THRA (ancient Greek name of the Alder, trans-
ferred to this genus on account of the resemblance of
the leaves) Clethr&cear WHITE ALDER Shrubs or
small trees grown for their handsome spikes of white
fragrant flowers appearing in summer
Leaves alternate, usually serrate,
deciduous or persistent fls white, in
terminal often panic led racemes,
petals 5, erect, stamens 10: caps split-
ting into 3 valves,
many -seeded —
About 25 species
in Amer , E Asia,
Madeira Only a
few hardy de-
ciduous species
are generally
cult , valuable
for their showy
spikes of white
fragrant fls , ap-
pearing late in
summer. They
grow best in a
moist, peaty or
sandy soil Prop,
by seeds, sown in
spring in pans in
sandy and peaty
soil, and by
greenwood cut-
tings under glass,
growing best if
taken from forced
plants in early
spiingandplaceu
in slight bottom
heat, also, in- 998. Clethra tomentosa. ( X W)
802
CLETHRA
CLIANTHUS
creased by layers and by division of large plants.
Handsome when forced under glass.
A. Lvs. deciduous: stamens exserted.
B. Racemes usually solitary, stamens pubescent.
acuminata, Michx. Tall shrub or small tree, to 15 ft :
Ivs petioled, oval or oblong, acuminate, rounded or
narrowed at the base, sharply serrate, pubescent
beneath at least on the veins. 3-7 in long: racemes
usually solitary, nodding, sepals acute, style glabrous.
July-Sept Alleghany Mts , Va to Ga. L.B C. 15 : 1427.
BB. Racemes usually panicled.
c. The Ivs. with 7-10 pairs of veins, l%-4 in- long:
sepals obtusish; stamens glabrous.
tomentdsa, Lam. (C. alnifdlia var. tomentdsa,
Michx.). Fig 998 Shrub, 2-8 ft.' Ivs. short-petioled,
obovate, acute or short-acuminate, cuneate, serrate
usually above the middle, pubescent above, tomentoso
beneath, 2-4 in long' racemes few or solitary, style
pubescent Aug , Sept. N. C to Fla and Ala B M.
3743. GF. 4.65 (adapted "in Fig 998). RH 1912,
p. 519
alnifdlia, Linn SWEET PEPPERBUSH. Shrub, 3-10
ft : Ivs. short-petioled, cuneate, obovate or oblong,
sharply serrate, mostly glabrous or nearly so, 2-4 in.
long fls fragrant, in erect, usually panicled racemes.
July-Sept. Maine to Fla MDG 189065, 1903:
473,474. G.26.63 J H. III. 31. 375 Em 426 Var.
paniculata, Arb. Kew. (C paniculdta, Ait.) Lvs
cuneate-lanceolate, less toothed, green and glabrous
on both sides' racemes panicled. Var rdsea, Rehd.
With pinkish fls
cc. The Ivs. with 10-15 pairs of veins, 3-6 in long
barbinervis, Sieb. & Zucc (C canescens, Authors, not
Remw ) Shrub or tree, to 30 ft : branches glabrous
Ivs petioled, cuneate, obovate or oblong-obovate,
acuminate, sharply dentate-serrate, pubescent beneath
at least on the veins, 3-6 in long racemes panicled,
fls. fragrant; pedicels about as long as the fls , sepals
obtuse, filaments glabrous July-Sept. E Asia
Gt 19:654.
Fargesii, Franch Shrub, to 12 ft • young branchlets
tomentose or nearly glabrous* petioles Yi-\ in long:
Ivs. oblong-ovate or elliptic-oblong, acuminate, broadly
cuneate or rounded at base, sharply serrate, slightly
[ubescent beneath or nearly glabrous, 3-6 m long'
s. white, in panicled racemes 5-7 in. long, sepals
pointed, filaments hairy, style glabrous. Cent China.
— One of the most ornamental species on account of
its very long racemes
A A Lvs. evergreen: stamens included.
arbdrea, Ait. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.' Ivs.
cuneate, narrow-elliptic, acuminate, serrate, almost
glabrous, shining above, 3-4 in. long, racemes panicled;
fls fragrant Aug.-Oct Madeira. B.M 1057. G C.
111.52.100. JH. Ill 64.245. G.M. 49 '97, 52:127
Gt. 52, p 209. Gn 76, p. 428 —It stands only a few
degrees of frost.
C monostdchya, Rehd & Wilson Allied to C Fargesii Lvs.
cuneate, elliptic-oblong to oblong-lanceolate, glabrous or nearly »o.
racemes usually solitary, style apprcssed pilose Cent China — C
guercijdlia, Schlecht. Sluub Iva obovate-oblong, tomentose
beneath' racemes panic-led Mex B R 28 23 — C timfdlia, Swartz
Shrub IVH oblong, entire, tomentose beneath racemes panicled.
Jamaica — The last two are evergreen and hardy only in subtropi-
cal regions. ALFRED REHDER.
CLEYtRA (after Andrew Cleyer, Dutch physician
of the seventeenth century). Ternstraimeace^e. Green-
house evergreen shrubs distinguished by the petals free
or scarcely coalesced, the pilose anthers^ numerous
ovules, and scarcely bracted fls: sepals '5, with 2
bractlets; petal? 6, stigmas 2-3. h^rn
About 9 specie*
p
fl
ochnacea, DC. (C. japdnica, Sieb. & Zucc ) Height
about 6 ft.: Ivs oval-oblong, acute at both ends, veined
abovo? entire Himalayas. — A tender shrub rarely
cult in northern greenhouses. In the S. it is cult,
outdoors. It has glossy foliage, numerous creamy
white, fragrant fls., borne in June, and red berries,
which last all winter — C. japonica was distinguished
by DeCandolle by its oblong-lanceolate Ivs , which
are vemless, and minutely serrate at the apex. Var.
tricolor, Hort , has dark green Ivs , with grayish mark-
ings, and a margin of white and rose, the variegation
being more brilliant in younger Ivs.
WILHELM MILLER.
CLIANTHUS (Greek, glory-flower} Leguminds*.
GLORY PEA. GLORY VINE. PARROT'S BILL Tender
half-trailing shrubs, with large, showy flowers of unique
appearance Swamsona is an allied genus, but its
general appearance is very different and it has acumi-
nate, not obtuse petals. Interesting plants, with pin-
nate Ivs. of many Ifts , and fls in racemes, scarcely
papilionaceous, pod stalked, many-seeded. — Two or 3
species
Chanthus Dampien is somewhat difficult to grow on
its own roots. In Germany, a method has been found
whereby it is as easy to succeed with this hpecies as
with the better-known C. puniceus. The method con-
sists of using small seedling plants of Colutea arbvr-
esccm as stocks, these are
cut over near the soil and
seedlings of C. Dampien,
while in the cotyledon
stage, are separated from
the root, the base cut
wedge-shape and inserted
in a cut made in the
colutea stock. While the
union is taking place, the
pots should be placed
under a bell-jar C puni-
ceus is an old-fashioned
greenhouse plant, grown
sometimes to cover rafters
or tielhs work, but more
frequently trained around
sticks placed about the
999 Chanthus Dampieri. (Xh) ^K6 of tho Pot- The
flowers, not very unlike
those of the common Erythrma, are freely produced
in hanging clusters Cuttings rooted in early spring
may be grown into good-sized plants during the sum-
mer Water should be given sparingly during the dull
months Pruning^ repotting and tying the shoots
should be done just before the growth begins A
sharp lookout should be kept for the red spider, fre-
quent syringmgs being the only remedy for this pest.
Propagated t>y seeds and cuttings. (G. W Oliver.)
DampiSri, A. Cunn. GLORY PEA Fig. 999. Height
2-4 ft : plant glaucous and hoary, with long whitish
silky hairs, sts slightly tinged with red petioles longer
than in C puniceus, Ifts 15-21, nearly opposite, ses-
sile, usually acute, stipules larger than in C. puniceus
fls 4-6 m a raceme, large, drooping, about 3 in. long,
rich crimson or scarlet, with a handsome velvety,
purple-black area on the raised center. Austral. B.
M. 5051. RH. 1868-230 Gt 48, p 272. Gn. 20.86.
Var. germamcus, Hort , is also sold, and is probably
var marginatus, Hort., which has one petal white,
margined scarlet. See Gn 37 298 and p. 299 for an
account of grafting this species on stocks of C. pum-
ceus. Var. tricolor, Hort. Keel white except the tip,
which is bright scarlet, Gn W. 20 '409 (desc )
puniceus. Banks & Soland. PARROT'S BILL. RED
KOWHAI. Height 3-6 ft, much branched: plant gla-
brous Ifts 16-28, each with a very short petiole, alter-
natp (at least toward the end of the if ), blunt or
XXVIII. Stowell Evergreen sweet corn.
CLIANTHUS
CLITORIA
803
p
fi
slightly notched: fls 8 or more in a raceme, crimson,
fading with age, at least 3 in. long. New Zeal. B.M.
3584 — Cult, in eastern greenhouses, and a favorite
Calif ornian outdoor shrub. Blooms all winter in
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco. A white-fld. form
has been grown in Calif , but is not so p&pular as the
type. It is commonly cult, in New. Zeal. Var. mag-
nfflcus, Hort. Clusters of bright scarlet fls.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.!
CLIDfcMIA (old Greek name). Melastomaceaz.
About 100 Trop American species of horticulturally
rather unimportant plants in a family famous for its
foliage plants Lvs broad, entire, 5-7-nerved, oppo-
site, petioled fls in panicles or axillary clusters, white,
pink, or purple; petals 5 or 6, stamens 10 or 12:
branching shrubs, mostly hairy. C. vittata, Lmd. &
Andr6, has large, oval, pointed Ivs. with 5 strong
nerves, and a narrow band of white down each side
of the midrib I H. 22.219. R.H. 1876, p. 233.
CLIFF BRAKE: Pellsea.
CLIFTONIA (after Dr. Francis Chfton, an English
physician, d 1736) Cynllaceae. BUCKWHEAT TREE.
Glabrous evergreen shrub or small tree, rarely cult.
for its early appearing racemes of white or pinkish
fragrant fls • Ivs alternate, short-petioled, without
stipules, entire fls in terminal racemes; sepals and
etals 5-8, stamens 10, shorter than the petals, the
ilaments flattened below, ovary superior, 3-4-celled,
with a 3-4-lobed nearly sessile stigma' fr indehiscent,
ovoid, with 3-4 wings and as many seeds. The only
species is C. monophylla, Sarg (C. hgiistnna,
Spreng. C nitida, Gaertn Mylocdryum hgustnnum,
Sims). Occasionally 50 ft tall Ivs oblong-lanceolate,
obtuse, cuneate at the base, dark green above, 1 >^-2 in
long racemes 1-2 Yi in long, fls white or pinkish, fra-
grant, about Hin across fr ]^\r\ long Feb , March;
fr in Aug , Sept Ga to Fla and La . swamps S S
2 52 B M 1625 —Little known in cult and now not
in the trade, but well worth cult for its early, delicate
and fragrant fls , also the buckwheat-like frs are
attractive Hardy as far north as Philadelphia Thrives
best in humid bandy and peaty soil Prop by seeds
and probably like Cyrilla by cuttings of half-ripened
wood under glass with slight bottom heat
ALFRED REHDER
CLIMBERS are distinguished from twiners by having
some means of attachment, as tendrils or other special
devices, while twiners rise by twisting their stems round
their support In a wider sense, the word is often used
synonymously with "vines," including all plants that
use other plants or other objects for support, by what-
ever mechanism or method. By "trailers," nurserymen
commonly mean low-growing vines, and by "climbers,"
tall-growing vines. See Vines
CLIMBING FERN* Lygodium Climbing Fumitory Adlumta
fungosa Climbing Hempweed: Mikania scandena Climbing
Lily . Glorioaa superba
CLINOSTfGMA (Greek, inclined stigma). Pal-
macex, tribe Arecese. Low spineless palms with the
habit and somewhat the appearance of small kcntias;
feather-leaved.
Trunks not over 8 ft., usually conspicuously ringed:
Ivs usually 3-4 ft. long, rarely more, and pinnate; Ifts.
scythe-shaped, or lanceolate, 2-parted or obliquely
truncate at the apex, not revolute at the base; rachis
scaly, convex beneath, grooved above, fls monoecious
m the same spadix, sessile along its branches, the
male usually 2 together, the female solitary; spadix
long and usually much branched, in the male there are
3 imbricate outer segms. and 3 valvate inner segms. to
the perianth, with 6 stamens surrounding an abortive
ovary: fr. obliquely globular. — Species 3, one from
Austral., one from Samoa, and another from Fiji. Only
the following is known in cult , and it is a rare palm.
Its graceful Ivs and convenient dwarf habit should
commend it to the trade. For cult, see KentKi.
Mooreanum, F Muell (Kentia Mooredna, F. Muell.).
Dwarf palm, 3-4 ft high Ivs 3-4 ft. long, segms.
numerous, about 1 ft long, longitudinally plicate when
young spadix at first closely sessile, very much
branched when older New S Wales, confined to Lord
Howe's Isl — This graceful and recent palm resembles
Howea Fomtenana somewhat in habit of growth, but
its arching Ivs spread wider, and its sts are dark pur-
plish, and its pinnae tough and leathery. The palm is
free and clean in growth j^. TAYLOR.
CLINTONIA (after DeWitt Clinton, the famous
Governor of New York and promoter of the Erie Canal).
Lilidcey. A small group of low-growing, herbaceous
plants of North America and Asia,/vith a few tufted,
broad shining leaves, and usually umbels of flowers
Perianth - segms equal or nearly so; stamens 6,
inserted at the base of the perianth-segmB . ovary 2—3-
cellcd with 2 to several ovules in each cavity fls on
scapes: root-stocka slender fr a globose or oval berry
For C pulchdla and other species of the abandoned
genus Clintoma of Hort , see Dowmngia a very different
genus belonging to Campanulaceae
Clmtomas grow m cool, moist woods, and fanciers
can secure them from some dealers in native plants. It
is difficult to tell the species apart by the leaves.
A. Scape bearing an umbel of fls.
B Fls greenish yellow.
boreahs, Raf Height 1-2 ft fls 3-6, nodding, green,
margined yellow Labrador to Winnipeg and south to
N. C B M 1403 (as Smilacina boreal^) —This is
one of the choicer plants of cool, moist woods, known
to plant lovers chiefly by its handsome umbels of blue
berries found m autumn, which are borne above the
large, dark green, shining Ivs The commonest species,
but not easily grown bolow elevations of 1,000 ft.
BB. Fls white, inth green spots.
umbellulata, Torr FLs 10-20 or more, smaller than
in C borealis, erect or nearly so, white, with green or
purplish spots Alleghany Mts from N Y to Ga. B M
1155 (as Smilacina boreaht>) — This species has the
smallest fls of the group, and is the only one that has
but a single pair of ovules in each cell of the ovary
BBB Fls deep rose.
Andrewsiina, Torr. One to \y± ft. high, bearing 4
sessile, oblong, acute Ivs , and 20 or more neaily erect
fls which are in dense umbels Calif ; to S Ore , in
deep, cool woods, m clayey soil rich in mold. B.M.
7092 — The showiest of the group. Cult to some
extent.
AA. Scape bearing 1 white fl
unifldra, Kunth. The only species in which the
scape is shorter than the Ivs fls nearly erect, rarely
there are 2 fls . Ivs. narrow, obovate-lanceolate, hairy.
Calif, to Alaska. WILHELM MILLER.
N TAYLOR f
CLIT6RIA (derivation recondite), fagummdsx
BUTTERFLY-PEA. Glasshouse vines with pea-like flow-
ers, and also hardy perennials
A widespread and variable genus of 30 species
allied to Centrosema, and characterized by the calyx-
tube being cylindrical and longer than the lobes:
standard narrowed at the base, not appendaged on the
back; stamens in one group, the anthers all alike;
style often bearded. The most important garden plant
is C. Ternatea, a warmhouse annual twiner, reaching
15 ft , and requiring no special cult. It has very showy
blue fls.
804
CLITORIA
CLOTBUR
A. IJta. 5.
Ternatea, Linn. (C. cseriilea, Hort. Ternatea vulgans,
HBK.). Lfts. 5; oblong, obtuse, short-petioled: fls. 1 in.
or more long, rich blue, with beautiful markings, espe-
cially on the standard. B.M. 1542 Gn 38.132. P M.
7:147 and 13:79.— Name from Ternate, one of the
Molucca Isls. and not from ternate, meaning 3-leafleted.
1000. Chvia mmiata.
Hardy in Cent. Fla., where it is usually a biennial.
C. Alba, Hort., is a white form. More or less double
forms have been known for over a century.
AA. Lfts 3.
mariana, Linn. Hardy perennial, smooth, erect, or
slightly twining, 1-3 ft. high' Ifts. 3, obovate or ovate-
lanceolate1 fls Tight blue, 2 in. long, on short peduncles:
pod straight, few-seeded. Summer Dry banks, N. Y.
to Fla. and west to Mo. Also India and Burma. —
Rarely sold by dealers in native plants.
arborescens, Ait. St. shrubby, the rusty colored
branches twining Ivs. trifoliolate, the Ifts elliptical
or oval' fls racemose, showy, purple, the standard
more than 2 in long Trop. Amer. B M 3165 — An
excellent warmhouse climber, grown chiefly in botanic
garde™- WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR f
CLlVIA (after a Duchess of Northumberland and
member of the Chve family). Syn., Imantophijllum.
Amaryllidacex Tender bulbous plants with handsome
evergreen foliage and showy, bright red or red and
yellow flowers in large umbels.
Bulb imperfect, mostly of old If .-bases: perianth
funnelform, curved or straight, the segms much longer
than the tube; ovules 5-6 in each cell* fr. a berry, dif-
fering in this from the capsular fr of Nerine — Three
species from S Afr. J. G. Baker, Amaryllideae, p. 61.
Olivias make excellent house plants, but. like amaryl-
lis, are too costly to be very popular. They have the
advantage over amarylhs of having attractive foliage
all the year round, and are more certain*, to bloom
well. They have thick, fleshy roots, like an agapanthus.
All the species are well worth growing, because of
their handsome umbels of flowers, produced during the
spring and early summer months. China mimata i« the
species most commonly grown. There are several dis-
tinct forms of this, with larger and deeper colored
flowers. Established plants may be grown in the same
pots for several years, if the plants are fed during the
growing period with weak liquid manure In potting,
the soil given should be of a lasting nature, not easily
soured, nor likely to become sodden. In arranging the
drainage, place one large piece, concave side down,
over the hole, and around this arrange several smaller
pieces. Over these place one or two handfuls of pieces
small enough to go through a No. 2 sieve The best
time to pot is after the flowers have been produced.
The plants should then be kept for some time in a humid
atmosphere to encourage growth, receiving an abun-
dance of water after they are well started After growth
has been completed, they will winter safely m an ordi-
nary greenhouse temperature (not under 40°), if kept
rather dry at the root For propagation, choose old
plants which have become crowded in their pots, HO
that the entire plant can be pulled to pieces After
trimming the roots, put the growths m brnall pots and
keep in heat, to encourage root action Clivias are
well suited for planting permanently in the front part
of greenhouse borders The soil for this purpose should
be rich and well firmed about the roots Withhold
water as much as possible during the resting period,
or the plants will produce leaves at the expense of the
flowers. (G. W Oliver )
A Fls. erect; perianth broadly funnel-shaped.
mmiata, Regel (Imantophyllum mimaturn, Hook ).
Fig 1000 Lvs 16-20, in a tuft, sword-shaped, tapering
to a point, 1H ft long, 1^-2 m broad1 fls 12-20, in
an umbel; perianth erect, bright scarlet, with a yellow
throat, tube broadly funnel-shaped, longer than C.
nobihs; segms about 2 m long, the inner ones broader
than the outer; stamens shorter than the segms ;
style not exserted berries ovoid, bright red, 1 in long.
Natal. B M 4783 R H 1859, pp 126-7, 1869 250,
and 1894, p. 572. FS. 9.949, 23.2373 III 26.343,
36.80; 37.102; 40:177 — 7 cijrtanthiflorum , Van
Houtte (F S. 18 1877), is a hybrid between this species
and the next It has a curved perianth, with the inner
segms of the limb twice as broad as the outer; sta-
mens longer than the corolla R H.
8 259 (desc ) Var aftrea. Hort. Fls
yellow with a deeper shade at base of
the scgms Var stria ta, Hort Lvs
freely variegated.
AA. Fls. pendulous, perianth narrowly *
funnel-shaped.
n6bilis, Lmdl. (Imantophyllum
Aitom, Hook.). Lvs. about 12, strap-
shaped, very obtuse, with a roughish
edge, fls 40-60, in an umbel; perianth
curved and drooping, tube narrowly
funnel-shaped, shorter than in C.
mmiata; segms tipped with green,
about 1 in long; stamens as long as
the segms ; style exserted. Cape
Colony. BM.2856. L.B.C.20:1906.
Intro, to cult. 1828 — /. cyrtanthiflb-
rum, Van Houtte (F S. 18: 1877), said
to be a hybrid between this and the
above, shows little if any influence of
C. mimata. It has the narrow-tubed,
pendulous fls. and the greenish tinge
of C. nobihs R H 1894, p. 573.
C Odrdemi, Hook. Very much as in C.
nobihs but with the corolla-lobes obviously
spreading, stamens as long as the penanth-
segms , anthers oblong, yellow B M. 4895.—
Ade81rableplant. WlLHELM MlLLER. 1001. '
N. TAYLOR.f Trifolium pratense.
CLOTBUR, a weed Xanthium Root-system
CLOVE PINK
CLYTOSTOMA
805
CLOVE PINK: The carnation, Dianthus Caryophyllus.
CLOVER. Specirs of Tnfbhum (Legummosse), par-
ticularly those that are useful m agriculture The
word is also applied to species of related genera, as
Medieago. The sweet clover is Mchlotus Bush and
Japan clover are Le^pcde/as. Prairie clover is a
Petalostemon
About 300 species of Trifohum have been described
These arc widely dispersed in temperate climates The
flowers are papilionaceous but small, and arc dis-
posed in dense heads or spikes The leaves are digitately
or pahnately 3-foholate. The common European red
clover is T prateme, Linn , now thoroughly naturalized
in North America, but supposed not to be native here
It is valuable both for stock feed (as pasturage and hay),
and also as a green manure As a manure crop, to be
plowed under, it is particularly useful because of its
deep root-system and its power (in common with other
leguminous plants) of fixing the nitrogen of the air by
means of its roots Fig 1001 illustrates the root sys-
tem F"ig 1002 shows the root of a fifteen-rnonths-
old plant that grew in hard clay soil it is 22 inches
long, and some of the root was left in the ground The
mammoth red clover (T mbdiurn. Linn ) is perhaps an
offshoot of T. pralensc. It is usually a larger plant, with
zigzag stem, entire and spotted leaflets, and longer-
etalked head. White clover, or shamrock, is T rkpens,
Linn , introduced from Europe,
and supposed to be native to
North America as well Alsike
clover, T hybndum, Linn., is of
oK)2 The penetrating root
of the red clover
1004 Clove
1 Spray of lf»a% PS and flowers, 2 The
tpandtni flower, 3 An unopened bud, or
1003. Crimson clover — Tnfoliui
incarnatum (XJs)
Old World nativity The crimson or scarlet clover (T.
incarndtum, Linn.), Fig. 1003, an annual from south-
ern Europe, is now much grown as a catch- or cover-
crop in orchards See Cover-crops It is also highly
ornamental, and is worthy the attention of the florist.
For agricultural
dihcushion of the
clovers, see Vol
II, Cyclo Amer.
Agric L II. B.
CLOVES are
the dried flower-
buds (Fig 1004)
of a handsome
tree of the myrtle
family Jambosa
Caryophyllus or
Euqtnni caryo-
phyllata, better
known as Caryo-
phyllus aroma-
ticui. a native of
the Spice Islands,
but now culti-
vated in the West
Indies and else-
where See Eu-
qemn Carvophyl-
lus, the ancient
name of the clove,
means "nut-leaf."
The carnation, or
"clove pink, "was
named Dianlhm
Caryophyllus be-
cause of its clove-
like odor, and it
has become the
type of the great order Carj ophyllacese, which, How-
ever, is far removed botamcally from the MyrtaeeiE.
The word "gilhflower" is a corruption of caryophyllus,
and, until Shakespeare's tune and after, w:us applied to
the carnation, but now -a-dayts it usually refers to cer-
tain cruciferous plants of the genera Cheiranthus 'and
Matthiola
The clove bark of pharmacy is secured from Dici/-
pclhum cfiryophyllatum, of Brazil, one of the Lauracea?
The word clove is used among gardeners for a amall
secondary bulb employed for propagating, specially for
the little bulb that forms in a scale-axil of a larger bulb.
CLUB-MOSS Lycopodium
CLUYTIA (after Cluyt, Dutch botanist of 16th cen-
tury) Euphorbiacea' Evergieen greenhouse shrubs
from S Afr , rarely cult , chiefly in botanical gardens
Habit often ericoid Ivs alternate, small, entire fls
clustered in the axils, stammate with petals; calyx
imbricate; stamens about 5, ovules 3 Prop by cut-
tings C. pulchella, Linn , is a small shrub* Ivs
ovate and somewhat acute, petioled, glabrous, entire*
fib axillary, small, white B M 1945
J B S NORTON.
CLYT.6STOMA (Greek klytos, spltmdid or beauteous
and s/oma mouth, alluding to the beautiful flowers)
Bignoniacej* Ornamental vines, grown for theb
beautiful flowers
Evergreen shrubs, climbing by leaf-tendrils: Ivs.
opposite, with 1 pair of short-stalked entire Ifts , the
rachis elongated into a slender simple tendril, some-
times wanting* fls. m 2's, axillary, or terminal or in
panicles; calyx campanulate with 5 small or subulate
teeth; corolla funnelform- campanulate with imbri-
cate rounded lobes, stamens 4, with spreading anther-
cells, disk short, ovary conical, warty, 2-celled, with
clov(
80G
CLYTOSTOMA
COB^A
the ovules in 2 rows: caps, compressed, prickly, sep-
ticid, with numerous nearly orbicular winged seeds. —
About 8 species in S Arner , usually described under
Bignonia in horticultural writings Closely related to
Bignoma, from which it differs chiefly in its simple
1005. Cnicus
benedictus.
slender tendrils, the short disk, the small 01 subulate
calyx-teeth and the prickly pod Suited for cult in
subtropical or tropical regions only, or as a stove plant,
in the N. For cult and prop , sec Bignonia
callistegioides, Bur. & Sehurn (Bignbnia calhsteg-
iddes, Cham B specioba, Graham B plcta, Lindl.
B Llndleyi, DC ) Large climber Ifts elliptic-oblong,
acuminate, undulate, glabrous, lustrous, reticulate
below, about 3 in long fls on 2-fld terminal peduncles;
calyx campanulate, \vith subulate teeth, corolla pale
purple, streaked, about 3 in long, the tube yellowish
streaked purphsn, limb 2-3 in broad, with the lobes
spreading, broadly oval, obtuse and wavy, disk crenate.
Spring and early summer. S. Brazil, Argentina B M.
3888 B.R 2845. HU 3227 P M 10:125. F S.
9.907. — Will stand a little frost, when grown in the
open in the S.
purpureum, Rehd (Bigndmapurpurea,Lodd) Large
climber* Ifts sometimes 3, ovate-oblong or obovate-
oblong, short-acuminate, bright green above, paler
below, entire, occasionally toothed, about 3 in long. fls.
on axillary 2-fld peduncles or sometimes in clusters;
calyx tubular-campanulate, with short triangular teeth,
corolla mauve-coloied with white eye, with a rather
slender tube 1 in. long, lobes spreading, orbicular-obo-
vate. Uruguay. B.M. 5800 G C. III. 24:399.
ALFRED REHDEK
CNlCUS (Latin name of Safflower, early applied to
thistles) Compdsitsc. BLESSED THISTLE. A monotypic
genus allied to Ccntaurea, and distinguished from it
botamcally by its heads being quite sessile and sur-
rounded just below by bristly leaves. Its habit in
the garden is very different from the bachelor's but-
ton, being thistle -like, and more interesting than
ornamental. A hardy annual low-growing herb, rough,
branching and pilose Once thought to counteract poison.
Culture easy. Fit for wild gardens and rockeries.
benedfctus, (Linn Cdrduus benedictus, Authors. Cen-
'aurba benedicta, Linn Carbbma benedlcta, Ad ana.).
Fig. 1005 Height 2 ft • Ivs. alternate, sinuate-pinnati-
fid, oblong, the lobes and teeth spiny heads terminal,
yellow, 1 in. wide, the fls exclusively tubular Medit.
regions and Caucasus Sometimes cult , also seen in
waste places of S Atlantic states and Calif as a weed
adventive from Eu.
C rhaphillpia, Hemsl , S Mex , has recently been cult abroad
It is described as a handsome plant with deeply cut spiny-toothed
Ivs about 2 ft long, gray-tomentose beneath st colored, much
branched fl -heads 3-3 1A »n long, the involucral bracts scarlet
and spine-tipped , fls scarcely exported, the fildinentn curmine
Under the above definition of Cnicus, this plant must fall m another
genus It has been placed m Carduus by E L Greene, as C
raphilopia. j^ rr>AYI OR +
COB^A (after Father Cobo, Spanish Jesuit of the
seventeenth century, naturalist, and resident of America
for many years). Syn Rosenbtigia Sometimes incor-
rectly spelled Cobosa Polemoniacep Attractive climb-
ers, one or two species commonly giown in the open
and under glass for the large bell-shaped flowers
Shrubby plants climbing by If-tendiils, but known
in cult as herbs Ivs alternate, pinnate calyx large,
5-parted, corolla bell-shaped, the limb 5-lobed caps
3-valved, angled, fls solitary on long peduncles,
bracted at the base — A genus of about 10 Trop Ameri-
can climbers (monographed by Brand in Englcr's
Pflanzenreich, hft. 27, 1907), of which C *candeni>, a
tender perennial plant, is amongst the dozen most
popular vines commonly treated as annuals. This is
the only genus of dimmers in the order Prop by seeds
which should be placed in moist earth, edge down It is
a rapid grower.
sc&ndens, Cav (Roserib&rqia scdndens, House)
Figs 1006-1008 Height 10-20 ft Ifts m 2 or 3 pairs,
the lowest close to the st , and more or less eared fls
bell-shaped, \~11A in across, light violet or greenish
purple, with protruding style and stamens tendrils
\006. Cobaea scandens.
COB^A
COCCOLOBA
807
branched. Mex B.M. 851. F S. 14-1467 —There is a
white-fld form (C alba, Hort.). and one with variegated
Ivs , var. vanegdta, Hort — The terminal 1ft. is repre-
sented by a tendril (Fig 1007). Sometimes there are
indications of tendrils on other Ifts. (Fig 1008), mak-
ing the plant an interesting one for students of mor-
phology.
stipularis, Benth. (Rotenbergia stipuldns, House).
Resembles the preceding species but the sepals ovate,
tapering to a broadly acuminate apex (the sepals of
C. scandens being broadly ovate or suborbicular). Mex.
1007 Normal leaf of Cobaea scandens
macrostdma, Pav (Sometimes erroneously written
macrostema and macroi>temma ) Sts climbing 6-10 ft •
Ivs alternate, of 3 pairs of obovate Ifts fls solitary, on
a 2-lvd long peduncle, the petals yellow-green, sta-
mens at least 1^ m longer than the corolla Guate-
mala BM 3780
C minor Marten & G.illeotti A Miiall Mno of which little
is known, hut cult in Arner in hot AUK garden* and fanciers'
collections It has small fls , borne on stalks shorter than the Ivs
Mex -C Prinolei, House (Ro>,enhergia Pringld, House) A gla-
brous, high-twining vine 1ft* 6, the basal pair oblong-lanceolate,
hastatoly clasping peduncles 4-5 in long, calyx-lobts green, her-
baceous, scarcely 1 in long and half as broad, corolla pure white,
2 in long, stamens exserted less than Jjin Mex
WILHELM MILLER
COBNUT. Corylus N TAYLOK f
COBURGIA: Stenomcsson
COCA. The leaves of Erythroxylon Coca, used in
medicine Sold chiefly as a fluid extract Cocaine is the
famous local anesthetic See Erythroxylon
COCCfNIA (Latin, scarlet, referring to the orna-
mental gourds) Cucurbitdcear Tender perennial vines,
usually with tuberous roots, giown for ornament mobtly
indoors
Leaves angled or lobed, sometimes glandular: fls
white or yellowish, laigc, stammate ami pistillate on
different plants or sometimes on different branches of
the same plant; calyx short, often campanulate. fr a
small, scarlet gourd, sometimes marbled, with an insipid
pulp — Twenty species from the tropics of Asia and Afr
A. Cogmaux in DC., Mon Phan 3 528 C cordifoha
is treated as a tender annual, requiring an early start
and no special cult The genus is sometimes referred
to Cephalandra.
A Tendrils simple male Jls solitary: Ivs small
cordifdlia, Cogn (C Indica, Wight & Arn ). Height
about 10 ft . perfectly smooth' Ivs small, 1-2 m long,
glossy, ivy-like, short-petioled, obtusely 5-angled' fl
white, bell-shaped, the stammate solitary: fr roundish
at both ends, about 2 in long, 1 in thick India.
AA Tendrils bifid male fls. in racemes: Ivs. large.
palmata, Cogn (Cephaldndra palmata, Lond.). At-
taining 30 ft . Ivs large, 3-4 in long and wide, long-
petioled, palmately 5-lobed: fls yellowish- fr. ovate,
acute Natal — Intro, by P. Henderson & Co , 1890.
A rare greenhouse plant.
C Dinten, Andr6, with palmate Ivs and handsome scajlet frs..
may be in cult. S. Afr. R H. 1900 268
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR f
COCC6LOBA (Greek, lobed berry, referring to the
ends of the pear-shaped fruit). Sometimes spelled Coo
colobib Including Campdirw. Polygondcese Tropical
shrubs, trees or rarely tall woody climbers, grown for
their fi uits and usually large glossy leathery leaves
Leaves alternate, always entire fls small, in axillary
or terminal spike-hke racemes, usually some shade of
green or yellow-green; sepals 5, heibaceous; petals 0;
stamens 8, exceeding the perianth4 fr berry-likej with
a small stone, often edible — About 125 species in the
American tropics and reaching to Fla C. platyclada is
now referred to M uchlenbf ckia, which sec
Coccvloba uvifcra, the sea-grape or' shore-grape of the
West Indies, bears an edible fruit, and has particularly
beautiful foliage It is the most important of the genus
and is offered by dealers in tropical plants It \\ill not
stand the frost and its cultivation out-of-doors is
limited to the frostless legion of California and Florida.
It can be easily grown in any greenhouse North All
species are easily propagated by seeds, \vhich are very
plentiful with most of the species Some species may be
increased by cuttings of ripe wood, which root easily
in sand under the usual conditions, in a frame or prop-
agatmg-house Layering may also be employed to in-
crease the stock The various species grow naturally
in both clayey and sandv soils, preferring moist ricn
earth, and a high temperature C uinfera frequents the
seashore, and is found growing in sand and broken
shells apparently lacking altogether in plant-food.
Rich sanely soil of a light character seems to be best for
all the species so far known in cultivation Plants are
readily transplanted from the open ground, but pot-
grown plants are to be pi ef erred (E N Reasoner )
uvffera, Linn SKA-GRAPE SUORE-GRAPE UVADEL
MAR Fig 1009 Tree, reaching 20 ft or more, with
many flexuous branches Ivs large, often 5 in long by
7 in wide, broadly heart-shaped, wavy margined,
1008. Monstrous or abnormal leaf of Cobaea.
glossy, leathery, glabrous, the midrib red at the base;
petioles short, with sheathing stipules at the base:
racemes 6 in. long, erect in fl , nodding in fr , fls 1^
in across, white, fragrant, petals 5, stamens 8; styles 3*
berries 9 or more m a raceme, small, about %in long,
pear-shaped, reddish purple, dotted green, sweetish
acid nut roundish, with a short, sharp point on top,
and vertical wrinkles Sandy seashores of Trop Amer
especially S. Fla. and W. Indies B M 3130 —The wood
is used in cabinet-work, and, when boiled, gives a red
color
808
COCCOLOBA
COCHLEARIA
floridana, Meissn. (C launfdha, Jacq ). PIGEON
PLUM. Tree, 25-30 ft • Ivs 1^-3 in. long, 1-2 in.
wide, ovate or elliptical, glabrous, narrowed at both
ends, obtuse, margin slightly recurved- berries small,
J^jin long, pear-shaped, edible, but not marketable.
S. Fla., the Bahamas, and northern coast of S. Amer.
1009. Coccoloba uvifera.
pube"scens, Linn (C arandifbha, Jacq ). A
sparingly branched tree. Ivs. cordate-orbicular, 3-6 in.
long, rusty-pubescent beneath, chiefly on the promi-
nent veins, fls racemose, fr berry-like, about %in.
diam. Trop Amer April B M 3166
C caraoJsdna, Meissn , or a closely related species, has recently
been intro to the trade by Franceschi, of Santa Barbara, Calif
It is det« ribed as having "larger fri. than other known speciea, like
a good-sued plum" Venezuela. WlLHELM MlLLER.
N. TAYLOR f
COCCOTHRlNAX (a berry and Thnnax, in reference
to the berry-like fruit) Palmdcex Small or medium-
sized palms, with fan-leaves.
Trees (or rarely stemless) with slender sts., clothed
above with the persistent petiole-sheaths, . Ivs terminal,
pale beneath, thin and brittle, divided into narrow,
acute, 2-parted obliquely folded lobos; petioles com-
pressed, slightly rounded and ridged on the 2 surfaces,
thin and smooth on the margins* spadix mterfohar,
paniculate, shorter than the petioles: fls. perfect,
minute, solitary, perianth cup-like, obscurely 6-lobed,
deciduous, stamens 9, exsertcd; ovary superior, ovoid,
1-celled: fr berry-like, subglobose, 1 -seeded, in ripen-
ing becoming thick and juicy, shining black or purple-
black; albumen channeled — A genus of a few species,
made from Thnnax; Fla. and S.
Girberi, Sarg (Thrtnax Gdrben, Chopra. T. argtntea
var Gdrben, Chapm ). SILVER-PALM Stemless Ivs.
only 10-12 in across, fan-shaped, silvery beneath.
An attractfve dwarf palm, early showing its characteris-
tic form, native on shore of Biscayne Bay, Fla ; per-
haps a depauperate form of C- juciinda, Sarg (Thrinax
argfatea, Chapm , not Roem & Sch ), which has Ivs.
20-32 in across; it bears the fls on rigicjt spreading
short pedicels, the perianth is white, anthers light yel-
low, and ovary orange* fr. %in. or less diam , becom-
ing succulent and bright violet and later almost black
and shining, ripening 6 months after the flowering:
petiole slender, flexible, rounded on upper side and
obscurely ribbed on lower side, extending as a thin
undulate rachis that ends in a short obtuse point.
L. H. B
C6CCULUS (diminutive of kokkos. berry, the fruit
being berry-like) Syn , Ctbatha, Epibattrium. Mems-
pertnclccse. Shrubs grown for their handsome foliage
and the ornamental red or black fruits
Twining or erect1 Ivs. alternate, petioled, entire or
lobed, with entire margin, deciduous or persistent,
palmmerved fls inconspicuous, dioecious, in axillary
panicles or racemes, sometimes terminal; sepals, petals
and stamens 6' carpels 3-6, distinct, developing into
berry-like, 1-seeded drupes; seed remform — About 12
species in N Amer , E and S Asia, Afr and Hawaii,
chiefly in tropical and subtropical legions Only a few
species are cult , thriving in almost any somewhat
moist soil, the evergreen kinds are sometimes grown
in pots, in a sandy compost of peat and loam Prop
by seeds or by cuttings of half-ripened wood in summer,
under glass, with bottom heat
"Cocculus indicus" is the trade name of the berries
used by the Chinese in catching fish The berries con-
tain an acrid poison, which intoxicates or stuns the
fish until they can be caught The berries are imported
from the East Indies to adulterate porter, and "Coc-
culus indicus" is a trade name with druggists, not a
botanical one. just as "Cassia lignea" is a trade name
of a kind of cinnamon bark, derived, not from a cassia,
but from a species of Cinnamomum The name "Coc-
culus indicus" was given by Bauhm, but binomial
nomenclature began later, with Linmmis, in 1753 The
plant which produces the berries is Anamirta Cocculus
carolinus, DC (Ctbatha carottna, Brit Epiba&num
carollnum, But ) CAROLINA MOONSEED A rapid-
growing, twining shrub, attaining 12 ft , with pubes-
cent branches Ivs long-petioled, usually ovate, sorne-
times cordate, obtuse, entire or 3-, rarely 5-lobed,
pubescent, glabrous above at length petals ernurgi-
nate: fr red, J^m diam Along streams from Va and
111 to Fla and Texas — Decorative in fall, with its
bright red fr. Not hardy north of N Y
trflobus, DC. (C orbtculatus, Schneid. Cehntha
orbicul&ta, Kuntze C Thunbergii, DC ) Slender
climber with pubescent branches* Ivs broadly ovate to
oblong-ovate, truncate or ssiibcordate at the base,
obtuse, often emargmate, usually entuc, pubescent
on both sides petals bifid at the apex fr bluish black,
about y± in thick, in short-stalked axillary clusters
Japan BM 8489 I T 6.231 —Quite hardy at, the
Arnold Arboretum, keeps its Ivs green until very late
in autumn
C divrrst/Ahua, Miq , not DC =8momemum acutum — C hete-
rophyllus, lienul & Wilson=Sinomomum aeutum — C japdmcus,
DC -sStephama hernandifolia — C launfMiua. DC Erect shrub,
to 15 ft , glabrous Ivs evergreen, oblong, acute at both ends
Himalayas Decorative, with its bright
green, shining foliage Only hardy in
subtropical regions
ALFRED REHDER.
COCHLEARIA (Greek, coch-
lear, a spoon, referring to the
leaves). Crudfersp More or less
fleshy seaside small herbs, in-
cluding scurvy-grass and related
things; scarcely cultivated.
Annual or perennial: Ivs. 1010. Cochleana danica.
simple* fls small, white, yel-
lowish or purplish, in racemes, fr. an inflated sihcle,
with very convex valves, the seeds several in each cell
and usually 2-rowed — About 15 species in Eu and N.
Amer. Formerly the horse-radish was referred here, but
it is now placed by some in Radicula, by others ID
Honpa, and by still others m Nasturtium,
COCHLEARIA
COCONUT
809
officinalis, Linn SCURVY-GRASS. Hardy biennial,
2-12 in high, but cult as an annual: root-lvs petioled,
cordate; at -!VH oblong, more or less toothed and some-
times with a short-winged petiole, fls early spring;
calyx-lobes erect Arctic regions. — Prop, by seed,
which is small, oval, slightly angular, rough-skinned,
reddish brown The germinating power lasts 4 years.
The green parts of the plant are strongly acrid, and
have a tarry flavor. The seed is sown in a cool,
shady position, where the plants are to stand The
Ivs are rarely eaten as salad, but the plant is mostly
grown for its anti-scorbutic properties. Not to be con-
founded with water-cress.
dfinica, Linn Fig. 1010. Annual, scarcely 6-8 in.
high* Ivs rounded, kidney-shaped, scarcely 1 in. long
m large specimens, usually much smaller North tem-
perate and arctic regions L B C. 15: 1482 — It is cov-
ered in early summer with a profusion of small white fls.
A valuable plant for ornament northward.
N. TAYLOR.f
COCHLI6DA (Greek for spiral, in reference to the
stiucture of the lip) Orchidacex. A small group of
orchids found at high elevations m South America,
little grown, requiring treatment given Odontoglossum.
Pseudobulbous. fls bright rose-color or scarlet, in
long racemes, sepals equal or the side ones more or less
joined, petals all much alike, lip clawed, the blade
spreading arid the side lobes rounded and perhaps
reflexed, tho middle lobe narrow — Some of the species
are retained by various authors in Odontoglossum and
Mesopinidium
Noetzhana, Holfe Pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, com-
pressed, about 2 in long, monodiphyllous Ivs linear:
peduncles arcuate, fls numerous, in graceful racemes,
orange-scarlet, about 1 in across, sepals oblong, petals
rather ovate, labellum 3-lobed, disk yellow, otherwise
similar in color to the petalh Andes B M 7474 Gt.
43 1403 GC III 16 71 OR 12.309
rdsea, Hort Plants similar to C Noetzliana: fls.
rose-color Peru B M 6084 J H 18 66.
vulcanica, Benth & Hook Peduncles more or less
erect fls larger than in the preceding, bright rose-color;
labellum 3-lobed, provided with 4 ridges Peru B M.
6001
C bravlifnsis, Rolfe Psrudobulb* tufted, oblong Ivs oblong-
lanceolate scapes erect or arching, with 0-1. i greenish fls Brazil —
—C Fl6nn, Holfe Natural hjhnd between C Noetzhana and C.
rosca H* cmn ibar-red \vith yellow creat, sepals lanceolate, pet-
als elliptic oblong CAKES AMES.
COCHLIOGL6SSA. Orchiddccse A garden hybrid
between Cochlwda Noftzliana and Odontoglossum seep-
trum or 0 pr&nitens, known as Cochlwglossa moorte-
beekienMt Fls star-shaped, the petals and sepals yel-
low with pale brown spots, lip has the characters of that
of Odontoglossum t>ceptrum, out a little longer and less
attractive Shows no marks of Cochlwda Noetzhana.
COCHLIOSTEMA (Greek, spiral stamens). Com-
mchnaccse Curious and gorgeous plants cultivated
under glass
Cochhostemas are epiphytes, with the habit of Bill-
bergia and great axillary panicles of large fls of peculiar
structure and beauty They are stemless herbs from
Ecuador, with large, oblong-lanceolate Jvs , sheathing
at the base, and fls which individually last only a short
time, although a succession is produced for several
weeks; sepals 3. oblong, obtuse, concave; petals 3,
nearly equal, wider than the sepals, margined with long
hairs; statmnodes 3, villous, 2 erect, linear, the third
short, plumose; stammal column hooded, with in-
curved margins, inclosing 3 spirally twisted anthers;
style slender, curved — Gardeners recognize 2 species,
although they are considered by some botanists as
forms of one. Recorded as the most beautiful cult,
plants of the family.
These are handsome stove-flowering perennial
plants, closely related to the commelmas, and are of
comparatively easy culture, thriving well in ordinary
stove temperature in a mixture of two parts loan/ and
one part fibrous peat, with a little well-decayed cow- or
sheep-rnanure added when potting mature plants
They like a copious supply of water at the roots dur-
ing the summer months, and at no season must they
be allowed to become dry Propagation is effected by
division of the plants in early spring, or by seeds, to
obtain which the flowers must be artificially fertilized.
— They seed freely when fertilized at the proper time.
Only a few of the stronger or larger flowers snould be
allowed to bear seed. Sometimes a simple shaking of
the flower-stalk will accomplish the necessary work of
fertilizing, but it is safer to employ the regular method
to insure thorough impregnation. The seeds ripen
within six weeks' time, and they can be sown soon
thereafter, in shallow pans of light, peaty soil, and
placed m a warm, close atmosphere until germinated.
As soon as the seedlings are large enough, they should
be potted singly into thumb-pots, ana shifted on as
often as they require it, when they will flower in six
to twelve months. The chief reason why cochhostemas
are grown in America so little is, probably, that it is
necessary to keep a much more humid atmosphere in
stove-houses than in England, and this is very much
against all stove-flowering plants, causing the season
ot blossoming to be very short (Edward J. Canning )
A Lvs. red beneath' panicle hairy; fls very fragrant
odoratissunum, Lem Lvs lighter green above than
in C. Jacobianum, and deep purplish red beneath, nar-
rower, and with a similar margin, fls very numerous;
sepals more leaf-like, hairy, green, with a reddish tip.
I.H 6:217. RH. 1869, p 170
AA Lv 8 green beneath panicle not hairy; fls. less
fragrant
Jacobianum, C Koch and Lmd. Height 1-3 ft. • Lvs.
in a rosette, spreading or recurved, dilated and sheath-
ing at the babe, margined brown or purplish, 3-4 ft long,
6 in broad at the base; 4 in broad at the middle ped-
uncles stout, white, tinged purple, 1 ft long bracts
large, opposite and whorled, 3-4 in long, acuminate,
concave, panicle-branches 4-6 in. long; fls 2-2 J 2 m
across, sepals purplish, petals violet-blue Autumn BM
5705 R H 1868 71 G C 1868 323,desc. F S 18 '1837-9.
WILHELM MILLED.
COCHLOSPfeRMUM: Maximilianea.
COCKLE. In North America, a name for Lychnis
Giihago. or corn-cockle, a familiar handsome-flowered
weed ot wheat-fields The name is also applied to the
darnel, Lohum temulentum.
COCKLE-BUR: Xanthium, a weed.
COCKSCOMB: Celosva.
COCKSFOOT GRASS: Barnyard Grass, Panicum Crus-GaUt.
COCOA: Products of Theobroma Cacao.
COCOA PLUM: ChrVsobalanue Icaoo.
COCO-GRASS: Cyperu* rotundus.
COCONUT. Plate XXVII Figs 1011, 1012, 1014,
1015 The coconut, Cocos nucifera, is the most important
of cultivated palms Its nearest relatives, whether or not
regarded as m the same genus, are natives of tropical
America For this and for other reasons which have been
presented by Cook, it must be believed that the coco-
nut is a native of America, and that it was carried west-
ward across the Pacific in prehistoric times While the
nut will float and retain its power of germination for a
considerable time, its propagation from island to island
in known cases has practically always been the delibe-
rate work of men, and it is probable that men were
310
COCONUT
COCONUT
also responsible for its crossing the Pacific. It was a
cultivated plant in Polynesia and Malaya, and in
many places the chief crop at the time of the discov-
ery of this part of the world by Europeans. But it
reached Ceylon recently enough so that its introduc-
tion is a matter of fairly reliable legend. It is now
grown in all tropical countries except the interior of
continents Its cultivation extends somewhat beyond
the tropics, both north and south, but its growth at
these extremes, in Florida, India and Madagascar, is
not thrifty enough to give it any industrial impor-
tance. Within the last two decades, the rise in the price
of oils and the discovery of new uses for coconut-oil
have caused a tremendous increase in the area devoted
to the plantation and cultivation of coconuts.
Climatic conditions favorable for the coconut.
The coconut makes on the climate the characteristic
demands of a typically tropical plant It thrives where
the mean annual temperature is 72° F or higher, and
where there are no great differences in temperature
between seasons. Except where supply of ground water
1011. End of a mature coconut. The nut sprouts usually
from the largest eye.
makes it independent of local rainfall, the coconut
demands an annual rainfall of at least one meter (about
40 in.) ; and this precipitation should be well distributed
through the year In most of the best coconut coun-
tries, the rainfall is considerably more than one meter.
The coconut can endure exceedingly drying conditions
for short periods, and is accordingly adapted to the
intense light of the seashore, to resisting strong winds,
and to enduring salt water about its roots for short
periods of time Moreover, it will live through pro-
longed droughts. But long dry seasons cut down the
crops; and the damage done by droughts lasts for as
much as two or three years after the return of rain. A
dry season of five or six months every other year will
keep the crop at all times down to not more than 40 per
cent of what it would be if the supply of water were
constant. If there is an ample supply of soil-water,
dryness of the atmosphere is favorable to the best
production Seacoasts usually have higher land back of
them, and the ground- water from the higher countiy
circulates through the soil toward the sea Near the
shore it comes near enough to the surface to be
reached by the roots of the coconut. For this reason,
coconuts thrive on the seashore under climatic condi-
tions that prevent good development in the interior.
This is the principal ground for the idea that coconuts
thrive only near the sea Around the bases of volca-
noes in the interior, similar soil conditions are met
with, and such localities are admirably adapted to this
crop.
Propagation and cultivation.
The coconut is produced only by seed. Nuts for this
purpose should of course be selected from conspicuously
good trees They <tre usually planted in seed-beds,
although, on a small scale, there are various other
local methods of handling them during germination.
The best treatment is to take them from the seed-bed
when the plumule is not more than 6 inches high, which
will usually be after about six months To avoid the
expense of keeping the groves clean while the trees are
small, it is common practice to leave the nuts for a
longer time in the seed-beds, but the transplanting of
older seedlings, even with the greatest practicable care,
sets them back for several months. In the Jaffna dis-
trict of northern Ceylon, the nuts are transplanted
from the first seed-beds to others in which they have
more room, and arc not put in their permanent places
until they are three or four years old.
In the first years after the coconuts are transplanted,
it is good policy to raise catch-crops between the trees.
But these crops should be so chosen that they will not
compete with the coconut for light or water, and from
the profit thoy pay, a return should be made to the
soil of fertilizers at least sufficient to replace what they
have removed By the time the grove is four years old,
the coconuts will shade the ground and it will no longer
be posbible to raise catch-crops on a large scale Then,
but not before this time, it is good practice to use the
grove for pasture. The returns from live-stock should
be at least sufficici/ to pay for keeping the plantation
in good condition and cattle will themselves do a large
part of the work in keeping down the other vegetation.
Pasturing of other live-stock in coconut groves is in
general not to be recommended It is not customary
anywhere m the tropics to give to coconut plantations
such cultivation as is given to orchards in temperate
countries It has even been believed that any but the
most shallow cultivation would be detrimental by
destroying the roots near the surface, and that machine-
cultivation was likely to be too expensive to be profit-
able, in view of the tune that it would have to be kept
up before the coconut begins to pay returns Limited
experience in the Philippines indicates that real culti-
vation produces very much the same results with
coconuts as it does with other crops Coconuts respond,
as do other crops, to the application of manures con-
taming potash, nitrogen, and phosphorus. So far as
the very limited evidence shows, the demand for these
three fertilizing elements is in the order given. With
ordinarily good treatment, coconuts come into bearing
in seven or eight years. Single trees of standard vane-
ties will bear fruit in five years, while others will require
ten If the coconut is treated as a wild crop, which is
by no means uncommon, and little or no attention is
given it after the first three years, it will be ten or fifteen
years, as a rule, before a full crop is produced and even
then the crop will be an inferior one.
Pests.
With the increase in the industry in the tropical
world, and with the increase in commerce, there nave
been created conditions favorable to the development
and spread of pests Twenty years ago, serious coconut
pests were practically unknown, and only eight years
ago, Prudhomme, in an excellent general treatment of
the coconut industry, listed as serious pests only two or
three insects and no other organisms There are now
known as serious pests various species of Rhynchoph-
orus, known as palm weevils. Oryctes, called the
rhinoceros beetle; a scale, Aspiawtus destructor, closely
related to the San Jose, scale, at least two fungi,
and the organisms causing bud-rot The latter have
been determined in the West Indies to be Bacillus
Coli, and in India to be a fungus, Pythium palmivorum.
Besides these, there are a large number of minor or
local pests, including weevils and other beetles, the
COCONUT
COCONUT
811
larvao of moths and butterflies, insects of other groups,
and fungi. Damage is also done in places by crus-
taceans, and by rats and other higher animals Forests
made up of one kind of tree practically do not exist in
nature in the tropics, and when such forests arc made,
as has been done with the coconut, the prevention of
devastation by pests will be accomplished only by
greater care than is ordinarily demanded to protect
the crops of temperate lands.
Varieties.
A very large number of varieties of coconuts is
known in different parts of the tropics, but a careful
comparative study of their merits has never been made
on a large scale and with nuts from many different
sources The best experiment began less than a decade
ago in Madagascar In several localities in the Philip-
pines, there are strains of very large nuts, of which, as a
plantation average extending over years, 3,300 produce
•i ton of copra. In favorable seasons the production
has been at the rate of a ton from 2,800 nuts There are
reports of similar large nuts from other countries, but
no data as to then yield on a plantation scale In the
parts of the Philippines having the greatest coconut
industry, it requires 5,600 to 6,000 nuts to produce a
ton of copra, and the same figures apply to Ceylon and
various other coconut countries. In still other places
the nuts are so small that 7,000 are required to the ton.
There are varieties characterized by shape and by
color, but these characteristics seem not to be related
to the yield either of copra or oil. The nuts of the
Laccaclive and Maldive Islands are reputed to produce
a particularly good fiber Throughout the eastern
tropics, coconuts are locally used to produce liquor
For this purpose, early maturing varieties that are
likely also to produce very small nuts, but numerous
clusters, are selected There are varieties in Ceylon
and the Philippines which bear at the age of four yearn,
\vhile the varieties in extensive cultivation and used for
the production of copra can none of them be relied
upon to produce a crop in lews than seven years and not
in less than ten years unless properly treated A Philip-
pine variety known as Makapun6 has the interior of the
nuts completely filled with a soft, s\\eet tissue, used as
a table delicacy Such nuts sell locally for about 10
cents, while the ordinary nut is worth 2 or 3 cents
t/-ses and product* of the coconut.
The local uses of the coconut an? almost unlimited.
Resides being of practical utility in a very large num-
ber of ways to the people of the Malay-Polynesian
region, it has, as a result of its practical importance,
acquired a prominent place in the rites and supersti-
tmns of the people of this part of the \\orld Thus
Murray tells of a tribe of Papuans, among whom it is
not proper for a man to eat a person whom he has
killed, this privilege being reserved for his associates,
but a man may eat the heart of his own victim if he
sits on one coconut and balances himself with his feet
on two others while he prepares and devours it.
The products of great industrial importance are
toddy and its derivatives, coir, and copra and it»s
products
Toddy is an usual English name of the fresh bever-
age obtained from the unopen flower-clusters In
the Philippines it is known as "tuba " The mode of
securing it differs somewhat in the three countries in
which it is secured on an industrial scale, the Philip-
pines, Java and Ceylon. In all of them, the spathe is
bent clown gradually and the tip is then cut off A
thin slice is afterward cut off with a sharp knife, usually
twice a day. After a few days of this treatment, the
irritation results in a flow of sap from the cut surface.
This sap falls into a jar or bamboo tube from which it
is collected, as a rule twice a day, and a very thin slice
is removed from the end at each time of collection.
52
This continues until the whole inflorescence has been
removed by the series of slices. The amount of toddy
collected depends on the vigor of the tree, on the
weather, and on the skill of the workman Under
fairly favorable conditions, a good workman will secure
a auart or more a day from one inflorescence The
technique of this business seems to be better developed
in the Philippines than elsewhere, with the result that
more toddy is secured in a given time from the tree.
ri he toddy is used as a fresh beverage or as a source of
alcohol, or less frequently of sugar, or still more rarely
of vinegar; it is also a common source of yeast in the
East Indies The toddy, as it falls from the cut branch,
contains about 16 per cent of sucrose This inverts
very rapidly if permitted to do so, and the invert
sugar is in turn rapidly fermented to alcohol In parts
of the Philippines, the production of strong liquor in
this way is a business of some importance If sugar is to
be produced, care is taken to keep the vessels clean and
approximately sterile, and the mverp'on is often pre-
vented by the use of tanbark from one of the man-
groves, usually Bruguiera. If alcohol is the product
desired, the same bamboo tubes are used over and over
without cleaning In the Philippines it is common
practice to connect the trees used for this purpose
with bridges of bam-
boo on which the col-
lectors pass rapidly
from tree to tree. In
other countries each i
tree is climbed by I
itself.
(Nat size at this stage ) (Nat size.)
1012 Stages m the growth of a coconut.
Coir is produced for local use in many parts of the
world, but as an article of commerce conies chiefly
from Ceylon This fiber was the old staple cordage
material of the Polynesian region As a fiber material,
it is conspicuous for its elasticit} , being able to stretch
2G or 2.5 per cent without exceeding the limit of elas-
ticity It is also remarkable for lightness, for resist-
ance to decav, and for the short length of the individual
cells It is accordingly a valuable fiber for use m ropes
subject to abrupt strains, for calking boats, and for a
stuffing fiber Its stiffness and durability make it
especially serviceable for the manufacture of mats,
and this is its chief commercial use.
Copra — The principal coconut product exported
from most producing regions is copra, which is the dried
meat or hard endosperm of the fruit To produce the
best copra, nuts should be thoroughly and uniformly
ripe, and this condition is best guaranteed by per-
mitting them to ripen on the trees until they fall, and
then to collect and use them at frequent intervals
However, it is far more common practice to harvest
them before they fall, going through the groves at
regular intervals This is most commonly done every
three months. The nuts are cut down in various ways
The simplest method is the use of a long pole made of
detachable joints of bamboo and bearing at the top a
sharp and recurved knife. A nut-gatherer then goes
from tree to tree and cuts down the nuts that are
ready, without leaving the ground. This method is
the local one used m certain parts of the Philippines.
812
COCONUT
COCOS
Elsewhere in the Philippines and in many other places,
the practice is to chmD each tree, using notches cut at
convenient heights for this purpose If these notches
are cut with sufficient care, it probably < can be done
without real damage to the tree, but in practice such
care is not usually taken, and the notches are very
often centers from which decay of the trunk begins.
In other places the nut-gatherers climb the trees with-
out notches. To do this easily, they usually bind their
ankles together with a thong, or pass a rope around the
hips and around the tree, or use both of these devices
The old story of the harvesting of coconuts by the use
of monkeys is not altogether a myth. In the Sunda
islands and in Sarawak, monkeys are sometimes
trained for this purpose; and from Sarawak, these
trained monkeys are occasionally exported to the
Straits settlements In some of the islands of the
south seas, the entire nuts, husk and all, are split into
halves with an axe, and in Ceylon a machine for this
purpose has come into limited use. Elsewhere, the
first step in the preparation of copra is the removal of
the husks This is usually done with the aid of a piece
of iron, three cornered and moderately sharp, mounted
on an erect stick and standing at about the height of
the knee. This implement is in universal use in the
Philippines, and elsewhere m the East, and has of late
years come into use in the tropics of the New World.
A machine to remove the husks has also boon invented,
but the most that is claimed for it is that a workman
can husk a thousand nuts a day, and this is only the
standard day's work for a nut-husker m the Philip-
Cines by the old method After the removal of the
usk, the nut is split into two halves by a sharp blow
with a heavy knife The water is allowed to run out on
the ground — Methods of drying copra fall under three
heads sun-drying, grill-drying, ana kiln-drying Cen-
trifugal dryers have also boon tried and are said to
give good results Sun-drying is the oldest method, and
is a good one where the climate is such that the drying
can be trusted to go on without interruption Under
favorable conditions it produces the finest grade of
copra, Cochin sun-dried being the standard of excel-
lence Most Philippine copra is grill-dried A hole is
dug in the ground on which is placed a grating usually
made of bamboo, and the whole protected by a roof
Coconut husks and shells are used for fuel The heat
and smoke rise directly from the fare to the coconuts
Sun-drying takes usually five to nine days; if more than
this is required, the method is unsafe Smoke-drying
is finished as a rule in a single day or m parts of two
days Smoke-dried copra it> unsuited for the manu-
facture of food products and accordingly sells at a
lower price than the best copra It is a good way of
making poor copra, for if any copra is imperfectly
dried or is even in part the product of unripe nuts, it
ferments with a considerable loss of oil, and this fer-
mentation is decidedly checked by smoking Kilns
for drying coconuts are of various patterns m different
countries, and if properly handled always produce a
high grade of copra There is one kiln m the Philip-
pines which handles more than three tons of copra at
a charge, and dries it in six or eight hours By all
methods, it is customary to make two stages of the
drying, one immediately after the nuts are opened, and
the other after the meat has shrunk enough to be easily
removed from the shells The ultimate use of copra is
the manufacture of oil, an industry which has been
developed to the greatest extent in France In all
coconut countries there is a local business in manufac-
turing oil This is done by various primitive methods,
some of which produce a food or toilet product of the
highest possible quality. In the manufacture of such
oil, the utmost care is taken and the product is of
purely local use Oil for wider distribution is manu-
factured with less care, by methods characteristic of
the different countries To prepare oil for workl com-
P'
fa
merce, such establishments as have long been used
in European countries, and to a less extent in the
United States, have more recently been founded in the
producing lands. The oil has a variety of uses. It was
formerly consumed almost entirely in the manufacture
of soap and candles Principally during the last decade,
methods of refining and separation have been developed,
by which excellent butter-substitutes are made. As
the butter produced in this way is palatable and most
digestible, and is cheaper than real butter, these prod-
ucts have found a ready sale, with the result that there
has been a great increase m the demand for good
grades of copra and a consequent improvement in the
general quality produced m most countries, and an
increase in the price of all grades. It seems probable
that the market will for some time continue to increase
more rapidly than the supply
Other products — A well-known product is desic-
cated coconut Among producing countries, Ceylon is
the only one which has taken up the manufacture of this
article It is prepared directly from the fresh meat of
ripe nuts Very large numbers of coconuts are also
put upon the market of temperate countries as "coco-
nutb," usually after the removal of the husk The
United States is the chief market for these nuts and the
export of them is accordingly a conspicuous feature of
the business in lands situated where delivery in the
United States is economically possible, that is in the
West Indies and to a much less extent in the islands of
the Pacific An exportation of this kind is also assum-
ing large proportions with Australia as a market For
all kinds of coconut produce, Ceylon long held first
place and the business of producing coconuts, copra
and oil, as well as coir, and desiccated coconut, has
reached a better development in Ceylon than anywhere
else However, during the last few years, the Philip-
pines have far outstripped Ceylon in the production of
copra. The export from the Philippines m the year
ending June 30, 1912, was more than 160,000 tons In
this year, copra was for the first time the foremost
export of the islands, taking from abaca the place
which it has held almost without interruption for the
last fifty years E B COPELAND.
COCOS (Portuguese, monkey, from the nut, which
suggests a monkey's face) Palmacvx This genus
includes the coconut tree, C nucifera, and a few pinnate
palms cultivated for ornament in the North under glass,
and in southern Florida and southern California as
avenue and ornamental trees See page 35G7
Low or tall palms, with slender or robust ringed
spineless trunks, often clothed with the bases of the Ivs :
Ivs. terminal, pinnatisect, segms. ensiform or lanceo-
late, equidistant or in groups, 1- to many-nerved, entire
at the apex, or with 1 lateral tooth, or more or less
deeply lobed, the margins smooth, recurved at the
base, rachis 3-sided, acute above, convex on the back;
petiole concave above, smooth or spiny on the margins,
sheath short, open, fibrous spadices erect, at length
drooping, the branches erect or drooping, spathes 2, the
lower one the shorter, split at the apex, the upper one
fusiform or clavate, woody, furrowed on the back;
bracts variable, fls white or yellow, fr large or
medium, ovoid or ellipsoidal, terete or obtusely 3-angled,
often fibrous-coated as m the coconut — Species 56 m
Trop and Subtrop S Amer , 1 m the tropics around the
world The genus is allied to Maximihana and Attalea,
and distinguished by its male fls having lanceolate
petals, 6 included stamens, and a 1-seeded fr. G C. II.
23 439
The coconut is the example most commonly cited of
dispersal of seeds by water Its buoyant, impervious
husk is said to enable it to cross an ocean without
losing its germinating power Its structure is interest-
ing and at first puzzling. Although it is a dry, indehis-
cent, one-seeded fruit, it seems veiy unlike an achene, as
cocos
cocos
813
for example, in the Composite. Structurally, it is more
like a drupe, for the fibrous husk is formed from the
outer part of the pericarp, and the hard shell inclosing
the meat from the inner In other words the husk is
exocarp and the shell endocarp. The rnilk of the coconut
is unsolidified endosperm In the cereal grains it is
the endosperm which affords most of the material used
for human food Only a part of the liquid matter of the
coconut solidifies, and the milk is left m the center
The eyes of the coconut (Fig 1011) mark the positions
of the rmcropyles, and termination takes place only
through the larger one. Palm pistils are three-carpelled
and each carpel in Cocos has one ovule The marks of
the three carpels are seen in Fig 1011, but only one
ovule develops into a seed. Fig 1012 tells the story
of the growtn of a coconut In a, the young nut is
enveloped by three petals and three sepals. At 6, the
pericarp has far outgiown the sepals and petals.
Sometimes the floral envelopes remain when the nut is
picked Coconuts, like many other fruits, often grow to
a considerable size without pollination, and then perish.
Of the species cultivated for ornament, C. Wed-
delliana is by far the most important It is sold m
great quantities from 3- and 4-inch pots when the
plants are 12 to 15 inches high They are favorite
house-plants, as their culture is easy, and they grow
slowly and retain their beauty a long while They are
much used in fern-dishes As a house-plant, C1 \Ved-
ddliana is probably the most popular species of all the
smaller palms It is especially suitable for table deco-
ration In distinguishing tropical from subtropical
regions, the coconut is an excellent guide It flourishes
best where frost is never known, although there are
magnificent specimens at Miami and Palm Beach,
Florida, both places having rare but sharp frosts The
oil extracted from the nuts is an important article of
commerce The fiber refuse IH much used by florists
and gaideners Being open, spongy, very retentive of
moisture, clean and easily handled, it is a favorite
material in which to root bedding-plants and to start
very small seeds, but it is not used for permanent
potting See U S Dept Agnc , Bull of Div. of Ent
(new series) 38 20-3, for a report of diseased coconuts
For culture of Cocos under glass, see Palms
Cocos in Florida — The species of t he C. a ustralis
group (as known in the trade) are dry-land palms, the
best and most beautiful palms adapted to poor sandy
soils in Flonda In moist and rich ground they are sub-
ject to diseases, particularly to blight On dry land, they
thrive with fjreat vigor, and although slow growers,
they are strikingly beautiful specimens when only a, few
years old They look best in gioups of five or even a
dozen planted together (about 12 to 15 feet apart)
After they have formed trunks 5 to 10 feet high they
are very impressive, particularly when the background
consists of tall bamboos or dark evergreens such as
Magnolia grandiflora or live-oaks. All the species of
this group have leaves more or less glaucous, silvery
white or bluish green The leaflets are often very
hard to the touch — very rigid The petiole at its base
is provided with shoit blunt spines The roots are
brown and quite numerous, but the root-system is very
shallow, the trunks do not rest deep in the ground as is
the case with the Sabal and Phcemx species, and for
this reason they are easily blown over or they acquire a
leaning disposition In planting these palms, they
should be set in a saucer-like cavity, which can be
filled up gradually Both young and old plants are
easily transplanted in November and December, but it
is always advisable to plant only young specimens
Few palms require so little care and fertilizer as these
Cocos species. A good application of stable manure as
a mulch when the rainy season begins helps them along
wonderfully, or they many be fertilized with a com-
bination consisting of equal parts of ammonia, phos-
phoric acid and potash. The flowers are always inclosed
in a club-like spathe varying in size from a large walk-
ing-stick to a baseball club These spathes burst open
with a crack and reveal the much-branched flower-spike,
varying in color from a creamy white? yellowish,
lavender-crimson to a deep violet The fruits also vary
in .size and color Some of them are not larger than a
large pea, others as large as a plum, some are yellowish
and others orange and red in color (H. Nehrling )
Cocoa in California — After passing through a severe
test during the first week in January of the year 1913,
the several species of Cocos palms are in a condition
in which one may safely judge of their comparative
hardiness In the Cocos palms found in local gar-
dens are two very distinct groups These two groups
may each contain but one species having several vane-
1013. Cocos Weddelhana.
ties, or they may consist of several species as they are
known "in the trade," and it is upon the latter basis
they are here dealt with (1) The dwarf group is com-
monly and widely represented by the one known as
C australis and the other and less-known kinds are
catalogued as C. Alphonsi, C Bonnettn, C. campestns,
C Gacrtnen, and C. Yatay. Occasionally two others, C.
odorata and C. pulposa, are listed All those named are
quite hardy and may safely be planted from Los
Angeles to San Francisco without fear of losing them
through freezing, though in places some may get
"scorched" while young With age all become quite
hardy (2) To a taller and more striking group, belong
those of which C. plumosa is the best known and, unfor-
tunately, most widely planted type. These are C.
botryopnora, C coronata, C Datil, C. flexuosa, C. plu-
mona, and C. Romanzojfiana Of these six four have
proved quite tender and three quite hardy, the latter
lot resistant to at least a half-dozen degrees more of
cold than the former The tender ones are: C. botryo-
pftora, C. coronata, C plumosa, and C. Romamoffian^.
Those proving hardy over all of southern California
in 1913 were C Datil and C flexuosa, the latter the
814
COCOS
COCOS
only one at all common. To these may be added the
true C. austrahs, not known here in the trade at all, a
tall-growing species, and not the dwarf one commonly
sold under this name. J Harrison Wright, of Riverside,
has grown this novel species and assures the writer of
its hardiness in his garden where C plumosa succumbs
in comparatively mild winters. These notes are based
upon a close study of these species and varieties as
observed during the past few winters in the gardens of
Los Angeles and Pasadena in Southern California.
(Ernest Braunton.)
aurea, 8.
a»strahs, 2, 7.
botryophora, 2.
butyraoea, 5
campestns, 12.
INDEX.
coronata, 2, 11.
Datil, 2. 10
enospatha, 1.
flexuosa, 2
insigms, 13.
nucifera, 8.
plumosa, 2, 4.
Komanzoffiana, 6.
Woddelkana, 3.
Yatay, 9.
A. Filaments present on the rachis.
1 eriospatha, Mart St 9-15 ft. high, 10-14 in.
thick, capitately thickened with the persistent bases of
the petioles. Ivs ample, glaucous, finely pectinate,
margins of the rachis with excurrent filaments, segms
about 1 m apart, the lower elongated, linear, 20-24 in
long, very long-acuminate, the upper narrowly linear,
short, attenuate, 1 ft long, 2 lines wide, all rigid, faintly
nervose-stnate spadix thick, branched but very com-
pact. S Brazil — "The hardiest of the genus and one
of the hardiest palms in S Calif. Fronds bluish* fr.
pulp tastes like apricots " — F. Franceschi, Santa Bar-
bara Some of the C. australis of the trade may belong
here.
AA. Filaments absent.
B. Rachis abruptly contracted above the insertion of the
lowest Ifts.
2 flexudsa, Mart St 9-12 ft high, 2-3 ^ m diam.,
arcuate-ascending, naked just above the base, thence
densely clothed with dead petiole bases Ivs lax, 3-6 ft
long, petiole flat above, arcuate, at first tomentovse, later
smooth; rachis abruptly narrowed above the insertion
of the lowest If -segm , thence linear-filiform at the
apex, excurrent, begins 70-90 on each side, rigid in
opposite groups, the middle 10-14 in long, ^m wide,
the upper 4 in long, fan wide hpadix long-ped uncled
and rather loobe. Brazil — Cult in northern green-
houses Similar in habit to S plumosa, but with more
finely cut Ivs , and in S. Eu considered to stand more
frost Probably the C. flexuosa planted in this country is
not the true species C flexuosa of Martms, but of
Hoit, a hardy form of C. Romanzoffiana. Cham,
which latter according to the late Barbosa-Kodriguez
is a polymorphic species including, besides this flexuosa
type, all our garden forms known as C plumosa, Hook.,
C coronata, Hort., not Mart , C botryophora, Hort , C
Datil, Gnseb & Drude, and C. austrahs, Mart. The
foregoing description has been drawn from Martius and
not from cult, specimens The true C flexuosa of Mar-
tius is a slender-stemmed palm from tropical Brazil
The true C. austrahs of Martius is native in Paraguay;
it is like C. plumosa in appearance but hardier.
BB. Rachis not abruptly contracted.
c. Lfts flaccid.
D. Arrangement of Ifts. equidistant.
3. Weddelliana, Wendl. (Gktzidva Martiana, Glaz.,
to which genus Martius considers the species to
belong). Fig. 1013. St. 4-7 ft. high, \\{
in diam.. densely covered with persistent
sheaths: ivs. equally pectmate-pmnatisect,
3-3 M ft. long; petiole 8-20 in ; sheath co-
riaceous-fibrous, glabrous or tomentose, with
slender brown hairs, at length evanescent;
blade 2-3 ft.: segms. about 50 on each side,
widely spreaumg, the middle 5 in. long, 2
lines wide, subequidiwtant, glaucous beneath;
rachis filiform at the apex, brown -scaly:
spadix equaling the Ivs , stiff and erect Trop.
Brazil. 11 H. 1879, p 434 I H.
22:220. A G 16 345 —The
most important of small orna- '
mental palms for the N.
DD. Arrangement of Ifts. in
groups of £-4>
4 plumdsa, Hook St.
•30-36 ft high, 10-12 m.
1014. Coconut germinating. thick, ringed at inter-
vals of a foot, clothed
near the apex with remnants of the dead petioles Ivs.
erect-spreading, 12-15 ft. long, recurving; petiole a
third to half as long as the blade, segms linear-acurm-
nate, sparse, solitary or mostly in groups of 2-4, 1}^
ft. long, deflexed near the apex spadix usually 3 ft.
long and much branched, the branchlets pendular
Cent Brazil. B M 5180 — The chief avenue palm of
the genus A quick grower, ultimately 50 ft high in S.
Fla and Calif The slender smooth boles and heads of
graceful recurving ivs make this a very attractive tree.
cc Lfts rigid
D. Form of Ifts sword-shaped
5 butyracea, Linn Sts very tall, naked: Ivs pin-
nate, Ifts simple, spathc cylindrical-oblong, 4-6 ft ;
spadix as long as the spat he, 4-6 ft , brancheh of the
spadix about 1 ft., thickly clustered and somewhat
pendulous Venezuela — Rare and perhaps confused
with Scheelea butyracea. Little known, although long
ago described.
6 Romanzoffiana, Cham. Sts 30-40 ft high, some-
what fusiform above: Ivs. about half as long as the eau-
dex, the withered ones deflexed, pendent, the upper
spreading, often arching; segms conduplicate at the
base, ensiform : spadix about 6 ft. long, at first inclosed
in a stout pendulous spathe which appears among the
lowest Ivs. S Brazil near the sea; according to recent
characterizations, it comprises a wide variety of forms,
as explained under No 2
1015. Coconut*.
cocos
CODIjEUM
815
DD. Form of Ifts. linear apex obtuse: petiole glaucous.
7. australis, Mart. PINDO PALM. Height about 30
ft.: at erect, columnar, equal, strongly annular above:
Ivs. 9-12 ft. long, the sheath fibrous and glabrous;
petiole naked; eegms. linear, glaucous, rather rigid'
fr as large as a pigeon's egg, outer pulp sweet, edible,
seed oily Paraguay. G C. Ill 18.739. A F. 5 515,
7:805. RH. 1876, p 155 —A good grower. Cult,
under glass and outdoors in Fla. and Calif
8. nucifera, Linn. Coco PALM COCONUT TREE
Figs. 1014 (adapted from Cook), 1015. Caudex 40-100
ft. high, flexuous, thickened at the base: IVH 12-18 ft
long; Ifts. linear-lanceolate, 2-3 ft., coriaceous, flaccid:
petiole 3-5 ft , stout. Seashores within the tropics ana
at Miami and Palm Beach, Fla. Indigenous to Cocos
or Keeling Isls of the Indian Ocean, but recently
thought to be native of Trop Amer See O F Cook,
Contr U. S Nat Herb , 7 '257-93 (1901); 14 271-342
(1910). RH 1895, p 457 Mn 2'171 GF 7 15 —
Produf?s the coconuts of commerce. Var aurea, Hort ,
is a form remarkable for its orange-yellow sheaths,
petioles and midribs." It is known in cult only in
England
ODD. Form of Ifts narrowly lanceolate.
E Lvs long, 6-15 ft. in mature specimens.
F. Petiole spinose-serrate scgms. of If kss numerous.
9 Yatay, Mart St 12-15 ft high, over 1 ft. diam ,
naked below, covered with dead sheaths above. Ivs re-
curved, spreading 6-9 ft , sheath 1 ft long, fibrous at
the mouth, petiole 1J£ ft long, spmose-scrrate, the
spines increasing in length towards the lower end of
petiole, begins 50-bO on a side, crowded below, then
equidistant, linear-lanceolate, the uppermost long-
setaceous filiform, the middle ones 2^ ft. long, 2-5 in
wide, the upper 20 in long, y±\\\ wide, all rigid, glau-
cous beneath, hjpadix about 4^ ft. long with at least
150 branches Brazil, Argentina
FF. Petiole not spinose-st'irate segms. of If.
very numerous
10 Datil, Drudc & Gnseb. St 30 ft high, 8-12 in
diam Ivs 12-15 ft long, sheath about 16 in long,
petiole V/2 ft long, 1^3 in wide, ^m thick, segms.
linear-acuminate, glaucous, densely crowded in groups
of 3 or 4, 150-160 on each side, the lowest 2 ft , middle
2J^ ft and apical 1 ft , the uppermost filiform, all nar-
row, stiff and rigid, the dried Ivs glaucous green or
whitish spadix 3-3^ ft long with at least 300 spirally
twisted branches Argentina, isls and river banks. —
The frs are edible, rcbembhng those of the date palm
Hardier in S Calif, than C plumosa, C flexuo^a, and
C Romanzojfiana
1 1 coronate, Hort , not Mart. Trunk at length 18-
30 ft high, 8 in diam , erect, deeply ringed: Ivs. erect-
spreading, 6-9 ft long, short-petioled, arranged in a
close, 5-ranked spiral, the long-persistent bases of the
petioles forming a spiral-twisted column below the
crown ; If -segms in groups of 2 or 3, folded together
from the base (conduphcate), hnear-lanceolate, coria-
ceous, densely crowded, about 100 on each side; mid-
rib 4-sided below, 3-suled above: spadix about 2^-3
ft. with not more than 60 branches. Brazil.
EE. Lvs. shorter, 3-4% ft. in mature specimens.
F Apex of Ifts. obtuse.
12 campgstris, Mart St. 8-10 ft. high, thickened,
scaly Ivs. spreading-recurved, rigid, 3-4^ ft long;
rachis elevated, triangular above, convex below; segms
narrowly lanceolate, 30-40 on each side, obtuse at the
apex and shortly cordate-acuminate' spadix about 2%
ft long, with 10-14 branches. Brazil. — Hardier than
C nucifera, but scarcely known in cult in N. Amer
Perhaps hardy as far north as N C.
FF. Apex of Ifts acuminate.
13 insignis, Mart. (Glaziova insigms, Hort ) St.
3-6 ft high, VA in diam • Ivs 4^-6 ft. long, sheath
densely brown-lanate ; petiole shorter than or equaling
the sheath, a fourth or fifth as long as the rachis, segms.
equidistant, 50 on each side, narrowly lanceolate,
obliquely acuminate and caudate, silvery glaucous
beneath: spadix about 3 ft. long, with about 50
branches Brazil
The following are trudo names of raio or botamcally little-known
gants not sufficiently dear-ribed C Alphonsei — C Aredtavaletdiui,
urb , is described us somewhat like C Romanzoffiana but taller
and making larger crown= It is a native of Uruguay — C Blumen-
Am=C enospatha — C Bonnetu — C Gaertnert^D — C Genm,
Hort 0 C III 27 293 figures C Genva, a remarkable Cocos (t)
with 4 branches Nothing further is known of this plant It may
be C Genba, Rodr =C hotryophora, Mart — C MaximthAna,
Hort «-=(') — C odorAta, Rodr St short lft« in 3's or 5's, linear-
lanceolate, petioles spiny fr yellowish green or pink, pulp scented.
Brazil R II 18<)3, p 345 — C pulpd-w, M supposed to be very like
C enospatha This species is scarcely known in this country — C.
Xiruirnvrnw-C?). N T^LORf
CODIffiUM (probably from Gieek for head, the
colored leaves being used for crowning-wreaths, or
from the Malayan name). Eupliorbiacex CROTON.
VARIEGATED LAUREL. Tropical shrubs or trees grown
for the variegated and interesting foliage, as green-
house plants or for summer bedding outdoors
Leaves alternate, simple, somewhat thick and
leathery, pmnately veined, glabrous: juice somewhat
milky fls monrccious, in slender axillary racemes;
stammate fls with petals, calyx imbricate, stamens
20-30, erect in the bud, pistillate fls apetalous, ovary
3-celled, 3-ovulcd — Six species of Malaya and Pacific
Ibis , not closely related to any other commonly cult.
Euphorbiaceac. Differs from the true crotons in the
erect stamens, glabrous foliage and more or less milky
juice
The almost endless variety of codieums (or crotons
of gardens) are probably all from one botanical spews,
greatly varied by selection and crossing Although a
great many of these bear Latin binomials they inter-
grade so that it is often difficult to separate them <5r to
make a reliable classification, however, they may be
grouped conveniently as below. Totally different leaf
forms and color variations often appear on the same
plant The latest botanical treatment is by Pax m
Das Pflanzenreich, hit. 47, and is followed in "this
article.
The crotons are prized chiefly for the varied and
brilliant markings of the leaver The young leaves are
usually green and yellow, changing later to led,
although in some the markings remain yellow or with
red only in the petiole They are usually kept not over
2 to 3 feet high, but if given opportunity will glow into
considerable trees in the greenhouse. They are good
subjects for massing in the open and develop most
brilliant colors in our blight hot summers*, ho\vevcr,
they will not stand frost
Codieums (or crotons, as they are popularly known
in America) are beautiful plants with many forms of
handsome and odd foliage of the most brilliant color-
ing The colors range from almost pure white to light
and deep yellow, orange, pink, red and crimson, in the
most charming combinations In some cases one color
predominates, as in Carrierei (yellow), Czar Alexander
III (crimson), Hawkeri (light yellow) These varie-
ties of distinct coloring make beautiful specimen plants
for jardinieres; and their beauty is enhanced when
used in jardinieres of appropriate color As exhibition
plants they are very effective, and may be grown to
specimens 5 or 6 feet high, or even larger In smaller
sizes, codieums are much used as table plants, for which
purpose well-colored tops are rooted and grown on
until they are from 12 to 15 inches high The narrow-
leaved varieties are most used for this purpose Codi-
eums are very atti active in vases and wmdow-boxe?
and for mantel and table decoiations They are alho
816
CODI^EUM
CODLEUM
very valuable as bedding plants. Planted in clumps or
masses, the effect of the combination of rich colors is
charming. They should be planted in any good, rich,
not too heavy soil, and regularly syringed to keep down
red spider They color best when fully exposed to
the sun, and should not be planted out until about the
10th of June in the neighborhood of New York and
Philadelphia. If something is needed to make the beds
look attractive early in the season, it is a good plan to
plant pansies in April, to remain until it is time to
plant the codieums. Some of the tender varieties, such
as Reedn, albicans, and a few others, are inclined to
burn in the extremely hot weather, but nearly all the
sorts do well bedded out Among the very best for
this purpose are Queen Victoria, Dayspnng, Baron
Rothschild, Andreanum, Lady Zetland, Carrierei,
Barryi, Hawkeri, fasciatum, ametumense — The
house culture of codieums is very simple. It is neces-
1016. Codiaeum rariegatum Baronne de Rothschild.
(An example of form platyphyllum.)
sary that a night temperature be maintained of 70°
to 75°, and that the air be kept moist by frequent
synngings Cuttings of half-ripened wood may be
easily rooted at any time from October until June, a
bottom heat of 80° being just what they need When
very fine specimens are desired, root strong and shapely
tops by making an incision in the stem and tying moss
around the wounded part; it will be rooted ready to
pot in about three weeks By this method all the foliage
may be retained, and a perfect plant will result. The
more light the plant receives, tne better will be the
color, but with some kinds of glass it is necessary to
shade lightly to prevent burning of the leaves. They
may be grown finely in a house glazed with ground
glass, which admits the light and does not require
shading It is well to syringe two or three times a week
with tobacco water, to kill mealy bug and red spider.
Little's Antipest, or any emulsion of coal-oil, is a good
insecticide for codieums New varieties from seed,
the result of crossing existing sorts, are continually
being raised. Seed ripens freely under glass in North
America, and there is no doubt that the list of about
eighty choice varieties now in cultivation will be largely
added to m the near future. (Robert Craig.)
variegatum, Blume, var. pfctum, Muail. Arg.
(C. medium, Baill. C. variegatum var. genulnum,
Muell. Arg., in part C. pictum, Hook. Crbton variegdtust
Linn. Crbton pictus, Lodd, Phyllaurea Codi&umt
Lour.). Lvs. ovate to linear, marked with various
colors, entire or lobed.— Cult, throughout the Old
World tropics as well as in Eu. and Amer. The wild
form with green Ivs. is var. molluccanum, Muell Arg.
(C.molucc&num, Decne.). B M. 3051. LB.C 9:870.
A. Foliage plane or recurved, entire, not appendiculate.
B. Lvs. 2-3, rarely 4 times as long as broad, usually broadest
above the middle Form platyphyllum, Pax.
c. The Ivs. with practically no red coloration.
Hort vars : aureo-maculatum, aureo-marmoratum,
Baron Frank Seilhere, Barryi, Bergmanu, Bruce Find-
lay. Carrierei, Delight, Exquisite, fasciatum, fucatum,
Golden Queen, grande, Hawkeri, Henryanurn, Hookeri,
mvictum, Jamesn, lacteum, magnolifolmm, maximum,
medium variegatum, Orvilla, ovalifoliurn, Prmcesa
Waldeck, superbiens, tournfordensis, Truffautn.
cc. The Ivs., at least when older, red colored.
Hort. vars : Andreanum, acubaefolmm, Austimanum,
Baronne James de Rothschild (Fig 1016), B Compte,
Beauty, Dayspnng, Dormannianum, Hilleanum, Le
Tzar, Magnificent, Marquis de Guadiaro, Me Lucien
Linden, Mortn, Mrs Iceton, Nestor, Newrrmnmi, Pon-
nincki; pictum, Pilgrimn, Prince Henry, recui vifohum,
Reidn, Reginae, roseo-pictum, Stewartn, Wilhamsii
ccc The Ivs. broad, color not specified.
Hort. vars Compte de Germiny, d'Haenei, Dr.
Friedenthal, Hendersonn, Kreutzeanum, Makoyanum,
marmoratuin, Prince Royal, Sanden, Seemannn, Sinai,
Stroemen, verum, Watsonu
BB. Lvs. lanceolate to narrowly lanceolate, 5 or more
times as long as wide Form ambiguum, Pax.
c. The Ivs with practically no red coloration
Hort vars albo - hncatum, angustissimum, amet-
umense, bellulum, Burtonn, concmnum, Countess,
Crown Prince, Davisii, Duvalu, eburneum, elongatum,
eminens, Goednoughtn, irregulare, latimaculatum,
maculatum, Monarch, Mooreanum, Mrs Swan, vol-
utum, Wcismanu, Wilsonn
cc. The Ivs , at least when older, red-colored.
Hort. vars : albicans, amabile, Broomfieldn, Chal-
lengeru, Chantnen, chrysophyllum, Coopen, Drouetn,
Duviyieri, Flamingo, Hanburyanum, impenale, inimita-
bile, insigne, Jubilee, Lady Zetland, lancifohum, Mac-
farlanei, magmficum, Massangeanum, multicolor,
musaicum, NevillisB, pnnceps, Queen Victoria, rccurva-
tum, Sunshine, tnumphans, tnumphans Harwoodi-
anum, Vervaetn, Victory, Veitchn, Youngu
ccc. The Ivs. medium width, lanceolate, color not specified.
Hort vars : Boucheanum, Eckhautei, Eclipse, Excel-
lenz, Flambeau, Gaerdtn, Grusonn, Imperator,
Leopoldu, Margarete Daniel, margmatum, neriifohum,
Oberstleutnant Brode, Ohlendorfhi, Pres Ohereau,
Said Pascha, Spindlenanum, splendiaum, undulatum.
BBB. Lvs linear, 1 cm (%in ) or less broad. Form
taeniosum, Muell. Arg.
c. The Ivs. with practically no red coloration.
Hort. vars.: aigburthiense, aureo-punctatum, Dodg-
sonae (in part), elegantissimum, Elvira, glonosum, Her-
mon, Johannis, Phillipsu, superbum, Van Oosterzeei.
cc. The Ivs. with red color, at least when old.
Hort. vars.: BragjBanum, elegans, majesticum, Mrs.
Donnan, nobile, Princess of Wales, Rodeckianum,
ruberrimum, sceptre.
ccc. The Ivs. narrow linear, color not specified.
Hort. vars. . Donai, Fascination, Grayii, Khssmgii,
lineare, penduhnum.
CODI^EUM
CODI^UM
817
AA. Foliage lobed, or with margin crisped or spirally
twisted, or with a hair-like or If. -like apical appen-
dage.
B. Lvs entire, with margin crisped, or the whole If.
spirally twisted, without appendage. Form crispum,
Muell Arg
Hort vars : caudatum tortile, Chelsonu, Cronatadii,
Elysian, Kyrei, Katharma, Madam Seilliere, Rex,
spiralc (in part) (Fig. 1019), Warrenn.
BB. Lvs more or less 3-lobed, at least constricted in the
middle (pandunform) Form lobatum, Pax.
c The Ivs MTiduriforrn or indistinctly lobed.
Hort vars. . Bisrnarckii, irrcgularc, lyratum, monti-
fontuincn.sc, multicolor, Princess Matilda, Russelii,
Thomsonn
cc. The Ivs distinctly 3-lobed.
Ilort. vars • Craigu, Disraeli, Evanaianum, Fred
Sander, Goldiei, hastifcrum, illustre, Lord Derby,
maculatum Katonn, tnlobum.
BBB Lvs entire or nearly so, the midnb projecting,
usually bdow the apex, as a horn-like appendage.
Form cornutum, Andre.
Ilort vars • appendtculatum, chrysophyllum (in
Eart), cornuhim, exourreris, Mrs McLeod, paradoxum,
'rmce of Wales, spirale (Fig 1019)
BBBB Lvs mribtncted to the midrib, or with the apicaUy
projecting midrib, bearing a second or even third
plane, or cucullate, lamina Form appendiculatum,
Celik
Hort. vars : Dodgsona1, interruptum (Fij£ 1018),
olegans, irregulare, Laingn, Mrs McLeod (in part),
multiformc, mutabile, picturatum, Rodcckianum (in
part), SimUianum.
The following varieties are in the American trade or frequently
uiltivatcd in this country \ great many variations in spelling of
names occur, chiefly due to different terminations to agree with
oither C roton or C odiseum Such slightly diffcront forms of names
have- bten omitted The brief descriptive phrases do not include
the nion important characters given in the above classification
When yellow and red are both mentioned, the foliage is generally
at first yellow-marked and later the yellow changing to red with
groundcolor green or dark red-green
approximate, and of course,
more or less unreliable and
show respectively width
and length of leaves in
inches It is intended here
to account for the Latin-
form name*, that might
be confused with tenable
species-names, but practi-
cally all the prevailing ver-
nacular names have been
inserted.
Aigberth Gem (—following?)
Atgburthienae. Yellow midrib and spots, H*ll. A F. 16-255
Gng 9 19
AUncans White variegated, crimson beneath, 3 X 18.
Alho-ltneatum. Yellow center changing to white, 1 X 12. A F
16 255 Gng 9 19
Amabile ("often called vanabile") LVH often distorted and
curved to one side, variegated with yellow and two distinct shade*
of green and red, 1 Vi X 11
Andreanum Yellow to red veins, 2 Hx9, I.H. 22.201. AF
23241. Gng 13.81. R H. 1876, p. 234.
1017
Codiaeum Disraeli
(An example of form
lobatum.)
' 1018. Codiaeum interruptum.
(An example of form appendiculatum.)
Angustuaimum (Angustifohum) Yellow margin and ribs,
JiXl5 GC 1871 b!2
intetumeme Yellow midrib and cross veins, 1x11
Awxbsefohum Yellow, red-blotched, 2 Va X« I H 19, p 327.
Aurto-maculitum Yellow -spotted, l)-ix3fi
Aurfum Yellow -marked
Baron Adolph Seilliere Lvs large, veins pale yellow, *oon white
Baronne James tie Rothschild (Baron Rothschild, etc , Baron A
de Rothschild (') ) Fig 1010 Yellow, red veins, etc, 2^x7.
A F 23 242 R H 1H79 450, 1898 180 F E 18 379 I H
20 365
Barryi Yellow, changing to white, midrib, veins and dots, 2x7.
B Compte Largo, yellow, red blotches, 2^x7
Beauty Yellow to pink center, margin and mottling, ovate,
2x6
Bergmnnn Cream-yellow with green blotches I H 27 389
Broomfiddn Various yellow marks, midrib red-tinted, 2x10
Burtonn Yellow mottled, lanceolate. 3 X 15
Carnerei Margin, midrib, dots and some veins yellow, oblong,
Ihxll I H 27, p 90, desc
Caudatum tortile Yellow \ ariegatcd with some red, long, narrow,
spiral Ivs RH 35 240 Gn 11, p S3 Gt 33 9
Challenger (Challenge™7, Imperator') Midribs creamy white
changing to red
Chfltmnu Yellow, red midrib and mottling, ^XlO. AF
16 255 Gng 9 19
Chrysophyllum (perhaps two vars under this name). Irregular,
large, yellow, red blotch, 2x12
Comptt de GVrminy Lvs broid
Coopen Yellow, red center and spots, ?4'xlO Gn 10, p 139
Cornutum Yellow midrib and dots, often wavy, spiral or even
lobed, »{X4 I H 19, p 188
Countess (Countess Superba') Yellow spotted, tapering, ?^Xl4
Cronxtadtn Yellow varit gati d, tapering, spiral, ^in wide. AF
18 255,23 275 Gt 31 300
Crown Prince Yellow veins, 2 X 16
Czar Alexander III See I>e Tear
Dansn White midrib and variegation, S^X12
Dayspring Yellow, red-mottled, margin green, ovate, 1HX8.
DebyM Yellow changing to white, with green margin, lanceo-
late, 2x8.
Disraeli Fjg 1017 Variously lobed, yellow, red veins and spots,
3x12 Gn 10, p 141 FM 1870 207
Dodgtonse Yellow midrib, margin and spots, often spiral, excur-
rent midrib often fohacious, *tt X 12
Dormanmanum Lvs small, bronze-red and yellow.
Earl of Derby See Lord Derby
Earlscourt
Edmontonense Lvs narrow, brilliantly colored
Elegant (Parvifohum, see Interruptum) Yellow, red midrib
and margin, HXo
EUgantiwmum Yellow center and dots, petiole red, rarely
with apical seta, ,4x14 I H 29 4G9
Elvira. Yellow center and variegation, sometimes with apical
seta and twisted, \i X 10
fijj/sum Yellow midrib and dots, 2i X 14, twisted
Evansianum Yellow , red-veined and mottled, 3-lobed. Gn W.
4 409.
Excelsior
Ezcurren* Greenish yellow variegated, oblong, midrib pro-
jecting.
CODLEUM
CODI^UM
Euterpe.
Fasnatum Yellow veins, broad ovate. A.F. 23:241.
Flambeau Medium width, lanceolate.
Flamingo Irregular yellow central stripe, 1^X8.
Gloriosum (Prince of Wales) Lvs long-narrow, variously yel-
ow-marked, sometimes spiral and appendaged. Gng 9 19. Gn.
14, p 643. AF 16, p 255
Golden Ring
Goldiei Yellow veins, 3-lobed, 3 X 10.
Grande Yellow veins and spots
Grayn Resembling Majesticum
Hanburyanum Yellow, rose marks and blotches, 2>i X 15. Gng.
7 324
Harwooduinum (Tnumphans Harwoodianum). Yellow, crimson
midrib
Hawkern Light yellow, green margins and tips, broad-lanceo-
late, 6 in long J H III. 61 129 G.Z 23, p 265
Henryanum Yellow-mottled, ovate, 3x9
Herman Yellow midrib an.l spots, H X 10
Hilleanum Purplish green, crimson marks, oblong 01 spatulate,
3X9 I II 19, p 326
Hookenanum fliooken) Irregular yellow center and blotches,
broad lance-ovate G C 1871 1067 Gn 3, p 45 I H [19, p 40.
G 7 137 F 1871, p 199
lUustre Yellow markings, 3-lobed, midrib excurrent. G Z 28 2
Imperator See Challenger
Jnimttabiht Yellow, red midrib and veins all dark red, 1x6.
1019. Codueum spirale. (An
example of forms cnspum and
cornutum )
Insigne. Yellow midrib and veins, margin red, narrow-oblong
Interruptum Fig 1018 Yellow, red midrib, */i X 12 Sometimes
distorted or spiral, midrib excurrent. I H 19, p 170 F. 1872. p. 209
A F 16 1510 Journ Bot. 19 220
Invicia Lemon-color, broad If
Irregulare Lf form irregular, often contracted below middle,
midrib and spots yellow I H 19, p 135
Jamesii Irregular yellow blotch changing to white, 3 X 10
Johannis (Taemosum) Center and margin yellow Ivs long,
narrow F 1872, p 161 Gng 9 19 I.H. 19, p 169. F.S. 19, p 12.
Gt 34 24 A F. 13 1070
Katonn (Maculatum Katonn). Lvs. partly tnlobed, yellow-
spotted F 1879. p 27
Lady Zetland Yellow, red margin, midrib and veins, 5iXll
Lotngn Lf base yellow, remainder green to dark red, spiral,
midrib excurrent or appendaged
Le Tear. Lf. broad, veins and most of If. yellow, red. I. H.
35 70
Lord Derby (Earl of Derby?) Trilobed, base and center yellow,
MacFarlanei Yellow, red-blotched, 1 X 12
Maculatum Katonn See Katonn
Madam Seilliere Lvs. lanceolate, spirally twisted, variegated.
A.F. 13 1068
Magnohfolium A few yellow spots and veins, 3X6
Majesticum Yellow, red margin, midrib and mottling, linear,
15 in long G Z 18, p 97 G 2 163 F 1876, p 53 F.M.
1874 103
Makoyanum Broad Ivs chocolate and carmine marking.
Marquis de Castellans
Maximum Border and veins yellow or yellow with green
blotches, 12 in long. I H 14, p. 534, 19, p 168. B H* 19 65.
Memphis.
Monte fonlamense (Montfortiense?) Somewhat 3-lobed, veins
yellow, red, 1^X6
Mortii Midrib and veins yellow, light red, 3 X 10
Mrs. Chas Heine
Mrs Craige Lipptncott. Lvs lance-ovate, veins colored. A.F.
23 274 Gng 13 98
Mrs Dorman Midrib scarlet, margins green, linear, Hxl2.
A.F. 16.255 Gng 9 19
Mrs. H. F. Watson. Lvs largo, variously marked with yellow
and red.
Mrs Iceton. Very dark red with rose mottling, 2 X4 J^
Mrs McLeod Constricted in middle, midrib yellow, red, pro-
jecting, \i X 10.
Mrs. Swan. Central yellow stripe and blotch, petioles red,
1x12
Multicolor Like Irregulare but with red coloration developed.
I H 19, p 120 F 1872, p 89
Musatcum Yellow, red-veined and mottled, or with green
blotches on colored ground, 1 H X 8 R H 1882 240
Nestor Serrated central yellow, red blotch and spots, 2 \i X 12.
Nenllise Green-red mottling on yellow
Nfwmannn Lvs short, broad, dark crimson
Nobile Lvs linear, yellow, red variegated. A F. 16*255. Gng.
9 19 F 1878, p 133
Ormlla Green mottling on yellow, 1x4^
Omhfohum Yellow variegated Gt 24, p 221 F. 1875 8
Ptctum Lvs broad oblong-acuminate, less than 10 inches long,
blotches of green and blackish on red B M 3051.
Picturatum Similar to Interruptum Gt 25 375
Pilgrimn Yellow-blotched, overspread with pink, 3x9
Princeps (mutabile) Yellow, red midrib and margins, Ivs.
narrow, variable in form, sometimes appendaged F 1879, p 69.
Gn 13 621, desc
Princess Matilda Lvs subtrilobed, yellow, red blotch, base
nearly white, petioles red
Princess of Wales Yellow midrib and mottling, changing to
white, with pink reverse, linear, HX12 Gng 13 84 AF 23 275
Punctatum
Queen Victoria Yellow, red veins and mottling, 1 \i X 10 A F
23 241
Recurnifohnm Lvs acuminate, recurved at the tip, yellow, red
veins and blotches
Reginx Lvs short and broad, yellow, crimson and brown
colored F 1879, p 59
Reidn Yellow, red variegation and veins, rose tints, 4x8.
A F 23 242
Rodeckianum Variously mottled and marked with yellow and
red, Ji X 12, sometimes twisted and appendaged
Roseo-piclum \cllow, red, with green blotches between veins.
IH 26 364, 4.), p 159
Ruberrimum Crimson marked with creamy white, linear
Rubro-hnentum Yellow, with crimson tints, oblong-lanceolate,
"1 m to IJ-i in long."
Rubro-striatum
Sceptre Lvs linear, yellow spots, red midrib
Simtzianum Yellow spots changing to white, projecting mid-
rib appendaged, 4 X 10 Gt 30 278 GZ 26 145 J H III 48 435.
Softer H
Spirale FIR 1010 Midrib yellow, red or green, Ivs spiral, midrib
excurrcnt, ?3 X 10 V 9, p 203 F 1874, p 211 FM 1874 120.
A F 23 212 Gt 24 26
Splendens "Lvs broad, yellow and dull red on green "
Stewarln V cllow veins and margin, midrib and petiole red
Sunshine (Sunbeam?) Yellow, red veins and mottling, 2x9.
Supcrbissimum
Superbum Lvs linear, drooping, green and yellow mottled
AF 16 255, 23 p 275,21 074 Gng 12 471,9 19
Thomsomi Irregular central yellow area or all yellow, subtri-
lobed. 2X6
Tortihs See Caudatum tortile
Tricolor Lvs oblong spatulatc, margin sinuous, center yellow,
lower surface reddish
Tnumphans Lvs oblong, green and red
Undulatum Lvs long and oroad, undulate, veins red to purplo.
IH 19, p 2u5 F 1870, p 207 G 9 106 Gn 3, p 118
Veitchn Yellow, red midrib and wide veins, some mottling,
IJ/SxlO Gn 17, p 565 F 1870, »p 20b IH 19, p 134 RH
1867, p 190 V 9, p 203
Victory Yellow , red midrib and blotches, 2^X12
Volutum Yellow midrib and veins, 1x6, with long tip rolled
backward Gt 24 61 V 9, p 202 F 1874, p 138 G Z 20, p 33.
F M 1875 154
Warrenii Yellow, red variegated, 1x20 spiral PFG 1882
111 G 11 121, 13 705 AF 16 255 GW 12 62 Gu W.
6 457 Gn 36, p 337
Weismann Yellow midrib and veins, petiole red, margin undu-
late, 1x10 I H 20, p. 80 F S 19, p 14 F 1873 55 Gt.
22, p 149
Wilhamsn, Yellow, red and pink variegated, ovate-oblong,
3x12
Wilsonn, Green overspread with yellow, linear lanceolate,
1 X 18
Youngn Irregular yellow, red blotches, 1x15 Gn 4, p 129
Others not m American trade- appendiculatum Horned, green.
GZ 21 241 F 1879, p. 67 RH 1877, p 88 F W. 1877, p 136 —
aureo-lineatum Yellow margins and veins — Baron Frank Seilliere.
Yellow to white veins on reddish green I H 27, p 72, desc Gn.
21, p 289 — bellulum Yellow, green margins I H 22 210 — Bra-
gseanum Yellow and green, red midrib, linear, 18 in long — Chan-
tneri. Linear, yellow red spots I H. 27, p 73, desc — contortum.
CODI^IUM
C(ELIA
819
Lvs. ovate, tips recurved, veins and margins yollow — Craign.
3-lobed. Gng. 13 97. A F 23 238 — Crasus Oblanceolate, ycl-
low-blotched — Drouetn Linear, border and veins yellow, red.
IH 27, p 73, desc — Duvalu LVH lance -linear, veins light
yellow I H 27, p 73, deso. — Duvivien. Short-oblong, chiefly red.
— eburneum Central irregular, white band — elongatum Narrow
lanceolate, yellow veins, margins, and spots I H 24 299 —
eminens Lanceolate, midrib and pair of veins white — Exquisite.
Broad-ovate, margins and variegation yellow — Eyrei Recurved
and spiral, yellow variegated, petiole red — Fascination Long-
linear A.F 2.J 243 Gng 13 119 —ftrrmoaum. Yellow, rcd-
spotfed —fucatum. Obovate, yellow blotched, petiole red —
Gofdenoughht Yellow variegated. — Golden Queen Yellow midrib
and few veins and dots, petiole red, 2^X9 — hastifcrum. Two
aotito lobes at broad base, yellow veins and blotches. I H 22 210
heroicum Yellow, red — imperiale Oblong, yellow, red margins
and veins, horned F 1876, p 2()9 — interruptum elegant I H 27.
p 90, dese II H 1880 170 — Jubilee. Center, veins and margins,
yellow, red, 2 X 13 — Jumus Long, narrow, yellow and red-colored.
—Knthanna Spiral, red variegated, 2 X 10 — lacteum Oblanceo-
late, margin sinuous, midrib and veina yellow F S 19, p 8 — •
hincifolium Lanceolate, yellow- and red -marked, IJ-ixlS —
latimcH ulatnm Lanceolate, yellow-marked, petiole red IH 27, p,
73, dose— hmbatum Yellow margins and spots —Lord Btlhaien
Lane* olate, Gng 7 323 F E 18 379 — lyratum Slightly 3-lobed,
yellow veins III 24 293 — maculatum Lanceolate, 12 in long,
y< How-spotted --maymficum Yellow, red irregular central mark
1 H 29 447 — Magnificent Central part yellow, red, 2^X7 —
Afaryuifi <le (iuadiaro. Irregular yellow, red cente I II 37 90 —
M ' avsangtanum Lanceolate, 10 in long, yellow, .ul, with green
blotches III 26347 SH 1 124 — medium vanegatum.
Ovate, margins and veins yellow —Me Lunen Linden Yellow,
rrd-variLRatptl I H 38 140 — Monarch Lanceolate, 2^X12,
y» How spots --Moorianvm Oblanceolate, yellow edge and veins.
G Z 22 25 —urnatvm Yellow, red crnter, veins and blotches —
jwrar/ontm Horned, yellow variegated F 1879, p 08 — Pennmcki.
Obovate, red with green marks RB 3 i 304 — Philhpsn. Lance-
lint ar, base and center yellow, 34x9 — Prince Henry Tip re-
curvid, variously red- and yellow-marked — Princess Watdeck.
Ovate, 4 in long, yellow center — rtcurvatum Tip recurved, yellow
along the red midrib — Hex Spiral, yellow, red mottled, h X 10 —
Karelin (Constricted in the middle, y< How, red spots and veins.
J H III 27, p 4«M —Sandtn Ovate, large, irregular 1.1. tches G
'22 1'I7 — sp/< ndidum LVH broad, lanceolate, yellow, red —
•>up<rbitni Oblong. y. lluvv, red-vanegated Gng 13 84 —7V-
qurtum -Tairtgmnum \ellow, red veuiH, ribs and margins —
tournfordtntf Ov ute, wide yellow c< nter and base Gn t^i, p 42
—tnlubum Lobed, yellow hloU h< d RH 1877, p 89 F 1X77, p. r>6
GZ 21 W—TruffHutn Yellow to white veins, Ivs broad —
Van OiKttrzm Lanr c-lmenr, yellow -spotted I H 30 oOJ —
WrMfM Yellow, ml midrib and spots, lanceolate I H 2} 25i —
vittatum' Irregular yellow center, petiole red — Wigmannti
Vellon blotches, >,x 9 J B S NORTON
CODLIN. Used in England to mean a small, green,
half-wild, inferior apple. It is used in distinction to
grafted or dessert fruit It is about equivalent to the
American popular use of the word "crab." The word
ih also used in England as the name of a particular
variety or group of varieties, as Kebwick Codhn. The
word rod 1 in LS known in America only in connection
with the apple-worm insect, the codhn-moth. Some-
times written Codling.
CODONANTHE (Greek for bellflowtr) tfonerdcwr.
A do/en or more trailing or scandent herbs or sub-
shrubs of Brazil, Guiana, Cent. Amer , and W Indies,
1 or 2 of which may be found in choice collections of
btove plants Plants with long branches, opposite
entire and fleshy or thick mostly small Ivs , and wnitibh
fls borne singly in the axils* corolla with a declined or
curved tube, the throat broad or open, and the limb
with /> rounded nearly equal lobes, exceeding the 5
narrow lobes of the calyx, stamens attached in corolla-
tube, not exserted . fr berry-like. C grdcihs, Hanst ,
with creamy white spotted orange fls and Ivs often
blotched red beneath, is the species most likely to be
seen Cult of Gesncria and similar things. L. H B
CODON6PSIS (Greek, bell-like, alluding to the
shape of the flowers) Campanuldcese Twining or
decumbent perennials, more or less hardy in the open,
with showy blue, whitish or greenish flowers.
Herbs, with tuberous rhizomes: Ivs alternate or
irregularly opposite, petiolate, mostly crenate fls
axillary or terminal, stalked, calyx-tubf hemispherical,
the limb 5-parted and the lobes leafy; corolla-tube
broadly tubula^ or bell-shaped, 5-parted (rarely 4- or
0-parted), stamens tree, the filaments dileted at base;
-stigma 3-5-lobed: fr a dry or somewhat fleshy 3-5-
valved caps. — Eighteen or 20 species in Cent, and
E. Asia. A few of the species may occur in choice
border-collections; they need protection N.
ovata, Benth. Six to 12 in , decumbent and branches
becoming erect: Ivs ovate, small (%m. or less long),
both alternate and opposite, acute or obtuse, hairy,
bhort-petioled : fls pale blue, speckled inside, lMin °r
less long, broadly bell-shaped, on long terminal pedun-
cles Himalayas. — Offered in England; half-hardy to
hardy
C clematidea, Schr Two to 3 ft , f-orn mts. of Asia: one of the
hardiest Ivs ovate-acuminate, petioled fls white tinged blue.
Much hkeC ovata. — C convolvulaieti, Kurz Sta thin and wiry fla.
bright blue, 1 in at ro«w, numerous. Upper Burma — C. lajicenl&ta,
Iknth & Hook (Campanumtea lanceolata, Sieb & Zuec ) Twin-
ing, 2-3 ft fls hanging, greenish white and purple-veined, 1-2
in long and 1 m wide, in a short simple raceme Ivs alternate,
oblong-lanceolate, nearly or quite entire Burma, China. F S.
9 927 — C Tdngshen, Oliver Climbing, with long thickened rhi-
zoiiii*, the sts sit nder and 2 ft or more long Ivs ovate or broad-
lanceolate, toothed fls solitary, stalked, bell-shaped, 11A m long,
gr«msh, spotted and striped purple mmde China BM 8090.
Root used in China as a tonic — C vinnfldr i. Fed do Allied to C.
eonvolvulacea twining, slender Ivs rno<?tiy opposite, ovate or
oblong-acuminate, sinuate-dentate fls solitary, very long-pedun-
cled, rather small, rotate, and deeply parted, lilac \V China —
(' until fldra, Maxim Small chmoor. free?-flowenng fls. bell-
shaped, whitish green, gray and violet. E. Asia I H B
CCELIA (Greek, koilos, hollow referring to the pol-
len masses). Qrchid&cex Epiphytic orchids of minor
importance, culture of Epideutirum.
1020 Coeha Baueriana.
The coehas are divided into 2 strongly marked
groups with widely different kinds of mfl C mairo-
stachya is a type of the first section, with long racemes
of numerous small, horizontal fls , which are much
exceeded by the long spreading bracts, and the base
of the column short C bclla is typical of the second
section, with the fls few, larger, erect, in groups of
about .3, longer than their bracts, and the base of the
column produced to twice its own length, which gives
the fls a tubular appearance — A half-dozen species
in Cent and S Amer
A. Fls binall, in a long raceme.
macrostfcchya, Lmdl Pseudobulbs 2J/£ in. long,
almost round, with brown scales at the base. Ivs
about .3, from the top of the pseudobulb, 1 ft or more
long, lanceolate, arching, broader than m C. bella, and
not channeled sepals red; petals white. Mex R H.
1878 210 B M 4712. J F. 4:423
Baueriana, Lmdl Fig. 1020. Pseudobulbs 1-2 in
long, 2-3-1 vd ' Ivs 10-1 S in long, linear, acute'
racemes of numerous small white fragrant fls ; ovary
3-wmged, sepals ovate-lanceolate, the petals ovate-
oblong; lip with the claw yellow, the blade tnangula".
W. Indies and Mcx B R. 28 36.
AA. Flu. white, tipvcd pui pie, ftw, large
belja Lleichb f. Pseudobulbs smaller and more con-
stricted at the top: Ivs. G-10 m. long, narrower, chan-
820
CCELIA
CCELOGYNE
neled above, arching . fls 2m long, erect, 3 or 4 in num-
ber, with the mid-lobe of the hp orange-colored. Guate-
mala BM. 6628.
C. denaifldra, Rolfe. Characterized by a dense-fid, raceme,
wingless ovary and oblong mcntum. Cent Amcr.
GEORGE V. NASH.f
1021 Details of Coelogyne speciosa
CCEL<5GYNE (hollow pistil) Orchidacex Popular
epiphytic warmhouse orchids of the eastern hemisphere
Pscudobulbs tufted or at intervals on the st fls
in racemes, opening simultaneously or in succession;
sepals and petals similar, spreading or reflexed; lip
3-lobed, the lateral lobes erect, inclosing the slender
column, the middle lobe flat or recurved, keeled , column
slightly curved, winged above; pollima 4 — Species
about 115, distributed from N India to Ceylon, middle
China, and in the islands of the Indian Ocean The
botanical details of Ccelogyne speciosa are shown in Fig.
1021 At the top is a general view of the fl Below , on
the left, is the column, front and side view In the
center is the hp, with the column lying along its top.
Below the lip, on the left, is the stigma. To the right,
on the bottom row, are the polhma,
front and back view; and at the
right center are separate pollen
masses
Coelogynes may be grown in pots,
baskets or pans, using pots for small
plants, and larger receptacles when the
plants require them, but when a pan
larger than 12-inch is necessary, it is
best to use perforated ones so that the
material may be well aerated and not
become unsuitable for the roots All the
species are of rambling habit and large
specimens may soon be had by growing
on, provided the material at the roots
is kept in a sweet healthy condition.
When, however, it becomes necessary
to divide a plant, this is best done di-
rectly after flowering, carefully separat-
ing the running shoots, cutting off about
three of the last-made bulbs with all the
roots attached, planting these in suit-
able-sized receptacles, being very careful
to point the growing end away from the
edge, or toward the center, so that they
will not so readily outgrow again The
material to use is osmundme with a
little sphagnum moss if it can be made
to grow, packing all very firm about the 1*22. Coelogyne Mas-
roots so that too much water will not sangeana. ( x K)
be held about the roots. Place in the shady part of
a warm house until root-action begins; but, during
the hot summer months, the varieties of C cnstata
may with great benefit be placed in a frame in a
shady place outdoors, there to remain until danger of
frost in October. Treated in this way, the plants will
bloom much better. They should all be placed on
inverted pots when outside to exclude vermin When
brought indoors the bulbs will be finishing up for
bloom, and as they are terrestrial plants, weak
manure-water should be given at every watering. A
glance at the roots and their structure will show how
they differ from the epiphytal orchids such as the cat-
tleyas. Ccelogynes, being evergreen, should never be
quite dry at the roots, or shriveling will result, this
always is the case after flowering or repotting; but,
when growth commences, they soon plump up again
It is often desired to grow these plants in Gaskets
Space can then be made for them overhead in the cool-
houses in winter, bringing a few at a time into warmth,
thus having succession of bloom for three months for
cutting, house or conservatory decoration, where they
last a long time There are more than 100 kinds of coelo-
gynes, many of which are but of botanical interest C.
pandurata, C Dayana and C Sandenana are warm-
house plants and should be kept at a minimum tempera-
ture of 60° in winter C. nervosa, C flaccida, C mtida,
and C Massangeana are coolhouse plants, often grown
in collections, but C. cristata and its forms are the most
valued, especially the variety maxima once so scarce,
but now plentiful, this makes large bulbs and longer
spikes of bloom The Chatsworth variety, by some
considered the same as maxima, hololeuca or alba
as it is most often known in gardens, is a pure white
form, perhaps the whitest of all orchids This is
inclined to ramble, owing to the length of rhizome
between each bulb or growth, and needs attention in
repotting frequently, it is also the latest to flower. C.
Lemoniana has a pretty lemon-yellow blotch 'on the
hp instead of the usual orange and is very pretty by
contrast with the other
forms When it is desired
to increase the stock of
plants, the back bulbs taken
off at potting time may be
planted similar to the other
pieces and will grow on,
but cannot be expected to bloom for two
years (E O. Orpet.)
alba, 1, 9
asperata, 15
barbata, 4
Chatsworthn, 9
citnna, 9
corrugata, 6
cristata, 9
Dayana, 10
flaccida, 3
Foeratermannu, 8
hololeuoa, 9
lactea, 2
Lemoniana, 9
LOWH, 15
MaswanRcana, 12
maxima, 5. 9
Maycnana, 14.
nurvosa, 6
mtida, 5
ocellata, 5
pandurata, 13
Panshn, 16
talmomcolor, 1
Sandcnana, 7
spccio^a, 1
tomentosa, 11.
KEY TO THE SPECIES
A Racemes with fls opening in succession 1 speciosa
AA Racemes with fls opening all at once
B. Scape of the raceme naked between
the pseudobulb and lowest fl -6rac<
c Imbricated bracts below fls none
D Keels of lip extending into
broadly ovate front lobe 2 lactea
DD Keels of lip not extending into
ovate front lobe 3 flaccida
cc Imbricated bracts below fls several,
close 4 barbata
BB Scape of raceme with 1 or few scales
between pseudobulb and lowest JL-.
oract
CCELOGYNE
CCELOGYNE
821
c. Lip with a large eye-like spot .... 5. mtida
cc. Lip with no eye-like spot
D. Keels of hp lacerated or fim~
briated.
E. The scape arising from large
Ivs
F Fl -bracts persistent ... .6 nervosa
FF Fl -bracts deciduous . . 7 Sanderiana
BE. The scape without large Ivs.
F. Sepals about as long as
broad, kcils of the hp
only slightly cut 8 Foerster-
FF. Sepals about twice as long mannii
as broad, keels of hp
strongly cut 9 cnstata
DD. Keels of h p warty
E Peduncle, rachis and ovaries
tomentost,
F. The scape anting from
large hs 10 Dayana
FF. The scape without lurge ha
a. The kech in middle lobe,
of lip pajnllose 1 1 tomentosa
GO. The kt'ds in middle hp
cut into tooth - like
scams . 12 Massangeana
EE. Peduncle, rachis and ovaries
glabrous
F. Pseudobulbs elliptic to
o ratc-ohlong, co >n prt ssed
G Middle lobe of lip sepa-
rated from lattral lobes
by a distinct claw 13 pandurata
oo. Middh lobe of hp sessile 1 1 Mayenana
FF Puudobulb* fusiform, 4-
ndid
G Ractme many-fld , nod-
ding 15 asperata
QG Raiemi fiw-fld , ertct 16 Panshu
1 specidsa,Lmdl (C sa/wonfcotor, Reichb ) Pseudo-
bulbs ovoid, distinctly angled, 2-3 in long, 1-lvd.:
Ivs up to a foot long racemes with 1, 2 or 3 fls : sepals
oblong, translucent, pale yellow-brown; petals pale
yellow-brown, linear, reflexed; lateral lobes of lip
erect, reticulated, with dull copper-brown on a blush-
salmon ground, mid-lobe roundish, partly broad-
margined with white, disk with 2 fringed ndgeb and
umber-brown markings. Java B M. 4889 Gn 49,
p 62 B.R 33 23. C O. 3. Var alba, Hort. A light-
colored form.
2. Ifictea, Reichb f. Pscudobulbs ovate, somewhat
4-.sided, sulcate, 2-lvd , 3 in long Ivs up to 10 in long,
2 in broad fls 6-1 2, sepals and petals spreading, eream-
white, th<> sepals oblong-ovate, acuminate, the petals
much narrower, linear-lanceolate, hp about at. long as
petals, the lateral lobes semi-ovate, truncate, the mid-
dle lobe about equaling one-half the whole length of the
hp, triangular at the apex, acute, reflexed. keels 3,
undulate, extending to the center of middle lobe
Burma.
3. flaccida, Lmdl. Pseudobulbs ovate, angulate,
2-3 m long" Ivs. lanceolate, about 8-10 in long:
raceme 7-12-fld , cream-white, the sepals oblong, the
petals linear-oblong, fls \l/i in. across; sepals and
petals pendulous, lip with 3 ridges, the lateral lobes
white, streaked red-brown inside, the middle lobe
reflexed, acute, a bright yellow blotch on the disk.
Nepal. BM. 3318 B 11. 27.31. CL.A. 6:166.
4 barbata, Griff. Pseudobulbs about 2 in. long,
ovate. Ivs broadly lanceolate, 10-12 in long: raceme
6-lQ-fld ; sepals and petals white, the sepals ovate-
oblong, the petals linear; mid-lobe of hp brownish
inside, curiously fringed with brown; cresta 3. Khabia
hills
5 nftida, Hook, f (C. ocellata, Lindl ). Pseudobulbs
pyriform or nearly so: Ivs up to 1 ft long? narrowly
lanceolate, racemes erect, 5-8-fld.; fls 2 in. across,
white, the sepals oblong, the petals linear-oblong; lip
with bright orange-yellow spots on each of the lateral
lobea and 2 smaller spots at the base of the mid-lobe,
disk with 3 keels, the front lobe of hp with 5 Hima-
layas, at an elevation of 7,000 ft B.M. 3767 C L A.
1.55 Var. maxima, Reichb. Racemes longer: fls.
larger. J.H. Ill 52 25
6 nervdsa, A Rich (C. corrugata, Vvigl.ij. Pseudo-
bulbs ovate-pointed, 2>2~3 in long Ivs 6-12 in long:
racemes 3-6-fld.; fls white, 2-23^ in across; sepals and
petals nearly equal, oblong and acute, lip with the
lateral lobes striped red inside, the middle lobe ovate,
acuminate; disk yellow, with 3 white fringed keels.
India BM. 5601.
7 Sanderiana, Reiehb. f Pseudobulbs ovate and
wrinkled or costatc, 2-3 m long Ivs a foot long: fls
about 6 in a pendulous raceme, 2-3 in across, white;
sepals lanceolate-acuminate, petals narrower; lip with
the side lobes striped with brown inside and with a
yellow blotch, the middle lobe oblong, acute, reflexed,
undulate, disk bright yellow, wiith 6 fringed keels.
India .1 H. III. 44 75
8 Fderstermannii, Reichb. f Pseudobulbs cyhndnc
or fusiform Ivs up to \Yi ft long racemes man>-fld ;
flh 2 in acrossj white, sepals and petals lanceolate;
lip with 3 denticulate keels, the middle lobe elliptic,
acute, di.sk marked with yellowish brown. India.
1023 Ccelogyne cnstata.
(XJ8)
9 cristata, Lmdl Fig 1023 Pseudobulbs 11A~2 in.
long, ovoid-oblong, scattered on a scaly rhizome Ivs.
8-12 in long racemes 5-9-fld , drooping, fls. white;
sepals and petals lanceolate-oblong, undulate, acute,
with 5 orange fringed keels, the lateral lobes slightly
incurved, the mid-lobe transveisely oval, denticulate.
Nepal JH III 31344 PG 155 AG 14331;
15 513 A F 4 497, 6 87, 9 1111, 13 1133, 16 '1445.
OLA 6.103 FE 9 331 BR 27 57 GC III
47 iO OR 18-169 Gng 2 '393; 4225 Var.
holole&ca, Hort (var dlba), has white fls , labellum
without yellow. CO la Var Lemomana, Hort (var
< ttrinn, Hort ), has citron-yellow fringes. J H III
57 537 Var Ch&tsworthii, Hort , has large pseudobulbs
and large fls of good substance Var. m&xima, Hort ,
has very large fls — C cnstala is one of the best and
most popular of orchids It is one of the easiest to
grow Can be grown with cattleyas
10 Dayana, Reichb f. Pseud obulbs cyhndncfusi-
form, 5- 10 m long Ivs up to 2^ ft. long, oblong-
lanceolate racemes many-fld , pendulous, fls 2-2^2 m.
acio^s, sepals and petals pale yellow, inargmb reflexed,
the petals much narrower than sepals, hp with 6 erect
ridges fringed with brown, the lateral lobes brown,
streaked with wrhite inside, the middle lobe nearly
quadrate, reflexed, apiculate. Borneo. G C III 15695.
A F. 35 380
11. tomentdsa, Lmdl. Pseudobulbs elongated, ovoid,
2-3 m long Ivs up to a foot long, 3-5-nerved racemes
pendulous, tomentose; fls 15-20, 2-2^6 in. across; sepals
822
CCELOGYNE
COFFEA
and petals pale orange-red, sepals lanceolate, petals
linear-lanceolate; lip with lateral lobes oblong, rounded,
streaked with red on inside, the middle lobe remform
or transverse-elliptic, sessile; keels 3, crenulate, lateral
ones converging in the middle lobe and sometimes
bearing 2 branches. Ptrak, Borneo, Sumatra.
12. Massangeana, Reichb. f . Fig. 1622. Pseudobulbs
pynform. 3-5 in. long: Ivs elliptical, large, tapering
toward the base, up to 20 in long racemes many-fld ,
pendulous, pubescent, fls. 2-3 in. across, sepals and
petals pale yellow, the sepals oblong-lanceolate, the
petals linear-oblong; hp with lateral lobes brownibh
within, lined or streaked with yellow, mid-lobe with a
verrucose brown and yellow disk from which extend 3
denticulate keels. Assam B M 6979. C O 4
13 pandurata, Lmdl Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. long,
oval-oblong, compressed. Ivs 15-20 in long, cuneate-
oblong. racemes many-fld , pendulous; fls up to 4 m
across, sepals and petals green, linear-oblong, acute;
lip fiddle-shaped, with black veins and stains on yellow-
ish green ground, the mid-lobe crisped, black-warty;
disk 2-keeled Borneo B M 5084 FS 20. 2139
J H. Ill 30 377. A F 6.633 C O. 6. Gt. 49:1480.
14. Mayeriana, Reichb f. Pseudobulbs ovate-
oblong, about 2 in long, compressed, 2-lvd . Ivs 8-10
in long, cuneate-obovate raceme 8-10-fld , erect or
nodding, fls about 2J^ in across, green, veined black-
brown, sepals oblong, acuminate, the petals shorter
and narrower, the margins reflexed: hp nearly as long
as sepals, the lateral lobes concealing only the base
of the column, the middle lobe sessile, oblong-elliptic,
crisped, keels 3, papillose Singapore
15 asperate, Lmdl (C. Ldwi, Paxt ) Large species
(18-24 in. high), pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, 5-6 in
long or more Ivs up to 2% ft long, lanceolate, acute
raceme 7-10-fld , pendulous; fls 3 in. across, cream-
colored, sepals and petals lanceolate, lip with the
lateral lobes white, streaked red-brown inside, the
middle lobe nearly orbicular, the crisped margin pale
yellow streaked red-brown ; disk with 2 or 3 orange-red
warty ridges Borneo P M. 16 227. G.C. Ill 46'34
16 Pfirishii, Hook f Like No 13, but racemes not
drooping, pseudobulb 4-angled, 4-6 in long Ivs up to a
foot long, lanceolate, acuminate, racemes 4-7-fld., erect,
fls. about 2 in. across, pale yellow-green, sepals lance-
olate, acuminate; petals linear-lanceolate, lip fiddle-
shaped, black-spotted, the middle lobe apiculate, undu-
late; disk with 5 raised lines. Moulmem B M 5323
C dlbo-lutfa, Rolfe Fls showy, very fragrant, pure white,
with lobes yellow Mta of N India — C BrymeriAna, Hort A
garden hybrid between C Dayana and C asperata — C burfor-
ditnsis, Hort (C pandurata X C asperata) Fls pale green, the
spiny crest black, the ridges green and yellow GC III 49 331.—
C. chrysotrdpis, Schltr Scape much shorter than the Ivs , few-fld.
Sumatra — C Cdlmann, Hort A garden hybrid between C.
speciosa major and C cristata alba — C Ciimmgii, Lmdl Fla
white, the dink citron-yellow, aepala and petals lanceolate Singa-
pore B R 27 29 B M 4645 — C frdgrans, Hort A trade name
— C fuhgindsa, Lmdl Fls appearing in succession, 2 in across,
light brownish white, the lip fringed N India B M 4440 J F
1_ 7 — C Gardendna, Lmdf — Noogyne — C Lawrence&na, Rolfe
Fl single , sepals and petals yellow, 2-2 % in long, the sepals lanceo-
late-oblong, the petals linear, lateral lobes of lip brown, the middle
lobe white, the disk marbled with brown Annam B M 8164
G C III 47 335 — C Mooredna, Sander Racemes 4-8-fld , fls
white, disk golden yellow, covered with clavato processes Annam
B M 8297 — C ochrdcea, Lmdl Fls about 2 in across, fragrant,
white, the hp blotched and streaked orange-yellow N India.
B R 32 69 B M 4661 J F 4 342 — C peraktnsts, Rolfe Ra-
cemes many-fld , sepals light buff, lanceolate-oblong, about ^m
long, petals light green, linear, a little shorter than sepals, jip light
yellow, with a deep yellow blotch on disk Perak. B M 8203 —
C praecox, Lmdl , var dlba A nearly white form. — C Sdnderse,
Kranal. Fls. white, sepals oblong-lanceolate, petals narrower,
linear, lip yellow, marked with golden, the keela red-brown.
Burma. G C III 13 361 — C Veltchii, Rolfe Racemes many-
fld., pendulous, fls nearly globose, white, the sepals and petals
much incurved, hp longer than sepals, the lateral lobes obtuse, the
middle lobe ovate, revoluto, diek obscurely 3-keeled New Guinea.
B M. 7764 — C venilsta, Rolfe. Racemes many-fld , pendulous,
fls. pale yellow, the hp white, marked with yellow. *. W China
B M. 8262 — C. mrlscens, Rolfe. Resembling C Parisku Fls pale
green with dark dot* on the hp. Annam. QBOBQB y. NASH.
(from the Arabian name for the drink,
itself conjecturally derived from Caff a, a district m
southern Abyssinia). Rubidcex Woody plants, pro-
ducing the coffee of commerce; as a horticultural sub-
ject, sometimes cultivated for the ornamental appear-
ance; and also in collections of economic plants
Shrubs or small trees, natives of Trop Asia and Afr :
Ivs mostly opposite, rarely in whorls of 3. elliptical,
acute, usually coriaceous and glossy: fls clustered m
the axils, cream or cream-white and fragrant; calyx-
limb 5-, rarely 4-, parted, the corolla salver-shaped,
the corolla-tube cylindrical, the throat sometimes
villou.s, stamens inserted m or below the throat of the
coiolla fr a berry; seeds 2, horny, which are the well-
known coffee of commerce — From 25-40 species, in
Trop. Afr. and Asia, the species not yet clearly defined,
nor well understood horticulturally
Coffee-production is based mostly on C. arabica and
C hberica, both widely cultivated throughout the
tropics, and in greenhouses northward The coffee
mdubtry, one of the most important industries m the
tropics, reaches the enormous figure of $200,000,000 or
sometimes a little more than this See the treatment
in Vol II Cyclo. Amer Agri.
The coffee plant and its product. (T. B. McClelland )
The main source of coffee is Coffea arabica, an ever-
green shrub, growing 10 to 15 feet high The younger
plants have one mam trunk or stem, but from this
others frequently develop later, which are similar in
form and habit to the first The lateral branches are
opposite, horizontal and in pairs, very rarely in whorls
of three The pairs of branches are in whorls on the
mam stem The leaves, which are oppobite and boine
in pairs, are 4 to 7 centimeters (about 1}^ to 3 inches)
broad by 10 to 20 centimeters (4 to 8 inches) long, the
length being usually slightly more than two and a
half times the breadth They are elliptical, acuminate
at tip and attenuate at base There arc eight to eleven
pairs of main lateral veins In the axils where the
veins join the midrib are small pores, open below and
slightly swollen above The tip of the leaf is frequently
curled and is rather abruptly contracted The margin
is entire and wavy The leaves, which are perennial,
are a dark glossy green, and though thin are firm in
texture
There are usually two or three large blossomings and
several small ones extending over a period of several
months The pure white and delicately fragrant star-
like flowers are borne on very short pedicels in one to
four axillary clusters of one to four flowers each.
These flower-clusters are subtended by two to four
common calycuh The tube of the corolla is 8 to 10
millimeters (about }4 to % inch) long Its segments
axe about 7 millimeters (nearly % inch) broad by 15 to
18 millimeters (% to % inch) long The style is 17 to
22 millimeters (% to nearly 1 inch) long The btigma
is two-branched, each branch being 5 millimeters
(about yi inch) long The linear anthers, corresponding
in number to the petals, are 9 millimeters long and are
supported on filaments 5 to 7 millimeters long. The
size varies somewhat with favorable or unfavorable
conditions The short annular calyx with its den-
ticulate limb is so small as almost to escape notice
Under Coffea arabica are included a number of varie-
ties quite distinct in growth and product from the
other varieties of the same species, such as Maragogipe,
Mocha, Pointed Bourbon (sometimes classified as C.
launna) and others.
Maragogipe coffee, as its name indicates, is of Brazil-
ian origin, having been discovered in 1870 near the
toun from which its name is derived. On account of
the large size of the bean it has commanded a fancy
price on the market, but this variety is considered to
be a small yielder. The flowers, fruits, and leaves are
all larger than the ordinary Arabian coffee and the
COFFEA
COFFEE BERRY
823
leaves curl noticeably. Its flavor is not considered
superior to that of the ordinary Arabian coffee.
Mocha coffee, with its shorter mternodes and smaller
flowers, fruits, and leaves is a distinct variety. The
"beans" are much less oval and are more rounded and
hold a high reputation for quality.
Normally two coffee "beans" or seeds are produced
in each red cherry-like drupe. Some drupes, however,
contain three beans and others only one. When only
one is formed it is called "pcaberry," and is oval in
shape instead of being flat on ono side and convex on
the other as is the bean when two are produced. The
peabernes are sorted out by machinery and are sold
at a fancy price on account of being a little different
in appearance from the other coffee, but any claim to
superiority of flavor is without foundation There is
one variety of coffee that produces a number of beans
in each drupe, and the corolla-segments may range up
to ten As the number of beans increases, the size and
the attractiveness of appearance decrease, so that this
18 a very undesirable variation
The fruits require six and one-half to seven months
to mature The ripening of the coffee, in relation t3
the blossoming, extends over several months Where
the West Indian or wet process for curing the coffee
is followed, the ripe chernes are picked every fort-
night While fresh they arc passed through a machine
which pulps and separates the coffee in its parchment
from the pulp The former is then fermented and
washed to remove a &hmy cov >i mg Aftor thorough
diying in ths sun or in heated driers, the parchment
coffee may be stored or it may have the thin brittle
parchment or horn-skin and the silvor-slun removed
by special machinery If desired it may be further
polished and artificially colored. After being Mzed and
having the better grades cleaned of inferior beans, it
is ready for roasting. In some place* where the dry or
old preparation is followed the coffee is allowed to
ripen and much of it to fall from the trees and he on
the ground until all can be col-
lected in one picking It is then
dried in the sun without prelimi-
nary preparation
Although coffee has been used as a beverage for
hundreds of years by a few persons, as a world beverage
it is comparatively modern In 1825 the estimated
production did not exceed 218,255,400 pounds. In
1906-1907 the production was estimated as 3,164,041,-
920 pounds, or an increase of 1,350 per cent in eighty-
one years.
Brazil produces about three-fourths of the world's
coffee crop. Then follow in order of importance Vene-
zuela, Colombia, Guatemala, Mexico, Haiti, Salvador,
Dutch East Indies, Porto Rico, British India, Costa
Rica, Nicaragua, and other countries.
In Bulletin No. 79, Bureau of Statistics, United
States Department of Agriculture, may be found a
very extensive bibliography of coffee. In the Nether-
lands the per capita consumption is more than 15
pounds; in the United States under 11 H pounds, m
Japan 003 pound.
A. Corolla 6-parted, sometimes 4-p^ried.
B. Segms. of corolla narrow: Ivs. oblong, 4~5 in. long,
1% in wide.
arabica, Linn COMMON or ARABIAN COFFEE. Fig
1024 Lvs 3-6 in long, rather thin, oblong, nearly 3
times as long as broad, more or less abruptly contracted
near the apex to a point about %m. long: segms. of
corolla over twice as long as wide' fr a 2-seeded, deep
crimson berry, but the "berries" or beans of commerce
are the seeds. The commercial varieties of coffee are
based largely on the size, shape, color and flavor of
the seeds, and hence the fr is very variable, but the
typical fr. may be considered to be oval and yz\i\. long.
Indigenous m Abyssinia, Mozambique and Angola;
supposed to have been intro m early Mohammedan
times from Abyssinia to Arabia, whence it became
known to Europeans in the 16th century This species
furnished until recently the entire commercial product.
B M. 1303 Gng 6 55 — A vanegat d form, var varie-
g&ta, Hort j is more showy than the type. It is offered
by dealers m tropical plants As coffee grows \v ild in
Afr it is a small tree 10-15 ft. high, \uth the trunk
9-12 in thick at the base Often cult, under glass m
the N. for its economic interest, and m S Calif it is a
good outdoor ornamental shrub, esteemed for its shi-
ning Ivs , fragrant white fls , and red berries.
BB. Srgms of corolla wide Ivs ovate.
bengalensis, Roxbg BENGAL COFFEE Lvs ovate,
barely twice as long as broad, acute, but not having a
long, abrupt point fls m 2's or 3's; segms of corolla
barely twice as long as wide E Indies, Malaya.
BM 4917 — Thib has much showier fls thanC arabica.
A small shrub with glabrous, dichotomous branches.
Mts of N. E India, whence it was brought to Calcutta
and much cult for a time It is now neglected, the berries
being of inferior quality and the plants not productive
enough.
AA Corolla 6'-, 7-, or 8-parted.
B. Fls in dense clusters or qlomes: Ivs. short-pointed.
liberica, Hiern. LIBERIAN COFFEE Lvs longer than
in C arabica, and wider above the middle, with a pro-
portionately shorter and lest, abiuptly contracted point :
fls 15 or more in a den^e cluster, corolla-segms usilally
7 Trop. Afr. Trans Linn. Soc II 1 171 (1876).
( J C 11,6: 105. R H. 1890, pp 104-5 —Said to be more
robiiht and productive than C. arabica} with berries
larger and of finer flavor It is a more tropical plant than
the common coffee, and can be grown at lower levels
Zanguebariae, Lour (C. Zanzibar 6n*is, Hort ). A
glabrous, erect, ciobely branched hhrub or small tree,
to 6 ft., the branches ashy Ivs ovate or obovate, obtuse
or shoitly pointed, 2-4 in long, K~lH in. wide, the
lateral veins about 6 pairs, fk white, axillary, m dense
clusters; corolla-lobes 6-7. beny red, turning black.
BB. Fls. solitary or in 3's lvt> long-pointed, 2%-5 in.
long
stenophylla, Don Lvs 4-6 in. long, \-\lA in. broad,
narrower than in C arabica, with a relatively longer
and more tapering point corolla-segms usually 9.
W. Afr B M 7475 —This u> said to yield berries of
finer flavor than the Liberian coffee, and quite as freely,
but the bush is longer in coming into beanng. This is
a promising rival to the T arabica of commerce. Seeds
have been distributed bv British botanical gardens,
but are not known to be for sale at present in Amer
C tnadagascar\6ns\8, Hort , and C robusta, Hort., are names o'
uncertain status. „- _ ..
WILHELM MILLER.
COFFEE. Coffea. N. TAYLOK.f
COFFEE BERRY. A name of Glycine hispidu,
which should be abandoned m favor of soybean V an-
ous leguminous heeds are used as coffee substitutes
and are so named, cf. C'as&ta, Canavalia and others.
824
COFFEE PEA
COLCHICUM
COFFEE PEA. A western name for chick pea,
Cicer anetmum, which is used as a substitute for coffee.
COFFEE-TREE Gymnocladua.
COHOSH: Actsea The blue cohosh is CaulophyUum,
COHUNE: Attalea Cohune, it ia a source of oil.
COIR: Fiber of coconut, which see.
C6lX (an old Greek name). Graminex. Tall, broad-
leaved, branched grasses with bead-like inflorescence,
one of them grown m gardens
Plant loose-growing* at the end of each peduncle is
an indurated, globular, or oval, hollow bead, developed
from a If, -sheath; from an orifice at the tip projects
the stammate spike pistillate fls inclosed in the bead,
the styles projecting — Species about 3, E Indies, the
following widely distributed in all tropical countries.
Lficryma- Jdbi, Linn JOB'S TEARS Fig 1025 Annual,
2-4 ft the beads or "tears," pearly white to lead-color,
containing the seed, are about ^m long Dept Agric.,
Div. Agrost , 20 14 — Cult for ornament and as a
curiosity The hard bony frs are used as beads and
made into necklaces, to which are attributed marvelous
properties. Var. aurea zebrina, has yellow-striped
blades A S HITCHCOCK.
C6LA (native name). Stercuhacex COLA Also
called Kola, Korra, Gorra. One species is much grown
in the tropics for the stimulating; cola nut
The genus consists entirely of plants with unisexual or
polygamous fls in axillary or terminal clusters calyx
4-5-cleft; petals none fr of 4-5 leathery or woody
oblong carpels — Probably about 40 species, of Trop.
Afr trees chiefly interesting for the cola nuts, which
are said to sustain the natives in great feats of endu-
rance The tree grows on the east coast of Afr , but is
very abundant on the west coast, and is now cult in
the W Indies Within the tropics the trade in this nut
is said to be immense It has become famous in the
U S through many preparations for medicinal pur-
poses and summer drinks The seeds are about the
size and appearance of a horse-chestnut, and have a
bitter taste Although repeatedly mtro to Kew, Eng-
land, the plant never flowered there until 1868
Colas require a rich, well-drained soil Those intro-
duced into the West Indies and other parts of America,
especially C. acummata, thrive best on a sandy loam.
The trees are grown from socds, which are large and
fleshy, keeping well for some weeks after ripening As
the tree is difficult to transplant, the seeds may be
planted singly in small pots, and the young trees kept
growing thus until wanted for permanent planting.
Propagation may also be effected by cuttings of ripe
wood, which should be placed in bottom heat, and
treated in the usual way. (E N. Reasoner )
acuminata, Schott & Endl. About 40 ft high in Afr,
resembling an apple tree1 Ivs alternate, petiole 1-3 in.
long; blade 4-G in long, 1-2 in broad, leathery, with
prominent ribs below; older Ivs entire, obovate, acute;
younger Ivs often once or twice cut near the base
about half way to the midrib, fls yellow, 15 or more in
axillary and terminal panicles, about Mm. across, with
a slender green tube and a showy yellow 6- or 5-cut
limb, which is a part of the calyx . fr. 5-6 in. long. B.M.
5699 N. TAYLOB.f
C6LAX (Greek, parasite). Orchidacex. Epiphytic
orchids, much like Lycaste.
Pseudobulbous: fls in an upright raceme, arising
from the base of the new shoot, sepals and petals simi-
lar, the lateral sepal forming a distinct foot with the
base of the column; lip 3-lobed, clawedj witlj a trans-
verse hairy process; polhma4. — A Brazilian genus of 2
species.
jugdsus, Lindl. (Maxillana jugbsa, Lindl. Lycdste
jugdsa, Benth.). Pseudobulbs ovoid, 2-3 in. long,
2-lvd.: Ivs. 5-9 in. long, lanceolate: raceme 2-3-fld.;
fls. 2-3 in across; sepals white, obtuse, oval-oblong;
petals white, obovate-oblong, spotted and barred with
violet-purple; lip white, shorter than petals, the side
lobes streaked vio-
let-purple, the mid-
dle lobe semi-circu-
lar, with numerous
pubescent keels,
streaked and
blotched violet-
purple B.M. 5661.
I.H. 19:96
C tripterus, Rolfe.
Ovary 3-wmged, disk
of lip bearing a broad
fleshy callus Brazil
GEORGE V. NASH.
CtfLCHICUM
(from Colchis, a
country m Asia
Minor, where the
genus is most plen-
tiful) Liliacex.
MEADOW SAFFRON.
AUTUMN CROCUS.
Autumn flowering,
rarely spring-flow-
ering, bulbous
plants with crocus-
like blossoms
Leaves either all radical, or
radical and cauhne, sometimes
cihate, appearing in early spring
and usually dying down by June:
fls various colored, very beau-
tiful; perianth tubular, vary-
ing from purple to white (there
is 1 yellow-fld sort), the limb
6-parted; stamens 6, inserted on
the perianth, ovary 3-c'elled,
many -ovu led caps ovate-ob-
long in most of the species, the
seeds globose. — A difficult genus,
very much confused botamcally,
but horticulturally well known
and popular They are narcotic
poisons J G Baker, Jour Linn
Soc 17 1880 G B Mallett, in
Flora and Sylva, 1 108, 1903 Coix Lacma-job,.
has an excellent horticultural (xh)
account of the genus
Colchicums are most charming and interesting plants
of easy culture The bloom comes in August and Sep-
tember, at a season when the herbaceous beds begin
to lose their freshness, and, although individual flowers
are fugacious, others follow in quick succession, thus
prolonging the time of flowering Opening, as they do,
without foliage, some help is required from the greenery
of othei plants; for this purpose any low-growing, not
too dense kind, may be used, such as the dwarf arte-
misias, sedums, or Phlox subulata. Colchicums are
most effective in masses, which can be established by
thick planting, or as the result of many years' growth.
They can be grown m rockwork, in beds, or in grass
which is not too thick nor too often mown; they will
thrive m partial shade, but succeed best in an open
sunny border They should be planted in August or
early September, in deep well-enriched soil, a light
sandy loam, with the tip of the long bulbs 2 to 3 inches
below the surface; some protection should be given in
winter. They remain m good condition for many years,
and should not be disturbed unless they show signs of
deterioration, fewer flowers and poor foliage. Then
COLCHICUM
they should be lifted and separated, just after the leaves
die, end of June or early July. This is the usual method
of propagation, but they can also be increased from
seeds, sown just after ripening, June to July, the seed-
lings may not appear until the fo1 lowing spring. Seed-
lings bloom when three to five jears old. The bulbs
are obtainable from the Dutch growers at moderate
prices, and they must be imported early; otherwise
they are apt to bloom in the cases C. autumnale, with
rosy purple flowers, is a well-known and the most
commonly cultivated species. There are numerous
varieties, of which the best are the white, the double
white and the double purple. Belonging to this same
group and not differing much except in size and sha-
ding of the flower, are C byzantinum, C montanum, and
C umbrosum. C. specwsum, a native of the Caucasus,
is the finest in every way of the genus. The flowers are
much larger and of better shape, and the color, a rosy
pink, is much more delicate; the habit of growth is
robust, and the plant is most easily handled C.
Parkin&onu is distinct from the above varieties inas-
much as the flowers are tessellated, purple and white,
giving a curious checker-board appearance which is
unique, the loaves are much smaller and are wavy. C.
agnppinum, C Bwon^e, C cilicicum and C Sibthorpii,
are other species having checkered flowers more or less
similar to C Parkin^onn C Bulbocodium^ Bulboco-
dium vernum Monograph by J G. Baker m Jour.
Linn Soc., vol 17 (1880) (B M. Watson )
INDEX.
agrippmum, 7. cihcirum, 11 Sibthorpii, 9
alpinum, 18 crodflorum, 2 speciosum, 10.
autumnale, 13. Dccaisnei, 14 Stevcnn, 3
Bertolonn, 1 fpsciculare, 16 auperbum, 8
Bivona;, 8 luteum, 4 tessellatum, 6, 7.
Bornmuelleri, 12 maximum, 10 Trootln, 15
byzantinum, 11 montanum, 1, 18. uinbronum, 17.
chwnense, 5 Parkinsonn, 6 variegatum, 5.
A Blooming in spring Ivs appearing with the fls.
B Color rosy lilac size of anthers small.
c Anthers oblong, purple.
1 montanum, Linn (C Bertolonn, Stev ) An im-
portant and variable species, with many synonyms and
variations Baker makes 7 forms Corm ovoid, J^-l in.
thick, the tunics brown, membrananceous, the inner
ones produced to a point 2-4 in above the neck. Ivs
2-3, rarely 4-6, linear or lanceolate, about 2-3 in long
at the tune of flowering, finally 6-9 m long fls 1-4, in
spring and autumn Oct -June Medit region, from
Spam to Persia B M 6 143 — It appears in early spring
with the snowdrops and crocuses
2 crocifldrum, Regel, not Sims nor Schott &
Kotschy Corm ovate-oblong Ivs all radical, sheathing
at the base, a few sometimes on the st , flat and linear,
margins minutely and usually distantly toothed corolla
white^ with violet-purple stripes, especially within, the
tube about 2 in long, the limb scarcely 1-1 ^ m. long;
style exceeding the stamens. Feb., March. Cent. Asia.
cc. Anthers linear, yellow.
3. Stfcvenii, Kunth Corm narrower than in No 1,
about M~M m thick' Ivs. at length 4-5 m. long: fls.
Oct -Jan. Syria, Arabia, Persia — Less popular than
No. 1.
BB. Color yellow size of anthers large.
4. luteum, Baker. This is the only yellow-fld form
in the genus, all the others ranging from purple to
white Although it belongs to the Medit. group, with
Ivs. and fls produced at the same time and in spring, it
is a native of W India at an elevation of 7,000-8,000 ft.
Corm tunics dark brown, sometimes almost black . Ivs.
3 or 4, wider and less tapering than in No. 1, at the
time of flowering 3-4 in. long, finally 6-7 m. long. B.M.
6153.— Very desirable.
COLCHICUM
825
AA. Blooming in autumn: Ivs. appearing after the fls.
B. Perianth tessellated or checkered.
c. Tessellation distinct.
D. Lvs spreading or prostrate.
5 variegitum, Linn Lvs 2-3, lanceolate, about 6 in.
long, 12-15 lines wide, lying flat on the ground; margins
wavy fls 2-3 from each spathe, 4 in across, rose-color
with a white tube. Ms of the Levant and Asia Minor.
B M 1028 Variable The plant known as C. chioncnse
is apparently a form of it. Corm size of walnut.
6. P&rkinsonu, Hook f (B M. 6090) (C. tessellatum,
Authors), is the best of all the tessellated forms, the
tessellation being more sharply defined and more delicate
than the type.
It is a smaller
plant, and has
shorter and
more strongly
undulated Ivs ,
which he closer
to the ground
Of this plant
Parkinson said
in his "Paradi-
sus Terrestris,"
1629 "This
most beautifull
saffron flower
nseth up with
his flowers in
the Autumne, as
the others before
s specified doe,
although not of
so large a size,
yet farre more
pleasant and
do light full in
the thick'e, deep
blew, or purple
coloured beautifull spots therein, which mako it excell
all others whatsoever the leaves rise up in the
Spring, being smaller then the former, for the, most
part 3 m number, and of a paler or fresher green
color, lying close upon the ground, broad at the bottome,
a little pointed at the end, and twining or folding
themselves in and out at the edgos, as if they were
indented I have not seen any seede it hath borne
the root is like unto the others of this kinde, but small
and long, and not so great it floweret h later for the most
part then any of the other, even not untill November,
and is very hard to bo preserved with us, in that for the
most part the roote \va\eth le.sso and lesse every yeare,
our cold Country boing so contrary unto his naturall,
that it will scarce shew his flower, yet when it flow-
ereth any thing early, that it may have any comfort of
a warm Sunne, it is the glorj- of all these kindes "
DD Lvs ascending
E. Margin of Ivs wavy.
7. agrippmum, Baker (C tessellatum, Hort ). Corms
a trifle thicker than in No. 5 Ivs 3-4, 6-9 in. long,
12-15 lines wide, margin wavy fls 2-4 from each
spathe FS 11.1153— This is a marked form of C.
variegatum, of garden origin, which has similar fls.,
but a more robust habit and more nearly erect Ivs.
EE. Margin of Ivs flat, not wavy.
8. Bivdnae, Guss Lvs 6-9, nearly 1 ft. long, 9-15
lines wide, rather hooded at the apex, margin flat, not
wavy fls 1-6 from each spathe, rose-purple faintly
checkered with a darker color, 4-6 in. long. Medit.
region. Var. superbum, Hort , an excellent form, is
advertised in English catalogues. F S R. 1 . 108.
1026. Colchicum autumnale. ( X H)
826
COLCHICUM
COLD-STORAGE
cc. Tessellation less distinct.
9. Sfbthorpii, Baker. Easily distinguished from Nos.
5, 7, and 8 oy the much broader segms. of the peri-
anth, and by the Ivs., which are nearly erect, obtuse,
and not at all wavy: Ivs. 5-6, dull green, finally 1 ft. or
more long, 1H~2M m- wide, narrowed gradually to the
base: spathe striped with green, and tinged with lilac
at the tip. fls. 1-5 from each spathe; perianth-tube often
6m. long. Mts. of Greece. B.M 7181. F.S.R. 1:108.
— A large, cup-shaped fl., showing no open spaces
between the broad, overlapping segms. Very hand-
some.
BB. Perianth not tessellated.
C. Size of fls. large, 8 in. or more across.
D. Lvs. broad, 3-4 in wide.
E. Number of fls. 1~4.
10. specidsum, Stey. Corm 2 in thick, the largest of
the genus: st 1 ft high: Ivs. 4-5, 12-15 in. long, 3-4
in. wide, narowed from the middle to the base, shining
green: fls. 1-4 from each spathe, violet, with a white
eye, but varying almost to pure pink, often 6 in across.
Caucasus. B.M 6078 FS 23 '2385 FM 1876:235.
On 1 1 : 80 — Commonly considered the finest species of
the genus; blooms Sept. and Oct. Var. T"fl*irrunnt Hort.
Plant 7H m. high.
BE. Number of fls. 12-20.
11. byzantinum, Ker-Gawl. Closely allied to the
above, but with wider Ivs., smaller and paler fls., and
broad, short anthers: st. 6 in. high. Ivs. 5-6, oblong,
dark green, striate, 9-12 in. long, 3—4 in. wide: fls.
smaller than in No 10, usually 3-4 in. across, lilac-pur-
ple, and often 12-20 from each spathe Transylvania
and Constantinople. B.M. 1122. — Corn large, de-
pressed. C. cilicicum, Hort., has rosy fls., somewhat
tessellated. G.C. III. 23:35.
DD. Lvs. narrow, 1-2 in. wide.
12. Bornmuelleri. Freyn. Lvs. elliptic-lanceolate,
3-4 in. long, 1-2 in. broad: fls 8 in. long and 5 in across,
the limb pale rose or lilac-rose at first, subsequently
deeper purple, the corolla-tube white. Asia Minor.
Early spring — One of the rarest and finest of the
group, suitable for the rock-garden.
13 autumnale, Linn Fig 1026; 442, p. 433. St.
3-4 in. high: Ivs. 3-4, rarely 5-6, 9-12 in. long, 1^-2
in wide: fls. 1-4, rarely 5-6, from each spathe, purple,
with a white variety, about 4 in. across; perianth
veined Eu. and N. Air. B M. 2673 (asC crociflorum) .
— Possibly the commonest in the American trade. It
has boautiful double forms in purple and pure white.
FS. 19:1936.
14. Decaisnei. Boiss. Conn ovate, membranaceous:
lower Ivs broadly lanceolate, the upper ones narrower
and acutish, entire, \-\Yi in. broad: fls. pale-rose, or
flesh-colored, the tube elongate-elliptic, the stamens a
little shorter than the perianth; anthers yellow, linear;
style only slightly exceeding the stamens. N. Afr.
and the eastern Mcdit. region. Nov.-Jan. — Planted
in masses with C. crociflorum for rock-gardens, it is
very effective.
cc Size of fls. small, about 2 in. across.
D. Number of fls. from each spathe more than 1 or 2.
E. Perianth-segms. acute.
15. Troddii, Kotschy. Corm medium-sized: Ivs. 3-4,
6-12 in. long, 9-12 lines wide, dark green above: fls.
4-5 or even 12, lilac-purple, about 2 in. across; perianth
segms lanceolate-acute. Cyprus. B M. 6901 shows a
pure white variety.
16. fasciculare, Boiss. Corm oblong: Ivs, 5-7,
broadly lanceolate, channeled, the apex acutish, fre-
quently cihate, about 1 in. wide1 fls. many, in clusters,
the corolla 2H in. long, white, 6-10-nerved; stamens
equaling the corolla, but slightly exceeded by the style
branches. Feb. Syria.
EE. Perianth-segms. obtuse.
17. umbrdsum, Stev. Corm small: Ivs. 4-5, 6-9 in.
long, 9-12 lines wide' fls 1-5 from each spathe, lilac,
about 2 in. across, perianth - segms. oblanceolate,
obtuse, with 8-12 veins. Caucasus.
DD. Number of fls from each spathe 1 or 2.
18. alpinum, DC. (C. monldrmm, All. not Linn ). Lvs.
2, rarely 3, nearly erect or spreading, 4-8 in long, 3-6
lines wide, obtuse, channeled, shining green, narrowed
from the middle to the base: fls 1 or 2 from each
spathe, about 2 in across, lilac; segms. oblanceolate,
obtuse, 3-4 lines wide, with 10-15 veins. Mts. of
France and Switzerland.
C gigant&um, Hort. A plant with magnificent pink fls — Is not
certainly referable to any species The name appears in several
catalogues, but is unknown in botanical literature See F S R.
1 108— C hvdrophtlum, Hort An early spring - flowering spe-
cies, bulb size of a walnut Ivs and fls appearing together, the
fls bright clear rose and taller than the Ivs , the latter growing
after the fin are gone and attaining a length of 6 in , fls in clus-
ters of 3-15, stamens half as long as the segms Taurus Mt« GC
III 29 102 — C siehe&num, Hort A late autumn-flowering spetiea
with rich reddish purple fls Asia Minor — C veratrtfMium, Hort
Similar to some of the forma of C. speciomim, but earlier in flowering.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOK.J
COLDFRAME. An unheated covered frame (see
Frame) used (1) for the starting of plants m spring in
advance of settled weather but not so early as in a
hotbed; (2) for receiving plants from a hotbed or green-
house, holding them as an intermediate station until
they may go m the field, (3) carrying hardy plants over
winter, as spinach, lettuce, (4) providing a general
store-place for hardy or semi-hardy stuff from green-
house and garden; (5) affording a propagatmg-bed in
spring and summer for seedb or cuttings Usually the
coldframe is topped with glass, as is the hotbed, but
prepared paper or cloth is sometimes used Coldframes
are usually of temporary construction L H. B
COLD-STORAGE, REFRIGERATION, RETARD-
ING. Dealers m bulbs, cut-flowers, nursery stock,
fruits and vegetables employ cold-storage to retard the
growth of bulbs and plants, or to preserve cut-flowers
and produce, by using specially constructed sheds,
refrigerators, ice-boxes, or the public cold-storage
warehouses. The nursery stock thus stored can be
packed and slupped from the cold to warmer parts of
the country in good season for planting, when it would
be impossible to dig and ship such stock without the
storage system Sheds for the storage of nursery stock
have earthen floors, are ventilated and lighted from
the ridge-and-furrow roof and heated to exclude frost,
the maximum temperature being 35° to 40.° Large
trees are stood upright, the smaller stock usually laid
lengthwise in compartments. The roots are covered
with sphagnum, or a mixture of sphagnum and excelsior
or cedar shingletow, the shingletow or excelsior alone
will not make good covering for this purpose See
Nursery.
The roots and bulbs commonly placed in cold-storage
are those used by florists for forcing, such as lily bulbs,
lily-of-the-valley pips, and the like. By placing these
in cold-storage, growers can secure a continuous suc-
cession of bloom throughout the year. Lily bulbs are
stored in the original cases packed m soil, the cases
being cleated to provide circulation of air, and held at
34°. The multiflorum and formosum varieties of Lilmm
longiflorum can be held in storage three to four months,
and the giganteum type of this lily ten to eleven months,
L. auratum four months, L. speciosum and varieties
eight months The sizes (circumference) of storage lily
bulbs and number of bulbs to the case are as follows:
COLD-STORAGE
COLEUS
827
1027. Coleus cutting.
L longiflorum and its varieties midtiflorum, forniosum
and giganteum, 6- to 8-inch, 400, 7- to 9-mch, 300, 9-
to 11-inch, 200, in L longiflorwn giganleum there is an
8- to 10-inoh .size which runs 225 to the case; L auratum
8- to 9-mch, 100, 9- to 11-inch, 100, 11- to 13-inch, 75;
/, sprcwnim, 8- to 9-mch, 200, 9- to 11-inch, 100, 11-
to 13-inch, 75. Lily-of-thc-valley pips are packed m a
mixture of sphagnum and sand, one-fourth of the latter
being used to three-fourths of the moss and held at 28 °
These are packed 500, 1,000 and 2,000 to the case and
can be kept in storage
eleven months Canna
roots, dahlias and gladioli
should be held at 35° to 40 °
Cut-flowers, such as roses,
carnations, orchids, violets,
and lilies, used by florists,
are preserved for varying
periods in ice-boxes or refrig-
erators, the usual tem-
perature being 35° to 40.°
Peonies cut when the buds
show color, leaves removed
from the lower part of the stem, wrapped in paper,
and the lower bare portions of the stems placed m
water, will keep several weeks at a temperature of 32°
to 33 ° Lihum candidum m bud can be treated the
same way
Fruits and vegetables are stored at 33° to 35 ° Ware-
housemen say that eold-stoiage merchandise keeps
best and is easiest to handle in packages containing
about a bushel See XUnage MICHAEL BAKKER
COLE. A generic name, little known in North
America, for plants of the cabbage tribe, cole-oil is
secured from species of Brassica
COLEA (Sir O Lowry Cole, Governor of Mauritius)
Ihgnontactx Glabrous evergreen trees or shrubs? of
Madagascar, Mauritius and the Seychelles, members
of which may occur in collections of warmhouse (or
stove) plants Lvs opposite or verticillate, pinnate,
with many entire Ifts fls medium-sized, \ellow, white
or rose-color in lax or dense cymes or fascicles, corolla
funnelforni, somewhat bilabiate, with 5 rounded
spreading lobes, perfect stamens 4, didynamous —
Probably 15 species, but little known in cult They
thrive in a fibrous earth and prop by means of mature
shoots in sand over bottom-heat.
COLEUS (Greek for sktath, referring to the mona-
delphous stamens) Labials. Common window-gar-
den and greenhouse showy-leaved herbs, and a few
less known species grown for the handsome flowers.
Heibs or small shrubs, annual
or perennial, upright Ivs opposite,
dentate or serrate, petiofed or
sessile st 4-angled fls mostly
blue or lilac, in teimmal spike-
like racemes, small and middle-
sized and usually bluish, the 5-
toothed calyx deflcxed in fr ;
corolla bilabiate, the lower lobes
longer and concave, and inclosing
the essential organs, stamens 4,
didynamous and decimate, the
filaments united into a tube, the
anther-cells confluent, ovary 4-
parted, subtended by a gland-like
disk, the style 2-lobed — Probably
150 species, m the tropics of the
eastern hemisphere, being especi-
ally abundant in Afr , E India
and adjacent isls. Some species
produce tubers that are eaten m
the same way as potatoes.
The common coleuses are of the most easy culture.
They root readily from short cuttings, cut either to a
joint or in the middle of an mternode (Fig 1027). Few
conservatory plants are more ready to root than this
They may be rooted at any time of the year when new
wood is to be secured Formerly
coleuses were much used for
bedding, but the introduction
of better plants for this purpose
has lessened their popularity.
They require a long season , they
are likely to burn in the hot
summers of the interior country;
they have a weedy habit How-
ever, they withstand shearing and
therefore are useful for carpet-
bedding The leading variety
for this purpose is still the old
Golden Bcdder, whose, golden
yellow foliage is used as filling
for fancy designs — Coleus plants
make excellent specimens for
the window-garden and
conservatory Best results
are secured when ne\v
plants are started from
cuttings each spring
They also grow readily
from seeds, many interest-
ing leaf-forms and colors arising
The old plants become leggy, lose
their leaves, and lack brightness
of color They arc very subject to
rnealy-bug They are also liable
to root-gall (the work of a nema-
tode worm), as shown in Fig 1028
When plants are thus affected,
take cuttings and burn the old
plants, and either bake or freeze
the earth in which they grew.
A Common garden coleus, with red, ^
purple, yellow, green and 1028. A coleus attacked
variegated foliage by root-galls.
Bldrnei, Benth (C Vtrwriaffeltu, Lem. C acutel-
larwvles var Bliimn, Miq ) This species, founded on
cult plants in Java, is probably to be regarded, as now
understood, a-s an assemblage or combination of
species The horticultural forms are perhaps derived
in part (as suggested by Briquet and by Reorders)
from C lacimatus, C buolor, and others, and perhaps
the\ are to be considered also m connection with C.
alrupurpureus, Benth , of Malaysia, and its relatives
The entire garden material needs to be worked over in
comparison with authentic native
oriental specimens Portraits of
C Blurnei of botanical interest
are BM 4754 IH 27 '3-7, 35
46, 39 164 FS. 22 228778 A
soft perennial herb or sub-shrub,
growing 2-3 ft high, little
branched Ivs ovate, narrowed or
broad at base and long-acuminate,
sharply and nearly regularly
toothed, variously colored with
yellow, dull red and purplish An
extreme form of this is var Ver-
schaffe'ltii, Lem , Fig 1030, which
is more robust and branchy, the
Ivs more brilliantly colored, acute
but not acuminate, truncate or
even cordate at base, and irregu-
larlv cut-dentate, with rounded
teeth, giving the margin a crispy
effect (I. H. 8.293) In some
forms, the Ivs are lacmiate.
1029. A good young coleus plant.
£3
828
COLEUS
COLLETIA
AA. Other species of Coleus, now and then %n cult. (Sitll
other species may be expected to appear in the trade.)
thyrsofdetis, Baker. Tender shrub, 2-3 ft. high: sts.
pubescent: Ivs. cordate-acuminate, coarsely crenate,
lower ones 7 in. long. fls. bright blue, in racemes which
contain as many as 18 forking cymes with about 10
fla, in each Cent. Afr. B M. 7672 —Considered to
have much merit for cult., either under glass, or in the
open far S. Winter.
shirensis, Baker. Perennial herb, densely pubescent,
3 ft., much like the above in habit- sts. angular, pale
jrreen turning to brown: Ivs. glandular, pungently
aromatic, broadly ovate, acuminate, membranous,
2-3 in. long, deeply crenate, pubescent beneath but
scantily so above' fls dark blue (also described as light
blue), in large erect terminal panicles. Cent Afr.
B M 8024 —Winter.
Mahdnii, Baker Shrub, to 2 ft, pubescent, the
branchlets slender: Ivs. petioled, ovate, acute, 2-3 in.
long, crenate, membranous, pale and finely pubescent
beneath and green and nearly glabrous above- fls
email, purple with golden anthers, in a large graceful
panicle Cent Afr. — Winter
Penzigii, Damm. Soft perennial herb, white-hairy:
Ivs ovate, membranous, narrowed abruptly at base.
crenate; petiole winged- fls. bright lilac (also described
as ashy blue) in a long and lax racemose panicle, the
whorls being about 8-fld, Nile Land. L. H. B
COLIC-ROOT: AUtnt jdnnota.
(neck and hp, referring to a peculiarity
of the fl ). Orchiddcex Two terrestrial orchids, of
Java and Borneo, rarely cult , requiring the treatment
given Catasetum. Lf single, plicate fls. or clusters
racemose, on a tall scape; lateral petals attached to
the foot or base of the incurved column, lip at its base
encircling the column (whence the generic name);
polhma 2 C nebulo&um, Blume Sts. fleshy, about 2
in, long' If. broadly ovate, acuminate, the petiole
roundest ' scape about 2 ft , erect , fls. numerous in scat-
tered clusters or whorls, spurred, about ^m long, the
hp 3-lobed, white and a little fringed, the sepals and
1030. Coleus Blumei var. Verschaffeltu.
petals greenish with reddish margins. Java. C. sim-
plex, Reichb. Lf. oblong, acute, wavy, green with
darker blotches: fls racemose at the apex of the scape;
lip white; sepals and petals greenish yellow with purple
and brown blotches. Borneo.
COLLARDS. A kind of kale. Probably several
somewhat different plants pass as collards, the ctyarac-
tenstic being that they produce tufts or rosettes of
leaves that are removed and used as greens. Usually
referred to Brosstca oleracea var. acephala. See Brassica.
In the South, a form of the plant known as Georgia
collards is much grown for domestic use and the south-
ern market. The plant grows 2 to 4 feet high and
forms no head, but the central leaves often form a kind
of loose rosette.
These tender leaves
are eaten as a pot-
herb, as all other
kales are. Fig. 1031,
shows a Georgia
collard, with a
heavy crown. The
seeds of collard
may be started in *
a frame under glass,
or in a seed-bed m
the open As far
south as the orange-
belt, they are usu-
ally started in Feb-
ruary and March,
m order that the
plants may mature
before the dry, hot
weather. Farther
north they are
started m July or
August and the
plants are ready
for use before cold 103L
weather Trans-
plant to rows 3^2 to 4 feet apart, and 3 feet apart in
the row Till as for cabbage.
Young cabbage plants are sometimes eaten aa
"greens" under the name of collards, and cabbage
seeds are sown for this specific purpose. In the North,
where heading cabbages ran be raised, collards of what-
ever kind are not greatly prized. £,. H. B.
COLLfcTIA (Phihbort Collet, 1643-1718, French
* botanist). Rhamnaceae. Odd spiny shrubs grown under
glass, and in the open m California and other warm
regions
Leaves small and simple (or wanting), opposite
branches short, often flattened, arranged in opposite
pairs, thickened, hpmy (sometimes called Ivs ) fls
small, perfect, yellowish or white, nodding on 1-fld.
pedicels, single or fascicled in the axils or beneath the
flattened divaricate spines; calyx boll-shaped or tubular,
4-5-parted, pet uls 4-G or 0, inserted on the calyx,
stamens 4-6, dis>k joined to calyx-tube, inconspicuous
or the margin rolled-in, ovary 3-lobed and 3-celled,
standing in the disk, the stigma 3-lobed fr a coriaceous
dry drupe-like caps — About a dozen species in S Amer.,
mostly in the tropical parts The collet las are said to
start readily from cuttings of half-ripened wood, as
well as from seeds. They are to be grown as single or
detached specimens, because of their oddity
cruciata, Gill. & Hook (C. h6mda, Hort). Very
curious shrub, 3-4 ft , with elliptic flattened very broad-
spmy decurrent branches: Ivs few, elliptic, entire' fls.
small, white, a few together at the base of the spines,
borne profusely in spring S. Brazil, Uruguay. B M.
5033.
spindsa, Lam Shrub, to 10 ft , with strong awl-
shaped very sharp spines Ivs. elliptic, small, sessile,
serrate, mostly vanishing at blooming time fls. larger,
urn-shaped, borne singly or nearly so beneath the
spines. S. Brazil, Uruguay.
ulicina, Gill. & Hook Smaller. 3-4 ft.: spines as m
C spinosa, but more numerous, thicker, and hairy: fls.
cylindrical, in clusters near tops of the branches. Andes
of Chile.
Eph£dra, Vent. Small stiff bush: branches erect,
spiny: Ivs. wanting: fls (m very early spring) sessile at
COLLETIA
COLOCASIA
829
the nodes, spicate-glomerate, calyx top-shaped, the
lobes spreading. Peru, Chile. L.B.C. 19.1830.—
Reported as cult, in Calif L jj 3
COLLIGUAYA (Chilean name) Euphorbiacex Small
trees of the Chilean region, scarcely in cult , although
the fragrant wood of some species is used Seeds of
this and related genera which have springing move-
ments, due to contained insect larvae, are sometimes
known as "lumping beans " Juice milky fls monoe-
cious, apetalous, calyx imbricate or none in stammate
fls ; stamens 1-5, ovary 2-4-cclled, cells 1-ovuled.
The following may be expected in botanical collec-
tions, although probably not in the trade* C odorlfera,
Molina Lvs serrate, ovate to oblong C. brasihensis,
Klotzbch. Lvs serrulate, linear-lanceolate. C. inttger-
nma, Gill. & Hook. Lvs linear, entire.
J B S NORTON.
COLLfNSIA (after Zaccheus Collins, American phil-
anthropist and promoter of science, Philadelphia, 1704-
1831) Scrophulandcfx. Hardy flower-garden annuals
mostly from California and western North America
Leaves simple, verticillate in 3's, or opposite, fls
m the axils, solitary or in whorls, racemose m some
species, calyx bell-shaped, corolla deeply bi-labiatc,
stamens 4, the fifth rudimentary and glandular — About
25 species They are not far lemoved botamcally from
Penthtemon and Chelone From the former, the genus
differs in having the fifth sterile stamen reduced to a
mere gland
The collmsias are free-flowering and of the easiest
culture They may be sown outdoors in the fall in vsel-
drained soil, and will bloom earlier than if sown m
spring Their flowers borne in
midsummer range in color
from white through lilac and
2 rose to violet, with clear, bright
* blue albo, at least on one lip of
the flower There is no yellow.
A. FL-stalks very short, giving
the clusters a dense ap-
pear <u ice
B. Corolla Wrongly declined;
throat at, ivtdc as long
tricolor, Benth Fig 1032.
Height 1-2 ft hairy, glabrous,
or bticky.bts weak and bend-
ing Ivs more or less toothed,
and oblong or lanceolate, ses-
sile, finely toothed, opposite or
in 3s. fls t>pically purple and
white, with 5 or 6 well-marked
color varieties. Var alba, Hoit
(Fig. 1033), has pure \\hite
fls., or the lower lip greenish
or yellowish. Var multicolor,
Voss (C multicolor, Lmdl &
Paxt ), has variegated fls , the
same fl being white, lilac, rose
or violet on either lip or both
Var. multicolor mannorata,
has the lower Up white, suf-
fused lilac, and upper lip light
lilac, spotted and striped car-
mine Calif , below 2,000 ft
BM.34S8 PM 3 195. BR
1734 —This is the most widely
distributed and variable spe-
cies, and the one on which the genus was founded.
Calif , mostly in moist ground
BB. Corolla less strongly declined, throat much longer
than broad
bartsiflef&lia, Benth. Height \Y2 ft , the st. usually
stiff and simple : sticky and somewhat glandular, rarely
hairy Ivs from ovate-oblong to linear- fl -whorls 2-5,
purplish or whitish seeds not wrinkled. Calif.
AA. Fl.-slalks
m long or more, giving the clusters
a looser look.
1032. Collmsia bicolor.
1033. Collmsia bicolor
var. alba ( X *A)
verna, Nutt Height about 6 in Ivs ovate or oblong
or the lowest rounded and slender-stalked, and the up-
per ovate-lanceolate and partly
clasping, whorls about b'-fld ; fl -
stalks longer than the fls ; throat
of the corolla as long as the calyx-
lobes, lower lip bright blue, upper
lip white or purplish seeds thick,
not flattened, oblojig, arched.
Moist woods, W. N Y and Pa.
to Wis and Ky. B M 4927.
grandiflftra, Douglas Height
4-12 in • Ivs thickish, the lowest
roundish and stalked: whorls 3-
9-fld , fl -stalks about as long as
the fls ; lower lip deep blue or
violet; upper lip white or purple;
throat of the corolla sac-like, as
broad as long, or as long as the
upper lip' seeds roundish, smooth.
Shady hills of Calif BR 1107.
WILUELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR f
COLLINSONIA (after Peter
Collmson, English botanist, cor-
respondent of Linnaaus and John Bartram) Labiatx.
HoRbE-BALM HORSE- WTEED. STONE-ROOT. Native
peiennial herbs
Plants of small importance horticulturally, with large,
odorous, ovate, serrate, mostly long-stalked Ivs , thick
roots, and simple or pamcled, naked, terminal racemes
of yellow or whitish fls — Three species in E N Amer ,
one of which is sometimes offered by dealers in native
plants, but is, not especially ornamental They are of
simple cult
canadensis, Linn CITRONELLA Height 2-4 ft Ivs.
4-9 in long, broadly ovate to oblong racemes pamcled;
calyx in fl 1 line, in fr 4 or 5 lines long, corolla light
yellow, lemon-scented, } mi long Rich woods, Can-
ada to Wis , Kans , and south to Fla L tf B
COLLOMIA (Greek for glue, alluding to the muci-
laginous character of the wetted seeds) Polemoniacex.
In \sa Gray's late treatment, Collomia is included with
Giha, although at first kept distinct by him (Proc.
Amer Acod Arts & Sc-i XV11, 223), and this dis-
position is followed here, particularly since none of
the species seems to be known in the trade as Collomia.
Engler & Prantl keep the genus distinct, however,
asciibmg to it eighteen species from western North
America and Chile Such as are cultivated will be
found in this Cyclopedia under Cilia. The Collomias
are annual, biennial and perennial.
COLOCASIA (old Greek substantive name) Aracex.
Perennial herbs with cordate-peltate leaves, which are
often handsomely colored in cultivation, grown under
glass, and one of the forms much used for planting out
when large-leaved tropical effects are desired; also
grown for the edible tubers.
Plants tuberous or with an erect caudex: If -blades
peltate, ovate or sagittate-cordate, basal lobes rounded:
blade of spathe 2-5 times longer than tube; spadix
shorter than spathe, terminating in a club-shaped or
subulate appendage destitute of stamens Differs from
Alocasia and Caladium m floral characters — Species 5.
Tropics.
Colocasia includes the plants known as Caladium
esculentum, which are much grown for subtropical bed-
ding. C, odorata (which is an Alocasia) has very large,
830
COLOCASIA
COLOR
thick stems, which may be wintered over safely with-
out leaves, or at most with one or two, the stems, to
save space, being placed close together in boxes C.
esculenta rests during the winter and is kept under a
greenhouse bench or anywhere out of the reach of
frost or damp
All of the tafi-
growing colo-
casias are of
the easiest cul- , in a m t
ture As they i j!J"! ,j "
are very rank- i : [ ; J t JJ
growing plants * * ! ! '
they are not
much grown in
greenhouses,
but are chiefly
planted out-of-
doors for sum-
mer display.
They do best
in damp rich
soil. The
dwarf species
and forms are
suited for pot
growth, but
little is seen of
them except in
public gardens
1034. Colocasia antiquorum var. esculenta.
(Caladium esculentum).
Consult Caladium for further treatment (G W Oliver.)
Colocasias furnish the much-cultivated taro of the
Pacific tropics, this edible product being the large
starchy roots. From it is made the poi of Hawaii In
Japan and other countries the tubers of colocasias are
much cultivated, and are handled and eaten much as
we use potatoes (see Georgeson, A G 13 81) The
young leaves of some kinds are boiled and eaten The
dasheen is of the same group It has been recently
introduced from tropical America, and is receiving
conhideiable attention for cultivation in the South
The tubers may also be forced for the tender .shoots
Cf Bull. 104 Bur. Plant Ind U S Dcpt Agnc
(1910), and subsequent publications of Off. Foieign
Seed and PI Intro
antiqudrum, Schott Lvs. peltate-ovate, basal lobes
half as long as the apical one, connate two-thirds to
three-fourths their length, separated by a broad, trian-
gular, obtusish sinus India B M. 7364.
Var euchldra, Schott (C euchlora} C Koch).
Petioles violet, blade black-green, with violet margins.
Var FontanSsii, Schott (Alocasia violacea, Hort.
Caladium violaceum, Hort C. dlbo-vwlaceum, Hort ?).
Petioles violet, blade dull green, with violet margins
B M 7732 — Multiplies rapidly by whip-like runners
and grows well in shallow water
Var. illfistris, Engler (C. illustns, Hort). BLACK
CALADIUM Petiole*, violet, blade more oblong-ovate,
with black-green spots between the primary veins.
F.M , 1874 107 —Very beautiful in masses, but fls
have offensive odor
Var. esculenta, Schott (Caladium escuUntum, Vent.
Colocasia cscultnta, Schott). ELEPHANT'S EAR. Fig.
J034 Spadix with an appendage half as long as the
stammate infl. : Ivs. bright green, often 3 ft. or more
long, nearly as wide. Hawaii and Fiji G. 2:62, 571;
7:44
affmis, Schott. Blade thin, membranaceous,
rounded-ovate or ovate, the apical lobe scarcely a
fourth or a third longer than wide; basal lobes connate
nearly their entire length, bright green above, glaucous
beneath; blade only 4-6 in long Himalaya — Not
hardy in Cent. Fla.
Var. Jenningsii, Engler (Alocasia Jeimingsii,
Veitch). Petiole purplish, with transverse purple lines;
blade cordate, emargmate, with large, oblong or trian-
gular black-green or black-violet spots between the
primary lateral veins. I H. 16:585. FS. 17.1818-19.
— Not hardy in Cent Fla.
neo-gumeensis, Andre* Remarkable for its tufted
habit, the shortness of the If -stalks, its short-stalked
mil , and the beautiful green tone of its smooth and
shiny Ivs , spotted with creamy white. New Guinea
I II 27 380
M&rchallu, Engler (Alocd.na Mdrchalhi, Hort. A
hybruta, Bull). Hybrid, probably of C. ajffims and C.
antiquorum. Larger in all parts than C. affinis, the
petioles pale green, very slightly emargmate, with
large, confluent spots
C batavifnsis^ \locasia batavicn8is(?) — C Caroca&Ana, Engler
— Xanthosorua — (' jaednita, Hort — (') — C. Mafaffa, Hort =»
Xanthosoma — C murain&ta, Hort =Caladmm bicolor — C monor-
rhisa, Hort =(') — C' <><Wr<7 Rrongn = \looasiu ocjora, Koch. Tree-
hkp, the st or caud<>\ 3-0 ft and (5 in duim Ivs green, cordate,
stalked, bearing peduncles in pairs in their axils E Asia B M
3935 — C odor Ma, Hort = Alocasia macrorrhiza
GEORGE V. NASH f
COLOCYNTH: Citrullus
COLOR IN FLOWERS. The range of simple color
among flowers is not very extensive There aic singu-
lar and almost unaccountable inteivals in that range
where color is conspicuously absent in cveiy genus
Indeed, there is no such thing as a pure green flo\\er,
nor a pure blue one, neither is there any flower to
match the remaik«Me blue-gteeri or green-blue so
familiar in tho plumage of mtam birds, this h;is no
existence at all in the vegetable world The lange of
color, therefore, among floueis is stnctly cncuinseiibed
A simple color is a hue not complicated withain other
tint or shade or hue Roughly described, the hues com-
prise yellow, gold-yellow, orange, scarlet, red, crim-
son, magenta, purple, violet, and ultramarine, these
together with blue, peacock-blue, green, and yellow-
green (hues which do not appeal m the floral world)
compose a circle of color irom \shich all tints and
shade* are derived Fig 103,") In other \\ords, the
admixture of white with a hue produces a tint, and
the admixture of black, a shade Fig 1036 A
reduction of the lange of hu» -> given above to its sim-
plest terms would comprise only \ello\\, oiange, ie<i,
purple, blue, and green, ^ix pinnarv colors Fig 1037
Although pioneer investigators of the nature of color
1035. The intermediate hues.
resolved these six hues into three — yellow, red, and
blue, — the restriction was made at the cost of absolute
purity in the other three hues which they chose to
name secondary colors There is no possible way of
producing absolutely pure orange, violet, or green, by
a combination of pigments
COLOR
The generic character of flower-colors is com-
prehended in the hues just named, although such
names are of little consequence so long as identifica-
tion is without question Unfortunately scientists and
artists have not yot established a standard nomen-
clature of color, and as a consequence the name of a
WITH BLACK WITH WHITE CLEAR COLOR Particular hue 18
largely determined
by a consensus of
public opinion,
which, very natu-
rally, is not always
correct.
Classification of colors.
It is essential,
therefore, to accept
both popular and
scientific estimates of
color if the subject
is to be considered m
its relation to flow-
ers The scientific
determination of
simple colors is ex-
pressed by certain
arbitrary numbered
lines in the spec-
trum Thus, yellow
is at line 580, gold-
yellow at 605, orange
at 030, scarlet at 655,
rod at 680, green at
530, peacock-blue at
COLOR
831
OLD COLD
SULPHUR
YELLOW
OCHRE
STRAWY.
COLD Y.
BURNT
ORANGE
SALMON
ORANGE.
TERRA
COTTA
5HR1MPB
SCARLET
CARDINAL
PINK
RED
MAROON
C PINK
CRIMSON
PLUM
P.LI LAC
MAGENTA
DARK
B PLf M
LI'LAC
PIWLE
LOGWOOD
VIOLET
B.LI LAC
VIOLET
INDIGO
V. BLUE.
ULTRAM'*
1036. Color phases in flowers.
505, violet at 430, ultramarine at 455, and blue at
480 These numbers indicate the wave-lengths of the
respective hues, with the micron (one-millionth part
of an inch) as the unit This identification of color,
however satisfactory from a scientific point of view, is
both intangible and impracticable in every other
respect The flower- petal or the artist's pigment
matched with the spectrum is the only proper medium
through which to convey an adequate knowledge of a
given hue to the layman, and it must be remembered
that everyone is hypothetic-ally the layman who is not
directly associated" with the particular science or art
under consideration The colors of certain flower-
petals as matched with the spectium lines are as follows
Yellow (580) — (Enothera Inirtrns, Brat>mca nigra.
Ranunculus acns, Hthanthus decapetalus, a single
dandelion ray
Cold-yellow (590). — Rudbeckia hirta, golden calen-
dula
Cold-yellow (585) — Kerna japomca
Cold-orange (600) —Golden ehchscholtzia.
Gold-orange (615) — Crocus susianus
Orange (635) — Tropzolum rnajus (deepest orange
hue), the common type.
Scarlet (645) — Mine. Crozy canna, scarlet geranium
and tropseolum, berry of Cornus canadensis
Red (680) — Red azalea, red carnation, tube of
Rhododendron nudijlorum
Red (690) —Red gladiolus.
Crimson — Crimson peony, American Beauty rose
(dilute).
Magenta — Magenta cineraria, Polygala sanguinea.
Purple — Purple cineraria, Mimulus nngens.
Violet (425) — Viola cuculata and Campanula rolun-
difoha (light)
Violet (430).— Verbena ennoides.
Ultramarine violet (440) — Ccntaurea Cyanus, the
bluest phase (light).
Ultramarine blue (455). — Satta sibirica (light)
Ultramarine blue (435). — Genliana Andrewsii,
(bluest tip of petal).
Blue (475). — Myosotis palustns, bluest phase (pale).
Such a list is manifestly imperfect; to state the case
accurately, few flowers are "on the line," three of the
colors have no numbered lines, and many of the plant
species or varieties are not and can not be explicitly
cited For example, the red carnation must be a red and
not a scarlet-red variety, and its coloring should match
that of the Rhododendron nudiflorum tube; the same
rule applies to the red gladiolus. It is equally the case
that many flowers show only a modification or a dilution
of the hue they are chosen to represent; the blue of the
forget-me-not at best is extremely dilute.
A list of artists' pigments is more to the point. It has
the great advantage of nomenclatonal fixity and it
does not include hues subject to change. The repre-
sentative colors are
Lemon, zinc, ultramarine, pale cadmium, and light
malori yellows
Medium cadmium and malori gold-yellows.
Cadmium orange and deep malori orange-yellow.
Orange mineral.
Scarlet-vermilion.
Carmine or alizarin lake (no single pigment is exactly
normal red), these incline to scarlet.
Crimson lake
Magenta, a mixture of crimson and mauve lakes in
nearly equal parts
Mauve lake* a true purple.
Violet ultramarine
Gunnel's French ultramarine.
Cobalt blue
Emerald -green.
The color harmonies.
If the simple colors, yellow, orange, red; purple,
blue, and green, are arranged m a circle (Fig. 1037),
those lying opposite each other harmonize by reason
of absolute contrast Blue and orange, for example,
are complementary colors and theoretically they bal-
ance each other It by no means follows, however, that
a mass of orange nasturtiums and blue forget-me-nots
must therefore look weU together; the very massing
of such hues would make that impossible in spite of the
fact that the misty grayish character of a clump of
blue forget-me-nots is the reverse of aggressive. But
the orange of the nasturtium is obtrusive to the last
degree, and its environment should be as colorless as
possible — even to the point of dull gray or white
If these six simple colors in the circle are again
separated by intermediate hues (Fig 1035), so about
three of the latter lie between the six original colors, the
result will be a circle of twenty-four divisions, having
the effect of a rainbow This will perfectly illustrate
the principle of color harmony and color discord.
Besides the opposing colors which harmonize by con-
trast, there are neighboring colors which harmonize
by analogy.
For example, any four or f ve colors lying side by
side in the circle are bound together harmoniously by
reason of their near relationship. Therefore, all these
four or five colors may
be combined — and na-
ture does combine
them — with esthetic
results But skip over
four of the colors and
attempt a combination
of the first and sixth,
and the result will
prove to be a discord,
the bond of relation-
ship is broken, and the
eye is disturbed by the
aggressiveness of two
colors between which
there is evidently no
bond of sympathy. It 1037. Harmony by contrail.
832
COLOR
COLOR
would be safe to say, therefore, that the circle demon-
strates the fact that its colors situated at right angles
with each other are discordant, and those lying nearly
parallel with each other are harmonious
This is the theoretical side of color harmony. The
practical side is scarcely different, it simply modifies the
theory. Brilliant blue and orange, which are theoreti-
cally harmonious, are scarcely as agreeable in each
other's company as the rule would imply. The trouble,
however, lies with the brilliancy The golden calendula
and the deep purple aster m association are violent and
aggressive. Remove the one and the other and substi-
tute pale-tinted flowers of these hues and the result
will be harmonious
Flower families arc very likely to sustain harmonies
of analogy. Hyacinths, sweet peas, and nasturtiums
y
b
1038 The circle of 360° in colors.
represent groups with very nearly related hues or tints
There is a predominating influence of crimson-pink
among sweet peas, of lilac among hyacinths, and of
orange among nasturtiums, yet the influence at times
(in a particular variety) is wholly wanting and is
replaced by an analogous tint or hue It would be a
rather nice bit of color adjustment which would result
in a harmony superior to that of a careless grouping
together of flowers gathered at random from any one
of these three genera.
But the theory that analogous colors harmonize is
correct only when not carried to excess Attempts to
force deep-hued flowers into harmony often load to
contrary results A range of color from crimson to
ultramarine depends for its harmony upon the careful
grading of intermediate hues Such colors, in full force,
might do violence to each other. It is tempting the
hardness of a diamond to pound it with a hammer. It
is taxing crimson too heavily to expect it to show its
beauty in the presence of strong violet! The effort
should rather be to merge the individualities of the
crimson and the purple flowers into a group and effect
a play of color between the two
The theory that colors at right angles on the wheel
are discordant is also subject to some modification.
Relatively the right-angled colors must be crude and
strong to affect tne eye objectionably Yellow and red
in the rose is an agreeable color-combination Yellow
and red dahlias crowded together are certainly harsh
and unneighborly.
A country bouquet of asters, marigolds, fuchsias and
dahlias is bad, because the country garden is not a part
of it. Atmosphere, space, and a stretch of green foliage
make a world of difference.
It is wisest to try the effect of one color*\ipon another
before allowing two or three strong hues to wage war
with each other. It will be found quickly that white is a
peacemaker, and green is an invaluable mediator With
these colors at command, the chances of discord are
reduced to a minimum. Everything also depends upon
simplicity in color-combinations It is questionable
whether a combination of more than two colors can
be ever esthetically a success. The adjustment of
many colors needs the hand of an expert.
The restriction of color in flowers.
The very strict limitation of range in flower-colors
demands careful study if it would be thoroughly under-
stood Augustm Pyramus de Candolle divided flower-
colors into two classes, which he named xanthic (red,
scarlet, orange, gold-orange, yellow, and green-yellow),
and cyanic (green-blue, blue, ultramarine-violet, violet,
purple, and red) Further, he explained, flowers of the
ellow (xanthic) series could pass into red or white
ut never into blue, and those of the blue (cyanic)
series could pass into red or white but never into yellow.
The theory is correct but it requires both modification
and revision Gold-orange must evidently displace
yellow, and ultramarine-violet displace blue as scries
names; furthermore, the passage into red should not
exceed scarlet-red in the xanthic series, or crims>on-red
in the cyanic series. Pure red logically should be the
zero point between the two divisions, and not be
included in either unless connected by analogous hues.
Gold-orange and ultramarine- violet are respectively
the type-colors of the twosenes because each occupies
a median position with equal influence on either hand.
Red, occupying the median position between the two
series, should and does exercise an equal influence on
both, a casual glance at the chromatic scale demon-
strates the fact Neither the xanthic nor the cyanic
series can exclusively claim the respective yellow and
blue in absolute purity, for the cogent reason that
among flowers yellow is associated with both these
divisions, and a true blue scarcely appears at all.
Further, if pure red is the zero point between the two
series, then the consistent red of the xanthic order is
scarlet-red, and that of the eyumc order is crimson-
red; a pure red or pure yellow flower, therefore, con-
sistently belongs to either order according to its xanthic
or cyanic congeners.
The best proofs of the above statements are to be
found among the flowers themselves Asters belong to
the cyanic group, but there is no blue aster Tropi#o-
lum» belong to the xanthic group, but there is no pure
yellow nasturtium, there are, however, ultramarine-
violet asters and gold-yellow nasturtiums There is a
pure yellow, a golden orange, but no white mangold
(Tagetes); the species is xanthic The family Cru-
ciferje is cyanic; it includes pure jellow, deeper >eilow,
and magenta flowers The genus Hyacmthus is cyanic;
it includes no blue flower, but many which are purple,
violet, cyanic red. and modified yellow Viola tricolor
is cyanic, it includes a strong yellow along with intense
purple and violet-ultramarine flowers. The genus
Zinnia is xanthic, it includes no true yellow flower but
many which range through all reds into cyanic crimson.
The genus Rosa is cyanic, its flowers range from pure
red to magenta-crimson, develop a strong, modified
yellow, fuse yellow with crimson, but never approach
the xanthic gold-orange. The genus Chrysanthemum is
xanthic; its flowers include all yellows, skip pure orange
and scarlet, and range from scarlet-red to cyanic red-
crimson.
Species belonging to the cyanic group invariably pro-
duce white flowers which have an albino origin. Spe-
cies of the xanthic order produce white flowers which
are not albinos but which invariably displace flowers of
some strong, pure xanthic hue. For example, geraniums
are white, red, scarlet, and pink, but never gold-orange
or golden yellow Carnations are white, red, and car-
dinal-red, but never scarlet, or orange. Chrysanthe-
ZZIX. Cranberry-picking in a New Jersey bog*
COLOR
COLUMNEA
833
mums are yellow, white, and pink, but never orange or
scarlet. Dahlias are scarlet, red, crimson-red, and even
pure yellow, but never pure gold-orange, or orange
It is perfectly evident from the foregoing examples
that the range in a given genus, or species, is limited to
what may be termed the swing of a pendulum upon
the chromatic scale (Fig. 1038). The swing may extend
over a quarter of the dial, rarely it docs more If it
happens that two colors are developed, like violet and
yellow, it will still be found that there is but one pen-
dulum-swing and not two Violet will be associated
with contiguous hues, but yellow will be developed
quite alone.
This, it is reasonable to believe, is direct evidence of
a dual or treble origin of color in a flower group Yel-
low cannot be evolved from violet, or vice versa.
Necessarily, if white appears in a xanthic group, it
must have evolved alone and independent of any color-
range m that group Undoubtedly the range of con-
tiguous colors itself has evolved from a median hue
which has spread out, fanhke, in graded variations
within strict limits Naturally, such statements con-
flict with the old theory that all flowers were originally
yellow, but they are not inimical to the idea that the
earlier ones might have been yellow, and later ones
magenta, violent ultramarine, scarlet, and gold-orange.
It is important to keep in mind the fact that a steam-
boat is not evolved from a locomotive
It is further evident that yellow belongs quite as
little to the xanthic as it does to the cyanic series, or,
to put it more strongly, it belongs to neither Its
origin, independent of any "range," was undoubtedly
the elimination of blue from chlorophyll Hence, it is
not surprising to find it in some modified form associa-
ted with both series, and in the cyanic series isolated.
The flora of the northeastern United States is essen-
tially cyanic Twenty-one per cent is yellow, 21 per
cent magenta and 22 per cent white, the remainder is
8 per cent xanthic and 28 per cent cyanic — the last
mostly pink and light violet The record is significant
and points directly either to an arrested color develop-
ment, or to a depauperate color condition in an inclem-
ent region, the former seems the more likely. An aggre-
gation of evamc-flowered plants are found in the north
temperate zone, and of xanthic-flowered plants in the
torrid zone
Color activity.
Color results from a play of light upon a surface
which rejects or absorbs certain rays It is a significant
fact that the red end of the spectrum comprehends
those hues which are produced by the caloric rays of
the sun, and the violet end those hues which are pro-
duced by the actinic rays It is not surprising there-
fore that the coloring of vegetation is intense, and
that xanthic flowers predominate under the equator A
separation of cvanic and xanthic flowers follows almost
identically the thermal lines which band the great con-
tinents of the northern hemisphere, cyanic color pre-
vailing north, and xanthic color south of the line
marking 80° F. In a word, xanthic flowers belong to a
very warm, and cyanic flowers to a temperate or cold
climate That they should become mixed in a narrow
•zone between the extremes is only natural; the rule,
-hereforc, is in no way compromised thereby. That
yellow, too, should appear in both cyanic and xanthic
groups is not at all surprising In the spectrum it
holds a median position between the red and the violet
ends; it is neither a hot nor a cold color, and has con-
sequently evolved from its primitive condition as a
constituent of the green in chlorophyll under any and
all temperatures That is the only way to account for
its isolation when connected with cyanic groups.
It would appear, then, that magenta, violet, and
ultramarines, together with gold-orange, orange, and
red, are primitive colors quite as well as yellow and
white • In what order they appeared upon the earth in
the petals of flowers, it would be difficult to determine,
but it is reasonable to think they appeared as original
colors, in weak, perhaps, but absolute purity. Other-
wise, the remarkable limitation of color-range must be
accounted for by a less logical theory. Upset this
limitation, and attempts to produce a blue rose, yellow
aster, white nasturtium, or green carnation, should
prove successful Recognize the limitation, and the
futility of such attempts becomes at once apparent, and
the possibility of improving existing "strains" of color
is illimitable. At some time or other m the distant past
the law of limitations fixed the range of flower-colors;
no new law of elasticity has since developed to remove
the boundaries and thus aid the floriculturist m his
ambition to produce what would prove to be a mere
novelty See Standard^ of Color.
F SoniYLER MATHEWS.
COLTSFOOT Tuwlago Farfara. Sweet coltsfoot is Petamtes,
formerly culled Nardosrna.
COLUMBINE Aquilcgia.
COLQUHOUNIA (after Sir Robert Colquhoun).
Lainatx Tender plants with dense whorls of gaping
fls an inch long or more, colored scarlet and yellow
Erect or twining shrubs, woolly in all parts when
young Ivs. large, crenate whorls few-fld , axillary or
crowded into a terminal spike or raceme, corolla-tube
incurved, the throat inflated. — Two Ahian species
Prop, by cuttings of growing tips, in sandy soil,
under glass in summer.
coccfnea, Wall Tall climber, w;th very long branches,
8-10 ft • Ivs stalked, ovate-acuminate, 3-5 in long,
crenate, dark green above, roughish, typically with
scarcely any woollmet* except when yovmg. corolla
twice as long as the calyx B M 4514 — C tomentosa,
Houll., is probably identical The dense woollmess is
perhaps temporary 11 If 1873 130 shows a handsome
terminal spike m addition to axillary clusters, contain-
ing about 20 fls — Apparently not advertised, but
probably as worthy as the next
vestita, Wall. Very sinilar to C coccinea, except that
it is a low-growing, erect plant, and more densely and
permanently woolly on
the st , cal>x and under
side of Ivs , which are
elliptic or elliptic-ovate
and cordate — Cult out-
doors at Santa Barbara,
Calif , where it may be
used for the wild garden
as it is perfectly hardy
Not of much horticul-
tural value
N. TAYLOR t
COLtJMNEA (after
Columna or Colonna,
Italian writer on plants,
sixteenth century) Ges-
n?race£ Tropical Ameri-
can shrubs and climbers,
sometimes grown under
glass m choice collec-
tions
Flowers widely gap-
ing, showy, often 2 in.
long: Ivs. opposite,
nearly equal or widely
unlike: fls. solitary or
numerous, axillary,
stalked or not, without
bracts or with bracts in
an involucre; corollas
scarlet, carmine or yel-
lowish — A group of 100
834
COLUMNEA
COMANDRA
ries of which half a dozen mostly red- or orange-
are cult, abroad and may be known to a few
fanciers at home, but are not advertised by the
oValers. They are warmhouse evergreens requiring the
treatment of Trichosporum (JSschynanthus).
Schiedeana, Schlecht. The best known species. It has
handsome scarlet fls. 2 in. long, sometimes varie-
gated with yellow. It is an herbace-
ous climber from Mex. B.M. 4045.
P.M 9:31.
gloridsa, Sprague. Fig. 1039. An
epiphytic perennial herb: Ivs. ovate
or ovate-oblong: fls. axillary, solitary,
scarlet and yellow. Costa Rica. B.
M. 8378.
C gldbra, Oerst, var. mAjor Fls. scarlet;
stamens white Costa Kica — C magnified,
Klotzsch <fe Hanst Corolla bright scarlet;
tube inflated about the middle Costa Rica
G C III. 43 66 — C OerstediAna, Klotzsch
Epiphytic undershrub or herb fls. scarlet.
Costa W B.M 8344. N TAYLOB.f
COLtPTEA (Koloutea, ancient Greek
name). Leguminbsx, BLADDER
SENNA. Shrubs grown chiefly for
their attractive yellow or brownish
red flowers and the ornamental
bladder-like pods
Deciduous, with alternate, odd-
pinnate Ivs : Ifts. many, rather small,
stipules small: fls. papilionaceous, in
axillary, few-fld , long-peduncled ra-
cemes, yellow to brownish red; calyx
campanulate, 5-toothed; standard
suborbicular with 2 swellings above
the claw; 9 stamens connate, 1 free
pod inflated, bladder -like, many-
seeded — About 15 species in the
Medit region to Abyssinia and Hima-
layas Ornamental free - flowering
plants of rapid growth, *»th pale
green or glaucous foliage and yellow
or brownish red fls. during summer,
followed by large, usually reddish-
colored and decorative pods They
grow in almost any soil, but prefer
a tolerably dry and sunny position;
not quite hardy N , the hardiest being
C arborescens — Prop by seeds sown
in spring or by cuttings of mature
wood inserted in fall in sandy soil;
rarer species and varieties are some-
times grafted on C. arborescens in
spring under glass.
A. Fls yellow pod closed at the apex
arborescens, Linn. Fig. 1040. Shrub, to 15 ft : Ifts.
9-13, elliptic, dull green, mucronulate, usually slightly
pubescent beneath, ^-1 in. long: fls. 3-8, about %m.
long; wings nearly as long as the keel, flat. June-
Sept S. Eu., N. Afr., N. B.M 81— Lvs. have
cathartic properties. Var. crispa, Kirchn. Dwarf,
with crisped Ivs. Var. bullata, Rehd. (C. bullata, Hort.).
Dwarf and compact: Ifts. 5-7, obovate or nearly orbicu-
lar and somewhat bullate.
cilfcica, Boiss. (C long/ialata, Koehne. C. melano-
calyx, Hort., not Boiss ). Shrub: Ifts. bluish green,
usually 11, oval or broadly ovate, rounded or truncate
and mucronulate at the apex, H~/^m- long: fls. bright
yellow, 3-6, about %in. long; wings longer than the
keel. June-Aug. Asia Minor. G.C. III. 16:155.
AA. Fls. orange-yellow or brownish red, wings shorter
than the keel.
mfcdia, Willd. Shrub, to 10 ft : Ifts. 7-13, obovate,
grayish green or glaucous, K-%m. long, nearly gla-
brous: fls. 3-6, orange or reddish yellow, the standard
with brownish markings pod closed at the apex. June-
Sept. — Probably hybrid of garden origin between C.
arborescens and the following, often cult, under the
names of the following species.
orientalis, Mill. (C cruenta, Ait). Shrub, to 6 ft.:
Ifts 7-11, obovate, glaucous, thickish, H~Hin long,
nearly glabrous fls 3-5, reddish yel-
low or brownish red pod open at the
apex June-Sept S K. Eu , Orient —
Often cult under the name of C. hale-
pica or C ii>tna
C brenalAta, Lange Shrub, to 4 ft Ifts.
usually 11, oval, M-?4»n long fls 2-6, yellow,
wings much shorter thun keel S France — C
grdcilis, Frejn & SmteniB I fts> usually 11,
obovate, ^i-'sin long fls 2-5, yellow, with
the Avings almost as long as the keel '1 urk-
estan —C istna, Mill (C halepioa, I,am C
Poeookn Ait ) To 4 ft Ifts glaucous, -mall
and numerous fis yellow,
nearly 1 in long, wing longer
than the keel — C nepalfnsis,
Hook Similar to C arbor
esoena racemes drooping B M
2022. B R 1727 Tender.
ALFRED REHDER
COLVfLLEA (after Sir
Chailes Colville, govemor
of Mauritius*). Legunn-
nbsx Show y - flo\\ ered
tropical tree, a worthy
rivtd of the rojal poin-
ciana, which is closely
allied, but easily distin-
guished, especially by its
round and full, not flat,
legume
Colvillea luifa drooping
racemes, 1 J j ft. long,
densely crowded with per-
haps 200 fls of curious
shape and of a splendid scarlet, the fls
open at the st. end of the pendent
dense raceme, and displa> masses of long
showy yellow stamens, the unopened fls
are about the size and shape of a filbert,
and these are gradually smaller towards
the end of the raceme — Only 1 species,
characterized b> its large, oblique, colored
calyx, having 4 segms , the standard be-
ing the smallest instead of the largest put, \\mgs very
long, narrow, erect, obovate pod 2-vah ed - Supposed
to be a native of E Afr , but discovered in 1824 by
Bojer on the west coast of Madagascar, where a single
tree was cult, by the natives It flowered there in
April or May. Its cult is similar to that of cesalpmia.
Prop, in the S only by seeds Not common in cult,
outside of botanic gardens and fanciers' collections
racemdsa, Bojer Tree, 40-50 ft high, with the
general aspect of Poinciana n-gia but with a thicker
trunk and ampler foliage, branches very long and
spreading' Ivs. about 3 ft long, alternate, remote,
twice pinnate, with 20-30 pairs of pinna; which are
opposite, 4 in. long, and have 20-28 pairs of Ifts , each
J^m. long: keel very small, almost covered by the
wings; free stamens 10, 3 inserted below the standard,
2 under the wings, 1 under the keel, and 4 under the
ovary. B.M. 332.5-6. WILHBLM MILLER.
COMANDRA (name alludes to the hairs in the fl ).
Santal&cex. Perhaps a half-dozen leafy herbs or sub-
shrubs, one in Eu.. and the others in N. Arner , more
or less parasitically attached to the roots of other
plants, one or two of which may be of interest to
horticulturists Lvs. alternate, almost sessile1 fls
whitish or greenish, small, perfect, in terminal cymes or
umbellate panicles; calyx 4-5-cleft, lined or constricted
COMANDRA
COMMELINA
835
1041 Comandra umbellata.
above the ovary, and the tube sometimes conspicu-
ously continued to a neck or top on the fr ; petals want-
ing; stamens of same number as calyx-lobes, the anthers
connected by hairs to the calyx-lobes, fr nut-like or
drupe-like. C. umbellata, Nutt. (Fi£ 1041), 6-18 in.
high, in dry mostly
open ground in the
eastern states, is
an attractive plant
when allowed to
spread naturally in
f patches in waste
places rootstock
not showing above
ground (C Richard-
siana, Fern , has
a superficial root-
stock ).lvs thin, ob-
long, pale beneath:
fls. whitish
L H. B.
COMARfiLLA: Po-
tenhtta
COMAROSTAPHY-
LIS \rctostaphylos
COMARUM (an
old Greek name).
ffosfice<f One spe-
eios allied to Poten-
tilla, and often re-
ferred to that genus
but differing in the
lateral style un-
known inPotentilla.
C. palustre, Linn
(Potentilla palui>tns,
Scop ) , the marsh cmqucf oil, is a decumbent herb growing
m swales in the northern states (also in the Old \Vorld).
with pinnate-, 5-7-foholate Ivs (Ifts dentate), ana
solitary or cymose purple fls }, i\\\ across petals shorter
than the calyx-lobes, acute, stamens numerous An
odd and interesting but not showy plant, sometimes
planted in bogh Mn 3 '97 — Ihe fr somewhat
resembles a straw berr>, but is spongy instead of juicy .
In borne parts of Scotland, it is said to be called cow-
berry and i.s rubbed on the inside of milk-pails to thicken
the milk C. Salesdvii, Bunge (Potent! Ua Sale*,ovuma
Steph ), of the Himalayan ngion
and Thibet, 11,000-14,01)0 ft alti-
tude, is a suffrutieose bilky-hairv
lant worthy of cult , but little
nown in gardens: Ivs. pinnate;
Ifts. 7-9, oblong, obtuse, crenate-
serrato' fls white, in an ample
paniculate cyme Probably better
placed in Potcntilla. B.M. 7258.
N. TAYLOB.f
COMBRETUM (old Latin name). Com-
bretacese Tropical shrubs and trees, many
of which are climbers by means of the
persistent loaf-stalks
Leaves mostly opposite, in some species
verticillate in 3's or 4's, entire fls in
spikes or racemes, polygamous; calyx bell-
shaped; petals usually 4, stamens usually
8 fr winged and mdehisoent, 1 -Heeded.
— A genus of 250 species from Asia, Afr.
and Amer , particularly S Afr. The
combrotums are warmhouse plants, little
known in this country Prop by cuttings
of firm wood One climbing species is
m the American trade C. coccineum,
Lam (C purpiireum, Vahl. Polvrea
coccinea, DC.), from Madagascar. Lva
p
k
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, evergreen . fls. small, bril-
liant red, the long-exserted stamens forming the chief
feature of beauty; the handsome loose spikes often m
panicles; parts of the fl. in 10's. B.M. 2102 L B.C.
6 563 — Handsome. C. butryosum yields a butter-like
substance, used by the Kafirs as food. C, sundaicum
in recent years has attained some prominence as B
reputed anti-opium remedy. N. TAYLOR.!
COMFREY: Symphytum
COMMELlNA (bears the name of early Dutch
botanists) Also written Commelyna. Commehnaceae.
DAY-FLOWER. Perennial or annual herbs, of which a
very few are cultivated in the open or under glass for
their interesting flowers
Upright, spreading or procumbent, usually more or
less succulent, often rooting at the joints. Ivs alternate,
sessile or short-petioled, clasping me st , a If subtend-
ing the sessile n -cluster and forming a clasping fold on
epathe: fls. opening for a day, mo-tiy blue (varying to
white and rose), irregular; outer perianth parts (calyx)
3, colored, 2 of thorn somewhat united, inner parts
(petals) 3, one of them small and 2 broad and with
long claws, stamens ubiiallv 6, but only 3 of them fer-
tile, filaments not hairy fr. a 2-3-cclled caps on a
recurved pedicel — Nearly or quite 100 species, in
warm regions around the globe, a few of them reaching
cool-temperate climates The cult spooies are peren-
nials The hothouse species appear not to be offered
m this country or to be much cult. Allied to Trades-
cant la and Zebnna
Commohnas are mostly of easy culture, thriving
well in any light rich soil The evergreen stove and
greenhouse species are readily propagated in March 01
April by cuttings inserted m an ordinary propagating-
bed and kept close for a few days, while the tuberous-
rooted half-hardy herbaceous species may be propa-
gated either by division of the tubers or by
beeds bown in a frame early m April and
afterwards transplanting the seedhngs in
the herbaceous border. In the fall, they
should be lifted and the tubers stored away
in the same manner as dahlias Of the
tuberous-rooted species, C coeles-
hs is perhaps the best, its bright
blue flowers being very effec-
tive, especially when planted u>
masses (Edward J Canning )
A Plant hardy in the open
nudifldra, Linn (C S&lowd,
\Valp C StUounaM, Schlecht ).
Creeping, rooting at the joints,
glabrous or practically so Ivs
lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate,
acute or acuminate, the If -
sheaths often cihate* spathe-lf
acute or acuminate, broad at
ba.se, petioled fls few in each
cluster, J^in or less across, blue *
caps 3-celled and 5-seeded N
J southward and widely dis-
persed in other parts
of the world. — Some-
times offered as an
out-door plant. A rose--
colored form is re-
ported.
comm&nis, Linn. Much like
the last and often confused with
it more erect and less rooting at
joints fls larger, caps 2-celled
and 4-seeded. N. Y. southward,
and widely distributed; perhaps
an mtro. from Asia.
836
COMMELINA
CONANDRON
AA. Plant tender or only half-hardy.
tuberdsa, Linn. Diffuse and branching, from a
tuberous root: Ivs. narrow-lanceolate, 2-3 in. long:
spathe-lf. cordate-ovate to lanceolate, conduphcate,
more or less haAy; sheaths pubescent, fls. ncn blue.
Mts of Mex — The plant sold under this name is
recommended as a free-flowering border plant in Eng-
land, the tubers to be lifted in autumn and stored in
dry sand for the winter.
ccelgstis, Willd. Fig. 1042. Erect, root more or less
tuberous, 10-18 in. high, branching, with clasping,
long, broad-lanceolate pointed Ivs. and blue fls (2-10
together) on elongating axillary pubescent peduncles:
spathe-lf. ovate, folded; sheaths cihate Mts of
Mex — Runs into several forms. Var. alba, Hort .
has white fls. Var. variegata, Hort., has fls. blue and
white C. ccelestis is a half-hardy plant, m the N.
requiring protection of a greenhouse, although it may
be planted out. Prop, by seed, cuttings and tubers.
L. H. B.
COMPAR6TTIA (Andreas Comparetti, 1746-1811,
Italian botanist). Orchidacese. A small group of
graceful epiphytes.
Pseudobulbs, 1-3-lvd.: racemes simple or branched;
fls. small, lateral sepals united in a single piece, length-
ened at the base into a conspicuous horn , lateral petals
converging; labellum large, produced into a double
spur, which is hidden in the horn made by the sepals;
column free, semi-terete, erect, pollinia 2 — Four spe-
cies, Mex. to Brazil Grown on blocks or in baskets in
a light intermediate or warmhouse
coccinea, Lindl. Pseudobulbs small, bearing lanceo-
late, coriaceous Ivs , purple beneath: racemes several-
fld ; fls. 1 in across: petals and sepals light yellow, mar-
gined orange-red, labellum large, broader than long,
crimson. Brazil. BR. 24'68. 1.11.13:472.
falcata, Poep et Endl. (C. rbsea, Lindl ). Similar in
habit to C. coccinea: fls 1 m across, deep crimson;
labellum broad; racemes pendent. Peru. B.M. 4980.
A.F. 6.609. Lmd. 4.163 F.S. 2:109.
macro-electron, Reichb f. Fls 10 or more, 2 in.
across, dorsal sepal whitish, often spotted with purple;
midlobe of labellum cleft, suborbicular; magenta-rose,
dotted at the angled base; spurs conspicuous. Colom-
bia B M. 6679. Var punctatissima, Hort., has the fls.
copiously rose-spotted. C.0. 1. GEORGE V. NASH.!
COMPASS PLANT: SUphwm.
COMPOST. Mixed and rotted vegetable matter,
particularly manure and litter, used as a fertilizer and
amendment
The mixture of bulky fertilizing materials known as
compost, while of little importance to the general
farmer, plays an important part in garden practices.
Many of the garden crops must be made in a very short
time, or are of delicate feeding habits Their food,
therefore, must be easily assimilable It is good practice
to pile all coarse manures, sods, weeds, or any rubbish
available for the purpose, in big flat heaps (Fig. 1043),
to ferment and rot before being applied to the garden
soil If desired, chemical manures, especially super-
phosphate (dissolved bone or South Carolina rock)
and potash (muriate or kamit), may be added to make
the compost the richer By spading or forking the
heaps over a few times at reasonable intervals, a homo-
geneous mass is easily obtained, which can be applied
in greatest liberality without fear, or more sparingly, in
accordance with the needs of the particular crop. Of
equal, if not still greater importance, is the compost
heap which gives soil for greenhouse benches, flats,
hotbeds and coldframes. This compost is principally
made of sods shaved off a rich pasture or meadow and
piled in alternate layers with stable manure1, more of
the latter being used for forcing succulent crops, and.
less in growing plants which should be short and stocky,
hke cabbage or tomato plants. Garden litter may be
added to the pile, as leaves and trimmings All com-
post heaps, during dry weather, need frequent and
thorough moistening with water, or, better, with liquid
manure Turn several times during the year, to ensure
thorough rotting of the materials x. GKEINER.
COMPTfcRIS. The only published reference to this
generic name and species is in G C. III. 29: May 21,
1901, suppl 2, where its introduction to cultivation by
L. Linden is noted. The name Comptens may be a cor-
ruption, or the plant may have been a young form of
some known form. The description below is quoted
from The Gardeners' Chronicle
C. Brazzaiana, Hort. Intro in Eu about 1900, as a
remarkably distinct large fern with long bipmriate
fronds narrow at base and broad across the middle and
tapering to a narrow point, barren pinmo oval or
oblong and simple; fertile pmnse distinctly lobed.
R C. BENEDICT
COMPT6NIA (Henry Compton, Bishop of Lon-
don, patron of horticulture, died 1713) Myncdces1
A small native shrub, useful for covering banks and to
grow on sterile sandy and stony soil.
1043. A compost heap.
The genus is allied to Myrica, and by some not
regarded as sufficiently different in botanical characters
to justify separate generic rank branching brown-
twigged bush, dioecious or monoecious, with globular
fertile catkins, the 1-celled ovary hiirroundod by 8
linear persistent scales 01 bractlets Ivs long-oblong,
pinnatifid. fr. a bur-like axillary head of few small nuts
The only species us C. asplenif&ha, Girrtn. (C prre-
ffrlna, Coulter Myrica asplemfftlta, Linn ) SWKETFERN
In dry, sterile soil in the E. and N U S , also
in the trade It is an attractive undershrub (1-3 ft )
with fern-like, scented foliage and brownish heads of
imperfect fls : roots long and cord-like stammate cat-
kins 1 in. or less long, slender, in clusters at the ends of
the branchlets. L. jj, jj
CONANDRON (cone-xhaped anther) Gesneridceje
Almost stemless herb with radical glabrous rugose
Ivs Differs from Streptocarpus, its nearest horticul-
tural relative, in having a straight, not twisted pod.
For cult, see Streptocarpus It should be grown in
shade and is hardy only south of N. C
C. ramondioldes, Sieb. & Zucc , of Japanese moun-
tains, is the only species It is an interesting little
tuberous-rooted herb, with oblong, rugose, irregularly
toothed root-lvs. and scapes bearing 6-12 white or
purple, dodecatheon-hke fls . cymes nodding or droop-
ing pubescent; corolla 1 in. diam.: seeds very minute.
CONANDRON
CONSERVATORY
837
B M 6484. — This is one of several groups of rare and
widely scattered herbs, of which Ramondia, Haberlea,
Wulfenia, Didymocarpus, Shortia and Schizocodon are
examples. Conanclron IB adapted to growing in shady
rockeries Scapes less than 1 ft. high. Little known in
cult , but is in the trade. jij< TAYLOR j
CONE-FLOWER: RudbecHta. Purple Cone-Flower: Echinacea.
CONGEA (from an East Indian vernacular name).
Vcrbeniicese A few species of climbing shrubs in Burma
and the Malayan peninsula. Ivs opposite and entire:
fls in peduncled capitate cymes wlych are combined
in large terminal panicles, the bracts at the base of the
cyme-peduncles large and often showy; calyx funnel-
form, 5-toothed; corolla-tube slender, seldom much
exceeding the calyx, usually hairy in the throat,
2-hpped, the upper lip of 2 narrow upright lobes and
the lower of 3 shorter broader lobes, stamens 4, ex-
serted , ovary incompletely 2-celled fr a small roundish
nearly dry drupe C. tomentdsa, Hoxbg , is grown
in India and is said to be suitable for growing in a stove
or warm conservatory in Britain a strong climber,
conspicuous for the pink and changing tints of the large
elliptic persist ent bracts in the loose woody terminal
panicles Ivs 3 in long, ovate-acute, soft-hairy beneath:
corolla white, calyx hairy Burma G C. Ill 54 399 —
Evergreen mfl retained for several weeks. Allied to
Petr^fo, volubihs
CONIFERS Arboriculture
CONIOGRAMME (Greek, dust-line) Formerly
Diclyoyratnina Poli/podulcfse A few Japanese and
Pacific island ferns, with naked son, which follow the
couise of the free or reticulated veins The species are
sometimes referred to Gymnogramma Strong-grow-
ing indoor-ferns, useful for specimen plants
jap6mca, Diels Lvs simply pinnate or bipmnate
at the base, 1 ' >-2 ft high, the pinna) 6-12 in long and
an inch wide, son extending from the midrib to the
edge Japan and Formosa —Also known as Cymno-
qrnmma japornca An interesting fern of rather strong
growth, and very distinct m appearance Grows best
in a moderate temperature— for example, 55-60° — •
and requires an open and well-drained soil of peaty
character R C BENEDICT f
CONIUM (Greek name) VtubfUiffrsr Two weedy
biennial plants, widely distubuted (' inaculdtum,
Linn , is the poison hemlock, "by which," an Gray
writes, "criminals and philosophers were put to death
at Athens" It is a lank, much-branched European
herb which has run wild in E. N Amer , and which has
been offeied in the trade as a border plant It is bien-
nial, rank-smelling, and poisonous, and is scarcely worth
cult although the finely cut dark foliage is highly
ornamental It grows from 2-4 ft high, and has large
umbels of small white fls See Ftnsonous Plants
In North America the word hemlock is used for the
hemlock spruce, T*>uga
CONOCEPHALUS (Greek, cone head). One of the
liverworts (Marchantiaceip), with broad flat forking
evergreen thallus, growing on moist banks, like a
moss C cdmcus, Dumort , is sometimes offered by
collectors as a cover for rockeries, but can scarcely be
said to be a cultivated plant.
CONOCLfNIUM: Eujxitonum.
CONOPHALLUS (name refers to the cone-shaped
inflorescence) Articex A name proposed by Schott
for certain aroids, but now made a section of Amor-
phophallus C. K6njac, Koch , is Amorphophcdlus
Rivien var. Konjac, Engler The great tuber is much
grown in Japan for the making of flour (see Georgeson,
A.G 13:79). Amor pho phallus Rivien is figured on p.
276, Vol I.; also m R.H 1871, p. 573; and in B M.
6195 (as Protevnophallus Revien). Konjak is offered
by importers of Japanese plants.
CONSERVATORY. Primarily a glasshouse in which
plants that have been brought to perfection — usually
in other greenhouses — are to be placed for display or
to be kept in condition.
The conservatory should be as near the residence as
possible; if not an architectural unit of the house, it
may be connected by a corridor or pergola The size
of a conservatory depends of course upon the require-
ments or taste of the family, some are as small as 6
by 10 feet, while others are as large as 35 by 75. The
aspect or side of the dwelling best suited to a conserva-
tory is on the east, and preferably against a gable, so
that sliding snow from the roof of the dwelling will not
give trouble If this is not convenient, the glass roof
of the conservatory must be protected with snow-
guards A lean-to house is subject to great fluctuations
if placed against the south side
Since much attention has been given to the build-
ing of conservatories within the past few years, they
can now be made attractive in architectural design,
and at the same time supply the best possible condi-
tions for the well-being of the plants. A curvilinear roof
is usually more attractive and is better for the plants
than a flat roof, but abundant ventilation must be pro-
vided The roof glass should be ground or, frosted, as
plants remain in flower much longer under a subdued
light than when exposed to direct sunlight. Even
ground glass is not sufficient in summer, some shading
being required, roller shades are hard to adjust and not
altogether practicable, whitewash applied to the glass
outside is unsightly and damages the painted wooden
strips in which the glass is laid The following has been
found to be an excellent shading mixture: Sixteen
ounces white lead, thirty-eight ounces turpentine,
two ounces linseed oil, apply to the glass out&ide with
an ordinary paint-brush The advantages of this mix-
ture are that it ih not un&ightly, is easdy applied, and
wears off as winter comes on
The heating of a conservatory is an important mat-
ter, since even night temperatures must be maintained
as in other greenhouses This can easily be arranged if
the dwelling is heated by hot water, which is the best
for any conservatory, but with steam or hot air it is
more difficult, if po&bible when these methods of
heating the dwelling are used, a separate small hot-
water system should be installed for the conservatory.
The temperature at which conservatories are to be
kept depends upon the plants grown in them. Palms,
ferns, orchids and ornamental-leaved plants generally
require a night temperature of about 60° Flowering
plants, such as chrysanthemums, azaleas, primulas and
bulbs, do better m a temperature of 45° to 50° at night
with a rise of 15° to 20° for both classes of plants by
day before opening the ventilators, and these, in winter
especially, must be opened with caution, admitting
the outside air very sparingly.
The floor of a conservatory may be of tiles and the
interior may be arranged with rugs and easy chairs m
the center with the plants arranged on tables around
the outside or over the heating-pipes. The catalogues
of the principal greenhouse builders show some very
artistic arrangements, both inside and outside
A conservatory is often a part of a commercial green-
house establishment, being m effect the display house
or room into which interesting and perfected plants
are brought for inspection; and in large cities conserv-
atories are often attached to florists' stores, not only as
a display house but because plants will keep m much
better health and condition for a much longer tune
than in the ordinary conditions of the florist's store; but
commonly the word is used as above to designate an
adjunct to a home. EDWARD J. CANNING.
838
CONVALLARIA
CONVALLARIA (old n&meLihum convalhum, derived
from convalhs, a valley) Lihctcex. LILY-OF-THE-VAL-
LEY. A dainty herb, much prized for its erect racemes
of white delicately-scented flowers; perennial
Leaves radical, from a horizontal rootstock, produc-
ing upright parts or pips (Fig 1044) fls. white (some-
times pink-tinged), small and short-bcll-shaped, with
short blunt recurved lobes, nodding, in a short, radical,
raceme (Fig 1045), the stamens 6 included, style 1
(Fig 1046)' fr a globular small few-seeded red berry.
— Commonly considered to be only one species, native
in Asia, Eu , and in the higher mts , Va to S. C ; of
Beveral similar races or types
Lily-of-the-valley is much prized for its delicate,
sweet-scented flowers. The rhizome and roots are sold
in drug-stores they are poisonous in large doses; in
small doses used as a heart tonic The plant is popu-
larly supposed to be the one referred to in the Sermon
on the Mount, but this is
not to be determined It is
essentially a shade -loving
plant The species is C. ma-
jahs, Linn Lvs oblong or
oval, thick and persisting till
autumn, forming a dense sod,
plane, with more or less
bloom * racemes 5-10 in high •
berry %m diam. R H 1886
84 Gn 47, p 179; 52 182
and p. 319 (the latter in
fruit). AF 13.402 Gng.
5.56-7. F.R 2 4. G C. III.
23:149 (var grandijlora).
Lowe, 42 (var vanegata)
The plant is hardy, and is
easily grown in partially
shaded places and moder-
ately rich ground. Old beds
are liable to run out. The
roots and runners become
crowded, and few good flower-
stems are produced It is
best to replant the beds every
few years with vigoious
1044. Lily-of-the-valley pip. [resh clumps, which have
been grown for the purpose
m some out-of-the-way place Five or six strong
pips, with their side growths, planted close together,
will form a good clump in two years if not allowed to
spread too much The mats of clean foliage make
attractive carpets under trees and in other shady
places If the bed is made rich and top-dressed eveiy
fall, it may give good results for four or five years; and
Elants in such beds thrive in full sunshine One form
as prettily striped foliage, very ornamental in the early
part of the season Lihes-of-the-valley bloom early in
spring. They run wild in many old yards, in cemeteries,
and along shady road-sides There are double-flowered
forms; also one (var, prohficans) with racemes 2 feet
long (J. B Keller )
For culture as a florist's flower, see Lily-of-thc-
valley.
Recent studies of this genus by E L Greene, have distinguished
3 other species C japomca, Greene, representii.^ the Japanese
form of the plant rootstock very short and stout Ivs 2 only, sub-
equal, elliptic, cuspidately acute, bright green with uo rrace of
bloom on either surf arc peduncle short, about enualing the bases
of the Ivs , raceme few-fld , the bracts small, ovate-lanceolate,
perianth widely opening, broadly boll-shaped or almost sauccr-
ehaped, stamens largo, very short," the very obtuse anthers longer
than the filaments — C globdsa, Greene Herbage light green,
without trace of bloom Ivs with a more fibrous and less fleshy
anatomy than those of C. majahs, and of shorter duration, disap-
pearing by the end of summer perianth urn-shaped (not bell-
ehapod), stamens mperted about the middle of the penanth,
extending horizontally (rather than vertically, as m C majahs).
Probably N C , but described from plants growing in a wild gar-
den in Washington, D C , later-blooming than C mamhs — C.
majtiscula, Greene Differs from C majaha in its very large light
i.ieeii Ivs., which have no trace of bloom and an excessively fibrous
CONVOLVULUS
anatomy which makes the growing If. to look plicate, more than
twice larger than C majahs, later-blooming perianth broadly
bell-shaped, filaments very short, nearly hypogynous, erect,
anthers large, oblong, obtuse, cordate at base S E. Fa , and south-
ward- I, H. B.
CONVOLVULUS (Latin, convolve, to entwine). Con-
volvulacesp Includes Calystegia. BINDWEED Annual
and perennial herbs, grown mostly in the open, some
are twiners
Sometimes suffi utescent,
twining, trailing, erect or as-
cending, with filiform, creeping
rootstocks Ivs petiolate, en-
tire, toothed or lobed, gener-
ally cordate or sagittate: fls.
axillary, solitary or loosely
cymose, mostly opening only
m early moining, corolla cam-
panulate or funnelform, the
limb plaited, 5-angled, 5-lobed
or entue — A genus of about
175 species, widely distributed
in temperate and tiopical
regions Convolvulus and
Calystegia are no longer kept
separate As C onvolvul u ,s
fiejnum is the type of both
genera, they are theiefore
synonymous \\ hen the fls of
C ocadcntalis are boi ne singly,
the calyx bracts are broad ana
Calystegm-hke, when borne in
clustcis the bracts are greatly
reduced
The species thrive in a va-
riety of soils \\ithout especial
care The greenhouse species
do best in a soil with consider-
able fiber The hardy peren-
nials are usuallv propagated
by dividing the roots, other-
wise by cuttings or seeds, tho
tender species prefeiably by
cuttings (' (ncoloi is tho most
important of the hardy annuals It m.i> als<
started in the greenhouse, and makes an excellent
plant for the hanging-basket All are vigorous
growers, and may become troublesome weeds in
some places if not kept within bounds C japom-
cus and (' Sepium should be used with caution.
This is the chief reason why the hardv perennials
are not often found in well-kept gardens, except along
wire fences or lattice screens, whete the tuif is laid up
close so as to allow only a narrow bolder foi the roots
The double-flow erod form of C japomcu*> is seen to best
advantage in half-wild places, or on rocky banks,
where shrubs make but a stunted giowth Here it
will grow luxuriantly, forming graceful festoons from
branch to branch, and covonng the ground with a pretty
mantle of green (J B Keller )
C pnrpureus, the common morning-glory, and many
related species are to be found under Ipomcca.
1045 Raceme of
Lily-of-the-valley.
(Natural «ize)
1046 Section of flower
of hly-of-the-valley, laid
open to show the parts.
(X2)
mivlaeophyllus, 2.
ainpucijoiiuv, ~ mauritdtueus, 0.
aureus superbus, 11 minor, 10
Berri/i, 2 Occident alls, 4
Binohamis-, 4 olea-fohus, 9
eahforrncus, 1. polymorphuit, 4.
Cncorurn, 8 pubiscens, 3
compactus, 10. purpurntvs, 4.
cydoslegius, 4 repens, 5
deltoideus, 2 saxicola, 2.
gracilenlus, 4 Rcammoma, 7.
Greenei, 4 Sepium, 5
illerebrosus, 4. tricolor, 10
interior, 5 iillosus, 1
japomcus, 3. vittatut, 10
CONVOLVULUS
CONVOLVULUS
839
A, Calyx with 8 membranaceous bracts at the base:
peduncles usually 1-fld. (Calystegia.)
B. St. prostrate, 8 in. to 2 ft. high peduncle usually
shorter than the Ivs.
1. calif tfrmcus, Choisy (C villdsus, Gray. Caly-
stegia tnllbsa, Kellogg) Plant densely white-villose
throughout- at prostrate, scarcely twining: Ivs. slender-
petioled, reniform - hastate to
sagittate, the upper acuminate,
1 in or less long, the basal lobes
often coarsely toothed bracts oval or ovate, com-
pletely inclosing the calyx . fls cream-yellow, 1 m long.
Calif — Perennial.
2 malacophyllus, Greene Similar to the preceding
but foliage velvety,or plushy pubesceni Calif — Peren-
nial Other closely related Calif ornian bpecies are
C saxicola, Eostw , C delta) deus, Greene, C Berryi,
Eastw and C atnphcifohus, House.
BB *SV (in rang or hailing, 3-10 ft high' peduncle
exceeding the Ivs
3 jap6mcus, Thunb (Calyslcgia pubescent, Lindl ).
CALIFORNIA ROSE Fig 1047 Hardy perennial herba-
ceous twiner growth very vigorous, often 20 ft \vhole
plant more or less densely and minutely pubescent.
Ivs hastate, lanceolate, obtuse or broadly acute, with
angular or rounded lobes at the base, variable,
occasionally without lobes, rarely sharp lanceolate, fls.
bright pink, 1-2 m broad, produced freely during the
summer months and remaining expanded for several
days Japan and E Asia The double form is now
naturalized from S E N. Y to D C and Mo P M.
13.243. FS 2:172 BR 32 42 —The double form
is completely sterile, with narrow wavy petals, irregu-
larly arranged, the outer someuhat lacerate. A valuable
decorative plant for covering stumps and walls In
rich soil the roots spread rapidly, and will smother out
all other plants unless confined in tubs The Calyategia
pubescens of Lindley has been wrongly referred to
Iponma hedcracca, but the two plants are very different,
the former being perennial and the latter annual Sec
Journ Hort Soc 1:70(1846) The plant is commonly
confounded with C Septum
4 occidentalis, Gray. Hardy perennial, herbaceous
or with suffrutescent base: st. twining, several feet
high, glabrous or minutely pubescent: Ivs from angu-
late-cordate, with a deep and narrow sinus, to lanceo-
late-hastate, the posterior lobes often 1-2-toothed:
peduncle 1-fld. or prohferously 2-3-fld , bracts ovate or
lanceolate, usually completely inclosing the calyx,
variable; corolla white or pinkish, 1-2 m. long; stig-
mas linear. Dry hills, Calif.— Listed as early as 1881.
An admirable plant for rockeries. Several related species
are native also to Calif C cyclostegius, House, C Bing-
hamiy, Greene, C. polymorphic, Greene, C. Greenei,
House, C. dndus, Greene, C purpurdtus, Greene, C.
illecebrdsus, House, C. gracilentus, Greene, and C. Idngt-
pes, Wats.
5 Sepiuxn, Linn. (Calystegia Semum, R Br.) RUT-
LAND BEAUTY. Fig 1048 Perennial trailer, 3-10 ft. long,
glabrous or minutely pubescent* Ivs. round-cordate
to deltoid-hastate, the basal lobes divaricate, entire or
angulate: fls white, rose or pink, with white stripes.
FS 8.826 BM 732 AG 12 638 Gn.50.514.—
A very variable species Cosmopolitan in temperate
regions. An insidious weed in moist soil. The native
forms have been called C interior, House, Rocky Mt.
region; and C. americdnus, Greene, in the eastern
states, but are difficult to distinguish Var repens,
Gray (C. repens, Linn ) Pubescent, sts. trailing or
sprawling: the basal lobes of the Ivs. obtuse or rounded.
Coastal region from Que. to Fla.
AA Calyx without bracts peduncle 1-6-jld. (Eucon-
volvulus )
B. St. prostrate, trailing, glabrous or minutely pubescent.
6 mauritanicus, Boiss Strong perennial roots, st.
herbaceous, slender, prostrate, rarely branched, minutely
villose Ivs alternate, round-ovate, obtuse, stiort-
petioled fls blue to violet-purple, with a lighter throat,
1-2 in. across, very handsome Afr. B M. 5243 FS.
21-2183 Gn 39 '52 —A free bloomer through the
summer. On dry banks each plant forms a dense tuft
which throws up many graceful shoots Not hardy
north of Philadelphia
7 Scammdnia, Linn Hardy perennial trailer,
deciduous: st. angular, glabrous Ivs cordate-sagittate,
gray-green, the lobes entire or dentate' sepals glabrous,
ovate, obtuse; corolla white, creamy or light pink Asia
Minor — The large tap-roots supply the resinous
cathartic drug scammony
BB St erect or ascending, silky.
8 Cne&rum, Linn. St shrubby, half-haidy, 1-4 ft.
high Ivs persistent, lanceolate or spatulate, silky gray:
mfl a loose panicle, 1-6-fld.; fls white or tinged with
pink, borne freely during the summer. S Eu —
Valuable as a pot-plant for greenhouse or window
decoration, or trained to a warm wall Confused with
C olc&fohus
9 olesef&lius, Desr Tender perennial Ivs linear-
lanceolate, acute, slightly villose: fls bright pink,
borne freely m
loose, umbellate
panicles in the
summer Greece.
B M 289 (as C.
hneans) — Many
plants now pass-
ing as C oleaefohus
are C Cneorum.
The latter may
be distinguished
by its broader,
blunter, silvery-
villose Ivs..
lighter-colored
blossoms and
taller growth.
10 tricolor, (
Linn. (C minor,
Hort) Fig. 1049.
Hardy annual st.
trailing, ascending
6-12 in., angulate.
densely covered
with long brown- 1048. Convolvulus Sepium. (x)i)
840
CONVOLVULUS
COPROSMA
ish hairs: IVB. linear-oblong or subapatulate, obtuse or
rounded at the apex, usually pubescent but sometimes
glabrous, the margin ciliate towards the base, peduncle
3-fld,, exceeding the Ivs , sepals ovate, lanceolate, vil-
lose, acute, limb of the corolla azure-blue, throat
yellow, margined with white. S Eu. B M 27. — One
of the best annuals for the home border. Each plant
covers a ground space of 2 ft , and blooms continuously
throughout the summer. Fls. re-
main open all day during pleasant
weather There are many variously
striped and spotted forms of this
popular annual, none of which sur-
passes the type in beauty. A va-
riety with pure white fls is attrac-
tive. Other well-marked horticul-
tural forms are Var vitt&tus, prettily
striped with blue and white F S
3-298 RH 1848 121. Var com-
pActus, dwarf, and valuable for
pot culture Gt 47, p 635 A 5-
petaled form is also recorded. F S.
8, p. 116, desc.
11. a&reus superbus, Hort. A
tender perennial, but may be treated
as an annual, sihce it flowers the
first season from seed: st trailing
or twining, 4-5 ft long1 fls golden.
— Valuable as a greenhouse climber and for hanging-
baskets. Not sufficiently described for identification.
C althxoidea, Linn (C itahcus, Roem & Schult ) St
twining or climbing, if it finds support upper Ivs podati
ovate-cordate, crenate, silvery fls pink May-Aug Modit region
BM 359 FS 10 1021 (as var argyreus) RH 1864 111 — C.
amblgem, House, native from Mont to New Mex and S Cahf , 13 a
close relative to C arvensis — C arrensis, Linn Slendor perennial
trailer, 1-3 ft long, glabrous or nearly so Ivs ovate-sagittate or
hastate, variable fls white or pink Eu and E Asia Naturalized
m old fields through the Atlantic states and Calif \ troublesome
weed m cult grounds. — C cananfnns, Linn Greenhouse ever-
green Ivs oblong-cordate, acute, villose fls violet-purple, pedun-
cle 1-6-fld Canary Ish B M 1228 — C dahuncus, Herb (Calys-
tegia dahuncus, Fisch ) Hardy deciduous twiner, 3 6 ft Ivs.
oblong-cordate, shortly acute fls pink or rose-violet June, July
N Eu B M 2609 F S 10 1075 — C erubescent, Sims (C
acaulis, Choisy) Tender biennial Ivs oblong, hastate, the basal
lobes toothed fls small, 5-lobed, rose-pink Austral B M 1067
— C macrosttgius, Greene The plants in the trade under this name
may be referred to C ocudentahs — C major, Hort , not Gihb =*
Ipomoea purpurea — C ocellatus, Hook Stove evergreen hmb of
corolla white, 5-angled, throat reddish piirple Ivs sessile, linear,
acute. 1-veined, villose 8 Afr B M 4065 — C scopdnus, Linn —
C Sotdanflla,Linn Sts prostrate Ivs. remform fls pink or rose-
colored. Sandy shores, Wash, to Calif., also in Eu and Asia
1049. Convolvulus tricolor.
irostrate,
d , lower
CO6KIA: Claucena.
COONTIE: Zamio \ntegr\fol\a.
S W. FLETCHER.
H. D. HousE.f
COOPERIA (after Joseph Cooper, English gardener).
Amarylliddcex Tender bulbous plants with the habit
of Zephyranthes but night-blooming
Flowers fragrant, solitary, 2 in or more across, waxy-
white, tinged red outside, and more or less green within;
the perianth subtended by a bract-like spathe, some-
what as in Iris; anthers erect in distinction to versatile
in Zephyranthes. Ivs appearing with the fls in summer,
long, narrow, flat and twisted —Only 2 or 3 species from
Texas to New Mex and Mex , usually growing in dry
places. The bulbs should be taken up in autumn and
stored during the winter in dry soil. Cult, easy and like
Zephyranthes
A. Neck of bulb short: perianth-tube 8% m long or more.
Drummondii, Herb. EVENING STAR Bulb round-
ish, 1 in thick, with a short neck: Ivs narrowly linear,
erect, 1 ft long: peduncle slender, fragile, hollow, l/t-l
ft. long, spathe 1^-2 in. long, 2-valved at the tip;
perianth tube 3-5 in long; limb %-l m long, white,
tinged with red outside; segms oblong, cuspidate.
Prairies, of wide range. Var. chlorosdlen, Baker, has
a perianth-tube stouter and tinged with green: limb
longer and less wheel-shaped: Ivs. a little broader.
B.M. 3482.
AA. Neck of bulb long- penanth-tube less than 2% in. long.
pedunculata, Herb. GIANT PRAIRIE LILY. More
robust than C Drurnmondii' bulb with a longer neck,
2-3 m long- Ivs about 6, 1 ft. long, J^in broad:
peduncle about 1 ft long, spathe 1-2-valved at the
tip, perianth-tube shorter, 1^ m.
long, limb nearly as long as the
tube, tinged red outside BM 3727.
R H 1853-401 —The best species.
Fls larger, of purer color, and re-
maining open a day or two longer.
N. TAYLOK.f
COPAfFERA (from copaiba,
Brazilian name of the balsam de-
rived from some of these trees).
Syn Copaiba Leguminosx Sixteen
or more spineless trees of Trop.
Amer., and Afr. with abruptly pin-
nate Ivs , small mostly white, not
papilionaceous fls in panicles, inter-
esting because several of them
produce an oleo-resin krio^vn as
copaiba They are not in cult.,
except now and then in collections
of economic plants
COPERNfCIA (from Copernicus) Palmaceap, tribe
Coryphee Tall fan-palms with their trunks frequently
thickened above the base
Leaves flabellate, the petiole often vvith small spines;
the small young Ivs usually undivided, the older much
cut palmately. spadix very much branched, the fls
single upon it or in small clusters; calyx tubular, more
or less deeply 3-toothed fr globose or ovoid, 1-soeded.
— Species about 8, all confined to Trop Amer C.
ccrifera is a valuable economic plant, the wood being
among the hardest known, and the Ivs being the
source of a valuable wax For cult , see Corypha G C.
II 24 362 Beccan, Le Palme Americano, tribe Cory-
phee, 1907
cerifera, Mart CARNAUB-V PALM St 30-35 ft , with
a small swelling neai the base Ivs 3-4 ft wide, nearly
round; rachis none; petiole convex below, concave
above, the margins with rather thick spines spadix
erect or spreading, 5-6 ft long and thrice branched;
fls in clusters on the spathe Trop S Amer — Not
well known in the trade; see Livisiona.
C wstrAhs, Becc , a recently described species, said to be
more hardy than C cerifera, has been cult at Riverside, Calif
Taller, 60-80 ft , mfl densely woolly tomentose
N. TAYLOR.
COPRA: material from the coconut, which see (p 811)
COPR6SMA (Greek name referring to the fetid
odor of the plants). Rubiacex. Shrubs or small trees,
often trailing, of New Zealand, Australia and Poly-
nesia, sometimes planted for the pretty fruit or vane-
gated leaves.
Leaves opposite, mostly email, stalked or almost
sessile* fls small, solitary or fascicled, white or greenish,
dioecious, corolla-limb 4-5-lobed, the lobes revolute.
stamens 4-5. fr. an ovoid or globose usually 2-celled
drupe. — About 60 species mostly in New Zeal , extend-
ing to Borneo, Hawaii and Juan Fernandez
Coprosmas are greenhouse plants in the North, but
they are rarely cultivated. Propagated by hwdened
cuttings. The soil which is found among kalinia roots,
mixed with good loam and sand, if necessary, will suit
these plants Cuttings should be rooted in moderate
heat in spring, before growth begins. If placed under a
handhght or propagatmg-trame. care must be taken
to prevent damping, to which the cuttings are liable.
(G. W. Oliver.)
COPROSMA
Baueri, Endl. (C. Bauendna, Hook, f) Shrub or
small tree, m exposed and rocky places in its native
habitat sometimes not more than 1-3 ft high and with
branches nearly prostrate, in better conditions often a
round-topped tree 20-25 ft. high* Ivs. thick, shining
green, 1-3 m long, wide-ovate or oblong, obtuse or
notched at the apex, the margins usually re volute*
male fls. m dense heads on short axillary peduncles;
females 3-6, the heads with shorter peduncles; calyx
very small; corolla of female fls tubular, 4-lobed New
Zeal — In cult there are two forms, both with varie-
gated Ivs ; one has Ivs broadly blotched creamy yellow,
at times the green disappearing altogether (var
vanegdta or picturdia)', the other (C. Stockn, Hort ) has
Ivs blotched yellow-green on a deeper ground C Bauen
is a favorite in S Calif , and probably the only one
grown there; thrives near the sea
acer&sa, A Cunn Low and spreading, much branched,
with minute Ivs , small white fls , and pretty sky-blue
drupes or berries New Zeal. — Once catalogued in
Calif
P&triei, Cheesem Prostrate and creeping, forming
mats, the branches to 1 % ft long Ivs 1 4m or less
long, linear-oblong or -obovate, rigid and thickish fls
solitary, on the ends of short erect branchlets, the
males 4-toothed and without calyx, the females smaller,
irregularly toothed and calyculate drupe J-s-Hui
diara , mostly purplish. New Zeal. — Mentioned abroad
for cultivation. L H B.
^ COPTIS (Greek, to cut, from the cut
leaves) Ranunculdctje. Hardy per-
ennial herbs of the cooler parts of
the northern hemisphere, sometimes
planted in bogs and moist places
Low, sternless plants, with slender
rootstocks* Ivs radical, compound or
divided, lasting over winter* fls white
or yellow, scapose, sepals 5-7, petal-
like, petals 5-6, small, linear, hood-like;
stamens numerous carpels stalked,
few, becoming an umbel of follicles —
Eight species, only one of which is
used in American gai dens
The bitter roots yield the tonic med-
icine known as "gold thread," also a
yellow dye The plants should have
peaty soil, with a little sand, and prefer
shade, in damp situations They are
rather hardy The roots withstand
severe winters, bong native of the
cooler parts of the northern hemisphere
If the plants are given some protec-
tion in winter, as in a cold pit or by a
dressing of litter, the leaves remain
green and fiesh The plants are valu-
able m hardy borders because of the
leaves and also the flowers
The plants are very easily propa-
gated in either early spring or late fall,
the former being preferred Seeds may
be sown when ripe, before they become
old, and will grow readily in moist but
well-drained soil. They should be only
slightly covered with
soil but the surface
should be kept moist
by a close covering
with leaves or paper,
and partial shade is pre-
ferred The seedlings
may be transplanted
at any time after the
leaves are large, by
1050. Corallorhiza multiflora. keeping plenty of soil
(XJO about the roots.
CORD1A
841
trifdlia, Sahsb No st : rootstock yellow: Ivs com-
pound, long-petioled , Ifts broadly obovate, cuneate,
obtuse, the teeth mucronate. fl -st. slender; sepals
white, with yellow base; petals small, club-shaped
follicles 3-7, spreading, equaled by their stalk; seeds
black May-July. Adirondacks and westward. L.B C.
2.173 — Neat and pretty, with shining Ivs.
K. C. DAVIS.
CORAL BERRY: Symphoricarpus mtlgant
CORAL DROPS: Bensera elfgans
CORALLORHlZA (Greek for coral-root). Orchidd-
cftf CORAL-ROOT. Low orchids, growing in woods and
parasitic on roots, destitute of green foliage, the plant
usually brownish or yellowish and inconspicuous.
Flowers small, somewhat 2-hppcd, usually obscurely
spurred at the base, sepals and petals nearly alike;
lip small, slightly adherent to the base of the column;
polhma 4 —Species few, in N Amer., Eu. and Asia.
The coral-roots have little merit as garden plants,
although very interesting to the student They may
be grown in rich, shady borders. Two species have been
offered by dealers m native plants C. multifl&ra,
Nutt (Fig 1050). is purplish, \Y2 ft or less high, 10-30-
fld , lip deeply 3-lobed grows in dry woods in northern
states, C. Mertensiana, Hong , scape many-fld , 8-15
in high, the lip entire and broadly oblong occurs in
Brit Col and north to Alaska C. odontorhiza, Nutt ,
provides what is known as crawley-root, said to be
used for its diaphoretic and febrifuge properties it is
a slender plant, in woods S , but extending north as far
as Canada, light brown or purplish, 6-7 in tall lip
nearly or quite entire, white spotted with crimson.
L. H. B.
CORAL-PLANT- Jatropha.
CORAL-ROOT: Corallarhiza.
CORAL-TREE- Erythnna.
CORCHORUS (name refers to some reputed \rirtue,
as an eye remedy, of one of the species) Tihaccsc.
Shrubs or herbs of the tropics, two of which supply
jute
The jute plants are C capsulans Linn and C ohtqr-
iiis, Linn. The latter differs from the C. capsulans
in having an elongated, not semi-globose, pod B M
2810 They are annual plants, natives of Asia but
cult throughout the tiopics, growing 10-12 ft high,
with a straight st as thick as the little finger and
branched only at the top Fls small, jellow, with 4-5
glandless petals and a slender caps , or sometimes
the caps is globose The young shoots of both arc
used as pot heibs (1 ohtonus is much grown for this
purpose in Egypt, and is known as Jews' mallow.
Jute is made from the fibrous bark of these and
other species of Corchoius It is released from the sts
by retting in stagnant pools See Cyclo. Amer. Agric.,
Vol II, pp 282, 507
C Balddcm, Fedde, has very recently been men-
tioned in foreign horticultural literature. It is described
:us a perennial, woodv at the base Ivs linear-elliptic,
pilose above and white-tomentose beneath fls. solitary,
axillary and minute Italian Somahland
The corchorus of trade lists is hkelv to be Kerna.
C(5RDIA (an early German bo*samst, Valerius Cor-
dus, born 1515) Boraginacese Warm-climate trees,
sluubs or almost herbaceous, sometimes planted.
Leaves mostly alternate, r/etioled, entire or dentate,
fls in dense heads or clusters or scirpioid cymes, per-
fect or polygamous, the corolla usually white or orange;
calyx tubular or campanulate, toothed or lobed;
corolla tubular, funnelform or salverform, lobed, the
parts and the stamens 1 or more; style 4-lobed. fr a
drupe which is 4-loculed and usually 4-seeded — Species
about 230 in tropical and subtropical regions, mostly
842
CORDIA
CORDYLINE
in the western hemisphere. Some of them are vines;
some are herbaceous above the base. Species confused.
The cordias are greenhouse plants with showy flowers
of easy culture. Grown in the open m the extreme
South. Propagated by cuttings of firm wood and by
1051. Cordia Greggii var. Palmen. ( X 2£)
Sebestena, Linn. (C. spccibsa, Willd ) GEIGER
TREE Tall evergreen shrub or small tree, hairy, with
rough, ovate, entire or undulate .stalked Ivs fls 1-2
m. long, orange or scarlet, stalked, in large open
terminal clusters, the cuirnpled corolla-lobes and
stamens 5-12. drupe inclosed in the hazel-like husk
formed by the persistent calyx Keys of Fla and south
B M 794.
Greggii, Torr Much-branched shrub, to 8 ft Ivs
less than 1 in long, pale, obovate, obtuse, dentate,
rugose, long-cuneate at the base fls moie than 1 in.
across, white, m few-fld contracted capitate clusters
but becoming looser as flowering proceeds; corolla-
lobes obtuse, stamens 5 or 6, -scarcely half the length
of the corolla Mex Var Pfilmen, Wats (Fig 1051,
adapted from G F 2 2133) has more broadly funnel-
form corolla, the limb \}i in broad Ivs somewhat
larger, ovate-oblong and abruptly cuneate at the base,
acute or obtuse at the apex Mex. — Deserving of
planting in the southwest country, if hardy
Other cordias are likely to come into cult m the southern coun-
try. Some of them yield diugs, many of them produce useful tim-
ber, and some have edible frs Th< re are numbers of species in
Porto Rico and others of the W Indus — C. Francisci, Tenure
Tall Ivs dark green fls white S Amer — C Myxa, Linn , from
Trop. Asia and Austral , is one of the b< st woods for kindling fire
by friction, and is useful in many other ways L H 13
CORDYLiNE (club-like, referring to the fleshy roots).
LiMcex. DRACENA. DRACENA PALM. Greenhouse
plants closely related to Dracaena, planted in the open
in California and similar climates
Stems tall, often woody and palm-like, bearing large
crowded Ivs , to the striking variegation of which the
group owes its value fls pamcled, stamens 6, pedicels
articulated; perianth 6-parted; ovary 3-ctllea. fr a
berry.— Cult for the ornamental foliage. The horticul-
tural forms and names have become very numerous.
The various species are in the trade under Dracana,
which sec for a key to the species of both genera com-
bined. From Dracaena, Cordyhne differs in the ovary
containing several ovules in each cell, and the solitary
pedicels being provided with a 3-bracted involucre.
In the following paragraphs, the initial D. indicates
that the plant in question is known m the trade as a
Dracaena, and C. that it is known as a Cordyhne (see
Drachma). For a monograph, see Baker, Journ. Linn.
Soc 14-538 (1875).
Of cordylincs or dracsenas, propagation is usually
effected by cutting the ripened stems or trunks, from
which all leaves have been removed, into pieces from
2 to 4 inches long These are laid either m very light
soil or in sand in the propagatmg-bed, where they
receive a bottom heat of about 80°, being barely cov-
ered with sand or moss (Fig 1052) The eyes soon start
into growth, and, as boon as they have developed about
six leaves, these shoots are cut off with a small heel and
again placed in the propagat ing-bed until rooted, after
which they arc potted off into small pots m light soil,
kept close until they become established They are
then shifted on into laiger pots as soon as well rooted.
They delight in a mixture of three parts good turfy
loam and one part well-decayed cow-manure, with a
liberal sprinkling of sharp sand A warm, moist
atmosphere suits them best while growing, but towards
fall the finished plants must be gradually exposed to
full sunshine ana a diy atmosphere, which develops
their high colors The kinds enumerated below are
such as are mainly grown in large quantities for decora-
tive purposes, and are sold principally during the win-
ter months, especially dining the holiday season, when
plants with bright-colored foliage arc always in strong
demand1 C. amabihs — A strong-growing form with
broad green foliage, which is prettily variegated with
white and deep rose One of (he hardiest varieties,
either for decorations in winter or for outdoor work,
vases, and the like in summer I) ftagrans — An African
species with bioad, massive, deep green foliage which
makes noble decorative plants, being frequently grown
into specimens from 6 to 8 feet high Its foliage is of
heavy texture, making it a useful plant for the dry
atmosphere of a living-room Two handsomely varie-
gated forms of the above are D Lindcnn and 1) Mas-
wngearia, both very desirable varieties C ttrimnalia —
This is the most popular species, and is grown in
immense quantities The foliage on well-matured
plants is of an intense rich crimson marked with lighter
shadmgH C aus//a/is (commonly called C indivtda) —
Used principally as an outdoor decorative plant m
summer, being extensively used for furnishing vases,
window-boxes, and the like It succeeds best when
planted out in the
open bolder during
summer, potted in the
fall and stored during '
winter in a cool green-
house It is propa-
gated almost exclu-
sively from seed,
which germi nates
freely if sown du"'ng
the early spring
months in sandy
soil, in a tem-
perature of 60°^
to '65°, growing^
them on during '
the first season
in small pots. - -y^ a jfi \ij \i'^-4 v.
These, if planted '-^T ftX \ 0 f 3
m the open bor- ,ST*f ^7 /si
dor the second ( /»»•'
season, make 1052. Stem-cutting of Cordyline.
CORDYLINE
CORDYLINE
843
fine plants for 6- or 7-inch pots There are a number of
varieties of (' australis, among them several handsomely
variegated bronze-colored forms, which, however, are
but little distributed yet Among the principal varie-
ties and species besides the above which are grown in
a commercial way are: Baptistn, Shepherdn, stricta
grandis, Youngn, Goldieana, Lord Wolseley. De-
Srnetiana, Sanderiana, Godsefhana, and Mandaeaua.
(J. D. Eisele.)
metalhca, G
Murchivmise, 5.
mgro-rubra, G.
norw oodiensis, 6.
RobmHomana, 6.
ros« a, G
rubra, 4.
Sohuldn, 6.
Seottn, 6.
atncta, 2.
termmalifl, 6.
Ti, b
Veitchii, 3.
Youngu, 6.
A. Foliage of sessile, thick, sword-shaped fos.
B Lvs. glaucous beneath, broad.
1 indivlsa, Kunth Arborescent, 10-20 ft. high: Iva
dark green, densely crowded, 2-6 ft long, 4-6 m broad
at the middle, 1 } i~2 in at the base, rigid, very coria-
ceous, midrib stout, oolore<l red and white, veins on
alba, G
congmla, 2
alho-hneata, 6.
Coopen, b.
amabahs, b
disrolor, 2
amboyc nsis, G.
ancrlicnsiB, 6
ferroa, b.
atropurpurea, 3.
auroo-ntnata, 3.
Frawm, 6
Gladstonei, 6.
aunt rah1}, 3
ifrandw. 2.
Bdpti'tu, G.
Umlfoybi, 6.
Bansei, b
IfaaKoana, 5.
holla, b
Hmtkin, A
brazil it nw, 6.
hybnda, b
Hrwintn, 4
\mntniili8, b.
rnforomti, 3
imhvisa, 1, 3.
tanujpfoha, 6.
lardmiprc, G.
Cantrcllii, 6.
hneata, 3.
vich side of it 40-50 panicle nodding, bracteoles Ian
tvuii «iut; ui it t\r—i)\j jjciiiJi'it; iiouum^, uifu. itiiitTs lanceo-
late, 3-4 lines long, membranous, perianth 3-4 lines
AA. Foliage of petioled Ivs.
B. Lvs. oblanceolate; petioles broad.
4. rftbra, Hugel Blender, 10-15 ft. high* Ivs con-
tiguous, ascending, 12-15 in long, 18-21 lines wide
above the middle, thick, dull green both sides, distinctly
restate, veins oblique, petiole broad, deeply grooved,
4-6 in long panicle lateial, nodding, pedicels very
short, bracteoles small, deltoid; perianth lilac, 4^-5
lines long, inner segms longer than the outer, ovules
6-8 Country unknown — Cool-house, vases. D.
Krudntn, Hort , was a garden form of this species R H
1897, pp 514, 515 G C III 22 285 G W. 12, p. 230
BB Lvs lanceolate; petwlc^ narrow, nearly terete.
5. Haageana, Koch (C. Mtirctnsomx, F Muell )
Slender and small Ivs contiguous, ascending, oblong-
falcate, 4-8 in. long, 2-2 j^ m wide at the middle,
acute, base rounded or deltoid, thick, dull green
BB Lvs green on both sides, narrower.
2 stricta, Endl (D congtita, Hort ) Slender,
6—12 ft high Ivs less crowded than in the next, acumi-
nate, 1-2 ft long, 9-15 lines wide, base 3-6 lines wide,
scarcely cost ate, veins scarcely oblique, margins ob-
scurely dentate panicle terminal and lateral, erect or
eernuous, pedicels l/z~\ line long, lower biacteoles
lanceolate, perianth lilac, 3-4 lines long, campanulate,
interior segms longer than the outer, ovules 6-10 in
each cell Austral B M 2575 GO III 17 207 —
(Joolhouse, v.ises, and the like Var grandis, Uort.
Large, highly colored Var discolor, Hort Like var.
grandiit, but with foliage dark bronzy purple
3 australis, Hook (/) indirtta, Hort D. calocbma,
Wend ) Fig 1053, 359, Vol I Arborescent, 15-40 ft
high Ivs densely rosulate, 1J4-3 ft long, \l/%-21 2 HI.
wide, base 6-12 lines wide, acuminate, green; midrib
firm, indistinct, nerves on each side of it 12-20, scaicely
oblique panicle drooping or erect, terminal, ample;
pedicels very short; bracteoles deltoid, \^ line long;
perianth white, 3-4 lines long, tube short, campanulate,
segms nearly equal, recurved berry white or bluish-
white, mature seeds often sohtaiy New Zeal B M.
5636. GC III 23-153 Gn 47, p 312, 48, p 197.
I H 35 40 (as var Doucptuirui) , 37 114 (as var Dal-
knana), 40 190 (as T hneata var purpurascens)
S II 1, p 487 — Coolhouse, vases Var adrea-striata,
Hort. Variegated with a number of longitudinal yellow
stripes Var atropurpurea, Hort Base of If. and
under side of midrib purple Var lineata, Hort Lvs.
broader, the sheathing base stained with purple Var
VeHchii, Hort (D Vellctm, Hort ) Base of If and
under side of midrib bright crimson. C Hookeri,
Hort , was a garden form of this species — Much of
the C indwisa of the American trade has been, in
the past, C. australis. Known as "cabbage tree" to
residents of New Zealand.
1053. Cordylme australis — C. indmsa of the trade.
throughout, distinctly costate, veins slender, oblique;
petiole 3-4 in long, deeplj channelled panicle lateral,
pedicels 1/^-2 lines long, perianth 4-4^2 lines long,
tinged with lilac, ovules 6-8 in each cell Austial
6 termmalis, Kunth Low and slender, 3-8 ft
high Ivs contiguous jiscending, green or rarely col-
01 ed, 12-30 in long, 2-5 in wide, elliptical or elliptic-
lanceolate, acute, thickish, distinctly costate, veins
frequently unequal, strongly oblique, petiole 4-6 in.
long, deeply channelled pedicels very shoit or none,
bracteoles deltoid, membranous, penanth 5-6 lines
long, white, lilac, or reddish, segms short, ovules
6-10 in each cell beiry large, led E Indies AG
16 361 BR 1749 Var cannaef6ha, Baker (D and C.
cann<ffoha, Hort ) Lvs oblanceolate, 12-15 in by 2-
2^2 m perianth 2 lines long, segms twice the length of
tube Var ferrea, Baker (D and (' fcrrca, Hort) Lvs
narrow, oblanceolate, 2-2 1 j in broad, dull purple or
variegated, petiole short fl* much as in the Upical
form, but redder and often smaller B M 2053 —
C. Guilfbylei is a form with Ivs tapering both ways,
recurved, striped with red, pink or white; white on
lower part of If. and maigm of petiole I. II 19, p. 249.
Var. Ti, Baker (D brazilicn^s, Schult C Escht>chnlzi-
ana, Mart ). Robust Ivs large, mostl> oblong, 4-6
m. wide pamcie laige, lower branches compound,
perianth 6 lines long, lilac; segms as long as the tube
— D imptriahs, Hort , is a form with Ivs arching or
erect, thick, deep metallic green, rayed all over with
bright crimson or pink, handsome. D. regime, Hort.
844
CORDYLINE
COREOPSIS
belongs here. The varieties of this species m cult, are
almost innumerable Names that have been used for
those in the American trade, usually considered as
horticultural species, though many of these names are
now no longer used, are as follows: C. amabilis. Lvs.
broad, shining deep green, in age becoming spotted and
suffused with rose and white. C. amboySnsis. Lvs.
oblong-lanceolate, recurved, deep bronze-green, edged
with rose-carmine below; petioles tinged with purple.
C. anerliensis. Lvs very broad? deep bronze-red, with
some white C. Baptistii. Fig. 1054. Lvs broad,
recurved, deep green, with some pink and yellow
stripes sts also variegated I H 26 334 C. Baftsei.
Lvs broad, dark green, with some white. C. be'lla.
Lvs. small, purplish, marked with red C. Cantrellii.
Lvs dark metallic crimson, young ones bright carmine.
C. Codperi. Lvs deep wine-red, gracefully recurved:
common in cult C. Fraseri. Lvs somewhat erect,
broad, oblong, abruptly acute, blackish purple with
bloom, margin below with a deep rosy lake stripe extend-
ing down the petiole C. Gladstone!. Lvs. broad, bril-
liant crimson C. hybnda. Lvs broad, vane-
§ated, deep green margined w ith rose, in age
Erose, creamy white in young Ivs C.
m6re (C termmahs alba x C Guilfoylei).
very small and compact, nairow, preen
broadly margined with white C. metallica.
Lvs erect-arching, oblong, when young uniform rich
coppery purple, in age dark pm ple-bronzc , petioles
same. F M 1872 24 C. nigro-rubra. Lvs narrow,
linear-lanceolate, dark brown with rosy crimson cen-
ters, young often entirely rose C. norwoodiensis. Lvs.
striped with yellow, green and crimson, last color
principally confined to the margin; petioles brilliant,
C. Robmsomana. Lvs long lanceolate-acuminate,
arched, light green, striped with bronze -green and
brownish crimson IH 26 '342 C. Schuldn. Lvs.
broad, variegated F E. 7.961 C. Sc6ttu. Lvs.
broad, arching, deep green, crimson edged, said to be
a hybrid C. Youngii. Lvs. broad, spreading, when
young bright green streaked with deep red and tinged
with rose, in age bright bronze C. Youngii var rdsea,
Hoit Green, tinged with pink, white or carmine.
C. Youngii var alba, Hort Variegated with white
Instead of red Crosses with (' JScoltii are known as
C. btncta, C albo-lmeata, Mis George Pullman, Mrs.
Terry, with C nonvoodient>is, as Little Gem
C angiista, Hort (C terminahs var ) Lvs narrow, arching, dull
dark green abov e, purplish beneath A slender form — C anyusU-
fdha, Kunth-=C strieta — C aurantiaca, Hort =(?) — C BaZ-
moreAna, Hort Lva bron/y with white and pinkish stripes — C
Bdnkmi, Hook Lvs very long, linear-lanceolate , 3-5 ft long, 2-3
in wide, petioled, green, glaucous beneath, \eins conspicuous.
GC III 18 613- C Birhfleyi, Hort =(') — C Cniaandisr, Hort
= (?)— C Cliihonii, Hort (form of C termmahs) Lvs large,
glossy dark gre«n, almost black, becoming suffused and edged with
crimson I H 19, p 90 — C compdcta, Hort (C terminals form)
Lvs recurved, broad, dull groen, with bronze and rose stripes m
age — C Dennisonii,UoTt (C termmahs form) Dwarf Ivs broad,
bronzy purple — C Elimbfthi* , Hort •=(') — C excflsa, Hort (C
termmahs form) Lvs broad, arching, bronzy, margined with
crimson —C Frvderica =(7) — C frutfscens—C) — C olor'dsa
Hort (C termmalis form) Lvs very large and broad, green, with
a pe< uhar bronze-orange hue — C heluchirMcs, F Muell =C
termmahs — C h(hcom<ffMui, Otto & Diet =C terminals ~C
/^nc/frsonu, Hort =(?) — C magnified, Hort (C tt rminahs form)
Lvs large and broad, bronzy pink, becoming darker — C Hfrfnnem-
Suttonise, F Muell =C termmahs —C 'Mfiyi, Hort Lvs green,
margined with red, young Ivs wholly red — C porphyrophylla,
Hort (C termmahs form) Lvs deep bronzy purple, glaucous
beneath — f ' Rfx, Hort (C termmahs form) Lvs medium width,
bronzy green, flushed purple and streaked with carmine — C
rosdceii, Hort (C termmahs form) Lvs recurved, broad, dark
bronzy green margined with pink — C' Rumphn=*=D Hookeriana.
— C Salmdnea=*Ct) — C sepiAria, Seem =C termmahs — C.
Sitberi, Kunth=C terminahs — C spltndens, Hort (C terminahs
form) Lvs dense, short, ovate-acute, bronzy green, shaded with
rose-carmine. — C zecldndtca, Hort — C rubra.
K M. WlEGAND.
CORfeMA (Greek, a broom, in allusion to its bushy
habit) Empetrdcese BROOM CROWBERRY. ? Two spe-
cies of low heath-like shrubs from K N. Amer and S. W.
Eu and the Atlantic Isls., of which the American spe-
cies is rarely cult, in botanical collections Closely allied
to Empetrum and differing chiefly in the apetalous Ms.
arranged m terminal heads, and in their upright bushy
habit Cult and prop like Empetrum C. C6nradii,
Torr is a much-branched shrub, to 2 ft. high, with
crowded linear Ivs. about ^m long fls inconbpicuous.
m terminal heads, the st animate with long exserted
purple stamens: fr. a small berry-like drupe, usually with
3 nutlets. H I. 6:531. Hardy
N. — (7. dlbum, D Don, has
obtuse Ivs with re volute edges
and lesmoub dotb. fls pink, fr
white to purple S W Eu.,
ALFRED REIJDER
1054. Cordylme terminalis
var Baptistu.
COREOPSIS (Greek, signifying biuf-hke, from the
fruit) Including Calh^i^i^ Compdsit.v TICKSKED
Annual or perennial heib.s, flow ei ing in .summer or
autumn, nearlv all natives of eabtein Noith America,
some of them popular as flower-garden subjects
Leaves opposite or rarely altern ite heads pedun-
culate and radiate, the broad involucre with bracts of
2 distinct senes, the outer nammer or shorter and
more herbaceous, the inner broad triangular-ovate or
oblong, thin, yellowish green or purplish, and stnate:
receptacle chaffy, rays very showy, >ellow, particolored
or raie)y robe, neutral, disk-fls yellow, dark 01 brown;
pappus of 2 weak bustles 01 scales, or a low crown or
none, arhenes often winged — The genus differs from
Bidens only m the if due eel or obsolete, not stiff -awned
pappus, and If -segms not &errate Many of the species
are in the trade under the name Calliopsis Other
genera with this peculiar involucre are Hidalgoa, Dah-
lia, Thelesperma, Cosmos, arid Leptosyne All the kinds
are of easiest cult The perennials are hardy border
plants The annuals are raised in any garden soil, and
bloom freely with little care. They are all showy
plants, of 50-70 species.
angustifoha, 2, 9
Atkmsoniana, 4
elegans, 5
glabella, 9
Oemleri, 13.
palmata, 12.
atropurpurea, 5.
aunculata, 8
grandiflora, 10.
lanccolata, 9.
picta, 6
prs-cox, 12
bicolor, 5
hneans, 13.
pubescens, 8.
Boytnmana, 10
hm folia, 2
rosea, 1.
cardammefoha, 3.
longipes, 10
tenifolia, 13
coronata, 7.
major, 13
tenuifoha, 15.
delphinifoha, 14.
mnrmorata, 5.
tmctona, 5
dichotoma, 2
liana, 5
tnptena, 11
diver si folia, 0
niyra, 5
verticillata, 15
Druminondn, 0
oblonaifoha, 9.
villosa, 9.
COREOPSIS
A Rays cmicatc, lobed.
B. Disk yellow, rays rose-purple.
1. rdsea, Nutt. Perennial: diffusely branched from
slender, creeping rootstocks, 1-2 ft high, smooth:
Ivs all narrowly linear, entire or with a few linear
teeth or lobes heads small, about 1 in broad or less,
short-peduncled; rays narrowly wedge-shaped, lobed
at the apex achene narrowly oblong, wingless; pappus
an obscure border Mass to Ga
BB Disk and invoUuredark pur pit., iays yellow or parti-
colored, wedgc-bhaprd and lobed.
c. Outer involucral 6; ads vuy bhoit, lanceolate or
tnanynlar.
D. Lvs. entire' acfienes with lacerate wings and setiform
pappus.
2 angustifdlia, Ait (C dich6toma, Michx. C hni-
fdlia, Nutt ) Perennial, strict and tall, 1-3 ft high,
glabrous, sparsely branched at the summit Ivs entire,
tLckish, basal oblanceolate to nanowly spatulate, long-
petioled, lower cauline elliptical on long petioles, upper
narrowly spatulate or linear, sessile or reduced to bracts:
heads 1-1 !-2 m broad, 1.13 s entirely yellow 8 U S.
DD Lvs divided ach<ncf> and pappus not as above.
3 cardaminefdlia, Torr & Gray Annual, low and
diffusely much branched from the base, 0-24 in high,
glabrous numerous basal and lower cauline Ivs peti-
oled, pinnatifid, divisions several pairs, short, oval,
elliptical, rarely linear, often again divided, upper
cauline nearly sessile with nanower and fewer divi-
sions heads as in No 5, but smaller, and often entirely
dark achems broader, winged, pappus minute or
none S II S On 29, p IMS, 37, p 203
4 Atkinsomana, Douglas Perennial 01 annual st.
tall, 2-4 ft high Ivs pmnatihd, the divisions linear*
heads as in the next achenes with narrow wing or
scarious margin, pappus composed of 2 short, subu-
late teeth Autumn-flow eiing S \\ U S. B R 1376
COREOPSIS
845
5. tinctdria, Nutt. (C tricolor, Reichb C. elegans,
Hort. Calli6psismarmordta,liort,.). Fig. 1055 Annual:
st. tall, strict, 1-3 ft high, branched, glabrous basal
Ivs few or wanting, cauline petioled, the upper sessile,
pinnatifid, divisions from narrowly elliptical to often
again divided and
narrowly linear:
heads %-llA, rarely
2, in broad, rays
with dark purple
base . achenes ob-
long, wingless, pap-
pus none Cent
U. S BM 2512
BR 84G. Mn. 1,
p 85 — A common garden
annual, showy and good.
Var nana, Hort Dwarf,
low and compact Gn 29,
p 499 Tom Thumb va-
rieties. Var. atropurpurea,
Hook ((' niyia, Hort ).
Rays almost entirely dark.
BM 3511.
cc. Outer involucral bracts
narrowly hneai , about
equaling the inner
6 Drtimmondii, Torr.
& Gray (C divtrtifblia,
Hook C picta, Hort).
GOIDKV WAVE Annual:
bt branched above, 10 -24
in high- Ivs petioled be-
low, sessile above, pin-
natifid, divisions tew,
1056. Coreopsis lanceolate.
(X'2)
1055. Coreopsis tinc-
joria— Calhopsis elegans
of gardens. (XM)
iiHium, uivisiuiis lew,
short, broadly elliptical, those of the upper Ivs linear,
heads 1-2 in bioad, large, rays usually dark at the
ba.se achene oval, wingless, margin cartilaginous in-
curved , pappus none Texas BM 3474 SBFG II
4-315 Gn 26, p 461,29, p 498; 37, p 203. 43, p
397 GM.5I 13. G 16 58
BUB. Disk yellow or brown, iayt entirely ydlow (except
No. ?), pcdun<let> long
c. Style-branches acute or obtiwsh, not acuminate: aark
lines al base of rays
7 coronata, Hook Annual low and often weak, 12-
24 in high, much branched fiom the base, sparsely
hirsute Ivs thick, the basal usually numerous, peti-
oled, pinnatifid or entire, divisions elliptic, lather
obtuse, lateral divisions smaller, the cauline Ivs few,
spatulate, often entire heads \] 2-2 in broad, rays
with a few dark lines above the oiange base, outer
involucre a third to a half short ei than the inner
achene orbicular, broadly winged, often echmate, with
a thickened callus at base and apex on inner face;
pappus very minute. Texas BM 3460 S II 1.270.
Gn 26, p 461 ; 29, p 499
cc Style-branches cuspidate-acuminate' rays entirely
yellow
8 pubSscens, Ell. (C. aw wild ta, Schkuhr & Hort..
not Linn). Perennial' tall, 1-4 ft high, branched
above, pubescent or nearly glabrous, leafy throughout
Ivs thickish, oval to lanceolate, very acute, petioled
or nearly sessile, entire or with small, acute, lateral
lobes; basal few. heads l^i-2)^ m broad; outer
involucre nearly as long as the inner achenes and
pappus similar to those of the next species. S U S.
Gn 37, p 202.
9 lanceolata, Linn. Fig 1056. Perennial- low, 1-2
ft. high, sparingly branched, glabrous or neaily so,
leafy toward base Ivs fewr, large, oblong-spatulate to
linear, petioled. barely acute, upper entire, lower
usually pinnatifid, divisions very distant: heads \Yr-
846
COREOPSIS
CORIARIA
2M m. broad; peduncles very long; outer involucre
equaling the inner or one-half shorter: achenes orbic-
ular, papillose, broadly winged, pappus of minute
scales or obsolete. E U S. (In 25, p. 165, 33, p, 7;
37, p 203 GW 10, p. 22 V. 18. 102 —Used exten-
sively for cut-fls
Var. glab£lla, Michx. (var. angmtifdha, Torr. &
Gray) Low sts scapiform: Ivs. narrow and crowded
at base of st., 2-4 lines wide.
Var villdsa, Michx (C. oblongifbha, Nutt). Lvs.
epatulate-obovate to oblong, villous, as is also the st.,
with jointed hairs.
10 grandifldra, Nutt. (C. Mngipes, Hook C. Boy-
kmidna, Nutt ) Perennial, (simple or branched, gla-
brous, 1-2 ft high, leafy throughout basal Ivs few.
lower Ivs spatulate or lanceolate, entire, upper divided
into several linear entire divisions heads l-2}£ in
broad aehene orbicular, papillose, broadly winged;
pappus of 2 small scales S U S B M 3586 Gn
47 7, 62, p 338 Mn 5 201 G. 29 461 J H. Ill o7:
479 Gn. W 23.349, 26 113.
AA Rays elliptical, entue or toothed at apex.
B. Color of rays pale yellow h>s pdiolcd.
11 triptens, Linn Perennial, very large and stout,
4-8 ft. high, blanched above, glabrous* Ivs petioled,
8 in or less long, trifoliate, or rarely 11 regularly 5-7-
fohate, divisions lanceolate heads medium, rays pale,
disk-fls yellow or daik purple achene oblong, narrowly
winged; pappus a fimbnatc border Cent. U. S
BB Color of rays deep yellow. Ivs. sessile
C. Lvs. 8-cleft to below middle, base entire, 3-nbbed.
12, palmata, Nutt (C prxcox, Fresen ) Perennial,
tall and stout, 1H~3 ft high, sparingly branched at
the summit: Ivs thick, cuneate, 2J^ in long, divisions
broadly linear, often irregularly again divided' heads
liHH^A} m broad: achenes oblong, narrowly winged;
pappus minute or obsolete Cent. U S R II 1845:265.
cc. Lvs dimded to the base
D. The Ivs. 3-divided, divisions entire, %-l in. broad.
13. major, Walt. (C semfoha, Michx.). "'Perennial:
tall and stout, 2-3 ft. high, pubescent, much branched
above, basal Iva wanting, lower caulme small, upper
2-3 in long, palmatcly 3-divided, divisions equal,
lanceolate, acute heads lj^-2 in broad; rays deep
yellow, disk-fls yellow, achenes obovate-elliptical,
winged, summit 2-toothed. S E. U S
Var Oemleri, Brit Smooth. If -divisions more
attenuate at the base. B M 3484 (as C. semfoha)
Var. linearis, Small. Smooth: If -divisions narrow,
2-4 lines wide
DD. The Ivs dissected, divisions j^-3 lines wide.
14 delphinifdlia, Lam Perennial, glabrous, branched
above, 1-3 ft high Ivs. sessile, 2-3 in long, basal
wanting, ternately divided, divisions dissected into
linear-filiform segms., which are 1-3 linos wide, head
1-2^ in broad, disk dark achene oblong-obovate,
narrowly winged, pappus-teeth short S E U.S.
15 verticillata, Linn (C. tenuifoha, Ehrh ). Peren-
nial; sparingly branched, 1-3 ft high basal Ivs want-
ing, caulme, sessile, similar to the hist but segms only
M~2i ImoB wide, heads 1-2 in broad; disk yellow:
achenes oblong-obovate, narrowly winged, pappus
nearly obsolete E U. S
C aristtim, Michx , C aurea, Ait , and C tnchosptrma, Michx ,
are now pUetd under Unions (which see) — C atropurpur<a, Hort
—Thclesperma sp — r auriculuta, Linn (C dm rsifoha, IX')
Perennial low, stolomferous, hirsute- Ivs pitiolcd, short, oval,
mostly entire heads large, very long-pedun< led probably not in
the trade S U S — C bflta, Hutehms t'nd. rshrub about 3 ft
high British E Afr — \ very handsome speeies — f Grdntn,
Ohv A compact bushy pknt about 2 ft hi«h Ms in the winter
Trop Afr BM SI 10 GC III 30 W2 Gn GO, p Ihl — C
L6atenwarthn,TorT AGray Annual If -divisions linenr-spatulato
raya euneate, lobed, yellow, awns 2, slender achene winded.
Fla— C nudtita, Nutt Perennial, rush-like Ivs mostly basal,
long, filiform rays rose-colored wing of ach( nc pectmatt "S I' S
— C radiata, Ilort Plant \cry dwarf fl -heads with ray-Horeta
rolled up. Of garden origin. R M WIE(MND.
CORIANDER is the seed-like fruit of Conandrum
sativurn, Linn , an umbelliferous annual of southern
Europe The plant grows 1 to 3 feet high, glabrous,
strong-smelling, with leaves divided into almost thread-
hke divisions, and small white flowers The plant is
easily grown in garden soil It occasionally becomes
spontaneous about old yards The seeds ("fruits) are
used as seasoning and flavoring in pastries, confections
and liquors, although they are less known in thih coun-
try than caraway The plant is sometimes grown in
American gardens with sweet herbs and other things
CORlANDRUM. Coriander
CORIARIA (conum, .skin, leather, a shrub used
for tunning leather was described as frutex conanu*,
by Pliny) Corianncfjp Shrubs or perennial herbs
grown chiefly for their ornamental fruits
Leaves deciduous, entire, 3-9-nerved, opposite and
distichous: fls polygamous-mom PCIOUS in slender
racemes, small, petals and sepals 5, stamens 10 fr
berry-like, consisting of 5 1 -heeded nutlets inclosed by
the enlarged and colored petals —About 8 species in
Himalayas and E Asia, Medit region, N Zeal and S.
Amer Ornamental shrubs or herbs, with slender arch-
ing branches imitating pinnate Ivs , and with very
showy yellow, red or black fr The Ivs of some species
are used for tanning leather, the frs are poisonous
in some species, edible in others C japomca has
proved hardy with slight protection in Mass , and f '
terminahs seems to be of the same hardiness, the other
species arc more tender They grow in almost any
good garden soil and prefer sunny position. Prop,
readily by seeds and greenwood cuttings in summer
under glass; also by suckers and layers.
jap6nica, Gray. Fig 1057. Shrub, 2-3, sometimes to
10 ft branches quadrangular Ivs nearly sessile, ovate
or ovate-lanceolate, 3-nerved, smooth, 2-4 in long fls.
in axillary racemes from the branches of last year* fr.
becoming bright red in summer, changing to violet-
CORIARIA
CORN
847
black when ripe Japan B M 7500 G F. 10 343
(adapted in FIR 1057). 8 I F. 2' 58 R H 1913, p 79.
termin^hs, Hernsl Herbaceous or suffruticose, 2-3
ft branches quadrangular Ivs nearly sessile, broad-
i fo ovale-Kinceolate, 5— 9-nerved, scabrous on the
•u-ath, 1-3 in fls in terminal racemes on
. the current year fr black Sikkim, W China
xanthocarpa, Rehd & Wilson. Fr yellow Sikkim.
li Ai 8525. 11 II 1907 100. G C. Ill 34 282 ,1 H.
Ill 49.443. FSR 3 10G MD 1897 1 — A very
ornamental plant, keeping its yellow fr. from July until
late in fall, being heibaceous, it is easier to protect
from frost than the former. Originally mtro. into cult.
as C.
C himnlaijbisis, Hort Said to have persistent Ivs and edible
frs Possibly not different from C nopalensm — C myrtiffilui,
Linn Shrub, 4-10 ft Ivs 3-nervcd, glabrous Hs greenish, from
the old v, oo.l fr black, poisonous Mnht r.-gion Yields a bhiok
dye— C nepaltnns, Wall Shrub, 8-] 0 ft Ivs 3- r)-norvod, gla-
brous fls browmwh fr black Himalayas — C sarmentfaa, Forst
Suffrutieoso, procumbent raff-men axillary, on young brnmhcs
BM 2*70— Tho winebt-rry shrub of the nitivc* The berries
yield a pleasant drink, but the seeds arr poisonous Source of the
New 7i al toot-poison, which 18 \<>ry destructive to human and
animalhfe — C rfnuvi. Maxiin AHiwl to C i+poima Shrub to
18 ft Ivs oval or broadly elliptic, abruptly short-pointed, 1*^-3
in long fr black Cent China ALFRED ItEHDEK
CORIS (ancient name, transferred) Pnnmlace<e
Two low thyme-like herbs of S Ku , sometimes planted
in rock-gardens, but apparently not in the trade Lvs
small, alternate, linear, spreading or recurved, the
margin revolute fls lilac or rose-purple, in terminal
densely-fld racemes C. montpdicnns, Linn , of the
Medit region, is 6 in high, much branching and
spreading, the sts thickly covered with the little
narrow Ivs
CORK-TREE. Qucrcus.
C6RMUS Sorbus
CORN, MAIZE (SWEET and POP). A tender
annual eulti\atod for ith gram, which is u^ed both for
human and hve-btock food, and for the herbage which
is used as forage As a horticultural crop, it is grown
primarily for the unripe grain or for pop-corn
The word mai/e, Spanish maiz, is denved from the
name Mahiz, whnh Columbus adopted for this ceieal
from the Haytians Maize hat? not yet been found
truly wild Its close relationship to a native Mexican
grass called teosmte, Euchlana incncana, is indicated
By the known fertile hybrids between this species and
maize as pointed out by Harshberger Teosmte and the
only other species which show close botanical relation-
ship to maize are indigenous to Mexico In fact the
evidence all shows that maize is of American origin,
although its original form has not yet been dis-
covered, nor has its evolution from other tvpcs
been completely traced DeCandolle concludes that
maize is not a native of the Old World but is of
American origin, and that it was mtioduced into
the Old World shoitly after the discovery of the
New, and then was rapidly disseminated
Very early in the exploration and settlement of ^
the New World, the whites learned from the natives
the use of maize as food Several of the Indian ~
names for preparations of food from this cereal jZ.
were adopted or adapted by the settlers and passed _~3I
into the English language, — as for example hominy, _~
samp, and succotash In the English-speaking colo-
nies, maize was grown as a field crop under the
name Indian corn, but later the tendency was to
drop the word Indian so that this cereal is now
known in Amencan agriculture and commerce by
the simple word corn The word corn has thus come _
to have a specific meaning on this continent which
does not attach to it in the British Isles
Corn now holds first rank among the agricultural
products of the United States, both in the area
devoted to its cultivation and in the value of the annual
crop The types known in garden culture in this coun-
tiy are the sweet corns and the pop-corns, the other
types, which are rnoie strictly agricultural, may be
designated as field corns. Sweet coin and pop-corn arc
also giown as field crops in comparatively limited
areas, the sweet coin ( ither as ^ truck crop or for can-
ning, and the pop-coin to supply the d >mand for this
product in our domestic markets Only the types ot
sweet corn and pop-corn will receive attention in this
article.
Botanical clarification
Zea almost umfoimly has been considered by botan-
ists as a rnonotypic genus, its one species being Zea
May* But % May*, is an extremely variable species,
including groups which are sepaiated by definite char-
acteristics As a w Di king classification, that proposed
by Stnrtevant is the best which hrus yet appeared. He
describes seven "agncultuial species " These arc Zea
tunicata, the pod corns, /. n<uta, the pop-corns (Fig.
1058), 7, inrfnrata, the flint corns, Z tndtntata, the dent
corns, Z fimlyacea, the soft corns, Z saccharata, the
sweot orbURa.1 corns (Figs 10,'xS, 1039, 1060), Z amylea-
sacchaiafa, the starchy sweet corns Z camna, Wats , is
a hybrid form, as shown by llarshberger. Z Mays,
Linn , belongs to the natural older of grasses or Granu-
nere Culms 1 or more, solid, erect, Il/2~l5 ft tall, or
more, terminated by a panic le of stammate fls (the tas-
sel) mternodes grooved on one side branches car-bear-
ing or obsolete l\s long, broad, channeled, tapering to
the pendulous tips, with shoit h> aline hgules and open
embracing sheaths fls moncrcious, awuless, usually
proterandrous, stammate fls m clusters of 2-4, often
overlapping, 1 fl usually pedicelkd, the other sessile
or all srssilc, glumes heibaceous, palca membranace-
ous, antheis 3, linear The ear contains the pistillate
fls on a hard, thickened, ("\hndiical spike or spadix
(cob), which is inclosed in many spathaceous bracts
(husk--), spikelcts closely sessile, in longitudinal roavs,
paned in alveoli with haid, corneous margin, fls 2 on
a spikelet the lowei aboitnc, glumes membranaceous;
st\le single, hlifonn, ven long (silk), ovary usualh
sessile eai \atiable in length and size, often distich-
ous, giain variable in shape and si/e 'Ihe color ranges
from white through light and dark shades of \cllow, red
and pui pie to nearly black
1058. Kernels of corn on the cob— sweet corn behind,
pop-corn in front ( X H)
848
CORN
CORN
Sweet corn (Zea saccharata, Sturt ) Figs 10/58-1060.
This is a well-defined species-group, characterized
by horny, more or less crinkled, wrinkled or shriveled
kernels, having a semi-transparent or translucent
appearance Sturtevant, in 1899, lists sixty-one dis-
tinct varieties He gives the fust variety of sweet corn
recorded in American cultivation as being introduced
into the region about Plymouth, Massachusetts, from
the Indians of the Susquchanna in 1779. Schenck, in
1854, knew two varieties It appears, therefore, that
the distribution of sweet corn into cultivation made
little progress prior to the last half of the nineteenth
century, green field corn having largely occupied its
place prior to that period.
Sweet corn is preeminently a garden vegetable,
although the large kinds aie sometimes grown for silage
or stover. As a garden vegetable, it is used when it
has reached the "roasting ear" stage, the kernel then
being well filled and plump but soft, and "in the milk."
The kernel is the only part used for human food. When
sweet corn is used as a fresh vegetable, it is often
cooked and served on the cob Dried sweet corn,
though never an important article of commerce, was
formerly much used, especially by the rural popula-
tion It is gradually being generally abandoned for
canned corn, for other cereal preparations or for other
vegetables, but recently desiccated corn has been put
upon the market and is finding sale in certain districts,
particularly in the South and in mining and lumber
camps It is practically unknown outside North
America
In the last quarter of the last century, canned sweet
corn came to be an important article 01 domestic com-
merce in the United States and Canada The total pack
for the United States anil Canada for the year 1898 was
4,398,563 cases, each containing two dozen two-pound
tins The following statement shows the number of
cases packed for the United States for the five-year
period from 1907 to 1911
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
6,653,744
b.779,000
5,787,000
10,003,000
14,401,000
Comparatively little of this corn was sent abroad,
most of it being consumed in the States, Canada, and
Alaska In 1911 Iowa took first rank in the output of
canned corn with a pack of 2,774,000 cases, which was
nearly 20 per cent of the total output of the United
States for that year Illinois, New York, Maryland,
Maine, Ohio, and Indiana followed in the order named
These seven states packed about 88 per cent of the
total output of thn country in 1911 These figures are
the best obtainable and give a general idea of the prog-
ress and distribution of the corn-canning industry.
Maine produces as good canned corn as is put on the
market and grows the crop largely in localities having
too short a season to mature the seed.
Sweet corn is commonly grown for canneries under
contract, the canning company supplying the seed
and guaranteeing it to be good and true to name, while
the farmer agrees to grow a certain specified acreage
and deliver the whole crop to the cannery at a stipula-
ted price. In Iowa the price now paid the grower is
about $7 per ton of good ears A yield of three to four
tons to the acre is considered good. The ears arc
snapped from the stalks with the husks on and hauled
m deep wagon-boxes to the canneries. The stalks,
when preserved either as ensilage or as stover, make
excellent fodder. The overripe and inferior ears, being
unmarketable, are left on the stalks and thereby
materially increase their value as a stock food. The
fetover keeps best in loose shocks, as it is liable to mold
when closely packed in large stacks or bays.1
As a field crop, sweet corn is grown most extensively
on medium heavy loams that are well supplied with
humus or organic matter. It luxuriates in rich warm
soils The crop rotation should be planned so as to
use the coarse manures with the corn, which is a gross
feeder On the more fertile lands of the central corn-
belt, nitrogenous manures may not always be used to
advantage with corn, but in the eastern and southern
states, where the soil has lost more of its original fer-
tility, stable manure may often be used profitably with
this crop at the rate of 8 or 10 cords to the acre, or
possibly more.
In the northern part of the corn-belt in the central
and western states, that is to say north of the Ohio and
Missouri rivers, deep fall plowing of corn land is gen-
erally favored, but in experiments at the Illinois and
Indiana experiment stations, the depth of plowing
has had little influence on the crop In sections of the
eastern states, shallow plowing late in spring is favored,
especially if the land be in sod In warmer, drier regions,
as in parts of Nebraska and Kansas, listing has been
much practised on stubble ground The listing plow,
having a double mold-board, throws the soil into alter-
nate furrows and ridges, the furrows being 8 or 9
1059 Early Marblehead sweet corn
inches deeper than the tops of the ridges The corn is
planted in the bottom of the furrow, either by means
of a one-horse corn-drill or by a corn-drill attachment
to the lister plow, consisting of a subsoil plow through
the hollow leg of which the corn is dropped
Great care should be used to secure seed-corn having
high vitality as a precaution against the rotting or
weak germination of the seed in the soil, should the
sea&on be cold and wet after planting Select the seed-
ears early before any hard frosts have come At this
time the large, eaily, and well-matured ears ran be dis-
tinguished from the rest of the crop, as the husks about
the early-maturing ears will have started to tuin brown.
Early maturity is a vital point to conwidei in selecting
seed-ears and this quality should never be sacrificed for
the size of late unmatured ears In selecting seed for a
field crop, seek systematically for stalks having little
or no growth of stools and bearing single, large, and
early-maturing ears. For garden use, seed from more
productive stalks is desirable, even though the ears be
smaller The seed-ears should be dried at once by
artificial heat so that the seed may better withstand
unfavorable conditions of temperature or moisture In
many localities so-called kiln-dried seed is much m
favor
In the North, sweet corn should be planted as early
as can be done without involving great risk of loss from
frosts or from rotting of seed in the soil In New York,
field-planting is generally done from May 10 to May
20; in central Minnesota from May 10 to May 30.
The ground having been plowed and prepared so as to
make a seed-bed of fine, loose soil 3 inches deep, the
seed should be planted to a depth of 1 to 3 inches.
The drier and looser the soil, the greater should be the
depth of planting In planting small fields, the ground
may be marked in check-rows so that the mils planted
CORN
CORN
840
at the intersection of the rows will stand about 3 feet
4 inches to 3 feet 6 inches apart each way, and the corn
planted by a hand-planter, which each time it is thrust
into the ground drops from four to five kernels, which
is usually the number desired Three feet apart is too
close to allow the cultivators to work easily For large
helds, the check-row tyne of planter should be used
These planters drop and cover the seed in hills at uni-
form distances apart, planting two rows at one trip
across the held Two types of furrow-openers are now
used on corn-planters, these aie the runner furrow-
openers and the disc furrow-openers The former are
less satisfactory on sod land or in fields covered with
trash, as the runneis will often ride out and leave the
seed uncovered. It is better to use the disc furrow-
opener on such land, besides opening the furrow better,
it also pulverizes the soil about the seed Field corn is
often planted in drills by planters adapted to this pur-
Eose, but sweet corn should be in hills so that the sur-
ice of the ground may be kept loose and entirely
free from weeds
Till for the purpose of retaining ^oil-moisture as well
as to kill weeds This requues fiequent shallow cultiva-
tion, pulverising the surface of the soil so that it will
act as a mulch to retard the evaporation of soil-mois-
ture Tillage should begin as soon as the planting is
done, using the slanting-tooth harrow and the weeder
types of implements until the corn is nearly 6 inches
high, providing that the weeds are small and the ground
is in friable condition After this time the spring-tooth
cultivators or the two-horse cultivators, having prefer-
ably three or four shovels on a side, are generally Ubod,
depending somewhat upon the kind oi soil to be culti-
vated This type of two-horse cultivator is preferable
to the double-shovel type which was formerly much
used The two-horse revolving disc cultivator is some-
times used in damp, weedy ground One great objec-
tion to this type is that too much earth is thrown
toward the corn and the middles between the rows are
usually left either untouched or bare of the loose soil
which is needed for a mulch For the later cultivations
the two-horse surface cultivator is coming more and
more into general use
Till at intervals of seven to ten days At first the cul-
tivator may run from 2 inches deep near the plant to
4 inches deep midway between the rows Each suc-
cessive cultivation should giadually increase in depth
towards the middle between the row.s, tluow }% inch
or more of earth towards the corn and cover the weeds.
At the last cultivation the cultivator may be kept a
little farther from the corn It should leave the soil
pulverized to a depth of 2 to 3 inches over the entne
field. The earlier cultivation may be deepened, if
necessary, to kill weeds, even though some corn roots
are severed, but cutting the roots by deep cultivation
near the plants late in the season is to be especially
avoided. Till the soil until the coin gets so large as to
prevent the use of a two-horse cultivator Occasion-
ally a later cultivation, with a one-horse cultivator,
may be nccessaiy if heav> rams leave the surface soil
hard and start the weeds Often catch-crops for late
pasturage, cover-ciops 01 crops of winter wheat or rye
are sown in the cornfield and cultivated in with the
last cultivation. The seed is covered deeply by cultiva-
ting it in because the weather is apt to be dry at this
period. The lower part of the furrow-slice is thus left
compact, furnishing a compact seed-bed, in which small
grains delight.
The cultivation of sweet corn in the garden should
follow the general lines indicated for field culture, but
stable manure and commercial fertilizers may be used
more liberally. Except on very fertile soils, it is wrell to
put a small amount of a complete commercial fertilizer
in each hill and mix it well with the soil before plant-
ing the corn A fertilizer which has a large amount of
nitrogen in quickly available form should be chosen
for this purpose. Dwarf early-maturing varieties ma\
be planted, for early use, as soon as the ground is
sufficiently dry and warm A little later, when the
ground is warmer, the second-early main crop and
late varieties may be planted. Later successional
plantings insure a supply of green corn till frost kills
the plants.
Corn IH not grown commercially as a forcing crop
Attempts to force it m winter have not given encour-
aging results, but it may be successfully forced in
spring, following any of the crops of vegetables which
are grown under glass, providing the houses are piped
so^as to maintain the minimum night temperature at
65° F. Provide good drainage Give a liberal application
of stable manure and thoroughly mix it with the soil
In the latitude of New York the planting may be made
as early as the first of March As ,soon as the first leaf
has unfolded, the temperature may be allowed to run
high in the sun, if the air is kept moist by wetting the
floors and walks. The gl.is-, need ndt be shaded Keep
night temperature close to 65° F , not lower and not
much higher. After the bilk appears, jar the stalks
every t\\o or three days, when the atmosphere is dry,
and thus insure abundant pollination Early maturing
varieties, like Cory, give edible corn in about sixty
days when thus treated. Coin may be forced in the
same house with tomatoes, eggplant, and other vege-
tables which require similar range of temperature
Varieties* of sweet corn,
Some of the desirable varieties for the garden, the
market, and for canning are listed below These varie-
ties are named to show the range of variation and to
indicate the leading groups or types, rather than to
recommend these particular kinds New varieties are
continually supplanting the old
For the home garden — Extra-early Golden Bantam,
an extra-early sort, has recently become very popu-
lar, on account of its productiveness, good flavor, and
desirable size for table use, and because the kefnels
separate very easily from the cob, many plant it in
succession so as to cover the entire season with this
variety alone Peep o'Day and Minnesota are other
good extra-early varieties- Second-early Early Crosby,
Early Evergreen Medium or standard season Hickox
Improved, Stow ell Evergreen, White Evergreen. Late
Black Mexican, Country Gentleman.
For maikot — Extra-oaily Cory (red rob), White
Cob Coiy, and Extra-Early Adams, which, though not a
sweet corn, is largely grown for early use This last-
named variety is recommended in the South because
of its comparative freedom from the attacks of the ear
worm. Second-early Shaker, Ciosby, Early Champion;
Early Adams also is extensively grown foi market,
though not a true sugar corn Midscason and Late.
Stowell Evergreen, Country Gentleman, Late Mam-
moth, Egyptian
For canning — Stowell Evergreen is the standard
variety for canning factories everywhere Country
Gentleman is also grown to a considerable extent for
fancy canned corn Other varieties that are used for
canning include Early Evergreen, White Evergreen,
Egyptian, Potter Excelsior, and Hickox Improved.
Dist'ai>(?6 and pesti> of ±>wcet torn
The most widespread and destructive disease of corn
in the United States is the smut produced by the para-
sitic smut-fungus, Ustilago Zex The sorghum-head
smut, Ustilago Keiliana, also attacks maize Smut
causes most injury when it attacks the ears The
grains are transformed into a mass of daik-colored
smut spoies, and become exceedingly swollen and dis-
torted out of all semblance to their normal outlines
Infection may take place at any growing point of the
plant from early till late in the season, hence treat-
ment of seed corn by fungicides is of no value as a
850
CORN
CORN
remedy for corn smut. The destruction of smutted
parts of the plants, and taking especial care that the
smut does not become mixed with manure which is
used for the corn crop, are measures which may be
expected to lessen the prevalence of the disease. No
remedy is known
Another disease of sweet corn in the United States is
the bacterial blight caused by Pseudomonas Stewartii.
It has been found n New Yoik, New Jersey, and Michi-
1060 Golden Bantam sweet corn
gan, but thus far has been seriously destructive only
on Long Island on early dwarf varieties of sweet corn
It is characterized by wilting and complete drying of
the whole plant, as if affected by drought, except that
the leaves do not roll up. The fibre-vascular bundles
become distinctly yellow, and arc very noticeable
when the stalk is cut open The disease attacks the
plant at any period of growth, but is most destructive
about the time the silk appears No remedy is known.
These two diseases are of the most economic impor-
tance in the United States. Two others of somewhat
minor importance which deseive mention are rust and
leaf blight. The leaf-blight fungus causes round,
brownish, dead spots on the foliage The maize rust,
Puccima soryhi, is found pimcipally where rainfall is
abundant. It is rather common throughout the corn-
belt The fungus is similar in nature to that which
causes the rust of small grains It cannot be controlled
economically
Over 200 species of insects are known to be injurious
to corn, either to some pait of the growing plant or to
the stored product The corn-ear worm, known South
as the cotton-boll worm, is especially injurious to sweet
corn It burrows in tender green coin, luunng the ear
for either canning or maiket purposes It is known to
do serious damage as tar noith as -western New \oik
and central Iowa Recent experiments in dust-spraying
promise well Spraying is done weekly, beginning
when silks appear, using equal weight powdered lead
arsenate and hme Shallow fall plowing to kill pupae
is a partial remedy. Wirc-woims, northern corn-root
worms, white grubs, and certain other grass insects
attack corn plants One of the best preventive meas-
ures is to plan the rotation so that corn does not
immediately follow any cereal or grass crop.
Pop-corn (Zta ercrta, Sturt.) Fig 1058 Pop-corn
is characterised by the excessive proportion of the
corneous endosperm and the small size of the kernel
and ear. The kernel split laterally shows the chit and
corneous matter enveloping, and in some cases a fine,
starchy line The small size of the kernel and the
property of popping makes identification certain.
This species-group extends throughout Noith and South
America and has claims for prehistoric culture
The preparation of the ground recommended for
sweet corn holds for pop-corn. Tillage should bo
started early in the spring to conserve as much of the
soil-moisture as possible, thus protecting the crop
against possible injury from drought later in the
season.
On good clean ground the pop-corn is very often
drilled, dropping the kernels 6 to 8 inches apart in the
row. More often, however, it is check-rawed with
the rows 3 feet 4 inches apart and from four to six
kernels in the hill. The ordinary corn-planters are
used with special plates for pop-corn planting. For
dwarf varieties of pop-corn such as the Tom Thumb,
when planted in home gardens and tilled by hand,
the hills may be as near together as 2J/2 feet
Pop-corn is much slower in germinating than field
corn and the plant is not so vigorous a grower. Shal-
low cultivation is recommended just as for other
corns, especially for the later cultivations, since deep
cultivating cuts too many roots.
Pop-corn is planted earlier than field
corn. It should be planted deep enough
to reach the moist soil, usually 1 Y% to
2 inches, but in a dry season it may
need to go 3 inches deep.
The White Rice, which is grown
more extensively for market than any
other variety, mixes with field corns
readily. The resulting hybrid types
have larger ears and larger, smoother
kernels and give heavier yields than do
the pure pop-corns These hybrid types
were for a time quite in favor with the commercial
growers because of their greater yield Now they are
being discriminated against by the buyers because of
their mfeiior popping qualities, and the tendency
among the growers is to get back to the pure types,
even though they give smaller yields
Pop-corn matures earlier than field corn. For this
reason in many sections of the country it is regarded as
a surer crop In the region about Odebolt, Iowa, where
pop-corn is grown more extensively than in any other
district in the world, harvesting sometimes begins as
early as the middle of September, but more often it is
delayed till the first of October or later to let the corn
dry on the stalk There are two methods of harvest-
ing One is to snap the corn and pile it in the crib,
then shuck it during the winter. However, this is not
generally practised because it makes more work and
takes more cub room The other and common method
is to pick and shuck the ears from the standing stalks
directly into the wagon, the same as with field corn
On account of the heavy expense of hand-picking,
some are now using the harvesting apparatus called the
corn-picker and husker Opinions differ as to the econ-
omy of using this picker The rows should be long and
the corn should stand up well to justify its use For
hand-picking the price per bushel usually ranges from
10 to 12 cents A good hand can pick about forty
bushels in a ten-hour day if the corn is good
It is very important that the pop-corn be thoroughly
dried After it is picked it is placed in the crib whicn
usually has ventilators through the center These
extend along the middle of the floor, are slatted to
admit air, and are about \\i feet wide by 2i^ feet high.
The coin is usually left in the crib through the winter
season Sometimes it is marketed on the cob Formerly
it was a common practice to ship it on the cob m
sacks, but now it is generally held over winter in the
crib, shelled the next spring and shipped in two-bushel
sacks It is usually marketed from June to September.
It is ready to use for popping just as soon as it is dry
enough. It can be popped immediately after it is
gathered if the season is dry and the corn is allowed, to
dry sufficiently in the fieJd. Usually it is left on the
stalk till it is so dry that it shells some when thrown
into the wagon
Various companies make a practice of contracting
for a certain number of acres of pop-corn at a certain
price in the spring of the year, so that the farmer may
know just what price he will get for his corn in the
fall or at some stated tune at which it IB to be delivered.
The contracting firm does not as a rule supply the seed
but does specify the grade of the corn ana objects to
the coarse hybrid types
The prices for corn in the ear are ruling from 1 cent
to 2 cents a pound; for shelled corn from \Yi cents
CORN
to 3 cents a pound. Pop-corn is considered a very
profitable crop and less likely to fail than field corn
because it matures earlier A good return to the acre
would be twenty to twenty-five bushels of ear corn,
worth from $20 to $50, averaging about $30 Field
corn in the same region averages about fifty-five bush-
els, worth usually from $20 to $25 an acre.
Varieties.
In 1899, Sturtevant described twenty-five varieties
of pop-corn. Tracy, in his "American Varieties of
Vegetables for the Years 1901 and 1902," enumerated
fifty-four varieties The rice pop-corns are generally
used for commercial plantings White Rice is now the
leading commercial variety of pop-corn, since it gives
the greatest yield and also brings the highest price
on the market. In the noted region about Odebolt,
Iowa, this variety is grown almost exclusively The
following list includes the leading varieties:
White Rice — Ear 4 to 8 inches long This vigorous,
late variety is widely cultivated. With other nee
corns, it is characterized by deep, tapering, beaked
kernels
White Pearl — Ear 4 to 8 inches long Matures some-
what earlier than Rice and later than Dwarf Golden.
Kerrtcls round and silvery white
Dwarf Golden — Ear I to 3 inches long An early-
matin ing sort, with broad, golden yellow kernels. A
favorite garden variety
Golden Tom Thumb — Ear 2 to 2^ inches long An
ornamental variety for home gardens. The stalks only
grow to a height of about 20 niches. The kernels are
right and golden yellow.
Other kinds of pop-corn worthy of mention are
Golden Queen, Silver Lace, and California Yellow.
S. A. BEACH.
CORNCOCKLE: Lychnis Githago.
CORNEL, CORNELIAN CHERRY: Cornus mas.
CORNFLOWER: Centaurea Cyanus.
CORN POPPY of Europe is the weed of the gram
fields from which Home of the garden poppies have been
raised, Papavtr Rhceas.
CORN-SALAD (Valenanclla ohtona. Poll ). Valeri-
anaccx. A spring and summer salad and pot-herb
plant
Annual mature plant 4-6 in. tall, forking: radical
Ivs. tufted (the parts used), oblong and obtuse, nar-
rowed at the base, entire or few-toothed, st -Ivs nar-
row, often clasping fls very small, in small terminal
cymes, v\hitish fr (seed) nearly globular, gray, not
crested S Eu V trwcdrpa, Desv , of S Eu and
N Afr , is sometimes cult as salad Ivs longer and
lighter-colored fr (seed) flattened, pale brown,
crested. Known also as lamb's lettuce, fetticus, and
vctticost.
Sow the seed of corn-salad in early spring, at the time
of the first bowing of lettuce, and make successional
plantings as often as desired. For very early salads
the seeds are planted in September, and the young
plants are covered with a light mulch and wintered
exactly as spinach is often managed Sow in drills a
foot or 18 inches apart and cover lightly Work the
ground thoroughly, and give an abundance of water
The leaves may be blanched, but are usually eaten
green. It matures in sixty to sixty-five days during
good spring weather. Only one variety is offered by
most American seedsmen, but several sorts are known
to European gardeners It is sometimes used for a
pot-herb, being served like spinach, but is chiefly
valuable for salads It is rather tasteless, and is not so
popular as cress or lettuce on that account, but per-
sons who prefer a very mild salad, or who would rather
taste the salad dressing, will doubtless fancy corn-salad.
CORNUS
851
It is beat served in mixture with other herbs, as lettuce,
water-cress or white mustard It is easy to grow.
There are no special enemies. p. A. WAUGH.
CORNUS (ancient Latin name of Cornus mas).
Cornace<e DOGWOOD Woody plants (one or two infre-
quently cultivated herbs), grown for their attractive
flowers and fruits, some species also for the winter effect
of their brightly colored branches.
Shrubs or trees, rarely herbs Ivs. opposite, rarely
alternate or whorled, deciduous, entire: fls small,
4-merous, usually white, in terminal cymes (Fig 1061)
01 heads; calyx-teeth minute, petals valvate, style
bimple, filiform or cylindnc; ovary inferior, 2-celled'
fr a drupe with a 2-celled stone — About 40 species in
the temperate regions of the northern hemisphere and
one m Peru Monograph by Wangerm in Engler,
Pflanzenreich, hft 41, pp 43-92, quoted below as Wang.
The dogwoods aie hardy ornamental shrubs with
handsome fobage, often asbummg & brilliant fall color-
ing, and with attractive flowers and fruits Nearly all are
very desirable for planting in shrubberies They grow
nearly as well m bhady places under large trees as in
eay as e b e
unny exposed situations, and thrive in almobt any soil
ne of the most beautiful in bloom is C flonda, with
extiemely showy flowers in bpnng C race mow is
one of the best for shrubberies, blooming profusely in
June The red-branched species, as C alba,C Amomurn,
C Bcnh'yi, C. sanfluinea are very attractive in winter
Propagated by seeds, which usually do not germinate
until the second year The species \\ith \villo\\-hke
soft wood, as (J alba and its allies, grow readily from
cuttings of mature wood, while the others are some-
times increased by layers They
arc often grown in this country
from nearly npen&d cuttings
1061 Coraus winter
shoots, showing the op-
posite buds and terminal
flower-clusters — Cornus
Baileyi
1062. Cutting of Cornus.
852
CORNUS
CORNUS
(Fig 1062), handled in frames in summer. Horticul-
tural varieties of other species are mostly budded in
summer on seedlings of the type, or grafted in early
spring in the propagatmg-house
Various species of Cornus have many interesting uses.
Our native C flonda, which in flower is the showiest
1063. Cornus alterxufolia.
member of the genus, furnishes a useful substitute for
quinine. The bark of all parts contains the same sub-
stances found in cinchona, but in different proportions.
It is inferior in effectiveness and more difficult to secure
in large quantities It is sometimes possible to ward off
fevers by merely chewing the twigs The powdered
bark makes a good tooth-powder, and the fresh twigs
can be used for the same purpose The bark mixed
with sulfate of iron makes a good black ink The bark
of the roots yields a scarlet dye The wood, being hard,
heavy, and close-grained, is good for tool handles The
cornelian cheny has pulpy fruits resembling cornelian
in color and about the size and shape of olives, for which
they can be substituted The ripe fruits are soft and
rather sweet The name dogwood comes from the fact
that a decoction of the bark of C sanguinea was used in
England to wash mangy dogs The small red berries
of C. suecica (not in the trade) are eaten by the
Esquimaux.
INDEX.
alba, 3, 4.
femina, 11
paurjnervw, 14
albocarpa, 17.
flaviramoa, 3.
pendula, 3, 19
alterrafolia, 1.
flonda, 19
pumila, 15
AmoDium, 8.
Gouchaultu, 4.
Pur pusn, 9
argentca, 1
ignorata, 12
quinquenerms, 14.
argen tco-margmata,
4, 17
japontca, 21
Kesselrmgu, 4.
racemosa, 10
rubra, 19
asperifoha, 6.
Kousa, 21
rugosa, 7
aurea, 17
luteocarpa, 17
sarigumea, 16
aureo-elegantiasima,
macrocarna, 17
sencea, 8
17
macrophylla, 2, 12
sibinca, 4
Bailcyi, 5
mas, 1ft, 17
Spaeth 11, 4
brachypoda, 2, 12.
mascula, 17.
stolomfcra, 3, 9.
caerulea, 8
nana, 17
stncta, 11
canadensis, 23
nitula, 3
tatanca, 4
candidissima, 10.
Nuttalhi, 20.
Theleryana, 12
capitita, 22
obhqua, 9
Thdycani*, 12
cirnnata, 1
oblongata, 10
umbracuhfera, 1
coloradens:s, 3.
ochroleuca, 1
vanegata, 2, 8, Ib
controversa, 2.
officinalis, 18
vindisRiraa, 16
/astiyiata, 11.
paniculata, 10.
Wilsoniana, 13
A. Plants, shrubs or trees.
B. Fls. in cymes or panicles without involucre. (Svida.)
c. Foliage alternate: fls in umbel-like cymes,
cream-colored.
1. alternifdlia. Linn. (Stida altermfbha, Small).
Fig 1063. Shrub or small tree, to 25 ft. : Ivs. slender-
petioled, elliptic or ovate, usually cuneate, acuminate,
nearly glabrous above, pale or whitish beneath and
appressed pubescent, 3-5 in long: cymes 1^-2 M in-
wide, fr dark blue, globular, H\n. across, on red pe-
duncles May, June New Bruns. to Ga and Ala , west
to Minn SS 5.216 Em 463. Wang 51 —Of very
difetmct habit, the branches being arranged in irregular
whorls, forming flat, horizontally spreading tiers, as in
the picture. A variety which shows this habit more
distinctly than the common form is var umbraculifera,
Dieck Var arg€ntea, Temple & Beard, is a form with
white-marked foliage Var ochroleuca, Rehd., has
yellowish frs.
2 controversa, Henihl. (C. brachypoda, Koch, not
C A Mey C maciophylla, Koehne, not Wall ). Tree,
to 00 ft. . Ivs slendcr-petioled, broadly ovate or elhptic-
ovate, usually rounded at the base, abruptly acuminate,
whitish and slightly hairy beneath, 3-5 in long cymes
3-4 in \vide. tr. bluihh black June. Himalayas to
Japan B M 8261 S I F. 1 77. R B 30 63 -With
the habit of the former, but of more vigorous growth,
not hardy N. Var variegata, Rehd (C macrophylla
vanegata, Barbier) Lvs edged white Gng 3 67;
16:291 JH. III. 28.129, 47.147.
cc Foliage opposite.
D Fr while 01 blue.
E. The fts. in umbel-like flat cymes.
p. Color of fr white or bluish white
G. Under side of lvi> with oppressed hairs, glaucous.
3. stolonifera, Michx (C alba, Wang ) RED-()SIER
DOGWOOD Fig. 1064 Shrub, to 8 ft , usually with dark
blood-red branches and prostrate st , stolon if erous:
Ivs obtuse at the base, ovate or oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, 2-5 in long cymes dense, 1-2 in wide,
disk usually red fr white, globose, with the stone
broader than high. May, June From Brit N Arncr
to 111 and Calif G C II 8 '679 —Habit bush-like, as
in Fig 1064 Var flaviramea, Spaeth Branches yel-
low There are also vanctics with variegated Ivs.
Var. nitida, Schneid (C alba var nitida, Koehne)
Branches green Ivs globsy above Var coloradensis,
Schneid (C alba var C coloradensib, Koehne)
Branches brownish red, strongly recurved fr bluish
white Colo Var. pendula, Ell Low shrub with
pendulous branches
4 ilba, Linn (C tatdnca, Mill ) Shrub, to 10 ft ,
with usually erect st and bright blood-red branches,
mostly with glaucous bloom when young Ivs obtuse at
the base, ovate or elliptic, somewhat bullate or rugose
above, acute, 1M~3^ in long cymes dense, small; disk
1064. Cornus stotomfcr*.
CORNUS
CORNUS
853
yellow: fr. ovoid, bluish white, sometimes whitish;
stone usually higher than broad, flat. Siberia, N. China
Var. arggnteo-margmata, Rehd (C dlba var ele-
gantisstnia vanegatu, Hort.) Lvs edged white. Var
Spaethii, Spaeth LVH broadly edged yellow. Gn 04,
p 378; 69, p. 343 Var GouchaWtu, Rehd. (C. sibinca
Gouchaultn, Carr ) Lys variegated with yellowish
white and pink Var sibirica, Lodd Branches bright
coral-red C L A 21, No 4 "29. GM 54.249 Var.
Kesselrmgii, Rehd (C xibirica var. Kewdrinmi,
Wolf). Branches very dark purple, nearly purphsh
black. There are also some other varieties with varie-
gated Ivs.
GG Under side of Ivs. with woolly hairs
5. Baileyi, Coult & Evans Fig. 1005. Erect shrub,
with reddish branches: Ivs ovate to lanceolate, acute or
acuminate, white beneath, with woolly and with
appressed hairs, 2-5 in. long* fls in small rather com-
pact woolly cymes' stone of the white fr. much broader
than high, compressed and flat-topped Pa to Minn
and Wyo G F 3 465 (adapted in Fig 1005) —A very
handsome species of upright growth, with dark red
blanches, blooming neaily all summer, and of a dis-
tinct grayish hue due to the slightly upward curled Ivs
The fall color of foliage and \vmter color of twigs are
unequaled Well adapted for sandy soil Early observed
on dunes, 8 Haven, Mich , but brought to the atten-
tion of systematists from specimens collected in ex-
tieme N E Minn in 1X80
0 aspenfdlia, Muhx Shrub, 8-15 ft branches
reddish bro\\n Ivs slender-pet ioled, elliptic to ovate,
acuminate, rough above, pale and woolly-pubescent
beneath, 1-4 in long cymes rather loose, rough-pubes-
cent fr globose, white, stone nearly globose, slightly
furrowed Ont to Fla , west to Texas. G F 10 105.
FF. Color of fr blue or bluish, .so/w titties partly white
or giefntbh white
G Lvs densely woolly-pubescent beneath.
7. rugdsa, Lam (C arcirmta, L'Her ) Shrub, 3-10
ft . the young branches green, blotched purple, older
ones purplish Ivs orbicular or broadly ovate, acute or
short-acurnmate, slightlv pubescent above, pale and
densely pubescent beneath, 2-6 in long cymes rather
dense fr light blue or greenish white May, June.
Em 464 Wang 61. — Bark has medicinal properties
GG Lvs pubescent only on tlie r«ns or nearly glabrous
beneath
8. Am&mum, Mill (C serfcea, Lmn. C. axrulea,
Lam) Shrub, 3-10 ft, with purple branches' Ivs.
usually rounded at the base, elliptic-ovate or elliptic,
dark green and neaily glabrous above, pale green
beneath, usually with brownish hairs on the veins, 2-4
in long' cyme compact' fr blue or sometimes partly
white. June, July Mass to Ga , west to N. Y. and
Tenn Em 46T — Bark has medicinal properties.
Var variegata, Hort Lvs. variegated with yellowish
white.
9 obliqua. Raf (C Piirpusii, Koehne). Shrub,
similar to the preceding, usually broader and more
loosely branched branches purple to yellowish red * Ivs.
usually narrowed at the base, elliptic-ovate to oblong,
dark green and glabrous above, glaucous beneath, on
the veins usually with whitish or brownish hairs, 2-3H
in long, cyme compact: fr blue or partly white May,
June in the S . JuK in the N One to Minn and Kans.
south to Pa , 111. and Mo. S.T 8.1:39. RH. 1888:444
(as C. stolomfera)
EE The fls in broad panicles' fr. white or pale blue.
10 racemdsa, Lam. (C candidissima, Marsh , not
Mill C. paniculata, L'Her C oblongata, Hort ). Shrub
6-15 ft , with gray branches' Ivs. cuneate, ovate-
lanceolate or lanceolate, acuminate, appressed-pubea-
cenu or nearly smooth, whitish beneath, 1^-4 in long
petals white, lanceolate* fr white May, June Maine
to N C , west to Minn , and Neb Wang. 58 (as C.
ferntna). — Free-flowering, very handsome when in
bloom, and with its white frs on red peduncles in fall
11. temina, Mill (C. striita, Lam. C. fastvjiata,
Michx.). Shrub, to 15 ft , with purplish branches Ivs
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, sparingly and minutely
appressed-pubescent, green on both sides. 1^-3 in
long petals white, ovate-lanceolate fr pale blue, \pril,
May. Va to Ga and Fla — Tender N. Closely allied
to the former, and perhaps only vanety.
DD. Fr. black (grtcn in a var. of No. 16).
E Fls. in broad panicles.
12. brachypoda, C A Mey (C ign,orata, Shiras. C
macrophylla, Hemsl , not Wall C Thdycams, Lebas.
C Theleryana, Hort ) Shrub or small tree branches
yellowish or reddish brown Ivg slender-pet ioled,
elliptic-ovate to elliptic-oblong, abruptly acuminate,
rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, dark green
1065. Cornus Baileyi (Spray
above and nearly glabrous, glaucous beneath and spa-
ringly appressed hairy, with 0-$ pairs of veins, 2 1 2-G
in long panicle rather loose, 3-6 in aciohs, st>le
below the stigma abruptly enlarged into a disk fr
bluish black. Aug Japan, Cent China S T S 1 41
SI.F 1:77. RH 1875, p 395 F 1870, p 123 -^-One
of the handsomest dogwoods on account of its large
Ivs. and large panicles of white fls ; not quite hardy N
13. Wilsoniana, Wang Tree, to 40 ft branches
brownish Ivs elliptic, narrowed at the base, acuminate,
above sparingly, beneath more densely appressed-
pubescent, green or glaucescent beneath, with 3-4 pairs
of veins, 2-4 m long panicle 2} 2-4 m across, style
cyhndnc, scarcely enlarged below the stigma, fr.
bluish black. Cent. China Wang 66 —Very hand-
some, similar to the preceding, but hardier. Page 3567.
EE F Is. in umbel-like cymes Ivs. green beneath.
F. Lvs. with appressed hairs beneath.
14 paucin<§rvis, Hance (C. quinqwnervis, Franch.).
Shrub 4-6 ft : young branches quadrangular, usually
reddish brown' Ivs short -petioled, of firm texture,
oblong-obovate to elliptic-lanceolate, acute, cuneate at
the base," dark green above, paler beneath with ap-
pressed hairs, with 3-4 pairs of veins, 1^-3 HJ m long:
cymes long peduncled; style thickened below the apex:
854
CORNUS
fr. black. June, Cent. China. G C. III. 50:95. G.M.
54:593 Gt. 1896, p 285. Wang. 72.— Handsome
shrub nearly half-evergreen, but not hardy N. P 3507
15. pdmila, Koehne (C. mds var. nana, Dipp ).
Dense shrub, to 6 ft • branchlets terete, glabroub. Ivs.
crowded, broadly ovate to oblong-ovate, short-acumi-
nate, abruptly contracted
at the base, dark green
and nearly glabrous above,
paler and appresscd-hairy
beneath, 1}A-3}A »n long
cymes long-peduncled, 2-3
in broad; style thickened
below the
apex fr.
black July.
Origin un-
known —
Handsome
with its
dense dark
1066. Coraus mas. (Spraya
green foliage, particularly
when dotted with the white
fl -clusters; has proved
hardy at the Arnold Arbo-
retum.
FF. Lvs. with woolly hairs
beneath: branches purple
16 sanguinea, Linn
Shrub, to 12 ft , with purple
or dark blood-red blanches
Ivs broad-elliptic or ovate,
rounded or nai rowed at
the base, usually pubescent
on both sides, pale green
beneath, lj^-3J2 m l°ng ^s greenish white, in dense
cyme* fr black May, Juno Eu , Orient Var.
variegata, Dipp Lvs variegated with yellowish white.
G W 9, p 247 Var. viridfssima, Dieck With green
branches and green fr.
BB. Fls. in dense heads or umbels, with an involucre.
C Color of /7s yellow; involucre yellounsh, not
exceeding the fls (Macrocarpium )
17 mas, Linn (C nidt>cula, Hort ) CORNELIAN
CHERRY Fig 1066 Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft Ivs
ovate or elliptic, acute, appreseed-pubescent, and green
on both sides, l}i-4 in long: fls m sessile opposite
umbels, before the Ivs ; pedicels not exceeding the invo-
lucre' ir. oblong, scarlet, %m long, edible March,
April S Eu, Orient Mn 5192 GC II 9 '399.
H W 3, p 61 — Handsome shrub of dense growth
with glossy foliage, very attractive in early spring
with its yellow fls , and again in fall with its shining
scarlet frs. Var ma-
crocarpa, Dipp. Fr.
larger. Var albocdrpa,
Schneid. (var luteo-
cdrpa, Wang ) Fr yel-
lowish. Var. aurea,
Schelle. Lvs yellow.
Var afireo-elegantis-
sima, Schelle. Lvs
variegated with pink
or yellow F. 1877:
109 GZ 21:169 Var.
argenteo - marginata.
Hort. Lvs. bordered
white. Var. nana.
Simon - Louis. Dwarf
form. It has been con-
fused with C. pumila
(No. 15) which has len-
ticillate branchlets and
usually 4 pairs of veins
1067. Coraus flonda. (XM)
CORNUS
18. officinalis, Sieb. & Zucc. Shrub or small tree, to
15 ft.: Ivs. elliptic, acuminate, pale green beneath and
with large tufts of dark brown hairs in the axils of the
veins' fls like those of the former; pedicels longer than
the involucre* fr. scarlet, oblong Japan, China. S Z.
50 — Very similar to the last.
cc. Color of fls. greenish yel-
low, sessile, with a showy
white involucre, much
exceeding the fls
D. Frs, in dense clusters, but
indundually distinct.
(Benthamidia, Cynoxy-
lori)
19. flfirida, Linn. (Cy-
ndxylon fldndum, Raf ).
FLOWERING DOGWOOD Fig.
1067. Shrub or small tree
with spreading branches,
10-15 ft, rarely to 40 ft.:
Ivs oval or ovate, acute,
dark green and glabrous
above, glaucous or whitish
beneath, usually only pu-
bescent on the veins, 3-6
in long involucre \\ Into or
pinkish, 3-4 in wide, bracts
4, obovate, emargmute* fr.
J/2 m long, bcarlet May.
Mass to Fla , west to Ont.
and Texas, also E and S.
Mex SS 5 112-13 Em.
468 G F 3-431 B M 526
Gn 33, p 441, 43, p 153;
52, p 177; 53, p 222 J II.
Ill 28.453 , 55 331 FE 23 511 G 34 531 <5n
M 5 138 MDG 1898 405 V 5'230, 20 51 —One
of the most beautiful American flowering trees, hardy
N Var pendula, Dipp With pendulous branches
FE 17, p 68 V 13 333 Var riibra, Andre" \\ith
pink involucre RH 1894 '500 AG 18 '111 F E.
9 572 B M 8315. G 28 689. Neither variety as
hardy as the type.
20 Nuttallii, Audubon Tree, to 80 ft • Ivs ovate or
obovate, usually pubescent beneath, 4-5 in. long:
involucre white or tinged with pink, 4-6 m across;
bracts 4-6, oblong or obovate, sometimes roundish,
mostly acute fr bright red ot orange, crowned with
the broad, persistent calyx Brit Col to S Calif.
SS 5 214-15 Gng 6 271 BM 8311 G 27 366 —
This species surpasses the former in beauty, but is more
tender, particularly while the plants arc young, and has
rarely been successfully cult . outside of its native country.
DD Frs connate into a
globular fleshy head.
(Benthamia )
21. Koftsa, Buerg.
(Benthamia japdnica,
Sieb. & Zucc C.
japdnica, Koehne, not
Thunb ) Fig 1068
Shrub or small tree, to
20 ft ' Ivs cuneate,
elliptic -ovate, acumi-
nate, dark green above,
glaucous and ap-
pressed-pubescent be-
neath, 2-4 in long in-
volucre creamy white,
2L;2-3 in. wide, bracts
ovate, acute, frs form-
ing a globular head.
June. Japan, China.
S.Z. 16. SI.F. 2.59.
CORNUS
Gn. 43:152; 60, p. 165. G C III. 19.783 A.G. 9:329
(adapted m Fig. 1068); 13:674. Gng. 3:149. J.H. III.
35:9; 63:187. M D G. 1899:328-9 R B 30 64 G.
27:367 Gn.W. 8 741 G M 3.5, suppl. Oct. 8— Fls
very showy, appearing after the Ivs. in June and con-
trasting well with the bright
green foliage; hardy as far
north as Mass. Sometimes
variegated.
22. capitata, Wall. (Ben-
thamw fragifera, Lindl.).
Tree: Ivs coriaceous, elliptic-
oblong, narrowed at both
ends, appressed - pubescent
above and more densely and
whitish beneath, 2-4 in : in-
volucre about 2^-3 in wide,
creamy white;
bracts ovate,
acute* fr -head
over 1 in across,
scarlet June.
Himalayas. B
R 19-1579 Gn
54, p 310; 60, p.
165, 64, p 135;
70, p 123; 73, p.
411 GC. Ill
l068.CornusKousa.(X*> Jg.5^; 4583,
III 30 213 M D G. 1898-568 —Evergreen tree, with
ehowy fls and frs ; hardy only S
AA. Plants low herbs' fls in dense heads, with a white
(or pinkish) involucre (Arctocrania, Chamxpcn-
clymenum )
23 canadensis, Lmn. Herb, Yy-"1/^ ft high, with
creeping rootstock Ivs whoiled, sessile, elliptic or
obovate, glabious or nearly so, 1-3 in long head green-
ish, long-pec luncled, involucre white, 1-1)2 m wide:
fr bright red, globose Mav-Julv N Amer , .south to
Ind , Colo , and Calif B M 8SO G C III 47 363.—
Handsome plant for half-shady places
C ArnM\nna, Kehd (C ohliquaXC racemosa). Intermediate
between the parents last year's branches purple, older gray or gray-
ish brown fls as profusely as in C racemosa, but the white or
bluish white fr appears rather sparingly Originated at the Nrnold
Arbontum SFS 1 40— f austrMi*, C A Mey. Closely allied
and \ t>ry similar to C sanguitu «i, but Us beneath with appressed
hairs and branclu s less bright ly colon d Asia Minor, Caucasus —
C BretxchneMen, Henry (C aspera, Wang) Shrub, to 12 ft
branches green or purplish Iva ovnie to elliptic-ovate, usually
rounded at the base, rough-pul>c scent on both Mdes, 2-4 in long
cyme dense fr bluish black N China Hardy — ('
Koehne—C ma< r ' " " ' ' T
CORONILLA
855
•ophylla-
glabrnla, Benth Shrub, to 10 ft
brandies gray Ivs small, nearly (glabrous, green and shining on
both sides fr white Ore to Calif -r ///s«t, Korlme Allud to
C alba Dwarf, dense shrub KH crowded, small, \ery dark green
fr bluish white Probably from E Asia— C Kolmgn, Srhneid
Koenigu, Wang )
Allied to C sanguiuea L\s
b „
Koehne)
long, sparingly apprcsscd-puescent beneath
larropnijlla, Wall (C corynostyli
(C australr
larger, 3-5Ji
Transcaucasia- ... , . .. ,_
Allied to C brachypoda Tree, to 30 ft l\s broadly
elliptic-ovate, acuminate mrl cymose, style olub-shapod at the
apex Himalayas B M. 8261 J H S 27, p 860 Gt 1896, p
285— C obltnga. Wall Shrub or tree, to 80 ft Ivs narrow-
oblong, nearly glabrous, glaucous beneath, coriaceous fls white,
fragrant, in cymoso panicles Himalayas — C poltophylla, Schneid
& Wang Shrub, to 12 ft • branches brown Ivs mibcoriaceous,
elliptic or elliptic-ovate, slightly villous above, beneath more
densely BO and grayish white, 2 U-4H m long cymes long-pedun-
c'ed fr black Cent China —C jnibfictni, Nutt Shrub, to 15
ft , with purple branches Ivs nearly glabrous above, glaucous and
woolly-pubescent beneath fr white Brit Col to Calif — C Sld-
wmt.Rehd (C rugosaXC stolomfera) Intermediate between the
parents branches purple Ivs more or less woolly beneath fr blu-
ish, rarely white Originated at Rochester, N Y — C xutcica, I inn
(Chamscpericlymenum suecicum, Aschors & Graebn ) Allied to
C canaden.sis Ivs all opposite, fl -head purple, the white involucre
1 in or le«s wide Arctic Amer., N Eu , N Asia. Gn 55. p 239.
8EB4G34. ALFRED RBHDER.
COROKIA (from the native name). Cornaceae. Ever-
green shrubs, adapted to outdoor planting in the S.
Upright, with tortuous or straight branches and black
bark' Ivs alternate or fascicled, stalked, entire fls per-
fect, small, yellow, in axillary or terminal clusters, ealyx-
tube top-shaped, the limb 5-lobed; petals 5, each with a
scale at base, stamens 5 fr an ovoid or oblong 1-2-eellcd
drupe. Three or font species m New Zeal C. Cotonefister,
Raoul, is offered abioad as a bush of curious growth,
very attractive when covered with its very small yel-
low star-like fls ngid, densely branched, 4-8 ft, the
branches crooked and interlaced, tomentose Ivs 1 in
or less long, the blade orbicular to obovate or oblong-
ovate, obtuse or emargmute. shining above, flat
stalked. B M 8425. I T. 2 73. L. H. B.
CORONfLLA (Latin, a httle crown from the arrange-
ment of the flowers) Li gum mb\<f CROWN VKTCH.
Shrubs and herbs, some grown in the hardy garden and
some in greenhouses, for their yellow or purple bloom.
Annuals or perennials, often woody, smooth or rarely
silky-hairy, with odd-pinnate Ivs , entire Ifts , and pur-
ple or yellow fls in ped uncled heat.s or umbels, calyx
5-toothed, coiolla papilionaceous, the standard orbic-
ular and the keel mcuived, umgs obovate or oblong;
stamens 9 and 1 pod jointed, terete 01 4-angled, seeds
oblong —Species about 20, Medit region and Canary
Ibis, VV Asia The Muubby C Emriu* and C glaiica
aro useful in S Calif and' the southern states The
species are occasionally giown in borders C glauca
is sometimes grown under ghi.ss for spring bloom,
after the manner of Cytisus All are of easy cult
A. /(7s ydlow.
B Plant herbaceous.
cappaddcica, Willd (r ibtnca, Bieb ). Low peren-
nial herb, about 1 ft high Ifts 9-11, obcoidate, ciliate'
umbels 7-H-fld , fls ye! km, large, July, Aug .stipules
rnembranaceous, rounded, nhate-toothed Asia Minor.
L B C 8 789 B M 2<>4<) —A good trailer for rock-
gardens and the margins of borders
BB Plant shrubby, at Ita&l at base
c Claw of Die fxtah much longer than the calyx.
Emerus, Lmn (fimerm m<)jnr, Mill ) SCORPION
SENNA Fig 1069 Dense, symmetrical shrub, 3-5 ft.
high, the branches
green and stnate:
Ivs deep glossy
green, Ifts. 5-7,
obovate ; stipules
small peduncles
3-fld , fls large, > el-
low, tipped \Mth
red Blooms freely,
M ay -July Showy,
half-hardy S Eu BM
445 Gng. 5 36 —Ever-
green m southern .states
emeroides, B o i s s &
Sprun (C timer us var.
emerohies, Wohlf ) Bush,
3-ti ft . branches gla-
brous or soft-hairy, Ifts.
2-3 pairs, heart-shaped:
peduncle 2-3 times as long
an the If , the umbel 5-8-
fld ; fls yellow; claw of
petals about twice as long
as the calyx: pod 2-3 in.
long, very narrow. April,
May S Eu
cc Claw of petals scarcely
exceeding the calyx
juncea, Linn Glabrous
gray-green shrub branches
rush-like, terete, nearly
naked Ifts 3-7, linear- 1069. Coromlla Emerug.
856
CORONILLA
CORTADERIA
oblong, obtuse, somewhat fleshy, scattered, fls golden
yellow, in 5-7-fld umbels: pod hanging, lance-linear.
S.France B R 820 L DC 3: 235
minima, Lmn Glabrous, diffuse, soft gray-green
aub-shrub, 3 or 4 in high, procumbent Ifts 7-13, ovate,
obtuse or retuse, scattered or at base of plant, fls.
golden yellow in 7-8-fld umbels, sweet-scented. In
dry sands. Eu B M 2179
glauca, Lmn. Glabrous shrub 2-4 ft high: stipales
small, lanceolate Ifts 5-7, obovate, very blunt, glau-
cous, fh 7-8 in each umbel, yellow, heavy-scented
S Eu B M 13. — One of the common garden shrubs
of S. Calif , flowering all the year. There is a varie-
gated form.
AA. Fls white and pink
viminalis, Sahsb Trailing shrub stipules soon
deciduous, ovate, membranaceous Ifts 13-21, obovate,
notched, glaucous umbels 6-10-fld ,fls pale red or white
with a red stripe on the banner Algeria. — Promising
as a florists' plant for cut-fls Fls. all the year in S.
Calif.
varia, Linn. CROWN VETCH. Fig 1070. Straggling
or ascending smooth herb, 1-2 ft high. Ivs sessile,
Ifts. 11-25, oblong or obovate, blunt and mucronate,
H-Kin long: peduncles longer than Ivs., fls m dense
umbels, ^m long, pinkish white June-Get. Eu.
BM. 258. Gng 5 337 —Trailing plant for hardy
herbaceous border. JARED G SMITH>
L H Bf
CORRfcA (after Jose Francesco Correa de Serra,
Portuguese author, 1750-1823) Rutacese Tender
Australian shrubs, rarely cultivated under glass.
1070.
Coronilla vana.
(XH)
Correa alba.
( x h)
Shrubs, usually with dense, minute, stellate hairs*
Ivs. opposite, stalked, entire, and with transparent
dots: fls. rather large, showy, red, white .yellow or
green, usually pendulous, solitary or 2 or .1 together;
petals and sepals each 4; stamens 8: carpels 4, nearly
distinct. — Seven species. C. spcciosa is probably the
best and most variable species It ,s a native of barren
sandy plains, and belongs to the large and much-
neglected class of Australian shrubs
specidsa, Ait (C cardindhs, F. Muell ). Tender
shrub, 2-3 ft high: branches slender, brown, opposite,
covered with
minute rusty
hairs: Ivs oppo-
site, about 1 m
long, elliptic,
about a fourth
as wide as long,
wrinkled, dark
green above,
whitihh below,
margin entire,
recurved : pe-
duncles oppo-
site, axillary,
longer than the
Ivs , 1-fld , with
a pair of leafy
bracts, fls 1^
in. long, pen-
dent, tubular,
bright scarlet,
with a very short
limb of 4 spread-
ing, greenish
yellow segms ,
calyx small, cup-
shaped, with 4
almost obsolete teeth; stamens 8, exserted, about #m.
B M 4912 — There are several varieties
filba, Andr Fig 1071 A compact and much-branched
shrub, 3-4 ft , the branches rusty-tomentose* Ivs
variable, orbicular to obovate or elliptic, very blunt,
3^-1 in long fls white or pink, 2 or 3 together, not
over )1>m long, and not so showy as preceding B.R.
515.— Offered in S Calif. WILHELM MILLER
N TAILOR!
CORTADfeRIA (from Corladero, the native name in
Argentina), (haminese PAMPAS-GRASS Large reed-
like perennials with numerous long, narrow blades and
a large striking plume-like inflorescence Species six,
South America. See Gynenum.
arge"ntea, Stapf (Gynenum argtinteum, Nces). PAM-
PAS-GRASS Culms numerous, m large thick tussocks,
3-10 ft high, excluding the panicle Ivs. mostly basal,
the upper sheaths gradually elongated, blades firm,
long and slender, very scabrous on the margins, Y%-l/±
in. wide, tapering to a slender point, panicle large,
compact, 1-3 ft., silvery white or in cult varieties
tinged with purple, dioecious; spikelets 2-3-fld , the
pistillate silky with long hairs, the stammate naked;
glumes white and papery, long and slender; lemmas
bearing a long slender awn A G. 14.323. G 1.412.
GC. III. 40-295; 43:195. Gn 62, p 346; 66, p
375. G.W 3-415. Gn W. 5:85; 23:20. J H. Ill
35.483; 49'27. R H. 1862, p. 150 V. 3:369, 391.
S Brazil and Argentina. C. Ldmbleyi fblns vanegdtis,
Hort. GC. III. 25:335, appears to be a form of C.
argentea.
Quila, Stapf (Gynbnum Qulla, Nees. G. jithdtum,
Lem. G. arcuato-nebulbsum, Hort ). Differs from pam-
pas-grass in the rather laxer. more graceful plume, with
longer, more flexuous, nodding branches, somewhat
smaller spikelets, and more delicate glumes, and in the
longer, very slender stammodes of the pistillate fls.:
plume lavender-colored, 1-2 ft. long,thespikelets3-5-fld.
B M 7607. G C III 26:102. Gn 15, p 179; 55, p. 93.
R H. 1885, p 200; 1899:52, 53— Grows in a dense tuft;
perennial, but with biennial culms; the plant has been
killed by a temperature of 3° F. Intro by Lemoine, of
CORTADERIA
CORYDALIS
851
Nancy, France. Probable synonyms are Gynenum
roseum Rendlateri and O. argenteum carminatum Rend-
laten. F.S. 20:2075. Not so well known as C. argeniea.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
CORTtFSA (named by the herbalist Matthiolua after
his friend Cortusus, professor of botany at Padua).
Pnmulacex Scapose, perennial, pubescent herbs with
long-stalked, cordate-ovate IVH and purple umbel-
late fls. C. Matthidli, Linn., from the Swiss Alps,
has long been a choice and delicate but not very popu-
lar plant, suited for shady parts of the rockery. It was
long considered the only species of the genu.s. It is an
herbaceous perennial, about 6 in high, pubescent,
rhizomatous, with a few long-stalked, cordate, 7-9-
lobed, dentate Ivs , and a slender scape bearing an
urnbel of about 7 small, rosy purple, drooping fls ,
which appear in early spring B M 987 L H C 10 956.
It has some resemblance to Primula corluswide* The
genus has possibly 4 species, and is distinguished from
Primula and Androsace by its stamens attached to the
base of the corolla, and its long-acuminate anthers
Its culture is similar to that of the hardy primulas,
but it needs winter protection in the northern states.
Prop by division of the roots
CORYANTHES (Greek, karys, helmet, and anthos,
flower, referring to the shape of the lip) Ordndacex*
Epiphytic orchids requiring warmhousc conditions
Pseudbulbous Ivs plicate, lanceolate fls in racemes:
sepals spreading, dilated, flexuose, conduphcate, lateral
ones largest, distinct at the base, petals small, erect;
lip large, tridentate, basal portion forming a hood,
continued into the column, distal portion bucket- or
poush-like; column pointing downward, elongated,
terete, bicornute at the base, apex recurved, pcllima
2, compressed, caudicle linear, arcuate The bucket
&art of the lip is provided with a bpout-like structure,
y means of which the bucket overflows when about
half full of a secretion which drops from a pair of glands
near the base of the column The fls of the species
but often annuals. Ivs. lobed and finely dissected in
nearly all the species* fls. racemose, often yellow, lesa
frequently blue, purple or rose; petals 4; spurred as m
the Dutchman's breeches; stamens 6, in 2 groups —
Ninety species, natives of the north temperate regions.
They are all of easy cult. They prefer full sunlight but
will grow in half-shade. Prop, by division or seed.
known are not lasting, the sepals being of such delicate
texture that although at first they fully expand, they
soon collapse and become unsightly Although much
interest attaches to the species of Coryanthes, the
genus is not generally cult , since the fls last too short a
time and are not particularly brilliant This complex
genus, which is closely related to Stanhopea, is repre-
sented by several interesting species inhabiting Trop.
Amer. For cult see Stanhopea
macr&ntha, Hook Fls. few, m drooping racemes:
ground-color rich yellow dotted with red; hood and
part of bucket brownish red Caracas P M. 5.31.
BP 1841. BM 7692 G C. Ill 28 355. O R. 3 41.
maculata, Hook. Fls in a drooping raceme; sepals
and petals dull, pale yellow, bucket blotched on the
inside with dull red B M. 3102; 3747. B R. 1793. F S.
8.755 (as C. Albertin*). A F. 30'325 CO. 1. Var.
punctata, Hort., has the petals and sepals bright yellow,
speckled with red, the hood yellow, blotched with red-
dish orange, the pouch pale, speckled and spotted with
red. Demerara. C Cdbon is an unspotted form of this.
C. Balfourvlna, Hort Similar in habit to a stanhopea, with
a long pendulous scape bearing 2 or 3 large and curiously shaped
ns Peru — C. leucocdrys, Rolfe. Sepals yellowish green, marked
with brownmh purple, the petals white, marked with light purple,
the hp white with the bucket marbled with light rosy purple
Peru. Lmd 7 293 — C. Master stdna, Lehm Raceme erect, fls 2
or 3, yellowish, tinged and spotted with copper-red. Colombia.
G C. Ill 29 19 — C Sdnden, Hort A very large-fld plant
allied to C macrantha — C spentisa, Hook. Raceme of 2 or 3 fls ;
sepals and petals pale yellow, lip brown-red, the stalk brownish
yellow. Brazil. G.C III. 30 100. BM 2755 (as Gongora) . CO. 2.
GEORGE V. NAsn.f
CORYDALIS (Greek, lark, the spur of the flower
resembling a lark's spur). Fumariaccx. Hardy plants
allied to the Dutchman's breeches.
Erect or prostrate herbs, usually perennially rooted,
INDEX.
anltda, 1.
thalictnfolia, 5.
nohiliH, 4 tomentosa, 12.
occidentals, 10 Wilsonu, 6.
iurvisihqua, 9. ophiocarpa, 8.
Allemi, 2
aurea, 10
bulbosa, 1
chmlantlufoha, 7.
glauta, ,
lutea, 1]
A. Fls. chiefly purple or rose, sometimes tipped yettow.
B. Plant perennial' root tuberous: st -Ivs few.
1 bulbdsa, DC (C s6lida, Swartz). Erect, 6 in.
high' Ivs 3-4, stalked, biternately cut, segms. wedge-
shaped or oblong: root solid: flf large, purplish.
Spring Eu.
2 AUenii, Fedde A perennial caulescent herb, with
glaucoscent foliage: Ivs usually alternate with finely
divided segms , the whole If. not over 10 in long fls.
showy, rose-colored, pendu-
lous, on a terminal dense-fld.
raceme that is usually about
the height of the Ivs N. W.
N Arner — Perhaps not hardy
in the northeastern states.
HH Plant annual root fibrous:
bt -lv* many.
3 glauca, Pursh Annual,
1-2 'ft. high,
very glau-
cous: lobes
of the Ivs.
mostly spatu-
^ late racemes
short, pam-
cled at the
naked sum-
mit of the
branches; fls barely 3^in.
long, rose or purple with yel-
low tips, spur short and
round caps slender, linear;
seeds \vith minute, transverbe
\\rmkles Summer. Rocky or
sterile ground, Nova Seotia to Rocky Mts , and even
Arctic coast, south to Texas B M 179 (as Fumaria). —
Not advertised for sale, but probably worth cult.
A A Fh chiefly ydlow.
B. Foliage not lomentose.
C. Plant perennial root tuberous or woody: st.-lvs.few
or none.
D The fls at least 1 in long.
4 ndbilis, Pers Fig 1072 Perennial, erect: Ivs.
bipmnately cut, segnib wedge-shaped and lobed at
the apex* fls white, tipped with yellow, and a dark
purple spot; spur 1 m long Spring Siberia. B.M.
1953 (as Fumana nobihs). G C. II. 19:725.
5. thalictrifdlia, FVanch , not Jameson. Rhizome
woody, elongated. Ivs large, long-petiolate, rigid, but
spreading, the pmmc of the finely dissected Ivs.
petiolulatc. fls yellow, in large spreading racemes,
which are opposite the Ivs ; sepals persistent, ovate. —
A very showy species from China, the foliage strongly
resembling Thalictrum
6. Wflsonii, N E. Br. A glabrous, often glaucescent
perennial, with a rosette of radical much-dissected Ivs.
about 5 in long: fls. in an erect raceme 7 in high, which
is usually leafless; corolla deep canary-yellow, about 1
m long, the blunt spur about Hin« long. G.C. III.
1072. Corydalis nobilis.
858
CORYDALIS
CORYLOPSIS
35:306. — Useful for the Alpine garden and more pro-
fuse bloomer than C. tomentosa, its nearest relative.
China.
DD. The fls. not over lA\n. long.
7. cheUanthifdlia, Hemsl. A small low perennial
with radical, fern-like, much-dissected, erect Ivs about
8 in. long: scape usually taller than the Ivs., bearing
numerous fls. not over ^m. long, yellow. China.
May.— Suitable for moist places in the alpine garden.
Probably unknown in U. S. as it is a rare plant in nature.
CO. Plant annual or bienmal: root fibrous: st.-lvs.
numerous.
D. Height of plants SB ft. or more.
8. ophiocarpa, Hook, f . & Thorns. Root fibrous, the
st. 2-3 ft. and branched. Ivs. pmnatisect, 4-8 in long,
and glaucous beneath: fls. yellow, in many-fld , lax
racemes which are opposite the Ivs ; sepals orbicular,
finely toothed and fimbriate. Moist valleys of the
Himalayas.
DD. Height of plants usually less than 1 ft.
E. Raceme spike-like; fls. almost sessile.
9. curvisfliqua,- Engelm Probably a biennial: com-
monly more robust than C aurca, ascending or erect,
1 ft. nigh or less, fls golden yellow, over /2in l°ng» m
a spike-like raceme; spur as long as the body, com-
monly ascending caps quadrangular, 1}£ in. long;
seeds turgid to lens-shaped, with acute margins densely
and minutely netted. Woods in Texas.
EE. Raceme not spike-like; fls pedicillate.
10. aurea, Willd Annual, 6 in high, commonly low
and spreading fls golden yellow, about ^i'n. long, on
rather slender pedicels in a short raceme, spur barely
half the length of the body, somewhat decurved caps.
spreading or pendulous, about 1 in long, seeds 10-12,
turgid, ootuse at margin, the shining burface obscurely
netted. Rocky banks of Lower Canada and N New-
England, northwest to latitude 6i°, west to Brit. Col.
ana Ore , south to Texas, Ariz, and Mex ; not Japan —
The western forms have the spur almost as long as the
body of the corolla and pass into
Var. occidentalis, Engelm. More erect and tufted,
from a stouter and sometimes more enduring root. fls.
larger; spur commonly ascending caps thicker, seeds
less turgid, acutish at margins. Colo., New Mex., W.
Texas, Ariz
11. lutea, DC. Erect or spreading, 6-8 in. high.
annual, or forming a tufted stock ol several years
duration: Ivs delicate, pale green, much divided;
segms. ovate or 'vedge-shaped, and 2-3-lobed . fls pale
yellow, about J^in long, in short racemes; spur short:
pod Y± or >^in long Stony places of S Eu , and runs
wild in Eu.
BB Foliage tomentose.
12. tomentdsa, N. E. Br. A low rock-loving peren-
nial, with a rosette of radical Ivs. 4-7 in. long, oblong
in outline and tomentose, the tomentum whitish pink,
pinnae finely dissected: racemes erect, 5-7 in. tall;
corolla about %in. long, light canary-yellow, the spur
very blunt and about ^m. long. China. — A good plant
for the rock-garden.
C. anguattfdlia, DC , is a little-known perennial with bi-ternately
divided Ivs aiul flesh-colored fls =Furnuna angustifolia, Bieb.
, .
G C III 35 307 — C c&va, Schweigg & Kort (probably a form of C
tuberosa, DC ) is somewhat larger than C bulbosa, with pretty
fla varying into purplish and white Eu — C ochroleiica Koch.
.
One ft high, blooming June-Sept fls yellow-white, the spur yel-
low caps, linear petiole winged Italy — C Scouleri, Hook , grows
3ft , arid is cult, in some European gardens W Amer
N. TAYLOR.!
CORYL6PSIS (Corylus and opsis, likeness] in foliage
resembling the hazel). Hamamelidacex. Woody plants,
grown chiefly for their yellow fragrant flowers appear-
ing in early spring and for the handsome foliage.
Deciduous shrubs, rarely trees' Ivs. alternate,
strongly veined, dentate: fls. in nodding racemes with
large bracts at the base, appeanng before the Ivs , yel-
low; calyx-lobes short; petals clawed, 5, stamens 5,
alternating with entire or 2-3-partod short stammodes;
styles 2, ovary half-superior, rarely entirely superior,
fr. a 2-celled, dehiscent, 2-beakcd caps., with 2 snining
black seeds. — About 12 species in E. Asia and Hima-
layas.
These are low ornamental shrubs, with slender
branches and pale bluish green distinct foliage; all are
very attractive in early spring, when covered with
numerous nodding spikes of yellow, fragrant flowers.
Not hardy north of New York, except in sheltered
positions They grow best in peaty and sandy soil.
Propagated by seeds sown in bpimg. best with slight
bottom heat, and by cuttings of half -ripened wood in
summer under glass, also by layers, rooting readily in
moderately moibt, peaty feoil.
A. Fls in many-fld racemes.
B. Petals obovate to oblong-obovate.
C. Young branchlets anil Ivs. beneath pubescent, at least
on the veins.
spicata, Sieb & Zucc Shrub, to 4 ft . Ivs oblique and
rounded or cordate at the base, roundish ovate or obo-
vate, sinuate-dentate, glaucous beneath and pubescent,
2-3 in. long* racemes 7-10-fld., 1-2 in long, their
bracts ovate; fls bright yellow; stamens slightly longer
than the obovate petals; calyx hairy. Japan S 7i 19.
BM 5458 FS 20 2135 11 II 1869, p 230, 1878,
p 198; 1907, p. 403 G C. II 15 510, III 25 210
Gn 33, p 441. S I F. 2 26 —This species hab larger
and handsomer foliage and fls of a deeper yellow, in
longer racemes, but C pauciflora flowers more profusely
and is somewhat hardier.
sinSnsis, Hcmsl Shrub, 6-15 ft : Ivs obovate to
oblong-obovate, abruptly acuminate, obliquely bub-
cordate or cordate at the base, sinuate-denticulate,
pubescent at least on the veins and grayish green
beneath, 2-4 in. long' racemes about 2 in long, their
bracts nearly orbicular; petals orbicular-obovate,
slightly longer than style and stamens, calyx hniry
Cent China GC III 39 18 Var glandulffera,
Rehd & Wilson (C. glandultfera, Hcmsl ) Young
branchlets and petioles with scattered glandular bris-
tles : calyx glabrous II I. 29 . 2819.
CC. Yovng branchlets glabrous, lws glabrous or only with
a, few silky hairs on the veins beneath when yourig
Veitchiana, Bean. Shrub, 3-6 ft . hv short-pet loled,
elliptic, abruptly acuminate, subcordate at the base,
sinuate-denticulate, glaucous beneath, 3-4 in long:
racemes 1-2 in long, petals obovate, slightly shorter
than the stamens; calyx hairy, nectaries 2-parted.
Cent. China. B M. 8349. Gn. 76, p. 184.
BB. Petals with the blade as broad as or broader than long.
Willmottiae, Rehd & Wilson Shrub, to 12 ft Ivs.
oval to obovate, cordate or truncate at the babe, sin-
uate-denticulate, glaucesrent beneath, 1-3 Yi in long
racemes 2-3 in long, petals buboibicular, calyx gla-
brous, nectaries 2-parted, slightly bhorter than the
sepals Cent China G M 55 191 (as C multiflora)
platypetala, llehd & Wilson. Shrub, 3-8 ft . young
branchlets with scattered glandular bustles Ivs. on
glandular petioles, ovate or broadly ovate, cordate or
subcordate at base, sinuate-denticulate, on both bides
sparingly silky-hairy when young, soon glabrous 2-4
in long, racemes 1-2 in long, petals hatchet-shaped,
Km broad, nectaries emargmatc at the apex; stamens
and styles much shorter than petals; calyx glabrous.
Cent China. Var levis, Rehd. & Wilson. Branchlets
and petioles without any glands W. China. — Less
showy than most other species.
CORYLOPSIS
CORYLUS
859
AA. Fls. in 2-3- fid racemes.
paucifldra, Sieb & Zucc Low, much-branched shrub,
2-3 ft Ivs. obliquely cordate, ovate, sinuate-dentate,
cihate, pubescent and glaucous beneath, 1-2 in long:
racemes 2-3-fld , lA-%in. long, fls light yellow; petals
obovate, about as long as stamens and style. Japan.
SZ 20 G.F 5 312. Gt 48.1467. B M. 7736. G.W.
15, p 101 J II III. 48 381 S I.F2 26.
C Grljffithn, Hems! (C himalayana, Hook , not Griff ). Shrub
or small tree, to 20 ft young brauohlets and Ivs beneath densely
pubescent Ivs -mbcordate racemes 1-2 M m long, stamens and
' ) much shorter than the obovate petals. Himalayas B.M.
ALFRED REHDER.
styles i
6779
C6RYLUS (ancient Greek name). Betulduxse.
HAZEL FILBERT COBNUT. Woody plants grown for
their handsome rather large foliage and some species
for their edible nuts.
Deciduous bhrubs, rarely trees: Ivs alternate, stipu-
late, petioled, serrate and usually more or less pubes-
cent fls inomrciouH, appearing before the Ivs ; stam-
inate in long, pendulous catkins, formed the pre-
vious year, and remaining naked during the winter
(Fig 1073), each bract bearing 4 divided stamens; pis-
tillate included in a small, scaly bud with only the red
styles protruding (Fig 1074) fr a nut, included or sur-
rounded by a leafy involucre, usually in clusters at the
end of short branches — Fifteen species in N Ainer ,
En and A*-ia, all mentioned below Monograph by
Wmkler in Engler, Pflanzenreich, hft 19, pp 44-56
(1904), quoted below as Wmkl
Numerous varieties arc culti-
vated in Europe for their edible
nuts They are also valuable for
planting shrubberies, and thrive in
almost any soil The foliage of
some species turns bright yellow or
red in autumn Propagated by
seeds sown in fall, or stratified and
sown in spring, the varieties usually
by suckers, or bv layers, nut down
in fall or spring, they will be rooted
the following fall Budding in sum-
mer is sometimes practiced for
growing standard trees, and graft-
ing in spring in the greenhouse for
scarce varieties They may also be
increased by cuttings of mature
\\ood taken off in fall, kept during
the w inter in sand or moss in a cellar
arid planted in spring in a warm
and sandy soil. Illustrated mono-
1073. Winter catkins graph of the cultivated varieties
of filbert by Franz Goeschke, Die Haselnuss
(1SS7) See, also, bulletin on Nut-
culture by the IT S. Dent of Agnc For the culture of
the nuts, see articles Fiwerts and Hazels.
INDEX.
amerirana, 7.
ferox, 1
pontica, 5.
atropurpurea, 4.
aurea, 4
Avelluna, 4, 8
fuico-rubra. 4
glanclulifera, 2
heterophylla, 4, 6.
purpurea, 8
robtrata, 9, 10, 11, 12.
Sieboldiana, 10.
californica, 12
laeimata, 4
seic/iuru^nsts, 6.
calyculata, 7
mandnhunca, 9.
thibetira, 1
ohmensH, 3.
maxima, 8
tululosa, 8
Colurna, 2, 3
pendula, 4.
yunnanensts, 6.
Cneta-Galh, 0.
(C. thibetica, Batal.). Lvs broadlv ovate to obovate:
involucre glabrescent. Cent, and W. China. H.II,
1910.204.
BB Involucre not spiny.
c. Bracts of the involucre deeply divided into linear lobest
much longer than the nut tree.
2. Coltirna, Linn. Tree, to 70 ft • petioles %-2 m.
long, usually glabrescent Ivs deeply cordate, roundish
ovate to obovate, slightly lobed and doubly ereriate-
serrate, at length nearly glabrous above, pubebcent
beneath, 3-5 in long fi.s 3-10, clustered involucre
open at the apex, usually densely beset with glandular
hairs nut roundish ovate, ?4>n long From S Ku to
Transcaspia (3 C III 40 256 (in. 31, pp 260-1
II W 2, p 29 G W 14, p 642 Gng 16 163 —Orna-
mental tree, with regular pjramiJal head, not quite
hardy N Rarely cult for the fr under name of filbert
or of Constantinople or Constantinople nut Var glan-
dulifera, DC Petioles and peduncles glandular-setose:
lobes of the involucre less acute and more dentate
3 chinensis, Franch (C Colurna var chnien&iSf
Burk ) Tree, to 120 ft petioles \fc-\ m long, pubes-
cent and setulose Ivs ovate to ovate-oblong, cordate
and very oblujue at the base, glabrous above, pubes-
cent on the veins beneath, doubly serrate, 4-7 in long:
fr 4-6, clustered, involucre constricted above the nuts,
with recurved and more or lew* forked
lobes, finely pubescent, not glandular.
W. China Wmkl 49 and 50
cc Bracts of the inrolurrt divided into
lancwlate or triangular lobes bhrubs
D. The involucre not or only ^lightly longer
than the nut, open or spreading at
the apex
E. Lobes of bracts serrate or dentate.
4 Avellana, Linn Shrub, to 15 ft :
Ivs slightly cordate, roundish oval or
broadly obovate, doubh serrate and often
slightly lobed, at length nearly glabrous
above, pubescent on the veins beneath:
involucre shorter than the nut, deeply
and irregular U incised nut roundish
ovate, Ji-?iin high Ku , N Afr ,W Asia.
II W 2 16. p 28 Var atropurpdrea,
Kirchn (var fuwo-rubrn, Goeschke).
Lvs purple Var aurea, Kirchn Lvs.
yellow Var lacimata, Kirchn (var.
heterophylla, Loud ) Lvs lacimately m-
cned or lobed Var pendula, Goeschke.
With pendulous branches G W 2, p.
13 There are also many varieties cult. 107*' Pistlllat«
A. Husk or inrolucre consisting of 2 distinct bracts
(sometimes partly connate).
n. Involucre densely spiny Ivs nearly glabrous.
1. ferox, Wall Tree, to 30 ft.: young branchlets
silky-hairy Ivs oblong to obovate-oblong, usually
rounded at the base, acuminate, doubly serrate, gla-
brous except on the veins beneath, with 12-14 pairs of
veins, 3-5 in. long: involucre tomentose, forming a
spiny bur about 1H in. across, longer than the small
nuts. Himalayas. Wmkl. 45. Var. thib6tica, Franch.
55
.
5 p6nhca, Koch Shrub Ivs cordate, (Natural size;
roundish ovate or broad-oval, doubly ser-
rate, pubescent beneath involucre finely pubescent,
with few glandular hair^ at the base, campanulato,
somewhat longer than the nut, with large spreading
lobes nut laige, broad-ovate W Asia, F S 21 2223-4
(as C Colurna) — From this species the cobnuts seem
to have originated; also the Spanish nuts are probably
mostly cross-breeds between this species and C Avellana
or C maxima, or between the two latter species.
BE Lobes of the bratts entire or sparingly dentate,
triangular.
6. heterophylla, Fisch Shrub, to 12 ft : petioles
about 94m long1 Ivs orbicular-obovate, cordate at the
base, nearly truncate at the apex and with a very short
point, inciselv serrate, pubescent on the veins beneath,
2-4 in long involucre somewhat longer than the nuts,
stnate, glandular-setose near the base Japan to W.
China SIF1 20 — Several varieties apparently not yet
in cult occur in China' var Cristn-Galli, Burkill, var
cetchuenensis , Franch , and var. yunnanensis^ Franch
860
CORYLUS
CORYPHA
DD. The involucre about twice as long an the nut, usually
tightly inclosing the nut
7. americana, Walt. Shrub, 3-8 ft. : young branch-
lets pubescent and glandular bristly Ivs slightly cor-
date or rounded at the base, broadly ovate or oval,
irregularly serrate, sparingly pubescent above, finely
tomentose beneath, 3-6 m. long, involucre compressed,
exceeding the nut, the 2 bracts sometimes more or less
connate, with rather short, irregular, toothed lobes:
nut roundish ovate, about ^m. high From Canada
to Fla west to Ont and Dak Var. calyculata, Wmkl.
(C calyculata. Dipp ) Involucre with 2 very large
bracts at the base
AA. Husk or involucre tubular, narrowed above the nut
and forming an elongated beak.
B Involucre finely pubescent outside with rather wide
gradually narrowed beak
8. maxima, Mill. (C tubulbsa, Willd ). Shrub,
sometimes small tree, to 30 ft • Ivs cordate, roundish-
ovate, slightly lobed and doubly serrate, 3-6 in long'
involucre finely pubescent outside nut oblong, large,
kernel with thin red or white skin S Eu H W 2, p 30.
Wmkl 49. Var purpurea, Ilehd (C Avdl&na purpurea,
Loud. C mdxitna var atro purpurea, Dochnahl). Lvs
deep purplish red darker than m C Avdlana atropur-
purea F.E 21 325 — Many varieties, with large nuts,
known as filberts or Lambert's filberts The cult, forms
are partly hybrids with C. Avellana
BB. Involucre densely beset with bnstly hairs, and
usually rather abruptly constricted into a narrow beak
C. Petioles usually longer than %in.
9 mandshurica, Maxim (C rostrata var mands-
chunca, Regel). Shrub; to 15 ft * young branchlets
pubescent: Ivs suborbicula: to elliptic or obovate,
1075. Corylus rostrata.
doubly serrate and slightly sinuately lobed, pubescent
beneath, 3-5 m long, involucre thickly beset with
brown spreading bristles, about 2 in. long, about 3
times as long as the nut, divided at the the apex into
narrow entire segms. Manchuria, Korea. Winkl. 49.
10. Sieboldiana, Blume (C. rostrata var. Sieboldidna,
Maxim.). Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. elliptic to oblong or
obovate. usually rounded at the base, doubly serrate
and slightly lobed, 2-4 m : the young Ivs. ofefen with a
Eurple blotch in the middle: involucre with less stiff
nstles, about 1)^ in. long, 2 or sometimes 3 times as
long as the nut, narrowed toward the apex. Japan.
S.IF. 1:20.
cc. Petwks shorter than Y^in.
11. rostrata. Ait. Fig. 1075. Shrub, 2-6 ft.:
branchlets pubescent or glabrous, not bnstly: Ivs.
rounded or slightly cordate at the base, oval or obo-
vate, densely serrate and sometimes slightly lobed,
nearly glabious at length, except sparingly pubescent
on the veins beneath, 2^-4 in long: involucre densely
beset with bnstly hairs, beak long and narrow: nut
ovoid, ^im long K N Amer , west to Minn and
Colo. G F 8.345 (adapted in Fig 1075).
12. calif6rnica, Rose (C rostrata var californica,
DC ). Allied to C rostrata Shrub, to 20 ft. Ivs more
villous beneath involucre with a short beak, which is
often flaring and sometimes torn Calif to Wash
C colchica, Alboff Ix>w shrub, to 3 ft • Ivs ovate or obovate,
densely doubly serrate, sparingly pilule involucre connate, with
a short lacerated beak, pubescent Caucasus Wmkl 5.J Not in
cult — C colurnolde*, ScWid (C intermedia, Lodd , not Fingerh ,
C ColurnaXC Avellana) Similar to C Column, small trre or
large shrub bark darker imolucro shorter, scarcely glandular
Garden origin — C Faraesn, Schneid (C mandshurica var Far-
gesn, Burkill) Tree to 45 ft Ivs narrow -obo\ ate to oblong
involucre soft-pubescent, sometimes only slightly so W China —
C Jacqiiemontu, Decno (C Colurna var lacera, DC ) Allied to
C chinensis Tree Ivs ovate, lobed toward the apex, less pubes-
cent, 5-8 in long involucre pubescent, not constricted, lobes not
or rarely forked, often dentate Himalayas
ALFRED REHDER.
CORYNOCARPUS (Greek, club-fruit, alluding to
the shape). Anacardiacese; by Engler made the sole
representative of Corynocarpaceac A very few New
Zeal and Polynesian evergreen trees, one of which is
mtro in Calif Glabrous Ivs largo, alternate, simple
and entire, without stipules, fls perfect, small, whitish
green, inodorous, m terminal or subtermmal panicles;
calyx-lobes petal-like, unequal, 2 exterior smaller;
petals much like the calyx-lobes, stamens 5, opposite
the petals and shorter, stanunodia 5, petal-like fr
drupaceous, narrowly ovoid, 1-seeded, the pulp said
to be edible, seed very bitter, poisonous C. Isevigata,
Forst NEW ZEALAND LAUREL Attractive leafy tree,
30-40 ft , the tumk sometimes more than 2 ft diam :
Ivs to 8 in long, elliptic-oblong or oblong-ovate, with a
short stout petiole, margins slightly recurved, suggest-
ing those of Magnolia yrandiflora fls very small,
greenish or whitish, short-pedicelled, in a terminal
branched panicle, petals concave, little exceeding the
calyx-lobes drupe 1^2 i« or less long, orange-colored,
fleshy, plum-like N Zeal , in lowlands not far from
the sea. B M. 4379. — C simihs, Hemsl , and C. dit,-
simihs, Hcmsl , from New Hebrides and New
Caledonia respectively, are not listed among
cult, plants L, jj jj
CORYNOPHALLUS: Hydroame.
CORYNtfSTYLIS (Greek, describing the club-
shaped style) Vwldcesp A monotypic genus of woody
climbers, with alternate Ivs?. and terminal racemes of
long-stalked violet-like fls C. Hybanthus, Mart &
Zucc. (Cali/ptnonAublHu,Gmg. Coryndslyhs Aubletu,
Hort.), is native of Trop Amer. The Ivs are 2-5 in long,
ovate, or orbicular, bright green, serrate: fls. white, m
axillary showy racemes which are contiguous along the
st , long-spurred, 2 or 3 times as large as a violet, the
spur half-twisted FS 21 2213 BM 5960.— A hand-
some, vigorous warmhouse climber, and cult, in the
open in S. Calif Prop by cuttings and seeds
C6RYPHA (Greek for summit or top,— where the
leaves grow) Palmaccx, tribe Cfrypheae. Tall fan-
leaved palms with a spineless stout trunk
Leaves terminal, large, orbicular, flabellately divided
to the middle into numerous linear-lanceolate segms.;
segms. induplicate in the bud; rachis none; Figule
small; petiole long, stout, concave above, spiny on the
XXX. Chrysanthemum.— Two of the florist's types.
CORYPHA
margins; sheaths split: spadix solitary, erect, panicu-
lately much branched ; spathes many, tubular, sheathing
the peduncle and branches: fls. green, the plant dying
after once flowering and fruiting* frs. as large as a
cherry, with a fleshy pencaip — Species 6,
Trop Asia and Malay Archipelago G C.
II. 24:362. These fan-palms are cult the
same as Chamjerops and Livistona. They
are warmhouse plants, prop, by seeds.
Large fans, umbrellas ana tents are made
of the talipot palm by the natives of
Ceylon. Coryphas are but little grown
commercially, the growth of young plants
being slow Good loam well enriched with
stable manure, a night temperature of 65°
and abundant moisture, are the chief
requisites in their cult , with a moderately
shaded house during the summer.
elftta, Roxbg (C (lebdnga, Blume). Fig 1076.
Trunk straight, 6(>-70 ft high. 2 ft. diam., spirally
ridged. Ivs. lunate, 8-10 ft diam ; segms 80-100,
separated nearly to the middle, ensiform, obtuse or
bifid, petioles 6-12 ft. with black margins and
curved spines spadix about one-fourth the length
of the trunk, but narrow. Bengal and Burma.
umbracuhfera, Linn. TALIPOT PALM. Trunk
ringed, (50- 80 ft Ivs sub-lunate, 6 ft. long by 13
ft wide, palmately pinnatihd, folded lengthwise
above the middle, segins obtusely bifid; petiole 7 ft ,
the spines along its margins often in pairs spadix
sometimes 20 ft long, with spreading branches.
Malabar roast and Ceylon A F 12.313 Gng 5:
213 — Lvs used as a substitute for paper
C tiiutrAliv, li fir =~ Livistona — (" macrophylla, Hort »
(') —C minor, Jupq =-Sulml — C W'«0a«M, Hurt , is a dwarf
rouml-lvd plant \Gl-id07 N TAYLOR f
CORYSANTHES (hdmet-floiwr, Greek) Orc/iid-
acesp Not to be confounded with Coryanthes Fif-
teen or more terrestrial orchids of Austral , New
Zeal and Malaysia, little cult Dwarf, delicate,
tuberous-rooted or fleshy-rooted herbs, bearing a
solitary broad If and a large solitary fl : up>per
sepal large, helmet-shaped , lateral sepals free, linear
or filiform, petals (sometimes wanting) smaller than
lateral sepals and similar to them, lip large, tubular
at base, the margins inclosing the column, the upper
part extended into a broad leflexed limb; pollima
4 C pk-ta, Lindl , Malaya, is 3-4 in high upper
part of fl deep purple and yellow, and lower part
with four long awl-like segins and a bract at base
of ovary T hmbiila, Hook f , Java, is mostly even
lower, with 11 purple and white, the ovate-cordate
If with reticulating white veins. B M 5357.
CORYTHOLOMA (referring to the
helmet-shape). (iet>m'rtdccsc By some
referred to Gesnera* a half-hundred
or more leafy-stemmed tuberous herbs
of Trop S Amer , with mostly red
or speckled tubular fls in terminal
umbels or racemes, or solitary or few
in the axils lip of corolla ereet, con-
cave, disk 5-gland ular; stamens didy-
narnous It is doubtful whether any
of the species are in the trade. C.
macrdpodum, Sprague, recently men-
tioned, is a glandular-hirsute herb,
6-9 in high, from a subglobose tuber.
Ivs 3-5 in. across, suborbicular: fls.
m solitary axillary cymes, 5-7-fld , cinnabar-red, the
corolla-tube about 1 m long and nearly cylmdnc, the
limb only slightly 2-lipped, the 3 lower lobes blotched
purple. S. Brazil. B.M. 8228 —A handsome little
plant These plants are probably to be handled after
the manner of gloxinias and similar things.
1076. Corypha elata, having spent itself
in blooming.
COSMOS 861
COSMANTHUS: Phacelva.
CdSMEA: Cosmos.
COSMlDIUM: Thelesperma.
COSMOPHfLLUM: Podacfuenivm
C6SMOS (from the Greek word with a
root idea of orderliness; hence an orna-
ment or beautiful thing). Syn., Cdsniea
Comp6sita>. Annual or perennial herbs,
now popular as flower-garden subjects.
Often tall, usually glabrous: Ivs. oppo-
sitej pmnately cut in the garden kinds fls
typically shades of rose, crimson and
purple, with one yellow species, and white
horticultural varieties, long peduncled,
solitary or in a loose corymbose panicle:
achenes glabrous* chaff of the receptacle
in C. bijnnnotus with a long and slender apex, in
other species with a blunt and short apex — Perhaps
20 species, all Trop American, mostly Mexican.
The genus is distinguished from Bidens chiefly by the
seeds, which are beaked in Cosmos but not distinctly
so in Bidens, and by the color of the rays, which in
Cosmos is typically home form of crimson, while in
Bidens the rays are yellow or white.
The "black cosmos" (C divcrsifohus) is, perhaps,
better known to the trade as a Bidens or Dahlia. It
has the dwarf habit and dark red early flowers of
some dahlias, but the achenes are very puzzling.
They resemble those of Bidens in being four-angled,
and not distinctly beaked They are unlike Bidens,
and like Cosmos, in being not distinctly com-
pressed on the back They resemble both genera in
having two rigid persistent awns, but, unlike these
genera, the awns have no retrorse barbs or prickles.
The achenes are linear, as in Cosmos and all our
native tropical species of Bidcns, but, although
narrowed at the apex, they are not distinctly
beaked, as in most species of the genus Cosmos. The
plant is, perhaps, nearest to Bidens.
Until 1895 there were in the two leading species
only three strongly marked colors, white, pink and
crimson These and the less clearly defined inter-
mediate shades have come from C b^p^nnatu8'f and
the yellow forms have come from C sulphureus,
Vihich was introduced in 1896 At first cosmos
flowers were only an inch or two across The bett
varieties now average 3 inches, and sometimes
reach 4 or 5 without thinning or disbudding Pure
white flowers of cosmos are rarely if ever found
wild, but some of the cultivated varieties are clear
\vhite The group is lacking in bright deep reds.
There are no full double forms of cosmos as yet,
and, as regards strongly marked types of doubling,
the cosmos may be decades behind the China asters,
In the single forms, flat, incurved, or cupping, and
reflexed flowers are to be looked for. Stellate forms
are now offered; and also dwarfs,
and other variants
It is a mistake to grow cosmos m
too rich soil, as one gets too A igoroua
growth and too few flowers, which are
also late A sandy soil is to be pre-
ferred as being earlier, and not too
rich. It is well to pinch out the lead-
ing shoots of young plants in order
to make them bushy and symmetrical,
instead of tall and straggling In the
East, for best results it is still neces-
sary to sow seed indoors in April and transplant
outdoors as soon as danger of frost is past. Seed sown
in the open ground often fails to produce flowers in
some northern localities before frost. The early frost
kilN the typical species, but some of the new strains
are said to resist a degree or two of frost
862
COSMOS
COST-ACCOUNTING
A. Rays white, pink or crimson: disk yellow.
bipinnatus, Cav. Fig. 1077. Glabrous annual, 7-10
ft. high. Ivs. bipmnately cut, lobes linear, remote,
entire: involucral scales ovato-lanceolate, acuminate:
fls white, pink or crimson seeds smooth, with an abrupt
beak much shorter than the body Mex B.M. 1535.
Gn. 41:10. R.H. 1892.372.— The older and com-
moner species. C. hybridiis, Hort., is presumably a
trade name for mixed varieties of C. bipinnatus, out
seeG.F. 1'474 for note.
AA. Rays yellow: disk yeUow.
sulphfcreus, Cav. Fig. 1078. Pubescent, 4-7 ft. high,
much branched: Ivs often 1 ft. or more long, 2- or
3-pmnatcly cut, lobes lanceolate, mucronate, with
rachis and midrib ciliate or hispid; pinnae alternate,
entire or 2-3-toothed peduncles 7-10 in long, naked:
outer involucral bracts 8, linear, acuminate, green, 2
lines long, inner ones 8, oblong, obtuse, scanous, 5
lines long, fls 2-3 in. across, pale, puie or golden yel-
low; rays 8, broadly obovate, strongly 3-toothed at the
apex, ribbed beneath, anthers of the disk e.xserted,
black, with oiange tips: seeds linear, 1 in long, includ-
ing the slender beak Mex G F 8 485 (adapted m
Fig, 1078).— Intro. 1896; parent of the yellow forms.
AAA Hays darL red. dit>k red.
diversifdlius, Otto (Bldens atrosanguinea, Ortg. B.
dahholdes, Wats. Ddhlia Zimapanu, Roezl) BLACK
COSMOS Tender annual, 12-16 in high, with tubers
more slender, and requiring more care in winter than
those of common dahlias Ivs pmnately parted; Ifts.
6-7, entire or slightly seriate, the terminal Ifts largest:
peduncles each bearing 1 head 0 in 01 more above foli-
age, rays dark velvety red, sometimes tinged dark
purple Mex BM 5227 Gt 1861 347. FC 2 '47.
J H. Ill 33-403 Var superba, Hort , is sold — Prop,
almost exclusively by seeds. WILHELM MILLER, f
COSSIGNIA (Jos Fr Charpentier de Cossigny,
1730-1789, French naturalist) Sajnnddcex. Shrubs
or little trees of about 3 species, sometimes mentioned
for cult, in warmhouses C. pinndta, Comm , of Maun-
1077 Cosmos bipinnatus.
tius, has white fls. in terminal panicled corymbs, and
odd-pinnate Ivs., with 3-5 oblong and entire Ifts.
COST-ACCOUNTING. The keeping of profit-and-
loss records, and the drawing of conclusions from them
for the improvement of the business.
In recent years, the application of cost-accounting
and efficiency methods to farming operations has
opened practically a new approach to the discussion
of agricultural problems and is forcing a reorganization
in practices and in the sub-divisions ot the business.
Careful and extended studies have not yet been
made of the efficiency principles in most horticultural
occupations, but the suggestions drawn from orchard
records may show the nature and scope of the work.
Annual inventory.
There is no single account that is more important
than the annual mventoiy. This mventoiy should list
the land and each important building separately The
total value of these items should equal the value of the
farm It should list each cow, hoise and important
piece of machinery separately All the cash, notes,
mortgages and accounts due the fanner should be
recorded with his property. A separate list should be
made of all notes, moitgages or accounts due to others.
The difference between these and the value of property
owned gives the net worth of the farmer A comparison
of the net worth at the beginning and end of the year
shows the gam or lows for the year unless money or
property has been added to the business from some
other sources or taken from it.
Cost-accounts.
But an inventory does not show on which enter-
prises gains or losses have occurred Usually a busi-
ness is made up of both profitable and unprofitable en-
terprises, or of en tei prises that are unequally profitable
In order to know how to develop (lie business to the
best advantage, it is impoitant to kno\\ which enter-
prises pay best for the use of land and labor Cost
accounts also have very many uses aside from deter-
mining the relative profitableness ot different enter-
prises If all the time spent, labor costs, and other
costs, and the receipts are known, it is often possible
to sec wa>s of changing the management of a crop so as
to increase profits
In Older to keep a complete cost-account with any
crop, it is necessary to know all the labor of men, teams
and machinery foi the crop, to know all receipts and
expenses caused by the cropping, and to keep track of
any outlays contributed to the ciop from the faun or
other entcrpuses, also whatever thus ciop contributes
to other enterprises
A vork-repoit of the time of man and hoise should
be kept in an oidmary account-book At the end ot the
year, the total time is charged to each crop-account in
the ledger The ledger should have wide pages, HO
that there ma> be room for full descriptions The left-
hand page is used for charges, and the right-hand page
for credits
Each evening one should rccoid any cash spent dur-
ing the day under the proper crop or enteipuse The
number of hours that have been spent on each enter-
prise for both man and horse labor are also recoided in
the form shown on the next page For convenience,
the horse time is reduced to terms of one horse A
three-horse team working 10 houis is put down as 30
hours If one desires, he may keep an account with
only one enterprise. It is bet ter to keep accounts with
all the enterprises on the form, so that one may study
each part of nis business and the business as a whole
The best method of discussing the subject is to show
an account as kept by a farmer The following account
with a 3-acre apple orchard was kr-nt by a New York
farmer in 1912. —
COST-ACCOUNTING
COST-ACCOUNTING
363
WORK REPORT FOR APPLE ORCHARD. — THREE ACRES
Man
Horse
1912
Hrs
Mm
lira
Mm.
April 1
May 8
Manured
9
2
45
30
18
5
15
Pruned
3
25
Brush hauled and burned
30
3
27
28
Sprayed . .
16
4
30
30
13
5
31
10
15
10
June 1
«•
13
45
3
45
3
10
30
9
4
•«
9
30
5
6
14
7
7
July 31
Cleaned and put up sprayer
Removed borers
1
7
15
15
Aug 19
Thinned
11
30
20
4
Manured
8
30
17
Sept 7
Pirkod
4
15
Oct 11
Hauled barn Is
8
16
12
Picked and packed
31
30
2
30
14
7
2
15
11
«)
5
Hauled to station
2
30
5
17
18
Picked and packed
If.
12
30
4
30
19
2S
30
2
21
i> it ii
22
15
25
10
30
1
20
25
30
1
2H
30
30
34
30
Hauled to station
5
30
11
31
Picked and packed
21
30
1
Nov 4
S< llmg
2
1
30
b
Packed
7
30
Picked up drops
17
3
8
Hauled to station
10
15
8
12
dot r< ady for shipping
7
30
n
Hauled to station
4
30
9
14
9
10
15
<J
30
14
Doc. 10
Hauled manure
2
4
Total hri and mins
492 45 | 190
15
LEFT-HAND !PA<.E
1078 Cosmos sulphureus ( X \i)
RIGHT-HAND PAGE
Jan 1
Imentory— barrels on hand
$12 00
Aug 11
12
4 empty barrels sold
1 bus King, »1 1 bus .Snow, 75 cts
$1 58
1 75
Mar 25
1(X) Ibi arsenato of lead S 10
17
12 bus drop applta
3 00
April 5
I-rcight on arsonitc of It ad | 34
2 empty bum Is
1 10
1 bbl lime-sulfur. $8, freight 2S tts ' 8 28
21
2 bus .xpv, 1 bus Baldwin
2 25
Juno 10
i loads manure
1 50
22
25 bu* drops
6 25
Sept 5
0 '2 loids manure .
3 25
Oct 25
Mrs 1'ruiklm, 7 bbls Baldwin. 2 bbls King,
Oct 11
1 n ight on barrels .
b (X)
2 bbls Gndimg, 1 bbls Spy, 1 bbl Spitz
35 25
18
150 barrels
75 00
Archdoa< on A ( <> , b bbls Snow, m t
9 39
31
Barrel liners, GO (t« , freight, 25 cts
85
No\ 4
1 bbl KIIIK $2 25, 1 bbl Baldwin, $1 85, 1 bbl
Nov 8
20
6 85
Dec 2
Post-cards for ad\erti«mg
1 52
11
2 bbN Bildwin
3 95
Xdv, "\pples for sale"
37
15 bus Baldwin cull-
75
Teh-phone
25
20
12 bbls Bildwin, *2b.50, 4 bbls Greemog,
31
Use of land
it) 00
$S25, 1 bbl bpy, $225, 1 bbl Wagener,
4'M hrs man-labor (Ft IS ] cts . <K) 22
$1 75
38 75
190 hrs horso-l.ibor (<») 13 ids , 2(> 07
21
3 bus culls
1 00
190 hrs equipment-labor (« 5 1 cts , 10 (X)
111 bbls (1 bbl bpitzenberg, 1 bbl King.
Interest on costs
3 00
b bbls Wagencr. 1 bbl Fall Pippin, 9 bbls
Hubbardston. 09 bbls Baldwin, 21 bbls
Total $2X8 95
Grtcnmg)
188 70
Gam
51 47
22
2hbls Baldwin Bill not collected
5 bbls (1 bbl King 2 bbls Baldwin 1 bbl
$340 42
"
12 75
26
.5 bb\s°Baldwin ' "Py
7 85
3 bus Hubbardston. G bus King
5 25
Kept for home use, 3 bus Snow, 20 bus. Bald-
11 50
25 bus drops to chickens
2 50
Total
$310 42
^ This mere keeping of cost-accounts is not the end.
The accounts must DC studied The following are a
few of the facts that the farmer used in the preceding
records and the suggestions derived from them*
Total crop
Baldwin
Bus
421
Total crop
Brought forward
Bus
bll
Greening
Hubbardston
93
30
Wagoner
Spitrenberg
21
f,
23
Fall Pippin
3
22
Snow
22
641
Carried forward
611
Drops and culls
105
From the foregoing records he was able to determine the yields
per tree ol different \ anetien
Yields per acre good apples, 214 bushels.
Yield per acre culls and drops, 33 bushela.
Per cent of culls and drops, 14
Total receipts, Rood apples, less cost of barrelR, $23T 07.
A\erago price per bushel, good apples, without barrels, 36
Hours of man-labor, per acre, 164.
Hours of horse-labor, per acre, b5.
Profit, per aere, $17
Profit, per hour, of man-labor, 10 cts.
Cost per bushel, good apples, without barrels, 28 cents.
Profit, per bushel, 8 cents.
864
COST-ACCOUNTING
COTINUS
It will be seen that the cost of barrels was very high
owing to buying late in the season. Ten cents a
barrel extra cost is more than equal to the profit on a
bushel of apples, or one-third the entire profit. Usually
the profit on an enterprise can be greatly changed by
small changes in cost.
The profit per acre is in addition to pay for use of
land. If all the profit is expressed in terms of land, the
orchard paid $27 per acre rent, or gave a profit or $14
per acre
If the profit is all expressed in terms of labor, the
orchard paid 28 cents per hour for time spent on it, or
gave a profit of 10 cents per hour.
Records similar to those given above may be kept
with each crop or enterprise on the farm. If this is
done, an account is kept with horses from which the
cost of an hour of horse-labor is determined. At the end
of the year, the labor on each crop for the year is charged
at this rate. Similarly, the cost of man-labor is found
and charged. The cost of machinery-labor is charged
in proportion to the hours that horses worked for the
enterprise This is how the costs per hour given above
were determined. But if a complete set of accounts
is not kept, the charge for labor of men and horses is
placed at the usual rate of pay for such work in the
region, including the cost of board. References.
'Farm Management," G. F. Warren, pp 428-93
(1913) Minnesota Bulletins, Nos. 97, 117, and 124.
"Farm Accounts," J A. Vye. Q. jr. WARREN.
COSTMARY: The rayleas form of Chrysanthemum Balsamita,
known as var. tanacetoides
COSTUS (old classical name). Zingiberacex SPIRAL
FLAG. Perennial thick-rooted tropical herbs, cultivated
under glass for their flowing-limbed showy flowers,
which are in terminal bracteate
spikes
Stems short or tall and leafy
(plant rarely acaulescent), roots
often tuberous: fls. golden yel-
low, red, saffron-colored or
white; corolla tubular, cleft,
not showy; 1 staminodiurn,
enlarged and bell-shaped, usu-
ally with a crispy limb, and
forming the showy part of the
fl (called the lip), cleft down
the back; ovary 3-loculed; fila-
ments petaloid. — About 100
species, widely distributed in
the tropics. More or let>s
fleshy plants, prized in warm-
houses, and grown in the open
in S Fla and other warm
regions Monogr. by Schu-
mann in Engler's Pflanzenreich
hft 20 (1904)
This interesting genus of
tropical herbs thiives in any
rich moist soil, but luxuriates
in that of a gravelly or sandy
character, when under partial
shade. The plants are readily
propagated oy cutting the
canes, or stalks, into short
pieces of an inch or two in
length, and planting in sifted
peat, or fine moss and sand,
covering but lightly. The roots
may also be divided, but this is
a slow means of propagation.
Specimen plants require rather
high temperature to bring out
the nch colors of the leaves,
which in some species are
prettily marked with a purplish
tint, and are usually arranged spirally on the ascend-
ing stem This gives rise to the name "spiral flag."
(E. N. Reasoner.)
specidsus, Smith. Somewhat woody at base, 4-10 ft.,
stout, erect. Ivs. oblong or oblanceolate, acuminate,
nearly 1 ft long, wlky neneath. bracts red: fl. large,
with a flowing white lunb and yellowish center, 3-4 in.
across, not lasting. E. Indies. I.H. 43:56. Gn.
47-166
Igneus, N E Br One to 2 ft Ivs. oblong or elliptic-
lanceolate, 4-6 in. long, bracts not colored nor conspicu-
ous, fls clustered, orange-red. Brazil. I H. 31.511.
BM 6821 JH III 28:11.
Fow species of Costus are offered in this country, but others may
occur m special collections — (' Fnklnchwnu , Peterson 6ft oriuore
Ivs sessile, Uncnolatn, acuminate, 1 % ft or leas lonp; fls very large,
bright yellow in thick terminal spikes Gt 52 15-21 Cent
Amer (?) — C imcrdnthut, Gaenep 5-6 ft Ivs spirally placet],
lanceolate fls very small with red tube and orange-red yellow-
tipped lobes, the lip tubular and purple, in cone-like spikes .1 in
long Martinique. — C mustiii-us, Hort L\s obliquely Tanccol ite,
4-5 in long, dark green, marked and tessellated with silvery jtmy
W. Afr. — C zebnnus is very likely the same as last, j^ jj jj
C6TINUS (ancient Greek name of a tree with
red wood). Anacarduicese. SMOKE-TREE CHITTAM-
WOOD Woody plants, grown chiefly for the attractive
feathery hinting panicles and for the handsome foliage
turning brilliant colors in autumn
Deciduous shrubs or trees with a strong-smelling
juice: Ivs. slender-petioled, entire, without stipules fls
dioecious or polygamous, small, greenish or yellowish,
in large and loose terminal panicles, the pedicels of the
numerous sterile fls lengthen after the fls have dropped
and become clothed with spreading hairs, petals 5.
twice as long as the pointed
calyx-lobes, the 5 stamens
shorter than the petals, inset ted
between the lobes of the disk;
ovary superior with 3 short
styles fr. a small compressed
obhque-obovate dry drupelet
with the style on one side — •
Two species, one in N Arnei
and one in S Eu to Cent
Asia Formerly usually in-
cluded under Rhus, which
differs chiefly in its usually
compound and more or lesjs ser-
rate Ivs , the globose fr with
terminal style, the absence of
plumose pedicels and in the
milky juice. Often planted,
particularly the European .spe-
cies, for its loose feathery pani-
cles which give almost the
effect of a dense cloud of
smoke, from which the shrub
derives its name The panicles
of the American species are
much less showy, but the au-
tumnal coloring 18 more bril-
liant. Both species hardy as
far north as Mass , the Amer-
ican being somewhat more
tender. They prefer a sunny,
and in the N , a somewhat
sheltered petition and well-
drained soil, and are adapted
for planting in dry and rocky
ground. Prop, by seeds; also
by root-cuttings and layers.
Coggygria, Scop (C. Cdtinw,
Sarg C Coccyqea Koch Rhus
Cdtinus, Linn ) SMOKE-TREE
Fig. 1079. Spreading, rather
dense shrub, to 15 ft : Ivs.
slender-petioled, oval or ob-
COTINUS
COTONEASTER
865
ovate, abruptly narrowed at the base, rounded at the
apex, glabrous, l%-3% in long panicles to 8 m long,
densely plumose, usually purplisn: frs few, about >•£
in long June, July. fr. Aug , Sept S Eu to Cent.
China and Himalayas Gn 34, p 162, 54, p .505, 71,
p 552. Gng. 5-118 MDG 1902217 GC III.
29 92 H W 3, p 32 Var atropurpfcrea, Dipp
Panicles with dark purple hairs. Var. p6ndula, Dipp.
1080 Cotoneaster honzontahs
Branehes pendulous Var pubescens, Engler Lvs , at
least beneath, and often also the young branches,
pubescent
americanus, Nutt (C colin<ndcx, Brit Rhus cofa-
noldes, Nutt ) lTpnght shrub or small tree, to 35 ft
Ivs gradually narrowed at the base, obovate to elhp-
tic-obovate, rounded at the apex, silky beneath when
young, at maturity glabrous or nearly so, 4-6 in long
panicles 5-0 in long, with short and rather inconspicu-
ous pale purple or broumsh hairs June, July Ala to
W Texab and E Tenn S S 3.98, 99 — The autumnal
tints orange and scarlet, as in the preceding .species,
but more brilliant ALFRED HKHDLR
COTONEASTER (cotomum, quince, and axt(r, simi-
lar the leaves of sorne species resemble those of the
quince) Rosacese, subfamily Pomece Shiubs, rarely
small trees, chiefly grown for their ornamental red or
black fruits and some species also for their foliage which
turns brilliant colors in autumn
Leaves alternate, deciduous or persistent, short-
petiolcd, entire, stipulate fls solitary or in cymes, ter-
minal, on short lateral branchlets, white or pinkish'
petals 5, stamens about 20 fr a black or red pomaceous
drupe, with 2-5 stones — About 40 species, in the tem-
perate regions of Eu and Asia, also in N Afr , but
none in Japan
Cotoneasters are ornamental shrubs, many of them
with decorative fruits remaining usually through the
whole winter, while only a few, like the hardy C.
hupehensis and C multi flora and the tender T fngida,
and also C racemiftora and C t>alicifolia, are conspicuous
with abundant white flowers Of the species v\ ith deco-
rative red fruits, C tomentosa, C racemiflora and C.
integernma are quite hardy, and (7 Simonsn, C.
acuminaia, C. rotundifolia, C micropkylla and others
are hardy at least as far north as New York, while C
jngida and its allies are the most tender The foliage
of some of the species assumes brilliant colors m
autumn; dark crimson in C. Simonsii, C. horizontal™,
C divancata and C Dielsiana; scarlet and orange m
C foveolata, bright yellow in C. Zabdn. The half-ever-
green C. honzontalis and C adprewa, and the evergreen
C Dammen and C. microphylla, with its allied species,
are well adapted for rockeries on account of their low,
spreading or prostrate habit. Cotoneasters thrive m
any good, well-drained garden soil, but dislike very
moist and shady positions. Propagation is effected by
seeds, sown in fall or stratified; the evergreen species
grow readily from cuttings of half-ripened wood m
August under glass; mci eased also by layers, put down
m fall, or by grafting on C. vulgans, hawthorn, moun-
tain ash or quince.
INDEX.
acummata, 3, 5.
acutifolm, 12, 13.
adpresba, 1
applanata, 1C.
buflata, 6
fflacioaa, 20
horizontals, 1, 2.
humifum, 22
huponeiisis, 17.
intcgprnniu, 7.
peftinenm, 13.
perpusilla, 2.
prostrata, 23.
raceimflorn, 18.
radicans, 22.
butt folia, 23
lanata, 23
reflexa, 16
calorarpa, 10
laxiflora, 15.
rotundifolia, 23.
conmuxta, 15.
lucula, 12
rugoHa, 20
coriyiHUi, 21
ni icropliylla, 6.
saUcifoha, 20.
Damnicn, 22
major, 10
Simon AU, 3
Diclsiana, 10.
melancK arpa, 15
sintnms, 12
divaruata, 4
mierocarpu, IS
eoonganca, 18.
olexans, 10
microphylla, 2 i, 24
spfoosa, 8
flocrosn, 20
thymifolm, 24.
floribunda, 0
mulliflrmi, 10
tornento'a, 8
Fontanexn, 18
morn, IS
villosula, 13.
Iranrlietii, 11
orhioulam, IN.
Whfelen, 18, 23.
fngida. 21
punnona, 19
Zabelu, 9.
ijlacialw, 24
A. Petal* upright, small, uwally pinkish; cymes
few-Jld or nodding, ?/ many-jld (Ortliopetalum.)
H Fr red.
C Under t>ide of Ivs qlnbrous or only pubescent.
D Habtt prostrate
1 adpressa, BOIH (r honzontahs var adpressa
Schneid ) Prototrate shiub, with creeping ana often
rooting sts irregularly blanched Ivs oval, acutish,
wavy at the margin, nearly glabrous, Ji-J^m long,
fls 1-2, pinkish fr subglobo^e, usually with 2 stones.
June fr Aug , Sept \\ China VF 11G — Hauly at
the Arnold Vrbon 1 um
2 horizon tahs, Decne Fig 1080 Low shrub:
branches almost hon/ontal and densely distichously
braruhed Ivs rouud-o\al, adite at both ends, glabrous
above, sparingly s(tosely hairy beneath, H~/^vn long:
fls erect, 1-2, pink, fr ovoid, bright red, usually with
3 stones, sm iller than in the preceding species June;
fr Sept, Oct China RH 1X85, p 136; 1889 '348,
fig 1 GC III 32 91 (In 66, p 107 Var perpusilla.
Schneid Lvs less than ^ jin long fr J^m across —
Like the jirecedmg species, one of the most effective
fruiting shrubs for lockenes
DD Habit upright
E Lt's small, not exceeding 1 in , nearly glabrous beneath
3 Simonsii, Baker (C acuminata var Slmontni
Decne ) Shrub, with spieading branches, to 4 ft
Ivs roundish oval, acute, glabrous above, %-\ m
long, semi-persistent c\ mes 2-5-fld , fls white, shghtlv
pinkish, calyx appressed-pubcscent fr bright red,
usually with 3-1 stones June, July Himalayas
Kefug Bot 1 55 B M 8010 (excl flb ; as C rotundi-
folia). One of the best red-fruiting species, often
under the name C tiunondMi 01 C Symonsi
4 divaricata, Rehd <fe Wilson Upright shrub, to
6 ft Ivs deciduous, oval or broadly oval, acute or
obtusish, broadly cuneate at the base, lustrous above,
/6~/4m long fls usually 3, pink, calyx appressed-
pubescent fr ovoid, nearly sessile, bright red, l/$\n.
long, usually with 2 stones June, fr Sept Cent and
W China — Very handsome when studded with its
bright red frs , hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
EE Lvs larger, 1*4-3 m. long, deciduous
5 acuminata, Lindl Erect shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs.
oblong to ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, appressed-
hairyonboth sides, dull above to light green beneath:
cymes 2-5-fld , nodding; fls white or slightly pinkish;
calyx pubescent fr deep scarlet, turbmate, with 2-3
stones June; fr. Sept, Oct. Himalayas. L B.C.
10 919 (as Mespilus). R H. 1889:348, fig. 5 (as C
nepalensis)
6 bullata, Bois Spreading shrub, to 6 ft * Ivs. ovate,
acuminate, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base,
rugose and finally nearly glabrous above, reticulate,
pale grayish green and pubescent beneath fls pinkish,
few, calyx glabrous fr. red, subglobose, with 4-5
866
COTONEASTER
COTONEASTER
stones. May, June; fr. Sept , Oct W. China. V F.
119. Var. fioribunda, Rehd. & Wilson (C moupi-
nensis flonbunda, Stapf) Cymes many-fid ; calyx
slightly pubescent. B.M. 8284. Var. macrophylla,
Rehd. & Wilson. Lvs. elhptic to lanceolate-oblong,
narrowed at the base, often nearly glabrous, 2-6 in.
long: cymes many-fld. — The varieties are much
handsomer than the type.
cc. Under side of Ivs whitish or grayish tomentose:
young branchlets densely pubescent
D. Lvs. %-2l/2 in long, rounded at base.
7. integerrima, Medikus
(C. vulgdns, Lindl ).
Shrub, to 4 ft.: Ivs ovate
or oval, acute or obtuse
and mucronulate, gla-
brous and dark green
above, whitish and at
length greenish tomcntosc
beneath, %-2 in. long:
cymes nodding, 2-4-fld ;
fls pale pinkish; calyx
glabrous outside fr. globu-
lar, bright red May,
June; fr Aug. Eu., W.
Asia. Siberia. H.W. 3, p,
73, figs. a-i.
8 tomentdsa, L i n d 1 -
Shrub, to 6 ft • Ivs broadly
oval, obtuse, dull green
above and pubescent
when young, whitish to-
mentose beneath, l-2>^
in long, fls 3-12, white,
calyx tornentose outside
fr. bright brick-red June,
fr. Sept, Oct. Eu, W
Asia II W 3, p 73, figs
k-o GOH 105— Some-
times cult as C. spcciosa,
Hort.
DD. Lvs about 1 in or
less long, slightly
pubescent above
E. Apex of Ivs mostly 06-
tuse, base rounded
9 Zabehi, Schneid.
Shrub, to 6 ft. with slen-
der spreading branches:
Ivs. oval to ovate, dull
green and loosely pubes-
cent above, grayish or yellowish tomentose below, on
young plants sometimes more glabrescent and acutish,
%-lM in. long, fls 5-9 in loose corymbs, pinkish;
calyx villous outside, with obtuse teeth: fr ovoid, red,
about Y^m long, with 2 stones. May; fr. in Sept , Oct.
Cent. China.
EE. Apex of Ivs mostly acute, base often cuneate.
10. Dielsiana, Pntz (C. applanata, Duthie) Shrub,
to 6 ft with slender spreading and arching branches:
Ivs. deciduous, firm, ovate or elliptic, acutish, rounded
or broadly cuneate at base, yellowish gray tomentose
beneath, lAr\ in long: fls. few, short-stalked; calyx
pubescent1 fr 1-3, subglobose, ^m across, red, with
3-4 stones. June; fr Sept , Oct. Cent. China. Var.
major, Rehd & Wilson. Lvs larger and broader* fr.
larger Var elegans, Rehd & Wilson. Lvs. smaller,
sub-persistent, finally nearly glabrous and somewhat
shining above: fr. pendulous, coral-red. W. China
11. Frdnchetii, Bois Upright densely branched
shrub with spreading branches Ivs thickish, elliptic
or ovate, acute or acuminate, usually cuneate at base,
ellowish white tomentose beneath. %-lH m- long:
s 6-15, in short and dense corymbs, pinkish, small;
calyx pubescent outside, with acute teeth: fr orange-
yel
ns
red, ovoid, over Min- long, with usually 3 stones.
June; fr Sept , Oct. W. China
1907.256. V.F. 118.
.
na. R H 1902, p. 379;
BB. Fr. black or nearly black.
C. Lvs. acute or acuminate, pubescent
or nearly glabrous beneath.
D. Upper surface of Ivs glabrous and
somewhat lustrous' calyx slightly
pubescent or glabrous
12 Iftcida, Schlecht (C acutifoha,
Lindl C sintnsis. Hort ) Upright,
rather dense shrub, to 12 ft • Ivs.
elliptic or elliptic-ovate, acute, usually
cuneate at the base, slightly pubes-
cent beneath, \-\Yi in. long, fls
3-6, in nodding corymbs fr. purplish
black, subglobose, with 3-4 stones.
May, June, fr. Sept Altai Mts
G W 5, p 247 (as C acutifoha) —
Foliage dark green, remaining green
until very late in autumn.
DD Upper surface of Ivs pubescent, at
least when young, dull green'
calyx pubescent
13 acutifdlia, Turcz (C pekmensis,
Zabel C. acutifoha var pekmensis,
Koehne) Shrub, to 12 ft , with
spreading slender branches Ivs ellip-
tic-ovate to oblong-ovate, acute or
acuminate, usually rounded at bas>e,
slightly appres^ed-pilohc beneath,
becoming nearly glabrous, 1 } 2~2 m
>ng 11s 2-5, nodding fr ovoid, black, to ^m long,
•ith usually 2 stones May, Juno, fr Sept , Oct N
1081. Cotoneaster
hupehensis.
(XH)
, , ,
China Var villdsula, Rehd & V\ ilson Lvs more
densely villous beneath, somewhat larger calyx densely
villous fr thinly pubescent Cent and W China.
14 foveolata, Rend & Wilson Shrub, to 10 ft with
spreading branches Ivs elliptic to elliptic-ovate,
rarely ovate-oblong, acute or acuminate, boon glabrous
above, pubescent beneath, chiefly on the veins, finally
nearly glabrous, 2-3 in long fls 3-6, pmkibh, calyx
pubescent: fr. black, subglobose, ^m across, with
3-4 stones June; fr Sept Cent China — The foli-
age turns bright scarlet and orange in autumn
cc Lvs. obtuse or acutish, tomentose beneath.
15. melanoc&rpa, Lodd. (C n\gra, Wahlb ) Shrub
with spreading branches, to 6 ft. Ivs oval or ovate,
usually rounded at base, dark green and sparingly
pubescent above, grayish white tomentose beneath,
1-3 in long, fls 3 cS, calyx glabrous fr black, globose,
with 2-3 stones May, June fr Aug N and K Eu to
Siberia L B C 16 1531 Var laxifldra, Koehne (C.
laxiflbra, Jacq ). Corymbs 12- to many-fld , elongated,
pendulous BR. 14 '1305 Var commixta, Schneid.
(C laxiflbra, Hook ) Lvs acutish, 2 in long corymbs
8-15-fld. B.M. 3519.
AA. Petals spreading, white, roundish: fr. red.
(Chsenopetalum )
B. Fls. in many-fld. corymbs' upright shrubs.
C. Lvs. broadly ovate or oval, obtuse or acute, %-l % in.
long, deciduous
D. The Ivs. glabrous beneath at maturity.
16. multifldra, Bunge (C. reflexa, Carr ) Shrub, to
6 ft , with usually slender, arching branches' Ivs
broad-ovate, usually acute, slightly tomentose at
first beneath, soon becoming glabrous: cymes very
numerous, 6-20-fld ; calyx and peduncles glabrous, fr.
red, lA\n. across May Spain, W Asia tu Himalayas
COTONEASTER
COTONEASTER
867
and China II H. 1892, p. 327; 1893, p 29. G W. 6. p. 62
M D.G. 1914: 7. — Very decorative in bloom, and hardy,
but less free fruiting. Var. calocarpa, Rehd. & Wilson.
Lvs. larger and narrower, slightly hairy below: fr. larger,
nearly j^m. across, freely produced. W. China.
DD. The Ivs. tomentose beneath,
17 hupehSnsis, Rehd. & Wilson. Fig. 1081. Shrub,
to 5 ft., with slender spreading branches, villous while
young. IVH ovate to elliptic, obtuse or acutish, mucronu-
late, rarely emargmate, above finally glabrous, thinly
grayish tomentose beneath, %-l in long, corymbs very
numerous, with 6-12 or more white fls.; peduncle and
calyx villous; anthers yellow: fr. red, subglobose, about
J/3in. across, with 2 stones May Cent and W. China.
M D G. 1914-6 (as C '. acittifolia var ) —One of the hand-
somest species in bloom; hardy as far north as Mass
18 racemifldra, Koch (C. nummuldria, Fisch & Mey.
C Fontanlbii, Spach). Shrub, to 4 ft , with erect or
spreading branches, rarely prostrate' Ivs roundish or
broad-ovate, obtuse or acute, whitish or grayish
tomento.se beneath, glabrous above, cymes very short-
rluncled, 3-12-fld , peduncle and calyx tomentose:
red May, June. From N Afr and W. Asia to
Himalayas and Turkestan. R H. 1867 31 —Very deco-
rative and hardy Var soongarica, Schneid. LVH oval,
usually obtusish, less pubescent Var. microcarpa,
Rehd & Wilson Similar to the preceding, but fr.
ovoid, smaller Var orbicularis, Wenz. (C. Wheelen,
Hort ) Low and divaricate: Ivs. roundish or obovate,
^-%in long: cymes 3-6-fld.
cc Lvs elliptic to oblong, acute at both ends,
s ubconaceo us .
D Length of Ivs y^-1^2 in : corymbs 1 in. across or less.
19 panndsa, Franch Half-evergreen shrub, to 6 ft :
Ivs elliptic- to ovate-oblong, mucronate at the apex,
glabrous above, densely grayish white-tomentose
beneath calyx tomentose* fr red, globose-ovoid, l/$\\\
long with 2 stones S W China RH 1907.256. G
25 408 Gn 67, p 118 J. 12 120— Very handsome,
but tender
DD Length of Ivs 1^2~4 m •' corymbs 1—2 in. across
20 salicifdha, Franch Half-evergreen shrub, to 15
ft young branchlets floccose-tomentose. Ivs elliptic-
oblong to ovate-lanceolate, acute or acuminate,
rugose and glabrous above, floccoso-tornentose beneath,
lJ-2-3m long fls white in dense corymbs 1-2 in across.
fr subglobose, bright red, J^m. across, with 2-3 stones.
June, fr Oct , Nov W China. Var rugdsa, Rehd. &
Wilson (C rugbw, Pritz ) Lvs broader and shorter,
elliptic-oblong, dull green above, more woolly-tomen-
tobe beneath fr larger, usually with 2 stones. Cent.
China Var floccdsa, Rehd & Wilson Lvs. oblong
to oblong-lanceolate, floccose-tomentobe beneath while
voung, later becoming partly glabrous and glaucous,
bright green and lustrous above, fr larger, usually
with 3 stones W Chma — This bpecies is very hand-
some, particularly in autumn when studded with its
clusters of bright red berries. The var. Jloccosa which
has been advertised as var. glaciosa (misspelled for
Jloccosa) seems to be the hardiest and most desirable.
21. frigida, Wall Large half-evergreen shrub, to 20
ft Ivs oblong, acute at both ends, glabrous above,
tomentose beneath when young, 2-A in. long: cymes
long-pcduncled, very many-fld , pubescent' fr. scarlet.
April, May. Himalayas. B.R 15 '1229. L B.C. 16:
1512. — One of the most beautiful in fl. and fr., but
not hardy N.
BB. F Is. 1-3: low prostrate or trailing shrubs: Ivs* persistent.
c. Lvs green beneath.
22. D&mmeri, Schneid. (C. humifbsa, Duthie).
Prostrate shrub with trailing often rooting branches:
Ivs. elliptic, usually cuneate at the base, obtuaish and
usually mucronulate, glabrous or nearly so, about 1
in. long fls. usually solitary, calyx sparingly pubescent
or nearly glabrous: fr bright red. May, June; fr.
Oct , Nov. Cent. China. Var. radicans, Schneid
Lvs. often obovate, slender-petioled: fls. 1-2, on
peduncles about y$&, long.
cc. Lvs. glaucous or whitish tomentose beneath.
23. rotundifdlia, Wall (C. microphylla Uva-ursi,
Lmdl. C. probtrata, Baker) Low or prostrate shrub:
Ivs nearly orbicular or broadly oval, dark green above
and somewhat pubescent, loosely pubescent beneath or
glabrescent and glaucous, M~Mj»n long: fls 1-3, about
%m across' fr bright red, bubglobose, more than J^in
across Himalayas May, June, fr Sept BR 14:
1187 Var lanata, Schnoid (C bitxifoha, Baker, not
Wall C Wheelen, Hort ) Lvs elliptic to elliptic-oblong,
tomentose beneath' fr Jjin across Refug Bot 1:52
(fls. mbud). Gn 55 186 RH 1S89, 348, fig 4
24 microphylla, Wall Low, prostrate shrub,
densely branched IVH cuneate-oblong or obovate, acute,
shining above, densely pubescent beneath, Hin- l°nK fl3-
usually solitary; calyx pubescent fr bright red May,
June Himalayas. BR 13 1111 LBC 14:1374.
RH. 1889:348, fig 3 GC II 12 333, 18 681 Gn.
4, p. 165 Var thyrnifdha, Koehne (C thymifbha,
Balcer). Very dwarf Iva linear-oblong, smaller fls.
and fr. smaller RH 1889.348, fig 2 GC II.
12:333; 18-681. Refug Bot 1 50 Var. glaciahs,
Hook. (C. congesta, Baker) Lvs glabrous beneath,
oval: fls. smaller, often pinkish. Refug Bot. 1:51
C affims, I mill Alhod to C frigida Lvs broad-elliptic fr.
dark brown, globose Himihyas LBC 10 1522 — r amMgua,
Rehd & Wilson Related to C arutifoha Shrub, to fo ft Ivs
elliptic-ovate to rhombic-ovitr, villous beneath fls 5-10, calyx
slightly pubescent or nearly ghbious fr ovoid, black W China —
C amaena, Wilson Related to (' Franchetn Dense shrub, to 5
ft ' Ivs ovate or elliptic, usually i2m long corymbs b-10-fld ,
sepals acuminate fr globose, orange-red Yunnan GC III.
512 — C nnguttifi'iha, Fram h ^Pyracantha angUBtifoha — C
apiculata, Rehd & Wilson Rt latrd to C Simonsii Shrub, to 6
ft Ivs orbicular to roundish ov UP, apicula.tr, bright green and
lustrous nearly glabrous, 'i-Jiln long fr nearly sessile, globose,
bright red W China —C arbortkcenv, Zabel=C Lmdleyi —
C bacilMns, Wall Related to C frigida Lvs binaller, Usually
glabrous beneath at length fr dirk brown Himalayas — C.
buxifAlw. Wall Related to C rotuudifolia Lvs elliptic, slightly
pubescent above at first, grayish tomcnto'-e beneath fls 2-4, j^m.
across fr red India Wight, Icon 3 992 Tender — C disticha,
Lange Rf Kted to C Simonsn Half-e\ergreen, upright shrub, to
4 ft Ivs suborbieulur to broadlj ubovate, ap'culate, sparingly
pubescent above, nearly glabrous beneath, Viin or less long fls.
1-2, calyx glabrous or nearly so fr scarlet Himalayas — C.
Harrounria, Wilson Related to C salicifoha Shrub, to 6 ft •
Ivs elhptic-<jblong, sometimes oval, 1-2 in long, densely villous
beneath corymbs IJfc in across S W China —C ffenrydna,
Rehd & Wilson (C rugosa var Henryana, i^chneid ) Related to
C sahnfolia hhrub, to 12 ft Ivs thinner, elliptic-oblong to
oblong-hnceohte, 2-3}2in long, and about 1 in broad, pubescent
and only '.lightly pubescent above, densely grayish pubescent
beneath corymbs many-fld , about 2 in across, calyx pubea-
ecent fr red, ovoid, i«m across, with 2-.1 htoncs Cent. China.
G C III 40339 (not good) MDG 19U15-—C tpruha,
Wolf Related to C mtlanocirpa Shrub, to 5 ft Ivs ovate or oval,
greenish white beneath, pubescent, 1-2 in long fls 8-13, pinkish,
calyx pubescent at the base fr d-\rk reddish I rovvn, nearly black.
E Turkestan Yearb For Inst , Petersburg, 15 240 — C Llndleyi,
Stcud (C arboreseens, Zabel) Similar to C ractmiflora but fr.
black Himalayas — C woupm/'nsis, Franch Related to C foveo-
lata Shrub, to 15 ft Ivs elliptic to ov atc-oblong, thicker, rugose
above, pubesa nt beneath, at least on the veins, 2-5 m long,
corymbs many-fld , fls white or pinkish, calyx bparmgly pubes-
W China — C nitttu, Rehd '
cent fr black, with 4-5 stones
Wilson Related to C div
Lv s broadly c
ovate, glabrous and lustrous above, '$— 1/(>in long fr
' ' ' ' "hma — C ob(.cur( '
val or roundi«h
„ ... .- iid, purplish
black, 8talke<l, pendulous W China — C obkcura, Rehd & W ilson.
Related to C acununata hhrub, to 10 ft Ivs elliptic-ovate,
finally glabrous above, yellow it>h gray-tomentose beneath, 1-2
in long fr dull brownish red, ovoid, Jsin long, usually with 3
stones. W China — C Pyracdntha, Spach— Pyracantha coccmca —
C. rdsea, Edgew Related to C mtegernma Shrub, with slender
upright branches Ivs elliptic to ovate-oblong, nearly glabrous,
grayish green beneath, 1-1 ' 2 m long fls 4-9, pinkish with f-hghtly
spreading petals fr subglobose, dull red Himalayas — C Sil-
vfstrn, Pampamm Allied to C mtegcmma Lvs elliptic-ovate,
densely hairy and cream-i olored beneath, 1-2 in. long calyx
pubescent outside fr orange-colored Cent China — C un\flbra,
Bunge Allied to P vulgaris Lvs oval to oval-oblong, glabrous
when older, fls solitary, fr red Altai Mts.
ALFRED REHDER.
868
COTTON
COTTON belongs to the genus Gossypium (name
used by Pliny), of the Malvdceae. The species are now
much confused, but it is generally agreed that the sea
island cotton is of the species G. barbadense, Linn. The
upland cotton is probably derived chiefly or wholly
from G. hirsutum, Linn. The former is native in the
West Indies. The nativity of the latter is in dispute,
but it is probably Asian The cotton flower is mallow-
like, with a subtending involucre of three large heart-
shaped bracts The carpels or cells of the pod are
three to five These carpels break open, and the cotton
covering of the seeds makes a globular mass, — the
cotton boll (Fig. 1082) Cotton is not a horticultural
1082. A cotton boll.
crop, and is therefore not considered in this work.
The reader will find "The Cotton Plant" (published by
the Dept of Agric., Bull. 33), a useful monograph.
Consult Cyclo. Amer. Agric., Vol. II, p 247.
COTTONWOOD: species of Populus.
C6TULA (Greek, smatt cup, the bases of the clasp-
ing leaves forming a hollow or basin) Compd&itse.
Small diffuse or much-branched strong-smelling annual
or perennial yellow-flowered herbs, a few of the peren-
nials sometimes used as carpeters in rock-gardens
Leaves alternate, toothed, lobed or pmnatisect:
heads pedunculate, hemispherical or bell-shaped,
many-fld. and discoid; outer or marginal florets nearly
or quite apetalous, usually pistillate and fertile; disk-
florets 4-toothed, fertile or male; torus naked; pappus
not evident, achene glabrous, compressed. — About 50 or
60 species, largely m the southern hemisphere.
dioica, Hook, f (Leptinttla dioica, Hook. f). Sts.
glabrous or slightly hairy, 1 ft or less long, creeping:
Ivs solitary or tufted, not thick or stiff, stalked, 2 in.
or less long, linear-obovate to spatulate. obtuse, ser-
rate to pmnatifid or even pinnate: heaas on axillary
naked peduncles that are longer or shorter than the
Ivs., unisexual, the males 3^m. or less diam , and the
females a little larger achene obovoid, curved New
Zeal — Very variable. A compact dwarf carpeter.
Muelleri, Kirk (C potentilhana, Hort ? Leptmttla
potentilUna, Muell ) Sts. long and rather stout, creep-
ing and rooting, the branches ascending and somewhat
villous towards the tips' Ivs 2-5 in. long, stalk and all,
linear-obovate, deeply pmnatifid, glandular-dotted:
heads on peduncles that usually are shorter than the
Ivs., bisexual, about ^m. diam.: achene club-shaped
and 4-angled. New Zeal.
C. lan&ta, Hook. f. (Leptinella lanata, Hook f ) Stout and woolly:
Ivs rather fleshy, pinnate or pmnatifid florets glandular New
Zeal— C lobdta, Linn.=Lidbeckia — C plumdsa, Hook. f. (Lep-
tmella plumosa, Hook, f ) Stout, soft-woolly Ivs. 3-4 tomes pm-
natisect. florets not glandular New Zeal — C Smi+hda, Hook. f.
(Leptinella uqualida, Hook f.) — Allied to C. dioica, with Ivs.
deeply pmnatifid and segraa. incised New Zeal. L H B
COTYLEDON
COTYLEDON (a name used by Pliny, meaning
a cavity, having reference to the concaved or cup-like
leaves of some kinds). Crassuldcex Succulent herbs or
shrubs, rarely annual, grown mostly for their oddity,
but some of them making good winter bloomers in pots
and some used for summer bedding because of the stiff
thick foliage, some are half-hardy North.
Habit very various, rosulate or erect, sometimes of a
scandent tendency: branches and Ivs. thick and fleshy:
Ivs. opposite or alternate, petiolate or sessile . calyx
5-parted, as long as or shorter than the corolla-tube;
corolla tubular, cylindrical or urn-shaped, sometimes
5-angled, the parts or petals 5, erect or spreading,
connate to the middle, longer than the usually 10
stamens; ovary of 5 free carpels, each with a narrow
scale at base; fls. erect or pendent, sometimes showy, in
terminal racemes or cymes Differs from Sedum in the
connate petals — Species about 100, in Calif to Texas,
and Mex., Afr , Asia and Eu See I II 10 76 for an
account of many of the species. Some of the species
make dense rosettes of stiff Ivs on the ground ana send
up a small bracted scape; they remind one of the house-
leek (Sempervivum tcctorum and related species).
As above defined, Cotyledon comprises the broad
group habitually known under that name. Recently,
however, Bntton and Hose have revised the group,
excluding Cotyledon from America, reinstating Eche-
veria and Pachyphytum for some of the American
species and making new genera for others, as Dud ley a,
Oliveranthus, Urbinia, Stylophyllum For the conve-
nience of the gardener, the cult species are here brought
together under Cotyledon, and they are also listed at
other places under their new generic names
Cotyledons are little known in this country except
among fanciers and for carpet-bedding Culturally, there
are two groups, — the greenhouse kinds and the bedding
kinds The greenhouse kinds are well represented by
C. ffiblnflora It is attractive both in foliage and flower.
It may be expected to begin bloom in January or
February Its period of bloom is short, after which it
may be propagated. The top of the main shoot (or of
strong side shoots) may be cut off with 2 or 3 inches
of stem, and stood in pots so that the cut end will rest
on moas m the bottom and the leaves on the rim of the
pot, using no earth; fine roots will soon form and the
young plant may then be repotted into dryish soil.
The old stems of this and similar tall kinds may bo
placed rather close together in shallow boxen, when it is
desired to propagate them, and kept in a warm dry
place, where tney will form small growths along the
stems; these, when large enough, may be put into boxes
of dry sand, arid potted in thumb- or 3-mch pots when
they have made a sufficient quantity of roots This
species should be kept in a warmhouse in winter, where
it is rather dry and not exposed to drip C fulgens us
a good greenhouse species, producing showy waxy
red flowers in winter; also C coccinea. For this purpose
the large plants should be lifted from the beds and care-
fully potted, as they make a much finer growth in the
open ground than when grown in pots — When it is
desired to increase the low-growing carpet-bedding
kinds on a larger scale, the plants should be lifted before
the ground gets too wet and cold They may either be
boxed m dry soil and kept in a cool dry house, or placed
thickly together in a frame, taking care that no drip is
allowed on the plants, and giving no water The most
convenient time for propagation by leaves is during the
months of November and December, when the fall
work of rooting soft-wooded plants is over. Leaves
rooted at this time will make plants large enough for
planting out the following season They will take from
three to four weeks to root, according to the kind The
leaves must be taken from the plant as follows Gra.sp
each leaf between the thumb and forefinger, give a
gentle twist first to one side then to the other until the
leaf comes off, taking care that the dormant bud m the
COTYLEDON
COTYLEDON
869
axil of the leaf accompanies it, otherwise the leaf will
root but a plant will not form from it. Make a depres-
sion about 2 inches deep in the center and 4 inches wide
across the sand-bed, in this lay two rows of leaves with
their bases touching each at the bottom of the depres-
sion; give no water until the small roots make their
appearance, and only slightly afterwards When the
little plants are large enough they should be boxed,
using sandy loam, and kept in a temperature of not
less than 00° F. at night — For summer bedding pur-
poses the following have been employed very success-
fully, being lower growers: C. atropurpurea, C fulgens,
C coccinea, C fasciculans, C. gibbiftora var. mctallica,
C. Pachy phylum, C. Peacockn, C. Purpusii, C roseola,
C sccunda, C. secunda var. glauca, C. mextcana. (G.
W Oliver)
Other species of Cotyledon occur m collections of
succulent plants, but the following probably represent
those of commerce in this country.
Aizoon, 1
atropurpuroa, !•
Bur bey i, 2
bructeosum, 13
onlifornica, 2.r>
rhrysmitha, 4
"
,
fannovn, 22
fasricularis, (3
A. Plant* of the Old World, of various habit corolla-tube
elongated, usually much longer than the calyx.
(Cotyledon find Umbilicus )
B Lv* crowded in a rostlte (ro^ulate) at the base of the
st plant /rw, more or fcss bttmless species of the
hou^eleck or hen-and-cfnckens type, used in rock-
gardens and for car p( (-bidding.
c Fl\ yellow or milk-white
1 Aizdon, Schoenl (Umbilicus Aizoon, Fenzl).
Plant small, minutely pubescent, the st very short:
ivs dcnseK rosul.ite, hnguhite, obtuse, ciliatc, those
on the st oblong-obtuse fis golden yellow, on very
short pedicels, calyx spreading, corolla-parts lanceolate-
acuminate and keeled Asia Minor.
INDEX.
fulgcns, 18
Bibbiflora, 19
pulverulenta, 22.
Purpusu, 2J.
Kluuoa, 10
hupanica, 9
ronculafa, 3
lanoeolata, 24
ronea, 21
UKtullica, 10
roHcatti, 21
mcxicana, 11
rotund, folia, 8
Munga. K
sanyuinen , 14
orbiculata, X
Scheeni, 17
Pathyphytuni, 13
secundn, 10
Pca< orkn, 1 1
Sernporvivum, 7.
pendulums, 5
Umbilicus, 5
cc AVs red or greenish
2 Barbeyi, Schwemf. Whole plant hoary-white,
t-ill and branching Ivs thick, fleshy, shovel-shaped:
fls olive-preen and red, 1 in long, in a close panicle.
Blooms fieely in spring and summer Abyssinia Gt.
4.5, p 465 — An exquisite plant for carpet-bedding
BB Lvs variously scattered along the s/ , or sometimes in
rosettes or cluster* at the end* of the branches mostly
branching plants, grown in greenhouses, window-
gardens, and sometimes used in summer bedding-out
but not in carpet-bedding designs
c. Fls white or ochiolcucus.
3 reticulata, Thunb Sts much branched, fleshy:
Ivs few at the ends of the branches cylindrical, acute,
erect, fleshy, soft, smooth. l/$m, or
loss long- fls. fan. or less long,
whitish, in an erect, dichotornous
panicle. Cape. GC III 21 "282 —
The wiry fl -stalks remain on the
plant and give it the appearance of
being inclosed in a network. Odd.
4 chrys&ntha, Hort. (Umbilicus
chrysdnthus, Boiss.). Plant pubes-
cent, glandular above, the st short:,
Ivs. rosulate, short, oblong-spatu-
late, obtuse, those on the st elliptic
and somewhat acute, fls large,
oehroleucous (milk-white or yellow- 1083. Cotyledon secunda (Detail X M)
ish), red-striped on the back of the oblong-lanceolate
keeled lobes or parts of the corolla. Perennial. Asia
Minor.
cc. Fls. yellow or greenish.
5 Umbilicus, Linn. (Umbilicus penduttnus, DC).
PENNYWORT. NAVELWOKT Perennial, 6-12 in high
in flower, simple or slightly branched, leafy at base:
radical and lower Ivs fleshy, orbicular, crenate, more
or less peltate: fls yellowish green, pendulous, in a
raceme, calyx very small, corolla cylindrical, ^m.
long but somewhat enlarging, with 5 short teeth — On
rocks and walls, W. p]u. Adaptable in rock-gardens.
ccc Fls. red or purple.
6 fasciculiris. Soland Smooth, 1-2 ft. high, thick-
stemmed, branched. Ivs pale greenish white with a
yellowish margin, glaucous, few, sessile, cuneate-obo-
vate, thick, flattened, slightly concave, cuspidate:
panicle branches long, scorpioid. fls, large, 1 in. long,
pendent, calyx-lobes short, broadly ovate-acute;
corolla-tube much longer than the calyx, with a green-
ish tube and reddish revolute limb. S. Afr. B M. 5602.
J II III 29 443
7 Sempervivum, Bieb (Umbilicus Semperdvum,
DC ) HOUSELEEK COTYLEDON Plant green, glandu-
lar radical Ivs. spatulate, obtuse, attenuate-cuneate at
base, the margin denticulate, st -Ivs oblong, fls pur-
plish and papillose on the outside, on secund branches m
a corymbose panicle, corolla thrice longer than calyx,
parted to the middle, the parts lanceolate-acuminate
and somewhat recurved Perennial — Not to be con-
founded with Sempervirum tutorum.
8 orbiculata, Linn Erect, 2-4 ft high Ivs oppo-
site, flat, obovate-spatulate, obtuse, mucronate, glau-
cous and mealy, with red margins* fls. large, reddish,
pamcled. Fls. June-Sept 8 Afr B M 321 R H.
1S.57, p 347 — Grows well from
cuttings Variable, and has sev-
eral named forms as var data,
oblonga, tamot>a, rotundifoha
9 hispdnica, Linn (I'lttorlnia
hi^imca, DC ) Annual or bien-
nial, branched, 6 in high, erect:
Ivs small, nearly cylindrical, ob-
long, few, sessile fls erect, in
cymes, reddish, corolla trumpet-
shaped, lobes spreading Spain,
Morocco R H 1895, p. 472
AA. Plants of the New World,
corolla- tube usually short,
pei haps always s/to? te r than
the calyx
B Lvs ttrete. (Stylophyllum )
10 eduhs, Brewer (Sedum
ediik, Nutt. Stylophyllum ediile,
Brit. & Rose) Sts eespitose,
very short and thick Ivs cylin-
drical, 3-4 in long, erect, whitish
or glaucous green, not mealy fls
white, tinged with green, re-
sembling those of Sedum, l/2m
diam , short-pedicelled, along the
upper sides of the flexuous
branches of the cymose panicle,
scape 1 ft. high. San Diego,
Calif. — Young Ivs. eaten by
Indians.
BB. Lvs linear or
nearly so.
11. mexicana, Hemsi.
Plant glabrous, 3-4 in.
high, erect, the branches
woody • Ivs. few, alternate,
870
COTYLEDON
COTYLEDON
crowded on sterile shoots, somewhat fleshy, linear
or Imear-spatulate, obtuse, M-M"»- lo^B' fls. few
short-pedi celled, cymose; sepals free, hnev, obtuse;
plane and strongly coherent, forming a t^be, Min« >
g, the lobes ovate, acute, erect. S Mex — One
or less long,
of the dozen known species of Altamiranoa (see p 237,
Vol. I), in that genus becoming A mexicana, Rose.
BBB. Lvs. broader, flat, often very fleshy,
c. Calyx minute. (Urbinia )
12 agavoides, Baker (Echevena agavoides, Lem.
Urbima agavoides, Brit & Rose) Small and compact:
Ivs densely rosulate, stiff, acuminate and very sharp-
pointed, pale gray-green on both bides, papillose fls 4-6,
orange, on long pedicels, sepals several times shorter
than the corolla. Mex —Useful for carpet-beddings.
cc. Calyx evident or prominent.
D. Petals always appendaged at insertion of stamens.
(Pachyphytum )
13 Pachyphytum, Baker (Pachyphytum bracted-
sum, Klotzsch) SILVEK-BKACT Somewhat shrubby,
very succulent, pale glaucous blue throughout. Ivs.
clothing upper part of st , more or less rosulate, large
and thick, spreading, obovate, obtuse or obtuse-pointed,
the scars from the fallen Ivs orbicular, fls in spikes
4-6 in long on lateral peduncles, corolla red, immersed
in the large calyx which is about 1 in. long, stamens 5
large and 5 small Mex B M 4951 — A singular plant,
blooming in summer 1 ft.
DD Petals not appendaged
E. Corolla strongly fi-anghd (Echevena.)
F Color of plant (or of Ivs ) dark purple
14. atropurpftrea, Baker (Echcv}>nasanquinea,'M.OTT').
St short and stout Ivs in rosette at top of st , dark
purple and glaucous, obovate-spatulate fls bright red,
in a long raceme terminating the erect fat , corolla 5-
angled, white toward base Mex. See p. 1086.
FP. Color green, or ordinarily glaucous (except var.
of No. 19}
G. St wanting or nearly so (acaulescent species).
15 Peacockii, Baker (Echevena Peacockii, Crouch ).
Acaulescent Ivs about 50 in a dense rosette 0 in across
and standing 4 in. high, obovate-spatulate, mucronate.
reddish toward tip, glaucous, st. 12-21 in , with small
If -like bracts: fls. bright red, m a senpioid spiko,
calyx-lobes linear, unequal, corolla about ^m long,
the parts lanceolate-acute. Mex (?) — Interesting for
its glaucous coloring and waxy coating of the Ivs.
Named for Mr Peacock, of Hammersmith, England, in
whose collection it flowered See p. 1080
16. secunda, Baker (Ecfariria secunda, Booth) Fig
1083 Stcmless' Ivs in a rosette, crowded, cuneiform,
mucronate, glaucous, curving upward fls in a 1-sided,
recurved spike, reddish yellow; peduncle long, 6-12
in high. June- Aug. Mex B R 20 57 — Probably
the most common species in gardens Distinguished by
its pale green red-tipped rosettes, several forms Half-
hardy E. glauca, Baker (E. secunda var glaiica, Otto),
has glaucous-green foliage See pp. 1086-7.
GG St evident, often tall (caulescent species').
17 SchSerii, Baker (Echevena Scheern, Lmdl.).
Caulescent, branching Ivs large, glaucous, oval, acute,
narrowed into a long plane petiole-like part, fls dingy
red with yellow tips, broadest at base, in drooping
racemes; sepals linear, acute, green, spreading, shorter
than the corolla Mex Ii.ll 31 27 P. 1087
18 Mlgens. Baker (Echevena fulqens, Lem ). St.
4-8 in tall, nut hearing long leafy fl -benches: Ivs.
obovate-spatulate, pale glaucous green, clustered* fls.
bright reol with yellow base, in nodding racemes. Mex.
19 gibbiflora. Moc & Sesse" (Echevbna gibbiflora,
DC) Sts 1-2 ft high- Ivs. flat, wedge-shaped, acutely
mucronate, crowded at the ends of the branches: fls
short-petioled; panicle branches 1 -sided, spreading;
corolla gibbous at the base between the calyx-lobes,
the tube white, the tips touched with crimson Mex.
B II 1247. Var metallica, Baker (Echevena mddlhca,
Hort.). Lvs large, obovate-spatulate. 6 in. wide by
7 in long, a beautiful glaucous purple with metallic
reflections' fls yellowish with red tips. Mex. — An
excellent plant for summer bedding P. 1087.
20 cocclnea, Cav (Echevena coccinea, DC ) Plant
soft-pubescent, 1-2 ft.. Ivs. lance-spat ulate: fls scarlet
and yellow or paler within, m axillary long leafy, 15-25-
fld., loose spikes. Mex. B M 2572. P. 1086.
EE. Coiolla not strongly angled.
F Fls. in a dense spike (Courantia )
21 roseata, Baker (Echevena rosea, Lmdl Courdntia
rdsea, Lem ) Sts branching, 1 ft • Ivs oval, erect,
acute, mostly in terminal rosettes on the sterile shoots:
fls yellow, in dense rose-bracted spikes, sepals linear-
acute, rose-colored; corolla bell-shaped, 5-parted. Mex.
B.R. 28 22.
FF. Fls. in cymes or panicles (Dudleya )
22 pulverule'nta, Baker (Echevena pttlr< ndf'nta, Nutt.
E fanndba, Hort Dudleya pulverulent a, Brit &
Rose) Lvs m a rosette, silvery green, veiy mealy,
spat ulate, acute, the tips relieved, the cauline Ivs grad-
ually diminishing into broadly cordate, clasping bi acts'
panicles dichotomoiihly branched, pedicels .slightly longer
than the pale scarlet or coral fls Plants 1 ft diani.
S Calif F S 19 1927-8 —A fine plant for carpet-
bedding
23 Purpusii, Nichols (Echevena Piirpusn, Schum ,
not But Dudleya Pnrpu^n, But & Rose) Cespitose,
with powdered snow -white foliage Ivs densely ro^u-
late, broadly spatulate, acuminate Ms in a blanching
upright cluster, coiolla comco-tubular, much e-weedinf*
calyx, segms scarlet with golden jellow tips S Calif.
B.M. 7713 (5 C III 20 098 (it* 15, p 009.
•• ' •* ^\
1084. Couroupita guianensis, the cannon-ball tree, showing the
trunk and the hanging flowers and fruits.
obovate-nputuhite, 2'2 m or less long fls while tinned red, 2(MO
lense thyrse-like e luste-r .Syria — C tmbncula, Hort , de
N E Br About 2 ft , \ ' "
in a dei
on p 10S7
ItfoM,
erect, light green Ivs opposite, broad, to o m long fls light reel
with lobes greenish yellow inside, \l/g in long, in '
axiUary c;
dwarf',T''
COTYLEDON
24 lanceolata, Benth & Hook (Echeveria lanceolata,
Nutt. Dudieya lanceolata, Brit. & Rose) Green or
slightly glaucous, acaulescent. Ivs. m a rosette, lan-
ceolate, acuminate, slightly mealy; st.-lvs or bracts
small, cordate, clasping, distant* panicle narrow, dichot-
oinous: fls red and yellow, calyx-lobes broad-ovate,
i^in. long, corolla ^m or more long. S. Calif.
25 cahf6rnica, Baker (D. Cotyledon, Bnt. & Rose.
Sedum Cotyledon, Jacq. Echeveria califdrnica, Baker).
Plant acaulescent, tinged red: Ivs. in a rosette, con-
cave, hgulate, lanceolate, acute, glaucous, mealy,
slightly yellowish, 8 m long fls pale yellow, on weak
lateral flowering sts 1-2 ft long, with short, ovate,
clasping IVH or Bracts and bi- or trifid racemes Calif.
Many garden names occur in Cotyledon, some of which are
unidentifiable and Home of which probably reprrwnt hybrids
C dfvtn«ii, Hort Hybriel between ptobably C glauca and C
gibbiflora il-sts 5-7 ft long BM 8104 — C1 fleoanit, N E Br —
Oliveranthus —f1 eslmui, llort=(?) — C ylobfaa, Hort, see
page 1087 —(' (/(VmeVirtJ'/MKi, Baker Rotmlate, 8 in Iv
,'itnlxti*. 2> > in or less loriir fls while tinged reel, £K
fort , dc «< nbed
holly glabrc
< fls light .__
... .. yellow inside, \l/g in long, in terminal and
C'ent \fr R M S(M<3 —C mirdbiht, Hort , hybrid
<itn, Hake r -=Le he \e rm, p 10SG — C nann, Marl Very
:i or h ss high, densely branched and forming a tuft l\n
ydlowish grrrn, not tipuulate S \fr -C I'i ttalfazt , Mant L\ s
distributed, the radical om s spatulatL-oblusi and margin* slightly
denticulate, the cauline obo\ ttc -oblong fls pile rose, somewhat
secund in a glamlul ir-hairy pirijele ( ilieia— C pu/rindto, Hook f
—Echeveria, p 10S<> C s,,/,,j,/, <t, DC Annual, ere< ping, smooth
Ivs se><lurn-hke,oblongarielobtu-e, convex fls fe w , pink, m t-umme r.
Pyrenees Distinguished Irom Sedum by the jmmopetalous corolla.
— t" vtnnAiuv, I inn Small and quunt, \pic ri-hk< , with a ro-ette
of flat spoon-shape>d spine -tippe-el IVH , 12 in or more tall fls yellow,
in Lnrly summer Siberia to China and Japan, but not hardy —
C guprrhn, Hort, is an annual with \ellow fls ~ C t.r.tiMw,
Thunb St somewhat wocxU, 0-S in high, Minplc or branchcel
l\s l-r> in long, opposite, m irly te re te , -icute or cuspidate, hir-
sute or subglabrous fls manj,, <-or>mbtd. the peduncle to 18 m ,
yellow, corolla-tube a little whortcr \heri cal>x 8 Afr
r, H B t
COUCH GRASS: Ayrnpyrtm reptns
COURANTIA (personal name) CrasnMcex. Caules-
cent Ivs alternate, closely set, broad fls in a dense
bracteate spike, calyx-lobes nearly equal, hnoar, brightly
colored, coiolla not angled, yellow, stamens 10, fila-
ments united into a tube for half their length (July
one species First brought into cult about 1S42 For
cult , see Cot ifl (don C. rdsea, Lem (Cotyledon rosiata,
Baker) See No 21, p 870 j. x ROSE
COUROUPlTA (from a vernacular name m Guiana)
Lfcytludnce.r Tiees of Trop Amer (about 9 species)
sometimes planted as oddities 01 for shade, paiticularly
for the curiosity of the gieat ball-like frs borne on
the trunk Lvs alternate, oblong, leticulate, entue or
crcuate-serrate fls slumy and odd, borne in racemes,
often from the trunk and laigei blanches, cal> \-tube
top-shaped, the limb b-lobed or -divided; petals 6,
somewhat unequal, spreading and moie or less incurved,
borne on a disk, stamens many, in 2 sets, — one series
forming a ring or cup in the center of the fl and about
the single 5-7-eelled ovary, the other longer and rising
from one side like a fringed palm or ladle over the
pistil fr a large nearly or quite globular ball, coria-
ceous or woody, mdehiscent, with many seeds imbedded
in the pulp C. guian&isis, Aubl CANNON-BALL TKKK.
Figs 108*, 1085 Tall soft-wooded tree in Guiana,
where it is native. Ivs oblorig-obovate, elliptic or broad-
lanceolate, acute, entire or very obscurely toothed' fls.
with concave petals about 2 in long, yellow- and red-
tinged on the exterior and crimson-lilac within, very
showy, in racemes 2-3 ft long fr nearly or quite
globular, 6-8 in diam , reddish, hard on the exterior,
pulpy inside, with very disagreeable odor when ripe.
BM 3158-9 — Sometimes planted in the tropics, in
botanic gardens and elsewhere Shell of the fr used for
utensils, and the pulp said to be eaten by negroes and
to be used for the making of beverages. L. H. B.
COVER-CROPS
871
COUSSAP6A (Caribbean name). Mortices: . Fifteen
to 20 milky-juiced trees or shrubs of Trop. S. Amer., 1 or
2 sometimes grown under glass, but apparently not in
the American trade They are sometimes scandent and
epiphytic, like other Ficus-like things, sending down
branches and completely enveloping the supporting
tree and strangling it Lvs alternate, stalked, thick,
pennmerved or 3-nerved, entire, fls dioecious, in
globose heads, the peduncles solitary or in pairs and
axillary, the male clusters few-fld and often paniculate,
the females on shorter peduncles fr oblong, becoming
sxicculent and with the including thickened perianth
forming a mulberry-like multiple iruitmg body. C
dealbata, Andre" (Ficus dcalbata, Hort ), is described as
a very beautiful greenhouse subject, with coriaceous
elliptic Ivs 1 ft long and half as broad, white-silky
beneath and deep green above. 1 11 17:4.
L. H. B.
COVER-CROPS. Green temporal y crops, grown for
the purpose of improving the soil, either as protection
or to be turned down as
green manure; word used
chiefly in speaking of
fruit-growing operations
The use of cover-crops
has become an essential
part of orchard manage-
ment The name is de-
rived from the fact that
the seed is sown in the fall
or late summer, and suf-
ficient growth results so
that the ground is coveied
and protected during the
winter. The crops are
grown for their effect,
upon the orchard, not for
the direct value of the
crop The term was first used in this connection by
Bailey, Bulletin No bl. of the New York Station at
Cornell, p 333, December, 1X93
Cover-crops make u^e of thu available plant-food at
a time when the trees aie beginning to use it less and
less In 4his \\a>, food that otherwise might be lost is
stored up until it becomes available to the trees the
following spring through the rotting of the cover-crops.
The presence of the tover-ciop, with its mat of roots,
also prevents soil-washing and erosion with its accom-
pammg loss of plant-food The legumes, through the
action of the bacteru found in their root-nodules, are
able to add to the total amount of nitrogen present in
the soil This is the only wa\ in which cover-crops
mere .ise the total supply of the plant-food elements,
but the decay of the cover-crops increases the humus
in the soil and, by the activities thus set up, the locked-
up plant-food is released m a soluble form and thus the
total available plant-food is increased The ability of
a soil to absorb and retain water is greatly inci eased in
proportion to the humus that the soil contains For this
reason, soils rich in humus are less likely to be injured
by erosion from the rapid run-off of the rainfall and less
liable to suffer from drought In soils plentifully sup-
plied with moisture and plant-food, the trees are likely
to continue growth so long that the wood does not
mature and haiden before winter, thus tendering them
liable to injury during a severe winter Such trees
usually bear fruit that is poor in quality and in color.
To produce mature, well-colored apples, it is essential
that excessive giowth after midsummer be prevented
The best means of doing this is to grow a crop in the
orchard that will compete with the trees for the food
and water Soil protected by a cover-crop does not
freeze so quickly or so deeply as when uncovered, and
therefore the tree root4? undei a cover-crop are less
likely to be injured by freezing and by heaving Many
1085. Flower of
Couroupita gui-
anensts One of
the petals has
fallen ( X H)
872
COVER-CROPS
OOWPEA
of our best fruit soils contain a large proportion of clay.
When the humus-content of such soils becomes low,
they are stiff and difficult to work and they dry out
and bake quickly. Plowing under cover-crops restores
the needed humus. This is important from the farm-
management point of view The period of time dur-
ing which a clay field may successfully be plowed may
frequently be doubled by thus increasing the humus
supply As the physical condition of the soil is bettered,
the rootlets of the tree can more easily penetrate it hi
their search for food, and this larger feeding area means
a greater supply of food. Orchards that are to be culti-
vated should be plowed as early as the land can be
worked, in order to prevent excessive loss of moisture
through evaporation and the demands of any growing
cover-crop This is especially true \vhen rye, clover, or
vetch are grown Fall plowing is seldom advisable, as
much of the benefit of me cover-crop is then lost The
time of seeding depends upon the needs of the fruit
and the supply of moisture available In seasons of
plentiful rainfall the cover-crop should be put in early,
but in a period of drought the trees need all the moisture
there is in the soil and the seeding should be late. In
the North Atlantic States, the cover-crops are planted
from the latter part of July to the middle of August.
Kinds of cover-crops,
In general, cover-crops may be divided into the legu-
minous or nitrogen-gathering, and the non-legummous
crops.
1. Leguminous cover-crops — Red and mammoth
clover, Canada field peas, and winter vetch are used
in the northern states , soybean, cowpea, crimson clover,
and vetch in the central and southern states.
2. Non-legummous cover-crops — Rye, oats, wheat,
and barley; rape and turnips; ouckwheat and nearly
all weeds.
Average quantity of seed per acre.
/Oats
\Yt bushel.
Barley . . .
Buckwheat
Clover, red
Clover, mammoth
Clover, crimson
Cowpea .
Millet ....
2
10
10
15
13-2
to 2^ bushels.
1 bushel,
to 15 pounds,
to 15 pounds
to 20 pounds
to 2 bushels.
\\/2 bushels.
Oats
2
to 3 bushels.
Peaa
2
to 3 bushels.
Rape
...2
to 5 pounds.
Rye
Soybean . .
Turnip
Vetch
to 2 bushels,
to \Yi bushels
4 pounds,
to 1 bushel.
Wheat
... 2
to 2U bushels.
3. Combinations of cover-crops — An ideal cover-crop
should possess certain characters It should make a
vigorous vegetative growth by fall so as to furnish an
abundance of humus and to hasten the maturity of
the trees. The seed should be of such a nature that it
will catch well when planted at a time of year when
the soil is very dry Preferably, the cover-crop should
winter over. All these characters are seldom found in
a single crop and, hence, combinations are desirable.
Thus buckwheat, which makes a quick growth, does
not live through the winter as does the slower-growing
rye, so the two combine well. The following combina-
tions are frequently used :
[Clover (red or mammoth) 10 pounds.
Winter vetch. . 15 pounds.
Oats . H bushel
Cowhora turnips. ... ^ pound.
f Buckwheat . . . ^bushel.
2. \ Oats 1 bushel
1.
\ Clover 15 " pounds.
% bushel.
5.
f Buckwheat
\0ats .
f Oats . .
I Rye . .
1 bushel
1M bushel.
1 bushel.
In the peach orchard, where large annual growth is
not desirable, or in apple orchards making excessive
growth, the leguminous crops should be used sparingly ,
rf at a"- C. S WILSON.
COWANIA (after James Cowan, an English mer-
chant, who intro many Peruvian and Mexican plants
into England) Rosacex Some 4 or 5 sm?ll shrubs
from the S W U S. and from Mex , with small
crowded Ivs and handsome white or purple fls ; rarely
cult in botanical collections Closely related to Fal-
lugiu, but differing in the absence of bracts at the base
of the calyx Cult and prop like Fallugia, but appar-
ently more tender like that plant \\cll adapted for
planting in rockeries. C. mexicana, Don (C Stans-
ounana, Torr ), has small crowded cuneate 3-7-lobed
Ivs. and white fls about 1 in across C. phcata, Don
(C. purpiirea, Zucc.), has mcisely serrate Ivs and
purple fls.
ALFKED REHDER.
mum Wts-Idsra. In parts
COWBERRY- Usually means Va
of Scotland, Comarum palustre.
COW-HERB: Saponana, Vaccana.
COWPEA. Fig. 1086. The American name for the
cultivated forms of Vigna catjang, Walp (1839), and
[Pye
1 bushel.
Vigna sinensix, Endl (1H48), Uvo of
the Legummosie allied to Dohchos and
Phaseolus, grown for forage, and the
seeds used somewhat for human food.
From Phaseolus (the common bean)
Vigna differs in not having a spiral
keel, and from Dohchos in its lateral
introrse stigma which lies opposite to a
recurved protruding terminal style
beak. In other than American litera-
ture, the cowpea is known as China
bean and black-eyed bean. Botamcally
it is a bean rather than a pea. The
cowpea is a rambling tender annual,
native to India and Persia. Its cul-
tivation also extended to China at a
very early date. In this country it is
extensively grown in the southern
states, as a hay crop for stock and as
a dry shell bean for human consump-
tion. It is also invaluable as a green-
manure crop (see Coiwr-crops) Including
both the true cowpeas (Vigna sinentnn)
COWPEA
CRANBERRY
S73
and the catjangs (V. caljang). Piper lists 270 varieties.
As a class the catjangs may be distinguished from the
true cowpeaa by the smaller size of the seeds and
pods and by the latter remaining upright throughout
their growth period, never becoming btnctly pendulous
even after ripening. At the present time the true cow-
peas are much more widely grown than the catjangs
but the latter may yet corne into more prominence on
account of the resistance to the weevil of their small
hard seeds The cowpea is to the South what clover IB
to the North and alfalfa is to the West. It is sown
broadcast after the manner of field peas. From three to
five pecks of seed are used to the acre. See Cowpeas,
Farmers' Bulletin No 89, U S Dept. of Agric . by Jared
G Smith; Bulletin No 102, pt. VI, and Bulletin No.
229 of the Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S Dept. of
Agric ; Cyclo Amer Agric , Vol. II, p. 260. For a
botanical discussion of the cowpea and its taxonomic
relatives, see Vigna. QEO. F. FREEMAN.
COWSLIP. The true English cowslip is Primula
officinahs The plant wrongly called cowslip in America
is the marsh marigold, Caltha palustns. The "American
cowslip" is a popular name for Dodecatheon Meadia.
The name "Virginian cowslip" is sometimes used for
Mertcmia virginica
CRAB'S-EYE VINE: Abrus.
CRAB-APPLE in its widest sense means a small
apple The crab-apples of botanists are particularly
fruits of Pf/rws baccala For more restricted uses of the
word crab, see 1'yrus.
CRAB-GRASS- One of several n«mea for Eleusine indica, alao
for certain Panicuiiw, as /' minguinale (or [)\g\tar\a sant/utna/t»)
CRAMBE (old Greek substantive). Cruet/eras.
Herbs or sub-shrubs, one grown in the vegetable-gar-
den, and one or two in the hardy herbary
Annuals, bionmals or perennials, with thickened sts ,
and more or less fleshy Ivs , glaucous Ivs mostly large,
more or less cut, Ivrate or pinnatifid fls small, white,
fragrant, in panieled racemes fr 2-jomted, indehis-
cont, the lower joint st -like and seedless, the upper one
globular and 1 -Heeded — About 20 species in Eu., Asia,
and 1 in Patagonia Of easy cult.
cordifdlia, Stev Excellent foliage plant, withstand-
ing the winters in the northern states' Ivs. very
large and heavy, cordate and ovate, toothed, glabrous
or nearly so fls small but very numerous, in great
branchy panicles 5-7 ft high and nearly as broad, over-
topping the mass of root-lvs Caucasus Gn 50, p.
319 Gng 4 291 —For the first 2 years from seed the
plant makes only Ivs ; but the third year it may be
expected to bloom, after which the plant usually
becomes weak and cues
marftima, Linn SEA-KALE. Perennial, smooth,
stout, to 2 ft • Ivs large, heavy and cut, more or less
fringed or curled, glaucous green fls many, white,
broad, honey-scented, in a tall panicle, in May Coasts
of Eu. — Grown as a garden vegetable See Sea-kale.
C jtincca, Bieb Biennial small species with white fla. in an
attractively slender-branched panicle Iberia — C Kotschy&na,
Boiss Perennial Ivs somewhat hairy, the radical ones cordate-
ovatewith rounded dent ate lobe*, the st -Ivs few, ovate-oblong.lobed.
W Asia — C tatdnca, Jaoq Perennial, said to be grown in Hungary
as "Tartarian bread " Glaucous, more or less rough-hairy radical
Iva decompound, with linear segms Hungry, E L H B
CRANBERRY. A name applied to trailing species of
the genus Vaccmium (EricAce^e) ; much grown in North
America for the fruit Plate XXIX
Of the true cranberries, there are two species in
North America, the small (Vaccinium Oxt/coccus), and
the large (V. macrocarpon). The large cranberry, V.
macrocarpon (Fig. 1087), is now cultivated on thou-
sands of acres in the United States and this cranberry
culture is one of the, most special and interesting of all
1087 Vaccinium macro-
rpon, the common cran-
pomological pursuits. This cranberry grows wild onh
in North America, where it is native to acid swamps
in the cooler parts of the United States and in Canada
Here it trails its slender stems and small oval ever-
green leaves over the sphag-
num and boggy turf, and the
firm red berries which ripen
during September and October
often persist on the vines till
the following spring or even
longer. The curve of the
slender pedicel in connection
with the bud just before the
blossom opens, with its re-
semblance to the head and
neck of a crane, is said to have
suggested the name craneberry
which is now shortened to
cranberry
The low-bush cranberry, or
wolfberry (V Vitis IfUa), is
much used in Nova Scotia and
other parts, and is gathered
and shipped m largo quanti-
ties to Boston, but it is not
cultivated This berry it> also
common in Europe, where it
is much prized The quanti-
ties of this fruit imported into
the United States from various
sources is considerable
The ideal bog for cranberry-
culture should nave the follow-
ing qualifications (1) Capa-
bility of being drained of all
surface water, so that free
water does not stand higher
than 1 foot below the surface
in the growing season (2) Soil that retains moisture
through the gummer, for cranberries suffer greatly in
drought (3) Sufficient water-supply to enable it to be
flooded. (4) A fairly level or even surface, so that the
flooding will be of approximately uniform depth over
the entire area (5) Not over liability to frosts.
The water of the streams and pools in the acid
swamps or bogs, which are the natural habitat of the
cranberry, is usually, but not invariably, of a brownish
or amber color, and some of the most common asso-
ciate plants are the swamp huckleberry or blueberry
(Vaccinium corymbosum), the cassandra or leather-leaf
(Cham&daphne calyculata), the red maple (Acer rubrum)
and the swamp cedar (Chatn.rcyparis thyoides)
There are three centers for the production of cran-
berries in the United States. Massachusetts, where
cranberry-culture began and from which come the
most berries; New Jersey second; and Wisconsin third.
While the culture is in most respects similar in these
three centers, each has its own characteristic methods
of preparation and caie of the bogs There is also
an important and growing cranberry industry in
Nova Scotia.
The cranberry bog. Figs. 1088-1090.
To insure success in cranberry-culture, a prime
requisite is to locate the bog on soil on which wild
cranberries or some of their common associate plants
flourish This is usually a black peaty formation from
a few inches to 7 or 8 feet in depth, overlying sand
which in turn is frequently underlaid by a "hardpan"
that is nearly impervious to water and the presence
of which had much to do with the formation of the
peat. Another requisite is to make sure of an ample
supply of water, preferably of the browm&h color, for
winter flooding and for protection from frost in spring
and fall Flooding at special times is also the safest
and surest weapon against many kinds of insects
8/4
CRANBERRY
Without an ample supply of water, cranberry-culture
is so hazardous as hardly to be worth undertaking.
The building of the dams is the first step necessary
for the improvement of a bog A foundation for these
should be made by digging a trench entirely through
the peat, even if it should be 8 feet or more thick, to
the clean sand, and this trench should be filled with
sand free from all foreign material, above this founda-
tion, embankments are built of clean sand and faced
up with sods of live turf to prevent their being washed
by the waves of the lake formed. The darns should be
sufficiently high to flood the higher parts of the bog
a foot deep, which will frequently make the water m
the deeper parts 3 to 6 feet or more in depth Gates
or flumes must be constmcted at (he lowest point m
these dams to provide for drawing the water off the
bog and provision made for surface drainage. The
latter is generally accomplished by opening the natural
stream, if there should be one, or by digging an open
ditch through the natural drainage center of the piece
088. A Massachusetts cranberry bog — Picking the fruit.
of land being improved. Side ditches should be dug
leading into the stream, or mam ditch, in sufficient num-
ber to dram off all surface water ; they may be made
from 1 to 3 feet deep, according to the character of the
land to be drained A reservoir built above the bog is
very desirable in facilitating control of the water. In
frosty Wisconsin it is considered almost necessary to
have three times the area of the bog in reservoir to
insure the ciops If a bog is situated on a stream sub-
ject to high water, provision must be made for keeping
the flood water from the bog, as the crop would be
destroyed if it were flooded during blooming time or
seriously injured by flooding at any time during the
active growing season. Winter flooding of cranberry
bogs is to prevent heaving and winter-killing The water
is put on about the first of December or after the vines
have become thoroughly reddened by cold weather.
Cranberry bogs, being always lower than the sur-
rounding land, are peculiarly liable to damage by frost,
serious loss frequently occurring when an ordinary
farmer would not dream of danger, and a good supply
of water is the only preventive that has oeen found
efficient. The time of starting growth in th^epring may
be controlled by the time the water is drained off, and
the earlier spring frosts may so be avoided while an
CRANBERRY
ample supply of water permits reflooding when a later
severe frost threatens. Reflooding about the first of
June, provided the water has not been withdrawn
earlier than May 5 to 10, will also furnish protection
from a number of damaging insects and will not injure
the crop, provided care is taken that the water does
not stand on any part of the bog more than forty-
eight hours. If a bog should become seriously infested
with insects later in the season, it is occasionally profit-
able to sacrifice what remains of the year's crop and
clear the bog of insects by flooding This sometimes
results m a greatly increased yield the following year
Damage from a light frost in the fall, before the ber-
ries are picked, may be prevented by raising the water
in the ditches and aoout the roots of the vines Protec-
tion from a heavy frost requires covering the plants
with water, but this will cause immature berries to
rot and should be done with great caution or the
damage from water may be greater than it would have
been fiom frost Duiing summer the irrigation of
the crop is accom-
plished by holding the
water low or high in the
ditches, as the varying
season may demand.
Prepaiatwn and Ullage
Before cranberries
are planted, the land
must be cleared of all
its natural growth, the
stumps and roots re-
moved and the ground
leveled to a greater or
less extent The more
nearly level a bog is
made, so that proper
drainage is piovided
for, the moro economi-
cal it is in the use of
water and t he easier it is
to provide the optimum
amount of irrigation
during the summer
The first cost of such
perfect leveling, how-
ever, may be prohibi-
tive or it may require
the removal of all the
good peaty soil over
a considerable area,
leaving nothing but pure sand in which the cranberries
\vill not grow well In many places, the removal of the
natural growth may best be accomplished by cutting
off the tons of the bushes and trees so that they will
not extend above the surface of the water and flood-
ing for two years, thus killing all vegetation. While this
flooding entails loss of time, it is much easier and cheaper
to clear away the dead roots and stumps than live
ones, and when no sand is applied to the surface, as is
the rule in New Jersey, it greatly lessens the expense
of keeping the bog free from weeds for there are no
live roots in the ground to send up suckers In some
places, as m most of Wisconsin, this method of drown-
ing out is impracticable, because the surface soil, in
which are the roots of all the living plants, will separate
from the more perfectly decomposed peat below and
rise to the surface of the water in floating islands mak-
ing death to vegetation by drowning impossible. In
such situations the ground must be turfed and all roots
and stumps grubbed out In either case the roots and
stumps are best disposed of by piling in heaps and
burning In Massachusetts, it is the custom to cover
the cleared and leveled bog with 3 to 5 inches of sand,
which makes it still easier to keep the bogs free from
weeds and acts as a moisture-retaining mulch for the
CRANBERRY
CRANBERRY
875
underlying peat. Where sanding is practised, it is the
to apply a fresh coat of sand an inch or less in
United States Department of Agriculture and the
agricultural experiment stations of New Jersey, Wis-
dcpth every two or three years; this keeps the vines cnnsm and Massachusetts More vaneties of insects
short and close. ^ ^ ^ may be successfully combated with water than with
any other one thing, as already explained. Arsenical
poisons are expensive to apply, of indifferent success
in destroying insects on the bogs, and they are sus-
pected of being an actual poison to the vines.
Cuttings for planting are secured by mowing
vigorous vines from an old bog with a scythe These
cuttings, preferably not more than 8 or 10 inches long,
are thrust diagonally into the surface of the bog from
J2 to 14 inches apart. Not more
than 3 or 4 inches of the top
should be exposed, and if the
bog is sanded, care should be
taken that the cutting extends
well into the muck below. As
the vines grow they send out
runners in all directions, netting
the ground completely over.
These sometimes grow as much
as 0 feet m length and root in
the soil at frequent intervals
Fiom the runners grow upright
stems which, in time, cover the
bog with a solid mat of vegeta-
tion The uprights are prefer-
ably not more than 0 inches high
1089. A cranberry bog flooded in winter.
but under some soil conditions grow to a foot or more
\\hen the fruit is likely to be scanty From the time
of planting, three to five years must pass before the
ground is matted over and a crop may be expected
The character of the growth of cranberry vines pre-
cludes any cultivation in the ordinary sense of the
word The care of the bogs consists m keeping them
free from other plants, which is accomplished almost
entirely by hand-pulling, the regulation of the irriga-
tion water, and preventive and curative measures for
the many diseases and insect enemies to which they
are subject
Fertilising of cranberries has met with considerable
success m mci eased crops, various brands of commercial
fertih/ei having been employed The subject is not
well understood, however, and is attracting the atten-
tion of manv thoughtful growers and their scientific
helpers in the state experiment stations
The pretty little pinkish white flowers of the cran-
berry open during June, when the bogs are not flooded,
but the holding of the winter water till May throws the
fullest bloom into the early part of July.
])i^ca^cs and insects.
Spraying with bordeaux mixture is very generally
practised to prevent "scald," a fungous disease which
has been especially
injurious to the grow -
crs of New Jersey
and which was so
named because it was
long thought to be
caused by the scald-
ing effect of the hot
sun shining on berries
wet with dewr As it
is seldom possible to
run heavy spraying
machinery over the
bogs, spraying in-
volves the use of very
long lines of ho.se or
the laying of pipe
lines, or both, the
spraying of each
Fomftes
There are now many vaneties
of cranberries in cultivation, all
of them having been selected
from wild vines or vines that
appeared naturally in cultivated
bogs These varieties vary in
shape, color, size, productive-
ness, time of ripening and adap-
tation to differftat soils Some
of the forms are shown in Figs
1091-1093 The most generally
cultivated are the Early Blacks
and the Howes, both of which
originated in the Cape Cod dis-
trict and which together make
about 50 per cent of the berries marketed from all
three of the cranberry states
The Early Blacks are readv to harvest about the
first of September both in Massachusetts and New
Jersey, and the la^t of the Howes are seldom picked
before the middle of October As the pickers advance
ovei a cranberry bog, they pick clean as they go and
do not go back for successive relays of ripening berries
as with most other small fruits
Picking and grading
In Massachusetts most of the picking is done by a
scoop, bv which the berries are raked from the vines
When the vines are short, the uprights not tangled,
and the picker is experienced, berries can be harvested
in this way very rapidl> and with very little damage
to either fruit or vines The bogs are kept m good con-
dition for "scooping" by pruning every three or tour
>ears with a rake the teeth of which are knives placed
about 6 inches apart. The scoop (Fig 1091) IH also
used to a considerable extent in New Jersey and Wis-
consin but in these states a great many berries are
still picked by hand
Some of the berries, especially in Massachusetts, are
cleaned and packed on the bog as they are picked, and
sent directly to market, but this immediate packing
tends to poor keeping Most
cranberries, after picking,
are put in boxes which are
packed in well- ventilated
stoi chouses Here they are
kept from a few days to
several months
and the cleaning
and packing for
market is done im-
mediately before
they are shipped.
The machine
wrhich has been
the standard for
cleaning cum- '
1090 The flume or outlet at the
bottom of a cranberry bog.
berries for many
ovided wi
1091. The oblong or
bugle-form type of cran-
berry.
property being a separate engineering problem.
Insects of many kinds attack the roots, the leaves,
the blossoms and the fruit of the cranberry. Knowl-
edge of the life history of each of these is necessary for
successful warfare against it, and detailed information
la best secured from the various bulletins of the
56
years is provided with a fan to blow away all grass,
pieces oi vine, dried-up berries or anything of like
natiue that may have gotten in the berries while
being picked. The berries are then allowed to roll
down a series of steps; those that are sound are
elastic and will bounce like little rubber balls There
are bands of cloth stretched above the steps in such
a way that when a beiry bounces in the nght direc-
876
CRANBERRY
CRANBERRY
1092. The obovoid or
bell-shaped form of cran-
berry (XH)
tion it is received on the cloth and slides down into
the box placed for the good berries without more
bouncing * The rotten berries having lost their elas-
ticity are not able to bounce over the cloth partition
that separates the good from the bad. With berries
that are nearly spherical and not too juicy this machine
works very well, provided there are no frozen berries
to be taken out
Berries damaged by
frost are even more
elastic than sound
ones and will all go into the
box for good fruit . Neither
will the bounce machines work
well with long or oval berries;
when these strike on their
pointed ends they fail to
bounce and there is always a
considerable percentage of
sound fruit found in the refuse
box As there may be any-
where from ten to thirty or
more steps, it is easily under-
stood that berries going over these machines are not
in the best possible condition for long keeping at tor
they are put on the market. Some varieties of bemes
which are verv juicy and tender can not be put-
through these machines at all as the steps get so sticky
with the juice that the berries will not bounce.
In 1903, a machine was patented by Joseph J.
White, which avoids the defects of the bounce ma-
chines This has since been put on the market, and its
use is spreading among the more careful packers of
Massachusetts and New Jersey, but, the more compli-
cated machinery and greater cost have prevented its
adoption by other growers This machine is provided
with a hopper into which the cranberries are emptied
through a screen which removes the coarser grass and
vines, from the hopper the berries are fed, single file,
to screw conveyors on which they are held by trough-
like guards These guards do not quite touch the
screw, leaving a crack through which the remaining
bits of grass, vines and dried berries are dropped into
a box placed below to receive them
The screw conveyor passes the berries over a series
of selecting plates made of some resilient material,
the best found so far being the selected spruce wood
prepared for piano sounding-boards These plates are
tapped by small hammers placed beneath, the strength
of the blow being regulated by a thumb-screw The
sound berries respond to this gentle tapping by jump-
ing off the screw conveyor and falling on an endless
belt a few inches below, which delivers all the sound
fruit at one end of the machine The rotten beines
do not respond to the tapping of the selecting plates
and are carried to the ends of the screw conveyors
where they drop in the same box under the machine
that receives the fine grass and the like Frozen ber-
ries are removed by this machine nearly as well as
rotten ones and the
shape of the berries is of
no importance, while the
berries only drop twice,
a few inches each time,
and are in much better
condition for long keep-
ing than those that go
over the bounce ma-
chines. After the berries
have been cleaned by
machine it is customary
to place them on tables
where women remove
any defective berries
1093. The globular or cherry- that may have been
shaped cranberry. ( X H) missed by the machines.
Marketing; yield.
Most cranberries are marketed m barrels holding
about 100 quarts; a few are marketed in crates three
of which fill a barrel. Some dealers prefer to buy
cranberries "in the chaff," that is, just as they come
from the bogs without having been run through any
machine. Berries sold in this way are always packed
in crates and are cleaned by the dealer, a few crates
at a time, as his trade calls for them; they keep better
than those that have been cleaned before being shipped
Evaporated cranberries have been on the market for
a number of years and are excellent, there being less
difference between the sauce made from them and from
fresh fruit than is the case with most kinds of fruit
From the cranberry centers, the fruit is shipped in
carload lots to the large cities of the United States,
and from these distributed to the surrounding towns.
There is also a small but steadily growing export trade
A bog m good bearing should yield fifty barrels to
the acre, but as many as 200 ban els have been sccuieu
In 1895 cooperative selling of cranberries was inau-
gurated by some of the New Jersey growers, who
organized the Growers' Cranberry Co , with Joseph J
White as president and Theodore Budd as vice-presi-
dent This company was joined by a number of large
New England growers and, though handling only 25
per cent of the crop, prospered greatly Later, A U.
Chancy organized another cooperative selling company.
These two companies consolidated in 1910, forming the
American Cranberry Exchange, with George \V. Bnggs,
of Massachusetts, as president. The Exchange controls
about 50 per cent of the crop of the country and has
been remarkably successful in securing good prices for
its members while keeping the ictail price as low as
dunng the years of fiercest competition.
History.
Cranberry-culture began about a century ago in
Massachusetts on the Cape Cod Peninsula William
Kenrick, writing in 1832 in the "Orchardist," says that
"Cant Henry Hall, of Barnstable, has cultivated the
cranberry twenty years," "Mr F A Hayden, of Lin-
coln, Massachusetts, is stated to have gathered from
his farm in 1830, 400 bushels of cranberries, which
brought him m Boston market $600." In the second
and subsequent editions, Kenrick makes the figure
$400 It is not said whether Hayden's berues were
wild or cultivated At the present day, with all the
increase in production,
prices are higher than
those received by Hay-
den In the third (1841)
and subsequent editions,
it is said that "an acre
of cranberries in full — ^«_^
beanng will produce over 1094. Cranberry scoop, someUmes
200 bushels, and the used m picking the berries,
fruit generally sells, in
the markets of Boston, for $1.50 per bushel, and much
highei than in former years." It was as late as 1850,
however, that cranberry-culture gained much promi-
nence It was in 1856 that the first treatise appeared
B Eastwood's "Complete Manual for the Cultivation
of the Cranberry." About 1845, cranberry-culture
began to establish itself in New Jersey
The culture of cranberries began in Nova Scotia
about thirty yeans ago The first attempt consisted
m improving some of the patches of wild berries found
growing around the central district of the Annapolis
Valley. Gradually the idea was entertained of plant-
ing new areas, and as this proved successful the new
industry was soon fairly established Farmers in the
vicinity of Auburn soon took up the industry, and m
the fall of 1892 the first carload of cranberries was
shipped to Montreal Since then, Nova Scotia cran-
berries have met with a ready sale throughout Canada.
CRANBERRY
CRASSULA
877
PRODUCTION o» CRANBERRIES IN THB UNITED STATUS
IN 1899 AND 1909 (13th CENSUS)
State
1899
1909
New England-
Quarts
Quarts
Maine
100,192
49,728
New Hampshire
30,304
31,136
Vermont
1,120
Massachusetts
22,714.496
19,164 ,982
Rhode Wand
34,088.
209,888
Connecticut
145,408
221,472
Middle Atlantic —
New York
327.370
348,064
New Jersey
12,072.288
7,687,072
Pennsylvania
East North Central-
5,728
Ohio
4.256
Indiana .
7,552
139,520
Illinois
13,418
1.696
Michigan
125,536
124,288
Wisconsin
West North Central-
2,549,344
3,555,136
Minnesota
22,112
35,840
1,952
\fiBHOiin
b.944
North Dakota
1,120
.32
South Dakota
288
704
Nebraska
640
Kansas
1,152
South Atlantic —
Virginia
18,112
North Carolina
1,024
East South Central —
Alabama
96
West South Central—
\rkunsifl
288
Mountain—
Montana
32
New Mexico
90
Pacific—
Washington
9.728
4.416
Oregon
40,864
22,784
California
10.656
United States
38,243.060
31,600,512
Literature.
The standard books on the cultivation of cranberries
are Webb's "Cape Cod Cranberries," and "Cranberry-
Culture," by Joseph J White, these are old books and
in many respects out-of-date The best literature on
the subject is to be found in the vanous publications
of the United States Department of Agriculture, the
bulletins of the agricultural experiment stations of
New Jersey, Wisconsin and Massachusetts, the pro-
ceedings of the American Cranberry Grower^' Aswx-ia-
tion which have been published bienmallv since 1880,
the reports of the Cape Cod Cranberry Growers'
Association, and the reports of the Wisconsin State
Cranberry Growers' Association.
ELIZABETH C. WHITE.
CRANBERRY TREE: H\gh-bu*h cranlicrry, Viburnum Opulus.
CRANESBILL. Loosely applied to the whole genus
Geranium. In America it usually means G. maculatum
CRANIOLARIA (from a fancied resemblance of the
pod to a skull or cranium). Marti/maces* Coarse but
interesting flower-garden annual
Wide-spreading low viscid-hairy rank forking herb
Ivs large, opposite, long-petioled, broadly cordate,
reniform or palmately lobed' fls. white, racemed, calyx
3-5-lobed, more or le.ss inflated, corolla very long-tubed,
the tube slender and cylindrical, campanulate at the
throat, more or less 2-hpped, the 5 lobes rounded
and somewhat undulate, the anterior largest, perfect
stamens 4, didynamous, affixed at or near the throat,
ovary 1-celled: fr. a 2-valved caps, with a long incurved
beak, many-seeded — Two species, Venezuela to Para-
guay. Usually confused with Martyma, from \vhich
Jt is distinguished readily by having 4 rather than 2
fertile stamens and by the very long and slender corolla-
tube which widens at the throat; the closely related
Proboscidea has a much broader tube widening nearly
from the base.
annua, Linn. (Martyma Cranwlana, Glox.). Two
feet high: Ivs. palmately lobed, the margins dentate-
calyx 2-bracted, cut down one side, about one-third
the length of the slender straightish corolla-tube;
lobes of corolla rounded and not much undulate; style
2-lobed, equaling or slightly exceeding the 2 pairs of
stamens N. S Amer — The thick fleshy root is pre-
served in sugar as a cornfit, plant known as "Creole
.scorzonera" in S Amer There appears to be con-
fusion in the seed sold as Martynta Cranwlana; some of
it may be M . Louisiana or other species. L. H. B.
CRASSULA (Latin thrckish, referring to the thick
leaves and stems) Crassulacex Fleshy and leafy green-
house shrubs or herbs; grown for the grotesque appear-
ance of some of the kinds and also for the bloom.
Variable in habit and foli-
age, mostly erect; rarely
annual' Ivs opposite, usu-
ally sesbile and often con-
nate, fleshy, very entire and
the margins sometimes
cartilaginous, glabrous or
pubescent or scaly, fls. usu-
ally small, white, rose or
rarely yellow, commonly in
cymes but sometimes capi-
tate, usually 5-merous; calyx
5-parted, the lobes erect or
spreading, petals 5, free or
joined at the base, erect
or spreading; stamens 5,
shorter than the petals;
carpels 5, many-ovuled —
Species 150 or more, mostly
in S Afr , but a few in
Abysbinia and Asia. Many
species have been mtro. to
cult , but only a few are
actually grown outside of
fanciers' collections. The
rocheas sometimes pass as
crassulas See Rochea.
The genus Crassula gives
the name to the order Cras-
hvi lacca?, which contains
many cultivated succulent
plants, and also others of
w idely different habit The
order is closely related to the
Saxifragaceie, but differs in
having the carpels of the
ovary entirely free and equal in number to the petals,
but the forms pass easily into the Saxifragacese through
Francoa and Tetilla, and back again through Triactina
The genera, as usually treated, are ill defined, and
cei tain species of Sedum cross over the lines of Crassula,
Cotyledon and Sempervivum, while between Crassula
and Tilkea no very clear distinction can be made.
Crashulas are greenhouse plants requiring a dry
atmosphere during the resting-period. While making
growth, they may be treated like other greenhouse
plants in the way of watering, placing them in the
lightest and airiest part of the house. The pots must
be drained so that any surplus moisture will easily
pass through. The soil should consist of sand, loam,
broken brick, and a very small quantity of leaf-soil or
thoroughly rotted cow-manure Propagation is usually
from cuttings Some of the species, such as C falcala,
do not give much material for this purpose, and they
should, therefore, be headed over and the tops put in
dry sand in the spring, allowing water only when they
show signs of shriveling The cut-over plants should
1095. Cratsula quadrifldt.
(XH)
878
CRASSULA
CRAT^GUS
be encouraged to make Bide shoots, which may be
rooted after they are large enough (G. W. Oliver.)
A. Floral parts in 4's.
quadrifida, Baker. Fig. 1095. Perennial. Ivs oblong-
epatulate, the upper ones rounder, decussate: fls. with
their parts in 4's, pamcled, white, tinged red. Cape.
AA. Floral parts in 6's, which is considered to be normal
in the genus.
B. Lvs petwled.
cordata, Soland. Plant slender and shrubby, 1-3 ft.,
erect or diffused and sometimes rooting at the joints:
Ivs dotted, stalked, cordate-remform, obtuse, entire,
glabrous cymes panicle-like; fls. reddibh, sometimes
pure white; petals free, lanceolate, spreading. Cape
Winter. — Closely allied to C. t>pathulata.
spathulata, Thunb. Somewhat shrubby, more slender
ana trailing than C. cordata, decumbent, branching*
Ivs stalked, roundish, crenate, glabrous, shining above:
corymbs panicle-like; fls rosy or flesh-colored: petals
acute Cape LBC 4:359 as C cordata). — Likely to
be cult, as C. cordata
BB. Lvs not petioled (or only tapcnng to base).
c. Foliage glaucous.
falcata, Wendl (Rbchea falcdta, DC ) Height 3-8
ft : Ivs. grown together at the base, thick, glaucous,
oblong, falcate, fls small, numerous (50 or more), in
a crimson, rarely white, dense, terminal corymb;
corolla-tube y^in. long, as long as the limb or shorter.
Cape. BM.2035.
cc. Foliage not glaucous.
lactea, Soland. Plant shrubby, branching, tortuous
below, 1-2 ft ' Ivs narrow-obovate, acutish or acumi-
nate, narrowed and grown together at the base, gla-
brous, bpotted along the margin, cymes panicle-like,
many-fid , fls. white, small Cape Winter. B M
1771 L.BC. 8-735— A free-flowering window plant
of easy cult. There is a form with variegated Ivs.
Differs from C. arboicscens m the narrower acute Ivs
that are more tapering at base, and in the color of
the fls
arborescens, Willd. Fleshy erect shrub, reaching
8-10 ft. Ivs. roundish-obovate and obtuse, tapering to
base, fleshy, flat and glaucous, dotted above, the edges
smooth, fls rather large, rose-colored, in tnchotomous
pamcled cymes Cape B M 384 (as C Cotyledon).
C atroaangulnea, Barbey Erect, 12-20 in , rigid st reddish,
branched at top Ivs aloe-like, straight or recurved, glabrous, nar-
rowed from base to apex, olten 8 in long, rosulate and on the st
fls dark red, in a dense terminal many-nd cluster Transvaal —
C coccinea Linn =Ilochea coccmea — C corifjfita, N. E Br Only
3}iin high Ks thick and fleshy, ovate-lanrcolatc fls numerous,
densely crowded in a sessile terminal head, the petals scarcely J/.m
lon«, white S Afr — C conjuncta, N E Br. Lvs concave fls
pure white m a compact narrow cluster S Afr — C dedjnens, N. E
Br Dwarf tufted perennial Ivs dcn&ely covered with blunt
papillse or nipple-like projections, fleshy, oblong fls very small,
white, in terminal 3-branched cymes 8 Afr (?) — C jatmtnea,
Ker-Gawl=-Rochea jasmmea — C sethfdha, N E Br Only 1-2 in.
high when in bloom Ivs in small tufts at the base and 3 or 4 pairs
on the fl -sts , bright green, cihatc, with red-brown spots along the
margin fls white, 3-9 together in terminal cymes S Afr. —
C varidlnhs, N E Br Plant 3-6 in high, branched at base Ivs
in 4 rows, densely imbricated, ovate, small (Jim or less long),
cihate on margin fls white, or red outside, 5-7 in small cymea
disposed in a narrow terminal panicle. S. Afr.
: Crateegus grandiflora.
L. H. B.f
CRAT^EGO-MlSSPILUS. This name has been
bestowed on a graft hybrid between Cratxgus mon-
ogyna and Mespilus germanica, discovered in 1894 in
the garden of M. Dardar at Bronvaux near Metz,
Germany. Like Laburnum Adamii, which is probably
the best known of the graft hybrids^ it produces at the
same time branches intermediate m their < characters
between the parents and branches resembling more or
less closely the parent plants Two distinct forms pro-
duced on different branches of the parent tree have
been prop, and distributed under the names C Ddrdari
and C, Asnieresn. The first form (C. Ddrdari, Simon-
Louis), has the Ivs. and the frs. very similar to those of
the medlar, but the branches are spiny, the fls appear
in corymbs, are distinctly pedicelled and have 15-20
stamens and the frs. have only 1-3 stones, measure
H~Mln across, and are crowned by persistent upright
conmvent calyx-lobes M D G. 1912 101. The second
form, C Asnieresn, Schneid. (C Jules d'Asmeres,
Simon-Loins) resembles more Cratsegus monogyna, but
is pubescent; the Ivs on the flowering branchlets are
usually oval to obovate and often entire, while those of
the shoots are ovate or rhombic-ovate and usually with
1 to 3 rounded or rarely acute lobes on either side; the
fls are borne in pubescent, 6-12-fld corymbs, have 20
stamens and 1-2 styles; the fr is subglobose and less
than ^m. across G C III. 50 183, 185 Gn. 75, p
310. M D G 1912 100.— While C Dardan is botam-
cally more interesting, C Asmeresii is more ornamental
and forms a handsome small tree with gracefully arch-
ing branches studded with numerous fl -clusters. It is
prop, by budding or grafting like the horticultural
varieties of Crataegus ALFRED REHDER
CRATJEGUS (ancient Greek name, derived from
kratos, strength, on account of the hardiness of the
wood) Rosdcex, subfain. Pbmex CRATEGUS HAW-
THORN Woody pliuits grown for their handsome foliage,
attractive flowers and decorative fruit which, in a few
species, is edible, and also for their picturesque habit :
very valuable for ornament
Shrubs or small trees, usually spiny. Ivs alternate,
deciduous, stipulate, serrate, often lobed or pmnatifid:
fls white, in some varieties red, in corymbs, rarely
solitary, petals and calyx -lobes 5, stamens 5-25,
usually 10 or 20; styles 1-5 fr a drupe-like pome, with
1-5 1-seeded bony stones — A large genus, widely dis-
tributed in the temperate regions of the northern
hemisphere, most abundant m N. Amcr., where be--
tween 800 and 900 species have been described, while
from the Old World
only about 60 species
are known. There ex-
ists no recent mono-
graph of the genus, a
systematic enumera-
tion of the arborescent
American species will
be found in Sargent,
"Manual of the Tree4*
of North America,"
pp 363-504, of the
species of the southern
states in Small, "Flora
of the Southeastern
United States," pp
532-569; and of the
species of the north-
eastern states in Gray'^
Manual, ed 7, p 460
79, and in Britton and
1096. Thorns of Cratogus. They ?f T^^ l^for 'the
arc modified branches, being In the *' ^94-d21, for the
axils of leaves; sometlmes.Ts in the »PCCies cult in Euro-
lower figure, some of the short pean gardens, see
branches bear leaves. Lange, "Revisio Speci-
erum Generis Cratspgi"
(1897), quoted below as Lange.
The hawthorns are hardy ornamental shrubs and
trees, mostly of dense and low growth, with handsome
foliage, turning, in most species, to a brilliant coloring in
the fall Almost all have attractive white flowers, pink
or crimson in some varieties of C. Oxyacanlha and ('•
monogyna Most of the species have very decorative
fruit which in C. Phsenopyrum, C mtida, C. viridis, C
CRAT^OUS
CRATyEGUS
879
fecunda, C pruinosa, C Carrie? m, C persibtens, C
Oxyacantha. C. monogyna and others persist on the
trees until late into the winter, while some species, as
C Arnoldiana, ripen their large fruits, which soon drop,
in August, also C dahurica, C sanguinea and the black-
fruited C mgra ripen about the same time, and C.
submolhs only a little later, but the earliest of all is the
southern C. seawalls, which ripens its fruits in May.
This and the blue-fruited C brachyacantha are among
the most decorative hawthorns for the southern states.
The fruit of C xt>livalit, and that of C. mcxicana is
made into preserves and jellies; also the fruits of the
Molles group are suited for jelly-making, and in South
Carolina an excellent jelly similar m quality and taste
to Guava jelly is made from the fruits of some species
of the Flava? group In Europe, C nwnogijna and C.
Oxyacantha are counted among the best hedge plants;
also many American species like C Ph<fnopyrum, C.
Crus-galli and possibly C niacracantha, C intncata, C.
padorum, C rotundifoha, may be used for hedges, but
they arc stronger growers and cannot be piuned so
closely as the European species The hawthorns grow
well in exposed positions and as a rule do not like much
shade, they are not particular as to the soil, but grow
best in limestone sou, also in a nch, loamv, somewhat
moist one, and even in strong cuy Propagated by
seeds, sown in fall or stratified, before stratilymg, most
of the pulp may be removed by laying the fruits in
shallow piles and allowing them to decay Then they
are mixed with sand or sifted soil and buriod in the
ground or kept in boxes in a cool cellar The young
plants should not be allowed to remain over one year
in the seed-beds, as they form long tap-roots and are
then difficult to transplant Varieties and rarer kinds
are easily budded or grafted on seedling stock of C.
Oryacantha, or other common strong-growing species.
The spines of crategus arc modified branches (sec
Fig 1096) The fruits arc pomes (Fig 1097), with
structure similar to that of the apple
ALFRED HKHDER.
The American hawthorns are highly ornamental sub-
jects for the planting of parks and private estates
The showy flowers in spring and eaily summer, the
conspicuous red, crimson, and scarlet fmits of nearly all
of them, which extend amongst the different species
fiom August to early winter and midwinter, — and some
of the species markedly retain their iruits without
shrinkage of pulp or loss of color until eaily winter, —
the absolute hardihood, and the bold rugged branch-
ing habits characteristic to most of them, make them
very interesting objects when their leafless forms are
outlined m a winter landscape The landscape gardener
cannot make any mistake in planting them in liberal
quantities in private estates or public parks
They are easily transplanted They are much bene-
fited by liberal pruning when transplanted fiom nursery
rows or from the woodland The side branches should
be pruned in severely, and as the centers of good-sized
Elants are likely to be full of intricate and congested
ranches, these should be carefully thinned In a young
state they should be grown to one stem whether they
are arborescent or shrubby species Under this treat-
ment they make beautiful garden plants
The American hawthorns are almost invariably
found growing in heavy limestone clay. They may
occasionally overlap into sandy soil. In planting them
m sandy soil, it should be liberally enriched with well-
rotted manure, and they should be kept well mulched.
The seeds of all of the species of American hawthorns
germinate slowly None of the species germinates
before the second year after sowing, and many of the
&eeds in the same "flat" will not germinate before the
third year. In many instances, part of the seeds germi-
nate the second year, and the remainder the third The
seeds of Crataegus geneseensis have been known to be
dormant tor three years, and all come up thickly at the
same time. In gome of the groups the seeds of the
species germinate more freely than in others The
species in the Molles, Flabellatan and Tomentosse
groups germinate abundantly. The germination of the
species in the Prumosje group have a much lower per-
1097. Pomes of Crataegus, one of the large-fruited forms.
(Half size )
centage than in the former. The species in the Intri-
catse group germinate badly
The fruit can be sown broadcast in beds without
any separation of the seeds, and heavily mulched until
the spring of the second year, when the mulching should
be removed This method, however, is not considered
good, and has been given up The best way is to soak
the fruits in water, and by maceration the seeds or
nutlets are separated from the pulp, and the seeds \\ill
sink to the bottom of the tub or vessel The seeds .ire
then dried in fhe sun as they can then be handled
easih They are sown in "flats1' of convenient size to
handle, and piled up in the corner of the shade house
arid fitted tightly above each other to prevent mice
getting at them Dming this period of rest they must
not be allowed to become diy In the spring of ihe
second year they are spiead out to allow the seeds to
germinate Numbeied zinc tags are nailed on the
"flats" and the corresponding numbers with the names
of the species are reeoided.
The Ainenean hawthorns can be grafted icadily on
potted seedling stocks in the greenhouse in winter, any
of the species in the Crus-galh group being good to
use They arc grafted at the crown This, however,
is an unnecessary operation. All of the species of Ameri-
can hawthorns (and there are over 900 of them) come
absolutely true from seed, and whilst they germinate
slowly, they start to grow rapidly into plants of good
stocky size from about two years after they germinate.
Some of the species of American hawthorns have
highly colored foliage m the fall. The species m the
Pruinosa1, Mcdioxirnne and Intncata? groups have per-
haps the most highly colored foliage Notable examples
are Crat&gus opulent, C diffiisa, C mainrana, C. dis-
sona, C.cognata, C compecta, (T promism, C. exornata,
C. perjucunda, C foetula, arid C vereciinda.
The different species vary greatly in the time of
ripening their fruits and in the penod of duration.
In many instances the fruit drops soon after ripening
and in others hangs on for a long period A selection
380
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
of twenty-six species that would give a good fruit dis-
play from August until early or mid-winter, would be
as follows: Cratspgus matura, C. prxcox, C. Arnoldiana,
C. Dayana, C Robesomana, C. pedicellata, C. glorwsa, C.
Ellwangeriana, C laitia, C. svbmollis, C, champlainen*
sis, C arkansana, C, Dunbari, C ferentana, C. opulens,
C. compta, C gemmosa, C. hvomana, C geneseensis, C.
persimilis, C. matneana, C. Barryana, C. coccinioides, C.
leiophylla, C durobnvensis, and C. cordata. (See pp.
887-889 for some of these.) JOHN DUNBAB
acenfolia, 1, 40
flonda, 29
pinnatifida, 50.
ffistivalis, 28
glandulosa, 13
populifolM, 40.
albo-plena, 46
Gumppert, 45.
pruinosa, 7.
apufolia, 41, 48
hypolasia, 25
prumfolia, 36.
apnca, 32.
inermis, 19, 46.
ptendifoha, 46.
arborescent, 17
intncata, 14
pubera, 13.
Arduennse, 22
Korolkowii, 50.
punctata, 26.
lacimata, 46
pumcea, 46
Arnoldiana, 3
Aronia, 49
Lavallei, 23
leucophlceos, 33.
purpurea, 39
pyracanthifolia, 19.
aurea, 26, 45
hnearis, 19
pjframidalvs, 46.
Azarolus, 49.
lobata, 31
pyrifoha, 33
Barryana, 8
hicolor, 45
lucida, 19
macracantha, 34, 35
quercifoha, 45.
Robeaoiuana, 6.
Boyntonn, 16
macrosperma, 12.
rosea, 46
brachyacantha, 42
Brettschneiden, 50
major, 50
Marshall*, 41.
roseo-pendula, 46.
rotundifoha, 13.
Bruanln, 46
maura, 49.
rubroplena, 46.
Buckloyi, 15
media, 45
sahcifoha, 19.
cahfornica, 50
melanocarpa, 44.
sanguine*, 37, 38. 39,
Calpodendron, 33
mexicana, 25.
4b
Canbyi, 20
mollia, 1, 4
eemperflorena, 46.
carpathica, 43.
Carriers, 23
monogyna, 46.
nana, 19.
sinaica, 49.
speciosa, 10.
Chapmami, 33
nigra, 43
tpistiflora, 6.
chlorocarpa 38
nitida, 18.
splendeng, 19.
coccmea, 1, 6, 7, 13,
odoratissima, 48.
stncta. 46.
35, 45
onentahs, 48
submollis, 4.
coccinioides, 9.
collma, 27
ovahfoha, 19.
Oryacantha, 45, 46.
succulenta, 34.
tanacetifoha, 47.
cordata, 40
porn/oho, 29
tatnnca, 50.
crocata, 26
paatorum, 12.
ttlnfolia, 1.
Crus-galli, 19.
dahunca, 39
Douglasn, 35, 37.
Paula, 45
pedicellata, 11.
pcndula, 46.
tomentosa, 29, 33.
Toumefortii, 48.
uniflora, 29.
Ellwangeriana, 5.
pennsylvamca, 19.
Vailise, 30.
feounda, 21.
ferox, 46
pentagyna, 44
persistens, 24
variegata, 36.
vmdis, 17.
filinfoha, 46
Phsenopyrum, 40.
xanthocarpa, 26, 38.
flava, 31.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
L. Veins of the hs extending to the points
of the lobes or to the teeth only, Ivs.
usually slightly or not lobed fr. not
black or blue, except in No 37
B. Stones plain on the inner surfaces.
c. Petioles elongated, usually slender.
D. The petioles glandular at the apex
or sparingly glandular through-
out.
B. Corymbs many-fld . petioles
glandular only at the apex'
Ivs broad at the base, trun-
cate to broadly cuneate
F. Lvs tomentose or pubescent
beneath, at least on the veins.
Q. Stamens 20, anthers pale
yellow: Ivs thick and
leathery
fi. Fr. ripening in Aug.
and Sept ' Ivs. broad-
ly ovate . 1. mollis
HH. Fr. ripening at the end
of Oct. . Ivs. oblong-
ovate to oval.. . 2. arkansana
oo. Stamens 10 Ivs mem-
branous at maturity
H. Anthers yellow.
I Fr crimson, mllous,
ripening the mid-
dle of Aug ' Ivs
dark green and
smooth above 3. Arnoldiana
n. Fr. orange-red, lus-
trous , puberulous at
the base Ivs dark
yellowish green,
scabrate above 4. aubmollii
HH Anthers rose-color. Ivs.
scabrate above
i. Plant a tree. Ivs with
short lobes corymbs
many-fld . 5 Ellwanger-
ii Plant a shrub' Ivs [tana
rather deeply lobed'
corymbs 4~^-fld. 6 Robesomana
FF. Lvs. glabrous beneath or
nearly so
Q. Fr bloomy until nearly
fully ripe
H Stamens SO Ivs gla-
brous fr. subglobose,
often S-angled 7 pruinosa
HH. Stamens 10 Ivs. sca-
brate above, while
young fr obovoid 8 Barryana
GO Fr. not bloomy
H Stamens 20, anthers
pink Ivs truncate at
the base
i. The Ivs dull above,
vittous beneath
when young fr
with conspicuous
calyx and with red
flesh 9 coccinioides
II The IDS lustrous above,
quite glabrous fr
with yellow flesh
and small calyx 10 speciosa
HH Stamens 5-10 Ivs
broadly cuneate
I Anthers pink or rose-
purple, stamens
usually 10
3 Calyx-lobes coarse-
ly glandular-
serrate stones
usually 5 Ivs
distinctly lobed 11 pedicellata
JJ Calyx-lobes entire
or obscurely ser-
rate stones 2-8
Ivs slightly
lobed 12 pastorum
II. Anthers yellow, sta-
mens 6-10 Ivs
orbicular-ovate fr
with 2-3 stones 13 rotundifolia
BE. C orymbs usually few-fld
petioles sparingly glandular
throughout Ivs cuneate at
the base' stamens 10
F. Calyx-lobes glandular-ciliate
corymbs slightly vdlous
anthers yellow 14 intncata
FF. Calyx-lobes entire or glandu-
lar above the middle
corymbs glabrous
O. Anthers purplish calyx-
lobes glandular above the
middle 15 Buckleyi
GO. Anthers yellow calyx-
lobes without glands 16 Boyntomi
DD. The petioles glandless or with a
few minute glands Ivs cu-
neate at the base, ovate to lanceo-
late, not or very slightly lobed,
lustrous above, glabrous at
maturity stamens 20.
B. Fr subglobose, }^in across or
less, bright scarlet or orange
Ivs oblong-obovate to ovate 17 viridis
BB. Fr ovoid, about ^in across,
dull brick-red, bloomy Ivs
lanceolate to oblong-obovate 18 nitida
CO. Petioles short, Ivs. cuneate at the
base, not or very slightly lobed.
D. The petioles glandless
B. Corymbs many-fld
F. Lvs dark green and shining
above.
o. Stamens 10' under side
of Ivs glabrous or nearly
CRAT^EGUS
CRAT^GUS
881
H. Anthers rose-color or
I. Fr. glabrous corymbe
glabrous.
j. Shape of Ivs cu-
ncate-obovate to
oblanceolate fr.
dull red, stones
usually 2 19. Crus-galli
JJ. Shape of Ivs ob-
long to ovate, fr.
crimson, lus-
trous; stones S-5 20 Canbyi
n. Fr villous until near-
ly fully grown Ivs
oblong-ooovate to
broadly ovate:
corymbs slightly
villous. 21. fccunda
HH. Anthers yellow Ivs
obovate fr. dull dark
crimson 22. Arduennsi
GO. Stamens 20
H. Under side of Ivt ml-
lous corymbs densely
pubescent 23. Carrierei
HH Under side of Ivs gla-
brous corymbe
slightly pubescent 24. persistent
FF. Lvs dull aboie stamens 20.
G FT juicy, edible Iva cu-
neate-oblong or elliptic-
lanceolate, tomentose be-
neath 25. mexicana
GO. Fr dry, mealy Ivs obo-
vate or oval
H. Length of Ivs 2-4 tn ,
pubescent beneath fr.
ovoid, Yi-l m long,
with large dots 26. punctata
HH. Length of Ivs lYv
2 in , at maturity
hairy only on the mia-
nb beneath fr glo-
bose, Yy-Yi™ across,
with small dots 27. collina
BE. Corymbs fiw-fld Ivs %-8 in
long, pubescent beneath'
stamens 20-25
F. Fls with or before the Ivs ' fr.
ripening in May, juicy,
bright red Ivs l%-2 in.
long 28 wstivalis
FF. Fls after the Ivs fr ripen-
ing very late, dry, dull red
or yellow Ivs less than
1% in long
Q Lvs obovate, mostly ob-
tuse, crenately serrate'
fls usually solitary 29 uniflora
GO Lvs oval or ovate, acute,
serrate and often lobed.
fls 2-6 30 Vaili»
DD. The petioles, margin of Ivs and
corymbs densely glandular:
corymbs S~7-fld
E Stamens 20, anthers purple: fr.
ovoid . .31. flava
BE Stamens 10
F Fr pynform anthers pur- [lobata
phi>h 31 flava var.
FF Fr globose anthers yellow 32 aprica
BB. Stone* with furrows or irregular
cavities on the inner surfaces; fr.
lustrous, soft at maturity.
c. Lvs. not or only slightly lobed.
D. Color of fr scarlet or orange; stones
2-3 Ivs with impressed veins.
E. Fr small, ovoid or pear-shaped,
upright, orange-red Ivs thin,
dull above, pubescent below 33. tomentOM
BE. Fr subglobose, larger, nodding,
scarlet Ivs subcoriaceous,
pubescent only on the veins
beneath
F Anthers rose-color; stamens
usually 20 34 lucculenta
FF. Anthers yellow, stamens 10.
o. Foliage glabrous below'
ttones deeply grooved on
the inner surface 35 macracantha
GO. Foliage usually pubescent
on the veins below while
young stones slightly
grooved 36. prunifolia
DD, Color of fr black, nutlets 6 Ivs
broadly elliptic to obovate, gla-
brous (see also No 42 with
btue frs ) 37. Douglasli
00. Lvs more or less distinctly lobed
D Length of Ivs more than 2 in Ivs
pubescent fr nearly y^in
across 38 sanguinea
DD. Length of Ivs less than 2 in Ivs.
quite glabrous fr %in or less
across 39 dahurica
AA. Veins of the Ivs extending to the points
of the lobes and to the sinuses, Ivs.
usually distinctly lobed
B. Fr. very small, J/jm long or less, red:
calyx deciduous
C. Lvs triangular-oiate, with shallow
and broad lobes, of tin S-lobed fr.
subgloboee, lustrous, nutlets 8-6. 40 Pheenopyrum
CO. Lvs ovate, deeply 5-7-lobcd fr.
ovoid, nutlets 1-3 . . 41. apiifolia
BB. Fr larger calyx-teeth persistent.
c. Color of fr. black or blue
D. The fr blue, bloomy Ivs obovate
to obovate-oblona, crenate-ser-
rate, usually not lobed 42. brachya-
DD. The fr. black, stones with cavities [cantha
on the inner surfaces
E. Lvs unth about 5 pairs of lobes
fr lustrous, subglobose, juicy 43 nigra
EE. Lvs with 2 -,? pairs of lobes fr
ovoid, dull black or purplish
black 44 pentagyaa
CO. Color of fr red or yellow
D. Stones with cavities on the inner
surfaces, 1-2
E. Styles 2 Ivs 3 6-lobed uith
short and broad serrulate
lobes 45 Oxyacantha
BE. Style 1 Ivs deeply 3-7-lobed,
with acute, entire or sjxi-
nngly toothed lobis 46 monogyna
DD. Stones plain on tht inner sur-
faces, 2-5
B. Branchlett, and Ivs. pubescent.
F. Lvs with glandular toothed
lobes, pubescent 47. tanacetifolia
FF. Lvs not glandular-toothed,
lobes often nearly entire
G. Upper surface of Ivs dull,
pubescent, under sur-
face inllous 48 orientalig
GO. Upper surface of Irs gla-
orescent, lustrous, under
surface finely pubescent 49 Azarolus
BB. Branchless glabrous Ivs deeply
lobed, glabrous . . 50. pinnatifida
1. MoLLES.
1. m6Uis, Scheele (C tihifbha, Koch C. acenfdlw,
Hort, C coccinea var mdllis, Torr & Gray) Tree, to
30 ft , with short, btout thorns: IVB. broadly ovate,
sharply and doubly berrate and with 4-5 pairs of short
acute lobes, densely pubescent beneath, 3-4 in long
corymbs densely villous-pubescent; fls with red disk
fr about J/£m across, usually pear-shaped, scarlet,
more or less pubescent, with thick mealy flesh and
4-5 stones. April, May fr end of Aug , Sept Ohio
to S Dak. and Kans SS 13 '659 Em 494 (as C
tomentosa) G F 5 221 — One of the most decorative
species, with large, bright green foliage and showy fls
and frs , ripening in Sept , but dropping soon after
maturity.
2 arkansana, Sarg. Tree, to 20 ft.: branches wide-
spreading, forming an irregular open head, unarmed or
882
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
with straight spines l$-}4in. long: Ivs oval or oblong-
ovate, acute, truncate or broadly cimeate at the base,
serrate and with 3-4 pairs of short lobes, pubescent on
both sides at firstj at maturity dull dark green and
glabrous above, villous on the veins below, 2-3 in.
long corymbs villous; fls. nearly 1 in. across: fr. ovoid,
bright crimson, slightly villous at the ends, %-l in.
long, with thick subacid flesh and usually 5 stones.
1098. Crategus Arnoldiana ( X 2s) No 3
May; fr. end of Oct , falling gradually Ark S S.
13*660. — Very handsome in autumn with its abundant
brilliant frs. persistent for some time; the Ivs. turn
clear yellow
3. Arnoldiana, Sarg. Fig. 1098 Tree, to 20 ft., with
stout ascending branches forming an open head with
zigzag branchlets, armed with stout spines 2-3 in.
long Ivs broadly ovate to oval, acute, truncate to
broadly cuneate at the base, doubly serrate and with
many shallow broad lobes, at first hairy above and soft-
pubescent below; later smooth, dark green and lus-
trous above, slightly villous on the veins below, 2-3 in
long, corymbs tomentose; fls. JKm across1 fr subglo-
bose, bright crimson, villous toward the ends, %m
long, with thick subacid flosh and 3-4 stones May;
fr. middle of Aug , soon falling. Mass S S 13*668.
4 subm611is, Sarg Tree, to 25 f t , with ascending
or spreading branches forming a broad handsome head,
spines numerous, thin, usually straight, 2-3 in. long:
Ivs ovate, acute, broadly cuneate at the base, doubly
serrate and with 3-4 pairs of acute short lobes, scabrous
above, below at first soft-pubescent, later only puberu-
lous on the veins, 2-3 in long* corymbs tomentose;
fls 1 in across* fr pear-shaped or ovoid, bright orange-
red and lustrous, %in long with persistent erect calyx;
flesh yellow, mealy; stones usually 5 May; fr, early in
Sept , soon falling Que. to Mass and E N^ Y S.S.
4:182 (asC.mottia).
5 EUwangeriana. Sarg Tree, sometimes to 20 ft .
with stout ascending branches forming a broad
symmetrical head, and with zigzag branchlets Ivs.
oval, acute, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base,
coarsely and often doubly serrate with many short
acute lobes, at first hairy above and villous below on
the veins, later scabrous and light green above, nearly
glabrous below, 2^-3^ in. long* corymbs densely
villous; pedicels short; fls. 1 in. across: fr. ovoid, bright
crimson, very lustrous, slightly villous at the ends, 1 in
long, with thin yellow acid flesh and 3-5 nutlets. May,
fr at the end of Sept , soon falling. N. Y. and Ont to
Mich , south to W. Pa. SS. 13:671. G.C. III. 47:130.
A F. 24: 325. FE.33:488.
6. Robesoniana, Sarg. (C. spissifldra, Sarg.) Shrub,
with numerous erect sts , to 12 ft., or occasionally small
tree, to 20 ft . spines few, stout, 1-1 ^ in long: Ivs
oblong-ovate, acute, or acuminate, rounded or broadly
cuneate at the base, sharply doubly serrate with many
broad acute lobes, pubescent below on the veins while
young, glabrous at maturity, scabrate above, 2-3 in.
long' coiymbs pubescent, 4— 6-fld , compact, calyx
villous, lobos glabrous outside fr. ovoid, scarlet, % in.
long, with small calyx; flesh thin, mealy; stones 4-5.
May. fr. Sept, soon falling. N. Y. to S Ont —This
species WIH formerly sold by Ellwanger & Barry under
the name C. coccinea.
7 pruindsa, Koch (C cocdnca var. vindis, Torr &
Gray) Shrub or tree, to 20 ft branches spreading with
numerous btout straight spines Ivs elliptic or ovate,
acute, usually broadly cuneate at the base, irregularly
and often doubly serrate, with 3-4 pairs of short acute
lobes, red when unfolding, later dark bluish green
above, paler below, glabrous, 1-2 in long, corymbs
rather few-fid , fls slender-pedicelled, %-l in across;
stamens 20, anthers pinkish* fr subglobose, apple-
green and glaucous until nearly fully npo, finely dark
purple with yellow sweet flehh and 5 stones calyx
prominent with a well-developed tube. May; fr. Oct.
Vt to Va , and 111 S S 13.648
8 Barryana, Sarg Shrub, to 15 ft * branches spread-
ing or ascending with slender spines Ivs broadly ovate,
rounded or abiuptly cuneate at the base, sharply
doubly serrate and slightly lobed, scabrate above,
glabrous and glaucous below, 2-3 in long corymbs
glabrous, calyx-lobes entire or sparingly dentate, fls.
2iin across, stamens 7-10, with purple anthers fr
obovoid, ciimson with small }<ale dots, prumose, /-^in.
long, with usually 3 nutlets. M<t,y; fr. in Oct. W. N Y.
3 DELTOIDES
9 coccinioides, Ashe Fig 1099 Tree, sometimes
20 It branches stout, spreading, forming a broad
handsome head spines thick, lJ-^-2 in long. IVH.
broadly ovate, acute, rounded or truncate at the base,
doubly serrate, with several pairs of broad acute lobes,
at first yellowish gioon and lustrous above, villous on
the veins beneath, later dull dark green above, paler
and neaily glabious beneath, 2-3 in. long fls %in.
across, in compact 5— 7-fld , sometimes slightly villous
corymbs: fr subglobose, dark crimson and lustrous,
%in across, with thick subacid reddish flesh and 4-5
stones May; fr early in Oct and falling gradually
Mo , Ind , and Kans S S 13 674 M D G 1901
358, 359 — Very handsome small tree, the foliage tinged*
red when unfolding and turning scarlet and orange in
autumn
10 specidsa, Saig Shrub, to 15 ft , usually with
many sts spines numerous, 1-2 in long Ivs ovate,
acute or acuminate, rounded or subcordate at the base,
doubly serrate and with 4-5 pairs of broad and short
acute lobes, tinged red when unfolding and nearly
glabrous, at maturity thick, dark green and lustrous
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
883
above, paler below and Quite glabrous, 2-3 m. long1
corymbs glabrous, 5-8-fld , fls 1 in across fr de-
pressed-globose, bright crimson and lustrous, nearly
1 in broad, with thin yellow flesh and 5 stones May;
fr the middle of Sept , soon falling Mo. S T S 1 33 —
Very handsome with its lustrous Ivs., large fls and
brilliant fr.
4 COCCINKA3.
1 1 pedicellate, Sarg Tree, to 20 f t , with rather
slender spreading or ascending branches forming a
symmetrical heaa* spines straight or slightly curved,
1H~2 in long: Ivs broadly ovate, broadly cuneate or
truncate at the base, coarsely and often doubly ser-
rate, above the middle with 4-5 pairs of short acute
lobes, at maturity membranous, dark green and
scabrous above, paler and nearly glabrous below, 2-4 in
long fls y^n across in loose slightly villous corymbs,
calyx-lobes coarsely glandular-serrate fr pear-shapea
or ovoid, bright scarlet, lustrous, with conspicuous per-
sistent calyx, flesh thin, mealy, stones 4-5 May, fr.
Sept Pa to Conn , N Y , and Ont. S S 13.677.
5. TENUIFOLI^B.
12 pastdrum, Sarg (C macrosptrma var. pastbrum,
Eggleston) Glabrous shrub, sometimes to 15 ft , with
many erect sts , armed with numerous stout or slender
spines Ivs ovate, acute, usually rounded at the base,
doubly serrate, slightly lobed, at maturity thick, dark
dull blue-green, glaucescent below, 1^-2 in long: fls.
^m across in mariy-fld corymbs, calyx-lobes lanceo-
late, entire or obscurely serrate fr ovoid, bright scar-
let, lustrous, about }^m long, with thick, yellow and
mealy flesh and 2-3 stones New England. May; fr
Sept SS 4 '180 (as C coccinea}.
13 rotundifdha, Moench (C coccinea var rotundi-
fbha, Sarg C glandulbba, Willd ) Shrub or bushy tree,
sometimes to 20 ft , with slender, straight or curved
spines Ivs ovate-orbicular to oval, or obovate, acute,
broadly cuneate at the base, lather coarsely serrate
and usually with 3-1 pairs of short acute lobes, gla-
brous, 1-2 1-2 in long corymbs glabrous or slightly
villous, fls %-l in across, calyx-lobes and bractlets
very glandular fr subglobose, about ^m long, red
with yellow sweet flesh and 2-3 »tones May, fr Sept
Nova Scotia to Sask , 111 and Va GO II 11557
Gn 22, p 115, 33, p 4b'4 —The most noithern spe-
cies Var pubera, Sarg (C coccinea, Linn , in part)
Branchlets, petioles and the Ivs on the veins more or
less pubescent below while > oung
7 INTRICATE
14 intricata, Lange Shrub, to 10 ft., branches
upright or spreading, with rather long curved spines
Ivs elliptic-ovate, acute, cuneate at the base, doubly
serrate with 3-4 pairs of short acute lobes, at first
slightly pubescent, later scabrate above, bi ight green,
slightly paler beneath and nearly glabrous, 1-2 J'j m
long corymbs slightly villous, fls about 1 in. aeross,
calyx-lobes serrate* fr subglobose to ovoid, sparingly
villous or glabrous, dull reddish brown, with usually
3-4 stones May, fr Get , Nov Mass and Vt to
Pa Lange 1.
15 Buckleyi, Beadle Large shrub or tiee, often
to 25 ft , with stout spreading or ascending branches
and stout straight spines J^in long: Ivs broadly ovate
or oval, acute, usually rounded at the base, coarsely
serrate and incisely lobed with acuminate lobes, gla-
brous and thick and firm at maturity coiymbs 3-7-
fld , compact, glabrous, fls. %m across; sepals serrate
toward the apex and stipitate-glandulur fr subglo-
bose, usually angled, about y$\\ across, yellowish green
and flushed red or red, with 3-5 stones Mav; fr Sept
and Get Va to N. C and Tenn S.M 461
16 Boyntonii, Beadle. Tree, occasionally to 20 f t ,
with stout ascending branches: spines straight, thin,
1M-2 m. long. Ivs broadly ovate to oval, acute,
sharply serrate with glandular teeth and often with 2-3
pairs of short acute lobes, bronzy red when unfolding
and slightly viscid, at maturity yellowish green, thick
and firm and glabrous, l-2j^ in long, petioles glandu-
lar: fls %m across, in 4-10-lld glabrous corymbs,
calyx-lobes entire or obscurely glandular-serrate above
the middle fr depressed-globose, yellowish green
flushed with red, about J^m acioss, with 3-5 stones.
May, fr. Oct. Va. to Ky , Tenn and Ala S S. 13:650.
8 VlRIDES.
17. viridis, Linn. (C aiborfaen*, Ell ) Tree, to 35
ft , with spreading branches forming a round, rather
compact head, spines slender Ivs oblong-ovate to
oval, acute or acuminate, serrate above the cuneate
base, dark green and lustious above, paler below, finally
glabrous, 1-3 in long corymbs glabrous; pedicels
slender; calyx-lobes lanceolate, entire fr globose,
bright red, y%~y± m across, with usually 5 stones Md ,
Va to 111 , Iowa, Texas arid Fla May, fr. Get , persist-
ing through the winter S S 4 187
18 nitida, Sarg Tree, to 30 ft, \vith spreading
branches unarmed or \vith thin straight spines Ivs.
elliptic to oblong-obovate, acuminate, coarsely ser-
rate except at the cuneate base, often slightly lobed,
dark green and lustrous above, paler below, glabrous,
1-3 in long corymbs glabrous, calyx--lobes elongated,
entire or sparingly glandular-serrate, fr. ovoid or sub-
globose, dark duU red, about ^m long with thick
mealy flesh and 2-5 stones May, fr Oct , persistent
through the winter 111 , Kana. S S 13.703 —Like C.
vtndis very ornamental with its lustrous foliage and
istent frs
1099 CraUegus coccmioides ( X ^') . No 9
884
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
9. CRUS-GALLI.
19 Crus-galli, Linn COCKSPUR THORN Shrub or
tree, to 40 ft • branches wide-spreading, rigid, often
pendulous, with numerous slender spines. Ivs. obovate
or oblanceolate, irregularly and sharply serrate^ usually
rounded at the apex, quite glabrous, 1-2 J^ m long,
often semi-persistent* corymbs glabrous; calyx-lobes
entire or minutely serrate, fr. usually globose, red,
with usually 2 stones; flesh thin and dry May,
June: fr late m Oct Que , south to N C , west to
Mich SS 4 178 Em 492 RB. 1 116 GF 7 295.
G C III 28 244, sunpl Sept 29.— A very decorative
species of distinct habit, handsome in bloom and with
snowy, bright red fr , remaining on the branches often
until spring; the Ivs assume a brilliant orange and
scarlet color in fall Often used for hedges Var in6r-
mis, Lange Spineless form Var linearis, Ser Lvs
linear-lanceolate Var nana, Nichols Dwarf form
Var pyracanthifdlia, Ait Lvs elliptic or obovate, usu-
ally acute* fr. smaller, brighter red W N Y and Pa
to Fla and Tenn S S 13 637. Var. salicifdlia, Ait
Lvs. oblanceolate or lanceolate, thinner. Var. splen-
dens, Ait (var liicula, Ilort ) Lvs elliptic-oblanceo-
late, very shining. Var ovalifdlia, Lmdl (C penrisyl-
vdmca, Hort , not Ashe). Lvs. elliptic or elliptic-obo-
vate, less lustrous, fr ovoid. BR 22:1860. On 22, p.
146, 33. p 468— This is probably not a variety of C
Crus-galh, but a distinct species identical with one of
the recently described species of this group
20 Canbyi, Sarg Shrub or bushy tree, to 20 ft :
branches wide-spreading, with thick usually straight
spines. Ivs oblong-obovate to elliptic, acute or obtuse,
coarsely and often doubly serrate above the middle,
glabrous, li^-3 in long: corymbs glabrous; calyx-
lobes entire or sparingly serrate* fr subglobose or ovoid,
about ^m. long, dark crimson, with juicy flesh ana
3-5 stones. May; fr. Oct. E Pa , Del , Md. S S
13:638
21. fecunda, Sarg Small tree, to 25 ft * branches
wide-spreading, with slender spines* Ivs. oblong-ovate
to oval, usually acute, doubly serrate, with strongly
marked veins, 1^-3 in long corymbs slightly villous;
calyx-lobes glandular-serrate* fr subglobose to ovoid,
%-%m long, orange-red, with thiclc flesh and 2-3
stones. May; fr. Oct. Mo , 111. S.S. 13*641.
22. ArduSnnae, Sarg. Shrub or tree, to 20 ft :
branches spreading, forming a round-topped head
spines slender* Ivs. oblong-olbovate, acute, acuminate
or rounded, crenulate-serrate from below the middle,
with obscure veins, l%-'2% m long, corymbs glabrous,
pedicels slender, calyx-lobes entire or slightly serrate:
1100 Cr a taegus punctata No 26
fr. ovoid, dull dark crimson, about Hin long, with
1-2 stones May; fr the middle of Sept. Pa. to 111 ,
Mich andOnt SM 373.
23. Carrierei, Vauv. Small tree, to 20 ft , with spread-
ing branches and stout spines* Ivs elliptic or oblong-
obovate, acute, pubescent below, glabrous above at
length and lustrous, irregularly serrate, 3-4 m. long:
corymbs rather few-fld , pubescent; fls large, with red
disk; calyx-lobes linear, serrulate: fr. bright orange or
brick-red, ovoid, about Km long, with 1-3 stones.
May RH 1883 108 GC III 2i:118, 119— Proba-
bly hybrid between C Crus-galh and C. mexicana,
originated in France Possibly not different is C. Lav-
dllei, Henncq, described with larger subglobose fr.
24. persistens, Sarg Low tree, 12 ft. or more,
branches wide-spreading, with numerous stout spines
to 2 in. long Ivs lanceolate to oblong-obovate, acumi-
nate, cuneate at the base, coarsely serrate above the
middle, at maturity glabrous, dark green and lustrous
above, pale beneath, 2-3 in long corymbs slightly
villous, fls over %in across; calyx-lobes glandular-
serrate above the middle or entire, stamens 20, anthers
white, styles surrounded at the base bv a broad ring
of pale tomentum. fr. ovoid or slightly obovate, crim-
son, not lustrous, over Km across, flesh thick and
mealy, with 2-3 stones. May fr in Oct S T S 2 190
— Of unknown origin, possibly a hybrid of C Crus-
galh Raised at the Arnold Arboretum. The Ivs remain
on the branches unchanged until those of all the other
hawthorns have fallen and the frs persist until late into
the winter One of the most conspicuous of winter
fruiting plants.
10. MEXICANS.
25 mexicana, Sess & Moc (C hypolasia, Koch).
Small tree, to 30 ft . branchlets tomentose, unarmed or
with short spines Ivs cuneate-oblong or elliptic-
lanceolate, obtuse or acute, eremite-serrate and often
slightly lobed toward the apex, pubescent above, bome-
times nearly glabrous, tomentose below, 1^-3 K in
long corymbs white-toinentobe , fls %in wide, calyx-
lobes entire or with a few teeth at the apex, stamens 20,
with pink anthers fr ovoid to pynform, orange or
dull orange-red, %-l in thick, edible, with 3-5 nut-
lets March, fr Oct., Nov. Mex BR 22. 1910
11 PUNCTATE
26 punctata, Jacq Fig. 1100. Tree, to 25 ft *
branches horizontally spreading, with short, stout
bpmes or unarmed* Ivs ooovate, obtuse or acute, nar-
rowed at the base into a rather long margined petiole,
irregularly serrate, on the shoots often blight ly lobed,
villous below, with impressed veins above, 2-1 in long
corymbs villous, fls large, calyx-lobes entire fr pyn-
form or subglobose, dull red, dotted, about Kin across,
with 5 stones. May; fr Oct , falling soon From Que
to Ont , 111 and Ga S S 4 184 A F 28 805 Var
aurea, Ait (var zanthocdrpa, Roem C crocata, Ashe).
Fr yellow.
27 colllna, Chapm Shrub or small tree, occasionally
25 ft . branches wide-spreading, with stout spines, on
the trunk with large branched spines Ivs obovate or
oval, acute, broadly cuneate at the base, irregularly,
often doubly serrate, at maturity yellowish green above,
paler below and glabrous except on the midrib, corymbs
villous, calyx-lobes glandular-cihate; anthers yellow
fr subglobose, dull red, M~Mm. long, with yellow
mealy flesh and usually 5 stones. May; fr. Oct.
Va to Tenn. and Ala. S S. 13.654.
12. jEsTIVALES.
28. aestivalis, Torr. & Gray. MAY HAW. APPLB
HAW Tree, to 30 ft , with a round compact head,
unarmed or with stout straight spines 1-1 K in. long:
Ivs elliptic to oblong-obovate, acute or rounded, gradu-
ally narrowed into the Y±-\ m long petiole, sinuate-
dentate or crenate-serrate, at maturity dark green and
lustrous above, below, particularly on the veins, densely
rusty-pubescent, 1J^-2H in long. fls. with the Ivs.,
1 in across, in 2-5-fld. glabrous corymbs; calyx-lobes
entire or minutely glandular-serrate, fr depressed-
CRATJEGUS
CRAT^GUS
885
globose, fragrant, ^~%m. across, bright red, crowned
by the conspicuous calyx, with juicy subacid flesh and
3-5 stonea Feb , March; fr. May. Fla to Ark and
Texas. S.S. 4 : 192. — The fr is made into preserves and
jellies.
13. UNIFLOILE.
29. unifldra, Moench (C. 'parvifdlia, Ait. C. tomen-
tbsa, Eggleston, not Linn. C. fldrida, Loud ) Dense,
low shnib, with numerous slender spines, rarely spine-
less, 3-8 ft. Ivs on short not glandular petioles, cuneate,
obovate or oblong-obovate, irregularly or doubly cren-
ate-serrate, pubescent on both sides, at length gla-
brous above, %-V/z in long- fls ^m. across, 1-3-fld
corymbs, calyx pubescent, with large serrate lobes fr
pynform or globose, yellow, ^ in across, with 3 -5
stones May, June Ga and Ala to Fla S S 4 191
30 Vailiaj, Brit Shrub, to 12 ft, with slender
straight spines. Ivs. oval or ovate, acute, cuneate at
the base, crenatc-seirate and often slightly lobed, at
maturity glabious and lustrous above, pubescent
below, l/2-\l/i m long fls ^m across, in 2-6-fld ,
pubescent corymbs, calyx-lobes glandular-serrate fi
globose, Km across, dull red, with 3-5 stones May,
fr Oct. Va to Ga. and Ala
14 FLAV^
31 flava, Ait Tree, to 20 ft branches wide-spread-
ing, with thin nearly stiaight spines Ivs broadly obo-
vate or elliptic, acute or nearly rounded, cuneate at base,
coarsely and doubly serrate, on vigorous shoots usually
slightly lobed, the teeth tipped with red glands, at
maturity puberulous only on the veins below, about 2
in long, petioles glandular, short corymbs few-fld ,
slightly villous, calyx-lobes glandular-serrate, fls ?4in
across, stamens 20, with purple anthers fr ovoid,
dark 01 ange-brown, Yi\\\ long, with dry and mealy
flesh and 5 stones April, fr in Oct Ga and Fla
S S 13 693 — The true C flava is not in cult , the plant
now cult as (7 flava is quite different and is apparently
not very closely related to this species, it has so far not
been found growing wild in K N Amer , though it was
apparently intro from the southern states As it has
not yet been determined to which species it belongs, it
may be enumerated here as var lobata, Lmdl. Shrub
or small tree Ivs ovate or obovate, cuneate at the base,
acute, crenately serrate and often slightly lobed, at
matunty pubescent on the veins beneath, 1-2 in long:
corymbs pubescent, few-fid . stamens 10 fr pynform,
green 01 reddish with hard flesh, and 3- 5 stones. B U.
23.1932, 1939 GC III 27 404 —Tender
32 aprica, Beadle A shrub or small tree, some-
times to 20 ft , with spreading branches and slender
zigzag branchlets armed with thin straight spines 1-1 H
in long' Ivs broadly obovate or oval, acute or rounded
at the apex, narrowed into the short petiole, serrate
usually only above the middle and often slightly lobed,
with gland-tipped teeth, pubescent on both sides while
young, at maturity glabrous, dark yellow-green and
thickish, %-ll/2 in long fls ^4111 across, in 3-6-fld
compact pubescent corymbs, calyx-lobes glandular-
serrate, fr globose, Km across, dull orange-red, with
3-5 stones. May; fr Oct Va to Ga and Tenn S S.
13 '698. — This species has proved hardy at the Arnold
Arboretum.
15 TOMENTOS^}
33. tomentdsa, Linn. (C. Cdpodtndron, Medikus. 0.
pynfbha, Ait. C. leucophloeos, Moench. C. Chdpmann,
Ashe). Fig 1101. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft , with
spreading branches unarmed or with short spines Ivs
cuneate. obovate-oblong or elliptic, acute, serrate and
often slightly lobed, dull green and usually finely
glabrous above, below pubescent, 2-5 in. long' corymbs
pubescent, compound and many-fld ; fls. Y^\\\ across,
calyx-lobes serrate fr usually oval, dull yellow 01
yellowish red, }£-}>$m. across, sweet and succulent, in
upright corymbs, stones 2-3, with 2 furrows on the
inner side June; fr. Oct Ont to Minn , south to
Tenn and Mo S S. 4:183 G.F. 2 '425 (adapted in
Fig. 1101). Gn. 22, p. 145. B.R 22:1877.
34 succulenta, Link (C. macracdntka var. swccu-
lenta, Rehd ). Tree, sometimes to 20 ft , with stout
ascending branches, armed with numerous stout
1101. Crategus tomentosa.
(XH) No. 33
slightly curved spines Ivs ell'ptic, acute or acuminate,
gradually narrowed into the stout winged petiole,
eo.usoly and usually doubly serrate and with many
short acute lobes, at maturity dark green, thickish
and somewhat lustrous above, pale green and usually
puberulous on the veins below, 2-3 in long fls %in
an oss, in rnany-fld villous corymbs; stamens usually
20, sometimes 15* fr globose, bright scarlet, l^-^m
acrohh, with juicy sv\eet flesh and 2—3 stones May, fr
Sept , Oct Quo* and Ont to Mass and 111 S S 4 181
(as C coccinta var macracantha)
35 macracantha, Lodd (C cocdnea var macracrfn-
tha, Dudley) Fig 1102. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft ,
of dense growth, with numerous long and slender spines
Ivs rather slender-petioled, broadly elliptic or ovate,
doubly serrate, glabrous, at maturity thickish, shining
and dark green above, almost glabrous beneath, 1-2}^
m long corymbs slightly villous; fls %in across,
stamens 10, calyx-teeth glandular-serrate' fr sub-
globose, ijjin diam , dark cherry-red, shining, with
usually 2-3 stones May, June. W N Y and Vt to
Pa. SS 13 689. B.R. ,22:1912. LBC 11 1012 (as
C qlandulosd). A G. 11 '509. M D.G. 1906561
GW 5 '245. -—Sometimes cult, under the name of C.
Douqla^n See page 3567.
36 prunif&lia, Pers Shrub or tree, to 30 ft ' branches
spreading or somewhat ascending, spiny Ivs obovate,
or roundish obovate, doubly serrate, glabrous or
pubescent on the veins beneath when young, 2-3 in.
long corymbs pubescent, stamens 10; anthers pink
fr led, stones with 2 furrows on the inner side, some-
times nearly plain May, June — Origin unknown, by
some thought to be a hybrid between C Cnis-galh ana
C nuiciacantha or C. succulenta B.R22'1868 G.W.
8. 114 Var variegata, Hort. Lvs. variegated with yel-
lowish white F.W 1877 65.
880
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
16 DOUGL ASIANS (page 3567).
37. Douglasii, Lindl. (C. sanguined var. Doiigla.m,
Torr & Gray). Tree, to 40 ft., with slender, often pen-
dulous branches, unarmed or with short spines: Ivs.
short-petioled, broadly ovate or oblong-ovate, acute,
gradually narrowed at the base, serrate and slightly
lobed, nearly glabrous, pubescent on the midrib above,
chartaceous, 1-4 in long' corymbs glabrous; fls. H~M
in across; stamens 20; calyx-lobes triangular-ovate,
usually glandular-serrate above the middle, fr ovoid,
^m. long, black and lustrous, with sweet, light yellow
flesh and 3-5 nutlets. May; fr. Aug , Sept. Brit Col.
and N. Calif, to Wyo. S S. 4:175. B.R. 21:1810.
17. SANGUINED.
38. sangufnea, Pall. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.,
with upright, spreading branches and short spines* Ivs
ovate or broadly ovate, narrowed into the petiole, irreg-
1102. Cratasgus macracan
slender, petioled, triangular or broadly ovate, usually
truncate at the base, 3-5-lobed, sharply serrate, 1H-
2% in. long: corymbs many-fld., glabrous: styles 5: fr.
depressed-globose, Km- across, snmmg, bright coral-
rea; calyx deciduous, leaving a circular scar; stones
3-5. May, June; fr Sept , Oct. Va to Ala. and Mo.
S 8.4:186. B.R. 14:1151. F.E. 28, p 103 (habit) —
A very desirable species, with beautiful fall-coloring and
large clusters of bright red fr remaining a long time
on the branches. Formerly much used for hedges.
19. APIIFOLLE.
41. apiifdlia, Michx (C. Mdrshalln, Eggleston).
Shrub or small tree, rarely 20 ft., with stout spines and
the branchlets pubescent when young. Ivs. slender-
petioled, broadly ovate, pmnately 5-7-cleft, serrate,
glabrous or pubescent, %-lK m long- corymbs few-
fld , villous; styles 1-3: fr ovoid, J£m. high, scarlet,
with 1-3 stones; calyx often deciduous April, May,
fr. Oct. Va. to Fla., Ark. and Texas. S S. 4:188.— A
handsome species with graceful foliage and an abun-
dance of white fls. in spring and small but bright-
colored frs. in fall.
20. BRACHYACANTH.E
42. brachyacintha. Sarg & Engelm Tree, to 50 ft ,
with stout spreading branches, armed with numerous
short usually curved spines, H~^in long Ivs obovate-
oblong, oblong-lanceolate or elliptic, acute or sometimes
obtuse, cuneate at the base, crenulate-serrate, rarely
slightly lobed, glabrous at maturity, lustrous above,
%-2 in long corymbs many-fld , glabrous, flw 1/3 in
across, turning orange in fading, stamens 15-20 fr
subglobose, J^~Hin across, bright blue and bloomy,
with 3-5 stones. April, May; fr. Aug. La. and Texas
SS 4:177.— The only species with blue fr.; hardy
only S.
21 PENTAGYN^E.
43. nigra. Kit (C carpdthica, Lodd ) Shrub or small
tree, branches pubescent or tomentose, with short
spines: Ivs. short-petioled, ovate or ovate-elhptic,
deeply pinnately 5-9-lobed with serrate lobes, slightly
pubescent above, densely pubescent beneath, 2-3 in
long corymbs dense, 10-15-fld , tomento.se; pedicels
short, fls white, becoming slightly red, anthers yellow-
ish fr. subglobose, ^m. across, black, lustrous, juicy,
with 5 stones May; fr in Aug S E Eu L B C 11 :
1021 LI 30.
44 pentfigyna, Waldst & Kit. (C melanocdrpa,
Bieb ). Shrub or small tree, to 15 ft. : young branchlets
pubescent, with short spines' Ivs ovate to obovate,
ularly serrate and slightly lobed, more deeply lobed on irregularly and usually sparingly serrate, pinnately
vigorous shoots, at first hairy above and often also 3-7-lobed, hairy above while young, finally nearly gla-
vigorous shoots, at first hairy above and often also
below, at maturity glabrous or nearly glabrous, l>£-3
in. long- corymbs pubescent or glabrous; fls. large;
stamens 20, with purple anthers, fr. ^ in. cuam. May;
fr. in Aug., Sept. E. Siberia. Var. chlorocarpa,
Schneid. (var. xanthocdrpa, Regel). Fr. yellow, smaller:
anthers whitish.
39. dahurica, Koehne (C. purpiirea, Bosc. C. san-
gulnea var. altaica, Loud.). Shrub or small tree- spines
to 1H in. long: Ivs. ovate or broadly elliptic-ovate,
acute, broadly cuneate at the base, sharply serrate,
those of the flowering branches very slightly or scarcely
lobed, those of the snoots distinctly and acutely lobed,
glabrous, %-2 in. long: corymbs glabrous, fls. ^in
across: fr. subglobose, ]^m. across, orange-red. April,
May; fr. Aug. E. Sibena. — The earliest leafing species
of all hawthorns; very graceful; hardy.
18. CORDATE.
40. Phaenopynim, Medikus (C. corddta,' Ait.
C.
acenfdlia, Moench. C. popultfblia, Walt.). WASHING-
TON THORN. Tree, to 30 ft., with slender spines: Ivs.
brous above, pubescent below, 1-2 in long corymbs
villous; fls. ^m. across, anthers red fr ovoid or
obovoid, purplish black, Hm. long, with 4-5 stones.
May; fr. Sept, Oct. S E. Eu., Caucasus. BR 22:
1874; 23:1933 (as C. Oxyacantha Ohvenana) . R.H.
1901, p. 310.
22. OXYACANTHA.
45. Oxyacantha, Linn. HAWTHORN or MAY of Eng-
lish literature. Shrub or small tree, to 15 f t , with
spreading glabrous branches and stout spines' Ivs.
short-petioled, cuneate or truncate at the base, round-
ish or broadly ovate, 3-5-lobed, with broad, serrulate
lobes, 1-2 in long: corymbs 5-10-fld., glabrous: fr.
globular or roundish oval, H~^in. high, scarlet; stones
2, with 2 furrows on the inner side. May. Eu., N. Afr.
BR 13.1128 (as C. oxyacanlhoides) Var. bfcolor,
Rehd (C Oxyacdntha var. Gdmppen tricolor, Hort
C. Oxyacdnlha rubra, Schneid ) Fls. white in the center,
edged red. FS 16:1651. Var Pafclii, Rehd (var
cocctnea, Hort. Var. Paul's New Double Scarlet. C.
Oxyacdntha var. spltndens, Schneid.). Fig 1103. With
ORAT/EGUS
887
double, bright scarlet fls ; one of the most hhowy I H
14 536 F. 1867.117 Var afcrea, Loud (C Oxyacdn-
tlia var cunthocdrpa, Langc) With yellow fr Var.
quercifdlia, Loud Lvs with broad, rounded and cre-
nate lobes — Moht ot the garden forms usually listed
as varieties of C Oxyacantha belong to the following
specie* Even the vanetieH enumerated above are by
.some botanists not considered true C Oxyacardha, but
referred to C media, Bechst , a hybrid between this
and the following species, the existence of hybrid forms
makes the distinction between the two species still
more difficult.
46 mon6gyna, Jacq (C Oxyacdntha, Hort ) Shrub
01 tiee, to 20 ft , with stout spines. Ivs on rather slen-
der petioles, ovate, 3-7-lobed, lobes with few teeth at
the apex, 1-2 in long corymbs many-fld , with usually
hairy pedicels fr oval, with usually 1 stone, H~Hm
high May, June Ku and N Afr to Himalayas On
33, ]) 165; 37, p 407, 40, p 500, 52, -p 266, 5o, p 452
R H 1000, p 72 (all as C Oxyatanlha) —Many gar-
den forms are cult , some of the most distinct are the
following Var punicea, Rehd Fls deep red, single.
FS 15 1509, fig 1. LBC 14 1363 Var rdsea,
Hoit Fls pink, petals with white claw Var albo-plena,
Schneid With white double fls F S 15 1509, fig 2.
Var rfcbro-plena, Schneid With double red fls F S.
15 1509, fig 3 Varieties differing m Ivs and habit:
\ ai lacimata, Loud Lvs deeply pmnatihd with
incised serrate lobes Var pteridifdlia, Rehd (C.
Oxyacdnlfm vnr ptrndifblia, Loud Var Jduifdlia.
Hort ) Similar, but Ivs longer, with narrower ana
more incised lobes F S 20 2076 Var ferox, Schneid
((' Oxijacantha var /ooa Can C. Onjmdn<ha var
homda, Cair ) Branches with fascicles of numerous
stout spines FS 14 146S GC III 24 13 Var
in£rmis, Rehd ((' Oxi/acdn'ha im'rmis, Dauthenay)
A spineless form R H 1900, pp 72, 73 Var pendula,
Loud With pendulous branches Cn 68, p 288
GM 44-827 MDG 1902 25, 26 Var rdseo-pen-
dula, Rehd (C Oxyacdntha var pcndida ros^a, Hort )
A pendulous form, with pink fls, Var stricta, Loud
(var pi/iamidahs, Hort ) Of fastigiate, upright habit.
GC 111 41 184 MDG 1906390 \ ai semper-
fldrens, Rehd (var J^tuantn, Can ) Low, giaceful
shiub, flowering until fall RH 1883, p 140 Gil
29, p 431, 33, p 465 There are also some varieties
ited Ivs
with vai legate
23 OKIE NT ALES
47. tanacetifdlia, Pers Shi ub or small tree branches
with short spines or unarmed, branchlets tomentose
Ivs cuneate, obovatc, pinnately 5-7-c!eft, with the
lobes glandular-senate, villous-pubesccnt, 1 2 m long,
coiyrnb dense, 5-7-fld , calyx-lobes large, deeply
glandular-serrate, fls large1 fr pubescent, yellow, 1 m
or more across, with lacmiate biacts at the base May,
June Asia Minor B R. 221884 Ct 43, p 215.
48 orientalis, Pall (C odoratimma, Lmdl C
apiifblia, Hort ). Shrub or small tree, with spreading,
almost unarmed branches and tomentose branchless:
Ivs short-petioled, cuneate, obovate or oblong, pin-
nately 3-5-cleft, with the lobes meisely seirate at the
apex, tomentose pubescent, 1-2 in long corymb dense,
tomentose; calyx-lobes entire* fr depressed globose,
brick- or orange-red, %-l in across, with 4-5 stones.
June. S E iOu , Asia Minor BM 2314 BR 22.
1885 (as C odoratiKsimn] Cn 28 632 (as C tanace-
hfoha), and p 635 G M 40 824. Var sangufnea,
Rehd (C. sartgulnea, Schrad , not Pall C Tournefdrtn,
Gnseb ). Lvs more glabrescent fr. dark red, with 2-4
stones BR 22 1852.
49. Azarolus, Lmn (C Arbma, Ser. C maiira, Linn.
f.)- Shrub or tree, to 25 ft , with pubescent branchlets:
Ivs short-pet ioled, cuneate-obovate, deeply 3-5-lobed,
with the lobes nearly entire or incised at the apex,
grayish green, pubescent, 1^-2^ m long corymbs
lew-fld., densely tomentose fr orange-red or yellow,
globular or ovoid, %~l in across May N Afr,
Asia Minor B R 22 1897 (as C Aroma) R H.
1856.441 Var sinaica, Boiss Lvs glabrous ' f r smaller,
reddish yellow BR 22,1855 (as C. maroccana). Gn.
22, p 146; 28, p 634.
24. PlNNATlFIDjE.
50. pinnatifida, Bunge Fig 1104 Shrub or small
tree, to 20 ft • Ivs slender-petioled, cuneate, elliptic-
ovate, pinnately 5 9-cleft, mcisely serrate corymbs
many-fld , usually pubescent fr globular or pyriform,
dark red, punctate 'j-^jiu high, stones 3-5 June.
N China, E Siberia to Koiea RH 1901*308 Gt.
1862 366 Var major, N E Br (C Korolkdum,
Schneid , not Henry C Bnttsthneiden, Schneid C.
cahforntca, Hort C. tafdnca, Hort ) Lvs larger, less
deeply lobed ' fr pyiiform, 1 in long. G C II 26:620.
RH 1901 308
C alt,)>ca, I<»nge = C Wattipna —C amlfrjua, C A Miy.
Related to C monogyna IAS deeply 4-7-lobed, sparingly hairy
on both sides, 1-2 m long corymbs slightly hairy fr o\oid, usually
with 2 stone? S Russia -C Hdjten, Sarg ==C foetida — C.
beata, Sarg Allied to C prmnosa Shrub, to 15 ft Ivs oblong-
ovate, villous above while young anthers dark maroon-tolor fr.
1103. Paul's thorn — Crataegus Ozyacantha var Paulii.
crimson, prumose, ripens end e>f Sept N Y — C Bickwithse, Sarg.
Allied to C postorum Shrub or tree, to 18 ft Ivs ovate, usually
truncate at the base, at mituritj thin calyx-lobes glandular-ben ate
fr subglobose, crimson, with .r> stones N Y — C b/llula, Sarg
Related to C prumosa Sliiub, 10 12 ft , glabrous Ivs ovate,
bluish green and lustrous above, 2-3 in long stamens 8-10 fr
dull crimson, bloomy, a(m across, with usually 4 stones Mich
S T S 1 % — C brrhrri folia, Torr & Gray Related to C Crus-
galh L\s obovatP or obovife -oblong, obtuse, pubescent below,
lustrous and nearly glabrous abene, 1*1-2 in long corymbs
pubescent, anthers yollow fr or inn- with rod cheek La SS
4 179— (' Cehinwi, Bosc Shrub Ivs pinnately lobed, slightly
pubescent beneath corymbs mary-fld fr ovoid, red Ongm
unknown, probably hybrid of C p«_ntagyna — (' cnamplainfnsix,
Sarg Allied to C molhs Tit e, to 20 ft , spiny Ivs ovate, usually
truncate at the base, le>lw»d, glabrous abo\e, pubescent on the veins
below, 2-2 h m long corymbs Mllems, usually 4-5-fld .stamens 10.
fr obovoid or ovoid, scarlet, J-»m long, in Sept Que and Ont to
Vt and N Y S S H (.(/) — r chlorovtrm, Maxim Allied to C.
sangumea Lvs pinnatolj hbcd, truncate at the base, with short
lobes, glabrous at length corymbs many-fld , nearly glabrous fr.
black, with green flesh Japan — C co<jn ita, Sarg Closely related
to C prumosa Shrub, to 10 ft , bpniy hs ovate, acute or acumi-
nate, slightly lobed, dull bluish green, gl ibrous corymbs 5-7-fld ;
anthers yellow fr ovoid or pyriform, prumose, dull crimson at
maturity, o\er Hm long, in Oet Mass- — C c6mpta, Sarg (C
silvicola var compta, Eggleston) Allieel to C prumosa bhrub,
spiny, glabrous Ivs oblong-ovate, usually rounded at the base,
slightly lobed, glabrous corymbs many-fld , «tamens 7-10, anthers
dark rose fr obovoid, light cherry-red, ^\n long, in Oet W N Y.
— C conspMa, Sarg Allied to C piumosa Tree, to 20 ft , spiny:
Ivs broaelly ovate, rounded or subcordate at the base, lobed, yel-
low-green, pubescent on the midrib below corymbs 5-6-fld , slightly
hairy, compact, anthers white fr subglobose, crimson, over J^in.
across, in Oet Ont — C crenuMta, Roxbg =Pyracantha crenulata.
— C cunc(\ta, Sieb & Zucc Be'ongs to group C uneata> Shrub:
young branchlets villous Ivs short-petioled, cuneate-obovate or
cuneate-oblong, crenate-serrate, glabrous and lustrous above, spa-
ringly hairy below corymbs villou", 3-7-fld. , stamens 20, anthers
red fr red, with 5 stones, plain inside China and Japan L I 5 — •
C cupultfera, Sarg Allied to C rotundifol'a Shi ub, to 20 ft Ivs.
obovate or rhombic, slightly lobed, lustrous and scabrate above:
corymbs ^lightly villous, fls cup-shaped, stamens 10, anthers pink,
fr. scarlet, with 3-1 stones N Y ~C DayAna, Sarg. \lhed to C.
CRAT^GUS
CRAT^GUS
pedicellata Tree, to 15 ft , spiny Ivs broadly ovate, acuminate,
rounded or cuneate at the base, dark yellow-green, slightly hairy
on the veins below while young corymbs 10-14-fld., fls ^m.
across, stamena 20 fr obovoid, crimson, in Sept , soon falling.
W N Y— C diffum, Sarg Allied to C prumosa Intricately
branched spiny shrub, to 15 ft , glabrous l\s ovate, acuminate,
rounded or cuneate at the base, dark bluish green and slightly
scabrate above corymbs 6-12-fld , stamens 10 fr subglobose. soar-
lot, less than ^m across, in Oct W N Y — C Dippehdna, Lange
fC tanuretifohavar Leeana, Hort C tanacetifoha x C punctata?).
Sin ill tree, spiny Ivs rhombic-elliptic, lobed, sparingly pubescent
abo\e, densely beneath corymbs densely villous, stamens 20 fr.
subnlobose, reddish yellow or dull rod Ongin unknown Gn 33,
p 408. — C dissona, Sarg (C pnunosa var dissona, Eggleston).
Allied to C prumosa Slender spiny shrub, to 10 ft , glabrous Ivs
ovate to rhombic, cuneate at the base, dark bluish green corymbs
5-7-fld , stamens 10, anthers purple fr subglobose, crimson, in
Oct. Mass. — C. daungdnca, Zabel Allied to C. sangumca. Tree
1104. Crataegus
pinnatifida (X%).
No. 50
uiv puoescent ir mactc, stones witnout or witn slignt turrows.
unknown origin — C Dilnban, Sarg Shrub, to 12 ft., spiny
ovate to suborbicular, usually rounded at the base, slightly
d, glabrous or slightly rough above corymbs 10-14-fld . fr.
Iv8. deeply lobed, sparingly pubescent or nearly glabrous* corymbs
slightly pubescent fr black, stones without or with slight furr
Of unknown origin • " ~ ......... * '
Ivs 01
subgloboso, cumson, jUm" across, m Get W*N Y. Belongs to
group AnomaltE, allied to Tenuifoliw — C durobnvtnaia, Sarg.
Allied to C coccimoides Shrub, to 20 ft , spiny Ivs ovate, with
3-4 pairs of short lobes, glabrous corymbs glabrous, stamens 20:
fr. bright red, in Oct. NY S T S 12 — C elliptica, Ait (C.
glandulosa, Moench C flava var pubescens, Gray) Allied to
C flava. Lvs broader, of firmer texture, more pubescent and glan-
dular: fr. subglobose, red or yellow. Southern states. BR 22.
1890 (as C spathulata) — C elllpiica, Beadle, is C senta, Beadle,
a species allied to C flava S S 13 697 — C elliptica, Mohr, is C.
lli S S 13 644 —
, ,
C. exornAla, Sarg Allied to C prumosa Shrub, to Iff ft , spiny:
Ivs ovate, usually rounded at the base, slightly lobed, dark yel-
low-green and rough above corymbs 5-6-fld , stamens 7-10;
10 ft , spiny Ivs broadly ovate, with 4-5 pairs of short lobes,
nearly glabrous at maturity corymbs villous, stamens 5-10 fr.
dark crimson, in Sept N H STS 1 60— C ferentdria, Sarg.
Allied to C macracantha Intricately branched shrub, to 12 ft ,
with ntout spines Iva rhombic or obovate, puberulous below on the
veins corymbs slightly villous, stamens 7-10, anthers white fr
subglobose or ovoid, Hm long, scarlet, with usually 2 atones, ripen-
ing in Oct W N Y — C flabelldta, Spach (C Giayana, Eggleston).
Allied to C pedicellata Shrub, to 20 ft Ivs ovate, with short
acute lobes, at first sparingly hairy above and villous at the veins
beneath corymbs slightly villous, calyx-lobes sparingly glandular-
serrate, stamens 20 fr ovoid, crimson, with 3-5 xtones, in Sept
Oue.— C florentlna, Zuccagnv— Pyrus crata-gifoha — C f&tuia, Ashe
(C Baxten, Sarg). Allied to C intricata Intricately branched,
spiny shrub, to 12 ft , glabroua Ivs ovate or oval corymbs usually
5-6-fld , calyx-lobes serrate fr tmbglobose, orange-red or rea-
brown, about J^in thick, with 3-4 stones, in Oct Mass to Ont
and Va — C Fontanesi&na, Steud Allied to C Crus-galh Lvs
elliptic or elliptic-lanceolate, almost glabrous, shining above co-
rymbs many-nd , pubescent fr red Probably hyhud of C Crus-
galli — C F 6rbes&, Sarg Allied to C pastorum Shrub, to 15 ft
Ivs ovate to oval, cuneato or rounded at the base, slightly lobed
stameni 20, anthers! dark rose-color fr globose or ovoid, scarlet,
with thin and juicy flesh Mass — (' formdsa, Sarg Allied to C
prumosa Shrub, to 15 ft Ivs oblong-ovnte, rounded or cuneato
at the base, slightly lobed, slightly hmry above while young co-
rymbf many-fld fr ovoid or obovoid, noailet, prumot-e, wi-th 4-5
stones N Y — C oemmtiw, Sarg Allied to C Micculenta Tree,
to 30 ft, spiny Ivs broadly obovate to bronclly elliptic, doubly ser-
rate and often slightly lobed, at maturity pubescent on the midrib
rlet, lustrous,
m Oct N Y
, nrg Allied to C
spiny, glabrous hs obo
-- , -
anthers pink fr subglobose, scarlet, less than J4m. across, m
8«pt. Ont.— <7. Fdxomi, Sarg. Allied to C. rotundifolia. Shrub, to
beneath corymbs villous .
Mich and Ont. S S 13 (>8b — C
Crus-galh Small tree, to 12 ft , ,
oblong, pointed at the rounded or acute npox, with prominent
veins corymbs many-fld ,lax, anthers ptnk fr ovoid, warkt, !-2m
long, with 1-3 nutlets, in Got W N Y G C' III fl.J 115- C
glandul&sa, Moench=~C elliptica — C uloribt>a, Surg Allied to C
pedicellata Tree, to 25 ft , with few spines Ivs ovate, cuneate or
rounded at the base, rough above, &h>rlitly pubescent on the veins
below, sometimes finally glabrous corymbs 10-15-fld , stamens 7-
10 fr ovoid, often uu»yinmetiical, deep crimson, in Sept W N Y
— C grandtfldra, Koch (C lobata, Bosc Cratte-mespilusgrandiflora.
Camus) Small tree Ivs elliptic, serrate, often f-lightly lobed toward
the apex, pubescent fls 1-3, largo fr brown, globose, large hup-
posed to be a hybrid between Mcspilus gerniamoa and a Crutirgus
G F 10 35 R H I860, p 80 — C GrayAna, Eggloston=C flibel-
lata— C ffdrbwonn, Beadle Belongs to group Bractcatir allied
to Intricate Tree, to 25 ft Ivs oval or broadly obovate, conrsely
serrate, petioles glandular corymbs many-tld , with conspicuous
glandular bracta fr rod or bright red, in Get SS 13 001 — <" hrtero-
phvlla, Fluegge Allied toC monogyna Lvs larger, usually trifid.
fr larger, bright red corymbs many-fld BR 14 llbl,22 1M7 —
C hiem&hs, Lange Possibly C Crus-gallixC pcntagyiid Lvs.
elliptic to ovate, densely serrate or slightly lobed, lustrous above,
pubescent on the veins beneath corymbs villoun, stamens 15, with
purpleanthers fr purplish black Oiiginunknown — (.' Ilolmesidna,
Sarg Allied to C podicellata Tree, to 30 ft Ivs oval or ovate,
slightly lobed, at maturity yellowish groen, glabrous fls J-^-^in
across, stamens Usually 5, anthers purple fr ovoid, crimson, with
usually 3 stones Montreal to Pa , W NY and Gnt S S 13 676 —
C. inteffriloba, Sarg Allied to C tomentosa Tree, to 10 ft , spiny
Ivs broadly obovate or oval, broadly cuneate at the ba«e, slightly
lobed, glabrous corymbs villous, calyx-lobes entire fr subglobose,
H-Hm across, scarlet, lustrous Quc GC III 47 <>0 — C' »rrd«i,
Sarg Allied to C pedicellata Shrub, to 12 ft Ivs ovate, cuneato
or rounded at the base, slightly lobed. lustrous and glabrous above
stamens 20, anthers yellow fr ovoid, dark red, lustrous Que - C.
Korolk6wi\, Henry=C. Wattiana, See also No 50 — T lauta, Sarg
Allied to C Ellwangenana Arborescent shrub, «pmy Ivs ovate,
acuminate, scabrate above, sparingly pubescent on the veins below
corymbs 8-12-fld , compact fr ovoid, bright orange-red, ?4m long,
with 5 nutlets, in Sept Origin unknown, much planted in Boston
parks — C leiophylla, Sarg Allied to C prumosa Slender intricate,
spiny shrub, to 15 ft , glabrous IVH broadly ovate, usually rounded
or truncate at the base, dark dull blue-grc on above corymbs 5-7-
fld .compact, anthers yellow fr obovoid, bright rod, J^m long, with
usually 4 stones, in Nov W N \ — C liiomAna, Sarg Allied to
C Crus-galh Tree, to 20 ft , spiny, glabrous Ivs oblong-obovate,
acute or rounded at the apex, finely and often doubly serrate
corymbs lax, 10-18-fld , calyx-lobes glandular-serrate fr subglo-
bose to ovoid, dark crimson, >£m long, with 2-4 stones, in Oct.
N. Y S T S 2 129 — C. lobdta, Bo8C=C grandiflora — C lucdrum,
Sarg Allied to C pastorum Tree to 25 ft , spiny Ivs broadly ovate
to obovate, slightly lobed, glabrous corymbs villous, few-fld , sta-
mens 20, with purple anthers, fr ovoid, crimson, in Sept 111.
S S 13 679 — C maineAna, Sarg (C. leiophylla var mamcana,
Eggleston) Allied to C. prumosa Tr^e-hko Jirub, to 15 ft , spiny,
glabrous Ivs ovate to deltoid, acui.unato, hairy while young.
corymbs many-fld , stamens 10, antho.s dark purple fr globose,
scarlet, scarcely prumose, about Hm tnick, m Oct W N Y. —
C. matbra, Sarg. Allied to C pastorum Shrub, to 10 ft , with few
spines, glabrous Ivs oval to ovate-oblong, usually cuneate at the
base, dark green above, yellow-green below corymbs many-fld ;
stamens 5-10, anthers red fr ovoid, dark purplish crimson, %m.
long, in Aug Vt , Mass , N Y — C ManmouAczu, Schncid (C.
sangumea var. villosa, Maxim ) Allied to C sangumea Small tree,
to 20 ft Ivs. ovate, slightly lobed, pilose below corymbs densely
pilose fr. pilose when young, finally glabrous Amurland, Man-
churia — C microcdrpa, I indl =C Bpathulata — C 6pulens, Sarg.
Allied to C prumosa Shrub, to 15 ft , spiny, glabrous Ivs oblong-
ovate to oval, acuminate, hairy above while young corymbs 5-8-
CRAT.EGUS
CREPIS
fld , compact fr. subglobose, obscurely angled, crimson, slightly
pruinose, Hm long, in Oct W N Y — C Pdlmen, Sarg Allied to
C Crus-galh Tree, to 25 ft Ivs broadly ovate to oblong, rounded
or acute at the apex, coarsely serrate, glabrous corymbs glabrous,
stamens 10, with yellow anthers fr dull green, tinged with red, in
Oct 8 M 381 — C pereorina, Sarg Allied to C mollis Tree
Ivs ovate, broadly cuneate, with 5-0 pairs of narrow lobes, glabrous
above, villous beneath corymbs many-fld , villous fr ovate-glo-
bose, dark dull purple, pubescent at the base and apex, Jim across.
Origin unknown, probably S W Asia STS 2 191— C per-
jucunda, Sarg Allied to C prumosa Spiny shrub, glabrous Ivs.
ovate, acuminate, dark green above corymbs 8-10-fld , anthers
white fr ovoid, orange-red, finally crimson, slender-stained, less
than ^m long, in Oct Out , N Y — C persimihs, Sarg Allied to
C Crus-galli Shrub, to 8 ft Ivs obloug-obovate to oval, usually
acvite, veins prominent, slightly hairy while young corymbs
slightly villous, stamens 10-20 fr subglobose or ovoid, crimson,
lustrous, with 1-2 stones N Y — C prascox, Sarg (C pruecoqua,
Sarg,) Allied to C rotundifoha Shrub, to 10 ft , spiny Ivs
rhomboidal to oval, slightly hairy while young, glabrous at matu-
rity and scabrous above corymbs slightly villous, many-fld , sta-
mens 10 fr subgloboso, dark crimson, £sm thick, in Aug Vt.,
Que — C promlssa, Sarg Allied to C prumosa Shrub, to 12 ft ,
spmy glabrous Ivs oblong-ovate, acuminate, deeply lobed.
corymbs hvx, many^Hd , stamens 5-7, anthers pink fr ovoid,
crimson, not pruinose, less than V^m long, in Sept W N Y —
C 1'i/ruidntha, Pf rs =Pvracantha cocemea — C nrulans, Nutt
Allied to C Douglasn shrub Ivs ovate-lanceolate, serrate, gla-
brous at hngth Wyo to Colo and Utah SS 4 176 — C Sdr-
gcnlii. Beadle Allied to C mtricata Tree, to 20 ft Ivs elliptic
to oblong-ovate, slightly lobed, glabrous at maturity corymbs
slightly villous or glabrous, stamens 20, with purple anthers fr.
yellow or orange-yellow, tinged with red, in St pt Ga to lenn and
Ala — C lonyArna, Regr|_C Wattiam — r vpathulata, Michx.
Shrub or tree, to 20 ft Ivs < uneatc , oblaneeolate, erenately ser-
rate or J-lobed at the apex corymbs many-fid fr scarlet, globular,
i4m atross Southern utate* S S 4 1S5 BR 22 184b (as C
microcarpai The only species of the group Microcarose allied to
the Apnfolisp C tnflArn, Chapm Shrub or small Iree. to 20 ft
Ivs ovate ort Iliptir, serrate, often slightly lobed, pubescent, 1-2 H
in long corymbs 3-fld , hirsute, fls 1 in across, stamens 20, anthers
yellow fr globose, red Cla , All Belongs to the group Tnflorao,
allied to Intruatse — Very distinct and handsome, has proved hardy
at the Arnold Arboretum — C terecunda, Sarg Allied to C mtn-
cata Shrub, about 3 ft , spiny, glabrous Ivs oblong-obovate or
oval, acute or acuminate, light hlm«h green corymbs 0-10-fld ,
stamens?, anthers white fr ovoid or obovoid, less than \>fon long,
with 2-3 stones, m St pt or Oct W N \ — C Wat'itna, Hems!
Jc Lace (C altaica, Lange C songanea, Rrgel) Allied to C san-
§mnea Lvs smaller, truncate at the base, glabrous corymbs gla-
rous fr yellow or reddish yellow, smaller Cent A«ia Var.
tncisa, Schneid (C Korolkovui, Henry C sangumea var incisa,
Regel) Lvs more deeply and acutely lobed RH 1901 301 —C
Wlhomi, Sarg Allied to C tomentosa Shrub, to 20 ft Ivs ovate
or obovate, acute or obtuse, lustrous above, sparingly villous be-
neath fr ovoid, red, nearly ^m long, with 1-J stones Cent.
Cmna ALFKLD REHDER
CRAT^VA (after Cratevas, an obscure writer on
medicinal plants, not, as sometimes stated, at the time of
Hippocrates, but at the beginning of the first century
B 0 , since he named a plant after Mithndates) Cap-
pandacex Tropical trees and shrubs, sometimes
planted m the warm parts of the country
Leaves 3-foholate* fls in corymbs, usually polyg-
amous, with the odor of garlic; sepals and petals 4;
stamens 8-20, torus elongated berries ovate-globose,
with a slender stripe — Ten species, around the globe.
The bark of the garlic pear, C gynandra, blisters like
canthandcs C rehgiosa, from Malabar and the Society
Isls is a sacred tree, and is planted in native grave-
yards The bitter, aromatic Ivs and bark are used
by them in stomach troubles. The above and some
other species are cult, m Eu. as ornamental green-
house shrubs.
religidsa, Forst f. (C Nurvdla, Buch -Ham ). A
spreading unarmed deciduous tree of graceful propor-
tions. Ivs. long-petioled, the Ifts. 2^-3 times as long as
broad, fls. 2-3 in across, showy, yellow, or purplish
yellow, the petals long-clawed.— Once cult by Fran-
ceschi, Santa Barbara, Calif , but reported by him as
no longer in cult, there. Excellent greenhouse plant N.
N. TAYLOR t
CRATEROSTfGMA (Greek, referring to character of
stigma). Scrophulanaceae, Torema-hke perennial low
nearly stemless herbs of E. and S. Afr , sometimes
grown under glass. Lvs. radical, plantago-like, many-
nerved, entire: fls hlao and purple, spicate, racemose or
even solitary; calyx tubular, 5-nbbed and narrowly
5-toothed, corolla tubular, 5-nbbed and 5-toothed, the
tube enlarged toward the top, the limb 2-hpped, the
dorsal lip concave and entire or emargmate, the other
large and spreading and 3-lobed, stamens 4 and per-
fect, in unequal pairs, style filiform, 2-lobed and
dilated at apex. fr. an oblong caps included in the
calyx Differs from Torema in technical floral char-
acters and in being nearly or quite stemless and with
only radical Ivs — About 4 species C. piimilum,
Hochst (Torkma auricula fblia, Dombr ) has fls. on
slender pedicels M-l/4 in long, the corolla-lobes pale
lilac blotched with purple and veined with white:
Ivs sessile, ovate, in a basal rosette, pubescent beneath
and nearly glabrous above. E. Africa. F.M. 10: 534. — A
stemless perennial. L j£ 3
CRfePIS (Greek for Sdndal; application obscure).
Comp6sitx. A large group of annual, menmal and peren-
nial herbs, a few of which are now and then grown in
outdoor gardens for the showy flowers.
Much like Hieracium, dif-
fering mostly in the simpler
involucre, white soft pappus,
and beaked achene Ivs radi-
cal and cauhne, the former
mostly runcinate, repand or
pmnatisect, the latter mostly
clasping heads pedunculate,
solitary or paniculate, all the
florets perfect and ligulnte,
the rays yellow, orange or
red fr. a smooth achene —
Perhaps 250 species in the
north temperate zone, some
of them weedy and widely
dispersed. Among the cult
kinds is C sibinca, which
resembles a sow-thistle m
habit, and has corymbs of
reddish blue fls about the
size of a hawkweed, or a
small dandelion It is one of
the coarser border
plants, and rare
liathor light, sandy
soil, and full exposure
to the sun are essen-
tials to the welfare
of this plant It is contented
in a rather dry position, either
in the rockery, or m the
border It is prop by divi-
sion A common plant on
the moss of English thatched
cottageb is C virens, a yel-
low-fld plant resembling a
dandelion. C. rubra appears
to be the commonest annual
species cult abroad.
sibfrica, Linn Perennial, 2-3 ft high, and at least as
wide when m bloom plant covered with short rough
hairs' root large, fleshy Ivs rough, wrinkled, the lower
coarsely dentate, the upper often somewhat cordate,
12 in long, including a petiole half as long fls bright
Kellow in a strictly terminal corymb; involucre loose,
airy. July Eu , Asia Minor, Himalayas Gn 53, p.
493— The tallest and largest-fld of the genus. Its
white plumy masses of seeds are also attractive.
aurea, Reichb Black-hairy height 1 tt or less:
fls. orange, mostly solitary, lower Ivs. spatulate-oblong,
toothed, shining June. Alps. — One of the commonest
perennial species of the genus abroad Repays rich soil.
rftbra, Lmn. Fig 1105. Annual1 height M~lH ft :
fls. red, usually solitary, the involucre being hispid.
An attractive little flower-garden plant Var filba,
Hort., has flesh-colored or whitish fls. Italy, Greece.
1105. Crepts rubra. (
890
CREPIS
CRINUM
r barbdta, Lmn «=Tolpis — C montdna, Reich 12-18 in . Ivs
unequally dentate fie yellow in a large bead High mts , Switrer-
'and, etc Mentioned as grown in this country, but apparently
not in the trade L H B t
CRESC^NTIA (after Crescenzi, thirteenth century
Italian agricultural writer) Bignomdcese This genus
is chiefly interesting for the calabash tree, which has
1106. Crescentu Cujete —The calabash. (XH)
no near allies of horticultural importance; yields the
calabash fruit.
Tropical trees, glabrous: Ivs alternate, solitary or
clustered at nodes, fls. large, tubular, with a fluted 5-
cut limb, yellowish, with red or purple veins; calyx
2-parted or deeply 5-cut — About 5 bpecies, in Mex.
and Cent. Amer The calabash tree is a native of Trop.
Amer , is especially familiar in the W Indies, and can
be grown outdoors in extreme S Fla. and S Calif The
outer skin of the fr is removed and the seeds and pulp
from within, and the hard woody shell is used for water-
gourds and for all sorts of domestic vessels, according
to size and shape. The growing fr. can be made to
assume various forms by skilful tying It is a tree
20-40 ft high, and readily distinguished from all
others by its peculiar habit of growth, as it bears large,
horizontal, scarcely divided branches, which bear
clusters of Ivs. at intervals The tree is becoming
important in the manufacture of tobacco-pipes.
Cujete, Lmn. Fig. 1 106 A handsome tree when grow-
ing in the open, with wide-spreading well-foliated
branches. Ivs. 4-6 in long, broadly lanceolate, taper-
ing at the base, dark glossy green fls. solitary, pendu-
lous; calyx 2-parted; corolla constricted below the mid-
dle, and then swollen above, malodorous when decay-
ing; stamens 4, sometimes 5: fr frequently 18-20 in.
through The growing tree has somewhat the habit of a
Burbank plum tree. B M. 3430. N. TAYLOR.!
CRESS. A name applied to the pungent herbage of
several species of the Cruciferse, used as salad.
The leaves of the ordinary garden cress (Lepidium
satwuni), sometimes called peppergrass, have a pleas-
ant pungency, somewhat like tnat of the water-cress,
which makes the plant well adapted to be used as a
popular condiment, served with salads, especially
lettuce, and also for garnishing purposes The quick
sprouting habit of the seed is proverbial Often the
plants show above ground the third day after seed is
sown But if cress is wanted in its prime continuously,
new sowings must be made every few days. iSow seed
rather thickly in rows a foot apart, selecting any good
garden loam. The reason that this useful plant is
seldom seen in the average home garden is probably
its liability to be attacked by hordes of flea-beetles
which seem to have a particular fondness for cress
pungency. But it is easily grown under glass, in flower
pots, flats, or on a bench, in any light and fairly warm
place and in any good soil Grown thus it is usually
free from flea-beetle injury, and goes well with forced
lettuce. Seed is easily grown, either in the open or under
glass The plants are allowed to mature their seeds, are
then pulled and the seed rubbed or thrashed out and
cleaned. There are slight vanations in the form of
the leaves, some of which are more or less curled, others
more of the broad-leaved type
Water-cress (Nasturtium officinal?, of the older books,
but known as Radicula Nasturtium-aquaticum and
Roripa Nasturtium in recent books), Fig 1107, is a
hardy perennial, and finds a congenial place in small,
running streams, shallow pools or ditches, wintering well
when covered with water. It is usually found freely,
bunched, in most of our markets and at green grocers'.
It grows readily from seed as well as from freshly cut
pieces of branches, and soon spreads over a large area.
The best product comes from clear running water
Similar to water-crests in pungency is the upland
cress (Barbarea pr<rcox), a naidy biennial It also
grows easily from soed sown in the open or under glass
in ordinary soilb and situations Tne root-leaves are
used for garnishing and seasoning;, but they are not of
the highest quality . Seep 454, Vol 1.
Other plants sometimes grown under the name of
cress are Cardamine pratcnttis (p 661) and tipilanthes
oleracea (which see) The very pungent root-leaves of
the former are said to be eaten, but apparently the
plant is not cultivated for this purpose
T. GREINER.
CRlNUM (Greek name for a lily) AmarylliMcex.
Large and showy flowering bulbs, mostly tender, closely
allied to Amaryllis and distinguished by the longer
perianth-tube; flowers usually white or in hhades of
red, largely summer bloomers, but differing widely in
this respect
Stems arising from a tumcated bulb with a more or
less elongated neck* Ivs mostly persistent, usually
broad, sometimes several feet long flb few or many in a
2-bracted umbel, often very fragrant and with 3 types
of coloring, pure white, banded red or purplish down the
center, or flushed with the same colors, penanth salver-
form or funnel-shaped, the tube straight or curved,
long-cylindrical, segms linear, lanceolate or oblong,
nearly or quite equal, stamens 6, attached on the throat
of the corolla, with long filiform filaments and very
narrow versatile anthers; ovary 3-celled, the ovules few
in each cell, the style long ana filiform, somewhat bent
1107 Water-cress — Radicula Nasturtmm-aquaticum.
downward, the stigma not lobed: fr a roundish or
irregular caps , at length dehiscing; seeds large, green,
thick — Probably 100 species in warm and tropical
regions around the world, in moist or wet places. The
crmums are amaryllis-like plants of great beauty.
They are widely grown, often under the name of
"lilies," some of them as warmhouse plants, some as
CRINUM
ooolhouse subjects, and a few as hardy border plants.
The bulbs are often very large, .sometimes as much as
2 or 3 feet long, neck and all, the leek-like neck grad-
ually tapering from the bulb proper. In some species
the bulb is short and onion-like Fig. 1 108 shows forms
of cnnum bulbs In some species the flowers are 1
foot long and half as broad, and sometimes the leaves
loach the length of 6 fecit and a width of 5 or 0 inches.
The flower-stalk is solid, leaflet, usually arising from
the bide of the bulb-neck. The genus might be roughly
divided into the evergreen kinds, mostly with leek-like
bulbs and symmetrical star-like stiaight-tubed usually
erect flowers, and the deciduous-leaved kinds, mostly
with roundish bulbs and nodding bell-shaped more or
less irregular flowers
The cnnums require K> much room that they are not
often seen in commercial collections in this country
They are particularly adapted to mild and warm cli-
mates, and therefore full notes on such handling of
them are given here They are not much grown m Ameri-
can greenhouses The species cross freely, and many
fine hybrids are known, some oi them under Latin
species-names
Haidy en minis
The species of Crinum require widely different cul-
ture, and their geographical distribution furnishes an
important clue ab to the degree of warmth required.
There are two species hardy in the northern states, f
longifoliuin and C1 Moom, the latter being less reliable
than the former but with finer flowers These two
species differ from others in blooming all .summer
instead of during a short period, and in the more
lasting qualities of their flowers An interesting hybrid
between the two, (' Poutllii, is hardier than (7. A/oom,
and the flower, though better than C longifohum, is
not quite so .showy as tli.it of T Mootci The hybrid
has three well-marked colors, white, rosy and purplish.
A single bulb of the white vanet\ has given fifty
flowering bulbs in four yeais It is excellent for
placing in conspicuous positions on terraces or lawns, or
in corners where flowers are wanted to combine
with architecture 01 slatuaiv for summer effect. The
Agapanthus is frequently grown also for such purposes.
Of course large specimens are needed for this use, but
thev are easily secured and thev last from vear to year.
The bulbs of crmums are mostly growTn in )iolland and
in Honda The only nati\e species, C. amtvicanurn ,
the "swamp hl> of Florida," makes a brilliant and
stnkmg spectacle when seen in places far from cultiva-
tion, as in the Everglades
The most reliable of the hardy crmums in the North
is probablv C Poirdhi If the bulbs are planted 2^
to 3 feet deep (to the bottom of the bulb) in well-
drained soil, the plant stands without protection in the
neighborhood of New York City Let them stand 2 to 3
feet apart This cnnum makes a veiy ornamental
summer plant, even the strong foliage producing a
tropical effect It produces offsets very freely, but they
are deep in the ground It seems not to produce seed
in the North C longifohum is also hardy, but is better
with a covering in winter; and it is inferior to C.
Powelhi in leaf and flower C Afoorei is equally hardy
except that the bulbs grow near the surface and are
therefore so much exposed as often to be ruined by
frost. It is a very desirable summer species It often
seeds in the latitude of New York City, and these
fleshy seeds germinate readily if placed on the surface
of moist soil. It produces offsets freely, which are
used in propagation It has very strong fleshy roots;
and when grown in pots or tubs (which is a desirable
practice) it should be given plenty of room This spe-
nos has a long columnar neck with a spreading cap or
n-own of leaves, and large white or pink flowers. C.
variable (C. capcnse) is hardy south of the Ohio There
are a number of half-hardy species; and most of the
57
CRINUM
891
greenhouse kinds make very desirable lawn or porch
plants when well established in large pots or tubs.
Tender cnnums.
There are more than fifty species of greenhouse
cnnums, all of them worth growing because of their
handsome flowers; some of them have very ornamental
foliage. Most of the species are seldom seen in this
country, possibljr because they occupy too much space
and give a comparatively small number of flowers to
recompense the grower for their upkeep. It is not
necessaiy to keep the evergreen species growing all the
time after the flowcis have been produced. The plants
may be put out-of-doors under a lath-house for four
or five months The soil should be of a lasting nature
with good drainage so that frequent repotting will not
be necessary. When the plants are in a growing state,
frequent applications of manure water will be found to
be beneficial. In the wanner part§ of the country,
1108 Cnnum bulbs as named m the trade Left to nght,
C Moorei, C. giganteum, C. Kirlui, C. Powelbi.
many of the tropical species should be plunged or
planted out in the open border, where they often
give a satisfactory quantity of flowers. In winter, the
plants may be carried over under the bench of a tem-
perate house They should be given water occasionally
during Apiil and the first half of May to encourage
new root-growth When planted out m rich soil,
nearly all of them will produce their gorgeous flowers
out-of-doors, and during winter they are best treated
as dormant bulbs with a little more heat than given
such plants as cannas and richardias, planting them
out as soon as the weather is favorable. A few of the
tropical crmums are grown for their foliage principally,
and are often seen m public conservatories and palm-
houses where they suffer but little from dense shade
The flowers of most species are exceedingly handsome
but only for a comparatively short time; during the
remainder of the year when out of bloom there are
hosts of things that are much more ornamental.
Tropical crmums should be grown m this country
nearly altogether for outdoor work; we then get the
best out of them because our hot summers are favor-
able to their growth and for the production of bloom.
Those species not amenaole to this treatment do not
ive results at all m keeping with the space and time
evoted to them. (G. W Oliver.)
gi
d
CRINUM
CRINUM
Crinwns in Florida and the South.
The various species of Crinum belong to the most
important, the most beautiful and the most popular
of Florida garden plants. No plants grow so easily,
with so little attention, and no plants are so flonferous
and so dehciously fragrant. Some of the species, as
C. zeylamcum, C. erubescens and C, Sandenanuml are
so common hi gardens, that they are little appreciated
by people in general, rlanted together in masses or in
borders and in front of shrubbery? they look extremely
beautiful They grow best in rich, somewhat moist
soil, but they are also perfectly at home in the high
pineland ridges when well fertilized and cultivated.
There is great confusion in the nomenclature of these
plants, scarcely half a dozen being correctly named in
the various catalogues The following notes are based
on many years' experience with crinums in Florida,
and the names represent plants that the author con-
siders to be proper representatives of the species.
C. abyssmicum hiw white flowers and is attractive, but it does not
grow well in the sandy soils of Florida.
C amabile. Very much like C augustum in growth and the
flowers also much the same, but it is considerably smaller and
multiplies rapidly by offsets Every three or four years it must be
replanted m fresh neh ground, and the offsets must then be re-
moved. It is a very beautiful plant, and much more flonferus than
the C. augustum, flowering in every month of the year The per-
fume of the masses of flowers in spring and summer is so strong
that it pervades the entire garden It does not bear seeds in
Florida, but the pollen is fertile and can be used in cross-breeding
C amencanum Common along muddy banks of lakes and nvers
A very beautiful pure white, intensely fragrant species and very
valuable in hybridizing work. Flower-stem usually 3 feet high,
bearing mostly four flowers. Grows well in gardens, particularly
in rich moist soil
C amcenum A rather small-growing Asiatic species with long
slender bulbs and white flowers tinged red on the outside. Rare
C anaticum The columnar stem-like bulb, about 12 to 15
inches long, grows mostly above the ground. In planting it should
never be set deep in the ground, a few inches is sufficient The
leaves are arranged in a rosette They are about 3 feet long, very
broad near the bulb, gradually narrowing to a sharp point at the
end. The color is light bluish green Flowers almost all the year
round, even in winter when the weather is warm, usually 20 flowery
in an umbel being borne always a little above the foliage on a
strong stem The flowers are pure white, with linear narrow seg-
ments, filaments and stigma purplish red, yellowish white in the
lower third Strangely and deficiously fragrant A real gem among
our garden flowers Hardy all over the Gulf Coast region, where it
forms in time large and impressive clumps of tropical foliage
Bears large pea-green fleshy seeds abundantly Excellent for
raising hybrids.
C. augustum "Great Mogul" of Barbados. The largest-growing
of all our crinums, specimens 4 feet high and 6 to 8 feet in diameter
being not uncommon It needs rich moist soil and a fair amount of
goooT fertilizer Leaves are very broad, 4 to 5 feet long, narrowing
gradually to a sharp point, deeply channeled It blooms con-
tinually for months I" lower-stem an inch in diameter, purphsh-
red, 4 feet high, beanng a large umbel of glossy purplish crimson
flower-buds which are pink inside after opening Nearly twenty
flowers to each umbel, giving a larg*» mass of very beautiful
and dehciously fragrant blossoms This umbel is so large and
heavy that it soon bends over and finally lies on the ground For
this reason, it is necessary to tie it to a strong bamboo stake
It is difficult to propagate, as offsets are formed slowly A plant
five years old has formed only two side-shoots Although it affords
good pollen for hybridizing purposes, it does not seed Hardy in
New Orleans
C. campanulatum (C. caffrum) Very distinct, with beautiful
glaucous green leaves and umbels of six to eight rosy red cam-
panulate flowers The flowers are much recurved at tneir edges
It blooms several times each year. One plant, although eighteen
years old, never made a side-shoot. It grows wild m ponds in
southern Africa and very likely needs moist soil
C, Careyanum (offered in the trade as C mrgmeum which is
really a white-flowering species from Brazil) It also goes under
the name of C. grandum This is a doubtful plant, being perhaps an
old English hybrid. It is very distinct from all other crinums, very
beautiful and dehciously fragrant and a night-bloomer Flower-
stem 3 feet high, with an umbel of six to eight pure white flowers
with a faint red band in the ceater. The buds are reddish and the
stem is purplish grayish green. Bears no seed.
C. canbxum. Reminds one of C amencanum, but flower-stem
grayish purple on a green ground. Flowers pure white, very f ra-
ft crtutipet. Bulbs conical, very large, 8 to 10 inches in diameter.
Forms offsets tardily, if at all Flower-stem short. Flowers fifteen
to twenty in an umbel, white, bell-shaped, faintly keeled with pink
C. erubescent (usually advertised as C flmbriatu&m). One of
the most common species in Florida gardens. Increases rapidly
by offsets Leaves long, thin and narrow, 2 to 3 feet long* flower-
stem 2 to 3 feet tall, purplish green, carrying usually four to six
very beautiful fragrant flowers, pure white with a faint pink keel,
outside purplish red. Does not bear seeds, and pollen, and is useless
for cross-breeding. Found everywhere m gardens
C. fimbnatulum. Extremely rare, and not in the trade. Flowers
pure wnite, with a soft red band in the center of each petal. One
plant formed only five offsets in the course of eight years.
C. giganteum Perhaps the most beautiful upeoies, the leaves
being as ornamental as an aspidistra or a dracena Evergreen
like C pedunculatum, C. amabile, C. augustum, and C. asiaticum.
The leaves are about 3 feet long, nch deep green with a slight
bluish tint. It forms large clumps in the course of a few years.
Flowers six to eight in an umbel, bell-shaped, creamy wlute in the
bud, pure white when fully expanded, exhaling a very strong vanilla-
like perfume They appear six or eight times during the year,
even in winter when the weather is warm Needs nch moist sou
and does not thrive satisfactorily on high dry land. An excellent
species for hybridization.
C imbncatum Allied to C. giganteum, but bulbs much larger
and leaves rather glaucous green, strongly nerved, with serrated
edges Flowers similar, but creamy white Flowers usually two or
three times during the year This is as beautiful as C. giganteum,
but it does not form such large clumps in the course of a few years.
Seeds freely.
C. Kunthvinum. A large-growing species, with a fine rosette of
bright green spreading leaves and large umbels of pure white
flowers Its variety nicaraguense is a still larger-growing plant.
The flower-stem is quite short, about a foot high, bearing five or
six very large white flowers with a faint pink band in the center,
purplish on the outside. The flowers of both are strongly fragrant.
C longifolium. An excellent plant for hybridizing The leaves
are glaucous green, flowers eight to twelve m an umbel, pink,
flushed with deeper red on the outside A fine foliage plant,
though flowers not very showy The white variety, C. longifolium
album, with very beautiful pure white bell-shaped flowers, is a
very showy plant and much superior to the type
C Macowann Forms very large bulbs with long slender necks.
A beautiful species with pink flowers, but very difficult to grow in
light soils It does not flower regularly each year
C. Movrei Bulb very large, 6 to 8 inches in diameter, with a very
long slender, stem-like neck about 10 to 12 inches long The leaves
are very beautiful, long and thin and very wavy It usually flowers
in March in central Florida Flowers four to ten in an umbel, bell-
shaped, rosy or pinkish red and dehciously fragrant There is a
beautiful white form of this extremely beautiful species Var.
Schmidtn, which usually flowers also in March or April Both
kinds bear seeds if hand-pollinated with their own pollen or crossed
with different other species. This cnnum will not thrive well m
the light sandy soils It requires a heavier soil with some clay
in it, and it grows well only in a lath-houso.
C. •pedunculatum. Very rare in Florida gardens Reminds one
of C asiaticum, but the bulb is shorter, more massive and the
leaves thinner and of a brighter green Flowers tweuty to twenty-
five in an umbel, pure white and strongly fragrant This plant
needs rich mucky soil to do its beat It does not thrive on dry
ground It is a much shyer bloomer than C asiaticum, with which
it is often confounded
C podophyllum This is another evergreen species, almost a
miniature C imbncatum Leaves glaucuous green, strongly nerved,
with serrated edges Bulb only a few inches in diameter and very
short Flower-stem about 10 inches high bearing only a few pure
white strongly fragrant flowers. Flowers only once during the
summer
C pratense. Bulb 5 to 6 inches in diameter Flowers white.
Requires moist nch soil Rare
C. purpurascens This small species, with linear undulated
leaves about a foot long, forms large clumps in rich moist soil,
thriving with caladiums, marantaa, ferns, and other shade-loving
plants Flowers five to six in an umbel, slightly red in bud ana
pink when expanded Flower-stem purplish, only about 6 to 8
inches high
C Sandenanum (Milk-and-Wme Lily) Common in Flonda
gardens. Flowers white, keeled with bright red, deeper red on the
outside Flower-stems 3 feet high, carrying five or six flowers in
the umbel Bears no seed
C scabrum One of the showiest Flowers large, amaryllis-
like, pure white, banded crimson, reminding one of Hippeastrum
nttatum. Very fragrant, but flowers of short duration Flowers
three or four times during spring and summer Bears seed abun-
dantly and can be easily cross-fertilized with other species. Grows
well on high dry P>ne land, but, like all crinums, requires rich soil.
C vanabile When in bloom, this is the showiest of all the
species Bulbs very large, conical Flower-umbels consist of
fifteen to twenty large pure white bell-shaped flowers, being borne
well above the foliage, standing upright. The flowers are faintly
striped with pink Three or four stems are usually pushed up at
the same time from one large bulb, and beds consisting of twenty-
five or fifty bulbs are a magnificent sight, as almost all the buds
open at the same time. This cnnum » strictly a night-bloomer, fie
flowers begming to open in the dunk of evening, remaining in per-
fect condition until sunrise A clump or a bed of this species m
full bloom during a moonlight night has a wonderful effect It
looks particularly beautiful under palms This species is hardy
as far north as southern Missoun and Kentucky, with a little
protection in the form of stable manure or dry leaves It has been
received under the names C. Kirkii, C. ornatum and C. latifohum.
Does not bear seeds
C. yemense. Flowers pure white, bell-shaped and somewhat
fragrant Bears seeds. Excellent for cross-breeding purposes
C. zeylamcum (often sold as C. Kirkti) Perhaps the most com-
mon of all the cnnums, being found in almost every garden, even
in the backwoods. The flowers which are intensely fragrant are
borne on tall purplish stems. They are deep crimson in the bud
CRINUM
CRINUM
state, white with a red stripe, when fully expanded They usually
flower in June and July after the rainy season has set m. Bears
large grayish green fleshy needs abundantly and u a fine plant to
be used u hybridizing. H_ NEHRLINQ
INDEX.
abyssimcum, 31.
fimbnatulum, 25.
nobile, 29.
album, 12, 14, 15.
Jloridanum, 3.
ornatum, 19, 22, 24.
arnabile, 4, 8
ainericanum, 5.
amcenum, 7
anoinalum, 1
giganteum, 20.
grandiflorum, 12.
Herbertu, 23.
hybndum, 1
pedunculatum, 1, 2.
platypetalum, 14.
podophyllum, 28.
PoweUu, 15.
aquaticum, 26.
imbricatum, 33
pretense, 6
asiaticum, 1
intermedium, 15.
procerum, 1
augustum, 4, 8.
jememcum, 19.
purpuraecens, 11.
australc, 2.
jemense, 19
Rattrayu, 30
caff rum, 26
Johnstomi, 20.
nparvum, 12
campanulatum, 26.
canahculatum, 2
Kirku, 10.
Kunthianum, 10, 23
Sanderianum, 22.
acabro-capense, 23.
capense, 12
latifolmm, 19
Bcabrum, 23
capp«dum, 1
Carpyamim, 24.
lineare, 27
Lmneei, 19
Schmtdtii. 14.
simco-scabrum, 1.
canbffium, 3.
longifohum, 12.
sinicum, 1.
Colrnsoi, 14
cragstfohum, 18.
Mac-term, 14
Macowanu, 13.
toxicanum, 1.
vanabile, 18.
craasipes, 21.
Makoyanum, 14.
venustum, 6.
declinatum, 1.
Mearsu, 7
virpneum, 32.
eboraci, 1
elegans, 6.
Moorei, 14
natalense, 14
viginicum, 23.
yemense, 19.
erubescent, 9, 10.
mcaraguenae, 10.
zeylamcum, 17.
exaltatum, 2.
the segms. linear and spreading and shorter than the
tube: filaments short, bright red; style shorter than
the filaments: ovules 3 in a cell. Austral. B.R 52. —
The bulb grows above ground on a large rootstock;
summer; coolhouse.
3 caribsfeum, Baker (C. jloridanum, Gnseb., not
Fraser). Lvs. lorate-oblong, 1 ft. or less, 3-4 in. broad,
narrowed to the base: umbels 3-4-fld.; perianth-tube
3-4 m. long, nearly straight; segms. white, linear,
spreading, nearly as long as tube. W. Indies.
BB. Color of perianth purplish red outside; tube purplish
red.
4. amabile, Donn. Bulb small; neck 1 ft. or more
long: Ivs. 25-30 to a bulb, 3-4 ft. long, strap-shaped,
tapering to the point, the margin entire peduncle 2-3
ft. long; fls 20-30 in an umbel, very fragrant; spathe-
valves 4-5 in. long; pedicels Yz-\ in lone; perianth with
a crimson center band, tmged outside onght purplish
red; tube bright red; segms. 4-5 in long; stamens an
inch shorter than the segms. Sumatra B.M. 1605. R H.
1856.241. — Summer; warmhouse Supposed by Her-
bert to be a spontaneous hybrid between C. asiaticum
A. Perianth erect, salver-shaped, with linear segms.;
stamens spreading. (Stenaster.)
B. Color of perianth white; tube greenish.
1. asifiticum, Lmn (C toxicdnum, Roxbg.). Bulb
4-5 in thick, neck 6-9 in. long. Ivs 20-30 to a bulb, 3-4
ft long. 3-4 m broad, peduncle 1^-2 ft long, 1 in.
thick; fls 20-50 in an umbel; spathe-valves 2-4 in.
long, pedicels Y^-\ in long; perianth white; tube erect,
tinged with green, 3-4 in long, segms. 2H~3 in long;
filaments tinged red, 2 in long' ovule 1 in a cell. Trop.
Asia. B M. 1073. G F 4:283. Baker gives 5 botani-
cal varieties, of which the most important in the
American trade is probably var. sinicum, Baker
(C. sinicum, Roxbg. C. pedunculatum, Hort , not R.
Br.). Sr JOHN'S LILY. Bulb 6 in. thick, 18 in. long:
Ivs 5 in broad, with undulated edges, forming a mas-
sive crown 4-5 ft high' peduncle 2-3 ft. long; fls. 20
or more, the tube and segms longer than in the type;
perianth white China The bulb usually divides
into 2 of equal size; small offsets are rarely produced.
Seedlings fknver in 5 years Var. declinatum, Baker
(C declinatum, Herb.), has a declined instead of erect
bud ; perianth-segms tinged red at tip BM 2231 Var.
prdcerum, Baker (C prdcerum, Carey), is larger than
the type with Ivs 5 ft. long, 6 in. wide, perianth-tube
and hmb 5 m long, the latter tinged red outside. Ran-
goon. B M 2684 Var an6malum, Baker, is freakish-
looking, its Ivs being expanded into a broad, membra-
nous, striated and plaited wing B M 2908 (as C. plica-
turn). C. ebdraci, Herb. (C. hybndum Todbrx, Hort ).
Similar to the variety next mentioned, but half the size.
Garden hybrid between a small form of C. asiaticum and
C longifohum. C. ebdraci var cappedum, Reasoner (C.
cdppedum, Reasoner). Habit much like C. asiaticum,
but Ivs tapering to a slender point, semi-erect, 4 ft.
high: fls. about 20, segms. 4 in. long, Uin. broad, spread-
ing, white, sometimes changing to pink. Garden hybrid
between C. asiaticum var. sinicum and C. longifohum.
Increases both by offsets and splitting of the bulb into
two. C. sfnico-scabrum, Hort , hybrid of C. asiaticum
var. crossed with C. scabrum, and intermediate in aspect
and fl. — C asiaticum is the largest of the cult, species,
good specimens standing 5 ft. high and having a greater
spread. The evergreen reticulated Ivs. are ornamental.
It blooms several times each year in good warmhouse or
greenhouse conditions.
2. pedunculatum. R Br. (C. austraU, and C. exoM-
tum, Herb. C.canalicidatum, Roxbg.). Bulb 4 in. thick;
neck 6 in. long. Ivs. 25-30 to a bulb: fls. 20-30 in an
umbel; spathe-valves 3-4 in. long; pedicels 1-1 M in.;
perianth greenish white, not tinged with red outside,
1109. Crinum amencanum. ( X H)
var procerum and C. zeylanicum- fls sterile; bulb
increases by small offsets; has been sold under the name
of C augustum (Hort . not Roxbg ), which is a similar
but smaller natural hybrid presumably between C.
bractealum and C. zeytanicum, and has more obtuse
Ivs. than C. amabile.
AA. Perianth erect, salver-shaped, with lanceolate segms.:
stamens spreading. (Platyaster.)
B. Lvs. few, 6-12 to a bulb.
5. amencanum, Linn. Fig. 1109. FLORIDA SWAMP
LILY. Bulb stolomferous, ovoid, 3-4 m. thick, neck
short. Ivs. 1^-2 in. broad and 2-4 ft long, curved,
denticulate: fls. 3-6, usually 4 on an erect scape 20-30
in. high; pedicels 0 or very short; perianth creamy
white, the lobes linear or lance-lmear; tube greenish,
equaling or exceeding the lobes. Native in river swamps
Ga and Fla. and westward. B.M. 1034 —Blooms in
spring and summer, but some fls. may occur in winter
far S.
6. pretense, Herb. Bulb ovoid, 4-5 in. thick; neck
short: Ivs. 6-8. linear, suberect, 1^2 ft. long, l^f-2 in.
wide, channeled, narrowed to point, margin entire:
fls 6-12 on a lateral compressed peduncle 1 ft or more
high; perianth white, the tube greenish and 3-4 in.
long, the segms. nearly or quite as long, %m. broad,
lanceolate; filaments shorter than segms, bright red.
Low grounds, India. Summer. Var. elegans, Carey, has
a longer-necked bulb, decumbent, peduncle, and tube an
894
CRINUM
CRINUM
inch shorter than the segms B M 2592 Var. venustum,
Carey, has about 30 fls in an umbel India.
7 amdfenum, Roxbg Bulb globose, 2-3 in. diam ,
with a very short neck" Ivs 10-12, suberect, linear,
2 ft or less long, rough-edged, tapering to the apex,
fls 6-12, the peduncle standing 1-2 ft high; perianth-
tube greenish, 3-4 m long; segms. white tinged red
outside, 2-3 in. long, lanceolate, filaments bright red,
shorter than segms. India Summer; warmhouse.
Var Mearsii, Bedd (C Mcarsii, Bedd.). Very small:
Ivs 1 ft. or more long, 1 in. wide, very
smooth peduncle 3-5 in long, 6-10-
fld , fls white, the tube slender and 5
in long; segms lanceolate, 1Yi in. long
and %m broad. Upper Bin ma. G C.
Ill 42 62— Whole plant not more
than 2 or 3 m high when not in bloom;
blooms well in a 3-m. pot
BB Lvs numerous, 20 or more to a bulb.
8. augustum, Roxbg (C amdbile
var. augustum, Gawl) Bulb conical,
6 in thick , neck long Ivs 20-30, strap-
shaped, 2-3 ft long, 3-^4 m broad : fls.
12-30, on a lateral much-compressed
peduncle 2-3 ft. high, pedicels some-
times an inch long, color strong pur- Avoun* niant of
phsh red outside, banded within; tube CrinumMoorei.
purplish; segma. lanceolate, 4-5 in.
long, filaments half length of segms., red. Mauritius,
Seychelles. B.M. 2397. B R. 679 —Warmhouse;
effective
9 erubescens, Ait Bulb ovoid, 3-4 in thick, the
neck short. Ivs many, curved, strap-shaped, thin, 2-3
ft long and 2-3 m broad, slightly rough on edges, fls
4-12, on peduncle 2 ft or more high, the pedicels 0 or
very short, color reddish outside, white within; tube
bright red, 5-6 in. long; segms. half as long as tube,
lanceolate, reflexing Trop. Amer. B M 1232. L B.C
1 31. — Summer; warmhouse.
10 Kunthianum, Roem. (C erubescens, HBK., not
Ait ) Bulb ovoid, 3 in diam , with a short neck- Ivs
about 20, strap-shaped, spreading, 2-3 in broad,
undulate but entire fls 4-5 m an umbel, the peduncle 1
ft high, the pedicels 0 or very bhort, pure white, tube
7-8 in long; segms lanceolate, 1Yi in long; filaments
less than 2 in long, bright red. Colombia. Var.
nicaraguense, Baker, is purple outside, the segms.
a little longer and Ivs. longer and narrower.
11 purpurAscens, Herb Bulb ovoid, short-necked,
2 in. diam , stolomferous Ivs 20 or more, linear, thin,
3 ft or less, prominently undulate fls. 5-9, on a
peduncle 1 ft or less long, tube very slender, 5-6 in.
long, segms lanceolate, half as long as tube, pink
or purplish; filaments bright red 'Upper and Lower
Guinea, m streams and lakes, the Ivs often floating
BM 6525. G.C. 111.47:114— Amphibious. Summer;
warmhouse.
AAA Perianth funnel-shaped, tube permanently curved,
segms oblong ascending, stamens and style con-
tiguous and declined (Codonocrinum.)
B. Bulbs long-necked (No. 30 omitted).
c. Margin of Ivs. not ciliate, but often scabrous
12. longifdlium, Thunb. (Amaryllis longifolia,
Linn C. ripdnum, Herb. C capense, Herb ) Bulb
ovoid, 3-4 in. diam : lys. 12 or more, strap-shaped,
2-3 ft. long, 2—3 in wide, margins rough fls 6-12,
pedicels 1-2 in. long; perianth tinged red on the back,
and sometimes on the face, with a white vaiiety, tube
cylindrical, 3-4 m. long, about equaling the limb;
segms. oblong, acute, 1 in. or less broad; stamens nearly
as long as segms.; filaments red. Cape. N&tal. B M.
661. Var. Album, Hort. Gn. 52, p 123.— Probably
the hardiest pure species of crinum, enduring the win-
ter of the Middle States, if protected with litter dur-
ing cold weather. Prop, by offsets or seed, which
latter is produced abundantly C. grandifldrum, Hort , is
a hybrid with C Careyanum, said to partake of the
hardiness of C longifolium. Sometimes described as
having a short-necked bulb.
13. Macdwanii, Baker. Bulb globular, 9-10 in.
diam , with neck 6-9 in long. Ivs. 12-15, strap-shaped,
thin, 2-3 ft long, 4 in or less broad: fls. 10-15, on a
stout green peduncle 2-3 ft high; tube curved, green,
3-4 in. long; segms about equaling the tube, pink,
oblong, acute, 1-1 Yi in broad. Natal. — Late autumn,
greenhouse, or half-hardy.
14. Modrei, Hook. f. (C Makoyanum, Carr (7.
Colen.soi, C Mdckenn and C natalcnse, Hort ).
Fig. 1110 Bulb ovoid, neck 12-18 in long Ivs 12-15,
strap-shaped, 2-3 ft long, 3-4 in wide, margin entire,
veins rather distant, distinct fls 6-12, on peduncle 2-3
ft high, the pedicels lJ^-3 in long; tube greenish,
about 3 in. long and with a funnel-shaped pinkish limb
of equal length, the segnis oblong, neaily acute, con-
nivent, filaments pink, an inch bhorter than segms.
Natal and Kaffrana B M 6113 G C III 2 499,
48'59. RH 1887 300 and p 417 RB 22 p 196,
23.61 Var Album, Hort Gt 31-1072. Gn 52, p 122,
and var platyp6talum, Hort , arc cult C Cohnwi has
a longer tube, smaller fl, with a paler and narrower
limb C. Kchniultii, Regel, is probably a pure white-
fld. form of this species.
15 Powellii. Hort Fig 1111 Bulb about 3 in.
diam , with a long slender neck Ivs about 20, spicad-
ing, eiibifonn, acuminate, 3-4 ft long, 3-4 in broad
near the base, margin smooth fls about 8, perianth
dark rose-color, pedicels 1-1 3- i m long - Garden
hybrid of C longifohum and 0. Moorei — A valuable
outdoor cnntim Var Album, Hort , white Var.
intermedium, Hort , light rose-color
cc Margin of Ivs ciliated
16 Kirkti, Baker Bulb globose, 6-8 in thick, neck
6 in long' Ivs 12 or more, 316-4 ft long, 4— 1}> m
wide and long-tapcnng to a point, margin rough, veins
close fls 12-15 on a .stout completed peduncle 1-1 ! 2 ft.
high, pedicels 0 or very shoit, color white, with a very
dibtmct bright led band down the center of each oblong
acute begin , tube greenish, 4 in , about equaled by the
segms E Afr B M 6512 — Probably not in com-
merce. See No 17. Sept ; warmhouse
BB Bulbs short-necked (not considering No 30)
c Fls numerous, usually more than 8 in an umbel.
17 zeyl&nicum, Linn Bulb globose, 5-6 in thick.
Ivs. 6-10, thin, sword-shaped, 2-3 ft long, 3-4 in wide,
wavy, margin roughish. peduncle long and not very
stout, often tinged led, us. 10-20 on veiy short pedicels;
tube 3-4 in long, curved, segms oblong, acute, 3-4
in long, 1 in broad, white with a broad led keel, sta-
mens an inch shoiter than sogms Spimg to midsum-
mer, waimhouse Trop Asia and Afi B M 1171 (as
Amaryllis ornata) — A waimhouse species Usually
sold as C Kirkn, which is an allied species from E
Afr., probably not known outside of botanic gardens
18 variabile, Herb. (C cia^ifohum, Heib ) Bulb
ovoid, 3-4 in. thick, without distinct neck Ivs 10-12,
linear, glabrous and entire, the outer ones 2 ft. and more
long, 2 in. wide, weak, fls 10-12, on a compressed
erect peduncle 1-1 ^2 ft high, the pedicels J'g-l in.
long; tube greenish, 1^2 in. long, begins white with
red tinge down the keel, oblong, acute, 2^-3^ m.
long, filaments red, an inch shorter than begins Cape
region Spring
19 latifdlium, Linn (C. otndtum vur lattfohum,
Herb C. Linnsn, Roem C, jememt,, (T jirnenicum
and C yemenve, Hort ) Bulb nearly globose, 6-8 in.
diam., with a short neck" Ivs. many, strap-shaped, thin,
C1UNUM
CRINUM
895
2-3 ft. lone and 3-4 in broad, slightly scabrous on the necked, with brown coverings Ivs 8-10, strap-shaped,
margins- fls. 10-20, on a peduncle 2 ft. or less high; undulate, thin, 2 ft. or less long, 2-3 in. broad, the
tube curved, 3-4 in long, greenish; segms. about as long margin entire • perianth-tube curved, greenish, 3-4 in.
as the tube, oblong-lanceolate and acute, 1 m broad at long; segms. (or limb) about as long as the tube, oblong-
middle, whitish tinged red. Trop Asia. — An excellent
species; summer; warmhouse.
20 J6hnstonh, Baker Bulb globose, 3-4 in diam.,
without neck' Ivs about 20, long-pointed, the outer
ones 5-6 ft long and sword-shaped, the inner linear
fls about 20 on a peduncle 2 ft high; tube slightly
curved, tinged green, 4 in , limb shorter than tube,
the segms. ovate or oblong, acute, white and tinged
pink on the back , stamens nearly as long as limb M ts.
British Cent. Afr. B M 7812. G.C. III. 50.170—
Closely allied to C. longifohum. Fls. fragrant, 8 m.
long
21 crassipes, Baker. Bulb very large, conical,
without neck: Ivs sword-shaped, 3-4 ft long, 4 in.
broad and long-tapering to the apex, entire, fls 15-20,
in a stout compressed peduncle less than 1 ft long, the
pedicels 1-1 H m long, tube about 3 m long, slightly
curved, green, segms oblanceolate, ^m broad, equal-
ing the tube, ascending, white tinged red on the back;
filaments purple, nearly equaling the segms. Probably
Trop. Afr.
cc Fls. fewer, usually let>s than 8 in an umbel
D. ISegms. of ptnanth red, stnpcd or tinted with red.
E. Tube of perianth usually 8 in. or more long.
22. Sanderianum, Baker (C. orndtum, Bury). Bulb
globose, 2 in thick, neck short, 2-3 in long. Ivs. 10-12,
thin, 1 M>-2 ft long, 1 ^ in broad, margin denticulate,
tapering to a long point fls 3-6, nearly sessile, white,
keeled with red; tube 5-6 in long, curved; segms ob-
long, acute, ascending, 3-4 m long and 1 in. or less
broad; stamens much shorter than segms Upper
Guinea Gn 52 122 —Closely allied to C. scabrum.
Intermediate house, blooms at intervals.
23 scabrum, Herb Bulb globose. 5-6 in diam ,
with short neck Ivs 12 or more, 2-3 ft long, 1 ^-2 in.
wide, closely veined, margin scabrous, fls 4-8, the
peduncle 1-2 ft high; pedicels 0 or very short, tube
greenish, 4-5 in long, segms white with distinct red
keel, oblong, acute, 3 in or less long, fila-
ments rather shorter than segms Apr
May Trop Afr B M 2180 F S 21 2216
A very showv and easilv cult species,
spring or early summer, vsannhouse C.
Herbertii, Sweet (C \iabi o-taptnse, Hort.
r Kunthianum, Hort , not Roem ) Fls
similar to 0 wabrnrn, but color lighter, the
plant taller and larger Garden hybrid
}>et\\een C scabrum and C lortyifolium
This is a doubtful name C Heiberlianum,
\\.ill=C. zcijlanicum C Herbertianum,
Roem & Schulte =
f stnctum C. virgim-
cum, garden hybrid,
resembles C. Herbertii,
but the plant is smaller
and the fls larger and
brighter in color See
also No. 32.
24 Careyanum,
Herb (C ornatum var
Careyanum, Herb.).
Regarded by Baker as
"scarcely more than a
vanetv of C latifo-
hum, confused in
<-ult -fls only 4-6 in the
"mbel, on a subterete
Rreen peduncle about
1ft high bulb globose,
3-4 m. diam., short-
acute. 1 m. broad, lightly red-tinged at center, stamens
a little shorter than segms Mauritius and Seychelles.
B M 2466 — Autumn; greenhouse.
25. fimbnatulum, Baker. Lvs. linear, 4-5 ft. long, 2
in. broad toward base but long-pointed, glaucous green,
margins ciliated with small membranous scales: fls
3-7, nearly sessile, on peduncle 2 ft. high; tube curved,
4-5 m long; segms. white with distinct red keel, oblong,
acute, ascending, 3 m long and 1 in. broad; stamens
an inch shorter than Begins. Lower Guinea. Gn. 55.
92 Allied to C scabrum — A different plant is passing
m the trade under this name.
EE. Tube short, — 5 in. or less.
26. campanulatum, Herb. (C aqudttcum, Herb. C.
cdffrum, Herb ). Bulb small and ovoid: Ivs linear,
deeply channeled, 3-4 ft. fls 6-8, on a slender peduncle
1 ft. or more long, the pedicels H~l m long; tube
slender, 3 in or less long, about as long as the cam-
panulate limb; segms bright rose-red, oblong, obtuse,
much exceeding the filaments Cape region B M.
2352 — A very distinct species; warmhouse.
27. lineare, Linn f Bulb small, ovoid: Ivs linear,
1^-2 ft long, */2in broad, glaucous, channeled on
the face, the margin entire fls 5-6, the peduncle
slender and about 1 ft long, the pedicels %in or less
long, tube slender. 2^2 m or less long; segms 2-3 in.
long, \vhite tinged with red in center, oblong or ob-
lanceolate, acute; stamens much shorter than segms.
Cape region. B M. 915 (as Amaryllis revoluta). B R.
623 (as A. revoluta var. gracilwr).
DD. Segms. of perianth pure white (exception in one form
of No 29}
E. Pedicels very short or 0.
28 podophyllum, Baker. Bulb subglobose, 2 in. or
less diam , without evident neck Ivs. 5 or 6, 1 ft. long.
2 m or less wide, oblanceolate, acute, thin, narrowed
to base fls 2, sessile, the slender compressed peduncle
1 ft. long, tube 5-6 in long, slender and curved, limb
somewhat erect, the Begins
oblong-spatulate, pure white;
filaments nearly as long as
limb Upper Guinea B M.
J — Perhaps a form of C.
6483 -
f.fum late autumn; warm-
house.
29 gigantSum, Andr.
Bulb globose, 5-6 in.
thick, the neck short:
1111. Crinum Powellii.
CRINUM
CROCUS
%m o
of Aby
Ivs 12 or more, lanceolate, narrowed both ways, 2-3
ft. long, 3-4 in. broad, veins distant, with distinct
cross vemlets. fls. 4-6, rarely 8-12 on a stout com-
pressed peduncle 2-3 ft long; tube 5-7 m. long;
segms pure white, much imbricated, oblong; filaments
pure white, an inch shorter than segms. Trop Afr.
B M. 5205. F S. 23.2443. G F. 4:223. I.H. 33.617.
— A very fragrant species. Var. ndbile, Baker (C.
ndbile, Bull), has the peduncle and fl. suffused with
tinge of red — C giganteum is large or gigantic only in
its fls., summer; warmhpuse
30 Rattrayii, Hort Excellent stove plant, 20 in.:
Ivs. ascending, strap-shaped, acute, entire, dark green:
fls pure white, with a spread of 6 in , in few-fld. umbels;
segms ovate-elliptic, acute or sometimes erose; sta-
mens strongly declined, nearly equaling the segms.
Uganda G C III 38 11 and suppl
31 abyssfnicum, Hochst. Bulb ovoid, 3 in. thick,
the neck short' Ivs. about 6, linear, 1-1^ ft. long,
^2-1 m wide, veins close, margin rough, narrowed to
a point fls 4-6, on a peduncle 1-2 ft high, the pedicels
very short or 0, perianth white, the tube slender, 2 m.
or less long, the segms oblong, acute, 2-3 m. long and
m or less broad, filaments less than 1 m. long. Mts.
byssinia. Greenhouse.
32 virglneum, Mart Bulb large and brown: foliage
as m C giganteum, the Ivs 2-3 ft long and 3-4 in.
broad at the middle, narrowed both ways, pointed, fls.
about 6, sessile or very nearly bo, tube 3-4 in long,
segms. pure white, conmvent, acute, as
long as the tube, filaments much shorter
than the segms S Brazil. See also C
mrginicum under No. 23.
KE Pedicels 1 in long,
33. imbricatum, Baker Bulb very large,
globose Ivs strap-shaped, very thin, 3 ft
long, 3 in broad at middle and narrower
toward bast, distinctly veined fls 5-6, on
a stout peduncle 1 ft or more long; tube
slender and curved, 3 m long, the cam-
panulate limb of equal length; segms.
imbricated, oblong-obtuse, filaments 1 in. shorter than
segms S Afr — Allied to C. giganteum
Crinums hybridi/e so freely, and the progeny is so likely to be
interesting, that many mongrel forms have been recorded under
Latin names It is not feasible to account for all such names hero.
Many of the forms are soon lo>>t — C Lutjdrdse, N E Br Bulb
Hmall Ivs long and narrow, rough-edged fls 2-6, the peduncle
1 ft or less high, tube nearly or quite 4 in long, segms lanceolate,
about or nearly as long as tube, white with light pink median stripe
Trop Afr — C ndtans, Baker Allied to C purpurascens, but
aquatic, the 20 or so strap-shaped undulate Ivs submerged bulb
small, narrow -ovoid, with many long fibrous roots fta few, white,
the narrow segms recurved Upper Guinea B M 78o2 — C.
rhoddnthum. Baker Lvs lorate, exceeding 1 ft , thick, eiliate-
edged fls many, tube 3 m long, segms red, lanceolate, 2>2 m
long, erect-spreading and curved in upper part, stamens as
long as segms , the filaments red Cent Afr G C III 3.3 315.
— C Sdmutln, Worsley Bulb 3 in diam and 2}-2 in long Ivs.
sometimes 4 ft long, rough-edged fls 2, sessile, on peduncle 1 ft
high, white slightly flushed with pink, not fragrant, 4}£ in
across Cent Afr — C Vdsiei, Boiss Bulb ovoid, 4 m across,
without distinct neck Ivs hnear-lorate, 2 ft or leas long, 2 in
broad, rough-edged fis about 15, on peduncle 1 ft or less high,
white with red median stripes, perianth funnel-shaped, 8 in
long, the tube curved and red, the segms linear-lanceolate, and
a. little shorter than tube Mozambique R H 1908 132 —
C Wimbushu, Worsley Differs from C Sarnueln m Ivs not
rough-edged, fls on short pedicels, faintly fragrant, less lasting
and with longer style Cent Afr — C Zanzibar inae, Hort = (?).
L H. B.f
CRfTHMUM (Greek for barley, from some resem-
blance m the seed) Umbelliferap. SAMPHIRE. A single
species, C. maritimum, Linn , on shores in Great
Britain, W. Continental Ku , and the Medit. region,
rarely planted m wild gardens or borders It is a fleshy
glabrous perennial hero, seldom more than 1 ft. high,
somewhat woody at the base: Ivs. 2-9kernate, the
eegms. thick and linear: umbels compound, of 15-20
rays, mvolucrate, the umbellules with mvolucels;
petals very minute, entire, fugacious: fr. ovoid, not
compressed, about ^m. long. Thrives well m a sunny
situation, and will grow at considerable distance from
the sea. Prop, by division, and by seeds sown as soon
as ripe.
CROC6SMIA (Greek, odor of saffron, which is per-
ceivable when the dried flowers are placed in warm
water) Iridacex. Gladiolus-like garden plant.
This genus has but one species, and is not clearly
distinguished from the closely allied Tntonia, but it
differs in the stamens being separated at equal dis-
tances instead of grouped at one side, the form of the
limb, the tube not swollen at the top, and the fr.
3-seeded, sometimes 5-seeded, instead of many-seeded
Tho name of this genus
fis spoiled Crocosma by
Baker, but it was first
spelled Crocosmia The
fls with coppery tips sha-
ding into orange - yellow
are veiy distinct and at-
tractive Pax, in Tangier
<fe Prantl, combines the
genus with Tntonia.
Crocosnnn aurea is a
showy bulbous autumn-
blooming plant, which is
hardy south of Washing-
ton, D C , with slight
protection, and in the
North is treated like
gladioli, the bulbs being
set out in the spring, after
danger of frost, arid
lifted m the fall for
winter storage It
is of easy culture,
and is propagated
by offsets or by
seeds which should
be sown in pots,
undei glass, as soon
as ripe Conns
should be stored in peat
or sphagnum to prevent
them from becoming too
dry.
aftrea, Planch (Tntbnia
auiea, Pappe ) Height 2
ft . corm globose, emitting
offsets from clefts in the
side scape 1 ] 6-2 ft high,
leafy below, naked or only
brae ted above, com-
1112. Crocosmia aurea var. pressed, 2-winged. Ivs.
impenahs. (Xtt) distichous, shorter than
the scape, linear, ensiform,
striated, but with a distinct midrib' fls sessile in the
panicle, perhaps 25 scattered over a long season,
with buds, fls and seeds at the same time; perianth
bright orange-yellow toward center; tube slender,
curved, 1 m. long; segms longer than the tube caps
3-celled. Trop and 8. Afr July-Oct FS. 7.702.
BM. 4335. B.R 33.61 (Tritoma). Also interesting
as one parent of a bigeneric cross resulting in Tntonia
(Montbretia) crocosmxflora Var. imperialis, Hort ,
Fig 1112, grows about 4 ft. high. Var. macul&ta,
Baker, has oiark blotches above the base of the 3 inner
segms. J.H. Ill 33:567. j. N. GERARD.
WILHELM MILLER.
CR6CUS (Greek name of saffron). Indacese. Low
spring-flowering and autumn-flowering garden bulbs,
showy, and well known.
Stemless plants (the grass-like Ivs. rising from the
CROCUS
CROCUS
897
ground or corm), with solid bulbs or corms: fls showy,
m many colors, funnel-shaped and erect, with a very
long tube and 6 nearly or quite equal segms ; stamens
3, attached in the throat of the perianth and shorter
than the segms ; style 3-cleft, the branches entire or
forked or much fimbriated, ovary 3-loculed seeds
many, nearly globular: fr. an oblong 3-valved caps —
Probably 75 species, many of them variable, m the
Medit region and extending into S. W Asia The
fls open in sunshine They come in fall or spring, but
the best-known species are spring-flowering, whicn are
amongst the earliest and brightest of spring bloom.
Crocuses force easily (see Bulb). A half-do/en conns
may be planted in a 4-in pot for this purpose Cro-
cuses are scarcely known in the American trade
under their species names Inasmuch as the flowers
of the common crocus close when taken out of the
sun, they are not popular as window-garden or house
bubjects. Crocuses have been much hybridized and
varied There are many color-forms The common
crocuses of the trade have descended from C. vernus
chiefly, but C. subianua, C. mwsiacus, C stellans, C.
bijlorus and C salivus are frequent. The Dutch bulb-
growerb cult many species, and thehe are offered for sale
in their American hbts, the species are therefore included
in the following synopsis In this account, the treatment
by Baker is followed (Handbook of the Iridese).
Botamcally, the genus divides itself into three groups
on the characters of the style-branches the branches
entire, once-forked or fimbriated at the apex, or cut
into several capillary divisions Horticulturally, the
species fall into two groupb, — the spring-flowering and
t he aut umn-flowenng. Thebe groups are not so definitely
bepaiated as it would seem, however Some of the
species bloom in winter in regions in which the ground
does not free/e hard, others begin to bloom in July or
August, some may continue to bloom till winter clobes
in Yet these two flowering periods mark very impor-
tant differences in the utilization of the plants and the
pumary division in the following treatment is made on
this babis The colors are now much varied by cultiva-
tion and hybndizmg, but they aie well marked in the
specific tvpes as a inle They run largely in yellow,
white and purple
The covering or tunic of the bulbs may be uniformly
rnombranaceous, or it may be composed of strongly
reticulated or parallel fibers Fig 1113 The flowers
appear usually just in advance of the grass-like foliage-
leaves The floial leaves arc small and more or less dry
or scarious and arise directly from the corm and may be
seen as a bpathe-hke btiucture inside the leaf-tuft, this
is usually known as the basal spat he. The real bpathe
subtends the bloom, and it is always one-flow ered ; this
floral bpathe may be one-leaved or two-leaved
Culluie — Many forms of crocus are well known,
where they are justly valued as among the showiest
and brightest of winter and spring flowers They thrive
in any ordinary soil About two-thirds of the species
are classed as vernal and the remainder as autumnal
flowering, but the various members of the tribe would
furnish nearly continuous bloom from August to May
were the season open While there are numerous spe-
cies interesting to a botanist or a collector, practically
the best for general cultivation are Crocm Imperalt, C.
.su.sian?/.s (Cloth of Gold crocus) and the Dutch hybrids,
mostly of C. mcesiacus These bloom in about the
order named The rosy flowers of C. Imperati may be
expected with the earliest snowdrops. The named spe-
cies, having shorter flower-tubes than the Dutch
hybrids, are not so liable to injury by the severe
weather of the early year. The autumnal species are
not satisfactory garden plants, the flowers mostly
appearing before the leaves, and being easily injured
C speciosus and C. sativus are probably the most
satisfactory. The latter species has been cultivated
from time immemorial, the stamens having a medi-
cinal reputation, and being a source of color (saffion).
The cultivation of this species is a small industry in
France, Spam and Italy. — The corms of crocuses
should be planted about 3 or 4 inches deep, in a
well-worked and perfectly drained soil which is free
from clay or the decaying humus of manure They
should be set only 2 or 3 inches apart if mass effects
are desired They may be planted -in September or
October for bloom in the spring or the following autumn;
or the autumn kinds may be planted early in spring.
The corms should be carefully examined and all
bruised and imperfect ones rejected, as they are very
susceptible to attacks of fungi, which, gaining a footing
on decrepit corms, will spread to others — The careful
gardener will examine all exotic small bulbs annually,
or at least biennally, until they show by the perfection
of their new bulbs that they have become naturalized,
or arc suited to their new environment In this case
they may be allowed to remain until crowding requires
their division This examination should take place
after the leaves are matured and dried up. Inasmuch as
new corms form on top of the old ones, the plants tend
to get out of the ground; it is well therefore to replant
the strongest ones every two or three years Increase
may be had from
new corms which
are produced more
or less freely in
different species
on top or on the
sides of old corms.
— Seeds are often
Eroduced freely,
ut are likely to
be overlooked, as
they are foi med
at the surface of
the soil These
geimmate readily
and most freely
at the growing
tune of the plant.
They should pre-
ferably be germi-
nated in seed-pans, which should be exposed to freez-
ing before the natural germinating time Seedlings
usually flower the third season — The dutch hybrid
crocus is often useful for naturalizing in the lawn,
although the grass may run out the plants in a few
years, if the bulbs are not replaced by strong ones, they
will not last more than a year or two if the foliage is
mown off, but if the foliage is allowed to remain until ripe
and if the lawn is f ei tile, the plants may remain in fair
condition three or lour years or more. (J N. Gerard )
1113 Reticulated and merabranaceous
tunics Crocus susianus (left) and C
sativus (right).
INDEX.
Adamu, 7.
hyemalin, 22
Reinwardin, 9
aeriUH, 8
Aitchisonu, 39.
Imprrati, 17.
irvliflorut, 37.
reticulatus, 13.
Salzmanmi, 30.
albidus 2
A'trAti,21
sativus, 23
nlbus, 39
Korolkowu, 6.
Scharojam, 27
Alexandri, 7.
lacteus, 4
scrotmus, 29
ancyrcnsis, 5.
lavigatus, 32.
Sicben, 12
argent oua, 7
hnealus, 7.
Sibthorpwnus, 8.
astuncua, 36.
lonRiflorus, 28.
smyrnensis, 20.
auretis, 4
luteus, 21
epeciosus, 39.
banaticus, 10.
Malyi, 16
atauricus, 8.
biflorus, 7
marathomaeus, 33.
stellaris, 3
Boryi, 33
mediiiH, 34
sulphureus, 4.
byzantmus, 37.
mehtensrj, 24.
suHianus, 1
caudidus, 21.
moesiacus, 4.
Sutenanua, IS
oaspms 26
niveua, 31.
«2/rtacu«, 19
chrysanthus, 2, 18.
nubigenus, 7.
tingitanus, 30.
dyti«cus, 6
nudiflorus, 35.
Tommasimanus, L
etruscus, 15
Olivieri, 18
Tournefortu, 33.
Fleischen, 20
Orphamd\s, 33.
vernus, 14
Fkisrherionus, 20.
Pestalozzte, 7
vensicolor, 9, 12.
Fontcnayi, 32.
pr&'cox, 7
vitelhnus, 19.
Foxn. 22
pulchellus, 38.
Weldenu, 7
frayrans, 9
graveolens, 19
purpureus, 12.
pusillus, 7
Wilhelmii, 24.
zonatus, 25.
nadnaticus, 24
CROCUS
CROCUS
A. Blooming in spring (sometimes in midwinter and
continuing toward spring).
B. Style-branches entire or merely toothed.
C. Fls. yellow, at least, inside (varying to whitish forms):
basal spathe absent.
D. Outer segms. stnped or feathered outside.
1. susianus, Ker CLOTH-UP-GOLD CROCUS. Fig.
1114. Corm %in. diam.: Ivs 6-8 in a tuft, reach-
ing to the fl., narrow-linear, with revolute edges and a
central band of white, upper spathe 2-lvd.: penanth-
segms. \]/2 in. or less long, orange-yellow, oecoming
renexed, the outer ones brownish or striped on the out-
side; anthers orange, longer than the filaments; style-
branches long and spreading Crimea BM 052 (adapted
in Fig. 1114). — Blooms very early, Feb., Mar.
2 chrysanthus, Herb (not B 11.33: 4, fig. 1,
which «*C. Oilmen var Sutenanus) Corm small:
Ivs as high as the fl , very narrow upper spathe 2-
Ivd , nearly as long as perianth-tube, perianth-tube
2-3 times as long as the segms , the latter 1^ in or
less long, and plain orange-yellow (varying tinted or
striped on the outside, or even nearly white); throat-
glabrous; anthers
orange, twice as
long as the rough-
en ed filaments;
style -branch es
red-orange. Ma-
cedonia and Asia
Minor. Gn 74, p.
140. Var albidus,
Hort. Fls whitish.
Gn.W. 25-229
3. stellaris,
Haw. Supposed to
be a hybrid be-
tween C.m&siacm
and C. susianux,
and known only
in cult.: blooms
with C. mwsiacus:
1114 Crocus susianus. ( X H)
Ivs. only 4-6,
narrow-linear,
reflexed edges,
white-banded . up-
per spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube short, the se^rns.
l-ll/4 m long, bright orange, the outer ones striped
and feathered with brown on the back; anthers pale
orange, a little longer than the filaments; style-branches
somewhat overtopping the anthers. Mar.
DD Outer segms. not striped (at least not in the specific
types).
4. mceslacus, Ker (C aureus, Sibth. <fe Smith).
DUTCH CROCUS Later: corm larger: Ivs. 6-8 in a tuft,
overtopping the fl , narrow-linear, with reflexed edges
and wnite central band : upper spathe 2-lvd , inner
valve very narrow or obsolete; segms very obtuse,
bright yellow, 1^ in long, one-half to a third the length
of the tube4 anthers pale yellow, hastate at the base,
somewhat longer than the filaments; style-branches
overtopped by the anthers. Transylvania to Asia
Minor. B M. 2986 —Variable. A sulfur-yellow form is
C. sulphiireus, Ker. B M. 1384. There is a striped
form. B.M. 938. A cream-white form is C. Idcteus,
Sabine.
5. ancyr£nsis, Maw. Corm %in. diam.: Ivs. 3-4, as
tall as the fl., very narrow: upper spathe 2-lvd.: peri-
anth-tube exserted; segms. bright orange-yellow, 1 in.
or less long, not striped nor colored^ outside; anthers
orange-yellow, much longer than the filaments: style-
branches red-orange. Asia Minor. — Blooms early.
6. Korolkdwil, Maw & Regel. Corm globose, 1 in.
diam. with matted fibers: Ivs. 8-12, very narrow, wHh
reflexed edges and a central white band: upper spatht.
of 1 or 2 membranous valves: perianth-tube shortly
exserted ; segms about 1 in long, bright orange-yellow
and not striped, the outer ones grayish brown on the
outside; anthers orange-yellow; stylo-branches entire
and orange-yellow. Turkestan, etc. Var. dytfscus.
Bowles, has the outer segms deep brown outside ana
with narrower maigms of yellow.
cc. Fls. lilac, purple or white.
D. Basal spathe (nwng directly from the corm inside the
Ivs.) absent.
7. bifldrus, Mill. SCOTCH CROCUS. Corm %m. or
less in diam.' Ivs. 4-6, overtopping the fls., very narrow,
with deflexed edges and a white central band: upper
spathe 2-lvd.: perianth-tube exserted, the segms 1J£
in. long, purple-tinged, the outer ones 3-striped down
the back, the throat bearded and yellowish; anthers
orange, exceeding the filaments; .style-branches orange-
red. S and S. W. Eu B M 845 —Runs into man>
forms, some of them almost wlute Some of the named
botanical forms are: Var argenteus, Baker (C aige'n-
teus, Sabine. C pi<?co^, Haw. C. hneatus, Jan) Less
robust and with only 3 or 4 Ivs to a tuft and smaller
fls. more tinged with pin pie and the outer segms
dark-striped uutside. Italy BM 2991 (as 0 minimum
Var pusflltis, Baker ((7. pMlm, Tenoie) Fls smaller
than in var argenteus, paler, the 3 outer segrns striped
with dark purple Italy B.R. 19X7 (var (">tnatus, with
petals pale purple and not striped). Var. Weldenii,
Baker (C WtMenu, Hoppe), with uniform slaty pur-
ple limb. Dalmatia B M 6211 Var. Adamii, Baker
(C. Adamii, Gay) Lamb pale purple, the outer segrns
1 -colored or with 3 pale purple stripes. Caucasus.
B M. 3868 (us C. annulatui var Adamtcus). Var.
nubfgenus, Herb. Segms veiy small and nearly white,
the outer ones with a broad band of puiple on the back
Asia Minor Var. Pestal6zzse (C Ijestal6zzsr, Boiss )
Small-fld , with 1 -colored whitish segms Asia Minor
Var Alexandri, Hort (C Alexdndn, Velen Fls larger
than in C bijtorus type, outer segms flushed all over
the back with bright lilac and with a narrow margin of
white, or often with only feather-like stripes on white
grounds. BM 7740
8 cferius, Herb (C. Kibthorpitinus var staitncus,
Herb.). Corm globose, %m Or less diam , the tunic
bristle-ringed at top Ivs 3-6 in the tuft, as high as the
fl , very narrow, \vith reflexed margins and a white
band: upper spathe 2-lvd • perianth-tube little exserted;
segms. 1 m. or less long, unstriped, pale or daik lilac,
the throat yellow and glabrous, anthers orange, twice
the length of the slightly papillose filaments Armenia,
Kurdistan. B M. 6852B. Gn 74, p 212 Early.
no Basal spathe present
R. Throat of penanth glabrous.
9. versicolor, Ker (C fragrans, Haw C Rdnwardtii,
Reichb ) Corrn %m or less in diam , with tunics of
matted parallel fibers: Ivs 4-5, as high as the fls ,
otherwise like the last upper spathe 1- or 2-lvd .
perianth-tube exserted; segms \]/2 in. long, pale or
dark purple, often striped and feathered with dark
purple; throats glabrous, whitish or yellowish; anthers
yellow, twice as long as the filament; style-branches,
orange-yellow, equaling or overtopping the anthers.
S. France. B M. 1110.
10 banaticus, Heuff. Corm globular, ^m. diam.:
Ivs. usually 2, thin and flattish, and becoming J^m.
broad, glaucous beneath : upper spathe 1-lvd • perianth-
tube scarcely exserted; segms \l/% in or less long,
bright purple, and never striped, but often dark-
blotched toward the tip; throat glabrous; anthers
orange, a little longer than the white filaments; style-
branches short, orange-yellow, somewhat fringed at the
tip Hungary
CROCUS
CROCUS
1115 Crocus veraus.
11. Tommasini&nus, Herb Conn globular, J^m
diam. : Ivs. appearing with the fls , narrow (Y%\n. broad) :
upper hpathe 1-1 vd perianth-tube little exserted;
segms \Yi in. or less long, pale red-bluish, sometimes
dark-blotched at the tip; tliroat glabrous, anthers pale
orange, a little longer
than the white
glandular filaments;
style-branches short,
orange-yellow Dal-
* raatia and Servia. —
Distin guished fro m
C. vernus by its gla-
brous throat.
12. Sieben, Gay.
Corm globular, %m.
diam.: IVH. 4-6, as
high a.s the fl., glau-
cous beneath, T^in.
broad, upper spathe
2-lvd : perianth-tube
short-exserted;
segms. 1-1 K m. long,
color of C. t>mw#;
throat yellow and
glabrous ; anthers
orange, twice ah long as filaments; style-branches nearly
entire, orange-red Greece, Crete Gn VV. 22 287
G M. 49 51 Var purpfcreus, Hort Fls darker purple
than the t\pe Var versf color, Hort. Outer per ianth-
segms white feathered with purple or dark violet , inner
fcegms white, jellow at base inside Gn. 73, p. 201
13 reticul&tus, Bieb Corm )4in. diarn , covered
with honeycombed fibers: Ivs. 3-5, as high as the fl ,
very narrow, \vith reflexed edge and a white band:
upper spathe 2-lvd penan+h-tube much exserted;
segms 1-1 } -2 in long, white to purple, the 3 outer ones
striped, throat glabrous; ant herb orange, twice the
length of the orange1 filaments; stvlc-branches scarlet,
overtopping the anthers. 8 E. Eu — Varies to white.
KK Throat of perianth pubescent or bearded
14 vernus, All Fig. 1115. Corm 1 in or less
dmra . Ivs 2-1, as high aa the fl., often ^m broad,
glaucous beneath, but green above, with reflexed edges,
arid a central white band: upper spathe 1-lvd , about
as long as perianth-tube: pcnanth-segms 1-1 ^ in.
long, lilac, white or purple-striped; throat pubescent,
never yellow, antheis lemon-yellow, exceeding the
filaments, style-branches orange-yellow S Eu B M
860,2240 IUI 1869, p 331 Gn 54, p 79— The com-
monest garden crocus.
15 etruscus, Parl Corm 1 in or less in diam Ivs.
about 3, very narrow, as tall as the fl upper hpathe
1-lvd ' perianth-tube short exserted; segrns 1-1 ], 2111.
long, lilac, or the outer ones cream-colored and some-
times purple-feathered outside; throat yellow, .slightly
Eubescent; antheis orange, twice as long as the gla-
rous filaments, style-branches nearly entire, orange.
Italy
16 Malyi, Vis Corm depressed-globose, 1 in or
less diam , with fine parallel fibers m the tunic which
is slightly reticulated upward: Ivs. narrow-linear, not
so tall as the fl , with reflexed margins and white
central band upper spathe 2-lvd , foliaceous: perianth-
tube yellow, scarcely expert cd; segms white, l%m.
long; throat orange-yellow and bearded ; anthers orange,
twice as long as the filaments; style-branches orange,
slightly divided at tip. Dalmatia. G.C. III. 37:163.
G.M. 51:455.
BB Style-branches fimbnate at the top, or once-forked.
17 Imperati, Tenore. Fig. 1116. Corm nearly or
fluite 1 in diam.. basal spathe present1 Ivs 4-6, exceed-
ing the fls , very narrow, upper spathe 1- or 2-lvd :
perianth-tube little exserted; segms. 1-1 H in long,
lilac or even white, the outer ones buff and 3-striped on
the outside; anthers yellow, exceeding the filaments,
style-branches fimbnate Italy. B.R. 1993. Gn. 54, p.
79. Very early.
18. 6livieri, Gay. Corm nearly globose, • H-%in.
diam.' basal spathe absent: Ivs. 4-5, as tall as the fl ,
becoming ^m broad' upper spathe 2-lvd . pemnth-
tube little exserted, segms bright orange-yellow and
never striped, \Yi in. or less long; throat glabrous;
anthers orange, twice the length of the roughish fila-
ments; style-branches orange, blender-forked. Var.
Suteninus, Baker (<? rhryadnthux, Bot Keg.) has nar-
rower and more rolled Ivs. Greece to Asia Minor. No. 2.
BBB. Style-branches cut into capillary divisions: basal
spattie absent' upper spathe 2-lvd
19. vitellinus. Wahl ((\ synacm, Boiss & Gaill ).
Corm %in. or less diam : Ivs 4-0, as high as the fls ,
narrow-linear: perianth-tube short, exserted, segms
1 in. or less long, orange-yellow, the outer brown-
tinged outside; style-branches divided into many
capillary parts Asia Minor B M 6416 —Rare in cult.
Var gravSolens, Baker (C graveolen*, Boiss & Reut.
C. si/riacus, Baker) Lvs narrower outer segms.
flushed with black or bearing 3 distinct stripes of black
down the back.
20 Fleischeri, Gay (C. Fleischenanus, Herb. C.
smyrnenns, Poech) Corm %in or less diam , the
tunics a dense mass of regularly interlacing fibers. Ivs.
about 6 to a tuft, at> high a^ the fls , very nairow and
having reflexed edges and a white band perianth-tube
not exserted; segins 1-1 ^4 m long, white, acute, the
outer with 3 slender lilac lines on the back; throat
yellow and glabrous; anthers small, orange, about as
long as the filaments; style-branches brick-red. Asia
Minor, on limestone hills
21. c&ididus, Clarke (C Kljkii, Maw) Corm glo-
bose, %in diam.; tunics of matted parallel fibers. Ivs
as high as the fl , becoming J^m broad, the margin
ciliated and the keel very nariow: perianth-tube little
exseited; segms 1-1^4 in long, white tinged yellow
towards throat (which is glabrous), the outer ones
tinged or feathered with purple on back; anthers
orange, about as long as the filaments; style-branches
cream-white. Asia Minor. G. 31:17. Var. Idteus,
Hort Fls yellow, more deeply colored at the base, 3
outer segms veined and mottled
with purple
22 hyemahs, Boiss. & Blanche.
Corm globose, )4m or less
diam , the tunic membranous:
Ivs about 4 to the tuft, as high
as the fl , with reflexed margins
and a white band perianth-tube
little exserted, segms 1-1 ^ m.
long, white, with a long central
Eurple line and three shorter
nes, throat yellow, glabrous;
anthers orange, tw ice as long as
filaments; style - branches red.
Palestuie Var. F6xii, Maw, has
nearly black anthers. Gn. 74,
p. 188.
AA. Blooming in autumn (some-
times in late summer and
continuing toward autumn).
B Style-branches entire or very
nearly so.
C. Fls. white or lilac • basal spathe
present (except in No. 26};
upper spathe 2-lvd.
23. satlvus, Linn. SAFFRON me. Crocus Imperati.
CROCUS. Fig. 1117. Corm 1 in (x)i)
900
CROCUS
CROCUS
or more diam : Ivs 6-10, as tall as the fl , very narrow,
ciliate-edged : perianth-tube little exserted ; segms. oblong
and obtuse, bright lilac or even white; throat pubescent;
anthers yellow, longer than filaments; style-branches 1
in or more long, bright red (the source of saffron).
Asia Minor. R.H. 1895, p. 573.— The commonest fall-
blooming species.
24. hadriiticus, Herb. Much like C sativus: usually
smaller-fld., pure white, the segms. pubescent at base:
anthers bright orange, more than twice longer than the
white or purple filaments Greece, etc — Runs into
several forms. Var. melitensis, Hort. Fls. feathered
with purple and brown Malta. Var. Wflhelmii, Hort.
Fls. pale, with purple markings outside near the throat.
25 zonatus, Gay. Corm somewhat flattened or
deflexed. %-%m. diam.: Ivs. appearing after the fls.,
narrow-linear, perianth-tube exserted, 2-3 m.; segms.
1-2 in. long, rose-lilac, purple-veined and orange-
spotted within, throat yellow, pubescent; anthers white,
2—3 times longer than the yellow filaments; style-
branches short and yellow Cilicia. G.C. III. 23:85.
26. caspius, Fisch &Mey. Corm
ovoid, %irt. or less diam., with
rigid tunic that has matted parallel
fibers toward base Ivs 4-5 in a
tuft, not reaching the fl , very
narrow, with a white band and
reflexed margins perianth-tube
much exserted; segms white, not
striped, 1-1 K m- long; throat
yellow, glabrous or slightly pubes-
cent; anthers pale yellow or
cream-colored, twice the length
of filament, style-branches much
exceeding anthers, slender, yellow.
Near Caspian Sea. Oct. G.C. III.
34:443.
cc. Fls. yellow: basal spathe pres-
ent; upper spathe 1-lvd.
27. Scharojanii, Rupr. Corm
globose and very small, the tunic
membranous Ivs developed
in spring and remaining till
the fl. appears; perianth-
tube much cxserted; segms. m7 c
bright yellow. 1-colorcd, 1117 C
11A-1% m long; throat
yellowish white; anthers pale yellow; style-branches
nearly entire, orange-red, shorter than the stamens.
Caucasus, Armenia, blooming end of July and in Aug.
GC 111.32:321.
BB. Style-branches fimbnated or forked at the top: basal
spathe present, upper spathe 1-lvd.
28 longifldrus, Raf. Corm Hm- diam.: Ivs. 3-4,
very short at flowering time, very narrow: pcnanth-
tubc much exserted, se^ms oblong and bright lilac,
1H m'> never striped, tiiroat slightly pubescent, yellow;
anthers orange, more than twice as long as the filaments;
style-branches scarlet, slightly compound. S. Eu. B.R.
30:3.— Not frequent.
29 serdtinus, Salisb. Corm 1 in. or less: Ivs. 4-6, as
high as the fl., very narrow, perianth-tube little cxserted;
segms. oblong, 1^ in , lilac or purple, indistinctly or
not at all striped; throat glabrous; anthers yellow, much
exceeding the filaments; style-branches orange-yellow,
fimbnated. Spain. B M 1267.— Not frequent.
30. Salzmannii, Gay (C tingitanus, Herb). Corm
somewhat depressed, 1 in. diam.: Ivs. about 6, not
prominent at flowering time, very narrow: perianth-
tube much exserted; segms. IK in. long, plain lilac;
throat pubescent, yellowish; anthers orange, longer
than the filaments; style-branches slender, orange.
Morocco. B.M. 6000.
BBB. Style-branches capillary-divided.
c. Fls. white.
D. Basal spathe present.
31. nfveus, Bowles. Very robust and vigorous:
corm globose. %r\ in. diam., the tunic of fine reticu-
lated fibers; Ivs. 6 in the tuft, equaling the fls.: basal
spathe 2^ in. long; spathe 2-lvd.. 4 in. long, leafy at
top: perianth-tube 5H ui long, the segms. white but
with an orange glabrous throat; anthers yellow, 3
times as long as the filament. Probably Greece —
Differs from C. Boryi, to which it is closely related, by
the basal spathe being present, yellow anthers, naked
filaments, and reticulated tunic.
DD. Bat>al spalhe absent.
32. laevigatus, Bory & Chaub Corm ovoid, %in. or
less diam. with rigid tunic broken into many small
imbricated parts: Ivs. 3-4 m a tuft, as high as the fl.,
very narrow, with reflexed margins and a white band:
upper spathe 2-lvd , very short' perianth much ex-
serted; segms about 1 in long, white and 1-colored
or with 3-5 stripes of lilac on the back of outer segm-s ;
throat yellow, glabrous; anthers white, about as long
as the papillose filaments; style-branches bright yellow,
exceeding the anthers Greece Var. Fontenayi.
Bowles, is very late-blooming, and the fl has a buff
tint, outside finely
feathered with purple, and
clear lilac inside Gn. 74,
p 170.
33. Bdryi, Gay Corm
globular, %m or less
diam : Ivs 3-6, narrow-
linear, as high as the fls :
upper spathe 2-lvd peri-
anth-tube short-exserted ;
segms. 1-1 H m- l°ng>
white, sometimes lilac-
lincd at the base outside;
throat yellow, glabrous;
anthers white, somewhat
longer than the orange
filaments^ style-branches
scarlet, divided into many
capillary segms and ex-
^Cflmg vth* »**]"*"•
^eec, ^ *%$£$%
Hook. f. B.M. 5776), has lilac fls. Var marathonfseus,
Baker (C. marathoniseus, Heldr ), has style-branches loss
1118. Crocus speciosus var.
(X»
divided than in the type, shorter and not overtopping
the anthers. G.C. III. C """ ~ ~"
49:767.
the anthers. G.C. III. 40:335. Gn. 70, p. 273. G M.
cc. Fls. Mac (varying to white in No. 89} .
D. Basal spathe present; upper spathe 1-lvd.
34. mfcdius, Balb. Corm globular, 1 in. or less
diam.: Ivs. 2-3, appearing in spring, narrow, becoming
a foot or more high: perianth-tune much exserted;
segms 1/^-2 in. long, bright lilac; throat glabrous,
whitish; anthers pale orange, twice the length of the
yellow filaments; style-branches scarlet, with many
capillary divisions. S. France, Italy.
35. nudifldrus, Smith. Corm very small, stolonif-
erous: Ivs 3-4, appearing after the fls., very narrow:
perianth-tube mucn exserted, segms. l%-2 in., lilac;
throat glabrous; anthers large and yellow, twice aa
long as the filaments. Mts. S. France and Spain. — •
Long known in cult , but not common.
36. asturicus, Herb. Corm globular, %in. or less in
diam. : Ivs. about 3, appearing in fall but not maturing
till spring: penanth-tuoe short-protruded; segms. 1%
in long, lilac: throat pubescent; anthers bright yellow,
longer than the white filaments; style-branches orange,
with many capillary divisions. Spain.
XXXI. The White Spine cucumh"--
CROCUS
CROTALARIA
901
37. byzantinus, Ker (C. indifldrus, Heuff.). Corm
Yivc\ diara.: Ivs 2-4, developing after the fls.: peri-
anth-tube much exberted; segms 2 in. or less long,
the outer ones dark lilac and acute, the inner ones
shorter and pale lilac or white, anthers orange, longer
than the filaments S E Eu B M. 6141. B R 33 4.—
An old garden plant, but rarely seen in this country.
DD Basal spalhe absent, upper spathe 2-lvd.
38. pulchellus, Herb Corm small, somewhat de-
pressed: Ivs produced after flowering, maturing in
spring perianth-tube much exserted, segms \-\Yi in
long, bright lilac, more or less indistinctly striped,
throat glabrous, bright yellow, anthers white, longer
than the pubescent yellow filaments, style-branches
orange, with many capillary branches. Greece to Asia
Minor B H 30 3
39 specidsus, Bieb Corm not stolomferous, 1 in.
or less Ivs usually 3, developing after the fls , thin,
very narrow, becoming 1 ft long perianth-tube much
exserted; segms 1^2~2 in, lilac and feathered with
darker color, anthers very large, bright orange, much
exceeding the filaments S E Eu and Asia B M
3861 On 62, p 265, 71, p 613 BR 25 40 —Hand-
some and variable Var albus, Hort Fls white
Var Altchisonii, Fobter (C Attchisonn, Hort ) Fig.
1118 More graceful than the type and larger, fls paler
m color, the begins more pointed, divisions of stigma
more numerous and more spreading or even drooping
fls very pale bluish lilac. Asia G. 28 '415 Gn M
8 228. L H B
CROP. The product secured from an area of culti-
vated plants; as, a crop of wheat, a crop of mush-
rooms, a crop of violets The word is used generically
for classes of products, as gram crop, root crop, forest
or timber crop, fiber crop, flower crop, seed crop, salad
crop It is employed also as a verb, — the cropping of
the land, to crop to fruit
Other limitations of the word refer to duration and
inter-relations catch-crop, a secondary crop grown
between the succesbion of other crops, as m the time
between a crop of radishes and a crop of cabbages,
or between the ro\vs or stands of other plants, compan-
ion-crop, a catch-crop grown between other growing
plants, as lettuce between rows or hills of beans;
bwcesKwn-crop, a catch-crop succeeding another crop
as late celery following early potatoes, cover-crop, a
catch-crop grown usually late in the season, or m win-
ter, to protect the land and to afford green-manure.
Rotation-cropping is a form of succession-cropping
Double-cropping may be either companion-cropping
or succession-cropping, or both L H. B.
CROSSANDRA (Greek, fringed anthers). Acanthacex.
Warmhouse evergreen shrubs of minor importance.
Upright, with entire or somewhat toothed, often
verticillate Ivs , glabrous, or the mfl. hairy fls. in
dense sessile spikes, red or yellow, with prominent
bracts, corolla cylindrical, more or less curved, some-
what enlarged at the throat, with a flat or spreading
oblique limb, stamens 4, in pairs — Perhaps 20-25
species from India, Trop Afr , and Madagascar. The
one commonly in the trade has handsome 4-sided spikes
of scarlet-orange fls. , perianth has 5 Begins , the 2
upper ones being smaller, stamens 4, of 2 lengths- caps,
oblong, acute, 4-seedcd. It is cult. S. outdoors to a
slight extent, and also rarely in northern greenhouses.
Should be grown in rich loam, peat or leaf-mold, and
sand Prop, by cuttings in sand over bottom heat,
preferably under a bell-jar.
undulsefdlia, Sahsb. (C. infundibulifdrmis, Nees).
Height 1 ft., rarely 3 ft.: Ivs. opposite, ovate-acuminate,
stalked: fls. scarlet-orange, overlapping one another
m dense closely bracted, aDehmea-hke spikes, 3-5 in.
long India. B.M. 2186. RH 1891:156. B R. 69.
C flAva, Hook. Unbranched shrub, 6-8 in high' st green, gla-
brous Ivs. opposite, close together, large for the size of the plant, 6
in long, obovate-lanceolate, dark green above, oaler beneath, wavy,
more obtuse than in tho above, lower IVB stalked, upper ones
sessile spike 4-sided, spiny, fls yellow, tube much exserted,
jointed Trop W Afr B M 4710 —C guinetnsia, Nees. Height
2-6 in st light red, rusty pubescent Ivs 2-4 pairs, 3-5 in long,
elliptic, green above, with golden netted nerves, reddish beneath:
spike solitary, terminal, slender, 3-5 in high, fls numerous, small,
pale lilac, with 2 darker spots on the 2 smallest segms and a white
eye Guinea B M 6340 — A handsome foliage plant
N. TAYLOR t
CROSSOSOMA (Greek, referring to a fringe-like
body on the seeds) Ranunculacesp, by Bentham &
Hooker referred to Ddlentaceap, and by Engler made
the type of the family Crossosomaiacese Four much-
branched woody plants of Mex , Ariz and S Calif :
very glabrous, with grayish bark and whitish wood • Ivs.
oblong or narrower, entire, alternate, nearly or quite
sessile, some of them ramcled fls mostly white, soli-
tary and short-stalked at the ends of the branchlets C.
calif ormcum, Nutt , has been mentioned in gardening
literature abroad' 3-15 ft high Ivs 1-3 in long, not
much fascicled fls large, with nearly orbicular white
petals more than J^m long, the anthers long-oblong,
follicles %m or more long, many-seeded. Isl of Santa
Catalma C Bigelovii, Wats , is lower, the Ivs mostly
fascicled and fls only half as large, the petals white or
purplish. Ariz to S E. Calif.
CROTALARIA (Greek, rattk, Castanet; from the rat-
tling of the seeds in the pod) Leguminbsx. RATTLE-
BOX Annual outside herbs, and shrubs grown in green-
houses or in the open far South
Herbs or shrubs of various habit: Ivs. simple
(actually umfobolate) or compound fls. in terminal
racemes or rarely the racemes opposite the Ivs. , calyx-
tube short, the teeth narrow, as long as or a little
shorter than the pea-like corolla — A cosmopolitan
genus of perhaps 250 species, in tropics and sub-
tropics mostly For best results, trie seed should be
started early indoors, after being soaked m warm water.
The name is sometimes misspelled Crotolana Green-
house kinds are subject to red spider C. juncea yields
the Sunn hemp of India Our common rattle-box, C.
sagittalis, is often a troublesome weed.
A Lvs apparently simple
retusa, Lmn. Annual, 1^ ft. high branches few,
short. Ivs entire, very various in shape, but typically
obovate with a short mucro, clothed beneath with short
appresbed hairs fls about 12 in a raceme, yellow,
streaked or blotched with purple, standard roundish,
notched Cosmopolitan June-Aug — Intro. 1896, as
a novelty and called "dwarf golden yellow-flowering
pea," "golden yellow sweet pea," etc The fls are
much less fragrant than the true sweet pea
verrucdsa, Lmn Annual, erect and nearly glabrous,
the branches and fl -stalks 4-angled . Ivs. ovate, shortly
petioled, blunt* fls racemose, numerous, their variega-
ted blue corollas making a magnificent show in early
spring Cosmopolitan in the tropics. B.M. 3034.
B.R. 113.7. P.M 13.223
AA Lvs foholate (compound).
B Fls. stnpcd with brown or red.
longirostrata, Hook & Arn Greenhouse plant, her-
baceous or somewhat shrubby, much branched, 3 ft.
high, branches long, slender, glabrous, petioles 1^ m.
long; Ifts 3, oblong, with a minute mucro, glabrous
above, hoary beneath, with very short, appressed,
silky hairs racemes erect; calyx with 2 upper lobes
ovate, the 3 lower ones lanceolate; fls. as many as 25
in a raceme, yellow with reddish or reddish brown
stripe along the back of the unopened fls ; standard
wider than long, rcflexed, notched. W Mex , Guate-
mala B M 7306. F R 1 : 809.— Flowering from Dec. to
March. Intro, into Kew through the U. S. Dept.
Agric. in 1891.
902
CROTALARIA
CRYPTANTHUS
BB. Fls not slnped, pure yellow.
incana, Linn. A woody perennial. 2-4 ft., with stout
round branches, the whole plant silky-hairy Ifts \}fa-
2 in. long, obtuse, cuneate below, membranous fls.
12-20 in a raceme, yellow, at least ^fan. long: pod
nearly sessile, loosely hairy. Common throughout the
tropics. B R. 377.
capensis, Jacq Stout, much-branched shrub, 4-5
ft high' branches terete, appressedly silky, stipules
when present pctiolulate, obovate and If -like, obsolete
or wanting on many petioles' Ifts broadly obovate,
obtuse or mucronulate, glabrous or minutely pubescent
on one or both sides racemes terminal or opposite the
*vs , loose, many-fld., the fls usually more than 1 in long:
calyx and pod pubescent; wings transversely wnnklea
and pitted. S. Afr.— Cult in 8 Ha
C. Trdpese, Mattel. An erect or prostrate annual racemes lat-
eral, often 20-fld. or more, fls. small, yellowish Italian Somahland.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR. f
CR6TON (Greek name, probably of the castor bean)
Euphorbi&cece. Herbs, shrubs or trees of no special
horticultural value, some cultivated for economic prod-
ucts which they yield
Pubescence stellate or scaly. Ivs. usually alternate,
fls mostly in terminal spikes or racemes, usually
monoecious, sometimes dioecious; sepals usually 5-10,
small, petals present at least in the stammate fls ;
stamens 5 to many, incurved in the bud ; ovary 3-celled,
1 ovule in each cell. — Five hundred or more species in
the warmer parts of the world, chiefly in Amer. Several
herbaceous species native in S. and W. U. S.
1119. Croton alabamensis.
For Croton tinctonus, see Chrozophora; for C.
sebiferus, see Samum See also Codiseum for the com-
monly cultivated crotons of florists.
Tiglium, Linn. CROTON-OIL PLANT. PHYSIC-NUT.
PURGING CROTON. Small tree: Ivs. ovate, acuminate,
serrate, petiolate. varying from metallic green to bronze
and orange : pistillate fls. apetalous. S E. Asia. Blanco.
Fl Fil. 383. — The powerful purgative, i croton oil, is
obtained from the seeds. Offered in S. Calif, as an
ornamental and curious plant.
Elutfcria, Benn CASCARILLA. SEASIDE BALSAM.
SWEETWOOD. Petals in both staminate and pistillate
fls ' Ivs ovate-lanceolate, acuminate subeordate.
Bahamas B M. 7515 — Ihis species and C. Cas-
canlla, Benn., Bahamas and Fla., yield the cascanlla
bark
alabamSnsis, E. A. Smith Fig 1119. Shrub, 6-9 ft.
high Ivs evergreen, nearly entire, oblong-lanceolate,
upper side nearly smooth, lower side densely silvery
scaly both staminate and pistillate fls with petals.
Local in Ala., rarely cult G F. 2.594 (see Fig. 1119).
J. B. S. NORTON.
CROWFOOT: Ranunculus.
CROWN IMPERIAL: Fntillana Impermhs. '
CRUCIANfiLLA (Latin, a little crass, from the ar-
rangement of the leaves) tiubtace<? CROSSWORT.
Hardy rock plants of minor importance
Herbs, often woody at the base, branches usually
long, slender, 4-corncicd upper Ivs opposite, without
stipules, lower Ivs or all in whorls of 3 01 more, linear
or lanceolate, rarely ovate or obovato fls small, white,
rosy or blue —About 30 species*, natives of the Medit
region and W. Asia The genus is closely related to
Asperula, and is distinguished by the fls having bracts,
not an involucre, and the btjle- brunches distinctly
unequal instead of nearly equal The fiist species
below lias lately been referred to Asperula It is of
easy cult , preferring light, moderate loam and partial
shade A delicate plant for the front of borders, and
capital for the rockery. Prop, chiefly by division,
and also by seeds.
styl&sa, Tnn (Aspeiula nliala, Rochel) Annual,
prostrate, 6-9 in high Ivs in whorls of 8 or 9, lanceo-
late, hispid, fls small, eiimson-pmk, in round terminal
heads ^m diam , floral paits in 5's, stylo club-shaped,
long exserted, veiy shoitly twice cut at the top Jurie-
Aug. Persia Grown, and often acting in England,
as a perennial
angustifdlia, Linn Annual lower Ivs 6 to a whorl,
linear, on an erect or sometimes branching, smooth st '
fls white, in spike-like clusters, small, the petals some-
times short mucronate. Medit region July
C chloro.it achys, Fisch & Moy Annual, rou^h and spreading,
but the whole plant only 4-6 in high fl« small, in spike-like
clusters — C glomerdta, Bieb (Asperula glomerate, Gnscb),has
yellowish green fla in many interrupted spikc&> Palestine to Persi i
Properly an Aaperula. Nj TAYLQR |
CRYPTANTHE (Greek, for hidden flower) Bor-
raginact'se NIEVITAS This genus includes many spe-
cies referred by some writois to Eritnchium and Kry-
mtzkia, but probably none of them is in cult They
are mostly annuals, with white fls, which are usually
sessile calyx 5-partod to the base, as long as the corolla-
tube; segrns more or less hispid or \vith hooked bristles,
in fr. closely embracing the nutlets, eventually decidu-
ous: nutlets 4, sometimes 3, 2 or 1, smooth, papillate,
or munculate, never rugose — Over 60 species, in
Pacific N. Amer , southward, into N Mex and Chile.
C. glomerata, Lehm. (Krynltzkta glomerAta, Gray),
is a coarse biennial, 1-3 ft high Ivs spatulate or hnear-
spatulate Plains, along eastern base of Rocky Mts. C.
barblgera, Greene (K barbinera, dray Eritrichiunibarbi-
gerwn, Gray) Nine to 12 in high 'ivs. linear S Calif
CRYPTANTHUS (Greek, for hidden flower) Rrome-
liacex Brazilian epiphytal bromeliads, differing from
^Echmea and Billbergia (which see for culture) in the
tubular calyx and the dense heads of flowers nearly
sessile amongst the leaves.
Leaves crowded in a rosette, recurved-spreading.
spmulose-serrate ' fls in a terminal head, nearly buried
beneath the bracts; petals oblong, joined at the base;
stamens attached to corolla-tube — Monogr. by Mez
(who recognizes 8 species) m DC. Monogr. Phaner. 9
(1896) ; by some, all are considered to be torras of one
species.
CRYPT ANTHUS
CRYPTOMERIA
903
A. Lva. not narrowed or petwlate above the sheath.
acaftlis, Beer (Tilldndsia acaiihs, Lindl C undida-
tus, Otto & Dietr.). A few inches high, suckermg
freely . Ivs sea-green, long-pointed and spreading, weak-
spiny: fls. white, nestling deep in the foliage. B R.
1157. — A very variable plant, of which Mez recognizes
the following leading types:
Var. genuinus, Mez. Stemless or very nearly so: Ivs.
sub-elliptic-lancoolate, strongly undulate, gray-scurfy
beneath, scurfy above.
Var. discolor, Mez (C. decolor, Otto & Dietr.). Stem-
less or nearly so. Ivs. elongated, scarcely undulate, sil-
very-scurfy below, glabrous or nearly so above.
Var. rftber, MPZ (C riiber, Beer) Produces a branch-
ing st. or trunk. Ivs short, strongly undulate, reddish.
Var. bromelioides, Mez (C. bromeltoldes, Otto &
Dietr.) St tall* Ivs much elongated, scarcely undu-
late, remotely spinulose.
Var. diversifdhus, Mez (C. diversifohus, Beer). St.-
bearmg Ivs elongate-Ungulate, deep green above, sil-
very-scurfy beneath
zonatus, Beer Fjg. 1120 Lvs oblong -lanceolate,
the margin undulate and densely serrate-spmulose,
marked with transverse bands of white: fls. white.
bivittatus, Rogel (Ihllbtrgia birntt&ta, Hook. B.
mttfita, Hort ) Nearly or quite stemlcss* Ivs long-ob-
long, curving, long-pointed, somewhat undulate, spiny,
dull brown beneath, green above and with 2 narrow
buff or reddish bars extending the length of the If. . fls.
white. BM 5270.
AA Lvs narrowed or petwlate above the sheath.
Beuckeri, Morr. Lvs 10-20, oblong, pointed, cana-
liculate at base, very finely spiny, brownish green or
rosy and spotted or striped with light green fls white.
?cnt importation from Brazil, described
th sessile dark olive-green Ivs , marked
>r each side of the midrib
L. H B
GEORGE V. NASH f
CRYPTOCORYNE (Greek-made name, referring to
the spadix being inclosed or hidden in the spathe).
Syn Mynobldstu-s Aracese Aquatic or paludose
herbs of 20—30 species in Trop Asia and the Malayan
Archipelago, rarely soon in choice collections out
apparently not in the trtide They have creeping and
stolomferous rhizomes, strongly ribbed oblong or linear
or ovate Ivs , monoecious fls without perianth, the
upper ones on the spadix stammate and the lower pis-
tillate bpathc closed, the mfl wholly included The
species require the treatment given tender arums. C.
nhdta, Fisch , 1 ft Ivs narrow, stalked, fls fragrant
in a long tubular peduncled spathe which is fringed at
the top. C. retrospircihs, Fisch , plant slender with
very narrow almost grass-like Ivs , and small spathe
teimmating in a spiral or twist. C. Griffithn, Schott,
with Ivs ovate or orbicular-oblong marked with tine
red lines; spathe purple B M. 7719
CRYPTOGAMS are flowerless plants, producing
not seeds but spoic" The whole vegetable kingdom
was formerly thrown mto two classes, the flowering
plants or phanerogams and the flowerless or crypto-
gams. Cryptogam means "concealed nuptials, and
phanerogam "visible nuptials." These names were
given when it was thought that the sexual parts of the
flowerless plants were very obscure or even wanting.
The word is now falling into disfavor with botanists.
Cryptogams are of less horticultural interest than the
flowering plants, although they include the ferns, and
some interesting smaller groups, as selagmellas, lyco-
pods or club mosses. The word cryptogam is now
mostly given up by botanists as representing a taxo-
nomic group, as the name is founded on imperfect
C nttidus, Bull A recent
as a stetnless species witl
with a band of cream-col
or false analogies The plants covered by this name are
now distributed in the great divisions of thallophytes,
bryophytes and ptendophytes; and the phenogams or
phanerogams are spoken of as spermatophytes (see
the categories on p. 2, Vol I.).
CRYPTOGRAMMA (Greek, a concealed line, allud-
ing to the sub-marginal son). Polypodiacese. Hardy
subalpine ferns of both hemispheres of interest mainly
to the collector
1120. Cryptanthus zonatus.
Leaves of 2 sorts, the fertile Ivs contracted and the
sori covered by the infolded margin of the segms ,
forming pod-like bodies Besides our native species, a
third one. C. crispa, is found in Eu . and a fourth in
the Himalayas Name often incorrectly written Crypto-
gramme. Cult, simple.
acrostichoides, R. Br ROCK-BRAKE. Height about 8
in. : Ivs. numerous, 4-6 in long, on tufted straw-colored
stalks, tri-quadnpmnatifid, with toothed or incised
segms ? the sporophylls with longer stalks, less divided
and with pod-like segms. Canada to Colo., Calif., and
northward.
Stelleri, Prantl (PeVxa qrhcilis, Hook. P. Stelleri,
Baker) SLENDER ROCK-BRAKE. Lvs 4-10 in. long,
very delicate in texture, withering by Aug., few to a
plant, about 2 pinnate — Grown best m loose well-
drained leaf-mold. A rather rare rock fern of the
eastern states, offered by some dealers in hardy ferns.
Grows in crevices of cliffs, or in moss
R. C. BENEDICT t
(Greek, hidden scale)
cese Shrubs, erect or twining, of Trop Asia and Afr.
Lvs opposite, fls. in a loosely forking, few-fid, cyme;
calyx deeply 5-parted, with 5 scales at base, corolla
with spreading limb, the tube short-cylindrical or cam-
pan ulate, the lobes 5 and linear, spreading or deflexed
and twibted; corona of 5 scales attached at or near the
middle of the tube, follicles terete and smooth, spread-
ing—Species 20. Cult only in S. Calif, and S Fla.
C. Buchinanii, Roem & Schult. A twining shrub with
yellow fls , resembling those of an echites: Ivs 3-6 m.
long, leathery, shining above* cymes very short-stalked,
paniculate. India C. longiflora, Regel. Dwarf and
compact growing, with long Ivs tinted with red; tubular
white fls , as m Bouvardia ja&mimflora. Native coun-
try unknown.
CRYPTOMERIA (Greek, kryptos, hidden, meros,
part; rreaning doubtful) Pindcex Ornamental ever-
green cultivated for its handsome habit and foliage.
Large pyramidal tree, with a straight slender trunk,
covered with reddish brown bark and with verticil-
late spreading branches, ascending at the extremities:
Ivs spirally arranged, linear-subulate, acute, slightly
curved, decurrcnt at the base. fls. monooolous; stami-
994
CRYPTOMERIA
CTENANTHE
nate oblong yellow, forming short racemes at the
end of the branches, pistillate globular, solitary, at
the end of short branchlets. cone globular, with thick,
wedge-shaped scales, furnished with a recurved ocxxit
on the back and with pointed lobes at the apex, each
scale with 3-5 narrow-winged, erect seeds. — One species
in China and Japan, extensively planted for avenues,
and as timber trees in the latter country, where the
Ught and easily worked but durable wood is much used.
It is hardy as far north as New York, and thrives in
sheltered positions even in New England. It seems,
however, m cultivation, not to assume the beauty it
possesses in its native country. With us, it looks best
as a young plant, when it much resembles the Arau-
cana excelsa It is therefore sometimes grown in pots.
It thrives best in a rich, loamy and moist soil and
sheltered position Propagated by seeds or by cuttings
of growing wood, especially var. elegans, which grows
very readily The horticultural varieties are also some-
times increased by grafting.
japdnica, Don. Tree, attaining 125 ft.: Ivs. hnear-
eubulate, compressed and slightly 4- or 3-angled, bluish
green, %-\ in. long: cone brownish red, %-l in. across.
S Z. 124 H I. 7-668. R H 1887, p. 392. Gng. 4:197.
F.E. 10-510 G.F. 6:446— Of the garden forms, the
most desirable is var. elegans, Beissn (C. elegans,
Veitch) Low, dense tree, with horizontal branches
and pendulous branchlets: Ivs. linear, flattened, soft,
spreading, longer than in the type, bright green, chang-
ing to bronzy red in fall and winter Very handsome
when young, but short-lived. Var. araucaroides,
Carr. Of regular pyramidal habit, with short, thick
falcate Ivs., resembling Araucana excelsa. Var.
compacta, Beissn Of very compact habit, with bluish
green foliage. Var. pyramidahs, Carr. Of narrow
pyramidal compact habit, dark bluish green, not chang-
ing to reddish brown during winter Var. Ldbbii,
Carr. Of compact habit, with shorter and^more ap-
pressed bright and deep green Ivs. Var nana, Knight.
Dwarf and procumbent, densely branched form;
adapted for rockeries Var. spirahs, Veitch Slender
shrub, with strongly falcate Ivs., twisted spirally around
the branchlets. S Z. 124, fig. 4. ALFRED REHDER.
CRYPTOPHORANTHUS (Greek, meaning to bear
hidden flowers). Orchiddcex. A few Trop American
orchids closely allied to Masdevallia and Pleurothallis,
remarkable for the almost closed fl within which is
hidden the lip: sepals united at the base into a short
tube and joined also at the apex, the petals being
inside; there are openings or "windows" on either side
where the sepals spread apart at their middles. The
species require the cult, given Pleurothallis. Appa-
rently none is in the American trade. C. moculatus,
Rolfe (Pleurothdllis maculdta, Rolfe), is a little plant
with numerous yellow densely crimson-spotted fls.
C. Dayanus, Rolfe (MasdevdUia Dayanus, Reichb. f ).
and C. atropurpiireus, Rodr. (Pleurothdlhs and Mas-
devdlha fenestrata, Hort.)? may be expected; the former
has upper sepal yellowish white and purple-spotted
keels, and inferior sepals (joined) orange with Drown
spots; the latter has dark purple solitary fls. C.
Mobrei, Rolfe, has small dull red-purple fls. with
darker lines, the lateral openings about /^m. long:
Ivs. broadly elliptic, purple beneath, about l%w. long.
CRYPTOPYRUM: Tnttcum.
CRYPTOSTfcGIA (Greek, Jcrupto, conceal, and stego,
cover; referring to the 5-scaled crown in the corolla-
tube, which is not exposed to view). AsclepiadAcese.
Tropical climbers. vj
Leaves opposite: fls. large and showy in a terminal
trichotomous cyme; corolla funnel-shaped, the tube
short. — Only 2 species, 1 from Trop Afr , and 1 from
Madagascar. The juice of C grandiflora, when exposed
to the sunshine, produces caoutchouc. See Diet
Economic Products India 2 "625. The plant is cult in
India for this purpose. It is rarely cult, in Old World
greenhouses for ornament. It is said to be of easy cult,
in a warmhouse and prop, by cuttmgs.
grandifldra, R. Br. (Nenum grandtfldrumy Roxbg.).
St. erect, woody: branches twining: Ivs. opposite,
shoi t-stalked, oblong, entire, 3 in long, \l/z m. wide,
fls. in a short spreading cyme, reddish purple, becom-
ing lilac or pale pink, about 2 in across, twisted in the
bud fr a follicle Old World, probably Indian origin,
but established in the African Isls of the Indian Ocean,
especially Reunion Hooker, however, thinks that it
was originally a Trop African plant. B R. 435 —
Once cult at Oneco, Fla , by Reasorior, and not uncom-
mon in botanic gardens under glass Called pulay or
palay in India where it 13 \\ idely cult as an ornamental
Not important as a rubber plant
madagascariensis, Hernsl A climbing glabrous
shrub: Ivs. short-petioled, leathery, variable in out-
line, 2-4 in long, fls 2^-3 in across, pink or whitish,
not lilac as in many specimens of C grandijlora, corolla-
lobes longer than the tube. Madagascar — A very
showy greenhouse climber with cyrhose mfl
N TAYLOR!
CRYPTOSTj^MMA (Greek, hidden crown) Com-
p6sit£e. Two or 3 hoary herbs, by some united with
Arctotis, apparently not in the trade, but sometimes
mentioned in gardening literature: diffuse or creep-
ing, with baeal or alternate Ivs. that are dentate or
lyrate-pmnatisect, villous above and white-tomentose
or woolly beneath, heads radiate, yellow or more or
less purplish, rather large, pedunoled, or sohtarv on
leafless scapes, the rays sterile: acheno densely viflous,
5-nbbed, tne pappus paleaceous and in 1 series C.
calendulaceum, R Br (C luwtdiiicum, Hort ), is a
free-blooming annual with pale yellow rays and a dark
brown disk, the heads on 1-fld pedunclex Ivs pmnati-
fid, 3-nerved Cape and Austral B M 2252 G C.
III. 28.390, desc. C Forbesianum, Harv , and C nl-
veum, Nichols (Microsttphium nivcum, Less ), of S Afr ,
may be more or less in cult. Both have yellow rays, in
the latter the heads being solitary and the plant decum-
bent or creeping and the Ivs. ovate, cordate or orbicu-
lar; in the former the Ivs. are mostly pinnatisect, the
margins revolute.
CRYPT6STYLIS (hidden style, Greek) Syn. Zos-
ter dstylis. Orchuldcex. Eight or 10 terrestrial orchids of
the E. Indies, Malaya and Austral , allied to Pogonia
Lvs. solitary or few, narrow and membranaceous, on
stiff petioles: fls rather large, racemose or spicate on
simple sheathed scapes, the sepals and petals very
slender or even awl-like and nearly or quite equal;
hp large, sessile, the broad base inclosing the column
and then expanding into a broad blade C. arachnites,
Blume Rootstock fleshy: Ivs. erect, green, lanceo-
late: fls. on a scape 18 in. or le&s high, many and
spider-like, the sepals and petals green and the fleshy
hp purple and mottled, pubescent and grooved India
(Ceylon, Khasia). B.M.5381. A curious indoor orchid.
CTENANTHE (Greek, comb-flower). Marantdcese.
About a dozen Brazilian plants closely allied to Cala-
thea and Maranta, differing from the former in belong-
ing to the 1-seeded section of the family and from the
latter in having a shorter corolla-tube and different
shaped fls. Sepals 3, free and equal, somewhat parch-
ment-like; corolla-tube short but wide, the lobes 3 and
nearly equal and hooded at the apex; staminal tube very
short, 2 exterior stainmodia petal-like, short, obovate
and hooded, with lateral deflexed lobes The ctenanthes
are perennial herbs with basal and cauline Ivs. that are
more or less petiolate, and crowded fls. in terminal
spikes or racemes. They are glasshouse plants requir-
CTENANTHE
CUCUMBER
905
mg the treatment of calathea; apparently little known
in American collections The species fall into two
groups, those with variegated and those with green
Ivs Of the former group are C. Kummeriana, Eichl ,
and C. Oppenheimiana, bchum , the former being 20 in.
or less tall and with villous ovary and raceme, the latter
robust and 3 ft. or more tall and ovary glabrous. Of the
plam-lvd kinds, C. Luschnathiana, Kichl (C. comprfosa
var Luschnafhiana, Schum ), and C. setfisa, Eichl , may
be found in choice collections, both species grow about
3 ft high, the former having ovate-acute Bracts and
the latter long-acuminate brown-villous bracts.
CUCKOO FLOWER: Cardamme pratcnsw.
CUCKOO-PINT: Arum
CUCUMBER. Plate XXXI The common cucum-
bers are derived from an Abian species, Cucumis sativus
(see Cucumib), which has long been known in cultiva-
tion. The so-called West India gherkin, which is com-
monly classed with the cucumbers, is Cucumis Anguna.
The snake, or serpent cucumber IB more properly a
muskmelon, and should be designated botameally as
Cucumis Mdo var flexuonus (cf. A G. 14 206) The
"musk cucumber" is Cucumis moschata, Hort., which is
probably identical with concombre musqu6, referred to
Sicarui odonfera by Le Potager d'un Cuneux, known in
this country as cassabanana. The MandeVa cucumber
is Cucumis Sacleuxii, Paill. et Bois. (Pot. d'un Cuneux),
but it is not in cultivation in this country None ot
these is of any particular importance except the com-
mon types of Cucumis salivus These are extensively
cultivated in all civilized countries as field and as garden
crops. They come into commerce as pickles packed in
bottles and barrels, and are very extensively used in
this form. Of late, the forcing of cucumbers under
glass has come to be an important industry in the
eastern states.
Field culture.
The common cucumber is an important field and
garden crop and may be classed as one of the standard
crops of the vegetable-garden. The fruit is used as a
table salad, eaten raw, with the usual salad seasonings,
and is pickled in large quantities. The cucumber is
pickled in both large and small sizes, both by the house-
wife and commercially on a large scale. The small
fruit, of not more than a day or two's growth and meas-
uring from 1 to 2 inches in length, makes the most
desirable and delicate of pickles These are packed in
bottles for the commercial trade and bring fancy prices.
Larger sizes are pickled and sold by the Keg or barrel.
The cucumber is a native of the tropics and tender
of frost. It should be planted in a warm location,
after danger from frost is past. For the early crop — and
earhness is of prime importance to the commercial
vegetable-grower — a bandy soil is preferable, supplied
with an abundance of well-rotted stable manure. The
seed may be sown in hills 3 feet apart \vith rows 6 feet
apart, or may be planted by machine (the common
seed-drill) in drills 6 feet apart. In either case, an abun-
dance of seed should be used, for severe injury by insect
pests often occurs in the early stages of the cucumber's
life. Plants may be started under glass to hasten matu-
rity. The seed is sometimes sown in pots or baskets or in
inverted sods and these protected and so managed that
the cucumber plant receives those conditions most
suitable to its rapid and healthy growth. These condi-
tions are: a temperature between 60* and 65° at night,
which may be allowed to rise to 100° in bright sunshine;
an ample supply of moisture; sufficient ventilation,
without draft, to prevent a soft brittle growth. It is
almost impossible to transplant cucumber seedlings
and secure satisfactory results if the roots are disturbed.
A glass-covered frame may be used over seed planted
m the field, and yields good returns on labor and equip-
ment. Any method whereby marketable cucumbers
may be obtained a few days earlier, if not extravagant
of time and labor, will pay handsomely.
The cucumber, in the field, should yield marketable
fruits in seven to eight weeks from seed and continue
in profitable bearing until frost. It IM customary among
commercial growers to allow two or three plants to the
hill, and when grown in drills, one plant is left every 18
to 24 inches.
During the height of the growing season, which is
usually in August when the days are hot and nights
moist and warm, the cucumbers need to be picked
every day. The fruit is ready to harvest when it is well
filled out, nearly cylindrical in hhape When immature
it is somewhat furrowed. When allowed to remain
too long, it becomes swollen in its middle portion and
cannot be sold as fiist quality Cucumbers are mar-
keted by the dozen, the fidci crop often bringing as
much as 60 cents a dozen at the first and selling as low
as 5 cents a dozen at the glut of the market.
The cucumber plant is affected by serious insect
pests and fungous diseases. Of the insect pests, the
striped cucumber beetle is the most serious and diffi-
cult to combat. It feeds on the leaves, usually on the
1121 House of English cucumbers.
under sides, and appcajs soon after the cucumber
seedlings break ground. This cucumber beetle seems
to be little affected by the common remedies for chew-
ing insects. This is probably largely due to its activity,
the beetle moving to unpoisoned parts of the plant, and
also to the fact that rarely, in commercial practice, is
the under side of the leaves thoroughly poisoned. Arsen-
ate of lead applied in more than ordinary strength is
the most satisfactory remedy. Hammond's Slug Shot,
dusted lightly over the plants, will drive the bugs
away, while a teaspoonful of paris green mixed with
two pounds of flour makes also an excellent mixture
with which to fight the bugs Or cover the young plants
with small wire or hoop frames, over which fine netting
is stretched. If the plants are kept quite free from
attack till these protectors are outgrown, they will
usually suffer little damage Plants started in hotbeds
or greenhouses may usually be kept free at first, and
this is the chief advantage of such practices The
cucumber beetles are kept away somewhat at times by
strewing tobacco stems thickly under the plants; anH
kerosene emulsion will sometimes discommode the
young squash bugs without killing the vines, but usually
not. What is known as the cucumber blight (Pseudope-
ronospora cubensis) has done much to discourage the
growth of cucumbers. This fungus may be repulsed by
thorough spraying with bordeaux and the plants should
906
CUCUMBER
CUCUMBER
he kept covered with bordeaux throughout their
growth This will require at least three or four spray-
ings. The growth of the vines, which usually com-
pletely covers the ground, prevents late sprayings,
which are often necessary to maintain healthy growth
and insure maximum returns.
The common field varieties most popular in the
United States grown for a slicing cucumber are of the
White Spine type. Many of the so-called White
Spine varieties now on the market are not typical
of the oiiginal White Spine cucumber, which is a fruit
averaging about 6 inches in length, rather blunt on
both ends, with white prickles appearing at frequent
intervals over the surface The seed end is light-colored,
in mature specimens almost white with whitish stripes
extending toward the stem end from one-third to one-
half the length of the cucumber. What is often cata-
1122. Three prominent varieties of English or Forcing cucumber.
S. Sion House; E. Duke of Edinburgh, T. Telegraph. (X j£)
logued as the Improved White Spine has become more
popular among growers within recent years. This type
possesses some of the characteristics of the popular
English type of cucumber known as the Telegraph.
The improved type has been obtained by crossing the
White Spine with the Telegraph or some closely related
variety. This cross has resulted m an increased length
and darker green color, with a fewer number of spines
and seeds and a moie common tapering of the ends.
All of thfcpft changes have apparently been beneficial
and have Deen well fixed by careful selection. This is
well illustrated by the cucumber of the White Spine
typo gold as Woodruff Hybrid.
The English type of cucumbers is raised on a small
9<ule in this country but infrequently for market
'purposes. t
Forcing of cucumbers.
The commercial production of cucumbers under
glass has assumed large proportions. This crop ranks
second in commercial importance among greenhouse-
grown vegetable crops, lettuce only exceeding it m
importance The cucumber crop is ordinarily grown in
the spring of the year after two or three crops of let-
tuce have been removed, and it continues to occupy the
ground until the vines cease bearing, due either to poor
management, pests or some similar trouble. The cucum-
ber should come into bearing six to eight weeks after
setting in the houses. It is the customary plan to plant
the seed in 4- to (5-moh clay pots about two weeks
before the house to be used is ready for setting. These
pots are often placet! over manure heat and should
always be in a warm house separate from the lettuce
Two weeks should bo sufficient to allow the plant a good
start, two or three pairs of leaves being all the develop-
ment desired before setting in the permanent location
Careful management is essential to a healthy growth, for
many pests prove more serious in the glasshouse than in
the held. A night temperature not below 60° I . is very
essential, while the day temperature may go to 90° 1<
without danger in bright sunshine The appearance of
the plants will immediately indicate, to the experienced
observer, the conditions under which the crop has been
grown. A short stocky growth between joints with
dark green foliage is desirable. There are localities
m which growers make cucumbers the all-the-y ear-
round crop in the glasshouse, usually growing crops
from two aet»ding*j during the entire season It requires
more skill to produce good cucumbers during the fall
and winter months than from February on, and the
yield is much lighter in the lute fall and early \\inter
than for the spring crop All cucumbers require an
abundance of moisture and food. It has become a com-
mon practice in certain sections to mult h the cucum-
ber vines m the greenhouse with good quality strawy
man'ire to the depth of 3 or 4 inches and apply the
water directly on the manure This practice eliminates
the packing and puddling of the soil often caused by
direct heavy watering, increases the supply of readily
available plant-food and gives the roots a good oppor-
tunity to glow near the surface where air is available
and still be protected from the drying out which occurs
when the soil is directly exposed to the sun
The pruning and training of the cucumbers in the
greenhouse x<« of much importance A number of
methods are in common use, one of the most common
and practical of which is* Stretch a wire tightly the
length of the house at the base of the plants which may
be set in rows 3 feet apart and 18 inches to 2 feet apart
in the rows, fasten at the base of each plant a soft but
strong twine known in tobacco-growing sections JIH
tobacco twine, securing this single twrme to an over-
head wire running parallel and directly over the ground
wire, but not stretching the string tight As the cucum-
ber plant grows, it is twined about this string to which it
clings by tendrils When the plant reaches the upper
wire it is either allowed to grow at will over wires
provided for an overhead support and from which the
cucumbers usually hang down where they can be easily
picked, or it is pruned and the encouragement of
muting along the upright stem continued In the mean-
time more or less fruit has been harvested and at each
joint a lateral branch has appeared It is necessary to
cut these off. Some growers prefer to take t|hem off
back to the main stem, while others, if a cucumber
is obtainable on the first joint of the lateral, nip the
lateral just beyond this point
"In the greenhouse, cucumbers are liable to damage
from mite, aphis, root-gall and mildew For the nute,
syringe the plant and pick off the infested Ivs ; for
aphis, use tobacco fumigation and pick infested Ivs ;
for root-gall, use soil which has been thoroughly frozen;
for mildew, improve the sanitary conditions, and then
use sulfur " — Bailey. "Forcing-Book "
Yields of twenty-five to one hundred and twenty-five
cucumbers have been secured from single plants. The
expert growers, under normally good circumstances,
CUCUMBER
may expect to obtain a yield of six to seven dozen
marketable cucumbers from a plant.
Varieties of cucumber.
There are a groat many varieties of cucumbers in
cultivation This means that the group is variable, the
vaneties comparatively unstable, and varietal distinc-
tions somewhat uncertain Nevertheless, there are cer-
tain dominant types which may be separated, and
around which most of the varieties may be conveniently
classified The principal types are the following:
Common cucumber, Curumi<; tHihvu*
I. English forcing typo (var anglicus) Fig 1122 Large -Ivd,
strong-growing, slow-maturing plants, not suited to out floor
cult fr large, long, nmooth, usually green, with fe>w or e«irly-
de. idu.ms black homes Telegraph, Sum House, Toilby Hybrid,
Kenyon, Lorno, Edinburgh, I31ue Gown
II. Field vane tici (lull or ridge cucumbers)
a Blaek Spine varieties
1 Netted Russian type Small, short-jointed
benrmg more or less in clusters, Hinall, ellipsoidal fr.
covered with many small, black, deciduous spines
fr green, ripening to dark reddish yellow, on a
e rae King, e hartawous Hkin Early-maturing and pio-
hfx Netted Russian, Everbearing, New Siberian,
Parisian Prohhc Pickle
2 Early Cluster type Small or medium vines fr f-mall,
usually hss than twieo as long as thick, indistinctly
nbb<d, grein, ripening yellow, with scattered, large,
bhu k -spine s Early < 'luster, Early Frame
3. Medium Green type Intermediate in size of MHO
and fr between the last and next fr about twice
as long a-s thick, green, ripening yellow, with «eattcr-
mg, large black spirits Nichols Medium Green,
Chicago Pickle
4. Long Green type One of the b< st hxfd type-, rep-
resenting, perhaps, one of the more primitive Magr*
in the * volution of the group Vines large, long 'ind
free-growing fr large anej long, grc< n. ripening
yell.m, with s< attend, large, black spun - long
(Jr. <n, Japanisj. Climbing
6. White Spine vnnetns
5. \\hitf ^puif t>pt \stronjrandimportanttype plants
medium large, vigorous fr medium 1 trg. about
tlirid as long -is thick, green, ripening white, with
M.tt. ring, large, white spines There an m. ny
xe|..<t«l strains of \Vhite Spine Cool end ( nsp
I ) i\ i- P< rf< < t uwl I ordhook I amous be long In r»
a Glint P.ntjpe Mostlv po.>rlv hxed van. ties h-ivmg
large rather \inthrittv. VIIKS, bearing hrg. Irs
tardily and sparse 1>, wlueh are white or whitish,
smooth or with s< ittenng, deciduous, usinlh white
rhnago C.nnt. (]ohath, Giant P< r-i, \\hite
CUCUMIS
907
pickling, the medium sorts for slicing, and the large, late
varieties for ripe fruits The White Spine varieties are
great favorites for slicing, and only less so for pickling
F. A WAUGH.
H F. TOMP&ONT.
CUCUMBER TREE: Averrhoa and Magnolia.
CtCUMIS (old Latin
name) Cucurbitdcex. Ten-
dril-bear ing soft tender herbs,
borne of which are grown for
their edible fruits
Annual or perennial-
rooted (the common cult.
spin, s rhnago C.nnt. (]ohath, Gi
Wouilcr, Lf.nK(Jnon( hinn
mbf
•ky,
ich bk< the r<
dish hniw'n marke d with veil
b. r, of Hi'igeA Schmidt, »•« i
an (Kid fe'rm of Cucumis <<aln
<dmm-M7ed white fr , d«
mall
hair The plant rose
general cult.
Phi
(The Egyptian Imr < u'e urn-
have grown it, is ipparently
and may belong hcie It has
ly covered with soft, win
nbles the Mkkim cucumber ) Not in
1124. Pistillate flower of Cucumis Melo
species annual), with large alternate entire or palmately
lobed or dissected Ivs mona»cious (rarel}' ditt'Cious),
htenle flh in clubters, riot long-stalked, the fertile ones
bolit.ii> and mostly shoit-stalked in the axils, eoiolla
of 5 deep acute lobes, btamerih not united, stigmas Ii,
obt\i^e tendrils bimple fr a pepo, nu)stly 3-celled,
ubually mdehibcent, fleshy or thick, globular, oblong
or cylindrical, sometimes echmate, many-heeded —
About 30 species of villous or spmebcent climbers and
trailer \\ith annual hts , in warm parts, of the globe,
most abundant in Afi Monogr by CUjgniaux, DC
Monogr Phaner 3 See, also, Naudm, Ann Sci Nat
(Hot ) IV 119, 12 1(W
A The melon group fr smooth at muiuntii or only
jtubcv&ni (not ^pnu/or tubticuhitc)
Melo, Linn MELON MUSKMKLON. Figs 1123,
1124 Long-running, hairy or villous annual Ivs
large, soft-hairy, round -heart -shaped or remform,
sometimes rounded-lobed and more or less denticulate:
1123. Staminate flower of Cucumis Melo. (Nat. size)
isted,
with
\ mes
•ibbeel-
ei< nsc,
Snake or Serpent cucumber, C'wrwmn Mtlo var flex
resembling those of muskmelon fr very long, tw
cylindrical, green, tardily yellowing, covered
woolly hairs
West India gherkin, Cucumia Anguna Figs 1127,1128 Vines small
and slender, somewhat resembling a slender watermelon plant :
fr very abundant, small, ellipsoid, eovered with warts and
spines, green, tardily whitening Good for pickles
These varieties are mostly all good for one puipoM-
or another The small sorts are naturally prefeired fe>r
58
1125. Cucumis sativus Staminate flower at s;
pistillate at p. (Xh)
male fls. clustered, the peduncle
short fr very vanable, pubescent
or becoming glabrous S Asia and
Trop Afr — -Very variable, and widely cult.
1 Subspecies or var agrestis, Naudm The wild or
run-wild or spontaneous plant: slender* fls. small,
shoit-ped uncled, often m 2's or 3's fr oblong or tur-
bmate, size of a plurn, not edible — To this subspecies
908
CUCUMIS
CUCUMIS
1126. Branch
of Cucumis
sativus.
Cogniaux refers such names as C. Chate, Linn , C.
pubescens, Willd., C. maculatus, Willd., C. (campcchianus
Kunth, C Gurmia and C. Chaeta, Wall., C inaderas-
patanus, Roxbg , C. criocarpus, Boiss , C picrocarpus
and C. jucundus, Muell , C. trigonus, Bcnth (not
Roxbg ), C. Panchenanus.
Naudin, and the varietal
names maculatus, Cossoma-
nus, texanus, cantomanus,
saharunporensis, anatohcus,
sethwpicus of Naudin
2. Subspecies or var.
culta, Kurz. The many
forms of the cult, melon:
plant very robust : fls. longer-
pedunculate, 3-5 together
and large, fr. large to very large, edible:
widely variable: when forced under glass
the Ivs tend to be more prominently lobed.
See Melon Forms of this group may be
distinguished as follows. Var Chito, Naudin
(C Chito, Morr ) ORANGE MELON MANGO
MELON. MELON APPLE. VINE PEACH.
GARDEN LEMON VEGETABLE ORANGE
Vine less robust than that of the musk-
melon, and Ivs smaller* fr size, shape and
color of an orange or lemon, without mark-
ings, with a white or pale yellow cucumber-like flesh,
with no muskmelon odor Not edible in its natural
state, but useful for the making of preserves (or
"mangoes") and pickles. Name pronounced keeto.
Cf Bull 15, Cornell Exp Si& ; A G 14 20U —The
"Lemon cucumber" offered by dealers is apparently
a form of C. sativus, the fruit being nearly round with
yellow and green markings and
smooth skin, like the lemon. —
Var Dudaim, Naudin (C Dudairn,
Linn C odoratissirnus, Moench)
DUDAIM MELON. POMEGR \NATL
MELON. QUEEN
ANNE'S POCKET
MELON Vine
small, as in the
last* fr size and
shape of
orange, somewhat
flattened at the
ends, very regu-
lar and smooth,
marbled with
longitudinal markings of cinnamon-brown overlyini
yellow, exceeding!;
like fr arid high
eaten A nearly odorless and scarlet-rinded form is
separated by Naudin as var trythrxut — Var. acidulus,
Naudin CUCUMBER MELON Frs oblong or cylin-
drical, mottled or unicoloiecl, the flesh white and cucum-
ber-flavored No varieties in the American trade are
of this group, but they are occasionally seen in bo-
tanical gardens and experimental grounds that import
seeds of oriental plants — Var. flexudsus, Naudm
(C flexudsus, Linn.). kSNAKE
MELon SNAKE CUCUMBER. Fr.
many times longer than broad,
i?reenish at maturity, variously
curved and furrowed A G. 14:
203 Fr often 2-3 ft long, and
1-3 in diam. Grown mostly as
an oddity, but it is useful for the
making of conserves. The hard-
shelled snake gourd is a Lagen-
ana (which see). — Var inoddrus,
Nauchn WINTER MELON. Lvs.
lighter colored, less hairy, nar-
rower, frs possessing little or
ivone of the common musk-
melon odor, and keeping long. The winter muskmelons
are little known in this country, although they are
worthj of popularity. Much cult, in part? of the Medit.
region — Var saccharlnus, Naudin. PINEAPPLE MELON.
Comprising varieties oi oblong shape and very sweet
flesh. Not sufficiently distinct from the
next — Var. reticuiatus, Naudin NUTMEG
or NETTED MELONS Frs softer rinded,
more or less netted, or sometimes almost
plain or smooth. Comprises the common
muskmelons, aside from cantaloupes —
Var. cantalupSnsis, Naudin CANTALOUPE.
ROCK MELONS Frs mostly
n hard-rinded, more or less
"^ waity, scaly or rough, often
deeply furrowed or grooved.
Name derived from Canta-
luppi, near Rome, a former country seat of the Pope,
whither this type of melons was brought from
Armenia. In the U S the word cantaloupe i.s often
used as a generic name for muskmelon, but it is
properly a name of only one group of muakmelons —
the hard and scaly-rinded (see Waugh, G F. 8 183).
AA. The cucumber group: fr. spiny 01 tuberculate
(nearly unarmed in C. Sacleuxii)
sativus, Linn. CUCUMBER Figs 1125, 112(3 Long-
running, prickly Ivs usually 3-lobed (or strongly
angled), the midd'e lobe most prominent and often
pointed' fr prickly or murieate, at least when young,
but in some varieties becoming smooth, mostly oblong,
the flesh white S Asia See CurumJx') Huns into
many fr -forms in cult , but not so widely polymor-
phous as C. Melo. — Var anghcus, Bailev Figs 1121,
1122 ENGLISH or
FORCING CUCUM-
BER A pioduct
of cult and selec-
tion, distinguished
from the ( ommon
or field cucumber.*
as follows frs
(and ov.it les) very
long and slender,
little if any fur-
rowed, spineless
1127 Spray of Cucumis or nearly so when
Anguna. (xh) grown, nearlv or quite green at 'maturity,
comparatively few-seeded fln. very large:
Ivs very broad in proportion to their length,
narkmgs oi cinnamon-brown overlying with shallower smu.seH vines very vigorous, with long
mgly fragrant A most handsome gourd- ;l"(i thick tendrils -Var sikkimensis, Hook f , cult in
highly and deliriously perfumed Not tho Himalayan Mts, but not known to be in this
- • - • • • • - count ly, has large 7-9-lobed Ivs and cylindrical-club-
shaped fr. B M 620fi
Anguna, Linn. (C.echmeifui, Moench C. anguririidcs,
Roem C grostnlansrffyrmi^, llort ). BUR CUCUMBER.
WEST INDIAN GHERKIN GOOSEBERRY GOURD. Figs.
1127, 1128 yts slender, hispid Ivs deeply cut into
3-5 narrow obovate or spatulate divisions, watei melon-
like fls small, the pistillate long-stalked, fi 1-3 in.
long, cucumber-like but more spiny Supposed to be
native to the American tropics B M 5817 — Cult.
both for the oddity of its frs. and for the making of
pickles The gherkins of mixed pickles, however, are
young cucumbers.
dipsaceus, Ehr. (C. bcrdana and C. ambigua, Fenzl.
C crinaceus, Hort ). DIPSACEOUS
GOURD OSTRICH-EGG GOURD
HEDGEHOG GOURD. Plant and
foliage like that of C. Melo: fls.
long-stalked: fr 1-2 in long,
oblong or nearly spherical, be-
coming hard and dry, densely
beset with long scales or hairs,
1128. Fruit of Cucumis Angurla. (XH) and looking like a bur. Arabia,
CUCUMIS
CUCURBITA
909
Afr. R.II. 1860, p. 210.— Cult, aa an ornamental
gourd.
Sacleuxii, Paill. & Bois. MANDBRA CUCUMBER
Slender, hairy, whitish: Ivs. rov dish-remform, ob-
scurely lobed and
irregularly dentate,
scabrous on both
surfaces and gray-
ish green, fls soli-
tary, males on long-
filiform peduncles,
the females on
shorter but slender
peduncles and with
hairy ovary . fr.
ovoid, 3-4 in. long
and half as thick at
the middle, some-
what scabrous, with
longitudinal stripes
of lighter green,
seeds brown, %m
lone Zanzibar —
Said to be ornamen-
tal and the fruits
useful for pirklc*
C acutdnftnlus, Hort =Luffa — C C\trullui, Sc-r =Citrullus
vulgans —r Colocynthu, Lirm «=CitrulIu« Colocynthis — C metu-
liferus, Mi'y Hispid urinuil, with palmatfly oomewhat 3-lobed
cordate pctfolate l\ i , and "--••<•-
1 129 Young Turban squash, on which
the remains of the corolla still persist.
The central part of the fruit IB the ovary.
8 Afr— r per fun
Slender perennial •
ublong-obtUM) »piny fr , about 4 in long
ies-=ru<urbita — (' jtrophetanim. Linn
why srabrou* long-stalked mostly 3-5-
(Fig. 1131) explains the struc-
ture. The corolla is shown at
c, d The top of the ovary is at
o The stigmas are on the ovary.
The part encircling the ovaiy
(outside of o) is the hollowed
receptacle Ordinarily the recep-
tacle is closed at the top, com-
pletely confining the ovary, but
m the Turban bquashes the
receptacle does not extend over
the top of the ovary, and the
ovary therefore protrudes. The
older morphologibtb held this
outer part of the bquai^h to be
adnate calyx, rather than recep-
tacle The cucurbits are mono-
giaphed by Cogmaux, DC
Alonogr Pnaner 3 Alwj by
Naudm, Ann. Sci. Nat (Bot.) IV, vol. 6. See Pumpkin
and Squash.
The terms squash and pumpkin are much confused.
In Europe, the large vaneties of Curcubita maxima are
known as pumpkins, but in this country the fruits of
this species are known usually as squashes. In America,
the words pumpkin and squash are used almost indis-
criminately, borne varieties in all species being known
by those names The field or common pie pumpkins are
C Pepo, so are vegetable marrows; also the summer
Hquabhes, as the Scallop, Pattypan and Crookneek
varieties. The Hubbard, Marblehead, Sibley and
1131. Section of flower
of Turban squash Show-
»ry inside the
in long Afr— C \ ilmMnn. Hort A plant of un-
rdod oriKin, with cut Iva and abundance of canary-yellow
Hoft-spmcd frs
CUCURBIT. A plant of tho
Sometimes shortened to Cucurb
L H. B.
genus Cucurbtto.
CUCURBITA (classical name). Cucur-
bitacct? GOURD PUMPKIN SQTKPH.
Vine-like tender herbs, tendril-bearing,
grown for their edible and ornamental
fruits
Annual, or the root perennial-rhizo-
matous, rough-hair v and scabrous, with
large often palmatcly lobed Ivs., the tendrils bifid or
multifid fls. monox'ious, large, yellow, solitary in the
axils, the st am mate long-stalked, the pistillate short-
stalked, corolla 5-lobed; utamens 3, arising from the
bottom of the fl , and united in a column; stigmas
3, but 2-lobed; ovary inferior, inclosed in a hollow re-
ceptacle; tendrils 2-3-forked — About 10 species in
warm parts of Abia. Afr , Arner. The morphology
of the pepo or gourd-fruit may be illustrated by the
Turban squash. Figs. 1129-31. In this fr , there is a
"squash inside a squash." The inner part bears the
corolla and the
styles It is the
ovary. The co-
rolla is attached
about the edge
of the inner
squash, as the
withered re-
mains m P^ig
1129 show.
Sometimes the
withered corolla
becomes de-
tached, but
hangs to the
withered re-
mains of the
1130. Young Turban squash, in which
the withered corolla has become detached, f*8 ii'*u lno
but hangs to the remains of the styles and longitudinal sec-
•tigmas. tion of the flower
1132. Plant of Cucurbits Pepo.
Turban kinds are C. maxima. The Cushaws, Canada
Crookneek, Japanese Crookneek, Dunkard, and Sweet
Potato pumpkins (or squashes) are C. moschata The
fruit btem (as shown in Figs. 1133, 1136, 1141) is a dis-
tinguishing characteristic of the ripe fruits C Pepo
and r maxima, and C maxima and C. moschata appa-
rently do not intercross C. Ptpo and C. moschata have
been oroRsed, but it is doubtful if they intermix when
left to themselves In Europe, the word gourd (or its
equivalent in various languages) is used genencally for
cucurbitas; but in this country it is restricted mostly
to the small, hard-shelled forms of C. Pepo (var. ovifera)
grown for ornament, and to Lagenana vvlgans
A Plani annual.
B. Lvs lobed. stalks of frs. strongly ridged.
P£po, Linn. (C. Mclvpepo,
Linn.). PUMPKIN. Figs. 1132,
1133. Annual, long-running,
pricklv on sts and petioles: Ivs
3-5-lobcd, dark dull green: co-
rolla-tube widening upwards, the
pointed lobes erect; calyx-lobes <w-
narrow, not If.-hke: peduncle very
hard and deeply furrowed when
mature, not enlarging next the
fr • the fr. very various in form,
color, season, size Probably native
to Trop Amer , but unknown
wild — Cult by the Indians when , -
Amer. was discovered, in fields of i»ta Pepo.— Early Sugar
maize. For studies in the nativity pumpkin.
010
CUCURBITA
CUDRANIA
of the pumpkins and squashes see DC Candolle, Origin
of Cultivated Plants ; Gray ana Trumbull, Amer Journ
Sci 25.372, Sturtevant, Amer. Nat 1890.727; Witt-
mack, Her der Deutbchen Dot. Gesell. 6.378 (1888).
-
^1 -jT /t i^lll Var condensa, Bailey BUSH
\ n A ' X^fejl.1 PUMPKINS SCALLOP and SUMMER
i / /V/} l/'yB CnooKNECK SQUASHE& Plant
* *^ * -JJ compact, little or not at all run-
' nmg Of hoi ticultural origin
Var. ovlfera, Bailey (C otffera, Linn ) GOURD Fig
1134 Plant slender, running Ivs smaller than in C.
Pepo, usually very prominently lobed. fr small, hard
and inedible, egg-bhaped, globular, pear-bhaped, oblate,
often striped It H 1894.429 — Sold in many vars by
seedsmen, under the names of C. Pcpo vars. pynfor-
mt&, depress, annulata, etc See Gourd.
moschata, Duchesne (C melonx-
fdrmis, Carr ) GUSH AW. CHINA,
CANADA CROOKNECK and WIN-
TEK CROOKNECK
SQUASHES Figs
1135-37 Annual-
long-running, less
prickly and some-
times soft-hairy :
Ivs more rounded
than those of C.
Pepo, but lobcd,
often grayish fl.
with a widening
tube, and large, erect lobes; calyx-lobes large, often
If -like, peduncle becoming deeply ridged and much
enlarged next the fr. Possibly of E. Asian origin
BB Lvs not lobed (except sometimes on young shoots):
stalks of frs, not prominently ridged
maxima, Duchesne SQUASH Figs 1138-41 Annual:
long-running, the sts nearly cylindrical, little prickly
and often hairy Ivs. orbicular or kidney-shaped, com-
monly not lobed, the basal sinus wide or narrow,
the margin shallowly apiculate-smuate corolla-tube
nearly the same diam. at top and bottom (Figs 1139,
1140), the corolla-lobes large and soft, and wide-spread-
ing or drooping peduncle at maturity soft and spongy,
not ridged nor prominently enlarged next the fr fr very
various, but not light yellow nor warty nor crookneck-
shaped, usually late-ripening, the flesh orange and
not stringy. Nativity undetermined. Var. sylvSstris,
Naudm A form found wild m the Himalayan region,
with fr. as large as a man's head.
A A. Plant with perennial root.
foetidfssima, Kunth (C pertnnis, Gray Ciicumis
perenms, James). CALABAZILLA. Fig 1142 Perennial
long-running, scarcely prickly: Ivs. large, cordate-
triangular, grayish pubescent, the margin shallowly
apiculato-erenate. fl nearly as large as in C P<po and
similar m shape, the pistillate on a peduncle 2 3 in
long, fr size and shape of an orange, smooth, green and
yellow splashed, not edible. Sandy and \\astes, Neb
and Colo to Texas and Mex. and westward to Calif
RH 1855 61; 1857, p. 54.— In its native haunts, the
root is tuberous, 4-7 in. diam and penetrating the
earth 4- 6 ft Roots
at the joints The
plant has a fetid
odor Sold by
seedsmen as a
gourd, but the fr
does not often ripen
in the northern
states Useful on
arbors and small
trees, when coarbe
vines are wanted
fiClfolia, Bouch6 U36 stem of Cucurbita moschata
(C mclanosperma, L Cheese km
A Br ) St very
long, stout, becoming somewhat woody Ivs pale
gieon, often marbled, in outline ovato or suborbicular,
cordate at base, roundly 5-lobed and tho sinus rounded:
calyx-tube short and campanulate fi large (often 1
ft long), flc.shy, round-ovoid, white-striped, the flesh
\vhite, seeds ovate, black E Asia, but widely cult
m warm countries for its ornamental \\atermelon-like
frs A var mcxicana, Hort ((" tnexiuina, Spreng ),
ib mentioned, \vith seeds twice the size of those of the
tjpe, and said to grow \vild in the neighborhood of
Mazatlan, Mex
C Andrfdna, Naudm Allied to C moschata sts long and root-
ing at the nodes Ivs large, marbled with white, fin of the form of
those of C maxima but much smaller fr obovoid. S in long,
marked with white and yellow Uruguay R II 1S%, pp rA'2 3 —
C uihfurrncn, Torr
C a n e m ce n t Ivs
thick, 2 in acrosg,
5-lobtd tho lobes
triangular and mu-
cronate tendrils
parted to the bast
fls 1 in or more
long on pedicels
H-lm long Calif ,
imperfectly known — C. dwtdta, Gray Perennial, the root fleshy
Hts sknder and long, usually rooting tendrils short and weak,
3-ri-cleft Ivs scabrous, 3-5-palrnatelv narrow-lobe d fls 2-i in
long on slender pedicels 1-4 m long fr subgloboje, yellow, 2-4
in diam Cnhf to New Mex -- f palmata, \Vats Moe x. OJUNUE
Canescent Ivs cordate, thick, 2 or .1 in across, palmaU ly 5-cleft
to middle with narrow toothed lobrs fls 5 in long on stout
peduncles fr globose, 1 in diam S Calif j^ jj ^
CUDRANIA (derivation unknown) Moracese Woody
subjects cultivated for their foliage and as hedge plants
Deciduous trees or shrubs, often thorny, with alter-
1137 Fruit of Cucurbita moschata— Tonasu, a Japanese variety.
CUDRANIA
CULINARY HERBS
911
nate, petioled and stipulate Ivs. : fls. dioecious, m axil-
lary globular heads; stammate with 4 sepals and 4
stamens and 2-4 bracts at the base; pistillate with 4
sepals inclosing the 1-ovuled ovary, growing into a
fleshy subglobose fr. with a crustaceous rind. — About
3 species, in S. and E Asia and Trop. Austral., of which
only one is sometimes cult. It re-
quires protection m the N and is
usually prop, by greenwood cuttings
in summer under glass
tricuspidata, Bureau (Madura tri-
cuspidata, Carr. C triloba, Hance).
Shrub, or small tree, to 20, rarely to
60 ft , with slender, thorny branches:
Ivs elliptic-ovate, acuminate, entire,
sometimes 3-lobed at the apex and
on young plants even tncuspidate,
nearly glabrous, 1^-3 in long: fl-
heads axillary, solitary or in 2's, on short peduncles: fr.
globose, about 1 in across China. R H 1864, p 390;
1872, p 56, 1905, p 363 (habit) HI 18 '1792.—
Recently recommended as an excellent hedge-plant for
the S In China the Ivs are used as a substitute for
mulberry Ivs and it is railed silkworm thorn, the fr. is
edible Between this species and Maclura jw wit/era, a
hybrid has been raised, described as Afacludrdma
hybnda, Andr6 RH. 1905.362. ALFRED RKHDEB.
CULINARY HERBS are those herbs used for
flavoring in rookery, but the term has a wide applica-
tion, including species used for garnishing and some-
times as potherbs The culinary herbs arc of very minor
importance in American gardens, and yet a few of them,
as anise, caraway and coriander, are well and favorably
known The species are mostly aromatic They are
largely of the ITmbolliferae and Labiata> No special
Basil (Ocymum basihcum). Labiate Annual. Uset • As flavor in
highly seasoned dishes, oil as perfumery Propagated by seeds.
Borage (Borago oMcinalw) Boraginaceae Annual. Uses Herbage
as potherb and salad, garnish, ilavor in beverages Propagated
by seeds m spring
Caraway (Carum Caret) Umbilliferx Biennial or annual Uses
Herbage eaten cooked or as salad, rooty as vegetable, seeds for
flavoring, oil in manufac-
ture of perfumery and
soaps Propagated by weds
in May or early June
1139 Stammate flower of
Cucurbita maxima — Hubbard
squash. (
1140 Pistillate flower of
Cucurbita maxima — Hubbard
squash (XJi)
difficulty attaches to their cultivation, and little more
may be said here than to present an alphabetical list
with statements as to uses, duration of plant, and means
of propagation. They all thrive in mellow fertile
garden land. Usually they are grown at the side of
the main garden plantation, and they may add a
certain charm to the garden as well as to supply an
agreeable aroma to the kitchen products. See the little
book on "Culinary Herbs" by M. G Kains, 1912.
Angelica (Archangelica offinnahs) Umbettiferx. Biennial or peren-
nial Uses Stems and leaf-stalks as salad, or roasted like pota-
toes, garnish, as "candied angelica," sterns blanched and used
as vegetable, leaves as spinach, seeds for flavoring, oil of angelica
obtained from seeds for flavoring Propagated by seeds in
late summer or early autumn.
Anise (Pimpinella, Ant sum) Umbelliferse Annual Uses Leaves
as garnish, flavoring, and potherb, seeds and oil for flavoring
ana perfumery Propagated by seeds m early spring
Balm (Melissa offinnahn) Labiatae Perennial Uses Foliage for
flavoring and salad, oil for perfumery and Savoring beverages
Propagated by divisions, layers, cuttings and seeds.
1138. Cucurbita maxima.
Catnip or catmint (Nepeta Catann) Labiatx Perennial Uses
A<) bee fornge, leaves as condiment, formerly a medicinal
remedy Propagated by seeds in autumn or spring
Chervil (AnthnscusCerefohum) Umbtllifrrj; Annual Uses Leaves
for scanning and for mixed salad? Propagated by seeds
Chives (AUium Srhamopravum) Liliacex Perennial Uses.
Leaves for flavoring Propagated by individual bulbs or division
of clumps in early spring
Clary (Ualvia Sclarea) Ijabiatj? Porenmal Uses Leaves in cook-
ery, wine mado from plant when m flower Propagated by seeds
in spring
Coriander (Coriaiulrum sattvum) Umbdhferx Annual Uses
Seed m confectionary and aa ingredient in condiments, flavor
in beverages Propagated by seeds in spring or autumn
Cumin (Cuminum odor-urn) Umbclliferse. Annual Uses Seeds
as ingredient in curry powder, for flavoring pickles, pastry and
soups Propagated by seeds in spring.
Dill (Anethum graved? ns) Vmbelliferx Annual U*es Seed as
seasoning, extensively for commercial pickles, oil for perfuming
soap, young leaves as seasoning and salads, dill vinegar as condi-
ment Propagated by seeds in spring
Fennel (Faemculum vtdgare) Umbelhfer,f Biennial or perennial
Uses Herbage as garnishes and flavors, as salads, seeds for
flavoring beverages, and for confectionary, oil as perfumery
Propagated by seeds, and grow n as an annual
Finocchio or Florence fennel (F&niculum dulce). Umbetti ferae
Annual. Uses As a vegetable Propagated by seeds
Fennel Flower (Nigella tativa) Ranunculacey Annual Uses
Whole plant or seed used in cookery Propagated by seeds in
spring
Hoarhound, or horehound (Marrubium vulgare). Jjabiaty. Peren-
nial U?t s Formerly in cookery and medicine; now for candy
only Propagated by seeds in spring
Hyssop (Hytwpus offinnahs) Labiate Perennial Uses' Herbage
in salads; oil in preparation of soaps, etc Propagated by divisions,
cuttings and seeds in spring
Lavender (I^avandula angu^tifohn, L
Spica) Labiate Perennial Uses
Flowers and oil in perfumery, some-
times as condiment and in salads
Propagated by divisions or cuttings,
or rarely seeds
Lovage (Leiisticum oMcinale) Umbelh-
frry Perennial Uses Young stems
in confectionary Propagated by
division or seeds in late summer
Mangold (Calendula officinal™) Com-
posite Annual Uses' Flower-
heads as seasoning, fresh flowers to
color butter Propagated by seeds
m spring
Marjoram (Origanum vulgare and 0.
Marjoram) Labial* Perennial (0.
Marjoram treated as annual) Uses
Herbage for seasoning, oil in per-
fuming soaps, etc Propagated by
cuttings, division or layers and seeds in spring.
Mint (Mentha spicata) Labiate. Perennial. Uses Herbage as
seasoning, leaves in jelly Propagated by cuttings, offsets and
divisions in spring
Parsley (Petroschnum hortense) Umbettiferx Biennial. Uses
Roots as vegetable, top as potherb, leaves for seasoning and
garnish Propagated by seeds HI spring
Pennyroyal (Mentha Pulegmm) Labiatx Perennial Uses Leaves
as seasoning, pennyroyal oil Propagated by division, or rarely
cuttings
Peppermint (Mentha pipenta) Labiatx Perennial Uses Oil
as flavoring, perfume in soaps, etc Propagated by division or
running rootstocks.
1141. Stem of Cucur-
squash.
912
CULINARY HERBS
CUNNINGHAMIA
Rosemary (Rosemarvnus officinalis). Labiatse. Perennial. Use*:
Herbage as seasoning, oil for perfuming soaps and in perfumery.
Propagated by cuttings, root division, layers in early spring,
and seeds.
Rue (Ruta graveolens). Rutacese Perennial Uses Leaves as sea-
soning and flavor in beverages, oil for aromatic vinegar and
toilet preparations. Propagated by seeds, cuttings, layers or
division of tufts.
Sage (Salma officinahs). Labiatse Perennial Uses Leaves for
seasoning dressings, sausages, cheese, etc , oil in perfumery.
Propagated by division, layers and cuttings, also seeds
Samphire (Crithmum mantimum) Umbelhfene Perennial Uses.
Leaves pickled m vinegar, sometimes with other vegetables.
Propagated by seeds in autumn.
Savory, Summer (Saturcia hortensis). Ijabwtue Annual. Uses:
Seasoning Propagated by seeds in spring
Savory, Winter (Satureia montana) Labiate Perennial Uses'
Seasoning Propagated by seeds, cuttings, layers and division.
Southernwood (Artemisia Abrotanum) Composite Perennial
Uses Young shoots for flavoring cakes, etc. Propagated by
seed, also cuttings in early summer
Tansy (Tanacetum tulffare) Composite Perennial. Use*: Season-
ing Propagated by division of clumps, or seeds
Tarragon (Artemisia Drai unculus) Composite Perennial. Uses'
Herbage in salads and with meats, seasoning, as a decoction
in vinegar , oil to perfume soaps, etc. Propagated by cuttings,
layers and division
Thyme (Thymus vulgaris) Labiate Perennial Uses Herbage as
seasoning, oil as perfumery, oil-crystals as disinfectant Propa-
gated by seeds in spring, also cuttings, layers and divisions
L. II. B.
CUMIN, or CUMMIN: The seeds of Cummum odorum (or less
properly C. Cyminum), black cumin, Nigella saliva, sweet cuimn,
or anise, P\mpmella 4»isum. See Culinary Herbs
Flowers small, white or purplish, 2-hpped, borne
in corymbed cymes or clusters. The genus contains
not more than 16 species, 2 N. American, 2 Mexican,
and the others S. American. They are somewhat
woody, and usually have small Ivs.: the whorls of
fls. are sometimes loosely corymbose, sometimes axil-
lary, few-fid., much shorter than the Ivs , sometimes
many-fld , in dense spikes or terminal heads, calyx
10-13-nervcd, 5-toothed; perfect stamens 2.
mariana, Lmn. (C. ongano\des, Brit ). MARYLAND
DITTANY. STONE -MINT Height 1 ft : Ivs smooth,
ovate, serrate, rounded or heart-shaped at the base,
nearly sessile, dotted, 1 in. long: fls. puiple-pink in a
loose cymose cluster which is terminal. Dry hills, S.
N. Y. to Ohio., south to Fla. J.H. III. 35 321. Mn.
7:201. See also Dittany.
CUNNINGHAMIA (after J Cunningham, botanical
collector, who discovered this conifer in China in
1702) Pindcex. Evergreen trees cultivated for their
handsome foliage.
Trunk stout, branches verticillate, spreading, pendu-
lous at the extremities' Ivs. linear-lanceolate, rigid,
densely spirally arranged and 2-rowed in direction,
fls monoscious; starnmate oblong, pistillate globose,
both sexes in small clusters at the end of the branches
cones roundish-ovate, 1-2 in long, with roandish-ovate,
1142. Cucurbita fcetidissima.
CUMMfNGIA (for Lady Gordon Gumming) of
gardeners (name bestowed by D. Don in 1828), some-
times spelled Cumingia (Kunth, 1843), is now referred
to Conanthlra. Amaryllidacex. The conantheras are
of about four species in Chile, one of which is rarely
in cult, as a tender summer-blooming bulb. They are
said to be difficult to keep long in cult. They are
cormous plants, with basal linear or linear-lanceolate
Ivs , erect sts paniculate-branching above, fls. blue on
bractless pedicels, perianth funnelform, the tube short;
lobes longer than tube, oblong, nearly equal, spreading
or becoming reflcxed, stamens 6, attached in the throat,
shorter than the perianth-lobes, all perfect, the fila-
ments very short; ovary 3-celled, the style subulate.
ConanthSra campanulata, Lindl. (C. Slmsn, Sweet. C.
bifblia, Sims, not lluiz & Pav. Cummlngia campanu-
Idta, D. Don) is 1-1% ft. high, with linear Ivs. shorter
than the st. or peduncle and blue paniculate pretty
fls. B.M.2496.
CTJNtLA (origin unknown). LabiAtx. A low-growing
tufted hardy native perennial of this genus is rarely
cultivated in bordeic for >ts profusion of bloom.
serrate and pointed, coriaceous scales, each with 3
narrow-winged seeds at the base — Two species, in S
W. China and in Formosa. The species in cult is a
very decorative conifer for warmer temperate regions,
much resembling the Araucana brasihensis. It prefers
a half-shaded position and sandy and loamy numid
soil. Prop, by seeds or cuttings of half-hardy wood in
late summer under glaos; short sprouts from the old
wood of the trunk or larger branches are the best;
cuttings from lateral branches grow into weak and one-
sided plants.
lanceolata, Hook. (C. mntnsis, R. Br.). Tree,
attaining 80 ft.: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, with broad,
decurrent base, sharply pointed, finely serrulate, lig^ht
green and shining above and with 2 broad, whitish
bands beneath, 1K-2M* in. long: cones 1-2 in. high.
China, cult in Japan. B.M. 2743. 8 Z 104, 105. R H.
1903, pp. 549-551. GW. 13, p 330; 14, p. 13. J.H.
III. 49:447. F. 1854, p. 169— The second species, C.
Konishu, Hayata, from Formosa, is not in cult ; it has
narrower ana much smaller Ivs , glaucescent on both
sides, and smaller cones; it is very different and forms
a transition to Taiwama. ALFRED REHDER.
CUNONIA
CUPHEA
913
CUN6NIA (named for John Christian Cuno, who
catalogued his garden in Amsterdam at the middle of
the 18th century) Cunomdce<e, formerly included in
the Raxifragacex A half dozen trees or shrubs of the
southern hemisphere, one of which is sometimes grown
under glass
Lvs opposite,
petiolate. thick
and leathery, 3-
fohohite or odd-
pinnate: fls
white, in dense
spike - like ra-
cemes; calyx-
tube short, the
limb 5 -parted;
petals 5; sta-
mens 10.fr a co-
riaceous beaked
caps. C. capen-
SIS, Linn , in
moist woody
places in Cape
Colony, is a large glabrous shrub or tree to 50 ft * Ifts
2-3 pairs, oblong-lanceolate, sharply serrate: fls small,
very numerous, in opposite racemes, the stamens much
exserted Said to be of easy cult in a sandy-peaty soil,
prop by cuttings of half -ripened wood. L4 jj_ g>
CUPANIA Bhghia
CUPHEA (Greek, curved, referring to the prominent
protuberance at the bake of the calyx-tube). Lythracex
Mostly small greenhouse and conservatory plants
Pl.mts often clammy Ivs opposite, rarely whorled
or alternate, ovate, lanceolate, or linear, entire1 the
fls are often borne in 1 -sided racemes, and some of the
species have a very odd look from the bold angle made
by the slender ascending pedicel and the descending
calyx-tube, with an odd projection at the base — An
exceedingly interesting genus of 200 species of tropical
arid subtropical American herbs and shrubby plants,
with remarkable variations m the petals In C ignea,
perhaps the most attractive of the group, the petals are
entirely absent, and the showy part is the brilliantly
colored calyx-tube At the other extreme is C. hyssopi-
foha with G petals (the normal number in the
genus), and all of equal size Between these
two extremes (shown in Figs 1113 and 1145)
are at least two well-marked intermediate
types One of these (exemplified m C. pro-
cumbent) has 2 large and 4 small petals the
other ((,' Llavia) has 2 conspicuous petals
and the other I are completely abortive.
These tv\o types are unique among garden
plants The series of intergradient forms is
completed by C cuanca, in which there are
only 2 petals, and these minute, and C. micro-
petala in which there are 12 barely visible
petals, alternating with and shorter than the
calyx-teeth In addition to the species de-
sci ibed below, 0. Hookcnana, Walp , is cult,
as C. Ropzlii, Carr It has lanceolate Ivs.,
with vermilion and orange calyx R H. 1877 :
470 According to many American botanists,
the correct name for these plants is Pareonsia,
Cuphea applying only to another Widely separated genus.
Nearly all cupheaa are grown from seed and treated
aa tender annuals, but C. ignea is chiefly propagated by
cuttings They are of easy culture, and the whole series
is worth growing
INDEX
alba, 8 ignea, 9 plaiy centra, 9
compacts, 8. lanccolata, 2. procumbens, 3.
cyanea, 6 Llnvea, 7 purpurea, 3
enintns, 1 micropetala, 1 stngulosa, 6.
Gnlleottiana, 6 miniata, 8 Zimpann, 2
hyssopifolia, 5 pmetomm, 4
A. Petals 6, but very minute and inconspicuous.
1. micropetala, HBK (C eminens, Planch & Lmd.).
St shrubby, more or less branched, 1-2 ft. high:
branches and calyx scabrous1 Ivs oblong-lanceolate,
acute at both ends, but without a distinct petiole, rigid,
scabrous' fls borne singly in succession at a point
above the axils, which distinguishes this species from
all others here described, petals 6, minute, borne
between the calyx-teeth, and shorter than them, calyx
12-toothed, scarlet at the base, yellow towards the top,
greenish at the mouth, stamens and filaments red;
ovary 2-colled, many-seeded Mex HBK. Nov. Gen.
Sp 6, p 209, t 551 R H 1857, p 151. F S. 10 994.
— The picture first cited shows a 1 -sided raceme, the
second a panicle and the third a common raceme In
this species the calyx-tube is the attractive portion,
while the petals arc inconspicuous. The tube is not 2-
hpped, but almost reguku. See page 3567
AA. Petals <?, all conspicuous, but 2 of them much larger
than the others
2 lanceolate, Hook (C Zimpanu. Roezl). An erect
sticky annual, 3-4 ft high, the branches stout, purplish
green' IVB petiolate, opposite and alternate, %-3 in
long, entire fls axillary, solitary, purple or reddish
purple, often deflexed, stamens hardly longer than the
petals Sept , Oct B M. 6412 —A good, showy her-
baceous border plant
3 procumbens, Cav Annual, herbaceous, 1 ft high,
procumbent, sticky-pubescent, with characteristic pur-
plish hairs Ivs ovate-lanceolate, with white hairs, 1^-
3 m long, gradually decreasing m size until they be-
come bract-like; petiole short fls numerous, peduncles
longer than the petioles, 2 or 3 times shorter than the
calyx, calyx 6-toothed, purplish at the base, green at the
tip, with 12 raised streaks, and a pubescence like that
of the st , petals 6, the 2 larger ones on the upper lip
of the calyx purple, filaments included. Mex B R.
1144 Cuphea Llavea.
(Natural size)
182. C. purp&rea, Hort F.S.
X 4.412. RB 22-85, said to be a
hybrid between C miniata and C.
viscossima, la probably not distinct.
4 pinet&rum, Bcnth Perennial and somewhat
woody, usually procumbent: Ivs lanceolate, ciliate, 1-2
in long, fls purple, the calyx Km- long, colored; sta-
mens 11, the filaments unequal In sandy plains. Mex.
— A useful plant S.
AAA. Petals 6, all of the same size.
5. hyssopifdlia, HBK Fig. 1143. St shrubby:
branches numerous, strigose Ivs lanceolate, rather
acute, obtuse at the base, glabrous above, strijjose-
Eilose along the midrib and veins, as may be seen with a
and-lens. fls. with their slender pedicels scarcely
longer than the Ivs.; calyx glabrous; petals 6, somewhat
914
CUPHEA
CUPRES3US
1145. Cuphea ignea.
(XJi)
unequal, dilute violet; stamens 11, included, filaments
villous; ovary 5-6-seeded. Mex. — This is the least
attractive of the species here described, and is no longer
advertised^ but it probably still lingers in conserva-
tories. It is readily distinguished from its showier rela-
tives by its much smaller Ivs.
(less than J^in long) and much-
branched and woody appearance.
AAAA. Petals normally 2, the otJter
4 abortive.
B Size of petals very small, less
than half as long as the calyx.
6 cyanea. Mo? & Sesse" (C.
striyulosa, Hort , not HBK C.
Galleottiana, Hort) St her-
baceous, erect * branchlets hispid.
Ivs. opposite, stalked, ovate, cor-
date, acuminate, villous on both
sides: peduncles alternate, race-
mose; calyx slightly hispid, scar-
let at the base, yellow at the
top. petals 2, clawed, spatulate;
antners and petals violet-blue
Mex. B.R. 32:14 (as C stngillosa, Lmdl ) FS. 1.15
and P.M. 11.241 as C tstngulosa, but neither of these
plates is the C stngulosa, HBK , which is a different
species, with a shrubby st. : branches and calyx clammy-
nispid. Ivs. ovate-oblong, acute at both ends, clammy,
glabrous above, stngose-scabrous below: petals nearly
equal; ovary about 8-ovuled.
BB. Size of petals larger, half as long as the calyx or longer.
c. Calyx 6-toothed.
7 Llavea, Lmdl RED-WHITE-AND-BLUE FLOWER.
Fig 1144 Sts. numerous, herbaceous, hispid: branches
ascending' Ivs almost sessile, especially near the top,
ovate-lanceolate, stngose: racemes short, few-fld.;
calyx green on the ventral side, purple on the back
and at the obhque-6-toothed mouth; petals 2, large,
scarlet, obovate, the other 4 abortive, stamens 11.
Guatemala BR 1386 JH III 31 305— It is
doubtful whether the plant described by Lmdley is
the same as the Mexican plant originally described
by Lexarza, which was said to have petals of
"dilute scarlet " Lmdley 'a plant had a green calyx,
but the plant in the trade is colored Used for
baskets and bedding Often misspelled Llavse.
cc Calyx 12-toothed
8 miniata. Brongn St shrubby, erect* branches
few, hispid : Ivs. opposite, the upper ones not quite
opposite, with a very short petiole, ovate, acute,
entire, with white, silky hairs which are denser
beneath fls. solitary, subsessile, axillary, the pe-
duncle adnate to the branch in such a way as to
appear between and below the petioles , raceme few-
fld , 1-sided FS 2 73. P M. 14 '101 R.H 1845.
225. R.B 22.85 Var alba, Hort A white-fld.
variety. Var. compacta. Hort S H 2 43 Gt. 46,
U137 — This is referred to C Llavea of Lexarza, by
ex Kewensis. The above description is from the
original in FS. 2:73. Van Houtte describes sev-
eral hybrid varieties in F S. 5, p. 487, which differ
chiefly in size, color, and marking of petals. Calyx
1 m long, hispid, green at the base, purple above,
12-toothed at the tip; petals 2, scarlet, wavy. The
specific name miniaia means cinnabar-red, and
refers to the petals.
AAAAA. Petals 0.
9 ignea, DC. (C. platycentra, Hort*, not Benth.).
Fig 1145. Branches somewhat angled: Ivs. petioled,
ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed at the base,
lightly scabrous: fl.-stalks 2-4 times longer than the
lf -stalks, calyx glabrous, shortly 6-toothed, bright
red except at the tip, which has a dark ring and a white
mouth, petals 0, stamens 11 or 12. glabrous Mex
F S 2. 180. P M 13-267 —This is still sold as C. platy-
centra, although De Candolle corrected the error in
1849 (F S 5.500 c) This is a remarkable instance of
the persistence of erroneous trade names.
WlLHELM MlLLKR.
N. TAYLOR, t
CUPRlSSSUS (ancient Latin name from Greek,
Kupanssos) CYPRESS. Pinacesr. Kvergrccns, culti-
vated for their graceful habit and the dark green or
glaucous foliage, some are timber trees.
Trees, rarely shrubs, with aromatic evergreen foliage:
branchlets quadrangular or nearly so: Ivs. opposite,
small, scale-like, appressed, minutely denticulate-cihate,
on young seedling plants linear-subulate and spreading'
fls monoecious, minute, solitary on short branchlets;
stammate ovate or oblong, yellow; pistillate subgloboso*
cones globular or nearly so, consisting of 3-7 pairs of
ligneous, peltate scales, with a rnucro or boss on the
flattened apex, each bearing many or numerous seeds,
but the lower scales usually sterile and smaller; they
upen the second year — About 12 species in Cent
Amer , north to Calif and Ariz , and from S Eu to S
E Asia Monogr by M. T Master \ in Journ of Linn
Soc 31 312-51 (1895) By some totamsts, the allied
genus ChaiiivCcypariH is included
The cypresses are highly ornamental evergreen trees,
greatly varying in habit, hardy only m California and
the Gulf states The hardiest seems to be C Macnab-
lana and C arizomca, which will .stand many degrees of
frost in a sheltered position, also C macrocarpa, C
semper virens, C. funebns and C torulosa are of greater
hardiness than the others They stand pruning well,
and some species are valuable for hedges, C macrocarpa
being especially extensively planted for this purpose
in California C. anzor>ica yields excellent timber
The cypresses seem not to be very particular in regard
146 Cupressus aempervirens. Verona.
CUPRESSUS
CUPRESSUS
915
to soil and situation, but prefer a deep, sandy-loamy
soil. For propagation, see Charn&cypans. The young
plants should be removed several times m the nursery
to secure a firm root-ball; otherwise they will not bear
transplanting well.
INDEX.
anzonioa, 7 funebris, 10
Kedftnrduina, 1 glanduloxa, 4
nenthaiiiii, 6, 7. glauca, 5, 9
Govemana, 5
, ,
a, 5
,
<*ompu< ta, 5
Corn. yuna, 8.
cormita. 5
Cnppsu, 2
eleytins, 0
erctha, G
fastwata, 1, 2.
lutea, 2.
Macnabiana, 4.
maerocarpa, 2, 3.
rnajostica, 8
nepalenma, 8
rtwrg'u, 2 peudula, 0, 10, 11.
horizontal!*, 1 Roylei, 1
indica, 1 wmpervirens, 1.
Kmghtiana, 6 stncta, 1
Lamborfiana, 2 thun/era, b
Jandleyi, 0 torulosa, X, 11.
lusitamni, •> vindis, 5
M'/n/fc-iwnn. 1
A Branches and branchlets erect or spreading, branch-
lets short and usually rattier stout
B. Cones 1-1 Yi in across, imth 6-14 scales.
c Lvs obtuse bark scaly
1 sempervir ens, Linn Fig 1146 Tree, to 80 ft ,
with erect or horizontal branches and dark green
foliage Ivs closely appressed, ovate, obtuse, glandular,
cones oblong or neirly globose, scales 8-14, with a short
boss on the back, bract free at the apex F S 7, p 192.
(as C torulosa} S Ku , W. Asia Var stricta, Ait
(C fa^ligiata, DC C Jifdfordulna, Hort) ITALIAN
CYPHESS With erect branches, forming a narrou,
columnar head The classical cypress of the Greek and
Roman unters, much planted in S Eu GW 9, p 127
Gn 33, p 3 (as C stricla) Var cereif6rmis, Rehd
(C favtiqiata ccrnftirnnv, Carr) A form with \eiy
short branches, forming a narrow and slender columnar
head Var indica, Parl (C Roylei, Carr C Whitlcy-
ana, Hort ) Similar to var fa^tigiala in habit cones
globose, \vith 10 scales, bract acutely mueronate at (he
apex \ar horizontahs, Gord (C horizontals, Mill)
Branches horizontally spreading, forming a broad,
pyramidal head The famous avenue of C wnipcrw-
rens m the Villa Giusti, Verona, Italy, is shown in Fig
1 1 H) (G F. 2 464)
2 maerocarpa, Ilartw (C Harlwegii, Carr )
MONTEUKY C\rui:.ss Tree, to 40 ft , occasionally
to 70 ft , \Mth horizontal branches, forming a
bioad, spreading hoad branchlets btout l\s rhom-
bic-mate, obtus»>, closely appiessed, not or obsc \nely
glandular, daik or bright gicen cones globular
or oblong, wales 8-12, with a short, obtuse boss
on the back Calif, Bay of Monterey SS 10 525
G 22 30 G M 52 952 G \V 2, p 497 G C HI
18 63, 22 53 Cn 29, p 36; 30, p 189, 38, p 363, 53,
p 219; GS, p 237 G V 7 215 Var Crippsn, M;ist
Lvs .spreading, light glaucous A juvenile form Var
fastigiata. Knight Of nario\\, pyramidal, fast igi.it e
habit Var Lambertiana, Ma*>t ((/ Lambalirina,
Can ) Dark green form with spreading branches
R II 1870, p 191, 1907, p 565 Var. l&tea, Hort ,
has yellow foliage. Gn 68, p 237. J H.S 1902,
p 426, fig 111,
rr Lvs acute bark exfoliating, cherry-like
3 guadalupe'nsis, Wats (C macrocdrpa var gua-
dalupensis, Mast ) Wide-spreading tree, 40 ft high
or more bark grayish brown, exfoliating, brownish
red below branchlets drooping, slender* Ivs bluish
green, went low, acute or aeutish, obscurely glandular
cones globose, 1 in across or more, with 6-8 verv thick
stiongly bossed scales Guadalupe Isl. GC HI."l8.62.
iiu Cones }/z-l in across, until 6-8 scales,
c Lvs distinctly glandular
4 Macnabiana, Murray (C glandulbsa, Hook ) Fig
1147 Shrub with several sts , or small tree, to 20 ft ,
forming a dense, pyramidal head Ivs ovate, obtuse,
I
thickened at the apex, glandular, dark green or glau-
cous con^s oblong, %-\ in high; scales usually 6,
with prominent conical and cuived bosses on the
back Calif S S. 10 528 R H 1870, p. 155. G.C. III.
9:403. F. 1874, p 88
cc Lvs inconspicuously glandular.
D. The branchlets slender Ivs. green or sometimes glaucous.
5 Goveniana, Gord (C. caltf6rmca, Carr). Tree,
to .50 ft , with slender, erect or spreading branches,
forming a broad, open or
pyramidal head branch-
lets slender. Ivs ovate,
acute, closely appressed,
inconspicuously glandu-
lar abundant stammate
fls in spring cones sub-
globose or oblong, scaU s
6-8, with short, blunt
bosses Calif SS 10.
527 RH 1875, p 108.
F 1876, p 197 Var com-
pacta, Andre Of compact,
pyramidal habit R H.
1896, p 9 Var glafcca,
Carr , with glaucous, and
var viridis, Carr , with
bright green foliage Var.
cornftta, Carr A form
\\ith strongly developed
bosses R H 1866, p 251.
6 Benthamii, Endl (C.
excfha, Scott C Karwin-
skyana, Regel C tfturif-
era, Schlecht , not HBK.).
Tree, to 70 ft , with hori-
zontal branches, forming
a pyramidal head branch-
lets blender. Ivs ovate. 1147. Cupressus Macnabiana.
obtuse or acute, keeled (From a cultivated tree )
and somewhat thickened
at the apex, inconspicuously glandular, bright green.
cone.s globular, H-^in across, scales 6-8, with short-
pointed bosses Mex Var Lindleyi, Mast (C. Lind-
leiji, Klotzsch) Branchlets regularly arranged, of
nearly equal length cones small, with small-pointed
bosses Var Knightiana, Mast (C elegans, Ilort )
Branchlets very regularly arranged, fernhke, drooping,
glaucous cones with stout, conical-pointed bosses.
(J C III 16 669 C Benthamii has been found in
prehistoric a>phalt beds at Los Angeles
DD The branchlets stout' li>s glaucous.
7 ariz6nica, Greene (C Benthamii var anzdmca.
Mast ) Tree, to 40, rarely to 70 ft , with horizontal
blanches, forming a narrow, pyramidal or broad, open
head' branchlets stout* Ivs ovate, obtuse, thickened at
the apex, usually without glandb, very glaucous cones
subglobose, %-l in across, scales 6-8, with stout,
pointed, often curved bosses Ariz , Calif. SS 10:526.
GC III 18 63 IT 4 145 MD 1904:50
AA Bianchlcts klendcr, more or less pendulous Ivs.
usually acute and keeled, not thickened at the
apex cones about %in or less across (see No 6).
B The bianchkts not or only slightly compressed.
8 torul&sa, Don (C. nepalensis, Loud ) Tall,
Eyramidal tree, to 150 ft , with short, horizontal
ranches, ascending at the extremities branchlets
blender, drooping Ivs rhombic-ovate, aeutish or
obtusish, apprcs&ed or slightly spreading at the apex,
bright or bluish green* cones globular, nearly sessile,
^2-3im across; bcales 8-10 with a short, obtube, incon-
spicuous boss Himalayas Gn 27, p 39 Var Corney-
ana, Mast (C Corneydna, Knight) With distinctly
pendulous branches cones oblong, larger Var ma-
916
CUPRESSUS
CURCULIGO
j6stica, Qord. (C. majtstica, Knight), Of more vigorous
growth, with drooping branchlets, grayish green.
9 lusitfinica, Mill. (C. glauca, Lam C. pendula,
L'Her. C sintnsis, Hort.). Tree, to 50 ft , with spread-
ing branches and more or less pendulous branchlets:
Ivs. ovate, acutish, glaucous, cones pedunclcd, about
JHjin across, covered with glaucous bloom, scales 6-8,
with an elongated, pointed and usually hooked boss
Habitat unknown; cult in Portugal and naturalized;
possibly intro. from India
BB. The branchlets distinctly flattened.
10. ffcnebris, Endl (C pendula, Lambert). Tree, to
60 ft , with wide-spreading, pendulous branches and
branchlets, branchlets flattened' Ivs deltoid-ovate,
acute, light green, often slightly spreading at the apex,
cones short-peduncled, globose, M~Hui across, scales
8, with a short-pointed boss China GC 1850-439.
Gn. 28, p. 62 F S 6, p 91
11. cashmeriana, Royle (C torulbsav&r kashminana,
Kent. C pendula vox glauca, Nichols ) Tree 'branch-
lets very slender, pendulous, flattened Ivs rhombic-
ovate, spreading at the acute tips, glaucous, cones Jain,
across. Intro, from Kashmir
C formoifnsis, Hcnry=Chama*cypans formosensis. — C Law-
sonidna, Murr =Chamaecypans Lawsomana — C nootkatlriMS,
Lambert = Chamsecy pans nootkatensis — C obtiisa, Koch=
Chnmsepyparis obtusa — C pistfera, Koch=Chamfflc yparia pisifera
— C pygmxa, Sarg (C Goveuianu var pygmu-a, Lemm ) Tic-e,
to 30 ft , often fruiting when only 1 or 2 ft, tall hrnnrhlets rather
stout Ivs dark green, without glands cones ovoid, ,li-3tin long,
with 6-10 scales, seeds black Calif , Mendocmo Co S S 14 740
— C thurlfcra, HBK Tree \vith spreading branches Ivs oblong-
lanceolate, upright-spreading, not closely appressed cones glo-
bose, about 1 in across, with slightly mucronato scales — C thy-
tides, Lmn -Chanw-cypariB thyoidea. ALFRED REHDER
CURATfiLLA (name refers to the plants being
used or worked used for polishing weapons and metal)
DiUeni&cese. Three or 4 8 American and W^ Indian
small trees or scandent shrubs, of which one is some-
times mentioned in horticultural literature They are
warmhouse evergreens, with white fls in dense pani-
cles. Sepals and petals 4-5, stamens many, carpels 2
(rarely 1), more or less cohering, folhcular. C amen-
1146. Cur cull go fctifolia.
cana, Linn., of W. Indies and S. Amer., grows to 10
ft., erect, tortuous. Ivs. oval, rough on the upper side,
toothed fls malodorous, in lateral compound racemes:
bark wrinkled and cracked.
CURCULIGO (Latin, curculio, weevil; referring to
the beak of the ovary) Amarylhdacae Waimhouse
and conservatory foliage plants with the habit of a
young palm and an odd flower-cluster.
Stemless herbs, with short rhizomes, radical long
narrow usually plicate Ivs., and small fls. in spikes or
clusters on short scapes that may be nearly concealed
at the base of the plant perianth 0-parted, the segms.
spreading and about equal, stamens 0, attached at the
base of the segms , ovary 3-celled — The genus is closely
related to Hypoxis, but differs in its succulent indehis-
cent fr , and because in many species the ovary has a
long beak which looks like a perianth-tube, but this
beaK is always solid, and bears on its summit the style
which is in the center of tho peiianth — T \\elve species
in eastern and westem tropics of which C rfciurata is
grown S and N , being used by florists for vases,
jardimeies, and general decorative woik, and also used
outdoors m hummer It is of easy cult , but requires
perfect diamage It is a question to be determined
whether the plants mostly in cult aic (\ iccurvata or
C Ifitifohu, the recurved dense ovoid head of fls.
quickly distinguishes the foimer species
The curcuhgos are very ornamental plants for large
greenhouses, where a high temperature is maintained.
To have them looking then best they should, if possible,
be planted out in a bed, where they \\ill attain a height
of 5 feet Their gracefully aiching leaves are so con-
structed that they move continually tiom side to side
with the slightest movement of the air The variety
vunegata is one of the best variegated -leaved plants
While not so robust as the gieen toim, it is more
adapted to pot culture The soil should be two parts
loam and another of rotted cow-manure and sand
Diamage must be carefully arranged, as the plants need
an abundance of water The green-leaved kind stands
the summers well in the neighborhood of Washington,
D C , if protected from the sun and afforded an
abundant supply of water As house-plants they are
likely to suffer for lark of moisture.
Propagation is by division The pieces, before pot-
ting, will make new roots rapidly if placed in the sand-
bed of a warm propagatmg-house for a few days.
recurvita, Dry Height 2V^ ft or more, root tuber-
ous Ivs from the root, 1-3 ft long, 2-6 in wide,
with a channeled stalk one-third or one-fourth the
length, the blade lanceolate, recurved, plaited scapes
very rarely as long as the If -stalks, covered with long,
soft brown haus, recurved at the end, beaiing a head
of drooping yellow fls , each -Km across; the scape is
frequently only 1-3 in long, the fls appearing almost
on the ground; bracts 1 to each fl and about as long.
Trop Asia, Austral. B.R. 770. (with scape abnor-
mally long). Var. striata, Hort , has a cential band of
white Var varieg&ta, Hort , has longitudinal bars of
white.
latifdlia, Dry Fig 1148. Height 2-3 ft • differs from
C recurvata in having a very short-stalked erect mfl ,
tho bright yellow fls. in a dense cluster near the base
of the "plant: Ivs. lanceolate, 1-2 ft long and 1-5 in.
wide, the petiole 12 in. or less' fr 1 in long, club-
shaped or pynform, hairy, with black seeds' the plant
produces numerous suckers which, when removed, are
easily grown, and bloom in about a year; said to be
a beautiful and hardy house-plant, more satisfactory
than palms for one without a conservatory. India,
Malaysia B M. 2034. BR 754. L B C. 5' 443 (as
C. sumatrana). — Variable in foilage.
G W OLIVER
WILHELM MILLER.
CURCUMA
CtJRCUMA (Arabic name). Zmgiberacex-. Curious
and showy warmhoubc herbaceous plants with great
spikes of large concave or hooded bracts, from which the
flowers scarcely protrude.
Erect herbs, the st. rising to 10 ft from a thick tuber-
ifcrous rootatook Ivs. usually large: fls. in a dense cone-
CURRANT
917
1140 Curcuma petiolata leaves
like thvse, borne behind concave or hooded imbnea-
< ated obtuse often toloied biacts, calyx and corolla
tubul.ir, the former 2-.J-toothed, the latter dilated
above and with 5 ovate or oblong lobes, stammodium
petal-like, 3-parted, the middle lobe anther-bearing fr
inrlosed by the biacts The latent monograph, 1901
(by Schumann in Englei's PHunxenreuh, hft 20),
recognizes 42 specie-*, mostl} m Trop Asia and some
m Trop Afr The fleshy bracts are perhaps the show lest
feature of the plant, the topmost ones being colored
with gorgeous tiopical hues Rlmomes of some of the
species yield East India arro\\root, while others fur-
nish turmeric The rhizome of C zedoana of India
is very pungent and has propel ties similar to ginger
The genus is allied to Alpinia and \moinum
In spring the tubers should be deprived of last year's
mold and repotted m a fr< sh mixture of light loam, leaf-
mold and tuify peat, the pots being well drained, and
placed m a warm pit or frame m bottom heat Water
.should be given sparingly until after the plant has made
some growth The }oung loots are soft and succulent,
and are likely to rot if the .soil remains \\et for a long
time After flowering, the leaves soon show signs of
decay, and w ater should be gradually w ithdrawn Dur-
ing the resting period the soil should not be allowed to
get dust-dry, or the tubeis aie likely to shrivel The
plants are propagated by dividing the tubers in spring
cordata, Wall Lvs 1 ft long, sheathing, ovate,
acuminate, the same color on both sides, obliquely
pennmervcd. bracts in a cylindrical spike, the upper
part forming a sterile part called a coma, which is a
rich v;olet, with a large, blood-colored spot fls yellow,
with a pink hood Burma B M 4435 — This is now
referred to C petiolata, Roxbg , but it seems at least
horticultural!?1 distinct, with its rose-pink bracts.
petiolata, Roxbg QUEEN LILY. Figs. 1149, 1150 Lvs
6-8 in long, peculiar in this genus as being more or less
rounded or cordate at the base, the stalk 4-5 in. long
fls. spicate, the spikes fi-C in long, bracts 20-30, con-
nate at their bates, and wholly including the pale yel-
low fla. India. B M. 5821 —The most beautiful and
showiest of the curcumas
16oga, Linn. Lva. 2-2M ft,, the blade about 1 ft and
narrowed at the base' fls spicate, autumnal, the ppikes
4-6 m. long; bracts pale green, not wholly inclosing the
pale yellow fls. India. B.R, 886.— The dried rhizomes
of this furnish the well-known turmeric of India, used
as a condiment and as a dye. Intro, by the Royal
Palm Nursenes
C albiflbra, Thwaites, differs from some others here described in
having its spikes sunk below the 'vs , instead of standing high
abovi the Ivs , and all the bracts have fls , while the others have a
htenle portion of the spike which is brightly colored In this species
the spike is short and green and the tis are prominent and white
Ceylon B M 3'JUU — C autstralasica. Hook, f., has its upper bracts
soft, rosy pink and the fls pale yellow Austral B M 5620 — C
KoHcotuna, Wall , has a long and splendid spike, with bracts gradu-
ally changing from grfen to the vividost scarlet-orange fls pale
yellow Burma B M 4ob7 — C rubesctns, Roxbg (C rubricauhc.
Link) Lvs stalked, oblong, with red sheaths, said to be brown m
the center fls red K Indies — C zedoana, Hoscoe, has the upper
bracts white, tinged with carmine, and handsomely variegated Ivs.,
which, with the green of tho lower bracts and the yellow of the fls.
makes a striking picture of tjotic splendor Himalayas B M.
1540 WILHELM MILLER.
CURMfcRIA: Ilomalomena. N TA\LOK.f
CURRANT. The currants grown for their fruit in
Arrienca are derived mainly from two species, namely,
the European red currant, Ribes vulgare (R rubrum)
(Fig 1151), and the European black currant, R mgrum
(Fig 1152) There are two promising American species,
of which tew, if any, improved varieties have been
introduced, the swamp red currant (R. tnste) and the
wild black cui rant (R amirwanutn) Another American
species of which at lea,st one named variety has been
offered for sale is the Buffalo or Missouri currant (R
annum) (Fig llr>4), aKo grown because of its orna-
mental flowers The currant is not known to have been
under cultivation before the middle of the sixteenth
century It is not mentioned by any of the ancient
writers who wrote about fruit, and was evidently not
known to the Romans
Currants are natives ot comparatively cold or very
cold climates; hence most varieties succeeo! over a very
wide area in America They are among the hardiest of
fiuits fiom the standpoint of resistance to cold or
changes of temperature, but m hot and dry sections
the} do not, thrive, and, on this account, are unsatis-
fattorv m parts of the
southern states
The currant is not so
geneiallv used in America
as some other fruits, as few
pel sons care for them when
eaten raw, and when cooked
the\ are usually made into
jcllv and consumed by only
a comparatively small pro-
portion of the people In
the eoldest parts \\ here other
fiuits do not succeed well,
the currant is more popular,
and is used much more gen-
( i all> It is a w holesome
and refreshing fruit and
deserves much more atten-
tion than it receives at the
piescnt time.
The currant does not vary
so much when grown from
seed as most cultivated
fruits, and, being so easily
propagated from cuttings,
it has not been improved so
much as it otherwise would
have been Moreover, size
in currants was not of great
importance until recent
years, when competition in
marketing has become
keener It is only during 1 1 50. Curcuma pctiolat. in
the past fifty or sixty years flow«r. (xJa)
918
CURRANT
CURRANT
that many new varieties have been introduced. At the
beginning of the nineteenth century, few named sorts
were recognized, the currant being generally known
simply under the names black, red and white.
Propagation of currants.
The usual method of propagating currants is by
means of cuttings These root very readily and good
plants are secured after one season's growth. The
test time to make the cuttings is in the autumn, as
currants begin to grow very early in the spring, and
once the buds have swollen they cannot be rooted suc-
cessfully Wood of the current season's growth is used.
This may be cut early in the autumn as soon as the
wood has ripened, from the end of August to the middle
of September being the usual time It should be cut
in as long pieces as possible to save time in the field,
and put in a cool moist cellar or buried m sand If the
cuttings can be made at once, it is best to do so. These
are made by cutting the wood into pieces, each about 8
to 10 inches long, although an inch or two more or less
is not of much consequence. The base of the cutting
should be made with a square cut just below the last
bud. There should be at least 1A inch of wood left
1151. Common currant— Ribes vulgare, in bloom.
above the top bud of each cutting, as there should be
a strong growth from the upper bud, and if the wood is
cut too close it is liable to be weakened. A sloping cut
is best for the upper cut. as it will shed ram better, but
this is not important. When made, the cuttings should
be planted at once, which is usually the best plan, or
heeled m If heeled in, they should be tied in bundles
and buried upside down m warm well-drained soil,
with about 3 inches of soil over them The object ot
burying them upside down is that by this method the
bases of the cuttings will be nearer the surface where
the soil is warmer and there is more air, and will callus
more quickly than if they were further down^t The cut-
tings should callus well in a few weeks, and may then
be planted outside, if thought advisable. Cuttings may
be kept in good condition over winter by heeling-in
or burying in sand in a cool cellar, or after callusmg
under a few inches of soil outside, they may be left
there over winter if covered with about 4 to 5 more
inches of soil to prevent their drying out Good results
are secured with the least trouble by planting the cut-
tings in nursery rows as soon as they are made The
soil should be well prepared and should be selected
where water will not lie Furrows are opened 3 feet
apait and deep enough so that the top bud, or at most
two buds, will be above ground The cuttings are
placed about 6 inches apart on the straight side of the
furrows and soil thrown in and tramped \\ell about
them When only a smaller number aie to be planted a
trench may be opened with a spade It is important to
have a large proportion of the cutting below ground,
as more roots will be made and the plants will be
stronger There would also be danger of the cuttings
drying up before rooting if too much of the wood is
exposed. If the season is favorable the cuttings should
callus well and even throw out a few roots by winter
Where there is little snow in winter, it is a good prac-
tice to cover the tops of the cuttings with about 2
inches of soil, which will be a good protection for them.
This soil should be raked off in spring. In the spring,
cultivation should be begun early and kept up regularly
during the summer to conserve moisture and favor
rooting and the development of the bushes By autumn
they should be large enough to transplant to the field.
In Great Britain and Europe, currants are often
grown m tree form and are prevented from throwing
up shoots from below ground by removing all the buds
of the cuttings except the top one before planting in the
nursery This system is not recommended for most
parts of America as it has been found by experience
that snow breaks down currants grown in this way, and
when borers are troublesome it is not wise to depend
on one main stem.
Most of the cultivated varieties of currants have
originated as natural seedlings, little artificial crossing
having been done with this fruit. Currants grow readily
from seeds, and it is easy to get new varieties in this
way. The seeds are washed out of the ripe fruit, and
after drying, may either be sown at once or mixed with
sand and kept over winter m a cool dry place and sown
very early in the spring. The best plan is to sow them
in the autumn in mellow well-prepared and well-
drained soil, since when this is done they will germinate
very early in the spring, while if sown in the spring the
&eed may be all summer without sprouting. The seed
should not be sown deep, from % to H an inch being
quite sufficient. If sown very deep they will not germi-
nate. The young plants may be transplanted from
the seed-bed to the open in the autumn of the first
year if large enough, but if the plants are very small
they may then grow another season, when they should
be planted out at least 4 by 5 feet apart, so as to give
them room enough to fruit for several seasons, in order
that their relative merits may be learned If intended
to remain permanently, the plants should be at least
6 by 5 feet apart The bushes should begin to bear fruit
the second or third year after planting out. Each bush
will be a new variety, as cultivated fruits do not come
true from seed. If a seedling is considered promising
it may be propagated or increased by cuttings, as
already described.
The soil and its preparation.
Currants should be planted in rich soil in order to
get the best results. The soil should also be cool, as
the currant is a moisture-loving bush The currant
roots near the surface: hence if the soil is hot and dry
the crop will suffer. A rich, well-drained clay loam is
the best for currants, although they do well in most
soils If the soil is not good, it should receive a good
dressing of manure before planting, which should be
well worked into the soil, the latter being thoroughly
CURRANT
CURRANT
010
pulverized before planting is done. A northern exposure
is to be preferred, as in such a situation the currante
are not likely to suffer in a dry time.
Planting.
The best time to plant currants is in the autumn. If
planted m the spring, they will probably have sprouted
somewhat before planting, and on this account their
growth the first season will be checked When the
HOI! is m good condition, currants, especially the black
varieties make strong growth, and the bushes reach a
large size; hence it is best to give them plenty of space,
as they will do better and are more easily picked than if
crowded Six by 5 feet is a good distance to plant If
planted closer, especially m good soil, the bushes become
very crowded before it is time to renew the plantation.
Strong one-year-old plants
are the best, but two-year-
old plants are better than
poorly rooted yearlings. It is
better to err on the side of
planting a little deeper than
is necessary than to plant .
too shallow A good rule to &£'
from six to eight main branches each season and a few
others coming on to take their places. By judicious
annual pruning, the bush can be kept sufficiently open
to admit light and sunshine. A good rule is not to
have any of the branches more than three years of age,
since when kept down to this limit the wood will be
healthier, stronger growth will be made, and the fruit
will be better
about the young plant so
that there will be no danger
of its drying out. After plant-
ing, the soil should be leveled
arid the surface loosened to
help retain moisture.
Cultivation.
As the currant, to do well, must have a good supply
of moisture, cultivation should be begun soon alter
planting, and the surface soil kept loose during the
summer While the plants are young the cultivation
may be fairly deep between the rows, but when the roots
begin to extend across the rows, cultivation should be
shallow, as many of the roots are quite near the surface.
Fertilizers
After the first application of manure, no more should
be necessary until the plants begin to fruit, unless other
props arc grown between, after which an annual top-
dressing of well-rotted barnyard manure is desirable.
When only a light application of manure is given, the
addition of 200 to 300 pounds to the acre of muriate
of potash would be very beneficial. Wood-ashes also
would make a good fertilizer with barnyard manure.
There is little danger of giving the currant plantation
too much fertilizer. Unfortunately, it is usually the
other way, this fruit being often very much neglected.
Pruning.
The black and red currants bear most of their fruit
on wood of different ages, hence the pruning of one is a
little different from the other The black currant bears
most of its fruit on wood of the previous season's
growth, and it is important always to have a plentiful
supply of one-year-old healthy wood. The red and white
currants produce their fruit on spurs which develop
from the wood two or more years of age, and it is
important in pruning red and white currants to have a
liberal supply of wood two years and older; but, as the
fruit on the very old wood is not so good as that on the
younger, it is best to depend largely on two- and three-
year-old wood to bear the fruit. A little pruning may
be necessary at the end of the first season after planting
in order to get the bush into shape. From six to eight
main stems, or even less, with their side branches, will,
when properly distributed, bear a good crop of fruit.
Future pruning should be done with the aim of having
When to renew the plantation.
A currant plantation will bear a great many good
crops if well cared for, but if neglected the bushes lose
their vigor in a few years. The grower will have to
decide by the appearance of the bushes when to renew
the plantation; but as a currant plantation can be
renewed at comparatively little labor, it is^best to have
new bushes coming on before the old ones show signs of
weakness. At least six good crops may be removed with
fair treatment, and ten or more can be obtained if the
bushes are in rich soil and well cared for When one
has only a few bushes for home use, they may be
remvigorated by cutting them down to the ground in
alternate years, and thus securing a fresh supply of
vigorous young wood.
Yield of currants.
The red currant is one of the most regular in bearing
of all fruits, and as it is naturally productive, the aver-
age yield should be large. Bailey, in the "Farm and
Garden Rule-Book," puts the average yield at 100
bushels per acre. Card, in his book on "Bush-Fruits,"
says that it ought to be 100 to 150 bushels, "with good
care," and reports 320 bushel'i At the Central Experi-
mental Farm, Ottawa, Canada, the Red Dutch aver-
aged for four years at the rate of 7,335 pounds to the
acre, or over 183 bushels. The largest yield from red
currants obtained at the Central Experimental Farm
was in 1900, when six bushes of the Red Dutch currant
yielded 73 pounds, 15 ounces of fruit. The bushes were
6 by 5 feet apart This means a yield at the rate of
17,892 pounds to the acre, or, at 40 pounds per bushel,
447 bushels 12 pounds to the acre. The same variety m
1905, in a new plantation, yielded 55^ pounds from
six bushes, or at the rate of 13,431 pounds to the acre,
or 335 bushels 31 pounds. These are very large yields,
and while half of this amount may not be expected in
ordinary field culture, the fact that such yields can be
produced on a small area should be an inspiration to
get more on a larger one.
920
CURRANT
CURRANT
The average yield of black currants has been some-
what less than the red, although individual yields have
been large. The Saunders currant yielded for four
years at the rate of 6,534 pounds to the acre, or over
103 bushels; the Kerry at the rate of 6,382 pounds to
the acre, or over 159
bushels. The highest
yield of black currants
was obtained in 1905,
when six bushes of Kerry
planted 6 by 5 feet apart,
yielded 62 pounds of
fruit, or at the rate of
15,004 pounds to the
acre, equal to 375
bushels, estimating at 40
pounds to the busnel.
Red and white currants.
The red currant makes
excellent jelly, and its
popularity is largely due
to this fact A large
quantity of red currant
jelly is made every year
in Canada Red cur-
rants are used to a less
extent for pies
and as jam
and are also
eaten raw with
sugar As a
fruit for eating
out - of - hand,
the red cur-
rant is not very
popular, but
there arc few
fruits so res-
freshing. The
white currants
are better liked
for eating off
the biibh than the red, as they are not so acid The
Moore Ruby is a red variety, however, which is milder
than most others, and for this reason is better adapted
for eating raw The red currant does not vary so
much in quality as the black.
Red currants will remain in condition on the bushes
for some time after ripening, and therefore do not
have to be picked so promptly as the black
Vai iftiet* Varieties of red currants vary considerably
in hardiness, the Cherry. Fay, Comet, Versaillaise,
Wilder and others, while tearing very large fruit, are
decidedly more tender than some of the others, hence
they should not be planted in the coldest parts The
Franco-German and Prince Albert currants are later
than most other varieties, and when it is desired
to lengthen the season, these may be planted.
Varieties of red and white currants recommended:
Red — for general culture — Pomona, Victoria, Cumber-
land Red, Red Dutch, Long Bunched Holland, Red
Grape. Where bushes are protected with snow in win-
ter, and for the milder districts — Pomona, Victoria,
Cumberland Red, Wilder, Cherry. Fay. and Red Cross.
White —White Cherry, Large White, White Grape.
Black currants.
There are not so many black currants grown in
America as red, but there is a steady demand for them,
and it is thought there will be an increasing demand as
they become better appreciated. They make excellent
jelly and the merits of black currant jam £ave long
been known.
Black currants vary considerably in season, yield and
quality, and theieforo it is important to know those
1153. Native black currant— Ribes flondum.
The fruit is immature ( X J 2)
that are the best As most varieties of black currants
drop badly from the bushes as soon as ripe, it is impor-
tant to pick them in good time.
Varieties of black currants recommended' Saunders,
Collins Prolific, Buddenborg, Victoria, Boskoop Giant.
Of those not yet on the market which are considered
equal or better than those above, the following are the
best: Kerry, Eclipse, Magnus, Clipper, Climax and
Eagle, and the Success, for an early variety when yield
is not so important as size and quality.
Crandatt currant.
This is a variety of the Buffalo or Missouri currant
(Ribes odor alum] A tall, strong, moderately upright
grower; moderately productive Fruit varies in size
From small to large, m small, close bunches, bluish
black, skin thick, sub-acid with a peculiar flavoi . Qual-
ity medium Ripens very unevenly Season late July
to September. As this variety ripens after the others,
the birds concentrate on it and get a large proportion of
the fruit
Some of the most injurious insects affecting the currant
Currant aphis (Myzus nbisY When the leaves of
cunant bushes are nearly full grown, many of them
bear blister-like elevations of a reddish color, beneath
which will be found yellowish plant-lire, some winged
and some wingless The bh.sterb are due to the attacks
of these insects, and when, as is sometimes the case,
they are very abundant, considerable injury is done to
the bushes Spraying forcibly with whale-oil boap, or
kerosene emulsion will de.stroy large numbers of these
plant-lice at each application, but the liquid must be
copiously applied and driven well up beneath the foliage
by means of an angled nozzle Two or three applica-
tions at short intervals may be necessary
Currant borer (Scsia tipuhfonms) Early in June
a beautiful little bluish black fly-like moth, with three
bright yellow bands around the body may be been dart-
ing about, around, or at rest on the leaves of currant
bushes of all kinds This is one of the most trouble-
some enemies of these fruits The moth lays an egg
at a bud on the young wood, and the caterpillar, when
hatched, eats itb way into the cane arid destroys the
pith It remains in the wood during the winter, and the
moth emerges dur-
ing the following
summer Close
pruning is the best
remedy Burn the
wood.
Currant maggot
(Epochra canaden-
sis). Red, black and
white cur-
rants are in
some places
seriously at-
tacked by
the maggots
of a small fly.
These mag-
gots come to
lull growth i
nist as the
berries are about to ripen,
causing them to fall from
the bushes, when the in-
sects leave them and
burrow into the ground to I
pupate Attacked fruit is
rendered useless by the
presence of the maggots
inside the berries; and
frequently it 19 not until 1154 Buffalo currant,
the fruit is cooked that R aureum (
CURRANT
CURRANT
921
the white maggots can be detected Goose-
berries are sometimes injured but far less fre-
quently than black and red currants The
only treatment which has given any results is
the laborious one of removing about 3 inches
of the soil from beneath bushes which are
known to have been infested, and replacing
this with fresh soil That which was removed
must be treated in some way, so that the con-
tained pupana may be destroyed. This may
be done either by throwing it into a pond or by
burying it deeply in the earth
Currant worm or imported currant sawfly
(Pteronus nbesii) By far the best known of all
the insects that injure currants and goose-
berries, is the "currant worm." The black-
spotted dark green false caterpillars of this
insect may unfortunately be found in almost
every plantation of currants or gooseberries,
every year in almost all parts of America
where these fruits are grown. The white eggs
are laid in rows along the ribs of the leaf on
the lower side, toward the end of May. From
these the young larva> hatch and soon make
their presence known by the small holes they
eat through the leaves Unless promptly de-
stroyed, they will soon strip the bushes of their
leaves, thus weakening them eonsiderablv so
I as to prevent the fruit from ripening the hrst
year, and also reducing the quality of the crop
of the following season Theie are at least two
broods in a season in most places, the nrst
appears just as the leaves are attaining full
growth, and the second just as the truit is
ripening The perfect insect is a four-winged
fly which may be seen flying about the bushes
early in spring The male is blackish, with yel-
low legs and of about the same size as a house-
fly, but with a more slendei body The female
is larger and has the bodv as well as the legs
yellow For the first brood a weak mixture of
Currant *mris £rpon> ono ounce to ten gallons of water,
cutting rnav De sPrayed over the bushes, or a dry mix-
ture, one ounce to six pounds of flour, may b*>
dusted over the foliage after a shower or when the
leaves are damp with dew. For the second brood
pans green must not be used, but white hellebore, or
hellebore may be used for first brood, but it is necessary
to kill quickly This is dusted on as a dry powder, or a
decoction, one ounce to two gallons of water, may be
sprayed over the bushes It is, of course, far better to
treat the first brood thoroughly, to reduce the number
of females which lay eggs for the second brood.
Oyster-xhcll xcalc (Lepuiosaphes ulmi). Several kinds
of scale insects attack currants. These plants seem to
be particularly susceptible to the attacks of the well-
known oyster-shell scale of the apple, and the San Josd
scale In neglected plantations these injurious insects
increase rapidly, ana a great deal of injury results to
the bushes The remedies for scale insects are direct
treatment for the destruction of the infesting insect,
and preventive measures, such as the invigoration of
the bush by
special culture
and pruning,
to enable it to
throw off or
outgrow in-
jury Infested
plantations
should be cul-
tivated and
fertilized early
in .tne..8ea80n> 1 1 56 To illustrate the pruning of a currant
and all unne- bush The old cane, a, Is to be cut away The
cessary wood straight new canes at left are to remain.
should be pruned out As direct remedies, spraying
the bushes at the time the young scale insects first
appear in June with kerosene emulsion or whale-oil
soap; or spraying in autumn before the hard weather
of winter bete in with a simple whitewash made with
one pound of lime in each gallon of water, give the
best results. Two coats of the whitewash should be
applied, the second one immediately after the first is
dry. In putting on two thin coats of the wash mbtead
of one thick one, far better results have been secured.
For the San Jos6 scale, the hmo-and-sulfur wash is
necessary, and must be repeated every year.
Diseases of the currant.
The currant is affected by very few diseases. The
only ones that do much injury are the following:
Ltaf-spoL rust (Rtptoria nfeis) The leaf-spot fungus
affects black, red and white c-irrants, causing the leaves
to fall pre-
maturely, and
thus weaken-
ing the bushes.
This disease is
first noticed
about mid- |
summer, when
small brownish
spots appear
on the leaves
These often become
so numerous that
they affect a large
part of the foliage,
soon causing the
leaves to fall As the
disease often appears
before the fruit is
picked, it is difficult
to control it if the
bushes are not
sprayed previously
By using the arn-
moniacal copper car-
bonate the bushes
may be sprayed a
week or two before
it is expected, with-
out discoloring the
fruit, giving a second
application, if neces-
sary As soon as the
fruit is picked, the
bushes should be
thoroughly sprayed
1157 Tree-form training of currant
with bordeaux mixture Experiments have shown that
this disease can be controlled by spraying.
Currant anthracnose (Gl&ospoi turn nbit>). This dis-
ease, which may be mistaken for the leaf-spot, affects
different parts of the bush, including the leaves, leaf-
stalks, young branches, fruit and fruit-stalks. On the
leaves it is made evident during the month of June
by the small brown spots which are usually smaller
than those made by the leaf-spot fungus The lower
leaves are affected first, and finally the upper ones.
They turn yellow and gradually fall to the ground, and
when the disease is bad the bushes are defoliated before
their time On the petioles or leaf-stalks, the disease
causes slightly sunken spots The fruit is affected with
roundish black spots which are more easily seen when
the fruit is green On the young wood the diseased
areas are light in color and are not so noticeable The
wood is not nearly so much injured by the disease as
the leaves. The spores which spread this disease art
formed in pustules, the majority of which are under the
upper epidermis ot the leaf. Where the spores are to
appear, the surface of the leaf »« raised and blackened
922
CURRANT
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
in spots looking like small pimples. When the spores
are ready to come out the skm breaks and they escape
and re-infect other parts. When the foliage drops early
on account of this disease the fruit is liable to be scalded
by the sun The fruit may also wither before ripening
properly, owing to lack of food or of moisture, as, the
leaves having fallen, they are unable to keep up the
necessary supply. The premature falling of tne leaves
prevents the buds from maturing properly, hence they
are not in so good condition to bear fruit the next
year. Spraying with bordeaux mixture is recommended
as an aid m controlling thfe disease. It would be wise,
when currant anthracnose is troublesome, to spray the
bushes thoroughly before the leaves appear. A second
spraying should be made when the leaves are unfold-
ing, and successive sprayings at intervals of ten to
fourteen days until the fruit is nearly full grown, and
there is danger of its being discolored by the spray when
ripe Paris green should be added to the mixture when
the first brood of the currant worm appears A thorough
spraying after the fruit is harvested is desirable.
W. T. MACOUN.
CUSCUTA (origin of name obscure). Convolvuldcese.
DODDER Degenerate parasitic twiners, bearing clus-
ters of small flowers They are leafless annuals, with
very slender yellow, white, or red stems, which become
attached to the host-plant by means of root-like
muckers. The seeds fall to the ground and germinate m
1158. Dodder, twinin* on Its host.—
Cuscuta Gronovii.
the spring. — Species 100,
widely distributed. As soon
as the young shoot reaches
an acceptable host, the root
dies ana the plant becomes
parasitic. Failing to find a
nost, the plant dies. Dod-
ders are common in low,
weedy places. Some species
are also serious pests, as the
clover dodder, alfalfa dodder,
and flax dodder. One of the common species (C.
Gronowi, Willd.), of low grounds, is shown in Fig. 1158.
CUSHAW: Cucurbita moachala.
CUSTARD APPLE: Annona.
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY IN NORTH AMERICA.
The feature that most distinguishes American floricul-
ture from that of Europe is the great preponderance of
the cut-flower trade as compared with the sales of
plants. Forty years ago the passion of Americans for
cut-flowers was remarked bv travelers; but however
important the cut-flower trade may then have appeared
it has had a marvelous growth since that time Prior
to the Civil War it would have been impossible to
purchase any considerable quantity of cat-flowers in
the winter season in any of the large cities. The green-
houses were small flue-heated structures in which a
great variety of plants was grown , hence it would have
been impossible to secure a quantity of any one kind.
There were no middlemen to collect even the small
quantities produced in a locality, and when large
numbers of blooms were required! advance notice was
expected and the person wishing tne flowers had to do
the collecting from the various establishments After
the period mentioned, flon cultural establishments
rapidly increased in number and size. This growth has
continued until today Instead of being concentrated
about large cities, there is scarcely a city of 5,000 or
even less that does not have its florist Not less than
$100,000,000 is now invested in the cultivation and
sale of cut-flowers m America Although statistics of
the cut-flowers alone are not available, a conservative
estimate based on the United States census of 1910
places their annual value at $25,000,000.
From forty to sixty years ago the camellia was the
most valued cut-flower, either for personal adornment
or for bouquets, and sometimes as much as $1, $2 and
even $3 were obtained for single flowers at the height
of the holiday eeason Then came a period of decline
during which they were almost forgotten except m a
few private collections, but now they are seen upon the
market as pot-plants The florist of the present genera-
tion wonders how they could have been admired to the
extent that they should lead as cut-flowers Perhaps
no better idea of the requirements of the former cut-
flower trade can be given than to quote the record of a
leading New York florist establishment for 1807 which
shows a product as follows Camellias about 45,000,
bouvardias 20,000, carnations 70,000, double prim-
roses 100,000, and tuberoses 50,000 Other flowers on
the market in those days were daphne, abutilon, callas.
sweet alyssum, pomsettia, eupatonum, heliotrope ana
a few tea roses. The most profitable white cut-flowers,
in the opinion of many florists, were Steina serrata,
Double White camellia, Callu xthiopica. Lihum can-
didum, Deutzia gracihs, and Double white Chinese
primrose
It will be noted that roses were not important m
the cut-flower trade of this period. It is a fact that very
few were grown under glass. A few florists were grow-
ing Bon Silene, Lamarque and Safrano roses, occa-
sionally devoting an entire house to them, but more
often in houses with other flowers The rapidly-awaken-
ing demand for all kinds of flowers brought good prices
for roses and stimulated the florists to give this flower
more attention. The time was one of changing ideals
and the old formal oamelha? show dahlia and Chinese
chrysanthemum were passing, while new and less
formal flowers were coming into favor. The flower-
buying public, however, wanted something larger than
the small tea varieties then grown. Every new variety
from Europe that had any promise was tried, and from
that day to this scarcely a new introduction has escaped
a searching test as to its adaptability for culture under
glass. The Marechal Niel was grown for the discrimina-
ting trade, and it continued the leading variety until
it was supplanted by the everbloommg, more prolific
and more easily cultivated Perle des Jardins. Likewise,
the hybrid perpetuals were tried, and some of them,
notably General Jacqueminot, were found to force well
This variety, when it could be had for the holidays,
brought $1 and $2 a bud.
The roses of this time were produced on plants grown
in deep beds or m pots or boxes The latter method
enabled the grower better to time his crops, while the
former involved less time and attention. The endeavor
to secure the advantages of both naturally resulted m
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY 923
the shallow raised bench, and this method of growing
cut-flowers has been adopted for practically all now
grown in large quantities, in fact, this system of cul-
ture is perhaps the greatest single feature which dis-
tinguishes American floncultural methods from those
of Europe Simultaneously it became very generally
recognized that to grow roses successfully required
separate houses and a different temperature. For a
long time it was thought that a .special form or construc-
tion was necessary, viz , the three-quarter span, but
now the even-span house is in general use.
The present cul-Jlower production
Having made these important advances in cultural
methods, it needed but the introduction of the epoch-
making rose, Catherine Mermet, to place the rose in
the first place among cut-flowers This variety came
at once into great popularity with the flower-buying
public and was very profitable to the growers, thereby
attracting capital to the flower business The competi-
tion to produce and market the best quality of flowers
elevated the standards in cut-flowers to a higher level
Although the introduction of Catherine Mermet did
much for the flower business, it is as the parent of
Bride and Bridesmaid that the variety is generally
rrrnembcred These "sports." have been the leading
white and pink varieties for twenty yearb, and have
been displaced only during the last five years by
White Killarney and Killarney, although many claim-
ants arose to dispute their leadership These roses
.succeeded because they were profitable with every
florist who could grow roses, and it is doubtful whether
we shall ever see varieties so generally successful
over so viide a territory The market is seeking a
greater variety among loses than it did during the
years these roses held sway, but all this is advan-
tageous to the rose specialists Next in importance
to Biido and Bridesmaid and their successors, White
Killarmy and Killarripy, is the American Beauty
(Madame Ferdinand Jamam) This variety can be
grown successfully and profitably only by growers who
have spec lal conditions As the variety is still with-
out a rival, it continues to be popular with the wealthy
llower-buvei ,s
The American carnation may be regarded as the
greatest contribution America has yet made to the
floriculture of the world The plant is unlike any type
grown in Europe and its development is due to Ameri-
can plant-breeders, Dorner, Fisher, Ward and many
others During the labt fifty years it has been improved
in form, size, color and productiveness Hundreds of
varieties have been introduced and the progress has
been so rapid that the best have lasted but a few years.
Within the last ten years the American carnation has
become popular in England, and now new varieties
are appearing from over the sea The United States
census of 1890 shows that roses were first, carnations
becond, and that the two comprised 65 per cent of all
cut-flowers This relative standing has been main-
tained to the present time
The development in chrysanthemums has been no
less marked From the old formal Chinese sorts, the
popular fancy turned to the large informal Japanese
kinds Now a change to the single and pompon types
is being experienced The varieties of greatest com-
mercial importance have been for the last ten or fifteen
years of Amerrcan origin The English, French and,
finally, the Australian varieties have led as exhibition
flowers, but only an occasional variety has proved
meritorious as market cut-flowers (See Carnation,
Chrysanthemum, Rose, and other special articles.)
At the present time the important cut-flowers are
roses, carnations, violets, chrysanthemums, sweet peas,
lilies, narcissi, orchids, hlres-of-the-valley, mignonette,
snapdragons, marguerites and gardenias. A modern
cut-flower establishment in the region of New York
59
grows for its wholesale trade the following numbers of
plants:
Roses
Chrysanthemums
Carnations
Lihos
Lihos-of-the-valloy
Orchids
. 100,000
240,000
15,000
(75,000 for Easter) 150,000
300,000
25,000
These are grown in a range of houses comprising
900,000 square feet of glass requiring 8,000 tons of .
coal, 300 employees, 25 horses*, 4 automobiles, and a
250-acre farm with a dairy of lb'0 cows to suppy the
manure required
The past ten yeans have witnessed the development
of the new wmter-flowermg types of sweet peas, and
now these flowers bid fair to rival the violet and chry-
santhemum for position after roses and carnations
Orchids, particularly cattlcyas, now aie being grown
by commercial florists for cut-flowers Although of
recent development, during the last ten or twelve
years, all large establishments have an orchid depart-
ment, while many smaller growers are specializing
in their culture
Lilies, through the means of cold storage, ma> now
be had by forcing throughout the year The varieties
of Japanese longiflorums have largely supplanted the
old Lihum HarriMi kind. Lilium specwsum varieties
are now largely grown
The antirrhinum is now being grown by bewral
specialists and doubtless will yield varieties adapted
to greenhouse culture
The most important outdoor flowers for cutting are
peonies, gladioli and asters The peony is now a most
imixirtant Memorial Day cut-flower, and many acres
are devoted to its culture in regions m which the
improved varieties mature their flowers early enough
By means of cold storage, flowers of certain varieties
may be kept in good condition for as much as four
weeks The florists are enabled to have a supply of
this flower for commencements, weddings, and the
like, thioughout the latter part of May, June and early
July
Gladioli are increasing in popularity as smrrmer cut-
flowers because of their keeping qualities under ordi-
nary conditions. Not only are the white varieties use-
ful, but the magnificent colored varieties are being
used in large numbers for bouquets on dimng-tables
m hotels and restaurants
TJie selling.
The marketing of cut-flowers is a business of itself
Manv an excellent grower fails because he is not expert
in selling his blooms The cutting of the blooms must
be properly done and at the right stage of development
The proper stage in the development when cutting
should be done varies with the variety and the season
Roses should be cut as the petals begin to unfold, when
the tip of the bud is bursting and the outer petals have
reached the proper color Carnations are picked when
fully developed or when three-quarters developed
The latter stage is determined by the pistils having
reached an even length with the center petals Most
flowers should be cut early in the morning, and as soon
as cut should be placed in clean fresh water, after
which they are carried to the cooling-room. The vases
in which the flowers are placed should be deep enough
to allow plunging the stems two-thirds their length m
water The temperature of the water should be 10° to
15° higher than that of the cooling-room which is 45°
to 50° The temperature is thus gradually lowered
to that of the storage-room The flowers remain in
the cooling-room until the picking is done, when they
are graded
Along with the advance in cultural methods and to
meet market requirements, flowers have been graded.
Although the kinds of flowers grown and the quality
924 CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
differ but little in the various flower markets, the
grades are not yet uniform However, this ultimately
will be brought about through the Florists' Telegraph
Dolwery Association, an organization which enables a
resident of San Francisco, for example, to have an
order filled and delivered at an address in Boston,
Montreal^ Baltimore or elsewhere The American
Rose Society adopted the following grades for tea and
hybrid tea roses: 9, 12, 15, 18, 24 inches of stem. Of
course the flowers must bo good to accord with this
standard. American Beauty is graded Specials, above
38 inches; fancy, 32 to 36 inches; extras, 24 to 32
inches; firsts, 13 to 23 inches; seconds, 8 to 13 inches;
thirds all under 8 inches On the Chicago mai ket this
variety is graded into specials, 36-, 30-, 24-, 20-, 18-
and 12-inch stems. Carnations on the New York mar-
ket are usually graded into
fancies, extras and firsts.
Fancies are all perfect
blooms, from 2% to 3H
inches in diameter, with
straight stems 16 to 24
inches or more in length.
Extras are those blooms
which fall short m one or
the other of the above re-
quirements Firsts com-
prise all merchantable flow-
ers which do not pass as
extras or fancies During
the grading, all the leaves
from the lower 6 inches are
stripped off as well as any
side shoots in the axils of
the remaining leaves.
Chrysanthemums are
classed as small, medium,
fancy and special. What-
ever the grades used in
any market, it is impor-
tant that they be definite,
and that the grower use
care m grading his own
products
The present methods of
the growers m deposing of
1159. Carnations packed for shipment.
their flowers to the retail florists are as follows' The
large wholesale growers maintain wholesale stores of
their own, dealing with the retailers direct and conduct-
ing a shipping trade The growers at a distance from
the city market usually consign to the wholesale com-
mission florist whose field is as broad as that of the
wholesale grower These two classes of florists keep in
close touch with their customers, even those at a dis-
tance, by the ordinary means of communication and in
some cases by traveling representatives. The smaller
growers living close to a large city adopt any one of
five methods, that is, (1) form a cooperative associa-
tion with an expert salesman to sell the flowers, (2)
organize a flower-market and operate a flower-stand;
(3) consign the flowers to a commission florist, (4)
supply certain retailers regularly, (5) operate their
own retail stores. The particular method to be adopted
in any individual case depends upon the local condi-
tions and the business ability of the grower. The
grower-specialist usually will find it more remunera-
tive to arrange with retailers better able to dispose of
his high-class product.
The development of the methods of packing and
handling flowers has been a great factor in the busi-
ness. In the old days flowers were brought to market,
or as was more often the case, the retailers went to
the growers and carried them into the city in market-
baskets. They were delivered to the customers in the
same way. When flowers were to be shipped, which
was seldom, any convenient box was adapted to the
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
purpose. At present the florists employ wooden and
folding paper boxes for different classes of trade. These
are in various sizes adapted to the kind of flower to
be packed and to the quality shipped. Furthermore,
the package is clean, light, strong and entirely in keep-
ing with the goods. The perfection of the railway and
express service has facilitated the delivery of flowers,
to the consignee. Not only has this enabled growers to
get their flowers to the city, but has made it possible
for florists over the country to secure flowers when they
do not have a sufficient supply. The great wholesale
flower business of Chicago is built in a large measure
upon the demand of florists in towns and cities over the
vast territory extending from Winnipeg to the Gulf
of Mexico, and from the Alleghames to the Rockies.
The packages now used to carry the flowers to the
wholesale market are either
return or gift boxes, tho
former, are strong wooden
boxes with a hinged lid 12
to 16 inches wide and 5 to
6 feet long The.se pack-
ages are returned to the
grower Some do not find
it profitable or possible to
have shipping -boxes or
-crates returned and must
use gift boxes which may
be of wood or heavy paper.
The common box used by
the wholesalers m shipping
flowers to dihtant cuntomers
when the package must be
handled many times, is the
light wooden box This is
made of thin wood, !,>-inch
ends and H-moh tops, bot-
toms and hides, with t\\o
interior cleats to hold the
flowers down These boxes
are made in sizes 4 to 8
inches deep, 12 to 16 inches
wide, and 36 to 50 inches
or more long The boxes
are first lined with paper,
usually four to eight thick-
nesses of newspapers, according to the season Then a
layer of waxed paper is put in Roses, whether on
their way into or out of the wholesale market, are sel-
dom bunched. Carnations, when shipped out or when
sent in by a wholesale grower to hib own htore, arc
usually not bunched, but growers who hell through
the commission florist should bunch the flowers as it
facilitates handling when the flowers amve on the
market Sweet peas, violets and similar flowers are
always bunched. The number of flowers in a bunch
will depend upon the requirements of the market.
Usually sweet pea bunches contain twenty-five, vio-
lets, fifty or one hundred; peonies, thirteen; and car-
nations, twenty-five flowers The bunches of violets
are encircled by a rim of twenty to thirty leaves and tho
combination must be attractively done if even tho
best flowers are to bring a good price. Sweet peas are
bunched without foliage, while most flowers bear their
natural foliage
Long-stem flowers, such as roses and carnations,
when not tied in bunches, are packed one by one in
rows across the width of the box, beginning at one end.
The first row rests upon a pillow made of a roll of paper,
and each succeeding row is separated from the preced-
ing row by a strip of wax paper. This continues until
five rows have been put in each end of the box. Five
or six rows of flowers m each end constitute a layer.
The flowers of each layer are covered with a sheet of
wax paper, and the packing goes on until the box is
filled; but only four to six layers should be put in a box,
CUT-FLOWER INDUSTRY
CUTTINGS
925
Over the stems in the center are placed eight to ten
thicknesses of well-saturated newspapers, after which
cleats are nailed in place This will prevent the flowers
from becoming disarranged in shipping When differ-
ent grades of roses are to be packed in the same box,
the specials arc placed in first unless shipment has a
long distance to travel, when two or three rows of the
cheap, short grades should go next the end of the
box because of danger of injury to the flowers. Each
grade is separated from the next by sheets of tissue
paper and the different grades are filled m until the
short lengths complete the box It should be a general
rule to pack white floweis in the top of the box. Every
box should contain a statement of the contents for the
information of the recipient No icing is usually needed
in winter, but in warm weather the foliage of roses
may be sprinkled with water or chipped ice Carna-
tions are cooled by lumps of ice wrapped in wet news-
papers and placed between the cleats of the boxes.
Violets are preserved by wrapping the stems in soft
tissue paper and dipping this in cool water. Sweet
pea stems are wrapped in wet cotton wool, great care
is being taken to prevent wetting the blooms.
In the early days of the cut-flower business, the
gro\\er retailed his own flowers. He found time to
propagate the plants, tend the furnace, grow the crops,
cut the blooms, make floral designs and, if necessary,
pack and ship his product The rapid growth of the
cities, making it impossible for the florist to conduct
his business near the centers of trade, led to the retail
florist This man, having no glass, could open a flower-
stand or store in the most favorable locations, giving
it his entire time The present-day flower stoies are
the achievements of his skill and industry in develop-
ing the art side of the floiist business.
The changing demands.
The uses to which cut-flo\sers are put have changed.
Forty years ago the taste was for formal designs. The
flowers \vere picked with short stems, and in the case
of carnations only the open buds \sere cut, \\hile the
remaining buds on the stem weie allowed to develop
These flowers were \\ired to wooden sticks for basket
work or to bioom-corn straws for bouquets The details
for making the formal pieces of that time will be found
in Hendei son's "Piactical Floriculture." That the
florists ot that day enjoyed a good tiade is seen in the
fact that on New \ ear's Day, 1.H07, one New York
firm sold $6,000 worth of flowers, and it was estimated
that the total sales in the city amounted to $.50,000.
The same authority estimates the annual sales of flowers
in New Yoik at $100,000 and in Boston $200,000
Probably the sales of the whole country did not exceed
$1,000,000 Often $200 or $300 were spent for flowers
for a reception, and the spending of $1,500 for a similar
purpose, as well as a $6,000 church decoration, were
then the highest achievements of the profession.
The public taste of the present day is for loose,
artistic arrangements of long-stemmed flowers The
popular funeral emblems are forms of the wreath which
are either made of one kind of flowers or of a great
variety of material Flat sprays and bunches of flowers,
and palm (sago) leaves tied with ribbon are also com-
monly used. House decorations consist of vases of
long-stemmed flowers Roses, carnations, chrysanthe-
mums, peonies and gladioli are suitable for this pur-
pose. Table decorations for dinner are also made of
long-stemmed flowers in vases, with some placed on
the cloth with ferns or asparagus. Bridal bouquets are
arranged often in shower effects by means of narrow
ribbon. A remarkable advance has been made in the
use of ribbon Instead of the florist going to the nearest
drygoods store for the ribbon he needed, the present-
day florist carries his own supply of specially prepared
ribbon. As soon as a new shade of color appears in
roses, a new ribbon is manufactured to match the
color. The accessories now required to conduct a
successful florist business are numerous, requiring a
considerable outlay of money; and the trade in this
class of floral supplies is a very large one Every large
city now has its supply houses The kinds of flowers
used throughout the United States and Canada vary
very little and this is confined to varieties rather than
species. The growth of the cut-flower business in
Canada also has been rapid, and artificial boundaries
have not divided the florists of the two countries A
good book on cut-flower culture is "How to Grow Cut-
Flowers," by M A. Hunt There are no works on the
handling of cut-flowers On the use and arrangement
of flowers, the best literature is found in the current
trade papers Among the foreign works which may
prove helpful are "Floral Decoration," by Felton;
"The Book of Cut-Flowers," by R P Brotherston;
and the German special jouliial, "Die Bindekunst "
A. C. BEAL.
CUTTINGS, PROPAGATION BY. A cutting is the
gardener's name for a piece of stem, root, rootbtock
or leaf, which, if cut off and planted under suitable con-
ditions, will form new roots and buds, reproducing the
parent plant
The word cutting, when unrestricted, is given to
parts r f the stem; a part or the whole of the leaf, when
so used, is called a leaf-cutting; a piece of root or root-
stock is called a root-cutting. The scales of some bul-
bous plants', as of the lily, can also be used as cuttings
A cion used m grafting might be called a cutting which
unites and grows on another plant Plants secured by
division or layering are provided with roots before they
are detached from the parent plants, and, therefore,
are not properly cuttings There are intermediate
states between these different categories, however, so
that hard-and-fast definitions do not hold.
1160 Section of propaga ting-bed. Shows four pipes
beneath, the door in the side, and the frame cover.
The practice of propagating by means of cuttings,
together with the discussion of the reasons, results and
bearings, constitutes a department of horticultural
knowledge that has been denominated cuttage, as the
practices, reasons and philosophy of tilling have been
called tillage.
Multiplication by cuttings is a form of bud-propa-
gation in contradistinction to sexual reproduction, i.e.,
926
CUTTINGS
CUTTINGS
1161 Permanent propagating-fraraes in a greenhouse.
propagation by seeds. It is a cheap and convenient
way of securing new plants All plants cannot be profi-
tably increased by these means. Why they differ we
do not know; the gardener learns by experience what
species yield a good percentage of healthy plants, and
acts accordingly.
The following table will show the different ways m
which cuttings are made:
Cuttings
(Growing
Soft
e g., verbena.
wood.
Hardened
o g , tea roses
Stem
(Ripened
wood.
Long, in open air
o g , grape
Short, xinder glass
e g , Japanese cedar
{Short, under glass
Roots or
e. g , Anemone japonica
rootstocks
Long, in open air
e. g , blackberry
1 Entire
e. g., echevena.
Leaf .
Dmded
e g , Begoma Rex.
Bulb-scaloa
e g , lilies.
There is less variation in cutting-progeny than m
seed-progeny, and therefore cuttings (or layers or cions)
are used when it is desired to keep a stock particu-
larly true to name. They are used largely for the
multiplication of forms that are specially __
variable from seed (which have not become
fixed by seed selection), and of mutations as
between the different branches or parts of a plant
(bud sports) Thus, the varieties of roses, chry-
santhemums, carnations, most begonias, and cur-
rants and grapes can be grown from cuttings.
Cuttings are also employed when seeds are dif-
ficult to secure, as in many greenhouse plants,
or when propagation by seeds is difficult and
cuttings are easy, as in poplars and willows.
The cutting-bed.
Under glass cuttings are commonly planted m
pure sand, such as a mason would use for mak-
ing mortar. Sphagnum moss is sometimes used
and various substances like brick-dust, coal-ashes
jadoo fiber have been tried, but without much
success Sand and well-rotted leaf-mold mixed
half and half, is occasionally employed for gera-
niums, for lily scales, root-cuttings and some
succulent plants.
Sphagnum is useful in rooting Ficus elastica.
the base of the cutting being wrapped in a ball
of moss and plunged in a bed of moss. English
ivy, oleander and other plants can be struck
in water, but this method is cumbersome
Peter Henderson's saucer method is valuable
in hot weather, the cuttings are planted in
sand, kept saturated and fully exposed to sun.
In the open, air, a well-protected place, a part
of the frame-yard, for example, should be chosen
for a cutting-bed. The aspect should be south-
erly and the soil must be well drained. The soil
should also be trenched to the depth of 2 l/z to
3 feet, all poor material removed and additions
of humus, in the form of peat, leaf-mold or
well-rotted barnyard manure incorporated.
Provision for watering should be easy. If the
soil is a heavy clay, aud sand.
Structures in which cuttings are started.
Figs. 1160-1165
Large establishments have one or more houses set
apart fqr this and similar purposes called "propaga-
ting-houses " In smaller places a propagating-bed or
-bench can be made at the warmest end of the warmest
house It should be placed over the pipes where they
leave the boiler, and, in order to secure bottom heat
when needed, the space between the bench and the
floor should be boaided up, having a trap-door to open
on cold nights (Fig 1160). Cutting-frames inside a
greenhouse are aiso shown in Fig 1161 Side partitions
should also be piovided to box in all the heat from the
pipes under that part of the bench Good dimensions
for such a bed are, width 3 feet, length 6 feet or any
multiple of six thus making it simple to use a hotbed
sash when confined air is wanted The depth of the
frame should be from 6 to 10 inches in front and about
the same behind The bottom of the bed may be
either wood, slate or metal and should be well drained,
place a layer of potsherds first, then moss, and from 2 to
3 inches of sand on top The sand should be clean,
sharp and well compacted* befoie planting it should be
watered if at all dry It is sometimes advisable to have
the bed filled with moss (sphagnum), into winch pots or
boxes containing cuttings are plunged the moss should
be moist, neither too wet nor dry, and well packed.
In many cases, when large quantities of one sort of
easily struck cuttings are to be planted, the ordinary
greenhouse bench covered with sand is sufficient
(Fig 1162)
Hand-lights and bell-glasses are sometimes used under
glass for small quantities of cuttings instead of frames
They may be 01 every convenient size up to 12 or 15
inches in diameter. The important point is that
1 162. Cutting-bench shaded with lath
CUTTINGS
CUTTINGS
927
provision for good ventilation bo always provided: if
too much water accumulates inside the glass it can be
wiped off with a cloth They are somewhat obsolete
devices for providing a close atmosphere and intensify-
ing bottom heat. The modern gardener fin^ that
sunlight and shading with apers put directly over the
cuttings is quite sufficient lor all plants except a few
difficult subjects. Figs.
1103-1165 illustrate
forms of hand structures.
Out-of-doors cold-
frames are employed for
striking cuttings in
hummer. They are made
of concrete or plank,
and are about 5^ fret
wide, 18 inches deep
1163. Propagattng-bor. bchmd^d 12 inch.''h m
front. I hey are of any
convenient length, which is a multiple of three and
are covered with standard hotbed sash Instead of
coldframes, light hotbeds are sometimes employed for
rooting cuttings in the open air m summer They
entail more care and the results do not offset the gain.
Cuttings of growing wood Figs 1106-1171
These cuttings are made either of the soft growing
tips, as in colons (Fig 1166, also Fig 1027, p 827),
salvui, verbena (F'g 1167), geranium (Fig 1168) and
others, or, of the same wood in more mature condition,
but by no means ripe, as in tender roses (Fig. 1169),
and Azaka indira The cuttings of
plants lik° Euphorbia pulchernma,
erica, epacns, are used m the soft
growing state, if a well-built propa-
gat ing-house is obtam.ible, nut m
an ordinary house, apait of which
is used for other purposes, the older
and better ripened wood will be
more successful
It is generally true that cuttings
of hardened wood will always loot,
although they require more time
and may not make the best plants,
but it is not true that cuttings of
1166. Cutting of
soft growing wood.
(as of Coleus.)
the soft wood will al \\.iv-s root In many cases, as in
the rose, thev succumb before they callus, much less
produce loots In plants of rapid growth and good
vitality, the proper condition of the soft gi owing wood
for cuttings can be determined by its readiness to snap,
not bend, when bent back the hardened wood is m the
right state as long as it continues to gro\v
The treatment of cuttings in both classes is prac-
tically the same They should be planted in sand under
glass
The wood for soft cuttings should be fresh, and pre-
cautions should be taken to prevent wilting during
making and planting if the weather is hot, sprinkle the
floor and bench of the workroom' if they arc delicate
and exposed for an hour or more, lay them between
folds of moistened paper. The average length of these
cuttings is from 1 to 3 inches, but they can be made
longer or shorter . much
depends upon the na-
ture of the plant. The
best growers prefer
short cuttings; the
advantage of a long
piece to begin with is
more than offset by
greater danger of wilt-
ing and consequent
retrogression It is not
necessary to cut to a
1165. Small propagating-box. bud, i. e., at the node,
adapted w R wmoow. ic the more easily
handled plants except in some herbaceous tuberous-
rooted plants, like dahlia (see Fig 1170), and Kalvia
patens, m which a crown must be formed to insure
future growth Make the cut where it will give the
proper length A part of the leaves
should be removed, always enough
to secure a clean stem for planting,
and as many more as are needed to
prevent disastrous wilting1 this factor
varies greatly In a hardwood cut-
ting of lemon verbena all leaves are
taken off, m zonale geraniums from
the open ground few if any are left,
in colons and verbena about one half
are removed, while in Olea fragrant,
Daphne odora, and heath, only enough
for planting Use a sharp knife; but
scissors are handy for trimming and
sometimes for making cuttings of those small-wooded
plants which root easily.
The cuttings of plants with milky juice should be
washed before planting. Sometimes the lower ends are
allowed to dry for several hours, the tops being pro-
tected against wilting Large and succulent cuttings,
e g , of pineapple, cotyledon .and cactus, should be
dried before planting by letting them he on the sur-
face of the propagating-bed for several days, or they
may be planted in dry sand at first Under these con-
ditions a callus forms which tends to prevent decay;
but the wood must not shrivel
Peter Henderson has introduced a method which is
likely to increase the percentage of
rooted plants, and which is desir-
able in slow-growing varieties, like
the tricolor geraniums He advises
that the cutting should be partly
severed and allowed to hang to the
parent plant for a fetf days, this
results in a partial callus or even
roots, before the cutting is entirely
removed
In planting cuttings, use a dibble
or open a V-shaped trench Never
thrust the cutting directly into the
goil Plant deep enough to hold
m F
1164 Propagating-box or hood.
the cutting upright and no deeper (as m l^ig 1171),
making due allowance for the sand settling; the dis-
tance apart should be just enough to prevent them
from pressing against each other. It must be remem-
bered that they stay in the bed only until rooted. As
soon as growth begins, they are potted off. When the
cuttings are inserted, the sand should be firmly pressed
about them, and they should be watered with a syringe
or with a fine rose; the forcible application of water
compacts the sand, thus ex-
cluding air, and prevents
undue wilting
Owe shade immediately,
using lath shutters outside,
cloth screens or papers placea
directly on the cuttings
within, and attend to this
very carefully for the first
few days. Lift the shades
early in the afternoon, and
put them on late in the morn-
ing, but keep them on during
the middle of the day, thus
gradually accustoming them to full light.
Cuttings should never suffer from dryness. The
sand should always be kept moist to the verge of wet-
ness. Ventilation should be given on bright days, but
all exposure to draft avoided. A good temperature for
propagating is from 60° to 65° F } increasing these
figures for tropical plants and reducing them for more
hardy kinds. It is debatable whether bottom heat and
1167. A rooted verbena
cutting.
928
CUTTINGS
CUTTINGS
confined air are advisable for cuttings of growing wood.
The older gardeners employed both, but now neither
is commonly used, except for tropical plants, like croton,
or when a constant succession of crops of cuttings is
required. There is no doubt that with this aid cuttings
will root more quickly, but more skill and care are
required, neglect bringing on fungous disease, which
results in unhealthy plants
or total loss. If bottom
1169. A rose cutting.
1168. A geranium cutting.
heat is used, the average temperature of the bed should
be 10° or so above that of the air, but loss will suffice
Indeed, in beds made as described above, in good
weather the sand is enough warmer than the green-
house atmosphere to answer every purpose If a con-
fined air is wanted, ventilation and shading must be
carefully looked after, and precautions taken against
the accumulation of condensed moisture within the
bell-glass or franiv
Although it is tender plants, in the mam, that are
propagated by cuttings of growing wood, the above
methods can be practised advantageously with some
hardy plants The wood, which is invariably more
successful if hardened, is obtained either from plants
forced for this purpose, e. g , spirea, Deutzia qracilis,
or it is gathered in June ana July out-of-doors, e g.,
lilac, hydrangea They should be potted off in 2- or
3-inch pots, in a rather sqndy soil, when the roots are
from y± to Yt inch long It is sometimes good economy
to box them, i e , plant them a few inches apart in flats,
when not immediately required
Some hardy perennials, like Phlox subulata, Campanula
carpalica, Gentiana acaulis and the hardy candytuft,
can also be easily increased in this
way. Make the cuttings 2 to 3
inches long and plant in flats or pots
in sand or a sandy soil in October, .
November or December, before any
hard frost Keep in a coolhouse and
pot off when rooted They make nice
plants for planting out the following
spring Plants of this same nature
can also be propagated in the open ait
in autumn. Make the cutting longer,
6 inches when possible, and do the
work earlier, in September or in
August m some cases.
Cutting of ripened or dormant wood. Figs 1172-1174.
Many plants grow readily from twigs of the year's
growth taken in fall or winter or very early spring.
The "soft-wooded" plants usually propagate most
readily by this means. These cuttings of mature wood
may be cither long or short.
Long cuttings of npened wood in open air. — This
method is used to propagate many hardy trees and
shrubs, c. g , willows, currants, grapes, forsy thia.
Wood of the current year's growth is gathered in
autumn or early winter, before severe frost, and either
stored in a cool cellar, covering with moss or fresh
earth to prevent drying, or immediately made into
cuttings These cuttings are usually 6 inches or more
long and should contain at least two buds. It is not
necessary to cut to a bud at the base, but the upper cut
should be mst above one Figs 1172,1173 Theyhhould
be tied in bundles with taired n_pe, taking care to have
them lie ''heads and tails" to facilitate planting, and
with the butts on the same level, to promote eallusing.
They should then be buried m well-drained soil, with
the butts down and protected against frobt In early
spring they should DO firmly planted m V-shaped
trenches in well prepared soil set an inch or so apart,
with the rows 1 or 1 l/i ft apart The upper bud should
be just at the surface; to prevent suckers the lower buds
may be removed In autumn they should be dug,
graded and hceieu-m for winter Some varieties will
require a second or third year's growth in the nursery,
others are ready for
permanent plant-
ing, as willows and
poplars, winch often
grow 6 feet the first
year This is one
of the very cheapest
1173. Cuttings of grape, to show
how planted.
1170 Hardened-wood
cutting of dahlia
1171. A carnation
cutting.
1172. Hardwood
cutting of currant.
ways of propaga- -^ ^VjSr-«W^\Vt £1£&?3&-
SSSXtSS ssgfeaOl &&&**
cent root. This
method is generally
used with decidu-
ous-leaved plants,
but some conifers,
e.g , Siberian arbor-
vita?, will strike Remove enough twigs to get a clean
stem for planting, and allow 2 or 3 inches of top above
ground.
The excrescences, knots or knaurs, which are
found on the trunks and the main limbs of
olive trees, are sometimes used as cuttings for
propagation
Short cuttings of ripened wooa (Fig 1174 ) Cuttings of
this class are dsed under glass wiih tender or half-hardy
species, and sometimes with new introductions, in cases
in which the grower is short of stock, and when the plant
is delicate and small The wood should be gathered
before severe frost and the cuttings made and planted
directly in October and November Make them from
2 to 4 inches long (sometimes a single eye only is used)
and plant with a dibble, in pure sand in pots, pans or
flats (boxes about 16 inches square and 3 inches deep).
If a layer of potting soil is placed under the sand, the
young plants have something to feed on and do not
need to be potted so soon after rooting; if this is done,
drainage should be given It is important to keep them
cool until a callus is formed or roots produced If the
buds start into growth before this, the cuttings become
exhausted and are likely to die After rooting, — the
time required varies from one to six months — they may
either be potted or the strong-growing sorts be planted
out in well-prepared beds in May or June, where they
are likely to make a satisfactory growth. The weaker
kinds may remain a year in pots or flats, be wintered
in a pit, and planted out the next spring. Some green-
house plants, e.g., camellia, laurestmus, tender grapes,
CUTTINGS
CUTTINGS
929
1174. Short cuttings
of ripened wood.
arc propagated in this way with cuttings of fully
ripened wood, and others, as cactus and dracena,
'vith wood which is much older They should be given
the care described under the head of "Cuttings of grow-
ing wood" (p. 927), but they must not be forced too
hard at first The temperature should be regulated by
the nature of the plant The safest
rule to follow is to give a few degrees
more heat for propagating than the
plant received when the cutting
was removed.
Hardy shrubs can also be propa-
gated by cuttings of growing wood,
somewhat hardened, planted m
coldframes in June and July. They
are called "cuttings of greenwood,
and are made from 4 to 6 inches
long and sometimes longer. They
are closely planted in sand , or soil
one-half Band and one-half leaf-
mold, m rows 4 to 6 inches apart.
They must be carefully watered, shaded and ventilated
for ten days or more after planting. Much of the
success of this method depends upon the weather; it
brings in a gambling element a few hot and dry days
are dangerous A light hotbed may be used instead
of a eoldframe but this means more care. The rooted
plants are left in the frame all winter, protected and
planted out the following spring.
Root-cuttings Fig 1175.
The cuttings of this class are made of either root or
rootstock and are useful in propagating some plants,
either in the greenhouse or in the open air Tender
plants, like bomardia, and those which are hardy but of
delicate growth, eg, Aiifinone japonica, are handled
under glass, blackberries, horse-radish, and so on out-of-
doors The cuttings are made in autumn or winter,
the roots of hardy plants being gathered before severe
frobt arid either planted directly or kept in moss until
spring, This process of storing develops a callus and
has a tendency to produce buds* For greenhouse work,
the cuttings are made from 1 to 2 inches long, the larger
roots being selected, although the small ones will grow
They are planted in pans or flats, in soil composed of
equal parts sand and well-rotted leaf-mold Ordinarily
they are set horizontally If planted vertically, m
cuttings from the true root, the end which was nearest
the crown should be uppermost , but if made from the
rootstock, that end should be uppermost which grew
farthest from the crown In either case they should be
covered, as seeds are covered, and the whole made
firm Root-cuttings of hardy plants should be kept
cool at first and brought into heat only when ready to
grow They may be kept in a pit or cool cellar Tender
plants require the same or a little higher temperature
than that in which they thrive
In swreet potato, the tuber is cut lengthwise and laid,
with the cut side down, on moist sand or moss, the
edges being slightly covered. Buds develop on these
edges and are removed when of proper size and treated
as cuttings of growing wood, or allowed to remain until
rooted . In dracena
. (see Fig 1052, page
' 842) — and this applies
to stem- as well as
root -cuttings — the
buds arc not taken off
until rooted the orig-
inal cutting remains
in the sand and sometimes produces a second or even a
third crop. The tuberous rootstock of Arum macula-
turn, and plants of like nature, can be cut into pieces,
remembering that the bud-proaucing portion of arum is
the top, and each part will grow successfully Exercise
care in watering and maintain » good temperature.
1175. Root-cutting of blackberry.
(XH)
The rootstocks of cannas are cleaned and cut into
pieces 1 Yi to 2 inches long and planted in a warmhouse
in February (Fig 784, p. 657). As soon as buds push
and roots form they are potted off and grown until the
season for bedding out. Dahlias are not, properly
speaking, propagated from rootstock, but by division;
the plant cannot produce adventitious buds. There
must always be a bit of the crow n attached to the tuber
The propagation of dahlias so closely resembles the
methods here described that it is perhaps well to
mention it
Root-cuttings for planting in the open ground are
made from 4 to 6 inches long, and are planted firmly in
V-shaped trenches or furrows in spring, being covered
2 inches or more deep Roots as large as one's little
finger are chosen, and good results are secured with
plants of vigorous growth In plants like hly-of-the-
valley, common lilac, caly can thus, Scotch and moss
roses, unless short of stock, it is
better to encourage the natural
growth of the suckers and prop-
agate by division, but they all can
be multiplied as above described
Variegation, curiously enough,
IB not always reproduced by
means of root-cuttings.
Leaf -cuttings. Fig 1176.
Many leaves are capable of
producing roots Some have the
further power of developing buds
after rooting, and of these last a
few furnish an economical means
of bud-propagation, particularly
when (he stem growth is in-
sufficient In cotyledon (ec he-
vena) the whole leaf is used,
the smaller ones from the flower-
stalk being often the best
Choose those that are fully
matured, and dry them for a
few dajs on sand, but do not
let them shrivel The treatment, otherwise, is as given
above for cuttings of growing wood. In gloxinia and
other GesneraeejD, the whole leaf (Fig 117G), half a leaf,
or even a lesser portion, is used When enough clear
petiole is obtainable, no further preparation is needed
\\hen a part only of the leaf is planted, some of the
blade must be cut away As a rule, no bud is de-
veloped the first season a tuber is formed, which will
grow m due time
The common Begonia Rex is increased by
leaves in vai ious ways The w hole leaf may
be planted as a cutting, keeping the petiole
entire or cutting it off where it unites with
the blade, or the whole leaf may be pinned
or weighted to the surface of moist sand
(Figs 501-503, p 470), and, if the principal
veins are severed at intervals of an inch, a
plant let will appear at every cut The best
way is to divide the leaf into somewhat
triangular pieces, each part having a strong
vein near the center Plant in sand, in
good temperature, and treat precisely as if
they were cuttings of growing wood Roots
and buds will soon grow, and a good plant
will result within a reasonable time Pot off when roots
are % inch long Certain other begonias may be
similarly multiplied.
Other cuttings
The thickened scales of bulbs, like lilies, can be used
for propagation. Remove the scales intact and plant
upright, like seeds, in soil made of equal parts of sand
and rotted leaf-mold (Fig 1177). September and
October are the usual months for this work. If they
1176 Leaf-cutting of
gloxinia
930
CUTTINGS
CYATHEA
are kept in a cool greenhouse, the young bulblets will
appear in the course of the winter, but top growth will
come later, in summer.
This is a slow, laborious
process, and is seldom prac-
tised except in propagating
new varieties. The granular
scales of achimenes and
plants of like nature can be
used for propagating, sow-
ing them in a sandy soil as
seeds are sown; but this
method is not a good one in
ordinary cases The scales
of Zamia homda have
been made to produce new plants, as have also the
tumcated scales of an amaryllis.
For further details of cuttage, consult Lindley's
"Theory and Practice of Horticulture," 2d ed.:
Burbidge, "The Propagation and Improvement of
Cultivated Plants," Peter Henderson's "Practical
Floriculture;" Bailey's "Nursery-Book."
B. M. WATSON.
CYANANTHUS (Greek for blue flower). Cam-
panulacese Ten or a dozen herbs, probably mostly
perennial, of the high mts of Cent and E. Asia,
with showy blue fls. terminating the ascending
mostly simple hairy sts : corolla funnelform, tubu-
lar or bell-shaped, 5-lobed; stamens free from the
corolla, the oVate anthers more or less connate
around the pistil fr a caps with persistent calyx,
locuhcidally 3-5-valved Ivs. alternate, usually small,
entire or somewhat lobed C. lobatus, Wall , may
be expected in collections of choice alpmes. 4-5 in.:
Ivs. small, narrowing to base, tooth-lobed at sum-
mit: fls bright blue, 1 in. diam , resembling a shi-
ning periwinkle fl , funnelform with reflexed lobes,
the corolla exceeding the calyx-tube and hairy m
the throat B M 6485 Other species mentioned in
recent horticultural literature are C. microph i/Mus,
Edgew. (C. hmfdhus, Wall ), with slender wiry
sts , small entire Ivs , and fls like those of C. lobatus
but with very hairy throat and longer narrower
segms ; C. incdnus, Hook. f. & Thorns , with nu-
merous wiry sts , small nearly sessile Ivs , and yellow
campanulate fls. with hairy calyx; the W. China
form of this (var. lewcdlyx) has a less hairy calyx:
C. Hodken, Clarke, is an annual with small stalked
Ivs and blue fls , from China and India, has rigid
sts. with short lateral fl -branches. £,. H. B.
CYANl^LLA (from the blue color). Amarylhdacex;
it has been referred to Lilidcese and also to Haemo-
doracex. A half-dozen or less small bulbs from S
Afr., sometimes grown in the way of ixias Plants
with rhizomes or tunicate corms, radical or basal
lanceolate or linear Ivs , and simple or rarely
branched sts fls violet, rose, yellow or white, soli-
tary or racemed-pamculate; perianth-tube 0, the
segms. distinct or very nearly so; stamens 6,
attached to base of segms , all perfect, often dimor-
phous* fr. a locuhcidal 3-angled caps., on bractless
pedicel. The cyanellas are
summer- and fall -flowering
bulbs with us. The following
are the kinds likely to be
found: C. capensis, Linn.
Lvs. lanceolate, undulate: st.
pamcled, leafy, 1 ft.: fl pur-
ple. BM. 568. C. Ifttea,
Linn f. (C. odoratissima,
Lmdl ) Less branched . Ivs.
linear-lanceolate, acuminate,
not undulate: fls. rose, chang-
ing to yellow. B.R. 1111.
L. H. B. 1178. Cyathea meridensis.
CYANIDING, CYANIDIZING: Disease and Insects, p. 1044,
discussion of fumigating by hydrocyanic acid gas.
CYANOPHYLLUM: Tarn-
onea.
CYAN6TIS (Greek,
referring to the blue
petals). Commelin&cex.
Probably 40 creeping,
ascencfing or weak
branching often woolly
or hairy herbs, much
like Tradescantia; they
are native in warm countries about the
globe Lvs sheathing, small or medium
in size, various' fls in scirpioid cymes
or variously disposed, mostly blue or
rose-colored, sepals 3, lanceolate-can-
nate, nearly equal, usually combined at
base into a shoit tubej petals 3, also nearly equal,
often connate in a tune, the limb spreading and
suborbiculnr; stamens 6, all perfect, nearly equal,
ovary sessile, 3-oelled and each cell 2-ovuled Easy
of cult.; prop by cuttings There are few species
in cult ; perennial; grown in greenhouses or warm-
houses. C. hirsuta, Fisch & Mey , from Abyssinia,
villous or glabrous, has erect st , globo.se tubers,
linear soft-hairy Ivs , and rose-colored perianth and
blue-bearded filaments B M 7785 C. barbata,
Don, of E India, has elongated branching nearly
glabrous st , narrow-oblong or nearly linear Ivs ,
and blue spatulato- oblong petals free to the base:
ovary hirsute at apex and the style bearded C.
kewinsis, Clarke, of E Indies, is procumbent,
reddish-hairv, leafy, the branches fleshy Ivs a
half or more longer than broad, sessile and
amplexicaul petals rose-purple, ovate, free, fila-
ments bearded B M 61,50 (as Erythrolis Bcd-
domei} C. nodifl&ra, Kunth, of S Afr , is cobwebby
or woolly but becoming glabrous, the fibrous roots
terminating in tubercles . Ivs narrowly lance-linear:
petals blue, lightly connate. B M. 5471 L. II. B.
CYATHEA (Greek, a cup, alluding to the mdusia).
Cyatheacear A large genus of tree ferns in both
hemispheres, with a globose mdusium which ulti-
mately ruptures at the apex and becomes cup-
shaped All the species in cult have decompound
Ivs Most of them are large plants, species with
trunks 20-30 ft. high being common, but there are
a few species that have Ivs. and sts. no more than
2 ft. long Strictly speaking, the genus Alsophila
is a part of Cyathea Many other species from
Colombia and the W Indies besides those described
below are well worthy of cult
The species offer a great variety. Those of tem-
perate regions are mostly stout and not spiny ; the
tropical species are more slender and in many cases
densely armed with stout spines All species are
evergreen The culture of cyatheas is simple in
warmhouses. They require an abundance of water
at the roots and the trunks should be kept con-
stantly moist The foliage lasts
longer if it has been inured to
the sun during summer Like all
other tree ferns, cyatheas need
little pot -room They rarely
produce adventitious growths
along the trunk or at the base
and none is proliferous. The
plants are, therefore, usually
propagated by spores, which
germinate freely, making attrac-
tive young plants in two seasons.
(Adapted from Schneider,
"Book of Choice Ferns ")
XXXIII. Cycas circinalis. the male plant.
CYATHEA
CYCAS
931
A. Rachides unarmed. Iva. white beneath.
dealbata, Swartz. Rachides with pale rusty wool
when young. Ivs firm, bi-tripmnate, almost pure white
beneath New Zeal — C. timlthn, Hurt., is regarded by
some as a horticultural variety.
AA. Rachides unarmed Ivs. green beneath.
Burkei, Hook Stalks with tubercles near the base
bearing large, glossy rusty scales Ivs bipmnate, with
broad pinnules S Afr
meridensis, Karst. Figs.
1178, 1179 Lvs. tnuinnatifid,
with oblong-lanceolate pinnae
and rather narrow lanceolate
pinnules; begins scaly on the
ribs beneath. Colombia.
1179 Fruiting pinnule of
Cyathea meridensis.
AAA Rachides npiny Ivs.
green beneath
medullaris, Swart/ Lvs bi-tnpmnato, densely scaly
when young, with soft, deciduous hair-like scales,
segms coarsely serrate or pinnatifid, on spore-bearing
Ivs Now Zeal.
C anQoltnutw, Wolw A greenhouse npecif»s said to have
fronds G-S ft long produced from a trunk which attains 12-15 ft.
Trop w Afr L M UNDERWOOD.
C^CAS (Greek kiikaa, the name of a palm tree)
CijcadacccF Several beautiful palm-like plants, com-
mon in cultivation undoi glass. Plate XXXIII
The Cycadaoea1 are of great interest because they
occupy a place intermediate between flowering plants
and the cryptogams Like the former they have fr
with a largo starchy endocarp, but like the latter their
sexual prop ib accomplished by means of sporma-
tozoids and archogoma, corresponding to the male
and female elements in animals The plants are dur~
cious, the male mfl is m the form of an erect cone
composed of modified starnmal Ivs which bear on the
under surface globose pollen sacs corresponding to
microsporangia, the female mfl consists of a tuft of
bpreading carpellary Ivs. having their margins coarsely
notched, in the notches are situated the ovules, which
are devoid of any protective covering, and correspond
to maerosporangia Pollination under natural condi-
tions is effect CM! by the wind The pollen settles on the
ovules and sends down a tube into the tissue of the
nucellus Archogoma are formed, egg-cells develop,
and in the pollen-tube are produced spormatozoids
provided \vith minute movable cilia by which they are
propelled, very much as in the spermatozoa of animals
These are discharged over the archegoma and fecun-
date the egg The discovery of nperrnatozoids in the
cycads was made by a Japanese student, S Ikeno,
while investigating the process of reproduction of
Cijcas circinalis Those of Zamia, endemic in Fla ,
were described and figured by H J. Webber, who
found the mature spermatozoids of the latter genus to
be the largest known to occur in any plant or animal
Most of the species of Cycas are arborescent, having
a trunk marked with rings of growth and with the
scars of fallen petioles The trunk is usually simple and
columnar (though sometimes it is branched), and is
elongated by a terminal bud The pinnate leaves form
a beautiful terminal crown like that of a palm or tree-
fern Cyeads are found among the fossils of many
geological formations, especially in those of the early
Mesozoic. The latter formations are grouped together
on this account, and the geological epoch which they
represent is sometimes designated as the "Age of the
Cycads "
Cycads are among the most ornamental plants of
tropical and subtropical gardens In the United States
they are often designated "sago palms," although they
have nothing in common with a palm except the general
habit of growth. In Florida, according to H Nehrhng
who has a plantation at Gotha, near the center of the
state, they thrive equally well on high pine land and
in the rich soil of the low hummocks C. circinalis is
apparently the most sturdy of the cultivated species.
It is almost free from diseases; but it is more sensitive
to cold than C revoluta. The latter, on the other hand,
is subject to diseases in low flat wooded situations.
A third species, C. siamensis, which is comparatively
rare, seems to be perfectly hardy in Florida In cultiva-
ting cycads, Nehrhng has attained the best results by
keeping the weeds away from the base of the trees and
loosening the soil from time to time, taking care not
to injure the small network of tubercle-bearing roots
surrounding the trunk The tubercles, which are
about the size of a pea, are interesting to the plant
physiologist, and are apparently conducive to the
plant's well-being Nehrhng gathers the pollen from
the male plants and sprinkles it by hand over the
female flowers to insure fertilization of the naked ovules.
Plants are propagated by fe.jeds, which keep well for
a month or more after ripening According to K. N.
Reasoner, they should be sown in shallow boxes or the
greenhouse bench, lightly covered with sand, and after
germination, potted off in small pots of moderately
rich, light soil The growing plants do best in partial
shade The old plants frequently send up suckers around
the base of the trunk These may be taken off when in
a dormant state and rooted, care being taken to remove
the leaves to guard against excessive transpiration
Growing cycads require sunshine and moisture.
The beautiful glossy leaves of cycads are used m
many countries for ornamenting temples and for decora-
ting altars On the island of Guam they are used for
palm leaves on Palm Sunday, and in the early days
they were carried by children in religious processions,
marching from one village to another under the guid-
ance of the Jesuit missionaries Cycads are popular
conservatory plants, of easy culture, and tenacious of
life, even when neglected for a long time Their stems
1180. Cycas pectinata.
deprived of leaves are easily transported in bulk
and will soon resume growth when planted. In tho
southern United States, cycads are injured by frost but
often revive after having apparently been killed.
A. Margins of pinnae flat.
B. Modified fr -bearing Ivs. (carpophytts) spinous-
toothed along the margin.
c. Scales of male mfl. tapenng into a long spine.
D. Lvs. 5-8 feet long, with pinnae 10-12 in. long.
circinHlis, Linn. (C. Thoudrsii, R. Br.). FERN PALM.
A palm-like tree with cylindrical trunk and a crown of
932
CYCAS
CYCAS
glossy, fern-like, stiff but gracefully curved pinnate
Ivs.: trunk clothed with the compacted woody bases
of petioles, usually columnar ana simple, but often
branching when the terminal bud has been cut off, or
in clusters of several springing from the base of an old
trunk which has been cut down; in addition to tho
true Ivs , modified Ivs m the form of simple short
subulate woolly prophylla; true Ivs 5-8 ft long, long-
petioled, the petiole bearing short deflexed spines near
the base; pmnte alternate, 10-12 in. long and quite
narrow, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, subfalcate, the
midrib stout and prominent beneath, bright green
above, paler beneath: male mfl in the form of an erect
woolly cone composed of scales bearing globose pollen-
sacs on the under surface and tapering at the apex
into a long spine; female mfl in the center of the crown
of Ivs., consisting of a tuft of spreading buff-colored,
woolly, pinnately-notched Ivs. (carpophylls) about
6-12 m. long, spinous toothed along the margin, and
bearing in the notches the naked ovules, ovules 3-5
pairs, Borne above the middle: fr about the size of a
walnut, with a thin fleshy covering, and a fleshy
starchy endosperm resembling that of a horse-chestnut.
S. India, Ceylon, Sumatra, Java, Philippines, Madagas-
car, E. Trop Afr , Guam. — In Fla the Ivs. of this
species are often destroyed by sharp frosts, but the
trunk is rarely injured and will soon send forth new
ivs when the weather becomes warm again. Nehrlmg
recommends that fine specimens be protected by a tent
or by a house of lattice-work covered with canvas,
and with the sides also inclosed if necessary In this
house a large kerosene lamp will be sufficient to keep
the plant from freezing. In Tampa, Fla , this spe-
cies appears to flourish, some of the specimens having
trunks 6-8 ft high It grows best m rich moist soil
and in partial shade. On the island of Guam, the nuts
of this species form a food staple for the natives in
times of famine following hurricanes. These aia.so
poisonous that the water in which the kernels aie
soaked is fatal to animals After having been soaked
for some time and the water repeatedly changed, the
kernels become harmless, and are ground up into meal
and dried for future use They aie usually pi reared
in the form of cakes, which are said to be nutiitioiis
although rather tasteless
DD. Lvs. less than 5 ft. long; pinnae 3-8 in. long.
media, R Br. NUT PALM of Australia. Trunk
attaining height of 8-10 ft. or sometimes twice this
height, rarely
branched at the
top: Ivs. 2-4 ft.
long or more, the
pinnie very nu-
merous, straight
or falcate, ob-
tuse or pungent-
pointed, flat or
slightly concave
above when
young, promi-
nently keeled
beneath v the mar-
§ms often slightly
ecurrent on the
rachis, glabrous or
slightly pubescent
1181. Cycas revoluta. when young, the
longer ones vary-
ing from 3-8 in., the lower ones shorter arid more con-
tracted at the base, the lowest ones prickle-like, some-
times continuing to base of petiole: coi^s variable m
size, but apparently smaller than in C. circinalis,
which this species otherwise resembles; seeds 1-1 ^
in long, glabrous. Austral, along the northern coasts;
also Queensland.
cc. Scales of male mfl. shortly acuminate.
Rtimphii. Miq. Closely related to the preceding, but
growing taller in its natural habitat, sometimes reach-
ing a height of 20 ft. or moie. Ivs. shorter and with
fewer Ifts. scales of male cone thickened and obliquely
truncate at the tip, with a short upcurved sometimes
caducous point; earpophylls a foot long, narrower
than in C circinahs, with an entire often elongate
Malaya, New Guinea, and N. Austral — This specie:
when growing in cult, is usually much lower, and
has a full large crown of Ivs , with lanceolate pinnfj;
thinner and paler than those of C circinalis Much
grown in tropical gardens of E. Indies, male plants
rare.
BB Modified fr.-beanng Ivs. pectinate along the margins
c. Trunk much swollen at the base blade of carpophyll
ovate-rhomboid
siamensis, Miq. A small palm-like tree sts 2-6 ft ,
much swollen at the* base. Ivs 2-4 ft , stiff spreading,
pinnae 3-8 in long, linear mucronate-acurnmate, blade
of carpophyll tawny-woolly \vhen young, at length
glabresecnt above, ovate-rhomboid, long-acuminate,
margin deeply pectinate lacerate scales of male mil.
about %m long, with a slender terminal point of the
same length: seeds 1}£ in long, obovoid-oblong
Burma, Siam, Cochin China — Apparently hardy in
Fla It is rare, occurring in only a few gardens It is
a beautiful species, easily recognizable by its trunk
which is swollen very much like that of Dasyhnon,
and according to Nehrlmg grows much faster than the
species more commonly cult It is certainly deserving
of more general cult.
cc. Trunk not swollen at the bat>e' blade of carpophyll
broadly orbicular.
pectinata, Griff. Fig 1180 A glabrous evergreen
palm-like tree, to 10 ft high m its native habitat but
usually much shorter m cult hs ascending, recurved,
5—7 ft. long, pinnae 7-10 in long, narrowly linear taper-
ing into a minute apical spine, subfalcate, blade of
carpophyll covered with dense tawny wool throughout,
6 in. long, broadly orbicular, long-acuminate, its
margin deeply subulate-pectinate, stalk about equal in
length to the blade with 2 or 3 pairs of ovules above
the middle; spiny marginal teeth %in long, terminal
point \l/2 m long, tapering from a flat base, with 1 or
2 spinous teeth seeds about 1^2 m long, ovoid, male
cone 18 in long, 6 in diam , cylmdnc-ovoid; anther-
bearing scales \l/i m. long, 1 in diam , deltoid-clavate,
the apex much thickened, abruptly acuminate, ter-
minal point l^A in long, spine-like, ascending India,
Nepaul, East Bengal, 2,000 ft elevation, Assam,
Martaban, m pine forests GF. 4:114 (adapted in
Fig. 1180).
AA. Margins of pinnx revolute.
B. Blade of carpophyll pectinate.
revolfcta, Thunb. SAGO PALM. Figs. 1181, 1182
A graceful palm-like tree or shrub, becoming 6-10 ft
high, with trio trunk simple or branching Ivs long and
recurved (2-7 ft.); pinnae numerous, suboppositer
curved downward, narrow, stiff, acute, terminating*
in a spine-like tip, dark shining green, the margin
revolute; carpophylls with the blade broadly ovato,
densely clothed with brownish felt-like wool, pec-
tinate, ovules 2 or 3 pairs borne near the base: fr.
ovate, compressed, red, about 1H m long. S Japan.
— This is the most common cycas in conservatories
It is of Javanese origin and is much hardier than the
species mentioned above. In Fla. it is usually found in
all of the better parks and gardens, where it is suitable
as a center about which to arrange other ornamental
CYCAS
CYCLAMEN
933
shrubs According to Nehrhng, this species is of slow
growth. In the male plants there are usually several
heads The male mfl is usually 18-20 in long and
cylindrical in form The female mfl is in the form of a
semi-globose head, yielding 100-200 large bright red
nut-like seeds, which ripen about Christmas time. The
new Ivs. appear
all at one time,
usually in May
They have a beau
tiful glaucous
green color and at
first stand erect
Young plants are
easily grown from
seeds Unfortu-
nately this beau- 1182. Leaf of Cycas
tiful species is, in revoluta.
Fla , subject to
blight for which no remedy has yet
been found It appears to thrive best
in open situations; and in Cent Fla.
it grows with little care, flowering and
fruiting abundantly. The nuts are
eaten by the natives, and from the
pith of the trunk a kind of sago is prepared
for which the common name "sago palm" is
given it. The leaves are much used in funeral
decorations
HB Blade of carpophylls dentate-lobale.
Beddomei, Dyer (C revolida, Bedd., not Thunb.)
A low shrub with sts only a few in high Ivs about
3 ft long, pinna* about J^m wide, strongly revo-
lute, carpophylls 6-8 in. long, with the blade 3 in
long ana 1 in broad, ovate-lanceolate, tapering
into a long-acuminate point, strongly dentatc-lobate,
bearing 2 pairs of ovules above the middle seeds glo-
bose, \l/2 in diarn , male cone about 1 ft. long and 3
in. diarn , very short-peduncled, anthenfcrous scales
long-acuminate, acumen in upper half of cone strongly
deflexed, near the base of the cone ascending. — E.
Madras, abundant on the hills
dedonica, Lind "A very
, ... 1 species from the ryeads
ito the U M by \\ T Swingle Much
nd pinnae closer —
Other cultivated rjcads arc C ,
ornamnntal palm-like plant, of a diffen nt species from
ordinarily grown," intro into the U « by >\ T
like C cimnuha but with fronds narrower and pinnae el
C Xormanbyan'i, Muell , intro into the U S from Prince by \V T
Swingle, a sprcuHWith oblong-obovate Ivs , h.u ing numerous linear
pinna? o in long Austral — C Rmmimani, Regrl i>t rather st
Ivs bright gnen, erect, spreading in a \ase-lik
fine-pointed Philippine, I II 11 405 w
wn, tho pinnae
£ SAFFOKD
CYCLAMEN (classical name, probably from the Greek
word for circle, m allusion to the spirally twisted
peduncles) PnniuldLCcy Ileibaceous and low plants,
with a flattish tuber or corm, gio\\n sometimes in the
open and one of them much prized as a flon.st's and
window-garden subject
Flower single, on a scape, \\ith usually 5-parted
calyx and corolla (the parts strongly reflexed), o con-
nivent stamens, with pointed sessile anthers, 1 style
and stigma, and a 5-sphtting caps Ivs cordate or
remfonn, long-petioled, entire or sinuate-dentate: fls
nodding or declined, purple, rose or white. — About 20
species of the Medit region, extending to Cent Eu.
C peraicum is the source of the standard florists'
cyclamens Most of the other species are essentially
outdoor plants. They arc little known in outdoor
Cting in N. Amer , however. The European cata-
es list several species aside from C. pert>icum, and
they are here described; and others are included in
the supplementary list that are recently mentioned in
horticultural literature. Old English name sow-bread,
from the tubers being sought by swine Consult Fr.
Hildebrand, Die Gattung Cyclamen, Jena, 1898; also
Pax & Knuth in Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft 22, 1905.
All cyclamens are very beautiful, and would be much
more popular were they hardy in our eastern climate.
On the Pacific slope many of them probably would be
perfectly at home as outdoor plants, producing a great
number of flowers above the bare soil in the depth of
winter before the leaves are developed — It 13, however,
with the Persian cyclamen (C persicum), which is
tender, that florists have had the greatest success.
There is no common winter-flowering subject of as
much value for duration in bloom, variety of coloring,
or wealth of color. It is preferable at all times to begin
the culture of Persian cyclamen with seeds, sown in
the early winter months Grow on without any check
for the following year. They should bloom
freely about fifteen months from planting Old
tubers, such as are offered in fall with other
florists' bulbs, rarely give satihfaction as com-
pared with a packet of seeds It is not the
nature of the plant to have all its roots dried
off, as if it were a hyacinth or tulip Our sum-
mers are rather too warm to suit cyclamen
perfectly, and it will be found that the most
growth is made in the early autumn It is best
to give the plants a little shade m the hot
months, such as a frame outdoors near the
shade of overhanging trees at midday This
is better than growing them under painted
glass, as more light is available, together with
plenty of fresh air on hot days It will be
found that cyclamen seeds require a long time
in which to germinate, — often two months.
This is due to the fact that the seed produces
a bulb or corm before leaf-growth is visible As
soon as t\vo leaver are well developed, place
the plants around the edge of 4- or 5-mch pots
until every one is large enough for a 3-inch
pot The roots are produced sparingly in the
initial stages, and too much pot-room would
be fatal at the start By the middle of sum-
mer another shift may be given, and in Sep-
tember all \\ill be ready for the pots in which
they are to fkwer, — 5- or 6-irich pots, accord-
ing to the vigor of the plants. It will always
be found, how ever, that there will be a certain
percentage that will not grow, no matter how
much persuasion is used These may be
thrown away, to save time and labor early in
the season In the house they should have the light-
est bench It is impossible to grow them in a warm,
shady house About 50° at night is the ideal tem-
perature when in flower The best soil is a fresh,
tufty loam, \\ith a fourth or fifth of well-rotted horse-
manure, to which add some clean sand if the soil 18
heavy. At all tunes, the pots should be \\ell drained —
The Giganteum strains of the Persian cyclamen
produce the largest blooms, but at the expense of
quantity For the average cultivator it is better
to try a good strain that is not gigantic. There is
a recent departure in the form of crested flowers.
Cyclamens come true to color from seeds, and one can
now buy named varieties that will reproduce them-
selves almost to a certainty —Of recent years culti-
vators have had much trouble with a tiny pest or mite
that attacks the plants and renders them useless for
bloom. Its work is done mostly after the plants are
taken into the greenhouse and when about to mature
into blooming specimens If the first flowers come
deformed or abnormally streaked with colors that are
darker in shade, it is a sure indication that the pest is
present. Frequent light fumigation with hydrocyanic
acid gas as soon as the pest is discovered will in time
eradicate it, but being very small, and able to hide
under the divisions of the calyx, seldom coming out
except on bright days, makes the pest a difficult one
to fight. The gas cannot be used during sunshine.
Tobacco stems used freely between the pots is a good
preventive measure. Greenfly is likely to attack the
934
CYCLAMEN
CYCLAMEN
plants at all stages of growth. In the frames the plants
may be plunged in tobacco stems, and in the green-
house they must be fumigated or vaporized with some
of the nicotine extracts. Great vigilance must be exer-
cised in growing cyclamens. (E. 0. Orpet.)
sestivum, 5
floribundum, 5.
pumcum, 1.
africanum, 7.
giganteum, 1.
purpurcum, 1.
album, 1, 2.
hedersefolium, 1, 8.
purpurasrens, 5.
aleppicum, 1.
Atkinaii, 3
ibencum, 3.
indicum, 1
pyrolxfohum, 1.
roseo-superbum, 1.
atro-rubrum, 1.
latifohum, 1.
rubrum, 1.
autumnale, 8.
hbanoticum, 4.
saldeiisf, 7.
cihcicum 6
macrophyllum, 1.
sangumeum, 1.
Clusn, 5*
magmhcum, 1.
splendens, 1
cordifolium, 5
subhastatum, 8.
coum, 2, 3.
orbiculatum, 5.
vernale, 3, 8.
elegana, 3.
Papiho, 1.
vernum, 2
europaeum, 5.
ficanxfohum, 8.
persicum, 1.
punctatum, 1.
violaceum, 1.
A. Plant blooming in spring (or in winter under glass).
B Corolla-lobes not eared.
1. pgrsicum, Mill. (C hedersefbhum, Sibth. &
Smith. C indicum, Linn C. latifbhum, Sibth. &
Smith. C. macrophyllum, Sicb. C punicum, Pomel.
C. pyrolxfbhum, Sahsb ) Fig 1183. The common
greenhouse or Persian cyclamen, in many forms:
tuber large, flattened endwise, corky on the outside:
Ivs. appearing with the fls , ovate,
crenate-dentate, base deeply cor-
date, usually marbled or variegated
with white fls. on scapes
6-7 m high, large, scent-
less, white, purple-blotched , >
at the mouth, but with *'{
rose - colored, purple and
spotted forms, the segms.
oblong-spatulate in shape,
not eared or lobed at the
base: pedicel not coiling m
fr. Greece to Syria.
The large-fld. cult
forms are grouped
as follows by Pax
& Knuth: Var
album (C. aleppi-
cum, Hort ). Pure white.
Var.giganteum. White with
red throat; very large. Var.
magnificum (var. puncld-
tum). White, speckled with
red, large. Var. rubrum.
Red Var. sanguineum.
Light blood-red, large. Var.
rdsea-supSrbum. Brilliant
rose-red, large. Var. purpureum Purple with bluish
markings, large. Var. violaceum. Violet-red. Var. atro-
rubrum and var. splSndens. Dark red, large The
var giganteum (C. giganteum, Hort ) is the common
large -fld, improved form of the florist's cyclamen.
There are also double-fld. forms (R H. 1886, p 250);
alsofimbriate or crested forms, C Papiho (I H 43:63.
GF. 5*235. GC. III. 21:71; 23:173). Other por-
traits of C persicum are: BM 44. I H. 35:43 Gn.
47.378; 48:182. J H III. 34 578 Gt. 44, p. 203; 45,
p 164. F.S. 22:2345 AG 14:390-2; 17:261. A F.
7:521-5; 11:1176-9; 12:499. The species is frequently
figured m the trade catalogues.
2. cdum, Mill. (C. vfrnum, Sweet). Tuber smaller
than m the last, globose or flattened: Ivs. with or pre-
ceding the fls , nearly orbicular or round-reniform,
entire, firm, not marbled nor variegated: fls. small,
scentless, half or less as large as those of the last, purple
and spotted in the throat. S. E. Eu. to Persia. B.M.
4. L.B.C. 2:108. F.S. 22:2345.— There is a white-fid,
form (C. album, Hort.).
\
1183. Cyclamen persicum.
Showing a flower of perfect
form, and the crested variety.
(XH)
3. ibe'ricum, Goldie (C. cbum var. ibbncum, Boiss.
C. elegans, Boiss. & Buhse. C verndle, Koch) Dwarf:
Ivs appearing before the fls , ovate-orbicular and
roundea at the apex, entire or obscurely undulate,
more or less zoned with white above fls purple with
a darker colored throat. Caucasus — Perhaps a geo-
graphical form of C. coum. C. Atkinsii, Moore, is
(7. coum x C. ibencum, Hildeb. Lvs. remforrn, apex
rounded, more or less shining, deep greon, spotted
silver-white, the corolla-lobes pale rose or white and
usually lined or spotted red. F.S. 23 2425.
BB. Corolla-lobes eared.
4. Iiban6ticum, Hildeb. Tuber globose with a cork-
like covering: Ivs. autumnal, the blade obcordate,
sinuate, dentate or crenulate or rarely entire, marked
with white above, deep violet or purple beneath fls
fragrant; calyx-lobes oblong-acuminate, the margin
lightly undulate, 5-nerved, corolla-tube somewhat
globose-campanulate, the lobes lightly eared at base
and broad-ovate, entire, pale or deep rose-color with
a deep red T-torm rnaik at the
base, btyle exseited. Lebanon
A A Plant hi f turning in .summer
and autumn
B. Corolla-lobes not eared.
5 europsfeum, Linn (C
CliiMi, Lindl C fr^tirunt,
Park C. cordifblinm,
Stokes C flonbundum,
Sahhb C.orbiculaturn. and
(" purpurdf,cens, Mill )
Tuber with cork} exterior
Ivs ovate -orbicular or
remform, entire or
nearly so, with a
deep and nan ow
b:i.sal sinus, more or
less white-marbled
above, purple-tinted
beneath, fls on scapes
^^^^^^ 4-5 in high, bright red
//JP83MS^i»? anf% very fragi ant , not spotted,
^/Sfj^^^ tne corolla -segms oblong-
v*Jf?»}bCs>, spatulate (^(m or less long),
calyx glabious pedicel spually
coiling in fr. Cent, and 8. Ku BR 101-i— Lvs
appearing with the fls, more or le.ss evergieen.
Variable
6 cilicicum, Boiss &Heldr Much like (7. curopxwtr
tuber hairy: fls pale rose, with purple at the mouth,
about twice larger; corolla-lobes elongated; calyx
puberulent. Sicily. G C. III. 23 '81
BB Corolla-lobes eaied.
7. africanum, Boiss. & Rent (C. saldense, Pomel).
Large: tuber large* Ivs ovate-cordate to reniform,
coarsely toothed, pale beneath, dull and pale green
marbled above* calyx pubescent, the lobes broadly
ovate-acuminate, corolla nearly white, faintly rose-
or purple-tinged, the segms 1 in long and deep purple
at the base; calyx-lobes lanceolate Algeria. B M
5758. FS. 8:841 —Little known in this country, but
sold by the American agencies of the Dutch bulb
houses.
8 neapolitanum, Tenore (C autumnale, Boos (\
ficanspfbhum and C subhastatum, Reichb C. hederi-
fbhum, Ait C vernale, Mill ). Tuber very large, black,
thick-rinded: Ivs. variable, from hastate to round-
reniform, more or less wavy-plaited on the edges,
green or somewhat parti-colored: calyx small; corolla
pink or rarely white, the segms. short and twisted
and the edges raised and white-edged at the base;
calyx-lobes triangular to oblong. 8. and E. Eu. B.R
24:49. Go. 51, p. 37
CYCLAMEN
CYCNOCHES
935
C. xqintticum, Hildeb. Intermediate between C. gwecum and
C pseudo-grsecum, from the former it differs in its small fls. and
other parts and from the latter m having more rounded Ivs Greece.
— C gr&cum, Link Autumn-flowering. Ivs obcordate. irregularly
cartilaginous-dentate- corolla-lobea lanceolate or oblong-lanceo-
late, eared at base, rose-colored with deep purple at base 8 E Eu
— C hiemdle, Hildeb. Winter-flowering Ivs round-reniform, bright
green and silver-zoned, fl. purple with deep red in the throat,
corolla-lobes round-ovate, not eared. Asia Minor — C. Jdvia,
Hildeb Differs from C neapohtanum in its more slender fls with
longer lobes of calyx and corolla Asia Minor — C. marUimum,
Hildeb Lvs. variable in form, mostly ovate, brown-green fls.
in Sept , inconspicuous, pale rose with marked throat, the corolla-
lobes rounded Asia Minor — C Afr harakian, Hort «=C grsecum —
C psewlo-ffrsecum, Hildeb Differs from C graecum m having
filaments and anthers longer, the latter 3-angled and acuminate,
corolla pale rose or almost white Crete — C pstiulo-ibiricum,
Hildeb. Spnng-flowenng Ivs obcordate, rounded at base and top,
the margin cartilagmous-orcnulate, deep gretn and spotted sil-
very white fl violet, spotted with darker color, wlute at base,
corolla-lobes oblong-ovate, not eared pedicel spiral in fr Probably
Asia Minor — C. paeudo-marttimum, Hildeb Differs from C.
mantimum m Ivs being lanceolate-acuminate, calyx-lobes rounded
and corolla-lobes long-acuminate Asia Minor — C. repdndum,
Sibth & Smith Spring-flowering tuber small Ivs cordate, undu-
lato-lobed, the lobes usually mucronate fl beautiful purple, the
throat constricted and deeper-colored. Cent, and E Medit basin.
L. H B
CYCLANTHfeRA (Greek, anthers in a circle). Cucur-
bitacese. Annual- or perennial-rooted herbs, one of
which is sometimes grown for its ornamental character.
Climbing by tendrils, glabrous or pubescent: Ivs.
entire, lobed or 5-7-foholate: fls. monoecious, minute,
yellow, greenish or white, with their parts in 6'e,
stamen 1 with a 1-celled anther. The plant is a climb-
ing half-hardy annual of easy cult 1 he seed should
be started indoors early. The genus is near Echinc-
cystis and Elatenum, and has more than 30 species, all
from Trop Amer
pedata, Schrad Annual' st. glabrous Ivs pedately
5-7-foholate, the Ifts. sessile or nearly so and lanceolate
or oblong-lanceolate, serrate* tendrils 3-4-parted: male
fls small, m panicles equaling or exceeding the Ivs : fr.
nearly sessile, somewhat soft-prickly or smooth, oblong
and attenuate at base, green becoming yellowish white,
2-locular Mex south — A strong ornamental climber.
C explbdens, Naudin, with somewhat 3-lobed Ivs. and
short spiny explosive fr., may be m cult. L, jj. B.
CYCLANTHUS (flowers m a circle). Cyclanthacex.
A Trop American genus of 4 species giving name to a
small order which is allied to the palms. They are
acaulescent palm-like herbs with a milky mice: Ivs.
long-stalked, entire or bi-furcate, the segms lanceolate,
1-nerved: fls fragrant. The species are not in the
American trade Cult of Carludovica (which see). C.
bipartUu^, Poit , of Guiana, has Ivs. sometimes divided
into 2 long nariow lobes, the petioles being 3-6 ft.
long spadi\ straight and cylindrical, in a 4-lvd.
yellow spathe, the scape 2 ft long. G W. 8, p. 153; 15,
p. 610. C. cnstdtus, Klot/sch, of Colombia, nas short-
stalked bifid Ivs , with the parts falcate and conmvent:
spadix about 8 m. long. G W. 8, p 202. C. discolor,
Hort , has young Ivs. streaked with brown-orange: Ivs.
bifid, the parts lanceolate, acuminate, the margins
frilled Probably S. Amer. C. Godseffidnus, Hort,
exhibited in 1892, "has noble Ivs. of a rich green color,
oblong, obovate, tapering to a sheathing stalk.
Sander.
CYCLOBdTHRA: Calochortus.
CYCLOL6MA (Greek for circle and border, from the
encircling wing of the calyx). Chenopodiacese. One
weedy herb, C. atnplicifolium, Coulter (C. platyphyl-
lum, Moq.), of sandy soils from Minn , west and south,
which was once mtro as the "cyclone plant," since the
plant is a tumble-weed or rolls before the wind when
it is matured and becomes detached from the soil. The
plant is a much-branched rank-growing annual, 1-2 ft.
nigh, pubescent or nearly glabrous, with narrow but
flat and sinuate Ivs., and oractless fls. in an open
panicle. The fls. are very small, perfect or sometimes
lacking the stamens; calyx 5-cleft, the lobes strongly
keeled and becoming winged and inclosing the seed
Plant not fleshv or jointed.
CYCLtfPHORUS (Greek, circle-bearing). Polypody
acex. An E Indian and Malaysian genus of simple-
Ivd. ferns, related to some species of Polvpodium. The
genus is characterized by having creeping scaly root-
stocks, simple Ivs usually densely covered with star-
shaped scales, at least on the back. The son are round,
naked, and placed so closely together as to appear often
completely to cover the back of the If. The venation
consists of a very fane close network difficult to dis-
tinguish. Often hsved in trade under Polypodium
Lingua, Desv. (Niphdbolus Lingua, Spreng ) Lvs. 6-
12 in long, on short stalks, the If .-blades thick, leathery,
narrowly oblong, 4-8 m long. 1-2 in. broad, densely
covered beneath with rusty white scales. Var. corym-
bifera, Hort. A form with the tips of the Ivs. much
forked, making the blade much broader than in the
type Var. variegata. Hort. A form with "light yellow
lines about J^n. wide and %m. apart, running across
the fronds at right angles to the midrib." See also
Polypodium. R. C. BENEDICT.
CYCN6CHES (Greek, swan's neck, referring to the
shape of the column). Orchidacex. Epiphytic orchids,
requiring warmhouse treatment when growing.
Pseudobulbs fusn^rm: Ivs. plicate1 fls. of 2 sexes, the
perianth alike, the lip entire, or that of the stammate
very different, with tne sepals and petals narrower, the
lip clawed and with finger-like projections from the
side, the column much elongated and arched; pol-
linia 2 Both sexes may be produced in the same plant.
A third form of fl., usually perfect, occasionally appears;
this is intermediate between the others — About a dozen
species of Trop. Amer.
A. Perianth alike in both sexes; lip entire.
chlorochilon, Klotzsch Pseudobulbs 5-7 in tall. Ivs.
lanceolate' raceme erect, 2- or 3-fld ; fls 4-6 in. across:
sepals and petals yellowish green, acute, the lateral
sepals broader than the dorsal, hp obovate or elliptic,
acute, a dark green depression near the triangular erect
callus. Venezuela. G.C. Ill 3:145 IH 35:65. R.
1:39. J.H. 111.35:285. Gn. 49, p. 403; 51:172.
ventricdsum, Batera. Pseudobulbs 8-10 in. tall: Ivs.
lanceolate* raceme drooping, 4-6-fld.; fls 4-5 in. across;
sepals and petals yellowish green, acute, the petals
broader than the sepals, hp white, cordate, acuminate,
clawed, a black callus at tne junction of the claw with
the hp. Guatemala.
AA. Perianth differing in the sexes; lip with finger-like
lateral projections.
aureum, Lindl. Male racemes pendulous, 8-12-fla ;
fls. 2-3 in. across, yellow, red-spotted; sepals and petals
similar, the former spreading, the latter rcflexed; hp
clawed, the dilated middle giving rise to a number of
projections, forked at the end. Cent. Amer. J.F. 3:264.
pentadactylon, Lindl. Male racemes usually pendu-
lous, rnany-fld.; sepals and petals greenish yellow
barred with brown; lip white, red-spotted, with 5
finger-like projections; female racemes erect, few-fld.;
sepals and petals broader than in the male fls.. spotted;
lip ovate, entire. Brazil. B.R. 29:22. J.H. III. 62:
305. OR. 8'312.
peruviana, Rolfe. Male racemes pendulous, many-fid ;
sepals and petals light green, copiously brown-spotted;
lip, with its projections, white. Peru. Lind. 7:301.
C densifldrum, Rolfe Male racemes pendulous, many-fld., the
fls greenish with purple blotches, female racemes short, erect, 2-fld ,
the sepals and petals green, the hp ivory-white. Colombia. 0 R.
17 204,20-331. BM 8268 — <7. maculdium, Lindl. Male racemes
pendulous, the sepals and petals light yellowish green, spotted with
red-purple, the lip white Mex. 0. 1910 104 O.K. 17.273,20:315.
GEORGE V. NASH.
936
CYDISTA
CYMBIDIUM
CYDfSTA (Greek, kydistos, most glorious; alluding
to the beautiful flowers). Bignomdceae. Ornamental
vines, grown for their beautiful flowers
Evergreen shrubs, climbing by If, -tendrils . Ivs.
opposite, with 2 Ifts , the rachis elongated into a simple
slender tendril, sometimes wanting fls in terminal or
axillary panicles, sometimes 2, calyx campanulatc-
turbinate, truncate or with 5 short teeth; corolla funnel-
form-carnpanulate, with imbricate lobes, stamens 4,
inclosed, with spreading anther-cells, disk wanting;
ovary linear, with numerous ovules in 2 rows caps,
linear, septicid, with numerous, nearly orbicular, winged
seeds —One or 2 species in the W. Indies and S Amer.
Closely allied to Bignoma, but easily distinguished by
its simple blender tendrils, by the paniculate fls , the
usuallv truncate calyx and the wanting disk. Suited
for cult m tropical and subtropical regions only and
as a stove plant in the N. For cult, and prop., see
Bignoma.
aquinoctialis, Miers (Bignbma xquinocti&hs, Linn ).
High climbing Ifts ovate to ovate-oblong, obtuse-
acuminate, undulate, lustrous, reticulate, 3-4 in. long;
petioles M~%ln l°nS- calyx campanulate-turbmate,
truncate; corolla white or pink, with dark pink or pur-
plish veins, 2)2 in long W. Indies, Brazil — The B
xqumoctiahs var. (B R. 9 : 741) with yellow fls in elonga-
ted racemes is Ancmopsegma Chamberlaynii, Bur &
Schum (Bignoma Chamberlaynii, Sims B. M. 2148. F S.
3:235. P.M. 14 3) See page 502. ALFRED REHDER.
CYD6NIA (the fruits known to the Romans as Mala
Cydonia, apples from Cydon, now Canea, in Crete).
Rosacese, subfamily Pbmex QUINCE Shrub or small
tree, grown for its fruit, which is much used for preserves
and sometimes baked
Branches unarmed: Ivs. deciduous, alternate, peti-
oled, stipulate, entire fls white or light pink, rather
large, terminal on bhort leafy brancnlets, petals 5;
stamens numerous, styles 5, free, ovary 5-celled, cells
with many ovules: fr a 5-celled, many-seeded pome.—
One species from Persia to Turkestan The genus
Chsenomeles, often included under Cydonia, is easily
distinguished by the serrate or crenate chartaceous
Ivs. and the connate styles
1184 Twig of common quince —
Cydonia oblonga Showing where the
fruit was borne at a and 6. ( X >i)
The quince, though not without orna-
mental merit, particularly m spring
when studded with its large pinkish flow-
ers and again in autumn when loaded
with its golden fragrant fruits, is rarely planted as an
ornamental shrub, but chiefly, though not very exten-
sively, grown for its fruit which is made into preserves.
It is of slow growth and prefers heavy and rather moist
soil. It may be propagated by seeds stratified and sown
in spring, but is usually increased by cuttings of one-
to four-year-old wood, taken in fall and stored until
spring m sand or moss m a cellar or frame; also by layers
and budding, or by grafting on vigorous growing varie-
ties. See Quince. *r
obl6nga. Mill. (C. Cyddnia, Pers C vufyaris, Pers.
Pyru* Cyddnia, Linn ). QUINCE. Fig 1184. Shrub or
small tree to 15, rarely to 25 ft , with slender, spineless
branches. Ivs. oval or oblong? rounded or slightly cor-
date at the base, acute, entire, villons-pubescent be-
neath, 2-4 in long: fls. white or light pink. 2 m across:
fr. large, yellow, villous, pynform or globular. May;
fr in Sept. and Oct. Cent and E Asia. Gn. 33, p.
491 FSR 2, p. 379' 3, p. 283. Seeds have muci-
laginous and demulcent properties. Var. pynf6rmis,
Rehd. (C vulgaru var pynjdrmis, Kirch n ) Fr.
pear-shaped, the typical form Var lusitanica. Schneid.
(C luntdnica, Mill ) Fr pear-shaped and ribbed Ivs.
larger, of more vigorous growth Var. malif6rmis,
Schneid. (C maljfdrmis. Mill.). Fr. apple-shaped.
Var pyramidalis, Schneid. Of pyramidal habit. Var.
marmorata, Schneid. Lvs whitish and yellow vari-
egated For pomological varieties, see Quince
For Cydonia japtnica, Pers., C. Maiilei, Moore, and C mntnsls,
Thoum, see Chnomdet, ALFR£D REHDKR<
CYMBfDIUM (boat, from the Greek, referring to the
shape of the lip). Orchidacey : Handsome epiphytal,
rarely terrestrial orchids, requiring warmhoiibe con-
ditions
Stems pseudobulbous or not so' Ivs coriaceous, long,
rarely short, persistent, sepals and petals sub-equal,
labellum usually tn-lobed, adnate to the ba.se of the
column, column erect; pollinia 2 — Species 30 and
more, tropical or subtropical, found on mountains at
high elevations in Asia, and a few species in Afr.
and Austral
These are among the most decorative of orchids
when in bloom, ana are attractive all the time owing
to the graceful foliage seen on well-grown specimens
There are now many handsome species and vaneties
and these m their turn have produced, at the hands
of the hybridizer, many fine decorative plants, so that
a house of cy rubidiums produces flowers most of the
time, and these last many weeks in full beauty There
are few orchids whose flowers last so lorg, and the
spikes of bloom, often 2 to 3 feet in length, are useful
for decorative purposes of all kinds, cither on the plants
or cut The recent species, C msiqne, is the most
beautiful of all and has already lent itself to hybridiza-
tion, so that to the very many known hybrids C.
insigne will soon add its influence and coloring — Cul-
tivated cymbidmms are terrestrial, with thick fleshy
roots best contained in pots A portion of tough fibrous
loam should be added to the oamundme, about half of
each with plenty of broken charcoal to keep the tthole
porous The plants will do well for years without dis-
turbance at the roots, but when this it> necessary, great
care must be taken not to injure them Division is, in
fact, very difficult to accomplish when the pots are
full of roots, and it is best practice to pot the plant in
a larger receptacle if the roots are healthy, washing out
loose earth and removing dead portions of roots first
Cymbidiums may be grown in a temperature of 50°
as a minimum in winter, must not be subjected to
strong sunlight after March, and never allowed to
become dry at the roots, as these are more or less active,
even m winter Being terrestrial, weak manure-water
may be applied during active growth. Many species
thrive well when planted out in large palm ana fern
houses among rocks arranged in a natural manner, ano!
when the plants are placed so that the flower-spikes
are on a level with the vision, they have a charming
effect for many weeks when m bloom, and the environ-
ment suits them well. Of the few well-marked species,
there are many forms that have been collected ana when
flowered in cultivation, proved distinct. These in
some cases have been called new species, but are now
being better understood; some prove to be natural hy-
brids, others are varieties. (E. 0. Orpet.)
A. Fls. white.
•buraeum, Lindl. Sts. tufted: Ivs. distichous at
base, 1 or 2 ft. long, linear or lorate, bifid at apices:
CYMBIDIUM
CYMBIDIUM
937
gol
Hi
peduncles not so long as the Ivs , few-fld.; fls about 3
in acioss. ivory-white, sometimes tinged with roae;
sepals and petals oblong-lanceolate; lip 3-lobed with a
golden yellow ridge running down the center Khasia
ills, at an elevation of 5,000-6,000 ft. B.R. 33 '67.
B M. 5126. Gn. 46, p. 308. G G. III.
35:99 Var. Goodsonianum, Hort. Fls
white, with broad rose-purple band down
middle of lip. Var. Dayanum, Hort (C.
Daydnum, Reichb. C eburneum Ddyi,
Jenm ). Lvs. longer and narrower: lip with
a row of purple spots each side of disk.
AA. Fls. not white.
B. Infl. arching or erect.
c. Sepals and petals veined with red,
brown or purple.
D Ground-cohr of sepals and
petals not white
E. Middle lobe of lip purple-maroon,
margined yellow.
Lowianum, Reichb f. Pseudobulbs oblong: Ivs. 2-3
ft long, linear-acute, recurved racemes many-fld ;
fls. about 20 in number, 3-4 in across, sepals and petals
oblong-lanceolate (lateral ones sub-falcate), greenish
yellow marked with brown, lateial lobes of lip yellow-
ish, midlobe reflexed, purple-maroon, margined with
yellow Burma Gn 48, p. 263. Gng. 5.73 A F.
34 1089 R B 30 276. Var. Mandaianum, Hort. (C.
Mandaidnum, Hort ), has yellow fls.
EE Middle lobe of lip yellow, spotted.
gigant&um, Wall. Fig. 1185 Fls. dull purple (brown-
ish, or yellowish green striped with purple) , sepals and
petals oblong, the petals narrow and shorter, midlobe
of hp reflexed, yellow, spotted with red, lateral lobes
yellowish green. Nepal B M 4844 P M 12'241
Traceyanum, Hort Pseudobulbs and foliage as in
C giganteum" racemes 3-4 ft long, ascending, 15-20-
fld , fls 4-5 in. across, sepals and petals greenish yel-
low, Imed with crimson; middle lobe of lip oblong,
reflexed, crisped, cream-white, crimson-spotted Burma
CO 4 RB 29*25.— By some considered a natural
hybrid between C grandijloiwn and C. giganteum.
DD Ground-color of sepals and petals white, flushed 5 ose
insigne, Rolfe (C. Sdnderi, Hort C. insigne Sdn-
den, Hort ) Lvs up to 3 ft long- mfl long, ascending;
fls. rosy white; sepals and petals elliptic; lip marked
with lines of purple dots, the middle lobe short, obtuse,
emargmate; disk yellow C O 10 BM.8312 0.1911.
64. R.B. 33-53. RH 1907'496. GC III 37:115.
cc. Sepals and petals not veined.
tigrinum, Parish. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate- peduncles
riender, 3-6-fld.; sepals and petals linear-oblong, acute,
green, spotted at base, petals often paler and with more
spots than the sepals, lip with yellow, red -brown
striped lateral lobes; midlobe white, transversely
streaked with purple. Burma. B.M.5457. AG 22715
grandiflftrum, Griff. (C Hookenanum, Reichb f )
Lvs about 2 ft. long, acute, peduncle arching above,
erect at base* fls from 6-12, large, sepals and petals
oblong, greenish, hp yellow, spotted with purple. Sik-
kim. BM. 5574.
BB. Infl pendulous.
pendulum, Swartss The leathery Ivs distichous, 2-3
ft long, broadly linear* fls yellowish; side lobes and
midlobe of hp rose-color; the disk more or less white
with yellow crests; sepals and petals narrowly oblong,
with a purple median line. E Indies
Finlaysonianum, Lmdl (C pendulum. Lindl ) Lvs.
ensiform raceme many-fld ; sepals ana petals linear-
oblong, obtuse, dull yellow, gtmetimcs with a reddish
median line, lateral lobes of lip cumson; midlobe white,
tipped with crimson Malaysia. Var. atropurpureum,
Hort. Lvs. nanower, racemes longer, with larger fls
sepals and petals purplish, front lobe of lip white, spot-
ted with purple Borneo
C Alexdnden, Hort Hybrtil between C eburneo-Lowianum X
C iiiHigno— C aloifbhum, Swartz Raceme* many-fld , arched, fls.
pale purple, black-striped K Indies — C BaUi&num, Hort Nat-
ural hybad between C eburneum xC Masters— C Cdlmame,
Hort Hybrid between C oburneo-Ix)wianum X C ebun.eum
Dayanum — C Cravemnnum. Hort Hybrid between C Ixiwianum
XC Traoeyanum — C Dermndnum, Paxt Racemes many-fld .
pendulous, sepals and petals green lib or reddish yellow, spotted
or lined with purplo, lip purple India CO 8 — C eburneo-
gigantcum, Hort Hybrid between C eburneum XC giganteum. —
C elurruo-LnwiAnnm, Hort Hybrid between C eburneum X
C Lowianum— C tntifAhnm, Swartz Lvs ensiform, acute
racemes many-fld , (!*» greenish yellow, purple-veined, sepals and
petals linear-oblong, acute, hp ^potted India Japan BM 175 —
, ,
C eriithrostulum, Rolfe Sepals and petals white, hp yellowish
white, lined red-purple, column crimson Annam B M 8131.
GC III 40 2SG— C aaltonensf, Hort Hybrid between C
Lowianum XC Traceyanum — r Gammieanum, Rolfe Supposed
to be a natural hybrid between C giganteumxC clegaus GC III
38 427— C ylebelanrlifnir, Hort Hybrid between C Schrcrden
XC m«igne — r Gottmnum, Hort Hybrid between C eburneum
XC iiiMgne Sanden Fls whitt, the «epals with a faint greenish
tinge, the hp blotched with ruby-purple GC III 49 180— C.
Hulfordianum, Hort Hybrid between C grandiflorumxC ebur-
neum — C IIMmcsn , Hort Hybrid between C Mastcnn X C gigan-
teum — r Huttomi, Hook f =Grammangis — 0 lanaleyf-nse,
Hort Hybrid between C Lowianum xC Devomanum Sepals
and petals greenish brown, the hp marked with reddish brown
GC III 40 146— C Lln'Jleui=(1)—C longtfdhum. Don Lvs
linear, acuminate racemes subercct , fls alxnit 12, sepals and petals
green, striped brownihh purple, the sepals oblong, the dorsal one
blonder and incurved, hp with the lateral lobes purple-lined, the
middle lobe and iluk white Himalayas GM 54 472 —C
lowgrinum, Hort Hybrid between C Lowianum XC tigrinum —
C L6wi-grandiflorum, Hort Hybrid between C Lowianum X'C
grandiflorum — C Ldu.i-Md'itrrsn, Hort Hybrid between C Lowi-
anumXC Mastersii — C Mdtferni, Griff =Cyperorchis — C Pd-
nih'i var blinder*, Rolfe (C Sandorae. Hort ) Sepals and
ix>tals nory-white, the front lobe of hp hea\ily blotched with
erimsou-purple, tho crests orange-yellow Burma G C III
35 338— C Paitlwelmt, Hort =C m-agnexC Lowiinum concolor
— C piirwlum, Rolfe Scape 4-6 in long, many-fld , sepals light
reddish brown, hp white with red-brown spots, disk and keels
bright yellow China — C rhodochilum, Rolfe A striking plant
laceme many-fld , sepals and petals pale green; the latter with
darker green spots, hp with the lateral lobes pale green, margined
crimson, the middle lobe obtordate, crimson, with a yellow central
band which is green-spotted Madagascar B M. 7932-3. O R.
14 200 A F 18 810. GC III 37 378 Gn 61, p 383 —C. roae-
ficUtnse,llf>T\ Hybrid between C Traceyanum xC grandiflorum.
— C Sdnderaonn*** Ansellm— C Schruden, Rolfe Petals and
sepals lanceolate, green, lined and dotted with reddish brown,
hp light yellow striped with brown Annam — C SimonaiAnum,
Ruiz & Prantl Sepals and petals grayish white, streaked blood-red
in the center, hp white, streaked blood-red, the middle lobe revo-
lute, with a yellow blotch Assam BM 7863 —C Steppc&num,
Pynsert Hybrid between Cyperorchis Mastersii x Cymbidium
giganteum Sepals and petals yellowish green, the hp white marked
brown and yellow R B 36 397 ~C. Veitchn, Hort Hybrid
between C eburneum xC Ix>wianum FN fragrant, about 5 in
across, sepals and petals white, tinted yellow, hp white, tinted yel-
low, with a largo V-shaped purple-crimson spot on tho middle lobe.
G C III 47 407 O R 12 369, 16 325 C O 1 — C mrfacens, Lmdl.
Sepals and petals greenish, the hp yellow, red-blotched Japan —
C WigarnAnum, Hort Hybrid between C eburneum x C Tracey-
anum. — C Wihonii, Hort Sepals and petals green, indistinctly
marked at base with hne^ of reddish dote, hp cream, the lateral
lobes lined with sepia-brown and reddish markings on the front
lobe Cmnu G C III 35 157 ~ C Wmntdimm, Hort Hybrid
938
CYMBIDIUM
CYNANCHUM
between C. giganteum X C. eburneum. Racemes 10-15-fld.; fla.
about 4 in. across, sepals and petals r
spotted with crimson. O.R. 1 3bl, __ _.
C. Woodhamsi&num, Hort Hybrid between C Lowiunui
C Veitchu G 30 107 — C. woodlandense, Hort Hybrid bet*
C TraoeyanumxC Maatersu — C ZalevkiAnum, Hort. Nat
hybrid between C. giganteum xC. grandiflorum.
GEORGB V. NASH.|
CYMBOP^TALUM (Latin, signifying boat-petal,
from the shape of its petals) Annondcex. A group of
plants remarkable for the fragrance of their aromatic
flowers.
Flowers with the 3 inner petals having the margin
incurved somewhat like the upper part of the human
ear, the several-ovuled
carpels forming a clus-
ter issuing from a
globose mass of sta-
mens: fr. in the form
of separate oblong
berries borne on the
hardened torus or re-
ceptacle and resemb-
ling that of our papaw
(Asimina tnloba). —
Several species, all of
them endemic in Trop
Amer. Among the
species thus far de-
scribed are C. brasil-
lensrs, Benth. (Uvana
brasiliensts, Velloso ) .
C. penduLiflorum, Baill.
(Unona penduhflora,
Dunal). C. longipes,
Diels, and C stenophyl-
lum, Donnell Smith.
pendulifldrum, Baill.
XOCHINACAZTLI. TEO-
NACAZTLI SACRED
EARFLOWER of the
Aztecs. OREJUELA.
FLOR DE LA OREJA.
MEXICAN EARFLOWER.
Figs. 1186, 1187. A
shrub or small tree
with distichous, mem-
branaceous, subsessile Ivs. oblanceolate m form, sub-
cordate and usually unequal at the base, acute at the
apex, solitary fls borne on long slender peduncles
issuing from the mternodes of the smaller branches;
sepals broadly ovate or suborbicular, cuspidate, reflexca
at length; outer petals similar to the sepals but much
larger; inner petals thick and fleshy, their margin
involute, causing them to resemble a human ear —
The pungently aromatic fls. when fresh are greenish
yellow, with the inner surface of the inner petals inclin-
ing to orange-color, at length turning brownish purple
or maroon, breaking with a bright orange-colored
fracture. The tree is planted for the sake of its fra-
grant fls., the petals of which are dried and are used
medicinally as well as for imparting a spicy flavor to
food. They were used by the ancient Mexicans before
the intro. of cinnamon and other spices from the E.
Indies for flavoring their chocolate. Though described
by Hernandez more than two centuries ago, the botani-
cal identity of the xochinacazth remained unknown
until quite recently (see Smithsonian Report for 1910,
pp. 427-431, 1911). This species is native of the mts.
of S. Mex and Guatemala. A closely related species,
C. stenophyllum, Donnell Smith, was discovered by
Capt John Donnell Smith m the Dept of Quetzal-
tenango, Guatemala; and another species, C. cos-
tancense, Safford (Asimina coslancensis, Donnell Smith)
was collected by Adolfo Tonduz in the Dept. of Tala-
manca. Costa Rica, in April, 1894. Steps have been
taken by the Bureau of Plant Industry to intro. into
M. ixawmea ivr-io-na.; n». the U. S. C. pendulifloruin, seeds of which have been
l,V°iT.%9te> GPMV°o7T79lfc- sent from Guatemala by the American Consul-General,
' " ~ * George A. Bucklm. The other Cent American spe-
cies, as well as C. brasiliense, recently collected oy
Henry Pittier in Venezuela, are equally worthy of
cult, in greenhouses and in the warmer regions of
Fla., Calif, and the Island possessions.
W. E. SAFFORD.
CYMBOP6GON (Greek kumbo, a cup, and pogon,
beard). Graminex Oil-producing grasses.
The genus resembles Andropogon, of which it is
considered by some a subgenus, but differs in having
some of the lower pairs of spikelets in each
spike stammate The spike-like racemes are
borne in pairs at the ends of the short branches
of the mfl and are subtended by a somewhat
inflated sheath — About 40 species, mostly of
the tropics of the Old World Several species
furnish essential oils and some are cult for
that purpose They are
known under the general
name of oil grasses or
lemon grasses. Some of
the more important are.
C. Schaendnthus, Spreng
CAMEL HAY. Fig 1188.
G.W 14 399 ;C' Ndrdus,
Rendle CITRONELLA
GRAbS Gn 12.495, C.
citr&tus, DC. LEMON
GRASS Gn 12 495
For a full account of
these, see Kew Bull.
Misc. Inf. No 8, 1906.
See also Vetivena.
A. S HITCIICOCK.
CYNANCHUM
(Greek, dog strangle)
Asclepiadaceef Herbace-
ous or sometimes half
woody at the base, twi-
ning, sometimes seen in
gardens.
In the restricted sense
as limited by Bentham
A Hooker, perhaps 25
species differing from
Vincetoxicum in having
a scale or ligule on the
inside of each of the 5
parts of the crown Ivs
opposite, cordiform or
hastate: fls small, in
umbelhform or racemi-
form cymes; calyx 5-
parted ; corolla nearly
rotate, deeply 5-cut, the
lobes oblong or round-
ish; corona membranaceous, adnate to the stamen-
tube, cup-shaped or at base ringed, 5-lobed opposite
the anthers and with inner scales or small lobes
follicles rather fleshy, acuminate and smooth — The
genus is mostly of S. Eu , Afr., Asia and Austral
Schumann in Engler & Prantl combines Vmcetoxicum
and other genera with it, making more than 100 spe-
cies in the warmer parts of both hemispheres. Vmce-
toxicum is here kept distinct.
acuminatifdlium, Hemsl. (Vincetdxicum acumindtum,
Decne. V japdmcum, Hort ) MOSQUITO PLANT
CRUEL PLANT. Perennial: erect or nearly so, or the tips
showing a somewhat twining habit' sts grayish and
more or less angular* Ivs. opposite, broadly ovate and
acuminate, short-petioled, strongly pinnate-veined,
entire, usually conspicuously gray-pubescent beneath:
1187 Cymbopetalum
penduliflorum
CYNANCHUM
CYNOGLOSSUM
939
fl -clusters lateral (1-2 between the Ivs), shorter than Flowers m slender digitate spikes; spikelets 1-fld.^
the Ivs ; fls white, small, in umbel-like cymes fr. a compressed, awnless, sessile in 2 rows along one side
milkweed-like follicle Japan — In the fls mosquitos of a slender laclus — Species 4, m warm regions
and other insects are caught, much as they aie in other dactylon, Pers (Capwla ddrtulon, Kuntze) Biou-
asclepiadaceous plants Ihe native Ammonia 1 aberrue- MUDA-GUASH WiRfc-GitAHs Fig 1189 Sis flattened
motitana is sometimes sold as this plant, and it has been 8lender, creeping and rooting at the nodes, producing
figured as such. I his plant attracted numerous slender or
attention some ycais ago as a curi-
ous garden subject Other species
arc mentioned m foreign gaidenmg
literature, but they are apparently
not in the American trade C acutum,
Linn , with coidate smooth Ivs and
white or lose-eolored fiagiant fls , is
a climber m S Eu , reaching 10 or 12
ft C formbwtn, N E Br , is gla-
brous, with petiolate ovate, elliptic or
oblong-ovate acuminate Ivs fls in
large lateral pedunculate cymes, co-
rolla pale green, deeply lobed, corona
tubular - bell - shaped, 15 - crenulate,
prominent Peru L n, B.
CYNARA (involucre spines
likened to a dog's tooth).
Conip6i,itj>. AKTK HOKB arid
CAKDOOX
Thistle-like perennial herbs,
mostly coarse, and sometimes
pnckK Ivs commonly huge,
vaiiousl> lobed or pinnatiseet:
head large, tei initiating im-
portant branches, the corollas
violet, blue, or white, in-
volucre broad or nearly glob-
ular, \\ith bracts in many
series and more or less en-
larged at the base, receptacle
fleshy and plane, bristly, co-
loll.i slender-tubed, 5-parted,
not hgul.ite fr a thick gla-
brous compressed or 4-angled
uehene \\ith a tunicate apex
— Ten or a dozen species
in the Medit region and
Canary Isls , t\\o of which
are grown as garden
vegetable^
Cardunculus, Linn CARD
(which see) Robust, to 0
tall and more st grooved
very large, deeply pinnat
grayish green above and whi
beneath, prominently spi
heads purple -fid , with sh
pointed scales S Eu , but
tensively run wild on the pan
of S Amcr. B M 3211.-
cult , the thickened If -stalk
ribs are blanched and used
pot-herb, and the root is
edible
Scolymus, Linn AHTICH
(which see) Not so st
usually 3-5 ft *lvs less pinna
and spiny, scales of in-
volucre broad, thickened
at base, unarmed* heads
larger than in C Cardunc- 1 1 89. Cynodon dactylon. (Natural
uius, the receptacle en-
stout c i e e p i n g root-
stocks blades hairy
around the base, spikeo
4-5, l-l } 2 in long Dept
Ague , Div Agrost 20
99— A native of the
wai mer parts of the Old
World, now widely dis-
tubuted in the warmer
larts of the western
Cult as a
pastille and lawn grass
in the southern states
Often a troublesome
weed m cult ground A
fine-lvd foim with run-
ners above giound, much
used in the S for lawns,
is called St Lucie grass
In Eu the stolons are
said to be used medici-
nally like couch-gnuss,
principally as a dunetic
( C im,,w /,/<>/ us, Nee* Bn 8
and .S \fitVf7nd iTiTxiw S
Wai, s, « h< re it is Us. d n n
pastun m Ms It ,s „ ported
bta«es(.lUs»rnmthpro«)u(niK
hydiocyaiiK (prussio) acid
A S HlTCHCO(K
CYNOGLOSSUM
(Greek, hound's tonque,
from the shape and soft
surface of the.lvs of the
c o m in o n e s t species) .
Bnrragn.Hu.u3P A widely
dispersed genus of little
horticultural interest,
being mostly tall, coarse,
weedy herbs L\s alter-
nate fls always m elon-
gated, often 1- sided
racemes- Species 75 C.
officm&le, Linn , Fig
1190 (stick-tight), has a
bur that becomes at-
tached to clothing and to
fleece of sheep It is a
biennial wood, natural-
ized from the Old World ;
grows about 2 ft high m pastures and waste places of
the Atlantic states, and has soft-pubescent, lanceolate
Ivs , and dull red-purple (sometimes white) fls. in pani-
cled racemes. Root and herbage possess medicinal prop-
ert ics C. grande, Douglas Once cult, from Calif
as a hardy border perennial;
grows about 2 ft high, with
lower Ivs ovate -oblong, or
somewhat heart-shaped at the
^ base, acute or acuminate, 4-8
in long, on maigmed petioles
larged and fleshy — Probably a derivative of the of about the same length upper Ivs
last L H B smallei, ovate to lanceolate, abruptly
... contracted into shorter winged petioles*
CYNODON (Greek kuon, a dog, and odons, & tooth). fls violet or blue For C apptmunum,
Gramineoe Low creeping 'perennials, used 'for lawns
and pasture.
60
,
Linn , see &olcnanthu$ A new plant,
C.furcHtum, Wall, has recently been (X1H)
ligo
Round's t
stick-tight.
940
CYNOGLOSSUM
CYPERUS
intro. It is a hairy herb, 1-3 ft. high, with large Ivs. and
numerous blue fls. in clusters as in forget-me-not.
India Fls. in June. See page 3567
C amdbile, Stapf & Drummond. Allied to C. furcatum, but
has larger fls. Perennial. S W. China. jj TAYLOR t
CYN6RCHIS (Greek for dog orchid). Orchidacex.
Terrestrial orchids, grown in the warmhouse.
Flower-clusters loose; sepals and
petals similar, or the petals smaller,
spreading; lip spreading, 3-5-lobed,
spurred; anther short, with 2 points,
between which arises the middle lobe
of the beak. — About 25 species, of
the Mascarene Islands ana tropical
Africa.
The following have been in cult C com-
pdcta, Reichb f Fls white, the disk of hp
red-spotted Natal B M 8053 O R 19 265.
— C Lowiana, Roichb f Lateral sepals light
green, the lip bright rose-purple, the spur
eUvate Madagascar B M 7551 (as C.
purpurascena) O R 10 273 G C. Ill 43
184— C Mdrlandn, Rolfe Racemes 5-9-fld. ;
fla medium-sized, lilac Mozambique — C.
purpurdscens, Thomai Fls numerous in a
spike-like raceme or head, rose, with the disk
of the lip white Mascarene IS!H B M. 7852.
O R 14 305,13 121, 19 272 G C. Ill 29:
87.35 227— C nU6aa, Rolfe Raceme spike-
like, densely fld , fls rose-purple, the sepals
glandular-hairy Madagascar B M. 7845
GEORGE V NASH.
CYNOSURUS (Greek kuon, a dog,
and oura, a tail). Gramlneap, DOG'S-
TAIL-GRASS Cespitose grasses with
flat blades and spike-like panicles,
two species of which are cultivated as
ornamental grasses and in lawns and
pastures
Spikclcts of 2 forms in small fas-
cicles, the terminal spikelets perfect,
fhe lower sterile, consisting of several
empty glumes. — Species about 6, in the north temper-
ate regions of the Old World.
cristatus, Linn. CRESTED DOG'S-TAIL. Fig 1191.
Perennial, 1-2 ft.: spike 1-3 in longj; awns shorter than
the lemmas. Eu. Dept. Agric., Div. Agrost. 20:146.
— Sometimes used in mixtures of lawn or pasture
grasses.
elegans, Desf. Annual, 6-18 m.: panicle loose, 1-
sided, about 1 in long; awns silky, longer than the
lemmas, sometimes as much as 1 m. Eu — Used for
dry bouquets. A. S HITCHCOCK
CfNTHIA: Kriaia.
CYP^LLA (application obscure). Indaceae.
South American bulbs, resembling Iris
Half-hardy, bulb tunicate: Ivs radical or
cauhne: fls 1-3 from a spathe, yellow, orange
or blue; segms free, narrow or broadly un-
guiculate, the outer ones spreading and the inner erect
and somewhat recurved at the apex. The genus differs
from Iris and Moraca m its stigmas, which are neither
petal-like nor filiform, but erect, and m the anthers,
which are broad, erect, not curved, bearing the pollen
on their edges, also in the plaited Ivs. Perhaps a half-
dozen specfes — The bulbs should be set out in spring,
lifted in fall and stored over winter Prop by offsets or
by seed, which should be sown as soon as npe. The
blue-fld species are presumably equally worthy of cult.
For the still showier C. cxrulea, see Manca.
A Style appendages spur-like.
HSrbertii, Herb. Lvs. about 1 ft. long/ linear, acumi-
nate, twice plaited, the angles of the plaits winged:
scape 2-3 ft. higji, erect, flexuose, glaucous, branched,
many-fld ; fls 3m across, chiefly yellow, odorless, soon
withering; outer segms bearing a rather long cusp or
1191. Cynosurus
cristatus. ( x }i)
tail. S. Brazil. Uruguay. Argentine B.R. 949 (as
Morcea) and B M. 2599 (as Tigridia) show very duitinct
colors, but Baker says there is a lilac variety
plumbea, Lmdl. Three to 4 ft , the st glaucous,
round and thickish: Ivs not very close together, sheath-
ing at the base, plicate and glaucous* ns fleeting, at
their best early in the morning, not unlike those of
7ns versicolor, and the same color; style slender, broad-
ening at the apex into a spur-like appendage Trop. S
Amer. — Has been offered under the name C. platensis,
which is otherwise unknown m botanical and horti-
cultural literature.
AA Style appendages petal-like, flat.
peruvi&na, Baker Lvs 6-9 in. long, linear, narrowed
gradually from the middle both ways, glabrous, plaited .
fls 2-3 in a solitary stalked cluster, soon withering,
chiefly yellow; segms with a distinct long claw and a
proportionately shorter and broader blade and a shorter
cusp, at the base spotted brown. Peiu B M. 6213
N TAYLOH f
CYPERORCHIS (Cyperus and Orchis, from the
sedge-like appearance) Orchidacex Epiphytic orchids,
thriving in the \\aimhouse.
Very closely allied to Cymbuhum, fiom which it
differs in the narrowei sepals and petals which are con-
nivent to the middle or beyond, thus preventing the
full expansion of the fl , and by the straight narrow
lip — There are 3 species, natives of the Himalayas
and the Khasia Hills.
61egans, Blume Fig. 1192 Pseudobulbs short, 2-3
in long. Ivs linear, up to 20 in long, streaked, pale
yellow-green raceme many-fld , dense, pendulous, fls
yellow, 1H~2 in across, sepals and petals linear-
oblong, the rcctii vcd tips acute; lip cuneate, 3-lobed, the
middle lobe oblong, short, obtuse, disk with 2 raised
orange lines Himalayas. B M. 7007
Mastersii, Benth (Cymbidium Mdstersu, Griff)
Pseudobulbs 4-10 in long: Ivs. up to 2K ft long,
acute, racemes 6-10-fld , fls about 2 in across, almond-
scented, ivory-white; sepals and petals oblong-linear,
lip usually spotted lose-purple, the lateral lobes lound-
ish-oblong, the middle lobe undulate, reflexed, oval,
1192 Cyperorchis elegans
(XH)
disk with 2 raised orange
lines. Sikkim and Khasia f
Hills. B R 31:50. F.M. f
1879:346; 1880:391. Lind. 5:222 J.F 3:289. O.
1910:8. GEORGE V. NASH.
CYPERUS f ancient Greek name). Cyperacese. f A
large genus of the sedge family, inhabiting both tropical
and temperate regions. The species in cult are all
perennials from rootatocks or tubers Ivs grass-like
st. birnple and mostly naked above fls peifect, without
CYPERUS
perianth, bon.e in small, compressed spikeg, which are
variously aggregated in compound umbels, the latter
surrounded by foliaccous bracts, styles and stamens 3. —
A few are cult, m jardinieres, aquatic gardens and
iquaria Several others are pests in cult fields P 3567
CYPERUS
941
altermfolius, 3.
compresflus, 7.
conglomeratua, 8.
diffUHUH, 6
elcgans, fo
esculentus, 12.
INDEX.
fertihs, 5.
flabdhformis, 2.
gracilis, 3
laxunt «
lorigus, 10.
luudua, 9.
natalensia, 4.
Papyrus, 1.
puiiKens, 8
rotunduH, 11.
striROHUH, 13.
vanegutua, 3.
A Jiasal U>i> much reduced or wanting.
B. U mbt'l-rayt, nearly l()0, much longer than the 3-10
involucral Ivs
1 Papyrus, Linn (Papyrus Antiquorum, Willd ).
EGYPTIAN PAPER PLANT PAPYRUS. Ospitose, strict,
tall and stout, 4-8 ft. high, st obtusely 3-angled,
smooth: mvoluoral Ivs only 3-10, small, 3-6 in long,
3-12 lines wide, lanceolate, acute primary rays of the
umbel very numerous, slender, fui rowed, equal and
drooping, 10-20 m long, seeondaiy biacts prominent,
fihfoim, 1-6 in long, spikelets clustered and sessile,
pale chestnut, scale* obtuse, luehis strongly winged.
Egypt, Palestine On 30, p 34S, 57, p 105 G M.
40 79() (1 W 2, p 571 — For aquaria and damp soil.
Not hardy N.
BB. Umbel-rays 2<r> or less.
c. Involucral Ivs very numerous, somewhat .separated,
much riu'eding the umbd, rat his scarcely winged
D »SVa/fi broadly ovak, lv\ vabrous throughout
2 flabellifo'rmis, Rottb Rhi/orne horizontal, sto-
lomferous, stout st stout, spong> at base, 2-4 ft high,
obtusely angled- involucral Ivs 15-25,2-8 lines wide,
6-16 in long, strongly nerved or plicate: umbel lax,
about a third as long as involucre, spikelets very
numerous, elliptic-oblong, very flat, lustrous, 2^-3^
lines long, scales firm, lustrous, scan ely stnate, can-
nate, barely acute, closely imbricated, pale bro\\n with
dark brown area on each side. Afi —Rare in American
trade Tall and palm-like; used b> the natives for
wickerwork, very ornamental in \\ater-gaidens.
DD »STcaJrs lanceolate Ivs scabrous only at apex
3 altermfdlius, Linn UMBRELLA PLANT UMBRELLA
PALM Fig 1193 Cespitose, striet, 1-4 ft high st.
nearly terete, ribbed, smooth and slender involucral
Ivs about 20, spreading or slightly drooping, linear,
4-8 in long, 2-5 lines wide, plain umbel open, rays
only 1-3 in long, spikelets numerous, ovate-lanceolate
acute, very flat, 2 lines long, pale brown suffused with
darker brown, dull, scales thin, very acute, somewhat
nerved Madagascar. — Much used for aquaria and
jardinieres (Jn 35, p 573 A G. 17:57 V 4 159;
5 39 Var. variegatus, Hort. St and Ivs striated with
white, sometimes entirely white Var gracihs, Hort
Plant smaller and more slender1 involucral Ivs much
narrower and shorter, and not so spreading —The
above description is from Boeckeler, and from a speci-
men from Madagascar The plant in cult under the
name C altermfolius may not be that species The
Ivs are too long, too scabrous and too veiny, and the
spikelets are elliptic-oval, or oval, 2 lines long, and have
broader and more closely overlapping scales than in
the typical form. The illustrations cited are probably
of the garden plant.
cc. Involucral Ivs about 3, contiguous, shorter than
umbel; rachis strongly ivinged.
4 natallnsis, Hochst. Rhizome long, stout and hard,
2 linos thick, scaly: st. solitary, 2-3 ft high, the size
of a goose-quill, triangular: Ivs. 2-6 in long, often
wanting; involucral Ivs. 3, only 1-3 in long- umbel
rather dense; spikelets 5-9 (rarely 12) lines long, linear-
lanceolate, scarcely compressed, rigid; scales obtuse,
not cannate, nerved, shining, pale or brownish. Natal.
— Decorative. Not hardy.
AA. Basal Ivs well developed.
B. Sts. very short, 3-5 in high, umbel-rays up to 2 ft.
long, weak, decumbent.
5. fSrtilis. Boeck. Roots fibrous: Ivs. numerous,
about equaling the st , 3-7 lines broad, margins strongly
scabrous, involucral Ivs 6-7, short: rays flaccid, pendu-
lous, often rooting at apex, spikelets few. ochraccous or
olive, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, slightly
compressed, 8-10-fld , 3-4 lines long; scales obtuse,
nerved W Air. G W 8, p 523 —Recently intro , and
excellent for hanging-baskets. The umbel-rays often
bear plantlets instead of spikelets
1193. Cyperus alternif ohus or umbrella plant.
BB. Sts. longer than the umbel-rays.
C. Rachis of sptkelet mngless scales broad, much over-
lapping, acute or mucronate. spikelets lanceolate
or lance-oblong.
D. Involucral bracts 2-6 lines broad, about 6-12
in number.
6. diffftsus, Vahl (C ckgans, Hort C Idxus.
Hort) Roots fibrous1 st solitary, 1-3 ft high basal
Ivs many, equaling the st , 2-7 lines broad, margin
scabrous, involucral Ivs 4-15 in long, 2-6 lines broad,
longer than the mfl umbel diffuse, spikelets greenish
yellow or pale brown, linear oblong or ovate-lanceolate,
3-8 lines long; scales loose, soft, dull, midrib deeply
stnate, cuspidate Tropics G C II 187499,111 13-
41. — For table decoration As now interpreted, C.
elegans, Linn , is a more rigid plant with narrower Ivs.
DD Involucral bracts 1 14 hnes broad, or less, 3-6 in
numbci
E. Lvs. flaccid: mfl usually open; spikelets very flat;
scales 11A. hnes long.
7. compressus, Lmn Roots fibrous* st. cespitose,
2-16 in. nigh: Ivs 2-3, slightly shorter than the st ,
scabrous only near apex" umbel of several pedunculate,
sessile heads, or reduced to 1 sessile head, spikelets
lance-oblong or lance-linear, 4-12 lines long, scales soft,
carmate, acuminate, striate close Tropics — Cult, in
Eu
942
CYPERUS
CYPERUS
EB. Lvs. rigid: infl. congested, spikclets thicker; scales
2}/2 lines long.
8 ptingens, Boock Roots of coarse lanatc fibers:
st 6-20 in high, stiff, terete above Ivs several, with
conspicuous, loose, brownish sheaths, equaling the st.
1194 Cyperus esculentus — Chufa.
or shorter, narrow, H to % lines broad, thick and rigid'
umbel congest ed, often simple, spikelets 5-9 lines long,
lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, pale brown; scales firm,
with thin maigms, obscurely caimate, inconspicuously
stnate, apiculatc, midrib obscure, close N Afr and
S W. Asia — By some authors united with C conglom-
eratic, Rottb , under the latter name There is some
reason to suspect that the plant in the trade under this
name may not be this species
cc Racfnt) of spikelet with scarious, uingcd margin;
scale? obtuse or obtusi&h, less overlapping' ^pike-
lets linear
D Lvs thick, glossy
9. lucidus, R Br Rhizomes short and thick' sts.
stout, 2-3 ft or even 4 ft high, sharply 3-angled Ivs.
equaling the st or longer, 3-6 lines wide, margins
scabrous, mvolucral Ivs 3-6, the lower very broad, often
1^2-3 ft. long' umbel large, lax, compound, rays many,
9 m long or less; spikelets spicate, rich deep brown,
lustrous, linear, flattish, acute, 4-6 (rarely 7-8) lines
long, wings of rachis narrow, scales loosely imbricated,
few-rierved, 2 lines long. Austral.
. DD. Lvs. thinner, duller.
E Roolstock long, stout, '2-3l/% lines thick.
10 16ngus, Linn Sts 2-4 ft high, acutely angled,
stoutush Ivs. several, with long sheaths, about equal-
ing the culm 2-4 lines wide; margins finely scabrous;
involucral bracts very long, often 8-24 in.: umbel lax,
the rays 12 in or less long; spikelets 3-fo lines long,
linear, dull, dark chestnut-brown, rarely paler, slightly
compressed; scales 1%-1% lines long, scarcely cannatc,
obscurely stnate, midrib green. Eu —Cult in Eu.
EE. Rootstock long, slender, tuber-bearing
F. Scales dark reddish brown
11. rottinchis. Linn. NUT-GRASS Coro-GuAss.
Root-stocks K "ne thick: sts. 4-24 in high, bulbous,
thickened at the base, rather slender, 3-angled Ivs
several, usually shoiter than the st , only 1-2 (rarely
3) lines wide; margins finely scabious; involucial
bracts 2-4, scarcely longer than the mfl umbel lax;
rays few, 4 in. long or less; spikelets linear, 5-12 lines
long, inconspicuously spicate on the branches, few in a
cluster, dull; scales l££ lines long, scarcely stnate,
obscurely caimate; midrib green achenes linear,
acute Tropics and subtropics. — A weed southward
FP Scales brownish chestnut or stramineous.
12 esculentus, Linn CHUFA Fig 1194; also Fig
959. St 8 in. to 3 ft. high, stoutish Ivs seveial, equal-
ing thest or slightly shorter, larely longer, 2-4 lines
wide; mvolucral Ivs exceeding the mfl umbel open,
rays /2~4 m long; spikelets veiy numeious, spicate- on
the branches, crowded, divancate, brownish stramin-
eous, linear, 4-12 lines long, scarcely compressed, stales
lax, several-nerved, dull, rarely carmate, midiib some-
what green achenes oblong, obtu.se Tiopics and sub-
tropics — A weed m sandy cult fields noithward and
southward; rarely grown for the edible tubers
EKK Rootstock globular s/j/Arfr/s stramineous
13 strigdsus, Linn Running rootstocks absent, not
tuber-bearing sts rathei stout, J-3 ft high, sharply
3-angled , base bulbous Ivs numerous, usually equaling
the st , 2-4 lines wide, more or less scabrous, involucial
bracts 6-12 in long, usually exceeding the mfl umbel
open, rays several, 6 in long or less; spikelets very
numerous, spicate on the branches, crowded, divancate,
linear-subulate, 5—8 lines long, .scarcely compressed;
scales \Yi to 2 lines long, appressed, dull, stiuite,
midrib green N Arner — H.udy perennial, used for
the border of aquatic gardens j{ M \\IEGVND.
1195. Cyphonuudra beUcea. (X>i)
CYPHOKENTIA
CYPHOKENTIA (allied to Kentia, differing, among
other things, in having a lateral protuberance or tumor
on the fr , whence the name) Palm&cex Feather-
Ivd robust spineless palms, of very few species m
New Caledonia, suitable for the warmhouse out little
grown. The Ivs are terminal and pinnate-parted, the
negnis long-swordshaped and narrowed at apex, the
margins at base recurved: spathe-valves 2, deciduous,
bearing stout glabrous branching spadiccs; fls diclinous,
the stamens (5 or 12 fr small, globose or ellipsoidal.
Kngler and Prantl combine Cyphosperma and Micro-
kentia with this genus, comprising, about 10 species,
all of New Caledonia The original species arc. C.
robusta, Brongn , with the branches of the spadix thick
and long-cylindrical, fr remform-ellipsoidal, stigma
not prominent above the base, and seeds remform;
C. macroslathya, Brongn., with long flexuose spadix
branches, globose fr , lateral stigma, and usually sub-
globose seeds The cyphokentias probably require the
treatment given arecas. L H. B.
CYPHOMANDRA (from the Greek, referring to the
hump-shaped anthers) Solantice<e South American
spineless shrubs or small trees, one of which is some-
times grown for its edible fruit
The genus is distinguished from Solanum chiefly
by the thickened connective of the anthers the plants
are eiect and usually stout and the large Ivs are entire,
3-lobed, or pinnatisect fls pedicellate, in racemes,
scorpioid cyme-branches, or arising below the nodes,
calyx and corolla 5-Iobed, the corolla somewhat rotate,
the tube veiv -short, anthers porose or acuminate at
apex, ovarv 2-celled fr an ovoid or oblong fleshy berry,
many-seeded — Some1 30 or more species, of little con-
cern to the horticulturist
betacea, Sendt (Kolamim fragrant, Hook ) TUBE
TOMATO Fig 119.1 Cult occasionally for the egg-
bhaped, reddish brown, faintly striped frs , and under
such conditions it becomes a tree-shaped, half-woody
plant G- 10 ft high Ivs large, soft-pubescent, cordate-
ovate, more or less acuminate, entire fls small, pink-
ish, fragrant, in small axillary or super-axillary clus-
ters fr about 2 in long, on slender stalks, 2-loculcd
and seedy, musky-acid and tomato-like in flavor, agree-
able to those who like tomatoes Brazil B M 3li84
J II III 31 470 (JC 111 25 105 AG 11 409 —
Bears the second and third year from seed, under glass
(v, hei e it must be grown in the northern states) Grown
mostly as a curiosity. L II B.
CYPHOPHCENIX (hump and Phoenix, a palm).
Palmace<F, tribe Arecear A rather unimportant genus
of unaimed, stout-stemmed palms, with terminal
pmnatisect leaves.
Leaflets acute at the apex, sword-fehaped, the base
often with a thickened and recurved margin; rachis
stout and broad, a little convex on the lower side,
spadix glabrous, with many long stout branches bear-
ing short bracts and numerous monoecious fls ; sepals
thick and leathery, round and a little concave fr
elongate-ovoid or rarely ellipsoid — There are only 2
species, both from New Caledonia They have some-
thing the aspect of Kentia from which they differ in
having only 6 stamens. They are almost unknown in
the trade For cult , see Kentia, or Howea
elegans, Benth & Hook (Kentia tlegans, Brongn. &
Griseb ) Rachis convex below, keeled above; Ifts alter-
nate, not close together, scaly along the mid-nerve below,
3-nerved spadix more or less spreading or reflexed in
age, simply branched' fr. oblong-elliptical, acute.
fulcita, Benth & Hook (Kentia fultita, Brongn.).
St clothed at the base with smooth aerial roots* fr.
ovoid, attenuate above — A tall graceful palm scarcely
known outside of botanic garden collections
N. TAYLOR. f
CYPRIPEDIUM
943
CYPHOSPfiRMA (Greek, hump and seed}. Pal-
macex, tribe Areccy. Unarmed stout-stemmed palme
with a crown of pinnately divided, terminal leaves.
Leaflets leathery, sword-shaped, the apex narrowly
oblique, the base with a thickened recurved margin;
rachis broad and stout, slightly convex beneath, chan-
neled above spadix smooth and much branched, the
branches distichous, fls spirally disposed on the
spadix, brownish, otherwise as m Cyphophcenix fr.
Slobose or 4-5-angled — Two species of New Cale-
onian palms, rare in cult in U 8 and only doubtfully
in the trade See Cyphokenha, for cult, see Areca. The
young plants have rather stiff petioles, but graceful,
arching If -segms G C II 24.362.
Vieillardii, Berith & Hook (Cyphokentia Vieilldrdn,
Brongn ). St medium height Ivs pmnatisect, the
Ifts thick and narrowly sword-shaped fr obtuse, 4-5-
angled, the seed also acutely angled. — A rare palm,
known also under the names Kentia robusla and K.
Vieillardn N TAYLOR.
CYPRESS. Charmecypar\8, Cupressus and Taxodium.
CYPRESS VINE: Ipomoea.
CYPRIPEDIUM (Venus' -slipper). LADY'S SLIPPER.
MOCCASIN-FLOWER. Orchiddcese. Attractive hardy
orchids, often
planted in moist
cool borders,
bogs, and some-
times in rock-
gardens
S t e m s very
shoit,withapair
of Ivs close to or
near the ground,
or long and
leafy Ivs com-
monly many-
nerved fl.s ter-
minal, 1 to few,
withering on the
ovary, lateral
sepals free, or
united nearly or
to the apex, the
dorsal sepal
er< Hit, petals gen-
erally narrower,
spreading ; lip
saccate, rarely
split down the
front, ovary 1-
celled, with 3
parietal pla-
centa? — Species
about 30, in the
north temperate
zone For the
greenhouse spe-
cies formerly
included here,
see Paphwpedv-
lum, and Phrag-
1196. Cypripedium
pubescens.
(XH)
A. Lvs 2, oppo-
site, hp sphi
in front.
acafcle, Ait.
Lvs flat on the ground, ovate to oblong-oval: scape
with 1 ft ; upper sepal and petals brownish, lanceolate;
labellum pink -purple, darker veined May, June.
Newfoundland to N C , west to Ind , Mich and Mmn.
AG. 13.514, 14-405 Gng 4:263 A F. 11:1049. G C.
111.46:209
944
CYPRIPEDIUM
CYRILLA
jap6nicum, Thunb Lvs. above the ground roundish,
undulately plicate, bract longer than the ovary: fl. ter-
minating the scape; sepals and petals lanceolate, acu-
minate, greenish, dotted with red, labellum white-
pink April, May Japan.
G.C. III. 33 355.
AA. Lvs several, alternate:
hp not "split
B. Lateral sepals free.
arietinum, R Br Plant
about B in high, slender:
Ivs. lanceolate* fls small,
resembling a
ram's head, ter-
minal, solitary:
upper sepal
ovate-lanceo-
late, brownish
green; petals lin-
ear, labellum
tapering at the
apex, white
veined with red-
dish purple,
clothed with white, woolly
hairs near the aperture.
May. Maine to N Y ,
Mich and Minn , and
northward B M 1509.
LBC. 13:1240. FS.20:
2095.
BB. Lateral sepals united
nearly or to the apex.
c Fls yellow
pubescens, Willd Fig
1196 Lvs oval, acute.
im.Cypnpediumspectabile. Pcta.la usually twisted,
*X%) much narrower than the
ovate - lanceolate sepals;
labellum pale yellow; stammodium triangular Same
range as the next. May, June B M 911 (as C parin-
florum}. A.G. 13:513. Mn 7, p 5. G C. Ill 33.379;
47:369 — The rhizomes and rootlets are employed in
medicine for their antispasmodic and nervine properties.
Perhaps a form of the next
parvifldrum, Sahsb Lvs ovate, acute' fls smaller
than in C pubescens, labellum flattened from above and
below, not laterally, bright yellow, stammodium trian-
gular May, June. Newfoundland to Ga , west to
Minn, and E. Kans. AG 13 515 G C. III. 46.227.
— Same medicinal uses as C pubescent*
cc. Fls. white or greenish.
D. Number of fls 1-3.
cfindidum, Muhl. Lvs oblong-lanceolate* fls. ter-
minal, solitary; sepals broader than the petals, ovate-
lanceolate; petals spreading like the sepals, greenish;
labellum white, striped inside with purple, stammodium
lanceolate May, June. N Y., Pa , Minn , Mo and Ky.
leglnee, Walt. Fig. 1197 Plants stout: Ivs oval,
acute1 sepals ovate, rather roundish, white; petals
oblong, white; labellum white or pale pink-purple;
stammodium oval-cordate. June. Maine, W. New
England to Minn, and Mo , Mte. of N. C. R H 1868:
410. Gn 53, p. 77; 61, p. 191; 65, p. 447 RB 20, p 198
A F. 11:1048. Gng. 4:262, 327. G.C III 29.21, 47'
370; 50- 315 Known also as C hirsutum and C. spectabde.
montanum, Douglas. One to 2 ft., leafy, pubescent:
Ivs. ovate to broad-lanceolate, 4-6 in long, fls 1-3,
short-pedicelled, the wavy-twisted petals brownish,
the inch-long hp dull white veined with purple: caps,
erect or nearly so Calif, to Wash. B.M 7319.— Fra-
grant Grows in clumps Handsome.
DD. Number of fls 6-12.
califtfraicum, Gray. Fig. 1198. Plants either slender
or stout, varying in height, sometimes exceeding 2 ft.:
Ivs ovate-alternate: floral bracts very large, becoming
narrowly ovate: fls small, from 6-12 open at the same
time, an inch or more apart on the st ; labellum whitish;
sepals oval, yellowish green; petals narrowly oblong,
colored like the sepals Calif B.M. 7188. G.F. 1.281
(adapted in Fig. 1198). G.C III 41.418; 46:211.
C Calcedlus, Linn Fls. single, sepals and petals deep brown;
hp yellow, slightly compressed Eu R H 1892, p 392 R B 21,
210 G C III 40 210— C d&nlf, Reiohb f Lv* 2, opposite fls
small, the sepals and petals pale green with a dark brown basal
blotch, sometimes brown-striped, the lateral sepals united, hp white,
brown-streaked about the month China and Japan BM 8183 —
C tligant, Reichb f Sts 4 in tall Ivs opposite fl single, the
sepals and petals brown- veined, the lateral sepals united, lip
brownish, corrugated Thibet — C guttfitum, Swartz Lvs 2,
alternate fls single, white, b'otched with purple NE Eu to N W.
Amer BM 7746— C himalbicum, Rolfe Sts up to a foot tall.
Ivs 3 sepals and petals brownish, deeper veined, lip brown-purple,
many-nerved Bhotan -C vaprAnum, Llav & Lex Lvs ovate-
laneeolate fls several, large, pale yellow, the large hp with some
searlet spots about the mouth Mex — (' macrdnthon, Swartz Hs.
purple, the hp contracted at the mouth Siberia and N Asia RH
1877 .110 BM 2938 G C III 16 212— C specidsum, Rolfe St.
leafy fls whitish or flesh-colored, veined with rose, lip subglobose.
Japan BM 8386 —C' Vhunbergn, Blunie Fls pale purple G C
III 46 228— C tibfticum. King Fls 3-4 in across, sepals and
petals white, light yellow at apex, veined with maroon-purple, Up
maroon-purple K Thibet and W China B M 8070 G C III.
39 347, 46 420, 14 103, 410— C tentncfaum. Hurt Said to be a
natural hybrid between C Caleeolus and C macranthon G C.
111 4fi 229 GEORGE V. NASH
CYRfLLA (after Dommico Cynllo, professor of medi-
cine at Naples, 1734-1799) Cynllacex Woody or
nearly tree-like, rarely cultivated for its handsome bright
green foliage and white flo\vers in blender racemes
Leaves alternate, without stipules, short-petioled,
entire, glabrous, deciduous or nearly persistent' fls.
small, white, in narrow slender racemes, 5-merous;
stamens 5-10, ovary superior with 2 shoit styles fr a
small indehiscent 2-celled caps with 2 seeds — Proba-
bly one variable species Irorn N C to Fla weht to
Texas, and in W India and S Amer Plant with
handsome bright green foliage, and graceful racemes of
white fls , hardy north to N. Y Thrives best in humid
sandy soil and shady position. Prop, by seeds and
c u t ti n g 8 under
glass, \\ ith slight
bottom heat.
racemiflora, Linn.
LEATHERWOOD.
Shrub, occasionally
tree to 30 ft.: Ivs.
cuneate, oblong or
oblanceolate, usu-
ally obtuse, reticu-
late-vemed, 2-3 in.
long, bright green,
turning orange ana
scarlet in fall, but
in tropical climates
evergreen, racemes
4-6 in long, erect,
at length nodding.
BM 2456. SS. 2:
51. G.C. III. 30:
198 J.H III. 43:
197.— The variety
from W. Indies has
been described as C.
antilldna, Michx ,
that of Brazil as C.
racemifera, Vandelh,
and a small - Ivd.
form from Fla. and
La. as C. parw
folia, Raf.
ALFRED REHDER. 1198 Cypripedium californicum.
CYRTANDRA
CYRTOPODIUM
1)4.5
CYRTANDRA (name refers to the curved stamens)
Gesnenacex A large group of tropical shrubs and
trees, two or three of which are more or less known in
cult for their fls.; akin to Trichosporum (^Eschynan-
thus)j warmhouse (subjects Lvs opposite, or alternate
by failure of one of the pair, membranaceous, or fleshy
or leathery : fls usually white or yellowish, in fascicles,
heads or cymes; corolla-tube cylindrical, the liinb more
or less 2-hpped; perfect stamens 2, and 2 or 3 small
stammodia Nearly 200 species in the
islands of the Indian and Pacific oceans
and in China C. pendula, Blurne Short
and stout: Ivs. long-petioled, elliptic or
lance-elliptic, acute, gray -blotched above:
fls white with brown calyx, 1}-^ in. long,
the corolla inflated, and purple-dotted on
lower side Java C. Prltchardii, Seem.
Lvs. petiolcd, elliptic, obtusely toothed,
acute' fls small, white, in 3-fld cymes. Fiji Isls.
CYRTANTHfiRA: Jacobtnvi. L H'
CYRTANTHUS (Greek, curved flowers;^ from
their pendulous habit ^ AmarylhdacecE Tender
bulbs from South Africa, known only in a few
American greenhouses.
Plowers umbellate, pendulous or erect, usually red
01 white with green stripes; stamens inserted in the
tube of the corolla, ovary 3-celled, crowded with nu-
merous ovules, the seeds flat — Species 20 Their cult,
is like that of hemanthus and many other bulbs from
the same region They are suitable for pot culture, or
for planting out in summer The following analytical
key gives an idea of the group, and its 3 subgenera.
A Fls many in an umbel, pendulous
B. Lvs strap-shaped (Cyrtanthus proper )
obllauus, Ait Bulb ovoid, 3^ in thick- Ivs 10-12,
strap-shaped, distichous, produced after the fls , \\2-2,
ft long scape 1-2 ft long, stout, mottled; fls 10-12 in
an umbel, entirely drooping, odorless, bright red, with
more or less yellow, and greenish tips 2-3 in long, pedi- '
eels ^-1 in long, style not exserted. Cape Colony. B.
M. 1133 LBC 10-947
BB Lv <? linear (Monella )
Mfickenii, Hook. f. Bulb ll/2 in thick. Ivs 2-6,
appearing with the fls , linear, 1 ft long scape slender,
slightly glaucous, fls 4-10 in an umbel, pure white,
2 in long, style exserted. Natal G C 1869 641 Gn.
50, p 63
AA. Fls single, or few in an umbel, erect or slightly
curved downward (Gastronema )
san^ufneus, Hook Bulb 2 in thick Ivs 3-4, appear-
ing with the fls , lanceolate, petiolod, 1 ft long scape
slender, 6-9 in long, fls 1-3, bright red, 3-4^ in long,
wider funnel-shapea than m the 2 preceding species,
with a throat 1 in acioss Caff ran a, Natal BM 5218
Var glaucophyllus. Hort A fonn with somewhat
glaucous foliage ana orange-red fls
C. //rittomi, Baker, belongs to Cyrtanthus proper, but its 1\
appear with the fin , and it has 6-S or even 12 njle red fls about 1 in
long and a much shorter style than in C obliquus Cape Col ny
BM 7488 Gn 5062 — C in^qudh*, O'Brx n Fls erect, coral-
red, borne m umbels on scapes 1 ft high, upper segms of pennnth
overhanging Cape Colony GC III 37 2(>1 — C J&nodii,
Beauverd Umbel 6-9-fld , fls cinnabar, yellow at apex, pendulous.
Transvaal. N TAYLOR |
CYRTOCARPA (Greek, curved fruit). TAPIRA.
Anacardiacese One or two Mexican trees, one of which
bears a small fruit, likened to a cherry by the natives
of Lower Calif.
Leaves alternate, compound, fls axillary or terminal,
paniculate, polygamous, fr. an oblique drupe, 1 -seeded.
Intro, into S. Cahf. by Franceschi Sometimes united
with Tapiria (or Tapirira), from which it differs in its
straight embrvo and other characters
procera, HBK Very tall tree, with slender, terete,
dark purplish, resinous branches. Ivs alternate, odd-
pinnate; Ifts 5-7 or 9, oblong, entire, with a very slight
silkmess, especially below, veiy shortly stalked, 1 in.
or more long, half as wide fls white, inconspicuous, m
panicles 1-2 in. long, calyx 5-parted, villous, persist-
ent, segma roundish; petals 5, elliptic; stamens 10;
style 1 . fr. the size of an olive, edible Mex. HBK. 6, t.
609
CYRTOCfiRAS: Hoya.
CYRTOCHlLUM: Oncidium,
CYRTODfelRA: Epiaaa
CYRT6MIUM (Greek, a bow).
Polypodiacex. Asiatic half-hardy
or Rreenhouse ferns of rigid
habit
Leaves simply pinnate, anas-
tomof Jig veins and firm indusia
fixed by the depressed
center It differs from
Polystichurn mainly in
venation — Three or
four species known
Culture as for
Polystichum, to
which it is closely
allied
A Margins of
piunsp entire
or slightly un-
dulate
falcatum, J
Smith Fig 1199.
HOLLY FERN.
P i n n so glossy,
^ ovate, falcate, the
lower rounded or
obliquely truncate at the
base, 4-6 in long, 1-2 in.
w ide Japan, India — The
large thick glossy foliage
makes it an excellent fern
for decorations One of
the species used in fern-
dishes and one of the few
species which can be made
to thrive under ordinary
house conditions Plants
from the temperate parts
of Japan will do well out-
of-doors in the northeastern states if given slight winter
protection For another illustration, see article on
lerns C. Butterfieldii, Hort , is a form of this species
differing in having the pinnae deeply serrate. C. Roch-
fordianum, Hort , recently advertised, is a vanety of
r falcatum with fimbriated Ifts Superficially these
two forms resemble C caryotideum somewhat, but the
species are entirely distinct It has begun to replace
the original form in the dealers' stocks
F6rtunei, J. Smith. Pinnae dull, lanceolate, opaque,
2-4 in long, ^-1 in. wide Japan
AA. Margins of pinnse toothed or sometimes lobed.
caryotideum, J Smith. Pinnae larger, 5-7 in. long,
1M-2 1A m. wide, often auricled on both sides at the
base, sharply toothed. India. R. C. BENEDICT^
CYRTOPfeRA.
CYRTOP6DIUM (Greek for curved foot, from shape
of lip) Orchiddcese. Epiphytes, grown m warmhouses.
Stems fusiform, bearing plicate Ivs.' scapes radical,
bearing numerous fls., pure yellow or spotted with
crimson, sepals and petals equal, free, column semi-
946
CYRTOPODIUM
CYTISUS
terete; polliiiia 2, caudicle short; gland ovate. — Species
3 or 4 in the tropics. They are large-growing plants,
with large and showy fls. They need a rich, fibrous sou
with manure. Grow in a warm or tropical house.
Andersonii, R. Br Sts 5 ft. high. Ivs. long, lanceo-
late, sheathing at the base' scape often 3 ft. high,
branching, bearing many yellow ns ; sepals and petals
broad, bright yellow, the labellum brighter, front lobe
slightly concave. Specimens with over 100 fls have
been recorded. Trop. Amer. B M 1800
punctatum, Lindl Habit as above scape from 2-3 ft.
high, branching about midway, dotted with dull purple,
the branches subtended by membranaceous
sheathing bracts, which are lanceolate, un-
dulating, and dotted with crimson; sepals
oblong-lanceolate, undulate, greenish yellow
blotched with crimson, petals
similar, spotted at the base;
labellum l/fan. l°ng» fleshy,
bright yellow, lateral lobes
crimson, midlobe spotted and
margined with crimson, column
green. Extensively distributed
through S Amer B M 3507.
FS 22.2352. R.B. 30 158
Var. Saintlegerianum, Hort
(C Saintlegenanum} Reich f ).
Has brighter markings on the
bracts and fls. J H.
111.60:91.
Woddfordii, Sims
(Cyrtopkra Wobdfordn,
Lindl). Sts fusiform:
Ivs. lanceolate, scape
radical, bearing a
many-fld. raceme, fls.
greenish, with a purple
labellum; sepals linear-
lanceolate; petals ob-
long. Trinidad, Mar-
tinique B M. 1814.
C pdlmifrons, Reichb f
AJWarni Sts about 2 ft.
tall, clothed with the lemon-
yellow, purple - margined
1200. Cystopteris fragilis. (XM) sheaths Ivs 6-8 m long
panicle 12 - 15 in long,
many-fld , fls about 1 in. across, lemon-colored, spotted rose-pink.
Branl B M. 7807. OAKES AMES
GEORGE V. NASH.f
CYRTOSPfiRMA (Greek, curved seed) Aracese
A handsome warmhouse tuberous foliage plant, with
large, hastate red-veined leaves resembling an alocasia,
but easily distinguished by its spiny stems
Herbs with tubers or long rhizomes. If.- and fl -stalks
often spiny or warty. Ivs hastate or sagittate; petioles
long, sheathing at the base. — Cvrtosperma has 10-12
species, remarkably scattered m the tropics. Cult,
presumably same as alocasia.
J6hnstonii, N. E. Br. (Alocasia Jdhnstomi, Hort.).
Tuberous: petiole 2-2% ft. long, olive-green, spotted
rose, covered with fleshy, spine-like warts: Ivs. sagit-
tate, depressed in the middle, 1^-2 ft. long, olive-green,
with prominent and beautiful red veins above I H.
27:395 GW 15, p 340— Intro from the Solomon
Isla. as Alocasia Johnstonii, but when it flowered it
became evident that the plant is a Cyrtosperma.
C. faox, Lind & N E. Br., is a second species of this gemw,
figured in I H 39 153, but not known to be in the American trade.
It has narrow-sagittate Ivs on slender, very prickly petioles spathe
rather large, reflexod, greenish white Borneo
GEORGE V. NASH.!
CYRT<5STACHYS (Greek for a curved spike).
Palmacex, tribe Arecex. Three or four palms of the
Malayan region of stately habit, but little known in
this country.
Stem spineless, slender and tall, crowned by a grace-
ful cluster of pmnately divided Ivs.: Ifts. narrowly
lanceolate, a little oblique, at the apex somewhat bifid:
spadix short-peduncled, the branches more or less com-
pressed, alternate, sometimes pendulous; fls. mono>
cious, the two kinds in 1 spadix; stamens 6. rarely 12 or
15: fr. small, elongate-ovoid, tipped by the persistent
stigma. For cult., see Areca. The small and young
Ivs. of C. Renda are effective but old plants are not
very attractive and scarcely known. G C. II. 24.362.
Renda, Blume Height 25-30 ft • Ifts. linear or ensi-
form, obtuse but somewhat obliquely bifid, delicate
gray beneath, the petioles dark, brownish red. spadix
3-4 ft long, the branches nearly alternate, about 18 in.
long. Sumatra. Var Duvivienanum, Pynaert. Lf.-
stalks brightly colored Malay Archipelago
Lakka, Becc. Petioles green, not over 4 in long Ivs.
broad, boldly arched, 3^-43^ ft. long,, the Ifts nearly
18 in. long, \l/2 in. wide, obliquely bifid at the apex,
pale beneath. Borneo. Nt TAYLOR.
CYSTACANTHTJS (Greek for bladder Acanthus, be-
cause the flowers are inflated). Acanthacex Evergreen
herbs of Burma and Cochin China, with showy, sessile
fls in the axils of bracts, the entire mfl more or less
crowded into a terminal panicle or thyrse Corolla-
limb spreading, unequally 5-lobed, the lobes hhort-
rotund; stamens 2, style filiform, the stigma 2-toothcd.
Ivs entire caps long and narrow, almost 4-sided, many-
seeded Doubtfully distinct from Phlogacanthus —
One species is cult This is C. ttirgida, Nichols B M
6043 (as Menima turgida) It comes from Cochin
China. 2 ft. or less high, with prominently jointed sts
and opposite, elliptic-lanceolate Ivs fls white, yellow
in the throat and pmk-reticulated on the lobes April
Cult as other warmhouse acanthads (See Aphclandra
for example ) Prop by cuttings of young wood There
are 4 or 5 species of Cystacanthus in farther India
CYST6PTERIS (Greek, bladder-fern). Polypodid-
cex. Native ferns, with delicate foliage; deserve to be
planted in the hardy fern garden.
Son round, covered by a delicate indusmm which is
attached under one side and opens at the other, becom-
ing hood-like in appearance and finally disappearing.
The 5 species are native in the north temperate zone.
Of easy cult, in shady, rich borders
bulbifera, Bernh Lvs. 8-24 in long, dark green, 3-5
in. wide, widest at the base, long tapering, tripmnatifid,
bearing on the under surface of the rachis a series of
bulb-like bodies, which germinate and prop new plants.
Canada to N C — Thrives best on lime-bearing rocks.
Exceptionally useful and attractive on damp rocky
banks.
fr&gilis, Bernh Fig. 1200. Lvs. clustered, gray-green,
4-8 in. long besides the slender stalks, tnpinnatifid,
widest above the base. Widely distributed over the
world at all altitudes. L. M. UNDERWOOD.
CYTISUS (Greek name for a kind of clover). Legu-
mindsae. BROOM. Woody subjects, chiefly grown for
their profusely produced yellow or sometimes white or
purple flowers.
Mostly low shrubs, rarely small trees: Ivs tnfoliolatc,
sometimes unifoliolate, rather small, alternate, decidu-
ous or persistent, sometimes few and minute and
branches almost leafless: fls. papilionaceous, axillary
or in terminal heads or racemes, yellow, white or pur-
ple; stamens 10, connate; style curved' pod flat, dehis-
cent, with few or many seeds; seeds with a callose
appendage at the base. — About 50 species in S and
Cent Eu , Canary Isls , N Afr and W. Asia. For a
monograph of the genus see Briquet, Etude sur les
Cytises des Alpes Mantimes (1894)
The brooms are ornamental free-flowering shrubs,
CYTISUS
CYTISUS
947
blooming moat m early spring and summer. Nearly
hardy North are C. hirsutus, C supinus, C. scopanus,
C nigncam, C. leucanthus, while the evergreen species
C cananenais, C nionxpessulanus, C. Jdipes are hardy
only South Most of the species are well adapted for
borders of shrubberies, and thrive in almost any well-
drained soil and m sunny position; they naturahze
themselves often very quickly in dry, gravelly soil,
where few other plants will grow, C bcapamus especially
does so. The cytisus ought to be transplanted care-
fully and when young, as they do not bear transplant-
ing well as older plants Home dwarf species, like C
Ardomn, C kewenns, C crnenflorus, C purpurcut, and
C. leucanthus aie very handsome for rockeries The
evergreen C canancn.nx and C raccnwt>us are much
grown m the North as greenhouse shrubs, blooming
profusely in early spring, also the white C inultiflorut
and C Jilip("> make handsome pot-plants, and may
be had in bloom in Februaiy with gentle forcing.
For pot-plants, a light sandy loam with peat added
forms a suitable compost After flowering the plants
should be (ut back and repotted as soon as they start
into new giowth After repotting, they are kept close
and often syringed until the} are established, then they
ought to have plenty of air and onl> slight shade When
the new giowth h.is been finished they may be put in
the open an until frost is threatening During the win-
ter the> should be kept in a cool greenhouse with plenty
of light and carefully and moderately watered From
January they ma} be tiansf erred gradually in a warmer
house for foicing Cuttings started in early spring,
transplanted seveial times and then gradually hardened
off, can be grown into flo\venng specimens for the fol-
lowing spring Piopagated by seeds sown in spring
and by greenwood cuttings under glass, they are also
sometimes increased by layers or by grafting As stock
C niyruan* is much used, or Laburnum vulqan for
small ntandaid tiec s, for plants grown in the greenhouse
or South, C (.(tnarteniiLt is a good stock
Of cytisus, the young growths root icadil} in Decem-
ber and Januarv in the ordinary way They should be
shifted on as they grow Good-sued plantsVan be pro-
duced if shifting and pinching is not neglected By the
following winter, the winter-propagated plants should
be in 5-mch pots, in which size they arc most useful
Keep very cool during \vinter, and withhold any for-
cing They flower in March, or, if kept at a night tem-
perature of 45°, as late as April Syringe at all times to
prevent red spider To produce good-sued plants in one
year, it is best to keep them plunged on a bench under
the glass the entire summer, with little shade Older
plants can be plunged out-of-doors during July, August
and September. (William Scott )
INDKX
albo-carneus, 5 hirsute, 3 pendulus, 5, 12.
ulbuH, 2, 5, 9, 10, 12. ncarn itus, 9. polytnchuv, 3.
Andreanus, 12 kewcnsia, S pnrcox, 10
Ardomn, 7 lem-anthus, 2 prohfcrus, 4.
atropurpurous, 5 LtuAu, 9 purpurcus, 5
AttleyanuH, 15 lirufohus, IS raccmoMis, 16, 17.
cananionsis, 15 longtspiratus, 13 ramosissimus, 15.
candicans, 14 lutfus, 10 nithnncus, 3
oin/oArwm, 12. madeicnMs, 17 sohipkaensn, 2.
capitatu*, 1. nmgmfohosus, 17 grnpnniH, 12
carneui, 5 monxpesMilanus.il. spUndtns, 17.
dcoumbena, G inultiflorus, 9 stenojietaluti, 17.
elongatUR, 3, 5, 13. mgncans, 13 milphureus, 12
Eve rosti amis, 16. orhroleuius, 12 supinus, 1.
fillpes, 11 palhdus, 2, 12.
graruhjlorus, 12. pa/men*? •<, 11.
A. Calyx tubular, much longer than wide- Ivs always
3-folwlatc branches terete. (Tubot ytu>ui> )
B. Fls. in terminal heads with bracts at the base, yellow
to white
1. supinus, Linn (C. capital us, Scop ) Shrub
to 3 ft , with erect, or sometimes decumbent, villous
branches 1ft a obovate or oblong-obovate, sparingly
appressed pubescent above, villous pubescent beneath,
%-l in. long: fls yellow, brownish when fading, nearly
1 in. long; standard pubescent outside or nearly gla-
brous: pod villous, \-\l/2 in long July, Aug Cent,
and S. Eu L B.C. 5.497 J H 111. 31 : 161 (as Genista).
2 leucanthus, Waldst & Kit (C dibus, Hacq )>
Upright shrub, to 3 ft., with villous branches Ifts. 3
oblong-obovate, obtuse or acutish, appiessed pubescent,
sometimes glabrous above, cihate, l/£-%m. long fls.
3-6, yellowish white, calyx appressed-villous, standard
pubescent outside pod about 1 in long, appressed
pubescent. June, July S E Eu Var palhdus,
Schrad (C pdlhdus, Kerner) Fls pale yellow. Var.
schipkaensis, Dipp Low shrub, about 1 ft. high:
fls white Bulgaria — The oldest name for this species
is C albus, but as the same combination has been used
by many writers for C multifloru^, the name C. leucan-
thus is heie used to avoid possible confusion
BB. Fl<$ axdlaiy, di^tnl uted along the branches.
c Color of jls yellow
3 hirsutus, Linn (C elongatw, Hort , not Waldst &
Kit C. poli'jtnchit?, Bieb C ruthtmcus, Hort.. not
Fisch ) Shrub, to 3 ft , with erect or procumbent,
villous, terete branches Ifts obovate or obovate-ob-
long, villous pubescent beneath, ^-^m. long. fls.
1201. Cytisus cananensis.
(xjj
2-3, short-petioled; calyx villous pubescent, standard
glabrous on back, pod 1 in long, villous May, June.
Cent and S Eu Orient B M 6819 (Ifts erroneously
shown as serrate-) LBC 6 520 (as C. falcatus).
BH 14. 1191 (as C multiflorus).
cc Color of jh white or purple.
4. proliferus, Linn Shrub, to 12 ft , with long and
blender pubescent blanches Ifts oblanceolate, silky
?ubescent beneath, green and sparsely pubescent above,
-1^4 in long' fls white, 3-8, pedicels rather long,
tomentose; calyx tomcnto.se, standard pubescent out-
bide, pod densely tomentose-villous, 11 £-2 in long.
May, June. Canary Isls BR 2 121 LBC 8.761.
G. 32 291 — Recommended as a fodder plant for Calif.
5 purpureus, Scop Procumbent or eiect shrub, to
2 ft quite glabrous Ivs i at her long-petioled , Ifts oval
or obovate, dark green above, }£~1 in l°ng fls 1-3,
Surple, calyx reddish pod black, 1-1 \ 2 in long May,
une S Austna, N Italy BM 1176 LBC.
9 892 GC III 36 217, 50" 163 On 21, p 421.
J H III 49 399 Var albus, Kirchn Fls. white.
G 6 433 Var albo-carneus, Kirchn (var cdrneus,
Hort ) Fls light pink Var atropurp&reus, Dipp.
Fls dark purple Var elongatus, Andre (var pendulus,
Dipp ), with slender, pendulous branches and purple
fls , is sometimes grafted high on Laburnum. There
exists an interesting graft hybrid of this species and
Laburnum vulgare, for which see Laburnum Adamu.
AA. Calyx campanulate, as long or only slightly longer
than wide branches grooved or angled.
B. Fls. axillary along the branches.
c. Lvs. simple- fls. yellow procumbent shrubs. (Coro-
thamnus )
6 decumbens, Spach. Prostrate shrub, 4-8 in. high:
branchlcts 5-angled, glabrescent: Ivs oblong-obovate,
948
CYTISUS
CYTISUS
obtuse or acutish, pilose on both surfaces, cib'ate,
%-%m. long. fls. yellow, 1-3; calyx sparingly pilose;
standard broadly obovate, lA\n. broad, pod H-jNiin..
long, pilose, with 3-4 seeds. May, June S Eu. B.M.
8230. L.BC. 8:718.
cc. Lvs. S-foholate (in Nos. 9 and 10 partly simple}.
D. Plant a prostrate shrub, fls yellow or yellowish white.
(Trianthocytisus )
7. Ardoinii, Fourmer. Prostrate shrub, about 1 ft.
high: branchlets grooved, pubescent: Ivs. long-petioled;
Itts. 3, linear-oblong, acute, covered with spreading
hairs, M~Hin- long fls golden yellow, 1-3, crowded at
the end of short lateral branchlets, nearly ^m. long:
pod very villous, %\n long April, May S France.
Moggrmge, Flora of Mentone 58 — Very handsome, but
tender.
8. kewSnsis, Bean (C Ardoinii x C. multiflorus).
Prostrate shrub: Ifts 3, linear-oblong, clothed with short
soft pubescence, M~72in long, fls yellowish white,
1-3, along slender branches, Hin- long May. Origina-
ted at Kew Gn 60, p 348; 69, p. 282, 73, p. 228; 75,
p. 273. G.M 44-579; 51:355 G.W. 16, p. 610.— Like
the preceding well adapted for rockeries or for forming
a close covering to the ground.
DD. Plant an upright shrub: foliage scarce.
E. Style slightly curved, shorter than keel: fls. white or
yellowish white. (Spartothamnus.)
9 multifldrus, Sweet (C. dlbus. Link, C. Linkii,
Janka. Spdrtium multifldrum, Ait.). Shrub, to 3 ft.,
with slender, erect, grooved branches pubescent at
first: Ivs. whort-petioled, 1- to 3-foholate, Ifts. obovate-
oblong to linear-oblong, %-}/$&. long, sparingly
appressed-pubescent . fls. axillary, 1-3, white, %-%\n.
long : pod appressed-pubescent, usually 2-seeded May,
June. Spam, N Afr Gn 64, p. 251; 69, p. 92, 72, p.
276. GM 49.579. G.W 5, p. 111. Var incamaWs,
Sweet. Fls. white, slightly blushed. L.B.C. 11.1052
(as Spartmm).
10 prsfecox, Bean (C multiflorus x C purgans) Shrub,
to 10 ft , with slender upright or arching branches:
branchlets grooved, pubescent at first Ifts usually 1,
sometimes 3, short-petioled, oblanceolate or linear-
spatulate, silky pubescent, H-%m. long: fls 1-2,
yellowish white, very numerous along the slender
branches, nearly ^m long pod appressed-pubescent,
about 1 in long, usually 2-sccded May. Of garden
origin. G.C. III. 29 41. Gn. 56, p. 37; 65. p 438, 69,-
p. 318. GM. 44-581, 52.183. M.D 6. 1903.265.
G.W. 3, p 221 Var albus, Smith Dwarf er, more
pendulous1 fls white Gn 75, p 192 Var luteus,
Smith Dwarf fls. yellow — This hybrid is one of the
most flonferous of all brooms
11. fOipes, Webb (Spartocylisus Wipes, Webb).
Shrub, with slender, angulate, thread-like branches:
Ivs slender-petioled, 3-foholate, nearly glabrous; Ifts.
linear-lanceolate: fls axillary, 1-2, fragrant, pure white;
wings much longer than the keel Feb -May Tene-
nffa — As C palrnensis, Hort , in the American trade.
BE. Style longer than keel, spirally incurved, fls. bright
yellow or partly crimson, rarely pale, large. (Saro-
thamnus )
12. scoparius, Link (Sarothdmnus scopdrius, Wrnim.
Spdrtium scopdnum, Linn ) SCOTCH BROOM Shrub,
to 10 ft., with erect, slender branches- Ivs short-
petioled, 1-3-foholate; Ifts. obovate or oblanceolate,
sparingly appressed-pubescent, l/i-lA\n.. long- fls.
usually solitary, %m long; calyx and pedicels nearly
glabrous: pod brownish black, glabrous, villous only at
the margin. May, June. Cent, and S. Eu vJ. 25 • 169. —
The tops are used for their sedative and diuretic prop-
erties In Germany the fls also are used medicinally
Var Andreanus. Dipp (Genista Andredna, Puissant)
Fls. yellow with dark crimson wings. R.H. 1886:373.
Gt. 40.1342 RB 19.129. J.H. III. 32:462.— A beau-
tiful and striking variety. Var. albus, Loud. (var.
pdllidus, Hort var. ochroleucus, Zabel., var. sul-
phureus, Arb Kew). With yellowish white or pale
yellow fls. Gn. 61, p. 299; 65, p 375. G.M. 44:580.
Var. pe"ndulus, Arb. Kew (C. grandifldrus, Hort , not
DC C cantdbncus, Hort , not Willd.) With slender
pendulous branches There is also a variety with double
fls — All the vars. are more tender than the type.
The Scotch broom, C. scopanus, has become established
in this country, as a naturalized plant, in waste places
from Nova Scotia to Va ; and it is also reported from
Vancouver Isl It is also recommended by landscape
gardeners for covering raw and broken places Its
yellow fls and nearly bare sts make a unique combina-
tion in the American landscape Even when it kills
to the ground in winter, it throws up its sts again m
the spring
BB. Fls in terminal racemes, sometimes umbel-
like, yellow branches very leafy.
c. Foliagf deciduous branches terete, racemes very long
and slender. (Pkyllocytisus )
13 nigricans, Linn (Lembdtropis niqncans, Griseb ).
Shrub, 2-4 ft , with erect, appressed-pubescent
branches* Ivs long- pet loled; Ifts obovate or oblong-
obovate, glabrous above, appressed-pubescent beneath,
J^-l in long: racemes very long and slender, 3-8 in.
long June, July. Germany, N Italy, Hungary.
L.B.C. 6.570. BR 10.802 B M 8479 R B 26 3.
Var. elongatus, Borkh (var. lonqet^picdtus, Hort ).
Blooming again in fall at the top of the elongated fruit-
ing racemes. R.H. 1891, p 149 (as var Carlieii)
cc. Foliage persistent' branches grooved. (Teline )
D. Lvs. distinctly pelioled, obovate or obovate-oblong.
E. Racemes nearly capitate, 3-9-ft.d , at the end of short
lateral branchlets
14. monspessulanus, Linn (C cdndicans, DC.
Genista cdnaicans, Linn ) Shrub, to 10 ft - branches
villous-puboscent when young Ivs short-petioled,
usually glabrous above, pubescent beneath, Ifts obo-
vate or obovate-oblong. mucronulate, H~/4ln long"
racemes 3-9-fld , short, leafy at the base, fit* fragrant,
bright yellow, pod rufous-villous May, June Medit
region, Canary Isls W D B 1 SO (not good)
EE. Racemes longer, 6- to many-fld , secund, terminal and
lateral
F. Petioles y$in. long or shorter, Ifts usually obovate,
less than ]/^in long
15. canarie'nsis, Kuntze (Genista cananensis, Linn )
GENISTA of florists Fig 1201. Much-branched shrub,
to 6 ft , with villous-pubescent branches . Ifts cuneate,
obovate or oblong-obovate, rounded at the apex,
pubescent on both sides, K~j/2ln long- racemes usually
many-fld . dense and rather short, fls fragrant, bright
yellow. May-July Canary Isls A F 0 S02 R B
26-229. Var. ramosfssimus, Briquet ((' ramosi^i-
mus, Poir. C. Attleyanus, Hort ) Lfts very small,
glabrous above, racemes snort, but nurneiouw L.B C.
13:1201 BR 3:217
16. racemdsus, Nichols., not Main (Genista formosa,
Hort). Fig. 1202. Shrub, to 6 ft branches pubescent.
Ivs rather long-petioled • Ifts oblong-obovate, mucronu-
late, }^-%in. long, silky pubescent on both sides:
racemes elongated, many-fld , secund and rather loose.
2-4 in. long. Probably of garden origin and hybrid
between C. cananensis and C maderensis var. magni-
fohosus A F 6.802; 13.1136 F-E 9:431 —Better
florists' plant than the last; much grown as a pot-
plant and forced for early spring and Easter Var.
Everestianus, Rehd Fls of a deeper shade of yellow ,
very free-flowering. RH 1873:390.
CYTISUS
BT. Petioles ]/fan long or longer; Ifts. oblong-obovatc,
about Yiin long or longer.
17 maderSnsis, Masferrer (Teline madertnsis,
Webb) Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. slender-
petioled, crowded, Ifts oblong-obovate, silky pubes-
cent on both sides, or smooth above, acute or acutish,
%— %m long* racemes 6— 12-fld , rather short, fulvous
or silky pubescent; fls bright yellow, slightly fragrant.
pod 5-7 -seeded May, June Madera Var magmfoli-
osus, Briquet (Teline stenopetala, Webb C. steno-
petalm, Christ C. racernosus, Marnock) Lvs larger,
}/2.-\^/2 in long', racemes elongated, 10-20-fld Madera
Marnock, Floncult Mag 2 19 B R 26 23 (as Genista
bracteolata) Webb & Berthelot, Phytogr Canar 45 —
Sometimes cult as C tplendens, but less dehirable as a
greenhouse plant than the two preceding bpecieb.
DD Lvs nearly sessile, linear or linear-lanceolate.
18 linifdlius, Lam. Shrub, to 3 ft., with erect, ap-
pressed-silky tomentose branches' Ifts linear or linear-
lanceolate, acute, revolutc at the margin, nearly gla-
brous and shining above, silvery pubescent beneath,
Yi~\ in long racemes short and compact, fls bright
yellow pod torn lose April-June Spain, N Afr.,
Canarv Isis B M 442
C Adamu, Poir —Laburnum Adairm — C alpinug, Mill =
Laburnum alpmurn — C anxtrtacug, Linn Allied to C supmus.
Lfts narrow, oblanceolate, Mlky pubescent on both sides fls yel-
low, calyx di nsely villous SK Ku , Caucasus — C Rrtinn,
Nichols (C ArdoinuxC purgans) Low shrub with golden y« How
Us , and narrow montly mmpli Ivs G 30 207 —C biflfvus, L'Hcr
= C rutwboneruis — C cartidbncus, Willd Allied to C scoparius
CYTISUS
949
but prostrate, with silky Ivs and large bright yellow fls pod \ illous
May Spain. — C. congestus, Ball (Teline congests, Webb). Allied
to C Umfolius. Densely villous-toinentose, small-lvd Ivs Bhort-
petioled racemes short Tenenffa — C Dallimdrei, Rolfe (C multi-
florus X C scqparms var Andreanus) Upright shrub with pale
purple fla GC III 51 198 On 74. p 291 GM 55 11 BM
8482 There are forms with sulfur-yellow and one with orange-yellow
fls — C elongdlo-purjmreus, Hort — C. versicolor — C tlona&tus,
Waldst & Kit =-C ratisbonensis var elongatuu. — C emenflbrus,
Reichb (C glabrescens, Sartor not Schrank) Allied to C Ardomi
.Sparingly approssed-pubewent branchlets angled fls yellow pod
glabrous N Italy GW 1-i, p 557 — C fragrans, Lam Allied to
C filipea Petioles short Ifts densely pubescent fls fracrant,
white Spring Tenenffa J H III 50 44S — C gUibrescent,
Sartor , not !Schrank==C emenflorus — C handsuwthtnms, Paul
<fe Sons "A whitc-fld plant suitable for the rockery " — C Hille-
braruilii, Briquet (Genista Hillebiandtu, Christ) A suffruticose
specie*, with long, slend* r hairy ats and trifoliate hairy Ivs Canary
Isls— C inmrnatus, Hort ==C vtrsicolor — C Laburnum, Linn «=
Laburnum vulgare — C nubtgetiui, Lmk=^C fragrans — C piiryart.*,
Willd Shrub, to 3 ft , appressed-pubesccnt blanches striped Ivs
1-4-foholate, oblong or linear-lanceolate fls axillary, yellow, fra-
grant pod glabrous May- July Spain, S France — r rnmentdceua,
bieb =Petteriaramentncea — C rahtbonfnsis, Schaeff Allied to C.
hirsutus To 3 ft branches •- ender, appressed-pubescent Ifts.
Klabrous above, silky beneath fls 1-2, yellow, calyx with uppressed,
yellowiah, bilky hairs April-June M Eu , W Asia Var elonga-
tun, Koch More erect fls larger, 3-5, calyx with somewhat spread-
ing hairs B R 4 308 (as C bifloru-i) — C' sesvhfMius, Lmn
Allied to C' nigncans Quite glabrous Ivs nearly sessile, with
roundish-obovate Ifts racemes short, 4-11-fld May, June 8
Eu BM 255— C Spachunus, Kuntze (Genista Spachiana, Webb)
Closely related to C cananensis Taller Ifts obovate, acuminate
racemes somewhat elongated Canary Isls BM 4195 —C.
tnfldrut, L'Her Similar to C hirsutus Fls 'ong-pedicelled, yel-
low, calyx-tube short, not tubular April, May S Eu , N Afr
Tender FC 3102 — C verticals, Dipp (C hirsutusxC purpu
reua) Low ahrub, with sparingly villous Ivs fls yellowish white
and pale purple Sometimes cult as C. incarnatus — C Weldrmi,
Vis-Pettenaramentacea. ALFRED ItEHDKR
1202. Cytisus racemosus.
(XH)
D
DABCECIA (after its Irish name, St. Dabeoc's Heath).
More commonly spelled Daboecia, and sometimes
Dabeocia Syn , Boretta. Encacese Shrub cultivated
for its purple flowers appearing in summer.
Low evergreen with alternate entire Ivs and droop-
ing pedicelled fls. in long terminal racemes, corolla
ovoid, contracted at the mouth and shortly 4-lobed,
with recurved lobes; stamens 8, included, caps. 4-
celled, dehiscent. — One species in W. Eu
This is a very pretty heath-like plant, with purple
or white flowers in elegant loose racemes, well adapted
for rockeries or borders of evergreen shrubberies.
Requires protection North during the winter, and
thrives best in a peaty, sandy soil. Propagated by
regions of 75-100 ft. Some of the species may be
expected to thrive in the southern areas.
DACTYLIS (Greek daklulos, a finger) Grarninex.
A perennial tufted grass with flat blades, thin promi-
nent ligules and sheaths closed nearly to the throat,
grown for forage and one form for ornament.
Panicles glomerate; spikelets 2-5-fld , nearly sessile
in dense 1-sided fascicles, these arranged in a panicle;
lemmas hispid-cihate on the keels, awn-tipped, com-
pressed. — Species 1, north temperate regions of the
Old World.
glomerata, Linn ORCHARD-GRASS Fig 1203 Aeoaise
grass, 2-3 ft , forming large tussocks panicle a few
UllllvtJO ILUJOK *" <M y^<.i,vj , ocmv.ij own. j. i v1>v*fec*.^v v» wj- g,l iWSS, tf~ <J lit, iUllIllli^ lillJ^U tU&SUUIVB JJiVHILlU it ll'W
seeds treated like those of P>ica, and by cuttings of stiff branches, expanding m fl , afterwards appressed.
half-ripened wood under glass
cantabrica, Koch (D pohfolia, Don. Boretta can-
tdbrica, Kuntze. Memihwt pohfolia, Juss ) IRISH
HEATH. To 2 ft branchlets glandular pubescent: Ivs
elliptic, the uppermost narrower, revolute at the mar-
gin, whitish tomentose beneath, shining and dork green
above, M~/-^ln long* racemes rnany-
fld J corolla ^&— } -jin long, purple in
the type June-Oct Ireland, W.
France, N Spam, Azores On 52 344,;
71, p 442, 76, p 490 On M 3 336
R B 3 121 Gt 47 1450 S B F G.
2.276 — There are many varieties, as
filba, Dipp, with white fls (Gn 22,
p 302), bicolor, Dipp (var striata,
Hort ), with white- and purple-striped
fls ; rdsea, Hehd (Boretta cantdbnca
rdsca, Koopmann), with pink fls ;
atropurpurea, Dipp , with dark purple
fls ; nana, Rehd (Menzict>ia pohfolia
ndna, Lodd M polifolia pygmaa, Arb.
Kew). Dwarf, with small and narrow
Ivs. L.BC 20 1907
ALFRED REIIDER.
DACRfDIUM (Greek-made name,
referring to the tear-like exudations)
Taxaceip About 16 species of New
Zeal , Austral , Malaya and Chile,
being trees or shrubs with closely
imbricated scale-like Ivs. on old trees
and linear or linear-subulate treading
Ivs. on young trees and lower branches,
none apparently in the trade in this
country but more or less grown in
European arboreta, allied to Podocar-
pus, from which it differs in having
dimorphic Ivs , peduncle of fr dry or
fleshy (fleshy and enlarged in Podocar-
pus), and the ovule becoming erect;
and to Phyllocladus, which differs in
having cladophylla and the true Ivs.
reduced to minute scales Dacrydium
is dioecious or rarely monoecious, the
fls. not in cone-like structures; male
fls solitary at tips of branchlets and
with the uppermost Ivs , females nearly
or quite terminal under the If -like
scales, seeds nut-like, ovoid, borne in
a cup-like fleshy or thin aril — These
more or less spruce-like trees some-
times attain a height in their native
Dept Agnc , Div Agrost 20 145 — Common 1> cult as
a pasture and meadow grass and useful for lawns under
trees Var. variegata, Hort , is a dwarf form of com-
pact habit with foliage variegated silver and green;
used for borders. Prop, by division, of easy cultiva-
tion
1203. Orchard-grass.— Dactylis
glomerate, (plant XK)
(950)
A. S. HITCHCOCK
DACTYLOCTfeNIUM (Greek, dal-
tulos, finger, and ktinwn, a little comb)
Graminesr FIMJEH-COMH GRASS An-
nual grasses \\ith spieading or creeping
stems, one of which has been ofleied
as an ornamental subject
Spikelets soveial-fld , sessile, crowded
in 2-6 digitate 1 -sided, lather broad,
flattened spikes, axis of spike extend-
ing bejond the spikelets as a naked
point Species 2, warm regions of the
Old Woild One species, D. segyptium,
Richt (D ygypCHuum, Willd Kit u Jut
<tgi'/ptica, Desf Cynosurui> jqtjirtut*,,
Linn ), CROW-FOOT, is a common weed
in Trop Amer The 3-5 short spikes
are divaricate at the summit of the
culms, about 2 in long — It has been
offered as an ornamental grass for gai-
den cult , but has little value Mojave
Indians of S Calif use the giam for
food In Afr a decoction is prepared
from the seeds for inflammation of the
kidneys. A S HITCHCOCK
D^EDALACANTHUS (Greek words,
signifying an acanthad of runout struc-
ture) Acanthacej' Tropical shrubs or
sub-shrubs, with blue or rose-colored
flowers, sometimes grown under glass
and in the open in warm count lies
Leaves entire or scarcely dentate
fls in bractcd spikes which are some-
times paniculate, the biacts usually
much exceeding the calyx, calyx deeply
5-lobed or -parted, corolla- tube elon-
gated and slender, more or less curved,
bearing an oblique spreading 5-lobed
limb, perfect stamens 2, affixed in the
throat, included, style slender and
recurved • fr an ovate or oblong caps ,
the seeds 4 or fewer — Some 15 to 20
species in E. India and Malay Archi-
pelago; by some authors the name
Eranthemum is applied to these plants
D^DALACANTHUS
and what are known as Eranthemum in this work
then become Pseuderanthemum.
This genus contains some tender shrubs of rather
difficult culture under glass, but great favorites in the
tropics, particularly m India. D. nervosus is a popular
winter- and spring-blooming shrub in southern Florida.
It has blue flowers an inch across, fivc-lobed, and
shaded purple at the mouth of the tube. For culture,
see Justicia.
nervdsus, T. Anders (Erdnthemum nervdsum, R.
Br. E pulchellum, Andr., and some dealers, while
that of others is E tricolor, and that of Roxburgh is D.
purpurascens) . Fig. 1204. Glabrous or very nearly so-
Ivs ovate or elliptical, acuminate at both ends, some-
what crenate or entire: spikes axillary, opposite, over-
lapping and interrupted: bracts elliptical, acute, ner-
vose • limb of the corolla as wide as the tube is long.
India 13 M 1358 (as Jwsticia nervosa). Gn 51 352
GC II 21-415 — A very pretty shrub for the warm-
house, 2-6 ft , its fls being of a color that is not very
common in winter-blooming plants It is an easy sub-
ject to manage, requiring a light, rich soil, full sunlight
and plenty of water Cuttings of young growth root
readily in a warmhouse
macrophyllus, T Anders St pubescent toward top:
Ivs elliptic-lanceolate, ovate-acuminate, attenuate at
base' spikes linear, somewhat interrupted: bracts
elliptic, rather obtuse, nervose: fls pale violet-blue
India B M. 6686 —Differs from D. nervosus m laxer
mfl , hairy Ivs which are scabnd-pubescent on the
nerves beneath, and more pubescent shoots
Watth, Bedd (D pdrvus, C B Clarke) Slender,
2 ft Ivs deep green with a light metallic shade, very
broad-ovate: fls 1 in across, blue or violet-blue, the
corolla-lobes broad -obovate and narrowed abruptly
to a point, the white stigma protruding from the nar-
row throat India GM 44'645 GC III 32311.
A F 17'382 — A good dwarf species with fls in dense
clusters, blooming in pots when 1 ft high and flower-
ing m Sept Requires a warmhouse treatment, grows
well in sandy loam; prop, by cuttings. L H. B f
DJEM6NOROPS (probably means God-like, of
divine appearance) Palmacea?, tribe Lepidocdrpex.
Slender pinnate palms grown for their graceful foliage,
but little known in Amer outside of botanic gardens
Differs from Calamus (with which it is by some united)
only in having the outer sheaths or spathes boat-shaped,
deciduous, at first inclosing the inner sheaths, its more
longly stalked fls also separate it from Calamus —
About 85 species, all Trop Asiatic. Only a very few
are in cult. Treatment and general cultural conditions
of Calamus D. Draco produces some of the "dragon's
blood" of commerce. See page 3568.
A. Young Ivs. green.
B. Sts erect or climbing, sometimes both in one plant.
calicarpus, Mart. (Calamus calicdrpus, Griff.). St.
erect or climbing, 1 m. diam.. Ivs. 6-8 ft. long, upper
small with long nagella; Ifts numerous, 12-13 m long,
J^j-^in. wide; petiole 1 ft , the base not gibbous or puck-
ered, fr. about %in diam , tawny. Malacca.
melanoch&tes, Blume. St. erect * Ivs. pinnate, 10-12
ft. long in nature, the pinnae long and narrow, dark
green and drooping, furnished with many cirrhi, the
petioles sharp-spmed at the sheathing base: fr. vellow-
green. Malaya. — Very decorative A small form is
var. microcarpus. Little known in U. S.
BB. Sts. always climbing
Lewisianus, Mart. (Calamus LewisiAnus, Griff).
St climbing, 1 in. diam : petiole 1 ft., base much
swollen, armed below with scattered, short, deflexed
spines, and above with straight and hooked spines 1 ^
in. long; lite. 13-15 m. long, %-l in. wide; sheath
DAHLIA
961
armed with solitary or senate flat-back spines, fr. pale
yellowish. Penang.
intermedius, Mart. St. 15-20 ft , %m. diam : Ivs.
long-petioled, 4-6 ft. long; Ifts opposite or scattered,
18-20 in long, 1-1 l/% in wide, linear-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, margins and 3-5 costa? bristly above and below;
1204. Dedalacanthus nervosus. ( X H)
rachis semi-cylindrical, sparingly armed; petiole 1 ft.
long, with flattened spines. Malaya.
AA. Young Ivs. brownish or straw-colored.
palembanicus. Blume St erect: Ivs. pinnate,
broadly ovate, bright cinnamon-brown when young,
and Ifts many, long, narrow, 1^ ft long, about %m.
wide, petioles erect, with stout spines on the back,
which are deflexed and not thickened at the base and
are arranged singly or in series Sumatra. F. 1873,
p 136
periacfinthus. Miq Height 15 ft.: resembles D
palembanicu-s, but trie young Ivs are nearly straw-
colored, and the spines are placed in irregular rings
Sumatra — A most graceful species.
D plumdsus, Hort Graceful plume-like Ivs , with pinnse
4 ft or less long, petioles with rigid black spines with white bases
India. F. 1871, p. 39.— Not m cult m N Amer.
JARED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR t
DAFFODIL: Narcissus. Daffodil, Sea: Pancratium.
DAHLIA (named after Professor Andreas Dahl, a
Swedish pupil of Linneeus, and author of "Observa-
tiones Botamcae") Syn. Georgina Compdsitx Stout
perennial herbs, sometimes somewhat woody, much
grown out-of-doors for the rich and profuse autumn
bloom Plate XXXIV.
Tuberous-rooted (Fig 1205) : st. mostly erect, branch-
ing, glabrous or scabrous. Ivs. opposite. 1-3-pmnate:
heads long-peduncled, large, with yellow disk and
rays in a single series and mostly m shades of red and
purple and also m white (in cult ) ; ray-fls neutral or
pistillate, disk-fls perfect and fertile; involucre double
the inner series of thin scales that are shghtlv united
at base, the exterior series smaller and somewhat leafy;
952
DAHLIA
UAHLIA
receptacle plane, hearing chaffy scales, rays spreading,
en tn c or minutely 3-5-dentate • fr. oblong or obovate,
btrongly compressed on the back, rounded at the apex,
obscurely 2-toothed or entirely bald — Probably 10 or
12 species, in the higher parts of Mex , some of them
now much modified by cult., and the domesticated
forms often difficult of systematic study The nomen-
clature of the group is confused because systematists
are not agreed on the rank to be given to forms that
have received independent names Voss (Blumen-
gartnerei) combines the three species of Cavamlles,
D. pinnata, D coccinea, and D rosea, all under the name
D> pinnata His arrangement is as follows D, pinnata,
Cav., var. coccinea, Voss (D. coccinea, Cav. D. rot>ea,
Cav , in part D frustranea, DC. D. crocea, Poir. D
bidentifoha and D mexicana, Hort); var. qiacihs,
Vot>s (D gracihs, Ort.), var Ccrvantesu, Voss (D
Cervanlesii, Lag ) ; var. vanabihs, Voss (D. variabilis,
Desf D rosca, Cav , in part D i>ainbucifoha, Salisb
D superfliia, Ait D purpurca, Poir ) It seems to
be well, however, to keep D roi>ea and D coccinea dis-
tinct, and pei haps also D. pinnala, and this is the
method adopted for the present treatment Of the three
Cavanillesian names, D pinnata hns priority.
A. Plant very tall, tree-like
B Fls nodding, bell-shaped.
impenalis, Roezl Height 6-18 ft sts usually many
from one base, mostly unbranched, knotty, 4-6-angled,
usually dying to the ground in winter in S. Calif .
Ivs 2-3-pmnately parted; Ifts ovate, narrowed at the
base, acuminate, toothed, with a few short scattered
soft hairs fis nodding, 4-7 m across, white, more or
less tinged with blood-red, especially »t the base; rays
sterile or pistillate, lanceolate, sharp-pointed, not
3-toothed at the apex Gt 1863 407; 5(3, p 22. GC
1870 4f>9, II 12 437, III 34 178 B M 5813 Gn
12.352, 33, p 527, 61, p 40 I? H 1872 170; 1911, pp
62-3. AG 15-313 Mn 8, p. 61 — As few conservatories
can make room for bo large a plant, it is common to
graft this species on dwarf varieties of D. rosea The
inflated and pointed fl -buds (3-4 in long) are very
characteristic It is not kno\\n whether the original
plant collected by Roezl was found in wild or cult
surroundings This species and the next are mostly
cult under glass if cult, at the N , but this species
thrives in the open in Cent Calif ; the others are
grown outdoors in summer, and the roots stored in
winter. Hybrids are reported between this species and
D excelsa
BB Fls. erect, not bell-shaped, but opening out flat.
excglsa, Benth. (D arborea, Regel) Height to 20
ft or more: sts. several from same base, usually
unbranched, glaucous,
marked with horizon-
tal rings made by the
stem-clasping base of
the petioles as the
lower Ivs fall away,
becoming woody for
several feet in mild
climates: Ivs bipin-
nate, as much as 2%
ft long, 2 ft. wide; Ifts.
as many as 25, ovate,
those of the upper Ivs.
often contracted at
the base, acuminate,
toothed, pale green
beneath, with a few short scattered hairs or none: fls.
4^ m. across, dilute purple, cnmson-pii|k. G C. II.
19:80; III 27 • 85— This species was described from a
cult plant with 8 rays in a single row, but with
considerably elongated disk-fls It was almost an
anemone-fld type, and all the florets were sterile. D.
arborea has never been sufficiently described as a
botanical species, but plants have been cult for many
years under this name Var anemonaefldra, Hort.
Disk of lilac or yellow tubular florets; rays flat.
AA. Plant medium, averaging 3 ft., commonly from 2-5
ft., rarely exceeding these extremes.
B. Lvs. once pinnate: st. not branching from the base:
habit erect.
c. St. usually not glaucous: rays fertile.
D. Rays of the single fls. not recurved at the margins,
of the double fls. never flat, but cupped
rdsea, Cav. (D. vandbihs, Desf. D. Barken* and
D Roijlcana, Kmn\ 1 <fe Wcstc ? D superflua, Alt.
1205. Clustered roots of the
garden dahlia
1206. Dahlia rosea (or D vanabihs). ( X H)
D purpurea, Poir D nana, Andr D crocata, Lag
D roron'iln, lloit ) Fig 1206. Lvs typically once
pinnate, sometimes bipinnate; Ifts. ovate, toothed,
broader and coarser than m the other species B 11.
55. B M 1885.— The original of practically all the
old-fashioned dahlias, particularly the Single, Pompon.
Show and Fancy types. It is therefore the parent ot
the vast majority of the horticultural varieties This
is a wonderfully variable species. Some plants are
densely hairy, others scarcely at all. The Ivs are some-
times bipinnate in parts of plants or throughout an
entire plant. In double forms the rays usually have
abortive pistils Many garden forms have glaucous
sts. Some authors have doubted whether this species
is distinct from D coccinea, but the two types are very
different in the garden, although there are intermediate
forms in nature
DD. Rays of the single fls. with recurved margins; of
the double fls. not cupped, but long, flat and pointed,
and some at least with recurved margins.
Juar6zii, Hort. (D. Yuarczii, Hort.). CACTUS
DAHLIA. Fig 1207. Distinct in the bloom: heads bnl-
DAHLIA
liant scarlet; fls. irregular in length and overlapping,
the rays narrow. The Cactus dahlias all originated
from one plant, which was flowered in Eu. for the first
time in 1864, and first pictured in G C 11.12.433
(1879). FM 1879:383. On. 18, p 589, 19.742, 50,
p. 236. G.Z.26.49.
cc. St . glaucous: rays not fertile.
coccinea, Cav (D bidentifbha, Salisb D Cer-
vdntesn, Lag D. Crdcea, Poir ) Fig 1208, redrawn
from B.M 762 (1804). Always more slender than D.
rosea, with narrower Ifts , and in the wild, at least,
dwarfer than that species. The color range is much
smaller, and does not include white or any shade of
purple or crimson. The colors vary from scarlet,
through orange to yellow. There are no double forms,
and it has been said that this species will not hybudize
with D. rosea. The named varieties pictured in I H.
31-515 and 533 (1881), which are emphatically
declared to be varieties of D coccinea, are probably
garden forms of D rosea. The only characters that
certainly distinguish D coccinea from D. rosea arc the
glaucous sts and infertile rays of the former, but these
characters break down in garden forms B.M. 762.
Gn 19:154 GC II 12.525
u«. Lvs. twice pinnate sts branched from the base:
habit spreaditig
Mgrckii, Lehm (D glabrala, Lmdl ) Fig. 1209,
redrawn from B M. 3878 (1841). Height 2-3 ft : roots
much more slender than those of D. rosea st and Ivs.
wholly devoid of hairs; Ivs bipmnate. floral bracts
linear, fls. typically lilac; rajs pistillate; outer involu-
cral bracts linear B II 26 '29 (1810) Gn. 19 154
(1881) — This is a very distinct garden dahlia, and LS
worth growing merely as a foliage plant The fine-cut
character of the foliage makes it more attractive than
the coarse foliage of most of the varieties of D rosea.
The plants are much dwarfer and wider spreading than
most florists' dahlias, and show no st. while growing.
The branched flowering sts are remarkably long, slen-
der and wiry, often rising 2-3 ft above the foliage.
The rays are very short and often roundish, with a
short sharp point instead of 3 minute teeth There are
no red, yellow or white forms in nature. The roots of
this and D coccinea, beirg slenderer than those of D.
ro&fa, must be preserved with greater care in winter.
D (/rdctlw, Ort Lvs bipmnate and ternately divided, gla-
brous, the Ifts small, o\ate and roirsely toothed fls brilliant
orange-scarlet, outer bracts of involucre almost orbicular 4-5 ft ,
making a dense bush with very slender growths, bearing heads
2J£-3 in across -Vpnarently not in general cult — D pinnAta,
Cav Plant scarcely 3 ft high, glabrous Ivs 5-foholate, Ifts ovate,
crenate-dentate, glaucous beneath, sessile, rachis winged fls large,
(solitary, female corolla large, blue-red, exterior involucre with 6-7
bracts, ovate, narrowed toward the base, spreading and reflexed-
incurved, the interior with coriaceous lobes The plate of Cavan-
illes shows semi-double fls , i e with several rows of rays, with the
ray-) incurved at the margin and becoming at the base nearly
tubular. — D Ztmapdmi, Roezl, is by some retained in Dahlia and
by others referred to Bidens, in this work it is described under
Cosmos (C. dwerofokua). WlLHELM MlLLER.
L. H. B.f
Types and varieties of the dahlia.
Practically all of the named varieties of dahlias have
come from one immensely variable species, usually
known as D. vanabilis* but more properly as D. rosea.
For garden purposes, nowever, a second form of great
importance, D. Juarezii, the parent of the Cactus
forms, must be kept distinct. There are other species
cultivated to a slight extent. It is curious that these
showy plants should be closely related to a common
weed, the beggar's tick, of the genus Bidens; but other
species of Dahlia have leaves whose forms pass grad-
ually into those of Bidens. Other close allies arc
Cosmos and Coreopsis. Cosmos flowers are some shade
of purple, rarely white m wild nature, and only one
species has yellow flowers; Coreopsis has yellow flowers
DAHLIA
953 l
only; Bidens. yellow or white, and none of these
genera has produced double -flowered forms of the
first importance. Dahlia has all these colors and more,
being far richer in bright reds, and lacking only sky-
blue and its closely related hues, which are seen to
perfection m the China asters.
Although dahlias are popular plants, especially in old
gardens, they are destined to still greater popularity
from the new "Cactus," "Decorative," "Peony-flow-
ered," and "Collarette" types. There exists a prejudice
against dahlias m many localities in which these new
types have never been seen. This prejudice is part of a
reaction against formal and artificial flowers in general
The old-time dahlias were round hard and sriff like a
ball The new-time dahlias are flatter, and tend
toward loose, free, fluffy chrysanthemum-like forms.
The dahlia has no\v become 'mrnenselv variable
Of the important and very variable florists' flowers,
the dahlia was one of the latest to come into cultiva-
tion The first break of considerable importance in the
wild type occurred about 1814 Up to that time there
were perhaps a do/en well-marked colors in good
single-flow ered varieties. Dahlias had been cultivated
in Europe since 1789, and it is a curious fact that
they showed signs of doubling the very first year of
their European residence, but it was not until twenty-
five years later that a marked gain in doubling was
made The dahlia seemed to be undeveloped until
181 i, when the era of doubling began Before another
twenty-five years had passed, the dahlia had sprung
into the front ranks of garden plants In 1826 there
were already sixty varieties cultivated by the Royal
Horticultural Society In 1841, one English dealer
had over 1,200 varieties. Today it is not uncommon
for the loading tradesmen to keep 500 to 1,000 dis-
tinct varieties. In the absence of good records, it is
conjectured that over 3,000 different narrtes of vane-
ties have been published m the catalogues Most of
the varieties are the Show and Fancy types, \\hich are
as spherical and regular as possible, and differ only in
color At first the distinction between the two types
1207. Tke original Cactus dahlia — D. Jaurezii.
Reduced from the Gardeners' Chronicle, where
it was fiist pictured
954
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
seems to have been the same as that between "self-
colored" and "variegated" flowers in general Lately,
for purposes of exhibition in prize competitions, the
following arbitrary distinction has been adopted' A
Show dahlia (Fig. 1210) is often of one color, but if
the edges of the rays are darker than the ground-color,
the variety may be exhibited m the Show section A
Fancy dahlia (Fig. 1211) always has two or more
colors, arid if the rays are striped or if the edges are
lighter than the ground-color, the variety must be
exhibited in the Fancy section The two types reached
full perfection certainly by 1840, and after that date
the improvements were mostly in matters of secondary
importance. Most of the longest-lrved varieties belong
to the Show and Fancy type. These types held full
popularity until about 1H79, when the first Cactus
dahlia appeared in England with a promise of new and
freer forms This form is
the one which is perhaps
farthest removed from
nature, and it is probably
so highly esteemed largely
because the most, work has
been spent on it.
A Dutch dealer secured a root from Mexico that pro-
duced one plant which is the parent of all the Cactus
forms. It is not known whether the seed which may
have produced the original root came from a wild or a
cultivated flower It has been said that seedlings of I).
Juarezn have produced m cultivation forms approach-
ing the Show type of I) ro^ia The reverse piocess is
also said to have taken place, but full, authoritative
and convincing (statements are wanting In the garden,
D. Juaiezu is exceedingly distinct from the florists'
forms of D. rosea It is usually a slenderer, taller and
longer-jointed plant, with much handsomer and more
delicate foliage, the leaves being narrower than in
the coarse and almost ugly foliage of the old forms
It has another peculiarity of growth, which is still one
of the most serious defects in the true Cactus type:
the plants tend to hide some of the flowers beneath
their foliage. This conies about m a curious way At
a node between two young leaves theie commonly
appear, at about the same time three new growths:
the middle one develops into a flower with a naked
stalk only 2 or 3 inches long, while the hide shoots
quickly overtop it and repeat the same threefold
arrangement The other most serious objection to the
true Cactus type is that it does not stand shipment
well o,nd does not last so long as a cut-flower as the
Show dahlias
The Decorative or Cactus Hybrid types arc numer-
ous, and their popularity is more modem They have
been largely seedlings from show floweis Then rays
are rarely, if ever, recuived at the mm gins All the
other types of dahlias are well defined, and a single
picture of each one will represent its type with suffi-
cient exactness No one pictute, however, can give any
conception of the great variety of forms included m
this more or less open horticultural section The name
Cactus Hybrid means practically "miscellaneous," and
is analogous to the "Japanese" section of chrysanthe-
mums It is on this section and the pure Cactus t
that the
are based
that the greatest hopes for the future of the d
type
ahlia
1208. Dahlia coccinea.
Redrawn fium tho Botanical
Magazine for 1804
A reaction against formalism in all departments of
life and thought set in about the time of the American
Civil War It was in the sixties that the Japanese
chrysanthemums did much to emancipate the floral
world. With dahlias the reaction came much later and
has proceeded more slowly. The first Cactus dahlia
was so called because of its resemblance in form, but
chiefly in color, to the brilliant crimson-flowered Coeus
speciosisMmiis, a well-known garden plant (which is
known m the present work as Hehocerus spfciosus).
The name is now highly inappropriate because the
color range of the pure Cactus type has been extended
to include all of trie rmportant well-defined colors of
which the dahlia seems capable The original Cactus
dahlia was named Dahlia Juarezn, after President
Juarez, the "Washington of Mexico." It was pic-
tured for the first time m the Gardeners' Chronicle for
1879, and this interesting picture is here reproduced
m a reduced size in Fig 1207. The type is still culti-
vated under the same name and m all essentials seems
to be unchanged. Forms of the Cactus dahlra are
shown in Figs 1212, 1213 *
The origin of the Cactus type, as of all the other
types of dahlias, is uncertain, and our efforts to
secure full and definite information upon some of the
most interesting points may perhaps always be baffled.
Dahlias considered to be of true Decorative type are
those possessing broad flat and nearly straight petals,
arranged somewhat irregularly, but the flowers are
not spherical in shape like the Show dahlia, but are
inclined to be flat and massive, and are always full to
the center Dahlias of this character score a greater
number of pornts at exhibitions
The Colossal dahlia is the basis of much discussion,
especially at exhibitions, the cause of debate being
that these dahlias are in reality not classified, that is,
the same varrety is exhibited in one display as a Show
dahlia, and in the next as a Decorative dahlia, but in
reality there should be a Colossal class for this type of
dahlia. This type, if it may be so called, has large
cupped but not quilled rays or petals, the flowers are
5 inches and over m diameter, and spherical in shape;
they therefore partake of both types, but are sufficiently
different to spoil the harmony, when exhibited in either
the Show or Decorative class "Lc Colosse" is the fust
of this type of dahlia, and hybridization has given a
large number of seedlings, which are almost identical
in form, shape, and size, the most prominent being
at present American Beauty, Giant Purple or Royal
Purple, J. K Alexander, Surpasse Colosse, and Janne
(Yellow) Colosse.
The Pompon type is a small form of the Show and
Fancy types It has the same colors and the same form,
but the flowers are smaller and more abundant. As
a rule, the smaller the flowers the prettier and more
individual they are. The larger they arc, the more
they suffer by comparison with the Show type. Per-
haps their greatest point is their productiveness When
profusion is the mam idea, not great size and quality,
the Pompons are the favorite type of dahlia for cut-
flowers.
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
955
1209. Dahlia Merckii.
Redrawn from the Botanical Magazine,
for 1841
The Single dahlias may be freely produced, but they
are not so lasting for cut-flowers. The Single type has
had many ups and downs In the reaction against
formalism, it came to the front about 1881, and for
several years thereafter several hundred forms were
kept distinct and they were made the chief feature of
the European
shows When
the dahlia first
came into culti-
vation, its rays
were relatively
long, slen-
der, acuminate,
notched at the
end, and with
such wide spares
between the tips
of the rays as to
give the flower a
k stellate appear-
ance. In the
course of the
evolution of the
single type, the
gardeners re-
tained the most
regular and sym-
metrical forms.
Single dahlias
with always and
only eight rays
were preserved.
The rays of
dahlias became
broader and
rounder, as in
Fig 1214, until finally in pedigree varieties the vacant
spaces were closed up The same mental ideals have
produced the rose-petaled geraniums and the should-
ered tulips In a high-bred single dahlia there are no
minute teeth or notches at the tips of the rays
Most of the single dahlias of high pedigree have rays
of uniform coloration with no secondary color at the
base, but a fe\\ have a distinct ring of color at the ba.se,
often called an "eye or cro\vn," which is sometimes
yellow and rarely led or some other color Usually the
rays of a single dahlia are spread out horizontally,
sometimes they bend back, and rarely they bena
inwards and form a cup-shaped flower These three
forms can doubtless be separated and fixed during
those periods when the interest in the Single tvpe
warrants it. Semi-double forms are frequent (Fig.
1215)
Single dahlias are likely to lose some of their rays
after a day or t\\o in a vase In cutting them it is well
to choose the younger flowers A vigorous shake often
makes the oldei ones drop their lays. It is an easy
matter to keep the seeds from forming, simply by
removing the ilo\vers as they mature, and by so doing
save the strength of the plant for the production of
flowers
There are three other dahlia types of minor impor-
tance,— the Single Cactus, the Pompon Cactus and
Tom Thumb The Single Cactus type differs from the
common Single type in having rays with recurved
margins, which give a free and spirited appearance to
the flowers. Instead of spreading out horizontally,
the rays often curve inward, forming a cup-shaped
flower This type originated with E. J. Lowe, Chep-
stow, England, was developed by Dobbie & Co. about
1891, and was first disseminated m 1894. The Single
Cactus^ dahlias are very interesting and pretty. The
Tom Thumb type is a miniature race of round-rayed
single dahlias, which grow from 12 to 18 inches high,
and are used for bedding. The type originated in
61
England with T. W. Girdlestone, and was developed
and introduced by Cheal & Sons.
The "green" dahlia (l)anlia wndijlora, Hort ) is an
interesting abnormal form in which the rays are
partially or wholly suppressed, and the chief feature
of interest is a confused mass of green, not resembling
petals at all, but evidently a multiplication of the outer
mvolucral scales, which, in the dahlia, are green, leafy
bracts. The "green" dahlia is not unhealthy; it is as
strong and vigorous as any of the other forms, but very
unstable and variable, producing flowers of solid green
color, others of green with small cup-shaped crimson-
scarlet petals intermingled, and others of solid crimson-
scarlet color, and all on the bame plant This freak
was pictured as "long ago as 1845 in G C , p. 626; and
again m G C III 30. 294
Another interesting variation which hardly ranks in
present importance with the eleven types contrasted
below is the laemiated form, which makes a very
pretty though rather foirnal effect Examples are Ger-
mania Nova, Mrs A W. Tait and its yellow variety
among large double forms, and White Aster among
the Pompons In these cases, the notches at the tips
of the rays, instead of being minute and inconspicuous,
are deepened so much that they give the laemiated
effect At present this form is available in a very nar-
row range of colors It is not probable that it \vill be
an important factor m producing chrysanthemum-like
forms
Another form which baffles description, but is
nevertheless very distinct, is that of Grand Duke
Alexis It is nearer the Show type than any other, but
is perhaps best classed with the Cactus Hybrid sec-
tion, simply because it seems advisable to keep the
Show type the most sharply defined of all It is a very
flat flower, and the rays are remarkably folded, leav-
ing a round hole at the top of each one. Up to 1909
the varietv of colors of the type of Grand Duke Alexis
has been increased, including the varieties Dreer
White, Mrs Roosevelt, Purple Duke, Pythias, W. W.
Ilawbon, and Yellow Duke
About midway between Grand Duke Alexis and
the Show or cupped type is an interesting form, the
"quilled" dahlia, a name which is perhaps necessary,
though unfortunate In A. D Livom the rays are
rather tightly folded for about two-thirds of their
length, leaving a round hole at the tip as m Grand
Duke Alexis, but giving a peculiar whorled effect,
which plainly shows the spiral arrangement of the suc-
cessive tiers of rays. Among Pompons, Blumenf alter
is an example of
this rosette-hke or
quilled form, and
many colors are
procurable How-
ever, the word
"quilled" usually
suggests a long
tube \vith a flared
opening, whereas
m the form de-
scribed above the
margins of the
ray are merely
rolled tightly to-
gether, but not
grown together
into a thin seam-
less tube Perhaps
the most impor-
tant variation
that has not yet
appeared in the
dahlia is the won-
derful elongation
of the disk florets 1210. A Show dahlia.
956
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
into long, thin, variously colored tubes which have
produced such charming effects in the China aster and
have culminated in the marvelous grace of many chry-
santhemums The dahlia may not be denied such
possibilities, for in G C III 20 339 (1896) a new dahlia
was described in which the quills are really tubes for
two-thirds of their length.
The Collarette dahlia is a very novel and distinct
type The flowers are single, with an additional row
of short petals around the disk, which forms a frill or
collar usually of a different color from the remainder
of the flower. The same method obtained in the
development of the Collarette dahlia as in the develop-
ment of the Single dahlia Varieties having only eight
rays or petals, with the additional collar, and present-
ing a symmetrical and concentrated impression, were
preserved The collar consists principally of three or
four smaller and more gracefully curved rays, pro-
duced at the disk, at the center of each of the eight
larger rays or petals, and taking the same direction as
the large rays, thus showing distinctly the golden
yellow center, so pronounced in the Single dahlia
The first Collarette dahlia was President Viger, and was
originated at Pare de la Tcte d'Or, or in the gardens of
the City of Lyons, France, then under the supervision
of Professor Gerard, who was succeeded by M Cha-
bannes President Viger was first shown m 1900 at
the Universal Exposition, and offered for sale in 1901
by Ilivone Pere & Fils of Lyon. In 1902 appeared the
variety Joseph Goujon also obtained at the Pare de
la Tete d'Or, Lyon, then in 1903 Kivone offered
Etendard de Lyon and Gallia, which figured with
honor for that firm. During the next ten years, from
1903 until 1913, all the known varieties of the Col-
larette dahha were developed by Rivorie Pere & Fils,
and appeared in the following order 1903, Etendard
de Lyon, and Gallia; 1904, Mme LePage Viger, La
Fusee, Duchesse J Melsi D'Ehril-Barbo, Prince Galit-
zme, Comte Cheremeteff, and Maurice Rivoire; 1905,
Exposition de Lyon Orphee, and Prince de Venosa;
1906, Merveille de Lyon, Mme Georges Bernard,
Comte Nodler, Deuil de Brazza, Princesse Olga
Altien, Corbeille de Feu, and Signonna Rosa Esen-
gnni, 1907, Comtesse Dugon, Ami Cachat, and Vol-
can; 1908, Jupiter, Pluton, Pan, Etoile de Moidiere,
and Mme. Chamrion; 1909, M. Mery de Montigny;
1211. A Fancy dahlia of the Pompon type.
1212. A Cactus dahlia ( X h)
1910, Abbe Hugonnard, Comte de Vezet, Mme. Pile,
Souvenir de Bel-Accueil, and Vicomtesse des Mons;
1911, General de Sonis, and Deuil du Docteur Ogier,
1912, Cocardc Espagnole, Etmcelant, and Stella,
1913, Geant de Lyon, Maroc, and Etoile de Mon-
plaisir In 1912, J K Alexander, a dahlia specialist
in East Bndgewater, Massachusetts, succeeded m
developing the first Collarette dahlia of American
origin, the variety Champion, this added the red and
yellow coloring to the type Previous to 1912, three
other foreign varieties, Direoteur Rene Gerard, Mme.
E. Poirier, and Souv de Chabanne, found their way to
America, and were offered the following year in the
leading seedsmen's catalogues The year 1913 gave a
collection of nearly fifty distinct named varieties of the
Collarette dahlia, including every known color m the
dahlia world.
The Holland Peony-flowered dahlia is now the most
popular dahlia, possessing an entirely original form,
resembling the semi-double peonies; the flowers are
broad, flat, somewhat irregular m form, and are pro-
duced with remarkable freedom on long stems. This
type of dahlia has proved the most satisfactory for
garden purposes, the plants being covered with flowers
the entire season The origin of the Holland Peony-
flowered dahlia, like all other types, is uncertain,
and all efforts to secure full and definite informa-
tion are unfruitful. Originally the Holland Peony-
flowered dahlia was grown for some years in Germany
in a mixture known as "Half-double Giant Dahlias "
A Dutch grower, H. Hornsveld of Baarn, Holland, was
DAHLIA
DAHLI V
the first to note their possibilities, and selected from
these "mixed dahlias" the best varieties, from which
he propagated; then he drew the attention of the public
to nis new varieties, which he named and offered for
sale. Other growers m Holland followed his example
with great success. The Holland Peony-flowered
dahlia was imported
to America in 1908,
and simultaneously
appeared in the cata-
logues of the leading
growers and seed-
men. The number in-
creased rapidly, and
in 1910 appeared new
varieties of American
origin, notably the
new varieties origi-
nated by the W. W.
Rawson Co , of Bos-
ton, Massachusetts.
The mobt prominent
varieties are the fol-
lowing Andrew Car-
negie (1908), Bertha
Von Suttner (1908),
Caesar (191 l),Ceciha
(1911), Dr K W.
van Gorkum (1906),
Dr. Peary (1911),
Duke Henry (1906),
Geisha (1908), Ger-
Glory of Groenekan (1907), II Hornsveld (1907), Hugo
de Vnes (1907), H J Lovmk (1911), Kaisoim Augusta
Victoria (1907), King Edward (1909), King Leopold
(1906), La Ramtc (1907), Mannheim (1908), Mer-
veille (1907), Miss Gladys Dawton (1908), Paul
Kruger (1906), P. W. Janscn (1907), Queen Alexandra
(1909), Queen Emma (1906), Queen Wilhelmma (1906),
Snow Queen (1907), and Sherlock Holmes (1912)
The fragiant dahlia is the pride of the true Peony-
flowered type, possessing a pleasing and agreeable
odor, so long desired The fragrant dahlia was first
detected by J Herbert Alexander, in the year 1912,
on the trial-grounds of J K Alexander of Eat>t Bridge-
water, Massachusetts, hybridization and propagation
was begun immediately with the new variety, and
in 1913 a collection of "five fragrant dahlias appeared
in Alexander's catalogue
The mam types of dahlias may perhaps be distin-
guished more clcaily by the following scheme:
A. Plants very dwarf
1 THE TOM THUMB TYPES.
AA. Plants not very dwarf
B Fls single '
c. Rays flat, not recurved at the margins
2. THE SINGLE TYPE Fig 1214
cc. Rays with recurved margins
3. THE SINGLE CACTUS TYPE Fig 1213
BB Fls double
C. Size of fls small, 1-2 in, acroii.
D. Rays cupped
4. THE POMPON TYPE Fig. 1211. Also called "Bou-
quet" and "Lilliputian "
DD. Rays flat.
5. THE POMPON CACTUS TYPE.
cc. Size of fls. large, 3-5 in, across, averaging 4 m
D Rays cupped.
K. Colors single, or the edges darker than the ground-coloi .
6. THE SHOW TYPE. Fig 1210
BE. Colors 2 or more, striped, or with edges lighter
than the ground-color.
7. THE FANCY TYPE.
DD. Rays not cupped, but long and flat, or with
recurved margins.
8. THE CACTUS TYPE. Figs 1207, 1212.
DDD. Rays various in form.
9. THE DECORATIVE TYPE
10. THE COLLARETTE TYPE.
11. THE' PEONY-FLO WE RED TYPE; including the
fragrant dahlia Fig. 1215.
Useful dahlias for various purposes, as they exist in
North America in 1913.
Cactu* dahlias, for cut-flower purpose* — Alexander, Alight,
Alfred Vascy, Clara G Stedwuk, Countess of Lonsdale, Dainty,
Effective, Eureka, Floradora, Forbes Robertson, I1 lame, Glory of
Wilts, Golden Gem, Gazelle, Gabnel, Gen Buller, Helene, Hcnn
Cayenx Hereward, Ivenua, Jcannette, J H Jackson, J Weir
Fife, Killarney, Lightship Lady Fair, Lady Colin Campbell, Lord
of the Manor, Mary Service, Mrs DeLuca, Mrs H L Brouson,
Mrs Winchester, Mrs Mortimer, Mrs Geo Caselton, Mme Henn
Cayeux, Mrs MacMullan, Ilcme Cayeux, Rosa Starr, Reliable,
Stella, SITUS, Sandy, Thomas Wilson, and Yonne Cayeux
Cactus dahlias for exhibition purposes — Amazon, Clincher,
Diavolo, Master Carl, Mercury, Mrs S T \\nght, Rev Dr
Bakei, Rev T W Jamieson. Royal Scarlet, Schneewitchen,
Snowstorm, T G Baker. Wellington, Whirlwind, White Swan,
Wm Marshall, W B Childs
Dccoralne dahlias for cut-flower purposes — Dehce, Hirnmliwhe,
Jack Rose, Jeanne Charmet, John R Baldwin, Minos, Maid of
Kent, Mme A Lumiere, Mme Victor Vaseier, Mme Van den
Dael, Perle de la Tete D'or, lleggie, Souv de Gustave Douzon,
Wilhclm Miller
Dec oratu e dahlias for exhibition purposes — American Beauty,
A K Johnson, Blue Oban, Gigantea, Grand Duke Alexis, Gettys-
burg, Le Grand Manito, Le Mont Blanc, Lea Alhees, Mme Helene
Charvet, Mme Augusta Lumiere, Mademoiselle Galy Miquel,
Madame Devmat, Mme Mara, Morocco, Peerless, Perle de
Oeean, Papa Charmet, Ville de Lyon, Yellow Colosse
Peony-flowered dahlias for cut-flower purposes — Admiration,
Bertha \on Suttner, Goddess of Fame, Geisha. Mine Studholme,
Mrs A Platt, Mrs Jacques Futrelle, Queen Wilhelmma, and
Sunrise
Peony-flowert d dahlias for exhibition purposes — Hampton Court,
King L( opold, Pnscilla, Snow Queen, Solfatara, Duke Henry, and
Hollands
Collarette dahlias for massing — Exposition de iyou, Maurico
Rnoire, and President Viger
Show dahlias for exhibition purposes — Acquisition, Alice Emily.
Acme of Perfection, Brown Bess, Dreer's White, Dr Keynes, David
Johnson, Emperor, Ivanhoe, Harrison Weir, Mrs Susan Wilson,
Mine Hune Furtudo, Mme Manka Anagnostaju, Mme Alfred
M ireau. Merlin, Muriel, Norma, Nugget, Queen of Autumn,
Rosebud, Mrndclla, Standard, W P Laird, and Win Dodda
Among the Show dahlias that are the bfi>t for flowering are A D.
Livoni, Arabella, Ansonia, Dr J P Kirklaud or Cuban Giant,
Dorothy Peacock, Imperial, Miss Fox, Perfection, Storm King,
and \\ hite Queen
Show dahlia for bedding purposes — White Bedder.
Fancy dahlias of merit — Chorister, Chas Turner, Darzler,
Dorothj, Distinction, Duchess of Albany, English Dandy, Erie
Fisher, Gloire de Guiscard, Frank Smith, Frederick Smith, General
Grant, Gold Medal. Goldsmith, Geo Barnes, Hercules, Les
Amours de Madame, Lucy Faucett, Mme Lily Large, Polly San-
dall, Rebecca, Rev. J B
McCamm, S Mortimer,
Sunset, and Wizard
Pompon dahlias for bor-
ders or htdges — Achilles,
Crusoe, Darkness, Fasci-
nation, Mabel, Pure Lo\e,
Rosalie, Red Indian, Snow
Clad, \ivid, and Wini-
fred
Pompon dahlias for ex-
hibition purpose* — Amber
Queen, Ideal, Harry, Lit-
tle Mary, Rosebud, Shalu,
. and Spy
Pompon dahlias for
flowering purposes — Klein
Domitea, Darkest of All,
Fairy Queen, Star of the
East, and Spy.
Societies and shows.
— The dahlia is one
of about a dozen
1214. A broad-rayed
single dahlia.
^ x ^
958
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
genera of plants whoso horticultural value has been
attested by permanently successful special societies.
There are national dahlia societies in England and
America Dahlia shows are usually held the second or
third week in September On December 21, 1906, the
New England Dahlia Society was chartered; this
Society led to great advancement m the dahlia, hold-
ing an annual exhibition in Boston, and issuing monthly
a paper known as the "Dahlia News " Great interest
was fostered, and in 1913 its membership list included
nearly every state in the Union, and six foreign coun-
tries At the present date of writing the New England
Dahlia Society is considering the adoption of a new
charter, whereby it can become the National Society.
Other societies devoted to the welfare of the dahlia
have been recently fonnod, principally "The Dahlia
Association of Seattle," "Tacoma Dahlia Society,"
"Inter-town Dahlia Association" in Connecticut
Literature — As m many other cases, the magazine
literature of the dahlia is the most bulky, and, in some
respects, more important than the books on the subject.
C Harnuin Payne published a bibliography in G.C.
Ill 21 329 (1897) There had been about twenty-five
books devoted to the dahlia, many of them pamphlets
and cheap cultural manuals. These books were mostly
published from 1S28 to 1857, with none in North
America for nearly forty years after that date until
1896, when Lawrence K Peacock's book, "The Dahlia,"
appealed The fiist American treatise was by E Sayers,
published at Boston, 1839 Many interesting facts
came out in 1889, the centennial year of the dahlia. A
repoi t of the National Dahlia Conference is reprinted
from the Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society
for 1890, but Shirley Ilibberd's statements therein
regarding the botany of the dahlia agree very poorly
with Hemsley's rev ision of the genus m G C. II.
12:437, 524, 557 (1879) In 1906 W W. Wilmore
published "The Dahlia," a handsomely illustrated
American manual, valuable to both amateur and pro-
fessional The annual catalogues of the leading dahlia
specialists fuimsh much valuable matter, and cultural
hints, and are the most up-to-date issues in the dahlia
lme- WILHELM MILLER.
J. K. ALEXANDER.
Cultivation of the dahlia.
The dahlia has no very special or particular require-
ments, and yet many groweis fail of the best success
because the few demands are not well met.
Propagation.
There are four methods by which dahlias are propa-
gated by cuttings (the commercial method), by divi-
sion of roots (the amateur's method), by grafting to
perpetuate rare kinds, and by seeds, to produce new
varieties
Cutting? — Propagation by cuttings is employed
mainly by commercial growers, and though the ama-
teur may propagate plants successfully, the attention a
few cuttings would probably require is so great that it*
•would be cheaper to buy plants The roots are planted
closely in benches in the greenhouse early in January,
and cuttings are made from the young shoots as fast
as they form the third or fourth set of leaves. These
cuttings are carefully trimmed and placed m pure sand
in the propagatmg-bench, using a dibble and putting
the cuttings m rows about 3 inches apart and }4-i
inch between the cuttings.
The propagatmg-bench is made by running a flue,
hot-water or steam pipes beneath an ordinary bench,
and boarding up the side to confine the hea£. Althougn
there may be a difference of opinion among propaga-
tors, yet a bottom of sand heat of 65°, with the tem-
perature of the house from 5° to 10° less, will give the
best practical results. With this temperature, the cut-
tings will root in about two weeks, and will be far
stronger than if rooted m less time with greater heat
As soon as cuttings are rooted, they are potted off into
small pots and grown in a cool greenhouse until danger
of frost is over, when they are planted out in the open
ground Cuttings made too far below a joint, or too
late in summer, will produce flowering plants but
no tubers.
Division of roots. — This is the easiest and most satis-
factory way for amateuis As the eyes are not on the
tubers, but on the crown to which the tubers are
attached, care must be taken that each division has at
least one eye. otherwise the roots will never grow It
is, therefore, best to start the eyes by placing tin1 roots
m a warm, moist place a short time before dividing
The roots are sometimes placed m a hotbed, and shoots
grown to considerable size, then set out as plants, but
this plan has many drawbacks, and is not advised
Grafting — A very interesting, though not profitable
mode of propagation is by means of grafting The top
of the tuber is cut slantingly upward, and the cutting
slantingly downward, placed together and tied with
raffia or any soft, handy material They are then
planted m a pot deep enough to cover the lower part
of the graft with earth, and they will soon ax I here if
placed under a hand-glass or in a frame Grafting is
practised only for the preservation of rare and weak-
growing sorts.
Seeds — The chief use of seeds is the production of
new varieties. Seeds are also used by those who
chiefly desire a mass of color, and are not paiticularly
desirous of finely formed blooms If planted early
enough indoors and transplanted to the open as soon
as safe, fine masses of color can be seemed before frost,
and the roots of the more desirable kinds can be saved,
and will give even better results the next season.
Field or garden requirements.
Dahlias are easily destroyed by high winds unless
they are given a protected position, and they need
plenty of air and sunlight for best results In shaded,
close, airless quarters the growth is sappy, and the
flowers are poorly colored
The soil is not so impoitant, except in its ability to
hold moisture during severe droughts Any n< h soil
that will grow corn will also grow dahlias to pei feet ion,
if all other conditions are favoiablc They will grow
equally well in clear sand, clav 01 gravel, if the ptoper
kinds and quantities of plant-food are added ard well
and thoroughly worked in It is, however, umeason-
able to expect dahlias or any garden plants to succeed
in a hard clay, devoid of humus, easily baked and
never tilled.
Feeding — It is always best to broadcast the manure
and plow or spade it into the soil, thorough spading is
absolutely necessary if the manure is not \vell de^om-
posed On heavy clay or gravelly soils, loose coarse
manure may be used, but on light or sandy soils,
manure should always be fine and well lotted. Com-
mercial fertilizers are also largely used, and are most
valuable when used in connection with manure Any
good fertilizer, rich in ammonia and phosphoric acid,
with a liberal amount of potash, will answer at the
time of planting, but as a top-dressing later, nothing
equals pure bone-rneal and nitrate of soda, four parts
bone-meal to one part soda.
Kinds of stock — Dahlias are offered m five forms '
large clumps, ordinary field-roots, pot-roots, green
' plants and seeds The clumps give the best satisfac-
tion the first year, but are entirely too large and un-
wieldy for anything but a local trade and exchange
among amateurs. The ordinary field-roots are the most
valuable, as they can be handled easily and safely, and
always give satisfactory results Pot-roots are largely
used in the mailing trade, and, while they will not give
as good results the first year, are valuable for shipping
DAHLIA
DAHLIA
959
long distances where larger roots could not be profit-
ably used, owing to heavy transportation charges.
Green plants are mainly used to make up any defici-
ency in the field-crops, owing to unfavorable seasons,
or an unusual demand for certain varieties
Planting — There is diversity of opinion aa to the
proper tune to plant dahlias, but the writer has alwrays
found it best to plant ear ly, and would advise planting
large strong roots about two weeks befoie danger of
frost is over This would be, in the vicinity of Phila-
delphia, about April 15, and as it requues from two to
three weeks for the plants to get up through the
ground, there will be no danger, while the plants will
bloom that much earlier It is best, however, not to
plant small roots or green plants until danger of frost
is over— in the vicinity of Philadelphia, about May 1
to 10, according to the season. A good rule to follow
everywhere would be to plant small roots and green
plants as soon as danger of frost is
past, and large roots about three
weeks earlier
Till(H]( - -The first requisite of
successful g.irden cultivation is
thoroughly to stir the soil to con-
siderable depth and enrich it, if rt
is not already n< h, by broad-cast-
rng and plowing or spading in a
good coat of well-rotted manure.
Too much sti( ss (annot be placed
upon I he thorough preparation of
the land, as it not onlv allows the
roots to go down deep after the
moisture more readilv dunng dry
weather, but affords g<x>d drainage
during excessive rams Having
prepaied the land as above, mark
out io\\s 4 feet apart and 6 to 8
inches deep, and plant the roots
from IS inches to 3 feet apart in
the row, according as solid rows
or specimen plants are desiied
In its eaily stage of develop-
ment, the dahlia glows very
rapidly, and should be kept
thoroughly tilled But while deep
tillage is beneficial dunng its early stages of develop-
ment, it is almost fatal to the production of flowers
if practised aftei the plants come into bloom There-
fore, when the plants begin to bloom, cease deep
tillage, and stu the soil to the depth of 1 to 3 inches
only, but stir it often, and never allow the surface to
become hard and baked This will not only prevent
excessive evaporation of moisture and keep the under
soil cool and moist, but will also pievent the destruc-
tion of immense quantities of feeding-roots
As long a» the roots supplv more nourishment than is
needed to support the plant, both the plant and the
flowers increase in size and beauty, but as the supplv
graduallv becomes exhausted, the plants cease growing
and the flowers become much smaller Tins condition
is what is generally called ''bloomed out," but what is
really "starved out," and can easily be prevented if
the proper attention is given to the plants As soon as
the flowers begin to grow smaller, broadcast around
each plant a small handful of pure bone-meal, and
nrtrate of soda, in proportion of four parts bone to one
part soda, and carefully work rt into the soil
Watering — This is a debatable subject, and, although
a judicious application of water during a severe dry
spell is very beneficial, yet in nine cases out of every
ten in which water is applied, a thorough stirring of
the suifacc soil would give better results
Many persons think Dahlias should be watered every
evening, and as soon as they are up begin watering
them daily unless it rams This practice is very in-
jurious, as it causes a rapid but soft growth, and as
the soil is seldom stirred, the roots become so enfeebled
that they are unable to supply the needs of the plant,
as a consequence, but few buds are formed, and they
generally blast before developing into flowers In other
cases, as the enthusiasm wears off , watering is stopped,
probably right at the beginning of a severe drought,
and the weak, pampered plants are fortunate to sur-
vive1, much less bloom
If large, strong roots are planted and the soil is kept
thoroughly stirred, there will be httlc need of artificial
watering until after the plants come out in full bloom
However, if rt should become hot and dry after the
dahlias come into bloom, it would be very beneficial to
5ive them a thorough watering once each week or ten
ays durrng the continuance of the drought But care
should be taken to stir the soil to the depth of 1 to
2 inches the next day, carefully pulverizing it later in
order to break the natural capillarity by which the
moisture is evaporated
The best rule to follow is not
to allow the plants to sutler for
wrant of moisture, not to water
them except when they need it,
but to water them thoroughly
when necessary, and not to allow
excessrve evaporation for want of
frequent stirrrng of the soil.
Training — In planting the roots
or tubers, place them on their
sides with the eye as near the
bottom as possible, and cover
only 2 to 3 inches deep. As soon
as the shoots appear, remove all
but the strongest one, and pinch
out the center of that one as soon
as twro or three pairs of leaves
have formed, thus forcing it to
branch below the level of the
ground As the plants develop,
the soil is filled m gradually by sub-
sequent hoeings By this method
the entire strength of the root
and the soil is concentrated on
the one shoot, causing it to grow
vigorously, while the pinching
back not only causes it to branch below the surface of
the soil, and thus brace it against all storms, but also
removes all of those imperfect, short -stemmed flowers
that appear on some varieties If the plants are
pinched back low, as desci ibed, there is no danger of
the branches splitting down, as the soil around them
will hold them securely in place However, when they
branch above ground and are inclined to split down,
drive a short stout stake near the stem and tie the
branches to it These short stakes are not to hold the
plants up, but to prevent the branches splitting down
when the above directions have not been followed
closely
By this method it is possible to grow dahlia blooms
on stems from 18 rnches to 2 feet long It has always
been thought necessary to tre dahlias to stakes to pre-
vent them from berng blown down by heavy winds.
The system of staking is not only unsightly during the
early stage of their growth, but is attended with con-
siderable labor and expense Staking, however, is
unnecessary, if the directions already given are fol-
lowed, as the plants will branch out below the surface
of the ground, and the stems will become so heavy as
to resnt the strongest winds The plants are one-
third dwarfer, compact and regular in form, and pro-
duce much finer flowers on long stems well supplied
with buds and foliage.
Storing the rook — As soon as the plants are killed
by frost, Irft the roots, and, after removrng all the soil
possible from them, allow them to dry in the air for a
few hours, when they should be stored in the cellar or
1215. A semi-double form of dahlia.
960
DAHLIA
DALECHAMPIA
.some other cool place secure from frost. If the cellar is
verv dry or is not frostproof, put the roots in a barrel
or box and cover completely with dry sand or some
other suitable and convenient material, such as saw-
dust or tanbark, to prevent freezing or loss of vitality
by drying or shriveling. LAWRENCE K. PEACOCK.
DAHOON HOLLY: Ilex Dahoon.
DAlS (Greek, pine torch; application not obvious)
Thyrnelzaceap. Contains a woody plant that yields a
strong fiber, and is also rarely cultivated for ornament,
especially in Florida and southern California, and pos-
sibly in a few northern conservatories
Tender deciduous shrubs Ivs opposite, often crowded
at the ends of branches fls in terminal heads, perianth-
tube cylindrical, often curved, stamens 10, in a double
series, the alternate ones shorter, upper or all exserted,
style exserted The plants are prop with difficulty
by cuttings ot half-ripened wood. The single cult,
species has Ivs resembling the smoke tiee, or Cotinus,
and bears long-stalked umbel-like heads of starry
pink fls , with floral parts in 5's The genus has 2
species, 1 from S Afr and 1 from Madagascar
cotinifdlia, Linn Lvs opposite and alternate, oblong
or obovate, acute at both ends involucre a half shorter
than the fls : head about 15-fld ; fls 3^m across, fra-
grant S Afr. B M 147 G W 8, p 313 —Said to
bloom profusely at Santa Barbara but not to produce
seed. L. H. B
DAISY (i. e., day's eye, in allusion to the sun-like
form of the flower). A name applied to the flowers
of many Composite, but it properly belongs to the
Belhs perenms of Europe, a low early-flowei ing plant,
which, in its double forms (Fig 535, Vol I), is widely
known as a garden subject (see Iidht>) The American
congener is B integnfolia, Michx , an annual or bien-
nial, very like the Old World species, ranging south-
westward from Kentucky; it is not domesticated In
North America, the word daisy is applied to many
field composites, particularly to tho.se of compara-
tively low growth and large flower-heads Unquali-
fied, the word is commonly understood to mean Chry-
santhemum Leucanthemum (Fig 937), an Old World
plant that has become an abundant field weed in the
eastern part of the country
This plant is also frequently
known as the ox-eye daisy,
although in parts of New Eng-
land it is called white weed, and
the term ox-eye is applied to
Rubdcckia lurta, \vhich has a
yellow-rayed head. Km to the
Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum
are the Pans daisies, or mar-
guerites, of the conservatories
(see Chrysanthemum) The wild
asteis (Fig 1216) arc called
daisies, especially Michaelmas
daisies, in many parts of tl>»
country, particularly west of New
York Spring-flowering engerons
also are called daisies The
Swan River daisy is Brachycome
iberidifolia (Figs 621, 622, Vol I) The African daisy
of gardens is Dimorphotheca. L. II. B.
DALB^RGIA (N. Dalberg, a Swedish botanist, 1730
to 1820). Leguminbsse Nearly 100 species of trees,
shrubs, or climbers, belonging to tropical regions all
over the world, a few of which have oeen. introduced
to North America, one for timber.
Leaves alternate, odd-pinnate (rarely 1-foliolate)
without stipules: fls small, numerous, purple, violet
or white, in forking cymes or irregular cyme-like
1216. Wild aster, or
Michaelmas daisy. (XV.
panicles, which are axillary or terminal, papilionaceous,
with ovate or orbicular standard, fr an indehiscent
narrow pod, 1-seeded at middle and with few seeds
toward the ends, the seeds compressed and remform.
Sissoo, Roxbg A good-sized tree, 80 ft. high in
India. Ivs pinnate. Ifts 5, alternate, stalked, obovate,
abruptly acuminate, pubescent beneath: fls white, in
short, axillary panicles — In India considered one of
the best timbers, whenever elasticity and durability
are required Intro at Santa Barbara, where it is
hardy but growth said to be very slow. The Sissoo tree
is worth trial in nearly f restless districts, especially
along sandy river banks. It improves sterile lands.
Experiments in Egypt have shown its most remarkable
property of standing severe droughts, as well as sub-
merMon for a long period. The wood is very elastic,
seasons well, does not warp or split, is easily worked,
and takes a fine polish It is also a durable wood for
boats The tree is raised easily from seeds or cuttings,
and is of quick growth. Other species of Dalbergia are
of economic value and have been sparingly planted
DALEA (Samuel Dale, 1659-1739, English botanist
and author on pharmacology). Syn Parosiia Legu-
mindsx* More than 100 herbs and small shrubs bear-
ing purple, blue, white or even yellow fls in terminal
or lateral spikes or heads, odd-pinnate Ivs , and usually
glandular-clotted, a very few of which have been cult ;
probably none is now in the American trade. Fls
papilionaceous, the btandard mostly cordate or eared
and clawed and attached in the bottom of the calyx,
the wings and keel attached or adnate to the stamen-
tube and usually exceeding the standard, stamens
10 or 9, monadelphous fr a small usually 1-seeded
mostly indehiscent pod inclosed in the calyx The
species occur from the N U S to Chile and the Gala-
pagos Ibis They grow in the U S , mostly on prairies
and in dry soil; some of these species might make
acceptable border plants Those that have received
most attention are tropical species, as I) mutdbihx,
Willd , of Me\ , with fls white changing to violet,
(B M 2486) arid D Mutlsii, Kunth (piopeily Psoralea
Mut'isn, HBK ), of the northern Ancles, with deep blue
fls in cylindrical heads, these are to be regarded as
greenhouse perennials. L H B
DALECHAMPIA (from J Dalechamps, French
savant of sixteenth century) E uphorbiacetv Climbing
or rarely erect tiopical shrubs; one rarely cultivated in
warmhouses for its ornamental bracts
Leaves alternate, simple, stipules large: fls small,
moncccious, apctalcms, in dense clusters, with 2 con-
spicuous, colored involucral bracts; calyx valvate,
styles united, ovules 1 in each of the 3-4 cells — About
60 species scattered through the tropics Plukenetia, a
lelaifd genus, is without the large involucre
Dalcchampia Roezliana was described by Hooker in
1867 as one of the noblest plants introduced for many
years, comparable with the oougainvilleas and surpass-
ing them in size of bract" and brilliancy of color It is
not Si> lino a, florists' plant as the pomsettia, but is
worth trial in the finer conservatories It requires well-
drained sandy, peat soil, and is propagated by cuttings
Roezliana, Muell Arg (var rot,ca, Authors) Erect
shrub, 3-4 ft high, much branched, leafy Ivs 6 in.
long, sessile, obovate-oblanceolate, acuminate, entire,
or with coarse, obtuse teeth above the middle, narrowed
to a small cordate base, bracts 2-2^ in long, broadly
cordate, nearly sessile, toothed, membranaceous, dis-
tinctly nerved, rose-reel, other smaller bracts among the
small yellow fls ; stamens united Mex B M 5640.
II F. II 11 234, pi. 8 Gt 16:532 FW 1867, p.
318 F M. 7 373, 374. F S. 16' 1701-2 G.C 1867:236,
desc Var. alba, Hort., has white bracts
J. B. S NORTON.
DALIBAHDA
DALIBARDA (after Thomas Francois Dalibard,
French botanist). Rosd,ce<r A low-growing native
hardy herbaceous perennial, with foliage resembling
violet and flowers like those of a strawberry, some-
times grown m bordeis and rock-gardens
This rnonotypic genus has lately been referred to
Rubus, but it differs in habit, in the caipels being
usually well denned instead of indefinite and the
achenes dry instead of drupaceous fls 1 or 2 on a
Bcape-hke peduncle, white, and also others that arc
DANDELION
061
1217 Dahbarda r epens
(Xh)
cleistogarnous and apctalous on short curved peduncles,
calyx 5-6-parted, 3 of the parts larger, petals 5, sta-
mens many; ovaries 5-10
ripens, Linn (ftubws Dahbdrda, Linn ) Fig 1217
Tufted, creeping Ivs heart-shaped, wavy-toothed fls
white, 1 or 2 on each scape, calyx 5— 6-parted, 3 of the
divisions larger and toothed, petals 5, stamens numer-
ous; pistils 5-10 Common in woods m Ne\v Biuns-
wick, Ont. and south and west to N J , Pa , Ohio
and Minn — It blooms June -Aug It is a slow -growing
plant, thriving m a deep fibrous soil and sheltered
position, little grown In Fig 1217. a shows the pei-
fect flower; 6, c, achenes of the cleistogarnous fls
L II B
DAMASK ROSE: Rosa Damascena
DAMASK VIOLET: // fjp.ru matronali*
DAME'S ROCKET and. DAME'S VIOLET: lichen* matro-
DAMMARA: Agathw
DAMNACANTHUS (Greek, referring to the power-
ful spines). Rubincesc A tender evergreen shrub,
chiefly valued for its coral-red berries, which remain
on the bush until the flowers of the next season aie
produced
Divaricately branched, stronglv spiny woody plants
Ivs small, opposite, leathery, nearly sessile, broadly
ovate, acuminate, fls small, axillaiv, in 1's or 2's,
white, fragrant, calyx-tube obovoid, limb 4-5-cut,
corolla funnel-shaped Prop by cuttings, sometimes
grown in greenhouses and perhaps adaptable for plant-
ing in the southern parts
Indicus, Gaertn. Described above, being the only
species as understood by some authors, but others
keep D major. Sieb & Zucc (which is sometimes
nearly spineless), distinct, distinguishing it by the 2-3-
times larger Ivs and the larger fls , others combine the
two as species and variety, as D. indicus var major,
Makino. Gt. 17 '570. The species occurs fiom E India
to Japan, the var major being Japanese. The species
is a low thick bush, densely dichotomously branched:
Ivs. ovate-acute, shining green above, light green
beneath, in var major \% m long The shining Ivs
and showv berries commend the plant to cult. L H B.
DAMPING-OFF. A gardeners' phrase for a disas-
trous rotting of plants, especially of seedlings and cut-
tings, and commonly at the surface of the ground It
is usually associated with excessive moisture m the soil
and air, with high and close temperatures, and some-
times poor light. Such conditions weaken the plants
and allow them to fall a prey to the minute parasitic
fungi which live upon the decaying vegetable matter m
the soil, and can remain alive for months, even if the
soil is thoroughly dry or frozen A whole bench of
cuttings may be ruined in a night The skilful propaga-
tor takes every possible precaution. His benches have
perfect drainage, he uses fresh sharp sand, and some-
times sterilizes it with steam heat for several hours
Dampmg-off is one of the most trying experiences of
the beginner, and nothing can prevent it but a thorough
grasp of the principles of greenhouse management in
general, and watering m ]. articular (Consult articles
on these subjects ) As soon as the disease is noticed,
the healthy plants should be removed to fresh soil, as
the disease spreads rapidly It the disease appears in
the entire bed, the organisms causing the trouble
almost certainly are distributed generally in the sand,
and sterilization either with formaldehyde solution
(10 per cent strength diluted one part to fifty parts
water) or with steam should be employed in all future
woik If only a spot here and there shows the trouble,
saturate the affected area at once with formaldehyde
solution, as above, or with copper-sulfate solution (one
part by weight to one hundred parts of water) One
of the commonest occasions of dampmg-off is the sud-
den flooding of a bed or bench after leaving it too dry
for a long time
The terms damping-off and burning are also used for
ruined flowers Burning is often caused by sunlight or
by imperfections in glass, but a flower spoiled by drip-
ping cold water, or by some unknown cause, is said to
have a burned look D, REDDICK f
DAMSON Plum
DANAE (name of a daughter of King Acrisms of
Argos) Liliacc<e ALEXANDRIAN LAUREL An ever-
green erect much-branched shrub with thick unarmed
alternate eladophylla and terminal racemes of small
whitish fls , often refened to Ruscus It is one of the
Asparagus tribe of the lily family fls nearly globular,
the lobes short and erect, with a crown at the throat,
stamens affixed m the tube beneath the crown, the
filaments united, the anthers 6 fr a pulpy mdehiscent
red berry D. racemdsa, Moench (/Wscus racemdsus,
Linn D Laiiriu>, Medikus), occurs from Greece to
Persia, making a bush 4 ft high, with ovate-lanceolate,
nearly sessile, about 5-7-neived leaf -like cladodes
Recently intro in S Calif , but is httle known in this
countrv Ornamental for porches, vases, and similar
u**8 " L H. B.
(a personal name). Maratli&cex. A small
genus of tropical American fern-like plants, with syn-
angia sessile, arranged in rows, and covering the entire
under surface of the leaf. They are apparently not in
cultivation m America
DANDELION (i e , dent de lion, French for lion's
tooth; referring to the teeth on the Ivs.) The vernacu-
lar of Tardracum ojficindle, Weber, a stemless peren-
nial or biennial plant of the Compdsitx, a common weed,
much collected in spring for "greens" and in improved
forms sometimes grown for that purpose.
Dandelion is native to Europe and Asia, but is
naturalized m all temperate countries. On the Rocky
Mountains and in the high North are forms that are
apparently indigenous. A floret from the head of a
dandelion is shown in Fig 1218. The ovary is at e;
pappus (answering to calyx) at a, ray of corolla at c;
ring of anthers at b, styles at d. The constricted part
962
DANDELION
DAPHNE
1218 Floret of
Dandelion.
at e elongates in fruit, raising the pappus on a long
stalk, as shown m Fig. 1219, and thus is the balloon of
the dandelion formed. A dandelion plant, with its scat-
tering fruits, is shown in Fig 1220 Another species of
dandelion is also naturalized in this country, hut is not
so common ; it is the red-seeded dan-
delion (T. erythrospcrmum, Andrz ),
with red fruits, not refiexed invo-
lucral scales, and shorter beak.
The dandelion is much prized for
"greens." For this purpose it is
cultivated in parts of Europe, also
about Boston and in some other
localities in this countiy There are
beveral improved large-leaved varie-
ties, mostly of French origin Some
of these named forms have beauti-
ful curled leaves Seeds arc sown
in the spring, and the crop is
gathered the wune fall or the follow-
ing spring, — Ubuall} in the spring
in this country. Commonly the
seeds are sown where the plants are to stand, although
the plantlets may be transplanted. The plants
should stand about 1 foot apart each way, and a
good crop will cover the land completely when a
year old. Sandy or light loamy soil is preferred. The
crop is harvested and marketed like spinach The
leaves or heads are often blanched by tying them up,
covering with sand or a flower-pot The plants are
sometimes grown more closely in beds, and frames are
put over them to force them Roots aie sometimes
removed from the field to the hotbed or house for
forcing. When treated like chicory (which see), the
roots will produce a winter salad very like barbe de
cavuan. Roots of dandelion dug in fall and dried are
sold for medicinal purposes in drug-stores under the
name of Taraxacum. L. II. B.^
DANGLEBERRY: Gaylussacia frondosa.
DAPHNE (Greek name of Lmirus nobihs). Thy-
melxacese. Ornamental woody plants, chiefly grown
for their handsome foliage and sweet-scented, white,
purple, lilac or rarely greenish flowers, which, with
some species, m warmer climates, often appear in the
winter
Low deciduous or evergreen shrubs: Ivs. alternate,
rarely opposite, entire, short-pet loled fls in clusters,
short, racemes or umbels, apetalous,
mostly fragrant; calyx-tube cyhndnc
or carnpanulate, 4-lobed, corolla-like,
usually clothed with silky hairs out-
side, stamens 8, in two rows, included;
stigma capitate, sessile or nearly so:
fr. a fleshy or leathery 1 -seeded diupc.
— About 50 species in Eu. and Asia.
For a monogiaph of the section Daph-
nanthes see Keissler in Engler Bot.
Jahrb 25.29-124 (1898); see also
Nitschc, Beitrage zur Kcnntnis dcr
Gattung Daphne (1907).
Only D Mezereum, with very early
lilac fragrant flowers and decorative
scarlet fruit, and some low evergreen
species, like D Cneorum and D. JBlaga-
yana, are hardy North, while most of the evergreen
species can be recommended only for warmer climates.
D. Genkwa with lilac flowers appearing before the
leaves, and D. pontica and D Laureola, with large ever-
green leaves, are hardy as far north as New York.
ZX odora is fairly hardy in Washington, D? C
In California, according to Francebchi, the species
most commonly grown is D. odora, the plants being
mostly hnpoi ted from Japan Many plants are also sent
from Japan for eabtern greenhouse culture A decoction
1219
Mature fruit of
dandelion.
of the bark of D Mezereum^ is sold in drug-stores under
the name of mezereum. It is stimulant and diuretic. It
is also known as olive spurge
Daphnes thrive best m a well-drained light soil and
in a partly shaded position, but some, as D. Cneorum
and D Blagayana, which are exceedingly pretty plants
for rockeries, do better m sunny situations In the
North, D. odora and its varieties are often giown in
pots for their sweet-scented and handsome flowers
appearing during the winter A sandy compost of peat
and loam in equal proportions will suit them, they
require a good drainage and careful watering during
the winter, and pots not larger than just necessary
should be given; they may also be planted out in a cool
greenhouse and trained as a wall plant. D. GenkwOj
with abundant lilac
flowers before the
leaves, is sometimes
forced
Propagation is by
seeds, sown after
mat 111 ity or stratified,
but germinating very
slowly, also by layers
put down in spring
and taken off the
following year The
evergreen species
may be increased by
cuttings of mature
wood in fall under
glass, and kept m a
cool greenhouse dur-
ing the winter. If
gentle bottom heat
can be given in early
spring, it will be of
advantage to the de-
velopment of the
roots; softwood cut-
tings taken from
forced plan tsmay also
be used D odora is
often veneer-grafted
on seedling stock of
D Laureola in win-
ter, or on roots of J)
Mezereum, also other
species are grafted
on roots of D. Meze-
reum D. Cneorum
and probably its
allies are readily in-
creased in spring by
removing the earth
around the plant,
pegging down the
branches and filling
with fine compost almost to the tops of the branches.
Next spring, if the compost is carefully removed, a large
number of little buds, each supplied with a white root,
are found along the branches; they are easily detached
and planted in pans or boxes.
alba, 1, 10.
alha-plena, 1.
austrahs, 7.
grandiflora, 1.
lioutteana, 2.
hybrida, 9.
odorata, 10.
oleifolm, 8.
oleoidcs, 6.
aulumnaha, 1.
mdica, 10.
Phihppu, 13.
Blagayana, 5.
buxifoha, 6
Japunica, 11.
Jenkwa, 3
plena, 1.
pontica, 14.
Laureola, 13.
punctata, 10.
cnllina, 7
major, 4
purpurca, 13.
Duuphinn, 9
margiriata, 10.
retusa, 12
Delahayana, 7.
rxibra, 10.
Delphinii, 9
Mazeiu, 11
Boncea, 7, 8.
Fioniana, 6
Mezereum, 1, 2
sinensiR, 10.
Fortunei, 3
neapolitarm, 7
Verlotu. 4.
Genkwa, 3
odora, 1U
DAPHNE
A. Foliage deciduous' fls axillary along the branches of
the previous year, appearing before the Ivs.
B Lvs alternate, glabrous. (Mezereum.)
1 Mezereum, Linn Erect shrub, with stout
branches, to 4 ft : Ivs. alternate, cuneate, oblong or
oblanceolate, glabrous, grayish beneath, 1-3 in. long:
fls usually 3, sessile, silky outside, fragrant, lilac-pur-
ple, appearing long before the Ivs • fr roundish ovoid,
scarlet Feb -April. Eu to Altai and Caucasus Gn.
29 602, 33, p 514; 69, p 131 V 2.206 Var alba, Ait ,
has white fls and yellow fr Gn 29:602; 69, p 131, 74,
p 255 GC. III. 21-183, 185, 38.153 R H 1905, p.
532 Var plena, Schneid (var alba-plena, Hort ),
has double white fls Gn 29 602 Var grandifldra,
Dipp (var autumndhs, Hort ) With larger brighter
purple very early fls , sometimes blooming in fall.
2 Houtteana, Planch. (D Mezereum var atropurpu-
rea, Dipp j Shrub, to 4 ft , with erect, stout branches:
IVB alternate, cuneate, oblong-lanceolate, glabrous,
coriaceous and often persistent, purple, fls appearing
befoie the Ivs , lilac-violet, 2-4, in short-ped uncled clus-
ters April F S. 6 592. — Of garden origin, supposed to
be a hybrid between D. Laureola and D. Mezereum.
BB Lvs opposite, silky below. (Genkwa )
3 Genkwa, Sieb &. Zucc (D. Jtonkwa, Hort).
Shrub, to 3 ft , with slender branches: Ivs opposite,
oblong-elliptic, appressed-pubescent on the veins
beneath, 1^4-2 in long fls lilac, 3-7, in short-stalked
clusters, scentless, densely stlky-villous outside March,
April. Japan S Z 75 Gt 15 499 F S 3 208 G M.
35 292 Gn 42 91, 76, p 105 RB 10 73 Var.
F6rtunei, Franch (D Fdrlunei, Lmdl ), has larger
fls and larger less regularly opposite Ivs.
AA Foliage evergreen, alternate (see also No. 2).
(Daphnanthes )
B. Fls. in terminal heads, rarely axillary and pinkish.
o Habit low, procumbent or trailing
4 Cnednim, Linn Fig 1221 With long, trailing,
pubescent branches Ivs crowded, cuneate, oblance-
olate, mucronulate, finally glabrous, dark green and
glossy above, glaucescont beneath, ^-1 m long fls
m sessile, many-fld heads, pink, fragrant Apr , May,
and often again in summer Mts of Cent Eu 13 M. 313.
LBC 18 1800 Gn 33, p 514, 45, p 237, 62, p 83.
GC III 47 21 GM 47 117. M D G. 1900 417,418;
1906 75 GW 14, p 625 V 2 342, 4.168 Var.
major, Dipp Of more vigorous growth, \vith larger
fls Gn 51, p 358, 65, p 457 Var Verlotii, Meibbn.
(D Verloln, Gien & Godr ) Lvs longer, mucronate
fls 2 weekb later than the type R II 1901, pp 304,
305, 1902 552 Var. mdximus of European nurseries
>=/J neapohtana.
5 Blagayana, Freycr Branches often ascending,
glabroiib. Ivs cuneate, obovate or oblong, glabrous,
1-1^2 m l°nK heads many-fld ; fls white or yellow-
ish white, fragrant, nearly glabrous outside, almost
1 m long April, May Mts of S E Eu B M 7579
FS 22-2313 Gt 29 1020 Gn 14.200; 35, p 540;
42, p 95, 50, p 26, 67, pp 287, 71, pp 7, 247; 73, p 241.
GC II 13-245, 17 505, 111.11:491; 32 300, 301;
38 171.
cc. Habit erect, 1-4 ft. high.
D. Lvs. less than 2 in long, usually pubescent: perianth
densely pubescent outside.
E. Lobes of perianth lanceolate, acute; heads without
bracts
6 oleoides, Schreb (D buxifblm, Vahl). Shrub, to
3 ft . branches pubescent. Ivs obovate-elliptic to obo-
vate-lanceolate, usually mucronulate or acute, villous-
pubescent on both sides or finally glabrous above,
punctulate with whitish dots, \-\Yt. m. long: fls. in
lew-fid heads without bracts, white or pale lilac, with
DAPHNE
963
ovate-lanceolate, pointed lobes, %m long. S. E. Eu.
L B C. 3 299. B M. 1917— Very variable in bhape and
pubescence of Ivs Var Fiomana, Hort , with obovate-
lanceolate, obtuse Ivs and lilac fls , is said to be a hybrid
between this species and D colhna
EE. Lobes of perianth orate, oblusish; heads with bracts
at the base.
7. collina, Smith (D au^tralis, Cyrill. D sericea,
Hort , not Vahl) Shrub, 1-3 ft : branchlets villous. Ivs.
scattered, oblong-ovate to oblanceolate, obtusish, gla-
brous and shining above, tomentobe below, 1-1% in.
long fls rosy purple, fragrant, %in long, m 10-15-fld
heads, lobes broad-ovate, obtuse, about as long as
tube, bracts bioadly oval, tomentose, about half as
long as the fls , persistent for some time April-June.
Italy, Crete, Asia Minor BM 428 BR 24:56.
Var. neapohtana, Lmdl (D neapohtana, Lodd. D.
Delahayana, Hort ) Lvs glabrous or nearly so. L B.
C. 8-719 BR 822 By some supposed to be a hybrid
of D. collina and D. Cneorum.
8 sericea. Vahl (D olnfblw, Lam ) Shrub, 1-2 ft .
branchlets short, puberulous or nearly glabrous: Ivs
crowded at the end of the branchlets, lanceolate or
oblanceolate, acute or acuminate, glabrous above,
appressed pubescent beneath, sometimes nearly gla-
brous, \ fc-% m long fls m3-8-fld heads, rose-colored,
%m long, lobes broadly
ovate, obtuse, a third
shorter than tube bracts
obovate, silky, soon droop-
ing May, June Sicily,
Crete, Asia Minor Ann
Mus Hist Nat. Pans 10
20 — Rare in cult ; usually
confused with the preced-
ing species.
DD Lvs. usually longer
than 2 in , glabrous (or
lightly pubescent
beneath in No 9.):
perianth glabrous or
pubescent
E. Apex of Ivs obtuse or
acutish.
F. Heads of lls all terminal,
us uall
1221. Daphne Cneorum.
ly many-fld;
bracts persistent
9 hybnda, Lmdl (D Daiiphinn, Hort. D Del-
phinn, Lodd ) Garden hybrid of D colhna x D odora
Similar to D odora, but hardier Erect shrub, to 4 ft.
Ivs cuneate, oblong-elliptic, dark green and shining
above, glabrous or slightly hairy along the veins beneath
when young, 2-3 in long fls reddish puiple, pubes-
cent outside, very fragrant, rather large, in few-fid .
heads B R. 1177.
10 oddra, Thunbg (D sinensis, Lam D indica,
Loisel , not Linn ) Shiub, to 4 ft , with glabrous
branches. Ivs oblong-elliptic, acute at both ends,
bluntly pointed, glabrous, 2-3 in long fls in dense,
terminal heads, very fragrant, white to purple, ovary
glabrous; bracts 6-10, lanceolate, persistent Winter
and spring. China, Japan Gn 28.8 JH III
50 367. V 4:318 Gng 2 211 Var Alba, Hemsl
Fls. white Gn 28.8, 37, p 10; 76, p 240. G
8:45; 22 9 Var. punctata, Hemsl Fls in dense heads,
white, spotted outside with red B M 1587. Var
znarginata, Hort Lvs bordered yellow fls red. P M
8.175 and RH 1866252 (as D. japonica) A.G
22 843. Var. rfibra, Sweet Fls. purple S B F G II
4:320 GC III 21:173 —By some botanists D odora
and D sinensis, Lam (D. tnehra, Loisel ), are considered
distinct species D. odora has larger fls about ^m long,
glabrous outside, the bracts shorter than the fls., and
064
DAPHNE
usually oval Ivs , while D. ainensis has fls. about J^in.
long, slightly silky outsidej the bracts longer than the
fls , and usually oblong-elliptic Ivs.; but it is doubtful
whether these characters are constant. — D. odorata,
Hort , is a common misprint in catalogues for D. odora.
D. odordta, Lam. = D. Cneorwn.
FF. Heads of fls. axillary and terminal, few-fld.; bracts
caducous; perianth glabrous
11. japfinica, Sieb. & Zucc. (D. Mazehi, Carr.).
Shrub, to 4 ft.: branches glabrous. Ivs. oblong-deltoid,
gradually narrowed at the base, nearly sessile, 2-4 in.
long, heads axillary and terminal short-peduneled,
3-4-fld.; fls. pink, short-pedicelled, ^m long; lobes
ovate, obtuse, as long as tube, bracts ovate-lanceolate,
ciliate, slightly shorter than fls , peduncles and pedicels
silky. Spring. Japan, China. Gn 14.442.
BE. Apex of Ivs. usually eniarginate
12. retusa, Hems! Shrub, 2-3 ft • branchlets pubes-
cent at first, soon glabrous: Ivs oblong or oblanceolate-
oblong, obtuse and usually emargmate, narrowed at
the base into a short petiole, glabrous, 1-3 in. long,
H~Hm wide fls white, tinged outside rose or violet,
glabrous, fragrant, %m long, in many-fld terminal
heads; lobes slightly shorter than tube; bracts 3-4,
oval or obovate, ciliate, deciduous, shorter than fls.:
fr. red. May. W. China. B.M. 8430.— Recently intro.
and apparently fairly hardy; a very desirable plant.
BB. Fls. axillary, yellowish or greenish white, glabrous
outside.
13. Laureola, Linr>. Shrub, to 4 ft. . Ivs. cuneate, obo-
vate-lanceolate, acute, shining and dark green above,
glabrous, 2-3H m. long: fls. in 5-10-fld , nearly sessile
racemes, yellowish green, scentless fr black. March-
May. S. Eu., W. Asia. Gn. 29, p. 602 (poor). Var.
Philfppii, Arb. Kew (D. Phdipjni, Gren. & Godr.).
Lower Ivs obovate: fls. often violet outside; bracts
as long or longer than the fls. Pyrenees. — Var. purpurea
of the Kew Arboretum •=/). Houtteana.
14. p6ntica, Linn. Shrub, to 5 ft : Ivs. cuneate, obo-
vate or obovate-lanceolate, acute, shining, glabrous, 2—3
in. long: fls. in long-peduncled, 1-3-fld. clusters, green-
ish yellow, fragrant, with linear-lanceolate lobes. April,
May S E. Eu , W. Asia B.M. 1282. G.C. II.
14:209. G.W. 5, p 261.
D alpina, Linn Erect shrub, to 2 ft • Ivs deciduouB, cu-
neate-lanceolate, sparingly silky fls white or blushed, terminal,
fragrant. May, June S Eu L B C 1 66 Gn 29, p 603 —
D. altAica, Pall. Shrub, to 4 ft . Ivs. deciduous, cuneate, oblong-
lanceolate, glabrous. fls. white, in terminal, 1-5-nd heads, fragrant.
May, June. Altai, Songana, Mongolia B M 1875. L B.C 4 399
— D arbuscula, Colak Evergreen d^varf shrub branchlets red Ivs.
crowded at end of branchlets, hnear-oblanceolate, obtuse, pubescent
or glabrous beneath, ?^m long fls pink, in 3-8-fld heads June
Hungary — D. caucdsica, Pall Allied to D. altaica Lvs narrower fls
in 3-20-fld heads Caucasus B M. 7388 — D glomtrdta, Lam Allied
to D pontica Low fls light pink, fragrant, the clusters crowded
at the ends of the branches May W Asia — D Gnidium, Linn
Evergreen shrub, to 2 ft Ivs linear-lanceolate, acute, glabrous fls
yellowish white, fragrant, in terminal racemes or panicles S Eu
L B C. 2 150 Gn 29, p 603 — D jezofnsis, Maxim Upright
•hrub, 2 ft. . Ivs oblong-obovate, persistent, obtuse, 1 %-3 in long
fls axillary, yellow March, Apr Gt 15 49fi — D kamtschdtica,
Maxim Low upright shrub, sparsely branched' Ivs oblong-
lanceolate, acutish fls fascicled, yellowish. Kamchatka, Manchuria
— D papyrifera, Sieb -=Edgeworthia papynfera — D petr&a,
Leyb Dwarf evergreen shrub Ivs linear-lanceolate, small, obtuse
fla light pink, in terminal, 3-6-fld heads, fragrant June, July
S Tyrol Gn 69, p 327 —D peeudo-meztreum, Gray Low,
almost decumbent shrub Ivs lanceolate-oblong, acutish fls
fascicled, axillary, greenish yellow, scentless March, Apr Japan.
— D, rup&lna, Facch — D petrsea — D sahcifdha, Lam ==D.
caucaaica — D \jSAphia, Kalen Allied to D caucasica Ivs obovate-
oblong, glaucous below heads few-fld S Russia — D stndta,
Tratt. Dwarf evergreen shrub Ivs small, cuneate, linear-lanceo-
late, glabrous fla in terminal, many-fld. heads, pink June, July.
Switzerland and Carpathian Mts — D Vdhhi, Keissler Allied to
D colhna. Branchlets thick, puberulous Ivs obovate or oblong-
obovate, appressed-pubescent below heads 8-10-fld bracta
obovate, silky, deciduous. Crete, Asia Minor. — D yezotnsit, Hort.
-D. jesoensis
DAPHNlDIUM: Bentom.
DARLINGTONIA
DAPHNIPHtLLUM (Greek, laurel leaf, from the
similarity of the leaves). Euphorbiacex. Broad-leaved
evergreen hardy or semi-tropical shrubs or small trees,
sometimes cultivated for their handsome large foliage.
Leaves large, without stipules, leathery, smooth, more
or less glaucous, alternate, entire, petioled, pinnately
veined: fls. dicocious, m axillary racemes or panicles,
apetalous; calyx 3-8-paited, small, imbricate, sta-
mens 5-18; pistil 2-celled, 4-ovuled. fr. a small, olive-
like drupe, usually 1 -seeded — Twelve to 20 species,
mostly in Trop Asia, etc. The one, or possibly two,
species, rarely seen in cult, in Amer , are from Japan.
The large evergreen Ivs. distinguish it from other
hardy euphorbiacous shrubs. They are somewhat
rhododendron- or laurel-like, hardy as far north as the
Middle Atlantic States, and make very handsome
broad-spreading shrubs with inconspicuous fls
Daphmphyllum can be propagated by cuttings, but
roots rather slowly, and if seed could be secured it
would no doubt give better results The plants need
protection from frost in winter till well established
They are strong growers in rich soil.
macrdpodum, Miq. (/). glaucescens, Hort ) A shrub
or small tree, broad and compact, 5-10 ft high, or more
in native land, smooth, twigs red: Ivs. oblong, 2 \ S in .
bluish glaucous below; petiole 1-2 m. long, red; lateral
veins, ^5-^111. apart, fls. email, in short racemes, fr.
oblong, not over Hin-> black Japan and China
G 18 478; 31 16 SI F 1.54
Two other names, D. glaurfscens, Blume, and D jezotnse, Hort ,
occur occasionally m horticultural literature The first has scarcely
glaucous Ivs with lateral veins K~M»i "Part and is probably not
in cult., the latter is a more dwarf form than the others.
J B. S. NORTON
DARBYA: Neslroma
DARLINGT6NIA (after William Darlington, of
West Chester, Pa , author of "Memorials ef John
Bartram and Humphrey Marshall," and of "Florula
Cestnca.") Sarract niacc* A monotypic genus of
American pitcher-plants which, apart from their strik-
ing aspect and beautiful coloring, have acquired
celebrity from their insectivorous habits
The short rhizomes grow in fine muddy soil, and pro-
duce annually a terminal rosette of Ivs , all of which are
modified into upright pitchers* each pitchered If is
3-30 m long by ^-3 in. wide, is somewhat spirally
twisted, hollow throughout and with a median crest
or flap in front; the tube represents the hollowed If -
midrib, the flap is formed by the tused halves of the If.
that have united by their upper faces in front of the
midrib; the top part of the tube curves over m rounded
fashion to form a down-directed pitcher orifiee, from
which depends a bilobed unusually crimson and green
appendage of attractive aspect, the lounded top is also
beautifully mottled by white translucent areas, the
pitcher exterior and the appendage bear many hone\-
glands, the excretion from which tempts insects toward
the orifice The rounded hood is lighted within through
the white areas, and bears many attractive honey-
glands interspersed with down-directed hairs Tempted
by the foimer, and impelled by the latter, insects step
or drop on to the upper interior of the tube This is
extremely smooth, affords no foothold, and so they
soon tumble into the lower part This is covered by
down-directed hairs which prevent egress of the caught
prey Disintegration of the insects, amid a neutral
liquid that is excreted by the pitcher-wall, then takes
place and the products are gradually absorbed through
thin areas of the lower cavity. Honey-secretion and
insect-catching proceed most actively in May and June;
by midsummer, therefore, each pitcher is filled to a
depth of 4-8 in by a decaying mass of insect-remains,
amid which at times centipedes or a slug may be found.
The genus is native from N. Cen. Calif, to S. Ore.
It occurs there on the Sierras by the edge of mountain
swamps or "deer-licks" at an elevation of 2,000-8,000
DARLINGTONIA
DASYL1HION
965
ft. Specimens were first hurriedly collected by W. D.
Brackenndge of the Wilkes Exploring Expedition, on
the southern slopes of Mt Shasta, when the explorers
were retreating before attacking Indians The speci-
mens were desci ibed and named by Torrey
Darhngtomas have been grown outdoors in the East
the year round in a few special localities. Edward
Gillett at Southwiek, Massachusetts, grows them in a
favored spot without artificial protection. F H Hors-
ford can preserve them at Charlotte, Vermont, with
the aid of a winter mulch
As greenhouse plants, darlmgtonias require the same
treatment as their allies, sarracemas, dioneas and dro-
seras A well-grown collection of these plants is not
only very interesting and curious, but also very beau-
tiful To succeed, they must occupy a shaded position,
and never be allowed to become dry.
Give a cool, moist, even tempera-
ture. If possible, a glass ease should
be provided for them, with provi-
sion made for ventilation; a con-
stant moist atmosphere can be more
easily maintained, and at the same
time the greenhouse in which they
are grown may be freely ven-
1222 Young plant of Darhngtoma.
tilated without injury to these plants The material
in which they grow best is two-thirds fern-root fiber
with the dust shaken out, and one-third chopped sphag-
num moss and silver sand, with a few nodules of char-
coal added. About the first week in July is perhaps the
best time for potting, though one must be guided by the
condition of the plants, choosing a time when they are
the least active When well established they will
require potting only once in two years The pots should
be placed in pot-saucers as a safeguard against their
ever becoming dry, and all the space between the pots
should be filled with sphagnum moss up to the rirns of
the pots. A temperature of 40° to 45° during winter,
with a gradual rise as the days lengthen in spring, will
suit them admirably During the summer they should
be kept well shaded, or they may be removed to a well-
shaded frame outside in some secluded position free
from hot drying winds. Propagation of these plants is
effected by division of the roots, or by seeds sown on
live sphagnum moss in pans, the moss being made very
even and the pans placea either under a bell-iar or glass
case in a cool moist atmosphere (Edward J Canning )
calif Arnica, Torr Fig. 1222. Rootstock horizontal:
Ivs 5-8 in annual rosettes, long-tubular, somewhat
twisted, with median anterior flap, green below, green
mottled with white over the arched Rood, orifice down-
directed with bilobed red and green appendage in front •
fl -stalk 10-30 in , bearing scattered bracts, n solitary,
inverted; sepals 5, pale green, petals 5, yellowish to
brown-red with red veins; stamens 15-12, inserted
below ovary, ovary obconic with depressed apex, style
5-lobed with radial stigmas caps, obovate, surrounded
by the persistent sepals Flowers from May to July,
according to elevation BH5'113. F.S. 14.1440.
KM 1869457. BM 5920. I H 18.75 GC III.
7'84, 17.304, 24 339 —Intro into cult m 1861. Var.
rilbra, Hort. Differs from typo in being a reddish hue.
D. Co&rtti— Sarracema Court u
J. M MACFARLANE.
DARNEL. Lohum perenne.
DARWfNIA (Dr. Erasmus Darwin, an English
nature-student). Myrtdcex. About 40 Australian
evergreen shrubs, a verv few of which are sometimes
grown for the colored flower -like campanulate invo-
lucres that hold their condition 3-5 months; not in
the American trade Lvs few and usually heath-like*
flh small, inclosed in petal-like bracts at the summit of
the branches; calyx-lobes 5, petals 5, stamens 10,
alteinating with stammodia, ovary 1-celled, the fr.
1-seeded The darwimas prop from well-ripened tips
of side shoots taken in early autumn or in spring They
require greenhouse or intermediate temperatures
D. Hookeriana, Benth (Gcnctylhs fuchtnaidt'S, Hort )
L\h linear-oblong, J/jm long, scattered sts red inner
bia<ts of hanging involucre 1 in long, bright red, the
outer ones shorter and greenish and passing into the
st -Ivs fls small, greenish white, usually about 6 in
each involucre B M 4860 (as Gcnetyllis macrosteqia]
GC 111 43243 FS. 10, 1009 D. macrostfegia,
Benth Lvs elliptic-oblong, %m or less long, scat-
tered inner bracts 1^ in. long, creamy white with red
bplashes and stripes, the outer ones shorter and more
colored, the lowest ones passing into the foliage B M
4S.38 (as Genctylhs tuhjnfcra). I H. 2.73 F S 10 1064.
. L IT B
DASHEEN. Edible crown-tubers of Colocasia, lately cult m
tht U b to some extent Sec p. S.W, also Taro
DASYLIRION (Greek, tufted lily] LiMccsr Stiff
shoit-t i linked desert plants, with crowded lea\es and
elevated panicles of small mostly white or whitish
flow ers
Caudex or trunk erect and woody Ivs numerous,
near the top of the trunk, long and rigid, usually
pnckly-margmed fta dioecious, in dense racemes
which are crowded into a narrow compound panicle,
perianth campanulite, the segms toothed, distinct
and nearly equal, obtuse, stamens 6, exserted, style
short, btigmas 3: fr dry and indehiscent, 3-wmged,
i-celled and 1-seeded — About 15 species Me\ , to Texas
and Ariz Monograph in Proc Amer. Phil. Soc. 50,
p 404 (1911).
Dasyhrions are highly ornamental plants, well
adapted for rockeries, for isolated specimens on lawns,
decoration of conservatories, staircases and similar
uses, and eminently suitable for terraces and vases, in
the formal style of gardening The leaves are in large
number, inserted in a symmetrical way, so as to form
a dome or globe-shaped, regular head, more or less
serrulated, and m some species ending m a brush-
like tuft of dried fibers The tall panicles of number-
less whitish green minute flowers are also a striking
feature, standing far above the crest or crown of
leaves They are of the easiest possible culture, and
will stand some degrees of frost, particularly if kept
dry Easily propagated from seeds and from cuttings
of the branches when produced, as they do not sucker
as a rule These plants are inferior to Y-ucca filamentosa
966
DASYLIRION
DATE
in hardiness, showiness and regularity of flowering, but
they have an individuality of their own. They are
especially esteemed in California, where the great
flower-stalks, 8 to 10 feet high, give a strong impres-
sion of the desert The individual flowers are not
highly colored, but the spikes are several feet long
These and related plants have been the subject of
recent revision. Beaucarnea is now considered to be
distinct, and a new genus. Cahbanus, is erected by
Rose on D. c&spitoswn. These new treatments are
explained under Nohna.
A. Z/r.v flat, prickly-margined.
B. Lvs. usually gran, splitting into fibers at tip, narrow.
texanum, Soheele Lvs }^m x 2-3 ft , glossy green:
E nckles yellow, turning brown mfl 9-15 ft high.
• elliptical, A x A m > shallow-notched. S. Cent.
Texas.
acrtftriche, Zucc (D. acidtnchum. Baker D.
grdcile, Planch. Bonapdrtea grdcihs, Otto Roullnia
grdcihs, Brongn Yucca grrlcihs, Otto. Y acrdtncha,
Schiede. Barbacenia grdcihs, Brongn Littsea grdcihs,
Hort). Lvs very nariow, 3gin x 2-3 ft, sometimes
dull or pale* prickles pale yellow, brown at tip mfl
9-15 ft. high fr round-coidate, Ax/i111, shallow-
notched E Cent Mex Abhandl Akad Muench
Cl 2, 31 B M 5030. F S. 1448; 7, p. 10 G C. Ill
19, p 204.
graminif61ium, Zucc (Yucca grannnifblia, Zucc ).
Lvs J^in x3 ft, glossy green, prickles veiy short,
yellowishwhite.fr elliptical, }^ x ?sm E Cent. Mex.
Abhandl. Akad. Muench , Cl 2, 3.1. Allgem. Gartenz.
9:1.
BB. Lvs. glaucous and dull.
c The Ivs not shredded at tip, narrow.
glaucophyllum, Hook (D qlaiicum, Carr. Bona-
pdrtea glauca, Hort ) Lvs 3^m x 3-4 ft: prickles
yellowish white mfl 12-18 ft high- fr. elliptical,
K x 2-gin E Cent Mex 15 M 5041 G C II. 13,
p 205, III 40, p 247. Rep Mo. Bot. Card 14, p. 12.
CC. The Ivs. splitting into fibers at tip, under.
serratifdlium, Zucc (D laxiflbrum, Baker. Yucca
serratifbha, Schultes. Koulinia t>erratifbha, Brongn ).
Lvs 1-1 j. 2 ln x 2-3 ft., rough prickles rathei long,
sometimes /^m apart. S. E. Mex. Abhandl Akad.
Muench , Cl 2, 3 1
Wheelen, Wats With distinct short trunk: Ivs.
nearly 1 in x 2-3 ft , nearly smooth prickles yellow,
browning at tip. mfl 9-15 ft. high: fr round obovate,
% x i^m , openly notched. S E Ariz and adjacent
region PI World, 10, p 254 Puhl Carnegie Inst.
99.58. Icones Sel Hort. Thenensis, 225.
A A. Lvs. 4-s'idcd, neither prickly nor usually brush-tipped
longissimum, Lem. (1). qutulrangubtium, Wats.
D. junafbhum, Rehnelt) Tiunk 3-6 ft. high: Ivs
very numerous, J'4m x 4 6 f t , dull green: mfl 6-18 ft
high ' fr. tV x J 8m , scarcely notched E. Mex. B M
7749. G F 30, p 280 Bull Soc. Tosc. Ort 9, p. 236;
35:6. Die Natur, 34, p 340. II H. 86, p. 66.
D Ilodkeri, Lorn — Caltbanua Hooken, Trel (see Nolma).
— D jumeum, Zucc ==Nohna Hartwegmna — D. longtfdlium,
Zuoc.-Nol.na longifolm WlLLIAM TllELEASE.f
DATE. A palm, Phoenix dactyhfera, Linn , native
to North Africa or Arabia and extensively planted in
countries inhabited by Arabs, and having arid or
desert conditions Figs 1223-1226 It is also grown to
some extent in southern Asia and southern Europe and
in other tropical and subtropical countries. It is of
very ancient cultivation, having been grown along the
Tigris and Euphrates Rivers for four thousand years
or more. It has long been planted casually m parts
of Mexico and the southwestern parts of the United
States, and is now becoming a fruit of commercial
promise in some of these regions.
The date palm reaches a height of 100 feet, making
a nearly straight, shaggy trunk, and it continues to
bear for one or two centuries. It is dioecious, the males
usually equaling the females m a batch of seedlings,
this constituting one of the great disadvantages of rais-
ing seedling dates The Arabs practise artificial pollina-
tion by tying male flowers on the pistillate clusters.
The flowers are produced early in the spring, from six
to twenty clusters appealing on a matin e tree The
female or fertile clusters of good size will produce as
much as twenty to forty pounds of dates As with
apples and other fruits, there are many varieties differ-
ing in quality, seedlings do not reproduce the variety,
so that propagation of named varieties must be accom-
plished by othei means
The date is the fruit, being essentially a drupe,
measuring 1 to 3 inches long The date of commeice
is the cured and dried natural fruit. The sweet nutri-
tious pulp of the fruit constitutes one of the moist
important foods of the Arabs The leaves and other
parts of the plant afford matenals for dwellings and
many domestic uses The wood or trunk is used for
timber The importation of dates into the United
States amounts to about $500,000 woith annuall> No
doubt the consumption will be greatly increased when
a home-grown and clean-packed product is obtainable
Aside from the direct uses of the plants and the
fruits, the date palm is valuable as a cover for othei
crops in the hot and dry regions Beneath the palms,
other fruits, vegetables and many crops may be grown
with more safety than in the open blazing run It
is probable, therefore, that the date palm will become
a feature of the farming in all the regions of the South-
west in which it thrives.
The general situation
In Florida, California, and restucted areas of a few
other states, the date has been grown for decorative
purposes for more than a century At the missions
founded by the Spamaids at St Augustine, and other
places in Florida, and that long line of missions extend-
ing from far into Mexico northward and \\est\\ard
through southern New Mexico, Arizona and California,
it is likely the date was planted wherever the climatic
conditions were favoiable to its growth \\ithin the
borders of the United States the greater number ot
these early plantings were in Florida or along the coast
of southern California, regions wheie the sum total
of summer heat is not sufficient to develop the date
fruit perfectly. The date, as a fruit-pioducer, being
indigenous to a desert environment, does not take-
kindly to humid regions, even where it is not sufficiently
cold to prohibit the growth ot the tree It is not onlv
a question of maturing the tree or even of producing
the fruit but also of bringing the fruit to perfect upe-
ness For this icason the greater number of the early
plantings in this country matured little fnnt, while
that produced was of poor quality, although in many
instances the trees grew luxuriantly and to huge size-
In the more arid parts of Lower California and Sonora,
where there is sufficient water for irrigation, the early
plantings have been continued down to the present
time, and dates of fair quality have been groun for
many years. Moreover, each year the area devoted
to dates is increasing, and with the recent studies of
the life-history of the plant by Swingle and others the
adaptation of regions is now better understood and
undoubtedly the future plantings will be made with
much better assurance 01 success. Modern date cul-
ture in this country may be said to have begun with
the planting of imported Egyptian and Algerian palms
and seedlings principally m Salt River Valley, An/ona,
in the years 1890-1900 Tourney's studies of these
early plantings resulted in Bulletin No 29 of the
DATE
DATE
967
Arizona Station Studies of conditions in the Saharan
region and the importation of varieties by the United
States Department of Agriculture, were made m 1899
and 1900 These results were set forth m Bulletin No.
53 of the Bureau of Plant Industry, by Swingle Sta-
tions for testing the introductions were provided by
Arizona in 1899, by California in 1904, and by Texas
in 1907 Subsequent large importations were made by
Fairehild and Kearney, as described in Bulletins Nos
54 and 92 of the Bureau of Plant Industry of the
national Department of Agneulture
Dates unquestionably can be grown profitably in
many of the hot dry irrigated valleys in the south-
western parts of the United States The Saltori Basin
in southern California promises particularly well for
date-culture because of the high temperature, and
here oven the famous Deglet Noor date of the Sahara
wrill ripen fully, even in cool seasons Considerable
attention is also being given to dates m the newly
developing Impel ml Valley In northern California,
the date can undoubtedly be gio\vn lor home use in
many regions, even north of San Francisco, it finds
good conditions for commercial culture in parts of
Arizona, and there are probably adaptable regions in
Texas The date can endure more alkali than any
other profitable fiuit crop, and this fact will extend
the range of its usefulness When onee well established,
brief temperatures as low as 10° F do not do serious
harm to date palms
While date trees have been grown m the United
States arid Mexico for certainly more than a century,
and while much fruit has been produced incidentally
here and there, laigely as a by-product, neveitheless
date-growing on a eommeieial *s<ale is yet a new and
experimental industry m this countiy Although it
promises well, the business requires experience and
skill, and it must be established only in those regions
which are particulaily adapted to it, especially those
that have an extremely hot summer climate As yet,
the returns fiorn date-culture are almost impossible
of determination As ne irl\ aluajs happens with new
and promising industiu s, doubt iul claims have been
made for profits of date-culture by interested paities.
It must be borne m mind that piacheally all the vane-
ties now recommended for commercial cultivation
in this country are of Old \\ orld 01 igm Although many
seedlings are being raised, it is yet too early to desig-
nate any one of them as supenoi for general orchard
planting It is advisable Hut in the regions in Cali-
fornia and Anzona, and elsewhere, that are adapted to
dates, numbeis of seedlings should be raised from the
best varieties, care being taken that they have been
pollinated from the best males, m this wa> the chance
will be increased of onginating varieties that are
especially adapted to the legion The business must be
developed by residents and those who study the con-
ditions closely from year to year
According to Swingle, at present less than a dozen
varieties among the 200 or more on trial at the govern-
ment date-gardens in the Southwest can be said to be
well enough known to warrant planting on a commer-
cial scale The Deglet Noir and the Tazizaoot can be
recommended for orchard planting in the Coachell.i
and Imperial Valleys of California, the Ilalawy, the
Khadrawy, the Maktoom, and the Hayany are prom-
ising for cooler regions, such as the Salt River Valley
of Arizona, and may be planted in the California
date regions on a scale not too large for the early
markets; the Khars is excellent for home use as a
fresh date, but is of little commercial value, theThoory
is a dry date of great promise, but it is as yet doubtful
whether dry dates can be maiketed advantageously on
a large scale without an expensive publicity campaign.
To plant other varieties that are new or inadequately
tested, involves a considerable element of risk The
fact that they appear satisfactory in the Old World
deserts is no guarantee that they will grow, bear, and
ripen fruit properly ir the Southwest or that their fruit
will prove acceptable to American buyers Any plant-
ing of a variety on a large scale before it has been
thoroughly tested must be considered as a speculation.
It would be much safer for those who expect to grow
dates on a commercial scale to limit themselves at first
to those varieties that have been tested by public and
private agencies, and to learn all phases of the culture,
curing, packing, and marketing of the fruit of one
or more of the standard varieties This is the best
possible preparation for the efficient culture of new sorts
when they have been sufficiently tested in the govern-
ment or other adequately supervised testing-gardens to
render it desirable to test them on a commercial scale
1223 Young date palm, with growing suckers -or offshoots.
in private culture The government, through the
Department of Agriculture, has taken special pains to
safeguard the young industry.
Propagation.
It is always preferable to propagate dates from
suckeis unless one desires to originate new varieties,
not only on account of the knowledge of the sex (it
being hardly necessaiy to state that the sex of a sucker
is the same as that of the plant fiom which it is taken),
but on account of the ability to make a selection m
the variety and quality of the fruit
Dates are easily giown fiom seed if the ovules
have been properly pollinated Seeds may be planted
in anv month immediately after they are taken from
the fruit, particularly in the mild climates of the
Salt on Basin, Lower Coloiado Valley, and Salt River
Valley Unless the conditions are good, however, it
is better to stratify them in a box between layers of
moist sand and allow them to remain for three to six
weeks in order that the seed-coats may be softened
It is important, however, that in the stratify ing-box
the seeds do not sprout, as they are easily damaged
after sprouting takes place The seed may be sown in
nursery rows and the young seedlings transplanted
after one, two or three years, or if the field is well
prepared, and has good irrigation, the seed may be
planted directly in the fields where the palms are
permanently to remain. If they are placed directly
in the held, it is well to plant them in rows 25 to
30 feet apart and to allow the voung plants to stand
968
DATE
DATE
3 to 5 or 6 feet apart in the row. When the dates
come into bearing, the undersirable ones and the
males may be removed and the probability is that
a sufficient number of good varieties will remain to
make the row properly continuous; and the rows will
be far enough apart for the regular or permanent
plantation.
Suckers or offshoots are taken from the base of the
>oung palm (Figs. 1223, 1224) One to several suckers
may be removed each year, averaging two to four
for the productive ponod, and when they are three to six
years old and have begun to develop roots of their own.
All species belonging to the genus Phcemx are diffi-
cult to transplant with uniform success. Frequently as
high as 50 per cent of transplanted dates die even
when watered daily and given the best of care. In
planting suckers with the best of attention, a percent-
age die; while without
care not one in a hun-
dred will grow. It is
due not so much to the
lack of experience in
removing the suckers
as to lack of proper
care after removal,
that so large a per-
centage fail
Suckers may be re-
moved at any time
during the spring or
early summer, or even
in the winter, if proper
care be given them
after removal If they
are to be planted in
the open ground it is
advisable to remove
them in spring or early
summer, April prob-
ably being the best
month In winter,
when the plants are at
a standstill, the suckers
may be removed with
comparatively small
loss, if the "bulbs" or
bottoms be not less
than 4 inches in dia-
meter It is necessary,
when suckers are re-
moved at this season,
to set them in rather
small pots, so that the
earth, which should be
given a daily soaking,
may have a chance to
get warm quickly. The
1224 Deglet Noor date palm about eight years old, with offshoots
and ripe fruit.
pots should be kept in a dry greenhouse, or, better
yet, imbedded in a hotbed of manure, covered with
the customary frame and glass In all cases the leaves
should be cut back to 6 to 12 inches in length, and
sometimes they are removed. Transplant only when
the ground is warm
If proper attention can bo given it is best to plant large
suckers where they are to remain, as a second chance
for loss occurs when they are transplanted from a
nursery to the position that they are finally to occupy.
An iron bar weighing thirty to forty pounds, and
flattened to a 4-6-inch cutting end, may be used to
cleave the offshoots from the tree The leaf-stalks
should be cut away, exposing the bulb of the sucker,
care being taken not to injure the bulb in removing.
One should cut in rather deeply at either sjde, not being
afraid of injuring the old plant, cutting out a V-shaped
portion extending from the base of the bulb downward
lor a few inches. Wounds may be painted with coal-
tar to prevent bleeding and evaporation. It is
important, when planting the suckers in the field,
to set them so hign that the crown-bud will not be
covered with water during irrigation, in order to avoid
decay and death
A successful method of rooting the suckers is to
bank up earth about the base of the parent tree and
above the base of the suckers, and keep moist by
watering daily to induce formation of roots. Suckers
may be partially severed from the old stock before the
banking is done, or after the roots have started When
the roots are well grown, the suckers may be trans-
planted with little loss
The suckers will grow perfectly well, however, if
no loots are left attached. The offshoots may be cut
away from the parent plant, with all the leaves removed,
and leaving only the mid in the center or at the apex
surrounded by the leaf-
stalks Such offshoots
will stand very much
exposure and may be
shipped long distances
without being packed
in moist material, care
being taken that the
boxes are so filled with
packing that they will
not be jammed or
bruised in transporta-
tion After they are
planted, they should
be kept constantly
moist about the bot-
tom and should not be
allowed to suffer any
check. The Arabs
apply water every day
for thirty or forty days
and then continue to
irrigate each week un-
til the following win-
ter, care being taken
not to water too much
If these precautions
are taken and if the
offshoots are planted
in warm ground, there
need be very little loss
They should never be
set in the open ground
when the soil is cold, as
in fall or winter If the
offshoots are to be taken
off at that time, they
must be grown in pots
or in some similar way,
as described above.
The growing of dates.
The date palm grows in nearly all kinds of soil, if
only the climatic conditions are right. If it be suffi-
ciently irrigated and have the requisite amount of heat,
the soil .seems to be a secondary consideration In
general it may be said, however, that sandy-loam soils
of the desert, with a small percentage of clay and
slightly charged with salts, are preferable to rich and
heavy soils, suitable for growing ordinary crops. The
question of water is of great importance in the culture
of dates, as it is necessary that the roots of the date
palm be in moist earth throughout the year In general,
the amount of water required for successful culture is
considerable. If sufficient water cannot be supplied by
natural methods, one must resort to irrigation Water
should be supplied at frequent intervals throughout the
year. However, the most should be supplied in the spring
before blooming, and in the fall prior to the ripening of
DATE
DATE
1225. An American
seedling date.
the fruit. The amount of water for each palm depends so
much upon soil and local conditions that an estimate
would be worthless. Care should be taken not to irrigate
to excess at the time of blooming and immediately alter,
as it will militate against the successful setting of the
fruit The date seems to enjoy not
only a high atmospheric tempera-
ture, but a high temperature of the
water supplied in irrigation as well.
In irrigating small crops by flood-
ing, it is necessary in midsummer
to irrigate late in the afternoon or
at night in order to prevent scald-
ing. Care should be taken, in the
hotter part of the year, that the
date palm is not subjected to hot
water about the roots, rising above
the soil for a considerable length of
tune, and later left until the soil
becomes exceedingly dry and baked
by the sun Such extremes some-
times seriously injure or destroy
the tree.
The date palm comes into bearing
early, examples being known in Cali-
fornia of fruits being produced two
years after the seeds were planted.
It usually requires six to eight years,
however, for seedlings to Dear any
considerable quantity of dates. Under the best date-
culture, seedlings are not used but the plants are propa-
gated by means of suckers, as already explained; these
suckers soon become established and will bear abun-
dantly in five or six years afterwards. After ten or
fifteen years, the palm may be considered to be m
full bearing and should continue to produce indef-
initely It should yield 100 to 200 pounds of fruit
annually, although there are cases of very much
higher yields than this. To conserve the strength of
the parent plant, the suckers should not be allowed
to grow around the base in large numbers. Usually
not more than three or four of these suckers or
offbhoots are allowed to remain at any one time.
After the palm is m full bearing and has a trunk a
few feet high, the offshoots cease to be produced It
is recommended, however, that one offshoot be left
attached to the mother plant in order to replace the
tree in cabe of an accident If the date palm is allowed
to grow as it will, it becomes a clump of many trunks,
surrounded by a jungle of offshoots
It is advised that the date palm be planted at
distances of not less than 26 to 33 feet Other crops
can be grown between the trees till they come into
bearing heavily, or even continuously
Under proper cultivation, the date palm should
produce from ten to fourteen leaves each year. A
well-developed tree will have at one time from thirty
to sixty leaves, the old ones dying away below while
new ones are forming at the top. The different vane-
ties show great variation in rapidity of growth, form
and length of leaves, size of stem, and general aspect
of plant. The stem of the date palm is very rigid.
When the stem reaches a height of 5 or more feet it is
frequently necessary to tie the growing bunches of
dates securely to the lower leaf-stalks, that they be
not broken and injured by the wind before maturity.
While it is possible to produce dates by depending
on wind-pollination from male to female trees, this
process is much too uncertain for commercial culture
and requires a very large number of male trees. In
commercial plantations, one male tree to 100 females
is sufficient; out this requires that the pollinating shall
be performed by hand. Small separate twigs or branch-
lets of the male inflorescence, from 4 to 6 inches long
and bearing thirty to fifty flowers, are tied on the
female cluster. Inasmuch as the .flowers in the female
cluster mature at different times, it is necessary to
repeat the operation of pollination. In old plantings,
persons must climb the trees in order to perform thw
operation, but for the first ten or fifteen years of beai-
mg the clusters are so near the ground that little if
any climbing is required. Each female flower pro-
duces three ovaries. After pollination, two of these
ovaries fail and one matures into the date. In case
there is no pollination, all three of the ovaries will
develop but will be heedless and the fruit will be inferior.
As with other fruits, it is often necessary to thin the
dates on trees, particularly on young trees that tend to
overbear Even on old trees, best results are to be
secured if only eight or ten bunches are left.
Usually the dates in an entire bunch do not ripen at
the same time Picking off the dates as they ripen is a
practicable operation when labor is cheap In general,
however, it probably will be found the better plan to
cut the entire bunch at on^ e. This may require some
special operation in the handling and curing. Some
vaneties require practically no special handling or cur-
ing and are ready to ship as soon as they have ripened
naturally Usually, however, the bunrh mubt be ripened
much as a bunch of bananas is cured, by being cut off
and hung in a moist and warm place It has been
found that in Arizona the best varieties of dates may
not ripen naturally on the tree Freeman's experi-
ments at the Arizona Experiment Station show that
conditions favorable for the rapid ripening of the
Deglet Nocr may be produced artificially in an oven
The degree of moisture and temperature may be carefully
regulated In this ripening process, there is not only a
change in the sugar-con-
tent but the tissues of
the date are softened,
the tanin is precipitated
and the astnngency of
the fruit is thereby
relieved. Vmson found
that dates may be
ripened artificially by
means of chemical re-
agents Artificial ripen-
ing by means of heat,
moibture, and chemical
stimulation makes pos-
sible the production of
commercial erops at alti-
tudes too high and cool
to mature many medium
and late varieties Losses
by ram, insects, and
birds are minimized, and
greater cleanliness se-
cured Last year over
half the crop from miscel-
laneous varieties at the
Tempe Date Orchard
(Arizona) would have
been lost but for artificial
methods of ripening
These methods are cheap
and practicable. In con-
nection with ripening
operations, the fruit can
be pasteurized at a tem-
perature of 65° to 70°
C (149°-158°F.) and
then packed under
cheese-cloth to secure
it from contamination by flies and other insects
Recent experiments by Drummond show that fumi-
gation with carbon bisulfide kills insect eggs, and
is preferable to pasteurization with varieties inclined
to be sticky. In 1910, Swingle discovered the pro-
cess now in use for ripening Deglet Noor dates by
1226. Fruit clusters of date, as
grown in Arizona.
970
DATE
DATURA
keeping them in moist atmosphere in closed packing-
boxes which are kept warm at night and heated to 80°
or 90° F. during the day Deglet Noor dates ripen
perfectly by this process and remain light-colored while
those ripened by the rapid process are darkened.
Freeman's rapid process will ripen greener dates,
however.
For further discussion, see Phoenix; also the bulle-
tins of the United States Department of Agriculture,
and of the experiment stations of Arizona and California.
J. W. TOUMEY.
L. H. B t
DATfSCA (old Greek name, applied to some doubt-
ful plant). Datiscdcex. Tall perennial herbs, one of
which is sometimes planted in gardens
Glabrous branching hemp-like plants with pinnately
compound or ternately divided alternate Ivs., the Ifts.
or segms lanceolate and usually serrate or toothed : fls.
usually dioecious, the stammate fascicled in the axils
and short-pedicelled the pistillate racarnose on axil-
lary branchletb, stamens in sterile fl 8-12-25, mostly
opposite the calyx-lobes, stamens sometimes present
in fertile fls but few and perhaps alternate with calyx-
lobes, ovary 3-angled at top, with 3 styles which
are 2-parted: fr. a narrow nboed many-seeded caps.,
opening between the stylos at the top — Species 2,
one in S E Eu and W Asia, and the other in Calif
and Mex ; the former is in cult abroad, requiring no
special treatment, prop, by seeds and division
The family Datiscacea* is placed near Bogomaceae
and Cactaceie It comprises two other genera of tall
trees, neither of which is recorded as in cultivation;
these are Octomeles, with two species in the Malayan
archipelago, and Tetrameles, with one species m East
India to Java
cannabina, Linn. Three to 7 ft.: Ivs odd-pinnate;
the Ifts. of 3 pairs, 2 in. long, deeply serrate, long-
acuminate: fls small, yellow, the females in long and
i «oep r« pnie Eu — Attractive bushy plants with grace-
ful foliage; both sexes should be grown, the female
being the finer for ornament
D olomer&ta, Brew & Wats , the American species, is apparently
not in cult 2H-4 ft , stout, glabrous, the sts clustered Iva ter-
nately divided or lobed stammate fls m clusters of 3, pistil-
late rla 4-7 together or scattered along short branchlets It is
the durango-root of the Coast ranges and Sierra Nevada
L.H.B.
1227. A triple form of Datura fastuosa, commonly
known as D. cornucopia.
DATURA (Arabic name) Syn. Brugmdnsia. Sol-
anctcex. THORN-APPLE Several large plants cultivated
for their huge trumpet-like flowers, which have an
odor that is very pleasant to some persons
Annual or perennial herbs, shrubs, and trees: Ivs.
large, entire or wavy-toothed1 fls large, solitary, erect
or pendulous, mostly white, with more or* less violet,
rarely red or yellow; calyx 5-toothed, sometimes
breaking apart near the base or splitting lengthwise:
corolla trumpet-shaped, with spreading 5-JO-toothed
limb; stamens 5, all perfect, shghtlv or not at all
exserted, the filaments slender; style long, the stigma
2-lobed* fr a large 2-celled caps., mostly prickly or
spiny, usually dry and 4-valved at top ^ut sometimes
fleshy and bursting irregularly, with large seeds. —
Some 15 species, mostly strong-smelling, in the warmer
parts of the globe, some of them weeds.
A few daturas are grown as flower-garden subjects,
or the shrubby kinds under glas>s or as tub specimens
The most popular kind in northern gardens is com-
monly called D. cornucopia (Fig 1227), which is espe-
cially interesting when its flowers develop two or three
well-defined trumpets, one within another Some-
times, however, these double flowers are a confused
mass of petalage Double and triple forms are likely
to occur in any of the species described below. The
horn-of-plenty has boon especially popular in America
since about 1895, when it was found in South America
by an orchid collector of the United States Nursery
Company, and soon became widely distributed in
"yellow, white, blue and deep carmine," all double
forms Daturas contain strong narcotics Large doses
are poisonous, small doses medicinal Separate prepara-
tions of Stramonium seed and leaves are commonly
sold m the drugstores. D. Stramonium (Fig 1228) is
the thorn-apple or Jamestown weed, the latter name
being corrupted into jimson weed Its foul, rank herb-
age and large spiny fruits are often seen in rubbish
heaps At the first successful settlement in America —
Jamebtown, Virginia, 1007 — it is said that the men ate
these thorn-apples with curious results Capt John
Smith's account of their mad antics is very enter-
taining It has been conjectured that this same plant
was used by the priosts at Delphi to produce oracular
ravings The heeds of D sangumea are said to have
been used by Peruvian priests that were believed to
have prophetic power
Daturas are of easy cultuio Some aro treated as
tender annuals In the North the woody species can be
grown outdoors in summer, and stored in cellars dur-
ing the winter; in the South and in southern Cali-
fornia they are almost everbloommg They are some-
times kept in cool conservatories the year round, in
which case they should be planted in the border, as
they rarely flower well in pots, their roots being large
ana spreading and requiring a constant supply of
moisture. This method produces great quantities of
bloom in spring. After flowering, the plants should be
cut in to the mam limbs
A. Fls. red.
sanguinea, Ruiz & Pav Tree-like shrub, 4-12 ft.
high1 branches fragile, leafy at the apex Ivs clustered,
5-7 from the samo point, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
almost 7 in long, 2^-2^ in wide, pubescent on both
sides, shining green above, paler beneath, the lower Ivs
wavy or angled, upper one entire; petioles 2}^ in. long,
channeled, pubescent, peduncles terminal, fls pendu-
lous, brilliant orange-red, about 8 in long; calyx
ovate, 5-angled, variegated, inflated. Peru B R. 1739
(as B tricolor) F S. 18:1883— All the other species
are said to be easily raised from cuttings, but this is
very slow to take root.
A A Fls. yellow.
chlorantha, Hook. Shrub, glabrous throughout: Ivs.
broadly ovate, almost triangular; margin wavy, with
short, rather sharp, very distinct teeth' peduncles axil-
lary, very short; fls pendulous, yellow; calyx tubular,
with 5 nearly uniform, short, triangular teeth. Habitat
unknown. B M. 5128 Gn 46 '429, 49, p. 379.—
Datura "Golden Queen" is presumably a horticultural
variety of this species While this species is horti-
culturally distinct by reason of its vellow fls., it is a
doubtful species botanically, being founded on a very
double garden form of unknown origin In Vilmorm's
DATURA
DAUCUS
971
Blumengartnerci, by Voss, it is referred to I) hunnhs,
Desf ., but D. humilis, in turn, IB perhaps a form of 1).
fastuosa.
AAA. Fls. normally white (sometimes touched with violet)
or purple.
B. Plants tall, 7-15 ft. high: blossoms pendulous.
c. Calyx tubular, with 5 obscure teeth.
suaveolens, Hurnb & Bonpl (D Gdrdneri, Hook )
ANGEL'S TRUMPET. Tree-like shrub, 10-15 ft high
Ivh ovate-oblong, 6-12 in long, 2)4-4 m wide, entire,
glabrous, petioled, often unequal at the base, fls
9- 12 in. long; calyx inflated, angled, glabrous, with 5
obscure teeth; corolla-tube plaited, the limb with 5
nhoit lobes, anthers crowded together. Mex. G C. Ill
1 1 393, 23.71 H II 2 433 —The double form is much
commoner in the gardens than the single. This is the
plant which is usually cult as D arborea. It is said to
be very distinct from the true D. arborea of Linn., but
it can be separated with certainty by the calyx.
cc. Calyx spathe-hke, not toothed.
arbdrea, Linn. (Brugtndnsia arbdrea, Steud.).
ANOLL'.H TKUMPET Small tree: Ivs ovate-lanceolate,
maigm entire, never wavy or angled, pubescent, m
pans, one a third shorter than the other; petioles 1 in.
01 more long fls with a musk-hke odor; calyx tubular,
entire, bpathe-hkc, acuminate; corolla-tube terete, the
lobes of the limb very long; anthers distinct, not con-
glomerate Peru and Chile G C II 11:141 —Most of
the plants cult under this name are presumably D
Miavtoluis The extent to which the true D. arborea
is cult is undetermined.
HB. ljlanl*> /es& tall, only 2-5 ft. high.
c. Blossoms wet, calyx not spurred.
fastudsa, Linn (D Hummatu, Bornh. D and B
cornucopia, llort ) Fig 1227 Annual, 4-5 ft high,
heibaceous Ivs ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, acute
and unequal at the base, toothed or uavy, glabrous
on both sides, solitary, UPJMT ones in pairs one of \vhich
is laigei, 7-8 m long, 2'<>-312 m wide, petioles \l/z~
21 2 m long fls ti'j-T in long, violet outside, whitish
\\ithm, <alyx pmple, angler!, 2 in long, 5-toothed, the
teeth tuangul.ir lanceolate, acuminate, 5 lines long,
2 3 lines v\ide cap*, spmv, subglobose, \l/± m diam
N;iti\c of India Natui.ih/.ed in the tropics of both
A\oilds KS 11 1157 Gn 4l> 224 III 12 25 —The
commonest garden datura Resembles the common
D Khamonium, but fls laigei Vur alba, Clarke (D
alba, Nees), has fls white or neaily so (D alba vai
ajncana, Fedde, is distinguished by its laiger Ivs ,
longer calyx, and corolla glabrous outside Italian
Somalilariil ) Var dftbia, Claike (D. dubia, Don D
Nilhumrnatu, Dunal), has spineless frs. Var Huber-
iana, Hoit, is a thick bushy cult form with large
fls of several colors, limning into yellowish, blue and
red; it is> said to be a hybrid with D chlorantfta
meteloides, DC (D Wrlqhtn, Hort ). Peienmal
(cult as an annual N ), glaueescent and puberulent
branches slender, foikcd. Ivs unequally ovate, almost
entire, acuminate, acute at both ends, upper Ivs often
in pans, the larger 2-2 H in l°n& 8~9 Unos wide,
petioles thickened at the base, 4-5 lines \vide calyx
tubular, the teeth mostly 5, corolla about 1-8 in long,
or twice as long as the calyx, 5-toothed, the teeth
slender-subulate caps 2 in diam , succulent, prickly.
Texas to Calif Gt 18f>9"260 RH 1857, p 571.
FS r2'12(i(). — Fls white, suffused with violet, fra-
grant. Occurs also in Noithern Mex.
cc. Blossoms pendulous; calyx icith a long spur.
cornfgera, Hook (D. and B. Knlghtn, llort).
Height 3-4 ft.: branches downy: Ivs chiefly at the ends
of branches, ovate, petioled, acuminate, margin entue,
wavy or angled fls pendulous, \N lute or creamy white,
62
veiy fragiant at night, striated, 5-lobed, the lobe ter-
minated by a long awl-shaped spreading or recurved
point, stamens included. Mex BM 4252. Brua-
mantiia Knightn seems to be a trade name for only
the double form. Gn. 45, p. 549.
Weedy annual species of Datura, mtro from the tropics or
warm countries and run free m this country, are D. Mitel, Lum.
Pubescent hs entire or slightly toothed calyx tubular, corolla-
limb 10-lobed, i in across caps nodding, prickly 3-5 ft fls
white— A> titramdmum, Linn *ig 1228 The common stramo-
mum or jimson-weed glabrous, green-stemmed Ivs ovate, sinuat"
or angled or even cut-toothed caps erect, with stout prickle*
2-4 ft fls white A very similar species but
\vith a smooth and spineless caps is D
intrmiH, Jacq — D Tdtuli, Linn Differs from
C Stramonium m having purple sts , and
t-purpl
the caps m
purple sts , and
r lavender Hs , and pricklea of
arly equal
1228. Pods of Datura Stramonium.
Other daturas more or leas cult abroad are* D ceratocaula,
Ort Annual, 2 ft branches horn-shaped Ivs broad-lanceolate
Us very large, inside white or light violet, outside bluish, opening
late in afternoon till middle of forenoon fr hanging, smooth
Trop A:mr BM 3352 — D corfinea, llort =D De Notcn —
— D tnlutsea auren, Hort Garden hybrid, parentage not reported,
with bright golden yellow fls — D De Ndten, Hort P-ohahly
•mnual 3ft fls fragrant, brilliant red, Ire* ly produced S \fr —
D jtrox. Linn St thick, glabrous, red at base hut otherwise green-
ur \vhite-pimetate Ivs rhombic -ovate, augled-toothcd calyx rt-
anglcrl and about 5-p<irted, .orolla light blue, the limb angulate
Ir unequally spiny, with 4 largi spines at top S Eu — D querci-
jolui, IIBK Annual, with gnen sts , the young growth somewhat
h s deeply simiate-pmnatifid fl^ as in D Tatula
bearing laige and unequal flattened prickles that are some-
s hm long Mex.
DAUBENT&NIA: Senbania.
WlLHKLM MlLLEK.
L. H B.j
DAtCUS (ancient Greek name). Umbelliferse. Per-
haps GO annual and biennial herbs of very wide distribu-
tion One or 2 species are native to N Amer ; one
species of Daucus is the common garden carrot, and
the wild foim of the same species is an abundant old-
field weed in the northeastern states. Aside from the
eairot, thero are no horticultural members of the genus.
Daucus com puses bristly or setose slender plants, with
pmnately decompound and often finely divided Ivs ,
very small fib in compound involucrate umbels, and
oblong mostly dorsally flattened frs The species are
mostly of the temperate regions of Eu., Afr. and
Asia.
Carftta, Linn Figs. 821, 822. Bristly biennial, with
twice- or thrice-pmnatmd Ivs., the ultimate divisions
cut and pointed fls. crowded in umbellets, mostly
white but sometimes blush or even pale yellow, some of
the marginal fls larger, rays of umbel numerous,
involucre of many elongated-subulate divisions, fr.
(or "seed") small, greenish or brownish, somewhat
convex on one side and plane on the opposite side
972
DAUCUS
DAVALLIA
grooved, bristly, aromatic. Eu. Under cult., the root
Has been greatly developed into many edible forms.
Var. Boissieri, Schwemf., from Egypt and also in
Spam, has blood-red or violet-colored roots. Gt.
1904:1527. L. H B.
DAVALLIA (a personal name). Polypodiacex. Ferns,
some of them grown under glass, and the smaller species
making good plants for hanging-baskets
Tropical plants, usually with firm, somewhat finely
divided foliage and coriaceous seini-cylindnc indusia,
which are attached at both the base and sides, opening
toward the margin of the leaf — Some twenty bpecies, m
many parts of the globe, some of them epiphytes.
The diverse habits of growth of the many different
species of davalhas, and their good lasting qualities,
peculiarly fit them under ordinary care for decorative
purposes, when delicate and graceful plants are desired.
Among the many species, the following are most often
seen and best adapted for commercial purposes. D.
bullata, D. parvula, very dwarf; D. pcntaphylla, young
fronds of a dark bronzy green, and D, Tyerrnannn
(Humata), are well adapted for hanging-baskets. D.
dissecta and var. elegans, D. concinna (Loxohcaphe) , D.
fyiensis and vars plumosa and major, D. facmculacea
(Loxoscaphe), D solida. D palhda (byn. Moorcana] and
D pyxidata are adapted for laige specimen plants. D.
tenuifolia (Odontosoria chinensis) and vars. »tncta and
Veitchiana are desirable for fern-dishes, because of their
dwarfish habit of growth and the ease with which they
may be raised from spoies — Old plants of davalha
may be cut into a number of smaller ones with a sharp
knife. Planted firmly into shallow pans and placed in
a temperature of 60° to 65° F., they soon develop into
symmetrical plants. The rhizomes should be firmly
fastened to soil by strong copper-wire staples, where
t hey will root in a short time. To gam a large number of
email plants, the rhizomes should be detached, cleaned
from all soil and roots, laid on band and thinly covered
1229. Davalha bullata, grown
as a "fern-ball "
with moss Placed in a shaded position in a temperature
of 65° to 70° F., and kept moderately moist, a number
of small plants will develop from the dormant eyes,
which may be separately potted as soon as of sufficient
size. Spores of davallia should be sown on a hue com-
post of soil, leaf-mold or peat and sand in equal parts,
and placed in a shaded position in a temperature of
60° to 65° F. All the operations of propagation of
davalhas will be most successful if conducted during
the spring months All davalhas delight in a rich and
open compost, an abundance of light and air, and mois-
ture at their roots, a temperature of 60° to 65° F. and a
thorough syringing every bright day. (N. N. Bruckner )
bullata, 3.
canarionsia, 8.
decurrcns, 6.
denticulata, 5.
dissecta, 11
divaricata, 12
clegana, 5, 8, 11.
INDEX.
fijienals, 10.
major, 10
Manesii, 4.
Mayi, 6
Mooreana, 13.
ornata, 7.
palhda, 13.
parvula, 2
pentaphylla, 1.
plumoaa, 10
poly ant ha, 12.
pyxidata, 9.
Bolidu, 7.
euperba, 7.
A. Lvs. once pinnate, with few linear seyms.
1. pentaphylla, Blume. Lvs. scattered, from a stout
fibnllose rootstock, 1-pmnate, with 1 terminal and 4-6
pairs of lateral pinnic, 4-6 in long, Kin- broad; son
in marginal rows. Java and Polynesia.
AA. Lvs. tn- or quadn-pinnatifid, deltoid.
B. Length of Ivs. less than 1 ft.
2. parvula, Wall. A tiny fern with sealy creeping
rootstocks, the Ivs. sessile or with stalks 1-2 in.
long, the blades 1A~%™ long, ^m broad, triangular,
2-3 pinnatifid, the segms. threadlike, pointed Singa-
pore and Borneo.
3. bullata. Wall Figs 1229, 1230 Rootstoek ereep-
mg, clothed with whitish or light brown hair-like
scales: Ivs. scattered, 0-10 in. long, 4-6 in wide, quad-
rtpmnatifid, with deeply incised begins , texture firm.
India to Java and Japan. FE 11 543 — Often sold
for house cult in the form of a fern-ball
4. Mariesii, Moore. Rootstock stout, with brownish
scales, which are lanceolate from a broad dilated base:
Ivs deltoid, 4-6 in each way, with the pinna' cut away
at the lower side at base, segms short -linear, 1 -nerved;
sori mtramargmal Japan G C. Ill 13 '571.
IJH. Length of li^ 1-2 ft
c. Foliage commonly tn- pinnatifid
5. denticulata, Mett (D Organs, Swartz) Root-
stock clothed with woolly fibers Ivs 9-15 in wide,
with the mam rachis slightly winged toward the apex;
indusia several to a segm , with the sharp teeth
projecting beyond the cups Ceylon to Austral, and
Polynesia
6 decurrens, Hooker Rootstoek stout, creeping,
fibrillose. If -blade 1-2 ft long, 9-15 in broad, triangu-
lar, the main rachis scarcely winged at the apex, 3-
pinnate, the segrns linear-oblong, broadly toothed;
son inside the margin Philippines. Var. Mayi, Ilort.
Graceful, much divided Ivs.
7. s61ida, Swartz (D ornata, Wall) Rootstock
clothed with appressed scales or fibers' Ivs 1—2 ft
long, 12-15 in wide, the center of the apex broad and
undivided, begins, bioad and slightly cut; mdunia
marginal Malaya Var. superba, Hort Lvs flat, in
young state tinted with red
cc Foliage commonly quadri-pinnatifid.
8. canari6nsis, Smith Rootstock stout, densely
clothed with pale brown linear scales' If -blades 12-18
in long, triangular, with ovate-rhombic, deeply incised
segms , son on entire segms , or with a horn outside.
Spain, Canaries, N. Afr. Var. elegans, Ilort Lvs.
finely divided.
9 pyxidata, Cav. Rootstock clothed with pale
brown linear scales: If -blades tn-quadn-pmnatifid,
6-9 in broad, with oblong segms ; son with a broad
space outside, which is extended into a horn-like pro-
jection. Austral
10 fijiensis. Hook. Lvs 6-12 in broad, with the
lower pinnse deltoid and the segms. cut into narrow,
linear divisions Mr-/4m long; son on the dilated apices
of the segms with no horn Fin Isls A F. 6 '900,
9 233 GC III. 23:323— One of the finest species,
with numerous varieties. Considered by some botanists
to be a variety of D. solida Var. plumosa, Bull Dis-
tinct from the species by the gracefully drooping habit
and feathery nature of the pendulous Ivs. Var major,
DAVALLIA
Moore. More robust: Ive. not so fine, lighter color
than the species.
1 1 dissecta. J. Smith. Rootatock stout, with dense,
rusty scales. Ivs. 10-12 m. broad, on straw-colored
stalks, segms oblong, cuneate at base, with simple or
bifid lobes, son minute, often with 2 projecting horns.
Java. Var. elegans, Hort. Similar to type but with
more graceful habit.
BBB. Length of Ivs. 2-3 ft.
12. divaricate, Blume (D. polydntha, Hook.). Root-
stock with linear rusty scales: Ivs. tn-pinnatifid, some-
times 2 ft. broad, with deltoid segms. cut into linear-
oblong lobes; sori at some distance from the edge.
India to Java and Hong Kong.
13 pallida, Mett. (D MooreAna, Mast.) Root-
stock stout, with lanceolate dark brown scales Ivs
with straw-colored stalks 12-18 in long, quadn-pin-
natifid, with deltoid, stalked segms , the ulti-
mate obovate-cuneate, bearing the sorus on
the upper side at the base. Aneityuin and
Borneo A F. 6:901; 9:231. A. G 13.143
For D concinna and D faemculacea, see Tx>xoscaphe
D platyphylla, nee Microlepia, D stncla, see Steuo-
lorna, D tenuifolui, see Stenoloma, D Tycrmanmi, see
Humata
Several other ferns are in trade under the name
Davalha, w hich are properly referred to other genera
Of these, disposition should bo made aa follows. D
alpina^- Humata repent, D anf/wstoto— Hurnata hetero-
phylla, D 6ra»i/i<>rt*j»=*=Sacpoloma ina?quale, D retusn
=Odontosona retusa, D <f>rm?/o/)«=OdontoHona chi-
nensie D amoeno, and D decora are names of uncertain
Btamling and application. R Q BENEDICT.f
DAVfDIA (after Armand David, French
missionary, botanized in China from 1862
to 1873) NyssAcex. Ornamental deciduous
trees, cultivated for their handsome foliage
and the large and showy white flowers.
Leaves alternate, blender-petioled, dentate,
without stipules: fls. polygamous, in dense
subglobosc heads consisting of numerous
stammate fls and 1 bisexual fl , with 2 large
bracts at the base; sepals and petals* wanting,
stamens 1-7, with blender filaments ; ovary
6-10-eelled, with rudimentary perianth and
a circle of short stamens on top of the ovary
at the base of the short and thick style, with spreading
stigmas: fr a drupe with a 3-5-seeded stone. — One
species in W China
This is a handsome tree of pyramidal habit, with
rather large and attractive bright green foliage, and an
object of striking beauty when studded with the very
large creamy white floral bracts The tree has proved
hardy in favorable positions as far noith as Massachu-
setts, it seems to be somewhat tender only while young
Apparently it grows well m any good fresh soil Propa-
gation is by seeds sown in spring, which soon germi-
nate, and by cuttings in summer of half-ripened wood
under glass, also by layers.
involucrata, Baill Pyramidal tree, to 60 ft , with
upright or ascending branches: Ivs. cordate-ovate,
acuminate, coarsely serrate, strongly veined, bright
green and finally gjabrous above, densely silky pubes-
cent below, 2}4-5 in long: heads terminal, peduncled;
bracts 2, opposite, rarely 3, ovate to oblong -obovate,
entire or serrate, creamy white, of uneoual size, the
larger to 7 m long and to 4^in. broad: drupe oblong-
ovoid, brownish, punctulate, about 1 Yi in long. May,
June: fr. in Oct W. China. Var. Vilmoriniana,
Hemsl (D. Vilmonnidna, Dode. D. l£ta, Dode). Lvs
glabrous and glaucescent below, or only sparingly
pubescent while young. B.M 8432 HI. 20*1961
GC. III. 33:235; 39:346. J.HS. 190357, 37:129,
fig. 113. R.H. 1906, pp. 297-9; 1907. p 321. R B.
34:230. This variety is better known m cult, than the
type. It was intro. in 1897 by Farges who sent seeds
DEBREGEASIA
973
from which a single plant was raised by Vilmonn.
Later E. H. Wilson sent seeds of the variety as well as
the type, from which a large stock of plants was raised
by Veitch ALFRED REHDEE.
DAY FLOWER: Commehna
DAY LILY: Funkia and Hemtrocalhs.
DEAD NETTLE: Lamium.
DEBREGEASIA (derivation un-
known, probably named after a per-
son) Syn , Morocdrpus. Urtic&ceae.
Upright shrubs, grown for their hand-
pome foliage and ornamental yellow or
red fruits, which are edible.
Leaves alternate, short-
petioled, serrulate, 3-nervcd at
the ba^f, rugose above, tomen-
toae beneath; stipules Difid: fls.
mono?nous or dioecious in uni-
sexual globose clusters arranged
in bmafl axillary cymes; stami-
na te fls. with usually 4-parted
perianth, with 4 short stamens;
pistillate with
urceolate or obo-
vate perianth much
contracted at the
mouth, with very
short usually 4-
tootbed limb, ad-
nate to the ovary;
k stigma pemcillate,
on a short style or
sessile: fr subglo-
bose consisting of
numerous small 1-
seeded fleshy drupe-
lets — Five or 6
species in China, S.
Asia and Abyssinia.
The two species in
cultivation, neither
of which is yet m
trade, are spreading
tender shrubs with
handsome slender
foliage, dark green
above, whitish be-
low, and small usually orange-red fruits resembling in
shape a small mulberry and produced profusely along
last year's branches. D lortgifolia is a stove-plant; D.
ednlis is hardier, and at the Arnold Arboretum sur-
vives the winter outdoors It is, however, killed back
nearly to the ground, but sends up numerous shoots,
and although it does not flower and fruit, it is an attrac-
tive bush on account of the striking contrast of the
dark green lustrous upper and the white lower surface
of the leaves. Propagation is by seeds and by green-
wood cuttings under glass.
edulis, Wedd. (Morocdrpus ediihs, Sieb. & Zucc.).
Shrub, to 6 ft.: branchlets appressed-pubescent, soon
glabrous: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate to elliptic, acuminate,
serrulate, rugose ana smooth above, whitish tomentose
below, 3-5 in. long: fr. orange-red, globose, about
Mm across, in small dichotomous cymes in June.
China, Japan.
longifdlia. Wedd. (D. vdiitina. Gaud. Conoctphalus
niveus, Wight). Shrub, to 8 ft.: branchlets villous: Ivs.
lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrulate,
rugose and rough above, white-tomentose beneath,
4-7 in long fr. orange-yellow or red, l/$m across, in
small dichotomous cymes. Subtropical Himalaya to
Java. R H. 1896, p. 321. G.C. Ill 39:232, suppl.
ALFRED RKHDER.
974
DECABELONE
DELARBREA
DFCABEL6NE: Tavaresm.
DEC AlSNEA (after Joseph Decaisne, French botanist,
who wrote much on the botany of cultivated plants;
180&-1882). LardizabaUiccy Woody subjects grown for
the large pinnate foliage and the conspicuous fruits
Upright sparingly branched shrubs: Ivs. odd-pin-
nate, large, with opposite entire Ifts fls polygamous, m
axillary racemes, slender-pedicel led; sepals 6, petaloid,
long-acuminate; petals wanting; stamens G, the fila-
ments in the stammate fl connate into a column,
pistils 3, growing into rather large oblong follicles
with numerous seeds in two ranks imbedded in a
white pulp — Two species in E Himalayas and m
W China
These are distinct -looking shrubs, in habit resem-
bling a large-leaved sumac, with long racemes of pendu-
lous greenish flowers similar in shape to those of a
yucca, but are smaller, and with conspicuous blue or
yellow fruits which are edible, but insipid. The Chinese
species has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum in
sheltered position, while the Himalayan is tender
They prefer a sheltered situation of warm southern
exposure and do not seern particular as to the soil.
Propagation" is by seeds
Ffirgesii, Franeh Shrub, to 15 ft : Ivs to 3 ft long,
glabrous; Ifts 13-25, elliptic, acuminate, short-petioled,
bright green above, glaucescent below, 2-5 m long*
racemes upright, many-fld ; fls nodding, campanulate,
greenish, 1-1 H m l°nK> sepals lanceolate, long-acurru-
nate, much longer than the stamens fr pendulous,
oblong-cyhndric, deep blue, 3-4 in long, about 1 in
thick, with numerous black seeds about l^in long*
April, May; fr in Sept. W China BM 7848. RH.
1900, pp 270, 271, 273 M D 1912.197
D tnsignis, Hook f <fc Thorns In habit, Ivs and fte , very little
different from the preceding «necies, but fr yellow, tli '
E Himalayas H M 0731 F S 15 1 n't I H .5 01
b&rbara, Lmn. (D. sarmentosa, Bosc). Climbing to
30 ft , but usually less high Ivs. ovate, obtuse or acute,
remotely denticulate or entire, glabrous and shining
above, 2-4 in long and 1-2 in broad corymbs 2-3 in
broad, semiglobose May, June. Va. to Fla , west to
La B.B. (ed. 2) 2.233. Mn. 1:41. G.C. III. 46 242,
suppl.
D 8in6nsi8, Ohv Very similar to the preceding, lees high Ivs.
generally oblong, obtuse or obtusish, I1 $-3 in long ami 'a-l in.
broad pedicels appressod-pubescont Cent China H I 18 1711.
>m the preceding «necies, but fr yellow, thicker, dined,
•us H M 0731 F H 15 1 n't I H .5 01
ALFRED REHDER
DfiCODON (Greek, ten-toothed) Lythraee* A
hardy perennial herb sometimes offered by dealers in
native plants Decodon is sometimes considered a
eubgenus of Nesapa, but is latterly kept distinct as a
monotypic genus It is distinguished from Ly thrum
by having 5 (rarely 4) petals instead of 6, and 10
stamens while Ly thrum has mostly 6 or 12 It has
opposite or whorled Ivs , the upper with axillary, short-
stalked clusters of fls
verticiliatus, Ell (Nesxa verttcillata, HBK ) SWAMP
LOOSE-STRIFE WATER-WILLOW Smooth or downy
sts. recurved, 2-8 ft long, 4-6-sided Ivs lanceolate,
nearly sessile* petals 5, cuneate-lanceolatc, rose-pur-
ple, %m long, stamens 10, half of them shorter.
Swampy grounds, N E to Fla , west to Minn and La
— Desirable for colonizing about ponds and m very
wet places. It runs into 2 or 3 varieties
DECUMARIA (Latin, (lecumus, tenth, referring to
the number of the parts of the flower) Saxifraqaceje.
Climbing shrubs, cultivated for their handsome glossy
foliage and clusters of attractive white flowers
Climbing by aerial rootlets Ivs deciduous, opposite,
petioled. ns m terminal peduncled corymbs, small,
white, perfect, sepals and petals 7-10: stamens 20-30:
fr a 5-10-cellcd ribbed caps opening between the ribs,
with numerous minute seeds. — One species m E. N.
Amer. and one in China.
These are ornamental climbing shrubs with handsome
glossy foliage and fragrant white flowers, forming a
corymb of feathery appearance, well adapted for cover-
ing walls, rocks, trellis work and trunks of trees; tender,
but the American species survives in sheltered posi-
tions as far north as Massachusetts, while the Chinese
is more tender. They thrive in almost any humid
soil Propagation is by greenwood cuttings m summer
under glass, rarely by seeds
pedi
DEERBERRY: Vacctmum ttam\neum.
DEERGRASS Rhex%a.
ALFRED REHDBR.
DEERfNGIA (Karl Deering, died 1749; born in
Saxony, practicing physician in London and author
of catalogue of plants of England) Awarantate<e.
About a half-dozen species of climbing herbs or sub-
shruhfl, from Madagascar to Austral , one of which is
offered in Calif Lvs alternate fls durcious or per-
fect, numcious and small, m terminal spiciferous
panicles, paits of fl 5, spieading under the succulent
mdehiscent f i , stamens 5, united into a ring D. baccata,
Moq (D celosithk*, R Br ), in Austral , E Indies and
elsewhere, is a smooth woody climber, 10-12 ft Ivs
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire, fls m
slender interrupted spikes 1 ft or less long, greenish
white berry red, nearly globular, ^m or less diarn.
BM 2717 The plant offered as D ranraata, described
a*- a slender-growing shrub that will climb if shoots are
trained up, long spikes of white fls , and Ivs in.irgmcd
with white, is probably a form of this species, 01 it may
br Bowa Amherrtiana (D A inherit tana, Wall ), which
has a form with variegated Ivs j, jj ft
DEINANTHE (Greek extraordinary, refeirmg to
the floucis being large foi the gioup) tinjufiaqacea-
Herbs or sub-shrubs of 2 species, 1 m Japan and 1
in China, at least the Chinese species having been
offered in England Of the Hydrangea tube, allied
to Cardiandra, but Ivs opposite lather than alternate
and stjle 1 -5-forked rather than 3 and separate.
D Cit-rulta, Stapf, from China, is a perennial herb,
1-1 1 2 ft high, with hoiizontal stout rootstock, the
solitary st from the tip of the rootstock Ivs about \
at the top of the st , ovate or broad-elliptic, shaiply
toothed fls steiilc and fertile, the foimei few, the
fertile much larger and nodding, the petals biightblue,
stamens blue, all constituting a terminal panicle B M
8373 D bijida, Maxim , has creamy white or puic
white fls with yellow stamens1, a different mfl , and Ivs.
deeply bifid at apex L. II B
DELABECHEA RUPfiSTRIS: Stereidut rupeotns
DELARBREA (after a French naturalist) Aiahacccr,
Tall tender shrubs from New Caledonia, grown in hot-
houses
Leaves alternate, decompound, gracefully arching, the
Ifts leathery and entire or slightly cut. fls falling very
early, in large umbellate-paniculate clusters, not very
showy Distinguished from Aralia by its round, not
angled frs — Two species. Cult same as Aralia.
spectabilis, Lmd & Andr6 (Ardhaconcinna, Nichols ).
St ashy gray, with brown, warty spots. Ivs odd-pin-
nate, Ifts in 8-10 pairs, each 1ft entire or 3-toothed or
twice cut, sometimes so deeply cut as to make 3 entirely
free scgms. IH 25.314. — Under the name of Araha
speclabihs, two different plants have been sold One
is Aralia fihcifoha The two plants can be dis-
tinguished at a glance The primary division of the
If in A jihcifolia is long and narrow, thrice as long
as in D. spectabilis, and tapering to a long point,
while in D spectabihs the primary division of the
If. is short and has 3 wen-marked segms In A.
Jihcifolia the secondary divisions are deeply and irregu-
DELARBREA
DELPHINIUM
975
larly cut; in D. apectobilis they are merely serrate.
The two plants are also immediately distinguished by
the black spots on the st. of D. spectahihs.
N. TAYLOR.f
DELAVAYA (after J. M. Delavay, French mission-
ary, who explored the flora of S. W. China). &apin-
ddcex. A tree from S. W. China, allied to Xanthoceras,
tfut differing chiefly in its 3-foholate Ivs and in the
much smaller fls. with a cupular disk. The only specicb,
I), toxocdrpa, {Fran eh (D yunnan&nms, Franch ), is a
small tree, to 25 ft. Ifts lanceolate, serrate, glabrous,
to 7 in long* fls. about ]/im. across, white, fr a
2-3-lobed woody caps with large brownish black seeds.
Reported as recently mtro. but probably hardy in
warmer temperate regions only. ALFRED REHDER
DELPHINIUM (Greek, a dolphin, from the resem-
blance of the flower). Ranunculacex. LARKSPUR A
group of beautiful hardy plants grown in borders for
their handsome spikes of flowers and stately sterns of
foliage They are of great value for cut-flower pur-
poses as the blooms keep well
Annual or perennial, erect, branching herbs: Ivs.
palrnately lobed or divided' fls. large, irregular, in a
showy raceme or panicle, sepals 5, petal-like, the pos-
terior one prolonged into a bpur, petals 2 or 4, small,
the posterior ones spurred, the lateral ones small, if
present, the few carpels always sessile, forming many*
heeded follicles Full double forms are
veiy common in a number of the
species (compare Figs 1232, 1233) A
Gray, An attempt to distinguish be-
tween the American Delphiniums, Bot
Gaz 12 49-51, 1X87 K Huth, Mono-
graphic dcr Gattung Delphinium, in
Eng Bot Jahib 20 322-499, 1895.
There are about CO species, native of
the north temperate zone, four of which are of
much greater popularity than the others: the
annual, D. Ajacis, and the perennials, D grandi-
florum, D hybridum and D formosum The last
three have been especially prolific in named garden
varieties See page 3568
Some of the garden varieties of delphiniums
are as follows. King of Delphiniums, semi-double,
and Duke of Connaught, distinguished by a deep
intense blue and conspicuous white center of the
large singular flowers, Mine Violet Geshn and
Julia, cornflower-blue varieties with white eye;
Amos Perry, a combination of nch rosy mauve,
flushed with sky-blue, Lizzie and Rev J J Stubbs,
spikes of vivid azure aiound deep brown centers
Combinations of sky-blue, pink and lavender are
striking characteristics of Diadcme, Excelsior,
Grille, Hallgarten, Libelle, Minerva, Niederwakl
and Seidenspmner, distinguished from each other
by white, brown or black centers. The petals of
Carmen are of deep gentian-blue and pmk, sur-
rounding a brown center; those of Lamartine and
Musea, lavender-blue; and Fehcite, sky-blue. — Of the
perpetual-flowering Belladonna class, the trade offers the
following named hybrids: Capri, clear sky-blue; Moer-
heuneii, pure white, Nassau, Mr Brunton and Persim-
mon variations in sky-blue and azure; while the light
graceful spikes of Semiplenum and Grandiflora show
a clear intense cornflower-blue. — Perfect double-flower-
ing delphiniums, though very handsome, are shy seed-
ers and a small percentage come true to color and
variety. They do not seem to share m the great popu-
larity of the singles. Of the latter the old species D.
chinense, D. Davidn, and the rather hard to handle
but otherwise beautiful yellow D. Zahl, are well worth
cultivating (R. Rothe.)
Rocket and Candelabrum are names used to desig-
nate the forms of inflorescence in the two annual spe-
cies. The "Rocket" or spike-like form is more com-
monly found in the Ajacis type, and the "Candela-
brum," with a number of short spike-hke heads of
different heights, is found more often in Consohda
Delphiniums thrive in any good garden soil, but are
improved by a deep, rich sandy loam, exposed to the
sun Deep preparation of the eoil is very important.
The annuals are propagated from seed, which are very
slow in germinating In the warmer latitudes they may
be sown in eurly fall and will then produce flowers early
the next season ; or they may be started indoors.
The perennials, may be propa-
gated (1) By root-division in the
fall or spring. The large strong-
growing species may be divided
into a number of plants after
growing in the flower-bed for sev-
eral years (2) By cuttings, about
which J B Keller says- "Take a
few cuttings from each plant in
early spring, when growth is
about 3 or 4 inches long, or else
use the second growth, which has
come after the flower-stems have
been removed Cuttings root
readily in a shaded frame, no bot-
tom heat being required, but an
occasional sprinkling during dry
and hot weather is neces-
sary. When rooted they
are treated like seed-
lings " (3) By seeds
started m the green-
house or hotbed in
March or even earlier.
The young seedlings
shoulof be given plenty
of room by transplant-
ing as they grow, and
may be set in the open
garden by June. If
started thus early they
flower the first autumn
The seed may be planted
in late spring or sum-
mer, care being taken
to water well during dry
weather, and flowers
will come the next sum-
,mer. To get the best
results, the perennials
should be transplanted
every 2 or 3 years Two
good crops of blossoms
may be secured in one
season by cutting away
the flower-stems of the
first crop as soon as the
flowers have faded; of
course no seeds will be produced in this way
In most climates where they are grown the roots
of the perennials are left unprotected, in the open
garden, during the winter This plan can be improved
by giving the bed or border a good dressing of barn-
yard manure about the time the ground begins to
freeze in the fall This will greatly enrich the soil
and also protect the underground buds during winter.
A much better show of flowers will be the result.
Because of their ability to use much fertility, it is
well to spade in the manure instead of removing it
in the spring. A top-dressing of manure near the plants
m midsummer is used to aid m forcing the "fall" or
second crop of flowers This dressing conserves the soil-
moisture, prevents weeds, and adds plant-food Such
applications of manure will make the plants more vig-
orous throughout. They will flower more profusely and
if desired, the roots can be divided much more freely.
1231. Delphinium Ajacis. (Xh)
976
DELPHINIUM
DELPHINIUM
INDEX.
Ajacis, 1.
columbianum, 22.
occidental*, 23.
albidum, 18.
albo-pleno, 17.
album, 17, 18.
Consohda, 2.
cultorum, 28
decorum, 9
pauciOorum, 13.
Prsewalskianum, 5.
Przewalskii, 5.
alpinum, 16
elatum, 16.
pyramidale, 16.
altissimum, 14.
exaltatum, 15.
scopulorum, 23.
azureum, 18.
flore-pleno, 17.
simplex, 21.
Barlowu, 27.
formosum, 25
etnenae, 17.
bicolor, 7.
Brecku, 17
grandiflorum, 17
hybndum, 6, 17, 27,
subalpmum, 23.
aulphureum, 6.
Brunonianum, 8.
28
tncorne, 11
cardinale, 4.
impenalis, 2.
trollnfohum, 20.
carolmianum, 18
Maackianum, 26.
vuiuneum, 18.
caahmonanum, 10.
Menziesu, 12.
virescens, IB.
cheilanthum, 24.
meaoleucum, 19.
Walken, 10.
chmense, 17.
nudicaule, 3.
Zalil, 6.
ccelestmum, 25.
Nuttallu, 22.
A. Annuals: petals only 2, united: follicle 1.
1. Aj&cis, Linn. Fig. 1231. An erect annual, about
18 in. high, with a few spreading branches: Ivs. of st.
sessile, deeply cut into fine, linear segms.; root-lvs.
similar, but short-petioled : ns. showy, blue or violet,
varying to white, more numerous than in D. Consolida,
in a spicate raceme: petals 2, united; calyx-spur about
equaling the rest of the fl.: follicle only 1, pubescent;
seeds with wrinkled, broken ridges May-Aug. Eu.
R.H. 1893, p 228 Same figure in SH 2 '282 —The
season of flowering is governed largely by the time of
sowing the seeds If sown in the fall, as may be done
m warm climates, the plants will produce fls by May
or June. But if the seeds be sown in spring no fls.
should be expected before July or Aug.
2. Cons61ida, Linn. (Consdhda arvensis^ Opiz). An
erect, hairy annual, 1-1 y% ft high1 Ivs similar to D.
Ajacis fls. few, loosely pamcled, pedicels shorter than
the bracts, blue or violet or white; petals 2, united: fol-
licle 1, glabrous; seeds with broken, transverse ridges.
June-Aug. Eu. Baxter Brit Bot. 4, t. 297. R H.
1893, p. 228 (var ornatum Candelabrum). G Z. 15:81.
Var. impenalis, Hort. (D. impenalis fl. pi , Hortv).
Fls. double From the English gardens — See above
species for sowing of seeds.
AA. Perennials, pure species: petals 4' follicles S-6
(Nos. 3-27}.
B. Sepals red.
3. nudicaWe, Torr & Gray St 1-1^ ft. high, gla-
brous, branched, few-lvd. : Ivs. rather succulent, 1-3 m.
across, lobed to the middle or farther 3-7 times, the
secondary lobes rounded and often mucronate; petioles
3-5 in. long, dilated at the base, fls pamcled; sepals
bright orange-red, obtuse, scarcely spreading, shorter
than the stout spur, petals yel-
low, nearly as long as sepals:
follicles 3, spreading and re-
curved, soon becoming glabrous;
seeds thin-winged Apr.-July.
Along (mountain streams, N.
Calif. B.M.5819. FS. 19:1949.
R.H. 1893, p. 259.— A good per-
ennial in the E.
4. cardinale, Hook. St. erect,
2-3 Y^ ft. high and much higher
under favorable conditions,
partly pubescent: Ivs smooth,
fleshy, deeply 5-parted, the
,
parts cut into long, linear lobes:
raceme elongated, many-fld.; fls.
bright red, with petal-limbs yel-
low: follicles glabrous, usually 3;
seeds smooth. July, Aug. S. Calif. B M. 4887. Gt.
RB.
1232. Single larkspur,
— D. grandiflorum.
6:328. F.S. 11:1105.
. 6:101. Gn. 19:234.
BB. Sepals clear yellow or tipped witfy blue.
5. Przewfilskii, Huth (D. Prsewalskidnum, Hort).
Nearly glabrous, often branched at base, erect, varying
much m height: Ivs 3-5 times deeply parted, parts
divided into narrow, obtuse lobes: fls clear yellow, or
sometimes tipped with blue; spur equaling the sepals:
follicles 3, densely hairy. July, Aug. Asia. — Intro 1892.
6 Zalil, Aitch & Hemsl. (D. sulphiireum, Hort D.
hybndum var sulphureum, Hort ). St. nearly simple,
erect, 1-2 ft high, rather glabrous, or becoming so.
Ivs. of several narrow, linear lobes, dark green; petioles
not dilating at the base: fls. large, light yellow, in long
racemes' follicles 3, longitudinally furrowed and ribbed,
seeds with transverse, fibrous
plates. June, July. Persia, i
Intro. 1892. B.M. 7049. Gn. '
50:434; 54, p 347; 71, p.
285 G.C. III. 20.247 —
Seedlings from tubers and
plants die down as if dead;
but they make a second
growth after a short period
of rest.
BBS. Sepals blue or varying
to white.
1233 Double larkspur —
D grandiflorum
c. Height 1 % ft. or kss.
D. Petioles dilating at the base.
7 bicolor, Nutt Erect, rather stout, yz~\ ft high,
from fascicled roots: Ivs small, thick, deeply parted
and divisions cleft, except perhaps in the upper Ivs ,
segms linear and obtuse: raceme rather iew-fld , the
lower pedicels ascending 1-2 in ; spur and sepals nearly
equal, ^m long or more, blue, upper petals pale
yellow or white, blue-veined, lower petals blue follicles
glabrous or becoming so May— Aug. Dry woods, Colo ,
west and north to Alaska
8. Brunonianum, Royle. MUSK LARKSPUR Sts.
erect, %~1 l/i ft high "plant some what pubescent upper
Ivs. 3-parted, lower ones remform, 5-parted, segms
deeply cut, musk-scented fls large, light blue with
Jurple margins, center black, spur very short, sepals
in. long, membranous and often clinging until the
fr. is mature: follicles 3 or 4, villose June, July. China.
BM. 5461. RB. 1863-34
9. decdrum, Fisch & Mey. St. slender and weak,
J^-l^ ft high, smooth or nearly so Ivs few, bright
green; upper ones small, 3-5-parted into narrow lobes;
lower and radical ones somewhat roniform in out-
line and deeply 3-5-parted, lobes often differing widely:
fls. m a loose raceme, or somewhat pamcled, sepals
blue, J^in long, equaling the spurs, upper petals at
least tinged with yellow, follicles 3, thiokish, glabrous.
Spring. Calif. Intro. 1881 B II. 26:64.
DD. Petioles hardly dilating at the base.
B. Upper petals never yellow
10. cashmerianum. Royle. Plant pubescent, not
very leafy: st. simple, erect, slender, 10-18 m. high:
root-lvs. orbicular, 2—3 in. diam , 5-7-lobed, coarsely,
acutely toothed and cut; petiole 5-8 in long; sts -Ivs.
short-petioled, 3-5-lobcd, cut like the radical ones, all
rather thick, and bright green, mfl. corymbose, the
branches rather spreading; fls. 2 m. long, deep azure-
blue; spur broad, obtuse, inflated, decurved, little over
half as long as sepals; upper petals almost black, 2-
lobed, lateral ones greenish: follicles 3-5, hairy. July-
Sept. Himalayas. RM. 6189 Gt 32-1105 Gn 18.568.
R.H. 1893, p 259.— Hardy in Mass., and choice.
Var W&lkeri, Hook. St. very short, leafy, many-
fld.: upper Ivs. less lobed or almost entire, small, long-
petioled: fls. very large, light blue with yellow petals.
Suited to rockwork B.M. 6830.
EB. Upper petals yellow or striped with yellow.
11. tricfirne, Michx. St succulent, about 1 ft. high:
Ivs. 3-5-nartod, with 3-5-cleft linear lobes, petioles
smooth, hardly dilating at the base' fls large, blue,
rarely whitish; upper petals sometimes yellow, with blue
DELPHINIUM
DELPHINIUM
977
veina, lower ones white-bearded; sepals nearly equaling
the spur: follicles 3-4, very long. Decoding glabrous,
strongly diverging; seeds smooth. May. Northern
states L.B C. 4.306 —Very beautiful and much used.
Best for rockwork The foliage dies down in midsum-
mer and the plant appears as if dead.
12 M£nziesii, DC Plant sparingly pubescent: st.
simple, slender, 1A~11A ft. high, few-lvd.: Ivs. small,
3-5-parted, the divisions mainly cleft into linear or lan-
ceolate lobes; peti6les hardly dilating at the base: fls. in
simple, conical racemes; sepals blue, somewhat pubes-
cent outside, nearly equaling the spurs in length;
upper petals yellowish, follicles 3, pubescent, or some-
times glabrous; seeds black, winged on the outer angles.
Apr -June. On hills, Calif, and northward to Alaska.
BE 1192
13. paucifldrum, Nutt. Roots oblong or fusiform,
fasciculate-tuberous, sts. slender, nearly glabrous, ^-1
ft high Ivs. small, parted into narrow, linear lobes;
petioles not dilating at base fls. and fr. similar to those
of D. Menziesii, but on shorter pedicels. May, June.
Colo, to Wash and Calif. Intro. 1892.
cc. Height usually more than 1 % ft.
D. Seeds wrinkled or smooth, not winged nor scaly.
E Follicles always 8.
14 altfssimum, Wall Plant shaggy-hairy above:
st tall and slender, branched Ivs. palmately 5-parted,
the divisions 3-lobed and toothed: bracts long-lanceo-
late fls blue or purple, in long, branching racemes; spur
straight or Hlightly incurved, equaling the sepals; petals
2-lobed follicles 3, erect; seeds not winged or scaly.
Aug , Sept Himalayas.
15 exaltatum, Ait St stout. 2-4 ft. high, smoothish:
Ivs flat, nearly glabrous, deeply cleft into 3-7 wedge-
hhaped lobes, which are often tnfid; petioles usually not
dilated at the babe fls blue, with yellow on the upper
petals, medium in size, on long, crowded, erect, pyrami-
dal racemes, sepals nearly equaling the spur in length:
follicles 3, pubescent or smooth; seed-coats irregu-
larly wrinkled. June-Aug. Borders of woods, Ala. to
Minn.
16. elatum, Linn. (D. alplnum, Waldst. & Kit. D.
pyramiddle, Royle) BEE LAKKSPUK Glabrous, 2-6
ft high. Ivs somewhat pubescent, 5-7-parted, part
rather narrow, cut-lobed; upper Ivs. 3-5-parted,
petioles not dilated at tho base, raceme much like D.
exaltalum or more spike-like, fls. blue, with dark violet
petals, sepals ovate, glabrous, nearly equaling the
spurs, follicles 3, seeds transversely wrinkled, not
scaly June-Aug B R. 1963 (as D. intermedium). F S.
12 1287 (var Jl -pi ). ll.H. 1859, p. ,529; 1893, p. 258.
— A polymorphous and complex species of Eu. It
is proDaole that all or nearly all the plants sold
here under this name should be called D. exaltatum,
which is a closely allied species.
17. grandifl&rum, Linn. (D. sinense, Fisch.). Figs.
1232, 1233 St rather slender, 2-3 ft. high. Ivs. rather
small, many times parted into nearly distinct, narrow,
linear lobes' fls large, blue, varying to white, the spur
and lower petals often violet, upper petals often yellow;
spuis long and taper pointed: follicles 3, pubescent;
seeds triangular, coats wrinkled, not scaly. Blooms in
midsummer Siberia. Intro. 1880. B.M.1686. Gn.46:
484. Var Album, Hort. Fls. pure white. Var. ftlbo-
pldno, Hort. Fls. double and pure white. Var.
fldre-plfcno, Hort. (var. hybndum fl.-pL, Hort ). Fls.
double, blue, very pretty. R H. 1893, p. 259; 1895,
p. 379 (same). — This group includes the most com-
mon and the most beautiful of the perennial delphin-
iums. Grandiflorum is also one of the most stately.
Its striking foliage remains beautiful throughout the
growing season. It is usually planted well back in the
hardy border because of its height, smaller plants
being in front. They may be massed as close as 2 ft. or
lees but produce a fine effect when 4 ft. apart.
Var. chinense, Fisch. St. very slender, not much
branched: Ivs and fls like the type, but fls. more
numerous China. L B.C. 1:71 — A favorite garden
form. The double blue form has been known as D,
Breckii, Hort.
EE. Follicles varying from 3-6.
18. carolinianum, Walt. (D azureum, Michx. D.
virtecens, Nutt.). Plant somewhat pubescent: st. \Yr
2^ ft. high, not much branched' Ivs 3-5-parted, the
divisions 3-5-cleft into usually linear lobes : racemes spi-
cate, usually many-fld.; fls. azure-blue, but varying to
whitish or white; sepals often with a brownish spot:
follicles 3-5, oblong, erect; seeds transversely wrinkled.
July. N C. to 111 , west and south P M. 16 '258 Var
Album, Hort. (var dlbidum, Hort.). Sts 2-3 ft high:
Ivs. larger than the type and with border divisions:
fls. creamy white. — The double form of this is not much
used.
Var. vimlneum, Gray. St. 2-4 ft. high, sometimes
branched, broader-lvd , looser-fld. : fls. violet or white,
Texas. B.M. 3593. B.R. 1999 (as D. azureum).
19. mesoleucum, Link. St. 3 ft. high, pubescent
above: Ivs. 3-5-parted, the segms. wedge-shaped and
deeply serrated; petioles somewhat dilated at the base:
fls. blue, with pale yellow or whitish petals: seeds not
seen. June. Nativity not known.
DD Seeds winged.
E. Upper petals never yellow.
20. trolliifdlium, Gray St 2-5 ft., leafy, often re-
clining. Ivs. thinmsh, large, often reniform at base,
3-7-parted; lobes wedge-shaped, incised, racemes in
larger plants 1-2 ft. long and very loose; fls blue, with
upper petals white; spur and sepals each %m long:
follicles glabrous; seeds with thin win^ or crown at the
end. April. Moist grounds, Columbia River. Intro.
1881.
EE. Upper petals often yellow
21. simplex, Douglas St nearly simple, 2-3 ft high,
soft-pubescent throughout: Ivs. many-parted, into
linear divisions and lobes: racemes dense, little
branched, fls pale blue, with upper petals yellow, lower
petals white-bearded, sepals equaling the spur fol-
licles 3, pubescent; seeds dark, with margins white-
winged. June. Mts. of Idaho and Ore. Intro. 1881.
22. Nuttallii, Gray (D columbidnum, Greene). St.
erect, simple, nearly glabrous, leafy, !H~2Mj ft-: IVH-
thinmsh, 3-5-parted, parts divided into many hhear-
oblong lobes' racemes long, many-fld ; sepals deep
blue, ovate, sparingly pubescent, shorter than the spur;
petals blue or upper ones yellow, lower ones white-
Dearded follicles 3, pubescent, rather erect; seeds thin,
dark, with yellow wings Summer. Low, open woods,
Columbia River Intro. 1892.
23. scopuldrum, Gray. St 2-5 ft , glabrous, at least
below: Ivs. 5-7-parted, the upper ones the more nar-
rowly cleft; petioles dilating at the base: racemes
simple, densely many-fld ; fls. blue or purple, rarely
white, upper petals often yellow; spur ^m. long,
equaling the sepals: follicles 3, pubescent; seeds large-
winged Aug , Sept. Moist ground, west of Rockies. —
A polymorphous species.
Var. subalplnum, Gray (D. occidentale. Wats.)
A smaller plant, pubescent above: broader divisions of
lvs.; shorter racemes, larger and deeper-colored fls :
follicles glabrous. Wasatch Mts.
24. cheilanthum, Fisch St. erect, simple or
branched, 2-3 ft.: Ivs. glabrous or slightly pubescent,
5-parted, the lobes pointed, sub-tnfid, and somewhat
toothed: fls. dark blue, the upper petals sometimes ptUe
yellow, the lower ones indexed, ovate, entire; s^wi*
978
DELPHINIUM
DENDK0131UM
rather long, straight or somewhat curved: follicles 3,
either glabrous or pubescent; seeds 3-cornered, 3-
wmged, not scaly. June, July. Siberia B R. 473.
J.F. 1, pi. 49. Gt. 13:253. P.M. 16:258 (as D. mag-
nificum).
DDD. Seeds scaly.
25. fonndsum. Boiss. & Huet. Fig. 1234. St. strong,
2-3 ft., hairy below, rather glabrous above' lower Ivs.
5-7-parted, long-petioled; upper ones 3-5-parted, short-
petioled or sessile, all alternate: racemes many-fld ;
fls blue, with indigo margins; spur long, violet, bifid at
the tip- follicles 3, pubescent; seeds scaly. June, July.
Asia Minor perhaps, but the origin of it is disputed. F.S.
12:1185 R.H. 1859, p. 528.
GZ 1:144. HF. 8.99.— The
most permanent form for nat-
uralizing, because it is so
hardy. If given rich soil and
good cult , it is one of the
most effective for use in the
permanent fl.- border. Var.
coelestinum, Hort. Fls. light '
blue.
26 Maackiranum, Regel.
Erect, 3 ft high, pubescent or
glabrous, branched above: Ivs.
pubescent on both sides, base
often truncate or remform,
3-5-parted, the parts serrate;
petioles dilated at the
base : peduncles yellow-
hairy, with the bracts
often inserted above
the base; fls. m loose
panicles; sepals blue,
naif as long as the
spurs; petals dark
violet : follicles often
glabrous, %m. long;
seeds small, distinctly
scaly July. Siberia
27. hybridum.Steph.
St 3-4 ft, pubescent
above' root somewhat
bulbous: Ivs. 5-many- -
parted; lobes linear;
petioles dilated and
sheathing at the base
racemes dense; fls blue, *
lower limbs white-
bearded; spur straight,
longer than the sepals'
follicles 3, hairy; seeds
ovate, with transverse
scales. June-Aug.
Mts. of Asia. RH.
1893, p. 258; same
cut in S.H. 2:282 —
There are many double
and semi-double varieties of this type. This is the
tallest and most robust of the popular species of Del-
phinium. It will respond well to fertilizer and cult.
When the clumps become large and strong they are
usually set about 4 ft apart. Young plants may be
set 2 ft apart and thinned a year or two later.
Var. Birlowii, Paxt Very large, semi-double fls..
deep blue, with browmsh^ center. A supposed hybrid
with D. grandiflorum. B.R. 1944. Intro. 1892.
AAA. Perennial, garden hybrids.
28. cultftrum, Voss (D. hybndum, Hort , not Steph.).
The general mixed and more or less undefiaable hybrid
delphiniums, constituting some of the choicest garden
ana border plants of many colors, single, semi-double
and double.
1234. Delphinium formosum. (XJi)
D. cteruUtcens, Freyn A 6ne Asiatic species, with wngle and
double forms P M 16 258 — D cdndidum, Hems! A dwarf
perennial fls pure white Uganda. B M 8170.— D cardwptta-
lum, DC , is a pretty annual, branching very low, the outer branches
very short, giving a pyramidal form when covered with blue fls.
R H 1893, p 228 — D caucdsicum, C A Mey. (D. spcciosum var.
caucasicum, Huth ) Similar to D cashmenanutn — D Davidii,
Franch Hairy Ivs 3-parted almost to the base fls light blue
China — D divancdtum, Ledeb Allied to D Consohda, but taller,
more branched, with smaller more abundant fls Caucasus and
Caspian region RH 1012, p 513— D macrocfntron, Ohv Per-
ennial, hairy in nearly all parts fls blue and green or yellow and
green E Trop Afr B M 8151 — D Moerheimei, Hort A garden
hybrid — D Pdrdomi, Craib Fls blue in somewhat lax raceme
China— D Pdrryi, Gray, is also listed in the trade, and M
closely allied to D Consolida — D WheHcni is listed in the trade
and is doubtless a variety of D speoiosum, Bieb , from E Asia.
Many other species may be expected m the lists of collectors and
fanciera K. C. DAVIS.
DEMAZERIA: Desmazena.
DEMERARA ALMOND: Terminate.
DENDRIUM. Leiophyllum
DENDR6BITJM (tree and life, they are epiphytic).
Orchidacex. Epiphytic orchids of great horticultural
merit, grown in hothouses and greenhouses
Pseudobulbs (sts ), tufted or arising at intervals
from a creeping st sometimes very short and thick,
more commonly elongated and often thickened at or
near the base, naked or leafy at time of flowering, fls.
usually showy, rarely small, m terminal or lateral
racemes which are long and lax or short and dense,
sometimes of a few fls , or sometimes reduced to I or
2, sepals about equal, the dorsal free, the lateral adnate
obliquely to the foot of the column, forming either a
short sac-like or long spur-like foot or mentum, petals
usually resembling the dorsal sepal, either broader or
narrower; lip jointed or adnate to foot of column,
3-lobed or entire; pollmia 4 — A large genus of about
600 species, ranging from India and Ceylon to Austral ,
New Zeal , Japan, and the Pacific Isls , being especially
numerous in the Malay Archipelago. There are nu-
merous hybrids, artifioally produced
There arc two well-marked sections in this genus for
the guide of the cultivator, the evergreen and me decid-
uous The first named bhould not be allowed to become
dry at the roots at any period, or loss of vigor will
result Among these, albo, are some that need warm-
house treatment all the time, such as D Phalsenop-
sis, D bigibbum, D Bensomse, D Brymenanum, D
Dearei, and others There are, m fact, but few among
the evergreen species that need a coolhouse, and of
these D formosum, D infundibulum and its variety
Jamesianum are conspicuous Apart from these, the
evergreen dendrobes should be kept in a warrnhouse
during winter where 60° F may be maintained —
All the deciduous species (typified by D Nobile, D
Wardianum and D Pierardu) need a marked resting
period, easily determined by the finishing up of the
growth in autumn, and the swelling of the nodes for
flowering in spring When at rest, it does not hurt the
plants to be subjected to a low temperature of 45°,
and it may be done to retard plants for later blooming,
allowing the day heat to be regulated by the sun,
with plenty of ventilation on favorable days. After the
pseudobulbs have flowered, they cease to be of value
to the plants, and should be cut out; if there are por-
tions that have not produced flower-buds, these may
be used for propagation, cutting the pieces into lengths
of several joints or nodes, and laying them on moss
m a warm propagating-house or -case, when they
will soon produce growths The above also applies
to the hybrids, now so numerous, that have been
raised from the deciduous Indian species. — Another
section that requires warmth in winter, and now very
much grown for cut bloom, is represented by D.
Phalsenopsis and D. bigtbbum. These are Australian,
quite distinct m growth, and usually short-lived in
cultivation The flowers are produced freely for a
XXXV. Dendrobium superbum as grown in the American tropics.
DENDROBIUM
few years, are very decorative, and the plants may
be increased by taking off the young plants that often
appear on the stems These often can be grown
on to strong flowering specimens, and thus the stock
maintained When wintered in a temperature less
than 00°, the plants suffer, and great care is neces-
saiy at the time the young growths appear in spring
to prevent damping off. Small pots or pans are best,
and always keep the plantb suspended near the sun
and air The evergreen tropical species, as D densi-
flontni, D. thyrsiflorum, D aggregation, D Farmcn, D
moxchalum, D. fimbnatum and D Dalhoubicanwn, also
need warmth in winter and must not be dried severely
during the rest ing-period or loss of vigor will ensue at
the price of blooming Thus section of the genus pro-
duces flowers from the old btems for many years It
frequently happens that growths made in India will
bloom long after the plants have become established
in gardens it is thus unwise to cut old growths unless
the}' become withered or dead Enough water may be
given to keep the plants plump, and the flowers will
be produced freely in their season In some species,
growth begins before or at the time of bloom This is
usually a sign of extra vigor and should not be dis-
coui aged The proper time to repot with all plants of
flouermg age, is when they begin to recuperate in early
summer after the bloom is past, young roots will be
seen pushing out at the base of Jie stems, and if this
is anticipated by a week or two, the new matenal is
soon taken to by the roots and no check is experienced
Good sound osmundme is the best material, always
using small receptacles rather than large, and if larger
than a 6-mch pot or pan, use perforated ones The
root 'i do not like exposure, but the material will be
kept in a s\\eet healthy condition Moss is best avoided
in most cases, it often fails to grow, and is inimical to
the \\elfare of the plants, when it does grow, it holds
too much moisture about the roots. (E O Orpet )
DENDROBIUM
979
aggrogatum, 57.
nlhifloiuiii, 32, 70
albo-san^antum, 50
album, 28, 32, 33, 4b,
74
AMIPHUO, 32
arncpnum, 22
amcps, 2
anophulmum, 54
nnomum, 48
Apluoditp, U
o-fl.i
70
aurpum, iS, \2
Bcilhanum, 32
Itarbatulum, b7
Barbon.tnuin, 16.
Bonsonue, 29
hiKibbuni, (.2'
HnJHlllll, il
brtu hy-.lachyiim, 55.
briiijlnniin, 58
Bronpkaitn, b9
Brympuanmn, 3b
Bulltniannm, 14
Hullenanum, 31
(•ulipolaria^ W
ciimtnr-idtjtanum, 5i.
caruhdum, 20, 62
capillipps, 71
< arimterum, 7
(hlorocpnuum, 51.
dirvwinthum, 54.
<hrj.sotoxutn, 72
tUvatum, 43
po?rules( < ns, 32
Coli-iani mum, 32
uropidituii., 28'
crptaccum, 30
cruttiitum, 3
INDEX.
crmucrmtum, 76
cryMtalhnum, 23
cutullntum, 2->
pumulatum, 12
nalliousieanum, 37
Dirtoisianutn, 29,
04
Daynnum, ib.
DP-IIPI, 1J
dcn-iflorum, bb, 74.
D.vomanum, 15
ciixnnthum, 39
(Irncoms, 10
elt-K-iri^, 32, 71
injtlnuxanthum, 14.
la.tlHHTI, 19
Fariiii n, 70
firur, 59
fimbnatum, 40
Findlajinum, 18
Fitzgeialdu, 61
formosanum, 32
FowTpn, 33
Fret mann, 20
fuwtum, 44
l-ytchianum, 67.
Gibsonn, 44.
giganteum, 9, 19, 27,
,48
gratiosisiimum, 31.
Gnffithianum, 75.
(Juibertii, 75
het< rocarpum, 42.
hololcucum, 63
Hookenaimm, 55.
Hutlonu, 4S
infundibulum, 6
japomcum, 21
ja^pidium, 32.
JenkmHH, 56
Kingianum, 60
lutitoiiuin, 25
Ipupolophoturn, (>8
Lirmwiantim, 17
49.
Lmdpnue, 63
htmflorum, 20
LoddigPMi, 47
loiiRicornu, 5
luteoium, 51
luteuin, 37, 53
MacCaithiJ-, 4
MntfirLinri, 1
macropliyllum, 48,
mfpmpMalmum, 54.
mtmiltfianu, 17
mos( hatum, 38
murrmmapuui, 32.
mveuni, 11.
nobile, 32
nobiliuq, 32.
nodatum, 11
ochreatmn, 53.
opulatum, 40
Owpnianum, 32.
Palppbrae, b5, 70.
Pariahn, 26
Paxtonit, 54
pendulum, 16
Phala-nopsi^ 63.
Piprardu, 25
primulmum, 27.
vuh helium, 47.
Rajah, 32
ramosum, 52
reguun, 34
rhodopterygmm, 35.
rhombuidenm, 42
Kichardn, 48
roscum, 28, 67
liothsohildianum, 63.
llothwclliamim, 32.
rul>esc(>ns, 63
sain ranee, 14
Sandpnanum, 32.
ricbneukuariunj, 32
INDEX, CONTINUED
Kphrooden, 74. stenoptcrum, 59 Tolhunum, 32.
Schroodenanum, 32, euavis-nmum, 72 tortile, 64
bj sulcatum, 73 transparens, 24
Xcortechinu, 48. sulphureum, 42. Veitchuinum, 59
8Pfundum, 11 Hummittnse, 32 virginale, 32
.SV idehanum, 47. suporbieni, hi Walkerianum, 66.
»ujwitum, 29. superbum, 48 Wardianum, 33
Hplc ndenn, (>3 thuiulcrftlcyenwe, 63. xantholeucum, 33.
Htattenanum, 03. thyrsiflorum, fab
GENERAL KE^i TO hECTlONb.
A. Lvs. cquitant.
SECTION I. Species 1 and 2.
A A Lvi not equitant
B. Lf -sheaths black-hairy .
SECTION II. Species 3-10
u B Lf -sheaths not black-hairy
c Pseudobulbs not thickened at base.
D. Mentum or chin of fls elongated
SEC AON III Species 11-14.
DD Mentum or chin of fls short (rather
long in D ramosum)
E. Fls usually in pains, rarely 1 or 8
or more
¥ The pseudobulbs leafless at floiver-
ing time. SECTION IV gpccics 15-44.
FF. The pteudobulbs leafy at flowering
time
SECTION V Species 45-55.
EE. Fki in 3- to many-fld. racemes (single
in D JcnkinAii)
F. The pseudobulbs 1-hd , &hort, fusi-
f°rm' SECTION VI. Species 56 and 57.
FF The psevdobulbb sever al-hd
a Racemes rtry short, glomerate
SECTION VII Species 58.
GO Racemes usually long, not glom-
erate
H. Sepals and petals hairy ex-
ternally, Id Ural lobes larger
than middle lobe of lip.
SECTION VIII. Species 59.
HH. Seijals and pttals glabrous
externally
I. Pisiudobulbs gradually at-
tenuated from a thick
bulbous base.
SECTION IX Species 60.
II Pbrwlobulbb not bulbous at
HWIAC
j Fls , at least the hp, pur-
ple or red
SECTION X Species 61-63.
jj Fls white or yellow
SECTION XI. Species 64-75.
CC Pseudobulbt futifoim -thickened above
base, atti minted beyond
SECTION XII Species 76.
SECTION I.
A Pseudobulbt> leafy at base, naked above 1 Macfarlanei
A A Pscudohulbv hafy throughout 2 anceps
1 Macfarlanei, Keichb Pseudobulbs erect, nearly
cylmdnc, up to 9 in. tall, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs 3-4 in long:
racemes 8-I5-fld , fls 4-5 in. across, white, except the
purple mui kings on lateral and middle lobes of lip.
New Guinea
2 anceps, Lindl. Pseudobulbs tufted, compressed,
5-8 in. long Ivs up to 3 in long, fleshy, laterally com-
1>ressed fls axillary, solitary or in very short racemes,
emon-> ellow at maturity Trop Himalayas BR 1239
B M 3008 and L B C. 19 1895 (as Aporwn anceps).
980
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
SECTION II.
A. Raceme 1-S-, rarely S-fld
B. Mentum of fls very short, sepals and
petals green, yellow-margined 3. cruentum
BB. Mentum of fls long, extinguisher-
shaped
C. Sepals and petals white, not keeled
D. Fls l%-2 in across, lateral
lobes of lip manifest
E. Middle lobe yellow, reflexed,
lateral lobes yellowish green 4 scabnlmgue
EE Middle lobe white, yellow-
marked, fimbriate 5 longicornu
DD. Fls 8 in across, lateral lobes of
lip indistinct . 6 mfundibulum
cc. Sepals yellowish white, keeled . 7 carimf erum
AA Raceme 3-8-fld
B Fls yellow 8 Lowii
BB Fls white
c Petals broad, oval or obovate . 9 formosum
cc Petals oblong-lanceolate, narrow. 10. dracorus
3 cruentum, Rcichb. Pseudobulbs erect, 10-12 in.
tall fls. 1H~2 in- across, sepals triangular-ovate,
keeled; petals linear, lip 3-lobcd, the lateial lobes
scarlet, the middle lobe pale green, red-margined.
Malay Penms. G C. Ill 18 91
4 scabrilfngue, Lmdl Pseudobulbs erect, 8-14 in.
tall fls about 1 ^ in across , sepals and petals similar,
ovate-lanceolate, white; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes yel-
low-green, the middle lobe reflexed, yellow with orange-
yellow lines. Burma. B.M. 5515 (as D, hedyosmum).
1235. Dendrobium Dearei.
(XH)
5. longictirnu, 'Lindl. Pseudobulbs 8-14 in tall,
^lender fls 2-3 in across, white except a central orange
or yellow band on lip; sepals and petals similar, clhptic-
oblong, lip fimbriate, spur slender. Burma. B R. 1315.
6. infundibulum, Lmdl Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft.
long, cylindnc, slender: fls. about 3 in across, white
except the yellow blotch on the lip; sepals oblong-
elliptic, less than half as broad as the nearly rhomboid
petals; lip resembling a wide-mouthed funnel Burma.
B.M. 5446. I H 21:172 COG Var Tamesianum,
Hort. (D Jamesi&num, Reichb ) Pseudobulbs stouter
and stiffer: lateral lobes of lip roughened on the inner
surface; disk cinnabar Gn. W 9.485
7 carinlferum, Reichb. Pseudobulbi 6-10 m tall,
nearly cylmdric. fls about l^m. across; sepals yellow-
ish white, fading white, narrower than the ovate white
petals; lip 3-lobed, the triangular lateral lobes red-
orange, the middle lobe hairy, red-orange at the base,
the front part white or pale orange; spur long, obtuse.
Burma.
8. Ldwii, Lmdl. Pseudobulbs 8-15 in tall, slender:
fls \Yjr2 m. across, buff-yellow, sepals narrower than
the undulate petals, lip distinctly 3-lobed, the lateral
lobes tipped with red, the oblong middle lobe reflexed,
marked with 6 lines of red hairs. Borneo B M 5303.
FS 23.2395 C.O 30
9 formftsum, Roxbg Pseudobulbs up to 1J£ ft.
tall, cylindnc fls. 3-4 in across, white except the yel-
low mark on lip; sepals oblong-elliptic, about half as
broad as the obovate petals; lip retuse, erose Khasia
Hills BR 2564 FS 3.226 PM 649. COS.
OR 15. frontispiece Var. giganteum, Hort Fls. 4-5
m. across GC III 24.471 Gng.l' 118-9 F.E.
10.1240. FS 16 1633-4 G 25 385
10. dracdnis, Reichb. Pseudobulbs up to 11A ft.
tall, fls about \Yi in across, white except for some
orange-red stripes at base of lip, sepals narrower than
the petals, lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes small, the
oblong-oval middle lobe crisped and minutely toothed.
Burma. B M. 5459 (as D. eburneum).
SECTION III.
A. Raceme secund 11. secundum
A A Ratctne not secund.
B Bracts small raiemes not cajntate
c Fls ro<sy purple, about 1 in across 12. cumulatum
cc Fh white, about 2 y\ in acrost, 13 Dearei
BB Bracts large, colored race tries capital 14 Bullemanum
11 secundum, Wall Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft tall,
cylindnc fls narrow, less than 1 in. long, rosy purple,
on one side of the raceme; lip with an apical orange
blotch Sumatra B R 1291 B M 4352 C O 35.
Var mveum, Hort Fls white.
12 cumulatum, Lmdl Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft long,
pendulous fls rosy purple, in shoit racemes with a
purple axis; sepals and petals similar, oblong, lip
oblong-obovate, spur obtuse, slightly curved. Burma.
B.M 5703
13 Dearei, Reichb. Fig 1235. Pseudobulbs up to
3 ft long fls white, 2-2 y2 in across, in 5-7-fld.
racemes, sepals lanceolate, acuminate, about one-thud
as broad as the oval petals, lip oblong, obscurely 3-
lobed, a pale yellowish green band across the middle;
spur funnel-shaped, elongated Philippines. V.O.
3 37 G W. 1 225 O 1912 18 C O 36
14 Bullenianum, Reichb f (D xalaccense, Hort ,
not Lmdl D erylhroxdnthum , Reichb f ). Pseudo-
bulbs 10-18 in tall racemes densely fld , fls yellow,
striped with purple, dorsal sepal and petals oblong;
lateral sepals oblong, acute, about as long as the obtuse
spur, lip oblong, from a long linear base, acute. Philip-
pines
SECTION IV.
A Sepals and petals not yellow
B Lip deeply fimbriate 15. Devonianum
BB Lip entire or minutely fimbriate.
c. Nodes of pscudobulb much thick-
ened
D. Pseudobulbs thick.
E Internodes abruptly depressed-
globose, thickened at apex 16 pendulum
EE. Internodes gradually thick-
ened toward apex
F. Front lobe of lip ovate,
reflexed, purple 17. Linawianum
FF Front lobe of lip orbicular-
ovate, yellow IK Findlayanum
DU Pseudobulbs wand-hke, slender 19 Falconer!,
cc. Nodes not thickened, or but slightly
so
D Internodes usually more than 5
hmet longer than broad
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
981
K. Lip curved like a trumpet,
sepals and petals purple .... 20. htuiflorum
EE. Lip not curved.
F Fls white . . 21. momle.
FF. Fls with st pa Is and petals
white, tips colored,
G. Throat of lip yellow
H. Middle lobe violet,
white-margined . 22. amoenum
HH Middle lobe yellow, tip
ro6C . 23 crystalhnum
oo Throat of hp purple 24 transparens
FFF Fls with tfjvls and petals
mauve, hp primrose 25. Pierardii
DD Inter nodes usually less than 6
tunes longer //win broad
E Fls 2]/2 m aciost, or let>3.
F Color nolit-purple . 26. Parishii
FF. Color white or lilac
Q Lip primrose-yellow,
sfpal^ and pttals lilac 27 pnmulinum
OQ. Lip with ground color
white, a large light or dark
yellow blotch in center
H Blotch not marked,
base plaited . 28 crepi datum
DH. Blotch marked
I W ilk 2 basal purple
spot& 29 Bensomae
II. With reddish orange
linti>
j. Shape of lip ob-
tuse, blotch light
yellow 30. cretaceum
jj. Shape of lip acute,
blotch deep yel-
low 31. gratiosissi-
EE. Fls exceeding 2} 2 in across [mum
F Ground-color of sepals and
pttals white
G Throat deep purple 32 nobile
GO Throat yt llow, with 2 pur-
pl( vpoh 33. Wardianum
FF. Ground-color of sepals and
petals rose
G. Front lobe of hp rose, the
throat yellow 34. regium
GU Front lobe of lip white-
margirud, the throat
with 2 dark spots . . 35 rhodoptery-
AA. Sepals and petals yellow [gmm
B. Lip dee ply pectinate-fringed .... 36 Brymen-
BB. Lip not fringed [anum
c Disk pilose, 2 large purple fnngcd
spot,-, at base of hp 37 Dalhousie-
CC. Disk not pilose, nor with fringed [anum
spots
D. The hp Clipper-shaped . . . .38. moschatum
DD The hp not Clipper-shaped.
E. Unicolored, yellow
F SJuipe of sepals and petals
acute, lip minutely serrate 39 dizanthum
FF. Shape of sepals and petals
obtuse, hp fimbnate 40 fimbnatum
EE. Bi-colorcd, yellow with purple
markingi
F. Apex ofhp acute; sepals and
petals pale yellow
O. Front lobe nearly rhom-
boid, cream-margined 41. Aphrodite
GQ. Front lobe ovate, red-lined,
the apex recurved 42 aureum
PF. Apex of hp rounded, sepals
and petals rich yellow.
G. Fls. 8\£ in or more
across, hp with a single
large spot.
H. Lip serrate or shortly
jimbriatc, floral bracts
large. . 43. clavatum
HH. Lip fimbnate, the divi-
sions branched, floral
bracts small 40. var oculatum
OO. Fls. about £ in across,
lip with 2 apot* 44. Gibsonii
15. Devonianum, Paxt. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft
long, round, pendulous: fla single or m pairs, about 2
in across, sepals and petals white tinted amethyst
at the apex, the sepals about half as broad as petals,
lanceolate, the petals ovate, acute, cihate; lip white,
fnnged, the apex purple, and 2 orange blotches in the
throat N India to S China B M. 4429. J.II. Ill
31107, 52.317. GC III. 7. 680. C O. 23. OR
4 177, 12 152
16 pendulum, Roxbg Pscudobulbs abruptly swol-
len at the nodes, up to 2 ft long, somewhat pendulous,
fls solitary or 2 or 3 together, 2-2 ]/% in long, sepals
and petals white, purple-tipped, acute, the petals
broadei than sepals, lip white, cihate, pubescent on
upper surface, the center yellow, the front margin
puiple Moulmem BM 5766 (as D. crcibsinode).
CO 10 OH 2 177; S 177 Var Barberianum, Hort
Fls blighter, the apical spots larger and deeper.
17 Lmawianum, Ileichb (D momhforme, Lmdl ,
not Swait/) Pseudobulbs with mtcrnodes gradually
thickened toward apex, up to \l/2 ft. long, clavatc:
fls in pairs or 3's, about 2 in across, sepals and petals
rosy purple above, white below, the sepals half as broad
as pet.ils, Up obscurely 3-lobed, small, the front lobe
purple, the lower part white with 2 purple spots on
disk China and Japan BM4153 P M 3 77
18 Fmdlayanum, Pai & Ileichb. Pseudobulbs with
mternode^ giadually thickened toward apex, up to 1H
ft long fls in pairs, 2-3 in across; sepals and petals
IKile lilac, the sepals much narrower than the petals;
ip yellow, white-maigmed Burma B M 6438. Gn
40 416 (I M 44 373 (var roscww). O H 8 160
10 Falconeri, Hook Pseudobulbs slender, up to
1^2 ft long fls solitary, 2-3 m across, sepals and
petals white, purple-tipped, the former tinged with
pale rose, the petals broader than sepals, lip obscurely
3-lobed, the thioat deep purple, with an orange spot
on each side and a white band m front, the acute apex
purple N India B M 4044. I II. 23 243 F M.
1876 226 G Z 31 145. Var giganteum, Hort. Pseudo-
bulbs larger fls larger and lasting longer.
20 htuifl&rum, Lmdl Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft long,
pendulous fls in pairs, larcly more, 2-2 H in across;
sepals and petals amethyst, the former paler at base, the
latter the more richly colored, the sepals much narrower
than the petals, lip'euived like a trumpet, the opening
turned up, the throat purple, surrounded by a white
zone, the margin purple Burma B M 6050 Var
candidum, Ileichb Fls larger, the sepals and petals
white, the lip sulfur-yellow. Var. FreSmami, Hort.
Sepals and petals deeper m color, the hp with a sulfur-
yellow zone
21 monile, Kranzl (D japdmcum, Lmdl ) Pseudo-
bulbs up to 1 ft long, slender-clavate: fls solitary or in
pairs, fragrant, white except for a few purple spots on
the lip, sepals narrower than petals, both acute; lip
acuminate, leflexed at apex S Japan B M 5482
22 amdfenum, Lmdl Pseudobulbs up to 11A ft
long, slender fls solitary, or sometimes in 2's or 3's,
about 2 in across, sepals and petals white, amethyst-
tipped, lip with the front lobe ovate, amethyst mar-
gined with white. Nepal BM 6199. G C II 16 625
23. crystdllmum, Reichb f Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft
long, somewhat pendulous, fls. solitary, or sometimes
m 2's or 3's, about 2 m across, sepals and petals white,
tipped with amethyst, or this sometimes lacking in the
sepals which are much narrower than the petals, hp
with a yellow middle lobe margined white Burma
BM 6319. Var. filbens, Hort Sepals and petals
pure white; lip rich yellow tipped with white.
24. transparens, Wall Pseudobulbs up to 20 in.
long, slender: fls m pairs or 3's, about l}4 m- across,
white, the sepals, petals and hp tipped pale mauve,
sepals lanceolate; petals oblong-elliptic; lip recurved
982
DENDROBIUM
at the obtuse apex, the disk with a large purple spot
India. BM.4663. J.F. 1:68. C.0. 27.
25. Pierardii, Roxbg. (D. cuculldtum, R. Br ).
Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft. long, slender, pendulous: fls.
commonly in pairs, up to 2 in. across, sepals and petals
pale rosy mauve, acute, the sepals lanceolate much
narrower than the elliptic-oblong petals; lip obscurely
3-lobed, pale primrose-yellow, pubescent on the upper
surface, purple-streaked at base India B R 548
(as D cucullatum); 1756. On 55, p 405 FS 9*955
LBC 8-750. C.O pi 26. BM 2242 (as /). cucullatum) ;
2584. Var. latifdlium, Hort. Lvs. broader.
26. Parishii, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 15 in.
long, curved, rather stout: fls solitary, or m 2's or 3's,
amethyst-purple with 2 maroon spots on each bide of
the throat of lip, sepals oblong-lanceolate, narrower
than the oval-oblong petals; lip downy, apiculate.
Moulmem. B.M 5488.
27. prixnulinum, Lmdl. Pseudobulbs up to 20 in.
long, erect or nearly so, rather stout: fls. solitary or in
pairs, 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals pale mauve-
lilac, oblong, obtuse; hp pale primrose-yellow, purple-
streaked at base, the middle lobe very broad Nopal
andSikkim Gt 1861.326. J.H III 50 '377 B.M. 5003
(as D nobtle, var ) Var. gigantdum, Hort Pseudobulbs
pendulous, more slender: fls. larger, the lip sometimes
veined with pale rose
28 crepidatum, Lmdl. Pseudobulbs up to 1H ft.
long, nearly erect, rather stout, longitudinally marked
witn white lines fls in 2's or 3's, about 1^2 in. across ;
sepals and petals white, tinted lilac, obtuse, the .sepals
oblong, narrower than the petals; lip white tinted lilae,
sometimes downy, the front lobe obtuse or retuse, the
middle orange-yellow Assam. B.M 4993. 5011 C.O
40. Var. rdseum, Hort. Fls. darker. Var. Album,
Hort. Fls white
29 Bensonise, Reichb. f (D Dartoiswnum, Do Wild
D. signdtum, Reichb f.). Pseudobulbs up to 32 in. long,
erect, rather slender, fls solitary, or in 2's or 3's, 2-
2% m across, white, the disk of the lip yellow with 2
maroon spots; sepals oblong, obtuse, much narrower
than the petals, hp with the front lobe orbicular,
denticulate, downy on the upper surface. British
Burma. BM 5679, 8352. O R 11 241; 16:68. F M.
355. Var. majus, Hort. Fls. larger.
30 cretaceum, Lindl Pseudobulbs up to 15 in long,
rather stout, curved, pendulous, fls solitary, about \%
in across, cream-white, with a large light yellow spot
on lip streaked with orange-red: sepals and petals
lanceolate, obtuse, lip with the front lobe orbicular-
ovate, obtuse, downy. Khasia Hills. B.R. 33 62.
BM 4686. FS 8-818. JF 4'344.
31. gratiosfssimum, Reichb. f. (D. B6xallu, Reichb. f
D. BullenAnum, Batem ). Pseudobulbs up to \Yi ft
long, somewhat thickened from a slender base: fls in
2's and 3's, 2-2}^in. across, white, the sepals, petals
and lip tipped with rose-purple; sepals oblong-lanceo-
late, narrower than the ovate-lanceolate petals; hp
with the front lobe broadly ovate, acute, a large yellow
orange-streaked blotch in the center. Burma and
Moulmem. B M. 5652. F.M. 315. G.W. 1, p. 227
32. n6bile, Lmdl. Fig. 1236. Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft.
long, erect or nearly so, tufted, nearly round fls in 2's
or 3's, 2^-3 in. across; sepals and petals white, the
upper portion, varying in extent, amethyst-purple, the
sepals ligulate, the petals broader, oblong-oval, wavy-
margined; lip with a broad nearly orbicular blade,
downy, a large rich maroon spot in the center, inclosed
by a cream-white zone, the apex amethyst-purple Him-
alayas to China. PM 7:7. CO 1. OR 5-209; 9:73.
G.M. 47:425. J.H. III. 48:511; 56'51t Var. albi-
fldrum, Hort. Fls. white, with a black-purple spot on
thelip. OR.2:113;9'73. Var. album, Hort. Fls pure
white. Var. Amfcsiae, Hort. Similar to the preceding,
DENDROBIUM
but fls laigcr. Var. Armstrongiae, Hort. Sepals
and petals pure white, of great size; lip very dark
maroon-purple. Var. Ashworthianum, Hort. Fls. pure
white, except the green mouth of the lip. Var. Ballia-
num, O'Brien. Sepals and petals white; lip yellow-
ish white or white with 2 crimson spots. C.O. 1 b.
Var. coerulescens, Reichb. (D. ccerid&scens, Lmdl.).
Shorter and more slender pseudobulbs: fls smaller
and of a deeper color, and the lip-blade more oval
Var. Colmanianum, Hort A large, pure white variety
with a sulfur-yellow disk to the hp Var Cooksonianum,
Reichb. f. Petals concave, approaching the lip in
form, erect, with a large basal maroon blotch. C ().
la OR. 2-113; 9:73. Var. elegans, Hort. Fls.
larger and more symmetrical; petals broader, the base
white; a pale sulfur-yellow zone inclosing the maroon
spot on hp, which has a rose-purple apex. Var for-
mosanum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs somewhat longer,
1236. Dendrobmm nobile (X1A)
pendulous: fls with longer pedicels, the tips of the
petals and lip only purple, the mouth and mentum
green. Var. jaspidium, Hort. Fls. very showy; apex
of segms red variegated with purple. Var. murrhi-
niacum, Hort. Like var Ballianum, but finer, sepals
and petals slightly tinged violet; disk rich violet,
finely veined with rose-violet. Var. nobflius, Reichb. f.
Fls. larger, the sepals and petals, except at the base,
deep purple; hp large, rose-tipped, deep purple m the
mouth. C.O. Ic. GM. 46:193. O.R. 2:113; 9:73.
Var. Owenianum, Hort. Var. Rajah, Hort. Like var.
albiflorum, but sepals and petals broader and flushed
with delicate pink. Var. Rothwellianum, Hort. Var.
Sanderianum, Reichb. f. Resembles var nobiliusbut,
fls. smaller, the color more intense, the sepals and
petals broader, the lip with a large black purple spot,
the surrounding white zone larger R 58. O.R. 2:113:
9:73. Var. Schneiderianum, Reichb. f. Lip suffused
with yellow, and with a deep purple spot. Var. Schrce-
derianum, Hort. Larger fls. with broader segms , the
sepals and petals white, sometimes tipped with ame-
thyst; hp with an almost black spot, bordered with
pale yellow, passing into white var. summitense,
Hort Var. Tollianum, Reichb. f. Pedicels twisted, the
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
983
fls. therefore appearing inverted, fls not fully opening
Var virginale, Hort Fls pure white, except a pale
primrose tinge on the lip. G C. III. 35:357. G.M. 52:
394 OR 5 145; 8: 121
33 Wardianum, Warner. Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft.
long, round, pendulous fls in 2's or 3's, 3-4 m. across;
sepals and petals white, oblong, usually tipped with
amethyst, about half as wide as the white oval petals
which are amethyst-tipped, lip white with an ame-
thyst apical blotch, the throat yellow, with a maroon
spot on each side. B M 5058 I H 24 277 F R
1 231 Gn. 47, p 84 RB 23.25. J.H. III. 30 454,
32 237, 42.211 GM 45 744 C O. 5. OR 2:177,
8 177, 9. frontispiece. R 9. Var album, Williams Fls.
white, except the yellow throat with 2 purple-crimson
spots C O. 5a. Var. aureum, Hort Sepals and petals
light yellow. Var. Fdwleri, Hort. Lateral sepals with
yellow markings and purple blotch as in the lip. G C.
Ill 31 125 Var xantholeftcum, Hort Fls pure white,
with a large orange-yellow disk to the lip
34 regium, Pram. Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft long,
cyhndric. fls in 2's or3's, nearly 3 in across, sepals and
petals purple-rose, darker veined, obtuse, the sepals
oblong, narrower than the ovate 01 oval petals, hp with
the limb nearly orbicular, purple-rose, the throat
yellow, surrounded by a cream-white zone India.
BM 8003 GC III 42.122
35 rhodopter^gium, Reichb f. Pseudobulbs up to
2 ft long, erect, cyhndric • fls about 2^2 m across,
sepals and petals rosy purple, mottled with white,
sepals oblong-lanceolate; petals oblong-ovate; hp crim-
son-purple, striated, white-margined, denticulate, with a
central pale longitudinal band Bui ma rnd Moulmem
36 Brymerianum, Reichb f Pseudobulbs up to 2
ft long, rather stout, a little enlarged at the middle'
fls solitary or in few-fld racemes, about 3 in across,
golden yellow, sepals broadly lanceolate, acutish, a
little broader than the linear-oblong obtuse petals;
lip with lateral lobes erect, fimbnated with short cihate
flexuous divisions, the middle lobe ovate, fimbnate
with very long branched cihate divisions, disk papil-
lose Burma B.M. 6383 A F 6 009 G C II.
11 475, 16.689 FM n a 459 R. 92. Lmd. 4 183.
G Z 30 121. O.R. 12.249, 16 24
37. Dalhousieanum, Wall Pseudobulbs 2-4 ft long,
lound, rather slender racemes pendulous, 6-10-fld;
fls 4-5 in across, sepals and petals pale yellow, tinted
and veined with rose, the sepals ovate-lanceolate, much
narrower than the ovate petals; hp concave, hairy m
front, with 2 large fringed purple spots near the base.
Burma B II 3210 III 28423 Gn 48222
GC III 21 157 PM11 145 F S 7 698 C O. 7.
Var l&teum, Hort Fls tinted sulfur-yellow, with
crimson disks at base of lip.
38 moschatum, Wall. Pseudobulbs up to 6 ft tall,
cyhndric * racemes 5-15-fld ; fls 3-4 in across, faintly
fragrant of musk; sepals and petals pale yellow, tinted
pale rose at apex, veined and reticulated, the sepals
much nai rower tnan petals; lip slipper-shaped, pale
yellow, with 2 large maroon spots encircled with orange,
the front part hairy India B M 3837 B.R 1779
(as D cupreum). P M 2 241 Var. Calceolaria,
Veitch Man Fls. smaller, orange-yellow, with deeper
veins and reticulation, and deeper spots on lip C O. 13.
39. dixanthum, Reichb f Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft.
tall, erect, somewhat clavate: racemes 2-6-fld ; fls.
yellow, with an orange mark on hp; sepals and petals
acute, the former lanceolate, narrower than the oblong,
serrulate petals; lip serrulate, the blade nearly orbicu-
lar Moulmrin and Tenassenm. B.M 5564.
40 fimbriatum, Hook Pseudobulbs 3-5 ft. tall,
cyhndric: racemes 6-12-fld., pendulous; fls. 2-3 in.
across; sepals and petals bright orange-yellow, the
former oblong-elhptic, narrowei than the oblong-oval,
ciholate petals; hp bright yellow, with an orange spot
on the orbicular fimbnate blade, Nepal. P M. 2 '172
.IF. 3:314 GC III 25:305. C.0. 9. Var oculatum,
Hook Pseudobulbs shorter, more slender, the smaller
fls with a maroon spot on the hp B.M. 4160. I H
1:15 C.O.9a PM.6:169 (as D. Poxtoni). FS
7:725 (as D. Poxtoni)
41. Aphrodite, Reichb f. (D. nodcilum, Lmdl )
Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft long, slender, branched flu.
solitary or in pairs, 2-3 in across; sepals and petals
cream-colored, the former lanceolate, narrower than
the ovate petals, lip ci earn-colored, with a large saffron-
yellow spot in the middle, and 2 maroon spots at base,
the front lobe nearly rhomboid, acute Moulmem
and Tenassenm BM 5470 FS 15.1582
42 aftreum, Wall (D heterocdrpum, Wall. D
rhomboideum, Lmdl ) Pseudobulbs up to 1% ft. tall,
erect, somewhat clavate. »ld. in 2's and 3's, fragrant,
2- 2 j/2 m across; sepals and petals cream-colored, acute,
the former oblong-lanceolate, a little narrower than the
oblong-ovate petals, lip yellow, streaked with reddish
purple, the front looe ovate, acuminate, recurved, the
disk velvety Trop. Himalayas to Philippines B M
4708 FS 8-842 P M. 14, p. 68, desc JF 4 386
CO 10 R 63 BR 29 17 JH III. 52.405, 57 "3
OR 8 41, 169 Var sulphfcreum, Hort Fls sulfur-
yellow, with the usual orange-colored markings
43 clavatum, Wall Pseudobulbs up to 3 It. long,
cyhndric, pendulous racemes 4-6-fkl , fls 2-3 in
across, sepals and petals orange-yellow, the former oval-
oblong, about half as wide" as the nearly orbicular
petals, lip bright yellow, with a maroon blotch in
center, the front lobe orbicular, denticulate, the upper
surface pubescent Trop Himalayas to S China
BM 6993
44 Gibsonii, Lmdl (D fuadUum, Lmdl ) Pseudo-
bulbs up to 3 ft tall, a little enlarged m the middle,
slender racemes 5-10-fld , pendulous; fls about 2
m across, golden yellow, with 2 maroon spots on the
lip; sepals and petals oval-oblong, obtuse, about the
same width, hp with the hrnb a little broader than long
rounded at apex, fimbnate, villous on \he upper sur
face Trop. Himalayas to S. China and Java. P M
5 169 B M. 6226.
SECTION V.
A Sepals and petals white
B. Without mar Lings
C Middle lobe of hp quadrate, emar-
ginatc, undulate, spur short, sac-
cate 45 lasioglossum
cc Middle lobe of lip triangular, acute,
cihate, spur long, conic 46 aqueum
BB With pur pie or mauic at apex 32 nobile
AA Sepals and petals purple, mauve or
hlac
B Base of hp including column, sepals
and petals wulely spreading
c. Lip fringed, disk yellow 47. Loddigesii
cc Lip denticulate, throat deep purple 48 superbum
BB. Base of hp not inclosing column,
sepals and petals ascending . 49. MacCarthiae
AAA. Sepals and petals yellow
B. Color pale.
c. Fls. buff-yellow, hp clawed, unth 2
purple spots . . 50. albo-san-
cc. F Is primrose-yellow, hp at base [guineum
convolute around column
D. Middle lobe of hp oblong, emar-
ginate, petah larger than sepals 51. lutecium
DD. Middle lobe of hp nearly orbicu-
lar, reflexed, much undulated 52 ramosum
BB. Color bright
c. Lip with a single large maroon
blotch .53 ochreatum
cc. Lip with 2 purple spots
D. Margin of hp denticulate 54 chrysanthum
DD Margin of lip fimbnate, the
divisions long and bearded 55 Hookerianutn
084
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
45. lasioglfissum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs up to 1^
ft. long, slender, pendulous, a little enlarged at the
middle, fls in 2's or 3's, white, except the reddish lines
on the side lobes of the lip; sepals ovate, a little
narrower than the petals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
rounded, denticulate, the middle lobe nearly quadrate,
undulate, reflexed, the disk with a tuft of orange-
yellow hairs Burma. B.M 5825.
46 aqueum, Lindl (D dlbum, Wight). Pseudo-
bulbs up to 2 ft long, rather stout, decumbent: fls.
about 2 in across, solitary or in pairs, cream-white,
except a yellow spot on the lip; sepals and petals simi-
lar, broadly ovate, acute; lip obscurely 3-lobed, the
middle lobe triangular, deflexed, cihate, the upper
surface pubescent Neilgherry Hills. B R 29:54.
BM. 4640 JF 3-262
47 L6ddigesii, Rolfe (D vulchtllum, Lodd , not
Roxbg D tieidehanum, Reicho f.) Dwarf : pseudo-
bulbs 3-4 in long fls solitary, about 1H ln- across;
sepals and petals lilac, the sepals oblong, much nar-
rower than the ovate petals, lip orbicular fringed, the
center orange-yellow, the margin pale lilac. China.
L B.C 20 1935. B M 5037
48 superbum, Reichb f (D macrophyllum, Lindl.
Plate XXXV D. Scorttchmit, Hook D. macrdnthum,
Hook ) Pseudobulbs up to 3 or 4 ft long, cylmdric,
pendulous, fls in pairs, 3-5 in across, with the odor
of rhubarb; sepals and petals purple-lilac, acute, the
former oblong-lanceolate, about half as wide as the
oblong-ovate pet alb, lip with the tube a deep red-
purple, this color appearing as 2 large spots in the
throat, the front lobe acuminate, reflexed, denticulate,
the upper surface pubescent Philippines B M 3970.
CO 20 PM 8'97 FS 8 757 O R. 14 78; 20*144.
Var. an6smum, Reichb f (D andsmum, Lindl.
D macrophyllum Dayanum, Hort ). Pseudobulbs
shorter ns usually solitary,
nearly odorless, smaller, the
sepals and petals shorter and
broader Lind. 6:264 PM
15 '97 Var giganteum, Rnchb
f Fls larger Var Huttonii,
Reichb f Fls white, except
the base of the lip and 2 spots
on it which are purple. Malay Archipelago. Var.
Richardii, Hort Medium-sized very fleshy fls set on
long bristled pedicels.
49 MacC&rthiae, Thwaites. Pseudobulbs up to 2
ft long fls in 2-3-fld pendulous racemes; sepals and
petals ascending, the fl not opening wide, pale rosy
mauve, acute, the former lanceolate, narrower than
the oblong-ovate petals which are sometimes purple-
striped, lip pale purple, striped with deep purple and
with a maroon spot surrounded by a white zone. Cey-
lon B M 4886 G W. 14, p 408.
50 aibo-sangufneum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 15
in. long, stout, cylmdric, erect: racemes 2-7-fld ;
fls 2-3 in across, buff-yellow, with 2 purple spots on
lip; sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, about half as broad
as the oblong-oval petals which sometimes have a
few rod btroaks at the base; lip broadly clawed, the
blade broadly obovate or nearly orbicular, undulate.
Moulmem and Tenassenm. B M 5130 F 8 7 721.
J.F.2:203
51. lutecium, Batem Pseudobulbs up to 1H ft tall,
furrowed, cylmdric • fls 2-4, in lateral racemes, 2-2^
m across, primrose-yellow; sepals oblong-elliptic,
narrower than the oval petals j lip with a few reddish
streaks, slightly 3-lobed, the middle lobe oblong, ernar-
gmate, a tuft of yellow hairs below the tomentose disk.
Moulmem B.M. 5441 F.S 23 '2395 (as D. Lvwi).
JH III 32-143; 51 519; 54'137. V.O. 57. Var.
chlorocentrum, Reichb Fls. a little larger with greenish
hans on the lip. G C II 19:340.
52. ramdsum, Lindl. (D. Riicken, Lindl ) Pseudo-
bulbs up to 1H ft tall, slender, fls. solitary or in pairs,
about 1^2 in across, sepals and petals pale primrose-
yellow, the dorsal sepal oblong, the lateral triangular,
the petals narrower than dorsal sepal; lip 3-lobed, the
lateral lobes white, rose-streaked, the middle lobe
nearly orbicular, reflexed, deeper yellow than petals,
much undulated. Trop. Himalayas. B.R. 29:60.
53. ochre&tum, Lindl. (D. cambndge&num, Paxt ).
Pseudobulbs up to 10 m. long, stout, curved, cylmdric,
decumbent, fls in pairs, 2-3 in. across, rich golden yel-
low, except the maroon blotch on lip; sepals and petals
oblong, acute, similar; lip with the concave blade
orbicular, recurved on the margin, the upper surface
downy Trop Himalayas B M 4450. C O. 16.
Var. luteum, Hort Fls. lemon-yellow, with blotch
on hp of much lighter purple than in type.
54. chrysftnthum, Wall (D. Pdxtorm, Lindl )
Pseudobulbs up to 6 ft. long, slender, furrowed, pen-
dulous, fls about 2 in across, in racemes of 4-6,
golden, except the 2 maroon spots on the lip, sepals
oblong-oval; petals broadly obovate; hp denticulate,
the middle lobe orbicular. Tropical Himalayas to
Burma and southern China. B R 1299 Lind 5 194
C.O. 2 G C. III. 15 565; 40 374. Var. anoph-
t&lmum, Reichb. f. Lip not spotted Var. microph-
tfilmum, Reichb. f. Petals serrate, and the spots on
the hp smaller.
55 Hookerianum, Lindl (D. chryt>dtis, Reichb f ).
Pseudobulbs up to 8 ft long, pendulous fls 3-4 in.
across, m pendulous racemes of 10-15, golden, except
the 2 maroon spots on the hp; sepals and petals oblong,
acute, similar, lip
with the blade
broadly oval, velvety
on upper surface, firn-
briate, the divisions
long and bearded
Trop Himalayas and
Bengal BM 6013.
Lind 16 730 1 H.
20 155 JH III.
33 221 Var brachy-
stachyum, K r a n z 1 .
Fls a little larger,
fewer, in shorter ra-
cemes. Khasia Hills.
SECTION VI.
A Fls usually single.
56 Jenkmsii
AA Fls m racemes.
57 aggregatum
56 Tenkinsii,Wall.
Dwarf pseudobulbs
up to \y<i in long,
crowded, oblong,
compressed, 1-lvd .
Ivs oblong, oval, 1-2
m long- fls solitary,
about \l/z in across,
orange -yellow, with
the disk on the lip
darker; sepals oval,
much narrower than
the rhomboid petals,
the hp downy above.
Assam and Burma.
B R 25 37.
57 aggregatum,
Roxbg. Pseudobulbs
ovate-fusiform, up to
2 in long, crowded,
1237. Dendrobium superblens. ( xl) 1-lvd. : Ivs. 2-3 in.
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
985
long, oblong-oval: racemes pendulous, 6-12-fld ; fls.
becoming orange-yellow with age, the disk deeper;
sepals ovate, about half as broad as the nearly orbicular
petals; lip with a pubescent disk. Burma and China.
B.R. 1695. B.M. 3643. G.C. III. 50.82. C.O. 33
SECTION VII.
58. bicameratum, Lindl (D breviflbrum, Lindl. D.
calhbdtrys, Ridley) Pseudobulbs tufted, fusiform, up to
16 in long: racemes short, fascicled, on the old pseudo-
bulbs, fls. yellow, the sepals and petals marked with
red spots in lines; hp cuneate, 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
small acute, the middle lobe retuse, the callus fleshy,
papillate Trop. Himalayas.
SECTION VIII.
59 macrophyllum, A Rich. (D Veilchtanum, Lindl.
D macrophyllum V eitchwnum, Hook f. D. ferox ,
Habbk.). Pseudobulbs stout, clavate, up to 2 ft. long,
farrowed, narrowed below. Ivs. up to 1 ft. long. racemes
many-fld., erect; fls about 2 m. across; sepals oblong-
ovate, hairy externally, pale yellowish green, larger
than the whitish spathulate petals; hp 3-lobed, the
lateial lobes round, purple-btreaked, the middle lobe
broader than Ions, with radiating purple lines New
Guinea, Java, Trmos, Philippines B M. 5649. H F.
2 132 Var sten6pterum, Reichb f Fls. smaller, the
rneriturn much reduced, the sepals and petals ochre,
copiously dotted inside, marked outside with large
brown spots.
SECTION IX.
60 Kingianum, Lindl Dwarf pseudobulbs 2-3
in long, attenuated upwards from a bulbous ba^e,
2-5-1 vd : racemes fe\v-fla , fls nearly 1 in across; sepals
and petals purple, the acute ovate sepals broader than
the petals, hp white, marked with purple, 3-lobcd, the
lateral lobes obtuse, the middle lobe remform, apicu-
late; spur yellow-tipped Queensland. B.R. 31:61.
B.M. 4527. J.F.2:143. C.O. 38.
SECTION X.
A Sepals and petals undulate; ovary same
color as fl 61. superbiens
AA Sepals and petals not undulate; ovary
green
B. FU> about 2 in across; middle lobe of
lip ntube, disk papillose .. .. 62. bigibbum
BB. Fls 2^-4 in across, middle lobe of
hp acute, disk smooth 63. Phalaenopsis
61. supSrbiens. Reichb. f. (D. Gbldiei, Reichb f.
D Fitzneraldii, F. Mucll.). Fig 1237. Pseudobulba
up to 2}£ ft., cylindnc, somewhat narrowed at both
ends, leafy above: peduncle nearly terminal, bearing a
nodding terminal raceme; fls about 2 in. across,
crimson-purple, the sepals and petals often whitc-
bordered; sepals oblong, reflexed, undulate, narrower
than the obovatc petals: lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
round, the middle lobe oblong, wavy, reflexed. Austral.
FM 1878-294 R 1'39. G. 34:117. G.W. 14, p. 29.
G C III. 49 36. C.O 15.
62 bigflbbum, Lindl Pseudobulbs cylindric, some-
what fubiform, slender, up to 1^ ft. long, leafy: pedun-
cle nearly terminal, slender, with a terminal many-
fld. raceme; fls. l/4~2 in. across, purple-magenta, the
hp darker; sepal oblong, acute, much narrower than
the nearly orbicular petals; hp 3-lobed, the lateral
lobes oblong, incurved, the intermediate one oblong,
reflexed, crest white, papillose Austral. B M. 4898.
FS 11:1143. Gt. 49: 1473. Var. candidum, Reichb. f.
Fls white.
63 Phaten6psis. Fitzgerald. Fig. 1238. Pseudobulbs
slender, up to 2 ft. long, leafy above: peduncle terminal
or nearly so, slender, bearing a terminal raceme of
8-15 fls. which are 2^-3^ m. across; sepals lanceo-
x, the petals W
hp deep ~vio- \
GO III 28' J
late, acute, white, flushed pale rose, narrower than the
rhomboid orbicular mauve petals with deeper veins;
hp 3-lobed, the lateral lobes round, curved over the
column, maroon-purple, tl e middle lobe pale purple,
deeper veined Austral. G F. 5.440 (adapted in Fig.
1238). AF. 16:
1442. BM 6817
C 0. 4 Var holo-
leuceum, Hort.
Fls white. G.C
III 28 23?. Var
Lindeniae, Hort
Fls large, creamy
white Var
Rothschildianum,
Kran/1 I'ls 4 in.
acjoss, the sepals
and petals white,
suffused rose, the
hp rose, intensely
veined Var
rubescens, Hort
An exceptionally
dark form Var
Schrce derianum,
II o r t Sepals
whit*,
and hp
238 Var"spliSn- ft
dens, Hort. Fls i
bright magenta-
rose, white at
ba*>e of segms.
Var Statteria-
num, Sander. Fls.
deep violet. Var.
thundersleyense,
Hort A dark-
colored form. 1238. Dendrobmm Phalaenopsis.
SECTION XI.
A. Sepals and petals not yellow .
B Psfudobulhs clavate, few-jointed
C Fls single or in racemes of 2 or 3,
sepals and pitals contorted 64 tortile
CC. Fls in 6- to many-fld racemes,
sep<ils and petals not contorted.
D. Lip white with a yellow spot;
racemes loosely fld . 65. Palpebrae
DD. Lip entirely yellow, racemes
densely fld 66 thyrsiflorum
BB. Pseudobulbs ryhndrw, many-jointed.
C. Lip white, colortd at bat>e, sepals
and petoh white
D. Middle lobe of hp broadly obcor-
date, resembling the pttals . 67. Fytchianum
DD. Middle lobe, of lip narrowly ob-
long, much different from pttals.QS. leucolopho-
CC. Lip rose with a large orange blotch; [tun\
scimls and petals lose 69. Bronckartil
XA. Sepah and petals yellow.
B. Color pale straw-color, tinted with rose.70. Farmer!
BB. Color clear yellow, not tinted.
c Raceme of $-4 fls . 71. capillipes
CC. Raceme 10- to many-fld,
D. Lip deeply fimbriate, the divisions
ciliate 72. chrysotoium
DD. Lip minutely fimbnate.
E. Throat of hp marked with
purple radiating lines . . 73. sulcatum
BE. Throtit not lined
F. Petals about as wide as
sejxils 74. densiflorum
FF. PetaU nearly twice as wide
as scpah 75. Gnffithianum
64. tfirtile, Lindl Pseudobulbs up to 1 ft long,
clavate, furrowed, fls in 2's or 3's, sometimes solitary;
sepals and petals, narrowly oblong, twisted, pale lilac;
986
DENDROBIUM
DENDROBIUM
Up convolute at base, nearly orbicular, primrose-yel-
low, with a purple basal spot. Malay Pemns. B.M.
4477. O.K. 8:201. Var. Dartoisianum, O'Brien (D.
Dartoisitinum, De Wild). Sepals and petals yellowish.
French India.
65. Palpebrae, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 10 in. long,
clavate, 4-angled: racemes loosely 5-10-fld.; fls. white,
except the orange-yellow disk on lip; sepals oblong,
narrower than the oval petals; hp oblong, downy above,
fringed near the base. Burma, Siam, China.
66. thyrsifldrum, Reichb f (D. densifldrum dlbo-
litteum, Hook ). Pseudobulbs up to 2 ft. long, terete,
leafy: racemes pendulous, many-fld , lateral, fls 1^-2
in. across; sepals and petals white, nearly transpa-
rent, the sepals oblong-ovate, acute, narrower than the
nearly orbicular denticulate petals; lip orange-yellow,
downy, the blade nearly orbicular, fimbnate Moul-
mem and Burma. OR 6 '209. C.O. 18 Gn 60, p.
282 Gt. 55, p. 98. J H 111 48'313 I H 22:207. G.
19-204 FM n s. 449 Var Walkenanum, Warner.
Pseudobulbs longer: fla larger in longer racemes.
67. Fytchianum, Batem (D barbdtulum, Batem.,
not Lindl). Pseudobulbs up to V/z ft tall, slender,
erect: racemes 10-15-fld , fls. 1^-2 in. across, white,
except the rosy tint on sides of hp, sepals lanceolate,
about one-third as wide as the obovate petals; hp
3-lobed, the lateral lobes incurved, the middle lobe
broadly obcordate, with basal tufts of yellowish hair.
Burma. B.M 5444. Var. rdseum, Berkeley Fls. rose.
68. leucoltiphotum, Reichb f. Pseudobulbs up to
lf^ ft. tall, rather stout raceme nodding, many-fld ,
1-sided, on a long peduncle; fls. about 1 in across,
white, except the pale green on the side lobes and base
of hp: sepals oblong-linear, keeled, much narrower
than the obovate petals; lip 3-lobed, the lateral lobes
incurved, the midlobe narrowly oblong. Malay
Archipelago.
69 Br6nckartii, De Wild Pseudobulbs up to 3 ft.
long, furrowed, terete, leafy: racemes pendulous,
laxly many-fld.; fls. about 2 in. across, pale rose,
except an orange blotch on hp, sepals elliptic-oblong;
petals elliptic-ovate: hp nearly orbicular, denticulate,
the disk velvety Annam. B M 8252. R B. 33 '369.
70 FArmeri, Paxt (D. Pdlpebrx, Hook, not Lindl.).
Pseudobulbs up to 1^ ft tall, 4-angled, clavate, leafy:
racemes pendulous, laxly many-fld ; fls about 2 in.
across; sepals and petals pale straw-color, tinted rose,
the sepals oblong, acute, narrower than the broadly
oval petals; lip nearly orbicular, deep yellow, downy
above. Sikkim to Nepal and Burma B.M 4659.
FS 7.741 JF 307 CO. 30. Var albifldrum, Hort.
Sepals and petals white Var. a&reo-flavum, Hook.
Sepals and petals golden.
71. capfflipes, Reichb f. Dwarf: pseudobulbs 2-3
in. long, fusiform, racemes few-fld.; fls. about 1% in.
across, golden yellow, with a deeper blotch on lip;
sepals lanceolate, acute, much narrower than the
broadly oval petals; hp with the blade about orbicular,
emargmate. Burma. B.M 7639. Var Slogans, Reichb.
f Pseudobulbs taller, and base of hp deeper yellow.
72. chrysot6xum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 1^ ft.
tall, clavate or fusiform, racemes drooping, many-fld.;
fls. about 2 in. across, golden yellow, except the red-
dish streaked orange-yellow disk on hp; sepals oblong-
elliptic, about half as broad as the obovate-oblong
petals; hp orbicular, fimbnate, pubescent on upper
surface. Burma. G. 18:465; 30:275. B.M. 5053.
I.H 5:164. CO 11. Var. suavfssimtim, Hook f. (D.
suavissimum, Hook f ). Differs in its shorter, thicker
pseudobulbs, and the large chestnut spot on the lip.
Burma. Gn 13:166. CO. lla.
73. sulcatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs up to 10 in. long,
clavate, furrowed: racemes 10-15-fld., short, nodding;
flfl. yellow, the hp deeper and purple-streaked; sepals
oval-oblong, narrower than the ovate petals, lip broadly
ovate. Khasia Hills BR 24:65 BM 6962.
74. densifldrum, Wall Pseudobulbs up to 1H ft.
tall, 4-angled, clavate, leafy, racemes pendulous, many-
fld ; fls about 2 in across, sepals and petals orange-
yellow, nearly transparent, the acute sepals oblong-
ovate, narrower than the denticulate nearly orbicular
petals; lip nearly orbicular, orange-yellow, downy
above. Nepal B.R 1828 BM 3418. F.S 14.1397.
G.W. 1, p 223 JH 111 51:123, 64:94 CO 14.
Var SchroMeri, Hort (D densiflbrum Schr&den, Hort.
D. densiflbrum dlbum, Hort ). Fls larger in looser,
longer racemes, the sepals and petals white, the lit)
deep orange, shading at margin to pale yellow. F M
502. A G 20 5.
75 Grifflthianum, Lindl Pseudobulbs up to 1H ft.
tall, furrowed, attenuated below: racemes pendulous,
many-fld ; fls. about 2 in across; sepals and petals
bright yellow, the sepals oblong-oval, narrower than
the nearly orbicular petals, Up orbicular, fringed,
papillose above Burma Var Guibertii, Veitch
(D Guibtrtii, Carr ) Fls. larger and more intensely
colored' pseudobulbs more abruptly narrowed below.
SECTION XII
76. crumen*<-'m, SwMtz Pseudobulbs fusiform,
thickened above base, then attenuated* fls appearing
successively in upper part of st , white, or suffused with
pale rose, sepals acute, the petals oolong-lanceolate,
acute; lip cuneatc, the lateral lobes rounded, the mid-
dle lobe nearly orbicular, the disk with 5 keels Malay
Archipelago BR 25.22 BM 4013.
D acuminiitum, Rolfe—Saicopoihum acunnnatum — -D din-
plum, Lindl =Sarcopodium ainplum — D annamense, Rolfe Fla
buff-yellow, rather membranous Annam — D arcudtum, J J.
Smith Fls white, with stout spurs curved forward at the tip
Java — D Ashivorthix, O'Brien FU cream-white, except a few
purple streaks at base of hp, the sepals lanceolate or triangular
the petals clawed New Guinea BM 8141. GC III 29 86'
CO 39 — D atronoldceum, Kolfc Racemes many-fld, the fls.
about 3 in across, the sepals and petals primrose-yellow, claret-
spotted, the lip 3-lobecl, the disks violet, white-striped, the
middle lobe recurved, dark \iolet streaked white at base, the
upper part yellow, claret-spottod New Guinea B M 7371
C O 12 O R 3 305, 9 152, Ib t>9 G W 14, p 407 I H III
50355— D bflldtulum, Rolfe Dwarf, tufted fis 1 or 2,
„„,.!„_, _.u.* <u milion hp China B M 7985 G C III
Remw Sepals and petals whitish, chang-
, hp elongated, white
axillary, white with „
36 114 ~-D bicaudMui _ __^
ing to greenish yellow, with faint purple 1: B
Java— C Brdndtn, Kranzl Resembles D Phala-nopsis Fls
more fleshy, mauve-purple with sihery ert-sts to the lip, sepals and
petals twisted or curled — D capiluliflbrum, Rolfe Fls m dense
axillary heads, greenish white, with column and disk of hp bright
green New Guinea —D cihAtum, Parish Sepals and petals yel-
lowish green, the hp yellow, purple-lined Moulmein B M 5430.
GW ll.p 340 Var annamtnse, Hort A white-fld form with
fringed lip, purple at the base Ajinam — D Cceldgynt, Reichb f =-
Sarcopodium C<rlogyne C O 32 — D compdctum, Rolfe A small-
growing species sepals and petals pure white, linear, acuminate,
lip nearly as long as sepals, light green China —D convolutum,
Rolfe Sepah and petals light green, with a few small dark brown
markings at the base, lip green and dark brown New Guinea — D
cnnfferum, Lindl "Fls lasting only a single day, whitish, with a
3-lobed lip which breaks up in front into a fringe of long spreading
yellow filaments " Malaya GC III 43 194 —D cucumtnnum,
M'lxiav Dwarf Ivs oblong, terete, with tubercles arranged in
lines fls 3-5, white or yellowish, purple-streaked New S Wales.
J F 4 358 B M 4619 — D dehcdtulum, Kranzl=D subacaule
— D dehcdtum, Bailey Sepals and petals milky white the lip white,
violet-lined, the callus golden, minutely violet-dotted New Guinea
G 34 245. — D epidendrdpsis, Kranzl Resembling an epidendrum
fls greenish or yellow outside, yellow inside, about \yt in long
Philippines -~D FaulhaberiAnum, Sohltr Fls violet-rose, lateral
sepals forming a raentum scarcely J^m long Hainan — D /unfdrme,
BaiIey=D. speciosum fusiforme — D ylomerAtum, Rolfe. Fls rose-
purple, in fcw-fld fascicles, the hp golden carmine Molucca. Gn.
65, p. 123 — D Goldschmidtidnum, Krftnzl Over a foot high • racemes
short, about 12-fld , fls deep rose-purple Formosa — D. HUdt-
brandn, Rolfe. Racemes axillary, 3-4-fld , sepals and petals
white, the lip primrose-yellow, the tube pubescent externally.
Burma BM 7453 O R 3 49, 12 153, 16 26 — D H6dgk\nsoni\,
Rolfe Raceme 5-7-fld , terminal, fls ^pale green, the lip purple-
nerved New Guinea B M. 7724 —D I mthurnii, Rolfe Probably
the most robust of all dendrobmms m cult, racemes axillary, many-
fld ; fls of medium size, white, with lilac streaks on lateral lobes of
hp. New Hebrides B M 8452.— D inaouAle, Rolfe Flowering
pseudobulbs separate from leafy ones, clavate, the fin second,
arising alternately from the margin of the intemodes, sepals and
petals white, the lip tubular, pale yellow, purple-streaked inside.
DENDROBIUM
New Guinea ft M 7715— D J erdomfinum, Wight=-D nutans —
D Lnxl/nxe, Schlecht Fls. Hohtary in axil of If at apex of the at ,
small, while A curious species New Guinea — D Mad6nnx,
Rolfe=-I) rhodostictum — D monophfiUum, F Muell In habit
resembling a bulbophyllum racemes with 'J I't greenish yellow fls.
AuMr.il — D M6rtn, F Muell Us solitary, sepals and petals
liKlit yellow hp whitish, maiked with lilac with .3 undulate green
k< els on disk New 8 Wales --D mimrdtum munificum. Fmet =
Inobulbon inunificum — D nulanH, Lmdl Fls short, in few-fld
raof>m"s, Rolden, sheaths hispidulous Malabar B M 7741
CO 28 (as I) Jerdomanum)— D puniceum, Rolfe Fls m
raceracM, light rose-pink, with huht yellow tips 1o the sepals and
petals New Guinea -D yummium. llolfe "Fl* light yellow
with -.cveral light brown nerves in front of lip " New Guinea —
J) rhMioitlctum, F Muell Flw white, with a few purple spots on
margins of lateral lobes of lip New Guinea B M 7900 (as I)
Madonme) GC III 43 K.2 — D rosUlum, Ridley Fls rose-
folf.rod Borneo— D rdsen-nfrvMum, 8< hl< ( ht 1-N pale roso, borne
at the Humimts of the sts Sumatra —D SAnderx, Rolfe
Pse udobulbs up to 3 ft long, leafy racemes lateral, 3-i-fld , fls
large, white, the hp with purple stripes on the disk and lateral
lobts, the middle lobe obovate, truncate, rrenulate 8 E Asia
BM Mttl GC III 45 i74 (i M 52 Ml OR 17 209 —D
bih'uzn, Rolfe Ma pale green, very fugauous Sumatra— D
•Sr/imrirtj, Rolfe Fls very Urge, white A new species of the D
1 If am group— £) semlf, Pav & Reir hh f Pnpudobulbs fusiform,
nair> us ire the IVH Us in pairs or solitary, fleshy, rich yellow,
w itli a ft w orange- streaks on lip Burma, Ti nasserun Moulmem
BM 5520 CJ \V '), p 422—7) tpathuimm, Lmdl A small
species with slcndi r pscudobulbs fl« white Sikkim — D specidsum
futijoimr, BaiUy Pse udobulbs fuMform fls pale sulfur or htraw-
«)lf)i to m n Ij white, the hp whit. , marked with violet Austral
C .U idl (,'(' 111 11 337 — D epectdbile, Miq Pstudobulbs up
to 2 ft , (laviito, grooved fix 3 in across, white, streaked and
'.potted with dark purple, the sepals and petals undulate, reeurved,
the forimr triangular-lane* elate, the petals much narrower, hp
undulate, narrowly pandunform, the narrow lanceolate tip re-
t urved \( w Guinea anil Solomon Isls B M 7747 C O 22
A CJ 21 2W GM H 5i Var Simmondm, Hort Lip much
longer than in the typo, white, veined with dark purple — D
s/j./riu/n, I I Smith M< solitary, nopals and petals white A
distinct and singular «.pmrs Javi. Borneo—/; stndtwn, Hurt
Sfp-ils and petals narrow and neaily eeiual, labellum as long as
netaN narrow, with sidis folded line k, wri'tn-h tinged with rose"
Kilippuif —I) wlxmul- Ri-inw I-ls fragrant, white speekled with
purple on hi) lip Mth vtrv short apuulate middlelobe Queensland.
— /> tnunnum, Lmdl I\e udobulbs e> hndne- raeemes many-fld ,
fix large , the sepals white, the petals and lip pile rose, intensely
striatod Philippines C, (' Ilf 31 «K) BR 24 28 — D tonk-
inrn-u H« Wild Lip entire, furnished with erects, the meehan
one very prominent Tonejmn — D TreacheriAnum, Reichb f =»
SinorHxlium rroachenanum — D tnfl<num, Lindl -^barcopodium
lyml.idumlis -1) undulntum var BruAm/t.Mtt, Fit/g( raid Fls
pale greenish vellow N Vustral — D I icttiri c-reyina', Loher
Rate me s f< w-Hel sepnls and petals white at the ba&e, violet-purple
blaTkVpurplc'^nVos^f'VupiUa^^PhihVpines G M '51' blO, 54 55C)1
Gn 75, p <7() CO 21 OR 2017—7) H lUiamni, Day &
Reichb f I^oudobulbs up to 1 ft tall, hairy, as well as the
ivs fls usually in pairs. 2 ' 2--i m across, ivory-white or jellowish,
the thro it of lip bright orange-red N K India BM 7074
(., C III .3j HI —7) Hf/so/ui, Rolfe Raot mes 2- or 3-fld ,
tls delicate pink or marly white, with small >ollow blotch on
disk of hp \V China -D \\ olt, ruinum, Sc hltr Raceme's many-
fld , Hs rose-c olorc d New Guinea
The following are some of the hybrid forms D Atnsworthii,
Moore (D annum « D nobile) Fls v\ lute, more or less suffused
with lose, the hp with a leathered purple spot CO 1 Gn 51, p.
HS GC II It, 024 JH III 02 2M — /> Apollo aratultfl Arum
— D nilwn-4 -/) fr/*»ns=D aureum X D Amsworthii OR
14 72— D .lsp()xm = l> aureumxD Wardianum OR 1 1J7 —
J) butJonltenttt-D aureumxD Linawianum G 29 35 — 7)
('ns«if>p(-=D monihlorme^- D nobile CO 2—7) rhrysodiscu^
1) Amsworthii ^D P'indluyanum — D C«rUm=D aureum X I).
Cas>iopo (in (>!), p 145 OR 14 73 — D D<flhou8ii-n6bile = D
nobile X I) pule he Hum GC III 27 37') — D dominytlnum^l).
nobile X I) Linawianum -—7) dulce—l) aureum X D Linawianum.
— D 7?</iM<«— U nobile nobilusxD aureum — D enrfe«/iam=
D aureum ' D momleforme G 32 2<H GZ 36, p 105 —
D lunsmutn—D endochansxD nobile — D Lecchianum=*D.
aureumxD nobile RH 1904 280 CO la — D milanodiscus
glondsa^n Amsworthii xD 1'indlayamim GC III 35 219—7).
melanodlscus ;jrf««-n«=D Amsworthii xD Fmdlayanum. JH III.
50 25 — D RecblinQiAmtm,*=I) nobile XD ramosum Gn 59, p.
19.S, deso —D «c5//c,i'-=D nobile xD pnmulinum — D Ktlfex
rdsnim^D nobile X D primuhnum Gn W 18541 — D rubens
vrandijl!>rum=n Amsworthii X D nobile. GM 53206—7).
&chneulern\num=D ii'ireumxl) F ndlavanum — D splendidts-
f,imum grandifldrum^D nohi'cAD aureum GM 43 179 Gn
Co, P 140—7) ThwaUetie-^D An.sworthiixD. Wiganue GM
47 273.— 7). FinwD. nobile xD Faleonen. G M 51 459
C O 3 —7) TV"t(/efni.»=^D nobile X D signatum — D Wiganue
xa7i//ioc/u/uw=--D nobile X D. siguatum Gu W 20 161—7) Wig-
anidnum— D. Hildeb^ndii X D. nobile G M 44 167.— D xanth-
oc£ntriw=D Wardianum X I). Linawianum
GEORGE V. NASH.
DENDROCALAMUS: A few large bamboos of the East Indies
and China, see Bamboo.
DENDROCHlLUM: Platycumt.
83
DENNST^DTIA
987
DENDROMfcCON (Greek dendron, tree; mecan,
poppy) Popawrdcea? An outdoor shrub m California,
with bright yellow flowers; sparingly grown elsewhere.
Smooth low branching plant with rigid alternate
mostly entire Ivs.: fls golden yellow, 1-3 in. across,
single on short pedicels, petals 4, large; sepals 2;
stamens many, short, fr a linear curved grooved
capb 2-4 in. long — Long considered to comprise
A Dingle species, but lately redefined by Fedde into
20 species, but only one species - name appears to
be in the trade The division into species is largely
on foliage characters It is not unlikely that some of
the cult material represents one or more of these
bogregates.
rfgida, Benth Rigid, very leafy, 2-10 ft. high:
sts up to 2 in. thick, bark whitibh: branches stiff,
erect Ivs. lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, coriaceous,
reticulately veined, very s,eute and mucronate: fls.
on pedicels, 1-4 in. long* seeds black, almost globular.
Dry parts of Coast ranges and in the Sierras B M.
5134 FS. 14:1411 Gn 50 292 JH 1JI 29 92 —
Spring-flowering In England it is somewhat tender,
requiring some protection in winter. Prop from seeds,
that take very long to germinate. Con-
siderable variation m size of fls. appears
to depend on the conditions in which
Elants arc growing. Evergreen, but in
ard winters m Calif., loses most of its
Ivs by Feb , when, becoming
scraggly, it may be cut back to
ground for renewal L H B f
1239. Tip of leaf of DennstaedtU
punctilobula ( x H)
1240 Fruiting lobe
of Dennstaedtia punc-
tilobula.
DENDR6PANAX (Greek, tree Panax). Araltdcex.
Unarmed trees and shrubs from Trop Amer. and Asia,
also China and Japan. Fls. hermaphrodite, rarely
polygamous. Species about 20. D japdnicum, Seem.
(Hedera japdniea, Jungh ), may be secured from deal-
ers in Japanese plants The Ivs have been compared to
Fattna japomca, but are smaller and mostly 3-lobed
but bimple. The floral parts are in 5's: mfl. umbellate,
terminal nearly simple and not showy: berry globose.
Cult in temperate house. N. TATLOR.f
DENDROPHYLAX: Polvrrhtza.
DENNST^DTIA (August Wilhelm Dennstedt, early
German botanist ) . Polupodidcese, Hardy or green-
house ferns of wide distribution, often referred to Diek-
homa but belonging to a different family from the tree
ferns of the latter genus from the antarctic or southern
hemisphere. Indusium inferior cup -shaped, open at
top and adherent on outer side to a reflexed toothlet:
Ivs 2-3-pmnatifid from erect or creeping rootstocks.
Species aboxit 30; of simple cultural requirements.
puncti!6bula, Moore (Dicksdnia mlositiscula, Willd.).
Figs. 1239, 1240. Rootstock slender, creeping, under-
ground- Ivs. light green, 1-2^ ft. long, 5-9 in.
wide, usually tn-pinnatifid, under surface minutely
DENNST^DTIA
DESCHAMPSIA
glandular, giving the dried Ivs a somewhat pleasant
fragrance; son minute, on small, recurved teeth.
Canada to Tenn — Sometimes called hay-scented fern,
and boulder fern Likes light porous soil and semi-
shaded places Variable
Smithii, Moore Lvs thick, the under surface almost
woolly, glandular, tripinnate; lower pinnae 9-12 m.
long, 3-4 in wide; son 2-8 to each segrn. Philippines
dissecta, Moore From the W Indies, often 6-7 ft.
high, with broad (2-4 ft ) Ivs — Sometimes seen in cult,
and is well worth a place m the trade.
L M UNDERWOOD.
DENTARIA (Latin, dens, tooth; referring to the
toothed rootstocks) Crudfcrx TOOTHWORT Small
early-flowering herbs, sometimes offered by dealers m
native plants
Hardy herbaceous perennials, usu-
ally with pleasant-tasting rootstocks.
2 or 3 Ivs , mostly with 3 parts, ana
corymbs or racemes of large white or
purplish fls in spring sts mostly
unbranched and not leafy below. Ivs.
palmately 3-divided or lacimate petals
surpassing the sepals, stamens 6, style
slender* fr a very narrow flat sihque
dehiscent from the base — Probably 20
species in Eu , Asia and in N Amcr.
The European and E American species
are readily told from Cardamme by
habit and many obvious differ-
ences, but the W American
representatives of the 2 genera
converge so that some botan-
ists have merged Dentana into
Cardamme (See E L Greene,
Pittoma, 3:117-124)
Several species are culti-
vated in Old World rockeries
They are of easy culture in
light rich soil, and moist shady
positions. Usually propagated
bv division, as seeds are not
abundant
\ Rootstock continuous, not
tuberous
diphylla, Michx PEPPER-
ROOT. Fig. 1241. Eight to 16
in . rootstock several inches
long, often branched, strongly
toothed at the many nodes
st -Ivs 2, similar to the root-
Ivs , close together; segms 3,
ovate or oblong-ovate, coarsely
crenate, the teeth abruptly
acute* petals white inside, pale purple or pinkish out-
side Nova Scotia to S C , west to Minn and Ky
B M 1465 — Rootstocks 5-10 in. long, crisp, tasting
like water-cress. Pretty spring fl
1241. Dentana diphylla. (XJi)
AA. Rootstock tuberous or jointed.
B Lvs. deeply 3-parted, but not into distinct Ifts.
laciniata, Muhl Eight to 16 in * the st pubescent
above: tubers deep* st -Ivs 3, with lateral segms
often 2-lobed, all oblong to linear, more or less sharply
toothed: petals purplish to white Que. to Minn , south
to Fla. and La. Var Integra, Fern , has the lateral
segms. entire or nearly so. D. andmala, Eames, is per-
haps a hybrid with D diphylla; Conn
macrocarpa, Nutt. (C. gemm&ta, Greene) St sim-
ple, 4-15 m.: Ivs 1-3, palmately or pinnately 3-5-
parted, or divided; segms linear to oblong, entire:
fls. purple or rose: tubers with joints about 1 in long.
N. Calif, to Brit Col.
BB. Lvs. of st. cut into 3 distinct Ifts. (except sometimes
in D calif ornica) .
tene'lla, Pursh Six to 12 in : tubers small, irregular:
basal Ivs simple and round-cordate, crenate or sinuate;
st -Ivs 1 or 2, nearly sessile, sometimes bulbiferous;
Ifts. linear-oblong or linear, obtuse, entire: petals rose.
Ore , Wash
calif 6rnica, Nutt Tubers mostly small: st. Y^-l ft.
high Ivs very variable; st -Ivs. 2-4, mostly short-
petiolate, and above the middle of the st. with 3-5
Ifts., rarely simple or lobed, Ifts mostly short-potio-
lulate, ovate to lanceolate or linear, entire or toothed •
petals white or rose Mountains and streams of Calif,
and Ore
maxima, Nutt Ten to 16 in * tubers near the sur-
face, jointed, strongly tubercled. st -Ivs 2 or 3, usually
alternate; Ifts ovate or oblong -ovate,
coarsely toothed and somewhat cleft 01
lobed, with petiolules* fls white or purple-
tinged Maine to Mich and Pa
L II Bf
DEODAR Cedrus Deodara
DEPARIA (Greek, dcpas, a beaker or
chalice; referring to the form of the m\o-
lucie) Polypodies' A small genus of
Hawuuan and South American ferns
related to Dennsta>dtia, rarely seen in
cultivation in America The son are mar-
ginal and usually on stalked projections
from the margin of the leaf
DE~RRIS (Greek, a leather cmering).
Syn Degucha Leguminb^x Tropical, tall
woody climbers (sometimes trees), one of
which has been offered in S.
Calif , but is now apparently
out of cult there Lvs alter-
nate, Ifts opposite, the odd
one distant; stipules none fls
violet, purple or white, never
yellow, in racemes or panicles
or fascicles, papilionaceous,
standard broad and rounded;
wings oblique pod mdehiscent;
1- to several-seeded — About
40 ^pocies, of little horticultural
significance.
scandens, Benth Climbing:
Ifts 9 -18, 1-2 m long, oblong,
obtuse, or acute, glabrous or
minutely pilose beneath fls.
pale rose, m very long racemes:
pod long, lanceolate, acute at
both ends, narrowly winged at
the base, ovules 6-8 S Asia
and Indian Archipelago to Austral — It has been offered
in this country, but has not been successfully cult
D alboriibra, Hcmsl , from China, has been flowered at Kew m
the palm house "where it covered some square yards of the roof "
fls. white, fragrant, with red calyx, in long panicles Ifts coria-
ceous, glabrous, ovate-oblong a climbing evergreen shrub once
confused with D Fordn, Oliver B M 8008. L H B
DESCHAMPSIA (for Deslongchamps, a French
botanist, 1774^1849). Gramincse Tufted perennials
with shining spikelets m narrow or loose panicles, some-
times grown for dry bouquets
Spikelets mostly 2-fld , with a hairy prolongation
of the rachilla; glumes about as long as the florets;
lemmas toothed, bearing a dorsal awn — Species about
20, in the cooler regions of the northern hemisphere
caespitdsa, Beauv. (Air a csespitosa, Linn ) TUFTED
HAIR-GRASS. HASSOCK-GRASP. Growing in tufts 1-3
ft : blades firm, narrow, panicle open, the branches
slender. G.M. 54:916 Common m N. U. S., extending
DESCHAMPSIA
DESIGN
south in the mountains. — In England, it is sometimes
used by the farmers to make door-mats.
flexudsa, Trm (/Ura flexudsa, Linn ). WOOD HAIR-
GKAHS Culms slender, 1-2 ft : blades numerous,
capillary panicle open, the flexuous branches spikelet-
beanng near the ends Dept Agric , Div. Agrost 7 173
Open woods N. E U. S -—Of some value for woodland
pastures, as it will grow well in the shade Also used
for ornament A form with yellow-striped foliage is sold
under the name Aira folns vanegalis
A S HITCHCOCK.
DESIGN, FLORAL. An important feature of the
work of a retail florist is the making of floral designs or
"set pieces " Fig 12 12 This work is directly opposed
to the informal arrangement of flowers which is so
much admired at the present time. See Bouquets, Vol
I By artistic arrangement, however, these designs
are now made less formal than in the earlier history
of the retailer's work These designs lend themselves
well to the working out of various inscriptions and
legends in flowers; therefore, these arc most frequently
used as tokens of affection
sent to friends or relatives
at the time of a death
These designs are also
much in demand by vari-
ous fraternal orders and
other societies, when the
emblems of the order or
society are worked out in
flowers and sent as a
tribute to the house of sor-
row They then fore have
their place in the work of
every flowrer-.shop
As has been stated, the
present-day tendency in
the arrangement of flow-
ers in designs is to get as
far away as possible from
a stiff, set formality A
design must, of necessity,
be distinct in outline, but
by a careful and free use
of ferns and other florists'
"green," the effect may
be made somewhat infor-
mal and pleasing Various
forms of the "shower"
wreath illustrate thi.s, as
well a.s a loose arrange-
ment of flowers, and even
foliage and flowering plants about the base of a standing
emblem
The most common forms of floral designs in use at
the present time are flat and standing wreaths, pillows,
casket-covers, crosses, anchors, and the emblems of
various fraternal orders, such as the Masonic square
and compass, and the Odd Fellows' three links
, The flowers, of which these designs are made, vary
in different stores The price which is to be paid for the
design usually governs the species and varieties used
Orchids, lilies, lilies-of-the-valley, roses and Farlejensc
ferns compose the most expensive designs, while carna-
tions, stevia, Roman white hyacinths and other more
common flowers, with asparagus fern, comprise the
cheaper designs Usually the florist determines the price
the customer wishes to pay and selects the flowers in
accordance with this Within recent years there has
come to be a demand for unusual material in designs,
and boxwood, galax, leucothoe and magnolia leaves,
ericas and other woody plants have been much used
In making these designs, the arrangement must
necessarily be quite formal: therefore, wire frames are
wire-working firms and are sold at wholesale at a
comparatively low figure. In order to emphasize the
particular formal outline and to hold the flowers
permanently in place, the flower-sterns are usually
removed and the flowers then wired with 9- or 12-inch,
No 22 or No 24 wire The wire forms are first filled
with sphagnum moss, which is moistened so that the
flowers will retain their freshness, and the wired stems
of the flowers are inserted in this moss The wiring is
an art, and the design-worker becomes so proficient in
this that many flowers may be wired in a short period
of time This is necessary when many designs must be
made quickly, as is so frequently the case in a flower-
shop at the time of the funeral of a distinguished person
Design work usually brings the retailer a substantial
remuneration In many instances, flowers of a lower
quality may be used in designs than are demanded
by persons buying cut-flowers They must always be
fresh, however, but, when roses are used, those having
shoit stems are just as desirable as long-stemmed
flowers In carnations, many having a split calyx may
be used when they would be salable in no other way.
If Roman hyacinths are
used, the main truss may
be sold as cut-flowers, and
the secondary trusses used
in designs
The green elements in
the design, which are used
to emphasize the beauty
of the flowers, vary much
in different stores Each
designer has his own ideas
regarding the uses of this
material, but often he is
compelled to use what is
availabl
ble at the precise
moment when it is needed.
Because o£ its excellent
keeping qualities, the
''dagger," or Christmas
fern, is frequently used;
but, when this is plainly
visible in . the finished
design, it has a coarse
appearance which cheap-
ens the effectiveness of
the piece It may, how-
ever, be used as a cover
for the frame and moss,
with excellent effects The
"fancy dagger," or spinu-
1242 A floral des.gn. w ^ ^^ Jg ^
attractive than the common dagger fern One of the
earlier greens used was smilax, but this has inferior
keeping qualities to other kinds and is not so popular
at the present time It does not lend itself readily to a
loose, formal arrangement Both Asparagus plumosus
and A. Sprenqcn make excellent backgrounds for all
design work For softening effects to be worked among
the flowers, nothing adds value to the design so much as
a few sprays of Adiantum Ciowtanum or A Farleyense
Often the foliage of the plants from which the flowers
come adds a more pleasing effect than does the green
of any other species This is especially true when roses
or hhes-of-the-valley are used
Of the many designs made by the retailer of flowers,
wreaths are probably the most m demand They
exhibit good taste, and many have excellent keeping
qualities. One of the earlier forms was made of Eng-
lish ivy, and the effect was pleasing This was espec-
ially so when the wreath was enriched with a large
bunch of violets, arranged in a loose, artistic manner
Because of the difficulty of getting a sufficient quantity
of these leaves, the ivy wreath has been largely replaced
used. These are made in large quantities by various by that made of galax leaves. These have excellent
990
DESIGN
DESMANTHUS
keeping qualities and are obtained in large quantities
by wholesale dealers from the mountains of North and
South Carolina. Both bronze and green galax may be
secured, but the green is most satisfactory as it makes
a more pleasing contrast with a larger number of
colors of flowers It is customary to make these in
rather large sizes, a 16-inch frame, or even larger,
being used Usually the right-hand side of the wreath
is decorated with roses, hlios-of-the-valley, or other
flowers A standing galax wreath, with a base of galax
leaves, cocos palms, white roses and "valley," and the
wreath itself decorated with white roses, lihes-of-the-
valley, with shower sprays of "valley" and maiden-
hair ferns on dainty narrow ribbon, makes an effective
design If a single spray of cattleyas is placed among
the roses and "valley," the effect is enriched wonder-
fully. Magnolia and leucothoe leaves are also used
extensively for wreaths, but this foliage is heavier and
less pleasing than galax However, the buying public
is tiring of the galax, and the retailer is searching the
continents for something to replace it Boxwood also
makes a rich and attractive wreath Wreaths made
principally of flowers are often in demand, and when
varieties are carefully selected, the reruns are pleading.
Fig 1242 (redrawn from American Florist).
In selecting the flowers for any design, certain rules
must be observed. In the first place, a designer must
realize that, as in all other flower-arrangement, a
lavish use of material is not essential to good effects.
A flower has an individuality of its own, and this
should be just as pronounced in a design as in a loose
vase arrangement \t no time should the material
be crowded When an inscription is to be placed over
the flowers, as, for example, in a pillow when carna-
tions are to bo the background, even then each carna-
tion should show its form and the background
should not be a mass of petals without definite shape.
As a general thing, it is best to place the flowers
in position fir^t, after having covered the mossed frame
with green, and then to work the foliage among the
flowers where it is needed for the best effects. This
method requires fewer flowers, and the effect is more
artistic. In making a design, it must b? remembered
that there may be contrast of forms as well as colors
As a rule, there should not be over three contrasts of
forms and two contrasts of colors, although there
may be variations to this rule in special cases. As
regards shapes and forms, it is quite essential that
larger, heavier blooms, such as lilies and roses, should
be contracted with sprays of a light and graceful
character, like lihes-of-the-vallcy and Roman hya-
cinths. The larger flowers are to be placed low in the
arrangement, and the finer sprays higher. Often the
center of a design is made of one particular species, as,
for example, pmk roses with their foliage; and the
borders of the design are filled with sprays of lighter
flowers, like lihes-of-thc-valley with their foliage or
that of the maidenhair fern If in the arrangement
of the larger flowers a few buds of the species used are
added, the effectiveness of form is increased.
In selecting colors for debigns, the lighter shades
are the most desired, although in recent years there
has come to be a freer use of darker colors. For exam-
ple, a large wreath of Richmond or other red roses
contrasted with hhes-of-the-valley or white Roman
hyacinths, is very effective and is not considered out
of place for a funeral design. The amateur should,
however, avoid striking contrasts or to endeavor to
harmonize unusual forms in flowers The experienced
designer may bring these together with pleasing effects,
but this ability comes only after years of study and
experience. Large designs are more easily arranged
than small ones, and in them may be usqd a wider
range of colors. The most striking colors are, however,
widely separated, and between these the flowers should
be of such tints that they assist in blending.
Flowers with a strong fragrance should not be used
in designs if they can be avoided. They are especially
objectionable if they are to be used m a dwelling-house
where the rooms are often crowded. In a church or
other large room, the fragrance is less noticeanie.
Polyanthus narcissi, tuberoses and freemas are espe-
cially objectionable The more delicate odors of violets,
hhes-of-the-valley and Roman hyacinths aie less so.
The funeral designs most frequently ordered by the
immediate family are pillows and casket-covers Both
of these demand careful treatment in making, the
pillow being especially difficult The smaller the
pillow, the harder it is to produce a pleasing result.
The flowers should be of a rich character, and it shows
better judgment to select n less expensive wreath as a
floral tribute than to purchase a pillow made of cheap
flowers. Casket-covers should also be made of expensive
flowers These covers are not lasting, for they must of
necessity be light in character; and moss, which is so
neccssaiy to retain moisture and freshnoxs in the
flowers, cannot well be used. Light wire of a fine
mesh, such as mosquito netting, is cut of the desired
size and the flowers which are usually of one species,
like Easter lilies or rohes, arc wired to thus with suffi-
cient foliage or other green to rover the wne A flower
of some contrasting color mav be used for a border,
or a rich outline of smilax is effective
The construction of many fraternal emblems in a
pleasing, artistic way, demands all the fine points of
the professional designer's skill Often all rules, of
flower-arrangement have to be distepurded Special
emblems have to be made of special tolois, and when
an emblem must be made which calls for definite parts
to be blue, others to be yellow, red, white and green,
the problem to harmonize those is a serious one. The
designer has no choice in such a ease, and can moot
this demand onlv with an attempt to reduce to the
minimum those clashing contrasts in oolor
As has boon stated, formal design >> in the arrange-
ment of cut-flowers arc a necessity, and for those
there will probably always bo a demand Tho designer
should have in mind, howovor, that it is possible to
arrange flowers in a pleasing way and still emplmsue
the formal linos Artists in this "line of work are just
as truly "born, not made," a,s in any other branch of
art: and unless one has a genuine- lovo for flowers and
the artist's skill in their arrange-
ment, the making of formal designs
should not be attempted
E A. WHITE.
DESMANTHUS (narno refers
to flowers being in bundles) Syn.
Acuan. Lcgumin<)^e About 10
herbs orsliiubs in subtropical N.
Amer , and 1 in the tiopics of the
Old World, a fow of the American
species roach ing well north in the
U. S.; piobably not icgularly cult ,
but now and thon tiansforiod to
the garden for the oiioot of their,
bipmnate Ivs and small greenish
white fls , in uxill.uy pedunolod
heads or spikes The genus is one
of the Mimosa tnbo, and the fls.
are not papilionaceous, petals 5,
distinct or very nearly so, calyx
bell-shaped, 5-toothed, stamens 5
or 10, distinct, usually exserted:
pod flat, narrow, straight or
curved, several-seeded 1) illtno-
tnsis, MacM (Mimtisa ilhnotnsis,
Michx Acuan ilhnocnsu, Kuntze),
occurs in prairies and river borders
1243. Desmazeria from Ind. west and south' 1-5 ft ,
•icula. (x>i) nearly glabrous, perennial erect
DESMANTHUS
herb- Ifts. 20-30 pairs, obtusish. D. lepldlobus, Ton. &
Gray, occurs on prairies from Kans to Texas: Ifts.
mostly fewer and acute, and peduncles much shorter
(1 in. or less long).
DESMAZERIA (in honor of Desmazieres, a French
botanist). Graminese. Plants resembling Eragrostis,
sometimes grown as ornamental grasses.
Spikelets many-fld , strongly compressed, the lemmas
keeled and coriaceous but faintly 3- or rarely 5-nerved,
awnless: mfl. several closely imbricated spikelets,
arranged m a linear, dense, nearly sunple spike-like
panicle. — Species 4, 1 in Medit. region, and 3 in S. Afr.
sfcula, Dum. (Brizopyrum ticidum, Link). SPIKE-
GKASS. Fig 1243 Annual, 8-12 in spikelets J^m...
in a nearly simple spike. Eu. — Cult, for ornament and
frequently used for edging A. S HITCHCOCK.
DESMODIUM (Greek, a band or chain, referring to
the jointed pods) By some called Meibbmia. Legumi-
nosa; TICK TREFOIL Mostly herbs, upwards of 170
species, in temperate and \varm regions of Amer , Asia,
Afr. and Austral Lvs pinnate, with 3-5 (rarely 1)
Ifts fls small and papilionaceous, m terminal or
axillary racemes in summer, mostly purple;
calyx with a short tube, more or less 2-
lipped, standard broad, wings joined to the
keel pod flat, deeply lobed or jointed, the
joints often breaking apart and adhering
to clothing and to animals by means of small hooked
hairs Fig 1244 A number of species are native to
N Amor , and are sometimes grown in the hardy bor-
der, where they thrive under ordinary conditions One
hothouse species, D gyrans, its sometimes cult for its
odd moving Ifts D. pendidiflorum and D. japonicum
will be found under Lospode/a Several of the native
species are worthy of cult , but are practically unknown
m the trade The following have boon offered by col-
lectors D canadense, DC (Fig 1244), D cuspidalum,
Hook , D Dillenn, Darl ; D manlandicum, Boott,
D nudiflorum, DC.; D pamculatum, DC , D pauci-
florum, DC , D sewhfolium, Torr & Gray The
Florida beggarweed is l)et>modium tortuobum, DC , of
the W Indies It is coming into prominence in the S as
a forage plant (see Cyclo Amer Agnc , Vol II, p 214).
T\\o Chinese shrubby species have recently been
mtro to Eu . D armthythnum, Dunn, growing 3-5 ft :
Ivs 3-foholate, the Ifts elliptic, 4-7 in long fls amethy-
stine, \-2\n long, in a terminal panicle 1) ctnerrii>ct,ni>t
Franch , not Gray broad bu*h, 3 ft high, densely
leafy. IVH large, the Ifts lozenge-shaped fls rosy lilac
to violet, in many racemes, produced in June and
again in Sept
The gu-en house species, D gyians, is of tolerably easy
culture It requires stove temperature, and, although a
perennial, it is best treated as an annual The best
method of propagation is by seeds These should be
sown in February in a light, sandy soil, in 4- inch pots,
and placed in a warm, close atmosphere, where they
will soon germinate. The seedlings should be potted
singly into small pots as soon as large enough to handle
and grown on as rapidly as possible, using a mixture of
good, fibrous loam and leaf soil m about equal propor-
tions By midsummer they will be good bushy plants,
and, though not showy, they are very interesting.
(Edward J. Canning )
gyrans, DC TELEGRAPH PLANT. Undershrub, 2-4
ft. high, with 3 oblong or elliptic Ifts , the small lateral
ones (which are almost linear) moving m various
directions when the temperature is congenial, and
especially in the sunshine: fls purple or violet, in
racemes and terminal racemose panicles. Ceylon to the
Himalayas and the Philippines — Grown occasionally
as a curiosity, particularly m botanical collections. See
Darwin's "Power of Movement in Plants," and various
botanical treatises, for fuller accounts L. H. B.
DESMOS
991
DESM6NCUS (band and hook, referring to hook-
like points on the Ivs.) Palmacex About 25 palms of
U S, S. Mex. to Bolivia and Brazil, differing from
Bactris in the long slender climbing caudex and tech-
nical characters. They are gregarious plants, with
res or hooks by means of which they climb or are
ated on growing trees, the sts. usually thin and
flexuose and annular: Ivs. scattered along the st.,
pinnate or pinnatisect, the parts or segms. opposite or
alternate, the rachis produced into a long hook-bearing
climbing organ: fls
greenish, in solitary
spadices with 2
spathe-lvs.: fr
small, pea -shaped,
red. D. major,
Crueg., st. becom-
ing very long and
clinging to sup-
ports by the modi-
- ... «*- fied retrorse oppo-
w site segms on the
prolonged rachis:
Ivs. pinnate, Ifts 20
pairs, linear-acumi-
nate and usually
„. , clustered, rachis
.V^v spiny, dark-tomen-
tose* spat he cov-
ered with brown
prickles. Trinidad Little known
under glass, and reported as cult,
in the open in S. Fla. and S Calif.
L.H.B
D£SMOS (Greek, chain, on ac-
count of the fruit resembling nodes
chained together) Annondceae
(Nearfy natural size ) A genus established ^n 1790 by
Loureiro and based upon Desmos
cochin chinenbis (Unona Desmos, Dunal, 1817; Unona
cochitichinensis, DC , 1824). The flowers are com-
posed of 3 sepals and 6 petals in 2 series, the
latter valvate, nearly equal, and flat, stamens numer-
ous, tetragonal -oblong or cuneate, the connective
expanded above the dorsal oblong or linear-oblong
pollen-sacs into a truncate hood-like process, recep-
tacle, or torus, slightly raised, usually truncate or
somewhat concave at the apex; carpels indefinite;
ovules several, usually forming a single column, but
sometimes eub-biscnate; style ovoid or oblong, re-
curved, ripe carpels indefinite, either elongate and
chain-like from constrictions between the seeds, or
baccate and spheroid. /). coe/uri-c/un^rms, Lour ,
is a shrub with an erect or climbing st and weak
rechnate branches, lanceolate Ivs , fragrant yellow-
ish green pendulous fls , and reddish green momli-
form frs D chinensis, Lour (Unona discolor, Vahl),
is a small tiee ot the E Indies, \\ith ovate-oblong Ivs
glaucous beneath and extra-axillary sweet-scented
aromatic fls , for the sake of which it is often cult.
The greenish yellow corolla resembles that of Canang-
lum odoralum, but the momliform fr consists of several
joints, each containing a pea -like seed It is used
when green by the Chinese at Hongkong, who make
from it a fine purple dye D elegans, Safford (Undna
elegans, Thwaites), remarkable for its fr , which resem-
bles strings of beads, and the very closely allied D.
zeyldmcus, Safford (U. zeyldmca, Hook. f. & Thorns ),
are endemic in the moist forests of Ceylon. Many species
of Desmos have been erroneously referred to the genus
Unona, based upon a S. American plant (Unona discreta,
Linn f ) not congeneric with the Asiatic genus above
4escnbed, but more closely allied, if not to be identified
with the genus Xylopia. See Safford, W. E , Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club 39:501-8 (1912). W< E SAFFORD.
992
DEUTZIA
DEUTZIA
DEtlTZIA (named by Thunberg in honor of his friend
and patron, Johann van der Deutz). Saxifragacex.
Very ornamental shrubs grown for their showy white
or blush flowers appearing in spring or early summer
Upright* Ivs deciduous, rarely persistent, opposite,
petioled. serrate, usually with rough stellate pubes-
cence: fls in panicles, rarely in racemes or in corymbs,
white, sometimes purplish, epigynous; calyx-teeth 5;
petals 5, stamens 10, rarely more, shorter than the
petals, filaments usually winged and toothed at the
apex, styles 3-5, distinct caps 3-5-cellod, with
numerous minute seeds. — About 50 species in E. Asia and
Himalayas and 1 in Mex Monograph by Schneider in
M.D. 1904.172-188, and a hort monograph by
Lemome m J.H F 1902.298-314; see also Rchder in
Sargent, Plant Wilson 1 14-24 for Chinese species
The deutzias belong to our most beautiful and most
popular ornamental shrubs; they are very floriferous
and of easy cultivation D pannflora and D grandi-
fiora are the hardiest, and also D gracihs, D. Sicboldi-
ana and D scabra are hardy as far north as Massachu-
setts; the recently introduced D longifoha, D Schneid-
eriana, D discolor, and D Wilsohu have proved fairly
hardy with slight protection or m sheltered positions
at the Arnold Arboretum One of the most tender is
D. purpurascens Of the hybrids, D. Lemoinci is the
hardiest, while D rosea has proved about as hardy as
D. gracihs, D kalmiscflora, D mynantha and others are
tenderer. Most of the deutzias have white flowers, but
D. rosea, D. purpura^cent,, D longifoha, D. mynantha,
D kalrniseflora and some varieties of D wabra, have
the flowers carmine outside or pinkish They flower
most profusely if pruned as little as possible, although
an occasional thinning out of the old wood soon after
flowering will be of advantage.
The deutzias thrive in almost any well-drained soil,
and are well adapted for borders of shrubberies
Potted plants forced with a temperature not exceed-
ing 50° develop into beautiful specimens for the decora-
tion of greenhouses and conservatories, especially
D Lemoinei, D gracihs and D. discolor. The same
plants cannot be forced again Propagate readily by
greenwood and hardwood cuttings, also by seeds sown
in pans or boxes in spring
INDEX.
albo-marmorata, 1.
floribunda, 2.
albo-plena, 3
formosa, f>
albo-punctata, 3
Fortunoi, 3.
angustifoha, 3, 17.
aurea, 1.
aureo-vancgata, 3.
Kraeihs, 1, 2
graruhflora, 2. 15.
kalmitpflora, ll.
campanulatu, 2
candichstuma, 3.
latiflora, 5.
laxiflora, 4.
carrninoa, 2
Lomomci, 17.
comparta, 17
loiiRifoha, 9.
corymbiflora, 7.
maRmfica, 5.
crenata, 3, 5.
major, 12
dentnta, 3
marmorata, 3.
Dippohana, 6.
mttii, 3
discolor, '1, 8, 12.
multiflora, 2.
cburnea, 5
Mustei, 16
orccta, 5, 7.
mynantha, 10.
cximia, 2.
1245 Deutzia gracllis. (XH)
parviflora, 18.
plena, 3.
punctata, 3.
puntcea, 3
purpurascens, 8.
rosea, 2
scabra, 3, 6,
SchiU'idenana, 4.
sH< huenonsis, 7.
Sicboldiana, 6.
stiperba, 5
Veitchu, 9.
vonusta, 2
Vilmonnro, 13.
Watoron, 3.
Wtlim, 3.
Wilsonu, 14.
A. Petals valvate in the bud,
B. Fls. in panicles or racemes, calyx-teeth short (except
in the hybrids)
c. Lvs glabrous below or nearly so.
1 grficihs, Sieb & Zucc Fig 1245 Shrub, to 3 ft.,
with slender, often arching branches Ivs oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, sharply seirate, with sparse
stellate hairs above, nearly glabrous beneath, bnght
green, 1-2 m long, fls pure white, m racemes, petals
erect or somewhat spreading, oblong, stamens much
shorter than the petals, calyx-teeth persistent May,
June Japan S Z. 8 P F G 2, p 7 FS6G11.
RH 1891, p 203. GM 50.5(>3 Gn 39, p 200
G\V. 12, p 531 Gt 1897 384 II F 1 48 JF 1.44
V. 7 217 Var aurea, Schelle Lvs yellow Var.
albo-marmorata, Lemome Lvs sprinkled with white.
2 rdsea, Rehd (D gracihs x D purpwdsctns D
grdcihs rb»ca and D discolor rosea, Lemome) Lvs
ovate-oblong, acuminate, bnght green, slightly paler
below, very spanngly stellate-pubescent on both
sides fls pink, campanulate, in panicles, calyx-lobes
longer than the tube, filaments slightly toothed or
subulate, but strongly toothed in all varieties except
in var venusta and var multijlora. F E 30 423 G
27 274 Var campanulata, Rehd With large white
campanulate fls G 28 485 Var venusta, Rehd.
With white fls G 27 275 Var multifldra, Rehd
With white (Is Var eximia,
Rehd With white fls tinted
pink outside, in upright pani-
cles Var carminea, Rehd
With light pink fls tinted
carmine outside Var flori-
bunda, Hehd With white fls
tinted pink outside J H F.
1902 312 Var grandifl6ra,
Rehd With fls of the same
color, but larger All these
varieties were originally
described by Lemome as
varieties of D. gracihs ex-
cept the two last ones, which
he has under D discolor.
co Lvs. stellate-pubescent
beneath.
D Filaments all toothed at
the apex.
E. Calyx-lobes shorter than the
tube, petals upright
3. s<&bra, Thunb Shrub,
to 6 ft . Ivs all petioled,
ovate to ovate -Ian ceo late,
rounded at the base, crenate-
dentate, with rough pubes-
cence on both sides, dull
green, 1-3 in. long1 panicles
erect, 2-4 in long, fls white
or blushed, with erec t petals;
DEUTZIA
calyx-lobes deciduous. June, July. Japan, China. S Z.
6 BM 3838. BR 1718. SBFG II 4'393 Gn.
37, p 315 F E 31.1163. H U. 1, p. 106 Var. angusti-
fdha, Voss Branches reddish brown Ivs ovate-lanceo-
late, rougher Var crenata, Voss (I) crinato, 8ieb &Zucc.
D dentata, Hort D m\tts, Hort ). Branches brown:
Ivs ovate or oblong-ovate, less rough This variety
is less common in cult, than the former. Var. marmo-
rata, Rehd (var. aureo-variegdta, Schneid ) Lvs.
spotted with yellowish white Var. punctata, Arb.
Kew (var dlbo-puncidta, Schneid ). Lvs sprinkled
with white dots Var. F6rtunei, Schneid. Fls.
larger FE. 31-1071 Var. Watered, Rehd (var.
punicea, Schneid D. crenata Wdtercri, Lemoine).
Fls white, tinted carmine outside G C III 39 340.
Var. pldna, Rehd (D crenata var. plena, Maxim ).
Fls double, white, tinged with rose outbide. RH 1867'
70 FS 17.1790; 18 1850 G 21:263 F 1863 153.
G F 8 '112, here belongs also Pride of Rochester, with
very large fls , faintly tinged with rose outfaide Gn.
33, p 514. Var candidissima, Rehd (D scabra var.
dlbo-plena, Schneid D crenata candidissima plena,
Carr D Wellsn, Hort ) Fls double, pure white.
4 Schneideriana. Rehd. Shrub, to 6 ft Ivs elliptic-
ovate to elliptic-oblong, short-acuminate, sharply ser-
rulate, stellate-tomento.se and whitish below, l>^-3 in.
long panicles broadly pyramidal; fls. nearly J^in.
long, white, stamens nearly as long as the petals;
calyx-lobes deciduous Cent China Var laxifldra,
Rehd Lvs oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, remotely
denticulate, rough-pubescent above, thinly htellate-
pubescent beneath and light green panicles broad and
rather loose, 2Vi>-3/'2 m long, fls about ^in long
June W China — Only the var is in cult , similar
to D. scabra, but the panicles looser and more graceful
EE Calyx-lobt*. longer than the tube
5. magnffica, Rehd (I) scabra x D Vilmbnnx D.
crenata magnijica, Lemoine) Lvs ovate-oblong, acumi-
nate, appressed-serrulate, rough above, stellate-tomen-
tose and grayish green below, 1^-2 ]/% in long fls in
erect panicles, white, double, sepals ovate or ovate-
oblong, about as long as calyx, acute June G M
53 108 FE 31.322 Var latifldra, Rehd , with very
large single fls 1 J 2 m across Var superba, Rehd ,
with large bingle carnpanulate fls Var eburnea,
with \\hite single campanulate fls in loose panicles,
stamens slightly bhorter than petals Var erecta,
Rehd , with white fls m densse panicles Var formdsa,
Rehd j with double white fls m large panicles. These
varieties were originally described as vars of D crenata
DD. Filaments, at least the longer ones, subulate, without
teeth
6 Sieboldiana, Maxim (D scabra, Sieb & Zucc ,
not Thunb ) Low shrub, to 2 ft Ivs short-petioled,
the pair below the panicle nearly sessile, ovate or ovate-
elliptic to oblong-ovate, rounded or cordate at the base,
rough and rugose above, stellate-pubescent and light
green beneath, 1-2 in long panicles erect, loose, 2-3
in. long with appressed stellate pubescence mixed
with spreading simple hairs, fls white, rather small,
with spreading petals; the shorter filaments usually
abruptly contracted or with very short teeth; calyx-
lobes persistent. June Japan SZ 7. GC III 36 244.
Var Dippehana, Schneid (D scabra vera, Hort ) Lvs.
broader and smaller4 panicle only with appressed
pubescence, stamens all subulate — Graceful low shrub,
but less showy than most other species.
un. Fls in corymbs or cymes.
c Infl. many- or several-fld.
D. Calyx-teeth shorter than tube, anthers attached to the
inside of the broad jilament
7. setchuengnsis, Franch (D. corymbiflbra erecta,
Hort.). Shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to lanceo-
DEUTZIA
993
late, denticulate, rough-pubescent above, grayish green
below and densely covered with stellate and simple
hairs, 2-4 in long, corymbs few-fld , fls. less than H»n.
across; filaments with large broad teeth about as
long as the nearly sessile anther Cent. China. Var
corymbifldra, Rehd (D corymbiflbra, Lernome) Lvs
elliptic-ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, sometimes
slightly cordate at the base, 2-4 in. long: corymbs
rnany-fld ; fls. with spreading petals, ^m. ecross;
1246 Deutzia purpurascens.
stamens about one-third as long as the petals, upright
and cormivent, styles shorter than stamens. June,
July Cent China B M 8255 G C III. 24 267.
RH 1897, pp 460, 467 (as D corymbosa), 1898, p.
402 MDG 19139 (lower picture) A F. 14:166.
Cng 7 2 — The variety is much handsomer than the
type, the fls. are comparatively small, but very
numerous Tender.
DD Calyx-teeth lanceolate, as long or longer than the tube.
E. Anthers of the inner stamens borne on the inner side
of the pctaloid filaments; fls. pink or purplish
outxide.
8 purpurascens, Rehd (D discolor var. purpu-
rdscens, Franch ). Fig 1246 Shrub, to 3 ft , with slender
arching branches. Ivs ovate to ovate-lanceolate,
crenately and unequally serrate, usually rounded at the
base, green and only sparingly stellate-pubescent on
both sides, 1^-2^ m long corymbs 5-10-fld.; fls.
with spreading petals, about %in across, white, out-
side purple, the inner filaments \vith the anther below
the apex May, June S W China B M 7708.
GC III 2.15, 26:45. GF 7:287 (adapted in Fig.
1246) G. 27.201. R II. 1895 64— Very handsome,
but tender
9 longifdlia, Franch Shrub, to 6 ft , with upright
branches Ivs oblong-lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate,
long-acuminate, narrowed at the base, thickish, rough
ami bomewhat rugose above, grayish white and densely
tomentose below, 2-4^ in long- corymbs many-fid ,
loose or dense; fls with spreading petals, more than
£4 in across; the shorter filaments lanceolate with the
anther inside near the middle. June. W China.
G.C. Ill 51:409. Gn. 76, p. 243. G.M. 55:353 Var.
994
DEUTZIA
DEUTZIA
VeJtchii, Rehd. (D. Vdtchii. Veitch) with somewhat
larger fls. in dense many-fla. corymbs. G.C. III. 51 :
suppl. 19. M D.G. 1913:17.— One of the handsomest
deutzias, but has proved hardy only under protection
at the Arnold Arboretum.
EB. Anthers borne at the end of the filaments.
F. Fls. usually pinkish outside (hybrids of D. purpu-
rascens).
10. myriantha, Lemoine (D. Lemoinei x D. pur-
purdscens). Lvs. oblong-ovate, acuminate, rounded or
broadly cuneate at the base, serrulate with spreading
teeth, rough above, slightly stellate-pubescent beneath,
1^-3 in. long fls. in broad corymbs, white, with
spreading petals, partly imbricate in bud; filaments
strongly toothed; anthers short-stalked; styles shorter
than stamens; sepals triangular-ovate, about as long
as calyx-tube G C. III. 52 "45 F S.R. 3, p. 193. A.F.
31:100, 101. MDG. 1907.376, fig 5; 377, fig. 8.
G W. 13, p 614. Var Boule Rose and var. Fleur de
Pommier have the fls pink outside.
11. kalmtefldra, Lemome (D parvifibra x D. pur-
purdscens). LVS oblong to ovate-oblong, short-acumi-
nate, broadly cuneate at the base, serrulate,
rough above, slightly stellate pubescent below,
l-2li2 in- long. fls. in rather small corymbs,
pinkish, white in the center, light carmine out-
side, cup-shaped, %in. across; petals mostly
imbricate in bud; stamens half as long as petals;
filaments with large teeth, nearly
as long as the anthers; styles shorter
than stamens M D.G 1913-25. G.
27:199. Gn. W. 17:627.— One of
the handsomest hybrids.
FF Fls white.
G Filaments toothed below the
apex.
12. discolor, Hemsl. Upright
shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
cuneate at the base, denticulate, sparingly stellate-hairy
above, stellate-tomentose and whitish below, 2-4 in.
long . corymbs dense, hemispherical, pedicels usually
not exceeding J^in.; fls. white, with spreading elliptic
petals, about %in across: stamens about half as long
as petals; filaments with large teeth usually as long as
the stalk of the anther, the anthers of the inner
stamens sometimes inserted inside a little below the
rx. June. Cent. China. Var. major, Veitch Fls.
ut 1 in across G. 30:307. R.B. 32, p. 174. M.D.G.
1913:9 (upper picture).
13. Vilmorfnae, Lemoine. Shrub, to 5 ft. : Ivs oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed at the base, serru-
late, thinly stellate-pubescent above, densely so below
and grayish white, 2-3 in. long: corymbs loose and
large; pedicels %-%m. J°n8> fls« more than ^m across;
larger stamens only slightly shorter than petals; the
teeth of the filaments shorter than the stalks of the
anthers; styles as long as stamens. May, June. Cent.
China. R.H. 1895, pp. 266, 267. F.V. 126. A very
graceful shrub with its large and loose corymbs of
white fls.
GO. Filaments, at least the longer ones, gradually nar-
rowed toward the apex, without teeth.
14. Wflsonii, Duthie. Shrub, to 6 ft : Ivs. elliptic-
lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, short-acuminate,
rounded or narrowed at the base, rough-pubescent
above, grayish white and tomentose below; 2-4 in.
long: corymbs compact, many-fld ; fls white, more
than %in. across, stamens a third shorter than the
petals; the shorter filaments usually abruptly contracted
or sometimes with short obtuse teetb; calyx-lobes
oblong-ovate, about as long as tube. May, June. Cent.
China BM 8083. G. 30:373. G.M. 51:473. M.D.G.
1912:27, 1913:16.
cc. Infl. 1-8-fld.; filaments with long and slender recurved
teeth.
15 grandifldra, Bunge. vShrub, to 6 ft. : Ivs. ovate,
acuminate, rounded at the base, unequally and closely
denticulate, rough pubescent above, whitish stellate-
tomentose below and reticulate, 1-2^2 in. long fls.
white, nodding, with slightly spreading petals about
%in. long; stamens about half as long as petals; calyx-
lobes lanceolate, twice as long as tube. April, May.
N. China — A very distinct species, the earnest of all
to blooin, the fls appearing with the Ivs ; has proved
perfectly hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
AA. Petals imbricate in the bud (or partly imbricate in
the hybrid}; fls white.
16. parvifldra, Bunge Shrub, to 6 ft , with erect
branches: Ivs ovate
or oblong-ovate, usu-
ally narrowed at the
base, finely serrate,
with stellate hairs on
both sides, often
grayish green be-
neath, 2-3 in long:
fls in many-fld.
corymbs, petals
roundish obovate,
spreading, imbricate
m the bud, longer
filaments without
teeth June. N.
China, Mongolia G.
F.I 365 Gt 11-370,
4,i, p 65, 46, p 382.
R H 1892, p 223.
GC 111 14-153 Gn
4t, p 181 FSR 3,
p 197. AF 15-1297
Gng 8.305,307. Var
Mus&i, Lemome Of
stronger growth. Ivs.
larger and more acu-
minate . fls creamy
white in denser
corymbs.
17. Lemoinei, Hort.
(D grdcilis x D.
parvifibra D an-
gudifbha, D i p p ) .
Fig 1247. Spreading shrub, to 3 ft - Ivs elliptic-lanceo-
late, finely serrate with appressed teeth, \vith sparse
stellate hairs above, near'y glabrous beneath, 1H-3
in long fls in large corymbs or broad panicles, pure
white; petals broadly ovate, spreading, partially
valvate and partially imbricate in the bud , filaments
with large teeth G F. 9 285 (adapted in Fig 1247).
A F. 11-457; 15 1296. Gt. 44, p 567; 46, p 383 Gng.
4:135; 8 307 J.H III 34.77 G C III. 18 389 Gn.
48, p. 317. G.M 39-251, 51 962,963 G 16:223 F E.
24:747; 31-1119. G W. 2, p 173 M D G. 1895.438,
439. — A very desirable shrub, more vigorous and with
showier fls than D. gracihs Excellent for forcing.
Var compacta, Lemoine Dwarf er and of more com-
pact habit D Boule de Neige. Lemoine, with creamy
white fls. (Gng 8.306) and D. Avalanche, Lemoine,
with pure white fls , are exceedingly floriferous forms.
D. BrunoniAna, R Br ==D, staminca var Brunomana — D can-
deldbrum, Rehd (D gracihs X D Sieboldiana D gracihs var can-
delabrum, Lemoino) Shrub with slender branches and large white
fls in dense elongated panicles R B 33, p 372 R H 1908, p
174 MDG 1907 378 Var ertcta, Rehd (D gracihs erecta,
Lemome) Fls smaller and panicles shorter Var fantuAsa, Kehd
(D gracihs fastuosa, Lemome) Fls. in elongated rather dense
paiiioles. — D cdndida, Rehd (D LomomeixD Sieboldiana D
discolor Candida, Lemoine) Upright shrub with large white fls
m panicles M D O. 1907 376, fig 0 — D cdrnea, Rehd (D
Sieboldiana X D rosea grandiflora D discolor carnea, Lemoine)
Upnght shrub with pink rather small fls in upright loose panicles
1247. Deutzia
Lemotnei.
DEUTZIA
DEWBERRY
995
Var Idctea, Behd., with white flu., var stettdta, Rehd , with narrow
spreading petals, pale pink or carmine-pink, and var drnnfldra,
Rehd , with white fls in dense upright panicles, petals narrow, all
these varieties described by Leinome as vanctieB of D discolor —
D compdita, Craib Allied to D parviflora Lvs lanceolate,
sparingly pubescent on both sides, H~2 m long fls white m dense
corymbs, filaments strongly dentate W China — D corymbdsa, R
Br Allied to D parviflora Lvs rounded at the base, crenate-serrate,
long-acuminate fls larger, all filaments toothed Himalayas — D
discolor vars —D Candida, D carnea, D elegantissima, D ex< el-
lens — D eleoantiHsima, Rehd (D purpurascens X D Sieboldiana
D discolor var elegantissima, I./cmoine) Shrub, with slender
branches, with numerous corymbs of large white, open fls slightly
tinted with rose inside and outside RB 3b,p 387. M D (I
1907 377, fig 9 Var arcwita, Rehd (D. discolor var arcuata,
Letnoine), with white fls Var famculdta, Rehd (D discolor var
fasciculata, Lemouie) Flat white fla tinted with pink — D exctl-
leni, Rehd (D Vilmormiana X D rosta grandiflora D discolor
vnr excellent*, Lemome) Shrub, with slender upright branches,
with large loose corymbs of pure white fls — D globbsa, Duthic
Similar 1o 1) Wilsonu, but smaller in every part' fls creamy white
in dense corymbs, filaments abruptly contracted below the apex
Cent China— D glower ul ill dra, Franch Similar to D discolor
Shrub, to 0 ft Ivs smaller, grayish white and soft-pubescent
below fls white, in dense and small, but very numerous corymbs
along tho tlcnd* r branch* M, stamens like those of D. longifoha.
W China Handsome and f.urly hardy —D yrdcths vars == IX
candelabrum —D mdllm, Duthie Allied to D parviflora. Shrub,
to »i ft , with upright brandies hs elliptic-ovate to elliptic-lanceo-
late, Moft-|)ub(hC( nt below, 2-4 in long fls small, creamy white or
slightlj pinkish in dense flat corymbs, filaments subulate Cent.
China - D rtjlua, Duthu Allied to D discolor Lvs oblong-
lanceolate, 2-1 in long flu smaller in loose corymbs, petals with
rcfkxed margin, filaments with short tce;th or abruptly contracted
Cent China -D stamirua, R Br Shrub, to 3 ft Ivs ovate or
o\ ale-lanceolate, with w hitish stellate pubescence beneath corymbs
mauy-fld , Ms white, fragrant, filaments with largo teeth Hima-
layas B R JJ l.i Var Itrunomana, Hook f & Thorns Lvs less
densely pubescent fls larger. B It 2b 5 (as D. corymbosa).
ALFRED REHDER.
DEVIL-IN-A-BUSH: NigtUa.
DEWBERRY. A blackberry-like fruit of trailing
and climbing habit, now considerably grown in North
America
The botanist makes no distinction between dew-
berries and blackberries But to the fruit-grower,
trailing blackberries are dewberries, distinguished
further, and probably better separated, by the flower-
and fruit-clusters* In the true dewberries, the center
flowers open first and flowers and fruits are few and
scattered, in true blackberries — there are hybrids
between the two in which the distinguishing characters
are confused — the lower and outer flowers open first
and flower- and fruit-clusters are comparatively dense.
In the method of propagation there is a further dis-
tinction In nature or under cultivation, dewberries
are usually propagated from the tips, while black-
berries are naturally propagated from suckers and
under cultivation from root-cuttings
The dewbeny is an Amencan fruit but very recently
domesticated — if, indeed, it can be said to be domesti-
cated, for it is the most uncertain and the most unman-
ageable of the small fruits Its history as a garden
plant, according to Card (Card's "Bush-Fruits," page
1.42) at the most does not go back further than 1863.
and dewberries were not generally cultivated until
well toward the close of the nineteenth century.
Undoubtedly, despite unmanageable habits of growth,
uncertainty m fruiting, the necessity of crobs-pollma-
tion between varieties, capnciousness as to soils and
lack of hardiness in northerly climates, the several
species and the rapidly increasing number of varieties
of dewberries, fill a place not occupied by the better-
known and longer domesticated blackberries; for, as a
rule, they ripen eailier and, when well grown, give
larger, handsomer and better, or at least, differently
flavored fruits than the blackberry. Moreover, from
the several species of dewberries are being derived
greatly improved varieties and hybrids between them
and species of blackberries, of which there are now
several under cultivation, as Wilson Early and Wilson
Junior, which are most promising These qualities
make certain the place of the dewberry in home and
commercial plantations and presage for it even greater
value in the future
Of the thirty or more species of Rubus which all
could agree in calling blackberries and dewberries, the
fruit-grower would probably distinguish five as dew-
berries. Between these there are hybrid forms under
cultivation, as probably there are in the wild, and since
1248. Lucretia dewberry
there are also hybrids between blackberries and dew-
berries, the group is one of great taxonomic difficulty.
The five species 01 dewberries are ( 1 ) Rubus procumbens.
Muhl , found in dry open places from Maine westward
and southward. The species is characterized by woody,
stoutly armed stems, membranaceous leaves, villous
beneath, flowers few to several in leafy "racemes, and
short cyclmdrical fruits with few to many large drupe-
lets. Var. ronbaccm, Bailey, is a well-marked sub-
species from West Virginia 01 more vigor, with larger
flowers with elongated pedicels, and larger fruits; much
cultivated with the Lucretia as the best representative
(Figs 1248, 1249). (2) Rubus innsus, Bailey, is similar
but stouter, with canes less procumbent, leaves more
coarsely toothed, pedicels longer, and with the sepals
large and leaf-like The species grows wild from New
York to Kansas and southwest and is the parent of
several cultivated dewberries of which Bartel (Fig
1250. adapted from G F 4 '19) is the type (3) Rubux
tnmahs, Michx , the southern dewberry, is quite dis-
tinct from 1 and 2. This species is found
near the coast from Virginia to Florida and
westward to Texas It is characterized by
slender trailing stems armed with recurved
prickles, evergreen, smooth, leathery leaves,
corymbs 1-3-flowered, and cychndncal fruits
with many drupelets Of the few varieties
of this species cultivated, Manatee is prob-
ably the oldest and best known (4)
Rubus rubnsetus, Rydb , found in
sandy soils in Missouri and Louisi-
ana, is similar to R. tnviahs but with
stems, petioles, and pedicels rough
with reddish, purplish hairs, the flow-
ers are smaller but the corymbs are
3-9-flowered. The species is locally
cultivated and gives some promise
for greater improvement (5) Rubus
mtifolius, Cham. & Schlecht, is the
Pacific Coast dewberry characterized
by trailing, slender, pubescent canes
with weak, straight or recurved
1240 Lucretia dew- prickles, leaves various, flowers stami-
berry (Nat sue) nate or pistillate on different plants,
996
DEWBERRY
DIANELLA
fruit of medium size, round-oblong, sweet Several
varieties, of which possibly Aughmbaugh and Skagit
Chief are the best known, are cultivated in the far
West The loganberry is said to be a hybrid between
this species and R Idxus, and several less well-known
hybrids are recorded.
The dewberry should receive under cultivation much
the same treatment given the more common black-
berry. The culture of the two differs chiefly in the
dewberries requiring more care m training and must
usually be better protected for the winter The plants
are trained on trellises of two or three wires or tied
to stakes, the former method giving better results, but
the latter being more common. The object in either
case is threefold, — namely, to regulate the amount
of bearing wood, to keep the vine out of the way of the
cultivator and to keep the fruit off the ground The
plants should be set 4 by 7 feet apart, these distances
varying somewhat in accordance with the variety and
the soil. Pruning is a simple matter, consisting of short-
ening back young plants to 4 or 5 feet the first season
to keep them from sprawling too much, cutting out
old canes at any time after fruiting, and headmg-m
long shoots and laterals in early summer. From four
to six fruiting canes are allowed to the plant In
northern climates, the vines must be laid on the ground
and protected m winter with straw or other material
The plants thrive on a somewhat lighter soil than the
blackberry — in fact some sorts require such a soil.
Varieties should be intermixed to secure cross-pollina-
tion and thereby insure a good set of fruits and avoid
the formation or nubbins
Of about thirty named varieties, Lucretia, Bartel,
Austin and Preino are the best. Of these four, Lucretia
is far most commonly grown, being adapted to the
greatest diversity of soils and is in general best suited
to varying environments For history and botany, see
Bailey, "Evolution of our Native Fruits;" for culture,
see 'Card's "Bush-Fruits," and Cornell Bulletins Nos.
34 and 117. Consult Blackberry, Loganberry and Rubus.
U. P. HEDRICK.
DEYEUXIA: Calamaffroslis.
DIACATTLEYA (compounded of Diacnum and
Cattleya). Orchidace<e. A genus established to include
hybrids between the two genera, Diacnum and Cat-
tleya. A hybrid between Diacnum bicornutum and
Cattleya Mendeln is known as Diacattleya Sanderss.
It was raised by Sander & Sons. The fls are pure white,
the lip with a pale yellow disk and small rose markings.
G.C. III. 49:290 D Cdlmanise, Hort (DHacrocdttleya
Cdlmanise is a hybrid between Diacnum bicornutum and
Cattleya intermedia var. nwea. G.C. III. 43:114. J.H.
56:167. It resembles a slender plant of Diacnum
bicornutum sepals and petals pure white, lip slightly
tinged primrose-yellow. GEORGE V. NASH.
DlACRIUM (through and point, the sts. are sur-
rounded by sheaths) Orchidaccse. Four Trop. Amer.
epiphytes, closely allied to Epidendrum, with which
they have been included. It differs from that genus
in the fact that the column and lip are not united. Fls.
showy, in loose racemes: Ivs few, sheathing: pseudo-
bulbs slender. Cult, of Epidendrum and Cattleya.
bicorn&tum, Benth. (Emdendrum bicornutum,
Hook ). Pseudobulbs 1-2 ft. long, hollow, bearing dry
sheaths. Ivs short and leathery: raceme slender, 3-12-
fld ; fls white, with small crimson spots on the 3-lobed
hp, fragrant. B.M. 3332 G C III 16 337. J H.
Ill 33 29 OR 12-113, 16'81; 20 361 —A hand-
some orchid, requiring high temperature.
D bultntdtum, Hems! (Epidendrum bidontatum, Lindl ),
of Mt-x , haa been listed in trade catalogues, but it is practically
unknown to cult , and is probably not now in the American trade.
L H B
DIAL-&LIA (Compounded of the genera Diacnum
and Lselia) Orchidaceae D. Vdtchn, Hort , is a hybud
between Diacnum bicornutum and Lst'lia cinnabanna.
Pseudobulbs fleshy fls 9 or 10, the scgms white suf-
fused with lilac, also showing a bronze tint derived from
the La'ha parent
DIAMOND FLOWER- lonopsidium
DIANDROL^RA (two-^tamened Olurd). Gramlnese.
A single species raised at Kew some 8 years ago from
se?d supplied by JSander but native country unknown1
differs from Olyra in its twin spikelets and other charac-
ters, the upper one being male and the lower one
female, the male fls with 2 stamens. The species is D
bicalor, Stapf, a perennial densely tufted grass with
erect culms bearing 1-3 lanceolate or lance-oblong Ivs.
that are dark green above and violet-purple beneath
DIANELLA (diminutive of Diana, goddess of the
hunt). Liluicese. Tender perennial rhizomatous plants,
relate* 1 to Phorrmum.
Leaves hard, linear, sheathing, grass-like, crowded at
base of st , otten 2-3 ft long* fls blue, in large loose
panicles, on delicate pendent pedicels; perianth wither-
ing but not falling, with 6 distinct spreading segms.;
stamens 6, with thickened filaments; ovary 3-celled,
each cell several-ovulcd, the style filiform and stigma
very small plant healing great numbers of pretty blue
berries, which remain attractive for several weeks, and
are the chief charm of the plant. — There are about a
dozen species m Trop. Asia, Austral, and Polynesia.
They perhaps succeed best m the open border of a cool
greenhouse Prop by division, or by seeds sown in
spring in mild heat They are little known in this
country. They are spring and summer bloomers.
A. Lvs radical or nearly so.
tasmanica, Hook. f. Height 4-5 ft * Ivs numerous, in
a rosette, broadly ensiform, 2-4 ft long, 5 4-! in wide,
margined with small reddish brown spines that cut
the hand if the Ivs are carelessly grasped: panicle
very lax, surpassing the Ivs, 1-2 ft , with as many as
60 fls.; fls. pale blue, nodding, Mr/^m across, segms.
finally reflexed; anthers 1 line long, berries bright
blue, on very slender pedicels. Tasmania and Austral.
B M 5551 Var vanegata, Bull. Lvs. handsomely
striped with light yellow. R B. 29:61.
lafevis, R Br Lvs. l-VA ft- long, 6-9 lines wide, lesa
leathery and paler than m D cserulea and at first slightly
glaucous panicle deltoid, the branches more com-
pound than in D revoluta, outer segms. of the perianth
with 5 distant veins, inner ones densely 3-vemed in the
middle third, anthers 1 1A lines long. Eastern temperate
parts of Austral. B.R. 751. L.B.C. 12:1136 (both aa
D. strumdsa).
DIANELLA
DIANTHUS
997
revoluta, R. Br. Height 2-3 ft.: IVB. in a rosette,
1-1 H ft. long, 3-4 lines wide, dark green, purplish at
the base and margin, not spiny at the margin: panicle
branches short, ascending, fls. later than D. cavulea;
veins of the perianth-segms. crowded into a central
space. W. and E. Austral, in temperate parts. Tas-
mania. B.R. 734 (as D. longifoha) ; 1120.
AA. Lvs. more or less scattered on sts. that often branch
at base.
Cffirulea, Sims. Sub-shrubby, with a short st. in age,
branching: Ivs. about 6, clustered at the ends of
branches, 0-12 in long, (M) lines wide, dark green,
rough on the back and margin outer perianth-segrns.
with 5 distant veins, inner ones with 3 closer veins.
E Temp Austral B M. 505.
nemordsa, Lam. (C. enwfblui, lied ) Caulescent 3-6
ft high, the Ivs. never in a rosette, numerous, hard,
linear, 1-2 ft. long, 9-12 lines wide, lighter-colored on
the keel arid margin, fls blue or greenish white Trop.
Asia, China, Austral., Hawaiian Isls B M 1404.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. II Bf
DIANTHfeRA (double anther referring to the sepa-
rated anther-cells) AcardMunc WATER- WILLOW.
Herbs, mostly of greenhouses and warmhouses, and
sometimes of open planting in mild climates.
Glabrous or pilose perennial herbs or sometimes
somewhat woody, mostly of wet places, with opposite,
mostly entire Ivs . fin mostly purplish or whitish, irregu-
lar, usually in axillary spikes, heads or fascicles, or the
clusters combined m a terminal thyrse; corolla slen-
der-tubed, 2-hpped, the upper lip erect and more or less
concave or anhed and entire or 2-toothed, the lower
lip 3-lobed or 3-crenate and spreading, and with a
palate-like structure, anther-cells separated on a
broadened connective, not parallel with each other fr.
an oblong or ovoid 2-celled caps , the seeds 4 or less:
floral bract lets small or minute — Probably more than
100 species, mostly in warm and tropical countries
Lindau in Kngler <fe Prantl unites it with Juhticia
as a submenus, and the number of species is estimated
as more (him 70 in Trop Amer The diantheras are
little known in cult D Pohhana is to be found in
Jacobin u The treatment given Jacobima and Justicia
applies to these1 plants.
americana, Linn St angled, 1-3 ft * Ivs narrow-
lanceolate, 3-4 in long, nearly sessile: fls several in a
close cluster with a peduncle mostly exceeding the Ivs ,
?ale violet or whitish, the corolla mostly less than
/2in long, the tube shorter than the lips. In water,
Quebec to Win , Ga and Texas. — Sometimes trans-
ferred to garden bogs and streams.
secunda, Cnseb (Justicia secunda, Vahl) Nearly
glabrous, constricted at the nodes: Ivs ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate: fls crimson, short-pedicellate,
in a usually 1 -sided panicle: lower lip 3-crenate W.
Indies BM.2060.
pectoralis, Gmel (Jiwtina pectorahs, Jacq ). GARDEN
BALSAM St slender, often woody, 1-3 ft • Ivs lanceo-
late-acuminate or nearly oblong, to 4 in long1 fls. rosy
or pale blue, with a parti-colored throat, rather dis-
tant in elongated branched mostly 1 -sided spikes. W.
Indies, Mex , Brazil.
D buMta.N E Br St terete, purplish Ivs. clhptie, to 4 J$ in.
long, short-stalked, cordate at base, bullate or puckered between
the veins, dark green alwve and purple-veined beneath fls white-
ish, small, clustered Borneo I H 33 589 — A handsome foliage
subject, with the appearance of a rubiaceous plant — D nhAta,
Bent h & Hook (Jacooima ciliata, Seem ) St obscurely 4-angled, 2
ft Ivs ovate-lanceolate, 2-3 in long, short-stalked fls violet with
white palate, sessile, many in a short-peduncled fascicle, calyx
cihate, corolla-tube »-£m long, cylindrical, upper bp very small,
2-lobed, concave and recurved, lower lip very large and showy
(l\i in across ), flat, with 3 large lobes. Costa Rica Panama( ?)
BM 5888 (M Beloperone ciliata, Hook, f). — Described as an
annual Perhaps not of this genus. L II B
DIANTHUS (Greek for Jove's flower}. Caryophylld-
cex. PINK. Small herbs, many of them prized for
their rich and showy flowers in the open garden, and
one is the carnation. Some of them are dehciounly
fragrant.
Mostly perennials forming tufts and with grass-
like Ivs , and jointed sts with terminal fls and opposite
Ivs. From kindred genera Dianthus is distinguished
by the sepal-like bracts at the base of a cylindrical
calyx (Figs. 802, 803), petals without a crown; styles
2: caps, opening by 4 valves Mostly temperate-
region plants, of S Eu and N. Afr , but occurring
elsewhere, one of them (a form of D alpinus) being
native m N. Amer , about 250 species are recognized
The fls are usually pink or red, but in garden forms
white and purple are frequent colors Most of the cult,
species are hardy in the N and are easy of cult. The
perennial species are excellent border plants The chief
care required in their cult is to see that the grass does
not run them out. Best results in flowering are secured
usually from 2-year-old seedling plants The genus
abounds in attractive species, and other names than
those in this article may be expected to appear in the
catalogues Numbers of species are likely to be grown
by rock-garden specialists Pinks are among the old-
lashioned flowers, particularly D plumanus, which was
formerly common m edgings and m circle-beds The
sweet wilhams are always popular. All the species
described m this article are perennial, but there are a
few annuals in the genus but apparently not in cult.
Two weedy annual species, D. prohfer, Linn , and D.
Armcna, Linn , are naturalized in the eastern states,
and two or three others have run wild more or less.
See E T Cook, "Carnations, Picotees, and the Wild
and Garden Pinks," London, 1905 See p 3568
Dianthuses like a warm soil, and one that will not
become too wet at any time, especially in winter, when
the perennial kinds are grown, as they are often killed
not so much from cold as from too much ice around them.
Snow ih the best possible protection, but ice is the
reverse — All dianthuses are readily propagated from
se<nls hovvn in rich soil (usually beginning to bloom the
second >ear), but the double kinds are reproduced
from cuttings alone to be sure to have them true, and in
the fall months cuttings are easily rooted if taken with
a "heel" or a part of the old stem adhering to the base
of the shoot, so that to make cuttings it is best to strip
them off rather than to make them with a knife It
will be found, also, that cuttings made from plants
growing m the open ground do not root readily but
seem to dry up in the cutting-bench, if the plants to be
increased arc carefully lifted and potted, placed in a
temperature of say 50° until young growth shows signs
of starting, every cutting taken off at this stage will
root easily The transition from outdoors to the propa-
gatmg-house should not be too abrupt Another method
of pi opagation is by layering, and with the garden pinks,
or forms of D plumanus, it is the easiest and surest.
After hot weather is past, stir the soil round the parent
plant, take the branches that have a portion of bare
stem, make an incision half way through and along the
stem for an inch, and peg this down m the soil without
breaking off the shoot (T<ig 809) Roots will be formed
and good strong plants be the result before winter.
The layering method is specially suitable to such
species as D plumanus, D Caryovhyllui* and double
foi ms of others, such as sweet William — Among the
species are various pretty little alpine tufted sorts as
D ncgkctus, D. glaciahs and D. alpinus, all of which
are of dwarf close habit, not exceeding 3 inches high
and having very large single flowers of brightest colors.
These are suited only for rock-gardening, as on level
ground they often become smothered with weeds or
swamped with soil after a heavy rainstorm, and to
these two causes are attributable the failures to culti-
vate them. (E. O. Orpet.)
998
DIANTHUS
INDEX.
alpmus, 21
diadematUB, 25.
onentahs, 14.
arenanus, 10.
fimbriatus, 14.
Pancicii, 2
anper, 25
atrococnneua, 5.
Freynn, 24
frigvdua, 17.
petraeus, 13
plumarms, 9.
atrorubens, 4
gtgantcus, 6.
punctatus, 19.
attenuatus, 18
barbatua, 3
glaciahs, 24.
ulaucus, 10
repens, 21
ruthenicus, 25.
C8BB1U8, 16.
oalhzonus, 23.
grandiflorus, 2
Hoddewign, 25
scoticus, 9.
fregueti, 25
capitatus, 7
carthuaianorum, 4.
hybndus, 25
\bericus, 25
semperflorens, 9, 25.
Sinensis, 25
Caryophyllus, 19.
caucas\cua, 25
impenahs, 25.
lacimatus, 25
squarrosus, 12.
stollans, 25
chinensis, 25
cmcmnatus, 25
latifohus, 26
Lauchcanus, 3.
stenopetalus, 2
superbus, 15.
cinnabarmus, 1.
longicauhs, 19.
sylvestns, 17.
colhnua, 25
macrosepalus, 25
versicolor, 22.
cruentus, 5
monspessulanus, 11.
mrgineus, 17.
deltoides, 20.
montanus, 25
viscidus, 8.
dentosus, 25.
neglcctus, 24.
A. Fls. mostly in cymes or in heads, often densely aggre-
gated, the cluster often subtended by involucre-
like Ivs
B. Petals not bearing hairs or barbs: bracts dry.
1. cinnabartnus. Sprun. A foot high, woody at base,
many-stemmed, the sts simple and 4-angled, bloom-
ing in Aug and Sept.: Ivs linear, sharp-pointed and
rigid, 7-nerved. fls few m heads, petals fiery red above,
paler beneath, glandular, stamens included. Greece. —
Handsome little species; useful for hardy border or
rockery
DIANTHUS
the oldest garden fls. It is sure to be found in the old-
fashioned gardens. The cult, forms run into many
colors Sometimes found along roadsides as an escape.
There are double-fld forms R H 1894, p 277 Some
of the modern improved large-fid, forms are very
showy, and produce their bloom over a long season.
D. Laucheanus, Bolle, is a hybrid of D. barbatus and
D. deltoides. Gt 53 1528.
4. carthusiandrum, Linn. (D atrdrubens, Willd ).
Hardy, glabrous, scarcely glaucous, 12-20 in high, the
St. angled* Ivs linear and pointed, without prominent
nerves when fresh, fls. in a dense, G-20-fld head (some-
times the clusters very few-fid ), in shades of red, odor-
less, the petals sharply but not deeply toothed, the
cluster subtended by very nan ow or even awl-like Ivs ;
calyx-bracts 4, coriaceous, yellowish or straw-colored .
Denmark to Portugal and Egypt B M 1775, 2039 -
Widely variable. Little planted in Amencan gardens.
cc Plant glabrous and glaucous
5. crue"ntus, Gnseb (D atrococrfne u*, Hort ) Ces-
pitose, glaucous, glabrous st 1-2 ft , terete, forking:
Ivs linear or lance-linear, sharp acuminate, spreading,
7-nerved, the cauline hnear-.ippressed and 5-nerved:
fls. deep blood-red, small, about 20 in a subgloboso
dense head, odorless, petals red-hairy towards the base
July. Greece and N.
6. gigantSus, Urv. Cespitose, glabrous, glaucous,
^ _ . . .. Tr , /r. . ,. , „, 2-3 ft or more, simple* Ivs long-linear. 7-neived. plane,
2 Pancicii, Velen. (D. stenopetalus var. Pdncwii, Bpreading and acuminate, fls 10-12 m a head, led,
Williams) Cespitose, glabrous, 2-3 ft., the sts. slen- tne petal-blade obovate-cuneate. " "
der and 4-angled: Ivs.
linear-acuminate, soft,
3-nerved, m a dense
grass-like basal tuft:
fls. 5-15 in a paniculate
cyme or head; calyx
green; petals rose or
crimson Balkan re-
§on. Var grandifldrus,
ort., has very stout
sts , large clusters, and
large purple - carmine
fls.
BB Petals with hairs or
barbs on the lower
part of the blade.
c. Plant glabrous but
usually not glaucous
3. barbatus, Linn
SWEET WILLIAM. Fig
1251 Readily grown
from seed and flower-
ing well the second
year: glabrous, the sts.
4-angled, 10-20 m high,
simple or branched
only above: Ivs broad
and flat or condupli-
cate, 5 -nerved, fls
several to many m a
round - topped dense
cyme, the petals
toothed and bearded,
red, rose, purple or
white and also vari-
colored in garden
forms, the bracts sub-
tending the calyx 4 and
long - pointed Russia
to China and south to
the Pyrenees. G.I* 372.
Gn. M. 2:217; 14:55.
F. E 23:219 —The
sw«* t wilham is one of
1251. Sweet William— Dianthus barbttus.
(XH)
Balkan region.
Gn. 66, p. 122.
ccc. Plant woolly, glaucous.
7. capitatus, Balb Plant glaucous, woolly, 12-16
in , simple, st 4-angled Ivs linear, acute, plane, spread-
ing, 7-nerved, those on the st 5-nerved fls G-8 in a
head, the petals purple-spotted Siberia to Servia
cccc Plant viscul-pubescent.
8 vfscidus, Bory & Chaub. Cespitose, pubescent
and sticky, about 12 in , simple* Ivs linear, acuminate,
soft, plane, 1-3-nervcd fls 3-6 in a fascicle, the petals
purple-spotted, the blade obovate-cuneate
and few-toothed Bulgaria, Greece, Turkey.
— Runs into several marked forms.
AA. Fls. sohtai y, or loosely in %'s or S's.
B. Calyx-bracts short and broad, mostly
appre^ed.
c. Petals fimbriate.
D. Teeth of calyx rnucronate
9. plumarius, Linn (D scdticus, Hort ).
COMMON GRASS or GARDEN PINK SCOTCH
PINK PHEASANT'S-KYE PINK Low, tufty,
1 ft sts simple or forked, plant blooming m
spring and early summer, very fragrant * Ivs
elongate-linear, keeled, spreading or recurved,
thickish, 1 -nerved, blue-glaucous : fls medium
size, rose-colored (varying in cult to purple,
white and variegated), the blade of the petal
fringed a fourth or fifth of its depth; calyx
cylindrical, with short broad - topped mucro-
nate bracts Austria to Siberia Gn. 66, p.
260. FE 23:401 — A universal favorite.
Hardy. Much used in old-fashioned gardens
as edging for beds. There are double-fld.
forms. A more continuous-blooming form is
catalogued as var. semperfl6rens.
10. arenarius, Linn. Cespitose, glabrous,
1 ft. or less, the sts. simple or forked, slen-
der, 1-3-fld.: Ivs. elongate-linear, keeled,
obtuse, fascicled, spreading : fls. white, fra-
grant; petals much cut beyond the middle;
calyx purplish, the teeth ovate-lanceolate.
DIANTHUS
DIANTHUS
999
Dalmatia to Finland. G 26 '433.— Var giadcus, Blocki,
connects this species with No 9
DD. Teeth of calyx acuminate or attenuate
11. monspessuldnus, Linn Sts. terete, glabrous,
branching, 12-20 in.: Ivs. linear, acuminate, plane,
spreading but strict, 5-
I nerved fis solitary or 2 or
3 together, showy, odorless,
petals rose, rarely white,
cut or fimbnate, calyx at-
tenuated at top, the teeth
7-nerved. Spain to Cau-
casus.
12 squarr&sus, Bieb.
Cespitose. sts terete, slender
and squarrosely few-fld , gla-
brous, more or less branching,
l]^-2 ft. ' Ivs linear, acute, cana-
liculate, recurved • fls rose; petals
oblong, pmnately many-parted
Russia, Siberia
13 petrous, Waldst & Kit.
Cespitose, glabrous, the sts slen-
der and simple, 1 ft or less Ivs
linear-lanceolate, acute, keeled,
spreading, 3-nerved fls white,
fragrant; petal -limb obovate,
fimbnate but not bearded. Bul-
garia, Austria B M 1204
14. fimbnatus, Bieb Suffruti-
cose, glabrous, the sts simple, 1
ft Ivs linear, acute, appressed,
3-nerved, plane or keeled fls.
variable, rose-colored, much fim-
bnate, bearded Var orientalis,
Williams (D orientalis, Donn),
has fls \vithlinear-cuneatepetals,
s t r o n g ly imbricate obovate
straw-colored bracts. B M 1069
— A very variable species, rang-
ing from Portugal to Thibet.
15 superbus, Linn Fig 1252.
Glabrous, light green1 sts 10-20
in , diehotomous and branched
at top, terete and slender Ivs.
lance-linear, acute, 3-5-nerved, rather soft, plane fls
very fragrant, in a lax forking panicle; petals lilac, dis-
sected below the middle Norway to Japan and Spain.
Variable B M 297 — A handsome species, garden
forms are sometimes offered.
cc. Petals only dentate (except perhaps in some garden
forms)
16. Cflfesius, Smith CHEDDAR PINK Cespitose,
glabrous, glaucous sts 12 in or less, simple, or forked
above, 4-angled, 1-2-fld : Ivs. lance-linear, plane,
3-nerved, the cauline acute and keeled' fls showy,
fragrant, the petal-limb rose-colored, obovate-cuneate
and irregularly toothed. Eu G C. III. 44 214. Gn.
64, p. 236. — Runs into several forms
17. sylvSstris. Wulf (D virtfneus, Hort ) Ccspitose,
slender, 1 ft high, the st simple or somewhat branched,
angular-compressed and bearing 1-3 odorless fls • Ivs
tufted, linear and sharp-pointed, scabrous on the
margins, fls rather small, red, the petals obovate-
cuneate and shallow-toothed. Spam to Greece and
Austria — Very variable Pretty perennial border plant
Var frfgidus, Williams (D frlgidus, Kit ) is a dwarf
Hungarian form.
18 attenuates, Smith. Cespitose, glaucous, woody
at base, the sts. diffuse and tortuose, 20 in . Ivs. linear,
acute, plane, 3-nerved: fls. small, solitary or twin but
disposed in a lax panicle, odorless, rose-colored; petal-
limb oblong Eu
12S2 Diaothua
superbus. (Xh)
19 Caryophyllus, Linn. CAKNATION. CLOVE PINK
PICOTEE GRENADINE Figs. 801-818. Plate XXII.
Cespitose, glabrous, 1-3 ft , the sts hard or almost
woody below, the nodes or joints conspicuous: Ivs.
thick, long-linear, very glaucous, keeled, 5-nerved,
etiffish at the ends. fls. mostly solitary, showy, very
fragrant, rose, purple or white; calyx-bracts 4, very
broad, abruptly pointed B M 39 (Bizarre Carnation);
1622 (var imbrieatus) , 2744 (Picotees). — Generally sup-
posed to be native to the Medit. region, but Williams
gives its geographical limits as "north and west Nor-
mandy" and "south and east Punjaub" (northwestern
Hmdoostan) In Eu it is largely grown as an outdoor
pink, but in this country it is chiefly known as the
greenhouse carnation The American forcing type
(which may be called var. longicaulis) is distinguished
by very long stems and a continuous blooming habit;
it is here the carnation of nommerce Garden varieties
of D Caryophyllus are numb< rless, and they often pass
under Latinized names (D punctatuf, Hort , is one of
these names). See Carnation The carnation has
been long in cult. The bloom is now very variable
in size, form and color, originally probably pale lilac.
Fragrant.
BB. Calyx-bracts half the length of the calyx, mostly
narrow-pointed, more or less spreading at the tips:
Ls. short and spreading, the radical ones obtuse
or nearly so
20 deltoides, Linn. MAIDEN PINK. Fig 1253. Densely
tufted, 6-10 in , blooming in spring and early summer,
creeping' sts ascending, forking, with solitary fls.
on the branchlets st -Ivs. an men long, linear-lanceo-
late, sharp-pointed: fls small (H~%m across), the
petals toothed, deep red with a crimson eye, the petals
bearing an inverted V-shaped pocket at their base
(whence the name ddtoides), fragrant Scotland to
Norway and Japan Gn 66, p 224 G M 55 '28 G.W.
14, p 181.— One of the prettiest border pinks, making
neat mats of foliage and bearing profusely of the little
bright fls There is a white-fld variety
21 alpinus, Linn. More or less cespitose, very dwarf,
the 1-fla slender sts. rarely reaching more than 3-4
in high, more or less prostrate foliage dark shining
green, trie Ivs. linear or lance-linear, those on the st.
keeled and strict' fl 1 in or more across, odorless, deep
rose or purplish and crimson spotted, a darker ring
around the eye. Russia to Greece and Swiss Alps. B M
1205. Gn. 26:184, 47, p 292; 45, p 53 Gt 4.110
G.W. 8, p 14 — One of the choicest of alpine and rock-
work plants Var. r&pens, Regel (D repens, Willd ),
of Siberia and Alaska, has a single root and procumbent
sts branched from near base: fls purple; calyx some-
what inflated, Km. long Apparently not cult. This
is kept as a distinct species by some
22 versfcolor, Fisch. Glabrous, the sts 10-12 in ,
terete, pamculately branched. Ivs narrow-linear,
plane, those on the st becoming scale-like fls loosely
paniculate, the petal-limb obovate-cuneate, red-spotted
above and greenish
yellow beneath;
calyx- teeth lanceo-
late, acute Altai
Mts , Siberia
23 callizdnus,
Schott & Kotschy <
Smooth and glau-
cous, the sts. terete,
1-fld, 12-16 in Ivs
canaliculate, 3-5-
nerved. the radical
hnear-lanceolat e
and acute, the cau-
line lance-linear and
acuminate petal- 1253 Dtanthus deltoides.
1000
DIANTHUS
DIAPENSIA
limb obovate-cuneate, purple-spotted above, and with
a zone at the center, rose-colored beneath; calyx pur-
ple, the teeth lanceolate-acuminate. S. E. Eu. Gn. 64,
p. 298; 66, p. 54; 70, p 275.
BBB. Calyx-bracts leafy and spreading.
24 glacialis, Haenke Three to 4 in. high, the 4-
angled sts tufted and 1-2-fld : Ivs. green, linear-lanceo-
late, pointed, those on the st. linear-acute and strict
or recurved, 3-nerved* fls. small and odorless, red-
purple, the petals toothed, yellowish beneath, con-
tiguous, bracts 2-4. Mts ofS. Eu. G.C. II 21.809.—
A pretty species, but diffi-
cult to establish Grown
among alpine plants Var.
Freynii, Williams (D.
Freynn, Vandas) Lvs.
rather soft, keeled, the
lateral nerves obscure sts.
usually 1-fld calyx-teeth
cihate Var neglectus, Wil-
liams (/> neglectus, Loisel).
Lvs. plane, fls. rarely twin;
bracts 4 petals separate.
G C. Ill 4<) 415. Gn . 76,
p 339 GnW 20:711.
25 chinensis, Linn. (D«
smensis, Hort.).
Fig 1254 Ce&pi-
tose, glabrous, more <s
or less creeping at
base . st. forking,
angled and more or
less grooved, pubes-
cent' Ivs. broad
and nearly flat or
slightly trough-
shaped, 3-5-nerved:
fls large, solitary or more
or less clustered, pink or
lilac; the petals (at least in
the wild) barbed or hairy
toward the base; calyx-
bracts 4, in some cult, vars,
short China and Japan;
but recent authorities con-
sider a European pink to be
but a form of it, and thereby
extend its range west to
Portugal BM 25. The
Amoor pink (D dentfous,
Fisch.) is a form known as
var. macrosepalus, Franch.:
it is a hardy border plant.
1 ft. high, with bright red
fls and a spot at base of each
petal Var asper, Koch (D.
Seguien, Auth ) has fls. in
panicles, and the bracts
squarrose - spreading : the
European form of the
speciea D. semperfldrens,
Hort., is a hardy perennial form, 12-18 in., with
silvery foliage and deep pink, red-eyed, fragrant fls.
D. chinensis has given rise to a beautiful and variable
race of garden pinks, var. Heddewigii, Hegel (D.
Heddewign, Hort.). These are extensively grown from
seeds, and are practically annuals, although plants
may survive the winter and give a feeble bloom m the
spring in mild climates. The fls are scarcely odorous.
They are single and double, of many vivid colors; and
many of the garden forms have bizarre markings. Gt.
7:328. G. 2:537. In some forms, var lactnlatus.
Regel (D. lacinidtus, Hort.), the petals are slashed and
cut. G 2:638. G.Z. 6:1 D. imperialis, Hort., is a
name applied to a strain with strong habit and rather
1254. Dianthtjs chinensis.
tall growth, mostly double. D diadematus, Hort.,
is another garden strain. G.2:538. D. cincinnattw,
Lem., is a red form with shredded petals I. II. 11*388
D. hybridus, Hort , is another set This name (D.
hybridus) is also applied to a dentosus-hke form, which
some regard as a hybrid of D. dentosus and some other
species. A recent race of the garden pinks, with narrow
petals and a star-like effect, is var. stellaris,
(D stellaris, Hort ). For portraits of garden pinks, see
BM 5536 FS 11 1150,12 1288-9; 13.1380-1 Gn.
49 82 — The garden pinks are of easy cult. Seeds may
be sown in the open where the plants are to stand, but
better results arc obtained, at least in the N., if plants
are started in the house. Plants bloom after the first
fall frosts They grow 10-16 in high, and should be
planted 6-8 in apart. They are very valuable for
borders and flower-gardens. Species - names now
referred to D chincns^ arc D cauca&u-us, Sims, I).
ibericus, Willd , D. Tuttiemcus, Roem , D montanus,
Bir»b , D. cottinwi, Waldst & Kit , representing the
European extension of the species
26. latifdlius, Hort Plant 6-12 in high, of doubtful
origin, but in habit intermediate between
D chinensix and D barbatut> Fls large,
double, m close clusters or even heads,
in good colors. Ivs oblong-lanceolate —
A good border plant, perhaps a hybrid.
D arbdrrus, Linn 3-4 ft , glabrous and glau-
cous, with u woody trunk, linear-acute canalicu-
late 3-nerv«l Ivs, and showy roso-< olored
fragrant fls in a dense corymb S E Lu G C
III 4.* 52 This specials one, of the sub-shrubby
group of Dianthus, comprising also D fiutieosus,
Linn (of the Grecian Archipelago), D Risig-
nani, Tenore (of Tunis and Naples^, and othf s
D suffrutioosus, Willd , probably b< longs with
the last — D call-alptnus, Hort Hybrid of D
calh/onus and D alpinus G M 47, p 408 —
D rhutinufi, Kit Allied to D barbatus glabrous
ats. simph , 12-18 in , 4-angled fls pale nd, <> 8
together in a head, the petals barbed Hungary,
Servia Rockery —D fnlgraw, Hicb Cespitosf,
glabrous sts 1O-16 in, simph , or bramhid
above Us elongated-linear, acuminate, i-5-
nerved fls fragrant, the limb white suffused
with rose, petals In ardh ss Caucu-sia, \lgena —
D graeth*, Sibth More or Ic ss woody at base,
glabrous and glaucous, the sts 14-18 in and
simple and slender Ivs linrar-aoute, strict, J-
nerved fls rose, paler beneath, 2- 3 in a cluster
Balkans— D uranlticut, Jord Sfs simple, scab-
rous below and glabrous above, slender, 4-angled,
f> in Ivs linear-acute, J-rurved fls solitary or
in pairs, purpl< France Rookery — D ja pom-
cut, Thunb Glabrous perennial, with simple sH
20 in Ivs ovate-lanceolate, acute, canaliculate,
twisted at base fls 6-8 in a head, red Japan,
Manchuria — D mirrolepiB, Roiss \ ery dwarf,
cespitose, glabrous Ivs scale-like Us rose-colored
(varying to white) Balkans A marked little
*lpme L. H. B.
DIAPENSIA (ancient name of obscure
application) Diapensiacex Two alpine-
arctic species, one nearly circumpolar
and one Himalayan, the former at least
sometimes transferred to alpine gardens
and rockeries Diapensias are very
small compact tufted evergreen more
or less woody perennials, with small entire
coriaceous crowded Ivs • corolla 5-lobed, bell-shaped;
calyx inclosing the caps.: stamens 5, affixed in the
corolla, the filaments broan; ovary 3-celled ; fls solitary
on peduncles that project above the dense If.-rosettcs
(or the peduncle projected, at least in fr 1, white or rose-
purple. D. lappdnica, Linn., on mountain summits in
New England and N. Y., and distributed northward to
the arctic, forms dense cushion-like tufts, 1 or 2 in.
high, with white fls on peduncles that become 1 or 2
in. long; a very interesting alpine, but seldom grown.
B M. 1108. D. himalaict, Hook. f. & Thorn Densely
tufted: Ivs. somewhat acute, very short: fls. white or
rose-red, subeesaile, the corolla-tube twice the length of
the calyx Sikkim, 10,000-14,000 ft L H B
DIASCIA
DlASCIA (to adorn, Greek, having regard to the
attractive flowers). Scrophularidcex Low and slen-
der herbs, mostly annual, one of which is recently
grown in flower-gardens.
Leaves usually opposite: fls.
mostly violet or rose-color m gen-
eral effect, in racemes or fascicles
at the end of the st. or branches,
calyx 5-parted or -lobed; corolla-
tube very short or none; limb 2-
hpped, the upper lip 2-lobed and
lower 3-lobed, all the lobes being
broad and flat, 2 of the fauces be-
ing projected into spurs; stamens
4, didynamous; style filiform: fr.
a globose or elongated dehiscent
many-seeded caps —Probably 25
or more species in S Afr.
Barberae, Hook, f Fig. 1255.
Annual • st erect, 1 -U 2 f t , square,
green and glabrous Ivs. ovate,
blunt, obtusely serrate, petioled
or the upper ones sessile: fls. sev-
eral to many in an erect terminal
raceme, on slender glandular pedi-
cels , calyx deeply 5-lobed : corolla
%in across, rose-pink with yellow
green-dotted spot in throat, the 2
upper lobes
small and nearly
orbicular, the
lateral twice
larger, and the
lower one much
larger and ob-
scurely 4-angled,
the spurs cvlin-
dnc and about
as long as lower
lobe, filaments
glandular B M 5933 Gt. 50,
p 639. — A very attractive little
plant, of simple cultural require-
ments, blooming freely m summer.
It also makes a good pot-plant for
indoor u«*e Half-hardy annual.
Pink and orange shades are
advertised. L II. B.
DIASTEMA (two \tamcns). Gemenacej> D\\atf
farmhouse plants of Trop Amer (about 20 species),
allied to Dicyrta, Aehirnenes and Isoloma, and requir-
ing similar treatment; differs from former t\vo in nav-
ing 5 distinct glandular parts to the disk rather than
annular, and from Isoloma in the narrower parts of the
disk, plants weak, fls pale, white or pur-
plish, and in the short or nearly globular
anther-cells, and other features summer-
flowering. D. ochroleflcum, Hook , has vel-
lowish white fls ; corolla somewhat swollen
at base: Ivs ovate, acute, hairy, coarsely
serrate, on hairy purplish erect sts. 1-2 ft.
high Colombia B M. 4254 D. pfctum is
offered abroad, but its identity is in doubt;
see Isoloma, L II B
DICfiNTRA (Greek. di% kentron, two-spurred, but
originally misprinted Didytra, and then supposed to be
Dielytra) Fumariaceae, by some this family is combined
with Papaveracesc Charming hardy perennial plants
with much-cut foliage, and clustered attractive flowers
of interesting structure
Herbs of various habit, erect, diffuse or climbing,
often stemless, with rhizome horizontal and branching
or more or less bulbous. Ivs ternately compound or
dissected' fls rose-red, yellow or white m attractive
DICENTHA
1001
1255. Diascia Barber «e
(Plant X>5)
racemes, very irregular, with 4 petals cohering into a
heart-shaped or 2-spurred apparently gamopetalous
corolla (the 2 outer petals oblong with spreading tips
and spui red or saccate at babe, the inner 2 narrow and
clawed and crested or winged and more or less united
over the stigma); sepals 2, very small, scale-like,
btamcns 6, m sets of 3; pistil 1-celled, with a 2-4-
crested and sometimes 2-4-horned stigma, ripening
into an oblong or linear 2-valved caps bearing crested
seeds; pedicels 2-bracted — About 15 species, in N
Amer , W. Asia and the Himalayas The names
Bikukulla (or Bicuculla) and Capnorchis are older than
Dicentra, but are rejected by the "nomina conser-
vanda" list of the Vienna code
The squirrel-corn and dutrhman's breeches are two
of the daintiest native springtime flowers, and the
bleeding-heart is one of the choicest memories of old-
fabhioned gardens it is also tb" most widely cultivated
of all the plants of this delightful order 1 hough long
known to herbaria, plants of bleeding-heart were not
mtioduced to western cultivation from Japan until
the late forties of last century. Robert Fortune saw it
on the Island of Chusan, where he also got Ihervilla
rosea and the "Chusan daisy," the parent of pompon
chrysanthemums. The fust live plants seen in England
flowered in May, 1847 It rapidly spread into every
garden ai the land, and is now rich in home associa-
tions It is an altogether lovely plant. The species
of Dicentra may be classed as caulescent and acaules-
rent The stemless kinds send up their short scapes
directly from the ground, as D Cucullana, D canaden-
s?s, D. formula, D eximia. The species with leaf -bear-
ing stems are such as D chrysantha and D spectabilu.
In the species here described the flowers are nodding
except in D. chry^antha
Dicentras are easily cultivated in borders and wild
gardens. Two or three kinds can be readily secured
from the woods in the East Effort should.be made
to reproduce the natural conditions, especially the de-
gree of shade. They like a rich light soil Propagation
is by dividing crowns or roots The forcing of bleed-
ing-hearts, though pactically unknown in America,
is said to he commoner in England than outdoor cul-
ture The forcing must be very gentle and the plants
kept as near the glass as possible It is best to have
fresh plants each year, and return the forced ones to
the border None of the species is rnucn cultivated
with the exception of the bleeding-heart (D spectabilis) .
A Fk> rose-purple.
H Racemu* simple.
spectabilis, Lem
(Diclytra spcctdbihs,
Don) BLEEDING-
HEART Fig. 1256
Height 1-2 ft.. Ivs
and Ifts broadest of
the group, the ulti-
mate segms. obovate
or cuneate. fls large,
deep rosy red; corolla
heart - shaped , inner
petals white, protrud-
ing. Japan F S 3
258 Gn 40:198, 60,
375; 70, p 192
1256.
Dicentra spectabilis —
Bleeding-heart. (XH)
(5n.W.23.8Uppl July
14 G. 2-375; 26:142,
27:112. GM. 49:718,
51-160 GW. 5, p
388. H.F.2-.96. BM 4458 RH 1847:
461. Var alba, Hort., the white-fld. form,
has a weaker growth The bleeding-heart
is one of the best of flowering perennials.
The bloom in spring and also the foliage
ire attractive If given room and moisture,
1002
DICENTRA
DICHORISANDRA
the plant will continue to be attractive as a foliage
mass till late summer.
BB. Racemes compound.
exfmia, Torr. Stemlcss, glabrous and somewhat
glaucous, 1-2 ft., from a scaly rootstock: ultimate lf.-
segms broadly oblong or
ovate, the Ivs. being ter-
nately parted: scape about
equaling the Ivs ; fls rose or
pmk, heart-shaped, taper-
ing to a neck, inner petals
protruded. Rocks of W.N.
V and mountains
to Ga. Var. multi-
pinnata, Hort , has
Ivs. more finely cut,
making a very
handsome foliage
plant.
formdsa,Walp. Fig. 1257.
Stemless, with a fleshy and
spreading rootstock: Ivs.
very long -stalked, biter-
nately compound, the
segms. cleft or pmnatifid. :
scapes about 2 ft., some-
what exceeding the Ivs.,
naked; fls. in a terminal
cluster of short and bracted
racemes, rose-purple, the
corolla ovate-cordate, the
petals all united to above
the middle, the inner petals
scarcely protruding. Cent.
Cahf. to Brit. Col A.F.
21:459. Mn. 8 '17 B M.
1335 (as Fumariaformosa).
AA. Fls. chiefly white.
canadensis, Walp (Dielytra canadensis, Pon).
SQUIRREL-CORN, from the scattered little tubers
resembling grams of maize Fig. 1258. Stemless,
fragile: Ivs finely cut, glaucous, the segms. linear and
abruptly pointed: raceme simple, few-fld ; fls white,
tipped with rose; corolla merely heart-shaped, the
spurs being short and rounded, crest of the inner petals
conspicuous, projecting. Nova Scotia to Mich , to
N. C and Mo and Neb , but chiefly northward in the
vegetable mold of rich woods. B M. 3031.
Cucullaria, Bernh. (Dielytra Cuculldna, Don).
DUTCHMAN'S-BRKECIIKS. Fig. 1259. Easily
told from D. canadensis oy its loose,
granular cluster of tubers, forming a
bulb-like body: Ivs finely cut, little or
not at all glaucous1 racemes simple, few-
fld.; fls. white, tipped creamy yellow;
corolla not heart-shaped, the spurs longer
and divergent; crest of the inner petals
minute Nova Scotia to Ga and Mo., and
also along the Columbia River (the west-
ern form differing in having shorter and
rounded spurs). l.H. 6 215. Mn. 6:41.
A.G. 13:516. B.M. 1127 (as Fumana
Cucuttana).
AAA. Fls. yellow.
chrysAntha, Walp. GOLDEN EARDROPS. Pale and
glaucous, with leafy sts. 2-3 ft. high. Ivs. bipin-
nate, 1 ft or more long, segms. narrow: infl thyr-
soid paniculate; fls. numerous, as many as 50 in a
thryse, erect, golden yellow; corolla Ijnear-oblong;
outer petals hardly larger than the inner,1 the tips
soon recurving to below the middle, all distinct Dry
hills of the inner Coast range Calif. B.M. 7954. F.S.
8:820 (as Capnorchis chrysanthd) — Rare in cult.
1257. Dicentra formosa.
(XM) -.
D tofulitaa, Hook. f. & Thoma., of the Himalayaa region, ha«
been intro abroad. It is an annual climber, 10-10 ft. Iva. attrac-
tively cuf fls 6-8 together, yellow: fr. red. L H B t
DICHORISiNDRA (compounded of Greek words
referring to the division of the stamens into two
series). Commdinacex. Tropical perennial herbs,
with handsome foliage, often beautifully variegated,
and rich blue flowers borne in thyrse-hke panicles.
Stems simple or branched, erect or partially scandent,
the Ivs. sheathing at the nodes. Ivs. entire, sessile or
petiolate, mostly long sepals 3, distinct, ovate or oblong,
green or colored, not equal; petals 3, distinct, wider
than the sepals; stamens 6 or 5; ovary
sessile, 3-celled: fr an ovate-3-angled 3-
valved caps, few -seeded. — About 30
species in tne American tropics.
The dichonsandras are usually handled
as warmhouse subjects, although some of
them may be plunged in the open ground
south of Philadelphia D. thyrsnflora is a
satisfactory plant of unusual and interesting appear-
ance, which requires little attention when once well
established, and may be relied upon to flower regularly
year after year. It needs careful repotting every year
at first until a good-sized pot (say 8-inch) is well filled
with roots. It then throws up a strong shoot each
year about 5 or 6 feet high, unbranchcd, and with per-
haps 8 or 9 leaves near the top. The handsome thyree
of blue flowers gives a color that is rare in the green-
house. This plant may be the only representative of
its interesting order in a private collection It is will-
ing to be crowded into the background, where its bare
stem is hidden, and where the light may be poorest.
The stem dies down in the winter time, when water
should be gradually withdrawn Water should be
given liberally during the growing season Of the
foliage plants of this genus, D. mo^aica is commonest.
It is dwarfer, and does not flower bo regularly. (Robert
Shore.)
A. Foliage not variegated.
thyrslfldra, Mikan Simple or nearly so, stout,
3-6 ft. : distinguished by its large Ivs , which are lanceo-
late, narrowed into a distinct petiole, glabrous, 6-10 in.
long, 2 in wide, green on both sides' st about 3 ft.
high, scarcely branched, robust, glabrous racemes
subpamcled, pubescent; petals dark or light blue;
sepals glabrous, blue or somewhat herbaceous Brazil.
BR. 682. LBC. 12:1190. P.M. 3.127. G. 27:569.
J.H. III. 43:262.
AA. Foliage variegated.
mosaica, Lind (D musaica, Koch &
Lind ) St erect, simple, stout, spot-
ted, distinguished by its large, broadly
elliptical Ivs , which are roundish at
1258. Leaf of
Dicentra canadensis.
—Squirrel-corn
DICIIORISANDRA
the base, sessile, glabrous, about 6 in. long, 3-4 in. wide,
with a short, sharp, rather abrupt point* at unbranched,
robust, spotted, raceme short, densely thyrsoid; sepals
white or greenish Gt. 1808 593 F 8. 16.1711 —Its
chief beauty is the mosaic appearance of the foliage,
due to numberless short transverse whitish lines,
which do not pass by the longitudinal veins of the If.
The under side of the Ivs is a rich purplish color. Var.
gigantea, Hort., a largo form, has been offered.
Var undata, Miller (D undata, C Koch & Lmd ).
Foliage without any mosaic appearance, the variega-
tion being entirely longitudinal. Each parallel vein
DICKSONIA
1003
1259 Dicentra Cucullana — Dutchman's Breechet.
lies in the middle of a long, whitish band extending the
full length of the If. F S 17 17(U G W 3, p 159
pileise on both sides panicle
the Us Hrazil I H 41 1't
less short longitudinal line
it hs lanee-olute, acuminali, it n nuutc to
peduneled, '2 in long, dt ns< , petals dirk bl
l (I V\ 4, p 407 — D
Hui
D
nal, xtssi
somely \
alhn-mar
St purple, h
roundish at t
ih , much shorter than
anetfated with count-
Uinata, Kind St A 4
bast . glabrous raceme
r, white at base se pute
tifdlia, Kind A Rod
blonK-laneeeilate., sessile, glabrous,
»> in long, 2 in w ide it t he middle ,
, ith short transverse white, hue".
III i'J 1.">S — D leucophthdlmat, Hook , eliffe rs in hu\-
dical mil , UsHs lying II it on the ground IAS e lliptic. ae unn-
Kmn on both sales fls blue, with a white « y< , sfimens t.
H M 47il Jl 1 42S D malifuha, Pr< -I INS o\al,
glabrous, the uppn ones oblong-la
eei
bas. , a
h
ut< , abo
sessile, acuminate, glabrous, the upptl ones oblong-lanceolate
panicle wide-biine lung Nicnritfua te> Colombia—/) orypifula,
Hoe>k , is instantly metgnued by its uutc petals, which are purple
IAS Kree-n on bot h sides Br'i7il HM 2721 —D i>Ma, I.euhl , has
narremer petals than usuid, with a white spot at the b»-e, but is
told from all othi M here described by the irreKular blotches ot
purple on the upper side of the l\s 1 he purple is the same color
as that on the under surface Hnuil T, BM 4700 L B C
17 H>67 -D Kegina, Hort =- Trade-tantia Re^in«>, Lmd &
Hod , mtro about 20 years ago by a firm of Continent il Eu
— D Aa'Vnrfmu, Hook , diffe rs from all others here elese nbed in
the extreme elensity of its he>ad-likf> mrl L\ s green on both
sides, lance-olate scpala white, tingce! blue Brazil B M '(>lb5 —
D Sicbertu, Hort A little-known plant with white midrib and
rm of D ovalifoha — D thusitltu
margins, probably a form o
WILHELM MILLER
L. II B f
DICHROA (Greek, dus, two, and ctnos, color). Syn
Ad&mia, tiaxifrayacea* Rare greenhouse shiub in
habit resembling a Hyelrangea, \\ith violet-blue fls in
a pyiamulal panicle a foot across, and handsome blue
berries Lvs persistent, opposite, stalked, narrow,
tapering both ways, serrate panicles terminal, many-
fla.; fls blue, lilac, or violet, petals 5 or 6, valvate,
styles 3-5, club-shaped: seeds numerous, small. The
64
genus has only 1 species, in the Himalayas, Malaya,
and China. It is sometimes considered to be bitypic,
but the other speeie.s, L) iwbescens, Miq , is considered
by Koorders (Kxkursiononora von Java) to be probably
a true Hydrangea
febrifuga, Lour (Adamia vertlcolor, Fortune Cyard-
ti3 Mjlvdtica, Remw ). Later writers also include
A dumm ryanta, Wall, \\hich Lmdley distinguished by
its smaller Ivs anel fit, , o petals, and 10 stamens, while
A vtrt>icolor hael 7, or sometimes 6 petals, and 20
stamens Hants rnav still be- cult under the name
of A (i/n/t<a, but it cannot be stated here how distinct
they are for hoiticultuial putpo^es A somewhat
virgate •shrub ,r>-9 ft tall, \\ ith lanceolate or obovate-
lanceolate Ivs to 8 in long, glabrous except on the
neives, petals less than ' tiu long Clarke states that
the Chinese varieties have larger fls. than the Indian
forms Occuis in the temper >k Himalayas from 5,000-
8,000 ft B M 3040 P M. 'iti 322
WILHELM MILLER
DICHROPHiLLUM Euphorbia '
DICHROSTACHYS (two-cvlond spikes} Lcgu-
nnnbs<f Stiff shrubs, with lji])innate Ivs and small
leathery 1ft •s anel v< ry small polygamous fls in bpike«,
sometimes mentioned as useful for cult in waimhouses
The species an feu, in Trop Asia, Afr , anel Austral.
Fl« in the upper part of the spiKe perfect, those of the
lower part bearing 10 long filifoim stammodia, corolla
not papilionaceous, comprising o strap-shaped petals
that are more or less united at bas.e, stamens 10 in the
perfect fls , free, slightly exserted pe>d narrou, com-
pressed, mostly or nearly mdehisccnt D. platycarpa,
Welw , is or has been in cult a slender spmv tree.
10-1 5 ft high pmtiu! 10-18 pairs, the Ifts 1-2 lines
long and very narrou spikes usually shorter than the
Ivs poel tuisted, 2-4 in long, about 1 in broad
Gumra D nMans, Benth (Caillna Dfttiroxtachys,
(Jmll tV IVtrj, lias been mtro in S Calif spiny,
much contorted shrub or small tree. Ivs glabrous or
pubesi en1, :K aua-hke, pinna4 .~> -10 pairs, Ifts 10-20 or
more p urs, ses-.de, linear 01 Imear-oblojig, rarelv as
long a-^ 12in iK in d( rise axillaiy tuin'or solitary
npike-s, the uppe-r ones sulf ur-\ ellou anel the lo\\er ones
rosy lilac poel tuisted, ' 3111 or less broad Cent Afr.
L H B.
DICKSONIA (nameel for James Dickson, an English
botanist, 17.W-1822) Cyatheticcse Tree ferns of
giecn houses
Plants uith a distmctlv 2-valved inferior mdusium,
the outer valve formed In the apex of the If -segm
— \ small genus, mosth e>f the southern hemisphere
Foi 1) /;t/«siMsrw/rt, /> pxntttl(>l>nl<i anel D »S'///?Maf
see- Dinn^ladtin Fe)i 7J Mncdt i and D regnli\, see
Cibotium These aie> onh tuo (>f several contusions of
species uhuh have be-e>n called Dicksoma, but reallv
belong m othei genera Modem ie-rii stuelents ate now
reaching the conclusion that Did soma is not only veiy
distinct tiom th<" genvis C\;ithca and its lelatives, but
belongs in n distinct family
Dicksomas are amongst the most important tree
feins, both for their beaut \ and because of then lelatwe
haidmess In their native count lies some of them are
occasional!}' ueighted uith snou, anel I) antarcttca has
to endure irostvS They can be grown in coolhouses,
and should be tried southward outdoors m sheltered
places Their trunks arc more fibrous than those of
most tree ferns, and hence more retentive of moistuie,
so that they need less caie A good tumk produces
thirtv to forty fronds a \eai, anel retains them until
the next set is matured, unless the trees suffer for mois-
ture in u inter Although thev icst in \\mter, the fronds
soon sluivel up if the ttunks aie allowed to get too dry.
Dicksomas should have their ti unks thoroughly watered
twice a day during the growing season These waterings
1004
DICKSONIA
DICTYOSPERMA
should be gradually decreased until winter, when the
trunks should be kept merely moist all the time Only
in the hottest summer days is slight shade needed. It is
a pity to grow tree ferns in pots, but if this must be
done several principles should be observed The lapse
of a single day's watering will often cause serious
damage As a rule, the pots should be of the smallest
size consistent with the size of the trunk Three or
4 inches of soil all around the trunks are enough The
above points are taken from Schneider's "Book of
Choice Ferns;" see also the discussion of tree ferns,
under Ferns, Vol. III.
antarctica, Labill Lf -stalks short, the scales dense,
dark purplish brown; Ivs 5-6 ft. long, the middle
pinna1 12-18 in long,segms oblong, the sterile incised.
Austral and Tasmania G C III 9 81 — Trunk some-
times 30-35 ft high A very useful decorative plant
squarrdsa, Swartz Lf -stalks short, the scales hair-
like, light colored Ivs. 3-4 ft long, the pmme 9-15 in
long, begins lanceolate, the sterile toothed, the ribs
scabrous New Zeal and Chatham I&l
L M UNDERWOOD and WILHELM MILLER
DICLfPTERA (named in allusion to the 2-cclled
winged caps ) Acanlhace<e. Pubescent or hirsute
annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, with red,
violet or blue bractod flowers in terminal or axillary
clusters, m the tropical parts of the world, 1 or 2 of
which may sometimes occur in the trade Lvs opposite,
entire, the plant usually evergreen corolla-tube,
slender, often somewhat expanded above, limb 2-
lipped, the lips narrow, stamens 2, on the throat D.
Niederleiniana, Lind , has been recently intro abroad
from Argentina sub-shiub: Ivs oval, to 3 in long,
pctioled, rounded at apex, densely pubescent fls
about 1 *<4 in long, several crowded in a terminal pani-
culate cyme D Tweediana, Nees, of Uruguay, is a
showy perennial w ith orange-red fls. and oblong-obtuse
Ivs There are probably 75 species of Dichptera Very
likely the horticultural names arc confused its between
this genus and others. L, ]j \\
DICLfTRA: An ancient typography
Dicentra
r for Diolytrn See
DICTAMNUS (old Greek name, supposed to indicate
foliage like the ash' hence Fravinella, diminutive of the
Latin Fraxmus, an ash) Rutacex GAS-PLANT BURN-
ING-BUSH FHAXINELLA DITTANY. A hardy peren-
nial herb
Stout plants woody at the base: Ivs alternate, odd-
pmnatc, the Ifts ovate, serrulate and pellucid-punctate,
fls showy, white or rose, on bracted pedicels, petals 5,
the lower one declined: disk thickish, annular, stamens
10, declined, ovary deeply 5-lobcd, 5-celled, hispid,
becoming a hard 5-divided caps , each division or
separate part being 2-3-seeded — One variable species,
native from S Eu to N. China
This genus includes an old garden favorite which has
a strong smell of lemon, and which will give a Hash of
light on sultry still summer evenings when a lighted
match is held under the flower-cluster and near the main
stem It is one of the most permanent and beautiful
features of the hardy herbaceous border Instances are
known in which it has outlived father, son and grand-
son in the same spot It thrives in the sun
The gas plant makes a sturdy, bold, upright growth,
and a clump 3 feet high and as much in thickness makes
a brave sight when in flower A strong, rather heavy
soil, moderately rich, is best for these plants They are
not fastidious as to situation, succeeding as well in par-
tial shade as when fullv exposed to the sipi, and drought
will not affect them when once fairly established. Old
strong clumps are good subjects as isolated specimens
on a lawn, and a iarge patch, planted m the border, is
not only effective while in full flower, but the dark,
persistent foliage is ornamental throughout the sea
son. It is not advisable to disturb the plants very often,
as they improve with age, producing taller flower-stems
and more of them as they grow older. They arc excel-
lent for cutting, especially the white variety. Propaga-
tion is accomplished with difficulty by division, but
easily by seeds, which are sown in the open ground in
fall as soon as ripe, and covered an inch or so. Thev
will germinate the next spring, and, when two years
old, the seedlings may be removed to their permanent
positions, where they will flower the following year.
(J. B Keller )
tUbus, Linn (D. Fraxinttla, Pers Fraxintlla dlba,
Gaertn F Dicidmnus, Moench). A vigorous, sym-
metrical, hardy herb, \vith glossy leathery foliage sur-
mounted by long showy terminal racemes ot good-
sized fragrant fls • Ivs alternate, odd-pinnate, Ifts.
ovate, seirulate, dotted with oil-glands fls. white.
G.C 111 34 409. Gn 35 45S, 68, p 73, 75, p 381
G 13 25 AF 5-328 Gng 5 321 Var purpftreus,
Hort , has large dark-colored fls Var rilbra, Hort ,
has rosy purple fls , the veins deeper colored. Var.
giganteus, Hort (D gigantcus,llort.) Plant large Var
caucasicus (D cavcdsicu*, Hort ), is a giant form \vith
racemes twice the length of those of the common kind
and standing well above the foliage It B. 32, p 253.
Perhaps the same as var. ffiganteut*.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H Bf
DICTYOGRAMMA- Cmwgramnu
DICTYOSP&RMA (Gieek, tutted seed) I'almActue
Areca-hke palms, comprising several species of desirable
pinnate house and table palms that .ire becoming
deservedly well known
Slender spineless palms, with a ringed tiunk Ivs
equally pinnatiseet, segms linear-lanceolate, acumi-
nate or bind, the apical ones confluent, margins thick-
ened, recuived at the base, midrib and nerves promi-
nent, sparsely clothed with persistent scales beneath,
or naked, rachis and petiole1 slender, scaly, 3-suled,
furrowed, sheath elongated, entue spadix on a short
glabrous or tomentose peduncle, the branches erect
or spreading and flexuose, the lower ones with rnern-
branaceous bracts at the base, spat lies 2, complete,
dorsally compiessed, papery, the lower one 2-crested,
fl -bearing areas much depressed, bracts and bract letH
scaly, pistillate fls rather large, white or yellowish fr
scaly, small, olive-shaped or subglobose — There aie
(i or 8 species all from Trop Vsia but onlv the follow-
ing seem to be known in the trade For cult , see Arcca
from which Dictvospernm differs only in having a
1-celled and 1-sccaed fr
dlba, Wendl & Drude (Arbca alba, Bory rtijcko-
sperma alba, Scheff ) Distinguished by the whitish
petioles and the whitish green veins of the Ivs caudex
about 30 ft high, 8-9 in diam , dilated at the base Ivs
8-12 ft long, petiole 6-18 in long, grooved down the
face; segms 2} £-3 ft long, 23 in wide, 7-nerved,
veins and margins green or reddish blanches of the
spadix 6-18 in long, erect or slightly reflexed, /igzag
when young — By far the best of the genus and rather
widely sold as Areca as is also D rubia
aurea, Wendl & Drude (Arbca aiirea, Hort ) Dis-
tinguished by the yellow or orange petioles and veins
of young plants caudex about 30 ft high, .smaller and
more slender than the preceding. Ivs 4-8 ft long, peti-
ole 8 in long; segms V/fr-2 ft long, 1 in wide, sec-
ondary veins scarcely visible, branches of the spadix
rigidly erect, 9-11 in long
furfuracea, Wendl & Drude (Arkca furfuracea,
Hort ). Like D rubra, but the petiole and If -sheath
of the young plant tomentose.
r&bra, Wendl. & Drude (Areca rubra, Hort ). Re-
sembling Z). alba, but the Ivs of the young plants
DICTYOSPERMA
darker green, the primary veins and margins dark
red, the redness disappearing very much in adult
plants branches of the spadix longer and more reflexed.
— Young plants of this may be used for table decora-
tions as the plant grows quickly and is attractive in
juvenile condition. JARED Q. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR.t
DICYRTA (twice curved, refernng to structure of
fls.). Cesncndccx. Very closely related to Achimenes
with which some authors unite it, differing in the
smaller fls , and diverging anther-cells Low-growing
slender villous herbs with creeping roots: Ivs opposite,
rnembranaceous fls axillaiy, small, white or pale
lilac, sometimes spotted, coiolla-tube decimate, the
hrnb oblique with f> nearly equal spreading lobes;
stamens affixed in the base of the corolla-tube, included,
the anther-cells distinct Two species occur in Guate-
mala D. Candida, Hanst <fe Klotzsch (Achlmtneb
cdndula, Lindl Dwsthna qrdcilc, Regd) To 1J4 ft .
Ivs ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate,
short-pet loled fl on a bracted pedicel that much
exceeds the petiole, white, tubular-campanulate, the
lowest lobe projecting Summei The other species is
D W'arsminczwMt, Regel (A. mi.srra, Lindl ), appar-
ently not m cult . fls smaller. jv jj \$
DIDfSCUS: TraLhymrne
DIDYMOCARPUS (tmn fruit). Gcsnerwcue Attrac-
tive warmhouse heibs, writh few showy flowers
A polMiioi plums genus, distnbuted in E India,
Malaga, China, and Trop Afi , differently named and
defined hv diflerent authors Roettlera is an older
name, and has been used icceritly, but it is discarded by
the "nomma conservanda" list of the Vienna code
The genus includes Chinta and Tiaehj stigma accord-
ing to Kill. sch, and it then numbeis moie than 100
species Br'ntham cV Hooker omit Chinta, which differs
in its 2-parted stigma, alwavs 2 stamens, and other
chaiacters, in this work it is kept distinct Didyrno-
carpus comprises plants that are caulescent or neaily
acquiescent, sometimes woodv, of various habit Ivs
radical and cauhne, those on the st opposite 01 alter-
nate, eremite, moie or less wrinkled and hauv fls
violet, blue, white or even yellow, on few -fid scapes
or axillary peduncles; corolla with an elongated tube
which is widened at the throat or ventricose, the limb
spreading and somewhat 2-lobed, stamens 2 or raiely 4,
tlie anthers conmvent or coherent and cells divergent;
style long or short, the stigma little dilated and entire
or nearly so — The species require the treatment given
the warmhouse gesnenaceous plants, usually difficult
to grow, or are soon lost because seeds may not be pro-
duced Several species are mentioned in horticultural
literature; but the following are moie recently intro
and are likely to be cult or perhaps in the trade They
are low heibs with few Ivs , resembling Streptocarpus
Many new species have recently been added to this
interesting genus, and a number of them may be
expected to appear in cult
cyaneus, Ridley Stemless Ivs. in a rosette, ovate,
elliptic or obovate, ascending, somewhat obtuse, to 6
in long, erenate-serrate, soft pubescent, petioled* fls,
deep blue, trumpet-shaped, about 1^2 m long, with
rounded spreading lobes, 4 or 5 on a scape. Malaya.
B M 8204. — Blooms in autumn; should have warm
treatment, such as is given Streptocarpus.
Veitchiana, W. W. Smith. Eight m or less: Ivs 2-4
pairs, ovate, somewhat cordate at base, serrate, 4 in.
or less long, stalked fls. lilac with longitudinal lines,
tubular, nearly 1% in. long, in few-fid axillary cymes.
China. L. H. B.
DIDYMOCHL&NA (Greek, twin cloak; alluding to
the indusium). Polypodidceae. Greenhouse ferns of
rather coarse fobage.
DIDYMOSPERMA
1005
Indusium elliptical, emargmate at the base, attached
along a central vein, free all around the margin —One or
2 species. Large coarse ferns somewhat resembling the
shield ferns, Dryopteris, in habit and gross appearance
D lunulata is a very distinct fern It looks like a tree
maidenhair, but the stems are thick and fleshy arid the
leaves are fleshier than any Adiantum. In cultivation
the trunk is only a few inches high, but the fronds are
4 to 6 feet long and densely covered with long, brown
chaffy scales and has a metallic luster This is a warm-
house fern, and may be used for subtropical bedding
It has a bad trick of dropping its pinnules if allowed to
get too dry at the root, but soon rallies under liberal
treatment
lunulata, Desv. (D truncukita, Hort ). Fig. 1260.
Lvs clustered from an erect rigid st., bipinnate, 3-6
ft. long, pinnules almost
quadrangular, %-\. in.
broad, entire or slightly
sinuate, each bearing 2-6
son Cuba to Brazil, the
same or an allied species in
Madagascar and Malaya.
— I) lunulata is a veiy
attractive fern while in a
small state, but its decidu-
ous aiticulated pinnules
are a drawback as a com-
mercial species, rendering
it of little value for house
decoration
L M UNDERWOOD and
W H TAPLIN.
DIDYMOPL£XIS
1260. Didymochlsena lunulata.
(Xh)
(double or twin plaits)
Orchidacese One sapro-
ph^tic orchid with leafless
sts /; pdllens, Griff,
has been cult abroad but
is piobably not in the
trade loot branch-
ing and tuberous,
bearing a st 4-6 in.
high \\ith loose
sheaths racemes
terminal, \uth 4-8
small brownish or dull
yellow -white fls ; perianth
Hm diam ; lip stipitate,
tiansversely oblong, with
3 nerves and a papillose
disk , pedicels becoming
greatly elongated after fer-
tilization E India — The
genus Didymoplexis comprises 2 or 3 species (Leucor-
clus is a more recent name), m India, Malaya and the
Pacific Isls , characterized by simple flexuous scapes,
dorsal sepals and petals connate into a 3-partcd upper
lip, the lateial connate into an entire or 2-partecl lower
hp, the regular lip inserted on the foot of the column,
very short and broad, entire, caps becoming very long-
pedicelled. Apparently of little horticultural interest
DIDYMOSP^RMA (Greek, double-seeded) Pal-
maceae, tribe Arcceae. Low or almost stemless pinnate
oriental palms.
Leaves terminal, unequally pinnatisect, silvery-
scaly below; segms opposite, alternate, sohtaiy, or
the lower ones m groups, cuneate at the base, obovate-
oblong or oblanceolate, smuate-lobed and erose. the
terminal one cuneate; margins recurved at the base,
midnervc distinct, nerves flabellate; sheath short,
fibrous: spadices with a short, thick peduncle and thick
branches; spathes numerous, sheathing the spadix;
fls. rather large; calyx 3-lvd., corolla with 3 stiff petals;
1006
DIDYMOSPERMA
DIEFFENBACHIA
ovary 2-3-celled: fr. ovoid or oblong, 2-3-, rarely
1-, seeded.
Didymosperma is a genus of East Indian palms of
moderate growth, containing possibly eight species,
most of which are stemlcss or else forming but a short
trunk, the pinnate loaves rising from a mass of coaise
brownish fibers that biirround the base of the plant.
The leaflets are of irregular shape, bearing some resem-
blance to those of Caiyota, and the plants frequently
throw up suckers from the bate The members of this
genus arc not very common in cultivation The species
that is most frequently seen is the plant known to the
trade as D. caryotouk*, an attractive warmhouse palm
that has also appealed under the synonym Hanna
caryotoides, and has lately been referred to Walhchia,
which see While young, at least, the didymospermas
enjoy a warm house and moist atmosphere with
shading from full sunshine, though one species, /).
oblongifoha (or Walhchia), is frequently found in
Sikkim at an elevation of 3,000 feet above the sea.
Propagated usually by seeds, occasionally by suckers,
which are kept rather close for a time after their
removal from the parent plant See G C II. 24.362
for description of garden foims
porphyrocfirpon, Wendl <fe Drude (Wallicfna por-
phyrocdrpa, Mart ) Sts reedy, 3- 6 ft • Ivs 5-8 ft.
long, Ifts. 9-15, about 6 in long, distant, narrowly
oblong, long-cuneate, blunt, or sirmately 2-3-1 obed,
tiuncate, denticulate, glaucous beneath. Java.
nanum, Hook A dwarf robust palm, 2-3 ft , covered
with rusty pubescence Ivs 1-2 ft long, glabrous above,
glaucous beneath, Ifts 1-3 pairs with an odd terminal
one, 7-10 in long, 3-5 m broad, wedge-shaped,
sharply toothed • Assam. B M OS3G — One of the
smallest of all palms
D HookeriAna, Becc Resembles a Caryota, about 3 ft high.
Malay Pomns Plant scarcely known m cult in \rncr but per-
haps cult mEu. j^RED G SMITH>
N TAILOR f
DIEFFENBACHIA (J. F. DiefTenbaeh, a German
botanist, 1794-1817) Araccse Popular hothouse plants,
gio\\n for their handsome and stiikmg foliage.
Low, shrubby perennials sts rather thick, inclined
or deeping «it the base, then erect, with a leafy top
u miuri/tti tumi tiif ivo. j^MiiuiB iiuiu
floral characters. Cent, and S. Amer. —
Perhaps a dozen species. Engler (in Engler & Prantl,
1889) recognizes many species, with many varieties
For dieffenbachias, similar rooting material to that
mentioned for an thuliums, combined with a high and
moist atmosphere, will produce a very healthy and
luxuriant growth of foliage, espe< lally after the plants
have made their hist few leaves in ordinary light pot-
ting soil Unless it be the very large-leaved kinds, like
D tnumphans, D nobihs and D Baumannn, three or
four plants may be placed together in large pots, keep-
ing the balls near the surface in potting D. Jenmarni.
D Shuttleworthiana, D Lcopoldn and /) cburnca are all
well suited for massing together m large pots When
above a ceitam height, varying in different species, the
plants come to have fewer leaves, and those that remain
are small; they should then be topped, retaining a con-
siderable piece of the stem, and placed m the sand-bed,
where they will throw out thick roots in a week or two
The remaining part of the stems should then be cut
up into pieces 2 or 3 inches long, dried for a day or
so, and then put into boxes of sand, when, if kept
warm and only slightly moist, every piece will send
out a shoot, and from the base of this shoot roots will
be produced These can be potted up as soon as roots
have formed (G W CLver )
picta, Sehott (D InaMhtnw, Veitch D Shuttle-
war thin na, Rege1). Blade oblong, or oblong-elliptical,
or oblong-lanceolate, 2jj-4 times longer than \\ide,
rounded or acute at the base, giadually narrowing to
the long acuminate-cuspidate apex, green, with numer-
ous irregular oblong or linear spots between the veins,
veins 15-20 on each side, ascending LBC 7*608
(as, Caladium mnculatum) J 11 111 40:105
Var. Bafcsei, Kngler (I) liaiwi, Regel) Fig 1201
Blade nearly or completely yellowish green, with
obscurely green-spotted margins and scattered white
spots 1 H 20 338
Var Shuttleworthiana, Engler (D Sfiuttlnuorthiana,
Bull). Blade pale green along the midrib
Seguine, Schott Lvs green, with white, more or less
confluent stripes and spots, oblong or ovate-oblong,
rounded or slightly cordate or subacute at the base,
narrowed toward the apex, shoit cuspidate, primary
veins 9-15, the lower spreading, the upper remote and
ascending Lowe 1 1 (as var ttmctdnta) W Indies —
Called "dumb plant" because those who chew it some-
times lose the powei of speech for several days
Var Baraquiniana, Kngler (1) Baraqwnidna, Verse h
& Lem. D giqantla, Veisch. D Veischaffdtii, Hort
Petioles and also midribs almost entirely white, blade
with scattered white spots. I II. 11 387, 13 470, 471
G. 2 238.
Var. n6bilis. Engler (D n6bile, Hort ) Fig 1202
Blade elliptical, acute, dull green with dirty green spots.
Brazil.
Var liturata, Engler (D liturata, Schott D vanegata,
Hort D Lcopoldn, Bull D WdUiMi, Lmd ) Blade
dark green, with a lather broad, yellowish green,
ragged- mm gmed stripe along the midub sp.it ho
glaucous-green Province Para, bia/il 1H 1/11.
S.H 1, p 455. G Z. 25, p. 250
Var irrorata, Engler (D. trrarata. Schott. Z>. Bau-
mannn, Hoit ) Lvs large and bright green, blotched
and spimkled with white Brazil
The above are the recognized two type species. The
following are or have been m the Ameiican trade
Probably some or all of them belong to the foregoing
species.
Chglsonii, Bull. Lvs. deep, satiny green, the middle
gray-feathered, and the blade also blotched yellow-
green Colombia.
ebdraea, Hort. Compact: Ivs. light green, freely
spotted with white, the sts reddish and white-i ibbed.
Brazil.
DIEFFENBACHIA
DIERVILLA
1007
Founder!, Hort. Vigorous: Ivs la
spots and blotches of white on a bl«
;e, leathery, with
kish green back-
ground. Colombia.
iMstris, Hort. See D. latimacidata.
imperator, Hort. Lvs. 16-18 in. long, 5-6 in. wide,
olive-green, fantastically blotched, marbled and
spotted with pale yellow and white. Colombia.
1262 Dieffenbachia Seguine var. nobilis.
insignis, Hort Lvs dark green, with irregular,
angular blotches of pale ycllo\\ish green, 6 cr more in
wide, ovate and .short-acuminate in form and with
pale green petiole Colombia,
latimaculata, Lmd & Andre" (D illustns, Hort )
Lvs glaucous-green, profusely white-barred and white-
spotted and blotched with yellow-green, the petioles
also glaucous Brazil. I H 23 234
JSnmanii, Veitch Lvs rich, bright, glossy green, re-
lieved by a milk-white band at every lateral nerve, and
by a few white spots interspersed between the bands.
Guiana G Z 28, p 218.
magnffica, Lmd. & Rod Lvs ovate-acuminate,
large, dark green, attractively blotched and spotted
with white along the veins, bts and petioles also vane-
gated Venezuela I II. 30. 482. S.H. 2, p. 383. G.
13.643
manndrea, Hort. See D. Parlatorn.
meleagris, L Lmd & Rod Lvs with the long
petioles green, marked with ivory-white, the blades
dark green above, paler beneath, marked on both sides
with a few white spots Ecuador. I H. 39.559.
mem&ria-Cfirsii. A hybrid raised in the garden of
the late Marquis Corsi
Parlatdrei, Lmd & Andre", var manndrea, Andr6
(D membna, D mormbra and D Cdrsn, Hort ) Lvs
long-oblong, acuminate, the midrib white and the
blades blotched white, the green deep and lustrous.
Colombia I H 24 • 291 — Engler refers this plant to the
genus Philodendron
Reglna, Bull. Lvs. oblong-elliptical, rounded at base,
short -acuminate at apex, greenish white, profusely
mottled and blotched with alternate light and green
tints S Amer. G Z. 28, p. 26 —The vari-colored and
margined Ivs. are very attractive
R6x, Hort. Compact: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, the
two sides not equal, deep green, but the white angular
blotches and midrib occupying more space than the
green S. Amer G Z 28, p. 97
Sander®, Hort Lvs very broad-oval, green, mot-
tled with cream-color.
8ple"ndens, Bull. St faintly mottled with dark and
light green . Ivs have a thick, ivory-white midrib, and
the ground-color is of a deep, rich, velvety bottle-green,
with a resplendent, lubtrous surface, freely marked with
whitish stnate blotches Colombia. G.Z 25, p 193.
truhnphans, Bull. Lvs dark green, ovate-lanceolate
and acuminate, 1 ft long, irregularly marked with angu-
lar yellowish blotches Colombia.
DIELfTRA: Dicentra
JARED G. SMITH
GEORGE V. NASH 1
DIERAMA (a funnel, alluding to shape of fls.).
Irvlacese S. African cormous plants, related to Spar-
axis and Ixia. Fls large, white to purple and rea, in
paniclcd spikes Ivs long, linear, rigid perianth short-
tubed, expanded at throat, with oblong nearly equal
segms , stamens 3, inserted on the perianth throat;
ovary 3-cellcd, oblong, with many ovules, the style ex-
sorted* fr a 3-valved caps There are 2 or 3 species,
of which D. pulche'rrima, Baker, was intro into S.
Calif many years ago. scape 2-6 ft , with remote
branches Ivs narrow-sword-shaped and with a very
slender point fls. \Yi in long, pendulous, blood-red-
purple, bell-shaped. B M. 5555 (as Sparaxis pulcher-
nrna) Requires the treatment given Ixia
DIERVfLLA (after Diereville, a French surgeon, who
took D Lonicera to Europe early in the eighteenth
century). Capnfohace<e WEIGELA Ornamental decid-
uous shrubs, grown for their showy flowers appearing
profusely in spring and early summer.
Leaves opposite, petiolea or nearly sessile, serrate
fls in 1- to several-fid axillary cymes, often pamcled
at the end of the branches, yellowish white, pink or
crimson, epigynous; calyx 5-toothcd or 5-parted , corolla
tubular or campanulatc, 5-lobed, sometimes slightly
2-hpped, stamens 5, stjle blender uith large capitate
htigma, ovary inferior, elongated, 2-celled fr a slender,
2-valved caps with numerous minute seeds «— About 10
species in h Asia and N Amer
Diervillas are shrubs of spreading habit, with more or
loss arching branches, rather largo loaves, and, especially
the Asiatic spccios, with very showy flowers from pure
\vhite to dark crimson, appearing in tprmg A very large
number of hybrids between the different Asiatic species
have been raised and have become great favorites m
Sard ens on account of their profusely produced and
ohcatoly tmtod flowers The earliest to bloom are
D prpcox and its hjbrids and also D flonda var
venusta, \vhich begin to flower in Massachusetts about
the middle of May, the latest is D nvulans. The
American species arc hardy North and prefer moiet
and partly shaded positions Of the Asiatic species
D. Middendorjfiana is the hardiest, but rarely does well:
it seems to grow best in humid sandy or peaty soil and
in positions sheltered from strong winds, it dislikes hot
and dry air, D, flonda also is rather hardy and one of
the handsomest species of the genus The other Asiatic
species require protection dunng the winter or sheltered
positions They thrive >*cll in any humid garden Boil.
Propagation is readily effected by greenwood cuttings
or hardwood cuttings, the American species usually by
suckers and by seeds sown in spring.
INDEX.
alba, 4, 7
amabihs, 4, 6
hybrida, 9
Incarnate, 9
precox. 5.
nvularia, 3.
arborea, 6
Inttrmedia, 9.
rosta, 4
arborescens, 8.
canadentna, 1.
japooioa, 7
jtfostertana vanegata, 9
sessihfolia, 2.
Sieboldn argenteo-
Candida, 9
Lat>att«t. 9
marginata, 9.
coraenaia, 6
Lonioera, 1
smica, 7
Dcsboimi, 9.
Looymansn aurea, 9.
Steltinen, 9.
floribunda, 8.
Lowei, 9
Styrtaca, 9
flonda, 4
Lu/eo-marpmato, 9
<rt^(fo, 1
grandiflora, 6, 8.
Gro/mima, 9.
Middendorffiana, 10
wul<v/loro, 8
Fon ^oM«et, 9.
Venoaa, 9
Groenewcgenii, 9.
Wana vanegata, 9
venusta, 4
Hendersomi, 9.
nt»eo, 7
VerschaffeUii, 9
hortensis, 7.
PQUCI flora, 4
versicolor, 8
1008
DIERVILLA
DIERVILLA
A Fls yellow, slightly 2-hpped, small, about Y&n long.
(Diervitta proper).
B. Lvs. glabrous or nearly so.
1. Lonicera. Mill. (D. trifida, Moench. D canadensis,
Willd ) Shrub, to 3 ft. : branchlets nearly terete, gla-
brous :lvs distinctly petioled, ovate-oblong, acuminate,
serrate, nearly glabrous, finely ciliate, 1H-4 m. long:
cymes usually 3-fld ; limb nearly equal to the tube:
caps about J-^in long June, July Newfoundland to
Sask , south to Ky and N. C. B M. 1796.
2 sessilifdlia, Buckl. Shrub, to 5 ft.: branchlets
quadrangular: Ivs nearly sessile, ovate-lanceolate, ser-
rate, nearly glabrous, of firmer texture, 2-6 in. long1
cymes 3-7-fld., often crowded into dense, terminal
panicles; limb shoiter than the tube caps, about %m.
and Ala.
1263. Diervilla japomca. ( X M)
long June, July N. C and Tenn to Ga.
G C III. 22 14, 42 427.— Hardy in Canada.
BB Ijwt , branchlets and infl pubescent.
3. rivularis, Gattinger Shrub, to 6 ft : Ivs. short-
petioled, ovate to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, trun-
cate or cordate at the base, doubly serrate, pubescent
on both sides, 1 j^-3 ' •£ in long cymes few- to many-fld ,
crowded into terminal panicles; limb of corolla about
as long as tube caps Hm- l°nl? July* Aug. N.C. to
Tenn , Ga. and Ala G C. III. 38:339.
AA. Fls showy, white, pink, or cnmson, rarely yellowish.
B. Anthers not connected with each other. (Weigela.)
c Calyx-lobes lanceolate, connate to or nearly to the
middle; stigma 2-lobed. seeds almost wingless.
4 fldrida, Sieb. & Zucc. (WeigHa rosea, Lindl. W.
amdbihs, Ilort. D. pauciftora, Carr.). Shrub, to 6 ft :
branchlets with 2 hairy stripes: Ivs. short-petioled or
nearly sessile, elliptic or ovate-oblong to obovate,
Serrate, glabrous above except at the midrib, more or
less pubescent or tomentose on the veins beneath,
2-4 in. long: calyx nearly glabrous, with lanceolate
teeth; ovary slightly hairy- fls. 1-3, pale or deep rose,
\l/± in. long; corolla broaclly funnel-shaped, abruptly
narrowed below the middle. May, June. N China.
BM 4396. F.S. 3.211. BH 1:577. Gt. 54, p. 86. R.H.
1849:381. H F. 1854:21. V. 18:37 — Tlis is one of the
most cult, species, very free-flowering and rather
hardy. Var. alba, Moore. Fls white, changing to
light pink. RH 1861 331 Var venusta, Rehd.
Lvs smaller, usually obovate, 1M-2H m long,
usually nearly glabrous: fls. m dense clusters with
small Ivs. at the base; corolla slender, about 1^ m.
long, rather gradually narrowed toward the base, lobes
oval to oval-oblong, rosy pink. Korea, N. China. —
Recently intro.; very flonferous, early and hardy.
5. prebcox, Lemoine. Shrub, to 6 ft.: branchleta
glabrous: Ivs short-petioled, elliptic or elliptic-ovate,
acuminate, serrate, hairy above, soft-pubescent below,
2-3 H m long, fls clustered, 3-5, nodding' calyx with
subulate lobes, ovary hairy; corolla abruptly narrowed
below the middle, purplish pink or rose-carmine Japan.
May. Gt 46:1441; 53, p 522. R H. 1905:314 —The
earliest of all species to bloom; has given rise to a race
of early-flowering hybrids as Avalanche, Gracieux,
Vestale, Conquerant, Esperance, Seduction, which see
under D. hybrida.
cc. Calyx-lobes linear, divided to the base: seeds winged:
stigma capitate.
D. Plant nearly glabrous.
6. coraeSnsis, DC (D grandijlbra, Sieb. & Zucc. D.
amdbihs, Cair.). Shrub, 5-10 ft : Ivs. rather large,
obovate or elliptic, abruptly acuminate, crenately ser-
rate, sparingly hairy on the veins beneath and on the
petioles' flb. in 1-3-fld., pedunclod cymes, corolla
broadly funn«'form, abruptly nai rowed below the mid-
dle, changing from whitish or pale pink to carmine
May, June Japan. S Z. 31. F S 8 855 II U 1 19 —
Vigorously growing shrub, with large Ivs. and fls , but
le.sh free-flowering, and the type not common m cult
Var arbdrea, Rend. (W arbbrca grandifldra, Hort ).
Fls yellowish white, changing to pale rose, of vigorous
growth.
DD Plant more or Zc.ss pubescent corolla finely pubescent
out^uie.
7. jap6nica, DC Fig 1263 Shiub, to 6 ft Ivs.
oblong-obovatc or elliptic, acummate-berrate, sparingly
pubescent above, tomentose beneath fls usually in
3-fld , hhort-peduncled cymes, often crowded at the end
of short branchletbj corolla broadly funnelform, nar-
rowed below the middle, whitish at first, changing to
carmine, slightly pubescent or nearly glabrous outside;
style somewhat ex^erted. May, June Japan, China.
G.F. 9:405 (adapted m Fig. 1263). Gn. 21, p. 184.
Var hortensis, Rehd. (D. hortensis, Sieb. & Zucc ).
Lvs nearly glabrous above, densely grayish tomentose
beneath' cymes usually rather long-peduncled ; fls.
usually carmine. S.Z. 29, 30. More tender and slower-
growing than the type. Var. sinica, Rehd. Lvs. slen-
der-petioled, soft-pubescent beneath, fls campanulate,
abruptly contracted below the middle into a narrow
tube, pale pink. Cent. China. Var. alba; Makmo (/>.
hort6nsis var. dlba, Sieb. & Zucc. D. japdnica var.
nivea, Rehd ) Like var. hortensis but fls. white. G C.
II. 10:80. Gn. 22, p. 185, 34, p. 352. G. 28:392.
8 floribunda, Sieb & Zucc. (D. mulliflora, Lem.).
Shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs. oblong-ovate or elliptic, acuminate,
serrate, sparingly pubescent above, more densely
beneath: fls. 1-3, usually sessde, mostly crowded at the
end of short branchlets; corolla rather gradually nar-
rowed toward the base, pubescent outhide, brownish
crimson m the bud, changing to dark or bright crimson;
lobes about 5 times shorter than the tube; style exserted.
May, June. Japan S Z. 32. I.H. 10.383.— Vigorously
growing shrub, with rather small but abundant fls.
Var. grandifldra, Rehd. (W. arbor tsccns, Hort.). Fls.
rather large, brownish crimson Var. versfcolor, Rehd.
(D. versicolor, Sieb & Zucc ) Fls. greenish white at
first, changing to crimson S.Z. 33.
9. hybrida, Hort. (Fig. 1264), may be used as a col-
lective name for the different hybrids between D.
florida, D. praecox, D. floribunda, D japomca and D.
corj?ens?.s, which are now more commonly cult, than the
XXXVI. A border of dianthus and digitalis.
DIERVILLA
typical species. Some of the best and most distinct
are the following, arranged according to the color of the
fls The numbers in parenthesis after the name refer to
the number of the species and indicate the origin or
probable origin ot those hybrids .
DIGITALIS
1009
1264 Diervilla hybnda. ( X \i)
Fl* white or nearly white Avalanche, Lernome (5x') FN pure
white, early Dame Klmche (0x7) Hs larpe, white, sightly
pinkish outside, yellowish white and bluish in bud (Jracitur,
Lemoine (.~>x?) Us white, yellow in throat, buds h^ht silmon-
pink, cirly I»oltne, Van Houtte (4xv) Fls white ur slightly
pink outside, yellow in thro it Madame Cnuturnr, Billiard
(4X0) 1-h yellowish white chanKinii to pink Madam, I tmoint,
Billiard (1x0) FN white with delicate blush, ehiiiKUiK to pink
Mn'iame Tcllitr, Billurd (4x0)
blush VfKtak, Lemoine (5x9) Fl
blanc, Lemoine (4x7) Fh pure \
fadmR to pinkish Par, linn Blanc. L
preceding Candida ( 1 XO) Fls pu
Fls pink or carmine AM ( arr
purple-carmine in bud, with jellow
(4X6) FN pink, carmini m bud
Fh very 1 ir«e, rone-ee>lorcd, carmin
Conqutte (4 <7) HI vtry I we, dr
Fls carmine Ewfranc,, Le moinc (5 . ') FU %er> 1 i
•white tinged with salmon-red, buds p \Ie hdmon, cnrl> druti^ima
(4x7) FN light pmk G'r<rm?r«0.nii (t , ') IN redoufiele,
whitish within, slightly striped with >ello\M h red <*«•>/« HP Afal-
l(t. Billiard (t <t>) Fls light pink, boithrcd white Utndtrstmn
(4X8) FN light crimson Inttrnudia (t <7) 1'N riniine, buds
darker. Othfllo(l*8) Hs carmine, darker outside Seduction,
Lemoine (3X*) FN vintm* carmine-red, early, very flontirous.
Uteltznm, Van Ilouttc (1x7) I'N dark red, abundant blynaca,
, , with deli
pure creimy white Munl-
ite, jcreemsh white in bud,
ome (4 <7) Similar to the
white 11 H 1.S7U HO
(4 x7) H* rc>M-carmine,
ot in throat An,hf Thouin
onyHfrnnt, Lemoine (5x*)
utside and in thrott , tally
rrp pink Dr
(5 . ' FU %
rate, glabrous at length fls in 2-3-fld axillary and
terminal clusters, corolla carnpanulate-funnelform, yel-
lowish white, spotted orange or purplish inside 1 1A in
long, calyx-teeth partially connate. May, June E
Siberia, N China, Japan Gt 6:183 RH 18.54201
F.S 11 1137 IH 4 115 GC III 7.581— Hardv,
but rarely doos well, it demands a cool and moist cli-
mate and a position sheltered from strong winds.
D gitlendmv.C&rr (I) LonueraxD Hessihfoha) Intermediate
between the parents, me>re similar to L sesMhfolia, but Iv8 short-
petiolcd Garden origin —D turn is, Komarov Allied to D japon-
ic i Ivs ovate-laneee>late, nhate. otherwise glabrous, sparingly
•>e>rratc, 1-2 in long ee)rolln white, pink outside, style not
exserted Manehuna Heoently intro , presumably quite hardy —
D Wdgnert, Kusnexov (D japemica / D Middendorffiana) LVB
ovue-oblonjf, glabrous except on the \tins below fls axillary on
shejrt hnnchl. ts, sepals lance-olate, distinct or partly connate,
pmk, tilled yellowish Garden origin Gt 48 1461 —Doubtful
whether still in cult ALFREJ) REHD£R<
DlfcTES: Morxa.
DIGITALIS (Latin, digitalis, finger of a glove, refer-
ring to the shape of the flowers) Scrophulanaceae, FOX-
GLOVE A fine genus, numbeimg several species, and
some hybrids, of hardv 01 half-hardy herbaceous plants,
\\ell known fe»r tlicir long racemes of inflated flowers,
winch suggest .spires or towers of bells Plate XXXVI
Vpiight herbs, sometimes \\oody at the base gla-
brous or tornentoho or woolly, mostly bimple Ivs
altrrrtate or mattered or crowded, entue or dentate*
fls showy, in a long teimmal laceme or spike which is
usually 1 -sided, purple, ochroleucous or white, corolla
declined, more or less (\tmpanulate, often constricted
above tlie ovary, th* limb eiect-hpreading and some-
what 2-hpped, Dotted anel bearded at the throat,
stamens t, didynarnous, usually included; style slen-
der. 2-lohed fr an ovate dehiscent caps>. — About 25
bpe< ie^, Ku and W and ( Vnt A^ia
The foxgloves aie olel-f Cushioned and dignified, clean
of growth and wholesom- company in the choicest
garden The Btiong veitical lines of their flower-
stalks, rising from rich and luxuiiant masses of caulme
leaves, give nlwavs an appearance of strength to the
i ambling outlines of the usual herbaceous border. For
a week or two the foxgloves ustialU dominate the whole
border The usual species m cultivation is D purpuna,
w Inch H one of the commonest Knghsh w ild flow ers The
name "foxglove" is so inappropriate that much ingen-
ious speculation has been aiouscd, but its origin ib lost
in antiquitv The word "fox" is often said to be a cor-
ruption of "folk," meaning the "little folk" or fairies
Unfortunateh , etymologists discredit this pretty sug-
gestion In the drugstores, several preparations of /).
purpurw are sold They are diuretic, sedative, narcotic.
For medicinal purposes, the leaves of the second year's
,
Klenert (4xH^ FN pink,
floriferoua MI) l')121
FH 14 1447 Vinntu (1x0)
crinnou in throat
ery
ink, ch iu«inR to
Van Houttn (4 "7) FN carmm-
FN Pirnnne-pink, farmim- in bud,
range to crinnou in throat Vmtkafftltn (4x0) FN carmme-
pmk limb bordered whitish
FN crimson or dark tiimson Conyo ((> * S) FN large,
purplish crimson, abundant Dexbmsii (8x7) I-N small, dark
cnmsoD E Andrf (SXO) FN vi-iydark. broum li purple Em
Hathkf (HXO) FN deep oariinne-red, treet, \>>rv fr« -liowermg
KB 19120 G li 1.130 //riM/cr«o«it (4x8) FN lurfit c rim-on,
crimson in bud Incnrnata (0X8). Fls deep red Lmnlln (0 <8)
FN bright cnmaon II F 18705 GW 1 , p 00 (habit > Lou-ti
(8X4). Fls dark purplish crimson HF 1H70 8 P. Ducharhe
(4X8). Fls. deep amaranth, very dark, free-flowering
Lvs. variously colored. Kottcnatia vaneaafa Lvs. bordered
yellow: fls pink, paler in bud, dwarf Louyntansn aurea Lvs.
yellow; of slow growth R D 2 173 Luteo-maromnta (Weigela
amabiliafol var VanHoutto) Lva bordered yellow FS 12 1189
Nana vanegata (Weigela rosea nana fol var Van Houtte). Lvs.
variegated with white fls. nearly white dwarf Sicboldn araentco-
marginata (4X7). Lvs. bordered white fls. rose
BB. Anders connected with each other. (Calyptro-
stigma.)
10 Middendorffiina, Carr. Shrub, to 3 ft • Ivs
short-petioled, ovate-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, ser-
1265 The juvenile or foliage stage of Digitalis purpurea,
used as an edging. Year preceding the blorm.
1010
DIGITALIS
DIMORPHANTHUS
growth are used. — Foxgloves are of the easiest culture.
The common species and hybrids can be grown as
biennials from seed. The perennial species are propaga-
ted by seeds or by division The common D purpurea
is best treated as a biennial, although it may sometimes
persist longer. Seeds sown one spring (or fall) will give
good blooming plants the following season. The large
root-leaves before the flower-stems appear are decor-
ative (Fig 1265).
A. Middle lobe of the lower hp longer than the others.
ferrugfnea, Linn. (D aurea, Lindl ) Biennial or
perennial, 4-6 ft. high* sts. densely leafy Ivs glabrous
or eihate racemes long, dense;
fls. rusty red, reticulate-marked,
downy outside, lower lip of
corolla ovate, entire, bearded,
July. S. Eu. B.M. 1828
lanata, Ehrh. Perennial, or
biennial, 2-3 ft Ivs oblong or
lanceolate, eihate • fls rather
small, 1-1M m- long) grayish or
creamy yellow, sometimes whit-
ish or purplish, downy, in a dense,
many-fld racome, with bracts
shorter than the fls July, Aug.
Danube River and Greece. B M.
1159 (poor fig ) — A fine species.
sibirica, Lindl Has the habit
of D. ambigua, with fls like those
of D. lanata Ivs downy, ovate-
lanceolate, serrate or the upper
entire: fls. ventricose, villose, yel-
lowish, calyx-
segms linear,
villose Siberia
— This is a rare
trade name, and
it is doubtful
whether this
little known
plant is really in
cult
Thapsii, Linn.
Plant much like
D. purpurea'
perennial, 2-4 ft.
high Ivs ovate-
lanceolate or ob-
long, rugose, de-
current: fls purple, throat
paler, marked with red dots
in a lax raceme, calyx-
segms. ovate or oblong.
June-Sept Spam B M.
2194 (as D.tomentosa).
AA. Middle lobe of the lower
lip shorter or hardly
longer than the others.
ambigua, Murr (D.
1266. Digitalis purpurea. grandiflbra, Lam. D ochro-
(XH) lebca, Jacq). Perennial or
biennial, 2-3 ft high: Ivs
r>vate-lanceolate, toothed, sessile or clasping, downy
below: fls. large, 2 in. long, yellowish, marked with
brown; lower bracts about as long as the fls. Eu..
W. Asia B R 64.
purpurea, Linn. (D. tomentbsa, Link & Hoffmgg.).
COMMON FOXGLOVE. Fig. 1266 The t species most
commonly cult.: mostly biennial, but sometimes per-
ennial: height 2-4 ft.: Ivs. rugose, somewhat downy,
the radical ones long-stalked and ovate to ovate-'
lanceolate, the st -Ivs. short-stalked and becoming
small toward the too of the St.* fls laree 2 in lone.
ranging from purple and more or less spotted, rather
obscurely lobed. On dry hills and roadsides, Great
Britain. W, and Cent Eu., to Scandinavia, running
into white and modified forms in cult ; sometimes
escaped in this country. Gn 34.488. Var gloxinifie-
fldra, Hort. (D. gloxinwldes, Carr D. gloximyflbra,
Hort.). Of more robust habit, longer racemes, larger
fls , which open wider, nearly always strongly spotted.
Var. alba, Hort Fls white. Var monstrdsa, Hort , is
a double pelonc form P.G. 4*151 D. maculata
superba is a trade name for highly improved spotted
forms Var. campanulata, Hort , is a monstrous form
with the upper fls. united into a bell-shaped large
bloom.
D Buxbaitmn is offered as a yellow-fld species — D diibia, Rodr.
Perennial, woolly fls slender, hanging, purplish, spotted inside.
Balearic Isla G 30 309 — D lanniAta, Lindl. Perennial, woody,
2 ft high Ivs lanceolate, jagged fls yellow, downy, with ovate,
bearded segms , bracts much shorter than the pedicels Spain
BR 1201 — D heno&ta, Waldst. & Kit. Perennial, 2-3 ft
high Ivs linear - lanceolate, radical ones obovate - lanceolate
fls scattered, glabrous, yellow Danube and Greece — D lutea,
Linn Perennial, glabrous Ivs oblong or lanceolate, denticu-
late raceme many-fld , seeund, corolla yellow to white, gla-
brous, calyx-segms lanceolate, acute Eu B 11 251 — D mar-
ulna, Boiss Lvs radical, very downy, ovate-oblong fls rose,
corolla bearded Spain — D purpurdscens, Roth Bicnnal fls
yellow or sometimes purplish, pale inside, spotted at the mouth,
lower lobe of corolla snort Eu — D purpurto - amWgua is a
hybrid of D purpurea var gloximroflora and D ambigua
F. A. WAUGH.
DILIVARIA: Acanthus. '
DILL (Anethum gravcolens, Linn ), an annual or
biennial plant of the Urnbellifcrsp, the seeds of which
are us»ed as a seasoning, as are seeds of caraway and
coriander It is of the easiest cult from seeds It
should have a warm position The plant gnnvs 2-3 ft
high the Ivs are cut into thread-like divisions the
st IH very smooth the fls are small and yellowish, the
little petals falling early It is a hardy plant The
foliage is sometimes used in flavoring, and medicinal
preparations are made from the plant The seeds ^ire
very flat and bitter-flavored Native of S E Eu
DILLftNIA (named by Linnaeus for J J Dillemus,
1684-1747, botanist and professor at Oxford, author
of important botanical works) Dtllcmacca- Tall
tropical trees from Asia, Indian Archipelago, Philip-
pines, and Australia
Leaves large, with pronounced pinnate parallel
venation fls showy, white or yellow, lateral, solitary
or clustered; sepals and petals 5, spreading, stamens
many, free or somewhat united at base, the anthers
linear, opening by 2 slits, the interior ones erect and
mtrorsc and the exterior ones recuivcd and cxtrorse
carpels 5-20, many-ovuled, in fr becoming a fleshy
body inclosed in the enlarging calyx — Probably 40
species, allied to the Magnolia family D indica is
said to be the showiest of the whole family, being attrac-
tive in foliage, fl and fr Dillemas may be grown in
light sandy loam Prop readily by seeds, but with
difficulty from cuttings.
fndica, Linn (D specibsa, Thunb.) Trunk stout,
not high branches numerous, spreading, then ascend-
ing' Ivs confined to the ends of branches, on short,
broad, channelled sheathing petioles, the blade 6-12
in long, oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
narrowed at the base, strongly serrate: sepals 5, thick,
fleshy, enlarging and inclosing the fr ; petals obovate,
white, large, making a fl. fully 9 in across, stamens very
numerous, forming a large yellow globe crowned by
the white, slender, spreading rays of the stigma: fr.
edible, acid, the size of an apple, many-celled and
many-ovuled Trop Asia Intro in Fla. and S. Calif.
B M. 5016 (B M. 44$-Hibbertia volubiha) H.F. 1867
P- 119- WILHELM MILLER.
mMOHPHANTHUS: Araha
DIMORPHOTHECA
DIMORPHOTHfcCA (Greek, two-formed achenes).
Composite. CAPE MAKIGOLD. Annual and perennial
herbs or sub-shrubs, some of which are excellent flower-
garden plants.
Leaves alternate or radical, entire, toothed, or incised,
often narrow: heads solitary, long-peduncled ; disk-fls.
yellow or brown or purple, the rays yellow, purple, or
white with purple beneath. The genus is closely allied
to Calendula but has straight instead of incurved
frs The fls usually close up, like those of Gazania,
unless they have sunlight, their backs have as great a
variety of coloring as their faces — About 20 species in
S Afr
The flowers are often 3 inches across, and their long,
slender rays (20 or more) give a distinct and charming
effect A dozen kinds are grown abroad, representing
a wide range of colors and foliage They are wintered
in coolhouses and flowered in spring or else transplanted
to the open, when1 they flower freely during summer.
The shrubby kind, I). Ecklonib, has been grown as a
summer bedding plant, flowering from July to frost,
and as a coolhouse plant, making a much-branched
subject 3 feet high, and flowering fieely all spring.
annua, Less (Caltnduln pluvuttia, Linn ). Erect or
diffuse, simple or branched annual, rough with jointed
and gland-tipped hairs (seen with a small lens): Ivs
nariowly oblong or obovate-oblong, tapering to
the base, with a few distant teeth, pilose, the
uppeinidst smallei and nai rower peduncles ter-
minal, nodding in fr ; fls white above, purple or
discolored beneath .1 II 111 57 501. Var.
hguldsa, \ oss (Cnluidula 1'onqn, Hort.). is a doi
form (the heads full ot ravs) with heads white on uj
bide and yellow 01 violet beneath
sinuata, DC Annual, blanched from the base,
nearly glabrous Ivs oblong, obtuse, .sinuate, narrt
at base nwoliure-^eales lanceolate-acuminate, r
glabrou^, longer than disk achcnes of lay tngom
evervwhere tubercled, of disk flat with thickened
rays orange —Crows 12-15 in. high Fls shadinj
blue in center
aurantiaca, DC. Perennial, the st natively more
or less shrubb}, erect, glabrous, with rod-like branches'
Ivs linear-oblong 01 .spatulate, thiekish, obtuse, entire
fl -heads large, lavs orange-yellow, involucre-scales
linear-acuminate, exceeding the disk, with a central
line of hairs ar 1 paler margins This brief botanical
description does not in all wavs fit the plant now in
common cult a.s 1) auranltaca, which is treated as a
half-hardv annual, and which is apparently more or
less modified bv cult , it is a very showy plant (Fig
12b7j, 12 lb' in high, from a short-decumbent base,
with notched acute Ivs , and teimmal heads 2-2)4 in
across, and w ith curving rays of a rich glossy apricot-
orange and a disk of brown-black, it is one of the
best flower-garden subjects of recent yeans, the fls.
opening in the sun and making a brilliant display in
summer and till frost, of simple cultuie from seeds.
Although long described in horticultural literature, it
appears not to have come really into cult, until within
the past few years, having been offered in Ku in the
fall of 1908 Recent forms under the name of D.
aurantiaca hybnda (hybrids with D arimm), intro in
1912, range m color from white and bluish-white to
red, yellow, orange and salmon. B.M 408 (as Calen-
dula Tragus). GC 111 38 127 G 31 20,5. J H. III.
57.37 FE 3l'30H Winter-flowering in S Calif.
Eckldnis, DC. Shrubby at base, robust and erect,
branching at top, 2 ft or more' Ivs crowded, linear-
lanceolate or lanceolate, entire or somewhat denticu-
late, acute' fl.-heads terminal, the lays I1 2 in long,
white above and purplish beneath, involucre-scales
long-acuminate. B M. 7535 Gn. 75, p 444 G 24
424, 25.505 — Not hardy noith of Washington. It is
grown as a summer bedding plant in England
DION^A
1011
£>. Bdrberiy, Haw Perennial fls purple above, paler beneath:
disk all purple, with corollas of 2 forms. BM 53J7. HF II.
5 78 Var rdaea, Hort , has rose-colored fits. — D chrysanthemi-
fdha, DC Lvs cut like a chryHunthemuni fls yellow, reverse
reddish. B M 2218 — D cuneata, DC Lvs strongly cut fls scarlet-
orange. BM 134J — D nuihtfiulm var yrammifdlia, Harv &
Sond Fls white, with a purple rim? at the bawe, and orange-
brown on the back, the disk purple BM 5252— D Trdgus, DC
Perennial IVH narrower than in D Kckloms, linear fls. white,
veined purple, the rays narrower at the base, reverne orange pur-
plish, the disk purplish. B M 1981 (as Calendula) ^ H B t
DIOCLEA (after Diocles of Carystos, said to be
second only to Hippocrates among the ancients for
his knowledge of plants). Legummbs.e.
Tender hhrubby twiners, with delicate
tnfoliolale leaves and blue, violet,
scarlet or white flowers, sometimes
nearly an inch long, and borne m
clusters w'-uh have been roughly com-
pared to Wistaria
Flowers papilionaceous, calyx bell-
shaped, 4-cut, 2 lobes shorter and nar-
rower, standard oibitular or ovate,
reflexed, auncled or appendagod at
base, wings obovate or oblong, free;
keel incurved, beaked or
obtuse, ovaiy nearly
^ sessile pod wide, the
*" upper suture thickened or
2 - wmgod — Perhaps 20
species in tropical regions,
chiefly m the western
hemisphere. What is said
to be the following species
is cult, m S Calif , where
it has a moderate growth,
shining foliage, and clus-
ters of 10 or more large
fls of a splendid scailet
(to be considered with
reference to Campto-
sema).
glycinoides, Hort. Fls.
1 in long, bright scarlet,
in racemes, somewhat like
Wistaria will stand some
cold Prop by seeds, cut-
tings, or suckers, freely
produced on grown - up
plants Rio de la, Plata —
imperfectly understood
botamcally, said to be the
fcame as Cam ptosema rubi-
cundum, Hook & Arn.
L. H. B.f
DION: Dioon
DIONJEA (Greek name
„ „ ^ for Venus). Droserdcw
,^6!u?L??^hK*^^^: VENUS FLY-TRAP A
remarJ..a|3Je mOnOt,ypiC
genus of insectivorous
plants, often grown for
curiosity and in botanical collections.
Leaves 1-5 in long, 4-8 in number, arc arranged m a
spreading rosette over the soil, each consisting of
a flat expanded petiole, and terminal bilobed blade;
midrib of the blade contractile, the margins prolonged
into bristles that interlock when the halves close, while
each half bears 3 minted and highly irritable hairs
arranged in triangular manner over its upper surface:
abundant sessile glands, usually of a crimson color,
cover this surface and render it attractive to insects;
but when grown in shade the glands and therefore the
Ivs are quite gieen a single neat touch of a hair fails
to caut>o closure, but wnen one of the hairs is touched
twice, or when two adjacent hairs are touched once
within a short interval apart, the halves close Owing
1012
DION^A
DIOSCOREA
1268. The Venus' Fly-trap—
Dionsea muscipula.
to continued and repeated stimuli caused by a caught
insect, or to chemical stimuli caused by its tissues, the
glands exude an acid and peptomzing digestive fluid
after a few hours; this starts digestive disintegration of
the insect's tissues, and the dissolved products are then
absorbed by the If .-halves: the fl. -stalk lengthens in
May to 8-10 in and bears 4-10 white fls which expand
in June, and which must be cross-pollinated for seed-
production. By the end of Junt> the caps* burst, and
expose small black shining seeds.
Those germinate in abundance
under a bell-jar on moist sandy
soil that is mixed with finely
chopped sphagnum moss. Each
seedling, after forming 2 lanceo-
late cotyledons, produces there-
after tiny fly-trapping Ivs. that
behave like the adult ones.
Plants thrive woll when grown
in 3-5-in pots amid a mixture
of fine silver-sand and black
silt The pots should be kept
immersed for about an inch in
water, should have a slight top-
covering of sphagnum, and mubt
be kept near the glass in a green-
house with southeastern
exposure. Inhabits the
edges of moist sandy
savannah "bottom
lands, is found wild over
a narrow strip of ter-
ritory about 10 miles in
width and 40 miles north,
also to an equal distance
south of Wilmington, N.
C , and grows well only
when the tips of its roots reach a moist substratum, and
when active transpiration proceeds. The perennial
underground part is a bulbous swelling that can
readily be dug and distributed from Nov. to March.
It is seldom that this wonderful little plant is seen
in a good state of cultivation any length of time after
removal from its native haunts Its cultivation in a
greenhouse is usually attended with more or less diffi-
culty, owing to unsuitable conditions, such as too much
dry air, shade or unfriendly soil. It delights in full
sunshine, with a very humid atmosphere When the
plants can be secured and transplanted with consider-
able of the soil in which they grow attached to the bulb-
like rootstalks, they are quite easily dealt with, and
may be kept in a healthy growing state for years I
find a round hanging earthenware receptacle most
useful to grow them in , the bottom is carefully drained,
first with large pieces of broken pots, then smaller
pieces, and the upper layer is quite hue Some chopped
fibrous peat is placed above this, when the plants are
built in with live sphagnum moss used to fill the
spaces between the clumps Arranged in this way, it
is hardly possible to give them too much water, and
they revel in abundant supplies. If kept in the sun
the leaves take on a reddish tinge, but when grown in
the shade they are always green Flowers will
develop about the middle of June, but they should be
nipped off aa they make their appearance, for they are
apt to weaken the plant — The diomea has been grown
successfully in a dwelling-house by a very different
method. The plants were m a wide, shallow dish, with-
out any drainage, and simply placed, not too firmly,
in loose live sphagnum moss, with a glass covering.
Water was given every other day by filing the space
above the plants until the dish was filled, and then it
was poured off. In this way the potting material
never became sour. From the luxuriant condition in
which these plants remained for years, I am inclined
to think this was a close imitation of the conditions
under which they thrive m a wild state. Some years
ago, owing to Asa Gray's endeavor to have the Govern-
ment purchase a strip of land on which this plant
grows, there existed a widespread idea that it was
gradually becoming extinct. There seems to be little
likelihood of this calamity, however, as Diomea is found
abundantly in some places. (G. \V . Oliver, in Garden
and Forest, 10:237 [1897]).
muscfpula, Ellis. Fig 1268. St. short, subterra-
nean, coated by the swollen bases of Ivs : Jvs 1-5 m.
long in radial rosette, divided into winged petiole and
bilobed lamina: infl. umbellate; flu. %-l in.; petals
white; stamens usually 15; pistil of 5 united carpels,
stigmas 5 pomcillate: fr. a caps. B.M. 785, F.S. 3 280.
Mn. 1, p. 69. j. M. Ivf AOFAai ANK
DIOON (Greek, two and egg, each scale covers two
ovules and the seeds are in pairs). Cycaducijp Hand-
some foliage plants suitable for warm or temperate
palm houses and for planting in the open far South
This genus is baid to be the closest to the fossil
forms of any living representative of the family It
has the cones and twin seeds of Zamia and Encephalar-
tos, with the flat woolly bcalcs of Cycas, but without
the marginal seeds anu loose infl of the latter — J)
cdule has a flat rigid frond which is moie easily kept
free from scale insects than Cycat> rcroluta, the common-
est species of the family in cult A specimen at Ke\v had
a trunk 3-4 ft high and 8-10 in thick, the crown
spreading 8-10 ft and containing 50 fronds each
4—5 ft long and 0-9 in \\ide Specimens of D bjntiu-
loswn are reported with trunk 21 ft high Both hexes
make cones frequently, the male cone being 9-12 in.
long and the female 7-12 in. The seeds, which are
about the si/e of Spanish chestnuts are eaten by the
Mexicans. There are a few species m Me\. Prop by
seeds Cult same as CX CMS.
edule, Lindl Lvs pilose when young, finally gla-
brous, £-5 ft. long, pinnatind, rigid, narrowly lanceo-
late segms , about 100 on each side, linear-lanceolate,
sharp-pointed, widest at the base, raclus flat above,
convex beneath: male cones cylindrical, female cones
ovoid. Mex. B M 6184. G C. Ill 40 289 Gn 55,
p. 3(35. Gt. 48, p 157 Var. lanugindsum, Ilort , is a
very woolly kind. Gt 48, pp. 154, 155 Variable
spinuldsum, Dyer. Plants 6-50 ft high, crowned by
a noble rosette of spreading Ivs : Ivs 4- i ft long, often
with 100 Ifts. on each side, these bearing 5-8 spines on
each margin. This is one of the tallest of all the cyrads,
and is excelled only by the Australian T(/ras media.
It is very unlike D. edule, which has a stocky trunk
and straight rigid Ivs. Mex. G.W. 4, p. 326, 5, p 331.
A.F. 7:461.
D. Doh&mt, Hort. Discovered in mts of Guatemala and named for
Edward L Doheuey of Los Angeles Pacific Garden, Nov 1912
13 — D pcctinAtum, Hort Like C spmulosum foliage described as
"very handsome, owing to the very nuuu rous pinna1 and th< ir close
and regular arrangement The texture is also him and leathery,
with a sharp spiny point to each pmiia " Gn W i!l *> — D lyur-
pusn, Rose Trunk short, crowned \vith numerous stilf and ascend-
ing Ivs J ft or more long, pmnse 2-4 in long, sharp-pointed, entire
on the lower margin but usually with 1, 2, or 3 spine-like teeth
on the upper margin male COUPS tf-H in long, the bnuts with
recurved ovate tips, female cones ovate, about IHm long, the bracts
very woolly S Mex. WlUIELM MlLLEll.
L H B.f
DIOSCORfcA (Dioscondes, Greek naturalist of the
first or second century of the Christian era) Dios-
careaceae. Twining herbs from tuberous or thickened
rootstocks, grown as arbor vines or under glass for
the foliage, and also for the edible rhizomes and
aerial tubers.
Type genus of a small family (of about 9 genera)
allied to Lihacese. It contains more than 200 widely
dispersed and confused species, most of them native
to tropical regions Sts herbaceous and twining or
long-procumbent, usually from a large tuberous root,
DIOSCOREA
and sometimes bearing tubers in the axils. Ivs broad,
ribbed and netted-vemed, jjetiolate, alternate or oppo-
site, sometimes compound: fls. dioDcious, small; calyx
6-parted; anthers C, styles 3; ovary 3-loeuled and calyx
adherent to it. fr a 3-wmged caps ; seeds winged. —
The great subterranean tubers of home species are eaten
in the manner of potatoes Some of the kinds have hand-
some colored foliage and are good glasshouse subjects.
Numbers of species are more or less cult m different
warm countries (see, for example, Pailheux & Bois,
"Le Pot.iger d'un Cuneux," and for Japanese species
(leorgeson, AG 13:80); but it is not known that
many of them have appeared in the U. S. The tuber-
bearing species need to bo worked over thoroughly
from living plants For an inquiry into the prehistoric
cult of dioscoreas in Amcr , sec Gray & Trumbull,
Arner Jouin Sci 25.250.
All the species are of very easy cultivation from seeds
or tubers or cuttings. The tubers keep a long time, like
potatoes.
A. Sts. btronghj winged.
alata, Linn Fig 1209. St 4-wmged or angular: Ivs.
opposite4, cordate-oblong, or cordate-ovate, with a
deep, basal sinus, glabious, devoid of pellucid dots,
7-nerv<xl (sometimes 9-nerved), with the outer pair
united stammate spikes compound, special ones
whorled, shoit, fiexuose; pistillate spike* simple; fls.
distant, anthers subglobose, about as long as the
filament caps leathciy, elliptical India and the South
Sea Ista — Widely cult in the tropics under many
vernacular names Tubeis reach a length of 6-8 ft.,
and sometimes weigh 100 Ibs , edible. The roots con-
tinue to grow for years Variable
AA. Sts. terete (cylindrical).
B. Lvs. plain green.
Batatas, Decne (D. dwaricala, Auth., not Blanco).
YAM. CHINESE YAM. CHINESE POTATO CINNAMON-
VINE. Tall climbing (10-30 ft ),the Ivs. 7-9-nbbed, cor-
date-ovate and shining, short-petioled, bearing small
clusters of cinnamon-scented white fla in the axils root-
tubers deep in the ground, 2-3 ft long, usuallv larger
at the lo\ver end. Philippines.
F.S 10:971 RH 18,54, pp.
247, 451, 452.— This is often
grown m the tropics for its
edible tubers, which, however,
are difficult to dig. In this
country the word yam is com-
monly applied to a tribe of
sweet potatoes (sec Sweet
Potato) The
yam is hardy
The root will
remain hi the
ground over
winter in New
York, and send
up handsome
tall twining
shoots in the
spring The
plant bears lit-
tle tubers in
, the If -axils,
and these are
usually planted
to produce the
cinnamon vine;
but it is not
until the sec-
ond year that
plants grown
1269. Dioscorea alata, showing foliage from these
( X H) a»d a small tuber tubercles pro-
DIOSCOREA
1013
duce the large or full-grown yams. A form with
short and potato-like tubers is D. Decaisneana, Carr
(RH. 1805-110)— A vine widely cult
under the name air potato" or "giant yam vine" has
large potato-shaped bitter tubers Its 'identity is in
doubt It is not D divuricata. under which name it
was mtro. from Ha van, nor I) bulhtfera, which has
angular and edible aeiml tubeis In order to distin-
1270 Air potato. — Aerial tuber of Dioscorea bulbifera. (X J
guish it from the latter, it has recently been called the
''Hawaiian bitter yam." The yampi is apparently a
form of D. alata This and other forms of this species
are grown in Fla. and La , for the excellent edible
tubers, which compare favorably with the potato.
bulbifera, Linn. Am POTATO Fig 1270 Tall-
climbing. Ivs. alternate, cordate-ovate and cuspidate,
7-9-nerved, the stalks longer than the blade fls in
long, lax, drooping, axillary racemes. Trop. Asia
G.C. Ill 52:313— Some\v hat cult 8. as an oddity
and for the very large angular axillary tubers (which
vary greatly in size and shape) These tubers some-
times weigh several pounds They are palatable arid
potato-like in flavor The root-tuber^ are usually
small or even none.
nn Lvs. variously marked and colored, at least beneath
(greenhouse ''foliage plants").
discolor, Hort Lvs large, cordate-ovate, cuspidate,
with several shades of gieen, \\hite-banded along the
midrib and purplish beneath' fls greenish and incon-
spicuous: root tuberous. S. Amer. Lowe 54. FW
1877:353. — Useful for the conservatory. Suggestive
of Cissus discolor.
multicolor, Lind. & Andr<5 Probably only a form of
the last. Ivs. variously marked and blotched and veined
with silvery white, red, green and salmon. S Amer
I H. 18 '53. — Verv decorative glasshouse plant of
several well-marked forms (some of them under Latin
names).
D mlldsa. Linn , a native dioscorea, is offered. Barllett has
recently worked over the species native to the U S (Bull 189,
Bur PI Ind , U S Dept of Agne , 1910) and has recognized 5
species m the material formerly passing as D villosa, and the
name villosa itself he finds to bo untenable because of the confusion
attending it (a similar case lies with D sativa, Linn , a name applied
to oriental spt-cies) The 5 «pe<1('s are as follows D qwttrniUa,
Gmel Rhizomes stout, 2*111 diam , strught or forked, with few
or no lateral branches *ts J-S ft long, rigid and erect at base but
requiring support above hs mostly o and tt at a node, alternate
above, cordate, repnnd, green on both sides, glabrous stanunate
fls panic led, the clusters solitary in the axils, pistillate fls few
in the cluster fr variable, ^-I'sin long Woods and banks, N C
to Fla , La , Mo and Ark — D olauca, Muhl Rhizomes ?sm or
more diam , often forked and with many short lateral branches
(the source of the drug "dioscorea") st 3-10 ft long, rigid and
erect at base but requiring support above. Ivs m whorls of o-7,
the upper ones alternate, larger than m D quaternata and less or
not at all repand glabrous or hirtolloua, glaucous at maturity
stainmate mfl solitary m all axils, paniculate, pistillate mH
few-fld fr to 1 \£ in long Pa southward along the mts to
8 C and west to E Mo — D pnmculnta^ Michx Rhizomes long
and slender, simple or rarely forked, less than $tin diam , with a
few short thinner laterals st J-14 ft , flcxuose, glabrous Ivs all
alternate or nearly so. pubescent beneath stanunate mfl solitary
m the upper axils, pistillate mfl densely many-fruited fr less than
1 in Var glabrifdlia, Bartlett, has glabrous Ks Mass to Minn ,
south to Texas in the middle region — D hirticnidis, Bartlett
Rhizome less than %in diam , simple or rarely forked, nearly
1014
DIOSCOREA
stnaght, with short thm laterals at 3-10 ft , weak and flcxuoae,
pubescent Ivs all alternate (except perhaps at lowest node),
grayish pubescent staimnato mfl solitary in upper axils, the upper
ones paniculate, pistillate mfl with 1-4 frs , which are nearly 1 in.
long Carolmas and Ga — D floridana, Bartlett Hhizomes
undescribed at flexuose and twining hs alternate, wholly gla-
brous, green above and paler bcn< ath btanunatc mfl patueulate, m
the upper axils and also terminal, pistillate mfl solitary, 5-7-fld fr.
similar to those of D pamculrita, nearly 1 in long, S C to I1 la
Of the many names appearing in hoiticultural literature, the
following are recent D argi/r^ea, Hort Ivn with silver-gray
angular patches along the mam ner%os Colombia Probably one
of the D discolor-inulticolor group — D bicohr, Hort Greenhouse
climber, with ovate and cordate Ivs , variegated abov e and deep pur-
ple beneath G.W. 13, p 254 Perhaps a garden form of some species,
although there ia a D bicolor, Pi am & Burkill described in a
Bengal journal D Farytsn, Framh Twining, with spherical
aerial tubers Ivs of 3-3 parts or Ifts , ternate or digitate, tho
parts oval or oval-lanceolate, more or less acuminate female fls
in a very long cluster, sessile, •jiibtcnded by lanceolate bracts,
female fl oblong, with b short seKms Miibterianean tuber globular,
said to be» ediblo, plant produces aerial tubers W China H H
1900, p 685 — D (?M><)srt, Roxbg Cult by Hindoos tubers large,
round anel white sts 0-wmged, prickly toward the root Ivs
sagittate-cordate, eusiform, 5-7-nerved, the long petiole 5-wmged
stammatc mfl long-pendulous and compound, and \orticillate,
pistillate mfl simple and erect m the axils, few-fid India This
name is listed in Ku —D illuutrata, Hort , appears in Kuropeau
lists Ivs satiny green with a central band of gray, transverse
lines of white, and gray pitches, under surf ice purple Brazil
Probably one e>f the D discolor group —I) japomia, Thunb St
slender, climbing 10-12 ft Ivs ovite with tapering apex and
deeply cordate base, with some of the axils bearing small
oblong tubers or bulhds pistillate fls small, white, racemose
near the top of the plant fr triangular, winged root 3-4 ft
long, 1-2 m diam , often branched Japan Cult forms have
thicker and more condensed roots, and arc eaten after the
manner of potatoes Offered abroad — I) mncroura, Harms.
Lvs simple, alternate, glabrous, stalked, cordate-orbicular, 1 tt.
udului
•al c
loi
uile fls
in a large panicle, the ricemes reaching 2 ft , the fertile stamens 6
and vciy short Upper Guinea (Trop A/r ) — D retusa, Mast.
Sts slender, much twining, finely pubeseent Ivs alternate, com-
pound, Ifts >, stalked obo\ate, rctuse, to 2 in long, green and
glabrous male fls few, in short-pedune le>d racemes, perianth-
segms oblong anel counivunt, fertile stamens 3 and stammodea 3.
S. Afr. GC Ib70 1119 GZ 22, p 242 L H B
DI6SMA (Greek, divine odor}. Rut&cesr Small ten-
der heath-like shrubs from southwestern Africa.
Leaves al-
ternate or op-
posite, linear-
acute, chan-
neled, serru-
late or some-
times eihate,
glandular-
dotted' fls white or red-
dish, terminal, subsoli-
tary or corymbose,
pedicellate; calyx 5-
parted; hypogynous disk
5-smuate, 5-plaited;
petals 5; style short;
stigma capitate carpels
5 —Of the more than 2(X)
species described, barely
a dozen now remain m
this genus, the others
being mostly referred to allied
genera, especially Adenandra,
Agathosma and Barosma.
The plant known to gardeners
(and described by Lmna-us) as
I), capitata is now referred to
Audouima capitata, Brongn ,
which belongs m a different
order (Bruniacese) and even in a
different subclass of the Dicoty-
ledons (genus named for J. V.
Audouin, born 1707. famous
entomologist) It is a heath-like
shrub 2-3 ft. high) with erect
branches, and somewhat
1271. Native persim- whorlf(?' mostly clustered
num. Diospyros virgin- branehlets . Ivs spirally arranged,
iana. ( X H) stalkless, overlapping, linear, 3-
DIOSPYR08
angled, roughish. with 2 grooves beneath • fls crimson
(according to Flora Capensis), crowded into oblong
spike-like, terminal head*. (Jenene ch.iracters are: calyx
adhering to the ovary, 5-cleft, seems large, overlapping;
petals with a long, 2-keeled claw, and a spreading,
roundish limb; stamens included; ovary half inferior,
3-celled, cells 2-ovulcd, style 3-angled, with 3 small,
papilla-like stigmas — One species.
In America, D. encoides is moie or less well known,
and is put to various uses in floral decorations, in sprays,
or branchlets cut to the required length, and stuck in
formal designs as a setting for other flowers in the
same manner and for the same purpose as Stevia is
used, to give that necessary grace and artistic effect
to the whole. This species, like most of the genus, has
an agreeable aromatic fragrance in the foliage It
is a stiong grower, loose and heath-like in habit and
foliage, as the specific name indicates, flowers white and
small, one or more on the points of tiny branehlets
While diosrnas undoubtedly do best in soil suitable
for heaths, that is, soil composed laigely of fibrous
peat, they are not nearly so exacting in their lequirc-
ments in this respect, and can be grown in good fibrous
loam and leaf-mold m enual parts, with considerable
clean sharp sand added thereto The plants .should be
cut back rather severely after flowering to keep them
low and bu^hy; this lefers more particularly to the
above species, other members of the germs being of
more compact growth and needing veiy little correc-
tive cutting to keep them in shape D tcijtitata (pioperly
Audouima cap data) is a fine example of the latter class,
and is much better than/) ei iconics for exhibition and
show purposes; flo\\ers pinkish lilac, in eon mhs The
propagation of diosmas by cuttings is similar to that
of heaths, but much easier The best material for cut-
tings is young wood (Kenneth Fmlu>bon)
ericoides, Lmn Much-branched, 1-2 ft, leafy:
branches and twigs quite glabrous. Ivs alternate,
crowded, recurved-spreading, oblong, obtuse, keeled,
pomtlebb, glabrous fls terminal, 2-3 together, with
very short pedicels, calyx-lobes ovate, obtuse, petals
reddish, elliptic-oblong or obovate, obtuse, narrowed to
a short claw, twice as long as the calyx; di.sk free and
5-lobed. 13. M 2332 under this name is in reality D.
vulgans var longifoha. (_} 33 '501
The plant cult in Calif as Diowa purpiirea belongs to Aga-
thosma (Greek, good mfar) , diffc ring Iroin Diosrna chiefly in the
presence of 5 stanunodes and in the 3 or 4 carpi Is, it is A in/Msa
Willd , a shrub about 1ft high with upright brandies, spirtlly
arranged upright and imbricate hs oblong-lam < ol Ut , nluite,
pubescent b< noath, H-J^m long fls light purplf , in dr nse terminal
heads, pedicels unequal, at least the outer orus not ixcreding tho
Ivs S Afr RB 5 JG9 (as Diosma Inrfi), II I 1 4 \nother
species sometimes cult as D purpurea is \gnthosma V<ntenat>nnii,
Bartl & Wcndl differing from the preceding spi rif s elm fly m tho
spreading Ivs and in nearly equal pedicels exceeding tho Ivs
LB C 12 1122 (M Diosma hirta)
D frAgrans, Sims—Adenandra fragrans — D vulv&ni, .Schlecht ,
has narrower Ivs than D encoides, and they arc aeute bran<hleta
mmutdy pubescent Ivs scattered, rarely opposite, linear, eornex-
cannate, subulate-acuminate fls corymbose, the p<tnN while, or
red on tho outside plant 1-2 or more ft There are well-marked
botamcal varieties WlLHELM MlLLEB.
L H at
DIOSP^ROS (Dios, Jove's, pyros, gram; alluding
to its edible fruit). Ebenace<e. PERSIMMON. EBONY.
Woody plants grown partly for tho handsome foliage
and partly for their edible fruits; some species are
valuable timber trees.
Deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs, with alter-
nate, rarely opposite, entire Iva., without stipules: fls.
dioecious or polygamous in few- or many-fld , axillary
cymes, the pistillate often solitary, yellowish or whitish;
calyx and corolla 3-7-, usually 4-lobed; stamens usually
8-16, included, styles 2-6, ovary 4-12-celled: fr. a
large, juicy berry, 1-10-secded, bearing usually the
enlarged calyx at the base; seed flat, rather large. — •
About 190 species m the tropics, few in colder climates.
The few cultivated species are ornamental trees,
DIOSPYROS
DIOSPYROS
1015
with handsome lustrous foliage, rarely attacked by
insects and with decorative and edible fruit. The only
species which is tolerably hardy North is D virginiana,
while D. Kaki, much cultivated in Japan for its large
edible fruits, is hardy only in the southern states. Most
species have valuable hard and close-grained wood,
p
4
1272. Diospyros Lotus. (XK)
and that of some tropical species is known as ebony
They thrive in almost any soil, but require, in cooler
climates, sheltered and sunny positions Propagated by
seeds to be sown after maturity or htratified and sown
in spring, and by cuttings of half-ripened wood or by
layers, the tropical species by cuttings of mature wood
m spring, with bottom heat, the fruit-bearing varie-
ties are usually grafted or budded on seedling stock of
D. virgimana Sec Persimmon.
A Lvs acuminate.
B Fr l/z-l % m across, not nbbed: branches usually
glabrous
virginiana, Linn COMMON PERSIMMON. Fig 1271
Tree, to 50 ft., rarely to 100 ft , with round-topped head
and spreading, often pendulous branches Ivs ovate or
elliptic, acuminate, shining above, glabrous at length or
pubescent beneath, 3-6 in long: fls short -stalked,
greenish yellow, stammato in 3's, J^in long, with lo
stamens; pistillate solitary, larger, with 4
2-lobed styles, connate at the base fr
globose or obovate, plum-like, with the
enlarged calyx at the base, \-\Yi in diam.,
pale orange, often with red cheek, edible,
varying in size, color and flavor June.
Conn to Fla , west to Kans. and Texas.
SS. 6-252, 253. GF 8:265. Mn. 4:21.
Gn 57, p 146. AG 1T651. V. 420.
GW 16:230.
Ldtus, Linn Fig 1272 Round-headed
tree, to 40 ft • Ivs elliptic or oblong, acumi-
nate, pubescent, often glabrous above at
length, 3-5 in. long: fls. reddish white,
stammate in 3's, with 16 stamens, pistillate
solitary fr yellow at first, black when fully
ripe, globular, H~^m- diam., edible. June.
W. Asia to China. A.G.12:460. Gn.32,p.
68. SI.F. 1-79.
BB. Fr. 114-8 in. across, usually nbbed: branches
with oppressed brownish pubescence.
KAki, Linn, f . (D. chinensis, Blume. D. Schitse,
Bunge. D Rdxburghn, Carr ) Fig 1273. Treo, to
40 ft., with round head: Ivs. ovate-elliptic, oblong-ovate
or obovate, acuminate, subconaceous, glabrous and
shining above, more or less pubescent beneath, 3-7
in. long, fls yellowish white, stammate with 16-24
stamens, pistillate to %in. long, styles divided to the
base, pubescent: fr. large, 1^-3 in. across, very
variable in shape and size, mostly resembling a tomato,
orange or reddish. June. Japan, China. R H 1870.
p 412, 413; 1872, pp 254, 255 B M 8127 G C III.
1.22 Gn 27, pp 168, 169 . 49, p 171 M.DG.1909.
409. Var. costita, Andre" Fr large, depressed, glob-
ular, orange-red, with 4 furrows R II. 1870:410, and p.
133. I H. 18.78. GC. II. 4-777: III 9:171; 13:51.
Gn 49, p 171 Var. Maz61ii, Mouillef Fr. orange-yel-
low, with 8 furrows R H 1874 70 Other varieties are
figured in RH 1872, p 254, 1878470; 1887:348;
1888.60. AG. 12 331-8, 459-462.— A very desirable
and beautiful fruit-bearing tree for the southern states,
where a number of different varieties mtro from Japan
are cult , but the hardier varieties from the north of
Japan and China, which are likely to be hardy north to
New England, seem hitherto not to have been mtro.
Fig 1273 is from Georgeson's articles in A. G 1891.
— The plant cult in Eu. as D. chinensis, which is
apparently the same as D Koxburghu, differs from the
Japanese forms of Kaki, which usually have ellip-
tic and glabrescent Ivs , in the narrower usually
oblong Ivs densely pubescent beneath, less so above,
and in the greenish yellow subglobose f r. , it is tenderer
than the common Kaki It must not be confused with
D sinensis, Hemsl , an entirely different species from
Cent. China, not in cult
AA Lvs, obtuse or emarginate.
texana, Scheele (D mexicana, Scheele Brayodendron
texdnum, Small). Small tree, intricately branched,
rarely to 40 ft : Ivs cuncate, oblong or obovate,
pubescent below, 1-2 in long fls with the Ivs , pubes-
cent. on branches of the previous year; calyx and
corolla 5-lobed, stammate fls with 16 stamens, pis-
tillate with 4 pubescent styles connate at the base: fr.
black, %-l in. diam. Spring Texas, New Mex. S.S.
6:254
tessellaria, Poir (D. reticulata, Willd.). Tree or
shrub Ivs coriaceous, oval or oblong, rounded at both
ends, lustrous above, glabrous and reticulate below, 3-6
m. long. fls. clustered,
sessile; calyx tubular,
4-lobed at the apex;
corolla 4-lobed; sta-
1273. A cultivated fruit of
Diospyros Kaki.
(Nearly natural sir*.)
1016
DIOSPYROS
DIPHYLLEIA
mens 12-13, glaLrons: fr. ovoid, sericeous or glabrate,
1 1A~\^A, m. long, edible. Mauritius. — Yields the ebony
of Mauritius. Cult, m S Calif.
D armfta, Hemsl. Spiny tree, to 20 ft Ivs persistent, oval-
ohlong, obtuse, 1-2 in long stimmate fls in short panicles, creamy
wlnto, fragrant fr usually solitary, 14m across Cent China.
Tender —l> Ebenasfer, Retz The "guayabota" and "zapoto
negro," from Mex and W Indies, has been catalogued m S Calif
It is a tall tree, with very sxvcct frs the sue of an orange, green out-
side and almost black inside Ivs elliptic or oblong, usually obtuse,
3-12 in long fls white, fragrant — D Ebtnuin, Koemg Tree,
to f>0 ft Ivs elliptic-oblong, bluntly acuminate, glabrous, fls
white, stammate, in shoit rai ernes h Indies, Ceylon For cult
in hothouses or tropical climates This species is said to yield the
best ebony — D Mornndna, Huue Evergreen shrub or small
tree, glabrous Ivs oval, obtusely acuminate, 2-3 li in long fls
whitish, drooping, on hairy stalks fr yellow, subglobose, }2~Vn
across Hongkong, Formosa The edible fr ripens in Dec — D
utihs, Hemsl Evergreen large tree branchlets silky-pubescent
Ivs oblong, short-pet loled, glabrous above, whitish and silky-
pubescent beneath, 5-8 in long fr depressed-globose, pubescent,
nearly 2 m across. Formosa. The edible fr is called Mao-shih
ALFKED REHDEK.
(probably two atones or seeds). Ver-
bendcex. Once refeired to Baillonia, but now kept
distinct, closely allied to Lippia, but differing widely
m habit, in the slender green branches, m the branchlets
having very long in tei nodes and being cyhndric and
hollow. D. jiincca, Miers, of tne Andes of Chile and
Argentina, is a bush or small tree, with the long
branches constricted \vhen dry Ivs opposite, 1 in or
less long, sessile, oblong or ovate-oblong, obtuse.
crenate, rather fleshy, fls small, pale lilac, in pedunclea
axillary or terminal spikes; corolla tubular, inflated
above the middle, hairy inside, with 5 very short
rounded spreading lobes: stamens 4, didynamous
BM 7695.
DI6TIS (two-eared, denoting the structure) Com-
pdsitae One cottony perennial on sea sands of Eu ,
sometimes planted in rock-gardens and for edgings
D. candidfssuna, Deaf (D maritime,, Smith). COT-
TON-WEED Usually less than 1 ft. high, has hard sts.
almost woody at base, arising from a creeping root-
stock. Ivs alternate, oblong, entire or slightly toothed,
about ^m. long fl -heads nearly globular, ^3 in across,
in dense terminal clusters, in Aug and Sept It is
readily prop by seeds or cuttings Diotis is closely
allied to Achillea, being distinguished by the florets
being all tubular and having 2 ears at the base of the
corolla which persist and inclose the achene
DEPCADI (meaning uncertain) Including Trlcharis
and Uropetalum Lihacese. Tender bulbous scaposc
plants of minor importance, allied to Galtoma.
Leaves radical, thickish, narrowly linear: scape
simple and leafless, bearing loose racemes of odd-
colored fls , perianth with a cylindrical tube, the lobes
mostly equaling or exceeding the tubc? the 3 exterior
ones spreading or flaring and the 3 interior usually
shorter and erect; stamens 6, on the throat of the peri-
anth, the anthers linear and attached by the back:
ovary sessile, ovoid or oblong, becoming a 3-sideu
dehiscent caps. * bulb tunicated — About 50 species in
S. Eu., Trop and S Afr and India. During the winter,
their resting time, the bulbs should be kept dry. A
compost of light, sandy loam and leaf-mola has been
recommended^ Many species have been described m
recent years from Trop. and S. Afr , and some of them
may be expected to appear m the trade, and in lists of
novelties.
A. All perianth-segms equally long. (Tncharis.)
serfitimun, Medikus Lvs 5-6, fleshy-herbaceous, gla-
brous, narrowly linear. 6-12 in long, 2-3 lines wide
near the base, channeled on the face, a&ape 4-12 m
long; raceme loose, 4-12-fld ; bracts lanceolate, 4-6
lines long, longer than the pedicels, perianth greenish
brown, 5-6 lines long; ovary sessile or subsessile. S.
Eu , N. Afr. B M 859 (as Scilla serotina)
AA. Outer penanth-segms longer than the inner and
tailed. ( Uropetal um.)
filamentdsum, Medikus (D idnde, Moench). Lvs 5-6,
fleshy-herbaceous, narrowly linear, glabrous, 1 ft. long,
1^-3 lines wide near the base, scape 1-2 ft. high,
raceme loose, 6-15-fld.; bracts linear-acuminate, 4-6
lines long, perianth green, 12-15 lines Jong, outer
Begins 4-6 lines longer than the inner: caps sessile or
nearly so. S. Afr. WILHELM MILLER
L. H. B f
DIPELTA (Greek dis, twice, and pelte, shield, two
of the floral bracts are shield-like). Capnfolidcese .
Ornamental deciduous shiubs, giown for their hand-
some pinkish or purple flowers.
Leaves opposite, short-pet loled, entire or denticulate,
without stipules fls solitary or in leafy few-fld racemes,
with 4 unequal conspicuous bracts at the base, calyx-
lobes linear or lanceolate, 5, corolla tubular-campanu-
late, 2-hpped, stamens 4, inclosed, style slender,
shorter than corolla, ovary inferior, elongated, 4-celled,
2 of the cells with 1 fertile ovule each and 2 cells with
several sterile ovules: fr. a caps inclosed by the en-
larged, usually shield-like1, bracts — Four species in
Cent, and W. Asia.
Dipeltas resemble diervillas in habit, with hand-
some pinkish or puiple flowers in clusters along last
year's branches, the flowers in shape are like those of a
large-flowered abelia D jlonbunda has proved hardy
at the Arnold Arboretum, while 1) venttico^a seems to
be somewhat tenderer They ai e apparent ly not part ic-
ular as to the soil Propagation is by seeds sown in
spring and probably, like Abelia and Diervilla, by
greenwood and hardwood cuttings
flonbunda, Maxim. Shrub, to 15 ft Ivs ovate to
lanceolate, acute or acuminate, rounded or narrowed at
the base, entire, puberulous at first, soon glabrous,
2-4 in long fls. 1-6, on slender nodding pedicels,
tubular-campanulatc, pale rose, lower lip with orange
marks, V/\m long, ovary inclosed by the 2 upper large
shield-like bracts persisting on the fr and %-l in
across May Cent China B M 8310 C C III 42 3
M DG 1912.27.
ventricdsa, Hemsl. Shrub, to 18 ft • Ivs ovate-
lanceolate to lanceolate, long - acuminate, usually
rounded at the base, remotely glandular-denticulate,
sparingly hairy above and villous along the veins
beneath, 2-6 in long* fls 1-4 on drooping slender
pedicels, campanulate, ventncose and scarcely tubular
at the base, outside purple, whitish inside and marked
with orange, !}•£ in long, ovary hidden by 2 large
unequal aunculate bracts on the fr about 34in across
May, June. W. China BM 8294 GC III 44.101.
D yunnanfnsii, French Allied to D ventncosa Lvs entire*
corolla distinctly tubular at the base W China R H 1891, p
240 Not > et intro — D clegans, Batal, is another handsome species
not yet moult. ALFRED IlEHDER
DIPHYLLfelA (Greek, double leaf). Berberidace*.
UMBRELLA-LEAF. An interesting hardy perennial herb,
sometimes transferred to the wild-garden
Plant with thick creeping jointed knotty rootstocks,
sending up a huge peltate cut-lobcd umbrella-like
radical If on a stout stalk, and a flowering st. bearing
2 similar (but smaller and more 2-cleft) alternate Ivs .
which are peltate near one margin, and a terminal
cyme of white fls : sepals 6, fugacious; petals and
stamens 6; ovules 5 or 6. berries globose, few-seeded
This is one of the genera having only 2 species, one of
which is found in N. E N Arner , the other in E. Asia
or Japan, of which there are two others in this family.
cymdsa, Michx Itoot-lvs 1-2 ft across, 2-cleft, each
division 5-7-lobcd; lobes- toothed: st. 1-4 ft tall:
berries blue May Wet or springy places in mountains
from Va to Ga. B M. 1666. — Grows readily in dry soil
under cult, but is dwarf
DIPHYSA
DIPHYSA (two bladder*, because of the structure of
the pod). Legummbsx. Shrubs or trees, usually glandu-
lar, with odd-pinnate Ivs. and papilionaceous fls , of
about 10 or 12 species in Mex., Cent. Amer , to Vene-
zuela, rarely seen in cult, abroad m warmhouses-
calyx with 5 unlike teeth, the 2 upper short; standard
of the corolla orbicular, clawed, with 2 callosities
inside; wings obovate or oblong or nearly lanceolate;
keel as long as the wings or somewhat longer fr a
stipitate more or less inflated pod . fls yellow, in short
racemes or fascicles. D carthagenensis, Jacq , is a,
shrub or small unarmed tree, with 2-3-fld. axillary
peduncles, and about 5 pairs of Ifts D. flonbunda,
Peyr , has been offered m S Calif much-branching
shrub' Ivs alternate; Ifts 7-13, elliptic or broad-oblong,
the mid-nerve ending in a rnucro fls yellow, in short
secund racemes; standard strongly reflexed, }<£\n.
broad. S. Mex. L jj 13
DfPEDAX (double fountain, from the pair of nectaries
at the base of the periantn-segins ). LilicLctx Two
species in S. Afr., with tumcatcd conns, simple sts
and small whitish more or less tinted fls. m spikes, of
little horticultural importance perianth deciduous,
polyphyllous; stamens 6, included; ovary sessile, 3-
celled and 3-lobcd, many-ovuled, styles 3, awl-shaped
fr a turbmate 3-valved caps D ahata, Baker St
6-12 in IVH usually 3, ciliate, the lo\\er 1-6 in long
and lanceolate-acuminate and the upper much shorter
and amplexiraul spike 2-6 in long, densely many-fld ;
fls whitish more or less tinged red. there are several
botanical vans , differing in Ivs , number and color of
fls D tnquetra, Baker St 12-18 in Ivs 3 "tcihate,
the lowest at base of st and the upper nea^ the spike
(which is 1-6 in long) fls with numerous brown veins
and 2 purple nectar-spots. B M 558 (as Mclanthium
tnquetrum) The species are treated as greenhouse
perennials
DlPLACUS- Mimulus.
DIPLADfeNIA (Greek, double gland, referring to the
two glands at base of ovary, which distinguish this
genus from Echites) Apocymice<e A charming genus
of greenhouse twiners (sometimes erect), mostly from
Brazil
Flowers large, showv, more or less funnel-shaped,
having a remarkable range of color, rarely \vhite or
dark red, but especially rich m rosy shades and with
throats often biilhantly colored with yellow, the buds,
also, are charming; calyx 3-parted, the lobes lanceo-
late, with glands or scales m the inside; corolla without
scales at tne throat, the 5 lobes spreading, twisted in
the bud; stamens 5, affixed in the top of the tube,
included, the acuminate anthers connivent around the
5-lobed stigma; disk of 2 fleshy scales, alternating with
the 2 distinct ovaries: fr. of 2 terete more or less spread-
in g follicles. —
Species 30-40, m
Trop S Amer.,
woody (rarely
herbaceous) and
mostly at first
erect but becom-
ing scandent, the
Ivs. mostly op-
posite and entire
and usually with
bristles or glands
at base, fls. usu-
ally in terminal
or axillary ra-
cemes. The
genus is fully as
interesting as
Allamanda,
1274. Diplftdenu atropurpurea. (XK) which belongs to
DIPLADENIA
1017
another tribe of the same family. Other allied genera
of garden interest are Echites, Oaontadenia, Mandevilla
and Urechites. Some species are naturally erect bushes,
at least when young, and many can be trained to the
bush form. The group is a most tempting one to the
hybridizer. Many names appear in European cata-
logues, but they are confused Very many pictures are
found in the European horticultural periodicals.
Of the twining glasshouse flowering subjects, dipla-
denias are amongst the best and ought to be in all col-
lections of greenhouse plants. An erroneous idea is
held by many that it is necessaiy to have a very high
temperature to grow these plants successfully. This,
however, is not the cose Except when started into
active growrth in the early spring, they do better in
an mtei mediate temperature Diplademas have been
knowT to live, and thnvt well, after having been sub-
jected to 7° of frost A good time of the year to
secure cuttings of diplademas is about February 1 At
that time they show sigus of starting into growth and
the weak wood should all be pruned back to the normal
thickness of the stem The thickest part of these prim-
ings make good cuttings Take a piece with two
leaves attached, with about an inch of the stem under
the leaves Pot them singly in small pots, half filled
wit a equal parts osmundme, broken up rather fine,
sand, and charcoal Fill the upper part of the pot with
sand Place the pots in a tight propagating bed, in a
night-temperature of 70 ° Allow the temperature to
run up to 80° or more by day, but be sure and admit
air several times during the day by opening up the
case the plants are in for a few minutes The cuttings
will have the small pots filled with roots in about a
month, when they may be shifted into larger fx)ts From
now on, use for potting equal parts of osmundme, the
fiber of loam out of which all the fine part has been
shaken, sphagnum moss, sand and charcoal. When the
plants reach a 6-inch pot, a sixth part of sheep-manure
may be added and a sprinkling of chicken-bone It is
a good plan, provided one has a good sheltered border
with a southern aspect, to plant small plants of dipla-
denia outdoors from June until the middle of Septem-
ber Jt is astonishing howr vigorously they start into
growth and flower when potted after this treatment
Fifty-five degrees is a good night temperature to grow
diplademas in when possible During the summer, if
grown indoors, admit nil the air that can be admitted
day arid night They w ill stand the full sun under glass,
but they do slightly better under a very light shade
during the hotter pait of the day, when the sun is
shining. When the pots are filled with roots, and it is
desired that they should remain m that pot for the
rest of the season, feed with manure-water, a handful
of cow-manure to a two-and-a-half-gallon watering-
pot The same amount to an equal quantity of water
if a feitilizer such as "Clays" is used, is sufficient.
Horse urine may also be used for a change, a 3-mch
potful to twro and one-half gallons of water Be sure
to water three times m between with clean water.
Diplademas showr signs of completing their growth
toward the end of November, at which time water
should be gradually withheld, but never so as to allow
the wood to shrivel. They may be treated in this man-
ner until the end of January, when, as stated above,
they will show signs of starting the season's growth
At this season they should have a general overhauling
Large plants should be turned out of their pots, and the
loose uirt all washed out of them with a hose with a
gentle pressure on it; and if possible repot in the same
size of pot. After disturbing the roots in this manner,
they are better to be placed for a few weeks in a tem-
perature of not less than 05 ° When they have gripped
the new soil, they do better in 55° night temperature.
Give each break a piece of thread attached from the
plant to the roof to climb on until they set flower. A
few breaks, near the highest part of the plant, will
1018
DIPLADENIA
start climbing ahead of the others, and after they
show a flower-stem pinch the shoot immediately ahead
of the flower This will encourage the belated breaks
to start and catch up to these leaders. When they have
all set flower, they may be trained evenly over a globe
trellis if they are desired for a specimen plant. By the
above treatment ninety-five open flowers, all at one
time, have been secured on a plant in a 12-inch pot.
Diplademas are subject to mealv-bug, scale, thnps,
and red-spider Fumigate with hydrocyanic gas
during the cold months, and syringe regularly and
thoroughly during the summer, and these pests will
give no trouble (George I'1. Stewart.)
A. Fls, white, throat yellow inside.
boliviensis, Hook. Plant everywhere glabrous: sts.
slender: Ivs. petioled, 2-3% m. long, oblong, acumi-
nate, acute at base,
bright green and
glossy above, palo
beneath, stipules
none: racemes axil-
lary, 3-4-fld ; pedun-
cles much shorter
than the Ivs , about
as long as petioles
and pedicel^, biacts
minute at, the ba&c of
the twisted pedicels;
calyx - lobeb ovate,
acuminate, 3 lines
long, corolla almost
salver -shaped, tube
and throat blender
and cylindncal, the
former } ^m long, the
latter twice as long
and half as broad
again, limb !};> m-
across, lobes broadly
ovate, more acumi-
nate than in D atro-
purpurea Bolivia B.
M 5783 Gn. 44:
140. Gng 7 342.
AA. F/s daik purple.
atropurpftrea, DC.
(D. Marie Htnntttv,
Hort ) Fig 1274.
Glabrous Ivs ovatc-
1275. Dipladenia splendens. ( X M)
acute, about 2 in. long, acute at the very base racemes
axillary, 2-fld , peduncles a little longer than the Ivs ;
pedicels twisted, bracted, calyx-lobes lanceolate-acumi-
nate, a little shorter than the pedicel, and a third as
long as the cylindrical part of the corolla (of which the
tube is about 2 in long), corolla dark purple inside
and out, tube funnel-shaped above the middle, lobes
triangular, wavy, spreading, shorter than the dilated
part of the tube Brazil BR 29 27 (as Echites).
Gn 44-488. IH 42.33 Gt 43, p 548 Var CISrkei,
Hort. Lvs rather small fl deep crimson hhaded vel-
vet-black, about 2^2 m across, tnc tube paler Gn W.
8. 601 — D atropurpurca is a handsome species, but
considered to be a shy bloomer.
AAA Fls. rose; throat deep rose or purple within, whitish
outside
splendens, DC. (Echites splendens, Hook). Fig.
1275 St glabrous, the branches terete . Ivs subsessile,
4-8 in. long, elliptic-acuminate, cordate at the base,
wavy, pubescent, especially beneath, veins elevated,
numerous: racemes axillary, longer than the Ivs,
4-6-fld ; calyx-lobes red-tipped, awl-shaped, as long as
the cylindrical part of the corolla-tube, which is half
the length of the funnel-shaped portion; limb flat,
4 m across, the lobes rotund, subacute, almost as long
DIPLARRHENA
as the tube: corolla-tube \l/i in long, white outside,
lobes rosy, throat deeper, almost purple. Brazil. B M.
3976 F\S 1.34 shows a yellow-throated form. Var
profusa, Hod. (D piofusa, Hort ), has larger and
brighter rosy fls , lined with yellow inside, the outfeide
of the tube rosy except at the ba^c, which is yellow.
JH 111 57-277. I II 30 491 —Intro, by B 8. Wil-
liams I) amdbihs, Hort , is said to be a hybrid of D.
crasbtnoda and D. splendens Lvs short -stalked, oblong,
acute- fls. rosy crimson, 4-5 in across; corolla-lobes
very lound and stiff. Gn 51, p. 227. G. 12 89; 14-401.
1 H 27*396. shows a 12-fld raceme with exceptionally
bright red fls
AAAA Fls. salmon-colored; throat yellow inside and out.
urophylla, Hook Glabrous erect bush, not a vine:
branches numerous, swollen at the joints: Ivs ovate-
oblong, obtuse at the base, suddenly narrowed at the
apex into a narrow point ^4111 long: peduncles long,
drooping, flexuoac; racemes axillary, 4-0-fld ; calyx-
segm.s awl-shaped, coiolla dull yellow outside, deeper
and bughter yellow within, tube cylindrical in lower
third, then swelling into an almost bell-shaped throat;
lobes of the limb salmon inclined to purple, acute.
Brazil. B M 4414 P M 10 66 F S 5 425
D am&na, Moore Fm -flown ug, with good foliage Ivs oblong-
acuminate fls pink tinted with rose, torolla-lob< s rounded and
notreflexed Of gnrden origin (D sph ridens XD umabilis), offered
abroad F isos 7.i G b Ml, 11 4 i — /> Knarhi/ana, Hort Lvs.
oblong, acute, dark green fls pink at first, changing to n< h crun-
Hon, very large Gn 51, p 220 F W 1S75 H.l G S «>J, 12 703.
Probably a form of Odontadema spcnoKa— D cariwuna, Hort.
Fls very large (about 5 in diam ), delicate pink lined with bright
rose Garde^ origin G/ 27, p t'l — D crasumWa, DC Glabrous-
st much nrhed, with miny nodes Ivs lanceolate, acute or
almost acuminate, acute at the base, shining and leathery on both
Bides raceme* axillary, about 0-fld , c ilyx-lobes lanceolate, acumi-
nate, a little shorter than the cylindrical part of the eorolh-tube.
2 or 1 times shorter thin the pedicel, corolla-tube bell-shaped
above the middle, lobes obov ale-orbicular Bra/il The above if
thi original description by Do C'andolle, who adds that the Ivs are
3 J'a m long, V-l in wide, petiole 2-5 lines long stipules mter-
petiolar, with 4 short cuspidate teeth The plant pictured in B R
30 04 was renamed D I mdleyi by Lemaire c hi* fly for its pilose
at and st< Hate-lobe d stipules Later authorities refer B R JO fit
to I) Martian* FS 22 J 510 may be the same plant as B R
30 til, but with variable Ivs and stipules The plant was prized for
its d* lie ate colors, being white at first, then shot with soft rose like
a flame tulip, and finally a deep lose- Only 1 fl in a raceme was
open at a time, and each lasted 8 or 9 dajs, throat orange inside —
D esimia, Hi nisi \er> slender, twining, nearly glabrous, the st.
rose-red IVH opposite, ve ry abort-stalked, l-l ' ^n long, orbicular-
ovate to elliptic fls 0-8 m a cyme, 2 ',,-'* in across, ro*e-oolored,
the tube nearly 2 in long, corolla-lobe^ orbicular and obtusely
cuspidate Probably Bra/.l H M 7720 —DflAwt, Hook Us sue
and color of common yellow allnmanda, climbing Us opposite,
short-stalked, ovate to elliptic fls 4-b in a lax cyme, yellow, the
tube very hairy on the outside and suddenly enlarged above C Colom-
bia B M 4702 J F 4 J7.1 &e I rcchito*, to whieh this is prop-
erly referred — D Hdmin, Hook ^Odontad* nm Hpe ciosa —D
hytJnJa Lvs large, stout, bright green fls flaming c nm son-red.
Garden form G .12 047 — D illu^lrn, Df Glabrous or pubescent
Ivs oblong or rotund, obtuse or nearly acute, rounded or sub-
cordate at the base, many-nerved, stipules none, petiole short
racemes terminal, 4-8-fld , fls rowy, throat yellow inside, purple at
the mouth, corolla-tube cylindrical to the middle, then funnel-
shaped, limb J-3J^m across, lobes rosy, orbicular-ovate, obtuse
Brazil FS 3250 Var yltlbm, Muell Arg B M 71 rj(i -D intta-
niv, Ilort Stout-growing foliage strong fls rosy purple Of garden
origin R H 10O4, p 411) G Z Ib 1 »•>—/> /x^Mrum, Mart , var
tenuifAlta, Hook f A very slender tuberous-root* 1 glabrous twin-
ing herb with very narrow (>Bm. or less broad) Ivs 2-.i in long,
and rose-colored fla 1 Yz in across and bearing a golden /i-cleft ring
at the throat Brazil B M 7725 — D SdtuUn, Hems! , has flesh-
colored, fls with throat yellow inside, and outside at the base, has
smaller Ivs than D illustns, and no circle of purple at the mouth
of then. Gn.51226.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B f
DIPLARRHfeNA (Greek, two anthers, the third being
imperfect). Inddcex. Tender rhizomatous plants from
Australia and Tasmania, with white and variegated
flowers Herbs rhizome short, sts. erect, simple or
somewhat branched* Ivs mostly radical, narrow, rigid,
acuminate, equitant: spathe terminal, rigid, acumi-
nate; perianth without any tube above the ovary;
segms unequal, inner ones shorter, conmvent; upper"
stamen imperfect; fls. usually more than 1 to a spatne,
not lasting
DIPLARRHENA
DIPLOTHEMIUM
1019
Moraba, Labill. Sts. 1^-2 ft. long, with a single
terminal cluster, and several sheathing bracts Ivs.
6-8 in a tuft, \-\Yi ft long, J^-^m wide, spathes
cylindrical, 2-3-fld , 2 m. long; fls whitish, caps. 1 in.
long New 8 Wales, Victoiia, and Tasmania. This
species has been offered. The only other species is D.
lalifblui, Bcnth. (1) Morxa var lat-ifbha, Baker), from
Tasmania, with longer and broader Ivs (nearly 1 in.
wide), longer spathes which are 5-<i-fld., and fls vane-
gated with hlac and yellow. j^ II. B.
DIPLAZIUM (Greek, dowW«d). Polypodiacex. Rather
large, eoaiso ferns, of greenhouhe culture
Allied to Asplcmum, but with the mdusia often
double, extending along both hides of some of the free
"cms The dividing line between DipUuium and
Asplemum is technical In general appearance and in
cultural requirements, the two genera are practically
identical —Eight} or more .species are found, mostly in
the wanner portions, of the world
A. Lvs. simple.
l&nceum, Presl Lvs b-9 in long, %-l in wide,
nai rowed upward and downward, the margin mostly
entne, son reaching nearei to the edge than the inidub
India, China .Japan
AA L/'s pinnnl< , mth th jtmiu dicplij lobcd: rnotstock
tint nwn<i to fornt a trunk
arbdreum, Presl (Asplcmum arbbreum, Linn ) Lvs.
12-1 S in long, (>-<S m wide, with a distinct auru le or
lobe at the bax- The habit is not aibomms, as ori-
ginally supposed, and as the name would indicate;
quite neai tlu ne\t, but lest, deeply cut \V Indies and
\ ene/uela
Shepherdn, Link (A \plenium Sfn'phtrdn, Spreng ).
L\s 12 IS m long, 0-9 in broad, deeply lobed, the
lobes at the base sometmieh reaching down to the rachis,
bomewhut toothed and often J^in broad; son long-
linear Cuba and Me\ to Brazil
AAA L/'s btpinnati trunk tsomachat arborescent
maximum, C Chr (7) latifbhiiin, Moore Asplhwim
lalifblium, Don) 8t erect, .somewhat arborescent:
Ivs 3-4 ft long, 12-18 in wide, with about 12 pinnae
on either side. India, China and the Philippines
L M UNDKHWOOD
DIPLOGL6TTIS (double-tongued, referring to the
divided scale inside the petaK) Hapindare<K Austra-
lian tree, one species' D nn^trah^, liadlk (D Cun-
mnqhamu, Hook f ), mentioned m recent horticultural
literature Lvs large (1-2 ft or more), pinnate, more
or le.ss villous, Ifts 8-12, oblong-elliptic to ovate-
lanceolate, .sometimes more than 1 ft long1 fls greenish,
many, in a huge panicle, calyx deeply 5-lobed, small,
petals about twice as long as calyx 0£m ), 4, thin,
orbicular, cihate, about equaled by the 2 inner scales;
btamens 8, e\ sorted or included, ovary 3-celled, the
btyle short and incurved, stigma entire or somewhat
3-lobed fr. a neaily globular 3-valved caps,, tomentose,
about /2in- diam. B.M. 4470 (as Cupama Cunntng-
harmi}.
DIPLOL&NA (double cloak, in allusion to the double
involucre) Itutdctz- W. Australian tomentose shrubs,
sometimes cult , but apparently not in American trade
Lvs simple and entire, stalked, alternate, fls. red from
the appearance of the many stamens in the terminal
heads which are flower-like and short-peduncled or
sessile and surrounded by an involucre of broad bracts
in 3 or 4 series of which the inner ones are large and
petal-like, calyx wanting; petals 5, small and narrow;
disk small; stamens 10, much exserted, the filaments
bearded, ovary 5-lobed, the styles united into 1: fr.
2-valved cocci, resulting from the division of the ovary.
— About 4 species D. grandiflbra, Dcsf , 5-6 ft , with
rigid spreading branches, the ovate or broad-oblong
65
very obtuse Ivs. tomentose or hoary on both sides. D
Dampibn, Desf , distinguished chrefly by the Ivs
being green and smooth on the upper surface. B.M
4059 B.R 27 64. H.U. 5:42. L. H. B.
DIPLOPAPPUS: Aster.
DIPLOSTfePHIUM (double crown or pappus).
Compdsitae This genus as now defined comprises
upward of a dozen species m Venezuela, Colombia
and to Peru, probably riot in cult , the D amygdtfhnum,
Cass , of gardens is Askr umbellatus, Mill , under
Gray's treatment, and D&lhngeria umbettata, Nees,
of some other authors Da-lhngeria differs from Aster
proper in its double pappus, the inner bristles long and
capillary and the outer short and rigid, involucre-
bracts short and lacking herbaceous tips; heads corym-
bose or solitary, ra>s latter few, white or rose-tinged.
KB veiny, not stiff (Named for Th. Dot'llmger, botani-
cal explorer )
At>tfr umbeUatus is a stout plant (2-7 ft.) of low
grounds from Newfoundland to Ga and Ark , variable,
and lower forms occurring very leafy, with numerous
crowded heads. Ivs lameolate to oblong-lanceolate
(to T> m long), tapering to both ends involucre short,
rays white A good plant for the wild garden
L II 13
DIPLOTHEMIUM (Greek, double Scathed). Pal-
ina(t,t, tribe (_'ocoinc<r Spineless pinnate palms, low or
st.'tnless, or often with ringed, stout, solitary or fas-
cicled ti unks
Leaves terminal, pinnatiseet, segrns crowded,
lanceolate or ensiform, acuminate, glaucous or silvery
beneath, margins recur veil at the base, rmdnerve
prominent; rachis 2-faeed, strongly laterally com-
pressed, petiole concave above, sheath fibroin, open
fcpad ices erect, long or short-pedunc)ed, strict, thickish;
spathes 2, the lower coriaceous, the upper cymbiform,
beaked, vent rally dehiscent, bracts snort, coriaceous;
fls rather large, ciearn-colored or yellow, more showy
than almost any other palm fr. ovoid or obovoid,
small — Species 5 Brazil
Diplothemium is a group of very handsome palms
In size the members of this genus seem to vary as
much as those included in the Cocos group D mariti-
munij \vhich is found along the coast of Brazil, is but 10
feet in height when fully developed This genus is
without snmes, the leaves being pinnate, very dark
green on trie upper side and usually covered with white
tomentum on the under side, the pinna? being clus-
tered along the midrib in most instances In a very
young plant of this genus the ultimate character is
not at all apparent from the fact that the seedling
plants have undivided or simple leaves, this character-
istic frequently obtaining m the cat>e of D caudescens
until the plant is strong enough to produce leaves 4 or
5 feet long or about one and one-half years from
germination. Frequently the plant bears both sorts
of leaves while young A warm greenhouse, rich soil
and a plentiful supply of water are among the chief
requisites for the successful culture of diplothcmiums.
D caudescens is the best known of the genus, arid when
space may be had for its free development it is one of
the handsomest palms rn cultivatron See G C II
24 394 for horticultural account of the group
caud6scens, Mart (Ceiorylon iiinum, Hort ). WAX-
PALM. St. 12-20 ft high, 10-12 in thick, remotely
ringed, often swollen at the middle. Ivs 9-12 ft , short-
petioled; segms 70-90 on each side, ensiform, densely
waxy white below, the middle ones 24-28 m long, 1%
in wide, the upper and lower ones shorter and narrower,
all obtuse at the apex. Brazil 11 H 1876, p 235
D littorale, Mart A small Rraceful palm \vjth finely dissected
Ivs and very bright yellow fl -clusters making it attractive during
the spring months B M 4861 —Hardly in cult in Atner.
JARBD G SMITH
N. TAYLOR t
1020
DIPSACUS
DISA
Dipsacus fullonum
(Xh)
DIPSACUS (to thirst, from the Greek, because the
' - «, of the connate Ivs m some species hold water).
Dipsac&cese. TEASEL Stout tall biennial or perennial
herbs of the Old World, two or three of which are weeds;
and one of them is cultivated for fuller's teasels.
The plants are prickly or rough-hairy: Ivs opposite,
entire, toothed or pmriatifid: fls. small and in dense
heads, like those of compositous
plants, but the anthers are not
united (or syngenesious) as they
are in the Composite, blue or
lilac, involucre-bracts and scales
of receptacle sharp or spine-
pointed There are a dozen or
more species in Ku , N Afr to
Abyssinia, and Asia D btjlvc^hi^,
Huds , is an mtro weed along
roadsides in tho northcustern
states and Ohio Valley It is bien-
nial, the st arising the second
year and reaching a height of 5 or
6 ft It is said to be a good bee
plant Lvs lance-oblong, toothed
and more or less
prickly on the
margin The dead
stiff stalks of this
teasel are conspicuous winter ob-
jects in theE U 8., \vhere it has
run wild extensively D lacimdtus,
Linn , has been found wild in the
IJ. S : Ivs pmnatifid or bipm- 1270 Fuller's teasel—
natifid, cihate The fuller's teasel,
D fulluHwn, Linn (Fig 127C), is
probabl} derived from the first,
and differs from it chiefly in the very otrong and
hooked floral scalps These scales give the head its value
for the teasing or raising the nap on woollen cloth, 'for
which no machinery is so efficient This plant is grown
commercially in a limited area in Cent N Y , see
Cyclo. Amer Agric , Vol II, p 636 L II B.
DIPTERONIA (Greek dis, twice and pttron wing, the
fruit consists of two winged carpels) Aceracesr Orna-
mental deciduous tree with handsome large pinnate
foliage.
Leaves opposite, petioled, odd-pinnate, with 9-15
serrate Ifts fls polygamous, small, in large terminal
panicles; sepals 5, longer than the short and broad
petals; stammate fls \vith usually 8 stamens and a
rudimentary ovary in the center, pistillate fls with a
2-celled compressed ovary, style cylmdric with 2
slender recurved stigmas fr consisting of 2 1 -seeded
compressed nutlets connate only at the base and \\ith
the wing extending all around — Two species in Cent,
and S. W. China
The species in cultivation is a small tree with hand-
some foliage, insignificant flowers, but conspicuous
winged fruits in large panicles It is apparently not
hardy North It grows well in any good soil Propaga-
tion is by seeds'.
sinSnsis, Oliver Tree, to 30 ft • Ivs %-ll/2 ft long;
Ifts 9-15, short-petioled, the upper nearly sessile, the
lowest pair sometimes 3-parted, ovate-lanceolate to
lanceolate, long-acuminate, coarsely serrate, glabrous
or sparingly hairy, 2-4 in. long panicles loose, 6-12 in.
long; fls whitish, minute, slender-pedicellcd each
carpel (samaia) of the fr broadly obovate or nearly
orbicular, light brown, about 1 in long, with the seed
near the middle June , fr in Sept Cent China J H
S 28-60. HI 19 1898 ALFRED REHDER.
DfRCA (Dirke, mythological name; also a spring
near Thebes). Thymelae&cex LEATHERWOOD. Two
North American small early-blooming shrubs, some-
times planted.
Bushes with tough fibrous bark, alternate, thm short
entire petiolate deciduous Ivs , apetalous perfect fls.
in peduncled fascicles of the previous season's growth,
the branches developing subsequently from the same
nodes calyx coiolla-like, yellowish, campanulate,
undulately obscurely 4-toothed, beaiing twice as many
exserted stamens as its lobes (usually 8) , ovary nearly
sessile, free, 1-loculed, with a single hanging ovule;
style exserted, filiform . fr berry-like, oval-oblong. The
dircas often have the habit of miniature trees. The
bark is of interlaced strong fibeis, and branches are
so tough and flexible that they may be bent into hoops
and thongs without breaking, and weie so used by the
Indians and early settlers The leatherwood is not one
of the showiest of hardy shrubs, but its small yellow-
ish fls. are abundant enough to make it attractive, and
it deserves cult especially for the earhness of its bloom
in spring It is of slow growth, and when planted
singly makes a very shapely specimen, planted in
masses or under shade it assumes a straggling habit.
It thrives in any moist loam Prop by seeds, which are
abundant and germinate readily, also by layers
palustris, Linn LEATHERWOOD MOOSE-
WOOD \\ICOPY Hg 1277 Two to 6 ft
high, with numerous branches having scars
which make them appear as if jointed, at the
beginning of each annual growth, and with yellow-
brown glabrous twigs Ivs oval 01 obovate, with obtuse
apex, 2-3 in long, green and smooth above, whitish
and downy b"low, becoming smooth, the base of the
petiole covenng buds of the next season fls yellowish,
abundant enough to be attractive, nearlv sessile, ^m
long, falling as the Ivs expand fr hidden by the
abundant foliage, egg- or top-shaped, ]jin long, red-
dish, or pale green Woods and thickets, mostly in wet
soil Canada to Fla and Mo B U 292 —Common.
D occitttntilhi, Gny A similar species found on northerly
slopes of cafions in Calif , differs mumly in the deeper ealyx-lobes,
lower insertion of the stamens, sessik fls , and white involucre,
blooms Nov -Feb Not in tho trade, but worthy of cult
A. PHELPS W \\I\N.
DISA (origin of name unknown) Orchidaceae
Terrestrial orchids, mostly South African, of which
several are known to fanciers, but only one of which is
in the American trade
Sepals free, spreading, upper one galeate, produced in
a horn or spur at the base, petals inconspicuous, small,
adnate to the base of tho column — Sixty or more
species D grarulijlora is undoubtedly one of the most
beautiful of known orchids, but as \et difficult to man-
age under artificial conditions
grandifldra,
Linn FLOWEK OF
THE GODS Root-
stock tuberous,
sts 1 ft or more
high, unbranchcd :
Ivs dark green:
fls. several, upper
sepal hood-like or
galeate, 3 in long,
rose - color, with
branching crim-
son veins; lateral sepals
slightly shorter, brilliant
carmine-red; petals and
labellum orange, incon-
spicuous S Afr B M.
4073 GC. II 18-521;
III 9 365; 33: 37. G M.
54.608 Gt. 59, p. 374
J.H III. 52.339. OR.
6. 241; 9 273,20-336
D crassicdrms, L l n d 1 .
Spike few-fld , lateral sepals
oblong, the dorsal smaller, 1277 Leatherwood— Dirca
reflexed petals, and Up Ian- palustris. ( X Vi)
DISA
ceolate S. Afr. Gn. 73, p 187 —D. filweait, Hort. A garden
hy >nd, probably between D kewenms and D Veitchn — D equfa-
trit, Keichb f Dorsal sepal funnel-bhapod, pale blue, petals white
Rhodesia — D ervhetcena, Rendle Ha large and handsome, some-
what resembling D grundiflora in color Trop Afr — D kewfn-ns,
Hort Hybrid between D grandiflora and D tnpetaloiden Spike
tew-Hd , tls IJ-^in across, latuul hcpali ro*,y pink, the dorsal pah r,
red-spotted, lip yellowish, crimson-spotted Gt 52 1310 U 11
<) 24, ') 27.1, 20 ,*Jt>— D lonyicnrnu, I inn f Plant l/t-l ft
high, producing a single fl about 2 in long resembling a. light
blue delphinium S Afr —D hyena. Bolus fcpiko 10-15-fld , fls
dull purple, the lip green, lacerated S Afr BM 8415— I) Luna,
Hort A garden hybrid between D raccmosa and D Veitchn —
D pulchra, Sond Spike 6-12 in long, fls rose S Afr G 28
201 — I) racemdm, I-inn f Racemes 4-4-fld , flu deep roue-red,
about l>j in across H Afr BM 7021 JH III 47213— D
MiiittAhi, Swartz Kls in a ohort raceme, about 1 jin long, pale
hlac. the petah and lip red-streaked S Afr B M 7404 G C III
51 U2 — D Veitchn, Hort Hybrid between D racernosa and D
grandiflora Fls about 2} * in across, rose-lilac JH III 43 145
C () 1 O R o 211, 9 273, 20 336 — D. venusta, Bolus A slender
species with grass-like Ivs. S. Afr GEORGE V. NASH f
DISANTHUS (Greek, dis, twice, and anthoi, flower;
the fls being in 2-fld. heads), Hamamehdacex Orna-
mental shnib, grown
for its handsome foli-
age, assuming beauti-
ful autumnal tints
Deciduous, glabrous
Ivs alternat. , long-
petioled, entire, pal-
inately veined fls per-
fect, axillary, in pairs
on erect pot mm les arid
connate back to back,
calyx 5-parted, petals
5, spreading, stamens
f>, shorter than sepals,
ovary superior, with 2
short styles fr a dehis-
cent caps with several
black glossy seeds in
each cell — One species
in Japan Hardy orna-
mental shrub of ele-
gant habit, with dis-
tinct, handsome foli-
age, turning to a beauti-
ful claret-red or red and
orange m fall Prop
by seeds, germinating
the second or third
year, and by la\ers,
possibly also by graft-
ing on Ilamamehs.
cercidifdlius, Maxim
Fig 1278 Shrub, to
10 ft , with slender
branches Ivs round-
ish-ovate, obtuse or
acutish, truncate or cordate at the base, leathery at
maturity, dark bluish green above, paler below, 2-4 in
long fls. dark purple, about -J^m across, with hncar-
> petals
1278. Disanthus cercidifolms.
lanceolate p
Oct fr ripens the following Get
High Mountains of Cent Japan (1 F. 6 215 (adapted
in Fig 1278). II H 1910.363 Demands a light peaty
sod- ALFRED REHDER
DISEASES AND INSECTS. Under one head it is
thought best to bring together the discussions of the
so-called enemies of plants, — the parasitic fungi and
th« depredating insects, together with the means of
control. This composite article therefore comprises
Page
Diseases due to parasitic fungi . 1021
Fungicides, or remedies for these diseases 1027
Catalogue of diseases, with advice . 1029
Insects and their depredations on plants . 1034
Insecticides and fumigation 1042
Catalogue of insect depredators, with advice 1047
Spraying. . . 1057
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1021
The reader now has before him a comprehensive
survey of the subject It is impossible, of course, to
list all the plant diseases and all the insect pests in a
compilation of this kind, but it is desired that the
(dialogues shall comprise the most important depreda-
tors of the leading horticultuial plants The reader
should k( .'p himself informed of the new knowledge and
new practice by consulting current publications of the
government and the experiment stations
Diseases of plants.
Disease in plants may be defined as any derangement
or disorganization of the normal structure or physio-
logical functions of the plant, as for example the for-
mation of g^alls, cankers or distortions, rotting of plant
parts, or disturbances in the sap system resulting in
wilting, or in the nutritive processes resulting in such
symptoms as dwaifing, chlorosis, and the like. Forms
of plant diseases are shown in Figs 1279-1292.
It is often veiy difficult to distinguish clearly between
diseased conditions and abnormalities of other types
Bud-sports, doubling of blossoms, f:isciations and many
other similar abnormalities,
while often the result of reac-
tion to some pathogen, are
not apparently always so and
they are often spoken of as
teratological phenomena.
While the reaction of plants
to insect attacks in the forma-
tion of galls, cankers, and so
on, is to be regarded as symp-
tom of disease, the injuries
produced by the mere eating
away of parts of leaf, stem or
fruit are not usually so to be
regarded Even here, how-
ever, it is often difficult to
draw a sharp line of demar-
kation While disease may
usually be said to result in ultimate injury, there are
apparently certain marked exceptions, as in the case of
the root tubercle* of legumes caused by the attacks of cer-
tain nitrogen-fixing parasitic bacteria Here increased
growth and crof>-yield are generally held to result
Diseases of plants are not something new or of
recent development, as the grower is often inclined to
think The crops of the husbandman, from the earliest
recorded history of his art, have been afflicted with
diseases In the historical writings of the Hebrews, the
Bible, and m the writings of the Greeks and Romans,
frequent mention is made of such diseases as rusts,
smuts and mildews of grain and canker of trees To be
sure, the extensive and intensive crop-cultivation of
modern times, together with the extraordinary world-
wide transportation and exchange of crop-products,
have greatly favored the distribution of plant pathogens
(insects, fungi and bacteria), and afford them excep-
tional opportunities for destructive development Nor
aie cultivated plants alone subject to disease Disease
epidemics among weeds and the wild flowers of the
woods may be observed any season in localities in
which weather conditions especially favor the causal
01 gam sins
The study of the nature and control of plant diseases,
however, is of recent development Ihe first man
really to study plant diseases from the true modern
economic point of view, that is, with the object of help-
ing the grower to understand and combat or control
diseases in his crops, was Julius Kuhn This German,
the son of a Geiman land-owner and for many years
himself the manager of a large agricultural estate, was
the founder of an early German agricultural college
He interested himself, among other phases of agri-
culture, in plant diseases and their control and his-
1022 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
book, "Die Krankheit dcr Kulturgewaehse." pub-
lished in 1858, is to be regarded as the first book of real
economic importance on the subject of diseases in
plants. In this remarkable volume is given a concise
statement of the thoroughly digested and personally
tested knowledge of his time, on the nature and control
of plant diseases He also describes a number of new
methods, especially for seed treatment of cereals
against smuts, which have become the foundation for
many of onr present-day practices.
Since Kuhn's day there have been remarkable
developments in the control of plant diseases. The dis-
covery of bordeaux mixture by the Frenchman Millar-
det in 1882; the discovery of the formaldehyde treat-
ment of seed for smut by the American plant patho-
logist, Arthur, in 1896; and the recent development of
the use of lime-sulfur solutions and mixtures as a sub-
stitute for bordeaux in the spraying of apples and
peaches, are but the mo,st noteworthy of the many
discoveries anil developments in the remarkable growth
of this economic science within the last half century
The economic importance of plant diseases can
scarcely be overestimated, ns they constitute one of the
chief losses m our ugneultuial resources The loss
from 5 to 25 per cent of many crops from diseases
alone each year is so common as to be the general rule
The loss from potato diseases each season in the United
States has been carefully estimated at not less than
$30,000,000 Yet, it has been conclusively demon-
strated by extensive experiments among potato-growers
during a continuous period of ton vears, that an annual
average mciease of over forty bushels per acre may be
expected from spraying Ihe crop with bordeaux mix-
ture, irom throe to five times in the season at a total
average cost of about ^5 per acie The loss from oat-
smut commonly averages from 5 to 25 per cent of the
crop, yet it may bo absolutely prevented by seed
treatment at almost insignificant co.st The loss from
scab m the apple crop ol New York State often totals
not less than $3,000,000 and for the United States a
corresponding loss of over $40,000,000. In 1900, the
peach-growers of Georgia lost $5,000,000 by brown rot,
while the average annual loss from the same disease in
the entire United States is never less. Yet m each case
here mentioned, as well as in most of the other of our
common and destructive diseases, cheap and effective
means of control aro within the reach or every grower.
The value and
efficiency of
these means
have been estab-
lished beyond
doubt Their
profitable appli-
cation requires
only intelligence
and piactice on
the part of the
grower
Symptoms of
disease in plants
are so varied in character as to
make an attempt at wholly
satisfactory grouping for practi-
cal purposes of doiibtful value.
Mention of some of the more
common types, however, may be
useful. The grower must learn
by study and experience the
more striking symptoms charac-
teristic of those diseases peculiar
to the crops that he grows.
Disease may be exhibited in
1279 Effects of the malformations of the leaf, stem,
leaf-curl fungus on peach root or fnnt, as for example,
foliage. (XH) knots, galls, tubercles, curling,
1280 Early blight of potato.
wrinkling or other distortions. There are such symp-
toms in crown-gall of trees, black-knot of plums and
cherries and leaf-curl of the peach (Fig 1279). Another
type are cankers, dead sunken or roughened areas
in the bark of trees or the outer rind of herbaceous
stems, as for example
in the New York apple-
tree canker, the brown-
rot canker of peaches,
frost cankers of many
trees, and anthracnoso
of beans, melons, and
others. The blight
type of lesion is also
very common. Here
are the more or less
sudden death of leaves,
stems, shoots or blos-
soms, usually turning
dark and drying up
Such symptoms char-
acterize fire-blight of
fruit trees, potato-
blight (Fig. 1280, from
Vt. Sta.), alternaria
blight of ginseng and
similar diseases, espe-
cially m their last stages. The leaf- or fruit-spot type is
also very common Brown or black spots appear in
foliage or fruit They may be brown dead 01 rotted
areas, or spots due to the growth of the parasite
on or under the surface. Bordeaux-injury spots on
apple foliage, shot-hole leaf injury of stone fruits, leaf-
spot of the currant (Fig 12S1), celery or alfalfa, the
tar-spot of the maple, tlie black-spot of the rose and
the apple-scab are of this type Another not uncom-
mon type is that exhibited in certain bacterial and
fungous diseases, where the pathogen infests the sap-
tube regions of the stems or petioles, resulting m a
sudden wilting of leaves and shoots The wilt diseases
of cotton, cucumber, ginseng, watermelon and cow peas
are characterized by this symptom The yellowing of
the foliage, either suffused or localized as spots, rings,
and blotches and often accompanied by dwarfing and
wrinkling of the affected organs is a common svmptom
of certain so-called physiological diseases like the peach
yellows (Figs 1282, 1283), little-peach, mosaic disease
of tobacco, infectious chlorosis and nitrogen-poisoning
of greenhouse cucumbers (Fig 1284) and other plants.
The causes of cbseo.se in plants.
Etiology, or the cause of disease, has been more
generally and carefully investigated than any other
phase of the subject, so that we no\\ know much regard-
ing the agents primarily responsible for most plant
diseases. These agents may be grouped as follows.
Slime molds, lowly organisms having characters of
both plants and animals (see article Fungi). The club-
root of cabbage, cauliflower and other crucifers, is
the best known slime-mold disease.
Bacteria, microscopic unicellular plants which mul-
tiply very rapidly by simple fusion (sec article Fungi).
While most species are harmless scavengers of dead
organic matter, and a few are known to cause dis-
eases of men and animals, not less than 150 different
diseases of plants are now known to be due to the
attacks of parasitic bacteria Some of the commonest
bacterial diseases of plants are, fire-blight, crown-gall,
olive-knot, soft-rot of vegetables, potato-scab, cucum-
ber-wilt and black-leg of potatoes
Fungi (see Vol. Ill) are perhaps responsible for far
the greater number of the diseases of plants. They are
the causal agents in such well-known diseases as apple-
scab, brown-rot of plums and peaches (Fig. 1285),
black-rot of grapes, (Fig. 1286) bitter-rot of apples,
brown-rot of lemons, late blight of potatoes, peach-
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1023
leaf-carl, heart-rot and canker of trees, mildew of
many plants, rusts and smuts of cereals (Figs. 1287,
1288, Kansas Experiment Station); in fact the mere
enumeration of the more common fungous diseases of
plants would fill many columns in this volume
Alga1, low forms of greon plants, most of them living
in water or very damp places. Few are known to pro-
1281 Currant foliage attacked by the leaf-spot fungus. ( X H)
duce disease m plants The red rust of tea is one of
the best known algal diseases
Parasitic angiosperms, — flowering plants, of which
there is no inconsiderable number, causing more or
less mjurv to the plants upon \\luch they hve These
parasites aie usually markedly degenerate in one or
more respects, as a lesult of their parasitism, being
often without true roots, or without leaves and fre-
quently without ehlorophvl green Ah examples we
may mention the mistletoes, dodders and broom
rapes
Insects (see page 1034) cause such diseases as
galls and similar malformations
Nematode worms, — minute all but microscopic
in sue and multipKmg rapidly, they constitute
one of the greatest crop pests, espocialU m warm
or tropical counti les Tht y usually infest the roots,
causing galls or swellings Some species injure the
plants by destroying the (me feeding loots as in the
case of the nematode parasites of oats so destruc-
tive in certain counti ies of northern Europe. Over
400 different plants are known to be subject to
the nematode root-gall disease (See pp 1041-2 )
Physiological disease is a term under which is
included all those diseases the cause of which
cannot be attributed to some parasitic organism
Their origin is variously attributed to abnormal
enzymic activity, disturbed nutrition, and the like
The best-known of these are peach-yellows, chloro-
sis of the vine, tip-burn (Fig. 1201), mosaic disease
of tobacco and leaf-roll disease of potatoes.
The various parasitic organisms cause disease in
one of two ways, either by the hecretion of toxmes
and enzymes which at once kill the plant tissues and
change them into forms readily available as food for
the invader; or the toxins and enzymes secreted merely
stimulate or imtate the plant tissues in such a way as
to result in abnormal tissue growth or diversion of the
food substances of the host to the advantage of the
parasite making its home between or in the cells of the
host Both types of disease-production have the same
ultimate result, the serious injury or destruction of
the infested plant, although the former is usually the
more rapid and destructive Of the first type, rots,
blights and leaf-spots are the best examples, and are
characterized by the rapid death and destruction of
the affected tissues, of the second type, galls, leaf-
curls, rusts and smuts are good examples and are char-
acterized by a rather long period of association of the
parasite with the living tissues of its host before
marked injury or death of the plant results
The causal agent is usually associated with the tissues
of the host, either the dead or living, during its entire
cycle of development The apple-scab pathogen,
Venluna inxqualis, will serve admirably to illustrate.
It passes the summer on the surface of leaf and fruit.
In the autumn when the infested leaves fall to the
ground, the fungus, which as a parasite has invaded only
the cuticle of the leaf or fruit, now penetrates the
dead tissues and develops there during the autumn the
winter form of fruit bodies, the minute globose black
penthecia, in which dining the warm days of early
spring the ascosporey are rapidly developed These
ascospores (Fig 1292), eight in a sac, iipen and are
discharged by the spring rams that come during the
blossoming period The old leaves on the ground are
filled with millions of these minute penthccia with
many sacs of ascospores in each peritheeium. The
spores aie shot into the air during the ram and being
exceedingly light are carried to the opening leaves and
forming fruits, where they germinate, sending out
mycehal threads into the cuticle of leaf or fruit form-
ing the characteristic dense dark green or black mats
or crusts, the scab-spots The leaves become oiumpled
and injured, the young fruits grow one-sided, or if the
stem be attacked, soon drop from the tree, thus giving
no set of fruit On the scab-spots the comdia or sum-
mer spoies cut off from the tips of upright branches
m great numbers, are carried by the wind to other
leaves and fruits where, with the next rain, they germ-
inate and give use to new scab-spots and more comdia
The life-cycle as given for the apple-scab fungus 13
typical of many of the fungous pathogens of our crops.
It must be remembered, however, that each pathogen
has habits peculiar to itself; hence the necessity for the
most caieful study of each that we may know its
habits and peculiarities and thus be able'feuccessfully to
1282. "Tip growth" of yellows
Loft-hand specimen shows two small-leaved tips appearing in
October, two or three of the normal leaves still remaining near
the top The middle •specimen «<how8 numerous tips appearing in
August. Right-hand specimen is a healthy twig, for comparison
1024 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
combat it. The following illustrations will ucrve to
explain and impress this point
rlownghtia morbosa, the fungus causing black-knot
of plums and cherries, requires two seasons to complete
its life-cycle. The fir.st season there appears on the
knots only conidia, followed the second season by a
crop of ascospores, produced in perithecia, which form
a black crust on the surface where the conidia were
earlier produced Other pathogens like EJCOO&CUS
cerasi, the "witches broom" pathogen of the cherry,
lives from year to year»as mycelium in the branch and
twigs of the broom-like growths it excites, producing
each season a crop of spores on the under sides of the
leaves. The bhstei-iust fungus of the white pine,
Cronartium nbicolum, also lives from season to season
1283. The tufted shoots of peach yellows.
in the tissues of the pine, producing each spring a ne\v
crop of spores This pathogen exhibits another habit
peculiar chiefly to certain of the lust fungi, namely
that it has another .stage or spore form on an entirely
different host plant, m this case, the cunant, especially
the European nlack currant The apple-rust pathogen,
Gymnosporangium macropus, exhibits the same habit,
passing the winter in galls formed on the twigs of the
red cedar. In the spring spores appear on these galls,
which germinating in situ give rise to other minute
spore bodies, the sporidia. These spondia are carried
by the wind to the young apple leaves and ff uit, giving
rise there to the rust disease so destiuotive to certain
varieties like the Mclntosh and York Imperial. The
spores formed on the rusted leaves and fruit of the
apple are carried to the cedar, originating a new crop of
galls and thus completing the life-cycle.
While some pathogens may develop m both living
and dead tissues of their host, as we have seen in th«
hulls They lie dormant along with the ripened
until they are planted. Then as the oat kernels
minate, the smut spores do likewise, sending forth
case of the apple-scab fungus, other pathogens like the
rust organism just described or the potato-blight
pathogen, Phytophthora infestaru,, require to be con-
stantly associated with the living tissues of their host
The last-mentioned fungus passes the winter as myce-
lium in the tissues of diseased tubers, grows from thence
up through the new shoots, slowly killing them and
forming tnereon the first crop of conidia, which, carried
by the wind to nearby healthy plants, produce the
primary infections of the season. The successive crops
of conidia produced during the season on the blighted
tops are washed into the soil by the rams, find their
way to the newly formed tubers, and, infecting them,
complete the seasonal cycle of the parasite
Many fungous pathogens are now known to pass from
one generation of the host plant to the next through
the seed The smut parasites of cereals afford remark-
able examples of this habit In the case of the oat-
smut fungus, Ustilago avow, the spores ripen as dusty
black masses in the panicles of affected plants just as
the healthy plants arc m blossom At this time the
two hulls inclosing the gram aie open The wind-scat-
tered spores lodge in the open flowers against the young
kernel where they are soon safely housed by the closing
hulls They lie dormant along with the ripened seeds
rnels ger-
th their
germ tubes which penetrate the young oat sprouts
before they emerge from the hull The mycelium grows
along up through the growing oat stiaw, finally giving
rise to the black spore masses m the unfolding panicle.
In the case of stinking smut of wheat the seasonal life-
cycle of the pathogen, Tilktia tntia, is much the same,
except that the spores are disseminated at threshing
time. Some very important differences m the habits
of the loose smut pathogens of wheat, Ustdago tnlici
and of barley, U^tilaqo uuda, have recently been dis-
covered (1902). The spores of these pathogens are
also ripened and disseminated at blossoming time, but
on falling within the open blossom they germinate at
once, sending their germ-tubes into the tender young
kernels The affected kernels are apparently not
injured but continue to develop and ripen The myce-
lium of the pathogen within remains dormant until
the seeds are planted and begin to grow, at which time
the mycelium also becomes active It grows out into
the young shoots and up through the lengthening
culms eventually to give ns«3 to the black spore masses
of the smutted heads The bean anthracnose fungus,
Collclotnchnm htultmuthianum, is also carried over in
the seed Here the fungus in the black spots or cankers
on the pods penetrates into the tender cotyledons of
the seed within, goes into a dormant condition as the
seed ripens, to become active again when the germina-
ting seed lifts these cotyledons from the soil. A new
crop of spores is produced, which, if the season be
rainy, are splattered on to the stems and leaves of
nearby healthy plants and the pathogen becomes
established for another season.
While the wind is the most common disseminating
agent of fungus spores, often carrying them for great
distances, such agents as ram, flowing water, insects
and even man himself, are frequently responsible. It
is in the dissemination of bactetial pathogens, however.
that insects most generally function. The dreaded
fire-blight bacteria are disseminated only by insects or
man They pass the winter in a semi-active state in
the half-living tissues along the margins of cankers on
limbs or twigs, multiply rapidly with the rise of sap
and the heat of spring They ooze from the affected
bark in sticky, milky drops. This ooze is visited by bees
and flies, which with besmeared legs and mouthparts
fly away to visit the opening apple or pear blossoms
Here they leave some of the bacteria m the nectar
where they rapidry multiply, to be more widely dis-
tributed by each succeeding visitor They soon pene-
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1025
trate into the tender tissues of the blossom, causing
the blossom blight. From these blighted blossoms,
sucking insects like the aphids carry the bacteria to
the tips of the rapidly growing shoots when in sucking
sap they introduce the organisms and twig blight fol-
lows. The striped cucumber beetle is probably the
chief disseminator of liacillus tracheiphilus, which
causes the cucumber-wilt.
Ecological conditions as affecting disease.
By ecology is meant the influence of such environ-
mental factors as climate, weather, soil and fertilizers,
on the disease, its severity, epidemic occurrence, and
the like. These factors may influence the seventy of
the disease by their effect on either the pathogen or the
host, or both For example, most fungous parasites re-
r're the presence of water on the host plant in which
ir spores may germinate, hence severe epidemics of
such diseases as potato-blight, apple-scab, brown-rot of
stone fruits and black-rot of grapes usually appear in wet
seasons. Moreover, the attacking pathogen is especially
favored by wet weather at certain seasons or pe-
riods in its development, especially the infection
period Continued spring rams about blossommi
time favor apple-scab and peach leaf-curl.
Late summer rams bring with them epidemics
of late blight of potatoes, brown-rot
peaches or late infections of apple-
scab. Frequent or continuous rama
during June and July in grape re-
gions are usually accompanied by
severe attacks of the black -rot
pathogen The relation of rainfall
to the pathogen explains why, when
there has been a severe epidemic the previous season,
the crop may escape if the following season be dry.
There is ever a critical period in the development of
the pathogen, usually when it is passing from its rest-
ing or winter stage to the active vegetative period of
the growing season Moisture and temperature condi-
tions at such periods largely determine whether the
disease will be epidemic or not Of course the neces-
sary abundance of spores to be disseminated is an
evident necessity, favorable weather alone cannot
bring on disease as the grower too often behoves
The absence of rams at certain stages in their develop-
ment is for other pathogens equally essential The loose
smuts of cereals afford good example* Their spoies
are powdery and wind-borne and if rains fall when they
are being dis-
seminated, they
arc washed to
the ground and
perish instead
of finding theu*
way into the
f o p e n blossoms
of their host.
Thus, clear
sunny weather
during the blos-
sommg period
sk of wheat and
*• oats one season
usually means a
more or less se-
vere epidemic of
smuts the next,
while rams at
this time, even
though there be
an abundance of
1284. Disease of cucumber leaf. The
dying margin indicates that the trouble is
due to some Interference with the food
, (XH)
On the other hand, weather conditions may deter-
mine the severity or absence of certain disease3 by its
effect on the host Long-continued cold rainy weather
in the spring, especially following a warm spell, results
in a slow succulent growth of the developing peach
leaves, rendering them especially susceptible to the
attacks of the leaf-curl pathogen
The application of cer-
tain fertilizers to the eoil
is known to have a direct
effect, either favorable or
unfavorable, on different
pathogens.
The applica-
tion of lime
or of manure
to the eoil
tends greatly
to increai
1285. Peaches of last year's crop still hanging on the tree, attacked by momlia.
The branch is dead from the effects of the fungus . ( X h)
the scab of potatoes planted thereon; while, on the
other hand, liming the soil prevents infection of cabbage
and cauliflower by the club-root pathogen Lime like-
wise favors the development of the root*rot of tobacco
and ginseng caused by Thulavw, basicola, while appli-
cations of acid phosphate tend to prevent infection by
this pathogen The ( tfVct of fertilizers on the suscep-
tibility of the hos, has also been shown to be marked
in ceitam eases Barley, when fertilized with nitro-
genous manures, becomes very susceptible to attacks
of the mildew Erywphe gramims. Certain varieties of
wheat have been observed m Denmark to suffer
seveielv fiorn attacks of the rust Puccinia glumarum
only when nitrogenous manures are applied. Exces-
sive applications of barnyard manure to greenhouse
cucumbers often cause a physiological disease, the
symptoms of which are a curling, and dying of the
margins of the leaves, accompanied by marked chloro-
sis or yellowing Fertilizers or late continued cultiva-
tion of pear trees, by lengthening the period of active
twig-growth, favor fire-blight, the bacteria of which
infect only tender actively grow ing tissues.
Control of trWo-ses
By the term control is meant the profitable reduc-
tion of the losses ordinarily sustained from a given
disease The absolute prevention of many plant dis-
eases is eithei impossible or unprofitable.
There are four fundamental principles upon which all
methods of plant-disease control are bafoed, viz.: (1)
exclusion, (2) eradication, (3) protection and (4) im-
munization Upon the hist two are based those meas-
ures which are duected primarily against the pathogen,
upon the last two those which are directed merely
toward the piotection of the host from pathogens
commonly present in the environment The order in
which these principles arc here presented represent the
logical, though unfortunately not the historical or
usual order of their development and application. We
mean a clean will consider briefly under each some of the more
crop the follow- important methods now employed for the control of
ing year plant diseases
1026 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
1286 Grapes ruined by black-rot.
1. Exclusion measures are directed toward keeping
disease organisms, usually insects^ fungi and bacteria,
out of nroas, regions or countries m which they do not
occur. This is commonly attempted by the passing of
laws forbidding the importation of plants affected with
such parasites As
means of enfor-
cing such regula-
tions, some sort of
inspection, either
at port of entry or
at point of destina-
tion, is provided.
Inspection in the
country from
\vhich they are
exported is also
often required.
Absolute quaran-
tine against all
importation of
certain plants
from those coun-
tries in \\ hich dan-
g e r o u s diseases
are known to
occur is al^o being
practised in some
countries, as, for
example, prohibit-
ing the importation of potatoes into the United States
from those countries m which the black-scab is now
known to occur Exclusion measures, often undertaken
when it is too late, are at best under present conditions
of doubtful efficiency Those interested in those methods
of control should consult the various peot and disease
acts of the different countries of the vvoild See In-
spection, m Vol. 111.
2 Eradication — -On the principle of eradication ^Ure
based those measures which are
directed to the elimination of patho-
gens alicady established While
absolute eradication is seldom to
be effected, the pathogen may often
be eliminated to such an extent as
to reduce losses therefrom to a prof-
itable minimum In Denmark, the
destruction of all barberry bushes,
the alternate host of the gram-rust
fungus, Pucnnia graminis, has
decidedly reduced the seventy of
this disease in recent years The
Careful eradication of all diseased
plants is often quite effective even
in a small area, like a raspberry or
blackberry plantation suffering
from the red rust Hero the myce-
lium of the pathogen lives from
year to year in the roots of diseased
plants, which each spring send up
diseased shoots On the under side
of the leaves of these shoots, the
orange-red spores are produced m
great abundance, and serve to
spread the pathogen to healthy
plants As diseased plants are
readily detected m early spring by
the pale clustered shoots, they may
be removed before spores appear
and the pathogen thus eradicated.
The black-knot of plums and cher-
ries is most readily and profitably
controlled in a similar manner, the
knot-affected limbs and twigs being
cut out and burned early m the
spring before spores appear. The 1287. Smut of oats.
fire-blight of pears is to be controlled only by system-
atic eradication, first of all cankers m autumn or early
spring, then of all blossom blight as fast as it appears
and later of the affected twigs when twig-blight comes
on. To be effective, the tiees must be inspected two
or three times each week throughout the growing
season and all diseased pai ts removed at once as soon
as discovered
Another method of eradication especially applicable
to seeds, tubers or bulbs, on which spores of the patho-
gen pass the dormant period, is disinfection. This is
accomplished by the application of chemical poisons,
either in solution, as po\vder or as gas, at a strength
and for a peuod of time sufficient to destroy the
pathogen without mjmy to the host When the patho-
gen lives over as mycelium m the seed or tuber, the
application of heat is sometimes effective Formalde-
hyde, as a gas or in solution in \vater, is now generally
employed for the eradication of the smut of oats, the
stinking smut of wheat and the potato-scab (Tor details
of method, see Formaldehyde, p 102X). The spraying
of peach trees with
copp er-sulfate
solution, lime-sul-
fur solution or
bordeaux, just be-
fore the buds stait
in the spin ig, dis-
infects the trees by
destroying the
spores of the leal-
curl fungus which
pax* the winter on
the buds
Pathogens which
attack the under-
ground parts of
plants may some-
times be eradicated
by disinfection of
the soil before
planting Drench-
ing the soil with a
formaldehyde solu-
tion of a strength
sufficient todistnb-
ute one gallon of
the strong 10 per
cent solution to
each 100 square feet
of surface, wetting
the soil to a depth
of 6 to 8 inches, has ,„
been found to be 1288' Loose smut of
very effective against damping-off, root-rot and simi-
lar diseases in forest tree seed-beds, ginseng seed-beds
and in the benches m greenhouses. It is also often
effective in the eradication of nematodes in green-
houses. Steaming of the soil is also very effective,
destroying insects and weed seeds as well as pathogenic
fungi. It is not always conveniently applied.
3. Protection measures are to be employed in those
regions m which the pathogen is very generally and
very thoroughly established, or m which for one reason
or another eradication is impossible or unprofitable.
They aim to protect the crop against attacks of the
parasite by means of some external barrier Spraying is
the most commonly employed protective measure. In
spraying, the susceptible surfaces of the plant are coated
with some slowly soluble poison, known as a fungicide.
Fungicides are of vinous types They are applied in
suspension in water, in solution or drv, i c , m the form
of a fine impalpable powder The fungicide most
generally applied m liquid spraying is bordeaux, a
colloidal compound formed by the union of lime-milk
and copper-sulfate solution Minute blue gelatinous
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1027
membranes are formed which remain for a time sus- by selection and propagation of individuals naturally
pended in the liquid. When sprayed upon the plants immune, whose immunity has been evidenced by their
4U" * -*— '" ~" - — 4 * ^--- coming through an epidemic unscathed Immune
varieties may be crossed with susceptible ones having
other especially
tlesirable quali-
.
the water soon evaporates, leaving a coating of these
dried membranes. The active furigicidal principal
m these bordeaux membranes is the copper. When
leaves or fruit are rewctted by rams enough of the
copper m these membranes comes into bolution to
prevent the germination of the spores of the parasite
that may have been deported thereon. (See under
Bordeaux, p. 1028 )
Bordeaux, however, is sometimes injurious to such
plants as peaches, plums and apples, and has, within
the last few years, been largely replaced as a summer
spray, especially for apples Lirne-biilfur, unlike bor-
deaux, is a solution It is made by boiling together
in water, lime and sulfur A concentrated solution of
certain poly-sulhdes of calcium, chiefly penta- and tetra-
bulfide, is thus obtained which, when properly diluted
is applied in the same way as the bordeaux. (For
method of preparation, see Lime-sulfur, p 1028). When
this solution dues on the leaves and fruit, it is rapidly
conveited by the action of the atmosphere into other
calcium compounds and free sulfur. The sulfur is in
ti veiy finely divided state and is the active principal
of lime-sulfur. It becomes oxidized in the presence of
moistme probably as sulfune or sulfurous acid, which
prevents the gennmation of the spores of the pathogen.
Flowers of sulfur and sulfur-flour, when very finely
ground and applied dry by dusting or sprayed on m
biispetiMon in water, alone or with lime-milk (the so-
called self-boiled lime-sulfur) are also quite effective
against certain diseases Dusting with sulfur is em-
ployed in combating powdery mildews of grapes,
hops, roses and the rust of asparagus
Lime-sulfur m:u not be used on potatoes and grapes,
as it d\\arfs the plants and reduces the yield, while
bordeaux has just the opposite effect on these crops
Bordeaux, as already pointed out, is, however, injurious
to leaves and fruit of the apple and to the foliage of
ties and then
by segregation
crop may be
developed com-
bining the resist-
ance or immu-
nity of the one
parent with the
desirable quali-
ties of the other.
Some striking
results have
been obtained m
this line of dis-
ease control as
witness the wilt-
resistant cotton,
c o w p e a s and
watermelon, the
nernatode-free
Iron c o w p e a ,
rust -resistant
wheat, barley,
and asparagus,
and the anthrac-
nose-rcsibtant
clover Never-
theless, this
method of con-
trol, while the
most ideal, is
peaches arid certain varieties of plums It will thus be beset with many
seen that there is no universal
fungicide and also that both the
effect on the host and on the
parasite must be considered It
is now known for example that
while lune-sulfui is very effective
against the apple-scab fungus, it
has little fungi< idal effect on the
spores of the bitter-rot pathogen
To be effective, fungicides must
be applied before the disease ap-
peal s As the spores of most
parasitic fungi germi-
nate during the period
of rainy cloudy weather,
the fungicide, to be effec-
tive, must be applied
before and not after such
periods They must not
only be thoioughly applied to the
ceptible parts but also at the proper
stage of growth or development of the
plant To illustrate: the only effective
periods for spraying apple trees for
scab are just before the blossoms open
(not dormant); just after the petals
fall; ten days or two weeks later; and
again in late summer just before the
late summer rams, to protect the
rapidly developing fruit from late
infection
4 Immunization consists in estab-
lishing within the plant itself some
to the grower.
pl
nde
condition which renders it immune or
1290 A blight of grapes due to some
constitutional disorder. Notice that the
leaves die first at the edges. ( X '3)
difficulties and
uncertainties
That pathogens,
as well as crops, vary, giving strains capable of attack-
ing host plants immune to other strains of the same
pathogen, has generally been overlooked by breeders,
and doubtless accounts for the frequent failure of sup-
posedly resistant varieties when transferred to new
localities The production of artificial immunity by the
injection of some substance into the plant or by the
application of certain substances (fertilizers, etc ) to the
soil is at most only in the preliminary stages of experi-
mentation and as yet offers but Little of practical value
WHETZEL.
1289. Strawberry leaf
Fungicides.
A fungicide is any material
or substance that kills fungi or
their spoies. The word ib used
paiticulnily for those substan-
ces employed in the waif are against parasitic
fungi.
A satisfactory fungicide must be one that does
not injure the plants and at the same time is
effective against the parasite. For spraying,
additional requirements are imposed, it should
not dissolve readily in rain-water; it should
adhere to foliage and fruit, in some cases it
should be colorless in order not to make orna-
mentals more unsightly than when diseased.
The fungicide which has been used most for
general purposes is bordeaux mixture Lately
some other preparations, particularly lime-sulfur
resistant to tho attacks of the patho- rolled up from the attack combinations, have come into use, and m many
gens Immune crops may be developed of the nuld<
,
caaoa are supplanting bordeaux There are in
1028 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
addition a large number of other substances which
have fungicidal value and are in more limited use
for specific cases. The following directions are
taken, with modifications, from the author's part m
Bailey's "Farm and Garden Rule-Book."
Practices.
Destroying affected parts.
— It is important that all
affected parts should be re-
moved and burned, if pos-
sible In the fall all leaves
and fruit that have been
attacked by fungi should
be raked up and burned
Diseased branches should
be sev ered at some distance
below the, lowest visible
point of attack Fungous
diseases often spread
rapidly, and prompt action
is usually necessary Prac-
tise clean and tidy culture.
Rotation of crops — This
is one of the most effective
and practical means of head-
ing off fungous diseases It
is especially applicable to
diseases of roots or root-
crops, but also to many
other disea&es of annual
plants
Sterilizing by steam —
This is an effective fungi-
cidal practice for several
soil - inhabiting organisms
which attack roots and
stems This includes nema-
tode worms It is especially
applicable m the green-
house, where it may be applied (a) through sub-irrigation tilo or
through specially laid perforated steam pipes in the bottom of the
bed Cover the beds with blankets, introduce steam under pressure
of forty to eighty pounds for two hours Insert thermometers at
various places to see that the soil is being uniformly heated (b)
A largo galvanized iron tight box may be constructed with finely
perforated trays 4 to 6 inches in depth Soil placed in these trays
and steamed for two hours as above will be freed from parasitic
organisms In this case the frames should be sprayed with a solu-
tion of formaldehyde, one pint in twelve gallons of water Steam
sterilization of soil may be used on intensively cultivated areas or
extensive seed-beds A portable boiler is necessary The beds are
sterilized after they have been prepared for seed, and just before
the seed is sown A galvanized pan of convenient dimensions and 6
to 8 inches deep is inverted, and the edges are pushed down into
the soil 1 or 2 inches The pan is connected with the steam boiler
by means of a steam hose and live steam is run into tho pan from
twenty to forty minutes under a pressure of eighty pounds and up
The higher the pressure the deeper the soil will be sterilized The
pan must bo weighted. Paths should be disinfected by spraying
with copper sulfate one pound to fifty gallons, of water or with
formaldehyde solution one pint to twelve gallons of water The
squar
orating effect on many plants, and it will be necessary to run green-
houses at a lower temperature (5° to 10°) both night and day
Field-stenhzation also kills weed seeds, and with the reduction of
the cost of weeding makes the process practicable.
Substances
For nearly ripe fruit and ornamentals an excess of lime augments
spotting In such cases the least amount of lime possible should
be usea Determine this by applying the cyanide test (2)
(2) Secure from the druggist 10 cents' worth of potassium
ferrocyamde (yellow prussiate of potash) and dissolve it in water
in an eight-ounce bottle. Cut a V-shaped slit in one side of tho cork,
. ,
so that a few drops of the liquid can be obtained Now proceed as
before Add lime with constant stirring until a drop of the fer
cyamde ceases to give a reddish-brown color
before Add lime with constant stirring until a drop o
rown color
desired in largo quantities, stock
1291. Tip-burn of potato leaf.—
A physiological difficulty or disease,
due to some so-called "constitu-
tional" disorder or obstruction
(Vermont Experiment Station).
ormaldehyde solution one pint to twelve gallons of water The and for preparing sprav mixtures
!0st of sterilizing is approximately three-fourths of a ?ent the Lime-sulfur — In the many p-
>quare foot It should be noted that soil-sterilization has an invig- « coming to be equally
(3) When bordeaux mixture i ,
solutions should be made Place one hundred pounds of copper
sulfate in a bag of coffee-sacking, and suspend in tho top of a hfty-
gallon barrel, and add water to the fifty-gallon mark In twelve
to fifteen hours the vitriol will be dissolved and each gallon of
solution will contain two pounds of copper sulfato Slake a barrel
of lime, and store in a tight barrel, keeping it covered with water
Lime so treated will keep all summer It is really hydrated lime
This is often dried, pulverized, and offered on the market in paper
bags of forty pounds each, under such names as ground lime,
prepared lime, hydrated lime, and the like If tho paper is not
broken, the lime does not air-slake for a long time One and
one-third pounds of hydrated lime equals in value one pound of
quicklime Air-slaked lime cannot be used in preparing bordeaux
mixture
Arsenical poisons can be combined with bordeaux mixture
Ammoniacal cqpper carbonate — For use on nearly mature fruit
and on ornamentals Does not discolor Weigh out three ounc es of
copper carbonate, and make a thick paste with water in a wooden
puil Measure five pints of strong ammonia (20° Baumc) and
dilute with three or four parts of water Add ammonia to the paste,
and stir This inakca a deep blue solution Add water to make
fifty gallons
Copper carbonate. — For use in the above formula, it may be
secured as a green powder, or may be prepared as follows Dis-
solve twelve pounds of copper sulfate in twelve gallons of water in
a barrel Dissolve fifteen pounds of sal-soda in fifteen gallons of
water (preferably hot) Allow the .solution to cool, then odd the
sal-soda solution to the copper-suit ate solution, pouring slowly m
order to prevent the mixture from working up and running over
A fine precipitate us formed which will settle to the bottom if
allowed to stand over night Siphon off the clear liquid Wash
the precipitate by adding clear water, stirring, and allowing to
settle Siphon off the clear water, strain the precipitate through
muslin, and allow it to dry This is copper carbonate The above
amounts w ill make about mx pounds
Copper sulfate — See Sulfate of copper
Corrosive sublimate (mercuric chloride) — Used for disinfecting
pruned stubs and < leaned-out cankc rs, at the rate of one part in
1,000 parts of wat< r Cm be secured from the druggist in tablet
form in vials of twenty-five each, and posting 25 cents One tablet
makes a pint of solution Make and store solution in ghss and label
"poison
Formaldehyde (10 per cent solution of formaldehyde gas in
water) — A pungent, clear liquid, vt ry irritating to cyis and nose
Obtained at any drugstore at about 40 cents a pint t sed for
potato-scab, oat Hinut, bunt in whoat, soil disinfection, and so on
jAme —Offered for sale in the following forms (a) Ground
rock or ground limestone, air-slaked lime is of the same composi-
tion, i e a carbonate of calcium (h) Lump, barrel, stone, or quick-
lime, this is burned limestone, and should test at least <M) per cent
oxid of calcium 0") Prepared, ground, or hydrated lime, this is
water- or steam-sl-iked quicklime, dried and pulverized (Tsed as
an applicant to the soil to correct acidilj, for club-root of cabbage,
mixture — A bluish green copper compound that
jetties out when freshly slaked lime and a solution of copper sul-
fate (blue-stone) are mixed Many formulas have been recom-
mended and used The 5-5-50 formula may be regarded as stand-
ard In such a formula the first figure refers to the number of pounds
of copper sulfate, the second to the stone or hydrated lime, and
the third to the number of gallons of water Bordeaux must
often be used as weak as 2-2-50, on account of injury to some
plants.
To make fifty gallons of bordeaux mixture, proceed as
follows
(1) Pulverize five pounds of copper sulfato (blue vitriol), place
in a glass, wooden, or brass vessel, and add two or three gallons
of hot water In another vessel slake five pounds of quicklime in a
small amount of water When the copper sulfate is all dissolved,
pour into a barrel and add water to make forty or forty-five gallons.
Now strain the lime into this, using a sieve fifty meshes to the inch
or a piece of cheese-cloth supported by ordinary screening Stir
thoroughly, and add water to the fifty-gallon mark The flocculent
substance which settles is the effective fungicide Always stir
vigorously before filling the sprayer Never add the strong lime
to strong vitriol Always add a large amount of water to one or
the other first Blue vitriol used alone would not only wash off
quickly in a rain, but cause a severe burning of fruit and foliage.
Lime is added to neutralize this burning effect of the copper If
the lime were absolutely pure, only slightly more than one pound
would be required to neutralize this burning effect For many
purposes an excess of lime is not objectionable and may be desirable.
ing to be equally
important as bor-
deaux mixture, in tho
control of many plant
diseases
(1) Flowers of sul-
fur or very finely
powdered sulfur is
often dusted on plants
for surface mildews
(2) A paste of
equal parts of lime,
sulfur, and water
This is painted cm the
heating-pipes in tho
greenhouse, and is
valuable for keeping
off surface mildews
(3) Home-boiled
dilute lime- sulfur
This solution has been
widely used in the
past as a dormant
spray, particularly for
San Jos6 scale and
peach leaf -curl It is
likely to be sup-
planted by (4) or (5)
For preparation see
page 1043
(4) Home-boiled
concentrated lime-sul-
fur — When a great
deal of spraying is to
be done, ?> luiireu-
t r a t e d lime - sulfur
possible
ulfu
1292. Penthecium of apple scab,
showing spores.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
.._.ution may he boiled at home and stored in barrels to bo used as
needed For method ^of preparation see page 1043 t
evolution i
1-10
1-15
1-20
1-25
1-30
1-40
1-50
1-60
1-75
1-100
25°
74
11
147
184
22 1
205
368
412
55
73
26° 77
11 6
154
10 3
232
30 0
38 ()
463
58
772
27°
8 I
12 1
161
202
243
324
40 r>
485
606
HO 7
28°| 8 i
127
1(1 9
21 1
254
338
42 i
50 7
<H5
84 5
21)°
88
H 2
17 0
22 1
2(>r>
3"i 3
442
53
b6 3
88 2
30°, 0 2
134
184
2.3
276
W)
16 1
553
&j
92
31° 9 6
144
193
24
288
38 1
48
58
11
96
32° 10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
31° 104
15(3
208
26
312
41 r>
52
624
78 il()4
J4° 10 8
1(52
21 6
268
324
13 2
54
647
808 1108
35°
112
168
224
28
334
440
56
674
812 112
Decimals are given in all oases, but for practical purposes the
nearest even gallon or half gallon can be used, unless appliances
for more accurate measurement are at hand It is understood in
making all dilutions that water is added to one gallon of the con-
centrate to make the stated amount Do not measure out the
stated amount of water and add the concentrated solution to it
(5) Commercial concentrated lime-sulfur —As manufactured
and placed on the market is a clear amber liquid, and should test
32° to i5° Baume It costs about 20 cents a gallon retail, and
comes rtady to pour into the spray tank For apple and poar dis-
eases \rsenate of lead can be used with this solution, and nu rea<w a
its fungieidal value
(6) Scott's sflf-boiled lime-sulfur —This is a mechanical mix-
ture of the two substances, and is r< ally not boiled, the hi at bung
supp'.ed by the slaking lime In a small barrel or lug place eight
pounds of good quicklime Add water from time to time in just
sufficient amounts to prevent burning As soon as the lime begins
to slake well, add slowly (preferably through a suve) right pounds
of sulfur flour Stir t oust intly, and add water as m ( ded As soon
as all bubbling has a astd, check fuithe r at lion nj adding a quan-
tity of cold water, or pour into a harnl or tank and make up to
fifty gallons Keep well agitated \ei> efTectnc agunst pi ioh
scab and brown rot Several other formulas have been usrd
10-10-50 and 5-5-50 \.ra< nate of lead can be used with this
mixture
By using boiling water and allowing tl e hot mixture to stand for
half an hour, a htrongcr spray mixture than the above can be
secured It ennnot be used safely on peaches, but hm been used
successfully on grapes for surfaec mildew The addition of sulfnte
of iron or smfate of copper, one or two pounds to fifty gallons, has
been used for apple rust
Potaktnum vulftd (hver of sulfur) —Simple solution, three ounces
in ten gallons of wate r For mildew in greenhouses, on rose bushes
and oth( r ornamental*
Resin-sal-wla vtirhr — Ream, two Bounds sal-soda (crystals),
one pound, water, one gallon Boil until of a cl< ar brown color,
i e from one to one and A half hours Cook in an ire>n kettle in
the open Add this amount to fifty gallons of bordeaux I scful
for onions, cabbage, and other plants to which spray does not
adhere well
Hulfate of copper (blue vitriol) — Dissoh e one pound of pure
btiltite of copper in twenty-five gillons of water A specific for
peach leaf -curl Apply once before* buds swijl in the spring Cover
every bud For use in preparing bordenux mixture Costs from
5 to 7 cents a pound, in quantity
Sulfate of iron (copperas) — A greenish granular crystalline sub-
stance Dissolve one hundred pounds in fifty gallons of water
1-or mustard in oats, wheat and the like, apply at the rate of fifty
gallons an acre Also for anthracnose of grape s as a dormant <prav
Sulfur (ground brimstone, sulfur floui. flowers of sulfur) —
Should be 00 per rent pure Valuable for surface mildews Dust
on dry or in the greenhouse used in fumes Evaporate it over a
steady heat, as an oil-stove, until the house is filled with vapor Do
not heat to the burning point, as burning sulfur destroys inont
plants To prevent burning, place the sulfur and pan in a larger
pan of sand and set the> whole upon the oil-stove
DONALD KEDDICK.
Catalogue of diseases.
Abies. WITCHFS' BROOM (JEcidinm elahnum, Melampsorella eli-
tina) — On fir causing swellings, cankers, and witches' brooms.
Control — Prune off all affected parts
Abutilon RUST — See under Hollyhock
CONTAGIOUS CHLOROSIS — Variegated leaves
Control — Remove variegated leaves and their shoots, keep
in dark and remove any further variegated leaves, then the
plant should remain green
Acacia RUSTS (JZcuhum sp ) — Distorts branches and twiga
Control — Prune off diseased parts
rapid
fallp
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1029
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued
Acer. TAR-SPOT (Rhyhama acermum) — Black tar-like spots on
upper side of the leaves
Control — Burn all old leaves in fall or winter
SUN SCALD or SCORCH — Maples suffer commonly from a drying
up of the foliage, due to over-transpiration of water at tunes
when hot winds occur
Actmidia MILDEW (Unnnula necator) — Sec under Ampelonsis,
^Esculus Lt-AF-Si'or (Phylloahcta pamx) —Irregular spots develop
inidly, the larger part of the leaf being involved Leaves
ill prematurely
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture, beginning when the
leaves are about half-grown and repeating the process every
three weeks
Agave. LKAF-BLOTCH (Comothyrium concentncum) —Grayish,
more or less circular dead patches, ranging from Yt to 1 inch
in diameter
Control — Remove and burn diseased leaves
Alhum —Sec under Onvm
Almond BLIGHT (Coryneum beycnnku) — See Peach Blight
YELLOWS — See under Peach.
Alnus ROOT-TUBERCLES — Clurips of small tubercles on the roots
\ot important
Wnen*8' BROOMS and Bi ADDERY DEFORMATIONS OF FLOWERS
(Eroairuv up ) — Broom-like tufts of branches and irregular
ck forming and contortion of fruits
Control -See undr r Peach Leaf-Curl
Alyssum MILDFW (Erysiphe polygoni) — See under Verbena
Disease- very similar
Amarantus WHITE "RUST" or MILDEW (Albugo bhti) -See
similar disease under Radith
Amelanchier RUHT (Gymnovporangium sp ) — Orange rust spotb
Control — Keep jumpers at a considerable distance
WISHES' BRCK>M (Dimerosponum collmsn) — Thick twisted
broom-like giowth of branches
< ontrul — Cut out the brooms
Ampelopsis BiAfK-Roi — See under Grape
MILDLW ((jniumla nrcator) — Powdery inilelew growths on
upper side t>f leaf
Control -Dust with sulfur
Anemone Roor-Di e \y (ticlerolinia tuberosa) — Rhizemies decayeei
and large lumps form on the outside
Control — hiadicate affected rhizomes and the cup-like
fungous bodies near such plants
Rf ST -Se v or il rusts attack spe cies of Anemone
Anthunum Hi K.IIT (Glumcrclla cincta) — See umje r Orchids
Apple Bnc.iir— The . . . .
C \NKI-R —Smooth cankers in ba
induce blight (Bacillus amyln
applet-tree canker (.Sp/iaropna malorum), or the nail-head
( arik* r ( \ umulana diicrtla)
Control — As soon as noticed, cut away dead bark and wood
to the living tissue and paint over with lead "paint or coal-tar.
SCMJ (\tntuna irifquahk) — Olive-green, brownish or blackish
*< ab-hke spe>ts on leaves and fruit
Control — Rake and burn or plow under old leaves very
earlv in spring Spray with lime-sulfur 32° Baume., 1 40,
or bordeaux, *-V>0 (1) when blossom buds show pink,
(2) when majority of petals have fallen (3) three weeks
aft< r 2, depending upon the weather, (4) if a late attack is
fi ared, spray before fall rains begin
Apricot Y* LLOW s — See under Peach
Bi \c K-SPOT or SCAB — See under Peach
Aquilegia MILDMV ( Erytiphe polygoni) — See under Verbena
DIM ise vi ly similar
Bi \< K-Sror (ttacillut drlphim) —Sunken black spots on leaves
Control — Remove and burn diseased parts
Artemisia RUST (Puccinia astens) — Same rust as on Asters,
w Inch see
Artichoke SOFT-ROT — See under Carrot
Arum LUF-SPOT (Protomyc^ art) —Irregular bleached p-itehes
on leaver and le vf-stalks of 4 macuhtum
Control — Burn diseased plants
Asparagus Rr»T (/'uremia asparupi) — A rust of the tops which
is often so severe as to kill them, thus interfering with root-
development
(Control— Dust with flowers of sulfur about eveiy three
we-eks while dew is still on in the morning Use dusting-
machines
Aspidistra LEAI-BLOTCH ( -t v ochyla aspidistra?) — Large, irregular,
bleached spots with black streaks running aeross
Control -Remove diseased leaves
Aster. RUST (Puccinia aitcm) — Blown rust of leaves
Control — Eradicate the affected leavers
Aucuba. FREEZING — Young leaves suffer from spring frosts
Auricula LKAF-BLOTCH ( Ifeterosporium auncuh) — Three or
four olive-green spots on each leaf Spots become brown and
fall out
Control — Do not have excessive moisture Spray with
potassium sulfid and ventilate well
Avocado, or Persea ANTHR \e\NO9E (Collelotnchum glaeosporioidtf).
— See under Pomelo
c« disease as Pear Blight, which se
.ark of trunk or limbs usually
•us), rough ones, New \ ork
1030 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Bamboo. SMUT ( Ustilago shir-tana). — Internodes and tips of young
shoots attacked. Wild and cultivated bamboo attacked in
Control — Bordeaux mixture and sprinkling soil with luno
before the shoots appear.
Banana. ROT (Bacillus muase) — Leaf-blades droop, turn yellow;
petioles decay, letting leaves drop, and finally whole plant
rots to the ground
Control — Practise sanitation.
Bean. ANTHRACNOSF, or Pon-SpoT (Colletotnchum hndemuthtanum').
— Reddish brown, scab-like spots on stems, pods, and veins
of leaves, particularly on yellow-podded snap beans. Fungus
enters the beans
Control — Use seed only from pods without spots. Spray
plants, from beneath and above, every ten days.
BLIGHT (Bacterium phawh) — Large papery spots on leaves
and watery spots on pods
Control — As for Anthracnosr
Beet. HEVRT-ROT (I'homa betx) — Lca\es appear spotted late m
July, then wilt, and fin illy a dry heart-rot appears
Control — Destroy affected plants Practise long rotations.
Treat seed with formalin, one pint in thirty gallons of water.
SCAB. — The same disease as Potato Scab, which see
Begonia. ROOT-ROT (Tkidavia basicola] — Seo under Nwotiana.
Berbens RUST (Puccima gramims) — Orange-colored rust spots
on under side of leaf
Betula LE \F-Si-oT (Ghrosponum betularum) — Round spots with
blackish margin
HEARr-Ror (Fomts ignianus). — See under Fagus
Blackberry CuowN-G VLL, or R<xrr-G VLI (Hncltnum fumefnciem).
— Swellings, hard or soft, on roots and stem below ground
Trtatmtnt — Plow up and bum all bushes in a diseased
patch Plant clean roota in a new place.
ANTHRA< INMSK — See undf r Raspberry
RMJ or ()R\N(.h RUST— See under Raspberry
L* AJ-Spor — Seo undi r Dewberry Same disease
Blueberry RUST (Cali/ptotpara ooeppertuina) — Stem attacked,
swollen, spongy, at first pink, changing to brown and blackish.
Plants taller thin lit tlthy and leaves dwarfed
Control — Segregate from species of fir and spruce.
Brassica. See under Cabbage.
Brussels Sprouts. CLUB- ROOT — See under Cabbage
Buxus STRM-BIIUHT (Ntctna rouittluina) — Twigs killed,
reddish pustules appe inng on stems and leaves
Control — Remove all diseased parts and burn
Cabbage CLUB-ROOT, or C'l tin- FOOT (Plawodiophora brassiere) —
A contoited swelling of roots and sukly wilted tops
Control — Dtstrov affected seedlings Lime the soil at
least eighteen months befoie planting cabbage, using at tho
rate of two tonsof <,uu khmo to the aere
BLAtK-RoT (Badllnn campestrt) — Sap-tubes in leav-s and stem
turn black and the leaves drop, thus preventing heading
Control — Practise crop-rotation Soak the seed for fifteen
minutes in a solution of mercuric chloride, one tablet in a
pint of water
Cactus SPOT (Diploiba opuntise) — Sometimes a serious disease
Calathea I t AI--BI IQHT (Cephal<uru3 paramticui) — The epidermal
cells contain the alga, whieh spreads over the leaf, blackening
and killing it
Control -Remove diseased leaves.
Calceolaria LEAK-BLK.ITT (\scribed to a Microeoccus). — Brownish
patches on lower leaves, many times bordered by tho small
veins of tho leaf
Control— Hum affieted plants
Campanula Rt sr (Cuhosporium campanula). — Red and brown
rust spots on lr 'ives
Control —Segregate from Pin us ngida.
Capsicum. ANTHUACNOSE — Same as on Piper, which sco.
Carnation Rnsr (livmytei raiyoplujlhnus] — Brown, powdery
Control — Spray once in two weeks with a solution of
copper sulfate, one pound to twenty gallons of water. Pick
off diseased loav < s K« p tempi rature low
Carpmus Bi M K-Moro (Uinnrovporunn pulchrum') — On leaves.
Control — Spray with any good fungicide
HEART-ROT (Fomei /M/IVIS) — Red-brown decay, crumbles when
crushed
Contiol— Surgery methods
Carrot. SoFT-Ror (Bndlhis carotovorus) — A soft-rotting of the
root identical with the soft rots of other root crops
Control — Good drainage of soil Steam sterilization of soil.
LEAF-SPOT or EARLY LEAF-BLIGHT (Cercospora apii) — See
under Celery.
Carya — See under Hickory-Nut.
Castanea — See under Chestnut
Catalpa LrAF-BLiairr — Sudden blackening and dying of leaves
in eaily summer »
HEART-ROT (Polystictuv versicolor) —Heart -wood becomes
straw-colored and finally soft
Control — Surgery
ROOT-ROT of seedlings (Thielnia basicola) —See under Nicotian*
Cauliflower —Sec under Cabbage
CATALOGUE OP DISEASES, continued
Celastrus. MILDEW (Phyllactinia corylea). — Powdery mildew ol
leaves.
Control — Dust with sulfur.
Celery. EARLY LEAF-Bne,HT (Ceicospora apii) — A spotting and
eventual blighting of leaves
Control — Spray with ammomacal copper carbonate, 5-3-50,
beginning in seed-bed and keeping new growth covered
throughout the season
LATK BLIGHT (Scptona petroi>ehni var <ipu) — Blight of foliage
appearing late in season and in storage
Control —As above Grow under half shade
CeltiS. MILDEW (Peronoplaimopara ciUidts) — Definite spots on
veins, water-soaked dark gieen becoming gray.
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture
Cercis. LEAI--SPOT (Ammhytti pisi) — Spots round, yellowish with
brown margin on leav es and stem
Control —Spray with dilute bordeaux mixture on firt,*
appearance
Chamsecypans Twia DISEASE (Pettalozzta funerea) — Bark of
young branches killed, needles die
Control — Prune off affected parts and clean up litter and
burn
HEART-ROT (Stecchermum ballonu) — Kills tops of trees
Chard (Beta) LEA* -SPOT (Cercospora btticola) —Brown, purplish
bordered spots on leaves
Control -Pick off and destroy divased leaves
Cherry. BROWN-Hor (Sderotuna fructiatna) — The flowers decay,
the leaves become discolored with irregular brown spots,
and tho fruit rot s on the tree
Control —Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-50, or luue-
sulfur, 1-40 (1) just before the blossom buds open, (2) just
after the blossoms fall, (3) one or two more applications at
intervals of ten days
POWDFRY MILDFVV (Podoiph^ra oxycatithx) — Leaves and twigs
affected, often causing defoliation
Control -Spray with lnne-faulfur, 1-40, or dust heavily
with powdered sulfur
BL\CK-KNOT —Sec under Plum Same disease
Chestnut. CANKER, or BARK DISKASK (Endothia paravtica) — •
Sunken or swollen cankers on limbs or trunk Limbs die and
loaves and burs cling in winter
Control -Remove diseased parts and burn Paint all
wounels Little chance of saving trees in infested locality
Chicory STI-M-SPOT (Plmtporu albimnt) — Yellowish-gray spots
on lower portion of the stern Later on smaller brain lies and
leaves Plant destroy td
Control —Eradicate diseised plants
Chrysanthemum LF \*-Spoi (Stptoria Lhrysanthtmi) — Small u'ark
brown spots, which im-reaxc in sue until led is killed
Control— Puk and burn affected leaves Spray with bor-
deaux mixture, 4 4 .">()
Rusr (Pucnnia (.hn/santh, mi) —Reddish brown rust pustules
on leaves
Control — As for Leaf-Spot
Cineraria Miunw (Uremia lactuc<e) — Plants stunted and of a
pale color, finally wilting Same disease on lettuce.
Control — Remove diseased plontd Do not use same soil
again
RITHT — See under Henecw
Citrus — See under Orange, Ltmon, Grapefruit, etc The "wither
tip" disease deaeribed under Pomelo is common to species of
citrus
Clematis. LEAF-SI«OT (C yhndrotpoi ium ch matutn var ]<ikmanu)
— Causing loss of lower leaves at time* Not serious
Cocoanut. BUD-ROT (liacillni mli) — Rot of soft tissues of coco-
nut plant and is perhaps responsible for coconut bud-rot
Control — Not giv en
Coffea. L» AF-DISEASE (Hemileia va^tatrix and // woodi.) —
Circular discolortd areas, turning pale yellow and becoming
studeled witii orange-yollow spots
Control —Bum all d incased le.vvca
Colchicum RUHT (Urumyas colchin) — Black spots on leaves
Looks like a smut disease
Control — Diseased leav es should be burned
Colocasia ROOT-ROT (Ptronospma trichomata) — Sap-tubes turn
yellow and finally entire tuber becomes black
Control — Dry tubers thoroughly before storing Do not
plant in soil in which the disease has occurred
Convolvulus MIIJJKW (Albugo ipomaav-panduranx) — Distort.ons
and white or yellow blisters
Control — Remove diseased plants and spray with bordeaux
mixture frequently
Cordyhne. BLIGHT — See under Orchids.
Coreopsis MILDEW (Sphserotheca humuh var fuhginea). — Pow-
dery mildew of the leaves
Control — Dust with sulfur
Corn SMUT (Ustilago zfx) — Boils on stalks, ears or tassels,
at first white, then black, and, when burst open, containing
black poweler, the spores
Control — Cut out developing smut boils and burn
WILT (Pseudomonaa itewartu) —Sap -tubes turn yello'r/ and
plant wilts and drys up
Control — Burn affected plants Grow varieties not affected
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1031
CATALOGUE OP DISEASES, continued
Cornus. TWIG-BLIGHT (Dmporthe albocarnit) —Twigs die, bark
turns yellow and is covered with numerous small pimples.
Control — Prune off and destroy affected parts.
Corylus. — See under Filbert
Cosmos STEM-BLIGHT (Phomopaw stewartii) — Brown spots
rapidly enlacing on steins of mature plants Parts above
wilt and die
Control — Difficult and no certain methods known. Remove
diseased stems and burn
Cotoneaster RHU» (Gymnoaporangium davanx forme). — Orange
rust pustules on leaves
Control — Keep at a distance from jumpers
Cranberry BIAHT, or SCALD (Guionardia vaccinu) — Young flower
and fruits blasted, older fruits appear scalded or watery
Control — Spray five or six times with bordeaux mixture.
5-5-50, in which has been added four pounds of resin hsh-oil
soap. Begin just before the blossoms open
Crataegus RUST (Gymnosporangium sp ). — Orange rust pustules
on leaves and petioles
Control — Keep at a distance from jumpers.
Cress. WHITE, MOLD — See under Horse-Radish
Crocus ROOT- ROT (Rhizoctonvi sp ) — Important in France and
likely occurring hero
Control — Sanitation, new soil frequc ntly or soil sterilization.
Cucumber Hiu.rrr, or MILDEW (Pseudopironoipora cubensis) —
A blighting and premature yellowing of the leaves.
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, every ten
to fourteen daj s after plants begin to run
WILT— See under t'uturfcito
Cucurbita WIIT (BtuiUux trachnphilus) — Sap-tubes are clogged
and destroyed, causing the plant to wilt
Control — Eradic ite the striped beetle Gather and destroy
all wilted leaves and plants
Cupressus HOOT-ROT —See under Pine Same disease.
TVVH, DIHFAH> —See under Chamucyptvnv
WITCHRH" BKOUM (Uymnotporangium clhuii) — Fasciation of
branches
Control — Prune off affected parts
Currant WILT, or CANE.-BIK.HT (Botryovpharia nbia) — Canes die
suddenly, the leaves wilting
Control ~\o satisfactory method known Cut out and
burn affected plants
RUST (Cronartuim ribnoli} -Brown rust pustules and brown
fe it-liko grow th on unek r bide of le af Black currants especially
susceptible
Control — Grow at least 500 feet from white pine trees
Cycas LK \F-SPOT (Wwotphtrclla tnla*n*i=Clidosporium her-
barnm) - Gray spots and final death of It avis
Control --Remove and burn affected pirts
— Spots circular, slightly water-logged, with sharply defined
outlines
Control — De stroy affected leav es by burning
BLIGHT —Similar to Lilnirn Ltaf-Xpot, which see
Dahlia WIIT (fidirotima scltrotwrum) —White mold on stem,
later yellowing and wilting of plant, and finally stem collapses
Control -Rtinovc and burn affe-ctcd plants Green stable
manure favors the disease
(M yro^p
r?/ Ltaf-Spot, which
Date Sco under 1'nlmt
Delphinium Bi A( K-SPOT (BaciUui dtlphim) — Sunken black spota
on stem and leaves
Control — lie move and burn diseased parts
Dewberry LEO -SPOT (Mptona rubi) —Small pale spots of dead
leaf-tissue finally becoming dotted with black specks
Control — No successful method of treatment is known.
DianthtlS — See under Carnation
Digitalis MILDLW (Pernnotpitra tordida) — Broadly effused, dingy
lilac patches of mililew on under surface of leaves
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture
Diospyros MILDMV (Podosph^cra oxyacnnthy) — Powdery mildew
of the lenvcs
Control — Dust with sulfur
Dracaena. Bi IGHT — See under Orchids
Eggplant ANIURAC JSOHB (Glaosponum melongense). — Spots on
fruit Same as on Piper, which se*
STEM ROT (Nutrw ipoma e) -Spreading spots on the stem.
Control — Spray mixtures may be of avail
Eleeagnus. ROOT-TUBERCLES — See under AJnus Not destructive
Endive RUST (Puccinm endinx) — Rust spots on leaves
STEM-ROT — See uneler Chicory
Eucalyptus TUMOR ( Uxtilaao vnciwna) — Woody tumors at collar
of tree Production of black soot-like mass of spores between
wood and bark
Control — Surgery methods
Euphorbia BIIOHT (Gltcosporinm euphorbia) — Causes death of
floral portion just before flowering time and the parts below
are soon blighted
Control — Burn affected plants Spray with bordeaux
mixture
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued
Fagus. HEART-ROT (Fomes vtniariua) — White, dry, and some-
what solid decay of heart-wood bordered by fine black lines
Control — See under Arboriculture, Diseases of Trees
Ferns TIP BLIGHT (Phylloshcta phndii) — Brown spots at or
near tips of the fronds covered with minute black dots
Control — Remove and burn the blighted leaves and then
sprny with bordeaux mixture
Ficus LEAF-SPOT (Leptostromella elastics) — Causes spots on
leaves See also under Fig
Fig LEAF-SPOT (Ccrcospora bolleana) — Brown spots on leaves
Loaves turn yellow and drop off
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture while leaves are
young
Filbert BLACK-KNOT (Cryptospordln anomala) — Senoua stem
disease, canker gndlos the stems and kills parts above*
Control -Prune off affected parts and bum
Forsythia LEAF-SPOT ( liter nana forsylhue) — Forms sub-
circular spots
Control — Spray with bordt aux mixture
Fraxinus RUST (Pucnma fiantuita) — Swellings of midribs of
leaves and petioles with « range rust spots on them
Con'rol -Keep the common grass Kpartina. cynosuroidea
away from the treeh
Freesia LE*F-SPOI and WILT (Ueternsporium gracilp) — Large
brown spots with darker margin, numerous, soon the leaves
wilt and die
( onlrol — Spray with arnmoniacal copper sulfaic
Galanthus DLC\V (Kcbrolinia yulnnthi) —In pi ice of the flower
a shapeless miss is producoel covered with brown mildew
Tubers dtcay also
Control — Remove all affected parts and burn Use new soil
thereafter
Gardenia Rusr — See under Coffea Same disease
Genista ROOT-TCDI-RCLES — Beneficial
Gentiana RUST (Pitccmui aentmnx) — Lower leaves first at-
tacked, become yellow and die. Disease gradually works
upward
Control — Destroy affected plants
Geranium MILDEW f Plawnopara gerann) — Downy mildew of
leaves
Control — Spny w ith bordeaux mixture
Gladiolus SMUT ( L'rocystts yladioh) — Black smut pustules on
conns
Control — Destroy affected conns Use new soil
Gleditsia LEU-SPOT ( Ltpt 'o^troma hypophylln) —Leaflets become
covered with small black specks, causing some of them to
turn >dlow and fall
Gooseberry MIIDJW (Sph*rrotfnra mori-uive) — A powdery mildew
of the fruit -md ^OllIl^t growth of English varieties
gallons of water, at interv ils after leaves begin to unfold
Grape BLACK-ROT (Guiynardm tndwdhi) — Brown circular spots
on leaves, black, elongated, sunken pitb on petioles, cities,
etc , and on the berry a brown rot with shriveling and wrink-
ling
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-.">0, before rams
Spray (1) when the third or fourth leaf unfolds, (2) as soon
as the blossom* have fallen, ($) when beines are si/e of a pea,
(4) about two weeks later Two more applications if wet
season
Dow *Y MILDEW, or L* \I-BLIOHT (Platmopara ndcola) — White
frost-like patches on under side of the leaf
Control — Same as Black-Hot
Grapefruit LE\F-SPCJT (Pfvtalozzra gueptni) — Large spots with
daik margins Leaves fall prematurely On other species
of Citrus also
Control — Destroy affected leaves
Guava. AN THR \CVOSK (Glorntrtlla pvU/ti) — Circular brown,
decayed areas on frui^ Like apple bitter-rot
Control — None giv en
Hedera. I,KAF-Spor and LE\F BLIC.MT (Vermicularui tnchtlla). —
Rapid blackening of the etiolated portion of the leaf
Control — Remove and burn affected leaves and spray with
bordeaux mixture
Hehanthus. RUST (Puccinm helianthi) —Red rust pustules on
leaves of most specie s of Hehanthus
Control — No specific- control measures worked out.
HeUeborus LEAF-BLOTC H (Coniothyrium helltbori) — Large cir-
cular brownish blotches of scorched appearance, covered with
minute black dots.
Control — Cut off and burn affected leaves.
Hemerocalhs. LEAF-SPOT — See under Freesia.
Hibiscus LKAF-SPOT ( Phylloaticta tdacoto) — Indistinct brown
spots with whitish centers
Control —Burn affected leaves
MILDEW (\ticroiphvia enph >rbts>) — Powdery mildew of leaves.
Control — Dust with sulfur
Hickory-nut. LFAF-SPOT (Marwma juglandis) —Large leaf-spot,
causing prema'ure dying of 1« aves
Control —Spraying with bordeaux mixture may be of
1032 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
v^AfALOGUK OF DISEASES, continued.
Hollyhock RUST (Puccinia muhacearum) — All parts of plant
dhow reddish hrown pustules
Control — Eradicate mallow Pick off diseased leaves and
burn Spray every week with bordeaux mixture, 4-3-50
tiorse-Radish WHITE Mou> (Cystopuj candidus) — Deforming
and swelling of leaves and stems, with white powdery surface
growth
Control — Hardly important enough on the radish to neces-
sitate control
Hyacinthus. BLIGHT ( Pteutlomonas hyacin'hi) — Serious pest in
the Netherlands Sap-tubes filled with yellow slune.
Control — Destroy all affected plants
Hydrangea. LEAF-BLIGHT (Phullovtuta hydrangea). — Leaf-spot
disease which become* serious at times
CorUrol — Destroy diseased loaves as soon us noticed.
Iberis CLUB-ROOT. — See under Cabbage
Impatiens MILDKW (Plasmopara obducent) — Downy mildew of
the leaves
Control — Remove affected leaves and spray with bordeaux
mixture
Jpomcea. RUST (Coleosponum \pomaese). — Common rust spotting
of leaves.
Control — Destroy affected loaves.
MILDEW — Soo under Convolvulus
Iris. LEAF-BLIGHT (Botrytis galanthina) — First the leaves and
flowers are much distorted and covered with black mold
growth, later the bulb may be destroyed
Control — Eradicate diseased plants and grow in new sod.
Juglans LE \F-SPOT (Gnomonia leptostyla) — Brown leaf -spot,
causing defohition
Control — Collect and burn fallen leaves. Spray with
bordeaux mixture while leaves are young
Jumperus. CEDAR APPLES (Gymnosporangium spp ) — Large or
small red and woody growth at tips of branches. Gelatinous
in wet weather.
Control — Prune off affected parts. Keep apples, pears,
and hawthorns at a distance
Kale. BLACK-ROT — See under Cabbage
Kohlrabi Ci UB-ROOT — See under Cabbage
Laburnum LEA.F-SPOT (Pcronospora cysttt>i) — Leaves become
brown-spotted Seedlings killed
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
CONTAGIOUS CHLOROSIS — See under Abutilon.
Lara. CAVKER (Dawscypha willkomii) — Canker of trunk and
branches, usually around base of trunk
Control — Eradicate diseased parts, using tree surgery
methods
Laurus. WITCHFB' BROOM (Kxobasuhum laun). — Branched out
growths, antler-like, 2 or 3 feet in length, springing from
the leaves
Control — Prune off affected parts
Lemon BROWN-ROT (Pythiacystis citrouhihora) — White mold on
surface of fruit.
Control — Not destructive in orchard Add copper sulfate
to water w hen washing lemons to prevent infection of healthy
LEAF-I)i«s,\8E8 — Not well understood Probably controllable
by spraying
Lespedeza MILDKW (Microxuhara diffut,a) — Powdery mildew of
leaves
Control — Dust with sulfur
Lettuce. DROP, or ROT (Sclerotmia hbertiana) — Base of stems or
leaves rots off, allowing leaves to drop
Control — Sterilize soil with steam before planting.
MILDEW — See under Cintraria
Ligustrum ANTHRACNOBE (Gkeosporium cingulatum) — Affected
areas light brown cither oblong on one side of the stem or
completely girdling it
Control — Destroy by burning affected plants.
Lihum. LEAF-SPOT (Botrytis sp ) — Orange-brown or buff blotches
on leaves, stem and flowers of L candidum May be same as
Tuhpa Mold, which see
Control — Eradicate diseased plants.
Lily-of-the- Valley. STEM-ROT — See under Pxonia.
Ltriodendron. TWIQ BLIGHT (Myroiporium longiaporium). — Kill-
ing twigs
Control — Prune off diseased twigs
Lobelia. CANKK.R (Phoma devaitatrix) — Portions of the stems
covered with minute black dots
Control — Remove diseased plants They never bloom.
Lomcera CANKER ( Nectna cinnabanna) — Rough canker on limbs
covered with nVs,h-colored or red bodies.
Control — Prune off or cut out all affected parts and cover
wounds with tar
Lupinus. — See under Pea
Lychnis. SMUT ( Ustilago vwlacea) — Pollen-sacs filled with black
dust which escapes and discolors the flower *
Control — Destroy the affected plants and use new soil.
Lycopersicum — Sec under Tomato.
Magnolia LEAF-SPOT — See under Grapefruit
Malva ROIT —See under Hollyhock Sumo disease.
ixture gives good
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued
Mangifera. BLACK BLIGHT (Dimerosponum manoiferum). — *n-
tense black velvety patches on both surfaces of the leaves.
Control — Spray with any good spray mixture
Matthiola. CLUB-ROOT —Sec under Cabbage
Mentha. RUST (Puccmia menthx) — A most destructive rust
disease
Control — Nonn given
Mignonette LKAF-SPOT (Cercospora reseda?) -First reddish
discoloration of leaves Later small depressed spots with
brownish or yellowish margin
Control — Spraying w ith bordeaux mixti
results
Morus LE \F-Spor (Cerconpora moncola) — Not serious
LEAF-BLIGHT (Psiudomonnt mon) — Wilting and death of leaves,
Cankers girdle the twigs
Control —Prune off diseased parts and burn.
Muscari SMUT ( Urocystis colchici) — Long black powdery streaks
on leaves
Control — Destroy affected plants by burning. Use new
soil
Mushroom MOLD (Mycorjone perninoso.) — Mushrooms develop
abnormally as monstious soft growths These develop into
a moldy mass and putnfy
Control — Affected beds should bo thoroughly cleaned and
sprayed with copper sulfate, one pound to fifty gallons of
w ater
Muskmelon DOWNY MIIDEW — See under Cucumber
WIIT— See under Cucurbita
Narcissus LKVI>-SPOT (Ramularia narcissi) — Spots on leaves
and stem
Conhol — Burn diseased parts und spray with bordeaux
mixture
Nasturtium WHITE "RUST" (Cyslopus candidus) — Soo under
Horn- Radish
Nectarine YLLLOWS, etc — See under Ptach
Nenum BLA< K MOID (Capnodium fvedum) —Black velvety-like
growth on leaves)
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture
NlCOtiana ROOT-ROT (Thirlavui bnvicola) — Blackening and
rotting of the roots of seedling plants .
Control -Steam sterilization of beed-heds
MOSAIC or CALKO DIHIAHI- — Fnxynuc disease Mottling of
leaf Spread by touch
Oak. ANTHR \f\osk (Gnomonia nmta) — Brown spotting on
under side of leaves, along \eins Brown pustules on spots
Death of leaves and twigs See under Arboriculture, Diifasea
of Tree <t
Control — Collect and burn all diseased twigs and leaves
Spray with bordeaux mixture frequently from time buds
swell
(Enothera LEA*-GALLS (Synrhytnum fulgena) — Yellow swellings
on the leaves
Control — Destroy affected leaves
Okra. — See under Hibitcut
Olive LIMB-GALL, or KVOT (Phcudomona? olta) — Knots or galls
on the twigs and limbs
Control — Remove and burn affected limbs
Onion. MiLmw (Ptronoapora ach'cidftiiajia) — Causes a wilt or
blight of the lea
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, to which
s been added one gallon of resin sal-soda sticker First
application when third leaf has developed, repeating every
ten days until harvest tune
MUT ( Uroci^tis cepulv) — Hlack pustules on leaves and bulbs
Seedlings may be killed outright
Control — Grow seed in now soil Drill in with the seed
one hundred pounds of sulfur and fifty pounds of air-slaked
hme to the acre
Opuntia. SPOT (Diplodia opuntise) — Sometimes a serious pest
of cactus
Orach. GALLS (Urvphlyctw pulpoxa) — Glassy swellings on
leaves, stems and flowers of Chenopodium and Atnplex
Control — Burn affected plants
Orange. BLACK-MOLD (Capnodium citri) — Black mold-like growth
on leaves and fruit
Control — Spray with any good fungicide
Orchids LEAF-BIIOHT (dlomtrella cincta) — Leaf dies back from
the tip, turning hrown
Control —Burn affected loaves Spray frequently then
with bordeaux mixture
Ormthogalum WARFH (Synchylnum niesit) — Dirty white warts
on leaves, bounded by a dark line
Control — Burn diseased leaves
Peeonia STEM-ROT and WILT (Sderotinut pxonue) — Gradual
wilting and dyinR of leaves caused by decay of stem at or
near surface of soil
Control — Spray the stems frequently with a strong fungi-
cide Burn affected plants
Palms LEAF-SPOT (Glaiosporium allescheri) — May cause ultimate
death of leaves
(Control — Frequent spraying with bordeaux mixture and
eradication of diseased leaves may prove beneficial
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1033
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Pandanus BLACK CANKPR ( Nectrta pandani) — Kills branches and
entire plants Black pustules on bark oozing black tendrils.
Control — Cut out diseased portions as soon aa noticed.
Pansy LEAF-SPOT (Peronospora molse). — Discolored spots with
pale violet growth on them
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Papaver MiUJtw (Ptronnspora arborescent) — Downy mildew of
wild and cultivated poppies Especially injurious to seedlings
of garden species
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture.
Parsley. LEAF-SCORCH (Srptona petrosehni). — Small scattered
brown patches, which increase in size until whole leaf u
rered
. /— Sprs
burn affected let
Parsnip LEAP-HI ICJIIT — See under Celery, Early Leaf-Blight.
Pea Miimvv (Erysiphe polyyoni) — A powdery mildew on pods
Control — Dust dry suifur over the plants
Peach. BIK.HT (Corynftirn bryfrinkn) — A spotting, gumming and
death of the buds and twigs, particularly in the lower parts
of the tree The fruit drop*
Control — For California conditions, two applications
bordeaux mixture, o-J-51), or lime-sulfur, 1-10, (1) in No-
vember or Deer mbc r, and (2) m February or March
LLAJ--CUHL (Efoi^ui, dtfornvins) — Leaven curl and wrinkle
Control — Spiay with lime-sulfur, 1-11, beiore buds swell
BROWM-ROT (Scltrotmia fructiucna) — Rot on fruit and cankers
on limbs
Control— Spray with self-boiled lime-sulfur, 8-8-50, adding
two pounds arsdiato of lead Spray (I) about time shucks
are sheading from young fruit, (2) two or three weeks later;
(3) one month before fruit ripens
SCAB, or BLACK-SPOI (Cladoiporium carpophilum) — Black scab-
like spot s on fruit
Control — S* If-boiled lime-sulfur applied aa under Brown-Rot.
YEILOWS— A fatal disease Red spots in fruit. Tuft-like
grow th of new shoots and finally yellow foliage.
Control — Burn affected trees
Pear BLIGHT (Bacillus amt/lovorui) — Flowers, young fruit, twigs,
and leaves turn black arid die Limbs die bark and sunken
cankers form in bark
Control — hraduate all wild hawthorns, pears and apples
Inspect and remove nil blighted parts of tree. Paint wound*
with toil tar
St AU — \ t ry similar disease to Apple Scab, -which see.
Pecan LEAF-BUJTCH (Mycovpfutrella convexula) — Dark-colored
blotclus covered with minute black dots on leaves in mid-
summer
Control — None given
Pelargonium DKOPHY — Translucent spotting of leaf. Spota
finally die
C ontrol — Withhold water until absolutely necessary.
Persimmon \XTHRA< NOSE (dlomerella rufomaculans) — Similar
if not identical to Piper Anthracnose, which sec
Petunia \VILT — Bee under Dahlia
Phlox. STEM-CVMCKR (Pvrenochseta phlorvhs). — Canker Just
above the ground on the stem Plant dies, first turning
yr How and then falls over
Control -Diseased stems should be removed and burned.
Physahs WITT (Banlluv knhnaeearum) — Pith of stem turns
brown, sup-tubes filled with viscid oo?c
Control — (Jet rid of insects such as potato beetle and burn
all am e ted plants
Picea LE \F-Spor and Lh AF-CAHT (Phoma sp ) — Causes discolor-
ation and dropping ot needles Black dots on affected needles.
Control — Clean up all fallen needles and burn
DROUGHT I NJVKY — Drying up of needles \V at«r in dry weather.
Pine. ROOI-ROT (ArmtfUiria mtlleti). — Tons turn yellow and die,
swelling of trunk at surface of ground Decay of loots with
black threads abundantly present Toadstools around base
of tree
Control — Dig up and burn and destroy all toadstools near
the affected trees
Pineapple. Hi ART- ROT — Browning of the axis of the fruit, due
to excessive moisture at time of ripening
Control — Keep down humidity in greenhouses.
Piper. ANIHKACNORR (Glacosporium piperatum) — Spots on leaves
of plants Also apple bitter-rot fungus (GlomereUa rufomacur
lans) causes similar spots on the fruits
Control — Frequent spraying with bordeaux mixture.
Platanus. ANTHIJACM>SE — See under Oak. Same disease
Plum BLACK-KNOT (Plottnghtia morbota) — Black tumorous swell-
ings from 1 to several inches m length, on limbs and twigs.
Control — Burn all affected parts in the fall. Burn whole
tree if badly affected
BROWN-ROT — See under Peach.
Polygonum TAR-SPOT (Rhytisma bistortse). — Black tar-like spots
on leaves
Control — Burn affected leaves
Pomegranate. INTERNAL ROT (Sterigmatocystis castanea) — Central
cavity of fruit occupied by a black sporulating fungus
Control — None known
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Pomelo. WITHEH-TIP (Colletotrichum glceosponoules). — Anthrao-
nose cankers of stem, spots on leaves and flowera and general
wilting of tips of branches
Control. — Prune off affected parts and spray with bordeaux
mixture.
Populus. HEART- ROT (Polyporua sulphurous). — Bed rot of the
wood, whan finally brr aks up into cubes
Control — Surgt ry methods
Potato. KARLY Bi H.HT ( Altcrnana wlnm) — Circular spots, usually
m July and final blighting of whole leaf,
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture, every ten days,
beginning when plants ore (t to 8 inches high
LATE BMOHT and POTATO- ROT (Phytophthora infestans) —
Quick-spreading watery appearing spots in leaves. Mildew
on under side Plants appear as scalded by hot water. Tubers
rot in soil or soon after (figging
Control —Spray with bordeaux mixture, 5-5-50, at least
three applications and in wet seasons, six or more may bo
necessary Use from forty to one hundred gallons per acre
SCAB (Oospora scabitti) — A scabby and pitted roughness of the
tubers
Control — Keep lime u»< ashes off the land Soak uncut
seed tubers in a solution of formalin, one pint to thirty gallons
of water for two hour* Avoid land that has grown scabby
potatoes
Potentilla. LEAF-SPOT — Sec under Strawberry.
Primula. ROT (Botrytis sp ) — Similar to rot of Psconia, which see.
Prune. — See under Plum
Prunus. — See under Cherry, Plum and Peach.
Pseudotsuga. BLIGHT (bdcrotinta fucKelwna). — Gray mold of
seedlings and younge r bhoots of older *rees in moist situ-
ations
Control — Spray w ith bordeaux mixture.
Psidium — See under Guam.
Pyrus — See under Appli and Pear,
Quince. BLIGHT— Sei under Ptar
RUBT (Gymno^poranyium ulobotum) — Orange rust of fruit
Control — Destroy red cedars in the neighborhood, also
wild apples and hawthorns Spray as for Apple Scab
Radish WHITI. "RusT1 or MILDEW (Albugo candidui) — A whitish
powdery growth on the leaves and petioles, often causing
distortion
Control — Stc am sterilize the soil before planting.
CLUB-ROOT — See under Cabbage
BLACK-Ror — See under Cabbage
Ranunculus MILDEW (Plamnopara pygmsea). — Downy mildew of
leaves
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture
Raspberry AMHRACNOSE (Gliroi>ponum venetum) — Circular or
elliptical, gray scab-like >,pots on the canes
Control — Remove diseased canes aa soon a^s fruit is picked.
Avoid taking >oung plants from diseased plantings.
CROW v-G ALL —Nee under Blackberry
RED, or ORVNGE Ri si (Gymnwoma interstitialis} — Dense red
powdeiy growth on under side of leaves of black varieties
and blaeklx rrus
Control — Dig up mddtstroy iffectod plants
LEAF-SPOT — bee under Dtwberry Same diseise
Retinospora GAIL ((jymno&porangium sp ) — Swellings on limbs
and twigs with nd-brown pubtules covering them
Control —Prune off affected parts and keep at a distance
from npe>eies of Pomiw
Rhamnus Rusr (Pucunia coronata) — Irregular yellow blotches,
with yellow pustules on under side of leaf Also on fruit and
flovuis
Contiol — Keep at a distance from "rusted" cereals and
other grasses
Rheum. SOFT-ROT — See under Carrot.
Rhododendron. GALLS (Exobastdtum rhododendn) — Galls of the
size of a pea or larger, at first pale green, then red and iJrowmsh
covered with white bloom
Control — Leaves bearing galla should be removed and
burned
Rhubarb. SOFT-ROT. — Seo under Camrf.
Rhus CANKER and TWIG BLIGHT (Endothia parasitica) — See
under Chestnut Causes death of twigs
Ribes — See under Currant and Gooi,ifctrry
Richardia SOFT-ROT (Bacillus aroidex) — Soft rotting of corms
(bulbs) and leaves
Control — Change soil ev ery three or four years Reject
corms which show the disease
Robinia HEART-ROT (Trameffs robimophtla and Fames rimoaus).
— Heart-wood converted into punk Shelf -like bodies grow
from wounds
Control — Surgery methods.
Rose. MILDEW (Sphtrrotheca pannosa) — A white powdery mildew
on new growth
Control — In greenhouses, keep steam-pipes painted with a
paste of equal parts lime and sulfur mixed in water Out-of-
doors roses should be dusted with sulfur flower or sprayed
with potassium sulfid, one ounce to three gallons of water
STEM-BLIGHT —Similar to Raspberry Anthracnose, which see
1034 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued.
Rubus. — See under Raspberry.
Sahx RUST — Numerous species of the rust fungi produce red
rust spots on the leaves
Control — Keep at a distance from species of conifers.
HEART- Ror (Tramttes suartoltns) — Enters through wounds.
Control — Surgery methods
Salsify. MILDEW ( Albugo tragopogonw). — Distortion and white
blisters on host
Control — Eradicate affected plants and grow on new soil
apart from wild and cultivated species of the Composite
Sambucus CANKERS — See under Lonicera
Sarracema. BLIGHT — See under Orchids
Saxifraga. RCST (Puccima pazschkei and P saxifrage) — Dark
brown concentric circles of rust pustules on upper surface of
the leaves
Control — Burn affected leavec
Scilla BULB-ROT (Sclerutinia bulborum) — Yellow stripes and
blotches on leaves in early summer, with oli\e-brown mold
on them Rots the bulb later
Control — Destroy affected plants. Spray with potassium
sulfid Use new soil thereafter
Sedum. LEAF-SPOT (Septona sedi) — Dark circular blotches appear
on the leaves and defoliation occurs
Control — Destroy affected parts by burning
Sempervivum. RUHT (Endophyllum sempervwi) — Brown mat
pustules rupturing epidermic of leaf.
Control — pestroy affected plants as the fungus lives over
from year to year in the same plant.
Senecio REST (Coleosporium senecionis). — Orange patches on
under surface of leaf
Control — Keep at a distance from species of Pinus Burn
affected plants to protect neighboring pines
Sequoia. BLIGHT —See under Pseudotsuga
Silene. SMUT — See under Lychnis
Solanum. — See under Potato, Eggplant, etc
Sorbus. BLIGHT — See under Pear
Spinach. ANTHRACNOSE (Colletotnchum spinaceae) — Spots on
leaves, at first minute and watery, gradually increasing in size
and becoming gray and dry
Control — Gather and destroy all diseased leaves
MILDEW (Peronoapora effusa) — Gray, slightly violet, patches
of a velvety texture on under side of leaves
Control — As for Anthracnose, which see
Spir«a. RUST (Tnphragmium ulmanx) — Reddish yellow and
dark brown rust pustules on leaves
Control — Burn affected parts
Squash. WILT — See under Cucurbita.
Strawberry LEAF-SPOT, or LEAF-BLIGHT (Mycosph&rella fra-
ganse) — Small purple or red spots appearing on loaves Leaf
appears blotched
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture, 4-4-50, soon after
growth begins and make three or four additional sprayings
during season
Sweet Pea Miu»\\ — See under Pea
Sweet Potato BLACK-ROT (Ccratocyrtis fimbnata) — Black shank
and a bla< k rot of tuber
Control — Never u°e sprouts from affected potatoes Steam
sterilize hotbeds
ROTS — The sweet potato is susceptible to a large number of
rots, soft, dry, hard, white, etc
Control — use soil which has not grown diseased sweet
potatoes heretofore
Syrmga MILDEW (Micronphsera aim) — White powdery mildew on
upper surface of leaves
Control —Dust with sulfur
TWIG and BCD DISEASE (Phytophthora syrmgie) — Tips of twigs
killed
Control — Prune off twigs.
Thahctrum RED-SPOT (Synchytnum anemones) — Red eruptions
on 'stem, leaf and Sower Causing at times swelling and
crumpling of the organ
Control —Burn affected parts.
Thuja. ROOT-ROT (Polyvorua schweinitzn) — Diseased wood
yellowish, cheesy, brittle when dry
HEART-ROT (Femes carneus) — Causes pockets in the affected
wood
Control — Remove all affected wood, using surgery methods
Till* LEAF-SPOT (Cercospora microsora) — Causes spotting and
defoliation
Control — Two sprayings in Massachusetts resulted in
longer retention of the leaves
Tomato. LEAF-SPOT (Septoria lycopersica) — At first small spots
appear, which spread until the whole leaf is consumed, fruit
may be attacked
Control — Spray with bordeaux mixture 4-4-50, making
the first application two weeks after the plants are set out
and repeating every two weeks throughout the season.
DOWNY MILDEW — See under Potato Late Blitfit
END-HOT — Due to lack of sufficient soil moisture
Control. — Water soil in dry periods
Toxylon (Maclura). RUST (Physopella fici) -^Pale cinnamon-
brown rust pustules on under side of leaf
Control — Destroy by burning the affected leaves
CATALOGUE OF DISEASES, continued
Tropaeolum — See under 11 orse-Radiih.
Tsuga HEART- ROT (Trnmetes pint) —Light brown decoy pitted
with small oblong cavities, which are white-lined
SAP-ROT (Fames pimcola) —Soft decay of sap-wood.
Control — Surgery methods
Tulipa. MOLD (Silerotinta par«*»fica) —Olive-brown, \elvety
patches formed on leaves, stem, and flowers, also, later,
small black lumps at base of stems
Control —Burn affected plants
Turnip CLUB-ROOT — See under Cabbage Same disease.
SOFT-ROT — See under Carrot Same disease
Ulmus TAR-SPOT (Gnomon MI ulmta) — Black spots on upper
surface of leaves
Control — Burn old leaves in fall or winter.
HEART-ROT (Pleurotut ulmanu-i) — Soft rotting of wood.
Control — Surgery methods
Vaccimum. LKAF-BLWTKR (Exobaaidtun rnccinu) — Large blisters
on leaves, petioles and sttms, of a led or purple color White
bloom beneath
Control — Remove and burn diseased parts
Verbena. MILDEW (Erysiphe cuhoracearum and others) —Pow-
dery mildew growths on leaves
Control — Sony with any good fungitid^ or dust with
powdered sulfur
Veronica. LEAF-SPOT ( Septorw. veronica ) - -Well-defined spots on
leaves
Control —Pick off and bum affected leaves
Vinca. LEAF-SPOT (.S'p/iaro/mt nnra) — Leaves disfigured by
spots which occur on the stem at times as well
Control — Destroy diseased parts of plants
Violet ROOT- ROT (Thielama OOSK ola) — Plants make poor growth ,
roots rotted off
Control — Start in steam-sterilized soil, and transfer to
sterilized beds
Vitis — See under Crape
Walnut BLIGHT (Pseudomonas jughindis) -Black spotting of
fruit and black cankers on the stems Twigs and fruit-spurs
killed
Control — None known except such as mentioned under
Pear Blight Grow immune varieties
ANTHR \CNOHK, or Lh.A»-BLi(.nr (Marsoina juglandis) — See
under Hickoiy-Nut Same disease
Watermelon MILDKW — Ste under Cucumber
WIIT (Fuianum vann/otn) —Wilting of lou-ves and plant
dries up
Control — None recommeudtd Resistant varieties should
be grown
Yucca LEAF-BLOTCH — See under Agave
Zea — See under Corn
Zinnia. WILT — See under Dahlia. „. _.
DONALD REDDICK.
Insect enemies of plants.
The animals which constitute the insect world
play an important part in most horticultural opera-
tions The hu.sy bee IH an indispensable aid m the
production of many fruits, but the equally busy jaws
of canker-woi ins or other insects oftentimes seriously
interfere with man's plans for profitable crops Horti-
culturists should become more intimately acquainted
with their little friends and foes in the insect world
Not only from the economic standpoint is this knowl-
edge necessary in the business of growing plants, but
the striking peculiarities of form, coloring, structure,
habits, and the wonderful transformations of insects
afford one of the most interesting fields in nature. The
life-stones of many insects, if told in detail, would
rival in variety and interest many a famous iairy tale
The science that treats of insects, or entomology, has
now reached the sta^e at which its devotees are no
longer looked upon with ridicule in most communities
At the present time more than 350 trained men are
officially employed m entomological work in the United
States and Canada
What they are — An insect is an animal which, in
the adult stage, has its body divided into three distinct
regions the head, the thorax and the abdomen (Fig
1293) The head bears one pair of antennae, and there
are always three pairs of legs and usually either one
or two pairs of wings attached to the thorax. By these
characteristics one can usually readily distinguish an
adult insect from any other animal Among the near
relatives of insects in the animal world are the cray-
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1035
1293. A beetle, showing the
different parts.
fish, sow-bugs, and crabs, but these are mostly aquatic
animals, breathing by true gills, they have two pairs
of antenna?, and at least hve pairs of legs Centipedes,
or "hundred-legged worms," and millipedes, or "thou-
sand-legged worms," are
also nearly related to in-
sects, but they have the
thorax and abdomen form-
ing a continuous region,
and with six to 200 seg-
ments, each bearing one
or two pairs of legs, they
have one pair of antenna'
The layman usually
classes such animals as
the spiders, mites and
daddy - long - legs among
the insects, but they foim
a distinct class, as they
have the head and thoiax
grown together, no an-
tenna;, and have four
pairs of legs.
How they arc constructed. — Insects are constructed
on an entirely different plan from the higher animals
Their supporting skeleton is outside, it being simply
the skin hardened more or less by a horny substance,
known as chitm This firm outer wall, 01 skeleton,
supports and pi elects the muscles, blood-vessels,
nerves, and other organs within The mouth-parts,
antennso and eyes of an insect are attached to its head,
and all are exceedingly useful organs, as w ill be shown
later m discussing the feeling and the other sensations
of an msc< t An insect's wings and legs are alwavs
borne bv the thorax The wings are prinianh organs
of flight, but are used as musu al organs bv some of
the grasshoppers and cuckets Female canker-worm
moths, bed-bugs, and some other insects have pruc-
ticallv no wings, and the house-flies, inosquitos, m-de
bark lice, and similar insects have but one pair of
wings Insects use their legs primarily for locomo-
tion, some have their fiont legs modified for catching
other insects for food, otheis have hind legs fitted for
jumping, while the honey-bee has little "pockets" on
its hind legs for earn ing pollen to feed its young
The arrangement ot the internal organs in insects KS
interesting and somewhat peculiar The ahmentaiy
01 food canal in larva* is a neatly straight tube, ocrupv-
mg the central poition of the body, in adult insects it is
usually much longer than the body and is more 01 less
folded, from the mouth the food passes through a
pharvnx, an esophagus, some-
times a crop and a gizzard, a
stomach, and a small and laige
intestine The mivous svstem
of an insect is similai to that m
1 the higher animals, but it extends
along the venter instead of the
back. There is a little brain m
the upper part of the head, and
two nerve cords extend from this
around the food-canal to anothei
ganglion or nerve center in the
lower part of the head; two
nerve cords then extend longi-
tudinally along the venter and
4 ---- , .. -- - „, connect a scries of nerve centers
^trtcel^tho^ound ™ K'^gha, typically one for
eye is also shown each segment of the body
From each of these ganglia or
little brains nerves arise, winch supply the adjacent
organs and ramify throughout the body Jn insects, all
parts of the body cavity that are not occupied by the
internal organs are filled with a rich, colorless or
slightly greenish blood There is no svstem of. tubes
like our arteries and veins, in which the blood is con-
66
1294
Head of grasshopper.
Showing? the groat eye
fined and through which it flows There is a so-called
"heart" above the food-canal, along the middle line
of the back, it is a tube consisting of several chambers
communicating with each other and with the body
cavity by valvular openings The blood is forced
through this heart into the head, where it escapes
into the body cavity. It then flows to nil parts of the
body, even out into the appendages, in regular stream*
which have definite directions, but which are not-
confined in tubes They, like the ocean currents, are
definite streams with liquid shores Insects do not
breathe thiough the mouth, as many suppose, but
through a series of holes along the sides of the body
These openings, or spiracles, lead into a system of air-
tubes, called trachr.e These trachea- branch and finally
lamifv all through the insect. Insects have no lungs,
but the trachea? sometimes connect with air-sacs or
bladders in the body, whu'h help to buoy up the insect
when flying Thus the relation between the circulation
of the blood and respiration is riot nearly so intimate in
insects as in man In insects the air is carried to all
the tissues of the body in the trachea*- and the blood
simply bathes these Tissues Just how the blood is
punfied and how the waste matter is disposed of in
insects are not vet clearly understood Aquatic inner ts
breathe by either carrying down bubbles of an from the
surface entangled under their wings, or they may be
provided with organs known as trachea! gills, these
1295 Fossil dragon-fly, Petalia longialata
are usually plate-like expansions of the body that are
abundantly supplied with trachea1, in which the air is
bi ought piactically in contact with the air in water,
and may thus be purified More than 4.000 different
muscles have been found in a single caterpillar Not-
withstanding their delicate appearance, these muscles
aie really very strong and their rapidity of action is
wonderful, m certain gnats the muscles move or
vibrate the wings 15,000 times a second
Their wiMitwnt — Insects can sec, feel, hear, taste
and smell, and they may also possess other senses, as a
sense of direction Many insects have two kinds of
eves On each side of the head the large compound
eje is easilj recognized (Fig 1294), each compound eye
is < ornposed of many small eyes, from fifty m sorn*
ants to many thousands in a butterfly or dragon-fly
Between these compound eyes, from one to four sim
pie eves are to be found m many adult insects. Cater-
pillars and other larva) possess only simple eyes It i&
thought that each facet of the compound eye sees u
pait of an object, thus tho whole eye would form a
mosaic picture on the insect's brain The simple
eves doubtless sec as our eyes do, and seem to be
best adapted for use m dark places and for near vision.
Insects do not see the form of objects distinctly, but
their eyes are doubtless superior to ours in distin-
guishing the smallest movements of an object It is
now supposed that no insects can distinctly see objects
ut a greater distance than 6 feet. It mu&t be a sixtb
1036 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
sense, a sense of direction, which enables the bee to
find its way for a mile or more back to its home. Insects
are doubtless able to distinguish the color of objects,
and some insects seem to prefer certain colors. Blue
is said to be the favorite color of the honey-bee, and
violet that of ants; ants are also apparently sensitive
to the ultra-violet rays of light, which man cannot per-
ceive It is generally supposed that the shape and high
colors of flowers
attract insects;
but recent ex-
periments seem
to show that in-
sects are guided
to flowers by
the sense of
smell rather
than by sight.
The hard outer
skin of an insect has no nerves distributed m it,
hence it is not sensitive; but it is pierced with
holes, in which grow hairs that are in connection
with nerves at their base. It is by means of these
sensoiy hairs that insects feel, and are sensitive to
touch on most parts of the body. Doubtless insects
are not deaf, for we know that many of them make
sounds, and it must naturally follow that they have
ears to hear, for there is every reason to suppose that
they make these sounds as love-bongs to attract the
1296. The four stages in an insect's life— «gg, larva, pupa, imago.— The codhn-moth.
(Egg much enlarged, others Xl>i)
1297. Nymphs of the four-lined leaf-bug, and adult of the
tarnished plant-bug
The smaller ono at the lift n the nymph remit ly hatched Thr-
next la t ho nymph after tho fiist moult The imago is -howri at
the right Hair lines at the right of nymphs, and small figure near
imago indicate the natural size
sexes, as a means of communication, or possibly to
express their emotions Some think that bees and
ants hear sounds too shrill for our ears. Insects have
no true voice, but produce various noises mechanically,
either by rapid movements of their wings, which causes
the humming of bees and flies, or by friction between
roughened surfaces on the body or its appendages,
thus producing the rasping sounds or shrill cries of
some crickets and grasshoppers The house-fly hums
on F, thus vibrating its wings 335 times m a second,
while the wing tone of the honey-bee is A. Usual Iv
the males are the musicians of the insect world, but it
is the female of the familiar mosquito which doe^ the
singing, and the "biting" also The male mosquito
doubtless hears the song of his mate by means or his
antennas, as the song causes the antennal hairs to
vibrate rapidly. Organs which are structurally ear-
hke have been found in various
parts of the body of insects The
common brown grasshoppers of
the fields have a large ear on each
side of the first segment of the
abdomen; one can easily distin-
guish with the naked eye the
membrane or tympanum stretched
over a cavity. Many of
the long -horned green
grasshoppers, katydids
• and crickets have two
1298. Larva of a sphinx moth. similar ears on the tibia
of each front leg. Some think that mosquitos have the
faculty of the perception of the direction of sound more
highly developed than in any other class of animals
Insects undoubtedly possess the sense of taste When
morphine or strychnine was mixed with honey, ants
perceived the fraud the moment they began to feed.
The substitution of alum for sugar was soon detected
by wasps. Bees and wasps seem to have a more deli-
cate gustatory
sense than flies.
Taste organs
have been found
in many insects,
and are usually
situated either
in the mouth
or on the organs
immediately
surrounding it.
Many experiments have shown that the antenna; are
the principal organs of smell m insects Blow-flies
and cockroaches which have had their antenna} removed
are not attracted by their favorite food, and male
insects find their mates with difficulty when deprived
of their antenna; The familiar world which suriounds
us may be a totally different place to insects To them
it may be full of music which we cannot hear, of color
which we cannot see, of sensations which we cannot
perceive. Do insects think or reason? Why not?
Their actions are said to be the result of inherited
habit or instinct But some of them have boon seen
to do things which requite the exercise of instinctive
powers so acute and so closelv akin to reason that one
can hardly escape the conclusion that some insects are
endowed with reasoning powers
'"heir number, MZC and nqi — Experts guess that
there are from 2,000,()(M) to 10,000,000 different kinds
of insects in the world Only about 400,(KK) of these
have yet been described and named by man Between
iO,(KX) and 10, 000 are now known in North America
Four-fifths of all the kinds of animals arc insects, some
single families of insects are said to contain more
Species than one can see stais in a clear sky at night;
and there are as many butterflies as birds in North
America The larger part of the land animals are
insects, and it is asserted that the larger proportion
of the animal matter existing
on the lands of the globe is
probably locked up in the
forms of insects Insects vary
in size from little beetles, of
which it would take 100,
placed end to end, to measure
an inch, up to tropical species
b' or 8 inches in length, or
of equal bulk to a mouse.
Insects have a very long,
but, as yet, very imperfect
pedigree extending through
the geological ages to Silu-
rian times. Fossil remains of
many different kinds of in-
sects have been found in
the rocks (Fig 1295); even
such delicate insects as plant-
lice left their impress on the
rocks ages ago. In the car-
boniferous or coal age, the
insect world was evidently
quite different from that of
today, for fossils of veritable
insect mammoths have been
found; dragon-flies with a
wing-expanse of 2 to 3 feet
then existed Insect fossils
found in the tertiary rocks
1299
Tent-caterpillar.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1037
*1 A K T ^ «*
a^eetle
indicate that there were even more kinds of insects
then than now.
Their growth and transformations. Fig 1296 — Insects
negin life as an egg, in some cases the egg stage is
passed within the oody of the mother, which then
gives birth to living young
The eggs of insects exhibit a
wonderful variety of forms,
sizes, colors and characteristic
markings A single scale insect
may lay thousands of eggs, while
some plant-lice produce only
one Remarkable instinct is
often shown by the mother in-
sect in placing her eggs where
her young will find proper
I food From their birth the
I young of some of the lowest or
most generalized insects closely
resemble their parents, and
they undergo no striking change
during their life, hence are said
to have no metamorphosis In
the cab° of K™Kshoppers, stink-
bugs, dragon-flies, and many
othe injects, the >oung at birth resemble their par-
ents, but have no wings As they grow, wings gradu-
ally develop and often changes in markings occur, until
the adult stage is reached The growth, however, is
gradual, and no striking or complete change occur-*, and
these insects are said to undergo an incomplete meta-
morphosis The young insects in all stages are called
nymphs (Fig 1297), thus insecth with an incom-
plete metamorphosis pass through three different
forms during their life an tqg, the young or
nymph stage, and the adult From the eggs of
butterflies, moths, flies, beetles, bees and borne
other insects, there hatches a worm-like crea-
ture, much unlike the parent insect. It vs called
a larva (Fig 12QS); the larva1 of
butterflies and moths are often
called caterpillars (Fig 1299) , maq-
gott are the larvsp of flies (Fig
1300) , and the term grub is applied
to the lame of beetles
and bees (Fig 1301)
When these larvir get
their full growth, some
of them go into the
ground w here they
form an earthen cell,
while others proceed
to spin around them-
selves a silken home
or cocoon (Figs 1302-
1304). In these re-
treats the larvae change
to a quiescent or life-
less-appearing creature
which has little resem-
blance to either the
larva or the parent
insect It is call a
pupa (Fig 1305) The
pupae of butterflies are
often called chrysalids Flies change to pupse in the
hardened skin of the maggot. Some pupte, like those
of rnosquitos, are very active Wonderful changes
take place within the skin of the pupa Nearly all the
larval tissues break down and the insect is practically
made over, from a crawling larva to a beautiful,
flying adult insect. When the adult is fully formed,
it breaks its pupal shroud and emerges to spend a
comparatively brief existence as a winged creature
Such insects are said to undergo a complete metamor-
phosis, and pass through four strikingly different
1302. Cocoon of Pro-
methea moth
Made m the roll of a
leaf The insect weaves a
web about the lenf-stalk
and ties it to the parent
Htem, so thut the leaf
cannot fall.
stages during their life: the egg, the worm-
like larva, the quiescent pupa, and the
adult insect. Such remarkable changes
or transformations make the story of an
insect's life one of intense intercut to one
who reads it from nature's book Vari-
ous kinds of adult insects, or imagoes, are
shown in Figs. 1306-131 1. No two kmda
of injects have the same life-story to tell.
Some pass their whole life on a single
host; some partake of only a certain kind
of food, while others thrive on many kinds
of plants; some are cannibals at times,
and others, like the parasites, are boarders
within their host, while many prey openly
1303 on their brethren in the insect world.
Lengthwise Usually the life of the adult insect is brief,
section of the but ants h vve been kept for thirteen
Promethea ycar8 an<J the periodical cicada has to
cocoon. epena seventeen years as a nymph under-
at apcx^the ground before it is fitted to become a
valve -like denizen of the air The winter months
op e n i n K may fog passed in any of the different
w hicl/1 the stages of the insect's life. Two very
moth escaped, closely allied insects may have very differ-
ent life habits
How they grow — Many persons think that the small
house-flies grow to be the large ones While most
insects feed after they become adults, they get little or
none of their growth during their adult life. Insects
grow mostly while they are
larva1, or nymphs The maggots
from which the little house-flies
develop doubtless do not have
as luxuriant or favorable feed-
ing-grounds as do tho^e of the
larger flies. In thirty days some
leaf-feeding caterpillars will in-
crease in size 10,000 times; and
a ceitam flesh-feeding maggot
will m twenty -four hours con-
Mime two hundred times its own
weight, which would be paral-
leled in the human race if a one-
day-old baby ate 1,500 pounds
the first day of its existence! Inwle view> ghowmg
1 he skin of insects nf so hard where the moth geta out.
and inelastic that it cannot
stretch to accommodate such rapid growth. But
nature obviates this difficulty by teaching these crea-
tures how to grow a new suit of clothes or a new skin
underneath the old one, and then to shed or molt the
latter The old skin is shed in its entirety, even from
all the appendages, and sometimes remains in such a
natural position where the insect left it as to easily
deceive one into thinking that he is looking at the
insect rather than at its cast-off clothes Some insects
are so neat and economical that they devour their old
suits or skins soon after molting them
Larva?, or nymphs, may molt from two
or three to ten or more times, the larvae
do not often change strikingly in appear-
1304. End of cocoon of
Cecropia moth.
1305 Pupa of
tomato v
1306. The cabbftf • butterfly.
1038 DISEASES AND INSECTS
ance, hut the nymphs gradually acquire the characters
and structures of the adult
How they cat. — To the horticulturist, the mouth-
parts of an insect are its most important organs or
appendages. The mouth-parts are built on two very
different plans.
| Grasshoppers,
beetles, cater-
pillars and grubs
have two pairs of
horny jaws, work-
ing irom side to
side, with which
they bite or chew
off pieces of their
1307. Imago of a tent-caterpillar. fo°fX that then
paas into the food-
canal for digestion (Fig 1312) The scale insects (Fig
1313), plant-lice, true bugs (Fig 1314), mosquitos and
others have these jaws drawn out into thread-like organs,
which are worked along a groove in a stiff beak or
extended under-hp Such insects can eat only liquid
food, which they suck with their beak-like mouth-parts.
The insect places its beak on the surface of the plant,
forces the thread-like jaws into the tissues, and then
begins a sucking operation, which draws the juices of
the plant up along the jaws, and the groove in the
beak into the food-canal of the insect. Thus a muck-
ing insect could not partake of particles of poison
sprayed on the surface of a plant Its mouth-parts are
not built for such feeding, and as it is impracticable to
poison the juice of the plant,
one is forced to fight such
insects with a deadly gas, or
each individual insect must be
actually hit with some insecti-
cide A knowledge of these
fundamental facts about the
eating habits of insects would
have saved much time and
money that have been wasted
in trying to check the ravages
of sucking insects with pans
green and similar poisons.
Some insects, like the fruit flies, have mouth-parts
fitted for lapping up liquids.
Beneficial insects
The horticulturist has many staunch and true friends
among the insects The honey-bee, the many wild
bees, and other insects, as they visit the blossoms to
get food for themselves, for their young, and honey for
man, leave an insurance policy in the shape of tiny
grains of pollen, which often insures a crop of fruit
that otherwise might be extremely uncertain The
honey-bee is often accused of biting into ripe fruits,
especially grapes. They nave not
yet been proved guilty, and careful,
exhaustive experiments have shown
that they will not do it under
1309 One of the e mos>^ favorable circumstances,
weevil beetles. With Wasps and other strong-jawed m-
a long and strong sects are responsible for most of this
proboscis injury, the bees only sipping the juice
from the wound See Beev, Vol I.
Most of the pretty little beetles known to every
child as "lady-bugs" eat nothing but injurious insects;
many other beetles are also predaceous Man is also
often deeply indebted to many of the two-winged
insects or true flies whose larvae live as parasites inside
the body of insect pests or feed upon them predaceously
Were it not for the ravenous larvae of the "lady-bugs"
and of the syrphus flies, plant-lice of all kinds would
soon get beyond control While man must recognize
these little friends as valuable aids in his warfare
against the hordes of insect pests, it will rarely be safe
T
1308. A beetle. The adult
of a borer larva.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
to wait for the pests to be controlled by their enemies
Fig 1315 shows a tomato worm bearing the cocoons
of a paraMte Fig. 1310 shows one of the predaceous
beetles destroy ing a cutworm.
Injurious injects.
There are now several thousand different kinds of
insects that may be classed as injurious in the United
States and Canada Over (>(X) kinds were exhibited at
the Columbian Exposition in 1S()3 All of these may
not be injurious eveiy year, as most insect pests have
periods of subsidence, when certain factors, possibly
their enemies or perhaps climate conditions, hold them
m check The out-
look for American
horticulturists, so
far as injurious in-
sects are concerned, ,
is not encouraging.
Nowhere else m the
woild are insects
being fought as
intelligently, suc-
cessfully and scien-
tifically as in
America, yet we
never have evr*»r-
minated, and it is
very doubtful if we ever will, a single insect pest.
This means that American horticulturists will never
have any fewer kinds of insects to fight On the con-
trary, there are many more insect pests now than in
our giandfather's early da\s, and new pests are appear-
ing every year. This alarming state of affairs it, largely
due to t\vo causes, for both of which man is responsible.
Man is continually encroaching upon and theieby dis-
turbing nature'h primitive domain and the equilib-
rium which has there become established between
animals and plants In consequence, insects like the
Colorado potato beetle, the apple-tree or the peach-
tree borers have been attracted from their onginal
wild food-plants to man's cultivated crops, which
often offer practically unlimited feeding-grounds Most
of the new insect pests, however, are now coming to
America from foreign shores American horticulturists
are continually importing plants from the end.s of the
earth, and oftentimes the plants are accompanied by
one or more of their insect pests Some comparatively
recent introductions of this kind are the Miniate pear-
borei, the pear nudge, the gypsy moth, the brown-tail
moth, the horn-fly and the elm leaf-beetle, such stand-
ard pests as the Hessian fly, the cabbage butteifly, the
currant-worm, the codhn-moth (Fig 129(5) came in
many years ago Of the seventv-three insects which
rank as first-class pests, each of them almost annually
causing a loss of hundreds of thousands of dollars, over
1310. Ground beetle One of the
commonest predaceous insects
1311 Moths of the peach-tree borer. The lowest one is male.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1039
1312 Mouth-parts of a
biting insect.
one-half have been introduced from foreign countries,
mostly from Europe. It is a significant fact that usually
these imported insects become much more serious pet>ts
here than in their native home;
this is doubtless largely due to
the absence of their native ene-
mies, to more favorable climatic
conditions here, and to a lew*
intense system of agriculture in
this country Most of our worst
insect pests of the fruits, of the
garden crops, of the granary, of
the household, of the greenhouse,
and practically all of our most dangerous scale insects,
are of foreign origin. Man will continue to encroach on
and disturb nature's primitive domain, and commer-
cial operations will never cease, nor is there much hope
of ever effectually quarantining our shores against
these little foes, hence there seems to be no practicable
way to stop this increase of the insect enemies of the
horticulturist. The one who is the best fitted by nature,
and who best fits himself with a knowledge of these
pests and how to fight them, will usually be the one
to survive and reap
the reward of profit-
able crops No part of
a plant, from its roots
to the fruit it produces,
escapes the tiny jaws
or tne sucking beaks
of mse(N
Root-ffcding insects
t~ TfflP/^^F -Many of the small
W^mvim fruits and vegetables
^Rll»,-U-/«0BJ ^&f*^ aj.e often seriously in-
jured bv insects 'feed-
ing on the roots The
grape-vine fidia (the
grub of a small beetle)
and the grape phyllox-
era plant-louse live on
grape roots Straw-
berries often succumb
to the attacks of the
grubs of several small
beetles know n as straw-
berry-root worms, and
to the large white
grubs of the May
beetles The roots of
cabbages, radishes and
other cruciferous plants are often devoured by hordes
of hungry maggots These underground root-feeding
insects are difficult pests to control, like any other
unseen foe Sometimes they can be reached successfully
by injecting a little carbon bisulfide into the soil around
the base of the plant. The cabbage maggots can be
pr even ted
largely by the
use of tarred
paper pads
placed around
the plants, or
by pouring a
carbolic acid
emulsion at
the base of
the infested
1313. San Jos£ Scale.
Showing the mature winter scale,
also the insect itself, with its thread-
like feeding organs
1314. Hemipterous insect. Known to
entomologists as a true bug.
plants The strawberry root-feeders are best controlled
by frequent cultivation and a short rotation of crops
Borers. — These are the larvae of several different
kinds of insects, which burrow into and feed upon the
inner bark, the solid wood, or the interior pith of the
larger roots, trunks, branches, and stems or stalks of
many horticultural plants Nearly every kind of fruit
trees is attacked by its special kind of borer, as are
also many of the smaller vine and bush-fruits and
garden crops. Borers are often the most destructive
of insect pests. The two apnle-tree borers, the round-
headed (Fig 1316) and the nat-headed species, and the
peach-tree borer (Fig 1311) doubtlens cause the death
of as many apple and peach trees in America as all
other enemies combined The fruit-bark beetles, or
"shot-hole" borers, usually attack only unthrifty or
sickly fruit trees, and a tree once infested by them IB
usually doomed. Two borers, one the grub of a beetle
1315. Tomato worm attacked by parasitic insects.
and the other the caterpillar of a moth, sometimes tun-
nel down the stems of currants and gooseberries Rasp-
berries and blackberries (Fig 1317) also suffer from
two or thee kinds of borers, one working in the root,
one in the stem, and a maggot bores down and kills the
new shoots A caterpillar closely allied to the peach-
tree borer lives in squash vines, often ruining the crop
The potato-stalk weevil sometimes does much damage
m potato fields Sometimes one can prevent borers
from getting into a fruit tree with a paper bandage
closely wrapped around the part liable to be attacked,
or by the application of some "wash " Most of the
washes recommended will prove ineffectual or dangerous
to use Gas-tar has given good results, but some re-
port injury to peach trees from
its use; hence one should first
experiment with it on a few trees.
No way has been found to keep
borers out of the small fruits or
garden crops; usually if infested
canes, stems or plants are cut out
and burned early in the fall or
whenever noticed, most of the
borers will be killed. When borers
once get into fruit trees, the
"digging-out" process is usually
the only resort, although some
report that they readily kill the
depredator by simply injecting a
little carbon bisulfide into the
entrance of his burrow and quickly
closing it with putty.
Bud- and leaf-feeding insects. —
The buds and leaves of horticul-
tural crops often swarm with
legions of biting and sucking in-
sects. A mere enumeration of the
different kinds of these pests would
weary the reader Some insects,
like the rose chafer, work on
several different kinds of plants,
while many others attack only
one or two kinds In apple or- 1316- Burrows of an
chards, the opening buds are seized «PpI«-tree borer,
upon bv the the hungry bud-moth wh;™ h$*' ^"JJJr
and case-bearing caterpillars, bv beetle emerged
1040 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
the newly hatched canker-worms, and by tent-cater-
pillars, whose tents or "sign-boards" are familiar objects
in many orchards. These pests continue their destruc-
tive work on the leaves. The pear slug often needs to
be checked m its work of skeletonizing the leaves of
the pear and cherry.
The pear psylla, one
of the jumping plant-
lice, is a very serious
menace to pear-grow-
ing in many locali-
ties, the fruit is either
dwarfed or drops
from badly infested
trees, and sometimes
so many little pumps
sucking out its life
finally cause the
death of the tree.
The little blue grape-
vine flea-beetle often
literally nips the
prospective crop of
fruit m the bud, or
the rose-chafer may
swarm over the vines
and eat the foliage
or blossoms Currant
and gooseberry grow-
ers realize that eter-
nal vigilance against
the familiar green
currant worms is the
price of a crop of
fruit The asparagus
beetles would soon
appropriate every
asparagus shoot that
appears in many
localities It is a
continual struggle
against insect pests to get a paying crop of almost any
vegetable. The several kinds of cabbage caterpillars
would soon riddle the leaves The hungry striped
cucumber beetles can hardly wait for the melon, squash,
or cucumber vines to come up Two sucking insects, the
harlequin cabbage bug and the squash stink-bug, are
equally as destructive as their biting relatives The
bud- and leaf-feeding insects are usually readily con-
trolled by spraying some poison on their food, or by
hitting them with some oil or soap spray As the
female moths of canker-worms are wingless, a wire
trap or sticky bandage placed around the trunk of the
tree in the late fall and early spring, to capture the
moths as they crawl up the tree to lay their eggs, will
greatly help to check these serious pests The collec-
tion and burning of the conspicuous egg-rings of the
tent-caterpillars at any
time between August
and the following
April will greatly re-
duce the vast numbers
of tents or signboards
of shiftlessness m apple
orchards Hand -pick-
ing or collecting is
the most successful
method of controlling
1318. Grasshopper. (Mounted) the rose-chafer, harle-
quin cabbage bug, and
the squash stink-bug in many cases Prompt action,
guided by a knowledge of the insect's habits and life-
history, and any intelligent use of materials and
apparatus, are essential in any successful effort to
control these bud- and leaf-feeding pests of the horti-
culturist.
1317. A beetle borer and its work.
The larva bores in the young wood
of raspberry and blackberry canea,
causing the swellings aeen in the
picture.
1319 A crane fly (Mounted)
Fruit-eatina insects. — "Wormy" apples, pears, quinces,
plums, peaches, cherries, apricots, grapes, currants
and nuts are often the rule rather than the exception.
The codlm-moth or apple -worm often ruins from
one-third to one^half of the crop each yeur m many
localities, it also infests pears seriously The apple
maggot tunnels its way through and through the flesh
of a large percentage of the apples in the northern sec-
tions of the country Most of the wormy plums,
peaches, cherries and apricots are the work of the grub
of that worst insect enemy of tho stone fruits — the
plum curculio; the plum gouger, a similar insect, whose
grub works in the pit of plums, is equally destructive
to this fruit in some states "Knotty" quinces are
largely the work of the adults of the quince curculio,
while its grub
often rums the
fruit with its dis-
gusting worm-
hole There is
also a grape cur-
culio that, with
the aid of the
caterpillar of a '
little moth,
works havoc in
grapes Cur-
rants and goose-
berries are often
wormy from the
work of two or
three different
kinds of maggots
and caterpillars
Two kinds of
fruit flies attack the cherrv* infested cherries may show
no external signs of the presence of the maggot reveling
in the juices within Various small beetles known as
weevils, are responsible for most wormy nuts Most of
the fruit-eating insects are out of the reach of tho ordi-
nary insecticides The codlm-moth ih a noted exception,
however, for the peculiar habit that the little cater-
pillar has of usually entering the blossom end of the
fruit and feeding therein for a few days, gives the man
with a poison spray a very vulnerable point of attack.
It is only necessary to spray a bit of poison into the
open calyx cup within a few du\s after the petals fall,
and let nature soon close the ealices and keep the
poison therein until the newlj -hatched caterpillar
includes it in its first menu Often 95 per eent of the
apples that would otherwise be ruined by the worms
are saved by an application of pans green at this
critical time
Plant-lice — Scarcely a plant escapes the little suc-
tion pump or beak of some kind of a plant-louse or
aphis. More than 300 different kinds of plant-lice
have been identified in the United States, and nearly
every kind of fruit, flower, farm or garden crop has
its special plant-louse enemy, which is often a serious
factor in the production of a crop These little crea-
tures are so small, so variable, so hard
to perceive, present so many different
forms in the same species, and have
such varied and interesting life-stories
to tell, that what is known about them
is but a mere beginning as compared
to what is yet to be learned. It would
take a large volume to include the in-
teresting stories which might be told
of the lives and of the relations with
ants of some of the commonest of these
plant-lice No other group of insects
presents so many curious, varied, inter-
esting, and wonderful problems of lite 132o A snapping
as do the aphids In the aggregate, the beetle
damage done by plant-lice is very great (Mounted)
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1041
At times hundreds of acres of peas have been ruined
by an aphid. Nursery stock often suffers severely and
bearing fruit trees are often seriously injured by them
About forty different kinds of aphides live in green-
houses where a perpetual warfare has to be waged
against them. In four
years nearly 100 genera-
tions of a common aphis
have been reared in
greenhouses, and there
were no indications of
any egg-stage or of male
forms during this time,
80 that they may thus
breed indefinitely in
houses, their young be-
ing born alive ana no
, males appearing. The
standard remedies for
, plant-lice are whale-oil
soap, kerosene emulsion,
and tobacco in various
ways (as a decoction, dry
as a dust, or in the form
of similar extracts), and
these are successfully
used to kill the aphides
in all situations.
Scale insects — Since
the advent of San Jos6
scale into the eastern
United States j scale in-
sects of all kinds have
attracted wo rid -wide
attention They are all
small insects, and derive
their name from the fact
that their tender bodies
are protected by hard,
scale-like coverings se-
creted by the insects
Thub protected, they ore
difficult insects to kill,
and as they are easily
transported on nursery
stock, buds or cions, and
also multiply rapidly,
1321. A spreading board for
drying soft-winged insects.
the scale insects are justly to be considered as among
the most dangerous and destructive of injurious
insects A single female San Jos6 scale may rear a
brood of from 100 to (>00 young, and there may be
four or five generations a year; and more than 2,000
eggs have been laid by a single Lecamum scale. The
scale insects, the dreaded San Jos6 species included, can
be controlled successfully by judicious, intelligent and
timely woik with sprays of lime-sulfur, crude petro-
leum, or hylrocyamc acid gas, which should be used
in the ca.se of nursery stock Since 1889 fumigation
with hydrocyanic acid gas has been extensively prac-
tised in the citrus orchards of California, and now
Florida and South African fruit-growers are also using
it in their orchards. Large gas-tight tents or boxes are
placed over the trees and the gas then generated within.
Much nursery stock is now treated with the gas in
tight boxes or houses: this is required by law m many
states, and it should be practised in other regions.
Recently greenhouses, railway coaches, rooms m private
houses, and whole flouring mills have been effectively
fumigated with this gas.
Insects are preserved in collections by securing them
in tight cases by means of a pm inserted through the
thorax, or through the right wing if the subject is a
beetle Moths and butterflies are pinned in position on
a spread ing-board until thoroughly dried See Figs.
1318-1322. Every horticulturist should make a col-
lection of injurious insects
Insect literature for horticulturists. — Horticulturists
should keep in close touch with the experiment sta-
tions and state entomologists of their own and of other
states, and also with the Department of Agriculture at
Washington , for it is from these sources that the best
and latest advice regarding injurious insects is now
being disseminated free, either by personal correspon-
dence or by means of bulletins. Among the books, one
or more of which may well find a place m a horticul-
turist's library are the following: Weed's "Insects and
Insecticides," Lodeman's "The Spraying of Plants,"
Saunders' "Insects Injurious to Fruits," Sanderson's
"Insect Pests of Orchard, Farm and Garden," and
Slingerland and Crosby's "Fruit Insects "
M V. SLINGERLAND.
C. R. CROSBY!
Other invertebrate animals.
Mitea. — Mitee belong to the class of animals known
as Arachmda, which are closely related to insects.
Spiders and scorpions also belong in this group Mites
are small creatures, usually possessing four pairs of
legs when mature, and the body is not divided into
three divisions as in the case 01 insects The green-
house red-spider (Tetranychus bimaculalus) is one of the
mobt common and injurious species It occurs on a
wide variety of plants grown under glass and also out-
of-doors on the foliage of many wild and cultivated
plants It is about Am long and varies in color from
yellow through orange to brown and dark green, often
with a darker spot on each side of the body It spins
a very delicate silken web-like nest over its breeding-
ground It can be killed on the foliage of plants grown
in the open with soap bolution, dusting with sulfur,
and hydrated lime, or by using a flour-paste spray
In greenhouses, it is best controlled by repeated fepruy-
mg with water, using much force and little water to
avoid drenching the beds
The clover mite (Bryobia prateni>u) is a minute,
spider-like, oval, reddish brown mite about rsoinch
in length with long front legs. It attacks the foliage
of many fruit and forest tree* as well as clover and
grasses The tiny, round, reddibh eggs often occur in
great numbers on the bark of trees m winter giving the
branches a reddish color. It may be controlled by the
same treatment as for red-spider. In addition, the eggs
may be killed with a lime-sulfur solution while the
trees are dormant.
The pear-leaf bhbter-mite (Enophyes pyn) differs
from most other mites in having only two pairs of
legs and in its elongate body The mite is only Trainch
m length; it burrows in the tissue of the leaf, causing
bhster-hke galls. The eggs are laid within the gall,
1322. A cross-section of spreading board in front of
the cleat "d," in Fjg. 1321.
and some of the mites when mature leave through a
small opening and migrate to new leaves. The mature
mites hibernate under the bud -scales. This pest is
controlled by applications of lime-sulfur or miscible
oils while the trees are dormant.
Nematodes — A species of nematode worm (Hetero-
dera radicicola) lives parasitically in the roots of a
wide variety of wild and cultivated plants producing
enlarged knots or swellings This disease is known as
1042 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
root-knot and is more prevalent in light soils. It is
especially troublesome in greenhouses. The adult
female worm is flask-shaped, .5 to 1 mm. in length,
pearly white in color, and is found within the knots on
the roots. Each female lays several hundred eggs.
The young worms may continue within the same
root or migrate through the soil to others. Nematode
root-galls have been found on nearly 500 different
species of plants. It is especially destructive to okra,
hollyhock, Amarantus tricolor, peach, snapdragon,
celery, heart-leaved basil, wax gourd, beet, rape, red
pepper, balloon vine, melon papaw, catalpa, endive,
watermelon, coffee, muskmelon, cucumber, squash,
pumpkin, carrot, deutzia, California poppy, fig, soy-
bean, pecan, morning-glory, lettuce, gourd, sweet pea,
flax, tomato, tobacco, peony, ginseng, pabsiflora, petu-
nia, tuberose, cherry, pomegranate, eggplant, potato,
salsify, clovers, violet, Old World grape. See page 1023.
This pest may be controlled in greenhouses by the
use of live steam to sterilize the soil or by a weak solu-
tion of formaldehyde, one part, 36 to 40 per cent
formaldehyde , to one hundred parts water, applied at
the rate of one to one and one-half gallons to every
square yard of soil surface of shallow oeds After the
application, the soil should be thoroughly stirred and
planting should not be done till at least ten days later.
Under field conditions, the problem is more difficult.
The most feasible method is a system of crop-rotation
in which an immune crop is grown for at least two
years between susceptible crops. One of the most
resistant crops is the Iron variety of cowpea Clean
cultivation should be practised so as to destroy all
susceptible plants.
Insecticides.
Insecticides are substances used to kill insects, as
poisons, washes and gases Insects are subject to many
natural checks, such as wind, rams, sudden changes of
temperature, the attacks of parasites and predaceous
enemies, and are often destroyed in great numbers by
bacterial and fungous diseases In spite of these
natural checks it is, however, usually necessary to
resort to a spray or seme other artificial insecticide for
the protection of our crops.
The essential requirements for a satisfactory insecti-
cide are efficient killing power, safety to the foliage,
cheapnes" and ease of application The choice of an
insecticide for any particular case will depend upon a
number of factors upon the structure, habits, and
life-history of the insect to be killed; and upon the
susceptibility of the host plant to injury, its mode of
growth and the conditions under which it is cultivated
Some insects, as the plant-lice, are soft-bodied and pro-
vided with a thin and delicate integument, others,
like the beetles and wireworms, have hard, horny shells
impervious to ordinary spray liquids; some insects bite
off and swallow portions of the plant, while others
merely suck out the sap by means of a slender tube;
some are injurious in the larval stage, others as adults;
some attack the roots, some the foliage and fruit, while
others burrow in the trunk and branches. Plants
vary greatly m their susceptibility to injury from the
use of insecticides; the peach and Japan plum have
especially tender foliage, while the apple is not so easily
injured All these points and many more must be con-
sidered in selecting an insecticide which will be adapted
to the control of any injurious insect Our methods of
fighting insects are constantly changing as new facts
are discovered, new methods devised and new insecti-
cides invented Our present methods are the results
of a more or less unconscious cooperation extending
over many years between the practical grower, the
etudent of insect life and the progressive'Vnanuf acturers
of spraying materials and spray machinery.
Insecticides may be classed into those which are
eaten with the food and kill by poisoning; those that
kill by contact with the insect's body; and fumes of
gases used for fumigation. The poisons are effective
against the biting or chewing ana lapping (fruit flies)
insects; the contact insecticides are used as a rule
against sucking insects; and fumes and gases are
employed principally in greenhouses and for the fumi-
gation of nursery stock, stored seeds, and citrus trees.
Poisoning insecticides.
The most widely used substance for the poisoning of insects is
arsenic in its various compounds For this purpose only compounds
insoluble in water can be used, as soluble arsenic is very injurious
to foliage
White arwnic — This is the cheapest form in which arsenic can
be obtained It is a white powder, soluble in water and very inju-
rious to foliage A cheap and efficient insecticide may bo prepared
from it as follows
For use with bordeaux mixture only Sal-soda, two pounds,
water, one gallon, arsenic, one pound Mix the white arsenic into
a paste and then add the sal-soda and water, and boil until dis-
solved. Add water to replace any that has boiled away, so that
one gallon of stock solution is the result Use one quart of this
stock solution to fifty gallons of bordeaux mixture for fruit trees
Make sure that there is enough lime in the mixture to prevent the
caustic action of the arsenic
For use without bordeaux mixture Sal-soda, one pound, water,
one gallon, white arsenic, one pound, quicklime, two pounds
Dissolve the white arsenic with the water and sal-soda as above,
and uae this solution while hot to slake the two pounds of hine
Add enough water to make two gallons Use two quarts of this
stock solution in fifty gallons of water
As there is always some danger of foliage injury from the use
of these home-made arsenic compounds, and as they cannot be
safely combined with the dilute lime-sulfur when used as a summer
spray, they are now rarely employed in cominemal orchard
spraying
Paris green — Pans green is composed of copper oxid, acetic
acid and arsemous oxid chemically combined as copper-aceto-
arsenite By the National Insecticide Law of 1910, pans green
must contain at least 50 per cent arsemous oxid and must not
contain arsenic in water-soluble form equivalent to more than 31?
per cent arsemous oxid For many years pans green has been the
standard insecticide for orchard use, but is now largely replared
by the safer and more adhesive arsenate of lead In spraying
apples, pans green is used at the rate of one-half pound to one
hundred gallons of water or bordeaux mixture When used with
water, lime twice the bulk of the pans green should be added to
lessen the danger of foliage injury Paris green cannot safely be
used with either the dilute lime-sulfur as used for summer spray-
ing or with the self-boiled lime-sulfur
London purple —London purple is an arsemte of lime and is a
by-product in the manufacture of aniline dyes Its composition
is variable, the arsenic content varying from 30 to 50 per cent
Owing to the presence of much soluble arsenic it is likely to cause
foliage injury, and it is now little used m commercial spraying
Arsenate of lead — Araenato of lead was first used as an insecti-
cide in IS'H, m Massachusetts It h.ts now almost entirely re-
placed puns green for orchard work throughout the country Jt
adheres better to the leaves, may be used at considerably greater
strength without injuring tho foliage and may be combined with
a dilute htne-3iilfur solution cr with the self-boiled lime-sulfur
Chemicall> , ar«enate of lead may be either tnplumbic arsnnate
or plumbic-hydrogen arsenate The commercial product usually
consists of a mixture of these two forms, the proportion depending
on the method of manufacture employed It is usually sold in the
form of a thick paste, but for some purposes the powdered form is
preferred Under the National Insecticide Law of 1910, arscnato
of lead paste must not contain more than 50 per cent water and
must «con tain the arsenic equivalent of at least 12}^ per cent
arsenious oxid The water-soluble arsenic must not exceed an
equivalent of three-fourths of 1 per cent of arsenic oxid In the
best grades of arsenate of lead paste the chemical IH in a finely
divided condition, and thus when diluted for use remains in sus-
pension for a considerable time Arsenate of lead is used at various
strengths, depending upon the insect to be killed and on the sus-
ceptibility of the foliage to injury Four pounds in one hundred
gallons can be usod on the pepch if combined with the self-boiled
lime-sulfur, on apple, four or five pounds in one hundred gallons
is usually sufficient, on grapes for killing the grape root-worm
beetles and the rose-chafer, eight to ten pounds in one hundred
gallons have been found necessary The poison is more readily
eaten by these beetles if sweetened by two gallons of molasses in
one hundred gallons, but, unfortunately, the addition of molasses
greatly decreases the adhesiveness of the poison Some species of
fruit flies may be controlled by the uae of sweetened arsenate of
lead sprayed on the foliage of the plants at the first appearance of
the flies They lap up the poison with their fleshy tongue-like
mouth-parts and succumb before ovipositing.
Arsenite of zinc. — Arsomte of zinc is a light fluffy powder and
contains the equivalent of aoout 40 per cent arsenious oxid It
has been used extensively on the Pacific slope as a substitute for
arsenate of lead It kills somewhat more quickly and is fairly
safe on apple foliage when used with bordeaux mixture or with
lime. When sweetened with molasses, it is injurious to foliage
One pound of zinc arsenate is equivalent to about three pounds
of arsenate of lead In orchard experiments, as a rule, it has not
shown that it is superior to the latter
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1043
Hellebore — Hellebore is a light brown powder made from the
roots of the white hellebore plant (Veratrum album), one of the lily
*armly It w applied both dry and in water In the dry state, it
is usually applied without dilution, although the addition of a
little flour will render it more adhesive In water, four ounce s of
the poison w niixod with two or three callous, and an ounce of glue ,
or thin flour paste, is sometimes added to make it adhere A d< < <>c-
tiori is made by using boiling water in the same proportions Helle-
bore soon loses its strength, and a fresh article should always be
demanded It is much less poisonous than the arsemealu, and
nhould bo used m place of them upon ripening fruit It is used for
various leaf-eating insects, particularly for the currant-worm and
rose-slug.
Contact insecticides.
The most important contact insecticides arc soaps, sulfur, sul-
fur compound, and oily or remnoua emulsions
Soapn — The most commonly used soap solution is that pre-
pared from fish-oil t>oap The commercial brands of this sotp in
usually by-prodiuta and contain many impurities, furthe r, m uiy
of them contain an excess of fn e or uncombined alkali and art thus
likely to injure young and tender foliage A good fish-oil HO ip m iy
be prepared by the following formula. Caustic soda, MIX pounds,
water, one-half gallon, fish-oil, twenty-two pounds Dissohe the
caustic soda in the water and th<n add the fish-oil gradually und< r
constant and vigorous stirring The combination occurs readilv at
ordinary summer temperatures, and boiling is unner< snary Mir
briskly for about twenty minutes after the last of the oil has been
added There is now on the market a good brand of insecticide
soap prepared from cotton-seed oil soap stock or from an impure
grade known as pancohne
Sulfur — Sulfur may bo obtained, in two forms, — flowers of wil-
fur and flour of sulfm Jn the form of a powder or dust, sulfur is
especially valuable against red-spider In California, flowers of
sulfur mixed with cquel parts of hvdrated lime is blown on the
tret s for the control of red-spider ana mite It may also be use d for
the same purpose mixed with water at the rate of one pound ui
three gallons of water, to which has been added a little soap to
ke<p the milfur in suspension The mixture t<hould be nutated
constantly during spraying The sulfur remains longer in sus-
pension if it is farsf made into a paste with water containing
one-half of 1 per cent of glue Page 1028
Lime sulfur solution — A solution of lime-sulfur was first used
as an mse< tieide m California m ISSfi It is now the st m-larrl
remedy for blister mite, San Jose scale and smnlnr HI ales, as \\tll
as an efficient fungicide The lime-sulfur solution may l>< pur-
chaw d m the concentrated form e>r may be prepared is follows
Lump lime (<)"> per cent ealnutn oxid), thirty-tight pounds lump
lime (UO pe r cent cale mm oxid), forty pounds, Milfur, e iKht\ pounds,
water, fift> gallons Make a paste) of the sulfur with about ten
gallons of hot water Add the lime A-t the lime slakes, adel hot
water as necessary to pre>vent caking When the lime his slaked,
add hot water to make fifty gallons and boil one hour, stirring eon-
Htunily Water should be addend from time to time to k. ep thej
liquid up to fifty gallons Store m air-tight hardwood barrels
lest the strength of the .solution with a Baume hydrometer and
dilute for use according to the following table (see also p 1020)
DILUTIONS FOR DORMANT AND SUMMER SPRAYING WITTI
LlM*-SULFOU MlXTUlU-S
Amount of dilution
Number of gallons of water to one
galleon of hme-sulfur solution
Fe>r Sin
Josfi se ale
For blister
mite
For summer
spraying of
apples
Degrees Baume? |
3f>
9
12JS
45
34
8S4
12
4.ii4
33
8J*
1U-!
4lli
32
8
11
10
il
IOJ^
37%
30
7j|
10
.»tl'4
2'»
28
m
I-'*
34^
32? 4
27
6
*h
H
26
5?4
8
201 i
25
5k
1Yi
'27 ?*
21
5
7
2()
2.3
4!d
6Ji
.>4i4'
22 1 4»i
6
J2»4
21
3»4
5}£
21 'i
20
3J4
1Q<4
19
18
T,
k
18V*
17
17
4
1<>
16
15
i
»?*'
AX
lr>
14
14
2
3
12 \'
Emulsions — Emulsions are oily or resinous sprays in wlnth
these substances are suspended in water in the form of minute
globules, a condition brought about by the addition of soap They
form an important class of contact insecticides, useful particularlj
n impoan cass o eoac
against scale insects and plant-lice
Kerosene emulsion — Kerosene emulsion is tho oldest of our
contact insecticides It is especially valuable for use against plant-
lice and other small, soft-bodied insects It is prepared by the
following formula Soap, one-half pound; water, one gallon,
kerosene, two gallons Dissolve the soap m hot water, remove
from the fire and, while still hot, add the kerosene. Pump the
liquid baek into itself for five or ten minutes or until it becomes a
e re amy mass If properly made, the oil will not separate on cooling
!• or use on dormant trees, dilute with five to seven parts of water
tor killing plant-lice on foliage, dilute with ten to fifteen parts of
water —Crude-oil emulsion is made m the same way by substitu-
ting crude oil in place of kerosene The stn n^th of oil emulsions is
frequently indicated by the percentage of oil in the diluted liquid
tor t 10 per cent emulsion, add seventeen gallons of water to three
gallons of stock emulsion, for a 15 per cent emulsion, add ten and
one -half gallons of water to three gallons of stock emulsion, for a
JO per cent emulsion, add seven gallons of water to three gallons
of stork emulsion, for a 25 per cent emulsion, add five gallons of
water to three gallons of stock emulsion
Dflillaf' emuhion —Distillate emulsion is widely used
in California Distillate (2S° Baume), twenty gallons, whale-oil
soap, thirty pounds, waUr, twche gallons Dissolve the whale-
oil soap in the water whieh •••lould be heated to the boiling point,
wld the distillate and agitate thoroughly while the solution is hot
I- or use>, add twenty gallons of water to each gallon of the stock
bolutiori
Carbolic acid emulsion — This spray is used in California for
me aly-bugs, plant-lice, and the soft brown scale Whale-oil soap,
forty pounds, crude carbolic acid, nve gallons, water, forty gallons
Dissolve the soap completely m hot water, add the carbolic acid,
uvl hi at to the boiling point for twenty minutes For use, add
t\v( nty gallons of water to each gallon of stock solution
Mitfihlf oil* — There aie now on the market a number of con-
crntr.itcd oil ( mulsions, known as soluble or misuble oils, intended
pninarilj for use againbt the San JoscS scale For this purpose they
an fairly effective when diluted with not more than fifteen parts of
water To lessen danger of injury to the trees, applications should
not be made when the temperature 13 below freezing, nor when the
tries are wet with snow or ram Methods have been devised
for preparing these concentrated emulsions at home, but as there
is consul' rtble danger attending the process, it IB better to buy
the m re ady-made
Tobacco — Tobacco is one of our most useful insecticides The
poisonous principle m tobacco i<» an alkaloid nicotine, which in
the pure state is a colorless fluid, slightly heavier than water, of
little smell when cold and with an exceedingly acrid burning
t-iste c\ en when 1 irge ly diluted It is soluble in water and entirely
volatile It is one of the most \irulent poisons known, a single
drop is sufficient to kill a clog Commercial te£>acco preparations
have been on the market for many years The most important of
these are hi ick leaf, "black leaf 40," and mcofume
Kiack Luif— Black 'eaf was formerly the most widely used
tobacco extract It contains only 2 7 pc r cent nicotine and has now
ben replaced by the more concentrated extracts It is used for
pi mt-lice at the rate of one gallon to sixty-five gallons of water
"Black l«tf 40" — "Black leaf 10" is a concentrated tobacco
e\m< t containing 40 per cent nicotine sulfate Its specific gravity
is about 1 25 In this preparation the nicotine is m a non-volatile
form, it having beon treated with bulfuric acid to form the sulfate
'HI ick leaf 40" is used at strengths varying from one part in 800
puts of water to one part in 1,600 parts It > an be satisfactorily
combined with other sprays, as for example, lime-sulfur solution,
ars( n ite of lead, arid the \anous soap solutions When used with
w iter, about four pounds of soap should be added to make the
mixture spread and stick better
AVo/u7ne w a tobacco extract containing 40 per cent of nicotine
m the volatile form It is intended primarily for use in greenhouses
Stups of paper soaked in this preparation are smudged in green-
houses to destroy iphids
Tobacco is al«e> used in the form of dust for the same purpose
It is especially v aluable against root-lice on asters and other plants
Tobacco extracts can be made at home by steeping tobacco stems
in w tter, but as they \iry greatly in nicotine content and are
sometimes likely to injure tender foliage, it is better to buy the
st indardi/ed extracts
l'i/itfhriim — A very fine, light brown powder, made from the
flo\\e r-heads of species of pyrethrum It is scarcely injurious to
man Three brands arc on the market-
Persian insect-powder, made from the heads of Pyrethrum
ro^um, a species also cultivated as an ornamental plant. Tho
plant is native to the Caucasus region.
Ddmation insect-powder, made from Pyrethrum cineranx-
folntni
Buh ich, made in California from cultivated plants of Pyrethrum
>\ he n fresh and pure, all these brands appear to be equally
valuable, but the home-grown product is usually considered most
reliable Pyrethrum soon loses its value when exposed to the air.
It is used in various ways
(1) In solution in water, one ounce to three gallons. Should
be mixed up twenty-four hours before using
(2) Dry, without dilution. In this form it ia excellent for thripa
and lue on roses and other bushes Apply when tho bush is wet
I'seful for aphis on house plants
(3) Dry, diluted with flour or any light and fine powder. The
poison may be used in the proportion of one part to from six to
thirty of the dilutent
(t) In fumigation It may be scattered directly upon coals, 01
made into small balls by wetting and molding with the hands and
1044 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
then set upon coals. This is a desirable way of dealing with mos-
quitos and flies
(5) In alcohol, (a) Put a part of pyrethnim (buhach) and four
parts alcohol, by weight, in any tight vessel. Shake occasionally,
and after eight days filter. Apply with an atomizer Excellent for
greenhouse pests For some plants it needs to be diluted a little.
(6) Dissolve about four ounces of powder in one gill of alcohol, and
add twelve gallons of water.
(0) Decoction. Whole flower-heads are treated to boiling
water, and the liquid is covered to prevent evaporation. Boiling
the liquid destroys its value.
Good insect-powder can be made from Pyrethrum roseum, and
probably also from P cineian^ folium, grown m the home garden.
Burning — Larvae which live or feed in webs, like the tent-
caterpillar and fall web-worm may be burned with a torch The
lamp or torch used in campaign parades fands its most efficient
use here
1323 Device for discharging the cyanide into the acid.
Bait, regttable ban — Spray a patch of clover or some other
plant that the insects will eit with pans green or some other
arsenical, mow it elose to the ground, and while fresh place it in
small piles round the infested plants To avoid wilting of the bait,
cover the heaps with a shingle or piece of board
Bran-arsenic mash — White arsenic, one-half pound, or pans
green, one pound, bran, fifty
, ,
pounds Mix thoroughly
et mash Sugar or molasse
md thei
.,._ .. smayb
added, but is unnecessary Poisoned baits are used against cut-
worms and grasshoppers
Kansat giasshnpper bait — This bait is the most efficient means
of controlling grasshoppers yet devised It is prepared as follows
Bran, twenty pounds, pans green, one pound, syrup, two qOerts,
oranges or lemons, three fruits, water, three and one-half gallons
Mix the bran and pans green thoroughly in a wash-tub while dry
Squeeze the juice of the oranges or lemons into the water, chop the
pulp and peel fine and add them also Dissolve the syrup in the
water and wet the bran and poison with the mixture, stirnng at
the same time so as to dampen the mash thoroughly Sow the bait
broadcast in the infested area early in the morning
Cnddle mixture — Mix one pound of pans green with one-half
barrel of horse droppings, and add one pound of salt if the material
ia not fresh For use against grasshoppers
Gas tar is used extensively for painting wounds to keep
out the moisture and proc nt tho entrance of insects It is
also sometimes used on pea< h trees to keep out the borers
In tnis case it should be applied in the spring only, as there
is danger of injuring th< trees in the fall.
AspfuiU — Certain grades of asphalt have been used
successfully on peach in California to keep out the Pacific
peach tree-borer Experiments in the eastern states indi-
cate that it may be used to advantage against the common
peach tree-borer.
Hot-water. — Submerge affected plants or branches in
water at a temperature of about 125°. For aphis It will
also kill rose-bugs at a temperature of 125° to 1.35°.
Gasolene torch — The gasolene torch has been success-
fully used for the control ol scale mse< ts on date palms in
Arizona The trees are first pruned closely, drenched with
gasolene and fired. They are then scorched with a gasolene
blast torch
Flour paste — Mix a cheap grade of w heat flour with cold
water, making a thin batter, without lumps, or wash the
flour through a wire s< reeii with a stream of cold water
Dilute until there is one pound of flour in each gallon of
mixture Cook until a paste is formed, stirnng constantly
to prevent coking or burning Add sufficient water to
make up for evaporation For use, add eight gallons of
this stock solution to one hundred gallons of water. Used
for red spider in California.
General practices.
Cleanliness — Much can be done to check the ravages of
insects by destroying thur breeding-places and hiding-
places Weeds, rubbish, and refuse should be eliminated
Hand-picking is often still the best means of destroying
insects despite all the perfectufh of machinery atod of ma-
terials This is, particularly t rue about the home grounds and
in the garden. The cultivator should not scorn this method
Promoting growth — Any course that tends to promote
vigor will be helpful in enabling plants to withstand the
attacks of plant-hoe and other insects.
Bunding — To prevent the ascent of canker-worm moths and
gypsy-moth caterpillars, vanous forms of sticky bands are in
"
Bunding
sy-moth c,
For this purpose there is no better substance than "tree tangle-
foot " It may be applied directly to the tree-trunk, but when so
used leaves an unsightly mark and requires more material than
following method is used First place a strip of cotton
when the .
batting ,1 inches
of tarred paper 5 inches
the lap only with three o
upper two-thirds of thf
keep the suiface stuky
d the trunk, cover this with a strip
wide, draw the paper tight and fasten at
four tacks Spread the tanglefoot on the
mper, and comb it from tune to time to
Jurlap bandy aie made by tying or tack-
ing a strip of burlap around the tiunk and letting the edges hang
down The 1 irva> will lade under the loose edge, where they may be
killed Banding is now little used for eodlin-moth, since spraying
with poison haa been found so much more effective.
Fumigation.
Poisonous gases arc widely used in killing insects
under certain conditions Hydrocyanic acid gas is
employed m the fumigation of greenhouses and citrus
trees It is a most deadly and effective material In
Europe, fumigation with this gas is known as cyamding
and cyamzation Nicotine preparations aie used ex-
tensively in greenhouse fumigation. Carbon bisulfid
is employed almost exclusively for the treatment of
stored grams and seeds.
Hydtocyanic ucid gas — This gas is generated by
adding potassium or sodium cyanide to dilute sulfunc
acid The gas is a deadly poison, and great care should
be taken not to inhale it. One breath is fatal 1
Potassium cyanide is a white amorphous salt that
readily absorbs moisture when exposed to the air.
Pure potassium cyanide contains 40 per cent of cyano-
gen (CN) by weight. When potassium cyanide (KCN)
is placed in dilute sulfunc acid the cyanogen (CN)
unites with the hydrogen (II) of the acid (HjS()4) to
form hydrocyanic acid gas (HCN) In the preparation
of this gas for fumigation purposes use a potassium
cyanide which is at least 98 per cent pure The chemi-
cals should always be combined in the following pro-
portions Potassium cyanide, one ounce, sulfunc acid,
one fluid ounce; water, three fluid ounces.
Always use an carmen disfi, pour in the water firt>t,
and add the su If uric acid When all is ready, drop in
the proper quantity of potassium cyanide and retire
1324. Shed for the fumigation of nursery stock.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1045
immediately, before the gas arises. Fig. 1323 shows a
device used abroad (from the "Gardening World") for
dumping the cyanide (at 4) into the acid by means of a
cord that extends outside the house.
White-fly — The quantity of chemicals used for a
given space will depend on the nature of the insects to
be killed and the susceptibility of the plants to injury.
This quantity is usually indicated by amount of
potassium cyanide required for each 100 cubic feet of
space. For treating white-fly on tomatoes in green-
houses, use one ounce k> 3,000 cubic feet, letting the
fumigation continue all night The same treatment
applies for cucumber Fumigate on dry, dark nights
when there is no wind The house should be as dry
as practicable and the temperature not above 60° F.
Greenhouses — No one formula can be given for
fumigating with hydrocyanic acid gas the different
kinds of plants grown in greenhouses, as the species
and varieties differ greatly in their ability to withstand
the effects of the gas For the geneial run of greenhouse
subjects, the practice is to use one ounce of potassium
cyanide, one ounce of sulfuric acid, two ounces water,
to each 2,000 cubic feet of space The cyanide should
be 98 per cent pure Fumigate at night when there is
no wind and when the plants are dry and the house
cool; leave the house closed till morning, and open it
up and let it air out before entering it This applies
to chrysanthemums, cinerarias, azaleas, bulbs, carna-
tions and other common plants.
Ferns and roses are very susceptible to injury, and
fumigation, if attempted at all, should be performed
with great care. In cases of doubt, or vvnen there
is reason to .suspect that the plants are particularly
susceptible, and when
one does not have
definite instructions,
of two thicknesses of matched boards with building-
paper between, and are provided with a tight-fatting
loor and ventilators The stock should be reasonably
dry to avoid injury, and should be piled loosely in the
house to permit a free circulation of the gas Use one
ounce of potassium cyanide for each 100 cubic feet of
space, and let the fumigation continue forty minutes
to one hour.
A fumigating-house is shown in Fig. 1324 (from a
bulletin on "The San Jose" Scale," by A. E Stene, of
the Rhode Island State Board of Agriculture and Col-
lege of Agriculture). It is a house or box as nearly air-
tight as possible The floor should have a movsble slat
grating on which the plants may be laid, some distance
from the ground, to allow of circulation of the gas.
The house shown in the cut is 8 feet high in front and
0 feet in rear, and the;]aiger room contains 980 cubic
feet, requiring approximately ten ounces of cyanide.
The other rooms allow of smaller quantities to be
fumigated The doors opening from the outside provide
quick discharge of the air when fumigation is completed.
Fumujatwn of atnu> trees. — In this case, the tree to
be fumigated with the hydrocyanic acid gas is covered
with an octagonal sheet tent (Fig 1.525) made of six
and one-half ounce special drill or eight-ounce snecial
arm} duck, and the gas is generated m the ordinary
way beneath it. The "tent is so marked that when in
position it is an easy matter to determine the distance
over the tent and the circumference at the ground.
When these figures aie known, the proper dosage may
be obtained from the following chart, which has been
prepared for a i-,trength of one ounce of cyanide foi
ea< h 100 cubic feet of space.
0/STAMCZ A/f 'OVA/0, //V F££T
10
Ib
Ib
£()
±£
^4
<?6
dQ
30
Sd
34
36
Jti
40
42
44
46
48
50
i>2
b4
bb
bti
60
62
64
66
68
IO
\i
w
T6T
78"
2
£
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
S
14
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
S
S
S
s
S
16
20
20
3
22
4
24
4
26
s
36
5
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
AS
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
20
K 22
1*4 24
&26
5
5
S
5
S
5
s
S
S
5
e
a
e
3
e
9
//
22
24
26
>**
e
30
7
32
3
34
<y
36
a
38
6
40
9
42
9
44
to
46
48
50
52
54
56
/s
58
60
62
64
66
68
2*
<v^
/3
t4
M
/4
/s
/6
/£
30
$ u
9
JO
/o
//
//
18
ts
12
/3
/3
/4
/4
M
ts
/6
/6
/7
32
*$
/o
//
//
/gi
13
/3
14
/4
/4
/4
ts
/s
/£
/7
t7
i7
M
Iff
M
/f
/*
/3
14
t4
/s
16
/6
/?
/7
/7
/f
/a
19
£0
&
*
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
ft 40
/£
13
t4
/4
/s
/s
tS
/7
/7
/e
/e
/9
so
£0
£0
40
4~1
$ *;
$*
/s
/S
/6
/7
/7
fO
/a
/9
£0
SO
£0
£/
£/
4^
33
/f
/7
/7
/a
/9
/9
eo
JK>
£0
£0
ft
££
43
33
/7
/*
/9
/9
eo
£0
£0
£/
££
£f
44
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
45
/7
fff
/s
60
so
eo
£/
£2
£3
S3
45
36
/a
/9
20
so
£0
e.i
as
ep
£3
23
46
37
/«
/9
so
go
at
as
sa
£3
£3
£4
4/
48
/9
eo
£0
et
££
££
S3
£3
£4
£4
AS
49
/9
so
£/
£/
£2
S3
S3
£3
£4
as
49
it is well to fumigate
with the weakest
strength in use, and
increase it in sub-
sequent fumigations
if the insects are not
killed and if the plants
are not injured.
Violets are very
susceptible to injury
from tobacco fumiga-
tion, and commercial
grower^ therefore reg-
ularly use hydrocy-
anic acid gas for the
control of "green-fly"
and "black-fly," two
species of plant-lice.
Ihe latter is much
more difficult to kill.
For over-night fumi-
gation from one-
fourth to one-half
ounce potassium
cyanide to each 1,000
cubic feet is generally
used. Sometimes one
ounce potassium
cyanide to each 1,000
cubic feet is used, the
fumigation continuing
only from twenty-five
to thirty-five minutes
This treatment is more likely to injure the plants.
Violets may be injured severely by the gas without the
leaves being burned. This injury consists in a weakening
of the plants which defers blooming for several we^eks.
Dormant nursery stock may be fumigated with hydro-
cyanic acid gas in a tight box or fumigating-house made
especially for the purpose Fumigatmg-houses are built
Dosage chart for fumigating citrus trees with high-grade sodium cyanide (Bureau of Entomology,
United States Department of Agriculture)
The top line of numbers, beginning at 16 and con-
tinuing to 68, represents the distance in feet around
the bottom of the tent. The outer vertical columns of
larger numbers running from 10 to 49 represent the
distance in feet over the top of the tent. The number
of ounces of cyanide to use for a tree of known dimen-
sions is found in that square where the vertical column
1046 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
ed by th
horizontal line of figures corresponding to the distanco
over For certain insects it is not advisable to use the
full dosage schedule
Sodium cyanide (NaCN) is coming into use as a sub-
stitute for potassium cyanide. When pure, this com-
pound contains 53 per cent of cyanogen, that is, about
33 per cent more of cyanogen than is present in potas-
sium cyanide It is customary to indicate the strength
of sodium cyanide in terms of potassium cyanide; that
is. pure sodium cyanide is said to be 133 per cent pure
This means that 100 pounds of sodium cyanide \vill
yield as much cyanogen as 133 pounds of potassium
cyanide. For fumigation purposes, sodium cyanide
should be at least 124 per cent pure and should not
contain more than 1 per cent of common salt
Because of the greater content of cyanogen of
sodium cyanide, a smaller quantity is required The
chemicals should be combined in the following pro-
portions: Sodium cyanide, one ounce; bulfunc acid,
one and one-half fluid ounces; water, two ounces
The following dosage schedule corresponds to the
one given above for potassium cyanide:
Dosage chart for fumigating citrus trees with potassium cyanide (Bureau of Entomology, United
States Department of Agriculture).
Nicotine preparations. — Tobacco is used in various
ways in fumigating greenhouses For smoking or
smudging greenhouses, tobacco-stems are burned
slowly. Best results are secured when a sheet-iron
vessel made. for the purpose is used, having holes in the
bottom to supply draft. A quart of live coals is placed
in the bottom of the vessel, and about a pailful of
tobacco-stems is laid on them. The stems should not
blaze, but burn with a slow smudge.' If they are
slightly damp, better results are obtained. Some
plants are injured by a very heavy smoke, and in order
to avoid this injury, and also more effectually to destroy
the insects, it is better to smoke rather lightly and
1325. A fumigating tent (Morn 11 system)
often It is always well to smoke through two consecu-
tive days, for the insects which persist through the first
treatment, being weak, will be killed by the second
If the plants are wet,
the smoke is more
likely to scorch them
The smudge often
injures flowers, as
those of roses and
chrysanthemums Jn
order to avoid this
mjuiy, the flowers
should be covered
with paper bags
Violet plants are very
liable to injury
Tobacco fumes can
be more conveniently
genciated by burning
strips of prepared
nicotine paper, or by
vapommg a concen-
trated aqueous solu-
tion of nicotine over
a 1 c o h o 1 or special
kerosene lamps.
Jh Mil fid ofcaibon is
a thin liquid that
volatilizes at a very
low temperature, the
vapor being very de-
structive to animal
life It is exceed-
ingly inflammable,
and should never be
used near a lamp or
fire. It is sometimes
used for the control of
certain root insects
It is poured into holes
made around the in-
fested plants, and
these are then imme-
diately closed up causing the fumes to permeate the
soil in all directions.
Against weevils infesting stored grain and seeds,
carbon bisulfid is effective at the rate of five to eight
pounds for each 1,000 cubic feet, provided the applica-
tion is made while the temperature is not below 65° F.
Make the bins as tight as possible If bins are only
single sheathed with common flooring use twenty to
twenty-five pounds carbon bisulfid. Let the fumigation
continue for at least twenty-four hours. Care should be
taken not to apply carbon bisulfied when there is indica-
tion of heating m the grain. C. R. CROSBY.
ROBERT MATHESON.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1047
Catalogue of insects.
Abutilon. ABUTILON MOTH (Coamophila eroea) — A pale pea-green
caterpillar striped with lemon-yellow often defoliates the
plants in the southern states.
Treatment — Tho young caterpillar may be killed by spray-
ing with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one part in 660
parts water, adding soap to make the liquid spread and
stick better
Acacia. COTTONT CUSHION SCALE. — See Ctinu.
OLEANDER SCAMS — See Hedera.
Hko SCALE. — See Citrus.
Acer BOX-ELDER BUG (Leptocoris trimttatus) is about H incfi in
length, dark gray in color marked with red. They congre-
gate about box elder in great numbers, on the sap of which
they feed The young nymphs may be killed by spraying with
ordinary contact insecticides
COTTONY MAPLE SCALE (Pulvinana mtia) is a brown, soft-bodied,
scale insect, H inch in length. The e ggs are laid beneath a con-
spicuous cottony mass which protrudes from under the scale
The eggs hatch during June and July, and the fertilized females
hibernate on the smaller branches There is one generation
annually
Treatment — A stiff stream of water will dislodge many of
the mature sca2es in June or July The young scales may be
killed with tobacco extract Tno most effective treatment
on maples is 15 per cent kerosene emulsion applied during the
dormant season to kill the hibernating females.
GKK* V-HTRIPID MAPLE WORM (Amsota rubicunda) is a large,
pale yellowish green caterpillar, striped with dark green, that
ou isionally defoliates tho maple
Treatment — The young caterpillars may be controlled by
spraying with arsenatc of lead, four to eight pounds to one
hundred gallons of water
PiobON THEMB.X (Tremex columba) is a large four-winged fly
having a wing expanse of 2U inches The abdomen ends in a
prominent ovipositor Tho larva, over 2 inches long when full-
grow n, burrows m the wood, senounly injuring the tree when
abundant Vigorous tree« usually overcome the attack.
Pi ANT-LICE — Several spceios a'e occasionally injurious
Treatment — "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, three-fourtha
of a pint to one hundred gallons of water, adding four pounda
of soap, is an efficient remedy
SUGAR-MAPI t BORER (Plat/ionotun tpenosus) is very destruc-
tive to hard maples The parent beetle is about an inch long,
black, brilliantly marked and banded with yellow The larva
is a large borer about 2 inches in length when mature They
burrow mostly in the sapwood, several often girdling and
killing a tree It is a difficult matter to prevent this injury
Treatment — Digging out the borers is the only remedy
known
WOOILY MAPIK-LKAF SCALE (Phenacoccus acencola) is a soft-
bodied woolly-covered insect about Ji inch long, found on
the under side of tho leaves There are two or three geneia-
tions a year They hibernate as young on tho bark of tho
trunk and branches
Treatment — Winter applications $of whale-oil soap, one
pound in one gallon of water, havo given tho best results.
/Esculus TusHocK-MoTH — See Apple.
Agave OLE \VDER SCALE — See Iledera.
RFD SCALE —See Citrus.
Alder ALD*R BLIGHT Arms (Pemphigus tesaettata) occurs in ool-
omes on the branches and appears as conspicuous white,
woolly masses
Treatment — They may be dislodged by a stiff stream of
water or may be killed by spraying with kerosene emulsion.
SAW-FLY LkAK-MiVER (Kalwsyxphniga dohrinn) feeds between
the upper and lower layers of the leaves, causing large blotch
mines
No remedy known.
Allamanda. CITRUS WHITE FLY.— See Citrus.
Almond BLACK SCALE — See CVrua.
CLOVFR MITL — See Peach.
COTTONY CUSHION SCALE — See Citrus.
PEAR THRIPB — See Pear.
SAN Jos£ SCALE — See Apple.
Aloe OLEANDER SCALE. — See Hedera.
Amaryllis. N UICISSUB BULB-FLY. — See Nanfaw.
Ampelopsis. MYRON SPHINX (Ampelophaoa myron). — Large, green
or brown, smooth caterpillars occasionally defoliate the vines.
Treatment — Hand-picking.
Annona. FLORIDA WAX SCALE. — See Citrus.
Anthurium. FLORIDA WAX SCALE. — See Cttrus.
Apple. APHIDS or PLANT- LICE — There are three species which
commonly attack the opening buds and leaves of apple, —
the leaf aphis (A phi* pomt), rosy aphis (Aphis sorbi) and bud
aphis (Siphocoryne avenir).
Treatment. — These small, soft-bodied insects may be con-
trolled by thorough spraying with "Black Leaf 40 tobacco
extract, three-fourths of a pint, in one-hundred gallons of
water, adding four pounds of soap. Make the application
before the leaves curl
APPLE-CURCULIO (Anthonomus yuadngibbus). — A soft, white
grub, about H inch long, living in the fruit
Trentment —Clean cultivation Rake the small apples that
drop early out into the sun where they will dry up.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued
APPLE FLEA-BEETLE (Graptodera folmoea). — Brassy, green
beetle, M inch or less long, feeding upon leaves
Treatment — Arsemcals. Lime-sulfur or bordeaux mixture
as a repellent.
APPLE LEAF-HOPPER (Empoaaca mah). — A slender pale yellow-
ish green bug, the nymphs are pale greenish and usually found
on the under side of the leaves. Tho winter eggs are laid in
busters under tho bark of the smaller branches, summer eggs,
in the leaf veins and petioles Four generations annually
The insect feeds by extracting tho juices from the leaves,
causing them to turn pale and curl. It is most injurious to
nursery stock.
Treatment. — The young nymphs may be killed by spraying
With "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, three-fourths of a pint
in one hundred gallons of water, adding three to four pounds
of soap Nurserymen often catch the adults by the use of
sticky shields
APPLE LEAF-ROLLER (Archips argyrosptla). — A green caterpillar
with a black head, 1 inch or less in length when mature,
attacks the opening buds rolling and webbing together the
leaves, flowers and young fruit into a nest Holes are eaten in
the young apples, deforming them. Eggs are laid in June in
small, flat masses on the bark and are covered with a smooth
varnish -like coating They do not hatch till the following
spring
Treatment — To kill eggs spray with miscible oil, one gallon
in fifteen gallons of water, making the application as late as
possible before the buds open If the eggs have been neglected,
recourse must be had to arsenate of lead, six pounds in one
hundred gallons water Apply before the blossoms open
APPLE MAGGOT (Rhagoletw promnella) — A white maggot that
tunnels apples through and through, causing decay and falling
of the fruit The parent flies appear the latter part of June
and early July and insert the eggs under the skin of the fruit
Hibernation takes place in small pupana just below the sur-
face of the soil Sweet and subacid varieties are most suscep-
tible, but others are sometimes attacked
Treatment — Clean cultivation Spray when flies appear
with arsenate of lead, four pounds in one hundred gallons of
water The addition of two or three gallons of molasses is
supposed to render the poison more attractive to the flies
BROWN-TAIL MOTH (Euprodis chrysarrhj'a). — This highly
destmctive European insect was introduced near Boston a
number of years ago, and is now rapidly spreading over New
England The snow-white moths, with a large tuft of brown
haira at the tip of the abdomen, appear in July and deposit
eggs on the leaves in elongate masses covered yith brown hair*
from the body of the female The caterpillars become only
partly grown the first season, and hibernate in conspicuous
nests, 3 or 4 inches long, at the tips of the branches The black-
bodied caterpillars, clothed with rather long, brownish, sting-
ing hairs, complete their growth the next spring, feeding
ravenously on the tender foliage and causing great damage in
orchards, parka, and forests
Treatment — Cut out and burn all winter nests before the
buds start In the spring, F-pray with arsenate of lead, aa
recommended for the gipsy-moth Prevent the ascent of ater-
pillars from other trees by banding the trunks with tangle-
foot Keep the bands frosh by combing the surface every few
days
BUD-MOTH (Tmetocera oceUana) — The small brown caterpillars
with black heads burrow into the buds, feeding on the opening
leaves and flowers and web them together
Treat/nent. — Spray with arsenate of lead, four pounds in
one hundred gallons of water, just as the blossoms snow pink,
and again as the last of tho petals are falling
CANKER-WORM, FALL (\hophilti pomctarm) — Wingless female
moths usually emerge from the ground in late autumn, crawl
up the trees and deposit their eggs on the smaller branches
The eggs hatch in April or May and the blackish yellow-striped,
looping caterpillars defoliate the trees
Treatment — Band tree trunks m the fall with tanglefoot
or cotton batting to prevent ascent of moths The young
canker-worms may be killed by spraying with arsenate of
lead, six pounds to one hundred gallons of water
CANKER-WORM, SPRING (Paleacnta vernata) — Habits similar to
the fall canker-worm, but the moths emerge in March and
April. Caterpillars are distinguished by having only two
pairs of prolegs
Treatment — Same as for fall canker-worm except the bands
should be applied in early spring
CASE-BEARERS — The pistol-case-hearer (Colfophora mahvorella)
and the cigar-case-bearer (C flftcheretta) — The small cater-
pillars live in pistol or cigar-shaped cases, about l/i inch long,
that they carry around with them. They appear in spring
on the opening buds at the same time as the bud-moth, and
may be controlled by the same means
CoDHN-MoTH (Carpocapsa pomoneUa) — This is the pinkish
caterpillar which causes a large proportion of wormy apples
The eggs are laid by a small moth on the leaves and the skin
of the fruit Most of the caterpillars enter the apple at the
blossom end When tho petals fall, the calyx is open, and this
is the time to spray. The calyx soon closes, and keeps the
poison inside ready for the young caterpillars' first meal
After the calyx has closed, it is too late to spray effectively.
The caterpillars become full-grown in July and \ugust, leave
the fruit, crawl down on the trunk, and there most of them spin
cocoons under the loose bark In most parts of the oruntry
there are two broods annua ly
1048 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OP INSECTS, continued
Treatment — As the last of the petals are falling, spray with
four Doumls arsonato of load in one hundred gallons of water,
using a stiff spray to force it into the blossom end of the apple.
Repeat the application three weeks later
F\n WFB-WORM (Hyphantna cunea) — Hairy larva, about an
inch long, varying from gray to pale yellow or bluish black,
feeding upon the leaves of many trees, in tents or weba.
Treatment — Destroy by burning the webs, or removing
them and crushing the larvae Spray with arsemcals.
FLAT-HFADED BORER (Chrywbothm femorata) — Larva about
an inch long, flesh-colored, the second segment ("head")
greatly enlarged, boring under the bark and sometimes into
the wood They are readily located in late summer or fall by
the dead and sunken patches of bark
Preventive — Soap and carbolic acid washes applied from
May to July Keep trees vigorous
GREEN FRUIT-WORMS (Xyhna up ) — Yellowish or apple-green
caterpillars, striped with cream-coloi , 1 to 1 ^ inches in length
when mature, attack tho opening leaves and blossoms and
eat holes in the developing fruit The parent moths emerge
from hibernation in early spring and lay their eggs on the
smaller branches One brood annually
Treatment — Thorough and repeated spraying with arsenate
of lead, six pounds in one hundred gallons of water, will kill
many of the young caterpillars Make the application when
blossom clusters appear
GYPSY Morn (Porthttria diipar) — The full-grown caterpillar
is about 2 inches long, dark gray in ground-color with eleven
pairs of prominent tubercles on the back, the first five pairs
blue, the last six dark red They become full-grown about
tho first of July They pupate in Hhght cocoons The moths
emerge in seven to seventeen days Tho male has a light
brown body, wings yellowish brown, and each front wing is
crossed by four wavy dark brown lines In the female the
body is light buff and the wings grayish white The dark
mai kings on the front wings are similar to those of tho male.
The females do not fly, but each lays its eggs in a mass about
an inch in length covered with hairs from its body Hiberna-
tion takes place in the egg stage The eggs hatch just as tho
buds are bursting.
Treatment — Kill the eggs by saturating the masses with
crude coal-tar creosote, to which a little lamp-black has been
added as a marker When the young caterpillars hatch, spray
the trees with ursenate of lead, ten pounds in one-hundred
gallons of water Whon the < aterpillars are half-grown, use
thirteen to fifteen pounds of lead arsenate Full-grown cater-
pillars are vciy resistant to poisons Band the tree trunks
with tanglefoot to prevent the ascent of wandering caterpillars.
LEAF-BUST* R MITE —See Pear
LBAF-CRUMPLER (Mineoln wdigenella) — Reddish brown cater-
pillars that live in slender, horn-shaped cases and feed on tho
tender leaves They hibernate as partly grown larvie and
attack tho opening buds the following spring They usually
live in a nest of several leav es fastened together with silk
Treatment — Gather the nests and burn them. Arsemcals
when the buds open
LESSER APPLE-WORM (Enarmonia prunivora) — Similar to the
codhn-moth, but larvae often feed just under the skin of the
fruit, causing blotched areas
Treatment — As for codlin-moth
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE (Lepidosaphes ulmi) — Thia is an elongate
scale (sometimes called bark-louse), J/g inch in length, resem-
bling an oyster-shell in shape and often incrustmg the bark
It hibernates as minute white eggs under the old scales The
eggs hatch during the latter part of May or in June, the date
depending on the season After they hatch, tho young may be
Been as tiny whitish lice crawling about on the bark When
these young appear, spray with kerosene emulsion, diluted
with six parts of water, or whale-oil, or any good soap, ono
pound in four or five gallons of water Where trees are
regularly sprayed with lime-sulfur, as for the San Jose scale
or blister mite, the oyster-shell scale is usually controlled
PALMER WORM (Ypaolophus pometellus) — The brownish green,
white-striped caterpillars, % inch in length when mature,
skeletonize the tender foliage in June and eat holes in the
young apples There is only one brood a year
Treatment — Spray with arsenate of lead, four pounds in
one hundred gallons of water when the caterpillars first appear.
PLUM-CURCULIO (Conotrarhelus nenuphar) — A snout-beetle that
deforms the fruit by its characteristic feeding and egg-laying
punctures The grubs develop in the fruit and cause it to fall.
Treatment — Spraying with arsenate of lead, as for codhn-
moth, whenever it can be applied with a fungicide so as not to
increase expense, will help to control the trouble Thorough
superficial tillage of the surface of soil during July and August
will kill many of the pupse, and is recommended For treat-
ment on plum, see under Plum
RED BUGS ( Heterocordylus mahnua and Lygidea mendax). — Thft
winter is passed as eggs inserted in the smaller branches. The
brilliant red nymphs appear as the buds open and feed on
the foliage for a time Then they puncture the newly set
apples causing one of three things some drop, some dry up and
remain on trees till next spring, and othArs mature as knotty,
misshapen, worthless fruit One generation a year
Treatment — The young nymphs may be killed by thorough
•Braying with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one pint in
one hundred gallons water, adding tour pounds of soap, (1)
when blossoms show pink, (2) when the last of the petals are
falling
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued
RED-HUMPED APPLE CATERPILLAR (Schizeura concinna) — These
red-headed, black-and-yellow-striped caterpillars with a rod
hump on the fourth segment often attract attention in August
and September by feeding in colonies on the ends of the
branches
Treatment — Spray for the young caterpillars with arsenate of
lead, four pounds in ono hundred gallons of water As they aro
most troublesome on newly planted trees the older caterpillars
may be shaken to the ground and crushed under foot.
RIBBED COCOON-MAKER (Bucculatnx pomifohella — A minute
yellow or green larva feeding upon me upper surface of the
leaves, causing the lower surface to turn brown Tho cocoons
are \v hite and slender, and are laid side by side upon tho under
side of twigs, where they aro conspicuous in winter
Treatment — Lime-sulfur while tree is dormant. Arsemcals
for the larvro in summer.
ROSE-CHAFER — See Grape.
ROUND-HE VDFD BOH* R (Saperda Candida) — A yellowish white
frub with dark brown head, about 1 inch long when mature
t is said to remain in the larval state three yeary The pare ut
beetle is silvery white on the head and beneath, the thorax
and wing-oovers are light brown two silveiy wluto strip* s
extend from the head to the tip of the wing-covers The ej^gs
are laid in slits in the bark, mostly in June
Preventive — Keep the beetles from laying eggs by spraying
tho trunks several times during tho spring and summer with
kerosene emulsion or by coating them with an alkaline) wash
made from soap, caustic potash, and carbolic acid Tarred
paper tree-protectors well tied at the top, or wire mosquito-
netting protet tors closed at the top and encircling the trunk
so loosely that the beetles cannot reach the bark, are effective
in preventing egg-laying Practise clean cultivation, and do
not let ^ator sprouts or other rank v< gt tation encircle tho
base of tho tree
Remedial — Dig out the borers w honevor they can be loc atod
by discolored bark or by tho sawdust thrown out ot tho burrow
SAN JOSE SCALE (Aapidiutus ptrntcn^us) — This scale is nearly
circular in outline ami about the suo of a pmh< ad Wlu n
abundant it forms a crust on tho blanches, and causes small
red spots on the fruit It multiplies with marvelous rapidity,
there being throe or four broods annually, arid each mother
scale may give birth to several hundnd joung Tho young
are born alive, and breeding continues until lite autumn,
when all stages are lulled by the- cold wei>the r, except the tiny,
half-grown, black scales, many of which hibernate safely
Treatment — Spray thoroughly in tho fall after tho leaves
drop, or early m the spring before, growth begins, with lime--
sulfur wash, one gallon in eight gallons of water, or miscible
oil, one gallon in fifteen gallons of wale r When badly mfe ste d,
make two applications, ono in the fall and another in the spring
In case of large, old trees, 25 per cent < rude-oil emulsion should
be applied just as the buds are swelling
SCURFY SCALE (Chionaspis fur/urun) -This whitish, pear-
shaped scale, about Jg inch in length, often mcrusts the bark,
giving it a scurfy appearance It hibernates as purplish eggs
under the old scales
Treatment — Spray as recommended for oyster-shell scale.
T*.NT^CATEHPiiL\R8Mfatoco«omoam«Tiranoand V dm/na) —
Larva nearly 2 inches long, spotted and striped with yellow,
white, and black, feeding upon the leaves They congregate
in tents or in clusters on the Dark at night and m eeiol weather,
and forage out upon the branches during the day
Treatment — Arsemcals, as for codhn-moth Burn out nests
with torch, or cut them out and nush the larva; Pick off
egg masses from twigs during winter ami spting
TUSSOCK-MOTH (Hemerocampa lvu«t^ti,fjrn<i) — \ handsome, red-
headed, yellow and black tufted catt rpillar, about an inch long,
which devours tho leaves and sometimes eats into the fruit
Remedial — Collet t the frothy egg-massos in fall and winter
and band the trees to prevent a runff station b> migrating
caterpillars Spray with arscmcals as for codhn-moth, taking
care to cover the under side of the leav es
TWIG-BORER (Schistoceros hamatus) — Beetle, ^ inch long,
cylindrical and dark brown, boring into twigs ejf apple, pear,
and other trees The beetle enters just above a buel
Treatment — Burn the twigs The oarly stage's are passed m
dying wood, such as prumngs, diseased canes, and in upturned
roots Burn such rubbish, ami thus destroy their breeding-
places This is also a grape pest
TwiQ-GiRDLER (Oncideres cingulatus) — Small branches are often
girdled by a nandsome ash-sprinkled reddish brown beetle,
about \i inch in length The girdled twigs soon fall and tho
grubs develop in tho fallen branches
Treatment — Collect and burn all fallen branches
WOOLLY APHIS (Schizoneura lamgtra) —Small reelehsh brown
plant-hcc covered with a conspicuous mass of white, waxy
fibers, found on the branches, sprouts, trunks and roots
Treatment — For the form above ground drench the mfeste>d
parts with 15 per cent kerosene emulsion , for the underground
form remove the earth beneath tho tree to a depth of 3 inches.
and apply 10 per cent kerosene emulsion liberally, and
replace the earth In the case of nursery stock tho emulsion
may be applied in a shallow furrow close to tho row Do not
set infested trees
FELLOW-NECKED Appi R CATERPILLARS (Datana mmntra) ~
Apple branches are often defoliated in late summer by colo-
nies of black- and yelle>w-stnped caterpillars about 2 inches in
length when mature
Treatment —Same a« for Kcd-humpcd Caterpillar, which see.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1049
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Apricot. BARK BEETLE — See Peach,
BLACK SCALE— See Citrus
CANKER-WORMS — See Apple.
CLOVER MITE —Sec Peach
COTTONY CUSHION SCALE — See Citrus.
EUROPEAN FRUIT LECANIUM — See Plum
FROSTED SCALB (Euletanium pruinosum) — A large soft-bodied
scale, Yi inch m length, hemispherical in shape with a froat-
hke covering of wax
Treatment — Kerosene or distillate emulsion while the trees
are dormant
PEAC u TREE-BORERS — See Peach
PEAR THRIPS— See Pear
PLUM-CUBCULIO. — bee Plum.
Aquilegia. COLUMBINK BORER (Papaipema purpunfascia) — The
full-grown caterpillar measures l?p inches in length, salmon-
pink in color with three narrow stripes visible from above, the
two lateral ones broadly interrupted in the middle It bores in
the sti ms near the base
Treatment — Dig out and destroy caterpillars
Artichoke STEM MAUOOT (Strauina longiprnnn) — A small yel-
lowish maggot boring in the pith of the stems The adult are
two-winged yellowish flies with banded wings
Treatment — Encourage growth, vigorous plants outlive
injury
Asparagus COMMOV \spARAoua-Bhi-TiE (Crwceris aaparagi) —
Bettlc, less than '4 inch m length, yellow, red, and shining
black, with conspicuous ornamentation, feeding upon tho
tender shoots Larva feeds upon the leaves and tender bark
Treatment — Fn shly slaked lime dusted on before the dew
has disappi'arc d in tho morning Poultry Cut down all
plants in early spring to forte the beetles to deposit their eggs
upon the new shoots, whi< h are then cut every tew days before
the eggs hatch, or leave- a row or BO around the field as a lure
for the beetles where they may be killed with arsenicals
TWEI \E-SPOTTFD ASP \RU,ns-Bh.F fi E (Crioceris 12-punctata] —
Similar to the last, but with twd\e spots on the wing-co\ers
Treatment —Similar to that used above, except that the
grubs cannot be destroyed by lime, since they Irve within the
berry
ASPARVQUS MINI R (\yromyza simplex) — A maggot mining
under the skin near the base of the plant
Treatment — Leave a few volunteer plants as a trap in which
the fly will deposit her eggs Pull and burn those plants in
late Tune and early July The flies may
positing with sweetened arsenate of lead
ies may be killed before ovi-
Aspidistra FLORIDA RED ScALh. — See Citrus
Aster Bi iartK BEETLES — Large, black, grayish or striped beetles
that food on tho flowers The larvae in general feed on grass-
hopner eggs
Treatment — Hand-picking
TARVIHHED PuM-Buu (Lyuus prafensis) — An active bronzy
brown sucking bug *•& inch long, mottled with various shades of
yellowish, that «tunts the terminal buds by its feeding punc-
turo and also injures the flower-buds so that they either do
not open or produce imperfect flowers Injured plants arc
dwarfed and stuute-d
Treatment —No satisfactory control measures are known
Plants grown m shado are less liable to injury
ROOT- Lot HE (Aphis mcuhradicis) — Small bluish green plant-
hco infesting the roots, causing the plants to turn yellow and
sickly
Treatment — Mix tobacco dust into the soil around tho
plants when transplanting
rns
-See Cor
Aucuba. THE V ELLOW Sc ALE — See Citrus
Avocado Ijt \F-Roi itn ( 4 morbia emigratella) — A yellowish green
caterpillar stiipod with pinkish brown, about 1 inch long when
mature, rolls tho loavos and fats small holes m the fruit, ren-
dering it unfit for sale
Treatment — Vrsemito of lead when the caterpillars appear
ME\LY-BUQ (Dactylopius mpa ) —A small unarmored scale with
white mealy covering
Treatment —Kerosene emulsion, one part to ten parts water
Bamboo COTTONY BAMBOO SCALE (Antonina cram) — Small pur-
plish red scales Jg to V^ inch in length, covered with a dense
cottony coating, often >j inch in diameter They collect in
large numbers in the t rotchos and leaf-axils
Treatment — Repeated applications of kerosene emulsion
PLANT LOUSE (.Myzocalhs arundicolcns) — Small yellowish lice
which collect in largo numbers on the under surface of tho
leaves
Treatment — Contact sprays
Banana BANANA WEEVIL (Sphenophorus sordidus). — A small
grub boring in the stems
FLORIDA RED SCVLF — See Citrus
MEALY-BUG (Ctroputo yuccse] — Soit scales closely resembling
the common mealy-bug (Psoudococcus)
Treatment — Kerosene emulsion
Bean. BEAN LADY-BIRD (Epilachua corrupta) — A light yellowish
brown lady-bird beetle, with four black spots on each wing-
cover, attacks and devours all parts of the bean plant The
larva, which is yellow and covered with stout branched spines,
also feeds on the bean
Treatment — Arsenate of lead or kerosene emulsion.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued
BEAN LEAF-BEETLE (Cerotoma tnfurcata) — A pale yellow beetle
y§ inch in length, with black markings on the wing-covers,
often eats round holes m the leaves The larvte feed on the
roots and mam stems of the plants
Treatment — Arsenate of lead as soon as the beetles appear
BEAN-WEEVIL (Bruehus obttrtus) — Closely resembles the pea-
weevil, which see for description and remedies Holding over
the seed will be of no value with this insect.
CORN-EAR WORM —bee Corn
CUTWORM —See Corn
PEA APHIH — Soe Pea
SEED-CORN MMJC.OT (Pegomya fusciceps) — A maggot attacking
germinating seeds and roots of young plants
Treatment — Avoid stable manure, practise crop-rotation
In the garden, use sand moistened with kerosene around the
plants to keep tho flics from laying the eggs
Beet BEET APHIS (Pemphigus bet<e) — A root-infesting plant-
louse locally abundant in certain western states
Treatment -Rotation of crops
BEET LEAF-HOPPLR (Eutettix tenella) — A small, pale yellowish
green leaf-hopper punctuics the leaves, causing the disease,
curly top Present in the v »su rn states
Treatment — Vo featinfaotory treatment known
BLISTER BELILEB — S<e Alter
CUTWORMS— See Corn
FALSE CHINCH Buo (Numus angustatus var minutus) — Small
grayish brown bugs, ,'t inch m length Destructive to sugar
beets grown for seed
Control — Contaft insecticides, clean cultivation
GRASSHOPPERS — -See Corn
LEAF-MINER — See Spinach
LARGER BEET LEAF-BEETLE (Monoxia puncticoUm) — A dull
brown beetle with striped wing-covers Both larva; and adults
feed on the sugar beet, of ton in immense numbers
Treatment — b line as for Flea-Bettles bee Potato
FIEA-BKETLF —Sec Potato
WEHitHN BEar BKULF (Monoxia consputa) — A beetle closely
allied to tho larger be it hat-beetle, feeding on the leaves,
leaving only tho veins
Treatment —Same as for Flta-Beetles See Potato
BEET \RVIY WORM (Laphyyrrui exiqua) — A large caterpillar
about 1'4 inches lor-; when mature, olivaceous to greenish in
color, broadly striped with lighter green, defoliates the plants
Trtatment—Ace Army Worm, Corn
BEFT WEB- WORM (Loxostrye tttcticahs) — Pale yellowish green
caterpillars striped with lighter groon, about "4 inch long,
frequently defoliate the plants in certain regions
Treatment —Destroy all weeds Spray with arsenate of
lead
Begonia GREENHOUSE THRIPS — See Citrus
GiiKtMim SE WHITE-FLY —See Tomato
ME^LV-BIGS -See Citrus
WHITE-FL\ —See Citrus
Berbens BARBERRY PLANT-LOUSE (Rhopalosipfnum berbendn) —
Small, greenish yellow lice attacking the leaves and young
growth
Trtatmcnt — Tobacco extract or kerosene emulsion
Betula BIRC H APHIS (Calli pterus bduliecoleu*) — \ small, yellow-
ish plant-louse occasionally abundant on the under side of
birch foliage (cut-leaf varieties)
Tnatment —"Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract three-fourths
of a pint to one hundred gallons of water
BIRCH LFAF BUCPUHTRIX (Buceulatrix canadensinlla) — Small,
whitish larvae skeletonising the leaves
Treatment — Arson ite of load, six pounds in one hundred
gallons w ater
BRONZE BIRCH BORKR ( ignlu-! anxiu*) —Slender, flattened yel
lowiah white grubs, 34 inch long wh< n full-grown, burrow under
tho bark on all parts of tho tree The top branch usually dies
first and is the first indication that the tree is infested
Treatment — Cut down and burn all infested trees imme-
diately to prevent spread to other trets
FROSTED SCALE— See \piirot Occurs in California on birch
OYSTER-SHELL SCAIF —Sec \pple
Bignoma HEMISPHERIC u, Sc VLB — See Citrus
ME^LY-BUGS— See Citrus
Billbergia PINEAPPLE SC^LE —See Pineapple
Blackberry —See Bramble Fruits
Bramble Fruits BLACKBERRY LFAF-MINER (Metellus rubi) —A
greenish white larva with brown markings, }.$ inch in length
when full-grown, causing blotch mines in the leaves
Treatment —No satisfactory treatment known
CANE-BORER (Obtrea bnnaculata) — Beetle, black, small, and
shni, making two girdles about an inch apart near the tip
of the cane, in June, and laying an egg just above the lower
girdle, the larva, attaining the length of nearly an inch, bores
down tho cano Also in blackberry
Remedy — \s soon as the tip of the cane wilts, cut it off
bolow the lower girdle and burn it
RASPBERRY BEETLE (Byturus umcolor) — A light brown beetle
one-seventh inch long feeds on the opening leaves and blos-
soms The small white grub feeds between the berry and
receptacle of rod raspberries
RASPBERRY CANE MAGGOT (Phorbia rubivora) — Small, white
maggot which burrows m the new canos and girdles the shoot.
The eggs are laid by a fly in April or May
1050 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Treatment — Pull up or out off oanes several inches below the
girdle and burn them.
RASPBERRY HORNTAIL ( Hartigia abdomtnahs) — A whitish larva,
about 1 inch in length when mature, when young it burrows
under the bark, girdling the tip It then tunnels out the pith
Treatment — Cut off infested canes when wilting is observed.
RASPBERRY ROOT-BORER (Bembecia marginata) — Larva about
1 inch long, boring in the roots and the lower parts of the cane,
remaining m the root over winter
Remedy — Dig out the borers Destroy wild berry bushes
RASPBERRY SAW-FLY (Monophadnus rubi) — Larva about %
inch long, green, feeding upon the leaves
Remedies — Hellebore , arsemcals, after fruiting
RED-NECKED CANE-BORFR ( ignlun ruficolUs) — A yellowish
white flattened grub, J4' inch in length when mature, burrows
in the canes causing swellings or galls characterized by the
splitting of the bark The parent beetle is M inch m length,
black, with thorax or "neck" reddish
Treatment — Cut out and burn all infested canes.
RED-SPIDER — See Peach Do not use lime-sullur on raspberry
foliage
THEE -CRICKET (Ecanthus nigricorn\e) — Small and whitish
cricket-like insect, puncturing canes for 2 or 3 inches, and
depositing eggs m the punctures
Remedy — Burn all infested canes in winter or very early
spring
Brassica — See Cabbage
Brussels Sprouts. — See Cabbage
Buzus OLEANDER SCALE — See Hedera
Cabbage CABBAGE APHIS (Aphis brassicse) — These small, mealy
plant-hco are especially troublesome during cool, dry seasons,
when their natural enemies are less active
Treatment — Thorough spraying with "Black I^af 40"
tobacco extract, three-fourths of a pint in one hundred gallons
water, adding four or five pounds of soap
CABBAGE-LOOPER (\ntoffrapha brassies;) — A pale green looping
caterpillar, striped with lighter lines, over 1 inch in length
when mature Especially destructive to late cauliflower
Treatment — Very difficult to poison Some growers dust
the plants with pure pans green, using a blower
CABBAGE MAGGOT (Pegomya brassicx) — A small white maggot,
the larva of a small fly, eating into tho crown and roots of
young cabbage, cauliflower, radish, and turnip plants
Treatment — Carbolic acid emulsion diluted with thirty
parts of water, applied the day following the transplanting
of the cabbage plants, and repeated once a week for several
applications Remove a little earth from about the plants,
and spray on the emulsion forcibly Better results may be
secured by using tightly fitting cards cut from tarred paper
In seed-beds, protect the plants by surrounding the bed with
boards 1 foot wide placed on edge, across which a tight cover
of cheese cloth is stretched.
CABBVGE-WORM or CABBAGE-BUTTERFLY (Pontia rapse), — The
green caterpillars hatch from eggs laid by the common white
butterfly There are several broods every season.
Treatment — If plants are not heading, spray with kerosene
emulsion or with pans green to which the sticker has been
added If heading, apply hellebore.
Ctrrw ORMS — See Corn
DIAMOND-BACK MOTH (Plutella macuhpenms) — A pale green,
active caterpillar, about J^ inch in length when mature, feeds
on the under sides of the leaves Pupates in an open-work
silken cocoon on the leaves Dest ruotive to late cauliflower.
Treatment — Same as for cabbage looper
FLEA-BEKTLES — See Potato
HARIKQUIN CABBAOK-BUG (\furgantia histnonica) — Bug about
Yi inch long, gaudily colored with orange dots and stripes over
a blue-black ground, f coding upon cabbage, two to six broods
Treatment — Hand-pu king Place blocks about the patch,
and the bugs will collect under them In the fall make small
piles of tho rubbish in tho patch, and burn them at the approach
of winter Practise clean culture Destroy all cabbage stalks
and other cruciferous plants in fall Early in the spring, plant
a trap crop of mustard, radish, rape, or kale When the over-
wintering OURS congregate on these plants, destroy them with
pure kerosene or by hand
Cactus. MEALY-BOGS. — See Citrus.
Cactus Chehmdea mttigera — A yellowish bug resembling tho
common squash stink bug (Anaaa tnstis), feeding on the joints
of opuntia, causing small circular discolored areas and destruc-
tion of the plants
Treatment — Destroy young with gasolene torch. la win-
ter, burn trash m which adults are hibernating
COTTONY COCHINEAL INSECT (Dactylojnus confusus) — A scale
insect covered with large flocculent masses of pure white wax.
Control -Usually kept in check by its predaceoua enemies.
Melitara }unctohnella — Large indigo-blue (young), or conspicu-
ously banded (last stage) larv» living within the joints of
opuntia, causing tumor-like swellings
Control — Burn injured joints with gasolene torch
Mimorista ftamdiftsimahs — Yellowish caterpillars burrowing in
the young joints, thus destroying new growth Their presence
is indicated by exuding sap
Treatment — Powdered arsenate of lead dusted on the young
growth early m the season
Narn\a palltdicorina — Brownish yellow bugs about Ji inch in
length injuring the fruit.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Control. — Destroy the gregarious bugs with the gasolene
Opuntia longicorns (Moneilema sp ) — Shining, black, wingless
beetles ?4 to 1 inch in length Tho larvas burrow in the main
stems and older joints of the prickly poar
Control — Hand-picking the beetles, burning infested stems
spraying with arsenate of lead
Carnation CARNATION MITE (P ediculopsis graminum) — A minute
mite found in the buds and instrumental m transmitting the
bud-rot disease
Treatment — Gather and burn all infested buds
GREEN PLANT-LOUSE (Myzus pertsicx) — Small greenish plant-
lice infesting the terminal brunches
Treatment — Fumigation with hydrocyanic ucid gas or
tobacco
Carrot. CARROT BEETLE (Ligyrus gibbosus) — A reddish brown
beetle J 2 inch or more long, which attacks the young plants
The larva lives in the ground, where it feeds on humus
Preventive — Crop-rotation and other remedies for white
grub See under Corn
CARROT RUST FLY — See Celery.
PARSNIP LEAF-MINEK — See Parsnip
PARSNIP PLANT-LOUSE — See Parsnip
PARSNIP WEB- WORM — Sco Parsnip
Carya — See Hickory
Castanea —See Chestnut
Catalpa. CATALPA-MIDGE (Cendonyw catalpst,} — Small yellowish-
maggots, scarcely \$ inch m length when mature, attacking
the seeds, terminal buds, ends of branches and leaves, deform-
ing them
Treatment — Plow in early full or late spring to destroy
pupa) in nuT«e-ies
CATA.LPA SPHINX (Sphinx catalpje) —A sulfur-yellow caterpillar
with black head and a broad black stripe down the back,
about 2H mrhes in length when mature, defoliates the trees
Several broods a season
Treatment — Arsenate of lead w hen tho caterpillars are small
Hand-picking later
Cauliflower. — See Cabbage
Ceanothus CITRUS MLALY-BUG — Sco Citrus
MEAI Y-Bua — See Banana
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE — See Apple
Celery. CARROT Rusr-FLY (Pt,ila ran?) — Minute whitish yellow
maggots infesting the roots and stunting the plants
Preventive — Late sowing and rotation of crops Celery or
carrots should not follow each other
CELERY CATERPILLAR (Papilw polyients) — A large green cater-
pillar, ringed with black and spotted with yellow, which feeds
on the leaves
Treatment — Hand-picking as soon as observed
CELERY LEAF-TYEH (Phlyct*nia ferrugahs) — A greenish cater-
pillar, feeding on the under side of the leaves
Treatment — Spruy with arsemcals while the larvse are still
young
CELERY LOOPER (Antographa falcifjfra) — A greenish looping
caterpillar with white stripes, nbout !}£ inches long when
mature, foods on the tender leu\es
Treatment — No satisfactory treatment known
LITTLE NEGRO BUG (Conmdxna pulcana) — Glossy black bugs,
% inch in length, that collott in clusters in the axils ot the
leaflets and cause the plants to wilt
Treatment — Kerosene emulsion or tobacco extract
PARSNIP PLANT-LOUSE — See Parsnip
Chard —See Beet
Cherry APHIS (Mytus cerasi) — Blackish plant-lice infesting the
leaves and tips of nr w growth
Treatment — Spray as soon as the first lice appear with
whale-oil soap or tobacco extract.
CANKER WORM — Sec Apple
CHERRY FRUIT FLIES (Khagoletis cingulata and R fausta) —
Small maggots infesting ripening fruit Adults are flies with
banded wings and insert their eggs under the skin of the fruit
Treatment — Spray with arsenate of load, five pounds m
one hundred gallons sweetened with three gallons molasses to
kill flies before egg-laying Should be done when flies first
appear, — laat of Juno in New York
CHERRY SCALE (Aspidiotua forbtai) — Resembles the San Jose1
scale
Treatment — Same as for Son Jos6 Scale. See Apple.
PLUM-CURPULIO — See Plum
ROSE-CHAKKR — Sec Grape
SLUG (Enocampmdes hmacina) — Larva, 14 inch long, blackish
and shiny, feeding upon the leaves, two broods
Treatment — Arscmcals, hellebore, tobacco extract
CHERRY TREE TORTRIX (Arrhips cerasivorana) — Tips of branches
are frequently webbed into nests by colonies of lemon-yellow
caterpillars
Treatment — Wipe out nests and destroy the caterpillars
PEACH THFE BORKR — See Peach
FRUIT TREE BARK BEETLE — Soo Peach
Chestnut. CHESTNUT WEEVILS (Balamnus proboscideus and B
rectus). — Brownish beetles with extremely long, slender
snouts with which they bore holes into the nuts for deposi-
tion of eggs The grubs feed on the kernel, producing wormy
nuts
Treatment — No satisfactory control measures known
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1051
p ) — Works in the
npedifor
is) — A large,
,
overeel with a waxy seen tion )•& inch in
scale w ulptured like a miniature barnacle
ash or kt rosenc emukion before the waxy
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
TWO-LINED CHESTNUT BORER (Aanlus bihneatua) — Slender,
flattened grubs, ^4 inch long when mature, burrowing under
the bark a,rul girdling the trees
Tr eatm<nt —Cut and burn infested trees to prevent spread.
KUKOPEAV FHUIT LM-ANIUM — See Plum
Chrysanthemum GKEKN AI-HII
green lice attacking tho term
Treat merit — Fumigation.
Bi A( K APHIS (Macrosiphum sanborni). — Small, black lice attack-
ing the terminal shoots
Triatmtnt — Fumigation.
TARNISHED PLANT-BUG — See Anter.
C/HKYHANTHEMUM LkAF-MiNEK (Osci
leaves
Trcatmi nt — Hand-picking
Cineraria. LEAI-TYER — See Celtry
Citrus BARVACLK SCALK (d-roplmte-i cir
dark brown srale c
length .Surface of
Control — Rosin w
HIM*. C'/TRITB Lornh (Toxoptem auruntix) —Small, dull black
lice, curling the 1. avcs und killing the new growth
Control —-Contact sprays btfore thr leaves curl
BLACK SCAI L (,S'niss»ria oZe.t) — V black, oval scale ^ inch in
diainf (i r with an 'H"-shap< d mark on the back of the female
The young are light yellow to brown, unmarked The scales
secrete honey dew in which a fungus grows smutting the fruit
Tnntmtnt -Fumigation On citrus, use a half to three-
fourths of ^ gul tr dostgc between September and January
Uu deciduous fiuits and oh\e, water distillate, caustic soda
mechanic id mixtures or distillate emulsion may be used to
kill scal« s less than one-half grown
Ciiuts RFD-SPIDI-R (Tttrrirn/thui mytilatpidis) — Bright red,
minute mite, frequently abundant on fruit and foliage
Tnntimnt — Dusting with sulphur or commercial liine-sul-
fur «0lution chlut(>d 1-T> or ">0 of water
CITRLK fmui's (Euthripi citri) — Slender, minute, orange-ye llow
insce Is, h ss than one-thirtieth inch m length, scarring the fruit
and injuring the foliage
Titatment —Lime -sulfur solution one part in eighty parts
water (likely to cause Might injury to foliage) or "Black Leaf
40 ' tob icco e xtntcf , OIK part in 1,800 pai ts water Make four
applications (1) Vs the last of p< tals are falling, (2) ten to
fifteen days later, (*) thro, to four weeks after the second, (4)
dunng the months ot \ugust or Septe mbcr (for California) In
greenhouses, fumigate with hyriroeyanic acid «as
COTTONY CLBHIOV Sc ME (Inn/a punhasi) — Red or yellownsh
scale ms((ts with large, white, fluted, eottony masses which
cover the eggs from h to ' ; inch in length
Control — Natur il e ne>mie>s, principally by the common
Veelalia
FLORIHA HFD SCAI i- (( hrunotnph«lui aomdum) — Circular flat,
brown stales, ^ to 'K me h in eliamete r
Trratmtnt — Fumigation with full de>sage schedule.
FLOHII>\ \VAX S<AIK (Ci nipla^tc-* flondtnsis) — Oval convex,
white or pinkish, w ixy sc ties with the upper surface evenly
lobed, 1-12 to ' „ inch in eliame tor
Cunt > ol — Ro^in wash or kerobono emulsion applied to tho
young scale s before the waxy cohering is formed.
FULLBR'H Ue>sh. BH-TIV —See Stniwhirry
GLOVER'S S< AIE (Lepxlosaphcs glovtrn) — Closely resembles the
Control — Kame -is for Purple S<alf, which see.
GRELNHOI.H* THRIPH ( Heliothnps fin morrhoulahs) — A slender.
minute, yellowish brown insect destroying the blossoms anel
russet ing the fruit
Treat mi nt —Si mo as for Citrus Thnps, which see.
HEMiwpiiKKieAL SCAI fc (Haissetia hemispheric^) — A smooth,
oval, conve x soft scale without markings Common in green-
houses
Treatment — Same as for Mack Scale, which see.
MEAiY-Buei (P«,ud<jco«U8 citii) — Small, soft-bodied scale
insects, ' t to ? 8 inch long, covered with a white waxy secretion
Control — A thorough application of carbolic aciei emulsion,
spray under heavy pressure
MELON APHIS — See Muvkmclon
MEDITERRANEAN FRUIT FLY (Cerafitis capitala) — Small white
maggots burrowing in a gre>at variety of soft, juicy fruits
The parent fly is about the size of the house fly, yellowish
marked with black, and with faintly banded wings Widely
distributed in. the tropical and subtropical regions of the world
and a most serious horticultural pest wherever it occurs
Rigid quarantine regulations have prevented its introduction
mto tho United States
Treatment — Sweetened arsenate of lead to kill the fliea
before oviposition
ORANGE CHION \SPIS (Chionaspia citn) — Elongate, blackish
brown scale with a gray margin and dark yellow exuviBP
Treatment — Fumigation, kerosene emulsion, one part in
five paits of water, three applications at three-week intervals
ORANGE M\.GGOT (Trypeta ludtni) — Dirty white maggots,
about y2 mch m length when mature, burrowing m tho pulp.
From four to twenty maggots may occur in a single orange
The adult two-winged fly is straw-yellow m color with brown-
ish markings and bands on the wings A serious pest to oranges
in Mexico
Control — Pick up and destroy all infested fruit.
67
CATALOGUK OF INSECTS, continued.
ORANGE TORTKIX (Tortnx cUrana) — Greenish white to dark,
irregularly striped caterpillars, ft inch long when mature,
that burrow into the rmef and induce decay.
Control — Destroy ah1 infe sted fruit
PURPLE SCALE (Lcpidosaphes btcku) — Reddish brown to rich
purple oyster-shell-shaped scales & to }/» inch in length.
Control —Fumigate with full dosage BC hedule.
RED SCALE (Chryeornphalus aurnntu) —Circular, flat, reddiah
scales, ft to Ji inch m diameter
Control — Fumigation w ith full dosage schedule. On decidu-
ous trees lime-sulfur solution, one part in nine parts of water,
or distillate emulsion
SILVLK MITE (Enophyes olcivorus) — A minute, elongate four-
legged yellow mite causing russetmg of the orange and silver-
Control —Same as fe,r C'Urua Red Spider, which see
SOFT BROWN SCALE (Cocru* hespendum) — Oval. yellowish brown,
flat, soft scale, sometimes with darker markings, % inch in
length
Control — Same as for Black Scale, which see
WHITE-FLY (Akyrod^s nttt, and A nubifera) — The immature
stages are found on the und< r Mdo of the leaves and art scale-
hke in form The adults arc n mite white-winged flies
Treatment — Fumigation Funtrous parasites
YKLI/>W Se ALK (Chrysomphalut, citrinui) — Similar to the red
scale but ye llowish m e ulor
Control — Same as for Red Scale, which see
Clematis RFD SPIDER —See Peach
SOFT BROWN Sc ALE —See Citrus
Coconut COCONUT SCAI*. (Aspidiotua destructor) — Whitish to
creamy transparent seales often abundant on under side of
leaves and fruit
Treatment — When occurring on young trees spray with
w hale-oil soap, on older trees it is advisable to remove and burn
badly infested leaves
Coexj\LT BEETLE (Strategus anachoreta) — Large black beetles
attacking yemng trees near tho "collar " One beetle will
destroy a trt e if not remov e d in time
Treatment — Dig out and destroy
COCXDNUT WHITE-FLY (Ahyrodes cocma) — Similar to the citrus
white fly
Control — Contact insecticides. Destroy wild food plants
FLORIDA Rn> SC\LE — See Citrus
PALM WEEVIL (Ithynchophorua palmtirum) —Shining black
snout beetles, the larva; of which live in young palm trees
reducing the interior tissues to a mass of pulp
Treat nunt — Dress all wounds with tar or similar prepara-
tions Avoid all unnecessary pruning Destroy all felled trees
anel stumps not used as trips The beetles maybe attracted by
the use of injured palm cabbages and trapped under rubbish
RHINOCEROS BKETI K (Oryctrx rhinoceros) — A large beetle about
1 Ji inches long, attacking anel burrowing through the crown
and stem
Treatment — Destroy all breeding-places, such as old coconut
tree s, .tump, and cocao pods
Cocos —bee Cownut.
Codweum. GHEENHOUHE THRIPS — See Citrus
MFVLI -BUGS —See Citrus
POHPI F Se 4LE — See Citrus.
Coffee. BLAC K CITHI s Loi SE — Sec Citrus
COFFEE LEAF-MINER (( emiostomn coffeella) — A small cater-
pillar about ¥% inch long, mines in the leaves producing small
brownish areas Badly infested leaves drop
Treatment — No satisfactory treatment known. .
KKMISI-HERICAL ScvLr — See Citrus
MEVLY-BUQ — See Citrus
Coleus MEALY-BUG —bee Citrus.
Orthezia insiyms — Ocherous to dark green scale insect covered
with a white waxy secretion extending posteriorly into a broad
plate
Treatment — Contact insecticides.
WHITE-FLY — See Tomato
Corn. ARMY-WORM (Leucania unipuncta) — A cut-worm-like
caterpillar, which normally feeds on grass When this food-
supply is exhausted, they migrate in numbers to other faelds
and attack corn, wheat, and similar crops
Preventive — To stop the advance of tho "army," plow deep
furrows so the dirt is thrown toward the colony, m the bot-
tom of the furrows dig post-holes into which the caterpillars
will fall and where they may be killed with kerosene
CHINCH-BUG (Bhssus leucopterus) — A red or white and black
sucking bug, three-twentieths of an inch long. Attacks wheat
and corn in great numbers
Preventive* — Clean farming to destroy suitable hibernating
shelter. Stop the migration of the bugs from the wheat-fields
into corn by maintaining along the field a dust strip 10 feet
wieie in which a furrow and post-hole barrier has been con-
structed This may be supplemented by a coal-tar barrier
ANGOUMOIS GRAIN MOTH (Sitotroga cerealella) — A small cater-
pillar living in tie grains The adult is a snnaJI grayish brown
moth Most destructive in storage
Treatment — Fumigate with carbon bisulfid, fvr pounds to
1,000 cubic feet Make bins perfectly tight and sprinkle over
grain, covering with gas-proof tarpaulin Fumi^e at least
twenty-four hours This should be done when te 01. erature is
not below 65° F In steam-heated mills, the most practicable
method of destroying grain-infesting insects is by holding
temperature from 118 to 122° for several hours.
1052 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued
CORN EAR- WORM (Hehothis armiger) — A green or brownish
striped caterpillar feeding on the corn beneath the husk.
Three to six generations yearly
Preicntnes —Plant as early as possible, and still avoid a
"set-back" to the crop
CORN-ROOT APHIS (Aphis maidiradms) — A bluish green aphis
infesting tho roots
Preventives — A short rotation period in corn, especially in
dry years Deep and thorough and repeated stirring oi old
corn ground in fall and spring aa a preparation for corn-plant-
ing Maintenance and increase of the fertility of the soil
CUTWORMS (Agrotn, Hadcna, etc ) —Soft-bodied caterpillars
eating and cutting off the young plants
Preventive? — Early fall plowing of grass lands intended for
corn, pasturing by pigs of grass or clover land intended for
corn, distributing a line of poisoned bran by means of a seed-
drill To prevent the caterpillars entering from a neighboring
grass field, destroy them with a line of poisoned vegetable
bait
GRASSHOPPERS (Acridtdv) — Poison them with the following
mixture Bran, twenty pounds, pans green, one pound,
syrup, two quarts, oranges or lemons, three fruits, water,
three and one-half gallons Mix the bran and pans green thor-
oughly m a wash-tub \vlule dry Sc4ueeze the juice of oranges
or lemons into the water and add pulp and peel cut into small
pieces Dissolve the syiup in the watci and moisten the bian
mixture with it, mixing thoroughly Sow broadcast in mfcbtcd
areas early m the morning
NORTHERN CORN ROOT- WORM (Diabrotica lonaicormi,) — A
whitish grub 1$ inch long, which burrows in the roots
Preventive — Crop-rotation, corn should not follow corn
SOD WFB- WORMS (Crambus sp ) — Gray or brownish caterpillars
about '/% 'nch long, living in silk-lined burrows in the soil at
base of plant They thrive m grass land
Preventive — Kaily fall plowing of grass land intended for
corn, or else plow as late as possible the next spring
WHITF GRUBS (Lachn,ot>tcrna sp ) — The large white curved
larvso of the common June beetle
Prerentnes — Rotation of crops, do not let corn follow sod,
but let a crop of clover or clo\er and oats intervene To help
clear sod land of grubs, pssture to hogs any time between
April and October To prevent laying of eggs m corn-field,
keep the ground free from weeds during May and June
Thorough cultivation and heavy fertilization
WIRE-WORMS (Elatend*) — Hard, vellowish, or reddish, cylin-
drical larv«E feeding on the roots
Preventives — Crop-rotation, let clover intervene Ajetween
sod and corn, planting the corn late the second or third year.
Early fall plow ing
Cornus OVHTKH-SHKI L SCALE — See Apple
SAN JOSE SCALE — See Apple
Corylus HAZKLNUT WEI-VIL (Balarunus obtusui) — Small whitish
grubs living in the kernels The adult is a yellowish brown
beetle with a long, slender snout
Control — No efficient treatment known
Cosmos ROOT APHIS (Aphis middletoni) — Small bluiah bee on
the roots
Tnatment — Tobacco dust mixed m the soil
Cotoneaster. PEAK LEAF-BIISTFR MITE — See Pear
Cranberry CRANBERRY FULOORID (Phylloscehs atra) — Small,
broad-bodied, black jumping insect pun< lures the vines, caus-
ing the leaves to turn brown and the fruit to shrivel
Trfntmmt — "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one pint to
one hundred gallons of waUr, adding four to five pounds soap
to kill young nymphs
CR^NBEUKY-GIRDII R (Crambus hortiullus) — Small caterpillars,
feeding on the stems just beneath the nirface of the sand
Preventue — Reflow just after picking, for a week or ten
days, or reflow for a day or two about June 10
FALSE ARMY- WORM (Calocampa nupera) — Green to blackish
caterpillars devouring the leaves and buds
Treatment — Reflow for from twenty-four to thirty-six
hours soon after tho middle of May It may be necessary
to reflow a second time Destroy all c aterpillars washed ashore
while the water is on In dry bogs, spray early in May with
arsenate of lead
FIRE-WORM, CRANBERRY WORM, or BLACK-HEADED CRANBFRRY
WORM (Eud,mi-i vaiunwna) —timu.ll larva, green, black-
headed, feeding upon the shoots arid young leaves, drawing
them together by silken threads, two broods
Treatment — * looding for two or three days when the worms
come down to pupate Arsemcals
FRUIT- WORM (Mineola vaccmn) — Small caterpillar working in
the fruits, eating out the msides
Preventives — For bogs with abundant water, reflow for ten
days immediately after picking Let the foliage ripen, and then
turn on water for winter Draw off water early in April, and
every third or fourth year hold it on until the middle of May
For dry bogs spray three tunes with arsenato of lead during
July Bury all screenings ;"
YELLOW-HEADED CRANBERRY- WORM (Aden* minuta) — Stout,
yellowish green, small caterpillar, with a yellow head, webbing
up the leaves as it works
Treatment — Hold the water late on the bog in spring to
prevent egg-laying Arsemcals from the middle of May till
July 1
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued
Cratsegus PLANT- LICE — See Apple
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE — See Apple
RED-HUMPED CATERPILLAR — See Apple
S\N JosiL St ALE — See Apple.
Se UKFY SCALE — See Apple
WOOLLY APHIS — See Apple.
Cucumber FLEA-BEETLFS — See Potato.
MELON- WORM —See M uskmelon
PICKLK-WORM (Dmphanui nitidaln) — Larva, about an inch long,
yellowish white, tinged with green, boring into cucumbers,
two broods
Prtvtntivei — Clean farming, fall plowing, and rotation of
crops
Remedies — Kill tho caterpillars before they enter the fruit
by spraying with arsenate of lead about tho time the buda
begin to form, and repeat in two weeks
RED-SPIDER — Sec Peach
Sporri'D CUCUMBER BEETLE (Diabrolica 13-punctata} — Beetle,
yellowish and black spotted, about $>£ inch long, feeding upon
the leaves and fruit Sometimes attacks fruit trees, and the
larvi may injure- roots of corn
Treatment —Same as for Striped Cucumber Btetlt, which aee.
STFM-BORI-R -See Squash
STRIPED CUCUMBER BEETLE (Diabrotua vittaki) — Beetle, }i
inch long, yellow with black stripes, feeding on leaves Larva
^s inch long and size of a pm, feeding on root*, two broods
Prtvtntn-e — Cheap boxes covered with thin muslin or screens
of mosciuito netting, placed over young plants
Remedies — Arse meals in flour, arsenate of lead, ashes,
lime, plaster, or line road dust sprinkled on the plants every
two or three days when they are wet, air-slaked linie, plaster
and kerosene, tobacco powder, applied liberally Apply remedies
when dew 19 on, and aee that it strikes the under side of tho
leaves
WHITE-FLY — See Tomato.
Cucurbita — See Squash
Currant BORI R (Sena tipuhformm) — A whitish larva, boring in
the canes of currants, and sometimes of gooseberries The
larva remains in the- e tnc> over winter
Treatment. —In fall and early spring ( ut and burn all affected
canes These canes may be distinguished by a lack of vigor
and by limbcrnoss
CiniRAvr \PHIS (Afyzus ribis) —Small yellowish green lice
attacking the under side of the leaves, distorting tho leaves
and causing thorn to turn icd
Treatment — Contact mwoticidos whon leuv«s first appear
CURR\NT MEASUBINC,- or SPAN-WORM (Cymatophura ribtana) —
Larva somewhat over an inch long, with stripes and dotted
with yellow or black, feeding upon the leaves
Trtatnunt -Hellebore, applied stronger than for currant-
worm Arsemcals, hand-picking
CURRENT- WORM, or CURRANT and GOOHHU RRY SAW-FLY
(Pteronus nhtsu) — Larva, about 3{ inch long, yellowish
green, feeding on leaves of red and white varieties, two to
four broods
Treatment — Hellebore, applied early, arsemcals for the
early brood Treatment should begin while the larvae are on
the lowermost leaves of the hushes Before the ltav« H are fully
grow n, the holes made by t ho w orrns may hi sr < n Tho sc( ond
brood is best destroyed by killing the first brood
Foim-srniPi-D PLANT-BUG (Pcenlwtipsus hneatuv) — A bright
yellow, black-striped bug about }i inch long, puncturing the
young leaves and shoots of many plants
Treatment —Jarring into a dish of kerosene Kerosene emul-
sion when the nymphs arc young Cut off the tips of tho shoots
in early spring to destroy the eggs
OYSTER-SHI i L Sc AI * — Sco Appl,
SAN Josri Sc *.LE — See Apple
Cycas HEMISPHERICAL Sc ALI — See Citrus
MEALY-BUG — Sc e Citrus
OLEANDER Scut — Sec Hedtra
RED Sc ALE — See Citrut
SOFT BROWN SCAI> — See Citrus
WHITE PEACH SCAI E — Sec Peach
Dahlia GKEENHOUHE THRIPS — See Citrus
TARNIHHED Pi ANT-Bua —See Aster
Date DATE PALM SCALE (Parlitona blanchardu) — Small elongate
gray or black scales with white edges Male scales are white
Treatment —Crop close, burn over trunks, after saturating
with gasolene and use blast torch
MARLATT SCALE (Phaemcococcus marlatti) — A soft-bodied, oval,
wine-reel insect, one twenty-fifth inch in length, partially
covered with white wax, found in large colonies at base of
leaves
Treatment — Carbolic acid emulsion poured in largo quan-
tities at base of leaves
OLEANDER SCALE — See fledera.
RED SCALE — See Citrus
RHINOCEROS BEETLE — See Coconut.
Dewberry —See Bramble Fruits
Diospyros. WHITE FLY — See Citrus.
WHITE PEACH SCALE — See Peach
Dracasna LONG-TAILED MEALY-BUG (Pseudocorcus longispinus) .
— Similar to the common mealy-bug, but has two long whita
anal appendages
Treatment —Same as for mealy-bug
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1053
CATALOOUK OF INSECTS, continued.
Echinocactus. — See Cactus.
Echmocereus.— See Cactus
Echmopsis. — See Cactus
Eggplant. — See article on Eggplant.
Elm— See Ultaiu.
Eucalyptus BLACK SCALE — Sec Citrus
OLEANDKR SCAIE — See HedeTd
RED SPA i K —See Citrus
Eupatonum BARNACLE SCALE — See Citrus
Evonymous EVONYMOUS SCALE (Cfnonaspis evonymi) — Dark
brown, convex scu.lt H, about one-twelfth inch in diameter with
yellow exuviiE Male stales pure white parallel sides and
strongly tncannated
Treatment — Spray with kerosene emulsion every two weeks
during the hatching periods until the scale has disappeared.
RED SCALE —See Citrus
Ferns FLORIDA WAX SCALE — See Citrus
GRI-FNHOUSE THRIPB —See Citrus
HKMIHPIIPRKAL SCALE — See Citrus.
MKALY-BUGS ~ See Citrus
OLFANDER SCALE — Seo Hedtra
SounihRN FERN-CUTWOHM (Callopistna florvlensis) — Velvety
black or apple-green caterpillars, 1?5 inches m length when
mature, feeding on the fronds
Trcatmt nt — Try poisoned baits
Ficus COTTONY CUSHION SCALE, GREENHOUSE THRIPS, MEALT-
Buo, PURPLE SCALE, RED SCALE, SOFT BROWN SCALE — See
Citrus
Fuchsia GREFMIOI-HE THRIPH —See Citrus
MH.ALY-BUQK— See Citrus
Rko-SpinhR — See 1'iach
WHI i E Fi Y — Sec Tomato
Gardenia CITRUS WHITE FLY — See films
JAPANESE W\x S< ALE (Ceroplanten cinftrus) — White to creamy
waxy masses, '4 to % me h in (haunter
Control — Youn t, scales may be killed with kerosene emulsion
before the waxy COM ting is formed
ORTHK7H — Scf Cokuv
Genista GENISTA CATERPILLAR (Mecyna reiertahs) — Pale yellow-
ish brown caterpillars marked with numerous black spots and
V ta>, feeding oil the foliage
Treatment — Arsenic uls
Geranium MF\LY-BUUS — SteCtfrus
RED-SPIDER — See Piach
WHITE-FLY — See Tomato
Gooseberry CURRA.NT-BORER, CURRANT MEASURING- or SPAN-
WORM, FOUR-STRIPED Pi ANT-BUG, GOOBFBERRY- or CURRVNT-
WOHM — See Currant
GOO*»H»KIU Fuuir-WonM (Dakruma convolutella) —Larva about
*4 inch long, greenish or yellowish, feeding in the berry, caus-
ing it to ripen prematurely
Treatmtnt— -Destroy affected berries. Clean cultivation.
Poultry
Grape GUAPL-CURCULJO (Crapomus inxyualis} — Larva small,
white, with a brownish head Infests the grape in June and
July, causing a little black hole in the skin and a discoloration
of the berry immediately around it The adult is a grayish
brown snout -be e tie, about one-tenth inch long
Treatment —Spraj with arsenate of Irad while the beetles
are feeding on the leaves '1 he beetles may be jarred down on
sheets, as with the plum-eurcuho Rng the clusters
GRAPE ROOT- Wo MM (Fidia mticida) — The small white gruba
feed upon tho roots, often killing the vines in a few years.
The adults are small grayish brown beetles that eat peculiar
chain-like holes in the lea\es during July and August
Treatment — Cultivate thoroughly m June, especially close
around the vines to kill the pupce in the soil At the first
appearance of the beetles, spray the plants with arsenate of
lead at the rate of eight or ten pounds m one hundred gallons
of water, to which should be added one gallon of molasses
GRAPF-SLUO or SAW-FLY (Selandna iitis) —Larva, about H
inch long, yellowish green with black points, feeding upon the
leaves, two broods
Remedies — Arsemcals, hellebore
GRAPEBERRY-WORM (Polychrons mtcana) — Larva, about %
inch long, feeding on the berry, often securing three or four
together by a web, two broods
Remedy — Spray with arsenate of lead before blossoms open
Repeat after blooming and again in early July Destroy
wormy berries in August.
GRAHHHOPPFRS —See Corn
GRAPE-VINE FLEA-BEETLE (Graptodera chalybea) — Beetle, of a
blue metallic color, about \{ inch long, feeding upon the buda
and tender shoots in early spring
Treatment — Arsemcals to kill the grubs on leaves during
May and June The beetle can be caught by jarring on bright
days
GRAPE-VINE Roor-Boiun (Mtmythrus pohstiformis) — Larva
\Yi inches or less long, working in the roots
Preventive — Thorough cultivation during June and July.
Treatment —Dig out the borers
GRAPE-VINE SPHINX (Ampelophaga myron) — A large larva, 2
inches long when mature, green with yellow spots and stripes,
bearing a norn at the posterior extremity, feeding upon the
leaves, and nipping off the young clusters of grapes, two broods
CATALOOUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Treatment — Hand-picking. Arsentcals early m the season.
There are other large sphinx caterpillars which feed upon the
foliage of the vine and which are readily kept m check by hand-
picking and spraying
LEAF-HOPPER (Typhlocyba corns) — These small yellowish leaf-
hoppers, erroneously called "thnps," suck the sap from the
under side of the leaves, causing them to turn brown and dry
up
'1 rcatment — Spray the under side of the leaves very thor-
oughly with one gallon "Black Leaf 40" m 1,000 gallons of
water about July 1, to kill the young leaf-hoppers When
using tobacco extract, add abemt two pounds soap to each
fifty gallons to make it spread and stick better Repeat tho
applu ation in a wee k or ten days In houses, tobacco smoke,
pyrethrurn pound upon coals held under the vines, syringing
with tobae c o-wator or soapsuds
PHY i LOXEHA (Phylluxtra vastatrix) — A minuto insect preying
upon the roots, and in one form causing galls upon the leaves.
Preventive —As a rule, thin insect is not destructive to
American species of vines Grafting upon resistant stocks 18
the most reliable- method of de ahng with the insect yet known
This precaution is take-n to a U>rge extent in European coun-
tries and in California, as the European vine is particularly
subject to attack
Rrnudies — There is no reliable and widely practicable
remedy known
ROSE-CHAJER ( M arroda* lulus subsjnnosus) — The ungainly,
long-legged grayish beetles occur in sandy regions, and often
swarm into vine yards and destroy the blossoms and foliage
Treatment —At the first appearance of the beetles, spray
with arsenate of lead at the rate of eight or ten pounds in one
hundred gallons of water, to which should be added one
gallon of molasses
TR* R CRICKET — See Bramble Fruits
Grapefruit —See Citrus
Guava BIACK SCVLE — See Citrus
GUAVA MFALI-BUG (Pieudocorcus nipse) — Closely resembles the
ordinary mealy-bug
Treatment — Carbolic acid emul&ion
HEMISPHERICAL Se ALE — he e C itrui
MEDITERRANEAN FRLIT FLY — See Citrus
Hedera Bi M K SCALK, FLORIDA RED SCVLE, HEMISPHERICAL
SCM E, MEM Y-Bt c,s —See Cilrui
OIK\M)KH APHIS (\ph^ ntru)— Deep yellowish plant-lice,
marked with black, cluster on the young shoots and buds
Treatment -Contact insecticides
OirAVDfn SCAJF (Aspidiotus hederx) — Flat, circular, gray
^Tnatniftit —Same as for San Jost Scale (apple), which see.
SOFT BROWN Sc AIJ — See Citrus
Hehanthus STEM MAGGOT — See Artichoke
Heliotropmm RED-SPIDER — Sec Peach
Hibiscus MELON APHIS — See Mu^K melon
Hickory- «AIL APHIS (Phylloxera sp ) —Yellowish green plant-
lice causing hollow galls on the leaves, petioles and small
twigs
Treatment — Spray with contact insecticides just as the buds
are opening
Hie KOKY BARK BFETI i, (Eccoptoyaster quadrivpmosa) — Small
brown beetle burrowing into twigs, buds and green nuts in
June and July Early in August the females penetrate the
bark of living trees forming longitudinal burrows along the
sides of which eggs are deposited The grubs burrow trans-
versely m the sap-wood, soon killing the trees
Treatment — Cut and burn all infested trees before May of
each year
NUT WEFVIL — See Pecan
TWIG-GIRD LER — See Apple
Hollyhock HOLLYHOCK BLG (Orlholylus del\catus) — A small green
bug attacking the hollyhock with much damage.
Treatment — Kerosene emulsion, tobacco extracts.
MELON APHIS — See Mimkmelon
Horse-Radish CABBAC.E-A\OHM — See Cabbage.
FLEV BEETLES — See Potato
HARLEQUIN CABBAGE-BUG — See Cabbage.
Ipomoea. SOFT BROWN SCALE — See Citrus.
Iris Win TK-FLY — See Citrus
Jasminum CITRUS WHITE-FI Y — See Citrus.
SOFT BROWN SC*.LE — See Citrus.
Juglans — See Hickory.
Juniper B \CJWORM (Thuridopteryv ephemeraeformis) — Small cater-
pillars in curious bag-hkc shelters defoliating the trees in early
summer
Tnatmtnt — Arsenate of lead, two pounds to one hundred
gallons of water
JUNIPFR SCUF (Dwipis mruth) — Snow-white, circular scales
with yellow central exu\ia>
TrtutmeHt —Nothing known
JUNIPFR WIB-VVORM (Phalonia rutilana) — Small Beeh-colored
caterpillar that webs the leaves together
Treatment — Arsemcals
Kale —See Cabbage
Kohlrabi —See Cabbage
Kumquat — See Citrut
1054 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Lantana GRFENHOUSE WHITE-FLY. — See Tomato.
MEALY-BUGS — See Citrus
OHTHEZIA — See Coleus
Lanz CASE-BEARER (Coleophora lancella) — A small reddish
brow n caterpillar mining the leaves when young In Septem-
ber it constructs a case and feeds on the surrounding leaves
for a time, migrates to the branches and there hibernates
Treatment — Spray with lime-sulfur before the buds open to
destroy the hibernating caterpillars
LARCH SAW-FLY (Lygiont matus enchvomi) — Grayish green
larvas with black heads feeding on the foliage
Treatment — Spray w ith arsemcals
Laurus. BLACK SCALE — Sec Citrus
FROSTED SCALF — See Apricot
SOFT BROWN SCAL* , and THRIPH — See Citrus
WHITE PEACH SCALE — See Peach.
Lemon — See Citrut
Lespedeza SMOKY CRANE-FLY (Tipula infutcata) — Dirty yellow-
ish maggots, $i mch long, feeding on the roots, e>ften in great
abundance
Treatment — Short crop-rotation.
Lettuce APHIS, or GRKKN-FLY (Macrostphum lactucje) — A plant-
louse on forced lettuce
Preventive — Tobacco-dust applied on the soil and plants
as soon as the aphis ijiakes its appearance, or even before
Renew every two or three weeks if necessary Fumigating
with tolmcco is the surest reme>dy
CABBAGE-LOOPLR (Autographa 6rassi,» ) — larva somewhat over
an inch long, pale green, with stripe s of a lighter color, feeding
on leaves of many plants, as eablmge, celery, and endive
Remedies — Pyrethrum diluted with not more than three
times its bulk with flour, kerosene emulsion, hot water.
GREENHOUSE WHITE-FLI —See Tomato
Roor-LousE (Ithizobiu-i Inctun ) — Small dull-whitish lice, about
one-tenth inch in length, feeding on the roots
Treatment — Crop-rotation and tobacco dust placed in the
soil about the plants
Linodendron TUIIP TRI h SC\IF (Tuumeyellu, hnodendn) —
Large, nearly hemispherical scales clustered in masses on the
under side of branches
Treatment — Sc rape badly mfc&ted branches Spray with
kerosene emulsion or soap solution
Lupine LUPINE APHID (Afa<rusiphum albifroni) — Large, green
lice covered with fine white powder, infesting the plants
Lycopersicum —See Tomato
Magnolia. Bi ACK SCALK, CITRUS WHITE FLY, GLOVERS' SCALE
— See Citrus
MAONOI IA Sc U.E (Neolccanium cornuparvum) — Large, convex
scales, pinkish in color, and covered with fine powdered wax
Treatment —Kerosene emulsion or tobacco extract to kill
the young scales
Madura Treated under Toxylon
Mangifera CITRUS MtALY-Btm — See Citrut
FRUIT FLY (Anastiepha andusa) — Small yellowish maggots
infesting the ripening fruit
Treatment — Try sweetened arsenate of lead to kill the flies
GREKNHOUSK WHITK-FI Y — See Citrus
MANGO WI-FVIL (Cryptarhynchus manyiferj;) — Brown weevils
about 14 mch long, the grubs living within the seeds
Treatment — Gather and destroy all fallen fruit
Mimulus. Ceroputo yuccse — Closely resembles the common mealy-
bug
Treatment — As for mealy-bugs
Monstera SCALE ( Hemicfnonaspis aspidistra) — Brownish, oyster-
shell-shaped scales, attacking the foliage
Treatment — Wash the leaves with soapsuds and tobacco
extract
Mushroom MAGGOTS (Sciara sp ) — Small whitish or yellowish
white maggots with black heiadu
Treatment —Exclude flies from house or cellar with fine
screens Sterilize manure by heating to 150° F. Fumigate
with tobacco
MUSHROOM MITR (Tyroglyphui hntntn) — A minute mite pre-
venting growth of spawn by eating the mycelium
Control — In infested houses remove all compost and disin-
fect by drenching cellar with boiling water Use sterilized
SPRINOTAIIJ* (Achoreutes sp ) — Small black or brown jumping
insects which sometimes swarm in on the beds
Treatment — Fumigate with potassium cyanide, three to six
ounces to each 1,000 cubic foot of air-space Sterilize all ma-
nure with heat before using
SOWBUGS (Armadillidium sp and Porcelho sp ) — Oval, grayish
or slate-colored creatures bearing seven pairs of legs, frequently
injure mushrooms These are commonly known as sowbuga
and pillbugs.
Treatment — Mi* one quart of corumcal with sufficient
brown sugar to sweeten, then add two tablespoonfuls of pans
trreen. Moisten with water and scatter in places frequented
by these sowbugs
Muskmelon MEWON APHIS (Aphis gow/pii) — Small, dark green,
sluggish hce found abundantly on melon vines, causing curl-
ing of the leaves and death of the plant
CATALOGUE OP INSECTS, continued
Treatment — Fumigate with tobacco preparations under
cloth-covered frames placed over the plants Cloth should be
treated with linseed oil before using, to make gas-proof In
large fields, spray with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract,
three-fourths pint to one hundred gallons of water, adding
four pounds of soap
MELON CATERPILLAR (Diaphama hyahnata) — Pale, greenish
yellow caterpillar about % inch in length when mature, feed-
ing on the foliage early in the season , later boring in the fruita.
Tre<itmt,nt — Use arsemcals early in the season
PICKLF-WORM — Sec Cucumber
STLM-BOHKR — See Squash.
Narcissus GREEN APHIS — Tobacco extract, soap solution or
fumigation
NARCISSUS BULB FLY (Merodon eyuestris) — Grayish maggots,
J-2 to ?£ inch in length when mature, feeding in the bulb. The
adult is a largo hairy fly
Control —'Examine bulbs and discard infested ones, burning
them If bulbs are placed in water for from two to eight
days the maggots will usually leave them
Nasturtium APHIS A dark-colored plant-louse.
Trtatmcnt — Spray the plants with tobacco extract or soap
Nectarine — See Peach
Nelumbo PLANT-LICL — Uso tobacco preparations for controlling
these posts.
Nepenthes MEALY-BUGS — See Citrus
Nenum Oi KAND&R SCAI r — See Hcdera.
Oak BROWN-TAIL MOTH — See Apple
GiPt»Y MOIH — hoc AppU
PIT-M \KINU OAK-SCAIK (Avttrolpranium vanolosum) — Circular
greenish yellow staled with a glassy appearance Especially
destructiv e to golden oak
Treatment — Kerosene emulsion or soap solution.
TENT CATKHPILLVKS, TUSSOCK Mora; Twiu-PRUNMt — Sco
Apple
Okra MELON APHIS — See Muskmdon.
Olive BLAt K SCALI — See Citru*
BLACK CITRUS LOLSE — See Citrut,
Ctirysomphalus row — Cm ul.ir or oblong, reddish to dark
brown scale with a central black spot
Treatment —Same as for Rtd ScaU — See Citrus
OLEANDER SCALE —See If«l<ra
PINEAPPLE SC^LE, — See Pineapple
PURPLE SCALE, RED Sr \L* , THRIPS — See Citrus
Onion BLACK OMON FLY (Tntnxa Jltta) — Whitish maggots
attacking the bulbs of onions
Treatment —Same as foi cabbage maggot
ONION MAGGOT (Phurbm itpttorum) — Small maggot feeding on
the bulb and roots, several generations
Treatmi nt — I' so lime, tobacco dust or hellebore as repel-
lents to prevent oviposition Some of the. maggots may be
kdled by applying carbolic acid emulsion or hellebore decoc-
tion to the soil about the plants
CUTWOHMS — S« e Coi n
ONION THUIPS (Thripi taban) —Minute, elongate, pale yellow
insects attack the leaves, causing thtm to wilt
Treatment —Tobacco npr tyH Spiay with pans gtce n ono
pound in one hundred gallons water sweetened with twenty
pounds brown sugar wheu thnps first appear.
Orange — See Citrut
Orchids HEMISPHERICAL SCALE — See Citrus
ORCHIDS ISOSOMA (Isoioma orchultarum) — Small, white' larvto
infesting the buds causing them to become unduly enlarged.
Treatment —Cut off and de-stray infested buds
SCALE INSECTS — Several species
Treatment — Wash plants with nicotine solutions and
soapsuds
Papaver. PLANT-LOUS*. (Aphi'i turning — Shining black plant-
louse that clusters on leaves and stems
Treatment — Contact inse c tuiclc a
Parsnip. PARSLEY-WORM (PapiUu m^rtus) —Larva, 1J; mchen
long, light yellow or greenish yrllow with lines and spots, fc t <Is
upon leaves of parsley, cole ry, carrot, and related plants
When the worm is disturbed it ejects from the anterior end
two yellow horns, with an offensive odor
Remedies — Hand-pie king Poultry are said to eat them
sometimes Upon parsnips, arsemcals
PARSNIP-LOUSE (Ilyadaphm pailinaca-) — Greenish plant-lice.
Tieatment — Contact insecticides
PARSNIP Wiuj-WoRM (Depiessann heradiana) — Larva, about
Yi inch long, feeding in the flower-cluster and causing it to
become contorted
Treatment — Arsemcals, applied as soon as the young worms
appear, pnd before the cluster becomes distorted Burn tho
distorted umbels Destroy all wild carrots
PARSNIP LEAF-MINER (Acidiafralna) — Small, whitish maggots
mining the leaves
Treatment — Hand-pick infested leaves.
Passiflora MEALY-BUGS — See Citrus.
Pea. CUT- WORMS — See Corn
PEA-WEEVIL, or Pev-Buo (Bruchus pisi) —A small brown-black
beetle, living in peas over winter The beetle escapes in tail
and spring, and lays its eggs in young pea-pods, and the grubs
kve in the growing peas.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1055
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Treatment — Hold over infested seed one year before plant-
ing Late planting in soino localities Fumigation with carbon
bisulfid
PEA APHIH (Macrosinhum pin). — A rather large green plant-
louse, often attaching peas in great numbers and causing
enormous losses
Treatment — Rotation of crops, early planting. When peas
are grown in rows, the brush-and-cultivator method may be
used The plant-lice are brushed from the plants with pine
boughs, arid a cultivator follows Stirling the soil. This opera-
tion should be performed while the sun is hot and the ground
dry Most of the lice will be killed before they can crawl back
to the plants. Repeat every three to seven days
Peach BLACK APHIS (Aphii ptr^icse-mycr) — A small black or
brown plant-louse, which attacks the tops and roots of peach
trees When upon the roots it is a very serious enemy, stunting
tho tree and perhaps killing it 1 hnves in sandy lands
Treatment Kerosene emulsion, tobacco decoction and
extracts
CLOVIR MITE (Bryobia pralenna) —Small reddish mites
attacking the leaves, causing them to turn yellow
Treatment —Lime-sulfur while trees are dormant In sum-
mer, use se'lf-boiled lime-sulfur, as a dust, or sulfur paste.
FLAT-HEAULD BORLR — See Apple
FRUIT THEE Bi AC K B* TTLH. (Scolytus rugulosua) — A small
beetle similar to the pear h tree; bark-beetle
* Treatment —Same as lor Peach Tree Bark-Beetle, which see.
KAIYDID — This insect 13 often troublesome to the peach in the
southern states in the early spring, eating the leaves and
girdling young stems
Kerne ly — Poisoned baits placed about the tree
Clnt-fc-N PKArir-LoLHE or \riim (Myzu* pcrsicx) — A small
mst ct fe cdmg upon the young leaves, causing them to curl and
die
Treatm<nt — Lime-sulfur, kerosene emulsion, or tobacco
extract Afte r the buds open, cither of the last two
PJUCH TREE BARK-HKFTLK (Phlceotnbug hminans) — A dark
brown beetle one-tenth inch in length burrowing under the
bark
Trtatmcnt — Burn all brush and worthless trees as soon as
the infestation is observed Keep the trees in healthy con-
dition by thorough cultivation and the use of fe rtihzers Apply
a thick wlutew ish to the trunk and branches three times a
season (1) the Ust w.ek of March, (2) second week m July,
(3) first week in October
PEACH TREE-BORFR (Sanninmtlea exiliow) —A whitish larva,
about "4 inch long when mature, boring into the crown anei
upper roots of the peach, cubing gum to exude
Remrdie s — Dig out the bore rs in June and mound up the
tre es At the same tune apply gas-tar or coal-tar to the trunk
from the roots up to a foot or more above the surface of the
ground
PEACH Twio-Mtmr ( \narma hmatellu) — The larva of a moth,
Y\ inch long, boring in the ends of the shoots, and later in tho
season attacking the- fruit Se \eral broods
Retrudy —Spray with lime -sulfur just after the buds swell
Spray tiunks and larger branches in late spring to kill first
brood pupa- in the e urls of bark
PLUM-C i R< m 10 (( onuhnchht* ntnupiiar) — This insect may be
successfully controlled e>n pi ic h by spraying with arsentU of
lead, four pounds tonne hundnd gallons of self-boiled lime-
sulfur Sprav,, first, when the "husks" drop from the fruit,
second, ten diys or two weeks later It is unsafe to spray
peaches more th in twice with ursenatc of lead
lUr-Spinm, or Mirr (Tttranychus bimanthtu*) — A small mite
infesting many plaits, both in tho greenhouse and out-of-
doors It nVunshe s in elry atmospheres, occurring on the uude-r
Hides of the leave* In some forms it is reddish, but usually
light-eoloied and two-spotted Common
Remedirv — Persistent syringing with water will generally
destroy them, if the spray is applied to the under surface.
Use lots of force and little water to avoid drenching the beds
Sulfur und water Dry sulfur On orchard trees, flour paste.
ROUND-!!* AD* D APPLE THLE BORER — See Apple
Win it PEACH SCAIE (Dwspis pentagona) — Circular gray scales
with the oxuvino, at one side of the c< nter
Remedy — Same as for San Jo<*e Scale. See Apple.
Pear APPLE TRKK-BORKR, BUD-MOTH, CODLIN-MOTH; FLAT-
HE \D*D BORFR — See Apple
MIDQE (Z>tp/y«6 pyriwra) — A minute mosquito-hke fly, lays
eggs in flower-buds when they begin to show white These
hatch into minute grubs which distort and discolor the fruit.
New York and eastward. Prefers tho Lawrence. Introduced
in 1S77 from Franco
Remedies — Destroy the infested pears. Cultivate and plow
m late summer and fall to destroy the pupte then in tho ground.
PEAR-LEAF BLISTFR-MITE (Enophyes pj/rt) — A minute mite
which causes black blisters to appear upon the leaves. Tho
mites collect under the bud-scales in winter
Remedy. — Lime-sulfur or miscible oil as a dormant spray
PEAR PSYLLA (PtuUa pyncola) — These minute, yellowish, flat-
bodied, sucking insects are often found working in the axiU of
the leaves and fruit early in the season They develop into
minute, cicada-like jumping-hce. The young psyllas secrete
a large quantity of honey-dew, in which a peculiar black fungus
grows, giving the bark a characteristic sooty appearance.
There may be four broods annually, and the trees are often
seriously injured
CATALOGUE OP INSECTS, continued
Treatment — Clean culture, remove rough bark from trunks
and larger branches to discourage adults from hibernating,
spray with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco extract, one pint in one
hundred gallons of water, adding four pounds soap, on warm
days in November or April to kill hibernating adults Spray
with lime-sulfur, winter strength, when the blossom clusters
appear, to destroy eggs
Summer treatment —Spray with "Black Leaf 40" tobacco
extract j^ust as the last of the petals are falling to kill young
Repeat if necessary
PEAR THHIPS (Euthrtps pyri). — Minute insects one-twentieth
inch in length, dark brown when adult, white with red eyw»
when young, that attack the opening buds and young fruits in
early spring They suck the sap from the tender growth, and
the females lay eggs m tho fruit-stems, causing a loss of the
crop Tho nymphs hibernate in the ground a few inches
from the surface A serious pest in California and recently
introduced into New York
Treatment — Thorough cultivation during October, Novem-
ber, and December (in California) Make two applications
of "Black Leaf" tobacco extract, one gallon m sixty gallons
of 2 per cent distillate oil emulsion, the first just as the fruit-
buds begin to open, the sec« id just after the petals fall In
the East it may be controlled by timely applications of tobacco
extract and whale-oil soap
PEAR-TWIG BEETLE (Xyleborua pyri) — Brownish or black beetle,
one-tenth inch long, boring m twigs, producing effect much
like prar blight, and hence often known as "pear-blight
beetle " It escapes from a minute perforation at base of bud,
probably two broods
Treatment — Burn twigs before the beetle escapes
Pecan BUD-MOTH (Proteopttryx deludana) — A brownish cater-
pillar about 14 inch in length, feeding on the opening buds
in early spring and on the under side of the leaves in summer
Treatment — Arsenate of lead in summer to kill larvro of
second brood Lime-sulfur and arsenate of lead in dormant
season just before buds open, to destroy hibernating larvae
CASE-BEARER (Acrobaats nebulella) — A small caterpillar living
inside a case which it carries with it It attacks the opening
buds
Treatment — Arsenate of lead as soon as the buds begin to
open Repeat if necessary
BORER (Sena sntula) — A wood-boring caterpillar working in
the sap-wood
Treatment — Digging out
PECVN WEEVIL (Batamnus caryse) — A dull, dark brown beetle
with a long and slender snout with which it punctures the
husk ind shell of the maturing nuts for oviposition The grubs
Live within the nut feeding on the kernel »
Treatment — Destroy all infested nuts This should be as
soon as they fall
Ro8b-CH\*ut — See Grape
Km.ND-HkADKD BORER — -See Apple.
SLUG — See Cherry
Twiej-GiRDLER (Oncideres cingulatus). — A brownish gray beetle,
about y^ inch long, which girdles twigs in August and Sep-
tember The female lays egga above the girdle The twigs
soon fall
Remedy — Burn the twigs, either cutting them off or gather-
ing them when they fall
TWIO-PRUNEH — See Apple
Persimmon TWIG-GIRDI>RS — See Pecan
WHITE PFACH-SCALE (Dwspis pentagona]
Remedy — Lime-sulfur when the trees are thoroughly
dormant
Picea SPRUCE BUD- WORM (Tortnx fumiferana) —Small caterpillar
feeding on the young foliage, causing the tips of the twigs to
turn reddish, due to tho dying of the foliage Frequently
serious in forests
SPRUCE GALL APHID (Chermes abietis) — Plant-lice causing cone-
shaped, many-celled galls at the bases of young shoots
Treatment — Spray with whali'-oil soap, one pound in two
gallons of water, in early spring Cut off all galls and burn
Before the hce leave them
Pine PINE LEAF-SCALE (Chionaspis pint/oil*). — Small white
scales frequently abundant on the foliage
Treatment — Kerosene emulsion or tobacco extracts when
the young arc hatching
PINE WEEVIL (Piswdei strobi) — Small grub working in the
terminal branch, which is killed, causing distorted trees
Treattnent — Cut out and burn infested branches
Pineapple K VTYDID (Acanthacara simihs) — A large katydid which
attacks, among other plants, the loaves of the pineapple
Remedy — Arsemcals, before the plants are mature
MEALY-BUGS (several species) — These mealy white insects
attack the plant at the base of the leaves, usually underground.
Treatment, — Set only clean plants, or dip them m resin
wash or kerosene emulsion In the field apply tobacco dust
freely in the bud before the bloom begins to appear, or spray
with kerosene emulsion
PINEAPPLE SCALE (Diaspts bromchx). — Circular, thin, pure white
scales with yellow oxuvise infesting leaves ana fruit.
Treatment. — Kerosene emulsion and resin wash.
RKD-SPIDER ( Stigmaeus flondanus) — Minute mites occurring in
great number at the base of the leaf, where they induce rot.
Treatment — Tobacco dust applied to bud.
1056 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Plum. CANKER- WOK v. — See Appli.
CURCULIO (Conotrachelua nenuphar) — Larva, a whitish grub,
feeding ID the fruit
Remedies — Arsenate of lead, six pounds to one hundred
gallons of water; apply as soon as the calyx falls, and repeat
two or three times at intervals of about ten days Jarring the
beetles on sheets very oarly in the morning, beginning when
trees are m flower, and continuing from tour to six weeks,
is probably the most certain procedure There are various
styles of sheets or receptacles for catching the insects as they
fall from the tree. Clean culture.
FLAT-HEADED BORER — See Apple
PEAR-TWIG BEETLE — See Pear.
PLUM-GOUQER (Coccotorus pruninda). — A small larva, feeding
upon the kernel of the plum. The beetle bores a round hole in
the plum instead of making a orescent mark like the ourculio.
Remedy —Catch the beetles in a curcuho-catcher.
SAN JOSE SCALE —See Apple
EUROPEAN FRUIT SCALE (Lecamum corni) — A large circular
scale occurring on plum , occasionally very destructive
Remedy — Thorough spraying with kerosene emulsion, one
part to five of water, in the winter More dilute emulsion or
tobacco extracts in midsummer, when the young insects are
on the leaves and young shoots. Miscible oils when trees
are dormant
SLUG — See Cherry
TENT CATERPILLARS — See Apple.
TWIQ-PRUNEB — See Apple.
Poinsettia. M^ALr-Buas — See Citrus.
Pomegranate. BLACK SCALE, CITRUS THRIPM, FLORIDA WAX
SCALE —See Citrus
OLEANDER SCALE — See Hedera.
WHITE-FLY — See Citrus.
Pomelo — See Citrus.
Populus BLACK SCALE — See Citrus.
COTTONWOOD LEAF-BEETLE (Lina scnpta). — A striped beetle
feeding on the leaves and shoots of poplars and willows.
Remedy. — Arsemcals
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE —See Apple
POPLAR BORLH (Cryptorhynchua lapatfn). — A whitish grub
burrowing in the wood
Treatment — In nurseries, spray thoroughly about the middle
of July with arseuate of lead to kill the parent beetles
Potato. COLORADO POTATO-BEETLE (Leptinotarsa decemlineata) —
Beetle and larva feed upon the leaves
Remedies — Arsemcals, either dry or in spray, about a third
stronger than for fruits. Hand-picking the bsetle
FLEA-BEETLE (Halticini) — Small, dark-colored jumping beetles
that riddle the leaves with holes.
Preventive — Bordeaux mixture as applied for potato blight
acts as a repellent
POTATO TUB* R- WORM (Phthorimtea operculeUa) — A small
caterpillar burrowing in the stems and tubers both in the
field and in storage
Preventives — Clean cultivation, sheep and hogs to destroy
the small potatoes left in the field after digging. Crop-rota-
tion over a considerable area On digging, remove the potatoes
at once to an unmfested storeroom Do not leave them on
the field over night
STALK -WKEVIL ( Tnchobans tnnotata) — A grub boring in the
stalk of the potato near or just below the ground. Serious in
the West and in some places eastward
Remedy — Pull all infested vines as soon as they wilt, and
spread them in the sun where the insects will be killed. Burn
the vines as soon as the crop is harvested. Destroy all
solanaceous weeds
WIRE- WORMS — See Corn.
Primula. WHITE-FLY. — See Citrus.
Privet or Prim. PRIVET WEB- WORM (Diaphania quadnstigmahs).
— Small larva feeding in webs on the young shoots of the privet,
appearing early in the season, two to four broods
Remedies — Trim the hedge as soon as the worms appear,
and burn the trimmings. Probably the arsemcals will prove
useful
Prune. — See Plum.
Prunus. — See Plum,
Pseudotsuga. SEED CHALCIS (Megastigmus spermotrophus) —
Small whitish grub devours the kernel of the seed, often
destroying the whole crop
No known remedy
Pyrus. — See Apple.
Quince. GREEN APHIS. — See Apple
QUINCE CXJRCUJUO (Contrachelus cratseai}. — This curculio is
somewhat larger than that infesting the plum, and differs m
its life-history The grubs leave the fruits in the fall, and enter
the ground, where they hibernate and transform to adults the
next May, June or July, depending on the season
Treatment. — When the adults appear, jar them from the
tree onto sheets or curculio - catchers and destroy them To
determine when they appear, jar a few trees daily, beginning
the latter part of May Arsemcals. Pick «nd burn all infested
fruits a month before harvest.
ROUND-HEADED BORERS. — See Apple.
SLUG — See Cherry.
Radish. MAGGOT (Pegomya bratsicx). — Treated the same as the
Cabbage Maggot, which see.
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
RaspDerry. — See Bramble Fruits.
Rhododendron. BORER (Sesia rhododendn). — Wuitiah caterpillars
burrowing in the trunk and larger branches which are often
killed
Treatment. — Dig out borers or cut out infested branches and
LACE Bua (Leptobyrsa explanata) — Small, lace-winged bugs on
the under side of the leaves, causing them to turn brown and
die
Treatment. — Spray with soap solution.
Rhubarb. RHUBARB-CURCULIO (Lixus concavus). — A grub % inch
long, boring into the crown and roots. It also attacks wild
docks
Remedy — Burn all infested plants and keep down the
docks. Hand-picking.
Rhus. AP. LE TREE-BORER. — See Apple.
JUMPING SUMAC-BXBTLB (Blephanda rhois). — Larva, Ji inch
long, dull greenish yellow, feeding on leaves, two broods.
Remedy — Arsemcals.
Ribes. — See Currant.
Robima. LEAF-MINER (Odontota doraalis). — A black and yellow-
ish white grub about l/i inch in length, mining the leaves,
causing blister-like spots.
Treatment — Arsenate of lead the last of July to first of
LOCUST-BORER (Cyllene robimx) — Large, brownish yellow grub
burrowing in the trunk, causing large ugly scars The beetle
is black prettily marked with yellow stripes and bands.
Remedy — None know n
Rose. MEALY-BUG — Tobacco extracts, syringe the plants in the
morning, and two hours later syringe again with clean water.
ROSE APHIS (Macrosiphum roste and Myzuy rotarum) — Greenish
plant-lice, attacking loaves and buds
Treatment — Tobacco extrat ts and soap solutions
ROSK-CHAFER, ROSE-BEETLE, or "Rost-Uuo " — See Grape.
ROSE LEAF-HOPPFR (Typhlocyba roix) — A vory small noppor,
white, olten mistaken tor thnps, living on the leaves of roses.
Remedies — Whale-oil soap, kerosene, kerosene emulsion;
dry pyrethrum blown on bushes when leaves are wet, tobacco
extracts
ROSE MIDGK (Neocerata rhabdopfaga) — Small maggots, dis-
torting leaf and flower-buds
Treatment — No satisfactory treatment known
ROSE SCALE (Aulacaspis rottx) — Small, whitish circular scales.
Treatment — Soap solutions or tobacco extracts when young
are hatching
WHITE-FLY — See Tomato.
Rubus — See Bramble Fruits.
Salix COTTONWOOD LEAF-BEBTLE. — See Populua.
OYSTER-SHELL SCALE — See Apple.
POPLAR-BORER — See Populus
WILLOW- WORM (Euvanessa antiopa) — Larva nearly 2 inches
long, black, feeding upon leaves of willow, elm, and poplar-
two broods
Remedy — Arsemcals.
Salvia. ORTHEZIA — See Coleus.
WHITE FLY — See Tomato
Scilla NARCISSUS BULB FLY — See Narcissus.
Smilax. CITRUS WHITE FLY — See Citrus
Solanum — See Potato
Sorbus SAN Jos^ SCALE; SCURFY SCALE — See Apple
Spinach. FLEA-BEETLE — See Potato
LEAF-MINER (Pegomya vicma) — Small maggot mining the leaves.
Treatment — Clean cultivation to destroy Us wild food plant
(lamb's quarters) Destroy all infested leaves By raising
spinach as an early or late crop, much of the damage can be
avoided
SPINACH APHIS (Mytus persicss) — Same as green peach aphis
Treatment — -Spray at first appearance of lice with "Black
Leaf 40" tobacco extract, three-fourths pint to one hundred
gallons of water, adding four pounds of soap.
Squash CUCUMBER BEETLES. — See Cucumber.
MELON APHIS. — Sec Muekmelon.
SQUASH APHIH (Nactarophora cucurbitx). — Large, light green
plant-louse attacking the leaves.
Treatment — Same as for melon aphis.
SQUASH LADY-BIKD — See Cucumber
SQUASH STINK-BUG (Anasa tnstis). — Large, dark brown bug
hibernates as adult under rubbish Female lays large brown
eggs in patches on the leaves. The young are greenish, feed m
colonies on under side of leaves, causing them to wilt and die.
Treatment — Trap adults in spring under boards laid on the
ground Destroy eggs by hands. Young can be killed with
"Black Leaf 40 ' tobacco extract, one pint in one hundred
gallons of water, adding four to five pounds of soap
STEM-BORER (MeMtia satyriniformis) — Soft, white, grub-hke
larva which bores inside the stem and causes rot to develop,
killing the vine.
Preventives. — Plant early squashes as traps As soon as the
early crop >s gathered, burn the vines to destroy eggs and
larvae of the borer. Fall harrowing of infested fields will help
to expose the pup» to the elements Cut out borers whenever
found After the vines have grown to some length, cover some
of the joints vith earth, so that a new root-system will develop
to sustain the plant in case the main root is injured.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
CATALOGUE OF INSECTS, continued.
Strawberry. CROWN-BORER (Tyloderma /report*). — Whit* grub,
H inch long, boring into the crown of the plant in midsummer.
The mature insect is a curcuho or weevil
Preventives — Rotation of crops Isolation of new beds from
infested beds. Plant uninfested plants.
FULLER'S ROSE-BEETLE (Aramigus futteri). — White grub, H
inch long, feeding m the crown The adult is a grayish brown
snout-beetle with a whitish bar on each wing-cover.
Treatment — Short rotation Plant on uninfested land
LHAF-ROLLKH (Ancyha comptana) — Larva less than ^ inch
lone, feeding on the leaves, and rolling them up in threads
of silk, two broods
Treatment — Turn under in the fall all old beds that have
become worthless Spray with arsenate of lead, four pounds
in one hundred gallons of water, after the eggs are laid but
before the leaves are folded — the first half of May in the
latitude of New Jersey
ROOT-BORER (Anorsto sp ) — Larva about H inch long, whit-
ish, boring into the crown of the plant late in the season, and
remaining in it over winter.
Remedy. — Burn the plant
ROOT-BORER (Typophorus canettus). — A whitish grub ^ inch
in length feeding on the roots The parent beetle is brownish,
and appears in great numbers in May
Treatment — Arscmcals to kill the beetles. Plant new beds at
a distance from old ones.
ROOT- LOUSE (Aphia forbemi) — From July to the close of the
season the lice appear in great numbers on the crowns and on
the roots of the plants
Remedies — Rotation in planting Disinfect plants coming
from infested patches by dipping the crowns and roots in
kerosene emulsion, or tobacco extract. Fumigation
SAW-FLY (Emphytua moculotua) — Larva nearly % inch long,
greenish, feeding upon the leaves, two broods.
Remedies — Hellebore , arscmcals for second brood
WFEVIL (Anthonomus signatus) — Beetle H inch long, reddish
black, feeding on flower-buds, particularly those of the pollen-
iferous varieties
Prevcntnea — Plant principally profusely flowering vane-
ties Clean culture Destroy all wild blackberry and rasp-
berry vines in the vicuutv.
WHITE GRUBS — See Coi
Sweet Pea TARNISHED PL. . BUG. — See Aster. (They puncture
and kill the flower-stem..)
Sweet Potato CUTWORMS - poisoned bait; late planting, keep
the land free from weeds »he orevious fall
FLEA-BEETLE (Chsetoenema ivnfinis) — Small, dark-colored
beetles, which attack the pl\n s soon after they are reset
Treatment — Dip the plant IT a strong solution of arsenate of
lead before resetting, spray o^oe or twice later with the same.
Rotation of crops Destroy bl bindweed and wild morning-
glory plants
RooT-Boiu R (Cylaa formicanus) —• A whitish grub Ji inch in
length, burrowing through the tubers
Preventive — Burn infested tubers and the vines
SAW-FLT (Schizocerus ebnus and S privatus) — Small larva about
\i inch long, working upon the leaves. The fly is about the
size of a house-fly
Remedies — Hellebore and arsemoals.
TORTOISE, BEKTLES (Cassidim) — Beetles of brilliant colors and
their slug-like larvae which eat holes in the leaves of newly
reset plants
Treatment — Same as for next.
Tamanx. CANE-BORER (Schistocerua hamatus). — Whitish grub,
% inch in length, burrowing in the twigs
Treatment —Cut and burn all infested branches.
Theobroma. CACAO BEETLE (Steirastoma depressum). — Large
grubs, 1 Mi inches long, burrow ing under the bark.
Control — Dig out or kill with a wire.
CACAO FRUIT FLY (Ceratitis punctata). — A small maggot attack-
ing the pods
Treatment — Spray when flies appear with sweetened arsen-
ate of lead, four pounds to one hundred gallons of water
CACAO THRIPS (Ifehothnps rubrocincta).— -Small active insects
attacking leaves and pods. In the young the abdomen is
banded with red
Treatment — Careful cultivation to produce vigorous growth.
Thuya BAQWORM — See Jumper.
Tomato. FLEA-BEETLES — Dip the young plants in a strong solu-
tion of arsenate of lead Bordeaux mixture acts as a repellent.
FRUIT- WORM ( Hehothis obsoltta) — Larva 1 inch in length, pale
green or dark brown, faintly striped, feeding upon the fruit.
Also on corn and cotton
Treatment. — Hand-picking Avoid planting close to corn
or cotton, or after either of these crops or after peas or beans.
Practise fall or winter plowing
TOMATO- WORM (Phlegethontius sexta and P qumquemaculata) —
A very large green worm feeding upon the stems and leaves
of the tomato and husk tomato Seldom abundant enough to
be very serious, kept in check by parasites
Remedies. — Hand-picking, rotation of crops, clean culture;
turkeys.
WHITE-FLY f Aleyrodea mporariorum) — Tomatoes grown under
glass are often badly infested with white flies, the young of
which are scale-like and occur on the under aide of the leaves.
Treatment — Fumigation.
Toxylon. BAQWORM — See Jumper.
SAN Jos* SCALE. — See Apple.
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1057
CATALOGUE OF IKSEOTB, continued.
Tropeolum, — See Nasturtium.
Tsuga. BAQWORM. — See Juniper.
Turnip. — See Cabbage
Ulmus. CANKER-WORM — See Apple.
ELM LBAF-BEKTLE (Galerucella luteola)—A> small beetle, im-
ported from Europe, which causes great devastation in som««
of the eastern states by eating the green matter from elm leaves,
causing the tree to appear as if scorched
Remedy — Arsenate of lead, six pounds to one hundred
gallons, just as the eggs are hatching.
ELM SAW-FLY LEAF-MINER (Kaliosysphinga ulmi). — A green-
ish white larva feeding between the two layers of the leaf,
causing large blotches, when abundant, the leaf dies and falls
They sometimes kill the trees in two or three years.
Treatment — While the blotches are small, spray with
"Black Loaf 40," tobacco extract, one gallon in 800 gallons
of water, adding four pounds of whale-oil soap to each hun-
dred gallons
LEOPARD MOTH (Zeuzera pyrina). — White to pinkish caterpillars
boring at first in the smaller twigs and branches Later the
nearly mature caterpillars attack the larger branches and trunk,
doing very serious injury. The white moths, beautifully
marked with black and blue, have a wing expanse of about
2Mmche8
Treatment — Cut off and destroy all infested branches The
spread of the pest is very slow if the branches of the trees do
not interlace
WILLOW- WORM — See Sahx.
Violet APHIS. — Fumigation when grown under glass.
GALL-FLY (Contarinia mohcola) — The adult is a minute mos-
quito-Uke fly The whitish or yellowish maggot feeds in folds
of the opening leaves, which become deformed, turn brown,
and die
Treatment — Fumigation is practically of no value Thor-
ough hand-picking as soon as any sign of injury is noticed.
Do not let the pest become established in the house
RKD-RPIDKR (Tetranyrhus bimaculatun) — Minute mites which
cause the leaves to turn paler and become yellowish
Treatnunt —On greenhouse violets there is nothing better
than a stiff spray ot clear water so applied as not to drench
the beds Repeat the spraying once or twice a week.
Vitas. — Ste Grape
Walnut — See Hickory
Watermelon MELON APHIS — See Munkmelon.
Yucca (Lonchsea chalybea) — Small maggot destroying the buds
Very serious pest .
Treatment — Collect and burn all infested shoots
LONG-HORNED BEETLE (Lagochirus obsoletus) — A white grub
IK mrhes in length when mature, boring m the trunk and
doing great damage The adult is a large reddish brown beetle
and feeds on the foliage
Treatment — Whon beetles are most abundant prune plants
to the ground and burn. Spray with arsemCals to destroy
beetles
SPHINX CATERPILLARS (Dilophonota ello) — Large caterpillar
feeding on the foliage The parent moth is a large hawk-
moth rather showily colored
Treatment — Arsenate of lead, six pounds £o one hundred
gallons of water.
Zea.— See Corn C. R. CROSBY.
ROBERT MATHESON.
Spraying.
Spraying is the art of protecting cultivated plants
from insect enemies and vegetable parasites by covering
them with a material which shall nave a toxic or phys-
ically injurious effect upon the animal or vegetable
organism.
Historical sketch.
The history of spraying is interesting The story of
its progress in America differs in details from the history
of its development in Europe, but the mam features m
each country are very similar In both places, insect
enemies made the first draft on the ingenuity of man
in devising methods by which to hold them in check.
Vegetable parasites were studied afterward. It is a
curious fact that, in the case of both insects and fungi,
in America, some of the most injurious forms came from
Europe and were the means of directing attention to
wholesale methods of destroying them Some of these
enemies, comparatively harmless in their native home,
like the currant-worm and codlin-moth, have done
more to forward spraying methods m the United States
than anything else.
The first insecticides used in America, as well as in
Europe, were not of a poisonous nature They wer*
1058 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS
1326. Apple cluster ready for the spray.
The blossoms have cot yet opened.
substances that had an injurious effect on the body
of the insect. These were of two kinds, mainly: in-
fusions which were astringent, and caustic substances
which burned the tissues Tobacco water and alkaline
washes have been used for many years. One of the
first poisons to
be used was
white hello-
bore The em-
ployment of
arsenical poi-
sons may be
said to belong
to America,
and even at the
present time
has small place
in the economy
of fruit-grow-
ing in Europe.
The wide-
spread use of
arsenical poi-
sons is largely
due to the influence of the incursion of the potato-bug
There are no reliable records which give us the exact
date of the first use of paris green. It probably
occurred about 1865 or 1866. However, towards 1870
paris green was used very generally throughout the
western region in which the potato-bug first appeared.
At this time it was applied almost exclusively in the
dry form diluted with gypsum or flour. From potato
to cotton, tobacco and finally to fruit trees, is the de-
velopment of this poison for destroying leaf-eating
insects. So far as records are available, it appears that
fruit trees were first sprayed with pans green between
1873 and 1875. Among pioneer sprayers, should be
mentioned the names of C V. Riley, United States
Entomologist; LeBarron, State Entomologist of Illi-
nois; William Saunders, London, Ontario, Can ; J S.
Woodward, Lockport, N Y.; T. G Yeomans & Sons,
Walworth, N. Y.; A. J. Cook, Agricultural College,
Mich.
Following paris green came london purple, then
white arsenic, and later arsenate of lead. Since that
tune many different forms of arsenical poisons have
been compounded, offered to the public and frequently
used. A few years ago pans green was used extensively,
but its popularity now is decreasing, prob-
ably because it contains a large percentage
of soluble arseniCj which increases the
danger of foliage injury. London purple
has been largely dropped by fruit-growers,
owing to its variable quality White
arsenic, in combination with soda and
with lime, forms a reliable insecticide and
is used by some growers, especially those
who make a practice of preparing the
home-made solutions. Arsenate of lead is
the insecticide used most widely by the
growers at the present time. It possesses
several advantages, the more important
of which are a small percentage of soluble
arsenic and better sticking qualities.
The sucking insects presented a more
difficult problem of control than the biting
insects, and a longer time elapsed before
effective methods had been devised for
treatment One of the first efficient sprays
for these insects was kerosene in the
form of a soap-and-waterjemulsion. which
was recommended by Kiley and Hub-
broomfor aiv t5*1^' Among the earlier sprays for these
plying spray! insects was also tobacco and whale-oil
An early de^ soaps, both of which are used rather
rice. widely at the present time. Later the
I*
miscible oils were introduced. These proved to be very
effective and are still used. The most important step
m the control of the sucking insects is marked by the
introduction of the lime-sulfur wash This mixture,
which was originally developed as a dip for the control
of scab on sheep, was
first used as an insecti-
cide on fruit trees in
1886 by F Dusey, of
Fresno, California. The
wash proved very effi-
cient and with modifica-
tions came quickly into
favor Now lime-sulfur
is the leading insecticide
for the control of certain
scale insects and also, in
a more dilute form, the
leading fungicide for
the more troublesome
diseases of the apple.
The treatment of fun-
gous diseases of plants
by liquid applications
began with the dis-
covery of bordeaux
mixture Early in the ISHO's, diseases of gi ape-vinos
threatened the extinction of French vmcyaras. The
situation engaged the attention of French investiga-
tors Notable among them were A Millardet and his
co-workers of the Academy ot Science, Bordeaux,
France He, with others, discovered partly by accident
and partly by experiment tua< solutions of copper
prevented the development ot downy mildew. Alter
much experimentation, "bov.llie Bordellaise" was
found to be effective in preventing the growth of
downy mildew and other pleat parasites infesting the
grape in that region. The announcement vsas definitely
made in 1885 The following year the European
formula for bordeaux mixtjre was published in several
places in the United States, and immediately there
began an unparalleled period of activity in economic
vegetable pathology This mixture, though somewhat
modified and developed, continues to be a leading
fungicide. The value of lime-bulfur as a fungicide
applied to the peach during the dormant season to
control the leaf-curl has been recognized About 1907,
1328. A bucket pump
1329. Knapsack pump.
Cordley discovered that lime-sulfur in more dilute
form may be applied to the apple and some other
tree fruits in foliage without danger of foliage injury,
and that in addition to being as effective as bordeaux
it produces no spray injury on the fruit. Since then
lime-sulfur as a fungicide has practically replaced
bordeaux hi the case of those fruits for which it can
be used on the foliage with safety. The self -boiled
lime-sulfur was developed about 1907 as a fungicide
for the control of the brown rot of the peach.
DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISEASES AND INSECTS 1059
The rapidity of the spread of spraying knowledge
among fruit-growers is remarkable. Only a few years
ago it was an unknown art by the rank and file. Today
agricultural clubs and granges purchase their spraying
materials by the carload direct from the manufacturer.
The American farmer leads his fellow-workers in all
parts of the world in the
practice of spraying.
The principles of spraying.
A spray may be effective
(1) by hitting the enemy, (2)
by placing poison
before the depre-
dator, and (3) by
protecting the plant with
a covering unfavorable
to the growth of the pest.
The cautious farmer in-
sures his crop against
inmry by insect or vege-
table parasites by spray-
ing. The fruit-grower
asks, "Do I need to
spray this year? My
''Certainly," we answer,
1330. A garden barrel pump.
trees are not blossoming "
"spray to protect the foliage from possible injury by
insect or fungous disease " Healthy foliage is essential
to the protection of health and vigor and fruit-buds
Spray this year for next year's crop.
Insecticides kill by contact or by means of a poisonous
pnnoiple, their efficiency depends largelv on the time
and thoroughness of the application. If applied too
soon they may be dissipated before the insects appear;
if applied late the injury is onlv partly prevented,
because insects food loss voraciously and are hardef to
kill as they approach maturity in the larval stage.
With the vegetable parasite, the case is not essentially
different The troo is covered \vith a thin coating which
dostroys spores of fungi rosting there and prevents
other bporos from germinating. Fig 1326 shows the
stage of devolopmcnt of fruit-bud calling for bordeaux
mixture and pans green The koynote to success is
thoroughness Hasty sprinklings are worse than use-
loss, they discourage and disappoint the beginner. Full
protection is not afforded unless each loaf, twig and
branch has been covered Timo is the next most
important factor bearing on success The early spray
is most effective This applies particularly to the
treatment of fungous diseases. Spray before the buds
open Get ahead of the enemy
Spraying machinery.
Bordeaux mixture was first applied with a broom
(Fig 1327). Poison distributors were first made m
Vrn erica for the protection of cotton, potato and to-
bacco There arc five general types of pumps' (1) The
hand portable pump, often
attached to a pail or other
small reservoir, suitable
for limited garden areas.
(2) The knapsack pump
carried on a man's back
and operated by the
carrier The tank is made
of copper, holds five gal-
lons and is fitted with a
neat pump which may be
I operated with one hand
wnile the nozzle is directed
with the other. This pump
has been modified recently
so that all the pumping
is done when the sprayer
is filled and before it is
1331. An orchard barrel pump, placed on the shoulders.
Excellent for spraying small vineyards and vegetable-
gardens. (3) A barrel pump; a strong force-pump fitted
to a kerosene barrel or larger tank suitable for spraying
young trees; may be mounted on a cart, wagon, or
stone-boat, depending on the character of the ground
and size of trees. (4) A
gear -sprayer; being a
tank provided with a
pump and mounted on
wheels. The pump is
operated by power bor-
rowed from the wheels as
they revolve, and trans-
ferred by means of chain
and sprockets. Suitable
for vineyards and field
crops, which may be
satisfactorily covered by
the spray as the ma-
chine moves along. For
this reason it is not
adapted to orchard work.
(5) The power sprayer:
power being furnished
generally by gasolene,
sometimes by com-
pressed air. When the
trees arc large and the or-
chard over 5 acres in ex-
1332 Square tower, giving more
working space for the nozzle-men
than the conical form,
tent, a power sprayer will
usually pay Some of these various types of machinery
are shown in Figs 1328-1335. In recent years the spray-
ing of field crops and shade trees has developed rapidly.
The spray pumps have been adapted to this work by
the use of special attachments For the field crops,
nozzles are distributed along a horizontal arm, which
makes it possible to cover a wide strip. The sprayers for
shade trees are equipped with a more powerful pump,
which is usually multiple-cylinder Trie pump must
be capable of delivering a large quantity of material
each minute under a pressure of 200 to 300 pounds.
The nozzles for this work are of the solid stream type
and are usually fitted with interchangeable tips varying
from } s- to y^-mch aperture In order that the tops of
high trees may be reached by the spray mixture, it ia
necessary to use a long extension rod, as well as very
high pressure.
1333. A power sprayer for orchard use.
1060 DISEASES AND INSECTS
DISPORUM
1334. A traction power sprayer, for street and park trees
The essentials of a good pump are (1) durability:
secured by having working parts made of material least
susceptible to the action of the various spray solutions,
friction considered. (2) strength' obtained by a good-
sized cylinder, substantial valves, wall and piston;
(3) easily operated : found in a pump with a long handle,
large air-chamber and smoothly finished working
parts A pump should be strong enough to feed two
leads of hose and throw a good spray from four nozzles.
Nearly all spray mixtures require constant stirrings to
prevent settling and insure uniformity, and an agitator
IB a necessary part of the equipment
Nozzles — Much of the efficiency of a spraying
machine depends upon the nozzle It should be chosen
for the particular work to be done, rather than 7or any
special design The development of nozzle construction
has been rapid, new features being embodied as neces-
sity demanded, until today there are four main types,
each of which is intended for specific work: (1) The
Bordeaux nozzle is the oldest of the modern types It
came into general use about 1890 and was at first
universally adopted for all spray work It throws a
stream which may be regulated from a solid jet to a
coarse fan-shaped spray, Doth of which are too coarse
for general use. The Bordeaux has, however, one
place in the list of modern spray nozzles and that is for
the codhn-moth spray. For this application it is desir-
able to force the material into the calyx cups of the
developing fruit and no nozzle does this quite so efhc-
ciently as the Bordeaux. (2) The Vermorel was the next
step in development after the Bordeaux. It was
very much superior to the latter, breaking the
material up into finer particles, and was generally
used until about 1906. This nozzle, however; does
not possess any desirable features not found in the
disc types and therefore has no special uses in
modern spraying. (3) The disc nozzles are stand-
ard for general spraying work. They are repre-
sented by a large number of sorts, each made
by different manufacturers, but all working on
the same principle The material is whirled
inside of the nozzle before it reaches the final
outlet, thus breaking it up into finely divided
parts and producing the desired mist. The
material is lastly passed through a disc, which
may have either a large or small opening.
For orchard and small crop spraying, the
small opening is used, in which case tJie nozzle
should be 3 to 7 feet from the objlct to be
sprayed. For taller orchard trees and for
small ornamental trees, the large opening is
used. This produces a solid jet which breaks
{nto finer particles at a. distance from the
nozzles, depending upon the pressure used.
(4) Shade tree nozzles, to be used only for
spraying very tall ornamental trees, and in
connection with at least 300 pounds pressure.
They throw a solid stream 30 or more feet m
the air, at which point the material is broken
into a coarse mist. This type came into use at
the time of the introduction of the brown-tail
and gypsy moths m the New England states, and
has since been widely used for parks, estates and
forest spraying. c. S. WILSON.
DISfiMMA: Passiflora.
DISOCACTUS (two-shaped Cactus). Cactacex.
Bushy cactus, 2-3 ft. high, sometimes seen as a
pot-plant in collections.
Stems terete, usually erect: branches flattened
as in Epiphyllum: fls. regular, with very short
tube; petals few, elongated, spreading; ovary
nearly naked, small.
biformis, Lindl. (Phyllocdctus bif6rmi9, Lab.).
Soon pendulous, the branches cylindrical: short
branches If.-hke, the lower egg-shaped, the upper more
lengthened: fls. small, purple-red, less than 2 in expan-
sion; ovary without angles and with minute scales
Honduras. B.M. 6156. V. 2:159. j N ROSE.
DfSPORUM (Greek, double one-seeded}. Syn. Pro-
sdrtes. Lthacese FAIRY BELLS. Small perennial rhizo-
matous herbs, sometimes planted in the wild garden.
Allied to Smilacina and Streptopus, bem^ leafy-
stemmed, but fls. m umbels (or solitary): perianth 6-
parted, with narrow deciduous segms ; stamens 6, the
filaments filiform or slightly flattened and longer than
the* extrorse anthers; ovary 3-celled. the ovules 2 or
more in each cell, tne stigma 3-clett or entire* fr a
red or reddish few-seeded berry. — About 20 species, in
N. Amer. and in the Himalayan region, Java to China
and Japan. Little known to horticulturists; probably
require no particular skill in cult.
A. Lvs. rarely cordate at base.
B. Style 8-deft.
Menziesii, Nichols. (Prosdrtes Menziem, Don).
More or less soft-pubescent: st. 2-3 ft. long, forking,
arching above1 Ivs ovate to ovate-lanceolate, narrowly
acuminate or the lowest acute, sessile, 2-3 in. long,
often resin-dotted: fls. 1-3, greenish{ cup-shaped, from
the topmost axils, nodding, 9-12 lines long; pedicels
puberulous; penanth-segms. nearly erect, acute, 6-11
lines long; stamens a third shorter; anthers included,
ll/2-2 times shorter than the filaments: fr. oblong-
1335. Spraying park trees with the machine shown in Fig. 1334.
DISPORUM
DIURIS
1061
obovate, narrowed to a abort beak, salmon-colored.
Calif, to Brit. Col.
lanugindsum, Nichols. W°°Uy-pubescent: Ivs. oblong-
lanceolate, narrowly acuminate: perianth-Begins, green-
ish, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, spreading, 6-9 lines
long, stamens a third shorter; style and narrow ovary
glabrous: caps, oblong-ovate, obtusish or with a very
short, stout beak, glabrous; cells 1-2-seeded. Ont. to
Ga. and Tenn. B.M. 1490. (as Streptopus).
, BB. Style entire.
trachycarpum, Benth. & Hook. (Prosdrtes trachycdrpa,
Wats.). More or less pubescent: st. 1-2 ft. high, fork-
ing, with foliage on the upper half: Ivs. ovate to oblong-
lanceolate, acute or rarely acuminate, 2-4 in. long:
pedicels pilose; penanth-segms. whitish, slightly spread-
ing, more narrowly oblanceolate than in D. Menziesu,
acute, 6-7 lines long, about as long as the stamens: fr.
obtuse, rather deeply lobed, papillose. Neb. to Mani-
toba and Ore. and Wash.
AA. Lva. mostly cordate-clasping.
oreganum, Benth &Hook. (Prosdrtes oregana, Wats.).
More or less woolly-pubescent: Ivs. ovate to oblong-
lanceolate, long-acuminate: perianth-Begins, spreading,
acute, narrowed below, very distinctly net-veined, 5-7
lines long, as long as or shorter than the stamens: fr.
ovate, acutish, somewhat pubescent. Ore. and Idaho
to Brit. Col.
D Hobktn, Nichols (P lanuginosa var Hookeri, Baker).
More or less rough-pubescent, with short, uuually spreading hairs:
Ivs ovate or sometimes oblong perianth rather broad at the base,
fr obovate, obtuse, red. Calif — D Leschenaultumum, D. Don, differs
from the others here described by having white fls India, Ceylon
B M 6935 — D piillum, Sahsb Readily told from \mencan forms
by its brown or purplish green fls. India, Java, China B M 916.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DISSOTIS (of two kinds, referring to the unlike
anthers). Mflastomdcex. Some 60 or more species of
bristly-hairy or villous shrubs, sub-shrubs or herbs of
Trop and S Afr , some of which may occur sparingly
in choice collections of coolhouse and warmhouse plants:
Ivs opposite, short-stalked, linear, ovate or orbicular,
usually entire. 3-5-nerved, more or less stngose above:
fls bracted, about 1 in. or more across, purple or violet,
solitary, or capitate or paniculate at the ends of the
branches; calyx 4-5-lobed; petals 4 or 5, obovate;
stamens 8 or 10, very unequal, the anthers hnear-
subulate; usually beaked, with 1 pore, the larger set
being joined to the filament by a long connective and
the other set with much shorter or nearly obsolete con-
nective' fr. an included coriaceous caps 4- or 5-valved
at the apex Apparently none is in the American trade.
D. Irvingidna, Hook f Annual from upper Guinea,
1-3 ft.: Ivs linear-oblong to lance-oblong, acute,
3-nerved: fls reddish purple, to 1^ in. across; petals
obovate. B.M. 5149. D. incdna, Tnana, of Trop and
S Afr , shrub, 2-3 ft. : Ivs. linear to linear-oblong,
obtuse: fls. rose-purple, to 1J^ in. across. B M. 3790.
D plumdsa, Hook. f. Shrubby, with long and slender
shoots which are densely covered with small deep
green Ivs.: fls. bright magenta-rose. 1% in. across.
Trop. Afr. D. Mahbnii, Hook. f. Prostrate, the sts.
6-8 in. long: Ivs. short-stalked, nearly or quite orbicu-
lar: fls. rose-purple, 2 in. across, solitary. Uganda.
B M. 7896. D. modtsta, Stapf. Slender: Ivs. oblong,
minutely serrulate: fls. few, crowded at ends or
branches; petals obovate-elliptic; stamens blue-purple,
reddish and yellow; style purple. Uganda. L. H. B.
DISTtCHLIS (Greek, twwanked). Oraminex. SALTV
GRASS. MARSH SPIKE-GRASS. Rigid erect perennials,
with extensively creeping wiry rootstocks: spikelets
several-fld , compressed, dioecious; lemmas coriaceous,
rigid, faintly many-nerved. — Species about 6, in salt
marshes on the coastal regions of Amer. and in alkaline
soil of the interior. One species, D. spicdta, Greene,
with stiff, distichous involute blades and small narrow
panicles is found in alkaline soil throughout the U. 8.
(Dept. Agnc., Div. Agrost. 20: 143). It is a good grass
for binding soils subject to wash. Probably not hi cult.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
DfSTICTIS (Greek du, twice and shktos, dotted;
meaning obscure). Bignoniaceae. Five or 6 species in
Cent, and S Amer., very similar in fl. to Pithecocten-
ium, but caps smooth, oblong, curved, and branchlets
not angular: Ivs 2- or 3-foholate, with simple or 3-fid.
tendril: fls. large in ample terminal panicles; calyx
tubular-campanulate, truncate, often splitting; corolla
funnelform-carnpanulate, leathery, curved; stamens
inclosed; ovary with the seeds m many rows. Adapted
for cult, in subtropical regions only; treatment and
prop, like Bignonia, which see. The following species
is cult, in S. Calif. D. cinerW. Greenm (Pithecocte-
nium cinereum, DC ). Tall climber, grayish tomentose
throughout: tendrils 3-fid : Ifts. 2-3, ovate or oval,
obtuse and mucronulate or acutish, entire, 1-2 in. long:
corolla purple, tomentulose outside, 2-3 Yi in. long and
1>^-2>| in. across at the mouth Mex — The plant
cult, under this name in Calif, is said to have white
fls. and may not be the plant described above
ALFRED REHDER.
DISTYLIUM (Greek, dis, twice, stylos, style; hi
reference to the two slender styles). Hamameliddcex.
Ornamental woody plants grown for their handsome
evergreen foliage.
Evergreen trees or shrubs: Ivs. alternate, short-
petioled, entire, or dentate, penmnerved; stipules
deciduous: fls polygamous or dioecious, apetalous, in
axillary racemes, subtended by small bracts; sepals
1-5, or wanting: stamens 2-8 with short filaments;
pistillate fls. with a superior stellate-tomentose ovary,
with 2 slender styles, with several stamens »r without
stamens: fr. a woody dehiscent capfe , 2-celled, with 1
seed in each cell — Six species in Japan, China, Him-
alayas and Java. Hardy only in warmer temperate
regions Prop, is by seeds and layers.
racem&sum, Siob & Zucc Tall tree, m cult usually
shrubby: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-oblong, sometimes
obovate, acute or obtusish, narrowed at the base, dark
green and lustrous above, paler beneath, glabrous,
" ' ' "in. long: racemes stellate-pubescent, anthers red:
,
caps ovoid, 2-pomted, tomentose, ^m long. March,
April. Japan. S.Z. 1:94 S.I.F.2.25 IT. 3:113.—
The stammate fls. are conspicuous by the red color of
their anthers. Var. variegatum, Carr. Lvs bordered
with yellowish white. — D. chinense, Hemsl (D. race"
mbsum var. chinense, Franch ), a shrub with oblong-
obovate Ivs. M-l/3 in long and usually sparingly
toothed above the middle from Cent China is now pos-
&ibly also in cult. H.I. 29:2835. ALFRED REHDER.
DITTANY is an old English word which in England
often means Dictammis albus, a plant of the rue family.
The name is supposed to be derived from Mt. Dicte,
in Cretej where the ancient dittany grew. The Cretan
dittany is supposed to be Origanum Dictamnus, a plant
of the mint family, and of the same genus with the wild
marjoram. The plant commonly called dittany in the
eastern United States is Cunila origanoidfs, Brit (C.
Manana, Linn.), another mint, native m dry lands.
See Cunila. It has been used as a substitute for tea,
and is a gentle aromatic stimulant. All these plants
yield an oU used as a mild tome.
DIURIS (Greek, double-tailed, alluding to the sepals).
Orchiddcese. Twenty or more glabrous terrestrial
orchids of Austral., rarely seen in collections in cool or
warm glasshouses. The Ivs. are at or near the base of
the bracted st. (which is usually 1-2 ft. high), few,
narrow, fls. 1 to several in a terminal raceme, conspicu-
1062
DIURIS
DOCK
ous from the elongated tail-hke lateral green sepals;
remainder of perianth yellow, purple or white, some-
times purple-blotched or -spotted; dorsal sepal remain-
ing close to and over the column; lip 3-parted. The
species are attractive or even handsome D. longi-
fbha, R. Br , has fls several, yellow
and purple, moderately large; dorsal
sepal broadly ovate, the lateral long
and narrow; lip as long as dorsal
sepal, lobed from the base • Ivs. linear,
one of them often very long D. ma-
i ciddta, Smith, is rather slender, usu-
ally under 1 ft. tall, with long-pcdi-
celled yellow much-spotted fls , dorsal
f sepal erect and rigid, embracing the
column at the base but open at the
top, lip shorter than dorsal sepal,
lobed from base. Ivs. narrow. B M.
3156. D vunddta, Smith St. 1-2 ft.
or more: Ivs usually 2, and 3-6 in.
long1 fls 2 or 3, blue or purplish,
often dotted but not blotcheu, dorsal
sepal typically broadly ovate-oblong;
lip about as long as dorsal sepal,
divided to base. L. £j. g
DIZYGOTHfcCA (Greek, in allu-
sion to the anthers having double the
usual number of cells) Aralidce&
Graceful hothouse plants, grown
practically exclusively for foliage; usu-
ally known as Araha.
Usually shrubs, sometimes small
trees, entirely unarmed, and differ-
ing in this from some hardy arahas • Ivs always digi-
tate, of 5-9 Ifts , varying much in adult and juvenile
characters, sometimes slender and threadlike^ again
broad and leathery, usually long-stalked, calyx and
corolla 5-parted; stamens 5, with thick anthers;
ovary 10-celIcd , styles 10 AH these fl -characters are
drawn from wild plants, as the cult, specimens are
not known to flower — Only 3 or 4 species are known
in the wild state, all from the tropical isls. of the Pacific.
The many names in horticultural literature are prob-
ably referable, ultimately, to some of these species, but
their true position will be settled only when they
flower. Here must be sought all the digitate-lvd. tender
arulias of the first edition of this cyclopedia, the pm-
nate-lvd species going to Polyscias. II H 1912, p. 491.
Dizygothecas require light rich soil, made up of
equal parts of sandy loam and peat or leaf -mo Id. They
require plenty of water and a moist warm atmosphere
Scale posts are numerous and must be kept down by
frequent sponging with weak solutions of whale-oil
soap, fir-tree oil or other insecticide
The names here used are retained in the absence of
specific information as to what wild species of Dizy-
gotheca they are to be associated with Only complete
flowering material can settle this much-vexed question.
All of the following are distinct horticulturally.
Kerchoveana, Hort. Lvs the shape of a Ilicmus, the
7-11 Ifts. elliptic-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, with
undulate ana serrate margins and a pale midrib. S.
Sea Isls Cert i heated in England m 1881 (Gn 19, p.
457). R H 1891, p 225.—Slender-stemmed, of beauti-
ful habit. According to Harms, perhaps better put in
Pseudopanax.
yeltchii, Hort. Lfts. 9-11, very narrow or almost
filiform, undulate, shining green above and red beneath.
New Caledonia —One of the best and handsomest spe-
cies. Var. gracniima, Hort. (Aralifi graczllna, Lind.).
Lfts. still narrower, with a white rib R.H. 1891. p.
226. Gn 39, p 565. I.H. 22:225.— Very desirable.
Originally described as Aralia gracihna (thin4ined),
which name has been mistaken for gracittima (very
graceful).
elegantfssima, Veitch. Petioles mottled with white;
Ifts. 7-11, filiform and pendulous New Hebrides.
G.Z. 21, p. 28 —Excellent. Thought by Guillemm to
be the juvenile form of some Dizygotheca Many of
the greenhouse aralias have a permanent juvenile con-
dition.
leptophylla, Hort. Slender plant* Ifts filiform and
drooping, broadened at the extremities, deep green.
Australasia.
Reginae, Hemsl. (Araha regina, Hort ) Graceful •
petioles olive, pink and brown; Ifts. drooping, very nar-
row, not undulate New Hebrides. I H 26 337.
The following greenhouse arahas, with showy Ivs , probably
belong to Dizygotheca, unless otherwise noted
A. Chabrten, Hort See Polyscias — D crawfAlia, Soland.
See Pseudopanax — D lonyipes, Hort Lvs digitate, the Ifts
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, wavy N Austral —D ntikilis,
Hort "A theophrasta-hke plant, with close ly put Red, bold foliage,
the Ivs oblong obovate-aeuminate, undulate at the margins "
Not certainly referable to Dizygotheca —D OvjAnu, Hort Like
A leptophylla, but Ifts deeply bihd, and nerves md veins brown
S Sea Isls — D quercifdha, Hort Lfts 3, sinuate Ivs opposite.
New Britain Perhaps not of the Araliacete The plant has opposite
Ivs — D rotunda, Hort Lf of a single orbi< ular-cordate Ift or
sometimes 3-foliolate, white-toothed Polynesia Not certainly
referable to Dizygotheca —D s/wrM6i/is, llort ='— D spUndidtt-
sima, Hort. Lvs pinnate, the Itts shiny green New Caledonia-^
Polyscias — D ternMa, Hort Lvs opposite, ternate, or 3-lcbed,
the Ifts oblong-lanceolate and sinuate Not ei rtamly referable to
Dizygotheca -- • It. Victoria , Hort =Polystuw. >j XAYLOU
DOCK. A name applied to various species of Rumex
(Polygondcvse) The commonest species — growing m
fields and yards — are the curled or nanow-leaved
dock (R cru>pui>, Linn ) and the bitter or broad-leaved
dock (R obtHsifohiis, Linn ). These arc introduced
from the Old World Several species are native See
Rumex
Various species of docks and sorrels have long been
cultivated as pot-herbs Some of them are verv desir-
able additions to the garden because they \ield a pleas-
ant food veiy eaily in spring, and, once planted, they
remain for years The Spin age (lock and the Large
Belleville are amongst the best kinds The former
(Fig 1336) is the better of the two, perhaps, and it has
the advantage of being a week or ten days earlier The
crisp leaves (blade 1 foot long) appear early in April,
when there is nothing green to be hud in the open,
and they can be cut continuously for a month or more.
This dock is the heib patience (Rumex I'atientia, Linn )
It has long been an inhabitant of gardens, and it has
sparingly run wild in some parts of this country It is
a native of Europe
The Belleville (Fig 1337) is also a
European and northern North Ameri-
can plant It has also become spon-
taneous m some of the eastern portions
of the country It is really a sorrel
(Rumex Acetosa, Linn ). It has thin-
ner, lighter grten and longer-stalked
leaves than the Spinage dock, with
spear-like lobes at the base The leaves
are very sour, and will probably not
prove to be so generally agreeable as
those of the Spinage dock; but they
are later, and afford a succession. In
some countries this sorrel yields oxalic
acid sufficient for commercial purposes
The round-leaved or true French sorrel
(Rumex scutatus, Linn ) would prob-
ably be preferable to most persons.
All these docks are hardy perennials,
and are very acceptable plants to those
who are fond of early "greens." Some,
at least, of the cultivated docks can be
procured of American seedsmen. They
are readily grown from seeds, and give
a good produce the second year and
subsequently and often yield good Belleville
leaves the first season. L. H. B. dock.
DOCYNIA
DOC^NIA (derivation unknown). Roadcese, sub-
family Pbmese. Ornamental woody plants grown for
their handsome foliage and white flowers appearing in
spring.
Evergreen or half-evergreen trees: Ivs. alternate,
entire, or serrate, sometimes slightly lobed: fls. short-
stalked, m umbels before or with the Ivs. ; calyx densely
tomentose, with lanceolate lobes; petals 5; stamens
30-60; styles 5, connate at the base and woolly; stigma
2-lobed; ovary 5-celled with 3-5 ovules m each
cell. fr. a subglobose, ovoid or pyriform pome with
persistent calyx. — Four species in
China, Himalayas and Annam.
Closely related to Malus, chiefly
distinguished by the 3-5-ovuled
cells and the 2-lobed stigma.
The species are very little
known m cultivation and none
of them seems to be in the trade.
D Delavayi has been introduced
only very recently; D Doumeri
has been recommended as a stock
for apples in tropical and sub-
tropical countries and tried m
Annam (R H 1904, p 246); D.
indica, though known for about
100 years, does not seem to be
at present in cultivation either
in Europe or in this country.
They are adapted only for
warmer temperate or subtropical
regions The fruits are more or
less acid and are used for cook-
ing, possibly they could be im-
proved by selection and hybrid-
ization and might be developed
into valuable fruit trees for
warmer climates Propagation is
by seeds and possibly by graft-
ing on apple stock
D DtlavAyi, Schneid (Pyrus Dela-
vayi. Franch ) Spiny tree, to 30 ft Ivs.
evergreen, ovate-lanceolate, rounded or
broadly cunoatc at the base, entire,
glofwy above, white-tomentoso below,
2-4 in fr ovoid, about 1 in long S.
W. China Franchet, Plant Delavay.
47 — D Doitmrri, Schneid (Pyriis Dou-
meri, BOIH) Unarmed tree Iva ovato
to ovate-lanceolate, entire or sparingly
serrulate, \vhite-tomentosr btlow, 1-2 £&
in long fr fubKlotx.se, about 2 m.
across Annam Jour Soc Bot France,
51 114, 115— D Indica, Dccne (Pyrus
indica, Wall D Gnffithiana, Derne ).
Small free Ivs ovate to oblong-lanceo-
lato, entire or serrulate, lobed in young
plants, woolly while young, finally
glabreacent, 2-4 in long fr subglo-
bose, 1-1 H in across E Himalayas Wallich, PI As Rar
2 173 — The closely related D HookeriAna has larger Ivs. and elon-
gated fr. Nouv Arch Mus Hist. Nat Pans 10 15
ALFRED REHDER.
DODARTIA (Denis Dodart, physician and botanist,
born in Paris in 1634). Scrophulartdcex. One ereet
perennial herb related to Mimulus. D. orientalis, Linn.,
grows in S. Russia and W. Asia, and may be found m
choice collections of outdoor herbs: fls purplish, in ter-
minal racpmes: plant with rush-like few-lvd. branches:
Iva opposite below, alternate above, linear and entire
or broader and somewhat dentate: corolla with a cylin-
drical or flaring tube, 2-hpped; stamens 4, didyna-
mous, included, the anther-cells distinct: caps subglo-
bose, dehiscent, the many seeds somewhat immersed
in the more or less fleshy placenta. July, Aug. B.M.
2199. — Apparently of minor horticultural value.
DODDER: Cutcuta.
DODECATHEON (Greek, twelve gods, old name of
no application here). Pnmuldcex. SHOOTING-STAB.
AMERICAN COWSLIP. Small perennial herbs with cycla-
DODECATHEON
1063
1338. Dodecatheon Meadia, the common
shooting-star ( X H)
men-shaped flowers on scapes, sometimes grown in wild
or hardy gardens.
Glabrous, with a tuft of ovate or oblong entire or
dentate Ivs. at the base, and a slender single naked
scape: fls. few or many m an umbel, nodding, white,
rose 01 purple; corolla-lobes (5) and calyx reflexed;
stamens 5, attached in the throat of the short corolla-
tube, the short filaments more or less conjoined at base
and the long slender anthers conmvent into a cone: fr.
an oblong or somewhat cylindrical 5- or 6-valved caps.
— Dodecatheon is a puzzling genus to systematic
botanists. It is found from
Maine to Texas and from the
Atlantic to the Pacific; and
along the Pacific slope, from the
islands of Lower Calif, to those
of Bering Strait In this vast
region it varies immensely. It
is also found in Asia, especially
northeastward. This wonderful
distribution and variability is all
the more remarkable if, as Gray
once thought, it is all one species,
because monotypic genera are
considered, as a rule, to be com-
paratively inflexible or invaria-
ble. Pax & Knuth, on the other
hand (Engler's Pflanzenreich, hf t.
22, 1905), recognize 30 species.
There is singular lack of agree-
ment in the characterization of
accepted species. Dodecatheon
belongs to the same family with
Primula and Cyclamen, but m a
different tribe from the former,
while its reflexed corolla-lobes
distinguish it from most genera
of its family. Many«epecies and
varieties may be expected to
appear in the lists of dealers in
native plants
Shooting-star is an appropriate
name. The flowers -nave been
compared to a diminutive cycla-
men, for they are pendulous and
seem to be full of motion (see
Fig. 1338) The stamens m D.
Meadia and all eastern species
come to a sharp point and seem
to be shooting ahead, while the
petals fall behind like the tail of
a comet The flowers represent
every shade from pure white,
through lilac and rose, to purple,
and they all have a yellow circle
m the middle, i.e , at the mouth of the corolla After
the flowers are gone the pedicels become erect. Some
forms have all their parts in fours. There are a num-
ber of good horticultural forms offered abroad.
They require an open well-drained soil, not too dry,
and moderately rich, and a shady or partially shady
position. They are propagated by division or by seeds,
the latter method being rather slow.
Meadia, Linn. (D ettlpticum, Nutt. Meadia Dodecd-
thea, Crantz. M. Dodecatheon, Mill. M, carolmiana,
Kuntze). Fig. 1338. Erect and strong, to 2 ft.:
Ivs. ovate-oblong or oblong-linear, nearly or quite
obtuse, dentate -crenate or nearly entire, 1-2 in wide,
tapering into a more or less margined petiole: scape
smooth, usually purple-spotted; fls 10-20; caly*
deeply parted, the parts lanceolate; corolla-lobea
linear-oblong, somewhat obtuse, rose-colored and
whitish at base; anthers reddish yellow, the connective
body purple and broadly ovate: caps, scarcely longer
than calyx, with persistent style. May, June. Wood*
and prairies, Pa., W. and S. B M. 12.— This species runs
1064
DODECATHEON
DOLICHANDRA
into many forms, some of which may be specifically
distinct. Var. splendidum, Hort , is an improved
form, crimson with a yellow circle. Var gigant&um,
Hort , is larger in all its parts: Ivs. paler: fla. somewhat
earlier, m some forms white. Var. elegans, Hort. Lvs.
wider and shorter than the type: scape shorter; fls.
more numerous, dark-colored. (The old generic name
Meadia commemorates Dr. Richard Mead, 1673-
1754)
J^ffreyi, Van Houtte (Mbadia J6ffreyi, Kuntze)
Plant somewhat glandular- viscid : rhizome vertical
and short, strong* Ivs oblanceolate, erect, entire, some-
what acute, mucronulate. scape 12-24 in. or more,
bearing a many-fld umbel; calyx-lobes lanceolate;
corolla deep red-purple, connective-body of anthers
very narrow or subulate at apex, colored same as sta-
mens. Mts, Calif and Ore. F.S 16:1662.
tetrandrum, Suksdorf, has the general aspect of D.
Jeffreyi, but the Ivs are ampler and relatively broader:
roots, as m D Jeffreyi, are abundant, fleshy, fibrous.
persistent* roots, Ivs and scapes form a short, vertical
crown, whole plant glabrous* corolla purplish, with a
yellow ring near the base, segms and stamens usually
only 4* caps circumscissile very near the apex. Mts.,
Wash and Ore
frigidum, Cham & Schlecht Plant 1 ft or less: Ivs.
obovate to ovate or oblong, acutish, entire or somewhat
dentate: scape much exceeding the Ivs , 2-3-fld ;
calyx-lobes longer than the tube, corolla-lobes oblong-
linear, violet* caps oblong, twice longer than calyx
Bering Strait to Rockies and Sierras B M 5871.
latilobum, Elmer (D. dentdtum, Hook D. Mbadia
var latilobum, Gray). Larger than the last: Ivs with
blade 1-4 in long, oval or ovate to oblong, repand or
sparingly dentate, abruptly contracted into long-
winged petioles, obtuse, fls 2-4, calyx-lobes deltoid;
corolla-lobes oblong, yellowish white* caps but little
longer than calyx, opening from the apex by valves
Wash., Ore , Idaho.
Hendersonii, Gray. About a foot high, glabrous,
deep green. Ivs small, obovate or elliptic, 1 in or more
long, narrowed to a short petiole, fls rather few, calyx-
lobes triangular, acuminate, twice exceeding the tube;
corolla-lobes dark purple with a yellow base, the stami-
nal tube dark purple; anthers oblong, obtuse, short-
apiculate; connective-body deep purple* caps ovoid,
much exceeding the calyx, dehiscent by a circumscissile
apex and splitting into 10 valves Calif, to Wash.
G. 33 *391.
CISvelandii, Greene. One to 11A ft. tall, glabrous:
Ivs. pale green, thickish, spatulate-ovate, petioled:
fls 2-10, calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate, acute, glandular;
corolla-lobes purple with yellow base and a few purple
spots in throat; anthers purple, the connective - body
yellow: caps, oblong, circumscissile at apex. Feb.-
May. S. Calif. — Fls. said to vary to pure white.
Fragrant
radicatum, Greene. Glabrous: root short and corm-
hke with fibrous rootlets: Ivs. 3-5, thin, light green,
oblong-spatulate, crenate or nearly entire, blade
attenuate into petiole of about equal length: fls. 3-5
or more on a stout scape 8-16 in tall; calyx-lobes
lanceolate, about as long as the tube; corolla pinkish
or bluish violet, the lobes oblong-linear and erect-
spreading; stammal tube short; anthers purple, acute:
caps, narrow-ovate, only slightly surpassing calyx-
lobes. April. Wyo. to New Mex. —
alpine and rock-gardens.
Recommended for
L. jj. B.f
terminal or axillary, solitary or in racemes or panicles;
sepals 5 or fewer; petals wanting; stamens mostly 8
(5-10) with very short filaments; ovary 3-6-celled,
each cell 2-ovuled caps, winged on the back of each
valve. — About 50 species, mostly in Austral., a few
in Afr. and in Hawaii and N Amer. Lvs sometimes
glandular and exuding resm-hke or varmsh-hke sub-
stance.
viscdsa, Linn. Shrub, to 15 ft.; viscid' Ivs mostly
oblong, cuneate at base, entire, with resinous dots on
both surfaces : fls. greenish, in short terminal or axillary
racemes; sepals ovate* caps about %in long and some-
what broader, broadly 3-wmged, notched at apex,
more or less cordate at base B R. 13 1051 (as XX
oblongifoha) — A poorly defined plant, widely distributed
in warm countries, occurring in Austral , S. Afr., in
Mex.. and forms of it in Fla and Anz. Lvs varying
from broadly spatulate to oblong to nearly or quite linear.
Thunbergiana, Eckl. & Zeyh. Shrubs, 6-10 ft,
glabrous, much branched: Ivs. lanceolate or linear-
lanceolate, narrowed at base, somewhat denticulate
DODOK&A (Rembert Dodoena or Dodonseus,
about 1518-1585, royal physician ana author). Samn~
ddcex. Trees and shrubs, somewhat planted in S. Fla.
and 8. Calif for ornament.
Leaves alternate, without stipules, simple or pin-
nate: fls. small, polygamous, unisexual, often dioecious,
1339. Leaves of Dolichoa. A, D. Lablab; B, D. lignosus.
and somewhat viscid, fls. green, polygamous, racemose.'
caps ^m long, resinous and shining, 2-3-wmged, as
long as the stalk or longer. S. Afr.
triquetra, Andr. Erect shrub, the young branches
flattened or very angular: Ivs. oval-elliptic to oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, to 4 in long, entire or very
nearly so. fls. in short oblong compact panicles or
racemes; sepals minute: caps, of D. viscosa, middle-
sized. Austral.
cuneata, Rudge. Much-branched bush, usually
viscid: Ivs. small (usually under 1 in. long) obovate or
cuneate, at the end rounded or truncate or toothed,
on the sides entire or rarely obscurely toothed, short-
petioled : fls . in short terminal scarcely branched
racemes, or sometimes few in axillary clusters; sepals
ovate-oblong: caps, of D. viscosa, the wings usually not
very broad. Austral. L. j£. B.
DOGBANE: Apocynum.
DOG'S-TAIL GRASS: Eleusine indica.
DOGTOOTH VIOLET: Erythronium.
DOGWOOD: Cornut
DOLICHANDRA: Macfadyena.
DOLICHODEIRA
DOLICHODEtRA: Stnmn0to.
DdLICHOS (old Greek name). Leguminasae. Tropi-
oal twiners (a bush variety of D. Lablab is now being
offered by seedsmen), of which a few forms are in culti-
vation, some for ornament and some for forage.
Keel of the corolla narrow and
?bent inward at right angles, but
not distinctly coiled; style bearded
under the stigma, which is termi-
nal; stipules small. For botanical
distinctions between Dolichos,
Phaseolus and Vigna see Vigna
The styles are points of difference
(Fig. 1340). D. japomcus, a most
worthy ornamental vine, will be
found under Puerana. For D. ses-
quipedaliSj see Vigna — Perhaps 50-
60 species, widely distributed.
1340. Types of Three species of Dohchos are now
styles. /, D. Lablab; grown m Amer.
v'.sesqui pedals"' ** A- Styl* bearded only on a ring sur-
rounding and just below the stigma.
bifldrus, Linn. This species is now being intro.
from India, where it is frequently used as a forage
plant It differs from D Lablab in having the upper lip
of the calyx 2-toothed and from D. Lablab and D.
hgnosus m having only a ring or brush of hairs just
beneath the stigma, whereas the styles of the other
species are bearded on a line extending down the inner
face The seeds are small (average weight 035 gjram)
and rather strongly flattened. Their approximate
dimensions are length %-%*&., width \-\rn., thickness
DOMBEYA
1065
AA. Style bearded along the inner side.
B. Seeds small, %-Hin. long by Yy-Y^in. broad, average
weight .02 grams.
ligndsus, Linn. AUSTRALIAN PE\. Fig. 1339. Ever-
green: fls white or rosy purple: Ivs much smaller than
m D. Lablab. A perennial rapidly growing vine, suitable
for covering fences and outbuildings in warm countries;
highly recommended m S. Calif, and Ariz. B.M. 380 —
A form with white fla. is offered by seedsmen as D. alba.
BB. Seeds large, }$-\fon. long by Y\~Y&n. broad, average
weight .10-. 80 grams.
Lablab, Linn (D cultrdtus, Thumb. D. purpureux,
Lindl. Lablab cultratus, DC.). HYACINTH BEAN. Figs
1339, 1340, 1341 Tall- twining
'ofton 10-20 ft): Ifts broad-ovate,
rounded below and cuspidate-
P0111*^ a^ the apex, often crinkly
fls. purple or white, rather large, 2-
, 4 at the nodes, in a long erect ra-
ceme: pods small (2-3 m. long) and
flat, usually smooth, conspicuously
tipped with the persistent style;
seed black, mahogany or gray, in
the white-fid, varieties, white, small
(average weight about % gram).
Tropics. B.M. 896. B.R. 830
A.G. 14:84— Cult, in this country
as an ornamental climbing bean, but
in the tropics the pods and seeds arc oaten Annual. It
is easily grown in any good garden soil Like common
beans it will not pndure frost. It is very variable.
White-fld. and dwarf bush forms are now offered by seeds-
men. A form with white fls. and very large growth is
known among horticulturists as D.giganteus (Fig. 1342).
D. pteudopachvrrhizus. Harms, recently intro. into some of the
European gardens from Trop. Afr , is a perennial form with a largo
tuberous rootstock* sts. long, round or angular: Ivs long-stalked,
3-foholate; Ifts. very variable in shape, the lateral often ovate or
elliptic and the terminal broadly rhomboid, 3J<~8 m long, 2^-7
in. broad: fls. small, chiefly violet-blue, in racemes }£-l*4 ft long
GEO. F FREEMAN.
1341. Calyx cups
and styles of Doli-
ihos. 1, D. lignosus;
2, D. LabUb.
DOMB&YA (after Joseph Dombey (1742-1795)
French botanist and companion of Ruiz and Pavon
in Peru and Chile), dyn. Assdnia, Astraptea. Sterculia-
cex. Shrubs or small trees of continental Afr., Madagas-
car and Seychelles, sometimes plan^xl in Fla and Cahf :
Ivs. often cordate, palmately nerved, frequently lobed.
fls. rosy or white, numerous, in loose axillary or terminal
cymes, in umbels, or crowded into dense heads, often
very showy, calyx 5-parted, persistent; petals 5,
stamens 15-20, 5 sterile, the remainder shorter, united
into a tube or cup; ovary 2-5-celled, stigmas 5: fr. a
locuhcidal caps. — Probably 100 species, many new
kinds having been made known recently with the
opening of Trop Afr The dombeyas are yet little
known in this country, although some of them promise
well for lawn and park planting far south.
nata!6nsis, Sond. Distinguished by its cordate,
acute Ivs. and the narrowly awl-shaped lits of the invo-
lucre: Ivs. long, petioled, somewhat angular, toothed,
with minute stellate pubescence,
5-7-nbbed: umbels 4-8-fld Natal.
— Cult, m S. Fla. and North under
glass Very rapid-growing, foliage
poplar-like* fls. pure white, large,
sweet-scented; a very good winter-
blooming plant in S. Cahf.
spectAbilis, Bojer. Small tree: Ivs.
cordate, orbicular or oblong, acute,
undulate, 5-9-nerved, rough above
and rusty or whitish pubescent
beneath, the petioles downy: fls.
%in across, white, in many-fla.
much-branched axillary and termi-
nal cymes; sepals lanceolate, shorter
than corolla; petals roundish; sta-
mens united only at base. E Trop
Afr. — A plant under tkis name is
catalogued m this country as "a
tall shrub with straw-colored and
pink fls."
acut&ngula, Cav. (Astrapfra tilix-
fblia, Sweet). Low tre^ or shrub,
\vith Ivs. crowded at ends of
branches. Ivs thin, round-
cordate, nearly glabrous,
palmately 3-^6-lobed: fls
m 2-parted cymes; brac-
teoles large, ovate, falling,
sepals H'm. or less long,
reflexmg, petals white or
reddish, Min long, ob-
hque-obovate, stamens 18,
being exceeded in length
by the stammodia; ovary
densely tomentose, and
styles free at top only
Mauritius and Bourbon.
B.M. 2905 (form with en-
tire Ivs.).
punct&ta, Cav. Tree, the
young parts hairy: Ivs
smooth and firm, orbicular
and deeply cordate, acute, 3-4 in. long, obscurely cre-
nate: fls. 10-20 in a simple umbel that has a peduncle
2-3 times the length of the petiole; sepals hnear-lanceo-
late, reflexed; petals rather longer than sepals, obdel-
toid ; ovary tomentose. Mauritius and Bourbon. Intro
in S. Cahf.
nairob6nsis, Engler. Shrub or tree with terete
branches that become glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. ovate-
cordate, acuminate, somewhat 3-lobed, irregularly
crenate, 7-nerved, hairy, and tomentose beneath: fls.
on long hispid pedicels m an umbel; bracteoles ovate-
lanceolate; sepals lanceolate, becoming reflexed,
tomentose outside; petals oblique and obtuse, scarcely
1342. Dolichos Lablab (form
gigmnteus). (XH)
1066
DOMBEYA
DORONICUM
exceeding petals; stammodia narrowly spatulate;
ovary tomentoee. Nairobi.
W&llichii, Benth. & Hook. (Astrapba Wdllichii,
Lindl.). Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs large, velvety, cordate,
angularly lobed, with leafy stipules, fls. scarlet (pink?),
in drooping umbels, the peduncles long and hairy.
Madagascar. — A very showy plant when in bloom.
D, BdrffMwe, Gerrard. Lvs pubescent, cordate, but with 2
deep, wide cuts, and 2 shallow oaea besides the basal ono. fls.
numerous, large, white, rosy at center and along veins, petals
rounded S Afr B.M 5487 — D caldntha, Schum Shrub, 10-12
ft.: Ivs large (1 ft across), 3-5-lobed, coarsely toothed, cor-
date at base, pubescent above and tomenfcose beneath, with long
petioles fls rose-colored, 1M in across. British Cent. Afr B.M.
8424.— D. Cayeiuni, Hort , is a hybnd of D Mastersii and D. Wal-
hohti fls. beautiful pink in pendulous, many-fid umbels. Ivs cor-
date, acute, dentate, with long petioles.— D Citna, Batll Tall
tree. Ivs cordate or somewhat 3-lobed, 6 in. long and nearly as
broad, toothed or crenulate, pubescent beneath fls lilac-rose, 2Ji
in. across. Madagascar. R.H 1911 84 —D DAvaei, Hort, is a
hybrid of D. speetabihs and D. natalensos fls. rose-colored, also a
white-fld, form (var alba) R H 1912, p. 178-9 — D Mdstersiv,
Hook Shrub, 4-5 ft. high. Ivs. velvety, heart-shaped, serrate, fls.
fragrant, white, with thinner veins of rose than m I) Burgessue;
petals acute. Trop. Afr. B M 5639 — D nburnifldra, Bojer, has
very numerous white fls with narrower petals than any here des-
cribed Ivs cordate, 3-lobed, the cuts not so wide as in D. Bur-
gesaueu Comoro. B.M 4568. ^ jj g ^
D0NDIA: Hacqu^a.
DOODIA (after Samuel Doody, London apothecary).
Polypodrtcex. Greenhouse ferns.
Son curved, placed in one or more rows between
the midribs and the margins of the pinnae: Ivs. rigid.
A genus of diminutive ferns related to Woodwardia. —
Species 4 or 5. Ceylon to New Zeal.
AJ1 doodias, except D. blechnoides, are of dwarf
habit, and are useful for fern-cases and for edgings of
window boxes. Cool and intermediate temperatures
are best. They are excellent for forming an under-
growth in coolhouses, as they seldom are mfeste/1 with
insects, and endure fumigation. Schneider recom-
mends three parts of peat and one of silver sand. Loam
does not help, but a little chopped sphagnum does.
They are very sensitive to stagnant wuter, and do not
like full exposure to sunlight. Always propagate by
spores, but division is possible.
A. Lvs. pinnatifid.
flspera, R. Br. Lvs. 6-18 in. long, 2-4 in. wide,
pinnatifid, narrowed gradually below, sori in 1 or 2
rows. Temp. Austral. — Crested varieties occur in cult.
AA. LVB. pinnate ^n the lower half.
media, R. Br. Lvs. 12-18 in. long, with pinnae 1-2 in.
long, the lower one gradually smaller Austral, and
New Zeal — D. Kunthiana, Gaud , from the Hawaiian
Isls has close median pinnse. D. superba, Hort., is a
larger garden form.
caud&ta, R. Br. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, with pinnae about
an inch long? the spore-bearing ones shorter, apex often
terminating in a long point. Austral and New Zeal.
blechnoides. Cunn. Lvs. 18 in. long; If -blades 15
in. long, 6 in broad, broadest at the middle, the lowest
pinnae considerably narrowed; margins serrate: sori in
an irregular row near midrib. New S. Wales.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
R C. BENEDICT.!
DORfcMA (dorema, a gift, an allusion to the gift of
gum ammoniac). UmbeUiferx. About 4 odd large
perennial herbs of S. W. Asia, yielding gum-resins,
likely to be met with in collections of economic plants.
Usually glaucous, with pinnately decompound Ivs ,
and small white or yellow fls in close woolly umbels:
calyx-teeth wanting or nearly so;* petals ovate: fr.
ovate, piano-compressed. D. Ammonkacum, D. Don,
an erect fleshy-stemmed herb to 7 ft., with a few Ivs.
near the base and bracts above; yields gum-ammoniac,
a medicinal product. This resin exudes on the sting
of insects, occurring m yellowish brown "tears" or drops;
it has a balsamic odor and bitter unpleasant taste.
The plant is native in Persia and Afghanistan. Other
species yield similar exudation.
DOR6NICUM (Latinized Arabic name). Compdsibe.
LEOPARD'S BANE. Hardv herbaceous plants, 1-2 feet
high, with yellow many-flowered heads
Stems little branched or not at all: Ivs. alternate,
radical ones long-stalked, st.-lvs. distant, often clasp-
ing the st : heads mostly one on a st. and 2-3 in.
across, borne high above the basal crown of foliage, from
April to June — From 20-30 species, natives of Eu. and
Temp. Asia. The genus is allied to Arnica and dis-
tinguished by the alternate Ivs. and by the style.
The plants are of easy culture in rich loam except D.
eordifohum, which is an alpine species. The flowers are
numerous and good for cutting. Doromcums have
been strongly recommended for forcing.
A. Root-lvs. not notched at the base, ovate.
plantagineum, Linn. Glabrous, but woolly at the
neck, with long, silky hairs: root-lvs. ovate or oval,
wavy-toothed , st -Ivs nearly entire, the lower ones
narrowed into a petiole and not eared, the upper ones
sessile, oblong, acuminate: rhizome tuberous, roundish,
or creeping obliquely: stalk of the root-lvs about 3 in.
long: typically about 2 ft high Sandy woods of Eu.
GC III 17-229 JH III 55:109 Gn. 60:151 Var.
excelsum, Hort (D excelsum, Hort Z>. "Harpur
Crew," Hort ), is more robust, grows about 5 ft. high
and is probably more cult than any other kind of
doromcum Fls sometimes 4 in across. Gn. 47, p.
269; 28:512; 38:437 G.C. II. 20:297. G. 19:441;
27:225 Gn W 24:221.
Clusii, Tnusch (Arnica Clitsu, All) Lvs ovate or
oblong; st -Ivs half clasping, with distant teeth or
many small ones Ono subvanety has long, silky hairs
on its Ivs , while another has none Swiss and Austrian
Alps. — "Soft, downy foliage," J. W. Manning. "Grows
2 ft. high," Woolson. "Larger and later fls. than D.
caucasicum," Ellwanger and Barry.
AA. Root-lvs. notched at the base, heart-shaped.
B Root tuberous.
Pardalianches. Lmn Hairy Ivs. toothed; lower st.-
lvs. eared at the base of the stalk, subovate, upper ones
spatulate-coidatc, highest ones cordate-clasping, acute.
Woods of lower mountains of Eu G. 22:499 —While
all species are typically 1-fld., any of them may have
now and then more than 1 fl. on a st., and this species
particularly may have 1-5 fls
BB. Root not tuberous.
cattc&sicum, Bieb Glabrous except as noted above:
Ivs. crenate-dentate, lower st -Ivs. eared at the base
of the stalk, the blade subcordate, highest ones cordate
to half -clasping; Ivs near the mfl linear-lanceolate.
Shady woods of Caucasus, Sicily, etc. B M. 3143 Gn.
28 p. 512., which shows sts. with 1 fl. and 1 If.— Fls. 2
in. across
cordifdlium, Sternb. (D. Columnx, Tenore). Gla-
brous, the st. very fibrous toward tne base, scarcely
5 in tall: radical Ivs cordate-kidney-shaped, the upper
Ivs. st -clasping: heads solitary on the sts., the small
Ivs near it ovate-lanceolate, acuminate. An alpine
species from S. E Eu. and aajacent Asia.
austrtacum, Jacq. A trifle hairy: Ivs. minutely
toothed, lower st.-lvs. spatulate-ovate, abruptly nar-
rowed at the base, half-clasping, highest ones cordate-
clasping, lanceolate. Subalpine woods, Eu.
D. drayton&nae, Hort , is a list name, not referable to any known
species. It seems not to occur in horticultural or botanical liter-
ature— D. maoniflcwn, Hort., described as a "very attractive
perennial with large yellow fls. somewhat like a single sunflower," is
also doubtful. It may be D. plantagineum var. excelsum.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
DORSTENIA
DOUGLASIA
1067
DORSTtNIA (Theodor Dorsten, professor of medi-
cine at Marburg, died 1539). Mordcex About 50 tropi-
cal herbs or small shrubs, remarkable for the dilated
receptacle in which the unisexual fls are borne, being
imbedded in the surface. Both staminate and pistillate
fls. are without perianth; stamens 1-4; ovary 1-loculed;
stigma 2-lobed Dorsten las are easily grown in warm
shady glasshouses. The plants are not in the American
trade, but they are often grown in botanical establish-
ments to illustrate morphology The fig is a hollow
receptacle formed of the axis of the fl -cluster, the dor-
stema bears a flattened or cup-like receptacle, and is
an intermediate stage between the fig and other plants.
One of the common species is D. Contrajerva, Linn.
(Fig 1343), which is native to Trop Amer.. fls on a
scape. Ivs round-cordate, palmately lobed or parted,
the segms ovate or oblong and more or less toothed:
receptacle irregularly rectangular, peltate:
rhizome cylmdric, nodose. Mex , W. Indies,
Venezuela, Colombia. L. H. B.
DORYALIS: Aberia.
DORYANTHES (Greek, spear-flower; the
flowering stern 8 to 25 feet high, crowned by a
spike of flowers 3 feet high) Amarylhdacex*
Great debert plants from Australia, with 100
or more leaves 6 feet long when full grown,
being imprehsive for large conservatories, or
for open ground in the South, where they will
stand slight frost
The representative in Austral, of the Ameri-
can Furcriea and Agave Ivs.
in a dense basal rosette, those
on the st much reduced' fls.
large, bright red (often replaced
by bulblets), in a large tnyrse-
hke or pamcled mfl ; perianth
with little or no tube, the ~-
segms long and falcate, sta-
mens 6, attached at base of
perianth, the filaments filiform:
fr a turbmate caps , 3-valved.
— Three or 4 species Little
known under glass, as they re-
quire too much room A plant
of D Pal men remained at
Kew 16 years before flowering.
Plants of doryanthes are prop,
by suckers, which are pro-
duced only after flowering.
The process is very slow The
young plants must be repotted
for several years until they
have attained a large size.
They are said to do best in a
compost of loarn and leaf-mold
in equal parts
excSlsa, Correa. SPEAR-LILY. Lvs. sword-shaped,
not ribbed, smooth, entire, with a very narrow carti-
laginous margin, lowrer ones recurved, others erect:
scape clothed with lanceolate Ivs, which sheath the
st at their base; fls m a globular head, deep crimson or
maroon inside and out (there is a white-fld form).
B.M. 1685. R H. 1865, pp 466, 471; 1891, p. 548.
GC. II. 11-339 Gn.W. 16:681. G.W. 9, p. 521.
H.F. 11.7:136.
Palmeri, W. Hill. Even more gigantic than D.
excelsa: Ivs. longer and broader, slightly ribbed and a
longer brown point- fls in a thyrsoid panicle, bright
scarlet outside, whitish within. B.M. 6665. F S.
20.2097. R.H 1891:548. GC II 17:409. G W. 12,
p. 222. New shoots are said to be produced at the base,
which bloom in one or more years.
D Guilfdylei, P M. Bailey, QUEENSLAND-LILY, is a large and
fine species from N Queensland, perhaps a form of D. Palmen.
Iva. 0 ft. long, over 8 m. wide* fls rich crimson, 4 in. long It yields
a good fiber. Gn. 44, p. 69. G C. III. 45 383
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DORYOPTERIS (Greek, lance-fern). Polypoduicex.
Small pot ferns with oddly pretty leaves.
Leaves with continuous marginal son and copiously
anastomosing veins — About 20 species, in warm coun-
tries Sometimes joined to Ptens, which see for cul-
ture. Not to be confused with Dryoptens.
palmata, J Smith Lvs 4-9 in each way, with 5 or
more triangular lobes or the fertile still more divided:
ribs black W Indies to Brazil — Sometimes considered
to be a variety of D pedata, F6e.
nfibilis, J Smith Larger: Ivs sometimes 1 ft. long,
pedately bipmnatifid, ribs chestnut S Brazil.
D deripuns, with Ivs r*- rohling a geranium If , 3-0 m.
each way, is Munotimeb iult , as is D dfcora, with more
divided Ivs. Both are nati\ es of the Hawaiian Isls.
L M UNDERWOOD.
DOSSINIA (K P Dossin, Belgian botanist.
1777-1852) Orchidacex One species of terrestrial
orchids, allied to Ana'ctochilus, but lacking the
bearded fringe on the lower part of the labcllum.
This species may possibly be cult by a few
amateurs who are skilled m the cult, of dwarf
warmhouse foliage plants
D marmnrMa, C Morr (Ano3ctochilm Lowei, Hort ).
Lvs golden-veined or marhlod, 4-5 in long, elliptic scapo
pubescent, 10 in high, spike 5 in long, with many ^hite,
pubescent fls Java F S 4 .170 — There is u stronger-grow-
ing var , with foliage better colored.
DOUGLASIA (after David
Douglas, the Scotch botanist,
who explored California, Ore-
gon and British Columbia in
1823 and 1S29) Incl Arciia.
Pnnnilacey Low tufted per-
ennial herbs, one of which is
used in alpine gardening
The genus is rlosely allied to
Amlrosace and Primula, but in
those t \\ogen era the Ivs come
from the root, while Douglasia
has branches, though very
short ones, which arc densely
clothed with Ivs Douglasia
has a corolla-tube equaling or
exceeding the calyx, somewhat
inflated toward the top, with 5
scales or crests beneath the
sinuses, calyx 5-lobed, persist-
ent , stamens 5, included ; ovary
5-ovuled . fr a turbmate 1- or
2-seeded caps — Seven or 8
species in mountains of Eu.,
and W N Amer , considered to
be G by Pax <fe Knuth in Engler'a
1343. Dorstema Contrajerva. ( X J£)
Pfianzenreich, hft 22 (1905) The fls are yellow in />.
Vilahana, which is the cult species, but otherwise
rose-purple The plants require the treatment accorded
to other alpmes; see Alpine Plants, Vol I.
Vitaliana, Hook f (Primula Vitali&na, Linn.
Aruirdsace VUaliana, Reichb. Arttia Vitaliana, Lodd.
Grcgbna Vitahana, Duby). Height 2 in • sts numer-
ous, prostrate, somewhat woody: branches denuded of
Ivs at the base, but at the tips clothed with overlapping
linear entire pilose Ivs • fls nearly stalkless, solitary or
2 or 3, yellow, rather large, corolla-tube 2 or 3 times
longer than the calyx, the lobes ovate-lanceolate,
obtuse Alps, Pyrenees. L B C. 2 : 166.
Some of the American douglasias, all with rose or purple fls
arc sometimes hstod by foreign specialists m alpinea — D drcttca,
Hook Glabrous Ivs cihato xv ith short and simple hairs, apex
obtuse H 1 on a scape, corolla- tube about equaling calyx plant
loosely ccspitose High arctic Amer — D dentdta, Wats. Like D.
nivahs and by some considered to be a form of it, but coarser and
1068
DOUGLASIA
DRABA
with broader often apatulate Ivs which are entire and sparingly
denticulate. Cascade Mts., Wash — D laevigdta, Gray Mature Ivs.
coriaceous, the margin smooth or rarely minutely cibate, blade
oblong or oblong-lanceolate and obtuse fls 2-5, corolla-tube
almost twice as long as calyx. Ore , Waah. — D montd.no., Gray
Mature Ivs prominently cihate on the margins, destitute of forked
hairs, the blade very small and linear or lanceolate fla single, the
corolla-tube less than the calyx or just equaling it Mts , Wyo ,
Mont. Runs into several forms, 2 of which have been described an
species (D biflora, Nelson and D. or Androsace umflora) — D mwi/w,
Ijndl Mature Ivs covered with minute 2-3-forJced pairs, margins
not ctliate, blade linear and usually entire fls 3-7, the corolla-tube
hardly exceeding the calyx. Columbia River. L H B t
DOUGLAS SPRUCE . Pseudotsuga Douylam.
DOWNlNGIA (after Andrew Jackson Downing,
famous American pomologist and landscape gardener).
Campanulacex, or Lobeli&cex when this family is kept
distinct. Low herbs, much branched, sometimes grown
as garden annuals; flowers blue with white or yellow
markings or blotches.
Leaves alternate, entire, passing above into bracts:
fls. in the axils of the Ivs. or upper sessile bracts;
corolla 2-lipped, the upper lobes much narrower than
the 3 lower* ones; tube of stamens free from the corolla*
seeds numerous, small, oblong to spindle-shaped, in a
very long linear caps, that bears at its apex the leafy
linear calyx-lobes and is dehiscent lengthwise by 1-3
valves or fissures — Six to 8 species, mostly in Calif
(1 in Chile), usually in moist places and margins of
spring pools, sometimes in salty marshes or in moun-
tains. Rafinesque's name Bolelia (anagram of Lobelia)
is older, but is discarded by the list of "nomma conser-
vanda" of the the Vienna code The plants are little
known in American gardens They are easily grown
annuals, and are said to make interesting pot-plants
The species are often not well distinguished, and some of
them mav be color forms The plants grow about 6 in.
high, and have been recommended for edgings.
pulchella, Torr (Chntdma pulchella, Lmdl ).*• Erect
or ascending, 2-10 in , usually simple. Ivs oblong-
ovate to linear, J/£m long, obtuse: fls deep blue, the
center of lower lip yellow with a white border, and
marked with violet and yellow in throat; lower lip
with 3 roundish apiculate lobes; upper lip deeply
2-cleft with spreading oblong-lanceolate segms May,
June, in Calif B R. 1909. 11 H 1861" 171. G W 15,
p. 213. R H. 1895, p. 19, shows its straggling habit
as a pot-plant. Many of the branches fall below the
top of the pot.
Slogans, Torr (C elegans, Douglas) . St usually simple,
4-7 in : Ivs. ovate to lanceolate, the broad lip moder-
ately 3-lobed; the 2 divisions of the smaller lip lanceo-
late, parallel; lower lip sky-blue with darker vemlets and
the mam part white with 2 green or yellowish spots;
the throat often purple-spotted and yellow-lined May.
Calif. B.R. 1241. L H B.f
DOXANTHA CAPREOLATA, Miers: Biynonm capreolata
DRABA (Greek name for a cress). Crudferae. WHIT-
LOW-GRASS. One of the important groups of spring-
flowering plants for the alpine garden
A large and widely scattered genus of tufted hardy
annual or perennial herbs, with stellate hairs. Ivs. often
in a rosette, mostly uncut* scapes or sts leafy or not,
racemes short or long, fls without bracts, small, white,
yellow, rosy or purple, stamens 6: fr. an oval, orbicular
or linear flat pod with several to many margmless
seeds in 2 rows in each cell; cotyledons accumbent. —
Some 150 species m temperate and arctic regions of the
world, many of them in mountains. Many species
occur in the lists of alpine gardeners. They are more or
less alyssum-like. js
Draoas are very pretty dwarf compact alpine plants,
with small but numerous flowers admirably adapted
for the rockery or front part of a sunny border. They
require a sunny posifion and an open soil. It is impor-
tant that they be well matured by the autumn sun. The
plant forms a dense little rosette of Ivs., and has a neat
appearance at all times. In spring, drabas are thickly
covered with their little flowers and when planted in
masses are decidedly effective. Propagation is chiefly
by division; also by seed, which may be sown in the
fall if desired. (J. B. Keller.)
INDEX.
cuspidata, 10.
Dedeana, 9.
fladmzensia, 6.
gigas, 5
hispida, 14
imbncata, 13.
Uippomca, 6.
Mawn, 4.
olympioa, 11.
pyrenaica, 1.
ngida, 12.
tndentata, 14.
\nolacea, 2.
Wahlenberffii, Q.
aizoides, 7.
Aizoon, 8
alpma, 15
androsacea. 6.
aurea, 16
brumaefolta, 11.
bryoides, 12.
cmerea, 3.
A. Fls. rose or purple.
1. pyrenaica, Lmn. ROCK BEAUTY. Height 2-3 in.:
Ivs. wedge-shaped, 3-lobed at apex: fls white at first,
changing to rosy pink May. Mts., S Eu. B.M. 713.
— Said to be easily prop by cuttings. This is Pelrocallis
pyrenaica, R Br., unaer which name it will be found
again
2 violacea, DC. St. woody at base, branched:
6-12 in.1 Ivs. obovate-oblong, obtuse, equally woolly
1344. Draba Dedeana.
on both sides scapes leafy, petals obovate, dark purple.
Andes of Ecuador at elevations of 13,000-15,000 ft.
B M. 5650
AA. Fls. white (sometimes yellowish m No. 6).
B Plants biennial or annual.
3 cin&rea, Adams St nearly simple: Ivs oblong-
linear, stellate pubescent petals twice longer than
calyx • pods oblong, pubescent, shorter than the pedicel.
Early spring. Siberia.
BB. Plants perennial.
c. Lvs. ngid.
4 Mawii, Hook. Forming low, densely tufted, bright
green patches: st much branched^ densely clothed with
spreading, rosulate Ivs ' Ivs linear-oblong, obtuse,
bristly, with a prominent midrib below: scape very
short, woolly, 2-4-fld., very short-pedicelled; petals
thrice as large as the sepals, obcordate, white: pods
ellipsoid, compressed. Spam B.M. 6186.
5. gigas, Stur (properly Arabia Carduchbrum, Boiss.).
Lvs rosulate and rigid, linear and obtusish, cihate:
scape 1 in or less, the fruiting raceme short and con-
tracted; fls. white* fr glabrous, elliptic-linear, the style
very short, the valves 1-nerved and keeled. Armenia.
cc. Lvs. not rigid.
6. fladnizensis, Wulf. (D. androsdcea, Willd. D.
Wdhlenbergii, Hartm. D. lappdnica, Willd.). Plant
2-3 in., much branched at oase. Ivs. rather loosely
rosulate, oblong-linear to lanceolate, cihate. usually
somewhat villous or stellate-pubescent, less than %m.
long1 scape usually glabrous or only slightly viilous;
fls. sometimes yellowish: pods elliptic-oblong to ovate-
lanceolate, not hairy. Arctic regions and Cent. Eu.
XXXVII. Dracaena Goldieana, a "foliage plant" from tropical Africa.
DRABA
DRAOENA
1069
AAA. Fla. yellow.
B. IMS. rigid, keeled, ciliate.
7. aizoldes, Linn. Cespitose, 2-3 in.: Ivs. linear and
acutish: scape glabrous, the raceme elongating in fr.;
petals yellow, twice exceeding the calyx; anthers about
equaling the petals, fr. oblong-elliptic, glabrous or
setulose; style as long as the pod is wide. March. Cent,
and S. Eu.— B.M 170. Variable.
8. Aizdon, VVahl. About 3 in. high' Ivs. broad-
lanceolate, strongly cihate. scape hairy, with sulfur-
yellow fls , the filaments being paler or greenish. April.
Eu. — Diverse in habit.
9. Dedeana, Boiss & Reut. Fig. 1344 Densely
cespitose: scape and pedicels pubescent Ivs oblong-
linear, attenuate at base: petals broadly obcordate-
cuneate; stamens scarcely longer than calyx, fr. elip-
soidal or ovoid. Spain — In habit like D. aizoides; fls.
paler yellow.
10. cuspidata, Bieb Cespitose: Ivs linear-acute:
scape villous or woolly, the fruiting raceme short;
petals yellow, twice exceeding the calyx, anthers equal-
ing the petals: fr lanceolate and somewhat turgid,
setulose Asia Minor — Aspect of D aizoides, but
scape shorter and pod somewhat inflated
11. olympica, Sibth. (D. brunuefdha, Stev.). Densely
and broadly cespitose, about 4 in high: Ivs. narrowly
linear, somewhat keeled, petals deep golden, twice as
long as the calyx and stamens' fr. small, turgid-com-
prcssed, style very short. June Greece, Orient. —
Huns into many forms.
12. rigida, Willd (D. bryticks, DC.). Powdered:
Ivs minute, and very short, oblong-linear and keeled,
obtUbish, the margin more or less cihate' scape glabrous,
bearing a rather long raceme; petals deep golden
yellow, much exceeding calyx* fr. elliptic or nearly
linear Caucasus, Armenia.
13. imbricata, Meyer. Very dwarf, much powdered:
Ivs. very small, oblong, obtuse, 3-sided, cihate, densely
imbricate: raceme nearly sesbile, glabrous, 3-5-fld.;
petals deep golden, twice exceeding the calyx; filaments
exceeding calyx: ir. ovate-orbicular, glabrous, nearly
plane, btyle very short. Caucasus. — An excellent little
rock alpine.
BB. Lvs not rigid or keeled
14. hlspida, Willd. (D. tndentata, DC.). About 3 in.
high. Ivs obovate, narrowed into a long petiole,
obscurely 1-3-toothed at the apex, somewhat bristly
scape not hairy, petals yellow, cuneate, retuse, twice
longer than calyx: fr oblong-linear, not hairy. Rus-
sia, Caucasus
15 alpina, Linn Densely cespitose, with a much-
branched caudex' Ivs lanceolate or oblong, obtuse or
acute, pubescent: flat: scape more or less hairy: pods
oblong to ovate, style very short. April. Greenland,
N. Eu , Asia.
16. aurea, Vahl. Doubtfully perennial or biennial,
pubescent throughout with stellate hairs, the caudex
simple or little branched: Ivs. oblanceolate to lanceo-
late, to 2 in., entire or remotely serrate- petals bright
yellow to almost white: pods lanceolate to linear,
acute, often twisted. New Mex., and Ariz in mountains
and north. B.M. 2934.
D. boredhs, DC Fls. white1 stellate-pubescent, more or less
cespitose, st 2-12 m , simple or sparingly branched Ivs ovate to
oblong-ovate, flat, H«n- or less, style short and stout Brit. Col.
to the high N , Japan — D eWta, Hook, f Fls yellow tall biennial,
the Bt about 1 ft. high from the previous year's rosette of spatulate
Iva. Himalayas. — D frloida, Saut. Fls white scape about 2-
Ivd , loosely pubescent Ivs lanceolate or elliptic, stellate-tomentose:
fr oblong, glabrous, the style very short or almost none Alps — D.
OfU\esn, Hook & Arn Fls white, *im or less across tufted
perennial, 1-10 m , variable' Ivs. ovate-oblong, coarsely toothed'
fls few to many in an erect raceme. Chile B M. 7913. Gn 63, p
243 — D qrandvfldra, Hook & Arn. Fls white, in racemes* plant
small and tufted, with tomentose Ivs. oblong-spatulate. High
Andes. Gn. 63, p. 242. Showy, hardy in England.— D. Sofomdrm,
offered abroad, is described as "very close, compact tufts, w hita
fls " — D vtrna, Linn. WHITLOW-GRASS A winter annual, widely
naturalised from Eu , with white fls , bifid petals, oblong-obovate
to oblanceolate rosulato Ivs., slender scapes 2-6 in., and glabrous
round-oval to oblong pods L H B t
DRAC&NA (female dragon; the dried juice supposed
to resemble dragon's blood). Lilidcex. DRACENA.
Ornamental hothouse or stove plants, frequently with
variegated leaves.
Often arborescent, with sword-shaped or broad Ivs.
mostly crowded at the summit of the st. : fls. clustered
in panicles or heads, greenish -white or yellowish;
perianth salver-form or campanulate; lobes 6, spread-
ing, stamens 6. fr a 3-celled berry. Differs from Cordy-
line m having larger fls , and solitary instead of many
ovules m each cell of the ovary. — About 40 tropical
woody plants, a few being in cult See Baker, Journ.
Linn Soc , vol 14, for a monograph of the genus. •
Dracaena Draco, of the Cfeuanes, is the dragon tree.
It reaches a height of 30 to 60 feet, branching when of
great age. The dragon tree of Tenenffe, famous for
centuries, was 70 feet high, and one of the oldest of
known trees. See Cordyhne for other names not found
in this article; albo for culture.
The following key to the cultivated species of both
Dracaena and Cordyhne is based upon the Ivs.
BoerhavUj 1
deremensis, 5.
Draco, 1.
fragrans, 4.
Godseffiana, 8
Goldieana, 6.
INDEX.
Hookeriana, 3.
Knerku, 4
latifoha, 3
Lmdemi, 4
Massangean
Rothiana, 4
4.
Rumphii, 3.
Sanderiana, 7.
thalmdcs, 7
uinbraculifera, 2
variegata, 3.
Victoria, 4.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Lvs. long and sword-shaped, sessile.
B. The Ivs glaucous beneath, 2-6 in.
wide. C. indivisa
BB. The Ivs with both faces similar, nar-
rower. *
c. Of mature plants narrow (6-16
lines broad) C. strict*
cc Of mature plants broader (1 -Sin).
D Margins green,
E Color of Ivs glaucous-green,
costate, l%-2ft by 16-21
lines D. Draco
EE. Color of Ivs green, costate,
undulate below, 2-3% ft
by 1 ^2~# *rc D« umbracuhf era
EEE. Color of Ivs green, cot>ta ob-
scure, 3-4 ft. by 13-18 lines C. australis
DD Margins -white-pellucid D. Hookeriana
AA Lvs oblanceolate, broadly petioled or
sessile.
B. Size of Ivs 3-4 in. by l%-8 in ,
opposite or whorled D. Godseffiana
BB. Size of Ivs. 12-16 in. by 18-21 lines,
alternate. . . . C. rubra
BBB. Size of Ivs. iy?r3 ft. by 2-4 in.,
alternate.
c. Pedicels 1 -1 } $ lines long, per-
ianth 6 -7 lines long D. fragrans
cc Pedicels 1 % - 2 lines long, per-
ianth 7-8 lines long . D. deremensis
AAA. Lvs. ovate, lanceolate, or elliptical;
petioles narrow
B The Ivs 4-8 in. by 8-2% in , oblong-
falcate, green C. Haageana
BB The Ivs 7-8 in. by 4-6 in , oblong,
white-spotted D. Goldieana
BBB. The Ivs. 7-10 in by H~^H ™,
lanceolate, white-margined . .. . D. Sandenana
BBBB. The Ivs. 10-18 in. by 1-S^i in.,
elliptical . . . C. terminalis
1. Draco. Linn. DRAGON-TREE. Arborescent (60
ft high), branched: Ivs. very numerous, crowded,
sword-shaped, erect or the outer recurved (1H~2 ft. x
lJ4~lMm-)» scarcely narrowed below, long-attenuate
at the apex, glaucous-green' pedicels 3-6 lines long:
bracts minute, lanceolate: perianth 4 lines long, green-
1070
DRACAENA
DRACOCEPHALUM
ish; filaments flat: berries orange. Canary Isls. B.M.
4571. RH 1869, p. 416, 1880, p 196. GC 11.14:749.
G.W. 12:233 J F. 2, pi. 124 —Fine for conservatory.
D. Bcerhavii, Tenore, is a garden form, with elongated
Ivs , all recurved.
2. umbraculifera, Jacq. Arborescent (3-10 ft. high),
simple: Ivs. very numerous, crowded, sword-shaped
(2-3 y% ft. x l%-2 in ), outer recurved, all green and
shining, attenuate at the apex, scarcely narrowed
toward the conspicuously undulate base, costa distinct
on both faces, pedicels 4-6 lines long bracts minute,
deltoid, perianth large, 2 in. long, white, tinged with
red; filaments filiform. Mauritius L B C. 3 '289.
3 Hookeriana, Koch (C. Rumphn, Hook D.
Rtimphn, Regel). Trunk 3-6 ft high, sometimes
branched. Ivs numerous, densely clustered, sword-
shaped (2-2^ ft x ll/2-2 in.), outer reflexed, all long-
attenuate at the apex, scarcely narrowed below,
margin white-pellucid, lower face concave, indistinctly
costate beneath bracts 1 ^-3 in long, white . pedicels
3-4 lines long; perianth greenish, 12-15 lines long;
filaments filiform • berries orange Cape of Good Hope
D. latif&lia, Regel, is a horticultural variety, with Ivs.
3-3K m. wide G C III. 20 305 (var latifoha). B M.
4279 (as Cordyhne Rwnphu ) Var variegata, Hort.
Variegated foliage.
4. fragrans, Kcr-Gawl (Aktns fragrans, Linn.
Sansewtna fragrans, Jacq ). Arborescent (20 ft high
or more), sometimes branched' Ivs. (1M~3 ft. x2H~4
in ) sessile, oblanceolate, lax and spreading or recurved,
flaccid, green and shining, acute, indistinctly costate:
5. dereme'nsis, Engler. Plant 9-15 ft. high,
branched. Ivs. 1% ft. long, 2 in. wide, narrowed into a
broad petiole-like base* inn. large; fls on pedicels 1^£-
2 lines long, perianth 7-8 lines long, with tube 4 lines
long, dark red without, white within, unpleasant
scented. Afr. GC III. 50:23. G.M. 54:523. G.W.
11:505 (all as var. Warneckn).
6. Goldieana, Hort. Plate XXXVII. Trunk simple,
slender- Ivs distant, spreading, thick-oblong (7-8 in x
4-5 in ), cuspidately pointed, base broadly rounded or
cordate, glossy green, conspicuously white-spotted and
banded, young Ivs often tinged with red ; petioles erect
(2-3 in long), deeply grooved, fls unknown W. Trop.
Afr B.M. 6630. R H. 1878, p 15. I H. 25 300; 42, p
257. GC II 17.49. GZ 22:1 G. 2 '271; 14.239.
G.W. 12 235.— A fine foliage plant.
7. Sanderiana, Hort. (D. thalobdet var. vanegala,
Hort ?). Slender. Ivs distant, alternate, spreading
or recurved (7-10 x 3/2-1 /-£ in), narrowly lanceolate,
acuminate, on rather broad petioles (1-3 in long),
glossy-green, broadly margined with white Congo.
AF. 8 1281; 1T235. Ill 40'175. GC. Ill 13'445.
G W 14:322 Gn W. 14:617. G. 23:533. G.L. 16:235.
—Intro m 1893.
8 Godseffiana, Hort. Woody, but very slender,
rather diffuse* Ivs at many nodes small, erect, scale-
like and lanceolate, the others opposite or in whorls
of 3, oblong or obovate, spreading, cuspidate, sessile
(3-4x1^-2 m ), firm, green, with copious white spots,
raceme short - peduncled . bracts small, fr globular,
greenish yellow or red, nearly 1 in diam Congo.
GC III 21 347 Gn 50, p 276, 51 298, and p 299.
A.F 13 1310 FE 10, supp 2 12 Gng. 6 '294. G.
19:388 — Fine for decorative purposes.
The following are apparently not in the American trade D
americ&na, Donnell Smith Twenty to 40ft high Ivu hncar-sword-
shape, 8-1.5 in long, grten fls white, *mall, indent panicle* Allied
to D Draco Cent Amer S T >S 1 207 New — D arbdnn, Lmk
Lvs giccn, swoid-ahaped, dense, hessilc Gt 40 1H8, and p 226
GW 8 260, 12 232 — D Brodtn/ttldn, Hort Lvs spreadn
1345. Dracaena fragrans var. Lindemi.
bracts minute, scanous, deltoid: pedicels 1-1 M lines
long; fls glomerate; perianth 6-8 lines long, yellow:
berry orange-red. Guinea. B M. 1081 A G. 18.389.
F.R. 4:189. Gn. M. 8 270. G.W. 12 232. G. 2 286.
— Much used for greenhouse and table decoration. D.
Knerkii, Hort Form with glossy light green, less pen-
dulous Ivs. D. Rothiana, Hort. A garden form. I.H.
43, p 97. R.H 1877, p. 68. D. Victdria, Hort Acar-
den form. Gn. 63, p. 77. Var Lindenii, Hort. (D LAn-
denn, Hort ). Fig 1345 Lvs recurved, traversed from
base to apex by creamy white bands. Very decorative.
I.H. 27:384. FR. 4:191. GW. 14:321. A.F. 35:1241.
G.C. III. 30-176. Var. Massangeana, Hort. (D. Mas-
sangeana, Hort.). A broad yellow stripe along the
center of the If. throughout its entire length. F.R.
4:193.
ng or
recurved, strap-shaped, undulate, sessile, ck en green bordered with
broad white margins JH III 34 541 GC III 20 t,o7, 23 249,
33 240 (var) G 27 597 G W 13 4 — Botami al status obscure
— D concinna, Kunth Lvs oblanceolate, green, purple on the
margin, green-petioled — D cylindrica, Hook Lvs linear-lan-
ceolate, or obovate-hmeolate, bright green, spreading B M .">81(>
— D EecUiantu, Hort F R 1 40 Gn W 10 t/<7 — D dUptica,
Thunb Lvs Hpreading, pe tooled, thiekish, elliptic -laiHcolatc,
glossy, acute, longitudinally striatt B M 4787 G C II 17 201
(var macuhta) — D rnxiffiLa, Hort Amer —Dianella ensifolia
— D keu'fnns, Hort Lvs dark green, broadly oblong-lanccolate-
arute. petiole red, half as long as the blade New Caledonia New
May bo a form of C terminals GC III 33 2b5 FE 15 619 —
D marymata, Lam Lvs sword-shaped, dcn«.p, spreading, green,
margined and veined with red G W 12 235 — D marmorata,
Hort B M 7078 — D phrymoidet. Hook Lvs petioled, mostly
oval, acuminate, coriaceous, spotted with yellowish white, pale
beneath B M 5352 ~D rrjUxa, Lam Lvs lam rotate or sword-
shaped, acule, contracted into a petiole --D Saposrhnikdwi, Regel.
Lvs sword-shaped, crowded, green Gt 705 — D Smlthn, Baker.
Lvs large, narrowly sword-shapod, crowded, bright green B M.
6169
Some trade names, the botanical status of which is in doubt, are
the following alba-mar ginatn, alban trims, Alexandria, anguntifoha,
angu8fata,argenteo-8lnata, Detimehana, edmontonu nsis, elefantiwima,
Ehzabethise , Fredenca, Hendersonn, imperator, Jamesn, JansHesii,
Lacourtii, Mayi, Mand^ana, Offtn, perelyarti, rrcurva, Salmonea,
Sheperdii , spectabths D nova-caledomca is probably Cordylme neo-
caledomca, Lmdl., with bronze IVB R M WlEOAND.
DRACOC^PHALUM (Greek, dragon's head, from
the shape of the corolla) Labtalse. Hardy herbaceous
annual and perennial plants of easy culture and of
minor importance.
Allied to Ncpeta, differing in having the calyx
mostly straight rather than curved and unequally
toothed: mostly erect herbs, with opposite entire,
toothed or deeply cut Ivs., the upper one* passing into
bracts: fls. in many-fld. verticils which arc axillary or
terminal, blue or purple or rarely white; calyx tubular,
about 15-nerved; corolla, upper lip somewhat notched
and arched, the lower one 3-cleft and the middle part
notched or 2-cleft; stamens 4, didynamous, the 2
DRACOCEPHALUM
anther-cells divaricate. — Forty species in Eu. and Asia
and very sparingly in N. Amer.
Sandy loam, moderately rich, and a rather moist,
partially shaded situation will suit these plants best.
In a sunny dry border they are never very showy;
the flowers are of short duration, and are seldom at
their best except in very moist seasons Propagation
is by division or seeds. The species described oelow
are erect-growing.
A. Lva. entire, not cut in any way.
Ruyschiana, Linn. (Ruyschidna spicata, Mill.).
Perennial, 2 ft.: sts. slightly pubescent: Ivs. linear-
lanceolate, glabrous: bracts ovate-lanceolate, entire:
whorls m somewhat interrupted spikes; fls 1 in. long,
purplish blue or purple; anthers vitlous. Siberia Var.
jap6nicum, Hort , has white fls shaded with blue, and
is a distinct improvement. G.C. II. 12 . 167. — According
to Vilmorin, this species has been sold as D. altaiense
(see D. grandiflorurri) .
AA. Lvs. deeply S-6-defL
austriacum, Linn , has the habit of the above, and
belongs to the same subgenus Ruyachiana, but the
Ivs. are divided and more distinctly rcvolute at the
margin About 1-1% ft high fls blue, \Yi in. long
and more perennial. July, Aug Eu , Caucasus.
AAA Lvs. cut only at the margin, mostly crenate.
D. Whorls crowded together into spikes or heads.
grandifldrum, Linn (D altaiense •, Laxm ). Peren-
nial, about 1 ft high: root-lvs long-stalked, oblong,
notches at base; st -Ivs few, short-stalked, ovate, not
notched at base, the uppermost still more rounded:
whorls in spikes 2-3 in long, the lowest whorl usually
at some distance: fls 2 in long, blue. June, July.
Siberia B M 1009 P M 13 51
specidsum, Benth Allied to D. grandiflorum, but
st. pubescent instead of pilose above* root-lvs more
broadly heart-shaped, and all Ivs. pubescent beneath
instead of nearly glabrous, and wrinkled fls purplish to
deep purple. June, July Himalayas B M. 6281.
BB. Whorls distant, in long racemes
Moldavica, Linn (Molddvica punctata, Moench)
Lvs lanceolate, mciso - crenate, the floral ones nar-
rower and pectinate1 fls in fcw-fld loose clusters;
corolla 2 or 3 times as long as calyx, blue or white.
European annual, 1-2 ft., sparingly run wild in N.
Amer. Eu., N. Asia.
Ruprechtii, Regel. Perennial: dwarf or compact, 1-
13^ ft.: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, incised and toothed: fls.
rosy purple or lilac, about 1 in. long, in axillary clusters.
Turkestan. Gt. 1018.
nutans, Linn. Perennial, 1 ft : Ivs. ovate-crenate,
the floral ones oblong-lanceolate and more nearly
entire' fls. blue May-July N Asia. Mn. 4:137.
B.R. 841. Var. alplna, Hort., is advertised.
D canart£n«e=Cedronella triphylla — D mnfscens, Linn «••
Lallemantia. — D. mrginiAnum, Lmn.=*PhysOBtegia.
WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
DRAC<5NTIUM (derived from the Greek word for
dragon). Aracex. Greenhouse or hothouse plants, grown
more for curiosity than for beauty.
Herbs with long-petioled Ivs.: petioles verrucose;
blades deeply 3-parted, these again parted: spathe
oblong, convolute below; spadix short-stalked, short,
cyhndric, free, densely many-fld.; fls perfect, with a
perianth: fr. a 2-3-celled berry, each cell 1-seeded. —
About a half-dozen species m Trop. Amer. Cult, as
for Amorphophallus.
asperum, Koch (AmorphophdUus nivdsus, Lem.).
Petioles up to 9 ft. long and over 1 in. thick, roughened
toward base with small warts conjoined in series,
marked with large livid green and brown spots; blades
DRAGON PLANTS
1071
up to 3 ft. broad, 3-parted, the divisions bipinnate,
the ultimate segms. oblong to lanceolate: peduncles
4 in or more long; spathe up to 10 in. long; spadix
1M-2 in. long. Brazil. I.H. 13, p. 14; 12:424.
GEORGE V. NASH.
DRACfiNCULUS (Latin, a little dragon). Ardce*.
Odd tuberous plants sometimes grown under glass.
This plant has interesting dragon-fingered Ivs. and a
terrifying odor when m flower. Its tubers are sold by
bulb dealers under the name of Arum Dracunculus.
The monographer of this order (Engler, in DC. Mon.
1346. Dracunculus vulgaris.
Phan., vol 2, 1879) puts this plant into the genus Dra-
cunculus because the ovules are attached to the base of
the ovary, while in Arum they are attached to the side.
The Ivs of the true arums are always arrow-shaped,
while in Dracunculus they are sometimes cut into finger-
like lobes. There are only 2 species. The common one
is an entertaining, not to say exciting, plant. It is
well worth growing for the experience, though its
stench is not quite so bad as that of a hehcodiceros,
sold as Arum crimtum, which makes any house unbear-
able in which it flowers Nearly all arums are ill-
smelling. For cult., see Arum.
vulgaris, Schott. Fig 1346. Sheath of Ivs. livid,
spotted; stalks green, blades with 10 fingers projecting
from a Dow-shaped base: tube of spathe streaked with
purple except at the bottom; spathe purple all over and
much darker along the wavy border. Medit. regions.
G.C. III. 47 : 198. WILHELM MILLER.
DRAGON PLANTS. The dragon arum, dragon root
or green dragon, is the native Arissema Dracontium.
The dragon plant of Europe is Dracunculus vulgaris.
The dragon's head is not an aroid, but a Dracocepha-
lum, a genus of mints False dragon's head is Physo-
stegia. The dragon's blood of commerce is a dark red,
astringent, resinous secretion of the fruits of a palm,
J072
DRAGON PLANTS
DRAINAGE
Dxmonorops Draco. Other kinds of dragon's blood
are produced by Dracaena Draco and Ecastophyllum
monetana (now referred to Dalborgia). "Sticks,"
"reeds," "tears" and "lumps" of dragon's blood are
known to commerce. The resin is used in coloring
varnishes, dyeing horn in imitation of tortoise shell,
and in the composition of tooth-powders and various
tinctures. The dragon tree is Drac&na Draco
DRAINAGE. Underground or sub-drains serve to
relieve the land of free water, which is harmful to most
plants if left to stagnate in the surface soil or subsoil.
They serve not only to dry the land in early spring, but
indirectly to warm it, for if the water is removed the
sun's heat warms the soil instead of cooling it by
evaporating the surplus water Tenacious lands
devoted to gardening and small-fruits are made more
productive, warmer and earlier by sub-drainage Drains
promote nitrification, assist in liberating mineral plant-
food and cheapen tillage. They serve not only to
remove deleterious stagnant water, but they promote
aeration as well, and this hastens, beneficial chemical
changes in the soil. Drainage promotes the vigor,
healtnfulness and fruitfulness of plants Tenacious
soils are made more friable by drains, thereby giving
1348. Old-fashioned drain-tile.
1347. Diagrams to explain the effect of lowering the water-table by
means of under-draining On the undrained soil, the roots do not pene-
trate deep; and when droughts come, the plants suffer.
easier access to plant roots, while the percolation
through the soil of rainwater, which carries some plant-
food, is hastened Rain-water in the spring is warmer
than the soil, in midsummer it is cooler than the soil:
therefore, percolation of rain-water warms the soil
in the spring and cools it in extremely hot weather.
Drams serve not only to relieve land of free water, but
they impart to it power to hold additional available
moisture, which materially benefits plants during
droughts
Drainage is of two kinds, surface and sub-drainage.
On land on which large outlays of money are toT)e
expended, as in horticultural plantations, it is of the
utmost importance that the soil be freed to consider-
able depths from stagnant water. Trees, many shrubs,
and even some garden crops send their roots deeper
into the subsoil than most of the cereals, hence they
require a greater depth of drained feeding-ground. In
horticulture the planting may often precede the har-
vest by five to ten years, while with many farm crops
the harvest follows the planting in a few months. If
the grain-raiser loses one crop, an annual, by planting
on wet land, the loss is not great, but af the orchardist
loses fifteen to twenty years of labor by planting on
undramed lands, before the mistake w discovered, the
losses are serious. Some lands require little more than
to be relieved from surplus surface water in early spring,
This may be accomplished by forming ridges and open
furrows as far asunder as the rows of trees are to be
placed But it is only rarely that surface drainage
fully prevents serious damage from surplus moisture.
Surface drainage may be considered a cheap way of
temporarily alleviating undesirable conditions. It
does not always eradicate them. Fig. 1347 illustrates
how sub-drainage lowers the water-table (or the area
of standing water), and thereby ameliorates the soil
Sub- drainage
consists in placing
conduits of tile or
other material in
the ground at
depths varying
from 2H to 4 feet,
and at such dis-
tances apart as
will serve to relieve the subsoil of deleterious stagnant
water When suitable stones are at hand, they are
sometimes used instead of tile for forming drainage
conduits If such use is made of them, the drains should
be isomewhat deeper than tile drains, since the stones
which form the dram occupy nearly a foot of the depth
of the ditch and are more likely to become obstructed,
especially if placed near the surface, than are tile
drains The throats or openings of stone drams
are iriugular in size, while those of tile drains are
smooth and uniform in size, and are, therefore,
most desirable Yeais ago, various flat-bottomed
tiles (Fig 1348) were employed, but the style m
general use at present is the cylindrical unglazed
tile shown in Fig 1349 They should be hard-
burned. Because of the low cost of cement,
tiles made of isand and hydraulic cement have
recently come into use; they require no burning,
are stronger than tiles made of clav and are just
as efficient, except m alkali and where frost
penetrates very deep
In semi-arid districts m which
irrigation is practised, if there is
a hardpan, nearly or quite im-
pervious to water, located within
3% to 4^ feet ot the surface,
the land will in tune become
sour or charged with injurious
alkaline salts, and in many cases
ruinously unproductive Lands
of this description are, for the
most part, situated west of the 100th
meridian. A striking illustration of
raiding the water-table by too liberal
irrigation may be found in a tract of
several thousand acres m Tulare
County, California, which formerly
produced grapes and peaches abund-
antly but now yields nothing except a
little hardy forage The water table in
this region was once 30 to 40 feet below
the surface, but as a result of constant
irrigation has risen to within 2 or 3 feet
and, in low places, even to the surface,
forming a sort of tule swamp. Since
the water-table could not be lowered
enough to
restore the
land by un-
der drain-
age, for lack
of an outlet
within rea-
sonable dis- '
tance, it is
probable
that the
only way to 1349. Common cylindrical drain-tile; and a scoop
r e c I a i m it for preparing the bed for the tile.
DRAINAGE
DRAINAGE
1073
would be to sink a well and pump the surplus water
into a surface ditch. Irrigation with pure water would
then sweeten the soil and render it again productive;
and the whole process of restoration need not be exces-
sively expensive.
If the hardpan is less than 2 feet m thickness, the
land may be improved greatly for orchard and vine-
yard purposes by the use of dynamite. Blasting
should be deep enough to allow the surplus water to
escape into the porous earth or gravelly soil beneath
the hardpan. On the Pacific coast this method of
draining orchard and vineyard land has been quite
successful. In any case, unless the soil has good natural
sub-drainage, it is both wise and economical to blast out
holes for trees and vines; for the cost of digging holes,
if they are as large and deep as they should be.
is lessened by an amount almost equal to the cost of
blasting.
Recently, powerful tractors have solved, to some
extent, the problem of drainage in many cases by mak-
ing deep plowing possible before planting and during
the first few years of subsequent tillage of the orchard
or vineyard. This machine with the tillage implement
turns easily at the ends of the field within the space
allowed for turning a span of horses and a plow; it can
pass under limbs where a 14-hand horse (56-inch) can
only to conduct the water of the drains proper Tiles
of 3 to 4 and 5 inches diameter should be used when the
drains are infrequent and the flow of water considerable.
Smaller ones, 2 to 3 inches in diameter, will suffice
when the intervals between the drains are narrow.
1350 Improper method of draining a field
pass, and as close to the plants as a span of horses can.
It furnishes also power and locomoton for spraying
and for opening trenches to a considerable depth (18 to
44 inches) for the reception of dram-tile.
In some regions, drams are placed 200 to 300 feet
apart, and serve their purpose well In others they
should not be placed farther apart than 20 to 30 feet.
Wherever the subsoil is composed of tenacious fine
clay, through which the water moves upward or down-
ward with difficulty, the narrower intervals are neces-
sary. In some instances the surplus water in the sub-
sou is under pressure by reason of water which finds its
way into it from higher levels, and if this is not removed,
the water has a constant tendency to rise to the sur-
face. In many such cases drains placed at wide inter-
vals may serve to relieve the pressure and dram the
land. Since sub-drains are designed to be permanent,
are expensive to construct and difficult to repair, the
principles of drainage should be well understood, and
the work should be undertaken only after a most careful
inspection of the land and after the fundamental
principles of the subject have been mastered
Mams and sub-mains should be avoided so far as
possible, since they greatly increase cost, tend to
become obstructed, and are often unnecessary. The
three long mains in Fig 1350 are not drains, strictly
speaking, since the land may be as fully drained with-
out them, as shown in Fig 1351, therefore, they serve
4 J.. .. I
1351. Best method of draining a field.
Drains should have as uniform a fall as possible, and no
abrupt lateral curves or sharp angles should occur as
arc seen in many places in Fig 1350 If the dram has a
rapid fal1 in its upper reaches, as is often the case, and
but slight fall in the lower, a silt basin should be con-
structed at the point at which the rapid changes into
the slight fall, if obstructing silt is present AH drains
which may be necessary should be placed before the
planting occurs Orchard lands may be drained m the
spring, falkwed in the summer, and planted in the fall
or the following spring Drams placed at frequent
intervals because of the tenacity of the soil should be
comparatively shallow, for if placed deep or at wide
intervals, the water will be too long reaching them.
If drains are placed at wide intervals they should be
at least 3^2 feet deep to be most efficient if the parallel
system is adopted (Fig 1351), there may be more out-
lets to construct and maintain than is desirable; if so,
the system might be modified by constructing a sub-
main, one side of which will uerve also as a drain, and
but one outlet will be required (Fig 1352) Drains
through which water runs for the greater part of the
year are likely to become obstructed by roots, if water-
loving trees, such as the willow, soft maple, and elm, are
1352. Showing how the drains may be gathered Into one when
there is only one place at which an outlet can be secured.
allowed to grow near them If floating silt is present,
the joints of the tiles should be protected for two-
thirds of their upper circumferences by a narrow strip
of tarred building paper (Fig 1353), or collars should
be used Stone drains should receive a lib?ral covering
of straw or some similar material before thev are filled
1 P. ROBERTS.
1074
DRAINAGE
DRAINAGE
Drainage for landscape work.
The value of a thorough knowledge of the possi-
bilities of drainage in landscape work has been over-
looked until recent years as a definite field entirely
apart from general drainage for agricultural purposes.
Drainage under the headings of this article is in-
stalled with the following objects in view.
1. Maintaining well-drained areas for firm lawn
surfaces.
2. Maintaining well-drained and firm surface con-
ditions for recreation areas.
1353. Covering a joint.
3. Draining of surface water and ground water from
roads.
4. Draining foundations for walks.
5. Preserving the normal soil conditions for newly
planted trees.
6. Draining swamp and marsh areas to prevent
breeding of mosquitos.
1. Drainage for UPWIS.
The secret of & c&rtect lawn is attributed to drain-
age conditions whicn provide a well-drained subsoil and
a firm surface that may H; readily freed from any excess
water during heavy lams. The installation of drain-
age for this purpose is required only in the more com-
pact soils that do not drain naturally. Sandy soils
seldom require artificial drainage unless immediately
underlaid with a stratum of impervious clay. On any
lawn the topography of which does not permit the
ready surface run-off and the subsoil of which is com-
pact clay, the necessity of installing sub-surface dram-
age is strongest.
A drainage system for providing ideal soil conditions
for perfect lawns must be installed carefully. Four-
inch tile, is often used m the lateral systems while
either 6-mch vitrified pipe, or the No 2 quality of 6-
inch round tile, is used for the mam lines All drains
should be laid on an even grade of not less than ^ of
an inch fall to each linear foot of dram, and preferably
not less than Y± of an inch fall for each foot of dram.
If perfect drainage is desired, the distance apart of
these drains should not exceed 20 feet In accordance
with the general laws of drainage, tile should be laid
at a more shallow depth m the heavy soils than in the
lighter soils, and should be spaced at closer intervals
than 20 feet, this space varying largely with the desire
to free the lawn immediately of any excess surface
water.
In all tile drainage whether for lawns or other pur-
poses, a space of approximately Y% inch should be
allowed between the ends of the pipes. The covering
of tar paper and cinders should be placed over each
joint as shown in Fig. 1353. The tile should be placed
on a firm bottom of clay or other natural soil, and sur-
rounded on all sides, and covered to a depth of not less
than 6 inches with cinders, crushed stone, or washed
gravel (Fig, 1354). In very heavy clay, the trench
excavated for the tile should be filled with cinders,
crushed stone or gravel to a line separating the looser
top soil from the clav subsoil (Fig. 1355). In heavy
soil and for perfect lawn drainage, the lines of tile
ought not to be laid deeper than 2^ feet and the cin-
der fill should not be less than 15 inches in depth. In
the lighter sandy loam soils, the tile may be laid to a
depth of 3 to 3 M feet.
It is often found necessary when lawns are con-
structed on sandy soil to prevent excessive drainage,
rather than to encourage drainage conditions. In these
extreme sandy soils, the surface water seeps away so
readily that the lawns become exceedingly dry during
the warm and dry months. To prevent this condition
a layer of clay 4 inches deep should be distributed over
the sandy sub-grade prepared for the lawn, at a depth
varying between 10 and 18 inches below tne proposed
finished surface of the lawn. This clay is thoroughly
compacted and serves as a partial barrier against
abnormal seepage which would otherwise occur, and
thereby retains the moisture necessary for the capil-
lary attraction to feed the roots of the lawn grasses.
2. Recreation areas.
Areas naturally falling under this heading are
tennis-courts (clay and turf), bowling-greens, clock-
golf areas, and croquet -lawns. All of these require
a more careful study of drainage conditions than is
/v<r]
SURFACE GRA&E
'TOP %SO/£
, . •
.'. CINDER^
:'.*v OR -\n .
Q'&LL FROM BACK NEf TO CENT£R~
- PIP? ^—ptpc
1354. The filling of a drain. 1355 Applying good top soil.
given to the average lawn. It is essential that such
areas be so completely drained that the surface con-
dition is always nrm, even after the average continuous
heavy rains
Tennis-courts — These areas require the most care-
ful study of drainage conditions The average tennis-
court requires two types of drainage, — surface and
sub-surface Surface drainage is cared for in two ways,
(1) either by giving the court a gradual slope to one
end, or (2) as shown in Fig. 1356, where the surface of
the court is sloped from either end toward the middle
line. This method, shown in Fig. 1357, gives probably
the most satisfactory results, because, in this way, if
surface conditions at the middle of the court are cor-
rect, the surface water is cared for most readily and
with the shortest possible runoff. This drain across
the middle of the court may be either an open concrete
drain with a plank laid over the top and flush with the
surface of the court, or a blind drain filled with o
BINDING GRAVEL OR STONE SCREENINGS
2323
CiNDERS OR CRUSHED STONE--'
1*56. Draining a tennis-court.
DRAINAGE
DRAINAGE
1075
coarser crushed stone and fine crushed stone, over
which is spread a thin layer of washed sand. The
bottom of the drain ought to be approximately 6 inches
lower, at the point where the outlet to the sub-dram is
located, than the elevation at the extreme high points of
the dram. The method of establishing these grades varies
largely with the requirements of
this particular problem The ~<Tv
water, as it reaches the low
point in the dram, is conducted
at once into the main 6-inch
drain, which also takes ground-
water from the underground sys-
tem of drains. When the court
is so constructed that one end is
lower than the other, in order
to assist surface-drainage condi-
tions the courts should be level
from side to side Fig. 1357
shows the general distribution of
the system of tile to care for
the bub-surface water in tennis-
court construction This would
apply equally well to the con-
struction of other recreation
areas, including clock- golf -
greens, bowling-greens and cro-
quet-lawiis. In the construction of all tennis-courts,
tne trenches excavated for the tile bhould be filled with
cinders or an equally porous material to a height not
less than 6 inches below the proposed finished grade
of the court
Clock-golf-greens, bowling-greens, and croquet-lawns. —
A thorough distribution of tile drains installed as out-
lined below, should meet all the requirements commonly
imposed from the drainage standpoint upon the con-
struction of these recreation areas Lines of 4-inch tile
should be placed, at intervals of not more than 10 feet.
For the most thorough and ideal drainage of these
areas, provided the cost is not prohibitive, the con-
struction would be as follows A neat sub-grade bhould
be made at a depth not exceeding 15 to 18 inches below
the proposed finished surface of the recreation area
The necessary lines of tile should be laid in trenches at
adepth varying between 2 and 2 Yi feet below the finished
grade, these trenches to be filled \\ith cinders, crushed
stone or gravel (Fig 1355) On this sub-grade, thus
completed, the entire recreation area should be filled to
a point approximately 0 inches below the proposed
finished grade, with cinders, or some equally porous
material. On this finished surface, the remaining 6
middle of the road is used in soils in which the ground-
water level is abnormally high. Such drains should
range in depth from 2 to 3^ feet below the finished sur-
face of the road; and the trenches should be filled with
a porous material and not with the natural soil. The
method of installing drainage under the sides of the
•
AM/A/ DRAIN
---.- i ^'-r
0 ~~~~-^'" LATER ALL
^^- ! --"'
RA/N-^'-^S"
\
~~--.ju---''
"^"-•-^ '"d „-"*'
^-^--' -
i
_ .. . i
7*---l*«.l/E
1357 Draining a tennis-court.
road, as shown in Fig. 1358 is used in heavy clay soils,
and serves to keep the foundation of the road on well-
drained soil These drams are installed at a depth
varying from 2 to 3 feet in trenehes filled with cinders or
equally porous material
Tmf pleasure roads, so frequently constructed on
private estates, should be thoroughly drained with a
line of tile placed under the middle of the road, unless
the road is constructed on a heavy foundation of field-
stone or gravel which forms a natural drain path for
surf ace- water and soil-water
In providing drainage along the sides of roads con-
structed on clay soils through virgin woods, it is some-
times necessary to carry thet>e drainage lines a con-
siderable distance through the woods to suitable out-
let points The joints of all such lines of drainage
should be cemented, otherwise the artificial condi-
tions produced by the increased drainage will work
serious injury to many large trees growing on either
side In general it is very unsafe to install drainage
lines through virgin woods, without this precaution
Roads constructed through such woods would better
be drained by laying a line of tile under the middle of
the road as shown in Fig. 1359.
inches should be filled with a layer of loam free from
clay, but composed of a small percentage of sand.
In this way, a firm surface will be obtained which will
readily care for any surface and subsoil water.
5. Roads.
The secret of a perfect road surface lies (1) in the
proper crown of the road, and (2) in the adequate
drainage of the subsoil or foundation. The first pro-
vision cares for the surface water, and the second
provision eliminates any surplus ground-water.
On all private estates on which roads are constructed
on heavy clay soils and not on grades greater than 4
per cent, the secret of success depends upon drainage
installed in either of the two ways shown in Fig.
1358 or Fig. 1359. Installing a line of drains under the
BRICK-
C0/VC«£
4. Walks
A most frequent
method of provid-
ing drainage for
walks is that shown in Fig. 1359. A line of 4-inch tile
is laid at a depth varying between 18 inches and 30
inches below the finished grade of the walk and fol-
lowing the middle line of the walk The trench for the
tile is filled with a porous material to a height even
with the bottom of the cinders used for the founda-
tion of the walk, or laid as shown in Fig 1359
5. Newly planted trees.
All trees planted in clay soil require drainage If
the pockets in which such trees are planted arc not
1076
DRAINAGE
DRAINAGE
thoroughly drained, the area excavated and re-filled
with soil when the trees are planted becomas a pocket
for ground-water. This pocket or reservoir collects
the water, which, if not carried off by means of drains,
will very likely cause the death of the trees. All large
trees, especially those which do not grow best with
their roots in the
water, must be pro-
vided with drainage.
The common method
of drainage is to in-
stall a line of 4-inch /-'~\C?
tile leading from the {..
bottom of the ex-
cavated hole to a
main line of tile which
may have been in-
stalled for other
drainage purposes, or
to the nearest outlet
if no such line exists.
6. Drainage to prevent mosquito-breeding.
It is a frequent practice, especially on
large estates, to install open ditches from 50 to 100
feet apart m swamps and m salt marshes, m order
to provide a means for draining such areas, and
thus preventing the presence of stagnant water, which
is conducive to the breeding of mosquitos These
trenches are excavated at depths varying from 2 to
3^ feet. The more frequent the trenches, the shal-
lower they may be made and still provide adequate
drainage.
The foregoing article pertains only to the particular
phases of drainage especially to be considered in con-
nection with landscape work For additional informa-
tion on the general details concerned with drainage,
refer to the mam article upon drainage, p. 1072.
A. D. TAYLOR.
1360. Detail of drain connections (See Fig 1356.)
Drainage and watering for newly transplanted trees.
Drainage is an essential in all retentive soils and is a
safeguard even on sandy gravelly subsoils against
over water ing. Drainage is likely to be vetoed on the
score of expense or on the excuse that the subsoil is
gravelly; wnereas, there are only gravel stones in hard-
pan which holds water. A drain made by filling a pit
with stones is frequently inadequate as it fills with
water, which backs up into the hole, saturates the soil
around the roots and rots them. Rotting of only a
part of the roots may injure the tree more than the
cutting off of that amount of roots
The soil in which to plant should be open, porous
and aerated Soil which has been piled up as in grading
operations is likely to be sour from the decay of the sod
and from the packing by teams and scraper. Muck
from ponds which has been piled and mixed with lime
for a year may still be sour Clay soil packed by the
water and packing-sticks may remain too compact
and not aerated enough, may be too much saturated
with water and, therefore, rot the roots. Manure
should not be mixed in the soil around the roots on
account of the danger of souring and rotting the roots.
This rotting is determined by digging down to the
roots and finding them of blue-black color with a sour
smell. Sometimes this decay has not reached through
the bark of the roots and other times it has penetrated
the bark and turned the cambium blue-black. Sour
soil is likely to be of bluish or greenish color rather than
chocolate-Drown, and have a sour smell like that under-
neath a manure heap.
The smell is most
readily detected by
breaking open a lump
of soil In digging
into sour soil and
soil that is over-satu-
rated, the spade
makes a peculiar
sucking noise as in
digging in a bog. If
at the time of exami-
nation the soil is
already become sour,
it is best to take out this sour soil and
put in fresh soil covering the roots only
4 inches The ball of earth in the cen-
TILE p/flE tof wlji not ^0 af) imbie t,0 get 8our
because it has not been disturbed As brought out by
Stringfellow m the "New Horticulture," soil that is
dug over will take in water and become saturated;
whereas, soil that has not been disturbed will retain
air in the soil-spaces even if submerged. The ball of
earth is also prevented from becoming; saturated by the
undisturbed feeding-roots which absorb the moisture.
Watering cannot be by rule, but must depend on
examination of both ball of earth m the center and the
outer roots The difficulty will be to keep the ball of
earth sufficiently damp on account of the rapid with-
drawing of moisture bv the roots The danger will be
that the soil outside the ball of earth uill take up the
water too rapidly, remain saturated several days and
rot the roots Examination is best done by shovel and
fork, digging down 1 1A feet both m the ball and outside.
An easier way is to bore into the soil with an auger.
It will usually be found that the central ball of earth
is dry and dusty in the summer even if the surface
and outer soil is damp The growth of weeds and grassS
will indicate the same. A good way to water is to make
a basin around the width of the ball of earth, fill it
with water 6
inches deep, make
crov\ bar holes into
the ball for it to
soak in Many
mistakes are made
in overwatermg —
letting the hose
run all night or
watering every
day, thereby rot-
ting the roots
Mulching is
frequently ne-
glected, the tree
starving for lack
of humus A close-
cut lawn around a newly planted tree may be the
ideal of neatness, but it means starvation and thirst
for the tree and is the principal cause of slow growth
over several years, 'making new, bare and ugly land-
scapes The mulch should extend as wide as the roots
and be from 3 to 6 inches deep, of strawy manure,
leaves, grass, salt hay or similar organic matter. Too
much manure may sour the soil and rot the roots, if
it lies heavy and compact and keeps out the air.
Light strawy manure is better. If the mulch blows
about and is untidy, it may be kept in position by
wire netting, earth, or the planting of small shrubs
HENRY HICKS.
1361. Setting a newly transplanted
large tree.
DRIMIA
DRlMIA (name refers to the acridity of the roots).
Liltacex Bulbous S. African and Trop. African plants
of the Scilla tribe, with gamophyllous perianth and
a campanulate tube, the segnis linear -oblong and
reflexing: stamens 6, shorter than the segms., and
inserted at the throat of the perianth-tube; ovary ses-
sile, ovoid, 3-celled, becoming a loculicidally 3-valved
membranous caps. : Ivs. either broad and rather fleshy
or narrow and rigid, often appearing at a different
season from the bloom: fls on a naked peduncle or
scape, in a simple raceme — About 30 species, none of
which appears to be regularly in cult. D. oligo8p&rnui>
C H Wright Probably from S. Afr , and very recently
described . fl -clusters over 6 ft high, much branched,
the beautiful white fls with 3 green nerves on the
oblanceolate spreading petals opening late in the
afternoon, bulb elliptic, 6 in long: Ivs 12-14, rosulate,
\l/i ft. long, Imear-acummatc, glabrous. Likely to
come into commercial cult.
DRiMYS (from a Greek word, used in allusion to the
sharp or acrid taste of the bark). Magnoltdcex About
10 evergreen trees or shrubs, alhed to Ilhcmm, dis-
tributed from Mex. to the Straits of Magellan, and in
Austral., New Zeal , and islands Glabrous and aromatic
plants with pellucid-punctate Ivs , and polygamous
diclinous or perfect fls. on 1- to many-fld. peduncles,
white, yellowish or row-colored and showy; sepals
2-4; petals 6-<», m 2 or more sones, stamens <*>, on
thickened filaments, ovaries usually 2-co, with sessile
stigma and many seeds D Winten, Forst. (Wtntkra
aromalica, Murr ), is a S American small tree (to 50
ft ), with milk-white fls 1 in or more across, jasmine-
scentod; petals 8-12, pale cream-} ellow Ivs. ultimate,
evergreen, elliptical or lanceolate, coriaceous, somewrhat
acuminate, entire, glabrous, very aromatic: branches
with reddish bark, umbels (3-9-fld ) often nearly
equaling the Ivs : scarcely known either as a glasshouse
subject or for outdoor cult in warm countries. B.M.
4800. L. H B.
DR(5SERA (Greek dro*,eros, dewy, from the
dew-like excretions on the tips of the leaf-
hairs) Droscracex A group of carnivorous
plants popularly known as the SUNDEWS or
DEW-PLANTH
The sts usually short, slender or com-
pressed, rarely elongate and upright m
such types as D. peltata: Ivs varying from
linear through lanceolate to circular, often
arranged in a rosette, and beset over their
upper surfaces* with hne often uritable hairs, that
excrete a clear neutral viscid fluid which entangles
and catches insect prey; the hairs then bend inward
toward the If -center, the fluid becomes acid and also
excretes a protemaceous ferment by which the animal
tissues are digested, the dissolved products being then
absorbed for the plant's nutrition . fl -scapes slender,
ending in curved scorpioid cymes of blooms, K~1M *n
across, and varying from white through pink to scarlet
or crimson; sepals, petals and stamens 5 each, while the
carpels vary from 5-3, are syncarpous with parietal
placentation, and bear as many style-arms or lobes:
fr a caps. — About 90 species scattered over the world,
though most abundantly in Austral. Monograph by
Diels hi Engler's Pflanzenreich, hft 26. The species
usually grow in moist muddy soil, at times almost
floating in water, as in the common N. J. species, D.
intermedia. Some Australian kinds form tubers, and can
then survive through dry periods. The Ivs. in our
native species wither in autumn, and a small winter
bud-rosette is formed, which unfolds its Ivs. in the
succeeding spring.
The native and exotic species all grow well if treated
as greenhouse plants, ana grown in fine muddy loam
topped by a little sphagnum. They should also be
DROSOPHYLLUM
1077
kept constantly moist in their root extremities, and
exposed to onght light. The following native and
exotic species are now often grown in collections
They can be propagated by seeds, by division of the
shoots, or by cutting the slender rhizomes into short
lengths of yfr-l in. The latt, when placed in moist
soil, root and form buds m two to three weeks.
Labill. (D. dichdtoma, B. & S ) Sts. short:'
Ivs long-stalked, 6-16 in high, once- to twice-forked
into long-linear reddish green segms. that are covered
with viscid hairs scape branched above, fls white,
>£-%in acrobs; fls June, July. Austral and N Zeal.
B.M 3082 —Intro in 1823 Easily grown and prop
by division of the crowns
capensis, Linn. St slightly elongate: Ivs in a ter-
minal rosette, linear to spat.ilate, tapered into petiole.
obtuse at apex, scapes 6-l6 in long with 5-20 secund
purple fls.; fls June, July. Afr, southwestern part of
Cape Colony B M 0,583 —Intro, in 1875.
filiformis, Raf. St. short, hair-
covered: Ivs linear, erect, 6-8 in
long, greenish with abundant purple
hairs scape eaual to or longer than
above, 6-15-fla. , fls. rather crowded,
unilateral; petals pink-purple, i^in.
across, fls. June, July. Del. to
Mass , along sandy coastal places.
B M 3540 Torrey, Fl N. York,
82 t 10
intermedia, Hayne. Rhizome
slender, 1-4 in long: Ivs \Yi-lYi
in. long, long-petioled, spatulate,
red with glandular hairs, scape 6-
12-fld ; petals white; fls April (Fla )
to August (New Bruns ) E. N
Amer , Cuba, and Eu —Forms wild
hybrids at times with other species.
peltata, Smith. St 6-10 m., bulb-
ous below, slender elongate above
ground, with scattered pel-
tate glandular Ivs., and
terminating in delicate
6-10-fld stalks' petals
white to pink From India
through China, Japan and
the Philippines to Austral.
G.C 11.19:436 —A pretty,
delicate and striking spe-
cies now not uncommon m
cult
rotundifaiia, Linn Fig 1362. St short, slender: Ivs.
%-2 m , with elongate non-glandular petiole and
circular red-glandular blade' scape slender, 5-12-fld.;
petals white, expanding m bright sunshine; fls. May
(Carohnas) to Sept (Newfoundland). — A classic
plant, owing to Darwin's studies in "Insectivorous
Plants: "
Tracyi, Macfarlane Habit of D. fihformic. Lvs.
12-16 hi , pale green with hg^ht green glandular hairs:
scape 15-24 in.; fls purple. %m. across. Abundant over
the coasial area of the Gulf states from mid-Fla to
La. Fl. April, May. — One of the largest species of the
8enus J. M. MACFARLANE
DROSOPH^LLUM (dew-leaved). One of the 6 genera
of the Droser dcea?, comprising a single species m S Spain,
Portugal and Morocco, sometimes seen in collections
of insectivorous plants, and for the interesting mor-
phology, the Ivs. being revolute rather than involute
as in the droseras and other plants. D. lusitdmcum,
Link; is a sub-shrubby little plant, the simple at. 2-45
in. high bearing at the top long-linear glandular insect-
holding Ivs.: fls. \Yt in across, on an elevated stalk
(1 ft. high), bright yellow, with 10-20 stamens, alter-
nating m length, bearing short yellow anthers; petals
1362. Drosera rotundifolia. ( X \i)
1078
DROSOPHYLLUM
5, obovate, thin, twisted after anthesis; styles 5, fili-
form: fr. a narrow caps , % ni. long, 5-valved B*M.
5796. — The glands of this interesting plant are
purple, some stalked and some sessile, viscid, not
motile See Diels, in Engler's Pflanzenreieh, hit. 26
(1906) for monographic treatment, where the Drosera-
ceae is reduced to 4 genera, Bybhs and Rondula being
'removed from the family; and Darwin studied it
and described it in Chap. XV of "Insectivorous
Plants." L. H B.
DRYAS (Greek, wood-nymph). Rosacex Dwarf fcardy
tufted evergreen somewhat shrubby plants, sometimes
transferred to gardens.
Leaves alternate, petioled, simple, entire or crenate,
tomentose: fls large, white or yellow, borne singly on
slender scapes; sepals 8-10, perbistcnt; petals 8-10,
obovate or oval; stamens many, with subulate filaments;
pistils many, sessile, with a terminal style that persists
and elongates on the achene. High northern or moun-
tain plantsy of N Amer , Eu and Asia, of which 4 spe-
cies are recognized by Rydberg (N. Amer Flora, xxu,
part 5, 1913), allied to Geum
The best known cult, species, D. octopetala, requires
a well-drained porous sou, a sunny but not dry posi-
tion It is well to shade the foliage from bright sun
during the winter months with evergreen branches to
prevent the foliage from having a scorched appear-
ance. A capital plant for the rockery. Propagated
by cuttings, division, or by seed (J. B Keller.)
octopetala, Linn Densely cespitose with a woody
caudex or st.' Ivs rugose, elliptic, oval or oblong,
deeply and regularly crenate, white-tomentose beneath :
scapes 2-8 in long; fls white, the petals elliptic or
obovate-elhptic, and the sepals linear or linear-lanceo-
late, seeds with a feathered awn 1 in long >. North
temperate and arctic regions
Drfimmondii, Rich Cespitose perennial with decum-
bent caudex Ivs elliptic or obovate, white-tomentose
beneath but nearly or quite glabrous above, somewhat
rugose, coarsely crenate fls yellow, the petals elhptic-
spatulate or obovate and almost erect, the sepals ovate
or ovate-lanceolate Que to Ore and N B.M 2972
— A good rockery plant; 4 in., more or less
D. inteffriftiha, Vahl Fls white, sepals linear or linear-lanceo-
late Ivs lanceolate or lance-elliptic, the margins mostly rcvolute
High northern N Amer — D tomentfaa, Farr Fls yellow , sepals
ovate or ovate-lanceolate Us obovate or elliptic, coarsely crenate,
tomentose on both surfaces Canadian Rockies L H B
DRYMOGL6SSUM (Greek, wood and tongue, of no
direct significance) Polypodiace<e. Small ferns, 5 to 10
species, occurring wild in both tropics, with wide creeping
rootstalks, and small, entire Ivs. : son resembling those
of Polypodmm None is advertised in Amer. Three
or 4 kinds are mentioned in horticultural literature
abroad, but are not cult, here L M UNDERWOOD
DRYMONIA (from Greek for an oak wood • growing
on trees). Gemenacese. Prostrate or climbing woody
plants, sometimes grown under glass, but apparently
not offered in this country Fls. white or yellowish,
mostly large, on short axillary usually solitary pedicels,
calyx large, oblique, 5-parted; corolla-tube prominently
ventricose, decimate, gibbous or saccate at base, the
5 lobes broad and spreading and only slightly unlike;
stamens affixed in the base of the corolla, 4 perfect;
disk-glands large at rear, small or wanting in front;
style elongated fr fleshy, ovate, becoming 2-valved:
Ivs. opposite, thickish — Some 15 species in Cent and
S. Amer., closely allied to Episcia. farmhouse plants,
requiring the treatment of other gesneriads. One spe-
cies is offered abroad: D. Turnalvx, Hanst , from Costa
Rica: tall shrub- Ivs. broadly ovate, blistered, metallic-
colored, fls. large, white, pendulous, the lower lobe
toothed, calyx red. D. punctate, " " ~
punctata.
DRYOPTERIS
DRYMOPHLQLUS (Greek words meaning oak and
smooth inner bark) Palmacex, tribe Arecc\e Spine-
less pinnate palms, with slender medium caudices.
Leaves terminal, equally pmnatusect, the segms.
cuneate-oblong or linear, broadly oblique, submem-
branaceous, 3- to many-nerved, the margins recurved
at the base; rachis scaly, 3-sided, sheath long spadix
with a short peduncle and slender branches, spatnes 2
or many, the lower one 2-crested. This genus contains
a tropical palm, with very distinct wedge-shaped Ifts
and ornamental scarlet frs., borne every year. It
.flowers when only a few feet high, and is suitable for
pot culture. — Species 12. Australasia and the Pacific
isls.
The chances are that most of the plants now known to
the American trade as D. ohvs'formis are really D.
appendiculata The true D ohvapformis is said to have
been offered by a few dealers as Ptychosperma Rumphii.
D. appendiculata was described and figured by William
Watson, in Garden and Forest, mistakenly as D. olw<e-
formis, as explained in B.M. 7202 He adds, "Like all
the palms of this section of the border, Drymophlceus
requires a tropical moist house with abundance of
water at all times." GC II. 24 '394 The plant
figured was about fourteen years old, 3 feet high, with
leaves about 3 feet long. The plant takes about six
months to mature its fruits.
appendiculatus, Scheff. (Areca grdcihs, Giseke, not
Roxbg orThouars). St 6-10 ft • Ivs terminal, 5-6 ft.
long, arching: Ifts 14-20, wedge-ahapcd, raggedly cut,
serrate' spadix from between the Ivs , short-stalked,
about a foot long; the yellow buds and white fls
make an attractive contrast at the flowering season
(June) Moluccas, New Guinea B M. 7202 G F
4 331 — The D. ohvxformis of most dealers not of
Marti us.
D Moaretinus, Hort "An erect-growing palm with grayish
green Ivs " — D ohesfdrmis, Mart , not the trade plant of that
name, has narrower Ifts than the above, and the fr. half immersed
in the greatly enlarged perianth JARED G SMITH.
N TAYLOttt
DRYNARIA (Greek, oak-like) Polypodiacey Some
10 or more K Indian ferns, with round naked son,
as in Polypodmm, but with a fine network of netted
veins which are arranged in distinctly rectangular
meshes The most distinctive feature is in the shape
of the Ivs which arc either of 2 sorts, as in Platycenum,
the cup If having the shape of an oak If , or the base
of each If is separately lobed and oak-like. D. quer-
cifdlia, with 2 sorts of Ivs , the spore-bearing 2-3 ft
long, is the commonest species D. rigfdula, Swartz (D
diversifbha, R Br ), a similar but larger species from
the same region also appeared at one time in the Ameri-
can trade, but the species are seldom seen in cult in
this country D musyfbha is occasionally seen in fine
collections, where it is grown for its striking simple
foliage, which reminds one of the bird's nest fern
(Asplemum Nidus). It is really a Polypodmm, which
see for description. R c. BENEDICT f
DRYtfPTERIS (Greek, oak-fern). Polypadiacex.
WOOD-FERN. A widely distributed genus of handsome
ferns with dissected foliage, the native species some-
times grown in the hardy border and the tropical kinds
under glass.
Plants bearing round son either naked or covered
with heart-shaped or remform mdusia, which are fixed
at the center or along the sinus* veins either wholly free
or the lowest united. — Several hundred species have
been referred to this genus. A considerable number of
our common woods ferns belong to this genus. The
species have been variously known under the names
Lastrea, Aspidium, and Nephrodium. Other species
sometimes referred to under this genus may be
found under Polystichum and under Lastrea. For D.
acrostichoidea, see Polystichum; for D. decurrens, see
DRYOPTERIS
DRYOPTERIS
1079
Tecfaria. In N. Amer., known to many as Aspidium.
For cult, see Ferns. Not the same as Doryopteris.
basilaris, 18.
Boottu, 13
Chntomana, 7.
crenata, 19.
eristata, 7
dilatata, 12.
diaseota, 15.
effusa, 14.
INDEX. .
Filix-mM, 9.
Fiscberi, 3
Goldieana, 8
hirtipee, 1
intermedia, 12
margmahs, 10
noveboracensu, 2
Otana, 16.
parasitica, 17.
patens, 6
phihvpinensia, 18.
Bimulata, 6.
spinuloaa, 12
Thclypteris, 4.
vmdeacens, 11.
A. Veins entirely free.
B. Pinnae lobed less than one-third to midrib.
1. hlrtipeSj Kuntze (Nephrodium hirtipes, Hook.).
Lva. rather rigid, 2-3 ft. long, 8-16 in. broad; on stalks
clothed with dense black scales; pinnae with broadj
blunt lobes, the lower ones not reduced in size: son
medial on the lobes. India.
BB. Pinnx cleft nearly to midnb, or Ivs. bipinnate or
tnpinnatifid.
c. Texture thin, membranous; veins simple or once
forked.
D. Lower pinnx gradually reduced to mere lobes.
2. noveboracSnsis, Gray (Aspidium noveboracense,
Swartz) NEW YORK FERN. Lvs somewhat clustered
from creeping rootstocks, pale green, 1-2 ft. long, taper-
ing both ways from the middle. Canada to N. C. and
Ark
3. Ffscheri, Kuntze (Lastrea opaca, Mett ) Lvs 6-8
in. long, 2-3 in. wide, bipmnatifid, cut into close,
entire lobes, the lowest milch reduced; surfaces smooth.
Brazil.
DD Lower pinnae scarcely smaller than those above.
E. Veins forked.
4. Thelypteris, Gray (Aspidium Thelyptens, Swartz).
MARSH FEKN. Rootstock creeping: Ivs scattered, clear
green, 1-2 ft long; margins of the spore-bearing pinna;
often strongly convolute: son 10-12 to each segm.
Canada to Fla and Texas — A form with pinnae va-
riously forked at tip is known as Pufferse.
BE. Veins simple.
5 simul&ta, Davenp Rootstock creeping: Ivs yellow-
ish green, scattered, 8-20 in. long, 2-7 m wide, with
12-20 pairs of lanceolate pinnae: sori rather large, some-
cc. Texture firm or subcoriaceous; veins 8-4
times forked.
D. Lvs. bipinnatifid or nearly bipinnate: indusia large,
mostly fiat.
7. cristate, Gray (Aspidium cristatum, Swartz). Lvs.
1-2 ft. long, with short, triangular pinnae 2-3 in., long,
are much wider at base. Var. CUntoniana, Underw
(probably a distinct species), is larger, with pinnae 4-6
in. long, and with the sori rather near the midvein.
Canada to Ark. ; also m N. Eu.
— Hybrids are described with D.
marginalia and other species.
G.F.9.-445.
8 Goldieana, Gray (Aspidium
Goldiednum, Swartz). Lvs. grow-
ing in large crowns, 2-4 ft long,
12-18 in . wide, the pinnae broad-
est at the middle* indusia very
large. Canada to Ky. — One of
our largest and most
stately native species.
DD. Lvs. mostly bipin-
nate: indusia con-
vex, rather firm.
9. Filix-mAs, Schott
(Aspidium F\lix-mds,
Swartz) MALE FERN.
Lvs growing in crowns,
1-3 ft long* son near
the midvein. Used as
a vermifuge, as is also
the next species. Eu.,
Canada and Colo.
10 marginalis, Gray
(Aspidium margindle,
Swartz) Fig 1363.
Lvs 6 in to 2 ft.
1363. Dryoptirls marginalia. (Detail X 1)
what distant, 4-10 to each segm. Native in N. Y. and
New England, where it may be confused with D. Thely-
ptena. G.F. 9:485.
6. patens, Kuntze. Lvs. clustered at the end of a
thick rootstock, 2-3 ft. long, 4-10 in. wide, soft-hairy
beneath; pinnae cut three-fourths to the midrib, the
basal segms. usually longer. Fla. to Texas and Calif.
and Trop. Amer. A.G. 20:25.
13*4. DryopterU
parasitic*,
(XH)
long,
growing in crowns, '
mostly in rocky places:
son close to the margin Canada and southward —
One of our commonest ferns, and gathered with D.
spinulosa intermedia for use with cut-fls.
DDD. Lvs. mostly tripinnatifid; segms. spinulose-toothed:
inausia shriveling at maturity.
E Lf -stalks naked, polished.
11. viride'scens, Kuntze. Lvs. 18-24 in. long, on
stalks two-thirds as long; lower pinnae largest: sori
near the midribs. Japan.
EE Lf -stalks scaly.
12. spinuldsa, Kuntze (Aspidium spinuldsum,
Swartz). Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, with a few pale, decidu-
ous scales at the base . indusia smooth, without marginal
glands. Var. intermedia, Underwood. Lvs. evergreen,
the scales more persistent, with brown centers, and the
margins of the indusia with stalked glands. One of
our commonest wood ferns in the northern states.
Extensively gathered for use with cut-fls. Probably
a distinct species Var. dilatata, Underwood, has
similar scales to the last and tripmnate Ivs. In woods
at altitudes of 1,500 ft. upward, from Canada to Ore.;
also in Eu. Probably a distinct species.
13. Bodttu, Underwood (Aspidium Boottii, Tuckm.).
Lvs. elongate-lanceolate, with broadly oblong pinnules:
indusia minutely glandular. Intermediate between D.
cnstata and D intermedia. Probably a hybrid. Canada,
N. Y. and New England.
DDDD. Lvs. ampk, 4-6-pmnatifid.
14. effusa, Urban. Lvs. 3-4 ft. long, 2 ft or more
wide, with polished stalks and from short, creeping
rootstocks: son abundant, scattered, often without
indusia. Cuba to Brazil.
1080
DRYOPTERIS
DUGUETIA
15. dissecta, Kuntze (Lastrea membramfblia, Hort.).
Lvs 1-5 ft. long, 1-3 ft. wide, membranous, decom-
pound; segms. broad and blunt; surfaces nearly naked:
sori near the margin, abundant. India and Madagascar
to Austral.
AA. Veins not entirely free, the lower veinkts of adjoin-
ing segms. united,
16 Otaria, Kuntze (Lastrea anstdta, Hort.). Lvs.
1 ft. long, with a long terminal pinna an inch or more
wide, with lanceolate lobes, and 6-12 similar lateral
pinnae; texture thin, surfaces naked; veins united half-
way from the midrib to the edge. Ceylon to the Philip-
pines.— Good for table ferneries, but slow of growth.
17. parasftica, Kuntze (Nephr odium mdlle, R. Br.
D. mduis, Underwood, in preceding edition). Fig. 1364
Lvs. 1-2 ft. long. 8-12 in. wide, bipinnatifid, the pinnae
cut into blunt lobes, lower pinnae distant from the
others and somewhat shorter; surfaces finely villose.
Tropical regions of both hemispheres. — Often grows as a
weed in greenhouses.
18 basilaris, C. Chr. (Nephrodium phihnpinense,
Baker. D. phihppinensis, Underwood, in Cyclo. Amer
Hort.). Lvs 2-3 ft long, 12-18 m wide, bipinnatifid,
smooth, with a naked rachis; lower pinnse scarcely
smaller, son midway from midrib to margin, with firm,
smooth indusia Philippines
19. crenata, Presl Lvs 1-2 ft. long, on stalks nearly
as long, with a terminal pinnie 6-8 in. long, often 2 m.
wide, and 4-8 similar lateral pinnae; margins bluntly
lobed: son near the mam veins. Cuba and Mex. to
Brazil. L. M UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
DRYPETES (probably from Greek for drupe, from
the character of the fruit). GUIANA PLUM. WHITE-
WOOD. Euphorbidceas Tropical evergreen greenhouse
shrubs. Glabrous* Ivs. leathery, alternate, simple,
mostly entire* fls. dioecious, in axillary clusters or pis-
tillate single, apetalous, stammate fls. with calyx im-
bricate and a rudimentary pistil; stigma broad, nearly
sessile; pistil 1-celled, 2-ovuled. — About 10 species in
Trop. Amer., 2 native in S. Fla. They do well in light
loam. Prop, from cuttings in sand with heat D.
laterifldra, Urban (D crdcea, Poit. Schxffena latenflora,
Swartz), of W. India region, 6 ft. high, Ivs elliptical,
pointed, has been in cult. j. B S NORTON.
DUCH12SNEA (A. N. Duchesne, monographer of
Fragana in 1766) Rosdcex. Fragana-hke perennial
trailing herbs, differing in the calyx being 5-partcd and
the lobes alternating with larger leafy 3-5-toothed
bracts, the petals yellow, and the receptacle dry and
spongy rather than becoming fleshy or pulpy as in the
strawberry: Ivs. ternate, with short-stalked Ifts.: fls.
solitary, on the runners; stamens 20-25, short. — Two
species in S. Asia, one of which has run wild in this
country, and is useful as a basket-plant and as a low
ground-cover.
indica, Focke (Fragana indica, Andr.). YELLOW
STRAWBERRY. A neat plant trailing close on the ground,
with leafy runners, pubescent: Ifts. rhombic-ovate,
more or less petioled, coarsely crenate, obtuse: fls.
about %m. across, on peduncles equaling or exceed-
ing the Ivs.: fr. usually less than ^in. diam., red,
insipid. In waste grounds, N. Y., west and south.
L. H. B.
DUCKWEED: Lemna.
DUCKWHEAT: Fagopyrum. j,
DUD AIM MELON: Cucumis.
DUDLEYA (named for the late Wm. R. Dudley,
professor of botany in Stanford University). Crassu-
idcex. Shortly caulescent or acaulescent perennials,
with flat, linear to ovate, acute basal Ivs. : fls. in short
or elongated panicles, orange-yellow or red, rarely
white: Ivs. on flowering branches much shorter and
relatively broader than the basal ones, sessile or clasp-
ing: corolla nearly cylindrical or slightly angled, the
segms. united below the middle; stamens twice as
many as the calyx-lobes: carpels erect, many-sided. —
Some 60 species nave been described, all from the west
coast of N. Amer. None of them has proved very
satisfactory as a bedding plant, and as a rule the spe-
cies do not compare with the echevcrias in horticul-
tural value. The following species are described in
this work under Cotyledon (p. 868) :
D Cotyledon, Brit. & Rose, as C. californica.
D pulvcrulenta, Brit. & Rose, as C. pulverulenta.
D Purpusii, Brit. & Rose, as C. Purpusu.
D. lanceolata, Brit. & Rose, as C. lanceolata.
J. N. ROSH.
DUGUETIA (named in honor of J. J. Duguet, who
in 1731 wrote a work on plants). Aberemoa, R. E.
Fries, not Aubl. Annondcex. A genus of Trop. Ameri-
can shrubs and trees, about two dozen species, differing
1365. Duguetia quitarensis. (Branch X H)
from Annona in technical characters, particularly in
imbricating petals and distinct angular rigid carpels
becoming detached from the alveolate receptacle when
mature, and usually with stellate-pubescent or scurfy
indument. D. lanceolata, St. Hil , the type of the
genus, is a Brazilian tree. D. quitarensis, Benth.,
Fig. 1365, with very similar fr which turns red when
ripe, has recently been collected on the Isthmus of
Panama by Henri Pittier; and D. furfurdcea, Benth.
& Hook, f., a low plant with edible orange-colored fr.
as large as an apple, in the province of Minas, Brazil,
by Shamel, Popenoe, and Dorsett, of the Bureau of
Plant Industry. From this genus must be separated
Fus&a longifohat Safford (Annona longtfoha, Aubl.),
the fr. of which is a solid globose syncarpium, and the
outer circles of stamens sterile and petal-like, while
the indument is composed of simple silky hairs. See
Fussea. \y. E. SAFFORD.
DULICHIUM
DULfCHIUM (old Latin name). Cyperacex. One
perennial species, D. arundin&ceum. Brit. (D. spathti-
ceum, Pers), in E. N. Amer^ which has been offered
by collectors as a bog-plant. It is grass-like, with terete
leafy culms which are hollow and unbranched, 2-3 ft.
tall; it has linear flattened spikelets sessile m 2 ranks on
peduncles that arise from the If -sheaths. It is dis-
tributed in swamps about ponds from Newfoundland
across the continent and to Fla. and Texas; of no
special value.
DURANTA (after Castor Durantes, physician in
Rome and botanist, died about 1590). Verbenacex.
Tropical American woody plants, some of which are
cultivated outdoors in Florida and California, and in a
few northern greenhouses.
Shrubs or trees, glabrous or woolly, often armed
with axillary spines: Ivs. opposite or in whorls, entire
or toothed: racemes long and terminal or short and
axillary; fls. small, short-pedicelled in the axis of a
small bract; corolla-limb of 5 spreading oblique or
equal lobes, the tube usually curved, stamens 4,
didynamous; calyx enlarging and inclosing the fr ;
stigma 4-lobed. fr an 8-seeded juicy drupe. — Eight
or 10 species, Mex , W. Indies, S. Amer., one reaching
Key West
Plumieri, Jacq. (D. sjnndsa, Linn. D. mfrmis, Linn.
D. rkpens, Linn D EUisia, Jacq. Ettisia acuta, Linn.).
GOLDEN DEWDROP. A variable shrub or small tree,
minutely pubescent or becoming glabrous: branches
4-angled : Ivs obovate, oblong, ovate or elliptic, mostly
entire, contracted into short petiole, fls. m panicled
loose racemes; calyx-teeth subulate; corolla lilac, the
limb less than J^in across, the lobes ciholate; calyx
yellowish, clobed into a beak and covering the yellow
drupe (which may reach about ^m diam ). Key
West, W. Indies, Mex., to Brazil. B M. 1759. B R.
244 — Branches either armed or unarmed. Attractive
forms with white fls. and with variegated Ivs. are
reported in cult
Lorentzii, Gnseb. Spineless, the branchlets 4-angled:
Ivs small, coriaceous, ovate or elliptic, obtusish, strongly
serrate toward apex, petioled: fls. in terminal inter-
rupted racemes (white?) ; calyx tubular, 5-ribbed, short-
toothed; corolla-tube exserted, cylindrical; corolla-
limb unequally 5-parted, the looes oval-orbicular;
stamens included, didynamous: fr. a 2-pyrenous berry.
Argentina, offered in S. Calif.
stenostachya, Tod. Closely allied to D. Plumwri
Spineless, to 15 ft. high, branchlets 4-angled: Ivs.
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, serrate or entire, pubes-
cent on the veins beneath, £-8 in. long- fls lilac, less
than Km across, pendulous in slender racemes, 3-4 at
the end of the branches, in fr. 6-12 in. long: fr. yellow,
about %m. across. Brazil. Offered in S. Cahf.
L. H. B.
DURAZNILLO: Jatropha.
DtTRIO (from a Malayan vernacular). Bonibac&cex.
Trees of the Indian archipelago and Malaysia, one of
which yields the durian (D, zibtthinus, Linn.), a
much-prized fruit of the East. Fig. 1366. There are
probably a dozen other species of Durio, mostly Bor-
nean and recently described.
The dunan is a tall tree (to 80 ft.), with oblong
acuminate entire lvsv colored and scaly beneath,
pmnately veined, coriaceous: fls. large, whitish, in
lateral cymes or fascicles; calyx bell-shaped, 5-lobed,
subtended by an involucre; petals 3; stamina! column
divided above into many filaments in 4-6 groups, the
anthers twisted; ovary 5-celled, each ceU many-ovuled.
bearing a long style with a capitate stigma: fr. ovoid
or globular, often 10 in. long, very spiny, somewhat
woody, mostly indehiscent, the large seeds and carpels
surrounded by a firm cream-colored edible pulp. The
fr. has a strong offensive odor.
DUVALIA
1081
The durian is discussed as follows by O. W. Barrett
in the Philippine Agricultural Review:
"The durian has an odor that can be compared only
to a mixture of old cheese and onions, flavored with
turpentine; but those who eat it love it so dearly that
the smell does not bother them. . . . The fruit
weighs about five pounds, nearly one-third of which is
edible pulp and about one-sixth of which is edible
seeds; the sugar -con tent is
over 12 per cent, and it con-
tains the same amount of
starch besides. The tree is
1366. The durum— Duno zibethinus. (X,'i)
(From an parly representation of the fruit,)
magnificent and stately, and grows u&ually in open
country, in the edges of forests, around native villages,
and in clearings. — It can hardly be called a cultivated
tree; at least, it is hardly ever grown in orchards,
although on the other hand it could hardly hold its
own m the real wild. Throughout Malaysia it is con-
sidered the moht delicious fruit. Europeans, of course,
generally revolt at the unpleasant odor; a* fair propor-
tion, however, of the foreign residents soon grow to
relish the durian. Although it would not be wise, per-
haps, for one unaccustomed to the fruit to eat a large
quantity of the pulp at one sitting, there is apparently
no substance in it that would cause indigestion or any
other rebult than a rather unpleasant breath for a few
hours after eating. The chemical body which is respon-
sible for the very pronounced odor is probably one of
the sulfur compounds with some base perhaps similar
to that of butyric acid — Harvesting the durian is not
unattended with danger, for soon after it becomes
mature the heavy fruit falls, and occasionally kills or
severely injures the unlucky individual underneath."
The seeds are eaten roasted, and the unripe fruit
boiled as a vegetable. The tree has been successfully
introduced into Jamaica, but is not in general cultiva-
tion in that island.
The specific name, zibethinus ', is said to be derived
from the practice of using the decomposed fruit as a
bait for the civet-cat or zibet Fig 1366 is reduced from
Vol 7 of the Trans of the Linn Soc , 1804, illustrating
Konig's historic account of the fruit. L. H. B.
DUSTY MILLER: Lychnis Caronana; also species of Centaurea
and Sentcw.
DUTCHMAN'S BREECHES: Dtcentra Cucullana.
DUTCHMAN'S PIPE: Aruitolochw.
DUVALIA (for Duval, an early botanist). Asdepiar
ddcea?. About 20 succulent very dwarf leafless herbs,
mostly of S Afr , rarely seen m cult. : sts. decumbent
or erect, sometimes subterranean and with the tips
appearing above the surface, 4-6-angled and with
spreading teeth, each of which bears a minute rudi-
mentary If.: fls. solitary or in small clusters or cymes,
usually borne near the middle of the young sts. ; corolla
rotate, deeply 5-lobed, with a cushion-like ring around
the outer corona and supporting it; corolla-lobes Linear*
1082
DUVALIA
DWARFING
lanceolate to ovate, folded longitudinally backward;
corona double, from near the top of the stamina! col-
umn, the outer one flat and entire and angled, the inner
one with turgid more or less pointed lobes; stamens
affixed in the base of the corolla, united into a tube
around the ovary: fr. erect smooth follicles. Cult, of
Stapelia and similar succulents. The species are
essentially fancier's plants and apparently not in the
trade.
DUVERN6IA (J. G. Duvernoy, pupil of Tourne-
fort, or G. L. Duvernoy, of Strassburg, writer on
natural history). Acanth&cese. By some authors united
with Adhatoda, which genus is by some included in
Justicia. The genus comprises 15 or more herbs or
shrubs: fls. single or in snort spikes; calyx short, 4-
toothedj the back lobe toothed or parted; corolla-tube
snort ; limb labiate, the upper lip helmet-shaped and
2-toothed, the lower hp flat The species seem not to be
in the trade, although D. Dewevrei. DeWild, has been
cult, m Belgium: it is a tufted herb, about 2 ft. high:
Ivs. oblong, petiolate: fls. paniculate; upper lip of corolla
white with red stripes and the lower greenish white;
corolla about Hin- long. Congo.
DWARFING. Dwarf plants are those that never
attain the height or size of the usual or representative
individuals of the species Some dwarfs are "natural,"
being represented oy varieties of prevailingly small
size; and these varieties usually reproduce more or less
true from seed or cuttings Thus there are dwarf
petunias, lobelias, asters, cannas, peas, beans. Such
dwarfing comes within the field of breeding
The "artificial" dwarfs are produced by more or less
arbitrary mampulation; as by grafting on stocks of
small growth, headmg-in the top or the root or both,
by confining the roots, by withholding food, and
water, and by various forms of contortion and con-
striction.
Plants are dwarfed to keep them within bounds in
small areas, to increase flower-bearing and fruit-bear-
ing in proportion to the size of the subject, to brine
all parts within reach and control, to express the skill
and satisfy the conceit of the gardener, and to extend
the range of interesting plant forms; and plants may be
adapted to adverse soils or conditions by grafting on
hardy or more reliable roots that may chance to have
a dwarfing tendency. Dwarf plants are very useful
m flower-gardens and in landscape work. The pic-
turesque dwarfs of the Japanese type are amongst the
most curious of plant forms.
The Japanese practice of dwarfing. Figs. 1367, 1368.
The art of dwarfing trees has been long practised
among the Japanese gardeners. Some trees are more
adapted for this purpose than others The following
have been considered to be most suitable:
Chamaecypans obtusa
Pinus pentaphylla.
Pmus parviflora
Piftua Thunbergu.
Pmus densiflora
Lam leptolepis
Jumperus rigula.
Acer trifidum.
Styrax japotuca.
LaKerstrcerma mdica.
Pumca Granatum.
Traohycarpus cxcelaa.
Rhapia flabcllifornua.
Rhapia humiha
Jumperus chinensis var. pro- Zelkowa acummata.
cumbens Millettia japonica.
Podocarpua chinensia. Wistaria floribunda.
Podocarpus Nageia. Wistaria brachybotrys.
Tauga Sieboldu Prunus Mume
Tsuga diversifoha. Evonymua alata.
Cryptomeria japonioa Cycaa revoluta.
Acer pal ma turn
Various species of Japanese flowering chewfces, ivies, bamboos,
fruit trees, etc.
Before entering into a discussion of dwarfed trees,
one should have a clear understanding between the
"bonsai" or artistic plant and the "hachmye" or ordin-
ary potted plant.
1367 Japanese dwarf tree.
There are two styles in which the "bonsai" is pre-
sented, one is the planting of one or more tiny trees of
picturesque form in an artistic shallow pot; and the
other is the representing of a part of a miniature garden
or forest embracing trees, shrubs, grasses, mosses, rocks,
and ponds. The former is simply an improved or
modified potted plant,
whereas the latter exhibits
an imaginary scene, so
that one might feel by
glancing upon the pot m
a little Japanese chamber
as if he were at that mo-
ment strolling in such a
garden or wandering with-
in forest. A little piece of
stone gives an idea of Mt.
Fuji, and a drop of water
the surface of the Japan
Sea We often suspect
the tree, covered with
mossed bark, of not more than }/% foot in height,
would reach the cloud, or it might suggest a wintry
landscape brought in amidst scorching summer days
to release a man from heat.
The success in raising a valuable "bonsai" depends
entirely on the skill of dwarfing the trees, and it requires
a long experience Remember always what the home
of the plant was, and treat it according to its habitat
In other words, climate, soil, environment, nourish-
ment, and all other circumstances of its original state
should accompany the tree; and the degree of humidity,
both m the air and ground, is of prime importance
in the dwarfing process. Some have the erroneous
notion that the dwarfing is accomplished merely by
bending the tree unnaturally The roots are confined
to check growth, without making other alteration.
The shape and size of the branches or leaves are affected
by the firmness of the earth, the way of watering, the
kinds of fertilizer, and the degree of sunshine Between
the leaves there should be ample air and frequent
sunshine. Some plants need only slight moisture, and
others much. Too wet is worse than too dry Many
are thoughtless m giving water, not considering the
condition of the soil. Judicious watering is one of the
first requisites to success. For example, after being
placed on balconies or terraces m the daytime, the
potted plants should be exposed outdoors during the
night, if not stormy. Japanese gardeners use many
different fertilizers in accordance with the time of
growth, kind of plant, and purposes (i.e., whether for
branches or leaves, for flowers or fruits), some of them
being: oil-cake, bone-meal, tankage, clam-shells, barn-
manures, night-soil, wine
lees, tea dregs, cow's
milk, rice-bran, fish
refuse, iron-rust, and
others. ~.
Plants both of "bon-
sai" and "hachiuye"
dwarfs should be re-
potted every two or three years, in
order to destroy the old fibrous roots,
and to give a chance for new ones.
Otherwise, trees are deprived from
taking any nourishment, and will
soon die. This practice is to be done
in February or March, when the aim
of dwarfing is completed ; whereas the 1368. Training a
pruning is to be between April and branch.
June, to secure more or even larger flowers
Pine. — This is one of the most difficult plants to be
treated as a dwarfed tree, although it will hardly
result in failure, if taken direct from the mountain or
seashore while new young needles are steadily growing.
Pines that have suffered through various difficult
DWARFING
DWARFING
1083
weather arc preferred. About half a year previous
to removal, a ditch should be made around the plant.
In removing, the main root should be carefully cut
off by scissors, leaving its end downward to avoid
the resin from accumulating, which otherwise might
destroy the tree. For different shapes, the branches
arc to be twisted to and fro, as shown in the cut (Fig.
136S) ; bind the part with hemp-palm rone, and pull it
moderately toward the trunk with a cora. The special
nature of this tree is to dislike the humid earth. Hav-
ing no pleasing flower or fruit, the pine must exhibit
merit in the arrangement of needles or the color of the
bark The best time to transplant is m autumn. For
fertilizers, one may use oil-cake or a bone-meal.
Mume (Prunus Mume} — This is different from the
Japanese flowering cherry; the beauty of the flower
should accompany the picturesque form of the tree
itself. The age of the tree is highly regarded. Slender
branches as well as grotesque trunks with mossy bark
are usually chosen Hence, all dwarfed Mume plants
are laised by grafting The potting of Mume may take
place as soon as the flowers have fallen. The pot is to
be kept in shade at least one month, the earth having
been thoioughly pressed. To have more flowers, the
old roots are destroyed, and the branches cut, leaving
a few branchlets Potted Mume is fertilized with thin
liquid manure, oil-cakes or occasionally cow's milk,
between December and February
Pomegranate — In this plant, the portion of the roots
which is close to the main trunk may be exposed to the
air. As a dwarfed tree, pomegranate is enjoyed both for
fruits and flowers All new sprouts are to be pinched off,
other than those that will produce flowers Until the
fruits have grown larger, one should wait for manuring.
For floweis, oil-cake^ tankage, or bone-meal are used;
for fruits a light fertiliser is used.
Bamboos — Choose one of the most proper kinds and
keep it in a pot for twro or three years Then wait
upon several shoots coming up One year after this,
these new bamboos are transferred into other pots.
The practice needs much patience and great skill, and it
would hardly pay, knowing that the prime age of bam-
boo is only for four or five years. ISSA TANIMURA.
Dwarf fruit trees.
Generally speaking, dwarf trees are those which by
various means are made to remain smaller than normal
trees of the same species or variety Three means
arc in common use in dwarfing trees' by growing on
dwurfing stocks, restricting the root run, and by
frunmg to check or suppress the growth of the top
lorticulturally speaking, and particularly as the term
is applied to fruit trees, dwarf trees are those which
are grown on dwarfing stocks A discussion of dwarf
fruit trees is, then, most largely concerned with dwarf-
ing stocks
Dwarfing stocks are not modern innovations. For
at least three centuries, various stocks have been used
to dwarf apples, pears, plums, cherries and quinces.
In fact, dwarf fruit trees were quite as common, or
even more so, in Europe a century ago than they are at
present They have been grown in America, at least
dwarf apples and pears, for nearly a century, during
which tune in recurring periods they have received much
attention from fruit-growers. There is in horticultural
literature much data, which, while fragmentary, is still
substantial, to guide us in the use of dwarfing stocks
and to indicate the value of dwarf fruit trees
The action of dwarfing stocks is roadily explained
after a statement of what stocks are. A dwarfing stock
is always a smaller, a weaker, or a slower-growing
variety or species than the tree to be propagated on it.
The top conforms to the roots chiefly because of the
inability ot the latter to fumish sufficient nutrition.
The tree is dwarfed through starvation. Other than
in size the trees are little or not at all affected,
although minor changes in the fruit and in the bearing
habit are supposed to be brought about by dwarfing.
Dwarf fruit trees are propagated by the same methods
employed in growing standard trees with preference
given to budding dwarfing stocks, whereas standard
trees are still largely propagated by grafting Propaga-
tors hold that a better union can be obtained by bud-
ding than by grafting, and since it is alwavs difficult to
secure a good union between plants as widely divergent
as stock and cion in a dwarf tree must of necessity be,
budding should have the preference of the two metnods.
In fact the chief problem in growing dwarf fruit trees
is to find a stock with which the larger growing cion
can easily be worked and with expectations of a close
and permanent union. This brings us to the matter
of stocks for the several fruits
Dwarf apples are commonly grown on two stocks —
the Paradise and the Doucin Both of these, it must
be understood, are class names, there being m the
literature a dozen or more varieties of Paradise and
about as many of the Doucin. Carefully compared,
the many kinds in use can be reduced to the French
Paraoise (Pommier du Paradis), English Paradise,
and the Dutch Paradise for the first class, while the
Doucin stocks may be grouped under the Doucin,
the English Broad-leaved and the English Nonsouch.
There is much confusion in the names of dwarf apple
stock in nurseries and the grower will be fortunate if
he gets what he calls for. Of these two classes, the
Paradise stocks make the dwarfer plants and should be
used for trees to be kept as true dwarfs and for all
that are to be trained in fancy forms. The Douchin
stocks are the bttter for free-growing trees.
Pears are dwarfed by growing on quince roots. Any
quince may be used, but the Angers, upon whicn
quinces are commonly propagated, is the Jaest dwarfing
stock for the pear. Comparatively few pears can be
successfully worked on quince roots because stock and
cion do not make a good union. This antipathy is
obviated by budding the quince with a pear which
unites readily; the next year the untraqtable variety
is budded on the more amenable variety, the result-
ing tree being thus pear on quince, followed by pear on
pear — the "double-working" of nurserymen.
There is no question but that the Mahaleb is a
dwarfing stock for the cherry, and in Europe, where
it has long been used, it is always regarded as such.
In America, where the Mahaleb in the last quarter
century has all but superseded the Mazzard, a free-
grow ing stock, it is not so commonly known that there
is a difference in the size of trees on the two stocks.
It must not be understood that the Mahaleb stock
gives a true dwarf cherry, but it has a very decided
dwarfing effect on either sweet or sour cherries.
Stocks for plums have not been well tested — a
statement that holds for all stone fruits It is very
certain, however, that varieties of Primus insititta,
as the Damsons or the St. Juhen, the latter one of the
best of all plums for a stock, have a dwarfing effect
on the varieties of the larger-growing trees of P.
domcstica, as do also several of our free-growing native
species, among which P amencana may be recommended
for cold climates. For true dwarf trees, however, the
only stocks that give promise are the dwarf natives, of
which P. pumtla and P. Besseyi have been found to
unite readily with several varieties each of either the
Domestica or Triflora plums, and to make very good
dwarfing stocks for them
Peaches, apricots and nectarines are dwarfed by
budding on P. ceramfera, P insititia and P amencana.
It is probable that all of these fruits, and the cherry
as well, can be grown on P. punvda and P. Besseyi as
true dwarfs, several experiments having demonstrated
that good unions form between the peach, at least, and
these dwarf sand cherries. As to whether the union
1084
DWARFING
would be sufficiently permanent to make the trees
so obtained worth while, remains to be seen.
The great advantage of a dwarf tree is its small size,
which permits the planting of more varieties of a fruit
in a small space. Dwarf fruits, then, deserve, in par-
ticular, the consideration of amateur fruit-growers and
of those who want small-growing fillers for permanent
orchards. Trees of small size are easier to prune,
spray, and to care for in every way. Because of the
low stature and compact head of the dwarfs, wind
causes less injury to trees and crops.
1369. Dyckia rariflora.
Another very material advantage of the dwarfs is
that they come into bearing earlier than the standards.
The desirability of early bearing from several stand-
points is obvious. Advocates of dwarf fruits very
generally assert that the fruit from the dwarf trees is
of higher quality, higher color and better flavor. As a
generalization, this is not true, though it probably is
true for a few varieties of each of the several fruits
under consideration. Tests of many varieties of apples
on dwarf and standard stocks on the grounds of the
New York Agricultural Experiment Station show that
more often the fruit from standard trees is the better.
Pear-growers have found that comparatively few
varieties of this fruit are improved in the qualities
named by growing as dwarfs. Size, color and quality
of fruit are as likely to be affected deletenously as
beneficially by dwarfing
Dwarf stocks are much used to adapt varieties to
soils. This is the chief value of most of the propaga-
ting plants named for the stone-fruits. The true
purpose of such stocks must be clearly kept in mind
— the dwarfing in this case is a disadvantage attendant
upon the use of the stock for another purpose.
The disadvantages of dwarfing stocks, in America
at least, are rather more pronounced than their advan-
tages. They may be summed up as follows: Nearly
all dwarf trees are shorter-lived than standards — the
exceptions are very few. All dwarf trees, whether
trained in fancy forms or free-growing, need more care
than standard trees. The chief items needing extra
care are pruning, tilling and fertilizing. It is more
difficult to propagate dwarf trees and the cost of the
plants is therefore greater, making the cost an acre,
with the increased number of trees, much greater.
Lastly, it is most difficult to secure trees, especially of
apples, on dwarfing stocks that are known to be true
to name.
In conclusion, it may be said that we have just
passed through one of the recurring periods of interest
in dwarf trees in America and that commercial fruit-
growers are more than ever convinced? that for the
present, at least, dwarf trees are of little value to them.
The place of these trees is in gardens of amateurs and
on the estates of those who can afford to grow and
DYSCHORISTE
train them for their beauty as well as for their fruit.
There is, however, a possible future for dwarf fruits
in commerical plantations, when the refinements of
horticulture have been carried far enough to show the
special adaptations of varieties of the several fruits
to different stocks and when the care of dwarf trees
is better understood. u. P. HEDRICK.
DYCKIA (after Prince Salm-Dyck, German botanist,
and author of a great work on succulent plants).
Bromehacese. Succiuents, grown under glass and in the
open far South.
Dyckias somewhat resemble century plants, but with
smaller spines, as a rule, and flowering regularly. They
are usually stemless, and the Ivs. form dense rosettes.
— About 60 species in S Amer. For cult , see Agave.
They are rarely cult, in Fla. and Calif., and m a few
northern collections. Following have showy yellow fls.
A. Infl. amply branched or panided.
altfssima, Lindl. (D. princeps, Lcm.). Lvs spiny at
the margin: floral bracts small, all manifestly shorter
than the fls. Brazil.
AA. Infl. not branched, a raceme or spike.
B. Filaments forming a tube. fls. with scarcely any
pedicel.
rarifldra, Schult. Fig. 1369. Lvs. with small spines
on the margin, shorter than in D. altismma sepals not
emargmate at the apex, upper sheaths of the scape
shorter than mternodes. Brazil. BM.3449 B.R 1782
BB. Filaments not forming a tube all the way fls with a
short but conspicuous pedicel.
sulphurea, C. Koch, not Baker Lvs with small
spines at the margin: sheaths of the scape longer than
the internodes, the higher ones entire bracts lanceolate,
the lowest conspicuously longer than the pedicelled fls .
blades of petals wide and longer than stamens. Brazil.
WILHELM MILLER.
DYPSIS (obscure name). Palmacese, tribe Arecese.
Madagascar palms that have been poorly described,
are little known and of scarcely any horticultural sig-
nificance. They are all small, unarmed palms, with reed-
like sts. : Ivs. terminal, entire, bifid at the apex or pin-
natisect; segms. split at the apex or irregularly tootn *,
the apical one confluent; sheath short, spadices Ion,
loosely fld.: fr. small, oblong or ovoid, straight o*
curved, oblique at base. — Perhaps half a dozen species.
No species of Dypsis are common in cultivation, as
they possess but little beauty. They are among the
easiest and quickest to germinate. All of them require
a stove temperature. D. madagascanensis, Nichols,
is also known as Areca madagascanensis, Mart., and
is so treated here. D. pinnatifrdm, Mart. {A. gracilis,
Thouars), is one of several plants that have been known
as Areca gracilis It is a pretty palm, now grown in
large quantities by some dealers. G.C. II. 24:394.
The genus is closely related to Chamaedorea.
N. TAYLOR-f
DYSCHORf STE (name refers to the scarcely divided
or lobed stigma). Incl. Caldphanes. Acanthdcex.
Fifty or more annuals or perennials of the tropics of
Amer.. Afr., and Asia, allied to Ruellia and Stro-
bilanthes. None of them is apparently in regular cult.
They are plants with opposite mostly entire small
Ivs and blue or pale fls in short-stalked cymes. D.
nobilior, C. B. Clarke (D. Hildebrandtii, Lmd ), is a
free-flowering shrub, with a penetrating odor, and
hairy branches: Ivs elliptic, nearly 2 in. long, slightly
crenulate: fls. purple-blue in many distant and dense
axillary cymes; corolla less than ^in. long. Brit. Cent,
Afr.; recently cult, at Kew.
E
EARTH-NUT. EARTH-PEA. Little-used names for
the peanut, goober or pmder, Arachia hypogsea. The
words earth-nut and ground-nut are used for many
subterranean tubers, without much discrimination, and
therefore they have small value as vernaculars. They
may be applied to the underground tubers of Apws
tuberosa, Panox tnfohum, Ertgenw bulbosa, Cy penis
esculentus, and others Earth-apple, earth-gall and
similar variants are in use for various plants.
EAT 6NI A: Sphenopholis
fiBENUS (Greek name for the ebony). Legumindsx.
About 15 species of silky-hairy herbs or sub-shrubs, of
the eastern Medit region and eastward to Beluchistan,
allied to Onobrychis, sometimes planted in borders
but apparently not offered in this country Fls red-
dish or purplish, papilionaceous, in dense axillary long-
peduncled spikes; standard obovate or obcordate,
narrowed to base; wings short or minute; keel about
equaling the standard, the apex obtuse and oblique;
calyx-lobes subulate and plumose, pod obovate or
oblong, compressed, included in the calyx-tube, mde-
hiscent, 1- or 2-seeded Ivs o/ld-pmnate or some of
them somewhat digitately 3-foholate or even simple
E erotica, Linn , is shrubby with Ivs. usually of 5
(sometimes 3) Ifts , and reddish purple fls. in ovate-
cylindrical spikes Crete B M 1092 (as AnthyUis
crctica) E Kibthorpn, DC , is herbaceous, with more
Ifts , and purplish fls in spherical spikes
This genus has no relation to the ebony, which is of
the genus Diospyros (particularly D Ebenum)
EBONY: Dwapyros Ebenum
ECBALLIUM (Greek, to throw out). Cucurbitoceae.
SQUIRTING CUCUMBER. A perennial trailing vine,
easily grown as an annual in any garden, cultivated for
its explosive fruits
When ripe, the oblong prickly fr squirts ita seeds at
the slightest touch, or sometimes at the mere vibration
of the ground made by a person talking
by Some of the old herbalists called this
Elant Cucumu* o*ininut> Another curious
ict about the plant is that a powerful
cathartic is made from the juice of the fr.,
which has been known for many centuries.
A preparation of it is still sold in the
drugstores as Tnturalio E Interim The drug^ "elaterium"
is derived from the juice of the fr Ecballium has only
1 species, and is closely related to the important genera
Cucumis and Citrullus. With them it differs from
Momordica in lacking the 2 or 3 scales which close the
bottom of the calyx Other generic characters are:
prostrate herb, fleshy, rough hairy: Ivs. heart-shaped,
more or less 3-lobed. tendrils wanting- fls. yellow, the
staminate in racemes, pistillate usually from the same
axils with the staminate fls , calyx 5-cut. It is a native
of the middle and eastern Mcdit. regions, especially in
rich moist forests
Elaterium, A. Rich (Elatenum cordtfbhum, Moench.
Momdrdica Elaterium, Linn ). SQUIRTING CUCUMBER.
Fig. 1370. Described above; grown in this country as a
curiosity. B.M. 1914. WILHELM MILLER
ECCREMOCARPUS (Greek, pendent fruit). Big-
noniacese. An attractive half-hardy tendril-climber.
Shrubs, but grown ** annuals in the N , tall climbing:
Ivs. opposite, 2-parted or -pinnate: fls yellow, scarlet
or orange, mostly racemose; calyx campanulate, 5-
parted; corolla-tube elongated; limb more or less 2-
lipped or in E. scaber small and nearly entire; stamens
4, dulynamous, included, disk annular, fr. an ovate or
elliptic locuhcidal 1-celled caps. — Three or 4 species
of tall somewhat woody plants from Peru and Chile,
climbing by branched tendrils at the end of the twice-
pinnate Ivs., and having very distinct fls of somewhat
tubular shape, which are colored yellow, orange or
scarlet.
Eccremocarpus has two sections, in one of which the
corollas are cylindrical, but in the section Calampelis,
to which E. scaber belongs, the corolla has a joint at a
short distance beyond the calyx, then swells out on the
under side, and suddenly constricts into a neck before
it reaches the small circular mouth, surrounded by
five very short rounded lobes.
scaber, Ruiz & Pav (Caldmpelis scaber, D. Don).
About 10 ft. high. Ivs bipmnate; Ifts. obliquely cordate,
entire or serrate: fls. 1 in. long, orange, in racemes.
July, Aug Chile. B R 939. B.M. 6408. Var coc-
cfneus, Hort , has scarlet fls. Var. aureus, Hort , has
fls bright golden yellow Var. carmineus, Hort , has
fls. carmine-red. — E. scaber is hardy in tne southern
parts of the U. S., and makes a most attractive peren-
nial woody subject. It is also satisfactory in the open
in the N if given a warm exposure, blooming readily
from seed the first year. „ L. H. B.f
ECHEVfeRIA (named tor Ata-
naMO Echcverna, an excellent
Mexican botanical draughts-
man) Crassidacesc Stemless or
somewhat caulesceirt succulents.
Leaves fleshy, but usually
broad and flat, commonly mak-
ing dense rosettes: fls borne in
loose spikes or racemes or some-
times paniculate, but never in
a flat cyme, calyx deeply 5-
parted, sepals usually elongated
and narrow, unequal, commonly
spreading but sometimes erect;
corolla 5-angled, usually strongly
so. very broad at base; stigma-
lobes united below, very thick
and nerveless, erect
but often spreading
at tip; stamens H),
5 attached near the
middle of the petals,
the other 5 either
free or attached
lower down on the
corolla: carpels 5,
erect; ovules and
seeds many. — More than 60 species of this genus have
been described. Most of them have been in cult, in
Washington and at the New York Botanical Garden,
although but few are in the trade. It is confined
almost entirely to Mex., one species extending into the
mountains of W. Texas, and one or two species extend-
ing into Cent. Amer. Many of the species are valuable
for flat bedding on account of their compact rosettes and
highly colored foliage. For cultural notes, see Cotyledon
(with which it has Been united by many authors).
1370. Bcbaffium Elaterium (XH)
Q085)
1086
ECHEVERIA
ECHEVERIA
amoena, 1.
atropurpurea, 9.
campanulata, 25.
carnicolor, 12
coccinca, 4
elegans, 17
fulgens, 24
gibbiflora, 26.
;lauca, 19
Bfolia, 6.
INDEX.
lurida, 10
maculata, 13.
metalhcu, 26
nucrocalyx, 2.
mucronata, 3
Peacocku, 15
Pringlci, 8.
puboscens, 5.
pulvmata, 7.
Pur pusii, 2
racemosa, 11.
rubromargmata, 21.
aanguinea, 9.
Scheeru, 23.
aecunda, 20.
setosa, 14
simulans, 18.
subrigida, 22.
subsessihs, 16.
A. Sepals orbicular, very small, obtuse.
B. Corolla twee as long as thick; sepals oppressed.
1. amdfena, De Smet Nearly stemless, with numerous
offshoots. Ivs m small but dense rosettes: flowering
branches slender, 4-8 in long: fls. 1-8, in slender
racemes; corolla red, 4-5 lines long Native of Mex.
— This species was intro into cult, nearly 40 years ago.
BB Corolla little longer than thick; sepals not oppressed.
2 microcalyx, lint & Rose (E Purpusii, Brit ).
Shortly caulescent, sometimes 1 ft high: corolla yellow-
pink, 4 lines -long Native of Mex.
AA Sepals linear to ovate.
B. Fls. axillary, arranged in loose spikes or racemes.
c. The fls in spikes
D Plant not caulescent, glabrous throughout.
3 mucronata, Schlecht. Caulescent, glabrous
throughout, basal Ivs m a dense rosette 4-8 in long:
fls. sessile; corolla 1 m or more long, reddish tinged
with yellow E Mex.
DD. Plant caulescent, pubescent throughout.
4 cocclnea, DC (Cotyledon cocdnea, Cav.). St.
1-2 ft high, finely grayish pubescent Ivs oblanceolate,
largest 8-9 in long mfl a spike of 15-25 fls. Common
in Cent Mex Page 870.
5 pubescens, Schlecht (Cotyledon pubescens, Baker).
A simiui -.pi i ieo is sometimes cult.,with obovate-spatu-
late Ivs
cc. The fls. in racemes.
D. Species caulescent.
E. Infl compound below, corolla pale.
6. linguaefdlia, Lem Sts. 1 ft. or more high, very
leafy: Ivs thick, fleshy, green, nearly terete at base:
flowering branches long and drooping, each consisting
of a simple raceme, fls. cream-colored Mex. — This
species has long been in cult., and has not been collected
wild m recent years. It is so very different from the
other echeverias of Mex. that we are led to suspect
that it may be of hybrid origin.
BE Infl. simple throughout; corolla bright-colored.
F. Plant pubescent throughout.
7. pulvinata, Rose (Cotyledon pulvinata, Hook.).
Sts. 4-6 m. high, somewhat branching, becoming naked
below, young branches, Ivs and sepals covered: with a
velvety pubescence: Ivs. clustered hi rosettes at the top
branches, about 1 in. long, very thick . fls. in a leafy ra-
ceme; corolla scarlet, sharply 5-angled. Mex. — This is
a very distinct echevena, with a remarkable pubescence.
8. Pringlei, Rose (Cotyledon Pringlei. Wats.). This
is perhaps nearest E. pulmnata, although not so pubes-
cent nor so attractive a plant
FF. Plant glabrous throughout.
9. atrotmrpiirea, Baker (Cotyledon atrop^irpurea,
Baker. E sanguinea, Morr.). Sts. 4-8 in. high,
glabrous throughout : Ivs aggregated at the top of the
st. in a dense rosette, usually dark purple above, some-
what glaucous: flowering branches elongated; sepals
somewhat unequal; corolla bright red, strongly angled.
Probably native of Mex., but known only from cult,
specimens. Page 870.
DD. Species not caulescent.
10. Iftrida. Haw. (Cotyledon liirida, Baker). Plants
stemless, glabrous and glaucous throughout: Ivs.
forming a flat, rather open rosette, narrowly oblong,
2-4 in long, acute, tinged with purple, especially when
old: flowering branches 12-32-fld.; sepals thick, spread-
ing or even reflexed; corolla bright red. Known only
from garden material, but undoubtedly from Mex.
B.R.27:!.
11. racemdsa, Schlecht. & Cham. This is similar to
E. lunda, and was considered by Baker to be a syn-
onym; but they are here kept distinct. The material
of E. racemosa now in cult, was secured at the type
locality of the species, Jalapa, Mex.
12. carnicolor, Morr. (Cotyledon carnicolor, Baker).
Another somewhat similar species, but with only 0-8
fls. It is known only from garden specimens.
13. maculata, Rose. This belongs also to this alli-
ance, but grows at higher localities in Mex., and has
brighter green Ivs. It ought to live throughout the
year in our southern gardens.
BB Fls. terminal, arranged in secund spikes or racemes,
either simple or compound.
o. Infl,. a simple raceme.
D. Plant hairy throughout.
14. setdsa, Rose & Purpus Plants stemless, giving
put offsets from the base: Ivs often 100 or more, form-
ing a dense, almost globular, rosette, thickish but
flattened, about 2 in. long, covered on both bides with
setiform hairs mfl usually a simple secund raceme with
8-10 fls. ; petals red at base, yellow at tip, setose without
Contr Nat Herb 13 pi 10 — A very peculiar species,
recently collected by C A. Purpus in Puebla, Mex.
DD. Plant glabrous throughout.
E. Thefl-s sessile.
15. Pdacockii,Croucher (Cotyledon Peacockii, Baker).
Stemless' Ivs about 50 in a close rosette, obovate,
spatulate, white-glaucous, slightly red toward the tip,
faintly keeled on the back, flowering branches form-
ing a scorpioid spike; corolla bright red. 6 lines long.
It is doubtless of Mexican origin, although often
reported as from New Mex. or Calif. Page 870.
EE. The fls pedicclled.
F Lower pedicels short.
16. subsessilis, Rose. This is very similar to E.
Peacockii, but has shortly pedicelled fls. It is a very
beautiful species, well suited for flat bedding. Native
of Cent. Mex.
FF. Lower pedicels elongated.
G. Lvs. very turgid.
17. elegans, Rose. Stemless: Ivs. numerous, some-
tunes 80-100 in cult, specimens, forming very compact
rosettes, very glaucous, pale bluish green, very turgid,
with translucent margins, these sometimes reddish:
flowering branches pinkish, with 8-12 Ivs ; fls in a
succulent raceme; corolla 5 lines long, its segms. dis-
tinct nearly to the base, pinkish with yellow spreading
tips. — Known only from material collected near
Pachuca. Mex., by J. N. Rose This is one of the most
beautiful species of the genus, and is well suited for
rockeries or for use in flat bedding. This is not to be
confused with Cotyledon ekgans, N. E. Br., which is
Oliveranthus elegans.
18. simulans, Rose. A similar epecien with somewhat
different habit and Ivs., and with slightly different
corolla; sepals appressed rather than spreading.
GO. Lvs. not turgid.
H. The Ivs, glaucous green.
19. glaftca, Baker (Cotyledon glauca, Baker). Stem-
less: Ivs. in small but dense rosettes, nearly orbicular,
ECHEVERIA
ECHINACEA
1087
broadened just above the apex, almost truncate, but
with a decidedly purple mucro, very pale, slightly
glaucous: fls. 15-20 in a small secund raceme. Cent.
Mrcx. — Often confused with E. secunda, but apparently
specifically distinct. Page 870.
HH. The Iva. with reddish margins.
20. secunda, Booth (Cotyledon secunda, Baker).
Fig 1083. Stemless, glabrous: Ivs numerous, inclined
to be erect, forming a dense rosette, bluish green,
ovate-cuneate, broad at margin and more or less red-
dish: fls. 12—15 in a secund raceme. Mex. Page 870.
cc. Infl. a compound raceme.
D. Plants acaulescent.
E. Sepals widely spreading.
21. rubromarzinata, Rose Stemless or sometimes
with a short st. : Ivs comparatively few, stiff, ascending,
glabrous, glaucous, with a somewhat orenulate, red
margin* flowering sts. sometimes a foot high, more or
less paniculate. Mex.
BE. Sepals erect and closely appressed to the corolla
22. subrigida, Rose (Cotyledon subrlgida, Rob. &
Seaton). Stemless, glaucous throughout Ivs. in a
dense rosette, flat, acute, very glaucous, bluish green,
tinged with purple, the margins of young ones bright
scarlet Mex. — This is one of the most beautiful of
all the echevenas. It is especially suitable for growing
in clusters.
DD Plants caulescent.
E. Shape of Ivs acute.
F. Lvs. tapering into a long narrow stalk.
23. Scheerii, Lindl (Cotyledon Scheeni, Baker).
Sts. sometimes 2 ft. tall, or more often branched, gla-
brous, and somewhat glaucous' mfl a few-branched
panicle, petals red or tinged with yellow, thick, erect or
spreading at tip. Undoubtedly Mex , but known only
from cult material. BR 31.27. Page 870.
FF. Lvs. somewhat narroivtd downward, but with
a broad base.
24. ffflgens, Lorn. (Cotyledon fulgens, Baker). Sts.
usually 4-8 in high, glabrous throughout' Ivs few in
each rosette, mfl paniculate; corolla strongly 5-angled,
coral-red without, yellowish within. Mex. Page 870.
EE Shape of Ivs. obtuse
F. Lvs. rounded on the face.
25 campanulata. Kunze Short, caulescent, the
branches crowned by rosettes of large Ivs : Ivs. spatu-
late, tapering into thick petioles, very glaucous, obtuse 4
at apex, petals thick, reddish without, yellowish within,
somewhat spreading at tip. Mex. B R 1247 (as E.
gibbiflora). — It is said to be near E. gibbiflora, but it
certainly has very different foliage.
FF. Lvs. concave or flat on the face.
26. gibbifldra. DC Sts. often tall, 2 ft. or more high,
glabrous throughout: Ivs. 12-20 in a close rosette, obo-
vate-spatulate, often highly colored: infl. a lax panicle.
Mex. Var. metallica. A very common and popular
greenhouse plant It is very similar to the type, but
has more highly colored Ivs. Page 870.
B. nrgtrUea, L«?m , I H 10 Misc 78, 1863=Dudleya pulveru-
lenta — E. Bernhardy&na, Foerst , is a garden species or form
from an unknown source — E bracitbsa, Lindl & Paxt —Pachy-
phytum sp — E nnbrea is listed in Johnson's Gardener's Diet ,
p 264, 18&4, as a hybrid — E. danfdlta, Deleuil, is a hybrid of
Pachyrjhytum bracteolosum and Courantia rosea — B. Clkve-
(andii is a hybrid in cult, at tho White House, \V ashington — E
cydnca, Johnson Qard. Diet , is a garden hybrid — E dtalbtlta,
Johnson Gard. Diet, garden hybrid — E. DesmetnAna, L De Srnet =-
E. Peacockn — E. ertcta, Deleuil, is said to be a hybrid of E coccmea
and E atropurpurea. — ~E ffrrea, Deleuil, SB id to bo a hybrid
of E. Seheeni and E Calqphana — £ globtma, Hurt ex E Morr.
m B H 24 161. (1874) Caulescent or nearly so* ha numerous,
forming a dense rosette, spatulate, pale and somewhat glaucous,
about 3 m. long, broadest near tne top and there #-1 in. broad,
mucronate at tip, rather flat, flowering branches weak and spread-
ing, bearing a few linear bracts, branched at top into 2 secund
racemes, sepals linear, very unequal, somewhat ascending, corolla
both before and after flowering strongly ft-angled, reddish below,
yellowish above and within, petals free nearly, if not quite, to the
base, stamens opposite the petals borne on the lower third of the
corresponding petals, the 5 alternate stamens free nearly to the
base carpels free, erect This d< scnption is drawn from a plant in
the Washington botanical Garden of unknown origin It resem-
bles somewhat E secuuda — E yrandijldra, E Morr, la evidently
a typographical error for E grandifolia, Haw — E grdndis, E
Morr — E gibbiflora(') — E grandiskpala, Deleuil, is said to be
hybrid of L metallica and a Courantia — E kerbacea, Johnson
Gard Diet , is a garden hybrid — E. imbru,ata, Deleuil, Cat 1874,
Deleuil in E Morr B H 21 329 (1874) Deleuil in A DeSmet R B.
3 147 (1677 ) This is cult in the Washington Botanical Garden,
and in the White House grounds This species beems to be a favor>
ite as a border plant in Washington City parka It is said to be a
cross between E glauca and E metallica The mfl , while secund
as in E glauca, in generally, although not always, 2-branched,
while the Iva are larger than m the true E glauca — E metdllica
decdra, Rodgors, I H .30 505, is a variegated form of C metallica.
— E mirdbilw, Dr>leuil, IH a hybrid — E mutdbihs, Deleuil, is said
to be a hybrid of E Scheeru and 1$ lingutafoha — E ovata, Deleuil,
10 said to be a hybrid of E Scheeru and E metallica — E pachy-
phytioMfs, L De- Sniet, is a cross of Parhyphytum bracteosum
and E metallica — E prutnbva, Delouil, is said to bo a hybrid
between E hnguLrfoha and E coccmea — E pulwruUnta, Nutt
=Dudleya — E Purpusn, Schum = Dudleya — E rosacea, Lmd
& Andr£ I H 20 121. said to be close to E secunda, locality
notgnen — E rdnea, Lindl —Courantia — E scaphylla, Deleuil, is
a hybrid of I rbinia aga\oides and E lingulrefoha — E securifera,
Deleuil, is a hybrid —£ spathulAta, Deleuil, is a hybrid — E
sptralii, Deleuii, hybrid — E. ateUAta, Deleuil, hybrid
J N. ROSE.
ECHIDNOPSIS (viper-like, alluding io the sorpent-
hke sts ). Asckpiadacese. A few species of leafless
succulents of Trop. Afr. and Arabia, not sufficiently
distinguished from Caralluma; allied to Stapeha,
which bee for cult None of the species seemb to be in
the trade The bts are many-angled and tessellate,
bearing brnall mobtly fascicled fls. in the grooves, corolla
rotate or approaching campanulate, 5-lobed, fleshy,
yellow or purple-bro\\ n ; stammal column very short
and arising from the ba&c of the corolla, and bearing
the corona The following species have recently been
mentioned in garden literature: E cereifdrnns, Hook f.
is 6 in high, with elongated cylindrical serpentine or
pendulous bts. and bright yellow fls in fascicles B M.
5930 E Dammannidna, Spreng. not Schweinf , is
similar but has dark brown -purple fls. -Nile Land.
E Benin, N E Br , has 7-8-nbbed sts. %m. or less
diam and vinous-purple fls in pairs toward the tips
of the brancheb 8 Arabia. B M 7760 E somalcnsis,
N E Br , has columnar cereus-like shrubby cylindri-
cal 6-8-furrowcd branches, and nearly sessile dark
purple yellow-is pot ted fls. solitary or m 2's or 3's.
Somahland. B.M. 7929.
ECHINACEA (Greek, echinos, hedgehog; alluding to
the sharp-pointed bracts of the receptacle). Compdsitx.
PURPLE CONE-FLOWER. Perennial stout herbs, more
or less grown in the border or wild garden.
Closely related to Rudbcckia, but rays ranging from
flesh-color, through rose, to purple and crimson (one
species, not in the trade, has fls. yellow to red), while
those of Rudbeckia are yellow or partly (rarely wholly)
brown-purple: the high disk and the downward angle
at which the rays are pointed are features of echinaceas;
the disk is only convex at first, but becomes egg-shaped,
and the receptacle conical, while Rudbeckia has a
greater range, the disk from globose to columnar, and
the receptacle from conical to cylindrical; heads many-
fld , mostly large; disk-fls. fertile, rays pistillate but
sterile; pappus a small-toothed border or crown: sts.
long and strong, nearly leafless above, terminated by a
single head. — tivc species in N. Amer.,2 of them from
Mex., the others native to the U. S. By some treated
as a section of Rudbeckia; by others now called Brau-
nena, which is an older name.
Echinaceas and rudbecktas are stout, and perhaps
a little coarse in appearance, but their flower-heaos,
sometimes 6 inches across, are very attractive, and borne
m succession for two months or more of Uvte summer.
1088
ECHINACEA
ECHINOCACTUS
With the growing appreciation of hardy borders and
of native plants, it should be possible to procure four
or five distinct colors in the flower, associated with
low, medium and tall-growing habits. They do well
in ordinary soils, and may be used to help cover unusu-
ally dry and exposed spots.
They respond well to rich soil, especially sandy loam,
and prefer warm and sunny sites. They are perennials
of easy culture. Propagated by division, though not
too frequently; sometimes by seeds. The roots of E.
angustifoha are black, pungent-tasted, and are included
in the United States pharmacopeia as the source of an
oleo-resin.
purpurea, Moench. (Braunena purpurea, Brit ).
Commonly not hairy, typically taller than E. angusti-
foha, 2 ft. or more high: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, or the
lower ones broadly ovate, often 5-nerved, commonly
denticulate or sharply serrate, most of them abruptly
contracted into a margined petiole; upper Ivs. lanceo-
late and 3-nerved: rays at first an inch long and broad-
ish, later often 2 in. long or more, \v ith the same color-
range as E. .angustifoha, but rarely almost white. Rich
or deep soil. Va and Ohio to 111. and La. G.L.
19:28 GM. 22: suppl. Nov. 11; 31:374 Gng. 5:41,
Var ser6tina, Bailey (Rudbeckia purpurea var serdtina,
Nutt. R. serdtina, Sweet) The varietal name means
late-flowering, but the chief point is the hairy or bristly
character of the plant. L.B C 16 '1539. P.M. 15:79
(as E. intermedia). — Perhaps the best form for garden
Eurpoees, the rays said to be much brighter colored,
roader and not rolling at the edges
angustifftlia, DC. (B. anguitifdha, Brit ). Bristly,
either sparsely or densely: Ivs. narrower than in E.
purpurea, from broadly lanceolate to nearly linear,
entire, 3-nerved, all narrowed gradually to the base,
the lower into slender petioles, fl -heads nearly as large
as in E purpurea, but sometimes much smaller.
Prairies and barrens, Sask and Neb. to Texas, east to
111., Tenn. and Ala B M 5281. G W 4 164 —This
species has several forms, which approach and run into
E. purpurea.
A dealer advertises (1912) a "red sunflower" obtained by cross-
ing a species of Echinacea with Hehanthus multiflorus It is
described as 5-6 ft. high, with fls. 4-7 in diam , red See
JManrtw. N< TAYLOR.|
ECHINOCACTUS (Greek, spine and cactus). Cac-
idcex. A very large group of globular, strongly ribbed,
and strongly spiny cacti, growing from the United
States to South America, particularly abundant in
Mexico.
Sometimes these cacti become very short -cylindrical;
occasionally the ribs are broken up into tubercles which ,
resemble those of Matnmillaria; and rarely spines are
entirely wanting: the fls. usually appear just above
the young spine-bearing areas, but sometimes they are
farther removed, and occasionally they are in the axil
of a tubercle; the ovary bears scales which are naked or
woolly in the axils, and the fr is either succulent or dry.
— The genus is well developed within the U. S , about 40
species haying been recognized, but its extreme north-
ern limit is the southern borders of Colo , Utah, and
Nov., apparently having spread from the great arid
plateau regions of Mex. proper and Low Cuhf.
The genus extends throughout Mex. but is not found in
Cent. Amer. It is well represented, however, in the
drier regions of S Amer. Echmocactus and Mammillana
are distinguished chiefly by the way in which the fls. are
borne, — terminal on the tubercles in the former, and
axillary to tubercles in the latter. In external appear-
ance they are very similar The genus Astrophy turn is
here included, althcuph it seems tdvbe very different
from the typical forms of Echmocactus and should
doubtless be kept distinct It is impossible to identify
with certainty all of the specific names found in
trade catalogues, but the following synopsis con-
tains the greater part of them. In all cases the original
descriptions have been consulted, and in some cases
it is certain that a name originally applied to one
form has been shifted to another. The following
synop&is may be useful, therefore, in checking up the
proper application of names, but it may thus leave
some of the common species of the trade unaccounted
for. No attempt is made to group the species accord-
ing to relationships, but a more easily handled artificial
arrangement, chiefly based upon spine characters, is
used. It must be remembered that the species are
exceedingly variable, especially under cult., and large
allowance must be made for the characters given m the
key and m the specific descriptions.
Unlike most globular forms of cacti, echinocacti do
not readily produce offsets; consequently they must
be propagated by seeds if one wishes to increase these
plants in quantity. Seeds of echmocactus, and, in fact,
most cacti, will germinate as freely as seeds ot other
plants, provided they have been allowed to ripen
properly before gathering and carefully dried after-
ward. The months of May and June have been found
to be by far the most favorable for germination Seeds
of echmocactus will then germinate in five or six days,
while during the winter months it takes almost as many
weeks Opuntias will germinate in even less than six
days; they germinate most readily of all the Cactaceie,
and grow the fastest afterward, while mammillarias are
the slowest to germinate and grow the slowest after-
ward — The seeds should be sown in well-drained 4-
mch pots m a finely sifted mixture of one part leaf-
mold, one part loam and one part charcoal dust and
silver sand The surface should be made very smooth,
and the seeds pressed lightly into the soil with the
bottom of a flower-pot and then covered with about
Y% inch of fine silver sand This allows the seedlings to
push through readily and prevents the soil from crust-
ing on the surface of the pots, as they usually have to
stay in their seedling pots at least one year The pots
should be placed in a greenhouse where they will
receive plenty of light but not the direct sunlight, for,
although cacti are natives of desert regions, the seed-
lings will roast if exposed to full sunlight under glass
For the first winter, at least, the seedlings should be
kept in a temperature of not le&s than 60° and care-
fully looked over every day to ascertain the condition
of the soil, for, although they should be kept on the
dry side, they must never be allowed to become quite
dry during the seedling stage. When about a year old
they may be transplanted to shallow puns not more than
6 inches in diameter, and prepared with the same mix-
ture as for seedling pots. These pans will be found
better than small pots, because the soil may be kept
more evenly moist and the seedlings do better in conse-
quence When grown from 2 to 3 inches in diameter,
seedling echmocacti may be transferred to pots, using
only sizes just large enough to accommodate them, as
they make but few roots rot them in a mixture of two
parts fibrous loam, one part leaf-mold and one part
pounded brick and silver sand During the spring and
summer months, established plants may be given a
liberal supply of water, but miibt be studiously watered
during the fall and winter months — During the winter
they should be given a light position in a dry green-
house, with a night temperature of 45° to 50°, and a
rise of 10° by day For the summer, they may be cither
kept in an airy greenhouse or placed in some conve-
nient position outside, plunging the pots in the soil or
in some light non-conducting material. Some of the
species will begin to blossom in May and others at
intervals during the summer. The flowers vary con-
siderably in size, and embrace a good range of color,
from white to deep yellow, apd from faintest purple to
deep rose. They do not readily produce seecf (in New
England, at least) unless artificially pollinated. — Like
most of the cactus family, the more cylindrical species
ECHINOCACTUS
ECHINOCACTQS
1089
tage to graft upon some stronger-growing species.
Cleiatocactus Baumannn (or C, cohtbrinus) makes an
excellent stock to graft upon, choosing stock plan+s of
reasonable size and height. The system known as
"wedge-grafting" is perhaps best for the purpose, and
the early spring months, or just as the growing season
is about to begin, is the best time for grafting — If
plants of echmocactus can be kept in a healthy condi-
tion, they are not much troubled with insect pests:
mealy-bug is their worst enemy and should be removed
at once with a clean mucilage brush. — The following
varieties have been found to be among the most easily
grown: E. capncornis, E coptonogonus, E. cornigerus,
E. Grusonn, E. honzonthalonius, E. longihamatus, E.
rnynostigma. E. sctispinus, E. texensis, and E. Wishzenri.
(E J Canning.)
arrtgens, 31
leucacanthus, 18.
rectiapmus, 25.
bicolor, 36
hmitu8, 42
recurvua, 27.
orevihamatus, 5.
longihamatua, 3.
nncorensis, 16.
capncornis, 15
lopothele, 33.
robustus, 34.
coptonogonus, 13.
cormgeruB, 9
crispatus, 31
cylmdraceus, 2
Echidne, 23
major, 13.
Mtr&eHti. 19.
MonviUu. 11.
multicostatus, 14.
inynoatigma, 60.
saUillensis, 46.
Scopa, 47.
setispmua, 28.
Sileri, 44
sinuatUH, 6
electracanthus, 22
obvallatus, 30.
texensis, 24.
Emoryi, 20
Orcuttn, 39.
Trrculianu8t 6.
flavomrens, 37
ornatua, 19.
turbiniformis, 49.
Gruaomi, 45
helophorus, 29
ortharanthus, 37.
Ottonis, 35.
uncinatus, 1, 7.
Vanderxyi, 23
hexffidrophorus, 32
Palmen, 46.
vmdescens, 42.
honzonthalomus, 21.
Pfeiffen, 12.
Vitnaga, 20.
iDgens, 20
intertextus, 38.
phyllacanthus, 17.
pilosus, 48.
Whipplei, 8
Wialuerui, 4.
Johnsonii, 40.
Lecontei, 43.
polyancistrua, 10.
polycephalua, 41.
Wnghtu, 1.
A. Spines, or some of them, hooked (Nos. 1-10).
B. Central spine solitary.
1. Wrtghtii, Coulter (E. uncinalus
var Wrlghtu, Engelm.). Oval, 3-6 in
high, 2-3% in diam.: radial spines
arranged as in E uncinatus;
central spine solitary, angled,
flexuous and hooked, elon-
gated (2-6 in.), erect, straw-
color, with dork tip: fls 1-1 l/i
in. long, dark purple. Texas
and N. Mex.
BB. Central spines 4-
c. Some or att of the spines
annulate.
2. cylindraceus, Engelm
Globose to ovate or ovate-
cylindrical, simple or branch-
ing at base, becoming as
much as 3 ft. high and 1 ft.
diam.: ribs 13 in younger
specimens, 20-27 in older
ones, obtuse and tuberculate: spines
stout, compressed, more or less curved,
reddish; radials about 12, with 3-5
additional slender ones at upper edge of
areole, 1-2 in. long, the lowest stouter
and shorter and much hooked; centrals
4, very stout and 4-angled, about 2 in.
long and fa-Urn, broad, the upper-
most broadest and almost straight and
erect, the lowest decurved : fls. yellow.
5. W. U. S. and Low. Calif.
3. longihamatus, Gal. Subgloboseor
at length ovate, becoming 1-2 ft. high:
ribs 13-17, often oblique, broad, obtuse,
tuberculate-interrupted : spines robust,
purplish or variegated when young, at
Echlnoctctu! Wbipplei.
ashy; radials 8-11, spreading, straight or curved
the upper and lower ones 1-3 in. long, the
I in.; centrals 4, angled, the upper ones
turned upward, straight or curved or twisted, the lower
one stouter, elongated (3-8 in.), flexuous and more or
less hooked: fls. yellow, tinged with red, 2^-3H in.
long. Texas and Mex.
4. WislizSnii, Engelm. At first globose, then ovate to
cylindrical, 1^-4 ft high: ribs 21-25 (13 in small speci-
mens), acute and oblique, more or less tuberculate:
radial spines %-2 in. long, the 3 upper and 3-5 lower
ones stiff, straight or curved, annulate, red (in old
specimens the 3 stout upper radials move toward the
center and become surrounded by the upper bristly
ones), the 12-20 laterals (sometimes additional shorter
ones above) bristly, elongated, flexuous, horizontally
spreading, yellowish white; centrals 4, stout, angled,
and red, l;hH*K in. long, tae 3 upper straight, the
lower one longest (sometimes as mucn as 4-5 in ), very
robust (flat and channeled above), hooked downward
fls. yellow or sometimes red. 2-2% in. long. From S
Utah to N. Mex. and Low. Calif.
cc. None of the spines annulate.
5. brevihamatus. Engelm. Globobe-ovate, very dark
green: ribs 13, deeply tuberculate-interrupted, the
tubercles with a woolly groove extending to the base:
radial fepines mostly 12, terete, straight, white or yel-
lowish, with dusky tips, ^-1 in long, the upper longer;
central spines 1 (uirely 1 or 2 additional ones), flattened,
white with black tips, the 2 lateral ones divergent
upward, straight or a little recurved, 1-2 in. long, the
uppermost one weaker, the lower stoutest and darkest,
porrect or deflexed, hooked downward, %-l in long:
fls funnelform, rose-color, 1-1 % in. long. S. W. Texas
and New Mex.
6. sinu&tus, Dietr. (E. TreculiAnus,
Labour.). Globose, 4-8 in. diam , bright
green ribs 13, oblique, acute, tuber-
culate-interrupted, the tubercles phort-
prooved: radial spines 8-12, setiform
and flexible, the 3 upper and 3 lower
purplish brown and straight-
ish (the lower ones sometime?
more or less hooked), ^-1 in
long, the 2-6 laterals more
slender, longer (1-1% in.),
often flattened, puberulent
and whitish, sometimes flexu-
ous or hooked; central spines
4, puberulent, yellowish (or
purplish variegated), the 3
upper ones slender, flattened
or subangled, erect and gener-
ally straight (rarely hooked).
1^5-2 in long, the lowest one
much stouter, flattened or
even channeled, straw-color,
flexuous, more or less hookea
(sometimes straight), 2-4 in.
long: fls. yellow, 2-3 in. long. Texas,
Ariz, and N. Mex.
7. uncinatus, Gal. Glaucescent, globose
to oblong: ribs 13, obtuse, tuberculate-
intermpted: radial spines 7 or 8, 1-2 in.
long, the upper 4 or 5 straw-color, straight,
flattened, the lower 3 purplish, terete and
hooked ; centrals 4, the upper 3 rather stout
and straight, about 1 in. lone, the lowest
one very long, flattened, hooKed at apex:
fls. brownish purple. N. Mex.
8. Whipplei, Engelm Fig. 1371. Glo-
bose-ovate, 3-5 in. high, 2—4 in. diam.:
ribs 13-15 (often oblique), compressed
and tuberculately interrupted: radiaJ
1090
ECHINOCACTUS
ECHINOCACTUS
spines usually 7, compressed, straight or slightly
recurved, H~K in- l°ng> lower ones shorter than the
others, all white excepting the two darker lowest
laterals; central spines 4, widely divergent, the upper-
most one flattened, straight and white, 1-1 % m. long,
turned upward in the plane of the radials (completing
the circle of radials), the others a little shorter, quad-
rangular-compressed, dark brown or black, becoming
reddish and finally ashy, the 2 laterals straight, the
lowest one stouter and sharply hooked downward:
fl. greenish red. N. Ariz. Fig. 1371 is adapted from the
Pacific Railroad Report.
BBB. Central spines 5 to 8.
9. cornigerus, DC. Globose or depressed-globose,
10-16 in. diam.: ribs about 21, very acute and wavy
(not tuberculately interrupted): radial spmea 6-10,
white and comparatively slender, or wanting, centrals
red and very robust, angular-compressed, with long,
sharp, horny tips, the upper 3 erect-spreading, 1-1% m.
long, the lower 2 weaker and declined, the central one
longer, more rigid and keeled, very broad (K-M"1 )
and hooked downward: fls. purple, l-llA m long Mex.
10 polyancfstrus, Kngelm. & Bigel. Ovate or at
length subcylmdnc, becoming 4-10 in high and 3-4 in.
diam : ribs 13-17, obtuse, tuberculately interrupted:
radial spines 20 or more, compressed and white, the
uppermost wanting, the 4 upper onos broader and longer
(1-2 in ) and dusky-tipped, the laterals shorter (Y*>-\
in.), the Jowest very short (^m ) and subsetaceous;
central spines of several forms, the uppermost one
(rarely a second similar but smaller one above or beside
it) compressed-quadrangular, elongated (3-5 in.), white
with dusky tip curved upward, the other 5-10 teretish
or subangled, bright purple-brown; upper ones long
(2-4 in ) and mostly straight, the others gradually
shortening (to about 1 in ) downward and -sharply
hooked, fls. red or yellow, 2-2% m. long and wide.
Nev. and S. E. Calif.
AA Spines not hooked (Nos. 11-48}.
B. Central spines none or indistinct.
11. Monvillii, Lorn Stout, globose and bright green:
rib0 la-17, tuberculate, broadest toward the base, undu-
late; tubercles somewhat hexagonal, strongly dilated
below, radial spines 9-12, the lower ones somewhat
longer, very stout, spreading, yellowish translucent,
reddish at base; central wanting* fls varying from
white to yellow and red. Paraguay
12 Pfeifferi, Zucc Oblong-globose, becoming 1-2 ft.
high and 1 ft diam.: ribs 11-13, compressed and some-
what acute: spines 6, about equal, rigid, straight,
divergent or erect, pale transparent yellow with a
brownish base; very rarely a solitary central spine.
Mex.
13. coptonogonus, Lem , var major, Salm-Dyck.
Depressed, from a largo indurated naked napiform base,
2-4 in across the top ribs 10-15, acute from a broad
base, more or less transversely interrupted and sinuous:
spines 3, annulate, very stout and erect from deeply
sunken areoles, reddish when young, becoming ashy
gray; upper spine stoutest, erect and straight, or
slightly curved upward, flattened and keeled, and occa-
sionally twisted, 1^-2^4 in. long; the 2 laterals erect-
divergent, straight or slightly curved, terete above
and somewhat Quadrangular below. 1-1 ^ in. long; all
from an abruptly enlarged base: fls said to be small
and white, with purplish median lines. Mex.
14. multicostatus, Hildmann. Depressed-globose:
ribs very numerous, 90-120, compressed into thin plates
which run vertically or are twisted in every direction:
spines exceedingly variable, in some cases wanting
entirely, in others 3 or 4, short, rigid, and translucent
yellow; in others more numerous, larger, and often
flattish; in still other cases very long ana flat, inter-
lacing all over the plant; no centrals: fls. white, with
a broad purple stripe. Mex.
15. capricdrnis, A. Dietr. Globose: ribs about 11,
broad, spotted all over with white dots: clusters of
spines distant, usually seen only near the apex; spines
5-10, long and flexuous; centrals not distinct: fls.
large, yellow. Mex.
16. rincone'nsis, Poselg. Cylindrical, covered with
ivory-white spines which are tipped with crimson:
ries 3, with no centrals: fls. large, purple-crimson,
ker at base. N. Mex.
17. phyllacanthus, Mart. From globose to cylindri-
cal, with depressed vertex, simple or proliferous, 23^-
3^5 m broad: ribs 40-55 (sometimes as few as 30),
very much crowded and compressed, thin, acute, very
wavy, continuous or somewhat interrupted: radial
spines 5 (sometimes 6 or 7), straight and spreading, the
2 lowest ones white, rigid, i^-^m. long, half as long as
the 2 darker, angled, laigci laterals, the uppermost
spine thin and broad, channeled above, faintly annulate,
flexible, grayish pink, %-l in long; central spines
none. ns. small, dirty white. Mex.
BB. Central spine solitary (sometimes 2-4 in E. cns-
patus, E helophorus, and E. sctispinus, or want-
ing in E. lophothele).
c Sts. with less than 13 nbs.
18 leucac&nthus, Zucc. Somewhat clavate-cylmdri-
cal, pale, ribs 8-10, thick, obtuse, strongly tuberculate,
the areoles with strong wool radial spines 7 or 8, similar,
straight, finely pubescent, at first yellowish, at length
white; central spine solitary, more or less erect, rarely
wanting, fls light yellow Mex
19 ornatus, DC (E Mirbclhi, Lorn ) Subglobose:
ribs 8, broadj compressed, vertical, thickly covered with
close-set white woolly spots, making the whole plant
almost white: radial spines 7, straight, stout, yellowish
or becoming gray; central spine solitary Mex.
20 mgens, Zucc. (E Visndga. Hook ) Very large
(sometimes as much as 10 ft high and as much in cir-
cumference), globose or oblong, purplish toward the top:
nbs 8, obtuse, tuberculate. areoles large, distant, with
very copious yellowish wool, radial spines 8 or more:
central spine t>olitary; all the spines shaded yellow ana
red or brownish, straight, rigid, and interwoven: fls.
bright yellow, about 3 in broad Mex
21. horizonthaldnius, Lem Glaucous, depressed-
globose or at length ovate or even cylmdric with age,
2-8 m. high, 23^-4 in diam * ribs 8-10 (fewer in very
young specimens), often spirally arranged, the tuber-
cles scarcely distinct by inconspicuous transverse
grooves: spines 6-9, stout, compressed, reddish (at
length ashy), recurved or sometimes almost straight,
nearly equal, ^-1M in. long (sometimes long and
slender and almost terete, sometimes short, stout and
broad) ; radials 5-8, upper ones weaker, lowest wanting;
a single stouter decur\ ed central (sometimes wanting) :
fls. pale rose-purple, 2^ in long or mofe. New Mex.
and N Mex.
cc. Sts. with 13-27 nbs.
22 electracanthus, Lem. Globose or thick cylindri-
cal, becoming 2 ft high and 1 ft diam : ribs about 15:
raoial spines about 8, equal, rigid, spreading, yellow-
ish, about 1 m. long; the central one solitary, red at
base: fls. clear yellow. Mex.
23. EcWdne, DC. (E. Vander^ Lem.). Depressed-
globose, 5-7 in diam , 3-4 in. high: ribs 13, acute,
radial spines 7, broad, rigid, spreading, yellowish. 1 m.
or more long; central spine solitary and scarcely longer
than the others: fls. bright yellow, 1 in. or more long
Mex.
24. texe'nsis, Hopf. Mostly depressed (sometimes
globose), 8-12 in. diam., 4-6 in. high, simple: nba
ECHINOCACTUS
ECHINOCACTUS
1091
mostly 21 (sometimes 27, and in smaller specimens 13
or 14) and undulate* spines stout and fasciculate, red-
dish, compressed; the exterior 6 or 7 radiant, straight-
ish or curved, unequal, l/f-%m long in some cases,
l%-2 in in others, much shorter than the solitary and
stout recurved central, which is sometimes J^-^m.
broad, fls. about Mm. long, parti-colored (scarlet and
orange below to white above). Texas and N. E. Mex.
25. rectispinus, Brit. & Rose Fig. 1372. Globose,
at length cylindrical ribs 13-21, obtuse and strongly
tuberculate: radial spines 7-9, very unequal, the 3
upper ones 4-5 in. long, the lower 1^-3 in. long and
paler, the central very long (12-13 in.)z straight or
slightly decurved: fls. about iMm long, pinkish; ovary
bearing a few ovate, scarious, naked scales. Low. Calif.
26 fimoryi, Engelm. Becoming large, globular to
cylindrical plants, 1-4 ft. high, ribs 13-21, obtuse;
radial spines 7-
9, nearly equal,
strut, 1-2 in
long, central
spine single, por-
rect, hooked
fls red, tipped
with yellow fr
1-2 in. long,
covered with
thin bracts S
Ariz and N
Sonora
27 rectirvus,
Link & Otto
Subglobose and
very stout
ribs about 15,
covered with
broad, dark red
spines, the ra-
dials spreading,
the central ono
recurved and
very stout. Mex
28 setispinus,
Engelm Sub-
globose, 2-3Jr,
in diam ribs
13, more or
1372 Echmocactus rectispinus. No. 25
oblique, often undulate or somewhat interrupted:
radial spines 14-16, setiform and flexible, %~Min I°n8>
the uppermost (the longest) and lowest ones yellowi&h
brown, the laterals white; central spines 1-3, setiform
and flexuous, dark, 1-1 M in. long: fls funnelform,
l/i~3 in long, yellow, scarlet within. Texas and N.
Mex.
29. hel6phorus, Lorn. Depressed globose, light green
with purple-red veins' ribs about 20, compressed,
obtuse- radial spines 9-12, very stout and porrect;
central spines 1-4, stronger and annulate; all the spines
pearl-gray. Mex.
ccc Sts. with 80 or more nbs.
30. obvallfttus, DC. Obovat^globose, depressed:
ribs very numerous, vertical: spines most aoundant
towards the apex, unequal, spreacUng, stout, whitish;
the 3 upper radials and solitary central strong, the
others (especially the lowest) small: fls. purple, with
whitish margin. Mex — The name was suggested by
the appearance of the terminal cluster of fls. surrounded
by a fortification of strong spines.
31. crispatus, DC (E. dmgens, Link) Globose, 5m.
or more high: ribs 30-60, compressed and sharp, more
or less undulate-crisped : spines 7-11, widely spreading,
more or less flattened, the upper larger and brown at
tip, the lower shorter and white, or aU of them brown:
fls. purple, or white with purple stripes. Mex.
cccc. Sts. tuberculate, as in Mammtllana
32 hexsedrtiphorus, Lem. More or less globular, dark
gray ribs deeply tuberculate, giving the appearance of
a mammillaria, with hexagonal tubercles: radial opines
6 or 7, radiating like a star, central spine solitary, erect,
longer; all the spines annulate, reddish brown: fls.
white, tinted with rose Mox
33. lopothele. Salm-Dyck. Globose, strongly tuber-
culate, after the manner of Mammillaria: tubercles
quadrangular, bearing clusters of 5-10, more or less
porrect, long, rig^id, and equal spines, central solitary or
wanting: fls. white or yellowish. Mex.
BBS. Central spines 4 (2 or 3 in E. Sileri and sometimes
3 in E. Scopa).
c. Ribs less than 18.
34. robustus, Otto Clav^tf and stout: ribs about 8,
compressed, vertical radial spines about 14, the upper
ones slender, the" lowest 3 stronger; central spines 4,
4-angled at base, transversely striate, the lowest one
largest; all the spines purple-red, l>£-3 in. long: fls.
golden yellow Mex.
35. Ottdnis, Link & Otto Depressed-globose or
ovate, 3-4 in. high* ribs 10-12, obtuse: radial spines
10-18, slender, yellowish, more or less straight and
spreading, about ^2in. long; central spines 4, dusky
red, stronger, the uppermost very short, the 2 laterals
horizontal, the lowest longest (1 in ) and deflexed:
fls. lemon-yellow, becoming 2-3 in. diam. Mex.
36 bicolor, Gal Globose-ovate, stout, 1^-4 in.
diam , sometimes becoming 8 in high: ribs 8, oblique
and obtuse, compressed, tuberculate-mterrupted. lower
radials and centrals variegated red and white; radials
9-17, spreading and recurved, slender and rather rigid,
the lowest one ^-1 in long, the laterals 1-2 in. long
and about equaling the 2-4 flat flexuous ashy upper
ones; centrals 4, flat and flexuous, 1/^-3 in. long, the
uppermost thirl and not longer than the erect and rigid
laterals, the lowest very stout, porrect and very long:
fls funnelform, bright purple, 2-3 in. long. N Mex.
cc Ribs 13-27.
37. orthacinthus, Link & Otto (E. flavotirens,
Scheidw ) Globose, yellowish green: ribs 12 or 13,
vertical, acute: radial spines 14, unequal, straight and
spreading; central spines 4, stronger, the lowest the
largest; all the spines rigid, annulate, and grayish
white Mex
38 intertixtus, Engelm. Ovate-globose, 1-4 in. high:
ribs 13, acute, somewhat oblique, tuberculate-mter-
ruptcd, the tubercles with a woolly groove: spmos
short and rigid, reddish from a whitish base and with
dusky tips, radial 16-25, closely appressed and inter-
woven, the upper 5-9 setaceous and white, straight
M~/l2in long, the laterals more rigid and a little longer,
the lowest stout and short, a little recurved; centrals 4,
the 3 upper ones turned upward and exceeding the
radials and interwoven with them, the lower one very
short, stout and porrect: fls. about 1 in. long and wide,
purplish. Texas and N. Mex.
39. 6rcuttii, Engelm Cylindrical, 2-3^ ft. high, 1
ft. diam , single or in clusters up to 18 or more, not
rarely decumbent: ribs 18-22, often obhque: spines
extremely variable, angled to flat, ^-3 in. wide;
radials 11-13, unequal, lowest and several laterals
thinnest; centrals 4: fls. about 2 m. long, deep crim-
son in center, bordered by light greenish yellow.
Low. Calif.
40. Jfihnsonii, Parry. Oval, 4-6 in. high: ribs
17-21, low, rounded, tuberculately interrupted, close
set. often oblique, densely covered with stoutish red-
dish gray spines: radial spines 10-14, %-!% in. long,
the upper longest; centrals 4, stouter, recurved, about
1^2 in. long: fls. 2-2% in. long and wide, from deep red
to pink. Utah, Nev., Calif.
1092
ECHINOCACTUS
ECHINOCEREUS
41. polycgphalus, Engelm. & Bigel. Globose (6-10
in. diam ) to ovate (10-16 in. high, 5-10 in. diam.) and
cylindrical (reaching 24-28 in. nigh and about 10 in.
diam.), profusely branched at base: ribs 13-21 (occa-
sionally 10): spines 8-15, very stout and compressed,
more or less recurved and reddish; radials 4-11, com-
paratively slender (the uppermost the most slender),
1-2 in. long; the 4 centrals much stouter and longer
ally
- in.), very unequal, the uppermost one usually
broadest and curved upward, the lowest one usually
the longest and decurved : fls. yellow. Utah to Calif .
42. viridescens. Nutt Globose or depressed, simple
or branching at base, 4-12 in. high, 6-10 in. diam.:
ribs 13-21 (fewer when young), compressed and scarcely
tuberculate: spines more or less curved and sometimes
twisted, reddish below, shading into greenish or yellow-
ish above; radials 9-20, %->£m long, the lowest short-
est, robust, and decurved; centrals 4, cruciate, much
stouter, compressed and 4-anglcd, K~l% «» long, the
lowest broadest, longest and btraightest fls yellowish
green, about IKm. long. S. Calif — E limitus, Engelm.,
is closely related to this species and is thought by
some to be identical with it.
43. Lecfatei, Engelm. Resembles E Wishzenu, but
often somewhat taller (sometimes becoming 8 ft high
and 2 ft. diam ), usually more slender, and at last cla-
vate from a slender base: ribs somewhat more inter-
rupted and more obtuse: lower central spine more flat-
tened and broader, curved (rather than hooked) or
twisted, usually not at all hooked, sometimes as much
as 6 in. long: fls rather smaller. From the Great
Basin to Mex. and Low. Calif.
44. Sileri, Engelm. Globose: ribs 13, prominent,
densely crowded, with short rhombic-angled tubercles:
radial spines 11-13, white; centrals 3, black, with pale
base, %m. long, the upper one slightly longer: fls.
scarcely 1 in. long, straw-colored. Utah.
45. Grusonii, Hildmann. Globose, completely cov-
ered by a mass of almost transparent golden spines,
which give the plant the appearance of a ball of gold:
centrals 4, curved: fls. red and yellow. Mountains of
Mex. — From illustrations it is evident that the radial
spines are somewhat numerous and widely spreading,
and that the centrals are prominent and more or less
deflexed.
46. Pilmeri, Rose (E. ealtiUensis, Poselg.). Fie.
1373. Very stout, globose: ribs 15-19, compressed,
dark green: spines very prominent, 6-7 in a cluster,
stout and porrect, sometimes becoming 5 in. long: cen-
trals 4. Mex.— Schu-
mann makes this a va-
riety of E. ingens.
ccc. Ribs 30 or more.
47. Sc6pa, Link &
Otto More or loss cylin-
drical, 1 ft. or more
high, 2-4 in. diam , at
length branching above:
ribs 30-36, nearly vciti-
cal, tuberculate: radial
spines 30-40, setaceous,
white; central spines 3
or 4, purple, erect; some-
times all the spines are
white . fls. yellcw. Brazil.
— The species is exceed-
ingly plastic in form,
branching variously or
passing into the cristate
condition.
1374. Echmocactus mynostigma
No 50.
1173. Bchinocactus Palmeri. No 46.
BBBB. Central spines .5-10
48. pildsus. Gal. Globose, 6-18 in high, ribs 13-1 s,
compressed, little if at all interrupted, radial spine.*,
represented by 3 slender ones at the lowest part of the
pulvillus or wanting; centrals 6, very stout, at first pur-
plish, becoming pale yellow, the 3 upper ones erect, the
3 lower recurved-spreading: fls. unknown N. Mex
AAA. Spines entirely wanting.
49. tutbinif6rmis, Pfeiff Depressed-globose, gray-
ish green, with 12-14 spirally ascending ribs, cut into
regular rhomboidal tubercles; tubercles flat, with a
depressed pulvillus, entirely naked excepting a few
small setaceous spines upon the younger ones: fls.
white, with a purplish base Mex — The depressed
and spineless body, with its surface regularly cut in
spiral series of low, flat tubercles, gives the plant a very
characteristic appearance.
50. myriostigma, Salm-Dyck (Astrophyturn myno-
stigma, Lena.). Fig 1374 Depressed-globose, 5 in
diam ribs 5 or 6, very
broad, covered with numer-
ous somewhat pilose white
spots, and with deep obtuse
sinunes spines none1 fls
large, pale yellow Mex
E chrysdnthus (E ehrysacan-
thu3)=(?).— E Dr(ege(lnus=*C>)
— E Leu>{7m=IvOphophora — K
micromfaru = Mammmaria — K
Posefoendnus, A Dietz =»Mam-
millanaScheeni — K Sfwip««mt=
Pediocactus — E tnfuicAtus=*(1).
— E. FF(Z/tam«ii=Lophophora.
JOHN M COULTER.
J. N. ROSE f
ECHINOCfcREUS (smny
Cereus) . Cactacese. Con-
densed globular, cylindrical
or prostrate cacti of the
United States and Mexico.
Stems single or cespitose,
sometimes forming large
clusters of 200-300 sts., dis-
tinctly ribbed, usually low
in stature, or, if elongated,
sprawling or creeping, gen-
erally very spiny fls. yel-
low, purplish or scarlet,
with rather a short funnel-
ECHINOCEREUS
ECHINOCEREUS
1093
shaped tube; fl.-tube and ovary covered with clusters
of spines; etigma-lpbes always green. This genus has
commonly been merged into Cereus, although it seems
to be quite distinct.
Most of the species of Echinocereus are unsuited
for greenhouse purposes, for when brought under glass
they survive only for a few years The very large
flowers of some species make them very attractive
while in bloom.
INDEX.
acifer, 9.
Do Laetii, 1.
phcemceus, 10.
adust us, 18.
Berlandien, 4.
duto us, 23
Kngelmannu, 22
jxjlyaeanthua, 8.
prooumbens, 3
Blanku, 5
onnoacanthufl, 24.
riguhssimus, 19.
cmspitosus, 17.
Fendlon, 21
IlcBtten, 16.
ohloranthus, 12
Konacanthua, 6.
rufispmus, 18.
chrysocentrua, 22.
iungisetus, 11.
Schocn, 2.
coccmeus, 10.
Merkrn, 25.
strammcus, 27.
con^lomeratus, 26.
mojavcnsis, 20
triglochidiatus, 7.
conoideus, 10
paucispmus, 0
variegatua, 22
ctenoidos, 15.
pcctinatus, 18
viruhflorus, 13.
dasyacanthue, 14.
A *Ste covered with long weak bristle* or hairs, and
resembling a small plant of Cephalocereux senihs.
1 De Lefctii, Giirke Low and cospitoso, 6-10 in high'
ribs 17-20 radial spines numerous; central spines 4 or
5, intermixed with long, hair-like bristles entirely
hiding the plant, fls small, rose-colored Mex — This
species has been secured in great quantities by Euro-
pean dealers It closely simulates a small Cepha ocereus
semlu, but has very different fla. and fr.
A A. Sts. variously covered with spines, but not like the
above (Nos 2-27}
B. The sts. weak and trailing, at lea*t becoming prostrate,
c Ribs nearly continuous
2 Schefcri, Lem (Cereus Hchtbn, Salm-Dyck).
Branching freely from the base of the st and forming
dense clusters branches upright or ascending, about
8 in long by 1 m diam., slightly tapering toward the
apex, dark green ribs 8-9, straight or sometimes
inclined to spiral, separated above by sharp grooves
which become flattened toward the base, low arched:
arooles little more than 14111 apart, round, yellowish
white radial spines 7-9, spreading, needle-like, the
under pair the longest, about \4- ?gin long, white with
yellowish bases; centrals 3, the lower the longest, about
^8in , red with brown bases; later all the spines become
gray fls rod, from the upper part of the st , about 5
in long, ovary and tube bracteate and furnished with
abundance of wool and spines. Mex.
cc. Ribs divided into tubercles.
D. Central spines, when present, short: flowering areoles
bearing cobwebby wool
3 proctimbens, Lem (Cereus procumbens, Engelm ).
Branching from the lower part of the st and so form-
ing clusters: branches procumbent or ascending,
angled, at the base tapering into cylindrical, 1^>~5 in
long by M~/4 in- diam : ribs mostly 5. rarely 4, straight
or spiral, on the upper portion of the biancn almost
divided into tubercles: arooles J-i-^m apart, round,
sparingly white curly-woolly, soon naked : radial spines
4-6, subulate, stiff, straight, sharp, in young growth
brownish, then white, at the base often yellowish and
the tip brownish, horizontally spreading, the upper
the longest, reaching ^m. length; central solitary or
absent on the lower areoles, somewhat stronger, %-%
in long, darker- fls lateral, from just below the crown,
3-4 in long, carmine-red to violet, with white or yel-
lowish throat: fr. ellipsoidal, green, /^in. long. Mex.
DD. Central spines slender: flowering areoles with short
wool.
E. Length of central spine %in.
4. Berlandidri, Lem. (Cereus Berlandieri, Engelm.).
Sts prostrate, richly branching, forming dense clus-
ters, the branches upright or ascending, 2-3 in. long or
longer, by %-% in diam., light or dark green, and in
young growth often purplish: ribs 5-6, broken up into
as many straight or spiral rows of tubercles; tubercles
conical, pointed: areoles %-% m. apart, round, white-
woolly, soon naked, radial spines 6-8, stiff bristle-form,
thin, horizontally spreading, white, about %in. long,
the upper one sometimes light brown and somewhat
stronger, central solitary, yellowish brown, sometimes
reaching %in. length: fls. from the upper lateral
areoles, 2-3 in. long, red to light pink: fr. ovoid, green,
bristly. S. Texas and N Mex.
EE. Length of central spine 1 in. or more.
5. BUnkii, Palmer (Cereus Bldnkn, Poselg.). Branch-
ing freely from the base and thus forming clusters:
sts. columnar, tapering above, about 6 in. long by
1 in diam , dark green: r|bs 5-6 (rarely 7), straight,
almost divided into tubercles: areoles about ^m. apart,
round, white curly-woolly, later naked: radial spines
mostly 8, horizontally spreading, the under pair the
longest, reaching about iH$m. length, all stiff, straight,
thin, white or the upper ones carmine-red when young,
later reddish brown, central solitary, porrect, later
deflexed, 1-1 K m l°n£» white or brownish, black when
young: fls from near the crown, 2^-3 in. long, purple-
red to violet. Mex RH 1865.90.
BB. The sts. usually short and stout, usually erect.
c. Fls rather small, scarlet.
D Ribs 5-7.
E tipines terete.
6. paucispinus, Rum pi (Cereus paudspinus,
Engelm ) Clustered in irregular bunches' sts. cylin-
drical to ovoid, 4-7 in high by 1^-3 in diam : ribs
5-7, undulate, aieolea %-%m apart, round, white-
woolly, later naked radial spines 3-6, spreading, subu-
late, straight or curved, round, bulbose at the base, the
lowest ouo longest, reaching %m , light-colored, the
upper ones reaching to about Hm , reddish or brown-
isn; central solitary or none, reaching about 1^ m.
length, somewhat angled, brown-black, porrect or up-
right; later all the spines blackish: fls. 2'm. or more
long, dark scarlet to yellowish Texas and Colo.
Var. gonac&nthus, K Sch (E. gonacdnthus, Lem.
Cereiui gonacdnthus, Engelm. & Bigel ) Radial spinos
8, very large, angled and sometimes twisted, the upper
strongest, reaching nearly 3 m length, lignt or dark
yellow with brown tips' central always present, deeply
grooved, often flattened, 3 in. or more long. Colo.
EE Spines angled
7 triglochidiatus, K. Sch. (E. tnglochidiatus,
Engelm Cerent tnglochidiatus, Engelm ). Radial spines
usually 3, sometimes as many as 6, strong, angled, base
bulbose, straight or curved, about 1 in. long, soon ash-
gray. Texas and New Mex.
DD. Ribs 9-11.
E. Axds of fl.-bracts Jdled with long cobwebby hairs.
8. polvac&nthus, Engelm. (Cereus polyacdnthus,
Engelm ). Sts clustered, forming thick masses, cylin-
drical to ellipsoidal, ribs 9-13: radial spines 8-12,
robust, subulate, stiff and sharp, under one the longest,
nearly 1 in , upper ones scarcely ^rn , white to red-
dish gray with dark tips; centrals 3-^4. bulbose base,
stronger, about the length of the radials or the lowest
sometimes reaching 2 in., horn-colored; later all the
spines become gray: fls. lateral, about 1^-2^ in. long,
dark scarlet to blood-red' fr. spherical, about 1 in. long,
greenish red, spiny. Texas to N. Mex.
EE. Axils of fl -bracts bearing short wool.
F. Central spines always solitary: sts. 6-8 in. high. Mex.
9. Acifer, Lem. (Cereus acifer, Otto). Sts. thickly
clustered, 6-8 m high by l^r-2 in. diam., becoming
1094
ECHINOCEREUS
ECHINOCEREUS
gray and corky with age: ribs 9-11, usually 10: radial
spines usually 9, spreading, under pair longest, about
>£in., in young growth white, later horn-colored to
gray, the upper ones brownish; central solitary, straight,
correct, at first ruby-red, later brown, 1 in. long: fls.
lateral, 2 in. and more long, clear scarlet-red, with a
yellow throat and sometimes a carmine border. N.
Mex.
FF. Central spines 1-4: sis. 2-4 in high New Mex.
and Colo.
10. coccineus, Engelrn. (E ph&niceus, Lem. Cereus
-phoeniceus, Engelm ). Sts irregularly clustered, ellip-
soidal to short-cylindrical, 2-4 in. high by lj^-2^
jn diam.: ribs 8-11, straight: spines bristle-form,
straight, round; radials 8-12, white, M"/^ m- long,
upper ones shortest, centrals 1-4, stouter, white to
yellow or brown, with bulbose base: fls from upper
lateral areoles scarlet-red, with the corolla-throat
yellow. Colo, to Ariz
Var. conofdeus, Engelm. (E conotdeus, Rumpl-
Cereus conoidcus, Engelm ). Central spine long and
robust: fls. large, red S. Calif and N. W. Mex.
cc. Fls. never scarlet, usually crimson or purplish,
sometimes yellow.
D. Spines more or less pectinate, nbs 12 or more.
E. Areoles short, nearly orbicular.
F Color of spines white.
11. longisetus, Lcm (Cereus longuelus, Engelm.).
tSts. clustered, cylmdiioal, covered with long, dirty
white spines, about 8 m high by 2 m diam , light
jjreen: ribs 11-14, straight, undulate, radial spines
18-20, straight, compressed, base thickened, subulate,
flexuose, usually horizontally spreading, interlocking
V7ith adjacent clusters, the lower laterals the longest,
reaching ^m. % long,
the upper more bristle-
like and the shortest,
all white; centrals 5-7,
longer, reaching 2%
in , stronger, the upper
ones scarcely longer
than the longest ra-
dials; all are bulbose
at the base : the 3 lower
ones the longest and
deflexed, spreading and
sometimes curved' fls.
red. Mex.
FF Color of spines white
and brown.
12. chloranthus,
Riimpl. (Cereus chlor-
dnlhus, Engelm.) Fig.
1375. Sts. in small
clusters, cylindrical,
slightly tapering above,
4-9 in high by 2-2^
in. diam : ribs 13-18,
straight or rarely
spiral: radial spines
12-20, horizontally
spreading and ap-
pressed, sharp, the
!in. long and white, the lower
1375. Echraocereus chloranthus.
shortest one about
laterals a little longer and have purple tips; centrals
3-5, or in young plants absent, bulbose at the base,
the upper ones shortest, about the length of the radials,
and darker colored, with purplish tij#, the lower ones
stouter, about 1 in. long, deflexed, white; frequently all
the spines are white ' fls lateral, little more than 1 in.
longj ovary and tube white bristly; petals green : fr.
ellipsoidal, about J^in. long, spiny. Texas and New
Mex
EB. Areoles more or less elongated
F. Color of fls. greenish or yellow.
Q. Fls. greenish.
13 viridifldms, Engelm. (Cereus inndifldrus,
Engelm.). Sts. solitary or only m age forming small,
loose clusters, cylindrical or elongated, ellipsoidal, 3-7
in. high by 1-2 in. diam: ribs 13 radial spines 12-18,
horizontally radiate, pectinate, straight or somewhat
curved, subulate, the lower laterals the longest, about
Km-> translucent ruby-red, the others white; centrals
usually absent, rarely 1, strong, about %m. long,
curved upward, red with brown point fls lateral,
from just below the crown, broad funnelform, little
more than 1 in long; ovary and tube spiny, corolla
green, with a broad darker olive-green to pink stripe
down the middle of each petal fr ellipsoidal, about
HUI. long, greenish. Wyo. and Kans to Texas and
New Mex.
ao Fls yellow
H. Ribs 15-21 ' central spines unequal.
14. dasyacanthus, Engelm (Cereus dasyacdnthus,
Engelm ) Sts. solitary or sometimes forming open
clusters, ellipsoidal to short-cylindrical ribs 15-21,
straight or sometimes slightly spiral, ohtuso radial
spines 20-30, straight or sometimes .slightly curved,
subulate, stiff, sharp, pectinate, white \vith red or
brown tips, later gray, the laterals longeht, \>%-\ in , the
upper ones shortest, about %in , those of one cluster
interlocking with those of the adjacent clusters, cen-
trals 3-8, the lower one longest, white with colored tips,
mostly with bulbose babes fls from near tho crown of
the st large, 2%-3 in. long, ovary and short tube
covered with white, reddish tipped stiff bristles,
corolla yellow fr 1-1 J^ m long, ellipsoidal, spiny,
green to reddish Texas
HH Rib? 15 or If) central spims very short, equal
15. ctenoides, Lorn (Certiu> ctenmde*, Engelin )
Sts solitary or rarely branching, cylmdiical to elon-
gated ovoid, leaching a height of b' in and a di.un of
2% in nbs 15-10, usually straight radial spines 13-
22, horizontally radiate, pectinate, subulate, bases
bulbose and laterally compressed, Htiff, stiaight or
often slightly curved, the laterals longest and about
%m , the upper ones very short, white or sometimes
with brownish tips; cent mis 2-3 or rarely 4, superposed,
coarser, bulbose at the base, short and conical to >4m
long, reddish, later all the spines are gray fls lateral,
from near the crown, 2^-3 m long, ovary and short
tube white bristly, corolla yellow, with greenish
throat. Texas ancf N Mex. -This species is very rare
in cult.
FF. Color of fls purple
G The spines irregularly pectinate
16. Rcfetteri, Rumpl (Cereus Ratten, Engelm ).
Loosely open clustered: sts upright, 4-6 in high, 2-
3 in cliam., cylindrical or ovoid ribs 10-13, straight:
radial spines 8-15, subulate, thickened at the base,
stiff, sharp, straight or slightly curved, the laterals
longest, about ^in , the upper ones shortest, reddish
with darker tips; centrals 2-5, stouter, bulbose at base,
\i-Y%m. long, the lower ones the longest, later all the
spines are gray: fls lateral, from near the crown, 2^-3
in. long, purple-red to violet: fr. short ellipsoidal, spiny,
green, %in. long. Texas to Ariz, and N. Mex.
GO. The spines regularly pectinate.
H. Tube offl. and spines of ovary slender and weak, the
surrounding hairs long and cobwebby.
17. Cttspitosus, K. Sch. (Cereus cxspitosus, Engelm.).
Radials 20-30, curved, clear white or with rose-red
tips; centrals absent, or 1-2 very short ones. Okla ,
Texas and Mex.
ECHINOCEREUS
ECHINOCEREUS
1095
HH. Tube of Jl. and spines of ovary short and stout, the
surrounding hairs short,
i. Central spines several.
18. pectinatus, Engelm. (Cereus pectinatus, Engelm.).
Clustered sts. cylindrical or ovoia, reaching a height
of 10 in. by 3 in. diam.: ribs 13-23, straight: radial
spines 16-30, pectinate, horizontally spreading and
appressed, straight or curved, the laterals longest,
round, hardly %m. long; central usually absent, or as
many as 5, which are short, conical and superposed,
white, with tips and bases variously colored with pmk,
yellow or brown; later all become gray: fls. lateral, from
near the crown. 2%-4 in. long; ovary tuberculate and
spiny, light to dark rose-red or rarely white, fr. globose,
spiny, green to reddish green. Mex.
Var adustus, K. Sch (Cereus adustus, Engelm.).
Like the type, but with black-brown to chestnut-brown
spines. Mex.
Var. rufispinus, K. Sch. Of more robust growth:
radial spines curved, red. Mex.
n. Central spines none.
19. rigidissimus, Engelm (Cereus cdndicans, Hort.
C. ngidissimus, Hort ) RAINBOW CACTUS. Fig 1376.
Sts comparatively shorter and thicker: radial spines
16-20, coarser and stiff er, straight or very little curved;
base thickened, white, yellow or red to brown, these
colors commonly arranged in alternating bands around
the plant, the spines of adjacent clusters interlock-
ing; centrals absent. Ariz, and N Mex.
DD. Spines not pectinate.
E. Ribs 10 or fewer.
F Fls. crimson.
20 mojavlnsis. Rumpl (Cereus mojav6nsisl Engelm.
& Bigel ). Sts. clustered, ovoid, reaching 3 in. height
by 2 in. diam : ribs 8-12, conspicuously undulate:
radial spines 5-8, the lowest pair the longest, reaching
about 2^ in. long; all are white with brown tips,
subulate, straight or curved, strongly bulbose at the
base; central solitary, or sometimes absent, stronger
and somewhat longer and darker colored; later all the
spines become gray: fls. 2-3 in. long, deep carmine:
fr. ellipsoidal, about 1 in. long. Deserts of Ariz., Nev.
and Calif.
FP. Fls. purpk-vwlet.
G. The spines dark, often of several colors.
H. Central spine 1.
21. Fendleri, Rumpl. (Cereus Fendleri, Engelm.).
Irregularly clustered: st. cylindrical or rarely ovoid
or even globose, sparingly branching, 3-7 in. nigh by
l%-2 YZ in diam : ribs 9-12, straight or slightly spiral,
undulate: radial spines 7-10, subulate, straight or
curved, the lowest or the 2 lower laterals the longest,
about 1 in , stronger, quadrangular, white; the 2 next
higher brownish; the upper ones round, white and much
shorter; all are bulbose at the base; central solitary
(or in old plants 3-4), very strongly thickened at the
base, round, black, sometimes with a lighter colored
tip, curved upward, reaching a length of 1% in.:
fls. lateral, from near the crown, 2-3 % in. long, dark
carmine-red to purple and violet: fr. ellipsoidal, spiny,
green to purple-red, about 1 in. long. Colo., Utah ana
south to N. Mex. B M. 6533.
HH. Central spines several.
22. £ngelmannii, Lem. (Cereus £ngelmannii, Parry).
Sts. clustered, cylindrical to ovoid, 4-10 in. high, 1%-
2^3 in. diam., light green: ribs 11-13, undulate: radial
spines 11-13, somewhat angled, stiff, sharp, straight or
somewhat curved, horizontally spreading, the lowest or
lower laterals the longest, about tym., the upper ones
the shortest, whitish with brown tips; centrals 4, stiff,
straight, angled, stout, the lowest one deflexed, white
1376. Echmocereus ngidissimus
to dark-colored, reaching a length of 2l/2 in , the upper
ones about half as long, spreading, brown : fls lateral,
from just below the crown, l%-2 ^m. long, puiple-
red : fr. ovoid, green to purple-red, spiny, later naked,
about 1 in. diam.; pulp purple-red. Calif, to Utah and
south into Mex.
Var chrysocentrus, Engelm & Bigel. The 3 upper
centrals golden yellow, the lowest white. Mojave Des-
ert, Calif .
Var. variegatus, Engelm. &
Bigel. The 3 upper centrals
curved, horn-colored and mottled
with black. Utah, Nev and Calif.
GQ. The spines usually white or
straw-colored.
H. Central spines somewhat curved.
23. dftbius, Rumpl.
(Cercus dubius, Ln-
gelm ). Tolerably
thickly clustered* sts.
branching at the
base, cylindrical or
elongated ellipsoidal,
4H~7 m- high by
lH-21/^ m diam.:
ribs 7-9, undulate:
areoles *Hr% HI.
apart, round, covered
with short curly
white wool, later
naked • radials 5-8,
subulate, horizon-
tally spreading, stiff,
round or faintly angled, the lower ones usually the
it, about 1 in. long, the upper ones about half
as long, or sometimes absent, transparent white; cen-
trals 1-4, btronger and longer, bulbose at the base,
straight or curved, reaches 2H in. length, the lowest
one longest, straight, porrect or deflexed, the upper
ones spreading: fls lateral, 2 in. long, rose-red to violet:
fr. spherical, greenish to purple-red, covered with
bundles of deciduous spines. Texas and N. Mex.
HH. Central spines straight.
i. Sts erect, with the spines pale at base.
24. enneacanthus, Engelm. (Cereus enneacdnthus.
Engelm ). Freely branching at the base of the st. and
thus forming thick, irregular clusters: branches ascend-
ing, usually 3-5 in. long by 1^-2 in. diam , green or
sometimes reddish: ribs 8-10, straight, often divided
by transverse grooves into more or less conspicuous
tubercles' areoles ^g-^m apart, round, white curly-
woolly, soon naked: radial spines 7-12 (mostly 8),
horizontally spreading, needle-form, straight, stiff,
translucent white, base bulbose, the under one longest,
reaching about >^m , the upper one very short; cen-
tral solitary, or seldom with 2 additional upper ones,
straight, porrect or deflexed, round or angled, whitish
to straw-yellow or darker, ;MrlK m> l°ng) ^ater a^ tne
spines are gray: fls. lateral, from near the crown or
lower, 1%-2H in. long, red to purplish: fr. spherical,
green to red, spiny, %-l in. long. Texas and N. Mex.
n. Sts. spreading and flabby, with the spines red at base.
25. Merkeri, Hildmann. Sts. at first upright, columnar,
later reclining and by branching at the base forming
clusters, in new growth bright green, later gray to
gray-brown and corky, ribs 5-9, undulate to more or
less tuberculate: areoles %m. and more apart, round,
white velvety, later naked: radial spines 6-9, the
upper ones the longest, reaching 1J^ in. length, some-
what confluent with the centrals, subulate, spreading,
straight; centrals 1-2, stronger, reaching a length of 2
in. ; all the spines are white, nearly transparent, with
red-tinted bulbose base. N. Mex.
1096
ECHINOCEREUS
ECHINOPS
BE. Ribs 11 or IS.
p. Plants in small clusters: central spines sometimes
solitary.
26. conglomerates, Forst. Sts. clustered, colum-
nar, somewhat tapering above, reaching a height of 1 ft.
and 2 in. diam., light green: ribs 12-13, strongly undu-
late, tubercled above: radial spines 9-10, glossy,
spreading, the lower pair the longest, base yellow;
centrals 1-4, the lowest straight, porrect, reaching a
length of 1J^ in. and more, somewhat stronger than the
rest.. N. Mex.
FP. Plants often SSOO in a single mound: centrals never
single.
27. stramineus, Rumpl. (Cereus stramineus, Engelm).
Clustered in thick, irregular bunches: sts. ovoid to
cylindrical, 4-8 in. long, 1*4-2% m. diam.: ribs
11-13: radial spines 7-10 (usually 8), horizontally radi-
ate, straight or slightly curved, subulate, sharp, round
or the long lower ones angled, transparent white,
tolerably equal m length, about %-%m or the lower
ones sometimes longer and reaching a length of 1^
m ; centrals 3-4, much longer, stronger, twisted, angled,
traw-yellow to brownish, when young reddish trans-
parent, the upper ones shortest and spreading upward,
the lower ones porrect or depressed fls. lateral, 2 >£-3 1A
in. long, bright purple-red or deep dark red, to scarlet:
fr ellipsoidal, about 1 ^ in. long, covered with numerous
spines, purple-red. Texas to Ariz, and N Mex.
Horticultural names are. E. pauctspina, no doubt a mutilation
of paucispinus — E. polyctphalus. — E. sangulneus. — E Schltnn—
E. Scheen (?) — E. tuber dsw*. Rumpl =Wilco»a — E. Vlhn —
-E. u*ptndk». c H THOMPSON.
J. N. RosE.f
ECHIN6CHLOA (Greek, echinos, a hedgehog,
chloa, grass). Graminex. Annual grasses with narrow
inflorescence of several thick spikes Sometimes* grown
for grain and forage, but scarcely horticultural subjects.
Spikelete as in Panicum; glumes hispid-spiny,
mucronate, the sterile lemma more or less awned —
Species about 12, m the warm regions of both hemis-
pheres. Reearded by many botanists as a section of
Panicum. E Crusgalh, Beauv., barnyard grass, is a
common weed m cult, soil The spikelets are usually
long-awned, the panicle 4-10 m long, green or purple.
Dept Agric., Div. Agrost 7:82.
frumentacea, Link (Panicum frumentaceum, Roxbg ).
JAPANESE BARNYARD MILLET. Closely allied to E.
Crbsgalh, but differing m the compact, somewhat
incurved, appressed spikes, of nearly awnless spikelets:
culms 1-4 ft , erect. — Cult, in S. E. Asia for the seed
which is used for food. Occasionally cult, m U. S. for
forage. Sometimes known as "billion-dollar grass."
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
ECHINOCtfSTIS (Greek, hedgehog and bladder; from
the prickly fruit). Syn. Micrdmpehs Curcurbit&ceae.
WILD CUCUMBER. WILD BALSAM-APPLE. A profuse
native annual vine which is a favorite for home arbors;
the other species not generally cultivated, except per-
haps the perennial-rooted megarrhizas.
Most of the species are annual herbs, with branched
tendrils and paljnately lobed or angled Ivs.: fls. small,
white or greenish, dio?cious, the campanulate calyx
5-6-lobed and the corolla deeply 6;-6-parted; stamens
in stammate fls. 3; ovary 2-celled, with 2 ovules in each:
fr. fleshy or dry, more or less inflated and papery,
opening at the summit; seeds flattened, more or less
rough. — The species are about 25, in the warmer parts
of the western hemisphere, about 10 of them in the W.
U. S., and 1 in the eastern states. IJie eastern species
(E. lobata) is one of the quickest-growing of all vines,
and is therefore useful in hiding unsightly objects
while the slower-growing shrubbery is getting a start.
Cogniaux, m DC. Mon. Phan. vol. 3, 1881. makes
three sections of this genus, and this plant the sole
representative of the second section, or true Echino-
cystis, because its juicy fr. bursts irregularly at the top,
and contains 2 cells, each with 2 flattish seeds. Tne
Megarrhiza group (kept distinct by some) is distin-
guished by its thick perennial root, large turgid seeds
and hypogeal germination.
lob&ta, Torr. & Gray. Lvs. wider than long, deeply
5-lobed, slightly emargmate at the base: tendrils 3-4-
branched: stammate fls. small, in many-fld. panicles
longer than the Ivs.; calyx glabrous: fr. egg-shaped,
sparsely covered with prickles New Bruns. and Ont.
to Mont, and Texas, growing m rich soil along rivers
and in low places. A G. 14:161. R.H. 1895, p. 9. G.C.
III. 22:271. G.W. 10, p. 499.— Sometimes becomes
a weed.
fab&cea, Naudin (Megarrhiza calif drnica, Torr.), is
sometimes grown in fine collections and botanic gar-
dens. It is a tendril-climber, reaching 20-30 ft. in its
native haunts: Ivs. deeply 5-7-lobed. fls. monoecious,
greenish white, the corolla rotate1 fr. densely spinose,
globose or ovoid, 2 in. long; seed obovoid, nearly or
about 1 in long and half or more as broad, margined by
a narrow groove or dark line. S. Calif — Odd in germina-
tion (see Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci. 1877, and Structural
Botany, p. 21). L. H. B.f
ECHIN<5PANAX (Greek, hedgehog and panax, re-
ferring to the prickly nature of the plant). Araliacex.
Ornamental shrub, but rarely grown; very handsome
on account of the large foliage and scarlet fruits.
Deciduous, prickly throughout' Ivs. alternate, long-
petioled, palmately 5-7-lobed, with serrate lobes, with-
out stipules: fls greenish white, in umbels forming
terminal panicles; calyx-teeth indistinct; petals 5,
valvate, stamens 5, with filiform filaments, styles 2,
connate at the base: fr. a compressed drupe. — One
species, Pacific N Amer , Alaska to Calif , and Japan.
This is a strikingly handsome shrub with its large
bright green palmately lobed leaves and scarlet fruits
late m summer. Little known in cultivation; it will
succeed best in moist and cool places and in partial
shade Propagation is by seeds and by suckers and
probably also by root-cuttings.
h6rridum, Decne & Planch. (Fritxiahorndum, Benth
& Hook. Panojr horndum, Smith) Shrub, to 12 ft
sts densely prickly: Ivs. roundish-cordate, prickly on
both sides, pubescent below, 5-7-lobed, lobes incisely
lobulate and sharply serrate, 6-12 in. long. mfl. tomen-
tose: fr. scarlet, Mm. long. July, Aug ; fr Aug., Sept.
ALFRED REHDER.
ECHlNOPS (Greek, like a hedgehog; alluding to the
spiny involucral scales). Compdsite. GLOBE THISTLK
Coarse thistle-like plants, with blue or whitish flowers
in globose masses, sometimes used in the wild garden.
More or less white-woolly herbs: Ivs. alternate,
sometimes entire, usually pinnate-dentate or twice
or thrice pinnatisect, the lobes and teeth prickly: fls.
in globes; the structure of one of the globes is very odd:
each fl. in the globe has a little involucre of its own, and
the whole glooe has one all-embracing involucre; fls.
perfect and fertile (or sterile by abortion), corolla regu-
lar and no ray-fls ; pappus of many short scales form-
ing a crown: achene elongate, 4-angled or nearly terete,
usually villous. — About 60 species, from Spam and
Portugal to India and Abyssinia.
Globe thistles are coarse-growing plants of the easi-
est culture, and are suitable for naturalizing m wild
gardens and shrubberies. An English gardener with
an eve for the picturesque (W. Goldring) recommends
massing them against a background or Bocconia cor-
data, or with such boldly contrasting yellow- or white-
flowered plants as Helianthus ngidum or Helianthus
multiflorus. The best species is E. ruthenicus (form of
E Ritro). A few scattered individuals of each species
are not so effective as a condensed group of one kind.
ECHINOPSIS
1097
E. rujhenwu* flower 8 W midsummer an<J for .several
weeks thereafter The silvery white stems and hand-
somely cut prickly foliage of globe thistles are interest-
ing features They make excellent companions for the
blue-stemmed eryngpums All these plants are attrac-
tive to bees, especially E exaltatus, which has con-
siderable fame as a bee-plant. Globe thistles are some-
times used abroad for perpetual or dry bouquets.
A. Lvs not pubescent nor setulose above but sometimes
roughish above.
jmro, Linn (E Vtyro, Hort ) Tall thistle^ike
plant, with pinnate-lobed Ivs , which (yke the afaB ) are
tomentose beneath, the lobes lanceolate or linear and
cut, but not spiny involucre scales setiform, the wvner
ones much shorter fls blue, very variable G M'
4669 RH 1890, p 524 G 3J-611. Var. tep*u-
fohus, DC (E ruthenicus, Hort.), has the lower Ivs.
more narrowly cut, more or less spine-tipped Go
45 174 — Perennials of S Eu , growing 2-3 fit high.
They bloom all summer Lvs sometimes loosely webby
above
Tournefdrtii, Ledeb (E Tournefourtidna, Hort.)
Three to 4 ft , the sts branched and velvety Ivs
rough above, white-hairy below, much divided into
5 linear begms , spiny heads "silver-gray" (bluish),
the mvolucral bracts free, bristly. E. Medit region
Sept BM. 8217. RH 1906, p. 523.— Suitable for
dry places
AA Lvs pubescent or setulose above.
B Plant perennial
sphaerocephalus, Linn Tall (5-7
ft ) Jvs pmnatihd, viscose-pubes-
cent above, tomentose below, the
teeth of the broad lobes yellow-
spined fls white or bluish, the m-
volucral bracts subulate-acuminate,
free S Ku B R 356 (as E panic-
ulaim)
hfcmilis, Bieb Three to 4 ft Ivs
very hairy on both surfaces, webby
above, those of the st essentially
entire, the radical IVP smuate-lyrate,
almost unarmed, st -Ivs \\ith spiny
proparated than most of the United States species of
cacti. The genus is well adapted for use as window plants.
A. Ribs of st. divided into more or less evident
tubercles
1377 Echmopsu gei
heads large, blue, the mvolucral bracts all d
tiiift and free Sept Asia
bann&ticus, Rochel Lvs hairy-pubescent above,
tomentose beneath (as also the sts ), the lower ones
deeply pinnately parted, the upper pmnatifid, spiny
fls blue Hungary. R H 1858, p 519
BB Plant bienJiial
€xaltatus, Schrad Tall, the st nearly simple and
glandulose-pilose, the Ivs pinnatifid, scarcely spiny:
fls blue Russia B M 2457 (as E stnctus,Yisch) —
Distinguished by its simple, erect st The garden E
zornmutatus may be the same as this
E. nitdhs, Hort , la a trade name that is unknown in botanical
uterature N. TAYLOR t
ECHIN6PSIS (Greek, hedgehog-like) . Cactace*.
SEA-URCHIN CA< TIIS. South American small condensed
<jacti
Stems spherical to ellipsoidal or rarely columnar*
ribs prominent and usually sharp-aogle,d. fls. usually
long trumpet-shaped; ovary and tube covered with
linear-lanceolate, cuspidate bracts which become
longer toward me outer end of the tube, where they
pass gradually into the outer petals, in their axils bear-
ing long, silKy, wavy hairs and usually a few rather
rigid bristles. — This ,is a well-marked genus of about 18
species, although by some authors combined with Cereus.
Cult as for Echinocactus; see also Succulents.
Only a few species of Echmopsis are grown m this
country, although they are more easily grown and
Salm-Dyck (Echinocdctus Pentlandu,
Hoojc.). St. simple, later branching, spherical or ellip-
soidal, reaching 6 in diam . ribs 12-15, divided between
the areoles into oblique compressed tubercles radial
spines 9-12, spreading, straight or slightly curved, yel-
lowish brown, the upper the longest and strongest,
reaching l/£-\V\ in , central solitary, or seldom in
pairs, porrect, curved, \~\Yi in , rarely 3 in long. fis.
Jatefal, 2-2 }/£ in long, yellow, orange, pink to scarlet-
red fr. spherical, green, %m diam. Peru, Bolivia.
B M. 4124— Probably not of this genus
AA. Ribs of sts. not divided.
B Fls. red or pink.
multiplex, Zucc Sts at
first rather clavate, later
globose to ellipsoidal,
abundantly branching, 6-
12 m diam and the same
in height, or rarely taller,
light green to yellowish
ribs 12-14, straight,
scarcely undulate: radial
gpines about 10, subulate, straight,
yellow to yellowish brou n, with darker
tips, reaching ^m length, very un-
equal, horizontally spreading, cen-
trals mostly 4, ,of these the lowest
is the longest, reaching 1 Vi in , some-
what porrect at first, later curved and deflexed,
darker colored than the others fls rare, lateral,
11-15 in , rose-red S Brazil B M 3789 Var.
cris&ta, Hort Sts flat and spreao!uig in grow th,
like an open fan or the fl.-stalk of the common
garden cockscomb spines reduced to fine, stiff
bristles This is merely a monstrosity of the
species
oxygOna, Zucc. Sts at first sample, nearly
spherical' or rarely ciavate, becoming short
columnar, reaching 1H ft height and 1 ft.
diam , gray-green, darker above ribs 13-15,
straight or wavy at the base, radial spines 5-15, hori-
zontally spreading, very unequal, reaching %in . subu-
late, obliquely upright, centrals 2-5, somewhat longer,
straight, porrect or deflexed, dark horn-colored, with
black tips fls commonly many together, lateral,
reaching 13 m length, pink to carmine-red, the inner
petals lighter than the outer ones S Brazil.
triumphans, Jacobi This is a hybrid between E,
Eynesn and E. oxygona, with puik Double fls.
BB. Flu. white.
Eyrifcsii, Zucc St. simple, commonly .branching
later, at first somewhat depressed. la,ler short to
rather tall columnar, reaching a height of 2 ft. and a
diam of 4-6 in , dark grwn. ribs 11-18, straijght, undu-
late, with sharp-angled margins: radial spines about
10, scarcely more than ^m long, rrnid, straight,
slender conical, pointed, dark brown to black; centrala
4-8, but very little different from the xa<Hals. fls.
lateral, 10-15 in. long, white: fr. small, ellipsoidal,
about 1 in. long. S. Brazil, Uruguay and Argentina.
BM 3411. BR 1707 (as Echinocactus)
gemm4ta, K. Sch (E. turbinata, Zucc ) Fig. 1377.
St. simple or sometimes branching, at first low spherical
or short columnar, later more top-shaped, reaching 1
ft. height by 4-6 in. diam., dark green: nbs 13-14,
rarely more, straight or sometimes slightly spiral with
sharp or obtuse margins^ which are but little or not at
all undulate; central spines appear first, about 3-6 in
number, very short, stiff, black; later the radiate appear,
1098
ECHINOPSIS
ECHIUM
about 10-14, longer, horizontally spreading, at first
yellowish brown, later horn-colored: ns. lateral or from
the upper areoles, 9-10 in. long, clear white, with a
pale greenish midlme in the petals. S. Brazil.
tubiflora, Zucc. (E. Duvaln, Hort. E, Zuccarlnn,
Pfeiff.). Sts. echpncal to ellipsoidal, at first simple
but later more or less branching, reaching 10 in.
height by 8 in. diam., dark green: ribs 11-12, straight,
with margins inconspicuously undulate: radial spines
numerous, sometimes as many as 20, unequal, hori-
zontally or obliquely spreading, yellowish white with
brown tips, sometimes darker; centrals 3-4, the
lowest the longest, reaching %in , later deflexed: fls.
lateral, about 14 in. long, white with pale green midline
in the petals. S. Brazil and Uruguay. B M. 3627.
C H. THOMPSON.
ECHINOSPftRMUM: Lappula. J. N ROSE f
ECHIN6STACHYS (Greek, spiny head}. Brorne-
luicex. About a half-dozen species allied to ^Eehmea
(with which some writers unite it), from S Amer.
Outer fl. parts bristly; petals broadly clawed, with
2 fringed scales or glands; ovary thick and fleshy,
3-seeded; spike cylindrical, thin, club-shaped' Ivs
small, becoming darker after flowering The species
require hothouse conditions, as for JSchmea and
related things. Three names have appeared in the
American trade: E. Hystnx, Wittm , for which see
Mchmeo. Hystnx E. Pineliana, Wittm (IE Pinehdna,
Baker). Two to 3 ft : peduncle and bracts brilliant red.
Ivs. 12-18 in long in a rosette, strap-shaped, deltoid at
summit, spine-edged, spike dense, 2-3 in. long, bpiny;
petals golden yellow and becoming black-brown, the
tips fringed and incurved. Brazil B M. 5321. E. Van
Houtteana, Van Houtte (M Van Houtteana, Mez
Quesnblia Van Houtteana, Morr ) Lvs many, strong-
spmed, sometimes white-banded beneath1 fls wjiite,
blue-tipped, in a crowded spike, the bracts reddish at the
summit and white-downy at the base: 1-2 ft. Brazil.
L II B.
ECHlTES (Greek, viper; possibly from its poisonous
milky juice or from its twining habit). Apocynacex.
Tropical American twining shrubs related to Dipla-
dema, and of similar culture
The genus differs technically from Dipladema in
the 5-lobed disk and the glandular or 5-sculed calyx
Lvs. simple, opposite, penmnerved ' fls usually showy,
purple, red, yellow or white, in sub-cymose clusters;
calyx small, 5-lobed, with many glands at the base
inside or else 5 scales opposite the lobes; corolla salver-
shaped, the throat usually contracted, the limb 5-lobed;
htamens included, the filaments very short; stigma
with an appendage in the form of a reversed cup or of
5 lobes.— Some 40 species, S. Fla. to Chile
Andrews!!, Chapm (E. suberfcta Andr.) Lvs. 1^-2
in long, close together, oval or oblong, mucronate, acute
or rounded at the base, margins re volute peduncles
axillary, 3-5-fld., shorter than the Ivs ; fls. yellow, 2 in
long ; corolla-tube much dilated above the insertion of the
stamens, bell-shaped, scarcely longer than the lobes;
anthers tapering into a long bristle-like awn. Sandy
shores, S. Fla., W. Indies. B.M. 1064 P.M. 7.101.
paluddsa, Vahl. Lvs. oblong, oval-oblong, or lanceo-
late-oblong, rounded toward the mucronate top • calyx-
segms. glandular, devoid of an interior scale, oblong,
mucronate-blunt, spreading; corolla-tube funnel-shaped
above a cylindrical base; anthers oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, rounded-cordate at the base, hirsute on the
back above. Mangrove swamps, S. Fla.
umbellata, Jacq. Lvs. ovate or ovate-roundish,
mucronate: fls greenish white; calyx-s«gms. glandular,
devoid of an interior scale; corolla-tube cylindrical,
enlarged below the middle, tapering again above;
anthers rigid, tapering from a hastate base, glabrous.
S Fla , w: Indies. WILHELM MILLER.
fiCHIUM (from the Greek for a viper). Boraginacex.
VIPER'S BUGLOSS. Coarse, mostly rough herbs and
shrubs, with spikes of blue, violet, red or white flowers,
some of them grown in the open and others under glass.
Plant usually scabrous, hispid or canescent: Iva.
alternate, fls. in unilateral, scirpioid, forked or simple
spikes, with either small or foliaceous bracts; calyx
with 5 narrow lobes; corolla tubular-trumpet-shaped,
the throat oblique and dilated and without appendages;
corolla-lobes 5, roundish and unequal, somewhat
spreading or erect; stamens 5, inserted below middle
of tube, unequal and exserted; ovary deeply 4-lobed;
style filiform, 2-parted at top* fr. 4 nutlets. — Some
30-40 species, from the Canaries and Madeira (where
they are specially important) to W. Asia. One species,
E. vulgare, Linn , is a showy mtro biennial weed in
fields and along roadsides, with blue or rose-tinted fls.;
it is known as olue-weed and blue-devil The shrubby
species of Madeira and the Canaries are much confused,
some of the names having been established on cult,
material. This is particularly true of the forms passing
as E candicans and E fastuosum, which are very
unsatisfactorily determined (See Hooker, B M 6868)
In those islands, the plants produce much forage and
they persist from the goats in inaccessible places. (The
portraits quoted below are cited under the names they
bear.)
In rich soil echiums grow coarse and scarcely flower,
and the flowers are never as richly colored as when
the plants are more or less htarved Biennials seed
freely, and the seed is sown as soon as gathered E.
fastuosum is said to be the handsomest of the shrubby
kinds, grows 2 to 4 feet high, has long, pale green
leaves covered with soft white hairs, and flowers of a
peculiarly brilliant deep blue. Kchiums are eminently
suited for dry places, and need good drainage.
candicans, Linn f (E fastuosum, Jacq f ., not Ait E
truncatum, Hort.) Forms a bush several feet high, but
flowers at 3 ft , the Ivs. and sts. white-hairy: branches
thick, leafy toward the tips: Ivs lanceolate, the upper
ones smaller, crowded and narrower panicles much
looser than the spikes of E fastuosum, fls. bcssile, pale
blue, the buds reddish purple, the pink stamens pro-
truding. Madeira, Canaries, on mountains B M
6868. BR 44. G C. III. 51.368. GM 55:376— The
fls. are said sometimes to be streaked with white or all
white.
fastudsum, Ait , not Jacq This has darker blue fl«
in a dense spike and perhaps less hoary foliage than E
candicans, the protruding filaments nearly white (said
by some to be white in E. candicans). Coast, Canaries
RH. 1876 10 On 10:546 G C. Ill 33.328 G W
15, p 356. — E fastuosum has dark blue, 5-lobed fls.
about J^m across, in spikes 6 in long and 2 in. wide,
perhaps as many as 200 fls in a spike. Great masses of
stamens are thrust out and add to the interest, and the
young fl.-buds look like pink 5-pointed stars
simplex, DC Woody but biennial and not branched,
8-10 ft : Ivs ample, oval-lanceolate: panicle very long,
cylindrical, spike-like, the spikelets 2-fld., pedicelled;
stigmas simple. R H. 1912, p. 351. Gt. 51, p 375.
G.C. III. 53.20
E AuberiAmim, Hort , not Webb & Berth =E Bourgeanum. —
E Bourgednum, Webb Stout and ntrict, 8-11 ft , the at. covered
with long-linear drooping Ivs fls rose-colored, m a dense pyrami-
dal spike. Mountains, Canaries R H 1912, p 440 G C III.
53 25 A striking plant — E. calhlhtfraum, Webb. Woody or tree-
like, robust, hispid-hairy. Ivs. strongly nerved, calyx-segms very
unequal, fls pale red floral Ivs exceeding the different cymes ot
the thyrse Canaries — E formdsum, Pers =Lobostemon — E
Pimndna, Webb. & Berth Very large species, reaching 16 ft ,
with an abundance of stout spreading long-oblong Ivs G C III
63 20 — E WildprUn, Pears. A tall soft-hairy biennial with sim-
ple erect st 2-3 ft Ivs sessile, narrowly linear-lanceolate, hairy
flfl. pale red with long-exserted filaments, m a large terminal thyrse.
floral Ivs much exceeding the different cymes Canaries B.M.
7847 G.C. Ill 38 5, 52-317. G.M. 53.111. Gn. 76, p 303. G
27 26L WlLHELM MlLLBR.
L. H. B.f
EDELWEISS
EDUCATION
1099
m;
Ivs
EDELWEISS: Leontopodium.
EDGEW6RTHIA (after M. P. Edgeworth, English
botanist in East Indies, and his sister Maria). Thymel-
aedceae. Ornamental woody subjects grown chiefly for
their early yellow and fragrant flowers and for the
handsome foliage
Deciduous sparingly branched shrubs, with stout
branches' Ivs. alternate, entire, short-petioled, crowded
at the end of the branches, fls. in dense, peduncled
heads, axillary, on branches of the previous year, with
or before the Ivs , apetalous; calyx-tube cylmdnc, with
4 spreading lobes, densely villous outside; stamens 8,
in 2 rows, style elongated, stigma cylindnc: fr a dry
drupe — Two species in Japan, China and Himalayas.
These plants are hardy only in warmer temperate
regions, but do not stand hot and dry summers; they
thrive in any good well-drained garden soil; if grown
in pots, a sandy compost of peat and loam; with sufficient
drainage given, will suit them. Propagation is by green-
wood cuttings m spring under glass, also by seeds
papyrffera, Zucc (E. chrysdntha, Lmdl Ddphne
ipyrlfera, Sieb.). Small shrub with thick branchlets:
ivs deciduous, membranous, elliptic-oblong to oblong-
lanceolate, acute at the ends, at first clothed with
silky hairs on both sides, later glabrous above, 3-5 in
long heads of fls dense, up to 2 in across, on short
axillary stalks; fls %in. long, densely silky-hairy out-
side, fragrant, yellow, drying whitish; ovary pubescent
only at the apex April. Japan. China B R 33 4S
F S 3 . 289. — Cannot withstand the long dry summers.
Gardneri, Meisn Large shrub, with slenderer
branchlets Ivs persistent, of firmer texture fla with
a more shaggy pubescence, drying black; ovary hairy
throughout, otherwise very similar to the preceding
species which is, by Home botanists, considered not
specifically distinct. April. Himalayas B M. 7180.
ALFRED REHDER
EDRAlANTHUS WahUnbrrgw By some kept distinct, to
include about a do/fii spo< 103 Spoiled also Uidr*anthu.t
EDUCATION, HORTICULTURAL. In the United
States and Canada, instruction m horticulture is part
of the publicly maintained colleges of agriculture. In
Canada, thoso colleges are provincial rather than
national or established by the Dominion The Canadian
colleges of agriculture are* Nova Scotia and New
Brunswick, Truro, N S ; Quebec, Sainte Anne do
Belle vue (only m part provincial); Ontario, Guelph;
Manitoba, Winnipeg, Saskatchewan, Saskatoon; Brit-
ish Columbia, in plan at the university being estab-
lished at Victoria
In the United States, general horticultural educa-
tion is mostly a part of a national system of profes-
sional and applied education of collegiate grade or
name. There is a college of agriculture in every state
m the Union, being part of a national system with
cooperation and aid from the State. (For list, see
Experiment Stations, p 1 195 )
There is little development, as yet, in North America
of the training-school idea on either a private or a
public basis, and relatively few institutions or estab-
lishments in which persons are trained for "gardening,"
as they are trained in the Old World. There is no
recognized apprentice system for gardeners The whole
subject, therefore, needs to be considered quite by
itself and not m comparison with systems or methods
of education m horticulture in other and older coun-
tries; and it is necessary to understand something of
the system of publicly endowed industrial education,
of which instruction m horticulture is a part. The
general nature of these institutions in both Canada
and the United States may be understood from a
brief discuSvSion of the land-grant institutions m the
latter country.
The public industrial education of the United States,
70
of college grade, is founded on the Land-Grant Act
of 1862. By the terms of this great instrument, every
state received from the federal government 30,000
acres of land for every representative that it had m
Congress, the proceeds of which are to be used for
"the endowment, support, and maintenance of at
least one college where the leading object shall be,
without excluding other scientific and classical studies,
and including military taetics? to teach such branches of
learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanic
arts, in such manner as the legislature of the states
may respectively prescribe, in order to promote the
liberal and practical education of the industrial
classes in the several pursuits and professions in life "
This endowment has been supplemented by subse-
quent direct federal appropriations, to further the
objects for which the origin il grant was made. On
this foundation, all the forty-eight states comprising
the Union have established colleges of agriculture and
the mechanic arts, about half of them separate insti-
tutions and about half of thorn connected with or part
of state universities or other general institutions The
states themselves have supplemented and extended
the proceeds of the land-grant. These and the Cana-
dian colleges represent many types of organization and
method. Their purpose is increasingly to train young
men and women broadly by means ot agricultural and
count ry-lifo subjects They are now exerting great
influence in re-directing rural civilization They are
rapidly putting agricultural and rural subjects into
educational form, and are demonstrating that such
subjects may have training and even cultural value
equal to that of historical subjects.
The agricultural colleges contain many departments,
and horticulture is usually one of these departments,
coordinate with the others. Some of these depart-
ments, aside from the work in the fundamental arts
and sciences, are as follows: agricultural chemistry,
agronomy, entomology, plant physiology, plant pathol-
ogy, bacteriology, plant-breeding, soils, farm crops,
farm management (the principles of business as applied
to farming), horticulture, pomology, floriculture, fores-
try, animal husbandry, poultry husbandry, veterinary,
dairy industry or dairy husbandry, home economics,
farm mechanics and engineering, rural economy or
agricultural economics, landscape gardening or land-
scape art, drawing, rural education, meteorology, and
extension teaching. It will be seen, therefore, that
horticulture is only one contributing part m an educa-
tional establishment for the teaching of agriculture in
a bioad way.
Abide from these publicly endowed or maintained
institutions, there are a few other regular colleges that
teach horticulture with other work, but they have not
made great headway, although the subject may assert
itself strongly in some of them in the future. There
are two or three training-schools, one for women.
More training-schools will be needed.
The students in agriculture in the colleges of agri-
culture number many thousands, in some cases 1,000
and more in one institution They come from all
walks and conditions of life, and from city and country
alike. Some of them, of course, have strong inclina-
tions for horticulture, and soon specialize in that sub-
ject The full course of instruction is four years, fol-
lowing college entrance requirements, and the student
at graduation receives a diploma carrying Bachelor of
Science or a similar degree. In many of these institu-
tions, post-graduate work in a variety of subjects is
provided, leading to a master's degree or even to a
doctor's degree.
The first institutions to develop horticulture as a
separate subject appear to have been those in Michigan,
under W. W. Tracy, Chas. W Garfield and successors,
Mr. Tracy having been instructor in horticulture as
early as 1867; New York (1874) and in Ohio under
iioo
EDUCATION
EDUCATION
W. R. Lazenby ; and in Iowa (1876) under J. L. Biadd.
The instruction by means of horticulture has now
grown to great importance m many of the colleges,
the staffs comprising, in some cases, as many as fifteen
to thirty persons.
The horticultural work in the college*.
We may now consider the horticultural teaching
work of these colleges m more detail.
In the early days of such instruction, the horticul-
ture was set over against the agr*eu'lture, and these
two comprised the mam applied groups The break-
mg-out of the group of horticulture was really the
beginning of the broadening of these institutions and
of their more perfect articulation with the conditions
before them.
Horticulture, as understood in these colleges, com-
prises fruit-growing, flower-growing, vegetable-garden-
ing, together with the nursery and glasshouse sub-
jects naturally associated with them. With the further
differentiation of the curriculum, horticulture tends
to be split or separated into its three mam parts, with
separate units or teaeherahips for «ach, but this
division has not yet proceeded far in most of the insti-
tutions. If this division is ever earned to its conclu-
sion, the name "horticulture" as an educational unit
may pass out.
In the colleges, horticulture is regarded as a phase
of the general agricultural field. For the most part,
the student approaches the subject from the point of
view of farming by means of fruits or vegetables or
even of flowers The strictly amateur phase is inciden-
tally emphasized as a rule, and this undoubtedly is
one of the weaknesses of the American horticultural
instruction. The amateur attitude, however, will
appear more markedly as the country develops and
matures The present attitude very well represents
the development that America is now making, as
expressed particularly in the great orchard interests.
The gardeners, as a '^roup, have had relatively little
touch with these institutions in the way of dictating
or even influencing their development So far as insti-
tutions are concerned, the gardening phase of horti-
culture is well expressed where the -great collections
are, as at the Shaw or Missouri Botanical Gardens.
Arnold Arboretum, New York Botanic Gardens, and
others; and these institutions will also produce highly
trained specialists m small numbers in related scien-
tific lines.
The content of the work in the land-grant colleges
varies greatly, depending, of course, on the constit-
uency of the particular college as weH as on the staff.
Naturally, in the states in which horticultural interests
are large, the work will express itself strongly in the
e. Some of the courses in horticulture now offered
m different colleges of agriculture may be displayed,
showing how the subject is divided and what is con-
sidered to be the content of the instruction. These
examples are chosen only to show the kind and the
range of representative courses, and the writer makes
no comment on them. Other courses might be chosen
from the catalogues, but these are sufficient for illus-
tration. In some cases, practically the same subject is
entered twice: this represents the way in which the
subject is phrased in different institutions. Some of
the courses in landscape work that are given by depart-
ments of horticulture are also included.
Element* of horticulture — Fruit-growing, vegetable-gardening
and ornamental planting, with special reference to the farm home
Gardening. — A personal and informal course for lovers of plants
and gardens. The course consists of actual work with identifica-
tion and growing plants, supplemented by conferences and informal
discussions. Attention is given to garden literature and history, ,
planning of grounds.
Cultivated plants — The .relationship and classification of cer-
tain economic and ornamental plants of the temperate zone;
identification df species examination of living plants and her-
barium specimen*.
Evolution of horticultural plant*. — History, botanical classifi-
cation, and geographical distribution of cultivated plants; modi-
fication under culture, theoretical causes and observed factors that
influence variation, particularly food-supply, climate and cross-
ferttliBation.
Amateur ^oncufturc.-^Window-gardemng, growing of flowers
on the home grpunda; containers, pottiqg soiLs, fertilisers, prep-
aration and planting of flower-beds, propagation and culture of
plants suitable for window and garden.
Commercial floriculture. — -Studies m tho propagation and cul-
ture of the leading florist crops. As facilities permit, students are
assigned space in 'the greenhouses for practical experience in
the growing of roses, carnations, chrysanthemums, violets, sweet
peas, and other plants. Discussions on diseases, insects, botany.
and the packing, handling* and marketing of cut-flowers and
plants for retail and wholesale markets. Classes participate in a
required excursion.
Garden flower* — (Designed to acquaint the student with garden
plants and to give practical knowledge of the propagation and cul-
ture of the annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, and shrubs used
for cut-flowers or in ornamented planting
Greenhouse construction — The development of the modern
of houses, materials, and methods of construc-
greenhouse,
uihouse, types of houses, materials, and methods of construc
i, installation of heating ayutemtt, etc Laboratory practice i
erecting section of cypress and iron frame houses, and in planning
and estimating the «ost of commercial ranges for flower- and
vegetable-production. The class participates in a required excur-
Greenhouse management. — Studies of the principles and prac-
tice of propagation, soils, potting, shifting, watering, ventilation,
and fumigation of plants cultivated by florista
Conservatory plant* — A study of the culture and uses of tropicai
and subtropical plants grown m conservatojies, including palms,
ferns, begonias, orchids, etc.
Floral design. — A study of the principles of floral art Practice
in tho arrangement of flowers in designs and bouquets, baskets,
table decorations, interior decoration, etc
Greenhouse and garden practice.—' Designed to give the student
practical knowledge of greenhouse work Lectures and exercises
in greenhouse management, propagation, composting soils, potting,
watering, etc
Investigation in floriculture — The investigation qf problems m
the growing of cut-flowers, exotics, and garden flowers, hybridiz-
ing, study of varieties. Designed primarily for upper classmen and
graduate students
Elements of landscape gardening — Reconnaissance surveys and
mapping, with special reference to the methods used in landscape
gardening, detailed study of selected designs of leading landscape
gardeners, grade design, road design and field work
General design. — Field notes, examination of completed works
and those under construction, design of architet tural details, plant-
ing pbns, gardens, parks and private grounds, written reports of
individual problems
Cu'ic art — The principles and applications of modern civic art,
including city design, city improvement, village improvement, and
rural improvement
Trees and shrubs —"Plant material important to landscape gar-
dening, landscape value of eaqh plant with respect to adaptability
to the soil and situation and the use of the plant in design.
Advanced landscape design. — Real estate subdivisions and a
complete set of plans, including a sketch plan, general plan, report,
detailed study of architectural features, grading plans, planting
plans, set of specifications, and estimate of cost
Landscape practice — Interpretation of topographic maps and
their relation to landscape donign, calculation of cut and fill, quan-
tities of material, preparationof grading plans and working drawings
Exotics — Temporary decorative plants used in landscape
gardening
Plant materials. — This course aims to make the student familiar
with the character of the trees, shrubs and herbaceous perennials
used in ornamental work, and with the methods of propagating them
Decorative and bedding plants — Tropical and subtropical plants
used in decorative work in the conservatory, tender plants used
in outdoor bedding
Home vegetable-gardening — A study of vegetables and their
production for home use The planning and management of the
garden, special crop requirements, factors influencing quality, and
control of pests, will bo considered The laboratory work consists
of actual practice in the garden. The starting of early plants in
hotbeds and frames, intercropping and succession-cropping to
secure largest yields from small area*, are studied Each student
assumes charge of his own plants and carries them through to
the end of the term.
Commercial vegetable-gardening. — The principles of vegetable-
growing as applied in commercial production; the scope of the
industry and its opportunities, choice of location, equipment,
management. The vegetable crops are considered singly, as to
their adaptation, culture, special requirements, varieties, enemies,
marketing, and profits. The laboratory work includes exercises
in growing plants under glass and m the planting and oare of early
outdoor vegetables. Each student assumes full charge of his own
plantings.
For students specializing or desiring a fuller knowledge of
vegetable -gardening, another course is given, throughout the
year. Advantage is taken of the opportunity for practice in har-
vesting, packing, and marketing fall crops A two-days' excursion
to two or three important vegetable-growing centers some time
during May constitutes a part of the course Each student
gives a part of his time to a special problem, to be agreed on.
Report on this problem is presented in typewritten form
y«p«tofrj«-/prwn0 — Vegetable-growing under glass. Important
ETOCAT10N
EGGPLANT
1101
forcing crop* Laboratory oonaitti of practice* work in emp-
pvoduotioa Each student is assigned * plot ua the greeabouM on
which he grows vegetables to maturity, assuming full charge except
in heating and ventilation. This is supplemented by descriptive
studies.
Systematic vegetable crops — Lectures and descriptive studies
dealing with vegetable crops, their origin and botany Special
attention is given to varieties, and their adaptation to different
cultural and market conditions. The important commercial types
of the different vegetables are grown in the garden each year, and
there is an abundance of first-hand materiel for the course.
Advanced vegetable-gardening — The student's time is divided
between advanced studies of vegetable crops and their culture and
the study of a special problem to be agreed upon. An excursion
to two or three important vegetable-growing centers constitutes
a part of this course
Elementary pomology — >A study of the methods of propagation
and early care of commercial fruits, including the growing of seed-
lings, cuttings, and layers, the principles of budding, grafting,
pruning, ana planting, the soils, varieties, and planting plans for
the orchard.
Practical pomology. — A study of th« soils and varieties for the
orchard, cultivation, cover-crops, fertilization, spraying, pruning,
and thinning as practised in orchard management, the picking,
grading, packing, storing, and marketing of fruit This course
considers the apple, pear, quince, cherry, plum, apricot, and
peach.
Systematic pomology — A study of the varieties of the different
fruits and of nomenclature, with critical descriptions, special
reference being given to relationships and classification
Bush-fruits — A lecture course which considers the grape, rasp-
berry, blackberry, dewberry, currant, gooseberry, and strawberry
The topics discussed are varieties, planting, culture, picking,
grading, packing, and marketing.
Small-fruits and grapes — The strawberry, raspberry, black-
berry, dewberry, currant, gooseberry, grape History, extent of
cultivation, soil, location; fertilizers, propagation, planting, till-
age, pruning, insect enemies, diseases, varieties, harvesting,
marketing.
Spraying of fruit trees — A study of the preparation and applica-
tion of the spray mixtures used in orchard practice.
NucicviUwe — Lectures on the practical and systematic phases
of nut-culture, with special reference to the cultivation and improve-
ment of the forms native to the United States
Subtropical pomology — A study of citrous and other tropical
fruits, with special reference to American conditions. Laboratory
work in describing and judging the various fruits
Plant-propagation — Grafts, buds, layers, cuttings, seeds
Systematic pomology — A course designed primarily for gradu-
ates and students who are preparing to do experimental work A
study of the characters and botanical relationships of the fruits of
the United .States Each student is required to collect and mount
a number of varieties and speciea.
Research, tn pomology — Original investigation of problems in
pomology. A typewritten thesis is required.
The equipment for the horticultural work usually
consists of classrooms, laboratories with tables and
sometimes equipped for microscopic work, and her-
baria; workrooms in which practice may be had in
the mixing of soils, the compounding of spraying
materials, the testing of machines, the study of vege-
tables and fruits, and the like; range of glasshouses;
and a number of acres of land for gardens and orchards
Sometimes the orchard area amounts to fifty and
more acres In some colleges the plant-breeding is
included with the horticulture* and in some of those
that are least differentiated the plant pathology and
economic entomology are also included, as also forestry.
In the courses detailed above, all these subjects are
excluded as horticulture, since they are likely to be
handled in regular departments by themselves in num-
bers of different Courses.
The subject of landscape architecture, or landscape
gardening, has developed in the institutions in the
United States from two sides When it is an offshoot
of colleges or departments of architecture, or when
strongly dominated by architectural ideas, it is likely
to be known as landscape architecture In the agri-
cultural colleges, however, the subject has developed
mostly from the horticultural or gardening side, and has
usually been called landscape gardening. As a part of
the curriculum, landscape gardening is given more or
less attention in nearly all the land-grant institutions.
In three or four of them, however, the subject is now
being given special and professional attention, as also
at Harvard. Two institutions in this country give a
post-graduate degree, Master of Landscape Architec-
ture or Master of Landscape Design.
Other form* of hartitutiwal teaching.
The colleges of agriculture are engaged rather largely
in extension work, the extension meaning all educa-
tional efforts prosecuted at the homes and on the?
farms of the people. The extension work is welfare
work, and it is properly a necessary part of an insti-
tution that is maintained by the people for the ser-
vice of the people Some of this extension work is
horticultural. It comprises tests and experiments in
orchards, gardens, and greenhouses; cooperation with
growers' associations; surveys of conditions and indus-
tries; the issuing of popular bulletins and other litera-
ture, lecture-courses, reading-courses, and much corres-
pondence See Extension Teaching in Horticulture,
page 1199.
The experiment and research work of the institutions
is also of course educational, |mt this effort is reserved for
separate discussion See Experiment Stations, page 1 195
In the public schools, there is now a strong senti-
ment for the introduction of agriculture. This pertains
in all parts of the United States and Canada This
agricultural instruction will be organized eventually
on the same basis as other instruction in the common
schools. Agriculture will include a great variety of
subjects, the horticultural affairs being given their
due consideration This will result in a gradual re-
direction of the youthful mind toward horticultural
and other rural pursuits.
The nature-study movement is widespread and
established, and the material of the teaching is largely
of plants. School-gardening is growing in popularity
ana importance. All these subjects are finding their
way into normal schools and colleges, in some of which
there is definite horticultural work for the training of
teachers Correspondence courses, the rural press,
state departments of agriculture, and other agencies
and enterprises are also forwarding' horticultural educa-
tion as a part of the general rurafbettennent
In the United States and Canada, horticulture is
largely a training for citizenship, on the basis of gen-
eral collegiate education The Americans have had a
continental area to discover and to conquer; they are
endeavoring to conquer it by many means, and the
most fundamental means is by organizing aH industry
educationally. The horticultural subjects are impor-
tant not only in themselves but in their personal appeal,
and the organizing of horticultural knowledge into
large plans and methods of human training is one of
the best privileges of any people. L. H. B.
EEL-GRASS: Vattisneria spiral*.
EGGPLANT (SoMnum Melongbna, Linn.). Solan-
&cex. GUINEA SQUASH. AUBERGINE of the French.
Strong perennial herb or sub-shrub, grown as a vege-
table-garden annual for its large fruits, which are eaten
cooked; requires a long warm
season
The eggplant is native of the
tropics, probably from the East
Indies, but its native land is not
known. It is cultivated to *
greater or less extent throughout
the entire tropical regions. The
first reports of its use as a vege-
tabk come from India, hence
the above assumption. In the
United States it is cultivated
as a vegetable as far north as
New York, but it usually grow* to greater perfection
m the southern states. It is much grown in Florida.
The demands for it in the early months of the year
have not been fully supplied. Its cultivation demands
a specialist as much as either celery or tobacco, while
the specialization must be in a different direction
from that of either or* of these. Nearly ail of the fruit
1378. Route corolla
of eggplant; stamens
connivent
1102
EGGPLANT
EGGPLANT
that grows to proper size is edible, and there is no
special demand for particular flavors. Eggplants are
forced under glass to a limited extent for home use.
They require the temperature of a tomato house, and
great care must be taken to keep off red-spider and
mites. In order to insure
large fruits, practise arti-
ficial pollination. Non-
pollinated fruits will grow
for a time, but always
remain small (Fig. 1379).
Soil. — Eggplant will
grow on almost any land
in the South, but it de-
velops to greater perfec-
tion on a rich, deep, loamy
soil free from debris. In
the clay districts this is
not easily secured, but
there are often small fields
that are sufficiently dry
and yet contain enough
sand to make eggplant-
growing profitable. No
matter whether clay land,
loam or sandy land be
employed for raising this
1379. Non-pollinated fruit crop, it will be necesssary
to plow deeply and thor-
oughly. The land should be drier than that required
by cabbage or beets. In fact it will stand a greater
drought than the ordinary vegetables. On the other
hand, one should not attempt to grow a crop on land
that is composed of large particles, such lands as are
ordinarily called "thirsty in the vegetable-growing
sections of Florida
Fertilizer — On the coastal plains of the South
Atlantic and Gulf States, barn manure is of doubtful
value for fertilizing eggplant. When it is advisable to
use this material, it is preferable to compost it and use
it in the form of well-rotted btable manure A cheaper
and at the same time preferable way of securing the
humus necessary in the loamy sands is to grow legumi-
nous plants that are not subject to root-knot Such
plants will give much more humus and at a cheaper
price than can be obtained by the use of stable manure.
On the loamy sands, the fertilizer should not be applied
until after the plants have been set out and have
started. A small quantity is then applied by hand or
by drill. On very poor land, as much as 200 to 500
pounds of a good home-mixed fertilizer should be used.
In the course of two to four weeks, the eggplants will
have shown the effect of the fertilizer and by this time
will be making a considerable growth. A second appli-
cation may then be made of as much more, or twice us
much as was used the first time. Later in the season,
when the plants are beginning to make bloom buds or
setting the fruit well? an after-dressing of nitrate of
soda could be applied if the plants show need of further
fertilizing, using it at the rate of 100 to 300 pounds to
the acre. This can be applied very readily by hand or
by the use of a fertilizer drill. The hand method is
more economical of fertilizer but more costly in apply-
ing. On the heavy clay lands less potash will be needed
and in those places in which a stiff clay is employed
for gardening purposes, the potash may be reduced to 4
or 5 per cent, or even eliminated. Ammonia and phos-
phoric acid are needed on nearly all the soils.
Propagating the seedlings. — The time required to
bring plants into bearing from seeds varies with the
condition of the soil and the temperature. During cool
weather the plants grow very slowly /but during hot
weather they grow rapidly and mature fruit in much
less time. Those who wish to have early fruit and are
able to use hotbeds or propagatmg-houses should sow
the seed 120 to 150 day* before the fruit is wanted. Pre-
pare the hotbeds as for other seedlings, and sow in rows
a few inches apart. When these are beginning to show
their leaves or when the seedlings are beginning to look
spindly, they should be pricked out and transferred to
another bed. In this each plant should be given about
a 2-inch square ; then they may be forced until the plants
crowd one another in the bed. when they should be
transferred again. When the plants have attained the
size of 6 inches, and the atmosphere will permit, they
may be set out in the field. A somewhat more laborious,
but at the same time more successful plan, is to plant
the seedlings in 2-inch flower-pots and then shift to
larger ones as often as the plants become pot-bound or
crowd one another in the bed. Fig 1380 represent!
a plant three- tenths natural size, just taken from a flower-
pot and ready to be shifted to a larger one. By shifting
until 6-inch pots are reached, the eggplant may be
forced along without injury to blooming size or even
to a size when fruit is beginning to set, and then set out
in the field without injury to the plants or crop Egg-
plant-growers should bear m mind constantly that from
the time of sprouting the seeds to the harvesting of the
crop, the plants cannot stand a severe shock m their
growth without detriment to the crop When the plant
is once started, it should then be forced right along and
never allowed to become stunted during its growth
The amount of damage done by neglecting plants
before they are set in the field varies \\ith the seventy
of the shock and the length of time dunng which the
Elant undergoes the disadvantageous conditions If it
ecomes necessary to harden the plants off before
setting them m the field, this should be done gradually.
Culture m the field — After the field has been thor-
oughly prepared in the way of plowing and fertih/mg,
which should have been done at least tin o weeks before
the plants were set out, the roxvs should be laid off 3 to 4
feet apart The plants may be set 2 to 4 feet apart in
the row, varying with the varieties to be used and the
soil Tillage should be continued and varied according
to the conditions of the weather. In a wet season it is
well to cultivate the land as deeply as possible, while in
dry weather cultivation should be shallow, simply
sufficient to keep the weeds from growing, to keep the
soil well aired, and to keep mulching of dry soil on the
land. Under ordinary circumstances it does not pay
to prune or pinch out the buds, but when the season is
short this may be
resorted to with f
some advantage, (j
If it is desirable
to have the fruit
attain a certain
size before frost,
one may begin to
pinch out the
blossoms and new
growth about
three weeks before
its usual occur-
rence. This same
process will be of
advantage when
the fruit is to be
brought into mar-
ket at a certain
time. A great
many attempts
have been made
to hold eggplants
over the summer, that is to have a spring cropping and
then allow the plants to remain in the field, cultivate
them up and make a fall crop from the old stalks.
Sometimes this process is successful but generally
speaking it is a wasteful and expensive method. The old
plants that have borne a crop should be discarded and
a fresh seed-bed started to bring the plants m at the
1380. Pot-grown plant ready for setting
in the field.
EGGPLANT
EGGPLANT
1103
time desired. If about 150 days are allowed from the
time of sowing the seed, the grower will have a good
field of fresh plants to start in with, which will produce
a higher quality and larger quantity of fruit.
Marketing, — It is better to cut the fruit from the
plant than to attempt to break it, especially if the work
is being done by careless laborers. After cutting the
fruit, it may be placed in large baskets and hauled to
the packing-house for crating Each <ruit should be
wrapped separately in heavy paper, either manila or
brown, and care must be exercised not to wrap it
while moist. Formerly the large crate was generally
employed, but in the last ten years there has been a
decided tendency toward reducing the size of the crate.
The eggplant crate is now about double the size of the
bean crate, and usually ships at the 80-pound rate.
The eggplant is regarded as a staple vegetable, con-
sequently fancy wrapping-paper or fancy methods of
packing do not pay for the trouble. It stands shipment
well to distant markets, so that freight shipments are
usually employed At times in the winter and spring,
the price of eggplant becomes very high and then the
shipments go forward by express.
Varieties — There are only a few varieties offered in
the market. The New York Improved Spineless
matures a little earlier than the Black Pekin. The New
York Purple (Fig. 1381), Black Pekin and the New
York Spineless are excellent for shipping purposes, i
The above varieties aic the black-fruit<xl, and the most
popular in the United States, while the white-fruited
sorts are said to be the most popular m Europe. For
home use, the \\hite-fruitod varieties are preferable, but
as these make poor sellers in the United States, one
must raise the purple sorts for market. For home
gardens, the early and small Early Dwarf Purple (Fig.
1382) is useful It is particularly recommended for
northern climates There are three main types of egg-
plants, as follows The commoner garden varieties,
Solanum Melongenav&T. e&culentum, Bailey (Figs 1381,
1383); the long-fruited or "serpent" varieties, S Melon-
gena var. serpentmum, Bailey, the Early Dwarf Purple
type var. depreszum, Bailey (Fig 1382) See Solanum.
The so-called Chinese eggplant is a different species, for
which consult Solanum
Seed-growing. — This is by no means a difficult opera-
tion and may be done profitably in certain sections of
the South For this purpose all defective or dwarfed
plants in the field should be cut out By a little atten-
tion one will be able to know \\hen the seeds have
matured sufficiently for gathering. At this time the
eggs usually turn a lighter color or even somewhat
yellow. The fruit should be gathered and carried to the
packing-house, where it may be It ft in a pile for two or
three days, as there is very little danger from rotting.
When a sufficient number have been collected, the
laborers may be set to paring off the extra amount of
meat on the outside of the seed The remaining core
may then be cut longitudinally into quarters or eighths,
1381 Field-grown plant of New York Improved eggplant
1382. Sprays of Early Dwarf Purple eggplant.
using a dull knife to avoid cutting the seed. After a
quantity of these have been pared, they may be plpced
in a barrel and covered with water The barrel should
not be made more than two-thirds full. In a day or
two fermentation will set in and the meaty portion
will macerate from the seed. The seed may then be
separated from «,he meat by means of sieves, using
first wide-meshed ones to remove the meat and then
finer-meshed ones to screen out the seed from the finer
pulp. The seed should not be allowed to stand more
than two or three days in the macerating barrel, as
the heat evolved by fermentation and the heat of the
summer is liable to cause them to germinate After
separating the seed from the pulp, it should be dried
in the shade and wrapped in secure packages By
covering with tin-foil or oil-paper, the atmospheric
moisture will be kept out and molding prevented
Diseases — The most destructive of diseases in the
lower South is a blight fungus which attacks the plant
just beneath the surface of the ground, causing the
softer tissues at this point to rot off and the plant
to die. The fungus is not able to penetrate the
harder portion of the stem, consequently the plant
lingers along for weeks after being attacked A
number of attempts have been made to cause this
blight fungus to produce fruiting organs so it could
be classified, but up to the present this has proved
futile In such cases as this there is no remedy.
After the plant is attacked, it is usually doomed.
Much, however, can be done in the way of prevent-
ing the spread of this fungus If all plants are
destroyed as soon as found to be affected, the fungus
cannot perfect its sclerotia, or rusting state, and
thus its propagating is prevented. The normal nome
of this fungus is in decaying vegetable matter If,
therefore, a field is kept free from this sort ot
material one will do much to prevent this fungus
from being present Some soluble form of fungi-
cide, as Eau Celeste or potassium sulfide, may oe
sprayed about the roots of the plants to good ad-
vantage. Practise rotation of crops. A second
form of blight is caused by Bacillus solanacearum.
This disease has its origin of infection in the
leaves, and is introduced by means of insects
1104
EGGPLANT
E1CHHO&NIA
which have fed upon diseased plants and carried the
infection to the well ones. The disease works rapidly
down the tissues and causes the death of the leaf and
finally of the whole plant. The only remedy for this is
to destroy all plants that are affected with the disease
as soon as detected, and kill off all insects. When this
disease is known to be present in a section, it is best to
set the plants as far apart as practicable. In this way
the danger of infection from insects is somewhat
reduced. When the disease is known to be present in a
field it should not be planted to this crop. Anthracnose
(Glasosponum melongense) does not cause great damage
to this crop, but is one of the agents that reduce the
profits. "It may be recognized by its producing decided
pits in the fruit, upon which soon appear minute
1383. Long White eggplant.
blotches bordered with pmk " Bordeaux mixture may
be used to good advantage for preventing this disease.
Phoma solani frequently causes damping-off in the
hotbed. It often renders a whole bed worthless. Plants
affected with this fungus usually fall over as if eaten
off by some insect. Some plants, however, continue a
miserable existence and finally die. Careful examina-
tion will reveal the point of injury, which is at the
ground-level. The best preventive is to use well-
drained beds and then avoid excessive watering. When
damping-off is detected in a seedling bed, the atmos-
phere and surface soil should be dried as rapidly as
possible, followed by one application of fungicide.
Insect enemies. — Among the most annoying of the
insect enemies is the cutworm (larvae of Noctudite).
These insects are almost omnipresent, and when nearly
full grown are liable to cut off plants that are 4 Of 5
inches high. It is not common for one insect to cut off
more than a single plant, but in ordinarily fertile soil
there are enough cutworms present to destroy the
entire field. So that, on the whole, it becomes very
annoying. When these insects are quite destructive, it
is possible to kill them with poisoned bran or poisoned
cottonseed m'eal, sweetened- with syrup* or sugar.
Another insect that does more or less damage is the
cotton bollworm (Heliothis armiger). This insect does
its damage by boring a hole into the stems or the fruit.
ID the latter case it causes it to rot before it is picked,
or possibly in transit. As the fruit becomes larger there
is less danger of attack from this insect, so that the
mam trouble occurs in the saarlier stages of its growth.
The eggplant aphis (Siphonophora cucurbitse) is one of
the most annoying pests to this crop. It usually makes
its appearance about the time the crop is fit to ship.
and appears in such numbers that the plants are ruined
m the course of a week o* two. The insect attacks the
lower surface of the leaves, making it difficult to reach
the pests with insecticides, but persistent efforts and a
good tobacco decoction, applied with a fine nozzle,
will give considerable relict. Sulfur spray or other
mild contact insecticide will be found more uniformly
effective than tobacco decoction Whale-oil soap is an
excellent insecticide to use. Kerosene emulsion and
insecticides made frcm the miscible oils, largely em-
ployed in proprietary insecticides, should be avoided.
While they may be used effectively, there is consider-
able danger from scalding in handling by indifferent
p H RoLF8
EGLANTINE : Roaa rulnginosa, also applied to Knbut
tena, Rosa Eglanlana, and perhaps Lonicera Periclymt-itum
EGYPTIAN LOTUS: Nympfuea Lotus; also Nclumbium.
EHR£TIA (G. D. Ehret, botanical painter, born in
Germany, 1708 or 1710, died in England 1770). Bar-
aginacex Tender trees and shrubs, found in the
warmer regions of the world.
Plants with or without rough, short hairs: Ivs alter-
nate, entire or dentate fls small, often white, in cymes,
corymbs, terminal panicles, or rarely all borne m the
upper axils; calyx 5-parted or -cleft; corolla short-fun-
nelform to rotate, with 5 obtuse spreading lobes;
stamens 5, affixed in the tube, exserted or rarely
included, the filaments very slender; style 2-lobed or
-parted* fr a small drupe, usually containing two
2-celIed 2-seeded nutlets —Species 40-50, the larger
number in the Old World tropics, but widely dispersed
about the globe. A few species are planted m S. Calif.
and perhaps elswhere along the southern parts.
A. Lvs. toothed.
B. Foliage hairy.
inacroflhylla, Wall. Tree: Ivs. 6-8 m. long, broadly
elliptic, acuminate, bristly above and soft-hairy beneath,
serrate: panicle terminal, pubescent; calyx cihate: fr.
globose, obscurely 4-grooved. Himalayas, China.
BB. Foliage not hairy.
acufirfnata, R. Br. (E. serrata, Roxbg.). HELIO-
TBorto TREE. Tree, to 40 ft.: Ivs. ^4 in. long, elliptic
to oblong, acuminate, serrate: panicles terminal and
axillary; fls. clustered, sessile; corolla-tube very short.
Trop. Asia, Japan and Aoetral. B.R. 13:1097. Hardy
at Arnold Arboretten.
AA. j£to. usually not toothed.
ellfptica, DC. Tree, 15-60 ft. high: Ivs. oval or
oblong, sometimes serrate, nearly smooth, or with
minute hairs and very rough above: fls. small, white,
fragrant, in cymed or panicles; calyx-lobes broad-lanceo-
late and acute, as long as the corolla-tube: fr. a yellow
globose drupe, the size of a small pea, with edible thin
pulp. Texas, Mex. WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B.f
EICHH6RNIA (after J. A. F. Eichhorn, a Prussian
Minister, born 1779). PontedenacesB. Tropical aquatic
herbs, grown for showy flowers and interesting habit.
Perennial, floating, rooting at the nodes: immersed
Ivs. on yoimg sts. linear; emerged Ivs. obovate or
EICHHORNIA
rounded (or rarely lanceolate), the petioles m some
species much inflated and acting as buoys: fls. in a
spike or panicle, the scape 1-1 vd.; perianth funnel-
shape with a long or short tube; stamens 6, attached
uneaually in the tube, part of them exserted; ovary
sessile, 3-celled; style filiform: fr. a caps, contained in
the withering perianth, ovoid to linear. — About a half-
dozen species in S. Amer , one reaching Afr.
This genus includes the water hyacinth (see Fig.
1384), the famous "million-dollar weed" that obstructs
navigation m the St. John's River, Florida, and is a
source of wonder and delight in every collection of
tender aquatics in the North. The curious bladders
made by the inflation of the petioles help the plant
to float freely. About flowering time the plant sends
down anchoring roots which, if the water be only 3 or
4 inches deep, penetrate the soil. The true hyacinths
belong in an allied family (Liliaceee) ; the pickerel
weed, in the allied genus Pontederia, the ovary of which
by abortion is one-celled, and each cell one-ovuled,
while Eichhorma IB three-celled and many-ovuleq*.
The plants of this family have been greatly confused
botamcally, partly because the fugacious, membra-
nous flowers are not well preserved in dried specimens,
and partly because of variation in form of leaves,
depending upon whether the plants grow in deep or
shallow water, or in mud The common water nya-
cinth sends out two kinds of roots, the horizontal ones
often thick and fleshy, and apparently for reproductive
purposes, the vertical ones long, slender, and clothed
with innumerable small, horizontal fibers.
The flowers are most beautiful, and the plant is
worthy of special cultivation It is often called a water-
orchid, being of such delicate coloring and texture.
The plants must be more or less stationary although it
is a floating plant, for they will not flower when drifted
about by any hgnt breeze or where the water is 2 or
more feet deep as is often the case where nymphseas are
grown A depth of 9 to 12 inches of water is sufficient
with a guard to keep the plants m bounds. Good soil
underneath is necessary so that the plants will derive
some nourishment They will grow rapidly and flower
profusely all through the season, and it may be
necessary to thin out the plants, for when too crowded
the petioles will become elongated and the plants
unsightly They can also be grown in a tub or tank
observing the same method of culture. Propagated by
division (Win Tricker.)
A Lf -stalks inflated: inner perianth-segms. not
serrated.
crfissipes, Solms (E. specidsa, Kunth. Pontedena
crdssipes, Mart ) Fig 1384 Lvs. in tufts, all con-
stricted at the middle, bladder-like below, sheathed,
many-nerved* scape 1 ft. long, with wavy-margined
sheaths at and above the middle; fls about 8 in a loose
spike, pale violet, 6-lobed, the upper lobe larger and hav-
ing a large patch of blue, with an oblong or pear-shaped
spot of bright yellow in the middle; stamens 3 long and
3 short, all curved upward toward the tip Brazil.
B.M.2932 (as Pontedena azured). I.H.34:14. A.F.
5:511. Var. major, Hort , has rosy lilac fls. Var.
afaea, Hort., has yellowish fls.
AA. Lf. -stalks not inflated: inner penanth-segmd.
beautifully serrate.
azurea, Kunth. Lvs. on long or short not-inflated
petioles, very variable in size and shape: scape often as
stout as the If.-stalk, gradually dilated into a hooded
spathe; fls. scattered or crowdea in pairs along a stout,
hairy, sessile rachis; perianth bright pale blue, hairy
outside, inner segms beautifully toothed, the upper a
trifle larger, with a heart-shaped spot of yellow, which
is margined with white. Brazil. B.M. 6487. G.C. II.
26:17. I.H. 34:20. R.H. 1890:540.— One plant will
become 5 or 6 ft. across in a season.
EL^AGNUS
1106
E. pamculAta, Spreng. FU. in a compound spike or panicle, 2-
lipMd, purple and blue and with large white spots: Ivs. loqg-
petioled, cordate-acuminate, without petiole bladders, st. 12-18 m..
often several. B M. 6020 (as E tricolor)
WlLHELM MlLLEB.
EUBAGNUS (ancient Greek name, meaning a kind
of willow; from elaws, olive). Elxagnacex. Shrubs and
small trees, grown chiefly for their handsome foliage
and for their ornamental fruits, edible in a few species.
Deciduous or evergreen, sometimes spiny: Ivs. alter-
nate, short-petioled, entire, clothed more or less with
silvery or brownish scales: fls axillary, solitary or in
clusters, apetajous, perfect; perianth campanulate or
tubular, 4-lobed; stamens 4, included, on very short
filaments: fr. a 1-seeded drupe. — About 40 species in
S. Eu., Asia and N Amer Monograph by Servettaz
in Bot Centralblatt, Beihefte 25, pt. 2:1-128 (1908).
1384. Eichhonua crassipes.
These are highly ornamental shrubs with handsome
foliage and mostly decorative fruits; the flowers are
inconspicuous, but mostly fragrant Some of the
deciduous species, as E. argentea, E multiflora and B.
umbellate, are hardy North, while the evergreen ones
are hardy only South. A distinct feature of some
species, as E argentea, E. angushfolia and E. pannfolia,
is the conspicuous silvery hue of their foliage, while
E. multiflora and E umbeuata are the most ornamental
in fruit.
They grow in almost any well-drained soil, including
limestone, and prefer sunny position. Propagation is
by seeds which do not germinate until the second year
and ought to be stratified and sown the second spring,
and by cuttings of mature and half-ripened wood; also
sometimes increased by layers and by root-cuttings;
varieties and rarer kinds can be grafted on seedlings
of vigorous-growing species.
INDEX.
angustifolia, 1. hortensis, 1 pungeas, 7.
argentea, 5. japoniea, 2 reflexa, 7.
aurea, 7. longtpes, 4 rotundifoha, 4.
aurio-maculata, 7. macrophylla, 6 Simom, 7.
aweo-vanegata, 7. maculata, 7 spmosa, 1.
cnspa, 4. multiflora, 4. tricolor, 7.
fidu/w, 4. orientals, 1. umbellate, 2, 3.
Fredenci variegata, ovata, 4 vanegata, 7*
7. parvifoha, 2.
A. Lvs. deciduous.
B. Winter-buds and Ivs. beneath and usually the branch-
lets silvery white, without any brown scales.
1. angustifdlia, Linn. (E hortensis, Bieb.). OLEAS-
TER. Shrub or sro»H tree t^ 20 ft., sometimes spiny:
1106
EL^EAGNUS
Ivs. lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, quite entire, light
green above, 2-3 in. long: fls. short-pedicelled, 1-3,
axillary, on the lower parts of the branches; perianth
campanulate, tube about as long as hmb, yellow within,
fragrant; style at the base included by a tubular disk:
fr. oval, yellow, coated with silvery scales. June. S.
Eu. W. Asia to W. Himalayas. Var. orientalis, Drop.
(E. orientaliSy Linn. f. E. hortensis var. onentalia,
Schlecht.). Often spineless: Ivs. often oblong or oval,
usually rounded at the base, clothed more with stellate
hairs beneath than with scales, usually glabrous above
at length: fr. rather large to 1 in. long. A G. 21:405,
519, 613, 645. Var. spindsa, Schneid. (E. spinbsa,
Linn.). Spiny: Ivs. linear-lanceolate or lanceolate,
narrowed at the base, scaly above and densely scaly
beneath: fr. smaller. L.B.C. 14:1339. B.R. 1156.
2. parvifdlia, Royle (E japdnica, Hort E. umbel-
lata var. parvifolia, Servettaz). Shrub or small tree
to 20 ft., with erect sts. and spiny, spreading branches:
Ivs. elliptic-ovate or oblong-lanceolate, crisped at the
margin, usually with stellate hairs above, glabrous at
length, silvery beneath, 1/^-3 in. long: fls. axillary,
usually crowded on short lateral branchlets, ehort-
pedicelled; perianth narrow, tube longer than hmb,
whitish within, fragrant: fr. globose or nearly so,
densely silvery when young, pink when ripe, $4w.
1385. Elseagnus raultiflora. ( X H)
long. June; fr in Aug. Himalayas, China, Japan.
BR.,29:51. Mn 5:145.— Not quite hardy N. Some-
times cult under the name of E. reflexa, which species,
however, is evergreen. Var. japomca macrophytta is
advertised but probably does not belong to this species.
BB. Winter-buds and branchlets with reddish or yellowish
brown scales and sometimes silvery besides: Ivs.
silvery white beneath, often with few brown scales,
c Fr. juicy, scarletoed or brownish red.
3. umbellate, Thunbg. Spreading shrub, to 12 ft.,
often spiny, with yellowish brown branchlets, often
partially silvery: Ivs. elliptic or oval to ovate-oblong,
above usually with silvery scales while young, some-
times glabrous, often crisped at the margin, 1^-3 in.
long: fls. yellowish white, fragrant, 1-7 in the axils,
usually crowded on short lateral branchlets, tube much
longer than the limb, slender: fr. globose or oval,
scarlet, ^-Mm- l°n& erect, on stalks M-H"*- long,
clothed with silvery scales, mixed with brown scales
while young. May, June; fr. in Sept., Oct. M.D.G.
1899:569. A.G. 12:206 R.H. 1901, p. 85. S.I.F. 2:54.
4. multiftora, Thunbg. (E. Idngipes, Gray. E.
edulu, Sieb.). GUMI. Fig. 1385. Shrub, to 6 ft., with
reddish brown branchlets: Ivs. elliptic, ovate or obo-
vate-oblong, with stellate hairs above, usually glabrous
at length, mostly with scattered browQ scales beneath,
1-2^ in. long: fls. usually solitary in the axils, some-
times 2 on the lower part of the branches or on short
branchlets, yellowish white, fragrant; tube as long as
the limb: fr. pendulous, oblong, %m. long, scarlet, on
slender pedicels, much longer than the fr.; fr. with
brown scales when young, ripening in June or July, of
agreeable, slightly acid flavor. April, May. Japan,
China BM 7341. L.L 4 GF. 1:499. 6. C. 1873:
1014. GM 31.715. B.H. 33:217. FE 13:830. A G.
1890:565 M.D G. 1901.573. Gng. 1.275, 277. Var.
rotundifdlia. Servettaz (E. rolundifdha, Gagnaire)
Lvs. broadly oval, half-evergreen, glabrous above.
Var. ovata. Servettaz. Lvs usually with stellate hairs
above while young, soon glabrous- fls. 1-3: fr. oval,
J^-^in. long, nodding, with brown scales when young,
ripening July or Aug ; pedicels ^m. long or longer.
Japan M.D G. 1899. 569 (as E multiflora). Var crlspa,
Servettaz. Similar to the preceding var., usually spiny:
Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, pedicelb as long as fr.
cc Fr. rather dry, silvery white.
5. argfintea, Pursh. SILVEKBERRY Erect shrub, to 12
ft., spineless, stolomferous, with reddish brown branch-
lets: Ivs ovate or oblong-lanceolate, silvery on both sides,
often with scattered brown scales beneatn, 1-3 in. long:
fls. 1-3, axillary, yellow withm? fragrant, fr oval or
roundish oval, densely clothed with silvery scales, short-
pedicelled, ^j-^in. long. May, June Canada, south
to Que , Minn., Utah. B.B. (ed 2) 2:576 B M. 8369
AA. Lvs. evergreen: usually flowering in fall.
6. macroph^Ha, Thunbg Spineless shrub, to 6 ft ,
with silvery white branchlets: Ivs broad-ovate or
broad-elliptic, on stout and rather long petioles, scaly
above, Ubually glabrous at length, silvery white beneath :
fls axillary, with silvery and brownish scales outside;
tube campanulate, abruptly narrowed at the base, as
long as hmb. Japan B.M 7638 GC III 25: 90.
7. pungens, Thunbg Spreading shrub, to 6 ft , mostly
spiny, with brown branchlets' Ivs. oval or oblong, undu-
late and often crenulate at the margin, at length gla-
brous above, silvery beneath, more or less interspersed
with brown scales, 2-i in long fls in axillary clusters,
tube cylindrical, slightly narrowed at the base, longer
than the limb' fr short-stalked, about %in long,
with silvery and brown scales Japan Var. Frederici
variegata, Servettaz Lvs. with yellow center and green
margin Var. maculata, Hort (var aureo-maculata,
Hort ). With a largo yellow blotch in the middle A
G. 13:122. AF. 23'1015. Var. Simom, Rehd. (B
Slmoni, Carr.). Lvs rather large, oblong-elliptic, with
few brown scales beneath or nearly without Var.
Slmoni tricolor, Hort Lvs like the former, but
variegated with yellowish and pinkish white Var
reflexa, Rohd (E. reflexa, Morr & Decne ). Branches
elongated and flexile: Iva ovate-lanceolate, acute or
acuminate, lustrous above, only scaly while young,
ferrugmeous below H U 4 . 328 Var variegata, Rehd
(var a area, Servettaz.. var aureo-varu'gdta, Hort ). Lvs
margined yellowish white. G M 54:327
E. ferruglnen, A. Rich. Spineless evergreen shrub, with spread-
ing brown Branches Ivs with yellowish and brown scales beneath
perianth with quadrangular, abruptly contracted tube fr lone-
stalked Japan — E gldbra, Thunbg Spineless evergreen shrub,
with brown branches Ivs shining above, with yellow and brown
scales beneath perianth with slender, tubular tube, gradually
narrowed toward the base, twice as long as the limb, fr short-
stalked^ Japan. S IF 2 54. ALFR£D REHDER>
ELJEIS (Greek, olive). Palmdcess, tribe Cocoinese.
Tropical spineless palms with pinnate foliage, of which
the best known is the oil palm of western Africa, whose
red fruits, borne in large clusters, yield the palm oil of
commerce, which is used in making candles and soap
Leaves terminal, numerous, large and pmnately
divided, the segms. sword-shaped, the margins in some
species spiny: spadix short and thick. Young plants
are grown for ornament m S. Calif., and in the N., but
it is not hardy outdoors in U. S.. according to Fran-
ceschi. The other 6 species are from Trop. S. Amer.
The genus is separated from Cocos by the 1-3-seeded
frs., with 3 pores above the middle.
EIuEIS
gulnelnsis. Jacq. OIL PALM. Sts. stout, 20-30 ft.,
coarsely and deeply ringed: Ivs. 10-15 ft.; petiole
spiny-eerrate; Ifts. 50-60. linear-lanceolate, acute, the
same color above and below. F.S. 14:1492. — From an
early stage in growth, this is one of the most ornamental
palms. Until it reaches several feet in height, it is a
slow grower, consequently one does not see much of it,
except in collections. It does best in a warm tempera-
ture, although it will thrive in an intermediate house.
Seeds are always obtainable from several of the large
European houses. It is but little grown as a commercial
palm, as young plants do not show their full character.
Given same treatment as Areca lutescens, will grow
well. This treatment includes night temperature of
65° and plenty of water. JARED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR.t
EUBOCARPUS (Greek, olive-fruit] Elseocarpacese;
formerly included in Tiltdcex. Tropical trees, with
showy flowers, in their juvenile stages also sometimes
cultivated under glass.
Leaves simple, usually alternate; to 50 and 60 ft
high or some of them practically shrubs in cult : fls.
perfect or polygamous, in axillary racemes; sepals dis-
tinct, 4 or 5; petals 4 or 5, cut or fringed (rarely entire),
attached about a thickened torus; stamens many
(rarely 8-12), with long-awned anthers opening by a
slit at the apex; ovary 2-5-celled: fr a drupe, with a
large and bony stone, sometimes 1-celled by abortion.
—Perhaps 100 species, in the Old World tropics. They
are little known in cult, but are sometimes mentioned
in greenhouse lists. The pulp of the fr. in some species
is said to be edible; and the interesting sculptured
stones of some kinds (as of the bead -tree of India, E
Gamtrus, Roxbg ) are used for beads, heads of orna-
mented pins, and other decorations They propagate
by ripened shoots with the Ivs. left on, and also by
seeds when obtainable
grandifldrus, J. Smith. A much-branched shrub,
about 7 ft high under glass* Ivs. considerably clusterea
at the ends of branches, 3-6 in. long, broadly lanceolate;
petiole W-l in. long, with a few distant saw-teeth, or
more or less round-toothed or wavy-margined: sepals
5, red outside, white inside; petals 5, white or pale
yellow, silky outside, fringed Java. B.M. 4680 (aa
Monocera grandiflora). F 68:817. J.F. 4:339.—Lvs.
rather leathery, dark green above, paler beneath.
Warmhouso. Prop, by cuttings of nearly ripened
wood.
cvaneus, Suns (E rettculdtus, Smith). Under glass
a snrub, but in the wild a small tree and sometimes
reaching 60 ft , glabrous' Ivs elliptic-oblong, or lance-
oblong, acuminate, prominently reticulate: fls. cream-
white, fringed, in loose racemes that are shorter than
the Ivs ; stamens many: drupe globular or nearly so,
blue (whence the specific name). Austral. B.M. 1737.
B.R 657 G.C. Ill 36:272; 51:393. G.M. 55:423.
G. 34:389. Gn. 77, p. 301. L. H. B.f
EUEOC6CCA: AUuntes eordata.
EUBODfiNDRON (Greek for olive tree, from the
resemblance of the fruit). Celasfracex. Tropical
shrubs or small trees, some lands of which are grown
in the juvenile state under glass for the interesting
foliage.
Leaves simple, entire or crenate, opposite or alter-
nate, thickish. frequently evergreen: fls. inconspicuous,
greenish or white, in axillary or lateral clusters; calyx
usually 4-5-parted; petals 4-5, and exceeding the
calyx; stamens 4-5, inserted under the edge of the
thick disk; ovary single, mostly 3-celled; style very
short: fr. a small fleshy or nearly dry drupe.—Species
probably upward of 40, in Afr., India to Austral., and
somewhat m S. Amer, Very closely allied to Cassme, a
South African genus.
ELAPHOGLOSSUM
1107
orien tile, Jacq. A graceful and handsome plant: the
mature Ivs. are very different from the juvenile Ivs..
being obovate, obtuse, crenate, cuneate at base, and
2-3 in. long, and the slender graceful young Ivs. pass
into them by gradual transition : fls. less than %m.
across in close axillary cymes which are shorter than
the Ivs.; pedicels equaling or surpassing the corolla;
calyx deeply lobed; petals yellow-green: drupe size of
olive, oblong. Madagascar, Mauritius. — The plant
holds its lower foliage well, or throws out new foliage
to take the place of that which drops. It thrives in
either an intermediate or a warmhouse. Prop, by sin-
gle eye cuttings in small pots, kept rather warm. It
has been said that Aralia Chabnen of gardens belongs
to this species (although of a different family) ; but
this is apparently an error. See Polyscias for a discus-
sion of this plant. f
australe, Vent. Intro, into S. Calif, from Austral.,
and prized for its holly-like fohage. In its native habitat
it is a tree 30-40 ft. high, producing useful close-
grained wood: Ivs. mostly opposite, ovate to oblong-
lanceolate, nearly or quite obtuse, entire or open-
cronate, coriaceous, very reticulate beneath: fls. with
parts in 4's: drupe about J^in. long, red, ovoid or
globular L. H. B.
ELAPHOGL<5SSUM (Greek, servent tongue). Poly-
podiacex. A large group of tropical ferns, with creep-
ing rootstocks and simple leaves.
The sporangia cover the entire under surface of the
fertile leaves which are usually much smaller than the
sterile ones. Nearly all the species are free-veined but
a few have netted venation. — There are
80-100 species in the tropics of both
hemispheres They were formerly included
under Acrostichum. All require warm-
house treatment, an abundance of water
at the roots, and an open porous compost.
conforms, 7.
cnnitum, 9.
flaccidum, 8.
gorgooeum. 11.
INDEX.
hirtum, 2.
muscosum, 3.
petiolatum, 4.
pilosum, 5.
retioulatum, 10.
•implex, 6.
villosum, 1.
A. Veins all free.
B. Surface of Ivs. densely scaly
throughout.
c. Texture thin, flaccid.
1. vUldsum, J. Smith. Fig. 1386.
Sterile blades 6-9 in. long; fertile
Ivs scarcely more than half as large,
both with abundant slender, dark
brown scales. Mex. and W. Indies.
— Dwarf, variable.
cc. Texture thick, leathery.
2. hirtum, C. Chr. (Acr6stichum
squamdsum, Swartz). Sterile blades
6-12 in. long, the fertile narrower.
on longer sts., both surfaces mattea
with bright reddish brown linear
or lanceolate scales. Tropics of
both hemispheres.
3. muscosum, Moore. Sterile
1386. Elaphoglossum blades 6-12 in. long, fertile much
villosum. (XH) shorter; upper surface slightly
scaly, the lower densely matted
with ovate, rusty scales. Tropics of both hemispheres.
S. 1 :211 (as Acrostichum). — Very distinct in habit, and
an interesting greenhouse species.
BB. Surface of Ivs. slightly scaly.
4. petiolatum, Urban (Acr6stichum viscbsum, Swartz).
Sterile blades 6-12 in. long, narrowed gradually at
the base: the fertile shorter, on longer stalks; texture
1108
ELAPHOGLOSSUM
ELECTRO-HORTICULTURE
leathery, the surfaces somewhat viscid. Tropics of both
hemispheres.
5. pilosum, Moore. Blades flexuous, 6-8 in. long,
%m. wide, with tufts of star-like scales beneath; tex-
ture herbaceous. Mex. to Colombia. — Chiefly of
botanical interest.
BBB. Surface of Ivs. not scaly; texture leathery.
c. Margins of Ivs. thick, cartilaginous.
6. simplex, Schott. Sterile blades 4-12 in. long,
with a very acute point, the lower portion gradually
narrowed into a short, somewhat margined stalk. W.
Indies to Brazil.
7. confdnne, Schott. Sterile blades 2-9 in. long, with
a bluntieh point and wedge-shaped or spatulate base;
fertile Ivs. narrower. Tropics of both hemispheres.
cc. Margins of Ivs. not thickened.
8. fiacddum, Moore. Sterile blades 6-12 in. long,
with very acute point, the lower portion gradually
narrowed to the snort stalk; fertile Ivs. on stalks 3-4
in. long. 8. Amer. — Of botanical interest only.
AA. Veins uniting to form a network.
B. Surface of Ivs. densely clothed with narrow scales.
(Hymenodium.}
9. crinltum, Christ. ELEPHANT-BAR FERN. Fig. 1387.
Blades 10-18 in. long, 4-8 in. wide, on densely scaly
stalks; fertile Ivs. smaller, on shorter stalks. W. Indies.
F 8. 9:936 (as H. cnnitum).—Omit sand in potting,
and avoid over-watering.
1387, EUphofloBtum crinltum.
BB. Surface of Ivs mostly smooth, 6-15 in. long.
10. reticulatum, Gaud. Blades on distinct stalks,
with wedge-shaped bases, 1^ in. wide; veins forming
copious meshes. (Chrysodium.) Hawaiian Isls. — Of
botanical interest only.
11. gorgdneum, Brack. Blades tapering gradually
downward to the short stalks, 2-8 in. wide : veins form-
ing meshes only near the margin. (Aconwptens.)
Hawaiian Isls.— Of little decorative value.
L. M. UNDERWOOD.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
ELATlNE (Greek name of doubtful application).
Elatinacex. Small mostly glabrous creeping herbs,
probably annuals, of temperate and /warm regions
(perhaps 10 species), sometimes used in oog- and water-
gardening. They root at the nodes, spreading along the
margins of streams and ponds. Lvs. opposite or verti-
cillate, mostly broad, entire: fls. minute and incon-
spicuous, mottry solitary in the axils; sepals and petals
2-4, and stamens as many or sometimes twice ae many;
styles or stigmas 2^4: pod 2-4-valved. The plants are
grown for tneir foliage cover. Four species are native
in the U. S. and Canada, but they appear not to be in
the trade. Abroad, E. macrdpoda, GUBS., of the Medit.
region, is offered. Lvs. oblong, short-petioled : fls.
axillary and terminal, 4-meroua, stalked: caps, half
shorter than the sepals.
The family Elatmacero is allied to the Hypericacese.
It comprises perhaps 25 species in many parts of the
world. The only other genus is Bergia, which differs
from Elatine in being terrestrial and in having 5-merous
fls. B. texana, Seub., occurs in swamps and on wet
banks from 8. 111. to Texas and Calif. The bergias are
apparently not in cult. L. u. B.
ELDER AND ELDERBERRY: Sambucus.
ELECAMPANE: Invla HeUnwm.
ELECTRO-HORTICULTURE is a term used b/
Siemens to designate the application of the electrw
light to the growing of plants. The term is an unfor-
tunate one, since the use of electric light is not an
application of electricity to plant-growing, but is a
way of securing illumination. Any strong artificial
light hastens assimilation and thereby causes plants
to grow more rapidly The practical questions to be
considered are, therefore, the expense of using the
light, and whether there are injurious elements in the
spectrum of the given light.
The spectrum of the electric arc light is the spectrum
of carbon plus that of certain gases incident upon com-
bustion The spectrum of the arc light is rich in rays
which light beyond the luminous part, and these rays
are very injurious to most plants. These rays of the
ultra-violet part of the spectrum are eliminated by a
Elain glass, so that when the electric light is surrounded
y a globe, or when the light is hung above the roof of
the greenhouse, the injuries are reduced to a minimum.
Experiments at Cornell University showed that each
kind of plant behaves in ita own way m the presence
of electric light. It IB not possible to prophesy what
the results may be in a given species, without experir
ment. A few planta, as tomatoes, cucumbers, melons
and carrots, seem, to be very little affected either
injuriously or beneficially. Nearly all flowers are
hastened into bloom by the influence of the light, and
their colors are often brighter than under normal con-
ditions; but in very many cases they do not last so
long. The best results are secured if the light is applied
to the plants when they have reached nearly or quite
their full stature. If applied very early in its growth,
the plant tends to make flowers before it has attained
sufficient size. In floriculture, therefore, the practical
value of the electric arc light seems to be its influence in
hastening the flowering of certain plants in dark cli-
mates, or when plants must be had for a definite sea-
son. For example, if the light is applied to Easter liliee
for a month before their normal blooming time, the
period of bloom may be hastened four to ten days.
Lettuce has shown greater beneficial results from the
application of the electric light than any other plant
with which careful experiment* have been made. Let-
tuce which receives light from the arc lamp for half of
each night may be expected to reach marketable size
from one to two weeks before that which is grown in
normal conditions.
As a rule, better results are secured when the light
runs only half the night. A common two-thousand
candle-power light has a marked effect on the growth of
many plants at a distance of sixty to even one hundred
feet. The incandescent light has a similar influence,
but not so marked. It has no injurious effect, however.
As now understood, the application of the electric
light to the growing of planto is a special acceleration
to be used when the climate is abnormally cloudy or
ELECTRO-HORTICULTURE
ELEU8INE
1109
when it is deeired to hasten the maturity of crops for a
particular date. Only in the case of lettuce is it yet
thought to be of any general commercial importance;
and even with lettuce, it is doubtful whether it will
pay for ita cost in climates that are abundantly sunny
For the literature of the subject, consult the publica-
tions of the experiment stations of Cornell University
and of West Virginia. See the article Light, Vol. IV.
Eledroculture is a term employed to designate any
culture of plants under the influence or stimulus
of electric currents The electric stimulation may
arise from the electrification of the atmosphere in the
immediate vicinity of the plants, or from the applica-
tion of electric currents to the plants themselves. In
either case, electricity exerts an appreciable and often
a very marked influence, resulting in accelerated ger-
mination and growth (see the discussion, pp. 30-35,
Vol. II, Cyclo. Amcr Agric )
In recent years much more attention has been given
to the stimulation of plants by electricity directly
through the atmosphere than through the sou. Accord-
ing to experiments made at the Massachusetts Experi-
ment Station, this method appears to be successful
and offers a most promising field for future research.
Of the various methods used to stimulate plants by
electricity, direct currents applied through the soil
prove less valuable than alternating currents or static
charges In a series of experiments made with radish
plants in closed glass cases, an average increase of
50 per cent waa secured, and in another case 45 per
cent increase* when the case was charged from a static
machine with an average potential or 150 volts for a
few minutes each day There are some obstacles in the
way of electrically treating plants by the use of high
tension wires or static machines owing to the pos-
sibility of grounding through steam-pipes and iron
posts, and nothing very definite has been obtained as
yet from this method. High tension wires (100,000
volts, moro or loss) have boon used in the field with
fairly good results, but winds affect a charged atmo-
sphere to a certain extent The use of high poles pro-
vided with points to collect atmospheric electricity
has proved successful in laboratory experiments for
the stimulation of plants and the fixation of nitrogen,
and in the future probably some such method will
become of practical use At present the various methods
cannot be considered as of great economic importance.
(G. E. Stone.)
ELE6CHARIS (Greek-made word, meaning delight-
ing in marshes) Sometimes written Hetedcharis.
Cyper&cese. Rush-like native plants, mostly of low,
wiry growth, and commonest in marshes and on muddy
shores, mostly perennial. The culms are simple, terete
or angular, bearing a spherical or oblong head or incon-
spicuous fls : Ivs. usually reduced to mere sheaths
They are interesting for the borders of ponds, and are
very easy to naturalize. Numbers of species are likely
to be offered by dealers in native plants; three have
been listed: E. interstfncta II. &. S. (E. equisetddes,
Torr.). A shore plant, with terete knotted culms 2-3
ft. high, and cylindrical heads about the thickness of
the culm; resembles horse-tail (Equisetum). E. acicul-
aris, R. * S Hair-like, 3-6 in. high, making grass-hke
mate. E. ovftta, R & S. Culms nearly terete, 12-15 in.
high: head globose or ovate. Eleocharis has about
100 soecies, widely distributed, of which nearly half
occur in Canada and the U. S. L. H. B.
BtEPHANTS EAR is a name t for begonias. The
elephant-ear Caladium is a Colocasia.
ELEPHANT'S FOOT: TtttwHwna.
ELBTTARIA (East Indian name). Zingiber&cex.
CARDAMON. Hothouse perennial herbs, sometimes
teen in collections of economic plants.
Differs from Amomum in technical character*, as in
the slender tube of the perianth, the pretence of internal
lobes in the perianth, and the filaments not prolonged
beyond the anther. Probably only 1 specie*, although
more have been described. E. Cardamftmum, Maton
(Cardambmum ojficin&le, Sabsb. Amdmutn Carda-
mdmum, Linn.), affords the small or true cardamons
of commerce, which are the dried capsules and which
are used in medicine Species of Amomum yield other
kinds of cardamon The elettaria is native to India,
but is cult in Jamaica, and it will no doubt thrive in
parts of S Fla , where plants have been offered The
cardamon plant grows £-10 ft. high, bearing a curving
jointed, closely sheathed st and oblong-lanceolate
acuminate entire nearly sessile Ivs. often 2 ft. long
rootstook horizontal: ns. purple-striped: caps oblong
or nearly globular, with many thin vertical ribs,
mdehisront; seeds small, angled. Gt. 62, p. 93 It is
said to prefer shade and a moist soil. In three or four
years plants give full crops, but they become more 01
lesb exhausted after bearing three or four crops. Prop
by dividing the roots and by seeds. Under glass,
handled the same as Alpinia. L. H. B.
ELEUSlNE (Greek, Eleusm, the town where Ceres,
the goddess of harvests, was worshipped). Graminese
CUAB-GHASS YARD -GRASS Coarse tufted annual
grasses, more or less grown as ornamentals, also for the
grain in Africa.
The stout unilateral spikes digitate at the ftpex of
the culm, spikelets several-fid., awnless, arranged in 2
rov\s along one side of a continuous rachis; rachilla
articulate above the empty glumes; fls perfect or the
upper one st animate* grain loosely inclosed by the
lemma and palea —Species about 6 in tropical regions
of the Old World. Some are valued as cereals m Afr ,
India, and some other east-
ern countries. For E. &gyp-
tiaca, see Dactyloctenium.
1388. Eleusine indie*.
1389. Eleusine coracan*.
fadica, Gaertn. WIRE-GRASS. GOOSE-GRASS. Fig
1388. Erect, or in open ground prostrate, 2-4 ft. high:
culms flattened: spikes 5-7. about 2-4 in long, digi-
tate, often with one or two lower down, spikelets 3-6-
fld. Blooms from June to Oct.— A very common grass
in cult, fields and dooryards in the S., often trouble-
some as a weed on lawns throughout the 8. and m Calif.
1110
ELEUSINE
coracana, Gaertn. AFRICAN MILLET. Fig. 1389.
Erect, 2-4 ft. high, closely related to and much resem-
bling E. indica. Can be distinguished from it by its
stouter habit, shorter, broader and larger spikes. — Cult,
in S. E. Asia for the gram. Beer is brewed from the
gram in Abyssinia. In cult, in Amer. as an ornamental
grass. Coracana means "pertaining to crows."
tristachya, Kunth (E. barcinoninsia, Costa). Culms
tufted, 6 in. to 1 ft. high: If .-blades short, about j^in.
wide, obtuse at the apex: spikes broad, mostly 3,
digitate, 1-1 1A in. long, J^in. thick; spikelets closely
imbricate, 5-fld. India. — Intro, into Amer. on ballast,
and in cult, as an ornamental plant.
P. B. KENNEDY.
A. S. HITCHCOCK, f
ELETJTHERlNE (Greek free, referring to the sta-
mens). Inddcese. Two or three species in the W. Indies
and S. Amer., perhaps forms of one; bulbous plants
of warmhouse cult., allied to Cipura and Ixia. fls
'white, several on a naked scape, the perianth-tube
none and the segms obovate and spreading; stamens
attached to base of penanth-segms , the filaments
short and free; ovary oblong, 3-celled: style very short,
3-branched' Ivs. long, radical. E. phcata. Herb.
(Galatea phcdta, Salisb.), has a large ovoid bulb: root-
Ivs. 1-2, linear to linear-lanceolate, plicate, 18 in. or
less long: scape 6-12 in. high, perianth white, 1 in. or
less diam., not lasting: something the general habit of
Babiana. B.M. 655 (as Manca plicata).
ELEUTHEROCOCCUS: Acanthopanax.
ELlSMA (suggested from Alisma). Alismacese. One
species in W. Eu., sometimes grown in water-gardens.
It is known also as Alisma (p. 246, Vol. I) but has been
separated from that genus because ojf its floating
rather than erect habit, sub-solitary fls., and character
of the ovules. E. natans, Buch , is a slender perennial,
with the sts. and developed ovate or oblong Ivs. float-
ing: radical Ivs. of the original tuft represented by a
If .-stalk which is only slightly or not at all widened at
ELODEA
the top. every succeeding node producing the floating
Ivs. and roots: fls. 1-3 or 5, large, white, with 3 broad
obtuse petals: carpels forming a globular head, each
with many slender ribs: summer. Of easy cult.
L.H. B.
ELLI6TTIA (after Stephen Elliott, South Caro-
lina's early and excellent botanist. For a fine portrait
and sketch of him, see G F. 7:204-6). Encacex. Decid-
uous shrub cultivated for its handsome racemes of
delicate white flowers.
Leaves alternate, entire, without stipules: fls. in
terminal racemes; calyx small, 4-parted; petals 4,
oblong; stamens 8, with short filaments; ovary 4-cellcd;
cells 1-ovuled, style slender, exserted: fr. unknown —
One species in S C. and Ga., very rare and local. The
Japanese species formerly referred to this genus are
well distinguished by the 3-merous fls. and by the
many-ovuled cells of the ovary; they form the genus
Tnpetaleia. Like Cladothamnus, Ledum and Leio-
phyllum, the genus differs from most other Ericaceae
in having distinct petals, but is easily distinguished
from the genera mentioned by its racemose mfl. and
other characters
Elhottia is very raro in cultivation owing to its
difficult propagation; it is not hardy North and seems
to grow best m a humid sandy or peaty soiL Propa-
gation by suckers, which appear only occasionally
racemdsa, Muhl. Fig. 1390. Shrub, 4-10 ft high:
branches slender Ivs alternate, oblong, acute at both
endsj glandular-mucronato, entire, thm, membranous,
3-4 m long, 1-1 M in wide; petioles slender, grooved,
hairy, about 1 in long, racemes 6-10 in long, often
branched at the base; calyx-lobes short, rounded;
petals spatulate-oblong, Hm long. Wet, sandy woods
of S C and Ga G.F. 7:205 (adapted m Fig. 1390).
BM.8413. GC. III. 51:11. Gn. 75, p. 471.
ALFRED REHDEB.
ELM: Ulmws
ELODEA (Greek, marshy). Hydrochantdcese. Aqua-
tic herbs, one of which is grown m aquaria
The genus is known in horticulture as including the
ditch-moss, an interesting hardy perennial plant found
in slow streams and ponds nearly throughout N. Amer.,
except the extreme north and particularly desirable
for home and school aquaria It is a slender, wholly
submerged plant, with branching sts. 4 in to 3 ft.
long, according to the depth of the water. The pis-
tillate fls. are raised to the surface by their long calyx-
tubes, and float there. The minute stammate fls.,
which are rarely seen, commonly break off below, rise
to the surface, float about, open, and shed their pollen.
The fr ripens below the surface, and the seeds rise.
It reached England m 1841 and choked up many canals
and waterways, notably the Cam. It was very abun-
dant in 1852 and 1853, but declined in the next few
years. Ducks, geese and swans are
fond of it, and render great service
in getting rid of it. It can be used
for manure where it grows in sum- (
cient quantities. Like many other
water plants, it makes heavy buds <!
in the fall (Fig. 1391), which drop
to the bottom and grow in the
spring. This genus contains perhaps
10 species.
canade* nsis, Mich. (A ndcharis
canadensis. Planch . A . A Isindstrum,
Bab. Phildtna canadenns, Brit.).
WATER-WEED. DITCH-MOSS. WA-
TER-THYME. Lvs. in whorls of 3 or 4,
or the lower ones opposite, linear,
minutely toothed or not, 2-7 lines
long, H-2 lines wide: fls. white;
calyx-tube of the pistillate fls. 2- 1301. Winter-Mid of
12 m. long; spathes 5-7 lines long. Biodea. <N*t. «i*e)
ELODEA
EMBOTHRIUM
1111
Var. gigantda, Hort. GIANT WATER-WEED. A much
stronger grower than the species and a desirable
plant for the aquarium, and a good oxygenator. Now
generally used in preference to the type.
WM. THICKER and WILHELM MILLER.
or awned, often placed at the front of the spikelet —
Species about 25, in the temperate regions of botb
hemispheres. For E. Hystnx, see Hystnx. Sec- p. 350°
arenarius, Linn SEA LYME- GRASS. Stout, coarse
1392. Elsholtzia cnstaU.
EL ODES: HVper%cum.
ELSH6LTZIA (John Sigismund Elsholtz, author of
unpublished Flora Marchica, the MS of which is in the
Royal Library, Berlin) I^abiaise Herbs or undershrubs
grown chiefly for their blue or hlac flowers appearing
in dense spikes late in summer.
Usually aromatic1 Ivs opposite, short-potioled, ser-
rate: fls. m usually 1-sided, terminal spikes; calyx
tubular or carnpanulate, 5-toothed, corolla 2-hpped or
slightly so; lo\ver lip 3-lobeti, the upper undivided,
emargmate, concave, stamens 4, exserted; anther-cells
diverging: fr. consisting of 4 ovoid or ovoid-oblong
nutlets — Twenty species in E and Cent. Asia,
south to Java, 1 in Eu. and 1 in Abyssinia. Of
the cult species E cnstata and E. Staunton^^
are hardy N , while E. polysiachya is tender.
They are chiefly valued for their late-appearing
fls , profusely produced in dense upright spikes;
they do not seem particular as to the soil, but
demand a sunny position to bloom well Prop,
is by seeds, sown in spring; also with the suffruti-
cose species by greemvood cuttings in summer.
cristate. Willd. Fig. 1392 Twelve to 18 m.
high, with opposite, petioled, ovate -oblong
tootned Ivs. and small, light blue fls in crowded,
more or less 1-sided spikes* calyx enlarging in fr.
Asia B M. 2560 — Hardy annual? with very aromatic
foliage and attractive, upright habit. Said to be a good
bee plant.
Statoitonii, Benth. Undcrshrub, to 5 ft.: branchlets
terete, pubescent: Ivs ovate-oblong to oblong-lanceo-
late, acuminate, serrate, bright green and glabrous
above, lighter green and densely glandular below, 3-5
in. long. fls. lilac-purple, in dense 1-sided spikes 4-8
in. long, usually panicled at the end of the branches;
stamens and style long exserted. Sept., Oct. N. China.
BM 8460. GC 111.51:21. Gn. 75, p. 533. M.D.G.
1910:541-2; 1913'52.
E. poli/st&chya, Benth. Undershrub, to 6 ft.* Iva elliptic-oblong
to lanceolate, serrate, pubescent on the veins beneath ana glandular,
3-5 in long fls. white, in very slender spikes 2-0 in. long. Hima-
lavas, W. China. ALFRED REHDBR.
(Greek name for a kind of millet) 7Gra-
mlnese. LYME- GRASS. WILD- RYE. Erect perennial
grasses with terminal usually bristly spikes somewhat
resembling rye, sometimes grown as ornamentals and
having other uses.
Leaves flat or convolute: apikelets 2-6-fld., often
long-awned. the uppermost imperfect, sessile, in pairs
(rarely in 3s or 4's), at each joint of the continuous or
articulate rachis, forming terminal spikes; glumes acute
G 15:701. Dept Agnc , Div Agrost , 7: 319.— Some-
times used for binding the drifting sands of our Atlan-
tic and Pacific coasts, especially when combined with
beach grass, Ammopnila arenaria. The seed is also
used by the Digger Indians for food.
canadSnsis, Linn. CANADA LYME-GRASS. TERREL
GRASS. Fig 1393 Rather stout, smooth perennial,
2-5 ft high, with broad, flat Ivs. 6-12 in long- spikes
4-9 in long, exseited, nodding; spikelets very rigid,
3-5-fld ; lemmas long-awned Common in low thickets
and along streams in rich, open woods throughout the
country. — Cult, as an ornamental plant Var. glauci-
fdlius, Gray (E. glaucifdhus, Hort ), is pale and glau-
cous throughout, with usually more slender awns.
Cult as an ornamental grass.
condensltus, Presl. GIANT RYE-GRASS. The largest
of the native rye-grasses, growing to the height of 5-10
ft.: culms m dense tufts, stout* spikes 6-12 in. long,
very variable, compact or interrupted, bearing branch-
ing clusters of spikelets at each joint; glumes subulate:
lemmas awnless or mucronate. Rocky Mt. regions ana
the Pacific slope — Cult, as an ornamental. A Pacific
Coast form has large branched heads.
E glaiicus, R«gel
A glaucous-leaved,
dense, cespitose.
hardy perennial
grass 3-4 ft. high,
with »very short,
smooth Iva. and
erect, elongated
spikes apikelets in
2s, erect, usually 5-
fld , densely villous-
pubescent, short-
awned* Turkestan.
— Rarely in cult,
an an ornamental
grans
P. B. KENNEDY.
A. S. HITCHCOCK t
EMB6THRIUM
(name refers to the
structure of the an-
thers). Prote&cese. A
few trees and shrubs
of S Amer, one of
which is offered abroad
as a greenhouse sub-
ject, grown from seeds,
and apparently prized
for the fls. Foliage sparse,
coriaceous, entire: fls. in
dense racemes, showy, per-
fect; perianth with a cylind-
rical split tube, the limb ovoid
or globose in bud but becom-
ing oblique or recurved,
stamens 4, the anthers at-
tached in lobes of the peri-
anth: follicles oblong, 1-
celled, many-seeded. E. coccfneum,
Forst., is a shrub bearing bright scar-
let fls. about 2 in. long in many-fld
terminal sessile racemes: perianth
tubular, upwardly curved, the 4 reflex-
ing twisting lobes representing a third
of its length; anthers imbedded in the
•* \ia\l concave apices of the perianth-lobes:
1393. Elymuscana- P^til with an elongated cylindrical
densis. (XJ^) ovary and long-exsertcd red style: Ivs.
1112
BMBOTHRIUM
oblong to elliptic, short-stalked, alternate, obtuse and
mucronate, pale beneath. Chile. B.M. 4856.— Should
be hardy m warm-temperate parts.
EMILIA (perhaps a personal name). Compdsitae.
Flower-garden herbs, perennial or annual, with orange
or scarlet bloom.
Related to Senecio (to which some authors refer it),
but always without rays: heads rather small, the invo-
lucre very simple and cup-shaped, with no small outer
scales, style-branches long or short: achenes with 5
acute ciliate angles: florets all perfect. — A dozen or
more species have been described from warm parts of
Afr , Asia to China, Polynesia and Ainer. One species
m common cult.
flimmea, Cass (E sagittata, DC E. sonchifdlia,
Hort , not DC E sonchifblia, Linn., var sagitt&ta,
Clarke. Cacaha coccinea, Sims. B M 564 C. sonchi-
fbha, Hort , not Linn C sagittata, Vahl Senecio sagit-
tatus, Hoffm ). TASSEL- FLOWER FLORA'S PAINT-
BRUSH. A neat annual, erect, 1-2 ft , glabrous or
sparsely hairy, the long sts terminated by clusters of
small scarlet (golden yellow in the form called Cacaha
lutea, Hort ) heads' IVB. lance-oblong or ovate-lanceo-
late, clasping the st , remotely crenate-dentate: in-
volucre-scales much shorter than the florets Probably
tropics of New World. H.F. 7:50.— This much-
named annual is one of the commonest garden fls.
It is of the easiest cult m any good soil. Blooms
froir July until frost, if sown as soon as weather is
settled. Two species are sometimes recognized in this
variable group, — E. sagiltata, DC , with involucre
shorter than the fls., and E. sonchifolia, DC., involucre
as long as the fls
ff pwrptWa, Cans (E sono hifoha, DC , not Hort Cacaha son-
chifoha, Linn Senecio sonohifolius, Moench). Radical Ivs. often
more or less lyrate, at -Ivs broader and clasping, the heads fewer
in the cluster and the involucre-scales nearly aa long as the florets.
Apparently not in cult, in this country. I H B
EMMEN ANTHE (Greek, enduring fawer; the per-
sistent corollas retain their shape when dry). Hydro-
phylldcex A half-dozen low annual herbs from western
North America, of which the most interesting species
was introduced to cultivation in 1892, under the name
of California yellow- or golden-bells.
Diffuse, depressed or erect: Ivs. mostly alternate:
fls. yellow or cream-color, the corolla campanulate
and persistent; corolla-lobes 5; stamens 5; style 2-cut.
The species named below belongs to a section of the
genus, with calyx-lobes broader downward, and coarsely
pitted seeds. All the others have the calyx-lobes
broader upward and the seeds more or less wrinkled
transversely.
pendulifldra, Benth. CALIFORNIA YELLOW- or
GOLDEN-BELLS. Somewhat sticky, with long or short
soft hairs. Ivs pinnatifid, lobes numerous, short, some-
what toothed or sharply cut1 ovules about 16; seeds
1 line long. Calif. G.C III 11:339— It grows 9-12
in. high, forming bushy plants, each branch loaded
with broadly bell-shaped, pendulous, unwithering fls.,
about %in. long, of creamy yellow The general effect
of a branch suggests the hly-of-the-vafley, but the
foliage is pinnatifid. WILHELM MILLER.
EMMEN<3PTERYS (Greek, persisten^ and wing;
referring to the wing-like calyx-lobe, persistent on the
fruit). Rubidcese. Ornamental tree grown for its large
leaves and the handsome flowers.
Deciduous: Ivs opposite, petioled, with caducous
stipules, entire: fls m many-fld. terminal panicles;
calyx small, 5-parted, deciduous, in some fls. 1 lobe
leafy and changed into a petioled, oblong, obtuse
whitish If. persistent on the fr.; corolla campanulate-
funnelform, tomentulose outside, with a narrow tube
and 5 ovate lobes pubescent inside; stamens 5, included;
ovary inferior, 2-celled; style filiform, not exceeding
ENCELIA
the stamens: fr. a spindle-shaped 2-celled caps., with
numerous irregularly winged seeds. — One species in
Cent. China. A tall tree, with large elliptic Ivs. and
showy yellow fls. in many-fld. dense terminal panicles.
It will succeed in warmer temperate regions only and is
yet little known in cult., as it has been only recently
mtro. Prop, is by seeds and possibly by softwood
cuttings under glass.
Hforyi, Oliver. Tree, to 40 ft., quite glabrous: Ivs.
chartaceous, elliptic, acute, cuneate at the base, entire,
4-6 in. long; petiole 1-2 in. long- fls. in many-fld.
panicles, yellow, about 1 in. long: caps, spindle-shaped,
about l^i in. long, often at the apex with a persistent
enlarged wing-like calyx-lobe 1 H-2 in long on a petiole
of equal length. Cent. China. H.I. 19:1823.
ALFRED REHDER.
^MPETRUM (Greek, en, in, petros, rock; growing
often on rocks). Empetraceae. CROWBERRY. Ornamental
low shrubs sometimes grown for the evergreen foliage
and attractive fruits.
Leaves linear-oblong, obtuse, thick: fls dicccious or
monoecious, axillary, 1-3, nearly sessile; sepals and
petals 3; stamens 3, exserted; ovary superior, 6-9-
celled with as many stigmas on a short and thick stylo:
fr a 6-9-seeded drupe — Five species through the
northern hemisphere in mountainous and arctic regions,
also in Chile, antarctic Amer. and Tristan da Cunha.
The crowbernes are hardy, evergreen, densely
branched, prostrate or creeping, heath-like shrubs, with
small, crowded leaves, inconspicuous purplish flowers,
and globose, red or black, edible berries. They grow
best in moist, sandy or peaty soil, and are especially
handsome for rockeries Propagated usually by cuttings
of nearly ripened wood in late summer under glass.
A. Branchlets and margin of expanding Ivs glandular, the
latter not tomentose
nigrum, Linn. Lvs linear to linear-oblong, divergent,
soon reflexed, glabrous or nearly so, entire, K~Mm.
long. fls. purplish: fr. black, about *^in diam. April,
May, fr. m Aug., Sept. N Eu., N. Asia , in N. Arner.
south to N. H. N. Y., Mich, and N. Cahf. B.B. (ed.
2)2:479. S.E F. 8 1251.
AA. Branchlets and margins of expanding Ivs. white-
tomentose.
atropurpureum, Fern. & Wiegand (E. nigrum var.
andlnum, Fern , not E. andlnum, Philinpi E nigrum
var. purpureum, Auth., not DC ). Trailing: Ivs. linear-
oblong, soon loosely divergent, rarely becoming re-
flexed, those of the leading shoots K~Mm long* fr.
red to purplish black, opaque, J£-Min. across. Gulf
St. Lawrence to Maine and N. H.
Eamesii, Fern. & Wiegand (E. nigrum var. purpu-
reum, Auth , not DC. E. rubrum, La Pylaie, not Vahl).
Lys. linear -oblong, crowded, ascending, becoming
slightly divergent, those of the leading shoots Kin« °r
less long: fr. pink or light red, becoming translucent,
J$n. or less across. S. Labrador, Newfoundland, E.
Que. — Very handsome in fruit.
E. ruimtm, Vahl (fi nigrum Var. rubrum, DC ) Closely related
to E Eamesii. Lvs leas crowded, spreading, somewhat larger.
Antarctic Amer., Tristan da Cunha. B II. 1788.
ALFRED REHDER.
ENCELIA (Christopher Encel in 1577 wrote a book
on oak galls). Compdsitee. Herbs or sub-shrubs, one or
two of which have been sparingly introduced for
planting in the southern parts of the United States.
Rather showy plants with mostly yellow-rayed
naked-stalked heads (rays now and then absent), and
yellow or brownish disk! Ivs. alternate or opposite,
entire, toothed or lobed, often white-tomentose: rays
neutral, disk-fls. perfect; pappus none or an awn or
scale for eaoh margin or angle of the achene. — About
30 species, Utah and Calif, to Chile.
ENCELIA
ENCEPHALARTOS
1113
*alif6rnle«, Nutt. Woody at base, 2-4 ft. high,
(Strong-scented, rather hoary, or becoming green: Ivs.
1-2 in, long, ovate to broadly lanceolate, usually entire,
indistinctly 3-nbbed from the base, abruptly stalked:
heads 2^ in. across, the golden yellow rays numerous,
2-4-toothed: seeds obovate, with long, silky hairs on
the callous margins and a shallow notch at the tip.
Calif., Ariz.
aden6phora, Greenm. Stout almost woody herb, 3-6
ft , sometimes 10 ft., glandular-hairy throughout: lower
Ivs. opposite, stalked, ovate or deltoid, 2J^-4 in long,
3-nerved; upper Ivs. gradually smaller' fls cymose, the
rays pale yellow, sometimes tinged with orange
Autumn. N. Mex. — Not hardy north of Washington,
B.C. N. TAYLOR.!
ENCEPHALARTOS (Greek combination, alluding
to the bread-like interior of the trunk) Cycadacey.
Excellent cycads from tropical and southern Africa,
grown chieffy for their evergreen foliage.
The species are probably 20 or more, allied to Dioon
and Macrozamia, with Stangeria, they constitute the
peculiarly African representatives of the family. They
are trees with stout cylindrical often fleshy trunks, and a
terminal crown of stiff mostly spiny pinnate long Ivs. or
fronds, fls. dureious, in cones; stammate cone
oblong, ovoid or cylindrical, the scales in many
series, imbricate, thick and often rough, broadly
or elongatc-cuneate, with anthers on the under
surface, pistillate cone ellipsoid or oblong,
thick, the scales numerous in many series and
imbricated, peltate, with the ovule beneath.
For differences between this and related gen-
era, see Vol. I, p. 120 From Dioon it is
distinguished by its pinnate rather than pin-
natifid Ivs , and from Cycas by straight rather
than circmnate segms. in vernation, as well as
by technical features of cones Tnese plants
are specially suited for large conservatories, the
fronds being not easily injured They should
succeed outdoors S. 1 he trunks of some kinds
grow only a few inches in many years. Most kinds prefer
a sunny, tropical house, but B brachyphyllus ana per-
haps others may be grown in a cool greenhouse if kept
a little dry in winter. The cones are always interesting
and often very decorative. Those of E. villosus arc
twice as large as a pineapple, orange-yellow, half
revealing the scarlet frs. They are prop by seeds; also
by offsets or suckers. Some other cycads frequently
produce seed in conservatories, but Kncephalartos
seldom does, and plants are, therefore, usually imported.
Dry trunks, weighing frequently 50-75 Ibs. have been
received from S. Afr They often remain dormant for
a year or more, and do not make ornamental speci-
mens for two or more years. They are slow-growing,
except in very warm houses They like a strong, loamy
soil. While making new growth they need plenty of
water. See Cycas.
The woolliness of the stem and leaf -segments varies
with the age of the plants and of the leaves. The pith
and central portion of the cones of some species form
an article of food among the Kafirs, hence the com-
mon name of Kafir bread. The most widely known
species in cultivation are E. tnUosus, E. Altensteinii and
J$. pungens. Though very handsome cyads, they are
by no means popular. They require much room for
best results.
In the following descriptions "rachis" refers to the
midrib of the leaf on which the leaflets or segments are
borne, and "petiole" means the part of the leaf below
where the leaflets begin.
A. Lft6. toothed (sometimes entire in the first).
B. Petiole 4-angled: foliage glaucous.
horridus, Lehm. Trunk short and stout, woolly or not:
Ivs to 6 ft., reflexed at top; Ifts. opposite or alternate,
lanceolate, mostly entire, sometimes toothed, with a
sharp spine at the apex. Var. glauca, is presumably
more glaucous than the type. B.M. 5371. There is a
var. tnspinosus.
BB. Petiole sub-cylindrical: foliage not glaucous.
Altensteinii, Lehm. Trunk stout, not woolly: Ivs.
2-6 ft.; Ifts about 6 in. long and 1 in. broad, oblong-
acuminate, paler beneath, edges and apex spiny;
petioles swollen at base, Ifts mostly opposite, lanceo-
late BM 7162-3 GO II. 6 '392, 393, 397; III.
2 281; 12:489-493; 40-206 (showing a specimen m
Capo Colony over 100 years old, with a high trunk and
an offshoot over half way up). G. 7:516.
vill&sus, Lehm. Trunk short and thick, woolly and
scaly, 6 ft.: Ivs. to 6 ft ; lft», very numerous, opposite
or alternate, linear-lanceolate, spiny-toothed and
pointed. BM 6ti54 RH 1897*36 GC II 1'513;
3:400; 7:21; 13:181
1394 Encephalartoa cycadifolms
AA. Lfls. not toothed (except in young Ivs of the last one).
B. Foliage glaucous.
Le'hmannii, L/ehm. (Cycas Lfhmannn, Hort.). Trunk
not woolly: rachis and petiole obtusely 4-angled;
Ifts nearly opposite, narrowly or broadly lanceolate,
to 7 in long, rarely 1-toothed, with brown spine at
apex. Gt. 1865.477.
BB. Foliage not glaucous,
c. Apex of Ifts. mostly obtuse, pointless.
longifdlius, Lehm. Trunk not woolly, at length
tall: rachis and petiole 4-cornered but flattish above;
lowest Ifts. often 1-3-toothed, margin somewhat revo-
lute: wool soon vanishing from the rachis and Ifts. S.
Afr. G W 5, p. 404. Var revol&tus, Miq., has the
margins more distinctly revolute Var. angustifdlius
has narrower, flat Ifts. Var Hodkeri, DC , has narrowly
lanceolate Ift's., not glaucous but intense green, and
rachis not woolly. B M. 4903, erroneously named E.
caffer, is referred to this place, though the Ifts. are
distinctly pointed in the picture.
cc. Apex of Ifts. always strong-pointed.
D. Form of Ifts. linear.
cycadifdlius, Lehm. (E Fnderici-Gudielmi, Lehm.
E. cycadifdlius var. Fnderici-Gwhelmi, Rod ). Fig.
1394 Trunk nearly globular, several inches in diam.,
woolly at first: rachis and petiole ashy-pubescent,
1114
ENCEPHALARTOS
ENDIVE
Ifts opposite and alternate, linear, margin revolute.
t.H. 29:459. G.F. 4:209 (adapted m Fig. 1394). G.W.
10, p. 377 (a* E. cycadifolius var. Fnderici-Gmlielmi) .
pungens, Lehm. (Zdrma ptingens, Ait.). Rachis
and petiole glabrous; Ifts. long-linear, dark green,
rigid, flat, striated beneath, margin not revolute. Var.
glauca is also sold.
DD. Form of Ifts. lanceolate.
caffer, Miq. (E. cdffra, Hort ). Trunk to 18 ft. and
1 ft. or more diam.: ivs. to 4 ft., very stiff, recurved;
petiole 3-angled; rachis glabrous; Ifts. alternate, nar-
rower at the base, twisted, the younger ones witn 1 or
2 teeth, to 6 in long. R H. 1869. p. 233. Not B.M.
4903, which is E. longifohus var. Hooken.
Var brachyphyllus, DC (E brachyphyllus, Lehm.).
Rachis and blades of the lower Ifts. spidery pubescent:
male cones sessile instead of peduncled. The pinnae are
erect, and longer and narrower than in E. coffer.
E Bdrten, Carr St short, about 1 ft high and to 9 in diam •
Ivs to 5 or 6 ft long, and 10 in broad, erect or suberect, petiole
and rachis with, a gray t omen turn that falls off, Ifts. about 80 paira,
linear-lanceolate, sharp at the apex, few -toothed male cone to 9
in long, pale , female cone about 8 m long, oblong-elhpsoid, dark
ohve W Trop Afr B M 8232 — E Ghelllnckn, Cera Spmeleaa
trunk stout, woolly-scaly Ivs 3-4 ft , erect-spreading, pinna? very
narrow-linear, densely tomentose. S Afr I H. 15.567 — E. Hil-
debrandtii, A Br. <fe Bouch6 Trunk cylindrical Ivs. pinnate, with
numerous lanceolate toothed pinnse which become 3-parted scales
toward the end of the If , woolly at least at first Trop. Afr. G C.
Ill 27-120. R.B 29 196 G W 10, p 210 An attractive spe-
cies — B LaurentiAnuSy Wildem. Large, the st reaching 30 ft or
more and 2^ ft diam • Ivs. often over 20 ft long, Tower If-s.
small, 3-toothed, middle Ifts lanceolate, 12-16 in. long and 2 in.
broad, spiny on both edges and at the apex Congo G C. III. 35.
370. Named for Professor Laurent.— E Lemannehdnus, Wildem.
<fe Dur. St 3-7 ft.: Ivs. to 3 ft or more, petiole shaggy, Ifta. I8-
60 on each aide, rigid, coriaceous, glaucous, lanceolate, the edge
slightly recurved, more or less spiny male cone greenish, subcy-
lindrical, female cone thick, green turning to salmon-color, short-
peduncled, the scalos triangular. Congo Named for Capt Lema-
rmel. G.C. III. 3H.371 R.H 1904, p 59.— E Wo6d», Hort.
Allied to E. Altentiteinn st 18 in high and 8 in thick, bearing
about 25 Ivs. which are gracefully curved and reach 5 ft Ifts 8 in.
long and 2 in. broad, spiny-toothed, the broadest ones piunatifid.
Zululand. G.C. III. 43:282. R B 34, p. 193 L H Bt
ENCHOLlRION: Vnetia
ENCHYL&NA (name alludes to the soft or juicy
character of the berry-like fructification). Cheno-
podiacex One procumbent or wide-branched very
small-leaved shrub from Austral, recently mtro. by
U. S Dcpt Agric , and thriving well at the University
of California E tomentosa, R. Br , grows 3 ft or more
high and makes a mass many feet across: branches
mostly woolly or silvery: Ivs. alternate, linear, usually
under ^m long. fls. solitary in the axila, bracted, very
small, perfect; perianth urn-shaped to globular, with
1395. Green curled endive tied up for blanching.
5 short teeth that close over the fr.; stamens 5, some-
what exserted: fr. inclosed in the perianth, which
becomes red or yellow, fleshy and berry-like and the
size of a small pea. The Australian aborigines are said
to eat the berries in great quantities. The plant endures
drought, and it is eaten by sheep when other herbage
becomes scarce. The procumbent habit and the endur-
ing color suggest its use m landscape work in dry
mfld climates
ENCK£A: PI/XT.
ENDIVE (Cichbnum Endivia). Compdsite. A leaf-
salad plant See Cichonum.
Until recently endive has been almost unknown in
American home gardens, but it is gradually receiving
favor with salad-lovers. Although more frequently a
product of the amateur, during August and Septem-
ber, and possibly later, it is now freely offered in the
larger markets It is especially the people of foreign de-
scent who grow, buy and use endive In the hot weather
of summer and fall, when lettuce plants are more likely
to produce seed-stalks than good solid heads, endive,
although of somewhat bitter flavor when unbleached,
makes a good and acceptable substitute for lettuce as
a salad plant. In the unbleached state it may even be
used for "greens "
The requirements as to culture are simple, as the
plant succeeds well on any ordinary well-enriched gar-
den soil. Seed may be sown in the open ground as
early as June, and as late as August, the rows to be a
foot apart and the plants to be thinned early to a foot
apart in the row; or seed may be started in flats and
the young seedlings transplanted to open ground. The
latter is the better way when the ground is very dry
In extreme cases, it may be advisable for the home
gardener to grow his seedlings in flats and pot them off
in thumb-pots to become well rooted This gives a
chance to grow good plants, while waiting for a rain to
moisten the open ground To be tender, the plants
should be forced into strong and succulent growth by
high feeding and the free use of the hoe It is a waste
of effort to plant endive on poor land that la deficient
in humus, or naturally dry and exposed.
The originally bitter flavor becomes pleasant and
acceptable when the leaves or hearts are well blanched.
The blanching is accomplished by tying the outer leaves
over the heart with bast (Fig 1395), or by placing a
big flower-pot over each plant, or by setting boards,
say 10 inches wide, on edge along eacn side of the row,
in inverted V shape, and m somewhat the same fashion
as for blanching celery, except that no opening is left on
top. The light should be excluded from the hearts as
much as possible. In any of these ways endive may be
well blanched in about three weeks, and will come out
with inner leaves showing a delicate whitish or creamy
color, and being crisp, tender and of pleasant flavor.
If to be kept for winter use, sow the seed of Green
Curled endive in August, or set the plants early in
September: then take up the full-grown but as yet
unblanched plants with a ball of earth adhering to the
roots, and store them in a root-cellar as is done with
celery. If kept in the dark, they will soon bleach and
be ready for use.
Green Curled has long been the favorite variety in
our markets and gardens. Its narrow curled leaves
make the well-blanched plant far more attractive to
the eye than the wider and plain leaves of Broad-Leaf.
The latter, however, is gaining on the other hi both
growers' and consumers' favor. This is the only prac-
tical difference between the two varieties. The cata-
logues of European seedsmen list and describe several
additional varieties, such as the Moss Curled and Rouen,
none of which is often met with in American gardens.
A few fungi and the spinach insects sometimes attack
the plant. T. GREINEH
ENGELMANNIA
ENGELMANNIA (Dr. Geo Engelmann, eminent
botanist of St. Louis, died 1884). Compdsitx One
yellow-fld. herb, E mnnattfida, Torr. & Gray, allied to
Parthemum and Silpnium, Kans to La . Ariz, and Mex.,
that is likely to be planted in wild gardens. It grows a
foot or two high, in dry places, from a stout perennial
root, branching above, hirsute, with alternate and
radical deeply pmnatifid Ivs , and corymbose heads of
golden -yellow fls. on slender and naked peduncles:
involucre hemispherical, somewhat double; receptacle
flat and chaffy; ray-fls. 8-10, pistillate and fertile, the
rays H»n. or more long; disk-fls. perfect and sterile:
achene obovate, wingless, ribbed, with a persistent
pappus-crown.
ENKlANTHUS (Greek pregnant and /lower, referring
to the colored involucre which subtencls the flowers of
E. yuinqueflorust giving the appearance of small flowers
springing from a larger flower). Also written Enkyan-
thus. Ericaceae Ornamental woody plants, chiefly
grown for their handsome flowers and the brilliant
autumnal tints of the foliage.
Deciduous, rarely evergreen shrubs with whorled
branches Ivs alternate, usually serrulate, crowded
toward the end of the branchlcts: fls in terminal
umbels or racemes; sepals 5, small; corolla campanulate
or urceolate, usually 5-lobed, stamens 10. anthers
2-awned at the apex, opening with short slits, fr a
dehiscent caps , cells 1- to few-seeded, seeds 3-5-
winged or -angled — About 10 species in China and
Japan, Cochm-Chma and Himalayas Closely related
to Pieris and Zenobia, chiefly distinguished by the
few- or 1-seeded cells of the caps and the winged or
angled seeds.
These are charming ornamental shrubs, with bright
green, medium-sized leaves turning brilliant colors in
autumn and \vith handsome white, red or yellow-and-
red, drooping flowers appearing in spring; the flowers
are not of the showy kind, but very graceful and of
distinct appearance. Most of the cultivated species,
as E. campanulatus, E cernuus, E. perulatus and E.
subseshilis, have proved hardy in Massachusetts^ they
seem to grow well in any well-drained humid soil, but
probably are impatient of lime, as are most Ericaceae
and in limestone regions should be grown in specially
prepared beds of peaty soil Propagation is by seeds
sown in spring, by cuttings of ripe wood under glass in
spring, or by greenwood cuttings in summer; also by
layers
A. Fls. urceolate, gibbous at the base, white.
perulatus, Schneid (E. jap6mcus, Hook f . Androm-
eda perulala, MKJ ). Shrub, to 6 ft • Ivs. petioled,
obovate to elliptic-ovate, acute, sharply appressed-
serrulate, glabrous and bright green above, pubescent
on the veins below, 1-2 in long: fls m drooping umbels,
slender-pedicel led ; corolla urceolate, with 5 revolute
lobes and with 5 sacs at the base, J^in long: caps,
oblong-ovoid, about ^m. long, on straight pedicels.
May. Japan. DM 5822. GC 111.21-357. R H.
1877, p. 467. SI.F. 2-62— The foliage turns yellow
and partly scarlet in autumn.
AA. Fls. campanulate, not gibbous at the base, usually
red or yettow-and-red.
campanul&tus, Nichols (Andrdmeda campanulata,
Miq.). Fig. 1396. Shrub, to 15 or occasionally to 30
ft.: Ivs. petioled, elliptic or rhombic-elliptic, acute or
acuminate, sharply appressed serrulate, glabrous
except few scattered bristly hairs, particularly on the
veins below, l>£-3 in. long- fls. slender-pedicelled, m
drooping, 8-15-fld. puberulous racemes; corolla with
short obtuse upright lobes, yellowish or pale orange,
veined darker red, nearly %m long4 caps, oblong-ovate
on pendulous stalks turned upward at the apex. May.
Japan. B.M. 7059. Gn. 75, p. 287. G. 29:361. Gt.
22:747. M.D.G. 1900:550. S.I.F.2:62.— This is one
71
ENTADA
1115
of the handsomest species and the strongest grower;
the peculiar coloring of the gracefully drooping fU is
very attractive; the foliage turns brilliant red in
autumn.
cernuus, Makino (E. Meistbna, Maxim. Andrdm-
eda cernua. Miq.). Shrub, to 15 ft.: Ivs. short-
petioled, obovate
or rhombic-ob-
ovate, acute or ob-
tusish, crenately
serrate, bright
green above,
lighter below and
pubescent on the
veins, 1-2 in long:
fls. in pendulous
racemes, slender-
pedieellcd; corolla
with irregularly
1 a c i m a t e limb,
about ^jin. long,
white in the type:
caps on pendulous
stalks turned up-
ward at the apex May. Japan.
Var rubens, Makino. Fls red
— Only the red-fld. variety seems
to be in cult, and is a very distinct-
looking handsome shrub.
E chinfrusia, Franch (E bimalaicua
var ohinensis, Diels) Allied to E cam-
pamilatus Lvs quite glabrous, more
cronately serrate racemes glabrous, cor-
olla yellow and red, with darker rod
lobe- Cent andW China JHF 1900:
212 -E deflffus, Schneid (E himalaicus,
Hook f A Thorns ) Closely related to
E <ampanulatus Lvs elliptic-ovate to
elliptic-lanceolate, acute, slightly serrate, «
margin and petioles red while young racemes many-fld , cor-
olla yellow, striped dark rod, with darker lobes Himalayas.
\V China B M 6400 — E. tnmalaiciu. Hook, f & Thorns ==E.
doflexus and K chmensis — E nikotnsis, Makino =E subsessihs —
E qinnquefldru*, Lour (E reticulatus, Lmdl ) Lvs elliptic,
lonR-pctioled, entire, persistent flu about 5, in umbels, subtended
by colored bracta, drooping, corolla campanulate, scarlet S China,
Coohin-Chma BM 1640. BR S84. 885 L B C. 12 1101.
P M 5 127 R H 1840 221 H F 1859 101 Tender Var ser-
rulatus, Wilson (E <»errulatuH, Schneid ) Lvs deciduous, mem-
branous, finely serrulate fls smaller Cent and S W China — E.
retful(Uu«, Lmdl =*=K qutncjueflorua — K serrulAtu*, Schneid =
E «4Uin<iueHoni8 var serrulatus — E subafstiilie, Makino (E.
mkoensis, Makino) Allied to E perulatus Lvs short-petioled,
elliptic or obovate. fls m pendulous racemes, small, white, km.
long June Japan 8 T S 1 25 S 1 F 2 62 — Thia is the least
attractive in bloom, but the autumnal tints of the foliage are aa
beautiful as in the other specks ALFRED REHDER.
ENNEALOPHUS (name refers to the 9 crests on
the style) Indncex. A very recently described genus
of one species, E. amazdnicub, N E. Br , differing from
Tigridia in the 3 style-branches being 3-crested rather
than bifid or subulate. The penanth-segms. are free,
unequal and clawed, the exterior ones much the larger,
the blades of all of them more or less reflexed; stamens
3; the filaments connate into a tube. The bulb of the
single known species is abut 1 m. long, ovoid: Ivs.
linear-lanceolate, about 4, the upper one about 2 in.
long and the others 6-12 in.: fls. about \Yi in. across,
blue-violet with pale brown claws and a white spot at
the base of the blade of the inner segms. Brazil;
apparently not in the trade.
ENTADA (a Malabar name). Syn. Pussetha. Legu-
mindsse. Tropical woody spineless cumbers.
Leaves bipmnate, often cirrhiferous: fls. not papilion-
aceous, white or yellow, in slender spike-like racemes
which are solitary or pamcled; calyx campanulate,
shortly 5-toothed; petals 5, free or somewhat coherent;
stamens 10, free, short-exserted : pod straight or arc-
uate, flat-compressed, jointed, the joints separating
and leaving a continuous border. — Perhaps 20 species
«f high climbers in Afr. and Amer. The genus ia remark-
1116
ENTADA
EPACRIS
able for the jointed pods, which sometimes reach
several feet in length. Two of the American species
are mentioned as planted in S. Fla. Some of the
vspecies yield "sea beans" (G. F. 7:503)
polystachya. DC. At length tendril-bearing: pinna)
in 4-6 pairs; Ifts. in 6-8 pairs, oblong, rounded at apex,
beneath glabrous or puberulent: racemes in terminal
panicles: pod oblong, straightish, reaching 1 ft. in
length W Indies to Venezuela and Guiana. — Makes
a rapid growth.
scandens, Benth. Climbing to a great height, tendril-
bearing, the sts. terete: pinnae 1 or 2 pairs; Ifts. 2-5 pairs,
coriaceous, oblong or elliptic, usually uncqual-sidea, gla-
brous or nearly so beneath . racemes solitary or twin . pod
twisted, sometimes 8 ft. long. W Indies, Afr.,'Asia, Pacific
Isls. G.C. II 15 430 —Seeds 2 m. across, dark brown
or purple, handsome, used in the making of trinkets
and small receptacles. Lvs. long-stalked, the rachis
commonly ending m a tendril. L. H. B.
ENTELEA (Greek, complete; the stamens all fertile.
& distinguishing feature). Tiliacese. A shrub or small
tree from New Zeal., mtro in S. Calif. Lvs. large,
alternate, 5-7-nerved, cordate at base, toothed or
crcnate, stellate-pubescent: fls white, 1 m. across,
in terminal cymes, sepals 4-5; petals 4-5; stamens
numerous, free, ovary 4-6-celled; cells many-ovuled;
style simple: fr a glooose bristly locuhcidal caps.
arborescens, R. Br. Attaining 20 ft : the heart-
shaped outline of the If. broken on each side, about
two-thirds of the way toward the tip, by a projection
or lobe }4m. long or nearly as long as the tip of the If.;
blade 6-9 in long, 4 in. wide, doubly serrate. New Zeal.
B M 2480.— Eaten by horses and cattle in New Zeal.
Allied to Sparmannia, Aristoteha and EUeocarpus.
L. H,. B.
ENTEROL6BIUM (name refers to the intestine-
form pods) Legumindsse. Tropical trees.
Unarmed: Ivs. bipmnate, the pinna? and Ifts. many:
fls. not papilionaceous, greenish, m large heads or
clusters; calyx campanulate, shortly 5-toothed; corolla
5-toothed, somewhat trumpet-shaped, the petals con-
nate part way, stamens many, connate at base into a
tube, exserted, purple or white: legume broad, circmate,
attached at or near the middle, restricted between
the large seeds, leathery, pulpy. — About a half-dozen
species in the American tropics, 2 of which have been
intro in S. Calif
A. Pod bent back in a complete circle.
cycloc&rpum, Griseb. Tall tree, glabrous: pinnse m
4-9 pairs, Ifts. m 20-30 pairs, unequal-sided, oblong,
pointed; the petiole with glands between bottom and
top pinnae: stamens white. Cuba, Jamaica, Venezuela.
AA. Pod forming fialf or two-thirds of a circle.
Timboftva, Mart Said to be a fine tree: pubescent or
glabrous, glaucous: pinnse 2-5-paire; Ifts. 10-20 pairs,
falcate-oblong, mostly acute: pod coriaceous and inde-
hiscent. reniform, fleshy within; seed elliptic.
L. H. B.
EOMECON (Greek, eastern poppy). Papaveracese.
Herbaceous perennial, with white flowers on a slender-
branching scape.
Rhizomatous. with radical Ivs., glabrous: "mono-
typic, intermediate between Stylophorum and San-
guinaria, differing from both in the scapose habit,
racemose fls. and sepals confluent in a membranous,
boat-shaped spathe, and further from Stylophorum in
the form of the Ivs. and color of the fls., and from San*
gumaria in the 4 petals and elongate style" (Hooker).
chion&ntha, Hance. Rootstock creeping, ascending,
full of yellow sap: Ivs. all from the root; stalks twice
as long as the blades; blades 3-6 in. long, heart-shaped,
concave, broadly sinuate, rounded at the apex, bright
pale green above, almost glaucous beneath: scape 1 ft.
or more high, reddish; fls. 2 in. across, white; petals 4.
Spring; hardy near New York City. E. China. B M.
6871- WILHELM MILLER.
EOPfcPON: Tnhcoaanthes.
fiPACRIS (Greek-made name, upon the summit;
referring to their habitat). Epacndacex. Heath-like
shrubs of Australia and New Zealand, of which half
a dozen or less are grown as cool greenhouse pot-plants.
Leaves small and entire, usually sharp-pointed,
sessile or short-stalked, scattered or sub-opposite, fls.
small and axillary, short-stalked, the flowering sts.
being elongated leafy spikes, regular and perfect;
calyx t>ractcate; corolla tubular, c toothed, white or
shades of purple and red; stamens 5; ovary 5-loculod,
ripening into either a fleshy or capsular fr. Distin-
guished from Erica by the bracteato or scaly calyx,
and the anthers opening by slits rather than pores —
About 40 species In the Old World, epacrises are
prized by those who grow heaths, and many good varie-
ties are known. They bloom in early spring or late
winter. The varieties of E impressa may be flowered
for Christmas; perhaps others may be so treated. A
carnation house, 60-55,° suits them well. There are
double-fld. forms.
A Corolla-tube decidedly longer than the calyx.
impressa, Labill. Three ft., erect, twiggy, downy:
Ivs horizontal or deflexod, narrow-lanceolate and sharp1
fls. rather large (often kjjin long), tubular, pendent, on
very short stalks, red or white. B M 3407 There are
many forms: var parvifldra, Lmdl , BR. 25.19; E.
campanula^, Lodd , with broader fls , L.B C 20* 1925;
E. cercf/tora, Graham. B M 3243, E. mwHts, Lodd ,
snow-white, LBC 19:1821 B.R 1531, E varidlnl™,
Lodd., blush, LBC. 19:1816, var longifldra, Cav.,
(E. nnnidta, Lmdl. E grandiflora, Willd ). Sts
woolly, straggling: Ivs. ovate-pointed or cordate-
pointed, sessile or nearly so, many-nerved . fls long
(nearly 1 in ), red at base and white at the limb, cylin-
drical. BM.982 BR. 31:5— Handsome. Var spi6n-
dens, Hort , has brighter colors.
AA. Corolla-tube shorter than the calyx or only as long as it.
B. Lvs. acute or acuminate.
acumin&ta, Benth Lvs. ovate, acuminate, clasping,
ascending, fls small, red nearly sessile in the upper
axils; corolla-tube not exceeding the calyx; sepals
broad, cihate. — Little known in U. S outside of botanic
gardens, but of considerable worth.
brevifidra, Stapf (E. hdironema, Hook). A grace-
ful shrub, 1 ft , with many wavy branches, naked below,
with many Ivs. above* Ivs. divaricate on upper part of
st.j reflexed below, elliptic -ovate, 3-6 lines long, sharp-
pointed: fls. spicate at the ends of the branches, white;
bracts and sepals whitish. New Zeal. Flowers in May
in England. B.M. 3257.
purpurascens, R. Br. Lvs. ovate-acummato, trough-
shaped, tipped with a long curved point or spine, fls.
short, the calyx nearly equaling the corolla, whiue or
pinkish. There is a double-fld. form. LBC. 3:237.
G.C. II. 5:340.— Probably identical with E pulcheUa,
Cav.
BB. Lvs. very obtuse.
obtusifdlia, Smith. An erect, much-branched shrub
1-3 ft. tall, the branches usually hairy: Ivs. small,
elliptic or linear, thick and obtuse: fls. small, white,
in axillary racemes which are more or less one-sided.
L.B.C. 3:292.
Other trade names are: E. drdentistnma. Fls. crimson. — B.
hyacinthifidra var. candidisnma, white, early, and var. fulgent.
pink — E. htfbnda «up6rba is merely a catalogue name for mixed
kinds of Epacris.— E. rubtlla, Fls. bright rod.— E. »almt>nea(1)
N. TAYLOB.f
EPHEDRA
EPHliDRA (ancient Greek name, used by Pliny for
the horse-tail). Gnet&cex Woody subjects, rarely
cultivated, usually found only m botanical collections,
although the scarlet fruits of some species are very
attractive.
Usually low much -branched shrubs, often pro-
cumbent and sometimes climbing, the green branches
resembling much those of Equisetum, bearing minute,
scale-like, sheathing Ivs in distant pairs or whorls,
fls dio?cious, in small amen is, forming usually pedun-
cled axillary clusters, starmnate fl with a 2-4-lobed
perianth and with the 2-8 stamens united into a column;
pistillate fl with an ureeolate perianth, including a
naked ovule, developing into a nutlet; in some species
the bracts of the ament become fleshy, and form a
berry-like syncarp — About 30 species from S Eu., N
Afr , Asia and m Trop Arner Latest monograph by
0. Stapf, in Denkschr. Akad Wissensch Wien ,
vol 56 (1889), (in German and Latin) Curious-look-
ing, usually low shrubs, with pale green apparently
leafless branohlets, much resembling those of the
horse-tail and with inconspicuous fls , but fr in some
species decorative, berry -like and scarlet. They are
but rarely grown, and most of them are tender, half-
hardy N are E distachya, E foliala, E nevadensis, E,
tnfurca They can be used for covering dry, sandy
banks or rocky slopes Prop is by seeds or by suckers
and layers
E nlt^stma, Dosf Climbmp shrub, to 20 ft , green Jvs to 1 in
long amentH pamrulate or solitary, fls with 2-3 stamens, pistillate
rl« 1 2 fr t.« rry-hke. ovoid, h"i long, scarlet N Afr BM 7070
G C III 7 7M2 —E distdchua. Linn (E vulgans. Linn ) Low, often
(recumbent, 1-J ft , pale or bluish green IVH one-twelveth in
iinents usually clustered, stammate oblong, fla with alK>ut 8
EPIDENDRUM
1117
E
Htanieus, pistillate 5-fld fr bcrry-hkr S Eu , W Ama RKG
11 80<) \ar numostdchya, Stapf Aments usually Hohtnry — E
fohtita, Boias (E kokamca, 1{< gel) Procumbent or erect, to 15 ft ,
bright or bluish green IVH to 1 in long umonts usually clustered,
ovate, Kttrumat.' tts with i-4 « unite (stamens, pistillate 2-fld fr
berry-like W Asia — E kokAnvn, Regel--E foliate —E nebro-
dfinsis, Tinto Erect, with rigid, pnle green branches Ivs 'an
long iments eolitnry or few, btarnmate globular, pistillate 2-fld
fr beny-hke Medit region to Himalaya* — E nevadfnsis, \Vats
Erect, 2-3 ft , with pale or bluish green branches Iva l/*m amenta
usually solitary, eltumnate ovate. G-8-fld , pi btillate 2-fld fr dry,
with ovate bracts Calif, New Mex — K tnfurca, Torr Erect,
with rigid, yellowish or pule green branches? Ivs in 3's, connate,
about J4in long, amenta solitary, pistillate 1-fld fr dry, the round-
ish bracts with transparent margins Anz to Colo — E tulyana,
Lmn=E distachya ALFRED RKHDER
EPICATTLEYA (compounded of Ei/idendrum and
Cattleya) Orchiddceap. A genus established to contain
hybrids between Kpidendrum and Cattleya
The following are some of these E balaructmis (C.
labiata x E eburneum) • — E, Candida (C Sktnnen X E.
nocturnuin) —E dectptens {C giga« x E ciliare) — E.
IMiansr (C Gaskelbana x E cobtari cense). — E madc-
burgenMs — E Ntbo (C Claesiana x E O'Briemanum).
— E nernorale-gigas (C Warhcewiezn x E nemorale) —
K. O'Briennisp (C. Bowringiana x E O'Bnenianum)
— E fapetii (C.ametbystoglossaxE.O'Briemamim) —
E, salmonicolor (C. Mendeln X E aurantiacum) — E.
Sedcnn (C Bownngiana x K radiatum) — E. Walter'
idna (C. Schraxierse x E aurantiacum).
GEORGE V. NASH.
EPIDENDRUM (upon tree*, alluding to their epi-
phytal habit). Orchui&ceae. Epiphytic orchids, some
reoumng hothouse and some coolhouse conditions,
although a large genus, of minor importance horti-
cultural ly
Inflorescence simple or branched, nearly always
terminal; claw of the labellum more or less adnate to
footless column, the blade spreading and usually deeply
lobed, pollima 4, 2 in each anther-cell, separated —
Nearly 500 species discovered and described from the
New World tropics, chiefly from Cent. Amer.
Cultivation of epidendrums.
Epidejadruuie are noted as the rankest weeds amongst
the orchid tribes The remarkable success m the rais-
ing of hybrids, be it in the genus iteelf or with the
related Cattleya and Licha, has opened a wide field for
the breeder Epidendrum seedlings grow freely; the
time required to bring them to the flowering stage is
little compared with other orchids, and it is but a ques-
tion of a short time till the blood of the epidendrums
will be infused into the weaker but more gorgeous
flowers of genera more difficult to grow It is also the
long stem and the gra»'e of the racemes of the epidendra,
as well as the odor of some of their species, which the
hybridist will try to blend with the largeness of short-
stemmed flowers, of cattleyas for example Therefore
a list of the species but rarely found under cultivation is
given below, the value of which, however, will call for
and justify large importations of their kind before long.
It is scarcely possible to apply any one rule for the
cultivation of this widely divergent and large genus,
which includes many hundreds of variable individuals
geographically distributed all over tropical America.
For convenience they are treated under their several
separate sections
Section /. BAHKERIA embraces several deciduous
email-growing species which generally deteriorate
sooner or later under cultivation They succeed best in
small baskets, suspended from the
roof, in rough loose material, such
as coarse peat fiber, with a small
quantity of live chopped sphagnum
moss added to retain moisture, this
compost freely interspersed with
pieces of charcoal or broken crocks
or potsherds They are all subjects
for the coolhouse, require a free
moist atmosphere, shade from the
sun while growing, and must be
syringed frequently c — head in
1397. Epidendrum radicans.
(XJ-6)
bright weather. After the plants have matured growth,
they should be removed to a rather sunny location ana
be syringed overhead often enough to keep them in
sound condition until they start new action. While
resting during winter the temperature may range from
50° to 55° F at night, and a tew degrees higher during
the day They are increased by division. This should
take place as the plants start growth action in early
spring, allowing at least three pseudobulbs to each piece.
Section II. ENCYCLIUM, of which E atropurpureum,
E nemorale and E pnsmatocarpum are good examples,
may be grown either m pots or baskets m equal parts
clean peat fiber and live chopped sphagnum, with a
liberal amount of drainage, and excepting E tntelhnvm,
which must be grown cool, they require a moist sunny
location with a winter temperature of 58° to 65° F.
by night and several degrees advance during the day.
la February and March, many species will start root or
growth action , such as need it should then be repotted
or top-dressed, as occasion requires. The temperature
should be increased several degrees, and a greater
amount of water be allowed with frequent overhead
synoging on bright days Ventilation snould be given
whenever the weather will permit, to keep the young
growths from dampmg-off and the atmosphere active;
at this time the plants will need light shading to pre-
1118
EPIDENDRUM
EPIDENDRUM
vent sun-burning. The stock is increased by cutting
nearly through the rhizome three or four bulbs behind
the lead, when starting action; this will generally cause
the latent eyes to grow, but the pieces should not be
removed until the new growth is well advanced
Section III. ATJLIZEUM includes such species as E.
aliare, E. cochleatum. and the like, the several require-
ments being identical with the preceding.
Section IV. EUEPIDENDRUM These are mostly tall-
growing species, some reed-like as in E evectum, and
others rambling in an irregular way, producing aerial
roots along the stems as they grow, a good example of
this is seen in E radicans. All are best grown in pots
and placed near a partition or end of a greenhouse
where support may be given as the growth advances.
There is, in fact, no better example of an epiphyte than
E radicans, the roots often attaining several feet in
length, and appearing from nearly every node. A
structure in which 50° F is maintained in winter will be
ample, and full exposure to sun should be permitted at
all times This prevents immature growth, and flowers
are produced very freely After flowering time, young
shoots appear, often from the old stems, and when a
few roots are formed and before they become too long
to go into a small pot without injury, remove them and
pot with care, place the young plants in a shady place
tor a few weelcs; m this way propagation is easily
accomplished. This section of epidendrums produce
seeds the largest known among orchids. They are
green in color, and under favorable conditions germi-
nate very readily. It is, in fact, much easier to get the
seeds to grow than to get the species to produce good
seeds, for when flowering plants are produced from seed,
there is an infinite variation that has not yet been
understood.
Section V PSIL ANTHEM UM contains but one species,
E. Stamfordianum, which requires the same general
treatment as those m Section II. ROBERT M. GifEY.
E. O ORPET.
atropurpureum, 20
evectum, 8
radicans, 4
aurantiacum, 23
falcatum, 24
Randianum, 20
bicornutum and bi-
fragrans, 26
rhiiophorum, 4
dentatum are Di-
Godseffianum, 18
roseum, 20
acnums
imperntar, 2, 9
Hangumeum is a
Brassavolffi 21
leucochilum, 9
BrouKhtoma
Capartianum, 18
CaUllus. 2.
Lindleyanum, 13.
macuhttum, 19
Skinner- , 12
speetabile, 14
cihare, 22
macrochilum, 20
Stamfordianum, 1
cmnabimnurn, 3
majus, 15
tampense, 25
cochleatum, 27
ne morale, 16
tibicinus is a
crassifohum, 0
odoratum is an
Schomburgkia
dichromum, 17
Aendes
venosum, 25
eburneum, 10
osmanthum, 18
violaccum is Cattleya
clegans, 11
paniculatum, 7
Loddigem
elhpticum, 6.
Parkmsomanum, 24
vitellmum, 15
Endresn, 5.
prismatocnrpum, 19
A Injl radical (Psilanthemum.)
1. Stamfordianum, Batem. Sts. fusiform, 12 in.
long: Ivs. 7-9 in large panicles of yellow and green
fls, crimson -spotted, fragrant. Mex to Colombia.
B.M. 4759 GC. Ill 17.655 JF 3"251.
AA Infl terminal
B. Sts. without bulbs: Ivs distichous, alternate' only top
of column free from lip (Euepidendrum.)
c. Fls. red, orange or vermilion
2. Catfllus, Reichb f. (E im iterator, Hort.). Fls. cin-
nabar-red. Colombia I H. 21 : 162
3. cinnabarinum, Salzmann. Sts. 3-4 ft • fls. orange-
red, 2 in. diam.. lobes of lip deeply fringed. Brazil.
B.R. 28:25.™ A beautiful species
4. radlcans, Pav. (E. rhizdphorum, Batem.). Fig.
1397. Sts. semi-scandent, up to 5 ft. idng, long white
roots from opposite the Ivs • fls. up to 2 in. diam.,
numerous; most brilliant of the red-flowering species.
Guatemala, amongst heavy grass Gn 24 '390. OR.
5.273.
cc. Fls. white.
5. £ndresii. Reichb. f. Sts. 6-9 in.: racemes 9-12-
fld.; fls 1 in. aiam., pure white, lip and column spotted
purple. Costa Rica. G.C. II. 23:504. B.M. 7855.
O R. 12 145
ccc. Fls , at least sepals and petals, rose or purple.
6 ellipticum, Graham (E crassifbhum, Hook.). Fls.
on long scapes, clustered, rose or purple, \4m. diam.
Brazil. BM.3543
7. paniculatum. Ruiz & Pav Sts. 3-4 ft. : fls. %m.
across, lilac-purple, lip whitish yellow. Venezuela to
Peru, high altitudes B M. 5731 I H. 22 211 —Most
free-flowering and best of paniculate species
8 evectum, Hook. Sts 3-5 ft peduncles nodding,
2 ft.; fls. rich purple, lip deeply fringed. Colombia.
B.M. 5902 — Easily cult, and on account of its free-
flowering habit deserves a place in the warm greenhouse.
cccc Fls , at least sepals and petals, yellowish green.
9. leucochilum, Klotzsch (E. imperator, Hort ). Sts
2 ft : fls 5-9, on long pedicels, greenish yellow, lip pure
white Colombia, 6,000-9,000 ft
10 ebtirneum, Reichb f . Sts terete, 2-3 ft. : fls 3-4
in diam , yellowish green; lip ivory-white, with yel-
low calli; rareine terminal, 4-6-fld. Panama, in swamps
BM 5643.
1398. Bpidendrum
cilure (XT)
BB Sts thickened into
pseudobulbs.
c Pseudobulbs 2-^-lvd
labellum adnate less
than half, colum n broad-
winged (Barkena).
D Lip obovate, obtuse
11 elegans, Reichb f (Bark-
t>na tlegans, Knowl. & West)
Sts terete, 12 in pedicels 24
in ; fls 5-7, nodding, 1^ in.
diam., lilac-purple; lip whitish,
with purple blotch Pacific coast
of Mox. B M. 4784.
DD. Lip acute.
E. Fls about 1 in across.
12. Skinneri, Batem. (Burkina Sklnneri, Paxt )
Lvs. ovate-oblong, sheathing the slender st * peduncle
terminal, bearing rose-lilac fls about 1 in across;
petals and sepals nearly equal, petals so twisted at the
base as to present dorsal surface to the observer; label-
lum ovate, with 3 raised lines Guatemala. B R
1881 PM 15-1 (var major).
EE Fls 2-4 in across.
13 Lindleyanum, Reichb. f (Barkeria Lindley&na,
Batem ) Sts slender, fls numerous? about 2 in
across, rose-purple; labellum with a white disk; petals
broader than the sepals Cent. Amer 1839. J H. Ill
44:53
14. speetabile, Reichb f. (Barkeria spectdbilm,
Batem.) FLOR DE ISABAL. Sts. tufted, cylindrical,
4-5 in. high: Ivs. 2. raceme about 6-fld.; fls. 3-4 in
across, bright lilac; sepals linear-lanceolate; petals
ovate-lanceolate; labellum white at base, red-spotted.
Guatemala.
EPIDENDRUM
EPIDENDRUM
1119
cc. Pseudobulbs 1-2-, rarely 8-lvd.. labellum adnate at
base, or not up to the middle, column not winged.
(Encychum.)
D. Fls. cinnabar,
15. vitellinuxn, Lindl Pseudobulbs ovoid, 2 m. long:
Iva. 6-9 in.: peduncles 15-18 in., 10-15-fld ; fls. cinna-
bar-red , lip and column orange. Mex., 6,000-9,000 ft
BM.4107. G.C 111.10:141
Var mi jus, Veitch. Pseudobulbs shorter' racemes
denser; fls larger and more brilliant G.C. Ill 12:159.
— Very superior to the species, type no longer imported.
DD. Fls rose
16. nemorale, Lindl. Pseudobulbs subglobose, 3-4
in. high: Ivs 9-12 in . peduncles 2 ft long, covered with
warts; fls. 3-4 in diarn , rose-colored; lip rosy mauve,
streaked with purple Mex B M. 4000 (as E. verru-
cosum). GO 11.24:332. A.F 6:633.
DDD Fls. other than above.
E Sepals and petals white,
17 dichromum, Lindl. Fls white, lip rose-colored,
yellow and downy at base Brazil.
EE tiepals and petals green
18 osm&nthum, Rodr (E Godsejjklnum, Rolfe. E.
Capartianum, Lindl ) Fls. 1J/2 in across, in large
panicles, light green, suffused with brown, hp white,
lined with rose-purple, fragrant Brazil. B M 7792 —
One of the handsomeht species
19 prismatocarpum, Reichb. f. (E maculdtum,
Hort ) Pseudobulbs ovoid, tapering, 4-5 in Ivs 12-15
in fls \Yi in across, pale jellow-green, with purplish
black spots; lip pale purple, with yellow tip and white
border Cent Ainer , 5,000 ft B M 5336 G W 5,
p 126 OR 12.57
EEE Stpalu and petals purple or broivn
20 atropurpureum, Willd (E macrochllum, Hook ) .
Pseudobulbs ovoid, 3-4 in high Ivs lanceolate, 12-15
in long, dull purple-colored, peduncle 6-10-fld , fib
2V£ m duun., purplish brown upon greenish ground,
hp yellowish white, with crimson stripes Mex to
Venezuela B M 3534 A F 6 '609. J H II
401.
Ill 51 243,
Var Randianum, Lmd & Rod Sepals and petals
margined with light yellowish green, the white middle
lobe of lip with a red-purple-rayed blotch
Var rdseum, Reichb f Sepals and petals purplish,
hp bright rosy Guatemala PM IT 243
21. Brassavolse, Reichb f. Pseudobulbs pear-
hhaped Ivs 6-9 in. racemes 18-24 in , 6-9-fld , fls.
4 m. across, sepals and petals narrow, yellowish bro**rn,
lip trowel-shaped, purple, white and green. Mex. to
Guatemala, 8,000 ft BM 5664.
ccc. Pseudobulbs /-#-, rarely 3-lvd.: hp adnate up
to apex of column. (Auhzeum )
D. Lip fringed.
22 ciliare, Linn. Fig 1398 Pseudobulbs clavate,
4-6 in.' Ivs 4-6 in , springing from sheathing bract:
peduncles 5-7-fld. ; fls yellowish green ; lip white Trop.
Arner , between 5th and 20th parallel of north latitude.
B.R, 784.— Plant resembles a cattleya. Intro, to cult,
in 1790.
DD. Lip not fringed.
E. Fls. vermilion.
23. aurantiacum, Batem. Once classed m the sepa-
rate group of Epicladium, now often accepted as a spe-
cies of Cattleya, where it was first referred by Don.
The plant grows with, and much resembles Cattleya
tfhnnen. Fls \l/% m across, orange-red, appearing m
Feb. and March and lasting several weeks Guatemala.
Gt 5:130.
BE. Fls. not vermilion.
p. The lip deeply S-lobed, the middle lobe long and
lanceolate.
24 falcatum, Lindl (E. Parkinnonianum, Hook.).
Pseudobulbs thin, rising from running rhizomes,
monophyllous. Ivs 6-12 in , fleshy, channeled on one
side, peduncles 2-5, sheathed, 1-fld ; fls. 5 in. across,
greenish yellow; hp white, greenish at apex Mex. to
Guatemala B M. 3778. G C. III. 44.378.— Plants
grow inverted.
FF. Ttie lip not as in F.
25 venosum. Lindl BUTTERFLY ORCHID. Scape 1
ft , with white sheaths. Ivs 3, 4-6 in. long, linear-lanceo-
late, scape tumid at base, 5-7-fld.; fls pink, chocolate
and green, about 1 m long, lasting a long time. On
oaks, etc , Mex — Of easy cult The Fla. representa-
tive of this bpecies is E. tamptnse, Lindl. See 9th Kept.
Mo. Bot. Card 137, pis. 38, 39.
26 fragrans, Swartz. Pseudobulbs fusiform, mon-
ophyllous, 3-4 in • Ivs 8-12 in.* fls inverted, 2 in.
diam , very fragrant, pale greenish or whitish; hp crim-
son-streaked Guatemala, through the W. Indies to
N Brazil B.M 1669
27 cochleatum, Linn Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. : Ivs. 6 in .
racemes 4-7-fkl , fls. 3-4 in. across, greenish white; hp
deep purple beneath, light green above, with maroon
blotch on each side, column white. Trop. Amer. from
Fla to Colombia BM 572. — Intro. 1787; first epiphy-
tical orchid to flower in England.
Garden hybrids E Btrkeleyi (E Stamfordianum X E O'Bnen-
lanum) — E Burtonn (E O'BriemanumxE ibaguense) — E.
Clarrlssa guptrbum (E elegantulum X E Wallisu) —E deUfnse
(E xanthmurn X E radicans) — E elegdntulum (E WalhsiixE
Endresio-Walhsii) G C III 19 361 — E Endr&io-W dllisu — E
ktwentte (K e\ectumxE xanthmum) — E O' BrieniAnum (E evec-
tumxE radicans) G C III 3 771 —E Ph&but (E O'Briemanum
xE vitelhnum) — E, radicdnti-Stamfordianum — E. rddico-ntel-
linum—E Wdlhsio-cihdre — E xdntho-radicans *
Euepidendrum E arachnogldssum, Andre Sts 4-5 ft fls.
rich purple-lilac lip fringed, with orange calh Colombia R.H
Ifc82 55-1 — E Cltfsidnum, Cogn Sts up to 2 ft tall racemes
numerous, pendulous, fls pure white Colombia GC III 29 70 —
E cnemidophorum, Lindl Sts 4-6 ft racemes ample, drooping
.... „ nala, 7,000ft B M.
Id Ivs 1-3, thick.
„ ..., „_ . .... ,. . . :ate and revolute,
the petals narrower and obtuse S Fla and S Once offered by
Rcasoner — E Cooperidnum, Batem Sts 2-3 ft fls yellow-green;
hp bright purple Brazil B M 5654 — E costatum. Rich & Gal
Raceme nodding, fls about 1 in across, the sepals and petals
reddish brown, the hp whitish, purple-marked Mex GC III.
44 125 — E declptens, Lindl Fls orange or vermilion Colombia.
— E Ellmn, Rolfe Fls carmine-rose, very handsome Colombia
E fulgens, Brongn Fls orange-scarlet, in crowded racemes
Guiana to Brazil — E yrdahn, Lindl , was once offered by John
Haul— E ibaautnse, HBK Sts 2- 3 ft fls orange - scarlet, hp
yellow Colombia to Peru, 4,500 ft — E Lambeautlnum, De Wild.
hcpals and petals whitish, the lip claret G C III 44 228 — E
myrvdnthum, Lindl Sis 3-5 ft enormous panicles of nch purple
fls , hp with 2 yellow calh Guatemala B M 5556. — E noc-
turnwn, Linn Sts 2-3 ft peduncles 8-10-fld , fls white and yel-
lowish, 5 in across, very fragrant S Fla and Mex to Peru and
\V Indies. B M 3298 Once offered by Reasoner — E palptgerum,
Reichb f Fls beautiful lilac Mex — E Pfdvn, Rolfe Sts 4-6 ft
high fls light purple, hp with white disk, in numerous racemes.
Costa Rica —E Pseudepidtndrum, Reichb f Sts 2-3 ft fls 3 in.
diam, green, lip orange-red and yellow Cent Amer , 4,000 ft.
B M 5929 — E rantferum, Lindl Sts 2-3 ft fls vellow-green,
thickly spotted with purple Mex to Guiana B R 28 42 — E
rigidum, Jacq , was once catalogued by Reasoner — E <Sc/idm-
burokn, Lindl Sts 2-3 ft fls vermilion. Guiana, Brazil, Quito
B R 24 53 — E ttenopttalum, Hook Sts up to 2 ft fls 1^
in across, rosy mauve, the lip with a white blotch Jamaica B M.
3410— E synnffothtirsis, Reichb f. Sts 4-5 ft fls deep purple,
lip and column with orange and yellow, crowded in long racemes.
Bolivia, 8,000-9,000 ft B M 6145 — ^. WdUiaii, Reichb f Sts.
4-6 ft • fls. yellow, some purple spots, hp orange and purple, upon
white ground Colombia 4,000-7,000 ft Has lateral as well as
terminal racemes
. yellov
ufl — E
purple, fragrant" "Cent Amer" B.M '3898. — E~'bifidum~~Aubl
Fls pale green, dotted with purple, lip rose, orange and white W.
Indies, Guiana BR 1879. — E Fnderlcv-Guvhflmi, Warsc A
K cnemuiopnorum, Lindl ots 4-0 it racemes am
fls purple, brown and yellow, fragrant Guatemala,
5656 — E contipseum, R Br Scape few- to many-fid
fls green, tinged with purple, the sepals spatulate
, . . ,
hp yellowish white, purple-streaked Brazil — E aldtum. Batem
FU 2 in across, purple and green, hp yellowish, streaked with
rant Cent Amer B.M 3898. — E bifidum, Aubl
en, dotted with purple, lip rose, orange and white W.
, . ,
Reichb f Bulbs 4-5 ft fls. dark purple, base of hp white and yel-
low Peru, 6,000-8.000 ft. I.H 18 48 —E. gaUonovinum, Reichb f.
Fls. brown m large racemes, lip yellow Brawl.— E. oneidtoidea,
Lindl Panicles up to 6 ft long, fls yellow and brown, sweet-
U20
EPIDENDRUM
•oented. Stately species. Guiana. B R 1623 —E. phaentceum,
Lindl Panicles 2-3 ft., fls deep purple, mottled green, lip rich
viotet, stained crimson Handsome Cuba— F mrg&twn, Undl.
Scape up to 7 ft. high, fls. small, up to 20, greenish, stained brown.
Auhzeum: E. vaneg&tum, Hook Racemes many-fld , fls.
fragrant, sepals and petals pale yellow, the Up rose or wlute-and-
rose-spotted. S Amer BM 3151.
Other species mentioned in horticultural literature are E. campy-
lostulifx, lleichb f A curious species with glaucous green pseudo-
bulbs and l\s fls yellowish tinged with chocolate color Cent.
Amer. — E, Ldmbda, Lmd Closely allied to E fragrans Sepals and
petals light salmon-color, Up cream-yellow with violet lines, creat
velvety Colombia — E lateriile, Hort Infl. produced on a
rudimentary pseudobulb as in E Stamfordianum. Cent. Amer —
E. pterocdrpum, Lindl Of diminutive growth, chiefly of botanical
interest Mex — E. punctfferum, Reichb f Fls. in erect spikes,
greeu, the lip spotted with purple Brazil — E purpuruchylum,
Rodr "Sepals and petals dull olive-green, tinged with brown,
corrugated front lobe of lip deop purple, with whitish yellow mar-
gin, fls. fragrant, not unlike violets " — E, sacchardtum. Kranzl.
Raceme 15-20-fld , fls green, marked with dark brown, lip white,
road-purple at apex Guiana —E Stallforthianum, Kranzl Sepals
and petals dull brown, column ivory-white, fla have a peculiar
and disagreeable odor Mex. G.C. Ill 51 114 —E tnpunctAtum,
Lindl. Intro, in 1881 and now reappearing in cult
GEORGE HANSEN
GEORGE V. NASH.f
EPEDlACRlUM (compounded of Epidendrurn and
Diacrium) OrchidAce<*i. A genus established to con-
tain hybridp between Epidendrum and Diacnum.
The following is sometimes found in collections. E CMmann
(E, cihare x D bicornutum)
EPIG.&A (Greek, epi, upon, gaia, earth; in reference
to the trailing growth) Encdce<je. Evergreen spring-
bloommg plants, herbaceous m appearance but with
woody creeping stems, sometimes planted
Leaves alternate, petiolate, entire, leathery, fls.
usually dioecious, sometimes perfect, m short terminal
or pseudo-axillary spikes, each m the axil of a green
bract and with 2 green brastlets; sepals 5, green; corolla
pink or white, salver-shaped, with 5 lobes, stamens 10,
attached to the base of the corolla-tube, the.2-celled
anthers dehiscing by slits not, as is usual in the Enca-
cese, by pores; style columnar; stigma 5-lobed, ovary
densely hairy, 5-celled, with many ovules fr depressed-
globose, fleshy, dehiscent along the partitions, the
many minute seeds set on the surface of the white suc-
culent placentae. — Two species, N. E Amer. and Japan.
repens, Linn. TRAILING ARBUTUS MAYFLOWER.
Fig. 1399 Spreading on the ground in patches some-
times 2 ft. chain, the hirsute sts rooting* If -blades
ovate-oblong to orbicular, cordate or rounded at the
base, obtuse or broadly acute at the apex, sparingly
hirsute on the margins and both surfaces, 1-3 in.
long* fls fragrant, the corolla-lobes spreading, those of
the male fls. much larger than the female, btamens
in the female fls. often reduced to mere rudiments of
filaments j stigmas spreading in the female fls , folded
together in the male fr berry -like after dehiscence,
the axis, dissepiments, and placentae fleshy. Newfound-
land to Sask , south to Fla., Ky .
and Wis. — It grows only m acid
soils.
Trailing arbutus, probably the
best beloved of all the early wild
flowers of the eastern United States,
is rarely seen in cultivation Yet
it thrives in the same acid peaty
sandy well aerated soils as the
blueberry, and like the blueberry it
has in and on its roots a myco-
rhizal fungus upon which it prob-
ably depends for nutrition. One of
the most satisfactory potting mix-
tures is nine parts finely sifted
kalmia peat, one part clean sand^
and three parts clean broken
crocks. In watering the plants one
should use rain-water,-- bog-water,
or some other water free from Urn*1
Wild plants may be transplanted, preferably m autumn
or very early spring, care being taken to lift a large
portion of the root-mat without disturbing the roots.
Such plants should be kept in a cold frame or coolhouse
and until abundant new roots are formed should
receive little or no direct sunlight They may be
propagated by division or by layers, but the resulting
plants are seldom symmeti ic-il
The best method of propagating trailing arbutus is
by the seed The fruit, whieh is often borne in abun-
dance on vigorous female plants, ripens at the same
season as the wild strawberry At maturity and while
still herbaceous the wall of the fruit splits from the
center into five valves which turn backward in a green
rosette exposing the white fleshy edible berry-like
interior, % to % of an inch in diameter and dotted with
seeds The fruits disappear quickly after dehiscence,
commonly within a few hours, being eagerly sought by
ants, snails, and birds. A fruit bears usually 300 to
500 seeds The seeds, which are easily separated from
the pulp by rubbing between the fingers, should be
sown at once in a well-drained shallow box, in a mixture
of two parts finely sifted kalmia peat and one part of
clean sand, covered about & of an inch with the same
material, and watered slowly but thoroughly with a
very fine rose. If covered with a glass and kept away
from direct sunlight a second wateiing may not be
required before germination The seeds come up in
three to four weeks, and m their earliest stages after
germination often require protection from ants. This
is best accomplished by setting the seed-boxes on pots
inverted m saucers of water In the heat of summer
young seedlings, and older plants as \vell, can riot stand
lull sunlight A lath shade with spaces of the same
width as the lath usually furnibhcs sufficient protection
In the third or fourth month from germination, when
the plants are about ?g of an inch in diameter, they
should be potted in 2-inch pots m the mixture of peat,
sand, and crocks already described, and the pots
plunged m sand in shallow boxes.
If carried through the first winter in a greenhouse,
with a night temperature of 55° to 60° and a day
temperature of about 65° to 70°, the plants continue
their growth all winter, and in the following summer
some of them even without transfer to larger pots will
lay down a few clusters of flower-buds, in preparation
for the next spring's blooming, when they are a year
and a half old Many of the plants, however, do riot
flower until they are two and a half years old, their
Trailing arbutus or Mayflower -Epigsea repeat.
XXXVIII. The California poppy. — Eschscholtzia calif ornica.
EPIG^JA
EPIMEDIUM
rosettes having reached a diameter of about 7 to 10
inches.
The flower-buds are formed from midsummer to
autunrn. If the plants are kept in a warm greenhouse
during the winter the flower-buds seldom open. To
make them open normally the plants must be subjected
to a prolonged period of chilling Actual freezing is
not necessary. The best chilling temperature for the
greenhouse is a little above freezing, about 35° Alter-
nate freezing and thawing, with strong sunlight, is
likely to injure the foliage. Strong sunlight without
freezing heightens the color of the flowers. After two
to three months of chilling the plants may be forced,
if early flowers are desired, by alternating the same low
night temperature with a day temperature of 45° to
60°. Plants kept in a cool humid atmosphere often
remain in flower three to four weeks, redolent with
their well-known delightful fragrance The male
flowers, with their yellow centers, are much larger and
prevailingly much pinker than the green-centered
female flowers In cultivated plants the corollas some-
times have a spread of % of an inch. The most robust
plants have been secured by plunging the pot in moist
sphagnum in a pot of 2 inches greater diameter. The
roots then grow through the hole in the bottom of the
inner pot and develop profusely in the moist, well
aerated sphagnum of the outer pot. Old plants which
have become ragged at the center may be revivified
by cutting the stems back almost to the mam root
immediately after flowering They then throw out a
new circle of branches with new and bright foliage and
flower profusely the following spring.
FREDERICK V. COVILLE.
EPIL&LIA (compounded of Epidendrum and
Lif/wi) Orchul&ceae. A genus established to include
hybrids of these genera
E belairensis (E cihare x L autumnahs). — E.
minutely toothed, 2-6 in. long, 4-12 lines wide, pale
beneath, acute, narrowed at bases- fls. spreading, hi
long, terminal spike-like racemes, petals rounded at
tip; stigma 4-lobed • caps 2-3 in long. Eu., Asia, N.
Arncr BB. 2.481 Var alba, Hort., has pure white
fls. suitable for cutting; also occurs wild This variety
was perfected in England It forms a compact bush
hirsutum, Linn. Stout, 2-4 ft. high, with short but
conspicuous soft straight hairs: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate,
usually opposite, sessile and often clasping, with many
small, sharp teeth, 1-3 m. long, pubescent on both
sides: fls. erect, axillary, about 1 in. across; petals
notched : weed from Eu , showy, and sometimes found
in old gardens
Dodonsfei, Vill (E rosmannifdlium, Haenke). Per-
ennial, 1-3 ft , blooming in midsummer, mostly erect:
Ivs. linear, tapering somewhat toward either end,
entire, smooth or somewhat soft-hairy: fls. red, the mfl
terminal on the branches Eu.
obcordatum, Gray Glabrous perennial: decumbent,
sts 3-5 in. long, 1-5-fld ' Ivs numerous, opposite,
ovate, sessile, %in or less long. fls. bright rose-color,
the petals y^n long and obcordate; stamens yellow,
shorter than declining style. caps short and thick
Calif m the high Sierras, and in Nev. — Offered as an
alpine A handsome species.
luteum, Pursh Nearly simple, 1-2 ft., nearly gla-
brous. Ivs ovate or elliptical to broad-lanceolate,
toothed, slightly fleshy, 1-3 in long, sessile or with a
short -winged petiole fls bright yellow, the petals %m
long, style often exserted' caps long-stalked, some-
what puberulent Ore to Alaska
E uby ^sinicwn album is offered abroad, as "pure white, pretty"
the name does not appear to have botanical standing — E tott-
. .
Charleswdrthn (E radicans X L. cmnabarma). — E.
FletcheriAna (E atropurpureum x L harpophylla) — -E.
Hardy&na (E cihare x L anceps). C 0 1 — E
'
.
heatentnsis (E O'Bnemanum x L cmnabarma) — E.
Lawrence* (E vitellmum x L tenebrosa) — E Lumttii
(F, atropurpureum x L purpurata) — E Mdrgantae
(K! Parkmsomanum x L grandis). — E. Sylvia (L,
cmnabarma x E Coopenanum ) — E Veilchn (E.
radicans x L purpurata) — E viiellbrbsa (E vitel-
lmum x L tenebrosa) GEORGE V. NASH.
EPEL6BIUM (Greek, upon the pod, referring to the
structure of the flower). Including Chanisenerion.
Onagrdcex Border plants, with willow-like foliage, and
large showy spikes of deep pink, rosy crimson or white
or even yellow flowers borne from June to August
Herbs or sub-shrubs, sometimes annual, erect,
sprawling or creeping: Ivs alternate or opposite,
toothed or entire: fls axillary or terminal, solitary or
in spikes or racemes, rosy purple or flesh-colored, very
rarely yellow, calyx-tube little, if at all, produced
beyond the ovary; petals 4, obovate or obcordate,
erect or spreading; stamens 8; ovary 4-celled; seeds
comose; stigma often 4-lobed: caps, long and narrow,
4-sided and 4-valved — Species aoout 200 or more, in
many parts of the world, mostly in temperate regions.
the taller species, like E. angustifoliurn and E. hir-
sntium, make very rank growth in moist places, and are
therefore especially adapted for the wild garden or for
naturalizing along the water's edge and in low meadows
The underground runners reach far, and the plants
spread fast when not kept in bounds. Propagation is
by division or seeds.
angustifdlium, Linn (E. spic&tum, Lam. Chamse-
nenon angustifbhum, Scop.). GREAT WILLOW-HERB.
FIRE-WEED. In cult, mostly branched and 3-5 ft.
high; m the wild simple or branched, 2-8 ft. high: Ivs.
alternate, very short-petioled, lanceolate, entire or
fdhum, I inn (Chamaenerion latifohum. Sweet) Erect, canescent,
about 1 '2 ft Ivs lanceolate or ovate -lanceolate, tapering at both
ends, thick fls
L II B
,
, thick fls purple, showy, sometimes 2 in across Newfound-
laud to Ore ana north.
EPIMEDIUM (Greek, like Median, a plant said to
grow m Media; a name from Dioscondes, retained by
Linnirus) Kerberidacex. Herbs suitable for rock-gar-
dens and shady places.
This genus contains some of the daintiest* and most
interest ing plants that can be grown in the hardy
border, and E. maeranthum, particularly, is as distinct,
complicated and fascinating as many of the rare, ten-
der and costly orchids. The whole family to which it
belongs is exceptionally interesting, and is one of the
most striking of those rare cases in which the cultural,
botanical and artistic points of view have much m
common Of the 8 or 9 genera of this family only Ber-
bens and Nandma are shrubs, all the others being herbs,
with creeping, underground sts , and all small, choice,
curious, and cult to a slight extent, except Bongardia
and Leontice. Podophyllum contains our mandrake;
Caulophyllum the quaint blue cohosh; and the others
are Aceranthus, Achlys, Diphylleia, JefTersoma and
Vancouveria. A collection of all these plants should
make a charming study What appear to be petals in
E. macranthrim are really the inner row of sepals, col-
ored like petals, and performing their functions, while
the long spurs or nectaries are supposed to be highly
specialized petals. Epimedium has 8 sepals and 4
petals, which are mostly small and in the form of nec-
taries* stamens 4' caps, opening by a valve on the
back: Ivs pumately twice or thrice dissected. They
grow a foot or two high. For E. diphyllum, see Acer-
anthus, which is distinguished by its flat, not nectary-
like petals, and its Ivs. with a pair of Ifts. on each of
the 2 forks of the petiole — There are 11 species, all
natives of the northern hemisphere, but some are
found as far south as N. Afr. There is none native in
Amer. The Garden, 48, p. 486, shows what a charming
picture can be made of the foliage alone when cut ana
placed in a bowl. The plants retain Jheir foliage all
winter, especially m sheltered spots under trees.
1122
EPIMEDIUM
EPIFHRONITIS
Epimediums thrive best in partial shade, and are
particularly well suited for rockeries and the margins
of shrubberies. Almost any soil will answer for them.
The peculiar bronzy tints of the young foliage con-
1400. Epimedium mtcranthum. a, E.
alpinum var. rubrum; b, E. pinna turn;
showing three types of spur or nectary.
trast well with the variously colored flowers. Propaga-
tion by division. (J B. Keller.)
A. Spurs conspicuous, often 1 in. long, sometimes twice
as long as the showy inner sepals.
macranthum, Morr & Decne Fig. 1400. Lvs.
thrice ternate; Ifts. cordate-ovate, unequal at the base,
sharply toothed; petioles with short, spreading, con-
spicuous hairs outer sepals sometimes colored bright
red, remaining after the larger and showier parts of the
fl. have fallen; inner sepals ovate-lanceolate, violet;
spurs white Japan B.R. 1906. P.M. 5:151. Not
On. 46:356, which is E pinnatum Var nlveum,
Voss (E niveum, Hort ), has pure white fls G W 3, p.
591 Var rdseum, Voss (E. roseum, Hort. E niveum
var. rbseum, Hort ), has fls. white, tinged with pink or
pale rosy red. Var. violiceum, Voss (E. violdceum,
Morr. & Decne ), has violet spurs, shorter than in E.
macranthum, but much larger than in the other species.
B.M. 3751. B R 26:43. H F 4:168 —A very interest-
ing species. The E hlace,a advertised in some Ameri-
can catalogues seems to belong here. E. lilacea is a
name unknown in botanical literature.
A A. Spurs medium-sized, nearly as long as the inner
sepals.
B. Inner sepals bright red.
alpinum, Linn., var. rubrum, Hook. (E. rubrum,
Morr.). Fig. 1400. Lvs. biternate (but Hooker's picture
shows tendency to thrice ternate condition), minutely
toothed: spurs white, marked with red, as in Fig 1400,
which shows the very distinct appearance of the fls.
Japan. B.M. 5671. R B 3, p. 33.— Hooker says this
diners in no way from E alpinum, except in the larger
and red fls., while the type which grows wild in England
(though probably not native) has dull reddish yellow
fls., and, though advertised, is probably not in cult.
BB. Inner sepals whitish or pdje yellow.
Musschianum, Morr. & Decne Lvs. only once ter-
nate, sharply toothed, as in E. macranthum: all floral
parts whitish or pale vellow. Japan. B M. 3745. —
The least showy kind, but worth growing in a collec-
tion, its spurs having an individuality difficult to
describe. Var. rubrum, Hort , is presumably an error,
as a red-fld. form would be very unexpected.
AAA. Spurs much shorter than the inner sepals, being,
in fact, merely small nectar-glands.
B. Lvs. once or twice ternate.
pinnatum, Fisch Fig 1400. Lvs usually biternate,
with 5 Ifts , 3 above and 1 on each side, Ifts. with a
deeper and narrower basal cut than in E macranthum,
the whole plant densely hairy scape about as long an
the fully developed Ivs.; fls typically bright yellow;
nectaries red, a third or a fourth as long as the inner
sepals Shady mountain woods of Persia and Caucasus.
BM 4456 Gn. 46.356, (erroneously as E macran-
thum) , 48, p. 486 G 18:706.— Best suited to the alpine
garden
Var. elegans, Hoit , presumably has larger,
brighter and more numerous fls E sulphureum of
European catalogues is regarded by J W Manning
and J. B Keller as a pale yellow-fld form of E pinna-
turn, but by Voss as a variety of E. macranthum A
yellow form of the violet-fid. E. macranthum would be
very surprising
Var c61chicum, Hort (F c6lchicum, Hort ), has
brilliant golden yellow fls and nectaries 1-1 H hnos
long.
BB. Lvs always once tcrnale.
Perralderianum, Coss This is the African repre-
sentative of E pinnatum, from which it differs in the
key characters and also in the much more strongly
cihate-toothed Ifts , when young the Ifts have rich
bronze markings, making a handsome showing. Its
fls are a "paler yellow than the typical E pinna-
turn It is far from improbable that specimens con-
necting them will be found in 8 Eu , if not in Afr."
Algeria. B M 6509 — Lvs remain all winter. Less
desirable than E pinnatum
E diphyllum, Lodd Sco Aceranthus diphyllus — E niveum
is catalogued by Van Tubcrgcn as a synonym of E Musschianum,
but the chances arc that all tho plants advertised aa K niveum
are E mucranthum var. niveum The spurs are so ob\iously
longer in E macranthum that there is no reason for confusion,
WILHELM MILLER.
N TAYLOR t
EPEPACTIS (Greek, epiprgnuo, it coagulates milk).
Orchidacex. Hardy terre&tnal orchids of minor value.
Leafy orchids with creeping rootstorks and un-
branched sts.: Ivs ovate or lanceolate, with plaited
veins fls. purplish brown, nearly white or tinged red;
lower bracts often longer than the fls , .sepals free,
spreading, nearly as large as the petals?, lip free, deeply
concave at base, without callosities, narrowly con-
stricted and somewhat jointed in the middle, the upper
portion dilated, petaloid. — Ten or a dozen species in
the north temperate zone. The first mentioned may be
secured through dealers in native western and Japanese
plants; the second is listed m the American edition of a
Dutch catalogue. For other definitions of the name
Epipactis, see Goodyera.
Royle&na, Lindl. (E. gigantea, Douglas) Stout,
1-4 ft high: Ivs. from ovate below to narrowly lanceo-
late above, 3-8 in. long, fls 3-10, greenish, strongly
veined with purple. June, July. Wash to Santa
Barbara, east to S. Utah and W Texas, on banks of
streams. Also Himalayas. Intro 1883 Mn 8:145.
atrfrubens, Schult. (E. rubigindsa, Crantz). Lvs.
often reddish: fls. and ovary dark purple; lip oval,
acute, or slightly notched; bracts equaling the fls. or
rarely longer. July-Sept. Eu., W. Asia. L. H. B.
EPIPHRONlTIS is a bigeneric orchid hybrid of Ep\-
dendrum and Sophronitis, for a picture of which see
R.II 1896:476. It has about 10 fls., chiefly a brilliant
scarlet, set off with bright yellow Gt. 46, p. 555.
EPIPHRONITIS
Veltchii, Hort. (Epid6ndrum radlcans x SophrorAtis
grandiflbra) . Fls. like those of Epidendrum radicans,
which it much resembles in habit, but the parts all
broader. C.O. 1. GEORGE V. NASH.
EPIPHYLL. A plant that grows on a leaf. It is a kind
of epiphyte. The epiphylls are algse, lichens, liverworts,
and mosses. The name is applied to those species or
kinds that find their physical support on foliage leaves
rather than to those that are parasitic on them as are
the fungi. Epiphyllous plants are likely to be most
abundant in the tropics.
EPIPHYLLANTHUS (flower upon the leaf). Coo
tdcese. Epiphytic, sts. much branched, jointed, ribbed,
areolea bearing setae instead of spines' fls resembling
those of Zygocactus ; ovary angled — One species known.
Native of Brazil. lor cult , see Succulents.
obtusingulus, Berger (Cereus obtusdngulus, Schu-
mann). Joints somewhat flattened, about 10-ribbed:
stamens of two kinds — Although usually considered a
Cereus, it is more closely related to Zygocactus, but
from both it seems generically distinct Indeed Berger
says it resembles certain Opuntias and seems to have a
relationship with RhipHahs. It is not grown in this
country, and is still rare m Eu. j N. ROSE
EPIPHfLLUM (on a leaf, refers to the leaf-like
branches on which the flower grows) Cactacese Spine-
less upright branched flat-stemmed cacti with very
large and showy flow ers, some of them popular as house-
plants.
Branches flat, 2-edged, crenate or serrate on the
margins, spineless, fls usually large, mostly nocturnal,
petals white, red, or yellow; stamens elongated, numer-
ous: fr. oblong m outline, bearing a few bracts, red,
juicy; seeds numerous, black. In the Cyclopedia of
American Horticulture, the name Phyllocactus was
used for this genus, but this is a much later name and
hence it is given up The epiphyllums of the first
Cyclopedia will be found under Zygocactus. For cult ,
see Succulents.
Several hundred hybrids are in the trade, the most
common ones being with E crenatum, E Ackermannn
and E. phyllanthoides. Fig. 1401. Crosses are often
made with the various Cereus allies, such as Hehocereus
speciosus, and with some species of lOchmopsis
A. Tube of fl. always elongated, usually much longer than
the limb, petals white or yellowish: mostly night-
bloomers.
B. Slyk white.
c. Branches thint usually spreading in some plane: petals
pure white.
oxypetalum, Haw. (Phyllocdctus grdndis, Lem.).
Very large, sometimes 20 ft long, with numerous short
side branches, and these in the same plane with the
mam st , thin and If -like, fl large (nearly a foot long),
white, night-blooming (sometimes described as day-
blooming). Originally from Mex., but said to be found
in Honduras and Guatemala; also reported from Cuba,
but surely not native there. G.W. 10.560 (as Phyllo-
cactus latifrons). — One of the commonest and best
species in cult.
cc. Branches thick, not spreading in the same plane:
petals cream-colored or yellow.
D. Fls. large: sts. with shallow crenations.
crenatum, Don (Phyllocdctus crenatus, Lem.). Sts.
about 3 ft. long, erect, thick, strongly crenate, some-
what glaucous: midrib very thick: fl. large, 6-10 in.
long, said to be a day-bloomer; petals white or cream-
colored in life, drying yellow; tube 4r-5 in. long; style
said to be white; very fragrant. Guatemala and S. Mex ,
and said to come from Honduras
EPIPHYLLUM
1123
DD. Fls. small for the genus: sts. with deeply cut
margins.
angftliger, Don (Phyllocdctus anguhger, Lem.).
About 3 ft. high, much branched below: branches
narrow, thick, with deeply cut margins: fls. 5-8 in
long, with a slender tube; petals yellow.
BB. Style red.
c Sts stiff, erect.
^ strfctum, Brit. & Rose (Phyllocdctus strictus, Lem ).
Erect, branching, reaching a height of 10 ft., with long
cylindrical branches and shorter, If -like secondary
branches' crenatures or teeth rather deep, unequal on
the oppohite sides bristles wanting, tube of the fl. very
long and slender, outer sepals brownish, inner pure
white ; the fl opens late in the evening and closes before
dawn; m full bloom the sepals are very strongly
recurved. Said to come froir Cuba —Often found m
collections under the name of P. latifrons.
cc. Sts rather weak, spreading
D. Petals very narrwv areolea bearing black bristles.
Wtifrons, Zucc. (Phyllocdctus Idtifrons, Link. P
stenopf talus, Salm-Dyck?). Branches very long and
large, crenate or somewhat serrate, acute or acuminate
midrib and usually side ribs evident, areolcs with rather
large scales and dark bristles fl 8-10 in long, spread-
ing and m full bloom bent backward; petals narrow
Supposed to be from Mex , but not known from wild
material — Much advertised as the queen cactus
DD Petals broader areoles without bristles.
Hodkeri, Haw (Phyllocdctus Hookeri, Salm-Dyck).
Sts 6-10 ft high branches rather thin, light green,
strongly crenate1 fls night-blooming, 8-9 in long; fl -
tube narrow, tinged with yellow, sepals narrow, lemon-
yellow; petals pure white, narrow, 2 in long; stamens
m a single series; style red Brazil and Guiana B M
1401. One of the many hybrid Epiphyllums.
2692 (as Cactus phyttanthus) — Although long in cult.,
the species is not now well known, there being 2 or
more closely related species in cult, under this name.
A A. Tube of fls. short, always shorter than the limb: day-
bloomers.
B. Style reddish: fls. 4% in. broad.
Ackermannii, Haw. (Phyllocdctus Ackermannii^ Salm-
Dyck). Fig. 1402. Sts. numerous, sometimes reach-
ing 3 ft., somewhat recurved: branches usually less
than a foot long, with evident middle and side ribs
areoles on the lower and younger shoots bearing short
bristles: fls scarlet-red outside, carmine-red within,
1124
EPIFHYLLUM
EPI1WVTES
the throat greenish yellow, tube very short, the limb
wide-spreading, 4-6 m. diam. B.R. 1331. — Not known
m the wild state.
BB. Style white: fl$. smaller than the last.
phyllanthoides, Sweet (Phyttocdctus phyllawtholdes,
Link). Branches at length hanging, cylindrical at base,
lanceolate above; serratures obtuse; middle and side
ribs evident; bristles few fl -tube 2 in long or less, with
spreading scales, the limb somewhat longer, often
stnate. b. Mex. j. N. ROSE.
EPIPHYTES. Literally "air plants." those plants
that do not grow in earth or water, but are supported
in air on trees or other objects and usually drawing no
organic nourishment from such object or support
True epiphytes are widely distributed in all climates,
but it is in the moist tropics that they become so numer-
ous and conspicuous as to arouse the special interest
and enthusiasm of the serious student as well as of the
traveler or casual observer. One thinks of epiphytes
as growing upon trees, and trees are usually the sup-
porting plants. The term merely signifies that ecologi-
cal type that has the habit of growing upon other
plants, although in this account it is not the purpose to
discuss such seaweeds or other algae as grow upon larger
plants in the water The word epiphyte also involves
a contrast with parasite, the latter denoting that
nourishment and water are derived from the living
tissues of the supporting plant or host The epiphytic
habit implies no particular
method of nutrition, and the
epiphytes are entirely indepen-
dent of the nutrition of the
1402 Epiphyllum Ackermannii
supporting plant. This habit fe not restricted to a
single class, or to a few families of plants, although in
some families many representatives of the type have
been developed, while m related families there may be
none. The seed plants are represented by many species
of tropical orchids, arums, bromehads, and numerous
others, lycopods, ferns, mosses and liverworts all con-
tribute many examples; and in the lower groups of
plants the lichens are in some regions dommantly
epiphytic.
The luxuriant tropical ram-forest is regarded as the
climax in development of vegetation. In describing
this type, Humboldt declared that "forest is piled upon
forest " Under such conditions the trunks and branches
are clothed with larger epiphytes, and the leaves of
some species accommodate algce and lichens It is in
the South American tropical forests that the better
known of our greenhouse epiphytes are native Orchids,
bromehads, and arums are among the most abundant
In the Javanese forests, the wealth of species is great,
but mosses, ferns and lycopods are particularly numer-
ous, and these are accompanied by some interesting
species of Ficus, epiphytic for a time, and by the
striking Rhododendron javanicurn, among others In the
mountain forests of tropical regions there are, as
epiphytes, representatives of several families of ferns,
likewise many mosses and lichens The dicotylous and
certain coniferous forests of Europe and America harbor
a few mosses and liverworts arid numerous specios of
hchens A conspicuous epiphyte of the southern states,
as well as of tropical America is the long or Florida
moss, Tillarulsia ut>neoides, the extremest epiphyte
among the Bromeliacete. Accompanying this, the
common polypody fern is also found on trees Going
northward, the total number of epiphytic lichens may
decrease, but several of the larger forms seem to become
more abundant and some of the moss-like usneas
extend to the northernmost latitude of
tree growth
The habit of growing upon trees ren-
ders epiphytes subject to an inconstant
water-supply. On this account the larger
and more delicate epiphytes arp restricted
to regions constantly moist Even m the
moist forest, the species less resistant to
drying out are found on the lower branches,
and those more resistant maintain them-
selves higher up, t»o that there is a dis-
tribution in strata, analogous to the lateral
distribution of species about the edge of
a pond In general, however, there is ex-
posure to drying out, and, as might be
anticipated, these plants exhibit the struc-
tural characteristics of xorophytes (dry-
land plants) Many of them are modified
so that transpiration is reduced, and they
are able to withstand considerable desic-
cation. Among greenhouse forms this is
notably true of many orchids and lichens.
Moreover, many species of orchids possess
special tissues to winch water is trans-
ported and there accumulated as a "re-
serve" supply. Leaf-tissues may function
m this way, but usually more important
are the bulb-like enlargements of the
stems.
Of special interest are the organs of
absorption of certain epiphytes Aerial
roots are characteristic of tropical arums
and orchids. The typical air-root is pro-
vided with an outer cylinder of tissue, the
velamen, derived from the epidermis, con-
sisting at maturity of dead cells capable of
taking up liquid water and substances m
solution like a sponge". From these roots
as capillary reservoirs, the supply is graett*-
EPIPHYTES
EQUJSETUM
1125
ally absorbed by the Iwng tissues. Earn, dew, or
moist substrata may furnish the water, but the view
that these roots absorb water vapor is erroneous. The
Bromehaceaj are peculiar in the possession of certain
absorbing leaf-scales or hairs. The Florida moss pos-
sesses such hairs over the entire surfaces of the
throad-hke stems and
leaves, and the plant
is rootless. There are
all gradations between >
this and the soil-rooted
pineapple - like forms.
The arrangement of
the leaves in many of
the bromeliads possess-
ing larger leaves is
such as to establish
after a rain a tempo-
rary reservoir about the
leaf -bases. The ab-
sorbing scales of the
bromeliads exhibit
features worthy of note
in three particulars (1) When
dry certain dead cells absorb
water greedily; (2) with ab-
sorption they assume a posi-
tion making possible the entry
of water to a considerable sur-
face of living cells, and (3)
with collapse, due to loss of
water, the spaces admitting
water are closed and loss is
minimised
Aside from such saprophytic fungi as might
be considered epiphytic, the epiphytes are
amply provided with chlorophyll- bearing
tissue; therefore, organic food is manufac-
tured as in other plants Some of the epiphytes
growing upon such humus-developing sub-
trata as the decaying bark of trees, or such as
passively accumulate humus and other materials in the
vicinity of their absorbing surfaces, might absorb some
organic compounds as N\ell as salts m this way; but
this supply of organic matter is certainly inconsequen-
tial in most cases Water and salts are secured either
through the air-roots, as described, or partially through
normal roots, when such occur. Many species, epi-
phytic at first, ultimately send roots into the soil, and
then secure water and salts largely through the terres-
trial habit
In the forest, certain of the seed-bearing epiphytes are
specialized with respect to supporting plants, often
due to the special nature of the protection offered, or
to the physical advantages of the substratum in regard
to fixation of the plant. Most species arc markedly
unspeciahzed and may be grown m the greenhouse
most successfully. B M DUGGAK
EPIPREMNUM (upon the trunk of trees) Aracesp.
Resembling the genus Rhaphidophora but has fewer
ovules, 2 or more 1-seeded berries not confluent, and
albuminous kidney-shaped instead of almost terete
seeds About 8 species from Malay and Polynesia.
E. gigant&um, Schott A robust climber over 100 ft.
high, the sts omitting long rope-like roots from every
growth: Ivs cordate-oblong, 6-8 ft long, including the
petiole which is as long as the blade and winged through-
out its length: spathe about 1 ft. long, ending m a
curved beak-spadix as long as spathe. Malay Penms.
B.M. 7952.
EPfSCIA (Greek, shady; they grow wild in shady
places) Gennenacex. Choice and interesting warm-
house plants, E. cupreata being much prized for
baskets
Herbs, with long, abort or no hairs' st from a creep-
ing root, branched or not Ivs. opposite, equal or not
in size* fls pedicellcd, axillary, solitary or clustered;
corollas mostly scarlet, rarely whitish or purplish;
tube straight or curved, more or less spurred at the
base; limb oblique or nearly equal, lobes 5, spreading,
rounded — Perhaps 30 species, all Trop. American.
Episcia cupreata is one of the standard basket plants,
especially for the warmest greenhouses It can also be
used in pyramids and mounds, as told under Fittoma
As it does not require so close an atmosphere as the
fittomas, it can be grown in some living-rooms and per-
haps outdoors in summer in a shady place Its chief
charms are the slender, trailing habit, the soft hairiness
of the leaves, the coppery hue, which is often laid on
like paint in two broad bands skirting the midrib, and
the rarer and perhaps finer metallic* bluish luster of
which one occasionally gets a glimpse in a finely grown
specimen Give very rich, fibrous loam, mixed with
peat, leaf-mold and sand, in summer partial shade.
(Robert Shore )
A Fls. pale lavender to white.
chontalensis, Hook (Cyrtoddra chontalensis, Seem ).
St. stout, more or less ascending, dark reddish purple,
6-10 in long Ivs opposite and irregularly wnorled,
3-4 in. long, oblong-ovate to elliptic-ovate, crenate,
obtuse, rounded at the base, decidedly convex on both
sides of the midrib and between the much-sunk veins,
margins recurved, green, marked with regular
purple patches, which advance from the mar-
gins between the veins toward the midrib and
are more or less oblong fls solitary or in small
clusters, corolla-tube with a sac at the base,
the limb oblique, 1 J-4-2 m across, with small
and regular but conspicuous and beautiful
teeth Chontales region of Nicaragua. B M.
5925. RB 22.241F8 18:1924.
AA Fls scarlet.
B Lvs usually not green, or only partially so
cupreata, Hanst (Achimenes cupreato,
Sts slender? creeping,
Hook) Fig 1403 ; t .,.
branched, rooting at the joints, with a main
bianch rising erect a few inches, \vhich bears
the fls and the largest Ivs Ivs copper-
colored above, fls solitary, 9 lines \\ide, scar-
let, with a small sac and denticulate limb.
Nicaragua BM 4312 Var viridifdha, Hook ,
has green foliage and larger fls , 1 m across,
B M. 5195.
coccinea, Benth & Hook (Cyrtoddra cocd-
nea, Hort , B S Williams) Lvs dark metal-
lic green, 3-4 in long, 2~xj-3 in wide — Free-
floweiing Some of the plants sold as E
imtallica. a name otherwise unknown in
botanical literature, probably belong here.
BB Lvs a rich dark green
fulgida, Hook. A beautiful, creeping, much-
branched hothouse plant, covered throughout
with soft villous pubescence Ivs ovate to
elliptic, wavy and serrate margined, ciliato*
fls axillary, solitary, the calyx prominently
1-sided, the sepals with recurved tips; corolla
bright red, the limb deeper colored than the
tube which is about 1% in long; corolla-lobes
rounded and hairy toward the throat. N. S.
Amer. B.M. 6136. G.W. 3, p. 161.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.! £ 1u4i°s*'tum
EQUISETUM (from the Latin equus, horse, hiemate"—
and seta, bristle) Equisetaceae, Contains the Common
weeds known as horse-tails, or scourmg-rushes scowwng-
which are suitable for naturalising m waste rush-
1126
EQUISETUM
and wettish places and help to hold sandy banks. The
following have been advertised by dealers in native
plants. E arvense, E. hiemale (Fig. 1404), E. Isemgdtum,
E. hmbsum, E prat6nse, E. robustum, E. scirpoides, E.
sylvdticum, E vanegdtum For descriptions, consult the
manuals of native plants. They grow usually in moist
or swale-like places. They are flowerless plants, allied
to ferns and club-mosses.
Of the species named above, E. arvense haa been
found to have a poisonous effect on grazing stock when
it occurs in any quantity in hay or pasturage.
R. C. BENEDICT.!
£RAGR(3STIS (Greek, er, spring, and agroslis, a
grass). Gramineae. LOVE-GRASS. Annual or perennial
grasses with more or less diffuse panicles of small
several-flowered compressed spikelets. Some species
grown in the open for ornament.
1405. Eragrostis suaveolens.
From 6 in. to several feet tall: culms simple or often
branched; lemmas keeled, 3-nerved, the palea ciliate
on the keels. — Species about 100 in warm and tem-
perate regions of Doth hemispheres.
Some annual species are common weeds, such as E.
megostdchya, Link (E. md,jor{ Host), STINK- or SNAKE-
GRASS, with rather large, ill-smelling spikelets in a
compact panicle. Dept. Agric., Div Agrost. 17:215.
E. pectinacea, Nees, a native of U. S , is a handsome
perennial, with large open panicles of purple spikelets.
Well adapted to cult, in sandy soils Ibid 17:261. E.
obthsa, Munro (Briza genwulata, Thurb.), an annual
with showy spikelets, is cult, in Eu., but little known
in U. S. V. 3:247.
abyssinica, Link (Pba abyssinica, Jacq.). TEFP. A
branching and spreading leafy annual, 1-3 ft : panicle
large and open, 1 ft. long, the branches capillary;
spikelets numerous, loosely 5-9-fld., 3-4 lines long;
lemmas acuminate, scaberulous on the tip and nerves.
Afr. — This and the following are cult, f* ornament, the
spreading panicles being used for bouquets. The
abundant seed used for making bread in N. E. Afr.
suavfcolens, Becker (E colllna, Trin.). Fig. 1405.
A spreading leafy annual, 1-2 ft., differing from the
ERANTHEMUM
preceding in the less diffuse panicles, the more com-
pact spikelets and the less acuminate lemmas. W. Asia.
interrupta, Doell (E. tlegans, Nees). An erect
annual, 1-2 ft.: panicle feathery, 1 ft. long, rather
narrow, the branches ascending, closely nd. with
numerous small spikelets. Brazil.
amabilis, Wight & Am. (Poa amdbilis, Linn.).
Erect or spreading annual, 1-2 ft. : panicles small, 4-6
in., rather compact; spikelets purple, many-fld., 3 lines
long, 1 line wide. India.
maxima, Baker. An erect, robust annual, 2-3 ft.:
blades lanceolate, cordate at base* panicle erect, lax,
6-9 in. long and broad, the pedicels capillary; spikelets
oblong, K~Hin- long. Madagascar.
A S HITCHCOCK
ERANTHEMUM (Greek, lovely flower). Acaniha-
CCSP. Tropical shrubs and sub-shrubs, some of which are
cultivated chiefly for their foliage and others for their
flowers.
Leaves entire or rarely coarsely toothed fls. white,
lilac, rosy or red, borne in various ways; bracts and
bractlets narrow, small; corolla-tube long, slender,
cylindrical throughout or rarely with a short throat,
limb 5-parted; stamens 2; ovules 2 in each cell; seeds
4 or fewer — Perhaps 30 species The genus Dicdala-
canthus, although in a different tribe, is separated only
by a combination of technical characters, but the
garden forms of both genera described in this work
are all distinguishable at a glance For cult , see Jus-
ticia. Consult Dxdalacanthus for related species.
A. Fls. purple
laxifldrum, Gray Height 2-4 ft : Ivs. on the same
plant varying greatly in size and shape, those near the
fls 2-3 H m l°nJ?) 8-15 lines wide; petioles 2-6 lines
long, widest below, at or above the middle, more or
lehs ovate-oblong, obtuse, narrowed at the base: fls.
in cymes; stamens 2, perfect, sharp-pointed. Fiji.
B.M. 6336.
AA. Fls. pure white.
tuberculatum, Hook. Easily told while growing by
the many small roundish and rough elevations on the
branches: Ivs. small, %-%m. wide, rarely if ever 1 in.
long, broadly elliptical, obtuse or notched, almost ses-
sile fls numerous, borne singly in the axils, in summer;
corolla-tube very long and blender, 1^ in. long; limb
1 in. across; stamens scarcely exserted. Habitat un-
known. B.M. 5405
AAA. Fls. white, speckled with red-purple.
B. Foliage netted with yellow.
reticulatum, Hort (E tichdnihurgkn, Lind.). Height
4 ft.: upper Ivs 2-7 in long, ovate-lanceolate, charac-
teristically netted with yellow; lower Ivs. 6-10 in. long,
not netted, but the veins prominent and yellow: fls.
racemose; corolla speckled with blood-red at the
mouth; anthers reddish brown, exserted. Possibly
Austral. B.M. 7480. 1.11.26:349.
BB. Foliage not netted with yellow.
Andersonii, Mast. Lvs. lanceolate or elliptic, nar-
rowed into a short stalk: fls. in a spike 6 in. long; lower
middle lobe of the corolla larger and speckled with
purple. Trinidad. Gn.45:ll. G.Z.25:49.
The following trade names belong to plants grown chiefly for
their foliage Probably many of them belong in other genera.
— E. dlbo-marginAtum Lvs. broadly margined with white and
irregularly suffused gray — E. atroaanguineum, Hort Intro by
W. Bull, 1875 Lvs large, dark, wmp-purple, or blackish crim-
son, ovate entire, opposite, stalked Said to endure the hottest
sunshine — E cuUr&tum "Lvs shining, thick, deep-veined "
— E. Dutremblayhn'u.m, Hort , is supposeoT to be a garden hybrid.
Intro from France in 1907. — E. Eldorddo. Lvs. greenish yel-
low, veins deeper yellow. — E. iffneum. G W. 3, p 159. See Cham-
seranthemum. — E. Ma.gned.num, Hort , la recorded as a garden
hybrid. Intro from France 1907. Scarcely known in U S — E.
nerium riibrum presumably a misprint for nervum-rubrum, has Ivs.
"irregularly shaped, shaded with light and dark green, and blotched
ERANTHEMUM
KREMOSTACHYS
1127
with yellow, which darkens to reddish purple." Possibly*- Fittonia
Verscnaffeltii. — B. nenx>«um="»=DsBdalacanthusnervo8U8, T. Anders.
— E nigrescent! Presumably with blackish Ivs — E. jndch&lum,
Hort and Andr.=D«dalacanthus norvosus, T Anders, — E pur-
piireum "Lvs and sts. dark, lurid purple " Siebretht & Wadley.
— E, WdUu, Stapf, is probably the correct name for the plant
treated as Dsedalacanthus Wattu, Bedd. See B M 8239. G.C.
UL45t89' WILHBLM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.!
ER&NTHIS (Greek, er. spring, and antfios, a flower;
from the early opening of tne flowers) Ranunculdcex.
WINTER ACONITE. Low perennial herbs, grown in open
flower-beds because of the very early show of bright
flowers; very desirable.
Rootstock tuberous: basal Ivs. palmately dissected,
1 st-lf. sessile or amplexicaul just beneath the large
yellow fl.: sepals 5-8, petal-like; petals small, 2-lipped
nectaries; stamens numerous: carpels few, stalked,
many-ovuled, becoming follicles. — About 7 species,
natives of Eu. and Asia. The earliest generic name is
Cammarum which was given in Hill's British Herbal,
p. 47, pi 7 (17.56), but it is not accepted by the "nomina
conservanda" of the Vienna code.
Winter aconites are very hardy? and at home in
half-shady places, among shrubs or m the border.
Propagated by division
of roots. The place in
which the tubers are
planted should be marked
during the Bummer, when
the foliage is dead.
hyemalis, Salisb. (Hdlb-
borus hyem&lis, Linn.).
Fig 1406. Erect, 5-8 in :
basal Ivs. long-petioled :
involucre 12 -15 -parted,
the bright yellow fls.
always sessile; anthers ob-
long. Jan .-March, or as
goon as frost is out of the
ground. Naturalized from
Eu B.M.3. Mn.8,p.43.
G.C. II. 11:245. G. 1:
628; 34.277.
Var. cilfcica, Huth. (E.
cillaca, Schott & Kots-
chy). Much like the
above: involucre of deeper
and inoie numerous lobes; anthers ovate instead of
oblong; sepals broader, being about J^m across: folli-
cles always straight. Season a few weeks later. G C.
III. 13:266. G.M.49:180.— The sts, when grown in
gardens, said to be red-brown. Roots of this were first
sent to England from its native home near Smyrna in
1892. Rare m Amer.
sibfrica, DC. Much dwarf er, seldom over 3-4 in.
high : fls. bright yellow, a little smaller than those of E.
hyemalis, 5-sepaled. Siberia. K. C. DAVIS.
ERCfLLA (Peruvian name). PhytolaccAcex. One
twining shrub from Peru and Chile, apparently not
in the trade but sometimes cult, in this country for its
dense spikes of pale purple fls. and dark purple berries.
By some it is united with Phytolacca, from which it
differs in habit, the coriaceous evergreen Ivs , larger
bracteoles and technical characters of the fl. E. vora-
bilis, Juss. (E. spic&ta, Moq. Bndghia spic&ta, Hook.
& Am. Phylol&cca volubuis, Heiml.), has alternate,
petioled, ovate-cordate or oblong or orbicular Ivs. 1-2
in. long: fls. perfect, in spikes \-\Y\ in. long, the perianth
5-parted, segms. oblong and obtuse; stamens 8-10, with
filiform fleshy filaments, the alternate ones being
shorter: carpels 4-8, somewhat impressed in the torus,
becoming as many ovoid berries. G.C, II. 9:653. Said
to be excellent for covering walls, and climbs by aerial
rootlets. It is easily prop, oy seeds and cuttings.
L. H. B.
1400. Eranthis hyemalis.
1407. Spiny twig of
young seedling of Ere-
mocitrus glmuca. (X)i)
EREMOCfTRUS (Greok, desert and Citrus). Rut&cese,
tribe Citrex. AUSTRALIAN DESERT KUMQUAT. Spiny shrub
or small tree Ivs. small, simple or emargmate, thick and
leathery, alike on both sides; spines single, long, slen-
der, axillary: fls. small, 4- (rarely 3- or 5-) merous, white,
fragrant, borne singly, or 2 or 3
together in the axils of the Ivs. ;
stamens free, 4 times as numerous
as the petals: frs. small, subglo-
bose, oblate or pyriform, yellow,
with a thin fleshy peel like that
of a lime, 4- (rarely 3-5-) celled
with 1 or 2 seeds in each cell;
cells containing stalked subglo-
bose pulp-vesicles filled with a
pleasant acid juice — Only 1
species of this subtropical Aus-
tralian genus is known.
glauca, Swingle (Tnphfoia
glauca, Lindl. Ataldntia glaiica,
Benth ). A shrub or small tree
bearing edible frs and occurring
in Queensland and New S. Wales,
Austral., in subtropical regions
subject to severe cold and ex-
treme drought. The Ivs. of this
plant are small (1-1H X H~J4
in.), emargmate, and show
marked drought-resistant adap-
tations; both faces of the Ivs
show palisade cells, and stomates
at the bottom of deep pits; the
long and slender spines are borne
singly in the axils of the Ivs.
(see Fig. 1407): frs subglobose,
flattened or slightly pyriform
(see Fig. 1408), usually 4-celled
and containing globose stalked pulp-vesicles (see
Fig 1408); seeds small, with a longitudinally fur-
rowed and rugose testa. Yearbook Dept. Agric , 1911,
pi 45, fig. 1. Jour. Agric. Research, U S Dept Agric.
vol 2, pp. 85-100, figs. 1-7, pi 8.— The frs of this
species are used by the settlers in Austral, for" jam and
pickles and ade is made from the juice The Australian
desert kumquat is the hardiest evergreen citrous fr.
known besides being the only one showing pronounced
drought-resistant adaptations, it bears in the wild state
edible frs. with a pleasant acid juice and a mild-flavored
peel. These characteristics make this plant very promis-
ing for use m breeding new types of hardy drought-
resistant citrous frs It has been mtro. into the U. S.
by the Dept. of Agric , and is now growing in the
greenhouse of the Dept. of Agric. and in the southern
and western states. It can be grafted on the common
citrous fruit trees, and can in turn be used as stocks for
tnem- WALTER T. SWINGLE.
EREM(5SPATHA (solitary spathe). Palmacex. Above
a half-dozen Trop. African climbing palms, with long
slender ringed sts and pinnate Ivs. Apparently none
is in the trade. The fls. are perfect; calyx 3-toothed,
campanulate; corolla urn-shaped, with 3 short lobes;
stamens 6, with broad connate
filaments; ovary 3-celled, and
stigmas 3: fr. berry-like: Ifts.
alternate and opposite: rachis
spiny ,with a long tendril at end.
BREM6STACHYS (deserted
or solitary spikes). Labiate.
Outdoor perennial, apparently
only 1 species of the 50 or so in
the genus being in commercial
cult. The genus is allied to
Leonotis and Phlomis, and the
species are from Cent, and W.
1408. Fruit of Eremo-
citrus glauca, entire and
in cross-section, show-
ing stalked globose pulp-
vesicles and furrowed
seeds. (Natural size)
1128
EREMOSTACHYS
ERIA
Asia Erect herbs, with the Ivs. mostly radical, large,
toothed or cutnpmnatifid; st.-lvs small, passing into
floral bracts: fls. often ochroleucous, in inany-ild.
whorls in terminal and axillary spikes; corolla-tube
included withm the calyx; upper lip of corolla erect
and hooded, bearded inside; lower hp 3-lobed and the
middle lobe largest; stamens 4, with conmvent anthers.
E. laciniata, Bunge, is catalogued abroad. Nearly
simple, 12-20 in. . Ivs pinnatisect, the lobes again pin-
natifid: fls. yellow or ochroleucous, in midsummer.
Asia Minor —Said to be an attractive perennial. E.
suptrba, Royle, reported from Eu , has a strict st ,
unbranched, 2 ft , root-lvs pinnatisect, with sogms.
lobed, forming a rosetto' fls. deep primrose-yellow in
woolly heads to 6 in. long and 4 in. broad, showy. W.
Himalaya. L. H. B.
EREMtJRUS (Greek namo, probably
referring to their tall and striking aspect
in solitary and desert places) Lih&cex'.
These hardy desert plants, when in flower
with their great flower-stalks taller than
a man and crowned with a spike of
flowers from 1 to 4 feet long, are amongst
the most striking objects ui the choicer
gardens of the North and East.
Root clysters of fleshy fibers. Ivs. all
from the root, in dense rosettes, long
and linear- fls. white, yellow or rosy;
perianth bell-shaped or more widely
spreading, withering and persisting or
finally dropping away; segms 6, distinct
or very slightly united at the base,, sta-
mens 6; ovary 3-celled, seeds 1-4 in
each cell, 3-anglod — About 20 specias,
from the mountains of W. and Cent.
Asia
Probably E robuslus&nd E himcdaicus
are the hardiest of all the tall desert^
inhabiting plants of the lily family — a
family including the poker plant, the
aloes, the yuccas, and many others that
are not so tall and striking in appear-
ance or else too tender to grow outdoors
in the North. Large specimens of E.
robustus will annually produce a flower-
stalk 8 feet or more high, with racemes
4 feet long, remaining m bloom for a
month After flowering the leaves dis-
appear entirely, but early in spring they
reappea*, and should then be covered
with a box or barrel, to protect the form-
ing flower-stalk from late frosts. A
mound of ashes over the crown in win-
ter is advisable, or a box with water-
BB. Lvs. ^vote-lanceolate.
Elwesii, Mich (E. Elwesidnus, Hort ) Lvs. light
green, ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, flat, not at all rough at
the margin, shorter than in E. robustus, nearly trian-
gular, even more glaucous, and beginning to decay at
the time of flowering: penanth-segms. with a band of
deeper color down the middle." Habitat(?). 11 H.
1897;280 Gn. 54. p. 99. GC. III. 24: 137; 33: 381.
G M 44:321.— Intro, by Leichtlin as D. robustus
var. Elwesu.
AA. Fls. white.
himalaicus, Baker. Fig 1409. Root-fibers thick and
fleshy: Ivs. 9-12, hgulate, firrn, persistent, 1-11A ft.
long, 6-15 lines wide above the middle: raceme 3-3 H
m. wide; stamens about as long as the perianth. Himal-
ayas. P.M. 707$. Gn. 49, p 131. G,C.
if: 16:49. G.M. 44: 321; 52: 631 (as E.
1409. Eremurus himalaicus.
<5lg*e, Regel Lvs. narrow, glabrous,
but with rough margins, about 8-12 in.
long and 7-8 Jones broad fls. m a dense
raceme, spreading; the white petals
with a single brownish nerve down the
center. Turkestan Var. albus, Hort , a
white-fld. form is known.
AAA. Fls. some shade of yellow.
B. Color light yellow.
spectebflis, Bieb. Root-fibers thick
and fleshy: Ivs 6-15, lorate, slightly
glaucous, 12-18 in. long, 6-12 lines wide
above the middle, noticeably narrowed
at the bj*se: raceme 1-1 M ft long, 2
in. wide; stamens orange, finally twice
as long as the perianth. Asia Minor,
Persia. BM 4870.
BB. Color pwe yellow or orange.
Bungei, Baker. Lvs. contemporary
with the tls , linear, 1 ft long, let>s .than
3 lines wide raceme 4-5 in long, 2 in
wide; stamons finally twice as long as
the perianth Persia G 19 31. G L.
20:155 Gn 60, D. 53, 66, p 150. Var.
magnificus, Hort . A larger form than the
type and with brighter yellow fls . Var.
preecox, Hort Ajn early flowering more
slender form than the type, the fls.
smaller and loosely scattered on the
spike. Var citiinus, Hort "More robust
than the type and with larger citron-
yellow fls."
BBB. Color orange.
aurantlacus, Baker. Closely albed to
tight top filled with dry leaves. Both species like a E. Bungei, but live plants have less acutely keeled
rich soil, moist but well drained, and plenty of water m Ivs.: root-fibers tapering upward, and orange fls. and
the flowering period, but none afterwards. Propagation stamens Bokhara, Turkestan. B.M 113.
is by division, or slowly by seeds Large plants are
expensive, but they can sometimes be secured large
enough to flower within a year or so of purchase. It
tries one's patience to wait for seedlings to reach flower-
ing size. The flowers look like small stars. (W. C.
Egan.)
A. Fls. rosy.
B. Lvs. Iwear-hgulate.
robustus, Regel. Root-fibers thick and fleshy: Ivs.
glaucous, glabrous, Unear-ligulate, 2 ft. long, 1^-2 in.
wide, roughish on the margin, with minute recurved
teeth: raceme 4-4^ in. wide; stamens about as long as
During recent years many beautiful hybrid plants have boon
intro into cult , often under some specific name which gives no
indication of the parentage Of these the following arc knowji and
the parents are indicated when pOHsible — E iaabellinu«, Vilm A
hybrid, between E Bungqi and E Olgjfi Fls.lwge, apricot-rose — K
Michdi&nus, Hort , is supposed to be a hybrid between E Warn
and E Bungri G C III 40 83, desc — E. Tybcrplmi, Hort A
hybrid, crossed in Holland between E himalaioua and E Bungei
— •£ vedranfyiau, Hort^»E. robustus X E. spectabilis? R H 190f ,
p. ,229 — E W&rei, Hort , is supposed to be a natural Eastern
Asiatic hybrid between E. Bungei and E Olgse. It is described
as arowing in ordinary seasons about 8 ft high. The fls. are
lews pnght than in E. Bungei, and m rootstock it resembles the
iater-flpwer,ing E. Olgse. Qn. W. 22: suppl May 27.
WlLHJELM '.
N. TAYLOR.f
£RIA (from Greek for wool, as the leaves of some
theperwth. Turkestan. B.M. 6726. Gng 6:52, 324. ERIA (from Greek for wool, as the leaves of some
Gn 46, p. 335. Mn 8, p. 123. J H. III. 29:267. Gt.61, species are downy or woolly). Qrchidacess. About 100
p. 366. G.€. III. 28: 228, 30: 426, Var. albus, Hort. species of tropical Asian orchids allied to Dendrobauin
Sponger and pure white. — May be grouped in the but with eight cather than two cor (our pollinia, of moat
hardy perennial border with bold effect. diverse habit, and very little m cultivation outside the
ERIA
ERICA
1129
collections of botanic gardens and fanciers, being mostly
curious and botanical rather than beautiful. They
require warmhouse treatment, after the manner of
stanhopeas.
ERlANTHUS (Greek, erion, wool, and anthos, a
flower). Grarnlnex. PLUME-GRASS. Tall reed-like
ornamental perennials with large woolly plume-like
inflorescence.
Spikelets in pairs, one sessile, the other pedicellate,
as in Andropogon, arranged in spikes, and these in a
large terminal panicle, clothed with long hairs, especi-
ally around the base, the fertile lemma awned. — -Spe-
cies about 18, warmer regions of both hemispheres.
Rav£nnae, Beauv. PLUME-GRASS. RAVENNA-GRASS.
HARDY PAMPAS-GRASS Fig. 1410. Three to 12 ft.:
blades Hm wide, narrowed into a firm rough point:
panicle or plume as much as 2 ft. long. S. Eu. Gn. 54, p.
496. II H. 1890, p. 546 V. 3 : 247 —This
is one of the best of the stout and tail
perennial grasses. It thrives in light
and open places in well-drained soils,
and makes great clumps, when well
established sometimes producing as
many as 40 or 50 heads. Hardy in
latitude of New York City.
A. S. HITCHCOCK.
E R I C A (practically meaningless ;
probably not from ereiko, to break, as
commonly stated). Ericaceae. HEATH.
This is the genus that the gardener
usually means by "heath." The heath
or heather of English literature and
history belongs to the closely allied
genus Calluna The next most impor-
tant group of cultivated "heaths* is
Epacris, which, however, belongs to a
different family
Eneas are perennial woody plants
from 6 in to 12 ft or more, usually
much branched : Ivs. m whorls of 3-6.
very rarely flat, usually 3-sided ana
with revolute margins tnat are some-
times connate \vith the under side: inn.
usually terminal or sometimes axillary,
very seldom actually, though often
apparently, racemose; calyx free, 4-
parted; corolla hypogynous, white, rosy
or sometimes yellow, usually early
deciduous, variously shaped, the com-
monest forms (m cult.; being bell-
shaped, tubular and ventricose, usually
4-loDea; stamens 8; ovary sessile or
rarely stalked, 4-celled, rarely 8-celled,
with 2-oo ovules in each cell: fr. a
4-valved caps., with minute seeds. —
About 500 species, mostly from S. Afr. 1410.
and the Medit. region, nine-tenths from
the former There are many hybrids and horticultural
forms. So far as the S. African species are concerned,
the latest monograph is thafc of Guthrie and Bolus,
which has served as the basis for the treatment
below.
Only a few of the European heaths are hardy in
America, and there are no native heaths at all in this
hemisphere. Of about fourteen kinds of Erica grown
outdoors in Europe to produce large showy masses,
only three are hardy here, and it is safest to cover
these with evergreen boughs in winter. Two others (E.
mediterranea and E. lusitanicd) are grown under glass
somewhat but they are probably hardy, with protection,
from New York southward. The tree heath of southern
Europe (E. arbored) will probably never be a feature
of our southern landscapes. The heath that is natu-
ralized in places from Rhode Island to Newfoundland
is Calluw vulgans (which see) ; and this is sometimes
advertised as Erica vulgans.
The halcyon days of the heaths were from about 1806
(when the English took the Cape of Good Hope) until
the middle of the century. Andrews' colored engrav-
ings of heaths (1809) marks the first flush of their
popularity. Practically, if not absolutely, all the
heaths that are grown on a large scale have been
developed from the South African species. The old
English gardeners still lament the glorious days when
the hard-wooded plants of Australia and the Cape
formed the chief feature of European indoor horti-
culture. They complain that the pres-
ent generation is not willing to give
them the care they deserve. This is
especially true of America In America,
heaths are of minor importance, even
at Easter, and the kind grown most
extensivelvfior Christmas seems to be
E mclanthera
The great trouble with heaths ia the
immense amount of care they need.
Few, if any, classes of plants require
more attention. Hence the growing of
heaths for the market is extremely
specialized, and there the American
retail catalogues only rarely offer more
than one species. Nevertheless, all the
kinds described below are grown com-
mercially, and are of the first impor-
tance in the genus The stock is largely
imported from England. Germany has
a very different set of varieties, and
France still another, and there are few
cases among cultivated plants showing
bo great a difference in trie three coun-
tries The risks of importation are
considerable, and the tendencies toward
American independence in this line
seem to be gaining. Another difficulty
in heath-culture is the poor quality of
peat obtainable in America In Eng-
[cr-
land the peat is more fibrous, and has
been formed in past ages largely by
the decay of the native heather
The soft-wooded kinds are the ones
most grown. The hard-wooded sorts
require a longer period of growth and
more thorough ripening of the wood.
Apparently only one yellow-flowered
heath is cultivated in America, E.
Cavendishvana which is a hybrid species
about which little is known. See sup-
plementary list (p. 1132).
In general, the ericas do not grow
well in this climate on account of the
extreme heat of the summer months,
. but some varieties grow and flower
even better here than in Europe. The
choice of the soil is very important. A light peat,
mixed with sharp coarse sand is about the best we
can get here. After flowering, the plants should
always be cut down to keep them bushy at the base
and well shaped. They will then receive a good
repotting, always using very clean pots and plenty
of drainage. Cuttings are made from December to
April, preferably from young plants, the tender shoots
about 1 inch in length being oest. These are planted
firmly in a pan filled with clean fine sand, and covered
with a bell-glass, or in a box covered tightly with a
pane of glass. Bottom heat is not necessary ^ When
rooted, the cuttings should be potted in small pots,
and when well started should be given as much air as
possible. It is well to bring the ericas out of the green-
house as early in the spring as possible. The pots should
be plunged in a good location, where plenty of air and
1130
ERICA
ERICA
sunlight can be had. They should be wintered in a
greenhouse extremely well ventilated, and a tempera-
ture not higher than 40° to 45° F. When in bud the
plants should not be allowed to dry out too much. One
drying might be enough to cause the loss of all the buds
Very often the heaths are attacked by a disease similar
to mildewj brought on by an excess of humidity in the
air. As this disease is very contagious, it is well, as soon
as noticed, to use sulfur in powder or sulfate of copper
in solution until the plants are rid of it (Louis Dupuy).
alba, 3, 5, 6, 10, 11.
atsurgena, 18.
autumnahs, 17.
gracilis, 17.
grandiflora, 11.
arandmoaa, 19.
perspicua, 10.
prsestana, 12.
propendeos, 14.
Bothwettiana, 11.
herbacea, 4.
pygrmea, 13.
breviflora, 11.
oo/ro, 18.
hiemalia, 10.
hirsuta, 11.
regerminan*, 18.
sicffifolia, 13.
capitata, 5.
hispidula, 18.
Btricta, 7.
carnea, 3, 4, 11.
cihans, 1, 15.
hyemahs, 10.
l*ms, 18.
Buboarnea, 18.
superba, 11.
cinerea, 0.
Linn&ana, 10.
Tetralix, 2.
cintra, 11.
lusitanica, 8.
tricolor, 11.
ooccmea, 6.
magnified, 11.
turngera, 16.
codonodes, 8.
mediterranea, 3, 4.
vagans, 5.
cupresnna, 1&
flacca, 15.
melanthera. 20.
Parmentieni, 12.
ventricosa, 11.
vernahs, 17.
formosa, 19.
persoluta, 18.
verticillata, 9.
fragrana, 21.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
L. Heaths hardy, European, or hardy
with protection from New York
southward.
B. Lvs. and calyx -segms. cdiate: sta-
mens included,
c. Fls in spike-like clusters ... 1 ciliaris
cc. Fls in umbel-like clusters ... 2. Tetralix
BB. Lvs. and calyx-segms glabrous.
c. Anthers usually exserted well
beyond the corolla-tube.
D. Fls. usually solitary and lat-
eral, rose-colored. . . .3 mediterranea
DD Fls clustered, pink, usually
all lateral . . 4. carnea
DDD. Fls. all clustered at the ends of
the branches ....... 5 vagans
co. Anthers included in the corolla-
tube.
.
D. Fls rose-violet or purplish.
s. verticillate in 3's...
6. cinerea
7. stricta
8 lusitanica
E. The Ivs.
EE The Ivs. verticillate in
DD. Fls pale rose,
panicles
. Heaths tender, S. African, always
grown under glass in Amer.
B. Fls. mostly showy, petal-like,
scarcely greenish or sepal-like.
c. Corolla tubular, the limb not
spreading.
D. Length of fla usually more
than 6 lines, in evil, speci-
mens umbellate . 9. verticillata
DD. Length of fla. usually 10-12
lines, in 2' s or 8' s ...... 10. hyemalis
CO. Corolla various, not tubular, the
limb often spreading
D. The corolla-segms spreading
the tube mostly elongate.
B. Length of corolla 6-8 lines,
segms. ovate, acute .11. ventricosa
BE. Length of corolla 3-4 lines;
segms. ovate or sub-orbic-
ular ..... 12. praestans
DD. The coroUa-segms. usually not
spreading, the tube rarely
over 4 lines long.
B. Lvs. channeled.
F. The ha. in 3' s .......... 13. sicarfolia
FF. The Ivs. in 4' s ........ 14. pro-pendent
BB. Lv8. not channeled, more or
less open-backed and
spreading. t
F. Infl variable, often ter-
minal and axillary on
the tame plant 15. flacca
FF. Infl. always terminal
o. Sepals about as long as
the corolla-tube.
H. Lvs rough or tuber-
culate 16. turrigert
HH Lvs. not rough.
i The Ivs. glabrous.. . 17. gracilis
ii. The Ivs. usually
pubescent 18. persoluta
QO. Sepals about half as
long as the coroUa-
tube 19. formosa
BB Fls. not so showy, calyx-like, the
calyx often colored also.
c Lvs in 3's sepals colored 20. melanthera
cc. Lvs. opposite, sepals green 21. fragrans
1. ciliaris, Lmn. A much-branched nearly hardy
shrub, 10-20 in. tall, the branches usually glandular:
Ivs. small, but not as in typical heaths, ovate, mucro-
nate: fls. about 4 lines long, or more, purplish, in spike-
like, lateral clusters. Eu. June-Sept. B.M. 8443.
2. Tetralix, Linn. BELL HEATHER. CROSS-LEAVED
HEATH. Lvs. in 4's, margin folded back* fls rosy:
sepals ovate-lanceolate, cihate; anthers awl-shaped or
awned, included, ovary with
short, soft hairs. W. Eu.— Foli-
age grayish. Height in England
6-12 in. With Manning, at
Beading, Mass., about 8 in.
3. mediterranea, Lmn. (E.
cdrnea var. occidental™, Benth.).
Fig 1411. This is considered by
Bentham a western form of E.
carnea (No 4), with a little
smaller fls., corolla a trifle wider
at the apex, and anthers shortly
exserted instead of included. E.
mediterranea of the trade is
hardy m England, and perhaps
second only to E carnea in
popularity there. In Amer. it
seems to be cult, only under
glass but should be hardy from
N. Y. southward with protec-
tion. B.M. 471. Gn 54:263,
55, p. 403; 61, p. 431. G.M.
45:261; 55:315. Var alba, a
1411. Erica mediterranea. ^hite"°f form is known' Gn'
59, p. 94.
4. carnea, Linn. (E. herbacea, Lmn ). Height 6 lu :
Ivs. in 4's: infl lateral; corolla broadly bell-shaped;
anthers exserted; ovary glabrous. March-May. Alps.
L.B C. 15: 1452. B M. 11. Gn. 54: 6 (a charming
picture). — The bright rosy-fid, form is the best ana
most striking. There are pale red and pure white varie-
ties. The most popular of all hardy ericas. Very easily
prop, by division. E. mediterranea var. hybrida, Hort..
is said to be a cross with E. carneal and in England
thriving almost as well in loam as in peat. See Gn.
54:262; 55, p. 127; 61, p. 399; 72, p. 176. G.M. 50:
39. J.H. 111.51:293.
5. vagans, Linn. COHNISH HEATH Fig. 1412. Lvs.
in 4's or 5's: sepals small, ovate, obtuse; corolla ovate-
bell-shaped; anthers ovate-oblong, 2-parted, exserted;
ovary not hairy. W. Eu. and Medit — Fls. pale pur-
plish red. Grows 3-4 ft in England; 1 ft. with J. W.
Manning, Reading, Mass. Var alba has white fls.
Var. capitata, grows 1-2 ft. high with Meehan at Ger-
mantown, 'Pa., and has "small whitish fls. with a
purplish tip." F.E. 22:685.
6. cindrea, Linn. A twisted and much-branched
shrub, 8-15 in. high: Ivs. verticillate, in 3's, narrow,
glabrous, and usually not over 3 lines long: fls. showy,
rose-violet, in usually verticillate clusters; corolla much
contracted at apex, the lobes reflexed. June-Sept. Eu.
Var. alba, Hort., a white-fid, form, and var. coccfnea,
Hort., a scarlet form, are both in tne trade. Gn. 61, p.
ERICA
ERICA
1131
433.— Hardy in U. S., with a little protection, from
N. Y. southward.
7. strfcta, Don. CORBICAN HEATH. Lvs in 4's, a little
more erect than in No. 2. sepals lanceolate, obtuse; cor-
olla ovoid-oblong, narrowed at the
throat; anthers awl-shaped or
awned, included; fls rosy purple,
ovary densely covered with long,
rough hairs Corsica — Summer
Attains 4 ft in Eng , but grows 1-2
ft high with Meehan, at German-
town, Pa Branches strict, rigid.
8 lusitAnica. Rudolph (E co-
donddes, Lmdl ) SPANISH HEATH.
Branches tomentose - pubescent:
Ivs glabrous and ovary glabrous:
fls pale rose, in broad panicles.
W.Eu BR.1698. GC II 7'463;
III 19 487; 35 91 I H 43, p.
321 Gn 54 263; 55, p 125, 67,
p 328 BM 8018 G 21.384;
30:130— Hardy in England, but
in U S only south of N. Y , and
then must be protected.
9. verticillata, Berg An erect
shrub, 4-6 ft , with Ivs 4-6 in a
whorl Ivs densely imbricate, erect
or spreading1 fls mostly in 4's in
wild specimens, but, according to
Andrews, umbellately 3-10-fld. in
cult ; corolla tubular, hairy, usu-
ally straight, bright rosy-scarlet,
and very showy: caps unique in
splitting into 8 valves. Andr.
Heathery, 58.
10. h^emaiis, Hort. Fig. 1413
lines long: fls in 3's, the corolla dark purple, its segms.
ciliolate. L.B.C. 5:468. B M. 2263.
1 1 prop£ndens, Andr An erect sub-shrub, 10-18 in.
high, the branches nearly straight, the younger pube*-
ccut: Ivs in 4's? linear and
usually 3-sided, cihatc, or some-
times glabrous: fls. 1-4 in a clus-
ter, the corolla red, broadly bell-
shaped and hairy, about YyVi m.
long; ovary 4-8-celled, rough but
not hairy. L.B C. 1.63. B.M.
2140. Andr. Heathery, 141. G.
25:137. G.C. III. 32'278, 279.
Gn W. 21 :759. J H. III. 47 .543.
15. flacca, E. Mey. (E cilwns,
Thunb., not of Hort.). An erect
shrub, usually branched, but not
mahs Watson thinks it may be a winter-flowering
form of E perspicua, figured in L B C. 2 102 and 18
1778 as E Limucana Fls rosy pink, tipped \vhite
Var Alba has white fls With L Dupuy, Whitestonc,
L. I , it flowers in Sept G F 5:137. Gn. 41:420. G
25:567 H. D Darlington says it is
very distinct from E perspicua.
11. ventricdsa, Thunb Lvs in
4's, incurved to spreading, with
pilose margins mfl terminal; sepals
keeled, anthers with 2 very short
ears, or awned, included, ovary
glabrous BM 350 L B C 5.431.
G 9 565, 26 239 Var. grandifldra,
with tubes over J^m long L B.C.
10.945(as E prxgnans) The fol-
owing varieties are reported. Both-
tvellutna, bremfldra, cdrnea rdsea,
cinlra. hirsute, dlba, magnified,
suptrba, tricolor. See R H. 1858, p.
450; 1880:50 Gn 45, p. 87. A F.
10.1111 F.E. 9:333
12. pr&stans, Andr (E Parmeri^
tikni, Lodd.). Lvs. in 4's, some-
what incurved, bracts crowded: fls
nearly sessile, white, faintly flushed
pink at base, in terminal groups
of 4 or more; sepals ovate, rougn-
rnargmed; anthers scarcely acute.
Sept. Varieties are pictured under
various names in L B.C., plates
154, 197, 1695, and 1804.
13. sicsefolia, Salisb. (E pygmxa,
Andr. and Hort.). Dwarf cushiony
heath, perhaps best treated in the
alpine garden, 4-8 in high : branches
ascending, nearly glabrous" Ivs. in
whorls of 3, linear-acuminate, 2>£-5
72
ing, usually "linear, as if sub-
terete," the margins revolute,
1M-2H hncs long- fls in 3's, the
corolla bell-shaped to tubular, the
segms. about a third as long as
the tube; ovary sometimes hairy
on the top.
16. turrigera, Salisb. (E cupres-
nna, Forbes). Lvs. glabrous, sub-
cihate or naked: infl terminal;
fls pedicelled, hi 1's to 4's, bracts
remote; sepals finally reflexcd;
sinuses of the corolla acute, nar-
1412 EncaTaeans (xk) row> Pr°bably a hybrid, cult.
i4iz.jsncaTagans.ixw since 1802. FE.9'333. A.F 15:
Written also hie- I175- Gng. 9:_35 (the last two as E. cupressina).
1413. Erica hyemalis. Great numbers
of this heath are sold in London eveiv
Christmas.
1 7 gracihs, Sah.sb Lvs. in 4's, somewhat erect ; bracta
remote sepals smaller, lanceolated ; anthers with a short,
sharp point L B C 3 244 (pale violet) G 25 • 602 Gn.
76, p 11 "Fls purplish red." Var. autumnalis, Hort.
F1.S Sept Var. vernalis, Hort. Fls. in Oct and Nov
18 persol&ta, Linn. -Fig 1414.
Essentially a white-fld and very
variable species, particularly as
regards hairiness: Ivs. erect or
spreading, hirsute or glabrous:
corolla small, originally 1 J^» lines
long, lobes ovate, 2-3 tunes shorter
than the tube, the sinuses acute,
narrow S Afr The numerous
varieties Bentham found impos-
sible to separate either in the
wild or in cult. Var. hispidula,
Benth. Slightly hirsute: Ivs. 2^-3
lines long, rough: anthers sub-
ovate. Var Isfevis, Benth. Lvs.
shorter, blunter, often appressed,
glabrous anthers subglobose Var.
subcarnea, Benth , has the corolla-
lobes more evident. To this last
variety Bentham seems to refer
most of the horticultural varieties
cult under the name of E persoluta
E asstirgvnn, Link, he refers to the
first variety; E. cdffra of Linna-us
to the first, but of L B C 2 '196
(and the trade?) to the second E.
regerminans of Linnaeus is a distinct
species (figured in L B.C 17:1614
as E. Smithiana)} of the trade =*E.
persoluta var. hispidula, of L B C.
18-1728=^. persoluta var. sub-
carnea. Flowers in Feb and March,
while other related speeiea mostly
flower in March and April.
1132
ERICA
ERIGERON
1414. A form of Erica
persoluta.
19. formdsa, Thunb. (E. arandinbsa, Hort ). Erect
shrub, 1-2 ft , the branches hairy, covered with Ivs. in
whorls of 3 . Ivs. glossy, channeled, the younger cihate,
about V/i lines long: fls. in 3's, the corolla white, with
8 longitudinal channels,
sticky. Andr. Heathery 265.
20 melanth&ra, Linn.
Fig. 1415. Lvs. thick, ob-
tuse, grooved on the back,
younger ones often rough,
with glands, bracts mostly
crowded: fls. rosy; sepals
obovate. keeled, colored;
anthers black ; o vai y villous.
Not LBC. 9-867, which
may be a form of E. nigrita
Flowers in Dec. and Jan.
AF. 11:1133; 12:579;
29:1079 F.E. 9:333. C.
LA 9.169; 15:170. G M.
49.56.
21. fragrans, Andr , not
Salisb . Lvs . opposite , crcct-
appressed, acute, always
glabrous j bracts loose, sepal-
. uke: fls in 2's; sepals ovate,
keeled, green ; ovary gla-
rous or slightly bristly at the tip. B.M. 2181. L.B.C.
3:288.
The following are mostly kinds that have been grown suc-
cessfully in small quantities in this country but appear not to
be advertised m American trade catalogues H=*hard-w ooded ,
the rest are soft-wooded $ Afr , unless stated Aside from these,
E scopfina, Linn , of S Eu , is sometimes listed 2-3 ft , glabrous
Ivs in 3's fls greenish, in 1-sided racemes, calyx-lobes about half
the length of the subglobose corolla E capensis also appears, but
it is apparently only a catalogue name
E ampullAcea, Curt Lvs cihate, rnucronate bracts colored,
fls mostly in 4's; corolla vcntncose, very sticky, typically white,
lined with red, limb spreading, white Var rubra is the only-form
cult B M 303 L B C 6 50H H — E arbdrea var alp»m, W I.
Beau An alpine variety, grown only at Kew. It is a ^tiff erect
bush with tiny white fls in plume-like clusters Gn 75, p 3S4 — E
anstMa, Andr Readily distinguished by the long bristle which
ends the Iva Ivs. recurved fls in 4's, sepals keeled with red, corolla
sticky, 1 in long, ventncose, but with not so long and narrow a
neck as m E ampullacea B M 1249 L B C 1 73 H — E
barbdia, Andr Bristly and glandular- pubescent Ivs in 4's
corolla urn-shaped, villous, o\ary villous LBC 2 121 — E
Bowie&na, I/odd Lvg m 4'a to 6's mfl axillary, corolla tubular,
slightly inflated, limb erect or scarcely open LBC 9 842 —
E Burnettn, Hort Hybnd F S 8 84o — E CaremhshiAnn, Hort
(E Cavendishu, Hort ) Hybrid of E depressa v E Patersomi
Lvs in 4's, margins revolute fls m 2's to 4's, corolla tubular, sta-
mens included, anthers awned. PM 13 3 GC 1845, p 435,
II 18 213, 20 597 FS 2 H2 A F. 12 1143 Gng 5 331
C.L.A. 7.180 G 6 489, 10 24.1 — E conspicua, Soland , is a
species with club-shaped, villous fls and villous Ivs in t's Var
tpltndens, Klotzsch, with the Ivs and sepals shining green and
pubescent coroll&s, includes E elata, Andr L B C 18 1788 — E
cyltndrica, Andr and Hort Important hybrid of unknown parent'
age, cult since 1800 Lvs in 4's fls. nearly sessile, corolla 1 in.
long, brilliant rosy red, with a faint circle of dull blue about two-
thirds of the way from the base, anthers awned, included, ovary
glabrous. L B C 18 1734 RH 1859, p 42 —Fls very showy and
unusually long The oldest E cyhndrica That of Wendland is a
yellow-fid species unknown to cult — E Devomdna, Hort Hybrid
Fls rich purple H — E eltita, Andr = E conspicua var splen-
dens — E Irbudna, Andr Allied to E ampullacea, but with
corolla narrower at the base and tapering with perfect regularity
to just below the limb, where it has a prominent red bulge It
is also distinctly lined with red, and the sepals are green, although
the bracts are colored, as in E ampullacea. L B C 9 816 H
— E nigriseens is presumably E. melanthera (H D Darlington).
— E pdllvda. A confused name The oldest plant of this name
is Salisbury's, wnich has an urn-shaped corolla, fls often in
3's, pubescent and hirsute branches and Ivs in 3's L B C 1 72
(as E pura). E. pdllida of the trade is probably the tubular-fld.
hybrid of Loddiges in LBC. 14 1355, which has axillary and
terminal fls, and Ivs m 4's to 6's — E. perspicua, Wendl , has a
says "it is the finest erica grown , a poor propagator but good grower.
Takes 3 months to root >r— E tricolor IB perhaps the most confused
name in the genus, and apparently one of the important kinds
abroad, where it has many varieties and synonyms In the trade
it seems to stand for a handsome heath, with Ivs in 4's, distinctly
cihate and terminated by a bristle fls in umbels of 8-10, 1 in long,
a little too inflated at the base for the typical tubular form, rosy
at the base, then white, then green, and then suddenly constricted
into a short neck, pedicels red and exceptionally long. This descrip-
tion is from LBC 12 1105 (as E eximia), one of the earliest
pictures of these charming hybrids which Bentham refers to the
hybrid E aristella, Forbes —E Wilnwrei, Knowlcs & Westo (E.
Wilmoreana and Vilinoreana, Hort ) Hybrid, corolla tubular,
bulged below the lobes, slightly velvety-hairy fls m ''s to 3's,
rosy, tipped white R H 1892, p 202 A F 4 251 G C III.
19 201 A G 21 869 Var glabca, Carr , has nearly glaucous
foliage Var calyculdta, Carr , has a large additional calyx R.H.
1892'Pm WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR. f
ERIGENlA (Greek, spnng-born). Umbelliferx HAR-
BINGER-OF-SPRING A monotypic genus of K N Amer.
E. bulbdsa, Nutt , is low (4-10 m.), nearly stemless,
hardy, from a deep-lying tuber, with ternately decom-
pound Ivs. and small umbels of minute white fls. A
few plants may have been sold by collectors and
dealers in native plants, but it is not a cult plant. It
grows m rich deciduous woods and clearings.
ERfGERON (Greek, old man in spring, some of the
early kinds are somewhat hoary) Compdsitx FLEA-
BANE Hardy border plants, suggesting native asters,
but blooming much earlier, growing in tufts like the Eng-
lish daisy, though usually from 9 inches to 2 feet high.
Stem-lvs. entire or toothed . fls solitary, or in corymbs
or panicles; rays in 2 or more series, mostly rose, violet
or purple, rarely cream-colored or white, and one kind
has splendid orange fls , involucre bell-shaped or hemi-
spheric, the bracts narrow, nearly equal, in 1 or 2 series,
differing from Aster in which the bracts are in many
series — About 150 species scattered over the world,
particularly in temperate and mountainous regions
The garden fleabanes are practically
all perennials. A few annuals are
harmless and pretty weeds. Some
species have roots that are biennial,
but they increase by offsets, and make
larger clumps from year
to year. They are of
easy culture. They do
best when somewhat
shaded from the mid-
day sun. They are
easily propagated by
seeds or division, and
doubtless by cuttings, if
there were sufficient de-
mand. Small, divided
plants set out in early
spring produce good-
sized flowering plants
the first year. A good sh(
bloom may be had from
sown outdoors as early as possible
in spring Some fine masses of
these plants in the hardy border
or wild garden are much more
desirable than an isolated speci-
men or two of each kind. The
most popular species is E. specwsus At present it is
the best kind that has the rich soft colors, from rose to
violet and purple. E. aurantiacus has dazzling orange
flowers, and is unique in the genus.
1415 Erica melanthera.
rough-hairy, and fls. in 1's to 3's, but the plant m the trade is
probably E perapicuoidea, Forbes, a hybrid, with longer and
INDEX.
woollier hairs, fls. somewhat in umbels, nearly 1 in long Only var.
erlcta 13 grown here. — E, Syndn&na is grown by Louis Dupuy — •
alpmus, 8
amomcus, 10.
grandiflorus, 6.
Howellu, 3.
pulchellus, 14.
roaeus, 6
E trantlucens, Andr. Perhaps the first of all tne garden hybrids
between E. tubiflora and E ventricosa Lvs rigid, with or without
aapcr, 10
aurantiacus, 1.
hybridus roseua, 11.
macranthus, 9.
Roylet, 8.
salsugmosus, 13.
long, soft, red hairs, fls. in umbel-like heads, bracts remote, corolla
bellidifohus, 14.
major, 6.
scmperflorens, 7.
rosy, 8-9 lines long, tube narrowly ventricose, pubescent limb
Coulten, 5
mucronatus, 4
spcciosus, 6.
short, spreading; ovary sessile Andr Heaths, 295 Bentham
glabcllus, 10.
ochroleucus, 2
superbus, 6
considers thii a synonym of £. spuna, Andr. Heaths, 60. Schultheis
gluucus, 7.
Philadelphia, 12.
Villanm, 11.
ERIGERON
ERINACEA
1133
A. Fls. orange.
1. aurantiacus, Pegel. More or less velvety: height 9
in.: Ivs. oval-oblong, clasping at the base, more or less
twisted: heads 1 on a st.; involucral scales loose,
reflexed. July, Aug Turkestan. RH. 1882.78. Gn.
52, p. 485. G.5:239. J.H. III. 52:303.— Perhaps the
showiest of the genus. Sold as ' 'double-orange daisy."
AA. Fls. creamy or white.
B. Lvs. linear.
2. ochroleucus, Nutt. Height 9-18 in.: sts. mostly
not branched: Ivs. rather rigid: rays 40-60, white or
purplish, never yellow. Gravelly hills and plains N.
Wyo. and Mont, to Utah. — This and the next are rare
kinds m cult., sometimes sold by collectors and dealers
in native plants.
BB. Lvs. broader, lanceolate to ovate, or obovate.
3. H6wellii. Gray. Height about 1 ft : root-lvs.
obovate; st.-lvs. ovate, half-clasping, all thin: rays
30-35, 1-2 lines wide, white. Mountain meadows, Cas-
cade Mts., Ore. and Mont.
4. mucronatus, DC. (Vitladinia triloba, Hort., not
DC ) Lvs. lanceolate, narrowed at base, ciliate, mostly
entire, often with a long, callous mucro. Mex. This
plant, grown in Calif , is a much-branched perennial
with variable sometimes lobed Ivs., and the white rays
purple on the back. G.C. III. 48:203.
5 Coulteri. Porter A slender equally leafy perennial
about 15 in. high: Ivs. thin, obovate or oblong, almost
mucronate, and usually soft-hairy: fls. solitary on each
stalk, sometimes 2 or 3 together, the white rays about
1 in long. July. Rocky Mts. G.C. III. 30:99. Gn.W.
3, p. 587, 16:440.
AAA. Fls. rosy vwlel or purple.
B. Rays 100 or more, mostly narrow: Ivs. entire.
c. Fl -heads large.
D. Involucre hairy
E. Height about 2 ft . sts, several-fld.
6. specidsus. DC. (Stendctis spcciosa, Lindl.).
Height 1^-2 ft., the st more or less woody, hairs few,
loose, st. very leafy at top: root-lvs more or less spatu-
late, st -Ivs lanceolate, acute, half -clasping Brit.
Col. to Ore. near the coast B M 3606 B 11 1577.
Gn 52-484 G 21.15. Var superbus, Hort, sold
abroad, has lighter colored and more numerous fls.
Gn. 75, p 118 G 31.81 Var major, Hort., has
broader rays and brighter colors Var. rdseus, Hort.
Ray-florets lilac; disk-florets yellow Var. grandiflorus,
Hort. Fls. larger and deeper in color than in var.
superbus.
EE. Height 9-15 in. or less' sts. usually 1-fld.
7. glaucus, Ker-Gawl BEACH ASTER. Lvs. slightly
glaucous or often green in cult ; root-lvs. rarely 2-3-
toothed' rays not narrow, light lavender-blue. Pacific
coast, where it flowers most of the year. B R. 10.
Gn 52, p. 484. Var. semperfldrens, Hort. A dwarf
flonferous form.
8. alpinus, Lam. (E Rbylei, Hort ?). A dwarf species
suitable for rockwork: sts. hairy, bearing a single
head of purplish fls • Ivs acute, lanceolate, sometimes
ciliate but otherwise entire. Northern regions. L.B.C.
6:590. — Suitable chiefly for alpine gardens.
DD. Involucre not hairy.
9. macranthus, Nutt Height 10-20 in. : hairs numer-
ous and long or short, sometimes nearly absent: Ivs.
lanceolate to ovate: rays very numerous, at least %m.
long. Rocky Mts., Wyo. to New Mex. and S. W. Utah.
Gn. 52, p. 484. G.C. III. 46:53.— A good species.
Blooms later than the eastern species. Violet. Hardy.
Can be used with good effect in mass plantings of
autumn-flowering asters and goldenrods.
cc. Fl.-heads (or disk) small
10. glabellus, Nutt (E dsper, Nutt.). Height 6-20
in., the st. simple or a little branched above' root-lvs.
spatulate; st -Ivs. lanceolate, gradually narrowing into
bracts, involucre bristly, or at least pubescent; rays
violet-purple or white, very narrow. Minn to Rockies.
Gn. 52, p 485. B M. 2923. BB. 3:385. L B.C.
17:1631. — Much cult abroad. Var. ariztfaicus, Hort.
A variety from Ariz.
BB. Rays 70 or less, wider: Ivs. entire or toothed.
c. Lvs. almost or quite entire.
D. Sts with several fls. in a corymb.
11. VilUrsii, Bell. Root biennial: height 1 ft.: Ivs.
with 3 or 5 nerves, roughish: fls corymbose. Eu.
B.R. 583 LB.C 14*1390 —Not cult, but in I H.
43, p. 301, said to be a parent with E. aurantiacus of E.
hybridus rdseus, Hort , Haage & Schmidt. This is said
to resemble E Villarsu in habit, and E. aurantiacus in
form of fls but not in color Said to bloom freely from
May to autumn.
12. philadelphicus, Linn Perennial by offsets: a
roughish, much-branched herb with bpatulate or obo-
vate Ivs often st -clasping along the upper part of the
St.: heads several, corymbose, the numerous purplish
white rays being attractive in June. N. Amer. — Almost
a weed and easily grown in any ordinary garden.
DD. Sts. mostty 1-fld.
13. salsugindsus, Gray Height 12-20 in.: upper st.-
lvs. with a characteristic mucro: rays broad, giving an
aster-like effect, purple or violet; the slightly viscid
character of the involucre is particularly designative.
Wet ground, on higher mountains, Alaska to Calif, and
New Mex. C.L.A. 21. No. 11:40.
cc. Lvs, coarsely toothed above the middle.
14. bellidifdlius, Muhl. (E pulchellus, Michx).
POOR ROBIN'S PLANTAIN. Makes new rosettes by
offsets from underground sts : height 2 ft : root-lvs.
wider above the middle than m most species; st -Ivs
fewer fls spring, clear blue, on long sts. Damp bor-
ders of woods Canada to 111. and La. B.M. 2402.
B.B. 3:388— Weedy.
E. c&rlileua, Hort ==(?) — E. divfrgens, Ton & Gray. Diffusely
branched with pulx?scent IVB. and white or purple fl -heads W U
S — K JbiQttttir'ts, Gray. A spreading plant bearing a profusion
of white or palo lilac fl -heads W U 8 — E graiuiifdhut elatior,
Hort "LarRc solitary fls with purple disk June arid July "»(').
— E leiombntx, (iray 1-vn small, linear solitary fl- heads with
violet rays and a yellow disk Colo B M 7743 — E multiradiatus,
Benth & Hook f Fl -heads terminal, solitary, ray-florets purplish;
disk yellow , height 6 in to 2 ft. Himalayas B M 6330. — E. neo-
mejcicdmts, Gray Fl -heads loobely pamcled, ray- florets linear,
white, disk- florets tubular, yt»llow New Mex — E pwrpureum,
Hort , according to H A Dreer, "rarely exceeds 10 in height, and
has medium-sized tts of soft, rosy purple, borne in graceful, spread-
ing panicles " Form of E matranthus (?) — E Mfidus, Schlecht.
Fl -heads white or pale lilac, daisy-like Rocky Mts E. iintfloriit,
Lmn Involucre hirsute, lanate, occasionally becoming naked, rays
purple or sometimes white. Arctic regions
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR-t
ERINACEA (Latin, ennaceus, hedgehog, allud-
ing to the spiny nature of the plant). Leguminbsx.
A low almost leafless shrub forming dense spiny tufts
covered in spring with numerous blue flowers.
Deciduous, very spiny Ivs. simple or ternate, pubes-
cent, only prebent at the end of young branchlets:
fls. 1-3, axillary toward the end of the branchleta;
calyx tubular, with 5 short teeth, inflated after flower-
ing; petals narrow, long-clawed, claws of the wings and
keel adnate to the staminal tube; standard ovate.
slightly aunculate at the base: stamens connate: pod
oblong, glandular-hairy, 2-valved, 4r-6-seeded.— K)ne
species in S. W. Eu. Not hardy N.; likes limestone soil
and a sunny position, best adapted to be planted in
rockeries. Prop, by seeds.
ptingens, Boiss (Anthyllis Ennacea, Linn ). Shrub,
to 1 ft.* Ifts 1-3, oblong-obovate or spatulate, M-M»B«
1134
ERINACEA
long, pubescent: fls. 1-3, nearly 1 in. long, violet-blue,
the petals exceeding the large inflated calyx only about
one-third; the short pedicels, bractlets and calyx
pubescent: pod about ^in. long. May, June. Mountains
of S. France, Spain and Corsica. L.B.C. 4.318 B M.
676. G.C. III. 41:310. Gn. 62, p. 127; 64, p. 399.
ALFRED REHDER.
ERlNUS (a name used by Dioscorides). Scroph-
ulan&ceae. A hardy tufted plant 3 or 4 inches high,
suited for steep sides of alpine gardens, where it pro-
duces in spring its racemes of small purple, rosy or
white flowers.
One species, in the mountains of W. and Cent. Eu.:
root-lvs. crowded, opposite; st.-lvs. alternate, oblong-
spatulate, with a few coarse, rounded teeth: corolla-
lobes 5, obovate, the 2 upper ones slightly smaller;
stamens 4, in 2 groups, included; style very short,
2-lobed at apex: caps, ovate, obtuse, dehiscent. —
Several species described in this genus belong in Zalu-
zianskya. Not to be confounded with Lobelia Ennvs.
1416. Loquat.
Erinus should be planted in steep parts of the rockery
where water cannot lodge on rainv days or in the win-
ter and spring months It needs slight shade from mid-
day sun. Divided plants are chiefly sold in America,
but the amateur can soon produce a good carpet by the
use of seeds. When well established, the seeds are self-
sown and the offspring gam in hardiness. It may be
safest to keep a pot or two in a coldframe over winter,
until £he plant can take care of itself. In England,
seeds may be sown in earthy holes of brick walls, and
grown as informal masses on old stone steps. (J. B.
Keller.)
alpinus, Linn. Racemes 2^ in long; fls. %in. across,
purple. April-June. B.M. 310. Vars. Albus and
carmlneus, Hort., have white and crimson fls. respec-
tively. Var. hirsutus, Gren. (E. hirsutus, Hort.). More
vigorous: Ivs. villous or hairy: violet-red.
WILHELM MILLER.
ERIOB6TRYA (Greek, woolly cluster). Rosfaese,
subfamily Pbmese. Small tree, grown for its handsome
large foliage and also for its edible acid fruits.
Evergreen trees or shrubs: Ivs. alternate, short-
petioled or nearly sessile, dentate, with strong veins
running straight to the teeth: fls. in terminal, broad
panicles; calyx-lobes 5, acute; petals 5, oval or sub-
orbicular, clawed; stamens 20; styles 2-5, connate
below; ovary inferior, 2-5-celled; cells 2-ovuled: fr. a
pome with persistent incurved calyx-teeth, thin endo-
carp and 1 or few large, ovoid or angular seeds. — About
10 species in the warmer regions of China, Japan,
Himalaya and S. Asia. Closely related to Photinia, from
which it differs chiefly in the larger fr. with thin endo-
ERIOCEREUS
carp and few large seeds and in the Ivs. having straight
veins ending m the teeth. The only species known m
cult, is E. Vapontca, an evergreen tree with large orna-
mental foliage, comparatively inconspicuous white
fragrant fls. in terminal rusty-wooily clusters, followed
by large pear-shaped yellow frs. It can bo cult, only
in wanner temperate regions, and if protected during
the winter, may be grown as far north as Philadelphia;
does not seem to be exacting as to the soil. Prop, by
seeds.
japonica, Lindl. (Photinia japomca, Gray). LOQUAT.
Fig. 1416. Small tree, to 20 ft. : Ivs. thick, evergreen,
nearly sessile, oval-oblong or obovate, remotely toothed,
bright green and lustrous above, rusty-tomentose
below, 6-10 in. long: panicles 4-7 in. long; fls white,
Km. across, nearly hidden in the rusty-woolly pubes-
cence: fr. pear-shaped, yellow, about 1J^ in. long, with
few large seeds, 01 agreeable acid flavor. Sept., Oct ;
fr. April- June. Japan, China B.R 365 G C III.
26:660 (suppl ); 52:318. H U 3, p. 97. A G. 1891, pp
19, 370. G W 3, p. 439; 8, p 314 —The loquat is
native to China and Japan, but is much planted m the
Gulf states and westward It blooms from Aug. until
the approach of winter, and ripens its clustered fr. m
very early spring. The fr. is often seen in northern
markets. It is a profuse bearer in congenial climates
See Loquat. Loquat is an excellent decorative plant,
either as an evergreen lawn tree south of Charleston,
or ab a pot-plant in the N. It is a most satisfactory
conservatory subject, resisting uncongenial conditions.
Var variegata, Hort. Lvs. variegated with irregular
markings of pale green, dark green and white.
ALFRED REHDER.
ERIOCE'PHALUS (from enon wool, and kephale,
head, m allusion to the woolhness of mature heads)
Compdsike A scarce little-known group of greenhouse
shrubs, grown for their violet-white flowers and pleas-
antly scented leaves.
Leaves usually entire, sometimes 3-lobed, often in
bunches, fls. in umbellate clusters in the only cult,
species, in some others racemose; heads with white ray-
fis and purplish disk-fls ; involucre in 2 series, the outer
series of 4-5 bracts — Twenty species, all S. African,
but only one seems to be grown and this is confined to
fanciers' collections in Amer
It is best grown in the temperate house in a mixture
of sand ancf peat. Propagated by cuttings, in sand,
under a bell-jar.
africanus, Linn Lvs. opposite or tufted, silky-
pubescent, about i^m. long, tmckish, channeled heads
umbellate at the ends of the branches, the white-rayed,
purple-centered heads making attractive clusters. S.
Afr. B.M 833.
E pectimfdhua, Linn. An attractive yellow-fld sort with smooth
* " ' ns B.M. 1855. I
N. TAYLOR.
pecn Ivs is perhaps referable to Hi ppia frutescens B.M. 1855. It
la known only in botanic gardens in Amer.
ERIOCEREUS (woolly and Cereus; referring to the
wool in the axils of the bracts on the ovary). Cactdcex.
Usually slender plants, at first erect, but usually
afterward clambering and creeping, often forming
great clumps and thickets: fls. usually large; ovary
covered with more or less enlarged bracts bearing hairs
and spines in. their axils: fr. red, spiny, flesh white;
seeds numerous, black. For cult , see Succulents.
Jusbe'rtii, Riccob. Ribs 6, usually low, with broad
intervals; spines very short: fls. funnelform; petals
white; stigma-lobes linear, green; bracts on ovary and
fl.-tube filled with long hairs. It is now believed that
this species is a hybrid between an Echinopsis and
some Cereus.
See Cereus for descriptions of the following species1 Bonpldndii,
Riccob. Catendlshii, Riccob. This is described under Cereus, but
probably does not belong to either genus, Martinn, Riccob;
platygdnua, Riccob, ttphracdjtfhus, Riccoo, tortudsus, Riccob.
J. N. ROBE.
ERIOCHILUS
ERIOSTEMON
1135
ERIOCHiLUS (woolly kp). Orchidacex. A half-
dozen species of terrestrial orchids from Austral., with
small subterranean tubers and a solitary If. at the base
of the st. or higher up: fls. pink or white, 1 or more and
sessile on a scape or peduncle; labellum much shorter
than lateral sepals, the margins often with small and
erect lateral lobes. Some of the species have been
mentioned as greenhouse subjects, but they are horti-
culturally little known.
ERIOCNEMA: Bertolonta.
ERIODfiNDRON: Ceiba.
ERIODfCTYON (woolly net, referring to the under
surface of the Ivs.). Hydrophyll&cex Four species and
many varieties (see Brand in Engler's Pflanzcnreich,
hft 59, 1913) of shrubs of Calif and the Great Basin,
with alternate coriaceous entire Ivs , and white, purple
or blue fls. in scirpioid cymes. Apparently not cult.
E Parryi, Greene =Nama.
ERI6GONUM (Greek, wootty joints). Polygonacey.
About 140 species, W. N American (with extension
into Mex ), herbs tufted sub-shrubs or slender annuals,
mostly densely woolly. Ivs crowded at the base of the
st , alternate or whorlcd, entire, fls small, perfect, in
an mvolucrate head, fascicle or umbel, mostly recurved
or reflexed with age, mostly white, rose or yellow;
perianth 6-parted, stamens 9; styles 3: fr. an achene,
mostly 3-angled Now anil then some of the species are
listed by dealers in native plants, but they can hardly
be regarded as cult subjects. E. compdsitum, Douglas,
perhaps the best known, has very many minute neutral-
colored fls , dull white to rosy, borne in compound
umbels 5-fl in deep and broad B R 1774 The fol-
lowing have been advertised, but are practically
unknown in our gardens E campanul&tum, E. com-
p6siturn, E Jldvum, E heradeoldcs, E ircc«HMW, E
microthecum var eflu*>um, E niveuni, E nitdum, E.
ovahfohum, E racembswn, E spfuerocephalum, E.
thyrrundes, E. umbdlalum E gigantkum makes a mound
or mat many feet across GC III 28*337 Descrip-
tions of eriogonums may be readily found m the floras
of the western part of the U.S.
ERIOGfNIA: Lwtkea.
ERI6LOBUS: Pyrus
ERI<5PHORUM (wool-bearing, from the Greek,
alluding to the heads of fr.) Cyperacese Perennial
rush-like plants, growing m swales fls in dense head*,
the perianth-bristles very numerous and often becom-
ing greatly elongated m ir. and giving the head a wool-
like appearance None of them is known in cult., but
the following names have been offered by collectors for
bog gardens' E alpinus, Linn , E. cypcrinum, Linn ;
E linedtum, Benth & Hook ; E. polyst&chion, Linn ;
E vaginatum, Linn ; E virginicum, Linn All these are
wild in the northern states, and descriptions may bo
found in the regular manuals Eriophorum comprises
upward of a dozen species in the northern hemisphere.
ERIOPHtLLUM (Greek, woolly-leaved). Composite.
Herbs, mostly woody, and commonly with yellow-
rayed heads; one kind cult in a few hardy borders is a
low, tufted, herbaceous perennial, with much-divided
Ivs., covered with wool beneath (each st. bearing about
5), and 8-rayed yellow heads 2 in across, borne in a
loosely forking fashion on peduncles 3-7 in. long The
genus was included in Bama by Bentham & Hooker,
but is now kept distinct largely because of the per-
manently erect involucral bracts: seeds mostly 4-
angled, and pappus of nerveless and mostly pointless,
colorless portions. Actinolepis is included m this genua
by some authors. There are about a dozen species, in
N. W Amer. E. caespitdsum, Douglas (AcUn&la
lanata, Pursh, not Nutt. Bahia lanata, DC.), described
above, has been advertised. Either moist or dry
ground, Mont, to Brit. Col. and S. Calif.; very variable.
ERldPSIS (Greek, like Eria, an orchid of the Epi-
dendrum tribe, which it resembles when not in flower)
Orchidacex Five or six South American orchids of the
Vanda tribe allied to Acacallis and Warrea, requiring
coolhouse treatment as given to Cattleya; epiphytes.
Leaves 2 or 3, long, plicate: racemes 2 or 3, basal;
fls. open, small, but showy, maxillana-like; lip 3-lobed,
the lateral lobes bro;id and erect and inclosing the
column, the middle lobo small and spreading and some-
times 2-lobed. — About half a dozen species in S. Amor.
bfloba, Lmdl Pseiidobulhs 3 in long. Ivs lancoo-
lat«* fls. 1 in across, sepals and petals yellow, with
orange-red margins, labollum yellow spotted with
brown Colombia. B 11. 33 18.
rutidobulbon, Hook Stouter in habit than the above:
pseudobulbs wrinkled, dark-colored: racemes drooping,
sepals and petals orange-yellow, with deeper colored
margins; labellum white, with purple spots. Antioquia,
m exposed positions on the sts. 01 palms. Peru. B M.
4437.
Helenas, Kranzl Said to be the finest in the genus.
It differs greatly in habit from the other members; the
pseudobulbs (standing 16 in high) somewhat resemble
those of Epidcndr urn Bra-^avol^, but are much stronger,
and bear 3 long, coriaceous dark glossy green linear-
lanceolate Ivs The fls. are twice as large as those of
E. biloba, and are borne on tall, arching scapes The
sepals and petals are orange-colored, margined with
purple, the lip similar, but with a yellow blotch,
spotted with purple at the base. Peru
E Fuenttnhfruit.Kran/l Racemes up to 12 in long, flu about
1 14 in across, sepals and petals brown outside, orange with brown
border inside, lip whitish, densely dotted with purple
OAKES AMES.
ERIOSTEMON (Greek, wooUy stamens). Ruttcez.
Coolhou.se evergreen shrubs from Australia, writh starry,
five-petaled flowers an inch wide, of white or blush-
pink Very little known in America, but abroad con-
sidered amongst the finest of hard-wooded 'winter or
spring-blooming Australian plants
Leaves alternate, entire, glandular-dotted, mfl.
axillary or terminal, solitary or in clusters; calyx and
corolla 5-parted, rarely 4-parted; stamens 8-10, free,
shorter than the petals; anthers pointed, fr. 2-valvcd.
1 -seeded Much care is needed to produce well-trained
specimens
Eriostemons are among the most beautiful of Aus-
tralian hard -wooded plants. They are propagated
from cuttings made of the points of half-ripened wood.
Choose pieces about 3 inches long, and insert in a pot
filled with one part finely sifted peat, and two parts
sharp sand. Water them and set in a case in a tempera-
ture of 55° to 60°, shading them from the sun After they
have rooted, pinch out the heart of the shoots, and when
they show signs of breaking, transfer them singly
into small pots in equal parts of peat and sand. When
well rooted m these pots, give them a shift about two
sizes larger, using good fibrous peat, m rather a lumpy
state, and about a fifth part of good sharp sand, adding
a little of finely broken charcoal. This compost may
be used for all future pott ings. If large plants are
wanted quickly, it is better to grow them indoors all
the year round, but they will not set flowers so well.
Eriostemons flower in the smallest sized pot in spring,
if they are grown outdoors all summer. The outdoor
treatment ripens the wood thoroughly and the result
will be seen when flowering time arrives These plants
are liable to run into strong shoots to the detriment of
the weaker ones. When this is observed, cut them well
back, and this will preserve the symmetry of the plant.
During their growing period they should be syringed
freely. This helps to soften the wood and secure
1136
ERIOSTEMON
ERODIUM
plenty of breaks, and also keep red-spider in check.
A favorite method of propagation in the British Isles
is by grafting on small plants of Correa alba. This
insures a quicker means of raising the plants and is
practised largely by nurserymen. A winter tempera-
ture of 40° by night should be maintained. However,
if plants are wanted to flower eaihci, they may be sub-
jected to 50° or 55° Enostemons are sometimes
attacked by brown and white scale. Fumigation with
hydrocyanic gas is the be&t remedy. (George F.
Stewart.)
A. Foliage linear or narrowly lanceolate.
B. Lvs. linear
scaber, Paxt. A shrub with minutely pubescent or
glabrous branches: Ivs covered with minute rough-
nesses, sessile, acute and mucronulate: petals white,
tipped pink. P.M. 13.127.
BB Lvs. narrowly lanceolate.
linifdlius, Seghers. Lvs broadest at middle, tapering
both wa>s. R.B 20:97. — Probably an old garden form
of some well-known species.
affinis, Sprague Shrub, 1-2 ft , the branches gla-
brous and shining: Ivs. sessile, linear-lanceolate, 1-2
in. long, glabrous, fls. in axillary slender clusters,
quite like the next, but smaller.
AA Foliage conspicuously wider.
B. Lvs. 10-12 times as long as broad.
c. Apex abruptly pointed.
myoporoides, DC. Lvs. widest at the middle, taper-
ing evenly both ways, 1-3, rarely 4 in. long, fls umbel-
late; petals white or sometimes pink, glandular on the
back. B.M. 3180.
cc. Apex blunt.
salicifdlius, Smith Thin willow-leaved specie* has
perhaps the handsomest foliage Lvs. widest above the
middle, tapering more gradually to the base than to the
apex: petals bright, soft pink. B M. 2854.
BB. Lvs. 3-4 times as long as broad.
intermedius, Hook. Lvs 9-18 lines long, elliptical,
abruptly pointed: petals lanceolate, white, but tipped
with pink outside m the bud like the rest; ovary placed
on a flat disk and not ringed at the base. Probably of
garden origin Intermediate between E myoporoides
and E buuifohw* B M 4439.
buxifdlius, Smith. Lvs. as in E. intermedius, though
perhaps smaller- petals obovate, white, tipped pink;
ovary sunk into a double disk of 2 rings B M. 4101.
G. 26:19— E densifldruit, Seghers, RB 20:97, looks
like a prolific horticultural variety of this species.
WILHELM MILLER.
N. TAYLOR.f
ERITRfCHIUM: For E. barbtgerum, see Krynitzkta. For
JJ nothofulvum, see Plagwbothrya.
ERLANGEA (bears the name of the University of
Erlan^en). Compdsitse. One species of this genus,
blooming m midwinter and spring, is offered m England.
The genus was long considered to be monotypir
but Moore has recently (Jour. Bot. 46 1908) incor-
porated Bothnochne with it, and the new species have
expanded the genus to 32 species, all Trop. African
excepting 1 m New Guinea; it differs from Vernonia
"only in the curious reduced achenes and the pappus
of few, short, very caducous setaj." E. tomentdsa,
Moore (Bothnochne Schimpen var. tomentdsa, Ohv. &
Hiern). Shrub, to 5 ft.: st. and under sides of Ivs.
tomentose: erect herb: Ivs opposite • or at top of st.
rarely alternate, oblong to ovate-lanceolate, 2-5 in.
long, nearly or quite obtuse, rounded at base, serrate,
villous* fls. all tubular, about 40 in the head, the heads
about %m. diam , short-peduncled and collected m
corymbose panicles; involucre-scales ovate, acute,
scanous-margined. Trop. Afr. B.M. 8269. Foliage
scented: fls mauve or lilac, lasting 2 or 3 months in
winter; habit of a eupatorium, ana requires the treat-
ment given the greenhouse members of that genus.
L. H B.
ERODIUM (Greek, a heron; alluding to the beaked
fruit) Geraniacese. HEUON'S-BILL or STOKK'S-BILL
Annual and perennial, some of the perennials grown
m flower-garaens and with alpines for their finely cut
fohage and mostly purplish or white flowers.
The plants suggest the wild and hardy geraniums,
from which they differ in having only 5 instead of 10
anther-bearing stamens, the other 5 being reduced to
scales; also the tails of the carpels hairy inside and
twisting spirally. Herbs, rarely somewhat woody or
tufted: Ivs. opposite or alternate, one often smaller
than its mate, stipuled, toothed, lobcd, or dissected'
fls. regular or nearly so, mostly in umbels, of various
shades, from crimson-pink to purple, with darker
blotches on the 2 upper petals and the venation out-
lined in darker shades; sepals 5, imbricate, ovarv
5-lobed, when ripe splitting into separate caps -lobes,
each lobe 1 -seeded' plants usually heavy-scented —
The latest monograph (Knuth, m En Dior's Pflan^on-
reich, hft 53, 1912) describes 60 species, widely dis-
persed in temperate and warm regions The self-
planting of the seeds or carpels of some species is very
interesting
These plants are chiefly for the front row of the
hardy borders and the rock-garden, where they thrive
in a gritty loam They like dry, sunny spots, and may
be trusted with a conspicuous position, being chiefly
valued for their steady succession of bloom from June
to August Divided plants are chiefly sold here, but
the .species are easily propagated by smls Some
erodiums can be grown in clunks of walls Some of the
annual kinds are widely spread in California and other
parts of the West, and E. cicutanum and two or three
others are grown for forage The garden species have
not attained much prominence in this country.
absinthirwle-*, 14
Botrys, 3
chamtrdryoidcfs 8
chrysanthum, 4
cicutanum, 1.
corsicum, 9
daucoides, 11.
INDEX.
glanrtiilotum, 10
gnneolens, 10
Guicciardn. 13
gut tit u in, 5
nmcradcnum, 10
Maiiesoavi, 12
moschatuin, 2
olympicum, 14
pelargomflorum, 6.
vetr^um, 14
Keirhardu, 8
Sibthorpuinum, 14.
Hupracaimm, 7
A Plant annual (or biennial).
1. cicutanum, L'Her. ALFILARIA ALFILKKILL\.
PIN-CLOVKK Tufted, low and spreading, more or less
glandular, often with coarse, soft, short hairs Ivs
oblong, 1-2-pinnatc; Ifts. small, nearly sessile, the
uppermost confluent, lower ones sharply and deeply
cut and with narrower lobes stipules small, acute*
sepals with 1 or 2 terminal bristles, filaments not
toothed; fls. rose-purple. Abundantly run wild from
the Rocky Mts to the Pacific, on dry or barren lands,
and also grown for hay and utilized as wild pasture
Feb.~Apr Old World; immensely variable
2. moschatum, L'Her. FILARBE MUSK-CLOVER.
Also ALFILERILLA Glandular and musk-bcented, at
first stemless and with a rosette on the ground but
later sending up stout fleshy sts. to 1 ft * Ifts. large,
short-stalked, ovate to elliptical, serrate, broad-lobed*
stipules large, rather obtuse: sepals not terminated by
bristles; filaments 2-toothed; fls. rose-purple. Medit ,
Orient. Run wild in Calif, in the rich valley lands.
3. Bdtrys, Bertol. Branching from the base and
usually prostrate, white-pubescent: If -blades 1-2 in.
long on petioles of similar or twice the length, oblong-
ovate, pmnatifid, the lobes acute and serrate* sepals
with I or 2 short bristles; fls. deep violet; nlarnento
ERODIUM
ERYNGIUM
1137
widened upward and toothed. Medit. region, now
widely spread in Calif, and also grown for forage.
AA. Plant perennial.
B. Fls. yellow.
4. chrysanthum, L'Her. Woody, 1-5 in. tall, sil-
very, the rhizome vertical: Ivs. densely crowded at
base, petiole and blade of equal length, broadly ovate,
obtuse or nearly so, pinnate, the pinnae cut; st.-lvs.
few or none, subscssile: peduncles sometimes basal;
fls. yellow, the petals exceeding sepals, broadly cuneate
and rctuse Greece. Gt 1, p 260.
BM Fls. ivhite, sometimes veined or spotted.
5 guttatum, Willd Woody, 3-fl in., the caudex
vertical. Ivs many at base of st , long-petioled, ovate-
cordate or long-cordate, obscurely Jooed, crenulate:
peduncle 2-5 in. high, fls. clear white with a dark spot
at base of upper petals, sepals lance-spatulate or obo-
vate-spatulate, petals broadly obovate, rounded. S. W.
Medit region; a good little rock plant, (it. 3, p. 244.
6 pelargonifldrum, Boiss & Ileldr Woody, to 1 ft.
or more, the caudex vertical basal Ivh. rather numerous,
long-petioled, hairy above, ovate-cordate, somewhat
lobed, obtusely erenate-dentate peduncles 1-5 in.
high, fls white, the 2 upper petals spotted with pink
at base, sepals ovate, petals broadly obovate, rounded
or retuse Asia Minor. B M. 5206 Gt 1:194. Gn.
50, p 448, 63, p 107
7 supracanum, L'Her Stemless, 1-4 in tall, the
rhizome vertical Ivs numerous, to about 2 in long,
densely silky-canewent above, green beneath, ovate or
oblong, bipmnatisect, the pinnules entire or dentate
or incised fls white, spotless, red-veim<i, the petals
obovate and rounded, and sepals broadly ovate and
5-nerved Pyrenees
8. chamaedryoldes, L'Her. (E. Rdcharflu, DC.).
Stemless, 2-3 in tall Ivs numerous, long-stalked,
sparsely hairv, round-ovate, slightly cordate, crenate,
apex rounded peduncles about 1-fld , about 2 in. tall;
fls white, rose-veined, sepals ovate-spat ulate or lance-
spatulate, minutely mucronate, petals obovate, retuse.
Balearic Isls , Corsica — An attractive alpme
BBB Fls. rose, red or purple (sotnetimes white in No. 14)*
c. LVK. undivided or obscurely lobed.
9 c6rsicum, Lcm St. 2-6 in. high, the root vertical
or oblique basal Ivs many, long-petioled, grayish
tomentose or becoming glabrous, ovate or broader,
more or less obsoletely lobed, coarsely erenatc-deiitate.
peduncle 1-2 in high, about 2-fld , fls 34in across, in
shades of rosy pink veined deeper color, sepals oblong-
spatulate or ovate, not mucronate; petals broadly
obovate or cuneate. Corsica and Sardinia. G C. 111.
48:210.
cc. Lvs. all pinnatiseci.
D. St. wanting
10 macradenum, L'Her. (E graveolcns, Lapeyr. E.
glanduldsum, Willd.). Remarkable for the great length
of the roots when twisting among rocks, and strong
odor of the foliage1 2-6 in Ivs hairy, glandular, 1^-2
in. long, oblong, pinnate; segms pmnatifid, rachis with
a toothed wing: fls. light purple, the 2 upper petals a
shade darker, and the spots nearly black Pyrenees.
B.M.5665.
11. daucoides, Boisa. Plant 2-4 m , the rhizome ver-
tical: Ivs. many, tomentose, petiole exceeding blade,
lanceolate or triangular in outline, the pinnae pmnati-
sect and the lobes linear-lanceolate: peduncles stand-
ing above the foliage, about 4-fld.; fls. rose-color;
sepals more or less ovate, 5-nerved; petals obovate,
somewhat rounded. Spam.
12. Manescavi, Coss. Height 10-18 in., the rhizome
vertical or oblique: Ivs. attaining 6 and more m. long,
2^ in. wide, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate; segnis.
alternate ovate, short-stalked, dentate, with sometimes
a deeper cut. fls at best 2 in. across, strong rosy purple,
the spots of the upper petals only a shade or two darker.
Pyrenees. Gn 55 292. — Colors stronger and more
uniform than No. 10.
DD. St. evident.
13. Guicciardii, Heldr Woody, to 8 in. tall, from a
more or less vertical rhizome, basal Ivs. many, densely
clustered, petiole equaling the blade (upper st.-lvs ses-
sile), silvery, broadly ovate or oblong-ovate, pinnate;
pmrue cut into linear or oblong-linear lobes: peduncle
1-3 in. tall, 4-7-fld ; fls rose-colored ; sepals ovate,
obtuse and mucronate; petals obovate, rounded. N.
Greece.
14. absinthioides, Willd. (#. pfoeww, Sibth & Smith.
E. olympicum, Clern E. fc lOthorpianum, Kotschy).
Two to 8 in. tall: rhizome veitical* Ivs many, crowded
at base of st , the petioles very short (st.-lvs few and
sessile), soft-hairy, oblong or triangular-ovate, obtuse
or acutish, bipmnatisect , lobes linear-lanceolate, entire
or dentate* peduncle 1-4 in , 2-8-fld.; fls. violet or rose
(rarely white), the sepals ovate, obtuse and mucronate,
the petals cuneate-obovatc Asia Minor.
E arulrtum, I/ Her Annual or biennial, 1 % ft. high, the sts
1 or few, white-hairy hs cordate-ovate, undivided or obscurely
lobed, dentate fls \iolot-blue, large, the petals broadly obovale
and clawed, rounded at apex Sicily to Persia, N Afr — E Stephuni-
dnum, \\illd Annual or biennial, villoua, branched: IVH nearly
__, jfid, the lobes linear peduncles 2-3 in high,
2-5-fld , fls dark purple, petals scarcely surpassing sepals, very
broad-ovate Temp Asia L. II. B t
ERPfeTION: r«rfa.
ERUCA (origin of name in doubt; probably from the
Latin to burn, m allusion to the hot seeds) Cruciferae
Perhaps ten or a dozen herbs of Eu. and W. Asia,
annual or biennial Allied to Brassica: differs in thf
shorter, more turgid hilique, with keeled valves; style
elongated, seeds in 2 rows in each cell. The lv«? are
pmnately lobed or dentate, and the fls. rather large,
yellow to purphhh E. sativa, Mill , ROQVETTE, TIRA or
ROCKET-SAUD, is the only species cult, in this country.
It is a weedv annual, resembling a mustard, 1-2 ft
high, with lyrate-pmnatifid hs and creamy yellow or
whitish fls m a raceme (which elongates in fr ). It
is sparingly run wild in Canada, U. S., and Mex. See
Roqwttc L. u. B.
ERtNGIUM (a Greek name for some sort of thistle).
VmbdUfvrdp ER\MJO SEA-HOLLY Annual and peren-
nial herbs, chiefly valued for the steel-blue or pur-
plish cast of their rigid stems, prickly foliage and teasel-
like heads.
Rarely shrubby: Ivs stiff or coriaceous, undivided,
lobed or pmnatisect, the margin neaily always spiny:
fls. small, white, greenish or blue, seshile or subsessile,
bracteolute, in mvolucrate heads or spikes, calyx-
teeth prominent, mostly rigid, hometimes ending in a
spme-pomt, petals erect, disk expanded; styles slender
fr ovoid or obovoid or more or less globose, scaly or
tuberculate, without ribs, the carpels nearly terete and
with usually 5 oil-tub<» — Wolff estimates (in Engler's
Pflanzenreich, hft. 61, 1913) 220 species, widely dis-
persed in warm and temperate regions with the greatest
extension in the Medit region.
There are two very distinct groups of eryngoes, one
with much-cut foliage, as shown m Fig. 1417, the other
the "pandanus group" (of the New World), with long
undivided leaves. The species are little grown in this
country, but they are more used abroad They pro-
duce striking semi-formal and often somewhat bizarre
effects. They are used in subtropical bedding, particu-
larly the large pandanus-leaved kinds. They are excel-
lent for borders and rock-gardens, being prized particu-
larly for their colored stems and often brilliant m-
1138
ERYNGIUM
ERYNGIUM
volucre. The stiff leaves of the pandanus group are
little damaged by weather. The dried stems retain their
color, and are sometimes hung in living-rooms. The
Slants mostly grow from 2 to 3 feet high and head out in
uly to September. A light rich soil and sunny situa-
tion are advised. Poor drainage is to be avoided. E.
amethystinum is probably the most popular species m
this country. E. planum is said to be much visited by
bees. They are slow to recover from the shock of divi-
sion. This makes it diffi-
cult to work up a stock
at home sufficient to
make an effective group.
The only safe way to
increase them is by seed
The seed may be sown
as soon as gathered
They will germinate in
the spring, and should
be ready to plant out
the following year Some
of the species self-sow. The species
described Below are perennial.
INDEX.
agavifohum, 1.
alpinum, 9, 10
mantimum,
rnultifuium,
amethystinum, 21.
Ohvenanuir
aquaticum, 4.
aspenfoliurn, 12.
Bourgatu, 19
pallescente, *
panel jvmfolu
•plamfohum.
bracteosvm, 7.
planum, 13
bromelnefolmin, 2.
coeruleum, 15
ro™wm,°13lri
dichotomurn, 14.
scrbiciini, 11
eburneum, 7
Spmalba, la
giganteum, 12
Tourncfuriu,
glaucum, 12.
intermedium, 13.
tncuspidntw
tripartitum,
Lassauxu, 5
yuccjf folium,
lad folium, 13
Zabelu, 20
Leaven worthu, 16.
A. The pandanus-leaved group
B. Bracts of involucre long and pr<
1. agavifdlium, Griseb. Becoming 6 ft.
high in its native country: at. simple below
and somewhat branched above, 3-forked at
top: basal Ivs. rosulate, ensiform, to 5 ft
long, coarsely spinose- serrate: head cylin-
drical, about 2 in. long and half as thick;
the involucral bracts 10-16, ovate at base
and gradually narrowed, entire or sparsely
spinulose; sepals round-ovate or nearly-
orbicular; petals obovate or elliptic-oblong
Argentina, blooming Jan.-Mareh G W. 15, p. 477.
2. bromeliaefdlium, Delar. Becoming 9 or 10 ft.
tall, the st. about 4-forked at top: basal Ivs. numerous,
1M ft and more long, narrow and very acute, the
margins subulate-dentate, spine-pointed • head ovoid
or o void-cylindrical, about 1 in. long; involucral bracts
many, rigid, unequal, linear-subulate^ pungent-pointed;
sepals ovate-lanceolate, short-acuminate and mucro-
nate. Highlands, Mex , Dec
3 proteefldrum, Delar Plant very stout, 3 ft. and
more, the st. fistulose and silicate: st.-lvs. very stiff,
the upper ones 8 m. or more long, linear-lanceolate,
2-6 ft.: st. stnate, unbranched or branched above:
Ivs. undivided, long and linear, rigid, mostly clasping,
finely parallel-veined, lower sometimes 3 ft long, 1^
in. wide, all bristly margined: heads globose-ovoid.
Wet soil, E. U. S.
cc. Nerves of If. parallel, prominent.
5. Lassauxii, Decne. Height 3-6 ft , the st fistulose,
3-forked at top: basal Ivs. often slightly twisted, cana-
liculate, to 2 in. wide, long-acuminate, the margin
spiny: heads in a broad corymb, each one small,
through, whitish green; involucre-bracts
ovate- lanceolate, spinulosc - cilmte ;
sepals nearly orbicular or 4-angled-
orbicular, truncate and erose; petals
rectangular-ovate S Brazil, Para-
guay, Uruguay. G W 3, p 549.
6 pandanifdlium, Cham. &
Schlecht. St. to 8 ft high, leafy,
3-4-forked above, basal Ivs 4-5 ft
long, spine margined above, st -Ivs
many, to 1 1A ft. long, spiny heads
colored, globose-ovoid, less than
^ in. long, in large panicles; invo-
lucral bracts broad-ovate, very
acute, rough on the back; sepals
nearly orbicular or oval, short-
mucronate; petals dark purple,
ovate or orbicular-oblong. S. Brazil,
Argentina. On 61. p. 37. G.W 4,
p. 197.
7. ebtirneum, Decne. (E bracteb-
sum, Griseb ) Height 8 ft , from a
thick rhizome, the st ivory-white'
basal Ivs crowded, canaliculate, 3
ft. and more long, acuminate, very
spiny, the spines being slender
heads not colored, ovoid or globose-
ovoid, ?4in. long, involucral bracts
triangular or lanceolate or linear,
sepals ovate or oval, obtuse or
short-acuminate, petals somewhat
rectangular- oblong, fimbriate at
apex. S Brazil, Uruguay, Argentina.
The cut-lvd. group (or Ivst., at least on st ,
broader, more or less toothed, and not pan-
danus-hke).
1417 Eryngium B. Lvs. fleshy
amethystinum (xlA) 8. marltimum, Linn Glaucous-blue, stiff,
much-branched, about 1 ft high Ivs. very stiff,
broad, sinuate, more or Iess3-lobed, handsomely veined,
with coarse prickly teeth, those on the st clasping,
the radical ones petioled: heads nearly globular, pale
blue; involucral bracts 5-8, much smaller and narrower
than the st.-lvs.; sepals ovate-lanceolate; petals oblong
Seacoasts of Eu. Gn. W. 15:489.
BB. Lva. not fleshy.
c. Basal Ivs. usually not lobed (or not prominently so).
9. alpinum, Linn Height 12 ft., bluish above, from
a thick root: radical Ivs deeply cordate-triangular,
vx»^ UJ./J/V7X v/nco o AH. u* iiiuiu tuiig, jimuir-ittuuwittte, acuminate, coarsely double-crenate; st -Ivs round-
long-acummate and pungent-pointed, the margin cordate, often 3-lobed at the apex or palmatifid • head
eubulate-spmose: head o void-cylindrical, 2^ in. long: globose-cylindrical, about 1 in long; involucral bracts
bracts of involucre very many and very rigid, in several 12-18, lance-oblong, rigid, multifid; fls. many; sepals
series, lanceolate and sharp-pointed, fls. very many; ovate-lanceolate; petals somewhat rectangular. Eu
—--'-'--•- •• B.M.922. G.C. Ill 53-139. G.M 46:136. Gn W.
21 278. GW. 3:576; 15, p. 478. RH 1876, p. 113.
Gn. 46:523.— There is a white variety. Prized for the
attractive blue color of the heads and upper part of
the plant.
10. Oliverianum, Delar. (E. alpinum var. Ohver-
sepals broad-ovate, obtuse, short-mucronate; petals
white, obovate-spatulate. Mex. Sept. G C. III.
41:248, 249. Gn. 75, p. 380.
BB. Bracts of involucre scarcely prominent, not very stiff.
c. Nerves of If. diverging.
J.V. vi»Tc»i»»*u*ii. .L^im. \xv. uvi/wum var. \jvwci-
4. aquitocum, Linn. (E yuccxfdhum, Michx.). Bur- idnum, Spreng.). Hybrid, perhaps of E. planum and
»N SNAKBROOT. RATTUBSNAKB MAOTBR Height E. giganteum, or perhaps with E alpinum - plant strong,
ERYNGIUM
ERYSIMUM
1130
'i ft., lower Ivs. long-petioled, broadly cordate-ovate,
indistinctly 3-lobed at the apex, unequally spinulose-
serrate; younger and the lower caulinc Ivs. 3-lobed or
-parted and the lobes again more or less lobed or angled
and the margins spmose-serrate: head blue, cyhndrical-
ovoid, or ovate, many-fld.; involucral bracts 10-15,
subulate or linear, somewhat spmulose Gn. 45, p.
223; 60, p. 425. Gn. W. 20:791. G W. 15, p. 497.
11. tripartitum, Desf. Probably a hybrid: radical
Ivs. unequally spmulose-serrate with a large obtuse
middle looe; st.-lvs. deeply 3-parted, the lobes lanceo-
late and rigid, spiny-toothed: head globular, small;
involucral bracts 6-9, narrow-lanceolate, spiny mar-
gined.
12. gigant&um, Bieb. (E. asperifbhum, Delar. E.
glaiicum, Hoffm ). Stout, 6 ft , the root thick and tur-
nip-shaped, the st. simple below and 4-5-forked above:
Ivs. coriaceous, the basal ones broadly cordate or cor-
date-triangular, toothed; st-lvs. more or less 3-lobed,
spmulose- dentate: heads cylindrical or ovoid-cylin-
drical, 3-4 in long, in an ample infl , blue or pale green;
involucral bracts lanceolate to obovate, very rigid,
much cut; fls. very many; sepals ovate or ovate-
lanceolate; petals obovate-lanceolate. Caucasus, Asia
Minor. Gn. 46, p. 523; 70, p 111. G. 34:95. R.H.
1906, p. 379. G.W. 15, p 479
13. planum, Linn. (E. plamfdhum, Pall. E. lati-
fbhum, Gilib. E. intermMium, Wemm ) Root thick
turnip-shaped, very long, st 3 ft , mostly single, 3-5-
forked at top: basal Ivs cordate, oblong or oval or
broadly obovate, obtuse, spinulose, usually palmately
7-9-nerved; lower st -Ivs short-petioled, shaped like
the basal Ivs or 3-lobed, the lobes deeply serrate or
cut, the upper ones sessile and 3-5-parted: heads blue,
ovoid or nearly globular, about Km long; involucral
bracts mostly linear, rigid, somewhat spinulose-ser-
rate; sepals lanceolate; petals ovate-oblong. Eu., Asia.
G.L. 18 136.— A var. rbseum is offered.
14. dichdtomum, Desf. (E tncuspid&tum, Tenore).
Two ft or less, glaucous-blue, the st strong, few-lvd.,
branchy, 3-5-forked at top. lower Ivs long-petioled,
cordate-oblong or obovate, very obtuse, serrate or
crenate, reticulated, upper Ivs. rigid, 5-parted: head
'nearly globose or ovoid-globose, about Mm- l°nK>
involucral bracts 6-7, rigid, narrow-linear or subulate,
somewhat spinulose, pungent-pointed, sepals ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, spine-tipped; petals ovate-oblong.
Medit. region.
15. cceruleum, Bieb. About 3 ft , blue, the root
thick and long turnip-shaped, the st. usually solitary,
4-5^-forked above, the branches long: basal Ivs. all long-
petioled, cordate, cordate-ovate or cordate-oblong,
crenate-serrate, outer ones undivided, inner ones 3-
lobed: heads small; involucral bracts 4-6, rigid and
wide-spreading, linear-lanceolate, spinulose; sepals
narrow-lanceolate; petals oblong. Caucasus and E.
16. Le&venworthii, Torr. & Gray. Purple-violet
above, 3 ft , the st. strict and full-lvd., at the top
3-forked: basal Ivs. oblanceolate and mostly obtuse,
spinose-dentate, the others deeply palmate-parted,
the divisions cut-pmnatifid and the segms. spreading
and pungent-pointed : heads ovoid-cylindrical, 2 in. or
1 — long; involucral bracts 7-9, linear-lanceolate,
atifid; sepals pmnatifid. Dry soil, Kans. to
cc. Basal Ivs. on the flowering plant all lobed
or divided.
17. sSrbicum, Pane. Height 1-1 H ft., blue above:
root elongated, thick, somewhat woody: st. slender,
sparsely Ivd., short-branching and 3-4-forked above:
basal Ivs. long-petioled, fresh green, divided into 5-7
«rrass-like scums.; st.-lvs. more or less clasping or short-
petioiea, tae segma very narrow and remotely spinu-
lose-cut: heads small, globose-ovoid; involucral bracts
5-7, rigid, narrow-linear, sharp-pointed; sepals broad-
ovate, obtuse; petals broadly oblong-ovate. Servia,
18. Spinalba, Vill. Plant rigid, whitish green, more
or less blue above: st. stout, at the top 3-4-forked:
Ivs. coriaceous, rigid, broadly cordate-ovate, palmately
4-5-parted, the margins undulate and spiny-toothed:
head blue, ovoid-cylindrical; involucral bracts about
10 and very rigid, deeply pmnatifid, spine-pointed;
sepals lanceolate or more or less ovate; petals oblong-
hnear. Eu , in the Alps.
19. Bourgatii, Gouan (E. Tournefbrtii, Bub.). Low,
usually about 1M ft : root thick, somewhat turnip-
form: st. mostly solitary, simple below, sparingly
branched above, apex 3 -forked: Ivs. somewhat coria-
ceous, pale green, rigid, nearly orbicular or somewhat
remform, palmately 3-5-parted and again lobed, spiny-
toothed; st.-lvs palmate, somewhat clasping: heads
blue or rarely green, nearly globose or ovoid-globose;
involucral bracts 9-15, spiny or not; sepals lanceolate,
acute; petals spatulate Medit. region.
20. Zabelii, Hort. (E. alpinum x E. Bourgatii).
Plant rather robust, 1^ ft : basal ivs. suborbicular,
3-parted; the segrns. cuneate at base and deeplv 3-
lobed and again 3-lobed. margins strongly spinulose-
serrate: head globose-cylindrical, 1 in. or more long;
involucral bracts, 12-14, rigid, lanceolate, spinulose-
dentate, blue or amethystine. G W. 15, p. 496.
21. amethfstinum, Linn (E. palksctnte, Mill).
Fig. 1417. Stout, \l/2 ft. and more, blue or amethystine
above or sometimes whitish: root thick, long-cylindri-
cal: st. remotely leafy, branched, 4-5-forked at top:
Ivs. rigid, obovate or oblong-ovate, bipinnatifid,
spmose-dentate; upper st -Ivs clasping, pmnately
parted, spin ulose-dent ate: heads ovoid-globose, Hm.
or more long, the peduncle thick and sulcate; involucral
bracts 6-9, unequal, linear-subulate or lanceolate,
sharp-pointed, sepals ovate-lanceolate; petals ovate-
oblong or nearly rectangular. Eu Gn 46, p. 522; 55,
p. 454. G.L 23". 199. Variable. Var. multffidum, Wolff
(E. midtifidum, Smith) has much-cut Ivs.
Any number of eryngiums may be expected to appear in the
list, aa they arc likely to strike the attention of collectors They
appear to hybridize rather freely E hybndum. is a trade name for
garden forms, but it has no botanical standing. — E. R6thenberffi%
is a garden hybrid of E alpinum and E giganteum — E. ar&reum
and IB caclevhrmm are garden names without botanical standing;
the latter w said to be E amethystmum. — E. Ebentumi=*E. ebur-
neum (?) — E. Wrightn is said to be a free form of E. planum, bloom*
ing f or a long period. L H B
ER^SIMUM (probably means blister -drawing).
Cruciferse. Of this genus two brilliant yellow and
orange, spring- and summer -blooming hardy "an-
nuals," are cultivated, scarcely, if at all, inferior to the
true wallflowers (Cheiranthus) for general purposes,
and a few rock-garden and wild-garden plants.
Biennial, annual and perennial herbs, with long
soft appressed 2-partcd hairs: Ivs. narrow, linear or
oblong, entire or variously toothed: fls. orange or yel-
low, rarely purple, often fragrant; petals 4, usually
large, clawed; stamens 6, free and without appendages:
style persistent: pod broad-linear, strongly compressed
or sometimes 4-angled; seeds many, various. — Species
80-90 in the north temperate zone, being most numer-
ous in Eu. and Gent. Asia. Some of the species are
said to hybridize with Cheiranthus. Numbers of
species are likely to be mentioned as good subjects for
alpine-gardenin g.
Although some of the popular kinds are biennials,
the gardeners think of them as annuals. Their seeds
can be sown in the fall and produce bloom earlier than
if sown in spring. The rock-garden kinds do well also
m the front row of the border and on dry banks. They
like full exposure to sunlight, and in the spring months
are completely covered with bright flowers. Divded
plants, as well as seeds, are offered by American dealers.
1140
ERY3IMUM
ERYTHEA
1418. Erysimum asperum.
In general, no special difficulty is exjwrienced with
erysimums In On 24, p 462, it is said that E och-
roteucum on level ground is likely to lose its lover Ivs.
and to perish on heavy soils in hard winters It thrives
best when frequently divided, and may be propagated
by cuttings E
,'' JJarbaiea, Linn,
\\ith foims hav-
ing double fls and
vanegated Ivs , is
Jiarbarea vulgans.
asperum, DC
Fig. 1418 Bien-
nial or perennial,
height 1-3 ft. in
the wild, 12 -18 in.
in gardens, the sts.
erect Ivs* laneeo-
late to linear,
eithei canescent
., or thin and i/ieen,
jr, H dentate or entire,
' i, ;!| upper ones mostly
' entue, the lowest
sometimes pin-
natifid. fls ^m.
or more acioss,
orange or yellow,
seldom purple .
pods rough, \l/2~o
in. long, 4-suled,
nearly erect Que
to Texas and Calif.
Var arkansanum,
Gray (E aikanxa-
nwn, Nutt ). Lvs thin, repand-dentate, lanceolate.
capita turn, Greene (E grandijlbrum, Nutt Chei-
rdntkus capit<ltui>, Douglas) COAST WALLFLOWER.
Biennial or perennial, piobably usually perennial, erect
and leafy and finely pubescent, 1 ft or less to 2* ft.
high, nearly simple or said often to make a much-
branched woody plant, with Ivs oblong, oblanceolatc or
linear and either entire or repand-dentate* fls light yel-
low or cream-colored, the petals about 1 in long with a
rounded blade caps to 4 in Seaeoost, Calif, to Ore.
Perofskianum, Fi&ch & Mey. Fig 1419 Excellent
hardy annual, 1-2 ft , erect: Ivs oblong, acute or
nearly so, strongly toothed fls large, bright orange or
reddish orange pods standing out neai ly at right angles,
constricted below the nuriower btyle Caucasus,
Afghanistan B M 3757. P M. 6 215.— There are
compact and dwarf strains suitable for edgings. (E.
Perofskianum nanum E nanum cornpadum OUT cum,
Gt. 40, p, 194. E compadurn aurcwn, Hort ). Seeds
may be sown at different times for succession
pulchellum, Boiss (E lacimatum, Boiss ). Perennial,
green, often cespitose, the st. ascending 2-6 in or
more (even to 2 ft ) lower Ivs oblong-spatulate, den-
tate or lyrate; upper Ivs. sessile, oblong or lanceolate,
dentate, Ivs on the suckers lanceolate and often entire:
fls medium, deep orange, caps erect-spreading, slen-
der Greece, Asia Minor — Used as rock-garden plant.
There are dwarf forms in the wild.
ochroleftcum, DC. (E rh&hcum, DC. E. helveticum,
DC ) Perennial, 4-12 m • sts. yellowish, creeping.
Ivs. oblong-lanceolate dentate, usually more or less
hairy: fls fragrant, pale yellow, the petals obovate. Eu.
Gt 2, p. 162. — Variable Forms a turf on rocks and
mountains
E MarschalMnum, Anclrz Biennial perennial, b-8 in high-
IVH lance-linear fls large, bright orange-yellow used as an
alpine Siberia — E murule, Dest Spring-flowering biennial or
perennial, fi-R in , forming a tuft Ivs deep Krqrn, narrow flu.
eol.lfnyi.Ho* En WlLHELM MlLLEH
L H Bf
ERYTHEA (one of the Hespendes, Daughter of
Evening). Falmacese, tribe Coryphese. Palms with soli-
tary, often robust, spineless caudices, ringed at the
base, clothed above with dead leaf-sheaths.
Leaves terminal, the younger ones tomentose in
some species, glabrous in others, orbicular, flabcllately
many-parted, the lobes lacerated at the apex, inter-
mingled with fibers, infolded; rachis short, hgule long;
petiole stout, slender and arching in some species,
smooth or spiny along the margins spadices usually
paniculate, long, white tomentose, branches stout;
spathes many, sheathing the peduncle, thick-coriaceous,
densely tomentose, bracts and biactlets distinct; fls
pale' fr. globose or ovoid —Species 5, Mex
This small group of American palms includes E.
armata, which is known locally as the "blue palm,"
and E cduhs, the laiter commonly known as the
"Guadaloupe palm," from the fact that it has been
found in a wild state only on the island of Guadaloupe,
off the coast of Lower California Erytheas bear much
resemblance to Brahea, the segments of the leaves
bearing whitish filaments In the gardens of Santa Bar-
bara, the erytheas m a few years form very handsome
trees, but in less-favored latitudes they may be culti-
vated m the same manner as kentias or latarnas, flour-
ishing in a night temperature of 50° to 55° when grown
in a rich and open soil and abundantly supplied with
water.
A. Fr more or less globose.
B Lvs distinctly glaucous.
armata, Wats (Brahea armata, Wu($ B glauca,Hort.
B. Roezln, Lmdl ). BLUE PALM Tall and slender, 40
ft high. Ivs very glaucous, petiole narrow, deeply
channeled, margined with numerous stout, more or less
hooked, slightly spreading spines, segms 30-40, sub-
lacerate at the apex, slightly fihferous spadix 18 ft.
long or somewhat less, sparingly branched, frs red-
dish brown at maturity Low Calif GC III 20 425
BB Lvs green, not glaucous.
edulis, S Wats (hialica edidis, Wendl ). St 40-50
ft high, 15 m thick, \uth thick, corky bark sheaths
fibrous, petioles stout, 1 in
wide, plano-convex, unanned on
the acute margins, fibrous-pubes-
cent or glabrate above, hgule
2-3 m long, densely silky-tomen-
tose, blade 3 ft , 'segms 70-80,
at first tomentose, lacciate at the
apex and fibrous on the edges
spadices numerous, 5—6 ft long,
branched fr shining black
Calif RII. 1893, p 297, 1897,
p 77 GC 111 13. 507; 22 -157
Brandegeei, Purpus In nature
125 ft high and having slender
trunk: petioles slender, armed
with recurved spines; Ivs bright
shining green, composed of 10-12
fronded, flabellate Ifts. spadix
slightly branched frs as in E
armata, but somewhat streaked
Low Calif Gt. 52, p 12 —Intro
by Franceschi in 1912, who says,
"Appears to grow much faster
than other kinds and is not less
hardy."
AA. Fr. shaped like inverted
pear.
Slogans, Franccschi.
Dwarf er and slower-grow-
ing than any other kind. ^
trunk very short: petioles uiQ "**
Blender, glaucescent, edged Ervsimmn Perofskianum (Xh)
ERYTHEA
ERYTHR1NA
1141
with small spines: Ivs. somewhat glaucescent on both
sides: fl.-spadix 3-4 ft.f branched: frs. about %m.
diam.; yellowish, at first waxy. — According to Fran-
ceschi it was first intro. and distributed by the late
John Hock of San Jose", about 1880, and never found
again in the wild state, while only one of the plants
raised is known to have ripened. ^. TAYLOH t
ERYTHR&A (Greek, red; alluding to the fls. of some
species) Gentianact'tp Two outdoor bpecics are in
cultivation, with bright deep rose flowers, one of which
is a rockery plant from the Azores, the other a Cali-
fornian annual Centauruim is name now used.
Small or low herbs, annuals, biennials and peren-
nials with simple and entire sessile opposite Ivs , and
small or medium-sized 5- or 4-merous, mostly red or
pink fls : calyx-lobes narrow and keeled , corolla salver-
shaped, filaments 4 or 5, slender, the anthers becoming
twisted, style filiform, caps, oblong or elongated —
About 30 species in the Old arid New Worlds; interest-
ing, but little known in cult Three or 4 t>mall species
have been naturalized from Eu
A light sandy loam, in a protected nook of the
rockery, with partial shade, is required for E. Mas-
sonn (or E diffusa), which is a charming little alpine
plant It must be planted in a well-sheltered po&ition
and requires protection from sun and severe frost in
winter, but the little plant is ^cll worth all the extra
care one may have to expend on it in winter Propaga-
ted by cuttings, seeds or division. (J. B Keller.)
M&ssonii, Sweet (E diffi'sa, Woods) Height 4 in .
sts ascending, tufted, not branched above, 1-3-fld *
Ivs fleshy, usually concave, shining fls lateral Azores.
— Annuals in Azores, biennial in W Ku The plant
cult, under this name is consideied perennial by our
nurserymen.
venftsta, Gray. Height 6-10 in • sts erect, 4-angled,
cyrnosely branched • Ivs Yr~\ in long, oblong or ovate-
oblong, very blunt' corolla-lobes oval or obovate or
oblong, Jim or less long, deep pink; corolla-tube yel-
lowish, about the length of the calyx. Dry hills Calif.
B M 6396. L. H B f
ERYTHRiNA (from Greek for red). Legunnnosar.
CORAL-TREE Herbs, shrubs or trees, with large and
showy papilionaceous flowers, for planting out and for
greenhouse bloom ; and open-ground subjects in Florida
and California
Erect, or the herbs more or less reclining, usually
spiny Ivs .alternate, pinnately 3-foholate, with small
glanduhforin stipules, fls. mostly red and in dense
racemes, calyx 2-hpped or oblique, standard free or
very nearly so, erect or spreading, tenth stamen free, or
united only half its length fr a slender, more or le*ss
twisted pod; seeds mostly ovoid. — Known species
about 50, in tropical and warm temperate regions
around the world
Erythrmas are much prized garden plants. Some of
them, particularly the herbaceous kinds, are frequently
planted out in the summer In the house they demand
an intermediate temperature. Give rich sou and fre-
quent waterings In the woody species, aim to have
well-ripened wood for flowering, for the bloom is pro-
duced on wood of the preceding year The herbaceous
species are propagated by division of the rootstock; also
by cuttings from shoots springing from the old roots.
Woody species are propagated by cuttings of growing
wood. All species are propagated by seeds, whenever
these are obtainable. Many species have been more or
less grown or tried within tne limits of the United
States; some of «them fail to bloom in southern Cali-
fornia, probably because of insufficient summer heat.
The forms more or less in cultivation are likely to be
imperfectly or doubtfuly determined botamcally. Some
of the erythrinas arc used as shade for coffee and cacao
plantations.
A. Herbaceous species (or treated as such). These die
down at the end of the season, and the roots may
be stored after the manner of dahlias. It is best
to start the roots before planting them out,
•particularly m tho N In their native countries,
these species are more or less woody.
Crista-gilli, Linn (A1, launfoha, Jaccj ) COMMON
CORAL-TULE Bushy and woody, sometimes develop-
ing a very short trunk, but the flowering branches
dying back after blooming, the stronger branches com-
ing annually or periodically from near the root. st. and
petioles somewhat spiny Ifts. ovate-oblong or lance-
oblong, acuminate, entire- flg. large, brilliant crimson,
the keel nearly as long as the down-folding standard,
the wings rudimentary Brazil. B M 2161. B R
313 LBC 3 296 G 4 451. G.W. 3, p. 437; 6,
f> 281 F.E 16.637 (var comvacta). — Runs into many
ornib, varying in the shade <i red, some of them with
variegated Ivs South of Washington, it stands out-
of-doors if protected. In the N. the fleshy roots are
taken up and stored . Valuable for summer bloom Fls.
in large, terminal racemes Madame Belanger is a
popular garden form E. compficta, Bull, of very com-
p.ict habit arid fis rich crimson is probably a form of
this Mpeeiert
specidsa, \ndr Bush-like, reaching 8-12 ft , but
usually cut back as E Cn^ta-galh is sts and Ivs.
prickly Ifts broad and more or less 3-lobed, pointed,
veiny: fls in pubescent racemes, rich crimson. W.
Indies B II 7iA), — St green, verj prickly.
herbacea, Linn Perennial sts. several and herba-
ceous from a very thick root, 2-4 ft high, the flower-
ing ones nearly leaflet Ifts 3, ovate to hastate, pot loles
long, more or less prickly fls 2 in long and very slender,
deep scarlet, in loose rac< mes 1-2 ft long seeds scarlet
N C to Tevis arid W Indies Common on Gulf
coatet of Ala and Miss B M 877 E. BidwiUu, Lmdi ,
a beautiful hybrid of this species and E
(the latter the pollen parent), \\ith herbaceous shoots
ami an ascending vexillum BR 33.9. H F 2:48.
AA. Woody or tree-like species Greenhouse plants, or
planted in the open in S. Calif and S Fla
Humeana, Spieng (E cdffra, Ker-Gawl, notThunb )
Often treelike and 30 ft or more, the st and petioles
very spin} petioles long, Ifts rhomboid-ovate, acumi-
nate' peduncles axillary and strictly erect, longer than
the Ivs , white-warty; fls veiticillate-i? piked on the
ends of the peduncles, long and slender, deflexed,
brilliant scarlet fading to purple. S. Afr B M. 2431
B R 736
Corallodendron, Linn CORAL-TREE Tree, prickly.
petioles not armed, Ifts. ovate-rhomboid calyx cain-
panulate, the teeth obsolete, standard erect, linear-
oblong, scarlet * seeds scarlet, usually with a black spot
W. Indies L D 3 170. — The handsome deep scarlet
large fls are borne in long racemes after the Ivs. fall
velutina, Willd. Prickly tree Ifts scurf y-tomentobe
beneath, broadly ovate, obtuse, the terminal deltoid-
ovate calyx split nearly to base, the 5 teeth minute,
standard orbicular, reflexed (1-1 ^2 m long), the wings
nearly as long as calyx, the keel-petals dist met and small .
pod velvety, few-seeded Jamaica to Brazil. B.M.3227.
tndica, Lam (E cdrnea, Blanco) Tall tree with very
small usually black prickles and thin gray back: Ifts
rhomb-ovate, membranous and glabrous, fls showy
scarlet, in dense short racemes; calyx split nearly to
base; standard ovate-oblong and blunt or nearly so,
slightly recurved, 2-2} 2 m long, and about half ai»
broad, much exceeding the wings and keel; wings and
keel nearly equal, not more than half so long as the
calyx pod 6-12 in. long, torulose India, Polynesia,
W. Indies Variable Var. pfcta, Hort (E. pfcta,
Linn.), has variegated Ivs. Var Parcellii, Hort (E
Parcclhi, Bull), has Ifts. with variable yellow vane-
1142
ERYTHRINA
ERYTHRONIUM
gallon: fls. bright cinnamon-red. G.C. II. 1874 (2):
393. GZ. 18:64; 21, p. 2. By some, E. picta is
accorded specific r^nk and E. Parcettn is united with
it. Var. marmorata, Hort. (E. marmordta, Veitch),
has large Ivs. attractively spotted with white. • G.2.
24, p. 73.
ffisca, Lour. Tree-like, 8 ft., the bark fuscous
(brownish), bearing short prickles, the branching
diffuse: Ivs. unarmed; Ifts. lanceolate, entire, glabrous:
fls. brown-red, in terminal racemes; calyx somewhat
bilabiate, the lips entire and erect; standard very long,
obtuse, convolute in a tube; stamens long, connate at
base: pod long, terete, articulate, pilose; seeds oblong.
Cochin-China.
Poeppigi&na, Cook (Micrdpteryx Poeppigidna,
Walp. E. Micrdpteryx, Poepp ) BUCARE. Used for
shading coffee and cacao in the W. Indies: tree 40-60
ft., the prickles short. Ivs. large, apparently not prickly;
Ifts. broad, entire, with nectaries at base of the 2 lower
petiolules: fls. cinnabar-red; calyx truncate; standard
plane, elliptic or narrow-oval, to 1J^ in. long; wings
small, about twice exceeding the calyx, obovate or
oral-elliptic; keel scarcely shorter than standard,
arctuate. Probably Peruvian —Offered in S Fla. The
E umbrosa of the W. Indies is probably this species.
(XH)
pod long, torulose, seeds few. large and red. Austral Q.Z , 30, p 1.
— E. ndrum. Tod. Tree, prickly. Ifts. rhombic-ovate, tomentose
when young, terminal one long-stalked, fls. scarlet, m many-fld.
short racemes, the standard obovate. Origin unknown
short racem
ERYTHROCHjfeTE,
japomca.
L. H. B.
ERYTHROCHATON: Ligulana
flabellif 6rmis, Kearney.
Shrub or small tree, to 10
ft.: sts velvety white
when young, bearing stout
curved prickles below the
If. -axils: Ivs. canescent
when young, usually
prickly; Ifts. firm, fan-
shaped or deltoid-ovate,
usually broader than long,
rounded at apex: f£.
bright scarlet, crowded in
short terminal racemes,
numerous, pedicels vel-
vety-canescent; calyx campanulate, truncate, usually
somewhat oblique, white-tpmentose; standard exceed-
ing the calyx, about 1% in. long, h'near-oblong. nar-
rowed at both ends; wings and keel short: pod linear,
torose: seeds oval, bright scarlet with whitish hilum.
S. E. Ariz.— Offered in S. Calif.
Jf. arbdrea, Small (E herbacea var arborea, Chapm.). Shrub
or small tree, to 20 ft , armed* Ivs. with wire-like petiole and rachis;
Ifts deltoid or hastately 3-lobed. fls. scarlet in racemes 4-8 in. long:
pod 3-6 in long, constricted between the seeds. Fla. Likely to be
planted. — E bogottnnt appears in a European trade list of green-
bouse plants — E conetantvdna, Mich. Tree, soft, the trunk thick
and spiny. fls large, scarlet, in racemes. Eu — E. intAgnit, Tod.
Tree, sparingly prickly: Ifts. ovate, tomentope when young: fls.
scarlet, m short and dense racemes. Origin vftknown Gt. 28.988.
— E. vetpertttio, Benth. Shrub, for a warm greenhouse, glabrous,
branches prickly: Ivs. not prickly; Ifts broad-cuneate at base, 3 or 4
in. broad, usually 3-lobed, and the middle lobe of various shape and
sometimes absent: fls. showy (red?) and many in racemes; standard
ovate, recurved at top, nearly 1H in. long, wings small, oblong:
ERYTHRdNIUM (from the Greek word for red,
applied to the purple-rose European species). Lahaceae.
DOG'S-TOOTH VIOLET (although in no sense a violet)
ADDER'S-TONGUE. Small spring-flowering hardy scapose
bulbous plants.
Erythroniums have bulbs standing erect and from
oblong to linear in form, 2 radical Ivs., which in most
species are handsomely mottled, scape slender and
leafless, producing from 1 to many nodding v«ry attrac-
tive fls.; perianth of 6 similar divisions, usually
recurved; stamens 6 and a single 3-lobed style: fr an
oblong or obovoid more or less 3-anglcd locuhcidal
caps. — Handsome plants of the north temperate zone.
One belongs to the Old World, 4 to E N Amer , 2
are found in the Rocky Mts , while in the cool woods
and high mountains from N Calif, to the British
possessions the genus is represented by about 9 species
and a number of well-marked varieties The species
are confused or variable The first and perhaps
second yea* ifom seed, the plants bear a single if.
and do not bloom Some of the species spread in large
patches, by means of underground stolons The bulb
is scaly outside but with a solid interior, being really
a corm
The erythroniums are most interesting spring flowers
They succeed in any light soil, particularly in partial
shade. In common with all herbaceous perennials,
especially those that produce bulbs or corms, they
profit by a winter mulch of leaves or litter — The west-
ern erythroniums are all plants of the cool woodlands,
except a few that grow at such altitudes as to reach
like conditions They thrive best in shade, a thoroughly
drained soil, moist and rich in mold, a surface cover-
ing of half rotten leaves tending to equalize conditions.
Any good fibrous material, as fibrous peat, coconut
*iber or spent tanbark, or even well-rotted sod, will
answer the purpose to lighten the soil and give that
abundance of mold they delight in. Pockets in shaded
rockwork give ideal situations. They will thrive
naturalized on cool wooded slopes; and where the drain-
age is good they will thrive in grass The leaves ripen
before the grass is cut and the effect is very good Sim-
ply planted in boxes in a loose soil, rich in mold, and
left year after year in a shaded spot, they sometimes
give splendid bloom. E. Hartwegii flowers very early,
and stands more heat and dryness than any other
variety. E, purpurascens and E montanum, from high
altitudes, tend to throw up their growth very late, and
are on that account rather difficult to cult All of the
western species are very satisfactory garden plants.
— The propagation of E Dens-Cams and varieties, the
eastern American species and E. Hartwegii, is by
offsets All of the other western species can be increased
only by seeds. The eastern species should be planted
at least 5 niches deep. When planting erythromum
bulbs, cover with 2 inches of earth; as the bulbs them-
selves may be 2 niches long, this means that the holes
should be 4 inches deep.
INDEX.
albidum, 3.
albiflorum, 10.
album, 6.
americanum, 2.
anguslatum, 2.
Botandeni, 10.
bracteatum, 2
cahfornicum, 8.
citrmutn, 12.
Dens-Cams, 1
giganteum, 6, 10.
grandiflorum, 6, 10.
Hartwegii, 9.
Hendersonu, 13.
Howellu, 15
Johnsomi, 10.
lanceolatum, 2.
longifohum, 1.
majus. 1.
mesachoreum, 4
minor, 6.
minus, 6.
montanum, 6, 11.
Nuttallianum, 6.
parviflorum, 7.
prfficox, 10.
propullans, 5.
purpurascens, 14.
revolutum, 10.
robustum, 6.
sibincurn, 1
Wattonn, 10.
ERYTHRONIUM
ERYTHRONIUM
1143
A. OLD-WORLD ERYTHRONIUMS. Fie. always solitary,
and without a crest near base of inner petals: Ivs.
handsomely mottled: offsets few.
1. D6ns-C&nis, Linn. St. 4-6 in. high: Ivs. oval-
acummate; rounded at the base, blotched or patched
with reddish brown: fls. drooping, rose-colored, rose-
purple or lilac; segms. strongly reflexed. narrow, long-
pointed. Cent Eu., Japan, in several forms. Gn. 76,
p. 649 — Variations are white, rose-colored or flesh-
colored. Var. longifdlium, Hort., varies in its narrower
Iva. and larger fls; var. ma jus, Hort , is apparently a
form of this. Var. sibiricum, Hort., from the Altai
Mts , is taller. The species thrives in a moist open
garden soil, and exposed to the sun Often used in
rock-gardens. Little known in American gardens.
AA. EAST- AMERICAN EUYTHRONIUMS . — Fl. solitary,
without a crest on inner petals: mostly producing
offsets.
2 americanum, Ker. COMMON ADDER'S -TONGUE.
Fig 1420. Scape 6-10 in . from an ovoid bulb that pro-
duces offshoots' Ivs. elliptic- or oblong-lanceolate,
mottled with purple-brown and whitish: fls. yellow, the
Begins, recurved, the 3 inner ones auncled at base;
stigmas united E Canada, to Fla and Ark , m rich low
grounds, particularly in or near woods. Runs into many
forms The following names belong with it: E. lanceo-
Idtum, Pursh; E. angustdtum, Raf ; E. bractedtum,
Boott.
3 Albidum, Nutt WHITE ADDER'S-TONGUE. Pro-
ducing offshoots' Ivs not mottled, narrow, fls pinkish
white, yellow at base; segms recurved, not auncled:
stigmas spreading. Ont and N. Y. to Minn, ana
Texas.
4. mesachdreum, Knerr. Without basal offshoots:
Ivs not mottled, narrowly oblong to linear-lanceolate:
fls lavender, the segms not recurved, stigmas spread-
ing, earlier than the last. Iowa to Kans and Mo.
5 propullans, Gray. Bulb ovoid* offshoots arising
from near middle of the st.: Ivs small, green or slightly
mottled, fls rose-colored, with yellow base; style
slender and stigmas united S. Ont and Minn.
AAA. WEST-AMERICAN ERYTHRONIUMS. — Fls 2-4, some-
times more (rarely only l-fld ) — The Ivs are richly
mottled, except in E grandijlorum The corms do
not produce offsets, except in E. Hartwcgii Inner
petals with auricles, except in E. Howelln. All
except E. purpurascem have large and showy fis.
B. Slyk 3-cleft
6 grandifldrum, Pursh (E giganteum, Lindl.).
Scape 1-2 ft high . Ivs broadly lanceolate, to 6 in long,
acute and short-cuspidate, unmottled scape slender,
3-5-fld ; fls very bright yellow , petals recurved ; anthers
yellow E Ore to Brit Col Var. Album, Hort. (E.
montanwn. Hort ). Like the type, except the fls are
white, yellowish at center, and with a slight greenish
cast Var minus, Morr , is smaller — E grandijlorum
grows from very high mountains to (at one point) little
above the sea-level In cult the high mountain form
starts very late and 13 difficult to grow, while the sea-
level form (var. robustum, Purdy) is an easy subject.
In some localities the anthers are red, as in var. Nut-
UUiinum, Purdy (E. Nuttalhdnum, Schult.), in others
both red and yellow, but as a rule yellow. The so-called
var. minor is small merely from less favorable situ-
ation. By some, the E. giganteum, Lindl., is kept dis-
tinct. GC 111.43.212. JH.I1I 58.397. GM. 63.359.
7. parvifldrum, Goodd. The Cent. Rocky Mt. form
of E. grandijlorum. scape 4-12. Ivs. oblong, tapering
both ways: fls. usually solitary, bright yellow, greenish
m the bottom; segms. lanceolate-acuminate, about 1 in.
long, strongly recurved; anthers pale yellow. — A sub-
alpine species.
8. calif6rnicum, Purdy. Lvs. richly mottled: fls.
few to as many as 16; petals revolute and broader,
creamy to light yellow, deeper at the center and often
marked maroon at base. In the Coast Ranges of Calif .,
San Francisco Bay to Humboldt Co.— In cult, the
most satisfactory East The description of E. revoliir
tum var. Wataonii m Cycle. Amer. Hort., also covers
E. calif ornicum. G. 32:424
9. H&rtwegii, Wats. Bulb-bearing offsets freely on
filiform stolons from the base' lys. mottled' fls. 1-6,
mostly in a sessile umbel, large, light yellow-orange at
center and white or cream-color above. Foothills of
the Sierra Nevada Mts. in Calif G.C. Ill 20.361,
43 '21 5. — The plant appears to have several scapes
because the uinoel is sessile but each fl is on a pedicel.
10 revolfttum, Smith Lvs 1-4, mottled in white and
light brown' fls. nearly always 1 or 2, petals narrow and
curved, style large and stout, filaments from subulate
(awl-shaped) to deltoid, opening from white flushed
with pink to pinkish purple, becoming purple. J H.
Ill 35 523; 43:
268. Var. Bo-
landeni is not
separable from
the type. Pink
Beauty is a soft
pink form found
in Humboldt
County, Calif
Var albifldrum,
Hort (var W dt-
sonu, Purdy E.
giganthim var
albiflbrum, Hort.
E grandiflbrum
var albiflorum,
Hook.) Fls pure
white' with a
greenish cast,
often banded
maroon at base:
petals slender; a very beautiful
plant. BM. 5714 FS 20.2117.
G C III 3 556; 15 621 Var.
J6hnsonii, Purdy (E Jdhnsonu,
Bolander). Very similar to the
type, but Ivs mottled in dark
brown and looking as if coated in
varnish, and fls dark rose with
orange center. Gn 51 ' 136 G C.
Ill 19-549; 25'253 Var prafecox,
Purdy Lvs. mottled in ma-
hogany, the most beautifully of
any ery thromum . the fls , usually
1421 Erythtoomm 2-4' are °reamy wlute Wlth °ran«e
Hendersomi. (Xh) centcr'
11. montanum, Wats. Scape
slender, to 18 in , 1-3-fld . Ivs not mottled, broad-
lanceolate to nearly ovate, contracted into a winged
petiole; perianth pure white, orange at base. On high
mountains of Ore and Wash. — Very difficult to cult,
as the bulbs start very late; one of trie most beautiful.
BB. Style not divided.
12. citrlnum, Wats. Rather stout, to 10 in., 1-9-
fld., the fls. close together and opening at about the
same time: Ivs. mottled, very broad-lanceolate, obtuse
and short-apiculate, attenuate to a very short petiole:
petals broad, strongly recurved, light yellow, orange at
centcr, the tips becoming pink S. Ore. Gn &L 6:65.
13 Hendersonii, Wats. Fig. 1421. Slender, to 12
in., 1-3-fld.: Ivs mottled in dark brown, lanceolate to
oblong, obtuse and short-apiculate, narrowed to a short
petiole, petals strongly recurved, pale purple, with a
very dark purple, almost black, center. S. Ore G.F
1144
ERYTHRONIUM
1:317 (adapted in Fig 1421) G C III. 3*653; 15:623;
43:213. Gn. M. 6.65. Gn.W.22.375. BM.7017.
14 purpur&scens, Wats. Lvs. undulate, not mottled
but shaded in dark metallic tints, fls. small, spreading,
crowded in a raceme, light yellow (almost white), cen-
ter orange, becoming purplish Sierras — A very small-
fld erythronmm, with 1-8 fls. crowded together. This
species grows at 5,000-7,000 ft altitude in the Sierras.
While under some conditions it ib lo\\ -growing, under
other conditions it equals in size and height the most
robust species At the lower altitudes of its habitat
snow covers the ground until early May and this plant
flowers shortly afterward; it remains very dry m
summer and fall.
15 H6weUii, Wats Rather slender, to 18 in., 1-3-
fld . Ivs mottled, lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate,
usually acute and short-apiculate: fls pale yellow with
orange base, becoming pinkish S Ore — Of the Pacific
coast erythronmms, this alone is destitute of the ear-
shaped appendages at inner base of petal.
CARL PUHDI and L H B
ERYTHR6XYLON (Greek, red wood; true of some
species). Written also Erythroxylum Erythroxyldcex.
COCA A genus famous for the coca plant, the leaves of
which are of vast importance in medicine, yielding
cocaine, grown slightly in the extreme south of Florida
and California, and rarely cultivated under glass in
the North for its economic interest
Erythroxylon comprises about 90 species of shrubs
or small trees widely distributed in tropical and sub-
tropical countries but most abundant in Trop Amer :
Ivs. alternate, entire, often coriaceous, ffs small,
whitish, on bractcolate pedicels, solitary or fascicled;
sepals 5 (or 6), petals of same number, deciduous,
appendaged on the inner face; stamens twice the num-
ber of petals, connate at base* fr. a 1-seeded drupe.
Cdca, Lam Shrub, 5-6 ft high, with rusty ^>rown,
slender branches, on the extreme tips of which the Ivs.
are borne: below the Ivs , on the wood of the preceding
year, which is reddish, clusters of 3-5 yellow 5-lobed
fls Mm across spring from the protection of the small
scales that line the branchlcts, and which are colored
like the bark* Ivs oval, obovate or elliptical, differing
in different cult strains or varieties, about 1^-2 J/£ in.
long and marked on the undei side with 2 lines extend-
ing on either side of the midrib from base to apex
Native country uncertain; the earliest described form,
which happens to be Peruvian, was named by Lam-
arck Erylhroxylum Coca, and figured in B M. 7334
The Ivs of this form are about 2^ in. long, oblong-
obovate, tapering to a short stalk, rounded at the apex,
the midrib extending beyond into a short, sharp point.
Coca is grown commercially on a large scale through-
out S Amer , and also m Java and Ceylon. There are 2
leading commercial varieties, according to Kraemer, —
the Bolivian or Huanco, and the Peruvian or Truxillo.
The Ivs. are picked when fully grown, and quickly
dried in the sun. The shrub is said to require for its
best development a very humid atmosphere and com-
paratively high elevation. Coca should not be con-
fused with cocoa and cacao, which are discussed under
Theobroma. jjt jj. B.J
ESCALLONIA (named for Escallon, a Spanish
traveler in South America). Saxifraadcex Mainly
evergreen shrubs or small trees, widely dispersed m
South America, especially in the mountains.
Leaves alternate, glandular-serrate (rarely entire):
fls strongly odorous, white or of a pink or red color,
in terminal racemes or panicles, or axillary; calyx-
lobes 5; petals 5; stamens 5; style simple, the stigma
obscurely 4-5-lobed and peltate, or 2-lobed and reni-
forni or peltate Noteworthy in the genus are the
glands, stalked or not, which may occur almost any-
where on the plant Lvs often with resinous dots on
ESCALLONIA
one or both surfaces. — About 45 or 50 species, a num-
ber of which have been intro. in the S , and m Calif.
They are of easy culture; rapid growers; and often
artificially trained as vines. Several will probably prove
half-hardy as far
north as N. Y.
A. Lvs. large,
hairy, especi-
ally below, or
in one variety
glabrous b u t
very shiny.
p'ulverulenta,
Pers. Shrub* Ivs
very thick, oval or
elliptic, obtuse,
serrate, rough-
hairy below, with
scattered hairs
above: fls white,
m long densely
fid. terminal ra-
cemes; btigma dis-
tinctly 2 - lobed,
remform fr a
glandular -warty
1422. Escalloma langleyensw « a P s ' branches
hairy. Var glabra,
Engler. Differs from the species in being almost or
quite glabrous. Handsomer than the type Not in cult
m this country.
AA. Lvt>. glabrous or nearly so.
B. Fls. red or pink.
rubra, Pers var. glabriuscula, Hook. & Arn. (E riibra
of many authors) Dainty fld shrub, with numerous
stalked glands Ivs ovate, often deltoid-ovate, acute,
finely and irregularly doubl} -serrate, glabrous, vuth
brown resinous dots below, rather small fis. red, tu-
bular, borne m 2's or 3's (or rarely faingly) on lateral
pedicols, grouped near the ends of the branches; culyx
densely glandular, petals long-cla\\ ed , stigma obscurely
5-lobed fr a top-shaped caps B M 2890.
macrantha, Hook &Arn. Shrub: Ivs thickish, broadly
ovate, acutish or obtuse, bluntly serrate, essentially
glabrous: fls red, long-tubular, in a stocky, often
branching, terminal raceme, calyx-lobes with marginal
glands, stigma peltate, obscurely 5-lobed: fr. a gla-
brescent caps F S 6 632. — Excellent Var. sangufnea
is a horticultural variety with fls more crimson.
organensis. Gardn Half-hardy S , 2-5 ft , glabrous
throughput* Ivs thick, oblong, acutish, serrulate, \\ith
tiny resinous dots: fls pink, in close-, terminal clusters.
B.M. 4274.— Excellent Organ Mtb , Brazil.
BB. Fls. white, or, in E. langkyen(>is, rose-tinted.
c. Width of Ivs. more than Y^in.
chlorophylla, Cham. &. Schlecht. (E. cdndida, Lem.).
Shrub, to 3 ft.: Ivs oblong-ovate or obovate, obtuse,
apiculate, or more rarely acute, with a few blunt teeth
on upper part, or wholly entire* fls white, m a termi-
nal, many-fld panicle. J.F. 403
montevidSnsis, DC. (E Jloribiinila, Reichb. E flori-
bunda, IIBK. var. montevidtnsis, Cham. & Schlecht ).
Shrub, to 9 ft * Ivs thick, elliptic, obtuse, finely serrate,
glabrous, shiny above: fls white, in a terminal, many-
fid, panicle; petals clawed; stigma obscurely 4-5-lobea:
fr a top-shaped caps., crowned by the obviously
longer style G 25:576; 27:465
floribtinda, HBK Shrub* Ivs oblong-ovate, obtuse,
very minutely crenulate-scrrate or entire, glabrous or
nearly so: fls. white, in many-fld , compound, axillary
or terminal panicles; petals clawed; stigma peltate,
2-lobed: fr a caps., crowned by the equal or barely
longer style G C III. 47 . 53.
ESCALLONIA
ESOHSOHOLTZIA
11 15
cc. Width of Ivg not over %m
leucantha, Remy. Densely Ivd bhrub: Ivs. obovate,
obtuse or nearly so. finely serrate, at least on upper
part, glabrous, small: fls. white, in very dense racemes;
petals spatulatc, clawed, fr an obovate caps.
virgata, Pers (E. /Vufopmdna, Mast E. virgata
var. Phihppiana, Engler. E. strida, Gay). Densely
Ivd. shrub, half-hardy south of Washington Ivs. stiff,
lanceolate or obovate, obtuse to acute, tapering at babe,
with minute rather distant teeth on upper part, gla-
brous or nearly so, small: fls white, axillary, scattered,
or sometimes massed near the tips of the branchlets,
petals spreading, scarcely if at all clawed, fr a globose
caps. G 27, p. 464 Gn 66, p 64.
langleySnsis, Vilm. & Bois. Fig. 1422 A graceful
shrub (artificial hybrid of E. macrantha and E virgata) :
Ivs. linear-ovate, obtuse or acuti&h, minutely serrulate,
small, in short racemes at the ends of the branchlets.
E Alba, a name found in some of the catalogues, is not deter-
minable — E pfndvla, Pers Shrub with red fls , in narrow racemen
to more than 1 ft long, and Ivs resembling those of tobacco
Desirable — E rAaea An unidentified catalogue name w hich in
at lenst one instance, certainly docs not reier to E rosea, Gnseb ,
a very httle kno*n spec.es. ALBBRT HANFORD MoORE.
ESCHSCHOLTZIA (J F Eschscholtz, of Kotzebue's
scientific expedition) Papaveracex Brilliant and
popular garden flowers
Jxnv, pale or glaucous herbs, annual or perennial,
with ternately dissected alternate Ivs , and large,
showy yellow or whitish long-peduneled flb * sepals 2,
pet alb 4, stamens numerous, stigmas 4-6 caps long
and slender like a sihque, l-loculed, elabtically dehis-
cent at the instant it separates from the receptacle
The calyx forms a hood which is pushed off over the
bud as the petals expand (see detail at the left in Fig
1423) The torus or receptacle (from which the caps
arises) is prominently hollowed and surrounds the base
of the pistil — Few genera have been more diversely
interpreted as to the limits of species Gray accepted
about a dozen species, and something like this view of
the genus is commonly held Greene, however, in Pit-
toma, V (190.5) recogm/ed 112 species and separated
one of the described species under the new genus Pet-
romecon Fedde in Engler 's Pflanzenreich, hft 40 ( 1909),
separates 123 species These many species are segre-
gated largely from the multifarious group to which the
name E californica has been applu d On this treat-
ment Jepson writes "This species is highly variable,
especially so in trivial details of leaf-segmentation and
of bhape of calyptra and m habit It is also variable
in the size and color of petals and so runs into an
extensive concourse of forms, many of which seem
obviously seasonal or due to boil or moist uie conditions
Some of these highly marked plants in the Sacramento
Valley have two seasonally dimorphic forms, an erect
vernal flowering form with very large golden corolla
and huge torus run, and an autumnal flowering form
with small stiaw-yellow corolla and reduced or no toru*
rim It has been found impossible thus far, after several
trials, to reproduce this sequence in cultivation on the
coast The flower is not like either the vernal or
autumnal form but approximates the coast form. A
large number of the wild forms have been collected but
probably only a email proportion of those in existence.
Vet the number of specimens distributed to herbaria
has been sufficient to form the basis for nearly 100 new
species. It does not seem hopeful that the solving
of the problem of Eschscholtzia californica in just this
way will lead either to permanent results or afford a
satisfactory basis for the kind of work most needed,
namely the prosecution of combined field and cultural
studies." Studies of growing plants under conditions
of observation and control, both of wild and horticul-
tural material, are awaited. Where the abundant
garden material falls, in the segregations, is yet
unknown. The cult forms are derived from the old
E californica, and E tenuifoha appears also to be in
the trade. Eschscholtzia is a genus of W. N. Amor.,
ranging both on the coabt and in the interior valleys,
and m the Sierras It occurs from Low. Calif, to the
valley of the Columbia River, in New Mex , Ariz ,
Nev , Utah. It has run wild in parts of Cent. Eu.
calif 6rnica, Cham. CALIFORNIA POPPY Fig. 1423.
Perennial, but cult at. an annual, 10-24 in high, form-
ing mats. Ivs. long-petioled and divided into linear
parts, those on the ats smaller and shorter-pet loled .
ft. baueer-bhaped, opening in sunshine, 2-3 in across,
yellow or orange or cream-colored pod 3-4 in long,
strong-ribbed torus large ,md funnel-shaped Calif
and Ore, mostly along the coast — One of the most
popular garden fls It is treated as a hardy annual, the
seeds being sown where the plants are to stand, and
they should be sown very eajr'y. It stands considerable
cold, and blooms after the first fronts If well pro-
tected, plants of one beason'b growth will pass the win-
ter and give some bloom the following spring. It some-
times seTf-sowj> Very attractive as an edging, because
of its interesting bluish foliage There are double-fld
forms. Very variable, and cult under a vanety of
names, as C marffima, Hort. (net Greene), C vana,
Hort. (trade name for mixed vaueties), C. aurantwca,
Hort., C Alba, Hort , C Thdrburmi, Hort In color
forms are offered yellow, golden yellow, white, rose-
white, carmine, rose Var crdcea, Hort (E crdwa,
Benth ) Fls deep orange torus very widely expanded
calyx-bud long-attenuate B It 1077 B M 3495 Var.
1423. Eschscholtzia californica. ( X H)
Douglasii, Gray (E. Dobglasii, Benth.). Rather more
slender, and blooma earlier fls. pure yellow: torus rim
narrow.
tenuifdlia, Hook Lower, with narrow Ivs. in a radi-
cal tuft, the long divisions being almost capillary: fls.
small (1 in. across), light yellow, overtopping the Ivs :
torus less prominent, seeds muncate. Foothills of the
Sierra Nevada*. B.M. 4812. L. H. B.
1146
ESCONTRIA
ETHERIZATION
ESCONTRIA (named for Sefior Don Bias Escontria,
of Mexico). Cactdcex. Large, much-branched cacti.
Ribs few: areoles narrow, bearing pectinate clusters
of spines: fls. small, yellow, diurnal: fr. and ovary
covered with chartaceous, translucent, persistent
scales, without hairs or spines; fr. fleshy, edible; seeds
black. For cult., see Succulents.
chiotaiaf Rose (Cereus chiotilla, Web ). Sixteen ft
or more high: ribs mostly 7' radial spines 10-15; cen-
tral 1-2, the upper one 2 in long, curved downward:
fr. 1 in. diam. Mex. — Rare m cult. j N ROSE.
ESPALIER, a trellis or open support on which a
tree or woody plant is trained in formal shape and to a
given number of branches, usually in a vertical plane;
and also the plant so trained Apple trees and others
are often trained as espaliers in P^urope, the tree may
be transplanted and subsequently attached against a
wall or building, or it may be kept permanently on the
trellis or open support. Sometimes espalier-training is
employed only when the tree or bush is young, for the
purpose of 'bringing it into shape and to prepare it for
a wall or other support. Trees are trained on espaliers
also to give them full exposure to the sun on all sides,
to regulate the fruit-bearing and to provide easy means
of controlling insects and diseases. Espalier-training is
most frequent in cool and cloudy regions, in those m
which space must be utilized to the utmost, and where
hand-skill is obtainable or is relatively cheap.
There are many forms of training. The plant may
be trained to a single shoot, or to two shoots lying in
opposite directions, mostly horizontal, m which case
it is called a cordon; or the top may be spread fan-
shaped on the trellis, or in other formsj and it may
then be called an espalier. The training is begun
when the plant is very young — perhaps only a year
or two from the graft or bud — and before it has pro-
duced a stiff trunk and unmanageable head. Usually
the branching is started within a foot or so of the
ground by heading back the main stem; and as many
shoots as may be desired on the trellis are allowed to
grow. These shoots are tied to the trellis or posts as
they grow, and the side shoots are* pinched out except
such as are desired for further arms in the framework
or for friut-spurs. The trellises themselves may be of
wire strung on posts, or the tree may be tied from
post to post or stake to stake set close together. Espa-
liers are little used in this country, and then only in
small gardens, and mostly when a trained gardener is
employed. L. H. B.
fiSULA: Euphorbia. The E cnotata of the trade is probably
the cnstate form of Eupfiorbia lactea or similar species.
ETHERIZATION OF PLANTS. Etherization, as
applied to plants, means strictly the forcing of a aor-
mant plant into growth by subjecting the plant to ether
vapors at certain concentrations in a closed chamber
for a definite period of time, usually twenty-four to
seventy-two hours. The plant after such treatment is
placed under environmental conditions favorable for
growth. Since m practice the use of chloroform is
similar m its application and effects, it will be discussed
here. The general nature of etherization was first
noted by Johannscn in 1890, and following his investi-
gation a wide stimulus was given to the commercial
Forcing of flowering shrubs. For other methods of
forcing a dormant plant, see Reat-penod.
Before discussing the method of etherization, its
effects and application, it is necessary first to have some
idea of what is meant by the term rest-period or the
condition of dormancy. ^
Rest-period.
Perennial plants, especially those in the temperate
regions, in general have a season of growth and active
metabcliara followed by a period of quiescence as
regards any outward manifestations of metabolism.
During this period, not all of the vital processes are at
a standstill and changes in the reserve food may be in
progress, but the plant appears to be at rest and is
dormant. The rest-period begins with the advent of
the unfavorable growth conditions of the autumn, and
normally continues until the favorable conditions of
the spring.
One might reasonably assume that growing perennial
plants removed from out-of-doors at the approach of
autumn conditions to a greenhouse, would continue
growth and not pass into the rest condition. One might
assume, also, that if a plant in a dormant condition be
brought into favorable conditions it would resume
growth immediately. But experience and investiga-
tions show that many plants will not immediately con-
tinue growth, and, provided they do continue growth,
it is at a slower rate. Dormant plants, that is those in
the rest-period, may require considerable time before
resuming growth. There are some plants that during
dormancy respond quickly when brought into the
greenhouse; there are others that remain dormant
despite the most favorable environmental conditions.
The rest-period m various species of Acer (maple), of
Quercus (oak), of Fraxinus (ash), and of Fagus f>ylvat-
ica, as well as other plants, is so well fixed as to make
it almost impossible to force the dormant plants into
growth by warmth and moisture alone. Special treat-
ment is necessary, such as etherization. There are
other plants m which the rest-period is not well estab-
lished. These quickly respond to favorable growth con-
ditions normally prevailing in a greenhouse. In many
plants this rest-period has attained an almost habit-
Iike character. The following table with data taken
from results secured by Howard with branches
brought into the greenhouse at Halle, Germany, is
instructive:
GROWTH RESPONSE OP BRANCHES WHEN BBOUOHT
INTO GREENHOUSE.
Collected
Collected
Oct 20-Nov. 4,
Jan 8-10.
Species
loos
No of days
for beginning
1906
No of days
for beginning
of grow th
of growth
Acer negundo var versi-
color
63
20
Acer pseudoplatanus. .
0*
0
Azalea mollis .
26
0
^Esculus Hippocaatanum
0
20
Betula mgra
62
12
Berbens vulgans
10
3
Celastrua scandens. .
0
17
Cercia canadensis . .
0
10
Cydoma japonica . .
Deutzia gracihs. . . .
6
10
7
3
Fagus syTvatica
0
38
Lomcera tatarica ... .
7
3
Magnolia acwnmata. . .
29
25
Populus canadensia . .
Quercus macrocarpa. . . .
Spiraea sorbifoha. .
61
69
20
0
*0=No growth
In the investigation made by Howard. 234 species
were collected from October 20 to November 4, and of
these only 125 grew; and of the 125, only 18 per cent
began growth within a period of nine days. Between
January 8 to 10, another collection was made includ-
ing practically all the species of the first lot and others
in addition, so that the number totaled 283 species.
Of this number 244 grew, of which 50 per cent began
growth within the first nine days. The species that
did not grow when brought into the greenhouse Janu-
ary 8 to 10 made growth when brought into the green-
house on February 26. From these and the results of
other experiments the conclusion is drawn that plants
m general tend to pass out of the rest condition as the
ETHERIZATION
ETHERIZATION
1147
season advances toward the spring. Dormancy is
less stable in January than in November. This con-
dition holds true not only for woody plants but also
for bulbs and other herbaceous plants.
Method of breaking the rest-period.
The one method which has been largely employed
for forcing dormant plants into growth is the etheriza-
tion method. An air-tight chamber is provided, the
size depending on the quantity or size of the material
to be treated. The plants being placed in the chamber,
it is tightly sealed except for a small opening through
which ether may be introduced. Usually just below
this opening is placed a sponge on which the ether is
poured and then the ooening is again sealed. If one
desires to etherize a few bulbs, a wide-mouth bottle of
two Quarts capacity may be employed and the ether
added in a small vial and the bottle then tightly stop-
pered. Special etherizing chambers are described for
commercial work. The main desideratum is to have a
chamber that will not permit of leakage of the ether
vapor. The stopper must be securely fastened or
weighted down.
Quantity of ether. — The quantity of ether best
employed in forcing plants may vary with the nature
of the plant, the season of the year, and the tempera-
ture of the etherization chamber. In general, the quan-
tity to be added varies from 5 to 15 cubic centimeters
per cubic foot of space (10 cubic centimeters equal
about one-third fluid ounce) . Early in the rest-period at
60° F , one should use about 15 cubic centimeters per
cubic foot of space In the middle of the Test-period, one
should employ less and the amount should be further
decreased toward the end of the rest-period. If the
relative humidity of the chamber is high, a slight
increase in the quantity of ether may be made. If
chloroform is usea, the quantity should be one-fourth
to one-third of the quantity of ether recommended.
The following figures are from Stuart:
TREATMENT RECOMMENDED FOR PLANTS AT DIFFERENT
SEASONS
Cubic centimeters per cubic foot
Ether
Chloroform
Cc
Exposure
Cc
Exposure
used
hours.
used
hours.
Lilac--
October ... .
15
48-24-24
4
48-24-24
November
12
48-24-24
3^
48-24-24
December . .
10
48-24-24
3
48-24-24
January
Astilbe—
October . .
15
48-24-48
4
48-24-48
November .
15
48-24-24
48-24-24
December
12
48-24-24
48-24-24
January
10
48
3
48
of woody plants collected December 17 to 24 and ether-
ized for forty-eight hours, opened their buds fully ia
an average of 203 days, while the untreated plants
required an average of 28 1 days for the same develop-
ment. Many experiments have been made with lilacs.
Jannvek states that lilacs etherized August 24 were in
bloom September 18.
The following table compiled from results secured by
Stuart show conclusively the value of etherization
with lilacs:
INFLUENCE OF ETHER AND CHLOROFORM ON LILACS
Time of exposure. — The time of exposure is also
variable, being of greater duration in the early part and
shorter m the latter part of the rest-period. In the
early rest-period, a long exposure is given, varying
from forty-eight to seventy-two hours to even as much
as ninety-six hours. In case of long exposure, the prac-
tice is usually followed of making a forty-eight-hour
exposure, after which the plant is removed from the
etherization chamber for a day and then re-etherized
for another twenty-four-hour period. Toward the
middle and late rest-period, the time of exposure
may be shortened as well as the quantity of ether.
The results.
The effect of etherization is to shorten the rest-
period of the plant. Etherized plants come into bloom
earlier and may be forced at lower temperature than
unetherized plants. Howard found that seventy species
73
Date of treat-
Substance
Dosage
cc per
Expos
Full bloom in
days
ment
employed
cubic
hours
Charles
Marie
X
Legraye
Nov. 18-22
None
^
51
305
Nov 18-22 .
Ether
12
48
31
295
Nov. 18-22
Chloroform
36
48
31
285
Dec. 17-21 .
Doc. 17-21
None
Ether
15
48
31
31
295
295
In the foregoing table it is noted that treatment in
the middle of December resulted in no beneficial effect.
The plants at the time were in the middle rest-period,
when growth-response requires no strong stimulation
outside of normal growth conditions.
In general it may be stated that lilacs if etherized
before December 1 will respond markedly to the
influence of etherization. General results show that
etherized lilacs blossom in seventeen to twenty-five
days. The saving in time may be eight to twenty
days
Favorable results have been secured with flowering
shrubs. Positive results have been reported frequently
for Azalea moUis, for Viburnum and Astilbe. Negative
or slight results have been reported for Deutzia graciHs,
Prunu* tnloba, roses, and Spiraea prunifolia. Similar
results have been reported for hly-of-the-valley.
The method of action of the ether is not understood
and any discussion of the subject is yet hypothetical.
Etherization of bulbs.
On the forcing of bulbs the evidence is unsatisfactory.
At the Cornell Station; positive results were reported
(see Bailey, "Cyclopedia of Agriculture^" Vol. II: 29),
but more recently Stuart has remvestigated the for-
cing of bulbs and finds conflicting results. He states
that the etherization of bulbs is not commercially
practicable Some unpublished data on the etheriza-
tion of bulbs at the Cornell Station sustain this con-
clusion. Theoretically, those results are to be expected
because the bulbs in practice are gathered in the late
spring or early summer and then stored for months.
After planting, the bulb is allowed to remain in a cold-
frame for several months so that when brought into
forcing conditions it is well over the rest-period and,
indeed, has probably passed through its period by the
time it IB first planted.
Effect on rhubarb. — Some positive results have been
secured at the Vermont Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion with etherization of rhubarb. Different lots of
rhubarb were etherized on December 9, January 9
and February 24. The first gave an increase over the
control of 34.4 per cent, the second 89.7 per cent and
the third 5 7 per cent.
General conclusions. — Certain general rules may be
applied to the practice of etherization:
1. Etherization shortens the rest-period.
2. The more resistant a dormant plant is in growth-
response to favorable environmental conditions, the
greater will be the advantage of etherization.
3. Etherization becomes of less value as the end of
the rest-period is approached.
1148
ETHERIZATION
EUCALYPTUS
4. It is wasted effort to etherize a plant that readily
responds in growth to the normally favorable growth
condition.
Bibliography.— Howard, W. L , "Winter Rest-Period
in Plants " Missouri Experiment Station, Research
Bulletin No. 1 (1910) Johannsen. W., "Das Aether-
verfahren beim PYuhtreibcn rmt besonderer Bemck-
sichtigung der Fhedertreiberci." Jena, 1900 Zweite
wesenthch erweiterte Auflage. Jena, 1906. Stuart, W.,
"The Role of Anesthetics and Other Agents in Plant-
Forcing," Vermont Experiment Station, Bulletin No.
150(1910). Lmvia KNUDSON.
ETROG. This name is applied by the Jews to a
citron (Citrus Medzca, Linn ), which is imported and
used by them for religious ceremonies connected with
the Feast of the Tabernacles. The etrog and the
lulab (palm leaf with myrtle and willow branches) are
Darned and waved during the services, especially those
of thanksgiving Since the time of the anti Jewish
demonstrations in Corfu in 1891, the etrog is imported
more largely from Palestine than from that island In
addition to the use of the etrog by orthodox Jews for
religious ceremonials, the natives of Palestine make
salads of the fruit See Citron
WALTER T. SWINGLE.
EUCALYPTUS (Greek, CM, well, kalypto, to cover as
with a lid: the petals and usually also the calyx-limb
fused and covering the flower before anthesis, then
falling off in the form of a lid, or cover). Myrtdcese.
GUM-TREE. Plate XXXIX. Mostly trees, frequently
of immense size, a few of the alpine and sub-alpine
species shrubby, much grown in California and the
Southwest for their ornamental value, as windbreaks
and avenue trees, for fuel, and especially for their
timber.
Leaves simple, entire; in the seedlings and on, young
shoots of many species horizontal, opposite, sessile,
and cordate, in the adult mostly vertical, alternate,
petiolate (rarely opposite and sessile), and varying
from roundish to lanceolate-acuminate and falcate,
always rigid, pennivemed, glabrous except rarely on
the young shoots, sometimes covered with a glaucous
wax: fls. white, rarely yellowish or some shade of red,
in umbels of 3 to many, rarely solitary, the umbels
solitary and axillary or paniculate or corymbose;
calyx-tube obcomcal, campanulate, ovoid, or oblong,
adnate to the ovary at the base; petals and calyx-lobes
connate, forming a lid, or cap, which separates from
the calyx-tube by a circumscissile dehiscence; lid some-
times plainly double, the outer cap then derived from
the calyx-limb, the inner cap from the petals; stamens
numerous; anthers small; style undivided, fr a caps,
partially or wholly inclosed in the adherent calyx-tube,
opening at the top by 3-6 valves; seeds numerous, small,
mostly angular. — About 300 species, all native of
Austral and the Malayan region. Related to Ango-
phora and to Syncarpia, but distinguished by the
absence of distinct petals.
The genus Eucalyptus was monographed m part by
Baron von Mueller in his Eucalyptographia (cited
here as F. v. M. Eucal.), in which 100 species are
illustrated (1879-84). The genus is now receiving
exhaustive treatment by J. II. Maiden in his "Critical
Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus," appearing in parts,
with numerous plates. This author also furnishes the
best information regarding the uses and timber of the
various species, m nis "Native Useful Plants of Aus-
tralia " ttentham described 135 species in his "Flora
Austrahensis," vol. 3 (1866). The Australasian Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Sconce published a
very usetul key by J G. Luehmann m 1898. The most
exhaustive American work on the genus is United
States Forestry Bulletin No. 35, "Eucalypts Culti-
vated in the United States," by A. J. McClatchie.
University of California Agricultural Experiment
Station Bulletin No. 196, by Norman D. Ingham, *
a practical guide for planters, with descriptions of the
more important species. The United States Forest
Service, the California Station, and the California
State Board of Forestry have all issued smaller
bulletins on this subject. Inflated claims have been
made for eucalyptus culture, and authentic publications
should be secured if one contemplates planting them
extensively.
Eucalyptus is a group adapted to semi-tropical and
wairn temperate regions But few species are really
hardy E. globidus has been very widely distributed
over the globe through the persevering efforts of the late
Baron von Mueller; it is frequently planted in the
malarial regions of warm climates, as at the Campagna
at Rome, with very beneficial effect. (Sanitarians will
be interested m "Eucalyptus in Algeria and Tunisia,
from an Hygienic and Climatological Point of View,"
by Edward Pepper, Proc. Arner. Phil Soc. 35 '39-56.)
In England, the same species is grown extensively for
subtropical gardening, on account of its distinctive
glaucous hue and symmetrical growth, out in that
climate it needs the protection of glass in winter.
This is by far the most important genus of timber
trees introduced into California. The ordinary blue-
gum, E. globulus, has been grown in large numbers
and is still the favorite for general planting. Its
hard and durable wood is replacing oak and hickory
to some extent for nibulator pins, wheel-wnghts'
work, flooring, tool-handles, and furniture Although
pale in color, it takes a good polish, possesses a beauti-
ful gram, and is readily stained Furniture made
from blue-gum wood and properly stained has every
appearance of mahogany The chief drawback to
the use of eucalyptus for lumber is the tendency of
its logs to end-check whilf curing, thus involving con-
siderable waste As a windbreak and fuel tree it is
unsurpassed, since it is of rapid, erect growth and the
timber is easily split Its foliage has been distilled
in large quantities for the oil it contains, practically
all of the eucalyptus oil now sold m the United States
corning from home-grown trees.
In addition to the blue-gum. E. rostrata and espe-
cially E krdicornis are grown for railroad ties, piling,
interior finish and furniture. E. resimfera is a hardy
euoalypt yielding a good timber not so liable to check
as that of some others; it has been but little grown in
America thus far E. corynocalyx is a good drought-
resistant species for districts with mild winters, and
its wood is of the best E zrebra will grow under a
greater range of conditions than perhaps any other and
is especially suited to the hot and dry interior valleys.
Other drought-resistant eucalypts are E microtheca
and E polyanthemos, while the most resistant to frost
are E. crebra, E rostrata, E. tereticornu,, E globulus, E.
viminahs, E rudis, E. robusta, and E. resimfera. The
species most cultivated as ornamentals are E. ficifoha,
E. leucoxylon, E. suieroxylon var. roseal E. Risdomi, E.
erythronema and E polyanthemos. Persistently repeated
accounts of heights ranging from 325 to 500 feet for
certain eucalypts are erroneous, as indicated under E.
amygdahna var. regnans
Although the eucalypti are not exclusively, and some
species not even prominently horticultural, yet because
of the great general interest attached to them and
because of their varied uses, it is thought best to
'discuss them rather fully in this Cyclopedia.
Culture of eucalyptus in California.
The following directions for the propagation of
Eucalyptus are adapted very largely from Bulletin No.
196 of the California Experiment Station, entitled
"Eucalyptus in California, by Norman D. Ingham
The necessary conveniences for the propagation of
XXXIX. Eucalyptus viminalis in California.
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1349
the seedlings are: seed-boxes or flats, a good soil, seed
true to name, plenty of convenient water, and in most
localities shade for the young plants. The seeds of
most species may be gathered at all times of the year,
although the greater amount mature during the feum-
mer and fall, f he seed-cases should be gathered from
the trees when the valves begin to open and placed on
sheets of canvas in the direct rays of the sun, which will
open the valves, allowing the seed and chaff to fall out.
The number of fertile seed to the pound is very high,
the average number of transplanted plants raised to
the pound is 12,000 Eucalyptus seed will germinate and
grow in nearly any soil but the best results are secured
when the seeds are sown in a light loam, while a medium
loam mixed with about one-quarter well-rotted horse-
manure bhould be used in the transplanting flats
The time to sow the seed varies somewhat with the
locality, but as «, general rule the seed should be sown
in May or June and the seedlings from these sowings
will be large enough to be bet out in the field the follow-
ing spring, if they receive proper care while young.
The seed is usually so\\n broadcast in the seed-flats
1424. Eucalpytus ficifoha ( X }i) No 2
and the young plants transplanted once before being
eet in the field. Some persons take the trouble to sow
one seed in a place ami space them in the flats, by this
method transplanting is unnecessary. Others sow the
seeds in hills and practise thinning, instead of trans-
planting before setting out in the field This labt
method is used in the warmer districts with good suc-
cess, because of the great trouble experienced in trans-
planting during the hot summer months. Whichever
method is used, fill the flats to a depth of 3 or 4 inches
with the prepared soil, pressing it down firmly in the
boxes, then sow the seeds and cover them to a depth of
about Y* inch with the same soil, sand, or sawdust,
pressing this covering firmly over them. The seed-
flats should be kept damp through the heat of the day,
until the young plants break the ground, then care must
be taken not to use too much water and that there is
a good circulation of air over the flats, or damping-
off is liable to occur. This disease can be prevented
by using practically no water on cloudy days and only
in the mornings on clear days. If the seeds are sown
broadcast in the flats, when the young plants have
reached a height of 2 to 3 inches, they can be trans-
planted to other flats of prepared soil and spaced from
1 \i to 2 inches apart. The best results in transplanting
are secured if the plants are hardened -off for a few
days beforehand by checking the water supply, allow-
ing them to become quite dry. The soil into which the
young plants are tranplanted should be kept damp,
and the plants should be protected from the direct
rays of the sun for a few days. The lath-house or the
icreens are necessary to supply shade for the young
plants and will also protect the seeds in flats from the
ravages of birds and the young plants from the frosts
during winter months, before the time for setting in
the field.
The time to set the plants m the field varies with the
climatic conditions or localities and whether the plants
are to receive irrigation or not. In localities m which
frosts are common through the winter months, it is
advisable to set the trees out as early in the spring as
possible without endangering them to a late frost and
still have them receive the benefit of the late rams,
so that they will have a full season's growth to with-
stand the frosts of the following winter If the trees are
to be irrigated, they may be set out later in the season
without danger of loss from want of moisture. To
insure a good stand, the plants should not be under 6 or
over 20 inches in height when set in the field; to a cer-
tain extent, the smaller thk plants when set out, the
better the results afterward, although the size varies
somewhat with the species and the locality. In many
species the roots are as long if not longer than the
plant's own height above ground. This is a family of
plants that will not stand a large amount of mutila-
tion to the root-system; consequently better results
are secured from setting out small plants.
If the soil is heavy rich loam, the trees may be
planted as close as 6 by 6 feet apart unless irrigation is
to be practised. In the latter case, 4 by 8 feet would
be the right distance, thus leaving an 8-foot space for
plowing out the irngating-ditches each year. If it is
a lighter soil on which the planting is to be made, 8 by 8
feet is the proper distance, or 6 by 10 feet, if irrigation
is to be practised The close planting has a tendency
to sacrifice the diameter growth in favor of the height,
also making more erect trees and forming a perfect
canopy with their crowns that will shade the soil,
nearly preventing evaporation, as well as any vege-
table grow th on the forest floor Close planting matures
a greater number of perfect trees, and is especially
recommended when straight poles are desirea The
Klants should be blocked out in the flats before being
rought into the field, by drawing a sharp knife between
the rows If care is taken to set out the ybung plants
with this small amount of soil around the rootlets, the
shock caused in transplanting is reduced to a minimum.
Each planter should carry a trowel, to make the holes
that are to receive the young plants at the intersec-
tion of the marked lines These holes should be of such
a depth that the plants can be set from H to 1 inch
lower in the soil than they originally were m the flats.
Each plant should have the soil pressed firmly about it
and receive a small amount of water, unless the soil
is moibt from recent rains
In order to provide a mulch, thus checking evapora-
tion and also to kill the weeds, cultivation should be
conducted in the new plantation as long as possible
without danger of injuring the young trees by driving
a horse between them The plantings generally may be
cultivated for the first season and part of the second
before the limbs of the trees spread out and mterlap
so that it is impossible to drive between the rows. It is
an acknowledged fact that the only way to secure a
good stand, and give the trees a start, is to cultivate and
take care of the plantings from the time of setting out.
However, a number of groves have been set out on
land that is too hilly or rocky to cultivate and the
trees have made fair growths.
Thinning of the young trees is an important practice,
as it is not good management to set out just tne num-
ber of trees that one expects to mature. A planting
upon any good soil may with advantage be x set out
6 by 6 feet apart (1,210 trees to the acre), and at the
enrt of the first year a rigid thinning should be started,
removing with a grub-hoe all weak, inferior, or injured
trees. This thinning should be conducted until only
the strong and healthy trees, or a certain number
1150
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
remain to the acre. By this method some trees will
stand at the original distance that they were planted,
while others will stand at multiples of that distance.
The extra cost of close planting will never be noticed
when the largest possible stand of healthy trees is
guaranteed, which is practically the case under this
method. If thinning is carried out by a set plan,
removing every other one or two trees, many strong
and healthy trees will be sacrificed. All limbs that have
a tendency to deform the trees should be removed each
year. After the third or fourth year, the trees will have
grown to such a height that to remove the limbs may
prove impractical in most cases. At this period (the
fourth or fifth year) there enters a new problem: the
removal of the poorer trees for wood and stakes to
allow the remainder a larger area of soil to draw upon
and a greater space above ground to % extend their
branches. At this time tho trees on an acre can be
reduced to a certain number, leaving these to grow for
telephone poles, ties, and lumber, or the entire grove
may be cut for stakes and wood
Second-growth eucalyptus. — In three to six weeks
after the trees have been felled, the sprouts will start
out from the stumps. These sprouts are produced in
abundance and if properly thinned will soon replace the
cut forest, thus providing a second growth of fuel or
timber in much less time than was required with the
original grove. These remarks apply probably to all
species of eucalyptus, certainly to all sorts experi-
mented with in California up to the present time.
Taxonomy of the cultivated eucalypti.
All of the keys used for the identification of species
are more or less artificial No satisfactory natural
classification has yet been devised While the follow-
ing key is designed to aid in the making of detennma-
tions rather than to express relationships, species known
to be closely related are placed near each other in the
text so far as this can be conveniently done. For the
ready determination of species in this critical genus,
it is necessary to have adult leaves, buds, flowers, and
mature fruit; immature fruits are often very mislead-
ing Allowance should always be made for extreme
forms, since only normal specimens are here described.
This applies particularly to size of leaves. Unless
otherwise stated, the leaf description is drawn from
foliage on mature stems. The juvenile foliage, i.e , on
young seedlings and on suckers, is usually very differ-
ent, the leaves often broader, blunt, sessile, and of a
different color.
aoervula, 67.
acmenioides, 39.
albens, 16
alpina, 19
amphfolia, 66
amygdalma, 55.
Andreana, 55.
angulosa, 46
anoustifoha, 55.
Baileyana, 72.
bicolor, 15
botryoidea, 34.
buprestium, 61.
cajuputea, 69.
calophyUa, 1
Cambagei, 33.
citriodora, 5.
coccifera, 28.
collosea, 62
oompacta, 18.
conoidea, 73.
cordata, 22
conacea, 59.
corauta, 24, 25.
oorynocalyx, 60.
oosmophylla, 21.
or*bra, 13.
deotptena, 51.
divermcolor, 62.
doratoxylon, 70,
saligna, 42.
galmonophloia, 63.
siderophloia, 9.
sideroxylon, 75.
Sieberiana, 31.
INDEX, CONTINUED.
Btellulata, 58. tetraptera, 20.
trtantha. 39
undulata, 67.
virmnahs, 52.
stncta, -„.
Stuartmna, 53
symphiocarpa, 25.
tereticorrua, 65.
virgata, 29.
INDEX.
drepanophylla, 14.
erythronema, 73.
microcorys, 40.
microtheca, 12.
eugemoides, 45.
montana, 67.
eximia, 4.
Muellenana, 38.
fioifoha, 2
numerosa, 55.
fisatlu, 57
obcordata, 26
floribiinda, 71
obliqua, 57
globulus, 18.
obtusiflora, 29.
gomphocephala, 49
occidentals, 27.
gomocalyx, 32
gracihpes, 74
odorata, 69
pallens, 75
grandiflora, 43.
Uunmi, 67.
paniculata, 10.
T>auc\ flora, 59
haemastoma, 30
pilulam, 37, 39.
hemiphloia, 16.
incrassata, 46
pipcnta, 44.
Planchomana, 47.
largiflorens, 15.
Lehmannii, 25.
platypus, 26.
polyanthemos, 6.
leptophleba, 14.
leucoxylon, 74, 75.
popuhfoha, 7.
pulverulenta, 23.
hneams, 55.
punctata, 41
longifoha, 76.
Macarthuri, 54.
purpurea, 74
Raveretiana, 11.
macrocarpa, 17.
rediinca, 36
macrocera, 25.
maororhyncha, 66.
resmifera, 43.
maculata, 5.
Risdonii, 56.
marginata, 71.
robusta, 35.
megaoarpa. 48.
rose*, 75.
melanophloia, 8.
melliodora, 68
rostrata, 64.
rudis, 50.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Fls mostly in panicles or corymbs, not
simple umbels (occasionally the infl.
appears to be paniculate in section
AAA also, owing to dropping of hs.t
so that it is well to look for lf.-
scars in doubtful cases).
B. Fr. l%-!8 in. long, valves inclosed:
fls large.
c. Seeds black, not winged fls. white
or pink 1 calophylla
cc. Seeds brown or red, winged fls red
(pink to crimson or scarlet) • 2 ficifolia
BB. Fr. M-l ™ long (Y^-Y^in in E
maculata), valves inclosed fls
medium
c. Lvs paler beneath, fls. in terminal
corymbs 3 corymbosa
cc. Lvs of nearly equal color on both
sides fls in lateral and terminal
panicles
D. Caps slightly ribbed fls nearly
or quite sessile in the clusters 4. eximia
DD. Caps smooth fls distinctly
stalked 5. maculata
BBB Fr l/iin or less long (nearly %in in
var of No 16), valves various- fls
small
c. Shape of hs orbicular to ovate,
often nearly as broad as long
D. Petioles tslender, Ivs alternate.
E Fls. stalked Ivs dull grayish
green 6 polyanthemos
EE Fls nearly sessile Ivs. lus-
trous and dark green 7 popuhfoha
DD. Petioles none, Ivs. opposite 8. melanophloia
cc. Shape of hs lanceolate or oblong,
elongated
D Lvs distinctly paler beneath than
above
E Fr -valves included in the
calyx-tube ... 10 paniculata
EE. Fr -valves exserted 11. Raveretiana
DD Lvs of equal color on both sides
E Lid y±in or more long, beak-
like , ... 9. siderophloia
EE Lid shorter, not beak-like.
F. Fr -valves much exserted,
spreading . 12. microtheca
FF. Fr. -valves about reaching the
nm. If -veins very diverg-
ing 13 crebra
14 leptophleba
FFF. FT -valves wholly included in
calyx-tube' If. -veins very
oblique
o Lid hemispheric . ... 15. bicolor
GO Lid conic . . 16 hemiphloia
AA. Fls. solitary in the if -axils, or in
strictly sessile umbels, large.
B. Lvs all opposite, cordate at base, shrub. 17. macrocarpa
BB. Lvs mostly alternate, not cordate
c. Peduncles ascending, or fls entirely
sessile, lid warty
D. Plant a tree: Ivs. acute 18. globulus
DD. Plant a shrub' Ivs. obtuse, very
oblique at base . . 19. alpina
cc. Peduncles recurved, flat; lid smooth:
shrub . 20. tetraptera
AAA. Fls. in stalked umbels.
B. Fl.-stalks (either pedicels or peduncles)
flattened.
c. Fr, -waives with teeth projecting well
beyond calyx-rim.
D. Teeth connivent into a cone- lid
1-1% in. long.
E. Fr not embedded in receptacle. 24. corauta
BE. Fr. partly embedded in recep-
tacle . . 25. Lehmannii
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1151
DD. Teeth distinct, lid %in. or less
long.
B. Fr. y^-V^in. long lid about
}4in. long.
F. The fls sessile in the umbels:
Ivs. obtuse 26. platypus
FF. The fls. pedicellate: Ivs.
acute 27. occidental
EB. Fr. smaller- lid shorter.
F. The fls. more than 3 in each
umbel.
G. Lid much longer than
calyx-tube 43. reainifera
GG. Lid about as long as
calyx-tube . . 41. punctata
42. saligna
GGO. Lid much shorter than
calyx-tube fls sessile.. 33. Cambagei
FF. The fls usually 3 in each
umbel . . 52. yiminalis
CC. Fr.-valves included or scarcely ex-
serted beyond the calyx-rim (ex-
serted but closely incurved in E.
megacarpa and E gompho-
cephala).
D. Breadth of fr less than %in.
E. Lid less than half as long as
calyx-tube, depressed-hemis-
pheric, blunt
F. Lvs mostly S-4 in long' lid
very short
G. Fr. 3-6 lines diam.' lid
granular 28 coccifera
29 vlrgata
GG Fr about 2 lines diam .40. microcorys
FT. Lvs mostly J+-8 in long
G. Veins very oblique, Ivs
mostly under 1 in wide
H. Calyx not angular;
outer stamens sterile 30. hamastoma
31. Sieberiana
HH. Calyx very angular in
bud, stamens all per-
fect 32. goniocalyz
GG. Veins at nearly a right-
angle to midrib, Ivs
thick, more than 1 in
wide 34 botryoides
EB. Lid at least half as long as
calyx-tube, mostly conic and
acute
F. Lvs ovate-lanceolate, 1^-3
in wide, lateral veins
widely spreading 35. robusta
FF. Lvs lanceolate, $4-1 %in.
wide, lateral veins oblique.
Q. The fls short-stalked
H. Arrangement of Ivs.
opposite umbels bent
downward . . 70. doratozylon
HH. Arrangement of Ivs.
alternate.
I. The lid narrowly conic,
twice as long as
calyx 36. redunca
n. The lid broader, not so
long 37. pilularis
38. Muelleriana
39 acmentoides
41. punctata
GO. The fls. sessile in the
umbel Ivs pa ler beneath.42. saligna
DD. Breadth offr over %in
B. Lid not or scarcely broader
than calyx-tube.
F. Lvs roundish, obtuse 26. platypus
FF. Lvs lanceolate, acute
o. Calyx-tube and lid very
warty 18. globulus
OG. Calyx-tube and lid ridged
or nearly smooth.
H. Caps, sunk in the calyx-
tube 46. incrassata
47. Planchoniana
21. coamophylla
HH. Caps, protruding from
calyx-tubs. . . .48. megacarpa
EB. Lid much broader than calyx-
lube 49. gompho-
BB. Fl.-stalks cylindnc or angular but not [cephala
flattened
c. Caps, sessile or nearly so in the
umbels
D. Fr.-valves witii conspicuous 'pro-
jecting tteth.
E. Lid 1-1 Mm long, cyhndnc....24t. cormita
EE. Lid mostly }/£~%in , conic
F. Thefr -valves merely acute 50. rudis
FF. The fr -valves ending in
needle-like points . .51. decipiens
EBB. Lid short, rarely \fan. long.
F. Buds ovoid, smooth
Q. Fr mostly 4-celled: fls.
usually 3 . 52. viminalia
GO. Fr mostly 3-celled~ fls.
usually more than 3 .. 53. Stuartiana
54. Macarthuri
FF. Buds club-shaped, slender,
often rough 55. amygdalina
DD, Fr.-valves included, or barely ex-
ceeding the rim.
B. The fls. 4 or more.
F. Lvs of equal color on both
sides
O. Venation of Ivs feathered.
H. Fr %-lin. wide shrub 61. buprestlum
HH. Fr. H-Xiin. wide trees
I. Buds club-shaped
(i e widest above
the middle), ob-
tuse 55 amygdalina
56 Risdonii
57 obhqua
n. Buds ovoid, acute, fr.
contracted at onflce 44 pipenta
45 eugemoides
GG. Venation of Ivs. longi-
tudinal and almost par-
aUei 58 stellulata
59. cpnacea
PF. Lvs. paler beneath.
G. Lid broader than calyx:
fr. streaked lengthwise. 60. corynocalyx
GG. Ltd not broader than
calyx fr not streaked 62. diversicolor
EB The fls. 1-3 in each umbel.
F. Lvs opposite, heart-shaped
at base
G. Calyx obtuse at base Ivs.
crenate . 22. COfdatft
GG. Calyx tapenng at base'
Ivs entire . . . 23. pulverulent*
FF. Lvs scattered, narrowed at
base.
G. Fr scarcely contracted at
onflce . . .21. cosmophylla
GG. Fr much contracted at
orifice .61. buprestium
cc. Caps plainly ktalked in the umbels.
D. Umbels with more than 3 fls.
E. Fr -valves plainly exserted.
F. Fr flat-topped, valves awl-
shaped . . .63. salmono-
FF. Fr rounded to the valves; [phloia
valves triangular, acute.
G. Diam offr %-3 lines ... 64 rostrata
65. tereticornis
GO. Diam. offr. 4-3 lines.
H. Anthers reniform 66. macrorhyn-
HH Anthers oblong 50. rudis [cha
BE. Fr.-valves included
F. Fr. scarcely or not at all con-
tracted at orifice.
Q. Lvs thick, odorless: fr.
\^in across 67. Qunnii
GG. Lvs. thin: fr. slightly
smaller 68 mel|iodora
69. odorata
FF. Fr. contracted at orifice.
G. Lvs. opposite 70. doratozylon
GG Lvs mostly alternate.
H Breadth of fr about
1152
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
z. Lid as long as calyx-
tube. If -veins di-
verging. . .71. marginata
n. Lad shorter than tube •
veins oblique . 72 Baileyana
HH. Breadth of fr. about
%in 44 pipenta
45. eugenioides
DD. Umbels only 2- or 3-fld , rarely
4- or 6-fld (Ironbarks.)
B. Peduncles becoming deflexcd.
fr. pendent . . 73 cry throne ma
HE. Peduncles not deflexcd
F. Bark smooth, light-colored 74 leucoxylon
FF. Bark rough, persistent
Q Lf -veins very oblique'
bark red 75 sideroxylon
oo. Lf -veins widely spread-
ing bark grayish . ... 76 longif olia
1. calophflla, R. Br Medium-sized umbrageous
tree, with dense foliage" bark dark, corky, deeply fur-
rowed: Ivs ovate-lanceolate, firm and thick, veins
nearly parallel and very spreading, fls large, white or
cream-color, rarely pink, m large clusters, lid thin,
nearly flat. fr. 1-1% m wide, ovate-urnshaped, very
thick and woody; seeds large, black, the edges acute
but scarcely winged July-Oct BM 4036 (as E.
splachmcarpa) F. v M Eucal 10"2 GC III.
20.661 — Ornamental tree of rather slow growth, not
enduring frost or dry atmosphere Good shade tree
for avenues in the coast districts. The fall bloom is
valuable for bees Bark rich m kino The wood is
tough, useful for wheelwrights' work and for building,
but not durable underground. The frs of this and the
next have been polished and used for pipe-bowls.
2. flcifolia, F. v. M. CRIMSON-FLOWERED EUCALYPT.
Fig. 1424. Handsome small tree, rarely to 50 ft bark
dark, furrowed Ivs
ovate- lanceolate,
firm and thick,
r veins almost trans-
verse1 fls red, large
and m large clus-
ters ; lid thin, nearly
flat: fr 1-1 H m
wide, broadly urn-
shaped, the walls
very woody; border com-
pressed; seeds pale brown or
almost red, winged on one end
or also along one side Aug,
Sept F.v.M Eucal. 7.3 B.
M. 7697 G C III 42 376,
377. Gn 71. p 441. R H.
1904.568 —Very ornamental,
especially in bloom. Tender
and adapted only to the lemon
belt; a heat-resisting avenue
tree, withstanding drought.
The fls vary from pink to crim-
son and scarlet and the forms
do not come true to seed;
grafted plants are now offered
in the trade, the bright scarlet
shade being generally pre-
ferred.
3. corymbdsa, Smith. BLOOD-
WOOD. Small tree: outer bark
persistent, gray and turning
somewhat black; inner yellow-
ish or reddish brown; of upper
branches smooth and often
reddish: Ivs. lanceolate, some-
what leathery; lateral veins
verv numerous, fine, parallel
( X X) and two leave* of and nearly transverse : fls. yel-
jucker foliage. No. 18. lowish white, fragrant, in large
corymbs, the peduncles and pedicels long; lid de-
pressed-hemispherical, short-pointed; stamens becom-
ing 5 or 6 lines long. fr. somewhat urn-shaped, about
Km. wide. Aug.-Dec. F v M, Eucal 5 2.— Tree suit-
able only for the coast districts. Wood brown or red,
durable, and serviceable underground or m water, but
rendered inferior by the many gum veins. (Ingharn.)
4. exfmia, Schau. MOUNTAIN BLOODWOOD. Large
tree: bark scaly, brownish or yellowish, smooth only
on the younger branches: lys falcate-lanceolate, thick;
lateral veins parallel and widely spreading but scarcely
visible, fls. sesfeile, in small heads of a panicle, the
peduncles angular or flattened ; lid nearly hemispherical,
pointed; stamens 3-4 lines long, fr urn-shaped, with
thin rim, about J^in wide through the middle Oct -
June F v M Eucal. 9 2. — A stately species with
abundant showy bloom. Wood soft; useful only for fuel.
5 maculata, Hook SPOTTED GUM Handsome tree,
to 150 ft , the foliage mostly near the summit: bark
smooth, whitish or reddish gray, deciduous in patches,
thus exposing lighter areas and giving the trunk a
spotted appearance* Ivs lanceolate; veins parallel,
rather oblique to the midrib lid hemispheric, double,
fls short-stalked, stamens 4-5 lines long* fr globular-
urnshaped, thin-rimmed, scarcely Hin- thick May-
July FvM. Eucal 3'4. Hook Icon 619 Maiden,
For. Fl NSW. 7.27.— Timber valuable for ship-
builders and used especially in coach factories and
for handles; wood hard, light-colored, close-grained:
growth fairly rapid
Var citrioddra. Bailey (E. citnoddra, Hook ).
LEMON-SCENTED GUM Like the species but foliage
strongly lemon-scented. — A favorite ornamental tree
in the warmer parts of Calif * subject to frost young
plants useful for window or cool greenhouse cult The
oil is clear white and of a pleasing, penetrating odor,
used especially as a perfume for soap
6 polyanthemos, Schau RED Box. AUSTRALIAN
BEECH Well-branched often irregular and picturesque
tree, 40-150 ft bark brown or gray, persistent, rough
on old trees Ivs orbicular to ovate, mostly 2-4 in.
long by 1^-3 in. wide, rarely oval-lanceolate and
scarcely 1 in. wide, dull and grayish green on both
sides, fls small, white, stalked, in close? panicles; sta-
mens 1 or 2 lines long, the outer ones sterile fr. goblet-
shaped, not contracted at orifice. 2-3 lines across, the
valves not exserted Jan -April FvM Eucal 3.9.
Maiden, Grit Rev Eucal 58, 59 (figs 1-3) —Useful
for ornamental planting, because of its spreading habit,
characteristic silvery foliage, and profuse bloom, also
for windbreaks, for fuel, and for bees, timber exceed-
ingly hard and durable, but sts. become hollow in age
m Austral A drought- and heat-resistant species:
endures minimum temperatures of 15-20°: of only
fairly rapid growth
7 populifdlia, Hook. POPLAR Box Compact
straight-growing tree, bark rough to the branchlets:
Ivs ovate or roundish, rarely lanceolate, 4 m. or less
long, very lustrous and intensely green on both sides:
fls. small, white, on very short stalks, the umbels
paniculate; stamens 1-2 lines long, all fertile: fr. very
small, semi-ovate, the valves inclosed Hook. Icon.
879 Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal 58 (figs. 11-18).—
Probably as useful and adapted to as wide a variety of
conditions as the closely related E polyanthemos.
8 melanophldia, F. v. M. SILVER-LEAVED IRON-
BARK. Small tree: bark persistent, dark, furrowed Ivs.
sessile, orbicular to ovate-lanceolate, glaucous or
white-mealy: fls small, in terminal or axillary corymbs:
fr truncate-globular, 2-3 lines across; rim thin; valves
included or slightly exserted.
9. siderophldia, Benth. BROAD-LEAVED IRONBARK.
Tall tree: bark wholly peisiLtent on old trunks, rough
and deeply furrowed; furrows yellowish or dark brown;
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1153
ridges broader than in other ironbarks: I vs. 4-7 in.
long* lid beak-like, very acute, l/i~lAvn. long; stamens
about 3 lines long; anthers minute, globular, opening
by oblong slits: fr. obovoid, truncate, about J^m across,
the valves slightly protruding. Oct , Nov. F.v M.
Eucal 4 8 Maiden, Cnt. Rev. Eueal. 47 (hgs. 19-33).
— Wood heavy, strong, and durable, useful for wagon
work, tool-handles, building, posts, poles, and the like.
Fls. provide honey for bees Tree of rapid growth and
resistant to extremes of temperature: grown in the San
Joaqum Valley.
10. paniculata, Smith. WHITE IRONBAHK RED
IRONS ARK. Tall or medium-sized tree: bark hard,
persistent, deeply furrowed, of a grayish brown color:
Ivs lanceolate, acuminate, 3-5 in long, fls in panicles or
sometimes in axillary umbels, lid variable, stamens
2-4 lines long, the outer ones sterile; stigma dilated:
fr truncate-ovate, pedicel led, 2-4 lines wide, with thin
rim. Summer F v M Euoal 5 S Maiden, Cnt Rev.
Eucal 57 (ngs 8-21) — Wood usually very pale, but
\rariaoie, the hardest of ironbarks, "cuts almost like
horn." valuable for railroad-ties, fencing, and build-
ing purposes Does not endure heat and drought:
much prized in Austral , but trees in Calif, are not
promising
11 Raveretiana, F v M Tall tree with thin angular
branehlets- bark deciduous, leaving the branches
smooth and gray, but often persistent on the trunk:
Ivs lanceolate, opaque, 3-5 in long, fls exceedingly
small, \vhite, short -stalked, hd slenderly conic, under
2 lines long, stamens not 2 lines long; anthers remfonn,
opening by longitudinal slits fr little over 1 line wide,
low-cup-shaped, the protiudmg valves forming a
hemispheric summit F v M Eucal 1 :8. Maiden,
Cnt Rev Kucal 53 (figs 1-3)
12 raicrotheca, F v M Tree, becoming 80 ft.
high bark rough, gray, persistent, or the outer layers
deciduous, leaving the tnmk smooth Ivs narrowly
lanceolate, 4-6 in long, lid broad-conic, stamens very
short, anthers minute, roundish, opening by longi-
tudinal slits fr scarcely ^m wide, valves fully half-
protruding F v M Kucal 10 6 Maiden, Cnt Rev
Eucal 52 (figs 16-22) —Not jet fully tested in Amcr.:
endures frost and heat recommended as a forest cover
for the hot dry region of the S W. the roots vield
water to natives and travelers on the Australian deserts
Wood beautifully colored but peihaps too hard for
cabinet \vork
13 crebra, F v M NARROW -LEAVED IRONBARK.
Small to large tiee, \\ith slender drooping branchlets*
bark persistent throughout, hard, dark, ridged and
deeply fui rowed Ivs pale, narrow, linear-lanceolate;
latcial veins hue, nearly parallel, widely diverging
from the inidiib lid conical or nearly hemispheric, not
over 2 lines long, stamens 1 or 2 lines long, inflexed in
bud; anthers globulai, opening by longitudinal slits
fr. obovoid-trunoate, not over 2 lines wide, the tips of
fch» valve* »"_•* or scarcely expert ed F v M Eucal
5.3. Maiden, Cnt Rev Eucal 53 (figs 4-9) —A
rapidly growing frost-resistant tree of picturesque
habit endures minimum tempeiatures of 18-20° and
maximum temperatures of 110-118° (McClatchie),
not very msistant to alkali (Loughndge) Crown in
Calif for its hard durable \\ood, of a reddish color.
Bark sometimes described as grayish and deciduous.
14. leptophldba, F. v. M. Characters as in E. crebra,
but fls somewhat larger and fr 3 or 4 lines wide: Ivs.
of a silky sheen — This has been classed as a var. of E.
drepanophylla, F v.M , but the two arc now known to be
identical and E. leptophleba is the older name.
15. tricolor, A. Cunn (E largiflbrens, F. v M ).
BLACK Box Shrub or small tree, with drooping
branches: bark persistent, rough and hard* Ivs lanceo-
late, 5 in. or less long; lateral veins at an acute angle
to midrib* hd double, the inner one hemispheric; sta-
mens 1 or 2 lines long, anthers opening by lateral pores:
fr. truncate-ovate, about 2 lines wide, the valves in-
closed but not distant from the thin rim. F.v.M. Eucal.
5:7. Maiden, Crit Rev Eucal 49 (figs. 5-13), 51
(figs. 9-19). — Timber hard, tough, and durable, rather
1426. Eucalyptus globulus. Shoots on a youn« plant (XH) No. 18.
easily worked suitable for ties, piles, shafts, poles,
cogM, and the like.
16 hemiphldia, F v M AUSTRALIAN GRAY Box.
Tree, 90 ft or less high bark of trunk persistent, solid,
grayish and somewhat wrinkled, of branches deciduous
in flakes or long strips Ivs lanceolate-falcate to ovate-
lanceolate, 3-5 in Jong, thick and rigid, pften ashy
gray, lateral veins distant, diverging at a very acute
angle lid conical, stamens pale, about 2 lines lone;
antheis globular, opening by lateral pores fr ovoia-
oblnng, truncate and slightly contracted at orifice,
about 3 lines wide F v M Euca) 5 5. Maiden, Cnt.
RLV Eueal .50 (figs 1-6) —Useful as a shade tree
because of its dense foliage; also for fuel and as pastur-
age for bees Wood hard, tough, and durable.
Vai albens, F v M (E dlbcns, Miq.). WHITE
Box Bark dull green, persistent Ivs glaucous or
white-mealy buds chalk-white fr larger.
17 macrocirpa, Hook Stout shrub, 6-15 ft , usually
white-rnealy Ivs all opposite, sessile, cordate-ovate:
fls orange-colored to crimson, very large, solitary;
calyx-tube smooth or obscurely ridged; lid conical,
longer than the tube; stamens about 1 in long:
fr depi essed-hemispheneal, 1K~3 in across, with
rawed run and broad protruding valves Hook. Icon.
40,5-407 BM 4333 FvM Eucal 8" 4 Maiden,
Cnt Rev Eucal 77 (figs 1-3) — Desirable ornamen-
tal because of its glaucous foliage and brilliant bloom:
grown sparingly in S Calif
18 g!6bulus, Labill BLUE GUM Figs. 1425-1427.
Tree, 300 ft. or less high' bark deciduous in long thin
strips or sheets, leaving the trunk smooth and grayish
or bluish white except at base' Ivs lanceolate, thick,
often Yi~\ ft long, those on young shoots and seed-
lings opposite, sessile, broad, and" white-mealy fls
solitary or 2 or 3 together, closely sessile or on a
short peduncle: calyx-tube and lid warty, covered
with bluish white wax; stamens above >£m. long:
fr. angular, %-l in across, the flat valvea not, pro-
1154
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
trudmg. Dec -May. F.v.M. Eucal. 6:2. G.C. II.
15:601; 111.2:777,784; 10:737. Gn. 71, p. 18; 75, p.
606. Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 79 (figs. 1-12) —The
best species for general planting: extensively used in
Calif. Its combination of rapidity of growth, straight-
ness of trunk, great strength of wood, and its known
ability to flourish under a wide range of conditions m
Calif., give it a great advantage over any other species
(Ingham). Wood stronger than that of E. rostrata and
E. tereticornisl yellowish white, easily stained, not dur-
able in the soil in Calif • used there for insulator pins,
spokes, felloes, whiffle-trees, handles, flooring and inte-
rior finish j a good species for fuel: logs check badly in
curing, this much less in the so-called "San Jose" blue-
gum or "re-enforced gum" which, however, is thought
by some to be only a selection of the best trees of ordi-
nary blue-gum Lvs distilled for oil: fls. yield much
honey to bees, but because of its pro-
nounced flavor there is little or no ^f\
demand for it in retail trade (Richter). t ^•^>
Endures minimum temperatures of 25°
and high temperatures of the San Joa-
qum and Sacramento Valleys but not
of the desert districts: resists consider-
able drought when once established
but best development is attained only
on good and fairly deep soil. Fig 427
shows the stamens and the structure
of the bud Nos 1-4 are half natural
size; 5 is on a larger scale No. 4 is a
section of a bud.
Var compacta, Hort. DWARF BLPB
GUM Densely branched from the
ground, forming a symmetrical rounded
compact tree: lower foliage as m young
growth of E. globulus but smaller with
the longer narrower Ivs. only near the
top — Sa.d to have originated near
Niles, Calif., from seed of the ordinary
blue-gum (Calif. Nursery Co ).
The specific name globulus is some-
times written with a capital G, because 4
it is a noun rather than an adjective;
but the initial letter is here written in
lower case in accordance with a recom-
mendation of the International Botan-
ical Congress.
19 alplna,Lmdl. Shrub, 12 ft. high: #***"*• N°' 18'
Ivs mequilaterally semi-ovate, blunt, acute on young
shoots, 2-4 in. long, thick and leathery: fls. sessile in
the If .-axils, solitary or few: fr. hemispherical, %-l in.
wide, not angular; rim broad; valves protruding.
Sept -Nov. F.v.M. Eucal 2:1.
20 tetr&ptera, Turcz Shrub or small tree' branches
often sharply angled: Ivs. very thick, oblong-lanceo-
late, fls. solitary, on flat recurved peduncles; lid
4-angled, much shorter than calyx; stamens not over
Hm. long. fr. prominently 4-angled, 2-3 in. long, %-l
in. wide, the valves well inclosed. F.v M. Eucal. 2:10.
— Highly ornamental; once grown at Santa Monica,
according to Kinney who says that the calyx-tube and
stalk just before the lid falls become a brilliant crim-
son and are by far the most striking part of the fl.
21. cosmophylla, F v.M. Tall shrub or small tree:
bark smooth, ash-colored: Ivs. broad-lanceolate, 3-5
in. long, very thick and rigid: peduncles almost 0;
lid hard, low-hemispheric, blunt or short-pointed;
stamens 4-6 lines long; anthers ovate, opening by olis-
tinct parallel slits' fr. globose-truncate, not contracted
at orifice, smooth, 7-8 lines across; rim thick. F.v.M.
Eucal. 7:2.
22. cordate, Labill. Small tree, to 50 ft.: Ivs. oppo-
site, sessile, orbicular to ovate, somewhat crenate,
rarely over 3 in. long, usually white-mealy, as also
the mfl. : calyx broadly campanulate, obtuse at base,
1427. Eucalyptus
smooth; lid low-hemispherical, obtuse or with sharp
tip, shorter than tube; stamens 3-4 lines long; anthers
opening by parallel slits: fr. globular-truncate, hard,
4-6 hues thick ; valves rarely protruding. F.v.M. Eucal.
8:1. B.M. 7835. G.C. III. 3.803; 30:456; 47: 168.—
Useful mainly as an ornamental.
23. pulverule'nta, Sims. Lvs. always entire: calyx-
tube turbmate, tapering to the base; lid variable,
mostly conical : otherwise about as in E. cordata, F. v M .
Eucal. 8:7. B.M. 2087. Gn. 75, p. 140.— The very
blue foliage supplies a pleasing contrast for ornamental
planting.
24. corauta, Labill. YATE TREE. Moderate-sized
or large tree, usually low-branched and spreading:
bark either deciduous m irregular sheets or persistent
and rough : Ivs oblong or broad-lanceolate, often obtuse,
2-5 m. long: fls. greenish yellow, numerous, m dense
heads; lid cylmdric, horn-like, 1-1 % in. long; stamens
1J£~2 in. long: fr short-cylmdnc, 4-5 lines wide,
valves much exserted and connivent into a beak-like
projection. June-Get. F.v M Eucal. 9.1 BM 6140
(lid too highly colored) — Used successfully as a road-
side tree in S. Calif.: especially good as a shade tree'
adapted to the lemon belt, and tolerating alkaline and
saline soils (Franceschi). Timber hard, heavy, tough>
and elastic.
25. Lelunannli, Preiss (E corniita var symphio-
cdrpa, Auct. E. macrockra, Turcz ) Perhaps only a
form of E. cornuta' Ivs more often short and obtuse,
fr. half immersed in the receptacle, forming a solid
woody mass. June-Oct.
26 platypus, Hook. (E. obcorddtat Turcz). Tall
shrub or small tree, bark smooth, grayish Ivs petioled,
oval to obcordate, very obtuse, 1-2^ in. long, leathery
and shining: peduncles winged, recurved; fls dull red
or yellowish white, not conspicuous; lid conic-cylmdric,
much narrower than the prominently angled calyx-
tube; stamens /^-^ui long: fr. truncate-ovate, very
angular, 4-7 lines thick. F.v.M Eucal 7 6. Hook.
Icon. 849.
27. occidentalis, Endl FLAT^TOPPED YATE Spread-
ing shrub or medium-sized tree bark deciduous,
smooth, or somewhat persistent and rough' lys.
lanceolate, acuminate, lJ^-5 m. long* lid cylindric-
conic, M~Km' l°ng> stamens yellowish or orange,
M~Kin long* fr bell-shaped, with spreading rim, 5
lines wide; valves 'exserted, sharp Oct -May F v.M.
Eucal. 6.5. — Suited to the coast districts; subject to
frost.
28. coccifera, Hook. Small glaucous tree with
smooth white bark* Ivs lanceolate, thick and shining,
often tipped by a slender curved mucro fls nearly
sessile, in close terminal clusters; calyx prominently
angled; lid very short and flat, rugose; stamens about
3 lines long, all perfect; anthers remform, opening by
divergent slits: fr. obovoid-truncate, 4-6 lines across
BM.4637. GC. II. 12-113; 13 395; III 2'787, 789;
3:799, 801; 9. 169 Gn 71 p. 591. Maiden, Cnt Rev
Eucal. 28 (figs. 3-5) — A high-mountain form com-
pared by some to E amygdahna but recognized by
the depressed lid and longer calyx Of value as an
ornamental: a very hardy species suitable for the foot-
hill districts.
29 virgata, Sieb. Shrub or small tree with stringy
bark: Ivs. lanceolate, thick and shining: calvx not
angled; lid conical, granular-roughened, as also the
tube; stamens scarcely 2 lines long; anthers remform,
opening by pores which extend into oblong slits: fr.
globose-truncate, smooth, 3-6 lines across. Maiden,
Crit. Rev. Eucal. 43 (figs 1, 2).
Var. strfcta, Maiden (E. strlcta, Sieb.). Lvs. linear or
linear-lanceolate: lid often shortly pointed. Maiden,
Crit. Rev. Eucal. 43 (figs. 12-17). F.v.M. Eucal. 10 '9
B.M. 7074.
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1155
Var. obtusifldra, Maiden (E. obtusiflbra, DC.)- Lvs.
1 ather broad : lid depressed-hemispheric, very obtuse.
Maiden, Cnt. Rev. Eucal. 43 (figs. 3-11).
30. haemistoma, Smith. Large tree- bark smooth,
mottled, with a few nbbony flakes near the butt: Ivs.
lanceolate, usually oblique at base, falcate, coria-
ceous: fls. pedicelled, clavate in bud; lid very short;
stamens 2-3 lines long; anthers of the perfect ones rem-
form, opening by short divergent slits, fr. ovate-trun-
cate, with reddish rim, 3-4 lines across, valves some-
times slightly protruding, but soon deciduous. F v.M.
Eucal. 2:3. Maiden, Cnt. Rev. Eucal. 46 (figs. 10-17),
47 (figs. 1-18). — Said to thrive on poor, sandy soil:
perhaps not suited to dry interior valleys. Timber of
inferior quality.
31. Sieberiana, F. v M. Scarcely distinguishable
from E. haemasloma save by the bark, which on the
trunk is furrowed, becoming dark, rugged, and stringy:
foliage emits a slight peppermint-like odor when
crushed in the warm hand. F.v M. Eucal. 2:9. Maiden,
Cnt Rev. Eucal. 45 (figs. 10-15).— Bark yields a very
soluble kino.
32. gonioc&lyx. F. v. M. MOUNTAIN GUM. BASTARD
Box TREE. Tall tree: bark rough, tardily deciduous:
Ivs. lanceolate, usually falcate, of pale color1 pedicels
very short and angular, or fls usually sessile; lid conical
or hemispherical, stamens about 3 lines long, inflexed
in bud; anthers ovate, opening by parallel slits: fr
ovoid-truncate, 3-4 lines across; valves about on a
level with the rim July, Aug F.v M. Eucal. 1 3.
Maiden, For. Fl NSW. 19— Timber especially
esteemed for wheelwrights' work, also used for house-
building, fence-rails, railroad-ties, and so on. excellent
for fuel. Grows well in the coast districts of S. Calif.
A promising species for the mountains of the S. \V., at
moderate altitudes
33 Cambagei, Deane & Maiden. BUNDY. Small or
medium-sized tree bark fibrous and matted throughout.
Ivs. lanceolate, elongated: fls sessile; calyx-tube with
2-4 prominent angles; hd shortly pointed or hemis-
pherical, stamens about 3 lines long fr ovoid-truncate
— A recently intro. species related to E gomocalyx but
with plainly exserted valves and thicker, flatter pedun-
cles Aside from shape of buds and peduncles it
resembles E Stuartiana.
34 botryoides, Smith Tall handsome tree' bark
rough, furrowed, persistent on trunks. Ivs lanceolate,
acuminate with very diverging parallel veins, paler
beneath fls sessile or nearly so, lid variable, stamens
about 3 lines long, inflected in the bud; anthers ovoid-
oblong, with parallel cells: fr. obovoid-oblong, slightly
contracted at ofihce, 4-5 lines long, 3-4 lines wide,
valves wholly inclosed. Sept , Oct. F.v.M. Eucal
4 : 2 — This tree has beautiful dark green horizontal
foliage Useful for windbreaks and as a shade tree.
Suited to the coast districts only. Timber hard, tough,
and durable, used in Austral, especially for felloes.
35. robtista, Smith. SWAMP MAHOGANY. Hand-
some symmetrically branched tree of moderate height:
bark of trunk persistent, rough, dark brown; of the
branches reddish' Ivs. oval-lanceolate, long-pointed,
3-7 in. long, 1^-3 in. wide, dark green, coriaceous:
veins spreading almost at right angles to midrib: hd
acute, about as long as calyx-tube; stamens 4-6 lines
long; anthers with parallel cells: fr. goblet-shaped,
becoming nearly J£in. across, the rim thin and caps,
much sunk. Oct.-March F.v.M. Eucal 7:8 — Formerly
much planted in Calif, as a street tree, but the tops
break down in strong winds, due to the heavy foliage
and brittle wood; now almost discarded for this
purpose: a profuse bloomer, especially valuable for
bees: wood brittle but durable. Best adapted to moist
coast districts but also flourishes m the interior valleys
when given sufficient water: suggested for the coast
of the Gulf of Mexico in districts free from heavy
frosts.
36. redunca, Schau. Shrub or small tree, to 120 ft.:
bark smooth, white: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, rather
obtuse, 3 in. or less long, not paler beneath: lid! conical,
acuminate, about twice as long as calyx-tube; stamens
3-4 lines long; anthers opening by parallel slits: fr.
obovoid, about 3 lines thick. F.v M Eucal 10:7 —
Grows on cold flats of comparatively poor soil m Aus-
tral. Timber tough, heavy, and durable; prized for
wheelwrights' work.
37. pUularis, Smith. BLACKBUTT. Slender tree, aver-
aging 100-150 ft bark of trunk persistent, or flaking
off above, blackish gray outside, somewhat fibrous and
brownish inside, of branches smooth, gray or whitish:
Ivs. mostly lanceolate, falcate, acuminate, 3-6 in long,
rather less shining below than above, hd broadly coni-
cal at base, attenuate; stamens 2-3 lines long; anthers
remform, opening by divergent slits: fr. subglobose,
truncate, 4-5 lines thick; valves completely inclosed
to slightly exserted F.v M Eucal. 3:7 Maiden.
Crit. Rev. Eucal 1, 3, 4 —Timber strong and durable
useful for general building and especially for telegraph
poles, posts, and the like, reported as a good honey-
producer. Does not thrive in the hot dry interior
valleys, subject to extremes of temperature.
38 Muelleriana, Howitt. YELLOW STRINGYBARK
Perhaps only a var of E ptlidans bark more fibrous
or stringy, the inner bark yellow and imparting a yellow
stain to the wood juvenile Ivs often with tufts of
hairs; adult Ivs. glossy above' lid blunt or slightly
pointed: fr typically 6 lines thick Maiden, Crit Rev.
Eucal 2, 38 (in part) — Forms with scarcely flattened
peduncles approach E. eugemoides.
39 acmenioides, Schau. (E. tndntha, Linn. E.
pilul&iis var acmemoides, Benth ) WHITE MAHOG-
ANY GUM Tall tree, bark persistent and fibrous on
trunk and branches' Ivs paler beneafh, sinuate*
peduncles not much compressed, slender; pedicels
sometimes 2 or 3 lines long* fr not exceeding 3 or 4 lines
m diam.; nm thin1 otherwise as in E pilulans F v M.
Eucal. 10 1 Maiden, Cnt Rev Eucal 42.— Grows m
poor, well-drained soil in Austral Timber heavy,
strong, and durable; good for palings, rails and floor-
boards.
40 microcdrys, F. v M TALLOW-WOOD GUM. Tall
tree bark persistent, wrinkled . Ivs, broadly lanceolate,
acuminate, thin, copiously dotted with oil-glands,
much paler and opaque beneath' fls distinctly pedi-
celled, the buds club-shaped; lid depressed-hemispneri-
cal; stamens about 3 lines long, outer ones sterile;
anthers minute, almost heart-shaped, opening by di-
vergent slits* fr scarcely 2 lines across F.v M. Eucal.
2:6 Maiden, Cnt Rev. Eucal 41 (figs. 6-9).— Tim-
ber yellowish; one of the most valuable after ironbark:
strong and durable, under or above ground; used by
wheelwrights and for flooring, especially for ballrooms;
suitable tor this latter purpose because of its greasy
nature.
41. punctata, DC. LEATHER-JACKET. HICKORY
GUM. Beautiful spreading tree, 100 ft. or more high:
bark smooth and dark, thick, the outer deciduous m
flakes: Ivs. thin, narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, lus-
trous above, slightly paler and marked with oil-dots
beneath; lateral veins moderately spreading: peduncles
broad, much compressed; pedicels evident, angular,
thick; hd ovate-conical; stamens about 3 lines long;
anthers opening by parallel slits, fr. 3 or 4 lines wide,
not contracted at orifice; valves barely exserted. Aug.-
Oct. F.v.M. Eucal. 6 7.— Timber remarkable for ita
extreme hardness and durability. Grown in S. Calif.;
too tender for the San Joaquin Valley.
42. saligna, Smith. Tall tree: bark gray and smooth:.
Ivs. lanceolate, with close parallel transverse veins
1 156
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYiTUS
oiuch paler beneath: pedicels very short or fls. usually
sessile; lid hemispherical, short, pointed; stamens 2-3
lines long, all fertile; anthers ovate, opening by parallel
slits fr. subglobose-truncate, not contracted at orifice:
rim narrow; valves more or less protruding, separated
from the rim by a narrow groove. F v.M Eucal. 2:8.
Maiden, For. Fl. N.S.W 13.— Timber of the best,
usually pale red, straight-grained, comparatively easy
to work. Prefers rich alluvial soil: probably wall not
endure severe conditions.
43. resinifera, Smith. KINO EUCALYPT. RED
MAHOGANY. Erect symmetrical tree: bark of trunk
persistent, rough, and fibrous; of branches deciduous:
Ivs lanceolate, thick, and almost leathery; oil -dots
quite obscure; veins widely spreading from midrib:
lid conical; stamens 4-0 lines long, anthers ovate, open-
ing by parallel blits. fr. about .4 lines wide, not con-
tracted at orifice; valves acute, well exserted. F.v.M.
Eucal. 1 : 9. — Apparently endures both cold and drought
better than E. globulus; requires a rather moist climate.
Wood strong and durable, red, but bears no real resem-
blance to true mahogany; not bable to shrink; lasts
well underground.
Var. grandifidra, Benth Fls. larger, the ovoid buds
about 4 lines diam.: fr. 4-6 lines wide, with a raised run.
1428. Eucalyptus corynocalyx. ( XH) No. 60.
44. piperita, Smith. PEPPERMINT STRINGYBARK.
Tall tree: bark of the trunk persistent, gray, rough and
fibrous; of the branches smooth: Ivs. oblique, 2-6 in.
long, thin; veins very oblique but obscure; oil-dots
copious, transparent: lid broad-conical, acute, about as
long as calyx-tube; stamens about 2 lines long; anthers
kidney-shaped, opening by divergent slits' fr globular,
ovoid, or urceolate, contracted at orifice, *4in. across;
rim thin, depressed. F.v.M. Eucal. 3:8. Maiden,
Crit. Rev. Eucal. 45 (figs. 1-9).— The voung foliage
emits a strong odor of peppermint when bruised.
45. eugenioides, Sieb. Closely related to E. piperita
but seedlings rough-pubescent: Ivs. thicker, with more
divergent veins and not peppermint-scented: bark
strongly fibrous even on the small branches: rim of
fr. flat or raised. July, Aug. F.v.M Eucal. 3 '8.
Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 39 (figs. 1, 2), 40 (figs. 2-22).
46. incrassata, Labill. Shrub or small tree, to 25 ft.:
Iva lanceolate or ovate-lanceolat^ rather obtuse,
mostly 2-4 in. long; veins inconspicuous : calyx-tube
ribbed in the common forms, lid thick, hemispheric or
shcrt-^omc, often abruptly beaked; stamens all in-
flected in the bud; anthers ovate-oblong, opening by
parallel slits: fr. ovoid-cylindric, about %m. across;
valves often slightly exserted. F.v.M. Eucal. 5:6.
Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 13, 15. — Australian deserts:
one of the "mallee."
Var. anguldsa, Benth. (E. anguldsa, Schau.). Calyx-
tube and lid prominently angled or ribbed, but vary-
ing much in this respect as well as in size of fls. and frs.
Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eucal. 14.
47 Planchoniana, F. v. M. Tree, to 100 ft , with
angular branchlets: Ivs. lanceolate, acuminate, elon-
gated, lid conical, about as long as the tube, both longi-
tudinally streaked; outer stamens flexuous m bud but
only the inner ones incurved; anthers broadly ovate,
opening by parallel slits: fr. ovoid-cylindric, truncate,
about 24m. across, the caps, sunk and valves well
inclosed. F.v M. Eucal. 4:6. — A profuse bloomer.
Timber heavy, hard, and durable; well adapted for
sawing but not easily split.
48. megacarpa, F. v. M. Tree, 100 ft or less high:
bark deciduous, smooth, grayish white: Ivs lanceolate,
falcate, mostly 4-6 m. long: fls. only 1-3 and sessile
in the umbels; lid shortly conical; stamens about J^in.
long; anthers ovate-oblong, opening by parallel slits:
fr depressed-globular, thick and hard, %-l in across:
rim convex, continuous with the thick obtuse incurved
valves FvM Eucal 6:3. Maiden Crit Rev. Eucal.
78 (figs. 4-8).
49 gomphoce'phala, DC TOOART TREE. Tree5 120
ft or less high, bark persistent, rough but not stringy,
becoming dark' Ivs thick, narrowly acuminate, pale
green fls usually 3-5, sessile, lid globose, very hard and
thick; stamens 3-4 lines long, anthers opening by par-
allel slits, fr. turbmate, rim broad and convex, rounded
to the incurved valves F.v M Eucal. 7.4 — Easily
distinguishable by the broad lid Wood of a pale yel-
lowish color: remarkable for hardness and strength,
heavy, the gram close and twisted, shrinks but little
and does not check while seasoning: suitable for lanre
scantlings and for use where exposed to great heat, as
in engine-rooms' one of the strongest woods known.
Grows both along the coast and in the dry ulterior
valleys: one of the most alkali-resistant species.
50. rfcdis, Endl. DESERT GUM Tree, 100 ft or less:
bark grc.^ , persistent, rough, but not deeply furrowed :
Ivs. broadly to narrowly lanceolate, mostly /i-2^ in.
wide, peduncles lA-\ in long, pedicels short; lid coni-
cal, not beaked, about as long as calyx-tube; stamens
3-4 lines long; anthers opening by parallel slits* fr.
broadly turbmate, 4-5 lines across; rim only slightly
ascending. F.v.M Eucal. 10 '8. — Stands drought and
extremes of temperature better than most other
species: endures minimum temperatures of 15-18°:
suitable for most situations in the S W. : successfully
used as an avenue tree and for windbreaks at Fresno,
Calif . Timber probably of value only for posts and for
fuel.
51. declpiens, Endl. Straggly shrub, or tree to 70
ft.: bark rough, persistent, fragile. Ivs. ovate to lanceo-
late, 2^-4^ in. long, seldom over %m wide: peduncles
l^-^m. long; pedicels 0; lid conical, often twice as
long as calyx-tube; anthers very small, globular, open-
ing by pores which become longitudinal slits * fr broadly
turbmate or globose, 3-4 lines across; valves awl-
shaped. F.v.M. Eucal. 10:3. Maiden, Crit. Rev.
Eucal. 63 (figs. 1-12).
52. viminalis, Labill. MANNA GUM. Plate XXXIX.
Graceful tree, to 300 ft., the branchlets pendulous:
bark either persistent, roughish, and dark-colored
(never fibrous), or deciduous, very smooth, and gray-
ish white* seedling Ivs lanceolate; mature Ivs lanceo-
late, acuminate, somewhat falcate: fls usually 3,
rarely 6-8, sessile or on very short pedicels; lid semi-
ovate, mostly short-pointed; stamens about 3 lines
EUCALYPTUS
long: anthers ovate, opening by parallel slits: fr.
subglobose-truncate, 3-6 lines across; rim flat or
rounded; valves triangular, acute. May-Aug. F.v.M.
Eucal. 10:10. G.C. III. 4:597.— A hardy species,
grown as far north as Chico, Calif.: ranks next to
2?. globulus in rapidity of growth. Timber not so strong
as that of many other sorts but of average value for
fuel, and can be grown under conditions in which
more valuable species would not survive or would make
only an inferior growth. A good bee tree.
53. Stuart&na, F. v. M APPLE-BCENTED GUM. Tall
branching tree, with dense drooping foliage: closely
related to E. viminahs, and distinguishable from the
latter, when this has more than 3 fls in an umbel, by the
fibrous bark, roundish seedling Ivs. and somewhat
smaller fls.: pedicels almost 0; buds angular; lid almost
hemispherical, or shortly and bluntly conical. Feb.-
May. F.v.M. Eucal 4:9.
54. Mac&rthuri, Deane & Maiden. Bark rough,
"very woolly:" seedling Ivs. linear-lanceolate, slightly
cordate, strictly opposite; mature Ivs. narrow, lanceo-
late, fls. 4-8, distinctly pedicellcd; buds ovoid, smooth,
very small' fr. semi-ovate, scarcely 3 lines across. —
Related to E. vinnnalis and to E. Sluartiana: dis-
tinguished from the latter by the smooth slender-
pod icelled buds and from both by the smaller fls.
and frs.
55. amygdalina, Labill. PEPPERMINT GUM. Tree,
the tallest of the genus (var regnans) : bark persistent
on trunk and lower branches, fibrous: Ivs. lanceolate,
not noticeably oblique at base, 2-4 in. long; veins
oblique; oil-dots large, not very numerous: fls. many
and crowded in the umbels; buds clavate, often rough;
lid hemispherical, very obtuse, shorter than the calyx-
tube; stamens under 2 lines long, anthers kidney-
shaped, opening by divergent slits: fr. hemispheric or
shortly ovate, truncate, about %m across; rim flat
or slightly concave; valves flat or slightly protruding.
F.v.M. Eucal. 5:1. B M. 3260. B.R. 947 (as E long^
foha). G.C. Ill 6.16. R II. 1902, p. 83.— Timber of
inferior durability and strength Foliage with odor of
peppermint; far richer in oil than any other eucalypt.
Var numerdsa, Maiden (E. Andredna, Naudm). Fls.
very numerous, often over 20 in the umbel.
Var. rggnans, F. v. M. (E. rtgnans, F. v. M ).
GIANT GUM. Very tall tree (325 ft. or less high):
bark usually smooth, whitish, fibrous only near the
base: Ivs. large, broad-lanceolate, especially those on
seedlings broader than in typical E. amygdalina, oil-
dots very fine, numerous: fr usually conoid. Maiden,
Cnt Rev. Eucal. 33.— Earlier reports of 400-500 ft.
for this tree were erroneous (see Melbourne Argus for
March 23, 1904, Maiden, Cnt. Rev. Eucal. p. 183, and
G.C. III. 47, p. 69).
Var. angustifdlia, F.v.M. (E. hne&rw, Dehnh).
Graceful, spreading tree* branchiets drooping* Ivs. very
narrow fls numerous in the umbel. Jan.-Apr , and
more or less throughout the year. Maiden, Crit. Rev.
Eucal. 30 (fig. 5).
56. Rfsdonii, Hook f. A beautiful glaucous-foliaged
tree 20-50 ft. high, the branches somewhat pendulous:
bark flaking off, smooth, not fibrous- early Ivs. cordate,
connate in pairs; later Ivs. either opposite and ovate
or alternate and broadly lanceolate, not very oblique
at base; veins oblique: buds, fls., and fr. as in E.
amygdalina but slightly larger. Maiden, Cnt. Rev.
Eucal. 32 (fig. 1). — A valuable ornamental: all the
Ivs. commonly opposite and connate.
57.' oblkiua, L'Her. (B Jismlis, F. v. M.). Tall tree:
bark persistent even on the branches, grayish, very
stringy but rather soft and fragile: Ivs. thick, very
oblique at base. 4-6 in. long, veins very oblique: lid
hemispherical, depressed or somewhat pointed, shorter
than the tube; stamens fully 3 lines long, opening by
EUCALYPTUS
1157
Eucalyptus diverslcolor (Xh)
No 62.
diverging slits: fr. somewhat pear-shaped, truncate,
slightly contracted at orifice, J£-J^in. across; rim
broad and concave: caps, well sunk March- Aug.
Fv.M. Eucal. 3:5. Maiden, Crit. Rev. Eu~il. 5-8.—
Will grow on poor soil but does not endure severe
drought. Much valued in Austral, for bees: wood used
only for cheap, rough work.
58. stellulata, Sieb. Small tree: bark becoming black
and furrowed, deciduous m layers, smooth above: Ivs.
elliptic or lanceolate, 2-4 in. long, principal veins almost
parallel to the midrib fls very small, numerous ; buds
ovoid, in star-like nearly
sessile umbels; lid conic,
acute, about equaling the
tube; stamens under 2 lines
long; anthers reniform,
opening by divergent slits:
fr. nearly glo-
bose, about 2
lines thick. F.
v M. Eucal 6:9.
Maiden, Crit.
Rev. Eucal 25.
— Timber of but
little value;
scarcely used except for
fuel.
59. coriacea, A. Cunn.
(E pa-ucifiora, Sieb.). Tree,
often tall, with spreading
branches and slender t
somewhat pendulous twigs :
outer bark deciduous;
inner bark smooth, pale
gray . Ivs. ovate-lanceolate
or lanceolate. 4-8 in long,
thick, smootn; lateral veins almost parallel to the mid-
rib' fls 5-10; buds club-shaped; umbels distinctly
peduncled, lid hemispheric, obtuse or with a short
point, twice or thrice shorter than the tube; stamens
2-3 lines long; anthers reniform, opening by divergent
slits fr pear-shaped, truncate, 3-4 lines thick Nov.-
Feb FvM. Eucal. 3 '6 (as E pauciflofa) Maiden,
Crit. Rev. Eucal 26, 27, 28 (figs. 1, 2) —A high-moun-
tain tree and one of the hardiest species Cattle browse
on the foliage m seasons of drought: timber used for
fuel and fences; warps badly. Trees sometimes badly
affected with scale.
60. corynocalyx, FvM SUGAR GUM Fig 1428.
Tree, to 120 ft : bark smooth Ivs elongate-lanceolate;
veins oblique' lid almost hemispheric, projecting
beyond the calyx-tube, stamens 2-3 lines long, anthers
short-oblong, opening by distinct parallel slits fr.
almost egg-shaped, nearly J^m long by 3-4 lines thick;
rim thin ; caps deeply sunk June-Nov FvM Eucal
2'2. G C. II. 12 593 —A valuable drought-resistant
species but does not endure temperatures below 20-25°.
Timber close-grained and hard, of a yellowish white
color: very durable underground, grown in Calif, for
railway ties An ornamental tree used for roadside
planting in S. Calif • affords much bee pasturage.
61. bupr€stium, FvM Shrub, to 20 ft.: Ivs. nar-
row, acute, 2-3 in long' lid hemispherical, obtuse,
shorter than calyx-tube; stamens 2-3 lines long; anthers
opening by short divergent slits: fr. nearly globular,
the orifice much contracted, %-\ in. across: rim
depressed. July-Oct. F.v.M. Eucal. 6:1.— Valuable
for bees.
62. diversfcolor, F. v. M. (E. cottdsea, F. v. M. E.
diverslcolor var cottdsea, Hort.). KARRI. Fig. 1429.
Very tall symmetric tree: bark smooth, white: Ivs.
dark green and shining above; veins very diverging: lid
obtusely conical, not wider than calyx-tube; stamens
4 lines long; anthers ovate, opening by parallel slits:
fr ovoid-truncate, about Hin. long by 4-5 lines thick;
1158
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
rim rather thick; caps, deeply sunk. Feb.-May,
and again in Nov. F.v.M. Eucal. 5:4. — Thrives near
the coast but does not endure well the dry heat of
the inter'or: too tender for the San Joaqum Valley.
A rapid grower, profuse bloomer, and considered a
good tree for bees. Timber very hard, durable, of a
light red color, and takes a fine polish: suitable for
furniture, wagon work, ties, and general construction.
63. salmonophldia, F. v. M. Finally tall: Ivs. nar-
rowly lanceolate, 2-5 in. long, shining; oil-dots
copious: hd broadly conical, slightly longer than the
tube; anthers roundish, opening by parallel slits: fr.
semi-ovate, narrowed at base, 2 lines thick; valves
much exserted, long-pointed. F v.M. Eucal 9:6.
64. rostrata, Schlecht. RED GUM, Fig. 1430. Tree,
to 200 ft.: bark of mature trunks dark gray, either
smooth and deciduous or somewhat persistent near the
base and then checking into thick scales or even fur-
rowed; bark of seedlings and twigs reddish: Ivs nar-
rowly lanceolate, acuminate, 4-6 in or more long:
calyx-tube hemispheric; lid usually hemispheric and
provided with a narrowed point or beak, sometimes
merely conical and not beaked, rarely over 3 lines long;
stamens 2-4 lines long; anthers oblong, opening by
parallel slits: fr. nearly globular, rarely above 3 lines
thick; rim broad, prominent; valves entirely pro-
truding, even before they open April-July. F.v.M.
Eucal. 4:7. — One of the most valuable species; next
to the sugar gum and forest gray-gum perhaps the most
drought-resistant; withstands frosts better than blue-
gum; endures the intense heat of Imperial Valley, on
the Colorado Desert; grows where the ground is inun-
dated for a considerable time; makes a good growth in
alkali soils, yet best results are secured only on good
soil, especially if moist and with a clayey subsoil A
slow-growing species in regard to height, but one of the
first in regard to diam.-growth (Ingham). Timber
1430 Eucalyptus rostrata (XH) No. 64.
very durable, both above and below ground: heavy,
takes a good polish: light red to deep red in color: not
so strong as sugar and blue -gums and trees more
irregular in growth: suitable for railroad-ties, piles,
fence-posts, and the like: difficult to WQrk when dry,
therefore scarcely suitable for furniture. Blossoms
supply honey to bees.
65. teretictirnis. Smith. FOREST GRAY GUM.
FLOODED GUM. Bark and the general characters as in
E. rostrata: Ivs. rather broadly lanceolate: calyx-tube
turbinate; hd slenderly conical, acuminate, rarely
abruptly beaked, 3-6 lines long, always much longer
than the tube; stamens 3-6 lines long: fr. obovoid or
nearly globular, 3-4 lines thick; rim very broad and
prominent; valves protruding. April-July F.v.M.
Eucal 9:8.— Closely related to E. rostrata; usually
coarser, the Ivs. broader, peduncles and pedicels
stouter, and fr. larger, yet variable in all these charac-
ters. According to Ingham, this species has an erect
habit of growth, while E. rostrata grows very crookedly.
Withstands fully as wide a range in temperature,
moisture, and soil conditions as does E. rostrata: timber
similar but usually paler in color ; more valuable because
of its more regular growth. E, amplifdlia, Naudm,
known in Calif, as the "Cooper" or "round-leaf tereti-
cornis," is a form with large roundish Ivs. when young.
66. macrorhyncha, F v.M/ Tall tree: bark dark
gray, furrowed and fibrous: Ivs lanceolate, acuminate,
3-5 in. long; lower ones broader, thick, and coriaceous;
veins very oblique, prominent: calyx-tube turbinate,
the edge forming a prominent ring with the conical
lid; anthers rennorm, opening by divergent slits: fr.
depressed-globose, 4-6 lines thick; rim broad, convex.
F.v.M. Euoal. 1:5. Maiden, Grit. Rev Eucal. 39
(figs. 3-21).
67. Gunnii, Hook. f. CIDER GUM Small, often
scrubby tree* Ivs thick, shining, less than 3 in long:
lid shining, hemispherical, short-pointed; stamens 2-3
lines long; anthers nearly oval, opening by parallel
slits: fr. pear-shaped, truncate, 3-4 lines across, rim
thin; valves sometimes slightly protruding. April-
July. BM.7808. G.C. II 19 437,111.2 781; 11.787.
— A very hardy species, cattle readily browse on the
foliage, as it lacks the peculiarly pungent eucalyptus
odor Fls only 3 in the typical form, but this appa-
rently not cult in Amer.
Var. ace'rvula, Deane & Maiden. Buds and foliage
often of a yellowish cast: fls. usually 4-8 in the
umbel: fr. M~Hm across. F.v M Eucal. 4.5 (mam
fig ) — The form commonly grown in Calif Sapwood
yellowish.
Var undulata, Auct (E undulAta, Luehm , not of
F. v M ) SWAMP GUM. Tall tree1 Ivs longer (over 3
in ), often 2 in. broad, somewhat undulate or plane* fr.
top-shaped. — Yields much nectar* flowers earlier than
E mminalw. Timber strong and useful.
Var. montana, Auct A mountain form of E Gun-
mi, the only species which withstands the climate of
the east of England
68 mellioddra, Cunn HONEY-SCENTED GUM YEL-
LOW Box. Spreading tree with somewhat drooping
habit, to 150 ft high bark somewhat persistent below,
rou^hish, brownish gray without, yellowish within,
flaking off above, leaving the branches smooth: Iva.
narrow, acuminate, 3-5 in. long, fls small, the calyx
about 2 lines across; lid conic-hemispherical ; stamens
2-3 lines long, outer ones stenlo; anthers minute,
truncate, opening by terminal pores or short slits* fr.
distinctly stalked, truncate-globular, under 3 lines thick.
Feb.-Aug. F.v.M. Eucal. 2.5. Maiden, Cnt Rev.
Eucal. 61 (figs. 1-14).— Will grow on poor hillside soil
but best growth is made in the valleys Timber used
in Austral, by wheelwrights and shipbuilders: makes
excellent fuel: fls particularly rich in nectar and much
sought by bees.
69. odorata, Behr. (E. cajupiitea, Miq.). Differs
from E melliodora chiefly in the more erect habit and fr.
which is often nearly sessile, obconic, not or scarcely
contracted at orifice. F.v.M. Eucal. 2:7. Maiden,
Cnt. Rev. Eucal. 51 (figs. 9-19).— Grown at Fresno,
Calif. : may be of value for its oil.
70. doratdxylon, F. v. M. SPEAR-WOOD. Beautiful
shrub or small tree: bark smooth, greenish white: Ivs.
all opposite or nearly so, narrowly lanceolate, acurai-
EUCALYPTUS
EUCALYPTUS
1159
nate, mostly under 3 in. long: fls. 4-7 on each recurved
nearly terete peduncle; lid terminating in a rather long
beak; stamens 2-3 lines long; anthers ovate-oblong,
opening by parallel slits: fr ovoid, about 3 lines long,
scarcely as wide F.v M Eucal. 4:4 Maiden, Cnt.
Rev. Eucal. 70 (figs. 3-5). — Of ornamental value
because of its slender, graceful habit.
71. marglnata, Smith (E. fionbdndal Hueg.).
JARRAH Tall tree under favorable conditions, often
low: bark persistent and somewhat fibrous or flaking
off in strips. Ivs. lanceolate, 3-6 m. long; veins widely
spreading: peduncles sometimes a little flattened; lid
oblong-conical, longer than calyx-tube; stamens 3-4
lines long, all fertile, the outer not inflexed in bud;
anthers cordate-reniform, opening by divergent slits:
fr subglobose, narrowed to the stalk, Hin or more
thick, hard, and smooth April, May. F v M Eucal.
7 5 — Valuable hardwood tree requiring a warm cli-
mate: not yet a success in Amer. Timber easily worked,
takes a fine polish, not attacked by teredo, almost
incombustible* usea in England for street-paving and
in Austral for piles, underground work, telegraph-
poles, ties, flooring, shingles, and general construction.
72 Baileyana, F. v M. Tall tree: bark persistent
throughout, fibrous: foliage dense and shady: lid
hemispheric; anthers cordate, opening by divergent
slits, fr globular-urnshapod, scarcely J^m. thick, 3-
celled F.v.M Eucal 3 1— A "strmgybark:" will
grow well on sandy soil. Timber very tough: suitable
for tool-handles little known
73 erythronfcma, Turcz. (E. conoidea, Benth.).
Small tree bark rough, reddish: Ivs. lanceolate, 1-3
in long, thick and shining; veins very oblique, obscure:
fls 2-3, red, distinctly stalked in the usually recurved
umbels, lid hemispheric, acute; stamens about %m.
long, raised above the border of the calyx by the thick
disk, anthers oblong, opening by longitudinal slits,
fr top-shaped, truncate, 4-6 lines across, run raised
above the calyx-border, showing externally as a smooth
ring Spring F.v M Eucal 8.2. — A highly orna-
mental species of recent mtro
74 leucorylon, F v M (E gracihpes, Naudm)
WHITE IRONBARK. Fig 1431 Tall tree, usually branch-
ing below, bark mostly deciduous in irregular strips,
smooth, pale juvenile ivs ovate-lanceolate, sessile; adult
Ivs narrow-lanceolate, grayish or dull green: fls 2-5,
mostly 3, long-stalked, white or rarely pink; lid semi-
ovate, pointed, about as long as calyx-tube; stamens
very unequal, outer ones often l/^\n long and usually
sterile, anthers truncate, opening by apical pores;
stigma much dilated fr obovoid, truncate, scarcely
contracted at orifice, 4-5 lines across; nm thick. Nov -
April F.v M. Eueal 1 4. Maiden, Cnt Rev. Eucal.
56 (figs 1-12) RH 1901, p 500— Grows best near
the coast and where there is plenty of rain but will
endure considerable drought and poor soil : withstands
minimum temperatures of 15-20°. Valuable bee tree,
yielding an excellent honey Timber superior to that
of almost any other eucalypt for certain purposes:
hard and durable, pale brown or white: used in car-
pentry and wheelwrights' work; also for ax-handles,
railroad-ties, and underground work. The form with
nmk fls is highly ornamental. Var purpurea, Hort ,
has bright purple fls
75 slderfxvlon, Cunn. (E leucdxylon var. suJer&cy-
lon, Auct ). RED IRONBARK. Characters mostly as in
E. leucoxylon- usually not branched below bark per-
sistent, rough, dark red or black: juvenile Ivs. linear-
lanceolate; adult Ivs. green, fls. white or yellowish
except in the vars. Maiden, Grit. Rev. Eucal. 55 (figs.
5-13). — Wood dark brown or reddish, otherwise
similar to that of E. leucoxylon and climatic require-
ments the same.
Var. rdsea, Hort. (E. kuetxyhn var. rtoea, Hort.).
Lvs. green: fls. rose-colored. Dee.-June.— A handsome
form and profuse bloomer, distinguished from the pink
form of E. leucoxylon by the rough dark-colored bark.
Var. pallens, Auct (E leucdxylon var. pdUens,
Benth. E. leucdxylon var.
pdllida, Hort.). Lvs. silvery
gray, not very coriaceous: fls.
red. — A profuse bloomer
76 longif&lia, Link & Otto.
WOLLYBUTT Medium-sized or
tall tree: bark of
old trunks per-
sistent, gray,
rough orwrm-
kled, somewhat
fibrous' Ivs. elon-
gated-lanceolate:
ns long-stalked ;
lid broadly coni-
cal, acute, pale;
stamens fully
^m. long, in-
flected m the bud,
all perfect, an-
thers ovate -ob-
long, opening by
parallel slits;
stigma not di-
lated, fi. bell-
shaped or turbi- 1431. Eucalyptui leucoxylon ( X H). No. 74.
nate, truncate,
angular, about Mm. thick; nm prominent, ascending.
F.v.M Eucal. 2:4 — Flowering almost continuously:
valuable for bees.
E annvldta, Benth Shrub or small tree with characters of E
cornuta, except as follows Ivs narrow -lanceolate, acuminate
hd 6-8 lines long. Usually incurved fr depressed-Rlobose, 4 5 lines
thick, the convex nm protruding as a thick rim — E BosiKloana,
F v M Next to E pilulans in the key but perhaps "-elated to E
melhodora Lvs narrow -lanceolate copiously dotted, of equal
color on both *ide», \eins very dnergent fls frw and peduelled in
the umbels, peduncles somewhat compressed, hd fully as long as
tubo, narrow-hemispheric fr email, with narrow nm, valves
inclosed Maiden, Cm Rev Eucal 49 (hgs 1-4) — E cnliformca,
used by Abbot Kinney in his book entitled "Eucalyptus," has not
been reoogmeed by botanists also listed as E occuloutahs var.
cahformca, Kinney — E <nnfrra,F v M Related to E viminaha
Bark persistent, fibrous lv<* oppsite, sessile, cordate, more or less
white-mealy fls 3-7, pedicellate fr 3 lines thick, with protruding
valves — E dealb&ta, A Cunn Small tree, near E viminaha Ivs
glaucous, often broad and obtuse fls 3-6, small fr -nm flat,
valves protruding e\on before they open Cult, m Cuba — E
DeAnei, Maiden Very close to E sahgna, distinguished chiefly by
its broad sucker Ivs — E Faeld Bay (?), Naudm, is a horticultural
form either of E rostrata or of E tereticorms branchlets pen-
dulous — E jvgdhs, Naudm, ia a cult form not yet identified
— E Maidenn, F v M Appearance and bark of E gomocalyx
but peculiar warty buds and caps of E. globulus branchlets
quadrangular — E McCldtchie, Kinney, is a horticultural name
for the large-fld form of E Gunnu var acervula — E minidta,
A Cunn Placed after E ficifoha in the key fls. sessile m
simple umbels, bnlhant orange-color- fr truncato-ovate, nearly
2 in long F v M Eucul 6 4 — E MartoniAna, Kinney, is a
horticultural species probably referable to E Maidem Maiden,
Cnt Rev Eucal 79 (figs 13-14). 80 (figs 1-12).— E paten*.
Benth Next to E pilulans in the key peduncles only slightly
flattened, bearing 3-7 fls , hd hemisphenca!, short-pointed, about
half as long as tube fr truncate-ovate, 5 lines wide, rim narrow;
caps sunk. F.v M Eucal 9 5 — E phaceafdlia, listed by Rich-
ter in Calif. Exp. Sta Bull No 217, p 1011, is probably a mis-
pnnt for E ficifoha — E pinnaia, a garden name J H Maiden
suggests that Califorman specimens under this name may be E.
coccifera (Cnt Rev Eucul , p 143) — E rbbida, Deane & Maiden.
Characters of E vimmahs, but bark always smooth and white,
often with reddish patches, and the sucker Ivs broad — E uncin-
ata, Turcs Near E decipiens in the key and, like it, a shrub bark
deciduous, smooth' Ivs very light green, narcow, copiously dark-
dotted, veins fine, widely divergent • filaments kinked , anthers open-
ing by terminal pores fr 2-3 lines across , valves little if at all
exserted F.v.M. Eueal 4 10 Maiden, Cnt Rev Eucal 62.
— E. urnigera. Hook f Shapely tree with drooping branchlets
and glaucous bluish foliage bark smooth, pale brown Ivs. 22-4
in. long, obtuse fls mostly 3 in each umbel , peduncles often re-
curved fr. nearly globose but somewhat urn-shaped, 4-5 lines
wide, caps, much sunk and valves inclosed. Maiden Cnt Rev.
Euoal. 80 (Figs. 13-15).
Other names offered in foreign catalogues are. E capvttllota,
E. contideneana, ^E deleqatensia, E divas, E. gonipho-cornuta, E
HARVEY MONROE HALL.
1160
EUCHARIDIUM
EUCHARIS
EUCHARlDIUM (from the Greek for charming).
Onagrdcese. Pretty small annuals, one of which (E. con-
annum) is well known in gardens.
Three Calif ornian herbs allied to Clarkia (and often
referred to it), but differing in the calyx-tube being
much prolonged beyond the ovary, and the stamens 4
and opposite the sepals and not appendaged at the base;
petals lobed. Cult, simple, as for Clarkia.
concfnnum, Fisch. & Mey. (Cldrkia condnna, Greene),
is a graceful garden annual, growing 1-2 ft high, sim-
ple or very nearly so, pubescent or glabrous. Ivs.
small, oblong^ petioled, entire fls regular, rose-colored,
nearly or quite an inch across, calyx-tube filiform, an
inch or more long; filaments filiform; petals 3-looed,
the middle lobe not much exceeding the others. B H.
1962. B.M 3589.— Of easy cult, in any garden soil; a
useful annual.
grandifldrum, Fisch. & Mey. (Cldrkia grandijldra.
Greene). Differs from above in being diffusely branched
from the base, corolla larger, irregular, 3 upper petals
approximate and the other separate and clechned, all
the middle lobes long-clawed. There is a var. alba
advertised.
BrSweri, Gray (Cldrkia Brtweri, Greene. C. Sax-
eana, Greene). 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. 1 in or more long,
lanceolate, entire, short-petioled: corolla irregular;
petals broadly obcordate with the middle lobe narrow-
spatulate and much exceeding the other lobes; filaments
club-ehaped : has a honeysuckle fragrance. L. H. B.
EUCHARIS (very graceful, from the Greek). Ama-
ryttidacex. AMAZON LILY. Hothouse bulbous plants
of great beauty and delightful fragrance, blooming in
late winter and
spring and at
other times if the
, requisite " treat-
ment is given.
Bulb tuni-
cated, 1-2 in.
diam.: Ivs.
broad-ovate,
narrowed into
distinct petioles,
prominently
parallel - ribbed,
radical: fls.
white, in um-
bels, very showy,
standing on long
stout scapes;
perianth -tube
straight or
curved, the
throat dilated:
segms. broad
and spreading;
perianth-cup
either entire or
toothed between
the filaments:
ovules 2 to many
in each of the 3
locules. — Six or
8 handsome spe-
cies from Colom-
1432. Eucharis. Leaf of E. grandiflora, bia- The specie*
and fls. of a, E. subedentata; b, E. Sanderi; are confused.
c, E. grandiflora; d, E. Candida. E. grandiflora
, (known to gar-
deners as E. amazonica), E. Candida tmd E. subedentata
are the well-marked types. The fls. in Fig. 1432,
adapted from authentic plates, wifl distinguish the
types. Hybridizes with Urceohna (see Urceochans]
The Amazon lilies, as euchans are popularly called,
are among the most desirable of warmhousc bulbous
plants, being not only very beautiful but also very free
in the production of flowers. When grown in pots, they
require a coarse fibrous soil, composed chiefly of rotted
3oa, and enriched with about one-fourth of dry cow-
manure and a sprinkling of bone-dust. The pots should
be well drained, for much water is needed during the
growing season, but frequent potting should be avoided
as the roots are impatient of disturbance Shading
from full sunshine is required, except during the winter
months, and a night temperature of 65° to 70° is best
for these plants By drying off the oucharis to some
extent for a few weeks, a crop of flowers may be had
at almost any season, providing the bulbs are strong
and healthy, out they should never be dried to buch a
degree that all the foliage is lost, else the bulbs will be
much weakened. Good results are also had from plant-
ing out the euchans on a bench in a warmhouse, the
soil and treatment being much the bame as for pot-
grown specimens. The only insects liable to give much
trouble m connection with these plants are mealy-bugs
and thrips, and these may be controlled b> thorough
syringing. (W. II. Taplin )
grandifldra, Planch (E. atnazdnica, Linil ) AMAZON
LILY. STAR OF BETHELHEM (a name also applied to
Ormthogalum). Fig 1432. Bulb globular, 2 in chain •
Ivs. 2-4 to each stem, the petiole about 12 in long;
If.-blade 1 ft. or more long and 5-6 in broad, oblong-
scape l-2]4 ft., bearing an umbel of 3-0 large (4 in.
across), very fragrant star-like fls on pedicels nearly
or quite 1 in. long, seems, bpreadmg, oblong and obtuse1;
tube of perianth cylindrical and curved, 2 in long,
cup forming a distinct projecting tube. B M. 4971.
FS 9.9/57; 12- 1216-17. Gn. 48, p 217, 59, p. 25; 61,
p. 125; 03, pp. 71, 131; 66, p 412; 76, p 67, 77, p 418
GO. Ill 7-193; 16:665; 28 115; 35 117; 41:71; 51'
141. RH. 1912,-p 115 G. 3-407; 9.301 (# amazonica
var. ffrandiflvra)', 10:5. G.L 21'476 GM.46'83
G.W. 2, p. 87. GZ 2:1. A F. 5 '363; 8:445. F E.
8:1000 F.R 1:11; 2:364 Var. Modrei, Baker, has
smaller, rounder and thicker Ivs , and smaller fls with
the cup lined with yellow — Of all warm greenhouse
bulbous flowering plants, K gratidiflora (E amazonica
of the gardener) stands \\ithout a rival in the purity
and beauty of its bloom. — Prop by offsets, but one
must always bear in mind that these plants do not
like to be disturbed much at the roots, and )t will be
some time before they recover from the operation of
being divided The spring is the best time to scpaiate
the bulbs. Turn the plant out of ite pot, and take a
hose with a gentic pressure on it and wash all the loam
carefully away from the roots, care being taken to
break as few as possible. — It thrives well in a good turfv
loam. Add about a third of dried cow-manure, with
as much sand and charcoal to keep the whole porous.
The pots should be well drained with crocks, as these
plants will never do well if the soil gets into a "sour"
condition. Three bulbs to a 6-meh pot are enough, but
if large specimens are desired for exhibitions, increase
the number and the size of pot, having in view what is
desired. Do not give much water after plants are
divided, until growth has begun. When they are grow-
ing vigorously, a copious supply of water is required.
A temperature 'f 65° by night should be maintained,
and during the uay it may run to 80° or 85°. The air
should never be allowed to become "stagnant." This
applies, of covse, to all kinds of plants grown in glass
structures. It must be remembered that m their native
place the plants grow outdoors, and in heating green-
nouses allowance should be made for the free admis-
sion of fresh air at all times. Euchans like a light shade
over them during the brightest part of the day, but
from about the end of Sept. ontil March they will
stand all the sun possible E. grandijlora can be flowered
2 or 3 times during the year -When the Ivs. are fully
matured, cease watering until siyns of flagging of the
EUCHARIS
foliage is noticed, then water again to freshen them up.
Keep this treatment up for a month, that is alternately
drying and watering. The temperature may be low-
ered 5° during this resting-period. Start the plants by
giving them a thorough soaking of water, and raise the
temperature again to not less than 05° by night. The
fl -sts will soon appear, and they may be watered with
manure water, as advised for Dipladema, until they
begin to open, when it should be withheld until they
have finished flowering. When the fl -sts have all
been removed, a new set of Ivs will be meanwhile
pushing up, and they may be again fed as advised above,
until they are fully developed; and again treat them
in every way aw before All the insect pests are liable
to thrive on Euchans, and the plants may be
fumigated au advised for other greenhouse plants
Red-spider may be kept down by the syringe. (George
F. Stewart.)
Mastersii, Baker Bulb globose, often smaller:
If -blade 8-9 in long and 4-5 in broad, oblong, rounded
at the base, exceeding the petiole, scape 1 ft. high,
bearing 2 nearly sessile fls (2*2-3 in acrofas) in the
umbel, the perwnth-segms ovate and spreading and
shorter than in E yrandiflnra, tube slightly curved, 2
in long, cup forming a shallow frilled or notched collar
BM.6831 GC II 24 721 GZ 31, p 217 —Pos-
sibly a hybrid of E grandiflora and K. Kanden
Candida, Planch. Fig 1 132 d Bulb globose, bearing
stolons 2 in diam If -blade 9-1,5 in long, 4-5 in
broad at the middle, oblong, gradually narrowed both
ways, about as long as petiole scape somewhat flat-
tened, glaucous, 1-1 '2 it high, bearing 6-10 short-
pedicelled fls in an umbel, begins oblong, acute, more
or less reflexed, tube 1 ] j-2 in long, curved; \\mged
yellow filaments projecting, united at the base onlv
FS. 8788 G 6 5, 15.289 J H. III. 61.443. G Z.
21, p 194 — Smaller-fld than E. grandiflora
SAnderi, Baker Fig 14326 Bulb ovoid, 1-2 m
diam If -blade 10-12 in long and 5-4} in broad,
oblong, cordate at base, twice longer than petiole
scape terete, 1 ft , bearing 2-3 nearly sessile fls , Begins
ovate, 1 in or more long, tube curved, 2 in. long,
vellowish cup, very narrow, like a collar or rim, and
bearing the short, curved filaments on its edge B M
6076. GC1 II 19 319 G <> 277 JH III 52 9
G Z. 28, p 115— By some thought to be a hybrid of
E grandiflora and A Candida Var niultifldra, Baker
Fls. smaller, 4-6, striped green B M 6831
subedentata, Benth (Calhpltruria subcdentata,
Baker) Fig 1432 a Bulb ovoid, V/2 m diam . If -
blade (5-8 m. long, 3-4 in. broad, oblong, triangular at
base, about as long as the channeled petiole: scape
slender, 1 ft ; fls 6-8 on pedicels 1 in or IP** long,
,ube 1 in. long, funnel-shaped above, segms oblong,
Ascending, 1 in long, cup wanting or represented only
by obscure teeth on the filaments B M. 6289 III.
28:415.— A srnaU-fld species.
E Bakeri&na, N E Br Has the perianth of E grandiflora
and stanu-ns of E Candida* fls 4-6 m the umbel, 2 Jain across,
pure white, tube not enlarging emphatically at the top, cup pro-
jecting from the bases of the negnis . uot toothed K a 4 or 5, elliptic,
10-18 in long, \*-»y dark Kiwn and t lowly stnate scu^- 12-18 in
BM 7114 GC /I I 7 417, 12 20l» — E burjorden**, Hort Sun-
posed hybrid between E MasUThii and L St< \eusn rl« bell-
ahaped, over 3 in across, about 2 in long — E Elmeldna, Sander
Hybrid of E Sander* and E grandiflora Easier to grow than E
Sanden. G C. Ill 26 345— K Lfhmannu, Hegel. Vis. about 4
EUCOMIS
1161
EUCHL&NA (Greek eu, well, chlaina, covering).
Graminesp. Annual or perennial grasses, with stout
stems, broad blades and monoecious inflorescence,
occasionally grown in the South for forage and some-
times for ornament.
Stammate mfl. in a tassel at the top, the pistillate
m small ears in the axils of the Ivs.; spikelets 1-fld.;
pistillate spike slender, the several joints producing
1-seeded frs^ trapezoidal in shape, the surface smooth
and hard The aspect is that of Indian corn (Zea)
from which it differs m having free slender-jointed pis-
tillate spikes that are not united into a cob —Only
one species is generally recognized, but there are
probably others, all Mexican or Cent American
mexicana, Sehrad (E luxunans, Dur. & Aschers.
Heo.no. luxunans, Dur ) TEO&INTE. Annual* sts
strongly cespitose, decumbent and spreading at base,
erect above, 5-10 ft or >even more, leafy. Dept
Agnc, Div Agrost 20 11 — Occasionally cult, for
torage m the Gulf states The seed rarely matures
north of S Fla See Cyclo Amer Agnc , Vol. II, pp.
638~9- A S HITCHCOCK.
EUCNlDE (Greek-made word, referring to the sharp
nettle-like hairs) Loasacfie Several N. American
annual or biennial herbs, by some authors referred to
Mentzeha Plants nith stinging hairs Ivs. alternate
or the lower ones opposite, cordate or ovate, more or
less lobed fls yellow or white, calyx-tube oblong, the
limb persistent, 5-lobc'd, petals 5, united at the base and
inserted on the throat of the calyx, stamens numerous,
the filaments filiform, ovary 1-loculed, bearing a 5-
cleft style E. bartonioides, Zucc (Mentzelia bar-
tonuAdes, Benth and Hook ), is sometimes cult It is a
pretty summer-flowering annual, thriving in warm gar-
den soil Sts about 1 ft , somewhat succulent, more or
less decumbent, hispid-hairy Ivs. alternate, petioled,
broad-ovate and toothed-lobed. fls large, on long
pedicels opening in sunshine, the petals ovate-pointed,
the numerous yellow hair-like stamens projecting and
brush-hke Me\ , New Mex , and Texas. B M. 4491
(ata Af zeros/* nna barlonwides) . Gt. 5:320 L H B
EUCODONIA is referred to Achimenes. E. fihcren-
bcrgit, Hanst =A lawta, Hanst (Sec p. 208, Vol. I)
It is offered abroad. E nxgdundfs, Hort —Eucodondp-
sift tt/jpehou/ts, Van Houtte, being a hybrid between
Eucodonia Ehrcnbergn and Naegelia zebnna splendens.
Fls single on the summits of the peduncles, declined,
rose-purple FS 16 1608. Var. hlacin&la, Van
Houtte, has large fls. white at the throat and striped
and pointed with purple, and hlac-raarbled on the
limb. FS. 18:1858-9.
in an umbel, Uj in across, the »pre«dmg corona with 12 long,
narrow teeth, tho perianth-scums spreading or reflexed Ivs 2,
elliptic-oblong Gt 38 1300 — K Ldimi, Baker Robust fls 4 in
across, the spreading outer segms 1 in wide and the 3 inner ones
incurved. Ivs. larger than thow of E Candida, long-stalked Per-
haps a natural hybrid of E grandiflora and E Snnderi G C III
13.539. J.H III 28-111- 43276 Gn W. 10 7 — E Atonm,
N. E. Br. Free-flowering fls. 3-3 h in across "bout 7 m the umbel,
puro white with yellow on the outside of the cup v,i corona. Ivs.
12-14 in. long, very like E Sanderi, and a garden hybrid of that
JpeciesaodE Candida J H. Ill 30 253 Gn. 40 128 r
17.305.
• and IT canSida " J H. Ill 30 253 Gn. 40 128 G C III
L. H. B.
EtfCOMIS (Greek, beautiful fiair or topknot). i-
ccse. Cape bulbs, half-hardy, producing radical rosettet
of long leaves anil a strong peduncle or scape bearing
a raceme of greenish or whitish flowers more or less
tinged with color, the cluster crowned or topped with
a coma of leafy bracts (it is from this coma or crest
that the generic name is taken)
i3ulb tumcated: peduncle simple: Ivs. lorate or
oblong, often tingexl or spotted with purple: fls reg-
ular, 6-parted, rotate; stamens 6, ovary broad and
short; style cylindrical and stigma capitate: caps. 3-
valved — Species about 12, African, nearly all from S.
Afr. Prop by offsets The bulbs may remain in the
open if in a warm place and well protected; some of
them stand considerable frost, and bloom in spring.
Of easy cult Let the bulbs remain where planted. In
the N treated as glasshouse plants.
A. Scape dub-shaped,
regia, Ait. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. diam.: Ivs. 6-8,
obtuse, not undulate toward the edge, to l^ ft. long
and 3-4 m broad* scape 3-6 in long bearing a dense
1162
EUCOMIS
EUGENIA
oblong raceme 3-6 in. long; fls. green, l/im. long, the
Begms. oblong, and stamens half as long as perianth:
crown of 12-20 oblong, acute, crisped Ivs. S. Afr.
nana, Ait Bulb 2 in. diam.: Ivs. about 8, obtuse,
firm, purplish on back toward the base, to 2 ft. long,
3-4 in. broad above the middle: scape short, 1 in.
thick at top, spotted purple; raceme with more or less
purple, 3-4 in. long, dense, the fls. nearly sessile:
perianth green, Hin- l°n8» the segms. oblong; crown of
12-20 oblong acute Ivs. S. Afr.
Jficquinii, C. TL. Wright. Differs from the above,
with which it has been confused, in broader and
shorter Ivs. less tapering at base, and no purple in the
infl. S. Afr.
AA. Scape cylindrical.
B. Pedicels short.
undulata, Ait. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. diam.: Ivs.
6-9, strap-shaped, to 1% ft. long, 2-3 in. broad, thin,
not spotted on back, spreading or recurving, undulate:
scape 1 ft. or less, bearing a dense raceme 3-€ in long;
perianth gfeen, ^>in. long, the segms. oblong or
oblanceolate: crown of 12-30 crisped Ivs. S. Afr.
B.M. 1083. G.W. 15, p. 305.
BB. Pedicels long, erect-spreading.
punct&ta, L'Her. PINEAPPLE FLOWER. Bulb glo-
bose, 2-3 in. diam : Ivs. 6-9, erect-spreading, lone and
narrow, to 2 ft. long and 2-3 in. broad, channelea, not
undulate, brown-spotted beneath: scape 1 ft , spotted;
raceme lax, cylindrical, to 1 ft. long; fls. green, l/i\n.
long, the ovary brown: crown of 12-20 oblong acute
Ivs. S. Afr. BM.913. F.S. 22 2307. GW.5, p. 121;
9, p. 5. JH III. 52-141. Gn 70, p. 295. G. 19:291;
22:520; 27:409; 32:675. F.E. 31:1080 —A form with
Ivs. striped beneath with brown is var. stri&ta, Sims.
B M. 1539.
bfcolor, Baker. Bulb large and globose: Ivs. 5-6,
strap-shaped, thin, not spotted, undulate, to 2 ft. long
by 3-4 in. broad: scape 1-1 H ft. long; raceme to 1 ft.
long, dense at top; stamens and margins of perianth-
segms. bright purple, otherwise close to E punctata:
crown of 12-20 oblong acute Ivs. usually margined
with red-purple. S. Afr. B.M. 6816. G.W. 14, p. 468.
L. H. B.
EUC<5MMIA (Greek, eu, well, and kommi, sum;
alluding to the fact that the plant contains ruboer).
Eucommidcex. Deciduous tree grown for its handsome
foliage and also for its possibility as a hardy rubber-
producing tree.
Branches with laminate pith: winter-bads conspicu-
ous, with imbricate scales: Ivs alternate, petioled, ser-
rate, without stipules: fls dioecious, without perianth,
solitary in the axils of bracts at the base of the young
shoots and precocious; ataminate fls. pedicelled; sta-
mens 6-10 with very short filaments and elongated
linear anthers; pistillate fls short-pedicclled with a
1-celled, 2-ovulea stipitate ovary, bifid at the apex, the
lobes stigmatic on the inside: fr. a compressed winged
nutlet.— -One species in Cent. China, not closely related
to any other genus; it was first placed with the
Trochodendraceee or Magnohaceae ana afterward with
the Hamamehdacese, but is now generally considered as
representing a distinct family allied to the last named.
Eucommia is an upright-growing vigorous tree with
rather large elliptic dark green foliage, inconspicuous
precocious flowers and winged fruits; in habit and
Toliage it resembles somewhat an elm tree. In China
the bark is a most valued medicine. The tree contains
rubber in all its parts, particularly in the young growth
and in the bark. Though the rubber Has provecf to be
of good quality, it is apparently difficult of extraction
and not present in sufficient quantity to make the
commercial exploitation of the tree pay; therefore the
hopes which have been set in this ''hardy rubber tree"
will probably never realize. The tree has proved per-
fectly hardy as far north as Massachusetts and grows
well in a loamy humid soil. Propagation is by seeds and
by greenwood cuttings under glass.
ulmoides, Oliver. Tree, to 60ft. : Ivs elliptic to elliptic-
ovate, acuminate, broadly cuneate at the base, serrate,
glabrous, glossy and dark green above, pubescent below
when young. 3-7 in. long: samara oblong, bifid at the
apex, 1J^-1H in. long. April; fr. in Oct. Cent. China.
HI. 20:1950. R.H. 1909, p. 226. M.D G 1912:11,
813- ALFRED REHDER.
EUCRtPHIA (Greek for well covered). Eucryphia-
cex; formerly referred to Rosacex. A very few southern
hemisphere resinous trees or shrubs, with opposite
evergreen simple or pinnate Ivs and showy white fls.:
sepals 4, free; petals 4, broad; stamens very many;
ovary free, 5-18-celled: fr a hard dehiscent caps. E.
pinnatifdlia, Gay, is a shrub or small tree, hardy in
parts of England, with large white hypencuin-like
4-petaled tis. and rose-like foliage, from Chile B M
7067. GC. II 14-337; III. 9.613; 10217; 15.109,
23 . 15 (fr ) ; 30 . 351 . Gn 63. p. 281 ; 77, p 423 G 29 ' 96 ;
33.25. F.SR. 1, p. 41. Gn.W. 0.821. G M 53.203
E. cordifolia, Cav., has simple serrate Ivs B M. 8209
G. 33.607. G.C. 111.22:247; 42259, 44129 Gn
70, p 190; 73, p. 471. — Neither of these is in the Ameri-
can trade Worthy of trial in the S. There are 2 species
(E Billardieri, Spach, and E. Moorei, Muell ) in Tas-
mania and New S Wales.
Plants of E. pinnatifolia give much satisfaction in
the open in England although not much known, the
pure white fls. 3 in diam., and borne more or less in
pairs, being produced in great profusion in late summer;
it grows 8-10 ft. high.
EUGENIA (named in honor of Prince Eugene of
Savoy) Myrtacese A large group of trees and shrubs,
grown chiefly for their ornamental foliage and berries
Many tropical species yield edible fruits which are
both eaten out of hand and made into jellies or con-
fections A number of these have boon recently intro-
duced into the warmer parts of the United States,
where they give promise of attaining mueh impor-
tance The clove of commerce belongs to this genus.
Evergreen trees and shrubs. Ivs. opposite, mostly
entire and finely penni veined: fls white or creamy or
the numerous stamens yellowish: fr a drupe-like berry,
usually globular or pear-shaped, 1-5-seeded. Habit
and infl of Myrtus, which see for cult, and prop.
aromauca, 8.
asperrfolia, 4.
auitraln. A.
brasiliensi.s, 1.
caryophullata, S.
Caryopkyllut, 8.
INDEX.
Dombeyi, 1.
Jambolana, 9.
Jambos, 6.
macrophyUa, 7.
inalaccenms, 7.
AftcMu, 2.
mierophylla, 4.
myrtifoha, 6.
Pitanga, 3.
umflora, 2.
vulffans, 6.
A. Fls. solitary on axillary peduncles; petals not united.
(Eugenia proper.)
1. brasili^nsis, Lam. (E. Dombeyi, Skeels). GRUMIX-
AMEIRA of Brazil. Tree, to 50 ft., glabrous or the infl
obscurely puberulent: Ivs. oval or obovate-oblong,
tapering at base, obtuse, 2^-5 in. long, 1-2)^ in.
broad: peduncles 1-2 in. long, much exceeding the
scales which subtend them : fr. edible, scarlet, black at
maturity, the size of a cherry. Brazil. B.M. 4526.
R.H. 1845:425.— Cult, in 8. Calif. The frs. are candied
and eaten in the tropics.
2. unifldra, Linn., not Berg. (E. Michelii, Lam.).
PITANQA. SURINAM CHERRY. Shrub, 5-20 ft., glab-
rous: Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, obtuse at base, glossy, 1-2
in. long, exceeding the peduncles: berry J^-l in. diam.,
ribbed, resembling a miniature tomato, edible, with a
spicy acid flavor. Trop. Bra«l. R H 1889, p. 532 —
Hardy m S. Fla. and in S. Calif. Much esteemed for
EUGENIA
EULOPHIA
1163
jellies. Useful also as a pot-plant, producing an abun-
dance of showy red frs.
3 Pitanga, Kiaersk. PITANOA. Low shrub, young
foliage and branchlets reddish pubescent: Ivs. elliptic-
oblong, acute at base, 1^-3 in. long: berry red, sub-
globose, obscurely 8-nerved, about l/$m. diam. S.
Brazil and adjacent Argentine. — Intro, into 8. Calif, by
Franceschi.
4. microphylla. A Rich., not Bedd. nor Rich ex
Berger (E asperifdlia, Berg). Branchlcts and mfl. pilose:
Ivs. small, oval, acute, glabrous, longer than the
peduncles: fr. unknown. Cuba. — Species other than
the true E. mtcrophylla apparently have been intro.
under this name.
AA. F Is. in cymes or panicles; petals spreading, not
united. (Jambosa. Caryophyllus.)
5. myrtifdlia, Sims (E. austrdlis, Wendl. Jambosa
myrhfblia, Ndz.). AUSTRALIAN BRUSH CHERRY. Tree,
attaining 80 ft., glabrous: Ivs. oval or oblong-lanceo-
1433. Flower of rose-apple, Eugenia Juntos. (Natural Bice )
late? mostly acute, 1M~3 in long: fls. white: fr red,
ovoid, nearly 1 in long, with an acid taste Austral.
B.M 2230. Univ Cafif Pub. Bot 4:8.— Hardy in
the S Much used in Calif, as an ornamental tree and
for cupped hedges. The foliage is dense and glossy,
green when mature, tinged with wine-red on the grace-
fully spreading young snoots. Frs. sometimes used in
jelly-making.
6. Jambos, Linn. (Jambbsa vulgans, DC. Jambosa
Jdmbos, Millsp.). ROSE-APPLE. JAMROSADE. JAMBOS.
Fig. 1433. Tree, 20^30 ft., glabrous: Ivs. lanceolate.
Very acuminate, 5-8 in. long, 1-2 in. broad, thick and
shining- fls greenish white' fr. pyriform, 1H~2 in.
thick, white or yellowish, tinged with rose-color, edible
but rather insipid, fragrant. E. Indies. B M. 1696.
Gn. 75, p. 616.— Hardy in Calif, as far north as San
Francisco. Grown for its rich foliage and showy fls.
Frs. much used in the tropics for jelly-making and
in confectionery.
74
7. AaUccfosis, Linn. (E. macrophylla, Lam., not
Berg. Jambosa malaccensis, DC.). LARGE-FRUITED
ROSE APPLE. JAMBOS. Glabrous tree: Ivs. oblong to
•lliptic, acute, 5-10 in. long, 2-4 in. wide: fls. purple:
fr fragrant, red, obovoid, about 2 in. diam., with apple-
like flavor Polynesia.— More tender than E. Jambos,
but the foliage more luxuriant and the frs. larger.
8. aromAtica, Baill . not Berg (Caryophyttus aromdtir
cus, Linn E. caryophyUata. Thunb Jambdsa Caryo-
phyUus, Ndz.). CLOVE TREE Lvs. ovate-oblong,
acute, strongly tapering to the conspicuous petiole,
2-5 in. long, coriaceous, dotted; lateral veins numerous,
parallel, tne cross- veinlets obscure: fls. in terminal
tnchotomous cymes, pale purple, only Mm. across.
Moluccas. — Widely cult, in the tropics. Apparently
not suited to even the wanner parts of U. S. The fls.
are the cloves of commerce. See Cloves
AAA. Fls. in cymes or panicles; petals united into a
calyptra. (Syzygium )
9. jambolana, Lam. (Syzygium jam6oJdna, DC.).
JAMBOLAN, or JAMBOLAN PLUM. Tall shrub or tree: Ivs.
broadly oblong, very broad at summit but often shortly
apiculate, 2^-5 m. long, l%-4 in. wide, thick and
shining- berry edible, varying from the size of a cherry
to that of a pigeon's egg E Indies. — Grown at Santa
Barbara, Calif , where, according to Franceschi, the
trees become large and flower profusely but never
ripen fr.
E dlba, Roxbg , Malaya, may be know n by its sessile ovate-
oblong Ivs. and branched peduncles Intro into S Calif, by
Franceschi — E. aptcuidfa. DC , Chile, has oval apiculate Ivs.
shorter than the mostly 1-fld peduncles, and a pubescent mfl
Gt 890 Perhaps not now grown m N Amer — E cauliflfira, DC .
bears fls and frs. in sessile clusters along the woody branches and
the mam trunk down nearly to the ground fr about %m diam ,
•purple Brazil Intro by Franceschi, and by U S Dept.
Agnc (as Myrciana cauhnora, Berg) — B costancfmis, Berg ,
Lvs. oblong. 2-3 in long fls in sessile axillary umbels;
pedicels V^in long fr. obovoid, glabrous, small Cent.
Amer— £ edulis, Veil. Branchlets, petioles, and young
foliage ferrugineous-pubescent Ivs willow-like, slenderly
acuminate fr orange-color or yellow, downy, the sice of an
' Brazil Intro by Franceschi. and by the the U S.
nc (as Myrciaria edulis. Skcels) Stands drought
_ littorahs, Panch Lvs spatulate, obtuse, subcordate
at base fls sessile, fasciculate-congested, infl' pubescent, fr.
puberulent, subglobow, about H»n diam , fragrant, sweet to
the taste New Caledonia Intro into Calif by Franceschi.
— E Lima, Berg=E apiculata.— E M&to, Gnseb. Lvs,
ovate, obtuse, about 1 1A in long fls. solitary on peduncles much
snorter than Ivs. Argentine. Intro by Franeeschi, who describes
the fr as orange-colored, ribbed, and about 1 in diam , and by the
U S Dept Agnc — E myrtophylla, Casar Growing parts pubes-
cent Iva. mostly ternate, very narrowly linear, 9^-1 H in long,
much exceeding the solitary peduncles Brazil — E v&ngent,
~ srger. Young parts pilose Ivs elliptic-oblong, spine-tipped, 2-3
long, \\-\ m broad, much exceeding the simple peduncles in
their axils fr. depressed-globose, puberulent, smalf . ,
by Franceschi, and by the U. 8 Dept Agnc. — E pyn/Armu, Camb.
Lvs. myrtle-like but white tomentose beneath, about equaled by
the branched peduncles fr pear-shaped, yellow, puberulent,
edible Brazil Intro, m Calif by Franceschi. — E Ugm, Hook 6
Arn — Myrtus Ugm — E. Utdlha, Camb , not Miq Growing
parts and infl pubescent Ivs oblong, narrowed at base, obtuse,
1-2 in. long, much exceeding the simple peduncles fr yellow, site
and shape of a small pear, edible Brazil Intro by Franceschi.
HARVEY MONROE HALL.
EULALIA: Mumnthut.
EUL6PHIA (Greek, handsome crest). Orchtdacex.
Terrestrial orchids, requiring warmhouse conditions.
Rather small plants with membranaceous Ivs. and
conspicuous pseudobulbs: scape basal, several-fld.;
sepals and petals spreading, similar, ascending; label-
him 3-lobed; pollima 2 — About 50-60 species, in the
tropics of both hemispheres The cult, of Calanthe
will apply to this genus
maculata, Reichb. f . Pseudobulbs ovate, compressed :
Ivs ovate, spotted or blotched1 fls. small: upper sepal
hood-shaped, lateral ones acuminate, reddish brown;
petals broader, white or pale rose; labellum cordate,
with 2 crimson spots, triangular in outline, near the base,
otherwise white. Brazil B.R 618 (as Angracum).
acuminae
apple Brazi
Dept Agnc
weft — E litt
1164
EULOPHIA
EUPATORIUM
scrfpta, Lindl. Lvs. linear, subdistichous: fls. purple
and yellow; sepals and petals linear-oblong; labellum
3-Jobed, lateral lobes rotund at the apices Madagascar.
E. Cbleae, Rolfe. A slender-growing species with aloe-like Ivs. —
E Lubberat&na, Laurent <fe Th Dur Allied to E maculata- Ivs.
' irk green, marbled with white Afr — E. nitda, Lindl Scape about
2 ft tall, many-fld , fls ranging from roso-purple to pink, or yellow-
ish green, lip nearly entire, recurved. India and China B M
8057 — E pamculdta, Rolfe Pseudobulbs tufted, bearing 2 strap-
shaped Ivs fls numerous, petals and lip yellowish green dotted
with purple Madagascar — E undul&ta, Rolfe Scape about 1 ft
high, of slender growth, petals and lip pale green, the latter with
3 prominent keels on the disk Rhodesia — -E Wood/ordni Rolfe
shaped Ivs fls^ numerous, petals and hp^yellowish green dotted
ith
With" tail many-fld mfl , fls green with dull claret-purplo iip Old
Calabar GEORGE V. NASH f
EULOPHI&LLA (a diminutive of Eulophia). Orchi-
dacese Orchids in habit resembling a small cyrtopodium.
Flowers in many-fld. racemes, sepals and petals
similar, concave; hp 3-lobed, spur less; column with a
curved foot; polhnia 2 — Species 2. They require the
conditions and treatment given Cyrtopodium
Elisabeth®, Hook. Lvs. nearly 2 ft. long, plicate:
scape stout; raceme many-fld.; fls about 1% in across;
sepals and pe.tals white, the former marked with rose
on the outside, lip white with a golden disk. Mada-
gascar. BM. 7387. GC. III. 45-407 C 0. 1. O R. 6:
177; 20 137.
Peetersiana, Kranzl Bulbs 1 ft long- raceme dense,
fls nearly 3 in. across, rose-purple; hp with a golden
blotch. Madagascar. G.M. 51:267. C.0. 2. OR.
6. frontispiece; 20:138
E. Hdmehmi, Rolfe Resembling E Peetersiana in habit but
Iva narrower and fls smaller Madagascar
GEORGE V. NASH.
EUONYMUS: Evonymus
EUPAT6RIUM (named for an ancient king of
Pontus said by Pliny to have employed one of this
group of plants in medicine). Compdsitee JOE-PYE
WEED THOROUGHWORT BONESET. HEMP AGRIMONY.
MIST-FLOWER Chiefly perennial herbs, a few species
annual, many of the tropical ones shrubby or even arbo-
rescent; some of them hardy border plants, others
grown in coolhouses as florists' plants, and others m
^armhouses for the attractive foliage
Heads rayless, mostly m dense flat-topped or rounded
Clusters, less frequently in open panicles, the florets
(rarely 1-4) mostly 5 or more in each head, perfect,
the 2 style-branches long, threadlike or club-shaped,
protruding far out of the tube of the floret; involucre
cylindrical to hemispherical, its scales m 2 to many
overlapping ranks, achenes 5-angled, crowned with a
well-developed pappus of hair-like mostly white bris-
tles: Ivs. mostly opposite: fls purple, rose-colored or
white, more rarely lilac or bluish violet, never yellow.
— At least 600 species, chiefly of Mex , the W. Indies,
and Trop S Amer Certain species, now botamcally
placed in Eupatonum, still appear in trade catalogues
and seed-lists under the names Hebechnjum and Cono-
clinium Others have been confused with Ageratum.
Of this large and varied genus relatively few species
have been brought into cultivation. Of these, there are
two classes, namely certain warm-country species
adapted only to glasshouse culture, and on the other
hand a few native North American species (as well as
the hemp agrimony of Europe), more or less tractable
in cultivation, especially as components m making up
mixed hardy borders. The glasshouse species are seen
only in the larger or amateur collections, as a rule,
although a few have been long m European cultiva-
tion. Of the hardy species, some, reputed medicinal,
ai'e found in old gardens. The glasshouse species
demand the general treatment of Piqueria (Stevia of
florists) — a cool or intermediate temperature and pot
culture. They are easy to grow, and propagate reaaily
by cuttings. They are useful for winter oloom, the
neads, though individually small, being aggregated m
showy masses
INDEX.
adenanthum, 11.
glabratum, 16.
omphahiffoliuxt, 8.
adenophorvm, 11.
glandulosuin, 11
pazcuarenae, 15.
ageratoides, 25
glechonophyllum, 14.
perfohatum, 21.
album, 23
grandiflurum, 1
petiolare, 3
altissimum, 22.
americanum, 11.
amopnum, IS
grandifohum, 10.
Haageanum, 14.
hccatanthum, 7.
probum, 12.
purpureum, 18, 21.
Purpusii, 3
aralimfohum, 8
lanthmum, 4.
nparium, 17.
aromaticum, 26
Kinlorn, 19.
serrulatum, 6.
atrorubens, 1
Lassoauxu, 5.
sessilifohum, 24.
cannabmum, 19.
latifohum, 16.
irapezoideum, 11.
ccelestmum, 20.
hgustnnum, 9.
tneste, 13.
conspicuum, 10.
cordifohnm, 26.
eltgan», 16.
maculatum, 18.
inegalophyllum, 2.
xnelinoules, 26
tnate, 13.
truncatum, 21
urticupfohum, 25.
fohis vanegatis, 11.
foliosimi, IS
micranthum, 9.
monticolum, 3.
vernale, 13
Weinmannvinum, 9
Frasen, 26.
Montti, 9.
KEY TO THE SPECIES.
A. Glasshouse or warm-country species.
B. Florets jnnh, purple, lilac, or violet
c Involucral scales not ending in
hairy tails
D. Shape of Irs ovate, If -stalks long.
E Lvs heart-shaped
F. Sts covered with dtnse red-
dish wool . . 1 atrorubens
*F. Sts green
Q Panicle dense, terminal
Ivs mucrontjte-toothed 2 megalophyl-
oa. Injl lax, paitly axillary [lum
IVA en nat< -toothed 3 Purpusii
EE. Lvs pointed or blunt at bate 4 ianthmum
DD Shape of /w> lanceolate or oblong,
If -stalks short
E. Lvs alternate heads many-fld 5 Lasseauzii
kE Lvs opposite heads 5-1 2-fld . 6 serrulatum
cc Involucral scales ending in hairy,
colored tails 7 hecatanthum
BB. Florets white or neatly so (the pappus
sometimes colored)
C. Lvs leatheiy, lance-oblong, gla-
brous, entiie 8. arahaefohum
cc Lvs not leathery, usually somewhat
toothed and hairy
D. Lf -blade elliptic-lanceolate, de-
current and crisped on short
stalk i 9 micranthum
DD Lf -blade tounil-ovate, toothed
even to the decurrtnt base 10 conspicuum
DDD Lf -blade not dccurrent on petiole
E Plant glandular-sticky
F Heads about %in diam 11 glandulosum
FK Heads about J'jtn. diam 12 probum
BE. Plant not glandular-sticky
F. Lvs vdiety beneath infl
broad rounded corymb 13. vernale
FF. Lvs sjyanngly hairy or soon
glabrate
Q Shape of Ivs round- or
triangulai -ovate ;
margins toothed
H. Lf -blade small, Y^-
1% in. long . 14. glechonophyl-
HH Lf -blade larger, 2~4 [lum
in. long 15. pazcuarense
ao. Shape of Ivs. elliptic-
ovate; margins nfarly or
quite entire . 16. glabratum
oao. Shape of Ivs narrowly
lanceolate. . 17. riparium
AA. Hardy or bordir plants
B Florets flesh-colored, reddish or bluuih-
purplf.
c. Lvs. lance-oblong, merely toothed,
mostly whoiled 18 purpureum
cc. Lvs. deeply 3-parted, opposite 10 cannabinum
ccc. Lvs. broadly ovate, opposite, merely
toothed 20 coelestinum
BB Florets white or nearly so.
c. Lvs. per foliate (united around the
st.) 21. perfoliatum
cc. Lvs. not perfoliate.
D. Lf -blade lanceolate, the base nor-
ruwed and scarcely stalked.
EUPATORIUM
EUPATORIUM
1165
B. Scales of involucre blunt,
gray-velvety , . ... 22. altissimum
BE. Scales sharp, smoothish, with
thin white edge . 23. album
DD. Lf -blade ovate-lanceolate, sessile
by a rounded base . 24. sessilifolium
DDD. Lf. -blade broadly ovate, usually
well stalked.
E. The Ivs taper-pointed, sharply
toothed ... 25. urticaefolium
EE. The Ivs mostly blunt and
bluntly toothed 26. aromaticum
1. atr6rubens, Nichols. (Hebedlmum atr6rubens.
Lem ) Lvs largo, ovate, short-stalked, heart-shaped
at base, opposite, toothed, covered on the edge and
veins with long reddish or claret-colored hair: heads red
or purple, in a very large red-rayed truss. 8 Mex.
I II. 9 310 — A stately species with fine foliage and
richly colored fls , but said to be difficult to grow Rare
in cult Closely related, if not identical, is E grandi-
Jhrum, Andr6, though figured with smaller heads of
redder color R II 1882. 384.
2 megalophyllum, Klatt (Ilebecllmum macrophyl-
litm, Lem , not DC //. megalophyllum, Lem ) Half-
shrub, robust Ivs opposite, round, more or less heart-
shaped, very large, the lower sometimes more than a
foot in diam., veiny heads in large clusters (1-1 H ft.
broad) , florets rose, the long hairlike styles conspicuous,
bluish. S Mex R II 1800, p. 351 Gt 10 548 —Fine
showy species with rich foliage, but apparently rare
and not recently in trade Needs richly manured soil,
much light, and frequent replanting
3 Purpftsii, Brandegoe (E jM'tiolare, Hort , not Moc
& Sessc") Smoothish or (var monticolum, Brandegee)
sticky-hairy, loosely branched Ivs round-ovate, com-
monly heart-shaped, shortly taper-pointed, bluntly and
rather coarsely toothed heads slender-stalked, ^m
diam ; florets at first white, changing rapidly to pink-
ish lilac Low Calif. GC III 35 163— Attractive,
rapid-growing, herbaceous, tender. Weak and needing
support
4. ianthinum, Hemsl (Corwcllmum idnthinum, Morr.
Hebeclinium idnthinum, Hook ) Somewhat shrubby,
the thickish round sts at first covered with a rusty
purplish pubescence Ivs. large, ovate, long-stalked,
opposite, pointed or blunt (but not heart-shaped) at
base, somewhat hairy on both surfaces, serrate, fls.
light violet, in a large compound terminal corymb.
S Mex B M. 4o74 — A luxuriant species with heavy
foliage, of easy pot cult in a warmhouse
5 Lasseauxii, Carr. (Agfralum Lasseduxii, Carr.
Conoclimum Lasseauxii, Dur ) Habit of Ageratum,
densely covered with short glandular hairs: Ivs.
alternate, oblong -lanceolate, narrowed at each end,
bluntly toothed, heads in small compact unequally
stalked clusters; florets very numerous, at first white,
at maturity a vivid rose-color Ternp. S. Ainer.
RII 1870.90— Intro to European hort in 1870.
Attractive bedding plant, but apparently rare Proba-
bly not fully hardy though less tender than most of the
glasshouse species. Prop easily and flowers continu-
ously; 1-2 ft high.
6. serrulatum, Hort Shrub with lance-shaped,
pointed, sharply and unevenly toothed, short-stalked
IVB , very unequal mvolucral scales, and showy reddish
lilac heads in large dense flat-topped clusters; florets
5 in each head. In European hort., and said to come
from S. Brazil. R H. 1894 '304 Gt. 44, p. 570. G C. III.
18-265.— Three to 6 ft tall Choice, but certainly not
the true E serrulatum, DC , which has much narrower
finely and evenly serrulate Ivs and 11-12-fld. heads.
7. hecatanthum. Baker (Hebedlmum Ur6lepis, DC.).
Robust annual, like a large ageratunv Ivs. opposite,
stalked, round-heartshaped . heads showy, bluish pur-
ple; florets numerous (about 75); mvolucral scales
ending in similarly colored hairy appendages. Temp.
S. Amer — Promising species, worthy of trial as a bea-
ding plant.
8 araliaefdlium, Less (E. omphaharfdhum, Kunth &
Bouche) Soft-wooded shrub with thick and shining
oblong-lanceolate Ivs 3-8 in. long, heads loosely pani-
cled ; mvolucral scales conspicuously unequal, the outer
short and calyx-like, the inner 3-4 times as long; florets
white S Mex and Guatemala. Gt 2, p. 4, t 39 —
From low and moist tropical habitat and presumably
very tender Rare in cult and not noticed recently in
trade. Needs rich leaf-mold, moist air; and high tem- '
perature Prop by cuttings Flowers in March.
1434. Leaves of glasshouse Eupatoriums. a, B nparium , b, E.
vernale; c, E glandulosum; d, E. glabratum. (
9 micranthum, Less. (E hgustrlnum, DC. E
Mdrisu, Hoit E Weinmannidnum, Regel & Koern
Many other hort names, for which see Gt 22, p 36)
Lvs opposite, elliptic-lanceolate, pinnately veined,
the blade somewhat toothed and slightly decurrent in
narrow crisped wings upon the short If -stalk: heads
small and fe\v-fld but very numerous in large round-
topped terminal corymb, florets white, but pappus
pink-tinged to deep rose Mex Gt 16, p. 260, t 555,
figs 1-3 Gn 47, p 444 G C II 5, p. 53 —Upright
shrub rather widely cult since about 1830 under a
great variety of names, but chiefly as E. Wemmanni-
anum
10. conspfcuum, Kunth & Bouch6 (E. grandifblium,
Regel) Shrubby. Ivs opposite, large, thin, triangular
ovate, finely and sharply toothed to the very base,
which is somewhat decurrent upon the long If -stalk
fls white, in ample lax panicles, almond-scented. Gua-
temala Gt 1, p. 102, t 12 — Planted out in surnmei
forms a luxuriant shrub, attractive on account of itf
excellent foliage Best prop by cuttings placed ih
warm bed about the end of August. Winter-bloomer
in glasshouse
11. glanduldsum, HBK. (E adendphorum, Spreng
E. adendnthum, Hort , not DC. E. trapezotdeum, Kunth.
1166
EUPATORIUM
EUPATORIUM
E. amenc&num, Hort.). Fig. 1434. Diffuse and often
decumbent herb, the slender round branches, petioles,
and pedicels finely glandular-puberulent: Ivs. triangu-
lar-ovate or rhombic-ovate, thinmsh, slender-stalked,
taper-pointed, coarsely and sometimes unevenly cre-
nate-dentate, sparingly puberulent beneath: heads
pure white, ageratum-like, m close clusters. Mex.
B R. 1723. — Easy in pot cult, and not very tender,
flowering in late autumn or early winter Cuttings
strike root readily. Var. fdliis variegatis, Hort. Lvs.
variegated.
12. prdbum, N. E. Br. Very viscid like the preceding,
probably more tender: Ivs. similar: heads decidedly
larger, >6in. diam. Peru. GC. III. 7:321.— Recom-
mended as promising and cult in a few English con.
servatones. Apparently not yet in the trade.
13. vernale, Vatke & Kurtz. (E. triste, Hort., not DC.
E tntste, Hort.). Fig. 1434. Strong herb (slightly
woody in the wild), with hairy sts. : Ivs. oblong-ovate,
iong-stalked, taper-pointed, serrate, finely hairy above,
1435. Bupatorium pert oiiahun.
palor and grayish velvety beneath, veiny, 3-6 in. long:
fls. bright white, the heads in an ample terminal
corymb, involucral scales long, narrow, green. Mex.
Gt. 22:750. — Easy in pot cult, becoming popular for
cut-fls.
14. glechonophyllum, Less. (Ag&ratum consplcuum,
Hort ). Low, branching half-shrub, very leafy: Ivs.
small, YT-\ (rarely 2) in. long, triangular-ovate, sharp-
pointed, bluntly few-toothed, thin and nearly glabrous,
on slender stalks: heads borne on threadlike pedicels m
small or medium-sized flattish clusters. Chile. — Tender
greenhouse perennial, but flowering in the open the
first year if seeds are sown early. Closely related, if not
actually identical was the E. Haageanum, Regel &
Koern. intro. into European hort. in the middle of the
19th century (see Gt. 16, p. 260, t. 555, figs. 4-6).
15. pazcuarlnse, HBK. Puberulent but not glandular :
rvs. opposite, stalked, round-ovate, light green, 2-4 in.
long, taper-pointed, sharply or bluntly toothed: heads
very numerous in a wide (3-10 in.) flattish corymb.
Uplands of Mex. — Essentially herbaceous, 1-3 ft.
high. Recently intro. m cult, in S. Calif. Promising
for cut -fls. ana as a window plant.
16. glabratum, HBK. (E. Oeaans, Hort. E. lati-
fbhum, Hort.). rig. 1434. Shrubby, erect, with slen-
der hard glabrous brown sts.: Ivs of firm texture
though scarcely leathery, binall, lance-oblong or ovate-
oblong, tapering into a strong rather short petiole,
blunt or pointed, wavy-rnargined or small-toothed, fls.
(sometimes blush) in ascending cyinpse clusters,
together forming a long terminal leafy panicle. Uplands
17. riparium, Regel. Fig 1434 Diffuse, becoming
woody at base, 2 ft., the sts. slender, puberulent and
usually reddish: Ivs. opposite, long-lance-shaped, taper-
oointed and at base narrowed to a long petiole, prom-
inently 3-nbbed, toothed: heads m rather compact
long-stalked clusters. Mex. Gt. 15:52.5. Gn 40, p.
134 — Good winter bloomer. Best for florists Readily
cult, in coldhouse.
18 purpureum, Linn. JOE-PYE WEED. Lvs.
whorled, commonly in 5's and 6's, oblong or lanceo-
late, taper-pointed, coarsely serrate: heads in large
compound Husters, pale purple or flesh-colored, rarely
almost white N Amer.— Common and variable.
Tall, rank plant of low grounds (reaching 8-9 ft ),
good for bold effects in border or agam.st bhrubbery.
Var. maculatum, Darl. Of lower growth Ivs com-
monly in 4's, ovate-oblong, roughish-pubescent: heads
in smaller clusters, more deeply colored Var folidsum,
Fern. Similar but with the infl. surpassed by the
long upper Ivs Var. am&num, Gray Still lower
(2 ft. high), smoothish: Ivs sometimes merely opposite.
19. cannabinum, Linn HEMP AGRIMONY Resem-
bling Joe-Pye weed in general habit and with similar
pale purple heads m terminal clusters. Ivs opposite,
but deeply 3-parted m a manner to suggest verticillate
Ivs. Eu.— -Common. May be used like the preceding
species but less desirable Thrives best in limy alluvial
soil. Eng. Bot 6.428— The Asiatic E Kirilom, Turcz ,
is a very nearly related plant of lower growth (1-3 ft ),
with narrower (linear-oblong) coarsely toothed If -
segms , the lateral often much reduced. Strict herb
with dense terminal corymb of dull greenish purple
heads Gt. 24:850.
20. coelestinum, Linn. (Cojuxlimum aelftstlnum, DC )
MIST -FLOWER. Somewhat pubescent. Ivs opposite,
stalked, triangular-ovate, somewhat cordate, thm,
coarsely toothed: heads as m Ageratum in compact
clusters, many-fld., light blue to violet. N J to Midi ,
Kans., and southward — Perennial herb, late-blooming,
heliotrope-fld. Appropriate to low borders.
21. perfoliatum, Linn. BONESET. THOROUGH WOKT
Fig 1435. Hairy: Ivs. lance-oblong, the pairs united at
base about the st., wrinkled, remotely toothed or entire,
taper-pointed: heads in dense terminal compound
cymes. N. Amer , common m low rich soil — Stout,
slightly rank-smelling plant, 2-3 ft high, long used in
domestic medicine and found in old gardens. Excellent
for striking effects, especially in low grounds Fls
grayish white or in a comparatively rare variety (forma
purpureum, Brit.) bluish purple In var. truncatum,
Gray, the Ivs. (at least the upper ones) are rounded or
truncate at the sessile base, not united about the st
A peculiar form apt to be encountered occasionally in
large cultures.
22. altlssinium, Linn. Grayish green, downy, much
branched: Ivs. opposite, narrowly lance-shaped, taper-
ing to both ends, short-stalked, remotely toothed or
entire: heads only 5-fld. Pa. to Minn., Neb., and south-
ward.— Tall, vigorous herb, 4^8 ft. high, in open places
und dry soil. Not very ornamental Sec page :3o68
EUPATORIUM
EUPHORBIA
1167
23. Album, Linn. Rough-hairy: Ivs. opposite, lance-
oblong, coarsely serrate, essentially sessile, veiny:
involucral scales ecarious-margmed: florets white.
L. I., southward near the coast. — Somewhat attrac-
tive for border planting and specially suited to poor
sandy soil.
24. sessilifdlium, Linn. UPLAND BONESET. Lvs.
oblong-lanceolate, gradually tapering almost from the
rounded sessile or nearly
sessile base to the apex;
heads 5-fld., white. Vt. to
Mo. and southward. — A trim,
smooth highly attractive
hardy species. Thrives best
in limy alluvial soil.
25. urticaefdlium.Reichard
(E. agerakMes, Linn. f.).
WHITE SNAKEROOT. Fig.
1436. Lvs. opposite, thin,
long-stalked, ovate with
broad base, acuminate,
coarsely and sharply serrate,
green on both sides: heads
small in loose but ample
clusters, florets bright white.
E. N. Amer. Mixed woods,
common. — Neat, smoothish,
branching herb, 2-4 ft high.
*One of tne best of the per-
fectly hardy summer-bloom-
ing species.
26 aromaticum, Linn
Much like the preceding but
usually hairy. IVB thickish and blunt or scarcely
pointed, blunt-toothed, later-flowering, not aromatic
Mass, and southward near the coast —-Suited to very
sandy soil Var melissoides, Gray (E. Frdsen and E.
cordtfbhum, Hort.). Slender, rougmsh, strict: heads 5-
12-fld : Ivs subcordate, ovate or oblong, obtuse, the
petioles often very short. 6. E U. S. — Also suited to
poor and sandy soil, but more tender than the typical
Form
The following species are aaid to have been recently intro into
European horticulture and to promise well E deltoideum, Jacq
1436. Eupatorium urticao-
folium (XH>
A soft-wooded half-shrub with opposite triangular-hastate crenately
toothed Ivs, 3-5 in long and somewhat pale and slightly velvety
beneath, the banal lobes widely spreading acute If -stalks 1^3 in
long heads of rosy purple fls in thy moid panicles, involucral
scales linear, very sharp, scarcely imbricated 8 Mex A glasshouse
species with striking foliage — E herbdceum, Greene (E anzoni-
cura, Hort ). An erect smooth or merely pulverulent perennial
1-3 ft high, with opposite triangular-ovate pale green Ivs 1-3 in.
long with rounded basal lobes, toothed sides, and rather short but
slender stalks fls white, heads in broad rounded terminal clusters.
8 W U S Half-hardy and suited to dry places, E, iap6mcum,
Thunb Erect perennial resembling £. cannabinum, with dull pur-
plish to greenish white fls m flat clusters, lower Ivs. deeply 3-parted,
the upper simple not very attractive. g L ROBINBON.
EUPHORBIA (classical name; said by Pliny to be
in honor of King Juba's physician; possibly from the
Greek for fat). Euphorbidceje. MILKWEED (improperly)
WOLFS-MILK SPURGE. The last name, most often
applied to the genus as a whole, belongs more properly
to the common herbaceous species and especially to E.
Lathyns. Of very diverse habit, from succulent cactus-
like trees to Jow or prostrate herbaceous weeds; planted
mostly m the open, but some kinds grown under glass
as oddities and some as florist's plants
The genus is characterized by the single pedicellate,
pistilate fl. without floral envelopes, or with only a
rudimentary calyx, surrounded by numerous staminate
fls , each consisting of a single stamen separated from
its pedicel only by a joint; the whole inn. surrounded
by a more or less cup-shaped involucre with 5 lobes
and 1-5 glands is called a cyathium. The involucre
is regular or nearly so; the glands free from one
another: the fr. an explosive caps , with 3 carunculate
seeds; the staminate fls. are usually subtended by
minute bracts. — One of the largest plant genera, of not
less than 700 and probably over 1.000 species, occurring
in most temperate and tropical regions. Many are
desert plants and the greater number grow in dry and
sterile places. Euphorbia is distinguished from the
nearest related genera, Pedilanthus and Synadenium,
by its regular or nearly regular involucre, which in
Pedilanthus is protuberant on one side of the base and
contains the glands, and by the free involucral glands
which in Synadenium are united into a ring. Some of
the fleshy species are very similar to succulent cacti
and Asclepiadacese. One long grown under the name of
E. pendula, Boiss., is a Sarcostemma according to N.
E. Brown. For E. tithymaloides, see Pedilanthus^ for
E Grantn, Hort., and E arbor ea, Hort , see Synadenium.
Monographed by Boissier in DeCandolle's Prodromus,
15, pt. 2 (1862) See local floras and Norton, Rept.
Mo. Bot. Card. 11, for native species. See also Fooe.
in Monatsschnft fur Kakteenkunde, 8:42 (1898) and
Berger, Sukkulente Euphorbien, a manual of the
cactus-like species m cultivation. The recent work
of N. E. Brown of Kew in Flora of Tropical Africa
and Flora Capensis describes and gives keys to practi-
cally all the African species, which include nearly all
the succulent ones, both wild and cultivated. Although
the vegetative form varies remarkably, so that the
various sections of the genus are considered of generic
rank by many authors, the floral characters are very
similar and so inconspicuous as to be of little impor-
tance generally in a horticultural work.
Most of the species have abundant milky juice, and
the cactiform kinds have been thus distinguished from
cacti, but many cacti also have milky juice. The juice
of many species is acrid-poisonous, especially if it comes
in contact with mucous membranes or open sores The
juice from some of the species is used in medicine as a
purgative.
Many of the fleshy species are cultivated by lovers of
succulents for then* curious shapes; and a few are valu-
able for their ornamental foliage. The flowers are usu-
ally too minute to be noticeable Some, like E. corollata
(Fig 1437), E maculatal E Cypanssias and E niargi-
nata, are weeds in America, but not troublesome The
great majority of the species are insignificant herbs.
The species are remarkably free from injurious insects,
and are rarely attacked by a few fungi.
The fleshy species are grown much the same as cacti,
but the culture is less difficult, and they do well with
warmer treatment In winter they are kept m a dry
and cool house, 50° to 55° F , with good light and little
water Drips must be carefully avoided In summer
the pots should be plunged outdoors in hot dry situa-
tions, with a moderate supply of water and espe-
cially good drainage. It is better to protect them from
continued ram, but most
ries do well without
The more fleshy
species, like E. Caput-
Medusae, E mammillana,
and E melofornns, require
more heat and better care
than the others. They
have to be watered with
great care in winter The
air of most greenhouses is
too damp for them if the
requisite low temperature
is maintained. The winter
conditions of air and tem-
perature in ordinary liv-
ing - rooms make them
ideal for the succulent
euphorbias. Species like
E. nenifolia need water
in the growing season and
dry conditions after the
1437. Cyathium of Euphorbia
corolUta fx2). The pistillate
•flower is at 8, surrounded by
several staminate Sowers arising
above the involucral glands
with their five oblong «pread.ng
petaloid appendages. No 3.
1168
EUPHORBIA
leaves fall. The shrubby species, like E. atropurpurea
and E. dendroides, do well with the treatment of the
more fleshy kinds. See D. A. W. and F. S. Curtis, in
Sharon Cactus Guide, March and May, 1897.
The few hardy species of ornamental value make
good border plants or are suitable for the rockery. E.
epithymoides usually known in gardens as E. polychroma,
is one of the best herbaceous perennials, forming a
hemispherical clump with beautiful yellow foliage of
different shades when in bloom. E. palustns and
related species are similar but erect and not compact.
The succulent species can nearly all be propagated by
cuttings. These are taken best in early summer, allowed
to dry somewhat and then planted m sand, charcoal
or a mixture of these. Coal-ashes are used effectively
by some. When seeds can be procured, they may be
used in propagation. Grafting, as is sometimes prac-
tised with cacti, is possible. Potting soil need not be
rich. A coarse sandy loam, or, some say, any kind of
soil will do.
E. pukherrima and E. fulgens are good winter-flower-
ing greenhouse plants, and require special treatment.
E. fulgens succeeds well in the warmest parts of the
house, in pots, or best planted out like roses and trained
upon the wall or strings. It is propagated from cut-
tings taken in June, when the old plants have started to
grow, kept in a warm frame until rooted, and then kept
growing with heat, any transfers being made with as
little root disturbance as possible. If stocky show plants
are wanted, several cuttings may be planted in one pot
and checked two or three times during summer by
repotting, and kept pinched back freely to secure
branches They are best kept cooler when in flower,
but are very sensitive to cold or sudden changes in
temperature. After flowering they are kept dry for a
few months For the cut sprays they are best grown
from cuttings each year. They last very well when cut.
1438. Euphorbia nurginata ( X M)
The culture of the poinsettia is very similar.
secure plants with large heads, the general plan is to
grow from cuttings annually, out the old plants may
be continued. Old plants that have been resting may
be introduced to heat and moisture in late spring, and
will soon give a liberal supply of cuttings, which are
EUPHORBIA
usually taken from the young wood. Successive sets
of cuttings may be made at later periods if different*
sized plants are wanted. When well started, the potted
plants are plunged outdoors till September, with plenty
of water, light and sunshine and good drainage. They
do well in rich heavy loam m 5-7-inch pots. They are
liable to drop
their leaves if
exposed to cold
or other un-
favorable condi-
tions. In au-
tumn they are
transferred to
the greenhouse,
with moderate
temperature.
When the bracts
begin to appear, give more
heat and some manure
water to expand them.
When in flower, reduce the
temperature to preserve
them longer. After flower- •
ing the pots may be stowed
away in a dry warm place
till spring, — under the
benches will do. When the
buds are cut the great ob-
jection is that they wilt
easily. This may be ob-
viated by keeping them m
water for a few days before
using. See Grieve, G.C.
III. 9:106, and Hatfield m Garden and Forest 9:496.
See article Poinsettia for further treatment
Euphorbia splendens is another winter bloomer, and
may be treated as the succulents, with more heat and
water. It will do well in living-rooms, and bears some
flowers all the year It bears rough treatment well, and
is propagated by cuttings from the young growth,
which root with the greatest ease.
In tropical and subtropical regions many of the tree-
like or succulent euphorbias make fine outdoor orna-
mentals The poinsettia is a magnificent landscape
ornament in California, West Indies and so on. In
Southern California the pomsettia is propagated by
sticking canes 3 feet long in the ground from April on,
these growing and blooming, often profusely, tne first
season. In the West Indies and Florida, some of the
thorny tree-like forms, especially E. laciea. are grown
as hedges, their thick, erect thorny branches making
an almost impenetrable barrier. This and other species
are grown also as specimen plants. See Succulents.
1439. Euphorbia
fulgens (X>i;. No 5.
obyMtnteo, 32.
dendroides, 55.
alba, 8.
discluaa, 34.
alcicornis, 19.
drupifera, 17.
anacantha, 47
Echinua, 27.
antiquoram, 20
elastiea, 56
antisyphihtica, 7.
enneagona, 40.
atropurpurea, 53.
epithymoides, 57.
Beaumierana, 35.
Fourmen, 13.
biglandulosa, 62
bupleurifoha, 51.
canariensis, 31.
fruticoHa, 37.
fulgens, 6.
fulva, 66.
candelabrum, 24, 34.
gemculata, 4.
Caput-Meduuffl, 48.
globosa, 45
cereiformis, 40, 43.
dandestina, 51.
glomerata, 45
grandioomis, 22.
clam, 50.
grandidena, 21.
coorulcscens, 26.
orandifolia, 17.
coUetiovles, 14.
hxmatodes, 2.
Commehnii, 48.
hamnensis, 9, 23.
Coopen, 29.
heptagons, 39.
corollata, 3.
Hermentiana, 24.
coronata. 50.
cotimfotia, 2.
heterophylla, 9.
Hv«tnx, 50.
cristata, 23.
cyathophora, 9.
\mbncaia, 43.
mermis, 49.
Cypanssiaa, 60.
Ipecacuanha, 4,
lactea, 23.
lathyna, 52.
loncata, 60.
major, 68.
mammillaria, 42.
mammillosa. 18.
margmata, 1.
meloformis, 44.
mexicana, 43.
misera, 6.
monstrosa, 23.
myrmnitea, 65.
natalensis, 33.
neglects, 32.
nernfoha, 16.
officmarum, 36.
ormthopus, 46.
Palmer!, 64
palustns, 59.
pandurata, 9.
parnmamma, 48.
Pfersdorfii, 38
pilosa, 58
pinea, 63
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORBIA
1169
INDCX, CONTINUBD
jrfwdorw, 54.
ptemiabnt, 8.
Pomiettiana, 8.
raatnrfera. 30.
rfatptaloidw, 11.
robusta, 64.
submamrrnllaris. 43.
teutUata, 2ft
TiruoalUi, 10.
poly chroma, 57.
poJygona, 41
Pteudocaotus, 26.
sangumea, 2.
San Salvador. 20.
terpentarta, 40.
tnangulanjs, 28.
vaneyata, 1.
ptjwnno, 49.
pteroneura, 14.
si mi! is, 33.
t>tro>*a, 26
pulchernma, 8.
Bpinonior, 42.
Wulfenii, 81.
Regis-Jubffi, 54
spleodeus, 15.
xylophylioidea, 12.
A. Glands of the involucre with petals-like appendages
(almost none in 4) ' slender-branched herbs or rarely
shrubs not spiny: Ive. entire. Section ADENO
PBTALUM. The Section ANISOPHYLLUM, genus
Chamxsyce of some, differs in having small oppo-
site Ivs., unequal at base, stipules present, fls.
email, glands 4. It contains most of the low herba-
ceous wild euphorbias of U. S., iuch as E. ntac-
ulata, Linn., E. Predii, Guss., E. serpent, and E.
eapttata; names from this group occur in American
catalogues, but the spp"100 to which they properly
belong are inconspicuous w^edi. E, lonfolia.
Hillebr , of Hawaii, has recently been investigated
as a possible source of rubber. (Descriptions of
these species will be found in the floras.)
B Stipules present.
1 marginata, Pursh (E vanegata. Sims). SNOW-
ON-THE-MOUNTAIN. GHOST- WEED. Fig. 1438. Annual,
about 2 ft high, pubescent, dichotomously many-
branched : Ivs. numerous, light green, ovate-subcordate
to oblong-lanccolato, 1-3 m long, the upper white-
margined, often entirely white: mvolucral glands with
large white appendages July-Oct. Plains from Dak.
to Texas and extending eastward. BM 1747 Gt.
30:218. V 2, p. 281 , 5, p. 64 G W. 13, p 305 —Hardy
annual, used for its white foliage in bedding and mixea
borders in sunny situations.
2 sangumea, Hort. (E hxmatbdes, Boiss?). A tall
shrub. Ivs, ovate, obtusely pointed, in whorls of 3,
red when young to deep bronee or purplish red later. —
This handsome plant of unknown nativity is cult, in
S. U. 8 While it is not possible to classify it exactly
without fls. and fr., the foliage characters indicate its
relationship to E. cotinifolia, Linn
1440. Buphorbi* pvlehminu (XH). No. 8.
BB Stipules absent or microscopic,
c Plant a perennial herb.
3. corollata. Linn. (TithymoUpsi* corollaia, Klotzsch
& Garcke) FLOWERING SPURGE Fig. 1437. Plant
l^i-3 ft nigh, usually glabrous, slender and diffusely
branched above: Ivs. ovate-oblong to lanceolate, 1-2
in. long, those of the mfl much smaller and opposite:
mvolucral glands 5. with conspicuous white appendages.
July-Oct. On rather dry soil E. U S. B.M. 2992.
L.B C. 4:300. F.R. 1 :969.— A hardy herbaceous peren-
nial used like gypsophiJa for cutting, and as a bedder in
1441. Bupfcorbit faeterephylte ( X H)
No. 9.
light soil. There are many variations in size, shape,
color and pubescence of plant, Ivs. and mfl.
4. Ipecacuanha, Linn. (Tithymaldpsis Ipecacuanhas,
Small) IPECAC SPURGE. Only the forking mfl. (3-6 in )
above ground, with its red or green glabrous, opposite
IVB. varying from ^
oval to linear on
different plants,
the alternate Ivs.
of the short st
usually subterran-
ean and scale-like:
cyathia long pe- ,
duaded; appen-
dages of glands
rudimentary.
April. Sandy soil
KU.S.LB.C.12:
1145. B.M. 1494.
— E. geniciddta,
Ort , is sometimes
cult, under this
name. It is a plant
of Trop AJner ,
rekted to E. heter-
ophytta, but with
broader Ivs. the
upper whitish at
base.
oc. Plant a shrub.
5. fulgens, Karw.
( E. jacquinixflbra,
Hook.). SCARLET
PLUME Fig. 1439.
Small shrub with
slender drooping branches: Ivs. long-petioled, lanceolate,
bright green . cyathia in small axillary cymes, with the
conspicuous appendages to the 5 mvolucral glands bright
scarlet. Mex B M 3673 R B. 39:41 FC. 2:55
R.H 1905-440 Gn. 33:486; 39, p. 239; 67 p 73. V
2, p. 74. AF 16.1561. G.M. 53:89. G 4' 593. PM.
4:31. Gng 10:76. — A handsome winter - blooming
plant, used for cut-fls. or for specimen plants.
6 misera, Benth. Lvs. small, obovate, pubescent,
clustered at the end of crooked branches: fls. incon-
spicuous S. Calif, and Mex. — Recently catalogued
in the Calif, trade.
7. anlisyphilitica, Zucc (Tricheros&giw antiayph-
ilitica, Klotzsch & Garcke). CANDEWLLO. Slender,
erect, rod-like branches 1-3 ft. high, almost leafless.
Mex.— The plants yield a useful wax and are some-
times grown in collections of succulents.
AA. Glands of wvoUicre without petalrfake appendages.
(No*. S-&)
B. St. herbaceous or shrubby, not Jleshy: Ivs. well devel-
oped, the upper colored: stipules minute: infl.
cymose. Beetioo POINSETTIA.
8. pukh/ferima, Wityd. (B. Poinsettiana, Buist.
PoMW&tia pulcMmmay Graham) POINSETHA, EASTER
FLOWBR, CHRJBTMAH FLOWER LOBSTER FLOWER.
MEXICAN FLAMB-LEAF. Fig 1440. Shrub 2-10 ft
high, branched: Iva. ovate-elHptfotl to iaaeeolate.
entire, sinuate toothed or lobed, or pandorifono, 3-6
in. long, somewhat pubescent, the upper euwrower,
more entire to even linear-lanceolate and of tie bright-
est vermilion-red: involucres 2-3 linos wide, greenish,
with one large yellow gland. Nov.-Mfwek. Moist,
shaded parts of Trop. Mex. and Cent. Amer. B.M.
3493. G.C. 111.21:125, 193. F.C. 1:83. Mn.7, p. 67.
Gn, M. 2:209.— Sometimes cut, usmJJy used for speci-
men plants and in masses', often owd in decorations.
A gorgeous f
or most i
a fuller
jits ana in masses, oiten own m decorations.
ous plant. Var. jpienfssima, Hort , has the fls.,
; of them, transformed iato red br*0tc. giving
center GC. II. 5:17 Gt 28:182 PM.
1170
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORBIA
1876:200. Var. alba, Hort., has the upper Ivs. white.
K.H. 1913: 228.— It is not so vigorous, blooms later
and requires more heat.
9. heterophflla, Linn. (E. pandurata, Hort.? E.
havanensiS) Willd. E. cyathophora, Murr.). MEXICAN
FIBB PLANT. HYPOCBITE PLANT. PAINTED LEAF.
FlBE-ON-THE-MoUNTAIN. ANNUAL POINSETTIA. Fig.
1441. Annual, nearly glabrous, 1-3 ft. high: Ivg. ovate
and sinuate-toothed, or panduriform, or some of them
lanceolate or linear and entire, dark green, the upper
bright red at least at the base: involucres small with
lor 2 glands. July-Sept. E. and Cent. U. S. to Peru.
Mn. 2, p. 53. Gt. 39, p. 105.— Easily grown from seeds
in sunny gardens and also in pots indoors. White and
yellow variegated forms are in cult.
BB. Sts. more or less fleshy, often cactus-like and spiny:
Ivs. small, none or soon deciduous: infl. few-
branched or cyathia single: stipules minute or none
(except in E. Fournieri). Section EUPHORBIUM.
Nos. 10-51.
C. Branches cylindrical or angled, not thorny: If. -bases
not thickened and elevated as podaria: Ivs. alternate
or crowded on the angles.
D. Joints or branches cylindrical or flat. Subsection
TIBUCALLI.
10. Tirucallii, Linn. MILK-BUSH. INDIAN TEBB
SPURGE. A small tree, with a dense crown of slender,
cylindrical whorled branches, curving outward then
erect:, joints about 4 in. long, twigs ^-^in. thick:
Ivs. narrow, about 1 in. long, soon falling. S. Asia. —
A striking plant for the succulent collection. Easy of
cult., often grown outdoors in warm regions.
11. rhipsaloldes, Lem., is a closely related African
species probably not now in cult., but the name is in
use in the trade.
12. xylophylloides, Brongn. Shrub or tree:,$runk
cylindrical, much branched; branches flat or 2-angled,
^in. wide, slightly toothed along the edges: Ivs.
minute, soon deciduous. Madagascar.
DD. Joints or branches Jf-5-anglea from the decurrent
l/.-bases or comb-like rows of stipules. Subsection
GONIOSTEMA (No. 13) ana Subsection PTERON-
EUBJB (NO. 14).
13. Foumidri, Andre1. St. 4-5-angled, the crowded
persistent stipules forming comb-like rows on the
angles: Ivs. large at the apex of the short thick sts.;
petioles and stipules red. Madagascar region. R.H.
1896, p. 226. L.B.C. 15:1477 (asE. lopfwgona).
14. pteroneura. Berger. A low shrub
with erect, jointed branches, Hin. thick,
the 5-6 angles formed by sharp low
\ ridges decurrent from the If .-oases:
Ivs. reduced, soon deciduous. Mex. (?)—
Erroneously grown under the name of
E. cottemdes, Benth.
cc. Branches succulent with thickened
elevated If. -bases (podaria).
D. Spines 1-8 on each side
the If. -base. Subsection
DlACANTHITJM. N 0 8 .
15-38.
E. Podaria Qf.-bases) not
united into ribs;
branches nearly cylin-
drical: Ivs. wett developed.
r. Bracts bright red. Class
SPLENDENTES.
15. spl6*dens, Boier,
CROWN OF ^THOBNB. Fig.
1442. Sta.3r4ft.long, J^-l
in. thick, somewhat climb-
ing, covered with stout
spines about an inch long: Ivs. few, on the young
growth, obovate to oblongnspatulate, thin, bright
green, 1-2 in. long: cyathia in long-peduncled dicho-
tomous cymes, near the ends of the branches, each
closely subtended by 2 broadly ovate bright red
bracts. Madagascar. Flowering all the year but
mostly in winter. B.M.2902. L.B.C. 18:1713. V.
1443. Eupfeorbia neriifoli*.
2. p. 74; 14, p. 16. G.fc. II. 19:816 (as E. jacquinix-
fora). — Coolhouse plant. The red bracts in the green
Ivs. on the sinuous spiny sts. are very striking. It can
be trained into ornamental forms. The seedlings have
larger sts. and Ivs. and double spines, a smaller one
below each of the ordinary ones.
FF. Bracts not conspicuously colored.
Class GRANDIFOLLSS.
16. neriif&lia, Linn. Fig. 1443. Arborescent or
shrubby: st. obtusely 5-angled; the small mammiform
podaria in rows, with short, dark-colored, divergent
spines: branches somewhat whorled, bearing obovate-
oblong, obtuse, thick Ivs., 3-5 in. long, at the summit:
small sessile cymes of greenish cyathia in the upper
axils. June, July. E.Indies. Gn.M. 6:196.— The large
Ivs. persistent from autumn to spring. Cristate forms
are in cult. Fig. 1443 shows a hedge in W. Indies.
17. druptfera, Schum. & Thonn. (E. grandifblia,
Haw.). Arborescent: st. terete: branches obsoletcly
4-5-angled: spines small: Ivs. terminal, obovate-
cuneate, obtuse or retuse, 6-10 in. long: small cymes
axillary, peduncled: caps, drupaceous. Guinea.
18. marnmillosa, Lem. Low, cespitose: branches less
than an inch diam.: podaria elongated, conical, m 5
spiral rows: Ivs. and spines small, soon deciduous.
Nativity unknown. — Rare in cult, and not well known.
Probably the plants grown under this name are some-
thing else.
EE. Podaria united into ribs: branches &-18-<ingled:
Ivs. usually very small or rudimentary.
F. Angles of the branches, 8 (rarely S), the branches
flattened. Class COMFRESSJEJ.
19. alcicornis, Baker. St. obtusely Singled, 9 ft.
high or less: branches flat, except the triangular base,
HUI- broad: spines short, slender, dark-colored.
Madagascar.
FF. Angles of the branches 3 (sometimes 4), but the main
st. often 5-angled. Class TBIGONA.
a. Sides of branches solid green-colored,.
H. Spine-shields separated by green tissue of ribs.
20. antiquorum, Linn. Shrub, 8-10 ft. high: branches
erect, jointed, 1-2 in. thick, the angles repand-dentate;
spine pairs about 1 in. apart; spines 1-3 fines long: Ivs.
very small, roundish. India. See E. lactea, No. 23.
21. grandldens, Haw. Tree, to 30 ft. high, with
trunk as much as 2 ft. diam.: branches slender, M~H
1444. Euphorbia grandicorni*.
EUPHORBIA
in. wide, numerous, whorled, erect-spreading, making
a dense rounded head in older plants; sides of branches
almost plane; angles deeply sinuate dentate; spine jairs
" "-'- apart, spines <W> lines long, slender, light
brown to gray: Ivs. very
small, triangular. S.
Afr.
HH. Spine-shields united,
forming a continu-
ous horny edge to
the ribs.
22. grandic6rnis,
GoebeL Fig. 1444. Shrub
or small tree: branches
3-5 in. wide, deeply
jointed, the angles
broadly winged, lobed
and sinuate, the edge
zigzag or wavy; spines
large, 1-2 hi. long, light
colored: Ivs. very small,
triangular ovate. S.
Afr.(?).~A fine plant,
with the longest spines
and widest wings of all.
A rapid grower, the
bright pale green con-
trasting beautifully with
the rich light brown of
the spines and horny
margins on young
plants.
GO. Sides of branches marbled with white or yellow.
23. lactea, Haw. (E. havanensis, Hort., at least in
part). Fig. 1445. Similar to E. antiquorum, but with
a white-marbled area running through the middle
of each face of the branches. 12. Indies. — One of the
most common succulent euphorbias in cult.,of fine can-
delabra form, and making rapid growth. The euphor-
bias grow^ for hedges in Fla., W. Indies, etc., are chiefly
this species, though some may be E. antiquorum. It is
often confused with E. Hermentiana. Cristate forms
arc in the trade as E. lactea monstrosa and E. havanensis
cnstata, though these should perhaps be referred to
E. antiquorum.
24. Hermentiana, Lem. Shrub, with closely erect,
scarcely jointed branches, about 2 m. thick; sides
strongly concave, stripea or marbled with white,
especially when young, angles closely dentate;
slender, brown, 2-3 lines long: Ivs. lanceolate, \ m
in. long. W. Afr. G.Z. 19:101.— One of the best,
true E. candelabrum, Trem., but probably not the one
common in cult, under that name, is distinguished from
E. Hermentiana by its rudimentary scale-like Ivs.
FFF. Angles of the branches 4-8 (rarely S on some
branches). Class POLYGONS.
o. Spine-shields united, formino a continuous horny
edge to the nbs.
H. Sides of mature branches plane or slightly convex,
angles not winged, branches about 2 in. aiam.
25. Pseudocftctus, Berger. St. 4-5-angled: branches
3-5-angled, joints tapering upward from a broad base,
4-6 in. long, 2 in. or less thick, the surface with yellow
U-shaped marks from center to angles: spines stout,
Hin. long, brown to gray. Nativity (?). J.H. III. 60:99
(as E. lactea). — Frequent in cult., often under the
name of E. lactea; also as E. marmorata and E. tessettata.
26. coerule'scens, Haw. (E. virosa, and var. coeru-
lescens of Berger). Low, shrubby: st. 4-5-angled:
branches 3-angled at base, 4-5-angled above, 2 in.
thick; joints 2 in. or less long, the sides bluish glaucous;
spines stout, Hin, long: Ivs. triangular, scale-like. S.
Afr. G.Z. 19:102.— A handsomely colored compactly
EUPHORBIA
1171
branched succulent. A(Xjrding to N. E. Brown, E.
virdsa, Willd., is quite a different plant. It is probably
not in cult, in Amer.
27. Echinus, Hook. & Coss. Branching shrub, with
6-angled st., branches ascending, about 2 in. thick,
5- or more-angled: spine pairs less than Hin. apart;
spines Hin. long, red to gray. Morocco. G.Z. 1904:122.
HH. Sides of mature branches concave, angles more or
less winged, branches often 8-4 in. thick.
28. triangularis, Desf . Tree-like :st. at first 6-angled,
later cylindrical: branches whorled, divergent, then
ascending, 3-5;angled, 2-4 in. thick; joints 2-12 in.
long; spine pairs 3-9 lines apart; spines less than 5
lines long; spine-shields united only on stronger shoots:
Ivs. smaU, roundish. S. Afr.(?).
29. Cooperi, N. E. Br. Tree-like: whorled ascending
branches, 3-5 in. thick, the joints broad at base ana
tapering upward, 6-angledj spines 5 lines long, black to
gray. Natal. — A fine species.
QQ. Spine-shields separate. See also No. 28.
H. Sides of mature branches plane or slightly convex,
angles not winged, branches less than 2 in. thick.
30. resinifera, Berg (E. San Salvador, Hort.). A
much-branched shrub: branches 4-angled, spine-
shields triangular-rounded, small, 3-5 lines apart. S.W.
Morocco. G.Z. 19 : 102.— This species yields the euphor-
bium gum of the ancients.
31. canarie*nsis, Linn. Shrub or tree, 12-20 ft. high,
with many 4-6-angled, suberect, not conspicuously
jointed branches, as much as 3 in. thick; angles sub-
entire; spines 2 lines long, black: Ivs. almost none.
Canary Isls. Gn. 53, p. 46.-~This is one of the most com-
m«n succulent euphorbias. It is easy to gjjow and prop,
readily from cuttings, as well as from seeds which are
frequently produced in cult. Several other species arc
in cult, under this name.
1445. Euphorbia Uctwu No. 23.
1172
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORBIA
. Euphorbia meloformis
. No. 44.
HH. Sides of branches concave to deeply grooved between
the not, which or* more or less winged; branches
2-6 in. thick. (The species of this group and
several others, a g. E. tenebrosa, N. E. Br., E.
acrurensis, N. E. Br., E. grandis, Lem. (E. neutra,
Bejrger), E. controverts, N. E. Br., E. Erythraa
N. E. Br., are in cult., probably some in Amer.,
as E. abyssinica or some as E candelabrum.
The true E. abyssinica, Gmel., is not in cult.)
32. neglScta. N. E. Br. (E. abyssinica, Berger, not
Gmel.). Tree: branches 5-8-angled, joints 4-12 in. long,
4-5 in thick, the con-
spicuous wings marked by
swollen veins; spine pairs
1 in. apart, sunken; spines
stout, brown, 1-2 lines
long: Ivs. narrow, 1 m. or
more long: flowering eye
above the spine-shield.
N. Afr. GC III. 20. 497.
Gn. 52, p. 106.
33. sfcnilis, Berger (E
natalensis, Hort, not
Bernh.). Differs from E
neglecta m branches 5-
angled : spine pairs on apex
of a recurved tooth. Ivs.
shorter; spines darker: veins m wings not prominent.
Natal(?).
34. disclftst, N. E. Br. (E. candeldbntm, Berger, not
Trem , see No. 24). Tree, with 4-5-angled st and
branches, slightly jointed: spine pairs 8-10 lines apart;
spines 3-^5 lines long, stout, dark brown to gray flower-
ing eye included m the spine-shield. Abyssinia.
FFFF. Angles of branches 9-13.
G. Spine-shields almost always united into a horny
margin; grooves between nbs rather shallow:
branches about 2 in. thick
35. Beaumierana, Hook & Coss A shrub to 9 ft.
high: branches erect, 9-10-angled; spines short, spread-
ing, red when young. Morocco. J H. Ill 59:627.
36. officinarum, Linn. Shrub: branches 9-1 3-angled;
spines but little spreading, yellowish to gray, 3-6 lines
long: Ivs. minute. N. Afr. R.H. 1875, pp. 336-7.
GO. Spine-shields often isolated; grooves between nbs
very deep.
37. fruticdsa. Forsk. Low shrub: branches erect,
scarcely jointed, 6-9 lines thick, 10-13-nbbed; spines
6-9 lines long, spreading, brown when young Arabia.
38. Pfersdorfii, Hort. Trunk round. l>f-2K m.
thick, 9-angled, much branched when old: spines large,
4-9 lines long. — A species not very well known.
DD. Spines, if any, not in stipular position.
Subsection TBBISIA.
E. Podana m longitudinal rows or ribs.
F. Body cylindrical: stenle infl. transformed into thorns.
Class ANTHACANTHA.
G. Ribs without prominent cross furrows between podana.
39. heptagfou, Linn. St. 3-4 ft. high, over 1 m.
thick, candelabraform-branched, 5-8 -ribbed* ribs
broader than high; thorns not numerous, strong, yel-
low, %m. long. Ivs. linear-lanceolate, acute. Cape of
Good Hope. — According to N. E. Brown the plants of
this section and their names are much confused in cult,
and without careful study it would b& difficult to say
just what is being grown under the names of E. hep-
tagona, E. mammulant, E. enopla, etc.
40. cereiffrmis, Linn. (E. enneagona, Haw.). St.
erect, 2-3 ft. high : branches with 9-13 straight ribs, the
podaria forming declined teeth: Ivs small, triangular;
thorns numerous, 4-7 lines long. Cape region. — Cut-
tings from the branches have a different form from
seedlings.
41. polygona. Haw. St. up to 5 ft. high, 5 in. thick,
10-13-nbbed, the ribs high and narrow, often somewhat
spiral: thorns 4-5 lines long; Ivs. mmute. Cape region.
GG. Ribs with the podaria separated by cross furrows
42. mammJQlaria, Linn. Low: branches 7-12-nbbed,
about 1 in. thick; ribs flat: podaria not prominent;
zones of spines up to 1 in. long, alternate with areas
free from them. Cape region. Var. spindsior, Berger,
is more vigorous and spiny, with more prominent
podana.
43 submammillaris, Berger. St. irregularly
branched, 1 in. thick: branches with about 5-8 straight
ribs, 2 lines high; podaria forming pointed tubercles:
Ivs. linear; thorns numerous on strong branches, few on
others Cape region(T). — Grown as E. mexicana, E.
imbncata, and E. cereiformis.
FT. Body spherical, not thorny.
44. melofonnw, Ait. MELON SPURGE. Fig. 1446.
Globose or pyriform, 3-5 in. thick, deeply 8-10-nbbed;
ribs obscurely tuberculate on the almost acute angles;
sides transversely darjc and light green-striped, or
wrinkled when oM: Ivs few and small: fls at the
depressed apex; the old forked branches of the mfl.
sub-persistent but not spinose. A few small branches
similar to the main st present. S Afr. L B C. 5 436.
A G 11 : 463 — A curious and rare plant, often mistaken
for a cactus and showing extreme reduction in xero-
phytic euphorbias as Mammillaria does for the cacti.
EE. Podana in spirals checkering the axis.
F. Joints or branches globose to short-cylindrical' glands
of the involucre with lobed or comb-like edges.
See also No 51. Class DACTYLANTHES.
45. globdsa, Sims (E glomerdta, Hort ). Low, the
spherical or short cylindrical to club-shaped joints
crowded, forming a clump near the ground: joints
1447. Euphorbia Lathyrii, young plant seen endwise. No. 52
Yr-'l in. long; podana very flat, pentagonal: Ivs. very
small, triangular* peduncle 2-4 in. long; glands of
involucre with 3-4 lobes which are green with white
pits; flowering all summer. Cape region. B.M. 2624.
46. ornitkopiUL Jacq. Much-branched half -shrub:
joints 1 in. or less thick, short-cylindrical; podaria
EUPHORBIA
elongated into conical projections: Ivs. email ovate:
peduncles short; fls. much as m E. globosa, involucral
glands erect, the 3-4 teeth pitted and white-marked.
Cape region. B.M.2520. L.B.C.3:220(as.E.anacanJ/ia).
47. anac&ntha, Ait. Cespitose sub-shrub, with some
joints 4-8 in. long, %m. truck: podaria oblong, some-
what projecting: Ivs. small, ovate-oblong; cyathia
almost sessile at apex of branches; glands divergent,
the 3-lobes white with greenish pits. Cape region.
FF Joints of the branches obscure or none; branches
cyhndncalf many times as long as thick.
3. Sinuous or snake-hke branches many, from a thick
basal st.; thorns none: Ivs. small; glands comb-like.
Class MEDUSEA.
48 Caput-Meddsae, Linn. (E. Commelinii, DC.).
MEDUSA'S HEAD. Branches 1-2 in. thick, numerous,
declined about the short, obcomcal st , with ends erect,
6-12 in. long: Ivs. linear-lanceolate, about 1 in. long:
cyathia single, from short, thick peduncles; glands erect,
white Cape region — A curious and interesting plant;
often seen as single-stemmed plants grown from branch
cuttings E partnmdmma, Boiss., is also in cult, under
this name. See Suppl. list.
49 ine'rmis, Mill (E viperina, Berger, fide N. E.
Br. E serpentdna, Hort ?). Smaller: branches about
^im. thick, 12m long; podaria narrow, in 6-8 somewhat
spiral rows: Ivs very small, ovate; cyathia J^in. wide,
whitish, glands divergent. Cape region. BM 7971.
GO. Sinuous or snake-like branches none; glands simple,
flat, without divided appendages. Ivs usually large;
cyathia usually long peduncled, subtended by sevefhl
broad bracts. Class TREISIA.
50. loricata, Lam (E Hfatnz, Jacq , fide N. E. Br.)
A shrubj 2-3 ft. high : branches divergent from the base,
Mm. thick: Ivs. linear, 2-3 in. long: peduncles persist-
ent as numerous brownish red thorns. Cape region —
Some species of the subsection Anthacantha are in cult.
under the name of E Hysinx The names E dava,
Jacq , and E. coronata, Thunb , are used in the trade and
belong to closely related if not identical species of S.
Afr , probably not in cult. The sts. are smaller and the
mfl less spmose than in E. loncata.
51 bupleurifdlia. Jacq St ovate-spherical, elon-
gated in age, 3 in. thick. 4-5 in. high: podaria scale-like,
imbricated, quadrangular- Ivs. at st. apex, 4-8 in. long,
lanceolate: fls.
long-stalked;
peduncle not
persistent Cape
region. B M.
3476. — Seldom
cult , and, as it
does not branch,
cannot be prop.
by cuttings E.
clandestina,
Jacq . differing
in the club-
shaped st, 1H-
2 in thick, with
oblong podaria
divergent above.
small Ivs. ana
EUPHORBIA
1173
1448. Euphorbia epithymoides. No. 57.
nearly sessile cyathia is listed, probably erroneously,
in the trade.
BBB. Sts. herbaceous or woody, rarely somewhat fleshy,
not spiny: infl. umbellate: stipules none. Section
TlTHYMALUS
c. Lvs. below the umbel decussate: tatt annual herb.
52. Lathyris, Linn. CAPER SPURGE. MOLE PLANT.
Fig. 1447 Annual, 2-3 ft. tall: Ivs. long, lance-
linear, those of the infl. ovate-acuminate: glands short-
horned: caps, somewhat fleshy, K~Hi&> dum. Bu ,
and naturalized in E. U. 8. Kept. Mo. Bot. Gard
11, pi. 11. — Cult, m old gardens. Caps, sometimes
pickled, seeds used as a purgative. Said to drive away
moles from its neighborhood (see Cor-
nell Bull. 61 : 331) ; for a similar reason
known as "gopher plant" in S. Calif.
cc. Lvs. usually clustered at end* of
branches: shrubs. (Ewphorbw-
dendron, Millsp.).
53 atropurpuiea, Brouss. Branch-
ing shrub, 3-6 ft. high: Ivs. pale,
glaucous green, spreading or droop-
ing, 2-3 in long, umbel 5-10-rayea,
cyathia surrounded by large, dark
purple, broadly ovate, obtuse, con-
nate bracts; glands ovate-. March.
Teneriffe B M. 3321.— Some other
red-leaved species used for bedding
in Amer have been cult, under this
name, i e , a purplish variety of E.
pulchemma, and possibly E. hsema-
todes, Boiss.
54 Rfcgis-Jftbas, Webb. Like the
last but Ivs narrowly linear and
bracts almost yellow: involucral
glands with 2 short horns. Teneriffe.
— Some plants under this name are
E. piscatdna, Ait. See Suppl. list.
55 dendroides, Linn. A large
branching shrub, more foliaceous than
the two preceding Ivs. linear-lanceo-
late, obtuse or acute' bracts yellow-
ish, rhomboid-orbicular mucronate;
glands truncate or semi-lunate.
Medit region. Gn. 36, p. 203. R H.
1887:160
56 fulva, Stapf (E. eldstica, Altam.
& Rose) PALO AMARILLO. Small
tree: Ivs. lanceolate, acute, pubes-
cent cyathia few, bracts small, glands
1449. Euphorbia
ovate: caps, conical, 1 in. long. Mex. Cyparissias (xJi).
—Used for rubber. No 60
ccc. Lvs. below the umbel alternate: leafy perennial herbs
D. Glands of the involucre oval, entire.
57 epithymoJdes, Jacq (E. polychrdma. Kern.)
Fig 1448 Many sts. 1 ft. or more long, forming a
hemispherical clump, rays of umbel 5: Ivs. oblong,
dark green, those of the infl. various shades of yellow at
flowering time. May Eu. B.M. 2258. Gn. 69, p. 295.
— A beautiful plant for the formal or informal border.
58. pildsa, Linn. Sts about 18 in. high from a thick
rootstock, pilose: Ivs. oblong, nearly entire: umbel 5-
6-rayed, with similar branches below, caps. 2 lines
broad, nearly smooth or hairy, with or without minute
warts Eu and N. Asia Var major is a better form
for gardens with beautiful golden yellow foliage.
59. palustris, Linn. Differs from E. pilosa chiefly in
being glabrous or nearly so, more rays in the umbel,
and caps, with small but distinct warts on the back.
Eu. Gn. 76, p. 499.— The floral Ivs. are a bright yellow.
DD. Glands of involucre truncate, retuse, S-horned or
crescent-shaped.
E. Seeds smooth.
60. Cyparissias, Linn CYPRESS SPURGE and many
local names. Fig. 1449. Many short plume-like
branches from the crowns and adventitious root-buds,
covered with spreading, narrowly linear, dark green Ivs.
1 in. long, Eu. L.B.C. 2:118. G.C. II. 22 : 469. Rept.
Mo. Bot. Gard. 11, pi 50.— Cult, in old gardens and
cemeteries for its moss-like growth. Naturalized and
a weed in E. U, S., but rarely producing seed here.
1174
EUPHORBIA
EUPHORIA
61. Wfilfenii, Hoppe. Sts. 3-4 ft. high, forming a
clump, densely covered with lanceolate, linear, acute,
bluish green pubescent Ivs., those of the mfl. yellow, or
the base of the st. bare later, except for the conspicuous
leaf -scars: umbel many-rayed: glands 2-horned. Eu.
B. R. 24:6 (aaE. Veneta). G. 31:103. G.C. III. 39:331.
Gn. 57, pp. 440-1; 74, p. 40. G.W. 13, p. 305.
62. biglanduldsa, Desf. Differs from E. myrsimtes,
chiefly in the erect sts., lanceolate, acute Ivs. and smooth
seeds. Sicily to Syria. B.R. 274 (as E. ngida).
BE. Seeds rugose or pitted.
63. pinea, Linn. St. glabrous: st.-lvs. linear; those
of the mfl. reniform-cordate: rays of umbel 5-7. Eu.
64. robtista, Small, and Palmeri, Engelm., are many-
stemmed desert plants from W. U. S., about 1 ft. high
with small ovate Ivs., irregularly crescent-shaped glands
and roughened seeds. Kept. Mo. Bot. Garden. 11: pis.
40. 49. — They have been offered for sale, but have little
cultural value.
65. myrsinites, Linn. The many declined sts. covered
with large, fleshy, glaucous, obovate-oblong, concave,
pointed TVS. in close spirals: umbel 7-12-rayed; glands
and fls. yellow: seeds rugose. Eu. — A plant of old
gardens; good for walls and rockeries.
The following have been reported in cult, in Eu but are not in
the American trade.
B. aggregdta, Berger. A succulent grown like E. cereifornus —
E alSpptca, Linn. Annual of Tithymalus section. — E. amygda-
l&tdes, Linn. Perennial and almost woody. Common in England. —
E. anguldna, Klotzsch (E fimbriata. Hort ). A 3-5-angled succulent.
— E aphylla, Brousa Semi-succulent shrub, near E. Tirucalh Gt.
37.277 — E. arbuscida, Balf. Semi-succulent shrub near E xylo-
phylloides — E balsamlfera, Ait Tropical shrub. Ivs. at end of
branches. Allied to E. dendroides.— E. BerthelAtu, C Bolle Sub-
tropical shrub allied to E Regis-Jubae, name used incorrectly in
*he trade — E Bdjen, Hook (E. Breomi) Semi-succulent, slender,
spiny shrub near E splendens, Hook. B M. 3527 — E bubalina,
Boiss (Section Treisia). Low, slender, spineless succulent, leafy
at apex R B. 209 (as E. oxystejna) — E Cdclut, Erenh. Succulent,
spiny 3-angled shrub, near E. Hermentiana. — E cattimdndoo,
Ell. Small, succulent, spiny, 5-angled tree — E cervicdrms,
Boiss.=E hrmata. — E. cnamxsyce, Linn. Low, oppoaite-lvd.
herb with corolla-like cyathia in clusters. — E. charAciag, Linn.
Umbellate perennial herb near E. Wulfenu. Gn. 59, p. 447 G C
II. 13 657. — E. coUetioides, Benth. Low Mexican shrub Ivs
opposite Plants grown under this name may be E pteroneura
— E Dinlen, Berger. Spiny, 6-8-angled succulent shrub often
i under names of E virosa and E tetragona — E Dregedna,
Spineless, almost leafless shrub, near E Tirucalli— E
la, Boiss. Spiny succulent near E heptagona. and confused
with it. — S. erdsa, Willd. Spiny succulent, near E mammillans.
— B. falcdta, Linn Annual herb, near E Aleppica — E fimbridta,
Hort «=E. angularia — E. hamcUa, Sweet (E cervicorma, Boiss )
Low succulent shrub, leafy at apex, near E clandestina. — E
hehc6thde, Lem. Spiny, succulent tree, leafy at apex, near E
nemfoha, I.H. 4, p. 100, desc — E. hdtoscdpia, Linn Umbel-
late annual (Section Tithymalus) Kept. Mo. Bot Gard. 11
pi. 26 — E. Intisy, Drake. Semi -succulent tropical shrub, near
E. Tirucalli — E. Lagdacx, Spreng Annual, near E pilosa — E.
L6.ro, Drake Semi-succulent shrub near E Tirucalh —E laun-
fdlui, Juss. Tropical shrub, leafy at ends of branches, near E.
atropurpurea. — E Ledi&mi, Berger. Spiny succulent, near E
virosa, grown under the names of E. pentagona, E ccerulea, and
E. coerulescens. B.M. 8275. — E. Lemairedna, Boiss. Spiny suc-
culent. Near E grandicorma — E lophogdna. Lam. Succulent
with f nnged angles, near E Fourmen. B M 8076 — E. macro-
rpha, Lem. Spiny, 3-angled succulent — E Mdrlothn, Pax—
Montien — E. mauritdnica. Linn. Semi-succulent shrub. Near
Tirucalh — E. mettifera, Ait Tree, leafy at branch ends. Near
E. dendroides. B M. 1305.— # MontiM, Hook (E. Marlothu,
Pax ). Succulent shrub, leafy at the apex , of Section Pseud-
euphorbium. B.M. 5534 — E. Morinii, Berger. Spiny succulent,
near E cereiformis. — E. mvltvceps, Berger. Succulent. Near E.
Caput-MedustB — E. niviilia, Ham Spiny, succulent shrub, leafy
at apex. Near E nerufoha — E. Nyifue, Pax. Succulent tree with
2-angled joints. — E oblaa, Hook. Succulent. Near E. meloformis
B.M 7888 — E. obtunfdlm, Poir. Semi-succulent shrub. Near E
Tirucalh — E offictndrum, Linn. Succulent, spiny, 9-13-angled
shrub. Near E. Beaumienana — E, Paralias, Linn. Perennial herb
of Section Tithymalus — E. parmmdmma, Boiss Low succulent,
without spines. Near E. Caput-Medusse. — E. PhiUiptna, N. E. Br.
Succulent, spiny, 9-angled shrub Near E. Beaumierana. — E.
p\lulifera, Linn. Low annual with opposite Ivs. and inconspic-
uous cyathia in clusters: glands appendaged. — E. ptacatdna. Ait.
Tropical shrub: narrow Ivs. at end of branches. Near E. Regis-
Jubte — E. plumerioldes, Teysmann. Tropical shrub similar to the
previous one — E. proaimbens, Mill. (E. pug&iformis, Boiss.)
Succulent, not spiny. Near E. Caput-Medusie. B.M. 8082.
R.B. 161. — E. puni&M, Swart*. Tropical shrub. Near E. atro-
purpurea. B.R. 190. BM. 1961. LBC 20-1901. G.C. II. 15-529.
— E. pynfdlw, Lam. Semi-succulent shrub, leafy at the apex.
Near E. lophogona. — E. Sapinu, Do Wild. Slender, spiny suc-
culent. Near E. cereiformis. G.C. III. 45:66.— E. ScMmperi,
Presl. Semi-succulent shrub. Near E. Tirucalli. — E. Schimpendna,
Hochst. An African annual of Section Tithymalus. This name
perhaps used erroneously for E. Schimperi. — E Scolop&ndria,
Don— E. stellata. — E acopifdrmia, Boiss. «E. serpiformis. — E.
serpif6rm\8, Boiss Section Arthrothamnus. Slender-branched
semi-succulent shrub with opposite, rudimentary Ivs. — IS?. Sib-
thorpii, Boiss. Perennial herb. Near E Wulfemi.— E. Sipolinn,
N E. Br Slender succulent shrub with decurrent lf.-base«.
Near E. pteroneura. — E. spin dan, Linn. Umbellate sub-shrub
or herb of S Eu Section Tithymalus. — E. atapehfdrmu, Hort.
— E. stapehoidea, Boiss (?). A plant near E buplounfoha —
E. Stapfit, Berger Spiny, succulent, 4-angled shrub. — E atel-
Iseapina, Haw. Spiny 10-13-nbbed succulent. Near E ooreiformia
— E. stelldta, Wind (E uncmata, DC , referred here according to
N. E Br.). Spiny succulent with branches V-shaped in crosb-
soction, and clustered on a short thick «t — K. tetragdna, Haw.
Spiny, succulent 4-angled tree. R B 39. — E, tngdna, Haw.
Spiny, succulent, 3-angled shrub, near E antiquorum — E. <u6cr-
culdta, Jacq. Low succulent, near E. Caput-Medusse. — E. uncwdta
-=E. stellata.
Other names used but not classified: E. AmMw, Hort.— B.
artwuldta, Hort — E. aur&wt, Hort. (E. Amelia?). — E. CApul Cvm-
mHinn, Hort. (E. Caput-Medusse? ) — E. Caput-odorMa, Hort. — E.
Cdput'Simiac, Hort — E. copMsts, Hort. (succulent). — E. colubrina,
SoTt—E cyHndnca, Hort.— E. dentdta, Hort.— E. de Smetidna,
ort — E ericta, Hort. — B. fundlis, Hort. — E. aardemsefdlui, Hort.
— E. grdcilw, Hort — E. HouUetidna, Hort — E HoullMn, Hort — E.
tonmfdlia, Hort — E. mdngador, Hort. (E. mogador, Hort.?) — E.
Mitten — E. obtfoa, Hort. — E. pavotnsis, Hort. — E. pulchra, Hort.
— E. PuUehdno, Hort — E. Rtb&tn, Hort.— -E. sahantouns, Hort.—
B. waUonitn**, Hort. j g g NoRTON<
EUPH6RIA (name refers to the fact that the plant
carries well its edible frs.). Sapinddcese. A half-dozen
trees in Trop. and Subtrop. Asia, allied to Litchi but
differing in having petals and a deeply 5-parted imbri-
cate calyx; both genera are sometimes combined in
Nephelmm. Lvs. pinnate: fls. regular; petals spatulate
or lanceolate, hairy inside, stamens usually 8: fr. glob-
ular or ellipsoid, more or less tuberculate or warty,
the size of a cherry or plum. The following species IB
widely cult in the eastern tropics. E. LongAna, Lam.
(Nephehwn Longana, Cambess.). Tree, 30-40 ft , with
gray bark: Ivs. scattered: Ifts. opposite or alternate,
elliptic to ovate to lanceolate, 2-5 pairs, rather obtuse
at both ends, to 12 in long, entire: fls. small (^in. or
1450. Leaves of Buptelea polyandra.
EUPHORIA
EURYOPS
1175
less across), yellowish white, in puberulent terminal
and axillary panicles; calyx deeply 5-6-lobed; petals
about equaling calyx, spatulate1 fr globose, reddish or
purple, %m. or less diam., tuberculate or becoming
warty or nearly smooth, with an edible aril. India.
B.M. 4096. B.R. 1729.-— A much-prized fr. m China,
under the name of longyen, or linkeng, resembling
Utchi but smaller and smoother and yellow-brown
L. H B.
EUPHRASIA (Greek for hilarity or delight) Scroph-
ulanacex. EYEBRIGHT, More than 100 low herbs,
of no special horticultural value although some of them
are mentioned in connection with alpme-gardenmg.
They are more or less parasitic on roots of other plants:
Ivs. opposite, dentate or incised: fls small, largely
whitish or purplish, in terminal leafy spikes; calyx
mostly 4-cleft; corolla 2-lipped ; stamens 4, didynamous,
ascending under the upper lip: caps, oblong, many
seeded, dehiscent The species range in temperate
and cold parts of the globe, several of them being N.
American.
EUPTfcLEA (Greek eu, well, handsome, and ptelea,
elm) Trochodindrdccar. Ornamental woody suojects
grown for their handsome foliage; also the red anthers
of the precocious flowers are conspicuous in early spring.
Deciduous shrubs or small trees, \vmter-buds con-
spicuous, with imbricate dark brown scales Ivs alter-
nate, sU'ndcr-petioled, dentate fls before the Ivs , m
axillary clusters along labt year's branches, perfect,
without perianth; stamens many, with large oblong-
linear, red anthers carpels many, stipitate, oblique,
with a decurrent btigma, developing after the stamens
have dropped, growing into a .small, slender-stalked
obliquely winged 1-4-seeded nutlet — Three species m
Japan, Cent and W China, and E Himalayas
They are graceful bubhy trees resembling the linden
in habit and foliage; the bright green leaves are very
slender-stalked, and the tree is conspicuous m early
spring from the bright red anthers of its flowers E.
polyandra has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum
and possibly E. Franchctn is of the same hardiness.
They seem to grow well in a loamy well-drained soil
and prefer somewhat moist situations. Propagation is
by seeds or by grafting on their own roots
polyAndra, Sieb. & Zucc Figs 1450, 1451. Shrub or
small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs long-petioled, usually round-
ish ovate, cuspidate, coarsely and irregularly dentate,
below pale green and slightly pubescent on the veins,
2-4 in. long: carpels usually 1 -seeded, ^m long. April.
Japan. S Z 72 SI F T41 Gng. 16:162.
Franchetii, Van Ticghem (E Davulitina, Hemsl ,
not Baill ). Tree, to 40 ft : Ivs long-petioled, usually
roundish-ovate, cuspidate, fairly regularly sinuate-
dentate, light green below, 2-4 in, long: carpels usually
2-3-seedecL April Cent and W. China. H.I. 28:2787.
V.F.9.
E. pleiosptrma, Hook. f. & Thorns (E Davidiana, Baill ).
Closely related to E. Franchetu Lvs. glaucous below carpels
somewhat larger. W. China, E. Himalayas.
ALFRED REHDER.
EtJRYA (Greek for large, but of no application).
Ternstrcemidccse (or The&cex). Shrubs of S. Asia and
Malaya (30 or more species), with small dioecious fls ,
berry-like frs , and simple, glabrous evergreen Ivs. : fls.
in axillary clusters, or rarely solitary; petals and sepals
5: stamens 15 or less (rarely only 5), joined to the base
of the corolla: ovary usually 3-loculcd. Cleyera is by
some included in this genus. The euryas are allied to
camellias, and require much the same treatment.
They are grown for foliage rather than for fls. They
require an intermediate temperature and a peaty soil.
Prop, by cuttings taken from the tips of growing shoots.
E japfinica, Thunb. (E. Siebdldn, Hort.), is the com-
mon species, and is very variable. The variegated form
of it (known in the trade as E. latifdlia vanegdta) is one
of the best glasshouse decorative pot shrubs' Ivs.
variable in shape, usually ovate-acuminate and irregu-
larly toothed or notched, short-petioled, variously
blotched with white, fls. greenish white, in small,
axillary clusters. Japan. V. 23:5. L H. B
BURY ALE (mythological name) Nymph&aceae One
species, the Indo-Chinese representative of Victoria
regia, from which it differs m
having all the stamens fertile
(in Victoria the inner ones are
stenle) and in the very small fl
and m other technical characters
E. fdrox, Salisb , is the species.
The Ivs. are 1-4 ft. across, circu-
larj purple and spiny-ribbed
beneath, dark green and uneven
above: fls about 2 in. broad,
open by day, prickly outside;
calyx reddish inside and the 20-
30 purple petals shorter than
the calyx-lobes; stamens numer-
ous fr a small many-seeded,
globular berry, bearing the re-
mains of the calyx on its top;
seeds edible B.M 1447.— Long
cult in China Treated as an
annual. Has attracted little at-
tention since the intro of Victo-
ria. Prop, by seeds only, which
are best stored in fresh cold
water. Plant in rich earth as
for nympheas, at 70-75° F. As
far north as Philadelphia and
St. Louis it is hardy, sowing
itself every season." It is feroci-
ously spiny.
E amaz6mca, Poepp , still advertised
in catalogues, IB Victoria regia.
H. S. CONARD.
Ww. THICKER.
EURYANGITJM: Ferula.
EURYCLES (Greek-made
name, of no particular applica-
tion). Amaryllidacex Two south
hemisphere tumcated- bulbous
plants, allied to Hymenocalhs and
Pancratium. Fls white or whit-
ish, umbellate on peduncles 12-18
in. long; perianth - tube cylin-
drical, the segms. oblong-lanceolate, ascending and nearly
equal, stamens inserted in the throat of the tube- Ivs
broad and stalked, with prominent curving veins and
interlocking veinlets. E. sylvestris, Salisb. (E. amboin-
tnsis, Loud.). BRISBANE LILY. Scapes 1-2 ft , bearing
an umbel of 10-40 handsome, creamy white fls (2 in.
across): Ivs. round-cordate, with a very short, blunt
point; blooms in May and June in Eu., the Ivs appear-
ing later. B.M. 1419 (as Pancratium amboinense).
B.R. 715 (as Pancratium australasicum) . R H. 1879,
p 456 and p. 457 (as E. australasica); 1913, p. Ill
G.W. 11, p. 583. G.Z. 24, p. 25. Malaya, Philippines,
N. Austral.— Cult, apparently as for pancratiums.
L. H. B.
EtTRYOPS (large eyes, because of the prominent
fls.). Campfate, Small shrubs of 25-30 species of Afr.
(mostly S. Afr.), Arabia and Socotra, very little known
in horticulture. The fls. are yellow, the heads with
female rays and tubular 5-toothed perfect disk-fls.;
receptacle convex or conical; involucre of 1 series of
scales achene wingless and beakless, the pappus of
several rows of caducous bristles. These little bushes
or underfrhrubs grow from H~3 ft., or sometimes 5 ft.,
1451. Flowers of
Euptelea polyandra.
(Natural size )
1176
EURYOPS
high. They are bloomed in the greenhouse or grown in
the open in mild climate*. None seems to be regularly
in the trade.
EfrSCAPHIS (Greek, eu, handsome, and scaphis,
vessel; alluding to the shape and the handsome color
of the dehiscent capsule). Staphyledcese. Ornamental
woody plant grown for its handsome foliage and the
attractive fruits.
Deciduous upright shrub or small tree, glabrous: Ivs.
opposite, odd-pinnate, stipulate: fls. in terminal upright
pamclee, perfect; sepals, petals and stamens 6, all of
nearly equal length; ovary 2-3-celled, surrounded at
the base by an annular disk; styles 2-3, often connate:
fr. consisting of 1-3 spreading, leathery dehiscent pods,
each with 1-3 black seeds.— -One species in Japan and
Cent. China. A handsome plant with large pinnate
Ivs., small whitish fls. in upright panicles followed by
attractive brownish red frs. disclosing shining black
seeds when opening. It grows in any good garden soil,
but is only half-hardy N. Prop, by seeds and green-
wood cuttings under glass.
jftft6nica, Dipp. (E. staphykoWes, Sieb. & Zucc.
Samliicus japdnica, Thunb.). Shrub, to 10 ft : Ifts.
7-11, ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, serrate, 1J4-3 m long,
each with 2 small stipules: fls. in broad many-fld.
panicles to 6 in. long: fr. consisting of 1-3 pods, Hin.
long, apiculate, each with 1-3 steel-blue seeds. May,
June; fr. Aug., Sept. Japan. S.Z. 67. S.I.P. 1:70.
ALFRED REHDER.
EtSTOMA (good mouth, alluding to the corolla).
Genhanacese. Two or 3 N American large-fld. glaucous
opposite-lvd. small herbs, fls. more or less paniculate,
single on the peduncles. 5-merous or rarely 6-merous;
calyx with narrow keelea lobes; corolla nearly campanu-
late, white, blue or purple, the lobes oblong or obovate,
usually erose; stamens attached on the corolla-throat;
ovary 1-celled; stigmas 2: caps, oval or oblong, many-
seeded. £. selenifollum, Salisb. (E. exaMtum, Griseb.).
Annual, but in S Calif, said to be perennial, 9-15 in.
erect: Ivs. oblong, glaucous-green: fls. light blue or pur-
ple, the corolla-lobes about or nearly 1 in. long, twice
exceeding the tube. Fla. to Calif. Offered in Calif.
EfrSTREPHUS (Greek, referring to the climbing
habit). Liliacex. One or two Australian plants,
botamcally related to Lapageria. but much loss showy;
in habit suggestive of smilax (Asparagus medeoloides).
Plants more or less woody at base, slender, branching,
tall-cbmbmg: Ivs. alternate, sessile or short-petiolea:
fls. 2 to many, in axillary fascicles; periantn-segms.
distinct and spreading; stamens 6. E. latifdlius, R.
Br., is a tall and much-branched half-twining herb,
more or less woody at the base, bearing alternate,
stiff, linear-lanceolate, short-stalked Ivs and small,
axillary, drooping light blue fls. with spreading, ciKate
perianth-segms. : fr. a dry berry: Ivs. 2-4 in long, sharp-
pointed: fls less than 1 in. across. B M. 1245. Of easy
cult., either in the glasshouse border or m pots. Very
useful for table decoration and for design work.
L. H. B.
BtrrACTA: Araucana.
EUTAXIA (from Greek words referring to the attrac-
tive appearance). Leguminbase. Shrubs of Austral,,
with golden or yellow papilionaceous fls., one of which
is offered for greenhouse cult.: Ivs. small, opposite,
simple and entire: fls. solitary or ft few together, or
sometimes crowded at ends of branches; standard
orbicular, entire or nearly so, exceeding the other petal*;
stamens free: pod ovate, 2-valved. Said to require
general treatment of Chorizema. E. myrtifdlia, R. Br.
Glabrous. 2-3 ft.: Ivs. obovate-oblong to linear, mostly
J£in. or less long: fls. yellow with dark orange keel,
solitary or 2-4 together. B.M. 1274 (as Dillwynia).
R.B. 26 : 13. Var. floribtnda is listed .
EUTERPE
EUTERPE (mythological name). Palmacex, tribe
Arbcex. Slender erect spineless palms, with solitary
or fasciculate ringed oaudiceo, and grown chiefly for
their graceful habit and feathery pinnate foliage.
Leaves terminal, equally pmnatisect; segms. nar-
rowly linear-lanceolate, long, and gradually acuminate
or ensiform, membranaceous, plicate, the thickened
margins recurved at the base; rachis and petiole 3-
sidea toward the base, convex on the back, concave
above; petiole elongated; sheath very longj- cylindrical,
entire: spadix paniculately branched: rachis elongated:
branches slender, gradually shortening above, usually
scaly, thick at the base, erect-spreading in fl. • spathes 2,
coriaceous or membranaceous, lanceolate, the lower one
shorter, split at the apex, doreally 2-keeled, the upper
one symmetrical, split down the ventral side* bracts
bordering the furrows; bractlets ovate-acute: fls.
small, white, sessile in the furrows of the spadix: fr.
like a pea, purple. — Species about 8. Trop. Amer. and
W.Indies. G.C. II. 24 : 586.
Three species of Euterpe are commonly found in
cultivation, namely: E. edulis, E. montana and E.
oleracea. These are found under varying conditions in
Centnal and South America and the West Indies, and
all three species are valuable as food-producers to the
natives of those countries. E. edidis grows in great
quantities in the lowlands of Brazil, where it is known
as the assai palm, owing to the fact that its seeda are
macerated in water, and by this means is produced a
beverage known as assai E. oleracea is the well-known
cabbage palm of the West Indies, growing in the low-
lands near the coast, while E. montana is the mountain
cabbage palm, and is frequently found at considerable
altitudes in the same islands, and consequently does not
attain the great dimensions of E. oleracea — The euter-
pes do not present any special cultural difficulties,
being free-rooting and rapid-growing palms; a night
temperature of 65° F , and abundant moisture are
among their chief requirements. A good turfy loam,
with the addition of about one-fifth of stable manure
while in the compost heap, provides a suitable soil.
From their habit of forming a tall slender stem with-
out suckenng from the base, the euterpes are liable to
become rather leggy specimens When under culti-
vation, and for trade purposes, it is advisable to group
three or four of the young plants together, thus pro-
ducing a more bushy specimen. White scale is one of
the worst pests to which these palms are subject, and
soon ruins the foliage unless care is taken Seeds germi-
nate in a few weeks if sown in a warm greenhouse, and
the young plants make better progress when moderately
shaded. (W. H. Taplin.)
cdWis,Mart. PARA PALM. ASSAI PALM St 60-90 ft.
high, 8 in. thick, flexuous: Ivs 10-15, spreading, the Ifts.
often pendulous; sheaths 3-4 M ft ; petiole \1A ft.;
blade 6-9 ft.; segms. linear. spreadmg; deflexed, 60-80
on each side, densely crowded, 28-36 m. long, %~1 in.
wide: spadix about 2-3 ft long, bearing numerous rather
inconspicuous fls. Brazil.
oleracea. Mart. CA*BAOK PALM. St. 60-100 ft.,
scarcely 1 ft. diarou at base, attenuate above, flexuous:
Ivs. arcuate-spreading, 4-6 ft, long, the apex more or
less deflexed; segms. pendent, linear -lanceolate, the
upper 2 ft. long, 1 in. wide, many-nerved. Brazil. See
Orcodoxa.
montfta*, R. Graham. St. 10 ft. high, swollen at the
base, ringed: Ivs. 9 ft. long, elliptical-obovato: segms.
lanceolate, entire, glabrous, alternate; petiole 2 ft.
long, scaly beneath, unarmed; rachia plano-convex
below, subtriangular toward the apex: spaaices several
on the trunk at one time, axillary, much branched; fls.
numerous, white. Grenada. B.M. 3874. — Intro, into
Botanic Garden at Edinburgh in 1815.
JARED G. SMITH.
N. TAYLOR.f
EUTOCA
BtTOCAt Phactlia.
EVAPORATING FRUIT. The domestic operation of
drying fruit has been practised ever since men looked
beyond their immediate wants and stored food for
time of greater need. Dried fruit has long been an
article of commerce, yet until a few years ago only the
most primitive methods were used in drying, ana the
industry) commercially, was confined to a few favored
regions in Europe. The modern industry is not yet a
half-century ola. Its almost inconceivable gjrowth in
America in this brief time is one of the industrial
phenomena of the timeg. Spurred into activity by the
encroachment of American products in their markets,
the European producers, by the adoption of better
methods, and by governmental encouragement, have
increased greatly their output of dried fruit. Thus,
from an adjunct to fruit-growing for home use. drying
fruit has become, within recent years, one of tne mam
branches of horticulture.
An idea of the dried-fruit industry in the United
States and of its great growth in recent years may be
obtained from the following figures from the census
of 1910 for the crop of 1909:
Raima 111,774,767 pounds, worth $4,897,033
Prunes 138,498,400 pounds, worth 5,130,412
Peaches 46,843,391 pounds, worth 2,423,083
Apple* 44,668,244 pound*, worth 3,008,005
Apricota , . . 29,205,569 pounds, worth 2,277,177
All other fruits .... 29,438,306 pounds, worth 2,073,695
Adding the valuations given, results in a grand total
of $19,840,395 for dried fruits in the year 1909. Com-
paring this sum with the census of 1900, one finds that
the crop in 1899 was valued at $4, 757,006 and that the
industry, judged by the figures, has increased more
than fourfold m ten years.
Fruit may be cured in the sun, or it may be cured in
drying-machines, called evaporators That cured in the
sun is called by the producer "dried fruit:" that in
evaporators, "evaporated fruit." By far the larger part
of the world's product is cured in the sun. Thus, at
least three-fourths of the fruit dried in America is
sun-dried in California.
Sun-drying fruit — In countries having a sufficiently
warm and dry climate, as Greece and Turkey, and
parts of France, Spam and western America, fruit IB
dried almost wholly in the sun. The fact that m these
favored localities the drying capacity is limited only
by the acreage of sunshine, makes it certain that the
proportion 01 sun-dried fruit will always be vastly
greater than that of evaporated fruit. Drying fruit in
the sun is a simple process, but one hedged in by many
little arts and methods that facilitate the work and
improve the product. In general, the process is as
follows* The fruit is graded, bleached by sulfur, if a
light-colored product is desired, in the case of prunes
dipped or pricked, and is then spread on trays to be ex-
posed to the sun When the drying process is completed,
the fruit is again graded, in most cases put through a
sweat, and then "finished" in various ways, as by dip-
ping or glossing.
Evaporating fruit. — There are many styles of evapora-
tors, but all possess in common a chamber for the
reception of the fruit, through which a current of warm
air is forced, or the fruit is forced through the air,
or both, the object being to remove the aqueous
matter from the fruit as quickly as possible, and the
principle being that warm air will absorb more moist-
ure than cool air. The saturated air must not remain
in contact with the fruit. Since different fruits exact
different conditions, it is necessary to change the
temperature and velocity of the air-current in the dry-
ing-chamber at will. To make the product homogene-
ous, current and temperature must be equal m all
parts of the evaporator. It is obvious that simplicity
in the machine and economy in heat and in room are
cardinal virtues in a good evaporator. It is the rule to
EVAPORATING FRUIT 1177
start the evaporation of large fruits at a low tempera-
ture and finish at a high one, but with berries the
reverse is true.
Recently two or three patented processes for curing
fruit by "dehydration" have been introduced with
much promise of betterment in the industry. While
the machinery, the methods and the products are quite
different in evaporating and dehydrating, the principle
in the two operations is practically the same. In both
processes the water is removed from the fruit by moving
currents of warm air. In evaporation the air is warmed
only. In dehydration the air is dried by cooling until
the moisture la condensed out and is then wanned and
passed over the fruit or vegetable to be cured. By the
new process much time is saved and a greater variety
of fruits and vegetables can be used.
The following are definitions of the somewhat techni-
cal terms used in the industry: Bleaching is the process
of changing the dark color of fruit to a lighter hue, or
of preventing the discoloration; it is generally accom-
plished by sulfuring. Bloaters are prunes which in dry-
ing swell up to an abnormal eize; they are usually pro-
duced by fermentation in over-ripe fruit. Chops are
dried apples cured without paring or coring to be used
in making cider or vinegar. Dipping is the process of
cutting the skin of fresh prunes to facilitate curing.
The operation is performed by submerging the fruit
in boiling lye. Cured fruit is sometimes dipped in one
of various solutions as a "finishing" process. Drip
is the syrupy liquid which oozes from prunes in the
process of evaporation; it generally characterizes a
poor prune or a poor evaporator. Frog* are cured
prunes having an abnormal shape, a condition caused
by curing unripe fruit. Pricking is the process of
puncturing the cuticle of fresh prunes. It is done by
means of a machine, the essential part of which is a
board covered with projecting needles, over which the
prunes must pass. It accomplishes the" same end as
lye-dipping. Sites is a term used to indicate the num-
ber of cured prunes it takes to make a pound. The
"four sizes" known in the markets are 60fs-70's, 70's-
80's, 80'8-90's, 90'8-100's. Sugaring is. the formation
of globules of sugar on the cuticle of cured prunes or
raisins Sulfunng is a process to which fruit is subjected
to give it a lighter color. The fruit is exposed to
fumes of burning sulfur before being exposed to the
sun or put in evaporators. Sweating is a process to
which cured fruit is subjected before packing; it is
put in a room at a high temperature and allowed to
become moist. Watte is a dried product made from
skins and cores of apples and pears and used for vinegar.
Apples and pears are peeled, cored, cut into rings
and bleached by being exposed to the fumes of sulfur
for about a half hour in preparation for drying or
evaporating. Fruits so prepared are placed upon
trays for sun-drying and must be cured in the sun for
three to five days. In evaporating in the western states,
the prepared fruits are placed on trays and passed in
from six to twelve hours through the evaporator
chamber, but in the East, where the product is chiefly
made, the prepared fruit is piled from 4 to 6 inches
deep on the floor of a kiln. Here it is left for fourteen
to sixteen hours, being turned every two or three hours,
until the fruit is no longer sticky, an indication that
it bus reached the proper stage of drvness. In New
York, the law requires that evaporated apples contain
not more than 27 per cent of moisture. One hundred
pounds of apples will yield from twelve to fifteen
pounds of evaporated apples.
Apricot*t peaches and nectarines must be fully ripe
before drying and without bruises. They are pitted,
and may or may not be peeled. If peeled, the opera-
tion is done with a machine or with lye, though the use
of the latter is considered bad practice. The fruit is
placed on the trays cup side up. About three days are
required for drying m the sun and about eight hours
1178 EVAPORATING FRUIT
EVERGREENS
for evaporating. The cured product should be of a
translucent amber color.
Berries are seldom sun-dried for the markets, For
evaporating they are placed on trays hi quantities of
sixteen to thirty quarts, given a temperature of about
175° at the start, and are
finished in four to five hours,
at a temperature of about 100°.
After being taken from the
evaporator, they are piled for
sweating in a warm, ventilated
room.
Figs for drying must be
gathered when fully ripe. Some
growers prefer drying in shade
. rather than in sun. Evapora-
tors are seldom used. The fruit
• is not allowed to dry hard, and
before packing must be well
sweated. Usually, for "finish-
ing," they are dipped hi salt
water or syrup. The drying process requires from five
to eight days.
Prunes are "allowed to ripen until they fall to the
ground. Before being spread on the trays they are
dipped or pricked in order to thin or crack the skin,
that the moisture may easily escape, and dripping be
prevented. Sun-drying requires from one to three
weeks, while from twelve to thirty hours are required
for evaporation. A thorough sweat prevents the
sugaring so common to this fruit. Before packing they
traded f
1455. The method of binding
up the roots.
1452. Where to dig in
removing an evergreen.
Dipping as a "finish-
ing" process is practised by many pro-
gra
"
ducers. A good prune is soft, smooth and
meaty, with loose pit, and of an amber,
dark red or golden hue, depending upon
the variety.
Grapes for raisins are sun-dried. They
must be picked when fully ripe, the
bunches, and the berries on the bunches,
being sorted as the picking progresses.
The operation of drying must be watched
with care. The process requires from eight
to fourteen days, during which time the
bunches must be turned at least once. A sweat is given
before packing. Raisins are graded into half a dozen
or more brands for the market. u. P. HEDBICK.
and protection for its growth. There are many very
low evergreen plants that may contribute much to the
winter interest of a yard or garden, in the way of
edgings, masses, rosettes, and ground cover. The follow-
ing hsts indicate the materials that are now at the com-
mand of the planter.
Beyond tne latitude of
Lake Erie, the dependable
evergreens are mostly coni-
fers. At the Central Experi-
mental Farm at Ottawa,
those deciduous plants that
hold their foliage fairly late
in the autumn are mostly too
tender for use. A few good
plants, however, are, Oregon
grape (Mahonia), bearberry
(Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi),
Pachysandra terminahs, shrub
yellow-root (Xanthorrhiza apiifolia), and Qwercws imbri-
cana. The Oregon grape is perhaps the most useful
evergreen there for ground-covering. The hardier
species of Ligustrum arc also fairly satisfactory, but
most of the species of this genus leave so much dead
wood after winter that in very large masses they are
liable to be unsightly. Many attractive conifers are
reliable at Ottawa, in the genera Abies, Chameecyparis,
Ginkgo, Jumperus, Picea, Pinus, Pseudotsuga, Taxus,
Thuja, Tsuga.
The uses of evergreens are discussed in other places
in the Cyclopedia, as under Arboriculture, Herbary,
Landscape-Gardening, Lawn-Planting, Per-
ennials, Rock-Gardening, Screens, Shrubbery,
Topiary Work, Wild-Garden, Windbreaks,
Winter-Gardening. For lists of evergreens
for California, see pp. 379-381 (Vol. I).
L. H. B.
Moving large evergreens.
Figs. 1452-1457.
EVERGREENS. In horticulture, evergreens are
plants that retain g^-een foliage the year around; they
do not shed all their foliage at any one time; in some
cases, the individual leaves may remain attached and
green for some years, as in many of the Conifer®, but
in all evergreens the old leaves shed after a time when
they become so overshadowed or crowded as to be no
longer functional. The leaves of pines and spruces
may persist three to fifteen years.
In the popular mind, "evergreen" and "conifer" are
synonymous; but some conifers — as the taxodiums
and larches — are deciduous. Moreover, in the tropics
very many trees aside from conifers are evergreen, as
notably the palms.
Evergreens may be classi-
fied as coniferous and broad-
leaved, the latter including
such plants as rhododendron,
kalmia, mahonia, box and
many others. The number
of plants that are evergreen
in the latitude of New York
City is very large. Few per-
sons recognize the wealth of
good winter greenery that
may be securea by exercising
1454. The roots bound up, careful choice of material and
and tree being loaded. providing proper conditions
Large evergreens arc moved with a
1453 Digging up an evergreen, ball of earth Decause they have no dor-
mant period, but carry their foliage and
need moisture at all times of the year. It is essential
that the ball of earth contains a sufficient amount
of small fibrous feeding roots to support the tree
and that the tree be kept well watered for two or
more seasons until the tree has spread its roots over
sufficient area to gather enough rainfall to sustain the
normal growth. The exlent of fibers in the ball is
>y transplanting and root-pruning. Root-
pruning is less essential witn trees having an abundance
of fibrous roots than with trees having only a few large
coarse roots in the central portion. Some trees, as
white pine, will survive with a comparatively small
number of roots, their drought-resistant qualities
enabling them to persist with a small Hiipnly of mois-
ture. Other evergreens, as Nordmann'b fir, nave a long
carrot-like taproot, and tho tree is likely to die if this
is cut and the tree given an
inadequate quantity of water.
Frequent nursery transplant-
ing is. therefore, necessary
with this species.
Trees are dug by starting
a trench at a radius from the
tree about 3 feet wider than
the ball of earth to be taken
The roots are cut off on the
outside of the trench and the
soil dissected out from be-
tween the roots back to the
size of the ball These 14W> Di ^ the hole ,n
roots are bent around against frozen ^'4 to receive the
the ball of earth if they are tree.
EVERGREENS
EVERGREENS
1179
flexible enough to bend. If not sufficiently flexible and
tractable, they are cut off.
A canvas is made 15 to 24 inches deep, and is made
emaller at the bottom by folding over a V and sewing
it. This makes it fit a conical ball and, when it is
pulled up 3 inches by the cross-lashing at the top, makes
it tighter. The canvas has cross-ropes sewed on it with
rings at the top and bottom, and on the deeper balls
two rows of rings m the middle . The bottom rope is
tightened by a wooden lever 20 inches long with four
holes, the rope being looped through the holes and the
lever thrown over to pull the rope tight. The top rope
is then tied and tightened by cross-lashing.
To get the ball free from the subsoil, dig under all
around and tip the tree slightly. Level off the bottom
with a fork. If there are tap-roots, tunnel under and
cut them with a saw. Put a platform as far under as
possible and tip the tree back. To get the ball in the
center of the platform, put a hammock around the ball
and pull. Hold the platform in position by crowbars
driven in front of it. Lash the ball to the platform,
make an incline, drag the platform out of the hole onto
a truck or sled. Skids ^^
with small wheels set in
thorn about 1 foot apart
enable a team to load a
ball quickly. With balls
10 to 15 feet feet in diam-
eter and 20 inches deep,
jacks and pipe rollers an1
needed.
14S7. Transporting a large evergreen tree.
Trees over 10 feet need to be tipped over to go under
wires. If the canvas is put on tight and at the proper
taper, and if the ball is cut flat to fit close to the plat-
form and lashed tight to the platform, the tipping
can be done without the ball shaking loose. Sometimes
a canvas or burlap bottom can be put between the
platform and the ball. In unloading, the tree is stood
up, team hooked to the platform and the tree dragged
off to the ground The tree may drop 2 feet without
injury. The platforms are dragged to the hole and
balls less than 4 feet rolled into the hole. Larger
balls have the platform dragged into the hole and the
platform pulled out holding the tree in position by a
hammock. To straighten the tree, tramp the earth
solid under it until it stands erect. Take off the canvas,
spread out the side roots, pack the earth and anchor as
with deciduous trees. Keep the ball moist; examine
it once a month or more often by digging or boring
into the ball during the first two years. Evergreens
moved with a too small ball or with not enough fibers
in the ball or with the watering neglected, may grow 3
inches a year for the first two or three years. If prop-
erly moved, they will grow 6 inches or more a year —
half their normal growth.
Deciduous trees may be moved with balls of earth
by the above method, and it has proved an aid with
difficult species, as beech, oak, liquidambar, tulip
Especially when previously transplanted or root-
pruned, the above trees 3H inches in diameter moved
with a ball of earth 4 feet in diameter are verv suecess-
75
1458. Picea excelsa, the Norway
spruce. One of the 'most popu-
lar coniferous evergreens.
ful, while without a ball many are lost or the growth is
much slower. Investigation should be made to see
whether this is because of less disturbance of the
roots or because there is carried with the roots and soil
a mycelium of a fungus which aids the roots to take
up plant-food and mois-
ture.
The time of year for
moving trees is of minor
importance. It is over-
emphasized by purchaser,
landscape architects and
nurserymen, and results
in heavy financial loss to
nurserymen in congesting
Rales and their own plant- j
mg in the short spring* •
season. It greatly lessens
the total amount of plant-
ing needed for 1
shelter - belt, landscape, i
fruit, and other economic '
purposes. A nurseryman
may plant all the year.
Evergreens can be taken
up with a ball of earth even in May and June. The
new growth may curve down. After June 20, the
hpruces, and after July 10, the pines, are firm enough
not to wilt. August-September sales with a ball of
earth are just as successful as April. The ground is
uarm and the roots grow rapidly; the ground can be
made moist. Weather in September is less dry than
in May and June.
Small evergreens up to 2 feet high may be planted
in August ana September from one part of the nursery
to another without balls of earth, if the roots are very
carefully dissected out without breaking'. There will
be more failures if the week following planting is hot
and dry.
Planting with balls of earth
may continue all winter,
especially if the ground is
mulched to keep out the frost
and permit economical dig-
ging of the tree and the hole.
The frozen ball of earth is
an old method, frequently ^
referred to, but is not an aid.
If the ball is frozen solid and
remains so for one or two
months with dry winds, the
top may dry out and die as
has occurred with red cedar.
If the ball is not frozen, sap
can come up to take the
place of that lost by trans-
piration.
A ball of earth 3
feet in diameter ia
needed for an ever-
green 8 to 10 feet
high ; 4 H feet in diam-
eter for an evergreen
15 feet high, except
rod cedar which can
have a ball 3 feet; a
ball of earth 12 feet
in diameter is needed
for a pine 35 feet high.
Root -pruning pines,
spruce and hemlock,
permits moving the
following year with a
smaller ball than
otherwise. In root-
pruning, the trench
1459. Picturesque field pine,
remnant of a forest
1180
EVERGREENS
EVERGREENS
can go three-quarters of the way around or three or
four of the larger roots can be left across the trench
to keep the tree from blowing over. Root-pruning of
red cedars is of less advantage and is rarely practised.
In New England and northern New York, the pme,
spruce and hemlock, have only a few coarse roots just
under the surface and no roots extending 2 feet deep.
When moved to better-drained soils on the coastal
plain, they develop deeper roots and have ten times as
many fibers m a ball 4 feet m diameter. The above
evergreens with their shallow root-systems can be
taken up with a disc of roots, peat ana grass 8 inches
deep and 3 to 4 feet wide. This can be set on a wagon
and trees 10 to 15 feet high easily moved. Less roots
1460. The beauty of young evergreens lies in their symmetry
and the preservation of the lower limbs.
will be broken or bare if the ball is tied in burlap. The
usual cause of failure in this operation is neglect of
watering. Hemlocks and probably other trees will be
aided by shading for the first two months.
HENRY HICKS.
Woody evergreens for New England and New York.
Ba»Broad-leaved evergreens.
s—Semi-evergreen
p™Protected at Arnold Arboretum, Boston.
T-= Tender above New York City.
BBT Abeha chinensis.
SBP Abelia grandiflora
BT Abeha umflora.
T Abies amabtlu.
Abiea appollima.
Abies balsaraea.
Abies cephaloraca,
Abies cihcica,
Abies concolor
Abies Fraseri
T Abies grandis.
Abies homolepis—A. brachyphylla.
Abies magnifica
Abies nobihs.
Abies Nordmanniana.
Abies pectmata— = A. Pioe*.
Abies Pioea
T Abies Pinsapo
T Abies shastensb
Abies sibirica.
Abies Veitchii
BT Actena microphylla
BT Actena ovabfoua.
BS Akebia lobata
B8 Akebia quinata.
B Alyssum oaxatile.
B Andromeda floribunda=Pieri« Soribunda.
B Andromeda glaueophylla.
BP Andromeda faponica^Pieria Japonica.
BT Andromeda nitidft«»Lyonia nitida.
B Andromeda poll fob a.
BS Andromeda speriosa=»Zenobia speoiosa.
BT Arbutus Mensierf.
BBP
SBP
BBP
BBP
Arbutus Unedo.
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi
Arundinaria chrysantba
Arundinaria Fortunei var vanegata.
Arundinaria Hindaii.
Arundinaria japoniea.
Aubrietia deltoidea.
Aucuba japonioa
Azalea amoena^Rhododendron amoanum.
Azara microphylla.
Bacchans hahmifoha.
Baochans patagomca.
Bacchana salicma.
Bambusa nana
Borbcns anstata See Mahonw. for evergreen barberries with
compound leaves.
Berbens buxifoha.
Berberis Gugnepainu.
Berberia ilicifoha, Hort =»Neubertn.
Berberia Ne»ubertii«"=B vulgaria x M aquifolmm. Foliage
intermediate drying and turning brown in winter and both
single and trifoliate loaves on same plant.
Berberis Sargent mna (one of the beat).
Berberia stenophylla.
Berbcns verruculosa.
Borbens Walhchiana, Hort =*B. Sargentiana.
Berbens Wilsonte (leaves brown).
Bignonia capreolata
Biota orientaJiK=»Thuja orientalis.
Bruckenthaha spicuhflora (light leaf-mulch).
Bryanthus euipctnforuus.
Bryanthus croctus
Bryanthus taxifohus==Phyllodoce cjerulea.
Buddleia japoniea.
Buddleia Davidii (vanabius) var magmfica.
Buddleia Davidii var. supcrba
Buddleia Davidii var. WiUonu.
Bumelia lanugmosa.
Buxus japoniea
Buxus sempervirens.
Calluna vulgana, vars. alba, elata, rubra, tomentosa (light
leaf-mulch )
Carriena calyclna.
Caryotaxua==Torreya.
Cassiope hypnoides.
Cassiope tetragona.
Castanopsis chrysophylla.
Ceanothua Fend ten.
Cedrus atlantica
Cedrus Deodara
Cedrus Libani
Cephalotaxus drupacea
Cephalotaxua Fortunei
Cercocarpus parvifolius
Chama?batiara miliefohum.
Chamaecistus= Loiseleuru*.
Chamwcyparia Lawsomana
Chamjccypans nutkaenaw (C nootkatensu).
Chanisecyparis obtuaa, especially var nana.
Chamfficyparis pi«tifera
Charntecypans Hpharoidea
Chamcedaphne calyculata (leaves brown).
Chimaphila maculata.
Chimaphila umbcllata.
Chiogenes hispidula.
Ciatus laurifonus
Clematis paniculata.
Clematis Armandn
Cocculua Thunbergu
Corema Conradu
Cotonoaster adpressa \
Cotoneaater buxifolia I
Cotoneaster Dam men
Cotoneaster homoatalia ,
Cotoneaster microphylla 1
Cotoneaster salicifoha /
Cryptomena japoniea.
Cupressus Macnabiana.
Cytisua capitatus.
Cytisus mgrican*.
Cytiaus purgans.
Daboecia pohfolia (light leaf-mulch).
Daphne Blagayana.
Daphne Cneorum.
Daphne Houtteana.
Daphne Laureola.
Daphne pontica.
Diapensia lapponica.
Distyhum racemosum.
Dryae octopetala (better with winter shade).
Elaagnus umbellata.
Empetrum mgrum.
Ephedra distachya.
Ephedra gerardiana.
Epigrea repeuj.
Erica carnca
(light leaf-mulch).
p Ertea v
ST Evonymus amencana.
BS Evonymus Bungeana var. semipersistena
EVERGREENS
EVERGREENS
1181
v* Bronymus Japonica.
B Evonyraus nana (leaves bronze).
Evonymus nana var. Koopmannii (leavea bronze).
BT Evonymua patens
a Evonymua radicana, in variety, especially vegeta and Car-
BT Garrya elhptica
BT Garrya Freinontii.
BT Garrya Veitchu var. flavescens.
B Gaultberia procumbens.
B Gaylussacia brachycera.
B8 Genista elata.
BS Genista gernmnica.
BPB Genista pilosa.
BPS Genwta procumbens.
BB Genista tinctoria.
B Hcdora helix (tender in exposed places, safer with winter
shade)
BS Helianthemum vulgare.
as Hippophafi rhamnoidea.
a Hyutiopua officmalia.
B8 Hypcricum
B Iberia aeruporvirena.
B Iberia tenoreana
PB Ilex cretmta
B Ilex crenata microphylla,
B Ilex glabra
B Ilex opaca
B Ilex rugosa
BT Ilex vonutoria.
BT Jasmumm hutmlc=J revolututn, Hort
Jumporus (.hincnsw in variety, especially procumbens.
Jumpcrua cuinmunia in variety, especially fastigiata, hiber-
nica and nana
Jumporus nahma in variety, especially humiha, proatrata and
tamansdfolia
Jumperus virginiana in variety, especially globosa, procum-
bc-ns and tnpartita.
B Kalrma imRUStifolia
B Kalmm glauca
B Kalmm latifoha
B Ledum grfienlandicum.
B Ledum palustro
B Leiophyllum buxifohum.
B Ixrucothoe axilUna
B Ix-utothofi CateabttL
BS Ix?ucothofl ruct mosa
T Libocedrua dcoumn*.
BS Ligustrum Ibota vir myrtifoliunu
B8 LigtiBtrum nl rangy! ophyllum.
BHT I igustrum o\alifohum
B Ligustnim Pruttn
BS Ligustrum % uljzaro
B I.inna-a borcahs
Ix>iseleuna procumbena,
us Ix)iuccra fragrantuituma.
BH Lonicora Henryl
BS Lonirora japonica(=» L Hnllcana) in vanety
B8 Ixinicera Himilis var Delavayi
BS Lomcera Standmhii
BB Lomcera Standishu var lancifolia.
B8 IvOnicera xylosteum
Ba Lynurn chmenae
BB Lycmm halinnfolmm»L vulgare
I ycopo«iium annotmum.
Lycopodium cla\atuin
I.ycopodium complanatum.
Lycopodium lucidulum
Lycopodium obscurum
BT Lyonm mtida»*Andromeda nitido.
aa MaRnolia elauca
B Mahonia Aqui folium
B Mahonia Fortune!
BP Mahonia japonic* V Formerly included in
a Mahonia nepalensu [ Berbens.
B Mahonia nervoaa
B Mahonia repena (moat hardy) .
B Mitchclla repcna
BT Osmanthua Aquifolium.
B Pachysandra terminahs.
B Pftchystima Canbyi
BP Pachyatima Myraimtes.
BT Pernettya angustifoha.
BT Pernettya mueronata.
BT Phillyr*a decora
Phyllodoce carulea=Bryanthua taxifohua.
B Phylloetachya floxuosa.
B Phylloatachyt Marliacea.
B Phylloatarhya violascena.
Picea Abiea==P excelaa.
Plcea ajanenaia.
Picea Alcockiatia.
Picea alba—P canadenflia.
Picea Engclmanmi.
Picea excelsa— P. Abies
Pioea excelsa var. Barryi.
Picea excclsa var. clanbrasiliana,
Picea exoelaa var. Ellwangeriana.
Picea exoelaa var. Gregonaoa.
Picea excelaa var. MaxwellU.
Picea exoelaa var. pendula.
\ Formerly mi
/ Berbei
) )
Picea excelsa var puraila.
Picea excelsn var pygmsea.
Picea excelaa var pyramidalu.
Picea Manana=P nigra.
Picea MenBie«u~=P. pungena.
Picea nigra and var DoumeUU.
Picea omorika
Picea onentahs
Picea pohta==P. Torano.
Picea pungens.
Picea rubra
T Picea sitchensia.
Pie ris= A nd roracda
Pinus austnaca.
Pinus Bank»iana==P. divancata.
Pin us cenibra
Pinus denwnora and var pumila.
Pmus divancata
Pinus ochmata
Pinus edulia.
T Pinus cxce Isa.
Pinu-j floxiha «
T Pinus JefTreyi
Pinus rnontana
Pinu1} monticola
Pitnis palustris
Pinus parviflora
Pmua ponderosa.
Pinus resinosa.
Pinus ngida
Pinus iStrobus
Pinua Hylvestria.
Pmua Ta>da.
P»nus Thunbergu,
Pinus virginiana
B Polygala chamftbuxua
B Potentilla tridentata (leaves brown-purple).
BP Prunua Laurocera^us var aohipkaensia
Psruflotsiiga taxifoha==P mueronata or P. Douglanl
BT Pyracantha coctmea var Lalandu
BT Pyracantha coccmea var pauciflora
Pyxulanthera barbulata.
3A Querous unbricana
BT Quercus macedonica.
BTS Quercus Libam
BS Quercus Turnen.
Retmoapora decussata—Thuja onentalia var. decussata.
Ketmospora dubia'^R ericoides, Hort
Ketmospora Ellwangcnana
lietmospora encoidea, Zucc =Cham£ecyparis aptueroidea
var encoidea
Retinospors encoidea, Hort ==Thuj» occidentalua ericoide*.
Rctmospora fihooides
Retinospora nhfera
Rctmospora lumperoidet
Retmoapora leptoclada,
\ar andelyensu
Retinospora lycopodioides.
Retmcwpora meldenwa.
Retinospora obtusa.
Retmoupora pisifera.
Retinospora ngida—R decussata.
Retinospora Sioboldu—R. decussata.
Retinospora Sfjuarrosa, Sieb & Zucc — Chamaecyparia pi«f-
era \ar squarrosa
Retinospora stjuarroaa, Hort.— R decussata.
BT Rhamnus Alaternus
BTS Rhamnus hybrida
B Rhodociendron arbutifolmm.
B Rhotlodendron brachycarpum.
B Rhododendron cahformcum.
B Rhododendron caro!inianum=»R punctatum, in part
B Rhododendron catawbicnae.
B Rhododendron caucasicum.
B Rhododendron frrrugmeum.
B RhodotJendron hirsutum
B Rhododendron maximum.
B Rhododendron Metterniohi.
B Rhododendron mmus=«R. punctatum, in part
B Rhododendron myrtifohum.
BT Rhododendron ponticum.
B Rhododendron iraecox var. "Early Gem" (flowers often
caught by earw frost).
B Rhododendron Wilsomi, Hort.=-R arbutifolmm (true Rhodo-
dendron Wilaomi is tender and not cultivated in the United
States!
B Rhodothamnua chanuccistus=« Rhododendron chamecistus.
B8 Rosa wichuraiana
BB Rubus lacmiatus (leavea bronze).
BS Rubus epectabiha var. plena«=R frutioocua.
B8 Ruta graveolens.
B Salvia officmaha.
Sciadopitya verticillata.
T Sequoia sempervtrena.
T Sequoia Washingtomana,
BT Smilax laurifolla
SB Spiraea cantoniensis.
Taxus baccata in variety, especially repandena, which ia the
moat hardy English yew.
Taxua canadensia.
Taxus cuapidata (best and hardiest of all yews).
, =R decussata.
Hort »»Cham»cypari8 sphseroidea
1182
EVERGREENS
EVERGREENS
Taxus cuspidata var. brevifoha or nana.
Teuormm cbamiedrya.
T Thuja pgantea— T. plioata
Thuja japomca
Thiua occidentabs in variety, especially plioata.
Thuja orientals m vanety, especially deoussata.
T Thujopaia dolobrata.
BS Thymus Serphyllum.
BS Thymus vulgaria.
Torreya nucifera.
T Torreya taxifolia.
Tsuga canadensis.
Tsuga carohmana.
Tauga diversifoha.
Tsuga heterophylla.
.' Tsuga mertensiana.
Tumion— Torreya
Ulex europeus
Vaccmium macrocarpon.
Vaccmium oxycoccus.
Vaccmium Vitis-Idsea.
Viburnum rhytidophyllum.
Vinca minor.
Yucca filamentosa.
B Yucca flaccida
B Yucca glauca=»Y. angustifoha.
BS Zenobia speciosa mtida
BB Zenobia speciosa var pulverulenta.
.
RALPH W. CURTIS.
Broad-leaved evergreens for Washington and
the South.
Broad-leaved evergreens hardy at Washington, D.C.
The evergreens and half evergreens of foregoing list
are also good.
\beha flonbunda.
Vucuba himalaica.
\ucuba japomca.
Aucuba japomca var. ooncolor
Huxus baleanca
Buxus sempervirens var.
arborescens
Buxus sempervirens var
Handsworthu
Buxus sempervirens var suf-
fruticosa
Cotoneaster Simonsu (nearly
deciduous at Washington)
Cotoneaster thymifoha (nearly
deciduous at Washington)
Liguatrum lucidum var. aureo-
margmatum
Ligustrum Quihom (half ever-
green)
Ligustrum sinenae (half ever-
Magnoha grandiflora
Daphne Laureola.
Elseagnus pungens var. reflexa.
Eriobotrya japomca.
Evonymus japomca var.
macrophylla.
Garrya elhptica.
.quifohum.
Ilex aqui
Vigustrum 1
Ligustrum iapomcum
___„ „ [green)
Nandina domestica
Osmanthus Aquifolium
Phillyrea anguatifoha
Photima serrulata.
Prunus Laurocerasus var
Bertim
Prunus Laurocerasus var
colchica
Prunus Laurocerasus var.
schipkaensis
Prunus Laurocerasus var
rotundifoha.
Pyracantha coccmea
Rhododendron amcenum
Rhododendron arbutifohum
Rhotlodcndron carolmianum
Rhododendron Hinodegm
Rhododendron minus
1461. Picea pungens. The two small tufts at the right
are P. ezcelsa var. Mazwelh
Broad-leaved evergreens hardy at Norfolk and South
Berbens congestiflora
Berbens Darwinu
Elaeagnua pungens var.
Simonn
Gardenia Jasminoides.
Gardenia Jasminoides var Fortune!
Hex cornuta
Laurus nobihs
Laurua regalis
LeucothoC acuminata.
Magnolia fuscata.
Magnolia Thompsoniana.
Manoma Fortunei
Mahonia nepalensis.
Mahoma tnfohata
Photima serrulate.
Prunus catohmana
Prunus huntamca.
s acuta
i Darlmgtonii.
,___jus sempervirens
fucca, aloifofia.
Yucca Treouleana
The following list of broad-leaved evergreens hardy
at Arnold Arboretum may also be expected to thrive
at Washington.
Abeha grandinora.
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi.
Azara microphylla.
Buddleia japomca.
Bumelia lanugmosa.
Bumeha lycioides.
Buxus japomca
Buxus sempervirens.
Cistus laurifohus
Cotoneaster buxifoha
Cotoneaster microphylla
Daphne Blagayana.
Daphne Cneorum
Daphne pontica.
Ilex crenata.
Ilex glabra.
Ilex opaca.
Ilex vcmitona.
Kalmia angustifoha.
Kalmia laUfoha.
LeucothoS axillaris.
LeucothoS Catesbsai.
Mahoma japonioa.
Pachistima Canbyi
Pachistima Myrsmites.
Pernettya angustifoha.
Pernettya mucronata.
Phillyrea decora.
Piens flonbunda,
Fiona japomca
Prunus Laurocerasus.
Pyracantha coccmea var.
Lalandii
Pyracantha coccmea var. pauoi-
flora
Rhododendron amcenum
Rhododendron indicum
Yucca filamentosa and varieties.
Yucca floccida and varieties
Yucca glauca.
Zenobia speciosa and varieties.
1462 Young trees of Pinus ponderosa, useful in the
Rocky Mountain region.
A list of broad-leaved evergreens in addition to those
recommended for Norfolk, Virginia, for the South
Atlantic and Gulf Coast regions and as far inland as
Augusta and Montgomery. Those marked "S" thrive
only m the warmest sections.
Prunus verBaillensis.
LiRuatrum nepalense
Metrosideros flonbunda (8).
Myrtus commums.
Nerium odorum.
Nenum Oleander.
Nenum splendens.
Olea fragrans
Othera japomca^Ilex integra.
Pittosporum Tobira.
Quercus suber
Ruscus aculeatua.
Thea Bohea
Trachycarpus Fortunei (S).
Viburnum odoratiasimum.
Arbutus Unedo
Ardisia crenulata
Berbens fascicularis.
Bumeha angustifoha
Bumeha tenax.
Camellia japomca (8)
Cinnamomum Camphora (8).
Cleyera japomca
Cytiaus cananensis
Cytisus fihpes
CytisUH monspessulanus
Gardenia flonda
Gardenia Fortunei
Gardenia radicans
Hchanthcmura ocymoides.
Ilhcium amsatum (S).
Leuoothofi acuminata.
Prunus lusitanica.
Viburnum suspensum.
Viburnum Tmus
Viburnum sandankwa.
F. L. MULFORD.
Plants that are evergreen on the middle
Great Plains.
It must be remembered that on the Great Plains
the conditions vary enormously, and that few plants
naturally range over the whole area, or are capable
of being successfully grown in artificial plantations
throughout the whole area Two special localities are
frequently mentioned in the list. Arbor Lodge is the
arboretum established by the late J. Sterling Morton
at Nebraska City, within a few miles of the Missouri
EVERGREENS
EVERLASTINGS
River The University Arboretum is at Lincoln,
Nebraska, on the high prairies 60 miles west of the
Missouri River.
Trees.
Abiea balaamea (not common ).
Abies cepbalomca (Arbor Lodge, University Arboretum).
Abies cihcica (Arbor Lodge).
Abies concolor ( common ).
Abies nobihs (Arbor Lodge).
Abies Nordmanmana (Arbor Lodge).
Abies Picea (Arbor Lodge)=— A. pectmata
Abies Pinsapo (Arbor Lodge).
Abies Veitchn (Arbor Lodge; University Arboretum).
Chamset yparis pisifera (Arbor Lodge)
JumponiH scopulorum (native in western portion).
Jumperus virgmiana (native in eastern portion )
Juniperua virgimana var aurea vanegata (University Arboretum).
Jumperus virginmna var elegantissima (University Arboretum/.
Jumperus virgimana var. glauoa (University Arboretum)
Picea Aleockiana (Arbor Lodge, University Arboretum).
Pioea canadensis fcommonj =»P. alba.
Picea Engclmanni (rare)
Picea excelsa (common )=*P Abies
Picea excelsa var mverta (University Arboretum).
Pieea exoelsa var. puinila (University Arboretum)
Picea txcelaa var pumila compacta (University Arboretum).
Pioea manana (Arbor Lodge) —P. mgra.
Picca onentahs (Arbor Ixxlgc)
Picea mgra (University Arboretum)=P. manana
Picea mgra var Dournetti (University Arboretum).
Picea Parryana (cornnion)=P. pungcns
Picea pohta (Arbor Lodge, University Arboretum)«P Torano
Pinus austnaca (very common, University Arboretum)
Pmus austnaca var. cebennensis (monspeliensis) (University
A rboretum) .
Pmus cenibra (Arbor Lodge)
Pinus divuncata (common) =P. Bankaiana
Pmua laricio (Arbor Lodge).
Ptnus masHomana (Arbor I/odge)
Pmus montana (Arbor Lodge, University Arboretum).
Pmus resmosa (not common).
Pmus ngida (Arbor Ixxlge).
Pinus scopulorum (native in western portion)
Pirius .Mrobus (common)
Pinus sylvcatria (very common)
Psr udotsuga tawfoha (<ommon)=P Douglasu
Taxodiurn distichum (not common)
Taxus canadensis (Arbor Lodge)
Thuya occidentahs (common).
Thuya oriontalis (Arbor Ixxlge, University Arboretum)
T«uga canadensis (Arbor Lodge)
Shrubs
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (native in western portion).
Berbens ihcifoha (University Arboretum)
Buxus fnot common, tender at Unrversity Arboretum).
Evonyrnus japonira (Uni\ermty Arboretum)
Evonymus nana? (University Arboretum)
Kxonymus radicans (University Arboretum)
Hedera hchx (rarely hardy, tender)
Ilex opaca (rarely planted, tender)
Jumperus chine nsis (Urmer«uty Arboretum).
Jumperus commums var aurea (University Arboretum, tender)
Jumperus commums (natne in western portion, University
Arboretum)
Jumperus commums var hibermca (University Arboretum, tender).
Jumporus sabma var prostrata (University Arboretum).
Jumperus stricta (University Arboretum)
Ligustrvim Ibota (half evergreen, University Arboretum)
Ligustrum ovahfolium (evergreen, half hardy; University Arbore-
tum)
Ligustrum ovahfolium var aurea (half evergreen, hardy, University
Arboretum)
Ligustium vulgare (half evergreen, University Arboretum)
Ligustrum vulgare var buxifohum (evergreen, hardy, University
Arboretum)
Ligustrura vulgare var. fructealba (half evergreen; University
Arboretum).
Lomcera japomca var Halhana
Mahoma Aquifohum (native in western portion)
Rhododendron maximum (rarely planted; tender).
Smilax hispid a (half evergreen, native).
Yucca filamentosa (common)
Yucca glauca (native in western portion).
Herbs.
Equisetum hiomale (native throughout).
Equisetum Isevigatum (native throughout).
Equisetum scirpoidcs (native throughout).
Eqvusetum variegatum (native throughout).
Iris germamca
Ins pumila
Mamillana missouriensis (native in western portion).
Mamillaria viviparus (native in western portion).
Opuntia arborcscens (native in southwestern portion).
Opuntia camanchiana (native in southwestern portion).
Opuntia fragihs (native throughout).
Opuntia humifusa (native throughout).
Opuntia polyacantha (native throughout).
Opuntia tortispma (native in southern portion).
Pellsea atropurpurea (native throughout).
Salvia officmahs (common).
Selagmella rupestrw (native throughout).
Vinca minor (common).
Rosettes.
Many herbaceous plants have rosettes of green leaves
throughout the winter, the following being the more
conspicuous on the Great Plains.
Capsella Bursa-pastons (throughout the region, common cruciferous
weed, introduced long ago and known as "shepherd's purse")
Dianthus )
Plantago > (several species).
Rumex )
Fragana virgimana (throughout the region).
Geum cancdense (throughout the region).
Hieracium longipilum (in eaetert portion).
(Enothera bionms (throughout the region).
Pcntstemon grandifiorus (throughout the region).
Pyrola chlorantha (m the western portion).
Pyrola elhptica (in the western portion).
Pyrola secunda (in the western portion).
Taraxacum officmale (throughout the region); not green in
University Arboretum, Lincoln, except where covered by snow
Taraxacum erythrospermum. CHARLES E. BESSEY.
EVERLASTINGS. A term applied to flowers or plants
that retain their shape and other characteristics after
being dried; equivalent to the French word "immor-
telle." With everlastings are also included various
artificial or manufactured articles that imitate flowers
or plants.
The most important commercially of the flowers*
that retain their form and color in a dried state have
been the French immor-
telles, Helwhryaum arenas
num. These flowers are
used very extensively m
France m their natural yel-
low color, for the manufac-
ture of memorial wreaths
and crosses, which, being
conr tructed very compactly,
are exceedingly durable,
even in the severest weather, ft
and are exported m large v>
numbers to all parts of the
world The flowers bleached
white, or bleached and then
dyed m various colors, are
also shipped in enormous
quantities, either direct to
this country or by some of
the large exporting houses
of Germany In the United
States, however, the use of
these immortelles has fallen
off on account of the high
duty.
Approaching the French immortelles in aggregate
value have been the so-called "cape flowers,'* Heh-
chrysum grandiflorum, which formerly reached an
enormous sale m this country, and they largely sup-
planted the immortelles on account of their silvery
texture and greater beauty every way. They are natu-
rally white, but require bleaching in the sun to give
them the desired luster. They came from the Cape of
Good Hope, and reached this country mainly from
Hamburg. Of recent years, these products have been
less important m the American trade because of the
uncertainty of the crop? poor quality, and the competi-
tion of artificial materials There is now being made
in Germany an artificial "cape flower;" this flower is
made from paper and waxed, and is an excellent imita-
tion African cape. Large quantities of these goods are
being imported into this country, and they have
given great satisfaction to all florists that have used
them. Probably in time the German product will
1463. A mature field tree
of Pinus ponderosa.
1184
EVERLASTINGS
EVERLASTINGS
entirely supersede the natural African cape, more
particularly as each flower has a wire stem which the
florists attach to the toothpicks or sticks, and this
saws considerable labor.
The common everlasting of American and English
country gardens, Hehchrysum bracteatum, is the only
one of these flowers grown to any extent in North
America, and more or less extensive cultivation of it,
commercially, has been practised in this country but
a large percentage is still imported. These plants come
in white, straw and brown colors naturally, and take
readily to a variety of artificial tints; together with
Amrnobium alatum and the well-known globe amaranth,
Gomphrena globosa, they are grown ana used to a con-
siderable extent by the country folk in the construc-
tion of the many forms of wreaths, stars, and other
Christmas forms, which they sell in the city markets
in large quantities, but their sale by wholesalers and
jobbers for general consumption is very limited. Statice
incana, cultivated or wild from the swamps of southern
Europe, and Gypsophila in several species are used to
a considerable extent; and the sale of statice especially,
which is popular in combination with cape flowers in
memorial designs, is quite an item with tne dealers in
florists' supplies.
Of the dried grasses, the pampas plumes of California,
Cortadena argentea, native of South America, are the
only American production attaining any great commer-
cial importance. Their beautiful silky plumes, unap-
proached by any other horticultural product, are used
in enormous quantities for decorative purposes, and are
an important item of American export. They are used
mainly in a sun-bleached state, but more or less dyeing,
often parti-colored, is also done. Bromus brizseformia is
the most extensively used of the smaller grasses It is
mostly imported from Europe. It can be imported,
however, including duty, for about 25 per cent less^han
it is possible to grow it m this country. It is handled in
the natural state. Bnza maxima, another popular
grass, is grown in Italy. Bnza media, a medium-sized
grass, and Bnza minima, the flowers of which are as
fine as sawdust, are also handled in the same way as
Bnza maxima, very little of the B. minima being used
dyed, however. Phleum pratense, Stipa pennata, and
various kinds of oats have more or less commercial
value, being used considerably in the manufacture of
imitation flowers and straw goods, but from a florist's
standpoint they are not important The most impor-
tant commercially of the imported grasses is the
Italian wheat, the quantities used in this country for
the manufacture of sheaves for funeral purposes being
enormous, and increasing yearly. It comes in many
grades of fineness and length of stem. In this country
all attempts to cultivate it in competition with the
European product have failed. Of late years, a decora-
tive natural grass called "Minerva" and treated arti-
ficially is being imported in large quantities, and is
used by florists in combinations, making a very effec-
tive setting-on* to flowers in basket decoration.
Much use is now made in this country of the dried
twigs and foliage of ruscus This is grown m Italy,
and is shipped to Germany where it is prepared ana
dyed in many attractive colors. It holds its form well.
It is made up into wreaths and other articles, and
provides a good foliage effect.
Enormous use is now made of magnolia leaves pre-
pared and colored in brown, red and green. In former
years these goods were secured from Germany and
Italy, but they are no longer imported for the reason
that they are prepared in this country as good, if not
better than they are on the other side, and much
cheaper. They are gathered and prepared in Florida,
and shipped to all parts of the United States, put in
cartons containing about 1,000 leaves They are used
very extensively by all classes of florists on account of
their lasting qualities and fine appearance They have
almost entirely superseded the galax leaf, which has
been in use for so many years in the making up of
mortuary emblems.
A number of our native composites — of the genera
Gnaphalmrrt, Antennana and Anaphahs — are called
everlastings, and are often used m home decorations,
particularly in the country; but they have no com-
mercial rating.
There is an increasing demand for artificial decora-
tive articles, to be used alone and in conjunction with
fresh cut-flowers; they are now being used by the best
florists and plantsmen. The demand for decorative
artificial flowers, plants and like materials, has grown
to such an extent that there are now a large number of
businesses devoted exclusively to the manufacture of
them. This is well illustrated in the product called
"Japanese wood frieze," in appearance resembling
very much the well-known worsted and silk chenille.
It is made from wood-fiber colored in shades to repre-
sent the colors of immortelles. This frieze or wood
chenille, when worked up in various designs, so closely
resembles immortelles that the difference between
them can hardly be detected
One of the interesting artificial greens is the "sea
moss " It )S an alga-hkc hydroid (one of the animal
kingdom), known as Sertularia argentea, which is com-
monly distributed along our Atlantic coast northward
from New Jersey to the Arctic The long moss-like
strands are dyed bright green, and the "plant" is used
in making table decorations and jardiniere pieces.
It is sometimes called "air plant " The apparent lateral
minute buds clothing all the branches are, of course,
the shelter for the zooids of the colony during life.
There is another one (Aglaophmia striUhionides) found
on the Pacific coast, which is even more beautiful, and
which is put to the same decorative uses, and is known
there as the ostrich plume, the branches having a
beautiful pinnate arrangement along the two bides of
a single axis. Theee sea-mosses are dried, the dirt
picked out, and then dyed and fixed in a preparation to
make them permanent. They are likely to have an
unpleasant odor. H. BAYERSDORFER.
WM. N. REED.J
Everlastings for home use.
After much experience with the growing of everlast-
ings for home winter decorations, the three following
species have been found the best for plantings Heh-
chrysum monstrosum, the double form of H. bracteatum,
known as "golden ball," Acrochntum (Hehpterum)
roaeum flore-pleno, and the Chinese lantern plant, Phy-
salis Franchetn. These arc easily grown, arc free
bloomerB and give better and brighter color m their
dried state than other forms. They have a certain
warmth in color that is appreciated in zero weather
The helichrysum and acroclimum arc started in the
greenhouse or hotbed during the latter part of March,
planting them out in full sun as soon as all danger of
frost is past. Any good garden soil suits them.
It is most important that the flowers of the acro-
climum be picked just as soon as the buds show color,
even if they look almost too small, because if too far
advanced the ray petals open up flat, exposing the
center, which will soon turn brown when dried and
spoil the effect. Those cut early will open up part way,
presenting only their full color. In full blooming season
they should be picked daily. With the helichrysum
one can wait until the bud is of fairly good size but all
the smaller ones will open up also when dried Those
fully open or showing the center at all will turn brown.
With both plants pluck off all foliage, place in bundles
and hang them, heads down, in some dry closet. They
should be examined at times, as in the drying the stems
shrink and the flower may fall down. They should
remain in this dry shelter until the house is heated in the
EVERLASTINGS
fall, reducing the moisture in the air, otherwise the
dry flower-stems would absorb the moisture and become
limp.
A certain number of "droopers" is wanted when
arranging a bouquet, in order to avoid stiffness. These
are easily secured, lake a long sheet of a pliable card-
board about 8 inches wide, tack one edge lengthwise
on the top of a shelf, at the front bringing it out and
downward so as to form a half circle, and fasten it
there. Then lay the freshly picked flower-etems on the
shelf, heads hanging down. It is sometimes necessary
to place a book or some weight on the stems to keep
them in place. They will dry in this curved form.
Brown split bamboo baskets make good vases, as they
harmonize well with the deep orange of the golden
ball and the pink of the acrochmum. A wire mesh in
these baskets enables the flowers to be arranged more
easily. As there is no green foliage used, it is well to use
some short-stemmed flower in the center, midway
between the basket and the tallest flowers. These
"flecks" of color relieve the bareness of the stems.
The Chinese lantern plant (Physalu Franchelii) is
an easily grown perennial, spreading at the roots.
The seed-pods are very ornamental, retaining then*
brilliancy of color when dried, the colors ranging from
a pale green to orange and red They hang like inverted
balloons, on slender peduncles and lose their graceful
appearance unless the mam stem that carries them can
be curved outward \\heri dry. They have to be treated
differently from the others Boards on a partition in
a wood-shed may be used, driving tacks, one each side,
close up to the side of the bottom of the mam stem,
the heads of the tacks overlapping the stick Run the
stem up straight for about 6 inches, then curve to right
or left and fasten in saine manner Then, when dried,
the lanterns will hang clear of the stem The aeed-
pods of the balloon vine, Cardw&permurn Halicacabum,
work in well among the lanterns. Cut away part of
the side of the lantern, and see the brilliant wick inside.
W. C. EQAN.
EV6DIA (Greek, pleasant odor). Rutdcese Orna-
mental woody plants grown chiefly for their handsome
foliage
Deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs: trunk with
smooth bark winter-buds naked Ivs. opposite, petioled,
simple or pinnate with entire punctate Ifts : fls in
terminal or axillary panicles or corymbs, unisexual,
usually 4-merous, less often 5-merous; sepals imbricate;
petals valvate or slightly imbricate; stamens 4-5, at
the base of a cupular disk: carpels 4-5, each with 2
ovules, nearly free or connate, with a cylmdric style,
at maturity dehiscent, 2-valved, 1-2-seeded — About
60 species in E Asia, from Korea and N. China to
S, Asia , Austral and Polynesia Allied to Zanthoxy-
lum which is easily distinguished by its alternate Ivs.;
very similar in habit and foliage to Phellodendron
which besides in the berry-like frs. differs in the winter
buds being inclosed in the base of the petiole, while
in Evodia they are borne free in the axils.
The cultivated hardy species are strong-growing
deciduous trees with rather large pinnate leaves of
aromatic odor when bruised, and with whitish flowers
in terminal broad panicles followed by small capsules
exposing glossy black seeds when opening Evodia
Danielhi has proved hardy at the Arnold Arboretum.
E. glauca and E. Henryi. are somewhat tenderer.
There are also a few tropical species from New Guinea,
rarely cultivated as warmhouse evergreens; they are
little known and their correct names have not yet been
determined. Propagation is by seeds and of the warm-
house species by cuttings of half-ripened wood; proba-
bly also by root-cuttings.
A Frs. obtuse or only mucronulate at the apex.
glauca, Miq. (E. Fdrgem, Dode). Tree, to 60 ft.:
Jfte. 6-11, usually 7, on slender slightly hairy stalks,
EVONYMUS
1185
K-^in. long, elliptic-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, long-
acuminate, broadly cuneate or rounded at the base,
minutely crenulate, glaucous below and glabrous
except hairs along the midrib near the base, 2J4-4
in. long: infl. corymbose, 6-8 in. broad, nearly glabrous;
pistil of the stammate fls. glabrous: fr about ^m.
Jong, finely pubescent. June; fr. Sept. Cent. China.
AA. Frs. strongly beaked.
Henryi, Dode Tree, to 35 ft : Ifts. 5-9, short-
stalked, ovate-oblong to ovate-lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate, rounded or narrowed at the base, finely crenu-
late, glaucescent or pale green below and glabrous,
2^-4 in long. mfl. paniculate, 2-2 Y^ in. across fr
reddish brown, sparingly hairy, J^m long, with slen-
der beaks about half as long. June; fr. Sept. Cent.
China See page 3568.
Danie*llii, Hemsl. (Zanthdxylum Danielhi, Bennett).
Small tree. Ifts. 7-11, ovate to oblong-ovate, acuminate
with an obtusish point, rounded at the ba*>e, sometimes
subcordatc or broadly cuneate, pale green below and
glabrous except hairs along the midrib and sometimes
on the veins, 2-3^ in long* mfl. corymbose, 4-6 in
•icroas* fr. nearly ^m long, slightly hairy or nearly
glabrous, with a rather short, usually hooked beak.
June, fr Sept. N. China, Korea
E tlegans, Hort Evergreen Ivs 3-foholate, Ifts linear-lanceo-
late, undulate and eremite, resembling Aralia elegantwima Xew
Guinea F E 1899 291 Gng 12 404 G 21 273 — E formdna,
Hort A similar species, intro in 1900 by Sander & Co This and
the preceding are warmhousc evergreens and belong probably to
Boeeies already described — E t>ffi.anAl\8, Dode Allied to E.
gldiica Small tree. Ift? 5-11, ovate to elliptic-oblong, acuminate,
pubescent and light green beneath mfl pubescent fr glabrous,
Cent China— E nttcdrpa, Hook f & Thorns AlhedtoF glauca
Small deciduous tree 1ft short-pet loled, broader, pubescent on
both auks mfl smaller and denser, with xtout pedicels, pubescent,
Jnnan Himalayas S Z 1 21 (as Boymia rut»>tarpa — K 'flutina,
Rehd A- Wilson Allied to E Henryi, but hs and young bra nchlets
densely short-pubescent fruiting corymb 4-8 in acnm Cent China.
ALFRED REHDER.
EV6LVULUS (to unroll, because not turning as
in Convolvulus) Convolvulacese Prostrate or erect
annual or perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, rarely planted
or grown in greenhouses. The genus differs from Con-
volvulus in having 2 styles 2-cleft, stigmas always
narrow, corolla often open or rotate, and not twining:
Ivs entire, small* fls small, in summer and autumn;
sepals 5. the calyx not bracted at base, coroila blue, rose
or white, 5-angled or shortly 5-lobed The species are
about 80, in warm regions, several in the U. S E.
purpuro-cceritleiui, Hook , of Jamaica, appears to be
the only species prominently mentioned horticulturally,
and this is seldom planted 1-2 ft , woody at base Ivs.
small, lanceolate-acute* fls. purphbh, terminal, the
corolla rotate, white-centered and purple-rayed. JJ.M.
4202.
EV6NYMUS (ancient Greek name) Often spelled
Ewnymus Celastraceje SPINDLE-TREE Woody plants,
erect or climbing, grown chiefly for their handsome
foliage and the attractive fruits.
Deciduous or evergreen shrubs or small trees with
usually more or less 4-angled branches, mostly erect,
rarely creeping or climbing by rootlets, winter-buds
usually conspicuous with imbricate scales. Ivs, opposite,
petioled, usually serrate, and mostly glabrous: fls.
small, in axillary cymes, 4-5-merous, generally per-
fect; style and stamens short, the latter inserted on a
disk: fr. a 3-6-lobed, somewhat fleshy caps , each dehis-
cent valve containing 1 or 2 seeds inclosed in a generally
orange-colored aril, the seed itself is white, red or
black. — About 120 species in the northern hemisphere,
most of them in Cent and E. Asia, extending to S.
Asia and Austral.
The spindle-trees are of upright or sometimes pro-
cumbent or creeping habit, with rather inconspicuous
greenish, whitish or purplish flowers in axillary cvmes;
very attractive in fall, with their handsome scarlet,
1186
EVONYMUS
EVONYMUS
pink or whitish, capsular fruits, showing the bright
orange seeds when opening, and with the splendid Tall
coloring that most of the species assume, especially
E. alata, E. Maackii, E. sanguined, E. verrucosa, E.
europxa and E. atropurpurea. The wood is tough,
close-grained and light-colored, often almost white, and
used, especially in Europe, for the manufacture of small
articles. The bark of E. atropurpurea has medical
1464. Evonymus obovaU. (X%)
properties. — Most of the cultivated deciduous species,
except those from Himalayas, are hardy North, while
of the evergreen ones only E radicans is fairly hardy,
and, on account of its greater hardiness, is often used
North as a substitute of the ivy for covering walls,
rocks and trunks of trees, climbing if planted in good
soil, to a height of 15 and sometimes 20 feet. E.
europxa, and South, the evergreen E japomca are some-
times used for hedges
The spindle-trees are not particular as to the soil
and are well adapted for shrubberies. Propagation
is by seeds which are usually stratified and sown in
spring, or by cuttings of ripened wood in fall. The
evergreen species grow readily from cuttings of half-
ripened wood under glass in fall or during the winter in
the greenhouse. Varieties are sometimes grafted or
budded on stock of their typical species.
acuta, 16.
alata, 3
albo-marginata, 15,
americana, 1, 2, 9.
anguatifoha, 1
aperta, 3
argenteo-marginata,
argenteo-vanegata,
atropurpurea, 6, 9.
atrorubena, 6.
aurea, 15
aureo-marginata, 15.
aureo-vanegata, 15
brevipedunculata, 8.
Bungeana, 13.
INDEX.
calocarpa, 12.
Carrierei, 16
carnptoneura, 8.
columnaris, 15.
europsea, 6, 11.
flavescent, 15.
ffracihs, 16
Harrnkamana. 10, 13.
and auppl. list,
hians, 11
japomca, 15, 16,
keweruts, 16.
Inautschovica, 14.
Koehneana, 12.
Koopmannu, 5.
latifoha, 7
leuoocarpa, 6.
Maackii, 10.
macrophyila, 15.
medio-picta, 15.
microphylla, 15.
minima, 16.
nana, 5, 6.
obovata, 2.
pallens, 15.
patens, 14.
Ptcto, 16.
pul&etta, 15.
pyramidahs, 15.
radicans, 16.
repent, 16.
reticulata, 16.
robutta, 15
roaeo-marginata, 16.
sanguinea, 8
semipersistens, 13. Thunbergiana, 3.
SuboUtana,12, 13, variegata, 2.
14, and auppl. list, vegcta, 16.
atriata, 3.
INDEX, CONTINUED.
Bubtnflora, 3. verrucosa, 4
"' ' " vmdi-vancgata, 15.
vulqana, 0
yecloensiB, 12.
yedo
A. Foliage deciduous. Nos. 1-13.
B. Caps, tuberculate, depressed-globose: fls. 5-merous.
1. americana, Lmn. STRAWBERRY BUSH. Upright
shrub, to 8 ft.: Ivs ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceo-
late, usuallv acute at the base, acuminate, crenately
serrate, 1H-3 in long: peduncle slender, few-fld ; fls.
yellowish or reddish green: fr. pink. June; fr Sept.-
Oct From S N. Y. south, west to Texas L B C. 14:
1322 B B. (ed. 2) 2:491. Var angustifdlia, Wood (E.
angustifbha, Pursh). Lvs. lanceolate or linear-lanceo-
late, half-evergreen S.
2 obovata, Nutt. (E. amenchna vnr. obovata, Torr.
& Gray). Fig 1464. Procumbent shrub, with rooting
st. and erect branches, to 1 ft : Ivs obovate or elliptic-
obovate, crenately serrate, light green, 1-2 m long:
fls. purplish' caps usually 3-oelled Mav; fr Aug.,
Sept. From Canada to Ind and Ky G F 9 385
(adapted in Fig. 1464). — It may be used for covering
the ground under largo trees, or for borders of shrub-
beries. Var. variegata, liort , has the Ivs marked pale
yellow.
BB. Caps smooth' flu. generally 4-mt'rout
C. Fr. divided to the ba*>e into 4 or /e.ss nearly si parate pods.
3. alata, Maxim. (E. Thwiberyiana, Blume E.
stnata, Loes ) Spreading bhrub, to 8 ft branches'
stiff, with 2-4 broad, corky \\ir#>' Ivs elliptic or obo-
vate, acute at both ends, sharnly serrate, 1-2 in long,
fls 1-3, short-pedunrled, yellowish caps purplish,
small, seeds brcmn with orange aril May, June; fr.
Sept, Oct China, Japan SIF 1 63 FE 32 '54.
Var subtrifldra, Franch & Sav Branches not winged •
fls. 1-5 Var ap£rta, Txx>8 Aril open at the apex, dis-
closing the black seed Cent. China — This species is
one of the handsomest, the Ivs turn bright crimson in
autumn, the small, but numerous frs are brightly
colored and in winter the shrub is conspicuous by its
broadly winged branches.
oc Fr. wore or less 8-5-lobed.
D. /{ranches densely warty
4. vemicosa, Scop Erect shrub, to 6 ft.: Ivs. ovate-
lanceolate, crenately serrulate, acuminate, l-2>£ in.
long: fls. slender-peduncled, 1-3, brownish: caps.
1468. Evonymus europcea. ( X H)
deeply 4-lobed, yellowish red; seed black, not wholly
covered by the orange aril. May. June; fr. Aug. S. E.
Eu., W. Asia. H.W. 3, p. 55.
DD. Branches smooth.
E. Anthers yellow.
p. The caps, with obtuse lobes.
5 nana, Bieb. Low shrub, to 2 ft., with slender,
often arching or sometimes procumbent and rooting
EVONYMUS
EVONYMUS
1187
branches: Ivs. linear or linear-oblong, mucronulate, EE. Anthers purple.
entire or remotely denticulate and revolute at the F pfe purple
x&nte^ztt^K
W Asia to W China Handsome shrub' for acuminate, obtusely serrate, pubescent beneath, 1^-5
•ma'anH r^olrv alAr^H- fArmm» » trr-^nfiil ™>r^,i "*• I°n8- &*• purple, in slender-peduncled, many-fld.
lous; sUn^T«yif8&l°h?^gona Kr^Tl£ SW:«V* «U.ly ******* ff»**-J'?*i*- <*•
npens in Aug., earliest of all species. Var. Kodpmannii.
Beissn. (E. Kobpmannu, Lauche). Lvs. larger ami
broader.
E" N'
6. europflba, Linn. (E. vtdgtoui, Mill.). Fig. 1465.
Erect shrub or sometimes small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs.
ovate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, crenately ser-
rate, \%-2l/2 in. long fls. yellowish, in few-fld. cymes:
caps. 4-lobed, usually pink May. Eu. to E. Asia.
BB.(ed. 2)2.492. H.W.
3, p. 53.— Varying with
narrower and broader
Ivs. There are also sev-
eral varieties with varie-
gated ivs and some with
Irs. of different colors,
as var. atrdrubens,
Rehd. (E. vulgans var.
atr6rubens, Schneid. E.
europteafr atropurpiireo,
Hort ), with deep purple
frs , var. leucocarpa,
DC (E rurop&afr lilho,
Hort ), with whitish frs ,
and var atropurpurea,
Arb Kew, with rather
narrow purplish Ivs.
Var. nana, Lodd , is a
dwarf, dense, and strictly
upright form with elliptic
to elliptic-lanceolate Ivs.
\-\Yi in , or on vigorous
shoots, to 2^ in long,
it hardly ever flowers
and is tenderer than the
type.
FF. The caps, with winged
lobes: Ivs. broad.
7. latifdlia, Scop.
Shrub or small tree, to
20 ft : winter-buds elon-
gated, acute, about ^im.
long: Ivs. obovate-ob-
long, acuminate, cre-
nately serrate, 2-4 in.
long* fls. yellowish, often
5 - merous, in slender-
poduncled, rather many-
fld. cymes: caps, pink,
large, with winged lobes.
May, June; fr. Sept.
'., west to Mont. B B. (ed. 2) 2:491.
FF. Fls. yellowish or whitish.
o. Petioles one-fifth to one-sixth as long as the If.; toa.
acute or gradually acuminate: jr. pink.
H. Lvs. oblong to ovate-oblong, broadest about or below
the middle.
10. Maackii, Rupr (E HamiUomana, Dipp., not
' Wall ). Large shrub or
small tree, glabrous. Ivs
elliptic -oblong to ob-
long-lanceolate, acumi-
nate, gradually nar-
rowed toward the base,
serrulate, 2-3 in long
and %~1M m. broad*
cymes small, about %in
across fr pink, 4-lobed,
about Mm across; aril
orange-red, usually
closed, rarely slightly
opened at the apex.
June: fr Sept. N. E.
Asia.
11 hlans, Koehne.
Large shrub Ivs ovate-
oblong, short-acuminate,
rounded or broadly cune-
ate at the base, serrulate,
2H-4J/2 in. long and
1-1 % in. broad: cymes
rather long - stalked,
(small; stamens with
very short filaments, fr.
pink, turbmate, deeply
4-lobed, Hin across, aril
blood-red, open at the
apex and disclosing the
blood-red seed. June;
fr. Sept Japan S.I F.
2:39 (aaE. europaea).
HH. Lvs. generally obovate
or obovate-oblong, to
2}^ in. broad.
12 yedo6nsis, Koehne
(E Sielioldidna, Rehd ,
not Blume). Large
1. Eu , W Asia. B.M 2384. Gn. 39,
1466 Evonymus radicans.
•hrub. Ivs. usually ob-
ovate, sometimes ellip-
tic, broadly cuneate at
Gn. 39, p 213. Gt the base, abruptly acuminate, serrulate, 2-5 m. long
53, p 30. 0.4:235. H.W. 3; p. 54. F.S.R. 3, p. 29.— and 1K-2K m- broad: cymes lone-stalked, rather
A very decorative specios, with handsome foliage and dense and many-fld.: fr. pink, deeply 4-lobed, HHI.
, j..,..._ *„ across: aril orange, usually closed. June; fr. Sept
Japan. Gt, 53. p. 31. S.T S 1:62. F.E. 31:125. Var.
calocfirpa, Koehne. Fr. bright carmine. Var. Koehne-
large pendulous frs.
8. sangulnea, Loes. Shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.:
winter-buds elongated, acute: branchlets nearly terete:
Ivs. broadly oval or ovate to elliptic-ovate, acute, ana, Loes Lvs. hairy on the veins below. Cent. China.
broadly cuneate or rounded at the oase, densely fim-
bnate-serrulate, dull green above, paler below and
slightly reticulate. 1^-4 in. long: cymes lax, long-pe-
duncled; fls. usually 4-merous: fr. purple, slightly lobed,
4-winged, the wings M-M"*- long! aril orange, entirely
covering the black seed June; fr. Sept. Cent, and W.
China, var. breyipedunculata, Loes Peduncles about
QQ. Petioles usually a third to a fourth as long as the If.,
Ivs. abruptly long-acuminate: fr. pale yellowish o»
pinkish white.
13. Bungeana. Maxim Shrub, to 15 ft., with slende/
branches: Ivs. slender-petioled, ovate-elliptic or ellip-
tic-lanceolate, long-acuminate, finely serrate, 2-4 m.
1 in. long. W China. Var. camptoneura, Loes. Lvs. oval long: fls. in rather few-fld. but numerous cymes: fr.
or ovate to elliptic-ovate, veins curved (broader in the deeply 4-lobed and 4-angled; seeds white or pinkish,
type and veins nearly straight). Cent, and W. China with orange aril June; fr. Sept., Oct. China, Man-
1188
EVONYMUS
EXACUM
ohuria, M.D.G. 1899:569— Very attractive with its
rather large, profusely produced frs., remaining a long
time on the branches. Var. sexnipersistens, Schneid.
(E. Hamiltomana var. semipersistens, Rehd. E Siebol-
didna, Hort , not Blume) Lvs elliptic, long-acuminate,
half-evergreen, keeping its bright green foliage S. until
mid- winter: fr. bright pink, usually sparingly produced
and ripening very late.
AA. Foliage evergreen or half-evergreen (see also the
B. Lvs. rather thin, half-evergreen.
14. patens, Rehd. (E. kiautschdvica var. patens,
Loes. E. Sieboldidna, Ilort , not Blume). Spreading
shrub, to 10 ft., the lower
branches sometimes procum-
bent and rooting: branchlets
obscurely 4-angled, minutely
warty: Ivs. elliptic to elliptic-
oblong, rarely obovate-oblong,
acute, cuneate at the base,
crenately serrulate, bright
green above: cymes 2-3 in.
across, loose, slender-pe-
duncled: fr subglobose, pmk;
seed pinkish brown, covered
entirely by the orange aril.
Aug., Sept.; fr. Oct , Nov.
Cent. China. S.TS 1:64 —
Hardy as far north as N Y ,
in sheltered positions to Mass
One of the best shrubs for
winter-effect on account of its
abundant late-ripening frs and
the handsome foliage remain-
ing on the branches until spring
except when destroyed by
severe frost.
BB. Lvs. Ihickish, evergreen.
15. jap6nica, Linn Upright
shrub, to 8 f t , with smooth
and slightly quadrangular or
1467. Evonynxus radicans. striped branches: Ivs. obovate
to narrow-elliptic, cuneate at
the base, acute or obtuse, obtusely serrate, shining above,
1H-2M m long: fls. greenish white, 4-merous, in slen-
der-peduncled, 5- to many-fid cymes, caps, depressed,
globose, smooth, pmk. June, July ; fr Oct S Japan.
S IF. 2: 39 BR 30:6— A very variable species. Var.
macrophflla, Sieb. (var. robfata, Ilort.). Lva oval,
large, 2>f-3 in. long. Var. microphylla, Sieb. (E.
piuchtlla, Hort. Eurya microphylla, Hort.). Lvs small,
narrow-oblong or oblong-lanceolate. Var. columnaris,
Carr. (var. pyramidalis, Hort ). Of upright, columnar
habit: Ivs. broadly oval There are many varieties
with variegated Ivs. ; some of the best are the follow-
ing: Var. arg£nteo-variegata, Regel Lvs edged and
marked white. Var. aureo-variegita, Regel. Lvs.
blotched yellow. Lowe, 49. Var albo-marginata, Hort.
LV8. with white, rather narrow margins Var. medio-
pfcta, Hort. Lvs. with a yellow blotch in the middle.
Var. pallens, Carr. (var. favescens, Hort ) Lvs. pale
yellow when young; similar is var. aurea, Hort . but
the yellow is brighter and changes more quickly to
green. Var. viridi-variegata, Hort. (var. Due d'Aniou,
Hort.). Lvs large, bright green, variegated with yellow
and green m the middle. Var. aureo-marginata, Hort.
Lvs. edged yellow. F.E. 16:436; 29:815.
16. radicans, Sieb. (E. japdmca var. radicans, Regel.
E. repent^ Hort.). Figs. 1466, 1467. Low, procumbent
shrub, with often trailing and rooting or climbing
branches, climbing sometimes to 20 ft. high: branches
terete, densely and minutely warty: Ivs. roundish to
elliptic-oval, rounded or narrowed at the base, ere*
nfttely serrate, usually dull green above, with whitish
veins, ^-2 in. long: fla. and fr. similar to the former,
but fr. generally of paler color. June, July; fr. Oct. N.
and Cent. Japan R.H. 1885, p 295. G C. II. 20:793.
M.D. 1906, p 219.— Closely allied to the former, and
considered by most botanists as a vaiiety, also very
variable. Var Carrifcrei, Nichols. (E. Cametei, Vauv.).
Low shrub, with ascending and spreading branches Ivs.
oblong-elliptic, about 1>6 in. long, somewhat shining.
G.W. 8, p. 16. Var. argenteo-marginata, Rehd. Lvs.
bordered white. Var. rdseo-marginata, Rehd. Lvs.
bordered pinkish. Var reticulata, Rehd. (var picta,
Hort , var. argenteo-vanegata, Hort. E. grdcilis, Sieb.)
Lvs marked white along the veins. R H. 1876, p 354;
1878, p 135. G W. 1, p. 475 A G. 19:37. Var minima,
Simon-Louis (E. kewensis, Hort ). Lvs. marked like
those of the preceding variety but smaller, M-^m.
long.
Var. vlgeta. Rehd. Low spreading shrub, to 5
ft., usually with a few prostrate rooting branches at the
base, and climbing hign, if planted against a wall. Ivs.
broadly oval or almost suborbicular, acutish or obtuaish,
crenately serrulate, 1-1/4 in l°ng> those of the rooting
branchlets smaller and thinner and generally ovate.
Japan. S.TS. 1:65. M D.G. 1908:13— Handsome and
hardy shrub; the frs. appear in great profusion and
remain on the branches a long tune. Var. acuta, Rehd.
(E jap6nica var. acuta, Rehd ). Rooting and climbing:
Ivs. elliptic or ovate-elliptic, acute or short-acuminate,
serrulate, with the veins below slightly elevated. Cent.
China.
E Ayuifdhum, Loes & Rehd Evergreen shrub, to 10 ft Ivs.
coriaceous, nearly sessile, ovato to ovate-oblong, spiny sinuate-
dentate fr 4-lobed, usually solitary W China One of the most
striking species on account of its holly-hke Ivs — E tchindta, .Wall.
Usually creeping or climbing, with rooting branches Ivs ovate-
lanceolate fr. spiny Himalayas H M 2707 —E fimbr,<ltn, Hort ,
not Wall <=E. pcndula — E grandijlf>ra, W all Shrub, to 12 ft Ivs
obovate or obovate-oblong, finely and acutely serrate fls white
f£ in. across fr globose, yellow , aril scarlet Himalayas, W
China — E HnmiUoniann, Wall Allied to E Manckn Small
tree Ivs oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, finely and irregularly ser-
rulate, 2^-4 in long anthers yellow fr pink, turbinato, 4-lobed.
Himalayas Probably not in cult , the plant cult under this name
is E Maacku ~-E famret/dha, Loes Allied to E hmns Shrub or
tree, to 30 ft Ivs firm at maturity, lanceolate to elliptic-oblong,
crenately serrulate, 3-6 in long anthers purple fr 4-lobed, pale,
aril orange, open at the apex, seed crimson Cent and W China —
E, macr6pterat Rupr Allied to E latifoha Lvs obovate or
obovate-oblong, cuneate at the base cymes many-fld fr with 4
narrow wmga H-Jim long Japan N E Asm I T 6 121.
Hardy — E occidentdlut, Nutt Shrub, to 15 ft winter-buds rather
large Ivs ovate or elliptic-lanceolate, irregularly serrulate fla.
6-merous, purple, fr slightly lobid Ore , Calif — K oxyph^Ua,
Miq Shrub or small tree Ivs ovato or obovate, acuminate, rather
large, serrulate fls 5-merous, purple or whitish fr globose Japan
— E. pfndula, Wall (?] fitnbnata, Hort) Evergreen, small tree,
with pendulous branchlets Ivs oblong-lanceolate, sharply serrate,
shining, 3-6 in long fr with 4 tapering wings P \t G 2 55.
FS 7, p 71— E pldnipe*, Kochne Allud to E latifoha Lvs
cuneate at the base, petioles flat, not grooved' fr acutely 5-angled,
scarcely winged Japan M D 190(5, p 62 Gt 53, p 2<J — it.
sacchahn&nsis, Maxim. Allied to E latifoha. Lva. ovate-oblong,
crenate-serrulate cymes very long-peduncled. fls. purple fr dis-
tinctly winged, convex at the apex N E Asia ~K XargcntiAna,
Loes A Rend Evergreen oh run Ivs obovate to oblong-obovate,
abruptly acuminate, remotely crcnate-serrate, 2-3^ in long, fr
oblong-obovoid, 4-angled W China. — E. Semenbvu, Ilegel &
Herd Allied to E europea Small shrub Ivs lanceolate, sernriate.
cymes usually 3-fld . fr. 4-lobed with obtuse lobes Turkestan —
E semtexefrta, Koohne Allied to E Maacku Lvs oblong or
oblong-lanceolate, crenate-scrrate, 2-5 in long fr light pink,
aril orange, open, with the blood-red seed almost half exposed.
Japan — E SieboMidna, Blume Allied to E. Maa< Jui. Lve slon-
der-petioled, elliptic to oblong, acuminate, serrulate fr not lobed,
strongly 4-nbbed Japan M D 1906, p 62 Not in cult. ; the
planti cult, under this name belong to E yodoenais, E. patens
or E. Bungeana var. semipersistens. ALFRBD REHDER.
EXACUM (classical name, of no significance to these
plants). Genliaridcese. Herbs treated either as annuals
or biennials or perennials, with flowers of white, lilac,
blue or dark purplish blue, cultivated in a very few
greenhouses.
Very rarely suffruticose* dwarf or tall and paniculatc-
branching: Ivs. sessile, clasping or short-stalked, ovate
or lanceolate, mostly 3-5-nerved : fls. small or attaining
2 m. across, rotate, pedicolled or not, m forking cymes;
EXACUM
EXHIBITIONS
1189
calyx 4-5-parted, the segms. keeled, winged or flat
and 3-nerved; corolia'-lobes 4 or 5, ovate or oblong,
twisted; stamens 4 or 5, attached to the throat, with
very short filaments, the anthers opening by apical
pores that finally enlarge nearly to the base: IT, a glo-
bose 2-valved caps.— -Species about 30, in Trop. and
Subtrop. Asia. Malaybia, Trop. Afr , Socotra.
Plants of E. aflwe flower in summer. If specimens
in 5-inch pots are desired, sow in March of the same
year; for larger specimens, sow in August of the pre-
ceding year. The plants must be kept in a cool but
not draughty greenhouse or frame in summer, and
shaded from fierce sunlight. They usually are given
warmhouse conditions.
A. Lvs. with stalks often ]^in. long.
afflne, Balf. St. cylindrical, 1-2 ft. high, much
branched from the base IVR l~llA in. long, elliptic-
ovate, faintly 3-5-nerved sepals with a broaa wing on
the back; corolla 6-9 linos wide, lobes almost rounded.
Socotra B.M. 6824 AF 13:1104 Gng. 6:229.
R H. 1883, p. 512. Gt. 32. 1108. G C. II. 21 :605.
AA. Lvs. nearly or quite btalkless.
B. CoroUa^lobes rounded.
zeylanicum, Roxbg. Annual, st. 4-sided, branched
only above: Ivs becoming 3 in long, strongly 3-nerved,
elliptic-oblong, acuminate, narrower than in E affine,
ana tapering flu blue, \Yi in across, in terminal, leafy
corymbs, sepals broadly winged, corolla-lobes obovate,
obtuse Ceylon B M 4423 (sky-blue, with a dabh of
purple) R H 1859, p 238 J F. 1 43. H F. II. 2.60.
BB. Corolla-lobes usually tapenng to a point.
macranthum, Arn (E zeyldnicum var. macrdnlhum).
Fig. 1468 St cylindrical, slightly branched Ivb as in
E. zeylanicum, though perhaps more variable from
base to summit fls purplish blue, 2 in across In both
species there is a narrow ring of yellow at the mouth,
to which the conspicuous clusters of btamens are
attached Ceylon B M 4771 (deep purplish blue).
GC 111 15 331. RH 1911, p 31. J H 111 42.182;
51.259 — The best of the genus. The rich, dark blue
is worth striving for.
F6rbesii, Balf Buahy and shrubby: IVB triangular
or ovate-lanceolate, 1 y± in across at base fls upwards
of Yi\v^ across, purple or violet-purple, m terminal
racemes, the anthers yellow and prominent Socotra.
GC III 31.93. G 23-679 G W 6, p 290 G M.
45:81. — A good plant for intermediate temperature,
blooming well m a 6-m. pot. WILHELM MILLER.
L. H. B t
EXCCECARIA (from Latin ezoecore*. referring to its
effect on the eyes) Euptwrlndcex. Tropical trees or
shrubs with poisonous milky juice rarely cultivated for
ornament
Glabrous- Ivs. alternate, or oppobite, usually entire
(or crenate to serrate): infl. usually in axillary spikes;
fls. duBcious or monoecious, calyx imbricate; sepals 2-3,
free or connate at base; petals none; stamens °-3,
erect m bud; filaments free; ovary 3-celled, 3-ovuied:
seed not canaliculate — About 25 species in the Old
World tropics. Related to Stillmgia and Sapium.
bfcolor, Hassk. (Crbton btcolor, Hort.), with the oppo-
site Ivs red beneath is sometimes cult for ornament m
European greenhouses or outdoors in the tropics. E.
Agaudcha, Linn., AOALIXJCHA, BLINDING TREE, RIVER
POISON, etc.. with alternate Ivs , is a well-known poison-
ous tree of the coasts of S. Asia. J. B. S. NORTON.
EXHIBITIONS of horticultural products have been
both a concomitant and a stimulant of progress in
American horticulture. The great international exposi-
tions ushered hi by the Centennial Celebration of 1876
a* Philadelphia, through the opportunities afforded
for the comparison of products, have been the means
of unusual education m the indentification of varieties.
No amount of descriptive literature can compare
with this method of acquiring accuracy m naming and
describing fruits, flowers, and vegetables.
The interest in these great exhibitions by the growers
of soil products indicates a peculiarity of this class of
producers They are the ones to reap the smallest
direct result, and yet they have always been willing
to give freely of their productions to swell the volume
of these great fairs and emphasize the pos&ibilties of
the localities in which they lived. They would even
pay their own expenses to attend these fairs and
explain to the world how they succeeded in growing
such attractive things. No producers of the useful
things of life will compare with the horticulturist in
wilhngneab to impart to hif fellow the secrets of his
1468. Exacum macranthum ( X H)«
success National, state, district and township exhibi-
tions have thus become great methods of disseminating
information of value to the horticulturist—educators
of the people.
For many years the most prominent feature of fruit
shows was the nomenclature of the exhibit. In vege-
tables it was the size of the specimen, in flowers the
number of sorts and their tasteful arrangement.
People flocked together to identify varieties, to see
the big things and to satisfy esthetic longing. Later
the art in exhibiting products was given more atten-
tion, and wonderful creations have resulted from com-
binations and artistic arrangement.
Exhibitions have been the favorite opportunities
of bringing out new and valuable sorts and often the
usefulness of a variety dates from some particular
fair at which it was prominently displayed Notable
instances of this were the grapefruit, which was shown
in quantity for the first time at the great New Orleans
exhibition; the Kieffer pear, which iraa a distinguishing
1190
EXHIBITIONS
EXHIBITIONS
feature of a meeting of the American Pomologies!
Society in Philadelphia; the Niagara grape, which was
featured at a winter meeting of New York fruit-growers.
Striking examples of this are found in the annals of
floral exhibits. The dissemination of the most delight-
ful strains of carnations and chrysanthemums dates
from some particular fair or "show."
In recent years, the experiment stations of the coun-
try have added greatly to their usefulness in preparing
technical exhibits for winter exhibitions of horticultural
societies, helping their progressive work, through
graphic illustrations of the results which they have
obtained in growing products under varying condi-
tions, and having in mind the demonstration of prob-
lems of value to growers.
One of the most recent developments has been the
opportunity given students of agricultural colleges of
putting into practice the knowledge of varieties which
they have acquired in the nammg of various collections
as a competitive drill
The products of glats farming have been brought
into prominence through national, state, and local
horticultural societies in their annual exhibitions, and
the great seedhouses of the country have used these
exhibitions as avenues for the dissemination of new
and valuable varieties. Nurserymen have success-
fully utilized exhibitions in publishing to the world
not only their new creations but their methods of
propagation.
During recent years the initiative of the American
Pomological Society has been followed by many other
organizations in perfecting a scale of points for judg-
ing exhibits of horticultural products. By this means,
more accurate methods have come into use at our
great fairs, and, in the hands of experts, the judgments
rendered have been far more satisfactory and useful.
A most important result of exhibitions has been the
acquirement of the knowledge that varieties v&y a
great deal as the result of climatic conditions and dif-
ferences in soil, and it is found as an outcome of these
comparisons that certain localities are especially
adapted to certain varieties in which they reach their
highest perfection. This is illustrated in the Kooky
Ford cantaloupe, the Albemarle Pippin, certain strains
of carnations, and head lettuce The facts brought
out through these comparative exhibits are leading to
scientific investigations concerning the conditions which
produce these variations which will be of great use to
the producers, as well as deep interest to the scientist.
Commercial problems are finding their solution
through exhibitions which illustrate styles of packing
and kinds of packages and general attractiveness in
presenting the products to the consumer. Already
these exhibitions have brought to the attention of
law-makers the importance of uniform legal requisi-
tions concerning methods of marketing throughout
the land.
The most recent development of values resulting
from horticultural exhibits of great utility has been
the carrying of the methods of comparison instituted
there to the growing of products on the farm and in
the garden, orchard and vineyard, thus awakening
a deeper interest in the factors which affect the pro-
duction of horticultural creations and a recognition
of the uses of these creations in landscape art. Thus
an abiding interest has been awakened in the develop-
ment of the science as well as the art of horticulture
through the adoption of new and improved methods of
production and widening the usefulness of the products.
CHARLES W. GARFIELD.
Exhibitions of plants and flowers.
Floral exhibitions undoubtedly had their origin, in
part, in the desire to display publicly the products of
one's skill and to attain renown and a position of pre-
eminence among one's fellows by successful rivalry and
the demonstration of superior cultural abilities But,
in addition to this factor of self-interest and excusable
pride, the laudable spirit that seeks to promote a taste
for ornamental gardening and floriculture in general,
and to acquire knowledge and diffuse information con-
cerning it, has irom the first been a powerful incentive;
and it cannot be Questioned that public floral exhibi-
tions have contributed most substantially to the
advancement of refinement and good taste and exer-
cised a potent and salutary influence on the domestic
life, health, morals and happiness of the respective
communities in which they have been held
Exhibitions of plants and flowers, as usually con-
ducted, may be broadly divided into two classes*
(1) Those whose particular purixjse is to demonstrate
advancement in cultural methods and exploit new and
unproved varieties and which are calculated to interest
primarily the trade and professional gardeners The
unavoidably monotonous system of staging exhibits
m such an affair is well known To the general public,
its salient points are scarcely apparent, and the ele-
ments which often appeal most strongly to the profes-
sional are all but lost op the average visitor. It has
been demonstrated over and over again, that as an
attraction for the people who look for entertainment
in a show and are willing to pay for the privilege of
seeing it, this sort of an array is fundamentally deficient
(2) If public support is sought, the first requisite is that
the public fancy be considered and catered to .and the
character and scope ot the exhibition be such as the
people care to take an interest in A practical demon-
stration of the uses of flowers and plants and their
appropriate arrangement for the various events of
social or home life will invariably excite curiosity and
interest when prim ro\\s of dozens and fifties of com-
petitive blooms will often fail to awaken appreciative
response. It is to be regretted that the so-called
retail florist trade has so long been neglectful of its
duty and its opportunity as a suppoiter of and par-
ticipator in the flower shows. Without the assist-
ance and cooperation of the experienced decorator
and artistic worker in flowers, these affairs must
invariably fall short of their mission and their educa-
tional possibilities How to overcome the indifference
of this branch of commercial floriculture toward these
enterprises which should bring immeasurable benefit
to their industry is one of the serious problems for
which those who believe in flower shows must find a
solution before the ideal of what a horticultural exhibi-
tion should be can be realized
The direct cost of installing a public flower show
is no small matter and many a commendable enter-
prise has failed through lack of sufficient income
properly to finance it. Rent of hall, music, advertising,
premiums, tables, vases, management, labor and a
nost of incidentals must be taken carefully into con-
sideration, and to launch any such project, under con-
ditions now existing, without some form of endowment,
subscription, guaranty or other definite and reliable
resource, apart from the uncertain sale of admission
tickets, is merely tempting fate and taking chances on
misfortune.
The grouping of pot-plants for effect calls for talents
of a high order. Arrangements of this kind, which are
so indispensable in giving character to a flower show
that will appeal to the artistic eye as effective studies
m form and color, are indeed rarely seen. Two almost
universal faults are excessive formality in contour of
the group and overcrowding of material, and it not
infrequently happens that when a studied effort has
been made for irregularity of outline, the result is
still unnatural and often almost grotesque. The pro-
miscuous mixing together of incongruous subjects, as,
for example, hardy conifers, tropical palms, geraniums
and orchids m one group, is all too common A taste-
EXHIBITIONS
EXHIBITIONS
1191
ful grouping of plants of congenial character will
always inspire enthusiastic admiration among cultured
and discriminating visitors, and if the flower pots are
hidden from sight by moss or other natural material,
the pleasing effect will Ubually be further enhanced,
particularly in the case of plants which might natu-
rally grow together.
It is well known among flower-growers that the
time of day, the condition of development, and other
factors have a considerable influence on the keeping
qualities of their product A sojourn in a cool, dark
room over night with stems deeply immersed in fresh
water is really an essential with many flowers if they
are to remain for any time in good condition in the
atmosphere of an exhibition hall. Nothing is more dis-
figuring in a flower show than a lot of wilted blooms.
Much depends upon the style of vases used Vases
spreading at the top and narrowing to a point at the
bottom, while perhaps the most graceful in form, are
very dcstiuctive to flowers, the small quantity of
water available at the base of the steins soon becoming
heated and impure Constant changing of water, and
keeping down the temperature of the hall will help to
preserve the cxmbits Table baskets and dinner-table
exhibits generally, as often unanged, scarcely last
until the first visitors are admitted Only those in
which the flower-receptacles are such as contain water
can give any satisfaction in a flower show.
The background against which flowers are shown, as
the color and material of the walls, covering of tables,
and so on, has much to do with the general impression,
favorable or otherwise, on the visitor Green — the
natural foliage gioen — is unquestionably the "middle
of the road" background hue for flowers Back of and
beyond gieen, the neutral giays -md browm, and some-
times pure white, are pleading and satisfactory. It is
worth noting that, while terra-eotta or flower-pot tones
are usually beyond reproach as a background for liv-
ing green, yet a brick wall is a disheartening condition
for thir, purpose, showing that it is not alone color
which decides the appropi lateness of exhibition hall
walls or drapery
The number of specimens usualh shown in cut-flower
classes depends ujxm the kind of flowers, the ingenuity
of the schedule-makers, and the demands of the occa-
sion The more extensive and pretentious the exhibi-
tion, the larger should be the clashes Roses arid carna-
tions in half -dozens, for example, have little value
in a large exhibition Fifties and hundreds alone will
impress the \ isitors When individual blooms, or groups
composed of individual \aneties are disphued, much
depends upon the taste shown in color-arrangement.
This is especially important with such subjects as
chrysanthemums, dahlias, gladioli and sweet peas,
all of which afford wide scope for demonstration of
taste m exquisite blending, contrasting and gradation
of color-tones, qualities which should count for much
in the final decisions of the judges. The question of
the height of tables or platforms on which flowers are
shown is one which should be carefully considered m
planning an exhibition Then1 are flowers which should
be looked down upon if their full beauty is to be seen.
Others must arch overhead to display their graces, and
there are many intermediate steps. As a rule, exhibition
tables are set too high
One main reason for the flower show being its educa-
tional value, the proper and legible labeling of species
and varieties is essential In no other respect are our
exhibitions so deficient A neat label, attached so it
can be read without handling, and legible at a fair
distance, is something rarely seen at a flower show,
while obtrusive advertising cards or award cards
frequently spoil the beauty of an otherwise creditable
staging
Competitive exhibitions properly conducted and
entered into with the right spirit are, as before said,
calculated to accomplish much good for the art of
horticulture Emulation in a friendly contest for honors
is a strong factor in the success of a show, but the kind
of rivalry which stimulates jealousies, envenoms dis-
appointment and incites to angry protests over judges'
decisions, is one of the most mischievous elements that
can intrude upon the scene. In order to discourage the
protesting habit and minimize the demoralizing influ-
ence of questionable decisions, great care should be
exercised always in the selection of competent, disin-
terested and impartial judges Their names should be
announced a sufficient time in advance so that every
intending exhibitor may know who is to pass upon his
exhibits
It is now a generally established custom to inclose
the name of an exhibitor in an envelope bearing only
the class number, the ulentitv of the exhibitor not to
be disclosed until after the judging has been completed.
Some very excellent systems of cards, record oooks.
envelopes, and so on for this purpose have been devised
and are in general use. WM. J. STEWART.
Exhibition of fruits. Fig. 1469.
The educational value of carefully planned exhi-
bitions of fruits can scarcely be overestimated. That
this fact is appreciated m increasing measure each
year is demonstrated by the growing number of such
exhibitions that are being held throughout the coun-
try Commercial fruit regions do much of their adver-
tising by means of these annual affairs, and there are
few towns or hamlets, however unpretentious, without
their yearly fruit show promoted by the grange, the
school, the church, or some other organization whose
aim is progress m country affairs
Foresight, with careful attention to details, is essen-
tial if the possibilities of an exhibition are to be devel-
oped to the utmost. The larger number of such events
are held in the fall, since fall is Nature's harvest sea-
son for fruits This means that preparation must
begin in midsummer to insure the greatest measure of
success There are many things that the grower can
do at this time to secure high-class fruit for exhibition
purposes, and no other should be considered.
The best fruit is often found near the top of the tree,
if thorough spraying has been done. It is the best
because conditions there are most nearly ideal for its
development As the fruit increases in size and the
weight upon the branches becomes greater, the side
branches settle more closely together, while the top-
most branches and those most nearly upright m habit
of growth, always advantageously situated, have an
increased opportunity to receive the abundance of air
and sunlight so essential to normal and perfect fruit.
Fruit on such branches invariably possesses the highest
color of any on the tree, and color is of vital importance
for the matter in hand. The color may be heightened
and the size increased if the fruit is thinned until the
specimens hang 0 inches or more apart. A branch may
be headed back, and occasionally one may be removed
entirely to the benefit of those remaining^ if good
judgment is used. This matter of thinning is of con-
siderable importance in the securing of high-class
exhibition fruit, whether the fruit be apple, orange,
or grape.
The production of exhibition specimens by abnormal
processes — as by ringing or girdling — is not allowable,
unless for the express purpose of showing what can be
accomplished by such practices: fruits produced by
such means should not be shown in comparison or
competition with specimens produced under recognized
and standard methods.
The specimens should be allowed to remain attached
to the parent plant as long as possible. The longer
they remain thus, the more intense will be their color
md the greater will be their size. Pears especially
1192
EXHIBITIONS
EXHIBITIONS
Increase very rapidly in size just before maturity.
The picking should DC done by hand and with the
greatest care. Many an excellent specimen has been
ruined by careless handling. The steins should remain
intact. The picker should remove, not a sufficient
number of specimens to meet the requirements under
which the exhibit is held, but many times that num-
ber. A bushel, or even a barrel, of seemingly high'
class fruit will often yield after the most rigid inspec-
tion but a single plate of perfect specimens.
The actual selection of the specimens to be exhibited
is the most difficult and perplexing problem connected
with this work. Fundamental to a successful solution
of this problem is a thorough knowledge of the variety,
an intimate acquaintance with the characters of a
normal specimen, and a fine discrimination in the
balancing of these characters and in the attaching of
the proper values to each.
The external factors that must be considered are
Bize, form, color, uniformity, and freedom from blem-
ishes. The criteria to be used in the inspection of the
it ie possible for the human eve and hand to make it.
It ie a literal application of the expression "as nearly
alike as two peas." A single specimen of highest order
should not be retained tor a moment if its companions
are on a more nearly equal though somewhat lower
plane of excellence.
Freedom from blemishes implies that the specimen
is perfectly sound. A blemish may be anything from a
bruise, a broken stem, or a stem puncture to a scale-
mark or scab-spot. In an age when knowledge of pre-
ventive measures is so widespread and so accessible,
evidence of injury from insect or disease should com-
pletely exclude a specimen from consideration. Need-
less to say. the condition of the specimen should be as
sound as the season permits, showing neither flabbmess
nor physiological disintegration of the tissues.
The factor of quality is also worthy of consideration,
though it is of more importance in ca&e of collections
in which one variety is exhibited against another than in
case of different specimens of the same variety Granted
that size, form, and color are normal, the factor of
quality will usually take care of itself.
There is need of a standardization of requirement*
under which fruit exhibits are held. These require-
ments should be based on trueness to type and all that
the term implies, and the values attached to the dif-
ferent chara"tcre concerned should be fixed m pro-
portion to then* relative importance for the purpose
in hand. Such a statement appears in the following
score-card for apples, which is m somewhat common
use m the eastern United States .
Size ..
Col™
Uniformity
Quality
freedom from blemishes
Total.
10
10
20
15
20
25
1469. Good exhibition plates of apples.
first three factors are the attributes of a typical normal
specimen of the variety when grown under conditions
favorable to its development. The largest apple is not
necessarily the best; m fact, great size is usually
obtained at the expense of some equally desirable
factor. The extra-large specimen is always an abnormal
specimen and, as such, is not to be sought. It is in
regard to this factor, however, that many exhibitors
make their first mistake. A safe rule to follow is to
choose the specimen combining large size with the
highest color. This rule will almost invariably elim-
inate the abnormally large specimen.
The form of the specimen should be true to the pre-
vailing type of the section m which it grows. Occasion-
ally different sections produce different types, as, for
example, the New York and the Oregon-grown Esopus.
One is as true to type as the other, but the two types
should never be mixed on the same plate or m the
same package
Of all external factors, none exceeds in importance
the quality of color. High color always sets up in the
mind the presumption of excellence; the higher the
color, the more pronounced seems to be the presump-
tion, though it la not always justified. Color is alao an
indication of fitness, of approaching maturity, but a
specimen maturing far in advance of lie companions
should be regarded with suspicion lest it harbor a worm
that may emerge at a most inopportune moment if
it escapes detection. Polishing a specimen to enhance
its color should not be practised. ,The operation
removes the bloom, which is more beautiful than the
high polish because it is natural.
The factor of uniformity implies that one specimen
should resemble every other specimen as nearly as
This score-card may be no more nearly correct than
many others, but it represents a concerted effort to
fix a satisfactory standard There should be more of
this work for every fruit.
Score-cards for other fruits have been adopted by
particular exhibitions and institutions as the follow-
ing for grapes'
Form of bunch .
Size of bunch . . .
Sue of berry
Color
Bloom
Freedom from blemish
Flavor
Firmness
Total
10
15
10
10
5
20
25
5
There is need also of a general agreement as to the?
number of specimens to be exhibited on a single plate.
The rules now governing all large exhibitions m the
East require that plates of applets, peaches, pears, and
quinces shall contain five specimens; of the smaller
fruits a sufficient number to fill a 6-inch plate; and of
grapes three clusters.
Fruit to be sent away for exhibition should be care-
fully packed. A bushel box is a satisfactory package
for this purpose, being better than a larger package in
which the pressure on the fruit is greater. Each speci-
men should be wrapped, and the box should be well
lined with excelsior or other material. Extra speci-
mens should be included to replace those that are
injured in any way.
In selecting the room m which the exhibition is to
be held and- in setting up the fruit, one prime factor
should always be kept in mind — there should be noth-
ing in the room to detract in any way attention from
the fruit. To this end, the walls should be plain or
EXHIBITIONS
EXHIBITIONS
1193
even bare. The decorations should be few, simple,
and in harmony with the colors of the fruit, that is,
substantial and perfectly plain. Red and white make
a very effective combination for ceiling decorations,
if decorations seem desirable. Plain white is best fof
draping the tables. If electric lights are present, the
shades may be covered with red crepe paper. This
will give a quiet and subdued effect to the room when
the fights are on and will be in keeping with the other
decorations. The tables should be covered with a
material that will throw the fruit into sharp relief
without attracting attention to the covering itself.
Oatmeal paper, gray-green in color, answers these
specifications very well. Six- or eight-inch papyrus
plates are better than smooth-pressed paper plates or
the wooden plates and need no covering.
The fruit should bo set up in such a way that a
mass effect is produced, which impresses the observer
with the fruit and with nothing else This moans that
all the fruit must be on the same level. Shelves or tiers
one above the other are not desirable. In other words,
every detail should be subordinated to bringing out as
sharply as possible the fruit that is on exhibition It
is therefore highly undersirable to place labels on the
top of a specimen, as is so often done. The observer
notes first of all a vast and meaningless sea of tags and
after that perhaps the fruit The label may be pinned
into the plate in such a way that it is unnoticeable
except on close inspection, when it can be plainly seen.
A satisfactory label is a plain ^hite carcf with three
lines on it, the firbt for the variety name, the second for
the name of the exhibitor when permissible, and the
third for the section from which the fruit comes. If
the exhibit is to attain its highest educational value,
the varieties must be correctly named and the names
correctly spelled
In general, it will be better to group varieties together
in order that comparisons may be made between the
different plates By so doing an opportunity is afforded
for a study of variations of fruits grown under differ-
ent methods of management and in different sections
in which climatic conditions are unlike. Occasionally
grouping by sections may be desirable, especially if
there are general and marked contrasts between the
same varieties as grown in different sections.
The plates should not be crowded on the tables lest
the eye become confused and the fruit appear to be a
nimble of specimens lacking orderly arrangement.
The background of paper covering the table should be
visible between every plate, not in order that it may
be seen, but because it win serve to set off each plate
as a separate unit meriting for the moment undivided
attention.
Finally, the specimens should be arranged in the
same order on every plate and the plates should be
in perfect alignment in every direction Not only this,
but when the angles formed by the specimens on a
plate are right angles, as in case of apples with four
specimens on the bottom and one on top at the cen-
ter, the angles should assume the same direction as
those of the table top
The same rules hold for the selection of fruit for
barrels, boxes, or other packages as for single plates.
The arrangement should be such as to bring out the
fruit and subordinate the package, exemplified in the
bank of boxed fruit. c. S. WILSON.
Exhibition of vegetables.
The exhibition of vegetables is usually an impor-
tant feature at county district and state fairs, and
often at farmers' institutes, horticultural society
meetings and conventions of vegetable-growers. Vege-
tables are also likely to occupy a prominent place in
county or state exhibits at state, national or inter-
national shows or expositions. The exhibits may be
competitive or non-competitive. In the former case
they are usually made by the individual producers; in
the latter case, they are more often made by a com-
pany, development bureau, or an institution, primarily
for advertising or educational purposes. In either case,
they have some educational value, even the individual
exhibitor learning by comparison of his exhibit with
others.
Competitive exhibits are of two kinds: (1) those in
which the exhibit consists of a specified quantity of a
given kind of vegetable, e g., one dozen table carrots,
and (2) those which consist of a collection or display
of vegetables alone, or cpmoined with other products
of the soil Vegetables in exhibits that are designed
primarily for advertining or educational purposes
usually form only a part of some general exhibit.
In making exhibits in comf/etition with the products
of other exhibitors, the successful competitors are
usually those who give most careful attention to the
selection, preparation and installation of their exhibits.
In making single exhibits, care should be taken to
show the exact quantity or number of specimens men-
tioned in the entry list. At county fairs, especially,
exhibitors are prone to make their "pecks" or "half-
pecks" exceedingly small if exhibition material is scarce
or time limited The present tendency is to specify
in premium lists the number of specimens, whenever
this is feasible, rather than a given bulk, and to dis-
qualify exhibits which do not conform to the require-
ment in this respect.
In selecting specimens which are to form a single
exhibit, very few mexpenenced persons appreciate
the importance of uniformity in size and type Some-
times an exhibit will be very creditable with the excep-
tion of one or two specimens These odd specimens
may be very good as individuals, but differ much in
size or type from the other specimens arid detract
seriously from the value of the exhibit
Vegetables on exhibition should be clean Root crops
should usually be washed. Onions are best prepared
by careful brushing. Cauliflower and cabbage should
be carefully trimmed; tomatoes, eggplant and melons
wiped with a moist cloth Celery, lettuce and endive
should be gathered with the roots on, carefully washed,
and displayed with the roots immersed in water so
that the plants will not wilt
The arrangement of the specimens in a single exhibit
is also important When the judging is by comparison,
only those exhibits which attract the immediate
attention of the judge will be likely to receive careful
consideration if the number of entries is at all large.
Under such conditions it often happens that the
arrangement of the specimens is fully as effective in
securing careful examination of the exhibit as is the
perfection of the specimens themselves In the case of
many kinds of vegetables, if the number of specimens
is not over one dozen, the exhibit can often be dis-
played very advantageously on plates or trays If one
peck or one-half bushel is prescribed, splint baskets are
desirable receptacles. In any case, the appearance of the
exhibition room will be greatly enhanced if the recep-
tacles used for all the single exhibits are as uniform as
the nature of the products will permit. With this end
m view, it is desirable that the management furnish
the receptacles.
In the exhibitions held by thoroughly established
organizations which give special attention to vegetables,
there is likely to be a recognized appropriate method
of disposing the specimens of each Kind of vegetable
m or upon a given type of receptacle. At county fairs,
each exhibitor usually exercises his own ingenuity both
as to type of receptacle and method of arrangement;
and the .result is at least lacking in monotony To
show at its best, every exhibit should be charao-
temed by neatness and simplicity in arrangement.
The principles involved in making a general display
1194
EXHIBITIONS
EXOCHORDA
including a number of different kinds of vegetables are
much the same as for making individual exhibits: the
specimens must be selected with care, thoroughly
cleaned, and attractively arranged. In addition, the
character and arrangement of the exhibit as a whole
must be given careful attention. Very often, general
displays fail in effectiveness because the number of
specimens of each kind is too limited or the different
specimens of the same kind are too much scattered
through the exhibit, instead of being massed so that
they would make an impression upon the spectator.
Exhibitors are likewise inclined to weaken the char-
acter of an exhibit by introducing a few specimens
each of numerous species or varieties that are little
known or of small commercial importance. These
are often scattered promiscuously through the exhibit
and detract the attention from the main features. The
general effect of the exhibit as a whole is of prime
importance.
Non-competitive exhibits of vegetables for adver-
tising or educational purposes are usually confined to
a comparatively few species or varieties in a given
exhibit In.exhibits made for advertising some particu-
lar section or locality, the vegetables are likely to be
merely a minor part of a general exhibit, and to con-
sist of specimens likely to attract attention by reason
of their unusual size rather than any other noteworthy
feature
Certain kinds of vegetables lend themselves readily
to the making of purely educational exhibits to illus-
trate the influence of differences in soil treatment
or cultural methods or the results of treatment for
plant diseases In such exhibits, it is unwise to attempt
to illustrate the results of many different treatments
in one exhibit It is much better to concentrate the
attention of the spectator upon one or two striking
results than to try to demonstrate a number of minor
variations. If the latter method is attempted, the
effectiveness of the display will be destroyed, for the
passing observer recognizes only striking contrasts.
For example, if a number of different fertilizer treat-
ments have been employed, and all give marked results
as compared with the check (the unfertilized plat),
it would be unwise m an educational exhibit to attempt
to illustrate the proportionate yields from all the treat-
ments. Only the yields of the check plat and one or
two others should be given The casual observer can
see three things at a glance, but not a dozen
In making an educational exhibit to represent dif-
ferences in yields, the quantities shown should repre-
sent yields from definite areas of ground, such as one-
hundredth or one-thousandth of an acre; and the
specimens should be arranged m such a way that the
differences will be most apparent.
In arranging an exhibit to illustrate the results of
treatment for plant diseases, e g , treatment of seed
potatoes for the control of scab, it is better to sort the
specimens from each plat into "diseased" and "sound,"
and to display them in two contiguous piles, than to
mix the diseased and sound promiscuously in the same
pile.
The educational value of all exhibits, whether compet-
itive or non-competitive, is greatly enhanced if careful
attention is given to the proper labeling of the various
parts or features of each exhibit. Conspicuous legends
of a concise nature are of some benefit to even the casual
observer^ and arc greatly appreciated by the few who
are specially interested m the particular exhibit or the
matter it is designed to illustrate. JOHN W. LLOYD
EX<5CHORDA (from exo, external, and chorde, a cord,
referring to the chord belonging to thft external part
of the placenta on the ventral side of the carpels).
Rosdcex. PEARL- BUSH. Ornamental shrubs grown
chiefly for the showy racemes of pure white flowers.
Deciduous: winter-buds conspicuous, with imbricate
scales: Ivs. alternate, petioled, entire or serrate: fls.
m terminal racemes, polygamo-diacious; calyx-tube
broadly turbinatc, calyx-lobes and petals 5; stamens
15-25, at the maigin of a large disk, short; carpels 5.
connate, styles distinct fr. a 5-anglod. deeply furrowed
caps , separating into 5 bony, 1-2-seeded carpels; seeds
winged — Three bpecies in China and Turkestan.
The pearl-bushes are slender-branched shrubs with
rather thin bright green foliage and very showy white
flowers E Korolkoimi is hardy North E raccmosa
and E Giraldu are at leas>t hardy as fur north as Mass-
achusetts. They grow best in a well-drained loamy soil
and m a sunny position Propagation is by seeds, 01
by softwood cuttings taken from forced plants, taken
in sanimer from the open they root slowly and with
difficulty; also by layering.
racemdsa, Rehd (E grandijlbra, Lmdl Ameldnchier
racembsa, Lindl ) Fig 1170 Slender spreading shrub, to
10, rarely to 15 ft , glabrous1 Ivs elliptic to elliptic-
oblong or oblong-obovate,
entire or on vigorous shoots
serrate above the middle,
J^r-2,1- 2 m. long,
whitish below, pet-
ioles about /fan.
long, racemes 6-
10-fld ; fls 2 m
across, pure white,
short -stalked,
petals roundish,
clawed, stamens 15
fr turbmute, about
J^tn long April,
Alay China B M 4795
S 9 954. LI 11-12 Gt
1155 RIl 1889, p 128,1896,
pp 324,325 JH III 31 483,
53 285 OC II 10 73, III
7-613. Gn 58, p 315; 00, p
232; 62, p 101, 66, p 141
A F 6 643 GnK 5 97 F E
30 117; 31 971 G M 44 531
MDG 1901 321, lUOj. 251;
1906 561 (} W 10, p 430.
II F. 1867 250. Vor prostrata,
Hort A form with prostrate
branches — The species is
among the showiest shrubs
blooming in May
Giraldii, Hesse (E racemdsa
var. Girdldn, Rehd ) Similar
to the preceding. Ivs oval or
elliptic, entire, very rarely cre-
nate-serrate, petiole about 1
in long, usually red fls very
short-stalked or nearly sessile;
petals obovatc, gradually nar- 1470> E^ochorda tl
rowed into the claw, some- (XH)
times toothed, stamens 25 30
N W China MDG 1909 '295 GW 16, p 450 Var
Wflsonii, Rehd (E. racembsa var Wilsonu, Rehd ).
Lvs. elliptic to oblong, occasionally serrate; petioles %-
Yt in. long, usually green1 stamens 20-25. Cent China.
Korolk6wii, Lav (E. Albertw, Regel E grandifldra
var Allwrtn, Aschers & Graebn ) Upright, slender-
branched shrub, to 12 ft., glabrous: Ivs oblong, to
oblong-oblanceolate, obtuse or acute, gradually nar-
rowed toward the base, entire, but the Ivs. of the
stronger shoots often serrate above the middle and at
the base with 1 or few small narrow lobes, 1^-2^ in.
long, racemes 5-8-fld ; fls 1% in across; petals nar-
rowly obovate: stamens 25' caps. %m. long, ovoid,
pointed. April, May. Turkestan. G W. 16, p. 451.
G. 31:505. — This is one of the earliest shrubs to burst
into leaf in spring; it is of more upright habit and with
EXOCHORDA
EXPERIMENT STATIONS 1195
darker and denser foliage than the preceding, but not
BO floriferous.
macrantha, Lemome (E racemosa x E. Korolkdwii).
Similar to E. racemosa, but of more upright habit
and more vigorous: Ivs. generally obovate or oblong-
obovate, bright green, entire on vigorous shoots cre-
nate, 2-3 in long. racemes 8-10-fTd ; fls. 1^-2 m.
broad; petals obovate, narrowed into the claw; sta-
mens about 20 April, May Of garden origin. 11 H
1903, pp. 18, 64 M D G. 1902:484. G.W. 16.449.
ALFRED REHDEK.
EXOG6NIUM: Ipomaa.
EXORRHlZA (exo, out, outside, rhiza, root; alluding
to the large aerial roota above the ground), ralmaceae,
tribe Cocaines High-growing pinnate-leaved palm.
Stem or trunk straight, smooth, supported at the
base by large aerial, spiny roots: Ivs. large, pinnate.
Allied to Kentia, but distinguished by the imbricate
Bepals of the stammato fls , the elongated subulate
filaments of the stamens, by the round i.sh ovate sepals
of the pistillate fls and by the parietal ovule In
Kentia the ovule is bawd and erect Cult as in Kentia.
The following species flowered at Kew in 1901.
Wendlandiana, Here. (K6ntia Exorrhlza, Wendl ).
Often more than 60 ft high but in cult reaching only
24 ft.. Ivs 10-12 ft long, pinnic alternately arranged,
1-2 in from each other, becoming 4 ft long and 2 in.
broad, 8-10-nerved spadix appearing below the Ivs.,
enveloped m thick, coriaceous boat-shaped spathos;
spadices 2, much longer than the spathes Fiji Isls.
B.M.7797. N TAYLOR t
EXOSTfiMMA (name alludes to the exserted sta-
mens) Rubiaccx Evergreen treet and shrubs of W
Indies and other parts of Trop Arnor , by some united
with Rustia There are upwards of 20 species They
are little known as warmhous-e subjects, and the name
does not appear in the trade It is probable that the
general treat mont given Cinchona and similar things
will apply to them Lvs opposite fls white, various
in size and arrangement, corolla salvor-form, the lobes
5 and spreading and narrow, stamens 5, inserted in
the bottom of the corolla-tube, long-ex sorted; disk
annular: fr. an oblong, cylindrical or club-shaped
2-valved caps The fls. are commonly axillary or in
terminal corymbs.
EXPERIMENT STATIONS. Every state of the
Union, every island dependency of (he United States,
and every province of tnc Dominion of Canada has one
experiment station for agriculture supported by public
funds. A very few of the states have two stations, one
being the regular federal agency in the state and the
other being usually an institution established and
maintained directly by the state and representing the
movement that began before the passage of the federal
experiment station act.
By the middle of the last century, the discussion for
institutions or agencies to make experiments in agri-
culture was well under way. It was not till 1875, how-
ever, that any legislative body made an appropriation
for the establishing of such an institution Tnis was
in Connecticut Other stations followed in several
states, some of them under direct legislative enact-
ment and others being organizations within colleges
or college departments of agriculture These move-
ments were marked in North Carolina, New York,
New Jersey, Ohio, Massachusetts, and other states.
The movement in the United States for a national
system of experiment stations took form in a bill for
the purpose introduced into Congress in 1882 by Hon.
C. C. Carpenter of Iowa The bill finally to become a
law was introduced in the House of Representatives
by Hon William H. Hatch of Missouri; this became
law March 2, 1887, by the signature of President
76
Cleveland It appropriates $15,000 to each state for
the purpose of establishing an agricultural experi-
ment station, to be located at the land-grant college
unless the state shall determine otherwise
A second act, supplementing the Hatch Act, was
approved March 16, 1906, by President Roosevelt, it
having been introduced and carried to passage by Hon
Henry C Adams, of Wisconsin This appropriates
$15,000 to each state "for the more complete endow-
ment and maintenance" of the stations, with the under-
standing and requirement that it shall support funda-
mental reseaichos About $1,500,000 is therefore
expended annually by the federal government for the
maintenance of experiment stations in the forty-eight
states, aside from similar grants for stations in Porto
Rico and Hawaii, expenditures m the Philippines
through the War Department, arid in Alaska and Guam
directly through the United States Department of
Agriculture, and there is also a largo and important
expenditure in the Department of Agriculture itself,
both for supervision and for investigation The states
also contribute heavily to the experiment station work
The total revenue in the United States for the year
ended June 30, 1912 was $4,068,240 09
By law, reports are to be issued at least quarterly
by the different experiment stations These institu-
tions are now issuing numerous bulletins, circulars and
reports on an astonishing range of subjects and of the
greatest importance to the people The publications
of the United States Department of Agriculture are
very extensive and of the highest technical and gen-
eral value
In Canada, the experiment station movement was
practically parallel \Mth that in the United States The
Act for a dominion system was parsed in 1886 One
central station, or "central experimental farm," was
established at Ottawa, and the stations in- the prov-
inces are branches of it arid under the administration
of its director The grant of Parliament for the year
1913-1914 foi the maintenance of the system of
experimental farms was $900,000
In both the United States and Canada, horticulture
is one of the important subjects of experiment and
research Usually this work is m charge of a separate
officer, commonly known as a "horticulturist," and the
number of associates and helpers may be, several or
many The extent of horticultural research is now
large and it is rapidly increasing Persons desiring to
be in touch with this work should apply to the experi-
ment station in the state or province or to the national
department, and a list of these institutions is given
below For further history and discussion of Experi-
ment Stations in the two countries, see pp 422-430,
Vol IV, Cyclo Amer Agric
In the l;nited States the address of the experiment
station and of the college of agriculture is usually the
same post-office In New York, there is a state station
at Geneva as well as the federal station and college at
Ithaca, in Ohio, the experiment station is at Woohter.
and the college is pait of the State University at
Columbus; in Georgia, the station is at Experiment
and the college at Athens, in the University, in Con-
necticut, the federal station is at New Haven, and the
college at Storrs, in other states the post-offices of the
two are the same
Canada.
The Dominion or headquarters institution is the
Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Ontario
Alberta.
Experimental Station, Lacombe
Experimental Station, Lethbndge
British Columbia.
Experimental Farm, Agassiz
Experiment Stations, at Invermere, and at Sidney
on Vancouver Island.
1198 EXPERIMENT STATIONS
EXPERIMENT STATIONS
The writer does not overlook the body of good work
being turned out by the American experimenters in hor-
ticultural lines, but this is not the subject of the present
discussion.
The training of research workers.
The diverse character of experimentation in horti-
culture as set forth indicates somewhat the training
that investigators in this field should have It follows
from the importance attached to science in horticul-
ture, that thoroug^i training in the sciences is impera-
tive, but the distinctions here made indicate just as
clearly that a person trained in the sciences and not in
the art and business of horticulture is sadly handi-
capped. We may put down as the first essential m the
mental equipment of the research worker, a broad and
severe scientific training The second essential is, per-
fect familiarity with garden, orchard and greenhouse
plants and methods of handling their products It is
not sufficient that the horticultural experimenter
know but the industry in which he may specialize.
Knowledge. of what is done in the greenhouse, for
example, is indispensable to the experimenter with
fruits, offering him suggestions at every turn Whatever
knowledge a man may possess of the needs and care
of plants in any field of agriculture will be helpful m a
specialized field. Perhaps the ability to correlate
science and art should be put down as a third essential.
But at present chief emphasis must be laid on the
scientific training. The art of horticulture is sufficiently
well taught in agricultural colleges, and the money-
earning value of an education is m most institutions
over-emphasized. The atmosphere of practicums and
money-making which prevails in most of our colleges
is not one in which investigators are born and bred
Instead, for the proper training of a horticulturist
there should be an atmosphere of investigation for
investigation's sake, of sound learning, of appreciation
of science not only in its applications but as pure
science and for its disciplinary value. It is desirable,
almost imperative, that one training to become a hor-
ticulturist should take a post-graduate course m which
special attention may be devoted to the sciences and
the problems of horticulture.
Equipment for research.
Less need be said about the material equipment for
horticultural research than the mental make-up of the
worker. The nation and the states have been free in
the expenditure of money for experimental work Not
a few horticultural departments in the experiment
stations of the country are over-equipped with land,
buildings and laboratories — the things that money
can buy. Certain it is that the output from the insti-
tutions conducting research is not in proportion to the
money spent or to the number of men on the staff.
The fact that equipment and materials do not create,
needs emphasis everywhere in horticultural experi-
mentation. The custom of obtaining money to build
up a department without specific work to be done is a
vicious one from which there must m time be a reac-
tion. Opportunity, equipment and problem should go
together, and all these are valueless without a man
with initiative, ideas, and training to use them.
There are probably more over-equipped departments
m horticulture than under-equipped ones. Large
experimenting is sometimes small experimenting and
small experimenting large experimenting.
In one particular, however, the horticultural depart-
ments of the country arc sadly under-equipped. There
are no comprehensive plantations of ^economic plants
in the experiment stations of the United States. The
amelioration of plants is the chief work in horticulture
and it would seem that the establishment of economic
gardens is imperative, since material to be used advan-
tageously must be near at hand. At least one station
in every distinct agricultural region m the country
should have an economic garden where may be found
the food plants of the world suitable for the region.
This should be an agricultural garden, not a plant
museum to show the curious and the ornamental; in
it agriculture must be dominant, not recessive.
Organization for research.
Horticulture is composed of so many industries and
involves so many sciences that its problems are too
diverse and too complex to permit of many definite
statements in regara to organization for research.
But several generalities may be set down as essentials
to a good organization: (1) There must be a man m
command — a broadly trained man. (2) The position
of the experimenter should be permanent, subject only
to efficiency. (3) The tune and thought of the investi-
gator must not be taken up with other activities, as
administration, teaching, extension work and the like.
(4) The organization must be permanent, to give con-
tinuity, coherence and exhaustiveness to the work.
(.5) The organization should usually correspond with
the subdivisions of horticulture rather than the sciences
upon which it is founded. That is, there should be
pomologists, gardeners and florists, rather than botan-
ists, chemist" and entomologists (6) Money and effort
should be concentrated upon a few comprehensive
problems that can be exhaustively carried to sound
conclusions. Too many experiments are but frag-
ments of a larger problem, discovered to be such, they
are often discarded after waste of tune and money
The third of the essentials jut,t given needs amplifica-
tion The greatest deterrent to good work m experi-
mentation is tho association of research with teaching
either in the classroom or from the institute platform.
So much of the time and energy of men having these
dual-purpose positions is taken by the more present,
and therefore more pressing, work of teaching that
they are often investigators only in name. In every
institution where teaching and investigating are com-
bined, the demand is naturally strongest from students,
and investigation suffers There are, it is true, advan-
tages in the combined position of teacher and investi-
gator, but few indeed are the cases in which the dis-
advantages do not outweigh them and always the
research work suffers
There should be cooperation between the horticul-
tural experimenters m the several states and the United
States Department of Agriculture A most pathetic
spectacle m our agricultural institutions is that of iso-
lated men attacking one and the same problem, dupli-
cating results, often duplicating errors and in either case
wasting public funds So far as possible there should
not be overlapping of experimental work, unless dupli-
cation is desirable to make more certain the results
In the latter case the work should be jointly planned
and from time to time compared and adjusted to secure
efficiency and economy. The Society for Horticultural
Science is an excellent clearing-house in which the
official horticultural experimenters m North America
may interchange ideas and adjust their work.
Theories in horticulture are so general, facts so
numerous, evidence of one kind or another so easily
adduced, that the temptation is strong to state a theory,
supply facts from the many already Known, adorn the
work with a dash of personally collected evidence and
call the result an experiment. Such work lacks coher-
ence and is incomplete. Few, indeed, are the horticul-
tural investigators who make their work invincible by
exhaustiveness. Again, the urgent call for results has
led to the study of problems admitting of hurried con-
clusions rather than those that are fundamental, and
for this reason much work is unfinished and incon-
clusive. The superb exhaustiveness of Darwin's work,
much of it horticultural experimentation, should
furnish inspiration and method to investigators in this
EXPERIMENT STATIONS
EXTENSION TEACHING 1199
field of agriculture in particular. All call to mind that
the "Origin of Species ' is but a short statement of the
theory of evolution which is then shown to be an
impregnable fact by a vast amount of evidence over
which Darwin labored for twenty years, biding time
until his views reached full maturity. There is every
temptation to publish prematurely, but permanent
work is that which is completely worked out. Besides,
given time, investigation is easier, material coming of
itself which, under speed, would have required travail
of mind to bring forth.
The immediate field.
In conclusion it may be well to state, as a record of
the times, and for possible suggestive value, some of
the present problems of horticulture
Experimentation is needed in the oldest of horti-
cultural operations — pruning. It must be approached
through physiological botany. We know next to
nothing about the feeding of plants and the influences
of the food elements on plant-products — current
methods of fertilizing are largely arbitrary. Many
questions having to do with sex are before us. There
is need of more precise knowledge about bud-forma-
tion and the setting and dropping of fruits. There is
yet much to be done in the classification and descrip-
tion of horticultural plants. More than elsewhere in
agriculture, horticultural plants are inter-planted as
in catch-crops, cover-crops and m crop-rotation; the
interrelationships of plants and the effects of crop
residues, therefore, must be studied. Greater knowledge
of the associations of plants would throw new light on
the relations of climates and soils to plant-growing —
plant ecology We have not yet reached the limit of
improvement in any cultivated species and plant-
breeding must be given attention. The relationships
of parasites and hosts involving the whole matter of
predisposition, resistance and immunity offer a series
of problems The good and bad effects of sprays,
quite aside from their msectici lal or fungicidal func-
tions, are worthy of study. Much has been written
but very little is really knoun about the reciprocal
influences of htock and graft The whole matter of
stocks needs experimental attention, fruit-growers in
particular having little to guide them in the choice of
stocks for the several fruits We know that cultivated
plants vary greatly, are any of the variations heritable
or do they appear and disappear with the individual?
A study of the last problem would bring one to a much-
needed investigation of mutations. Acclimatization
deserves consideration. There yet remain many native
plants worthy of domestication. Forcing of plants
brings up many problems; as, the influence of heated
soils and atmospheres, soil sterilization, artificial lights
m place of sunlight, the use of electricity in forcing
growth and the physiological disturbances of the plant
brought about by the changed environment. Lastly,
those who ship and store horticultural products are call-
ing for experimental aid to solve their many problems.
EXTENSION TEACHING IN HORTICULTURE.
Extension work is the effort made by an institution of
higher learning to carry outside its own walls and
directly to the people, any form of helpful educational
influence. A state university, or institution that
derives financial support from the state, may legiti-
mately be called upon to give instruction to the people
who cannot attend its courses, if means are provided
for the performance of this office. Such an institution
no longer fulfils its complete function when it confines
itself to teaching students who come to it and to the
investigation of problems within its laboratories. A
strong college of arts and science, necessarily the center
of .the great university of today, may extend its educa-
tional ideals and its higher educational functions to
the people of the state as well as to the students who
reside within it. The professional schools of law, medi-
cine, education, engineering, journalism, agriculture
and others (articulated with the college of arts and
science, to make up the university) are each investiga-
ting the problems of their respective fields and gather-
ing information that may be carried to the people of
the state, through organized extension work More
and more the people are coming to depend upon this
information as a basis for better enactment, better
municipal functions, better sanitation, better regula-
t'ons as to health, better civic improvement of all
phases, and last, but not least, better agriculture,
better roads, and a higher plane of country life.
Extension work in horticulture is that phase of
organized extension activity that has to do with better
production, better handling and better marketing of
horticultural products and the higher efforts of living
to which this work contributes.
Horticultural extension is conducted by means of
private letters, lectures, publications, correspondence
courses, demonstration schools, demonstration experi-
ments, and the like.
Pnvatv correspondence — Every fruit-grower, gar-
dener, florist or other horticultural worker may
encounter special problems upon which he needs
individual advice. The horticultural department in
any of our leading colleges of agriculture is called
upon to answer thousands of letters of inquiry every
year. Each of these inquiries is referred to the mem-
ber of the horticultural staff best qualified to handle it.
Many of these inquiries entail special letters. Some of
them may be more fully answered by sending circulars
or bulletins.
Publications. — Departments of horticulture dissemi-
nate much information through bulletins, circulars
of information and press notices These bulletins are
the published results of the investigation of special
problems by the members of the horticultural staff.
Circulars of information are more popular treatises
of horticultural subjects of interest in the state, and
pertaining to which the department has gathered
information of interest . Press notices are usually timoly
topics or seasonal advice furnished the press of the
state to publish at the opportune time for their readers
If an insect or disease appears suddenly and promises to
become widespread, due to unusual conditions, it often
may be checked by prompt action. Unusual weather
conditions may sometimes call for unusual methods of
management of plants or of crops
The publication may take the form of an organized
reading-course effort without assuming to construct
and conduct correspondence courses
Extension lectures. — Hundreds of lectures on horti-
cultural topics are given by members of the horti-
cultural staff, at schools, teachers' meetings, civic
improvement societies, commercial club meetings,
nurserymen's conventions, canners' associations, fruit-
growers' organizations, florists' clubs, and other gather-
ings. In this way something of the work of the Depart-
ment may be carried to every organized body in the
state which is interested in a phase of horticulture.
Surveys. — That the department of horticulture may
be of special service to a horticultural center, or special
horticultural industry, a careful survey of the horti-
cultural conditions as they exist may be desirable.
Such a survey may determine what varieties are prov-
ing most profitable, which of the prevailing methods of
management are yielding the most satisfactory results,
what are the difficult problems that need investiga-
tion and what are the reasons for successes or failures.
The average result may throw much light upon what
is already proving best in the neighborhood. A
question that is vexing the average grower may have
been answered by the work of the best growers, whose
results show the answer to the question. As an exam-
ple of the plan and possibilities of such surveys may
1200 EXTENSION TEACHING
EXTENSION TEACHING
be mentioned the orchard survey of some of the
leading apple-growing counties of New York. A meas-
ure of the commercial value of spraying is secured by
statistical results from sprayed and unsprayed orchards.
The commercial value of orchard tillage as compared
with orchards growing in sod is shown by the returns
from each class of orchard. The best methods of green-
house construction and management for parti cuter crops
may be determined and explained in the same way.
Extension schools. — In many states, extension schools
of horticulture are held for the purpose of carrying
special horticultural instruction to a neighborhood.
Such schools often consist of lectures and demonstra-
tions in a subject of immediate interest For example,
just previous to harvesting a fruit crop a school in
fruit-packing may be held. The methods and advan-
tages of proper packing are presented by means of
lectures. This is followed by practical laboratory
periods m which those in attendance learn to do the
work of proper packing. In a similar way, pruning,
spraying and other phases of fruit-production are
being taught in brief periods of one or two days or a
week, the time varying with the needs of the commu-
nity and the character of the subject taught; or situa-
tions with vegetable-growers and florists may be met.
Correspondence courses — Some schools teach courses
in horticulture by correspondence. Certain subjects
are capable of being taught in this way. Outlines for
the lessons are mailed to the student. Prescribed read-
ing is required and directions for observations and
original work and study of plants are formulated.
Examinations usually consist of written reports made
by the student, embodying a statement of the results
secured by him. These reports usually show whether
or not the student has grasped the subject and wherein
he may need further suggestions and study.
Boys' and girls' dubs. — A movement that is destined
to have a very profound influence is the organization
of boyc' and girls' clubs for the study of subjects rela-
ting to horticulture. Often this club work takes the
rorm of contests in gardening or in the production of
some special garden crop, such as tomatoes. Organiza-
tion is best effected through cooperation with the
schools or somebody that can direct the work of each
local club. Printed sheets are mailed the club members,
from tune to time, giving instruction in the details of
the work and the conditions governing the contest.
Prizes are usually awarded at the local congests and
sometimes the prize-winners»compete in a state contest.
Cooperative demonstrations and experiments. — A very
efficient means of promoting the productive growth of
any horticultural interest is by means of cooperative
demonstrations conducted on the grounds of some
energetic grower, whose conditions fairly represent the
neighborhood. The ground may be leased by the
institution or offered by the local grower. Experiments
are carefully outlined to test some problem of interest,
such as spraying, comparison of methods of pruning
or of cultivation or planting, the use of fertilizers,
determination of the merits of particular flowers or
vegetables, or other question which the community
needs to have worked out. A representative of the
horticultural staff visits the grounds as often as is
necessary to oversee proper conduct of the work and
to record the results of the experiment. Whenever
results are secured that are of benefit to the growers.
a meeting is held for the purpose of explaining and
observing these results and demonstrating the methods
for the benefit of those who may profit by adopting
them. This form of extension affords the means not
only of presenting to the grower facts and methods
already known, but it also works |iew problems out
for the neighborhood by securing results that are
adapted to their special local requirement. It makes
the work convincing; the growers themselves have »
hand in it and feel that it is their own; they grow into
an understanding of it as the work grows: it gives a
new pride and a new power in working for superior
methods. While this is perhaps the most productive
form of extension work, its scope is, of course, neces-
sarily limited by the fact that working force and funds
are not available for handling more than a limited
number of the pressing problems in a state at one time.
General considerations. — Incidentally there are other
ways by which extension work may be accomplished.
Enough already has been accomplished to show that
organized extension work has a large and increasing
influence upon the horticulture of a state.
Like any other great movement in behalf of human
progress, the measure of success of extension work in
horticulture depends largely on its proper organization.
It offers a multitude of opportunities for work that the
world needs to have done As indicated above, the
work i» approached in numerous ways Unless properly
organized there ia danger of scattered effort, duplica-
tion, and failure to follow up results so as to give sta-
bility and permanence. It should be a factor m the
organized extension work of the entire institution of
which it is a part. The question then arises as to
whether the work should be undertaken by a separate
corps of workers, especially trained for the purpose, and
acting under the direction of an extension department
head, or whether, since it relates to a special profes-
sional field, it should be carried by the officers of the
department of horticulture in the college and experi-
ment station. To the writer, the latter seems to be the
more rational arrangement. It is no doubt true that
if a corp* °f rnen do extension work exclusively, with
no definitely organized relation to college teaching and
experiment station investigation, there will be a ten-
dency to lose touch with higher educational ideals
and failure to take to the people the stimulus of pro-
ductive investigation and the last word in scientific
advancement. Undoubtedly there is a tendency,
especially on the part of younger men who have the
faculty of appealing to the popular audience, to become
satisfied with the plaudits of the multitude, and to
strive only to enthuse and amuse, unless they are
closely connected with college and station work.
While one function of extension work may be to inspire
and exhort, the day has passed when that alone is
sufficient. The commercial horticulturist has reached
a plane of development when he needs definite helpful
instruction. Attractive letters and lectures are no
longer sufficient. He needs, in addition, so far as it is
possible to supply it, definite demonstrations of how
to do his work according to the most approved methods.
The men most closely m touch with strong college
teaching and station investigation should be the best
fitted to supply this need.
Furthermore, the college teacher or investigator
equally needs intimate contact with the commercial
grower and his problems. His problems are the prob-
lems of the teaeher and the investigator. The above
conclusions do not dispute the fact that an individual
may have especial talent and taste for extension work
and lack the plodding patience to make a strong
investigator. He may largely devote his time to
extension if only the organization keeps him closely
linked with college and station men. On the other
hand, a productive investigator may not best succeed
as a popular lecturer and may give most of his time to
investigation. Hie help may be indispensable in solv-
ing some of t&e difficult problems Itnat arise in the
field of extension. The organization of the individuals
doing college and station work, ought to afford that
union of relationship that will enable the director of
extension to caH the department of horticulture to his
add. The organization within the department should
be best able to supply this need by calling upon the
individual b«at fitted to meet the specific demand.
J. C WHTPTBN.